A NEW 
 
 *V"<^_ 
 
 MEDICAL DICTIONARY; 
 
 CONTAINING AN EXPLANATION OF THE TERMS IN 
 
 3(» X~~ 
 
 ANATOMY, HUMAN AND 
 
 COMPARATIVE, 
 PHYSIOLOGY, 
 PRACTICE OF MEDICINE, 
 OBSTETRICS, 
 SURGERY, 
 
 THERAPEUTICS, 
 
 MATERIA MEDICA, 
 
 PHARMACY, 
 
 CHEMISTRY, 
 
 BOTANY, 
 
 NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, 
 
 WITH THE 
 
 FORMULAS OF THE PRINCIPAL PHARMACOPOEIAS, 
 
 AND VALUABLE 
 
 PRACTICAL ARTICLES ON THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE. 
 
 ON THE BASIS OF HOOPER AND GRANT. 
 
 ADAPTED TO THE PRESENT STATE OF SCIENCE, 
 
 FOR THE USE OF MEDICAL STUDENTS AND THE PROFESSION. 
 
 BY D. PEREIRA GARDNER, M.D., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY AND MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE IN THE PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF MEDICINE 
 
 FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY, ETC., IN HAMPDEN SIDNEY COLLEGE. CORRESPONDING 
 
 MEMBER OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW YORK, ETC., ETC. 
 
 Mzto Porfe: 
 
 HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS, 
 82 CLIFF STREET. 
 
 1851 
 
- , ^ S \ 
 
 >&* 
 
 It 
 
 si 
 
 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year one thousand 
 eight hundred and forty-seven, by 
 
 Harper & Brothers, 
 
 in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District 
 of New York. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Dr. Hooper's Medical Dictionary has been, since its first appearance 
 in London, a standard in the profession. It has almost completely super- 
 seded the books of this class which were in circulation antecedently, and 
 retains its original and imposing position. The publishers have not, how- 
 ever, overlooked the necessity of frequent emendations to keep pace with 
 the rapid advancement of the medical sciences. The present seventh 
 London edition has been completely revised and considerably improved 
 by Professor Klein Grant, a gentleman of distinguished medical celebrity. 
 
 Actuated by the same liberal motives, the American publishers have 
 determined to keep pace with the improvements in the medical profession, 
 and hence the republication of this work in a new and more compendious 
 form. Adopting the last edition of the English work as a basis, the editor 
 has bent his exertions, in this revision, to the production of a dictionary 
 entirely adapted to the use of medical students, while he has endeavored 
 to retain all the practical matter of the previous writers, so as to make it 
 equally invaluable to the general practitioner. He has made an addition 
 of many thousand articles, and more especially in the departments of 
 chemistry, physiology, surgery, and the practice of medicine ; nor has he 
 lost any opportunity of giving notoriety to numerous American improve- 
 ments, wherever the limits of the article have permitted. 
 
 Philadelphia, September, 1847. 
 
A NEW 
 
 MEDICAL DICTIONARY. 
 
 ABB 
 
 Al. Alpha privativum denotes the absence 
 • or* privation of any thing ; as, aphyllus, 
 leafless ; aphonia, loss of voice : when the word 
 to which it is prefixed begins with a vowel, v 
 or n is inserted ; thus, anorexia, want of appe- 
 tite. 
 
 2. A. 11. ava, ana, of each, used in pre- 
 scriptions after the mention of two or more in- 
 gredients, when it is intended that the speci- 
 fied quantity of each ingredient should be taken. 
 
 3. aaa. A contraction of amalgama, an amal- 
 gam. 
 
 Aabam. An alchemical name of lead. 
 
 Aarzhil, Waters of. They contain muriates 
 and sulphates of lime and soda, oxide of iron, 
 and hydrosulphuric acid. 
 
 Abach, Waters of. A hydrosulphureted sa- 
 line spring. 
 
 Abactus venter. Abigeatus. Abortion. 
 
 Abaisir. Abasis. See Spodium. 
 
 Abaliena'tio. Abalienation ; decay of body 
 or mind. 
 
 Abalienatus. Abalienated; benumbed; cor- 
 rupted. 
 
 Abanga. See Ady. 
 
 Abapti'ston. Abaptista. The old trepan. 
 
 Abaremo-temo. A tree of Brazil, probably 
 a mimosa. The decoction of its bark, which 
 is bitter and astringent, was applied by the 
 natives to ill-conditioned ulcers. 
 
 Abarnahas. Magnesia. 
 
 Abartamen. Lead. 
 
 Abarticulation. See Diarthrosis. 
 
 Abas. Scald-head. 
 
 Aba'ttoir. Abuildingfor slaughtering cattle. 
 
 Abbeville, Waters of. An acidulous cha- 
 lybeate spring. 
 
 ABBREVIATION. (Abbreviatio, onis, f.) 
 Certain abbreviations, consisting of signs, let- 
 ters, or parts of words, are used in medical for- 
 mula? and prescriptions, for the sake of expedi- 
 tion; thus, $ signifies recipe; h. s., hord somni; 
 conf. aromat., confectio aromatica. See Pre- 
 scription. 
 
 A variety of characters or signs were used by 
 the old chemists and pharmacologists : thus, the 
 seven metals were represented by the signs of 
 the planets after which they were named ; as, 
 gold or Sol by that of the Sun, ; silver or 
 Luna by that of the Moon, ]) ; iron by that of 
 Mars, $ , &c. All the principal substances used 
 
 ABD 
 
 in chemistry have likewise their particular sym- 
 bols. 
 
 Abbrevia'tus. Abbreviate; shortened. 
 
 ABDO'MEN. (men, inis, n. ; from abdo, to 
 hide.) The belly. The largest cavity in the 
 body, bounded above by the diaphragm, by 
 which it is separated from the chest ; below, 
 by the bones of the pubes and ischium ; on 
 each side, by various muscles, the short ribs, 
 and ossa ilii j anteriorly, by the abdominal mus- 
 cles, and posteriorly by the lumbar vertebrae 
 and muscles of the loins. Internally, it is in- 
 vested by a serous membrane, the peritoneum 
 (see Peritoneum), and externally by muscles 
 and common integuments. The abdomen and 
 the pelvis constitute, in reality, but one cavity, 
 there being no partition between them. 
 
 Abdo'minal regions. If an imaginary line 
 be drawn from the cartilage of the seventh rib 
 on one side to the same point on the other, and 
 another line between the anterior superior spi- 
 nous processes of the ilia, the abdomen will be 
 divided into three regions. The upper above 
 the first line is the Epigastric region, the inter- 
 vening space is the Umbilical region, and that 
 below, the Hypogastric region. Each of these 
 is subdivided. The central part of the upper- 
 most is the epigastric, and those on each side 
 the right and left hypochondriac. The umbili- 
 cal region is divided into the central, or umbil- 
 ical and right and left lumbar. The hypogas- 
 tric becomes the pubic in its central part, and 
 has an iliac and inguinal region on each side. 
 
 Abdomina'les. An order of Fishes which 
 have fins placed on the abdomen, as the salmon, 
 the trout. 
 
 Abdominalis. Abdominal; pertaining to the 
 belly : as, abdominal viscera, &c. 
 
 Abdominal aorta. That portion of the aorta 
 which is situated below the diaphragm. 
 
 Abdominal aponeurosis. The tendinous apon- 
 eurosis of the oblique and transverse muscles 
 which forms the linea alba and sheath of the 
 recti muscles. 
 
 Abdominal ganglia. The semilunar ganglia. 
 
 Abdominal ring. See Annulus abdominis. 
 
 Abdominal vertebra. The lumbar vertebrse. 
 
 Abdominal viscera. The organs included 
 in the true abdominal cavity ; those which lay 
 in the pelvis are called pelvic viscera. They 
 are. anteriorly and laterally, the epiploon, stom- 
 
 9 
 
AB D 
 
 ach, and small intestines, mesentery, lacteal ves- 
 sels, the pancreas, spleen, liver, and gall-blad- 
 der. Posteriorly, not included within the peri- 
 toneum, the kidneys, supra-renal glands, ure- 
 ters, the receptaculum chyli, the descending 
 aorta, and the ascending vena cava. 
 
 Abdomino'scopy. (From abdomen, and cko- 
 7T£G), to explore.) Exploration of the abdomen. 
 
 Abducens labiorum. See Levator anguli oris. 
 
 Abducent. That which draws apart. The 
 sixth pair of nerves are called nervi abducentes. 
 See Nervi abducentes. 
 
 Abduce'ntes. Motor oculi externus. 
 
 ABDUCTION. (Abductio, onis, f. ; from 
 ab, and duco, to draw.) 1. The action by 
 which muscles withdraw a part from the axis 
 of the body or of a limb. 
 
 2. In Surgery, Abruption. A fracture in 
 which the bone near a joint is so divided that 
 the extremities recede from each other. 
 
 ABDUCTOR. {or, oris, m.) A muscle 
 which performs the abduction of any part ; its 
 antagonist is called adductor. 
 
 Abductor auricularis. Abductor minimi dig- 
 iti manus. — Abductor auris. A portion of the 
 posterior auris muscle. — Abductor brevis alter. 
 Abductor pollicis manus. — Abductor indicis. 
 Abductor indicis manus. 
 
 Abductor indicis manus. Semi-inter osse- 
 ous indicis. Abductor indicis. It arises from 
 the metacarpal bone of the thumb and the os 
 trapezium, and is connected to the superior part 
 of the first phalanx of the fore finger. 
 
 Abductor indicis pedis. It arises from the 
 metatarsal bone of the fore toe, the metatarsal 
 bone of the great toe, and the os cuneiforme 
 internum, and is inserted into the first joint of 
 the fore toe. 
 
 Abductor longus pollicis. Abd. long, pollicis 
 manus. Extensor primi internodii pollicis. 
 
 Abductor longus pollicis manus. Extensor 
 ossis metacarpi pollicis manus. 
 
 Abductor medii digiti pedis. It arises 
 from the inside of the metatarsal bone of the 
 middle toe internally, and is inserted into the 
 inside of the first joint of the middle toe. 
 
 Abductor minimi digiti manus. Extensor 
 tertii internodii minimi digiti. Hypotkenar 
 minor. Abductor auricularis. It arises from 
 the pisiform bone, and the ligamentum carpi 
 annulare, and is inserted into the inner side 
 of the first bone of the little finger. 
 
 Abductor minimi digiti pedis. Abductor. 
 Parathenar major and metatarseus, Winslow. 
 It arises from the inferior part of the protuber- 
 ance of the os calcis, and the metatarsal bone 
 of the little toe, and is inserted into the first 
 joint of the little toe externally. Its use is to 
 bend the little toe downward, and to draw the 
 little toe from the rest. 
 
 Abductor oculi. Rectus externus oculi. 
 
 Abductor pollicis manus. Abductor polli- 
 cis brevis. Abductor thenar Riolani. Abductor 
 pollicis. It arises from the ligamentum carpi 
 annulare, and the os trapezium and os navicu- 
 lare, and is inserted into the outer side of the 
 first phalanx of the thumb. Its use is to draw 
 the thumb from the fingers. The Abductor 
 brevis alter of Albinus is merely the inner por- 
 tion of this muscle. 
 10 
 
 ABI 
 
 Abductor pollicis pedis. Thenar. Ab- 
 ductor pollicis. It arises from the protuber- 
 ance of the os calcis, where it forms the heel, 
 and is inserted into the internal sesamoid bone 
 and root of the first joint of the great toe. Its 
 use is to pull the great toe from the rest. 
 
 Abductor tertii digiti pedis. It arises, 
 tendinous and fleshy, from the inside and infe- 
 rior part of the root of the metatarsal bone of 
 the third toe, and is inserted, tendinous, into the 
 inside of the root of the first joint of the third 
 toe. Its use is to pull the third toe inward. 
 
 Abebce'os. Weak ; infirm. 
 
 Abellice'a. Hcematoxylon campechianum. 
 
 Abelmeluch. This is a species of Rici- 
 nus, according to some authors : a tree grow- 
 ing in the neighborhood of Mecca is so called. 
 Its seeds are black and oblong, and are alleged 
 to act as a very violent cathartic. 
 
 Abelmo'schus. Abelmush. Hibiscus abel- 
 moschus. 
 
 Abensberg, Waters of. A cold sulphureous 
 spring. 
 
 Ab epithy'mia. A paralysis of the solar plexus . 
 
 Aberratio mensium. Vicarious menstrua- 
 tion. 
 
 ABERRA'TION. (Aberro, to wander from.) 
 1. The passage of a fluid in the living body into 
 vessels not destined to receive it, as of red blood 
 into the capillaries, constituting the error loci 
 of Boerhaave. 2. The determination of a fluid 
 to a part different from that to which it is ordi- 
 narily directed, as in vicarious hemorrhage. 3. 
 Alienation of the mind, which is its most usual 
 acceptation. 
 
 Aberration. In Optics, a deviation of the 
 rays of light from a true focus, producing a dis- 
 torted or colored image. It is also used in as- 
 tronomy to designate an apparent change of 
 place in stars produced by the earth's orbital 
 motion and the progressive movement of light. 
 
 Abe'sasum. Iron rust. 
 
 Abessi. Realgar. In Arabic, faeces. 
 
 A'besum. Quicklime. 
 
 Abevacuation. An incomplete discharge of 
 humors. 
 
 Abhal. An Asiatic fruit from a species of 
 cypress, believed to be powerfully emmena- 
 gogue. 
 
 A'bies. The fir genus. See Pinus for the 
 species of Abies. 
 
 Abies canadensis. Pinus balsamea. 
 
 Abies mtmgos scopoli. See Pinus pumilio. 
 
 Abies virginiana. See Pinus balsamea. 
 
 Abie'tic acid. Acidum abieticum. An 
 acid in the resin of the Pinus abies; it crys- 
 tallizes in square plates, and is soluble in al- 
 cohol. 
 
 Abieti'na pix. Fix Burgundica. 
 
 Abieti'njE. A division of the natural family 
 Coniferce, including those trees which produce 
 cones with many rows of scales, under which 
 their seeds are formed. Pines ; firs. 
 
 Abi'etine. Abietina. A resinous substance 
 obtained from the Strasbourg turpentine. Ber- 
 zelius calls it the resin gamma of the same tur- 
 pentine. 
 
 Abie'tis resina. Thus, the exudation of the 
 Spruce fir. 
 
 Abiga. Teucrium chamcepitys. 
 
AB 
 
 Abigea'tus. Abaetus. 
 
 Abiotos. Conium maculaium. 
 
 Abirrita'tiox. Debility; asthenia. 
 
 Ablactatiox. Weaning. 
 
 Abla'tiox. (Aufero, to remove.) The re- 
 moval or extirpation of a part. It is used in 
 Surgery as a generic term, and divided into the 
 species amputation and extirpation. 
 
 Able'psia. (From a, priv., and fi/.eTrco, to 
 see.) Ablepsy; blindness. 
 
 Abluent. Abluens. Abstergent. 
 
 ABLUTION. (Ablutio; from abluo, to wash 
 away.) 1. The washing of the body. 2. The 
 separation of extraneous matters from any sub- 
 stance by washing. 
 
 ABNO RMAL. Abnormous. Abnormitas. 
 Anormal. Anomalia. (ab, from; norma, a 
 rule.) Irregular; not symmetrical or accord- 
 ing to rule. 
 
 Aboit. Abit. White lead. 
 
 Aboli'tiox. Abolitio. Destruction; as of 
 sight, hearing. 
 
 Aboma'sus. Abomasum. Abomasium. The 
 fourth stomach of ruminating animals. 
 
 Abomina'tio. Disgust ; loathing of food. 
 
 Abo'rsus. Aborsio. A miscarriage. 
 
 Abo'rtiexs. Miscarrying. Sterilis, barren, 
 in Botany. 
 
 Abortifaciext. Abortive. 
 
 ABO'RTION. (Abortio. onis, f.) Abortus; 
 Aborsus. 1. Expulsion of the foetus before the 
 sixth month ; miscarriage. A birth after the sixth 
 month, and before the ninth, is called premature 
 labor, the child being viable. Abortion arises 
 from an unhealthy condition of the mother or 
 foetus. A nervous, relaxed, or plethoric habit 
 in the mother is most calculated to produce 
 this accident, which, frequently arising from 
 constitutional causes, becomes habitual." It is 
 often connected, where habitual, with diseases 
 of the placenta. Violent shocks produced by 
 fatigue, mental emotions, or physical violence, 
 occasionally produce miscarriage, and should 
 all be avoided by persons liable to the acci- 
 dent. Abortion occurs from the first month 
 after conception, but is more frequent between 
 the second and third. It is attended with 
 hemorrhage, pains in the loins, spasms in the 
 bowels, and slight fever, but simulates labor- 
 pains in the more advanced stages. The' hem- 
 orrhage continues for several days in late cases, 
 and may become dangerous. The treatment, 
 when it has taken place, is to confine the pa- 
 tient to the horizontal posture, in perfect qui- 
 escence, render the bowels soluble, use cold 
 applications to restrain hemorrhage, such as 
 wet cloths, injections of cold water, or intro- 
 duce a plug into the vagina when it is excess- 
 ive ; the diet should be light. The great point 
 of treatment in abortion is the delivery of the 
 placeuta, which is sometimes retained," and be- 
 comes putrid, producing a low fever in the pa- 
 tient, which is to be combated by quinine and 
 diffusible stimulants, &c., a|rin typhus. The 
 acetate of lead is used internally with good ef- 
 fect. 2. The product of miscarriage. 
 
 Abortive. Abortifacient. 1. A medicine sup- 
 posed to have the power of exciting abortion. 
 Ergot, savine. borax, and those medicines which 
 irritate the rectum, sometimes produce this ef- 
 
 ABS 
 
 ' feet. 2. In Botany, flowers which do not pro- 
 j duce perfect seed. 
 
 Abortus. Abortment. Abortion. 
 
 Aboulaza. A tree of Madagascar, which 
 yields a medicine for diseases of the heart. 
 
 Abrabax. Abraxas. Abrasaxas. A mysti- 
 cal term, 365. 
 
 Abracada'bra. A Syrian idol. 
 
 Abra'calan. Abracadabra. 
 
 Abra'chia. (a, priv., and fipaxuov, the arm.) 
 An absence of the amis. 
 
 Abra'nchia. An order of the class Anne- 
 lida. 
 
 Abra'siox. (Abrado, to scrape off.) Abra- 
 sio. A superficial lesion of the skin. A very 
 superficial ulcer or excoriation of the intestinal 
 | mucous membrane. 
 
 A'bratkan. Abratan. Artemisia abrotanunu 
 
 Abrette. Abelmoschus. 
 
 Abric. Sulphur. 
 
 Abro'ma. A sum-bearing tree of New South 
 Wales. 
 
 Abrosia. Abstinence. 
 
 Abro taxum. Common southern-wood. See 
 Artemisia. — A. mas. See Artemisia. 
 
 Abrotoni'tes. A wine impregnated with ah- 
 rot a num. 
 
 Abru'fte-pixxa'tus. Abruptly pinnate; a 
 pinnate leaf which terminates abruptly without 
 an odd leaflet or a cirrus. 
 
 Abru'ptio. See Abduction. 
 
 Abru'ptes. Abrupt. Abrupte pinnatus. 
 
 A'brus. A genus of leguminous plants. 
 — A. precatorius. A small shrub of Africa, the 
 East and West Indies. Its root resembles liq- 
 uorice. Its seed (Angola seed) is farinaceous, 
 and used as food ; it is of a bright scarlet color, 
 marked with a black spot, and employed for 
 beads. Wild or Jamaica liquorice. 
 
 Absce'dexs. (From abscedo, to depart.) A 
 decayed part separated from the sound. 
 
 ABSCESS. (Abscedo. to separate from.) An 
 imposthume, boil, or gathering. A collection of 
 pus in a part of the body, resruting froin inflam- 
 mation, which may be acute or chronic ; the 
 latter is attended with great constitutional dis- 
 turbance, as in lumbar abscess. The pus is to 
 be evacuated as soon as fluctuation in the ab- 
 scess can be discovered, and the wound kept 
 clean, and dressed with adhesive plaster or lint. 
 Acute abscesses in unimportant parts are either 
 discussed by leeches, counter-irritation, or. if too 
 far advanced, matirred by warm poultices. In 
 chronic abscesses, and those formed iuternallv, 
 the strength is often to be maintained by gentle 
 stimulants. 
 
 Abscesses. The generic name of a class of 
 diseases: A. lumborum. Lumbal* abscess. — 
 A. mammae. Mammary abscess. — A. pectoris. 
 Empyema. — A. puhnonum. Empyema. — A. oc- 
 uli. Hypopion. — A. gangr(Enosus. Anthrax. 
 — A. capitis sanguineus neonatorum. Cephalaa- 
 matoma. — A. spiritosus. Aneurism. 
 
 Abscissa vox. Loss of voice. 
 
 ABSCI'SSION. (Abscissio ; from abscindo, to 
 cut off.) The cutting away some morbid or 
 superfluous part. The premature termination 
 of a disease. 
 
 Abscissio pr^putii. Circumcision. 
 
 Absco'Xsio. (From abscondo, to hide.) A 
 
 11 
 
ABS 
 
 cavity of a bone, which receives and conceals 
 the head of another bone. A sinus. 
 
 Absi'nthate. Absinthas. A salt of the ab- 
 sinthic acid. 
 
 Absi'nthine. Absinthina. Absinthia. The 
 bitter uncrystallizable principle of absinthium*. 
 
 Absi'nthic acid. Acidum absinthicum. A 
 peculiar acid of absinthium. 
 
 Absinthi'tes. Abrotonites. 
 
 ABSFNTHIUM. (w, ii, n. AiptvOiov ; from 
 a, neg., and ipivdoc, pleasure.) Wormwood. 
 See Artemisia. — A. commune. Artemisia ab- 
 sinthium. — A. romanum. Artemisia pontica. 
 — A.vulgare. Artemisia absinthium. 
 
 Absolute. Alcohol free from water is called 
 absolute alcohol ; also perfectly pure ; as, huile 
 absolue, pure oleine. 
 
 ABSO'RBENT. _ (Absorbens; from absorbeo, 
 to suck up.) Having the property of absorbing 
 or neutralizing. Calamine, starch, &c, applied 
 to ulcerous surfaces to absorb fetid pus, are 
 termed absorbents. In Anatomy, the delicate 
 vessels which take up substances from any part 
 of the body and carry them into the blood. 
 See Lacteal and Lymphatic. 
 
 Absorbents. Bodies which neutralize acids 
 in the stomach and bowels, as magnesia, chalk. 
 
 ABSORBENT SYSTEM. The vessels and 
 glands throughout the body which produce ab- 
 sorption ; they discharge, for the most part, into 
 the thoracic duct. 
 
 ABSO'RPTION. (Absorptio, onis, f . ; from 
 absorbeo, to suck up.) 1. Imbibition. The func- 
 tion of the absorbents of collecting or imbibing 
 the chyle and superabundant nutrition of the 
 body ; the former being the office of the lacteals, 
 the latter of the lymphatics : by the latter, ab- 
 normal growths, fat, &c, are occasionally re- 
 moved. The minute extremities of the veins 
 are also endowed with the faculty of absorption, 
 according to Magendie's experiments. Absorp- 
 tion is applied in pathology to the re-entry of 
 morbid fluids into the system, as pus, dropsical 
 effusions, &c. ; in therapeutics, to the passage 
 of medicines, either from the cutaneous surface 
 or in any other way. By many physicians the 
 action of numerous medicines is attributed to 
 their direct passage to the parts remedied, or 
 into the circulation. The conditions of absorp- 
 tion are the presence of numerous pores or ves- 
 sels in the part, and an affinity between the sub- 
 stance and the membrane of the absorbents or 
 pores. 
 
 2. Absorption, in Physics, is the flowing of a 
 gas or liquid into the pores of any other sub- 
 stance : this result depends on an electrical af- 
 finity of the two bodies. 
 
 Absorption, interstitial. The removal of 
 fat from its cellules, and similar offices of the 
 lymphatic or absorbent system. 
 
 Absorptivity. Absorptivite. The power 
 of absorption inherent in organic tissues. 
 
 Abste'mious. (Abstemius; ab, from; and 
 temetum, wine.) Refraining from wine, accord- 
 ing to French writers. 
 
 Abste'ntio. A suppression or retention. 
 
 ABSTERGENT. (Abstergens; from abster- 
 geo, to cleanse.) Abstersive. Detergent. A 
 medicament, which cleanses or clears away foul- 
 
 12 
 
 AC A 
 
 Abstergents. Abstergentia. Detergents. 
 
 Abstinence. (Abstinentia, ce, f. ; from ab- 
 slineo, to abstain.) A sparing use of food. 
 
 Abstracti'tius. (From abstraho, to draw 
 away.) Abstractitious ; obtained by distillation. 
 
 A'bsus. See Cassia absus. 
 
 Abuta. See Cissampelos pareira. 
 
 Abvacua'tio. A large evacuation of any fluid, 
 as of blood from a plethoric person. 
 
 Acaca'lis. An Egyptian shrub. 
 
 Acacia. Gum acacia. 
 
 ACA'CIA. {a, ce, f. A/taicta.) The name of 
 a genus of leguminous trees and shrubs. The 
 Egyptian thom. 
 
 Acacia altera trifoliata. Acacia trefoil. 
 Spartium spinosum. — A. falsa. Robinia. — A. 
 germanica, v. nostras. The sloe, or Prunus spi- 
 nosa. — A. indica. Tamarindus. — A. zeylonica. 
 Hsematoxylon campechianum. 
 
 Acacia catechu. A tree of India ; the ex- 
 tract of its wood forms catechu. 
 
 ACACIA, GUM. Acacia*, gummi. Gum Ara- 
 bic. Gum Senegal. Common sweet gum, ob- 
 tained from Barbary, Morocco, and India; it 
 exudes spontaneously from several species of 
 acacia, as the A. vera, Arabica, Senegal, &c. 
 It is found in pale-yellowish, hard, brittle, and 
 shining fragments, soluble in water; sp.gr, 1-4; 
 insoluble in alcohol ; composition, CisHnOn 
 when pure. The mucilage is prepared by dis- 
 solving one part of gum in two of hot water : it 
 is demulcent, and an excellent vehicle for sus- 
 pending oily medicines, which it renders mis- 
 cible with water. 
 
 Acacia vera. The name of the Egyptian 
 thorn, or gum Arabic tree. 
 
 Acacia veravel. The expressed juice of the 
 immature pods of the Acacia veravel. This 
 inspissated juice is brought from Egypt: it if 
 considered a mild astringent medicine. 
 
 Acacijs gummi. Acacia gum. 
 
 Acaid. Vinegar. 
 
 Acajou. The cashew nut. Anacardium oc- 
 cidentals 
 
 Acalai. Salt. 
 
 Acalcum. Tin. 
 
 Acale'ph^;. Acalephans. A class of radiate 
 sea animals, as the Medusae. 
 
 Acale'phe. (Analntyrt.) The nettle. See 
 Urtica. 
 
 Acalyci'nus. Without a calyx. 
 
 Acalypha. The name of a genus of euphor- 
 biaceous plants. Class, Monadelphia. Order, 
 Moncecia. Acalypha indica. A Malabar plant 
 used by the natives against gout and syphilis. 
 Oil in which the plant has been infused is ap- 
 plied by friction. — A. betulina furnishes leaves 
 of aromatic and stomachic properties. — A. vir- 
 giniaca is indigenous, expectorant, and diuretic. 
 
 Aca'matos. A perfect rest of the muscles. 
 
 Acamech. Impure silver. 
 
 ACA'MPSIA. (From a, priv., and Ka/LiiTTu, 
 to bend.) An inflexible state of a joint. See 
 Anchylosis. x 
 
 Acanor. An ancient furnace. 
 
 A'canos. Acanthium. Onopordium acan- 
 thium. 
 
 Aca'ntha. (a, <£, f. Axavda; from ann, a 
 point.) 1. A thorn or prickle. 2. The spinous 
 processes of vertebra. 3. The 6pina dorsi. . 
 
ACC 
 
 ACE 
 
 Acantha'bolus. A kind of forceps for re- 
 moving thorns. 
 
 Acanthalzuca. Echinops. 
 
 Aca'nthinum gummi. Gum acacia. 
 
 Aca'nthulus. Acanthabolus. 
 
 Aca'nthus. A genus of plants. Didynamia. 
 Angiospermia. — A. mollis. Bear's breech; 
 brank-ursine. Branca ursina. The leaves and 
 root abound with a mucilage. It is employed 
 for the same purposes as althaea. 
 
 Acapatli. See Iva frutescens. 
 
 Aca'pnon. Marjoram. 
 
 Aca'rdia. Acardiac. (From a, priv., and 
 kapcha, the heart.) Without a heart. 
 
 Acaricoba. Hydrocotyle umbellatum. 
 
 Acaro'is resinifera. Botany Bay gum-tree. 
 
 A'caron. The wild myrtle. 
 
 Acartum. Minium. 
 
 A'CARUS. (us, i, m. ; from a, neg., and 
 KEipo, to divide, too small to be divided.) The 
 tick, or mite ; a numerous genus of bisects. 
 Those which are found hi the human body are, 
 1. A. domesticus, domestic tick: observed in 
 the head, near gangrenous sores, and on dead 
 bodies. 2. A. scabiei (Scarcoptes scabiei), itch 
 tick: this animal is white, with reddish legs. 
 It burrows near the exulcerations of the itch, 
 and in the neighborhood of other ulcers : it is 
 seldom seen except in hot climates. 3. The A. 
 autumnalis, harvest bug, or toheal insect : the 
 bite produces inflammation and swelling, ac- 
 companied by much itching. The insect is of 
 a globular ovate shape, with an abdomen bristly 
 behind. Other species are commonly known 
 as the A. ricinus, or dog tick ; the A. siro, or 
 cheese mite; the A. dysenteric, or dysentery 
 tick. The A.folliculorum is said to inhabit the 
 cutaneous follicles. The irritation caused by 
 these vermin is relieved by a lotion composed 
 of equal parts of the aromatic spirit of ammonia 
 and water. 
 
 Acatale'psia. (a, neg., and KarakapSavu, to 
 apprehend.) Acatalepsy. Uncertainty in the 
 diagnosis. 
 
 Aca' talis. The berry of the juniper. 
 
 Acata'posis. (a, neg., and naTamvu, to swal- 
 low.) Difficult deglutition. 
 
 Acata'statos. Acatastaticus. Acatastatic. 
 (a, neg., and Kadivrnpi, to determine.) A term 
 applied by Hippocrates, 1. To fevers which are 
 irregular in their paroxysms. 2. To turbid 
 urine without sediment. 
 
 Acatera. The greater juniper-tree. 
 
 Acatha'rsia. Without purgation. 
 
 Acatsjavalli. A Malabar plant — Cassytha 
 filiformis ? It is astringent and aromatic. Its 
 infusion is used as a fomentation in cases of 
 hemicrania ; and its juice, mixed with sugar, 
 is esteemed as a remedy for ophthalmia. 
 
 Acatj'lis. (a, priv., and navloc, a stem.) 
 Stemless ; without apparent stem. 
 
 Acaweria. The root of the Ophyoxylum 
 serpentinum. It is bitter, and much used in 
 the East Indies as an antidote to the bite of ser- 
 pents. 
 
 Acazdir. Tin. 
 
 Accatum, or accalem. Brass. 
 
 ACCELERATION. (Acceleratio, onis, f. ; 
 from accelero.) An augmentation of motion. 
 
 Accelerator urin.3e. A muscle of the pe- 
 
 nis. Ejaculator seminis. Bulbo-cavernosus of 
 Winslow. It arises from the sphincter ani and 
 membranous part of the urethra, and from the 
 eras and beginning of the corpus cavernosum 
 penis. It is inserted into a line in the middle 
 of the bulbous part of the urethra. The use of 
 these muscles is to drive the mine or semen for- 
 ward, and to push the blood toward the corpus 
 cavernosum and glans penis in erections. 
 Accent. Inflection of the voice. 
 Accession. (Accessio, onis, f. ; from accedo, 
 to approach. ) The accession or commencement 
 of a disease. Applied chiefly to a fever which 
 has paroxysms or exacerbations ; thus, the ac- 
 cession of' fever means the commencement of 
 the paroxysm, or approach of the febrile period. 
 
 Accesso'rius. Accessory. Connected, with, 
 or dependent upon, any thing ; as, an accessory 
 symptom, accessory muscle, accessory nerve, &c. 
 
 Accessorius lumbalis. Sacro-lumbalis. 
 
 Accessorius nervus. Accessorii Willisii. 
 From the second, fourth, and fifth cervical 
 nerves. The superior respiratory nerves. 
 
 Accessory of the par vagum. The superior 
 respiratory nerve. 
 
 Accident. (Accidens ; from accido, to hap- 
 pen.) A casualty. An unexpected symptom 
 arising in the course of a disease. The French 
 writers use this word synonymously with symp- 
 tom. 
 
 Accidental. Tissus accidentels. Accident- 
 al, or false membranes. 
 
 Accidental colors. Ocular spectra. 
 
 Acci'piter. (From accipiter, a hawk.) A 
 bandage which was put over the nose ; so called 
 from its resemblance to the claw of a hawk. 
 
 Accipitres. The hawk tribe. 
 
 Acclimated. Accustomed to a climate. 
 
 Acclimatement. Acclimation. 
 
 ACCLIMATION. Becoming seasoned or 
 accustomed to a climate. It is usually preceded 
 by fevers or some specific disease, which is 
 hence called the acclimating fever. 
 
 Accli'vis. Obliquus internus abdominis. 
 
 ACCOUCHEMENT. Parturition. 
 
 ACCOUCHEUR. A man-midwife. An ob- 
 stetrician. 
 
 ACCRETION. ( Acer etio, onis, L ; from ad, and 
 cresco, to grow.) Growth; growing together. 
 
 ACCUBA'TIO. (From accumbo, to recline.) 
 Childbed ; reclining. 
 
 Accumbent. Lying against. 
 
 Acephalia. (a, «, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 Ktfyakri, a head.) Absence of the head. 
 
 Accusatio. Indication. 
 
 Acedia. Neglect; fatigue. 
 
 Acella. Axilla. 
 
 Acephalobra'chia. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., 
 Ke<pahn, a head, and flpaxiuv, an arm.) Ab- 
 sence of the head and arms. 
 
 Acephalobra'chius. A monster without 
 head or arms. 
 
 Acephaloca'rdia. (a, a, f. ; from a, priv., 
 KetyaTiT}, a head, and Kapdca, the heart.) Ab- 
 sence of the head and heart. 
 
 Acephaloca'rdius. A foetus born without 
 head or heart. 
 
 Acephalochi'rus. (us, i, m. ; from a, priv., 
 fcetpajin, a head, and X £l P< a band.) A foetus 
 born without head or hands. 
 
 13 
 
ACE 
 
 Acephalocy'stis. (is, idis, f. ; from a, priv., 
 Ke<pa?i?j, a head, and kvotcc, a bladder.) The 
 acephalocyst, or hydatid. See Entozoa. 
 
 Acephaloga'ster. (er, ri, in. ; from a, priv., 
 KEfaXrj, a head, and yaarnp, the belly.) A foe- 
 tus born without the head, chest, and superior 
 part of the belly. 
 
 Acephaloga'stria. Absence of the head, 
 chest, and upper part of the belly. 
 
 Acephalopo'dia. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., 
 KetyaTin, a head, and ttovc, a foot.) Wanting 
 the head and feet. 
 
 Acephalo'podus. A foetus born without 
 head or feet. 
 
 Acephalora'chia. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., 
 KEtyaTiTj, a head, and pa^c, the spine.) Want- 
 ing the head and vertebral column. 
 
 Acephalo'stomus. (us,i,m. ; from a, priv., 
 KEdaXrj, a head, and arojia, the mouth.) An 
 acephalous foetus, having at its superior part an 
 aperture resembling a mouth. 
 
 Acephalothora'cia. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., 
 netyaln, a head, and ■&upat, the chest.) Ab- 
 sence of the head and chest. 
 
 Acephalotho'rus. A foetus born without 
 head or chest. 
 
 ACE'PHALUS. Acephalous. Without a 
 head : applied to a monster born without a 
 head. 
 
 Acer. Pungent; sharp. 
 
 A'CER. (er, eris, n.) A genus of trees. 
 Family, Aceracece. The maples. 
 
 Acer saccharinum. The sugar maple. It is 
 as tall as the oak, and from two to three feet in 
 diameter; puts forth a white blossom in the 
 spring, before any appearance of leaves ; its 
 ashes afford a large quantity of excellent pot- 
 ash. It abounds in the space between 43° and 
 46° N. latitude. Five pounds of sugar are af- 
 forded by the sap of one tree. It is tapped in 
 March. The sugar is separated from the sap 
 by boiling. When refined, it is equal to fine 
 loaf sugar. 
 
 Acer virginianum odoratum. Liquid amber. 
 
 A'cerate. A salt of the aceric acid. 
 
 Ace'ratos. Unmixed; uncorrupted. 
 
 Ace'rb. (Acerbus; from acer, sharp.) Ap- 
 plied to a taste compounded of acidity and as- 
 tringency. 
 
 Ace'ric acid. Acidum acericum. An acid 
 combined with lime in the juice of the common 
 maple (Acer campestre) — malic acid? 
 
 Acercus. A tailless monster. 
 
 Ace' rides. Plasters made without wax. 
 
 ACE'ROSE. Acerosus. Leaves shaped like 
 a needle. 
 
 Acerosus. Chaffy; coarse bread containing 
 bran. 
 
 Acer'vulus cerebri. A sandy substance of 
 a yellow color which is frequently found near, 
 or in the substance of, the pineal gland: it con- 
 sists of phosphate of lime : it has not been ob- 
 served till after the age of puberty, and does 
 not appear to be the product of disease. 
 
 Acescent. Ace'scency. (Acescens; from aces- 
 Co, to grow sour.) Becoming sour. 
 
 A'cesis. (is, is, f. ; from aKeopai, to cure.) 
 A remedy or cure. 
 
 Acesma. A drug. 
 
 Acestor. A physician. 
 14 
 
 ACE 
 
 Acestos. Curable. 
 
 Acestra. A needle. 
 
 Ace'stris. Acestoris, or Acestria. A female 
 physician, or a midwife. 
 
 ACETABULUM, (urn, i, n. ; from acetabu- 
 lum, a saucer.) 1. The cup-like cavity of the 
 os innominatum. See Innominatum os. 2. An 
 old liquid measure of the |th of a pint. 3. An 
 old name of the Cotyledon umbilicus. 4. The 
 lobes or cotyledons of the placenta in rumina- 
 ting animals have been called acetabula. 5. The 
 same name has been given to the mouths of the 
 uterine veins terminating in the placenta. 
 
 Aceta medicata. Pharmaceutical prepara- 
 tions of vinegar. 
 
 Aceta'l. A compound of aldehyde with 
 ether. Formula, AcO-J-AeO-f HO. 
 
 Aceta'ria. (a, orum, pi. n. ; from acetum, 
 vinegar.) A salad ; pickles. 
 
 Acetarium scorbuticum. A kind of pickle 
 directed by Dr. Bates for scorbutic persons, and 
 made of horseradish. 
 
 ACE'TAS. (as, atis, f. ; from acetum, vine- 
 gar.) An acetate ; a salt of the acetic acid. 
 Acetates are characterized by the pungent 
 smell of vinegar, which they exhale on the ad- 
 dition of sulphuric acid ; by yielding, on distil- 
 lation in a moderate red heat, a very light, odor- 
 ous, and combustible liquor, called pyroacetic 
 spirit, or acetone ; by being all soluble in water, 
 many of them so much so as to be uncrystalliza- 
 ble. The acetates commonly employed in the 
 cure of diseases are the acetates of potash, am- 
 monia, soda, lead, zinc, mercury, morphia. 
 
 Acetas ammonia. Acetate of ammonia. See 
 Ammonice acetatis liquor. 
 
 Acetas ferri. Acetate of iron. (D. Ph.) A 
 mild, good chalybeate. 
 
 Acetas hydrargyri. See Hydrargyri ace- 
 tas. 
 
 Acetas morphia. See Morphia acetas. 
 
 Acetas plumbi. See Plumbi acetas, and 
 Plumbi acetatis liquor. 
 
 Acetas potass^. See Potassce acetas. 
 
 Acetas sod^e. See Sodce acetas. 
 
 Acetas zinci. Acetate of zinc. A salt com- 
 posed of oxide of zinc and acetic acid. It is 
 used sometimes as an astringent in inflamma- 
 tion of the eyes. 
 
 Acetate. A salt of acetic acid. See Acetas. 
 
 Acetate of Ammonia. See Ammonice acetatis 
 liquor. 
 
 Acetate of Iron. See Acetas ferri. 
 
 Acetate of head. Sugar of lead. 
 
 Acetate of Mercury. See Hydrargyri acetas. 
 
 Acetate of Morphia. See Morphice acetas. 
 
 Acetate of Potash. See Potassce acetas. 
 
 Acetate of Soda. See Sodce acetus. 
 
 Acetate of Zinc. See Acetas zinci. 
 
 Acetated vegetable Alkali. See Potassce ace- 
 tas. 
 
 Acetated volatile Alkali. See Ammonice ace- 
 tatis liquor. 
 
 ACETIC ACID. Acidum aceticum fortius. 
 The acid of vinegar (acetum)- It exists free, 
 and combined with bases in many vegetable 
 products, and is the principal result of the ace- 
 tous fermentation. The purest acid is obtained 
 by distilling the acetates with sulphuric acid 
 and also, indirectly, from pyrohgneous acid. 
 
ACE 
 
 Thi3 is an intensely sour fluid, aromatic, color- 
 less; sp. gr., 1-062; volatilizes slowly, and boils 
 at 248° F. ; at 50° F. it becomes solid, forming 
 rhomboidal crystals containing ith water. The 
 strongest acid is that which crystallizes perfect- 
 ly without any excess of water ; it consists of 
 C4H3O3 + HO, and is the protohydrate of acetic 
 acid, the anhydrous compound existing only in 
 combination. Theoretically, this acetic acid is a 
 hydrated teroxide of acetyl, (Ac)=Ac0 3 -f-HO: 
 there are many other hydrates. It combines 
 usually in neutral proportions, but also as 2 and 
 3 atoms to one of base. 
 
 Strong acetic acid unites with nearly all ox- 
 ides: forming acetates, it is powerfully rubefa- 
 cient, producing blisters on the skin. Its solv- 
 ent powers are considerable, resins, essential 
 oils, phosphorus, and many vegetable princi- 
 ples being dissolved by it. The most common 
 adulteration is by sulphuric acid, which is de- 
 tected by chloride of barium, which produces 
 a white precipitate with sulphuric acid. 
 
 Pyroligneous acid is acetic acid distilled from 
 wood and purified ; it usually retains an empy- 
 reumatic odor. It is ordered by the Lond. Ph. 
 of such strength that 100 grs. dissolve 87 grs. 
 of crystallized carbonate of soda. For the prep- 
 arations of acetic acid, see Acetum. 
 
 ACETIFICATION. (Acetificatio ; fromace- 
 tum, vinegar, andfacio, to make.) The action 
 or process by which vinegar is made. 
 
 Acetite. A false name for acetate. 
 
 Acetometer. An instrument for estimating 
 the strength of vinegars. 
 
 _ ACETONE. Pyroacetic spirit. It is the vola- 
 tile aromatic product of the destructive distilla- 
 tion of acetate of lime, barytes, &c; is color- 
 less, inflammable; boils at 132°; lighter than wa- 
 ter; sp. gr.,079. Composition, C3H3O. It is 
 also procured by passing vapor of acetic acid 
 over charcoal heated to dull redness. It has 
 been introduced into medicine for consumption 
 and diseases of the chest. 
 
 Aceto'sa. (a, ce, f.) Sorrel. See Rumex 
 acetosa. 
 
 ACETOSE'LLA. See Oxalis acetosella. 
 
 Acetous acid. Formerly acetic acid; now 
 applied to Aldehydic acid. 
 
 Acetous Fermentation. That stage of fer- 
 mentation in which vinegar is produced. See 
 Fermentation. 
 
 Ace'tum. (urn, i, n.) Vinegar. The acetic 
 acid is the characteristic product of the acetous 
 fermentation. Common vinegar consists of the 
 acetic acid in a very diluted state, mixed with 
 saccharine and mucilaginous matter, and other 
 vegetable impurities. The vinegar used for do- 
 mestic purposes is obtained from an infusion of 
 malt, from wine, or cider. Vinegar, divested 
 of its impurities by distillation, constitutes the 
 acidum aceticum dilutum, and the ordinary dis- 
 tilled vinegar of the shops. Acetic acid of con- 
 siderable strength may be prepared by satura- 
 ting perfectly dry charcoal with common vine- 
 gar, and distilling ; the water comes over first, 
 and, as the heat increases, is followed by the 
 acid. Strong acetic acid is also obtained by ex- 
 posing vinegar to a freezing temperature, when 
 the water congeals while the acid remains liq- 
 uid, and may be strained off. A good deal of 
 
 AC H 
 
 strong vinegar is now made by oxydizing whis- 
 ky and spirits in the German method. The dis- 
 tilled vinegar of wood is also used in manufac- 
 tures : it is febrifuge and antiseptic. Common 
 vinegar contains less than five per cent, of pure 
 acetic acid. 
 
 Acetum agrestinum solutivum. An old med- 
 icine. 
 
 Acetum aromaticum. Aromatic vinegar. (E. 
 Ph.) Take of rosemary tops, dried sage leaves, 
 aa. fiv. ; dry lavender flowers, fij. ; cloves, 
 51J.; distilled vinegar, Ibviij. Macerate seven 
 days, express, filter. (Ed. Ph.) Aromatic and 
 antiseptic. 
 
 Acetum bezoardicum. Aromatic vinegar. 
 Acetum prophylacticum, &c. 
 
 Acetum caxtharidis. (Ph. L.) Vinegar of 
 cantharides. Take of cantharides, powdered, 
 ?ij.; acetic acid, Oj. Macerate eight days, ex 
 press, and strain. A prompt vesicant. 
 
 Acetum colchici. Vinegar of meadow saf- 
 fron. Take dry meadow saffron roots, sliced, 
 fij.; distilled vinegar, Oij.; alcohol, f. fi. Ma- 
 cerate in vinegar seven days, express, filter; 
 add the alcohol. (U. S.) Diuretic, in gout; 
 dose, f. 3ss. to 3iss. 
 
 Acetum destillatum. Acetum distillatum. 
 Distilled vinegar. Distill over a sand-bath in glass 
 vessels. Of a gallon of vinegar, reject the first 
 pint, and preserve the next five only. A fluid 
 ounce at sp. gr. 1-007 saturates 35 grs. of carb. 
 potassa, or 58£ crystallized carb. soda. (U. S.) 
 
 Acetum opii. Vinegar of opium. Take opi- 
 um, §iv. ; distilled vinegar, Oj. Macerate sev- 
 en days, filter. (Ed. P.) Seldom used ; in- 
 tended as a substitute for the tinct. opii acet., 
 or for the black drop. 
 
 Acetum philosopkicum. A preparation of the 
 alchemists. 
 
 Acetum prophylacticum. Vinaigre des qua- 
 tre voleurs. Vinegar of the four thieves. A 
 preparation somewhat similar to aromatic vine- 
 gar. 
 
 Acetum radicatum. Radical vinegar ; con- 
 centrated acetic acid. 
 
 Acetum scill^. Vinegar of squills. Take 
 sliced squill, fiv. ; distilled vinegar, Oij.; alco- 
 hol, f. fj. Macerate for seven days, express; 
 add the alcohol to the clear fluid. (U. S.) 
 The oxymel scillse is better. Expectorant, diu- 
 retic ; dose, 3ss. to 31J. : larger doses excite 
 nausea and vomiting. 
 
 Acetum theriacale. Theriacale aromaticurn. 
 
 Acetyl. A hypothetical compound radical, 
 C 4 H 3 ; symbol, Ac: the radical of acetic acid, 
 &c. Acetylic acid is the acetic acid. Acetylous 
 acid, AcOs'HO, is the same as aldehydic acid. 
 
 Aceyte de sal. A South American remedy 
 for bronchocele, containing a portion of iodine. 
 
 Achacana. The edible root of a Peruvian 
 cactus. 
 
 Ach^nium. A one-celled, one-seeded, supe- 
 rior indehiscent dry fruit. 
 
 Achanaca. An African plant used in the 
 kingdom of Mely as an anti-syphilitiG. 
 
 Achaovan. An Egyptian plant, resembling 
 the chamomile. 
 
 Achaovan abiat. An Egyptian plant; prob- 
 ably the Cineraria maritima. 
 
 Achar. Atchar. 
 
 15 
 
ACI 
 
 Acliari' ston. Various antidotes and collyria. 
 
 A'che. The herb smallage. 
 
 Acheilia. (From a, ^eiAof, a lip.) .Desti- 
 tute of a lip or lips. 
 
 Acheir. (From a, priv., and x u ?i tne hand.) 
 Devoid of hands. — Galen. 
 
 Achia. Achiar. The pickled shoots of the 
 bamboo. 
 
 Achi'colum. The sudatorium of the ancient 
 baths. 
 
 Achille'a. A genus of composite plants re- 
 sembling the tansy in properties. Milfoil ; yar- 
 row. The A. ageratum, maudlin; A. millefo- 
 lium, yarrow ; A. atrata, are bitter aromatics. 
 A. ptarmica, sneeze wort or bastard pellitory, is 
 a sialogogue, and the powder of the root or 
 leaves is a sternutatory. A. mosckata is the 
 active body of the Esprit oVIva. 
 
 Achillei' on. A sort of sponge. 
 
 Achille'is. A species of barley. 
 
 Achillis chorda. See Achillis tendo. 
 
 Achillis tendo. The strong tendon of the 
 heel which is formed by the junction of the 
 gastrocnemius and soleus muscles, and which 
 extends along the posterior part of the tibia 
 from the calf to the heel. 
 
 Achiote. Annotto. 
 
 Achlamy'deous. (a,xhafivc,a,cloak.) Plants 
 without either calyx or corolla. 
 
 A'chlys. Darkness ; cloudiness. Opacity of 
 the cornea caligo. 
 
 Achmam. Achmadium, or Acliimadium. An- 
 timony. 
 
 Achmella. Spilanthus acmella. 
 
 A'chne. (Axun.) 1. Inspissated mucus in 
 the eye, Hippocrates ; or in the fauces, Galen. 
 2. Lint. 
 
 A'CHOLUS. (From a, priv., and xo^n, bile.) 
 Deficient in bile. 
 
 A'CHOR. A pointed pustule, containing 
 a light yellow matter, and changing into a brown 
 scab : it attacks the hairy scalp of children. 
 It is also called Lactumen, Favus, Porrigo lar- 
 valis, Crusta lactea. 
 
 Achori'stos. (Inseparable; from a, priv., 
 and ^(jptfw, to separate.) Applied by the an- 
 cients to a symptom inseparable from any dis- 
 ease, as pain in the side from pleurisy. 
 
 Achourou. The Carib name of a species of 
 myrtle. A decoction of the leaves is used by 
 the natives as a remedy for dropsy. 
 
 A'chras sapota. The oval-fruited sapota, 
 the seeds of which are sometimes given in the 
 form of emulsion in calculous complaints. It 
 grows in the West India Islands. The bark of 
 this, and the Achras mammosa, is very astrin- 
 gent, and is used medicinally under the name 
 of Cortex jamaicensis : it has been recommend- 
 ed as a febrifuge. 
 
 Achroa. Without color ; pale. 
 
 Achroi. Pallid persons. 
 
 Achromatic (a, xP G) f ia y color.) An ar- 
 rangement of two lenses to avoid colored aber- 
 ration in optical instruments. 
 
 Achro'mato'psia. (From a, #pw,ua, and otyic, 
 vision.) A term to designate an incapacity of 
 distinguishing different colors from each other. 
 
 Achyrodes. Acerose. 
 
 Achyron. Bran; furfur. 
 
 A'cia. (From ant], a point.) A term used 
 16 
 
 ACI 
 
 by Celsus, which some believe to mean a needle, 
 others the thread, and others a particular kind 
 of suture. 
 
 Aci'cular. (Acicularis; from acicula, a 
 needle.) Needle-shaped ; applied to leaves and 
 to crystals. 
 
 ACID. (Acidum, i, n. ; from amc, a point.) 
 A compound which is capable of uniting, in 
 definite proportion, with alkaline bases, and 
 which when liquid, or in a state of solution, has 
 either a sour taste or reddens litmus paper. 
 Acids are called mineral or organic, as they are 
 derived from minerals, plants, or animals ; they 
 are also divided into oxygen, hydrogen, sul- 
 phur, &c, acids, as they are compounds of 
 these elements. Those oxygen acids which 
 terminate in ic, contain the largest proportion 
 of oxygen; those in ous, a less amount. For 
 the properties of these compounds, see them 
 respectively. 
 
 Acid aerial. Carbonic acid. — A. calcareous. 
 Carbonic acid. — Acid of ants. Formic acid. — 
 Acid of apples. Malic acid. — Acid bath. See 
 Balneum. — Acid of lemons. Citric acid. — Acid 
 of milk. Lactic acid. — Acid of tartar. Tartaric 
 acid. — Acid of sorrel. Oxalic acid. — Acid of 
 sugar. Oxalic acid. 
 
 ACIDIFPABLE. Capable of being convert- 
 ed into an acid by an acidifying principle. 
 
 ACIDIFICATION. The endowing of any 
 thing with acid properties. 
 
 ACIDIFYING. That which combines with 
 an acidifiable substance, as oxygen. 
 
 ACIDIME'TRY. The measurement of the 
 strength of acids. This is effected by saturating 
 a given weight of them with an alkaline base ; 
 the quantity requisite for the purpose is the 
 measure of their power. 
 
 ACIDITY. Sourness. 
 
 Acidity of the stomach. A symptom of dys- 
 pepsy; it is temporarily alleviated by magne- 
 sia, and remedied by regular diet and exercise. 
 
 ACIDULOUS. Somewhat acid ; sub-acid. 
 
 Acidulous waters. Mineral waters contain- 
 ing a lai'ge amount of carbonic acid. 
 
 Acidum abietis. An acid liquor distilled 
 from the fresh branches of the Pinus sylvestris. 
 
 Acidum aceticum. See Acetic acid. — A. acet. 
 aromaticum. Acetum aromaticum. — Acidum 
 aceticum camphoratum. Take of camphor, 
 f ss. ; alcohol, enough to reduce the camphor to 
 powder ; acetic acid (strong), fvi. ; dissolve. 
 (Ph. E. and D.) A pungent, refreshing per- 
 fume, resembling Henry's aromatic vinegar. — 
 Acidum aceticum concentratum. Acetic acid. — 
 Acid. acet. fortius and forte. Acetic acid. — 
 Acidum aceticum empyreumaticum. Pyroligne- 
 ous acid. See Acetic acid. — Acidum aceticum 
 ex ligno destillatum. Pyroligneous acid. 
 
 Acidumaceticumdilutum. Concentrated acid 
 diluted with 10 parts of water. (U. S.) 
 
 Acidum acetosellce. Oxalic acid. 
 
 Aci-dum acetosum. Acetum. 
 
 Acidicm mthereum. See Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Acidum aluminosum. The sulphuric acid. 
 
 Acidum arsenicosum. A. arseniosum. At- 
 senious acid. 
 
 Acidum benzoicum. Benzoic acid. Take 
 of gum Benjamin, or benzoin, any quantity; 
 place in a glass subliming vessel over a sand- 
 
ACI 
 
 bath heated to 300° F., and gradually increas- 
 ed till nothing more ascends. Press the subli- 
 mate in folds of blotting paper to separate the 
 oily parts, and sublime again at 400° F. (U. 
 S. Ph.) Seldom used except in compound 
 medicines. Stimulant; dose, gr. x. to 33s. 
 
 Acidum borussicum. Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 Acidum catholicon. Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Acidum citricum. See Citric acid. 
 
 Acidum, hydrocarbonicum. Oxalic acid. 
 
 Acidum hydrocyanicum. Dilute prussic 
 acid. Take of cyanuret of silver, grains 51; 
 muriatic acid, grs. 41; distilled water, f. §j. 
 Add the salt of silver to the diluted acid, shake 
 them together in a stoppered vessel, and after 
 a short interval pour off the clear liquor into 
 another vessel. Keep this for use, and in a 
 dark place. (U. S.) It is a powerful seda- 
 tive, and sometimes used to allay irritation both 
 of the pulmonary and gastric apparatus ; dose, 
 one to six or eight drops, dissolved in water or 
 mucilage : it should be recent. This officinal 
 or medical acid is not to be confounded with 
 pure Hydrocyanic acid, which see. 
 
 Acidum hydrothionicum liquidum. Solution 
 of sulphureted hydrogen in water. 
 
 Acidum ligneum. Pyroligneous acid. See 
 Acetic acid. 
 
 Acidum marinum concentratum. Hydrochlo- 
 ric acid. 
 
 Acidum morbosum. Acidity of the stomach. 
 
 Acidum muriaticum dilutum. Dilute muri- 
 atic or hydrochloric acid. Mix four parts, by 
 measure, of muriatic acid with twelve parts of 
 distilled water; it should have sp. gr. 1-05. 
 (U. S.) Tonic and refrigerant; dose, 3ss. 
 
 Acidum muriaticum nitroso oxygenatum. 
 Nitro-muriatic acid. 
 
 Acidum nitricum. See Nitric acid. 
 
 Acidum nitricum dilutum. Take of nitric 
 acid, a fluid ounce ; distilled water, nine fluid 
 ounces. Mix them. (U. S. and Ph. L.) Dose, 
 
 38S. 
 
 Acidum nitro-murialicum. See Nitro-muri- 
 atic acid. 
 
 Acidum nitrosum. See Nitrous acid. 
 
 Acidum pingue. The supposed principle of 
 causticity. 
 
 Acidum primigenium. See Acidum catholi- 
 con. 
 
 Acidum prussicum. See Hydrocyanic acid ; 
 and for the medical compound, Acidum hydro- 
 cyanicum. 
 
 Acidum pyroaceticum. Pyroligneous acid. 
 See Acetic acid. 
 
 Acidum quercitanicum. Tannic acid. 
 
 Acidum sacchari, vel saccharinum. Oxalic 
 acid. 
 
 Acidum salis, or Salis culinaris, or Salis mar- 
 ini. Muriatic acid. 
 
 Acidum solis. See Clyssus. 
 
 Acidum suecicum. Swedish acid. Hydro- 
 fluoric acid. 
 
 Acidum sulphureum. See Sulphurous acid. 
 
 Acidum sulphuricum. See Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Acidum sulphuricum aromaticum. Aro- 
 matic sulphuric acid. Take sulphuric acid, 
 f. fiijss.; alcohol, Oij.; cinnamon, in powder, 
 ?iss.; powdered ginger, §j. Add the fluids 
 carefully, mix in the powders, and let them 
 B 
 
 ACN 
 
 digest six days; strain. (U. S.) Tonic and 
 refrigerant ; dose, 1U x. to 3ss ■ 
 
 Acidum sulphuricum dilutum. Take of 
 sulphuric acid, a fluid ounce ; distilled water, 
 thirteen fluid ounces ; add the water gradually 
 to the acid in a glass vessel. (U. S.) 
 
 Acidum sulphuris volatile, or sulphur osicum. 
 Sulphurous acid. 
 
 Acidum iartari. Acidum tartaricum. See 
 Tartaric acid. 
 
 Acidum universale. Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Acidum vitriolicum. See Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Acidum vitriolicum dilutum. See Acidum 
 sulphuricum dilutum. 
 
 Acidum zooticum, or zootinicum. Hydro- 
 cyanic acid. 
 
 Acidurgia. Operative surgery. 
 
 A'cies. Iron or steel. 
 
 Aciesis. Barrenness. Sterility in females. 
 
 ACINACFFORMIS. (From acinaces, a cime- 
 ter, and forma, a shape.) Acinaciform ; shaped 
 like a saber ; applied to leaves. 
 
 Acine'sia. {a, ce, f . ; arnvnaca', from a, 
 priv., and tcivnaic, motion.) 1. Loss of motion. 
 2. The interval of rest between the systole and 
 diastole of the heart. 
 
 Acini biliosi. See Liver. 
 
 Acini of Malpighi. Corpora Malpighi- 
 ana. 
 
 Aciniform. Acinosus. (From acinus, a 
 grape.) Acinose. A name given to the uvea 
 or posterior lamina of the iris, and to the cho- 
 roid coat. 
 
 A'CINUS. (us, i, m.; from acinus, a grape.) 
 1. The minute glandular corpuscles in which 
 the different secretions take place, as in the 
 skin, liver, &c, are called acini. 2. Glands 
 which are in the form of clusters, as the pan- 
 creas, are sometimes called acini glandulosi. 3. 
 The term acinus was formerly applied to a 
 small fleshy granulation. 4. In Botany, the 
 small berries which compose the fruit of the 
 mulberry, blackberry, &c, are called acini. 
 
 A'cinus. (Kklvoc.) A species of thyme men- 
 tioned by Dioscorides. 
 
 Acipe'nser. A genus of fish of the order 
 Chondropterygii. The sturgeon. All the 
 species afford isinglass. 
 
 Acma'sticos. A term applied by the Greeks 
 to a fever which preserves an equal intensity 
 throughout its course : the term is synonymous 
 with 6/LioTovoc. 
 
 A'cme. (e, es, f. ; from aKfin, vigor, matu- 
 rity.) The height or crisis of a disease. 
 
 Acme'lla. See Spilanthus acmella. 
 
 Acmon. The incus of the ear. 
 
 A'CNE. (Akvv. Acna, ce, f.) Acne is de- 
 fined by Bateman as "an eruption of distinct, 
 hard, inflamed tubercles, which are sometimes 
 permanent for a considerable length of time, 
 and sometimes suppurate very slowly and par- 
 tially." There are four varieties of Acne: A. 
 simplex ; A. punctata, maggot pimple ; A. in- 
 durata, stone pock ; and A. rosacea, carbuncle, 
 grog blotch. This disease usually appears on 
 the face, especially on the forehead and chin, 
 and sometimes also on the neck, shoulders, and 
 breast ; it seldom descends to the lower part of 
 the trunk, or to the extremities. 
 
 Acne'stis. The back. 
 
 17 
 
ACO 
 
 Acnestos. Cneorum tricoccum. 
 
 Acos'lius. Emaciated. Without belly. 
 
 Accesis. The faculty of hearing. 
 
 ACO'LOGY. (Acologia, cs, f. ; from aKoc, a 
 remedy, and "koyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine 
 of remedies. The application of the term has 
 usually been restricted, but without reason, to " 
 surgical remedies. 
 
 Acone. A mortar. 
 
 Aco'ndylus. (From a, priv., and icovdvTioc, a 
 joint.) Without a joint. 
 
 Aco'nion. An ancient form of medicine for 
 the eyes. 
 
 A'CONITE. Aconitum napellus, and Aconi- 
 tum neomontanum. (U. S.) 
 
 Aconitic acid. An acid found in wolf 's-bane, 
 Equisetum fiuviatile, &c. It also results 
 from the decomposition of citric acid by heat. 
 Form., C4HO3, HO. 
 
 Aconitina. Aconitia. Aconita. Aconitine. 
 A narcotic, extremely poisonous alkaloid prin- 
 ciple in Aconitum napellus, &c. It is white 
 and granular, or in a colorless, transparent mass, 
 having a glassy luster ; inodorous, very fusible, 
 little soluble in water, but readily so in alcohol 
 and ether. It is highly poisonous, the twelfth 
 part of a grain being sufficient to destroy the 
 life of a small bird instantaneously. It is an 
 arterial and nervous sedative, and is recom- 
 mended as an antiphlogistic, but is not used in- 
 ternally. The drug is seldom pure. Dr. Turn- 
 bull has warmly recommended its external use, 
 in the form of ointment, in neuralgic, gouty, and 
 rheumatic cases. 
 
 Aconitine. Aconitina, solution of. Turn- 
 bull's preparation. Aconitine from Mr. Mor- 
 son's, gr. viij. ; alcohol, fij . : dissolve. Applied 
 to the sound skin by a friction sponge. Begin 
 with 3ss. for the application. 
 
 Aconitine ointment. Turnbull's aconitine, 
 gr. ij. ; alcohol, gtt. vj. Mix together, and add 
 3J. of lard. Begin with the use of gr. x., and in- 
 crease as it is indicated. 
 
 Aconi'tum. (urn, i, n. Akovitov.) Aconite. 
 Monk shood. Wolf's-bane. There are several 
 species, which have all a similar poisonous ac- 
 tion on the animal economy, but some are 
 stronger than others. They are perennial Ra- 
 nunculacea?. The A. napellus is the most im- 
 portant, but A. paniculatum, cammarum, and 
 neomontanum are officinal. Properties, narcot- 
 ic and sudorific ; especially of use in rheumatic 
 and neuralgic diseases. Dose of the dried 
 leaves, 1 to 5 grs. : in over-doses it is an acrid 
 narcotic. 
 
 Aconitum anthora. Salutary monk'shood. 
 This is poisonous, like the rest of the genus ; 
 the dried root is used in doses of 10 to 20 grs. 
 as a vermifuge and cathartic. 
 
 Aconitum lycoctonum. A species possessing 
 the same properties as wolf's-bane. 
 Aconu'si. Diseases of the ears. 
 A'copa. (a, ko-koc, fatigue.) Medicines 
 against weariness. 
 
 A'copis. A stone ; used as a remedy against 
 weariness. 
 
 Acopon. Acopum. Singular of Acopa. 
 A'copos. Supposed to be the Menyanthes 
 trifoliata. 
 A'COR. (or, oris, m. ; from aceo, to be sour.) 
 18 
 
 ACR 
 
 Acidity and acrimony. This word is sometimes 
 used in the same way as acid. 
 
 AcoRACEiE. Acorince. See Avoided. 
 
 ACO'RIA. (a, <e, f. ; from a, priv., and Kopeo, 
 to satiate.) Canine appetite. Inordinate de- 
 sire for food or drink. 
 
 Acori'tes. Acorites vintcm. A wine of 
 acorus, liquorice, &c. 
 
 Acortinus. The lupin. See Lupinus. 
 
 A'CORUS. A genus of plants. Hexandria. 
 Digynia. Nat. family, Aroidece. — A. calamus. 
 The sweet-flag, or acorus. — Calamus aromati- 
 cus. The root is aromatic, and but seldom 
 used. Dose, 31]., in infusion. 
 
 Acorus adulterinus. A. palustris. A. vulgaris. 
 See Iris. — A. verus. A. asiaticus. The same as 
 A. aromaticus. 
 
 A'cos. A remedy, or medicine. 
 
 Aco'smia. 1. Irregularity in the critical days 
 of fever. — Galen. 2. Baldness. 
 
 Acotyle'don. Without a cotyledon. In 
 the natural system of Jussieu, the Acotyledones 
 form a class which corresponds with the Cryp- 
 togamia of Linnaeus, and includes Lichens, Sea- 
 weeds, Fungi, Mosses., &c. 
 
 Acou'meter, or acumeter. (From anovu, to 
 hear, and fierpov, a measure.) An instrument 
 invented by Itard for estimating the extent of 
 the sense of hearing. 
 
 Acou'ophonia. (From anovu), I hear, and 
 (j)uv?j, sound.) Auscultation by the ear of sounds 
 produced by percussion. 
 
 Acou'sma. A deprivation of the sense of 
 hearing, in which imaginary sounds are heard. 
 
 Acou'stic. (From aicovco, to hear.) 1. Be- 
 longing to the ear, or to sound. 2. An acoustic 
 medicine is one used in disorders of the sense 
 of hearing. 
 
 Acoustic duct. See Meatus auditorrus. 
 
 Acoustic nerve. See Portio mollis. 
 
 Acoustico-malleus. A doubtful muscle of 
 the internal ear; the third, or external muscle 
 of the malleus. 
 
 Acou'stics. The science which investigates 
 the nature and production of sounds. 
 
 Acqu'a. See Aqua and Eau. 
 
 Acquetta. Liquor arsenicalis. 
 
 Acqui, Mineral water of. A thermal (1G7° 
 F.) sulphur spring. 
 
 Acquired diseases. Diseases which are not 
 hereditary nor congenital, but dependent on 
 some adventitious cause operating after birth. 
 
 Acrai. A kind of satyriasis or nymphoma- 
 nia. — Avicenna. 
 
 Acrai'palos. Acraipala. Remedial of the 
 effects of a debauch. 
 
 Acra'lea. (From aicpoc, extreme.) The 
 extreme parts of the body, as the legs, arms, 
 nose, ears, &c. 
 
 Acra'nia. (From a, priv., and Kpavcov, the 
 cranium.) Absence of the whole or a part of 
 the cranium. 
 
 Acra'sia. (From a, priv., and upacic, tem- 
 perance.) Intemperance of any kind. — Hip- 
 pocrates. 
 
 Acratei'a. Acratia. (From a, priv., and 
 Kparoc, strength.) Debility ; impotence. 
 
 Acrati'sma. A meal of bread steeped in pure 
 wine. 
 
 Acrato'meli. Wine mixed with honey. 
 
AC R 
 
 ACT 
 
 A'CRATOS. (From a, priv., and Kepavvvfii, 
 to mix.) Unmixed. 
 
 Acrature'sis. Inability to void urine from 
 weakness (acratia) of the bladder. 
 
 A'cre. (A/cpjy.) The extremity of the nose 
 or any other part. 
 
 A'crea. The same as acralea. 
 
 A'CRID. (Acris.) Substances which excite, 
 in the organs of taste, a sensation of pungency 
 and heat, and, when applied to the skin, irritate 
 and inflame it. 
 
 ACRIMONY. (Acr is, acrid.) Many diseases 
 were referred to acrimony of the humors. The 
 terrn is still partially used in medicine. The 
 humoral pathologists distinguished an acid and 
 alkaline acrimony. 
 
 Acri'nia. (From a, priv., and npivo, I sep- 
 arate.) The diminution or suspension of a se- 
 cretion. 
 
 A'cris. (A/cpio, the summit of any thing.) 
 The prominence of a bone. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Acri'sia. (From a, priv., and nptvcj, to 
 judge.) A state of disease in which no judg- 
 ment can be formed, or one in which the prog- 
 nosis is unfavorable. 
 
 Ac rites. Acrita. The lowest division of 
 animals, as sponges, polypi, sterelmintha, &c. 
 
 Acritical. A'critos. Applied to a disease 
 without a regular crisis, or to a symptom not 
 indicative of a crisis. 
 
 Acrivi'ola. Tropceolum majus. 
 
 Acroby'stia. The prepuce. 
 
 Acrochei'ris. Acrocheir. (From aicpoc, ex- 
 treme, and x ei P> a hand.) The arm from the 
 elbow to the ends of the fingers. 
 
 ACROCHO'RDON. (From aicpoc, extreme, 
 and x°P^ n , a string.) A small, hard tumor or 
 wart, placed on a narrow base, or hanging by 
 a pedicle. 
 
 Acrochor'ismus. A species of violent dan- 
 cing. 
 
 Acrocolta. The extremities. 
 
 Acrodactylum. The upper surface of the digit. 
 
 Acrodrta. Autumnal fruits. 
 
 Acrodynia. (From aicpoc, odvvrj, pain.) An 
 epidemic in Paris during 1828, '29, attended 
 with great pain in the tendons, &c, of the 
 wrists and ankles, sometimes attended with ir- 
 ruptions. It is supposed to have been rheu- 
 matic or nervous, and, according to M. Roberts, 
 resembling dengue. 
 
 Acrogens. (From aicpoc, yevvau, to grow.) 
 The Cryptogamia, or Acotyledons, which grow 
 only by additions to the extremities. 
 
 Acroleine. An acrid volatile body resulting 
 from the decomposition by heat of glycerin, or 
 oils containing it. Form., C 6 H 4 2 . It is con- 
 sidered a hydrated oxide of Acryle — C 6 H 3 . Ac- 
 roleine rapidly absorbs oxygen, and becomes 
 Acrylic acid (C 6 H 3 3 -f-HO), which is analogous 
 to the acetic. 
 
 Acrole'nion. The Olecranon. 
 
 ACROMANIA. {a, ce, f. ; from aicpoc, ex- 
 treme, and fxavia, madness. ) Total or incurable 
 madness. 
 
 ACROMIAL.' Acromia'lis. Appertaining to 
 the acromion. 
 
 Acromial artery. External scapular ar- 
 tery. A branch of the axillary artery, dividing 
 into an inferior and superior branch, and sup- 
 
 plying the muscles of the chest and shoulder. 
 They freely anastomose with the superior scap- 
 ular, thoracic, and circumflex arteries. 
 
 Acromial vein. Accompanies the artery. 
 
 Acromio-coracoid. Related or belonging 
 to these processes, as the acromio-coracoid 
 ligament. 
 
 ACRO'MION. (Acromium, i, n. ; from anpoc, 
 extreme, and iojuoc, the shoulder.) The pro- 
 cess of the scapula or shoulder-blade, to which 
 the clavicle is articulated. 
 
 Acro'mphalon. The center of the navel. 
 
 Acron. (A/cpwv.) The extreme part of a 
 limb. 
 
 Acro'nia. (kKpcovta ; from aicpov, an ex- 
 tremity.) The amputation of any extreme part, 
 as of a finger or toe. 
 
 Acro'pathus. (AicpoTradoc ; from anpoc, ex- 
 treme, and iradoc, a disease.) A term applied 
 by Hippocrates to an organ diseased in its ex- 
 treme part ; or to a disease situated on the sur- 
 face or extremities of the body. 
 
 Acro'phyton. Tussilago farfara. 
 
 Acropodinm. The upper surface of the foot. 
 
 Acropo'sthia. Acropsi'lon. Acrosbystia. 
 The extremity of the prepuce. The extremity 
 of the glans penis. 
 
 Acros. Extreme; summit. The activity of 
 strength or of disease, &c. 
 
 A'crospire. Acrospira. The young shoot 
 of germinating seeds. 
 
 Acrotarsium. The upper surface of the tarsus, 
 
 Acrote'ria. The extremities of the body. 
 
 Acroteria'smus. (AnptJT7]pia&.) The am- 
 putation of an extremity. 
 
 Acrothy'mion. A kind of wart described by 
 Celsus as hard and rough, readily bleeding, 
 with a narrow base and a broad top. 
 
 Acro'ticus. (From anpoc, extreme.) Af- 
 fecting the external surface. Acrotica is Dr. 
 Good's third order of his class Eccritica. 
 
 Acroti'smus. (From a, priv., and tcporoc, the 
 pulse.) Aero tism, defect of pulse. Asphyxia. 
 
 Acryle. Acrylic acid. See Acroleine. 
 
 AcTiE 7 A. Acte. Samhicus niger. 
 
 ACTiE'A. A genus of plants. Polyandria. 
 Monogynia. Family, Ranunculacecr. — A. spi- 
 cata. A. Christophoriana. Herb Christopher. 
 Baneberry. A plant growing in mountain for- 
 ests in most parts of Europe. It is very acrid ; 
 the root is strongly cathartic, and the berries 
 are poisonous. — A. racemosa. Cimicifxtga. 
 Black snake-root. Rich-weed. The root of this 
 plant is astringent, and its decoction has been 
 used as a gargle in malignant sore throat. It 
 is acro-narcotic, and has been used in chorea, 
 epilepsy, &c. 
 
 Act^a Americana. Sometimes called red 
 and white cohosh, from being found in two va- 
 rieties, rubra and alba, with red or white ber- 
 ries ; it is found in the rich mold of shady and 
 rocky forests throughout the Northern States to 
 Virginia, and was in great repute among the 
 Indians. It is a drastic purgative, and some- 
 times emetic. 
 
 A'ctine. Bunium bulbocastanum. 
 
 Acti'nism. Actino-chemistry. 
 
 Actinoboli'smus. (From uktiv, a ray, and 
 /3a/lAw, to throw out.) Irradiatio. Diradiatio. 
 An ancient term to designate the instantaneous 
 
 19 
 
ACU 
 
 flow of the animal spirits by which the volitions 
 of the mind are communicated to the different 
 organs. 
 
 ACTTNO-CHEMISTRY. (From auriv, a 
 ray.) That department of chemistry which 
 treats of the action of the sun's rays. 
 
 Acti'nology. (From clktiv, and 7,oyoc, a dis- 
 course. ) The science which treats of the action 
 of the sun's rays. 
 
 Acti'nometer. (From auriv, and /terpov, a 
 measure.) An instrument to measure the force 
 of the sun's light. 
 
 ACTION. (Actio, onis, f. ; from ago, to act.) 
 The exertion or operation of an active power. 
 1. Voluntary actions are those produced by 
 acts of the will, as the contractions of the mus- 
 cles. 2. Involuntary actions are those excited 
 either mediately, through the nerves and spinal 
 marrow, as those of the larynx, pharynx, sphinc- 
 ters, &c. ; or immediately, as those of irritabil- 
 ity. 3. Mixed actions are those motions or al- 
 terations of inspiration and expiration which 
 constitute the acts of respiration. 4. Morbid 
 actions are those derangements of the ordinary 
 actions which constitute diseases. 
 
 ACTION OF PRESENCE. Catalysis. A 
 chemical term to indicate the property some 
 agents possess of causing combination or de- 
 composition in others without appearing to be 
 chemically affected ; as when spongy platinum 
 causes the union of hydrogen with oxygen, &c. 
 These actions are, for the most part, to be re- 
 ferred to capillary forces, or to the presence of 
 ferments. 
 
 ACTIVE. Activus. Acting with energy ; 
 thus we say an active medicine, an active dis- 
 ease. The term is applied to some particular 
 diseases in a manner not very significant, as act- 
 ive hemorrhage, active aneurism. 
 
 Actual. Actualis. Any thing which acts 
 immediately ; it is, however, usually restricted 
 to red-hot iron employed as a cautery, and call- 
 ed the actual cautery ; while a caustic, or es- 
 charotic substance, is called the potential or vir- 
 tual cautery. 
 
 Actuation. Actuatio. A word used to sig- 
 nify that change wrought by the vital powers 
 on a medicine, &c. 
 
 Acua'le os. A styloid process. 
 
 Acuitas. Acrimony. 
 
 Acui'tio. (From acuo, to sharpen.) Acui- 
 tion. The sharpening of an acid liquor by the 
 addition of something more acid ; or, the aug- 
 mentation of the strength of a medicine by the 
 addition of something which has similar pow- 
 ers in a greater degree. 
 
 Aculeate. Actdeatus. (From aculeus, a 
 prickle.) Prickly. 
 
 Acu'leus. A prickle. 
 
 Aculeus ligneus. A splinter of wood. 
 
 ACUMINA'TUS. (From acumen, a point.) 
 Acuminate ; or, terminated by a point some- 
 what elongated. 
 
 ACUPUNCTURE. (Acupunctura, as, f. ; from 
 acus, a needle, and functus, a prick.) An op- 
 eration which consists in the introduction of 
 long, fine needles into any part of the body 
 with a view to the relief or cure of disease. 
 This proceeding is sometimes termed acupunc- 
 tibration. The needle is introduced with a 
 20 
 
 ADA 
 
 slight semi-rotatory motion, and occasions very 
 little pain ; it is passed to the depth of from 
 half an inch to two inches, according to the 
 nature of the part where it is applied, and is 
 allowed to remain from a few minutes to sev- 
 eral hours before it is withdrawn. It has been 
 observed by many practitioners, that one needle, 
 allowed to remain for a considerable time, is 
 more efficacious than several which are speed- 
 ily withdrawn. Practitioners confine this op- 
 eration to muscular, tendinous, and aponeurotic 
 parts ; but the Orientals pierce the abdomen 
 with needles for the relief of colic and other 
 affections ; and M. Bretonneau declares that he 
 has passed needles in all directions through the 
 cerebrum, cerebellum, heart, lungs, and stom- 
 ach of young puppies without any bad effect. 
 On the Continent of Europe it has been tried, 
 with more or less apparent success, in most 
 diseases of which pain is the principal symp- 
 tom, as rheumatism, neuralgia, gastrodynia, 
 pleurodynia, headache, toothache, &c. Acu- 
 puncture is not generally considered worthy of 
 any confidence, except in cases of local pain 
 quite unattended with inflammatory action : 
 that form of chronic rheumatism in which the 
 nerves are chiefly implicated, and which may 
 be termed rheumatic neuralgia, is the disease 
 in which this remedy has been found most un- 
 equivocally useful. The practice of making 
 punctures with a needle, to afford exit to the 
 fluid effused in anasarca and oedema, is as ef- 
 fectual as scarification, and much less danger- 
 ous ; in this case, the needle ought not to be 
 deeply inserted ; the penetration of the cutis is 
 all that is required. 
 
 ACURGIA. Operative surgery. 
 
 ACUS. A needle. See Needle. 
 
 Acus cannulata. A trocar. 
 
 Acus capitata. A pin. 
 
 Acus interpunctoria. Acus ophthalmica. A 
 couching needle. 
 
 Acus moscha'ta. Geranium moschatum. 
 
 Acus paracentica. A trocar. 
 
 Acus pastoris. Scandix anthriscus. 
 
 Acus tri'quetra. A trocar. 
 
 Acus veneris. Eryngium campestre. 
 
 Acusis. The faculty of hearing. 
 
 Acustica. Acoustics. 
 
 Acusio. Nitre. 
 
 ACUTE. (Acutus; from acuo, to sharpen.) 
 Sharp. 1. Designates the shape of objects; an 
 acute leaf is one which tapers gradually to a 
 slender, but not a prickly or thorny termina- 
 tion. 
 
 2. In Pathology, it is applied to a disease 
 which is attended with violent symptoms, and 
 whose course is short ; it is opposed to chronic. 
 
 ACUTENA'CULUM. (urn, i, n. ; from acus, 
 a needle, and tenaculum, a handle.) The 
 handle for a needle, to make it penetrate easily 
 when stitching a wound. Heister calls the 
 lie by this name. 
 
 Acy'anoble'psta. Incapability of distinguish- 
 ing the color of blue. 
 
 Acye'sis. (From a, priv., and nvncic, preg- 
 nancy.) Sterility in women. — Vogel. 
 
 Acyrus. Amica montana. 
 
 Adaca. Sphceranthus indicus. 
 
 Ad-emo'nia. (From a, priv., and daifiov, for- 
 
ADD 
 
 ADD 
 
 tune.) Hippocrates and Galen use this word 
 for uneasiness, restlessness, or anxiety. 
 
 Adakodien. A Malabar plant, of the tribe 
 Apocynea? ; used in affections of the eyes. 
 
 Adal. The part of plants on which their 
 medicinal virtues depend. 
 
 Adali. Lippia. A Malabar plant regarded 
 by the Indians as an antidote to the bite of the 
 Cobra di Capello. 
 
 A'damas. Adafiag. The diamond. 
 
 Ada'mi morsus os. The thyroid cartilage. 
 
 Ada'micaterra. The name applied to sev- 
 eral kinds of bole or clay, which are of a red 
 color. 
 
 Adam's apple. Pomum adami. 
 
 Adam's needle. Yucca gloriosa. 
 
 Adami' ta, or adami 1 turn. A very hard, white 
 calculus. — Paracelsus. 
 
 ADANSO'NIA DIGITATA. The baobab. 
 The pounded bark, leaves, and fruit are used 
 by the negroes ; they are mucilaginous, and sup- 
 posed to be useful against fevers. 
 
 Ada'rce. Ada'rces. A substance found in- 
 crusting the reeds and grass in the marshes on 
 the sea-coast of Galatia. Formerly in repute 
 for cleansing the skin from tetters, freckles, &c. 
 
 Adarigo. Ardarneck. Orpiment. 
 
 Adarticula'tio. The same as Arthrodia. 
 
 Addad. A bitter, poisonous plant of Numidia. 
 
 ADDEPHA'GIA. {a, ce, f . ; from addrjv, 
 abundantly, and <payu, to eat.) A voracious ap- 
 petite. See Bulimia. 
 
 Adder. See Vipera. 
 
 Adder's tongue. Opioglossum spicatum. 
 
 ADDITAME'NTUM. {urn, i, n. ; from addo, 
 to add.) An addition to any part, which is 
 sometimes, though not always, found. A term 
 formerly applied synonymously with epiphysis, 
 but now only applied to two portions of sutures 
 of the skull. See Lambdoidal and Squamous 
 sutures. 
 
 Additamentum coli. See Appendix cmci 
 vermiformis. 
 
 Additamentum pedum hippocampi. The 
 name given to a swelling observed in the sub- 
 stance which forms the bottom of the ventricles 
 of the brain ; it follows the direction of the cor- 
 nua ammonis, and is sometimes equally large. 
 
 Additamentum necatum. Ad. uncatum ulna. 
 The olecranon. 
 
 Additamentum ad sacro-lumbalem. See Sac- 
 ro-lumbalis. 
 
 Additamentum ulnce. The radius. 
 
 Adducens humeri. See Pectoralis major. 
 
 Adducens oculi. See Rectus internus oculi. 
 
 ADDUCENT. (Adducens; from ad, and 
 duco, to draw.) Performing the action of ad- 
 duction ; applied to muscles. See Adduction. 
 
 ADDUCTION. Adductio. The action by 
 which a part is drawn toward the axis of the 
 body, or of a limb. 
 
 ADDU'CTOR. A muscle which perforins 
 the adduction of the part into which it is in- 
 6erted. 
 
 Adductor ad minimum digiTum. See Ad- 
 ductor pollicis manus. 
 
 Adductor auris. See Retrahens aurem. 
 
 Adductor brevis femoris. A muscle of 
 the thigh, which, with the adductor longus and 
 magnus femoris, forms the triceps adductor fe- 
 
 moris. Adductor femoris secundus of Douglas 
 Triceps secundus of Winslow. It is situated on 
 the posterior part of the thigh, arising, tendin- 
 ous, from the os pubis, near the symphysis, be- 
 low and behind the adductor longus femoris, 
 and is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the 
 inner and upper part of the linea aspera, from 
 a little below the trochanter minor, to the be- 
 ginning of the insertion of the adductor longus 
 femoris. See Triceps adductor femoris. 
 
 Adductor femoris primus. See Adductor 
 longus femoris. 
 
 Adductor femoris secundus. See Adduc- 
 tor brevis femoris. 
 
 Adductor femoris tertius. See Adductor 
 magnus femoris. 
 
 Adductor femoris quartius. See Adductor 
 magnus femoris. 
 
 Adductor indicis pedis. An external in- 
 terosseous muscle of the fore toe, which arises, 
 tendinous and fleshy, by two origins, from the 
 root of the inside of the metatarsal bone of the 
 fore toe, from the outside of the root of the met- 
 atarsal bone of the great toe, and from the os 
 cuneiforme internum. It is inserted, tendinous, 
 into the inside of the root of the first joint of the 
 fore toe. Its use is to pull the fore toe inward 
 from the rest of the small toes. 
 
 Adductor longus femoris. A muscle situ- 
 ated on the posterior part of the thigh, which, 
 with the adductor brevis and magnus femoris, 
 forms the triceps adductor femoris. Adductor 
 femoris primus of Douglas. Triceps primus of 
 Winslow. It arises, by a pretty strong roundish 
 tendon, from the upper and interior part of the 
 os pubis, and bgament of its synchondrosis, on 
 the inner side of the pectineus, and is inserted 
 along the middle part of the linea aspera. See 
 Triceps adductor femoris. 
 
 Adductor magnus femoris. A muscle 
 which, with the adductor brevis femoris, and 
 the adductor longus femoris, forms the triceps 
 adductor femoris. Adductor femoris tertius et 
 quartus of Douglas. Triceps tertius of Winslow. 
 It arises from the symphysis pubis, and all along 
 the flat edge of the thyroid foramen, whence it 
 goes to be inserted into the linea aspera through- 
 out its whole length. See Triceps adductor 
 femoris. 
 
 Adductor medii digiti pedis. The interos- 
 seus secundus. 
 
 Adductor metacarpi minimi digiti manus. 
 Arises fleshy from the os unciforme and annular 
 ligament, inserted into the fore part of the met- 
 acarpal bone of the little finger, and serves to 
 deepen the hollow of the hand. 
 
 Adductor minimi digiti pedis. An inter- 
 nal interosseous muscle of the foot. It arises, 
 tendinous and fleshy, from the inside of the root 
 of the metatarsal bone of the little toe. It is in- 
 serted, tendinous, into the inside of the root of 
 the first joint of the little toe. Its use is to pull 
 the little toe inward. 
 
 Adductor oculi. See Rectus internus oculi. 
 ^Adductor pollicis. See Adductor pollicis 
 manus. 
 
 Adductor pollicis manus. A muscle of the 
 thumb. Adductor pollicis. Adductor ad mini- 
 mum digitum. It arises, fleshy, from almost the 
 whole length of the metacarpal bone that sus- 
 
 21 
 
ADE 
 
 AD I 
 
 tains the middle finger ; from thence its fibres 
 are collected together. It is inserted, tendin- 
 ous, into the inner part of the root of the first 
 bone of the thumb. Its use is to pull the thumb 
 toward the fingers. 
 
 Adductor pollicis pedis. A muscle of the 
 
 freat toe. Antithenar of Winslow. It arises, 
 y a long, thin tendon, from the os calcis, from 
 the os cuboides, from the os cuneiforme exter- 
 num, and from the root of the metatarsal bone of 
 the second toe. It is inserted into the external 
 os sesamoideum, and root of the metatarsal bone 
 of the great toe. Its use is to bring this toe 
 nearer to the rest. 
 
 Adductor prosta't^e. A name given by 
 Santorini to a muscle, which he also calls Leva- 
 tor prostates ; and which Winslow calls Prosta- 
 titis superior. Albinus, from its office, has 
 very properly called it Compressor prostatce. 
 
 Adductor tertii digiti pedis. An external 
 interosseous muscle of the foot, that arises, ten- 
 dinous and fleshy, from the roots of the meta- 
 tarsal bones of the third and little toe. It i3 in- 
 serted, tendinous, into the outside of the root of 
 the first joint of the third toe. Its use is to pull 
 the third toe outward. 
 
 Adech. The interior invisible man, accord- 
 ing to Paracelsus. 
 
 Ade'ctos. (Gr.) Medicines which relieve 
 the irritation caused by acrimonious medicines. 
 Sedatives. 
 
 Adeliparia. Excessive corpulency. 
 
 Adelodagam. A bitter plant used in Mala- 
 bar against catarrh, asthma, and gout. 
 
 Ade'lphea. (From ade?i(pog, a relation.) 
 Cognate. Applied by Hippocrates to diseases 
 which have an affinity to each other — adel^ea 
 'KaQriiiara. 
 
 Adelphixia. Adelphixis. Syn. Adelphea. 
 Sometimes sympathy. 
 
 A'den. 1. A gland. 2. A bubo. 
 
 ADENA'LGIA. (From adrjv, and alyoc, 
 pain.) A pain seated in a gland. 
 
 ADENEMPHRA'XIS. Adenemphraxia.— 
 (From adrjv, and efj.<ppa^ic, obstruction.) A 
 swelling or engorgement of a gland. 
 
 ADE NIA. (a, ce, f.) The name of a genus 
 of plants. Class, Hexandria. Order, Mono- 
 gynia. — A. venenata. A native of Arabia ; is a 
 6trong poison. 
 
 Ade'niform. Glandiform. 
 
 Adeni'tis. Inflammation of a gland. — A. 
 mesenterica. Inflammation of the mesenteric 
 glands. 
 
 ADENO'GRAPHY. (Adenographia, ce, f.) 
 A description of the glands. 
 
 ADENO'IDES. Resembling a gland. 
 
 ADENO'LOGY. (Adenologia, ce, f. ; from 
 adrjv, and 2,oyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of 
 the glands ; that part of anatomy which treats 
 of the glands. 
 
 Adenomeninge'a. (From adnv, and firjvty^, 
 a membrane.) Adenomeningeal. A name 
 
 given by Pinel to the mucous or pituitous fever, 
 ecause the follicular glands and mucous mem- 
 brane of the intestines are, according to him, 
 the principal seat of the disorder. 
 
 Adenonco'sis. (From adnv, and oynuotc, a 
 swelling.) Adenoncus. The swelling of a 
 gland. 
 
 22 
 
 Adenoneuro'sa. (From adnv, and vevpov, a 
 nerve.) Pinel calls the plague febris adenon- 
 eurosa, because the disease is seated principally 
 in the nerves and the lymphatic glands of the 
 axilla and groin. 
 
 Adeno-pharynge'us. (From adnv, and tya- 
 pvy%, the pharynx.) This name has been given 
 to some muscular fibres which pass from the 
 constrictor pharyngis inferior to the thyroid 
 gland. Their existence is not constant. 
 
 Adenopharyngi'tis. Inflammation of the 
 tonsils and pharynx. 
 
 Adenoptha'lmia. (From adnv, and ocpdal- 
 jxoc, the eye.) Inflammation of the meibomian 
 glands. 
 
 Adenophyma. Adenoncosis. 
 
 Adenophyma inguinalis. A bubo. 
 
 Adenosclero'sis. (From adnv, and onlnpoLZ, 
 to harden.) A term applied by Swediaur to a 
 hard, indolent swelling of a gland which is not 
 of a scirrous nature. 
 
 ADENO'SUS. Adenous. Gland-like. 
 
 Adenosus abscessus. A hard abscess, re- 
 sembling a gland. 
 
 Adenotomy. Adenotomia. Dissection of the 
 glands. 
 
 Adepha'gia. Bulimia. 
 
 A'DEPS. (s, is, m. and f.) Lard. (U. S.) 
 Fat. A concrete oily matter contained in the 
 cells of the adipose tissue. In Medicine, this 
 word usually means Hog's lard: it is to be 
 washed free from salt. Adeps is used in the 
 same sense as Unguentum by some authors. 
 See Unguentum. 
 
 Adeps anserina. Goose grease. It has been 
 used as an emollient, and also as an emetic. 
 
 Adeps ovillus. Suet. Mutton fat. 
 
 Adeps pr^parata. Prepared hog's lard. 
 Lard is prepared for medicinal purposes by 
 cutting it into small pieces, melting with a gen- 
 tle heat, and straining through linen. 
 
 Adeps suilla, vel suillus. Hog's lard. 
 
 Adepta philosophia. Adepta. (From adi* 
 piscor, to obtain.) Alchemy, which see. 
 
 Adepta medicina. That branch of medicine 
 which treated of diseases produced by astral 
 influences was so called by Paracelsus. 
 
 Adflatus. Afflatus. 
 
 Adh^rentia. Adhesion. 
 
 Adhatoda. Justicia adkatoda. 
 
 Adherence. Adhesion. 
 
 ADHESION. (Adhcesio; from adhcereo, to 
 stick to.) 1. In a general sense, the state of 
 two bodies which are joined together by at- 
 traction or the interunion of parts, or the act by 
 which they are so united. 2. In Surgery, the 
 reunion of parts that have been divided, by a 
 particular kind of inflammation, called the Ad* 
 hesive. See Inflammation. 3. In Pathology^ 
 the morbid union of parts which are naturally 
 contiguous, but not adherent, by means of ad- 
 hesive inflammation, as that of the pleura pul- 
 monalis with the pleura costalis. The French 
 writers usually make a distinction between ad- 
 hesion and adherence ; by the former they des- 
 ignate the act or process of uniting, by the lat- 
 ter the state of union. 
 
 Adhesive inflammation. See Inflammation. 
 
 Adhesive plaster. Emplastrum resincs. 
 
 ADIA'NTUM. A genus of Ferns. Maiden- 
 
ADI 
 
 AD U 
 
 hair. — A. eetkiopicurn. Cape of Good Hope 
 maidenhair. An astringent and aromatic. — A. 
 album. See Aspleninm murale. — A. aareum. 
 See Polytrichuni commune. — A. canadense. 
 Adiantum pedatum. — A. capillus veneris. 
 Maidenhair. Adiantum vulgare. Adiantum 
 verum. Capillus veneris. The leaves of this 
 plant are somewhat sweet, austere, and mu- 
 cilaginous, and are used in the preparation of 
 the sirop de capillaire. — A. nigrum. See As- 
 plenium adiantum nigrum. — A. pedatum. Adi- 
 antum canadense. Capillus veneris canadensis. 
 Canada maidenhair. — A. rubrum. See Aspleni- 
 nm trichomanes. 
 
 ADIAPHORE'SIS. Adiapkro'sis. (From a, 
 priv., and dtaoopeu, to dissipate.) Defect ol 
 cutaneous perspiration. 
 
 Adia'phorous. Adiaphorus. Neutral ; inact- 
 ive. 
 
 ADIAPNEU'STIA. (a, «,f.) A diminution 
 or obstruction of cutaneous perspiration. 
 
 Adiapto'tos. An electuary composed of 
 Stone parsley, henbane, and white pepper: it 
 was given in colic. — Galen. 
 
 ADIARRHCE'A. A suppression of any of the 
 necessary excretions. 
 t Adibat. Mercury. 
 
 A'dice. The nettle. 
 
 Adipic acid. It results from the action of 
 nitric acid on oleic acid, and occurs in rounded 
 masses ; volatile and fusible. Formula, C6H4O3 
 -{-HO.— Laurent. 
 
 ADIPOCE'RA. (a. ce, f. ; from adeps, fat, 
 and cera, wax.) Adipocere. A substance 
 closely allied to spermaceti ; grave-wax. It is - 
 the animal fat left after the decay of the fleshy ! 
 parts. It is produced by the long-continued 
 action of water on muscle. 
 
 Adipocera cetosa. Spermaceti. Cetaceum. 
 
 Adipocire. Adipocera. 
 
 A'DIPOSE. (Adiposus ; from adeps, fat.) 
 Fatty ; as, adipose membrane, &c. 
 
 Adipose arteries. This name has been ap- 
 plied particularly to the twigs of the diaphrag- 
 matic, capsular, and renal arteries, which sup- 
 ply the fat around the kidneys. 
 
 Adipose ducts. Imaginary ducts of Mal- 
 pighi, which convey the fat to the cells of adi- 
 pose tissues. 
 
 Adipose membean'e, Membrana adiposa. 
 The tissue in the cells of which the animal mat- 
 ter called fat is deposited. There is no good 
 reason to suppose that it differs from common 
 cellular tissue. 
 
 Adipose tissue. See Adipose membrane. 
 
 Adipose sarcoma. This is of the character 
 of suet : it is found on the back and front of the 
 trunk. 
 
 Adiposis. Excessive fatness. Polysarcia. 
 
 Adiposis kepatica. Fatty disease of the liver. 
 
 Adipous. Adiposus. Fatty. 
 
 ADI'PSIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, neg., and 
 diipa, thirst.) Absence of thirst. It is^mostly 
 symptomatic of some disease of the brain. 
 
 Adi'pson. (From a, priv., and drta, thirst.) 
 A medicine which allays thirst. 
 
 ADr[psos. 1. Liquorice. 2. The fruit of the 
 Egyptian palm. 
 
 Adi'tus. An entrance or approach. 
 
 Adiuli'stos. Unstrained wine. 
 
 Adju.vctum. An adjunct or assistant. 
 
 Adjutor partus. The midwife; accoucheur. 
 
 Adjuto'rium. A name of the humerus. 
 
 ADJUVANT. {Adjuvans ; from adjuvo, to 
 assist.) 1. That which assists in the cure or 
 prevention of a disease. 
 
 2. An ingredient introduced into a prescrip- 
 tion to aid the operation of the principal ingre- 
 dient or basis. See Prescription. 
 
 ADNA'TA TUNICA. That portion of the 
 tunica conjunctiva which covers the sclerotic 
 coat of the eye has been called tunica adnata. 
 
 Adxate. Adna'tus. (From adnascor, to 
 grow to.) Applied to some parts which appear 
 to grow to others. 
 
 ADOLESCENCE. Adolesce' ntia. («,«,£; 
 from adolesco, to grow.) Youth; the period 
 of life between puberty and the full develop- 
 ment of the frame ; extending, in man, from the 
 age of 14 to 25, and in woman from 12 to 21. 
 
 Adolia. A Malabar plant, of the leaves of 
 which, boded in oil of sesamum. the natives 
 make a liniment used to facilitate parturition. 
 
 ADONIS. (is,idis,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyandria. Polygynia. Pheasant's eye. The 
 roots of the A. verna and A. apennina were for- 
 merly supposed to possess emmenagogue prop- 
 erties. 
 
 ADO'PTER. A chemical vessel with two 
 necks, placed between a retort and receiver. 
 
 Ador. Maize, or Indian corn. 
 
 Adorion. The carrot. 
 
 ADOSCULA'TION. (From ad. and osculor, 
 to kiss.) Copulation or impregnation by mere 
 external contact between the genital pails of 
 the two sexes, without intromission. This 
 takes place in many birds and fish. 
 
 AD POXDUS OMNIUM. To the weight 
 of the whole. These words, placed after the 
 name of anv ingredient in a prescription, signi- 
 fy that the weight of such ingredient is to equal 
 that of all the others put together. 
 
 Adrachne. See Andracnne. 
 
 Adraga'xthi.ve. Adraganthina. The mu- 
 cilage which forms the greater part of gum 
 tragacanth. 
 
 Adram. Fossd salt. 
 
 Adrarhi'za. Aristolochia clematitis. 
 
 Adrobo'lo.w Indian bdellium. 
 
 Adros. A full habit or pulse. 
 
 Adsaria pala. Dolichos. 
 
 Adspiratio. Adspiration. Inspiration. 
 
 ADSPRE'SSUS. Approximate, pressed to, 
 or laid to. 
 
 Adstites gla.vdulosi. The prostate gland. 
 
 ADSTRICTION. Adstrictio. The action or 
 effect of an astringent. Constipation. 
 
 Adulasso. Justicia bivalvis. An Indian 
 shrub used in gout. 
 
 ADULT. Adidtus. (From adolesco, to 
 grow.) A term applied to animals or plants 
 that have arrived at a state of maturitv. 
 
 ADULTERATION. The act of corrupting 
 or debasing a thing that is pure, by some im- ' : 
 proper admixture. 
 
 Adurion. Rhus coriaria. 
 
 ADU'STIO. Adustion: a burn, cauteriza- 
 tion. See Cautery, and Moxa. 
 
 Adu'stus. (From aduro, to burn.) Adust-, 
 burned, parched. 
 
 23 
 
M GO 
 
 AER 
 
 ADVENTITIOUS. Adventitius. (From ad- 
 to come to.) Accidental. Applied, 1. 
 To diseases which are not hereditary nor con- 
 genital. See Acquired diseases. 
 
 2. To tissues which are the product of dis- 
 ease, as false membranes. 
 
 Adversifo'lius. Having opposite leaves. 
 
 A'DY. A tree of St. Thomas, Palma ady. 
 The fruit is called caryoces, cariosse, and aban- 
 ga. It contains a stone, the kernel of Which, 
 if infused in boiling water, gives out an oil of a 
 saffron color, which becomes hard in the cold, 
 and is used as butter. 
 
 ADYNA'MIA. {a, ce, f. Adwafiia; from a, 
 priv., and Swa/atc, power!) A defect of vital 
 power. 
 
 Adynamia virilts. Impotence. 
 
 Adynamic. Adynamicus. Asthenic. A 
 term applied to malignant fevers and other dis- 
 eases attended with great debility. 
 
 Ady'namon. A kind of weak wine. 
 
 Adynasia. Adynatia. Adynamia. 
 
 Adynatos. Weakly, sickly. 
 
 JEd^a. ^Edoia. The genitals. 
 
 iEDCEi'-ris. (From aidoia, the parts of gener- 
 ation.) Inflammation of the pudenda. 
 
 iEDCEOBLENORRHCEA. Blenorrhcea. 
 
 ./Edoeogra'phta. JEdozo grapliy . The de- 
 scription of the organs of generation. 
 
 ^Edceolo'gia. JEdoeology. A treatise on 
 the organs of generation. 
 
 iEDCEOMANiA. Nymphomania. 
 
 jEdceon. The groin. 
 
 jEdceoptosis. JEdoptosis. Prolapsus of 
 any part of the genitals. 
 
 JEdceo'tomy. The anatomy of the organs of 
 generation. 
 
 JEdopso'phia. The escape of wind from the 
 womb through the vagina. 
 
 ^Eeigluce. Sweet wine, or must. 
 
 ^Egagropi'lus. A concretion of hairs found 
 in the stomach of goats, deer, cows, &c, for- 
 merly called Bezoars, and believed to possess 
 the same virtues as the Oriental bezoars. 
 
 JE'gias. Aigis. JEgides. A white speck 
 on the cornea, which occasions a dimness of 
 sight. 
 
 jEgi'dion. An ancient collyrium. 
 
 ./E'GILOPS. JE'gylops. {ops, opis, m. ; 
 from at£, a goat, and urp, an eye: so named 
 from the supposition that goats were very sub- 
 ject to it.) 1. The ancients apply this term to 
 a sore just under the inner angle of the eye. 
 The best modern surgeons seem to consider 
 the segilops only as a stage of the fistula lach- 
 rymalis. 
 
 2. A name of the Bromus sterilis, given to it 
 from its supposed virtues. 
 
 jEgine'tia. A species of Orobanche, used 
 in Malabar as a masticatory. 
 
 .jEgi'rinon. (kiyeipivov, from atyeipoc, the 
 poplar-tree.) A kind of ointment in which the 
 fruit, or catkin, of the poplar was a principal 
 ingredient. 
 
 JEgUa. iEgias. 
 
 .EGOBRONCHO'PHONY. The bleating 
 sound of the voice with the bronchial voice, as 
 in pleuropneumonia. 
 
 ^Ego'ceros. Trigonella famugrcecum. 
 
 ^Ego'lethron. Azalea pontica ? 
 24 
 
 jEgo'nychon. Lithospermum officinale. 
 
 iEGOPHO'NY. jEgopho'nia. (From <u£a 
 goat, and <puv7], voice.) A stethescopic sound, 
 in which the voice of the patient somewhat re- 
 sembles the bleating of a goat. It is character- 
 istic of pleurisy accompanied with a small de~ 
 gree of effusion ; if the effusion become consid- 
 erable, the peculiar sound is no longer heard. 
 
 tEgopo'dium podagraria. Goat-weed; gout- 
 weed. This umbellifei-ous plant is sedative, 
 and was formerly used to mitigate the pains of 
 gout. 
 
 ^Egoproso'pon. A name of a lotion for the 
 eyes when inflamed. 
 
 ^Egripha. Agrippa. 
 
 JEgritudo. Sickness ; disease. 
 
 ^Egrotus. Sick ; a sick person. 
 
 JEgyptia. A medicine. 
 
 JEgyptia mcscata. Hibiscus abelmoschus. 
 
 JEgyptia stypteria. Egyptian alum. 
 
 jEgyptia ulcera. Ulcers of the fauces and 
 tonsils, described by Aretasus as common in 
 Egypt and Syria — kiyvKTia kai Svptc/ca £/l- 
 nea. 
 
 iEGYPTiACUM unguentum. yEgyption. A 
 name given to different unguents of the deter- 
 gent or corrosive kind. The simple aegyptia- 
 cum is a composition of verdigris, vinegar, and 
 honey, boiled to a due consistence. 
 
 iEGYPTius pessus. A vaginal suppository 
 composed of honey, turpentine, butter, oil of 
 lilies or roses, saffron, and sometimes a little 
 verdigris. 
 
 Aeichry'son. See Sempervivum. 
 
 AEIPATHPA. Aipathia. (From aei, al- 
 ways, and nadoc, a disease.) An inveterate 
 disease ; a continued disease. 
 
 Aei'thales. The house-leek. See Semper- 
 vivum. 
 
 Aeizo'on. (From aei, always, and &tj, life.) 
 The sempervivum. 
 
 iENEA. A catheter. 
 
 JEolecthyma. Small-pox; variola. 
 
 JEollion. Varicella. 
 
 ./Eolipile. A globular metallic vessel with 
 only a small aperture or pipe, in which water 
 may be heated, so that the steam jets out with 
 considerable force. 
 
 iEoN. Aiuv. 1. The age of man from birth 
 till death. — Hippocrates. 2. The spinal mar- 
 row. 
 
 jEone'sis. A sprinkling or washing of the 
 whole body. 
 
 -Eo'nion. Aioviov. The sempervivum. 
 
 iEO'RA. Swinging. A species of exercise 
 frequently used by the ancients. 
 
 jEqualis. Equal. 
 
 .Equator oculi. The line formed by the 
 closed eyelid. 
 
 jEquivocus. Equivocal; doubtful. 
 
 AER. (er, eris, m. Arjp.) Air; a gas. See 
 Atmosphere. 
 
 jEration of the blood. Its conversion into 
 arterial blood in the lungs by the absorption of 
 oxygen and loss of carbonic acid. 
 
 Aer factitius. Factitious air; gas artificially 
 obtained. 
 
 Aer fixus. Fixed air. Carbonic acid gas. 
 
 Aer ingenitus. The air contained within the 
 cavity of the tympanum 
 
An ancient weight, 
 
 Aerated alkaline water. Water impregnated 
 with carbonic acid. 
 
 JEre'olum. JEreolus. 
 the sixth part of an obolus, or about two grains 
 It was the same with the Greek xahtcovg. 
 
 Aerial plants. Plants, as the epidendra, 
 aerides, &c, which continue to Live on moist- 
 ure imbibed from the ah. 
 
 jErifluxus. The discharge of gas or ema- 
 nations from sick persons. 
 
 Aeri'tis. Aepcrtc. Anagallis arvensis? 
 
 jEro-enterectasia. Tympanitis. 
 
 A'erolith. Aerolite. A meteoric stone. 
 See Meteorolite. 
 
 AEROLO'GIA. JEroscopy. (a,<s,f.) Aerol- 
 ogy. Pneumatics. The action of the atmo- 
 sphere on organized bodies is a subject of much 
 importance in physiology. 
 
 Aero'meli. Mel Aereum. Honey-dew. It 
 is nearly identical with manna. 
 
 AERO'METER. (From arjp, air, and finrpov, 
 a measure.) An instrument for making the 
 necessary corrections in pneumatic experiments 
 to estimate the mean bulk of gases. An instru- 
 ment well adapted to this purpose has been in- 
 vented by Dr. Marshall Hall. 
 
 Aerofho'bia. (a, a, f. ; from anp, air, and 
 <f>o6og, fear.) Dread of air — that is, of a current 
 of air. This symptom is common in hydro- 
 phobia, and has been occasionally observed in 
 other diseases, as hysteria and phrenitis. 
 
 Aero'sis. Avpuaig. In the physiology of 
 Galen, this term signifies the process by which 
 the blood was supposed to be attenuated and 
 converted into the vital spirits. 
 
 Aerosta'tics. The science which treats of 
 the elevation of bodies in the atmosphere, by 
 means of balloons. 
 
 Aerosta'tio. Aerostation. The raising 
 of heavy bodies in the atmosphere. 
 
 iERo'sus lapis. Lapis calaminaris. — Pliny. 
 
 JErv'ca.. Verdigris. Subacetate of copper. 
 
 jEruginous. Of a greenish color, like verdigris. 
 
 jERU'GO. (o, inis, f.) The ancient name 
 for the rust of brass ; (verdigris) 
 
 JErugo mris. Verdigris. See Cupri sub- 
 acetas. 
 
 iEs ustum. Bumed copper ; a prepara- 
 tion consisting of equal parts of copper and 
 rough brimstone, laid in strata, with a small 
 quantity of common salt sprinkled on each 
 layer, and exposed to the fire till the brimstone 
 is burned out. It has been called ^Es veneris, 
 JEs cremantum, Cinis aris, Crocus veneris, &c. 
 
 JErugo preparata. See Cupri subacetas. 
 
 MS. Brass. 
 
 JEschromythe'sis. The obscene language 
 of the delirious. 
 
 jE'schos. Deformity. 
 
 JE'SCULINE. The extractive matter of the 
 horse-chestnut. 
 
 iE'SCULUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of trees. 
 Heptandria. Monogynia. JEsculaceoe. — JE. 
 hippocas'tanum. The bark is an uncertain feb- 
 rifuge, and by some considered superior to Pe- 
 ruvian bark. For medical use, it is to be taken 
 from those branches which are neither very 
 young nor very old. It is somewhat astringent. 
 The powder of the dried root is errhine. 
 
 iESCULA'CEiE. A natural order of exo- 
 
 genous plants, consisting of the horse-chestnut 
 and other nearly allied species. They are all 
 either shrubs or trees inhabiting temperate re- 
 gions, and nearly correspond with jEsculus 
 hippocastanum in the structure of the flowers. 
 Their seeds contain starch, and their bark is in 
 some cases bitter and astringent. 
 
 ^Eseca'vum. Brass. 
 
 JEsta'tes. Freckles. See Ephelis. 
 
 iEsTHEMA. A sensation or perception. 
 
 iEsTHEMATOXusi. Diseases affecting sensation. 
 
 iESTHExNIC. (From cuodavopatj .Esthet- 
 icus. Affecting the senses. Deprivation or loss 
 of one or more of the functions of sensation. 
 The yEsthetica form the second order of the 
 Class Neurotica of Dr. Good. 
 
 JEsthesis. JEsthesia. (AlgOtjchc ; from 
 aicrdavopaL, to feel.) This term has been ap- 
 plied both to sensibility and sensation. 
 
 JEsthete'rium. yEsfheterion. (ALad^rrj- 
 pcov; from aiadavofiai, to feel or perceive.) The 
 sensorium. 
 
 JESTFVAL. (JEstivalis ; from cestas, sum- 
 mer.) Belonahig to summer. 
 
 iESTIVA'TION. JEstivatio. 1. The action 
 of the summer on the animal economy. 
 
 2. The particular state of the bud in plants 
 before the evolution of the corolla. 
 
 JESTUA'RIUM. (um, i, n.) A stove, or a 
 vapor bath. 
 
 iE'STUS. Heat: applied both to the natural 
 sensation when intense, and to the morbid sensa- 
 tion excited by inflammation or any other cause. 
 
 iEsTus volaticus. A sudden and fugitive sen- 
 sation of heat, which leaves a little redness of 
 the skin ; sudden heat or flushing of the face ; 
 Strophulus volaticus, or wild-fire rash of children. 
 
 /E'TAS. (as, Us, f.) The ancients reckon- 
 ed six stages of life : 
 
 1. Infantia vel pueritia: childhood, which is 
 from birth to the fifth year of our age. 
 
 2. Adolescentia, &las bona: youth, reckoned 
 to the eighteenth ; and youth, properly so called, 
 to the twenty-fifth year. 
 
 3. Juventus, reckoned from the twenty-fifth 
 to the thirty-fifth year. 
 
 4. Virilis cetas, cetas firmata, 30 years; cetas 
 constans, 40 years ; cetas matura, 50 years : man 
 hood, from the thirty-fifth to the fiftieth year. 
 
 5. Senectus, cetas provecta, cetas mala : old 
 age, from fifty to sixty. 
 
 6. Crepita a>tas, cetas ingravescens, cetas de- 
 crepita, cetas affecta, cetas exacta, cetas extrema : 
 decrepid age, which ends in death. 
 
 jEthales. See Aeithales. 
 
 JEtheogamous plants. The Cryptogamia. 
 
 iE'THER. (er, eris, m. ; from aidrjp, pure 
 air, or any highly subtile fluid.) Ether. A 
 volatile inflammable liquor, obtained by distil- 
 lation from a mixture of alcohol and a concen- 
 trated acid. The ethers are an important class 
 of chemical compounds, which agree in certain 
 general properties, but vary according to the 
 nature of the acid employed in their formation. 
 They are all highly volatile and inflammable, 
 and have a peculiar characteristic odor. The 
 sulphuric and nitrous ethers are extensively 
 used in medicine, and the acetic and muriatic 
 occasionally ; the rest are not employed medi- 
 cinally. See Ether. 
 
 25 
 
^ETH 
 
 ^ETI 
 
 /Ether aceticus. Acetic ether. A mild, 
 agreeable, and diaphoretic ether. Dose, f. 3SS. 
 to f. 31J. 
 
 tEther chloricus ? Has been used as an 
 antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3ss. 
 
 /Ether, Hoffman's. Spiritus aetheris com- 
 positus. 
 
 jEther hydrochloricus. The extremely 
 volatile chloride of ethyl. It boils at 51° F. 
 A spirituous solution has been used in doses of 
 f. 3j. to f. 3iij. 
 
 JEther hydrocyanicus. yElher prussicus. 
 See Ether hydrocyanic. 
 
 iExHER martialis. An etherial solution of 
 chloride of iron. 
 
 iETHER NITRICUS ALCOOLISATUS. SpiritUS 
 
 aetheris nitrici. 
 
 jEther nitrosus. Nitrous ether. Nitric 
 ether. Hyponitrous ether. This ether is placed 
 in the Dublin Pharmacopoeia. It is rarely used, 
 is very subject to decomposition, and is a yel- 
 lowish, highly volatile liquid. Sp. gr., - 94 ; 
 boils at 61^° F. ; and has the properties of 
 sulphuric ether. Composition, AeO-f-N03, or 
 nitrite of oxide of ethyl. 
 
 iETHER phosphoratus. Dissolve 3 grains of 
 phosphorus in §j. of ether. (Paris codex.) 
 Dose, gtt. x. to xx. Used in impotence, and as 
 a nervous stimulant. 
 
 ^Ether rectificatus. yEther sulphuricus 
 reciijicatus. 
 
 .Ether sulphuricus. yEther vitriolicus. 
 Common ether. Prepared by distilling alcohol, 
 finiss. ; sulphuric acid, Ibiss. It may be used 
 externally in lotions, &c. Also prepared from 
 alcohol, Oiv. ; sulphuric acid, Oj. ; and rectified 
 with potash, 3yj., and water, f. ajiij. (U. S.) 
 
 iETHER SULPHURICUS RECTIFICATUS. (U.S.) 
 
 Rectified ether. Take common ether, f. §xiv. ; 
 potash, f ss. ; distilled water, f. § xj. : distill f. f xij. 
 at 120° F. Wash the product in f. ^ix. of water. 
 
 Sulphuric ether is a perfectly transparent 
 and colorless liquid; it has a fragrant, pene- 
 trating odor, and a peculiar, pungent taste : it is 
 exceedingly volatile, and produces a great de- 
 gree of cold by its evaporation : it is highly in- 
 flammable. It boils at about 98° F. Ether 
 combines with alcohol in all proportions, but 
 sparingly with water, 1 part only of ether be- 
 ing taken up by 10 of water. It readily dis 
 solves the essential oils, camphor, resins, gum 
 resins, wax, balsams, &c. When most com- 
 pletely rectified, it has a specific gravity of 
 about -700. 
 
 Sulphuric ether acts on the animal economy 
 as a very diffusible stimulant ; it is a powerful 
 antispasmodic, and, under certain circumstan- 
 ces, has a narcotic effect. The common dose is 
 from f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. ; but, to produce any decided 
 effect, it often requires to be given in larger 
 doses than these ; and, from the diffusibility of 
 its stimulus, the dose ought to be frequently 
 repeated, if any continued operation of the 
 remedy be desired. Externally applied, ether 
 may be made to act as a stimulant or a refriger- 
 ant: if it be prevented from evaporating by 
 closely covering the place where it is applied, 
 it excites a strong sensation of heat and reddens 
 the skin ; if it be allowed to evaporate freely, 
 it produces extreme cold, and with this view 
 26 
 
 has been applied to the tumor of strangulated 
 hernia to favor its reduction. When chemically 
 pure, it is the oxide of ethyl: C 4 H 5 0. Sym 
 bol, AeO. 
 
 yEther sulphuricus acidus. Elixir acidum 
 Halleri. 
 
 yEther sulphuricus cum alcohole. (Ph. E.) 
 Spiritus aetheris sulphurici. 
 
 yEther sulphuricus cum alcohole aromaticus*. 
 Spiritus aetheris aromaticus. 
 
 yEther vitriolicus. iEther sulphuricus. 
 
 iETHEREA. The ethers. 
 
 yEthe'rea herba. Eryngium. 
 
 /Ethe'real. yEthereus. Appertaining to, of 
 of the nature of, ether. 
 
 ^Ethereal acid. Sulphovinic acid 
 
 JEthereal oil. Oleum csthereum. 
 
 iETHEREAL tincture. A preparation in 
 which ether is used in place of alcohol. 
 
 iETHEROLEA. The volatile or essential oils. 
 
 JEthiopis. Salvia sclarea. 
 
 jE'THIOPS. A name given to several black 
 powders, oxides, sulphurets, &c. 
 
 yEthiops alius. The albino. 
 
 iETHiops alcalisatus. Hydrargyrum cum 
 creta. 
 
 yEthiops animalis. The powder formed by 
 burning various animals to a cinder. 
 
 jEthiops antimonialis. A preparation still 
 employed in cutaneous diseases. It is made by 
 triturating two parts of sulphuret of antimony 
 with one of quicksilver. Dose, a few grains at 
 first, which may be gradually increased to half 
 a drachm. 
 
 yEthiops auripigmentalis. Was made by 
 triturating sulphuret of arsenic with quick- 
 silver. 
 
 yEthiops jovialis. Was prepared by rubbing 
 together tin, quicksilver, and sulphur. 
 
 yEthiops martialis. The black oxide of iron. 
 
 yEthiops mineralis. yEthiops mineral. See 
 Hydrargyri sulphuretum nigrum. 
 
 yEthiops narcoticus. iEthiops mineral. 
 
 iETHiops per se. The protoxide of mer- 
 cury was so called, because it may be formed 
 by merely triturating the mercury for a long 
 time when exposed, to the air. 
 
 iETHiops vegetabilis. A powder formed 
 by incinerating the Fucus vesiculosus in a cov- 
 ered crucible. It contains iodine, and has been 
 used in diseases of the glands. 
 
 jETHMOID. See Ethmoid. 
 
 jEtho'lices. Burning pustules on the skin. 
 Furunculi, or boils. 
 
 jEtho'mma. (From atdoc, shining, and o/xp.a, 
 a sight or spectacle.) The appearance of flashes 
 of light before the eyes : a symptom common 
 in several diseases. 
 
 iETHU'SA. A genus of umbelliferous plants. 
 — yE. cyna'pium. Fool's parsley. A poison- 
 ous plant which much resembles parsley. — yE. 
 meum. Meum. Meum athamanticum, Meu and 
 Spignel. Baldmony. The root is carminative 
 and stomachic. It appears to be nearly of the 
 same nature as that of lovage. 
 
 Aetioi phlebes. The temporal veins. 
 
 ETIOLOGY. yEtiologia. (From atria, a 
 cause, and hoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of 
 the causes of diseases, divided by medical writ- 
 ers into proximate and remote ; and the latter, 
 
AG A 
 
 AGA 
 
 again, are distinguished into predisposing and 
 exciting. 
 
 iETI'TES. Lapis aquilee. Eagle-stone. 
 They had wonderful virtues attributed to them. 
 as that of facilitating parturition and preventing 
 abortion. 
 
 jEthogen. A compound of nitrogen and 
 boron, remarkable for phosphorescing before 
 the blow-pipe. 
 
 /Eto'cion. JSto'lion. See Daphne mezereon. 
 
 iETo'NYCHUM. See Lithospermum. 
 
 Affectio hypochondriaca. Hypochondri- 
 asis. — A. hysterica. Hysteria. — A. orthopnoica. 
 Croup. — A. tympanitica. Tympanitis. 
 
 AFFECTION. A disease. Also, certain con- 
 ditions of the mind ; thus, we speak of the moral 
 affections. 
 
 Affectus. Passion. — A. faucium pestilens. 
 Cynanche maligna. — A. hyperodes. Dropsy. 
 
 Afferentia vasa. See Vasa afferentia. 
 
 AFFINITY. (Affinitas, atis, f.) This term 
 has been used indifferently with attraction, but 
 is commonly restricted to chemical attraction. 
 Chemical affinity is generally supposed to be 
 the result of the electrical conditions of the 
 bodies combining. It was formerly divided 
 into a number of species ; as, disposing affinity, 
 quiescent affinity; but these are merely theoret- 
 ical, and have no peculiar importance. 
 
 Affinity, vital. The power which regu- 
 lates the formation of the various solids and 
 fluids from the common circulating fluids has 
 been called vital affinity. 
 
 A'ffion. An Arabic name of opium. 
 
 AFFLA'TUS. {us, us, m. ; from afflare, to 
 blow upon.) 1. A vapor or blast. 2. Applied 
 to a species of erysipelas, which attacks sud- 
 denly, as if produced by some unwholesome 
 wind. 
 
 Afflux. Affluxus. A determination of blood 
 or humor to a part. 
 
 Affluxio. Abortion. 
 
 Affrodina. Copper. 
 
 Affusio orbicularis. The placenta. 
 
 AFFUSION. (Affusio; from affundo, to 
 pour upon.) The affusion of cold water has 
 been used in the hot stage of certain low fevers. 
 The water is poured over the head. It some- 
 times cuts short the disease. It is also used 
 in nervous affections, especially of the spine. 
 Affusions may be also made with hot and tepid 
 water. 
 
 Sponging the body with tepid water, or vin- 
 egar and water, has now in a great measure 
 superseded the use of the cold affusion. It al- 
 lays febrile heat and restlessness, and frequently 
 induces a gentle moisture on the surface. It is 
 useful in most cases where the skin is hot and 
 dry, but should be avoided where there is any 
 tendency to perspiration ; it is particularly ser- 
 viceable in scarlatina, in which disease the heat 
 of the skin is frequently very intense ; it has 
 also been recommended in measles, but its' 
 safety in this case is extremely doubtful. 
 
 Afium. Opium. 
 
 Afragar. Verdigris. 
 
 After-birth. See Placenta. 
 
 After-pains. See Parturition. 
 
 Ag. The symbol of silver. Argentum. 
 
 AGALACTIA. (From a, priv., and yala, 
 
 milk.) Agalaxis. Agalactio. Agalactatio. A 
 defect of milk after childbirth. 
 
 AGALA'XIS. See Agalactia. 
 
 AGALLOCHUM. Lignum aloes. 
 
 Agamous plants. The Cryptogamia. 
 
 Agaric Agaricum. Boletus ignarius. -- 
 Agaric female. Agaric of the oak. Boletus 
 ignarius.— A garic purging. Boletus laricis. 
 
 AGA'RICUS. (us, i, m.) Agaric. Mush- 
 rooms. A genus of Fungi, with a cap, and 
 gills uudemeath of a different substance from 
 the cap. They vary greatly in their qualities. 
 The poisonous kinds have either a narcotic 
 smell or acrid taste, and are warty or glutin- 
 ous. In poisoning, the mushroom is to be 
 voided by emetics, and appropriate treatment 
 adopted according to its narcotic or acrid nature. 
 
 Agaricus albus. See Boletus laricis. 
 
 Agaricus aurantiacus and pseudo-aurantiacus. 
 Amanita. — A. auriculaforma. Peziza. 
 
 Agaricus campestris. There are several 
 species of the agaric which go by this term ; 
 as, the Agaricus edulis, cantharellus, delicio' 
 sus, violaceus, &c. The eatable mushroom. 
 Similar to it in quality is the champignon, 
 Agaricus pratensis. Great care should be ta- 
 ken to ascertain that they are of the right sort, 
 and not of a poisonous natui'e. Catsup is made 
 by throwing salt on mushrooms, which causes 
 them to part with their juice. 
 
 None of the following species are known to 
 be dangerous, and they are all sold for food in 
 different parts of Europe. Agaricus araneo- 
 sus; cantharellus, the chantarelle ; cortinellus; 
 albellus, the musk champignon ; eburneus, the 
 mugnaio ; ericetorum, the jozzolo ; virgineus, 
 the petite oreillette; auricula, the escoubai-be ; 
 eryngii, the ciccioli, which grows on the sea-hol- 
 ly ; tristis, the fungo appassionato ; nivalis, the 
 fungo dormiente; socialis, pivoulade d'Ecosse; 
 ilicinus ; tortilis, the mousseron de Dieppe ; 
 palomet, the palombette ; virens, the verdone ; 
 translucens, the pivoulade de saule; deliciosus; 
 subdulcis; procerus; cylindraceus ; attenua- 
 tus; asper; solitarius,incarnahis ; vaginatus; 
 aroideus. 
 
 Agaricus chirurgorum. See Boletus igni» 
 arius. 
 
 Agaricus cinnamomeus. Brown mushroom. 
 This species of agaric is of a pleasant smell. 
 When broiled, it has a good flavor. 
 
 Agaricus mineralis. Mountain milk; pure 
 carbonate of lime, or rock milk. 
 
 Agaricus musc arius. Bug agaric. Ama- 
 nita. So called from its known property of 
 destroying bugs. This reddish fungus is the 
 Agaricus — stipitatus, lamellis dimidiatis solita- 
 riis, stipite volvato, apice dilatato, basi ovato, 
 of Linnaeus. It is intoxicating, narcotic, and 
 often very poisonous. 
 
 Agaricus necator. This has a yellowish 
 juice, and is a deadly poison. 
 
 Agaricus piperatus. Pepper mushroom; 
 pepper agaric. Fungus albus acris. When 
 freely taken, fatal consequences are related by 
 several writers to have been the result. _ Even 
 when this vegetable has lost its acrid juice by 
 drying, its caustic quality still remains. 
 
 Agaricus theiogalus. This has a yellowish 
 juice, and is highly poisonous. 
 
AGN 
 
 AGR 
 
 Agaricus violaceus. Violet mushroom. 
 This fungus requires much boiling, but when 
 sufficiently done and seasoned, it is very agree- 
 able to the palate. 
 
 Agate. A siliceous stone. 
 
 AgathiS australis. Syn. Dammara aus- 
 tralis. See Cowdie gum. 
 
 Agathosma. Syn. Diosma. 
 
 Agathotes. Syn. Gentiana. 
 
 Agave Americana. Mexican aloe. The 
 juice is said to be diuretic. 
 
 Agave cubensis. The roots resemble red 
 sarsaparilla. 
 
 AGE. See sEtas. 
 
 AGENE'SIA. Agennesia. Agenesis, (a, 
 m, f. ; from a, neg., and yeveaic, generation.) 
 1. Impotence ; sterility. 
 
 2. A term applied by Breschet to anomalies 
 of organization consisting in absence or imper- 
 fect development of parts. 
 
 AGENT. (Agens; from ago, to act.) Any 
 thing which acts or produces an effect upon the 
 body. In pathology, the extraneous causes of 
 disease are called morbific agents; and in ther- 
 apeutics, medicines, and all things used in the 
 treatment of disease, are called therapeutical 
 agents. 
 
 Agentia. Active agents. 
 
 Ager nature. The uterus. 
 
 Agera'sia. A green and vigorous old age. 
 
 Age'ratum. Achillea ageratum. 
 
 AGEU'STIA. (<z, ce, f. ; from a, neg., and 
 yevoftai, to taste.) A defect or loss of taste. It 
 is organic or atonic. 
 
 Agglo'merate. (Agglomeratus ; from ag- 
 glomero, to shape into a ball.) Aggregate. 
 
 Agglu'tinant. (From agglutino, to glue 
 together.) An external application which 
 unites divided parts by causing them to stick 
 together. 
 
 Agglutinatio. Coition. 
 
 Agglutina'tion. 1. The natural process of 
 adhesion in wounds. 2. The action of an ag- 
 glutinant. 
 
 AGGREGATE. (Aggregatus ; from aggre- 
 go, to assemble together.) Collected together 
 Glands 
 glandulce aggregates. 
 
 Agheustia. Aguestia. 
 
 Agiahalid. An African shrub resembling 
 Zimenia. It is vermifuge, and the fruit purga- 
 tive. 
 
 _ AGITATION. Constant and distressing ac- 
 tion of body or mind. 
 
 Agitatorius. Convulsive. 
 
 A'glia. A white cicatrix on the cornea. 
 
 Aglossia. Wanting the tongue, from mal- 
 formation. 
 
 Aglutition. Agluti'tio. (From a, neg., and 
 glutio, to swallow.) Inability to swallow. 
 
 A'gma. A fracture. 
 
 Agna'ta. Adnata. 
 
 Agnathia. Wanting the jaw, from malfor- 
 mation. 
 
 Agni'na tunica. The amnion. See Amnion. 
 Agno'ia. (From ayvoeu, to be ignorant; not 
 to understand.) The state of a patient who 
 does not recognize those around him. 
 
 A'gnus castus. See Vitex agntis castus. 
 Also, Castor oil. 
 28 
 
 Ago'ge. 1. The process of reasoning upon 
 diseases from their symptoms. 2. The order, 
 state, or tenor of a disease. 
 
 Agomphi'asis. (From a, priv., and yofi<pu- 
 aic, a particular mode of connection between 
 bones.) Looseness of the teeth. This word 
 has sometimes been incorrectly written gom- 
 phiasis. 
 
 A'gone. Henbane. See Hyoscyamus niger. 
 
 Ago'nia. (Ayovta ; from a, priv., and yovoc, 
 offspring.) Sterility; impotence. 
 
 Agoni'sticon. (From ayuvicTnc, one who 
 contends.) Very cold water, given in large 
 quantity in fevers to overcome the morbid heat 
 of the blood. 
 
 A'GONY. Agonia. (Ayovia ; from ayov, a 
 contest.) The struggle which precedes death. 
 
 Ago'stos. (From ayu, to bring or lead.) 
 The forearm from the elbow to the fingers; 
 also, the palm or hollow of the hand. 
 
 Agra. Ay pa. An attack or seizure ; a com- 
 mon suffix. 
 
 Agrahalid. Agiahalid. 
 
 Agre'sta. Verjuice. 
 
 Agre'sten. Tartar before it is purified. 
 
 AGRE'STIS. (is, is; from ager, a field.) 1. 
 Pertaining to the field ; the trivial name of many 
 plants. 2. In the works of some old writers it 
 is applied to a disease which is malignant or in- 
 tractable. 
 
 A'gria. Ilex aquifolium. Herpes cxedens. 
 
 Agria'mpelos. Bryonia alba, or Tamus 
 communis. 
 
 Agrielce'a. Agrielceos. The oleaster, or 
 wild olive. 
 
 Agrifo'lium. The holly-tree. Ilex aquifo- 
 lium. 
 
 AGRIMONIA EUPATORIA. Common ag- 
 rimony. A mild astringent, corroborant, and 
 deobstruent, used fresh in infusion, &c. Dose, 
 3ss. to 5\]. of the substance. 
 
 AGRIMONY. Agrimo'nia. (a, ce, f.) A ge- 
 nus of Rosacea?. 
 
 Agrimony, hemp. Eupatorium cannabinum. 
 
 Agrioca'rdamum. Lepidium iberis. 
 
 Agrioca'stanum. Bunium bulbo-castanum. 
 
 Agrioci'nara. Cynara scolymus. 
 
 Agriococcime'la. Primus spinosa. 
 
 Agriome'la. The crab-apple. See Pyrus 
 mains. 
 
 A'grion. See Peucedamim silaus. 
 
 Agriopastina'ca. Wild parsnip. 
 
 Agriophy'llon. Pcucedanum silaus. 
 
 Agriori'ganum. Origanum vulgare. 
 
 Agrioseli'num. Smyrnium olusatrum. 
 
 Agrioste'ari. Wild field-corn ; a species of 
 
 AGRIOTHY'MIA. (From aypioe, wild, and 
 ■Svfioe, disposition.) Furious insanity. — Sau- 
 vages. 
 
 Agripa'lma. The herb motherwort. Leo* 
 nurus cardiaca. 
 - Agripalma gallis. Leonurus cardiaca. 
 
 Agri'ppa. A child or person born with the 
 feet foremost. 
 
 Agrippinus partus. Bom with the feet 
 foremost. 
 
 Agro di cedro. The lemon, or citron. 
 
 Agroste'mma. The cockle. 
 
AGU 
 
 Agru'mina. Leeks ; wild onions. 
 
 Agruna. The sloe. Prunus spinosa. 
 
 AGRY'PNIA. (a, as, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 virvoc, sleep.) Watchfulness; sleeplessness. 
 Insomnia. 
 
 AGRYPNOCO'MA. A lethargic kind of 
 watchfulness. 
 
 Agrypnodes. Agrypnus. Watchfulness; 
 lessness. 
 
 AGUE. Mi ague or intermittent fever is a 
 disease consisting of febrile paroxysms which 
 completely subside, and return at stated pe- 
 riods. During the intermissions, the patient is 
 generally quite free from fever, but a degree 
 of languor and inaptitude to exertion frequently 
 remain. The febrile paroxysm of an ague con- 
 sists of three periods or stages — the cold, the 
 hot, and the sweating — and these follow in reg- 
 ular succession. The paroxysms occur at cer- 
 tain intervals, and the fever is called quotid- 
 ian, tertian, quartan, &c, according to their 
 time of attack. 
 
 The cold stage commences with a sense of 
 debility and sluggishness in motion, frequent 
 yawning and stretching, and an aversion to 
 food. The face and extremities become pale, 
 the features shrink, and the skin over the whole 
 body appears constricted. At length the pa- 
 tient feels very cold, and universal rigors come 
 on, with pains in the head, back, loins, and 
 joints, nausea, and vomiting of bilious matter ; 
 the respiration is short, frequent, and anxious ; 
 the urine is almost colorless; sensibility is 
 greatly impaired ; the thoughts are somewhat 
 confused ; and the pulse is small, frequent, and 
 often irregular. In a few instances, drowsiness 
 and stupor have prevailed to a degree amount- 
 ing to complete coma ; but this is by no means 
 usual. 
 
 These symptoms abating after a short time, 
 the second stage commences with an increase 
 of heat over the whole body, redness of the 
 face, diyness of the skin, thirst, pain in the 
 head, throbbing in the temples, anxiety and 
 restlessness ; the respiration is fuller and more 
 free, but still frequent; the tongue is furred, 
 and the pulse has become regular, hard, and 
 full. If the attack has been very severe, de- 
 lirium may occur at this period. 
 
 When these symptoms have continued for 
 some time, a moisture breaks out on the fore- 
 head, and by degrees becomes a sweat, which 
 at length extends over the whole body. As the 
 perspiration continues, the heat of the body 
 abates, the thirst ceases, and most of the func- 
 tions are restored to their ordinary state. This 
 constitutes the third stage. 
 
 The quotidian is sometimes converted into a 
 continuous fever. The tertian, in which the 
 paroxysms have a remission of forty-eight hours, 
 is most common; and the quartan, with a re- 
 mission of seventy-two hours, is most severe 
 and unmanageable. 
 
 But the intervals are sometimes longer, even 
 to ten days ; and occasionally we find two or 
 three distinct types affecting the patient at the 
 same time, as a double tertian, with two par- 
 oxysms on one day, &c These are called 
 complicated agues. 
 
 When agues arise in the spring of the year, 
 
 AHM 
 
 they are called vernal; and when in the au- 
 tumn, they are known by the name of autumnal. 
 Intermittents often prove obstinate, and of long 
 duration, especially in warm climates : they not 
 unfrequently resist every mode of cure, so as to 
 become very distressing to the patient ; and by 
 the extreme debility which they induce, often 
 give rise to other chronic complaints. 
 
 It seems to be pretty generally acknowledged 
 that marsh miasm, or the effluvia arising from 
 stagnant water or marshy ground, when acted 
 upon by heat, is by far the most frequent ex- 
 citing cause of this fever : it is by no means 
 improbable, however, that other causes may 
 sometimes operate in its production. 
 
 One peculiarity of ague is, its great suscepti- 
 bility of renewal from very slight causes, even 
 without the repetition of the original exciting 
 cause. 
 
 Ague is not generally a dangerous disease ; in 
 a few instances the cold or congestive stage has 
 been so intense as to overwhelm the powers of 
 life, but such an occurrence is extremely rare. 
 The debility induced renders the patient liable 
 to dropsical affections, dyspepsia, and visceral 
 obstructions. 
 
 The indications in the treatment are to cut 
 short the paroxysms, and to prevent their re- 
 currence. The first is effected by the febri- 
 fuges ; the second is the most important period. 
 The time immediately before a paroxysm is 
 best for the administration of revellents, as 
 emetics, stimulants, hot baths ; a large dose of 
 quinine, gr. x., is very effectual; in some cases, 
 blood-letting. In the intervals between the 
 paroxysms, quinine, gr. j. to gr. v. Cinchona, 
 and tonics, often combined with aromatics and 
 stimulants, are used. The liquor arsenicalis, in 
 doses of 5 to 20 drops, is used where quinine 
 disagrees. The bowels must be kept in good 
 order. 
 
 When ague occurs in debilitated constitutions, 
 or has induced debility by its violence or long 
 continuance, a generous diet and a pretty free 
 use of wine is often necessary during the inter- 
 missions. 
 
 AGUE AND FEVER. Ague. Intermittent 
 fever. 
 
 Ague cake. The popular name for a tumor, 
 consisting, commonly, of an enlarged spleen, 
 which projects under the false ribs on the left 
 side. It occurs in patients who have suffered 
 from protracted ague. 
 
 Ague, complicated. See Ague. 
 
 Ague, dead. Ague, dumb. Irregular, or 
 masked intermittent. 
 
 Ague drop. Fowler's tasteless ague drop is 
 a solution of arseniate of potash in water. The 
 regular substitute is the arsenicalis liquor. 
 
 Ague-free. Sassafras. 
 
 Ague-weed. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 
 
 Agui'os. (From a, priv., and yvtov, a mem- 
 ber.) Wanting limbs. — Hippocrates. Weak; 
 feeble. — Galen. 
 
 Ague. Hedysarum alhagi. 
 
 Agyion. Weak ; mutilated. 
 
 Agy'rias. An opacity of the crystalline lens. 
 
 Agy'rtes. Agyrta. An itinerant quack or 
 mountebank. 
 
 Ahme'lla. See Achmella. 
 
 29 
 
ALA 
 
 ALB 
 
 Ahoval. See Thcvetia. 
 
 Ahusal. Orpiment. 
 
 Aidoro mania. Nymphomania. 
 
 Aiersa. Iris germanica. 
 
 Aigrette. Pappus. 
 
 AIMA. Blood. A prefix to many words, but 
 commonly written Hcema, hcemo, which see. 
 
 Aimatera. Hepatirrhcea. 
 
 Aimo'rra. Anthemis tinctoria ? 
 
 Aipi. Aipima. Aipipoca. Jatropa manihot. 
 
 Air, atmospheric. See Atmosphere. 
 
 Air, alkaline. Ammonia. 
 
 Air, azotic. Nitrogen. 
 
 Air, dephlogisticated. Oxygen. 
 
 Air, fixed. A., factitious. Carbonic acid. 
 
 Air, fluoric, fluoric acid. 
 
 Air, heavy inflammable. Carbureted hydro- 
 gen. 
 
 Air, hepatic. Hydrogen, sulphureted. 
 
 Air, inflammable. Hydrogen. 
 
 Air, marine. Muriatic acid. 
 
 Air, mephitic. Carbonic acid. 
 
 Air, nitrotis. Nitrogen. 
 
 Air, nitrous dephlogisticated. . Protoxide of 
 nitrogen. 
 
 Air, phlogisticated. Nitrogen. 
 
 Air, phosphoric. Phosphureted hydrogen. 
 
 Air, sulphureous. Sulphurous acid. 
 
 Air, vital. Oxygen. 
 
 Air a. 1. Lolium, or darnel. 2. A genus 
 of grasses. Hair-grass. 
 
 Air-cells of the lungs. Bronchial cells. 
 
 AIR-PASSAGES. The larynx, trachea, 
 bronchi, nostrils, and pharynx. 
 
 Airthrey mineral water. Saline and ca- 
 thartic. 
 
 Aithiology. Etiology. 
 
 Aisthesis? iEsthesis. 
 
 Aithomma. Blackness of the humors of the 
 eye. 
 
 Aitia. Aition. Cause. 
 
 AlX LA CHAPELLE, MINERAL WATERS OF. A 
 
 thermal (136° F.), strong sulphur spring, much 
 used. The factitious water is made by mixing 
 hydrosulphureted water, f. f iv. ; carbonate of 
 soda, 9j.; common salt, gr. ix.; water, f. fxviiss. 
 This is the Aqua aquisgranensis. 
 
 Aix. A city of Provence. It has thermal 
 springs, slightly impregnated with saline matter. 
 
 Aix. A town of Savoy. It has warm sul- 
 phureous springs. 
 
 Aizo'on. House-leek. 
 
 A java. The Indian name of a seed used as 
 a remedy for the colic. 
 
 A'juga, or Abiga. Teucrium chamcepitys. 
 
 Ajuga pyramidalis. Upright bugloss. Is 
 slightly astringent and bitter. Ajuga reptans 
 is said to possess similar properties. 
 
 Akatalvs. Akatera. Juniperis communis. 
 
 Akibot. Sulphur. 
 
 Akinesia. See Acinesia. 
 
 Ako'logy. Acology. Materia medica. 
 
 AL. The symbol for aluminum. 
 
 ALA. {a, ce, f. ; a wing.) 1. In Anatomy, 
 applied to many parts, as ala, the arm-pit ; alee 
 nasi, the lateral cartilages of the nose ; alee 
 uteri, the broad ligaments of the uterus, &c. 
 2. In Botany, any lateral expansion of tissue. 
 
 Ala auris. The upper and outer part of the 
 external ear. 
 30 
 
 Ala interna minor. Nymphce. 
 
 Ala nasi. The cartilage of the nose which 
 forms the outer part of the nostrils. 
 
 Ala vespertilionis. That part of the liga- 
 ment of the womb which lies between the Fal- 
 lopian tube and the ovarium ; so called from its 
 resemblance to the wing of a bat. 
 
 Alabaster. Alabaslrites. Formerly used 
 in ointments. 
 
 Alacab. Sal ammoniac. 
 
 Al.eform. Alceformis. (From ala, a wing, 
 and forma, shape.) Wing-shaped. See Ptery- 
 
 Alje ingrassii. The lesser pterygoid pro- 
 cesses of the sphenoid bone. 
 
 Al^ majores. The labia pudendi. 
 
 Azm minores. The nymphee. 
 
 Atm vomeris. The two lamina? forming the 
 sphenoidal edge of the vomer. 
 
 Alafor. Alafort. Alafi. Alkali. 
 
 Alagao. A shrub which grows in the Phil- 
 ippine Islands, of which the natives make cat- 
 aplasms for diseases of the head and belly, for 
 tumors, and for ulcers. 
 
 Alagas os. A name of the sacrum and coc- 
 cyx. 
 
 Alahabar. Alabari. Lead. 
 
 Ala'lia. (From a, priv., and \akeu, to 
 speak.) Defect of articulation. 
 
 Alana terra. Tripoli. 
 
 Alandahal. Cucumis colocynthis. 
 
 Alanfuta. An Arabian name of a vein be- 
 tween the chin and lower lip, which was for- 
 merly opened to prevent fetid breath. 
 
 Ala'ntine. Inuline. 
 
 Alaqueca. A sulphuret of iron. 
 
 Alares musculi. Pterygoid muscles. 
 
 Ala'res venjs. The superficial veins at the 
 bend of the arm. 
 
 Alaria ossa. The pterygoid processes of 
 the sphenoid bone. 
 
 ALA'RIS. (From ala, a wing.) Formed 
 like, or belonging to, a wing. 
 
 Alaris externus. The external pterygoid 
 muscle. 
 
 Alate'rnus. Rhamnus alaternus. 
 
 ALA'TUS. (From ala, a wing.) Winged. 
 Alate. In Pathology, one whose scapula? pro- 
 ject backward like the wings' of a bird. 
 
 Alauda arvensis. The field-lark. 
 
 Albadara. The sesamoid bone of the great- 
 toe, to which many extraordinary virtues were 
 attributed by the superstition of the Rabbins. 
 
 Albagenzi. Albagiari. Albagiaze. The 
 os sacrum. 
 
 Albamentum. The white of an egg. 
 
 Albanum. The saline part of urine. 
 
 Alban, Saint. A village in the department 
 of the Loire, where there is an acidulous chalyb- 
 eate spring. 
 
 Albaras. Albara. Albarces. Albaros. The 
 Arabic name for the alphos of the Greeks. 
 Lepra alphoides. — Albaras alba. See Leuce. 
 — Albaras nigra. Lepra Gr&corum. L. nigri- 
 cans. 
 
 Albaras. An alchemical name of arsenic. 
 
 A'lba pituita. Leucophlegmasia. 
 
 Axba'tio. Dealbatio. Albificatio. The act 
 of becoming white. 
 
 Albetad. Galbanum. 
 
ALB 
 
 ALC 
 
 Albica'ntia corpora. Corpora albicantia 
 Willisii. Two small, rounded bodies or pro- 
 jections from the base of the brain, of a white 
 color, anterior to the tuber annulare. 
 
 Albinism. Albinoismus. The anomaly of 
 organization which characterizes the albino. 
 
 Albi'no. A Spanish term for the white 
 progeny of negro parents, but now applied to 
 all persons presenting the characters of the al- 
 bino. The whiteness of the surface in the al- 
 bino is pallid and death-like ; the hair is white 
 in every part of the body ; the iris of a pale 
 rose color, and it can not bear a strong light. 
 The constitution is feeble. 
 
 Albino skin. Albinism has been treated of 
 as a disease under the name of albino skin. 
 
 Albi'num. Gnaphalium dioicum. 
 
 Albor. Urine. 
 
 ALBORA. A disease complicated of the 
 morphew, serpigo, and leprosy. — Paracelsus. 
 
 Alborca. Mercury. 
 
 Albotim. Albotai. Turpentine. 
 
 Albuginea oculi. The fibrous membrane 
 situated immediately under the conjunctiva, 
 formed by the expansion of the tendons of the 
 four recti muscles. White of the eye. 
 
 Albuginea testis. A thick, fibrous mem- 
 brane, of a white appearance, forming the prop- 
 er tunic of the testis. 
 
 Albugineous. A term applied to substances 
 of a pearly or pure white color. 
 
 Albugineous membranes. The fibrous mem- 
 branes. 
 
 ALBUGI'NEUS. (From albus, white). A 
 term applied by anatomists to certain parts on 
 account of their whiteness ; as, tunica albuginea 
 oculi, tunica albuginea testis. Chaussier uses 
 this term to designate one of the four fibres 
 which he considers as elementary. Fibre al- 
 buginee. See Fibre, elementary. Gauthier 
 calls one of the four layers into which he di- 
 vides the rete mucosum, membrana albuginea 
 profunda, and another membrana albuginea 
 super jicialis. See Rete mucosum. 
 
 ALBU'GO. Albula. (o, inis, f. ; from albus, 
 white.) 1. The white of the eye. 2. A white 
 opacity of the cornea. See Leucoma. 
 
 Albugo ovi. The white of an egg. 
 
 Albuhar. White lead. 
 
 Album balsamum. Copaiba. 
 
 Album canis. Album grcecum. 
 
 Album ceti. Spermaceti. 
 
 Album gr^cum. The white dung of dogs. 
 It consists chiefly of phosphate of lime, and was 
 formerly applied as a discutient. 
 
 Album nigrum. The dung of mice. 
 
 Album olus. Valeriana locusta. 
 
 Album rhasis. An ointment composed of 
 ceruse and hog's lard. 
 
 ALBU'MEN. (en, inis.) 1. A substance so 
 named from the albumen, or white of eggs. It 
 enters largely into the composition of the ani- 
 mal fluids and solids. It abounds in the serum 
 of the blood, the vitreous and crystalline humors 
 of the eye, the fluid of dropsy, and the substance 
 called coagulable lymph, and forms the great- 
 er part of most tissues. The white of eggs con- 
 sists of albumen in a liquid form, and sufficiently 
 pure for all ordinary purposes, being combined 
 with water and a trace of soda and saline mat- 
 
 ter. In this state it is a glairy fluid, without 
 smell or taste, and easily soluble in cold water, 
 but not in hot, since it begins to coagulate at 
 145°. When exposed, in a thin stratum, to a 
 current of air, it concretes into a solid transparent 
 substance, which is soluble in water, and, if 
 kept dry, may be preserved for any length of 
 time without putrefaction. The principal char- 
 acteristic of albumen is its coagulability by 
 heat. It coagulates at 160° F., and at 212° it 
 shrinks and dries into a homy mass. The acids 
 and metallic oxides coagulate albumen. 
 
 On exposure to the atmosphere in a moist 
 state, albumen passes speedily into putrefaction. 
 
 Solid albumen may be obtained by agitating 
 the white of egg with ten or twelve times its 
 weight of alcohol, or with acetic acid ; it pre- 
 cipitates in the form of white insoluble flocculi. 
 Albumen thus obtained is like fibrin, solid, in- 
 sipid, inodorous, denser than water, and without 
 action on vegetable colors. It dissolves in pot- 
 ash and soda more easily than fibrin, but less 
 easily in acetic acid and ammonia. It is also 
 soluble in nitrate and sulphate of potash and 
 soda, and other neutral salts. 
 
 From its coagulability, albumen is much used 
 for the purpose of clarifying liquids. 
 
 There are many varieties of albumen, differ- 
 ing hi physical qualities, but being compounds 
 of Protein, which see. It is highly nutritious, 
 and convertible by the economy into fibrin. 
 
 Orfila recommends the white of eggs as the 
 best antidote to corrosive sublimate ; and, as al- 
 bumen forms precipitates with the solutions of 
 almost all the metallic salts, it is useful against 
 other metallic poisons. 
 
 . 2. In Botany, the substance which forms the 
 chief bulk of some seeds, as corn, coffee, &c., 
 and which is of various consistence, being fecu- 
 lent, farinaceous, horny, or ligneous. 
 
 Albu'men aluminosum. Alum curd. 
 
 Albumen ovi. Albumor. The white of an 
 egg; used in pharmacy to suspend oils, fats, 
 and balsams. 
 
 Albuminorrhcea. Bright's disease. 
 
 ALBU'MINOSE. Proteine. That part of 
 albumen or fibrin soluble in weak hydrochlo- 
 ric acid. 
 
 Albuminous. Of the nature of albumen. 
 C ontai ning albumen . 
 
 ALBUMINURIA. Albuminous urine. It is 
 discovered by heating, or the action of nitric 
 acid, which coagulates the albumen, and is a 
 symptom of organic diseases of the kidney 
 Bright's disease. 
 
 ALBU'RNUM. (urn, i, n. ; from albus, white.) 
 The new wood of trees. 
 
 ALCAHEST. Alkahest. Alcaest. The uni- 
 versal solvent. 
 
 Alcahest glauberi. Subcarbonate of pot- 
 ash. 
 
 Alcahest respurii. This was formed by 
 detonating nitre with metallic zinc, and treating 
 the residuum with water. The water contained 
 the alcahest. 
 
 Alcahest zwelferi is acetic acid obtained 
 by distillation from verdigris. 
 
 Alcalescence. Becoming alkaline. 
 
 A'lcali. See Alkali. 
 
 Alcaligene. Nitrogen. 
 
 31 
 
ALC 
 
 ALCALIZA'TION. See Alkalization. 
 
 Alca'nna. This name has been given to 
 three plants. 1. Laiosonia inermis. 2. To a 
 species of Filaria. 3. Anchusa tinctoria. 
 
 Alcaol. The solvent for the preparation of 
 the philosopher's stone. 
 
 Alcarge'n. Cacodylic acid. 
 
 Alcarsin. See Cacodyl. 
 
 A'LCEA. A/l/cea. A genus of malvaceous 
 plants. Hollyhock. — A. yEgyptiaca villosa. 
 See Hibiscus abelmoschus. — A. Indica. See 
 Hibiscus abelmoschus. — A. Rosea. Common 
 hollyhock. The flowers are mucilaginous. 
 
 Alcebric vivum. Sulphur. 
 
 Alchachenge. Physalis alkekengi. 
 
 Alchachil. Rosemary. 
 
 Alcharith. Mercury. 
 
 Alchemia. See Alchemy. 
 
 ALCHEMI'LLA. (a, <b, f.) A genus of 
 Rosaceous plants. Ladies' mantle. — A. vul- 
 garis. Formerly esteemed as an astringent. — 
 A. arvensis is slightly diuretic. 
 
 A'LCHEMIST. One who practiced alchemy. 
 
 A'LCHEMY. Alchymy. Alchimia. Alhima. 
 This was synonymous with chemistry at first, 
 but, owing to the theoretical views of the chem- 
 ists of the seventh century, became the art of 
 discovering the universal solvent, medicine, &c, 
 and to some extent falling into the hands of 
 empirics, has been of late much denounced. 
 
 Alchitram. Alchitura. Tar. 
 
 Alchitran. 1. Oil of juniper. 2. The re- 
 siduum of a distillation. Tar. 
 
 Alcibia 1 dium. Alci'bium. Echium vulgare. 
 
 Alcimad. Antimony. 
 
 Alcoates. See Alcohol. 
 
 Alcob. Sal ammoniac. 
 
 Alcocalum. Cynara scolymus. 
 
 Alcofol. Antimony. 
 
 ALCOHOL. The rectified product of the 
 distillation of whisky, &c. That in the mar- 
 ket contains 85 per cent, real spirit. The alco- 
 hol of the U. S. Pharm. is of sp. gr. 0*835, and 
 represents the spiritus rectificatus of the Lon- 
 don and alcohol fortius of the Edinburgh Phar- 
 macopoeia. Alcohol is used in British pharmacy 
 for the rectified spirit distilled from carbonate 
 of potassa ; in this way it is obtained with a sp. 
 gr. of 0-810: this is nearly pure, and may be 
 made so by repeated distillation from chloride 
 of calcium, when absolute alcohol of sp. gr. 
 0794 is obtained. 
 
 It is the peculiar product of the vinous fer- 
 mentation, and is found in quantities from 4 to 
 25 per cent, in beer, cider, wines, &c. It has 
 a hot, pungent taste, is extremely inflamma- 
 ble, and a remarkable solvent of resins, some 
 fats, the active principle of many substances, 
 •fee. It boils at 173° F., and is very volatile. 
 It combines with some saline substances, form- 
 ing Alcoates. Composition. — Hydrated oxide 
 of ethyl, AeO+HO, or C4H5O+HO; many 
 acids separate its water, and thus produce 
 ether. Medically, it is a powerful diffusible 
 6timulant, and when habitually used in its 
 stronger preparations, produces serious injury 
 to the health. Externally it is applied in evap- 
 orating lotions. In Pharmacy, it is much used 
 diluted with one half water, as alcohol dilutum 
 (dihttus), spiritus tenuior, sp. gr. 0-935, and 
 32 
 
 ALE 
 
 proof spirit, in the preparation of tinctures, es- 
 sences, spirits, elixirs. Alcohol is frequently 
 used for tinctura or spiritus, which see. 
 
 Alcohol, absolute. Pure alcohol of sp. gr. 
 0-794, at 58° F. 
 
 Alcohol ammoniatum. (U. S.) Take alco- 
 hol, Oiiss. ; lime, ibj. ; muriate of ammonia, 
 fviij. ; water, f. fvj. ; prepare as in the case of 
 liquor ammonia. It is stimulant and antispas- 
 modic ; dose, 3SS. to 3J. It is used in forming 
 ammoniated tinctures. 
 
 Alcohol ammoniatum aromaticum. (U. S.) 
 Take alcohol ammoniatum, Oj. ; oil of rosemary, 
 oil of lemons, of each, f. 3ij. ; oil of cloves, oil of 
 cinnamon, each, f. 3ss. Mix, and add a little 
 water to avoid empyreuma in the distillation: 
 let Oj. pass over by a gentle heat. Stimulant 
 and antispasmodic ; dose, gtt. xx. to f. 3J. 
 
 Alcoholic muriatic ether. A mixture of 
 equal parts of muriatic ether and alcohol. Dose, 
 gtt. x. to 3SS. Diffusible stimulus. 
 
 Alcohol sulphuricatum. A. sulphuricum. 
 Elixir acidum Halleri. 
 
 Alcohol of sulphur. Bisulphuret of car- 
 bon. See Carbon. 
 
 Alcoholate. Spirit. Essence. A pharma- 
 ceutical preparation in which a tincture is first 
 made and then distilled, so that it retains only 
 the volatile portions. 
 
 Alcoholic potassa. Potassa fusa purified by 
 solution in alcohol and evaporation to dryness. 
 
 Alcoholmeter. The specific gravity imple- 
 ments used in ascertaining the purity of spirits. 
 Areometer. 
 
 Alcool. Alcohol. Alcooles. Tinctures. 
 
 Alcoolats. The preparations called spirits. 
 See Spiritus. 
 
 Alcol. Vinegar. 
 
 Alcola. 1. An Arabic name of aphtha?, or 
 the thrush. 2. A term applied by Paracelsus 
 to the sediment of urine. 
 
 Alcolita. Urine. 
 
 Alcor. Oxide of copper. 
 
 Alcornoco. Alcornoque. The bark of an 
 unknown South American tree, which has been 
 introduced into Europe of late years, and ex- 
 tolled by some as a specific in phthisis: it is 
 slightly astringent and bitter. Dose, in pow- 
 der, 3SS. 
 
 Alcubrith. Sulphur. 
 
 A'lcyon. A bird of the swallow tribe. 
 
 Alcyo'nium. Bastard sponge. The ashes of 
 this substance were formerly employed as a den- 
 tifrice ; they were also believed to promote the 
 growth of hair, and were used against baldness. 
 
 Aldehyde. The hydrated protoxide of ace- 
 tyl, an ethereal fluid : AcO-f-HO. 
 
 Aldehydic acid. The same as the acetylous 
 acid, a volatile pungent body : it is readily con- 
 verted by reagents into acetic acid. 
 
 ALDER. Betula ulnus. 
 
 Alder, berry-bearing. Black alder. See 
 Rhamnus. 
 
 ALE. Cerevisia. A fermented liquor made 
 from malt and hops, and chiefly distinguished 
 from beer by a less quantity of hops used therein. 
 
 Ale ac as. Liquorice. 
 
 Alec. Vitriol. 
 
 Alecharith. Mercury. 
 
 Alecost. Tanacetum balsamita. 
 
ALG 
 
 Alegar. Vinegar. 
 
 Alei'mma. Alei'pha. An ointment. 
 
 Alelje'on. (From ale, salt, and elacov, oil.) 
 A compound of salt and oil, applied by the an- 
 cients to tumors. 
 
 Ale ma. Flour. 
 
 ALE'MBIC, or Alambic. Alembicus. A 
 chemical utensil made of glass, metal, or earth- 
 en-ware, consisting of a body, to which is fitted a 
 conical head, with a beak descending laterally, 
 to be inserted into a receiver. A kind of still. 
 
 Alembic Lead. 
 
 Alembroth, sal. Hydrargyrum pr&cipita- 
 tum album. 
 
 Alembroth desiccatum. Sal tartari, or 
 carbonate of potash. 
 
 Alemzadat. Alemzadar. Sal ammoniac. 
 
 Ales. A compound salt. 
 
 Alese. Aleve. A napkin. 
 
 A'LETRIS. A genus of asphodelese. — Afar- 
 inosa. Star-grass. A plant common in the Uni- 
 ted States ; it is a strong bitter, and is used as a 
 tonic and stomachic. Dose, of the powder, 3ss. 
 
 Aletron. Flour. ♦ 
 
 Ale u' ron. Flour. 
 
 Aleurotesis. Sifting. 
 
 Alexanders. See Smyrnium. 
 
 Alexandria. Prunus lauro-cerasus. 
 
 Alexandrinum. An ancient form of medi- 
 cine. 
 
 Alexica'cum. An antidote or amulet. 
 
 Alexipharmacum. An alexipharmic medi- 
 cine. 
 
 ALEXIPHA'RMIC. (Alexipharmicus; from 
 aXe^o, to expel, and (pap/xaicov, a poison.) A 
 term applied by the ancients to medicines 
 which were supposed to fortify the system 
 against poisons, or to obviate their effects when 
 taken. 
 
 Alexipyreticum. Alexipyretum. A febri- 
 fuge medicine. 
 
 Alexipyre'ticus. Alexipy'retus. (From 
 cikefa, to drive away, and irvperoe, a fever.) 
 Possessed of febrifuge power. 
 
 Alexir. See Elixir. 
 
 Alexiteric. Alexite'rium-. (um, i. ; A/le| r - 
 TjTrjpcov; from aAefo, to aid.) A remedy of 
 any kind ; but it was applied chiefly to alexi- 
 pharmics. An antidote to external poisons. 
 
 Alexiterium chlorium. Chlorine. 
 
 Alexiterium nitricum. Nitrous acid. 
 
 Alfatide. Alfol. Sal ammoniac. 
 
 A'LGA. (a, ce, f.) A sea-weed. 
 
 ALGiE. Under this term is comprehended 
 all the sea-weeds. 
 
 Algali. Nitre. 
 
 Algalie. A catheter, or sound. 
 
 Algarab. Anchylops. 
 
 ALGAROTH. When chloride of antimony 
 (butter of antimony) is thrown into water, a 
 metallic compound is precipitated in the form 
 of a white powder, which is the powder of al- 
 garoth. and is an oxychloride of antimony. It is 
 violently emetic in doses of two or three grains, 
 and is preferred by many for making the emet- 
 ic tartar. 
 
 ALGE'DO. (o, inis, f. ; from oXyoe, pain.) 
 A violent pain about the anus, perineum, tes- 
 tes, urethra, and bladder, arising from the sud- 
 den stoppage of a virulent gonorrhoea. 
 C 
 
 A LI 
 
 Alge'ma. Algedon. Algesis. (Alynpa ', 
 from alyeo), to be in pain.) Pain of any kind. 
 
 Algeric Lime. 
 
 Algidus. Coldness. 
 
 Algidafebris. Febrishorri'fica. Febris que'r~ 
 quera. A malignant remittent, characterized 
 by icy coldness of the surface. 
 
 A'LGOR. (or, oris, m. ; from algeo, to shiv- 
 er with cold.) The feeling of coldness which 
 is general in the first stage of fevers. Rigor. 
 
 Algos. Algeticus. Algia. Pain. 
 
 Alhagi. See Hedysarum. 
 
 Alhandal. Colocynth. 
 
 Alhasba. Measles. 
 
 Alhenna. See Lawsonia inermis. 
 
 Ali'bills. Alibile. Fit for the purposes of 
 nutrition. 
 
 A'lica. Probably the spelt. 
 
 A'lices. The spots which appear on the 
 skin at the commencement of the eruption of 
 the small-pox, and which afterward become 
 pustules. 
 
 ALIEN ATIO. Irregularity ; derangement. 
 
 Aliena'tio mentis. Alienation of mind. 
 Pinel restricts this term to insanity, exclusive 
 of those derangements of the intellect which 
 are secondary or symptomatic of some other 
 disease ; as delirium, &c. 
 
 Alienus. Delirious. 
 
 A'LIFORM. (From ala, a wing, and forma, 
 resemblance.) Wing-like. Pterygoid. 
 
 Aligulus. A confection. 
 
 Alimella. The parotid. 
 
 ALIMENT. (Alimentum, i, n. ; from alo, 
 to nourish.) Any substance which, being sub- 
 jected to the action of the digestive organs, is 
 capable of affording nourishment to the body. 
 Organized matter, or that which has possessed 
 life, seems to be alone capable of assimilation 
 with the animal system : hence, every aliment 
 must necessarily be derived from the animal or 
 vegetable kingdom. There are, however, cer- 
 tain inorganic substances, such as water, com- 
 mon salt, lime, &c, which, though incapable 
 by themselves of nourishing, appear, when ad- 
 ministered in conjunction with alimentary sub- 
 stances, to contribute essentially to nutrition. 
 
 Food is azotized or non-azotized : the former 
 only is capable of sustaining life. Aliments may 
 be divided into : 
 
 1st. Farinaceous, or amylaceous : wheat, 
 barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, potato, sago, salep, 
 peas, beans, lentils, &c. 
 
 2d. Mucilaginous : carrot, beet-root, turnip, 
 asparagus, cabbage, lettuce, artichoke, car- 
 doons, pumpkins, melons, &c. 
 
 3d. Sweet : the different sorts of sugar, figs, 
 dates, dried grapes, apricots, honey, &c. 
 
 4th. Acidulous : oranges, gooseberries, cher- 
 ries, peaches, strawberries, raspberries, mul- 
 berries, grapes, prunes, pears, apples, sorrel, 
 vinegar, &c. 
 
 5th. Fatty and oily : cocoa, olives, sweet al- 
 monds, nuts, walnuts, the animal fats, the oils, 
 butter, &c. 
 
 6th. Gelatinous : tendinous parts, as calf's 
 foot ; some fishes ; and the flesh of young ani- 
 mals generally ; jellies. 
 
 7th. Protein : the flesh and the blood of dif- 
 ferent animals ; eggs, milk, cheese. 
 
 33 
 
ALK 
 
 ALK 
 
 8th. Spirituous : wine, beer, cider, spirits. 
 
 ALIMENTARY. Alimenta'rius. Nourish- 
 ing ; belonging to food. 
 
 Alimenta'tion. Alimentatio. The recep- 
 tion of nourishment. 
 
 ALIMENTARY CANAL. Canalis alimenta- 
 rius. Alimentary duct : a name given to the 
 whole conduit through which the food passes 
 from the mouth to the anus. 
 
 Alimentary duct. .1. The alimentary ca- 
 nal. 2. The thoracic duct is sometimes so 
 called. See Thoracic duct. 
 
 Alimos. Liquorice. 
 
 Alinthisar. Elongation of the uvula. 
 
 AliPjE'nos. Alipontos. Remedies which 
 were of a diy nature, as powders, &c. 
 
 Alipa'sma. Lipasma. 
 
 Alipata. A tree which grows in the Phil- 
 ippine Islands, and is reputed to be highly poi- 
 sonous; the juice, which is milky, and the 
 smoke of the wood, are said to cause blindness. 
 
 Ali'ptica. That department of ancient med- 
 icine which treated of inunction. 
 
 ALISMA PLANTAGO. The water-plantain, 
 the root of which has been used in hydrophobia. 
 The fresh leaves are rubefacient. 
 
 Alitu'ra. The process of assimilation or 
 nutrition. 
 
 Alizarine. The sublimed red coloring mat- 
 ter of madder. 
 
 Alkajial. Alkafiel. Antimony. 
 
 Alkahest. See Ale ah est. 
 
 Alkale. Pullets' fat. 
 
 ALKALE'SCENT. Alkalescens. Slightly 
 alkaline. 
 
 A'LKALI, or ALCALI. A caustic substance 
 which changes vegetable blue colors to green, 
 and which combines with acids so as to neutral- 
 ize their properties more or less perfectly, and 
 to form salts. Potash, Soda, Lithia, and Am- 
 monia are known to chemists; the three former 
 are fixed, and the last volatile. Of late years, 
 the list of alkalies has been augmented by a nu- 
 merous and interesting class of vegetable sub- 
 stances, which have been called by some alka- 
 loids, because they possess the property of 
 neutralizing acids. Lime, magnesia, baryta, and 
 strontia are called alkaline earths. 
 
 The composition and chemical relations of 
 the individual alkalies will be found under their 
 respective heads. 
 
 Alkali ammoniacum. Ammonia. 
 
 Alkali ammoniacum spirituosum. Spiritus 
 ammonia?. 
 
 Alkali, animal. Ammonia. 
 
 Alkali, caustic volatile. See Ammonia. 
 
 Alkali causticum. Caustic alkali. Caustic 
 potash is used in surgery for making issues. 
 
 Alkali fixum. See Potash and Soda. 
 
 Alkali, fossil, mineral. See Soda. 
 
 Alkali, native vegetable. See Alkaloid. 
 
 Alkali, phlogisticated. Prussian alkali. 
 When a fixed alkali is ignited with bullock's 
 blood or other animal substances, and lixiviated, 
 it is converted, in a great measure, mto ferrocy- 
 anide of potassium or prussiate of potash. 
 
 Alkali, Prussian. Ferrocyanide of potassium. 
 
 Alkali, vegetable. See Potash. 
 
 Alkali vegetabile salitum. The muriate of 
 potash. 
 
 34 
 
 Alkali, volatile. See Ammonia. 
 
 Alkali, volatile, concrete. Ammonia 
 carbonate. 
 
 Alkalid. Alkes. JEs ustum. Oxide of 
 copper. 
 
 ALKALPMETER. The name of an instru- 
 ment for determining the quantity of alkali in 
 the impure potash and soda of commerce. 
 
 ALKALINE. Alkali'nus. Applied to a sub- 
 stance partaking of the nature of, or having in 
 its composition, an alkali. Under the name of 
 alkalina, Dr. Cullen includes those medicines 
 which are usually called antacids. 
 
 Alkaline air. Ammoniacal gas. 
 
 Alkaline earths. Lime, magnesia, baryta, 
 and strontia, which have the property of chang- 
 ing yellow colors. 
 
 ALKALPNITY. (Alkalinitas ; from alkali.) 
 The property communicated to bodies by the 
 presence of an alkali. 
 
 ALKALIZATION. Alkalizatio. The com- 
 munication of alkaline properties to any sub- 
 
 A'LKALOIDS, VEGETABLE. (From al- 
 kali, and eiSoc, resemblance.) A class of vege- 
 table substances possessing the property of 
 combining with acids, usually representing the 
 active principle of the plant ; as morphia, 
 strychnia. They are commonly insoluble in 
 water, but dissolve in alcohol. 
 
 As the vegetable alkalies agree in several of 
 their leading chemical properties, the mode of 
 preparing one of them admits of being applied 
 with slight variation to all. The general out- 
 line of the method is as follows : The substance 
 containing the alkaline principle is digested, or 
 more commonly macerated, in a large quantity 
 of water, which dissolves the salt, the base of 
 which is the vegetable alkali. On adding some 
 more powerful salifiable base, such as potash 
 or ammonia, or boiling the solution for a few 
 minutes with lime or pure magnesia, the vege- 
 table alkali is separated from its acid, and, be- 
 ing hi that state insoluble in water, may be 
 collected on a filter and washed. As thus pro- 
 cured, however, it is impure, retaining some of 
 the other principles, such as the oleaginous, 
 resinous, or coloring matters with which it is 
 associated in the plant. To purify it from these 
 substances, it should be mixed with a little an- 
 imal charcoal, and dissolved in boiling alcohol. 
 The alcoholic solution, which is to be filtered 
 while hot, yields the pure alkali, either on cool- 
 ing or by evaporation; if not quite colorless, it 
 should again be subjected to the action of alco- 
 hol and animal charcoal. In order to avoid the 
 necessity of employing a large quantity of alco- 
 hol, the following modification of the process 
 may be adopted: The vegetable alkali, after 
 being precipitated and collected on a filter, is 
 made to unite with some acid, such as the 
 acetic, sulphuric, or muriatic, and the solution 
 boiled with animal charcoal until the coloring 
 matter is removed. The alkali is then precip- 
 itated by ammonia or some other salifiable 
 base. 
 
 The following substances have been brought 
 forward of late years as native vegetable alka- 
 lies, but the title of several of them to be so con- 
 sidered is more than doubtful : 
 
ALL 
 
 ALL 
 
 Aeonitine, 
 
 Crotonine, 
 
 Arcinia, 
 
 Curarine, 
 
 Atropia, 
 
 Cusparine 
 
 Brucia, 
 
 Cynopia, 
 
 Buxine, 
 
 Daturine, 
 
 Capsicine, 
 
 Delphia, 
 
 Narcine, 
 
 Nicotine, 
 Picrotoxia, 
 Populine, 
 Quinia, 
 Sabadilline, 
 Chelidonine, Digitalia, Salicine, 
 
 Cinchonia, Emetia, Sanguinaria, 
 
 Codeine, Eupatorine, Solania,_ 
 
 Colchicine, Hyoscyarnine, Strychnia, 
 Conine, Jervine, Veratria. 
 
 Corticine, Morphia, 
 
 Corydahn, Narcotina, 
 
 A'LKANET. Alka'nna. See Anchusa tinc- 
 toria. 
 
 Alkanet, bastard. Lithospermum offici- 
 nale. 
 
 Alkanna vera. See Lawsonia inermis. 
 Alkant. Mercury. 
 
 Alkantum. Oxide of copper. Arsenic. 
 Alkar. A medicine. 
 Alkeke'ngi. Physalis alkekengi. 
 ALKE'RMES. A celebrated remedy, where- 
 of kermes is the basis. 
 
 Alkerva. Ricinus communis. 
 Alkitran. Cedria. 
 Alkoel. Sulphur et of lead. 
 A'lkohol. Alcohol. 
 
 Alkool. Alkoolk. A preparation of anti- 
 mony used to tinge the eyelids and eyelashes 
 b]ack. 
 
 Alkosor. Camphor. 
 Alky plumbi. Sugar of lead. 
 Allabor. Lead. 
 
 Allama'nda. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
 dria. Monogynia. — Allamanda cathartica. A 
 shrub of Guiana, the infusion of whose leaves is 
 said by Linnaeus to be useful in colica picto- 
 num. 
 
 ALLA'NTOID MEMBRANE. (From aUag, 
 a sausage, and euhc, likeness.) Membrana al- 
 lantoides. A membrane of the foetus, which 
 exists in most of the mammalia. It is situated 
 between the chorion and amnion ; it communi- 
 cates with the bladder by the canal termed the 
 urachus, and contains the urine of the foetus. It 
 has been much disputed among anatomists 
 whether this membrane exists in the human sub- 
 ject and some other animals. The membrane 
 called vesicula umbilicalis is not to be found 
 during the whole period of gestation, like the 
 allantois, but disappears in the course of the 
 third month ; it is doubtful whether it commu- 
 nicates with the bladder, and, consequently, 
 whether it contains urine ; it has, therefore, 
 been generally considered as connected with 
 the nutrition of the foetus. The vesicula um- 
 bilicalis is sometimes called tunica erythroides, 
 especially in those of the inferior animals in 
 which it exists. 
 
 Allantoin. Allantoic acid. By gently 
 evaporating the allantoic! fluid, it is deposited in 
 the form of white acicular crystals. It is neu- 
 tral. Form., Cy 2 -{-3HO. 
 Alla'ntois. See Allantoid. 
 Allantoto'xicum. (From aXkac, a sausage, 
 and to^ucov, a poisou.) A poison developed in 
 putrid sausages made of blood and liver. It 
 often proves speedily fatal, producing a low 
 typhus fever. 
 
 Alla'sia. A tree that grows on the coast of 
 Mozambique. A cataplasm made of its leaves 
 and applied to the loins is said to facilitate par- 
 turition. 
 
 Allelui'a. The wood-sorrel ; oxalis. 
 
 All-good. Chenopodium bonus Henricus. 
 
 All-heal. See Stachys and Hypericum. 
 
 ALLIA'CEOUS. (Alliaceus ; from allium, 
 garlic.) Pertaining to garlic. Similar to garlic. 
 
 Allia'ria. Erysimum alliaria. 
 
 Allicar. Vinegar. 
 
 Alligatu'ra. The act of bandaging a wound 
 
 Allii radix. Garlic. 
 
 Allio'ticum. An alterative medicine. 
 
 A'LLIUM. Garlic. A genus of asphodeleae . 
 — A. cepa. The onion. It is acrid, rubefa 
 cient, and stimulating, promoting the secretions, 
 particularly expectoration and urine ; and pos- 
 sesses antiscorbutic properties. Externally, they 
 are employed roasted in poultices, to promote 
 suppuration. — A. porrum. The leek or porret, 
 Porum. Similar to the onion. — A. sativum. 
 Garlic. Every part of the plant, but more espe- 
 cially the bulb, has a pungent, acrimonious taste, 
 and a peculiarly offensive, strong smell. These 
 properties depend on an essential oil. It has 
 the same properties as the onion, but is very 
 much more active. Dose, 1 to 3 cloves ; of the 
 juice, f. 3ss. to jj. The syrup is an officinal 
 preparation. (U. S.) — Allium ascalonicum is 
 the shallot. — A. sch&noprasum. The chive. — 
 A. scorodoprasum. The rochambole. 
 
 Allium gallicum. Portulaca. 
 
 Allium viCtoriale. Victorialis loriga. The 
 root, which, when dried, loses its alliaceous 
 smell and taste, is said to be efficacious in allay- 
 ing the abdominal spasms of gravid females 1 
 
 Allium redolens. Teucrium scordium. 
 
 Allochoos. Delirious. 
 
 Allceo'sis. (A.Xkouocic; from a7J<.oiou, to 
 change.) A change in the constitution. 
 
 Allceo'ticus. (From aAAotow, to change.) 
 Applied to a medicine capable of effecting a 
 change in the constitution — a7JioiuTUia (pappa- 
 na, alterative medicines. 
 
 ALLOPATHY. Allopathi'a. (From a7J,oc, 
 other, and rradog, a disease.) The effect of a 
 medicine which cures a diseased action by es- 
 tablishing another of a different kind. 
 
 Allo'phasis. Delirium; incoherence. 
 
 Allotriophagi'a. (a, <e, f. ; from aTiTiorpioc, 
 foreign, and <payu, to eat,) Depraved appetite. 
 
 Allotropism. Allotropy. The change of 
 property witnessed in elementary bodies, as in 
 chlorine, carbon, &c. 
 
 Alloxan. A crystalline solid produced by 
 the action of strong nitric acid on uric acid. It 
 is the erythric acid of Brugnatelli ; formula, 
 CsEUNsOio. It is converted into alloxanic acid 
 by alkalies, and into alloxanlin by sulphureted 
 hydrogen and other agents. Alloxan and allox- 
 antin are compounds of urn; the 1st, 2U1.-J- 
 2 +4HO ; the 2d, 2U1.-L-0+5HO. 
 
 ALLOY. Metallic compounds in general. 
 Thus, brass is called an alloy of copper and 
 zinc ; bell metal, an alloy of copper and tin. 
 
 ALLSPICE. See Myrtus pimcnta. 
 
 Allyl. A hypothetical radical in the pun 
 gent principles of garlic, mustard, and simila- 
 plants. 
 
 35 
 
ALO 
 
 ALP 
 
 Alma. Water. 
 
 Almaranda. Almakis. AlmartaTc. Litharge. 
 
 Almarkasita. Mercury. 
 
 Almelilektu. A word used by Avicenna 
 to express a preternatural heat less than that of 
 fever, and which may continue after a fever. 
 
 Almezerion. Cneorum tricoccum. 
 
 Almisadir. Sal ammoniac. 
 
 Almizadir. Verdigris. 
 
 ALMOND. See Amygdalus. 
 
 Almond cake. The cake left after the ex- 
 pression of the oil. 
 
 Almond paste. This is made of four ounces 
 of blanched bitter almonds, the white of an 
 egg, rose water, and rectified spirits, equal 
 parts, as much as may be sufficient. It is a 
 cosmetic for softening the skin and preventing 
 chaps. 
 
 Almonds of the ears. External glands of 
 the neck situated near the ears. The parotid. 
 
 Almonds of the throat. See Tonsils. 
 
 Almuri. A cathartic preparation. 
 
 Alnus rotundifolia. Betula alnus. 
 
 Alnus nigra. Rhamnus frangula. 
 
 A'LOE. (e, 'is, f.) A genus of plants in the 
 family Liliaceae. Much confusion exists as to 
 the plants from which the numerous kinds of 
 aloes are derived, the A. perfoliata of Lin- 
 naeus having been divided into a number of 
 species. Aloe vulgaris yields Barbadoes aloes. 
 Aloe socotorina, the socotorine. Aloe spicata, 
 which is the only officinal species, yields Cape 
 aloes. 
 
 The active principle of aloes is called aloesin ; 
 it is a saponaceous, extractive, and bitter sub- 
 stance, present to the extent of 81 per cent, in 
 Barbadoes aloes. It is soluble in water. They 
 also contain a resinous extractive matter. The 
 terms aloeresinic and aloetic acids are given to 
 the two bodies making up the bitter principle. 
 The socotorine aloes yield by distillation a vol- 
 atile oil which is not obtained from the Barba- 
 does. The several kinds of aloes are dissolved 
 almost entirely by boiling water, but the resin 
 is deposited as the solution cools. Their solu- 
 bility is increased by the addition of alkalies or 
 their cai-bonates. All the kinds of aloes are sol- 
 uble in proof spirits. 
 
 Aloes are a well-known stimulating purga- 
 tive, emmenagogue, and anthelmintic. The me- 
 dium dose is from 5 to 15 grains, nor does a 
 larger quantity operate more effectually. Their 
 effect is exerted on the large intestines, and 
 principally on the rectum ; when administered 
 as a decoction, little of this peculiar effect is ob- 
 served. Aloes sometimes can not be employed. 
 It has the effect of stimulating the rectum more 
 than other purges, and with justice has been 
 accused of exciting hemorrhoidal swellings, so 
 that we ought to abstain from it in such cases, 
 as well as in cases where there is inflammation 
 or irritation of the intestinal canal ; it is improp- 
 er in pregnancy. 
 
 Aloes are too nauseous to be given in powder. 
 They are most frequently exhibited in the form 
 of pill, combined with purgatives, aromatics, 
 bitters, or other medicines, according to the ef- 
 fect desired to be produced. The best liquid 
 form is the Decoctum aloes compositum. 
 Aloe caballina,w£ Aloe guineensis. Aloes. 
 36 
 
 Aloe depurata. A. lota. An old extract. 
 
 Aloe insuccata. An old aromatic extract 
 of aloes. 
 
 Aloe socotorina. Aloe zocotorina. Aloes. 
 
 Aloeda'rium. kTiorjdapLOv. A name given 
 by the Greeks to various cathartic compounds 
 containing aloes as a principal ingredient. 
 
 Aloephangin^ pilule. See Pilulce ale- 
 
 ALOES. The dried juice of different species 
 of aloe. The commercial varieties are, Cape, 
 socotorine, and hepatic or Barbadoes. Some- 
 times we also hear of Mocha, Indian, and Cab- 
 alline, or horse aloes. 
 
 Aloes, Cape. Shining aloes. Very dark 
 olive color ; vitreous fracture ; it is the kind 
 used almost exclusively in the United States. 
 
 Aloes, common. Cape aloes. 
 
 Aloes, fetid. Horse aloes. — A. barbadensis. 
 Barbadoes aloes. — A. lucida. Aloes socotorina. 
 — A. extractum. Aloes. 
 
 Aloes, hepatic Barbadoes aloes. Reddish 
 brown ; aromatic, but unpleasant ; rather soft ; 
 little used in the United States. 
 
 Aloes, horse. Aloes. Dose, 3vj. for ahorse. 
 
 Aloes, lignum. See Lignum aloes. 
 
 Aloes, socotorina. Turkey aloes. Aloe in- 
 dica. Reddish yellow ; fragrant ; garnet edges 
 when examined by transmitted light ; glossy, 
 and sometimes with vitreous fracture. It is sel- 
 dom met with in the United States, but every 
 kind is passed under this name by dealers. 
 
 Aloes, spiked. Aloe. 
 
 Aloes wood. See Lignum aloes. 
 
 Aloesin. Aloeresinic. Aloetic acid. Aloes. 
 
 ALOE'TIC. Aloeticus. A medicine in which 
 aloes is the chief ingredient. 
 
 Aloetic acid. Chevreuil regards it as arti- 
 ficial tannin. . 
 
 ALOGOTROPHI'A. (From akoyoc, dispro- 
 portionate, and rpifpu, to nourish.) A term 
 employed by some writers to designate an un- 
 equal nutrition of different parts of the body, es- 
 pecially of the bones in rachitis. 
 
 ALO'PECES. The psoae muscles. 
 
 ALOPE'CIA. (a, ce. f.) Baldness. 
 
 Alopecia areata. Porrigo declavens. 
 
 Alouchi. The name of a gum obtained from 
 the canella alba tree. 
 
 Alpam. A Malabar shrub, from which an 
 ointment for the itch is prepared. The juice 
 of the leaves mixed with that of the calamus is 
 used agahist the bite of serpents. 
 
 Alpha, a. A very common prefix in chem- 
 istry to distinguish varieties; as, alpha orcein, 
 alpha resin, &c. 
 
 A'lphiton. Flour, especially barley-meal. 
 
 Alphite'don. A fracture in which a bone is 
 broken into small fragments. 
 
 ALPHO'NSIN. The name of an instrument 
 for extracting balls. It consists of three branch- 
 es, which separate from each other by their 
 elasticity, but are capable of being closed by 
 means of a tube in which they are included. 
 
 ALPHO'SIS. The albino-skin. 
 
 A'LPHUS. Alphos. Lepra alpkoides. 
 
 Alpi'ni balsamum. Balm of Gilead. Amy- 
 ris gileadensis. 
 
 Alpinia car 
 cardamom plant. 
 
ALU 
 
 Alratica. A partial or total imperforation 
 of the vagina. 
 
 Alsamach. The external anditory foramen. 
 
 Alsech. Alumen plumosum. 
 
 ALSI'NE. See Stellaria. 
 
 Altafor. Camphor. 
 
 ALTERATIVE. Alterans. That which 
 re-establishes the healthy functions of the ani- 
 mal economy, without producing any sensible 
 evacuation by perspiration, purging, or vomit- 
 ing. 
 
 Altercum, or Altercangenon. Hyoscya- 
 mus niger. 
 
 Ax.TBRN.ffi plants. Alternate-leaved plants. 
 
 ALTHJE'A. The name of a genns of malva- 
 ceons plants. The marshmallow. — Althaea offi- 
 cinalis. It abounds in mucus, and is useful as 
 a demulcent in coughs, catarrhs, dysuria, &c. 
 Both the root and leaves are employed medici- 
 nally. Althaea is generally used in decoction 
 and syrup. The root and leaves are officinal. 
 
 Althanaca. Althanacha. Orpiment. 
 
 Althea, or Altheine. A substance found 
 by Braconnot in the marshmallow. It is the 
 game with asparagin. 
 
 Althebegium. An Arabian name for a sort 
 of swelling, which is observed in cachectic and 
 leucophlegmatic habits. 
 
 Altheben. Pterygium or pannus. See Pter- 
 ygium. 
 
 ALTHE'XIS. The cure of a distemper. 
 Thence Altheus, a physician. 
 
 Ar.THro.vic acid. It is isomeric with the 
 eulphovinic, and formed in the same way. 
 
 ALTrLiBAT. Turpentine. 
 
 A'LUDEL. A subliming vessel. 
 
 ALUM. The officinal salt is a double sul- 
 phate of alumina and potassa. There are also 
 alums which contain soda, ammonia, &c, in 
 place of these components, and some with iron, 
 or oxides of chrome or manganese in place of 
 the alumina. 
 
 Alum has a sweetish and very astringent 
 taste. Its specific gravity is about 1-71. It is 
 soluble in five parts of water at 60° F., and in 
 rather more than its own weight of boding wa- 
 ter. It crystallizes in octahedrons, or segments 
 of the octohedron. When the crystals are ex- 
 posed to a gentle heat, they undergo the watery 
 fusion ; and when to a stronger heat, they swell, 
 part with all their water, which amounts to 
 nearly 50 per cent., and subside into a white, 
 opaque, triable, spongy substance: this is the 
 alumen exsiccatum, or alumen ustum of the 
 Pharmacopoeias. 
 
 In medicine, alum is internally applied as an 
 astringent in cases of passive hemorrhage ; in 
 those of an active character it is less applicable : 
 the dose is from 5 to 20 grains every hour or 
 two till the bleeding is restrained. 
 
 As an astringent tonic, alum may be given in 
 the dose of 10 grains made into a bolus, three 
 times a day, or in whey. 
 
 Externally, alum is much employed by sur- 
 geons as an astringent lotion for the eyes. From 
 2 to 5 grains to an ounce of rose water forms a 
 proper collyrium. It is also applied as a styp- 
 tic to bleeding vessels ; as a mild escharotic to 
 fungous ulcers, and as an astringent to those 
 with flabby granulations. 
 
 ALV 
 
 Alum is much used as an ingredient in gar- 
 gles for sore throat, relaxation of the uvula, 
 and aphtha; and injections for gleet, leucor- 
 rhcea, &c. 
 
 Alum, compound solution of. See Liquor 
 aluminis compositus. 
 
 Alum curd. Alum curd of Riverius. A co- 
 agulum made by agitating briskly 3j. of alum 
 with the white of an egg. 
 
 Alum root. Heuchera cortusa. 
 
 Alum whet. Serum aluminosum. A wkey 
 made by boiling two drachms of alum with a 
 pint of milk, and then straining. Dose, 3ij. 
 
 Alumen catinum. An old name for pot- 
 ashes. 
 
 Alumen de Rochi. Alumen Rochi Gallis are 
 impure kinds of alum formerly in the market. 
 
 Alumen exsiccatum. A. ustum. A. calci- 
 natum. Dried alum. It is escharotic. 
 
 Alumen FACTrTruM. A. crystallinum. A. 
 commune. ♦See Alum. 
 
 Alumen FrxuM. Potash. 
 
 Alumen kinosatum. Pulvis aluminis com- 
 positus. 
 
 Alumen rubrum. A. romanum. A. ruti- 
 lum. The Roman alum, which is of a reddish 
 color, and nearly free from iron. 
 
 Alumen rupeum. Native alum. 
 
 Alumen saccharinum. A cosmetic pre- 
 pared with alum, rose-water, and the white of 
 eggs- 
 
 ALU'MINA. (a, <e, f.) Alumine : earth of 
 alum, argil, or argillaceous earth. A white, in- 
 soluble, very infusible powder. The sesqui- 
 oxide of aluminum. It is the basis of clay, 
 kaolin, the sapphire, and ruby. It combines 
 with acids, but is not a very powerful base. 
 
 The acetate and sulphate of alumina, as well 
 as the chloride of aluminum, possess the most 
 extraordinary antiseptic properties. Solutions 
 of these bodies will perfectly preserve animal 
 remains. 
 
 Alumina pura. Alumina. 
 
 Alumina sales. See Alumina. 
 
 Alumina sulphas acidulus cum potassa. 
 Alum. 
 
 Alumina et potassa htpersulphas. Alum. 
 
 Alumina sulphas fusus. The Alumen ex- 
 siccatum. 
 
 Aluminous. Aluminosus. Pertaining to, or 
 partaking of, the nature of alum. 
 
 Aluminous acid. Sulphuric acid. 
 
 ALU'MINUM, or ALUMI'NIUM. (urn, i, 
 n. ) The metallic base of alumina. It is pre- 
 pared from the chloride, and somewhat resem- 
 bles platinum in powder. 
 
 Alus. Comfrey. 
 
 Alusar. Manna. 
 
 ALU'SIA. (a, &, f. ; from aAvtrtc, a wander- 
 ing.) Illusion; hallucination. The name giv- 
 en by Dr. Good to a genus of diseases, including 
 Alusia elatio, senthnentalism, or mental extrav- 
 agance ; and Alusia hypochondrias, hypochon- 
 drisnr, or low spirits. 
 
 Alvaquilla. Psoralea glandulosa. 
 
 ALVEA'RIUM. (um,i, n.) The meatus au- 
 ditorius externus of the ear. 
 
 A'LVEO-LABrA'Lrs. The buccinator muscle. 
 
 ALVE'OLAR. Alveolaris. Appertaining to 
 the alveoli, or sockets of the teeth. 
 
 37 
 
AM A 
 
 AM A 
 
 Alveolar artery. The superior maxillary. 
 
 Alveolar membrane. The membrane lying 
 between the tooth and alveolus. 
 
 Alveolar structure. The minute cellular 
 structure of the intestinal mucous membrane ; 
 full of small pits. 
 
 Alveola'tus. (From alveolus, a little cavi- 
 ty.) Alveolate; having small cavities. 
 
 ALVE'OLUS. (us, i,m.) A diminutive of 
 alveus, a cavity.) The socket of a tooth. 
 
 A'lveus ampulla'scens. The tumid part of 
 the thoracic duct at its commencement from 
 the receptaculum chyli. 
 
 Alveus communis. The common duct, or 
 communication of the ampullae of the semicircu- 
 lar canals of the ear, is so termed by Scarpa. 
 
 ALVIDU'CUS. Purgative; laxative. 
 
 Alvi excretio. Defecation. 
 
 Alvi fluxus, v. profluvium. A diarrhoea. 
 
 A'LVINE. (From alvus, the belly.) Ap- 
 pertaining to the belly or bowels. 9 
 
 Alvine concretions. See Enterolithus. 
 
 A'lvus. The abdomen; the belly. 
 
 Alvus astricta. A. coacta. A. dura. A. 
 tarda. Costiveness. 
 
 Alvus fluida. Looseness of the bowels. 
 
 Alvus renum. Pelvis of the kidney. 
 
 A'lyce. Alysis. Morbid anxiety and rest- 
 
 A'lypon. Globularia 
 
 ALY'SMUS. (Mvofioc; from alvu, to be 
 anxious.) The anxiety and inquietude that ac- 
 company many states of disease. 
 
 ALY'SSUM. Madwort. See Marrubium 
 alyssum. 
 
 Alyssum galeni. See Marrubium. 
 
 Alyssum plinii. See Galium mollugo. 
 
 Alyssum verticillatum. Marrubium ver- 
 ticillatum. 
 
 Alzemafor. Cinnabar. 
 
 Alzilat. An Arabian weight of 3 grains. 
 
 Amadou. A tinder made of dry fungi steeped 
 in nitre. 
 
 AMA'LGAM. An alloy of mercury. See 
 Mercury. 
 
 Amalgamation. The process by which an 
 amalgam is formed. 
 
 Amame'lis. Various fruits. 
 
 Amandinus lapis. A stone regarded by the 
 ancients as a universal antidote to poisons. 
 
 AMANPTA. A genus of fungi nearly re- 
 sembling the agaricus. A. muscaria, fly ama- 
 nita, is used to poison flies. 
 
 Amanita. Afiavtrat. A name given by the 
 ancients to edible fungi, as mushrooms. 
 
 Amani'tine. Amanitina. Letellier has given 
 this name to the poisonous principle of fungi, 
 which, however, he has not been able to sep- 
 arate from other matters with which it is asso- 
 ciated. 
 
 Ama'ra du'lcis. Bitter-sweet. Solarium 
 dulcamara. 
 
 Amara medicamenta. Bitters; tonics. 
 
 Amara'cina unguenta. Fragrant ointments. 
 
 Ama'racum. A fragrant herb. Marjoram? 
 
 Amare'lla. The Poly gala vulgaris. 
 
 Ama'rine. Amarina. A name given by 
 some to the bitter principle of vegetables. Ac- 
 cording to Laurent, a product of the action of 
 ammonia on oil of bitter almonds. 
 38 
 
 Amarities. Amaritudo. Amaror. Bitter- 
 ness. 
 
 AMARYLLIDA'CE.E. (Amaryllis, one of 
 its genera.) A natural order of beautiful endo- 
 gens, with inferior fruit, six stamens, and six 
 nearly equal segments of the flower. The 
 greater part consists of bulbous species inhab- 
 iting the Cape of Good Hope, and the tropical 
 parts of both hemispheres. The bulbs are often 
 emetic and poisonous. 
 
 Amasesis. Imperfect mastication. 
 
 Amato'ria febris. Chlorosis has been so 
 called. 
 
 Amatorium virus. A. veneficinm. See Phil- 
 trum. 
 
 Amato'rius. (From amo, to love.) The 
 superior oblique muscles of the eye have been 
 called musculi amatorii, from their use hi ogling. 
 
 AMAURO'SIS. (is, is, f. AfxavpuoLc; from 
 afiavpou, to obscure.) Gutta serena. Svffusio 
 nigra. A diminution or total loss of sight, aris- 
 ing from a paralysis of the retina or optic nerve. 
 Amaurosis may exist independently of any vis- 
 ible lesion of structure in the eye, or it may be 
 complicated with cataract or any other affection. 
 
 It is in general characterized by dilatation of 
 the pupil and immobility of the iris. These, 
 however, are not constant symptoms. There 
 is, moreover, something very characteristic in 
 the appearance of an amaurotic eye : there is a 
 total want of the natural expression ; the eye 
 rolls unmeaningly, and the patient is unable to 
 direct it at will toward any particular object. 
 In simple amaurosis, also, the humors of the eye 
 are perfectly clear ; and when we look into the 
 organ, the bottom of it frequently appears as if 
 it were of a dead white or a sea-green color. 
 It may attack suddenly, or gradually come on ; 
 be complete, or partial and intermittent, as in 
 attacks of ague. 
 
 Causes: — 1. Morbid changes of structure in 
 the optic nerve, or parts of the brain connected 
 with it. 2. Compression of the nerves. 3. Ex- 
 ternal injuries. 4. Exhaustion of the power of 
 the visual nerves by over - excitement. 5. In' 
 flammatory affections of the retina. 6. De- 
 rangement of the digestive organs. 7. Sup- 
 pressed secretions and discharges, and the sudden 
 cure cf some cutaneous diseases. 8. The influ- 
 ence of narcotics and other poisonous substances. 
 9. Congenital malformation. 
 
 The prognosis in this disease is generally un- 
 favorable. When it is congenital, or dependent 
 on organic lesion, it is totally incurable ; when 
 it comes on at an advanced period of life, or 
 when it has been of long continuance, and in- 
 creased gradually to complete blindness, little 
 reasonable hope of success can be entertained ; 
 on the other hand, when the patient is young 
 and the blindness not complete, when the at- 
 tack has been sudden, when the disease has 
 not been of long standing, and especially when 
 it is periodical, judicious treatment will often ef- 
 fect a cure. 
 
 The treatment should always have particular 
 reference to the cause of the disease, where 
 this can be ascertained. When it is connected 
 with increased vascular action, general and lo- 
 cal blood-letting should be had recourse to, and 
 followed up by the use of counter-irritants, as 
 
AMB 
 
 blisters behind the ears and on the back of the 
 neck, issues, setons, and the moxa; the appli- 
 cation of cold to the head by means of the 
 shower-bath or the douche should not be neg- 
 lected ; active purgatives are clearly indicated, 
 and an antiphlogistic regimen should of course 
 be enjoined. When it arises from genuine pa- 
 ralysis of the optic nerve, in consequence of over- 
 excitement or any other cause, bloodletting and 
 all debilitating measures are highly injurious, 
 and tonic treatment is required ; blisters should 
 be repeatedly applied; and electricity should 
 have a fair trial, since it has been highly ex- 
 tolled in this form of the disease, and, at all 
 events, can do no harm when judiciously regu- 
 lated. 
 
 The internal use of strychnine has been rec- 
 ommended in that form of amaurosis which con- 
 sists simply in loss of nervous power ; and its 
 reputed success in other cases of paralysis justi- 
 fies a trial of it in this. Mr. Liston, Dr. Short, 
 and Dr. Heathcote have applied strychnine ex- 
 ternally with apparent benefit. The cuticle, 
 raised by a blister, was removed from the tem- 
 ples, and from one eighth to one fourth of a 
 grain applied daily to the denuded surface on 
 each side, the quantity being gradually increas- 
 ed to a grain, and in one instance to three grains ; 
 half the latter quantity, however, is as much as 
 will generally be requisite or safe : repeated 
 blisters and applications of the strychnine will 
 sometimes be required: 
 
 The partial amaurosis of dyspeptics, &c, must 
 be removed by treating the cause. 
 
 Amaurotic cat's eye. Amaurosis in which 
 the pupil is unusually pale, as in old persons. 
 
 Amazo'nius. Afia^ovcoc. A lozenge former- 
 ly used against flatulency and vomiting : it was 
 composed of aniseed, wormwood, myrrh, pep- 
 per, smallage, castor, opium, and cinnamon. 
 Ambar. Amber. See Succinum. 
 A'mbe. (Ambe, es, f. ; AfiBn, the rim or mar- 
 gin of any thing.) A machine invented by 
 Hippocrates for reducing dislocations of the 
 shoulder. 
 
 Amber. See Succinum. 
 Amber seed. See Hibiscus. 
 A'mbergris. Ambarum. (Ambragrisea, a, 
 f.) A substance found in irregular masses float- 
 ing on the sea near the islands of the Indian 
 Ocean and many tropical shores. It is dis- 
 charged from the intestines of the spermaceti 
 whale, and is a diseased product. It is of a 
 grayish-yellow color, waxy fracture, and agree- 
 able odor; melts at 144° F. ; sp. gr., -78 to -92. 
 Pelletier and Caventou have found ambergris 
 to consist principally of a substance very anal- 
 ogous to cholesterine, and to which they have 
 given the name of ambreine. This is converted 
 into ambreic acid by nitric acid. From its high 
 price, ambergris is variously counterfeited. It 
 has been alleged to possess stimulant and anti- 
 spasmodic virtues, but it appears to be nearly 
 inert, and is now scarcely used except by the 
 perfumer 
 
 Ambia. An East Indian fluid, yellow bitumen. 
 Ambide'xter. (From ambo, both, and dex- 
 ter, right.) As a substantive, one who uses 
 both hands with equal facility ; hence, ambidex- 
 trous. 
 
 AMB 
 
 Ambiljevus. Awkward. 
 
 Amblo'sis. Amblothridion. Ambloma. A 
 miscarriage. 
 
 Amblo'ticus. (From aft6?M(jic.) Amblotic; 
 having the power to cause abortion. 
 
 Ambltaphia. Dullness of touch or general 
 sensation. 
 
 Amblyo'gmos. See Amblyopia. 
 
 AMBLYO'PLA. (a, ee, f. ; Afi6?iva7na ; from 
 a/ifiAt'c, dull, and uip, the eye.) Hippocrates 
 means by this word the dimness of sight, to 
 which old people are subject. The best mod- 
 ern writers make amblyopia synonymous with 
 partial amaurosis. 
 
 Amblyopia crepuscularis. Hemeralopia. 
 — A. dissitorum. Short-sightedness. 
 
 Amblyopia meridiana. Nyctalopia. 
 
 Amblyopia proximorum. Long-sightedness. 
 
 Amblyo'smus. See Amblyopia. 
 
 A'mbon. AfiSuv, the margin or tip of the 
 sockets in which the heads of bones are lodged. 
 
 A'mbra. Ambor. Amber. See Succinum. 
 Ambergris. 
 
 Ambreic acid. An acid obtained by treating 
 ambreine with nitric acid. 
 
 Ambreine. A fatty substance forming the 
 basis of ambergris: it differs but little from 
 cholesterine. 
 
 Ambro'sia. AfiftpooLa. 1. A name given 
 to several plants, as tansy, wormwood, the herb 
 botrys, &c. 2. The name of several compound 
 medicines, which were all of the alexipharmic 
 kind. 
 
 Ambulance. (Ambulo, to walk.) A light 
 caravan, furnished with surgeons' assistants, im- 
 plements, &c, and orderlies, for attending upon 
 the wounded in the field of battle. 
 
 A'mbulans. (From ambulo, to walk.) A 
 term applied to some erratic diseases, as erysip- 
 elas ambulans, &c. 
 
 Ambuleia. Succory. 
 
 Ambuli. An East Indian plant which is bit- 
 ter and febrifuge. 
 
 A'mbulo. Flatus furiosus. Vareni. Flat- 
 ulent distension of the abdomen, attended with 
 pain. 
 
 AMBU'STIO. (o, onis, f. ; from amburo, to 
 bum.) A burn or scald. Burns may be di- 
 vided, according to the degree of injury sus- 
 tained, into three kinds. 1. Such as merely 
 excite an inflammation of the skin, attended, or 
 not, with slight vesication, and which, if it be 
 not very improperly treated, almost always 
 shows a tendency to resolution. 2. Those 
 which affect the vitality of the cutis, causing 
 detachment of the cuticle and suppuration of 
 the cutaneous surface, and which become dan- 
 gerous when extensive. 3. Those in which the 
 vitality of the integuments is either immediate- 
 ly destroyed, or so injured that sloughing en- 
 sues ; these are frequently dangerous, especially 
 in very young or feeble persons. 
 
 Setting aside all exclusive plans, the most ra- 
 tional and successful treatment of burns seems 
 to be that founded on the actual condition of 
 the parts in the three degrees of injury men- 
 tioned at the commencement of this article. 
 When the burn or scald is quite superficial, and 
 the integuments merely inflamed, the inflamma- 
 tion is to be relieved by the application of cold 
 
 39 
 
AMB 
 
 AMI 
 
 water or cooling lotions. It is to be observed, 
 however," that when the pulse is feeble and the 
 skin cold, or when the burn, though superficial, 
 is extensive, or situated on the trunk, cold ap- 
 plications are improper, and we may use the 
 liniment recommended by Sir Astley Cooper, 
 consisting of equal parts of oil of turpentine, 
 lime water, and linseed oil, resorting afterward 
 to cooling applications and antiphlogistic treat- 
 ment, when reaction is sufficiently established. 
 When the cuticle has been detached, and sup- 
 puration thus rendered necessary, there is no 
 better general application than the linimentum 
 aquce calcis ; though, when the part is very hot 
 and painful, a poultice will frequently be found 
 to give more effectual relief. In bums attend- 
 ed with destruction of parts, the treatment is 
 the same with that of sphacelus ; the separa- 
 tion of the sloughs is to be promoted by emol- 
 lient poultices ; and as the injured part is liable 
 during this process to assume every variety of 
 action, stimulating or soothing remedies must 
 be applied according to circumstances; when 
 the sores are languid and the sloughs detached 
 slowly, a certain proportion of turpentine mix- 
 ed with the dressings will be found useful ; and 
 when the ulcers are irritable, anodyne fomen- 
 tations or poultices are necessary to restore a 
 healthy action. 
 
 Slight burns require little constitutional treat- 
 ment ; laxatives and attention to diet are gener- 
 ally all that is required. With respect to those 
 of a more serious description, the following 
 summary of practice is given by Mr. Samuel 
 Cooper : 
 
 " With regard to the internal treatment, when 
 a scald or burn is of a severe description, the 
 first stage of danger, the danger from the shock 
 on the system, the period of irritation, as Du- 
 puytren terms it, immediately presents itself, 
 sometimes accompanied by violent agitation of 
 the nervous system, but still more frequently by 
 shiverings, paleness, stupor, coldness, weak 
 pulse, and collapse. Now opium, brandy, am- 
 monia, or ether may be given. Cold applica- 
 tions are to be avoided, bottles of hot water 
 may be put to the feet and epigastrium, and the 
 patient kept covered. The warm bath for chil- 
 dren is in this stage particularly recommended 
 by Dupuytren. When the collapse goes off, 
 and fever and inflammation come on, we are to 
 adopt antiphlogistic treatment, bleed young, ro- 
 bust subjects, and administer opium. 
 
 " The second period of great suffering and 
 danger is when the eschars and sloughs are be- 
 ginning to loosen : the stage of elimination, as 
 it is named by French surgeons. The constitu- 
 tional disturbance now runs high, and, when the 
 patient is strong and young, bleeding is often 
 necessary, together with leeches and opium. 
 
 " The third stage of danger is that of suppu- 
 ration, when the profuse discharge may be such 
 as the patient can not safely bear ; purgatives 
 and astringent lotions are now proper to check 
 it, followed by bark, dil. sulph. acid, a moder- 
 ate quantity of wine and opium. For the diar- 
 rhoea to which burned patients are subject in 
 the suppurative stage, Dupuytren prefers giving 
 half a grain of opium, and one of sulphate of 
 zinc, three or four times a day. 
 ' 40 
 
 " The fourth stage of danger is when hectic 
 symptoms have been induced by the long dura- 
 tion of the effects of the injury, the irritation, 
 pain, discharge, &c. Here we must act ac- 
 cording to the principles explained in the arti- 
 cle on hectic fever, support the strength, give 
 opium, &c. The occasional complications of 
 burns, phlegmonous erysipelas, tetanus, and the 
 determination of blood to internal organs, will 
 of course demand their particular remedies." 
 
 Ambutua. Cissampelos pareira. 
 
 Ambuya-embo. The name of a Brazilian 
 species of aristolochia, a decoction of which is 
 used by the natives against obstructions, &c. 
 
 Ameli. A Malabar shrub of an unknown 
 genus. The decoction of its leaves is said to be 
 useful in colic, and its root boiled in oil is ap- 
 plied to tumors as a discutient. 
 
 Ame'lla. The same as achmella. 
 
 Amenia. Amenorrhoea. 
 
 AMENORRHCE'A. {a, <z, f. ; from a, priv., 
 jj.7jv, a month, and pea), to flow.) An obstruc- 
 tion of the menses in women from other causes 
 than pregnancy or advanced age. 
 
 Amenorrhoea involves two distinct cases : 
 
 1. Emansio mensium : Retention of the men- 
 ses ; when the menses do not appear at the pe- 
 riod of life at which they may be naturally ex- 
 pected. See Chlorosis. 
 
 2. Suppressio mensium. Morbid cessation. 
 This may arise directly from colds, mental emo- 
 tions, and is to be restored by attending to the 
 cause : or it may be symptomatic of diseases of 
 the nervous system, or of debility from these 
 causes : it often becomes chronic, and is to be 
 treated as in chlorosis. 
 
 AMENTACEiE. Amenta' cece plantce. Amen- 
 taceous plants. 
 
 Amenta'ceous. Amentaceous: having an 
 amentum or catkin ; as the willow, birch, beech, 
 poplar, &c. 
 
 AME'NTIA. (a, <e, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 mens, the mind.) Imbecility of mind, in which 
 the relations of things are either not perceived 
 or not recollected. When it originates at birth, 
 it is called amentia congenita, natural idiotism ; 
 when from the infirmities of age, amentia senilis^ 
 dotage, or second childishness ; and when from 
 some accidental cause, amentia acquisita. 
 
 Ame'ntum. {urn, i, n.) A catkin, or decid- 
 uous, pendulent spike. 
 
 Ame'ntum. Alumen siccum. 
 
 Amer. A bitter substance produced by act- 
 ing on raw silk with nitric acid. 
 
 American centaury. Sabbatia angularis. — 
 A. dittany. Cunila mariana. — A. hellebore. 
 Veratrum album. — A. ipecacuanha. Euphorbia 
 ipecacuanha. ; but principally Gillenia trifoliata. 
 — A. sanicle. Heucheraamericana. — A. senna. 
 Cassia marilandica. — A. spikcna rd. Aralia race- 
 mosa. 
 
 Americanum tuberosum. The potato. 
 
 Amethy'stus. Amethysta medicamentcu 
 Medicines used to prevent or remove the effects 
 of excess in wine. The amethyst. 
 
 Ametria. Intemperance. 
 
 Ami'culum. The amnion has been so call- 
 ed. 
 
 Amidogen. The hypothetical compound rad- 
 ical of ammonia, &c. : NH 2 . Symbol, Ad. 
 
AMM 
 
 A MM 
 
 Amides. Amidides. Salts containing ami- 
 dogen. 
 
 Amidide of hydrogen. Ammonia. 
 
 A'midine. Amidin. Gelatinous starch; the 
 soluble portion of starch : it is formed at once 
 by the action of hot water on starch. 
 
 A'midum. Amidon. See Amylum. 
 
 Amiline. A product of the distillation of 
 hydrated oxide of amyl with dry phosphoric 
 acid — C10H10. 
 
 Aminje'um vinum. A wine much esteemed 
 by the ancients. Galen also mentions an Ami- 
 nceum neapolitanum and an Aminceum siculum. 
 
 A'mma. Hamma. A truss. 
 
 Ammelide. Ammeline. Products of the de- 
 composition of sulphocyanogen. 
 
 A'MMI. The pharmacopoeial name of the 
 herb bishop's weed, of which there are two 
 sorts. See Sison ammi, and Ammi majus. — A. 
 majus. The Ammi vulgare of the shops. The 
 6eeds are less powerful than those of the Sison 
 ammi ; they are carminative and tonic. — A. 
 verum. See Sison ammi. 
 
 AMMO'NIA. {a, cb, f. ; so called because it 
 is obtained from sal ammoniac.) Ammonia is 
 a gaseous body procured by the destructive 
 distillation of animal matters. It is alkaline, 
 transparent, of a suffocating, pungent odor. It 
 may be condensed into a fluid by a pressure of 
 6£ atmospheres, at 50° F. Composition, NH 3 
 Equivalent, 17-19. Water dissolves 750 times 
 its bulk, and acquires the properties of the gas. 
 This is the liquor ammonia?, or solution of am- 
 monia. The strength of the solution increases 
 with its specific gravity. The strongest con- 
 tains 32£ per cent.; sp. gr., 0-875. The liquor 
 ammonia? is powerfully caustic and discutient. 
 It is alkaline, and combines readily with acids, 
 forming soluble salts for the most part. Heat, 
 or exposure to the air, removes the ammonia, 
 which is merely dissolved. 
 
 On account of its great volatility, it should be 
 preserved in well-stopped bottles, a measure 
 which is also required to prevent the absorp- 
 tion of carbonic acid. At a temperature of 
 130° F. it enters into ebullition. 
 Table of the quantity of real Ammonia in solu- 
 tions of different densities. 
 
 100 parts of 
 
 
 Of real 
 
 100 parts ofl 
 
 
 Of real 
 
 pp. gravity 
 
 
 Ammonia 
 
 sp. gravity 
 
 •9435 
 
 
 Ammonia 
 
 •8750 
 
 325 
 
 14-53 
 
 •8875 
 
 a 
 
 2925 
 
 •9476 
 
 
 13-46 
 
 •9000 
 
 •3 
 
 26-00 
 
 •9513 
 
 •a 
 
 1240 
 
 •9054 
 
 a 
 o 
 u 
 
 25-37 
 
 •9545 
 
 (3 
 
 11-56 
 
 •9166 
 
 22-07 
 
 •9573 
 
 o 
 
 10-82 
 
 •9255 
 
 
 19-54 
 
 •9597 
 
 
 10-17 
 
 •9326 
 
 
 17-52 
 
 •9619 
 
 
 9-60 
 
 •9385 
 
 
 15-88 
 
 •9692 
 
 
 9-50 
 
 Real ammonia, in its compounds with other 
 bodies, betrays a remarkable chemical nature. 
 Its compounds are formed under four classes : 
 direct compounds of NH3 ; these are very few, 
 instable, and similar to the hydrates: com- 
 pounds of amidogen, NH 3 , which are amides, 
 and principally with metallic bodies: com- 
 pounds of ammonium, NH 4 , which unites di- 
 rectly with chlorine, sulphur, &c. : and, lastly, 
 compounds of oxide of ammonium, NH 4 0, 
 which is present in the common salts of ammo- 
 nia. 
 
 The presence of free ammoniacal gas may 
 
 always be detected by its odor, by its tempo- 
 rary action on yellow turmeric paper, and by 
 its forming dense white fumes of muriate of am- 
 monia, when a glass rod, moistened with mu- 
 riatic acid, is brought near it. 
 
 Spirits of hartshorn is impure liquor ammo- 
 nia. For the salts of ammonia, see Ammonice. 
 
 Ammonia acetata. See Ammonice acetatis 
 liquor. 
 
 Ammonia caustica liquida. Ammonice liq- 
 uor. — A. hydriodate of, see Iodine. — A. hydro- 
 sulphuret. A. hepatized. See Ammonice hy- 
 drosulphuretum. 
 
 Ammonia muriata. See Ammonice murias. 
 
 Ammonia pr^eparata. See Ammonice sesqui- 
 carbonas. 
 
 Ammoniaco-magnesian phosphate. A triba- 
 sic phosphate ; NH 4 0, 2MgO, P0 5 -f-12HO ; it 
 is granular, sparingly soluble in water, but very 
 soluble in acids ; it forms a frequent calculus. 
 See Calculus. 
 
 AMMONIA'CUM. (A/n/j.o)viaKov. Ammoni- 
 acum, i, n.) See Heracleum gummiferum. 
 
 Ammoniacum sal. Sal ammoniac. See Am- 
 monice murias. 
 
 Ammonije acetatis liquor. Solution of ace- 
 tate of ammonia; formerly called Aqua ammo- 
 nice acetates. Take of sesquicarbonate of am- 
 monia, two ounces ; dilute acetic acid, four pints. 
 I Add the acid to the salt, until bubbles of gas 
 shall 110 longer arise, and mix. Febrifuge, su- 
 dorific, diuretic; dose, 31J. ad fij. Externally, 
 discutient. 
 
 Ammonia aqua diluta. (Ed.) Dilute solu- 
 tion of ammonia is made by mixing the strong 
 ammonia solution of chemists, sp. gr. -875, with 
 two parts of water. Dose, gtt. xv.-xxx. 
 
 Ammonia bicarbonas. (D. Ph.) Bicar- 
 bonate of ammonia. Expose a solution of the 
 sesquicarbonate to a stream of carbonic acid 
 gas until it loses its alkaline reaction. It is 
 much less active than the sesquicarbonate. 
 Dose, gr. x. to gr. xxv. 
 
 Ammonia carbonas. (U. S.) See Ammo- 
 nice sesquicarbonas. 
 
 Ammonue citras. Citrate of ammonia. Ob- 
 tained by the action of lemon-juice on the sal 
 volatile or the bicarbonate. It is usually era- 
 ployed in the form of effervescing draughts, as 
 a febrifuge and saline diaphoretic. The juice 
 of half a lemon will saturate about gr. xv. to 
 gr. xx. of the ammonia. 
 
 Ammonle et ferri murias. Ferrumammo 
 niatum. 
 
 Ammonia hydrochloras. (L.) Hydro- 
 chlorate of ammonia. The muriate. See Am- 
 monice murias. 
 
 Am,moni.e hydrosulphuretum. (D.) Am- 
 monia? sulphuretum. Hydrosulphuret of ammo- 
 nia. Liquor ammonia? hydrosulphatis. (U. S.) 
 Take liquor ammonia, f. § iv. ; pass hydrosulphu- 
 ric acid through it to saturation ; keep in a well- 
 stopped bottle. (U. S.) A yellowish, fetid, 
 acrid fluid. It precipitates metallic solutions, 
 and is decomposed by acids. It is a powerful 
 arterial and nervous sedative. Dose, gtt. v., in 
 a tumbler full of water. 
 
 Ammonia liquor. Liquor of ammonia ; the 
 Alkali volatile causticum and Aqua ammonice 
 puree. Take lime, ibiss. ; slake with water. 1 ix. ; 
 
 41 
 
AMM 
 
 mix, when cold, with ftj. muriate of ammonia, 
 in a mortar ; introduce into a retort over a sand- 
 bath, and distill into a vessel containing Oj. of 
 distilled water. Sp. gr., 0-944. (Ph. U. S.) 
 
 This preparation is colorless and transparent, 
 with a strong, peculiar smell : it parts with the 
 ammonia in the form of gas, if heated to 130°, 
 and requires to be kept from the contact of at- 
 mospheric air. 
 
 The solution of ammonia is stimulant and 
 antacid, and is given in doses of gtt. x. to xx. 
 Externally applied, it is rubefacient, and use- 
 ful when it is desirable to establish a strong 
 counter-irritation in a short time. Taken inter- 
 nally in an over-dose, it is rapidly fatal; the 
 best antidote is vinegar. 
 
 Ammonijs murias. Muriate of ammonia. 
 Hydrochlorate of ammonia. Sal ammoniacus 
 or ammoniacum. A salt formed by the combi- 
 nation of muriatic acid with ammonia. 
 
 The ordinary mode of manufacturing sal am- 
 moniac in Europe is by combining with muri- 
 atic acid the ammonia resulting from the igne- 
 ous decomposition of animal matters in close 
 vessels. 
 
 Muriate of ammonia has a pungent, acrid, and 
 cool taste. Its crystals are of a tetrahedral 
 form, but they are seldom regular. It is totally 
 volatile, but a strong fire is requisite to sublime 
 it. It is soluble in 3-25 parts of water at 60°, 
 and in its own weight of boiling water. Its 
 solution in cold water is attended with a great 
 reduction of temperature, hence it is mixed 
 with ice to form freezing mixtures. Its specific 
 gravity is about 1*450. Chemically, it is a 
 chloride of ammonium: NH 4 -J-C1. Sal am- 
 moniac was formerly given in different doses as 
 a purgative, emetic, diuretic, and sudorific. It 
 is now hardly ever used internally; it may, 
 however, be given in the dose of a drachm to 
 act as a diuretic or diaphoretic, according as its 
 operation is determined to the kidneys or the 
 skin. Externally applied, it is an excellent dis- 
 cutient, and is frequently used by surgeons as 
 an ingredient in lotions for indolent tumors, 
 chilblains, &c. Dissolved with its own weight 
 of nitre in eight parts of water, it forms an ex- 
 cellent refrigerant application. 
 
 Ammonias nitras. Ammonia nitrata. Ni- 
 trate of ammonia. Nitrate of oxide of ammo- 
 nium. Composed of the nitric acid and ammo- 
 nia, its virtues are internally diuretic, and ex- 
 ternally resolvent and sialogogue. Dose, 3j.- 
 3ij. It is the substance from which protoxide 
 of nitrogen, or laughing gas, is obtained. 
 
 Ammonia sesquicarbonas. (L.) Subcar- 
 bonate of ammonia. Sal volatilis, or Sal vola- 
 tile. It is made thus : Take of muriate of am- 
 monia, a pound ; of prepared chalk, dried, a 
 pound and a half. Reduce them separately to 
 powder ; then mix them together, and sublime 
 in a heat gradually raised, till the retort be- 
 comes red. 
 
 This salt is prepared on the large scale. It 
 should be kept in well-stopped bottles, for, 
 when exposed to the air, it gradually parts with 
 its ammonia, loses its pungency, and effloresces. 
 When very pure, carbonate of ammonia has 
 a crystalline form, but the crystals are seldom 
 very regular. Its specific gravity is 0*966. The 
 42 
 
 AMN 
 
 taste and smell of this salt are the same with 
 those of pure ammonia, but much weaker. It is 
 soluble in rather more than twice its weight of 
 cold water, and in its own weight of hot water, 
 but is volatilized by a boiling temperature. 
 Heat sublimes it. 
 
 The sesquicarbonate is stimulant, antacid, di- 
 aphoretic, and, in large doses, emetic ; in some 
 nervous affections, it acts as an antispasmodic. 
 Dose, gr. x. to xv. The common smelling 
 salts of the shops consist of this salt, with the 
 addition of some fragrant substance. 
 
 Ammonlze sesquicarbonatis liquor. (L.) 
 Solution of carbonate of ammonia. Take of 
 sesquicarbonate of ammonia, four ounces ; dis- 
 tilled water, a pint. Dissolve and filter. It 
 spoils by keeping. The dose is from 3ss. to 3i. 
 
 Ammonia spiritus aromaticus. A. spiritus 
 compositus. See Alcohol ammoniatum aromatic 
 cum. 
 
 Ammonije spiritus fcetidus. See Spiritus 
 ammonia fcetidus. 
 
 Ammonije spiritus succinatus. See Spiritus 
 ammonice succinatus. 
 
 Ammonije sulphas. Sulphate of ammonia. 
 Consists of sulphuric acid and ammonia (NH 4 
 O.SOy.HO). Sulphate of oxide of ammonium. 
 Properties similar to muriate of ammonia. 
 
 Ammonle tartras. Tartrate of ammonia. 
 Formed by saturating carbonate of ammonia by 
 tartaric acid. It may be given in solution or 
 as effervescing draught, as a febrifuge. Seldom 
 used. 
 
 Ammoniaretum cupri. Cuprum ammonia- 
 turn. 
 
 Ammoniated copper. See Cuprum ammo- 
 niatum. — A. iron. Ferrum ammoniatum. — A. 
 iron, tincture of. Tinctura ferri ammoniati. 
 — A. copper, liquor of. Cupri ammoniati liq- 
 uor. 
 
 Ammonio-chloride of mercury. Ammonia- 
 ted submuriate of mercury. A. mercury. A. 
 oxychloruret of mercury. White precipitate. 
 See Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. 
 
 Ammonio sulphate of copper. Cupri am- 
 moniatum. 
 
 Ammo'nion. A collyrium. 
 
 Ammo'nium. {um, i, n.) The hypothetical 
 compound NH 4 ; its oxide, NH 4 0, is the common 
 base of ammoniacal salts. See Ammonia. 
 
 Ammonium, chloride of. Ammonice, nutrias, 
 
 AMMONIURET. (Ammoniuretum, i, n.) A 
 compound of ammonia, and a metallic oxide ; 
 as, ammoniuret of gold, silver, zinc, &c. 
 
 Ammoniuret of teroxide of gold. Fulmi- 
 nating gold. Aurate of gold. It has been giv- 
 en, very culpably, in venereal disease, &c. 
 
 Amna alkalisata. A name given by Para- 
 celsus and others to natural saline waters. 
 
 AMNE'SIA. Amne'stia. (a, <z, f. ; from a, 
 priv., and fivnatc, memory.) Forgetfulness. 
 
 A'mnic acid. See Amnion. 
 
 Amnioclepsis. Premature escape of the 
 liquor amnii. 
 
 A'MNION. Amnios. The innermost mem- 
 brane of the ovum, which immediately sur- 
 rounds the foetus. It lines the chorion, covers 
 the placenta, and is reflected on the umbilical 
 cord, which it invests as far as the navel, where 
 it terminates. It contains a thin, watery fluid, 
 
AMP 
 
 A M Y 
 
 called the liquor amnii, or water of the amnion, 
 and in popular language the waters. The quan- 
 tity is usually two pints at parturition, but may 
 be only six ounces, or in great excess. This 
 fluid is generally transparent, often milky, and 
 sometimes of a yellow or light brown color, 
 and very different in consistence. It has a 
 slightly saline taste. The obvious uses of the 
 amniotic fluid are, to afford the foetus a yield- 
 ing medium, which does not restrain its mo- 
 tions, while it protects it from external shocks 
 and injuries ; and to act as a soft but powerful 
 wedge for the dilatation of the os utei'i and vag- 
 ina at the time of parturition. 
 
 Amnios. In Botany, a transparent fluid in 
 which the young embryo is at first suspended. 
 Amo'mis. The fruit of the plant now called 
 Matonia cardamomum. 
 
 AMCMDM. A genus of plants; family, 
 Zingiberac'eae. 
 
 . Amomum cardamomum. The round carda- 
 mom. 
 
 Amomum galanga. Mar ant a galanga. Am. 
 zedoaria. Kaempferia rotunda. 
 
 Amomum granum paradisi. The plant which 
 affords the grains of paradise. It has also been 
 called Cardamomum majus, and Cardamomum 
 piper atum. 
 
 Grains of paradise, or the greater cardamom 
 seeds, are contained in a large brown, trian- 
 gular pod. The seeds are angular, and of a 
 reddish-brown color, smaller than pepper. 
 They are extremely hot, and similar in virtue 
 to pepper. 
 
 Amomum plinii. The Solanum. 
 Amomum racemosum. See Cardamomum. 
 Amomum vulgare. See Sison amomum. 
 Amomum zingiber. See Zingiber officinale. 
 A'MOR. (or, oris, m.) Love. See Pathe- 
 inata animi. 
 
 Amo'rge. See Amurca. 
 Amo'rpha. A genus of plants of the class 
 Diadelphia, and order Decandria. There is 
 only one species known. It grows in America, 
 and the bruised root is said to be good for the 
 toothache. 
 
 Amorphous. (From a, ftoptpn, form.) With- 
 out regular form. 
 
 Amosteus. Osteocolla. 
 
 Amp ac. An East Indian tree, which affords 
 a very odoriferous resin ; the leaves are used to 
 medicate baths. 
 
 Ampar. Succinium. 
 Ampelosa'gria. Bryonia. 
 Ampharisteros. Awkward with the hands. 
 AiiPHEMERi'.vus. Afi(j)rj/j.sptvoc. Occurring 
 daily. Applied by the Greeks to a quotidian 
 ague — rcvperoc adn/iepivoc. 
 Amphiam. Opium. 
 
 AMPHIARTHRO'SIS. (From afifi, both, 
 and apdpumc, an articulation.) A mixed kind 
 of articulation, in which the articular surfaces 
 of bones are united by an intermediate sub- 
 stance, in a manner which admits of a small 
 degree of motion. The junction of the verte- 
 brae by the intervertebral cartilages is of this 
 kind. Some use the term synonymously with 
 synchondrosis. 
 
 AMPHI'BIA. A class of animals, embracing 
 frogs. They are vertebrated, with cold blood 
 
 and naked skin; oviparous, and most undergo 
 a metamorphosis, adapting them to a transition 
 from an aquatic to an atmospheric medium of 
 respiration. 
 
 Amphi'bius. (From a\i^i, both, and (3coc, 
 life ; as being capable of two modes of life.) 
 Amphibious. 
 
 Amphiblestroi'des. The hyaloid membrane 
 surrounding the vitreous humor of the eye. 
 
 Amphibra'nchia. The tonsils and parts ad- 
 jacent to them. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Amphicaustis. The vulva. 
 
 Amphi'deon. The os uteri. 
 
 AMPHIDIARTHRO'SIS. (From a/ifi, both, 
 and diapdpuatc, a movable articulation.) A 
 name given by Winslow to the articulation of 
 the lower jaw with the os temporis, because it 
 partakes of the Kature both of ginglymus and 
 arthrodia. 
 
 Amphimerina. Pertussis. — A. hectica. Hec- 
 tic fever. 
 
 Amphion. Maslach. 
 
 Amphiplex. A[Mj>nr?.7]Z. The perineum. 
 
 Amphipneu'ma. (From a/j.<pi, about, and 
 ■xvevfia, breath.) A great difficulty of breath- 
 ing. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Aphismi'la. A dissecting-knife. 
 
 Amphispha'lsis. Circumduction. 
 
 A'mphora. See Weights and Measures. 
 
 AMPHORIC RESONANCE. A stethescopic 
 sound, which is a variety of the metallic tink- 
 ling. See Metallic Tinkling. 
 
 Amphi'stoma. A genus of intestinal worms 
 
 Amplexicau'lis. Amplexicaul. Embracing 
 or clasping the stem. 
 
 Ampu'lla. A large-bellied bottle. In Anato- 
 my, the dilated part of the membranaceous 
 semicircular canals in the ear. In Pathology, 
 some writers use it synonymously with bulla, a 
 bleb, or watery bladder on the skin; hence 
 pemphigus has been called Febris ampullosa. 
 
 Ampulla chylifera. Receptaculum chyli. 
 
 Ampulla. Phlyctaena. 
 
 Ampullula. (a, «, f.) Applied by anato- 
 mists to a canal or bag, which is a little enlarged 
 in the centre. 
 
 AMPUTA'TION. (Amputatio, onis, f. ; from 
 amptito, to cut off.) The removal of a limb, or 
 any projecting part, as the penis, by means of 
 a cutting instrument. In the case of a tumor, 
 the term excision or extirpation is generally 
 used. The amputation may be by a circular 
 cut, which is the old plan ; or, more properly, 
 by so directing the knife as to leave flaps which 
 can be nicely adjusted, so as to cover the bone. 
 A tourniquet is used where the part is supplied 
 with large arteries, or, if that is inapplicable, 
 strong pressure. 
 
 A'mulet. Amuletum. Gems, stones, pieces 
 of paper inscribed with certain words, &c, 
 were formerly worn suspended from the neck, 
 as prophylactics against different diseases. 
 
 Amu'rca. The marc of the olive. 
 
 A'myche. A slight exulceration, excoriation, 
 or abrasion of the skin. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Amy'cticus. Applied to irritating medicines 
 used to excite torpid parts into action. 
 
 Amydriasis. See Mydriasis. 
 
 Amye'lia. A monstrosity consisting in par 
 tial or total absence of the spinal marrow. 
 
 43 
 
AMY 
 
 ANA 
 
 AMY'GDALA. (a,«,f. Apvydafy.) 1. The 
 almond. Amygdalus communis. 2. The tonsils 
 are called amygdala. 
 
 Amygdala amara. The bitter almond. See 
 
 communis. 
 
 Amygdala dulcis. The sweet almond. See 
 Amygdalus communis. 
 
 Amygdala oleubi. Amygdalus communis. 
 
 Amygdala placenta. Almond cake. 
 
 Amygdala'tum. Almond emulsion. 
 
 Amygd a'le^: . A tribe of the natural family 
 of the Rosacea, of which the genus Amygdalus 
 is the type. 
 
 Amygdalin. A crystalline, white, bitter sub- 
 stance, obtained from bitter almonds, cherry- 
 laurel, &c. (C 4 oH2 7 N0 2 2 — anhydrous), which is 
 readily metamorphosed into hydrocyanic acid, 
 &c. Amygdalic acid is a product. 
 
 Amygdalitis. Cynanche tonsillaris. 
 
 AMY'GDALUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. — A. communis. The almond-tree. The 
 systematic name of the plant which affords the 
 almond. Amygdalus — foliis serratis infimis 
 glandulosis, floribus sessilibus geminis, of Lin- 
 naeus. 
 
 The almond is a small tree. The sweet and 
 bitter fruit is the product of varieties. The 
 fruit yields by expression an abundance of bland 
 oil — Oleum amygdala. But, besides this, the 
 bitter kinds contain a principle called amygda- 
 lin, which is readily decomposed, and, under 
 ordinary circumstances, converted into oil of 
 bitter almonds and prussic acid. Hence their 
 poisonous nature. They are seldom used alone. 
 Almonds are employed in emulsion and confec- 
 tion, but principally in confectionary. They 
 are demulcent. 
 
 Amygdalus persica. The common peach- 
 tree. The leaves and flowers owe their flavor 
 to prussic acid. 
 
 Amygmos. Scarification. 
 
 Amyl. Ayl. The hypothetical radical of a 
 class of bodies resembling the ethyl series. 
 Formula, C 10 Hn. Oil of grain spirits, or pota- 
 toes. Amilic alcohol is AylO,HO ; amiline is 
 C10H10. 
 
 AMYLACEOUS. Possessing the properties 
 of starch. 
 
 A'myline. See Amidine. 
 
 A'MYLUM. Amyleon. (um, i, n. Afxvlov ; 
 from a, priv., and /xvln, a mill; because the 
 ancients made it from unground wheat.) Starch. 
 A white, insipid substance, insoluble in cold 
 water, but forming a jelly with boiling water. 
 
 Starch exists abundantly in all plants, and is 
 readily separated by pounding and washing. 
 Its composition is Ci 2 Hi Oi . Its presence is 
 ascertained by the action of iodine on a cold 
 solution, which it renders blue. It is very infe- 
 rior as a nutritious body because of the absence 
 of nitrogen. Tapioca, sago, arrow-root, cassa- 
 da, &c, are forms of impure starch. The gran- 
 ules of starch present miscroscopic differences, 
 by which they may be recognized. Each gran- 
 ule consists of an external waxy envelope, and 
 of a soluble center, which is Amidin. 
 
 It is a demulcent ; and a mucilage prepared 
 from it often produces excellent effects, especial- 
 ly in the form of clyster, in dysentery and di- 
 arrhoea. Externally, surgeons sometimes apply 
 44 
 
 the powder as an absorbent in erysipelas and 
 abrasions of the skin. 
 
 Amylum iodatum. See Iodide of starch. 
 
 Amylum maranm. Arrow-root. 
 
 A'myos. (From a, priv., and five, a muscle.) 
 Applied to a limb so emaciated that the mus- 
 cles scarcely appear. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Amyosis. Imperforate iris or pupil. 
 
 AMYRIDACEiE. An order of dicotyledo- 
 nous plants, abounding in fragrant resin. Trees 
 or shrubs, with leaves compound, with pellucid 
 dots ; corolla, polypetalous ; stamens, hypogy- 
 nous ; ovary, superior ; fruit, sub-drupaceous, 
 samaroid, or leguminous. 
 
 Amyris elemifera. A tree yielding gum 
 elemi. The resin is softish, somewhat transpar- 
 ent, of a pale whitish color, inclining a little to 
 green, and of a strong, though not unpleasant 
 smell. It is only used in an officinal ointment, 
 the Unguentum elemi compositum, and is now 
 seldom, if ever, to be found genuine in the shops. 
 
 Amyris gileadensis. Balm of Gilead, or 
 balsam of Mecca tree. It is a native of Abyssin- 
 ia and Arabia. The fruit is termed carpobaU 
 samum in the old pharmacopoeias, and the wood 
 of the branches xylobalsamum. The best balm 
 of Gilead is a spontaneous exudation from the 
 tree, and is held in such high estimation by the 
 Turks, that it is rarely, if ever, to be met with 
 genuine among us. The medicinal virtues are 
 similar to tolu. Dose, gtt. xv. Other species of 
 amyris, as A. plumieri, A. zelandica, &c, are 
 also spoken of as sources of medicinal balsams. 
 
 Amyron. Carthamus. 
 
 Amyxis. Scarification. 
 
 ANA. In medical prescriptions it means " of 
 each." See A. 
 
 ANA'BASIS. (From ava6aivu, to ascend.) 
 The first period of a disease, or that of increase ; 
 hence, anabaticus. 
 
 Anabe'xis. (From ava6rjTTU, to cough up.) 
 An expectoration. 
 
 Anable'psis. (From ava, again, and (3XeTzu, 
 to see.) The recovery of sight after it has been 
 lost. 
 
 Ana'bole. (e, es, f. ; from avatjaXku, to re- 
 ject.) The discharge of any thing by vomiting ; 
 expectoration. 
 
 Anabrochi'smos. (Anabrochismus ; from ava, 
 with, and fipoxoc, a running knot.) The re- 
 moval of the eyelashes, when they irritate the 
 eye, by means of a hair knotted round them.— 
 Hippoc, Galen, Paulus. 
 
 Anabro'sis. (is, is, f. ; avadpucic, from ava- 
 SpoGKco, to corrode.) A corrosion. 
 
 ANACARDIACE^. The cashew tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants, abounding in a resinous, 
 sometimes acrid, highly poisonous juice. Trees 
 or shrubs with leaves alternate ; powers, usually 
 unisexual; stamens, perigynous; ovary } e>uperior\ 
 fruit, generally drupaceous. 
 
 Anacardium occidentale. The cashew- 
 nut, called, also, Acajou and Acajuba, is of this 
 family. 
 
 Anacardium orientale. The Malacca bean. 
 See Avicennia tomentosa. 
 
 Anacatha'rsis. Anackrempsis. Expectora 
 tion. Blancard denotes, by this word, the op 
 eration of medicines which act upward, as emet 
 ics, expectorants, &c. 
 
ANA 
 
 Anacatha'rticus. Anacathartic. Promo- 
 ting expectoration, or vomiting. 
 
 Anachmus. Au alchemical term for a spirit. 
 
 A> t achron. Soda. 
 
 ANA'CLASIS. (is, is, f. ; from avanhao, to 
 bend back.) A reciirvature of any part, as of 
 a joint, of a fractured limb, &c. 
 
 Anaclinterium. A reclining chair. 
 
 Ana'clisis. (is, is, f. ; from avaKktvu, to re- 
 cline.) Decubitus. The attitude of a sick per- 
 son in bed, which affords important indications 
 in several diseases. 
 
 A.vacolle'ma.. (From avanoTilao, to glue 
 together.) An epithem made of agglutinant 
 substances, and applied to the forehead. — Ga- 
 len. 
 
 Axacoluppa. A Malabar plant which is 
 used by the natives to cure epilepsy, and as an- 
 tidote to the bite of the naja. It is probably 
 the Zapania nodijiora. 
 
 Anacte'sis. Anacomide. (From avaKtaofiat, 
 to recover.) Restoration of strength ; recovery 
 from sickness. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Anactclus pyrethrum. Anthemis pyre- 
 thrum. 
 
 Anadesmus. A fascia. 
 
 Anadiplo'sis. (From avadnr/voo, to redupli- 
 cate.) The reduplication of the paroxysm in 
 agues of a double type. 
 
 Ana'dora. Excoriation. 
 
 Axa'drome. The translation of a pain from 
 the lower to the upper parts of the body. 
 
 An^dce'us. A monster without genitals. 
 
 Anjematopoiesis. Defective sanguification. 
 
 ANiE'MIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, px*iv., and 
 aifia, blood.) Exsanguinity. Deficiency of 
 blood. The general cause of such deficiency is 
 hemorrhage ; but there is a remarkable disease, 
 the leading feature of which is an insufficient 
 formation of blood (Marasmus anhcemia). 
 
 " Face, lips, and general surface ghastly pale ; 
 pulse quick and feeble ; appetite impaired ; al- 
 vine evacuations irregular, black, and fetid, oc- 
 casionally with severe giipings ; languor and 
 emaciation extreme." 
 
 Anaemia has been divided into A. chlorosis v. 
 vera for the true disease, and A. spuria con- 
 secutiva for loss of blood. It appears to arise 
 from disease of the mesenteric vessels where it 
 is true. Tonics, stomachics, and generous diet, 
 with change of habits, residence, &c, are the 
 only means of treatment. Mercury is said some- 
 times to succeed. 
 
 Am^mosis. Anaemia. 
 
 Anjemotrophy. Deficiency of blood in a 
 part ; deficient nutrition. 
 
 AN^STHE'SLA. (a,a,i. Avacadrjma; from 
 a, priv., and aLcBavo/nai, I feel.) Loss of the 
 sense of touch. Diminished or lost sense of feel- 
 ing. When numbness occurs without obvious 
 pressure, it shows a tendency to a paralytic 
 state, and should be watched. There is some- 
 times a total loss of the sense of touch, mostly 
 partial, but sometimes general, over the whole 
 surface of the body. 
 
 Anagallis arvensis. Scarlet pimpernel. A 
 beautiful little plant, very common. It has 
 been considered as antispasmodic and stom- 
 achic, but does not seem to possess any activ- 
 ity. 
 
 ANA 
 
 Anagargali'cta. AvayapyaXmra. A garble. 
 
 Anagargari'stum. Avayapyapiorov . A gar- 
 gle. 
 
 Anagly'phe. (From avayXvcpu, to engrave.) 
 See Calamus scriptorius. 
 
 Ana'gogue. That which produces an evac- 
 uation upward. 
 
 Ana'graphe. (From avaypado, to write or 
 prescribe.) A prescription or receipt. 
 
 Anagyris fce tida. This plant grows in Italy 
 and the south of France. Its wood exhales a 
 very fetid odor. Its leaves are strongly ca- 
 thartic. 
 
 A'NAL. (Analis; from anus.) Appertain- 
 ing to the anus, or extremity of the great gut. 
 
 Axale'ntia. A term of Paracelsus to denote 
 a species of epilepsy. 
 
 Anale'psia. Epilepsy arising from affection 
 of the stomach. — John of Gadesden. 
 
 ANALE'PSIS, or ANALE'PSIA. (From 
 avalapfiavu, to restore.) A recovery of strength 
 after sickness. 
 
 ANALE'PTIC. Analepticus. That which 
 recruits the strength which has been lost by 
 sickness. Restorative. 
 
 Analge'sia. Absence from pain. 
 
 Analogous. The organs of different animals 
 which have the same anatomical relations. 
 Morbid tissues which resemble sound structures 
 are termed analogous. 
 
 ANALO'SIS. (is, is, f. Avalucic; from 
 avalioiiu, to consume.) A consumption or 
 atrophy. 
 
 Analtesis* Recovery of strength. 
 
 ANA'LYSIS. (is, is, f. kvalvcie-, from 
 avalvu, to resolve.) The resolution of any sub- 
 stance into its constituent elements. Analysis 
 is proximate when the various compound parts 
 are separated, as a sulphate into the acid and 
 base ; and ultimate when the elementary parts 
 are separated. Organic analysis is the investi- 
 gation of animal or vegetable bodies. 
 
 Anamirta coccultjs. Cocculus indicus. 
 
 Anamne'sticus. (kvafivncriKoc ; froni ava- 
 fxifivvcKO), to remember.) Anamnestic. Med- 
 icines supposed to strengthen the memory. 
 
 A'nanas. Ananassa. See Bromelia. 
 
 Axapeti'a. AvaireTSta. An expansion of 
 the orifices of vessels or canals. — Galen. 
 
 Anaphalanti'asis. A falling off of hair from 
 the eyebrows. Baldness. 
 
 Anaphone'sis. Vociferation. 
 
 Axa'phora. Expectoration; vomiting. 
 
 ANAPHRODTSIA. Impotence. See Ster- 
 ility. 
 
 Axaphro'meli. Clarified honey. 
 
 ANA'PLASIS. (Avair?M(jic ; from avairXac- 
 aco, to form anew.) Hippocrates uses this term 
 to signify the reunion of a fractured bone. 
 
 ANAPLERO'SIS. (Avairlr/pocuc, repletio; 
 from avanXnpou, to fill up.) The restitution of 
 parts that have been destroyed, as the incarna- 
 tion of an abscess, or the healing of a wound 
 attended with loss of substance. 
 
 Anaplero'ticus. Incarnative; a medicament 
 which favors the restoration of the lost substance 
 of a part. 
 
 Anapleu'sis. (From avairXeu, to float.) The 
 exfoliation and casting off of dead portions of 
 bone. 
 
 45 
 
ANA 
 
 ANA 
 
 ANAPNEU'SIS. (From avanveu, to respire.) 
 Respiration. 
 
 Ana'pnoe. kvairvorj. Respiration. 
 
 Ana'posis. A recession of humors from the 
 skin inwardly. 
 
 Anapse. Emaciation. Atrophy. 
 
 An aps i a. Blindness. 
 
 Ana'ptysis. kvaiTTvctg. Expectoration. 
 
 Anarrhegnu'minos. (From avappnyvvfii, to 
 break again.) A term applied by Hippocrates 
 to ulcers which heal prematurely and break out 
 again — avappnyvv/uiva e?atsa. 
 
 Anarrht'non. That which issues from the 
 nose or skin. 
 
 ANARRHCE'A. (From ava, and peu, to 
 flow.) A flux of humors from below up- 
 ward. 
 
 Anarrho'pia. (Avapporna; from ava, up- 
 ward, and pe7ro. to tend.) A flux of humors 
 from below upward. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Anarthros. A person so fat that his joints 
 are scarcely seen. 
 
 A'NAS. A duck or drake. — A. anser. The 
 goose, called also Anser domesticus. — A. cygnus. 
 The swan. — A. domestica. The tame duck. 
 
 ANASA'RCA. (From ava, throughout, and 
 oapZ, the flesh.) Anasarca is a collection of se- 
 rous fluid in the cellular membrane immediate- 
 ly under the skin. As the accumulation in- 
 creases, the skin often becomes inflamed and 
 thickened, and presents an appearance of ery- 
 sipelas. The fluid gravitates toward the lower 
 extremities, which often become excessively 
 swollen. The distended cuticle at last gives 
 way, and affords an outlet of the effused fluid, 
 which, however, continues to be poured into 
 the cellular tissue with great rapidity. 
 
 Anasarca is usually symptomatic of visceral 
 diseases in which the functions of the absorbents 
 and veins are interrupted. It may be active or 
 passive, or may follow as a sequel of the exan- 
 thems. It is treated in the same way as dropsy. 
 See Hydrops. 
 
 Anasarca hystericum. A transient swelling 
 sometimes observed in hysterical persons. — A. 
 pulmonum. (Edema of the lungs. — A. serosa. 
 Phlegmasia dolens. 
 
 ANASPADIAS. Anaspadiaus. When the 
 urethra opens on the upper surface of the penis. 
 
 Ana's pasis. (From avaairao, to draw to- 
 gether.) Contraction of the stomach, &c. 
 
 Anasta'lticus. (From avacTellu, to re- 
 strain.) Styptic or astringent. 
 
 ANA'STASIS. (From avtarnfit, to rise, or 
 rise again; to cause to rise.) 1. A recovery 
 from sickness ; a restoration to health. 2. A 
 translation of humors to a superior part. — Hip- 
 pocrates. 
 
 ANASTOMO'SIS. (AvaaTopomc; from am, 
 mutually, and aro/xa, a mouth.) The inoscula- 
 tion or communication of vessels, as arteries, 
 veins, and lymphatics. The term has also been 
 hypothetically applied to the union of the branch^ 
 es of nerves, from the notion that these were 
 canals for the transmission of a nervous fluid. 
 
 ANASTOMO'TICUS. Anastomotic. 1. A 
 term anciently applied to medicines which were 
 supposed to open the mouths of vessels, as ca- 
 thartics, diuretics, deobstruents, diaphoretics. 
 
 2 Applied by anatomists to those branches 
 46 
 
 of vessels by which a union or anastomosis with 
 other vessels is effected. 
 
 Anastomoticus magnus. The branch of the 
 brachial artery which is given off a little above 
 the elbow, and supplies the adjacent parts. 
 
 Anatasis. Extension. 
 
 Anathymiasis. Anasarca hystericum; also 
 hypochondriasis. Fumigation and exhalation. 
 
 Ana'tica portio. An unequal portion ; from 
 ava, of each. 
 
 Anatomia animata, v. viva. Physiology. 
 
 Anatomical nomenclature. See Nomencla- 
 ture, anatomical. 
 
 ANA'TOMY. {Avarofxia or Avarofin. Ana- 
 tomia, ce, f., or Anatome, es, f. ; from avarefivo, 
 to cut up.) The dissection of organized bodies, 
 with a view to elucidate their structure and 
 functions ; also, the science which treats of the 
 structure of organized bodies, and which is learn- 
 ed by dissection. Anatomy is divided into hu- 
 man, and comparative, which compares the 
 structure of all organized beings. The anatomy 
 of the inferior animals is called zootomy ; that 
 of vegetables, phytotomy. Anatomy is also di- 
 vided into general and descriptive : general 
 anatomy teaches the structure and physical 
 properties of the various tissues which compose 
 the body, without reference to the form or sit- 
 uation of the organs into whose composition 
 they enter; descriptive anatomy takes cogni- 
 zance of the shape, position, and connection of 
 parts. 
 
 Descriptive anatomy is sudivided into, 
 
 Osteology ; the study of the bones. 
 
 Syndesmology; that of the ligaments. 
 
 Myology ; of the muscles. 
 
 Neurology ; of the nerves. 
 
 Angiology ; of the vessels. 
 
 Adenology.; of the glands. 
 
 Splanchnology ; of the viscera. 
 
 Dermology ; of the cutaneous textures. 
 
 Lastly, anatomy is divided, according to the 
 object with a view to which it is especially cul- 
 tivated, into pathological, or morbid anatomy, 
 which investigates the changes induced in the 
 structure of organs by disease ; surgical anatomy, 
 which demonstrates the relative position of 
 parts, with a reference to those operations which 
 it may be necessary to perform on them ; phys- 
 iological anatomy, which regards the structure 
 of organs only in as far as it elucidates their 
 functions, and classifies organs according to the 
 functions to which they minister ; transcendent- 
 al anatomy, which regards the plan or model 
 on which the living frame and its organs are 
 developed. 
 
 Anatomy, artificial. The art of making 
 models in wax or other materials of anatomical 
 objects. 
 
 Anatrepsis. Recovery from sickness. 
 
 Anatre'sis. The operation of trepanning the 
 skull. — Galen. 
 
 Anatri'psin. Anatribe. (From avarpiSo 
 to rub.) Friction of the surface of the body. 
 
 Anatripso'logy. A treatise on the use of 
 friction. 
 
 Anatris. Anatris. Mercury. 
 
 Anatron. Analrum. See Natron. 
 
 Ana'trope. Inverted action of the stomach 
 Galen. 
 
ANC 
 
 ANAU'DIA. {a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 avdrj, speech.) Aphonia ; loss of voice. Cata- 
 lepsy. 
 
 Anazoturia. Deficiency of urea. 
 
 A'nceps. {eps, ipitis.) Two-edged. 
 
 Ancha. (Arabic.) The hip. 
 
 A'NCHILOPS. {ops, opts, m. ; from ay%i, 
 near, and coip, the eye.) A disease in the inner 
 corner of the eye. See JEgilops. 
 
 Anchora'lis. The coracoid process. 
 
 Anchovy pear. Grias cauliflora. 
 
 ANCHU'SA. Kyxovaa. A genus of plants, 
 family Boragineae. — A. officinalis. The offici- 
 nal bugloss. It was formerly esteemed in mel- 
 ancholia and hypochondriasis, but is seldom 
 used. — A. tinctoria. The anchusa or alkanna 
 of the pharmacopoeias. The alkanet plant. The 
 root is externally of a deep purple color, and 
 is used by dyers, and in pharmacy for coloring 
 ointments, as lip salves, &c. 
 
 ANCHYLO'SIS. See Ancylosis. 
 
 Ancipi'tius. Anceps. Two-edged. 
 
 Axcistron. Syn. hamulus. A hook. 
 
 A'NCON. Ayicuv. The elbow joint. Some- 
 times restricted to the olecranon. See Ulna. 
 
 ANCONE'US. (From aynuv, the elbow.) A 
 small triangular muscle, situated on the back 
 part of the elbow. Anconeus minor of Winslow. 
 Anconeus vel cubitalis Riolani of Douglas. It 
 arises from the ridge, and from the external 
 condyle of the humerus, and, after running 
 about three inches obliquely backward, it is 
 inserted by fleshy fibres into the back part or 
 ridge of the ulna. Its use is to assist in extend- 
 ing the forearm. 
 
 Anconeus externus. A. interims. A. ma- 
 jor. See Triceps extensor. 
 
 Anconeus minor. See Anconeus. 
 
 Anconeus processus. Anco'noid process. 
 See Ulna. 
 
 Ancte'res. AyKTvptc. Fibulae or clasps, 
 with which the lips of gaping wounds, which 
 did not admit of the suture, were brought into 
 apposition. — Celsus. 
 
 Ancteria'smus. The operation of bringing 
 the lips of wounds together by fibulae or 
 clasps. 
 
 A'NCYLE. (From aynvloc, crooked or con- 
 tracted.) Contraction or stiffness of a joint. 
 
 ANCYLOBLEPHARON. (From aynvln, and 
 filsfyapov, the eyelid.) An adhesion of the 
 margins of the eyelids to each other. 
 
 Ancyloglo'ssus. Ancyloglossum. (From 
 ayKvAn, and yluaca, the tongue.) Applied to 
 one who is tongue-tied. 
 
 Ancylome'le. A curved probe. 
 
 Ancylomerismus. Morbid adhesions. 
 
 ANCYLO'SIS. ( KyuvltdOLC ; from ayKvXoc, 
 crooked or contracted.) Stiffness and immo- 
 bility of a joint. Ancylosis is divided into true, 
 or complete, and false, or incomplete. In the 
 first there is commonly osseous union; in the 
 second, contraction of the ligaments and ten- 
 dons. False ancylosis is treated by gradual ex- 
 tension, frictions with liniments, and fomenta- 
 tions. The true, bony anchylosis has been 
 remedied by making a false joint, sawing 
 through the parts; but this is a desperate ex- 
 pedient. 
 
 Ancylo'tomus. (From aynvln, and refiva, 
 
 AND 
 
 to cut.) 1. A crooked surgical knife or bis 
 toury. 2. A knife for dividing the fraenum lin 
 guae in tongue-tied persons. 
 Ancyra. A hook. 
 
 Ancyroi'des. The coracoid process of the 
 scapula. 
 
 Anda. An euphorbiaceous tree, the fruit of 
 which is an oval nut, containing two seeds. 
 The seeds are oily and strongly cathartic, and 
 have also an emetic effect; the green outer por- 
 tion is astringent, and used in diarrhoea. 
 
 Andely. A town of France, near Gysors. 
 It has cold mineral springs, which are slightly 
 chalybeate. 
 
 Anderson's pills. Anderson's Scotch Pills 
 These consist of Barbadoes aloes, with a pro- 
 portion of jalap and oil of aniseed. 
 
 ANDFRA. A genus of plants, family Mimo- 
 seae. — A. inermis. The Geoffroya inermis. The 
 cabbage-tree. This is a lofty tree growing in 
 the East and West Indies, and other hot coun- 
 tries. The bark is cathartic and narcotic, and 
 is celebrated as an anthelmintic. It may be 
 given in powder, decoction, extract, or syrup. 
 The dose of the powder is from 9j. to 3ss. ; of 
 the extract, gr. iij. The dose of this medicine 
 is to be gradually increased till it induces a de- 
 gree of nausea, the occurrence of which limits 
 the dose ; for if it be carried further, it occa- 
 sions vomiting, fever, and delirium. 
 
 The seeds of this plant possess the same vir- 
 tues as the bark. The bark and seeds of the 
 Andira racemosa and Andira retusa {Geoffroya 
 surinamensis) have been used for the same pur- 
 poses as those of the Andira inermis. 
 
 Andrachne. Purslane. 
 
 Andranatom'ia. Andranatome. The dis- 
 section of the human body. 
 
 Andria. Adult age. 
 
 Andria mulier. An hermaphrodite. 
 
 Androceum. The stamens, with the parts 
 to which they ai*e attached. 
 
 Androgenia. {Avdpoyeveia.', from avrjp, a 
 man, and yeveoic, generation.) The generation 
 of males. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Andro'gynus. {Avdpoyvvoc', from avnp, and 
 yvvr], a woman.) An hermaphrodite. 
 
 Androma'nia. Nymphomania. 
 
 ANDRO'MEDA. A genus of plants, family 
 Ericaceae. — A. maria'na. Broad-leaved Moor- 
 wort. A decoction of the leaves is said to be 
 useful in the disease called the ground-itch, or 
 toe-itch. — A. arborea. The sorrel-tree furnishes 
 leaves of a pleasant acid taste, a decoction of 
 which is used in fevers. 
 
 Andro'phorus. The slender pillar which 
 supports the united anthers in monadelphous 
 and diadelphous plants. 
 
 Andropogon nardus. Indian nard. Spica 
 nardi. The root is moderately warm and pun- 
 gent, and. its flavor is not disagreeable. 
 
 Andropogon schjena'nthus. Camels'-hay, 
 or sweet-rush. Juncus odoratus. The dried 
 plant has an agreeable smell, and a warm, bit- 
 terish, not unpleasant taste. 
 
 Androsace. Cotyledon umbilicus. 
 
 Andros.emum. Hypericum androscemurn. 
 
 Androto'mia. Andro'tome. The dissection 
 of man. Androtomy, human dissection. 
 
 A'ndrum. Ksempfer has given this name to 
 
 47 
 
ANE 
 
 ANE 
 
 a species of elephantiasis of the scrotum, which 
 is endemic in the south of Asia. 
 
 Ane'bium. The herb alkanet. See An- 
 chtisa. 
 
 Anebus. Not of adult age. 
 
 Anecpyetus. Not subject to suppuration. 
 
 Anegertice. The act of resuscitating the 
 apparently dead. 
 
 Aneile'ma. Aneilesis. Flatulence. 
 
 Anele'ctric The same as non-electric. 
 
 Anemia. Anaemia. 
 
 Anemometer. A wind gauge. 
 
 ANEMO'NE. Anemony. A genus of plants 
 in the family Ranunculaceee. — A. hepatica. The 
 hepatica, or herb trinity. This plant is alleged 
 to possess mildly astringent and corroborant 
 virtues. — A. nemorosa. The systematic name 
 of the Ranunculus albus of the pharmacopoeias. 
 The bruised leaves and flowers are said to cure 
 tinea capitis, if applied to the part. The whole 
 plant is acrid and poisonous. — A. pratensis. 
 The Pulsatilla nigricans of the pharmacopoeias. 
 Baron Stoerck attributes to it extraordinary 
 virtues in chronic diseases of the eyes, second- 
 ary syphilis, and cutaneous diseases. The plant 
 has scarcely any smell, but its taste is extremely 
 acrid, and when chewed it inflames the tongue 
 and fauces. A. pulsatilla has acrid properties. 
 
 Anemony, meadow. A. pratensis. — A. wood. 
 A. nemorosa. 
 
 Anemq'nin, or Anemo'nia. A volatile, crys- 
 tallizable substance obtained from some species 
 of anemony. It burns like camphor. Form., 
 C5H2O2. With bases it yields anemonic acid. 
 
 Anence'phalus. A foetus born without a brain. 
 
 Anenteronervia. Colic. 
 
 ANEPITHY'MIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., 
 and emdv/ua, desire.) Loss of any of the nat- 
 ural appetites, as hunger, thirst, &c. 
 
 Anerethi'sia. (From a, priv., and epsOu, 
 to irritate.) The name given by Swediaur to 
 defect of irritability. 
 
 A'NESIS. (Aveglc; from avLTjfii, to remit.) 
 A remission. 
 
 Aneson. Anet. Anethum. 
 
 Anesum. Aniseed. 
 
 ANE'THUM. (um, i, n. Avndov.) A genus 
 of plants, family Umbelliferae. — A. fosniculum. 
 Sweet fennel. The seeds are aromatic, and 
 warm : they contain a large proportion of es- 
 sential oil. They are stomachic and carmina- 
 tive. The root is said to be pectoral and diu- 
 retic. — A. grave 1 olens. Dill. Anethum of the 
 shops. An essential oil and a distilled water 
 are prepared from the seeds, which are given 
 in flatulent colic and dyspepsia. 
 
 ANE'TICUS. Anodyne. 
 
 ANE'TUS. (us, i, m. ; from avinyn, to re- 
 mit.) Dr. Good uses this as the generic name 
 of intermittent fevers. 
 
 A'NEURISM. Aneuri'sma. Aneurysma. 
 (Avevpvcjua; from avevpvvu, to dilate.) A tu- 
 mor arising from the dilatation of an artery; 
 but it has been extended to several diseases and 
 lesions of the blood-vessels, and to dilatations 
 of the heart. There are four principal kinds : 
 
 1 . True aneurism. Spontaneous aneurism. — 
 A pulsating rumor, caused by rupture, or ulcer- 
 ation of the internal and middle coats of an 
 artery, with dilatation of its external coat, or 
 48 
 
 by a simple dilatation of all the coats. In the 
 ordinary progress of true aneurism, the two in- 
 ner coats ulcerate, or are torn, and the blood 
 comes in contact with the external or cellular 
 coat of the artery, which is immediately dis- 
 tended ; the blood, being now out of the course 
 of the circulation, coagulates, and, as the sac 
 of the aneurism enlarges, the lymph is deposit- 
 ed within it in successive layers, which are ar- 
 ranged concentrically, and which are firmer the 
 further they recede from the artery. This dep- 
 osition of lymph resists the impulse of the blood; 
 and when the disease undergoes a spontaneous 
 cure, it is by the accumulation of coagula, 
 which completely fill up the sac, put a stop to 
 the circulation through the artery, and cause 
 the obliteration of its canal. More frequently, 
 however, the layers of lymph only offer a tem- 
 porary resistance to the evil : when the cellular 
 coat is distended to the utmost, it gives way, 
 and the cellular sheath of the artery becomes 
 the sac of the aneurism, and, in its turn, is also 
 ruptured; the blood, however, is not effused, 
 since, by the pressure of the tumor on the sur- 
 rounding parts, inflammation ha^s been excited, 
 and the sac united with them by coagulating 
 lymph. At length the parietes of the tumor 
 yield to the constantly increasing pressure of 
 the contained blood, and a rapid hemorrhage 
 puts a period to the patient's life and suffer- 
 ings, if he has not been previously worn out 
 by constitutional irritation, or destroyed by the 
 pressure of the aneurismal tumor on parts es- 
 sential to life. The mode in which the aneur- 
 ism bursts varies according to its situation. 
 When the tumor points on the external surface 
 of the body, a slough is generally formed, on 
 the detachment of which the fatal hemorrhage 
 ensues; and the same happens when the an- 
 eurism gives way into cavities lined with mu- 
 cous membrane, as the gullet or intestines ; but 
 when it presses upon a serous membrane, as in 
 the case of aneurisms which burst into the cav- 
 ity of the thorax or abdomen, the distended 
 part gives way by laceration. 
 
 True aneurism is most frequently met with 
 in the aorta, particularly at its arch; its next 
 most common situation is the popliteal artery ; 
 it is also familiar to surgeons as occurring in the 
 external iliac, femoral, common carotid, and 
 subclavian arteries ; it is rare in the brachial 
 artery, wherever situated. Some writers re- 
 strict true aneurism to dilation, without rupture 
 of any kind. 
 
 2. False Aneurism. Traumatic aneurism. — 
 When all the coats of an artery are ruptured or 
 wounded, and the blood, escaping into the sur- 
 rounding textures, occasions a pulsating tumor, 
 the case is said to be one of false aneurism. 
 This kind of aneurism may be either circum- 
 scribed or diffused : the former takes plaoe 
 where the blood is poured out slowly, and its 
 diffusion prevented by the pressure of dense 
 cellular membrane or other unyielding text- 
 ures ; the latter, when the blood escapes readi- 
 ly into a lax cellular tissue, which allows it to 
 spread in all directions. False aneurism may 
 arise from the rupture of an artery by some 
 sudden exertion, but it most usually results 
 from punctured wounds of the arteries. 
 
ANE 
 
 ANG 
 
 3. Aneurismal Varix, or Varicose Aneurism. 
 — When an artery is punctured with a vein, 
 and the opening between them remains, the 
 blood passes from the artery into the vein, 
 which becomes dilated to a greater or less ex- 
 tent above and below the seat of the injury, and 
 is felt to pulsate like an artery ; the passage of 
 the blood from the artery into the vein is ac- 
 companied with a whizzing sound, analogous to 
 the bellows sound heard in certain diseases of 
 the heart. 
 
 5. Aneurism by Anastomosis. — A turnor con- 
 sisting of the smaller arteries and veins of a 
 part, which have become dilated, and open into 
 little sacs in the cellular substance, which give 
 way when over-distended, and often discharge 
 blood so profusely as to endanger the life of the 
 patient. Ncevus is of this nature. 
 
 The spontaneous cure of aneurism, when it 
 occurs, depends upon the formation of coagula 
 in the sac, or the artery, or both ; or upon some 
 mechanical obstruction to the course of the 
 blood through the artery, which eventually 
 causes a deposition of lymph within the canal 
 of the vessel. The treatment, whether medical 
 or surgical, is founded on a knowledge of these 
 facts. The medical treatment consists in the 
 use of such means as diminish the action of the 
 heart and favor the formation of coagula within 
 the aneurismal sac: the principal of these 
 means are small but frequent abstractions of 
 blood from the general system, purgatives, a 
 very spare diet, and perfect quietude. Digita- 
 lis, colchicum, tartar emetic, acetate of lead, and 
 acetic acid are also used to diminish the circu- 
 lation. This treatment is the only one applica- 
 ble to aneurisms of the aorta, or others situated 
 within the chest or abdomen, in which it is not 
 deemed expedient to attempt a surgical opera- 
 tion. In the case of aneuiisms situated in the 
 extremities, however, the reducing practice just 
 described becomes a valuable adjunct to local 
 compression. 
 
 The surgical treatment of aneurism is two- 
 fold ; namely, by compression, and by ligature. 
 Compression is only applicable to aneurisms 
 situated in the extremities, and is applied to the 
 aneurismal tumor itself, to the artery between 
 it and the heart, or to both, according to cir- 
 cumstances. When the case is not of long 
 standing, and the tumor is small, pressure is 
 advantageously applied to the tumor itself; 
 when the tumor is larger, pressure, directly ex- 
 ercised upon it, would be, for obvious reasons, 
 both ineffectual and injurious, and can only be 
 applied with propriety on the artery between 
 it and the heart. In all cases, the compression 
 must by no means involve the whole circum- 
 ference of the limb. This means seldom pro- 
 duces a radical cure. 
 
 The great surgical means for the cure of an- 
 eurism is the ligature of the artery, whereby 
 the canal of the arte 17 is obliterated. 
 
 Formerly, the ligature was placed beyond the 
 aneurism ; but now it is always placed between 
 it and the heart, if possible. 
 
 In the method of curing aneurism by the lig- 
 ature, there are several very important precepts 
 to be observed : 
 
 1. The ligature should be thin and round, so 
 
 as to effect a clean division of the two inner 
 coats, and it should be tightly applied in order 
 to insure this result. 
 
 2. The vessel shoidd be detached from its 
 connections as little as possible, and the wound 
 caused by the operation should be immediately 
 brought together, with a view to its healing by 
 the first intention. 
 
 3. In spontaneous or true aneurism, the liga- 
 ture should not be applied too near the sac, 
 lest the artery should be diseased, and incapa- 
 ble of assuming the adhesive inflammation on 
 which the cure depends: in traumatic or false 
 aneurism, the artery is sound ; and the ligature 
 may, therefore, be applied near the sac. 
 
 4. The ligature ought never to be applied to 
 the artery too near a large anastomosing branch ; 
 for the impulse of the blood will prevent the 
 formation of a firm coagulum, and may frustrate 
 the whole sanatory process. 
 
 An aneurism situated on the limbs, neck, or 
 outward parts, is an external aneurism; that hi 
 the internal organs, an internal aneurism. 
 
 It sometimes happens that an external an- 
 eurism is situated so near the trunk of the 
 body, or otherwise so circumstanced, that a lig- 
 ature can not be applied at any point of the ar- 
 tery nearer the heart ; in such cases, the artery 
 has been tied beyond the tumor. 
 
 Aneurismal varix seldom requires treatment : 
 if it becomes very large, compression may be 
 tried ; and if it bursts, the artery is to be tied. 
 
 The aneurism by anastomosis has been vari- 
 ously treated. Whenever the minor is so situ- 
 ated that it can be secured by ligature or extir- 
 pated with safety, it should, without hesitation, 
 be removed ; it must not be wounded, for the 
 bleeding may be fatal ; otherwise it is better to 
 let it alone, unless it be a serious difficulty. 
 
 Aneurism, dissecting. When one or two 
 arterial coats are ruptured, and the effused blood 
 passes between them and the outward coat or 
 coats, separating them for a distance. 
 
 Aneurism of the heart. This term has 
 been applied to enlargement of the heart. 
 When it is attended with thickening of the 
 parietes, it is called active aneurism; and when 
 ■with enlargement of the cavities and extenua- 
 tion of the parietes, passive aneurism. See 
 Heart, diseases of. 
 
 Aneurisma spurium. False aneurism. See 
 Aneurism. 
 
 Aneurisma varico'sum. Varicose aneurism, 
 aneurismal varix, or venous aneurism. See 
 Aneurism. 
 
 Aneurisma verum. True aneurism. See 
 Aneurism. 
 
 Aneurisjial cyst, or sac. The pouch hi 
 which the blood is accumulated. 
 
 Aneurismal varix. See Aneurism. 
 
 Aneurysmus. Dilatation. 
 
 Anfractuo'sity. Anfractus. This word is 
 used by anatomists for a sinuous depression or 
 groove ; thus, the furrows which separate the 
 convolutions of the brain have been called cer- 
 ebral anfractuosities. 
 
 ANGEIAL. (ayyeiov, a vessel.) Vascular. 
 The serous membrane which lines the blood- 
 vessels and lymphatics. 
 
 Angeio'logy. Angeio'tomy. SeeAngiologia. 
 
 49 
 
ANG 
 
 Angeion. A vessel. From this word is com- 
 pounded a great number of terms little used : 
 as, Angeioleucitis, scrofulous inflammation ; An- 
 geiosteosis, ossification of the vessels ; Angeio- 
 pathia, disease of the vessels ; Angiography 
 and Angeiohydrography, anatomy of the vessels 
 and lymphatics. 
 
 Angeiorrhagia. Hemorrhage. 
 ANGE'LICA. (a, <e, f.) A genus of um- 
 belliferous plants. — A. archangelica. The roots 
 have a fragrant, agreeable smell, arid a bitter- 
 ish, pungent taste. The stalk, leaves, and 
 seeds possess the same qualities, though in an 
 inferior degree. They are aromatic and car- 
 minative. The dose, 3ss. to 3J., three or four 
 times a day. Confectioners make a sweetmeat 
 of the stems. — A. atropurpurea is indigenous, 
 and similar in property. — A., garden. See 
 Angelica archangelica. — A. pilula. Anderson's 
 pill. — A. sativa. See Angelica sylvestris. — A. 
 sylvestris. Wild angelica. This species pos- 
 sesses inferior properties to the garden species. 
 Angelicus pulvis. AlgarotJi, 
 Angeli'nje cortex. See Andira. 
 Anger. Ira. See Pathemata animi. 
 Angie'ctasis. (From ayyetov, a vessel, and 
 tKraatc, extension.) Any dilatation of a vessel ; 
 a term comprehending the different kinds of 
 aneurism, varix, &c. 
 
 ANGI'NA. {a, ce, f.; from ango, to strangle.) 
 A term that has been applied to several diseases 
 which are attended with difficult deglutition or 
 respiration. Inflammation of the throat, phar- 
 ynx, or surrounding parts. 
 
 Angina has been often used for croup, which 
 has the following synonymes : Angina canina ; 
 A. extidatoria ; A. humida ; A. infantum; A. 
 inflammatoria ; A. cynanche ; A. memhrana- 
 cea ; A. pellicularis ; A. perniciosa; A. poly- 
 posa; A. pulposa ; A. strepitosa; A. trache- 
 alis ; A. suffocative. 
 
 It is asynonyme of Cynanche maligna, which 
 has been termed Angina epidemica ; gangre- 
 nosa ; maligna; ulcerosa. 
 
 Angina aphthosa. Aphthae. — A. bronchialis. 
 Bronchitis. — A. interna. A. laryngea. Laryn- 
 gitis. — A. paralytica. Paralysis of the pharynx. 
 — A. uvularis. Uvulitis. — A. tonsillaris. Sore 
 throat. 
 
 Angina external. A. maxillaris and A. 
 parotidea are synonymes of mumps. 
 
 Angina epiglottidea. A. ozdematosa. An 
 (Edematous affection of the glottis, the conse- 
 quence of chronic laryngitis. See Laryngitis. 
 Angina nasalis. Inflammation of the pos- 
 terior portions of the Schneiderian membrane. 
 Nasitis. 
 
 Angina pectoris. A. cordis. Neuralgia of 
 the heart. Suffocative breast-pang. This af- 
 fection is acute or chronic. The acute is char- 
 acterized by a sense of painful constriction in 
 the chest, most about the lower part of the 
 sternum, inclining to the left side, and extend- 
 ing to the left arm. The pain is always severe, 
 and sometimes amounts to agony ; the action of 
 the heart and lungs is variously disordered, and 
 the patient is harassed with dyspnoea, palpita 
 tion, extreme anxiety, and a sense of impending 
 dissolution; the pulse is sometimes not much 
 affected, but it is generally either oppressed, 
 50 
 
 ANG 
 
 feeble, and intermittent, or full and throbbing : 
 it occasionally alternates between these two 
 states; the functions of the stomach are also 
 much deranged, and there is often excessive' 
 flatulence and eructation. After continuing 
 from a few minutes to one or more hours, these 
 distressing symptoms subside, and the patient 
 returns to his ordinary state. 
 
 The chronic form of the disease is less violent, 
 but the paroxysms are more frequent, and of 
 longer duration, and the intermissions less per- 
 fect. The chronic form often results from the 
 long continuance of the acute. The fits are 
 brought on by considerable exercise, fatigue, 
 indigestion, depressing passions. 
 
 It is chiefly dependent on gout, rheumatism, 
 dyspepsia, neuralgia. The prognosis is rather 
 unfavorable in aged persons. The treatment 
 depends upon the cause, which must be assailed 
 during the intermissions, whether it be gastric, 
 rheumatic, or neuralgic. During the parox- 
 ysms, friction over the heart, counter-irritation, 
 antispasmodics, especially small doses of ipe- 
 cacuanha or antimony, are very serviceable. 
 Hydrocyanic acid, spiritus ammonias foetidus, 
 and camphor are much employed. Bleeding is 
 serviceable where there is plethora or conges- 
 tions of the parts near the heart. Mild laxatives 
 are also to be used. The patient should lead a 
 quiet, regular life, taking as much exercise as 
 he can. Organic affections of the heart and 
 great vessels are also causes, such as ossification 
 of the different valves, ossification of the coro- 
 nary arteries, hypertrophy of the heart, or pas- 
 sive dilatation — more frequently the latter. 
 
 Angina pellicula'ris. A name lately given 
 to those inflammations of the pharynx, larynx, 
 or adjacent parts, which are attended with the 
 formation of false membranes, as croup. 
 
 Angina polypo'sa. See Croup. 
 
 Angina scirrhoma. Difficulty of deglutition, 
 occasioned by scirrhus of the pharynx or oesoph- 
 agus. See Stricture. 
 
 Angina sicca. A chronic inflammation of 
 the pharynx, accompanied with a distressing 
 sensation of dryness and heat. It is generally 
 symptomatic of chronic affections of the stomach 
 or lungs. 
 
 Angina trachealis adultorum. Laryngitis. 
 
 Angino'sus. Attended with angina, as Scar- 
 latina anginosa. 
 
 Angio. A prefix, similar to Angeio, which see. 
 
 A'ngioca'rpous. (From ayyetov, a case, and 
 Kapnoc, fruit.) When seed-vessels are inclosed 
 within a covering that does not form a part of 
 themselves ; as the filbert, acorn, such fungi as 
 have their spores included in a peridium, or 
 hollow shell, as lycoperdon. 
 
 ANGIOLO'GIA. (a, &, f. ; from ayyetov, a 
 vessel, and Xoyoc, a discourse.) Angiology, or 
 the doctrine of the blood-vessels and absorbents. 
 
 Angiopyra. Continued fever. 
 
 Angio'sis. A term under which Alibert in- 
 cludes all diseases of the blood-vessels. 
 
 ANGIOSPE'RMIA. An order of plants in 
 the class Didynamia of Linnaeus, the seeds of 
 which are lodged in a pericaiTjium or seed-ves- 
 sel. 
 
 Angiotenic. Synocha. Inflammatory fever. 
 
 ANGIOTO'MIA. (a, ce, f ; from ayyetov, a 
 
ANH 
 
 AN I 
 
 vessel, and refivu, to cut.) Angiotomy ; the anat- 
 omy of the sanguiferous and absorbent vessels. 
 
 Angle. Angulus. The inclination of two 
 lines toward each other, which meet at a point. 
 The term is applied by anatomists to various 
 parts, which are of an angular shape ; thus, we 
 speak of the external and internal angle of the 
 eyes, of the angle of the jaw. 
 
 Angle, facial. A straight line drawn from 
 the most prominent part of the forehead to the 
 alveolar edge of the upper jaw, opposite to the 
 incisor teeth, and another from the external au- 
 ditory foramen to the same point, form an angle 
 called the facial angle. The facial angle affords 
 but a very defective criterion of the develop- 
 ment of the cranium, or the sagacity of the an- 
 imal; still, however, there appears to be some 
 general truth in the indications derived from it, 
 especially in relation to the human species ; for 
 in the European race the facial angle is seldom 
 less than 80°, while in the negro it is seldom 
 more than 70°. 
 
 Angle, optic Angle of vision. Visual an- 
 gle. The angle formed by two rays of light 
 proceeding from different objects, or opposite 
 extremities of the same object, and meeting in 
 the pupil. 
 
 A.vgola seed. Abrus precatorius. 
 
 Angolan. A fine East Indian tree, the wood 
 of which is believed to possess diuretic and 
 vermifuge powers. It is the Alangium decape- 
 talum. 
 
 A'ngone. (e, es, f . ; from ayx u , to strangle.) 
 A name given to the feeling of strangulation 
 common in hysteria. Globus hystericus. 
 
 A'NGOR. (or, oris, m.) In pathology, a 
 feeling of anxiety and constriction in the pre- 
 cordial region. Anguish. 
 
 A.NGOR febrilis. The weariness and pain 
 which commences some fevers. 
 
 Angor pectoris. Angina pectoris. 
 
 A'ngos. Ay/oc. A vessel. The uterus. A 
 bubo. 
 
 Angosturin. A bitter neutral, crystalline 
 principle, obtained by evaporating the alcoholic 
 solution of cusparia. 
 
 Angui'lla. The eel. 
 
 Angular artery. The facial artery, where 
 it is distributed near the inner angle of the eye, 
 and also the facial artery. 
 
 Angular processes. The orbitary processes 
 of the frontal bone. 
 
 - Angular vein. The vein accompanying the 
 angular artery. 
 
 Angularis. The levator scapulae. 
 
 ANGULO'SUS. Angular. 
 
 Angusta'tio. The morbid contraction of a 
 vessel or canal. 
 
 Angus tatio cordis. The contraction, or 
 systole, of the heart. 
 
 Angustia. Contraction; anxiety. 
 
 Angustifo'lium. Narrow-leaved. 
 
 ANGUSTU'RA. Angusturia cusparia. See 
 Bonplandia. 
 
 Angus tura spuria. A. ferruginea. See 
 Brucia antidy senterica. 
 
 Anhlematosia. Asphyxia; anaemia. 
 
 Anh.emia. Anaemia. 
 
 Anhalti'na. Certain distilled aromatic spir- 
 its supposed to possess analeptic virtues. 
 
 ANHELA'TION. Dyspnoea. Difficulty of 
 breathing ; panting. 
 
 ANHE'LITUS. (us, us, m. ; from anhelo, to 
 breathe with difficulty.) Anhelation. The 
 breath; dyspnoea; asthma. 
 
 Anhistous. Inorganic. The decidua is 
 termed an anhistous membrane by Velpeau. 
 
 ANHY'DROUS. (From a, neg., and vdup, 
 water.) Without water. A term applied by 
 chemists to various substances which contain 
 no combined water, as crystals, &c. 
 
 Anice'ton. A plaster of litharge, alum, ce- 
 russa, frankincense, white pepper, and turpen- 
 tine, formerly reputed in tinea, &c. 
 
 Anideus. (From a, neg., and ecdoc, shape.) 
 Amorphous. 
 
 Anidro'sis. (Avtdpuaic ; from a, neg., and 
 idpuc, sweat.) Absence of cutaneous perspira- 
 tion. 
 
 Anil. See Indigofera. 
 
 Anlle. Senseless. 
 
 Aniline. Anilicacid. Products from indigo. 
 
 A'NIMA. (a, &, f. ; from avefioc, wind, or 
 breath.) The soul, or vital principle. Any 
 simple and volatile substance ; the purest part 
 of any substance. A medicine supposed to 
 have particular virtues in curing the diseases of 
 any organ was sometimes called the anima. 
 
 Anima aloes. Refined aloes. 
 
 Anima articulorum. See Hcrmodactylus. 
 
 Anima hkpatis. Sulphate of iron. So called 
 from the efficacy it was formerly supposed to 
 possess in diseases of the liver. 
 
 Anima mundi. The universal spirit or intel- 
 ligence. 
 
 Anima pulmonum. A name given to saffron 
 on account of its use in asthmas. 
 
 Anima rhabarbari. The best rhubarb. 
 
 Anima saturni. Sugar of lead. 
 
 ANIMAL. A symmetrical organization pro- 
 vided with an internal stomach, and having tho 
 power of voluntary motion to a greater or less 
 extent. The nervous system is peculiar to ani- 
 mals, although it can not be traced in every 
 species. The term includes every variety of 
 form and degree of development. Chemically 
 considered, animals are compounded of carbon, 
 hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, chiefly. Phos- 
 phorus and sulphur exist in all to a limited ex- 
 tent; the earthy bodies are peculiar to some 
 only. Animals differ from plants in their power 
 of digestion ; while the latter convert gases, wa- 
 ter, and inorganic substances into starch, fibrin, 
 &c, animals are incapable of producing exten- 
 sive changes on the food they receive, and re- 
 quire that which is highly organized for their 
 nutrition. 
 
 Animal acids. Those acids produced by 
 the metamorphoses occurring within animals, 
 such as the cholic, uiic, cystic, lactic, cerebric, 
 margaric, stearic, &c. 
 
 Animal black. Charred bone, horn, &c. 
 
 Animal fluids. The blood, bile, pancreatic 
 juice, gastric juice, mucous and serous exhala- 
 tions, chyle, lymphatic fluid, semen, &c. 
 
 Animal heat. The temperature which re- 
 sults from vital operations occurring in the 
 bodies of the higher animals, and which main- 
 tains them at a nearly uniform heat. The chan- 
 ges producing it seem to occur in the capillary 
 
 51 
 
ANI 
 
 system of the whole body, and to be dependent 
 upon the alterations occurring in arterial blood 
 in the function of nutrition. Its development 
 is under the influence of the nervous system, in- 
 somuch as nutrition is regulated by [nervous 
 power. The average temperature of the human 
 body is 98° F. ; but it fluctuates on the skin 
 by several degrees. 
 
 Animal jelly. See Gelatine. 
 
 Animal kingdom. The entire collection of 
 animated objects. The following view by Pro- 
 fessor Owen is the most complete. 
 
 In this thei'e are four primary divisions, or 
 sub-kingdoms: 1. Vertebrata, or animals fur- 
 nished with a regular back-bone ; 2d. Articu- 
 lata, animals which contain no internal skele- 
 ton, but are covered with a crust or shell made 
 of distinct parts or articulations', as the lobster; 
 3d. Mollusca, animals destitute of skeleton or 
 articulations, but usually inhabiting shells ; and, 
 4th. Radiata, animals of the lowest organiza- 
 tion, destitute of an internal respiratory organ, 
 and having a nervous system composed of mere 
 lines, which are often radiated from a centre. 
 These sub-kingdoms contain each several class- 
 es, as may be seen in the table. 
 
 Kingdom Animalia. 
 Sub-kingdom Vertebrata. 
 Class Mammalia, mammals. 
 Aves, birds. 
 Keptilia, reptiles. 
 Tisces, fishes. 
 
 Sub-kingdom Articulata. 
 Class Crustacea, such as lobsters. 
 Arachnida, spiders. 
 Insecta, insects. 
 Anellata, worms. 
 Cirripedia, barnacles. 
 
 Sub-kingdom Mollusca. 
 Class Cephalopoda, with a cartilaginous head. 
 Gasteropoda, with an organ for locomo- 
 tion situated under the stomach, as the 
 
 snail. 
 Pteropoda, organs of locomotion two 
 
 membranous fins, situated at the sides 
 
 of the neck. 
 Lamellibranchiata, without head, the 
 
 gills disposed in bands, as oysters. 
 Brachiopoda, without head, inclosed in 
 
 a mantle, with two fleshy arms. 
 Tunicata, without head, without shell, 
 
 covered with a membrane. 
 
 Sub-kingdom Radiata. 
 Nematoneura, nerves apparent. 
 Acrita, nerves rudimentary. 
 Class Enchinoderma (Cuvier), those furnished 
 with a crust. 
 Ac ale ph a (Cuvier), those which are 
 
 without crust. 
 Ccelelmintha (Owen), Entozoa, with a 
 
 distinct alimentary canal. 
 Sterelmintha (Owen), without a sep- 
 arate abdominal cavity, hydatids. 
 Ciliobrachiata (Farre), with a distinct 
 
 abdomen and anus. 
 Nudibrachiata (Farre), corals without 
 
 intestines or separate anus. 
 Rotifera (Ehrenb.), Infusoria, furnished 
 52 
 
 ANI 
 
 with a nervous system, a distinct ab- 
 dominal cavity, and cillise around the 
 mouth. 
 Polygastra (Ehrenb.), Infusoria, a sim- 
 ple jelly containing many cavities or 
 stomachs. 
 Animal (economy. See CEconomy, animal, 
 Animal oil. See Oleum animate. 
 Animal sensibility. This is divided into 
 true sensibility and contractility, and further, as 
 follows : 
 
 Animal sensibility. Perceptive ; cere* 
 bral; sensibility of relation, &c. Attended 
 with consciousness, and requiring for its 
 manifestation a particular apparatus or ar- 
 rangement of parts. 
 
 Organic sensibility. Nutritive; vegeta- 
 tive; latent; molecular sensibility. Unat- 
 tended with consciousness, requiring no 
 particular organ, and existing in all living 
 parts, whether animal or vegetable. 
 
 Animal contractility. Voluntary ; con- 
 tractility of relation, &c. Excited by the 
 will, and accompanied with consciousness. 
 Subordinate to animal sensibility. 
 
 ' Involuntary, and unaccom- 
 panied with sensation; irri- 
 Organic . tability. Corresponding to 
 contractility. | organic sensibility. 
 
 Involuntary, but accom- 
 ^ panied with sensation. 
 Animal spirits. The buoyancy of health. 
 The perception of force and power which char- 
 acterizes hearty life. 
 
 ANIMA'LCULE. {Animalculum, i, n.) A 
 minute animal which can not be distinctly seen 
 without the help of glasses, and is often invisible 
 to the naked eye. * 
 
 Animalcules, infusory. Infusoria. 
 Animalcules, spermatic See Semen. . 
 Animaliza'tion. The process by which the 
 nutritive part of the food is converted into the 
 various substances that compose the body. 
 Animation. The state of a living animal. 
 Animation, suspended. See Asphyxia. 
 A'nime gummi. See Hymencea courbaril. 
 Animella. The parotid. 
 A'nimi deliquium. Animi casus subitus. Syn- 
 cope. Fainting. 
 
 A'NIMISTS. Those physiologists who fol- 
 lowed Stahl in believing that all the functions 
 of the living body are performed by the imme- 
 diate agency of the anima, or soul, were called 
 Animists. 
 
 A'NIMUS. {us, i,m.; from ave/ioc, wind or 
 breath.) The soul or mind; the intellectual 
 principle. Anima usually denotes the vital 
 principle, while animus denotes a. conscious and 
 intelligent principle. 
 
 Aninga. A root which grows in the Antil- 
 les, and is used by sugar-bakers for refining 
 their sugar. 
 
 A'NIONS. (From ava, upward, and kov, go- 
 ing.) Substances which, in electro-chemical 
 decompositions, are evolved from their combi- 
 nations at the surface, by which the electricity 
 enters the electrolyte. See Electrode. 
 
 Ani'satum. A medicated wine, formerly 
 prepared with the wine of Ascalon, honey, and 
 aniseed. 
 
ANN 
 
 ANO 
 
 Anisca'lptor. The latissimus dorsi muscle. 
 
 ANISEED. Anise. See Pimpinella anisum. 
 
 Aniseed-tree. Illicium anisatum. 
 
 ANISE'TTE. The French liqueur, made by 
 distilling anise, fennel, and coriander seed with 
 brandy, and sweetening the produce. 
 
 Ani'si camphora. When the volatile oil of 
 anise is exposed to a low temperature, it sepa- 
 rates into a thin liquid and a concrete substance; 
 the latter has been called camphor of anise: it 
 is the same with the substance named serusina 
 by Bizio. 
 
 Anisic acid. A crystallizable, volatile prod- 
 uct of the action of nitric acid on concrete oil 
 of aniseed (CieH^Os, HO); heated with baryta 
 it yields an oily liquid, Anisole (C14H7O2). 
 
 Aniso'sthenes. When one or more muscles 
 act more strongly than the rest, as in opisthot- 
 onos. 
 
 Aniso'tachys. (From aviaoc, unequal, and 
 raxvr, quick.) Applied, formerly, to a pulse 
 which is quick and unequal. 
 
 ANI'SUM. Anisum vulgar e. Anisi semina. 
 Aviaov. See Pimpinella anisum. 
 
 Anisum africanum frutescens. A. fructi- 
 cosum galbaniferum. Bubon galbanum. 
 
 Anisum sinense. Anisum stellatum. See 
 Illicium. 
 
 Ankle. Malleolus. 
 
 ANKY. A prefix similar to Ancy, which see. 
 
 ANNEALING. Tempering metals and 
 glass. 
 
 Anni climacterici. Critici, decretorii. fa- 
 tales, genethliaci, gradarii, hcbdomadici,heroici, 
 scalarcs, scanciles. The climacteric years. 
 
 Annota'tio. Under this name some writers 
 have included the symptoms which precede an 
 attack of ague, as languor, yawning'chillmess, 
 &c. 
 
 Axnotto. Bixa orleana. 
 
 ANNUAL. (Annuus, yearly.) In Pathology, 
 this term has been applied to diseases which 
 return about the same time every year : moral 
 annul; morbi anniversarli. 
 
 A'nnuens. (From annuo, to nod.) The 
 recti anlici capitis have been called musculi a?i- 
 nuentes. 
 
 Axnuitio. Nodding. 
 
 A'NNULAR. {Annularis; from annulus, a 
 ring.) Resembling a ring, or having relation to 
 a ring : as an annular bone, an annular cartilage. 
 Digitus annularis, the ring finger. 
 
 Annular bone. See Circuits osseus. 
 
 Annular cartilage. The cricoid cartilage. 
 
 Annular ligament of the radius. See 
 Ligaments. 
 
 Annular ligaments. Two sets of ligaments 
 at the carpus and tarsus, serving to bhid down 
 the muscular tendons to those parts. 
 
 Annular protuberance. Annularis pro- 
 cessus. See Pons varolii. 
 
 Annularis ani. The sphincter am. 
 
 Annula'ris vena. The vein situated be- 
 tween the ring finger and the little finger. 
 
 ANNULA'TUS. (From anmdus, a ring.) 
 Annulate ; having rings. 
 
 A'NNULUS. (us, i, m.) A ring. This 
 name is given to ring-like parts, openings, &c. ; 
 as, annulus osseus of the temporal bone in the 
 fetus, annulus abdominis. 
 
 Annulus abdominis. The abdominal ring. 
 An opening formed by the separation of the 
 fibers of the external oblique muscle of the ab- 
 domen, through which passes the spercnatic cord 
 in man, and the round ligament of the uterus in 
 woman. It is through this opening that the ab- 
 dominal viscera protrude in inguinal hernia. 
 See Obllquus externus abdominis. 
 
 Annulus chirurgicus. A ring formed of 
 lead or brass, and used to fix the eye in surgical 
 operations. 
 
 Annulus gangliformis tunice choroideje. 
 Anmdus ligamentosus. A. albidus. The ciliary 
 circle. 
 
 Annulus purgatorius. A ring made of glass 
 of antimony, formerly supposed to have the 
 power of purging. 
 
 Annulus repens. Herpes circinatus. 
 
 Annulus umbilicalis. The umbilical ring. 
 — A. vcntriculi. The pylorus. 
 
 Annus climacte'ricus. The great climac- 
 teric year; the 63d and 8 1st year of the age of 
 man, from a notion that men are more likely 
 to die during these years than any other. 
 
 Anocatha'rtic Anocathartlcus. Emetic; 
 purging upward. 
 
 Anochei'lum. The upper lip. 
 
 Anocelia. The stomach. 
 
 Anode. ( From ava, upward, and odoc, a way. ) 
 A term applied by Dr. Faraday to that part of 
 the surface of a decomposing body which the 
 electric current eiders — the part immediately 
 touching the positive pole. 
 
 Axodia. (From a, priv., and uStj, song.) 
 Dissonant speech. 
 
 A'XODYNE. (Anodynus; Avudvvoc; from 
 a, priv., and o6vvn, pain.) Applied to medi- 
 cines which allay pain. Anodyne medicines 
 are divided into three sorts : paregorics, or such 
 as actually assuage pain ; hypnotics, or such as 
 relieve by procuring sleep; and narcotics, or 
 huch as give ease by stupifying the senses. 
 The principal anodynes are opium, camphor, 
 hvoscyamus, belladonna, tobacco, conium, oil 
 of bitter almonds. 
 
 Anodyne necklaces are made of the roots 
 of henbane, bryony, &c. They are believed by 
 the credulous to facilitate dentition, procure 
 sleep, &c. 
 
 Anody'nia. Absence of pain. In Vogel's 
 classification this is the name of a class of dis- 
 eases. 
 
 Ano'dynum martiale. The precipitato form- 
 ed by adding potash to a solution of the ferruni 
 ammoniatum in water. 
 
 Ano'dynum minerale. 1. The sal prunella?. 
 2. Nitrum stibiatum. 
 
 Ance'a. Avoia. The same as amentia. 
 Idiotism. 
 
 Anomalia nervorum. The nervous diathesis. 
 
 Anomaloce'phalus. An individual whose 
 head is deformed. — G. St. Hilaire. 
 
 Anomalotrophia. Diseases depending on 
 modified nutrition. 
 
 ANO'MALOUS. (Anomalus ; avufiahoc ; 
 from a, neg., and ouaTioc, regular.) Irregular; 
 subject to no certain law. Applied to diseases 
 which do not follow the ordinary course, or 
 which have something peculiar and unusual in 
 their symptoms. 
 
 53 
 
ANT 
 
 ANT 
 
 Anomaly. A deviation from ordinary laws. 
 Monstrosities are called anomalies of organiza- 
 tion. 
 
 Ano'mphalos. Anompkalus. Without a na- 
 vel. 
 
 ANO'NYMOUS. (Anonymus ; from a, priv., 
 and ovofca, a name.) Nameless. Applied to 
 several parts of the body ; as, the anonymous 
 bone, or os innorriinatum ; the anonymous fora- 
 men, or foramen innominaium. 
 
 Anoptha'lmus. Anopsia, Anommatus. Eye- 
 less. 
 
 Anorchides. Persons without testicles. 
 
 ANO'RCHUS. Anorchis. (us, i, m. ; from 
 a, priv., and opxic, the testicle.) One who is 
 born without testicles, or who has been depriv- 
 ed of these organs. The apparent absence of 
 the testicles at birth is very common, and arises 
 merely from their not having yet descended 
 into the scrotum ; they are sometimes retained 
 within the abdomen to the age of ten or fifteen 
 years, or even through life. Occasionally one 
 testicle descends into the scrotum, while the 
 other remains in the abdomen. Men in whom 
 the testicles are retained within the abdomen 
 are not at all less apt for generation than others. 
 
 ANORF/XIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 ope^cc, appetite.) Anorexy. A want of appe- 
 tite, without loathing of food. It is generally 
 symptomatic. See Dyspepsia. 
 
 Anormal. Anormis. Abnormal. (From ab, 
 and norma, a law or rule.) Irregular. Contrary 
 to ordinary laws. It is opposed to normal, or 
 regular. 
 
 Anosia. (From a, priv., and vogoc, disease.) 
 Freedom from disease ; health. 
 
 ANO'SMIA. (a, <z, f.; from a, neg., and oa/xn, 
 an odor.) A loss of the sense of smell. When 
 it arises from a disease of the Schneiderian 
 membrane, it is termed Anosmia organica ; and 
 when from no manifest cause, Anosmia atonica. 
 
 Anosphre'sia. (From a, priv., and oa^prjaic, 
 the sense of smell.) Loss of the sense of smell. 
 
 Anser dome'sticus. The domestic goose. 
 
 Anseri'na. Potentilla anserina. 
 
 Ant. Formica rufa. 
 
 ANTA'CID. (Antacidus; from avri, against, 
 and acidus, acid. ) Applied to medicines which 
 destroy acidity. They are simply palliatives ; 
 used in dyspepsia and diarrhoea. The principal 
 are, potash, soda, ammonia, magnesia, lime, and 
 their carbonates. Where the acidity is con- 
 joined with nausea and faintness, ammonia acts 
 as a grateful stimulant as well as an antacid; 
 when irritability of the gastro-enteric mucous 
 membrane prevails, potash is particularly indi- 
 cated. 
 
 Anta'crid. (Antacridus; from avri, against, 
 and acridus, acrid.) Applied to a medicine 
 which corrects acrimony. 
 
 Antagonism. (Antagonismus ; from avri, 
 against, and ayuvi^o, to contend.) The action 
 of muscles which oppose each other. This 
 term is also used for counter-irHtation. 
 
 ANTAGONIST. Antagonista. A term ap- 
 plied to a muscle whose action is opposed to 
 that of another muscle : thus, the flexors and 
 extensors of a limb are antagonists, and also 
 the abductors and adductors. 
 
 ANTA'LGIC. Relieving pain. Anodyne. 
 54 
 
 ANTA'LKALINE. Antalkalinus. Having 
 the power of neutralizing alkalies. All the 
 acids, except the carbonic, have this power. 
 
 ANTAPHRODFSIAC. Antaphrodi'tic. (An- 
 iaphrodisiacus ; from avri, and appodioiaKoc, 
 venereal.) Applied, 1. To medicines which 
 diminish the venereal appetite. 2. To medi 
 cines used against syphilis. 
 
 Antapo'dosis. (From avraTcodtdcj/ut, to re- 
 ciprocate.) The succession or return of the 
 paroxysms in fevers. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Antarthri'tic Antarthriticus. Applied to 
 a medicine used against the gout, as colchicum. 
 
 Antasthma'tic Antasthmaticus. A medi- 
 cine which relieves asthma, as stramonium, &c. 
 
 Antatro'phic Antatrophicus. Applied to 
 medicines used against an atrophy, or maras- 
 mus. 
 
 ANTEFLEXION. A bending forward. An- 
 teflexion of the uterus is when the fundus is 
 curved forward, without much displacement 
 of the os uteri. 
 
 Antela'bium. The extremity of the lip. 
 
 Ante'mbasis. The reception or insertion of 
 bones into each other. — Galen. 
 
 Anteme'tic Antimeticus. Applied to a 
 medicine used against vomiting. 
 
 Antendei'xis. Contra-indication. 
 
 ANTE'NNiE. Articulated processes with 
 which the heads of insects, crastaceous animals, 
 &c, are furnished. 
 
 Antennaria dioica. The plant cat's-foot; 
 sometimes used in hemorrhage, diarrhoea, &c. 
 
 Antenea'smus. Maniacal dancing, with a 
 tendency to suicide. 
 
 Antephi'altic (From avri, and efaaXTrjc, 
 the nightmare.) A medicine used against the 
 nightmare 1 . 
 
 Antepile'ptic A medicine used against 
 epilepsy. 
 
 ANTE'RIOR. This word is often used by 
 anatomists to designate parts which are situated 
 before others, as the anterior lobes of the brain, 
 the foramen laceram anterius, &c. 
 
 Anterior auris. Musculus anterior auris. 
 A muscle of the external ear. It arises, thin 
 and membranous, near the posterior part of th© 
 zygoma, and is inserted into a small eminence 
 on the back of the helix, opposite to the concha 
 which it draws a little forward and upward. 
 
 Anterior intercostal nerve. Nervus in- 
 tercostalis anterior. This is also called the 
 splanchnic nerve, and is a branch of the great 
 intercostal that is given off in the thorax. 
 
 Anterior mallei. See Laxator tympani. 
 
 Anteroticus. Antaphrodisiac. 
 
 Anteupho'rbium. See Cacalia. 
 
 Anteve'rsio uteri. Anteversion. When 
 the fundus falls into the inferior strait, the os 
 uteri being toward the sacrum, and often out of 
 reach. 
 
 Anthanor. See Athanor. 
 
 Anth^morrha'gic. Antha'.morrhagicus. A 
 medicine used to check hemorrhage. 
 
 Anthelitragus. A muscle of the pavilion 
 of the ear. 
 
 A'NTHELIX. (Antihelix; from avri, oppo- 
 site to, and eTutj, the margin or circumference 
 of the external ear.) An eminence on the car- 
 tilage of the ear, situated before, or, more prop- 
 
ANT 
 
 erly, •within the helix, and consisting, at its up- 
 per part, of two ridges, which unite as they 
 descend. 
 
 Anthe'lmia. Spigelia anthelmintic a. 
 
 ANTHELMINTIC. (Anthelminticus ; from 
 avri, against, and efyuvc, a worm.) Medicines 
 are so called which procure the evacuation of 
 worms from the stomach and intestines. The 
 principal are, calomel, iron, tin, salt, olive oil, 
 oil of turpentine, cowhage, worm-seed, spigelia 
 marilandica, male fern, tansy, the bark of the 
 cabbage-tree, and gamboge. See these, and 
 also Invermination. 
 
 A'NTHEMIS. (is, idis, fern. ; from avdoc, a 
 flower. ) A genus of plants. Class, Syngenesia . 
 Order, Polygamia superflua. Composite. — A. 
 cotula. The may -weed, or stinking chamomile . 
 Cotula fastida. Chamcemelum fostidum. Has a 
 very disagreeable smell, and the leaves a strong, 
 acrid, bitterish taste. It is said to have been 
 useful in hysterical affections, but is very sel- 
 dom employed. — A. nobilis. The common 
 chamomile. Chamcemelum. Anthemis. (U. S.) 
 Both the leaves and flowers of this indigenous 
 plant have a strong smell, and a very bitter, 
 nauseous taste; but the latter have the more 
 bitterness, and are considerably more aromatic. 
 The flowers are the part generally used. They 
 possess tonic and stomachic qualities, and are 
 employed as a light tonic in debility of the 
 digestive organs. A simple infusion of the 
 flowers is frequently taken to excite vomiting, 
 or to promote the operation of emetics. Ex- 
 ternally, they are used in fomentations. An oil 
 is sold, which is aromatic only, not bitter. — A. 
 py 'rethrum. The Spanish chamomile ; pellitory 
 of Spain. Pyrethrum. Its taste is hot and 
 acrid ; the acrimony resides in a resin called 
 pyrethrin. Its qualities are stimulant; but it 
 is never used, except as a masticatory, in tooth- 
 aches, rheumatic affections of the face, and pa- 
 ralysis of the tongue, in which it affords relief 
 by stimulating the salivary glands. — A. tinc- 
 toria. Dyer's chamomile. Is bitter and sto- 
 machic. 
 
 A'NTHER. (Anthera, ce, f.) A lobed organ 
 forming the summit of the stamen of plants. It 
 contains the pollen or fecundating substance. 
 
 Anthe'ra. (From avdnpoc, floridus.) A 
 medicament used by the ancients, composed 
 of myrrh, sandarach, alum, rose-leaves, saffron, 
 and other ingredients. 
 
 Anthe'rion. Avdepeuv. The chin. 
 
 Anthe'sis. (Avdncic; from avdeu, to flow- 
 er.) The period of full inflorescence in a plant. 
 
 ANTHIARIN. The active principle of a 
 gum-resin obtained from the Anthiaris toxica- 
 ria, the most deadly of the Upas poisons. 
 
 ANTHO'DIUM. A head of florets, like the 
 thistle, may-weed, &c, with one common in- 
 volucrum. 
 
 Anthophy'llus. The fruit of the clove. 
 
 A NTHORA. Aconitum anthora. 
 
 A'NTHOS. Rosmarinus officinalis. 
 
 Anthosatum. The flower of rosemary. 
 
 Anthracene. A volatile, crystalline sub- 
 stance found in coal-tar; melts at 356° ; form., 
 C30H12. 
 
 ANTHRACIA. Carbuncular exanthem. A 
 genus of diseases characterized by fever, with 
 
 ANT 
 
 an eruption of carbuncular tumors, as plague, 
 yaws, &c. 
 
 Anthracia pestis. Plague. — A. rubula. 
 Frambcesia. 
 
 Anthracoid. Resembling anthrax. 
 
 Anthracokali. The name given by Dr. 
 Polya to a remedy in certain herpetic affections. 
 The simple preparation consists of a levigated 
 coal-dust and pure potassa ; the sulphurated, 
 of sulphur, levigated coal-dust, and caustic po- 
 tassa. Dose, gr. ij. 
 
 Anthraco'sis oculi. Anthracia. A red, 
 livid, burning, sloughy, very painful tumor, oc- 
 curring on the eyeball or eyelids. — Paulm 
 ^Egineta. 
 
 ANTHRAX, (ax, acis, m. ; from avQpak, a 
 live coal.) A carbuncle. Anthracia. Anthro~ 
 cosia. Anthrocoma. A hard and circumscribed 
 inflammatory tumor, commonly on the neck, 
 back, or loins. A carbuncle is nearly allied to 
 a boil, but more severe. The swelling is larger, 
 the pain more severe ; the livid pustule in the 
 centre appears earlier; there is no defined cen- 
 tral core, as in a boil, and the gangrene spreads 
 wider and more rapidly. The tumor soon be- 
 comes shining, somewhat oedematous at the 
 sides, and black in the middle ; a bloody pus 
 or ichor is discharged through several small 
 openings, and at length the slough is detached, 
 leaving a deep, ragged, ulcerous cavity. It 
 attacks aged persons, and those whose consti- 
 tutions are impaired. Treatment. — Open it 
 freely, as soon as soft, and assist the removal of 
 the slough by poultices or stimulant applica- 
 tions. If the patient sinks, support the strength 
 by quinine, wine, generous diet, and use opium 
 to allay pain. It is a very dangerous disease. 
 
 Anthri'scus. See Scandix and Caucalis. 
 
 Anthro. (From avdpu-noc, a man.) A pre- 
 fix of many words ; it means human. 
 
 Anthrope. The skin. 
 
 Anthropo'geny. (Anthropogenia; avdpu- 
 noc, and yeveate, generation.) The study of 
 the generation of man. 
 
 Anthropo / graphy. (From avdpoTroc, and 
 ■ypaQo, to write. ) A description of the structure 
 of man. 
 
 Anthropo'logy. (From avdpioiroc, and Xoyoc, 
 a discourse.) The desciiption of man. Phys- 
 iology. 
 
 Anthropo'phagus. Anthropopha' gia. A 
 man-eater ; a cannibal. 
 
 Anthroposo'phia. (From avdpuTroc, and 
 oocpia, knowledge.) The philosophy of man. 
 
 Anthropotomy. Anatomy of man. 
 
 ANTHY'LLIS. AvdvUic. A name given 
 by the ancients to a number of plants. A genu3 
 of plants; family, Leguminosce. — A. vulnera! ria 
 is used as an application to wounds, bruises, &c. 
 — A. cre'tica is supposed to have laxative prop- 
 erties. 
 
 Anthypno'tic (Anthypnoticus ; from avri, 
 against, and virvoc, sleep.) Applied to medi- 
 cines which prevent sleep. Coffee and strong 
 tea has this effect on many persons. 
 
 Anthypoco'ndriac Anthypochondriacus. 
 Medicines used against hypochondriasis. 
 
 Anthyste'ric (Anthystericus ; from avri, 
 against, and varepa, the womb.) Applied to 
 medicines used against hysteria. 
 
 55 
 
ANT 
 
 ANT 
 
 ANTI. t Ant-. Avrt. A prefix meaning op- 
 posed to, against. See the compound words 
 Ant-; as, Antapoplectic , Antart} critic, Antasth- 
 matic, Antatropic, Anlemetic, Antephialtic. 
 
 Anti'ades. The tonsils. 
 
 Antiadi'tis. Inflammation of the tonsils. 
 
 Antiado'ncus. Anti'agri. A swelling of 
 the tonsils. 
 
 Antiarine. Anthiarin. 
 
 Antiaris toxicaria. See Upas. 
 
 Antiballo'menos. Applied to a medicine 
 Used as a substitute for another. 
 
 Antibra'chial. Antibracliialis. Appertain- 
 ing to the forearm. 
 
 Antebrachial aponeurosis. The aponeu- 
 rosis or cellular sheath covering the forearm ; 
 it arises above from the brachial aponeurosis, 
 and the tendons of biceps and triceps, as well 
 as the condyle, and is lost below in the annular 
 ligaments. 
 
 Antibra'chium. The forearm. 
 
 Anticache'ctic Anticachecticus. A med- 
 icine against a cachexy. 
 
 Antic ancerous. Anticarcinomatous. A 
 medicine against cancer. 
 
 Antica'rdium. {urn, i, n. ; from avrt, op- 
 posite to, and napdta, the heart.) The hollow 
 at the bottom of the breast, commonly called 
 scrobiculus cordis, or pit of the stomach. 
 
 Anticatarrhal. Antic atarrhalis. A med- 
 icine used against a catarrh. 
 
 Anticauso'tic {Anticausoticus ; from avrt, 
 against, and navcoc, a burning fever.) Applied 
 to a medicine used against an ardent fever. 
 
 A'nticheir. The thumb. — Galen. 
 
 Anticholerica. Sophora heptaphylla. 
 
 ANTICIPATING. Anti'cipans. When cer- 
 tain phenomena of the living body occur before 
 their accustomed time ; as to the menses, an- 
 ticipating then monthly period, or the parox- 
 ysm of an ague coming on before the expected 
 hour. 
 
 Anticipa'tio. Anticipation. See Anticipans. 
 
 Anticne'mion. The shin. — Galen. 
 
 Antico'lic Anticolicus. A medicine used 
 against the colic. 
 
 A n t i c u s . Anterior ; in front. 
 
 ANTIDF/SMA. A genus of East Indian 
 plants. The leaves of the A. alexiteria are 
 used as an antidote to the bite of serpents. The 
 A. zeylanica is supposed to be an antidote to 
 the bite of the naja. 
 
 Antidinic. Antidi'nicus. (From avn, 
 against, and 6lvoc, giddiness.) A medicine 
 used against vertigo or giddiness. 
 
 ANTIDOTA'RIUM. A dispensatory ; a phar- 
 macopoeia. 
 
 A'NTIDOTE. Anti'dotus. Anti'dotum.— 
 (From avrt, against, and didcofiL, to give.) A 
 medicine used to prevent or remove the effects 
 of poison. Originally it meant any medicine. 
 
 Antidynous. Anodyne. 
 
 Antidysente'ric Antidysentericus. Amed- 
 icine used against a dysentery. 
 
 Antifebrile. Antifebrilis. A febrifuge. 
 
 Antigala'ctic {Antigalacticus ; from avrt, 
 and yala, milk.) Medicines or other means 
 which diminish the secretion of milk. 
 
 Antihjemorrhagic Styptic. Antihaeinor- 
 rhagic extract is a styptic extract of ergot. 
 56 
 
 Antihe'ctic Anthecticus. Anthectic. A 
 medicine against hectic fever. 
 
 Antihectic mixture of Griffith. See Mis- 
 turaferri composita. 
 
 Antihe'cticum poterii. Diaphoreticum Jo- 
 viale. Formerly extolled for its efficacy in hec- 
 tic fevers. It was made by fusing antimony 
 and tin together in a crucible, pounding, and 
 then detonating them with nitre. 
 
 Antihydro'pic {Antihydropicus; from avn, 
 against, and vSpcoTtc, dropsy.) Medicines used 
 against dropsy. 
 
 Antii'cteric (Anti-ictericus ; from avn, 
 and inrepoc, jaundice.) Applied to medicines 
 used against jaundice. 
 
 Anti-impetigines, Solomon's. Liquor hy- 
 drargyri oxymuriatis. 
 
 Antilactics. Antigalactic. 
 
 Antili'thic (From avrt, and "Kidoc, a stone.) 
 Synonymous with Lithontriptic. 
 
 Antilo'bium. The tragus. 
 
 Antiloi'mic. Antiloimicus ; from avn, and 
 TsOifioe, a pestilence.) Applied to a preservative 
 against pestilence. 
 
 ANTILOPE. Antilopus. Antholops. The 
 horns and hoofs were formerly supposed to 
 possess antispasmodic virtues, and were given 
 in hysteria and epilepsy. 
 
 Antilyssic (From avn, and Ivaaa, mad- 
 ness.) A medicine useful in madness. 
 
 ANTILY'SSUS. (From avrt, and Ivooa, 
 canine madness.) Medicine which is adminis- 
 tered against the effect of a mad dog's bite. 
 
 Antimelancho'lic. A medicine given to 
 remove melancholy. 
 
 ANTIMO'NIAL. Antimonialis. A prepara- 
 tion of antimony. 
 
 Antimonial powder. See. 
 
 AntimoniaL wine. See Antimonii tartarizali 
 vinum. 
 
 Antimonialis pulvis. Pulvis antimonii com- 
 positus. Antimonial powder. Take sulphuret 
 of antimony, powdered, a pound ; hartshorn 
 shavings, two pounds. Mix, and throw them 
 into a crucible at a red heat, and stir the mix- 
 ture until it ceases to give off vapor. Pound 
 the residue, and place in a crucible with a 
 loose lid ; keep at a red heat two hours. 
 
 It was introduced as a substitute for James's 
 powder, and is an uncertain mixture of oxide 
 of antimony, antimonious acid, and bone earth. 
 
 It is principally employed as a sudorific in 
 febrile diseases, given in powder or pill ; dose, 
 gr. v. to x. Minute doses of emetic tartar pro- 
 duce the same diaphoretic effect, and with much 
 greater certainty. 
 
 Antimoniale causticum. Antimony, chlo- 
 ride of. 
 
 Antimo'niate. A salt formed by the com- 
 bination of the antimonic acid with a base. 
 
 Antimoniatum tartar. Antimonii tarta?-i- 
 zatum. 
 
 Antimonii butyrum. See Antimony. — A. 
 calx. Antimonium calcinatum. — A. cinnaba- 
 ris. See Cinnabar. — A. clyssus. Sulphuret of 
 antimony deflagrated with nitre. — A. crocus. 
 See Antimonii vitrum. — A. fiores argentini. 
 See Antimony. — A. fiores Helmontii. See Flo- 
 res antimonii Helmontii. — A. fiores rubri. See 
 
ANT 
 
 Flores antimonii rubri. — A. hepar. Antimonii 
 sulpliuretmn praecipitatum. 
 
 Antimonii cerussa. A. cinis. See Antimo- 
 nium calcinatum. 
 
 Antimonii et potassjs tartras. A.potassio 
 tartras. Antimony et potash, tartrate of. An- 
 timonium tartarizatum, which see. 
 
 Antimonii muriatum. Antimony, muriate of. 
 Antimony, chloride of. 
 
 Antimonii nix. Oxide of antimony. 
 
 Antimonii oleum. Antimony, chloride of. 
 
 Antimonii oxydulum hydrosulphuratum. 
 Antimonii sulphuretum prcEcipitatum. 
 
 Antimonii oxtdum. Oxide of antimony. 
 Teroxide or sesquioxide of antimony. See An- 
 timony. 
 
 Antimonii oxtdum cum sulphure vitrifica- 
 tum. A. oxydum sulphuretum vitrificatum. See 
 Antimonii vitrum. 
 
 Antimonii oxtdum nitro-muriaticum. (Ph. 
 D.) Antimony, nitro-muriatic oxide of. See 
 Antimonium tartarizatum. 
 
 Antimonii oxysulphuretum. Antimony ox- 
 ysulphuret. See Antimonium sulphuretum prae- 
 cipitatum. 
 
 Antimonii regulus. The native sulphnret. 
 
 Antimonii sal. Antimonium tartarizatum. 
 
 Antimonii sesquioxydum. A. sesquisulphu- 
 rctum. A. sesquichloridum. These are now 
 called the oxide, &c, or the teroxide, &c. See 
 Antimony oxide, Antimonium sulphuretum prae- 
 cipitatum. 
 
 Antimonii sulphuratum, v. pr^cipitatum. 
 See Antimonii sulphuretum pr&cipitatum. 
 
 Antimonii sulphure'tum. Snlphnret of an- 
 timony is an abundant natural product, and is 
 found in the form of the common ore of anti- 
 mony ; it exhibits a brilliant lead-gray color, 
 and radiated or fibrous crystalline texture. It 
 is used to form the compounds of antimony, and 
 not as a medicine. Its composition is SbS.3 ; 
 and it is a tersulphuret, and not a sesquisulphu- 
 ret or sulphuret. 
 
 Antimonii sulphuretum praecipitatum. (U. 
 S.) Sulphur : antimonii praecipitatum. Pre- 
 cipitated sulphuret of antimony. A preparation 
 which is made thus : Take of sulphuret of anti- 
 mony, in powder, six ounces ; of the solution 
 of potash, four pints ; of distilled water, three 
 pints. 
 
 Mix, and boil the mixture over a slow fire for 
 three hours, stining it well, and occasionally 
 adding distilled water, so that the same measure 
 may be preserved. Strain the solution quickly 
 through a double linen cloth, and, while it is 
 yet hot, drop hi, gradually, as much sulphuric 
 acid as may be required to precipitate the pow- 
 der ; then wash away the sulphate of potash 
 with hot water ; dry the precipitated sulphuret 
 of antimony, and reduce it to a fine powder. It 
 is an oxysulphuret of antimony {Hepar anti- 
 monii). 
 
 If the decanted liquor be allowed to cool be- 
 fore the addition of the acid, the orange-red 
 precipitate, called Icermes mineral, will be 
 thrown down. 
 
 Golden^ sulphuret is obtained by precipitating 
 the solution by an acid after the kennes has 
 subsided. 
 
 The precipitated sulphuret of antimony is di- 
 
 ANT 
 
 aphoretic and expectorant in small doses, and 
 emetic in a larger dose. In modern practice it 
 is only used as an alterative. It is useful in 
 many cutaneous affections, and in chronic rheu- 
 matism, especially combined with calomel, as 
 in Dr. Plummer's pill. The dose of the precip- 
 itated sulphuret is from gr. j. to gr. iv., twice a 
 day. Acids increase the emetic effect of this 
 medicine, and should therefore be avoided 
 during its use. 
 
 Antimonii sulphuretum pr^eparatum. (U. 
 S . ) Prepared sulphuret of anti mony . It is pre- 
 pared in the same way as chalk, but is an un- 
 safe medicine, seldom used; dose, gr. x. to 9j. 
 
 Antimonii sulphuretum rubrum. The red 
 precipitate which falls spontaneously from the 
 solution of sulphuret of antimony in potash. 
 Kennes mineral. 
 
 Antimonii tartariza'ti vinum. Vinum an- 
 timonii. (U.S.) Wine of tartarized antimony. 
 Take of tartarized antimony, one scruple ; Ten- 
 eriffe wine, 5X. Dissolve. Each fj. contains 
 two grains. 
 
 Antimonii tartras. Antimonium tartariza- 
 tum. 
 
 Antimonii vitriolum. See Sulphas anti- 
 monii. 
 
 Antimonii vitrum. Glass of antimony. A 
 preparation which is thus made : sulphuret of 
 antimony in powder is exposed in a shallow 
 iron dish to heat, and is kept constantly stir- 
 red to prevent agglutination. It is heated un- 
 til fumes are no longer given oft'. The gray 
 powder thus obtained answers well for the for- 
 mation of tartarized antimony ; but if it is to be 
 vitrified, it must be put into a covered iron cru- 
 cible, and exposed to a strong heat until it fuses 
 into a clear glass ; the glass should be transpar- 
 ent, and of a bright brownish-red or hyacinthine 
 color. It consists of oxide and sulphuret of an- 
 timony, in proportions which are somewhat 
 variable. When the oxide is dissolved by acids, 
 there remains the croctis or saffron of antimony, 
 an oxysulphuret : Sb0 3 -f2SbS 3 . 
 
 This preparation was formerly employed as a 
 diaphoretic, aperient, and emetic ; but it is now 
 only used in making some other preparations. 
 
 Antimonite. A salt formed by the combi- 
 nation of the antimonious acid with a base. See 
 Antimony. 
 
 Antimonium calcinatum. The impure ox- 
 ide of antimony, as obtained by calcining the 
 sulphuret. It is of an ash-gray color, and con- 
 tains antimonious acid. 
 
 Antimonium diaphore'ticum. Diaphoretic 
 antimony. An old preparation; called, also, 
 Calx antimonii Anglorum : made by deflagra- 
 ting in a crucible one part of gray antimony 
 with three of nitre. 
 
 Antimonium diaphoreticum lotum. Anti- 
 moniate of potash. This is the diaphoretic an- 
 timony washed. 
 
 Antimonium diaphoreticum martia'le. An- 
 ticachecticum Ludovici. An old medicine, made 
 by fusing together equal weights of powdered 
 sulphuret of antimony and iron filings, reducing 
 them when cool to powder, deflagrating them 
 with three times their weight of nitre, and dis- 
 solving the product in water ; a yellowish- 
 brown precipitate is formed, which is the mar- 
 
 57 
 
ANT 
 
 ANT 
 
 tial diaphoretic antimony. It was given as a 
 tonic in doses of 15 or 20 grains. 
 
 Antimonium medicina'le. Melt together 
 sulphuret of antimony, § v. ; potash, f j . ; com- 
 mon salt, fiv. When cold, separate the crnst ; 
 powder, and wash. 
 
 Antimonium salitum. Antimony, chloride of. 
 
 Antimonium tartariza'tum. Antimonii et 
 potass^ tartras. (U. S.) Tartarized anti- 
 mony; tartar emetic. Take prepared sulphu- 
 ret of antimony, fij.; muriatic acid, f xiiss. ; 
 nitric acid, 3J.; water, Cj. Digest with heat 
 in the acids ; filter ; add to the water. Collect 
 the precipitate (nitro-muriatic oxide, Dub. ); 
 wash thoroughly; dry. Take of this oxide, §ij.; 
 powdered supertartrate of potash, f iiss. ; dis- 
 tilled water, f xviij. Boil, filter, and set it aside 
 to crystallize. 
 
 Pure tartar emetic is in crystals, the primary 
 form of which is an octohedron with a rhombic 
 base. They are transparent when first formed, 
 but become white and opaque by exposure to 
 the air. It reddens litmus. Its taste is slightly 
 styptic and metallic. Exposed to the air, it ef- 
 floresces slowly. It is insoluble in alcohol. 
 Boiling w T ater dissolves half its weight, and cold 
 water a fifteenth part. If the aqueous solution 
 be long kept, the salt is spontaneously decom- 
 posed. 
 
 As an emetic, it is given in doses of gr. j. to 
 gr. iij., and produces, also, active purgation. 
 It is not suitable for children, from the prostra- 
 tion it produces. It acts as an arterial sedative, 
 and sometimes is altogether contra-indicated in 
 any form, from the patient's idiosyncrasy. 
 
 In small quantities, emetic tartar is of great 
 utility as a nauseating medicine, a diaphoretic, 
 and an expectorant. Dose, gr. £ to gr. |. In 
 minute doses, and combined with calomel, it is 
 a powerful alterative in many diseases of the 
 skin. 
 
 It is sometimes administered in doses of gr. 
 y. to x. in inflammations, especially of the 
 chest, to produce a full sedative effect. When 
 rubbed into the skin, or applied to the surface 
 of a wound, tartarized antimony produces its 
 characteristic effects on the system. 
 
 An ointment, formed by triturating 31J. of 
 tartarized antimony with s-j. of lard, and rubbed 
 into the skin, has the singular property of 
 bringing out a crop of large and inflamed pus- 
 tules, something resembling those of small-pox. 
 This is used with great effect in all cases where 
 powerful counter-irritation is required, and has 
 the advantage of all other means in one partic- 
 ular, namely, that it not only excites inflamma- 
 tion, but establishes a new and specific action, 
 and imitates closely the natural process by 
 which internal disease is sometimes thrown 
 upon the surface. When taken in a poisonous 
 dose, emetic tartar produces effects very analo- 
 gous to those of arsenic : violent vomiting and 
 purging, with severe colic, pain and sensation 
 of burning in the stomach, difficult respiration, 
 fainting, convulsions, and death. The treat- 
 ment consists in evacuating the poison by the 
 copious use of bland diluents, decomposing it 
 by decoctions of oak bark or infusion of galls, 
 and subsequently abating the inflammation of 
 the bowels by bleeding and opium. 
 58 
 
 Antimonium vitrificatum. See Antimonii 
 vitrum. 
 
 A'NTIMONY. {Antimonium, i, n.) A metal 
 of a grayish-white color, having a slight bluish 
 shade, and very brilliant. Its texture is lamella- 
 ted. Its specific gravity is about 6'7. It is 
 moderately hard, very brittle, fuses at 800° F., 
 and, if the heat be increased, it is volatilized in 
 white fumes of oxide of antimony. Symbol, 
 Sb ; equivalent, 129-24, or, according to some 
 chemists, 64 # 62. When antimony is heated to 
 a full red or white heat in a covered crucible, 
 and then suddenly exposed to the air, it in- 
 flames and burns with a white light ; the vapor 
 which rises condenses on cool surfaces, fre- 
 quently in the form of small acicular crystals of 
 a silvery whiteness: these were formerly called 
 argentine flowers of antimony ( SbO.3). It is 
 the active oxide of medicines. 
 
 Antimonious acid : SbO-i. It is generated 
 when the oxide is exposed to heat in open ves- 
 sels, and is formed in the process of preparing 
 the pulvis antimonialis. It is probably a mix- 
 ture of the oxide and antimonic acid. 
 
 Antimonic acid, sometimes called peroxide 
 of antimony, is obtained as a white hydrate by 
 digesting the metal in strong nitric acid. When 
 exposed to a red heat, it parts with oxygen, 
 and is converted into antimonious acid. Its 
 form, is SbOs. 
 
 Chloride of antimony, SbCI?, or Terchloride, 
 formerly the sesquioxide, is formed by distill- 
 ing metallic antimony with rather more than 
 twice its weight of corrosive sublimate ; the 
 volatile chloride of antimony passes over, and 
 the mercury remains in the retort. This hitter 
 of antimony is soft, dissolves with a gentle heat, 
 and crystallizes on cooling. When it is thrown 
 into water, the greater part subsides in the 
 state of an oxychloride, which is the powder of 
 Algaroth. The chloride, or butter, is deliques- 
 cent, and has caustic qualities. It is rarely- 
 used except by veterinary surgeons. 
 
 Antimony forms an important series of com- 
 pounds with sulphur. The common sulphuret, 
 kermes mineral, and golden sulphuret, have al- 
 ready been described. See Antimonii su!phu~ 
 return and Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitalum. 
 There are several oxysulphurets of antimony, 
 which are of rather variable composition, ac- 
 cording as more or less of the sulphuret is 
 oxydized during their formation. Of this nature 
 are the glass of antimony, the crocus or saffron 
 of antimony, and the liver of antimony. See 
 Antimonii vitrum. The compound of antimony 
 most important to the physician is the double 
 tartrate of antimony and potash, or emetic tar- 
 tar of the shops. See Antimonium tartariza- 
 turn. 
 
 Antimony ash. Antimonium calcinatum. — 
 A., flowers. See Antimony. — A., dcutoxide of. 
 Antimonious acid : Sb0 4 . The antimonium 
 calcinatum is an impure kind. — A., golden sul- 
 phuret. See Antimonii sulphuretum praacipi- 
 tatum. — A.,hydro chlorate. A., muriate. Antimo- 
 ny, chloride. — A.,peroxide. Antimonious acid. 
 Antimonium calcinatum. — A., red. Kermes 
 mineral. Antimonii sulphuretum praicipita- 
 tum. — A., submuriate. Powder of Algaroth. 
 See Antimony, chloride. — A.,sesquioxide. A.,ses- 
 
ANT 
 
 ANT 
 
 quisulpkuret, &c. The same as the oxide, sul- 
 phuret, the former terms being used when the 
 equivalent of antimony is taken at 64-62 : thus, 
 the oxide becomes 2SbC>3. — A.,teroxide. A., 
 ter sulphur et. The same compounds as are 
 usually termed the oxide, sulphuret, &c. 
 
 Antimony, butter of. See Antimony, chlo- 
 ride of. 
 
 Antimony, cerated. Cerated glass of. The 
 levigated powder of the glass, mixed with |th 
 wax, roasted till no more vapors arise, and 
 then pounded. An old preparation. 
 
 Antimony, crude. The sulphuret of anti- 
 mony of commerce. 
 
 Antimony, glass of. See Antimonii vitrum. 
 
 Antimony, sulphuret of. See Antimonii 
 sulphuretum. 
 
 Antimony, tartarized. See Antimonium 
 tartarizatum. 
 
 Antimony, vitrified oxide of. See Anti- 
 monii vitrum. 
 
 Antinephri'tic {Antinephriticus ; fromavn, 
 and yelping, a disease of the kidneys.) Medi- 
 cines used against disorders of the kidneys. 
 
 Antineurotic. Nervine remedies. 
 
 Antiochi hieri, and A. theriaca. Compli- 
 cated medicines used by the ancients in mania, 
 &c. 
 
 Antiodonta'lgic See Antodontalgic. 
 
 Antiorga'stic. (Antiorgastints ; from avn, 
 and opyafa, to excite vehemently.) Seda- 
 tive. 
 
 Antiparaly'tic Antiparalylicus. Medi- 
 cines against palsy. 
 
 Antiparasitic Antiparasiticus. Substances 
 which destroy vermin. 
 
 Antipa'thic Possessed of an antipathy. 
 Applied to things whose nature is adverse and 
 opposed. 
 
 ANTI'PATHY. (Antipathia, ce, f . ; from 
 avn, against, and iradoc, an affection.) Disgust 
 and horror at the presence of particular objects, 
 with great restlessness or fainting. It com- 
 prises two species, viz., Antipathia sensilis, 
 sensile antipathy, antipathy excited through the 
 medium of the external senses; and Antipathia 
 insensilis, insensile antipathy, where the antip- 
 athy is not excited by objects within the range 
 of vision. 
 
 ANTIPERISTALTIC. Antiperistaltics. 
 An inverted action of the intestines, by which 
 their contents are urged upward. It is op- 
 posed to Peristaltic, which see. 
 
 Antiperi'stasis. Antagonism. 
 
 Antipertussis. An old remedy against 
 hooping-cough, containing the sulphate of zinc. 
 
 Antipestilential. The same as antiloimic. 
 
 Antipha'rmic Autipkarmacon. (Antiphar- 
 tnicus; from avn, and Qapftaxov, a poison. ) The 
 same as alexipharmic. 
 
 ANTIPHLOGISTIC. (Antiphlogisticus ; 
 from avn, against, and (pteyu, to bum.) A 
 term applied to those means, whether medicinal 
 or hygienic, which tend to reduce inflamma- 
 tion. Bleeding, purging, refrigerants, and a low 
 diet form the most important part of the anti- 
 phlogistic treatment. 
 
 Antiphtheiriaca. Antiparasitic medicines. 
 
 Antiphthi'sic Anliphthisicus. Against a 
 consumption. 
 
 Anti'phthora. See Anthora. 
 
 Antiphy'sical. (Antiphysicus ; from avri, 
 against, and dvoau, to blow.) Synonymous 
 with carminative. 
 
 Antipleuri'tic Antipleuriticus. Against 
 a pleurisy. 
 
 Antipoda'gric. Antipodagricus. Medicines 
 which relieve the gout. 
 
 Antipra'xia. Antipraxis. (From avn, and 
 npacau, to work.) A contrariety of diseased 
 states coexisting in the same patient, as spasm 
 of the muscles in one limb, and paralysis in 
 another. 
 
 Antipro'stat^e glandule. Cowper's glands, 
 so called because they are situated before the 
 prostate. 
 
 Antiputric. Antiseptic. 
 
 Antipso'ric Medicines used against the itch. 
 
 Antipyic. {Antipyicus ; from avn, against, 
 and ttvov, pus. ) Medicines or other means used 
 to prevent suppuration. 
 
 Antipyre'tic Antipyrelicus. Against a 
 fever. Febrifuge. 
 
 Antipyro'tic (Antipyroticus; from avn, 
 against, and nvp, fire.) Applied to remedies 
 used in the cure of burns. 
 
 Antiquartana'rium. A remedy against a 
 quartan ague. 
 
 Antiqua'rticum. The same as Antiquarta- 
 narium. 
 
 Antiquarticum peruvianum. The cinchona, 
 or Peruvian bark. 
 
 Anti'qui morbi. Chronic diseases. 
 
 Antirachitic. Against rachitis, or the 
 rickets. 
 
 ANTPRRHINUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. Family, 
 Scrophularinece. — A. elati'ne. Elatine. The 
 leaves of this plant have a roughish, bitter taste, 
 but no smell. Formerly used against scurvy 
 and old ulcerations. — A. lina'ria. Toad-flax. 
 Linaria. The leaves have a bitterish, saline 
 taste. They are diuretic and cathartic. They 
 have been much used as an application to piles 
 in ointment, &c. 
 
 Antisco'lic (Antiscolicus ; from avn, and 
 oycw7,?;£, a worm.) Anthelmintic. 
 
 ANTISCORBUTIC. Antiscorbuticus. Against 
 the scurvy. 
 
 ANTISCROFULOUS. Antistrumous. Med- 
 icines or other means opposed to scrofula. 
 
 ANTISE'PTIC. (Antisepticus ; from avn, 
 against, and (jvtto), to putrefy.) A term applied 
 to any substance which has the power of pre- 
 venting animal matter from passing into a state 
 of putrefaction, and of obviating putrefaction 
 when already begun. In the ai'ts, salt, nitre, 
 acetic acid, mineral acids, creasote, acetate and 
 muriate of alumina, chlorine, sulphate of iron, 
 charcoal, acetone, arsenic, corrosive sublimate, 
 sulphate of copper, acetate of iron, &c, are of 
 this kind. Antiseptic medicines are those which 
 are used to correct the tendency to putrescency 
 supposed to exist in certain malignant diseases. 
 This class of medicines has been divided into, 
 1. Tonic antiseptics; as cinchona, cusparia, 
 anthemis, quinine. 2. Refrigerating antisep 
 tics ; as the mineral acids. 3. Stimulating an- 
 tiseptics ; as wine, alcohol, creasote, acetone, 
 chlorine water, chloride of lime, and soda. 4 
 
 59 
 
ANT 
 
 Antispasmodic antiseptics ; as camphor, assafoe- 
 tida, musk. 
 
 Anti'spasis. A revulsion or derivation,' as in 
 the action of a blister. See Revulsion. 
 
 ANTISPASMODIC. (Antispasmodics ; 
 from avri, against, and CKaap.oq, a spasm.) An 
 antispasmodic medicine properly means one 
 which has the power of allaying spasm, but is 
 usually extended to those which allay severe 
 pain unconnected with inflammation. The 
 principal are musk, castor, petroleum, ammonia, 
 asdetida, sagapenum, galbanum, ammoniacum, 
 valerian, cajeput oil, ether, opium, camphor, 
 and animal oils. 
 
 Antispa'stic. Antispasticus. Antispasmod- 
 ic. Derivative or revulsive. 
 
 Antiste'rnum. AvTLCTepvov. The back. 
 
 Antistropha. The first and second ribs 
 have been so called. 
 
 Antistrumous. Antiscrofulous. 
 
 ANTISYPHILTTIC. Against the venereal 
 disease. 
 
 Anti'tasis. (From avri, against, and raatc, 
 extension. ) Counter-extension. 
 
 Anti'thenar. This name has been given to 
 two muscles: adductor ad indicem, and adductor 
 pollicis pedis. 
 
 Antitra'gicus. A muscle of the external 
 ear; use, to turn the tip of the anti tragus a lit- 
 tle outward. 
 
 ANTTTRAGUS. (us, i, n. ; from avri, and 
 rpayoc, the tragus.) An eminence of the outer 
 ear, opposite to the tragus. 
 
 Antitypia. Resistance. 
 m ANTIVENEREAL. Antivenereus. Medi- 
 cines used in the cure of venereal diseases. 
 
 Anti verminous. Anthelmintic. 
 
 Antizy'mic Applied to that which prevents 
 fermentation. Antiseptic. 
 
 Antli'a lactea. Antlia mammaria. A 
 breast-pump. 
 
 Antonii sancti ignis. See Erysipelas. 
 
 Antophy'llos. Anthophyllos. 
 
 Antri'tis. (From antrum, a cave.) Inflam- 
 mation of any cavity of the body. 
 
 A'NTRUM. (um, i, n., a cave.) A cavity 
 which has a small opening. The term is ap- 
 plied by anatomists to several cavities. 
 
 Antrum buccinosum. The cochlea of the 
 ear. 
 
 Antrum gen^;. See Antrum Highmoria- 
 num. 
 
 Antrum Highmoria'num. Antrum of High- 
 more. Antrum maxilla superioris. Maxillary 
 sinus. A large cavity in each superior maxil- 
 lary bone, between the eye and the roof of the 
 mouth, lined by a mucous membrane. 
 
 The maxillary sinuses are liable to several 
 morbid affections. Sometimes their membra- 
 nous lining inflames, and secretes a great quan- 
 tity of mucus or pus. Various polypi, fungi, 
 and other tumors are produced in them. Their 
 bony parietes are occasionally affected with ex- 
 ostosis, or caries. The antrum is subject to 
 abscess, which is accompanied with great pain 
 and swelling, ending in caries of the palate, 
 nasal plate, &c, whereby the pus is evacuated. 
 It may be remedied by extracting a molar 
 tooth, and perforating, through its socket, the 
 cavity. After the pus is discharged, inject the 
 60 
 
 AOR 
 
 cavity with tepid water. But it is also subject 
 to polypus and malignant growths, which re- 
 quire the antrum to be laid open, and often 
 cauterized by fire. 
 
 Antrum pylo'ri. The small extremity of 
 the stomach approaching the pylorus. 
 
 Ants, acid of. Formic acid. 
 
 Anty'lion. AvrvTiiov. An astringent cata- 
 plasm. 
 
 Anuria. Ischuria. 
 
 A'NUS. (us, i, m.) The fundament, or ter- 
 mination of the rectum. The seat. The anus 
 is furnished with muscles, viz., the sphincter, 
 which keeps it closed ; and the levator es ani, 
 which retract it into its natural situation after 
 the expulsion of the faeces. It is surrounded 
 with a very loose cellular substance. The anus 
 is subject to various diseases, especially piles, 
 ulceration, abscesses, excrescences, and prolap- 
 sus, and to imperforation in new-born infants. 
 2. The foramen commune posterius, in the brain. 
 
 Anus, artificial. An artificial opening 
 made by the surgeon in the situation of the 
 anus in cases where the rectum is imperforate ; 
 or, a serious operation for the purpose of afford- 
 ing an outlet to the faeces by a new way, when, 
 from disease or accident, a portion of the intes- 
 tinal canal is obliterated. 
 
 Anus, constriction of. The same as that 
 below, with or without ulcerations. 
 
 Anus, fissure of. Contraction of the anus, 
 accompanied by a slight elongated ulceration 
 of the rectum, the edges of which are red ; 
 there is, also, contraction of the rectum. It is 
 attended with great anguish during defalcation, 
 lasting from half an hour to several days. The 
 introduction of the finger is attended with the 
 greatest pain. Laxatives, leeches to the anus, 
 and fomentations are of little service if the die- 
 ease be established ; nothing but a free division 
 of the sphincter toward the coccyx, and the 
 introduction of tents during the cicatrization, 
 will effect a perfect cure. 
 
 Anus, preternatural. An accidental open- 
 ing in the parietes of the abdomen, to which 
 opening some part of the intestinal canal leads, 
 and through which the faeces are either wholly 
 or in part discharged. It may arise from a 
 wound or gangrene of a strangulated hernia. 
 Every means are to be taken to direct the faeces 
 in their natural direction. 
 
 ANXIETY. Anxietas. In medical language, 
 this term is applied to a painful restlessness 
 and inquietude, usually accompanied with a 
 sense of weight in the precordial region. 
 
 Any'dron. A species of night-shade. — Blan- 
 card. 
 
 AO'RTA. (a, &,£.)' The main trunk of the 
 arterial system, which gives rise to every artery 
 in the body except the pulmonary. The aorta 
 rises behind the pulmonary artery from the up- 
 per and back part of the left ventricle of the 
 heart, opposite the third dorsal vertebra. Its 
 mouth is closed by three semilunar valves. It 
 ends at the fourth lumbar vertebra, and bifur- 
 cates into the right and left iliac arteries. 
 
 Aorta, arch of. The bend between the 
 ascending and descending portions. 
 
 Aorta, ascending. That portion which 
 goes from the heart to the arch. 
 
AfR 
 
 AP H 
 
 Aorta, descending. The whole of the aorta I 
 from the termination of the arch to its bifurca- 
 tion hito the iliac arteries. 
 
 Aorta, thoracic. The portion of the aorta 
 between the heart and the diaphragm. 
 Aorteuri'sma. Aneurism of the aorta. 
 Aortic. Appertaining to the aorta, as aortic 
 valves. 
 
 AORTFTIS. Inflammation of the aorta. An 
 extremely obscure disease, usually associated 
 with diseases of the heart, lungs, and pleura, 
 and resulting in aneurism and other organic and 
 fatal consequences. Increased action of the heart, 
 dyspnoea, uneasiness in the course of the artery, 
 violent pulsations, are the few uncertain signs. 
 The affection is very common in its chronic form, 
 as autopsies reveal. Treatment. — Counter-irri- 
 tation, with tartar emetic ointment, issues, blood- 
 letting, rest, antiphlogistic treatment. 
 Ao'rtra. Aotron. The lungs. 
 Ao'tus. (From a, and ovc, an ear.) A mon- 
 ster without ears. 
 
 Apa'gma. The fracture of a bone. 
 Apalachi'ne gallis. Ilex vomitoria '> 
 Apallage. Change for the better. 
 Apalotica. Deformities of the soft parts. 
 Apaxthismus. The obliteration of parts no 
 longer useful, as the thymus gland. 
 
 Apa'nthropy. (Apanthropia ; from a, and 
 avdpuTTog, a man.) A species of melancholy 
 characterized by a dislike to society. 
 
 Apari'ne. Goose-grass. See Galium aparine. 
 Aparthro'sis. The same as Ab articulation. 
 APATHY. (Apatkia, ce, f . ; from a, priv., 
 and Tzadog, affection.) A morbid suspension of 
 the natural passions and feelings. It is a com- 
 mon symptom in low fevers, and other diseases 
 which greatly impair the energy of the brain. 
 Apeche'ma. Counter-fissure. 
 Ape'lla. Retraction or smallness of the pre- 
 puce, or any soft appendage. 
 
 Ape'psia. Indigestion. See Dyspepsia. 
 Aperiens palpebrarum rectus. See Le- 
 vator palpebrce superioris. 
 
 APE'RIENT. Ape'riens. Apertivus. (From 
 aperio, to open.) Applied to a medicine which 
 gently opens the bowels. 
 
 Aperi'statos. Aperistatum. An epithet 
 applied by Galen to a small hollow ulcer which 
 is not surrounded by inflammation, or accom- 
 panied with any particular morbid disposition. 
 Ape'rtor oculi. Levator palpebra? superi- 
 oris. 
 
 Aperto'rium. An instrument that has been 
 used to dilate the os uteri durin? labor. 
 
 APE'TALOUS. Apetalus. Without a petal. 
 Apeuthy'smenos. The rectum. 
 A'PEX. (ex, icis, m.) The extremity or 
 tip of a part, as the apex of the tongue. 
 
 APEL-E'RESIS. Amputation or extirpation. 
 APHE'LXIA. (a, a, f. ; from a(f>e?MU, to 
 abstract.) Revery. Dr. Good has three spe- 
 cies: 1. A. socors, absence of mind. 2. A. in- 
 tcnla, abstraction of mind. 3. A. otiosa, brown 
 study. 
 
 Aphepse'ma. (A<f>eipj]fia.) Aphepsis. A de- 
 coction. 
 
 A'phesis. 1. The remission or resolution of 
 a disease. 2. Laxity and debility of the whole 
 body, or of any part. 
 
 Aphilanthropy. Aphilanthropia. (From 
 a, (j>tXecj, to love, and avdpurcoc, a man.) Dis- 
 like of men ; love of solitude. 
 
 APHO'NIA. (Aduvia, a, <z, f. ; from a, priv., 
 and (j)(jvr], the voice.) Speechlessness; dumb- 
 ness ; loss of voice. Apoplexy. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Dumbness may proceed from loss of the 
 tongue or organic affections of that organ, de- 
 fects in the larynx, and be complete — or it may 
 be partial, and arise from nervous atony, as in 
 catalepsy, or as a symptom of nei'vous diseases 
 or complications, as in hvsteria, or from inflam- 
 mation of the parts around the larynx. Division 
 of the recurrent nerve or pneumogastric pro- 
 duces incurable dumbness. Violent emotions 
 are occasionally attended with aphonia. Per- 
 sons born deaf are commonly without speech. 
 Where it is a nervous symptom, counter-irrita- 
 tion is used to recover the voice ; hi atony and 
 great prostration, tonic stimulants. 
 
 Aphonia surdorum. The dumbness of deaf 
 persons. 
 
 Apho'ria. Barrenness. Sterility in the fe- 
 male. 
 
 Aphorism. A maxim. 
 
 Aphro'des. Resembling froth. 
 
 Aphrodi'sia. Coition. Puberty. 
 
 APHRODI'SIAC. (Aphrodisiacus ; from 
 a(j>podiGia, venery. ) Applied to articles o£food, 
 medicines, &c, which excite the venereal appe- 
 tite. Phosphorus dissolved in oil is said to have 
 this property, in doses of ^th to -^th of a grain. 
 
 Aphrodisia'smus- Aphrodisia. 
 
 Aphrodi'sius morbus . The venereal disease. 
 
 Aphronia. Apoplexy. 
 
 Aphrosyne. Insanity. 
 
 A'PHTHA. (a, «, f. ; Aodai ; from a^To, to 
 inflame. ) The thrash ; called, also, Aphtha lac- 
 tucimen. Small white ulcers upon the tongue, 
 gums, inside of the lips and palate, resembling 
 particles of curdled milk. There are three 
 species of this affection : 1. Aphtha infantum. 
 This appears in children soon after birth. When 
 it is mild it is confined to the mouth, or extends 
 no farther than the fauces ; but when violent 
 and of long standing, it is apt to extend through 
 the whole course of the alimentary canal, from 
 the mouth down to the anus ; and to excite se- 
 vere purging, with great constitutional irrita- 
 tion. The disease, when recent and confined 
 to the mouth, may in general be easily removed ; 
 but when it is of long standing, and has extend- 
 ed to the stomach and intestines, it very fre- 
 quently proves fatal. 
 
 2. Aphtha maligna. Black thrush. In this 
 the ulceration spreads from the larynx to the 
 mouth, the sloughs are black, and the patient 
 is affected with typhoid fever. It is usually 
 symptomatic. A gangrenous form of thrash 
 (Aphilia gangrenosa, or A. serpentes) has fre- 
 quently been very fatal among children, espe- 
 cially in foundling hospitals. 
 
 3. Aphtha chronica. The thrash sometimes 
 occurs as a chronic disease, both in warm cli-' 
 mates and in those northern countries where 
 the cold is combined with a considerable de- 
 gree of moisture, or where the soil is very 
 marshy. The treatment of the thrush in chil- 
 dren is generally to be begun by clearing out 
 the bowels with rhubarb and magnesia^ or 
 
 61 
 
APO 
 
 AP 
 
 mild aperients. Where the child is very weak, 
 and the aphthae of a dark color, bark and-other 
 tonics must be had recourse to. The separation 
 of the sloughs and healing of the ulcers may be 
 promoted by washing the mouth occasionally 
 with the honey of borax, diluted with two or 
 three parts of rose water. The diet should be 
 light and gelatinous. Warm clothing is neces- 
 sary where there is dampness or cold. 
 
 Aphtha lactantium. Aphtha infantum. — A. 
 adidtorum. Aphtha maligna. — A. anginosa. 
 Aphthae of the throat. 
 
 Aphthous. Partaking of the nature of aph- 
 tha. 
 
 APHY'LLUS. (From a, priv., and tyvllov, 
 a leaf.) Aphyllous; leafless. 
 
 A'pios. Formerly Euphorbia apios. Also, 
 the Bunium bulbocastanum, Lathyrus tuberosus, 
 and Glycine apios. 
 
 A'PIS. (is, is, f.) The name of a genus of 
 Hymenopterous insects. The bee is A. melli- 
 fica. 
 
 A'PIUM. (urn, i, n.) The name of a genus 
 of plants; family, Umbelliferce. — A. grave 1 olens. 
 Apium. Smallage. The roots, &c, are said to 
 be aperient and carminative ; the whole plant 
 is acrid and poisonous. Celery is a variety 
 produced by cultivation. — A. hortense. See 
 Apium petroselinum. — A. petroselinum. (Ph. 
 U. S.) Common parsley. The seeds possess 
 aromatic and carminative powers, but are sel- 
 dom prescribed. 
 
 Aplastic. Not plastic. See Plastic. 
 
 APNCE'A. Apnus. Apneustia. (a, ce, f . ; 
 from a, priv., and ttveu, to breathe.) An ex- 
 treme feebleness of respiration, as in syncope 
 — sometimes asphyxia. 
 
 Apo-. Atto. From ; off; out. A common 
 prefix. 
 
 Apoarthrosis. Articulation. 
 
 Apoca'rpason. Apocarpathon. Apocalpa- 
 son. See Carpasus. 
 
 Apocarp^;. Apocarpous. Without distinct 
 carpels. 
 
 APOCATHA'RSIS. (From ano, and naOai- 
 pu, to purge.) A purgation, whether upward 
 or downward. 
 
 Apocatha'rtic The same as cathartic. 
 
 APOCENO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ano, and 
 nevou, to evacuate.) 1. A flow or evacuation 
 of any humor. 2. An order in the class Locales 
 of Cullen is called Apocenoses, which embraces 
 diseases characterized by a flux of blood, or 
 other fluid, without pyrexia. 
 
 Apochrempsis. Expuition. 
 
 Apochyli'sma. An extract. 
 
 Afochy'ma. kiroxvfia. Pitch impregnated 
 with sea-salt. 
 
 Apocla'sma. Apagma. 
 
 Apo'cope. Abscission. 
 
 Apocrenic acid. A product of decaying 
 vegetable matter, pi'obably a humate of ammo- 
 nia. — Mulder. 
 
 Apo'crisis. (From arroKpivu, to secrete from.) 
 An excretion of superabundant humors. 
 
 Apocru'sticus. Apocroustic; repellant. 
 
 Apocye'sis. (From ano, and kvco, to bring 
 forth.) Parturition. 
 
 APOCYNACEiE. An order of dicotyledon- 
 ous plants, nearly agreeing with asclepiadaceas, 
 62 
 
 but of rather more suspicious properties. Trees 
 or shrubs, usually with milky juice, with leaves 
 opposite, sometimes whorled ; corolla, monope- 
 talous, hypogynous ; stamens, inserted into the 
 corolla ; ovaries, two ; fruit, a follicle, capsule, 
 drupe, or berry, single or double. 
 
 Apocy'nine. A bitter principle from apocy- 
 num. 
 
 APO'CYNUM. Dog's-bane. A genus of 
 plants: class, Pentandria; order, Monogynia; 
 family, Apocynacece. — A. androscemifolium. (U. 
 S.) The powder of the root is given as an 
 emetic, thirty grains producing about the same 
 effect as a scruple of ipecacuanha. — A. canna- 
 binum. (U. S.) Indian hemp. Powerfully 
 emetic and cathartic. Dose, 3j. Also diuretic. 
 Used in dropsies. — A. mari'timum, or Venetum. 
 Grows near Venice, and contains a milky, poi- 
 sonous juice. — A. juve'ntas is used in India as a 
 cordial. — A. scandens. The allamanda. 
 
 Apodacry'ticus. Substances which first ex- 
 cite a flow of tears and then repress them. 
 
 Apodyte'rium. The anteroom of the bath. 
 
 A¥ogalacti'smus. Ablactatio. 
 
 APOGEU'SIS. (From otto, and yevofiai, to 
 taste.) A generic term used by Vogel, includ- 
 ing the various disorders of the sense of taste. 
 Ageustia. 
 
 Apoglauco'sis. Glaucoma. 
 
 APOLE'PSIS. (AnoXnipic ; from an oAa/u- 
 6avu, to intercept.) A suppression of any 
 function. 
 
 Apollinaris altercum. Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Apo'lysis. Relaxation. 
 
 Apo'meli. An oxymel. 
 
 APONEURO'SIS. (is, is, f . ; from ano, and 
 vevpov, a nerve, or a tendon, which the an- 
 cients confound together.) A tendinous ex- 
 pansion. It is sometimes used for fascia. See 
 Muscle. 
 
 Aponeurosis crural, or femoral. Fascia 
 lata. — A. iliac. Fascia iliaca. 
 
 A'ponos. Anodyne. 
 
 Apopalle'sis. Apopalsis. Expulsion. Pro- 
 trusion. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Apopa'lsis. See Apopallesis. 
 
 Apopedasis. Dislocation. 
 
 Apophlegma'tic. Apophlegmati'smus. 
 (Apophlegmaticus ; from ano, and <p/ieyua, 
 phlegm.) A medicine which excites a dis- 
 charge of mucus. The term, therefore, includes 
 errhines, masticatories, detergent gargles, &c. 
 
 Apo'phrades. (From arco, and <j>pa£o>, to 
 speak.) Unlucky days, dies nefandi ; days 
 which are not critical, or those on which no 
 favorable change in a disease is expected to 
 take place — Dies apophrades. 
 
 Apo'phthora. Apophtha'rma. Abortion 
 
 APOPHYSIS, (is, is, f. ; from anofvo, to 
 produce or send forth.) A process, projection, 
 or protuberance of a bone or other part. 
 
 Apophysis of Ingrassius. The alee minores 
 of the sphenoid bone. 
 
 Apophysis of Rau. See Malleus. 
 
 Apople'cta ve'na. The internal jugular 
 vein. 
 
 APOPLECTIC. Apoplecticus. Appertain, 
 ing to apoplexy. 
 
 Apoplectic cell. The cavity into which 
 blood has been effused in apoplexy. 
 
APO 
 
 Apoplectifaciexts. The true narcotics, as 
 opium, morphia, and lactucarium, which stupefy 
 and produce contracted pupil. 
 
 Apople'xia hydrocepha'lica. Acute hy- 
 drocephalus. 
 
 Apoplexia catale'ptica. A. parva. Cat- 
 alepsy. 
 
 Apoplexia infa'ntum. A foi-m of apoplexy 
 which has been observed to occur in children 
 from the effect of teething, worms, or intestinal' 
 irritation. 
 
 Apople'cticje VE'.viE. The jugular veins. 
 A'POPLEXY. {Apoplexia, oe, f. ; airoTT/.Tj^ia; 
 from a~o7T?,r/crao), to strike or astound.) A 
 sudden abolition, or great diminution, of the 
 powers of sense and voluntary motion, the pa- 
 tient lying in a sleep-like state ; the action of 
 the heart continuing, as well as the respiration, 
 which is often accompanied with a stertorous 
 sound. The fit of apoplexy is frequently at- 
 tended with convulsions of one side of the body 
 and paralysis of the other. It is most frequent 
 after thirty-five, and the prognosis is unfavora- 
 ble. 
 
 Apoplexy is usually divided into sanguineous 
 {A. sanguined) and serous {A. serosa, A. pitui- 
 tosa), according as there is blood or serum effus- 
 ed into the brain ; the terms sthenic and asthenic 
 are, however, preferable. In sthenic apoplexy 
 there is a fall habit, plethora, tendency to hemor- 
 rhage; in asthenic there is feebleness, small pulse, 
 pallor, and tendency to nervous disease. The 
 precursory signs of pain in the head, vertigo, 
 somnolency, deep inspirations, belong to both; 
 but the stupor of the sthenic variety is deep- 
 er, and the liability to paralytic consequences is 
 greater in the asthenic. The worst symptoms 
 daring the fit are, close contraction of the pu- 
 pil, deep stertor, clinched jaw, foaming at the 
 mouth ; spontaneous hemorrhages are favora- 
 ble. The treatment depends on the variety ; 
 where there is plethora, bleeding, count er-irri- 
 tation, and purgation are actively employed ; 
 but in the asthenic form bleeding is always to 
 be cautiously employed, the main dependence 
 being on counter-irritants. The fits last from 
 eight hours to upward of two days, and the 
 prognosis will depend somewhaton their length. 
 The asthenic form is most dangerous. During 
 convalescence the diet is to be low or nutritious, 
 according to the variety. There is a liability to 
 recurrence produced by the attack. 
 
 Simple apoplexy {Apoplexia nervosa, or A. 
 simplex) is a name given to a disease the 
 symptoms of which are similar to those of com- 
 mon apoplexy, but in which it is of nervous or 
 cerebral origin, and unconnected with effusion 
 either of blood or serum. 
 
 Apoplexy, cutaxeous. Apoplexie cutanee. 
 A great and sudden determination of blood to- 
 ward the skin and subjacent cellular membrane. 
 Apoplexy, pulmonary. Extravasation of 
 blood in the lungs from the rapture of vessels, 
 or exhalation and transmission from the mem- 
 branes of the bronchiae, &c. See Haemoptysis. 
 Apoplexy, rexal. A congested state of the 
 kidney, with irregular, dark, or black tubercu- 
 lated knots. 
 
 Apopxi'xis. Suffocation. 
 Apopsy'chia. Complete syncope. 
 
 APP 
 
 Aporrhce'a. (From airoppeu, to flow from.) 
 Defluvium. Effluvium. Miasm. Alopoecia. 
 
 Aposce'mma. Aposcepsis. 1. The metas- 
 tasis of a disease. — Hippocrates. 2. Faeces. 
 
 Aposceparni'smus. A wound of the cranium, 
 from which a fragment has been chipped off by 
 a sharp instrument. 
 
 Apo'schasis. (From a.Tro(Jx a &, to scarify.) 
 Aposchasmus. A scarification. Venesection. 
 — Hippocrates. 
 
 Apose'pidin. Caseous oxide. 
 
 Apo'sia. Absence of thirst. 
 
 Aposi'tia. A loathing of food. 
 
 Aposi/tic Medicines, &c, which take away 
 the appetite. 
 
 Apospa'sma. A solution of continuity, at- 
 tended with recession of the divided parts from 
 each other, as laceration of tendons, &c. — Galen. 
 
 Aposphaceli'sis. Sphacelus. 
 
 Apo'stasis. (is, eos, f. ; from a<pLGT7]ui, to 
 separate.) The Greek writers apply this term, 
 1. To abscesses in general. 2. To the separation 
 of a fragment of bone. 3. To the resolution of 
 a disease by excretion, or by a critical discharge. 
 
 Aposta'xis. The dropping of any fluid. See 
 Staxis. 
 
 APOSTE'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from a<pLa-vp.t, 
 discedo, abscedo; hence, abscessus.) An apos- 
 tem, imposthume, or apostume. Abscess. 
 
 Apostema apostasis. An abscess from me- 
 tastasis. 
 
 Apostema psoaticum. Lumbar abscess. 
 
 Apo'strophe. An aversion for food. 
 
 Aposyringesis. The passage of a sore into 
 a fistula. 
 
 Apotelesma. The termination of a disease. 
 
 APOTHE'CA. (kirodnnri, a repository.) A 
 storehouse for medicines ; an apothecary's shop. 
 
 Apothecaries' Hall. The place of business 
 of the Company of Apothecaries, whose office, 
 in England, is to examine candidates for the 
 diploma of apothecary or general practitioner, 
 and to pi-epare and sell pure medicines. 
 
 Apo'thecary. (Apothecarius, i, m. ; from 
 a7Todr]Krj.) A general practitioner and druggist. 
 This term formerly signified a druggist. 
 
 Apothe'cia, or Apothe'ciu.m. The recepta- 
 cle of lichens. 
 
 Apo'theme. The dark, insoluble body into 
 which extractive matter becomes changed by 
 contact with air. 
 
 Apo'thesis. (From anoridn/u, to replace.) 
 The proper position for a reduced bone or part 
 
 Apo'tocus. Abortive; premature. 
 
 Apotome. Amputation. 
 
 APO'ZEMA. A'pozem. (a, atis, n. ; arrows 
 [ia ; from arco^eu, to boil.) A decoction or apo- 
 zem. 
 
 APPARA'TUS. (us, us, m. ; from apparo, 
 to prepare.) The instruments used in the prac- 
 tice of any art, as chemical apparatus, surgical 
 apparatus. In Surgery, to certain methods of 
 performing operations, as apparatus major, and 
 apparatus minor — particular methods of opera- 
 ting for the stone. In Physiology, to a catena- 
 tion of organs all ministeiing to the same func- 
 tion, as the respiratory apparatus, the digest 
 ive apparatus. 
 
 Apparatus altus. The high operation for 
 the stone. 
 
 63 
 
APR 
 
 Apparatus, chemical. The instruments re- 
 quired for chemical investigations, such as fur- 
 naces, crucibles, evaporating vessels, retorts, 
 receivers, adopters, &c. 
 
 Apparatus lateralis. Apparatus major. 
 Apparatus minor. See Lithotomy. 
 
 Apparatus, pneumatic. The name given to 
 various contrivances for collecting the gases that 
 result from chemical processes, and subjecting 
 them to experiment. They are received over 
 water or mercury usually. 
 
 Apparatus, immovable. A method of sup- 
 porting fractures by bandages or pasteboard, 
 wetted with starch, or some stiffening paste. 
 
 Appe'ndices cerebe'lli vermifo'rmes. Two 
 eminences on the cerebellum, one of which is 
 situated on the anterior and superior part, the 
 other on the posterior and inferior. They some- 
 what resemble earth-worms coiled up, whence 
 their name. 
 
 APPENDI'CULA. (a, <z, f.jdimin. of ap- 
 pendix.) A term applied by anatomists to cer- 
 tain parts appended to others. 
 
 Appendicula caci vermiformis. See Ap- 
 lix cceci vermiformis. 
 
 Appendicula cerebri. The pituitary gland. 
 
 Appendicula epiplo'ica. Appendices coli 
 adiposes, vel pinguedinosce. Numerous small 
 appendages of the colon and rectum, consisting 
 of the peritoneal tunic filled with adipose mat- 
 ter. 
 
 Appendi'culate. Appendiculatus. Leaves, 
 leaf-stalks, &c, furnished with an appendix or 
 additional organ. 
 
 APPE'NDIX. (ix, icis, f.) An appendage. 
 
 Appendix auricularis. A process of the 
 upper and anterior part of the auricles of the 
 heart. 
 
 Appendix caci vermiformis. A hollow 
 process attached to the caecum. It is of varia- 
 ble length, usually about four inches, and of the 
 diameter of a goose-quill. 
 
 Appendix ventriculi. The duodenum. 
 
 Appetence. Strong desire. 
 
 APPETITE. (Appetitus, Us, m. ; from ap- 
 peto, to desire.) An instinctive desire to per- 
 form certain natural functions, especially those 
 of digestion and generation. — A., canine. Bu- 
 limia. — A., depraved. Pica. — A., insatiable. 
 Bulimia. — A., morbid. Bulimia, Pica, Dyspep- 
 sia, Limosis. 
 
 Apple. Pyrus malus. 
 
 Apple, Adam's. Pomum Adami. 
 
 Apples, acid of. Malic acid. 
 
 Application. (From applico, to apply.) In 
 medical language, remedial agents which are 
 used externally, as poultices, lotions, &c, are 
 called external applications, as opposed to in- 
 ternal medicines. 
 
 Apprehe'nsio. (From apprehendo, to take 
 hold of.) 1. Catalepsy has been so called. 2. 
 Indication. 
 
 Approximate. Approximatus. A term used 
 in botany. See Adpressus. 
 
 Approximation. (Approximatio, onis, f.) 
 The name given by Ettmuller to a pretended 
 method of curing diseases by making them 
 pass from the human body into animals or veg- 
 etables. 
 
 Apricot. Armeniaca vulgaris. 
 64 
 
 AQU 
 
 Apulo'tic Epulotic. 
 
 Apye'tus. (Attvtjtoc; from a, priv., and 
 ttvov, pus.) A tarm applied by the ancients to 
 external tumors which do not suppurate. 
 
 APYRE'TIC. (Apyreticus, anvperoc', from 
 a, priv., and nvp, fire.) A term that has been 
 applied, 1. To those days on which the inter- 
 mission happens in agues. 2. To local affec- 
 tions which are not accompanied with febrile 
 excitement of the system. 
 
 APYRE'XIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 Tcvpe&a, fever.) Apyrexy. The intermission 
 of an ague. Also, freedom, or cessation of 
 fever. 
 
 Apyrous. (Apyrus; from a, neg., and nvp, 
 fire.) Applied, 1. To a body which sustains 
 the action of a strong heat without change. 2. 
 To a body which has not been subjected to the 
 action of fire. 
 
 A'QUA. (a, ce, f.) Water. In Pharmacy, 
 water is divided into several species; as, Aq. 
 fonlana, spring water; Aq. fluviatilis, Aq. ex 
 flumine, river water; Aq. ex lacu, lake water; 
 Aq.pura, Aq. destillata, pure or distilled water; 
 Aq. medicata soteria, mineral water; Aq. ni- 
 vea, nivalis, snow water; Aq. pluvia, pluvialis, 
 imbrium, rain water ; Aq. paludosa, ex palude, 
 marsh water ; Aq. putealis, ex puteo, well wa- 
 ter. The term is also erroneously employed 
 for Spiritus, as Aqua anisi fortis, Aq. cinnamo- 
 mi fortis, Aq. juniperi, Aq. menthae spirituosa, 
 Aq. ardiente, &c. ; for all of which, see Spiritus. 
 
 Aqua aeris fixi. A. acidi carbonici. Wa- 
 ter impregnated with fixed air. See Carbonic 
 acid water. 
 
 Aqua alexite'ria. A water distilled from 
 leaves of spearmint, fresh tops of sea worm- 
 wood, and fresh angelica leaves. 
 
 The aqua alexiteria spirituosa was made 
 from the same ingredients, but with the addition 
 of proof spirit. The latter preparation, with 
 vinegar added to it, was calk I Aqua alexiteria 
 spirituosa cum aceto. 
 
 Aqua alkali'na oxymuria'tica. Chloride 
 of soda. 
 
 Aqua alu'minis composita. Aqua aluminosa 
 Bateana. See Liquor aluminis compositus. 
 
 Aqua ammo'nia aceta'ta. See Ammonice 
 acetatis liquor. 
 
 Aqua ammonia pura, or fortissimo, or 
 caustica. See Ammonia. 
 
 Aqua amygdalarum amarum concentrata. 
 Water of bitter almonds. Take bitter almonds, 
 ibij. ; water, ibx. ; alcohol, fbiv. Bruise the 
 almonds, and add the fluids gradually. Set the 
 mixture aside in a well-closed vessel for a day. 
 Distill; receive ibij. It contains prussic acid, 
 and takes the place of the Aqua laurocerasi, 
 and Aqua cerasorum nigrorum, or black cherry 
 water, but it does not keep well. 
 
 Aqua anethi. See Anethum graveolens. 
 
 Aqua argentea. Mercury. 
 
 Aqua arsenicalis pearsonii. Solution of 
 arsenite of soda ; it is almost identical in prop- 
 erty with the arsenicalis liquor, or Fowler's so- 
 lution. 
 
 Aqua benedicta rulandi. A solution of 
 crocus of antimony in wine. It is an active 
 emetic. 
 
 Aqua binelli. Aq. balsamica arlerialis. 
 
AQU 
 
 An Italian styptic of little value, supposed to be 
 a solution of creasote in water. 
 
 Aqua brocchieri. Eau de Brocchieri. Very 
 similar to the Aq. binelli. 
 
 Aqua calcis. See Calcis liquor. 
 
 Aqua camphorje. (U.S.) Camphor water 
 or mixture. Camphor, 31J. ; alcohol, TU xl. ; mag- 
 nesia, 3J.; distilled water, Oij. Rub the cam- 
 phor with the alcohol, then, with the magnesia, 
 dissolve and filter. Dose, f. fss. to f. fj. 
 
 Aqua camphorata (of Bates). See Aqua 
 vitriolica camphorata. 
 
 Aqua carui. See Carum carta. 
 
 Aqua cerasorum nigrorum. Black cherry 
 water. Prepared by bruising black cherries 
 go as to break the stones, and then distilling 
 with only a small proportion of water. 
 
 Aqua chlorinii. See Chlorine water. 
 
 Aqua cinnamomi. See Aquce distillates. 
 
 Aqua ccelestis. Water holding ammonia- 
 ted copper in solution. See Liquor cupri am- 
 monio-sulphatis. 
 
 Aqua c<erulea. See Aqua sapphirina. 
 
 Aqua coloniensis. Cologne water. Eau 
 de Cologne. 
 
 Aqua cupri ammonia'ti. See Liquor cupri 
 ammonio-sulphatis. 
 
 Aqua cupri vitriola'ti composita. Aqua 
 vitriolica casrulea. See Solutio sulphatis cupri 
 composita. 
 
 Aqua di na'poli. See Aquetta. 
 
 Aqua distillata. Aq. stillata. Distilled 
 water, obtained by distilling water in clean 
 tassels, until about two thirds have come over. 
 
 Aqua ferxe'lii. A mixture of corrosive 
 sublimate and lime-water, with the addition of 
 a little spirit of wine. 
 
 Aqua florum aurantii. Aqua naphce. Or- 
 ange-flower water. A simple water distilled 
 from orange flowers. It has a fragrant but 
 sickly smell, and is antispasmodic. Dose, fj. 
 to § iv. 
 
 Aqua fceniculi. See Anethum fceniculum. 
 
 Aqua fortis. A weak and impure nitric 
 acid. 
 
 Aqua gr^ca. A weak solution of nitrate of 
 silver, which is sold by venders of nostrums to 
 turn red hair black. 
 
 Aqua grysea. An aqueous solution of nitrate 
 of mercury mixed with a decoction of various 
 plants. 
 
 Aqua hepatica. Aq. acidi hydro sulphurata. 
 Hydr-osulphuretted water. 
 
 Aqua horde ata. Barley-water. SeeDecoc- 
 turn hordei. 
 
 Aqua inter cutem. Anasarca. 
 
 Aqua kali prjeparati. See Potasses car- 
 bonatis liquor. 
 
 Aqua kali puri. See Potassm liquor. 
 
 Aqua labyrinthi. The fluid of the internal 
 ear. 
 
 . Aqua lithargyri acetati. See Plumbi 
 acetatis liquor. 
 
 Aqua lithargyri acetati composita. See 
 Plumbi acetatis liquor dilutus. 
 
 Aqua luci.s. Spiritus ammonias succinatus, 
 or aromaticus. 
 
 Aqua marina. Sea-water. 
 
 Aqua Mentha piperita. See Mentha pi- 
 perita. 
 
 E 
 
 AQU 
 
 Aquamenthje sativ^e. Aqua menthce viridis. 
 See Mentha viridis. 
 
 Aqua mephritica. Aqua nucis moschat^:. 
 Spiritus myristicae. 
 
 Aqua mirabilis. This was made by digest- 
 ing aromatics in alcohol, and then distilling. 
 
 Aqua mulsa. Hydromeli. 
 
 Aqua obscura. The cataract. A term 
 translated from the Arabian authors. 
 
 Aqua ophthalmica. Aqua zinci sulphatis 
 cum camphora. 
 
 Aqua pelagica. Sea-water. 
 
 Aqua phagede'nica. The common yellow 
 wash. See Yellow wash. 
 
 Aqua picis liquids. (D. Ph.) Aquapicea. 
 Tar water. Mix of tar, Oij. ; water, Cj. ; stir 
 15 minutes, and, when clear, strain. Stimulant 
 and diuretic. Dose, Oj. and Oij.. in the day. 
 
 Aqua pimento. See Myrtus pimenta. 
 
 Aqua potasses. Liquor potassae. 
 
 Aqua pulegii. See Mentha pulegium. 
 
 Aqua rabelli. Elixir acidum Halleri. — A. 
 raphani composita. Spiritus armoraciae compos- 
 itus. — A. saturni. Plumbi acetatis liquor. — A. 
 sulphurata simplex. Hydrosulphuretted water. 
 — A. naphac. A. neroli. See Aq. florum au- 
 rantii. — A. vulneraria. A. thediana. A. trau- 
 matica. A. sclopetaria. Eau d'Arquebusade. 
 
 Aqua regia. Aqua regalis. Nitromuriatic 
 acid. 
 
 Aqua ros.se. (U. S.) Rose-water. Rose 
 petals, fbviij . ; water, Cij. Distill one gallon. 
 
 Aqua sapphirina. Aqua c&rulea. Aqua 
 cupri ammoniati. Blue eye-water. This is 
 made by mixing 3J. of sal ammoniac with Ibj. 
 of lime-water, and putting into the mixture a 
 small piece of clean copper, which is to remain 
 till the fluid has acquired a fine blue color. 
 
 Aqua sere'xa. Amaurosis. 
 
 Aqua stygia. Nitromuriatic acid. 
 
 Aqua sty'ptica. A name formeily given to 
 a solution of sulphate of copper (or iron) and 
 alum in water, with the addition of sulphuric 
 acid. Solutio sulphatis cupri composita. 
 
 Aqua toffania. See Aquetta. 
 
 Aqua ve'geto-minera'lis. Eau vegeto-min- 
 erale. Goulard water is so called from its be- 
 ing made of vinegar and lead. 
 
 Aqua vitje. Brandy- 
 
 Aqua vitriolica camphorata. Camphora- 
 ted water. Take of white vitriol, Armenian 
 bole, aa. ?iv. ; camphor, fj. Powder. Sprinkle 
 one ounce at a time into Mv. of boiling water, 
 and stir it briskly, and filter. A preparation 
 formerly much used as a detergent to ulcers 
 and a collyrium in chronic ophthalmia. 
 
 Aqua zinci sulphatis (vel vitriolati) cum 
 ca'mphora. Dissolve of sulphate of zinc, ?ss., 
 in a quart of boiling water ; add of camphora- 
 ted spirits, f. § ss., and filter. This is astringent. 
 and a good collyrium. 
 
 Aqu.e distilla't.2e. Distilled waters. These 
 are made by distilling vegetables or other sub- 
 stances with common water, and continuing the 
 process as long as the water which comes over 
 is strongly impregnated with the volatile part 
 of the substance employed. The distilled wa- 
 ters of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia are prepared by 
 rubbing the essential oil with carbonate of mag- 
 nesia, triturating with water, and then filter- 
 
 65 
 
AQU 
 
 ing ; f. 3ss. of oil is added to two pints of water. 
 To every gallon five ounces of proof spirit are 
 to be added. It is unnecessary to enumerate 
 all the distilled waters, as their names indicate 
 the substance with the virtues of which they 
 are impregnated. Dose, fss. to fij. 
 
 Aqu,e minerales. See Mineral waters. 
 
 AQUiE stillati'tIjE simplices. Simple dis- 
 tilled waters. 
 
 AQUiE STILLATITI.E SPIRITUOSiE. SpilitUOUS 
 
 distilled waters, now called spirits. See Spir- 
 itus. 
 
 AQILEDU'CTUS. An aqueduct. This name 
 has been given by anatomists to several canals 
 in different parts of the body, but not very cor- 
 rectly, as several of them contain no fluid. 
 
 Aqu^eductus cerebri. The infundibulum 
 of the brain. 
 
 AqUjEDuctus co'chle.32. A very narrow 
 canal, which begins at the under part of the 
 scala tympani, near the fenestra rotunda, and, 
 passing through the pars petrosa of the tem- 
 poral bone, terminates by a triangular opening 
 on the surface of the dura mater. 
 
 Aqu^eductus cotu'nnii. The aqueducts of 
 Cotunnius. The aquceductus cocklece and aquce- 
 ductus vestibuli. 
 
 Aqu^ductus fallopii. The aqueduct or 
 canal of Fallopius, so called after the anatomist 
 of that name. It commences within the meatus 
 auditorius interims, passes through the pars 
 petrosa of the temporal bone, and terminates in 
 the stylo-mastoid foramen. It transmits the 
 portio dura of the seventh pair of nerves. 
 
 Aqujeductus sylvii. From the under and 
 back part of the third ventricle of the brain to 
 the fourth ventricle. Iter ad quartum ventric- 
 ulum, or canalis medius. 
 
 Aquceductus vestibuli. A canal which 
 commences in the vestibule of the internal ear, 
 near the common orifice of the semicircular 
 canals, and terminates between the layers of the 
 dura mater on the posterior surface of the pars 
 petrosa of the temporal bone. Its use is not 
 known. 
 
 Aquatic nut. See Trapa natans. 
 
 AQUA'TICUS. (From aqua, water.) 
 Aquatic. 
 
 Aqueous humor. Humor aquosus. The 
 limpid, watery fluid which fills the space be- 
 tween the cornea and crystalline lens in the 
 eye. See Eye. 
 
 AQUETTA. Aqua Toffania. Aqua delta 
 Toff ana. Aquetta di Napoli. A celebrated 
 poison prepared by a woman named Toff ana. 
 It was a concentrated solution of arsenic. 
 
 Aquifo'lium. Bex aquifolium. Holly. 
 
 A'QUILA. (a,ce,f.) The Latin for an eagle. 
 An alchemical name of sal ammoniac, the mer- 
 curius metallorum, arsenic, sulphur, and the 
 philosopher'' s stone. 
 
 Aquila alba. A. mitigata. Calomel. 
 
 Aquila C(elestis. Some preparation of mer- 
 cury. 
 
 Aquila lachrym^e. A preparation of which 
 calomel was an ingredient. 
 
 Aquila veneris. An old chemical prepara- 
 tion, made by subliming verdigris with sal am- 
 moniac. 
 
 Aquila lignum. See Lignum aloes. 
 66 
 
 AE A 
 
 Aquila ven^;. The temporal veins. 
 
 AQUILE'GIA. The herb columbine. A 
 genus of plants. Family, Ranunculacece. 
 
 Aquilegia vulgaris. The seeds, flowers, 
 and the whole plant have been used medicinal- 
 ly in exanthematous diseases, scurvy, jaundice, 
 &c. It is retained in several foreign Pharma- 
 copoeias. 
 
 Aquili'cia. A genus of plants, of the class 
 Pentandria, and order Monogynia. It contains 
 only one species, the Aquilicia sambucina, which 
 is a native of Java, the Moluccas, &c. The 
 decoction of the root is used against heartburn ; 
 that of the wood is said to allay thirst. 
 
 Aquili'na. The same as Aquilegia. 
 
 Aquo-capsulitis. Aquo-membranitis. In- 
 flammation of the anterior chamber of the eye. 
 
 Aquula. In medical language, it has been 
 applied to a hydatid, a fatty tumor under the 
 skin of the eyelid, &c. 
 
 Aquula acustica. Aqua labyrinlhi. 
 
 Arabic gum. See Acacia vera. 
 
 Arabica antidotus hepatica. A powder 
 composed of myrrh, costus, white pepper, and 
 cassia leaves. It is not now used. 
 
 Arabine. Soluble and pure gum. 
 
 A'rabis. A species of nasturtium used by 
 the ancients in pickles. 
 
 Arace.e. Aroides. 
 
 Arachis hypogea. The earth-nut. 
 
 Ara'chnida. (From apaxvrj, a spider.) The 
 spider tribe. 
 
 Arachni'tis. A term generally applied to 
 inflammation of the arachnoid membrane. 
 Arachnoiditis, or Arachnoditis. See Encephali- 
 tis and Spinal cord, diseases of the. 
 
 ARA'CHNOID. (Arachnoides ; from apax- 
 V7], a spider, or spider's web, and etdoc, like- 
 ness.) Cobweb-like. 
 
 Arachnoid membrane. Membrana arach- 
 noides. Tunica aranea. I. A very thin and 
 transparent membrane, investing the brain, 
 medulla oblongata, and spinal cord. It is situ- 
 ated between the dura mater and pia mater. 
 Over the whole upper surface of the brain the 
 arachnoid membrane adheres so closely to the 
 pia mater as to be scarcely separable from it ; 
 but, in different parts of the base of the brain, 
 especially about the tuber annulare, it is merely 
 in contact with the pia mater, and can easily be 
 raised with the aid of the blow-pipe. The 
 arachnoid membrane does not insinuate itself 
 between the convolutions of the brain. No 
 blood-vessels or absorbents have hitherto been 
 detected in the arachnoid membrane, although 
 the phenomena of disease sufficiently evince 
 that it is endowed with both. The inner sur- 
 face of this membrane is constantly bedewed 
 with a serous exhalation, and there is little 
 doubt that, like other membranes of this class, 
 it forms, in its whole extent, a closed sac. 
 
 2. The term arachnoid was also applied by 
 the Greek anatomists to the hyaloid membrane, 
 or runic of the vitreous humor of the eye. 
 
 3. The capsule of the crystalline lens has 
 been called tunica aranea by modern anato- 
 mists. 
 
 A'RACK. Arac. An Indian spirituous liq 
 uor, prepared from rice, &c. 
 
 Aracouchini. See Idea aracouchini. 
 
ARC 
 
 Aracus aromaticus. Vanilla. 
 
 Arados. A commotion. 
 
 Areometer. The hydrometer. 
 
 Ar^eo'ticus. Medicines supposed to rarefy 
 the fluids of the body. 
 
 ARA'LIA. {a, <e, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Class, Pentandria; order, Pentagynia. — A. nu- 
 dicaulis. (U. S.) False sarsaparilla. The 
 roots are sometimes chopped up and mixed 
 with the sarsaparilla of the shops. It is said 
 to be a mild stimulant and diaphoretic, and has 
 been recommended as a substitute for sarsa- 
 parilla. — A. spinosa. Angelica- tree. Prickly 
 ash. Toothache-tree. The bark of this species 
 is useful in toothache, colic, and rheumatism. — 
 A. umbellifera. This species affords an aro- 
 matic gum-resin which exudes from the bark. 
 
 Aralia'cejE. The natural family of plants, 
 of which the genus Aralia is the type. 
 
 Aralia'strum. The ginseng. See Panax 
 quinquefolium. 
 
 Ara'nea. 1. A spider. This insect was 
 formerly held to be highly poisonous, and also 
 very efficacious in medicine. The web was 
 likewise used externally and internally as a 
 febrifuge. The web is not a bad mechanical 
 styptic. 2. The herb Paris has been called Ara- 
 nea. See Paris quadrifolia. 
 
 Aranea tarantula. The tarantula. 
 
 Aranea tunica. Arachnoid membrane. 
 
 Araneo'sa urina. Urine which contains 
 filaments resembling a spider's web. 
 
 Araneosus pulsus. An extremely feeble 
 pulse. 
 
 Araneum ulcus. See Astakillos. 
 
 Arantia. The same as aurantium. See 
 Citrus aurantium. 
 
 A'rar. The Thuya occidentalism which 
 yields gum sandarach. 
 
 Aratrum. The vomer. 
 
 A'RBOR. (or, oris, f.) A tree. The term 
 arbor has been applied to things more or less 
 resembling a tree, as arbor vitcs, arbor Diante. 
 
 Arbor alba. Melaleuca minor. 
 
 Arbor maris. Coral has been so called. 
 
 Arbor toxicaria. The Upas-tree. 
 
 Arbor vitje. The tree of life. 1. When the 
 cerebellum is cut vertically, the medullary sub- 
 stance appears ramified so as to represent a 
 tree ; this dendriform arrangement of the white 
 matter is named Arbor vitee. 2. The Thuya 
 occidentalis is named Arbor vitte. 
 
 Arbor vitje uterina. The arborescent folds 
 of the membrane on the interior of the cervix 
 uteri. 
 
 Arbore'scent. A.rborescens. Woody plants: 
 resembling the shape of a tree. 
 
 Arbuscula gummifera. Hypericum bacci- 
 feram. 
 
 A'RBUTUS. {us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Ericacece. Decandria. Monogynia. — A., trail- 
 ing. See Arbutus uva ursi. — A. u'nedo. Une- 
 do papyracea. The strawberry-tree. The 
 leaves are astringent. — A. uva ursi. Bear's- 
 berry. The leaves are astringent and tonic, 
 and used in calculous and other diseases of the 
 urinary organs. The powder of the leaves is 
 given in doses of from 3j. to 3J. twice or thrice 
 a day. 
 
 Arc a cordis. The pericardium. 
 
 ARC 
 
 Arcjeus, balsam of. A soft ointment con- 
 taining resin and turpentine. 
 
 ARCA'NUM. (um,i,n.) A secret. A nos- 
 trum or medicine. 
 
 Arcanum be'cchicum. A solution of liver 
 of sulphur and sugar in water. 
 
 Arcanum cora'llinum. An old preparation 
 made by digesting the nitric-oxide of mercury 
 in solution of potash, washing it, and burning 
 spirit of wine upon it. It was used internally 
 to excite salivation, and externally as an escha- 
 rotic. 
 
 Arcanum duplicatum. Panacea Holsatica. 
 Sulphate of potash. 
 
 Arcanum duplicatum catholicum. An am- 
 ulet composed of the root of colchicum and plant- 
 ain. Preservative from pestilential diseases. 
 
 Arcanum ludemanni. Oxide of zinc. 
 
 Arcanum ta'rtari. The acetate of potash. 
 
 Arceuthos. Apuevdoc. Juniper. 
 
 Arch angelica officinalis. See Angelica. 
 
 A'rche. (Apxn, a beginning.) The earli- 
 est stage of a disease. 
 
 Archegeni morbi. Acute diseases. 
 
 Archelogia. A treatise on the principles 
 of medicine. 
 
 Arches of the palate. The anterior and 
 posterior folds of the mucous membrane, &c, 
 between which are the tonsils. 
 
 ARCHE'US. Archceus. The vital principle ; 
 an occult power. 
 
 ARCHIA'TER. A chief physician. 
 
 Archil. Archilla. See Lichen rocella. 
 
 Archima'gia. Archimia. The art of mak- 
 ing gold and silver. 
 
 Archopto'ma. Archoptosis. (From apxoc, 
 the rectum or anus, and kti-xtu, to fall down.) 
 Prolapsus ani. 
 
 Arciform fibres. Curved fibres proceeding 
 from the corpus pyramidale, beneath the cor- 
 pus olivare, to the cerebellum. 
 
 ARCOS. Arcus. The rectum. Hence, 
 Archorrhagia, Archorrhma. Hemorrhage from 
 the rectum. — Archosyrinx. Fistula in ano. 
 
 Arcta'tio. (o, onis, f. ; from arcto, to con- 
 tract.) Arctitudo. Narrowing or constriction 
 in any sense ; the term has been chiefly applied 
 to constipation of the bowels, and preternatural 
 narrowness of the female pudenda. 
 
 A'RCTIUM. (um, i, n.; apueiov.) A genus 
 of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia &qualis. 
 Composites. — A. lappa. Burdock, or clit-bur. 
 Bardana. Arctium. The seeds have a. bitter- 
 ish, sub-acrid taste: they are diuretic in the 
 quantity of a drachm. The roots are esteemed 
 aperient, diuretic, and sudorific. 
 
 Arctosta'phylos. The uva ursi. See Ar- 
 butus. 
 
 Arcua'lis. (From arcus, a bow.) Shaped 
 like a bow. The coronal suture has been called 
 sutura arcualis; and the parietal, as also the 
 temporal bones, have been called ossa arcualia. 
 
 Arcua'tio. (From arcus, a bow.) A gib- 
 bosity or projection of the sternum. 
 
 Arcua'tus morbus. Morbus arquatus. The 
 jaundice. See Icterus. 
 
 A'rcula. The orbits or sockets of the eyes 
 have been called arculce. A cradle. 
 
 Arcula cordis. The pericardium. 
 
 Arcus medullaris. The fornix. 
 67 
 
ARE 
 
 ARG 
 
 Arcus senilis. An opacity around the cor- 
 nea, occurring in advanced life. 
 
 Ardent. Ardens. (From ardeo, to burn.) 
 Burning: applied to fevers and to alcoholic 
 spirits. 
 
 A'RDOR. {or, oris, m. ; from ardeo, to 
 burn.) Intense heat. 
 
 Ardor febri'lis. Feverish heat. 
 
 Ardor uri'n-e. Scalding of the urine. A 
 common symptom in gonorrhoea. 
 
 Ardor ventri'culi, or A. stomachi. Heart- 
 burn. See Cardialgia pyrosis. 
 
 A'REA. {a, ce, f. ; the space contained with- 
 in the boundaries of a plane figure.) This term 
 ■was applied by Celsus to a cutaneous disease, 
 of which he makes two varieties, one corre- 
 sponding to alopecia, the other to ophiasis. 
 
 Area pellucida. The transparent space 
 formed after the lapse of several hours in the 
 incubated egg, around the first trace of the 
 embryo, by the middle portion of the germinal 
 membrane. 
 
 Area vasculosa. A second distinct space 
 surrounding the area pellucida, and so named 
 from the formation of the blood-vessels in it. 
 
 Area vitellina. A third distinct space sur- 
 rounding the area vasculosa. This zone event- 
 ually incloses the whole yolk. 
 
 ARE'C A. A genus of Palms. 
 
 Areca catechu. Areca indica. East In- 
 dies. Two kinds of catechu are extracted from 
 the nut by the Indians, one called cuttacamboo, 
 and the other cashcutti. 
 
 Areca oleracea. Areca Americana. The 
 cabbage-tree palm. The pith forms an inferior 
 kind of sago ; the young buds are eaten as cab- 
 bage, and the fruit yields oil. 
 
 Arefaction. Drying. 
 
 Are'gon. A resolvent ointment. 
 
 Aremaros. Cinnabar. 
 
 Are'na. (a, <b, f.) Sand. Applied to gravel 
 deposited from the urine. 
 
 Arena callida. The sand-bath. 
 
 Arenaria peploi'des. Sea-side sand-wort. 
 Sea chick-weed. This herb has been used as 
 an application to whitlows. 
 
 Arenamen. Armenian bole. — Ruland. 
 
 Arena'tio. {o, onis, f. ; from arena, sand.) 
 A practice formerly prevailed of immersing the 
 whole body, or the feet only, in hot sand ; this 
 was called arenatio, and was used in cases of 
 dropsy. 
 
 Are'nga. A palm which grows in the Mo- 
 luccas. The sap affords sugar ; the pith, a kind 
 of sago. The ripe fruit, when eaten, is said to 
 cause insupportable itching of the skin. 
 
 ARE'OLA. {a, &, f . ; diminutive of area.) 
 Applied, 1. In Anatomy, to the small interstices 
 of cellular or other tissues. 2. A circle of a 
 pale-reddish color, which surrounds the nipple 
 in women. During pregnancy, and for some 
 time after, the areola is considerably enlarged, 
 and of a darker color. 3. An inflamed ring 
 around pustules, &c. The areola surrounding 
 the vaccine vesicle affords an important indica- 
 tion of the disease being genuine. 
 
 Areola papilla'ris. The areola round the 
 nipple in women. 
 
 Areo'meter. See Hydrometer. 
 Aret^noi'des. See Arytcenoides. 
 68 
 
 A'rete. Vigor. 
 
 A'RGAL. Argol. Crude tartar. 
 
 A'rgema. (From apyoc, white.) Argemon. 
 An ulcer of the eye, situated on the margin of 
 the cornea. 
 
 ARGEMO'NE. A genus of plants. Polyan- 
 dria. Polygynia. Papaveracece. — A. mexi- 
 cana. Papaver spinosum. Prickly poppy. 
 The seeds are purgative and emetic, and the 
 flowers narcotic. An infusion of the leaves is 
 said to be useful in ophthalmia. The yellow 
 juice is said to be hydragogue. 
 
 Argentate of ammonia. Fulminating silver. 
 
 Argenti cyanuretum. (U. S.) Cyanide, 
 Cyanodide, Cyanuret, or Hydrocyanate of sil- 
 ver. Take nitrate of silver, 3xv. ; prussic acid 
 and water, aa. Oj. Dissolve the nitrate in the 
 water and add the acid; mix. Wash the 
 precipitate with distilled water ; dry. Use, to 
 prepare hydrocyanic acid from. It has been 
 used, in syphilis in doses of gr. |. 
 
 Arge'nti ni'tras. Argentum nitratum. Ni- 
 trate of silver; lunar caustic. Take of silver, 
 fj. ; nitric acid, f. 3V. ; distilled water, two fluid 
 ounces. Mix the nitric acid and water, and 
 dissolve the silver therein on a sand-bath; then 
 increase the heat gradually, that the nitrate of 
 silver may be dried. Melt the salt in a cruci- 
 ble over a slow fire, until, the water being 
 evaporated, it shall cease to boil ; then pour it 
 quickly into molds of convenient shape. It is 
 inodorous; has a very nauseous, metallic, and 
 caustic taste ; and, when applied to the skin, 
 immediately tinges it black. It is used as a 
 caustic — and externally, in solution, gr. v.-9j. 
 to the 1 j . of water, as a wash to ulcers and in- 
 flamed surfaces, especially in purulent ophthal- 
 mia and erysipelas. Internally it is tonic, and 
 given in epilepsy, chorea, &c, in doses of gr. \ 
 to gr. iij., three times a day; but, if long used, 
 produces a leaden appearance of the skin. 
 
 Argentina. Potentilla anserina. 
 
 Argentine flowers of antimony. See An- 
 
 Arge'ntum. (um,i,n.) Silver. This metal 
 occurs both native and combined with gold, &c. 
 Pure silver is white, brilliant, malleable, and 
 ductile ; a good conductor of heat and electric- 
 ity ; sp. gr., 10-5; soluble in nitric acid; sym- 
 bol, Ag ; equivalent, 108-3. Silver leaf, Ar- 
 gentum foliatum, is sometimes used to cover 
 pills. Silver combines readily with chlorine, 
 iodine, and analogous elements. The oxide Ar- 
 genti oxydum has been partially used as a sub- 
 stitute for the nitrate, but is not sufficiently act- 
 ive; internally, it has been given in doses of 
 gr. 68., in gastric and epileptic diseases. The 
 chloride {Argenti chloridnm) has been used in 
 similar cases; dose, gr. iij.; 3ss. is an emetic. 
 Both these remedies were formerly used, and 
 then abandoned. The iodide and the chloride 
 of silver and ammonia have also been used in 
 syphilis, but without remarkable 
 over mercurials ; doses, gr. | to \. 
 
 Argentum divisum. Metallic silver in fine 
 particles. 
 
 Argentum nitra'tum. See Argenti nitras. 
 
 Argentum vivum. Argentumfugitivum. Ar- 
 gentum mobile. Quicksilver. See Mercury. 
 
 Argentum zootinicum. Argenti cyanuretum. 
 
ARI 
 
 ARGI'LLA. Argil. Alumina, or argilla pura, 
 has been used as an absorbent; dose, jss. to 3ij. 
 See Alumina. 
 
 Argilla vitriola'ta. Alum. 
 
 Argilla'ceous. Argillaceus. Of, or belong- 
 ing to, argil or clay. 
 
 ARGYREI'A. A genus of plants. Class, Pen- 
 tandria. Order, Monogynia. It includes some 
 shrubs natives of Cochin-China. Cataplasms 
 made of their leaves and roots are applied to 
 tumors of the breast. 
 
 Argyri'tis. Litharge. 
 
 Argyroli'banos. The white olibanum. 
 
 Argyro'phora anti'dotus. A medicine de- 
 scribed by Nicolaus Myrepsus. 
 
 Argyropqs'ia. The art of making silver. 
 
 Argyrotrophe'ma. (From apyoc, white, and 
 Tpo(j>7j[ia, food.) A white, cooling food, made 
 with milk. — Galen. 
 
 Ari'a. Aronia. See Crataegus. 
 
 ARICINA. Aricine. C 2 oH 12 N03. An alka- 
 loid found in Cusco-cinchona bark, and very 
 analogous in its properties to cinchonia and qui- 
 na. These three alkaloids may be viewed as 
 oxides of the same compound radical. 
 
 Aricy'mon. {on, onis, f. ; from apt, an in- 
 tensive particle, and km, to be pregnant.) A 
 woman who conceives readily and often. — Hip- 
 pocrates. 
 
 Aridena. Leanness of any part. 
 
 Aridity. Ariditas. Dryness, especially of 
 the tongue and skin. 
 
 Aridu'ra. (From areo, to be dried up.) 
 Wasting of any particular limb or other part, as 
 opposed to atrophia, or general wasting of the 
 body. — Ettmuller. Sauvages. 
 
 ARI'LLUS. (us, i, m.) A tunic investing 
 the seeds of some plants, completely or partially. 
 
 Ari'sta. (a, a, f.) The awn. A sharp, 
 bristle-like appendage, which proceeds from the 
 husk or glume of grasses. 
 
 Ariobarza'nium. ApioSapfavtov.. The name 
 of a discutient plaster mentioned by Aetius. 
 
 Arista'rchi anti'dotus pauli'na. A com- 
 pound of opium, castor, styrax, galbanum, and 
 aromatics, mixed up with honey. 
 
 Aristi emplastrum nigrum. See Tetra- 
 pharmacum. 
 
 Aristio'nis machtnamentum. An apparatus 
 invented by Aristion for the reduction of dislo- 
 cations. 
 
 AristaltH-e'a. Althcea officinalis. 
 
 Arista'tus. (FromanVa,auawn.) Awned. 
 
 ARISTOLOCHI'A. _ (a, as, f. ; from apiaroc, 
 best, and lo%eia, parturition. ) A genus of plants. 
 Gynandria. Hexandria. Family, Aristolo- 
 ckiacece. — A. anguici'da. Snake-killing birth- 
 wort. Contra eapitan. The juice of the root 
 has the property of so stupefying serpents, that 
 they may be handled with impunity. One or 
 two drops are sufficient ; and if more be drop- 
 ped into the mouth, it kills them. It is also 
 esteemed as a preservative against the effects 
 of the bite of venomous serpents. — A. clemati'- 
 tis. The Aristolochia vulgaris of some Phar- 
 macopoeias; called, also, Aristolochia tenuis. 
 This plant is diaphoretic ; it is retained in some 
 Pharmacopoeias, but has no great activity. — A. 
 faba'cea. See Furnaria bulbosa. — A. grandi- 
 flo'ra. This plant grows in the West Indies 
 
 ARN 
 
 Its flowers have a very fetid smell, and its root 
 is said to be a deadly poison to all animals that 
 eat of it. — A. longa. The aristolochia of the 
 Pharcnacopoeias. The root of this plant only 
 is in use ; it possesses a somewhat aromatic 
 smell, and a warm, bitterish taste, accompanied 
 with a slight degree of pungency. It is some- 
 times given as an aromatic stimulant in gout 
 and other diseases. — A. odoratissima. Bastard 
 contrayerva. The root is tonic. — A. pislolochia, 
 or polyrrhiza. Aromatic, acrid, and bitter. — 
 A. rotunda. Properties same as Aristolochia 
 longa. — A. serpenta'ria. The Serpentariavir- 
 giniana. Virginian snake-root. Aristolochia. 
 Its root has an aromatic smell, approaching to 
 that of valerian, but more agreeable ; and a 
 warm, bitterish, pungent taste. Its active prin- 
 ciples appear to be a bitter resin and an essen 
 tial oil. It possesses stimulant and diaphoretic 
 virtues, and is employed in some fevers where 
 these effects are required. It is thought to in- 
 crease the efficacy of cinchona in cases of pro- 
 tracted ague, and is a useful tonic in dyspepsia. 
 It may be given in powder, in doses of gr. xv. 
 increased to 3ss., or an infusion may be made 
 by macerating fi. of the bruised root hi fxij. of 
 boiling water, and ^iss. or fij. may be given 
 several times a day. Decoction impairs its 
 virtue by dissipating the essential oil. — A. te'- 
 nuis. See Aristolochia clematitis. — A. triloba' ta. 
 Three-lobed birthwort. The root, and every 
 part of this plant, is diuretic, and has been em- 
 ployed against the bite of serpents. — A. vulga- 
 ris. See Aristolochia clematitis. 
 
 ARISTOLOCHIACEiE. A tribe of Dicot- 
 yledonous plants. Herbaceous plants or shrubs, 
 with leaves alternate ; flowers apetalous, her- 
 maphrodite; stamens epigynous; ovary many- 
 celled ; fruit dry or succulent, many-celled. 
 
 Aristolochica medicamenta. Medicines 
 which promote the flow of the lochia. 
 
 Aris trios. See Astragalus. 
 
 Arkansas springs. These are thermal; 
 temp., 100° F. 
 
 ARM. Brachium. That part of the upper 
 extremity which extends from the shoulder to 
 the wrist. It is divided into the brachium, 
 properly so called, which extends from the 
 shoulder to the bend of the arm ; and the anti- 
 brachium, or fore-arm, which is between the 
 bend of the arm and the wrist. 
 
 Armadi'llo. See Millepedes. 
 
 Arma'lia ossa. The temporal bones. 
 
 Armarium unguentum. See Unguentum ar- 
 marium. 
 
 Armatu'ra. Armor. The amnion has been 
 so called. 
 
 Armeni'aca malus. Armeniaca vulgaris. 
 The apricot. 
 
 Armenian bole. See Bole, Armenian. 
 
 Arme'nius lapis. Apfievioc Xidoc. Arme- 
 nian stone. 
 
 Armi'lla. The annular ligament of the cam- 
 pus. 
 
 Armoniacum sal. See Ammoniacum sal. 
 
 Armora'cia. See Cochlearia armoracia. 
 
 Arnaldia. A doubtful disease. 
 
 A'RNICA. (a, <b, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia superflua. Composite. 
 — A. montana. Arnica of the Pharmacopoeias. 
 
 69 
 
ARS 
 
 ARS 
 
 Leopard's bane. The plant, when dried, has 
 a slight aromatic odor ; the leaves and flowers 
 have a weak, bitter, and aromatic flavor ; the 
 root is bitter and acrid. The leaves and flow- 
 ers are narcotic, stimulant, diaphoretic, and er- 
 rhine ; the root is aromatic and tonic. The 
 leaves and flowers have been greatly extolled 
 in paralysis, amaurosis, gout, rheumatism, and 
 other cases; in an over-dose, they are narcotic. 
 In powder, dose from gr. v. to gr. x. twice or 
 thrice a day ; or an infusion may be made with 
 3jss. of the dried leaves or flowers, or 3J. of the 
 root, to fxij. of water, and given in the quan- 
 tity of ;=jss. The principal preparation is an 
 oil {Oleum arnicce). It is dissolved in ether, 
 and given in doses of gtt. y 1 ^ to \ of the oil. 
 
 Arnica suede'nsis. A. spuria. See Inula 
 dysenterica. 
 
 Arnoglo'ssum. See Plantago. 
 
 Arno'tto. See Bixa orleana. 
 
 Arohot. Quicksilver. 
 
 Aroide^:. The Arum tribe of Monocotyled- 
 onous plants, containing an acrid, and, in some 
 cases, a highly dangerous principle. Herba- 
 ceous plants, with leaves sheathing at the base ; 
 flowers unisexual, arranged upon a spadix, 
 within a spathe ; stamens hypogynous ; ovary 
 superior ; fruit succulent. 
 
 ARO'MA. (a, atis,n.,apufj,a.) The odorif- 
 erous principle of plants, which resides either 
 in a volatile oil or a resinous matter. 
 
 AROMA'TIC. {Aromaticus; from apupa, 
 an odor.) Certain vegetable substances which 
 have a peculiar spicy odor and a warm and 
 generally agreeable flavor, as ginger, cinnamon, 
 cardamom, &c. Substances of this class are 
 more or less similar in their operation on the 
 animal economy, being all stimulant and car- 
 minative. 
 
 Aromatic vinegar. See Acetum aromaticum. 
 
 Aroma'ticus cortex. A name of canella 
 alba. See Wintera aromatica. 
 
 Aromati'tes. A name given, according to 
 Pliny, 1. To a bituminous stone found in Ara- 
 bia, having the color and odor of myrrh. 2. 
 To a factitious wine containing various aromat- 
 ics. 
 
 Aromatopolia. A druggist. 
 
 Aronia. See Aria. 
 
 Arquebusa'de. Eau d'arquebusade. 
 
 Arrack. See Arack. 
 
 A'rraphon, or Arabon. (From a, priv., and 
 pa<f>n, a suture.) A term that has been applied 
 to a cranium without sutures. 
 
 Arrh^'a. (a, ce, f . ; from a, neg., and peu, 
 to flow.) The suppression of any natural flux, 
 as the menses, &c. 
 
 Arrhi'zus. (From a, priv., and pitfl, a root.) 
 Destitute of a root. 
 
 Arrhostema. Arrhostia. Disease. 
 
 Arrow-head. See Sagittaria. 
 
 ARROW-ROOT. The fecula, chiefly starch, 
 obtained from the roots of the Maranta arundi- 
 nacea. This term is used, also, for that obtained 
 from potatoes, Arum (Portland) ; Zamias (Flor- 
 ida) ; Curcuma (East Indies), and other sour- 
 ces. It is used, often very injudiciously, as 
 aliment for 6ick persons. Its properties are the 
 same as starch. 
 
 ARS. Art. This term is often used to des- 
 70 
 
 ignate a science ; as, Ars chymiatria, A. kermet* 
 ica, A. majorum, A. separatoria, A. spagirica, 
 are terms for chemistiy. 
 
 Ars machaonia. A. medica. A. sanandi. 
 The medical art. 
 
 Arse'niate. Arsenias. A salt formed by 
 the combination of the arsenious acid with a 
 base. See Arsenic acid. 
 
 Arseniate of ammonia {Arsenias ammonia?) 
 and Arseniate of potash {Arsenias potassce) 
 have been recently used in cutaneous affections, 
 &c, but they have no advantage over the Ar- 
 senicalis liquor. The dose is gr. T Vth to \\h, 
 dissolved in water. They are prepared by 
 bringing together arsenic acid and the carbon- 
 ates of the bases. 
 
 Arseniate of iron. Arsenias ferri. Has 
 been used in ointment, and internally, in doses 
 of gr. yLth to gr. |th, in cancerous affections, 
 inveterate skin diseases, and scrofula. 
 
 A'RSENIC. {Arsenicum, i, n. Apoevacov ? 
 or appeviKov, masculine: so called on account of 
 its strength as a poison.) Arsenic is met with 
 abundantly in nature, sometimes in its metallic 
 state, more frequently combined with sulphur 
 and with other metals. United with sulphur, it 
 forms the native realgar and native orpiment of 
 mineralogists. 
 
 Arsenic is an extremely brittle, dark metal. 
 It is of a crystalline texture. Its specific grav- 
 ity is 5-235 to 5-8843. Symbol, As. Equiva- 
 lent, 75-34 or 37-7. It sublimes at 356° F v 
 without previous fusion. Its vapor has a 
 strong alliaceous smell. When it is exposed to 
 the air its surface tarnishes, and it slowly falls 
 to powder, and constitutes fly-powder, or mort 
 a mouches. 
 
 The known compounds of arsenic and oxy- 
 gen are two, and they both possess acid prop- 
 erties : one is the arsenious acid, which is the 
 well-known poison called white arsenic, or arse- 
 nic in commerce; the other is called arsenic 
 acid. (See Arsenious acid and Arsenic acid.) 
 It forms a fetid gas with hydrogen, and a vola- 
 tile product with chlorine, called the fuming 
 liquor of arsenic. These are both poisonous. 
 
 Of the combinations of arsenic with sulphur, 
 three are distinctly known. The bi-sulphuret t 
 well known in commerce under the name of 
 realgar, occurs in a native state. It is of a 
 ruby-red color, transparent, and crystalline. 
 
 The compound AsS 3 is also familiar under 
 the name of orpiment. The sulpharsenic acid, 
 AsS 5 , nearly resembles orpiment. Arsenic also 
 unites with bromine, iodine, &c, and produces 
 highly poisonous compounds. The iodide has 
 been used in ointment, and internally in doses 
 of gr. £th to gr. $d, in skin diseases. 
 
 Arsenic and mercury, iodide of. Liquor 
 hydriodatis arsenici et Tiydrargyri. Made by 
 rubbing 6-08 grs. metallic arsenic; 15-38 grs. 
 quicksilver ; 50 grs. iodine ; with f. 3J. of alco- 
 hol; until the mass is dry and of a pale-red 
 color. Dissolve in Oss. of distilled water ; add 
 of hydriodic acid fss.. and boil a few minutes. 
 Make up the cold solution to f. fviij. by distill 
 ed water. Each fluid drachm contains of arse 
 nic gr. | ; dose, TUxv. to f. 3ss., three times duily. 
 Useful in cutaneous affections and fungoid dia 
 eases. — Donovan. 
 
ARS 
 
 Arse'nic acid. This acid is obtained by 
 dissolving arsenious acid in nitric acid, and 
 drying. Composition, As0 5 . Arsenic acid is 
 of a milk-white color. It is soluble in five or 
 six times its weight of cold, and in a smaller 
 quantity of boiling water. It is very deliques- 
 cent. It is poisonous in the highest degree, 
 more so, apparently, even than the arsenious 
 acid. Its salts are called arseniates. 
 
 Arsenic, bromide of. See Arsenic. — A., 
 fuming liquor of The chloride of arsenic. — 
 A-, iodide of. See Arsenic. — A., oxide of. 
 Arsenious acid. — A., sublimed white. See Ar- 
 senicum album sublimatum. — A., sulphuret of. 
 See Arsenic. — A., white. A., white oxide of. See 
 Arsenious acid. 
 
 Arsenical caustic A species of caustic 
 which was used by Mr. Justamond in the treat- 
 ment of cancer. It was composed of two parts 
 of white arsenic to one of levigated antimony, 
 melted together in a crucible. The caustic 
 was mixed with opium. The use of arsenical 
 caustics is of doubtful propriety. 
 
 Arsenical solution. See Arsenicalis liquor. 
 
 Arsenica'lis liquor. Liquor potass^e ar- 
 se nitis. (U. S.) Fowler's solution. Arseni- 
 cal solution. Take of oxide of arsenic, in very 
 fine powder, subcarbonate of potash, of each 
 64 grains; distilled water, a pint. Boil them 
 together in a glass vessel, until the arsenic be 
 entirely dissolved. When the solution is cold, 
 add compound spirit of lavender, four fluid 
 drachms. Then add as much distilled water 
 as may exactly fill a pint measure. Each ounce 
 of this fluid contains four grains of the oxide, 
 and each drachm half a grain. The dose is 
 from lUv. to Hlxx., given twice or thrice a day. 
 The medicinal ..properties of this solution are 
 noticed under the head Arsenious acid. It is 
 incompatible in prescription with lime-water, 
 nitrate of silver, hydrosulphuret of potash, the 
 salts of copper, and cinchona bark. 
 
 Arsenical paste. See Pate arsenicale. 
 
 Arsenici iodidum. Arsenicum ioduretum, as, 
 also, the other binary compounds of arsenic. See 
 Arsenic. 
 
 Arsenici oxydum pr^paratum. See Arsen- 
 icum album sublimatum. 
 
 Arsenicum album sublimatum. Reduce 
 white arsenic to powder, then put it into a cru- 
 cible and expose it to the fire, so as to sublime 
 it into another crucible inverted over the former. 
 
 Arsenicum crystallinum. See Arsenious 
 acid. 
 
 ARSE'NIOUS ACID. White oxide of arse- 
 nic. White arsenic. The common form of 
 arsenic, obtained by subliming the ores of arse- 
 nic in the air ; it exists as a translucent mass, 
 in octahedral crystals, or, more commonly, as a 
 white, opaque substance, the powder of which 
 is found in the shops. Its sp. gr. is 37 ; com- 
 position, AsCh. It has little taste, but acid prop- 
 erties. It is soluble in 13 times its weight of 
 boiling water, but requires 80 times its weight 
 of cold. The solution crystallizes, and the acid 
 assumes the form of regular octahedrons. 
 
 The solution is very acrid, reddens blue col- 
 ors, unites with the earthy bases, and decom- 
 poses the alkaline sulphur ets. 
 
 Arsenious acid combines with the earthy and 
 
 ARS 
 
 alkaline bases. The earthy arsenites possess 
 little solubility ; and hence the solutions of ba- 
 ryta, strontia, and lime form precipitates with 
 that of arsenious acid. 
 
 With the fixed alkalies the arsenious acid 
 forms viscid arsenites, which do not crystallize, 
 and which are decomposable by fire, the arse- 
 nious acid being volatilized by the heat. The 
 arsenite of potash is the active ingredient in the 
 arsenical solution of the Pharmacopoeias. 
 
 The solution of Arsenite of soda, or Pearson's 
 solution, is identical in its properties with the 
 Arsenicalis liquor. 
 
 Arsenious acid is readily precipitated from 
 colorless solutions, of a yellow color, by sulphu- 
 reted hydrogen, or nitrate of silver and ammonia. 
 Ammoniacal sulphate of copper produces a 
 green precipitate, called Scheele's green. 
 
 But the decisive trial, or experimcntum crucis, 
 is to take a little of the dry matter, mix it with 
 a small pinch of dry, black flux, put it into a 
 narrow glass tube sealed at one end, and after 
 cleansing the sides with a feather, subject the 
 bottom of the tube to the action of the blow- 
 pipe till it has been red hot for a minute; a 
 garlic odor will then be perceptible, and the 
 steel-lustred coating of metallic arsenic will be 
 seen in the tube about one fourth of an inch 
 above its bottom. Cut the tube across at that 
 point by means of a fine file ; detach the scale 
 of arsenic with the point of a penknife ; put a 
 fragment of it into the bottom of a small wine- 
 glass along with a few drops of ammoniacal 
 acetate of copper, and triturate them well to- 
 gether for a few minutes with a round-headed 
 glass rod : the mazarine blue color will soon be 
 transmuted into a lively grass-green, while the 
 metallic scale will vanish. Thus we distinguish 
 perfectly between a particle of metallic arsenic 
 and one of animalized charcoal. Another par- 
 ticle of the scale may be placed between two 
 smooth and bright surfaces of copper, with a 
 touch of fine oil, and while they are firmly 
 pressed together, exposed to a red heat: the 
 tombac alloy will appear as a white stain. A 
 third particle may be placed on a bit of heated 
 metal, and held a little under the nostrils, when 
 the garlic odor will be recognized. No danger 
 can be apprehended, as the fragment need not 
 exceed the tenth of a grain. 
 
 A test superior to those by precipitation is 
 called Marsh's test; the suspected fluid is in- 
 closed in a curved tube, or Woulfe's bottle, and 
 mixed with pieces of zinc and dilute sulphuric 
 acid; the hydrogen thus produced combines 
 with any arsenic present, and gaseous arseniuret- 
 ted hydrogen is produced ; the gas, being allow- 
 ed to pass from the reservoir by a small jet, is 
 readily ignited, and a plate or tube held over 
 the flame shows rings of metallic arsenic and 
 arsenious acid — or the gas may be reduced by a 
 red heat in a tube before issuing into the air. 
 Another test, somewhat superior, is to evaporate 
 the suspected fluid to a small bulk, add pure hy- 
 drochloric acid, digest, and then introduce strips 
 of pure, clean copper foil; these collect the 
 metallic arsenic, and become of a dark metallic 
 color. The strips, introduced into a small open 
 tube and heated, yield crystallized arsenious acid ; 
 or, surrounded with charcoal, give off the metal 
 
 71 
 
ARS 
 
 ART 
 
 The following minute specification of symp- 
 toms in poisoning by arsenic is given by Orfila : 
 "An austere taste in the mouth; frequent 
 ptyalism; continual spitting ; constriction of the 
 pharynx and oesophagus; teeth set on edge; 
 hiccough ; nausea ; vomiting of brown or bloody 
 matter ; anxiety ; frequent fainting-fits ; burn- 
 ing heat at the prsecordia ; inflammation of the 
 lips, tongue, palate, throat, stomach ; acute pain 
 of stomach, rendering the mildest drinks intol- 
 erable ; black stools of an indescribable fetor ; 
 pulse frequent, oppressed, and irregular, some- 
 times slow and unequal ; palpitation of the 
 heart ; syncope ; unextinguishable thirst ; burn- 
 ing sensation over the whole body, resembling 
 a consuming fire — at times an icy coldness ; dif- 
 ficult respiration ; cold sweats ; scanty urine, of 
 a red or bloody appearance ; altered expression 
 of countenance ; a livid circle round the eye- 
 lids ; swelling and itching of the whole body, 
 which becomes covered with livid spots, or with 
 a miliary eruption ; prostration of strength ; loss 
 of feeling, especially in the feet and hands ; de- 
 lirium ; convulsions, sometimes accompanied 
 with an insupportable priapism; loss of the 
 hair ; separation of the epidermis ; horrible con- 
 vulsions; and death." 
 
 In cases of poisoning, the arsenic is first to be 
 evacuated : this is done by means of the stomach- 
 pump; active emetics (sulphate of zinc, 3j.), 
 mucilaginous and warm drinks — whites of eggs 
 are to be freely administered, to enable the op- 
 erator to collect all the particles in the stomach; 
 and, as soon as it can be prepared, a table- 
 spoonful of fresh hydrated sesquioxide of iron 
 is to be given every five minutes until relief is 
 had. If the means do not exist at hanf for the 
 preparation of this antidote, lime-water is the 
 next best means within reach. The after treat- 
 ment is chiefly counter-irritant and demulcent, 
 but must be directed according to the urgent 
 symptoms, for the poison may act almost entire- 
 ly on the heart and nervous system, prostrating 
 their action. Clysters and suitable means are 
 to be taken to evacuate the whole alimentary 
 canal. 
 
 In testing for the poison, all vomited matters, 
 the contents of the stomach, and suspected food, 
 are to be secured and treated by Marsh's test, 
 or with the hydrochloric acid and copper foil. 
 Bodies poisoned by arsenic are preserved ha a 
 remarkable way. 
 
 Uses: Arsenious acid is seldom given inter- 
 nally, Fowler's solution and other forms being 
 preferred. The classes of diseases for which ar- 
 senical preparations are administered internally 
 are, intermittents, neuroses, inveterate skin dis- 
 eases, epilepsy ; dose, of the acid, gr. ~ to gr. {, 
 in pill. All these preparations are to be dis- 
 continued when the oedema arsenicalis is pro- 
 duced, or salivation, headache, &c. ; for a chron- 
 ic poisoning leading to death is produced by 
 the smallest doses long continued. A fatal dose 
 is from gr. ij. to gr. v. ; but the effect depends 
 on the fullness and condition of the stomach ; 
 for, when vomiting is at once produced, half an 
 ounce has been rejected without any dangerous 
 effect. 
 
 Arsenis potass2E. Arsenis potasses liquor. 
 Arsenite of potash. See Arsenicalis liquor. 
 72 
 
 A'rsenite. A salt formed by the union of 
 the arsenious acid with a base. 
 
 Arsenite of copper. Scheele's green. 
 
 Arsenite of potash. The active agent of 
 the arsenicalis liquor. 
 
 Ars smart. The genus Polygonum. 
 
 Artaneck. Artanech. ^ Arsenic. 
 
 ARTEMFSIA. (a, «, f.) A genus of plants 
 in the Linnsean system. Syngenesia. Poly- 
 gamia superflua. Composite. — A. dbro'tanum. 
 Common southern-wood. Abrotanum. Abro- 
 tanum mas. It has a strong, agreeable smell ; 
 a pungent, bitter, and somewhat nauseous taste. 
 It is said to be tonic, diaphoretic, anthelmintic ^ 
 seldom used except in fomentations. — A. absin- 
 thium. Common wormwood. Absinthium vuU 
 gare of the Pharmacopoeias. This species of 
 wormwood yields an essential oil by distillation, 
 which is said to possess narcotic powers. Ac- 
 cording to Bergius, wormwood is antiseptic, 
 anthelmintic, resolvent, tonic, and antispas- 
 modic. It is so seldom used in the present day, 
 that it is difficult to find it in the shops. Both 
 alcohol and water extract the virtues of the 
 plant. It is sometimes administered as a tonic 
 in dyspepsia, either in the form of powder or 
 infusion. The powder of the dried leaves may 
 be given in the dose of 9j. to 9ij. Of the in- 
 fusion, made with 3yj. of the herb to fxij. of 
 boiling water, from one to two ounces may be 
 given three times a day. The powder of the 
 root i3 highly recommended in epilepsy ; dose, 
 3J., thrice daily. — A. campestris. Field south- 
 ern-wood. Is bitter, and similar to the Abro- 
 tanum. — A. chinensis ; sinensis; latifolia. A 
 soft woolly substance, called Moxa, is prepared 
 in China and Japan from it. This is used as a 
 moxa. — A. dracunculus is common Tarragon. — 
 A. glacialis. Similar to common wormwood. — 
 A. judaica. Artemisia santonica. — A. latifolia. 
 See Artemisia chinensis. — A. maritima. Sea 
 wormwood. Absinthium maritimum of the 
 Pharmacopoeias. It has been preferred to the 
 absinthium, as being less nauseous; but it is 
 also less active, and is now hardly ever used. — 
 A. pontica. Absinthium ponticum, or Roman 
 wormwood, not now used medicinally. — A. 
 rupestris. Genipi album. Used in some coun- 
 tries in ague and amenorrhcea. — A. santo'nica. 
 The Tartarian southern-wood or worm-seed. 
 The Semen santonici; called, also, Absinthium 
 santonicum. The seeds are small, light, and 
 oval ; they have been esteemed as stomachic 
 and emmenagogue, but were chiefly prized for 
 their anthelmintic virtues. For adults, the dose 
 in substance is from one to two drachms, twice 
 a day. — A. vulgaris. Mugwort. Slightly bit- 
 ter, and now neglected, but said to be useful in 
 epilepsy ; dose, 3J. of the dried root. 
 
 Arteria. An artery; see the particular 
 branch for a description. 
 
 Arteria aspera. The trachea. 
 
 Arteria centralis retina. A very small 
 branch of the ophthalmic which penetrates the 
 optic nerve, and runs imbedded within it till 
 it arrives at the retina, on the internal surface 
 of which it is dispersed in numerous minute 
 branches. One branch passes through the vh> 
 reous humor to the posterior surface of the cap* 
 sule of the crystalline lens. 
 
ART 
 
 ART 
 
 Arteria venosa. This name was given by 
 the ancient anatomists to the pulmonary vein, 
 or, rather, veins, for there are four trunks. 
 
 Arteri'acus. Medicines used against dis- 
 eases of the windpipe — aprnpiaica (papfiana. — 
 Galen. 
 
 Arteria helicin^e. Short, curved branches 
 supplying the corpora cavernosa penis. 
 
 Arterial blood. The red blood of the ar- 
 teries. 
 
 Arterial circle of Willis. The arteries 
 of the base of the brain, formed by the internal 
 carotids and vertebral arteries. 
 
 ARTERIALIZATION OF THE BLOOD. 
 Its conversion from black to red blood in the 
 lungs, during which oxygen is absorbed and 
 carbonic acid eliminated. 
 
 Arteriectasis. Arterieurysma. Arterio- 
 dyalysis. Arteriorrhexis. Aneurism. 
 
 Arteriography. Arteriology. A treatise 
 on the arteries. 
 
 Arteriosa vena. See Vena arteriosa. 
 
 Arteriosus ductus. See Ductus arteriosus. 
 
 ARTERIO'TOMY. {Arteriotomia, <z, f. ; 
 from aprnpia, an artery, and re/zvw, to cut.) 
 The opening of an artery for the purpose of 
 abstracting blood from the system. This oper- 
 ation is only practiced by modern surgeons on 
 the temporal artery ; but the ancients used also 
 to open the frontal and occipital, and the artery 
 of the thumb between it and the fore-finger. 
 
 ARTERITIS. Arteriitis. Artereitis. In- 
 flammation of an artery. Tumultuous vascular 
 excitement, palpitations, heat, and throbbing in 
 the course of the principal trunks, succeeded 
 by collapse, and occasionally gangrene of the 
 part affected, or of a limb. Treatment. — Anti- 
 phlogistic, with arterial sedatives, as tartar 
 emetic, digitalis, and colchicum. In the chron- 
 ic form, it is often complicated with other in- 
 flammations and diseases. 
 
 A RTERY. (Arteria, <b, f. ; from avp, air, 
 and rnpeu, to keep : so called because the an- 
 cients believed the arteries to contain air only.) 
 The main arterial trunks are only two in num- 
 ber ; the aorta rising from the left ventricle of 
 the heart, and the pulmonary artery from the 
 right : all the other arteries are branches of the 
 aorta. The arteries terminate in veins ; in cap- 
 illary vessels; in glands and follicles, by se- 
 cretory ducts ; in exhalent vessels ; in cells, as 
 those of the penis ; or, lastly, they anastomose 
 with each other. The arteries are composed of 
 three tunics; an external or cellular, a middle 
 or muscular, and an internal or proper coat. 
 
 The following table exhibits a general view 
 of the arterial system. The anatomy of the in- 
 dividual arteries is more particularly described 
 under their respective titles. 
 
 A Table of the Arteries. 
 
 All the arteries originate from the pulmonary artery 
 and the aorta. 
 
 The pulmonary artery emerges from the right ventri- 
 cle of the heart, and soon divides into a right and left 
 branch, which are distributed by innumerable ramifica- 
 tions through the lungs. 
 
 _ The aorta arises from the left ventricle of the heart, 
 gmng off the anterior and posterior coronary arteries 
 immediately at its origin. It then proceeds to supply 
 every part of the body with blood, in the following 
 order : b 
 
 a. It first forms an arch. 
 
 b. It then descends along the spine ; and, 
 
 c. It divides into the two common iliac arteries. 
 
 a. The arch of the aorta gives off three branches. 
 
 1. The arteria innominata, which divides into the right 
 common carotid and right subclavian. 
 
 2. The left common carotid. 
 
 3. The left subclavian. 
 
 I. The common carotids are divided into external and 
 internal. 
 
 The external carotids give off, 
 
 1. The superior thyroid. 
 
 2. The lingual. 
 
 3. The facial. 
 
 4. The inferior pharyngeal. 
 
 5. The occipital. 
 
 6. The posterior auris. 
 
 7. The internal maxillary, from which the spinous artery 
 of the dura mater, the lower maxillary, and several 
 branches about the palate and orbit arise. 
 
 8. The temporal. 
 
 The internal carotid affords, 
 
 1. The ophthalmic. 
 
 2. The middle cerebral. 
 
 3. The communicans, which inosculates with the verier 
 bral. 
 
 II. The subclavians give off the following branches : 
 
 1. The internal mammary, from which arise the thymic, 
 comes phrenici, pericardiac, and phrenico-pericardiac ar- 
 teries. 
 
 2. The inferior thyroid, which gives off the tracheal, as- 
 cending thyroid, and transversalis humeri. 
 
 3. The vertebral, which ascends on each side through a 
 canal formed by foramina in the transverse processes 
 of the cervical vertebrae, and, having given off the an- 
 terior arteries of the sjnnal cord, joins its fellow of the 
 opposite side within the cranium to form the basilar 
 artery, from which proceed the anterior cerebelli, the 
 posterior cerebelli, which usually give off the posterior 
 arteries of the spinal cord, the posterior cerebri, and 
 many branches about the brain. 
 
 4. The cervicalis profunda. 
 
 5. The cervicalis superfcialis. 
 
 6. The superior intercostal. 
 
 7. The supra-scapular. 
 
 As soon as the subclavian arrives at the arm-pit, it is 
 called the axillary artery ; and when the latter reaches 
 the arm, it is called the brachial. 
 
 The axillary artery gives off, 
 
 1. Four external thoracic or mammary arteries. 
 
 2. The sub-scapular, which divides into the scapularis in- 
 terna and dorsalis scapula inferior. 
 
 3. The posterior circumflex, and, 
 
 4. The anterior circumfex, both of which are ramified 
 about the shoulder-joint. 
 
 The brachial artery gives off, 
 
 1. Many lateral branches. 
 
 2. The profunda humeri superior. 
 
 3. The proj 'unda humeri inferior. 
 
 4. The great anastomosing artery, which ramifies about 
 the elbow-joint. 
 
 The brachial artery then divides, about the bend of the 
 arm, into the ulnar and radial arteries, which are rami- 
 fied to the ends of the fingers. 
 
 The ulnar artery gives off, 
 
 1. The ulnar recurrent. 
 
 2. The posterior interosseous. 
 
 3. The anterior interosseous. 
 
 The ulnar artery terminates by forming the superficial 
 palmar arch, from which proceed the digital arteries. 
 The radial artery gives off, 
 
 1. The radial recurrent. 
 
 2. The superfcialis voice. 
 
 3. The palmaris profunda, which forms the deep palmar 
 arch. 
 
 b. The descending aorta gives off, 
 In the thorax, 
 
 1. The bronchial, and, 
 
 2. The ozsophageal arteries, both varying in number. 
 
 3. The inferior intercostals. 
 In the abdomen, 
 
 1. The inferior diaphragmatic. 
 
 2. The cceliac, which divides into three branches : 
 
 1. The hepatic, from which are given off, before it 
 reaches the liver, 
 a. The duo deno -gastric, which 6ends off the right 
 
 gastro-epiploic and the pancreatico-duodenal 
 P. The pylorica superior hepatica. 
 
ART 
 
 ART 
 
 2. The coronaria ventriculi. 
 
 3. The splenic, which emits the great and small pan- 
 creatics, the posterior gastric, the left gastroepiploic, 
 and the vasa brevia. 
 
 3. The superior mesenteric. 
 
 4. The renal or emulgents. 
 
 5. The spermatics. 
 
 6. The inferior mesenteric. 
 
 7. The lumbar arteries. 
 
 8. The middle sacral. 
 
 c. The aorta then bifurcates into the common iliacs, 
 each of which divides into an external and internal iliac. 
 The internal iliac, called, also, hypogastric, gives off, 
 
 1. The ileo-lumbar. 
 
 2. The lateral sacrals. 
 
 3. The gluteal or posterior iliac. 
 
 4. The obturatory. 
 
 5. The umbilical. 
 
 6. The uterine. 
 
 7. The middle hemorrhoidal. 
 
 8. The pudic, which gives off the external hemorrhoidal, 
 perineal, and arteria. penis. 
 
 9. The ischiadic. 
 
 The external iliac gives off, in the groin, 
 
 1. The epigastric. 
 
 2. The circumflexa iliaca. 
 
 It then passes under Poupart's ligament, and is called 
 the femoral artery, sending off, 
 
 1. The external pudics. 
 
 2. The profunda, which gives off the rami perforantes. 
 
 3. The internal circumflex. 
 
 4. The external circumflex. 
 
 5. The ramus anastomoticus magnus, which ramifies 
 about the knee-joint. 
 
 The femoral artery having reached the ham, is termed 
 the popliteal, and here gives off the articular arteries. It 
 then divides into the anterior end posterior tibial. 
 
 The anterior tibial gives off, 
 
 1. The recurrent. 
 
 2. The internal malleolar. 
 
 3. The external malleolar. 
 
 4. The tarsal. 
 
 5. The metatarsal. 
 
 6. The do7-salis halicis. 
 
 The posterior tibial divides into the fibular or peroneal, 
 and the posterior tibial, properly so called. 
 
 The peroneal divides into the anterior peroneal and 
 posterior peroneal. 
 
 The posterior tibial, properly so called, sends off, 
 
 1. The nutritia tibia. 
 
 2. Many small branches. 
 
 3. The internal plantar. 
 
 4. The external plantar, from which an arch is formed, 
 that gives off the digitals of the toes. 
 Arthani'ta. Cyclamen europceum. 
 Arthe'ticus. Arthereticus. The same as 
 
 Arthriticus. 
 
 Arthoicum. Pannonium. A certain red 
 oil, expressed from bread and herbs digested 
 in dung. 
 
 Arthre'mbolum. Arthembolus. An instru- 
 ment for reducing luxated bones. 
 
 Arthri'tica herba. Teucrium chamcepitys, 
 and other herbs. 
 
 Arthri'tic. Arthri'ticus. Pertaining to the 
 gout. 
 
 ARTHRI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from apdpov, a 
 joint.) Morbus articularis. Gout. Inflam- 
 mation of a joint. The ancients distinguished 
 arthritis into four principal varieties, according 
 to its seat : Chiragra, in the hand ; Podagra, 
 in the feet (gout) ; Ischias, in the hip ; Gona- 
 gra, in the knee. 
 
 Arthritis arthrodynia. Rheumatism. — 
 A. diaphragmatica. Angina pectoris. — A. hy- 
 drartkros. Hydrarthrus. — A. planetica. A. 
 vaga. Podagra. — A. verus. Gout. 
 
 ARTHROCA'CE. A collection of matter 
 within the cavity of a bone. Caries of the 
 bones. 
 
 ARTHRO'DIA. (a, <z, f.; from apdpov, a 
 74 
 
 joint.) A connection of bones, in which the 
 head of one is received into a superficial cavity, 
 so as to admit of free motion in every direction, 
 as the articulation of the head of the humerus 
 with the glenoid cavity of the scapula. 
 
 Arthrodium. A small joint. 
 
 ARTHRODY'NIA. (a, as, f.; from apdpov, 
 and odvvrj, pain.) The name given by Cullen 
 to chronic rheumatism. — A. podagrica is gout. 
 
 Arthro'mbole. From apdpov, and f3a?i?.o), to 
 cast.) Coaptation. The reduction of a dislo- 
 cation or fracture. 
 
 Arthron. A movable joint. 
 
 Arthronalgia. Arthralgia. Arthrodynia. 
 
 Arthro'ncus. (From apdpov, and oyaoc, a 
 tumor.) The name given by Swediaur to the 
 detached cartilaginous bodies which sometimes 
 form within the knee-joint. 
 
 Arthrophlogo'sis. (From apdpov, and <j>2.o- 
 ■yuaic, inflammation.) Inflammation of a joint. 
 
 ARTHROPUO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from apdpov, 
 and ttvov, pus.) Arthropyosis. Suppuration 
 in the cavity of a joint. 
 
 Arthro'sia. (a, <z, f.) Articular inflamma- 
 tion. 
 
 Arthrosia acuta. Rheumatism, acute.— 
 A. chronica. Rheumatism, chronic. — A. lum- 
 borum. Lumbago. — A. podagra. Gout. 
 
 ARTHROSIS, (is, is, f.; from apdpov.) 
 Articulation. 
 
 Arthrospongus. A sponge-like tumor of 
 the joints. 
 
 A'rtia. Aprta. hprtn. The same as arte- 
 ria ; but especially the aspera arteria, or wind- 
 pipe. 
 
 Arti'calus. The artichoke. 
 
 Artichoke. Artichoke, French. See Ci- 
 nara scolymus. 
 
 Artichoke, Jerusalem. See Helianthus tu- 
 berosum. 
 
 ARTI'CULAR. (Articularis; from articu- 
 lus, a joint.) Belonging to a joint; as, articular 
 cartilages, articular arteries, &c. 
 
 Articular arteries. Five branches of the 
 popliteal artery given off around the knee-joint. 
 They anastomose freely, and carry sufficient 
 blood to establish the circulation of the fore- 
 leg, where the popliteal is tied for aneurism, 
 &c. They are, 1. A superior external articular 
 (Arteria articularis superior externa). 2. The 
 superior internal articular (Art. articularis su- 
 ■perior interna). These arise above the con- 
 dyles of the femur. 3. The middle articular 
 (Art. articularis media), distributed to the po* 
 terior capsular ligament and adipose matter. 
 4. The inferior internal articular (Art. articu- 
 laris inferior interna) ; and, 5. The inferior ex- 
 ternal articular (Art. articularis inferior exter- 
 na). The articular veins correspond with 
 these. 
 
 Articularis gen a. Subcrurams. A few 
 detached muscular fibres, found under the cru- 
 raeus, and attached to the capsule of the knee- 
 joint. 
 
 Articularis morbus. Arthritis, or gout. 
 
 Articula'ta. Articulated animals, as in- 
 sects, worms, lobsters. 
 
 ARTICULA'TION. (Articulatio, onis, f.; 
 from articulus, a joint.) 1. In Physiology, the 
 formation of distinct syllables by the organs of 
 
ARU 
 
 ASA 
 
 speech. 2. In Anatomy, the natural connection 
 of one bone with another in the skeleton. 
 Anatomists distinguish three kinds of aiticula- 
 tion : the first they name Diarthrosis ; the sec- 
 ond, Synarthrosis ; and the third, Symphysis; 
 which see, under their respective heads. 
 
 Articulation, false. False joint. Where 
 a fractured bone remains ununited, a false joint 
 is produced. Operations have been performed 
 to cause reunion even after years : they consist 
 of cutting to the bones, destroying the articular 
 surfaces, and establishing a union through the 
 resulting inflammation. An extremely severe, 
 and almost unjustifiable process. 
 
 ARTICULA'TUS. Articulate; jointed. Ap- 
 plied to objects which are formed of distinct 
 pieces, united as if one piece grew out of an- 
 other. 
 
 ARTI'CULUS. (us, i, m.) A joint or artic- 
 ulation. The phalanges of the fingers have 
 also been called articuli. 
 
 Artificial. Artificialis. Formed by art. 
 ARTIFICIAL EYE. It is made of enamel 
 beautifully colored, and is a shell of less than a 
 hemisphere. It is applied under the eyelids, 
 over the diseased ball. At first it produces 
 considerable irritation, and can not be worn but 
 for a few hours; but, as the part hardens, it 
 becomes easy, and the patient is capable of im- 
 parting a slight motion to the shell. 
 
 ARTIFICIAL TEETH. They are now made 
 of enamel. The mode of insertion is various. 
 They may be attached by gold or platinum 
 wire, or a band, to sound teeth, or to a plate 
 attached to the gums. The artificial tooth is 
 also attached to a sound stump by means of a 
 wedge of wood fitted into corresponding holes 
 in the two. 
 
 Arti'scus. A troch. 
 
 ARTOCA'RPUS. (From aproc, bread, xap- 
 ttoc, fruit.) A genus of plants. — A. incisa is 
 the bread-fruit tree. — A. integrifolia. The 
 jack or jaca tree. The fruit of this tree is also 
 used as food. — A. benghalensis. The fruit is 
 preserved in salt, and used in cookery. 
 
 Arto'meli. A cataplasm of bread and honey. 
 — Galen. 
 
 A'RUM. {urn, i, n. Apov.) A genus of 
 plants. Gynandria. Polyandria. Family, 
 Aroidece. — A. colocasia. Colocasia. This spe- 
 cies is cultivated in the East Indies, Syria, 
 Egypt, and the South of Europe. The leaves 
 and i-oot boiled in water are much used as food. 
 — A. dracontium. See Dracontium pertusum. 
 — A. dracunculus. A. polyphyllum. Dragon's- 
 wort. This plant is extremely acrimonious ; 
 more so than the A. maculatum, with which, 
 however, it agrees in its general properties, 
 and, like it, becomes bland and nutritious by 
 drying or boiling.— A. esculentum. Taro. The 
 root is a pot-herb in the West Indies and else- 
 where. — A. maculatum. Wake-robin. Arum 
 of the Pharmacopoeias. Arum — acaule; foliis 
 hastatis, integerrimis ; spadice clavato of Lin- 
 naeus. The root is the medicinal part of this 
 plant. When recent, it is veiy acrimonious. 
 When cut in slices, and applied to the skin, it 
 has been known to produce blisters. This ac- 
 rimony, however, is gradually lost by drying, 
 and may be so far dissipated by the application 
 
 of heat as to leave the root a bland, farinaceous 
 aliment. The dose of the fresh root, gr. x. to 
 3j. The dried root is inert. It has been used 
 in rheumatism chiefly. — A. triphyllum. Indian 
 turnip. Arum (U. S.) has the same properties 
 as A. maculatum. — A. venenosum. A. segui- 
 num. Caladium seguinum. 
 
 ARUNDINA'CEUS. (From arundo, a reed.) 
 Arundinaceous, or reed-like. 
 
 Arundinace.e. A natural tribe of "plants, of 
 which the genus Arundo is the type. 
 
 ARU'NDO. (o, inis, f.) A reed. A genus 
 of plants. Triandria. Digynia. Graminece. 
 — A. saccharifera. The sr.gar-cane. See Sac~ 
 charum officinale. — A. bambos» The bamboo 
 plant. — A. phragmi'tes. The common reed has 
 been used in syphilis, &e. , but there is no reason 
 to believe that it possesses any medicinal activity. 
 
 Arundo brackii major. The ulna. 
 
 Arundo brachti minor. The radius. 
 
 Arvi'na. Hog's laid. 
 
 Aryt^e'no-epiglottide'us. Arytceno-epiglot- 
 ticus. A muscle which runs on each side, from 
 the arytaenoid cartilage to the epiglottis. The 
 use of the two muscles, which act together, is 
 to draw the epiglottis directly downward upon 
 the glottis during the act of deglutition. 
 
 ARYTENOID. (Arytcenoides; often improp- 
 erly called arytcenoideus ; from apvracva, a fun- 
 nel, and eidoc, shape.) Funnel-shaped; applied 
 to two cartilages of the larynx, and also to the 
 muscles, glands, &c, connected with these car- 
 tilages. 
 
 Arytenoid cartilage. Cartilago arytce- 
 noides. See Larynx. 
 
 Aryt^enoide'us major. See Arytcenoideus 
 transversus. 
 
 Aryt^noideus minor. See Arytcenoideus 
 obliquus. 
 
 Arytcenoideus obliquus. A muscle of the 
 glottis. Arytcenoideus minor of Douglas. It 
 arises from the base of one arytaenoid cartilage, 
 and, crossing its fellow, is inserted near the tip 
 of the opposite arytaenoid cartilage. This mus- 
 cle is occasionally wanting ; but when present, 
 its use, in conjunction with its fellow, is to pull 
 the arytaenoid cartilages toward each other. 
 
 Aryt^noideus transversus. An azygos, 
 or single muscle of the glottis. Arytcenoideus 
 major of Douglas. It arises from the side of one 
 arytaenoid cartilage, from near its articulation 
 with the cricoid to near its tip. The fibers run 
 across, and are inserted in the same manner 
 into the other arytaenoid cartilage. Its use is to 
 shut the glottis, by bringing the two arytaenoid 
 cartilages, with their ligaments, nearer to each 
 other. Both these are now often called the 
 Arytcenoideus. 
 
 Ary'thmus. Arrhythmus. AppvBfiog. An 
 irregular pulse. 
 
 AS. The symbol for arsenic. 
 As,orAssis. (is, is, m.) The Roman pound, 
 which was divided into twelve equal parts, or 
 ounces. 
 
 Asa dulcis. Styrax benzoin. 
 Asafcetida. See Ferula assafcetida. 
 ASAGR^A OFFICINALIS (Lindley). _ Me- 
 lanthacece. A Mexican plant which furnishes, 
 with Veratrum sabadilla, a portion of the saba- 
 dilla seeds of commerce. 
 
 75 
 
ASC 
 
 Asaphatum. See Saphatum. 
 
 As apht'a. (AaaQeia ; from a, neg., and catyrje, 
 clear.) Defect of speech. 
 
 Asarabacca. See Asarum europceum. 
 
 Asarone. A'sarine. A species of crystalline 
 stearoptene discovered in the Asarum europceum. 
 It has an emetic quality. Form., C20H13O5. 
 
 A'SARUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Dodecandria. Monogynia. — A. canadense. 
 Wild ginger. The root resembles ginger in 
 properties. It is the asarum of the U. S. Ph. — 
 A. europceum. Asarabacca. Its leaves are ac- 
 rid, bitter, nauseous, and slightly aromatic. The 
 root is extremely acrid. It loses much of its 
 medicinal activity by drying. It was formerly 
 used as an emetic, but is now seldom employed 
 except as an errhine. It contains a principle 
 called Asarone. 
 
 Asarum hypocistus. Cytinus Jiypocistus. 
 
 Asarum oil and camphor. These are ob- 
 tained from the A. europceum. 
 
 Ascalo'nia, or Ascalo'nium. The shallot. 
 
 Ascaricida. Vernonia anthelmintica. 
 
 Asca'rides. The plural of ascaris. 
 
 A'SCARIS. (is, idis, f. ; from aoKapt£o, to 
 leap. ) The name of a genus of intestinal worms. 
 See Entozoa. 
 
 ASCE'NDENS. (From ascendo, to ascend.) 
 Adscendens. Ascending. Applied, in Anatomy, 
 to various parts, as musculus obliquus ascendens 
 and onobrychis. 
 
 Ascendens obliquus. See Obliquus internus 
 abdominis. 
 
 Ascending aorta. See Aorta, ascending. 
 
 Asce'nsus. (us, us, m.) An ascent. This 
 term has been applied, 1. In Pathology, to the 
 increase of a disease. 2. Sublimation has been 
 called distillatio per ascensum. 
 
 Ascensus uteri. Hysteria. 
 
 Ascesis. Exercise. 
 
 A'scia, or Dola'bra. The spiral bandage, 
 said to be so called from its having the shape of 
 a hatchet when applied ; but this resemblance 
 is not very obvious. 
 
 Asci'dium. (um, i, n. ; from aaniSiov, a small 
 round bottle.) Hollow appendages formed by 
 a leaf or other organ. 
 
 ASCI'TES. Askites. (es, ce, m. ; aaKiTrjc; 
 from aonoc, uter, a bottle : so called from its 
 bottle-like protuberance.) Hydrops utricula- 
 rius. Dropsy of the belly within the periton- 
 eum. 
 
 Ascites is generally recognized with great 
 facility. The symptoms are, swelling of the 
 abdomen, coming on gradually, equable when 
 the patient is upright or laid upon the back, and 
 following the motions of the body by gravita- 
 ting to the side toward which the patient leans. 
 To the touch the swelling is somewhat tense ; 
 and if one hand be placed on either side of the 
 abdomen, and the opposite side be sharply 
 Btruck with the other hand, a sense of fluctua- 
 tion is communicated, which can hardly be mis- 
 taken by an experienced observer. There is 
 generally anasarca of the lower extremities and 
 other parts of the body, the urine is commonly 
 high colored and very scanty, the breathing is 
 difficult, and those parts of the body which are 
 not puffed up by watery infiltration are emacia- 
 ted. 
 
 76 
 
 ASC 
 
 The treatment of ascites is, on the whole, to 
 be conducted as in dropsy. In the acute idio- 
 pathic form of the disease, bleeding, purgatives, 
 and other antiphlogistic means are required. 
 When there are evident symptoms of peritoneal 
 inflammation, local bleeding by leeches, and the 
 application of blisters, are of manifest utility. 
 In by far the greater number of cases, however, 
 ascites presents itself as a chronic affection, con- 
 nected with a shattered constitution, and too 
 frequently with incurable disease of some im- 
 portant viscus ; hence the prognosis is nearly 
 always unfavorable. Diuretics, with hy dragogue 
 cathartics, are freely employed ; mercury as an 
 alterative, and tonics, are also necessary. 
 
 The blue pill, to produce a slight effect on 
 the mouth, is very beneficial ; and the combi- 
 nation of this medicine with squill, digitalis, 
 and other diuretics, is often found to increase 
 their effect upon the kidneys. Tapping is em- 
 ployed to alleviate the urgent symptoms of the 
 distended abdomen, but it is only palliative ; it 
 has sometimes been repeated 60 times and up- 
 ward. 
 
 The diet of dropsical patients should be nour- 
 ishing, but light; and cooling and acidulated 
 beverages may be safely allowed, notwithstand- 
 ing a vulgar prejudice to the contrary. 
 
 Asci'tic Ascilicus. Affected with ascites. 
 
 ASCLEPIADA'CEiE. The asclepias tribe 
 of dicotyledonous plants. Shrubs or herbaceous 
 plants, with leaves opposite, alternate, or whorl- 
 ed; corolla monopetalous, hypogynous ; stamens 
 inserted into the base of the corolla ; ovaries 
 two ; fruit one or two follicles. In this tribe 
 the sexual apparatus is very peculiar. 
 
 ASCLE'PIAS. (as, adis, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. — A. asthmatica. 
 Cynanchum ipecacuanha. Coromandel ipecacu- 
 anha is emetic and diaphoretic, and celebrated 
 in asthma. — A. curassa'vica. Bastard ipecacu- 
 anha. White ipecacuanha of St. Domingo. The 
 leaves are emetic in the dose of 3j. or 9ij. 
 The root is mixed with that of ipecacuanha, and 
 possesses similar virtues, but in a less degree. — 
 A. gigantea. The Mudar of the East. It has 
 an acrid, milky juice, and is employed in cu- 
 taneous diseases; a medicated oil is also used 
 as a liniment in gout. The inner bark of the 
 root is given in syphilis and tape-worm, in doses 
 of gr. v., twice a day. — A. incarnata. (U. S.) 
 It has pink flowers, and is very common ; the 
 root is emetic and cathartic. — A. pseudosarsa. 
 Syn. of Hemidesmus indicus. — A. syriaca. (U. 
 S.) Apocynum syriacum. Syrian dog's-bane. 
 Common silk-weed. The milky juice of this 
 plant is an acrid poison. Boiling appears to 
 destroy the poison in the young shoots. The 
 root is said to be useful in asthmatic and other 
 pulmonary affections ; dose, 3J. of the dried bark, 
 in the day. — A. tuberosa. (U. S.) Butterfly 
 weed. Pleurisy root. The root of this species 
 is diaphoretic and slightly purgative. It is said 
 to be also expectorant and febrifuge. In Vir- 
 ginia and the Carolinas it is used in pulmonary 
 affections. — A. vincetoxicum. Swallow-wort. 
 Vincetoxicum of the Pharmacopoeias. The root 
 of this plant smells, when fresh, somewhat like 
 valerian ; it has at first a sweet taste, succeed- 
 ed by an unpleasant, sub-acrid bitterness. It 
 
ASP 
 
 ASP 
 
 was formerly in esteem as an alexipharmic, and 
 has had diuretic and deobstruent virtues attrib- 
 uted to it ; but it is now very seldom used. 
 
 Asco'ma. The eminence of the pubes. 
 
 A'SCYRUM. (um,i,n. Kanvpov.) 1. The 
 Greek name of the herb St. Peter's wort. 
 
 2. The name of a genus of plants of the fam- 
 ily of the Hypericece. The species are natives 
 of America. 
 
 Asef. Albasef. Pemphigus. 
 
 Asegon. Asegen. Asogen. Dragon's blood. 
 
 Aselli. Asellus. The wood-louse. Onis- 
 cus aselli. 
 
 Ash. See Fraxinus. 
 
 Ash, bitter. Quassia. 
 
 ASIATIC PILLS. Each pill contains about 
 —jth of a grain of white oxide of arsenic, and 
 somewhat more than half a grain of black pep- 
 per. 
 
 Asiaticum balsamum. Balm of Gilead. 
 
 Asininum lac Ass's milk. See Milk. 
 
 ASI'TIA. (a, <e, f. ; from a, priv., and cltoc, 
 food.) Loathing of food. 
 
 Asms lapis. See Assius lapis. 
 
 Asjogan\ Asjagan. (Indian.) A tree grow- 
 ing in Malabar and the East Indies, the juice of 
 which is used against the colic. 
 
 ASO'DES. (A.acj6eg.) A fever accompanied 
 with great internal heat, anxiety, nausea, and 
 loathing of food — aoudee nvp. 
 
 Asp. See Naja. 
 
 ASPA'LATHUS. A thorny shrub. Cytisus 
 lanigerus ? 
 
 Aspa'ragin. A peculiar principle of the as- 
 paragus. It exists, also, in the root of the liquor- 
 ice and marshmallow, and in potatoes. It is 
 crystallized in octahedrons of a white color, 
 having a cool and slightly nauseous taste. 
 They are soluble in hot water, but sparingly so 
 in cold water, and not at all in alcohol. For- 
 mula, CsHsNsOe-H^HO. It ^ a ^° called aspar- 
 amide, and is converted by bases into aspartic 
 acid and ammonia. 
 
 ASPA'RAGUS. (us, i, m. ; Konapayoe, a 
 young shoot.) A genus of plants. Hexandria. 
 Monogynia. Family, Asphodelece. — A. officina- 
 lis. The root has been esteemed diuretic. 
 The young shoots are an agreeable and whole- 
 some article of diet. 
 
 Aspa'sia. A constrictive application, con- 
 sisting of wool soaked in infusion of galls, for 
 the vagina. 
 
 Aspen. See Populus tremula. 
 
 As per. Rough. Applied to parts which are 
 rough, as the linea aspera of the thigh-bone. 
 
 A'spera arteria. The windpipe. See 
 Trachea. 
 
 Asperifo'lius. Rough-leaved. 
 
 Asperity. Asperitas. Roughness. 
 
 Asperma'sia. (a, a>, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 (Tirep/aa, seed.) Deficiency of semen. 
 
 Aspermati'smus. (From a, priv., and direp- 
 fia.) A reflux of the semen into the bladder, 
 preventing its emission in coitu. It is the Dys- 
 permatismus refluus of Sauvages. 
 
 ASPE'RSION. Aspersio. Sprinkling. The 
 sprinkling of the surface of the body, or any 
 part of it, with a liquid or a powder. 
 
 ASPE'RULA. (a,aj,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrandria. Monogynia. Rubiacece. — A. odo- 
 
 rata. Sweet woodruff. The plant lias been 
 recommended as a cordial, diuretic, deobstruent, 
 and vulnerary. 
 
 Aspha'ltias. Aatpa^-Tiac. Asphalitis, and 
 Asphaltilis. The last lumbar vertebra. 
 
 ASPHA'LTUM. (urn, i, n. ; from aofyalroc, 
 bitumen.) A smooth, hard, brittle, black, or 
 brown substance, which melts easily when 
 heated, and, if pure, burns without residue. It 
 is found in a soft or liquid state on the surface 
 of the Dead Sea and the Island of Trinidad. It 
 occurs, also, as a mineral production in various 
 parts of Europe, Asia, and America. 
 
 The Egyptians used asphaltum in embalming, 
 under the name of mumia. It was used by the 
 Babylonians instead of mortar for cementing 
 bricks. Taken internally, asphaltum acts as a 
 stimulant, but it is now hardly ever used unless 
 as an ingredient in some plasters and ointments. 
 
 A'sphodel. See Asphodelus. 
 
 ASPHO'DELE^E. The asphodel or lily tribe 
 of monocotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, 
 with bulbs, occasionally arborescent, with leaves 
 not articulated with the stem, parallel-veined; 
 flowers hexapetaloideous; stamereshypogynous; 
 ovary superior ; fruit succulent, or dry and cap- 
 sular. 
 
 ASPHO'DELUS. (us, i, m. Ajo+otekoe.) 
 A genus of plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. 
 Family, Asphodelece, or Liliacea. — A. ramosus. 
 Branched asphodel, or king's spear. The bulb 
 was formerly supposed to possess diuretic and 
 emmenagogue virtues, and was applied locally 
 to promote suppuration. It loses its acridity by 
 boiling. 
 
 ASPHY'XIA. (a, ce, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 a<j)v^cc, the pulse.) Asphyxia. This term prop- 
 erly signifies absence of the pulse, but is usu- 
 ally applied, in medical language, to that state 
 in which the vital phenomena are suspended 
 from some cause interrupting respiration, but 
 in which life is not actually extinct. Dr. Mason 
 Good divides asphyxia into four varieties : 
 
 1. Asphyxia suffocationis. Asphyxia from 
 suffocation, produced by hanging or drowning : 
 countenance turgid and livid. 
 
 2. A. mephitica. Choke-damp; produced 
 by inhaling carbonic acid, or some other irre 
 spirable exhalation : countenance pallid. 
 
 3. A. electrica. Electrical asphyxia; pro- 
 duced by a stroke of lightning or electricity : 
 limbs flexible, countenance pale, blood uncoag- 
 ulable. 
 
 4. A.algida. Frost-bite asphyxia; produced 
 by intense cold : limbs rigid, countenance pale 
 and shriveled. 
 
 In the first variety, from hanging or drown- 
 ing, the immediate cause is suffocation, or a total 
 obstruction to the breathing. The face is tur- 
 gid with blood, and of a livid hue. The counte- 
 nance has a semblance of apoplexy, as though 
 there were congestion of blood in the head. 
 
 The immediate cause of asphyxia is an occlu- 
 sion of the larynx ; and where this is partial, 
 some apoplectic symptoms are generally ob- 
 servable. It is on this account that the face 
 of those who die by hanging is more frequently 
 turgid, and the muscles give proof of more con- 
 vulsive action than the face of those who die 
 by drowning. 
 
 77 
 
ASP 
 
 It is the same with persons who are exposed 
 to the action of carbonic acid or other mephitic 
 gases, so far diluted with respirable air as to 
 render them incapable of destroying life in- 
 stantly ; in which case, there has not only been 
 sometimes a feeble prolongation of the circula- 
 tion, but even stertorous breathing, and many 
 other symptoms of apoplexy, of which we shall 
 have to speak further under the next variety. 
 
 Some of the narcotic poisons seem to act in a 
 similar manner. Given in a full dose, they 
 destroy life instantly; but when the dose is 
 smaller, the circulation is continued feebly, and 
 apoplectic symptoms ensue. 
 
 How long the living principle may remain 
 attached to the animal frame, so as to admit of 
 the resuscitation of the individual, has not been 
 ascertained with any degree of accuracy, even 
 to the present time ; and there is very probably 
 some diversity in this respect, according to the 
 varying degree of irritability in different indi- 
 viduals. 
 
 It has been known, however, from a very 
 early time, that torpitude from drowning may 
 be induced and continue for some minutes with- 
 out much danger ; but after 20 minutes recov- 
 ery becomes rare, although persons have been 
 resuscitated after three quarters of an hour and 
 more. 
 
 In the resuscitation of drowned persons, the 
 two means on which we have principally to de- 
 pend are the regulated application of warmth 
 and artificial inflation of the lungs. The body 
 should be quietly conveyed to a warm and dry 
 place, where it should be stripped of its cloth- 
 ing, wrapped in warm blankets, and placed on 
 its back on a table, with the head, shoulders, 
 and chest a little raised. The room should be 
 very freely ventilated, and all persons whose 
 attendance is unnecessary excluded. Blankets 
 wrung out in very hot water should be placed 
 over the trunk, especially the stomach, and bot- 
 tles of hot water applied to the feet. It is ne- 
 cessary, however, to be cautious in the applica- 
 tion of heat, since, if too suddenly applied, or in 
 too high a degree, it will immediately destroy 
 the feeble vitality which remains. A restoration 
 of the action of the lungs is, however, the most 
 important object of all. The manner of accom- 
 plishing this has been very accurately described 
 by Dr. Currie as follows : " While an assistant 
 sustains the wooden tube (into which a common 
 pair of bellows can be made by the assistance 
 of a strip of linen, ribbon, or tape, to fit accu- 
 rately) in one nostril, and stops the other nostril 
 with his left hand, and with his right hand ac- 
 curately closes the mouth, another assistant 
 (who ought to be placed on the opposite or left 
 hand of the body) is, with his right hand, to 
 press backward, and draw gently downward 
 toward the chest, the upper end of the wind- 
 pipe, that part which lies a little below the 
 chin, and which, from its prominence in men, is 
 vulgarly called Adam's apple; by doing this, 
 the gullet or passage to the stomach will be com- 
 pletely stopped up, while the windpipe will be 
 rendered more open, to let the air pass freely 
 into the lungs. The left hand of this second 
 assistant is to be spread lightly over the pit of 
 the stomach, ready to compress the chest, and 
 78 
 
 AS P 
 
 expel the air again as soon as the lungs have 
 been moderately filled ; the first assistant un- 
 stopping the mouth or nostril at the same time, 
 to let the air escape. The operation is to be 
 conducted in a regular and steady manner, 
 either until natural respiration begins, or until 
 this and the other measures recommended have 
 been persisted in for at least six hours, without 
 any appearance of returning life." Nothing ap- 
 proaching violence should be used, as the tissue 
 of the lungs will be ruptured thereby. 
 
 Oxygen and protoxide of nitrogen have been 
 recommended in place of air, but the means of 
 obtaining them are not always at hand. 
 
 In addition to the means already stated, the 
 surface of the body may be rubbed with am- 
 moniacal or other stimulating liquids. Stimu- 
 lating injections, containing ammonia, and bran- 
 dy, or other spirits, have often been introduced 
 with success into the rectum, and will be found 
 most beneficial when administered moderately 
 warm. It is also advisable to convey some cor- 
 dial, volatile alkali, or the compound spirit of 
 lavender into the stomach by means of a canula. 
 
 Venesection, and especially that of the jugu- 
 lar vein, has been strenuously recommended; 
 and wherever there is reason to believe that 
 the drowning has followed upon a sudden fit 
 of apoplexy, the recommendation is rational 
 enough, provided it can be practiced with effect. 
 But commonly the blood will not flow. 
 
 Returning life is usually first discoverable by 
 the symptoms of sighing, gasping, twitching, or 
 subsultus, and slight pulsation of the heart ; in 
 effect, by a weak or clonic action in most of the 
 organs. 
 
 The general principles of the remedial treat- 
 ment here recommended apply to most of the 
 other varieties of asphyxia, or suspended anima- 
 tion. We may observe, however, that in at- 
 tempting the recovery of those who have been 
 hanged, and particularly those who have inex- 
 pertly hanged themselves, bleeding from the 
 jugular veins may be more frequently found 
 necessary than in the drowned. 
 
 In asphyxia from inhalation of irrespirable 
 gases, death, in many cases, takes place instan- 
 taneously ; and, consequently, the countenance, 
 as well as the general surface of the body, is 
 pale. Yet, as the gas is often in some degree 
 diluted with atmospheric air, the circulation, 
 and even the breathing, are occasionally continu- 
 ed for some time in a feeble and imperfect man- 
 ner, and the asphyxia is united with symptoms 
 of apoplexy, or genuine apoplexy takes place 
 in its stead. 
 
 The gases that are found most fatal are the 
 carbonic acid, and several which are thrown 
 forth from putrefying animal and vegetable 
 substances, and especially from cemeteries. 
 
 The most common source of injuiy is car- 
 bonic acid, which is found in close rooms where 
 charcoal has been burned, over fermenting vats 
 or wells, and in many natural cavities of the 
 earth. As it will not support flame, the com- 
 mon and easiest test, where it is suspected to 
 exist, is that of a lighted candle, which is well 
 known to be extinguished immediately if this 
 gas be present in a quantity sufficient to be in- 
 jurious to respiration. 
 
ASP 
 
 The patient, if any degree of sensibility re- 
 main, should, in this variety of asphyxia, be 
 freely exposed to the open air, instead of a 
 heated atmosphere, as in the preceding ; and, 
 if he can swallow, moderately stimulating 
 drinks may be given. If insensible, cold water 
 should be dashed on the face, aromatic vinegar 
 applied to the nostrils, and stimulating clysters 
 injected, as recommended under the first vaii- 
 ety. The lungs should be artificially inflated. 
 
 A proper use of voltaic or magnetic electricity 
 is also, in many instances, found highly ser- 
 viceable. The fluid should be transmitted 
 along the course of the nerves, as from the 
 phrenic nerve in the neck, toward the dia- 
 phragm, or from the pneumogastric and great 
 sympathetic nerves, immediately under the 
 sterno-mastoid muscle, where they fie in a 
 common sheath. In Dr. Babington's case, the 
 application of voltaic electricity surprisingly in- 
 creased the power of the muscles of respiration, 
 but appeared rather to diminish the action of 
 the heart. It was hence used alternately with 
 a forcible inhalation of oxygen gas and various 
 external stimulants. Venesection was tried, 
 but does not seem to have been beneficial. 
 The man recovered in a few days. 
 
 In the third, or electric variety, the system 
 appears to be suddenly exhausted of all its 
 nervous power. The mode in which the elec- 
 tricity is communicated is of little importance ; 
 for, if sufficiently powerful for the purpose, real 
 or apparent death is instantaneously produced, 
 whether the stroke flow from lightning, an elec- 
 tric battery, or a voltaic trough, and every or- 
 gan is equally exhausted of its vital power. 
 
 The shock of lightning destroys the contrac- 
 tility of the muscles, and renders the blood 
 loose and uncoagulable. 
 
 The general principle of medical treatment 
 has been laid down under the first variety. 
 Stimulants of the most active kind should be 
 resorted to without loss of time ; but, of all stim- 
 ulants, that of electricity or voltaism seems to 
 be specially called for in the present modifica- 
 tion of asphyxia. 
 
 In. frost-bite asphyxia, or that produced by 
 intense cold, the limbs are rigid, and the coun- 
 tenance pale and shriveled. This variety is 
 always preceded by an insurmountable desire 
 to sleep, which the utmost exertion of the will 
 is unable to counteract. The sleep, in most 
 cases, terminates in death. 
 
 In applying remedial means to this modifica- 
 tion of asphyxia, great caution is necessary re- 
 specting the employment of warmth. In this 
 last case, commence by immersing the body for 
 a few minutes in a bath of cold sea-water or 
 salted water, at the same time that the lungs 
 are inflated with air moderately warm, and the 
 stomach and rectum excited by gentle stimu- 
 lants. After a short immersion in sea-water, 
 the body should be taken out, wiped perfectly 
 dry, laid in flannel in a moderately warm room, 
 and submitted to the friction of warm hands. 
 
 Asphyxia idiopathica. Fatal syncope from 
 relaxation of the heart. 
 
 Asphyxia, local. Gangrene. 
 Asphyxia neonatorum. Asphyxia of new- 
 born infants. This name has been unnecessari- 
 
 AS S 
 
 ly given to defect of respiration in children just 
 bora, which may arise from various mechanical 
 and physiological causes. 
 
 Asphyxiated. In a state of asphyxia or suf- 
 focation. 
 
 Aspidi'scus. AoTrtdiOKOc. The sphincter 
 ani. 
 
 ASPI'DIUM. (um, i, n. ; from acKic, a 
 shield.) A genus of plants. Crypto gamia. 
 Filices. — A. coriaceum. Calagualae radix. — A. 
 filix mas. The male fern, or polypody. The 
 root of this plant has been greatly celebrated 
 for its effects upon the tarda, or broad tape- 
 worm. Dose, 3ij. to jiij., in powder, followed 
 by a cathartic. 
 
 Aspiration. Aspiration. Inspiration; im- 
 bibition. 
 
 ASPLE'NIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Crypto gamia. Filices. — A. adia'n- 
 titm nigrum. Leek fern. Black maidenhair. 
 This is used as an astringent and pectoral. — 
 A. ce'terach. Spleen-wort. Miltwaste. A. 
 officinarum. It has a mucilaginous, roughish 
 taste, and has been recommended in diseases 
 of the chest, and in nephritic and calculous 
 cases. — A. hemioni'tis. Hemionitis. Mule's- 
 fern. Used with the same intentions as the 
 Scolopendrium vulgare. — A. murale. Wall-rue. 
 Tent-wort. A. ruta muraria. It has been 
 supposed by some to possess specific virtues in 
 the cure of ulcers of the lungs, and is exhibited 
 in the form of decoction. — A. officinarum. See 
 Asplenium ceterach. — A. ruta muraria. See 
 Asplenium murale. — A. scolopendrium. See Sco- 
 lopendrium vulgare. — A. tricho'manes. The 
 common maiden hair or spleen-wort. Tricho- 
 manes of the Pharmacopoeias. The leaves of 
 this plant have a mucilaginous, sweetish, sub- 
 astringent taste, without any particular flavor ; 
 they have been esteemed as an expectorant and 
 deobstruent. 
 
 Aspredo. Trachoma. 
 
 Aspredo miliacea. Miliary fever. 
 
 Aspre'lla. Equisetum majus. 
 
 Assa dulcis. Benzoin. 
 
 Ass's bulk. See Milk, ass's. 
 
 ASSAFCETIDA. See Ferula assafaztida. 
 
 A'ssala. The nutmeg. 
 
 Assarabacca. See Asarum europ&um. 
 
 As s a'rius . A Roman weight of two drachms. 
 
 Assarthrosis. Articulation. 
 
 ASSAY. An operation, the object of which 
 is to determine the quantity of valuable metal 
 contained in any mineral or metallic mixture. 
 
 Asserac An intoxicating preparation used 
 by the Eastern nations. It is made with opium, 
 or with the cannabis sativa. 
 
 Assidens. Accompanying. 
 
 Asside'ntia signa. Accessory symptoms. 
 
 ASSIMILA'TION. (Assimilatio, onis. f. ; 
 from assimilo, to make like to.) Assimilation. 
 The conversion of nutritious matter into the 
 proper organic substance of the different text- 
 ures of the animal body. The term is synony- 
 mous with nutrition. 
 
 Assiste'ntes gla'ndul^:. The lobes of the 
 prostate gland have been so called. 
 
 Associated movement. Consensual move- 
 ments. Movements which, without our cogni- 
 zance, accompany voluntary exertions. 
 
AST 
 
 Assodes. See Asodes. 
 
 Assula. A splint. 
 
 A'STACUS. (us, i, m.) The name of a 
 genus of shell-fish. — A. jiuviatilis. The offici- 
 nal crevis, or cray-fish. See Cancer astacus. — 
 A. marinus. The lobster. See Cancer gam- 
 maras. 
 
 Astakillos. A malignant ulcer of the foot. 
 
 Astasia. Uneasiness. 
 
 A'static, Where the magnetic direction of 
 one needle is neutralized by another, so that 
 the two stand in any position, and not constant- 
 ly north and south. 
 
 Astera'ntium. Anthemis pyrethrum. 
 
 Aste'ria. Asierias. Astroites. Astrios. A 
 stone to which the ancients attributed imagin- 
 ary virtues. 
 
 Aste'ricum. See Anthemis pyrethrum. 
 
 ASTHE'NIA. (a, as, f. ; from a, priv., and 
 ffdevoc, strength.) Debility. 
 
 Asthenia deglutitionis. Paralysis of the 
 pharynx. 
 
 Asthenia pectoralis. Angina pectoris. 
 
 Asthenia suffocationis. Asphyxia. 
 
 ASTHENIC. Weak: of debility; the re- 
 verse of sthenic. It is used extensively as a 
 term to qualify disease. 
 
 Asthenopia. Weak-sighted. 
 
 A'STHMA. (a, atis, neut. Aedfia; from 
 aodfiafa, to breathe with difficulty.) Asthma 
 spasticum adultorum. A. seniorum. A. con- 
 vulsivum. A. intermittens. A. chronicum. A 
 disease characterized by difficulty of breathing, 
 recurring in paroxysms, accompanied with a 
 wheezing sound, cough, and sense of constric- 
 tion in the chest, and terminating in expectora- 
 tion more or less copious. Asthma is more fre- 
 quently met with at an advanced age than at 
 an early period of life : it seldom appears in 
 infancy or youth. 
 
 The paroxysm of asthma is very generally 
 preceded by languor, flatulency, headache, 
 heaviness over the eyes, sickness, pale urine, 
 disturbed rest, and sense of oppression about 
 the praecordia. The accession usually happens 
 about the middle of the night, and during the 
 first and deepest sleep : the cause of this it 
 would be difficult to explain. 
 
 In many instances there is an ineffectual ef- 
 fort to spit, with a harsh and dry cough that 
 brings up nothing but a little frothy mucus dur- 
 ing the whole of the paroxysm. In such cases 
 the fit is seldom of long duration, and often 
 subsides in two or three hours. In other in- 
 stances the cough is violent and suffocative; 
 and when it has lasted for an hour or two, an 
 expectoration of tough viscid mucus commen- 
 ces, which gradually becomes copious and af- 
 fords relief. It is occasionally mixed with 
 blood from the severity of the struggle, and, 
 when this occurs, it tends the more effectually 
 to unload the bronchial vessels, and alleviate 
 the symptoms. 
 
 It is often, however, many hours before the 
 severity of the paroxysm is very sensibly di- 
 minished: the patient generally feels some 
 degree of constriction during the whole of the 
 ensuing day, and is fortunate if the next night 
 be passed without a return of the fit. The ten- 
 dency to such returns usually continues for 
 80 
 
 AS T 
 
 I several nights ; in severe cases, for a week or a 
 fortnight. The paroxysms are rarely fatal, but 
 the disease induces organic affections, which 
 may become so. 
 
 The ordinary seat of the asthmatic spasm is 
 in the bronchial tubes. At the same time, the 
 muscles of the larynx may, in some instances, 
 become involved in the morbid action, or that, 
 in cases of extreme severity, the external mus- 
 cles of respiration, overpowered by ineffectual 
 exertion, may participate in the spasm instead 
 of opposing it ; but this is evidently a state of 
 things which could not endure long without 
 occasioning death. The pneumogastric nerve 
 is undoubtedly implicated, if not the cause of 
 the disease in many cases. 
 
 The copious expectoration which occurs in 
 one kind of asthma, and the absence or small 
 degree of this excretion in the other, has occa- 
 sioned the division of asthma, both in popular 
 language and in systems of nosology, into dry 
 and humid, under which heads we shall con- 
 sider it in the present article. 
 
 1. Asthma siceum : dry asthma; nervous 
 asthma. 
 
 2. Asthma humidum: humid asthma; com- 
 mon asthma. 
 
 Asthma siceum. Paroxysm sudden, violent, 
 and of short duration; cough slight; expecto- 
 ration scanty, only appearing toward the close 
 of the fit, or, in some instances, altogether ab- 
 sent. 
 
 This is the proper convulsive or nervous 
 asthma of Willis, Hoffman, Floyer, and Aken- 
 side. Dr. Mason Good makes five varieties of 
 dry asthma. 
 
 a. Simplex. Simple nervous asthma. With- 
 out any obvious cause, or connection with any 
 other affection. 
 
 (3. Metastaiicum. From retropulsion of some 
 acrid humor from the surface of the body. 
 
 y. Phlegmaticum. From repelled oedema of 
 the extremities in phlegmatic or cachectic hab- 
 its, with a scanty secretion of urine. 
 
 6. Vaporosum. From inhaled fumes of met- 
 als, especially of lead and arsenic ; of sulphur, 
 charcoal, nitric acid, and other deleterious sub- 
 stances. 
 
 e. Organicum. From organic derangement 
 of the walls or contents of the chest. 
 
 Asthma humidum. Attack gradual. Parox- 
 ysm ingravescent and protracted ; cough se- 
 vere ; expectoration commencing early ; at first 
 scanty and viscid, afterward copious and afford- 
 ing great relief. 
 
 This species, like the preceding, generally 
 appears without any obvious cause or marked 
 connection with any other disorder. In some 
 cases, however, it seems to be connected with 
 plethora, and a loaded state of the pulmonary 
 vessels. In other instances, as in old age, or 
 after long-continued and repeated catarrhs, it is 
 accompanied with, and perhaps excited by, an 
 excess of mucus flowing from a weakened and 
 relaxed state of the mucous glands of the bron- 
 chia?. Dr. Good has three varieties : 
 
 a. Simplex. Simple humid asthma. Without 
 any manifest cause, or combination with any 
 other affection. 
 
 (3. Plethoricum. From plethora, or the sup- 
 
AST 
 
 AST 
 
 pression of some accustomed sanguineous evac- 
 uation. 
 
 y. Atonicum. From local atony. From a 
 debilitated and relaxed condition of the excre- 
 tories of the air-vessels, as a consequence of 
 chronic and neglected catarrhs, or of old age. 
 
 In the treatment of asthma, our attention 
 should be directed to the paroxysm itself, and 
 to the state of the constitution during the inter- 
 vals of the paroxysms. 
 
 Bleeding. — When there is much general 
 plethora, inflammatory action hi any important 
 organ, or great embarrassment of the pulmonary 
 circulation occasioning congestion in the brain, 
 the propriety of venesection, under proper Lim- 
 itations, is sufficiently obvious. 
 
 Purgatives, except in as far as they may be 
 needful to keep the bowels regularly open, have 
 seldom proved, beneficial. Emetics, especially 
 ipecacuanha, have been highly extolled by 
 many writers, but overrated. 
 
 Sir John Floyer is said to have found great 
 benefit in his own case from the use of very 
 strong coffee. 
 
 Narcotics and antispasmodics, given alone, 
 have rarely been attended with any decided 
 advantage. They have occasionally afforded 
 relief in the dry asthma, but have little effect in 
 the humid ; they should be combined with di- 
 aphoretics, as in Dover's poxcdcr, which is some- 
 times followed by a moisture over the whole 
 surface of the body, and a con-esponding abate- 
 ment of the internal spasm. This state of gentle 
 diaphoresis, however induced, is always favor- 
 able. Antispasmodics, as musk, castor, valerian, 
 camphor, and the fetid gums, may perhaps be 
 employed successfully; and they acquire ad- 
 ditional efficacy from a union with diaphoret- 
 ics, as the neutral salts, and small doses of ipe- 
 cacuanha, or antimonial powder. 
 
 The hyoscyamus has often succeeded as a nar- 
 cotic where opium has failed, but should not 
 be trusted to by itself. Camphor is much es- 
 teemed. 
 
 Where the urine is small in quantity, and of 
 a pale hue, and particularly where the disease 
 is connected with a pituitous or phlegmatic 
 habit, diuretics have been found unquestionably 
 serviceable. 
 
 The fetid gums, which combine an expec- 
 torant with an antispasmodic power, have been 
 much employed, especially ammoniacum and 
 asafoetida : both these should be combined with 
 saline medicines. Squill and ipecacuanha, com- 
 bined in small and frequently-repeated doses, 
 will generally be found more efficacious than 
 any other expectorant, and their efficacy will 
 often be increased by the addition of a minute 
 quantity of the blue pill, especially in cases 
 where the abdominal secretions are in a disor- 
 dered state. 
 
 Acids, especially nitric acid, gtt. vj., combined 
 with squill and hyoscyamus, have been found to 
 give great relief. Smoking tobacco, and espe- 
 cially stramonium leaves, is often useful. 
 
 Within the last few years a new anti-asthmatic 
 remedy has sprung up in the lobelia inflata : in 
 some cases it has doubtless afforded almost im- 
 mediate relief, but it fails much more frequently 
 than it succeeds. It is given in the form of a 
 
 
 saturated tincture of the leaves, in doses of from 
 3ss. to 3iJ- 
 
 The general treatment is to be conducted 
 with a new of establishing a healthy tone ; if 
 the disease be associated with plethora, gout, 
 or a nervous diathesis, appropriate medicines 
 are to be employed; these have reference, 
 chiefly, to diet, regular exercise, and habits. 
 
 It can not be too strongly incidcated, that 
 there is no disorder in which a careful regula- 
 tion of the ordinary habits of the patient is of 
 more avail than in asthma. An exact temper- 
 ance in diet, an undeviating regularity in the 
 hours of rising, taking food and exercise, and 
 going to rest, and residence in a locality which 
 is found by experience to be salubrious to the 
 individual, have often produced a marked im- 
 provement, if not a complete cure, in cases on 
 which half the materia medica had been ex- 
 hausted. 
 
 Asthma acutum. A. spasticum infantum. 
 A. spasmodicum infantum. A. Koppian. A. 
 Millar's. A. thymicum. A. thymic. Spas- 
 modic croup. See Laryngismus stridulus. 
 
 Asthma acreum. A.emphysematicum. Pneu- 
 mothorax. 
 
 Asthma arthriticum. A. convulsimim. A. 
 diapliragmaticum. A. dolorificum. Angina 
 pectoris. 
 
 Asthma cardiac. Dyspnoea, dependent on 
 disease of the heart. 
 
 Asthma gtpseum. A. montanum. A. pul- 
 verulentum. Asthma arising from particles of 
 dust irritating the air-passages; the asthma of 
 bakers, millers, &c. 
 
 Asthma infantum. Croup. 
 
 Asthma nocturnum. The nightmare. 
 
 Asthma uteri. Hysteria. — Van Helmont. 
 
 Asthmatic Broken-winded; subject to asth- 
 ma. 
 
 A'stites. The lobes of the prostate gland. 
 
 A'stomus. (Aarouoc ; from a, priv., and 
 crojjLa, a mouth.) Without a mouth. 
 
 ASTRAGALUS. (us,i,m.) 1. Astragalus 
 os, the ankle-bone ; a bone of the tarsus, upon 
 which the tibia moves. It is placed at the up- 
 per and back part of the tarsus, and its superior 
 surface presents a large smooth head for articu- 
 lation with the distal ends of the tibia and fibula. 
 The ankle-joint which is thus formed is a com- 
 plete ginglymus, or hinge-joint. 
 
 2. In Botany, a genus of legivminous plants. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. 
 
 Astragalus exscapus. Stemless milk-vetch. 
 The root of this plant is said to cure confirmed 
 syphilis. 
 
 Astragalus tragaca'ntha. This species 
 was supposed to be the plant that afforded the 
 gum called tragacanth. See Astragalus verus. 
 
 Astragalus verus. Goat's thorn; milk- 
 vetch. Astragalus aculeatus. The gum-trag- 
 acanth is derived principally from the Astragalus 
 verus, but in part, also, from the A. gummifera 
 and A. creiicus. Gum-tragacanth, or guin-dra- 
 gant, or dragon, exudes spontaneously from the 
 plant in summer. The best is white, semi- 
 transparent, dry, yet somewhat soft to the touch. 
 
 Put into water, it slowly imbibes a great 
 quantity of the liquid, swells to a large volume, 
 and forms a soft, but not fluid mucilage ; if more 
 
 81 
 
AT C 
 
 AT L 
 
 water be added, a fluid solution may be obtain- 
 ed by agitation, but the liquid looks turbid and 
 whey-like. Tragacanth contains 40 to 50 per 
 cent, of bassorin. 
 
 Tragacanth is usually preferred to the other 
 gums for making up troches, and other like 
 purposes, and is, perhaps, superior as a demul- 
 cent to gum-arabic. 
 
 ASTRA'NTIA. (a,ce,i.) A genus of plants. 
 Class, Pentandria. Order, Digynia. — A. ma- 
 jor. Astrantia nigra. Astrantia vulgaris. 
 Black master-wort. The root of this plant is 
 acrid, and was formerly employed as a purga- 
 tive. The Imperatoria ostruthium has been 
 called astrantia. 
 
 Astricta alvus. Costiveness of the bowels. 
 Astriction. Astrictio. Constringent; the 
 action of an astringent. The corrugation and 
 contraction produced by astringents. 
 Astricto'rius. Astringent; styptic. 
 ASTRFNGENT. (Astringens; from asirin- 
 go, to constringe.) An astringent medicine is 
 one which, when applied to the body, renders 
 the solids denser and firmer, by contracting 
 their fibres. Astringents serve to diminish ex- 
 cessive discharges ; and, by condensing relaxed 
 parts, act indirectly as tonics. The substances 
 of this class are, the mineral acids, alum, lime- 
 water, and several preparations of copper, zinc, 
 iron, lead, creasote, and nitrate of silver. A 
 great variety of vegetable substances possess as- 
 tringent properties, which they probably owe to 
 the presence of tannin, as oak bark, galls, cate- 
 chu, kino, krameria, logwood, red Sander's 
 wood, the rosa gallica, uva ursi, tormentil ; these 
 are the pure astringents. 
 
 Astringent principle. Tannin or tannic 
 acid. 
 
 Astringents. Astringentia. See Astringent. 
 A'strion. The astragalus. 
 Astroboli'smus. ( Aorpofo/Uo/zoc.) Apo- 
 plexy, or sudden paralysis. 
 Astrologia. Astrology. 
 Astrum duplicatum. A medicine composed 
 of the tinctures of antimony and coral, essence 
 of amber and musk. Great cordial virtues were 
 attributed to it. 
 
 Astysia. Asynodia. Impotence. 
 Asuoli. Soot. Ink. 
 Atac Talc. Nitre. 
 
 A'tavism. When an hereditary affection is 
 lost in one generation and reappears in the 
 next. 
 
 ATA'XIA. {a, &, f. ; from a, neg., and raa- 
 co), to order.) Want of regularity. Applied to 
 the course or symptoms of a disease, or to the 
 functions of the animal body. Sydenham uses 
 the term ataxia spirituum to signify commotion 
 of the nervous system. It has been most gen- 
 erally used by recent writers to denote that 
 state of the nervous system which accompanies 
 nervous fever. 
 
 Ata'xic. Ataxicus. Arc/croc. In a state 
 of ataxia. Ataxic fever means nervous fever. 
 A low state. 
 
 ATA'XO-ADYNA'MIC. (Ataxo-adynami- 
 cus ; from ataxia, disorder, and advvafua, de- 
 bility.) A term applied by the French to ty- 
 phus fever — -fievre ataxo-adynamique. 
 
 Atchar. A condiment used in India, con- 
 82 
 
 sisting of various green fruits, garlic, ginger 
 mustard, and pimenta, pickled in vinegar. 
 
 Ate'cma. Ate'cnia. (From a, priv., and 
 tekvov, a child.) Anaphrodisia. Sterility. 
 
 Atelectasis pulmonum. Imperfect dilata- 
 tion of the lungs at birth. 
 
 A'TELES. AteTitjc. Imperfect; defective. 
 
 Atelo. From Ateles. With this prefix is 
 compounded many words signifying an absence 
 or defect of a part; as — Atelocheilia, malfor- 
 mation of the lips — Atelo encephalia, imperfect 
 brain — Atelognathia, imperfect jaws — Atelomy- 
 elia, imperfect spinal marrow — Ateloprosopia, 
 imperfect development of the face — Atelosto 
 mia, imperfect mouth. 
 
 Ater succus. Black bile. 
 
 ATHAMA'NTA. (a,ce,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferee. — A. cre- 
 tensis. Candy carrot. Daucus creticus of the 
 Pharmacopoeias. The seeds have an aromatic 
 smell, and a slightly pungent flavor, and have 
 been employed as carminatives and diuretics. 
 — A. meum. iEthusa meum. — A. oreoseli'num. 
 Black mountain parsley. The officinal oreose- 
 linum. An extract and tincture prepared from 
 the root were said to be attendant, aperient, de- 
 obstruent, and lithontrip tic. The oil obtained 
 by distillation from the seed was esteemed as 
 a remedy for the toothache. 
 
 Athama'nticum. iEthusa meum. 
 
 ATHANA'SIA. {a, ce, f. ; AOavaaia, immor- 
 tality.) A name given to tansy ; also, to several 
 medicines. 
 
 Athanor. Athonor. An old kind of fur- 
 
 Unable to suckle. 
 
 nace. 
 
 Athelasmus. 
 
 Athelsis. Suckling. 
 
 Athe'na. kdrjva. A compound plaster in 
 much repute among the ancients. 
 
 Athenato'nium. A glass cover for a cucurbit. 
 
 Athenio'nis catapo'tium. The name of a 
 pill, composed of myrrh, pepper, castor, and 
 opium. Celsus recommends it against a cough. 
 
 Atheni'ppum. Diasmyrnes. ~Evudeg. An 
 ancient collyrium, described by Scribonius 
 Largus. 
 
 Athera. Athara. Pulse ; pap ; also, a lin- 
 iment. 
 
 ATHERO'MA. (a, atis, n. KBepufia, or 
 aBnpufia; from adapa, pulse or pap.) An en- 
 cysted, tumor that contains a substance of a 
 pulpy consistence, as molluscum.. 
 
 Atheromatous. Atheromatodes. The ad- 
 jective derived from atheroma ; thus, we say an 
 atheromatous tumor. Beclard observes that the 
 substance of these tumors is sebaceous, the 
 cysts being distended follicles. 
 
 ATHLETIC. {AtMeticus; from aOloc, a 
 contest.) Individuals in whom the muscular 
 system is highly developed are said to be ath- 
 
 ATHY'MIA. (a, ce, f . ; from a, neg., and 
 -&vfiog, courage.) Despondency or melancholy. 
 
 Atincar, or Atinkar. Borax. 
 
 A'TLAS. Atlantion. Atloid. (From a, in 
 tensive, and rlau, to sustain.) The name of 
 the first vertebra. This vertebra has a small 
 arch instead of a body, and little or no spinous 
 process, but a very large ring. In the fresh 
 subject this is partially filled up so as to cor- 
 
ATO 
 
 ATR 
 
 respond with the rest of the spinal canal, by 
 the odontoid process of the second vertebra. It 
 is articulated above with the condyles of the oc- 
 cipital bone (atloido-occipital articulation); 
 and below, by the oblique processes, with the 
 dentata (atloido-axoid articulation). The nod- 
 ding motions of the head are performed between 
 the occipital bone and the atlas; the rotatory 
 motions, between the atlas and dentata. 
 
 Atloido-axoid ligaments. Two ligaments 
 passing between the atlas and axis, or dentata. 
 
 Atle. The tamarisk — Prosper Alpinus. 
 
 Atmidia'trice. Atmiatria. (From a-pic, 
 vapor, and tarpiKn, with texvij understood, the 
 medical art. ) The art of curing diseases by ex- 
 posure of the body to the action of vapors. 
 
 Atmisterion. A vapor-bath. 
 
 Atmo'meter, or Atmido'meter. (From ar- 
 fioCy or arfiic, a vapor, and fierpov, a measure.) 
 An instrument for measuring the quantity of 
 vapor exhaled from a humid surface in a given 
 time. 
 
 ATMOSPHERE. (Atmosphera, a, f. ; from 
 arfioc, vapor, and <j<paipa, a globe.) The elastic 
 gases and vapor which surround the earth. It 
 extends some 45 miles upward; consists of 
 nitrogen, 79 parts; oxygen, 21 per cent. ; with 
 about yinro th °f carbonic acid ; the quantity of 
 vapor of water depends upon the temperature, 
 being most in warm weather. The atmosphere 
 exerts a pressure at the surface of the earth of 
 15 lbs. on the square inch, but this diminishes 
 rapidly as we ascend elevations. It is because 
 of this pressure that fluids boil at a fixed tem- 
 perature, mercury stands at 30 inches in the 
 barometer, &c. A diminution of pressure would 
 much derange the circulation. 
 
 Atmospheres. An expression in physical 
 science to indicate the pressure uuder which a 
 gas or vapor is condensed. Each atmosphere 
 is a pressure of 15 pounds on the square inch, 
 or 30 inches of mercury. They are enumera- 
 ted by the ordinary numbers. 
 
 ATO'CIA. (From a-onoc, barren.) Sterility. 
 
 Ato'cidm. (Same etymon.) A name that 
 has been given to the Lychnis sylvestris; be- 
 cause, as it is said, the flowers often bear no seed. 
 
 Ato'lmia. (a, neg., and to/mo., confidence.) 
 Despondency ; want of confidence. 
 
 A'TOM. (Atomus, i, m., aropoc; from, a, 
 neg., and tellvo, to cut or divide.) Synony- 
 mous with equivalent. The smallest or ulti- 
 mate particles of which material bodies are 
 composed are called atoms ; of these larger 
 portions of matter are composed, and between 
 them the actions of attraction and repulsion, 
 whereby the condition of bodies is changed, 
 may be supposed to take place. This new of 
 the constitution of bodies has given rise to the 
 atomic theory. — A., compound, or component. 
 An atom which contains two or more element- 
 ary atoms. — A., elementary. The atom of a 
 substance which has not been decomposed. — 
 A., organic. The atoms of substances which 
 are found in organic bodies, or are obtained 
 from them by various processes. — A., primary. 
 The same with elementary atoms. — Atomic 
 theory. See Combination, chemical. 
 
 Ato'nia palpebrarum. Falling down of 
 the upper eyelids. See Ptosis. 
 
 ATO'NIC. (Atonicus; from arovia, weak 
 ness.) Deficient in tone ; weak. 
 
 ATONY. (Atonia, <e, f.. arovia; from a, 
 neg., and reivo, to extend.) Deficient; v of 
 tone; weakness; properly, of muscular organs, 
 to the healthy state of which a certain tone or 
 tension of their fibres has been supposed neces- 
 sary; but the term is now applied, to debility 
 of anv kind. 
 
 A'TRA BI'LIS. (xo7.ii p&aiva.) Black 
 bile. A fluid imagined by the ancients, but 
 which has no real existence. A redundance 
 produced melancholia. 
 
 Atrabilia'rij: arte'rle. The arteries which 
 supply the supra-renal glands. 
 
 Atrabiliari.e cap's ul^:. The supra-renal 
 glands or capsules. 
 
 Atrabiliarle ve.vje. The veins which sup- 
 ply the supra-renal glands. 
 
 Atrabi'liary. Atrabilious. Atrabiliosus. 
 (Atrabiliarius ; from at ra b His.) Appertaining 
 to black bile. 
 
 Atrabiliary temperament. The melan- 
 cholic and hypochondriac temperament. 
 
 Atrachelocephalus. A monster without 
 neck. 
 
 Atrache'lus. (From a, priv., and rpaxrj 
 loc, the neck.) Short-necked. 
 
 ATRA'CTYLIS. The distaff thistle. A ge- 
 nus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia trqua- 
 lis. Composite. — A. gummi'fera. Gummy- 
 rooted atractylis ; pine thistle. The root 
 abounds with a gummy matter, which exudes 
 when it is wounded. The root and tops of the 
 flower-stalks, boiled and dressed with oil. are 
 used as food. The gummy matter is said to be 
 chewed for the purpose of strengthening the 
 gums. 
 
 Atrage'ne. A name of the Clematis vitalba. 
 
 Atrame'xtum. (um.i.n.) Ink; also. black- 
 ing, copperas or vitriol, and the black fluid se- 
 cz-eted by the cuttle-fish. 
 
 Atramentum sutorium. Sulphate of iron. 
 
 Atrame.vtum sympatheticum. See Ink, 
 sympathetic. 
 
 Atrapha'xis. krpaoa^tc. Atriplex. 
 
 ATRE'SIA. Atretismcs. (From a, neg., 
 and nrpn/ui, to perforate.) Imperforation. Ab- 
 sence of the natural opening of any canal or 
 cavity, owing to congenital malformation or oc- 
 clusion of the same from disease or injury . 
 
 Atre'tus. One who has an imperforate 
 anus or genitals. 
 
 Atrices. Alt rices. Small tumors about the 
 anus, as hemorrhoids or condylomata. 
 
 A'trici. Small sinuses in the vicinity of the 
 anus, which do not penetrate into the cavity of 
 the rectum. 
 
 ATRIPLEX. (ex, ids. f. Xrpaoa^ic.) A 
 genus of plants. Polygamic. Monascia. Che~ 
 nopodiacece. Orache. — A. fastida. See Cheno- 
 podium vulvaria. — A. hallimus. A. hortensis. 
 See Atriplex littoralis. — A. littoralis. A. hah- 
 mus. A. marina. Grass-leaved sea orache. 
 The leaves and young shoots are pickled and 
 eaten like samphire. The plant was formerly 
 considered antiscorbutic. — A. papula. The 
 leaves of this are eaten like spinage. — A. portu- 
 lacoi'des. Portulaca marina. Sea purslane. 
 Shrubby orache. The leaves and shoots are 
 
 83 
 
ATR 
 
 sometimes used for pickles, and the plant was 
 formerly esteemed antiscorbutic ; it is not now- 
 employed in medicine.— A. sativa. Orache. 
 A. hortensis of the Pharmacopoeias. The herb 
 and seed of this plant have been exhibited me- 
 dicinally as antiscorbutics. 
 
 A'trium co'rdis de'xtrum. The right auri- 
 cle of the heart. 
 
 A'trium co'rdis sini'strum. The left auricle 
 of the heart. 
 
 A'TROPA. (a, <s, f. ; from A rpoiroc.) A ge- 
 nus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. So- 
 lanacece. — A. bellado'nna. Deadly night-shade. 
 The Belladonna of the Pharmacopoeias. The 
 activity of this plant depends on a peculiar al- 
 kaline principle called Atropia. (See Atropia.) 
 Belladonna is a powerful narcotic, and is al- 
 leged, also, to possess sudorific and diuretic 
 properties. It has been recommended in scir- 
 rhous and cancerous affections and neuroses. 
 Dose, of dried leaves, in powder, a grain, grad- 
 ually increased to 10 or 12 grains; or an infu- 
 sion may be made. Externally applied, bella- 
 donna has great efficacy in allaying local pain 
 and spasm. The powder or extract made into 
 an ointment, with an equal weight of lard, and 
 rubbed on the penis and perineum, relieves 
 chordee more effectually than any other appli- 
 cation. But the most familiar use of belladon- 
 na is for dilating the pupil of the eye, so as to 
 facilitate the examination of the deep-seated 
 parts of this organ. For this purpose, the ex- 
 tract of belladonna, diluted with a sufficient 
 quantity of water, is rubbed over the eyebrow 
 and around the eye, and in less than an hour 
 the pupil becomes widely dilated. It has also 
 been used as a preventive of scarlatina. The 
 extract is the only officinal preparation of bella- 
 donna. — A. mandra' gora. Mavdpayopac. Av- 
 6po)7ro/nop(poc. Mandragora. The mandrake. 
 This plant is a native of Asia and the South of 
 Europe ; formerly used as a love philter. The 
 mandrake possesses considerable narcotic pow- 
 er, and the root was formerly much used in 
 medicine, but it is entirely discarded from the 
 practice of the present day. 
 
 Atrophia mesenterica. A. glandularis. 
 A. infantum. See Tabes mesenterica. 
 
 A'TROPHY. {Atrophia, ce, f. ; from a, priv., 
 and rpe(j)0), to nourish.) A wasting of the 
 whole body, or any particular part of it. Local 
 atrophy may arise from congenital defect in the 
 organization of the part, as in the case of a limb 
 which is small and imperfectly developed in 
 comparison with the rest of the body ; or it 
 may arise from some cause impeding the natu- 
 ral supply of blood, as when the main artery of 
 any organ is rendered impervious; or from a 
 diminution of the nervous influence, as in the 
 wasting of a paralytic limb ; or from total sus- 
 pension of the natural functions of an organ, as 
 in the degeneration of muscles that are never 
 used ; or, lastly, from the effects of inflamma- 
 tion, as frequently exemplified in the testicle 
 and other parts. General atrophy or wasting 
 of the body is observed to arise from insufficient 
 nourishment, from profuse evacuations, and 
 from a diseased state of the apparatus of nutri- 
 tion, consisting either in imperfect chylification 
 or imperfect assimilation. 
 84 
 
 ATT 
 
 The treatment of atrophy will, of course, in - 
 volve a most scrupulous attention to the diet 
 and habits of the patient. The bowels should 
 be kept regular ; mercurial alteratives may 
 sometimes be required, and the vegetable and 
 mineral tonics. Cleanliness, fresh air, and mod- 
 erate exercise are quite indispensable. Cold 
 bathing, where it is not contra-indicated, will 
 be found a powerful auxiliary. The atrophy 
 of old age is to be met by the most nutritious 
 food, wine, and warmth. 
 
 ATRO'PIA. Atropina. {a, <b, f.) Atropine. 
 The alkaloid of Atropa belladonna. It is a white 
 crystalline body, acrid and bitter ; sparingly sol- 
 uble, even in alcohol. It combines with the or- 
 dinary acids, forming soluble crystalline salts. 
 Formula C34H23O6 (Liebig.) 
 
 M. Brandes was obliged to discontinue his 
 experiments on this alkali from its bad effects 
 on his health. Even the vapor of it occasioned 
 violent headaches, nausea, pains in the back, 
 giddiness, and dilatation of the pupil. He once 
 tasted a small quantity of sulphate of atropia, 
 and found it merely saline ; but he was soon 
 affected with violent headache, shaking in the 
 limbs, alternate sensations of heat and cold, op- 
 pression of the chest, difficulty in breathing, 
 and feebleness of the circulation. 
 
 Atropia lactantium. Wasting from bad 
 breast milk. 
 
 Atropia verminos a. Marasmus from worms. 
 
 Atropi'na. See Atropia. 
 
 A'tropine. See Atropia. 
 
 ATTE'NUANT. (Attenuans ; from attenuo, 
 to make thin.) Diluent. A medicine which 
 has the power of rendering the consistence of 
 the blood thinner. The existence of any such 
 power in medicine is hypothetical. 
 
 Attenua'tus. Attenuated. 
 
 Attitude. The different positions which 
 the body is capable of assuming by the action 
 of its muscles are called attitudes. The atti- 
 tude of the body in disease often affords import- 
 ant indications. 
 
 ATTO'LLENS. (From attollo, to lift up.) 
 Lifting up : applied to some muscles, the office 
 of which is to lift up the parts they are affix- 
 ed to. 
 
 Attollens aurem. A muscle of the exter 
 nal ear : Attollens auriculce and Attollens auric- 
 %dam. It arises, thin, broad, and tendinous, 
 from the tendon of the occipito-frontalis, from 
 which it is almost inseparable, where it covers 
 the aponeurosis of the temporal muscle ; and is 
 inserted into the upper part of the ear, oppo- 
 site to the antihelix. 
 
 Attollens oculi. See Rectus superior oculi. 
 
 Atto'nitus. Properly, thunder-struck, but 
 also used by the Latins synonymously with 
 amazed or surprised, whence the English word 
 astonished. The term attonitus morbus was ap- 
 plied by Celsus to apoplexy, from its sudden 
 and overwhelming attack. 
 
 ATTRACTION. (Attractio, onis, f. ; from 
 attraho, to attract.) The terms attraction and 
 repulsion are employed merely as the expres- 
 sion of the general facts, that the masses or 
 particles of matter have a tendency to approach 
 and unite to, or to recede from, one another, 
 under certain circumstances. The term affinity 
 
AUD 
 
 AUE 
 
 has been used synonymously with attraction, 
 but it is now commonly applied only to chemi- 
 cal attraction. 
 
 Attraction of affinity. Chemical attrac- 
 tion. The force (usually electrical) which 
 combines dissimilar atoms into definite chemi- 
 cal bodies. It acts only at insensible distances, 
 and between definite numbers of atoms. 
 
 Attraction of aggregation. Cohesion, or 
 Attraction of cohesion. 
 
 Attraction, capillary. Capillarity. The 
 attraction exerted by certain bodies, whereby 
 they wet the surfaces of others, or rise in fine 
 tubes or between plates. Thus, water exerts 
 a capillary attraction for glass, wood, or a 
 sponge, but not for oils or fats. The penetra- 
 tion of fluids through tissues and porous vessels 
 is by reason of their capillary attraction ; hence, 
 some will not penetrate. There are also dif- 
 ferent degrees of attraction; one fluid rising 
 higher in tubes than another, or, in a mixture, 
 rising before another of less attraction. All 
 the phenomena of capillarity are under the in- 
 fluence of electrical or galvanic arrangements. 
 
 Attraction of cohesion. The force which 
 unites similar atoms into masses ; it acts only at 
 insensible distances. 
 
 Attraction, elective. Chemical attraction. 
 The attraction which selects certain atoms in 
 producing compounds. Thus, when sulphuric 
 acid is presented to a solution containing bary- 
 ta, magnesia, soda, it elects the baryta, forming 
 the sulphate of baryta. 
 
 Attraction, electrical. The approach of 
 bodies dissimilarly electrified. This force oper- 
 ates at sensible distances, as between clouds 
 and the earth. Magnetic attraction is the 
 same as exhibited by the magnet. 
 
 Attraction of gravitation. Gravity. The 
 force which causes masses to approach each 
 other, if free. It acts at great distances, the 
 force diminishing as the squares of the distan- 
 ces. It is the great central force of astronomy. 
 
 A'TTRAHEXS. Attrahent. Attractorius. 
 Drawing. Attrahentia medicamenta are me- 
 dicaments which irritate the surface and attract 
 the fluids to the parts to which they are applied, 
 as blisters, sinapisms, &c. The term is synony- 
 mous with epispaslic. 
 
 Attrahens auris. The anterior auris muscle. 
 
 Attrition. Attritio. {o, onis, f.) In med- 
 ical language, this term has been applied, 1. To 
 a graze, or abrasion of the cuticle. 2. To the 
 crushing of a part by violence. 3. To a severe 
 kind of cardialgia, or heartburn, accompanied 
 with great pain and sense of suffocation. 
 
 Attpic. A'typus. (From a, priv., and tv- 
 7roc, a type.) Without type. Applied to fevers 
 the course of which is so irregular as to be re- 
 ducible to no law. 
 
 Au. The symbol for gold {anrum). 
 
 Aua'nte. Auapse. {Avavrn ; from avai- 
 vu, to dry.) A disease attended with emacia- 
 tion. 
 
 Audinac springs. Mineral waters contain- 
 ing a little sulphureted hydrogen. 
 
 AUDTTION. Auditus. Audiiio. The qual- 
 ity of hearing. The impression of the waves of 
 sound is supposed to reach the auditory nerves 
 through their action on the aqua labyrinthi. 
 
 AU'DITORY. {Auditorius ; from audio, to 
 hear.) Appertaining to the sense of hearing. 
 
 Auditory arteries. The external is a 
 branch of the styloid; the internal, of the basilar. 
 This accompanies the portio mollis. The veins 
 empty into the jugulars. 
 
 Auditory canal. See Auris. 
 
 Auditory nerve. See Portio mollis. 
 
 Auditory passage. See Auris. 
 
 Audi'tus. {us, us A m.) The sense of hearing. 
 
 Augmentation. Augme'ntum. (urn, i, n.) 
 Incrementum. The augment; augmentation; 
 increase. This term is applied to the period 
 of a fever between its commencement and its 
 height. 
 
 Auli'scos. (From avloc, a reed-pipe.) A 
 catheter, or clyster-pipe. 
 
 Aumale. A small town of Upper Normandy. 
 It has acidulous chalybeate springs. 
 
 AU'RA. (a, <s, f.) A subtile vapor or exha- 
 lation. 
 
 Aura ele'ctrica. If electricity be received 
 from a sharp point, a sensation is felt as if a cold 
 wind were blowing on the part exposed to it. 
 This is called the aura elect rica. 
 
 Aura epile'ptica. A sensation which is 
 sometimes felt immediately before a fit of epi- 
 lepsy. The patient feels as if a stream of cold 
 air were ascending from some distant part of 
 the body toward the head. See Epilepsy. A 
 similar phenomenon is alleged sometimes to 
 occur in hysteria, in which case it is called aura 
 hysterica. 
 
 Aura hysterica. See Aura epileptica. 
 
 Aura podagrica. The precursory warning 
 of a fit of gout. 
 
 Aura semina'lis. Aura seminis. The most 
 subtile and vivifying portion of the semen virile, 
 which, according to some physiologists, ascends 
 through the Fallopian tubes, to impregnate the 
 ovum in the ovarium. The existence of this 
 aura is entirely hypothetical. 
 
 Aura vita'lis. So Helmont calls the vital 
 principle. 
 
 Aura'ntia curassave'ntia. Curassoa ap- 
 ples, or oranges. These are immature oranges. 
 When dried they are of a stony hardness, and 
 have a pleasant aromatic and bitter flavor, with- 
 out any acidity. Infused in wine or brandy 
 they make a good stomachic. When reduced 
 in size and rendered smooth by turning, they 
 are used as issue-peas. 
 
 Aurantia'ce-E. A natural family of plants, 
 of which the orange is the type. 
 
 Aurantii baccjs. See Citrus aurantium. 
 
 Aurantii cortex. Orange rind. 
 
 Aurantin. Aurantine. The bitter principle 
 of orange rind. 
 
 AURA'NTIUM. {urn, i, n.) The orange. 
 See Citrus aurantium. 
 
 Au'rate. {Auras, atis, f.) A salt formed by 
 the combination of the auric acid with a base. 
 
 Aurate of ammonia Fulminating gold. 
 See Aurum. 
 
 Au'rea Alexandria. A kind of opiate. 
 
 Aureola. Areola. 
 
 Aureum olus. Orache. See Atriplex. 
 
 Au'reus a'rabum. The seventh part of an 
 ounce. It was the same with the denarius of 
 the Romans. 
 
 85 
 
AUR 
 
 AUR 
 
 AURI CHLORIDUM. Chloride of gold. See 
 Aurum for this and the other compounds of 
 gold. 
 
 Auric acid. See Aurum. 
 
 AURI'CULA. (a, ce, f. ; dim. of auris, the 
 ear.) An auricle, or little ear. The external 
 ear, and two cavities of the heart which have 
 somewhat the appearance of little ears. See 
 Auris and Cor. 
 
 Auri'cula i'nfima. The lobule of the ear. 
 
 Auri'cula jud^. See Peziza auricula. 
 
 Auricula leporis. See Bupleurum. 
 
 Auricula muris. See Hieracium and Myo- 
 sotis. 
 
 Auricula cordis. The auricles of the heart. 
 
 Auricula'ris. (From auris, the ear.) Au- 
 ricular. Pertaining to the ear; as, auricular 
 muscles, auricular arteries, &c. 
 
 Auricularis digitus. The little finger : so 
 called because it is frequently introduced into 
 the ear. 
 
 Auriculate. Auricula' tus. A leaf, furnished 
 at its base with a pair of leaflets. 
 
 Auri'culo-ventri'cular orifices. The ap- 
 ertures by which the auricles and ventricles of 
 the heart communicate are so called. 
 
 Auri'ga. A kind of bandage used by the 
 ancients in wounds of the thorax. 
 
 Auri'go. Icterus. 
 
 Aurillac. A town in the department of 
 Cantal, in France, which has cold chalybeate 
 springs. 
 
 Auripigme'ntum. Yellow orpiment. 
 
 AU'RIS. (m, is, f.) The ear. The organ 
 of hearing in man may be divided into the Au- 
 ricle, or external ear ; the Tympanum, or mid- 
 dle ear ; and the Labyrinth, or internal ear. 
 
 1. External ear. This includes the Pinna, 
 or that part called in common language the 
 ear, and the Meatus auditorius externus, or 
 external auditory canal. The pinna consists 
 chiefly of fibro-cartilage, covered with the com- 
 mon integuments ; but the soft lower portion 
 contains no cartilage. The upper cartilaginous 
 part is called Ala, and sometimes Pavilion ; the 
 lower soft part is called Lobus. The prominent 
 margin which surrounds the greater part of the 
 ear is called the Helix ; another curved ridge 
 ■within this is the Antikelix ; the little triangu- 
 lar flap that projects over the forepart of the 
 auditory canal is termed the Tragus ; and the 
 smaller eminence opposite to it, which forms 
 the termination of the antihelix, is styled the 
 Antilragus- The groove between the helix 
 and antihelix is called fossa innominata ; the 
 shallow depression between the two ridges at 
 the upper part of the antihelix is the fossa na- 
 vicularis, and the deep central hollow bounded 
 by the antihelix, and leading to the meatus ex- 
 ternus or auditory tube, is called the concha. 
 There are several muscles connected with the 
 pinna, viz., the attollens atirem, anterior auris, 
 retrahentes aurem, the major helicis, minor he- 
 licis, tragicus, antitragicus, transversus auricu- 
 Ice, obliquus auris, and contractor meatus. De- 
 scriptions of these muscles will be found under 
 their respective heads. From the concha, the 
 meatus auditorius externus passes toward the 
 tympanum in a direction obliquely forward and 
 inward. The tube is rather more than an inch 
 86 
 
 in length; it is somewhat wider at its outer 
 than at its inner extremity, and is a little con- 
 tracted at its middle. The meatus is lined 
 throughout its course by a prolongation of the 
 common integument, which becomes thinner 
 as it proceeds further hiward, and, being re- 
 flected from the membrana tympani at the bot- 
 tom of the meatus, constitutes a blind sac. In 
 the outer half of the meatus, numerous small 
 glands are found between the cutaneous lining 
 and the cartilage ; these secrete the cerumen, 
 or wax of the ear, and are called Glandules ce- 
 ruminosce. At the bottom of the meatus exter- 
 nus, the Membrana tympani is stretched over 
 
 the orifice of the tympanum, forming a parti- 
 tion between it and the meatus. It is a thin, 
 firm, somewhat elastic, semi-transparent mem- 
 brane, of a circular or very slightly oval shape, 
 and rather more than the third of an inch ill 
 diameter. 
 
 2. Middle ear. This is formed by the cav- 
 ity called the Tympanum, or Drum. The tym- 
 panum is of an irregular form ; it is situated in 
 the petrous portion of the temporal bone, and 
 is bounded externally by the membrana tym- 
 pani, and internally by an osseous septum, which 
 divides it from the labyrinth ; anteriorly it com- 
 municates with the Eustachian tube, and pos- 
 teriorly with the mastoid cells. 
 
 The osseous septum, which divides the tym- 
 panum from the labyrinth, presents about its 
 middle a rounded eminence called the Promon- 
 tory, and above and behind this a small process, 
 called, from its shape, the Pyramid, and which 
 is hollow, with a foramen at its top. The tym- 
 panum, thus situated and bounded, has several 
 openings in its bony parietes ; these are as fol- 
 lows: 1. The Fenestra ovalis is situated imme- 
 diately above the promontory, and would com- 
 municate with the cavity called the vestibule, 
 were it not closed in the fresh state by a thin 
 
 membi 
 
 2. The Fenestra rotunda, which 
 
 is smaller than the last, is placed below the 
 back part of the promontory, and would com- 
 municate with a part of the cochlea called scala 
 tympani, were it not closed by a membrane: 
 the real form of this aperture is triangular rather 
 than round. 3. Behind and beneath the pyra- 
 mid is a very small foramen, which gives en- 
 trance to the chorda tympani nerve. 4. At the 
 upper and back part of the tympanum are three 
 or four foramina leading into the mastoid cells, 
 which are cavities hollowed out in the mastoid 
 process of the temporal bone, communicating 
 with each other, and lined by a prolongation of 
 the mucous membrane of the tympanum. 5. 
 In the floor of the tympanum, at its anterior 
 part, is the Glenoid fissure, or Fissura Glaserii, 
 which transmits the chorda tympani nerve and 
 laxator tympani muscle, and lodges the slender 
 process of the malleus. 6. At the inner and 
 forepart of the cavity of the tympanum are two 
 apertures, separated from each other by a small 
 plate of bone called Processus cochlear if ormis ; 
 these lead to two canals, one of which transmits 
 the tensor tympani muscle, and the other forms 
 part of the Eustachian tube. The Eustachian 
 tube forms an important accessory part of the 
 auditory apparatus. It passes from the cavitv 
 of the tympanum obliquely forward and inward". 
 
AUR 
 
 AU R 
 
 and opens just above the arch of the palate at 
 the outer edge of the posterior aperture of the 
 nostril. The whole tube is horn an inch and a 
 half to two inches long ; about a third part of it 
 toward the ear is bony ; the remainder is com- 
 posed of cartilage and fibrous membrane ; the 
 osseous part widens toward its aperture in the 
 tympanum, but the cartilaginous portion wudens 
 toward its aperture at the posterior nostril, so 
 that the tube is constricted in its middle portion, 
 but dilated toward each extremity ; the orifice 
 near the nostril is the larger. The whole tube 
 is lined by a prolongation of the mucous mem- 
 brane of the pharynx, which is also expanded 
 through the tympanum and mastoid cells. 
 Within the cavity of the tympanum are certain 
 small bones called Ossicula auditus, which are 
 articulated with one another so as to form a 
 chain extending across the cavity from the mem- 
 brana tympani to the fenestra ovalis. These 
 bones are called the Malleus, Incus, Stapes, and 
 Os orbiculare, which last is considered by some 
 anatomists as merely a process of the incus. 
 The Malleus, so named from its being shaped 
 something like a hammer, is the most external 
 of the ossicula ; it consists of a round head, a 
 neck, a handle, and a long and short process. 
 The handle, or manubrium, is directed down- 
 ward and forward, and adheres by a rounded 
 extremity to the centre of the membrana tym- 
 pani ; the head is directed upward and inward, 
 and articulates with the incus by two small 
 cartilaginous surfaces ; the short process, pro- 
 cessus brevis, comes off at right angles from the 
 upper part of the handle, and is in contact with 
 the membrana tympani; the long process, or 
 slender process, processus gracilis, projects from 
 the neck of the malleus downward and for- 
 ward, and terminates in a point which enters 
 the glenoid fissure. The Incus, so called from 
 a fancied resemblance to an anvil, comes next 
 to the malleus. It consists of a body and two 
 crura, or processes. The body is of a flattened 
 form, and has, on its anterior border, a cavity 
 which receives and is articulated with the head 
 of the malleus. The shorter of these processes 
 runs obliquely backward, and terminates in a 
 point at the opening of the mastoid cells ; the 
 longer, which is also the more slender, is directed 
 downward and curved inward at its extremity, 
 to which is appended the Os orbiculare. The 
 Os orbiculare is very mhiute, being smaller 
 than a grain of mustard-seed. Some consider 
 it as a distinct bone, and others merely as a part 
 of the long process of the incus. The os orbic- 
 ulare is articulated with the head of the stapes. 
 
 The Stapes is so named from its resemblance 
 to a stirrup, and is divided into a head, crura, 
 and base. The stapes is placed horizontally, its 
 head or apex being articulated with the os or- 
 biculare, and its base attached to the fenestra 
 ovalis, with which it corresponds in size and 
 shape. The anterior crus is shorter than the 
 posterior, and the interval between them is 
 filled up with a membrane. 
 
 Connected with this chain of bones are cer- 
 tain minute muscles by which their movements 
 are effected. These are four in number, viz . , 1 . 
 The Tensor tympani, or Internus mallei, which 
 arises from the cartilaginous extremity of the 
 
 Eustachian tube, runs backward in a bony canal 
 parallel with the tube, enters the tympanum, 
 where it becomes tendinous, and is inserted 
 into the short process of the malleus : its use is 
 to render the membrana tympani tense by draw- 
 ing the malleus inward. 2. The Laxator tym- 
 pani, or Ext emus mallei, which arises from the 
 spinous process of the sphenoid bone, and soon 
 becoming tendinous, passes through the glenoid 
 fissure to be inserted into the long process of 
 the malleus : its use is to relax the membrana 
 tympani by drawing the malleus forward and 
 outward. 3. The Laxator tympani minor is 
 described as rising from the upper part of the 
 bony extremity of the meatus auditorius externus, 
 and inserted into the handle of the malleus : it 
 is so small and indistinct that many anatomists 
 deny its muscularity, and consider it merely as 
 a ligament. 4. The Stapedius, which is lodged 
 within the tube of the pyramid, and sends out 
 a tendon to be inserted into the neck of the 
 stapes : its use is to render the membrane of 
 the fenestra ovalis tense by drawing the head 
 of the stapes upward and backward. 
 
 3. Internal ear, or Labyrinth. This, as 
 before stated, is the essential part of .the organ. 
 As fully developed in the human subject, it con- 
 sists of three parts, viz., the Vestibule, Cochlea, 
 and Semicircular canals. 
 
 The Vestibule, so named from its forming a 
 kind of porch to the other cavities of the laby- 
 rinth, is a small cavity of an irregular oval fig- 
 ure. Externally, it is bounded by the partition 
 between it and the tympanum already describ- 
 ed ; internally, by a cribriform plate of bone, 
 which separates it from the meatus auditorius 
 interims ; anteriorly, by the cochlea ; and pos- 
 teriorly, by the semicircular canals. 
 
 The vestibule has several apertures, viz. : 1. 
 The fenestra ovalis, already described, by which 
 it communicates with the tympanum. 2. Four 
 or five small perforations in the plate which 
 separates the vestibule from the meatus internus, 
 through which the filaments of the auditory 
 nerve enter. 3. A round hole at the fore and 
 under part, leading to a canal termed Scala 
 cochlea, by which the vestibule communicates 
 with the cochlea. 4. Five similar foramina 
 behind, by which it opens into the semicircu- 
 lar canals : one of these foramina is common to 
 two of the canals. 5. Near the common fora- 
 men last mentioned is a small hole leading into 
 the passage termed Aquceductus vestibuli. 
 
 The Cochlea is so named from its bearing 
 some resemblance to a snail-shell. It is of a 
 pyramidal form; it is placed obliquely at the 
 forepart of the vestibule, with its base directed 
 toward the meatus auditorius internus, and its 
 apex outward and a little downward. The 
 cochlea consists of an osseous tube, coiled spi- 
 rally round a central pillar. The tube makes 
 two turns and a half round this axis from the 
 base of the cochlea to its siunmit, or cupola. 
 The central pillar of the cochlea consists of two 
 parts : the one called Modiolus, from its resem- 
 blance to the spindle of a winding stair-case ; 
 the other Infundibulum, because it is funnel- 
 shaped. The Modiolus is a hollow cone, con 
 taming that branch of the auditory nerve which 
 is destined for the cochlea ; and its sides, which 
 
 87 
 
AUR 
 
 ADR 
 
 consist of two plates, with intervening cells, are 
 every where perforated with minute holes for 
 the transmission of the nervous fibres. The In- 
 fundibulum is an imperfect bony funnel, con- 
 nected, by its small eud, with the top of the 
 modiolus. The first turn, or gyrus, of the coch- 
 lea, and half of the second, are described round 
 the modiolus, the remaining half of the second 
 gyrus winds round the small end of the infundi- 
 bulum, and the upper extremities of the gyri, 
 which communicate with each other, are in- 
 closed by the cupola of -the cochlea. The tube 
 of the cochlea, which thus winds around the 
 central pillar, is divided by a longitudinal par- 
 tition into two canals, termed Scala, from their 
 supposed resemblance to stair-cases; the sep- 
 tum which divides them is composed of a bony 
 plate and a membranous portion, and is called 
 Lamina spiralis. One of the scalae commences 
 in the vestibule at a foramen already described, 
 makes its two turns and a half round the cen- 
 tral axis, and ends in the cupola ; this is called 
 Scala vestibuli: the other scala begins at the 
 cupola, makes its two turns and a half round 
 the central axis, and ends in the fenestra rotun- 
 da, by the membrane covering which the scala 
 is prevented from communicating with the cav- 
 ity of the tympanum ; this scala, which is the 
 smaller of the two, is called Scala tympani. 
 The cochlea, like all the rest of the labyrinth, 
 is lined by a soft mucous membrane. 
 
 The Semicircular canals are three very small 
 bony tubes, each of which forms a curve great- 
 er than half the circumference of a circle. They 
 are situated behind the vestibule, in the sub- 
 stance of the petrous portion of the temporal 
 bone. One of them is placed transversely, with 
 its convex side upward, and is called superior, 
 or vertical ; another is placed obliquely, with 
 the convex side backward, and is styled poste- 
 rior, or oblique; the third, which is smaller than 
 either of the others, is placed horizontally, and 
 is termed exterior, or horizontal. These three 
 canals communicate at both ends with the ves- 
 tibule, but the upper extremity of the posterior 
 canal joins with the internal extremity of the 
 vertical canal, forming a common passage, so 
 that the holes by which all the three canals open 
 into the vestibule are only five in number. The 
 canals are lined by a fine mucous membrane, 
 inclosing the expansion of the auditory nerve, 
 and each canal has, at one of its extremities, a 
 small dilatation called Ampulla, or Cavitas el- 
 liptica, corresponding with an enlargement of 
 the contained nerve. 
 
 The whole of the labyrinth is lined with 
 periosteum, which forms the membranes of the 
 two fenestra, and the membranous portion of 
 the lamina spiralis. Besides the periosteum, 
 the whole labyrinth is lined with a very soft 
 mucous membrane. In the vestibule this mem- 
 brane forms a sac, called Sacculus vestibuli, 
 which sac is divided by a partition of the same 
 texture with itself, and called by Meckel Septum 
 vestibuli nervoso-membranaceum. In the semi- 
 circular canals the mucous membrane is not in 
 contact with the periosteum, but forms distinct 
 tubes, which contain the nervous matter, and 
 have an ampulla at one end corresponding with 
 the enlargement of the nerve and its canal. A 
 88 
 
 watery fluid, much resembling the aqueous hu- 
 mor of the eye, and called Aqua labyrinthi, fills 
 the vestibule and scales of the cochlea, and sur- 
 rounds the membranous tubes of the semicircu- 
 lar canals. 
 
 Connected with the labyrinth are several ca- 
 nals for the transmission of nerves or veins; 
 these are, 1. The Meatus auditorius interims, or 
 internal auditoiy canal, which commences at a 
 foramen on the back part of the petrous portion 
 of the temporal bone ; it inns outward and for- 
 ward toward the vestibule; it is about three 
 lines in length, and rather less in diameter. It 
 transmits the auditory and the facial nerve with 
 a small branch of the posterior cerebral artery. 
 At its termination, the meatus is divided by a 
 small bony ridge into two recesses of unequal 
 size : the inferior, which is the larger, receives 
 the auditory nerve ; the superior, and smaller, 
 the facial nerve. These recesses, at first, ap- 
 pear to form a cut de sac ; but the smaller pit 
 is found to contain a foramen by which the fa- 
 cial nerve passes into the aqueduct of Fallopius; 
 and the larger is found to transmit the fibres 
 of the auditory nerve to the vestibule, by nu- 
 merous foramina in the cribriform plate already 
 described as forming a partition between the 
 vestibule and the meatus. 2. The Foramen 
 innominatum, or Hiatus Fallopii, which is a fis- 
 sure leading obliquely backward and outward 
 from the anterior surface of the pars petrosa, 
 and giving passage to the vidian nerve into the 
 aqueduct of Fallopius. 3. The Aquceductus 
 Fallopii, which commences at the foramen al- 
 ready described at the bottom of the meatus 
 internus, passes through the petrous portion of 
 the temporal bone, and terminates externally 
 at the stylo-mastoid foramen, giving transmis- 
 sion to the facial nerve. 4. Two small canals, 
 called the Aqueducts of Cotunnius, because 
 that anatomist supposed that their use was to 
 carry off the superfluous water of the labyrinth. 
 One of these canals, called Aquoeductus cochlea, 
 commences within the scala tympani near its 
 termination, and opens on the posterior border 
 of the pars petrosa, near the jugular fossa. 
 These aqueducts of Cotunnius seem merely to 
 give transmission to small veins; at least, if 
 they have any other uses, it is not understood. 
 
 Having now described all the cavities of the 
 ear, we have to consider the distribution of the 
 nerves and blood-vessels, and the relation of 
 the different parts of the apparatus to the sense 
 of hearing. The nerves distributed to the in 
 ternal ear are the Seventh pair, the Vidian 
 nerve, and those derived from the Otic ganglion. 
 The seventh pair of nerves consists of the Por- 
 tio mollis, or auditory nerve, and the Portio 
 dura, or facial nerve. The portio mollis and 
 portio dura enter the meatus auditorius inter- 
 nus together : at the bottom of this canal they 
 separate ; the portio mollis passing through the 
 cribriform plate to the labyrinth, and the portio 
 dura into the aqueduct of Fallopius. 
 
 The Auditory nerve divides at the bottom of 
 the meatus into two sets of filaments, which 
 pass through the foramina of the cribriform 
 plate. One set proceeds to the base of the 
 cochlea, enters the hollow of the modiolus, and 
 creeps through the numerous minute foramina 
 
AUR 
 
 in its sides to form an intricate net-work on the 
 scalse and lamina spiralis ; the other set is ex- 
 panded on the lining membrane of the vestibule 
 and semicircular cauals. 
 
 The Facial nerve, separating from the audi- 
 tory at the bottom of the meatus, passes into 
 the aqueduct of Fallopius. During its course 
 through this canal, it is joined by the Vidian 
 nerve, which reaches it through the hiatus Fal- 
 lopii, and afterward separates from it to enter 
 the tympanum : the facial nerve, while still in 
 the aqueduct, gives a filament to the tensor tym- 
 pani muscle and one to the stapedius ; finally, 
 it passes out at the stylo-mastoid foramen, to 
 be distributed on the side of the head and face. 
 
 The Vidian nerve rises from the sphenopal- 
 atine ganglion, passes backward through the 
 pterygoid foramen of the sphenoid bone, and, 
 having given twigs to the sphenoidal sinuses, 
 nasal fossse, pharynx, and Eustachian tube, di- 
 vides into two filaments, one of which goes to 
 join the carotid plexus in the carotid canal ; 
 the other, which is the portion in which we 
 are at present interested, ascends through the 
 foramen lacerum anterius, in the base of the 
 cranium, and, running along the groove on the 
 ridge of the os petrosum, covered by the dura 
 mater, enters the aqueduct of Fallopius by the 
 hiatus already desciibed. Here it accompa- 
 nies the facial nerve for a short distance, and 
 then, parting from it, enters the hollow of the 
 pyramid, through which it passes hito the tym- 
 panum, where it receives the name of Chorda 
 tympani. It crosses the cavity froin behind 
 forward, passing between the handle of the 
 malleus and the long process of the incus ; it 
 then quits the tympanum by the glenoid fis- 
 sure: its final destination is to the sub-maxillary 
 gland. Jacobson described a plexus within the 
 cavity of the tympanum, formed by filaments 
 entering at opposite points from the vidian, 
 glosso-pharyngeal, and sympathetic nerves. 
 According to this anatomist, the vidian, while 
 in the hiatus Fallopii, and before it joins the fa- 
 cial, gives off two delicate filaments, which 
 pass through minute canals into the tympa- 
 num; the filament from the sympathetic en- 
 ters the tympanum by a small foramen from 
 the carotid canal ; lastly, the filament from the 
 glosso-pharyngeal enters the same cavity by a 
 small canal, leading from the fossa occupied by 
 that nerve : all these filaments meet upon the 
 promontory, and form a plexus. 
 
 The Otic, or Auricular ganglion, is a small, 
 soft ganglion, of a reddish-gray color, connected 
 with the third branch of the fifth pah of nerves, 
 and situated immediately below the foramen 
 ovale of the sphenoid bone. It gives off sev- 
 eral minute branches, two of which go to the 
 internal ear, viz., one to the tensor tympani 
 muscle, and another to the tympanic plexus 
 above described. 
 
 The arteries of the tympanum and labyrinth 
 are derived from the posterior auricular, inter- 
 nal maxillary, and basilary. 1. The posterior 
 auricular sends a stylo-mastoid branch into the 
 foramen of that name, which passes along the 
 aqueduct of Fallopius to the tympanum, where 
 it divides into minute branches, some of which 
 pass to the mastoid cells, and others to the 
 
 AUR 
 
 labyrinth. 2. The internal maxillary gives off 
 a tympanic branch, which passes through the 
 glenoid fissure, to be distributed on the lining 
 of the tympanum, the laxator tympani muscle, 
 and the membrana tympani. These two twigs, 
 the stylo-mastoid and tympanic, form, in young 
 subjects, a sort of coronary artery round the 
 termination of the meatus auditorius extemus, 
 from which minute vessels pass inward upon 
 the membrana tympani. 3. The basilary artery 
 sends a branch called the internal auditory into 
 the meatus auditorius internus, which, passing 
 along with the nerves, enters the labyrinth 
 through the cribriform plate, and is distributed 
 over its lining membrane. The stylo-mastoid 
 and tympanic arteries are accompanied by cor 
 responding veins; but the blood supplied to 
 the labyrinth by the internal auditory artery is 
 returned by two small veins, which pass through 
 the aqueducts of Cotuunius. 
 
 Aurisca'lpium. An instrument for cleansing 
 the ear. An ear-pick. 
 
 Aurist. One who attends to diseases of the 
 ear. 
 
 AURIUM FLUCTUATIO. A. sibilus. A. SOnitllS. 
 
 A. susurus. A. tinnitus. Singing or buzzing 
 in the ears. 
 
 Auru'go. The jaundice. 
 
 AURU'M. (urn, i, n.) Gold. It occurs al- 
 ways in the metallic state ; is yellow, soft, of 
 moderate brilliancy ; the best conductor of heat 
 and electricity ; insoluble, except hi nitromuri- 
 atic acid ; fuses at 2016°. It is the most ductile 
 and malleable metal; sp. gr., 19-4 to 19-65; 
 equivalent, 99-6, Berz. (200, Brande) ; symbol, 
 Au. There are two oxides, Au 2 and Au 2 3 ; 
 these have been called the oxide or aurous oxide 
 (protoxide), and peroxide, or auric acid (ses- 
 quioxide). There exist, also, analogous com- 
 pounds with chlorine and sulphur, and probably 
 with iodine and bromine. The following com- 
 pounds have been introduced into medicine, for 
 the most part, in syphilitic and scrofulous dis- 
 eases ; their efficacy is doubtful, for Velpeau 
 and Baudeloque could discover none of the prop- 
 erties attributed to them by Chrestien, Orfila, 
 and others, although employed in doses 100 
 times larger, as 12 grs. They are all applied 
 by friction to the tongue, lips, or adjacent parts. 
 
 Auri et sodii chloridum. Aurum muriat- 
 icum natronatum. Murias aurico -natricum. 
 Chloruretum auri et natrii. Aurum chloratum 
 natronatum. Sodii auro-terchloridum. Per- 
 chloruretum auri et sodii. Chloride of gold 
 and sodium. Auro-ter chloride of sodium. Auro- 
 sesquichloride of sodium. NaCl-{-Au2Cl3-{-4HO. 
 Orange-colored four-sided prisms ; soluble in 
 water. Dissolve 85 grs. of sesquichloride of 
 gold, and 6 grs. of chloride of sodium, in a little . 
 distilled water ; evaporate gently until a pellicle 
 forms, then set aside to crystallize. (Paris 
 Codex.) Dose, internally, gr. yg- to gr. ~. 
 
 Auri iodidum. A. ioduretum. Iodide of 
 gold. Aurous iodide. AU2I. Precipitated 
 from a solution of sesquichloride of gold by 
 iodide of potassium. A yellowish, insoluble 
 powder ; dose, gr. ^ to gr. -^ . 
 
 Auri nitromurias. Aurum nitrico-muria- 
 tum. This has been called nitromuriate of gold, 
 but is only a solution of sesquichloride of gold 
 
 89 
 
AUR 
 
 {gr. yj.) ill niixomuriatic acid (fj-)- The acid 
 constitutes it a violent escharotic ; it has been 
 used as such to cancerous tumors. 
 
 Auri oxydum. Auri teroxydum. Peroxide 
 of gold. Auric acid. Auric oxide. AU2O3. 
 Take four parts calcined magnesia, one part 
 sesquichloride of gold, 40 parts water; boil; 
 wash the powder first in water, and afterward 
 with dilute nitric acid. A brown, insoluble 
 powder; dose, gr. Jg- to gr. j. If an excess of 
 ammonia be used to precipitate instead of mag- 
 nesia, there is formed the aurate of ammonia, 
 ammonuret of gold, or fulminating gold; a vio- 
 lently detonating powder, most culpably used 
 by some persons in medicine. 
 
 Aurum chloratum. Auri chloridum. Auri 
 ckloruretum. Aurum muriaticum. Aurum sa- 
 litum. Auri terchloridum. Auri sesquichlori- 
 dum. Auric chloride. Solution of gold. Nitro- 
 muriate of gold. Sesquichloride of gold. Chlo- 
 ride of gold. Au 2 . CI3. Dissolve one part of 
 gold in three parts of nitro muriatic acid, with 
 heat ; evaporate at a low heat until it begins to 
 emit chlorine ; set aside to crystallize. {Paris 
 C.) Crystalline needles of an orange color, de- 
 liquescent, with a strong styptic taste. It must be 
 kept in a well-closed vessel in darkness. It is 
 soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. This is 
 one of the most active preparations, being 
 equally powerful with corrosive sublimate, ac- 
 cording to Orfila. The powder is mixed with 
 liquorice or some other innocuous substance, 
 and rubbed on the tongue, cancerous swelling, 
 &c, in the dose of gr. -^ to gr. ■—, twice daily, 
 and gradually increased; or it may be made 
 into pill. Externally applied, begin with gr. 
 ^th. Antidote, white of eggs. 
 
 Aurum cyanidum. Auri cyanuretum. Auri 
 tercyanidum. Tercyanide of gold. Cyanide 
 of gold. Sesquicyanide of gold. A^Cy?- Add 
 to a pure solution of sesquichloride of gold, so- 
 lution of cyanide of potassium, until no further 
 precipitate falls. The precipitate, which is a 
 yellow, insoluble powder, is the sesquicyanide 
 of gold. (Paris C.) Dose, gr. T j to gr. y 1 ^- 
 Aurum folia'tum. Gold leaf. 
 Aurum fu'lminans. Fulminating gold. See 
 Auri oxydum. 
 
 Aurum lepro'sum. Antimony. 
 Aurum metallicum. Pulvis auri. Aurum 
 pulveratum. Aurum limatum. Gold filings. 
 Gold leaf rubbed into a powder, or the powder 
 precipitated from the solution of the chloride by 
 Bulphate of iron; dose, gr. \ to gr. j. 
 
 Aurum musi'vum. Mosaic gold. Bisulphuret 
 of tin. 
 
 Aurum pota'bile. Potable gold. Some vol- 
 atile oil, as that of rosemary, was poured on a 
 solution of gold ; this reduced the gold and sep- 
 arated it from the rest of the liquor ; alcohol 
 was added to this. The aurum potabile was in 
 high esteem as a cordial medicine. 
 Aurum sophi'sticum. Brass. 
 Aurum stanno-paratum. Purpura mine- 
 rals Cassii. Purple of Cassius. Add a solu- 
 tion of protochloride and perchloride of tin to 
 a solution of sesquichloride of gold. Filter, 
 and dry the powder. Dose, gr. y^-th to gr. y^ th. 
 Au'rus brazilie'nsis. An obsolete name of 
 the Calamus aromaticus. 
 90 
 
 AUS 
 
 AUSCULTA'TION. {Auscultatio, onis, f . ; 
 from ausculto, to listen.) This term is applied 
 to the several methods of detecting the nature 
 and seat of disease by means of the sense of 
 hearing. The sounds perceived in auscultation 
 divide themselves into those produced sponta- 
 neously within the body by its healthy or dis- 
 eased actions, and those which are excited arti- 
 ficially. The former, alone, are usually consid- 
 ered under the head of auscultation ; the latter 
 are referred to that of percussion. (See Per- 
 cussion.) Again, auscultation is distinguished 
 into immediate, or that effected by the direct 
 application of the ear, and mediate, or that ef- 
 fected through the medium of 
 body, namely, the stethescope. 
 
 These two modes of auscultation should be 
 used conjointly, and the ear should be accus- 
 tomed to both, since, under different circum- 
 stances, sometimes one and sometimes the other 
 will be found to convey the more accurate in- 
 formation. Auscultation may be used with 
 more or less advantage in all cases where mor- 
 bid sounds are produced ; but its general appli- 
 cations, and the only ones on which it is neces- 
 sary to dwell in this place, are, 
 
 1. The auscultation of respiration. 
 
 2. Auscultation of the voice. 
 
 3. Auscultation of the cough. 
 
 4. Auscultation of sounds foreign to the res- 
 piration, voice, or cough, but sometimes accom- 
 panying them. 
 
 5. Auscultation of the actions of the heart. 
 
 6. Obstetric auscultation. 
 
 We may here describe the natural sounds 
 detected by each of these modes of auscultation, 
 giving an enumeration merely of the morbid 
 sounds, a further notice of which will be found 
 under their respective heads. 
 
 1. Auscultation of respiration. The pass- 
 age of the air into and out of the lungs, in the act 
 of breathing, causes certain sounds, which vary 
 according to the size of the cavities through 
 which the air passes ; these are called the Ve- 
 sicular, the Bronchial, and the Tracheal sounds. 
 
 The Vesicular respiration, or pulmonic respi- 
 ratory murmur, is heard pretty distinctly at all 
 parts of the chest, but most so where the lungs 
 are nearest the surface, as in the axilla, in the 
 space between the clavicle and the trapezius 
 muscle, and that between the clavicle and the 
 mamma. It is a soft, crepitating sound, and 
 conveys the idea of air entering into a number 
 of very minute cells. The respiratory murmur 
 is, ceteris paribus, heard strongly in propor- 
 tion to the frequency, not to the depth of the in- 
 spiration : hence, when we have any difficulty 
 in distinguishing this sound, the patient should 
 be desired to breathe quick, and it will imme- 
 diately become obvious. The intensity of the 
 respiratory murmur varies at different ages, 
 and in different individuals. It is much more 
 strongly marked before the age of puberty than 
 after, and in infants is particularly noisy. The 
 respiration of adults affords this sound in very 
 different degrees of intensity in different indi- 
 viduals, although the lungs be perfectly healthy; 
 in some it is so slight as hardly to be perceived 
 in the ordinary state of the respiration, while 
 in others it is so strong as to obtain the name of 
 
AUS 
 
 AUS 
 
 puerile respiration : the latter peculiarity (sup- 
 posing a healthy state of the lungs) is only 
 observed in women, and in men of a highly 
 nervous temperament. Whenever the respira- 
 tory murmur has ceased, or is remarkably di- 
 minished over any portion of the surface of the 
 thorax, we may conclude that the correspond- 
 ing portion of the lungs has, from some cause, 
 become impermeable to the air, in a greater or 
 less degree. 
 
 The Bronchial respiration can not, generally, 
 be distinguished from the vesicular over the 
 greater part of the thorax. It is usually heard 
 only in the space below the clavicle, but in 
 thin persons may also be frequently detected at 
 the upper part of the sternum, in the axillae, 
 and in the interscapular region. The bronchial 
 sound differs from that of vesicular respiration 
 in the air seeming to pass through larger cavi- 
 ties. When any portion of the pulmonary text- 
 ure, situated near a considerable bronchial 
 tube, becomes impervious to the air, the bron- 
 chial sound is heard more distinctly from the 
 cessation of the vesicular, and may be detected 
 at parts of the thorax where, in the healthy 
 state of things, it is confounded with the vesic- 
 ular sound. Whenever this change from the 
 natural sounds of respiration occurs, we may 
 be sure that the surrounding texture of the 
 lung is morbidly condensed, as by hepatization, 
 tubercle, effusion, &c. 
 
 The Tracheal respiration is heard only in the 
 course of the trachea, and the sound is of the 
 same kind as the bronchial, only louder and 
 more blowing, from the greater size of the tube 
 through which the ah passes. 
 
 The sounds of morbid respiration are, 
 
 a. Cavernous respiration. 
 
 b. Blowing respiration, or souffle. 
 
 2. Auscultation of the voice. If we apply 
 the hand or the ear to the chest of a healthy per- 
 son, while they are speaking or singing, we per- 
 ceive a distinct vibration, and a similar impres- 
 sion is communicated to the ear through the 
 stethescope. The strength of this vibration will 
 vary greatly according to the natural power of 
 the voice, the fatness or leanness of the individu- 
 al, &c. Over those parts of the lungs distant from 
 any large bronchial tube it is comparatively 
 feeble. If we apply the stethescope between 
 the scapulae, over the large bronchial tubes at 
 the root of the lungs, the resonance of the voice 
 is very strong, and the words of the speaker 
 may sometimes be heard, but they always seem 
 to hang, as it were, at the end of the instrument 
 furthest from the ear, and not to traverse its 
 tube: the sound of the voice thus heard pro- 
 ceeding from a bronchial tube is called Bron- 
 chophony. Again, if the stethescope be applied 
 over the larynx or trachea, the sound is still 
 stronger, the words are distinctly heard, and 
 they appear to pass right through the tube of 
 the instrument to the ear of the listener ; the 
 sound of the voice thus heard is called Laryn- 
 gophony. The sounds of the voice indicative 
 of disease are, 
 
 a. Bronchophony, in situations where it does 
 not exist in health. 
 
 b. yEgophony. 
 c Pectoriloquy. 
 
 3. Auscultation of the cough. If the lungs 
 be healthy, no particular sound is developed by 
 the act of coughing: the shock is perceived in 
 all parts of the chest, and, as in the case of the 
 voice, the sound is heard very distinctly from 
 the larger bronchial tubes, and seems to pass 
 directly through the stethescope to the ear from 
 the trachea and larynx. The auscultation of 
 the cough is chiefly useful because it sometimes 
 develops other sounds, as the crepitous, or 
 cavernous rattle, which, under certain circum- 
 stances, may not be detected in the ordinary 
 states of respiration. Two sounds indicative 
 of disease are connected with the cough : 
 
 a. The Tubal cough. 
 
 b. The Cavernous cough. 
 
 4. Auscultation of sounds foreign to the 
 respiration, voice, or cough, but sometimes 
 accompanying them. These sounds are all mor- 
 bid, and consist of those arising from diseased 
 state of the bronchial tubes, and those arising 
 from diseased states of parts within the thorax, 
 but exterior to the lungs. The first class in 
 eludes the several kinds of Rattle, Ronchus, 
 or, as it is called by the adoption of the French 
 term, Rale. 
 
 Laennec describes five species of ronchus: 
 
 a. The Crepitous. 
 
 b. The Mucous. 
 
 c. The Sonorous. 
 
 d. The Sibilous. 
 
 e. The Crackling. 
 
 The second class, or sounds arising from dis- 
 eased states of parts within the thorax, but ex- 
 terior to the lungs, includes, 
 
 a. The Metallic tinkling, of which the Am 
 pharic resonance is a modification. 
 
 b. The Sound of friction. 
 
 5. Auscultation of the heart. The action 
 of the heart gives rise to sounds which are per- 
 ceived very distinctly in the cardiac region, and 
 more obscurely over an extent of the thorax, 
 varying in different individuals. The stethe- 
 scope, applied over the lower third of the ster- 
 num, indicates the state of the right cavities of 
 the heart ; over the cartilages of the ribs, from 
 the fourth to the seventh, it indicates the state 
 of the left cavities. Three leading circumstan- 
 ces are to be attended to in the auscultation of 
 the heart, namely, the impulse, the sound, and 
 the rhythm. 
 
 The Impulse. This is perceived both by 
 means of the stethescope and by the application 
 of the hand, and in a healthy individual is con- 
 fined to the cardiac region, or extends only a 
 little beyond it. The impulse is, ceteris pari 
 bus, stronger in proportion as the walls of the 
 heart are thicker; hence it is much increased 
 in hypertrophy, while in passive dilatation of 
 the heart it can hardly be perceived, even 
 though the action of the heart be violent. The 
 impulse communicated by the heart to the pa- 
 rietes of the thorax was, till lately, supposed to 
 arise from the apex of the heart being tilted 
 forward by the reaction of the column of blood, 
 suddenly impelled, by the contraction of the 
 heart, into the curved aorta. This explanation 
 is now generally relinquished, and the most 
 prevalent opinion is, that the impulse is occa- 
 sioned simply by the muscular action of the 
 * J ' 91 
 
AUS 
 
 heart itself: Dr. Hope, however, believes that, 
 in consequence of the retraction of the ventri- 
 cles upon their base, and upon the auricles 
 which are in a state of extreme distension, the 
 apex of the heart is tilted against the ribs, and 
 produces the impulse. The strength of the im- 
 pulse is influenced by a variety of circumstan- 
 ces; thus, all causes which produce great de- 
 bility, as large evacuations of blood, diarrhoea, 
 extreme abstinence, &c, diminish the impulse 
 so much, that it may be feeble even where hy- 
 
 Eertrophy exists : the same effect is produced 
 y severe dyspnoea, whether arising from asth- 
 ma, pulmonary congestion, or any other cause ; 
 here the diminished impulse arises from the 
 action of the heart being impeded by the accu- 
 mulation of blood in its cavities. On the other 
 hand, violent exercise, nervous excitement, fe- 
 ver, and other causes, frequently render the 
 impulse very forcible where there is no hyper- 
 trophy. 
 
 Sound and rhythm of the heart's action. If 
 the ear be applied, with or without the inter- 
 vention of the stethescope, to the cardiac region 
 of a healthy person, two successive sounds will 
 be heard, then a brief interval of silence, then 
 a repetition of the two sounds, then another in- 
 terval; and so on in a series, continued with 
 perfect regularity, and susceptible of being rep- 
 resented by musical notation. This peculiar 
 and constant succession of sounds is called the 
 rhythm. The sounds of the heart's action in 
 the healthy state are very distinct in the cardiac 
 region, but faint at any considerable distance 
 from it ; a quick ear will, however, detect them 
 at most parts of the chest. The two sounds 
 heard at each pulsation of the heart differ both 
 in kind and in duration. The first sound is 
 grave, prolonged, rather louder at its com- 
 mencement than at its termination, and seems 
 to be suddenly broken in upon by the second, 
 which is short, acute, and compared to the clap 
 of the valve of a pair of bellows. The relative 
 duration of the two sounds, and the pause which 
 succeeds them, is thus estimated by Laennec : 
 the whole time being divided into four parts, 
 two of these are occupied by the first sound, 
 one by the second, and one by the pause which 
 succeeds it. The first sound is synchronous 
 with the impulse of the heart, and, in the 
 healthy state, with the arterial pulse; but the 
 latter is subject to variation in disease. It was 
 supposed by Laennec that the first sound was 
 caused by the contraction of the ventricles, and 
 the second by that of the auricles; and this 
 was for some time the received opinion. It was 
 first called in question by Mr. Turner ; and the 
 observations of Drs. Corrigan, Stokes, and Hope 
 have conduced to a different view of the sub- 
 ject. The experiments of Dr. Hope appear, 
 indeed, to have placed it beyond a doubt that 
 the auricle has no part in the production of the 
 second sound. Dr. Hope conceives that the 
 first sound is occasioned by the systole of the 
 ventricle, and the second by its diastole: 
 whether the second sound be caused precisely 
 by the diastole of the ventricle or not may still 
 be uncertain; but it is now pretty generally 
 admitted that it is caused by some action of the 
 ventricle. 
 
 92 
 
 AUS 
 
 It has already been observed of the impulse, 
 that it is strong in proportion as the walls of the 
 ventricles are thick : the reverse is true with 
 respect to the sound of the heart, which is found 
 to be loud in proportion as the walls of the 
 ventricle are thin ; hence, in passive dilatation 
 of the heart, the sound is louder than natural, 
 and is heard distinctly at parts of the chest 
 where, in the healthy state, it is very obscure, 
 or altogether inaudible ; while in hypertrophy 
 the sound is indistinct, and very circumscribed 
 in its extent. Besides these sounds occasioned 
 by the action of the ventricles, which exist in 
 health, and which, as above explained, afford 
 by their deviations diagnostics of disease, there 
 are other .sounds of the heart which are always 
 indicative of disease. The auscultatory signs 
 connected with morbid states of the heart are, 
 
 a. Increased impulse. 
 
 b. Diminished impulse. 
 
 c. Increased sound. 
 
 d. Diminished sound. 
 
 e. The Bellows scnmd. Bruit de souffle. 
 
 f. The Rasp sound. Bruit de rape. 
 
 g. The Purring tremor (Fremissement ca- 
 taire), which, although perceived by the touch 
 rather than the hearing, is placed here, since it 
 accompanies the rasp sound, and arises from 
 the same causes. 
 
 h. The New-leather sound. Bruit de cuir 
 neuf. 
 
 i. Arterial sounds. \. Bruit de soufflet inter- 
 mittent. An intermittent blowing sound, occa- 
 sioned by contraction of the calibre of an artery, 
 from tumor, &c. It is sufficient to compress 
 the artery with the stethescope to produce this 
 noise. 2. Bruit du soufflet continu. A contin- 
 uous blowing and snoring sound, resembling 
 the blowing noise of the bellows of a forge. 
 The bruit de diable, or sound of the humming- 
 top, is a variety of this soufflet. Sometimes a 
 kind of tune of the arteries is heard, resembling 
 the humming of 'certain insects ; this is called 
 sifflement module, on chant des arteres. 
 
 6. Obstetric auscultation. The use of aus- 
 cultation, as a means of detecting pregnancy, 
 was first made known in 1818 by M. Mayer, 
 of Geneva, who stated that the pulsations of 
 the foetal heart might be distinctly perceived by 
 the application of .the ear to the abdomen of the 
 mother. His observations have been confirmed 
 and extended by M. Kergaradec and others, 
 and two auscultatory sounds are now recognized 
 which, when they unequivocally exist, may be 
 considered as conclusive evidence of pregnan- 
 cy, at the same time that their non-existence, 
 in any particular case, must not be admitted as 
 sufficient ground for denying that a woman is 
 gravid. These two signs are the sounds of the 
 foetal heart and the placental sound. 
 
 a. The sound of the foztal heart. The stethe- 
 scope, applied to the abdomen of a pregnant 
 woman, detects a series of sounds following 
 exactly the same rhythm as those of the adult 
 heart, but differing from them in being much 
 quicker and much feebler. The pulsations of 
 the foetal heart vary from 120 to 160 in a min- 
 ute, and are different at different times in the 
 same subject. Changes in the rapidity or force 
 of the circulation of the mother do not influence 
 
AUT 
 
 AXI 
 
 the heart of the foetus, and vice versa any agi- 
 tation of the foetal circulation has no effect on 
 that of the mother. The sounds of the foetal 
 heart can seldom be detected with any degree 
 of certainty before the sixth month of preg- 
 nancy. The facility with which they are heard 
 depends upon the position of the foetus, the 
 quantity of liquor amnii, and other circumstan- 
 ces. They are heard most distinctly when the 
 anterior part of the chest of the fetus is near 
 that part of the parietes of the uterus over 
 which the stethescope is applied. They some- 
 times cease to be discoverable for hours, or 
 even days together ; and hence a single auscul- 
 tation is not always sufficient. The situation 
 in which the pulsations are most distinctly heai'd 
 varies according to the position of the foetus ; 
 but as they may be heard more or less over the 
 whole uterine region, they may easily be traced 
 to their source. 
 
 b. The placental sound. Bruit placentaire. 
 This sound was first detected by M. Kergara- 
 dec. It is heard principally over that part of 
 the uterus where the placenta is attached ; and 
 hence, although the situation in which it is 
 most audible varies in different cases of preg- 
 nancy, it must remain unchanged throughout 
 the same pregnancy. It very nearly resembles 
 the bellows sound of the adult heart, and is 
 isochronous with the pulse of the mother. It 
 generally becomes perceptible about the fourth 
 month, and is then more distinct than at a later 
 period of gestation. Several opinions have 
 been held as to the cause of this sound, but 
 there is little doubt that it proceeds from the 
 enlarged vessels of the uterus which are con- 
 nected with the placenta; for, on the one hand, 
 it remains audible for a short time after the pla- 
 centa is detached, and, on the other, this sound, 
 or one very similar to it, seems to be occasionally 
 heard in parts of the uterine parietes distant 
 from that at which the placenta is attached. 
 
 The sound of the foetal heart and the placen- 
 tal sound can generally be detected by the ear, 
 without the assistance of the stethescope. 
 
 Auscultatory percussion. Acouophonia. 
 
 Au'stere. Austerus. An acid and astrin- 
 gent flavor. 
 
 Auta'lgia dolorosa. Pleurodynia. 
 
 Autemesia. Idiopathic vomiting. 
 
 Authe'meros. (From avroc, the same, and 
 rjjxepa, a day. ) Appertaining to the same day. 
 
 Autochiria. Suicidal nisanity. 
 
 AUTOCRATETA. Autocratia. Autocrato- 
 ria. Autocrasy. (From avroc, itself, and icpa- 
 toc, strength.) The vital principle. The vis 
 medicatrix naturae. 
 
 Automa'tic (Automations; avrofiaroc; from 
 avrofiartfa, to act of one's own accord.) In 
 Physiology, those functions which are perform- 
 ed instinctively, and without the exercise of 
 the will, are called automatic. 
 
 AUTOPHONIA. (From avroc, and (puvn, 
 voice.) The process of examining the modifi- 
 cations of one's own voice when speaking with 
 the head close to a patient's chest, abdomen, 
 &c. 
 
 Autopho'sphorus. Phosphorus. 
 
 AUTOPLA'STY. Autoplastic surgery. The 
 restoration of lost parts, as the nose, &c. 
 
 AUTO'PSY. Auto'psia. Autophia. (a, a, 
 f. ; from avroc, one's self, and oiptc, vision.) In- 
 spection; personal observation ; the dissection 
 of a dead body. 
 
 Autumnal fever. An intermittent, or re- 
 mittent, with bilious complication. 
 
 Auxiliary. Auxiliaris. Auxilhtm. As- 
 sistant. Auxiliary muscles are those which 
 concur with others, and aid them in their action. 
 An auxiliary medicine is one which is given 
 along with another to increase its efficacy. 
 
 Avella'na. The hazel-nut. Cory his avel- 
 lana. — A. catharlica. The purgative nut of 
 Jatropha curcas. Physic-nut. — A. i'ndica. 
 The ben-nut. See Balanus myrepsica. — A. 
 mexicana. Cacao. Theobroma cacao. — A. 
 purgatrix. Garden spurge. 
 
 AVE'NA. (a, ce, f.) A. sati'va. The oat. 
 Gruel made with oatmeal is in common use a3 
 an article of diet for the sick. Externally, oat- 
 meal is used as the basis of several poultices. 
 
 Avenge farina. Oatmeal. 
 
 Avenge semina. Oats. 
 
 Avenaine. A principle said to exist in oats. 
 
 Avenheim. A village not far from Stras- 
 bourg. It has mineral waters, which contain 
 bitumen, carbonate of soda, &c. They are ape- 
 rient and absorbent. 
 
 Avens. See Geum. 
 
 Averrhoa bilimbi, and A. carambola. In- 
 dian trees, the fruit of which is acid and refrig- 
 erant. 
 
 Aversion. Aversio. (o, onis, f. ; from aver- 
 to, to turn away.) In therapeutics, this term 
 has been used in the same sense as derivation, 
 or revidsion. 
 
 AVICE'NNIA. (a,ce,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Angiospermia. — A. tomento'sa. 
 The white mangrove of Brazil. A large tree. 
 The fruit, boiled in water, is eaten, and the 
 leaves are used in emollient cataplasms. 
 
 Avi'cul.e herme'tics:. A pretended uni- 
 versal salt. 
 
 Aviga'to pear. See Laurus persea. 
 
 Avis medica. The peacock. 
 
 AVOIRDUPOIS. Averdupois. See Weights 
 and Measures. 
 
 Avranches. A town of Lower Normandy, 
 which has acidulous chalybeate waters. 
 
 Avulsion. Evulsion. 
 
 Ax. A small town in the department of Ar- 
 riege. It abounds in sulphureous waters. 
 
 A'xea commissu'ra. See Trochoides. 
 
 Axia. A shrub of Cochin-China, said to be 
 tonic and diaphoretic. 
 
 AXPLLA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The arm-pit. 2. 
 In Botany, the angle formed by the leaf with 
 the stem. 
 
 AXILLA'RIS. Axillary. (From axilla, the 
 arm-pit.) Of, or belonging to, the axilla, or 
 arm-pit. 
 
 Axillaris arteria. The axillary artery is 
 a continuation of the subclavian, and gives off 
 in the axilla four mammary arteries, the sub- 
 scapular, and the posterior and anterior cir- 
 cumflex arteries, which ramify about the joint. 
 
 Axillaris vena. The axillary vein, which 
 is a continuation of the basilic vein, and re- 
 ceives the blood from the cephalic, and the 
 veins corresponding to the branches of the axil- 
 
 93 
 
B AC 
 
 B AC 
 
 lary artery. When the axillary vein passes un- 
 der the clavicle, it becomes the subclavian. 
 
 Axillary. See Axillaris. 
 
 Axillary glands. The lymphatic glands 
 of the arm-pit. They receive the fluid of the 
 lymphatics of the arm. 
 
 Axi'llary plexus. Plexus axillaris. The 
 axillary or brachial plexus of nerves is formed 
 by the last three cervical nerves and the first 
 dorsal. It surrounds the axillary artery ; and, 
 having given off the external thoracic nerves, 
 and some muscular branches, the plexus divides 
 into the large nerves which supply the upper 
 extremity. See Nervous system. 
 
 Axilla'tus. Disposed round an axis. 
 
 AXIS. At-uv. 1. This term is applied, in 
 the general language of science, to a right line 
 passing through, or supposed to occupy, the 
 centre of a body. 2. The second cervical ver- 
 tebra, or dentata. 
 
 Axoi'do-jltlandoid. The ligaments, articu- 
 lation, &c, of the axis and atlas. This junction 
 is liable to fatal accidents, as when the process 
 of the dentatus is broken, or the ligaments 
 which confine it. 
 
 AX'UNGE. Axungia. (a,<e,f.) The lard 
 or fat of an animal. — A. anserina. Goose fat. 
 — A. castoris. The fluid of the oil-bags of the 
 castor fiber. — A. cura'ta. A. prmparata. Puri- 
 fied hogs' lard. — A. de mu'mia. Marrow. — A. 
 porci'na. Hogs' lard. 
 
 Ayally. The name of a grass used in St. 
 Domingo as a laxative. 
 
 Azagor. Verdigris. 
 
 AZA'LEA. A genus of plants. Penlandria. 
 Monogynia. — A. pon'tica. The Pontic azalea, 
 believed to be the JEgolethron of the ancients. 
 A nectareous iuice exudes from it, which has 
 intoxicating and poisonous properties. 
 
 Azamar. Vermilion ; also, minium. 
 
 Azederach. Melia azederach. 
 
 Azelaic acid. The product of the action of 
 nitric on oleic acid. 
 
 Azobenzide. Azobenzoyl. Azobenzoide. 
 Azobenzoidine. Azobenzoilide. Azotide of 
 benzoyle. Products of the decomposition of 
 benzoyle and its compounds. 
 
 Azoerythrine. An azotized compound of 
 archil. 
 
 Azolitmine. A purple coloring matter, the 
 principal constituent of litmus. 
 
 Azoodynamia. Loss of vital power. 
 
 AZORES. The climate is mild, moist, and 
 equable. 
 
 Azotane. The chloride of azote. 
 
 Azotates. Nitrates. 
 
 A'ZOTE. (Azotum, i, n. ; from a, priv., 
 and £o)rj, life, because it is unfit for respiration.) 
 See Nitrogen. 
 
 Azotenesis. (From azote, and voaoc, dis- 
 ease.) Diseases arising from excess of nitrogen 
 in the system. 
 
 Azo'tic acid. The nitric acid has been so 
 called 
 
 Azotic gas. See Nitrogen. 
 
 AZOTIZED BODIES. Organic compounds 
 containing nitrogen, and especially the com- 
 pounds of proteine, which are remarkable for 
 their nutritiousness. 
 
 Azotureted hydrogen. Ammonia. 
 
 Azoturia. An excess of urea in the urine. 
 
 Azu'lmic acid. During the spontaneous de- 
 composition of hydrocyanic acid, a black matter 
 is deposited, very similar to the ulmic acid. This 
 has been named by M. Boullay Azulmic acid. 
 
 Azurestone. See Lapis lazuli. 
 
 A'zyges. The sphenoid bone. 
 
 A'ZYGOS. (From a, priv., and tjjyoc, a 
 yoke; because it has no fellow.) Several sin- 
 gle muscles, veins, bones, &c, are so called. 
 
 Azygos processus. A process of the os 
 sphenoides. 
 
 Azygos u'vul^. Azygos muscle. Palato- 
 uvularis. A muscle of the uvula. Palato-sta- 
 phalinus of Douglas. Staphalinus, or Epista~ 
 pkalinus, of Winslow. It arises from the pos- 
 terior extremity of the suture, which joins the 
 palate bones, and runs down the whole length 
 of the velum and uvula, covered by the mucous 
 membrane, and adhering in its passage to the ten- 
 dons of the circumflexi muscles. It is inserted 
 into the tip of the uvula. Its use is to raise the 
 uvula upward and forward, and to shorten it 
 
 Azygos vein. Azygos vena. This vein is 
 formed by the union of the lower intercostal 
 veins of the left side, and ascends on the fore- 
 part of the spine at the right side of the aorta ; 
 it passes through the diaphragm into the chest, 
 crosses the aorta, generally behind, but some- 
 times before, to the right side of the chest, and 
 terminates in the vena cava superior, just before 
 it enters the pericardium. In this course it re- 
 ceives blood from the renal and lumbar veins, 
 the right intercostals, the oesophageal veins, 
 and the right bronchial vein. On the left side 
 of the spine is a large vein called Semi-azygos. 
 See Semi-azygos. 
 
 Azymus. Unleavened. 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 
 The symbol for Boron. 
 
 Ba. Barium. 
 
 Babuzica'rius. The nightmare. See Ephi- 
 altes. 
 
 BA'CCA. (a, ce, f. ; a berry.) A pulpy 
 seed-vessel, inclosing several seeds. 
 
 Baccje. Berries. — Baccce bermudensis. See 
 Sapiudus saponaria. — B. piscatoriee. B. orien- 
 tales. Cocculus indicus. 
 
 Bacce copaifer£: factitijE. Copaiba in- 
 closed in gelatinous capsules. 
 94 
 
 Baccar. Bacchar. Baccharis. Baiacapic. 
 Ba/cxaptc. A fragrant herb formerly used. 
 
 B A'C C H ARIS . A genus of plants . Synge- 
 nesia. Pob/gamia superjtua. — B. braziliana. 
 The braised leaves are used against ophthal- 
 mia. — B. ivcefolia. The leaves are used in in- 
 fusion as a stomachic by the Peruvians. 
 
 Ba'cchia. Acne rosacea. 
 
 Ba'cchica. Ivy. 
 
 Bacci'ferous. Bacciferus. Berry- bear- 
 ing. 
 
B AL 
 
 B AL 
 
 Baccifo'rmis. Bacciform. Having the form 
 of a berry. 
 
 Bacci'nia. Baccinium. The genus Vaccin- 
 ium. 
 
 Bacher's pills. Pilulce tonicce Bacheri. 
 These consist of extract of black hellebore, 1 j . ; 
 myrrh, fj. ; carduus benedictus, fiij. ; made 
 into a mass, and divided into pills of one grain 
 each. From two to 6ix pills are given three 
 times a day. 
 
 Baci'llum. A troche of a cylindrical shape. 
 A pastile. Several surgical instruments. 
 
 Bacopa. A genus of plants. Class, Pentan- 
 dria. Order, Monogynia. The Bacopa a quatica 
 is used in Cayenne as a remedy for burns. 
 
 Baden. A town of Austria. It has mineral 
 springs containing carbonates of lime and mag- 
 nesia ; sulphates of lime, magnesia, and soda ; 
 and muriates of soda and alumina. 
 
 Badia'ga. A sea-weed. It is used in Rus- 
 sia to take away the livid marks of bruises ; 
 and the powder of it applied to the part is said 
 to have this effect in the course of a single night. 
 
 Badian. Illicium anisatum. 
 
 Badulam. A small tree of Ceylon. The 
 Ardisia Jiumilis. Its fruit, made into syrup, is 
 given to allay heat and thirst in ardent fevers. 
 
 Bagneres-adour. A small town in the de- 
 partment of the Hautes Pyrenees which has 
 numerous mineral springs, the greater part of 
 which are warm and sulphureous; but some 
 warm and saline, and others cold and chalybe- 
 ate. 
 
 Bagneres-de-luchon. A small town in the 
 department of the Haute Garonne, which 
 abounds in hot sulphureous springs. 
 
 Bagnigge wells. A saline mineral spring 
 near London. 
 
 Bagnoles. A village in the department of 
 the Orne. Its water is like that of Bagneres- 
 de-Luchon. 
 
 Bagnols. A village in the department of 
 Lozere. It has sulphureous waters. 
 
 BAHAMA ISLANDS. The climate is warm, 
 but subject to rapid alternations of temperature 
 and moisture from winds and storms. Hence 
 it can not be recommended to consumptives as 
 a winter residence. 
 
 Bahel. Columnea lopgifolia. 
 
 Bahel schulli. Genista spinosa indica. 
 
 Bailey's itch ointment. This consists of 
 nitre, alum, white vitriol, cinnabar, olive oil, 
 lard, oils of aniseed, origanum, and lavender, 
 colored with alkanet-root. 
 
 Bains. 1. A city in the department of Vos- 
 ges. It has thermal saline waters. 2. A village 
 near Aries. It has hot sulphureous waters. 
 Baker's itch. Psoriasis diffusa. 
 Baker's salt. Carbonate of ammonia. 
 
 Balden a macrocephala. The sperm whale. 
 
 Balance electrometer. An instrument 
 
 constructed on the application of the common 
 
 balance and weights, to estimate the mutual 
 
 attraction of oppositely-electrified surfaces. 
 
 Balance, hydrostatic. A balance adjusted 
 for taking specific gravities. 
 Bala'nda. The beech-tree. 
 BALANITIS. (BaAavoc, glans.) Inflamma- 
 tion of the mucous membrane of the glans pe- 
 nis, and inner layer of the prepuce, &c. 
 
 Balanoca'stanum. Bunium bulbocastanum. 
 
 Balanorrhcea. Balanitis; false gonorrhoea. 
 
 BA'LANUS. (us, i, m. ; from fialavoc, an 
 acorn.) 1. Several kinds of nuts, as the ben-nut. 
 2. A suppositoiy or pessaiy. 3. The glans 
 penis and the glans clitoridis. 
 
 Balanus myrepsica. The ben-nut. See 
 Moringa aptera. 
 
 Balaruc. A town in the department of 
 Herault in France. It has warm saline springs. 
 
 Balau'stium. Balausta. Balaustinis. The 
 flower of the pomegranate. 
 
 Balbis. Bal6ic. An oblong cavity. 
 
 Balbus. Balatro. A stammerer. 
 
 BALBU'TIES. (From balbutio, to stammer.) 
 A defect of articulation ; stammering. 
 
 Baldmony. yEthusa meurn. 
 
 BALDNESS. Calvities. The falling off of 
 the hair, which is natural in old age, may be 
 prematurely induced by a variety of causes, as 
 after severe fevers, and in consumptive and ca- 
 chectic diseases. Some healthy persons lose 
 their hair early in life. Where the disposition 
 to baldness is only slight, the use of animal fat, 
 as bear's grease, &c, will often suffice to obvi- 
 ate it ; but when the hair falls off in any quan- 
 tity, the only effectual remedy is to shave the 
 head. 
 
 Baldwin's phosphorus. Fused nitrate of 
 lime. 
 
 Baline'um. See Balneum. 
 
 Ball and socket joint. Enarthrosis. 
 
 Balli'smus. (BaTihicfioc ; from /3a/l/U£cj, to 
 dance.) Chorea. 
 
 Balli'sta. Balista. Os balistce. The as- 
 tragalus. 
 
 Balloon. (Ballon, French.) A large glass 
 receiver in the form of a hollow globe, usually 
 with two necks. 
 
 BALLO'TA. Ballote. BallaTTj. A genus 
 of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. ha- 
 biat&. — B. nigra. B. fostida. Marrubium ni- 
 grum. Black, or stinking horehound. A 
 common plant, to which detersive and other 
 virtues have been ascribed. — B. lanata. A 
 Sibei'ian species, recommended by Brera in 
 rheumatism, gout, and dropsy, as a dime tic. 
 Dose, f ss., in decoction. 
 
 BALLOTTEMENT. A French term intro- 
 duced into medicine. It means the motion 
 communicated to the foetus in utero, by striking 
 the cervix uteri with the finger of one hand 
 introduced into the vagina, while the other 
 hand is placed on the abdomen to fix the uterus. 
 The foetus is thus made to ascend and descend 
 floating in the liquor amnii. This ballottement 
 is one of the least equivocal signs of pregnancy. 
 
 BALLSTON SPA. A village in Saratoga 
 county, New York. It has acidulous chalybe- 
 ate springs, which are much frequented. It 
 has, also, a sulphureous spring. 
 
 Balm. See Melissa. 
 
 Balm of Gilead. Balm of Mecca. Amyris 
 gileadensis. 
 
 Balm of Gilead fir. Abies balsamea. 
 
 Balm, Turkey. See Dracocephalum. 
 
 Balnea c^nosa. The mud surrounding 
 mineral springs. It has been often topically 
 applied. 
 
 BA'LNEUM. (um,i,n. Balaveiov.) A bath. 
 
 95 
 
BAL 
 
 Baths are distinguished, according to the me- 
 dium employed, into the water bath, the vapour 
 bath, the air bath, &c. : according as the water 
 or other medium is applied to the whole body 
 or only to a part, into general and partial : ac- 
 cording to the part which is bathed, into pedi- 
 luvium, or the foot bath ; coxcduvium, or semi- 
 cupium, the hip bath ; manuluvium, or the hand 
 bath, &c. : according to the manner in which 
 the medium is applied, into the shower bath; 
 the douche bath ; said affusion. When the me- 
 dium is not applied in its simple state, but im- 
 pregnated with some medicinal substance, the 
 bath is said to be medicated. We shall hence, 
 in the present article, consider the subject of 
 ithing under the fi " 
 
 1. The cold bath, 
 
 2. The tepid bath. 
 
 3. The hot bath. 
 
 4. The vapor bath. 
 
 5. The air bath. 
 
 6. Partial bathing. 
 
 7. The shower bath. 
 
 8. The douche. 
 
 9. Affusion. 
 
 10. Medicated baths. 
 
 1. The Cold Bath. The temperature of this 
 is from 42° to 85° F. When a healthy indi- 
 vidual immerses his body in cold water, he at 
 first experiences a sensation of Cold and a cer- 
 tain shock to the whole system; these very 
 soon subside, and, unless the immersion be long 
 continued, the water communicates a pleasant 
 sensation, and feels warm rather than cold: 
 when he leaves the water a very marked re- 
 action of the arterial system takes place; the 
 pulse becomes very full and strong ; there is a 
 glow on the surface from the increased action 
 of the capillary vessels; the muscles are braced, 
 and the general sensations are those of elasticity 
 and vigor. It is by the production of this reac- 
 tion that the cold bath proves so salubrious, 
 and it is therefore beneficial or otherwise, ac- 
 cording as the system is sufficiently vigorous 
 to establish this reaction or not. Cold bathing 
 is not only conducive to the preservation of 
 health, but is a very powerful therapeutical 
 agent. The general circumstances of disorder 
 for which cold bathing appears to be of service, 
 are languor and weakness of circulation, ac- 
 companied with profuse sweating and fatigue 
 on very moderate exertion; tremors in the 
 limbs, and many of those symptoms usually 
 called nervous ; weakness of the moving pow- 
 ers, and a listless and indolent state of the mind ; 
 provided that these symptoms are unconnected 
 with any permanent disease of the viscera. 
 The sea bath is best. 
 
 2. The Tepid Bath. The range of temper- 
 ature of this is from 85° to 97° F. Tepid 
 bathing is chiefly serviceable by relaxing the 
 skin, and promoting insensible perspiration. It 
 is hence used with advantage in most cases 
 wher? the skin is arid, and transpiration defi- 
 cient ; and in many chronic cutaneous diseases 
 its use is indispensable to cleanse the pores of 
 the skin from the vitiated secretions which are 
 continually obstructing them. The tepid bath 
 is frequently used as a preparation for the cold 
 in the case of weakly patients, who woidd, at 
 
 96 
 
 BAL 
 
 first, be unable to sustain the shock of the 
 latter. 
 
 3. The Hot Bath. The temperature of this 
 is from 95° to 100° F., but about 96° is the 
 best for ordinary purposes. Immersion in wa- 
 ter of this degree of heat has a remarkably 
 tranquillizing effect on the nervous system ; it 
 renders the skin soft and perspirable ; it allays 
 irritation, and produces a strong tendency to 
 quietude and sleep. At a temperature of 98° 
 the hot bath usually renders the pulse some- 
 what quicker and fuller. At 100° and upward 
 it strongly stimulates the arterial system, and 
 produces a general unpleasant sensation of ex- 
 citement and turgescence, which is presently 
 relieved by perspiration; if the immersion be 
 long continued, it causes extreme lassitude, de- 
 bility, and somnolency. The bath at 96° oper- 
 ates as a powerful antispasmodic, and relieves 
 visceral inflammation by determining the blood 
 to the surface of the body ; it hence affords the 
 greatest relief in cases where an inflammatory 
 and a spasmodic state are combined, as in en- 
 teritis, cystitis, gall stones, &c. It is employed 
 by surgeons to favor the reduction of strangu- 
 lated hernia by the relaxation it occasions. It 
 is much used in convulsive affections, especially 
 those of young children; and in cutaneous dis- 
 eases accompanied with a very rough and im- 
 perspirable state of the cuticle, its utility is 
 obvious. A very hot bath of 104° F. is, in 
 some cases, a valuable remedial agent, as in the 
 cold stage of malignant fevers, and other cases 
 in which the heart is almost overpowered, and 
 the blood, accumulating in the larger vessels, 
 leaves the surface cold and pallid. 
 
 4. The Vapor Bath. This bath is formed 
 by letting the steam from a kettle pass between 
 the sheets which surround the patient, taking 
 care that the vapor is not too hot. Or it may 
 be formed by pouring water on hot bricks, &c, 
 placed under a suitable cover. The tempera- 
 ture varies from 112° to 130°. It produces 
 nearly similar effects, and is applicable nearly 
 to the same cases, as the hot water bath: it 
 differs, however, in exciting the circulation less, 
 and producing more immediate and copious 
 diaphoresis. 
 
 5. The Air Bath. The exposure of the naked 
 body to the atmosphere of a cool chamber is 
 often very useful in allaying the restlessness 
 arising from slight degrees of febrile excitement; 
 and this may be called a cold air bath. The 
 air bath, however, which is generally used as 
 a therapeutical agent, is the warm air bath, in 
 which the body of the patient is placed in an 
 apparatus adapted to the purpose, and exposed 
 to the action of the air heated to a temperature 
 of from 90° to 130°. The warm air bath is 
 more stimulating than the vapor bath, and pro- 
 duces copious perspiration in a still shorter 
 time ; it is hence a powerful remedy in highly 
 congestive forms of fever, and in the cold stage 
 of the malignant cholera. It is also used with 
 advantage in stiffness of the joints from chronic 
 rheumatism, and other cases. 
 
 6. Partial Bathing. The beneficial effects 
 of the topical application of water are known 
 to every one. Thus, cold water applied to the 
 head is a common means of diminishing cere- 
 
B AL 
 
 B AL 
 
 bral excitement; the topical use of the same 
 agent to restrain hemorrhage in abortion and 
 other cases is equally familiar; nor less so is 
 the immersion of a scalded part hi cold water 
 as the most effectual means of allaying pain and 
 preventing vesication. The immersion of the 
 feet and legs in warm water is a popular and 
 useful means of determining the blood from in- 
 ternal parts, and producing moisture on the 
 skin; the inflammation caused by sprain3 and 
 bruises is much relieved by bathing with warm 
 water, and the suppuration of external abscess- 
 es is promoted by the same means. Many 
 other examples might be adduced, but the 
 above may suffice. 
 
 7. The Shower Bath. In this kind of bath 
 water is made to fall from a height through nu- 
 merous apertures upon the head and body of 
 the patient. Its effects are similar to those of 
 the ordinary cold bath, except that it produces 
 a more transient shock, and is, therefore, better 
 adapted to individuals whose power of reaction 
 is feeble. 
 
 8. The Douche. This consists hi the projec- 
 tion of a stream of cold water from a tube upon 
 any part of the body. It is a most powerful 
 means of refrigeration, and diminishes remark- 
 ably all the vital actions of the part to which it 
 is applied. Its effect varies according to the 
 temperature of the water, the diameter of the 
 stream, and the force with which it is pi-ojected. 
 When applied to the head it speedily dimin- 
 ishes every action of the system, and will often, 
 in a short time, reduce a full, inflammatory 
 pulse to a thread. It is used principally hi in- 
 flammatory affections of the brahi, and is a rem- 
 edy of extraordinary efficacy in such cases: the 
 douche should here be used with due caution, 
 for its depressing power is so great, that if too 
 long or too severely applied, it may have fatal 
 effects. 
 
 9. Affusion. The affusion of cold water has 
 been much extolled as a means of cutting short 
 fever. It has already been treated of hi the ai*- 
 ticle Affusion, which see. Sponging the body 
 with cold water, or cold ablution, is highly con- 
 ducive to the preservation of health : it should 
 be practiced regularly imiediately on getting 
 out of bed in the morning. 
 
 10. Medicated Baths. liese are such as 
 consist of particular liquids or vapors different 
 from the ordinary media used for bathing, or 
 of the common media impregnated with foreign 
 substances, with a view of giving them some 
 peculiar efficacy. Thus we have wine baths, 
 milk baths, sulphureous baths, acid baths, aro- 
 matic baths ; baths prepared with sulphate of 
 iron, with quicklime, with alum, with sal am- 
 moniac, &c. Generally speaking, much more 
 importance seems to have been attached to 
 medicated baths than their real efficacy war- 
 rants. The sulphureous and acid baths, how- 
 ever, form an exception to this remark. The 
 sulphureous vapor bath is applied by placing 
 the patient in a box, not including his head, 
 and introducing the fumes arising from sulphur 
 placed upon a piece of hot iron. This bath is 
 used in various cutaneous diseases, and often 
 with success, especially in the different forms of 
 scabies and impetigo. It has also been extolled 
 
 G 
 
 j for its efficacy in rheumatism, gout, paralysis, 
 disorders of the digestive organs, &e., in which 
 cases its efficacy is much more doubtful. 
 
 The nitro-muriatic acid lath was invented by 
 Dr. Scott, of Calcutta, and used by him in many 
 morbid conditions of the liver, especially a tor- 
 pid state of that viscus. It is not often found 
 necessary to raise the bath much above the 
 knees, and a mere foot bath, or common wash- 
 hand basin, is occasionally sufficient; in which 
 case the attendants sponge the parts above the 
 knee, or the arms, with the acid water. 
 
 Three parts, by measure, of muriatic, and 
 two of nitric acid, are to be carefully mixed, 
 and added to five parts of distilled water. The 
 bath is to consist of three ounces of this dilute 
 acid to every gallon of water. 
 
 The feet should remain in the bath for twen- 
 ty minutes or half an hour, and the legs, thighs, 
 and abdomen be, in the mean time, frequently 
 sponged with the liquid. In winter the bath 
 may be used warm, but this is not necessaiy in 
 summer. 
 
 Dr. Scott affirms that he has employed this 
 process with decided advantage in almost all 
 cases dependent on a morbid secretion of bile ; 
 whether the secretion be superabundant, de- 
 fective, or depraved. He found it often, within 
 a few hours after the first bathing, increase the 
 flow of bile and ameliorate its character, caus- 
 ing the expulsion of dark-colored faeces, bright- 
 colored bile, or bile of a brown, green, or black 
 color, like tar mixed with oil. In the parox- 
 ysm of pain from a gall-stone passing the bile 
 ducts, or from common spasm, he also found it 
 act like a charm, and produce almost immedi- 
 ate ease. 
 
 Balneum animale. The animal bath. Wrap- 
 ping the skin of an animal just killed round the 
 body of a patient, or any part of it. 
 
 Balneum arenj:. A sand bath. 
 
 Balneum calidum. A hot bath. 
 
 Balneum frigidum. A cold bath. 
 
 Balneum marine . The water bath used by 
 chemists. 
 
 Balneum medicatum. A medicated bath. 
 A bath impregnated with some substance to 
 give it a peculiar activity or virtue. 
 
 Balneum roris. A bath of dew. An old 
 name for the vapor bath. 
 
 Balneum siccum. A dry bath. The im- 
 mersion of the body in any dry material, as 
 ashes, salt, sand, &c, is called a dry bath. Also, 
 the hot air bath. 
 
 Balneum sulphureum. A bath containing 
 some preparation of sulphur. 
 
 Balneum tepidum. A tepid bath. 
 
 Balneum vaporis. A vapor bath. 
 
 BALSAM. (Balsamum, i, n. Ba^aa/uov ; 
 from baal samen, the Hebrew for the prince of 
 oils.) This term was formerly applied to any 
 strong-scented, fluid, natural vegetable resin. 
 Latterly, however, chemists have restricted this 
 term to vegetable juices, either liquid, or which 
 spontaneously become concrete, consisting of a 
 substance of a resinous nature, combined with 
 benzoic acid. They are insoluble in water, but 
 readily dissolve in alcohol and ether. 
 
 Balsam apple, male. See MormordicabaL 
 
 97 
 
B AL 
 
 BAL 
 
 Balsam, artificial. Compound medicines 
 are thus termed which are made of a balsamic 
 consistence and fragrance. 
 
 Balsam of Canada. See Pinus balsamea. 
 
 Balsam, Canary. See Dracocephalum. 
 
 Balsam of Copaiba, or Capivi. See Copai- 
 fera officinalis. 
 
 Balsam of honey. The preparation sold 
 under this name is generally either tincture of 
 benzoin or tincture of tolu. 
 
 Balsam of horehound, Ford's. See Ford's 
 balsam of horehound. 
 
 Balsam of liquidambar. See Liquidambar 
 styracifiua. 
 
 Balsam of liquorice. A nostrum which, 
 according to Dr. Paris, consists principally of 
 paregoric elixir, very strongly impregnated with 
 oil of anise. 
 
 Balsam of mercury. The unguentum hy- 
 drargyri nitratis. 
 
 Balsam, natural. A balsam which exudes 
 from a plant is thus called. 
 
 Balsam, Peruvian. See Myroxylon peru- 
 iferum. 
 
 Balsam, Riga. Pinus cembra. 
 
 Balsam of storax. Balsams procured from 
 the Liquidambar attinia and orientate. 
 
 Balsam, sea-side. Croton eleuteria. 
 
 Balsam of sulphur. See Balsamum sul- 
 phuris. 
 
 Balsam of Tolu. See Toluifera balsamum. 
 
 Balsam, Turkey. See Dracocephalum. 
 
 Balsam for wounds. Tinctura benzoini 
 composita. 
 
 Balsama'tio. The embalming of dead bodies. 
 
 Balsamel.e'on. Balsa'mi oleum. Balm of 
 Gilead. See Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 BALSA'MIC. Balsamicus. Balsa?neus. 
 Relating to a balsam. Hoffman applies this 
 name to medicines which are stimulant, hot, 
 and acrid. Dr. Cullen speaks of them under 
 the joint title of balsamica et resinosa. 
 
 BALSAMPFERA. Balm-bearing.— B. bra- 
 ziliensis. See Copaifera officinalis. — B. indi- 
 cana. See Myroxylon peruiferum. 
 
 Balsamina. B. fosmina. See Impatiens. 
 
 Balsamita fceminea. See Achillea agera- 
 tum. 
 
 Balsamita lutea. See Polygonum. 
 
 Balsamita major. B.mas. See Tanacetum 
 balsamita. 
 
 Balsamita minor. See Achillea ageratum. 
 
 Balsamita suavolens. A composite plant, 
 resembling tansy in its appearance and virtues. 
 
 Balsamodendron gileadensis Syn. of 
 Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 BALSAMODENDRON MYRRH A. The 
 myrrh-tree; a plant of the order Terebintha- 
 cece, which yields the gum-resin myrrh. It is 
 thought syn. with B. kataf. 
 
 Balsamum. A balsam. Every nostrum of 
 extraordinary virtue was formerly called a bal- 
 sam, but few of them are now known. See 
 Balsam. 
 
 Balsamum acusticum. Acoustic balsam. A 
 mixture of antispasmodic tinctures, essential 
 oils, and the like. Baume's consists of tinctures 
 of assafoetida, ambergris, and castor, terebinthi- 
 nated balsam of sulphur, and oil of rue. It is 
 dropped into the ear, or a piece of cotton moist- 
 98 
 
 ened with it introduced, in cases of atonic deaf 
 ness. 
 
 Balsamum iEGYPTiACUM. See Amyris gilead- 
 ensis. 
 
 Balsamum alpini. See Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 Balsamum americanum. See Myroxylon pe- 
 ruiferum. 
 
 Balsamum anodynum Batei. See Bates's 
 anodyne balsam. 
 
 Balsamum anodynum guedonis. Balsamum 
 guidonis. A vulnerary balsam prescribed by 
 Guy of Caliac. It consisted of hepatic aloes, 
 ammoniacum, bdellium, caranna, castor, galba- 
 num, labdanum, myrrh, Peruvian balsam, oli- 
 banum, amber, tacamahaca, storax, and Venice 
 turpentine. 
 
 Balsamum apoplecticum. This was pre- 
 pared with musk, amber, civet, Peruvian bal- 
 sam, volatile oils, &c. It was applied external- 
 ly to the head and nostrils of apoplectic patients, 
 and was believed to be of great efficacy in that 
 disease. 
 
 Balsamum arc^i. A digestive ointment. 
 The unguentum elemi compositum. 
 
 Balsamum asiaticum. See Amyris. 
 
 Balsamum braziliense. See Copaifera of- 
 ficinalis. 
 
 Balsamum canadense. See Pinus balsamea. 
 
 Balsamum carpathicum. 1. The essential 
 oil distilled very carefully from the fresh cones 
 of the trees which yield the common turpen- 
 tine. 2. The resinous juice of the young twigs 
 of the Pinus cembra. 
 
 Balsamum cephalicum saxonicum. A dis- 
 tillation from various essential oils. 
 
 Balsamum commandatoris. Friar's balsam. 
 See Tinctura benzoini composita. 
 
 Balsamum copaibje. See Copaifera offici- 
 nalis. 
 
 Balsamum embryonum. Aqua embryonum. 
 A preparation made by mixing a vinous infu- 
 sion of different aromatics, misletoe, &c, with 
 several kinds of distilled waters ; digesting and 
 then distilling. It was used internally and ex- 
 ternally with a view of preventing abortion by 
 strengthening the foetus and the womb ; whence 
 its name. 
 
 Balsamum filicis. Oleum filicis. 
 
 Balsamum genuinum antiquoru.ji. B. gil 
 eadense. See Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 Balsamum guaiaci'num. An old prepara- 
 tion made by dissolving a pound of guiac and 
 three drachms of Peruvian balsam in two pints 
 and a half of rectified spirits of wine. 
 
 Balsamum guidonis. See Balsamum anody- 
 num guidonis. 
 
 Balsamum hungaricum. A resin which ex- 
 udes from the extremities of the branches of 
 the Pinus pumilio, and is also expressed from 
 the cones of the same tree. 
 
 Balsamum judaicubi. See Amyris gilead- 
 ensis. 
 
 Balsamum libani. Riga balsam. 
 
 Balsamum locatelli. Balsamum lucalelli. 
 A preparation made of olive oil, Venice turpen- 
 tine, yellow wax, and red sanders. It was 
 formerly exhibited in phthisis, coughs of long 
 standing, &c, but is now disused. 
 
 Balsamum mas. See Tanacetum balsamita. 
 
 Balsamum e mecca. See Amyris gileadensis. 
 
B AL 
 
 BAR 
 
 Balsamum mexicanum. See Myroxylon peru- 
 tferum. 
 
 Balsamum persicum. Tinctura benzoini 
 composita. 
 
 Balsamum peruvianum. See Myroxylon 
 peruiftrum. 
 
 Balsamum rackasi'ri. Balsamum racaz- 
 zira. Balsamum rhadasiri. A balsamic sub- 
 stance which is inodorous when cold, but when 
 heated has a smell somewhat resembling the 
 balsam of Tolu ; said to have the properties of 
 copaiba. 
 
 Balsamum safonaceum. Opodeldoc. Lini- 
 mentum saponis compositum. 
 
 Balsamum saturni. The remedy so named 
 is prepared by dissolving acetate of lead in oil 
 of turpentine. It is a good application for 
 cleansing foul ulcers. 
 
 Balsamum sttracis benzoini. See Styrax 
 benzoin. 
 
 Balsamum succini. Oil of amber. 
 
 Balsamum sulphuris. Oleum sulphuratum. 
 Balsamum sulphuris simplex. Balsamum sul- 
 phuris crassum. A solution of sulphur in olive 
 oil in the proportion of one part of the former 
 to eight of the latter ; their union being effect- 
 ed by a gentle heat. This preparation was 
 formerly given in catarrh, asthma, and other 
 pectoral affections, in doses of from Ttlv. to 3SS., 
 in water. It is never administered internally 
 at present, but is sometimes used as an appli- 
 cation to foul ulcers. 
 
 Balsamum sulphuris ani'satum. A solution 
 of sulphur in oil of aniseed, with or without the 
 addition of oil of turpentine. 
 
 Balsamum sulphuris barbadense. Petro- 
 leum sulphuratum. Sulphur boiled with Bar- 
 badoes tar. 
 
 Balsamum sulphuris crassum. B. sulphu- 
 ris simplex. See Balsamum sulphuris. 
 
 Balsamum sulphuris terebinthinatum. 
 This is made by digesting sulphur with oil of 
 turpentine; its use is now confined to veteri- 
 nary medicine. 
 
 Balsamum syriacum. See Amyris gilead- 
 ensis. 
 
 Balsamum tolutanum. See Toluifera bal- 
 samum. 
 
 Balsamum traumaticum. Balsam for cuts. 
 Vulnerary balsam. See Tinctura benzoini 
 composita. 
 
 Balsamum universale. The ceratum plum- 
 bi compositum has been so called. 
 
 Balsamum verum. See Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 Balsamum viride. Green balsam. 1. A 
 preparation formerly much used by surgeons 
 as a detergent. It was made of verdigris, lin- 
 seed oil, and elemi ; or of verdigris'; linseed oil, 
 and oil of turpentine, or of verdigris and lin- 
 seed oil without any other ingredient. There 
 is a preparation still used in France called 
 Baume vert de Metz, Balsamum viride Meten- 
 sium, which consists of subcarbonate of cop- 
 per, sulphate of zinc, turpentine, aloes, and 
 several fixed and volatile oils. 2. A natural 
 balsam brought from Pern. It is the produce 
 of the Chloroxylon verticillatum. 
 
 Balsamum xitje. Several artificial balsams 
 have been so called ; as, Balsamum Vita Hoff- 
 manni, Balsamum Vita Teichmezerianum, &c. 
 
 That of Hoffman was the most celebrated. It 
 was composed of ambergris, balsam of Peru, 
 and a variety of essential oils dissolved in high- 
 ly-rectified spirit of wine. It was used both 
 externally as a corroborant, and internally as a 
 cordial, &c. The number of its. ingredients is 
 now much diminished, and it is scarcely used. 
 
 Balzoinum. Benzoin. 
 
 Bambalia. Stammering. 
 
 BAMBA'LIO. One who stammers or lisps. 
 
 BAMBU'SA. Bamboo. Various pickles and 
 condiments are prepared from the young shoots, 
 and the substance called tabasheen, which con- 
 cretes in the cavities of the bamboo, is much 
 esteemed by the natives as a deobstruent. 
 
 Bamia. Bammia. — B. moscha'ta. Hibiscus 
 abelmoschus. 
 
 Bana'na. See Musa. 
 
 BANDAGE. Deligatio. Fascia. An ap- 
 paratus consisting of one or several pieces of 
 linen, flannel, or other material, used, to give 
 support to parts, to exert pressure on them, or 
 retain dressings, &c, in their proper position. 
 Bandages are either simple or compound. The 
 chief of the simple are the circular, the spiral, 
 the uniting, and the retaining. The compound 
 bandages are the T bandage, the suspensory, 
 three or four tailed, the eighteen-tailed band- 
 age, &c. 
 
 Bandy leg. A leg which has the bones 
 curved outward, or in any other direction. 
 
 Bangue, See Cannabis indica. 
 
 Banilla. Epidendrum vanilla. 
 
 Banyer's ointment. Litharge, ibss.; burn- 
 ed alum, ?ij. ; calomel, giss. ; Venice turpen- 
 tine, Ibss. ; lard, fbij. Used in porrigo. 
 
 Baobab. Adansonia digitata. 
 
 Baptica coccus. The kermes insect. 
 
 BAPTISIA TINCTORIA. Wild indigo. A 
 leguminous perennial. The root is laxative and 
 acrid; in large quantity, emetic. It is used 
 freely in domestic economy as a source of in- 
 digo. 
 
 Baras. An Arabic name of the alphos, or 
 white leprosy. 
 
 Ba'rba. a, a, f. A beard. 
 
 Barba Aroni?. See Arum maculatum. 
 
 Barb a capr^. See Spirea ulmaria. 
 
 Barba hirci. See Tragopogon. 
 
 Barba jovis. Jupiter's beard. Several 
 herbs have been so called. 
 
 Barbadoes cherry. Malpigbia glabra. 
 
 BARBADOES LEG. A disease endemic in 
 the island of Barbadoes and the East Indies. 
 The Elephantiasis arabtim. An enormous dis- 
 tension of the cellular tissue of the leg, of a 
 dark color. It is preceded by fever and in- 
 flammation, in which stage it is managed by 
 antiphlogistic means, scarifications, &c ; but if 
 this stage be passed, the disease is unmanage- 
 able. Amputation has been practiced. 
 
 Barbadoes nut. See Jatropha. 
 
 Barbadoes tar. Petroleum barbadense. 
 
 Barbarea, See Erysimum barbarea. 
 
 Barba'ria. Barbaricum. Rhubarb. 
 
 Barbarossje pilule. Bai'barossa's pills. 
 These were composed of quicksilver, rhubarb, 
 diagridium, musk, amber, &c. It was one of 
 the earliest mercurial medicines which came 
 into general estimation. 
 
 99 
 
BAR 
 
 B AS 
 
 Barbary gum. A variety of Senegal gum. 
 
 Barba'tus. (From barba, a beard.) Beard- 
 ed : applied, in botany, to leaves or other parts 
 of plants which have a hair-like appendage ; as 
 the Mesembryanthemum barbatum, and Spanan- 
 the panic ulata ; and in zoology, to animals 
 which have a beard, or an appendage resem- 
 bling one. 
 
 Barberry. See Berberis. 
 
 BARBIERS. A paralytic affection of the 
 tropics, commencing in the limbs, but followed 
 by loss of voice, emaciation, adynamia. It 
 principally affects strangers, and has been con- 
 founded with beriberi. 
 
 Barclay's antibilious pills. These con- 
 sist of colocynth, 3ij.; extract of jalap, 3J. ; al- 
 mond soap, 3iss. ; guiac, jiij. ; emetic tartar, gr. 
 viij. ; essential oils of juniper, caraway, and 
 rosemary, of each gtt. iv., made into a mass 
 with a sufficient quantity of syrup of buckthorn, 
 and divided into sixty-four pills. 
 
 Barda'na. Burdock. See Arctium lappa. 
 
 BARE'GES. In Haute Pyrenees. There 
 are several thermal (85° to 112° F.) sulphure- 
 ous springs. 
 
 Barii chloridum. Barii iodidum. See 
 Baryta. 
 
 BARI'LLA. (a, ce, f.) The impure soda ash, 
 procured by burning to ashes different plants 
 that grow on the sea-shore. 
 
 BA'RIUM. (um, i, n.) The metallic basis 
 of the earth baryta. The sulphuret and chlo- 
 ride are used in medicine. 
 
 Barium, chloride of. See Baryta. 
 
 BARK. Cortex. 1. The common integu- 
 ment of vegetables. 2. The Peruvian bark is 
 called bark by way of eminence. See Cincho- 
 na. 
 
 Bark, Carib^an. See Cinchona caribcea. 
 
 Bark, Jamaica. See Cinchona caribcea. 
 
 Bark, Peruvian. See Cinchona. 
 
 Bark, red. See Cinchona oblongifolia. 
 
 Bark, yellow. See Cinchona cordifolia. 
 
 Barley. See Hordeum. 
 
 Barley, caustic See Cevadilla. 
 
 Barm. Yeast. 
 
 Barnet, waters of. A saline purging spring 
 near London. 
 
 BARO'METER. (From fiapoc, weight, and 
 fierpov, a measure.) An instrument for deter- 
 mining the weight of the atmosphere; it is 
 commonly called a weather glass. It is made 
 thus : take a glass tube more than thirty inches 
 long, seal it hermetically at one end, fill it with 
 mercury, and invert it in a basin of the same 
 fluid; the mercury in the tube will fall to a 
 point, at which it is exactly balanced by the 
 pressure of the atmosphere on the surface of 
 the mercury in the basin, leaving a vacuum in 
 the upper part of the tube. The ascent and 
 descent of the mercury in the tube indicates 
 the variations in the weight of the atmosphere. 
 The whole is supported by a convenient appa- 
 ratus, to which a scale is adapted for measuring 
 the height of the mercury. 
 
 Baro'nes. Small worms. 
 
 Barosma. Diosma. 
 
 Barras. The resinous juice which exudes 
 from the Pinus maritima, and concretes on the 
 bark in yellow masses. It is also called galipot. 
 100 
 
 Barre, springs of. They are thermal and 
 chalybeate. 
 
 BARREN. In Botany, a barren flower is 
 that which has no pistil. 
 
 Barrenness. See Sterility. 
 
 BARRY'S EXTRACTS. These are pre- 
 pared with great care in vacuo, and by steam 
 heat only. 
 
 Bartholinian^e glandule. See Sublingual 
 glands. 
 
 Baryj 
 
 Baryoco'ccalon. Datura stramonium. 
 
 Barypho'nia. A difficulty of speaking. 
 
 Barypi'cron. Absinthium latifolium. 
 
 BARY'TA. (a, ce, f . ; from fiapvg, heavy.) 
 Barytes. This earth is a protoxide of barium. 
 It occurs abundantly in nature in the form of 
 sulphate and carbonate. It is a grayish caustic 
 powder. The salts of baryta are white, and 
 more or less transparent. They are all poison- 
 ous except the sulphate ; and hence the proper 
 counter-poison is dilute sulphuric acid for the 
 carbonate, and sulphate of soda for the soluble 
 salts. 
 
 Baryta, carbonate. Barytce carbonas, 
 Used for the preparation of the chloride and 
 other salts. 
 
 Baryta, hydriodate. Iodide of Barium, 
 Has been used in scrofula. Dose, gr. |th thrice 
 daily ; and also in the form of ointment. 
 
 Baryta, muriate. Baryta hydrochlorate, 
 Barii chloridum. Chloride of Barium. Take 
 carbonate of baryta, Ibj. ; muriatic acid, f. f xij. ; 
 water, Oiij. Dissolve gradually; warm, filter, 
 evaporate, so that crystals may form. It is 
 used in solution. — Liquor barytce murias. One 
 part salt to three water. Employed principal- 
 ly in scrofulous diseases ; also in cutaneous dis- 
 eases, and as a wash to ulcers. Dose, gtt. yj. 
 to gtt. x., continued until nausea is produced. 
 It is a violent, irritating poison. It is the test 
 for sulphuric acid in solution, throwing down 
 the white, insoluble sulphate of baryta. 
 
 Barytin. A new base from Veratrum album. 
 
 Basaal. An Indian tree. The leaves are 
 used in gargles. The kernels are said to be 
 vermifuge. 
 
 Basalt. Trap rock. 
 
 BASCULATION. (Basculer, French.) A 
 term used in examinations of the uterus in re- 
 troversion; the fundus is pressed upward, the 
 cervix drawn downward. 
 
 BASE. See Basis. 
 
 Base, acidifiable. A body which, by its 
 union with oxygen, forms acids. 
 
 Basia'tor. (From basio, to kiss.) The or- 
 bicularis oris muscle. 
 
 Basic water. Water which is combined 
 with an acid or other substance as a regular 
 metallic base, and not in the crystals or as a 
 hydrate. 
 
 Basil. See Ocimum basilicum. 
 
 Basilaris processus. See Occipital bone. 
 
 BASILARY. Basilaris. Appertaining to 
 the base. A term used in anatomy : thus, a 
 process of the occipital bone is called the basi- 
 lary process, because it is situated at the base 
 of the skull. 
 
 Basilary apophysis. See Occipital bone. 
 
 Basilary artery. An artery of the brain; 
 
BAT 
 
 BAY 
 
 so called because it lies upon the basilary pro- 
 cess of the occipital bone. It is formed by the 
 junction of the two vertebral arteries within 
 the skull, and runs forward to the sella turcica 
 along the pons varolii, which, as well as the 
 adjacent parts, it supplies with blood. 
 
 Basilary vertebra. The last lumbar ver- 
 tebra. 
 
 Basilic vein. Basilica vena. The large 
 vein that runs on the inner side of the arm, and 
 terminates in the axillary vein. The branch 
 which crosses, at the bend of the arm, from the 
 long median vein to join the basilic, is called 
 the median basilic. Either of them may be 
 opened in the operation of blood-letting. 
 
 Basilica mediana. See Basilic vein. 
 
 Basilica nux. The walnut. 
 
 Basilicon. See Unguentum basilicum. 
 
 Basi'licum. Ocimum basilicum. 
 
 Basilicum unguentum. See Unguentumba- 
 silicum. 
 
 BASFLICUS. In Anatomy, parts supposed 
 to be very important in their functions ; and 
 in Pharmacy, compositions highly esteemed for 
 their efficacy. 
 
 Ba'silis. An ancient collyrium. 
 
 Basili'scus. Basilisk. A fabulous serpent. 
 The philosopher's stone. Corrosive sublimate. 
 
 Ba'sio-ce'rato-glo'ssus. The Hyoglossus 
 muscle has been so named from its attachment 
 to the basilary process of the occipital bone, the 
 corner of the os hyoides, and the tongue. 
 
 Basio-cestrum. A kind of crotchet. 
 
 Basio-glossus. That portion of the hyoglos- 
 sus muscle which is inserted into the base of 
 the os hyoides. 
 
 Basio-pharyng^cs. See Constrictor pha- 
 ryngis medius. 
 
 BA'SIS. (is, is, f.) A base. 1. That from 
 which other parts are supported. 2. The princi- 
 pal medicine in a prescription. 3. The electro- 
 positive component of a salt ; as lime, potash. 
 
 Basis cordis. The base of the heart. 
 
 Bassi colica. A medicine compounded of 
 aromatic s and honey. 
 
 Bassora gum. GumKuteera. A gum which 
 distills from the Sterculia urens. See Bassorine. 
 
 BA'SSORINE. A variety of gum which 
 swells, but does not dissolve, in water ; as trag- 
 acanth. 
 
 BASTARD. False. 
 
 Bastard contrayerva. Aristolochia odo- 
 ratissima. 
 
 Bastard dittany. Dictamnus fraxinella. 
 It appears to have no sensible properties, al- 
 though used by some as an antispasmodic. 
 
 Bastard pellitory. See Achillea ptarmica. 
 
 Bastard peripxeumoxy. See Peripneumo- 
 nia notha. 
 
 Bastard pleurisy. See Peripneumonia no- 
 tha. 
 
 Basyle. The metallic radical of a salt, 
 
 Bata'tas. The natives of Peru give this 
 name to the root of a convolvulus, and to the 
 potato. See Solanum tuberosum, and Convol- 
 vulus batatas. 
 
 Batatas peregrixa. See Ipomcea quamoclit. 
 
 Bateman's pectoral drops. These consist, 
 chiefly, according to Dr. Paris, of tincture of 
 castor, with proportions of camphor and opium, 
 
 flavored with aniseed, and colored with cochi- 
 neal. 
 
 Bates's alum water. Liquor aluminis com- 
 positus. 
 
 Bates's anodyne balsam. A preparation 
 corresponding with the linimentum saponis corn- 
 posit am. 
 
 Bates's aqua camphorata. Take sulphate 
 of copper, French bole, aa gr. xv. ; camphor, 
 gr. iv. : dissolve in water, Oiv. An eye wash. 
 
 BATH. 1. A place for bathing, or the me- 
 dium in which the body is bathed. See Bal- 
 neum for every kind of bath. 2. The name of 
 a city in England long celebrated for its nu- 
 merous hot springs, called Bathonia aqua, So- 
 ils aqua, Badigua aqua, (from 112° to 116° F.). 
 The mineral components are of little import- 
 ance. 
 
 Bath, Dupuytren's. Gelatino-sulphurous 
 bath. Add glue, lib., dissolved in water,; sul- 
 phuret of potassium, f iv. ; water, 30 gallons. 
 Use a wooden bath vessel. 
 
 Bath, sulphurous. The above, without the 
 glue. 
 
 Bastennes. A place in Gascony. Its min- 
 eral waters are said to be similar to those of 
 Bareges. 
 
 Ba'thmis. The cavity of a bone which re- 
 ceives the articular extremity of another bone. 
 
 Ba'thron. Badpov. An instrument for re- 
 ducing luxations in general. 
 
 Bathypi'cron. Absinthium. 
 
 Batisse. A place near Clermont. Its min- 
 eral waters contain subcarbonate of soda, sul- 
 phates of soda, iron, and lime, muriate of mag- 
 nesia, and carbonate of lime. 
 
 BATRACHIA. Animals of the frog kind. 
 
 Batra'chium. Ranunculus. 
 
 Batrachi'tes. See Bufonites. 
 
 Ba'trachus. Ranula. 
 
 Battari'smus. Stammering. 
 
 Batta'ta peregrina. Ipomaea quamoclit, 
 
 Battata virginiaxa. Solanum tuberosum. 
 
 Battery, electrical. A combination of 
 Leyden jars, all of which can be discharged at 
 once. 
 
 Battery, galvanic Numerous pairs of gal- 
 vanic plates. 
 
 Battley's solution. See Liquor opii seda- 
 tivus. 
 
 Baudricourt, waters of. Sulphurous 
 springs. 
 
 Bauhin, valve of. The ileo-colic valve. 
 
 Baume's hydrometer. See Hydrometer. 
 
 Baurin. A village in the department of the 
 Somme. It has mineral springs which are 
 strongly chalvbeate. 
 
 BAY-CHERRY. Bay-laurel. Bay- 
 leaves. See Prunus lauro-cerasus. 
 
 Bay-leaved passion-flower. See Passi- 
 flora launfolia. 
 
 Bay-rum. Spirit flavored with bay-leaves. 
 
 Bay-salt. Common salt obtained by evapo- 
 rating sea water in shallow ponds by the heat 
 of the suu. It is of a dark-gray color, and con- 
 tains a minute quantity of iodine. 
 
 Bay, sweet. Laurus nobilis. 
 
 Baynton's adhesive plaster. This consists 
 of six drachms of resin, melted with a pound 
 of lead plaster. 
 
 101 
 
BEG 
 
 BEN 
 
 Baynton's bandage. This consists in the 
 application of strips of adhesive plaster round 
 the leg in regular order, one above the other, 
 and with their edges in contact. It is of the 
 greatest use in indolent ulcers of the leg, and 
 acts, both by approximating the edges of the 
 ulcers to each other, and by its uniform press- 
 ure. 
 
 Bdella. A leech. 
 
 BDELLIUM. (um,i, n.) A gum-resin hav- 
 ing somewhat the appearance of very impure 
 myrrh, and with similar properties, but it is not 
 used now. 
 
 Bdello'meter. (From (^SeTila, a leech, and 
 fierpov, a measure.) An instrument proposed 
 as a substitute for the leech; it consists of a 
 cupping-glass, to which are attached a scarifi- 
 cator and exhausting syringe. 
 * Bean. Vicia faba. 
 
 Bean, French. B., kidney. Phaseolus 
 vulgaris. 
 
 Bean, Malacca. Anacardium indicum. 
 
 Bean of Carthagena. Laurus pichurim < 
 and Ocotea puchury. See Bejuoi. 
 
 Bean, St. Ignatius's. Strychnos Sancti Ig- 
 natii. 
 
 Bear's berry. Bear's bilberry. Bear's 
 whortleberry. Arbutus uva ursi. 
 
 Bear's breech. Acanthus mollis. 
 
 Bear's foot. Helleborus foetidus. 
 
 Beauvais. Department of Oise. It has 
 chalybeate springs. 
 
 Beaver. Castor fiber. 
 
 BEBEERU. A tree of Guiana, the bark of 
 which yields bebe-erine, a principle analogous in 
 properties with quinine. 
 
 Beccabunga. (a,ce,f.) Veronica beccabunga. 
 
 Be'chicus. (From fir)!;, a cough.) Reme- 
 dial of a cough. 
 
 Be'chion. Tussilago farfara. 
 
 Bechorthopnea. Pertussis. 
 
 Beconguilles. A root which is brought 
 from South America. It has emetic properties 
 analogous to those of ipecacuanha. 
 
 Becui'ba nux. A nut produced by a Brazil- 
 ian tree, from which a balsam is drawn that is 
 held in estimation in rheumatism. 
 
 Bedegar, or Bedeguar. Spongia cynosbati. 
 An excrescence found on different species of 
 wild roses. 
 
 Bedford springs. In Pennsylvania. They 
 are saline and carbonated. 
 
 Bedstraw. Galium aparine, 
 
 Bee. Apis mellifica. 
 
 Beech. Fagus sylvatica. 
 
 Beech drops. Orobanche virginiana. 
 
 Beer. See Cerevisia. 
 
 Beestings. The colostrum. 
 
 Bees' wax. See Cera. 
 
 Beet. Beta vulgaris. 
 
 Beetles. Coleopterans. 
 
 Begma. Brjy/j.a. The matter expectorated 
 by coughing. 
 
 BEGO'NIA. A genus of plants. Class, Mo- 
 ncecia; order, Polyandria. The roots of B. 
 grandiflora and B. tomentosa are used in Peru 
 against hemorrhages, diseases of the chest, 
 scurvy, &c. 
 
 Beguan. A bezoar or concretion found in 
 the intestines of the iguana lizard 
 102 
 
 Beguin's sulphurated sp-irit. The sul- 
 phuret of ammonia. 
 
 Behen album. See Centaurea behen. 
 
 Behen, officinarum. See Cucubalus behen 
 
 Behen rubrum. See Statiee limonium. 
 
 Behen tree. The Moringa aptera. 
 
 Beidelsar. Beid el ossar. A plant used in 
 Africa as a remedy for fever and the bites of 
 serpents. It is supposed to be the Asclepias 
 procera. Cataplasms made of its leaves are 
 applied to indolent swellings, and its caustic, 
 milky juice is used to discuss venereal nodes. 
 The Egyptians use the down of its seed as 
 tinder. 
 
 Bbju'io. Habilla de Carthagena. Bean of 
 Carthagena. A kind of bean famed for being 
 an effectual antidote against the poison of all 
 serpents. 
 
 Bela-aye. Nerium antidysentericum. 
 
 Beledamboc A kind of convolvulus which 
 grows in Malabar. It contains an acrid juice, 
 which is made, with oil and ginger, into a lini- 
 ment, and used against the bite of a mad dog. 
 
 Belamodagam. A Malabar plant of the ge- 
 nus Sccevola. Its leaves are said to be diuretic 
 and emmenagogue. 
 
 Belching. Eructation. 
 
 Belenoi'des. Belemnoid. (From fisloc, a 
 dart, and ecdoc, form.) Belenoid. A term that 
 has been applied to the styloid processes hi 
 general. 
 
 BELLADO'NNA. (a, ce, f.) The deadly 
 nightshade. See Atropa belladonna. 
 
 Belladonine. A principle said to be dis- 
 tinct from atropia, and found in the belladonna. 
 
 Bellegu. Belleregi-myrobalanus. 
 
 Belleris. Myrobalanus bellirica. 
 
 Bellesme. A town near Montagne, where 
 there is a cold chalybeate spring. 
 
 Bellison. . Belilla. Musscenda frondosa. 
 
 Bell metal. An alloy of copper, zinc, tin, 
 and a small quantity of antimony. 
 
 Bellon. Dry colic. 
 
 Bellotas. The fruit of the Bex major. 
 Recommended by some Spanish physicians in 
 diseases of the chest, accompanied with profuse 
 expectoration and haemoptysis. 
 
 BELLOWS SOUND. Bruit de soufflet. A 
 sound resembling that which is produced by 
 the action of a pair of bellows. It is heard in 
 cases of enlargement of the heart, or contrac- 
 tion of its orifices. It is rarely constant, but 
 ceases and returns abruptly, often without any 
 apparent cause. It sometimes exists in a heart 
 that is perfectly healthy, especially in hysteri- 
 cal or highly-nervous subjects. The same sort 
 of sound, only sharper and more whizzing, is 
 heard in different arteries, often without any 
 assignable cause. It is always loud and dis- 
 tinct in cases of aneurismal varix. When the 
 bellows sound, as heard at the heart, becomes 
 somewhat rough to the ear, it passes into what 
 is called the rasp sound. See Rasp sound. 
 
 Bellu^. The pachyderms. 
 
 Bellyache. Colic. 
 
 Belzoinum. Belzoim. Benzoin. See Sty 
 rax benzoin. 
 
 Bel moschus. Hibiscus abelmoschus. 
 
 Ben. See Guilandina moringa. 
 
 Ben moenja. A tree of Malabar. The de- 
 
BE R 
 
 BEX 
 
 coction of its roots is thought by the natives to 
 be of great efficacy in malignant fevers. Its 
 bark, given in decoction, is said immediately 
 to stop the vomiting caused by the bite of ser- 
 pents. 
 
 Ben-nut. Moringa aptera. 
 
 Benedicta herba. The Geum urbanum. 
 
 Benedicta laxativa. The lenitive elec- 
 tuary. See Confectio sennas. 
 
 Benedictum laxativum. Rhubarb, and also 
 the lenitive electuary. 
 
 Beneficium nature. Spontaneous recovery 
 without medicine. 
 
 Beneolentia. Fragrant medicines, &c. 
 
 Bengal quince. See Erateva marmelos. 
 
 Benga'l,*: radix. See Cassumuniar. 
 
 BENI'GNUS. Benign. A term applied to the 
 mild form of a disease as opposed to the malig- 
 nant. A medicine which is gentle in its oper- 
 ation was likewise so called by the older writers. 
 
 Benivivum. Benzoin. 
 
 Benjamin. See Styrax benzoin. 
 
 Benjamin flowers. See Benzoic acid. 
 
 Bennet herb. Geum urbanum. 
 
 Bent grass. Agrostis. 
 
 Benumbers. Agents which produce numb- 
 ness and loss of muscular power, as aconitine, 
 stramonium. 
 
 Benzamide. Bz. Ad. Obtained by satura- 
 ting chloride of benzoyl with dry ammonia, and 
 washing to remove the muriate of ammonia. 
 It is crystalline, pearly, soluble, fuses at 239°. 
 It is decomposed by acids or alkalies, with wa- 
 ter, into ammonia and benzoic acid. 
 
 Benzile. A substance procured by passing 
 a stream of chlorine gas through fused benzoin. 
 
 Benzimide. A substance discovered by 
 Laurent in crude essence of bitter almonds. 
 
 Benzin. Benzene. The name of the bicar- 
 buret of hydrogen, procured by heating benzoic 
 acid with lime; this compound is termed by 
 Liebig benzole (Ci 2 H 6 ). 
 
 Benzoas. Benzoate. A salt formed by the 
 union of the benzoic acid with a base. 
 
 BENZOIC ACID. {Acidum benzoicum ; so 
 called because it is procured from benzoin.) 
 This acid is easily obtained by subliming gum 
 benjamin. It forms long, hexagonal, silky nee- 
 dles ; is sweet and hot to the taste. Soluble in 
 alcohol. Formula, C14H5O34-HO, or hydrated 
 oxide of benzoyl, HO, Bz.O. 
 
 Benzoic acid is very seldom used in medi- 
 cine, but now and then it is ordered as a stim- 
 ulant in spasmodic coughs and dyspnoea. The 
 dose is from one grain to five. 
 
 Benzone. A volatile fluid procured by Pel- 
 iglot by heating dry benzoate of lime. 
 
 Benzoyl, Benzoile, or Benzyle. C14H5O2. 
 Bz. The hypothetical radical of a series of 
 compounds, including benzoic acid, and the es- 
 sence or volatile oil of bitter almonds. 
 
 Berberia. See Beriberia. 
 
 Berberin. The yellow coloring matter of 
 the barberry root. 
 
 BE'RBERIS. {is, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Hexandria. Monogynia. — B. vulgaris. The 
 barberry of the Pharmacopoeias. The berries, 
 which are gratefully acid, and moderately as- 
 tringent, were formerly believed to be of great 
 use in biliary fluxes. 
 
 Bergamot. Citrus medica. 
 
 Bergmehl. A Swedish infusory formation 
 resembling earth, said to be very nutritious. 
 
 Beriberia. See Beriberi. 
 
 BERI'BERI. An acute dropsy common in 
 Malabar and Ceylon, attended with muscular 
 debility and spasms. The treatment is very 
 uncertain. 
 
 Berlin blue. Prussian blue. 
 
 BERMUDA, CLIMATE OF. The winter 
 is mild, but too liable to sharp, dry winds for 
 invalids. 
 
 Bermuda berry. See Sapindus saponaria. 
 
 Berry. See Bacca. 
 
 Berthollet's neutral carbonate of am- 
 monia. The bicarbonate. It is almost desti- 
 tute of odor. 
 
 Beru. A place in Champagne, France. It 
 has mineral waters, which are slightly chalyb- 
 eate. 
 
 Bes, or Bessis. An eight-ounce measure. 
 
 BETA. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
 Digynia. Chenopodiacea;. — B. hybrida. Man- 
 gel wurzel of the Germans. — B. rubra. The 
 systematic name of the red beet, the root of 
 which is used indifferently with that of the 
 beta vulgaris. — B. vulgaris. The common beet- 
 root, well known as an agreeable and whole- 
 some article of diet. It yields sugar. 
 
 Betel. Piper betel. A species of pepper 
 cultivated in several parts of India. The na- 
 tives are in the habit of chewing a preparation 
 made with the leaves of this plant, lime, and 
 areca ; this mixture is called Betel. It is con- 
 sidered tonic and astringent. 
 
 BETO'NICA. Betony. A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiate. — B. 
 aquatica. See Scrophularia aquatica. — B. offi- 
 cinalis. The wood betony of the Pharmaco- 
 poeias : also, B. purpurea, B. vulgaris. This 
 plant, though formerly much esteemed, has little 
 activity, and is not used now. Root slightly 
 cathartic and emetic. 
 
 Betonica pauli. Veronica. 
 
 Betony. See Betonica. 
 
 Betony, water. Scrophularia aquatica. 
 
 BE'TULA. (a, a 3 , f.) A genus of plants. 
 Monaicia. Tetrandria. Betulineai. — B. alba. 
 The belula of the Pharmacopoeias, or white 
 birch. The juice is sweet and fermentable. 
 The leaves and bark are slightly astringent and 
 tonic. The bark has been used in intermit- 
 tents. — B. alnus. The alnus of the Pharma- 
 copoeias. The common alder. This, like the 
 birch and other trees of the same genus, affords 
 a large quantity of saccharine juice. A wine is 
 made from it, called Alder wine. 
 
 Betuli'na. Betuline. A substance discov- 
 ered in the bark of the Betula alba. It is of a 
 white color, very light, crystallizes in the form 
 of long needles ; soluble in ether, alcohol, and 
 oils; fusible, volatile, and inflammable. 
 
 Beulah spa. A saline mineral spring near 
 London. 
 
 Beuvigny. A place near Bayeux, in Nor- 
 mandy. Its waters are said to be chalybeate. 
 
 BEX. Bexis. Cough. 
 
 Bex convulsiva. B. iheriodes. Pertussis. 
 
 Bex humida. A cough, with expectoration. 
 
 Bexaguillo. A name given to the white 
 103 
 
BEZ 
 
 BIC 
 
 ipecacuanha, which the Spaniards bring from 
 Peru. 
 
 Bexugo. A purgative root formerly import- 
 ed from Peru. It is supposed by some to have 
 been a species of Hippocratea. 
 
 Bezetta coerulea. Croton tinctorium. 
 
 BE'ZOAR. Lapis bezoardicus. Bezoard. 
 A preternatural concretion formed in the intes- 
 tines of animals. Some of these substances 
 were formerly celebrated for their medicinal 
 virtues. They were supposed alexipharmic, 
 and used as amulets. They are concretions of 
 phosphate of lime, magnesia, and other salts, 
 mixed with hair, and tinged with bile. Others 
 are biliary, or of cholesterine. 
 
 Bezoar bovinum. Bezoar of the ox. 
 
 Bezoar germanicum. The bezoar from the 
 alpine goat. 
 
 Bezoar hominis. Biliary concretions. 
 
 Bezoar hy'stricis. The bezoar of the In- 
 dian porcupine. 
 
 Bezoar microco'smicum. The vesical cal- 
 culus of the chamois. 
 
 Bezoar occidentale. Occidental bezoar. 
 
 Bezoar orientale. Lapis bezoar orientalis. 
 Oriental bezoar. 
 
 Bezoar porcinum. See Bezoar hystricis. 
 
 Bezoar simi.2e. The bezoar from the mon- 
 key. 
 
 Bezoa'rdic. Bezoardicus. Of, or belonging 
 to, the bezoar. Alexipharmic. 
 
 Bezoardica radix. See Dorstenia contra- 
 yerva. 
 
 BEZOARDICUM. A bezoar, or bezoardic 
 medicine. The name was given to numerous 
 very complex bodies, most of which are now un- 
 known, and none used. The principal are 
 mentioned below. 
 
 Bezoardicum joviale. An old preparation 
 made by fusing regulus of antimony with tin in 
 a crucible ; reducing them to powder when 
 cold, mixing them intimately with corrosive 
 sublimate, keeping the mixture for some days, 
 distilling it, and mixing the liquor that comes 
 over with a large quantity of water, whereby 
 a white powder is precipitated, washing the 
 precipitate repeatedly with water, drying it, 
 and detonating with nitre ; lastly, washing the 
 product carefully and again drying. This prep- 
 aration was a very powerful diaphoretic, and 
 was given in doses of from gr. x. to 9j. 
 
 Bezoardicum lunare. 1. A medicine pre- 
 pared by distilling butter of antimony with a 
 solution of nitrate of silver. It was deemed of 
 great efficacy in epilepsy, and various affections 
 of the head ; the dose was from gr. 6 to gr. 12. 
 2. The Pulvis Viennensis Albus Virgineus; 
 not now used. 
 
 Bezoardicum martiale. The Bezoardicum 
 joviale, with the substitution of iron for tin. 
 Tonic and diaphoretic. Dose, gr. xv. to gr. 
 
 XXV. 
 
 Bezoardicum minerale. Antimonious acid. 
 
 Bezoardicum saturni. An old preparation 
 made by distilling protoxide of lead and butter 
 of antimony with nitric acid ; it was given in 
 doses of gr. vi. in diseases of the spleen. 
 
 Bezoardicus lapis. See Bezoar. 
 
 Bezoardicus pulvis. See Pulvis bezoardi- 
 cus. 
 
 104 
 
 BI. Bin. Bis. Two, or twice. A com- 
 mon prefix, meaning two, twice, a pair. In 
 Chemistry it means, in any compound, two 
 atoms of the electro-negative body. 
 
 Biarchetunsim. Cerusse. 
 
 Bib asic Acids which combine with two 
 atoms of base, or can form double salts. 
 
 Bibenella. See Pimpinella. 
 
 Bibito'rius. Rectus internus oculi. 
 
 Biborate of soda. Borax. 
 
 Bibulous. Bibulus. Attracting moisture: 
 charta bibula, blotting paper. 
 
 Bicarbonas potass^. See Potasses bicar- 
 bonas. 
 
 Bicarbonates. Salts with two atoms of 
 carbonic acid. 
 
 Bicauda'lis. The posterior auris muscle. 
 
 Bicephalium. (From bis, twice, and netyaTiri, 
 a head.) A large sarcoma growing on the 
 head. 
 
 Bicephalus. Dicephalus. 
 
 B PC EPS. (From bis, twice, and caput, a 
 head. ) Two-headed : applied to muscles which 
 have two distinct origins or heads. 
 
 Biceps brachii. See Biceps flexor cubiii. 
 
 Biceps cruris. See Biceps flexor cruris. 
 
 Biceps cubiti. See Biceps flexor cubiti. 
 
 Biceps externus. See Triceps extensor 
 cubiti. 
 
 Biceps flexor cruris. Biceps cruris. Bi- 
 ceps. A muscle of the leg, situated on the 
 hind part of the thigh. It arises by two dis- 
 tinct heads: the first, called longus, from the 
 upper and posterior part of the tuberosity of 
 the os ischium. The second, called brevis, 
 arises from the linea aspera, a little below the 
 termination of the glutseus maximus. It is in- 
 serted, by a strong tendon, into the upper part 
 of the head of the fibula. Its use is to bend 
 the leg. This muscle forms what is called the 
 outer ham-string; and between it and the in- 
 ner, the popliteal artery, vein, and nerve are 
 situated. 
 
 Biceps flexor cubiti. Coraco-radialis. 
 Biceps internus humeri. A muscle of the fore- 
 arm, situated on the forepart of the os humeri. 
 It arises by two heads. The first and outer- 
 most, called longus, begins tendinous from the 
 upper edge of the glenoid cavity of the scapula, 
 passes over the head of the os humeri within 
 the shoulder joint, and is after wai'd inclosed, in 
 its descent, in a groove near the head of the os 
 humeri, by a membranous ligament that pro- 
 ceeds from the capsular ligament and adjacent 
 tendons. The second, or innermost head, call- 
 ed brevis, arises, tendinous and fleshy, from 
 the coracoid process of the scapula, in common 
 with the coraco-brachialis muscle. The mus- 
 cle is inserted into the inner tubercle at the 
 upper end of the radius. Its use is to turn the 
 hand supine, and to bend the fore-arm. 
 
 Biceps internus. See Biceps flexor cubiti. 
 
 Biceps manus. See Biceps flexor cubiti. 
 
 Bicipital. Relating to the biceps muscle; 
 thus, the groove in the os humeri which lodges 
 the tendon of the long head of the biceps, is 
 c'alled the bicipital groove. The bicipital tu- 
 berosity is the prominence near the end of the 
 radius, into which the tendon of the biceps is 
 inserted. 
 
BIL 
 
 BIL 
 
 Bichichijs. Pectoral troches consisting of 
 liquorice juice, sugar, starch, tragacanth, al- 
 monds, and mucilage of quince-seed. 
 
 Bichios. Bicho. The Guinea worm. 
 
 Bicho di culo. A disease endemic in Brazil. 
 It consists in great relaxation of the anus. 
 
 Bichos. The chigoe, or chigger. 
 
 Bico'ngius. A measure containing two con- 
 gii, or twelve sextarii. 
 
 Biconjuga'tus. Yoked together. Biconju- 
 gate. 
 
 Bico'rnis. Two-horned. The os hyoides. 
 
 Bicorne os. The os hyoides. 
 
 BICUSPID. Bicuspidatus, or Bicuspis. 
 (Bis, twice, and cuspis, a point.) Bicuspidate. 
 Applied, 1. To teeth. See Denies. 2. To leaves: 
 folium bicuspidum, or bicuspidatum, a leaf that 
 terminates in two points. 
 
 BI'DENS. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. 
 Polygamia ceqtialis. Composites. — B. tripar- 
 tita. The hemp agrimony, formerly esteemed 
 as a diuretic, sudorific, vulnerary, &c, but now 
 disused. 
 
 BIE'NNIAL. Biennis. Applied to plants 
 which live for two years. 
 
 Blestings. The first milk ; colostrum. 
 
 Bifarious. Arranged in two rows. 
 
 Bife'moro-calca'neus. Bifemoro-calcanien. 
 The gastrocnemius muscle. 
 
 Bifid. Bijidus. Forked; divided into two. 
 
 Bifo'lium. Ophrys ovata. 
 
 BIFURCATION. Bifurcatio. The division 
 of a trunk into two branches, as that of the 
 aorta, the trachea, or the stem of a plant. 
 
 Bifurcate. Bifurcatus. Divided into two 
 branches. 
 
 Bigarade. The bitter or Seville orange. 
 
 Biga'ster. Biv enter, or Digastricus. 
 
 BIGNO'NIA". A genus of plants. Didyna- 
 mia. Angiospermia. The leaves of the Big- 
 nonia indica are used by the natives of India 
 as an emollient application to ulcers, and the 
 flowers of the B. ckelonoides are used in Mala- 
 bar as a perfume. — B. catalpa is the catalpa- 
 tree. 
 
 Bigxonia'ce^. A natural family of plants, 
 of which the genus Bignonia is the type. 
 
 Bihydrate of amiline. Corn spirit oil, or 
 amilic alcohol. 
 
 Bikh. The poisonous aconitum ferox of India. 
 
 Bilabiate. Bilabiatus. Two-lipped. 
 
 Biladen. Steel. 
 
 Bilate of soda. Choleate of soda combined 
 with coloring matter. 
 
 Bilazay waters. Department of Deux 
 Sevres. A thermal sulphureous spring. 
 
 Bilberry. See Vaccinium. 
 
 Bilberry bean. See Arbutus uva ursi. 
 
 BILE. (Bills, is, f.) A bitter, nauseous fluid, 
 of a greenish-brown color, secreted by the fiv- 
 er. That from the gall-bladder is thick and 
 dark (cystic bile), but that which flows directly 
 into the duodenum from the liver (hepatic bile) 
 is thin, yellowish, and inodorous. Bile does 
 not putrefy readily ; it is soluble in water and 
 alcohol; acids produce a turbidity. Alkalies 
 dissolve bile. This secretion possesses the 
 property of dissolving fatty substances. Bile 
 contains about ten per cent, of solid matter, the 
 rest being water. The solid part contains the 
 
 fatty acids, cholesterine, bilin, cholepyrrhin or 
 coloring matter, fellinic and cholinic acid, soda, 
 phosphates, &c, and mucus. Liebig calls the 
 whole of the organic matter choleic acid, since 
 it combines with oxide of lead and other bases. 
 The chemical history of bile is veiy obscure : it 
 is so readily metamorphosed that the ordinary 
 tests and manipulations are impossible in ita 
 examination. Bilin (Berzelius) is the princi- 
 pal compound in bile, and is in combination 
 with the fellinic and cholinic acids, funning the 
 bilifellinic and bilicholinic acids of Berzelius. 
 Bilin is a gummy, yellowish solid, without ni- 
 trogen ; it is decomposed at 212° F., and bums, 
 leaving an ash. Liebig gives the formula 
 C76N2H66O22 for his choleic acid, which is all 
 that part of bile soluble in alcohol, and contain- 
 ing the bilin, &c, of Berzelius. This substance 
 is resolved by muriatic acid into taurine, am- 
 monia, and a new acid, the choloidic, and by 
 the action of caustic potash into carbonic acid, 
 ammonia, and a new cholic acid: both these 
 acids are found to contain no nitrogen. This 
 author regards the bile as a secretion destined 
 to prepare carbonaceous food for the function 
 of calorification, and not as an excretion ; and 
 his view is sustained by the fact that choleic 
 acid can not be discovered in healthy fasces. 
 
 The most obvious use of the bile in the ani- 
 mal economy is to separate the chyle from the 
 chyme. It aids in exciting the peristaltic ac- 
 tion of the intestines; hence, in' jaundice, the 
 bowels are, in general, extremely torpid. The 
 color of the faeces seems to depend on the state 
 of the bile. 
 
 The bile or gall of various animals was for- 
 merly used in medicine. All bile was supposed 
 to be calefacient, drying, detergent, discutient, 
 vermifuge ; it was believed, also, to facilitate 
 parturition. 
 
 Bile, Pettenkofer's test for. The sus- 
 pected fluid, or an alcoholic solution of the 
 solid, is placed in a test tube, and two thirds 
 the volume of pure sulphuric acid added by 
 drops. When the mixture is cold, two or three 
 drops of pure syrup is added, when, if choleic 
 acid be present, the mixture assumes a violet-red 
 color. 
 
 Bile sugar. Picromel. 
 
 Biliary. Biliarius. Appertaining or rela 
 ting to bile ; as, Biliary ducts, Biliary concre 
 tions. 
 
 Biliary apparatus. The liver, ducts, &c, 
 concerned in the secretion of bile. 
 
 Biliary calculus. B. concretions. See 
 Calculus. 
 
 Biliary ducts. See Hepar. 
 
 Biliary resin. (Thenard.) This is a mix- 
 ture of the bilifellinic and bilicholinic acids of 
 Berzelius. 
 
 Bilicholinic acid. See Bile. 
 
 Bilifellinic acid. See Bile. 
 
 Bilifulvin. An insoluble pale-yellow col- 
 oring matter, produced by the action of oxygen 
 on cholepyrrhin ; and left, after the precipita- 
 tion of the biliverdin, by an acid from the oxi- 
 dized solution. 
 
 Bilimbi. An Indian tree (the Averrhoa bir 
 limbi) which yields a juice used by the natives 
 for the cure of itch and other cutaneous disor- 
 
 105 
 
BIR 
 
 ders; it is said chat for this purpose ( they wear 
 linen dipped in the juice. 
 
 Bilin. The principal constituent of bile, 
 which see. 
 
 Bilious. Abounding in bile. 
 
 Bilious fever. See Febris and Fever. 
 
 Bilious temperament. See Temperament. 
 
 Biliphjsin. The reddish-yellow coloring 
 matter of bile, called cholepyrrhin by Berzelius. 
 It is found in some biliary calculi, and as a 
 powder in the gall-bladder. It is very slight- 
 ly soluble, except in solutions of potash or soda; 
 and in this case, when exposed to air, it ab- 
 sorbs oxygen, and the yellow changes to green 
 (Biliverdin), which may be precipitated by an 
 acid, leaving behind the Bilifulvin. The pres- 
 ence of biliphrein in serum, urine, &c, is at 
 once known by adding a little nitric acid, when 
 it changes to blue, then green, violet, red, and, 
 ultimately, yellowish-brown. 
 
 BI'LIS. See Bile. 
 
 Bilis atra. Black bile. The fanciful cause 
 of melancholy. 
 
 Biliverdin. The green oxidized biliphsein. 
 That obtained from ox bile is said to closely 
 resemble chlorophyll. 
 
 BTLOBED. Bilobus. Having two lobes. 
 
 Bilocular. Bilocularis. Two -celled: ap- 
 plied to a capsule which has two cells. 
 
 Bimana. The order of mammalia containing 
 the genus man, or homo. 
 
 Bi'manus. Two-handed. A term applied 
 by zoologists to man. 
 
 Binary. Binary. A binary compound is 
 that resulting from the union of two elements. 
 
 Bina'tus. Binate ; in pairs. 
 
 Bindweed. The genus Convolvulus. 
 
 Bindweed tribe. Convolvulacese. 
 
 Bino'culus. Diophthalmos. (From bis, 
 twice, and oculus, the eye.) The name of a 
 bandage adapted to be applied over both 
 eyes. 
 
 Biochemia. Biochymia. Animal or vital 
 chemistry. 
 
 Bio-dynamics. The doctrine of the vital 
 
 lOT"CGS 
 
 BIO'LOGY. (Biologia, a, f . ; from (3ipc 
 life, and Xoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine or 
 science of life. 
 
 Bioly'chnium. Biolychnion. (From (3ioc, 
 life, and Avxvtov, a lamp.) The vital or animal 
 heat. 
 
 Bipari'etal. That diameter of the cranium 
 which passes from one parietal protuberance 
 to the other is called by some the biparietal di- 
 ameter. 
 
 Bipartite. Biparti'tus. Deeply divided, 
 almost to the basis. 
 
 Bipenella. See Pimpinella. 
 
 Biped. (From, bipes.) An animal with only 
 two legs. 
 
 Bipinnati'fidus. Doubly pinnatifid. 
 
 Bipinnate. Bipinnatus. Doubly pinnate. 
 
 Bir. The thorax. 
 
 Birch. See Betula alba. 
 
 Birdlime. Viscus aucupum. So called be- 
 cause, from its great viscidity, it is used to en- 
 tangle birds. A vegetable substance, generally 
 prepared from the middle bark of the holly. 
 
 Bird's eye. The Adonis verna. See Adonis. 
 106 
 
 BIT 
 
 Bird's tongue. The seeds of the Fraxmus 
 excelsior. 
 
 Birthwort. See Aristolochia. 
 
 Birthwort, climbing. See Aristolochia 
 clematitis. 
 
 Birthwort, long-rooted. See Aristolochia 
 longa. 
 
 Birthwort, snake-killing. See Aristolo- 
 chia anguicida. 
 
 Birthwort, three-lobed. See Aristolochia 
 trilobata. 
 
 Bische. Biecho. A malignant dysentery 
 of the West Indies. 
 
 Biserial. Arranged in two rows. 
 
 Biserrate. With two orders of seratures. 
 
 Bisferiens. Dicrotus. 
 
 Bishop's weed. See Ammi. 
 
 Bisli'ngua. Ruscus hypoglossum. 
 
 Bismalva. Althaea officinalis. 
 
 BISMUTH. (Bismuthum, i, n.) A brittle, 
 crystalline metal, fusible at about 400° F. ; of 
 a pink tinge ; readily soluble in nitric acid. It 
 is a very inferior conductor of heat and elec- 
 tricity. Sp.gr., 9-5; equivalent, 71-0; symbol, 
 Bi. When heated in the open air, it burns 
 into the oxide BiO, or flowers of bismuth of a 
 fine white color. The salts of bismuth have 
 attracted little attention in medicine, the sub- 
 nitrate, or magistery of bismuth, being the only 
 officinal preparation. The chloride of bismuth, 
 also called the butter of bismuth, is corrosive, 
 and of a soft consistency. 
 
 Bismuth subnitrate. B. trisnitrate. B. te- 
 tarto-nitrate. This is formed when a solution 
 of the nitrate is dropped into a large quantity 
 of pure water. The subnitrate (3 BiO-f-NOs) 
 falls as an insoluble, beautifully-white powder, 
 known under the names of pearl powder and 
 magistery of bismuth. This powder has ob- 
 tained some celebrity in the treatment of gas>- 
 trodynia, obstinate vomiting, and painful affec- 
 tions of the stomach. Dose, gr. iv. to gr. x., 
 three times a day. It is but an uncertain med- 
 icine, however, and has been pushed to doses 
 of 3j. without benefit. 
 
 Bismuthi subnitras. See Bismuth subni- 
 trate. 
 
 Bismuthum album. Bismuth, subnitrate. 
 
 Bistort. See Bistorta. 
 
 BISTO'RTA. (a, ce, f.) Polygonum bis- 
 torta. 
 
 BI'STOURY. Bistouri. Any small knife 
 for surgical purposes. Bistouries are straight, 
 convex, concave, sharp-pointed, probe-pointed, 
 &c. 
 
 Bistoury cache. A bistoury, the blade of 
 which is concealed in a sheath, from which it 
 is made to protrude by pressing on a spring. 
 
 Bisulphas. Bisulphate. 
 
 Bisulphas potass^e. See Potassce bisulphas. 
 
 Bitartrate of potash. Cream of tartar. 
 
 Bi'thynos. Bidvvoc. An ancient plaster 
 against dropsy. 
 
 BIT NOBEN. (Indian.) Salt of bitumen. 
 A white saline substance imported from India, 
 which is not a natural production, but a prep 
 aration made by the Hindoos. It is called in 
 the country padanoon, soucherloon, and popu- 
 larly, khala mimuc, or black salt. It is used by 
 the Indians in all complaints. 
 
BL A 
 
 B LE 
 
 Bitter. See Amarus. 
 
 Bitter apple. See Cucumis colocynthis. 
 
 Bitter earth. Magnesia. 
 
 Bitter of welter. Carbazotic acid. 
 
 Bitter infusion. An infusion of gentian, 
 quassia, &c. 
 
 BITTER PRINCIPLE. This name was 
 formerly applied to a substance supposed to be 
 common to bitter plants, and to be the cause of 
 their peculiar taste. There is no such common 
 principle. 
 
 Bitter-sweet. Solanum dulcamara 
 
 Bitter wood. Quassia. 
 
 BITTERN. The mother water which re- 
 mains after the crystallization of common salt 
 from sea-water. It abounds with sulphate and 
 muriate of magnesia, and contains iodine and 
 bromine. 
 
 BITTERS. Medicines of a bitter taste. 
 They are usually tonics, and are by some wri- 
 ters divided into pure or simple bitters, aro- 
 matic bitters, and astringent bitters. — Bitters, 
 wine or spirit. Tinctura gentianae composita. 
 
 Bittos. A disease marked by acute pain in 
 the anus. 
 
 BITU'MEN. {en, inis, n.) This term in- 
 cludes a number of inflammable mineral substan- 
 ces. The fluid are naphtha, petroleum, mineral 
 tar, mineral pitch. The solid are asphaltum, 
 elastic bitumen or mineral caoutchouc, mineral 
 adipocire, retinasphaltum, pit coal, jet mellilite 
 or honey-stone, and amber. Of these substan- 
 ces, asphaltum and amber have been used in 
 medicine. See Asphaltum and Succinum. 
 
 Bitumen barbadense. See Petroleum bar- 
 badense. 
 
 Bitumen judaicum. See Asphaltum 
 
 Bitumen liquidum. See Petroleum. 
 
 Bitumenization. The transformation of or- 
 ganic matters into bitumen. Thus, wood is 
 converted by natural processes into several va- 
 rieties of coal, and the substance called peat 
 consists of the remains of vegetables which have 
 undergone a similar change. 
 
 Bitumenized. Changed into bitumen. Thus, 
 bitumenized icood, &c. 
 
 Bituminous. Partaking of the nature of bi- 
 tumen. 
 
 BIVA'LVE. Bivahis. Two-vaived; form- 
 ed of two pieces. 
 
 BIVE'NTER. Digastric. A muscle is so 
 termed which has two bellies. 
 
 Biventer cervicis. The complexus muscle. 
 
 Biventer maxilla inferioris. The digas- 
 tric muscle. 
 
 BI'XA. A genus of plants. Polyandria. 
 Monogynia. — B. orellana. B. orleana. An- 
 notto. The substance so called is obtained from 
 the pellicles of the seeds. In Jamaica and oth- 
 er warm climates, it is considered as a useful 
 remedy in dysentery, possessing astringent and 
 stomachic qualities. 
 
 Blaccije. Rubeola. 
 
 Black boy gum. A red resin of New Hol- 
 land, from the Xanthorrhasa arborea. 
 
 Black death. See Pestis nigra. 
 
 Black draught. Infusion of senna with 
 salts. 
 
 Black drop. Gutta nigra. 
 
 Black flux. Cream of tartar heated to red- 
 
 ness, or a mixture of carbonate of potash and 
 charcoal. 
 
 Black jaundice. See Icterus. 
 
 Black lead. Plumbago. 
 
 Black leprosy. See Lepra. 
 
 Black pestilence. Plague. See Pestis ni- 
 gra. 
 
 Black snake-root. Actaea (cimicifuga)race- 
 mosa. 
 
 Black sticking plaster. Solution of isin- 
 glass, with a little tincture of benzoin brushed 
 over silk. 
 
 Black tongue. An epidemic typhoid disease. 
 
 Black turpeth. Black oxide of mercury. 
 
 Black vomit. See Yellow fever. 
 
 Black wadd. Peroxide of manganese. 
 
 Black wash. Lotio calcis composita. 
 
 Black water. The water-brash. Pyrosis 
 
 Blackberry. Rubus villosus. 
 
 Bladder. See Urinary bladder. 
 
 Bladder-wrack. See Fucus vesiculosus. 
 
 Bladdery fever. Pemphigus. 
 
 Blade-bone. See Scapula. 
 
 BLjESITAS. (as, atis, f.; from blaisus.) 
 Stammering. 
 
 Bl^esus. BXaicoc. A term applied to one 
 who has the legs or feet distorted outward ; to 
 one who has the spine bent forward or back- 
 ward ; to a paralytic ; or to one who stammers. 
 
 Blain. A small watery vesicle of the skin. 
 Rupia. 
 
 Blanc de Troyes. Creta preparata. 
 
 Bla'nca. A medicine of turpentine, various 
 fetid gums, euphorbium, colocynth, antimony, 
 aromatics, &c. White lead. 
 
 Blanca mulierum. The whites. See Leu- 
 corrhaza. 
 
 Blanch. To whiten. Blanched almonds 
 are those deprived of their testa. 
 
 Bla'nquinine. An alkaloid supposed to ex- 
 ist in cinchona ovalifolia. 
 
 Blas. A term of Van Helmont, who applied 
 it to the motions and influences of the stars, and 
 to the activities of animal bodies. 
 
 Blast. Ajflatus. Erysipelas. 
 
 BLASTE'MA. (Blaar W a. BZacrnmc; 
 from filaoTavu, to germinate.) 1. The eruption 
 of any morbific humor. 2. The rudimentary 
 mass of an organ in a state of development. 3. 
 The substance which nourishes the cytoblast, 
 or cell- germ. 
 
 BLASTODERMA. The germinal membrane 
 or skin, within and about which the develop- 
 ment of the nucleus takes place. 
 
 Bla'tta byza'ntia. Unguis odoratus. The 
 operculum of a shell-fish, formerly used in 
 medicine. 
 
 Blatta'ria. Verbascum blattaria. 
 
 Blaud's pills. Nearly the same as the pi- 
 lulae ferri composita?. 
 
 Bleaching liquid. Solution of chloride of 
 soda or lime. 
 
 Bleaching powder. Chloride of lime. 
 
 Blear-eye. A weak and weeping eye, with 
 a chronic inflammation of the eye-lids. See 
 Lippitudo. 
 
 Bleb. A bulla or small bladder. 
 
 BLE'CHNUM. A genus of ferns.— B. lin- 
 guifolium. See Scolopendrium vulgare. — B 
 squamosum. See Ceterach officinalis. 
 
 107 
 
BLE 
 
 BLO 
 
 Blechro'pyrus. a name given by some 
 writers to the slow, nervous fever. 
 
 Blechros. Slow; feeble: as, blechrospky g- 
 mia, a slow pulse. 
 
 BLEEDING. 1. A discharge of blood from 
 the animal body, from whatever cause. See 
 Hemorrhage. 2. The operation of blood-let- 
 ting for the cure or prevention of disease. See 
 Blood-letting. 
 
 Blende. Sulphuret of zinc. 
 
 BLENNA. Mucus. Hence, Blennelytria, 
 leucorrhcea — Blennenteria, dysentery — Blen- 
 nisthmia, an increased flow of mucus from the 
 pharynx and larynx — Blennogenous tissue, a 
 tissue for the production of mucus, especially 
 that of the skin. 
 
 Blennophthalmia. Purulent ophthalmia. 
 
 Blennoptysis. Catarrh. 
 
 Blennopyria. Fevers with mucous disturb- 
 ance. 
 
 BLENNORRHA'GIA. (From f31evva, mu- 
 cus, and pr/yvv/u, to burst forth.) A discharge 
 of mucus. Gonorrhoea. 
 
 Blennorrha'gic Relating to blennorrha- 
 gia. 
 
 BLENNORRHEA. (From pXevva, mucus, 
 and peu, to flow.) A flow of mucus. The 
 term is applicable to an increased discharge 
 from any of the mucous surfaces, but is usu- 
 ally restricted to that from the urethra and va- 
 gina. Blennorrhoea may be divided into two 
 epecies : 
 
 1. The Blennorrhcea simplex, which is a sim- 
 ple increased secretion of mucus from the ure- 
 thra, proceeding from local irritation or debil- 
 ity. It requires rest, cold applications, tonics, 
 and mild aperients. 
 
 2. Blennorhcea chronica. — It is the common 
 sequel of a clap, which has either been badly 
 treated, or has lasted long and produced great 
 local weakness ; but it occurs, also, indepen- 
 dently of any clap, from other causes of weak- 
 ness. The discharge is yellowish, slimy, and 
 stiffens the linen. It varies greatly in quantity 
 in different cases. Another cause of gleet is 
 stricture of the urethra. In common cases, 
 gleet yields to terebinthinate medicines : the 
 copaiba and Chian turpentine are most esteem- 
 ed. Warm stimulants are also serviceable ; as 
 cubebs, and other peppers. When these are 
 ineffectual in stopping the discharge, tonics and 
 cold bathing should be resorted to. Passing a 
 bougie occasionally often so stimulates the re- 
 laxed urethra as to remove the disease. Weak 
 astringent injections seldom fail of stopping the 
 discharge. Solutions of acetate of lead, sul- 
 phate of zinc, or acetate of zinc, are generally 
 the best adapted for this purpose. 
 
 BLENNORRHCEA. A generic term for a 
 disease attended with mucus discharge ; as, B. 
 genitalium, leucorrhcea — B. luodes, venerea, 
 urethralis, urethritis or clap — B. oculi, ophthal- 
 mia — B. nasalis, coryza — B. urinalis, vesica, 
 cystorrhoea — B. ventriculi, gastorrhoea — B. va- 
 ginae, uteri, leucorrhcea. 
 
 BLENNO'SES. Affections of the mucous 
 tissues. 
 
 Blennothorax. Catarrh ; peripneumonia 
 notha. 
 
 Blepharadeni'tis. (From filefyapov, the 
 108 
 
 eyelid, and adnv, a gland.) Inflammation of 
 the Meibomian glands. 
 
 Blepharelosis. Entropion. 
 
 Blepharitis. (From (3Xe<f>apov, the eyelid.) 
 An inflammation of the eyelid. 
 
 BLEPHARON. The eyelid. From this is 
 compounded a number of words ; as, Blepha* 
 nedema, or hydroblepharon — Blepharoplastice, 
 the formation of a new eyelid — Blepharospas- 
 mus, a spasm of the eyelid. 
 
 BLEPHARO'NCUS. (From fiXecpapov, and 
 oynoc, a tumor.) A tumor on the eyelid. The 
 term Blephar oncosis has been improperly substi- 
 tuted for this; oyKoatc means a general aug- 
 mentation of the bulk of any thing. 
 
 BLEPHAROPHTHA'LMIA. Blepharotis. 
 Blephar otitis. An inflammation of the eyelid. 
 
 BLEPHAROPLE'GIA. (From filz§apov, 
 and izlrj-yrj, a stroke, or paralysis.) Falling 
 down of the upper eyelid from paralysis of the 
 levator muscle. See Blephar opto sis. 
 
 BLEPHAROPTO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from (&e- 
 Qapov, and tctocuc, from irmru, to fail.) Ble- 
 pharoplegia. A prolapse, or falling down of 
 the upper eyelid. It may arise from a relaxed 
 state of the common integuments of the eyelids, 
 or from paralysis of the levator muscle ; in the 
 latter case it is often connected with disease of 
 the brain: some writers consider spasm of the 
 orbicular muscle as an occasional cause. 
 
 Blepharoxy'stum. An instrument used by 
 the Greek surgeons to remove callosities from 
 the inner surface of the eyelid. 
 
 Blessed thistle. See Centaurea benedicla. 
 
 Blestri'smus. Jactitation; restlessness. 
 
 Ble'ville. It possesses an acidulous cha- 
 lybeate spring. 
 
 Blindness. Coecitas. 
 
 Blindness, nocturnal. See Hemeralopia. 
 
 BLISTER. 1. An elevation of the cuticle, 
 arising from the deposition of a serous fluid un- 
 derneath it. A blister may be raised artificially 
 by topical applications, or it may be caused by 
 a burn, by hard friction of the cuticle, or by 
 disease. 2. A topical application, which raises 
 the cuticle in the form of a vesicle, filled with 
 a serous fluid. See Vesicatorium. 
 
 Blister-fly. See Cantharis. 
 
 Blister, perpetual. One that is kept open 
 by stimulating dressings. " 
 
 BLI'TUM. (urn, i, n. ; (Ultov.) A genus 
 of plants. Class, Monandria ; Order, Digynia. 
 — Blitum capitatum. The Amaranthus blitum. 
 A pot-herb : it has been employed as an emol- 
 lient. — B. fcetidum. Chenopodium vulnaria. 
 
 BLOOD. The chief circulating fluid of ani- 
 mals, wherefrom the materials for the repair of 
 parts and the production of secretions are de- 
 rived. It is of a red color and high tempera- 
 ture (98° to 102°) in man and the higher ani- 
 mals, but in reptiles, fishes, and the inferior 
 races little elevated above the medium in 
 which they dwell, and of a white, or yellowish, 
 or pink color. The amount of blood in an in- 
 dividual has been estimated at from 8 to 100 lbs., 
 and it is supposed not to exceed 30 lbs. The 
 sp. gr. is from 1042 to 1058. While circula- 
 ting in the body it consists of a transparent 
 fluid, the liquor sanguinis or plasma, in which 
 numerous minute globules float. The globules 
 
BLO 
 
 are of three kinds: 1. The ordinary red glob- 
 ule, of an elliptical and flattened figure, and 
 about g-4Vo tn of an inch in diameter. 2. Lymph 
 globules, which are spherical, granular, and 
 colorless, and contain minute nuclei, sometimes 
 seen to be in motion. 3. Chyle globules, which 
 do not differ in any remarkable points from the 
 lymph globules. The last two are called the 
 white globules of the blood, and there may 
 also be oil globules. When drawn and allow- 
 ed to rest, the blood divides spontaneously into 
 a light yellow fluid, the serum, and into a solid 
 portion, the clot or crassamentum. The latter 
 is produced by the deposit of the fibrin of the 
 liquor sanguinis, which invests and carries down 
 the globules. The serum contains water, sa- 
 line matters, and albumen. Notwithstanding 
 the marked difference in color, and capacity of 
 sustaining life, between venous and arterial 
 blood, there is nothing known with certainty 
 concerning their chemical differences. 
 
 Much attention has been paid of late to the 
 normal composition of healthy blood for the 
 purpose of obtaining a standard of comparison 
 to judge of the effects of disease on this impor- 
 tant fluid. The mean of Simon represents 
 healthy blood as consisting of 80 per cent, wa- 
 ter and 20 solid residue, with 0-2 per cent, 
 fibrin, and the same amount of fats ; 10 to 13 
 per cent, of globules ; 6 to 7 per cent, of albu- 
 men ; and 1 per cent, of extractive matters and 
 6alts. The extractive is divided into alcohol 
 and water extracts, of which but little is known. 
 The salts consist of chloride of sodium and potas- 
 sium; carbonate of soda; phosphate of soda, lime, 
 and magnesia ; peroxide of iron, and sulphate 
 of soda. The fats consist of common fats, phos- 
 phorized fat, and a minute amount of serolin. 
 
 In diseases of an inflammatory order the 
 fibrin may become as much as 6 to 10 parts in 
 1000, especially in pneumonitis and acute rheu- 
 matism, whereas in typhoid states it falls so 
 low (0-9 in 1000) as to impair the coagulability 
 of the blood. The blood globules are diminish- 
 ed by bleeding and hemorrhages, and fall much 
 below the standard in cachexies, especially 
 chlorosis, in which they sink to 3 or 2 per 
 cent. There are also certain bodies, as sugar, 
 urea, cholesterine, and bile, which are occa- 
 sionally discovered in unhealthy blood. The 
 buffy coat of inflammation arises from the ex- 
 cess of fibrin, or of a modification of it, called 
 the tritoxide of protein by Mulder. 
 
 The blood is, for the most part, recruited 
 from the lacteals, and j^ceives contributions 
 from the lymphatic system also ; these, being 
 mixed with the venous or black blood returned, 
 from all parts of the system, are exposed to air 
 in the lungs, part with carbonic acid, and ob- 
 tain oxygen, which is, according to some, mere- 
 ly absorbed by the liquor sanguinis, and, ac- 
 cording to others, acts upon the fibrin or on the 
 coloring matter. In the course of the circula- 
 tion, the oxygen, whether free or combined, is 
 replaced by carbonic acid, converting the arte- 
 rial into venous blood. The ultimate analysis 
 of dry blood gives, according to Liebig, carbon, 
 51-96; hydrogen, 7-25; nitrogen, 15-07; oxy- 
 gen, 21-30; ashes, 4-42: which nearly coin- 
 cides with the formula C48H39NGO15. 
 
 BOD 
 
 Blood, black. Venous blood. 
 
 Blood corpuscules. B. globules. B. 
 disks. See Globules of the blood. 
 
 Blood, deficiency of. Anaemia. 
 
 Blood, dragon's. Calamus rotang. 
 
 Blood, fullness of. Plethora. 
 
 Blood, menstrual. The sanguineous fluid 
 discharged by the healthy uterus of unimpreg 
 nated females is of an acid reaction, and non- 
 coagulable. By analysis, it is found to contain 
 an excess of blood globules, epithelium cells, 
 nearly 0-3 per cent, of fats, the normal quantity 
 of albumen and salts, and almost an entire free- 
 dom from fibrin. 
 
 Blood, spitting of. Haemoptysis. 
 
 Blood stroke. An universal congestion. 
 
 Blood, vomiting of. Hoematemesis. 
 
 Blood, white. Lymph. 
 
 BLOOD-LETTING. Under this term is 
 comprehended every artificial discharge of blood 
 made with a view to the cure or prevention of 
 disease. Blood-letting is divided into general 
 and topical. The former includes venisection 
 and arteriotomy ; and the latter, the application 
 of leeches, cupping-glasses, and scarification. 
 
 Blood-root. Sanguinaria canadensis. 
 
 Blood-shot. When the vessels of the eye- 
 ball are distended with red blood. 
 
 Blood-stone. Haematite. 
 
 Blood-vessel, breaking a. Haemorrhagia. 
 
 Bloody flux. Dysentery. 
 
 BLOW-PIPE. An instrument used by anato- 
 mists and chemists. The anatomical blow-pipe 
 is a silver or brass tube, by means of which 
 parts are inflated. By means of the blow-pipe 
 the flame of a candle or lamp is directed on the 
 object intended to be acted on. The flame 
 assumes a conical shape, and the greatest heat 
 is at the point of the cone. By substituting for 
 common air a stream of oxygen gas, a much 
 higher temperature is produced, and a mixture 
 of oxygen and hydrogen gases propelled through 
 the tube by a convenient apparatus causes a 
 degree of heat nearly equal to that of the arc 
 of flame in the voltaic circuit. This constitutes 
 what is called the Oxy -hydro gen blow-pipe. 
 The blow-pipe is an invaluable instrument to 
 the chemist, and affords the mineralogist a prin- 
 cipal means of determining the nature of min- 
 eral substances. 
 
 Blue bottle. Centaurea cyanus. 
 
 Blue disease. Blue skin. Blue jaundice 
 See Cyanosis. 
 
 Blue eye-water. See Aqua cnpri ammoniati. 
 
 Blue ointment. Unguentum hydrargyri 
 
 Blue pill. See Pilula hydrargyri. 
 
 Blue stone. Blue vitriol. Blue cop- 
 peras. Sulphate of copper. 
 
 Blunt hook. Hook blunt. 
 
 BO' A. (a, <?, f.) 1. The Latin name of a 
 papular eruption. 2. The Lues venerea. 3 
 The name of a genus of serpents. 
 
 Boar. Sus scrofa. 
 
 Boche'tum. A decoction of the woods. 
 
 Bo'chia. A glass subliming vessel. 
 
 Bo'cium. Bochium. Boetum. Bronchocele. 
 
 BODY. In the language of science this term 
 is sometimes used in the same sense as matter; 
 that is, it designates a substance which has 
 length, breadth, and thickness ; is divisible, 
 
 109 
 
BOL 
 
 BOR 
 
 impenetrable, and movable ; but it is more fre- 
 quently used to designate those circumscribed 
 forms of matter which are the objects of sight 
 and touch ; as animals, vegetables, stones, &e. 
 
 Body, coming down of. Proctocele. 
 
 Boerhaave's ague powder. A mixture of 
 alum, powdered nutmeg, and Armenian bole. 
 
 Boerhaave's red pill. A pill containing 
 cinnabar. 
 
 Bog-bean. See Menyantkes trifoliata. 
 
 Bogia gummi. Gamboge. 
 
 Boil. See Furunculus. 
 
 Boiling point. The temperature at which 
 fluids boil at the ordinary pressure of the atmo- 
 sphere, or 30 inches of the barometer. 
 
 Bola. Myrrh. 
 
 Bolar earth. Bole. See Bole. 
 
 BOLE. {Bolus, i, m. ; /3o)Xoc, a mass.) An 
 argillaceous mineral, having a conchoidal frac- 
 ture, a glimmering internal lustre, and a shining 
 streak, and of various colors. These earths 
 were commonly made into little cakes or flat 
 masses, and stamped with certain impressions ; 
 from which circumstance they received the 
 name of terrce sigillatce, or sealed earths. 
 
 Bole, Armenian. Bolus Armenia. The 
 Armenian bole is an argillaceous earth of a 
 pale but bright-red color. It is occasionally 
 mixed with honey, and applied to the aphthae ; 
 it is also used as a tooth-powder when mixed 
 with some aromatic. 
 
 BOLE'TIC. Boleticus. Appertaining to 
 the boletus. 
 
 Boletic acid. Acidum boleticum. An acid 
 discovered by Braconnot in the juice of the 
 Boletus pseudo-igniarius. 
 
 BOLE'TUS. (us, i, m.\ (SuIltvc.) 1. A 
 kind of fungus referred by Linnaeus to the ge- 
 nus Lycoperdon. 2. A genus of fungi, which 
 differ from the agarics in having tubes under 
 the caps instead of gills. 
 
 Boletus cervi. The deer ball. This is 
 said to be aphi'odisiac. 
 
 Boletus igniarius. Agaric of the oak; 
 touchwood boletus ; female agaric. The Agar- 
 icus of the Pharmacopoeias : called, also, Agar- 
 icus chirurgorum, Agaricus quercus. Has been 
 much used by surgeons as an external styptic, 
 when softened by beating. 
 
 Boletus laricis. Agaricus albus. It is 
 parasitic on the larch, and it is a drastic purge 
 in the dose of 3j. to 3ij. 
 
 Boletus purgans. The boletus laricis. 
 
 Boletus suave'olens. The Fungus salicis 
 of the Pharmacopoeias. When fresh, it has a 
 sub-urinous smell, and at first an acid taste, fol- 
 lowed by a bitter. Formerly given in phthis- 
 ical complaints. 
 
 Boletus sulphureus. On drying, this 
 evolves needle-like crystals of oxalic acid near- 
 ly pure. 
 
 Bolismus. See Bulimia. 
 
 Bolognian stone. A pyrophorus. The ex- 
 act process is not known ; but a substance very 
 distinctly luminous in the dark, after exposure 
 to the sun's rays, may be obtained by making 
 powdered sulphate of baryta into cakes with 
 mucilage of gum tragacanth, calcining them 
 carefully in the open fire, and allowing them to 
 cool slowly. 
 110 
 
 BO'LUS. (Bolus, i, m. ; f3u2,oc, a mass.) 1. 
 Any medicine, rolled into the shape of a ball 
 larger than an ordinary-sized pill, and yet not 
 too large to be swallowed. 2. A kind of argil- 
 laceous earth. See Bole. 
 
 Bolus ad quartanum. A medicine of Laen- 
 nec for pneumonia. R. Emetic tartar, gr. j. ; 
 bark, 3J. : make into a mass with oil of juniper. 
 
 Bolus Armenia. See Bole, Armenian. 
 
 Bolus Armenia albus. The white Armen- 
 ian bole. 
 
 Bolus blessensis. BoleofBlois. 
 
 Bolus gallicus. Bolus albus. French bole. 
 A pale, red-colored earth, variegated with ir- 
 regular specks and veins of white and yellow. 
 It was formerly esteemed as an absorbent and 
 antacid. 
 
 Bomarea salsilla. This Chilian plant is 
 used as a sudorific. 
 
 Bombic acid. Acidum bombicum. Acid of 
 the silk-worm ; formic acid ? 
 
 BO'MBUS. (us, i, m. ; (3ofi6qc, the buzzing 
 of bees.) In medical language, this word has 
 been used to denote, 1. The sensation of ring- 
 ing in the ears. Tinnitus aurium. 2. The 
 noise caused by the movement of gas in the in- 
 testines, otherwise called Borborygmus. See 
 Borborygmus. 
 
 Bonduch Indorum. See Guilandina. 
 
 BONE. See Os. 
 
 Bone-binder. See Osteocolla. 
 
 Bone black. Charred bones ; ivory black. 
 
 Bone earth. It consists nearly altogether 
 of phosphate of lime. 
 
 Bone nippers. Bone forceps. A strong 
 pair of forceps with cutting edges, for removing 
 and cutting away fragments of bones. 
 
 Boneset. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 
 
 Bone spirit. The impure ammonia distilled 
 from bones. 
 
 Bones, brittleness or friability of. Thi3 
 morbid state is a consequence of several dis- 
 eases, especially syphilis. The gelatinous mat- 
 ter of the bones is removed, and there being 
 an excess of earthy particles, they become brit- 
 tle, so as to be fractured upon the slightest vio- 
 lence. 
 
 Bones, salt of. Carbonate of ammonia. 
 
 Bones, softening of. Mollities ossium. 
 
 Bonnes, mineral waters of. They are sul- 
 phureous and thennal : 98° F. 
 
 BONPLANDIA. A genus of lofty trees of 
 South America, the bark of which yields angos- 
 tura or cusparia bark, especially that of the B. 
 trifoliata. 
 
 Bonus genius. Peucedanum. 
 
 Bonus Henricus. See Chenopodium bonus 
 Henricus. 
 
 BORA'CIC ACID. Acidum boracicum. Aci- 
 dum boracis. Sedative salt of Homberg. Bo- 
 racic acid is most readily obtained by dissolving 
 borax in hot water, filtering the solution ; add- 
 ing sulphuric acid by little and little, till the 
 liquid has a sensibly acid taste, and setting it 
 aside to cool : the boracic acid will be depos- 
 ited in small, white, shining, scaly crystals. It 
 is slightly acid ; soluble ; vitrified by heat. 
 Composition, boron l-f-3 oxygen. It was for- 
 merly thought to be a sedative. 
 
 Borage. See Borago. 
 
B OT 
 
 B OU 
 
 BORAGFNE^E. Boraginacecs. The Borage 
 tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous 
 plants or shrubs, with leaves alternate, covered 
 with aspeiTties ; corolla gamopetalous ; stamens 
 inserted in the corolla ; fruit, four nuts, distinct. 
 
 BORA'GO. (o, inis, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Boraginece. — B. of- 
 ficinalis. Borage. It is used in Europe in pul- 
 monary diseases, in rheumatism, and in cutane- 
 ous affections. 
 
 BO'RAS. (as, atis, f.) A borate. 
 
 Boras sod.2E. See Sodce biboras. 
 
 Boras supersodicus. Borax. 
 
 Borate. A salt of boracic acid. 
 
 Borate of mercury. A compound of bora- 
 cic acid with oxide of mercury. It has been 
 recommended in syphilis. 
 
 BORAX. (Boras, acis, m. ; from Bourach, 
 an Arabic word.) See Soda; biboras. 
 
 BORBORY'GMUS. (us,i,m. BopSopvyfioc.) 
 The rumbling noise occasioned by flatus in the 
 intestines. 
 
 Bordeaux, waters of. They are chalybe- 
 ate. 
 
 Boric acid. Boracic acid. 
 
 Boritis. The philosopher's stone. 
 
 Borneen. The name given to a compound 
 of carbon and hydrogen found in valerian root, 
 and which, on exposure to moisture, acquires 
 the properties of Borneo camphor. It is sup- 
 posed to be identical with liquid camphor. The 
 camphor itself has been named borneol, and it 
 is converted, by the action of nitric acid, into 
 laurel-camphor. 
 
 Borneo camphor. . That found in the crevi- 
 ces of the dryobalonops-tree. 
 
 BORON. Borium. Boracium. The basis 
 of boracic acid. It is an element, solid, of a 
 greenish-black color, and resembling carbon. 
 Eq., 136-25; sym., B. It combines with sul- 
 phur, chlorine, and oxygen, forming with the 
 last, BO3, boracic acid. 
 
 Borozail, or Zail. (Ethiopic.) A disease 
 which is endemic on the shores of the River 
 Senegal. It attacks the genital organs of both 
 sexes, but is different from syphilis. Accord- 
 ing to Blancard, it is called Asab in men, and 
 Assabatus in women. It is probably identical 
 with Frambassia, or the Yaws. 
 
 Boruret. A combination of boron with a 
 6imple body. A boride. 
 
 Borri. Borri-borri. Boberri. Turmeric; 
 also an ointment. 
 
 BOS. (os, ovis, m.) The ox. A well-known 
 genus of raminant animals. The flesh of the 
 ox, commonly called beef, is highly-nutritious 
 and digestible. 
 
 BOSWE'LLIA. A genus of plants. Decan- 
 dria. Monogynia. B. serrata is supposed to 
 afford the olibanum of commerce. — B. thuife- 
 ra. The olibanum-tree. 
 
 Bota'le foramen. The foramen ovale of 
 the fetal heart. 
 
 BOTANICA. Botany. 
 
 Bota'nicon. A plaster made of herbs. 
 
 Botano'logy. Botany. 
 
 BO'TANY. (BoravLKT], Botanica; from /?o- 
 ravv, an herb, or grass.) That branch of natural 
 history which relates to the vegetable kingdom. 
 Botany is not confined to the description and 
 
 classification of plants, but involves the whole 
 philosophy of one great department of nature. 
 It consists of the terminology, or nomenclature 
 of the several parts of plants which are exter- 
 nally visible ; as stems, leaves, flowers, seed- 
 vessels, &c. 
 
 The classification, or arrangement. A knowl- 
 edge of the different parts of a plant must ne- 
 cessarily be gained before it is desciibed ; but, 
 amid the multiplicity of objects which the veg- 
 etable kingdom presents, it is impossible to dis- 
 tinguish individuals from each other, by chai'- 
 acters which the memory can retain, without 
 having recourse to such general similarities and 
 differences as are common to a number of indi- 
 viduals. By tracing these general resemblances 
 and diversities through a number of gradations, 
 we are enabled to found on them primary and 
 subordinate divisions, either ascending from 
 particulars to generals, or descending from gen- 
 erals to particulars. Such divisions and distri- 
 butions in the science before us constitute the 
 various systems, arrangements, or classifications 
 of botanists ; and these, according to the kind 
 of characters on which they are founded, are 
 called natural or artificial. A view of the 
 principal classifications of plants will be given 
 in the article Vegetable Kingdom. 
 
 Vegetable chemistry is the chemical exami- 
 nation of the substances which enter into the 
 composition of plants, or are formed by them. 
 This now forms the greater part of vegetable 
 physiology. 
 
 Botany-bay gum. See Xanlhorhasa hastilis. 
 
 Botargo. A salted preparation made in Ita- 
 ly and the South of France, from the row of the 
 gray mullet. It is used as a seasoning to other 
 food. 
 
 Bo'thrion. Botrium. 1. The socket of a 
 tooth. 2. A small, deep ulcer of the cornea. 
 
 BOTHRIOCEPHALIC, (us, i, m. ; from 
 flodpiov, and neqalr), a head.) The tape-worm. 
 See Entozoa. 
 
 Bothriocephaeus latus. See Entozoa. 
 
 Bo'tium. A bronchocele. 
 
 BO'TRYS. (Borpvc, a cluster of grapes.) 
 Supposed to be the Chenopodium botrys. — B. 
 mexicana. Chenopodium ambrosioides. — B. 
 vulgaris. Chenopodium botrys. 
 
 Botts. The larva of several flies which are 
 found in the stomach and intestines of horses 
 and domestic animals. 
 
 Botulinic acid. A poisonous, oily acid 
 found in decaying sausages. 
 
 BOUGEE. (French "for a wax candle.) A 
 long, slender instrument that is introduced into 
 the urethra, oesophagus, or rectum, to overcome 
 strictures of those canals. Bougies for the ure- 
 thra are made of various materials, as elastic 
 gum, wax, catgut, and metal, and of various 
 sizes, according to the degree of stricture. 
 Each kind of bougie has its advantages for par- 
 ticular purposes, but the elastic gum is the one 
 most generally used, and to be preferred in 
 common cases of stricture of the urethra. When 
 the bougie has some escharotic substance at- 
 tached to the end of it, it is called a medicated 
 or armed bougie. Armed bougies are some- 
 times used in inveterate cases of stricture. A 
 common bougie, with a piece of nitrate of sil- 
 
BRA 
 
 ver fitted into the end of it, is the .contrivance 
 generally used by such surgeons as approve of 
 the use of armed bougies. Bougies for the 
 oesophagus are usually made of elastic gum, and 
 are sometimes armed with caustic, like those 
 for the urethra. Bougies for the rectum are 
 generally made of elastic gum or of crystal 
 glass. 
 
 Bouillon. Broth. 
 
 Boulogne. Its mineral waters are acidulous 
 and chalybeate. 
 
 Bourbon-lancy. It has thermal saline 
 springs, containing carbonic acid, muriates of 
 soda and lime, sulphate of soda, carbonates of 
 lime, iron, and silica. Their temperature is 
 from 106° to 135° F. 
 
 BOURDONNEMENT. The name given by 
 the French to the several varieties of imaginary 
 sounds, termed, 1. Syrigmus, or ringing in the 
 ears. 2. Susurrus, or w 
 Bombus, or beating sounds. 
 
 BOURDONNEMENT AMPHORIQUE. An 
 auscultatory sound resembling the buzzing of a 
 bee confined in a vase. 
 
 Bovi'll^;. The measles. 
 
 Bovi'na fames. See Bulimia. 
 
 Bovi'stus. See Lycoperdon. 
 
 Box-tree. See Buxus. 
 
 Box-wood. Cornus florida. 
 
 Boyle's fuming liquor. Boyle's hell. Sul- 
 phuret of ammonia. 
 
 BR. Bromine. 
 
 Brache'rium. A truss or bandage for hernia. 
 
 BRACHLE'US. (From brackium, the arm.) 
 Appertaining to the arm. 
 
 BrachijEus externus. See Triceps exten- 
 sor cubiti. 
 
 Brachl2EUS internus. See Brachialis in- 
 ter nus. 
 
 Brachleus musculus. See Brachialis inter- 
 nus. 
 
 BRA'CHIAL. {Brachialis, from brachium, 
 the arm.) Appertaining to the arm. 
 
 Brachial aponeurosis. The enveloping 
 aponeurosis of the arm. 
 
 Brachial artery. Arteria brachialis. Ar- 
 teria humeralis. It is the continuation of the 
 axillary, which, as it passes behind the tendon 
 of the pectoralis major, receives the name of 
 brachial. It runs down on the inside of the 
 arm, behind the inner edge of the coraco-bra- 
 chialis and biceps muscles. It gives off the 
 profunda humeri superior, the profunda infe- 
 rior, and the ramus anastomoticus magnus. At 
 about an inch below the bend of the arm it di- 
 vides into the radial and ulnar. 
 
 Brachial plexus. The lower cervical nerves 
 and the first dorsal form this plexus. From this 
 all the great nerves of the upper extremity are 
 derived. It also gives off the external thoracic 
 nerves and twigs to the muscles in its vicinity. 
 
 Brachia'le. The carpus. 
 
 Brachialis externus. See Triceps exten- 
 gor cubiti. 
 
 Brachialis internus. Brachiceus. Bra- 
 chiceus internus. It arises fleshy from the mid- 
 dle of the os humeri, at each side of the inser- 
 tion of the deltoid muscle, covering all the 
 inferior and forepart of this bone ; runs over 
 the joint, and adheres firmly to the ligament ; 
 
 m 
 
 BRA 
 
 is inserted, by a strong, short tendon, into the 
 coronoid process of the ulna. Its use is to bend 
 the fore-arm, and to prevent the capsular liga- 
 ment of the joint from being pinched during 
 that action. 
 
 BRACHIA'TUS. Brachiate. Applied to 
 branches, panicles, &c, spread in four direo 
 tions, crossing each other alternately in pairs. 
 
 Brachii os. See Humeri os. 
 
 Brachiocephalic artery. The arteria in- 
 nominata. 
 
 Brachio-cubital ligament. See Ligament- 
 um brachio-cubitale. 
 
 BRACHIO'PODA. (From ppqxtuv, an arm, 
 and ttovc, a foot.) An order of molluscous ani- 
 mals, so called because their feet resemble 
 arms. 
 
 Brachio-radial ligament. See Ligament- 
 um brachio-radiale. 
 
 BRA'CHIUM. (urn, i, n. ; ppaxtuv, the 
 arm.) The arm, or, more properly, that part 
 of it extending from the shoulder to the elbow. 
 
 Brachium movens quartus. See Latissi- 
 mus dorsi. 
 
 Brachu'na. A species of satyriasis. Nym- 
 phomania. 
 
 Brachyau'chen. One with a short neck. 
 
 Brachychro'nius. (From fipaxvc, short, and 
 Xpovoc, time.) A term applied by Galen to a 
 disease which continues but a short time. 
 
 Brachypngc'a. From Bpaxvc, and irveu, to 
 breathe.) Dyspnoea. 
 
 BRACT. Bractea. A floral leaf. A bract 
 is a little leaf-like appendage to some flowers, 
 lying under or interspersed in the flower, but 
 generally different in color from the true leaves 
 of the plant. 
 
 Bractea'tus. Bracteate : having a floral 
 leaf. 
 
 Bracteifo'rmis. Resembling a bract. 
 
 Bradymasesis. Dysmasesis. 
 
 Bradype'psia. (From ftpadve, slow, and 
 TiEizTu, to concoct.) Weak digestion. 
 
 Bra'dyspermati'smus. Sterility. 
 
 Brad ysuria. Painful and frequent urination. 
 
 Braggat. A ptisan of honey and water. 
 
 BRAIN. See Cerebrum. 
 
 Brain, little. See Cerebellum. 
 
 Braine. A small town three leagues from 
 Soissons. It has mineral waters similar to those 
 of Passy. 
 
 Bramble. Rubrus fructicosus. 
 
 Bran. Furfur. It is laxative. 
 
 Branca leonina. B. leonis. See Alche- 
 rnilla. 
 
 Branca ursina. See Acanthus and Hera- 
 cleum. 
 
 Branchi. Branches. Swelling of the tonsils. 
 
 BRA'NCHIA. (a, m, f. ; from Bpayxta, the 
 gills of a fish.) A gill. The respiratory organs 
 of those animals that breathe water instead of 
 air are called branchiae, or gills. 
 
 BRANCHIO'PODA. (From Bpayxta, gills, 
 and ttovc, a foot.) An order of crustaceous ani- 
 mals, so called because their branchiae are situ- 
 ated on the feet. 
 
 Branchus. Bpayxoc. Hoarseness. 
 
 Brandish's alkaline solution. A solution 
 of potash. 
 
 BRANDY. Spiritus Gallicus. An alcoholic 
 
BRE 
 
 BEO 
 
 liquor, obtained by distillation from wine. It 
 contains from 50 to 60 per cent, of pme spirit. 
 Its peculiar flavor depends on the essential oil. 
 It acts like other ardent spirits ; it is, howev- 
 er, preferable as a stimulant in typhus and oth- 
 er asthenic diseases. Brandy, largely diluted 
 with water, will often be found a good ordinary 
 drink at dinner, in cases of dyspepsia unattend- 
 ed with an inflammatory state of the stomach. 
 
 Brank-ursine. Acanthus mollis. 
 
 Branks. Mumps. 
 
 Brase'gur waters. They have both ca- 
 thartic and astringent properties. 
 
 Brasilia. Brazil wood. 
 
 Brasiliense lignum. See Ccesalpinia. 
 
 Brasiliensis radix. The ipecacuanha root. 
 
 Bra'sium. Malt, or germinated barley. 
 
 Brass. Ms. 
 
 Brassade'lla. Brassatella. Ophioglossum 
 spicatum. 
 
 BRA'SSICA. (a, co, f.) Kpapt6n. Cabbage 
 or colewort. A genus of cruciferous plants. 
 Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. — B.acidulata. Sour 
 crout. — B. alba. The white cabbage. — B. api- 
 ana. Jagged or crimpled colewort. — B. canina. 
 See Mercurialis perennis. — B. capitata. See 
 Brassica oleracea: — B. cuma'na. The red cole- 
 wort. — B. eru'ca. Brassica erucastrum. Gar- 
 den rocket. Roman rocket. Eruca sylves- 
 tris. The seeds of this plant {semen erucce) 
 Have an acrid taste. They are said to be good 
 aperients and antiscorbutics. The rocket was 
 esteemed aphrodisiac by the ancient Romans. — 
 B. erucastrum. See Brassica eruca. — B. fiori- 
 da. The cauliflower. — B. lacuturria. The 
 Savoy plant. — B. marina. See Convolvulus 
 soldanella. — B. napus. Wild navew, or rape. 
 The systematic name for the plant from which 
 the semen napi is obtained. Napus sylvestris. 
 Bunias. The seeds yield, upon expression, a 
 large quantity of oil, called rape oil, which is 
 sometimes ordered in stimulating liniments. — 
 B. oleracea. The sea cabbage. Cabbages in 
 general are somewhat hard of digestion, and 
 are apt to produce flatulency in weak stomachs. 
 The pickles of cabbage are considered as anti- 
 scorbutic, from the vinegar and spices they 
 contain. — B. rapa. The turnip. The turnip 
 is somewhat laxative, but liable to produce flat- 
 ulencies. — B. rubra. Red cabbage. This 
 makes a good pickle. The infusion of its leaves, 
 which is of a very rich blue color, affords an 
 excellent test both for acids and alkalies, turn- 
 ing green with alkalies, and red with acids. — 
 B. sabauda. The Savoy plant. — B. sativa. 
 The common garden cabbage. 
 
 BRAYERA ANTHELMINTICA. A rosa- 
 ceous plant of Abyssinia, the flowers of which, 
 in decoction, are said to be of great value in 
 tapeworm, and as a vermifuge. 
 
 Brazil wood. See Ca>salpinia. 
 
 Bread-fruit. The Artocarpus incisa. 
 
 BREAST. The mamma, which see ; also, 
 the thorax or chest. 
 
 Breast -glass. A curved tube furnished 
 with a large bulb about midway, and used for 
 the purpose of drawing, by suction, the milk 
 from tumid breasts. There is another imple- 
 ment called a breast-glass, which is adapted to 
 the nipple, and resembles a small cup, the use 
 H 
 
 being to receive the milk which overflows from 
 the breast. 
 
 Breast-pump. A small bell-glass furnished 
 with an exhausting syringe for the purpose of 
 relieving tumid breasts. 
 
 BREATH, The air expelled from the chest 
 at each expiration. (See Respiration.) Fetor 
 of the breath arises from a variety of causes, 
 and constitutes the disagreeable infirmity com- 
 monly called a bad breath. It may arise from 
 decayed teeth, diseases of the nostrils or fauces, 
 &c. ; but it is most frequently connected with 
 a disordered state of the digestive organs. In 
 some persons, however, who enjoy perfect 
 health, fetor of the breath is constitutional and 
 incurable. 
 
 Breath, short or difficult. Dyspnoea. 
 
 Breech presentations. See Parturition. 
 
 BRE'GMA. (a, tis, n. ; from (3pEX<>>, to 
 moisten : formerly so called, because, in infants, 
 it is tender and moist.) The top of the head, 
 formed by the junction of the parietal bones. 
 
 Brenning. Gonorrhoea. 
 
 Brevis cubiti. The anconeus. 
 
 Brevissimus oculi. The obliquus inferior. 
 
 Brezilin. The coloring matter of Brazil 
 wood. 
 
 Bricklayer's itch. A kind of impetigo on 
 the hands. 
 
 Bricks. Bricks and brick-earth were for- 
 merly articles of the materia medica ; indeed, 
 the oil of bricks is sometimes used in the pres- 
 ent day. See Oleum laterinum. The powder 
 of bricks, made into an ointment with lard, has 
 been used as an application to herpetic and 
 other cutaneous diseases. 
 
 Bricks, oil of. Oleum laterinum. 
 
 BRIGHT'S DISEASE. A granular degen- 
 eration of the kidney, with albuminous mine. 
 The symptoms are cachexia, dyspepsia, lumbar 
 pain, inflammation of the kidney, frequent uri- 
 nation, dropsies, or visceral disease. 
 
 Brim of the pelvis. The margin of the 
 upper strait of the pelvis. 
 
 Brimstone. See Sulphur. 
 
 BRISTOL HOT WELL. Bristoliensis aqua. 
 A thermal and slightly acidulous mineral spring, 
 situated about a mile below Bristol. The fresh 
 water is inodorous, perfectly limpid and spark- 
 ling, and sends forth numerous air-bubbles when 
 poured into a glass. It is very agreeable to the 
 palate, but without having any very decided 
 taste. 
 
 British gum. Starch heated to 700° F. 
 
 British oil. Oleum petrae vulgare. 
 
 Broad ligaments. See Uterus. 
 
 Brochus. Bpo^oc. Laqueus. A noose; a 
 particular kind of bandage. 
 
 Bro'chus. A person with a very prominent 
 upper lip, or whose teeth project forward. 
 
 Brocoli. Brassica florida. 
 
 Bro'dium. Juscuhim. Broth, or the liquor in 
 which any thing is boiled. It has also been 
 used to designate any liquid vehicle of a medi- 
 cine. Brodium salis means a decoction of salt. 
 
 Bro'jial. A caustic, volatile, oily compound, 
 made by acting on alcohol with bromine in the 
 cold. Formula, C 4 B 3 0-f HO. 
 
 Bromate. Bromas. A salt formed by the 
 combination of the bromic acid with a base. 
 
 113 
 
BEO 
 
 BRO 
 
 BROMATO'LOGY. (Bromatologia, <e, f . ; 
 from fipufia, food, and T^oyoc, a discourse.) A 
 discourse or treatise on aliments. 
 
 BROME'LIA. A genus of plants. Hexan- 
 dria. Monogynia. — B. ananas. The pine-ap- 
 ple. The B. penguin yields a refrigerant fruit. 
 
 Bromic acid. See Bromine. 
 
 BROMIDE. A compound formed by the 
 union of bromine with a base. See Bromine. 
 
 BROMINE. (Bromium; from Bpofioc, foe- 
 tor : so called from its peculiarly offensive 
 smell.) Brome. An elementary body obtain- 
 ed from bittern. At common temperatures 
 bromine is a deep reddish-brown liquid, of a 
 peculiarly suffocating, disagreeable odor. Spe- 
 cific gravity about 3. It emits a brownish-red 
 vapor at common temperatures, and boils rap- 
 idly at 116°. At a temperature somewhat be- 
 low 0° it congeals into a brittle solid. It is 
 slightly soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 
 
 This element is closely analogous with chlo- 
 rine and iodine. Eq., 78-39 ; sym., Br. It 
 forms an acid with oxygen, the bromic, Br0 5 , 
 and an acid gas with hydrogen, very similar to 
 the hydrochloric acid. Its compounds with 
 elementary bodies and compound radicals are 
 closely similar with those of chlorine, and are 
 called bromides. 
 
 Bromine has been lately introduced into 
 medicine. M. Magendie regards its properties 
 as somewhat analogous to those of iodine, but 
 more active ; he has employed it in scrofula, 
 amenorrhcea, and hypertrophy of the heart. 
 The bromide of potassium, also called hydrobro- 
 mate of potash, may be given in distilled water 
 or any other simple vehicle, in the dose of from 
 three to five grains twice a day. 
 
 Bromide of sodium seems to be a preparation 
 very similar to the bromide of potassium. 
 
 The bromide of potassium and sodium has 
 been applied externally by M. Magendie, in the 
 form of ointment, to scrofulous swellings. Thir- 
 ty-four grains of the bromide may be blended 
 with an ounce of lard, and half a drachm or a 
 drachm of this ointment rubbed into the part at 
 each application. 
 
 The bromide of iron has been administered 
 internally by M. Magendie: he divides ten 
 grains of the bromide, beat up with conserve 
 of roses and gum Arabic, into twenty pills, and 
 gives two of the pills night and morning. 
 
 Bromide of mercury has been given in syph- 
 ilis; and the bromide of silver is extremely sen- 
 sible to the action of light. 
 
 BRO'MINUM. (urn, i, n.) Bromine. 
 
 Bromogra'phia. Bromography. A treatise 
 on food. 
 
 Bro'muret. The same as bromide. 
 
 BRO'MUS. 1. The Greek name of the oat. 
 2. A genus of grasses. — B. dioscoridis. The 
 wild oat. — B. sterilis. The wild oat. 
 
 BRO'NCHIA. Bronchi. (From Bpoyxog, 
 the throat. ) The tubes into which the trachea 
 divides. See Trachea. 
 
 BRONCHIAL. Bronchialis. Appertaining 
 to the bronchia, as bronchial arteries, bronchial 
 veins, &c. 
 
 Bronchial arteries. Bronchial glands. 
 Bronchial plexus. See Trachea. 
 
 Bronchial cells. See Pulmo. 
 114 
 
 Bronchial cough. This auscultatory sound 
 indicates obstruction of the cells. 
 
 Bronchial respiration. See Auscultation. 
 
 Bronchial tubes, dilatation of. See 
 Bronchitis. 
 
 Bronchial veins. See Trachea. 
 
 Bronchiectasis. Dilatation of the bronchia. 
 
 BRONCHTTIS. Inflammation of the mu- 
 cous lining of the bronchi. Bronchitis may be 
 considered under two forms, the acute and the 
 chronic, the description of which will render 
 the intermediate forms in which it presents it- 
 self sufficiently intelligible. 
 
 1. Acute Bronchitis. — This sometimes com- 
 mences in the bronchial tubes themselves, and 
 sometimes extends to them from the trachea. 
 In the majority of cases the disease arises from 
 exposure to cold, and it is then usually accom- 
 panied with coryza and a general inflammatory 
 state of the mucous membrane of the nose,, 
 frontal sinuses, and windpipe. Acute bronchi- 
 tis, in its lighter and more common form, is not 
 a serious affection, and amounts, in fact, to noth- 
 ing more than what is called " a cold on the 
 chest." Sometimes, however, acute bronchitis 
 presents itself as a very formidable affection. 
 The difference between the more severe and 
 lighter forms of bronchitis depends partly on 
 the degree of inflammatory action and the ex- 
 tent of membranous surface affected, but prin- 
 cipally on the site of the disease, which, in the 
 slighter cases, is confined to the large tubes, 
 and in the severer, extends to the minute ram- 
 ifications: in the former, the turgescent state 
 of the membrane and the increased mucous se- 
 cretion offer no serious impediment to respira- 
 tion ; while in the latter, the same things oc- 
 curring in the small tubes prevent the due aera- 
 tion of the blood in the cells of the lungs to 
 such a degree, that the patient often dies from 
 suffocation. In the severer forms of acute bron- 
 chitis the fever is sharp, and at first usually of 
 the inflammatory kind, the pulse being hard 
 and quick, and the urine scanty and high-col- 
 ored. The oppression on the chest is very 
 great, and generally accompanied with pain, 
 which is of a much more obtuse kind than that 
 attendant on pleurisy ; the cough is severe, fre- 
 quent, and distressing; the expectoration is at 
 first scanty, and afterward becomes copious, 
 frothy or viscid, and sometimes streaked with 
 blood ; the increased secretion affords no relief 
 to the symptoms, and the dyspnoea and cough 
 are aggravated by it. All the symptoms enu- 
 merated are worse toward night, at which time 
 there is an exacerbation of fever. This state 
 of things having continued for some days, the 
 patient generally begins to recover, or becomes 
 very rapidly worse. The first symptom of 
 amelioration is a greater freedom of breathing, 
 with a change in the expectoration, the sputa 
 becoming thicker, whiter, and less abundant; 
 when this happens, the expectoration evidently 
 relieves the dyspnoea and cough. In those ca- 
 ses where the disease takes an unfavorable turn, 
 a state of extreme debility and collapse super- 
 venes very, suddenly to that of excitement. 
 Where the event is to be favorable, acute bron- 
 chitis often runs on for a week or more before 
 a change for the better occurs ; but in the fatal 
 
BRO 
 
 B R 
 
 cases, the stage of collapse generally commen- i 
 ces within four or five days, and in some in- 1 
 stances the disease is exceedingly rapid in its i 
 progress, death taking place within forty-eight ! 
 hours from the first attack. 
 
 In young children, acute bronchitis some- 
 times runs its course very insidiously. There 
 may, perhaps, be no pain, little fever, and little 
 general indication of serious disease of any kind ; 
 nor is cough always present: attentive obser- 
 vation, however, easily detects the mischief 
 that is going on : the respiration is cpiick, with a 
 disposition to wheezing; on applying the ear, 
 a mucous rattle is heard in every part of the 
 chest ; while the countenance, which is pale, 
 anxious, and slightly livid, indicates the insuffi- 
 cient aeration of the blood. This state of 
 things, unless speedily obviated, is soon follow- 
 ed by a sudden accession of extreme dyspnoea, 
 accompanied with great rapidity of the pulse; 
 these symptoms abate for a while, leaving the 
 child during the interval in a drowsy state ; but I 
 they return with increased severity, and death 
 takes place from asphyxia. 
 
 In the severer forms of acute bronchitis 
 blood-letting is generally required, but the ex- 
 tent to which it should be earned varies ex- 
 tremely in different cases. Some think that 
 bronchitis is a disease which will never bear 
 large bleeding; but this is an erroneous opinion: 
 it is true, indeed, that bleeding ought not to be 
 earned so far in bronchitis as in pleuritis or in- 
 flammation of serous membranes in general. 
 and it is equally true that bleeding has not 
 nearly so great an influence in subduing the in- 
 flammatory action in the former case as in the 
 latter; nevertheless, in acute cases of bronchitis 
 occurring in young and robust subjects, and 
 marked by symptoms of high arterial excite- 
 ment, blood may be drawn freely at the com- 
 mencement of the disease, and the evacuation 
 repeated if the pulse indicates it. Bronchitis is 
 one of those cases in which local may often be 
 advantageously substituted for general blood- 
 letting; and cupping is usually preferable to 
 the application of leeches, as the bleeding is 
 more under control. Bleeding is improper hi 
 epidemic or asthenic acute bronchitis. 
 
 After blood-letting, where this is deemed 
 necessary, a smart purgative should be given, 
 as a dose of calomel and jalap ; and the bowels 
 should, of course, be kept sufficiently free 
 throughout the disease, especially in children. 
 Emetics are much recommended by some au- 
 thors at the commencement of acute bronchitis : 
 in the case of young children they are almost 
 always serviceable, by exciting expectoration. 
 Blisters and counter-irritation are useful after ! 
 the first violence of the fever. Minute doses of j 
 ipecacuanha and diaphoresis by antimony are I 
 Very important. 
 
 Those practitioners who advocate the use of 
 large doses of tartar emetic, recommend it to l 
 be administered in acute bronchitis in the same 
 manner as in pneumonia. The inhalation of | 
 vapors is sometimes beneficial in acute bron- 
 chitis. 
 
 In the stage of collapse and extreme debilitv, 
 all antiphlogistic measures must be entirely laid 
 aside. At the same time, as inflammation is 
 
 still going on, we must not have recourse to any 
 alcoholic or other stimulants which increase 
 the actions of the vascular system. Stimulants 
 of some kind are, nevertheless, essential to, 
 raise the brain from the torpor occasioned by 
 the circulation of dark-colored blood, and to 
 make the patient expectorate the mucus which 
 is continually accumulating in the lungs, and 
 threatening him with suffocation. The medi- 
 cine which best answers these intentions is the 
 carbonate of ammonia, which may be given in 
 full doses ; camphor in large doses is also a val- 
 uable stimulant in such cases; and with these 
 may be combined the more stimulating expec- 
 torant gum-resins, as ammoniacum, galbanum, 
 &c. Dr. Copland strongly recommends the ex- 
 terna] use of turpentine. The use of narcotics 
 has perhaps been too indiscriminately recom- 
 mended in acute bronchitis. In the irritable 
 stage, hyoscyamus, conium, or opium may be 
 combined with the ipecacuanha and antimony, 
 but these should be omitted in the stage of col- 
 lapse, or used with a very vigilant attention ta 
 their effects. 
 
 When acute bronchitis, instead of terminating 
 in recovery or death, passes gradually into the 
 chronic form, the treatment must, of necessity, 
 vary accordingly. Light tonics are often ser- 
 viceable when this transition seems about to 
 take place. 
 
 2. Chronic Bronchitis. — Chronic bronchitis 
 differs from the acute in the greater mildness 
 and longer continuance of its symptoms, the 
 duration of which varies from a week to many 
 years. The expectorated matter is also of an 
 entirely different character, being, in the chro- 
 nic disease, of a thicker consistence, opaque, 
 and of a greenish or yellowish-white color : it 
 is often muco-purulent ; and in inveterate cases 
 distinctly purulent, and sometimes streaked 
 with blood. Chronic bronchitis may supervene 
 on an acute attack ; but it is more frequently a 
 primary disease, and, as such, affects elderly 
 rather than young persons ; but it occurs at all 
 ages. In its milder forms it is often almost 
 dormant during the fine weather of summer; 
 but in the -winter, or when there is a continu- 
 ance of inclement weather, the patient is har- 
 assed with severe cough and copious viscid ex- 
 pectoration, especially in the morning. There 
 are generally slight dyspnoea, and acceleration 
 of pidse if the patient use any personal exer- 
 tion; but otherwise the health may be good, 
 and continue so for many years. The greater 
 number of older persons, indeed, are subject to 
 a slight degree of chronic bronchitis ; and many 
 labor under it to a more considerable extent, 
 without serious derangement of the health, or 
 abridgment of the ordinary term of life. 
 
 In its severer forms, chronic bronchitis is a 
 most distressing affection. The respiration, al- 
 ways oppressed, becomes extremely laborious 
 on the slightest exertion ; and where the ex- 
 pectoration is purulent, there are hectic fever, 
 great emaciation, nocturnal sweats, and occa- 
 sional diarrhoea, forming frequently an aggre- 
 gate of symptoms so closely resembling those 
 of tubercular phthisis, that an accurate diagno- 
 sis between the two diseases can only be formed 
 by the aid of auscultation. This form of bron- 
 
 115 
 
BRO 
 
 chitis may be induced by a long continuance 
 of the milder form ; it may supervene on an 
 attack of acute bronchitis ; or it may be con- 
 secutive on measles or other affections of chil- 
 dren, which involve the lining membrane of the 
 air-passages. There is a very severe and fatal 
 form of chronic bronchitis, which arises from the 
 inhalation of metallic or other irritating parti- 
 cles to which persons engaged in particular arts 
 and occupations are exposed. Lastly, chronic 
 bronchitis forms a frequent complication of tu- 
 bercular phthisis and asthma, and may be in- 
 duced by any of those diseases of the thoracic 
 viscera which occasion great disturbance of the 
 pulmonary circulation. The only disease in 
 which chronic bronchitis is likely to be con- 
 founded is tubercular phthisis. The history of 
 the case, the greater dilatability of the chest, 
 the general absence of pain, and the minor de- 
 gree and less regular course of the hectic symp- 
 toms, will generally suffice to distinguish chro- 
 nic bronchitis from phthisis; but auscultation 
 and percussion afford the best criterion. 
 
 In chronic bronchitis, the resonance of the 
 chest on percussion is little diminished; in 
 many cases not at all. The sibilant, sonorous, 
 and mucous rattles are heard at different parts 
 of the chest at different times, according as the 
 mucus happens to be accumulated and the 
 bronchi obstructed in one portion of the lungs 
 or another. The respiratory murmur often 
 varies much in intensity, being sometimes in- 
 distinct and sometimes puerile ; but it is never 
 permanently absent in any part of the chest. 
 There is one circumstance, and only one, which 
 may render the diagnosis by auscultation ob- 
 scure ; when the disease has been of long 
 standing, the bronchial tubes sometimes become 
 dilated, a state which we shall presently ad- 
 vert to ; and when this dilatation is considera- 
 ble, a loud bronchophony, scarcely distinguish- 
 able from pectoriloquy, is heard in the situation 
 of the dilated tube ; occasionally, indeed, the 
 sound is that of very distinct pectoriloquy, and 
 the cavernous rattle is also heard. The dull- 
 ness of sound on percussion, which surrounds a 
 vomica, is not, however, perceived in an equal 
 degree in the vicinity of a dilated bronchial 
 tube; moreover, the situation of the cavity in 
 the two cases is generally different; vomica? 
 being most frequently found in the subclavian 
 and axillary regions, and dilated bronchi in the 
 scapulary, mammary, and lateral regions. 
 
 The treatment of chronic bronchitis must 
 vary according a3 it is intended to be curative 
 or merely palliative. In cases of recent date, 
 and especially where the chronic succeeds the 
 acute form of the disease, a complete cure may 
 generally be effected ; while in cases of very- 
 long standing, in which the texture of the bron- 
 chial membrane has undergone a morbid change 
 and the constitutional powers are greatly im- 
 paired, our endeavors must be confined to al- 
 laying urgent symptoms as they arise, and reg- 
 ulating the habits of the patient in the man- 
 ner best adapted to sustain the system under a 
 continued irritation, and to guard against such 
 causes as are likely to increase it. 
 
 At an early period, blisters and the tartar 
 emetic ointment are of great utility, and should 
 116 
 
 BUO 
 
 be frequently applied ; and throughout the 
 course of the disease they are useful in subdu- 
 ing occasional -exacerbations. Where the dis- 
 ease is obstinate, and the patient has sufficient 
 strength, issues and setons may be very advan- 
 tageously used ; but in the advanced stage, or 
 where the constitution is feeble, their effect is 
 much too exhausting. Blood-letting, or digita- 
 lis and colchicum, are sometimes indicated 
 where there is too much irritation ; squill and 
 ipecacuanha, with the terebinthine balsams, 
 are the best expectorants, but proper attention 
 to diet and air are most serviceable. Inhala- 
 tion of tar vapor has been of late recommended. 
 
 Bronchitis asthenica. The bronchitis of 
 old persons. 
 
 Bronchitis epidemica. B '. convulsiva. Per- 
 tussis. 
 
 Bronchitis membranacea. B.plastica. Pol- 
 ypus bronchialis. 
 
 Bronchius musculus. The sterno-thyroi- 
 deus. 
 
 Bronchlemit'is. (From ftpoyxoc, and le/uua, 
 a sheath or membrane.) The specific name of 
 croup in Dr. Good's system. 
 
 BRONCHOCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from (3poy X og, 
 the windpipe, and K^rj, a tumor.) Goitre A 
 tumor on the forepart of the neck, formed by 
 an indolent enlargement of the thyroid gland. 
 " The tumor, when not accidentally inflamed, 
 is free from pain, and, in its incipient state, 
 has a soft, elastic consistence. When it has ex- 
 isted some time, the gland loses its natural fig- 
 ure, assumes a firm, fleshy feel, being firmer, 
 however, in some places than in others, spread- 
 ing toward the sides of the neck, and some- 
 times attaining a prodigious magnitude. When 
 the adjacent cellular substance and lymphatic 
 glands participate in the disease, the base of the 
 swelling may extend from one side of the neck 
 to the other. In a few instances, only one lobe 
 is affected. Bronchocele is treated by iodine 
 internally administered, and applied as an oint- 
 ment ; if this fails, a seton passed through the 
 tumor has caused its absorption. It has also 
 been excised, but the hemorrhage is often dan- 
 gerous. 
 
 Bronchocephalitis. Pertussis. — Desruelles. 
 
 Bro'ncho-h^morrhagia.. (From Ppoyxoc, 
 and atfioppayta, a flow of blood.) A term ap- 
 plied by M. Andral to an exudation of blood 
 from the bronchial membrane, as opposed to 
 pneumo-licemorrhagia, or hemorrhage from the 
 rupture of vessels in the lungs. 
 
 BRONCHOPHONY. (Bronckophonia, a,l; 
 from fipoyxog, and (buvn, the voice.) The sound 
 of the voice as heard by applying the stethe- 
 scope over a large bronchial tube. See Aus- 
 cultation. 
 
 Bro'ncho-pneumonia. A form of inflamma- 
 tion of the lungs, which commences in the 
 bronchial membrane, and afterward involves 
 the parenchyma of the lungs. — Frank. 
 
 Bronchorrhce'a. Increased bronchial se- 
 cretion without fever. 
 
 Broncho'tomus. (From j3poyxoc, the wind- 
 pipe, and refivu, to cut.) A kind of sheathed 
 knife, formerly used in the operation of bron- 
 chotomy. 
 
 BROxNCHO'TOMY. (Bronchotomia, <e, f. ; 
 
BRU 
 
 B RU 
 
 from ftpoyxoc, and refivo, to cut ) A surgical 
 operation, in which an opening is made into the 
 larynx or trachea, to afford a passage for the air 
 into and out of the lungs, when any disease 
 prevents the patient from breathing through 
 the mouth or nostrils; or to extract foreign 
 bodies which have accidentally fallen into the 
 trachea; or, lastly, to facilitate the inflation of 
 the lungs hi cases of suffocation, drowning, &c. 
 The operation is called Tracheotomy when the 
 opening is made into the trachea, and Laryn- 
 gotomy when the opeuing is made into the 
 larynx. The practice of bronchotomy is of 
 great antiquity. 
 
 BRO'NCHUS. (us, i, m. ; Ppoyxoc, from 
 fipexu, to moisten.) The trachea ; also improp- 
 erly substituted by some for branchus, fipayxoc, 
 hoarseness. 
 
 Bro'ntolithe. A meteoric stone. 
 
 Bronze. An alloy of copper, with a small 
 proportion of tin. 
 
 Brooklime. See Veronica beccabunga. 
 
 Broom. See Spartium scoparium. 
 
 Broom-rape. See Orobanche. 
 
 Brossardiere, waters of. In Bas Poitu. 
 They contain cai'bonates of iron and lime, mu- 
 riate of soda, and sulphate of lime. 
 
 BROUSSAIST. An advocate of the theories 
 of Broussais. 
 
 Brownist. See Brunonian System. 
 
 BRU'CEA. (a, <e, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Diacia. Tetrandria. — B. ferruginea. Brucea 
 antidysenterica. A tree of Abyssinia, Woogi- 
 noos. Its bark is bitter and astringent, and 
 valued as a remedy in dysentery and diarrhoea. 
 This tree is generally supposed to afford the 
 false angustura bark. — B. pseudo- ferruginea. 
 The tree which probably yields the false an- 
 gustura bark ; it is little known, and frequently 
 confounded with the Brucets ferruginea. 
 
 BRU'CIA. (a, <b, f.) Brucine. Brucina. 
 A vegetable alkaloid from the false angustura 
 bark. It exists also in small quantity in St. 
 Ignatius's bean, the nux vomica, and the Strych- 
 nos tiente. Its taste is exceedingly bitter and 
 acrid. It is soluble in cold, and still more so 
 in hot alcohol, and it is also soluble, with the 
 aid of heat, in diluted alcohol. Nitric acid 
 strikes a red color with brucia, and this is 
 changed into a violet by the addition of proto- 
 muriate of tin. It is doubtful whether this is 
 not strychnia, rendered impure by resin. It has 
 the properties of strychnine, but in a less de- 
 gree. Six grains appear to equal one of strych- 
 nine. Dose, gr. |th five to six times daily. 
 
 Brucine. See Brucia. 
 
 Brucourt, waters of. They contain car- 
 bonic acid, muriate and sulphate of soda, sul- 
 phate of lime, &c. 
 
 Bruise wort. See Saponaria. 
 
 BRUIT. Sound. A term admitted into 
 medicine from the French to express the sounds 
 of auscultation and percussion. 
 
 Bruit de craquement. Bruit de cuir neuf. 
 New-leather sound, produced by the friction of 
 the pericardium, when dry and roughened by 
 disease. 
 
 Bruit de diable. The venous hum : a high 
 degree of bellows sound, indicating impover- 
 ished blood 1 
 
 Bruit de frottement, ascendant et de- 
 scendant. See Friction, sound of. 
 
 Bruit humorique. Bruit hydropneumatique. 
 The sound on percussing organs filled with a 
 liquid and gas. 
 
 Bruit musculaire. Bruit rotatoire. The 
 sound which accompanies the first impulse of 
 the heart, and is supposed to be due to muscu- 
 lar contraction. 
 
 Bruit de parchemin. Parchment sound. 
 The sound resembling two pieces of parchment 
 rubbed together; heard in diseases of the heart, 
 and said to be produced by thickening and ri- 
 gidity of the valves. 
 
 Bruit placentaire. Bruit de soufflet pla- 
 centaire. See Auscultation. 
 
 Bruit de pot fele. Sound of a cracked 
 pot: the sound heard on percussion when a 
 cavern exists in the lungs, which has only a 
 small communication with the bronchi. 
 
 Bruit de raclement. Sound of scraping 
 heard when the pericardium scrapes against a 
 bony substance, as in ossification of the coro- 
 naiy arteries. 
 
 Bruit de rape. See Rasp sound. 
 
 Bruit de scie. Bruit de lime a bois. See 
 Rasp sound. 
 
 Bruit de soufflet. See Belloios sound. 
 
 Bruit de soufflet placentaire. Bruit 
 placentaire. See Auscultation. 
 
 Bruit tympanique. Tympanitic sound. 
 The sound produced on percussing the abdo- 
 men when the intestines contain much gas. 
 
 Bruma'les plants. Plants of warm cli- 
 mates which flower during the time of the year 
 corresponding to our winter. 
 
 BRUNNER'S GLANDS. Brunneri glandu- 
 Ice. The solitary muciparous glands of the 
 stomach and small intestines have been so 
 named, after Brunner, a Swiss anatomist, who 
 died in 1727 ; these glands, however, had 
 been previously described by Peyer. See In- 
 testine. 
 
 BRUNONIAN SYSTEM. A system of med- 
 icine by John Brown. In this system it is as- 
 sumed that the living body is endowed with a 
 peculiar property of excitability ; that every 
 agent capable of affecting the living body acts 
 on the excitability as a stimulant; that the ef- 
 fect of the operation of stimulants, or excite- 
 ment, when only in a due degree, is to produce 
 the natural and healthy functions of life ; that 
 the effect of excessive excitement is to produce 
 exhaustion, or direct debility ; and the effect of 
 deficient excitement to cause an accumulation 
 of excitability, or indirect debility. All morbid 
 actions are supposed to arise from one or other 
 of these states of direct or indirect debility, and 
 all diseases are consequently referred to two 
 classes, the sthenic or the asthenic. 
 
 Brunswick green. An ammoniaco-chloride 
 of copper. 
 
 Bruta. The savine plant. 
 
 Bru'tia. A kind of pitch. Pix brutia. 
 
 Bru'tino. Turpentine. 
 
 Brutobon. An ancient ointment. 
 
 Brutole. See Brytole. 
 
 Brutua. Cissampelos pareira. 
 
 Bruxaneli. A tall tree of Malabar, the bark 
 of which is said to be diuretic, and the root an 
 
 117 
 
BUB 
 
 BUG 
 
 tiarthritic. Its juice, mixed with butter, is used 
 as a liniment for boils. 
 
 BRY'GMUS. (us, i, m. ; ppvyfioc; from 
 fipvxu, to grind the teeth.) Grinding or chat- 
 teidng of the teeth. 
 
 BRYO'NIA. (a, ce, f.) Bryony. A genus 
 of plants. Class, Dicecia ; order, Syngenesia ; 
 natural family, Cucurbitacece.—B. dioica. B. 
 alba. White bryony plant; called, also, Bry- 
 onia aspera. Wild vine. Wild hops. Tetter- 
 berry. The root has a very nauseous, biting 
 taste, and disagreeable smell. It is said to 
 be purgative, hydragogue, emmenagogue, and 
 diuretic; and, when fresh, emetic. In small 
 doses, it is said to operate as a dim-etic, and to 
 be resolvent and deobstruent. Given in powder 
 from 9j. to 5J., it proves strongly purgative ; and 
 the expressed juice, in the quantity of a spoon- 
 ful, operates violently both upward and down- 
 ward. The fresh root, when bruised, is used 
 as a cataplasm, and is discutient. Taken in an 
 overdose, the white bryony produces inflamma- 
 tion of the bowels, and all the other effects of 
 an acrid vegetable poison. — B. meckoachanna 
 alba. See Convolvulus mechoachanna. — B. 
 meckoachanna nigra. The jalap plant. — B. 
 nigra. Tamus communis. — B. peruviana. 
 Jalap. 
 
 Bryonine. A bitter principle in white bry- 
 ony root. 
 
 Bryony, black. Tamus communis. 
 
 Bryony, white. See Bryonia dioica. 
 
 Brytole. Brutole. A French term applied 
 to a preparation made by macerating some me- 
 dicinal substance in beer, as brutole de quinqui- 
 na, cinchona beer; brutole de raifort, horse- 
 radish beer. 
 
 Bry'ton. Bpvrov. Ale or beer. 
 
 BU'BO. (o, onis, m. ; /3ov6cov, from the He- 
 brew bobo, which is a reduplicate of the word 
 boe, or bo, to swell.) A swelling of a lymphatic 
 gland, particularly those of the groin or axilla. 
 This may arise from the mere irritation of some 
 local disorder, in which case the bubo is styled 
 sympathetic ; from the absorption of some irri- 
 tating matter, such as the venereal poison ; or 
 from constitutional causes, as in the pestilential 
 bubo, and scrofulous swellings of the inguinal 
 and axillary glands. The term bubo is now 
 seldom applied except to venereal swellings of 
 the inguinal glands, and pestilential glandular 
 tumors, or those which occur in the plague and 
 fevers allied to it. 
 
 BU'BON. Bov6uv. 1. The Greek word for 
 the groin, and also for a bubo or glandular 
 swelling occurring in the groin. 2. A genus of 
 umbelliferous plants. Pentandria. Digynia. — 
 B. galbanum. See Galbanum. — B. macedoni- 
 cum. Macedonian parsley. The systematic 
 name of the plant which affords the semen pe- 
 troselini Macedonici of the shops. 
 
 Bubo'nium. Aster Atticus. A species of 
 etarwort. 
 
 BUBO'NOCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from (3ov6uv, 
 the groin, and Krfkn, a tumor.) An inguinal 
 hernia. See Hernia. 
 
 Bubonore'xis. Bubonorixis. A term which 
 has been applied to a bubonocele when accom- 
 panied with a division of the peritoneum, or, in 
 other words, when it is without a hernial sac. 
 118 
 
 Bubo'nulus. A painful swelling of the lym 
 phatic glands of the penis. 
 
 BU'CCA. (a, ce, f.) % The cheek. The hoi 
 low of the cheek, that is inflated by the act of 
 blowing. 
 
 BU'CCAL. (Buccalis, from bucca, the 
 cheek.) Of, or belonging to, the cheek. 
 
 Buccal artery. A branch of the internal 
 maxillary arteiy. See Internal maxillary ar- 
 tery. 
 
 Buccal membrane. The mucous membrane 
 which lines the mouth. 
 
 Buccal nerve. The buccinator nerve: a 
 branch of the inferior maxillary nerve. 
 
 Buccales glandule. The small mucous 
 glands or follicles situated within the cheek, 
 under its lining membrane. Their fluid lubri- 
 cates the mouth, and assists the saliva in pre- 
 paring the food for deglutition. 
 
 Bu'ccea. Buccella. A mouthful ; a morsel. 
 
 Bucce'lla. A polypus in the nose. 
 
 Bucce'laton. BovkkcXcitov. A purgative 
 medicine consisting of scammony, opium, and 
 aromatics. 
 
 BUCCINA'TOR. (or, oris, m.; from bucci- 
 no, to blow the trumpet.) Bucco-labialis. It 
 arises from a ridge extending between the last 
 molar tooth and the coronoid process of the lower 
 jaw-bone, and from the upper jaw between the 
 last molar tooth and pterygoid process of the 
 sphenoid bone: it goes forward, with direct 
 fibres, to be inserted into the corner of the 
 mouth : it is thin and flat, covers in the mouth, 
 and forms the walls of the cheek, to the lining 
 membrane of which it adheres closely, and is 
 perforated in the middle of the cheek by the 
 duct of the parotid gland. 
 
 Bucco-labial nerve. The buccal nerve. 
 
 Bu'cco-pharynge'al aponeurosis. A ten- 
 dinous expansion extending from the internal 
 ala of the pterygoid process of the sphenoid 
 bone to the posterior part of the lower alveolar 
 arch ; its anterior part gives attachment to the 
 buccinator muscle, and its posterior part to the 
 constrictor pharyngis superior. 
 
 Bu'ccula. The fleshy part under the ehin. 
 
 Bucella'tio. A method of stopping hemor- 
 rhage by applying lint upon a vein or artery.— 
 Fallopius. 
 
 Bucephalon, red-fruited. The Trophis 
 Americana. 
 
 Bu'ceras. Buceros. Fenugreek. Trigo- 
 nella foenumgraecum. 
 
 BUCHU. See Diosma crenata. 
 
 Buck-bean. See Menyanthes trifoliata. 
 
 Buck-eye. iEsculus pavia. 
 
 Buck-thorn. See Rhammis catharticus. 
 
 Buck-wheat. See Polygonum fagopy rum. 
 
 Buck-wheat, eastern. See Polygonum di- 
 
 lyCLYZCCttUTTl- 
 
 BUCNE'MIA. (a, ce, f.; from (Sov, and 
 KvnfiTj, the leg.) Dr. Good gives this generic 
 name to a disease which is characterized by a 
 tense, diffuse, inflammatory swelling of a lower 
 extremity ; usually commencing at the inguinal 
 glands, and extending in the course of the lym- 
 phatics. The genus comprises two species : 
 Bucnemia sparganosis, or the puerperal swelled 
 leg, and Bucnemia tropica, or the Barbadoes leg. 
 See Phlegmasia dolens, and Barbadoes leg. 
 
BUL 
 
 BUR 
 
 Bucra'niox. The Snap-dragon plant. See 
 Antirrhinum. 
 
 Bu'cton. The hymen. 
 
 Bufft coat. See Blood. 
 
 BU'FO. (o, o?iis,m.) A well-known genus 
 of Batrachian animals. The toad. — B. vulga- 
 ris. The common toad. Many superstitious 
 notions were formerly entertained of this ani- 
 mal. See Bufonites. 
 
 Bufoxi'tes. Bufonis lapis. A fossil body 
 supposed to be generated in the head of toads 
 and other reptiles, and to possess extraordinary 
 alexipharniic virtues. 
 
 Buga'xtia. A chilblain. See Pernio. 
 
 Bugle. The Prunella vulgaris. 
 
 Buglo'ssum. Bugloss. Buglo'ssa. B. an- 
 gustifolium. B. majus. B. sativum. B. syl- 
 vestre. Anchusa officinalis. 
 
 Bu'gula. Ajuga pyraniidalis. 
 
 Bulam fever. Remittent fever. 
 
 BULB. In Anatomy, any enlargement of a 
 part, as the bulb of the urethra, bulb of a tooth. 
 
 Bulb, rachidiax. The medulla oblongata. 
 
 Bulbi'ferus. Bulb-bearing. 
 
 BULBI PRIORUM CRURUM FORXICIS. The 
 
 mammary tubercles. 
 
 Bulboca'staxum. Bunium bulbocastanum. 
 
 Bulboca'verxosus. The accelerator urinae 
 muscle. 
 
 Bu'lboxach. Bolbonach. Lunaria rediviva. 
 
 BULBO'SUS. Bulbous. In Anatomy, ap- 
 plied to soft parts which are naturally enlarged, 
 as the bulbous part of the urethra. 
 
 Bu'lbulus. A little bulb. 
 
 BUI/BUS. (us, i, m.) BoUoc. A bulb. 
 A globular or pyrifomi coated body, solid, or 
 formed of fleshy scales or layers, constituthis: 
 the lower part of some plants, and giving off 
 radicals from the circumference of the flattened 
 basis. 
 
 Bulbus arteriosus. The anterior of the 
 three cavities of the heart in its early develop- 
 ment in vertebrata. 
 
 Bulbus vomitorius. See Hyacinthus mus- 
 cari. 
 
 Bulge-water tree. See Geoffroya jamai- 
 censis. 
 
 Bulging. See Gibbous. 
 
 BULFMIA. (a, ce. f. ; from 3ov, a particle 
 of excess, and Tiipoc, hunger.) Voracity; insatia- 
 ble hunger; canine appetite: Bulimiasis, Bou- 
 limos, Bulimus, Bolismos. Bulimia, in various 1 
 degrees, is often symptomatic of worms, preg- 
 nancy, and diseases and anomalies of organiza- 
 tion in the stomach, duodenum, and other ab- 
 dominal viscera ; it seems, however, sometimes 
 to occur as an idiopathic affection, which may 
 consist simply in excessive voracity, or may be 
 accompanied with a sense of faintness, and in 
 other instances by vomiting. Hence, Dr. Cul- 
 len makes three species : 
 
 1. Bulimia helluonu-m ; in which there is no 
 other disorder of the stomach than an excessive 
 craving for food. 
 
 2. Bulimia syncopalis ; in which there is a 
 frequent desire for food, preceded by swooning. 
 
 3. Bulimia emetica; in which an extraordi- 
 nary appetite for food is followed by vomiting. 
 The real causes of this disease are little under- 
 Stood; it has been supposed to proceed from 
 
 an acid in the stomach, from disordered states 
 of the gastric juice, from indigested sordes, from 
 worms, or from malformation of the stomach. 
 Tonics are indicated in some cases, and nause- 
 ating doses of ipecacuanha may be useful in 
 others ; but, in most, a proper regulation of the 
 ■ diet is the most important means of cure. 
 
 Bu'lithos. A bezoar concretion found in 
 the ox. 
 
 BU'LLA. (a, ce, f. ; a bubble.) A bleb. A 
 vesicle containing a watery humor, which ari- 
 ses from burns, scalds, or other causes. The 
 bulla, constitute the fourth order of Dr. Willan's 
 arrangement of cutaneous diseases. 
 
 Bull.e rotunda cervicis uteri. i\aboth's 
 glands. 
 
 Bulla'tus. Bullate ; blistered. In Pathol- 
 ogy, the vesicular fever, because the skin is 
 covered with little blisters. See Pemphigus. 
 
 Bullo'sus. Bullatus. 
 
 Buxch. Racemus. 
 
 Bundle. Fasciculus. 
 
 BUXIAS. A genus of plants. Tetradyna- 
 mia. Siliculosa. Cruciferai. 
 
 Buxi'tes vixum. Wine made from bunium 
 and must. 
 
 BU'XIUM. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
 Digynia. Umbelliferce. — B. bulbocastanum. 
 Earth-nut. Pig-nut. 
 
 Buxyox. Buxiox. Enlargement and irrita- 
 tion of the bursa mucosa of the great toe. 
 
 BUPEFNA. Bulimia. 
 
 Buphthalmia. See Buphthalmus. 
 
 BUPHTHA'LMU M. A geuus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia superflua. Composite. 
 Ox-eye. — B. creticum. Anthemis pyretlmim. 
 — B. germanicum. B. majus. Chrysanthemum 
 leucanthemum. — B. oleraceum is said to be 
 used as a pot-herb in Cochin China. — B. salici- 
 folium, said to be slightly narcotic. According 
 to Pallas, its leaves are used in Persia as tea. 
 
 BUPHTHA'LMUS. (us, i, m. ; from 3ovc, 
 an ox, and o<pOa/.p.oc. an eye.) Buphthalmia. 
 Most writers have applied this name to the first 
 stage of hydrophthalmia, or dropsy of the eye. 
 Sabatier applies it to an increase of the vitre- 
 ous humor, which pushes the iris forward, and 
 forms a sort of border round the crystalline lens. 
 
 BUPLEU'RUM. A genus of plants. Syn- 
 genesia. Polygamia superflua. The hare's 
 ear. — B. rotundifolium. or Thorough-wax; call- 
 ed, also, Bupleuron, Bupleuroides, and formerly 
 celebrated for curing ruptures. 
 
 Burdock. See Arctium lappa. 
 
 Burguxdt pitch. See Pinus abies. 
 
 Buris. The name given by Avicenna to a 
 species of hernia. The disease referred to is 
 probably a scirrhous induration of the testicle. 
 
 BURN. See Ambustio. 
 
 Burixa. Pitch. — Rvland. 
 
 Burxet saxifrage. See Pimpinella. 
 
 Burxixg. Brenning. Gonorrhoea. 
 
 Burxixg glass. A convex lens. 
 
 Burxt hartshorn. See Cornu vstum. 
 
 Burxt magxesia. Calcined magnesia. 
 
 Burxt spoxge. See Spongia usta. 
 
 Bu'rrhi spi'ritus matrica'lis. A compound 
 of myrrh, olibanum, amber, mastich, and spirit 
 of wine. 
 
 BU'RSA. (From (Svpaa, a bag.) The scrotum. 
 119 
 
CAB 
 
 BU'RSA MUCO'SA. A small sac lined with 
 synovial membrane, which secretes an oily 
 fluid to lubricate the surfaces over which the 
 tendons of muscles play. The bursae mucosa? 
 are of different sizes, and are situated near the 
 joints, particularly the large joints of the ex- 
 tremities. 
 
 Bursa pastoris. Thlaspi bursa pastoris. 
 
 Bursa testium. B. virilis. Scrotum. 
 
 Bursa'lis. The Obturator internus. 
 
 Bursa'logy. Bursalogia. An account of 
 the bursa? mucosa?. 
 
 Bursera gummifera. The resin of this tree 
 is sweetish and aromatic. It is used by the 
 French. 
 
 Buseli'num. The carrot. 
 
 Bu'ssii spi'ritus bezoa'rdicus. Made by dis- 
 tilling spirit of hartshorn or of ivory, sal ammo- 
 niac, crude potash, amber, oil of cedar, and al- 
 cohol. 
 
 Butcher's-broom. Ruscus aculeatus. 
 
 BU'TEA FRONDOSA. An Eastern legumi- 
 nous tree which yields a kind of kino, called 
 Butea gum. 
 
 Bu'tiga. Acne rosea. 
 
 BUTTER. (Butyrum, i, n. ; from (love, a 
 cow, and rvpoc, coagulum, or cheese.) The 
 oily parts of milk. Butter differs from the 
 common animal fats in containing peculiar ole- 
 aginous matters — butyrine, caprone, and caprine. 
 When saponified, it yields, in addition to the 
 usual products, three volatile odoriferous sub- 
 stances, called the butyric, caproic, and capric 
 acids. The common mode of preserving it is 
 by the addition of salt, which will keep it good 
 for a considerable time, if in sufficient quantity. 
 Fresh butter is not unwholesome unless taken 
 in too great quantity; it generally disagrees, 
 however, with very bilious persons. Rancid 
 butter is extremely unwholesome and indigest- 
 ible. Milk yields 3 to 5 per cent. 
 
 Butter of antimony. Chloride of antimony. 
 
 Butter of bambouc An oil said to be ob- 
 tained from a species of almond in Senegal, and 
 used in neuralgic affections. 
 
 Butter of cacao. An oily concrete matter 
 obtained from the cacao-nut. 
 
 Butter-bur. See Tussilago petasites. 
 
 Butter-flower. Butter-cup. See Ranun- 
 culus. 
 
 Butter-milk. The sour milk left from the 
 churning. It is nutritious. 
 
 CAC 
 
 Butter-nut. Juglans cinerea. 
 
 Butterfly-shaped. See Papilionaceus. 
 
 Butterfly weed. Asclepias tuberosa. 
 
 Butterwort. See Pinguicula. 
 
 Button snake-root. Two plants are known 
 by this name in the United States : Eryngiurn, 
 aquaticum and Liatris spicata. 
 
 Butua. See Cissampelos pareira. 
 
 Buty'ric acid. A limpid, volatile oil, of a 
 rancid smell and etherial taste. It exists, com- 
 bined with glycerine, in butter, forming buty- 
 rine; and, when distilled, yields butyrone 
 (C 6 H 6 0). 
 
 Butyrum amygdalarum. Almond confec- 
 tion. 
 
 Butyrum antimonii. See Antimony. 
 
 Butyrum saturni. Unguentum plumbi su- 
 peracetatis. 
 
 Butyrum zinci. Chloride of zinc. 
 
 Buxine. An alkaline substance, lately de- 
 tected by M. Faure in the Buxus sempervirens. 
 
 BUXTON. A village in Derbyshire, where 
 there are thermal springs. Buxtoniensis aqua. 
 Their temperature is about 82° F. 
 
 BUX'US. (us, i, m. ; from TTVKafa, to be- 
 come hard.) The box-tree. 1. The name of 
 a genus of plants in the Linnaean system. Class, 
 Moncecia ; order, Triandria. 2. The pharma- 
 copoeal name of the box. See Buxus semper- 
 virens. — B. sempe'rvirens. The buxus. The 
 leaves possess a very strong, nauseous, bitter 
 taste, and aperient virtues. They have been 
 employed, in form of decoction, in cases of 
 dropsy, asthma, and worms. 
 
 By'arus. A plexus of blood-vessels in the 
 brain. 
 
 Byne. Malt. 
 
 Byrethrum. Forest gives this name to a 
 kind of cap for the head, containing cephalic 
 drugs. 
 
 By'rsa. (Bvpaa, a hide.) A piece of leather. 
 
 Bysauchen. Stiffness of the neck. 
 
 Byssaceous. Divided into fine filaments 
 like wool. 
 
 By'ssus. Byssum. Bvaaoc. 1. Linen. 2. 
 A genus of lichens. 3. The hairy appendage 
 by "which some shell-fish attach themselves to 
 rocks. 
 
 Bysti'ni antidotus. A corroborant and di- 
 uretic medicine mentioned by Aretaeus. 
 
 Bythos. The fundus of the stomach. 
 
 c 
 
 c. 
 
 The symbol for carbon. 
 
 Ca. Calcium. 
 
 Caa-apia. See Dorstenia braziliensis. 
 
 Caa-ataya. A Brazilian plant, a species of 
 gratiola? It is bitter, and esteemed a good 
 purgative. 
 
 Ca a-ghiyugo. A Brazilian shrub, with leaves 
 of a detersive quality. 
 
 Caa-peba. Pareira brava. 
 
 Caa-roba. A Brazilian tree, the leaves of 
 which are sudorific. 
 
 CA'BALA. Cabbala; Kabala ; Cabalia; 
 Caballa; Ars caballistica; Cabula. (Hebrew, 
 120 
 
 Kibel, to receive.) Applied to a mystical in- 
 terpretation of the Pentateuch alleged to have 
 been received by Moses from the Deity. Any 
 thing mystical 
 
 Cabalhan. A poisonous plant of Mexico. 
 
 Caballine aloes. Horse aloes. A coarse 
 species of aloes. 
 
 Cabbage. See Brassica. 
 
 Cabbage-bark tree. See Andira inermis. 
 
 Cabureiba. Cabureiciba. Myroxylon pe- 
 ruiferum. 
 
 CACiEMIA. (From icaicoc, bad, and aipa, 
 blood.) A diseased condition of the blood. 
 
C AC 
 
 C AC 
 
 Cacagogtte. An old ointment to produce 
 defecation. 
 
 C AC ALIA, {a, ce, f.) Syngenesia. Poly- 
 gamia cequalis. Composites. — C. alpina. Le- 
 ontice veterum. Strange colt's-foot. Supposed 
 to possess desiccative and other virtues. — C. 
 anteuphorbium, of Africa. Supposed to be an 
 antidote to the euphorbium. — C. hastata, of 
 Siberia. Is a violent purgative, and is said to 
 be antisyphilitic. — C. odora, of Arabia; used as 
 a fumigation in the chambers of those sick of 
 small-pox. — C. pendula. The expressed juice 
 is used in Arabia against diseases of the ear. — 
 C. sonchifolia. This is used in India as a con- 
 diment. 
 
 Ca'camum. Cancamum. 
 
 Cacanum. Kaxavov. A demulcent plant. 
 
 Cacao. See Theobroma cacao. 
 
 Caca'tio. Cacation. Defecation. 
 
 Cacatoria febris. Febris dejectoria. Fe- 
 bris cathartica. A species of intermittent fever 
 accompanied with diarrhoea, and sometimes 
 with tormina. 
 
 Caccioxde. See Pilulce de Caccionde. 
 
 Cachang parang. Mimosa scandens of Su- 
 matra. The beans are said to be used in pleu- 
 risy. 
 
 CACHE 'C TIC. Cachecticus, KaxtKTLKoc. 
 Affected with cachexia. See Cachexia. 
 
 CACHE'XIA. (a, «, f. ; from /ca/coc, bad, 
 and e$tc, a habit.) A bad condition or habit 
 of body, as that arising from scurvy, syphilis, 
 &c. Some writers have also used the term 
 cachexia synonymously with diathesis, or dis- 
 ease, as Cachexia icterica, the jaundice, or a 
 disposition to it ; Cachexia uterina, the whites. 
 
 Cachexia africana. See Pica. 
 
 Cachexia loxdinexsis. The paleness of 
 those resident in cities. 
 
 Cachexia splenica. A cachexy accompa- 
 nying disease of the spleen. 
 
 Cachexia virginum. Chlorosis. 
 
 Cache'xi.e. A class of diseases in Cullen's 
 Nosology, embracing three orders, viz., Mar- 
 cores, Intume scent ice, and Impetigines. 
 
 CACCHINA'TION. (From cachinno, to 
 laugh aloud.) Immoderate laughter, a symp- 
 tom which occurs in hysteria, mania, and other 
 affections. 
 
 Cachore. A name of catechu. 
 
 CA'CHRYS. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
 dria. Digynia. Umbelliferai. — C. libanotis. 
 This plant is aromatic and astringent. The 
 seeds are acrid. — C. odontalgica. The root of 
 this species has been used like that of the py- 
 rethmm against toothache. 
 
 Cachu. Catechu. 
 
 CACHU'NDE. A medicine highly celebra- 
 ted among the Chinese and Indians, made of 
 several aromatic ingredients, perfumes, medici- 
 nal earths, and precious stones; said to be ner- 
 vine and cordial. 
 
 Cacoalexite'rium. Alexiterium. 
 
 CACOCHO'LIA. {a, ce, f. ; from mtcoc, and 
 XoKri, bile.) Diseases with a vitiated or un- 
 healthy condition of the bile. 
 
 Cacochroi. Diseases with a morbid change 
 of color in the face, &c. 
 
 CACOCHY'LUS. (From KaKoc, and X v*og, 
 chyle.) Productive of bad chyle. Cacochyla 
 
 alimenta, aliments which afford bad clryle ; that 
 is, aliments which are of difficult digestion. 
 
 Cacochy'lia. Depraved chvlification. 
 
 CACOCHY'MIA. (a, at, f. ; from /ca/coo, and 
 Xvp-og, juice, or humor.) An unhealthy state 
 of the humors, as Cacochymia scorbutica, pur- 
 pura ; C. venerea, syphilis. 
 
 Cachochymica febris. A fever supposed to 
 arise from a depraved state of the humors. 
 
 Cacocore'ma. A medicine which purges 
 off vitiated humors. 
 
 Cacod.e'mon. The nightmare. 
 
 CACODYL. (From ncmoc, and odvc, odor.) 
 C.}H 6 As.Kd. A compound radical. It is efhe- 
 rial, nauseous ; crystallizes in prisms ; takes 
 fire spontaneously in air, chlorine, &c. ; insolu- 
 ble in water ; boils at 338° F. The oxide, for- 
 merly called alcarsin, KdO, is a limpid etherial 
 liquid, and solidifies at 94° F. It is very pun- 
 gent, and resembles arseniureted hydrogen in 
 odor. It is self-inflammable in air, and very 
 poisonous. Cacodylic acid, or alcargen, is 
 HO-j-Kd03. It is inodorous, soluble, and crys- 
 tallizes in large colorless prisms, and is feebly 
 acid. There are also sulphurets, chlorides, 
 iodides, cyanides, &c, of cacodyl. The odor 
 of the chloride of cacodyl is extremely penetra- 
 ting and stupefying. The cacodyl compounds 
 are also supposed by Liebig and others to con- 
 tain the compound radical acetyl. 
 
 CACOE'THES. (KokotjOtjc ; from icanoc, 
 and rjdoc, disposition.) 1. As a substantive. A 
 bad habit of body or a malignant ulcer. 2. As 
 an adjective. Ill-conditioned. 
 
 Cacomorphia. Deformity. 
 
 Cacopa'thia. A diseased condition of the 
 mind. 
 
 CACOPHO'NIA. (a, (B, f. ; from KaKoc, and 
 (jxovTj, the voice.) A discordance or indistinct- 
 ness of the voice. 
 
 Cacopra'gia. A disease in those viscera 
 which minister to nutrition. 
 
 Cacorrhachitis. Cacorrhachis. Diseased 
 spine. 
 
 Cacorry'thmus. Disordered. Applied to 
 an irregular pulse. 
 
 Caco'sis. Kclkugic. A bad habit of body. 
 — Hippocrates. 
 
 Cacosi'tia. An aversion to food. 
 
 Cacosphy'xia. A disordered or bad state 
 of the pulse. 
 
 Cacosto'machus. Unpleasant food. 
 
 CACOTHY'MIA. {a, ce, f. ; from KaKoc, and 
 dv/sioc, the mind.) A diseased state of the mind. 
 
 Cacotri'bulus. Centaurea calcitrapa. 
 
 CACOTRO'PHIA. (a, ce, f . ; from kg/coo, 
 and rpccpG), to nourish.) Disordered nutrition. 
 
 Cacoucia coccinea. A perennial plant of 
 South America which is emetic and cathartic. 
 
 CACTACEiE. The tribe of plants to which 
 the cactus belongs. The species are all harm- 
 less. 
 
 CACTUS. KanToc. 1. An ancient name of 
 the artichoke. 2. A genus of plants. Icosan- 
 dria. Monogynia. Cactacea. — C. coccinelli- 
 fer. Nopal. Its leaves are the habitation of 
 the cochineal insect. — C. melo-cactus. The 
 melon thistle. — C. opuntia. The Indian fig, or 
 prickly pear ; the opuntia of the Pharmacopoe- 
 ias. The prickly leaves abound with a muci- 
 
 121 
 
CM L 
 
 iaginous matter, and are used in the form of 
 poultices as an emollient application. 
 
 Cadaba. A genus of Indian plants, family 
 Capparideae. The C. farinosa is said to be an 
 antidote to snake-bites. 
 
 CADA'VER. (er, eris, neut. ; from cado, to 
 fall.) A carcase, or body deprived of life. 
 
 Cadaveric Cadaverous. Cadaverosus. 
 Appertaining to a dead. body. 
 
 Cadet, fuming liquor of. Alcarsin. See 
 Cacodyl. 
 
 Cadia. A leguminous plant of Egypt. The 
 fresh leaves are said to relieve colic. 
 
 Cadmi'a. KaS/xsia. Kadfita. A variety of 
 different substances. — C. factitia. C. forna- 
 cum. Tutia. — C. fossilis. C. lapidosa. Cal- 
 amine. — C. metallica. Cobalt. — C. nativa. 
 Cobalt, and the lapis calaminaris. 
 
 Cad Mil sulphas. Cadmium sulphuricum. 
 Sulphate of cadmium. A solution of gr. i. to 
 gr. iv. in ^j. of water is used as a collyrium in 
 spots of the cornea and torpid inflammation of 
 the conjunctiva. 
 
 CADMrUM. (urn, i, n.) Cadmium, in col- 
 or and lustre, has a strong resemblance to tin, 
 but is somewhat harder and more tenacious. 
 It is veiy ductile and malleable. Its specific 
 gravity is 8-604 before being hammered, and 
 8'694 afterward. It melts at about the same 
 temperature as tin, and is nearly as volatile as 
 mercury, condensing like it into globules which 
 have a metallic lustre. Its vapor has no odor. 
 Equivalent, 56. Its oxide is salifiable. Cd-J-O. 
 
 Caduca membrana. C. Hunteri. See De- 
 cidua. 
 
 Caduca passio. Epilepsy. 
 
 CADU'CIBR'ANCHIATES. {Caducus, bran- 
 chiae, gills.) Those batrachians which under- 
 go a metamorphosis, and lose their branchial 
 apparatus before arriving at the period of ma- 
 turity ; as the frog, toad, salamander, and newt. 
 
 CADU'CUS. (From cado, to fall.) Cadu- 
 cous. Falling off: applied generally in natural 
 history. 1. In Anatomy, to the tunica decidua 
 uteri. 2. In Pathology, to epilepsy. 
 
 Ca'dus. An ancient measure equal to 120 
 pounds when applied to wine, and 105 when 
 applied to oil. 
 
 C M C A L. Ccecalio. Appertaining to the 
 caecum. 
 
 Cecal appendix. The appendix cseci ver- 
 miformis. 
 
 CiE'CITAS. (From emeus, blind.) Blind- 
 ness. See Caligo, and Amaurosis. 
 
 CiE'CUM. {um, i, n. : from ccecus, blind: 
 so called from its being perforated at one end 
 only.) The blind gut. The first portion of 
 the large intestine, situated in the right iliac 
 region. It is in this intestine that the ilium 
 terminates by a valve, called the valve of the 
 caecum. The appendix cceci vermiformis is also 
 attached to it. 
 
 CiE'CUS. Blind: applied, in anatomy, to 
 canals which are closed at one extremity, as the 
 intestinum ccccum. 
 
 Cjela-dolo. See Toronia Asiatica. 
 
 Cjeliaca mucosa. Mucous diarrhoea. 
 
 Cjeli donum. Chelidonium majus. 
 
 Celi flos. Cceli rosa. The Lychnis coro- 
 naria. 
 
 122 
 
 CAL 
 
 C^erulosis neonatorum. Cyanosis. 
 
 C^ESALPI'NIA. A genus of plants. Class, 
 Decandria; order, Monogynia. All the plants 
 afford wood which is used in dyeing : they are 
 known in commerce under the name of Brazil 
 woods. The principal are C. echinata, which 
 yields the best; C. crista, and C. sappan, of 
 Siam. 
 
 C.ERULEUM BEROLINENSE. C . borussicum. 
 
 Prussian blue. 
 
 Ceruleum montanum. The Armenian stone. 
 
 C^SARIAN OPERATION. Ccesarian sec- 
 tion. The operation of making an incision into 
 the uterus to extract the child, either after the 
 death of the mother, or when the obstacles to 
 delivery are so great as to leave no other alter- 
 native. 
 
 Cafa. Caf. Cafar. Camphor. 
 
 Caffeic acid. An acid discovered by Runge, 
 which possesses the odor of the roasted coffee 
 when heated. 
 
 Caffein. A slightly bitter, white, silky prin- 
 ciple, obtained from coffee, tea, guarana, and 
 paullinia. It sublimes at 72 '5°. It is the same 
 as theine. Liebig finds it to consist of CgHsNz 
 2 -t-HO. He has shown that it may act as 
 food in increasing the amount of bile formed, 
 by furnishing nitrogen thereto. To the same 
 end asparagine and theobromine, analogous 
 principles, are also destined. 
 
 Caga'strum. The germ of diseases which 
 arise from corruption. — Paracelsus. 
 
 Cahen laguen. Chironia chilensis. 
 
 CAINCA. Caincce radix. Cahinca. The 
 Brazilian name of a root celebrated as an anti- 
 dote to the bite of serpents, and for emetic and 
 diuretic qualities. Dose of the bark, 3j. to 3J. 
 The aqueous extract is used in doses of gr. x. 
 as an emetic and purgative. It is said to be 
 valuable in interim ttents. Pelletier gave the 
 name of caincic acid to a substance found in the 
 bark of the root. See Chiocca racemosa. 
 
 Caipa schora. A cucurbitaceous plant of 
 Malabar. The natives drink the juice of its 
 fruit, with a little nutmeg, to stop the hiccough. 
 The unripe fruit is emetic. 
 
 Cajan. Phaseolus creticus. 
 
 Cajeput oil. Caju-kilan. Cajuputi. See 
 Melaleuca, and Oleum Cajeputi. 
 
 Calaba. Calophyllum inophyllum. 
 
 Calabash tree. Crescentia cujeti. 
 
 Calaf. Salix aegyptiaca. 
 
 Calageri. Calagirah. Veronica anthel- 
 mintica. 
 
 Calaguala. Polypodium calaguala. 
 
 Calamagro'stis. Reed grass. The Arundo 
 calamagrostis of Linnaeus. The root has been 
 said to possess diuretic and emmenagogue prop- 
 erties. 
 
 Calama'rije. The reed-plants. 
 
 Calambac Calambouk. Lignum aloes. 
 
 Calamina pr^parata. Prepared calamine. 
 Burn the calamine and reduce it to powder; 
 then let it be brought into the state of a very 
 fine powder, in the same manner that chalk is 
 directed to be prepared. See Calamine. 
 
 CA'LAMINE. ( Calamina, <z, f. ) Lapis 
 calaminaris. A native carbonate of zinc. It 
 is very heavy, moderately hard and brittle, of a 
 gray, yellowish-red, or blackish-brown color, 
 
C AL 
 
 C AL 
 
 insoluble in water, but soluble, with efferves- 
 cence, in sulphuric acid. This mineral, pre- 
 pared by calcination and reduced to fine pow- 
 der, forms an article of the materia medica. 
 In this state it is sprinkled on ulcers and exco- 
 riations to promote their healing. Mixed with 
 rose or elder-flower water, it has been used as 
 a collyrium for weak eyes. It is the basis of 
 the Ceratum calamines, long known under the 
 name of Turner's cerate. 
 
 CALAMI'NTHA. Calamint. Melissa cal- 
 amintha. — C. humilior. Glechoma hederacea. 
 
 Calamita. Styrax. 
 
 Calamita bianca. A very adhesive kind of 
 white bole. 
 
 CA'LAMUS. (us, i, m. KaAa/zoc.) Acorus 
 calamus. (U. S.) A genus of reed-plants. — 
 C. alexandrinus. A medicine mentioned by 
 Celsus, probably the Andropogon nardus. — C. 
 aromaticus. Acorus calamus. — C. draco. The 
 plant which yields dragon's blood. — C. odora- 
 tus. Andropogon nardus. — C. saccharinus. C. 
 indicus. The sugar-cane. — C. scriplorius. A 
 furrow at the bottom of the fourth ventricle of 
 the brain, so called from its resemblance to a 
 writing pen. — C. vulgaris. Arundo phragmites. 
 
 Calapi'tte. A stony concretion found in 
 the inside of some cocoa-nuts. 
 
 Calathium. Calathidium. A depressed 
 anthodium or capitulum. 
 
 C alb i a' num. An ancient plaster. 
 
 Calcadinum. Calcatar. Colcotar. Vitriol. 
 
 CALCA'NEUM. (urn, i, n. ; from calx, the 
 heel.) The heel, or bone of the heel. Os 
 calcis. 
 
 Calcan'thum. Calcanthos. Flowers of 
 brass; vitriol. 
 
 CA'LCAR. (ar, aris, n. ; a spin-.) 1. The 
 os calcis. 2. Applied by botanists to the spur- 
 red process of the ringent and personate corolla 
 of plants. 
 
 Calcarate. Calcaratus. Spurred: applied 
 to the corols and nectaries of plants. 
 
 Calcar avis. The hippocampus minor. 
 
 CALCA'REOUS. ( Calcarius ; from calx, 
 lime.) Partaking of the nature of lime. 
 
 Calcareous earth. See Lime. 
 
 Calcareous soap. Linimentum calcis. 
 
 Calcareus. Calcaria. Lime. 
 
 Calcaris flos. Calcatrippa. The lark- 
 spur. See Delphinmm. 
 
 Calcaton. A troche containing arsenic. 
 
 Calcena. Calcenon. Calcenonia. Calci- 
 nania. Concretions of tartrate of lime. — Para- 
 celsus. 
 
 CALCEOLA'RIA. A genus of plants. Di- 
 andria. Monogynia. Slipper-wort. — C. pri- 
 mata is used in Peru as a laxative. — C. Irijida 
 is employed as a febrifuge. 
 
 Ca'lceum equi'num. Tussilago. 
 
 Calchithius. Verdigris. 
 
 Calcidicum. A medicine containing arsenic. 
 
 Calci'fraga. Globularia alypum. 
 
 Calcigerous. Bearing or containing calca- 
 reous matter, as the calcigerous cellules of the 
 teeth. 
 
 CALCII CHLORIDI LIQUOR. This prep- 
 aration is made by dissolving four ounces of 
 chloride of calcium in twelve ounces of distilled 
 water. The dose is from Tilxx. to 3ij. The 
 
 Liquor calcii chloridi (U. S.) is of double this 
 strength. 
 
 CALCII CHLORIDUM. Calcii chlorure 
 turn. Chloride of calcium. Take of chalk,five 
 ounces ; hydrochloric acid, distilled water, each 
 half a pint. Mix the acid with the water, and 
 add the chalk to saturation. The effervescence 
 being finished, strain and evaporate the liquor 
 until the salt is dried. Put the salt into a cru- 
 cible, and having liquefied it by exposure to 
 the fire, pour it upon a flat, clean stone. When 
 it is cold, break it into small pieces, and keep 
 it in a well-closed vessel. It has been sup- 
 posed to possess tonic and deobstruent proper- 
 ties, and acquired a high reputation in scrofula 
 and bronchocele, which it has failed to main- 
 tain. The dose is xv. grains to 3j. 
 
 Calcii oxychloruretum. C . protocldorure- 
 turn. See Calcis chloridum. 
 Calcii oxydum. Lime. 
 
 CALCINA'TION. (Calcinatio,onis,l) The 
 process of subjecting a body to the action of 
 fire, or to a considerable degree of heat, to 
 drive off its volatile parts ; or to convert it into 
 a calx or oxide. 
 
 Calcinatum majus. Dulcification. 
 Calcinatum majus Poterii. A compound 
 of mercury, prepared by dissolving the metal 
 in aquafortis, and precipitating with salt water. 
 Calcinatum minus. A sweet substance. 
 CALCINED MAGNESIA. See Magnesia. 
 Calcined mercury. Binoxide of mercury. 
 Calcis bichloruretum. Calcis chloridum. 
 Calcis carbon as. See Lime, and Creta 
 pra'parata. 
 
 CALCIS CHLORIDUM. Chloride of lime. 
 Oxy muriate of lime. It is much used in bleach- 
 ing, under the name of bleaching powder; and 
 an aqueous solution of it, commonly known 
 under the name of Labarraqud s disinfecting 
 fluid, is a powerful corrector of putrid effluvia, 
 and of great use as an application to putrid ul- 
 cers, discharges, &c. A useful solution is made 
 with fj. to Oss. of water. 
 
 Calcis hepar. Sulphuret of lime. 
 Calcis hydras. Hydrate of lime, or slacked 
 lime. 
 
 Calcis hypochloris. Calcis chloridum. 
 Calcis liquor. Solution of lime. Aqua 
 calcis. Lime-water. Take of lime, half a 
 pound ; boiling distilled water, twelve pints. 
 Upon the lime, first slaked with a little of the 
 water, pour the remainder of the water and 
 shake them together; next cover the vessel 
 immediately, and let it stand for three hours ; 
 then keep the solution upon the remaining lime 
 in stopped glass bottles, and pour off the clear 
 liquor when it is wanted for use. 
 
 Lime is soluble in about 450 times its weight 
 of w r ater, or little more than one grain in one 
 fluid ounce. Lime-water is colorless and in- 
 odorous, and has an unpleasant alkaline taste. 
 It absorbs carbonic acid rapidly from the atmo- 
 sphere, so that, if it be not carefully presei-ved, 
 the whole of the lime is soon precipitated in 
 the form of carbonate. It is given internally 
 as an antacid, in doses of from two ounces to 
 six, in cardialgia, diarrhoea, &c. Mixed^ with 
 olive oil, it forms the celebrated application to 
 burns, known under the name of Carron oil. 
 
 123 
 
C AL 
 
 C AL 
 
 Calcis murias. C.oxymurias. Calcii chlo- 
 ridum. 
 
 Calcis muriatxs liquor. See Calcii chlo- 
 ridi liquor. 
 
 Calcis os. Calcar. Calcaneum. Pterna. 
 The largest bone of the tarsus, which forms the 
 heel. It is situated posteriorly under the as- 
 tragalus. It is divided into a body and pro- 
 cesses. It has a large tuberosity behind to form 
 the heel, into which the tendo achillis is insert- 
 ed. A sinuous cavity, as its forepart, which, in 
 the fresh subject, is filled with fat, and gives 
 origin to several ligaments. Two prominences, 
 at the inner and forepart of the bone, with a 
 pit between them, for the articulation of the 
 under and forepart of the astragalus. A de- 
 pression, in the external surface of the bone 
 near its forepart, where the tendon of the pero- 
 naeus longus runs. A large cavity, at the inner 
 side of the bone, lodging the long flexors of the 
 toes, together with the vessels and nerves of 
 the sole. There are two prominences, at the 
 under and back part of this bone, that give ori- 
 gin to the aponeurosis, and several muscles of 
 the sole. The anterior surface of the os calcis 
 is concave, for its articulation with the os cu- 
 boides, and it is articulated to the astragalus by 
 ligaments. 
 
 Calcis sulphuretum. Sulphuret of lime. 
 It has been used in a bath for itch, &c. 
 
 Calcitari. Alkaline salt. 
 
 Calcitea. Calcitrea. Vitriol. 
 
 Calciteosa. Litharge. 
 
 Calcithos. Verdigris. 
 
 Calcitra'pa. Centaurea calcitrapa. 
 
 CA'LCIUM. (w, i, n. ; from calx.) The 
 metallic basis of lime, which is the oxide of 
 calcium. For the officinal compound, see Calcii. 
 
 Calcoi'dea ossi'cula. The three cuneiform 
 bones of the tarsus. 
 
 Calco-subphalangeus. The abductor mus- 
 cles of the foot. 
 
 Cal'cotar. Sulphate of iron. Ferri sul- 
 phas. 
 
 Calc sinter. The calcareous deposite of 
 some springs. 
 
 Calc spar. Native crystallized carbonate 
 of lime. It possesses the power of double re- 
 fraction, and is much used in polariscopes. 
 
 Calculi'fragus. (From calculus, midfran- 
 go, to break.) Having the power of breaking 
 stone in the bladder. 1. Lithontriptic medi- 
 cines. 2. The name of an instrument which is 
 introduced into the bladder to break down cal- 
 culi. See Lithotrity. 3. The scolopendrium, 
 and pimpernel. 
 
 Calculosus. Afflicted with the stone. 
 
 CA'LCULUS. (us, i, m. A pebble.) In 
 pathology, this term is applied to morbid con- 
 cretions of a hard or stony consistence, which 
 form in different cavities and other parts of the 
 body. 
 
 Calculus, arthritic Gouty concretions; 
 chalk-stones. See Podagra. 
 
 Calculus, articular. See Concretions, ar- 
 ticular. 
 
 Calculus, biliary. Calculus biliosus. Cal- 
 culi cystici. Calculi fellei. Gall-stone. Bili- 
 ary calculi are of common occurrence, and usu- 
 ally consist of the substance called cholesterine, 
 124 
 
 blended with various proportions of coloring 
 matter, inspissated bile, albumen, &c. Four 
 kinds have been observed. 1. One kind is of 
 a white color, sometimes a little yellowish or 
 greenish. It is nearly pure cholesterine. 2. 
 Another kind is of a round or polygonal shape, 
 often of a gray color externally, and brown 
 within. It exhibits concentric layers, which 
 appear to consist of inspissated bile ; and there 
 is generally a central nucleus of the white crys- 
 talline matter, or cholesterine. 3. A third kind 
 is of a deep brown, or green color. Its texture 
 is made up of crystals of cholesterine, inter- 
 mixed with biliverdin. A fourth kind is said to 
 be insoluble in alcohol. 
 
 Gall-stones often exist without occasioning 
 pain or any disagreeable symptoms, so that 
 their presence is not detected till after death. 
 Where, however, they become impacted in 
 their passage through the gall-ducts, they ob- 
 struct the flow of bile into the intestines, there- 
 by causing jaundice ; and they sometimes occa- 
 sion excruciating pain. Opium, the warm bath, 
 the nitro-muriatie acid bath, and antiphlogistics, 
 are used in these cases. See Icterus. 
 
 Calculi of the ears. Masses of indurated 
 wax. 
 
 Calculus, encysted. When the calculus 
 becomes covered or surrounded by mucus and 
 membrane. 
 
 Calculus, intestinal. See Enterolithus. 
 Calculi, lachrymal. Concretions some- 
 times form in the lachrymal passages, where 
 they cause abscesses and fistula?. 
 
 Calculus of the mamma. Concretions 
 found in mammary abscess. 
 
 Calculus, pancreatic. Some have sup- 
 posed that certain transparent calculi, which 
 have been vomited or passed by stool, were 
 formed in the pancreas ; but there seems no 
 good reason for any such belief. 
 
 Calculi of the pineal gland. Morbid 
 concretions have been found on dissection in 
 the pineal gland, the presence of which was 
 not indicated during life by any particular 
 symptoms. They consist of phosphate of lime, 
 like the gritty matter naturally found in the part. 
 Calculi of the prostate gland. Stony 
 concretions are sometimes found in the sub- 
 stance of the prostate gland, and occasion the 
 same evil as any other enlargement of the part. 
 They generally consist of phosphate of lime. 
 
 Calculus, pulmonary. Concretions are 
 sometimes expectorated in great number during 
 life, or found in the substance of the lungs, or 
 ramifications of the bronchi, after death. In 
 most cases in which this occurs, it is an accom- 
 paniment of tubercular phthisis ; but there are 
 cases on record in which an expectoration of 
 chalky concretions has taken place, from time 
 to time, during a number of years, unconnect- 
 ed with any bad symptoms, and without injury 
 to the general health of the patient. The pres- 
 ence of such concretions is supposed, by M. 
 Bayle, to give rise to a form of phthisis, which 
 he calls Phthisic calculeuse. 
 
 Calculi, salivary. Concretions which are 
 sometimes found in the substance of the salivary 
 glands, or in their ducts. They generally con- 
 sist of phosphate of lime and animal matter. 
 
C AL 
 
 C AL 
 
 Calculi, spermatic. Calculi have occa- 
 sionally been detected after death in the vesic- 
 ulae seminales. 
 
 Calculi of the tonsils. Concretions pro- 
 duced in the tonsils. 
 
 CALCULI, URINARY. Calculi vesica, ves- 
 ical calculi. Calculi formed by a morbid depo- 
 sition from the urine may be found in the kid- 
 ney, ureter, bladder, or urethra. Whatever be 
 their position, they are always formed in the 
 kidney or bladder : they are therefore renal or 
 vesical. 
 
 1. Renal calculi. When calculous matter is 
 separated in the kidneys, it assumes the form 
 either of fine sand, which passes off without 
 causing any severe Symptoms, and is deposited 
 after the excreted mine has been some time at 
 rest, or of distinct calculi, varying in size, but 
 large enough to occasion very distressing pain 
 in then- passage through the urinary canals. 
 Both these varieties are, in popular language, 
 called the gravel; and the severe symptoms 
 arising from the passage of renal calculi through 
 the ureters is styled a Jit of the gravel. 
 
 For the sake of perspicuity, it will be best to 
 designate mere sabulous deposites as urinary 
 sand, and distinct concretions as renal calculi. 
 
 a. Urinary sand is of two kinds, white and 
 red. The white consists of phosphate of lime, 
 or of the ammonio-magnesian phosphate, or of 
 a mixture of the two. The red consists of uric 
 acid. Both of these morbid states of the mine 
 are usually connected with disorder of the di- 
 gestive organs ; and those general therapeutical 
 means which are adapted to the removal of 
 such disorder are beneficial in both. With a 
 view to correct the state of the urinary secre- 
 tion, on which the sabulous deposite more im- 
 mediately depends, alkalis are given where the 
 uric acid predominates, and the mineral acids 
 where the deposite consists of the phosphates. 
 In the latter case the muriatic acid is generally 
 found most useful. 
 
 b. Renal calculi. These sometimes exist for 
 a long time, and remain stationary in the kid- 
 ney, where they may attain a considerable 
 magnitude without giving rise to any symptoms 
 which lead to a suspicion of their presence ; or 
 they may excite chronic inflammation and sup- 
 puration of the kidney, with bloody urine and 
 hectic fever, which finally destroys the patient. 
 More generally, however, they descend along 
 the ureter, and give rise to the painful affection 
 commonly called a fit of the gravel. The de- 
 scent of a renal calculus is usually attended 
 with pain in the loins, shooting down through 
 the pelvis to the inside of the thighs, retraction 
 of the testicle, and numbness of the leg of the 
 affected side, shivering, faintness, nausea, and 
 vomiting. In ordinary cases the calculus soon 
 reaches the bladder, and the distressing symp- 
 toms cease for the time. It is then either void- 
 ed through the urethra, with more or less pain 
 and difficulty, or it remains in the bladder and 
 becomes the nucleus of a vesical calculus. If 
 the calculus become firmly impacted in the 
 ureter, inflammation of the kidney supervenes, 
 or a fatal suppression of the urinary secretion, 
 which may take place in both kidneys, though 
 there be a calculus in only one of the ureters ; 
 
 or the case may terminate fatally in a more 
 gradual manner, by inflammation and ulcera- 
 tion of the ureter and extravasation of urine. 
 In a few cases an abscess has formed in the 
 ureter, and discharged itself by a fistulous open- 
 ing in the lumbar region, or in the groin, through 
 which the urine also finds an outlet. These 
 formidable consequences are, however, com- 
 paratively rare. The treatment, while a calcu- 
 lus is passing down the ureter, should consist 
 in the use of the warm bath, which is of great 
 service by its relaxing and antispasmodic effect; 
 blood-letting, if necessary to obviate inflamma 
 tion, and opiates to allay pain. 
 
 The constitutional disposition to the formation 
 of renal calculi is to be obviated by the means 
 applicable to calculous disorders in general. 
 These will be noticed at the conclusion of the 
 present article. 
 
 2. Vesical calculus. A vesical calculus, or 
 stone in the bladder, may arise from a renal 
 calculus having passed into the bladder, and 
 there increased in size by successive depositions 
 upon its surface ; or it may be originally formed 
 in the bladder itself; or a foreign body, which 
 has accidentally got into the bladder, may form 
 a nucleus around which calculous matter is de- 
 posited : it appears, however, that calculi found 
 in the bladder have generally their origin in 
 the kidney. The composition of urinary cal- 
 culi is very diversified. The calculi hitherto 
 observed consist of, 
 
 1. Uric or lithic acid. 
 
 2. Urate of ammonia. 
 
 3. Phosphate of lime. 
 
 4. Ammonio-magnesian phosphate. 
 
 5. Oxalate of lime. 
 
 6. Cystic oxide. 
 
 7. Carbonate of lime. 
 
 8. Silica. 
 
 9. The alternating calculus, consisting of al- 
 ternate layers of the matters composing those 
 already enumerated. 
 
 The first five of the foregoing substances are 
 of most frequent occurrence, but their relative 
 frequency varies in different countries and dis- 
 tricts. 
 
 1. Calculi composed of uric (litkic) acid are 
 of a brown or fawn color, and, when cut 
 through, appear of a more or less distinctly 
 laminated texture. Their surface is generally 
 smooth, or nearly so, being sometimes slightly 
 tuberculated. Sp. gr., 1-5. Before the blow- 
 pipe, this calculus blackens, and gives out a 
 peculiar ammoniacal odor, leaving a minute 
 portion of white ash : it is soluble in solution of 
 pure potassa, and, heated with a little nitric 
 acid, affords a fine pink compound. 
 
 2. Urate of ammonia forms calculi, the sur- 
 face of which is sometimes smooth, sometimes 
 tubercidated ; they are made up of concentric 
 layers, and the fracture is fine earthy, resem- 
 bling that of compact limestone ; they are gen- 
 erally of a small size, and rather uncommon, 
 though urate of ammonia often occurs mixed 
 with uric acid. They usually decrepitate be- 
 fore the blow-pipe, are more soluble than the 
 uric calculus, evolve ammonia when heated 
 with solution of potassa, and are readily soluble 
 
 125 
 
C AL 
 
 C AL 
 
 in the alkaline carbonates, which pure uric acid 
 is not. 
 
 3. Phosphate of lime calculus is of a pale 
 brown or gray color, smooth, and made up of 
 regular and easily-separable laminae. It is sol- 
 uble in muriatic acid, and precipitated by pure 
 ammonia, and does not fuse before the blow- 
 pipe. Calculi from the prostate gland are fre- 
 quently composed of phosphate of lime. 
 
 4. Ammonio-magnesian, or triple calculus, is 
 generally white or pale gray, and the surface 
 often presents minute ciystals; its texture is 
 generally compact, and often somewhat hard 
 and translucent; heated by the blow-pipe, it 
 exhales ammonia, and leaves phosphate of mag- 
 nesia. It is more easily soluble than the pre- 
 ceding ; and oxalate of ammonia forms no pre- 
 cipitate in its muriatic solution. 
 
 It frequently happens that calculi consist of 
 a mixture of the two last-mentioned substances, 
 in which case they fuse before the blow-pipe, 
 and are hence termed fusible calculi. They are 
 white, or nearly so, and softer than the separate 
 substances, often resembling chalk in appear- 
 ance. They are easily soluble in muriatic acid, 
 and if oxalate of ammonia be added to their 
 solution, the lime is precipitated in the state of 
 oxalate. 
 
 5. Oxalate of lime forms calculi, the exterior 
 color of which is generally dark brown, or red- 
 dish; sp. gr., 1-4 and upward; they are com- 
 monly rough or tuberculated upon the surface, 
 and have hence been called mulberry calculi. 
 Before the blow-pipe they blacken and swell, 
 leaving a white infusible residue, which is 
 easily recognized as quicklime. Small oxalate 
 of lime calculi are, however, sometimes per- 
 fectly smooth upon the surface, and somewhat 
 resemble a hempseed in appearance. 
 
 6. Cystic oxide is a very rare species. It is 
 yellowish-white, crystalline, and of a waxy lus- 
 tre. They are soft, and, when burned by the 
 blow-pipe, exhale a peculiar fetid odor. They 
 are soluble in nitric, sulphuric, muriatic, phos- 
 phoric, and oxalic acids, and also in alkaline 
 solutions. Cystic oxide forms crystallizable 
 compounds with nitric, muriatic, and oxalic 
 acids. With sulphuric acid it forms a viscid, 
 colorless, and uncrystallizable compound. The 
 composition is C6NH 6 4 S 2 . 
 
 7. Dr. Prout, and Mr. Smith of Bristol (Med- 
 ico.-Chir. Trans., xi., 14), have described cal- 
 culi composed almost entirely of carbonate of 
 lime ; but this species is exceedingly rare. 
 
 8. Silica, as an ingredient in urinary sand, 
 and in some calculi, is very rare. 
 
 9. Xanthic oxide forms a very rare calculus. 
 It has a brown surface, scaly fracture, is brown 
 interiorly, and acquires a resinous appearance 
 when rubbed. It is entirely soluble in potash, 
 and precipitated by carbonic acid. Composi- 
 tion, C 5 N 2 H 2 2 . 
 
 A stone may exist in the bladder without 
 causing much inconvenience, provided it be 
 6mall, smooth, and of a rounded figure ; but if 
 it be large, rough, or of an angular figure, it is 
 always productive of severe suffering. The 
 degree of pain will, however, vary greatly, ac- 
 cording to the state of the bladder and the qual- 
 ity of the urine. 
 126 
 
 The general symptoms indicative of a stone 
 in the bladder are, a painful itching along the 
 penis, especially the glans; the micturition is 
 painful, and a stream of urine is liable to be 
 suddenly arrested before the bladder is empty, 
 so that the urine is expelled by fits, and the 
 pain is greatest immediately after its evacua- 
 tion ; there is a dull pain and sense of weight 
 about the neck of the bladder; the urine is 
 mixed with a large quantity of mucus, and fre- 
 quently tinged with blood, especially after ex- 
 ercise. All the symptoms of stone are aggra- 
 vated to an intolerable degree by the motion 
 of a carriage, or exercise on horseback. At an 
 advanced stage of the disease the bladder be- 
 comes inflamed, and its mucous coat suppu- 
 rates; the ureters and kidneys participate in 
 the diseased action ; large quantities of blood 
 and pus are passed with the urine ; the patient 
 becomes emaciated, and finally dies, worn out 
 by pain and hectic fever. 
 
 The symptoms attendant on enlargement of 
 the prostate gland in some respects resemble 
 those of stone, but the pain arising from calcu- 
 lus in the bladder generally comes on only in 
 paroxysms, while that from a diseased prostate 
 is constant. Surgeons agree that the presence 
 of a calculus in the bladder can only be dis- 
 tinctly ascertained by the operation of sound- 
 ing. 
 
 Calculus is more common in temperate than 
 in warm or very cold climates. It occurs more 
 frequently in early life than in old age, but 
 more frequently in either than during the mid- 
 dle period of life. Persons of sedentary habits 
 are more liable to it than those of active habits. 
 Luxurious persons are more obnoxious to it 
 than those who are temperate. The disposi- 
 tion to gravel and urinary calculi is intimately 
 connected with the gouty diathesis. Injuries 
 of the spine and kidneys have been observed 
 to give a disposition to calculus, and especially 
 to that form of it which arises from a deposition 
 of the phosphates. Strictures of the urethra, 
 and enlargement of the prostate gland, favor 
 « the formation of calculi. 
 
 When a stone in the bladder has become too 
 large to pass through the urethra, it can only be 
 got rid of with certainty by a surgical opera- 
 tion. See Lithotomy and Lithotrity. 
 
 Certain means have long been in use for the 
 purpose of dissolving the stone, and rendering 
 an operation unnecessary. There are cases on 
 record in which the judicious use of alkalies 
 appeal's to have had a marked effect on uric 
 acid calculi. It was proposed by Fourcroy to 
 attempt the solution of stones in the bladder by 
 the injection of appropriate fluids. It appears, 
 from the trials which have been made at differ- 
 ent times, that alkaline injections of sufficient 
 strength to answer the purpose are too irrita- 
 ting for the bladder to bear; but Sir B. Brodie 
 has succeeded in dissolving some deposites of 
 phosphate and carbonate of lime by nitric acid, 
 highly diluted, sent in a stream through the 
 bladder by means of a double catheter of pure 
 gold. 
 
 Admitting that large stones are only to be 
 got rid of by the aid of surgery, it becomes of 
 great importance to obviate, if possible, the 
 
C AL 
 
 C AL 
 
 calculous diathesis. There is more or less de- 
 rangement of the digestive functions in all ; and 
 hence a particular attention to diet and regimen, 
 and the use of vegetable bitters and astringents, 
 are serviceable in most cases. Among the bit- 
 ters, the TJva ursi and Pareira brava are espe- 
 cially recommended. In the cases which de- 
 pend on an acid diathesis, namely, those in 
 which the calculus is composed of uric acid, of 
 oxalate of lime, or of cystic oxide, the general 
 principle is to obviate the acid tendency by al- 
 kaline medicines. There are, however, many 
 exceptions to this rule. In cases where lithic 
 acid is predominant, it has frequently been 
 found most beneficial to promote a copious dis- 
 charge of that acid by means of turpentine and 
 other medicines which are known to have this 
 effect. Dr. Prout has also found that the dis- 
 position to form oxalate of lime is converted by 
 the use of muriatic acid into the common lithic 
 diathesis ; he has made similar observations 
 with respect to the cystic oxide, and hence in 
 these cases he recommends the use of muriatic 
 acid where it is not contra-indicated by an irri- 
 table state of the bladder. 
 
 Where the alkaline or phosphatic diathesis 
 prevails, the mineral acids are indicated ; then* 
 effect, however, is by no means so striking as 
 that of alkalies in the acid diathesis ; indeed, it 
 is supposed by many, and pi-obably with good 
 reason, that the benefit derived from them is 
 chiefly referrible to the tonic effects on the di- 
 gestive organs. The muriatic acid has been 
 found most generally useful. 
 
 In the actual paroxysm of stone in the blad- 
 der the suffering is dreadfully severe, and gen- 
 erally admits of no effectual relief ; it may, 
 however, be considerably palliated by the use 
 of the warm hip-bath and anodyne suppositories 
 and enemata. 
 
 Calculus, urethral. A calculus impacted 
 in the urethra. If immovable, it is cut out by 
 dividing the urethra longitudinally. 
 
 Calculi of the uterus. They are some- 
 times present, but veiy rare, in engorgements 
 of a chronic nature. 
 
 Caldas springs. They are thermal, con- 
 taining sulphureted hydrogen, sulphate of iron, 
 and the common salts. 
 
 CALDA'RIUM. The hot bath of the an- 
 cients. 
 
 Caleanthum. Copperas. — Pliny. 
 
 Calebash. Cucurbita lagenaria. 
 
 CALEFA'CIENT. (Calefaciens ; from cal- 
 efacio, to make warm.) Substances are so 
 called which excite a degree of warmth in the 
 parts to which they are applied, as mustard, 
 pepper, &c. They belong to the class of stim- 
 ulants. 
 
 CALEFA'CTION. Calef actio. The act or 
 process of heating. 
 
 CALE'NDULA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia necessaria. 
 Composite. — C. alpina. Arnica montana.-— C. 
 arvensis. Caltha palustris. — C. officinalis. C. 
 sativa. Garden marigold. The plant is ape- 
 rient and diaphoretic. — C. palustris. See 
 Caltha palustris. 
 
 Calendula martiales. Ferrum ammonia- 
 turn. 
 
 Calendulin. A kind of gum bassorin ob- 
 tained from the marigold. 
 
 Calenturas. Cinchona ? 
 
 CA'LENTURE. ( Calentura, ce, f. ; from 
 caleo, to be hot.) A form of phrenitis alleged 
 formerly to have been common among seamen 
 in tropical latitudes. 
 
 Cale'sium. A tree of Malabar, the bark of 
 which, made into an ointment with butter, 
 cures convulsions from wounds, and heals ul- 
 cers. The juice of the bark cures aphtha?, and, 
 taken inwardly, the dysentery. — Ray. 
 
 Caleza de negro. See Phytelephas. 
 
 Call See Kali. 
 
 Calico bush. Kalmia latifolia. 
 
 Calidum innatum. C. animate. See Cali- 
 dus. 
 
 CA'LIDUS. Warm. Hence calidum inna- 
 tum, animal or vital heat. 
 
 CALFGO. (o, inis, f.) In pathology this 
 term is applied to dimness of sight or blind- 
 ness, caused by the interposition of an opaque 
 body between the object and the retina : hence 
 its species are, 
 
 1. Cali go palpebrarum. The obstruction to 
 the fight being in the eyelids. 
 
 2. Caligo cornea. Opacities, &c. 
 
 3. Caligo lentis. The obstruction being in 
 the lens or its capsule. Cataract. 
 
 4. Caligo pupillce. The iris being closed. 
 
 5. Caligo humorum. The aqueous or vitre- 
 ous humors having lost their transparency. 
 
 6. Caligo synizesis. Synizesis. 
 CALIPERS. Compasses with curved legs. 
 
 Bourdeloque's calipers are used to ascertain the 
 capacity of the pelvis. 
 
 CALISAYA BARK. Cinchona flava. (U.S.) 
 
 Calix. See Calyx. 
 
 Calli. Gouty nodes. 
 
 CALLICARPA. A genus of plants. Te- 
 
 trandia. Monogynia. 
 species, C. americana. 
 
 It contains only one 
 which grows in South 
 The leaves are used in 
 
 Carolina and Virgii 
 dropsy. 
 
 CALLICO'CCA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. See Ipe- 
 cacuanha. 
 
 Callicreas. The sweet-bread. See Pan- 
 creas. 
 
 Calli'gonum. See Polygonum. 
 
 Callip^di'a. The art of generating beauti- 
 ful children. 
 
 Calliphy'llum. Asplenium trichomanes. 
 
 Callistemon seed. Pohutu-kauva. 
 
 CALLFTRICHE. A genus of plants. Mo- 
 nandria. Digynia. 1. Water starwort. Wa- 
 ter chickweed. 2. Adiantum. 
 
 Callositas palpebrarum. Scleriasis. 
 
 CALLOSITY. Callositas. Preternatural 
 hardness of the skin or other parts. 
 
 Callous. Callo'sus. Indurated. 
 
 CA'LLUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The flexible sub- 
 stance deposited between the divided ends of 
 broken bones, in which the osseous matter by 
 which they are permanently united is deposit- 
 ed. See Fracture. 2. A preternatural hard- 
 ness of any part, especially of the skin. 
 
 Calmet. Antimony. 
 
 Calome'lanos turque'ti. A purgative pill 
 made of calomel, sulphur, and resin of jalap. 
 
 127 
 
C AL 
 
 CAM 
 
 CALO'MEL. Calomelas. {as, anos, m. ; 
 from naloc, and fieTiag, black.) Originally ap- 
 plied to black sulphuret of mercury, but now to 
 calomel. See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 
 
 Calomelas pr^cipitatum. (Ph. D.) Calo- 
 mel prepared by the formula of the Dublin 
 Pharmacopoeia ; that is, by Jewell's process. 
 
 Calomelas sublimatum. (Ph. D.) Calomel 
 prepared by sublimation. 
 
 Calonia. Kalovta. Myrrh. 
 
 CALOPHYLLUM. A genus of tropical 
 plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. The C. 
 inophyllum, tacamahaca, &c, yield a kind of 
 tacamahaca, and also an oil for lamps. — C. cal- 
 aba produces the Oleum Sanctce Marice. 
 
 Calor animalis. Animal temperature. 
 
 Calor fervens. Boiling heat. 
 
 Calor lentis. A gentle heat; about 100° F. 
 
 Calor mordicans. The pungent heat of the 
 skin in ardent fevers, which leaves an unpleas- 
 ant tingling sensation on the fingers for some 
 minutes after touching the patient. 
 
 Calor nativus. Animal or vital heat. 
 
 CALO'RIC. {Caloricum, i, n. ; from calor, 
 heat.) The cause which produces the sensa- 
 tion and effects of heat. The characteristic ef- 
 fect of caloric is expansion, but it is also an 
 agent in producing chemical change. The form 
 and gravity of bodies is dependent on this im- 
 ponderable. Its nature is utterly unknown. 
 
 Caloric, latent. Insensible heat. Heat ex- 
 isting in all bodies, and not made evident by af- 
 fecting the thermometer. Also, heat which pass- 
 es into liquids, to convert them into vapor, &c. 
 
 Caloric, specific. The precise amount of 
 heat necessary to raise different bodies to a 
 given degree of temperature. 
 
 Calorific Having the quality of producing 
 heat, as the calorific rays of the spectrum, which 
 are the red, orange, and yellow. 
 
 Calorification. (From calor, heat, and 
 facio, to make.) The function of generating 
 animal heat. 
 
 Calori'meter. An apparatus to measure the 
 quantity of heat which a body gives out in 
 cooling. 
 
 Calorimotor. A galvanic arrangement by 
 Dr. Hare for the production of great heat. It 
 consists of one pair of plates of great surface. 
 
 Calotropis gigantea. Asclepiasgigantea; 
 mudar. 
 
 Calo'type. The name given by Mr. Talbot 
 to pictures obtained on paper rendered sensible 
 to light by the gallo-nitrate of silver. 
 
 CA'LTHA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranunculacece. — C. 
 arvensis. C. vulgaris. The wild marigold. 
 The juice has been given in scrofula. — C. pa- 
 lustris. Populago. It is said to be caustic and 
 deleterious. 
 
 Caltrops. See Trapa. 
 
 CALUMBA. See Cocculus palmatus. The 
 root is a good tonic. Dose, gr. x. to ;$ss. 
 
 Calumba, American or false. The Frasera 
 Walteri. 
 
 Calumbin. The bitter principle of calumba. 
 
 Calva. Calva'ria. The skull ; the vertex. 
 
 Calvata ferramenta. An old name for 
 
 the end. 
 
 128 
 
 CALVPTIES. {es, ei, f. ; from calvus, bald.) 
 Calvitium. Baldness. 
 
 CA.LX. {Calx, cis, fcem.) 1. Lime. 2. An 
 oxide. 
 
 Calx. {Calx, cis, m.) The heel. 
 
 Calx antimonii. Oxide of antimony. 
 
 Calx bismuthi. Bismuth, subnitrate. 
 
 Calx chlorina'ta. Chloride of lime, or 
 bleaching powder. See Calcis chloridum. 
 
 Calx cum kali puro. See Potassa cumcalce. 
 
 Calx cum potassa. See Potassa cum cake. 
 
 Calx e testis. Shell lime. 
 
 Calx, extincta. Slaked lime. 
 
 Calx hydrargyri alba. See Hydrargyrum 
 ammoniatum. 
 
 Calx salita. Calcii chloridum. 
 
 Calx viva. C. usta, recens. Quick-lime. 
 Made by burning limestone. 
 
 Caly'bio. A one-ceiled, inferior, few-seeded 
 fruit, inclosed in a capsule, as the acorn. 
 
 Calyca'nthemje. Plants which, among 
 other characteristics, have the corolla and sta- 
 mina inserted into the calyx. 
 
 Calyciflo'r.e. Plants which have the sta- 
 mina inserted into the calyx. 
 
 CALYCPNUS. (From calyx, the flower- 
 cup.) Calycinalis. Calycine: belonging to 
 the calyx of a flower. 
 
 Calycula'tus. Calyculate: having a double 
 calyx, or several successively diminishing in size. 
 
 Caly'culus. {us, i, m.) A little calyx. 
 
 CALYP'TRA. {a, ce, f. ; from kqIvtttu, to 
 cover.) The veil or covering of mosses. A 
 kind of membranous hood placed on their cap- 
 sule or fructification. 
 
 CALYPTRA'TUS. Calyptrate : furnished 
 with a calyptra. 
 
 CA'LYX. {yx, ids, f . ; KaXv%', from koXv- 
 7ttcj, to cover.) 1. The flower-cup. It is gen- 
 erally of a green color. 2. The infundibula, or 
 membranous tubes which rise round the base 
 of the papillae of the kidneys, and receive the 
 urine from them, are also called calyces. See 
 Kidney. 
 
 Camandag. Camandang. A tree of the 
 Philippine Islands. It yields a milky juice, 
 called by the natives tague : it is used to poi- 
 son arrows. 
 
 CAMARA. {a, ce, f. ; from aap-apa, a vault.) 
 CamaHum. 1. The fornix of the brain. 2. 
 The vaulted part of the auricle of the heart. 
 
 Camarez. Its mineral waters are impreg- 
 nated with the sulphates of soda and iron. 
 
 Camaro'ma. (From tcafiapa, a vault.) Ca- 
 marosis. Camaratio. A fracture of the skull, 
 where the bones present the appearance of an 
 arch or vault. 
 
 CA'MBIUM. {urn, i, n.) 1. The nutritious 
 humor which is changed into the materials of 
 which the body is composed. 2. The dex- 
 trine, or matter of organization found between 
 the young bark and new wood of plants in 
 spring. 
 
 Cambine. Cambing. A tree of the Molucca 
 Islands, the bark of which exudes a juice much 
 esteemed against dysentery. 
 
 Cambo. A village in the department of the 
 Basses Pyrenees, where there are two mineral 
 springs ; one is an acidulous chalybeate, and the 
 other sulphureous. 
 
C A M 
 
 CAM 
 
 CAMBO'GIA. Cambo'dia. (a, ce, f.) See 
 Stalagmifis cambo gioides and Garcinia. 
 
 Cambu'ca. Cambucca membrata. A bubo 
 or ulcer on the genitals. 
 
 Came lan. Anisurn moluccanum. A small 
 tree of Amboyna, the seeds of which smell like 
 those of anise, and are used for the same pur- 
 poses. 
 
 Cameli'na. See Myagrum. 
 Came'li.id.e. Camelliece. A natural family 
 of plants, including the genera Camellia and 
 Thea. 
 
 CA'MERA. A chamber; applied to the 
 cavities of the eye, before and behind the iris, 
 which contain the aqueous humor. See Ocu- 
 lus. 
 
 Camera lucida. A prism of glass invented 
 by Dr. Wollaston for the purpose of enabling 
 any person to make drawings of objects. 
 
 Camera obscura. A dark chamber, or box, 
 into which the images of objects are brought to 
 a focus by means of one or more lenses. 
 Cameratio. See Camaroma. 
 Caminga. See Canella alba. 
 Cami'sia fcetus. The chorion. 
 Cammaron. Arnica scorpioides? 
 Ca'mosiers. It has springs containing car- 
 bonate of lime, sulphur, muriate of soda, &c. 
 These waters are purgative, and are used in 
 diseases of the skin. 
 
 CAMPA'NA. (a, ce, f.) A bell. In Chem- 
 istry, a receptacle like a bell, for making sul- 
 phuric acid; whence the name of oleum sul- 
 pkuris per campanum. 
 
 Campana'ceje:. Campanulacece. Bell-shaped 
 flowers. The name of an order in Linnseus's 
 natural method : now Campanulacese. 
 Campana'ceus. Bell-shaped. 
 Campanifo'rmis. Bell-shaped. 
 CAMPANULA. O, ce, I) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — C. trache- 
 leum. The great throat-wort. A decoction of 
 the root has been recommended in cases of sore 
 throat, relaxation of the uvula, &c. 
 
 Campaxula'te. (From campanula, a little 
 bell.) Bell-shaped. 
 
 Campeachy wood. See Hcematoxylon cam- 
 pechianum. 
 
 Campe'stris. Of, or belonging to, the field. 
 Camphene. The name given by Dumas to 
 pure oil of turpentine : form., C20H16. 
 
 Gamphine. A commercial spirit used for 
 lighting ; it is merely the common oil of turpen- 
 tine redistilled. 
 
 Camphogen. A colorless liquid ; density, 
 0-861. See Camphor, which is the hydrate of 
 camphogen. 
 
 Campholic acid. A solid acid having the 
 composition of camphor. 
 
 CA'MPHOR. (a, a, f. ; from the Arabic ca- 
 foor.) C amphora. Camphire. A peculiar 
 stearopteu existing in several plants. 
 
 1. The Dryobalanops camphora, D. aromati- 
 ca, a tall tree growing in forests in Sumatra and 
 Borneo. The camphor concretes in the heart 
 of the tree, occupying cavities a foot or a foot 
 and a half long. The young trees contain an 
 oily camphor. 
 
 2. The Lauras camphora, or Camphora offi- 
 cinarum, a native of China and Japan. Its 
 
 I 
 
 roots, wood, and leaves smell strongly of cam- 
 phor, which is obtained by distillation. 
 
 Camphor, when pure, has a strong and pecu- 
 liar fragrance, and a bitter, pungent taste. It is 
 white, semitrausparent, unctuous to the touch, 
 brittle, and of an irregular crystalline texture. 
 Its specific gravity is -9837. It is very vola- 
 tile ; boils at 400° ; and sublimes in close ves- 
 sels, crystallizing in hexagonal plates. It is 
 very inflammable, and burns with a bright 
 flame and much smoke. 
 
 It is a solid essential oil; composition, C20H14 
 -{-2HO, the radical being camphogen, which 
 may be separated by repeated distillation with 
 phosphoric acid. Camphogen resembles, in its 
 chemical relations, benzin and naphthaline, and 
 is found in many essential oils. 
 
 Camphor is soluble in alcohol, ethers, and 
 oils both fixed and volatile. Concentrated sul- 
 phuric acid decomposes camphor, giving rise to 
 the formation of artificial tannin ; diluted sul- 
 phuric or diluted nitric acid dissolves it ; so do 
 the muriatic, strong acetic, and fluoric acids. 
 
 The addition of water to the spirituous 01* 
 
 acid solutions of camphor instantly separates it. 
 
 Alkalies have hardly any effect on camphor. 
 
 Resins combine with it, forming a tenacious 
 
 mass. 
 
 Concrete oils of tobacco, elecampane, &c, 
 have been called camphors, and true camphor 
 is found in many of the aromatic salviaceous 
 plants. 
 
 Camphor, in its action on the animal econo- 
 my, is stimulant, narcotic, antispasmodic, and 
 diaphoretic. Its stimulus is very diffusible, and 
 soon followed by a sedative effect. In an over- 
 dose it causes vomiting, giddiness, delirium, and 
 convulsions. Employed externally, it is a very 
 useful ingredient in anodyne liniments, and 
 twenty or thirty grains of it added to a poultice, 
 and applied to the perineum, allays chordee. 
 The dose of camphor is from gr. ij . to 9j . When 
 given in the solid form, it is very apt to occa- 
 sion pain at the cardiac orifice of the stomach, 
 and vomiting; it is therefore best given sus- 
 pended in water by means of mucilage. 
 
 Camphor, artificial. Produced by the ac- 
 tion of dry muriatic acid on turpentine oil, and 
 other similar essences. It is a hydrochlorate 
 of camphene ; CeoHi6-f-HCl. It has the appear- 
 ance and odor of camphor, but is not a nervine. 
 —Orfila. 
 
 Camphor, Borneo. The native camphor of 
 the Dryobalanops. 
 
 Camphor, liquid. Camphor oil. The fluid 
 obtained by tapping the dryobalanops. It has 
 the odor of camphor or cajaputi, and contains 
 an elaopten, which, when pure, is C 2 oHi 6 , ac- 
 cording to Pelouze, but which becomes C20H16O4 
 by exposure to air. 
 
 Camphor, oil of. This name is given to a 
 solution of camphor in dilute nitric acid (nitrate 
 of camphor, Pereira) ; but it is also used for 
 liquid camphor, and for the liniment of camphor. 
 Camphor water. Mistura camphorae. 
 Camphors flores compositi. Camphor 
 sublimed with benzoin. 
 
 Camphorjs flos. That portion of the cam- 
 phor which ascends first in the process of sub- 
 limation. 
 
 129 
 
CAN 
 
 CAN 
 
 Camphorata. See Camphorosma. 
 
 Camphorate. Cam'phoras. (as, atis, f.) 
 A salt formed by the union of the camphoric 
 acid with a base ; thus, camphorate of alumina, 
 camphorate of ammonia, &c. 
 
 Camphorated spirit. Camphorated spirit 
 of wine. Tinctura camphorae. 
 
 Camphorated tincture of opium. See 
 Tinctura opii camphorata. 
 
 Camphora'tus. Camphorated. 
 
 CAMPHORIC ACID. Acidum camphori- 
 cum. An acid obtained by distilling nitric acid 
 eight times following from camphor. It has an 
 acid taste, crystallizes in prisms, is inodorous, 
 fuses at 145° '4, and emits a pungent vapor, and 
 sublimes partially into the anhydrous acid. 
 The ordinary acid is tribasic ; form., 3 HO+ 
 C10H7O3. It combines with the earthy, alka- 
 line, and metallic bases, and forms salts, called 
 camphorates. 
 
 CAMPHORO'SMA. A genus of plants. Te- 
 trandria. Monogynia. — C. monspeliensis. C. 
 hirsut-a. Camphorata of the Pharmacopoeias. 
 Stinking ground-pine ; formerly used in decoc- 
 tion in dropsical and asthmatic complaints. 
 
 Camphrone. An oily substance produced 
 by M. Fremy by dropping pieces of camphor 
 into a porcelain tube containing quicklime at a 
 red heat, and condensing the vapor. Formula 
 C 30 H 21 O. It boils at 167° F. 
 
 Camphylorrhachis. One with a crooked 
 spine. 
 
 Campsis. Ka/uipic. When a bone or carti- 
 lage is bent without breakage ; hence, campsis 
 depressio, a depression. 
 
 Ca'mpuli'tropous. In Botany, a name given 
 to such ovules as bend down upon themselves 
 till their apex touches the base. 
 
 Camwood. A red dye-wood from Africa. 
 
 Canabina aquatica. See Bidens. 
 
 Canada balsam. See Pinus balsamea. 
 
 Canada maidenhair. Adiantum pedatum. 
 
 CANAL. Several foramina and passages are 
 so called. See Canalis and the specific names. 
 
 Canal, alimentary or digestive. Alimenta- 
 ry duct. Canalis cibarius. The entire length 
 of the passage from the mouth to the anus. 
 
 Canal, arachnoidian. Canal of Bichat. 
 A passage produced by the extension of the 
 arachnoid membrane over the transverse and 
 longitudinal fissures of the brain. 
 
 Canal, intestinal. See Intestinal canal. 
 
 Canal of Fontana. Ciliary canal. A mi- 
 nute vascular canal within the ciliary ligament. 
 
 Canal of Petit. Canalis Petitianus. See 
 Oculus. 
 
 Canal of Schlemm. A minute canal at the 
 junction of the cornea and sclerotica. 
 
 Canales semicirculares. The semicircular 
 canal. See Auris. 
 
 Canaliculate. Canalicula'tus. Channel- 
 ed ; having a long furrow. 
 
 Canaliculus. ( Diminutive of canalis, a 
 channel.) A little canal. See Ductus arte- 
 riosus. 
 
 Canalis Arteriosus. See Ductus arteri- 
 osus. 
 
 Canalis nasalis. See Ductus nasalis. 
 
 Canalis venosus. See Ductus venosus. 
 
 CANARIES, CLIMATE OF THE. It re- 
 130 
 
 sembles, but is not quite as equable as, that of 
 Madeira. 
 
 Canary balsam. See Dracocephalum. 
 
 Ca'ncamum. Various gums and resins. 
 
 Cancella'te. Latticed ; having a reticu- 
 lated appearance. 
 
 CANCE'LLI. (i, orum, pi. m.) Lattice- 
 work. The reticular substance in bones is so 
 called. See Os. 
 
 CA'NCER. (Cancer, cri, m.) A genus of 
 crustaceous animals. — C. pa gurus. This is the 
 common crab. The crab's claws, chelce cartr 
 crorum of the shops, are taken from this spe- 
 cies. — C. ga'mmarus. Astacus marinus. The 
 common lobster. — C. a'stacus. C. fiuviatilis. 
 Astacus fiuviatilis. The craw-fish. Certain 
 concretions in the stomach of this animal con- 
 stitute the craVs eyes (cancrorum oculi) of the 
 shops. — C. Bernhardus. Pagurus streblonya. 
 Hermit crab. This species takes up its abode 
 in univalve shells which it finds empty. 
 
 CANCER, (cer, ceris, f.) A malignant dis- 
 ease ; so called because a part affected with it, 
 being raised into a tumor and surrounded by di- 
 lated veins, bears some resemblance to a crab, 
 for which reason it was called by the Greeks 
 Carcinoma, from napnivoc, a crab. The follow- 
 ing general account of this malady is condensed 
 from Dr. Copland's Dictionary of Practical Med- 
 icine : 
 
 Cancer consists of two states or stages: the 
 first is scirrhus; the second, true cancer, or car- 
 cinoma. 
 
 I. Scirrhous Stage. — Occult cancer. It com- 
 mences with a tumor, a limited local hardness.; 
 is usually single ; is very rarely, at its com- 
 mencement, detected in different parts at once ; 
 and is not surrounded by a cyst. It is distin- 
 guished, at this period, by hardness, coldness, 
 whiteness, or paleness, insensibility, and defi- 
 ciency of red blood-vessels : a state indicating 
 the low degree of vitality of the part. 
 
 The scirrhous structure, when fully develop- 
 ed, consists of a firm, hard, rugged, incompressi- 
 ble, and unequal mass, the limits of which are 
 not distinctly defined. Its color is generally of 
 a light gray, and, when cut into thin slices, it is 
 semi-transparent. Upon close inspection, it is 
 found to consist of two distinct substances ; the 
 one hard, fibrous, and organized ; the other soft, 
 and apparently inorganic. The former compo- 
 ses the chief part of the diseased mass, and 
 consists of septa, which are opaque, of a paler 
 color than the soft part, unequal in their length, 
 breadth, and thickness, disposed in various di- 
 rections ; sometimes forming a nearly solid 
 mass; in other instances, a number of cells or 
 irregular cavities, which contain the soft part. 
 The latter is sometimes semi-transparent, of a 
 bluish color, and of the consistence of softened 
 glue ; at other times more opaque, softer, some- 
 what oleaginous, and like cream in color and 
 consistence. 
 
 The fibrous structure seems to be the cellu- 
 lar, or proper tissue of the part, in a state of 
 induration and hypertrophy ; assuming, in con- 
 sequence of its increased density and bulk, an 
 appearance similar to the fibrous or fibro-carti- 
 laginous structure; while the softer portion, 
 contained in the meshes and cells of the former, 
 
CAN 
 
 CAN 
 
 appears to be merely a morbid secretion pour- 
 ed out by the vessels nourishing the organized 
 fibrous tissue, and is probably the exhalation of 
 the part, either secreted in a modified state, or 
 accumulated and changed by the disease of its 
 containing structure. 
 
 The proportion of each of those two substan- 
 ces, and the modes of their distribution, vary 
 very considerably in different scirrhous masses. 
 
 Bayle makes the following species : 
 
 1. The Chondroid, (from x ov ^P°^i cartilage, 
 and eidoc, likeness), or cartilaginiform. 
 
 2. The Hyaloid (from valoc, glass, and etdog), 
 or vitriform. ' 
 
 3. The Larinoid (from lapivoc, fat, and eidog), 
 or lardiform. 
 
 4. The Bunioid (from fiovviov, a turnip, and 
 eidog), or napiform. 
 
 5. The Encepkaloid (from ejK£(f>a?iog, the 
 brain, and eidog), or cerebriform. 
 
 6. The Colloid (from Ko2.7ia, glue, and etdog), 
 or gelatiniform. 
 
 7. The Compound cancerous; the Mi. xe d can- 
 cerous ; and the Superficial cancerous. 
 
 At the commencement of scirrhous disease, 
 the structure of the tissue or organ in which it 
 is seated preserves for some time its aspect and 
 color, being changed merely in volume and 
 density : sometimes, however, its volume is but 
 little augmented, while its density is very much 
 increased. As the disease advances, the prop- 
 er tissue of the organ becomes more obscure, 
 and verges nearer to that already described. 
 
 Scirrhous tumors do not always remain in 
 the state now described ; and the period during 
 which they thus continue is not determinate. 
 When once they commence, they seldom retro- 
 grade, and the part affected never is restored 
 to its healthy state. It is chiefly in this respect 
 that the early stages of scirrhus differ from sim- 
 ple induration proceeding from chronic inflam- 
 mation. Scirrhus may remain nearly stationary 
 for several years, occasioning but little consti- 
 tutional disturbance; but generally an impor- 
 tant change takes place in its structure, and the 
 disease afterward makes rapid progress. 
 
 II. Carcinomatous, or Cancerous Stage. — 
 Open or ulcerated cancer. After a time, por- 
 tions of the scirrhous mass begin to soften, and 
 pass into a state of unhealthy suppuration and 
 ulceration. The soft or inorganic substance re- 
 solves itself into a thin ichorous matter, veiy 
 different from pus ; and disorganization com- 
 mences, generally about the centre of the mass, 
 and extending toward that part of it which is 
 nearest either the surface of the body or any of 
 the natural openings. After this period the 
 diseased mass seldom increases much in bulk, 
 but is destroyed by an ulcerative process. The 
 malady now makes rapid progress, owing to 
 the contamination of the adjoining structures 
 by the morbid matter secreted by the ulcera- 
 ting part, a portion of which matter is evident- 
 ly absorbed, irritating the lymphatic glands, 
 and vitiating the whole frame. In consequence 
 of this infection, the powers of life sink. 
 
 When the skin covering a scirrhous tumor 
 ulcerates, a fungus of a cauliflower appearance, 
 and hard, gristly structure, sometimes proceeds 
 
 from the surface of the mass. In some cases, 
 ulceration destroys both the fungus and the pri- 
 mary tumor. It has been observed by Sir E. 
 Home that some cancerous sores have suddenly 
 changed from a painful and malignant charac- 
 ter to a more healthy aspect at some part, and 
 even have begun to cicatrize. This apparent 
 amendment is never permanent, for, sooner or 
 later, the ulcerative process is renewed, and 
 the disease pursues its usual course. Dr. Parr 
 states that he has seen several cases thus ter- 
 minate spontaneously ; but the patients were 
 all soon afterward cut off by internal disease, 
 probably consisting of the internal development 
 or metastasis of the malady, cases of which oc- 
 currence are not unfrequent. 
 
 Cancerous tumors generally contaminate the 
 glands in the vicinity, particularly after ulcera- 
 tion has commenced. 
 
 Scirrho-cancer most commonly originates in 
 glands whose functions have been interrupted, 
 or which have never performed the offices in- 
 tended for them ; or it affects parts which have 
 been previously diseased, or have received, at 
 some period, an external injury. Thus it at- 
 tacks the mammae, the uterus, the ovaria, the 
 testes, the thyroid glands. It also very fre- 
 quently commences in the integumental, and 
 the digestive, and urino-genital mucous surfa- 
 ces; more particularly in the skin of the face; 
 in the mucous membrane of the nose, lips, 
 mouth, pharynx, and oesophagus ; in the stom- 
 ach, especially the pylorus and cardia; in the 
 intestinal canal, the ileo-CEecal valve, rectum, and 
 anus, and in the urinary bladder. The viscera 
 which are secondarily affected are commonly 
 the lungs, bronchial glands, the liver, the omen- 
 tum, the mesentery, the spleen, the pancreas, 
 the brain, the medulla of the bones, and the 
 skin. Several of these, particularly the liver, 
 pancreas, mesentery, brain, &c, may also be 
 primarily or coevally affected with other parts. 
 Scirrhus affects the skin in two forms : the one 
 is that of wart, the other that of tubercle ; the 
 former being primary, the latter secondary. 
 
 III. Diagnosis. — It is of great importance to 
 be able to distinguish between this disease and 
 various others for which it is liable to be mis- 
 taken. For instance, the simple induration 
 proceeding from chronic inflammation has been 
 mistaken for scirrhus. 
 
 In simple induration the part affected is red- 
 der, more injected, retains more of its original 
 structure, is less indurated, and less lobulated, 
 than scirrhus. The parts also surrounding the 
 indurated portion are frequently slightly 'infil- 
 trated with serum. Induration, the result of 
 inflammatory action, admits of resolution, and 
 entirely disappears, sometimes in consequence 
 of a natural flux or evacuation, of active exer- 
 cise, the return of accustomed discharges, or 
 pregnancy. Thus the menstrual flux sometimes 
 dissipates inflammatory induration of the mam- 
 mae, or of the neck of the uterus. 
 
 The fibrous production generally appears in 
 the form of a rounded body, implanted, but 
 isolated, in the proper structure of the organ, 
 and adhering to it merely by means of lamina- 
 ted tissue. Upon dividing this structure, it 
 grates under the scalpel ; and it sometimes pre- 
 & 131 
 
CAN ' 
 
 eents dilated, vessels, which are never observed 
 in scirrhous masses : moreover, it occasions little 
 or no pain, and never passes hito the cancerous 
 state. 
 
 Compared with tuberctdar or lardaceous pro- 
 ductions, scirrho-cancer offers remarkable differ- 
 ences : 1st. The latter is never found isolated 
 in the cellular tissue, or in the parenchyma of 
 organs, in the form of granulations, or of small 
 rounded rumors, as the tubercular formations 
 are ; nor in largely-diffused masses, as the lard- 
 aceous substance. 2d. It is never inclosed in 
 a cyst. 3d. It does not greatly increase the 
 volume of the part it affects ; sometimes the 
 part is even diminished, but much more dense. 
 4th. It is not susceptible of the same kind of 
 softening as the tubercular and lardaceous pro- 
 ductions ; but rather of a peculiar rarefaction, 
 passing into a peculiar form of fungus, followed 
 by the development of blood-vessels. 5th. Its 
 vital properties are excited, and its sensibility 
 becomes exalted, as the disease advances ; cir- 
 cumstances which are never observed in con- 
 nection with these productions. 
 
 Cancerous ulceration is characterized by a 
 jagged, thick, soft edge, which is turned out- 
 ward. The surface of the ulcer is grayish, or 
 grayish brown, sometimes livid brown, eleva- 
 ted into loose, fungous vegetations, discharging 
 a fetid, corroding sanies or ichor, and bleeding 
 slightly upon irritation, a. Chronic inflamma- 
 tory ulcers differ from the former in the absence 
 of a fetid corroding ichor ; in the hardness of 
 their margin, which turns inward; and in the 
 reddish and more healthy appearance of their 
 bottoms, which in cancer is colorless, or of a 
 livid brown, hard, irregular, fungous, some- 
 times withcauliform excrescences, and extreme- 
 ly offensive, b. Local tumors sometimes ap- 
 pear, particularly on the tongue, originating in 
 irritation, and exasperated by the continuance 
 of this cause. These usually commence with a 
 small pimple or wart, becoming more and more 
 hard and irritable as they increase, until they 
 assume a scirrhus-like induration. They seldom 
 endanger the constitution, yet appear sometimes 
 to assume a malignant character. 
 
 As soon as the carcinomatous change takes 
 place in the scirrhous mass, the disease involves 
 adjoining parts, and the system generally. The 
 local suffering is more fully developed, and the 
 vital actions of the part are changed greatly 
 from the healthy course. The sensibility is 
 morbidly augmented in short paroxysms ; the 
 pain being violent, and what is usually called 
 lancinating or stinging during the exacerba- 
 tions, but often slight, or almost altogether ab- 
 sent in the intervals. If the surface be exposed, 
 the pain is burning, and the part is always sore. 
 As the disease advances, and particularly as the 
 ulceration proceeds, the paroxysms of lancina- 
 ting and burning pain increase in violence, and 
 the remissions become more imperfect and of 
 shorter duration. The cancerous sanies is gen- 
 erally very fluid; but its appearance varies 
 with the treatment, the situation of the disease, 
 and with the diet of the patient. It is gener- 
 ally of a grayish white or reddish gray; it 
 slightly effervesces with sulphuric acid, and 
 turns syrup of violets green. 
 132 
 
 CAN 
 
 The characters of ca?icerous cachexia are. 
 emaciation ; softness and flaccidity of the soft 
 solids; oedema of the extremities; hectic fever; 
 a peculiar change of the complexion and color 
 of the whole surface of the body, which become 
 of a pale leaden, or pale straw color, or waxy- 
 hue ; and general depravation of the functions. 
 
 Causes. — Scirrhus, like scrofula, is hereditary. 
 It is almost altogether confined to persons ad- 
 vanced in life, and very rare before the age of 
 thirty. Females, owing to the liability of their 
 appropriate organs to be attacked, are more 
 subject to it than males, especially those who 
 have not borne children, the disease generally 
 appearing in them upon the cessation of the 
 catamenia. 
 
 It is generally excited by blows and external 
 injuries, by repeated or continued irritation, 
 the abuse of spirituous liquors, and by low and 
 poor diet. The proximate cause of this dread- 
 ful disease is extremely obscure. 
 
 The best pathologists regard cancer as essen- 
 tially depending upon a weakened and otherwise 
 morbid state of the system generally ; and aris- 
 ing from depravation of the vital conditions of 
 the part affected, whereby its nutrition, nervous 
 sensibility, and secreting function become spe- 
 cifically changed, -and all the fl-uids and solids 
 ultimately contaminated. 
 
 Treatment. — Dr. Copland conceives that the 
 treatment of this disease should be directed to 
 the fulfillment of the following intentions : 1st. 
 To support the energies of life, by exciting the 
 digestive functions, and the abdominal secre- 
 tions and excretions. 2d. To soothe the mor- 
 bid sensibility of the part, and promote the 
 absorption of morbid depositions in its tissues, 
 by means of anodynes combined with deob- 
 struents and discutients ; and, 3d. To impart 
 vigor to the frame by suitable medicine, diet, 
 and regimen. 
 
 The preparations of iodine, given in very 
 small and frequently-repeated doses, with po- 
 tass, and conium, or opium, will be found 
 among the best remedies that can be used ; in- 
 asmuch as, when exhibited in this manner, they 
 are both tonic and deobstruent. They may 
 also be used externally in the form of ointment. 
 Either stramonium, conium, opium, belladonna, 
 hyoscyamus, or aconitum, may be given in va- 
 rious forms in the intervals between the exhi- 
 bition of the iodine ; and be combined with tonic 
 infusions or decoctions, with the fixed or vola- 
 tile alkalies, or with camphor in doses of from 
 two to six grains. They may also be tried in 
 conjunction with the preparations of arsenic, 
 or of iron, or the chlorates of potash, soda, or 
 lime, and as external applications also, when 
 the disease has gone on to ulceration. In fe- 
 males, scirrho-cancer is generally connected, at 
 its commencement, with disorder or the cessa- 
 tion of the menstrual discharge. In such cases, 
 the preparations of iron with ammonia, or the 
 fixed alkalies, and aloes, are sometimes of ser- 
 vice. Dr. Copland has observed most ad- 
 vantage in these cases from frequent and full 
 doses of conium, in the form of powder, given 
 with the sub-borate of soda. 
 
 Tonic infusions, or decoctions, with liquor 
 ammonia? acetatis, or with the carbonates of the 
 
CAN 
 
 CAN 
 
 alkalies, and extract of conium, or the tincture 
 of hyoscyamus ; the oxymur. hydrarg. in the 
 compound tincture of cinchona, or compound 
 decoction of sarsaparilla ; or small doses of blue 
 pill, or hydrarg. cum creta, with camphor, and 
 either of the narcotic extracts ; the preparations 
 of sulphur, and the sulphurets ; the phosphates 
 of iron, or this metal combined with ammonia, 
 and comuni; the sulphates of quinine and zinc; 
 and the balsams and terebinthinates, may sev- 
 erally be employed. 
 
 Although the malady obviously has a consti- 
 tutional origin, yet the propriety of extirpating 
 the affected, part, as soon as the true scirrhous 
 character becomes manifest, may be conceded. 
 After this is accomplished, the constitutional 
 vice may be more successfully combated, and 
 the reappearance of the local disease more 
 probably prevented than at a later period. 
 When, however, the system exhibits any of the 
 symptoms of cancerous cachexia, whether the 
 adjoining glands be enlarged or not, nothing 
 will be gamed by an operation ; but some ad- 
 vantage may still accrue from judicious and en- 
 ergetic medical treatment, particularly from 
 tonics combined with anodynes, alteratives, 
 and deobstruents. 
 
 During the treatment of this malady, atten- 
 tion must be especially directed to the secre- 
 tions and evacuations. The bowels ought to be 
 kept freely open with deobstruent laxatives, 
 combined with tonics and vegetable bitters. 
 The diet should be nutritious and easy of di- 
 gestion. Change of air and of scene, with 
 agreeable amusements, serve essentially in as- 
 sisting the influence of a judiciously-devised 
 method of cure, and should, therefore, not be 
 overlooked by the practitioner ; and the tonic 
 and saline mineral waters are of use. 
 
 Cancer aquaticus. The cancrum oris. 
 
 Cancer, chimney-sweeper's. Cancer mun- 
 ditorum. 
 
 Cancer galeni. An eight-tailed bandage 
 for the head. 
 
 Cancer munditorum. C. scroti. A pecu- 
 liar ulceration of the scrotum in chimney- 
 sweepers. It begins at the lower part of the 
 scrotum. Extirpation of the part is the only 
 remedy. 
 
 Cancer ossis. See Osteosarcoma. 
 
 Cancer powder, Martin's. Contained ^th 
 of arsenic, mixed with belladonna or other veg- 
 etable substances. 
 
 Cancer root. Orobanche virginiana. 
 
 Cancer scroti. The chimney-sweeper's 
 cancer. 
 
 Cancer weed. See Sylvia lyrata. 
 
 Canchalagua. Erythrtea chilensis. A bit- 
 ter plant of Chili, said to be aperient, tonic, and 
 vermifuge. 
 
 Cancre'na. Gangrene. 
 
 Cancroid. Cancroideus. Having a cancer- 
 ous nature; used by Alibert also for cheloid 
 cancers, or those which affect the skin, and 
 have a flattened surface, marked like the back 
 of a tortoise. 
 
 CANCROEUM CHELJ1. Crab's claws. 
 See Carbonas calcis and Cancer pagurus. 
 
 Cancrorum lapides. C. lapilli. C. oculi. 
 See Cancer astacus. 
 
 CA'NCRTJM. (um, i, n. 5 from cancer, a 
 spreading ulcer.) The cancer. 
 
 Cancrum oris. Canker of the mouth; the 
 common name for ulcerated gums, and ulcers 
 inside the cheeks. See Stomacace. 
 
 Cande. A village of Haut Poitou, which has 
 mineral waters containing sulphate of lime and 
 iron. 
 
 Candela fumalis. A pastil. See Pastillum. 
 
 Candela medicata. A medicated bougie. 
 
 Candela probatoria. A bougie. 
 
 Candela'ria. Verbascum thapsus. 
 
 Candidum ovi. White of egg. 
 
 C andisa'tio. The process of candying sugar. 
 
 Candle-tree oil. The solid oil of Croton 
 sebiferum. 
 
 Ca'ndum. Canthum. Sugar candy. 
 
 Candy carrot. See Athamanta cretensis. 
 
 Cane sugar. See Sugar. 
 
 CANE'LLA. (a, a 3 , f.) A genus of plants. 
 Dodecandria. Monogynia. Magnoliacea?. — 
 C. alba. This plant produces the bark called 
 canella. The canella alba is a native of the 
 West Indies and South America. The bark 
 is in quills or flat pieces, of a light yellow- 
 ish-gray color, and of an aromatic smell and 
 taste. Alcohol extracts its aromatic principle ; 
 water does so imperfectly. It yields a thick 
 essential oil by distillation. It is a sufficiently 
 good aromatic, and is sometimes used with that 
 intention in combination with other medicines. 
 — C. caryophyllata. Myrtus caryophyllata. — 
 C. ceylanica. Cinnamon. — C. cubana. See 
 Canella alba. 
 
 Canella malabarice cortex. Cassia bark. 
 
 Canellifera malabarica. Cassia bark. 
 
 Ca'nice. Coarse meal. 
 
 Canica'ceus panis. Bread made of coarse 
 meal. 
 
 Canici'da. Aconite. 
 
 Canicula'ris. (From canicula, the dog- 
 star.) Appertaining to the dog-star. Applied 
 to the hottest days of the year. 
 
 CANINA APPETENTIA. Canine appetite. 
 See Bulimia, 
 
 Canina brassica. Mercurialis perennis. 
 
 Canina lingua. See Cynoglossum. 
 
 Canina malus. The fruit of the Atropa man- 
 dragora. 
 
 Canina rabies. See Hydrophobia. 
 
 CANINE. {Caninus; from canis, a dog.) 
 Appertaining to, or partaking of the nature of, 
 a dog. 
 
 Canine fossa. See Fossa canina. 
 
 Canine madness. See Hydrophobia. 
 
 Canine teeth. The four eye-teeth. 
 
 Caninus musculus. The levator anguli 
 oris. 
 
 Caninus risus. C. spasmus. See Risus 
 sardonicus. 
 
 Caniru'bus. Rosa canina. 
 
 Canis cerebrum. The antiiThinum. 
 
 Cani'ties. Canitia. (From canus, gray- 
 headed.) Grayness of the hair. 
 
 Canker. See Cancer. 
 
 CA'NNA. {a, ce, f.) 1. A reed or hollow 
 cane. 2. The tibia or fibula. 
 
 Canna fistula. See Cassia fistula. 
 
 Canna indica. See Sagittaria alcxiphar- 
 mica. 
 
 133 
 
CAN 
 
 CAP 
 
 Canna starch. The variety of starch called 
 Tons les mots. 
 
 Cannabi'nus. Resembling hemp. 
 
 CANNABIS, (is, is, f.) Hemp. A genus 
 of plants. Dicecia. Pentandria. Urticacece. — 
 C. saliva. Common hemp. It has a strong 
 and narcotic smell, which causes giddiness, 
 dimness of sight, and intoxication. Hemp 
 seeds, when fresh, afford a considerable quan- 
 tity of oil. Decoctions and emulsions of them 
 have been recommended against coughs, ardor 
 urinae, &c. — C. indica. A variety of hemp 
 much used in the East as an excitant. Bangue. 
 Hashish. Malach. The leaves are chewed or 
 smoked like those of tobacco, and an intoxica- 
 ting liquor is prepared from them. 
 
 C ann ellin. A sweet substance extracted 
 from canella bark. 
 
 Cannon bone. The single metatarsal bone 
 of the horse and equine race. 
 
 CA'NNULA. (a, <z, f. ; diminutive of canna, 
 a reed.) A metallic tube used by surgeons for 
 various purposes. 
 
 Canopi'te. An ancient collyrium. 
 
 Cano'pum. Kavurrov. The flower or bark 
 of the elder-tree. — Paulus JEgineta. 
 
 Canta'brica. The convolvulus cantabrica? 
 
 Ca'ntabrum. Bran. 
 
 CANTERBURY. It has a mineral water, 
 C antauriensis aqua, strongly impregnated with 
 iron, sulphur, and carbonic acid gas. 
 
 Cantharidin. See Cantliaris. 
 
 CA'NTHARIS. (is,idis,L Kavdapic; from 
 Kavdapoc, a beetle.) The blistering fly, and 
 Spanish fly. The genus cantharis affords nu- 
 merous blistering species. The bright-green 
 commercial Spanish fly is C. vesicatoria. The 
 C. vittata, or potato fly, is admitted into the 
 United States' officinal list, and C. cinerea, 
 marginala, and atrata have been used success- 
 fully in different parts of the country: many 
 others have blistering properties. They owe 
 their activity to a crystalline principle resem- 
 bling spermaceti, but extremely acrid, and 
 called cantharidin. This is a tnie essential oil. 
 Their chief use in medicine is as a vesicating 
 material in plaster or oils; but in this form 
 they sometimes produce partial strangury, 
 which may be avoided by placing a piece of 
 tissue paper over the surface of the plaster, and 
 if it has occurred, may be averted by copious 
 mucilaginous drinks. They are used internally, 
 with caution, in gleet, leucorrhoea, paralysis 
 of the bladder. In over doses they are a vio- 
 lent acrid poison, producing inflammation of 
 the bowels and intestines, or satyriasis, convul- 
 sions, and death. Use demulcents, laudanum, 
 and camphor, with frictions on the spine, as 
 soon as the poison can be thrown off from the 
 stomach. Dose of the powdered flies, gr. i. to 
 gr. iij. ; of the tincture, gtt. x. to 3SS. 
 
 Canthare'llus. Meloe proscarabaeus. 
 
 Canthum saccharum. Sugar candy. 
 
 CA'NTHUS. (us, i,m. Kavdoc.) The an- 
 gle of the eye, where the upper and under eye- 
 lids meet. That nearest the nose is termed the 
 internal, or greater canthus ; and the other, near- 
 est the temple, the external, or lesser canthus. 
 Cantia'nus pulvis. Lady Kent's powder. 
 An ancient cordial. 
 134 
 
 Canton's phosphorus. A composition made 
 by mixing three parts of calcined oyster-shells 
 with one of flowers of sulphur, and subjecting 
 them for an hour to a strong heat in a covered 
 crucible. The resulting substance is luminous 
 in the dark. 
 
 Canula. See Cannula. 
 
 Caoutchine. Coutchoucine. One of the 
 volatile oils produced by the destructive distil- 
 lation of caoutchouc. It dissolves Indian rub- 
 ber. 
 
 Caoutchouc. Indian rubber. It is a hydro- 
 carbon, and soluble in coal naphtha, &c. Com- 
 position, CsH;. — Faraday. Elastic bitumen is 
 called mineral caoutchouc. 
 
 Capacity for heat. The capacity or power 
 any substance possesses of absorbing heat, to 
 produce a given elevation of temperature. It 
 differs exceedingly in different bodies. 
 
 CAPAIBA. Capaiva. See Copaifera offici- 
 nalis. 
 
 Capeli'na. A bandage which, when ap- 
 plied, has somewhat the form of a hood. 
 
 Caper. See Capparis spinosa. 
 
 Caper spurge. Euphoi-bia lathyris. 
 
 Caphopicrite. The bitter principle of rhu- 
 barb. 
 
 Capilla'ceus. Resembling a hair. 
 
 Capill'aire. Syrup flavored with orange- 
 flower water ; formerly syrup of adiantum. 
 
 Capillaris. See Capillary. 
 
 Capillaris vermiculus. See Dracunculis. 
 
 CAPILLARY. (Capillaris ; from capillus, 
 a hair.) Resembling a hair. Applied, 1. In 
 Anatomy, to the minute vessels by which the 
 terminal arteries and veins communicate with 
 each other. The capillary vessels are distribu- 
 ted throughout all parenchymatous organs, and 
 possess a circulation of their own. The chem- 
 ical changes which result in the production of 
 heat and the secretions occur in those vessels 
 and tissues. 2. In Botany, to parts of plants 
 which resemble hairs. 3. In Surgery, to a 
 linear fracture of the skull, unattended with 
 any separation of the parts of the injured bone. 
 
 Capillary attraction. The electrical af- 
 finity which exists between dissimilar substan- 
 ces, and which produces the ascent of fluids in 
 tubes, and other phenomena. It is a prime 
 mover in the circulation of the capillary vessels 
 of animals. 
 
 Capilla'tio. A capillary fracture of the 
 cranium. 
 
 CAPI'LLUS. (us, i, m.) The hair. Slen- 
 der, cylindrical, semi-transparent, insensible, 
 and elastic filaments, which arise from small 
 bulbs or roots situated in the true skin, or the 
 cellular substance under it. Each of the bulbs 
 has two capsules, between which is an oily 
 fluid containing the coloring matter of the hair. 
 The hairs, in passing through the skin, carry 
 with them transparent sheaths, which are pro- 
 cesses of the epidermis. Each hair is found to 
 consist of a bundle of smaller hairs, among 
 which are one or two canals containing a nu- 
 tritious fluid, called the medulla. If the hairs 
 be much dried, their cuticular sheath gives way 
 at the point, and the constituent filaments sep- 
 arate. Their composition is the same as that 
 of horn. 
 
CAP 
 
 C AP 
 
 Capilli'tium. The hairy scalp. 
 
 Capillus veneris. See Adiantum. 
 
 Capillus veneris canadensis. See Adian- 
 tum- pedatum. 
 
 Capiple'nium. A catarrh; also, heaviness 
 of the head. 
 
 Capistra'tio. Phimosis. 
 
 Capi'strum. A bandage used chiefly in frac- 
 tures and injuries of the lower jaw. 
 
 CA'PITAL. Capitalis. 1. Belonging to the 
 head, as capitalia me die amenta, cephalic medi- 
 cines, or medicines for the head. 2. The head 
 or upper part of an alembic. 
 
 Capitate. Capita 'tus. Headed ; resem- 
 bling a head in shape. 
 
 Capitate papillae. The large or lenticular 
 papilla? of the tongue. 
 
 Capitate plants. The Cinarocephaloe. 
 
 Capitilu'vium. A lotion for the head. 
 
 Capitis obliquus inferior et major. See 
 Obliquus inferior capitis. 
 
 Capitis par tertium fallopii. See Tra- 
 chelo-mastoideus. 
 
 Capitis posticus. See Rectus capitis posti- 
 cus major. 
 
 Capitis rectus. See Rectus capitis posticus 
 minor. 
 
 Capitula'tus. Headed. 
 
 CAPI'TULUM. {um, i, n. ; diminutive of 
 caput, the head.) 1. A small head or knob. 
 2. A protuberance of a bone, received into the 
 concavity of another bone. 3. An alembic. 4. 
 In Botany, a species of inflorescence, called a 
 head or tuft, formed of many flowers arranged 
 in a globular form upon a common peduncle. 
 
 Capi'vi. See Copaifera officinalis. 
 
 Capnel.e'um. A very liquid kind of resin 
 mentioned by Galen. 
 
 Capni'tis. Tutty. 
 
 Capnomor. A volatile, colorless liquid, ob- 
 tained from tar, and having the property of 
 dissolving caoutchouc. 
 
 Ca'pnos. Capnium. Capnites. Fumaria. 
 
 CA'PPARIS. (is, is, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyandria. Monogynia. Capparidea. — C. 
 baducca. Badukka. Cultivated in India. The 
 natives make a liniment of its juice, which is 
 believed to be anodyne. The flowers, which 
 are very beautiful, are purgative. — C. mithrida- 
 tica. This grows in Arabia. It is said to be 
 alexipharmic. — C. spinosa. The caper plant. 
 It is a native of the South of Europe. The 
 buds, or unexpanded flowers of this plant, are 
 in common use as a pickle, under the name of 
 capers. 
 
 Capra hircus. The domesticated goat. 
 
 CAPRARIA. A genus of plants. Didyna- 
 mia. Angiospermia. — C. biflora is the Mexi- 
 can tea. 
 
 Caprate. A salt of capric acid. 
 
 CAPREOLA'RIS. (From capreolus.) Cap- 
 reolatiis. Resembling the tendrils of a vine. 
 The spermatic vessels have been called Vasa 
 capreolaria, from their tortuous course. 
 
 Capre'olus. A tendril. 
 
 Capreolus auris. The helix, so called from 
 its twisted shape. See Auris. 
 
 Capric acid. Acidum capricum. An oily 
 acid discovered by M. Chevreuil in butter of 
 goat's and cow's milk. It has a disagreeable 
 
 odor resembling sweat. It is volatile ; density, 
 0-92; boils above 212° F. Fonnula, HO-f 
 C18H14O3. — Caproic acid is very similar. For- 
 mula, HO-f CiiHgOs. 
 
 Caprice'rva. The antelope. 
 
 Capricornus. An alchemical name of lead. 
 
 Caprifi'cus. The wild fig-tree. See Ficus. 
 
 C APRIFOLIA'CEiE . A family of plants, of 
 which caprifolium is the type. They are near- 
 ly allied to the cinchonaceae. 
 
 Caprifo'lium. See Lonicera. 
 
 Capri'zans pulsus. A bounding pulse. 
 
 Caproic acid. See Capric acid. 
 
 Capron^e. Capronia'. (Quasi a capitepro- 
 nce.) The hair which hangs down over the 
 forehead. 
 
 Capsa cordis. The pericardium. 
 
 Capse'lla. Echium vulgare. 
 
 C A'PSICUM. (um, i, n. ) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanaccce. — C. an- 
 nuum. Cayenne pepper. Guinea pepper. Used 
 in excess, peppers debilitate the digestive or- 
 gans. In the practice of medicine, Cayenne 
 pepper is a powerful and useful stimulant, and 
 is very advantageously given in atonic gout, 
 paralysis, low fevers, and other cases. A gar- 
 gle made by adding sij. of the officinal tincture 
 to f vi. of water is in common use in malignant 
 sore throat. Capsicum may be given in the 
 form of pills in doses of from gr. v. to gr. x., or 
 from fix. to 3L of the officinal tincture. — C. 
 baccatum and C. frutescens are shrubby plants 
 existing in hot climates, and furnish the hottest 
 Cayenne pepper. 
 
 Capsicin. An acrid resinous principle of 
 Cayenne pepper. 
 
 CATSULA. (a, <e, f. ; diminutive of capsa, 
 a box or case.) A capsule. 1. In Anatomy, a 
 membranous production inclosing a part like a 
 bag; as the capsular ligaments, the capsule of 
 the crystalline lens, &c. 2. In Botany, a dry, 
 woody, coriaceous, or membranaceous pericarp 
 or seed-vessel, consisting of several valves. 
 
 Capsula atrabiliaris. See Renal glands. 
 
 Capsula cordis. The pericardium. 
 
 Capsula glissonii. See Capsule of Glisson. 
 
 Capsula lumba'ris. The receptaculum 
 chyli. 
 
 Capsula renalis. See Renal glands. 
 
 Capsulje seminales. Bartholin gives this 
 name to the dilated extremities of the vasa def- 
 erentia, near the vesicula? seminales ; some 
 other anatomists have applied it to the vesicula; 
 themselves. 
 
 Capsule synovia'les. The capsular liga- 
 ments of the joints. 
 
 CA'PSULAR. (Capsularis; from capsa, a 
 bag.) 1. Surrounding a part, like a bag: ap- 
 plied to a fibrous membrane which surrounds 
 every movable articulation, and contains the 
 synovia, as in a bag. It is to be distinguish- 
 ed from the synovial membrane, which elabo- 
 rates the synovial fluid, and is serous. 2. Ap- 
 pertaining to a capsule ; as the capsular arteries 
 and capsular veins. See Kidney. 
 
 Capsule. An evaporating vessel of porce- 
 lain or other ware. See, also, Capsula. 
 
 Capsule, fibrous. The capsular ligament. 
 
 Ca'psule, gela'tinous. Ca'psula gela'tine. 
 Little cases made of gelatine, of the size of a 
 
 135 
 
CAR 
 
 CAR 
 
 pill, and containing copaiba or other disagree- 
 able medicines. Sometimes they are called 
 capsules of copaiba, or by the name of the in- 
 closed drug, or simply capsules. They are 
 very readily made by dipping a smooth iron 
 rod, with a rounded end, of the proper size, 
 into hot jelly of the proper consistence, remov- 
 ing the capsule when dry, introducing the 
 drag, and sealing with a drop of jelly. 
 
 Capsule ofglisson. Capsula Glissonii. 
 Capsula communis Glissonii. Capsula -hepatica. 
 A strong tunic, formed of cellular membrane, 
 which accompanies the vena porta? in its rami- 
 fications through the liver. See Hepar. 
 
 CAPSULITIS. Inflammation of the capsule 
 of the crystalline lens. 
 
 Capuli. The Physalis pubescens. 
 
 Ca'pulum. A contortion of the eyelids or 
 other parts. 
 
 CA'PUT. (ut, itis, neut.) The head. In 
 Anatomy this term is variously applied. 1. To 
 the part called, in ordinary language, the head. 
 2. To the upper extremity of a long bone ; as 
 the head of the humerus or femur. 3. To the 
 origin of a muscle ; as the long head of the bi- 
 ceps. 4. To a protuberance resembling a head. 
 5. To the beginning of a part; as caput c -cecum coli. 
 
 Caput gallina'ginis. Verumontanum. An 
 eminence of the urethra in men, situated before 
 the neck of the bladder. See Urethra. 
 
 Caput inclava'tum. Caput incuneatum. 
 Locked head. A case in obstetrics in which 
 the head of the fetus is firmly impacted in the 
 bones of the pelvis. 
 
 Caput mo'nachi. Leontodon taraxacum. 
 
 Caput mortuum. The fixed residue of 
 chemical operations, in which volatile matters 
 were driven off; also, the useless parts. 
 
 Caput obsti'pum. The wry neck. 
 
 Caput purgum. Capitipurgium. A medi- 
 cine which causes a defluxion from the head, 
 as an errhine, a sialogogue, &c. — Matthceus Syl- 
 vaticus. 
 
 Caput succedaneum. An cedematous swell- 
 ing on the head of a foetus, formed during labor 
 by pressure. 
 
 Caput testis. The epididymus. 
 
 Carabaccium. An aromatic wood of India. 
 The decoction is said to be stomachic and anti- 
 scorbutic. 
 
 Carabe funerum. Bitumen. 
 
 Ca'rabus. A genus of coleopterous insects. 
 
 Caramata. A tree, the bark of which, ac- 
 cording to Dr. Hancock, is superior as a febri- 
 fuge to cinchona bark in many cases. 
 
 Caramel. Sugar made brown by heat. 
 
 Cara'nna. (a, <z, f.) A resin formerly em- 
 ployed as an ingredient in vulnerary balsams, 
 but now disused ; called, also, Caragna. 
 
 Carapa'ce. The upper shell of chelonians. 
 
 Carapoucha. Carapullo. A poisonous 
 grass indigenous to Lima, which is a narcotic ; 
 perhaps Festuca quadridentata ? 
 
 Car a schulli. Barter ia buxifolia. A plant 
 of Malabar, used by the natives externally as a 
 suppurative, and internally against suppression 
 of mine. 
 
 Caraway. See Carum. 
 
 Carbamide. A compound of amidogene with 
 carbonic oxide : NH 2 CO. It is formed during 
 136 
 
 the action of chloro-carbonic acid on ammonia. 
 It is soluble, and acts as a base. 
 
 CAR'BASUS. (us, i, m. and f. ; pi. a, orum, 
 n.) Fine linen ; lint. 
 
 CARBAZOTIC ACID. (Carbazotic; from 
 carbon and azote.) A peculiar acid, formed by 
 the action of nitric acid on indigo. It is the 
 same as the bitter principle of Welter, obtained 
 by the action of nitric acid on silk; and tho 
 bitter principle which Braconnot obtained from 
 aloes by treating them with nitric acid. It 
 crystallizes in yellow prisms ; is bitter, fusible, 
 and volatile, and sparingly soluble. Its salts 
 are yellow, and some detonate when heated. 
 Formula, HO-fCi.2H 2 N 3 Oi3 (Dumas). Accord- 
 ing to M. Rapp, ten grains will kill a dog. It 
 produces convulsions, tremors, and, finally, 
 complete insensibility. The acid used was 
 not, however, pure. 
 
 CA'RBO. (o, onis, m.) 1. Charcoal. 2. 
 A carbuncle. See Anthrax. 
 
 Carbo animalis. Animal charcoal. 
 
 Carbo animalis purificatus. This is ani- 
 mal charcoal from which the bone earth has 
 been carefully separated by muriatic acid, and 
 subsequently well washed. 
 
 Carbo fossilis. Pit coal. 
 
 Carbo ligni. C. vegetabilis. Charcoal. 
 
 Carbolic acid. One of the products of the 
 distillation of coal. 
 
 Carbomethylic acid. An acid obtained by 
 acting upon pyroxylic acid by carbonic acid. 
 
 CARBON, (on, onis, n. ; from carbo, coal.) 
 An elementary body, found in the purest state 
 in the diamond and anthracite. The term va- 
 por of carbon- is used for a hypothetical form of 
 carbon existing in gaseous compounds. Equiv- 
 alent, 6 ; symbol, C. 
 
 Charcoal is obtained from most organic 
 matters by ignition in close vessels. Wood 
 yields it very abundantly. It is carbon, with 
 ashes, &c. Charcoal is a good conductor of 
 electricity, unchangeable at ordinary tempera- 
 tures, and remarkable for its capacity of absorb- 
 ing certain gases, as well as disinfecting and 
 decolorizing solutions. The two latter proper- 
 ties are particularly great in animal charcoal 
 obtained from charred bones. Charcoal pow- 
 der is an excellent disinfectant and antiseptic 
 application to foul ulcers, and is also employed 
 internally by the homcepaths. It forms a good 
 tooth-powder, and has been used, in doses of 
 gr. ss. to gr. iij., in scrofulous affections and 
 cancer. 
 
 Carbon unites with all the common simple 
 combustibles, and with nitrogen, forming a se- 
 lies of most important compounds. With sul- 
 phur it forms a curious limpid liquid, called 
 carburet of sulphur, or sulphuret of carbon. 
 With phosphorus it forms a compound, the 
 properties of which are not yet perfectly ascer- 
 tained. It unites with hydrogen in two defi- 
 nite proportions, constituting carbureted and 
 bicarbureted hydrogen gases. With azote it 
 forms cyanogen. Steel and plumbago are two 
 different compounds of carbon with iron. 
 
 Carbon, or charcoal, in combination with 
 oxygen, forms two important compounds, viz., 
 the oxide of carbon, and carbonic acid. See 
 Carbonic acid and Carbonic oxide. 
 
CAR 
 
 Carbon, sesqui-iodide of. See Carbonis 
 sesqui-iodidum. 
 
 Carbonaceous acid. See Carbonic acid. 
 
 Carbonas ammonije. See Ammonia. 
 
 Carbonas calcis. See Creta prceparata. 
 
 Carbonas calcis dura. Marble. 
 
 Carbonas calcis friabilis. Chalk. 
 
 Carbonas ferri. See Ferrum. 
 
 Carbonas magnesia. See Magnesia. 
 
 Carbonas plumbi. See Lead. 
 
 Carbonas potass^e. See Potassa. 
 
 Carbonas sod^:. See Soda. 
 
 Carbonas zinci impurus. Calamine. 
 
 CA'RBONATE. ( Carbonas, atis, f.) A car- 
 bonate. A salt formed by the union of carbo- 
 nic acid with a base. Tfiey all effervesce with 
 strong acids, and all are decomposed by heat, 
 except the carbonates of potash, soda, andlithia. 
 
 Carbonate of lime. See Creta prceparata. 
 
 Carbonate of potash. See Potassce carbo- 
 nas. 
 
 Carbonate of soda. See Sodce carbonas. 
 
 Carbonated hydrogen gas. Carbureted 
 hydrogen gas. 
 
 Carbonated waters. Those waters im- 
 pregnated with carbonic acid. 
 
 CARBO ~~ 
 to, carbon 
 
 Carbonic acid. Acidum carbonicum. The 
 gaseous product of the combustion of carbon 
 in abundance of oxygen. It is irrespirable, 
 non-combustible, nor a supporter of combus- 
 tion. Density, 1524. Water dissolves its own 
 volume. It reddens litmus, and acts as an acid 
 body. Formula, C0 2 ; equivalent, 22. Car- 
 bonic acid is condensed into a fluid and solid 
 by great pressures. This gas is liberated in 
 processes of fermentation ; exists to the extent 
 of nearly j^-q in air, and very freely hi calca- 
 reous rocks. It adds a sprightly flavor to wa- 
 ter and many mineral springs, and is grateful 
 to the stomach. Its salts are called carbonates ; 
 and it may be freely generated from these by 
 the action of strong acids, as in the case of the 
 effervescing draught, in which bicarbonate of 
 soda and tartaric acid are used. 
 
 Carbonic acid water. Aqua acidi carbo- 
 nici. (U. S.) By means of a forcing-pump, 
 throw into a suitable receiver, nearly filled 
 with water, carbonic acid equal to five times 
 the amount of water. 
 
 Carbonic oxide. Gaseous oxide of carbon. 
 This is the protoxide of carbon: CO. It is 
 combustible, burning with a blue flame, irre- 
 spirable, and neutral ; density, -972. There is 
 good reason for supposing this a compound 
 radical, and the basis of oxalic acid, &c. It 
 does not exist in nature, but is formed when 
 carbon burns without free access of oxygen. 
 When a mixture of carbonic oxide and chlorine 
 is exposed to sunshine, a curious compound is 
 formed, called phosgene gas, or chlorocarbonic 
 acid: CO+C1. 
 
 Carbonicum natrum. Carbonate of soda. 
 CARBONIDES. Compounds of oxalic acid 
 with metals, &c, in which it unites without an 
 equivalent of water, as carbonide of lead. — Du- 
 mas. 
 
 Carbo'nis sesqui-iodidum. Carbonis sesqui- 
 ioduretum. Sesqui-iodide of carbon. This 
 
 CAR 
 
 substance has a false name, no such compound 
 as iodide of carbon existing. It is iodoform, 
 C 2 HI 3 , and is obtained by adding caustic soda 
 or potash to a concentrated solution of iodide 
 in alcohol, until the latter loses its color. By 
 adding water to this, the iodoform is precipita- 
 ted as a yellow powder. Iodoform is soluble 
 in ether and alcohol, and may be obtained 
 crystalline from these. It has a saffron odor 
 and disagreeable taste. It has been used in 
 strumous diseases, lepra, porrigo, &c. Fifty 
 grains will kill a dog. An ointment of 3SS. to 
 §j. cerate has been employed. 
 
 Carbonis sulphuretum. Sulphuret of car- 
 bon. 
 
 Carbonium. Carbon. 
 
 Carboniza'tion. The conversion of organic 
 substances into charcoal. 
 
 CARBUNCLE. Anthrax. 
 
 Carbuncle berry. C. fungous. Termin- 
 thus. 
 
 Carbuncle of the tongue. Glossanthrax. 
 
 Carbuncular exanthem. Anthracia. 
 
 Carbunculate. Carbunculatus. Affected 
 with acne rosacea. 
 
 Carbu'nculus. Anthrax. 
 
 Carbunculus anginosus. Malignant sore 
 throat. 
 
 CA'RBURET. (Carburetum,i,n.) A com- 
 pound of carbon with other elementary substan- 
 ces. 
 
 Carburet of iron. Steel. 
 
 Carburet of sulphur. Sulphuret of car- 
 bon. 
 
 Carbureted hydrogen. The number of 
 compounds so called are numerous, but it is 
 now especially applied to light carbureted hy- 
 drogen or marsh gas: CH 2 . It is a colorless, 
 inodorous, very inflammable gas ; density, -559. 
 It is neutral in composition. This gas is given 
 off from marshes and the combustion of bitumi- 
 nous coal, and forms the explosive gas of mines 
 when mixed with air. 
 
 defiant gas, also called per-carburet of hy- 
 drogen, consists of C4H4. or, more properly, of 
 C4H3-J-H, or hydrate of acetyl. It is a very 
 combustible gas, and in consequence of its ba- 
 sis, acetyl, forms combinations with chlorine, 
 bromine, &c, which act by replacing the hy- 
 drogen. 
 
 Carbydrogen. Pyroxylic spirit. 
 
 Ca'rcarus. Intermittent fever ; ague. 
 
 Ca'rcer. An antispasmodic medicine. 
 
 Carcerulus. A compound fruit, consisting 
 of a few dry, indehiscent, few-seeded carpels. 
 
 Carche'sius. A kind of noose used in the 
 reduction of dislocations — KapKr\aioc \3poxog. 
 
 Carcine'thron. KapKivndpov. Polygonum 
 aviculare ? 
 
 Carcino'des. Cancer-like. 
 
 CARCINO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from mpnivoc.) 
 Synonymous with cancer. 
 
 Carcinoma hjematodes, spongiosum. Fun- 
 gus hamiatodes. 
 
 Carcinoma melanoticum. Melanosis. 
 
 CARCINOMATOUS. Cancerous. 
 
 Ca'rcinus. Cancer. 
 
 Carcinus spongiosus. Fungus hamiatodes. 
 
 CARDAMI'NE. (e,es,f.) A genns of plants. 
 Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Crucifera. — C. 
 
 137 
 
CAR 
 
 CAR 
 
 pratensis. Cardamantica. Ladies' smock, or 
 cuckoo-flower. Cardamine of the Pharmaco- 
 poeias. Said to be antispasmodic ; probably- 
 inert. 
 
 CARDAMO'MUM. (w, i, n.) Cardamoms. 
 The seeds of various plants of the family Scita- 
 minece, especially the Eletta'ria cardamo'mum, 
 which yields the cardamomum minus. The 
 seeds are of a warm, agreeable flavor, which is 
 due to an essential oil, and used in various phar- 
 maceutical preparations on this account. Nu- 
 merous varieties, called Java, Ceylon, large 
 and medium cardamoms, are treated of, but 
 the above are the only description found in the 
 shops. 
 
 Cardamo'ms, Ceylon. The grains of Para- 
 dise. 
 
 Cardamomum majus. See Amomum granum 
 paradisi. 
 
 Cardamomum piperatum. The common 
 cardamom. 
 
 CA'RDIA. (a, a, f. ; napdia.) 1. The heart. 
 2. The superior orifice of the stomach. 
 
 CA'RDIAC. Cardiacus. 1. Of, or belong- 
 ing to, the heart. 2. Cordial. Applied to med- 
 icines supposed to strengthen the heart. See 
 Cordial. 
 
 Cardiac arteries. The coronary arteries 
 of the heai't. 
 
 Cardiac confection. See Confectio aromat- 
 ica. 
 
 Cardiac herb. Leonurus cardiaca. 
 
 Cardiac passion. The heartburn. 
 
 Cardiac plexus. Cardiac nerves. The 
 plexus of nerves which supplies the heart. 
 
 Cardiac veins. The coronary veins of the 
 heart. See Heart. 
 
 Cardiacus morbus. The heartburn. 
 
 Cardiagmus. Cardialgia. 
 
 CARDIA'LGIA. (a, ce, f. ; from napdia, the 
 cardia, and akyog, pain.) Cordolium. Heart- 
 burn. An uneasy sensation in the stomach, 
 with heat more or less violent, sometimes at- 
 tended with anxiety and faintness, and often 
 with an inclination to vomit, or a plentiful dis- 
 charge of a clear watery fluid {pyrosis). 
 
 Cardialgia is frequently a symptom of other 
 complaints ; as dyspepsia, scirrhus, chronic in- 
 flammation of the stomach, worms, retrocedent 
 gout, suppressed menstruation, and various dis- 
 eases of the heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and 
 intestines ; but it is likewise found, in many 
 instances, as an idiopathic affection. 
 
 In idiopathic cases, the treatment consists of 
 a proper attention to diet; tonics, with gentle 
 stimulants, when there is no inflammation pres- 
 ent. Alkaline medicines, combined with rhu- 
 barb, are very useful ; exercise, with a proper 
 attention to the bowels, is also necessary. 
 
 Cardialgia inflammatoria. Gastritis. 
 
 Cardialgia sputatoria. Pyrosis. 
 
 Cardialogy. Cardialogia. A treatise on 
 the heart. 
 
 Cardiana strophe. Malposition of the 
 heart. 
 
 Cardia'rus. A worm said to have been 
 found in the heart or pericardium. 
 
 CARDIE'CTASIS. (From napdia, and ektcl- 
 cic, extension.^ The name given by Breschet 
 to dilatation of the heart. 
 133 
 
 Cardielco'sis. Ulceration of the heart. 
 
 Cardimelech. The vital principle. 
 
 Cardinalis de lugo cortex. In the year 
 1653, Cai'dinal de Lugo administered the Peru 
 vian bark, whence the name of Cardinal de Lu- 
 go's bark. 
 
 Cardinalis flos. Cardinal flower. Lobe- 
 lia cardinalis. 
 
 CARDINAL HUMORS. Blood, phlegm, 
 yellow bile, and black bile. These were sup- 
 posed to originate from the four elements, and 
 to form all the solids and fluids of the body. 
 
 Cardiname'ntum. Ginglymus. 
 
 Cardioce'le. The protrusion of the heart 
 into the abdomen through a wound of the dia 
 phragm has been so called. 
 
 CARDIO'GMUS. (us, i, m. Kapdioyfioc.- 
 This term has been variously applied. With 
 the Greek writers it is synonymous with cardi 
 algia ; some modern authors have applied it to 
 angina pectoris ; and Sauvages understands by 
 it an incipient aneurism of the heart or its large 
 vessels. 
 
 Cardiogmus cordis sinistri. Angina pec 
 toris. 
 
 CARDIOMALA'CIA. (From napdia, and 
 Halania, softness.) Softening of the heart from 
 deficient nutrition or from inflammation. 
 
 CARDIO'NCHUS. (us, i, m. ; from napdia, 
 and oynoc, a tumor.) Aneurism of the heart. 
 
 CARDIOPA'LMUS. (From napdia, and 
 naTiuoc, palpitation.) Palpitation of the heart. 
 
 CARDIORRHE'XIS. (From napdia, and 
 prjZic, a rupture.) Rupture of the heart. 
 
 Cardio'tromus. Tremor of the heart ; that 
 is, a slight degree of palpitation. 
 
 Cardi pericarditis. Pericarditis. 
 
 CARDPTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from napdia.) In- 
 flammation of the heart. Inflammation of the 
 entire substance of the heart is of comparative- 
 ly rare occurrence, although inflammation of 
 particular parts of it is not very uncommon. 
 When the muscular substance of the heart be- 
 comes inflamed, this proceeds, in a great ma- 
 jority of cases, from the extension of inflamma- 
 tion from the pericardium. See Pericarditis. 
 
 Cardium edule. The common cockle. 
 
 Ca'rdo. A hinge. Ginglymus. 
 
 Cardopa'tium. Carlina acaulis. 
 
 CA'RDUUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia eequalis. Composite. 
 — C. acanthus. Acanthus mollis. — C. altilis. 
 C. chrysa'nthemus. C. domesticus. The arti- 
 choke. — C arvensis. See Serratula. — C. bene- 
 dictus. See Centaurea. — C. fidlonum. Dipsa- 
 cus fullonum. — C. hcemorrhoidalis. See Serra- 
 tula arvensis. — C. lacteus. C. mariamis. C. 
 marice. Common milk-thistle, or Lady's-this- 
 tle. The seeds of this plant, and the herb, 
 have been employed medicinally. The former 
 contain a bitter oil, and are recommended as 
 relaxants. — C. pinea. Atractylis gummifera. — 
 C. sativus. Cinara scolymus. — C. solstitialis. 
 Calcitrapa officinalis. — C. spinossimus. Cardu- 
 us nutans. — C. stellatus. Centaurea calcitrapa. 
 — C. tomentosus. Onopordium acanthium. — C. 
 veneris. The Dipsacus sylvestris. 
 
 Carebari'a. Heaviness of the head. 
 
 Ca'reum. Carum carui. 
 
 CA'REX. (ex, ids, f.) A genus of plants. 
 
CAR 
 
 CAR 
 
 Sedges. — C. arenaria. Sea sedge. The root 
 is said to have been found serviceable in some 
 affections of the trachea, in rheumatic pains, 
 &c. — C. hirta. The roots of this and several 
 other species, as C. villosa, C. disticha, and C. 
 intermedia, are called German sarsaparilla, 
 and are sometimes mixed with the true sarsa- 
 parilla. 
 
 Cariacou. A fermented liquor made in 
 Cayenne from a mixture of cassava, potatoes, 
 and cane syrup. 
 
 Caribbean bark. A false cinchona ; the 
 baiic of Exostema caribceum of the West In- 
 dies. 
 
 CA'RICA. The fig. Ficus carica, 
 
 Carica fructus. Figs. 
 
 Carica papaya. Papaw-tree. This is in- 
 digenous, and native of both Indies and of the 
 Guinea coast. Every part of the papaw-tree, 
 except the ripe fruit, affords a milky juice, 
 which is considered, when fresh, a remedy for 
 the tape-worm. 
 
 Ca'ricum. KapiKov. An ancient escharotic 
 and detergent. 
 
 CARIES, (es, ei, f.) The ulceration of a 
 bone, or that state of a bone which is analogous 
 to ulceration of the soft parts. The bone swells, 
 produces a great irritation in the neighboring 
 soft parts, with abscesses, which leave fistulous 
 passages, from which a thin sanies exudes. It 
 usually arises from a morbid diathesis, or poison 
 in the system; when otherwise, it is to be 
 treated by stimulants and caustics. 
 
 CARFNA. 1. The back-bone. 2. In Bota- 
 ny, the keel, or the lower part of a papiliona- 
 ceous flower, consisting of two petals united or 
 separate. 
 
 Carixate. Carina! tus. Keel-shaped; boat- 
 shaped. 
 
 Cariosse. See Ady. 
 
 Carious. Cariosus. Affected with caries. 
 
 CARLI'NA. A genus of plants. Syngene- 
 sia. Polygamia aqualis. Composite. — C. 
 acanthifolia, Artichaut sauvage, or wild arti- 
 choke. — C. acaulis. The Carline thistle; for- 
 merly used as a bitter and vermifuge. 
 
 Ca'rlo sancto. St. Charles's root. It is 
 found in Mechoachan. Its bark has an aromat- 
 ic flavor, and a bitter, acrid taste. It is said to 
 be sudorific, and to strengthen the gums and 
 stomach. 
 
 Carlsbad, waters of. These are thermal 
 (120° to 160° F.) and saline. 
 
 Carmelite water. Eau des Cannes. 
 
 Ca'rminans. Carminative. 
 
 OARMI'NATIVE. Carminativus. Applied 
 to medicines which allay spasmodic pain of the 
 bowels, and dispel flatulence. The principal 
 caiTninatives are ginger, cardamom, anise, and 
 caraway seeds ; several of the essential oils, as 
 those of peppermint, anise, caraway, and juni- 
 per; ardent spirits, and especially aromatic 
 tinctures. 
 
 Carmine. A beautiful pigment, formed of 
 the coloring matter of the cochineal. 
 
 Carnaba'dium. Caraway seed. 
 
 Carne.e columns. See Heart. 
 
 Carnelian. A reddish calcedony. 
 
 CA'RNEOUS. Carneous: fleshy. Applied 
 to some muscles of the heart. 
 
 Carni'cula. A small fleshy substance. The 
 gums. 
 
 Carnifica'tion. C arnijicatio . The conver- 
 sion of any texture of the animal body into a 
 substance resembling flesh, as in hepatization 
 of the lungs. 
 
 Carxifo'rmis. (From caro, flesh, and for 
 ma, likeness. ) Having the appearance of flesh. 
 
 CARNI'VORA. An order of the class Mam- 
 malia, which prey upon other animals. 
 
 Carxivorous. Flesh-devouring : applied to 
 animals that live on flesh. 
 
 Carxosa cutis. See Panniculus carnosus. 
 
 Carxositas. A small fleshy growth. 
 
 Carxo'sus. Fleshy. 
 
 CA'RO. {Caro, carnis, f.) Flesh. 
 
 Caro axserixa. Caro gallinacea. Cutis 
 anserina. 
 
 Caro luxuriaxs. A fungous growth. 
 
 Caro orbicularis. The placenta. 
 
 Carob. Ceratonia. 
 
 Caroli. Syphilitic sores on the penis. 
 
 Carolina pixk. Spigelia marilandica. 
 
 Caros. Caro 1 sis. See Cams. 
 
 Caro'ta. {a, ce, f.) See Daucus. 
 
 Carotica medic amenta. Narcotic medi- 
 cines. 
 
 CARO'TID. (Carotis, Caroticus; from Ka- 
 poo), to cause to sleep.) The common carotids 
 are two considerable arteries that ascend on 
 the forepart of the cervical vertebrae to the 
 head, to supply it with blood. The i-ight com- 
 mon carotid is given off from the arteria inno- 
 minata. The left arises from the arch of the 
 aorta. In its course up the neck, the common 
 carotid arteiy lies by the side of the trachea, 
 and behind the stemo-mastoid muscle, and is 
 contained in a common cellular sheath with 
 the internal jugular vein and the pneumogas- 
 tric nerve. About midw^ay between the thy- 
 roid cartilage and the os hyoides, the common 
 carotid divides into the external and internal 
 carotids : this point varies. 
 
 The external carotid usually gives off the fol- 
 lowing branches to the neck and external part 
 of the head : the superior thyroideal, the lin- 
 gual, the facial, the inferior pharyngeal, the 
 occipital, the posterior anris, the internal max- 
 illary, and the temporal. The internal carotid 
 passes through the carotic canal of the tempo- 
 ral bone to the interior of the cranium, where 
 it gives off the ophthalmic, the middle cerebral, 
 and the arteria communicans. 
 
 Carotid caxal. The canal in the lower 
 part of the temporal bone in which the carotid 
 artery passes. The foramina at its ends are the 
 carotid foramina. 
 
 Carotix. A ruby-colored, crystalline, neu- 
 tral substance obtained from carrots. It is 
 soluble in oils, not in ether, and slightly in 
 alcohol. 
 
 Caro'um. The caraway seed. 
 
 Carpal. Relating to the carpus, or wrist. 
 
 Carpathian balsam. See Balsamum carpa- 
 thicum. 
 
 CARPEL. (From Kapnoc, a fruit.) The entire 
 pistil, including the lower expanded portion 
 which forms the fruit cells. A compound fruit 
 consists of a number of carpels or carpellary 
 leaves. 
 
 139 
 
CAR 
 
 OAR 
 
 Carpentaria. The Achillea millefolium? 
 Carpf/sium. KaprrnoLOv. An ancient plant. 
 CARPHOLO'GIA. (a, as, f . ; from naptyoe, 
 chaff, and Tieyo), to pluck.) Carpologia. A 
 disposition to pick minute objects, which ac- 
 companies the delirium of low fever. Contin- 
 ual picking at the bed-clothes is a frequent 
 symptom in such cases. It is usually accom- 
 panied by a vacancy of expression in the coun- 
 tenance, and is indicative of great cerebral ex- 
 haustion and extreme danger. 
 Ca'rphos. Fenugreek. 
 
 CA'RPIA. (a, as, f . ; from carpo, to pluck.) 
 Lint. 
 
 Carpi^us. The palmaris brevis. 
 Carpial. Carpian. Relating to the carpus 
 or wrist. 
 
 Car pi's mus. The wrist. 
 Carpoba'lsaMum. Amyris gileadensis. 
 Ca'rpolites. Fossil fruits and seeds. 
 Carpologia. See Carphologia. 
 Carpologia spasmodic a. Subsultus tendi- 
 num. 
 
 CARPOLOGY. (From mpnoc , fruit, and 
 T^oyoc, a description. ) A treatise on fruits. 
 
 Carpo metacarpeus minimi digiti. Adduc- 
 tor metacarpi minimi digiti. 
 
 CARPO-PEDAL SPASM. A spasmodic af- 
 fection of the chest and larynx, with croupy 
 cough, convulsions, especially of the thumbs 
 and toes, which become bent for some time. 
 It occurs in children of from three to nine 
 months, and is probably connected with teeth- 
 ing or spinal irritation. It is often readily re- 
 moved by the warm bath, carminative cathar- 
 tics, lancing the gums, and gentle narcotics. 
 Counter irritation is very useful. There is a 
 carpo-pedal spasm somewhat symptomatic of 
 spasm of the glottis, which is a much more fa- 
 tal state. 
 
 Carpo'phorum. The name of the central 
 column, which, in the fruit of the geranium, 
 the euphorbia, or apiaceous plants, bears the 
 ripe carpels, and holds them together when 
 they attempt to separate at maturity. 
 
 CARPO'TICA. (From /capiroc, fruit.) Dis- 
 eases affecting impregnation. The name given 
 by J. Mason Good to the third order of his class 
 Genetica. 
 
 CA'RPUS. (us, i, m. Kapizoc.) The wrist. 
 The wrist is a very complex articulation, by 
 means of which the hand moves on the fore- 
 arm. It consists of eight bones, viz., the os 
 scaphoides, lunare, cuneiforme, pisiforme, trape- 
 zium trapezoides, magnum, and unciforme. The 
 first four of these bones form one row, and the 
 second form another row. These bones are 
 connected to each other, and to the metacarpal 
 bones, by numerous ligaments, styled oblique, 
 transverse, capsular, lateral, &c. The three 
 first bones of the carpus are connected with the 
 extremities of the radius and ulna by a capsular 
 and two lateral ligaments. A transverse, ante- 
 rior, or annular ligament is stretched from the 
 projecting points of the pisiform and unciform 
 bones to the scaphoides and trapezium, binding 
 down the tendons of the flexor muscles of the 
 fingers, and giving firmness to the articulation 
 of the wrist. 
 
 CARRAGEEN MOSS. Chrondrus crispus. 
 140 
 
 A sea-weed growing on the rocks of the coast, 
 and collected for sale in Ireland. It produces 
 an abundance of vegetable jelly when boiled. 
 
 Carrageenin. A kind of pectin obtained 
 by boiling carrageen moss. 
 
 Carron oil. Linimentum aquae calcis. 
 Carrot. See Daucus carota. 
 Carrot, candy. See Athamanta cretensis. 
 Carrot poultice. See Cataplasma dauci. 
 CARTHAGENA BARKS. Two varieties 
 occur, but they are both obtained from the Cin- 
 chona cordifolia. 
 
 Carthamin. The brilliant red or rouge col- 
 or obtained from samower. 
 
 CA'RTHAMUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia asqualis. Com- 
 posite. — C. tinctorius. Safnower, or bastard 
 saffron. Carthamum officinarum. The seeds 
 are strongly cathartic ; they are also emetic 
 and diuretic ? The dried flowers are frequent- 
 ly mixed with saffron to adulterate it. The 
 plant is cultivated in many places on account 
 of its flowers, which are used as a dye. 
 
 CA'RTILAGE. (Cartilago, inis, f.) A 
 white, elastic, glistening substance, commonly 
 called gristle. Ossification takes place in a 
 kind of cartilage. Cartilages are divided by 
 anatomists into obducent, which cover the mo- 
 vable articulations of bones ; inter-articular, 
 which are situated between the articulations, 
 and uniting cartilages, which unite one bone 
 with another. Cartilage consists chiefly of 
 chondrine, with four per cent, of bone earth. 
 
 Cartilage, loose or free. Portions of car- 
 tilage which become free and are found be- 
 tween joints. They produce great irritation, 
 and often excruciating pain during exercise. 
 The loose cartilage should be fixed by a band- 
 age, and extracted; but this operation some- 
 times ends in violent inflammation of the joint. 
 CARTILA'GINOUS. Cartilagineus. In 
 Anatomy, applied to parts which naturally, or 
 from disease, have a cartilaginous consistence. 
 
 Cartilago annularis. The ring-like carti- 
 lage. See Cartilago cricoides. 
 
 Cartilago aryt^noidea. See Larynx. 
 Cartilago cricoi'des. C . innominata. The 
 cricoid cartilage. See Larynx. 
 
 Cartilago ensiformis. C. mucronata. C. 
 xiphoides. Xiphoid cartilage. Ensiform carti- 
 lage. A cartilage shaped somewhat like a 
 sword, attached to the lower end of the ster- 
 num. 
 
 Cartilago gutturalis. The arytenoid car- 
 tilage. 
 
 Cartilago scutiformis. C. Thyroidea. C. 
 Clypealis. See Thyroid cartilage. 
 
 Cartilago tri'quetra. The arytenoid car- 
 tilage. 
 
 Cartilago xiphoides. See Cartilago ensi- 
 formis. 
 
 CA'EUM. (urn, i, n. Kapoc.) 1. The 
 caraway. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
 Monogynia. Umbelliferce. — C. carui. The 
 caraway plant. Carvi. Carus. Caruon. The 
 seeds have a pleasant, spicy smell, and a warm, 
 aromatic taste. They are esteemed carmina- 
 tive, cordial, and stomachic. An essential oil 
 and distilled water are prepared. Dose of the 
 oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. x. 
 
CAR 
 
 CAS 
 
 CARU'NCULA. (a, a, f . ; diminutive of 
 caro, flesh.) A caruncle, or little fleshy ex- 
 crescence. It is variously applied. 1. To 
 healthy and natural parts; as the carunculae 
 myrtiformes, and caruncula lachrymalis. 2. To 
 soft, fleshy excrescences which are the product 
 of disease. 
 
 Caruncul^e cuticulares. This name has 
 been given to the nymphse. 
 
 Caruncula lachrymalis. The lachrymal 
 caruncle. A little, fleshy, conoidal, glandiform 
 body, red externally, situated in the internal 
 canthus of each eye. It appears to be formed 
 of numerous sebaceous glands, from which 
 many small hairs grow. The gum-like sab- 
 stance found in the inner corner, of the eye in 
 the morning is the indurated secretion of this 
 caruncle. 
 
 Carunculje mamillares. The extremities 
 of the lactiferous tubes in the nipple. 
 
 Caruncula myrtiformes. Two or more 
 caruncles, which represent the lacerated hymen. 
 
 Caruncula papillares. The protuberan- 
 ces within the pelvis of the kidney, formed by 
 the convergence of the tubuli uriniferi. 
 
 Caruon. See Carum. 
 
 CA'RUS. (us, i, m. Kapoc.) The most pro- 
 found degree of coma. The word has been 
 variously applied by different medical writers, 
 but by all to some form of coma. 
 
 Ca'rva. The cassia lignea. 
 
 Carya. The genus to which the hickory, 
 C. alba, belongs. 
 
 Carye don. (From napva, a nut.) Cary- 
 don. A sort of fracture, w r here the bone is bro- 
 ken into small pieces, like the shell of a cracked 
 nut. 
 
 Cary'ocar. A South American genus, the 
 trees of which yield excellent nuts, especially 
 the C. glabrum and batryosum, which produce 
 the Saouari nuts. 
 
 Caryoces. See Ady. 
 
 Caryocosti'num.' An electuaiy; so named 
 from two of its ingredients, the clove and costus. 
 
 CARYOPHYLLACE.E. The chick-weed 
 tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous 
 plants, with leaves opposite, and tumid nodes ; 
 flowers, polypetalous, symmetrical ; stamens, 
 definite ; ovarium, one-celled, with a free cen- 
 tral placenta ; fruit, a one-celled capsule, by 
 obliteration. 
 
 Caryophylla'ta. Geum urbanum. 
 
 Caryophyllic acid. The heavier oil of 
 cloves. The lighter oil is called clove hydro- 
 carbon. 
 
 Caryophyllin. The resin of cloves extract- 
 ed by alcohol. 
 
 Caryophylloides cortex. See Laurus cu- 
 lilawan. 
 
 Caryophy'llum. (um, i, n.) Eugenia cary- 
 opkyllata. The clove. 
 
 CARYOPHY'LLUS. (us, i, m.) The clove- 
 tree. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Mo- 
 no gynia. — C. aromaticus. See Eugenia caryo- 
 phyllata. — C. aromaticus americanus. Myrtus 
 pimenta. — C. hortensis. C. ruber. See Dian- 
 thus caryophyllus. — C. vulgaris. See Geum 
 urbanum. 
 
 Cary'opsis. The botanical name for the 
 fruit of wheat, oats, &c. 
 
 Cary'ota urens. A palm bearing acrid 
 fruit. 
 
 CASCARI'LLA. (a, ce, f.) A name given 
 originally to small specimens of cinchona, but 
 now applied to another bark. See Croton cas- 
 carilla. 
 
 Caschu. See Acacia catechu. 
 
 Casein. See Protein. 
 
 Casein of the blood. Globulin. 
 
 Caseous. Resembling cheese or casein. 
 
 Caseous oxide. See Cheese. 
 
 Caseum. See Cheese. 
 
 Cashew-nut. See Anacardium occidental. 
 
 C as how. See Acacia catechu. 
 
 Casminar. See Cassumuniar. 
 
 Cassa'da. Cassava. See Jatropha manihot, 
 
 CA'SSIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. Leguminosce. — C. 
 absus. The small Egyptian lotus. The Egyp- 
 tians powder the seeds with an equal quantity 
 of sugar, and put a little of the mixture under 
 the eyelids at the commencement of their oph- 
 thalmia. — C. alata. The systematic name of a 
 plant, the leaves of which are bitter, nauseous 
 in their taste, and supposed to be cathartic. 
 They are said to cure herpes. — C. caryophylla'- 
 ta. The clove-bark tree. See Myrtus cary- 
 ophyllata. — C. fistula. The purging cassia. 
 Called, also, C. nigra, C. fistidaris, C. Alexan- 
 dria, C. solutiva. This plant is now transfer- 
 red to another genus. See Cathartocarpus. 
 The pulp of the pods is laxative in the dose of 
 fss. to §j. — C. latinorum. C. monspeliensium. 
 C. poctica. See Osyris. — C. lignea. See Cin- 
 namomum. — C. marilandica. Indigenous sen- 
 na. See Senna, American. — C. senna. One 
 of the plants which produce senna. See Senna. 
 — C. solutiva. See Cassia fistula. 
 
 Cassia bark. See Cinnamomum. 
 
 Cassle artamentum. The pulp of cassia 
 fistula. 
 
 Cassia pulpa. See Cassia fistula. 
 
 Cassina. Ilex cassina. 
 
 Cassius's precipitate. The purple powder 
 of Cassius. 
 
 Cassoleta. A kind of moist fumigation de- 
 scribed by P. Morellus. 
 
 CASSUM U'XIAR. A root which is brought 
 from the East Indies in irregular slices of vari- 
 ous forms, some cut transversely, others longi- 
 tudinally. The cortical part is marked with 
 circles of a dusky brown color ; the internal 
 part is paler, and unequally yellow. It pos- 
 sesses moderately warm, bitter, and aromatic 
 qualities, and a smell like ginger. It is recom- 
 mended hi hysterical, epileptic, and paralytic 
 affections. 
 
 Cassuvium pomiferum. Anacardium occi- 
 dentale. 
 
 CASTA'NEA. (*>.«,£.) The chestnut. 
 See Fagus castanea. — C. equina. The horse- 
 chestnut. See iEsculus hippocastanum. — C. 
 pumila. The chinquapin. 
 
 Castile soap. A hard soap formed of olive 
 oil and carbonate of soda. 
 
 Castjoe. See Acacia catechu. 
 
 Castle-leod. The name of a place in Ross- 
 shire, in Scotland, where there is a sulphureous 
 spring, celebrated for the cure of cutaneous dis- 
 eases and foul ulcers. 
 
 141 
 
CAT 
 
 CAT 
 
 CA'STOR. (or, oris, ra.) 1. The name of a 
 genus of animals. 2. Castoreum. — C. fiber. The 
 beaver. The name of castoreum, or castor, is 
 given to two bags, situated in the inguinal re- 
 gions of the beaver, which contain a very odor- 
 ous substance, soft, and almost fluid when re- 
 cently cut from the animal, but which dries, 
 and assumes a resinous consistence in process 
 of time. The best comes from Russia. It is 
 of grayish-yellow or light-brown color. Castor 
 has an acrid, bitter, and nauseous taste ; its smell 
 is strong, aromatic, and fetid. It is a powerful 
 antispasmodic. Dose, from 10 to 30 grains. 
 
 Castorine. A crystalline fatty matter hi 
 castoreum. 
 
 Castor oil. See Ricinus. 
 
 CASTO'REUM. (urn, i, n.) See Castor 
 fiber. 
 
 CASTRATION. (Castratio, onis, f . ; from 
 castro.) In Surgery, an operation by which a 
 testicle is removed from the body. 
 
 Castra'tus. One who is castrated. When 
 this operation is performed on young persons, 
 it produces a tendency to fatness, and the 
 voice remains of a high pitch, and clear. Many 
 of the best Italian singers are castrati. 
 
 Castre'nsis. Belonging to a camp; as,/e- 
 l>ris castrensis, camp fever. 
 
 Casus palpebr^e sufe 
 the eyelid. Blephai'optosis 
 
 Catabasis. An expulsion of humors by pur- 
 gation. 
 
 Cataba'ticus. Applied to a fever which 
 gradually diminishes in severity till it termi- 
 nates. 
 
 Catable'ma. The outermost fillet, which 
 secures other bandages. 
 
 Catabythismomania. Insanity, with a dis- 
 position to drowning. 
 
 Catacau'ma. A burn or scald. 
 
 CATACAU'SIS. (From KaraKano, to burn.) 
 Combustion, or burning ; also, spontaneous 
 combustion. 
 
 Cataceras'ticus. Having the property of 
 obtunding the acrimony of humors. 
 
 Catachri'ston. Catachrisma. An ointment. 
 
 Cata'chysis. (From Karaxeu, I pour upon.) 
 Affusion. 
 
 Cata'clasis. (From KaranAau, to break.) 
 The fracture of a bone. 
 
 Ca'tacleis. 1. The first rib, which is placed 
 immediately under the clavicle. 2. The sub- 
 clavicular region of the chest. 
 
 Catacly'sma. A clyster. 
 
 Catacly'smus. 1. An embrocation. 2. The 
 dashing of water upon any part. 
 
 Catag'ma. A fracture. 
 
 Catagma'ticus. Catagmatic: promoting the 
 formation of callus. 
 
 Catale'ntia. A kind of epilepsy. 
 
 CATALE'PSIA. (a, ce, f. ; from KaralafiBa- 
 va, to seize, to hold.) Catalepsis. Catalepsy. 
 It consists in a total suspension of sensibility 
 and voluntary motion, and generally, also, of 
 mental power ; the pulsation of the heart and 
 the breathing continuing, the muscles remaining 
 flexible, the body yielding to and retaining any 
 given position, in which respect it differs chief- 
 ly from ecstasy. This condition lasts from a 
 few hours to several days. It is very rare. 
 142 
 
 Cold water douche, and stimulants along the 
 course of the spine, are necessary means ; but 
 the cause must regulate the treatment. 
 
 Catalepsia spuria. Ecstasy. 
 
 Catale'ptic. Relating to catalepsy. 
 
 Catalo'ticus. Catuloticus. 
 
 CATALPA CORDIFOLIA. A tree of the 
 family Bignoniacece. The seeds of the catalpa 
 have been recommended in asthma. 
 
 CATALY'SIS. (From Kara, and Ivu, I 
 loose.) The decomposition produced by a 
 catalytic agent or by the catalytic force. This 
 is accomplished without any change being pro- 
 duced on the agent. Hence it is called decom- 
 position by contact, or action of presence. The 
 action of yeast and all ferments are of this kind ; 
 or acids on starch, and diastase on starch, by 
 which it is changed into dextrine and glucose. 
 
 CATAME'NIA. (a, orum, neut. plur. ; from 
 Kara, and ftnv, the month.) The monthly dis- 
 charge from the uterus of females. See Men- 
 struation. 
 
 Catantlesis. Catantle'ma. A fomentation 
 with warm water. 
 
 CATAPA'SMA. (a, atis, n. ; from Kara- 
 Traaao), to sprinkle.) Catapastum. A dry 
 medicine reduced to powder, to be sprinkled 
 on the body. 
 
 CATA'PHORA. (a, at, f . ; from naraQepa, 
 to sink or fall down.) A term used by some 
 authors to designate a state of coma, and by 
 others an unusually profound sleep. 
 
 Cataphora hydrocephalic a. Apoplexy. 
 
 Cataphra'cta. A bandage for the thorax, 
 used in cases of fracture of the sternum and 
 ribs. 
 
 CATAPLAS'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from Kara- 
 Tr^aaao), to spread like a plaster.) A poultice. 
 
 Cataplasma aceti. Vinegar poultice. Made 
 by adding vinegar to any simple farinaceous 
 matter. Applied to bruises and sprains. 
 
 Cataplasma acetos^:. Sorrel poultice. Ap- 
 plied to scorbutic ulcers. 
 
 Cataplasma aeratum. See Cataplasma 
 fermenti. 
 
 Cataplasma aluminis. A solution of alum 
 is generally substituted. 
 
 Cataplasma bynes. Malt poultice. Finely- 
 ground malt is to be mixed with thin yeast to 
 the consistence of a poultice, and applied warm. 
 Some surgeons prefer this to the yeast poultice 
 against gangrene. 
 
 Cataplasma carbonis. C. carbonis ligni. 
 Charcoal poultice. Made by mixing very finely- 
 powdered charcoal with linseed and warm 
 water. It is used to correct the state of ill- 
 conditioned ulcers and destroy their fetor. 
 
 Cataplasma cerevisije. C. cerevisice fcecu- 
 la. Strong beer poultice. Made with the 
 grounds or dregs of strong beer, by stirring in 
 com meal, and heating it cautiously in a pan. 
 It is considered a good stimulant and antiseptic 
 for sloughing or gangrenous parts. 
 
 Cataplasma conii. (Ph. D.) Hemlock 
 poultice. R-. Conii foliorum exsiccatorum, 5J. ; 
 aquae fontanae, Oij. Boh till only a pint remains 
 when as much linseed meal as necessary is to 
 be added. This is an excellent application to 
 many cancerous, scrofulous, and other ill-con 
 ditioned ulcers. 
 
CAT 
 
 CAT 
 
 Cataplasma cumini. The old Therica Lon- 
 doneusis. It is now seldom ordered. 
 
 Cataplasma dauci. Carrot poultice. Braise 
 fbj. of boiled or raw carrot root in a mortar to 
 a pulp. Employed as an application to cancer- 
 ous, scrofulous, and other irritable and un- 
 healthy ulcers. It is a most useful application. 
 
 Cataplasma digitalis. Fox-glove poultice. 
 Linseed meal, oat meal, or cramb of bread are 
 to be made into the consistence of a poultice, 
 by mixing them with a strong decoction of the 
 leaves of fox-glove. This poultice is said to be 
 more sedative than hemlock, and to allay the 
 pain of irritable sores. 
 
 Cataplasma fermexti. C. fermenti cere- 
 visicB. Yeast cataplasm. Take of flour, a pound ; 
 yeast, half a pint. Mix and expose to a gentle 
 heat, until the mixture begins to rise. This is 
 a celebrated application in cases of sloughing 
 and mortification. 
 
 Cataplasmi fuci. Sea-weed poultice. 
 
 Cataplasma lxn-i. Linseed poultice. Lin- 
 seed meal, ibss. ; boiling water, Oiss. The lin- 
 Beed meal is to be gradually sprinkled into the 
 water, while they are quickly blended together 
 with a spoon. Corn meal is equally good. 
 
 Cataplasma panis. Bread poultice. 
 
 Cataplasma plumbi acetatis. R. Liquoris 
 plumbi acetatis, 3J.; aquae distill., Oj.; mica? 
 panis, q. s. Misce. Practitioners who place 
 much confidence in the virtues of lead, often 
 use this poultice in cases of inflammation. 
 
 Cataplasma quercus marini. Cataplasma 
 fuci. 
 
 Cataplasma simplex. The basis of this is 
 one part linseed meal and two parts oat meal. 
 Indian meal is a better substance. The surface 
 of the poultice is to be spread with olive oil. 
 It acts by its warmth. 
 
 Cataplasma sinapis. C. sinapeos. Mustard 
 cataplasm. Take of mustard seed, linseed, of 
 each, powdered, half a pound; hot water, as 
 much as is sufficient. An active rubefacient, 
 very useful in producing counter irritation in 
 rheumatism, low fevers, &c. 
 
 CATAPLE'XIS. (is, is, f. ; from Kara, and 
 7i?„r]octj, to strike.) A sudden stupefaction, or 
 deprivation of sensation in any member or or- 
 gan, as the eye, &c. 
 
 Catapo'tium. KarcnroTLOv. A pill. 
 
 Catapsy'xis. A considerable degree of chil- 
 liness, without shivering. — Galen. 
 
 Catapto'sis. A sudden falling down, as of 
 the whole body in apoplexy or epilepsy ; or of 
 a particular limb when seized with palsy. 
 
 Cataputia major. See Ricinus. 
 
 Cataputia minor. See Euphorbia laihyris. 
 
 CATARACT. (Cataracta, a, on, f. ; gener- 
 ally derived from Karapaoau, to disturb or con- 
 found.) Cataract is usually defined to be a 
 weakness or interruption of sight, produced by 
 opacity either of the crystalline lens, its cap- 
 sule, or the fluid of Morgagni. 
 
 When the disease is seated in the lens, its 
 capsule, or the fluid of Morgagni, it is called a 
 true cataract ; but when it consists of opaque 
 matter deposited in front of the lens, it is de- 
 nominated a false cataract. The terms lenticu- 
 lar, capsular, and capsulo-lenticular cataracts 
 express some of the distinctions referred to. 
 
 Cataracts are also distinguished into idio- 
 pathic, or such as arise from internal, but gen- 
 erally unknown causes, and accidental, which 
 originate from external violence, or active in- 
 flammation. In general, the idiopathic, sooner 
 or later, affect both eyes; but an accidental 
 cataract is frequently restricted to one eye. 
 
 The symptoms of a cataract are of the fol- 
 lowing description : 1st. All objects, especially 
 white ones, seem to the patient as if covered 
 with a mist, a circumstance that generally pre- 
 cedes any visible opacity behind the pupil. 9d. 
 The decline of vision bears an exact proportion 
 to the degree of opacity. 3d. The opacity is 
 almost always first noticed in the centre of the 
 pupil. 4th. When the iris is light-colored, the 
 more opaque the cataract is, the more plainly a 
 blackish ring is seen at the edge of the pupil ; 
 and such a ring is particularly conspicuous 
 when the cataract is soft and large, as it then 
 propels the margin of the uvea forward. 5th. 
 As a cataract generally begins at the central 
 point behind the pupil, objects placed directly 
 in front of the eye are most difficultly seen, 
 even in the early stage of the disease ; but those 
 which are on one side may yet be discerned, 
 particularly if the light be not strong, which 
 would make the pupil too diminutive to let the 
 rays pass through the thinner transparent edge 
 of the lens. 6th. What has just been observed 
 likewise explains why patients, having an opaci- 
 ty in the center of the lens, are sometimes com- 
 pletely blind in a strong light, though they may 
 enjoy a useful degree of vision in the shade, or 
 in moderately dark places. 7th. The eyesight 
 of patients affected with incipient cataract may 
 be materially assisted by convex glasses, be- 
 cause objects are magnified by them. 8th. To 
 patients in this state, the flame of a candle seems 
 to be obscured in a white, misty halo, which 
 always becomes broader the farther the patient 
 is from the light. When the cataract is more 
 advanced, the flame can not be discerned, but 
 merely the situation of the light. 9th. The ac- 
 tion of the iris is not affected. 
 
 In amaurosis, the horn-like or glaucomatous 
 appearance is more deeply seated in the eye 
 than the opacity of a cataract, and is somewhat 
 concave. It is frequently of a greenish color, 
 while the opacity of cataract is usually grayish, 
 white, or amber-colored. The decline of vis- 
 ion, also, is not in a ratio to the opacity, and 
 the patient may be entirely blind, with little 
 appearance of defect iu the eye. The pupil is 
 likewise generally dilated and motionless, with 
 its pupillary margin somewhat irregular. The 
 temporary increase or decrease of blindness, a 
 circumstance so common in patients with in- 
 complete amaurosis, depends upon circumstan- 
 ces which depress or excite the system, and 
 not, as in cases of cataract, upon the degree of 
 light, and the con-esponding alterations in the 
 size of the pupil. 
 
 Whiteness denotes either a dissolved lens or 
 a capsular cataract; a gray color, a lenticular 
 cataract; an amber color, or dark-gray, a firm 
 lens ; and light gray, a soft one. If the whole 
 extent of the pupil is uniformly opaque, the 
 cataract is probably one of the lens; if the 
 opacity is streaked or speckled, it is likely to 
 
 143 
 
CAT 
 
 CAT 
 
 be one of the capsule.. If the opaque streaks 
 radiate from a centre, the posterior layer of the 
 capsule is probably affected. If the form of the 
 opacity is convex, either the anterior capsule 
 or the lens is the seat of it ; if concave, the pos- 
 terior part of the capsule. With the light con- 
 centrated on the pupil by means of a double 
 convex glass, all these particulars may be as- 
 certained. Mr. Cooper believes that the size 
 of a cataract is a better criterion of its consist- 
 ence than its color ; and, at all events, that the 
 smaller the lens is, and the darker its color, the 
 more solid its substance will generally be; 
 while the larger and more protuberant it is 
 against the iris, the greater is the probability 
 ot its being soft. 
 
 A cataract of the lens itself, as already ex- 
 plained, is termed a lenticular cataract, which 
 may vary much in its consistence. Thus, such 
 a cataract may be hard, as it is often found to 
 be in elderly persons, with an amber color, the 
 tint being deeper in proportion as the cataract 
 is firmer. 
 
 A lenticular cataract may be soft, that is to 
 say, of a cheesy, gelatinous, or even milky con- 
 sistence. Soft cataracts are more bulky than 
 hard ones, so that they project nearly into the 
 pupil. Hence, sight is more considerably in- 
 terrupted than when the cataract is hard, and 
 the power of distinguishing colors frequently 
 quite abolished. The capsular cataract has a 
 smooth and glistening surface, with streaks 
 upon it, and it lies close to the edge of the pupil. 
 
 When the lens is present, a capsular cataract 
 is rarely unaccompanied by a lenticular one ; 
 but an opaque lens may be removed or taken 
 away by absorption, and a capsular cataract 
 may be left. In this case, as the opacity is 
 merely a thin layer of the capsule, the cataract 
 makes no projection against the iris, and the 
 anterior chamber is not lessened by the ad- 
 vance of the iris toward the cornea. 
 
 In children, cataracts are never hard ; but in 
 adults we meet "with both hard and soft ones. 
 
 A cataract is termed simple when accompa- 
 nied by no other disease of the eye likely to 
 impair its functions, or with no particular con- 
 stitutional disease ; complicated, when joined 
 with other diseases of the eye, as adhesion of 
 the crystalline capsule to the iris, amaurosis, 
 glaucoma, or a gouty, rheumatic, or syphilitic 
 state of the system. 
 
 When a cataract is free from every compli- 
 cation ; when it is not attended with frequent 
 headache, nor pains in the eye ; when the pu- 
 pil retains its regular circular shape ; when the 
 iris possesses its natural power of motion in the 
 different degrees of light ; and when the patient 
 can readily discern the difference between light 
 and darkness, and even perceive bright colors, 
 and the outlines of objects, in shady places, 
 where the pupil naturally expands, the progno- 
 sis is favorable. True cataract is remedied 
 only by an operation. 
 
 Whether an operation should be performed 
 when the cataract is single, and the other eye 
 in the enjoyment of good vision, is a question 
 on which some difference of opinion is enter- 
 tained. Diversity in the refracting power of 
 the eyes after the removal of the lens from one 
 144 
 
 of them, and the apprehension of confused vis- 
 ion as the result, are the reasons usually urged 
 against the practice, which has, however, to a 
 certain extent, proved successful ; while the 
 continuance of a cataract in one eye not only 
 gives a disposition to the origin of the same kind 
 of opacity in the other, but permanently im- 
 pairs the sensibility of the retina itself for want 
 of exercise. 
 
 It is a general and judicious maxim, never to 
 operate upon both eyes at the same time. In 
 the case of extraction in particular, this rule is 
 universally observed. It is also a maxim to let 
 the patient have the benefit of preparatory 
 treatment before he undergoes the operation. 
 His diet should be lowered, and his bowels 
 emptied. 
 
 The age of eighteen months to that of two 
 years is deemed an advantageous period for 
 operating on congenital cataracts. 
 
 There are three kinds of operation for cata- 
 ract: 1st. The method formerly termed couch- 
 ing, and which is simply the removal of the 
 cataract out of the axis of vision, leaving it still 
 in the eye. It is now frequently called dis- 
 placement; and has two varieties, depression 
 and reclination. 2d. Surgeons practice extrac- 
 tion of the cataract; that is, they take the 
 opaque lens completely out of the eye. 3d. 
 Another method, often adopted, consists in the 
 division of the cataract into fragments, which, 
 being exposed to the aqueous humor, become 
 absorbed. 
 
 By depression and reclination, we change the 
 situation of the cataract. In depression, the 
 lens is pushed directly below the level of the 
 pupil. In reclination, the lens is made to turn 
 over into the middle, and toward the bottom 
 of the vitreous humor; so that the surface of 
 the lens, which was previously directed forward, 
 is now placed upward, and what was the upper 
 edge is turned backward. Over the lens, dis- 
 placed in this manner, the vitreous humor will 
 close much more completely than over the sim- 
 ply depressed lens, so that it will be less likely 
 to reascend behind the pupil. Nor will the 
 retina be so liable to be pressed upon by the 
 cataract as after depression ; yet reclination 
 unavoidably does more extensive injury to the 
 hyaloid membrane of the vitreous humor. 
 
 Extraction is the complete removal of the 
 cataract from the eye through an opening made 
 in the cornea. The incision for this purpose 
 must form the segment of a regular circle, be 
 smooth, and, at the same time, of sufficient size 
 to permit the easy passage of the cataract 
 through it. Both in this first period of the 
 operation, and in the subsequent one of opening 
 the capsule, the iris should remain entirely free 
 from injury. 
 
 One of the chief dangers of extraction is that 
 of loss of the vitreous humor, which, if due care 
 be not taken, is apt to be suddenly forced out 
 of the eye along with the cataract. 
 
 Another risk is that of the iris being wound- 
 ed. Sometimes the operation is followed by a 
 prolapsus of this organ, and occasionally by a 
 closure of the pupil from the inflammation ex- 
 cited in the iris by injury of its texture. 
 
 The division, or breaking of a cataract piece- 
 
CAT 
 
 CAT 
 
 meal, may be done with a needle, either through 
 the sclerotica or the cornea. It has the recom- 
 mendation of being the most easy, bat some- 
 times needs repetition. Opaque portions of the 
 capsule, however, frequently resist absorption, 
 and must, after all, either be extracted or dis- 
 placed. The division of a cataract, when per- 
 formed by passing the needle through the cor- 
 nea and pupil, is termed keratonyxis. 
 
 No method of operating for the cure of cata- 
 ract should be exclusively preferred, each hav- 
 ing its advantages in particular cases. 
 
 Cataract, black. 1. A very rare variety 
 of cataract, in which the opaque lens is black. 
 2. Amaurosis. 
 
 Cataracta glauca. Glaucoma. 
 Cata'ria. Nepeta cataria. 
 Catarrh, urethral. Gleet. 
 Catarrh, uterine. Leucorrhoea. — Acute 
 uterine catarrh is sometimes used for metritis. 
 
 CATARRHAL. Catarrhce'us. Of the na- 
 ture of a catarrh; thus, catarrhal fever. 
 
 Catarrhe'cticus. A name given by Hip- 
 pocrates to medicines supposed to have a dis- 
 solvent power. 
 
 Catarrheu'ma. Catarrh. 
 Catarrhe'xis. A sudden and violent effu- 
 sion. Hippocrates applies it to a sudden and 
 profuse diarrhoea. Schneider calls a copious 
 and rapid discharge of blood from the bowels, 
 catarrhexis vera. 
 
 Catarrho'pia. Catarrhysis. An afflux of 
 morbid fluids downward. 
 
 CATA'RRHUS. (us, i, m. ; from Karappeo, 
 to flow from.) Catarrh. An increased flow of 
 mucus. Common catarrh. Catarrh, or inflam- 
 mation of the lining membrane of the air pas- 
 sages, presents itself under two forms, common 
 catarrh, called in ordinary language a cold, and 
 epidemic catarrh, or influenza. The symptoms 
 of common catarrh are a sense of fullness in the 
 head, and of weight over the eyes, which are 
 weak and wateiy, and muscular pains. The 
 nostrils are obstructed, and pour forth a fluid. 
 There is frequent sneezing, hoarseness of the 
 voice, cough, generally attended with expecto- 
 ration, and often a sense of fullness or soreness 
 in the fauces. It results from exposure and at- 
 mospheric changes. A sudorific, gentle purga- 
 tion, and warm clothing, usually suffice to re- 
 lieve it. 
 
 Catarrh is a pretty constant accompaniment 
 of measles, and is not unfrequent in fever, small- 
 pox, worms, dentition, rheumatism, and other 
 diseases. 
 
 In the epidemic catarrh, or influenza, the at- 
 tack is very sudden; there is great heaviness 
 over the eyes ; and the fever is attended with 
 great depression. Its violence usually abates 
 in forty-eight hours. It is brought on by un- 
 known epidemic causes, and sometimes pre- 
 cedes more violent epidemics. The treatment 
 consists of sudorifics, febrifuges, and laxatives ; 
 bleeding is often injurious. 
 
 Catarrhus ^stivus. A sort of epidemic 
 catarrh in the early summer. 
 
 Catarrhus bellinsulanus. Parotitis. 
 Catarrhus genitalium. C. vagina. C. 
 uteri. Leucorrhoea. 
 
 Catarrhus intestinalis. Diarrhoea. 
 K 
 
 Catarrhus intestinorum. Mucous diar 
 rhcea. 
 
 Catarrhus pulmonum. C. pituitosus. Pul 
 monary catarrh. Bronchitis. 
 
 Catarrhus senilis. Chronic bronchitis. 
 
 Catarrhus suffocativus. Croup. 
 
 Catarrhus vesicae. This name has been 
 given to a copious discharge of mucus from the 
 bladder, which arises from chronic inflamma- 
 tion of its mucous coat. 
 
 Catarti'smus. KarapTtafxoc. The reduction 
 of a dislocated bone. — Paulus JEgineta. 
 
 Catasa'rca. Anasarca. 
 
 Catasta'gmos. Distillation; also, coryza. 
 
 Catasta'lticus. Catastaltic: medicines 
 which repress evacuations. 
 
 Cata'stasis. 1. The constitution or state 
 of any thing. 2. The restoration of a dislocated 
 part. 
 
 Cata'tasis. The extension of a fractured or 
 dislocated limb, in the reduction. 
 
 Cataxis. Fracture. 
 
 Catchfly. The Silcne virginica. The root 
 is said to be vermifuge. 
 
 CA'TECHU. See Acacia catechu. Catechin 
 and catcchinic acid are components of catechu. 
 
 Cateia'dion. (Karetadcov ; from Kara, and 
 eta, a blade of grass: so called from its shape.) 
 A long-shaped instrument mentioned by Are- 
 taeus, which was thrust into the nostrils to pro- 
 voke a hemorrhage in cases of headache. 
 
 Cate'n;e musculus. The anterior tibial 
 muscle. — Spigelius. 
 
 Cathje'resis. Exhaustion. 
 
 CATHiERE'TICUS. (KadaipeTixoc ; from 
 tcadatpu, to take away.) Catheretic. Escha- 
 rotic. 
 
 Catha'rma. An excrement. Any thing 
 purged from the body naturally or by art. 
 
 CATHA'RSIS. (is, eos, f.) Purgation. 
 
 CATHARTIC. (Catharticus : from nadai- 
 pu.) Purgative. Applied to a medicine which, 
 taken internally, or applied externally, increas- 
 es the evacuations. The different articles re- 
 ferred to this class are divided into five orders 
 of cathartics : 
 
 1. Stimidating, as jalap, aloes, colocynth. 
 croton oil : selected for indolent and phlegmatic 
 habits, and those who are hard to purge. 
 
 2. Refrigerating, as sulphate of soda, sul- 
 phate of magnesia, supertartrate of potash, &c. 
 These are better adapted for plethoric habits, 
 and those with an inflammatory diathesis. 
 
 3. Astringent, as rhubarb and damask roses, 
 which are mostly given to those whose bowels 
 are weak and irritable, and subject to diarrhoea. 
 
 4. Emollient, as castor oil, olive oil, manna, 
 which may be given, in preference to other ca- 
 thartics, to hifants and very aged persons. 
 
 5. Narcotic, as tobacco, hyoscyamus, and dig- 
 italis. Medicines of this kind are never exhib- 
 ited in the pi'actice of the present day. 
 
 Cathartics are also divided into laxatives, 
 purgatives, &c. They act upon the upper por- 
 tion of the canal, as calomel ; upon the lower, 
 as aloes ; or throughout, as the saline purges. 
 
 Cathartic clyster. Enema catharticum. 
 
 Cathar-tic salt. Both Epsom salt and 
 Glauber's salt are so named. See Magnesia 
 sulphas and Sodce sulphas. 
 
 145 
 
CAT 
 
 C AU 
 
 Catha'rtine. A substance of a reddish col- 
 or, a peculiar smell, and a bitter, nauseous taste ; 
 soluble in water and alcohol. Obtained from 
 senna. 
 
 CATHARTOOARPUS FISTULA. Cassia 
 fistula. A leguminous tree of the East and West 
 Indies. The purging pulp is contained in pods 
 two feet long. It is a gentle laxative in a small 
 dose, but in large doses occasions nausea and 
 griping. It is now hardly ever used except as 
 an ingredient in compounds, as the confectio 
 sennas, &c. 
 
 Cathemeri'nus. Quotidian. 
 
 CATHETER. {Catheter, teris, m. ; tca6e- 
 rnp, from icadinfu, to thrust into.) A long and 
 hollow tube, introduced by surgeons into the 
 urinary bladder, to draw off the urine when 
 the patient is unable to pass it naturally. Ca- 
 theters are either made of silver, or of a mix- 
 ture of metals, or of elastic gum. That for the 
 male urethra is much longer than that for the 
 female, and so curved, if metallic, as to adapt 
 itself to the urethra. 
 
 Catheteri'sm. Introducing the catheter. 
 
 Cathi'drysis. Reduction of a fracture. 
 
 Catho'lceus. An oblong fillet, applied 
 round that bandage for the head called perice- 
 pastrum, in order to secure it. 
 
 CATHO'LICON. Catholicum. A universal 
 medicine. 
 
 Catholicum duplex. An old purgative elec- 
 tuary, containing rhubarb, senna, cassia, tama- 
 rinds, &c 
 
 Catholici humores. Humors which exist 
 throughout the body were formerly so called. 
 
 Ca'tias. Kariac. A knife used-for cutting 
 a dead fetus out of the womb. — Paulus JEgi- 
 neta. 
 
 Cati'llia. A weight of nine ounces. 
 
 Cati'nus fuso'rius. A crucible. 
 
 'Catkin. See Amentum. 
 
 CA'TLING. A long, narrow, double-edged, 
 sharp-pointed knife, used chiefly in amputations. 
 
 Cat mint. Catnep. See Nepeta. 
 
 Catocatha'rtic Catocatharticus. A pur- 
 gative medicine. 
 
 Ca'toche. Catocheis. Catalepsis. 
 
 CA'TOCHUS. (us, i, m.; kcitoxv, from na- 
 texu, to detain.) Catalepsy, or ecstasis. 
 
 Catomi'smus. A method of reducing a lux- 
 ated humerus, by throwing the arm of the pa- 
 tient over the shoulder of a strong man, and 
 the reduction was effected by action of the pa- 
 tient's own weight. 
 
 Cato'pter. Catopron. A speculum. 
 
 CATOPTRIC EXAMINATION OF THE 
 EYE. When a lighted candle is held before a 
 sound eye, or one affected with amaurosis, three 
 images are seen : the first from the cornea, the 
 other two from the anterior and posterior sur- 
 face of the crystalline lens ; but if either of these 
 structures have become opaque, the image from 
 it is either dimmed or altogether absent. It is 
 used in the diagnosis of cataract. 
 
 Catoptrics. The phenomena of reflected 
 light. 
 
 Catote'ricus. Catoreticus. A cathartic. 
 
 Catoti'ca. Dr. Good's order of diseases af- 
 fecting internal surfaces, and producing dis- 
 eased fluids. 
 146 
 
 Cat thyme. Teucrium marum. It is a 
 warm aromatic, and has been used in nervous 
 affections. In the fresh state it is a powerful 
 errhine. 
 
 Cat's-tail grass. Timothy grass. 
 
 Caucalis anthriscus. Daucus annuus mi- 
 nor. Pentandria ; Monogynia. This plant is 
 said to be diuretic. 
 
 Caucaloi'des. The patella. 
 
 CAU'DA. (a, <z, f . ; from cado, to fall: be 
 cause it hangs down behind.) A tail. 1. The 
 tail of animals. 2. The os coccygis. 3, The 
 clitoris, when elongated. 
 
 Cauda equina. The spinal marrow, at its 
 termination about the second lumbar vertebra, 
 gives off a large number of nerves, which, when 
 unraveled, resemble the horse's tail ; hence the 
 name. 
 
 Cauda porcina. See Peucedanum. 
 
 Cauda seminis. The rostrum of a seed. 
 
 Caudal. Relative to the tail. 
 
 Cauda'te. Having a tail. 
 
 CAU'DEX. {ex, ids, in;) That part of the 
 root and stem of a plant which is not ramified ; 
 as caudex descendens and caudex ascendcns. 
 
 Caul. Omentum. 
 
 Caule'don. In the manner of a stem; to 
 navfydov Karay/ia, a transverse fracture. 
 
 Caulescent. Caulescens. Having a stem. 
 
 CAU'LIFLOWER EXCRESCENCE. A 
 highly vascular excrescence, growing about tho 
 anus, vulva, or os uteri, producing a watery dis- 
 charge, but bleeding from the slightest cause. 
 If in the former situation, it is often syphilitic. 
 
 Cauline. Caulinus. Of, or belonging to, 
 the stem. 
 
 CAU'LIS. (is, is, m. KavTioc-) A stern 
 which bears the leaves as well as the flowers. 
 
 Caulocarpous. Arborescent. 
 
 Caulople'gia. An injury or paralysis of the 
 penis. 
 
 CAU'MA. (a, atis, n. ; Kavp,a, heat.) Burn- 
 ing heat ; febrile heat. 
 
 Cauma carditis. Carditis. — C. hcemorrha- 
 gicum. Hemorrhage. — C. hepatitis. Hepatitis. 
 — C. peripneumonia. Pneumonitis. 
 
 Cause. See JEtiology. 
 
 Causis. A burn. 
 
 CAUSO'DES. Causoma. Inflammation. 
 
 CAUSTIC. See Causticum. 
 
 Caustic alkali. A pure alkali. 
 
 Caustic barley. Cevadilla. 
 
 Caustic curves. The lines produced by 
 reflected or refracted light, which contain the 
 greatest light and heat. 
 
 Caustic lime. Fresh-burned lime. 
 
 Caustic, lunar. See Argenti nitras. 
 
 Caustic potash. Potassa fusa. 
 
 Caustic volatile alkali. See Ammonia. 
 
 Causticity. The property of a caustic. 
 
 CAU'STICUM. (um, i, n.; from kuiq, to 
 burn.) A caustic. A substance which has so 
 strong a tendency to combine with organized 
 substances as to destroy their texture. The 
 caustics in most common 'use are the lunar 
 caustic, or nitrate of silver, the caustic potash, 
 and the nitrates of mercury. 
 
 Causticum alkalinum. C. acerrimum. C. 
 commune. C. potentiate. C. salinum. Potassa 
 fusa. 
 
C ED 
 
 C E L 
 
 Causticum americanum. See Ve rat rum sab- 
 adilla. 
 
 Causticum antimoniale. Mariate of anti- 
 mony. 
 
 Causticum arsenicale. Arsenical caustic. 
 
 Causticum commune fortius. See Potassa 
 cum calcc- 
 
 Causticum lunare. See Argenti nitras. 
 
 CAU'SUS. (us, i, m. Kavaoc ; from kcliu, 
 to bum.) An ardent fever of the Greeks, sup- 
 posed to be a violent bilious remittent. 
 
 Causus endemicus. Endemial or tropical 
 fever. Yellow fever. 
 
 Cauterets. A village in the department 
 of the Hautes Pyrenees, celebrated for its warm 
 sulphureous springs. 
 
 Cauteria potentialia. The active caus- 
 tics. 
 
 Cauterium potentiale. Potassa. 
 
 CAUTERIZATION. Cauterizatio. The ap- 
 plication of a cautery. 
 
 CAUTERY. Cauterium. Cauteries were di- 
 vided by the older surgeons into actual and po- 
 tential : the former name was applied to a red- 
 hot iron ; the latter, to what is now called a 
 caustic. 
 
 Cave'rna. (a, a>, f . ; from cavus, hollow.) 
 A cavern : the pudendum muliebre is so called 
 by some writers. 
 
 Caverxo'sus. Cavernous. Formed of large 
 cells. See Corpus cavernosum and Sinus cav- 
 
 &V7LO SI IS 
 
 CAVERNO'US RESPIRATION. A sound 
 similar to that produced by blowing into a bot- 
 tle. It is produced by cavities filled with air, 
 existing in the lungs. 
 
 Cavi'lla. Cavicula. 1. The malleolus, or 
 protuberance of the ankle. 2. The os cunei- 
 form. 
 
 Cavitas antrosa aurio. The tympanum. 
 
 Cavitas buccinata. The cochlea. 
 
 Cavitas elliptica. The ampulla. 
 
 Cavitates innominate. The auricles of the 
 heart. 
 
 CAVITY. (Cavitas, atis, f . ; from cavus, 
 hollow.) A term applied generally to the hol- 
 low parts of the body ; thus we speak of the 
 abdominal cavity, the thoracic cavity, the artic- 
 ular cavities, &c. The cavities of bones are 
 usually named according to some real or fancied 
 resemblance; thus we have glenoid cavities, 
 cotyloid cavities, fossa, sinuses, &c. 
 
 Cayenne pepper. See Capsicum. 
 
 Cd. Cadmium. 
 
 Ce. Cerium. 
 
 C E A N O T H U S. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — C. ameri- 
 canus. New Jersey tea. The root is astrin- 
 gent, and yields a cinnamon-colored dye. 
 
 Cebadilla. Veratrum sabadilla. 
 
 Cebipira. A large Brazilian tree, decoctions 
 of the bark of which are used in baths and fo- 
 mentations, to relieve rheumatic pains in the 
 limbs, and cutaneous diseases. 
 
 Cecryphalos. Kf pKvfyaloc. The reticulum 
 of ruminating animals. 
 
 Cedar. Pinus cedrus. 
 
 Cedar, red. Juniperus virginiana. 
 
 Ce'dma. (Kedfia: from KsSa^u, or neSau, for 
 cusdafa, to disperse.) A name given by the 
 
 Greeks to chronic rheumatism of the joints, es- 
 pecially the hip. 
 
 Cedra, oil or essence of. Oleum cedrinum. 
 
 CE'DRELA'CE^E. A very important order 
 of plants, allied to Meliaceee, from which they 
 differ in having winged, indefinite seed. Most 
 of the species are trees of large size. Swietenia 
 malwgani yields mahogany, in the woods of the 
 Spanish Main; Chloroxylon swietenia, Indian 
 satin-wood; while the yellow wood and the 
 cedar of New Holland are the produce of oth- 
 ers. In general, their bark is powerfully as- 
 tringent ; that of Soymida febrifuga, and ma- 
 hogany itself, is a potent febrifuge ; that of 
 Cedrela loona is a most valuable tonic in the 
 Malayan archipelago; and Khaya senegalensis 
 yields a similar remedy for the dangerous fevers 
 of the Gold Coast. 
 
 Cedrinum lignum. Cedar wood. See Pi- 
 nus cedrus. 
 
 Ce'drixus. Appertaining to the cedar 
 
 Cedrinum vinum. See Vinum cedrinum. 
 
 Cedri'tes. Wine in which the resin which 
 distills from the cedar-tree has been steeped. It 
 was formerly employed as a vermifuge. 
 
 Cedria. Cedrium. Cedreleum. This term 
 seems to have been applied to several substan 
 ces, but most generally to the resin of the cedar. 
 
 Cedrome'lla. The citron. 
 
 Cedrone'lla. Turkey balsam. 
 
 Cedro'stis. Bryony. 
 
 Ce'drula. A name of the Juniperus oxyce- 
 drus, or berry-bearing cedar. 
 
 Cedrus. Pinus cedrus. 
 
 Cedrus Americana. The arbor vitse. 
 
 Cedrus bacci'fera. The Juniperus oxyce- 
 drus. 
 
 Cei'ria. Keipia. The tape-worm. 
 
 Celandine.- See Chclidonium. 
 
 Cela'strus. Ceanothus. 
 
 Celauritis. Litharge. 
 
 CE'LE. (From icnAn.) A tumor caused by 
 the protrusion of any soft part : a hernia. Hence 
 the compound terms enterocele, epiplocele, &c. 
 
 Celery. Apium graveolens. 
 
 Celis. A spot or stain. 
 
 CELL. CELLULE. Minute spheroidal or 
 ganizations, having a complete bounding mem- 
 brane, and produced by the development of 
 nuclei or cytoblasts. Cells are, for the most 
 part, of very limited duration, especially such 
 as lie on the exposed surfaces of membranes, 
 and new individuals are produced either from 
 the reproductive nuclei of former cells (which 
 have thrown them out or become dissolved), or 
 from a regular structure called the basement or 
 primary membrane, which lies in immediate 
 contact with the capillary system of vessels. 
 This primary membrane is itself but a delicate 
 aggregation of flattened, nucleated cellules, but 
 it allows of the transudation of nutritious matter 
 from the capillary fluids, and hence not only 
 throws off cytoblasts, but is the medium of a 
 regulated nutrition. The homogeneous sides 
 of capillary vessels, and of the cellules them- 
 selves, are constructed of the basement mem- 
 brane, which is a primary deposite from the 
 blood. This tissue possesses the power of im- 
 bibition and exosmose, and thus serves, in the 
 nutrition of each cellule, for the admission of 
 
 147 
 
CEL 
 
 C E N 
 
 the peculiar aliment necessaiy to its growth. It 
 is a form of protein, probably of albumen. 
 
 The original form of all cellules is spheroidal ; 
 but, by unequal development, by the influence 
 of position, and from other causes, there is often 
 a deviation in the progress of growth : thus they 
 become elongated and tapering, or fusiform, as 
 in cartilaginous and cancerous tissues, and in 
 vegetable wood ; or a row of cellules may by 
 growth become converted into a tube by the 
 destruction of their bounding membrane ; in 
 this way the myolemma is produced. Cells are 
 also simple or nucleated ; in the latter possess- 
 ing the power of producing further cellules from 
 the nuclei, either by a kind of fissiparous gen- 
 eration, as in the case of the red blood globules 
 {Barry), or by the dissolution of the mature 
 cell and separation of the nuclei. Cellules are 
 also free or isolated, and attached. The cor- 
 puscles of blood and various secretions furnish 
 specimens of free cellules; the mucous mem- 
 branes and skin also constantly throw off from 
 their basement membrane free simple cellules 
 which have performed their office, and are call- 
 ed the epithelium cells. These pass through 
 their cycle of development often with great ra- 
 pidity, acting as isolated bodies, and segrega- 
 ting mucous and other secretions, which they 
 finally pour forth into appropriate cavities by 
 bursting, the rudiments of their tissue being 
 discerned in the secretions they produce, or in 
 the excretions of the body. It is the destiny 
 of other cellules to be imprisoned in more per- 
 manent tissues, as cartilage, bone, &c, where 
 they are surrounded by an intercellular matter, 
 amid which they grow by the development of 
 nuclei, the old cells giving place to their proge- 
 ny, but the process occurring with slowness. 
 
 The interior of cellules contains, in the differ- 
 ent parts of the body, every one of its compo- 
 nent parts : thus there are adipose cellules, 
 muscular cellules, nervous cellules, &e. 
 
 All parts of the vegetable structure consist of 
 cellules, variously modified, and containing dif- 
 ferent fluids, gases, or solids. In animals the 
 cellular development does not seem quite so 
 universal ; but the most important parts, as well 
 as the largest proportion of the frame, exhibits 
 cellular structure ; and the maintenance or nu- 
 trition of glands, muscles, nerves, and the great- 
 er part, is by cellules. 
 
 Cellules are always minute in animals, but 
 vaiy in different parts from the ^1^ th to the 
 -pyl^th of an inch in diameter. 
 
 Cell, germinal. Cytoblast. 
 
 Cells, bronchial. See Pulmo. 
 
 Cells, mastoid. See Auris. 
 
 Ce'llula. (a, (B, f. ; diminutive of cella, a 
 cell.) A little cell or cavity. 
 
 Cellule mastoideje. See Temporal bones. 
 
 Ce'llular. Cellularis. Composed of little 
 cells. 
 
 Cellular membrane, texture, tissue, web. 
 See Membrana. 
 
 CELLULARES. The great division of the 
 vegetable kingdom, including plants composed 
 of cellules only, as the fungi, algse, lichens. 
 It nearly resembles the cryptogamia of Lin- 
 naeus. 
 
 CELLULES. Minute cells. 
 148 
 
 -Hippo- 
 
 Cellulitis venenata. A poisoned wound. 
 
 CELOTO'MIA. {a,ce,L; from /c^t?, hernia, 
 and TEjiva, to cut.) The operation for a stran- 
 gulated hernia, by cutting. 
 
 CE'MENT. Chemists call by this name any 
 substance employed to unite things together by 
 adhesion, as lutes, glues, solders, &c. 
 
 Cement, soft. Cap cement. Melt six parts 
 of resin with two of common wax, and color 
 with red ochre. 
 
 CE' MENTATION. A chemical process, 
 which consists in surrounding a body in the 
 solid state with the powder of some other bodies, 
 and exposing the whole for a time, in a close 
 vessel, to a degree of heat not sufficient to. fuse 
 the contents. Thus iron is converted into steel 
 by cementation with charcoal. 
 
 Cemente'rium. An aludel. 
 
 Ce'nchrias. Cenchris. Cenchrites. A 
 species of herpes. 
 
 Ceneangei'a. Emptiness of the vessels of 
 the body. 
 
 Cenembatesis. Paracentesis. 
 
 Ce'neon. The hollow of the flank. 
 crates. Galen. 
 
 Cenificatum. A calx. 
 
 Ceniote'mium. A purging remedy, formerly 
 used in the venereal disease, supposed to be 
 mercurial. 
 
 Ceniplam. Cenipotam. Cenigdam cenigo- 
 tam. An instrument used to open the head in 
 epilepsy ! — Ruland. 
 
 Cenobium. A fruit consisting of several car- 
 pels, without valves or sutures ; as in the labia- 
 ted plants. 
 
 CENO'SIS. (From nevou, to empty.) Sy- 
 nonymous with evacuation ; inanition. 
 
 CENOTICA. Morbid discharges, or excess- 
 ive discharges. 
 
 Ceno'ticus. Cenotic; evacuant. 4 > 
 
 CENTAU'REA. (ea, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia frustanea. — 
 C. behen. Behen album. The root is regarded 
 in the East as a tonic. — C. benedicta. The 
 blessed or holy thistle. It is a strong bitter, 
 tonic and astringent. Chamomile flowers are 
 now generally substituted. — C. calcitra'pa. 
 The common star-thistle, or star knap-weed. 
 The juice, extract, or infusion is said to cure 
 intermittents, and has been recommended in 
 nephritic disorders. It is tonic. — C. centauri- 
 um. The greater centaury. Centaurium mag- 
 num and Centaurium majus. The root of this 
 plant was formerly used as an aperient and cor- 
 roborant in alvine fluxes. — C. cyanus. The 
 blue-bottle. Cyanus. The flowers were for- 
 merly in frequent use. — C. solstilialis. Saint 
 Barnaby's thistle. It is only a weak tonic. 
 
 Centaurii cacumina. See Chironia centmtr 
 Hum. 
 
 CENTAURIN. The bitter principle of Eu- 
 ropean centaury (Erythrcea, or Chironia cen- 
 taurium). It is said to be an excellent febrifuge 
 when combined with hydrochloric acid. 
 
 Centaurioi'des. See Gratiola officinalis. 
 
 Centauris. Kevravpcc. The lesser cen- 
 taury. 
 
 Centaurite. Cnicin. 
 
 Centaurium. Ke vravpi ov. Centaurea. — 
 C. magnum. C. majv.$. See Centaurea cen- 
 
CEP 
 
 CEP 
 
 taurium. — C. minus. C. parvum. See Chiro- 
 nia centaurium. 
 
 CENTAURY, AMERICAN. The Sabbatia 
 angularis. It is a good simple bitter. Dose, 
 3ss. to 5ij- 
 
 Centaury, European. Chironia centaurium. 
 
 Cente'ria. Hypericum androsscmum. 
 
 Centigramme. The 100th part of a gramme, 
 or -15 grain troy. 
 
 Centilitre. The 100th of a litre, or 270 
 fluid drachms. 
 
 Centilitrum. An old liquid measure, equal 
 to the 100th part of the Greek TiLrpa, or pound. 
 
 Centime'tre. The 100th of a metre : 0*39 
 of an inch. 
 
 Centimo'rbia. Lysimachia nummularia. 
 
 Centine'rvia. Plantago. 
 
 Centinodia. Polygonum aviculare. 
 
 CENTRAL ARTERY OF THE RETINA. 
 A minute branch of the ophthalmic, supplying 
 the retina, and sending a branch to the vitreous 
 humor. 
 
 Centres, nervous. The brain, spinal cord, 
 and sympathetic ganglia are so called. 
 
 Centrifugal inflorescence. When the cen- 
 tral or topmost bud opens first, it is the reverse 
 of the centripetal or common inflorescence. 
 
 Ce'ntrium. (KevTpLov; from Kevreu, to 
 prick.) The epithet of a plaster recommended 
 by Galen against stitches in the side. 
 
 CENTRUM COMMUNE. Epigastric cen- 
 tre* The solar plexus. See Nervous system. 
 
 Centrum nerveum. Centrum phrenicum. 
 The middle tendinous portion of the diaphragm. 
 See Diaphragm. 
 
 Centrum ovale. Centrum ovale majus. The 
 oval expanse of white matter displayed when 
 the hemispheres are removed down to the level 
 of the corpus callosum; and generally called 
 Centrum ovale Vieussenii. Again, if the upper 
 part of the brain be removed by a horizontal 
 section, at a level a little above that just men- 
 tioned, there appears in each hemisphere a 
 smaller oval expanse of white matter, which 
 has been described by Vicq d'Azyr, and is call- 
 ed the small, or lateral centrum ovale, centrum 
 ovale minus, or centrum ovale of Vicq oVAzyr. 
 
 Ce'ntrum semicircula're ge'minum. Tae- 
 nia semicircularis. 
 
 Centrum tendinosum. See Diaphragm. 
 
 Centum capita. Eryngium commune. 
 
 Centumno'dia. Polygonum aviculare. 
 
 Centu'nculus. Gnaphalium. 
 
 CE'PA. {a, <e, f.) An onion. See Allium 
 cepa. 
 
 Cepa ascalonica. The shalot. 
 
 Cep^a. The Sedum cepcea of Linnaeus. 
 
 Cephaelis. See Ipecacuanha. 
 
 CEPHALiE'A. (From tieyaln, the head.) 
 Violent and inveterate pain in the head. 
 
 Cephal.e'a spasmodica. C. nauseosa. Sick 
 headache. It is fluctuating or spasmodic, at- 
 tended with nausea and faintness in the morn- 
 ing, and is to be considered a symptom of gastric, 
 uterine, or other disorders, and to be treated 
 accordingly. 
 
 CEPHAL^MATOMA. Cephalamatome. 
 (From Kecpaln, and atfia, blood.) A sanguine- 
 ous tumor of the head, sometimes existing be- 
 tween the bone and pericranium of new-born 
 
 infants, over the parietal bone. It nearly al- 
 ways subsides in twenty to thirty days, but in 
 rare cases produces necrosis. 
 
 Cephalagra. Gout in the head. 
 
 Cephalagraphy. Cephalagraphia. A de- 
 scription of the head ; usually anatomical. 
 
 CEPHALALGIA, (a, ce, f. ; from Kecpaln, 
 and alyog, pain.) This term has been gener- 
 ally applied to a common headache, while the 
 term cephalaa has been used to designate that 
 obstinate and inveterate kind of headache 
 which in some cases resists all means of cure. 
 
 Cephalalgia contagiosa. Influenza. So 
 called from the distressing headache which 
 commences the attack. 
 
 Cephalalgia spasmodica. Cephalsea spas- 
 modica. 
 
 Cephala'rticus. (From Keqalrj, and apri- 
 £cj, to make perfect.) Having the property of 
 purging the head, as errhines, &c. 
 
 CEPHALIC. Cephalicus. (From Ke<j>a2,n.) 
 Pertaining to the head. 1. In Pharmacy, an 
 errhine. 2. In Anatomy, applied to a vein of 
 the arm which the ancients supposed to have 
 some particular connection with the head. 
 Chaussier calls the internal jugular vein the 
 cephalic vein, and the common carotid artery 
 the cephalic artery. 
 
 Cephalic vein. Vena cephalica. The an- 
 terior or outermost vein of the arm, which re* 
 ceives the cephalic of the thumb: it empties 
 into the axillary vein. 
 
 Cephalic powder. See Pulvis cephalicus. 
 
 Cephalic snuff. An errhine powder, the 
 active ingredient of which is asarabacca. 
 
 CEPHALPTIS. Phrenitis. See Encephalitis. 
 
 Cephalo'dium. The orbicular and convex 
 conceptacule of some lichens. 
 
 Cephalodyne. Headache. 
 
 Cephalogenesis. The doctrine of the de- 
 velopment of the brain. 
 
 Cephalogia. A dissertation on the head. 
 
 Cephaloid. Capitate. Resembling a head, 
 or relating to the head. 
 
 Cephalo'meter. Cephalometrum. An in- 
 strument formerly used to estimate the size of 
 the fetal head during parturition. It is now 
 laid aside ; the fingers are the best cephalo- 
 meter. 
 
 Cephalo'nosus. This name has been given 
 to cephalic fever, or that kind of fever in which 
 the brain is particularly affected. 
 
 CEPHALOMA. An encephaloid or medul- 
 lary tumor ; medullary sarcoma. Hence the 
 adjective cephalomatous. 
 
 Ce'phalo-pharyngeus. See Constrictor 
 pharyngis inferior. 
 
 Cephalophyma. Cephalaematoma. 
 
 CEPHALO'PODA. (From Kefyaln, and 
 itovc, a foot. ) An order of molluscous animals, 
 in which the mouth is surrounded with locomo- 
 tive tentacula, as the cuttle-fish. 
 
 Cephalopo'nia. Pain or heaviness in the 
 head. 
 
 Cephalo-spinal. Cephalo-rachidian. Ap- 
 pertaining to the head and spine. 
 
 Cephalo-spinal, or Cephalo-rachidian flu- 
 id. A serous fluid or halitus found between 
 the pia mater and encephalon, and along the 
 spinal marrow. 
 
 149 
 
CER 
 
 C ER 
 
 Cephalotomia. Cepkalotomy. A dissection 
 or opening of the head. 
 
 CEPHALOTOMY. (From Kedalrj, and rep.- 
 vo), to cut.) Opening the head of the foetus in 
 preternatural labors. It is done by means of 
 Smellie's scissors, which are introduced through 
 a fontanelle or suture, and, being opened, are 
 turned within the skull to break down the brain. 
 By the pressure of the contracting uterus the 
 brain is forced out in part, and the head be- 
 comes reduced. This operation is only war- 
 ranted where there is such a deformity of the 
 pelvis as to render the passage of the head im- 
 j»ossible ; where the child is dead, or laboring 
 under a fatal disease, as hydrocephalus; or 
 where the parents refuse the Caesarian section, 
 or the condition of the patient renders it inex- 
 pedient. 
 
 CEPHALOTRIBE. (From Kefaln, and rpt- 
 Scj, to bruise.) A powerful pair of forceps, 
 worked by a screw at the handle, and invented 
 by M. Bourdeloque, jun., for crushing the 
 head of the foetus in utero. It is used after the 
 brain has been discharged. As the skull is 
 broken into fragments, spiculae of bone often 
 protrude through the scalp, and may injure the 
 mother. 
 
 CEPHALOTRIPSY. (From KefaXrj, and 
 •&pv7TTG), to crush.) Breaking up the skull of 
 the foetus in utero. 
 
 Cepini. Vinegar. 
 
 CE'RA. (a, ce, f. Knpog.) Wax. A fatty 
 substance, which, when pure, is white, pellu- 
 cid, destitute of taste. Its specific gravity is 
 from -960 to -966. At 32° it is brittle, but be- 
 comes soft and flexible when heated to 86°, and 
 melts at 155°. It is insoluble in cold alcohol 
 and ether, but partly soluble in hot alcohol. 
 That of commerce is nearly entirely derived from 
 bees. Wax is, according to Hess, a simple hy- 
 drocarbon, O20H20O. When oxydized, it forms 
 eerie acid. It is not saponifiable. The sub- 
 stances called cerin, myristicin, and ceraine, are 
 impure products of oxydation, according to this 
 authority. 
 
 Vegetable Wax. — Proust asserts that the 
 bloom on fruit, as well as the varnish on leaves, 
 consists of wax. Some vegetables contain it 
 abundantly, as the Myrica cerifera, Ceroxylum 
 andicola, Palma carnauba, and Galactodendron 
 utile. From these the wax may be extracted 
 by boiling in water. 
 
 Wax is employed for various economical pur- 
 poses. In medicine it is emollient, and used 
 for making plasters, cerates, and bougies. 
 
 Cera alba. C. dealbata. White wax; bees' 
 wax bleached. 
 
 Cera flava. Yellow wax. 
 
 Germ'm. The cornua of the uterus. — Rufus 
 Ephesius. 
 
 Cera'mium. A Greek measure of about nine 
 gallons. 
 
 CERAMURIA. Urine which deposits the 
 earthy phosphates of a light color. 
 
 Cerani'tes. A pastil used by Galen. 
 
 CE'RAS. 1. Horn. 2. The wild parsnep. 
 3. The cornea. 4. A prefix of many words, 
 properly written kera, as keratocele. 
 
 Cerasa nigra. Prunus avium. — C. rubra. 
 Prunus cerasus. 
 150 
 
 Ce'rasin. A gum which swells, but does 
 not dissolve in water. 
 
 Cerastes. The genus of horned vipers. 
 
 CE'RASUS. See Prunus cerasus and Pru- 
 nus. 
 
 CERATE. See Ceratum and Vnguentum. 
 
 Cerate, common. Ceratum simplex. 
 
 Cerate for the ltps. Take of white wax, 
 fj. ; olive oil, f. fij. Color the oil with alkanet 
 root, and add it to the melted wax, stirring till 
 cold. Emollient. 
 
 Cerate, Goulard's. Ceratum plumbi com- 
 positum. 
 
 Cerate, Kirkland's neutral. See Un- 
 guenlum plumbi composilum. 
 
 Cerate, Marshall's. Take of palm oil, 
 3vj. ; calomel, fj. ; acetate of lead, fss. ; un- 
 guenti hydrargyri nitratis, fij. Mix. 
 
 Cerate, simple. Ceratum simplex. 
 
 Cerate, Turner's. Ceratum calamine. 
 
 Cera'tia. Ceratonia siliqua. 
 
 Ceratia diphyllus. A plant from which 
 gum anime exudes. 
 
 Ceraticum. Ceratonia siliqua. 
 
 Cera'tio. The fixation of mercury : mixing 
 with wax. 
 
 Cerati'tes. See Unicomu. 
 
 Cera'tium. Keparcov. 1. The pod of the 
 Ceratonia. 2. An ancient weight equal to four 
 grains. 
 
 CERATO. Kerato. A prefix of many terms 
 containing the word keras (Kepac), horn, or 
 cornea ; for which, see Kera- and Kerato-. 
 Such are ceratonyxis, ceratoplaslice, ceratitis, 
 ceratodeitis, ceratotomia, &c. 
 
 Ce'rato-glo'ssus, The hyoglossus. 
 
 Cerato-hyoideus. See Stylo-hyoideus. 
 
 CE'RATOCE'LE. Keratocele. (From 
 Kepac, a horn, and ktjTiij, a hernia.) When the 
 outer layer of the cornea is destroyed by ulcer- 
 ation, and the inner layer, still entire, is pro- 
 truded by the pressure of the aqueous humor, 
 it forms what is called a ceratocele, or hernia of 
 the cornea. 
 
 Ceratoi'des. (From Kepac, and eidoe, ap 
 pearance.) Horn-like. The cornea. 
 
 Ce'ratomala'gma. A cerate. See Cera 
 turn. 
 
 CERATO'NIA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polygamia. Triazcia. — C. si'liqua. The carob 
 tree. The sweet pulp of the pod is demulcent. 
 
 CE'RATOTOME. ( Ceratotomus, i, m. ; from 
 Kepac , and re/nvcj, to cut.) Baron Wenzel gave 
 this name to the knife with which he divided 
 the cornea. 
 
 CERA'TUM. (urn, i, n. ; from cera, wax, 
 because its principal ingredient is wax.) Cerate. 
 A composition of wax, oil, or lard, with or with- 
 out other ingredients. 
 
 Ceratum album. See Ceratum cetacei. 
 
 Ceratum arse'nici. (U.S.) Cerate of 
 arsenic. Take of arsenious acid, in fine pow- 
 der, 3j. ; simple cerate, ^j. Soften the cerate 
 and mix intimately. A dangerous application 
 to cancerous surfaces. 
 
 Ceratum calami'nj:. Calamine cerate. 
 Take of prepared calamine, yellow wax, of 
 each Ibss. ; lard, fbij. Melt the wax and lard; 
 remove it from the fire ; and, as soon as it be- 
 gins to thicken, add the calamine, and stir it 
 
CER 
 
 C E R 
 
 constantly until the mixture becomes cold. 
 (U. S.) 
 
 Ceratum cantha'ridis. (U. S.) Blister- 
 ing plaster. Cerate of Spanish flies. Take of 
 Spanish flies, powdered, ibj. ; yellow wax, res- 
 in, and olive oil, of each, jfviij. Add the pow- 
 der, with stirring, to the other ingredients 
 melted together. This is the common blister- 
 ing plaster of the United States. If the appli- 
 cation produces strangury, discontinue; and 
 employ demulcent drinks and emollient oint- 
 ments. 
 
 Ceratum ceta'cei. (U. S.) C. ceti. Sper- 
 maceti cerate. Take of spermaceti, fj.; white 
 wax, fiij. ; olive oil, fvj. Add the oil to the 
 spermaceti and wax, previously melted togeth- 
 er, and stir them until the mixture becomes 
 cold. Emollient. 
 
 Ceratum cic'ut^:. Ceratum conii. 
 
 Ceratum ci'trinum. See Ceratum resince. 
 
 Ceratum coni'i. Hemlock cerate. Take 
 unguenti conii, ibj.; spermaceti, fij.; white 
 wax, fiij. Mix. One of the formulae of St. 
 Bartholomew's Hospital, occasionally applied 
 to cancerous, scrofulous, phagedenic, herpetic, 
 and other inveterate sores. 
 
 Ceratum epuloticum. C. lapidis cala- 
 mi naris. See Ceratum calamines. 
 
 Ceratum gal'eni. See Cold cream. 
 
 Ceratum hydr'argyri compositum. (Ph. 
 L.) Compound cerate of mercury. Take of 
 strong ointment of mercury, soap cerate, of each, 
 f iv. ; of camphor, fj. Mix. A resolvent for 
 indolent swellings. 
 
 Ceratum juni'peri sabin.e. Ceratum sabi- 
 nae. 
 
 Ceratum lithargyri acetati compositum. 
 See Ceratum plumbi compositum. 
 
 Ceratum lyttjc. Ceratum cantharidis. 
 
 Ceratum plumbi aceta'tis. (Ph. L.) Ce- 
 rate of acetate of lead. Take of acetate of 
 lead, powdered, 313. ; white wax, 5 i j . ; olive oil, 
 f. fviij. Mix. This cerate is sedative, cooling, 
 and desiccative. 
 
 Ceratum plumbi carb'onatis. (U. S.) Ce- 
 rate of carbonate of lead. Take of plaster of 
 carbonate of lead, f x. ; of olive oil, f. fij. Melt 
 the plaster and then mix with the oil. Desic- 
 cative and cooling. 
 
 Ceratum plumbi compositum. (Ph. L. ; U. 
 S.) Compound cerate of lead. Take of solu- 
 tion of sub-acetate of lead, f. f iiss. ; yellow wax, 
 f iv. ; olive oil, f. fix. ; camphor, 3ss. Mix the 
 wax, previously melted, with eight fluid ounces 
 of oil ; when it begins to thicken, add gradually 
 the solution of acetate of lead until it gets cold. 
 Lastly, mix in the camphor, previously dissolved 
 in the remainder of the oil. It is cooling, de- 
 siccative, and resolvent. 
 
 Ceratum plumbi subaceta'tis. (U.S.) Ce- 
 ratum plumbi compositum. 
 
 Ceratum plumbi superacetatis. Cerate 
 of sugar of lead. 
 
 Ceratum refrige'rans gal'eni. Cold 
 cream. 
 
 Ceratum resins. (U. S.) C. resince fla- 
 V(B. Resin cerate. Take of resin, § v. ; yellow 
 wax, fij.; lard, fviij. Melt. Digestive and 
 etimulant. 
 
 Ceratum resins compo'situm. (U.S.) 
 
 Compound resin cerate. Take of resin, suet, 
 yellow wax, each Ibj. ; turpentine, ibss. ; flax- 
 seed oil, Oss. Melt together. A stimulant and 
 digestive cerate. 
 
 Ceratum sabin^e. (U. S.) Savine cerate. 
 Take of savine, in powder, fij. ; of ceratum res- 
 inas, Ibj. Mix the powder with the cerate, 
 previously softened. Used to keep up a dis- 
 charge from blistered surfaces. 
 
 Ceratum saponis. (U. S. ; Ph. L.) Soap 
 cerate. Take of hard soap, f viij . ; yellow wax, 
 f x. ; semi-vitrified oxide of lead, powdered, 
 ibj.; olive oil, a pint; vinegar, a gallon. Boil 
 the vinegar with the oxide of lead, constantly 
 stirring ; then add the soap, and boi] it again in 
 a similar manner, until the moisture is entirely 
 evaporated ; then mix in the wax, previously 
 melted with the oil. Resolvent ; against scrof- 
 ulous tumors, &c. 
 
 Ceratum satu'rni. Ceratum plumbi com- 
 positum. 
 
 Ceratum simplex. (U. S.) Ceratum. Sim- 
 ple cerate. Take of lard, f viij. ; white wax, 
 fiv. Melt. Emollient. 
 
 Ceratum spermatis ceti. See Ceratum ce- 
 tacei. 
 
 Ceratum zinci carbo'natis. (U. S.) C. 
 zinci carbonatis impitri. See Ceratum calami' 
 nee. 
 
 Ceraunion. A meteoric stone. 
 
 Cerbera tanghin. An apocynous tree of 
 Madagascar. The fruit is the most poisonous 
 natural production known : it produces violent 
 convulsions, and is narcotic. 
 
 Ce'rberus. Pulvis scammoniae compositus. 
 
 CERCA'RLE. (From nepnoc, a tail.) Infu- 
 sorials with a large body and slender tail. 
 
 Cerchnos. Cerchnus. Hoarse inspiration, 
 or voice wheezing. 
 
 Ce'rcis. The radius bone; a pestle. 
 
 Cerco'sis. 1. A polypus of the uterus. 2. 
 An enlargement of the clitoris. 
 
 Ce'rea. The cerumen auriura. 
 
 CEREA'LIA. The grain plants. 
 
 Cerebellitis. Inflammation of the cere- 
 bellum. 
 
 CEREBE'LLOUS. Cerebellosus. Appertain- 
 ing to the cerebellum. It has been applied to 
 the blood-vessels of the cerebellum, and also to 
 a species of apoplexy, in which this organ is 
 supposed to be peculiarly affected, from the ac- 
 companying erection, and other signs of irrita- 
 tion of the generative organs. 
 
 CERE'BELLUM. (urn, i, n. ; diminutive of 
 cerebrum.) The little brain. See Encephalos. 
 
 CERE'BRAL. Cerebralis. Appertaining to 
 the cerebrum or brain. 
 
 Cerebral apophysis. The pineal gland. 
 
 Cerebral arteries. C. veins. C. nerves. 
 See Encephalos. 
 
 Cerebral fever. A fever in which the 
 brain is much affected. 
 
 Cere'bric acid. A fatty acid of the brain 
 and nervous system, supposed to contain ni- 
 trogen and phosphorus, and but imperfectly 
 known. 
 
 CERE'BRIFORM. Resembling in substance 
 the brain. Encephaloid. 
 
 CERE'BRITIS. Encephalitis. Inflamma- 
 tion of the cerebrum, or brain. 
 
 151 
 
CER 
 
 C ES 
 
 CERE'BRO-SPINAL. Pertaining both to 
 the cerebrum, or brain, and spinal cord ; as the 
 cerebrospinal diseases, i. e., those which indi- 
 cate a disorder of the spinal cord and brain. 
 
 Cerebro-s final fluid. The Rachidian fluid, 
 or serous halitus found in the sheath of the 
 spinal marrow. 
 
 Cerebro-s pin ants. Nai'cotic medicines are 
 so called by Pereira. 
 
 CEREBROL. Cerebrolein. The fatty 
 matter of the brain, supposed to contain nitro- 
 gen. It is, however, regarded as a mixture of 
 albumen and common fats by Liebig. 
 
 CEREBRUM. (», •, n.) The anterior 
 portion of the brain. See Encephalos. 
 
 Cerebrum abdominale. The solar plexus. 
 — C. elongatum. The medulla oblongata and 
 spinal cord. — C. parvum. C. posterius. The 
 cerebellum. 
 
 Cerefo'lium. Chaerophyllum sylvestre. — 
 C. hispanicum. Scandix odorata. 
 
 Cerel^e'um. A cerate. 
 
 Ce'reus. Cere'olus 
 Having a waxy appearance 
 
 Cereus medicatus. A medicated bougie. 
 
 C E R E V I ' S I A. {a, ce, f . ; quasi cerevisia, 
 i. e., cerealis liquor, from ceres, corn, of which 
 it is made.) Any liquor made from grain, es- 
 pecially ale and strong beer. 
 
 Cerevisia abietis. Spruce beer. 
 
 Cerevisia fermentum. Yeast. 
 
 Ce'ria. Taenia. 
 
 Cerine. See Cera. 
 
 Ce'rinus. A dull yellowish-red color. 
 
 Ce'rio. The seed called a caryopsis. 
 
 Ce'rion. See Ackor. 
 
 CE'RIUM. (um, ii, n.) A very rare metal. 
 It is brittle, white, and volatile in a very in- 
 tense heat. Eq., 46-05 ; symbol, Ce. It is not 
 acted on by nitric, but is dissolved by nitro- 
 muriatic acid. It combines with oxygen in 
 two proportions. The protoxide (Ce 2 03) is 
 white, and the peroxide of a fawn-red color. 
 
 Cernin, Saint. Upper Auvergne. It has a 
 cold chalybeate spring. 
 
 Ce'rnos. A bandage for the head. 
 
 Cer'nuus. Hanging down the head ; droop- 
 ing. 
 
 CERO'MA. An adipose, lardaceous, or waxy 
 tumor. 
 
 Cero'ma. Ceroneum. Cerotum. A ce- 
 rate. 
 
 Ceropi'ssus. A cerate of pitch and wax. 
 
 Ceroxylon andicola. A palm of the Andes, 
 which yields much wax from its stem. 
 
 Cerua. Ricinus communis. 
 
 Cerulin. Cerulina. The blue pigment of 
 sulphate of indigo. When it is united with 
 bases they are called coeruleo-sulphates. 
 
 CERU'MEN. {en, inis, n. ; from cera, wax.) 
 The waxy matter of the ear secreted by folli- 
 cles, situated under the cuticular lining of the 
 meatus auditorius externus. When in excess, 
 it becomes a cause of deafness by impeding 
 the passage of sounds. In this case, syringing 
 the channel with warm water is an effectual 
 remedy. Deafness may also arise from a want 
 of the secretion, when slightly stimulating oils 
 are useful. 
 
 Ceruminous glands. See Auris. 
 152 
 
 See Plumbi acetas. 
 Yellow oxide of lead. 
 
 CERU'SSA. Cerusse. White lead. Plum- 
 bi subcarbonas. 
 
 Cerussa acetata. 
 
 cerussa c1trata. 
 Massicot. 
 
 Cerusse of antimony. An oxide of anti- 
 mony, formed by deflagration "with nitre, and 
 washing. Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. 
 
 Cervaria alba. Laserpitium latifolium. 
 
 Cervi spina. See Rhamnus catharticus. 
 
 CERVI'CAL. {Cervicalis; from cervex, the 
 neck.) Belonging to the neck; as, cervical 
 nerves, cervical muscles, &c. 
 
 Cervical arteries. There are two cervi- 
 cal arteries, both of which generally rise from 
 the subclavian, behind the scalenus muscle, 
 sometimes by a common trunk, and sometimes 
 separately. The cervicalis profunda, vel poste- 
 7~ior, ascends obliquely backwai'd between the 
 transverse processes of the two lowest cervical 
 vertebrae, and continues its course directly up- 
 ward on the posterior part of the spine, supply- 
 ing the adjacent muscles and inosculating with 
 the occipital artery. The cervicalis supei -ficia~ 
 lis, vel anterior, crosses the neck transversely, 
 communicating with other branches of the sub- 
 clavian, and with the occipital artery. 
 
 Cervical ganglia. The three ganglia form- 
 ed by the great sympathetic on each side the 
 neck. 
 
 Cervical glands. Lymphatic glands ofthe 
 neck. They are sometimes improperly called 
 ganglia. 
 
 Cervical ligaments. The anterior stretch- 
 es between the basilar process of the occipital 
 bone and the front of the first vertebra. The 
 posterior cervical ligament is the ligamentum 
 nucha;. 
 
 Cervical nerves. See Nervous system. 
 
 Cervical plexus. The plexus formed from 
 the anterior branches of the first three cervical 
 nerves, over the posterior scalenus muscle. 
 
 Cervical vertebra. The seven upper- 
 most ofthe vertebrae, which form the spine. 
 
 Cervical veins. The veins which corre- 
 spond with the cervical arteries. 
 
 Cervica'lis descendens. See Sacro lum- 
 balis. 
 
 Cervica'ria. Campanula trachelium. 
 
 Cervi'nus. Fawn color. 
 
 CE'RVIX. (ix, ids, f.) 1. The neck. 
 Properly, the back part of the neck. 2. Ap- 
 plied also to portions of organs which somewhat 
 resemble a neck, as cervix uteri, the neck of 
 the uterus ; cervix vesicae, the neck of the blad- 
 der, &c. 
 
 Cervix obstipa. Wry neck. 
 
 CE'RVUS. {its, i, m.) A genus of ruminant 
 animals. — C. alces. The elk or moose deer. — 
 C. tarandus. The rein-deer. — C. elephas. The 
 stag. — C. dama. The fallow deer. — C. carta- 
 densis. The Wapiti deer. — C. virginianus. 
 The Virginian deer. — C. axis. The axis, or 
 spotted Indian deer. — C. capreolus. The Eu- 
 ropean roebuck. — C. muntjac. The Indian 
 roebuck. 
 
 CE'SPITOSE. {Cespitosus; from cespes, a 
 sod or turf.) A plant is so called which pro- 
 duces many stems from one root, and which has 
 all its leaves radical, so as to resemble a turf. 
 
CH A 
 
 CESTOI'DEANS. Cestoidea.^ The order 
 of parenchymatous entozoa, to which the tape- 
 worms belong. 
 
 CESTR'ACE^. A sub-class of plants, usu- 
 ally associated with the Solanacece, some of 
 which are poisonous. 
 
 Cestri'tes vinum. (From neorpov, betony.) 
 Wine impregnated with betony. 
 
 Ce'strum. Betonica officinalis. 
 
 CETA'CEA. Cetaceans. An order of ma- 
 rine mammiferous animals, including the whale, 
 porpoise, dolphin, &c. 
 
 CETA'CEUM. (um, i, n.) Spermaceti. 
 
 Cetaceus. (From ceta, a whale.) Ceta- 
 ceous. 
 
 Ce'tene. The product of the distillation of 
 ethal with anhydrous phosphoric acid. It is 
 an oily, inflammable liquid. Form., C32H32. 
 
 Ce'terach. Asplenium ceterach. 
 
 Cetine. Pure spermaceti. 
 
 CETRARIA ISLANDICA. Iceland moss. 
 It abounds in a mucilaginous and slightly bitter 
 starch, and is demulcent and pectoral. 
 
 Cetra'rine. The bitter matter of the Ice- 
 land moss. It is colored deep blue by hydro- 
 chloric acid, and has febrifuge qualities. 
 
 CE'TYLE. A hypothetical radical of a se- 
 ries of compounds derived from spermaceti. 
 Form., C32H33 ; symb., Ct. The hydrated ox- 
 ide of cetyle is ethal. Cetylic acid, Ct03,HO, 
 is ethylic acid. There are also a chloride and 
 other compounds. 
 
 Cevadic acid. Acidum cevadicum. Formed 
 by the action of potash on the fat matter of the 
 sabadilla. It is a crystalline, volatile acid. 
 
 Cevadi'lla. Cevedilla. See Sabadilla. 
 
 Cevil. A medicine of Paracelsus. 
 
 Ceyenne pepper. See Capsicum. 
 
 Ceylon moss. The sea-weed, Fucus amyla- 
 ceus. It is veiy rich in a mucilaginous starch, 
 and recommended in Europe as an article of 
 food. 
 
 Chabert's oil. A mixture of three parts oil 
 of turpentine and one part Dippel's oil, distill- 
 ed. Anthelmintic : used in tape-worm. 
 
 CHiEROPHY'LLUM. («m,j,n.) A genus 
 of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellife- 
 t<b. — C. odoratum. Sweet cicely. — C. sativum. 
 Common chervil. See Scandix cerefolium. — 
 C. sylvestre. Bastard hemlock. Cicutaria. 
 It possesses no remarkable property. 
 
 ChVte. Human hair. 
 
 Chaff. Paleae. 
 
 Chafing. A superficial excoriation. It may 
 be remedied by cooling cerates containing ace- 
 tate of lead. 
 
 CHAIN SAW. This is made of a strong 
 watch-chain, the links of which have seratures 
 on one side. One end is permanently fixed 
 into a handle, and the other is furnished with a 
 hook, so that it can be attached or separated 
 from the handle according to circumstances. 
 The chief use of the chain saw is in the opera- 
 tion for the removal of the lower jaw. It is a 
 difficult instrument to manage. 
 
 Chala'sis. 1. Relaxation. 2. The porcine 
 epecies of scrofula. — Sauvages. 
 
 Chala'sticus. XaXaariKoc. Emollient. 
 
 CHALA'ZA. (XaXafa, a hail-stone.) 1. 
 Chalazion. 2. Two white bodies attached to 
 
 CHA 
 
 the membrane which covers the yolk of an egg 
 are called chalazce, or grandines. 3. A mark 
 on the seeds of plants, which corresponds with 
 the insertion of their umbilical cord. 
 
 Chalazion. Chalazhim. Hordeolum. 
 
 Chalazo'sis. XaXa&oic. Chalazion. 
 
 Cha'lbane. KaMavT]. Galbanum. 
 
 Chalca'nthum. Chalcha'nthe. XaTisavdov. 
 Verdigris; vitriol. 
 
 Chalcedo'nius. A medicine used by Galen 
 in disorders of the ears. 
 
 Chalcedony. A semi-transparent variety 
 of quartz. 
 
 Chalce'tum. Valeriana locusta ? 
 
 Chalcoi'deum os. The cuneiform bone of 
 the foot. 
 
 Chalci'tis. XaTwLTic. See Colcothar. 
 
 Chalcus. XaTinove. See JEreolum. 
 
 Chali'cratum. Wine mixed with water. 
 
 CHALK. A common, friable species of car- 
 bonate of lime. Creta. 
 
 Chalk, black. A dark-colored clay. 
 
 Chalk, French. A compact, unctuous talc. 
 
 Chalk mixture. Mistura cretse. 
 
 Chalk, prepared. Creta praeparata. 
 
 Chalk, red. An aluminous, friable mineral, 
 stained with oxide of iron. It has been used as 
 an absorbent. 
 
 Chalk, Spanish. Soap-stone. 
 
 Chalk stones. See Gout. 
 
 Chalk with mercury. Hydrargyrum cum 
 creta. 
 
 CHALY'BEATE. (Ckalybeatus ; from cha- 
 lybs, iron or steel.) Of, or belonging to, iron. 
 Applied to a medicine containing iron, and to 
 mineral waters which are impregnated with 
 iron. 
 
 Chalybeated tartar. Ferri et potassas tar- 
 tras. 
 
 Chalybis rubigo pr^parata. Ferri sub- 
 carbonas. 
 
 CHA'LYBS. (Xalvyp. Chalys, ybis, m.) 
 Steel. See Ferrum. 
 
 Chalybs tartarizatus. Ferri et potassae 
 tartras. 
 
 Cham.ea'cte. The dwarf elder. 
 
 ChamjEba'lanus. Lathyrus tuberosus? 
 
 Cham^'batos. The Rubus fructicosus. 
 
 Cham^ebu'xus. Polygala chamsebuxus. 
 
 ChaMje'cedrus. A dwarf abrotanum. 
 
 ChaMjEci'ssus. Chamcecle'ma. Ground ivy. 
 
 Cham-Ecri'sta. Cassia chama'crista. A de- 
 coction, drunk freely, is said to be serviceable 
 against the poison of the night-shade. 
 
 Cham^ecypari'ssus. Santolina chamaecypa 
 rissus. 
 
 Chamjedryi'tes. Wine impregnated with 
 germander. 
 
 CHAMiE'DRYS. Chamcedrops. The ger- 
 mander. Teucrium chamaedrys. — C. incana 
 maritima. Teucrium marum. — C. palustris. 
 Teucrium scordium. — C. spuria. Veronica of- 
 ficinalis. — C. sylvestrit. Veronica chamaedrys. 
 
 Cham^egei'ron. Xa/iaiyeipov. Colt's-foot. 
 
 Chamjele'a. Daphne alpina. 
 
 ChamjEl^a'gnus. Myrica gale. 
 
 Cham^lai'tes. Wine impregnated with the 
 chamaelea. 
 
 Chameleon. A genus of lizards inhabiting 
 hot climates. 
 
 153 
 
C H A 
 
 CHE 
 
 Chameleon album. Carlina acaulis. 
 
 Chameleon mineral. Mangauate of potash. 
 
 Chameleon verum. See Cnicus. 
 
 Chamjeleu'ce. Tussilago farfara. 
 
 Cham.eli'num. Linum catharticum. 
 
 CHAMiEME'LUM. Chamcemelon. Anthe- 
 mis nobilis. — C. canariense. The Chrysanthe- 
 mum frutescens. — C. chrysanthemum. The 
 Bupthalmmn germanicum. — C . fcetidum. The 
 Anthemis cotula. — C. nobile. See Anthemis 
 nobilis. — C. vulgare. See Matricaria chamo- 
 milla. 
 
 Chamje'morus. Rub us chamaemorus. 
 
 Cham^emy'rtus. Ruscus aculeatus. 
 
 Cham^peu'ce. Camphorosma monspelien- 
 sis. 
 
 Chamje'pitys. Teucrium chamsepitys. — C. 
 moschata. Teucrium iva. 
 
 Cham.e'plion. Erysimum alliaria. 
 
 Chamjerodode'ndron. Azalea pontica. 
 
 Cham/e'rops. Teucrium chamsedrys. 
 
 Chamje'rubus. Rubus chamaemorus. 
 
 Cham^spa'rtium. Genista tinctoria. 
 
 CHAMBE'E. Camera. A circumscribed 
 cavity or place. In Anatomy, used to designate 
 the compartments of the eye. The anterior 
 chamber is that situated between the cornea 
 and lens, and containing the aqueous humor ; 
 the posterior chamber lies between the retina 
 and lens, and is filled with the vitreous humor. 
 
 Chamberlain's restorative pills. A quack 
 medicine, consisting of cinnabar, sulphur, sul- 
 phate of lime, and a little gum, or other vege- 
 table matter. 
 
 CHAMO'MILE. Chamomilla. Anthemis 
 nobilis. — C, dog's. C, German. Matricaria 
 chamomilla. — C, dyer's. Anthemis tinctoria. 
 — C, Spanish. Anthemis pyrethrum. — C. 
 stinking. C, wild. Anthemis cotula. 
 
 Chamomile drops. Alcoholic spirit, flavored 
 with essential oil of chamomile. 
 
 Chamomi'lla. Anthemis nobilis. — C. nostras. 
 Matricaria chamomilla. — C. romana. Anthe- 
 mis nobilis. 
 
 Champignon. Agaricus pratensis. 
 
 CHA'NCRE. (French.) A primary vene- 
 real ulcer. Such ulcers, of course, are found 
 most frequently on the genitals ; but they may 
 occur on any part of the body to which the ve- 
 nereal poison has been immediately applied. 
 See Syphilis. 
 
 Chandoo. A form of opium used in the 
 East for smoking. 
 
 Channeled. Canaliculatus. 
 
 Chaosda. The plague. — Paracelsus. 
 
 Charabe. See Carabe. 
 
 CHARACEiE. A family of aero gens inhab- 
 iting water, and nearly resembling confervaa. 
 
 Charantia. Momordica elaterium. 
 
 CHARCOAL. The product of vegetable 
 and animal matters burned without access of 
 air. It consists of carbon with ashes, and is 
 used in powder as a dentrifice ; in cataplasms, 
 applied to foul sores ; and as a decolorizing and 
 disinfecting agent. See Carbo. 
 
 Charcoal, animal. The impure carbona- 
 ceous residue of bones. It contains 88 per 
 cent, of phosphate and cai'bonate of lime, and 
 has extraordinaiy decolorizing properties. 
 
 Cha'rdone. The artichoke. 
 154 
 
 C hards. The foot-stalks and midribs of ar- 
 tichokes and the white beet: the former are 
 blanched. They are used as vegetables or sal- 
 ads in Europe. 
 
 Charistolo'chia. Artemisia vulgaris. 
 
 CHA'RLATAN. (Italian ciarlare, to talk 
 much.) A pretender; a quack. Hence char* 
 latanry. 
 
 Charlock. Raphanus raphanistrum. 
 
 Charm. A trick played on the superstitious 
 by incantation or otherwise, to act on the im- 
 agination. It was abundantly employed in the 
 early ages, not only by physicians, but others ; 
 and the practice is not yet exploded. 
 
 Cha'rme. Charmis. A cordial of Galen. 
 
 CHARPIE. Scraped linen, or lint. 
 
 Charr. Salmo alpinus. 
 
 CHARTA. (a, <e, f. Xapr V c.) 1. Paper. 
 2. The amnios has been called the charta vir* 
 ginea, from its likeness to a piece of fine paper. 
 
 Charta curcuma. Turmeric paper. 
 
 Charta lacmi. Litmus paper. 
 
 Chartreux, poudre de. A hydrosulphuret 
 of antimony. Kermes mineral. 
 
 Chaschisch. (Arabian.) Hemp. The tops 
 are used as a narcotic, and smoked by Eastern 
 nations. 
 
 Chasme. Chasmus. Yawning. 
 
 Chaste tree. Agnus castus. 
 
 Chate. Cucumis asgyptiaca. 
 
 Chay. Chaya. Oldenlandia umbellata. 
 
 Cheek bone. Jugale os. 
 
 CHEESE. The partially dry casein and but- 
 ter of milk, usually salted and pressed. Cheeses 
 differ in the proportion of these aliments ; some, 
 as the Stilton and Neufchatel, containing a great 
 amount of butter, while others, as the Parme- 
 san, contain none. They owe their flavor to 
 an incipient change of the casein, or to aromatic 
 herbs mixed with the curd. There is no ali- 
 ment so nutritious as good cheese ; and it forms 
 the principal, if not the only, animal food of 
 large populations in Europe, but is rather indi- 
 gestible to those who are unused to it. 
 
 Cheese mite. Acarus sirio. 
 
 Cheese rennet. Galium verum. 
 
 Cheesy. Resembling cheese ; caseous. 
 
 CHEIL-. Cheilo-. (From x ec ^ oc , a lip.) 
 Used as a prefix to many words, as Cheilitis. 
 Cheilon. Inflammation of the lip. — Cheilo- 
 carcinoma. Cancer of the lip. — Cheilomala- 
 cia. Cancer of the mouth. — Cheiloplastice 
 An operation for the restoration of a lip. 
 
 Cheiloca'ce. (e, es, f. ; from ^fi/loc, a lip, 
 and KaKov, an evil.) Canker of the mouth. 
 
 Cheime'thlon. Cheimetlon. A chilblain. 
 Pernio. 
 
 Cheimia. A rigor. 
 
 CHEIR. (Greek.) A hand. A prefix; as 
 in Cheirapsia. Scratching. — Cheiriater. A 
 surgeon. — Cheirixis. Surgery. — Cheirono- 
 mia. Exercise with the hands. 
 
 CHEIRA'NTHUS. A genus of plants. Te- 
 tr adynamia. Siliquosa. Cruciferm. — C. cheiri. 
 The wall-flower. The flowers have a moder- 
 ately strong, pleasant smell, and a nauseous, 
 bitter, somewhat pungent taste. 
 
 Chei'ri. 1. Cheiranthus cheiri. 2. Quick- 
 silver, aurum potabile, or antimony, &c. 
 
 CHEIRO'PTERA. (From #«/>, the hand 
 
CHE 
 
 CHE 
 
 and Tcrepov, a wing.) A family of mammifer- 
 ous animals, similar to and including the bats. 
 
 CHE'LA. (a, ce, f. XtjTit], forceps; from 
 Xeo), to take.) 1. The claw of a crab. 2. A 
 forked probe. 3. Fissures or chaps. 4. The 
 eye-lashes. 
 
 Chelje cancrorum. Crab's claws. 
 
 Chel^: palpebrarum. The tarsal ligaments. 
 
 Chele'rythrine. An alkaloid said to be 
 found in chelidonium majus. 
 
 Cheli'don. The bend of the arm. 
 
 Chelidonic acid. An acid said to exist in 
 the Chelidonium majus. 
 
 Chelidonine. An alkaloid of Chelidonium 
 majus. It is bitter, insoluble, and forms salts. 
 Formula, C 4 oH 20 Np,0 6 . 
 
 CHELIDO'NIUM. (um,ii,n.) 1. Bryony. 
 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. 
 Ranunculacece. — C. majus. Tetter-wort, and 
 great celandine. The herb and root have a 
 faint, unpleasant smell, and a bitter, acrid, du- 
 rable taste. They are aperient and diuretic, 
 but liable to irritate the stomach and bowels. 
 Of the dried root, from 3ss. to 3J. is a dose. The 
 fresh juice is used to destroy warts, and films 
 in the eyes; but for the latter purpose it is 
 diluted with milk. — C. minus. Ranunculus 
 ficaria. 
 
 CHELOI'DE. Cheloi'des. (From x&vc, a 
 tortoise, and eidoc, resemblance.) A new form 
 of cutaneous disease described by Alibert, con- 
 sisting of raised patches of integument of a blu- 
 ish-red color, traversed by white lines, accom- 
 panied with increased heat, intolerable itching, 
 and sometimes severe and pungent pain. 
 
 CHELO'NE. (e, es, f. Xeluvrj.) 1. The 
 tortoise. 2. An ancient instrument for extend- 
 ing a limb. 
 
 CHELO'NIA. Chelonians. An order of 
 reptiles including the various species of tortoise 
 and turtle. 
 
 Chelo'nion. A hump on the back. 
 
 Chelsea pensioner. The name of a nostrum 
 for rheumatism. It consists of gum guaiac, 3J.; 
 rhubarb, 3ij. ; cream of tartar, fj.; flowers of 
 sulphur, 5j. ; one nutmeg, and. a pound of clari- 
 fied honey. 
 
 CHELTENHAM SPRINGS. They are both 
 saline and chalybeate. . 
 
 Cheltenham salts. A mixture of sulphate 
 of soda, 3ij.; sulphate of magnesia, 3J.; com- 
 mon salt, gr. x. ; sulphate of iron, gr. £. Efflo- 
 resced Cheltenham salts is this mixture dried 
 by a sand-bath. 
 
 Chely'scion. A dry, short cough. 
 
 Che'ma. Two small spoonfuls. 
 
 CHEMICAL. Pertaining to chemistry; as, 
 chemical affinity, see Affinity; chemical equiva- 
 lents, see Equivalents, &c. 
 
 Chemical attraction. The attraction or 
 force which draws together dissimilar atoms, to 
 secure their intimate combination. It acts only 
 at minute distances, and for the most part in 
 solutions, or at a high temperature. It has 
 been hitherto considered electrical, the elements 
 or atoms combining being respectively electro- 
 positive and electro-negative ; but numerous 
 facts tend to the- conclusion that the electrical 
 condition is not the cause of union, for chlorine 
 will replace hydrogen in certain organic com- 
 
 pounds, notwithstanding the different electrical 
 affinities of these elements. 
 
 Chemical combination. The union brought 
 about by chemical affinity and attraction. It 
 takes place in atoms or equivalents only, but 
 the number combining in organic bodies may 
 be veiy numerous. During combination, some 
 sensible phenomenon usually occurs, as the ev- 
 olution of light, heat, change of color or fbnn ; 
 but it may also occur without this, the effect 
 being hidden and molecular. 
 
 Chemical formula. The algebraic repre- 
 sentation of a compound ; as, SO-3,HO, sulphu- 
 ric acid with an atom of water. Formulas in 
 organic chemistry become more complex, from 
 the contractions used for the compound radi- 
 cal ; as, Ac0 3 ,HO, acetic acid. Here Ac rep- 
 resents acetyl, or C4H3. The signs employed, 
 as =, -\-, ( ), are the same as those of algebra. 
 
 Chemical nomenclature. The phraseology 
 of chemistry, the rules of which are found in 
 every elementary work. 
 
 Chemical symbols. The contractions used 
 to designate the elements and radicals. See 
 Equivalents. 
 
 Chemical types. Certain formulas which 
 represent a group of compounds, and in which 
 some, or all the elements, as hydrogen, can be 
 replaced, in part or entirely, by chlorine, iodine, 
 &c, without disturbance to the proportion of 
 the other elements, and in some cases without 
 any great difference of sensible property. M. 
 Dumas supposes that one element may, under . 
 peculiar circumstances, replace any other of a 
 type. Thus chlorine may take the place of 
 hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, &c. Thus chlo- 
 ride of ethyl, C4H5CI, is a chemical type, which, 
 by the action of chlorine, may be changed into 
 
 C 4 pn CI — ^4rii CI — ^4^,1" CI C-i^n CI — C4CI5CI, 
 
 in which the same grouping or type is percept- 
 ible. 
 
 Chemist. A proficient in chemistry. 
 
 CHEMISTRY. (Chimia, a, f. Xv/ieia, and 
 Xrjixeia; also, Chemia. Egyptian.) According 
 to Dr. Thomson, " The object of chemistry is 
 to determine the constituents of bodies, and the 
 laws which regulate the combinations and sep- 
 arations of the elementary particles of matter." 
 The objects to which the attention of chemists 
 is directed comprehend the whole of the sub- 
 stances that compose the globe. It is primarily 
 divided into organic and inorganic chemistry, 
 the former of which investigates the characters 
 and properties of living objects, and their prod- 
 ucts; the latter, the elements and compounds 
 derivable from the mineral world. 
 
 CHEMO'SIS. (is, eos, f. ; from x ^vo, to 
 gape.) Inflammation of the tunica conjunctiva 
 of the eye. See Ophthalmia. 
 
 CHE'NOPODIA'CEiE. A natural order of 
 herbaceous exogens, distinguished with diffi- 
 culty from AmarantacecB by their herbaceous 
 calyx; from Phytolaccacece by their solitary 
 carpel, and the stamens never exceeding the 
 number of the segments of the calyx, to which 
 they are opposite. They consist of weeds in 
 habiting most parts of the world. 
 
 Chenopo'dio-mo'rus. Blitum capitatum. 
 
 CHENOPO'DIUM. (um,ii,n.) l.C.anthel 
 155 
 
CHI 
 
 CHI 
 
 rninticum. (U. S.) 2. A genus of plants. Pen- 
 tandria. Digynia. Chenopodiacece. — C. am- 
 brosioides. Mexico tea ; Spanish tea. C. Mex- 
 icanum. A decoction of this plant has been 
 recommended in paralytic cases. — C. anthel- 
 minticum. The seeds are in great esteem for 
 the cure of worms. They are powdered, and 
 made into an electuary, with any proper syrup 
 or conserve. The essential oil is officinal. — C. 
 bonus Henricus. The leaves are emollient, and 
 have been made an ingredient in decoctions for 
 glysters. — C.botrys. The Jerusalem oak. This 
 plant was formerly administered in form of de- 
 coction in some diseases of the chest; as hu- 
 moral asthma, coughs, and catarrhs. — C.fosti- 
 dum. C. vulvaria. The stinking orach. The 
 very fetid smell of this plant induced physicians 
 to exhibit it in hysterical diseases; and it is 
 recommended by some, even in the present 
 day, as an emmenagogue. 
 
 Che'nopus. The same as chenopodium. 
 
 Cherefo'lium. See Chcerophyllum. 
 
 CHERRY. The fruit of the'Prunus cerasus, 
 of which there are numerous varieties. Good, 
 ripe cherries are wholesome, and less liable to 
 disagree than other plums. — Cherry, bird. Pru- 
 nus padus. — C. bay. C. laurel. Prunus lau- 
 rocerasus. — C, wild. Prunus virginiana. — C, 
 winter. Physalis alkekengi. 
 
 Chervil. Chervillum. See Scandix cere- 
 folium. 
 
 Chest. The thorax, which see. 
 
 Chestnut, horse. iEsculus hippocastanum. 
 
 Chestnut, sweet. Fagus castanea. 
 
 CHEVA'STER. Chevastre. A double- 
 headed roller, which is applied by its middle 
 below the chin; then running on each side, is 
 crossed on the top of the head ; then passing to 
 the nape of the neck, is there crossed ; it then 
 passes under the chin, where it is crossed again, 
 &c. 
 
 Chezana'nce. An ancient plaster. 
 
 Chia'smos. Chiasma. The crossing of parts, 
 like the letter chi, x> as m tne decussation of 
 the optic nerves. 
 
 Chi a terra. An earth formerly used as an 
 application to burns. 
 
 Chi'adus. A furunculus ; a boil. 
 
 Chian turpentine. Pistachia terebinthus. 
 
 Chiasmus. Chiastos. See Chiastre. 
 
 CHFASTRE. {Chiasmus, i, m. ; from x ia ~ 
 £iw, to form the Greek letter x, chi.) Chiastos. 
 The name of a bandage for the temporal artery. 
 It is a double-headed roller, the middle of 
 which is applied to the side of the head, oppo- 
 site to that in which the artery is opened, and, 
 when brought round to the part affected, it is 
 crossed upon the compress that is laid upon the 
 wound, and is then continued over the coronal 
 suture, and under the chin; then crossing on 
 the compress, it is carried, as at first, round the 
 head, &c. 
 
 Chibou. A spurious gum elemi. 
 
 Chica. A fermented liquor of the Peruvians, 
 made from Indian meal; also, a red coloring 
 matter. 
 
 Chichi'na. Cinchona. 
 
 Chicken-pox. See Varicella. 
 
 Chick-weed. Alsine media. 
 
 Chicory. See Cichorium intybus. 
 156 
 
 Chi'goe. Chigre. A small tick, Pulex pen- 
 etrans, which burrows into the skin of the foot, 
 and forms ulcerations. They are abundant in 
 tropical climates and in the Southern States. 
 By removing the insect from its lodgment with 
 a needle, the worst effects are avoided. 
 
 Chilblain. See Pernio. 
 
 Child-bed fever. See Puerperal fever 
 
 Chili, balsamum de. The Barbadoes tar, 
 mixed with a few drops of the oil of aniseed. 
 
 Chili pepper. Capsicum. 
 
 Chiliophy'llon. Achillea millefolium. 
 
 Chill. A rigor. 
 
 Chilo-. A prefix; from x £L ^ oc > a hp- See 
 Cheilo. 
 
 Chi'lon. Chilitis. (From j«/lof, the lip.) 
 An inflamed and swelled lip. — Vogel. 
 
 CHIMAPHILLA. (a, <s, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Pyrolaceos, 
 — C. maculata has spotted leaves, and resem- 
 bles the next in properties. — C. umbellata. C. 
 corymbosa. Chimaphilla. (U. S.) Pipsissewa. 
 Winter green. The fresh leaves are said to be 
 acrid ; when dried, and in decoction, they have 
 an astringent, tonic, and diuretic action, very 
 similar to uva ursi. The decoction {decoctum 
 chimaphillce), infusion, or extract may be used 
 in dyspepsia, cachexies, especially scrofula, 
 dropsies, and nephritic complaints. Dose of 
 the decoction, a pint daily. 
 
 Chimethlon. See Cheimethlon. 
 
 Chi'mia. Chemistry. 
 
 Chimiater. See Chymiater. 
 
 Chimney-sweeper's cancer. Cancer mun- 
 ditorum. 
 
 CHI'NA. Smilax China. 
 
 China chin.e. The Peruvian bark. 
 
 China nova. A variety of red cinchona bark 
 found in commerce in France and Germany, 
 and differing from the C. oblongifolia. 
 
 China occidentals. American or West 
 Indian sarsaparilla. China spuria nodosa. In 
 scrofulous disorders it has been preferred to 
 the Oriental China ; in other cases it is of simi- 
 lar but inferior virtue. 
 
 China, pride of. Melia azedarac. 
 
 China supposita. Senecio pseudo-China. 
 
 CHINCHINA. Cinchona. 
 
 Chinchina de Santa Fe. There are several 
 species of bark sent from Santa Fe, but neither 
 their particular natures, nor the trees which af- 
 ford them, are yet accurately determined. 
 
 Chinchina de St. Lucia. Cinchona flori- 
 bunda. 
 
 Chinchina Jamaicensis. Cinchona caribam. 
 
 Chinchina rubra. Cinchona oblongifolia. 
 
 Chinchunchulli. See Ionidium. 
 
 CHINCOUGH. Pertussis. 
 
 Chi'nicus. Chi'ninum. Chinium. Quina. 
 
 Chinoidine. Chinoidina. A supposed al- 
 kaloid of cinchona, which is only an impulse 
 quinine. 
 
 Chinova. Chinovine. Chinova bitter. A 
 supposed alkaloid of China nova. 
 
 CHINOVATINE. An alkaloid of Cinchona 
 ovata. It is readily crystallizable, and forms 
 salts. Its formula is C48H27N2O8. 
 
 Ckinwelk. Mentagra. 
 
 Chinquapin. Castanea pumila. 
 
 CHIOCOCCA. (a, <z, f.) A genus of shrubs 
 
CH L 
 
 CHL 
 
 common in Brazil, of the sub-family Psycho- 
 triacece, order Cinchonacea>, nearly associated 
 to the ipecacuanhas. C. anguifuga, C. densi- 
 folia, and C. racemosa furnish medicinal roots. 
 The last of them, and probably all, yield the 
 cahinca or cainca root, remarkable for its emet- 
 ic and febrifuge qualities. 
 
 Chio turpentine. Pistacia terebinthus. 
 
 Chioli. Furunculus. 
 
 CHIR-. Chtro-. A prefix; from £«p, the 
 hand; as in chironax, a surgeon; chirorrheuma, 
 rheumatism of the head. See, also, Cheir-. 
 
 C HI'R AGR A. {a, ce, f. ; from xetp, the hand, 
 and ay pa, a seizure.) The gout in the joints 
 of the hands. 
 
 CHIRETTA. Chirayta. A very bitter 
 drug, the herb and root of the Agathotes chir- 
 yata of India. It very nearly resembles gen- 
 tian in properties, and belongs to the same nat- 
 ural family. 
 
 Chiro'nes. (Xetpovec; from xetp, the hand.) 
 Small pustules on the hands and feet, inclosed 
 in which is a troublesome worm. — Turton. 
 
 CHIRO'NIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pcntandria. Monogynia. Gentianece. — C. 
 cenfaurium. This plant is an efficacious bit- 
 ter, and has been recommended by Cullen as a 
 substitute for gentian. The tops are directed 
 for use, and are commonly given in infusion; 
 but they may also be taken in powder, or pre- 
 pared into an extract. — C. chilensis is a spe- 
 cies growing in Chili, and of similar properties. 
 — C. angular is. American centaury. See Sab- 
 batia angularis. 
 
 Chtro'nius. A malignant ulcer, callous on 
 its edges, and difficult to cure. 
 
 Chiropo'dist. One who operates on the feet. 
 
 Chirothe'ca. A glove of the scarfskin. 
 
 CHIRU'RGIA. (a, ce, f . ; from X eip, the 
 hand, and epyov, a work: because surgical op- 
 erations are performed by the hand.) Chirur- 
 gery, or surgery. 
 
 Chiru'rgice. Surgery. 
 
 Chirurgical. Surgical: appertaining to 
 surgery. 
 
 Chiru'rgus. A surgeon. 
 
 Chitine. A peculiar animal product existing 
 in the outer envelope of insects. 
 
 Chtttick's remedy for stone. Potash or 
 soda dissolved hi broth. 
 
 Chive. 1. A stamen. 2. Allium. 
 
 Chliaros. A slight fever. — Galen. 
 
 Chlia'sma. A warm fomentation. 
 
 CHLOASMA. Chlorosis.— Chloasma pseu- 
 do-porrigo. The pityriasis versicolor ; check- 
 ered dandritf. 
 
 CHLO-. Chlor-. A prefix ; from chlorine, 
 used to designate organic products resulting 
 from the action of chlorine; as, chlonaptase, 
 chlonaptese, chlonaptise, chlonaptose, cldonap- 
 tusc, resultants of the action of chlorine on 
 naphthaline, in which the vowels are employed 
 in their alphabetical oi-der, to designate the 
 presence of one, two, &c, atoms of^chlorine. 
 Chlonaptalase, chlonaptalese, chlonaptalise, are 
 another series produced by the action of chlo- 
 rine on chlonaptise. — Chlor o-amide. Chloro- 
 amidide. A compound of chlorine and amido- 
 gene, as the chloro-amidide of hydrogen, or 
 muriate of ammonia. — Chloroxenaptose, &c. 
 
 Compounds resulting from the "action of nitric 
 acid on chloro-naptose, &c. — Chlor o sal icine. 
 The product of the action of chlorine on salicine. 
 — Chlorophenesic, &c, acids. Products of the 
 action of chlorine on phenyle. — Chlorosulphu- 
 ric acid is a peculiar pungent and volatile acid, 
 consisting of chlorine and sulphurous acid. It 
 is resolved, by solution in water, into hydro- 
 chloric and sulphuric acids. 
 
 Chlorace'tic acid. An acid very analogous 
 to the acetic in its properties and salts. It is 
 obtained by the action of chlorine and the sun's 
 light on pure acetic acid. It forms tabular 
 crystals; fusible at 113° F. ; boiling at 390° F. 
 Formula, C 4 Clo0 3 ,HO. 
 
 Chlorace'tyle. A hypothetical radical, 
 C4CI3, analogous to acetyle, with the hydrogen 
 replaced by chlorine. Chloral is the hydrated 
 oxide, and chloracetic acid the hydrated j>er- 
 oxide, (C 4 Cl3)0 3 ,HO. 
 
 Chlo'ral. A colorless oily liquid, of a pen • 
 etrathig odor. Boils at 199° ; sp. gr., 1-5. 
 Procured by the action of chlorine and sun 
 light on pure alcohol. Form., CiCl 3 0,HO. It 
 is spontaneously converted into an isomeric, in- 
 soluble solid by keeping. 
 
 Chlora'nile. A neutral product of the action 
 of chlorine on chlorisatine. It exists in volatile, 
 golden scales, soluble hi hot alcohol, and is also 
 derivable from oil of coal-tar ; foniiula,Ci:Cl 4 04. 
 By solution in weak potash solution, it forms a 
 deep purple fluid, which deposits dark purple- 
 red crystals, containing chloranilic acid and 
 potash. This acid forms scarlet or yellow crys- 
 tals, as it contains water or not; form., C12CI2 
 6 ,2HO, or half of this. Solution of ammonia 
 dissolves chloranile, and forms ablood-red liquid, 
 which deposites chloranilammon, C 6 C103-(-NH3 
 -}-4Aq. This salt, being dissolved and treated 
 with hydrochloric acid, yields black needles of 
 chloranilam, deCleOe-f-NHg. 
 
 CHLORANTHUS. A genus of plants allied 
 to the Piper, and possessing highly stimulant 
 properties. 
 
 Chlorhydric acid. Hydrochloric acid. 
 
 Chloric acid. A powerful acid, very read- 
 ily decomposed, C10 5 . It exists only in com- 
 bination with water or bases. Of its salts, the 
 chlorate of potash is most used, and is officinal 
 (Potasses chloras). The chlorates yield oxy- 
 gen at a high temperature, and wheu acted 
 upon by strong sulphuric acid, turn yellow, and 
 evolve chlorous acid. 
 
 CHLO'RIDE. Chloridum. Chloretum. 
 A compound of chlorine with a metal or metal- 
 loid. Chlorides are analogous to oxides in their 
 structure, and are termed haloid salts. See the 
 bases respectively for the officinal chlorides. 
 
 Chloride of ammonium. Amnioniae murias. 
 
 Chloride of hydrogen. Hydrochloric 
 acid. 
 
 Chlo'rinated. Containing chlorine, or im- 
 pregnated with chlorine ; as chlorinated lime 
 or soda for chloride of lime or soda. 
 
 Chlorindopten. A volatile crystalline sub- 
 stance produced by the action of chlorine on 
 indigo. When heated with potash, and distill- 
 ed, it yields chlorindatmic and chlorindopteric 
 acid ; this, when separated from the potash, is 
 a white, flocculent body, of a disagreeable odor. 
 
 157 
 
C H L 
 
 C H L 
 
 Formula, Ci2H 4 Cl 3 0,HO. It is identical with 
 the chlorophenine acid of Laurent. 
 
 CHLO'RINE. Chlorinium. Chlorum. 
 Chlora. (From ^Awpoc, green.) An element- 
 ary gas, of a light greenish-yellow color, and 
 pungent odor. Sp. gr., 2-47 ; equivalent, 36-0, 
 or 35-47 ; symb., CI. It is a powerful agent, 
 combining with most elements, and peculiarly 
 active on organic compounds. It closely re- 
 sembles oxygen in its chemical properties. Its 
 direct compounds are called chlorides, chloru- 
 rets, or chlorinated bodies. It is condensed by 
 four atmospheres into a yellowish-green fluid. 
 Chlorine is readily soluble in water, which 
 takes up about two volumes, and the solution, 
 or when moisture is present, is powerfully 
 bleaching, disinfectant, and antiseptic. 
 
 Chlorine is given off by the solution when 
 warmed, and also from the chloride of lime or 
 soda ; or it may be prepared by the action of 
 sulphuric acid (13 parts), water (13 parts), com- 
 mon salt (8 parts), peroxide of manganese (6 
 parts), mixed in a glass retort. It has been 
 used in a dilute state both internally and exter- 
 nally. It is best obtained for medicinal purpo- 
 ses from the solution properly diluted. In the 
 concentrated state it is very irritating and poi- 
 sonous, producing spasm of the glottis if in- 
 haled, and inflaming the mucous membranes. 
 Chlorine forms four compounds with oxygen, 
 none of which are used in medicine. 
 
 Chlorine water. Aqua chlorinii. Liquor 
 chlori. This solution has a place in the Dublin 
 and Edinburgh Pharmacopoeias, and is the 
 proper means of using chlorine as a remedial 
 agent. It is prepared by passing chlorine into 
 water in a series of Woulfe's bottles. The so- 
 lution is yellowish-green, pungent, of a harsh, 
 styptic taste, and decomposes by the action of 
 light. In the concentrated state it has been 
 applied as a caustic and irritant to indolent ul- 
 cers ; in the diluted state to obstinate skin dis- 
 eases, cancerous sores, putrid sore throat (as a 
 gargle), but in these is not better than a solu- 
 tion of chloride of soda or lime. If a dilute so- 
 lution be warmed in an inhaler, it may be in- 
 haled, and is said to have produced good effects 
 in chronic bronchitis and the early stages of 
 consumption. A bath of the dilute solution 
 has also been employed in chronic affections of 
 the liver; or the skin may be sponged with the 
 solution in the same way as the mtro-muriatic 
 acid solution is employed : the mixture should 
 be strong enough to produce a prickly sensa- 
 tion. The diluted solution has also been ad- 
 ministered in typhoid conditions, malignant sore 
 throat, venereal disease, and hepatic affections. 
 It is an excellent antidote in poisoning by hy- 
 drocyanic acid and the sulphurets. The dose 
 is uncertain, and therefore it is best to begin 
 with tUx. to HI xx. in a wine-glass of water, and 
 gradually increase it ; in these doses it is tonic, 
 stimulant, and antiseptic, and if long continued, 
 produces ptyalism. If an over- dose be taken, 
 white of egg is the best antidote ; but magne- 
 sia, chalk, milk, or flour will answer, if given 
 in quantity. It produces gastro-enteritis if not 
 immediately neutralized. 
 
 Chlorisatine. A transparent, orange-yel- 
 low, crystalline product of the action of chlo 
 158 
 
 rine on isatine. Formula, Cj 
 
 ^ 4 N04. There 
 
 is also a bichlorisatine. Potash produces with 
 it chlorisatinic acid. Sulphuret of ammonium 
 forms chlorisatyde, which is resolved by heat 
 into chlorindine. Bichlorisatine runs through 
 similar changes. 
 
 Ohlo'rite. A compound of the chlorous 
 acid (CIO4), but often improperly applied to 
 the bleaching salts of lime and soda, which are 
 compounds of calcium or sodium with one 
 equivalent of oxygen and also one of chlorine. 
 For the bleaching compounds, see Calcis chlo- 
 ridum, et Soda; chloridum. 
 
 CHLORO-. A prefix, in Chemistry, for 
 chlorine ; and used in Natural History to des- 
 ignate a green color. 
 
 Chlo'rocarbo'nic acid. Phosgene gas. A 
 colorless, pungent gas, formed by exposing 
 equal volumes of carbonic oxide and chlorine 
 to sun-light. Formula, CO-j-Cl. It decompo- 
 ses by solution in water, and forms with abso- 
 lute alcohol an oily liquid, boiling at 200°, and 
 called chlorocarbonic ether. 
 
 Chlo'roform. A colorless, oily liquid, of an 
 ethereal odor, and sweetish, hot, and aromatic 
 taste. Sp. gr., 1-48; boiling point, 141°-4; 
 formula, C2HCI3, or F0CI3, perchloride of for- 
 myl. It is obtained by distilling alcohol, ace- 
 tone, or wood spirit from a dilute solution of 
 chloride of lime. Alcoholic solution of potash 
 converts it into formiate of potash. It has 
 been recommended as a diffusible stimulus and 
 antispasmodic, and may be substituted for the 
 ethers, being more pleasant. It is dissolved in 
 alcohol for use. 
 
 Chlo'roid. A name given by Professor Gra- 
 ham to the negative pole or platinode of a bat- 
 tery. 
 
 CHLOROPHYLL. (From x^ u P°C green, 
 and tyv'Kkov, a leaf. ) The green matter of the 
 leaves of plants. A peculiar coloring matter 
 resembling indigo. It produces the various 
 colors of fruits and autumnal leaves by changes 
 in structure, the nature of which is unknown. 
 
 Chloroproteic acid. A white, flocculent, 
 nearly insoluble body, formed by the action of 
 chlorine on solutions of protein. Formula, 
 C4oH 31 N 5 Oi 2 -f-Cl3. —Mulder. 
 
 Chlorosalicylic acid. A crystalline acid, 
 capable of sublimation, formed by the action 
 of dry chlorine on dry hydruret of salicyle. 
 Formula, Ci 4 H 5 4 ,Cl. 
 
 CHLORO'SIS. («, is, f. ; from #Xw/)Of , 
 green.) The green sickness. A disease which 
 principally affects young unmarried females. 
 It is characterized by languor, fatigue, palpita- 
 tions of the heart, pains in the loins, flatulency, 
 acidity in the stomach, constipation, perverted 
 taste, loss of tone in the digestive organs, and 
 universal debility. As it advances in its prog- 
 ress, the face becomes pale, and assumes a pe- 
 culiar greenish hue ; the whole body is flaccid, 
 and pale ; the feet are affected with oedematous 
 swellings ; the pulse is quick, but small ; and 
 the patient is apt to be affected with many of 
 the symptoms of hysteria. From the com- 
 mencement of the disorder, the catamenia are 
 usually pale and scanty, and at length disappear 
 altogether. This disease arises from a defi- 
 
C HO 
 
 C HO 
 
 ciency of blood globules, and not, as is sap- | 
 posed, from any uterine affection, the failure of 
 the catamenia being an effect. 
 
 The cure of chlorosis is to be attempted by 
 increasing the tone of the system. This may 
 be effected by a generous diet, moderate use 
 of wine, daily exercise, particularly on horse- 
 back, agreeable company, and tonic medicines, 
 especially the preparations of iron, joined with 
 myrrh, &c, as the Mistura ferri composite/, and 
 the Pilulce ferri composites. Cold bathing will 
 be found a powerful corroborant ; attention to 
 the bowels and catamenia are also requisite. 
 
 Chloro'tic. Having the appearance of chlo- 
 rosis, or pertaining to chlorosis. 
 
 CHLO'ROUS. Belonging to chlorine. 
 
 Chlorous elements. Professor Graham's 
 term tor the negative elements of organic com- 
 pounds, the principal of which are chlorine, 
 oxygen, sulphur, nitrogen, hydrogen. 
 
 Chlo'rovalerisic acid. Chlorovalero- 
 sic acid. Products of the substitution of chlo- 
 rine in valerianic acid. 
 
 Chloro'xylon verticillatum. A Peruvian 
 plant vielding a green balsam. 
 
 CHLO'RURET. Chlorure. Chloruretum. 
 Syn. of chloride. Chloruret of oxide of calcium 
 and of oxide of sodium are the chloride of lime 
 and chloride of soda. 
 
 Chlo'rydric Hydrochloric. 
 
 Choak. Croup. 
 
 Cho'ana. 1. The pelvis. 2. The infundi- 
 bulum of the brain. 
 
 Cho'colate. Chocolatum. An oily article 
 of diet prepared from the cacao-nut. 
 
 Chocolate-tree. Theobroma cacao. 
 
 Chceni'cis. The trepan. 
 
 Chceras. Scrofula. 
 
 Choiros. The vulva. 
 
 Choke-damp. The name given by miners to 
 all irrespirable gases or vapors, and especially 
 those containing carbonic acid. 
 
 Cho'lades. The smaller intestines. 
 
 CHO'L.£MIA. (From x°^Vj bile, and at/xa, 
 blood.) Diseases characterized by the pres- 
 ence of bile in the blood. Icterus, especially 
 when it arises from a gall-stone impacted in the 
 bile ducts, is accompanied by the presence of 
 biliphain, or bile pigment, in the blood; the 
 amount of cholesterine is also increased; but 
 neither choleic acid nor bilinhave been hitherto 
 found in this blood. 
 
 CHO'LAGOGUE. ( Cholagogus, i, m. ; from 
 #0/177, bile, and ayu, to drive away.) Applied 
 to purgative medicines which bring away a 
 quantity of bile. 
 
 Cho'las. Cholago. 1. The cavity of the 
 hypochondria. 2. The small intestines. 
 
 C H O L E. (XoA??. Chole, es, f.) Cholos. 
 The bile. 
 
 Cholecyst. The gall bladder. 
 
 CHOLE'DOCHUS. (From ^oAt?, and 6e X o- 
 fiat, to receive.) Receiving or retaining the gall. 
 
 Choledochus ductus. Ductus communis 
 choledochus. The common biliary duct, which 
 conveys both the cystic and hepatic bile into 
 the duodenum. 
 
 Chole'gon. Cholagogue. 
 Cho'leh.emia. Icterus. Jaundice. 
 Cho'leia. Lameness. 
 
 CHOLE'IC ACID. The choleic acid of De- 
 marcay is the mixture of bilifellinic and bili- 
 cholinic acids of Berzelius. Liebig gives this 
 name to the whole organic matter of Bile, 
 which see. 
 
 Cho'lelithia. Icterus. Jaundice arising 
 from gall-stones. 
 
 Cholelithis. Cholelithos. A gall-stone. 
 
 Chole'nchysis. Effusion of biliary matter, 
 or bilipharin. 
 
 Chole'pyrrhin. The brown coloring matter 
 of bile. See Bilipheein. 
 
 CHO'LERA. {a, as, f. ; from X o^V : bile, and 
 peo, to flow.) Cholera morbus. This name is 
 now applied to two diseases utterly dissimilar ; 
 to a common bilious disease, and to a malignant 
 disease of recent origin, which commenced in 
 Hindostan, and has since diffused itself epidem- 
 ically in various directions. 
 
 Cholera biliosa. C, English. Cholera, 
 common. 
 
 Cholera, common. Gastro-enteriiis mucosa. 
 This consists in copious vomiting and purging 
 of bilious matter, with violent griping, cramps 
 of the muscles of the abdomen and lower ex- 
 tremities, and great depression of strength. 
 Cullen makes two species of this genus : 1. 
 Cholera spontanea, which happens, in hot sea- 
 sons, without any manifest cause, except chan- 
 ges of temperature. 2. Cholera accident alis, 
 which occurs after the use of food that digests 
 slowly, and irritates. It is most common in 
 the spring and autumn ; and the accidental 
 species is often connected with the use of indi- 
 gestible fruits, especially cucumbers and plums. 
 It usually begins with soreness, pain, distension, 
 and flatulency in the stomach and intestines, 
 succeeded quickly by a severe and frequent 
 vomiting and purging of bilious matter, heat, 
 thirst, a hurried respiration, and frequent but 
 weak and fluttering pulse. When the disease 
 is not violent, these symptoms, after continuing 
 for a day or two, cease gradually, leaving the 
 patient in a debilitated and exhausted state; 
 but where the disease proceeds with much vi- 
 olence, there arises great depression of strength, 
 with cold, clammy sweats, considerable anxie- 
 ty, a hurried and short respiration, continued 
 hiccough, convulsions, cramp of the extremi- 
 ties, with a sinking and irregular pulse, which 
 quickly terminates in death ; an event that not 
 unfrequently happens within the space of twen- 
 ty-four hours. Sometimes there is blueness of 
 the skin. 
 
 When the disease is mild, abstinence from 
 solid food, with laxative and mucilaginous di- 
 luents, are all that is necessary ; in severer ca- 
 ses, hyoscyamus or opium internally, with warm 
 fomentations and sinapisms externally, are ne- 
 cessary. Tonics and a generous diet are to be 
 slowly adopted, as soon as the symptoms of 
 gastric irritation have subsided. 
 
 Cholera flatulenta. C. sicca. Flatulent 
 colic. 
 
 Cholera infantum. Infantile cholera. Wa- 
 tery gripes. This commences with bilious di- 
 arrhoea, which degenerates into a kind of dys- 
 entery. It is soon attended with obstinate 
 vomiting and great thirst. The skin becomes 
 ashy ; there is fever, heat of the abdomen, irri- 
 
 159 
 
C H O 
 
 CHO 
 
 table pulse, drowsiness, coma, and often con- 
 vulsions ; and it may terminate fatally in from 
 three weeks to as many months. Dissections 
 show enlargement and morbid alterations of 
 the mucous follicles of the alimentary canal, 
 with inflammation of the canal and engorge- 
 ment of the liver. It is produced by teething, 
 improper food, foul air, and autumnal miasm, 
 and is very fatal in the cities of the Middle 
 States. The chief indication in the treatment 
 is to avoid the foul atmosphere and oppressive 
 heat of the city, by removing the infant to the 
 country, without which the chances are unfa- 
 vorable. The vomitmg is to be allayed by 
 lime-water and minute doses of laudanum, or 
 by counter irritation; the bowels cleared by 
 calomel of bile, and if there be much dysentery, 
 mucilaginous drinks are to be given, with small 
 doses of Dover's powder and acetate of lead. 
 Warm baths and sinapisms are sometimes to be 
 employed, and also leeches to the epigastrium. 
 In convalescence, which is often protracted, 
 tonics are necessary. 
 
 Cholera, malignant. Asiatic Cholera. Blue 
 Cholera. Pestilential Cholera. Spasmodic 
 Cholera. Epidemic Cholera. This pestilence 
 is generally supposed to have originated at Jes- 
 sore in the year 1817, from whence it reached 
 Russia in 1828; in 1831, England; and in 1832 
 entered America through Montreal and Quebec. 
 It prevailed in Europe and here during the au- 
 tumnal months. 
 
 The attack of the disease in extreme cases is 
 so sudden, that, from a state of apparent good 
 health, or with the feeling only of trifling ail- 
 ment, an individual sustains as rapid a loss of 
 bodily power as if he were suddenly struck 
 down, or placed under the immediate effects 
 of some poison, the countenance assuming a 
 deathlike appearance, the skin becoming cold 
 (79° to 77°), and giving to the hand a sensation 
 of coldness and moisture similar to that of the 
 skin of a person already dead. The pulse is 
 either feeble, intermitting, fluttering, or lost; 
 a livid circle is observed round the eyelids ; the 
 eyes are sunk in their sockets; the tongue is 
 cold, and either clean or covered with a slight 
 white fur; and, in many instances, even the 
 breath is cold. In cases of this severity, the 
 vomiting and purging characteristic of the dis- 
 ease do not commonly take place so eai'ly as in 
 milder attacks, but seem to be delayed until 
 the ahnost overpowered functions of the body 
 make a slight effort at reaction. It is worthy 
 of remark, that unless death takes place in 
 these extreme cases within a few hours, some 
 effort of the animal power is made to rally the 
 constitution; and this point is insisted upon 
 here, because it will direct the mind of prac- 
 titioners to the particular moment when bleed- 
 ing, and certain other parts of practice recom- 
 mended in the Indian reports, can be enforced 
 in this country with probable success. Vomit- 
 ing soon succeeds ; first of some of the usual 
 contents of the stomach, next of a turbid fluid, 
 like whey, white of egg, water-gruel, or rice- 
 water ; described, perhaps, more accurately as 
 a serous fluid containing flocculi. The lower 
 bowels seem to let go their contents; what 
 happens to be lodged in the rectum is passed 
 160 
 
 more or less in its natural state ; the next dis- 
 charges are similar to those thrown up from the 
 stomach, and are passed with violence, as if 
 squirted with a syringe. Spasms, beginning at 
 the toes and fingers, soon follow, and extend, 
 by degrees, to the larger muscles of the legs 
 and arms, and to those of the abdomen. These 
 vary in intensity, but are sometimes so violent 
 as to put on the appearance of tetanus. 
 
 There is a severe burning heat felt at the 
 prmcordia ; an invincible desire for cold liquids, 
 particulaiiy water; and, although the skin and 
 tongue are cold to the touch, and the pulse 
 nearly lost, the patient complains of intense 
 heat, and has an almost insuperable aversion to 
 any application of it to the skin. The next 
 severe symptoms are an intolerable sense of 
 weight and constriction felt upon the chest, ac- 
 companied with anxious breathing, the spasms 
 continuing at the same time ; the voice reduced 
 to a hoarse breathing; a leaden or bluish ap- 
 pearance of the countenance, the tongue, fin- 
 gers, and toes assuming the same color; the 
 palms of the hands and soles of the feet be- 
 coming shriveled; the fingers and toes giving 
 the appearance of having been corrugated by 
 long immersion in hot water. There is, through- 
 out, a suppression of the secretion of urine, of 
 the secretions of the mouth and nose : no bile 
 is seen in the evacuations ; and it may be gen- 
 erally observed that all the functions employed 
 in carrying on life are suspended, or alarmingly 
 weakened, except that of the brain, which ap- 
 pears, in these extreme cases, to suffer little, the 
 intellectual powers usually remaining perfect to 
 the last moment of existence. At length a 
 calm succeeds, and death. The last period is 
 commonly marked by a subsidence of the se- 
 vere symptoms, without improvement of the 
 pulse or return of natural heat ; but, occasion- 
 ally, it terminates in convulsive spasm. In such 
 cases the patient succumbs in two, four, or, at 
 most, eight hours. 
 
 These symptoms mark the collapsed or cold 
 state of cholera ; but, if they be not fatal, 
 there is a second period, called the hot, or fe- 
 brile stage, which supervenes in from twelve 
 to forty-eight hours, or upward. This is char- 
 acterized by headache, return of pulse, febrile 
 heat, and, in fact, the symptoms of continued 
 fever, which rapidly passes into typhoid. This 
 stage is no less dangerous than the first, death 
 occurring on the fourth to the eighth day. This 
 second stage is often closely allied to a typhoid 
 bilious fever. 
 
 In many cases the disease does not run its 
 course so rapidly ; but a bilious diarrhoea exists 
 for several clays, and the symptoms of the col- 
 lapsed state occur during upward of thirty-six 
 hours. The disease may also terminate, without 
 the febrile stage, in convalescence, with great 
 weakness, or in a copious discharge of vitiated 
 bile. The favorable symptoms are a gradual 
 return of warmth, the discharge of urine and 
 of bile, and the subsidence of spasms. The ev- 
 idence of the best authorities is in favor of the 
 epidemic, but non-contagious nature of cholera. 
 
 Treatment. — Unfortunately, this is neither 
 fixed nor very successful. Almost every thing 
 has been tried, but the most commended means 
 
CHO 
 
 C HO 
 
 are : in the stage preceding collapse, copious 
 venesection, large doses of calomel and opium, 
 and of Dover's powder; emetics. Calomel 
 has been administered in doses of 3j. to 3SS. 
 every hour. As the collapsed stage is approach- 
 ing, hot and stimulating baths, frictions with 
 warm turpentine and other rubefacients, caje- 
 put oil, and internal stimulants, are employed ; 
 and in the second, or febrile stage, the treat- 
 ment must depend upon the character it as- 
 sumes, whether that of bilious or typhoid fever. 
 The number of deaths exceeded one half dur- 
 ing its visit in 1831 to 1833 here and in Europe. 
 
 CHOLERIC. Chole'ricus. 1. Appertaining 
 to cholera ; as febris cholerica, a fever accom- 
 panied with symptoms of cholera, or the fever 
 which succeeds to cholera. 2. Bilious ; as the 
 choleric or bilious temperament. 
 
 Cho'lerine. A slight cholera, or the incipi- 
 ent stage of cholera. 
 
 Cho'lerrhagia. Cholerrhcea. Cholera. 
 
 Chole'steric aced. It is formed when cho- 
 lestei'ine is treated with nitric acid, and is in 
 crystals of a yellowish-white color; insoluble 
 in water, but dissolved by boiling alcohol. 
 
 CHOLE'STERINE. ( Cholesterina ; from 
 %o\r\, and creap, fat.) A pearly substance. It 
 crystallizes in silvery scales, and is not saponi- 
 fiable by potash. Formula, C38H33O, or C 36 
 ri:j. 2 0. Cholesterine is a product of diseased 
 biliary secretion, constituting one form of cal- 
 culus. It is also present in nervous matter, and 
 in minute quantity in the blood. 
 
 Cholic acid. That of Gmelin is formed 
 from a solution of bilin in potash, and precipi- 
 tation by acetic acid. It is slightly soluble, 
 crystalline, and of a sharp, sweet taste. Form., 
 C42H 36 Oio- The cholic acid of Liebig is formed 
 by the action of potash on choleic acid, and is 
 C74H60O18. 
 
 Choline-soda. The name of M. Platner for 
 the chief crystalline component of bile, without 
 the coloring matter. 
 
 Cholinic acid. One of the products of the 
 digestion of dilute hydrochloric acid on bilin, 
 with which latter it is combined. See Bile. 
 
 Choloidic acid. One of the products of the 
 action of muriatic acid on choleic acid. For- 
 mula, C 72H56O12. — Liebig. 
 
 CHOLO'LITHUS. (us, i, m. ; from X o^v, 
 and TuBoc, a stone.) A gall-stone. 
 
 Cholo'ma. Cholosis. (From x Q ^°£i lame, 
 or maimed.) Lameness, or distortion of a limb. 
 — Galen. 
 
 CHOLOSES. Morbid affections of the liver 
 and spleen. — Alibert. 
 
 CHOND-. Chondro-. (From xovdpoc, car- 
 tilage.) A prefix indicating cartilage : as in 
 chondritis, inflammation of a cartilage ; chon- 
 drogenesis, a formation of, or change into, carti- 
 lage ; chondro graphy, chondrology, a descrip- 
 tion or account of the cartilages; chondroma, 
 a fibrous or cartilaginous tumor; chondrotomy , 
 the cutting or dissection of a cartilage. 
 
 Chondrin. Chondrine. A gelatinous com- 
 ponent of the permanent cartilages. It is a 
 form of glue. Composition, C48H 40 N 6 2 o, or 
 protein+iac[-\-'20. — Scherer. 
 
 Chondri'lla. A genus of plants. Synge- 
 wesia. Polygamia aqnalis. 
 
 Chondro glo'ssus. The hyoglossus mus- 
 cle. 
 
 Chondro-pharynceus. A muscle which 
 rises in the cartilaginous part of the tongue, 
 and is inserted in the pharynx. 
 
 Cho'ndroptery'gians. Ckondropterygii. 
 
 The order of cartilaginous fishes. 
 
 CHO'NDROS. (Xovdpoc. us, i, m.) 1. 
 A cartilage: the xiphoid cartilage. 2. A food 
 of the ancients. Alica. 3. A grumous concre- 
 tion. 
 
 Chondrosynde'smus. The union of bones 
 by fibro-cartilase. — Galen. 
 
 CHO'NDRUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of sea- 
 weeds. — C. crispus. C. polymorphus. Car- 
 rageen, or Irish moss. It abounds upon rocks 
 on the sea coast of Ii-eland, and is indigenous 
 to the United States. It is slender, yellowish, 
 and much curled. The decoction is gelatinous, 
 from the pectine of the plant, and is a useful 
 demulcent in pectoral and gastric irritations. 
 By steeping the plant in cold water some min- 
 utes, any unpleasant flavor is separated. 
 
 Cho'ne. Xuvn. See Choana. 
 
 Cho'ra. Xupa. A region. Galen uses this 
 word particularly to signify the cavities of the 
 eyes ; but also applies it to any void space. 
 
 Chord, testicular. The spermatic cord. 
 
 CHO'RDA. (a, ce, f. ; from x°P^ r li au intes- 
 tine.) 1. A cord, or assemblage of fibres. 2. 
 The tendon of a muscle. 3. Chordee. 
 
 Chorda magna. See Tendo Achillis. 
 
 Chorda tympani. A branch of the seventh 
 pair of nerves. See Auris. 
 
 Chorda ventriculi. The gastric plexus of 
 the par vagum nerve. 
 
 Chords. The genitals. — Paracelsus. 
 
 Chord je lancisii. C longitudinales Lanci- 
 sii. The three lines on the superior face of the 
 corpus callosum. 
 
 Chords tendine^:. The tendons which 
 connect the carnece columnce of the ventricles 
 of the heart to the auricular valves. 
 
 ChordjE vocales. C. Ferrenii. The vocal 
 cords. See Voice. 
 
 Chordje Willisii. The small fibres which 
 cross the sinuses of the dura mater. 
 
 Chorda'psus. A painful colic. Ileus. 
 
 CHORDEE 7 . (Chorde. French.) A spas- 
 modic erection of the penis, which is a common 
 accompaniment of gonorrhoea. 
 
 CHOREA.. (a,ce,f. Xopeia; from ^opoc, a 
 dance.) C. SanctiViti. C. sancti modesti. Co~ 
 reomania. St. Vitus's dance. Convulsive mo- 
 tions of the limbs, occasioning strange and in- 
 voluntary gesticulations. It attacks boys and 
 girls, and those chiefly who are of a weak con- 
 stitution. It appears most commonly from the 
 eighth to the fourteenth year. The approaches 
 of chorea are slow. A variable and often a 
 ravenous appetite, loss of usual vivacity and 
 playfulness, a swelling and hardness of the 
 lower belly, and, in general, a constipated state 
 of the bowels, aggravated as the disease advan- 
 ces, and slight, irregular, involuntary motions 
 of different muscles, particularly those of the 
 face, which are thought to be the effect of irri- 
 tation, precede the more violent convulsive 
 motions. The muscles of the head, neck, arms, 
 and legs become affected; the gait is stagger- 
 
 161 
 
CHR 
 
 tition and speech are impeded; the eyes be- 
 come vacant. The convulsive movements are 
 almost incessant, except dming sleep. When 
 it is of long standing there is much mental de- 
 pression, and a vacant and languid air. 
 
 There is a singular form of this disease, which 
 has been called by some writers Malleatio, con- 
 sisting in a convulsive action of one or both 
 hands, which strike the knee like a hammer. 
 
 The disease originates in disordered gastric 
 or uterine function, and chiefly from constipa- 
 tion and worms, the nervous symptoms being 
 produced by reflex action. The treatment con- 
 sists in the use of purgatives, tonics, especially 
 preparations of iron, cold bathing, pure air, and 
 nutritious diet. It is a tedious but not danger- 
 ous disease, and often defies all remedial agents. 
 In obstinate cases, the arsenical solution, in do- 
 ses of Rvj. thrice daily, may be serviceable. 
 Camphor is sometimes remarkably useful. 
 
 CHO'RION. (From x u P a > a receptacle.) 
 The second membrane of the foetus. It is of a 
 delicate serous texture, and invests the umbili- 
 cal cord. It is reflected on the one side over 
 the amnios, and on the other lines the deci- 
 dua. 
 
 Chorion, spongy. C. fungous. C. reticu- 
 lated. The decidua, or caduca. 
 
 C H O R I U M. Chorion. (From x°P t0V > the 
 skin.) The cutis vera. 
 
 CHO'ROID. Choroides. Choroideus. Re- 
 sembling the chorion. 
 
 Choroid membrane. Membrana choroides. 
 The second tunic of the eye, lying immediately 
 under the sclerotica, to which it is connected 
 by vessels. See Eye. 
 
 Choroid plexus. Plexus choroides. A plex- 
 us of blood-vessels, situated in the lateral ven- 
 tricles of the brain, where a prolongation of the 
 pia mater penetrates, called the tela choroidea. 
 
 Choroid tunic. Choroid membrane. 
 
 Choroiditis. Chorioideitis. Inflammation 
 of the choroid coat of the eye. 
 
 Chri'sis. (From XP LU ' to anoint.) An in- 
 unction, or anointing of any part. Hence, 
 christos, an ointment. 
 
 Christmas rose. Helleborus niger. 
 
 Chrceas. Scrofula. 
 
 Chromate. Chro'mas. (as, atis, f.) A salt 
 of chromic acid with a base. 
 
 CHROMA' TICS. (From Kpu/ua, color.) 
 That portion of optics which treats of colors. 
 
 Chroma'togenous. Producing color ; as the 
 chromato genous apparatus of Breschet, which 
 consists of a system of glandulae and ducts, to 
 produce the color of the skin. 
 
 CHRO'MIUM. A grayish-white, almost in- 
 fusible metal, obtained with difficulty from 
 chrome iron ore. Sp. gr., 5-9; eq., 28 - 19 ; 
 gym., Cr. Its compounds, especially the chro- 
 mates, are beautifully colored, of a green or yel 
 low tint. — Chrome yellow is the chromate of 
 lead. — Chrome alum. That variety of alum 
 which contains oxide of chromium in place of 
 alumina. 
 
 Chromo'psia. Chromupsia. Colored vision. 
 Said to occur sometimes in jaundice ? 
 
 Chromule. Chlorophyll. 
 
 CHRO'NIC. (Chro?iicus; from XP 0V0C > time.) 
 162 
 
 CH Y 
 
 Of long continuance : applied to diseases, and. 
 used in opposition to the term acute. 
 
 CHRONO-. A prefix; meaning of long con- 
 tinuance, or chronic. 
 
 Chru'psia. Chromopsia. 
 
 CHRYS-. Chryso-. (From xpwog, gold.) 
 A prefix , meaning of a golden-yellow color ; as, 
 Chryse, a yellow vulnerary plaster of Paulus — 
 Chryselectron, golden-yellow amber — Chryso- 
 melia, the bitter orange — Chrysolithus, a pre- 
 cious stone of a yellowish color — Chrysopus, 
 gamboge. 
 
 Chrysalis. Chrysalid. The grub, or inac- 
 tive form of winged insects. 
 
 Chrysammic acid. A product of the action 
 of nitric acid on aloes. It is in golden-yellow 
 scales ; its solution, a fine purple. Formula, 
 C 15 HN 2 12 +HO. 
 
 CHRYSANTHEMUM, (urn, i, n.) A ge- 
 nus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia. Com- 
 posite. — C . leucanthemum. Ox-eye daisy. For- 
 merly esteemed anti-asthmatic, but now fallen 
 into disuse. — C . parthenium. Pyre thrum par- 
 thenium. 
 
 Chrysi'tis. 1. Litharge. 2. Gnaphalium 
 orientale? 
 
 Chrysoba'lanus. The nutmeg? 
 
 Chrysoco'lla. Borax. 
 
 Chryso'coma. Achillea millefolium. 
 
 Chrysola'chanon. A species of atriplex. 
 
 Chrysolepic acid. Picric acid, derived 
 from aloes. 
 
 Chrysosple'nium. Golden saxifrage. 
 
 Chrysu'lca. Nitro-muriatic acid. 
 
 Chtho'nophagia. African cachexy. 
 
 CHURRUS. The resinous exudation of the 
 hemp plant of India. In the East it is employ- 
 ed as a narcotic and antispasmodic ; but exper- 
 iments made by Pereira in London were un- 
 successful. 
 
 Chus. Chti. Chou. Choa. A Greek meas- 
 ure of about nine pints. 
 
 Chyazic acid. Prussic acid. 
 
 Chyla'ria. Chyluria. A discharge of a 
 whitish mucous urine, of the color of chyle. 
 
 CHYLE. (Chylus, i, m. ; from ;£t>Aoc, the 
 juice.) The milk-like liquid observed, some 
 hours after eating, in the lacteal vessels of the 
 mesentery and in the thoracic duct. It is sep- 
 arated by digestion from the chyme, and is the 
 substance from which blood is formed. 
 
 It is obtained, for purposes of examination, 
 from the thoracic duct of horses, and is mixed 
 with lymph. It varies in color from opales- 
 cence to a yellowish white, and even to blood 
 red. It coagulates in ten to fifteen minutes 
 when drawn, and after a time separates into 
 two or three parts. The clot is a soft, gelatin- 
 ous, whitish or pink mass, and contains fibrin. 
 There are four kinds of globules: 1. Chyle 
 globules, which are round, grayish, and nearly 
 twice as large as blood globules ; they are also 
 abundant in blood. 2. Blood globules, which 
 may be absent, few in number, or abundant. 
 3. Fat globules, which are abundant or other 
 wise, according to the aliments. 4. Round, 
 transparent, colorless lymph globules, rather 
 less than blood globules, and which do not ex- 
 ist in blood. Most of these float in the serum, 
 which closely resembles the serum of blood. 
 
CIB 
 
 C ID 
 
 Sometimes the amount of fat is so great that 
 the chyle forms a supernatant layer resembling 
 cream. The chyle is alkaline, and, according 
 to Simon, that of the horse contains from 60 to 
 100 parts in 1000 of solids, of which 46 to 60 
 parts are albumen, with chyle and lymph glob- 
 ules; 1 to 16 parts fat; 1 to 3 parts fibrin; 2 to 
 10 parts saline matters ; and 2 to 8 parts spirit 
 and water extracts, with uncertain quantities 
 of haemato-globulin : the proportions varying 
 with the food. The obvious purpose of the 
 chyle is to recruit the supply of blood, and 
 probably the largest portion enters the blood 
 from the veins of the stomach and lesser intes- 
 tines, passing through the portal circulation. 
 
 Chyliferous vessels. The lacteals. 
 
 CHYLIFICA'TION. {Chylificatio, onis, f . ; 
 from chyhis, and^o, to become.) The produc- 
 tion of chyle. 
 
 Chyli'sma. An expressed juice. 
 
 CHYLO-. Chyl-. (From chyle.) A prefix 
 of many words; as, Chylocystis, the receptacu- 
 lum chyli — Chylography, an account of the 
 chyle and lacteal vessels — Chylorrhcea, the dis- 
 charge of a milky or chylous fluid — Chylotho- 
 rax, effusion of chyle into the chest — Chylu- 
 ria, milky urine. 
 
 Chylopoie'sis. Chylification. 
 
 CHYLOPOIE'TIC. " ( Chylopo ieticus ; < from 
 XVAoc, and rrottcj. to make.) Concerned in the 
 formation of chyle ; thus, chylopoietic viscera, 
 chylopoietdc vessels, &c. 
 
 Chylo'sis. Chylification. 
 
 Chylosta'gma. The distillation or expres- 
 sion of any juice. 
 
 Chylostagma diaphoreticum. An old med- 
 icine. 
 
 Chylous. Chylar. Chylosus. Relating to 
 the chyle ; milky. 
 
 Chylous diarrh<ea. A diarrhoea of infants, 
 in which the stools are whitish and milky. It 
 indicates great irritation of the mucous follicles 
 of the intestines. 
 
 Chylus. Chyle. 
 
 CHYME. (Chymns, %, m. ; from x v P oc > 
 juice.) The ingested mass of food that passes 
 from the stomach into the duodenum, and from 
 which the chyle is prepared in the small intes- 
 tines. 
 
 OHY'MIA. O, ce, f. Xvpta.) Chimia. 
 Chemistry. 
 
 Chymia'ter. Chirniuter. A chemical phy- 
 sician. 
 
 Chymiatri'a. The art of curing diseases by 
 chemical means or medicines. 
 
 C h y m i s t r y. This and other words com- 
 pounded of chymia, are now spelled with chem- 
 mstead of chym-. 
 
 Chymorrhcea. Ckymochezia. Chylous di- 
 arrhoea. Coeliac flux. 
 
 Chymosis. Ckemosis. Chymification. 
 
 CHY'NLEN RADIX. A cylindrical root, of 
 the thickuess of a goose-quill, brought from 
 China. It has a bitterish taste, and imparts a 
 yellow tinge to the saliva. The Chinese hold 
 it in great estimation as a stomachic, infused in 
 wine. 
 
 CIBA'TIO. (o, onis, f. ; from cibus, food.) 
 The taking of food. 
 
 Cibus. Cibarium. Aliment; food. 
 
 Cicatricula. 1. A small scab or cicatrix. 
 2. A small white spot on the yellow of the 
 eg?. 
 
 Cicatrisant. Cicatrisans. That which dis- 
 poses wounds and ulcers to heal. 
 
 Cicatrisa'tus. Cicatrized. 1. In Surgery, 
 
 ! applied to parts formerly ulcerated, on which 
 
 i the skin has formed. 2. Marked with a scar. 
 
 CICA'TRIX. (ix, icis, f. ; from cicatrizo, 
 
 to heal up or skin over.) A scar upon the skin 
 
 i after the healing of a wound or ulcer. 
 
 CICATRIZATION. {Cicatrizatio, ojiis, f.) 
 i That process by which ulcers aud sores are 
 healed. 
 
 Cicely, sweet. See Scandix odorata. 
 
 CI'CER. (er, eris, n.) A genus of plants. 
 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — C. 
 
 arietinum. The chick pea-plant. The seeds 
 
 have been employed medicinally, but are now 
 
 fallen into disuse. In some places they are 
 
 roasted and used as coffee, and in others 
 
 ground into a flour for bread, or eaten as peas. 
 
 Ci'cera. A small pill of the size of a vetch. 
 
 Cicera tartari. A small pill composed of 
 
 turpentine and cream of tartar. 
 
 CICHORA'CEiE. One of the four divisions 
 of Compositce. The plants belonging to this 
 division have a milky juice. They inhabit the 
 whole world, and are characterized by all the 
 florets of the flower-heads being alike and iig- 
 ulate. Lettuce, succory, and endive are famil- 
 iar examples of Cichoracece, which are gener- 
 ally bitter, with a soporific quality resembling 
 that of opium. 
 
 CICHORIUM. (um,i,n.) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia cequalis. Composite. 
 — C. endivia. The endive. A salad possess- 
 ing bitter qualities. — C. intybus. The wild 
 succory. Cichoreum, Cichorium sylvestre, Ci- 
 chorium officinarum. The plant is bitterish, 
 and sometimes used as salad. The i-oot Yields 
 a milky juice, said to be aperient and useful in 
 phthisis. When roasted, it closely resembles 
 coffee, and is used to adulterate it in Europe. 
 Cichory. Cichorium intybus. 
 Cicixde'la. Lampyris noctilulca. 
 Cici'n dm oleum. An oil obtained by boiling 
 the bruised seeds of the Jatropha curcas. It is 
 somewhat similar in its properties to castor oil. 
 Ci'cla. A name for the white beet. 
 CICUTA. (a, ce, f.) 1. Some confusion has 
 arisen among modern writers from the name 
 cicuta having been sometimes applied to the 
 common hemlock, or conium maculatum. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Um- 
 belliferce. — C. maculata is indigenous, and very 
 similar to the following. — C. virosa. Water 
 hemlock. Cow-bane. " Called, also, Cicuta 
 aquatica, Cicutaria virosa. This plant is sel- 
 dom employed medicinally in the present day. 
 It is an active poison, producing tremors, verti- 
 go, a violent burning at the stomach, epilepsy, 
 convulsions, spasms of the jaw, tumefaction of 
 the abdomen, and death. It must be met by 
 emetics. 
 
 Cicuta'ria. Chaerophyllum sylvestre. — C. 
 aquatica. Phellandrium aquaticum. — C. viro- 
 sa. See Cicuta virosa. 
 Cicutine. Conia. 
 
 Cider. The fermented juice of apples. It 
 163 
 
C IN 
 
 contains from 6 to 10 per cent, of alcohol. Its 
 acidity is due to malic acid chiefly. 
 
 CILIA. (Plural of cilium.) 1. The edges 
 of the eyelids, or the eyelashes growing from 
 them. 2. Minute filamentary appendages com- 
 mon in infusory animals, by which they move, 
 and attract particles toward themselves. 3. A 
 pubescence of plants, which consists of hairs on 
 the margin of a leaf or petal, giving it a fringed 
 appearance. 
 
 Ciliaris musculus. That part of the mus- 
 eums orbicularis palpebrarum which lies near- 
 est the cilia, considered by Riolan as a distinct 
 muscle. 
 
 Ci'liary. Ciliaris. Belonging to the eye- 
 lid, or to cilia. 
 
 Ciliary arteries. Numerous branches of 
 the ophthalmic, supplying the ciliary processes 
 and the iris. The latter are called the long 
 ciliary arteries. 
 
 Ciliary body. The ring formed by the 
 union of the ciliary processes. 
 
 Ciliary circle. The ciliary ligament. 
 Ciliary ligament. Ligamentum ciliare. 
 The circular band that unites the iris and scle- 
 rotic membrane to the choroid coat. See Eye. 
 Ciliary nerves. Branches of the ophthal- 
 mic ganglion and nasal nerve, supplied to the 
 ciliary processes and ligament. 
 
 Ciliary processes. The folds into which 
 the choroid coat is gathered around the margin 
 of the crystalline lens. 
 
 Ciliary veins. They have the course of 
 the arteries, but are so numerous and winding 
 as to produce the vasa vorticosa of the choroid 
 coat. 
 
 Ciliary zone. The ring or zone formed by 
 the insertion of the hyaloid membrane, along 
 with the retina, into the capsule of the lens. 
 Ciliatus. Fringed; bordered. 
 CFLIUM. (u?n, ii, n.; from cilleo, to move 
 about.) The eyelid or eyelash. 
 
 Ci'llo. Cillosis. ( From cilium, the eyelid.) 
 One who is affected with a spasm or trembling 
 of the eyelids. 
 
 CILLO'SIS. (From cilium, the eyelid.) A 
 spasmodic trembling of the eyelids. 
 
 Cimex. A genus of insects. — C. domesticus. 
 C. lectularius. The bed-bug. 
 
 CIMICIFU'GA. (U.S.) The root of the C. 
 racemosa, C. serpentaria. See Actea racemosa. 
 Cimo'lia. C. alba. See Cimolite. — Cpur- 
 purescens. Fuller's earth. 
 
 Cimolite. Cimolian earth. Fuller's earth, 
 of a grayish-white color ; formerly used as an 
 absorbent. 
 
 Cinabaris. Cinabarum. Hydrargyri sul- 
 phuretum rubram. 
 
 Cina cina. Cinchona. 
 Cin'-e semen. Artemisia santonica. 
 CI'NARA. 1. The artichoke. 2. A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamiacequalis. Com- 
 posites. — C. scolymus. The artichoke. The 
 leaves are bitter, and afford, by expression, a 
 considerable quantity of juice, said to have been 
 given successfully in dropsies. 
 
 CINAROCEPHA'LiE. A natural family of 
 plants, so called from the globose shape of their 
 iuflorescence ; as the thistle, globe thistle, bur- 
 dock, blue-bottle, &c. 
 164 
 
 C IN 
 
 CINCHO'NA. (a, ce, f.) 1. A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Cinchona- 
 ceae. Cinchona. 2. The pharmacopoeial name 
 of several kinds of Peruvian barks. The trees 
 which afford these barks grow wild in the hilly 
 parts of Peru, Bolivia, and Columbia • the bark 
 is stripped from the branches, trunk, and root, 
 and dried. Three kinds of bark are now in 
 use, and officinal in the United States. 
 
 Cortex cinchona cordifoli^. (Ph. L. & 
 D. ) Yellow, or Calisaya bark. The plant which 
 affords this is unknown. It is in flat or curled 
 pieces ; not dark-colored, like the red ; exter- 
 nally smooth, internally of a cinnamon color, 
 friable and fibrous ; its taste is very bitter, with 
 some degree of astringency. It is from this 
 species that quina is chiefly obtained. One lb. 
 yields 3iij. of sulphate of quinine. 
 
 Cortex cinchona lancifoli^e. (Ph. L. & 
 D.) Lance-leaved cinchona. Pale, loxa, or 
 crotvn bark. The time loxa bark is from the 
 Cinchona condaminea of Humboldt and Bon- 
 pland. This is the quilled bark, which comes in 
 small quilled twigs, breaking close and smooth, 
 friable between the teeth, covered with a rough 
 coat of a grayish-brown color; internally smooth 
 and of a light brown; its taste is bitter, and 
 slightly astringent; flavor slightly aromatic. It 
 is rich in cinchonine; according to Soubeiran. 
 
 Cortex cinchona oblongifoli^e. (Ph. L. 
 & D.) This is the red bark : it is in large thick 
 pieces and quills, externally covered with a 
 brown rugged coat, internally more smooth and 
 compact, but fibrous, of a dark-red color ; 
 taste and smell similar to that of the pale bark, 
 but the taste is rather stronger. It contains both 
 quinia and cinchonine. 
 
 These three are the best kinds, and the yel- 
 low and red barks are preferred, as containing 
 most active matter. They are all tonic, astrin- 
 gent, and eminently febrifuge, especially in in- 
 termittents and typhoid diseases. Quinia and 
 cinchonine are the active principles, and are 
 usually, especially the former, substituted for 
 the bark ; but it has not the astringent proper- 
 ty, and is in some cases, where a want of tone 
 exists, as in convalescence from typhoid fevers, 
 inferior to the powdered bark or its other prep- 
 arations. The dose of the powder is 3ss. to 3ij. 
 The decoction is employed as a gargle in ma- 
 lignant sore throat, and as a wash to gangre- 
 nous and other sores. Large doses of the pow- 
 der sometimes disagree, producing headache, 
 constipation, vomiting, or diarrhoea. In these 
 cases it should be appropriately combined with 
 other medicines. 
 
 Cinchona alkalies. Quinia, cinchonine, 
 and aricina. These differ from each other only 
 in the equivalent of oxygen. 
 
 Cinchona flava. (U. S. Ph. E. D.) C. 
 calisaya. C. regia. Cortex Chinee regius. C. 
 luteus. C. jlavus. Calisaya, royal crown, or 
 yellow bark. See Cortex cinchona cordifolice. 
 (Ph. L. & D.) 
 
 Cinchona pallida. (U.S.) C.coronce. (E.) 
 C. officinalis. (D.) China Loxa. Cortex Chi- 
 nee fusccE. C. de Loxa. C. Peruvianus. Pale 
 crown ioxa, or quilled bark. Bark of Cincho- 
 na condaminea. (E.) See Cortex cinchona 
 lancifolice. (L. & D.) 
 
C IN 
 
 C IN 
 
 Cinchona rubra. (TJ. S., E., &?D.) China 
 rubra. Red bark, from an undetermined spe- 
 cies. See Cortex cinchona oblongifolia. (L. 
 &D.) 
 
 CINCHONA BARKS, FALSE. These are 
 derived from plants other than the cinchonas, 
 and contain neither quinia nor cinchonine, but 
 are usually good tonics, and often febrifuge. 
 The chief are, Cinchona de Santa Lucia. St. 
 Lucia bark; from the Exostema floribunda of 
 the West Indies and Mexico. — C. Cariboza. 
 Caribean or Jamaica bark; from E. Caribeum. 
 — C. Peruviana. Peruvian bark (false); from 
 E. Peruviana. — C. Brasiliana. Brazilian cin- 
 chona ; from E. Souzanum. — C. Pitaya. Pita- 
 ya cinchona; plant unknown. — C. de Rio Ja- 
 neiro. The bark of Buena hexandra. 
 
 CINCHONA BARKS, VARIOUS. Many 
 other barks are found in commerce, of which 
 the following are the principal : Cinchona 
 cinerea. (E.) C. Huanuco. Gray or silver 
 cinchona; the bark of C. micrantha. (E.) It 
 is of excellent quality, and dei-ived from Lima. 
 According to Goebel, 1 lb. yields 168 grs. of cin- 
 chonine, and no quinia. — Cinchona de Cartha- 
 gena dura. China flava dura. Carthagena 
 hard bark; from C. cordifolia. It is inferior; 
 1 ib. yields about 30 grs. of quinia, and as much 
 cinchonine, but varies. The C. de Carthagena 
 fibrosa is a very inferior fibrous bark, also from 
 Carthagena. — Cinchona de Santa Fe. C. au- 
 rantiaca de Santa Fe. Orange bark, from San- 
 ta Fe: derived from C. lancifolia. It is ex- 
 tremely inferior. — Cinchona huamalies. Hu- 
 amalies, or rusty bark; from C. purpurea. It 
 is derived from Lima, and contains about 3J. of 
 cinchona to the lb., and but little quinia. — Cin- 
 chona Jaen. Ash cinchona, the bark of C. 
 ovata. It is very inferior, few specimens yield- 
 ing more than 3ss. of quinia to the lb., and no 
 cinchonine. — Cinchona nova. Kina nova. 
 Mutis's red bark of Santa Fe ; derived from C. 
 magnifolia. According to Pelletier and Ca- 
 venton, it contains neither quinia nor cincho- 
 nine, but a new acid, the kinovic. 
 
 CINCHONACE.E. The cinchona tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs, w T ith 
 leaves opposite; flowers in panicles; stamens 
 arising from the corolla; fruit inferior, either 
 splitting into two cocci, or iudehiscent. 
 
 Cinchonic acid. Kinic acid. 
 
 Cinchonic red. A substance found in barks, 
 closely resembling catechine. 
 
 CINCHONINE. (Cinchonina, a, f.) The 
 alkaloid of pale bark; also abundant in hua- 
 nuco bark. It is obtained in the same way as 
 quinia. 
 
 Cinchonine ciystallizes in the form of a rhom- 
 boidal prism. It has but little taste, and re- 
 quires 2500 parts of water for its solution ; but 
 when dissolved in alcohol or an acid, it has the 
 bitter taste of bark. It partially sublimes by 
 heat, without fusion. Formula, C 2 oHi 2 NO. 
 Hence it differs from quinine only in containing 
 one equivalent less of oxygen. 
 
 Gallic, oxalic, and tartaric acids form neutral 
 salts with cinchonine, which are soluble only 
 with excess of acid. Hence infusion of nut- 
 galls gives, with a decoction of good cinchona, 
 un abundant precipitate of gallate of cincho- 
 
 nine. Robiquet gives as the composition of a 
 subsulphate of cinchonine, sulphmic acid, 11-3; 
 cinchonina, 79"0. This is analogous to the sul- 
 phate of quinine. 
 
 Cinchonine possesses the same medicinal 
 properties as quinine, but in a less powerful 
 degree. 
 
 Cinchonine sulphas. See Cinchonine. 
 
 Cinchovatine. Chinovatine. 
 
 Cinci'nnus. The hair on the temples. 
 
 Cincli'sis. Cinclismus. 1. Agitation; rap- 
 id or constant motion. 2. An involuntary wink- 
 ing. — Vogel. 
 
 Cineres russici. Common potash. 
 
 CINERI'TIOUS. ( Cinere us ; from cinis, 
 ashes.) Of the color of ashes ; gray. The cor- 
 tical substance of the brain is so called, from its 
 ash color. It is the vesicular nervous matter 
 of modern physiologists. 
 
 Cineritious tubercle. This occupies the 
 floor of the third ventricle of the brain. 
 
 Cineri'tium. A cupel. 
 
 Cine'rula. A name for spodium. 
 
 CINE'TICA. (From kiveu, to move.) Dis- 
 eases affecting the organs of motion, that is, the 
 muscles. The third order in the class Neuro- 
 tica of J. Mason Good. 
 
 Cine'ticus. (Kivvtikoc, having the power 
 of motion.) Appertaining to the powers of 
 motion, and consequently the muscles. 
 
 Cine'tus. The diaphragm. 
 
 Cingula'ria. Lycopodium selago 1 
 
 Cingulum hildani. A leather band former 
 ly used in cases of rupture. 
 
 Cingulum mercuriale. Cingulum sapien- 
 tial and cingulum stultitia*. An invention of 
 Rulandus. " Take three drachms of quicksil- 
 ver; shake it with two ounces of lemon-juice 
 until the globules disappear ; then separate the 
 juice, and mix with the extinguished quicksil- 
 ver half the white of an egg ; gum-dragon, fine- 
 ly powdered, a scruple ; and spread the whole 
 on a belt of flannel." It w T as used to excite sal- 
 ivation. 
 
 Cingulum Sancti Johannis. Artemisia vul- 
 garis. 
 
 Cinifica'tum. Calcined. 
 
 Cinis antimonii. Antimony ash; the roast- 
 ed sulphuret ore. It contains antimonious acid, 
 sesquioxide, and unburned sesquisulphuret. 
 
 CI'NNABAR. (Cinnabaris, is, f) 1. For- 
 merly applied to many red substances. 2. A 
 sulphuret ore of mercury. 3. An artificial com- 
 pound of mercury and sulphur, called factitious 
 cinnabar, red sulphuret of mercury, and ver- 
 milion. See Hydrargyri 6iilphuretum rubrum. 
 — C. factitia. Factitious cinnabar. — C. Graco- 
 rum. The sanguis draconis and cinnabar. — C. 
 nativa. Native cinnabar. 
 
 Cinnabar of antimony. Common cinnabar, 
 produced during the old method of preparing 
 butter of antimony. 
 
 Cinnabarine. Cinnabarinus. Of a red lead 
 or cinnabar color. 
 
 Cinnamic acid. See Cinnamyle. 
 
 CINNAMO'MUM. (um, i, n. ; from kinman, 
 Hebrew, or kinamon, Arabic.) 1. The bark and 
 essential oil of the Cinnamomum Zelandicum. 
 Cinnamon. 2. A genus of shrubs. Ennean- 
 dria. Monogynia. Laurace&. — C.Cassia. C. 
 
 165 
 
CIR 
 
 aromaticum of Nees yields the cassia lignea, 
 cassia buds, cassia bark and oil of commerce. 
 This bark is thicker, coarser, more pungent, 
 but less fragrant than true cinnamon. The 
 Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia prescribes the oil, 
 water, spirit, and tincture; and in the United 
 States it is improperly grouped with cinnamon 
 bark. It is more astringent than cinnamon : 
 dose of the powder, gr. x. to 3ss. — C. Zelandi- 
 cum. C . accuminatum. The tree yielding the 
 fine or Ceylon cinnamon, which is the inner 
 bark of the branches. It owes its aromatic and 
 stimulant qualities to the essential oil, oleum 
 cinnamorni. The bark is also astringent. Dose 
 of the powder, gr. x. to 3ss. ; of the oil, gtt. j. 
 to gtt. iij. — C. malabaricum. Malabar or 
 Madras cinnamon is a variety of cinnamon, but 
 resembles cassia, and is of inferior quality. — 
 C. Culilawan and C. xanthoneuron yield Cu- 
 lilawan bark, which resembles cassia, and C. 
 sintoe the sintoe bark, which is very similar. 
 
 Cinnamomum album. Canella alba. — C. in- 
 dicum. Cinnamomum cassia. 
 
 Cinnamon. Cinnamomum. See Cinnamo- 
 mum Zelandicum. 
 
 Cinnamon suet. An oleaginous and waxy 
 product of the cinnamon trees. 
 
 CINNA'MYL. Cinnamule. The hypotheti- 
 cal radical of cinnamon oil, &c. (Ci8H 8 02=Ci). 
 Pure oil of cinnamon is the hydruret, or CiH. ; 
 but the commercial oil contains resins and an 
 acid, which are oxides of cinnamyle. These 
 resins, as well as cinnamic acid, CiO,HO, are 
 formed by exposure to the air. Cinnamic acid 
 is crystalline, and capable of sublimation. Cin- 
 nameine is an oily derivative of cinnamyle, 
 found in balsam of Peru, from which cinnamic 
 acid is readily obtained by the action of alkalies. 
 
 Cino'nosi. Diseases of motion. 
 
 Cinoplanesis. Irregular motion. 
 
 Cinquefoil. Potentilla reptans. 
 
 Ci'on. The uvula. 
 
 Cio'nis. An enlargement and painful swell- 
 ing of the uvula. 
 
 Cipipa. A kind of tapioca. 
 
 CIRCiE'A. {a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Diandria. Monogynia. — C. luteiana. Enchant- 
 er's night-shade, which is now fallen entirely 
 into disuse. 
 
 Circinnate. When the leaves, inflores- 
 cence, or other parts are rolled up in a spiral 
 manner. 
 
 Circium arvense. Serratula arvensis. 
 
 Circocele. See Cirsocele. 
 
 Circos. Kipaoc. The Greek for a varix. 
 
 Ci'rcus. A circular bandage. — Turlon. 
 
 CIRCULATION. ( Circulatio, onis, f. ; from 
 circulo, to compass about.) The course taken 
 by the blood from the heart around the body. 
 The aerated blood sets out from the left ventri- 
 cle, and is distributed by the arteries through- 
 out the body ; entering the capillaries from 
 these, it is again collected by the veins, and re- 
 turned to the right auricle. This constitutes 
 the great, or systemic circulation. By the con- 
 traction of the right auricle the venous blood is 
 thrown into the right ventricle, and hence into 
 the pulmonary artery, which distributes it to 
 the capillaiies of the lungs, where it parts with 
 its carbonic acid, and acquires oxygen, or be- 
 166 
 
 CIR 
 
 comes converted into arterial, red, or florid 
 blood. From these vessels, the pulmonary 
 veins collect and pour it into the left auricle of 
 the heart. This auricle, contracting, drives the 
 blood into the left ventricle, and thus the cir- 
 cuit is completed. This is the lesser, or pulmo- 
 nic circulation. There is also a small circuit 
 accomplished through the coronary arteries and 
 veins lor the supply of the heart. The object 
 of these currents is to supply every part with 
 blood, and to renew its activity by aeration. 
 
 Much discussion has arisen concerning the 
 forces which propel the blood through this 
 route, but there is little doubt that there are 
 several, of which the chief are the contraction 
 of the auricles and ventricles ; the elasticity 
 of the vessels, especially of the arteries, and the 
 affinity of various elements of the blood for 
 the tissues through which it circulates. The 
 nervous power is also interested in the capillary 
 circulation, as we observe in the phenomenon 
 of blushing ; nor is muscular contraction with- 
 out influence. 
 
 Circulation, capillary. The passage of 
 the blood through the system of minute or capil- 
 lary vessels which penetrate every part of the 
 tissues, and lie between the arteries and veins. 
 It is in this circulation that nutrition, secretion, 
 and animal heat take place, and in which arte- 
 rial blood becomes changed to venous. What- 
 ever other changes occur, we know that arterial 
 blood here acquires carbonic acid (in the sys- 
 temic circulation), from the metamorphosis of 
 parts. The cause of the blood's movement is 
 only partially attributable to the heart, elastic-. 
 ity of the vessels, and nervous influence ; it is 
 mainly due to the affinity of the tissue or viscus, 
 which has the capacity of attracting the blood, 
 and, having produced a change thereon, loses 
 its affinity, and thus the effete portion is pushed 
 forward by the advancing current, and flows 
 toward the veins. The matters necessary to 
 the function and maintenance of particular or- 
 gans are drawn from the capillaries by the pro- 
 cess of absorption, and alterations effected in 
 the blood by the penetration of fluids or gases 
 from the surrounding tissues. The fluid of the 
 capillaries also differs according to their size, 
 some conveying red blood, while others carry 
 only a serous fluid. Any disturbance of the 
 function of the capillaries is attended by dis- 
 ease. A loss of elasticity in their parietes pro- 
 duces a retardation of the current and accumu- 
 lation of blood, which may result in engorge- 
 ment or inflammation of an organ, and termi- 
 nate by a change of the fluid into pus, sanies, 
 or other morbid products. 
 
 Circulation, fcetal. In the fetus, there 
 being no pulmonic circulation, the course of the 
 blood differs from that of the adult. Arterial- 
 ized blood is received from the placenta by the 
 umbilical vein, which conveys it partly into the 
 liver, and partly into the vena cava, by the 
 ductus venosus. From both these it reaches 
 the right auricle of the heart, which, by con- 
 tracting, drives a small part into the right ven- 
 tricle, from which it enters the pulmonary vein, 
 and is returned by the ductus arteriosus into 
 the aorta ; but the greater part passes through 
 the foramen ovale, lying between the auricles. 
 
C IE 
 
 CIR 
 
 directly into the left auricle. The blood of the 
 left auricle is driven, by its contraction, into 
 the left ventricle, aud hence passes by the aorta 
 through the arterial system ; but that portion 
 which reaches the internal iliacs is diverted 
 from the foetus, these arteries forming the um- 
 bilical arteries, and returning to the placenta, 
 where the effete blood is aerated by contact 
 and imbibition from the maternal fluid. The 
 veins of the foetus discharge into the vena cava, 
 the blood they convey being mixed with that 
 of the umbilical vein in the right auricle. 
 
 Circulation, portal. The venous circula- 
 tion through the liver. The blood of the ab- 
 dominal viscera takes this route. 
 
 CrRCULUS. (Diminutive of circus, a cir- 
 cle.) A circle or ring. Applied to circular 
 parts, or any part of the body which is of an 
 annular shape, as circulus oculi, iridis, &c. 
 
 Circulus arteriosus i'ridis. The artery 
 which runs round the iris, and forrns a circle, is 
 so termed. 
 
 Clrculus cilia'ris. See Ciliary circle. 
 
 Circulus membranosus. The hymen. 
 
 Circulus osseus. Annulus osseus. A ring- 
 like bone in the ear of the foetus. It is placed 
 at the bottom of the cartilaginous meatus ex- 
 ternus, and supports the membrana tympani. 
 In the adult it is united with the meatus. 
 
 Circulus qua'druplex. A kind of bandage 
 used by the old surgeons. 
 
 Circulus tonsillaris. A plexus surround- 
 ing the tonsil, formed of the lingual and glosso- 
 pharyngeal nerves. 
 
 Circulus Willisii. Willis's circle. See 
 Encpekalos. 
 
 Circumagentes. The oblique muscles of 
 the eye. 
 
 Circumcalua'lis. The tunica conjunctiva. 
 
 CIRCUMCI'SION. (Circumcisio, onis, f. ; 
 from circumcido, to cut about.) The removal 
 of the prepuce from the glans penis, or of a por- 
 tion of the prepuce. It is practiced by surgeons 
 in some cases of phymosis. 
 
 CIRCUMDUCTION. Circumductio. The 
 act of moving a limb or any part around, or 
 about a centre. 
 
 Circumductions opifex. The superior ob- 
 lique muscle of the eye. — Vesalius. 
 
 CIRCUMFLEXA ANTERIOR. Anteri- 
 or circumflex artery. The name of a branch of 
 the humeral arteiy dispersed upon the muscles 
 covering the anterior part of the shoulder joint. 
 
 Circumflexa externa. The external cir- 
 cumflex. An arteiy usually arising from the 
 profundafemoris, but sometimes from the com- 
 mon femoral. It is distributed to the muscles 
 of the hip and thigh. 
 
 Circumflexa ili'aca. Circumflexa ossisilii. 
 Uiaca anterior. An artery which rises nearly 
 opposite the epigastric, from the external iliac 
 artery, immediately before it passes under Pou- 
 part's ligament. It runs along the crest of the 
 ilium, between the transversalis and internal 
 oblique muscles, and inosculates with the epi- 
 gastric, inferior intercostal, and lumbar arteries. 
 
 Circumflexa interna. An artery given off 
 from the profunda or femoral, opposite the ex- 
 ternal circumflex. It turns round the inner part 
 of the neck of the thigh bone. 
 
 Circumflexa posterior. Articularis poste- 
 rior. A branch of the humeral artery, larger 
 than the circumflexa anterior, passing to the 
 back of the shoulder joint, and dispersed chief- 
 ly on the deltoid muscle. 
 
 CIRCUMFLE'XUS. Circumflex. An epi- 
 thet given by anatomists to objects which wind 
 round others. Thus there is an anterior and 
 posterior circumflex artery around the shoulder 
 joint, a circumflex muscle of the palate, &c. 
 
 Circumflexus palati. Circumflexus palati 
 mollis. A muscle of the palate. It arises from 
 the spinous process of the sphenoid bone, be- 
 hind the foramen ovale, and from the Eusta- 
 chian tube ; it then rims down along the pter- 
 ygoideus internus, passes over the hook of the 
 pterygoid process by a round tendon, which 
 soon spreads into a broad membrane. It is in- 
 serted into the velum pendulum palati, and the 
 semiluuar edge of the os palati. Its use is to 
 stretch the velum, to draw it downward, and 
 to the side toward the hook. 
 
 Circumfusa. The natural agents, as climate, 
 atmosphere, heat, &c., which surround man at 
 all times. — Halle. 
 
 Circumli'tio. A liniment. 
 
 Circumossa'lis membrana. The periosteum. 
 
 CIRCUMSCI'SUS. Circumscissile. (From 
 circumscindo, to cut round about.) Circum- 
 cised. Applied to a membranous capsule, sep- 
 arating into two parts by a complete circular 
 fissure. 
 
 CIRRHO'SIS. (From Kippoc, yellowish.) A 
 pathological condition not uncommon in the 
 liver, which becomes condensed, granular, and 
 of a rusty yellow color, forming the tubercula- 
 ted, lobulated, mammelated, hob-nail, or gin 
 liver of different authors. It also occurs in the 
 lungs. 
 
 Cirro'sus. Cirrose: having a cirrus or ten- 
 dril. 
 
 Cir'rus. Cirrkus. A tendril. 
 
 CIRSOCE'LE. (e,es,l Kc P gok V X7j; from 
 Kipaog, varix, or a dilatation of a vein, and 
 K7]?i?j, a tumor.) A varicose enlargement of the 
 spermatic veins : it is most frequently confined 
 to that part of the spermatic cord which is be- 
 low the opening in the abdominal tendon ; and 
 the vessels generally become rather larger as 
 they approach the testes. It occasions pain 
 from the distension of the vessels, and is attend- 
 ed with a sense of weight in the loins. Usual- 
 ly the affection is slight, and keeping the bow- 
 els open and sustaining the scrotum by a net 
 is all that is necessary. When the vessels are 
 more than usually tumid, leeches should be ap- 
 plied, and followed by astringent lotions to the 
 cord and scrotum. Where the disease is invet- 
 erate, surgeons recommend the removal of a 
 considerable portion of the loose skin of the 
 scrotum, so as to condense its structure, and 
 this is a radical cure. 
 
 Cirsoi'des. 1. Resembling a varix. 2. The 
 upper part of the brain. 3. The spermatic 
 veins. 
 
 Cirso'mphalos. A varicose state of the veins 
 around the navel. 
 
 CIRSOPHTHA'LMIA. (a, at, f. ; from Kip- 
 coc, and oipda'Afioc, the eye.) A varicose state 
 of the vessels of the eye. 
 
 167 
 
C IT 
 
 CLA 
 
 CISSA'MPELOS. (i, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Diozcia. Monadelphia. Menispermacece. — C. 
 pareira. C. caapeba. Pareira brava ; called, 
 also, Pareyra. The root of this plant, a native 
 of South America and the West Indies, has no 
 remarkable smell, but a sweet bitter, and some- 
 what austere taste. It has been extolled in 
 nephritic and calculous complaints. The dose 
 is from 3j. to 9ij. of the powder ; or an infusion 
 may be made with 3iij. of the root to Ibj. of 
 water, the third part of this being taken at a 
 dose. It is said to contain a peculiar alkaloid, 
 cissampelin. 
 
 Ciste'rna. (a, <e, f.) A cistern or reser- 
 voir. The fourth ventricle of the brain has 
 been so called. — C. chyli. C. lumbaris. The 
 receptaculum chyli. 
 
 CPSTUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyandria. Monogynia. Cistacece. — C. cre- 
 ticus. The plant yielding ladanum. It is a 
 native of Syria and the Archipelago. The gum- 
 resin called ladanum exudes upon the leaves 
 of this plant. Ladanum was formerly much 
 employed internally as a pectoral and astrin- 
 gent in catarrhal affections, dysenteries, and 
 several other diseases ; at present, however, it 
 is never used, except as an ingredient in the 
 stomachic plaster, emplastrum ladani. — C. la- 
 daniferus. This species grows hi Spain, Por- 
 tugal, and Provence. Its young branches af- 
 ford, by boiling in water, a substance analogous 
 to the ladanum of Crete. — C. laurifolnis. This 
 grows in the south of France, and also affords 
 a kind of ladanum. — C. ledon. Ledum palus- 
 tre. 
 
 CI'TRATE. (Citras, atis, f . ; from citrus, 
 the lemon.) A salt of citric acid. 
 
 Citrate of ammonia. It is formed by neu- 
 tralizing sesquicarbonate of ammonia by citric 
 acid, and is a slight diaphoretic. 
 
 Citrate of potash. This salt is used me- 
 dicinally, in the form of the common efferves- 
 cing saline draught, made with citric acid and 
 carbonate of potash. It is useful in allaying ir- 
 ritability of the stomach and vomiting, and is a 
 slight diaphoretic. 
 
 Citrate of soda. A scrapie of carbonate 
 of soda, neutralized by a sufficient quantity of 
 lemon-juice, or ten grains of citric acid, forms 
 an effervescing draught, which has nearly the 
 same effects as that made with citrate of potash. 
 Citreolus. The cucumber. 
 Ci'treum. Ci'trea. Citrus medica. 
 CI'TRIC . ( Citricus ; from citrus, the lemon. ) 
 Of, or belonging to, the lemon. 
 
 Citric acid. Acidum citricum. (U. S.) 
 The acid of lemons. It also exists in cranber- 
 ries, tamarinds, &c, and may be obtained by 
 straining the juice, saturating with chalk, puri- 
 fying the precipitate, and decomposing by di- 
 lute sulphuric acid. It is very sour, but of an 
 agreeable flavor ; soluble in hot and cold water. 
 It is found in short, transparent, rhomboidal 
 prisms; colorless. Sp. gr., 1-617. The for- 
 mula of these is Ci. 2 H 5 Ou,3HO-f-2HO, but it 
 is also formed with one equivalent of water of 
 crystallization. The acid is tribasic. 
 
 When 1 part of citric acid is dissolved in 19 
 of water, the solution may be used as a substi- 
 tute for lemon-juice. If before solution the 
 168 
 
 crystals be triturated with a little sugar and a 
 few drops of the oil of lemons, the resemblance 
 to the native juice will be more complete. It 
 is refrigerant, and an antidote against sea-scur- 
 vy ; but the admixture of mucilage and other 
 vegetable matter in the recent fruit of the lem- 
 on has been supposed to render it preferable 
 to the pure acid of the chemist. It is more 
 expensive, and seldom preferred to the tartaric 
 acid for effervescing draughts. 
 
 The solution of citric acid undergoes sponta- 
 neous decomposition. By an increasing heat 
 it is decomposed into several products. At first 
 it yields the hydrated aconitic acid, or pyrO' 
 citric acid ; then the pyroaconitic, or citricic 
 acid; afterward the citraconic; and, lastly, an 
 empyreumatic oil. 
 
 Citrine ointment. Unguentum hydrargyri 
 nitratis. 
 
 Citri'nula. A small citron or lemon. 
 
 Ci'trinus. Citrine. Lemon-colored. 
 
 Citron. See Citrus medica. 
 
 Citru'llus. Cucurbita citrullus. 
 
 CPTRUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The lemon. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Polyadelphia. Icosandria. 
 Aurantiacete. — C. aurantium. C. vulgaris. 
 The orange-tree and fruit. The flowers, flores 
 naphce, are highly odoriferous, and used as a 
 perfume. The water distilled from the flowers 
 is called aqua florum naphce. Orange flowers 
 were once thought to possess considerable an- 
 tispasmodic powers ; and the distilled water is 
 still prescribed on the European Continent. 
 The yellow rind, cortex aurantii, has a grateful 
 aromatic flavor, and a warm, bitterish taste. 
 Thence of oranges is a grateful, acid, refriger- 
 ant, antiscorbutic drink, and is useful in bilious 
 and some dyspeptic complaints. — C. Bigarardia 
 yields the Bigarade, bitter, or Seville orange. — 
 C. limetta yields the lime, a small, fragrant 
 lemon. — The fruit of C. paradisi resembles the 
 shaddock, which is the product of C. decumana. 
 — C. medica. The lemon-tree. The juice of 
 the lemon, which is much more acid than 
 that of the orange, possesses similar virtues. 
 The exterior rind is a very grateful aromatic 
 bitter, not so hot as orange-peel, and yielding 
 in distillation a less quantity of oil, which is 
 extremely light, almost colorless, and generally 
 brought from the southern parts of Europe, 
 under the name of essence of lemons. The 
 citron-tree is also considered as belonging to the 
 same species, the Citrus medica. Its fruit is 
 called cedromela, which is larger and less suc- 
 culent than the lemon ; but in all other respects 
 the citron and lemon trees agree. The citron- 
 juice, when sweetened with sugar, is called by 
 the Italians agro di cedro. — The C. mella rosa 
 of Lamarck is another variety of the C. medica. 
 The essence prepared from this fruit is called 
 essence of bergamotte, and essentia de cedra. 
 
 Cittara. A place in the file of Ischia, 
 where there are thermal waters of 100° Fahr. 
 They contain carbonate and sulphate of lime, 
 and muriate of soda. 
 
 Civet cat. Viverra civetta and V. zibetha. 
 
 CIVE'TTA. Civet: a perfume resembling, 
 but very inferior to, musk. 
 
 Cl. Chlorine. 
 
 Cladonia islandica. Cetraria islandica.— 
 
C LA 
 
 C LI 
 
 C. rangiferina. Reindeer moss. It is nutri- 
 tious and pectoral. 
 
 CLAIRVOYANCE. A supposed mesmeric 
 6tate, during which the patient sees objects oth- 
 erwise out of sight, and, it is pretended, has the 
 quality of vision diffused over the whole body ! 
 
 CLAP. (From the old French word clapi- 
 ses, public shops kept by single prostitutes.) 
 See Urethritis. 
 
 CLARET. Claretum. 1. A light French 
 wine, drunk in this country chiefly in summer. 
 Claret is an excellent drink in typhoid fevers. 
 See Vinum. 2. A name formerly given to sev- 
 eral factitious wines. 
 
 CLARIFICATION. (Clarificatio, onis, f. ; 
 from clarus, clear, pure, and facio, to make.) 
 The depuration of any thing, or process of free- 
 ing a fluid from heterogeneous matter or fecu- 
 lencies, as by white of egg, charcoal, &c. 
 
 Clarea. Salvia sclarea. 
 
 CLASS. A group of objects, &c, allied in 
 several prominent qualities. A class is divided 
 into orders, genera, species, and varieties. 
 
 Classy. A place near Laon, in Picardy, 
 -where there are chalybeate waters. 
 
 Claudicatio. Clauditas. Claudication. 
 Lameness ; limping. 
 
 CLAU'STRUM. (um,i,n.\ a barrier, from 
 claudo, to shut.) Formerly applied in anatomy, 
 as claustrum gutturis, the opening of the phar- 
 ynx ; claustrum virginitatis, the hymen. 
 
 CLAUSU'RA. {a, a, f . ; from claudo, to 
 shut.) An imperforation of any canal or cavity 
 of the body. Thus clausura uteri is a preter- 
 natural imperforation of the uterus ; clausura tu- 
 barum Fallopianarum, a morbid imperforation 
 of the Fallopian tubes, mentioned by Ruysch 
 as one cause of infecundity. 
 
 CLAVA'RIA. (a, a>, f.) A genus of fungi. 
 Club-shaped fungus. — C. cinerea. Gray goat's- 
 beard. This and the C. coralloides are some- 
 times eaten. Their flesh is cottony, and they 
 have little flavor. The latter was once used as 
 a corroborant and astringent. 
 
 Clava'tio. Synonymous with Gomphosis. 
 
 Clava'tus. Clubbed; club-shaped. 
 
 Clavella'ti ci'veres. Wood ashes. 
 
 CLAVICLE. Clavi'cula. {a, ce, f . ; from 
 clavis, a key, on account of some resemblance 
 to the keys used by the ancients. ) The collar 
 bone. The clavicle is placed at the root of the 
 neck, and at the upper part of the breast. It 
 extends across, from the tip of the shoulder to 
 the upper part of the sternum; it is a round 
 bone, a little flattened toward the end which 
 joins the scapula, and curved like an Italic f. 
 
 The end next the sternum is round and flat, 
 or button-like ; and it is received into a suitable 
 hollow on the upper piece of the sternum. 
 
 The outward end of the clavicle is flattened 
 as it approaches the scapula, and the edge of 
 that flatness is turned to the edge of the flatten- 
 ed acromion, so that they touch but in one sin- 
 gle point, and they are tied firmly by strong 
 ligaments. 
 
 Clavi'culus. Clavis. The clavicle. 
 
 CLA'VUS. (us, i, m. ; a nail.) 1. A corn, 
 60 called from its resemblance to the head of a 
 nail. It is a roundish, horny, cutaneous extu- 
 berance, with a central nucleus, sensible at its 
 
 base ; found chiefly on the toes, from the press- 
 ure of tight shoes. 2. An intense pain in some 
 part of the head, limited to a very small space, 
 and causing a sensation as if a nail were being 
 driven into the head. It is most frequently 
 connected with hysteria, and is then called 
 clavus hystericus. 3. A tubercle on the white 
 of the eye; so called from its shape. — Celsus. 
 4. Condylomata of the uterus have been called 
 clavi. 
 
 Clavus oculi. This name has been given 
 by some to staphyloma. 
 
 Clavus secali'vus. Secale cornutum. 
 
 Clay. The impure hydrated silicate of alu- 
 mina, constituting a tenacious earth. 
 
 Cleansings. The lochia. 
 
 CLEAVAGE. This term is applied to the 
 mechanical division of crystals. 
 
 Cleavers. Galium aparine. 
 
 Cleidiov. The clavicle. 
 
 Cleidomastoide'us. The posterior part of 
 the sterno-cleido-rnastoideus. — Albinvs. 
 
 C L E I ' S A G R A. (a, a>, f. ; from k7. etc, the 
 clavicle, and ay pa, a prey.) A name given by 
 Ambroise Pare to gout affecting the articulation 
 of the clavicle. 
 
 Clei'thron. Claustrum. 
 
 C L E ' A I A T I S . (tis, idis, f. ) A genus of 
 plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranuncu- 
 lacea;. — C. daphnoi'des. Vinca minor. — C.pas- 
 siflora. The passion-flower. — C. recta. Up- 
 right virgin's bower. The same virtues are 
 attributed to this plant as to the next. — C. vi- 
 talba. The traveller's joy. Vitalba. C. ar- 
 thragene of Theophrastus. Its leaves, when 
 fresh, produce a warmth on the tongue, and if 
 the chewing is continued, blisters arise. They 
 also vesicate and ulcerate the skin when rub- 
 bed on it. The plant has been administered 
 internally to cure lues venerea, scrofula, and 
 rheumatism. An infusion of two or three 
 drachms of the leaves in a pound of boiling 
 water may be taken in the course of the four- 
 and-twenty hours. — The C. viorna, C. virgini- 
 ca, C. crispa, and C. flammula, are also very 
 acrid. 
 
 Clemati'tis. The same as clematis. 
 
 Clepsy'dra or Cle'psydra. (From kActttu, 
 to conceal, and vdup, water.) The name of an 
 instalment used by the ancients to measure 
 time by the dropping of water through a hole 
 from one vessel to another. 
 
 Clermo.vt ferraxd. A town in the depart- 
 ment of Puy de Dome. It has acidulous 
 springs. 
 
 Cle'ves. A city of Westphalia. It has min- 
 eral waters, containing carbonate and sulphate 
 of iron. 
 
 Cliftox. Near Bristol. A dry, mild cli- 
 mate, resorted to by English invalids. 
 
 CLIMACTERIC. ( Climactericus; from k?u- 
 fia^, a gradation.) A term applied to those 
 years in the life of man which have been sup- 
 posed to mark a certain degree in the scale of 
 his existence. Such periods are often divided 
 into seven years. 
 
 Climacteric disease. The gradual loss of 
 the powers, &c, in old age. 
 
 CLIMATE. (From icfafxa, a region.) The 
 prevailing constitution of the atmosphere of any 
 
 169 
 
C LI , 
 
 region with respect to heat, cold, moisture, 
 winds, and impregnation with extraneous mat- 
 ters, is called the climate of that region. 
 
 The subject of climate is one of the highest 
 interest to the naturalist, the physiologist, and 
 the physician. Climate exerts a veiy sensible 
 influence on the animal and vegetable kingdoms 
 in different parts of the globe : it is one of the 
 causes which determine the physical and moral 
 peculiarities of different races of mankind ; and 
 it has a marked influence in modifying the char- 
 acters of disease, the operation of remedies, 
 and the whole practice of medicine. 
 
 The diseases chiefly benefited by a change 
 of climate are, 
 
 1. Pulmonary Consumption. — If the change 
 " of climate is to be productive of any real bene- 
 fit, it must be tried at a much earlier period of 
 the disease than it generally is, and before the 
 actual development of tubercles in the lungs. 
 The climates best adapted to consumptive pa- 
 tients are Rome ; Madeira ; the Canary Islands ; 
 Pensacola, Tampa Bay, Key Biscayno; the 
 southern side of the West India Islands, espe- 
 cially Cuba and Jamaica ; Vera Cruz, and Mex- 
 ico. Those who have passed the winter in 
 mild climates should in general seek a more 
 bracing air in summer ; and during the course 
 of this season they may advantageously change 
 the air frequently, taking care not to visit any 
 place the climate of which is hostile to their 
 particular state of health. 
 
 2. Chronic Bronchitis. — The morbid condi- 
 tions of the mucous lining of the larynx, trachea, 
 and bronchi are greatly influenced by climate ; 
 and the change from a cold and moist to a mild 
 and dry air seldom fails to relieve, and occa- 
 sionally removes them. The situations which 
 have been mentioned as most favorable in 
 phthisis are best suited also to bronchial dis- 
 eases generally. 
 
 3. Asthma is often greatly relieved, and oc- 
 casionally ceases, under the influence of a mild 
 climate, more especially when complicated with 
 disease of the bronchial membrane, as it almost 
 always is when of some duration. 
 
 4. Chronic Rheumatism and Gout. — Climate 
 produces the most decidedly beneficial effects 
 in these diseases, and that often with surprising 
 rapidity, even in cases of long standing, which 
 have resisted the best directed medical treat- 
 ment. The climate should be dry, warm, and 
 equable. 
 
 5. Scrofula. — Strumous affections, especially 
 when seated in the skin and lymphatic glands, 
 are frequently cured, and the general health is 
 greatly improved by a mild climate. 
 
 6. Dyspepsia. — Different forms of dyspepsia, 
 hypochondriasis, and other nervous affections, 
 intimately connected with a disordered state of 
 the digestive organs, all of which are aggrava- 
 ted by a cold and humid atmosphere, are much 
 mitigated by a winter's residence in the South, 
 if aided by a proper regimen. 
 
 Besides the above mentioned, there are sev- 
 eral other morbid states of the system which 
 are remarkably benefited by change of climate. 
 Such are irritable states of the mucous mem- 
 branes genei*ally, and irritable cutaneous affec- 
 tions. At those periods of life, also, which are 
 170 
 
 CLO 
 
 attended with rapid development or critical 
 changes in the constitution, the influence of 
 change of climate is veiy beneficial. In weakly 
 childhood, and puberty, and in climacteric de- 
 cay, a new climate, if well adapted to the indi- 
 vidual, has frequently succeeded in improving 
 and establishing the health. For the peculi- 
 arities of localities, see them severally. 
 
 Climaticus. Climatic. Belonging to cli- 
 mate. 
 
 Climbing birthwort. See Aristolochia. 
 Clinan'thus. Clinanthium. The enlarged 
 and flattened top of a common peduncle which 
 supports several sessile flowers, as in scabiosa 
 and dorstenia. 
 
 CLI'NICAL. ( Clinicus; from Kkivn, a bed.) 
 Relating to a bed : thus, clinical lectures, lec- 
 tures delivered at the bedside of the patient ; 
 clinical notes, notes taken at the bedside, &c. 
 
 Clinique. A school where medicine or sur- 
 gery is taught by the direct examination and 
 treatment of the patients. 
 
 Clinium. The termination of the floral 
 branch on which the carpels are situated — the 
 torus. 
 
 Clinker. The black oxide of iron of the 
 smith's forge. 
 
 Cli'noid. Clinoides. Resembling a bed. 
 The four processes surrounding the sella tur- 
 cica of the sphenoid bone are so called, of 
 which two are anterior and two posterior. 
 
 Clinomastoide'us. A corruption of cleido- 
 mastoideus. See Stemo-cleido-mastoideus. 
 
 CLINOPO'DIUM VULGARE. Wild basiL 
 This plant was formerly in esteem against the 
 bite of serpents, and to facilitate labor ; it was 
 also given in strangury, and as an astringent in 
 diarrhoea. 
 
 Cliseo'meter. Cliseometrum. An instru- 
 ment invented by Stein, and described by Osi- 
 ander, for measuring the degree of inclination 
 of the female pelvis, or, in other words, the an- 
 gle which the axis of the pelvis makes with 
 that of the body. 
 
 Clito'ridis Museums. See Erector clitoris 
 dis. 
 
 CLFTORIS. (is, idis, f. Kleiropic ; from 
 kXsico, to inclose, or hide.) A small glandiform 
 body, like a penis in miniature, and, like it, 
 covered with a prepuce or foreskin. It is sit- 
 uated above the nympha?, and before the open* 
 ing of the urinary passage of women. 
 
 Clitorismus. 1. A morbid or congenital en- 
 largement of the clitoris. 2. Excessive venery. 
 CLOA'CA. {a, ce, f.) A cavity formed by 
 the extremity of the intestinal canal in birds, 
 fish, reptiles, and the monotrematous animals. 
 It forms a common cavity, in which the intes- 
 tines and ureters terminate in both sexes, and 
 the vagina also in the female. 
 
 Cloaca. The openings through the integu- 
 ments which in necrosis lead to the dead bone. 
 CLO'NIC. (Clonicus: from kIovoc, agita- 
 tion, commotion.) A spasm which is not of 
 long duration, though it may be repeated in 
 rapid succession; such are the spasms which 
 affect the muscles in epilepsy. Clonic is op- 
 posed to tonic spasm. 
 
 Clono'des. KXovudec. A vibratory pulse; 
 convidsive. 
 
C L Y 
 
 CO A 
 
 CLONUS. Clonos. A generic term, mean- 
 ing any frequently recurring act or convulsion, 
 as, C. niclitatio, winking. — C. epilepsia, epilep- 
 sy. — C. subsultus, subsultus tendinum. 
 
 Clot of blood. See Blood. 
 
 Cloporte ordinaire. The wood-louse. 
 
 Cloud berry. Rubrus chamaemoras. 
 
 CLOVE. See Eugenia caryophyllata. — C. 
 baric. See Myrtus caryophyllata. — C. gilli- 
 Jiower. C. pink. Dianthus caryophyllata. 
 
 Cloven. See Fissus. 
 
 CLUB-FEET. A congenital or acquired dis- 
 tortion of the feet, arising from contraction of 
 the extensor muscles. The following are some 
 new terms, introduced by Dr. Kra#ss, to desig- 
 nate the varieties of club-foot: 1. The Tip-foot, 
 Horse-foot, or Pes equinus. When the sufferer 
 walks on his toes, and the heel is drawn up- 
 ward. In this class may be included the knot- 
 foot (pied-bot en dessous), when the patient 
 walks upon the back of the foot. 2. The 
 Cross-foot, Club-foot inward, or Varus. When 
 the sufferer walks on the outward edge of the 
 foot, or the outward part of the dorsum, the 
 point of the foot being turned inward. 3. The 
 Out-bow foot, Club-foot outward, or Valgus. 
 The sufferer treads upon the inward part of the 
 foot ; the point of the foot, and sometimes the 
 heel, are turned outward. 4. The Heel club- 
 foot, or Talipes calcaneus. The patient walks 
 upon the heel. The treatment of these deform- 
 ities consists in extension by a proper appara- 
 tus, and the division of the tendons of the con- 
 tracted muscles in some cases. 
 
 Club-shaped. See Clavatus. 
 
 Club moss. Lycopodium clavatum. 
 
 Cluxe's. The buttocks, or nates. 
 
 CLU'PEA. A genus of fishes, including the 
 shad, herring, anchovy, &c. — C. alosa. The 
 shad. — C. encrasi' coins. The anchovy. — C. 
 harengus. The common herring. — C. latulus. 
 Whitebait. — C pilchardus. The pilchard. — 
 C. sprattus. The sprat. — C. thryssa, or yellow- 
 billed sprat of the West Indian seas, is said to 
 be very poisonous. 
 
 CLU'SIA. A genus of plants. Polygamia. 
 Moncecia. The species exude several kinds of 
 gum resins. 
 
 CLU'TIA. A genus of plants. Dioscia. Gy- 
 nandria. — Clutia collina is a poisonous species; 
 and C. spinosa is astringent, and used in India 
 as an anthelmintic for cattle. 
 
 CLY'DON. (Otntav, awave.) Fluctuation 
 of the contents of the abdomen; flatulence. — 
 Galen. 
 
 Clypea'lis cartila'go. The thyroid carti- 
 lage. 
 
 Clypeate. Shield-shaped; scutiform. 
 
 CLYS'MA. (K?,vofj.a; from k?iv^g), to wash.) 
 In medical language, a clyster. See Enema. 
 
 CLYSTER. A mucilaginous, or purgative, sa- 
 line, nutritious, narcotic, &c, lavement, thrown 
 into the rectum by a syringe, to answer partic- 
 ular indications. Some clysters are officinal. 
 See Enema. 
 
 Cly'ssus. An old chemical term. Some- 
 times it meant a compound of various chemical 
 products of the same substance, but generally 
 the product of the detonation of nitre with any 
 other substance: thus nitre, deflagrated with 
 
 charcoal, formed the clyssus nitri ; with anti- 
 mony, the clyssus antimonii; and with sulphur, 
 the clyssus sulphuris. 
 
 Cxemodacty Lie'rs. The extensor long- 
 us digitorum pedis. 
 
 Cneomos. Cnesis. Prurigo. 
 
 Cxeorum tricoccum. Cneoron. Daphne 
 mezereum. 
 
 Cnicin. A brown, extractive body of Cni- 
 cus (Centaurea) benedictus. It is bitter, and 
 contains no nitrogen ? 
 
 CNPCUS. (us, i, f. ; kvckoc.) 1. Formerly 
 carthamus tinctorius. 2. A genus of plants, 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia cequalis. Composites. 
 
 — C. cernuus. The nodding cnicus: the tender 
 stalks, boiled and peeled, are eaten. — C. lana- 
 tus. The distaff thistle. Formerly used as an 
 alterative. — C. oleraceus. Round-leaved mead- 
 ow thistle. The leaves are eaten like cabbage. 
 
 — C. sylvestris. C. benedictus. Centaurea 
 benedicta. 
 
 Cxidii grana. See Daphne mezereum. 
 
 Cnido'sis. KvlSuglc. A pungent itching. 
 
 CO. The symbol of cobalt. 
 
 Coacervate. Accumulated. 
 
 Coadunate. Two or more parts united to- 
 gether. 
 
 Coaduna'tje. The name given by Linnaeus 
 to a natural family of plants, which have a num- 
 ber of flowers clustered together so as to resem- 
 ble a single flower. 
 
 Coa'gulable. Coagulabilis. Susceptible of 
 coagulation. 
 
 COAGULABLE LYMPH. The transparent, 
 gelatinous exudation from wounded or inflamed 
 vessels, which becomes organized, and serves 
 to repair injuries or produce adhesions. Its pe- 
 culiar component is fibrin, and it differs from 
 ] blood only in the absence of red globules. 
 
 Coa'gulant. (Coa gidajis ; from coagulo, to 
 incrassate, or curdle.) Having the power of 
 coagulating. Formerly applied to medicines 
 supposed to render the blood more coagulable. 
 
 Coagulated mercury. The binoxide of 
 mercury. 
 
 COAGULA'TION. (Coagulatio; from co- 
 agulo, to curdle.) The sudden or spontoneous 
 conversion of a liquid into a soft solid mass, of 
 a gelatinous consistence and nature, as when 
 the white of an egg is consolidated by heat ; or 
 the separation of the denser particles from a 
 fluid, as in the coagulation of the blood. 
 
 COA'GULUM. (urn, i, n.) The tenacious 
 substance formed from a fluid by coagulation. 
 The clot of the blood is so called. In Patholo- 
 gy, the plug of coagulable lymph which forms 
 in divided arteries, or the clot of blood result- 
 ing from morbid action, and frequently found in 
 cavities, or effused. 
 
 Coagulum alu'minis. This is made by beat- 
 ing the white of eggs with a little alum until a 
 coagulum is formed. It has been recommend- 
 ed as an efficacious application in a relaxed 
 state of the conjunctive membrane of the eye. 
 Coal fish. Gadus carbonarius. 
 Coalte'rna febris. A double intermittent. 
 Coaptation. Coapta'tio. An old surgical 
 term for what is now called the reduction of a 
 dislocation or fracture. 
 
 COARCTATION. ( Coarctatio ; from co- 
 in . 
 
coc 
 
 arcto, to straighten.) Applied in medical lan- 
 guage to the contraction or lessening of the 
 diameter of a canal, as of the intestinal canal, 
 or the urethra. 
 
 Coarcta'tus. Crowded. 
 
 Coarticula'tio. Syn. of diarthrosis. 
 
 CO'BALT. ( Cobaltum, i, n.) A brittle, 
 crystalline metal, of a reddish-gray color, and 
 weak metallic lustre. Sp. gr., 7-834; eq., 29-I3; 
 sym., Co. It undergoes little change in the air, 
 but absorbs oxygen when heated in open ves- 
 sels, and is readily oxidized by means of nitric 
 acid. It is magnetic, and difficultly fusible. 
 
 Cobalt exists in nature commonly combined 
 with arsenic ; when this is roasted, it yields 
 zaffre, an impure oxide, which, when fused 
 with sand and potash, gives smalt, extensively 
 used as a coloring material by glass and earth- 
 enware manufacturers. The oxides of cobalt 
 are the protoxide, CoO, and a sesquioxide, 
 C02O3. The salts of the former are pink or 
 blue. The chloride is a pretty sympathetic ink, 
 and used in blow-pipe analysis. The habitudes 
 of cobalt are analogous to iron, and, like this 
 metal, it unites with cyanogen, forming cobalti- 
 cyanogen, a hypothetical radical similar to fer- 
 ridcyanogen. 
 
 Cobham springs. A weak saline. 
 
 Co'bra de cape'llo. The hooded snake. 
 See Naja. 
 
 Cobweb. See Aranea. 
 
 Cocoa-nut. Cocos nucifera. 
 
 Cocca cnidia. See Daphne mezereum. 
 
 Cocci granum. See Coccus infectorius. — C. 
 orientalis. The cocculus indicus berries. 
 
 Coccine'lla. 1. The cochineal insect. Coc- 
 cus cacti. 2. A genus of coleopterous insects 
 resembling the lady -bird. 
 
 COCCOLOBA UVIFERA. The sea-side 
 grape of the West Indies; a polygonaceous 
 plant, from which the astringent extract called 
 Jamaica kino was supposed to be prepared. 
 
 CO'CCULUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of kok- 
 koc, a berry.) 1. A little berry. 2. A genus of 
 plants. 
 
 Cocculus crispus. Menispermum tubercu- 
 latum. 
 
 Cocculus Indi aromaticus. Jamaica pep- 
 per. See Myrtus pimenta. 
 
 COCCULUS INDICUS. C. lacunosus. C. 
 levanticus. C. picatorius. C. plukenetii. C. 
 suberosus. The berries of menispermum coc- 
 culus. 
 
 COCCULUS PALMA'TUS. Menispermum 
 palmatum. Of the natural family Menisperma- 
 cem. Dioecia. Hexandria. The plant which 
 produces the calumba root is a native of the 
 eastern part of Southern Africa, growing in great 
 abundance in the forests of Mozambique. 
 
 The dried root is found in transverse sections, 
 generally about one third of an inch in thick- 
 ness, and one or two inches in diameter. The 
 bark is thick and easily detached, internally 
 bright yellow, and covered with a wrinkled 
 olive-brown cuticle. The interior part of the 
 root is of a pale brownish color, and has a 
 spongy texture, with darker converging rays. 
 Those pieces which have the fewest worm- 
 holes, the brightest color, and are solid and 
 Heavy, are the best. It is bitter, and slightly 
 172 
 
 COC 
 
 aromatic. The bitter principle appears to de- 
 pend on a crystalline, sparingly soluble sub- 
 stance, called colombin. 
 
 This root is a useful antiseptic and tonic. It 
 is frequently employed with much advantage 
 in diarrhoeas, and also allays the nausea and 
 vomiting which accompany pregnancy. Den- 
 man found it more useful than the cinchona in 
 the low stage of puerperal fever. As a tonic, 
 unaccompanied with astringency, and possess- 
 ing little stimulus, it has been recommended in 
 phthisis and hectic fever, to allay irritability 
 and strengthen the digestive organs ; and in 
 dyspepsia. The dose of the powdered root is 
 from grs. xy. to 3ss., repeated three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 CO'CCUM. A dry seed-vessel, more or less 
 compound, the sides of which are elastic, pro- 
 jecting the seeds with force when ripe. 
 
 Co'ccum ba'phicum. Coccus infectorius. 
 
 CO'CCUS. (Ko/c/coc; us, i, m.) 1. The 
 cochineal. (U. S.) 2. In Botany, a cell or 
 capsule: when two are joined together, it is 
 termed dicoccous ; and where there are three, 
 Iricoccous, &c. 3. In Entomology, a genus of 
 hemipterous insects. — C. cacti. The cochineal 
 insect ; also called Coccinella, Coccinilla, C. 
 Americanus, and C. Indicus tinctorius. Coch- 
 ineal is highly prized for its valuable properties 
 in producing the dye which bears its name. It 
 is used to color tinctures. Cochineal has a 
 faint, disagreeable, bitter, and austere taste. 
 Those retaining the white powder on the exte- 
 rior, and called silver cochineal, are most val- 
 ued. The coloring matter, which is called car- 
 minium, or cochinellin, is soluble in water, 
 alcohol, and solutions of pure alkalies. The 
 carmine of painters is prepared by precipitating 
 this coloring matter from its solution by means 
 of alum or oxide of tin. — C. infecto'rius. C. 
 baphicus. C ilicis. C. quercus cocciferce.. C. 
 tinctorius. The insect which produces the 
 kermes grains, or kermes berries. Now only 
 used to color syrups red. — C. lacca. The in- 
 sect which produces lac dye. — C. polo'nicus. 
 This is found on the roots of the Polygonum 
 cocciferum and other plants. It is used as a red 
 dye. 
 
 COCCYGF/US. (Coccygeus; from kokkv%, 
 because it is inserted into the coccyx.) A mus- 
 cle of the os coccygis, situated within the pel- 
 vis. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the 
 spinous process of the ischium, and covers the 
 inside of the sacro-ischiatic ligament. It is in- 
 serted into the extremity of the os sacrum, and 
 nearly the whole length of the os coccygis, lat- 
 erally. Its use is to support and move the os 
 coccysds forward. 
 
 COCCYX, (zygis, f.) Coccy'gis os. This 
 bone is a small appendage to the end of the 
 sacrum, terminating in a point. In the child 
 it is merely cartilage, and we can find no point 
 of bone : during youth, it is ossifying into dis- 
 tict bones, which continue movable upon each 
 other till mature life ; then the separate bones 
 gradually unite with each other, so as to form 
 one conical bone : this takes place later in 
 women than in men. It forms, with the sa- 
 crum, the lowest part of the pelvis. It has no 
 foramina, and no communication with the spi- 
 
COD 
 
 nal canal, but points forward to support the ' 
 lower part of the rectum : thus it contracts the 
 lower opening of the pelvis, so as to support ef- 
 fectually the rectum, bladder, and womb, and 
 vet continues so movable in women as to re- 
 cede in time of labor, allowing the head of the 
 child to pass. 
 
 Cochexilli.v. Carminium. The coloring 
 principle of cochineal. See Coccus cacti. 
 
 Co'chia. (KoKKia; from kokkoc, a berry.) 
 Coccia. An ancient name of some officinal 
 pills. The pill of cochia of the present da} T is 
 the compound colocynth pill. 
 Cochineal. See Coccus cacti. 
 Cochixella Germaxica. See Coccus Polo- 
 nica. 
 
 CO'CHLEA. {Cochlea, a snail's shell.) A 
 cavity of the internal ear, so called from its 
 shape. See Auris. 
 
 Cochlea terrestris. See Limax. 
 COCHLE'ARE. {are, is, n.) A spoon; a 
 spoonful. — C. amplum, or magnum, is a table- 
 spoon, calculated to hold half a fluid ounce ; C. 
 medium is a dessert or pap spoon, supposed to 
 hold two tea -spoonfuls; and C. minimum, a 
 tea-spoon, which holds about one fluid drachm. 
 COCHLEA'RIA. {a, cb, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Tetr adynamia. Siliculosa. Crucife- 
 r(F. — C. armoracia. Armoracia. (U. S.) The 
 horseradish. The root is very stimulant in 
 spirit and infusion. It is diuretic and antiscor- 
 butic. Externally applied, the fresh root is ru- 
 befacient. — C. coronopus, wild scurvy-grass, 
 is similar to the next. — C. officinalis. C. hor- 
 tensis. The lemon scurvy-grass. Its expressed 
 juice has been held in great estimation as an 
 antiscorbutic. It is used sometimes as a salad. 
 Cochlea'riform. Cochleariformis. Shaped 
 like a spoon; as the processus cochleariformis 
 of the temporal bone. 
 
 COCHLEA'TUS. Cochleate. Spiral, like 
 the winding of a shell. 
 
 Cocixic acid. The fat acid of the cocoa-nut. 
 It is obtained by saponification, and is snow- 
 white, crystalline, fusible at 95°, and volatile. 
 Form., C^HeeOs.HO. The cocinate of oxide 
 of ethyl has the odor of apples. 
 Cockle. Cardium edule. 
 Cocoa. Theobroma cacao. 
 CO'COS. A genus of palms. — C. butyra'cea. 
 The plant which affords the palm oil. — C. mal- 
 di'vicus. Coccus de Maldiva. Nux medica. 
 Maldiva nut. Formerly considered alexiphar- 
 mic. — C. nuci'fera. The cocoa-nut palm. 
 
 CO'CTIOX. {Coctio, onis,i\; fi'om coquo, to 
 boil.) Concoction. 1. Digestion. See Diges- 
 tion. 2. A boiling or decoction. 3. In humor- 
 al pathology, maUiration. 
 
 Cod. Gadus morhua. — Cod oil. Codfish 
 oil. C. liver oil. See Oleum jecoris aselli. 
 Codaga-pala. Nerium antidysentericum. 
 C O'D E I A. Codeine. A white crystalline 
 solid, slightly soluble in water, and soluble in 
 ether; extracted from opium. Formula, C35 
 H;oN0 5 ; anhydrous. For the method of ob- 
 taining it, see Morphia. It is an alkaloid. Its 
 medical effects are not well understood, since 
 it is said to produce great itching, to produce 
 intoxication, to allay pain, to produce stupor. 
 It is much less active than morphia. 
 
 C OF 
 
 Codex medicamextarius. A pharmacopceia 
 or formulary. 
 
 Co'dia. A poppy head. 
 Codoce'le. A bubo. 
 
 Cceca'lis. (From ccecum, the blind gut.) 
 Coecal: of. or belonging to, the cacum. 
 
 CCE'COI. (From ca>cus, blind.) The blind 
 gut. See Intestines. 
 
 " CCE'LELMTXTHA. (From kolIoc, hollow, 
 and eA/mvc, a worm. ) The name of a class of 
 entozoa, including part of the cavitary intesti- 
 nal worms of Cuvier, or those which are char- 
 acterized by having an alimentary canal con- 
 tained in a distinct abdominal cavity. 
 
 CCE'LIA. {Koi?ua, or kol/utj; from koi?,oc, 
 hollow.) A cavity in any part of the body, es- 
 pecially in the lower belly. 
 
 Cce'liac Celiacus. Appertaining: to the 
 belly. 
 
 Cceliac artery. Arteria celiaca. The first 
 branch given off from the aorta in the cavity of 
 the abdomen. It arises from the aorta imme- 
 diately after the emergence of the latter from 
 between the crura of the diaphragm, or nearly 
 opposite the eleventh dorsal vertebra. The 
 coeliac artery is a veiy thick, short trunk, and 
 rims little more than an inch and a half before 
 it divides into the great branches, viz., the he- 
 patic, the coronaria ventriculi, and the splenic. 
 Cceliac passion. Cosliac flux. Passio cas- 
 liaca. This term has been variously under- 
 stood by different writers. Sauvages says it is a 
 chronic flux, in which the aliment is discharged 
 half digested. Dr. Cullen considers it as a spe- 
 cies of diarrhoea, under the name of diarrhoea 
 cosliaca. See Diarrhasa. 
 
 Cceliac plexus. The solar plexus. 
 CGELFACA. The first class of diseases in 
 Dr. Good's Nosology, embracing diseases of the 
 digestive organs. 
 
 Cceliaca chylosa. C. lactea. A name of 
 the coeliac passion. 
 
 CCELFACA URINA'LIS. The name given 
 by some winters to a disease in which the urine 
 is turbid, and appeal's milky. 
 
 Cceliacus fluxus. C. morbus. The coeliao 
 passion. 
 
 CCELIO-. Ccelo-. (From koO.oc, hollow.) A 
 prefix of many words ; as, Casliocele, hernia. — 
 Cozliodiarrhoza, diarrhoea. — Coslostomia, a hol- 
 low voice. 
 
 CCELO'MA. A large, round, and not very 
 deep ulcer in the cornea of the eye. 
 
 CCEN.ESTHE'SIS. The common percep 
 tion or general sensibility of the whole body. 
 
 Ccenobio. A fruit of two or more carpels, 
 united at the base and separate at the apex, 
 from which a sinsde style arises. 
 
 CCENURUS. The hydatid which dwells in 
 the head of sheep, producing the staggers. 
 
 Cceruleus lapis. The sulphate of copper. 
 See Cupri sulphas. 
 
 CO'FFEA. (a, ce, f) 1. Coffee. 2. A ge- 
 nus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Ru- 
 HacecE. — C. Arabica. The plant which yields 
 coffee. The coffee is the seed of this tree. 
 The beverage is stimulating, and, when habitu- 
 ally taken too strong, it produces bad effects, 
 in impairing the digestion, and inducing nervous 
 mutability. It possesses nervine and astringent 
 
 173 
 
COL. 
 
 qualities, and may be drunk with advantage at 
 all times, except when there is a redundance 
 of bile. It is said to be a partial antidote 
 against an over dose of opium, and to relieve 
 obstinate spasmodic asthmas. Its active prin- 
 ciples are caffein, and a volatile oil generated 
 in roasting. Coffee, in those unaccustomed to 
 its use, is often binding or astringent, but to 
 those in good health, rather stimulating, indu- 
 cing a natural evacuation. It is also tonic, 
 stimulant, and antisoporific. 
 
 COHABITATION. Writers on legal medi- 
 cine use this word in the sense of copulation, or 
 coition. 
 
 COHE'SION. ( Cohcesio, onis ; from con, and 
 hcereo, to stick together.) That power by which' 
 the particles of bodies are held together. 
 
 Cohobation. Redistillation of a fluid on the 
 game ingredients. 
 
 Cohosh. The Indian name of Cimicifuga, 
 &c. See Actcea Americana. 
 
 Coi'lima. (From KoCkta, the bowels.) A 
 sudden swelling of the belly from flatulence. — 
 Turton. 
 
 COI'NDICANT. (From con, and indico, to 
 indicate.) Coindicans. A symptom is called 
 coindicant when it is accompanied by others 
 indicating the same thing. 
 
 COITUS. Coition. The conjunction of the 
 male and female. 
 
 Coitus humoris means a conflux of fluids, or 
 gathering of humors. 
 
 Colarado. Dengue. 
 
 Colato'ria la'ctea. Certain vesiculo-vas- 
 cular bodies in the internal tunic of the uterus 
 described by Astruc. He says they were for- 
 merly considered as glands. 
 
 COLATO'RIUM. 1. A strainer of any kind. 
 2. Formerly used for an issue, ulcer, &c, from 
 which morbid matters were discharged. 
 
 COLATU'RA. {a, m, f. ; from colo, to strain.) 
 A filtered or strained liquor. 
 
 Colchester. It has a purging mineral wa- 
 ter, Aqua Colcestrencis. 
 
 Colchicia. Colchicine. The alkaloid of 
 colchicum, which see. 
 
 CO'LCHICUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Hexandria. Trigynia. Melanthacece. 
 — C. autumnale. The meadow-saffron. Col- 
 chicum. A bulbous plant common in wet 
 meadows in Europe. Its leaves and seed-ves- 
 sels appear above ground in spring, and the 
 flower, which is pink and liliaceous, in August. 
 The bulbs which have not flowered are collect- 
 ed for medicinal use from June to August; if 
 older, they lose their properties. The seeds 
 are ripe in June and July. The bulb ( Colchici 
 radix. C. cormus. C. bulbus), when mature, 
 on being cut transversely, yields a milky-look- 
 ing acrid juice, which produces a beautiful blue 
 color if rubbed with the alcoholic solution of 
 guaiacum . To preserve the virtues of the plant, 
 the bulb, as soon as possible after it is dug up, 
 should be cut into transverse slices, not thicker 
 than an eighth of an inch, and dried by a heat 
 not exceeding 170° F. The slices should not 
 appear deeply notched, as this is the mark of 
 the bulb being too old. The slices should be 
 preserved in well-stopped bottles. The seeds 
 {colchici semina) are nearly round, in size about 
 174 
 
 COL 
 
 an eighth of an inch, and of a reddish-brown 
 color. Their active properties reside in the 
 testa ; they do not spoil by being kept. The 
 recent bulb has scarcely any odor ; the taste is 
 bitter, hot, and acrid. Its acrimony, according 
 to Pelletier and Caventou, resides in veratria; 
 but Hesse and Geiger assert that it is a different 
 alkaloid, which they have named colchicia. It 
 is procured in slender acicular crystals, is in- 
 odorous, has a bitter, biting taste, but is less 
 acrid than veratria, from which it differs in be- 
 ing soluble in water, and forming crystallizable 
 salts with acids. It is said to be violently poi- 
 sonous, producing vomiting, diarrhoea, and con- 9 
 vulsions. Vinegar and wine are the best men- 
 strua for extracting the active qualities of the 
 bulb. A deposit forms hi the wine, which Sir 
 E. Home says is extremely acrid, exciting nau- 
 sea and griping, and ought to be removed, as 
 its removal does not alter the virtues of the 
 medicine. The seeds contain colchicia, and 
 yield it up to wine, vinegar, and alcohol. Mead- 
 ow-saffron possesses diuretic, purgative, and 
 sedative properties. On the European Conti- 
 nent, it is a favorite remedy in dropsy, particu- 
 larly hydro thorax, and in humoral asthma, but 
 is inferior to squill. In gout, rheumatism, and 
 other diseases of excitement, however, its effi- 
 cacy has been fully ascertained ; and, in allay- 
 ing the pain of gout, it may be almost said to 
 possess a specific property. It operates on the 
 bowels chiefly, producing copious bilious evac- 
 uations ; and, acting on the nerves and heart, 
 diminishes the action of the arterial system. 
 The petals of the flower, and the seed, possess 
 the same medicinal properties as the bulb. An 
 over-dose of colchicum operates as a powerful 
 poison, causing severe diarrhoea, vomiting, fail- 
 ure of the pulse, and the most dangerous col- 
 lapse. There is no specific antidote ; the re- 
 moval of the poison must be effected by vomit- 
 ing or the stomach-pump, and the heart's action 
 sustained by stimulants, of which strong coffee 
 is said to be very useful. The dose, in sub- 
 stance, is from grs. iij. to grs. ix. of the dried 
 bulb or seeds. 
 
 Colchicum bulbocodiodes. C. hyzanticum. 
 C. variegatnm. C. montanttm. Plants sup- 
 posed to yield hermodactyl, a bulbous drug of 
 little efficacy, as now found, but under which 
 name the ancients distinguished a medicine re- 
 sembling colchicum. As to the supposed source 
 of this Colchicum Ulyricum, no such plant is 
 known. 
 
 Colchicum zeylanicum. See Zedoaria. 
 
 Colco'thar. Chalcitis. Colcothar vitrioli. 
 The brown-red oxide of iron, which remains 
 after the distillation of the acid from sulphate 
 of iron. 
 
 COLD. 1. The absence of heat; a temper 
 ature below 40° produces the sensation of cold- 
 ness. 2. The common name for a catarrh, or 
 an irritation of the conjunctiva of the eye. In 
 Pathology, the sensation of coldness, when un- 
 connected with the atmospheric temperature, 
 is called algor when it is not severe; horror 
 when intense, so as to produce chilliness ; and 
 rigor when attended with shivering. It is a 
 symptom of the first stage of fevers, inflamma- 
 tions of the viscera in intermittents, hysteria, 
 
COL 
 
 nausea, syncope, and, in general, of disturbed 
 circulation. In Therapeutics, cold is a most 
 important agent in diminishing febrile heat, es- 
 pecially of the head ; in producing contraction 
 of the vessels in hemorrhages, when applied in 
 the form of iced water or ice. Coldness of the 
 air, in a moderate degree, is stimulant and tonic, 
 and. when long continued or severe, sedative. 
 The cold bath and cold shower bath are among 
 the best tonics for those of a relaxed habit. 
 Extremely severe cold produces gangrene and 
 internal congestions, ending in death ; but the 
 application of cold by bath, wet cloths, &c., 
 must be cautiously made, as it may bring on 
 colics, catarrh, rheumatism, fevers, peritonitis, 
 or a fit of gout in delicate or diseased persons. 
 The drinking of much cold or iced water, when 
 heated, in the summer, is often followed by the 
 most pernicious effects, and even sudden death: 
 this results from the action of the cold in dis- 
 turbing the circulation, and producing cerebral 
 irritation or congestion. It is to be met by 
 using stimulants internally, applying cold to 
 the head, and counter irritation, by sinapisms, 
 to the feet, &c. ; and if inflammation establishes 
 itself, bleeding will be necessary. 
 
 The sudden dashing of cold water {cold af- 
 fusion) upon the body produces remarkable 
 effects : it acts as a shock on the nervous sys- 
 tem in those cases where loss of nervous power 
 exists, as in syncope, hysteria, some forms of 
 asphyxia, great weariness from over-exertion, 
 partial narcotism; it arouses the system, often 
 restores consciousness, and re-establishes the 
 functions of particular organs, as the lungs and 
 heart. On the other hand, in nervous excite- 
 ment, as in mania, it produces sedative effects, 
 arrests the paroxysm, allays pain, and produces 
 sleep. Letting fall a current of cold water on 
 the head, or along the spine, will sometimes 
 arouse patients from complete lethargy, or quiet 
 a paroxysm of mania. 
 
 Cold affusion. See Cold. 
 Cold cream. Melt of white wax, f iv. ; al- 
 mond oil. ibj . ; add slowly a pint of rose-water, 
 stirring till cold. 
 
 CO'LEOFHY'LLUM. (From Koleoc, a 
 sheath, and <pv"k\ov, a leaf.) A monocotyleclon- 
 ous structure : the young leaves being evolved 
 from within a sheath, while those of dicotyle- 
 dons are always naked. 
 
 COLEO'PTERA. (From koIeoc,^ a sheath, 
 and TTTepov, a wing.) An order of insects fur- 
 nished with elytra or sheaths to their wings, as 
 beetles, &c. 
 
 Co'les. Colis. The penis. 
 Colewort. See Brassica. 
 COLIC. See Colica. This term has been 
 singularly abused by writers, and is made to 
 signify any pain in the abdominal or pelvic vis- 
 cera. Thus, Colic, menstrual; C, nephritic; 
 C, calculous ; C, hepatic; C, verminous; C, 
 uterine; C, gastric; C, hemorrhoidal, sever- 
 ally mean pain in an organ, or proceeding from 
 a disturbed function. 
 
 Colic arteries. See Colica dextra, C. me- 
 dia, and C. sinistra. 
 
 Colic, Devonshire; C.,lead; C, Madrid; 
 C, metallic ; C, nervous ; C, painter's; C. of 
 Poitou; C, plumber's; C, saturnine; C. of 
 
 COL 
 
 Surinam. The colica pictonum, or endemic 
 diseases resembling it. 
 
 CO'LICA. (a, ce, f. ; from kuIov, colon, the 
 name of a portion of the intestines.) The colic, 
 or belly-ache. All severe griping pains in the 
 abdomen, not primaiily dependent on inflam- 
 mation, are called colic ; but, from the different 
 causes and circumstances of this disorder, it is 
 variously denominated, and several species have 
 been distinguished by nosologists. When its 
 principal symptoms are sharp and spasmodic 
 pains, it is called spasmodic colic; and when, 
 with the pain, there is constipation, and accu- 
 mulation of faecal matter, stercoraceous colic ; 
 when from indigestible food, accidental colic. 
 When the pain is accompanied with vomiting 
 of bile, it is called bilious colic; if flatus causes 
 the pain, that is, if there be temporary disten- 
 sion, relieved by the discharge of wind, it takes 
 the name of flatulent or windy colic; when ac- 
 companied with heat and a degree of inflam- 
 mation, it takes the name of inflammatory colic. 
 When colic arises to a violent height, and is 
 attended with obstinate costiveness, and an 
 evacuation of faeces by the mouth, it is called 
 passio iliaca, or iliac passion. 
 
 These varieties are to be treated according 
 to the pi-ominent symptom. Where it is chief- 
 ly spasmodic, carminatives, the hot bath, ether, 
 and opium, with fomentations, are necessary. 
 Ordinary colics require warm carminative pur- 
 ges, with calomel, colocynth, and castor oil. 
 Enemas are of great utility in colic, when there 
 is much pain in the colon. These should con- 
 tain of laudanum, f. 35s. to f. 3J. When the pain 
 is fixed, hiccough supervenes, there is pain on 
 pressure, and disturbance of the circulation, an- 
 tiphlogistic means are necessary. 
 
 Colica acuta, inflammatoria, phlogistica, pie- 
 thorica, are synonymes of enteritis. — C. convul- 
 siva, pituitosa, idiopathica, syn. of spasmodic 
 colic; see Colica. — C. crapulosa, accidentalis, 
 helluonum, indigestion, or accidental colic. 
 
 Colica pictonum. C. rachialgia. Plumber's 
 or Painter's colic. Dry belly-ache. The dis- 
 ease comes on gradually, with a pain at. the pit 
 of the stomach, extending downward to the in- 
 testines, accompanied with eructations, slight 
 sickness at the stomach, thirst, anxiety, obsti- 
 nate costiveness, and a quick, contracted pulse. 
 After a short time the pains increase considera- 
 bly hi violence ; the whole region of the belly 
 is highly painful to the touch ; the muscles of 
 the abdomen are contracted into hard, irregular 
 knots or lumps; the intestines themselves ex- 
 hibit symptoms of violent spasm, insomuch that 
 a clyster can hardly be injected, from the pow- 
 erful contraction of the sphincter ani ; and there 
 is constant restlessness, with a frequeut vomit- 
 ing of an acrid or porraceous matter, but more 
 particularly after taking either food or medicine. 
 Upon a farther increase of the symptoms, or 
 their not being quickly alleviated, the spasms 
 become more frequent, as well as violent ; the 
 costiveness proves invincible, and an inflam- 
 mation of the intestines ensues, which soon de- 
 stroys the patient by gangrene. 
 
 This disease commonly arises from the action 
 of white lead, in which case there is often a 
 blue line to be traced along the margin of the 
 
 175 
 
COL , 
 
 teeth; but it also arises from the free use of 
 cider, and is endemic in some hot countries. 
 
 The medical treatment is nearly the same 
 with that of spasmodic colic ; but the narcotics 
 should always be combined with castor oil, 
 purgatives, fomentations, and soothing clysters. 
 After the free evacuation of the bowels, there 
 is nothing better than oleaginous aperients, in 
 combination with small doses of opium, if the 
 pain has not vanished, and assumes a spasmodic 
 character. If peritoneal inflammation arises, 
 the lancet and baths must be resorted to. A 
 very common effect of colic from lead is a sub- 
 paralytic state of the fingers and hands. This 
 remains for a long time, but often yields at last 
 to the internal treatment, and topical stimulants 
 applicable to local palsy. The disease is very 
 severe, but not often fatal. 
 
 Colica dextra. Arteria colica dextra. A 
 branch of the superior mesenteric artery, dis- 
 tributed to the ascending portion of the colon. 
 There is a corresponding vein called vena colica 
 dextra. 
 
 Colica media. Arteria colica media. A 
 branch of the superior mesenteric artery which 
 supplies the transverse arch of the colon. 
 
 Colica sinistra. Arteria colica sinistra. 
 A branch of the inferior mesenteric artery dis- 
 tributed to the left side and sigmoid flexure of 
 the colon. The corresponding vein is called 
 vena colica sinistra. 
 
 Co'lice. The colic. 
 
 COLFTIS. Colonitis. Inflammation of the 
 mucous membrane of the colon, or acute dys- 
 entery. 
 
 Colla fisclum. See Ichthyocolla. 
 
 COLLAPSE. Colla'psus. (From collabor, 
 to shrink down.) An entire prostration of the 
 vital powers, such as occurs in adynamic fevers, 
 Asiatic cholera, &c. 
 
 Collar bone. Clavicle. 
 
 Collateral. Collateralis. Placed by the 
 side of that which accompanies another object. 
 
 Collateralis. The ischio-cavernosus muscle. 
 
 Colle'ticus. Agglutinating. 
 
 COLLFCLE. (From colligo, to collect.) The 
 union of the ducts which convey the tears from 
 the puncta lachrymalia to the cavity of the nose. 
 
 COLLFCULUS. (Diminutive of collis, a 
 hill.) A term applied in anatomy to several 
 small eminences ; as, Colliculus nervi cethmoi- 
 dalis, the corpus striatum. — C. nervi optici, the 
 optic thalamus. 
 
 Colliga'men. A ligament. 
 
 COLLINSONIA CANADENSIS. An indige- 
 nous perennial, much used in domestic practice 
 as an emetic, diuretic, &c. It is preferred in 
 the fresh state. The plant is called horse balm, 
 rich weed, archangel, heal-all, &c, and is labi- 
 ate, diandrous, and. monogynous. 
 
 Colliquame'ntum. The pellucid fluid in 
 which the first rudiments of the embryo are 
 formed . — Harvey. 
 
 COLLIQUATIVE. (Colliquativus ; from 
 colliqueo, to melt.) A term applied to any ex- 
 cessive evacuation, which rapidly wastes the 
 frame : thus we speak of colliquative perspira- 
 tion, colliquative diarrhoea, &c. 
 
 Colli'sus. Contused. Collisa vulnera are 
 contused wounds. 
 176 
 
 COL 
 
 Colli'sio. A contusion. 
 
 Collodes. Gelatinous. 
 
 COLLOID. (From Kolla, glue.) The jelly- 
 like degeneration observed in some malignant 
 tumors, as colloid cancer. 
 
 CO'LLUM. (um,i,n.) 1. The neck; more 
 properly, its anterior part, as opposed to cervix 
 the back part of the neck. 2. The place where 
 the roots of a plant diverge from the stem. 
 
 Collu'tio. A washing; applied especially 
 to gargling the mouth. 
 
 Colluto'rium. A gargarism, or a wash for 
 the mouth. 
 
 Co'llyra. Collyris. A bump or tumor 
 which rises after a blow. 
 
 COLLY'RIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from nulvu, to 
 check, and pew, to flow, because it stops de- 
 fluxions.) 1. A lotion or wash for the eyes. 
 2. The more ancient Greek writers used this 
 term to designate a suppositoiy, and also ap- 
 plied it to a solid or liquid medicament for the 
 eyes. The later Greek and Roman writers use 
 it in the latter sense only. 
 
 COLOBO'MA. Ko'Aoduiua. 1. A deficiency 
 of any part of the body. — Galen. 2. The term 
 has been particularly applied by some modem 
 authors to congenital fissures of the upper eye- 
 lids, iris, choroid coat, or retina, as coloboma 
 iridis. 
 
 Coloca'sia. Nymphse nelumbo. 
 
 COLOCYNTH. Colocy'nthis. See Cucu- 
 mis colocynthis. 
 
 Colocynthin. An amorphous, intensely bit- 
 ter principle of colocynth. It is non-azotized, 
 and violently purgative. 
 
 Colo'mba. Colombin. Colomba. See Coc- 
 cuius palmatus. 
 
 CO'LON. (on, i, n. KuTiov, quasi kolIov; 
 from kol?iOc, hollow : so named from its capaci- 
 ty.) The greater portion of the large intestine 
 is so called. See Intestine. 
 
 Colon, torpor of. Want of action in the 
 colon, whereby faeces are retained, and, by the 
 pressure they cause on adjacent organs, lead to 
 gastric, cardiac, and nervous disorders. 
 
 Colonitis. Colorectitis. Acute dysentery. 
 
 Colophonium succini. The black, slimy res- 
 idue of amber after destructive distillation. 
 
 COLOPHO'NY. Colopho'nia. Pix Grceca. 
 Resina nigra. 1. The dark-colored resin which 
 remains in the retort after distilling rough tur- 
 pentine with water. 2. Chemists give this 
 name to common resin. C40H30O4, which, indeed, 
 consists of two resins, the pinic and sylvic acids. 
 
 Coloqutntida. See Cucumis colocynthis. 
 
 COLOR. (Color vel colos, oris, m.) The 
 primary colors were considered by Sir Isaac 
 Newton as seven: red, orange, yellow, green, 
 blue, indigo, and violet. Wollaston reduces 
 them to four: red, green, blue, and violet; and 
 Brewster to three : red, yellow, and blue. 
 
 Colora'tus. Colored. 
 
 COLORING MATTERS. The chemical 
 principles of plants, which possess a high color. 
 Many are resinous and without nitrogen, as 
 gamboge, curcumine ; others, as indigo, car- 
 mine, are azotized, containing either ammonia 
 or amides. Those colors are called substantive 
 which unite directly with fibres, and those ad- 
 jective which require a mordant, or basis. 
 
COL 
 
 COM 
 
 Colors, accidental. C, complimentary. 
 C. t opposite. C, harmonic. Those colors 
 which, being mixed with a given tint, in the 
 proportion existing in the spectrum, make up 
 white light. If the eye be wearied by ex- 
 amining an object of a particular color, and 
 turn from it, any white object will appear, for 
 a short time, of the complementary color ; this 
 is called an ocular spectrum. Red colors are 
 complementary to the shades of green, and the 
 reverse ; yellows to the purples, and blues to 
 the orange colors. 
 
 COLO'STRUM. {um,ijU.) 1. A name 
 given to the first milk secreted in the breasts 
 after childbirth. It has been a general belief, 
 and is so at the present time, that this early 
 milk is purgative, and destined to cany off the 
 meconium ; an opinion which rests on no suffi- 
 cient evidence, and is probably erroneous. 2. 
 An emulsion prepared with turpentine and yolk 
 of egg. 
 
 COLPO-. A prefix; from koItcoc, the vagi- 
 na.) As, Colporrhagia, hemorrhage from the 
 vagina. — Colporrhaphia, suture of the vagina. 
 — Colposis, Colpitis, inflammation or irritation 
 of the vagina, as in leucorrhcea. — Colpostegno- 
 sis, absence or obliteration of the vagina. 
 
 Colpocele. A tumor or hernia of the vagina. 
 
 Colpopto'sis. A prolapsus, or falling down 
 of the vagina. 
 
 Colt's-foot. Tussilago farfara. 
 
 Co'luber. See Vipera. 
 
 Colubrina dracontium. Arum dracuncu- 
 hxs. — C. Lusitanica. Euphorbia capitata. — C. 
 mrginiana. Aristolochia serpentaria. 
 
 Colubri'num lignum. Colubrince radices. 
 This name has been given to a variety of woods, 
 supposed, in the countries which produce them, 
 to be specific against the bite of serpents ; as, 
 Draconiium periusum, Rhamnus colubrinus, and 
 »S7 rych n as colubrina. 
 
 CO'LUM. (tern, i, n. ; a filter, or strainer.) 
 The secretory organs of the living body have 
 been called cola, or strainers. 
 
 COLU'MBA. 1. Colombo. See Calumba. 
 2. A genus of birds, as the dove, common pig- 
 eon. &c. 
 
 Colu'mbic acid. An oxide of columbium. 
 
 Columbine. Aquilegia vulgaris. ' 
 
 Colu'mbium. A rare metal; also called tan- 
 talum. 
 
 Columf/lla. A column, or little pillar. 
 
 Columella'res dentes. The canine teeth: 
 so called from their shape. — Varro. 
 
 COLU'MNA. (a, <e, f.) A column, or pillar. 
 Many parts of the body, which hi their shape 
 or office resemble columns, are so named ; as 
 colnmnce carnece of the heart. 
 
 Column m carne^. See Heart. 
 
 Columna nasi. The fleshy part of the nose, 
 which forms the termination of the septum. 
 
 Columna oris. The uvula. 
 
 Columns RECTiE Morgagni. The longitudi- 
 nal plicae of the rectum. 
 
 Columna vertebralis. The vertebral col- 
 umn. See Vertebrce. 
 
 COLU'TEA. {a, <s, f.) A genus of plants. 
 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosai. — C. 
 
 arborescens. The bladder senna, or bastard 
 
 senna, the leaves of winch are laxative, and 
 
 M 
 
 sometimes fraudulently mixed with those of 
 true senna. 
 
 Colutorium. A gargle. 
 
 Colza oil. The oil of the colza : it resem- 
 bles rape oil. 
 
 CO'MA. {a, aiis, n. ; from km, for KSip,ai, to 
 lay down.) A morbid state resembling sound 
 sleep, produced by compression of the brain 
 and various other causes. Some authors make 
 earns the most profound degree of morbid sleep, 
 and coma a minor ; but the term coma is now 
 generally used to designate any state of morbid 
 sleep from which the patient can not be roused, 
 or not without difficulty. 
 
 Co'ma. {a, <z, f. ; a mane.) In Botany, a 
 fasciculus of leaves on the top of a stem. The 
 top of a forest-tree. 
 
 Coma aurea. Chrysocoma. 
 
 Coma somnolentum. A state of profound and 
 morbid sleep, when awakened from which the 
 patient immediately relapses. See Lcthargus. 
 
 Coma vigil. In this there is delirium, rest- 
 lessness ; but the eyes are closed. See Agryp- 
 nocoma. 
 
 CO'MATA. An order of the class Neuroses 
 of Cullen's Nosology, embracing diseases that 
 are characterized by a diminution of the pow- 
 ers of voluntary motion, with sleep, and torpor 
 of the senses. 
 
 Co'matose. Comatosus. Affected with coma. 
 
 COMBINATION, CHEMICAL. The union 
 of atoms to form new compounds. See Chem- 
 ical affinity, and Equivalent. 
 
 Combining proportions. Equivalents. 
 
 Comb-like. See Pectinatus. 
 
 COMBUSTIBLE. Susceptible of combus- 
 tion. 
 
 Combustibles. In Chemistry, those ele- 
 ments which readily unite with oxygen, chlo- 
 rine, &c, as sulphur, phosphorus, carbon, bo- 
 ron, hydrogen, the metals, silicon. 
 
 COMBUSTION. Combustio. 1. A bum or 
 scald. 2. Burning. The process of decompo- 
 sition by fire. In Chemistry, this term former- 
 ly denoted the union, whether with flame or 
 silently, of elements with oxygen; but since 
 the discoveiy of chlorine, iodine, &c, it has 
 now a much more extended meaning, for these 
 are capable of combining with heat and flame 
 in the same way as oxygen. 
 
 Combustion, spontaneous. C. preternatural. 
 C. human. A term applied to the destruction 
 of the human body by a process altogether pe- 
 culiar in its phenomena and products, and 
 which has been supposed, though in all proba- 
 bility erroneously, to arise without any extra- 
 neous cause of ignition. From the imperfect 
 evidence before us, it appears that there is a 
 morbid state of the body in which it becomes 
 readily combustible by fire or electricity, and 
 that this may occur to habitual drunkards. 
 The body is said to be almost entirely destroy- 
 ed except the limbs, and to leave a greasy ash. 
 
 Spontaneous combustion has been named 
 Catacausis by Dr. Young; and Dr. Good has 
 added a specific name referring to its cause, 
 and calling the disease, or, rather, catastrophe, 
 Catacausis ebriosa. 
 
 Combustion, supporters of. In Chemistry, 
 the elements in which the combustible bodies 
 
 177 
 
COM . 
 
 are changed. The principal of these are oxy- 
 gen, chlorine, iodine, bromine, fluorine ; but 
 there is nothing gained by this division, for sul- 
 phur and phosphorus are, as respects the metals, 
 supporters of combustion. 
 
 Combustion tube. The Bohemian, or hard 
 glass tube, used to burn organic substances with 
 oxide of copper. 
 
 Come nic acid. A product of the decompo- 
 sition of mcconic acid by heat. It is of a pale 
 yellow, crystalline, and sparingly soluble. For- 
 mula, C 12 H 3 8 ,2HO. 
 
 Comfrey. Symphytum officinale. 
 
 Comitia'lis morbus. Epilepsy. 
 
 Comitiss^: pulvis. 1. Powdered cinchona. 
 2. An old alexipharmic medicine was called 
 Pulvis comitissce de Cantia, or Pulvis Cantia- 
 nus. See Cantianus pulvis. 
 
 Commander's balsam. Tinctura benzoini 
 composita. 
 
 Commanduca'tio. (From commanduco, to 
 eat.) The act of mastication, or chewing. 
 
 Comma'nsum. A masticatory. 
 
 Commeli'ne^e. A natural family of plants, 
 of which the genus Commelina is the type. 
 
 COMMINUTED. (Comminutus, from com- 
 minuo, to break down.) Broken into pieces: 
 applied to fractures. 
 
 OOMMISSU'RA. Commissure. (From com- 
 mitto, to join together.) A juncture, or point 
 of union. Applied, in Anatomy, to the comers 
 of the lips, where they meet together ; and also 
 to certain parts of the brain, where its fibres 
 cross, and join one hemisphere to the other. 
 The junction of the optic nerves is also called 
 their commissure. 
 
 Commissura anterior cerebri. The ante- 
 rior commissure of the brain. See Encephalos. 
 
 Commissura magna cerebri. The corpus 
 callosum of the brain. 
 
 Commissura mollis. The gray mass which 
 unites the thalami of the brain. 
 
 Commissura posterior cerebri. The pos- 
 terior commissure of the brain. 
 
 Common salt. Chloride of sodium. 
 '' Commotion. Commotio. Synonymous with 
 concussion. 
 
 COMMU'NICANS. (From communico, to 
 communicate.) A term applied by Bellini to 
 intermittent fevers, wherein the paroxysms 
 succeed each other so rapidly that one has no 
 sooner ceased than another commences. 
 
 Communicans arteria. Communicating ar- 
 tery of Willis. The branch by which the pos- 
 terior cerebral artery is connected on each of 
 the bases of the brain with the internal carotid 
 is called the arteria communicans. The short 
 transverse branch which connects the two an- 
 terior cerebral arteries is sometimes called ar- 
 teria communicans anterior. 
 
 Communicans tibi^. The external saphena 
 branch of the tibial nerve. 
 
 Comose. Ending in a tuft or brush. 
 
 C o m p a g e s . Arti dilation . 
 
 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. The anato- 
 my of all organized bodies, whether animal or 
 vegetable, compared with a view to illustrate 
 the general principles of organization. Com- 
 parative anatomy is the only true basis of physi- 
 ology. 
 
 178 
 
 COM 
 
 Completio. Plethora. 
 
 COMPLEXION*. In common language, this 
 term is applied merely to the color of the face ; 
 but it is used by some writers to signify all the 
 external and sensible peculiarities of an indi- 
 vidual. 
 
 COMPLE'XUS. (From complector, to em- 
 brace.) Complexus seu biventer cervicis of Al- 
 binus. A muscle situated on each side of the 
 back part of the neck. When one of the mus- 
 cles only acts, it draws the head backward and 
 to one side ; when both act, they draw the 
 head directly backward. It arises from the 
 transverse processes of the seven superior ver- 
 tebrae of the back, and four inferior of the neck, 
 by as many distinct tendinous origins ; in its as- 
 cent, it receives a fleshy slip from the spinous 
 process of the first vertebra of the back ; from 
 these different origins it runs upward, and is 
 everywhere intermixed with tendinous fibres. 
 It is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the in- 
 ferior edge of the protuberance in the middle 
 of the os occipitis, and into a part of the curved 
 line that runs forward from that protuberance. 
 It draws the head backward. 
 
 Complexus minor. See Trachelo-mastoideus. 
 
 COMPLICATION. In medical language, 
 any disease or anomalous symptoms which are 
 coexistent with, and modify another disease, 
 without being inseparable from it, is called a 
 complication. 
 
 COMPO'SIT^. The largest of all natural 
 groups of plants, and so called because the old 
 botanists who invented the name regarded the 
 flower-heads as compound flowers. They an 
 swered to the Syngcnesia polygamia of Linnsa 
 us, and are positively characterized by having 
 capitate flowers, syngenesious anthers, and an 
 inferior ovary with a single erect ovule, and are 
 sometimes trees, although more generally her 
 baceous plants or shrubs. Although medical 
 species, the chamomile, wormwood, southern- 
 wood, elecampane, and opium lettuce are con 
 spicuous, the order contains many esculents, as 
 the artichoke, the Jerusalem artichoke, the let 
 tuce, succory, and endive. 
 
 COMPO'SITUS. Compound. Applied to 
 that which is made up of two or more different 
 things. It stands opposed to simple. 
 
 Compotes. Preserved fruits. 
 
 COMPOUND RADICALS. Those compound 
 bodies, as cyanogen, ethyl, &c, which have the 
 capacity of uniting with elements to form more 
 compound bodies. These are themselves of 
 stable composition, and act much in the way 
 of elements. 
 
 CO'MPRESS. (Compressa, ce,£.; from com- 
 primo, to press together.) Soft linen, lint, or 
 other substances, folded together into a sort of 
 pad, for the purpose of being placed over parts 
 which require pressure. 
 
 Compressibility. The capacity of occupy- 
 ing less space when subjected to pressure. The 
 existence of this property leads natural philoso- 
 phers to the conclusion that the atoms of matter 
 are not in absolute proximity, but that, in ev- 
 ery case where compressibility exists, there is 
 the capacity of bringing them closer. When 
 reaction follows pressure, the substance is said 
 to be elastic. 
 
CON 
 
 CON 
 
 COMPRESSION: ( Compressio, onis, f. ; 
 from comprimo, to press together.) A diseased 
 state of the body, or of a part, the effect of 
 something pressing upon it. Compression of 
 the brain gives rise to symptoms which it is of 
 great importance to distinguish from those of 
 concussion and other morbid states. See Con- 
 cussion, Apoplexy, and Encephalitis. 
 
 Compression. In Surgery, the application 
 of pressure by means of rollers, the tourniquet, 
 laced stocking, compresses, &c. It is direct or 
 immediate when made to an artery or wound to 
 stop hemorrhage, or to small aneurisms to dimin- 
 ish the flow of blood. It is mediate when applied 
 to a limb or the integuments for the purpose 
 of sustaining the parts and favoring contraction, 
 as in varicose veins, anasarca, cei-tain indolent 
 ulcers, a relaxed state of parts ; in tapping ; af- 
 ter parturition. If tha pressure be considerable, 
 the absorbent system is stimulated into action, 
 and tumors frequently disappear and ulcers 
 heal which are of long standing. In the latter 
 cases the pressure must be made with judg- 
 ment, for, if too severe, the limb becomes ema- 
 ciated, the circulation is impeded, and blood 
 will accumulate in the parts below the press- 
 ure. Hence the roller must be applied first to 
 the lowest parts, and brought up uniformly; and 
 attention must be paid to the state of the limb 
 by frequent examination. 
 
 COMPRESSOR. (From comprimo, to press 
 together.) A name given to those muscles 
 which press together the parts on which they 
 act ; also to a surgical instrument. 
 
 Compressor of Dupuytren. An instrument 
 invented by M. Dupuytren for compressing the 
 femoral artery. It consists of a semicircle of 
 steel, having a pad at each end, and which, 
 pressing only upon the vessel and the opposite 
 point of the thigh, has the advantage of not im- 
 peding the collateral circulation, like the com- 
 mon tourniquet. 
 
 Compressor naris. Dilatores alarum nasi 
 of Cowper. A muscle of the nose, that com- 
 presses the ake toward the septum nasi. It 
 arises, by a narrow beginning, from the root of 
 the ala nasi externally, and spreads into a num- 
 ber of thin, separate fibres, which run up along 
 the cartilage in an oblique manner toward the 
 dorsum of the nose, where it joins with its fel- 
 low, and is inserted into the narrow extremity 
 of the os nasi, and nasal process of the superior 
 maxillaiy bone. 
 
 Compressor of Nuck. Constrictor of Nuck. 
 An instrument invented by Nuck for compress- 
 ing the urethra in cases of incontinence of urine. 
 Compressor pro'stat^:. The anterior fibres 
 of the levator ani, which embrace the prostate 
 gland, are thus named by Albinus. 
 
 Compressor urethr.e. See Levator ani. 
 Compressus. Compressed; flattened later- 
 ally. 
 
 ' COMPTO'NIA. A genus of plants. Monce- 
 cia. Triandria. It contains only one species, 
 C. asplenifolia, which is indigenous. Its leaves 
 are used as an aslringent against diarrhoea. 
 Cona'rium. The pineal gland. 
 Concau'sa. Concaussa. (From con, with, 
 and causa, a cause.) A cause which co-oper- 
 ates with another in the production of a disease. 
 
 Co'ncavus. Concave; depressed in the 
 middle. 
 
 CONCENTRATION. (Concentratio, onis, 
 f. ; from con, and centrum, a center.) The vol- 
 atilization of part of the water of fluids, in order 
 to increase their strength. The matter to be 
 concentrated, therefore, must be of greater fix- 
 ity than water. This operation is performed 
 on some acids, particularly the sulphuric ; also 
 on solutions of alkalies and neutral salts. 
 
 Conce'ntric. Concentricus. Consisting of 
 many layers one within the other, and arranged 
 circularly. 
 
 Concepta'cles. The vessels which contain 
 the reproductive corpuscles of ciyptogamic 
 plants. 
 
 CONCEPTA'CULUM. (Latin, a receiver.) 
 A term in Botany, denoting a one-valved fruit, 
 opening longitudinally on one side, and distinct 
 from the seeds. It is a folliculus without any 
 attachment between the placenta and the ven- 
 tral suture, as in asclepias. 
 
 Concept aculum. A vessel: the uterus. 
 CONCEPTION. (Conceptw, onis, f . ; from 
 concipio, to conceive.) Conceptus. The im- 
 pregnation of the ovulum in the female ovarium 
 by the semen. See Generation. 
 
 Conception, false. A conception where 
 the ovum is blighted, and becomes a mole, hy- 
 datids, &c. 
 
 Conce'ptus. The first rudiments of the foe- 
 tus have been so called by some writers. Oth- 
 ers apply the term to the act of conception. 
 
 CO'NCHA. 1. A bivalve shell. 2. Applied 
 in anatomy and natural history to various ob- 
 jects from their shape. 
 
 Concha auris. Concha auricula;. The hol- 
 low part of the cartilage of the outer ear. See 
 Auris'. 
 
 Concha narium. The turbinated portion 
 of the ethmoid bone, and the inferior spongy 
 bones of the nose, which are covered by the 
 Schneiderian membrane, have been so termed. 
 Conchifera. Mollusca furnished with shells. 
 Concho-helix. A small fasciculus of muscu- 
 lar fibres found between the concha and helix 
 of the ear. 
 
 Conchoi'des. Conchoid: shell-like. 
 CO'NCHUS. (us, i, m. ; from kojxv, a shell.) 
 1. The cranium. 2. The cavity of the eye. 
 
 Concide'ntia. (From concido, to fall down.) 
 Synonymous with collapse. 
 
 CONCO'CTION. (Concoctio, onis, f. ; from 
 concoquo, to digest.) Digestion. 1. The altera- 
 tion which the food undergoes in the primae 
 viae. 2. That operation of nature upon morbid 
 matter which renders it fit to be separated from 
 the healthy fluids. 
 
 Concomitant. Accompanying. A concomi- 
 tant symptom is that which is associated with 
 another, or a group of symptoms. 
 
 CONCRE'TION. Concrementum. (Concre~ 
 tio; from concresco, to grow together.) 1. The 
 growing together of parts which, in a natural 
 state, are separate ; as the fingers and toes. 2. 
 The condensation of any fluid or other substance 
 to a more solid consistence : hence bilious and 
 urinary concretions. 
 
 Concretion, biliary. See Calculus, biliary. 
 Concretion, intestinal. See Enterolithus. 
 179 
 
CON ' 
 
 Concretion, urinary. See Calculus. 
 
 Concubitus. Coition. 
 
 CONCESSION. ( Concussio, onis, f. ; from 
 conditio, to shake.) A shock, blow, or jolt, com- 
 municated to an organ either directly or indi- 
 rectly. In cases of simple concussion, the in- 
 sensibility is not so great as where compression 
 exists, the pupils are more contracted, the mus- 
 cles less relaxed, little or no stertor attends, but 
 the pulse is very intermitting, and in slight ca- 
 ses there is often considerable sickness. 
 
 Concussion of the brain. The stunning, 
 more or less severe, which results from blows 
 acting directly or indirectly on the brain. In 
 severe cases, the loss of sensation may exist for 
 many hours, and is attended by partial reaction, 
 which increases, if treatment be not employed, 
 to inflammation of the brain. In the first stage 
 little can be done; as consciousness returns, 
 bleeding may be employed ; and should the 
 febrile symptoms increase, cold to the head, 
 purgatives, and counter irritation are to be em- 
 ployed. The prognosis is often unfavorable, 
 from the occurrence of extravasation, which 
 may take place during convalescence. This is 
 marked by the return of torpor, with stertorous 
 breathing, &c. 
 
 Condensa'ntia. Medicines were so called 
 which were supposed to possess the power of 
 thickening the humors of the body. 
 
 CONDENSATION. {Condensatio, onis; 
 from condenso, to make thick.) The approxi- 
 mation of the particles of which a substance is 
 composed, so that a given weight of it occupies 
 less space than before. In Anatomy and Pa- 
 thology, this term is applied to the texture of 
 parts when it is denser or more solid than is 
 usual hi other parts: thus we speak of conden- 
 sation of the cellular membrane, of the paren- 
 chyma of a viscus, &c. In Chemistry, conden- 
 sation means the subjection of aeriform bodies 
 to pressure, or the conversion of vapors by cold 
 into fluids. The vessels in which these pro- 
 cesses are carried on are called condensers. 
 
 CONDIMENT. Condime'ntum. {urn, i, n. ; 
 from condio, to season.) A spice, pickle, or 
 other material used to season articles of food. 
 
 Conditu'ra. (a, ce, f.) 1. The same as con- 
 dimentum. 2. The embalming of a dead body. 
 
 CONDU'CTOR. {or, oris, m. ; from condu- 
 co, to lead or guide.) 1. In Surgery, an in- 
 strument, the use of which is to direct the knife 
 in certain operations. It is more commonly 
 called a director. 2. In Electricity, a body 
 which has the property of transmitting the 
 electric energy, as opposed to a non-conductor, 
 or body which has not that property. 
 
 Conduplica'tus. Folded or doubled to- 
 gether. 
 
 CO'NDYLE. {Condylus. KovdvXoc, the 
 joint of a finger, a tubercle or knot.) A pro- 
 cess of a bone in the shape of a flattened head 
 or eminence, chiefly articular. 
 
 Condyli digitorum manus. The phalanges. 
 
 Condyloid foramina. See Occipital bone. 
 
 Condyloid process. A condyle. 
 
 CONDYLO'MA. (a, atis, n. KovdvTiOfia ; 
 
 from kovSvTioc, a tubercle or knot.) A soft, 
 
 wart-like excrescence, that appears about the 
 
 anus and pudenda. There are several species 
 
 180 
 
 CON 
 
 of condylomata, which have received names 
 from their appearance; asficus, cristce, thymus, 
 from their resemblance to a fig, &c. 
 
 CONDY'LOPEDS. Condylopoda. (From 
 Kovdvloc, and novc, a foot.) A name applied 
 by Latreille to that subdivision of encephalous 
 articulate animals which have jointed feet. It 
 includes the myriapods, insects, arachnidans, 
 and crustaceans. 
 
 Cone. Strobilus. 
 
 Co'neine. Conia. 
 
 Conei'on. Conium. 
 
 Cone'ssi cortex. See Nerium antidysen- 
 tericum. 
 
 CONFE'CTIO. {onis, f.; from conficio, to 
 make up.) A confection. In general, it means 
 any thing made up with sugar. 
 
 Confectio alkermes. See Alhermes. 
 
 CONFECTIO AMYGDALA, (U. S.) C. amyg 
 
 dalarum. (Ph. L. et D.) Confection of al- 
 monds. Take of sweet almonds, fj.; acacia 
 gum, powdered, 3J. ; refined sugar, § ss. Blanch 
 the almonds, and mix. Demulcent; used to 
 form the mixture of almonds. 
 
 Confectio archigenis. See Aristarchi an- 
 tidotus paulina. 
 
 Confectio arobiatica. ("U. S.) Take of 
 pulvis aromaticus, fj.; syrup of orange peel, f. 
 ^ij. Mix. It is stimulant, carminative, and 
 astringent. Dose, gr. x. to 5J. 
 
 Confectio aurantii corticis. (U. S.) Con- 
 fectio aurantiorum. (Ph. L.) Confection of 
 orange peel. Take of fresh external rind of 
 oranges, separated by rasping, a pound; refined 
 sugar, three pounds. Mix. A tonic and stom- 
 achic confection. Dose, 3ij. or more. Com- 
 monly used as a vehicle. 
 
 Confectio cardiaca. See Confectio aro* 
 matica. 
 
 Confectio cassia. (Ph. L.) C. cassicz 
 fistula. Confection of cassia. Take of fresh 
 cassia pulp, Ibss. ; manna, fij.; tamarind pulp, 
 fj.; syrup of roses, Oss. Bruise the manna? 
 melt it in the syrup by a water-bath ; then mix 
 in the pulps, and evaporate down to a proper 
 consistence. A mild aperient for the feeble 
 and for children. Dose, 3ij. to fj. 
 
 Confectio damocratis. Mithridatium. 
 
 Confectio de santalis. An old astringent 
 confection, made with sandal wood, red coral, 
 bole, &c. 
 
 Confectio de Thure. A French confection 
 of aromatic seeds with frankincense. 
 
 Confectio Fracastorii. See Dioscordium. 
 
 Confectio hamec. A confection made of 
 the bark of yellow myrobalan, violets, poly- 
 pody of the oak, absinthium, rhubarb, diagri- 
 dium, canella, ginger, and other ingredients, 
 made up with honey. 
 
 Confectio hyacinthi. Hyacinth confection. 
 The Electuaire de safran used in France was 
 formerly made with the addition of hyacinth, 
 and took its name from that ingredient. 
 
 Confectio japonica. Electuarium catechu 
 compositum. 
 
 Confectio opii. (U. S.) Confectio opiata. 
 Confection of opium. Take of opium, powder- 
 ed, 3yj.; pulvis aromaticus, fvj.; tragacanth, 
 powdered, 3ij.; syrup, a pint. Rub together 
 the opium and the syrup, previously heated; 
 
CON 
 
 CON 
 
 then add the other articles, reduced to powder, 
 and mix. It is narcotic and stimulant, and 
 given in atonic gout, flatulent colic, diarrhoea 
 unattended with inflammatory symptoms, and 
 other cases. The dose is from grs. x. to 3ss. 
 It contains one grain of opium in thirty-six of 
 the confection. U. S. Ph. of 1832. 
 
 CONFECTIO PIPERIS NIGRI. (Ph. L. & E-) 
 
 Confection of black pepper. Take of black 
 pepper, elecampane, of each ibj. ; fennel seeds, 
 fciij. ; honey, refined sugar, of each flnj. Rub 
 the dry ingredients together so as to reduce 
 them to a very fine powder ; then, having add- 
 ed the honey, rub them again so that the whole 
 may incorporate. This confection is given in- 
 ternally in a relaxed condition of the extremity 
 of the rectum, producing partial prolapsus, and 
 in piles occasioned by debility. Dose, 3J. to 51J. 
 
 Confectio Raleighana. See Confectio aro- 
 matica. 
 
 Confectio ros^e canine. (Ph. L.) Con- 
 serve of hips. Confection of dog-rose. Take 
 of dog-rose pulp, ibj. ; refined sugar, powdered, 
 fxx. Expose the pulp in a water-bath to a 
 gentle heat ; then add the sugar gradually, and 
 rub them together until they are thoroughly in- 
 corporated. Used as a vehicle for cough med- 
 icines, &c. 
 
 Confectio ros^: gallics. (Ph. L.) Con- 
 fectio roses. (U. S.) Conserve of red rose. 
 Take of the petals of the red rose, before it is 
 expanded, ibj. ; refined sugar, ibiij. Bruise the 
 petals, and incorporate the sugar. This is a 
 gentle astringent, and commonly used as a ve- 
 hicle in the preparation of pills. 
 
 Confectio rut^:. (Ph. L.) Confection of 
 rue. Take of dried rue leaves, caraway seeds, 
 bay berries, of each f iss. ; sagapenum, f ss. ; 
 black pepper, 31J- ; clarified honey, §xvi. This 
 is an antispasmodic preparation, but its use is 
 confined to clysters, 3ss. to 3J. being mixed with 
 tnucilage of starch. 
 
 Confectio scammonii. (U. S.) Confectio 
 scammonece. (Ph. L.) Confection of scammo- 
 ny. Take of scammony powdered, ginger 
 powdered, of each §j. ; oil of cloves, tUxx. ; 
 syrup of orange peel, as much as may be suffi- 
 cient. Rub the dry articles together, then add 
 the syrup, and, lastly, the oil. This is a stim- 
 ulating cathartic, and removes worms. Dose, 
 from 3ss. to 3j. U. S. Ph. of 1832. 
 
 Confectio senn^:. (Ph. L. & U. S.) Con- 
 fection of senna. Take of senna leaves, § viij. ; 
 figs, ibj. ; tamarind pulp, pulp of prunes, cassia 
 pulp, of each ibss. ; coriander seeds, f iv. ; liq- 
 uorice root, f iij. ; refined sugar, fbiiss. ; water, 
 Oiv. Powder the senna leaves with the cori- 
 ander seeds, and separate, by sifting, ten oun- 
 ces of the mixed powder. Boil down the water 
 with the figs and liquorice root to half, then 
 press out the liquor and strain it. Evaporate 
 the liquor in a water-bath until a pint and a 
 half only remains ; then add the sugar, to make 
 syrup. Lastly, mix the pulps gradually with 
 the syrup, and, having added the sifted pow- 
 der, mix the whole together. This is a mild 
 and elegant aperient, especially in piles and for 
 pregnant women. Dose, 3ss. to fas* 
 
 Confertus. Clustered. 
 
 CONFE'RVA. (a,aj,f.) The tribe of cryp- 
 
 togamic plants, comprehending the jointed algas 
 or water weeds. The confervas are chiefly 
 fresh-water plants, but many are marine. They 
 are composed of capillary, jointed tubes. — C. 
 dickotoma. C. helminthocortos. See Fucus 
 helminthocorton. — C.rivalis. Crow silk. Hairy 
 river weed. Of a green color; said to be anti- 
 spasmodic. — C. rupestris. Fucus helmintho- 
 corton. 
 
 Confirma'ntia. Roborantia. Tonics. 
 
 CO' N FLUE NT. Confluens. Running to- 
 gether. In Pathology, applied to eruptions 
 which are so thickly developed as to appear to 
 run together, especially that of small-pox. 
 
 Confluent small-pox. See Variola. 
 
 Conflu'xio. That consent or sympathy of 
 the different parts of the living frame by which 
 the actions of life are sustained. 
 
 CONFORMATION. Conformatio . The 
 natural disposition of parts of any structure or 
 body. 
 
 Conforta'ntia. Confortati'va. Cordials. 
 
 Coxfu'sje febres. A name given by Bellini 
 to irregular agues. 
 
 Confu'sio. (From confundo, to mix togeth- 
 er.) A disorder of the eyes, proceeding from 
 a rupture of the membranes which include the 
 humors, by which means they are all confound- 
 ed together. — Galen. 
 
 CONGELA'TION. ( Congelatio, onis, f. ; 
 from congelo, to freeze.) 1. In Chemistry, the 
 conversion of a liquid body into a solid. 2. In 
 Physiology, it is sometimes used synonymously 
 with coagulation. 3. In Pathology, it was for- 
 merly employed to designate those diseases 
 which are attended with stupor and numbness, 
 as catalepsy, paralysis, &c. 
 
 Congelati'va. The same as conglutinantia. 
 
 Congela'tus. Congelaticus. A person af- 
 flicted with ecstasy or catalepsy was formerly 
 so called. 
 
 CO'NGENER. (er, eris, adj. ; from con, and 
 genus, kind.) Applied, 1. In Natural History y 
 to genera nearly allied, or to species of the 
 same genus. 2. In Anatomy, to muscles which 
 concur in the same action. 
 
 Congenita not.e. Nsevus. 
 
 CONGENITAL. Congenitus. Applied to 
 that which pertains to an individual from his 
 birth: thus, a congenital disease is one which 
 existed at birth; a congenital deformity, a de- 
 formity which existed at birth. 
 
 CONGESTION. (Congestio, onis, f . ; from 
 conger 0, to amass.) A preternatural accumu- 
 lation of blood, bile, or other fluids in their 
 proper vessels: thus we say a congestion of 
 blood in the vessels when they are over-dis- 
 tended, and the motion of the blood is slow ; a 
 congestion of bile in the biliary ducts, &c. Ve~ 
 nous congestion is the accumulation of blood in 
 an organ from loss of power in the circulation. 
 It is often attended with collapse. 
 
 Congestion, cerebral. The simple variety 
 of apoplexy, where the vessels are full, but do 
 not effuse their contents. There is perfect co- 
 ma, &c. 
 
 Congestive diseases. Diseases arising fronl 
 congestion. 
 
 Congestive fever. See Febris. 
 
 Congia'rius. The same as Congius. 
 181 
 
CON 
 
 CON 
 
 Co'ngius. Congiarius. (us, i, m.) An an- 
 cient measure nearly equal to a gallon. In 
 modern works it signifies a gallon. 
 
 CO'NGLOBATE. (Conglobatus ; from con- 
 giobo, to gather into a ball.) A term applied 
 to a gland, Glandula conglobata, which is 
 formed of a contortion of lymphatic vessels, 
 connected together by cellular structure, having 
 neither a cavity nor an excretory duct: such 
 are the mesenteric, inguinal, axillary glands. 
 
 CONGLOMERATE. ( Conglomerate; from 
 conglomero, to heap upon.) 1. In Anatomy, 
 applied to a gland, Glandula conglomerata, 
 which consists of a number of smaller glomer- 
 ate glands, the excretory ducts of which all 
 unite into one common duct, as the salivary 
 glands, the pancreas, &c. 
 
 Conglutina'ntia. The same as agglutinan- 
 tia. 
 
 Congrega't^ gla'ndul^:. Glands which 
 are clustered together, but each distinct from 
 the rest, and having its own duct : the term is 
 especially applied to the glands which are 
 formed in clusters on the inner surface of the 
 intestines. 
 
 Congress. Congressus. Coition. 
 
 CONIA. Conine. Conicine. Conein. An 
 oily, volatile alkaloid of conium maculatum. It 
 is obtained by distilling the concentrated infu- 
 6ion with potash. It is very acrid, and has the 
 smell of tobacco. Its salts are also acrid and 
 difficultly crystallizable. It is decomposed 
 with remarkable facility. Formula, d 6 Hi 6 N ? 
 or Ci 2 H ]4 NO. From experiments on small ani- 
 mals, it appears extremely poisonous, producing 
 complete paralysis of the voluntary and respira- 
 tory muscles. 
 
 Conia. Kovia. A word used by the Greek 
 writers to signify, 1. A lixivium. 2. Lime. 3. 
 Ashes. 4. A wine prepared by fermenting 
 must on liquid pitch previously washed with 
 sea-water. — Dioscorides. 
 
 ConicjE papillje. See Conicus. 
 
 Conicine. See Conia. 
 
 CO'NICUS. Conical. In Anatomy, applied 
 to the lenticular papillae of the tongue. Conicce 
 papilla. 
 
 CONI'FERiE . The cone-bearing tribe of di- 
 cotyledonous plants. It includes the pines, firs, 
 cedars, larch, &c. 
 
 Co'nis. (is, eos, f. ; kovlc.) Dust; fine pow- 
 der; ashes; a nit in the hair; scurf on the head. 
 
 CONI'UM. (um, ii, n. ; kuveiov, kovlov.) 
 1. Hemlock. 2. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
 dria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. — C. maculatum. 
 The conium and cicuta of the Pharmacopoeias. 
 Hemlock. Hemlock is indigenous, and may 
 be distinguished from those plants which bear 
 some resemblance to it by the spotted stem. 
 It is to be collected in flower. The seeds are 
 also marked with fine striae, and are nearly 
 spherical. It is a veiy active poison. In a 
 moderate dose it is apt to occasion sickness and 
 vertigo ; in a larger quantity it produces anxie- 
 ty, cardialgia, vomiting, convulsions, coma, and 
 death. It is decidedly narcotic, and has great 
 efficacy in allaying the irritability and improv- 
 ing the appearance of ill-conditioned sores. In 
 chronic rheumatisms, some glandular swellings, 
 and in various fixed and periodical pains, it is 
 182 
 
 also employed. Nor ie it less efficacious when 
 applied externally: a poultice made of meal 
 and the expressed juice (or a decoction of the 
 extract, when the other can not be obtained) 
 allays the pain of ulcerated cancers, and gives 
 a better aspect to irritable and unhealthy sores* 
 The narcotic power resides in coma. The 
 proper method of administering conium inter* 
 nally is to begin with two or three grains of 
 the powder or inspissated juice twice or thrice 
 a day, and gradually to increase the dose. A 
 slight giddiness and sickness, with a sensation 
 as if the eyeballs were strained, are the first in- 
 dications of an over-dose. When any of these 
 symptoms are experienced, the dose should be 
 kept stationary for several days, until they have 
 ceased, and then, after a few days, the dose 
 may be increased ; for little advantage can be 
 expected but by a continuance of the greatest 
 quantity the patient can bear. 
 
 Coni vasculosi. The conical convolutions 
 of the vasa efferentia of the testicle, and which 
 form the epididymis. 
 
 Conjuga'tus. Conjugate, or yoked. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva tunica. Mem- 
 brana conjunctiva. The mucous membrane 
 covering the exposed surface of the eyeball and 
 lining the internal surface of the eyelid. 
 
 Conjunctiva, granular. A diseased and 
 granular condition of the conjunctiva resulting 
 from purulent ophthalmia. 
 
 Conju'nctivis. Inflammation of the conjunc* 
 tiva. See Ophthalmitis for the species, &c. 
 
 CONJU'NCTUS. Conjoined. In Patholo- 
 gy, conjuncta causa means a proximate cause ; 
 conjuncta signa mean inseparable or pathogno- 
 monic symptoms; conjuncti morbi are diseases 
 which are either coexistent, or consecutive one 
 on the other. 
 
 Conna'tus. Connate. Congenital. 
 " CONNIVENT. Conni'vens. (From connf. 
 veo, to wink.) Applied, in Anatomy, to the 
 folds on the mucous surface of the small intes- 
 tines, which are called valvules conniventes, 
 from their converging or approaching one an- 
 other. 
 
 Conoid. Of the figure of a cone. 
 
 Conoides corpus. The pineal gland. 
 
 Conquassa'tio. Conquassation. In Phar* 
 macy, the bruising of recent vegetables, fruits, 
 the softer parts of animals, &c, with a pestle, 
 till they are reduced to a soft pulp. 
 
 Conse'cutive symptoms. Phenomena occur 
 ring after a disease, or following it as a conse- 
 quence. 
 
 Consent of parts. Consensus. See Sym- 
 pathy. 
 
 CONSE'RVA. (a, ce, f . ; from conservo, to 
 keep.) A conserve. A composition of some 
 recent vegetable and sugar, beat together into 
 a uniform mass of the consistence of honey ; 
 as conserve of hips, orange-peel, &c. Conserves 
 are now called confections. See Confectio. 
 
 Conserva absinthii maritimi. Conserve of 
 wormwood. This was formerly celebrated for 
 the cure of dropsies. It was given in the dose 
 of gss. before meals. 
 
 Conserva ari. See Arum maczdatnm. 
 
 Conserva aurantii Hispalensis. C. fia- 
 vedinis aurantiorum. Cf. corticum aurantio* 
 
CON 
 
 rum. C citri aurantii. See Confectio auran- 
 tii corticis. 
 
 Conserva ctnobasti. See Confectio roses 
 canincB. 
 
 Conserva Lu'juLiE. Confection of wood- 
 sorrel. It is gratefully acid to the taste, and 
 was formerly used to allay thirst hi fevers. 
 
 Conserva Mentha. Conserveofmint. This 
 preparation of mint is given occasionally as a 
 stomachic, in sickness and weakness of the 
 Stomach. See Mentha viridis. 
 
 Conserva pruni sylvestris. Conserve of 
 6loes. Astringent virtues are ascribed to this 
 medicine, which, however, is now seldom used. 
 See Pr units sylvestris. 
 
 Conserva ros.e. See Confectio rosce Gal- 
 
 llC(B. 
 
 Conserva scill.e. Conserve of squill. This 
 is an uncertain and nauseous preparation, and 
 has been for some time expunged from the 
 Pharmacopoeias. 
 
 Conservation. Preservation. 
 
 Consiste'ntia. (From consisto, to stand 
 Still.} The acme of a disease. 
 
 CONSO'LIDA. A name given to many 
 plants; as, C. aurea. See Solidago virgaurea. 
 —C. major. See Symphytum. — C. media. See 
 Ajuga. — C. minor. See Prunella. — C. regalis. 
 See Delphinium consolidum. — C. saracenica. 
 See Solidago virgaurea. 
 
 Consolida'ntia. A term formerly applied 
 to medicines which were supposed to give firm- 
 ness to parts recently healed. 
 
 Consomme. ( Co nsummatum, low Lathi.) A 
 strong broth. 
 
 Consound, middle. See Ajuga pyramidalis. 
 
 Conspersio. Catapasma. 
 
 Co.vspiratio. Sympathy. 
 
 Constella'tum ungue'ntum. An ointment 
 composed of the powder of dried earth-worms, 
 and the fat of the bear or wild boar. It wa3 
 formerly used to promote the cicatrization of 
 wounds, and to cure the toothache. 
 
 CONSTIPA'TION. (Constipatio, onis, f . ; 
 from constipo, to crowd together.) C. alvi. 
 Obstipatio. Costiveness. 
 
 Costiveness and obstipation are sometimes 
 tised synonymously : the former, however, is 
 generally applied to that state in which the 
 bowels act, though tardily; and the latter to 
 that in which there is no alvine evacuation. 
 Costiveness is not always a disease, for many 
 people in robust health are not accustomed to 
 have their bowels emptied oftener than twice 
 a week. This sluggishness or torpitude of the 
 towels may be produced by various causes : for 
 sometimes the food is not sufficiently stimula- 
 ting, sometimes there is a deficiency or depraved 
 condition of the bile, which is a natural stimulus 
 to the bowels. In other instances there is a 
 defect of tone in the muscular fibres of the 
 bowels themselves, so that they are not suffi- 
 ciently affected by natural and healthy stimuli. 
 
 The medical treatment of constipation con- 
 sists in adopting a diet free from all astringents, 
 using corn or rye bread, and regulating the ex- 
 ercise. In most cases, laxative articles of diet, 
 such as stewed fruits, and the frequent use of 
 gentle laxatives, will be found more effectual 
 than the stronger cathartics. Where costive- 
 
 CON 
 
 ness occurs in persons of a plethoiic habit, the 
 moderate use of venesection will often prove 
 the most effectual laxative. In all cases, emol- 
 lient and laxative enemata are a useful auxili- 
 ary, and in many are alone sufficient to restore 
 the healthy action of the bowels. 
 
 In the more aggravated state, or that in which 
 the disease is called obstipation rather than 
 costiveness, there is generally sluggishness of 
 the bowels from defect of tone in their fibres, 
 and the patients are weakly, and prone to sed- 
 entary habits : the fseces, therefore, become in» 
 durated, and form into hard balls, called scybala. 
 In these obstinate cases, the more powerful ca- 
 thartics, as the croton oil and elaterium, must 
 be had recourse to, and conjoined with stimu- 
 lating clysters. It will be preferable, however, 
 to try a number of different cathartics in suc- 
 cession, than to persevere in violent doses of 
 any one of them ; for, owing to peculiarity of 
 constitution, it sometimes happens that obstipa- 
 tion which has resisted the most drastic medi- 
 cines will yield readily to a few grains of aloes, 
 a moderate quantity of Epsom salts largely di- 
 luted, or something equally simple. The cause 
 of the obstipation must, however, be inquired 
 into and removed before a permanent cure can 
 be effected. 
 
 Constituent. Constituent. The vehicle or 
 mixture in which active medicines are pre- 
 scribed. 
 
 CONSTITUTION. Constitutio. The gen- 
 eral condition of the body, as evinced by the 
 peculiarities in the performance of its functions: 
 such are the peculiar predisposition to certain 
 diseases, or liability of particular organs to dis- 
 ease ; the varieties in digestion, in muscular 
 power and motion, in sleep, in the appetite, &c. 
 Some marked peculiarities of constitution are 
 observed to be accompanied with certain exter- 
 nal characters, such as a particular color and 
 texture of the skin and of the hair, and also 
 with a peculiarity of form and disposition of 
 mind; ail of which have been observed from 
 the earliest time, and divided into classes; and 
 which received names, during the prevalence 
 of the humeral pathology, which they still re- 
 tain. See Temperament. 
 
 Constitution of the air, epidemical. A 
 certain hypothetical state of the air as regards 
 moisture, heat, &c, present during epidemics. 
 
 Constitutional. Peculiar to the constitu- 
 tion or diathesis of the individual. 
 
 CONSTRICTFVUS. (From constringo, tp 
 bind together.) Constrictive; styptic. 
 
 CONSTRFCTOR. (or, oris, m.; from con- 
 stringo, to bind together.) A name given to a 
 muscle which contracts any opening of the body. 
 
 Constrictor al^: nasi. See Depressor la- 
 bii superioris alceque nasi. 
 
 Constrictor ani. Sphincter ani. 
 
 Constrictor cunni. Sphincter vaginae. 
 
 Constrictor isthmi faucium. Glossostaphi- 
 linus of Winslow, Douglas, and Cowper. A 
 muscle situated at the side of the opening of 
 the fauces, that draws the velum pendulum pa- 
 lati toward the root of the tongue, which it 
 raises at the same time, and, with its fellow, 
 contracts the passage between the two arches, 
 by which it shuts the opening of the fauces. 
 
 183 
 
CON 
 
 CON 
 
 Constrictor labiorum. C. oris. Orbicu- 
 laris oris. 
 
 Constrictor (esophagi. Constrictor of the 
 oesophagus. A circular bundle of fleshy fibres 
 at the upper part of the gullet. 
 
 Constrictor palpebrarum. Orbicularis pal- 
 pebrarum. 
 
 Constrictor pharyngis inferior. A mus- 
 cle situated on the posterior part of the phar- 
 ynx. It arises from the side of the thyroid 
 cartilage, and from the cricoid cartilage, and is 
 inserted into the white line, where it joins with 
 its fellow, the superior fibres running obliquely 
 upward, covering nearly one half of the middle 
 constrictor, and tenninating in a point : the in- 
 ferior fibres run more transversely, and cover 
 the beginning of the oesophagus. Its use is to 
 compress that part of the pharynx which it 
 covers, and to raise it with the larynx a little 
 upward. 
 
 Constrictor pharyngis medius. A muscle 
 situated on the posterior part of the pharynx. 
 It arises from the appendix of the os hyoides, 
 from the cornu of that bone, and from the liga- 
 ment which connects it to the thyroid cartilage ; 
 the fibres of the superior part running oblique- 
 ly upward, and covering a considerable part of 
 the superior constrictor, terminate in a point ; 
 and it is inserted into the middle of the cunei- 
 form process of the os occipitis, before the fora- 
 men magnum, and joined to its fellow at a white 
 line in the middle part of the pharynx. This 
 muscle compresses that part of the pharynx 
 which it covers, and draws it and the os hyoi- 
 des upward. 
 
 Constrictor pharyngis superior. Glosso- 
 pharyngeus. A muscle situated on the posterior 
 part of the pharynx. It arises from the cunei- 
 form process of the os occipitis, before the fora- 
 men magnum, from the pterygoid process of 
 the sphenoid bone, from the upper and under 
 jaw, near the last dentes molares, and is also 
 connected with the buccinator muscle, with the 
 root of the tongue, and with the palate. It is 
 inserted in the middle of the pharynx. Its use 
 is to compress the upper part of the pharynx, 
 and to draw it forward and. upward. 
 
 Constrictor vesica urinaria. See Detru- 
 sor urines. 
 
 Constrin'gens. Astringent. 
 
 CONSULTATION. A meeting of physi- 
 cians in any case of disease. 
 
 Consumma'tum. Any gelatinous broth, or 
 consomme. 
 
 CONSUMPTION. {Consumptio; from con- 
 sumo, to waste away.) A wasting of the body, 
 or marasmus, especially by phthisis. See Phthi- 
 sis, and Tabes dorsalis. 
 
 Consu'mtio. Consumption. 
 
 Contabesce'ntia. An atrophy, or wasting 
 of any organ. 
 
 CONTAGION. ( Contagio, onis, f. ; from 
 con, and tango, to touch.) The term contagion 
 has been used in several acceptations. 1. It 
 has been employed to signify the communica- 
 tion of a disease by personal contact with the 
 sick. 2. It has been employed to signify the 
 communication of a disease, either by personal 
 contact with the sick, or by an effluvium evolved 
 from the body of the sick. 3. It has been em- 
 184 
 
 ployed as a generic term, embracing all atmo* 
 spheric and morbid poisons; all the effluvia, 
 miasmata, infections, and poisons that cause fe- 
 vers, of whatever kind; and those poisons which 
 uniformly excite the diseases which give birth 
 to them, as the venereal disease, the itch, tinea 
 capitis, &c. The second of these senses is the 
 one in which it is now generally employed. 
 Attempts have been made to distinguish be- 
 tween contagion and infection, the former being 
 restricted to the communication of disease by 
 direct contact, and the latter to that by effluvia 
 arising from the body of the sick, and commu- 
 nicated through the medium of the atmosphere ; 
 but this distinction is now properly discarded 
 by the majority of practical writers, and the 
 two words are considered as synonymous. 
 
 Let it be understood, then, that contagion or 
 infection means the communication of a disease 
 by personal contact with the sick, or by means 
 of an effluvium arising from the body of the sick. 
 
 It is well known that some contagious dis- 
 eases, as typhus, frequently originate in the an 
 imal body when subjected to the action of cer- 
 tain external causes, among which the more 
 obvious are, confinement in crowded and ill- 
 ventilated places, deficient or unwholesome food, 
 intemperance, excessive fatigue, long-continued 
 exposure to cold and moisture, and depressing 
 passions of the mind. Such diseases are also 
 occasionally observed to arise sporadically, 
 without the intervention of the causes above 
 alluded to, and, to all appearance, independent- 
 ly of contagion. There is, however, a class of 
 contagious diseases which have never yet been 
 proved to arise sporadically, and are generally 
 believed never to do so : the contagions which 
 produce these are therefore called specific con- 
 tagions ; such are those of syphilis, measles, 
 small-pox, cow-pox, hooping-cough, scarlatina, 
 &c. Whether the majority of pathologists are 
 in the right in denying the occasional sponts- 
 neous origin of specific contagions is much too 
 large a question to be entered upon here ; nor 
 have we, in truth, sufficient data for its philo 
 sophical determination. The following are the 
 best known contagions to which the human 
 body is subject: 1. The contagion of typhus; 
 2. hooping-cough; 3. mumps; 4. purulent oph- 
 thalmia; 5. small-pox; 6. cow-pox ; 7. measles; 
 8. scarlet fever ; 9. varicella; 10. erysipelas; 
 11. dysentery ; 12. yaws; 13. venereal disease; 
 14. scald head; 15. itch; 16. hydrophobia; 17. 
 malignant pustule; 18. glanders; 19. dissection 
 wounds ; 20. milk sickness. 
 
 Among contagious poisons, some exist in the 
 form of a liquid virus, by the insertion of which 
 beneath the cuticle of a healthy individual, or 
 its simple application to any part where the cu- 
 ticle is very thin, the disease is communicated; 
 such are the small-pox and syphiHtic poisons : 
 the matter of other contagions, again, entirely 
 eludes our senses ; thus the contagion of typhus 
 is known to us only by its effects. 
 
 The poisons of small-pox, chicken-pox, mea- 
 sles, and hooping-cough produce such a change 
 in the susceptibility of the system, when once 
 they have influenced it, as to prevent the recur- 
 rence of the disease, except in a very small 
 number of instances, which merely form except 
 
CON 
 
 tions to a general rule. Other contagions, again, 
 fortify the system to a considerable degree 
 against any future infection of the same kind, 
 but not nearly to the same degree as those 
 above mentioned ; thus scarlet fever generally 
 occurs only once in a person's life-time, but still 
 it often occurs two or three times. Lastly, 
 many contagions confer no immunity from the 
 future effects of the same poison ; thus, having 
 once labored under syphilis is no protection 
 against a future invasion of that disease. 
 
 Further information concerning the peculiari- 
 ties of the individual morbid poisons will be 
 found under the heads of the diseases to which 
 they give rise ; but some diseases, as erysipelas, 
 catarrh, pneumonia, &c., which are not usually 
 contagious, become so under peculiar and un- 
 known conditions. 
 
 An important subject connected with conta- 
 gion is that of fomites. It is found that the 
 effluvia by which contagious diseases are com- 
 municated are absorbed more or less by all 
 porous bodies, and may, through the medium 
 of these, be transported to distant places, and 
 preserved in full activity for a length of time. 
 The substances which thus convey contagion 
 are called fomites. Wool, hair, cotton, feath- 
 ers, woolen and cotton cloths, and other simi- 
 lar substances, most readily imbibe and retain 
 the contagious miasmata. 
 
 Liebig has endeavored to show that most, if 
 not all, contagious poisons act as ferments; and 
 being either introduced by inoculation, or by 
 the inspiration of volatile particles into the blood 
 or system, there establish their action after re- 
 producing contagion, as yeast is reproduced 
 wherever there is gluten present in the fer- 
 mentable matters. 
 
 Contagious. Capable of producing conta- 
 gion, or of producing disease, &c., by contact, 
 either mediate or immediate. 
 Continence. Chastity. 
 Continent cause. A proximate cause. 
 CON'TLNENS FEBRIS. Continua febris. A 
 continued fever, as opposed to a remittent or 
 intermittent. See Febris. 
 
 Continued fever. See Febris. 
 CONTINUITY. A perfect connection. A 
 wound or fracture is called a solution of con- 
 tinuity. 
 
 Contorted. Conto'rtus. Twisted. 
 CO'NTRA-APERTU'RA. A counter open- 
 ing. An opening made to give exit to matter 
 where one which already exists is insufficient 
 for that purpose. 
 
 Contra capitan. Aristolochia anguicida. 
 CONTRACTILITY. Contractilitas. That 
 property of the living fibre by which it contracts 
 on the application of a stimulus, whether men- 
 tal, as the will, or physical. Contractility is 
 generally said by physiologists to depend on 
 the organic property of sensibility. On this 
 subject, M. Broussais remarks: "Sensibility 
 and contractility have been attributed to the 
 living fibre ; but if the real meaning of these 
 two words reduces itself to the affirmation that 
 the fibre contracts because some cause deter- 
 mines it to do so, it is clear that the former of 
 these two properties is necessarily involved in 
 the latter. In effect, if the sensibility of the 
 
 CON 
 
 fibre is manifested only by its contractions, to 
 say that it is sensible is merely to say that it 
 contracts." 
 
 CONTRACTION. ( Contract™, onis, f. ; from 
 contraho, to draw together.) 1. In Physiology, 
 the action arising from excited contractility; 
 that is, the shortening of a living fibre on the 
 application of a stimulus. 2. In Pathology, the 
 shortening of a muscle from some morbid cause. 
 
 CONTRACTU'RA. {a, ce, f. ; from contraho, 
 to draw together. ) Muscular contraction. Cul- 
 len has made contractura a genus of disease in 
 his class Locales and order Dyscinesice. The 
 species are, 
 
 1. Contractura primaria, from a rigid con- 
 traction of the muscles ; called, also, obstipitas, 
 a word that, with any other annexed, distin- 
 guishes the variety of the contraction. Of this 
 species he forms four varieties : Contractura ah 
 inflammatione, when it arises from inflamma- 
 tion. 2. Contractura a, spasmo, called, also, 
 tonic spasm and cramp, when it depends upon 
 spasm. 3. Contractura ab antagonistas para- 
 liticos, from the antagonist muscles losing their 
 action. 4. Contractura ab acrimonid irritante, 
 which is induced by some irritating cause. 
 
 2. Contractura articularis, originating from a 
 disease in the joint. 
 
 Contractions of muscles may sometimes, in 
 the early stages, be remedied by stimulating 
 liniments, the warm bath, mechanical extension, 
 with attention to the health and cause of dis- 
 ease. The division of the tendon may be prac- 
 ticed where it is a simple contraction without 
 loss of nervous power, &c. 
 
 Contra-extensio. Counter extension. 
 
 CONTRA-FISSURE. Contrajissulra. (From 
 contra, against, and findo, to cleave.) Contre- 
 coup. A fracture in a part distant from that in 
 which the blow is received ; as when the fron- 
 tal bone is broken by a fall on the occiput, the 
 bone in the latter region remaining sound. 
 Counter-fissures are not confined to the crani- 
 um, but occur also in other bones. 
 
 Contrahe'ntia. Medicines which produce 
 contractions : they include astringents and styp- 
 
 CONTRA-INDICATION. (From contra, 
 against, and indico, to show.) Counter indica- 
 tion. A symptom which forbids the use of a 
 remedy which might otherwise be employed : 
 for instance, it is usual to bleed in inflammation 
 of the lungs ; but if it be accompanied with 
 highly typhoid symptoms and great sinking of 
 the vital powers, these form contra-indications 
 to the use of the lancet. 
 
 Contra-stimulant. See Contro-stimulant. 
 
 CONTRAYE'RVA. {a, as, f.) This herb 
 was given as an antidote against poisons. See 
 Dorstenia. — C. alba. C. Germanorum. Ascle- 
 pias vincetoxicum. — C. nova. The Mexican 
 contrayerva. Psoralea pentaphylla. — C. vir* 
 giniana. Aristolochia serpentaria. 
 
 Contre-coup. See Contra-jissure. 
 
 Contrexeville, waters of. Department 
 of Vosges. They contain carbonates of iron 
 and lime, muriate of lime, and a matter which 
 appears to be bituminous, and are used in dis- 
 eases of the urinary organs and cutaneous dis- 
 
 185 
 
CON 
 
 CON 
 
 CONTRO-ST IMULANT. A medicine which 
 reduces the vital force. 
 
 . CONTRO-STIMULUS. A doctrine of Ra- 
 eori, that certain medicines act by reducing the 
 vital force, as in the case of tartar emetic. 
 
 CONTUSION. ( Contusio, onis { f. ; from con- 
 tundo, to knock together.) A braise. A lesion 
 in which there is usually extravasation of blood, 
 but which, when very severe, may result in 
 complete disorganization. Cold applications 
 and leeches are necessary in simple cases. 
 
 Co'nus. A cone. Strobile. The fruit of 
 pine-trees. 
 
 CONVALESCENCE. ( Convalescentia, as, f. ; 
 from convalesco, to get well.) The recovery 
 of health after the cure of a disease. The pe- 
 riod of convalescence is that space from the 
 departure of a disease to the recovery of the 
 strength lost by it. 
 
 CONVALESCENT. Recovering, or return- 
 ing to a state of health after the cure of a dis- 
 ease. The word is frequently used as a sub- 
 stantive. 
 
 CONVALLA'RIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliacece. — 
 C. majalis. The lily of the valley. May-lily. 
 A water distilled from the flowers or root is 
 used in Germany as a nervine. When dried 
 and powdered they are purgative, in the dose 
 of 9j. to 3J. — C. poly gonatum. The Solomon's 
 seal. The root lias been used externally as an 
 astringent and application to bruises, and inter- 
 nally as a corroborant. 
 
 Convoluta ossa. See Spongiosa ossa. 
 
 Convolu'te. Convolutus. Rolled up, or 
 folded. Applied to bones, membranes, leaves, 
 &c. 
 
 CONVOLUTION. Convolutio. (From con- 
 volvo, to roll together.) A substance rolled 
 upon itself so as to appear folded is said to be 
 convoluted, as the brain and intestines. 
 
 Convolutions of the brain. See Enceph- 
 alos. 
 
 Convolutions of the intestines. See Intes- 
 tines. 
 
 Convolvulin. A feeble alkaloid discovered 
 by Marquart in scammony. 
 
 CONVOLVULA'CEiE. The bind-weed tribe 
 of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous, climb- 
 ing, and shrubby plants, with leaves alternate ; 
 flowers regular, monopetalous ; stamens insert- 
 ed into the base of the corolla ; ovarium supe- 
 rior, 2-4 celled ; seeds albuminous. 
 > CONVO'LVULUS. (us, i, m.) 1. Iliac pas- 
 sion. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Mo- 
 nogynia. Convolvulacece. — C. Americanus. 
 See Convolvulus jalapa. — C. batatas. The 
 sweet potato. — C. cantabrica. The cantabrica. 
 Lavender-leaved bind-weed. It is anthelmin- 
 tic and actively cathartic. — C. colubri'nus. Cis- 
 sampelos pareira. 
 
 Convolvulus jalapa. The Linnaean name 
 of the jalap plant. Called, also, C. Americanus, 
 C. mexicana. This plant has been lately as- 
 certained to belong to the genus Ipomcea. It 
 is a native of Mexico. The best jalap is in 
 oval-pointed tubers, covered with a thin, wrin- 
 kled, brown cuticle ; sometimes it is in thin 
 slices. It has a heavy, disagreeable smell, and 
 a sweetish, slightly pungent taste. It is hard, 
 186 
 
 compact, and internally of a light brown or 
 grayish color, with dark brown streaks. The 
 active principle of jalap is partly dissolved both 
 by water and alcohol, and entirely by diluted 
 alcohol. The active principles appear to be 
 resin and extractive matter. The root, pow- 
 dered, is a very common, efficacious, and safe 
 purgative, as daily experience evinces ; but, ac- 
 cording as it contains more or less resin, its 
 effects must, of course, vary. In large doses, 
 or when joined with calomel, it is an excellent 
 hydragogue cathartic and anthelmintic. The 
 operation of jalap is rendered much less irrita- 
 ting by the addition of a few grains of cai'bonate 
 of potash. Dose of the powder,, gr. x. to 3j. ' 
 
 Convolvulus major albus. See Convolvu- 
 lus sepium. — C. maritimus. See Convolvulus 
 soldanella. — C. meckoacan. C. macrorhizus, 
 Mechoacan. Jalapa alba. The root was 
 brought from Mexico, but is now entirely su- 
 perseded by jalap, or used as an adulteration, 
 — C. panduratus. Wild potato vine. This is 
 common in the Northern States, and the root is 
 a mild purgative. — C.perennis. The hop. — C, 
 pes capreas. An Indian species, employed in 
 stimulating cataplasm. 
 
 Convolvulus sc ammonia. The scammony 
 plant ; called, also, C. Syriacits. It affords the 
 gum-resin called scammony. It is a native of 
 Asia Minor and Cochin China. It is from the 
 milky juice of the root that we obtain the offic- 
 inal scammony. The smell of scammony is 
 rather unpleasant, and the taste bitterish and 
 slightly acrid. The different proportions of gum 
 and resin of which it consists have been various- 
 ly stated, but proof spirit is the best menstruum 
 for it. It is brought from Aleppo and Smyrna in 
 masses, generally of a light, shining gray color, 
 and friable texture ; of rather an unpleasant 
 smell, and bitterish and slightly acrid taste. 
 The scammony of Aleppo is by far the purest. 
 That of Smyrna is ponderous, black, and mixed 
 with extraneous matters. Scammony is a hy- 
 dragogue cathartic and anthelmintic. Dose, gr. 
 v. to xv. 
 
 Convolvulus sepium. The juice of this 
 plant is violently purgative, and given in dropsy 
 cal affections. A poultice of the herb, made 
 with oil, has been recommended in white swell- 
 ings of the knee-joint. — C soldanella. The sea 
 convolvulus. The leaves are said to be a dras> 
 tic purge, but the medicine has fallen into disuse. 
 — C. Syriacus. See Convolvulus scammonia.— 
 C. turpe'thum. The turbith plant. The cor* 
 tical part of the root is brought from the East 
 Indies in oblong pieces : it is of a brown or ash 
 color on the outside, and whitish within. The 
 best is ponderous, not wrinkled, easily frangi* 
 ble, and of a resinous appearance. When chew* 
 ed, it at first imparts a sweetish taste, which is 
 followed by a nauseous acrimony. It is strong- 
 ly purgative, but liable to much irregularity of 
 action; jalap, therefore, is now always prefer- 
 red to it. 
 
 Convulsio canina. Risus sardonicus. — C 
 cerealis. Raphania. — C.kabitualis. Chorea.-— 
 C. Indica. Tetanus. — C. uteri. Abortion. 
 
 CONVULSION. (Convulsio, onis, f . ; from 
 convello, to pull together.) A fit. A convul- 
 sion is an agitation of all the limbs of the body, 
 
CON 
 
 or of a part, occasioned by violent and involun- 
 tary contractions of the muscles, with alternate 
 relaxations, or what are called clonic spasms. 
 
 Convulsions are universal or partial. When 
 universal, all the limbs are more or less affect- 
 ed, as ai-e the muscles of the face and those of 
 respiration. This is the case with epilepsy and 
 hysteria, which see. 
 
 A convulsion fit varies much in the mode of 
 attack as well as its progress. Sometimes the 
 assault is sudden and without any warning, but 
 more generally there are precursive indications: 
 these forerunners are, coldness of the extremi- 
 ties, dizziness in the head, spectra floating be- 
 fore the eyes, the tremors of some muscles, a 
 cold air or aura creeping up a limb or up the 
 back. The struggle itself varies in extent, vio- 
 lence, and duration. The muscles are alter- 
 nately rigid and relaxed ; the teeth gnash, and 
 often bite the tongue ; the mouth foams ; the 
 eyelids open and shut in perpetual motion, or 
 are stretched upon a full stare, while the pro- 
 tuberant balls roll rapidly in every direction : 
 the whole face is hideously distorted. The 
 force exerted in some cases is enormous, so as 
 to overpower the strength of several attendants. 
 When the lungs are much oppressed, the lips, 
 cheeks, and, indeed, the entire surface of the 
 face and arms, are of a dark or purple hue. 
 The paroxysm will sometimes cease in a few 
 minutes, but occasionally it will last for hours ; 
 and, after a short period of rest, it perhaps re- 
 turns again with as much violence as before: 
 this happens frequently in puerperal and infan- 
 tile convulsion. Great languor commonly suc- 
 ceeds, sometimes headache and vertigo, but not 
 unfrequently there are no secondary symptoms 
 whatever. 
 
 Partial convulsions have received different 
 names: 1. That kind which affects several 
 muscles irregularly is called chorea. 2. When 
 the muscles of the face only are convulsed, it 
 produces a kind of laughter; and this is called 
 risus sardonicus. From the particular cause, it 
 is distinguished as being puerperal, maniacal, 
 dental, &c. The convulsion occasionally shifts 
 about from one part to another irregularly, 
 from the face to the arms, and from them to the 
 feet ; and in some cases, the face, or the chest, or 
 the limbs are more affected than the other parts. 
 The causes of convulsions are numerous. 
 In infants, children, and youth, the common 
 causes are irritation of the bowels, teething, 
 and worms. The remedies, consequently, are 
 the appropriate purgatives, and allaying the lo- 
 cal irritation. The gums should be properly 
 lanced. In the puerperal convulsion, the at- 
 tention must be directed to the uterus, the irri- 
 tation of which is best allayed by copious, 
 prompt, and repeated bleeding, and by the ad- 
 ministration of opium by the mouth and rectum. 
 Another set of causes which produce a convul- 
 sion are affections of the mind ; as excess of an- 
 ger, joy, grief, and fear. The treatment during 
 the fit must apply to the state of the constitu- 
 tion which favors a tendency to its recurrence. 
 The remedies in convulsions are bleeding (in 
 plethoric persons), stimulants to the extremi- 
 ties, cold to the head, antispasmodics, especially 
 in enemata; of these, ether, assafoetida, and 
 
 COP 
 
 camphor are preferred. For children, a hot 
 bath is highly serviceable. After a paroxysm 
 the predisposing cause must be treated, and the 
 health fully restored. 
 
 Convulsive. Convulsivus. Somewhat 
 spasmodic; having the character of a convulsion. 
 CONVULSIVES. Medicines which increase 
 muscular irritability, and in large doses produce 
 convulsions or tetanus ; as strychnia, brucia, 
 and the plants which contain them. 
 
 CONY'ZA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia superjiua. Composi- 
 tee. — C. squarrosa. Great fleabane. This was 
 formerly esteemed as an emmenagogue, anti- 
 icteric, antepileptic, and vermifuge. — C. caru~ 
 lea. Erigeron acre. — C. major. Inula viscosa ? 
 — C. media. Inula dysenterica. — C. minor. 
 C. pulicaria. The inula pulicaria. Its chief 
 use was to destroy fleas. 
 
 Coopertoria cartilago. The thyroid car- 
 tilage. — Castelli. 
 
 COPAI'BA. (a, ce, f.) The resinous exuda- 
 tion of various trees. See Copaifera officinalis. 
 COPAI'FERA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. Mimosece. — C. offi~ 
 cinalis. The systematic name of'the plant from 
 which the copaiba balsam was supposed to be 
 obtained. It is now ascertained that nearly all 
 the species of the genus Copaifera yield the 
 balsam more or less abundantly, and especially 
 C. multijuga. Copaiba is a yellow, resinous 
 juice, of a moderately agreeable smell and a 
 bitterish taste, very permanent on the tongue. 
 The trees which afford it grow in the Brazils. 
 While new, it is a colorless fluid ; in time, how- 
 ever, it acquires a yellowish tinge, and the con- 
 sistence of oil ; but though by age it has been 
 found thick, like honey, yet it never becomes 
 solid, like other resinous fluids. By distillation 
 in water, the oil is separated from the resin, 
 and in the former the taste and smell of the 
 balsam are concentrated. If the operation is 
 carefully performed, about one half of the bal- 
 sam rises into the receiver in the form of oil. 
 The balsam unites with fixed and volatile oils, 
 and with spirit of wine. It is given in all dis- 
 eases of the urinary organs, when no inflamma- 
 tion is present. In gonorrhoea, after the in- 
 flammatory symptoms have abated, in gleet, 
 and in leucorrhoea, it is a medicine of great ef- 
 ficacy. It exerts a stimulating effect on the 
 kidneys, increasing their secretion, and in an 
 over-dose causing inflammation of these organs. 
 It often gives relief in haemorrhoids. In irrita- 
 ble habits this medicine is liable to excite grip- 
 ing, sickness, and severe pains in the region of 
 the kidneys, so that its use can not be persevered 
 in : these effects are sometimes obviated by 
 combining it with opium. Dose, gtt. xx. to 3&s. 
 three times a day, given in the form of capsules. 
 Copaiva. See Copaifera. 
 Copaiva or Copaiba capsules. The balsam 
 placed in small gelatinous capsules, so as to b« 
 taken without any unpleasant taste. 
 
 Copaivic acid. The yellow, brittle resin of 
 copaiba balsam. 
 
 Copal. An amber-like body used in making 
 varnishes. 
 
 COPALCHE' BARK. The bark of Croton 
 pseudo-China. It resembles cascarilla. 
 
 187 
 
COR 
 
 Copalm balsam. Liquidambar. 
 
 COPHO'SIS. (Kuxpuair, from kuQoq, deaf.) 
 Generally synonymous with deafness, though 
 some wiiters have restricted it to particular 
 kinds of deafness. 
 
 Co'pos. K*07roe. Weariness; lassitude. 
 
 COPPER. Cuprum. A metal of a peculiar 
 reddish-brown color ; crystallizable, hard, son- 
 orous, very malleable and ductile, of consider- 
 able tenacity, and one of the best conductors 
 of heat and electricity. Its specific gravity is 
 8*8; equivalent, 31-6; symbol, Cu. It fuses at 
 about 2000° F. Copper is found in nature in 
 the metallic state, and in the form of oxide, 
 sulphuret, carbonate, sulphate, chloride, phos- 
 phate, and arseniate. Copper readily tarnishes, 
 forming a red suboxide (Cu 2 0). The black ox- 
 ide (CuO) is a powerful base, and is extensively 
 used in the ultimate analysis of organic bod- 
 ies as a source of oxygen. The salts of copper 
 are mostly of a green or blue color, and those 
 which are soluble are poisonous. The symp- 
 toms of poisoning are purging, vomiting, gastric 
 distress, and often nervous disorders, such as 
 convulsive movements, tetanus, general insen- 
 sibility, or a palsy of the lower extremities. 
 Should the patient escape the first effects, a se- 
 vere gastro-enteritis will be generally estab- 
 lished. The antidotes for cupreous poisons are 
 albumen, as in the white of egg, flour and wa- 
 ter, &c. ; the ferrocyanide of potassium and 
 sugar are also highly recommended. For the 
 officinal preparations, see Cuprum. 
 
 Co'pperas. Sulphate of iron. — C, blue. 
 Sulphate of copper. — C, white. Sulphate of 
 zinc. 
 
 Copper nose. Acne rosea. 
 
 Coprago'gus. (From Korrpoc, the excrement, 
 and ayu, to bring away.) Purgative. 
 
 COPR-. Copro-. A prefix (from Konpoc, 
 excrement) of many words, little used ; as, Co- 
 pracratia, involuntary defecation. — Copremesis, 
 iliac passion. — Coprocriticus, a laxative. — Co- 
 prophoria, purgation. — Coproschrosis, the in- 
 duration of faecal matters. 
 
 Coprosta'sia. Coprosta'sis. Costiveness. 
 
 Co'pte. An ancient cataplasm. 
 
 COPTIS. The root of C. trifolia, a ranun- 
 culaceous, indigenous plant. It is a simple, 
 bitter tonic, like quassia. Dose of the powder, 
 gr. x. to 3ss. 
 
 Co'pula. 1. A ligament. 2. Sexual inter- 
 course. — C. carnalis. Coition. 
 
 Copulation. Coition. 
 
 Copyo'pia. Weakness of sight. 
 
 Cor. {Cor, dis, neut.) The heart. 
 
 CO'RACO-BRACHIA'LIS. Coraco-brachi- 
 esus. A muscle, so called from its origin and 
 insertion. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from 
 the fore-part of the coracoid process of the scap- 
 ula, adhering, in its descent, to the short head 
 of the biceps; inserted, tendinous and fleshy, 
 about the middle of the internal part of the os 
 humeri, near the origin of the third head of the 
 triceps, called brachialus externus, where it 
 sends down a thin, tendinous expansion to the 
 internal condyle of the os humeri. Its use is to 
 raise the arm upward and forward. 
 
 Coraco-clavicular ligament. See Liga- j 
 ment. 
 
 188 
 
 COR 
 
 Coraco-hyoideus. See Omo-hyoideus. 
 CO'RACOID. (Coracoides ; from nopal;, a 
 crow, and eidoc, resemblance : shaped like the 
 beak of a crow.) Some processes of bones are 
 so named, from a fancied resemblance to the 
 beak of a crow ; as the coracoid process of the 
 scapula. 
 
 Coracoid process. See Scapula. 
 Coracoideus musculus. The Brachialis in- 
 ternus. 
 
 Coral. See Corallium. 
 CORALLPNA. {a, &,f.) A genus of ma- 
 rine productions, generally supposed to be polyp- 
 ifers. They consist of a calcareous articulated 
 stem, which adheres to rocks, shells, or other 
 bodies. — C. Corsicana. C. helminthocorton. 
 See Fucus helminthocorton. — C. officinalis. C. 
 alba. Coralline. Sea moss. White wormseed, 
 This was formerly administered to children as 
 an anthelmintic. — C. rubra. See Fucus helmin- 
 thocorton. 
 
 Coralline. See Corallina. 
 CORA'LLIUM. (um,i,n.) Coral. A gen- 
 eral name for those marine polypifers which 
 have a stony or horny axis; as Isis, Oculina i 
 Gorgonia, &c. — C. album. White coral. The 
 produce of the several species of Oculina : Ma- 
 drepora oculata of Linnaeus. The powder of 
 white coral has been administered as an absorb- 
 ent. — C. nigrum. Black coral. Gorgonia an- 
 tipathes — Antipathes of Linnaeus. This was 
 formerly used in epilepsy. — C. rubrum. Acmo. 
 Azur. Red coral. The red coral of commerce 
 is the hard, calcareous substance of the Isis 
 nobilis. When powdered, it is exhibited as an 
 absorbent earth to children, but is in no respect 
 preferable to common chalk. 
 
 Corallode'ndron. Erythrina coralloden- 
 dron. 
 
 Co'ralloid. Coralloides. Coral-like. 
 CO'RCHOROS. A genus of plants. Polyan- 
 dria. Monogynia. 'The. Cor chorus olitorius is 
 cultivated in Egypt as a pot-herb, and the C. 
 trilocularis in Barbary. 
 
 Co'rculum. The embryo of seeds. 
 CORD, UMBILICAL. 1. The cord formed 
 by the union of the umbilical vessels and integu- 
 ments, and connecting the foetus with the pla- 
 centa. 2. In Botany, the tissue which connects 
 the ovule with the carpel. 
 
 Corda. Cord. See Chorda. 
 Corda tympani. See Chorda tympani. 
 Cordje Willisii. See Chorda Willisii. 
 Corda'te. Heart-shaped; like the heart on 
 playing cards. 
 
 CO'RDIA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Cordiacea'. — C, 
 myxa. The Sebesten plant. The black fruit is 
 mucilaginous, and gently laxative; and is ex- 
 hibited in form of decoction in various diseases 
 of the chest, hoarseness, cough, difficult respi- 
 ration, &c. 
 
 CORDIAL. Cardiacus. A term originally 
 adjective, but, like most others expressive of 
 the properties of medicines, used also as a sub- 
 stantive. It is applied to warm and stimulating 
 medicines which raise the spirits, and were for- 
 merly supposed to strengthen the heart, whence 
 the name. 
 
COR 
 
 CO'RE. (e, es, f. Kopn.) 1. The pupil of 
 the eye. 2. The center, or nucleus. 
 
 Corecto'mia. (From Kopn, and eKrefivo, to 
 cut out. ) The operation of making an artificial 
 pupil by cutting out a portion of the iris. 
 
 Coredia'lysis. (From Kopn, and dtahvo, to 
 loosen.) The formation of an artificial pupil by 
 detaching the iris from the ciliary ligament. 
 
 Core'ma. A medicine for cleansing the skin. 
 -r-Paidus JEgineta. 
 
 Coremorpho'sis. (From Koprj, and fiopfyucig, 
 formation.) The operation of forming an arti- 
 ficial pupil. — Wagner. 
 
 Corenclei'sis. (From noprj, and eytcTietGir, 
 inclusion.) That operation for artificial pupil 
 in which a portion of the iris is drawn through 
 an incision in the cornea, and cut off". 
 
 Coreo'ncion. Coroncion. (From nopn, and 
 oyKtvov, a hook.) A hooked instrument used 
 in the operation of artificial pupil. 
 
 Coretomedia'lysis. (From Kopn, and ts/uvcj, 
 to cut, and diaXvu, to loosen.) The operation 
 for artificial pupil, by detaching the iris from 
 the ciliary ligament. 
 
 CORETO'MIA. Coretotomia. (From Kopn, 
 and te/ivo), to cut.) The operation for artificial 
 pupil. 
 
 Coria'ceous. (Coriaceus; from corium, 
 leather.) Leathery. 
 
 Coriander. Coriandrum sativum. 
 
 CORIAN'DRUM. {urn, i, n.) Coriander. 
 A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. 
 Umbelliferce. — C. sativum. The coriander 
 plant. It is a native of the south of Europe. 
 Every part of the plant, when fresh, has an of- 
 fensive odor ; but the 6eeds, when dried, have 
 a tolerably grateful smell, and their taste is 
 moderately warm and pun sent. They yield 
 their virtues entirely to rectified spirit, but only 
 partially to water. By distillation with water 
 they yield a small quantity of a yellowish es- 
 sential oil, which smells strongly, and pretty 
 agreeably, of the coriander. The seeds, oil, 
 and water are carminative, and used as adju- 
 vants in cathartic medicines. 
 
 Coriannon. Corianon. See Coriandrum. 
 
 Coria'ria myrtifo'lia. A poisonous French 
 plant used in tanning, and said to be used to 
 adulterate senna. 
 
 CO'RIS. (is, is, f.) 1. St. John's wort. 2. 
 A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
 — C. cretica. Hypericum saxatile. — C. lutea. 
 Hypericum coris. — C. monspeliensis. Heath 
 pine. Symphitum petrceum. This plant is in- 
 tensely bitter and nauseous, but apparently an 
 active medicine, and employed, it is said, with 
 success in syphilis. 
 
 CORIUM. Leather. The cutis vera. 
 
 Co'rium phlogi'sticum. The buffy coat of 
 the blood. 
 
 Cork. See Quercus suber. 
 
 Cormus. A solid, bulbous enlargement of 
 the lower part of the stem of liliacea?, aroidse, 
 and other plants. 
 
 Corn. Clavus. — C. poppy. Papaver rhoeas. 
 — C salad. Valeriana locusta. 
 
 CORNACE.E. The natural group to which 
 the dogwood trees belong. 
 
 Cornachi'nus pulvts. Earl of Warwick's 
 powder. The preparations known under this 
 
 COR 
 
 name consist of scammony, diaphoretic anti 
 mony, and cream of tartar, hi proportions vary 
 ing according to different receipts. 
 
 CO'RNEA. (a, a, f.) C.transparens. C.pel 
 lucida. ' The anterior transparent tunic of the 
 eye. See Eye. 
 
 Cornea opaca. The sclerotic. 
 
 Cornea, opaque. Caligo. 
 
 Cornea, sugar-loaf. Staphyloma. 
 
 Corneitis. Inflammation of the cornea. 
 
 Corneous. Horn-like. 
 
 Corni'cula. An old cupping instrument in 
 the shape of a horn, with an aperture at the 
 narrow end, through which the air is exhausted 
 by drawing with the mouth. 
 
 Cornicula'ris proce'ssus. Horn-shaped 
 process. The coracoid process of the scapula 
 has been so called. 
 
 Corniculate. Having horn-like processes. 
 
 Cornifo'rmis. Horn-shaped. 
 
 CO'RNINE. An alkaline substance said to 
 exist in the Cornus jlorida. It appears to re- 
 semble quinine in its properties. 
 
 CO'RNU. (n. ind.) 1. The horn of an ani- 
 mal. 2. A wart. 3. A corn. 4. The lateral 
 ventricles of the brain terminate in three angu- 
 lar cavities, which are called their cornna, or 
 horns. They are severally called coi-nu ante- 
 rius, cornu descendens, or inferior cornu, and 
 cornu postering. 
 
 Cornu ammonis. Cornu arielis. When the 
 pes hippocampi of the human brain is cut trans- 
 versely through, the cortical substance is so dis- 
 posed as to resemble a ram's horn. This is the 
 true cornu ammonis, though the name is often 
 applied to the pes hippocampi itself. 
 
 Cornu arietis. See Cornu ammonis. 
 
 Cornu cervi. Hartshorn. The horns of 
 several species of stag, as the Cervus alces, C. 
 dama, C. elepkas, and C. taranda, are used 
 medicinally. Boiled, they impart to the water 
 a nutritious jelly, which was formerly much in 
 esteem. The horns, when calcined, afford the 
 cornu ustum of the Pharmacopoeias. By distil- 
 lation they yield the liquor volatilis cornu cervi, 
 or spirit of hartshorn, now superseded by am- 
 monia. 
 
 Cornu cervi calcinatuh. See Cornu its- 
 turn. 
 
 Cornu monocero'tis. See Unicornu. 
 
 Cornu rupicaprjs. Chamois horn. 
 
 Cornu ustum. Cornu cervi calcinatum. 
 Buiii pieces of hartshorn in an open fire until 
 they become thoroughly white ; then powder, 
 and prepare them in the same manner as is 
 directed for chalk. Burned hartshorn has been 
 supposed to possess absoi'bent, antacid, and as- 
 tringent properties. It consists of phosphate of 
 lime, with minute proportions of carbonate of 
 lime and phosphate of magnesia ; it has evident 
 ly, therefore, no antacid or absorbent power, 
 and is probably altogether inert as a medicine. 
 
 CORNUA. The turbinated bones ; also, pro 
 cesses of the hyoid and other bones. 
 
 Cornua lachrymalia. The lachrymal ducts 
 
 Cornua sacralia. Two tubercles, some 
 times united, at the inferior and outer side of 
 the sacrum, by the side of which the last sacral 
 nerves pass out. 
 
 Cornua sfhenoida'lia. Ossicula Bertini. 
 189 
 
COR 
 
 COR 
 
 Cornua uteri. The angles of the uterus 
 where the Fallopian tubes arise. 
 
 CO'RNUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of shrubs. 
 Tetrandria. Mono gynia. Cornacece. — C. circi- 
 nata, C.florida, and C. sericea. These indige- 
 nous species of dogwood are admitted into the 
 Pharmacopoeia. The bark is bitter, astringent, 
 and aromatic, and by some supposed to resemble 
 cinchona bark. The dose is 9j . to 3J . in powder 
 or decoction. — C. mascula. A European tree, 
 the fruit of which is of the size and form of an 
 olive, and is edible. The bark is said to be 
 febrifuge. — C. sanguinea. The cornel. The 
 fruit is moderately cooling and astringent. It 
 yields an oil useful for burning. 
 
 Cornu'tus. Cornute. Horn-shaped. 
 
 COROA. Coruova. Cornova. The name 
 of a bark introduced into Europe from the East 
 Indies. The tree which affords it is not yet 
 known. It is said to be a powerful bitter and 
 febrifuge. Trommsdorff has found in it a pe- 
 culiar soft resin and an aromatic bitter princi- 
 ple. 
 
 CORO'LLA. (a, ce, f. ; from coronula, a lit- 
 tle crown.) That part of a flower which is 
 within the calyx, and immediately surrounds 
 the organs of fructification. Its divisions are 
 called petals. 
 
 Corollary. A consequence resulting from 
 a proposition already demonstrated. 
 
 Coro'llula. The partial floret of a capitu- 
 lum. 
 
 CORO'NA. (a, m, f.) A crown. A term 
 used in anatomy and botany to designate cer- 
 tain objects supposed to resemble a crown. 
 
 Corona cilia'ris. The ciliary ligament. 
 
 Co] 
 penis 
 
 Corona imperialis. Fritillaria imperialis. 
 
 Corona regia. Trifolium melilotus offici- 
 nalis. 
 
 Corona terr^e. Glechoma hederacea. 
 
 Corona, tubulorum. A circle of minute 
 tubes surrounding each of Peyer's glands. They 
 are the excretory mouths of glands. 
 
 Corona veneris. An eruption of venereal 
 blotches or pustules on the forehead. 
 
 Co'ronal suture. Sutura coronalis. The 
 suture of the head that extends from one tem- 
 
 Ele across to the other, uniting the two parietal 
 ones with the frontal. 
 
 CO'RONARY. Coronarius. (From corona, 
 a crown. ) This term is applied in anatomy to 
 several parts because they surround others, or 
 for some less obvious reason. 
 
 Coronary arteries of the heart. Two 
 arteries which supply the substance of the heart 
 with blood. See Heart. 
 
 Coronary artery of the stomach. Arte- 
 ria coronaria ventriculi. A branch of the cce- 
 liac. It supplies the lesser curvature of the 
 stomach. The veins of the stomach are called 
 coronary veins. 
 
 Coronary ligament of the liver. See 
 Liver. 
 
 Coronary ligament of the radius. The 
 ligament which surrounds the neck of the ra- 
 dius, and connects it with the ulna. It is called, 
 also, the annular and the orbicular ligament. 
 
 Corona'tus. Coronate: applied to a petal 
 190 
 
 which has little crown-like eminences, as in 
 Nerium oleander. 
 
 Coro'ne. The coronoid process of the lower 
 jaw-bone. 
 
 Coroneion. Coreoneion. 
 
 Coronet bone. The second of the consoli- 
 dated phalanges of the horse's foot. 
 
 CO'RONOID. (Coronoides, Coronoideus ; 
 from Kopuvn, a crow, and stdog, likeness.) Pro- 
 cesses of bones are so called that have any re- 
 semblance to a crow's beak ; as the coronoid 
 process of the ulna, jaw, &c. 
 
 CORPORA ALBICANTIA. C. candicantia. 
 Two white eminences at the base of the brain ; 
 called, also, corpora albicantia Willisii. See 
 Encephalos. 
 
 Corpora arantii. See Corpora sesamoidea. 
 
 Corpora bigemina. See Corpora quadri- 
 gemina. 
 
 Corpora cavernosa penis. See Penis. 
 
 Corpora geniculata. Two small eminen- 
 ces at the lower and outer part of the optic 
 thalami. See Encephalos. 
 
 Corpora Malpighiana. Acini of Malpighi. 
 See Kidney. 
 
 Corpora olivaria. Two prominences of 
 the medulla oblongata; so named from their 
 being shaped somewhat like an olive. See 
 Encephalos. 
 
 Corpora ovata. See Corpora olivaria. 
 
 Corpora pyramidalia. Two eminences of 
 the medulla oblongata; so called from theii 
 pyramidal shape. See Encephalos. 
 
 Corpora quadrigemina. See Tubercula 
 quadri gemina. 
 
 Corpora restiformia. Two eminences sit- 
 uated one on each side of the upper part of the 
 medulla oblongata. See Encephalos. 
 
 Corpora sesamoidea. Corpuscula arantii. 
 Corpuscula Morgagni. The small, hard gran- 
 ules on the loose edge of the semilunar valves 
 of the aorta and pulmonary artery. See Heart. 
 
 Corpora striata. See Encephalos. 
 
 Corpora'tio. Incorporation. 
 
 Corpulency. Corptdentia. See Polysarcia. 
 
 CORPUS, {us, oris, n.) 1. A body; matter 
 of whatever kind. 2. In Pharmacy, the basis 
 of a formula was formerly called corpus ; thus, 
 oil of nutmeg was called corpus pro balsamo, 
 because it was used as the basis of factitious 
 balsams. • 
 
 Corpus annulare. See Pons varolii. 
 
 Corpus callo'sum. Commissura magna ce- 
 rebri. Great commissure of the brain. The 
 white medullaiy part joining the two hemi- 
 spheres of the brain, and coming into view un- 
 der the falx of the dura mater when the hemi- 
 spheres are drawn from each other. 
 
 Corpus cavernosum clitoridis. See Cli- 
 toris. 
 
 Corpus cavernosum penis. See Penis. 
 
 Corpus cavernosum vagina. The erectile? 
 spongy tissue of the vagina. 
 
 Corpus cinereum. See Corpus dentatum. 
 
 Corpus denta'tum. C. cinereum. C. rhom- 
 boideum. A portion of cineritious matter ob» 
 served in the cerebellum. See Encephalos. 
 
 Corpus fimbria'tum. The flattened termi- 
 nation of the posterior crus of the fornix of the 
 brain. See Encephalos. 
 
COR 
 
 Corpus glandulosum. The prostate gland. 
 
 Corpus glandulosum mulierum. A vascu- 
 lar eminence surrounding the orifice of the fe- 
 male urethra. 
 
 Corpus Highmorianum. See Testis. 
 
 Corpus luteum. A yellow spot found in 
 that part of the ovarium of females from whence 
 an ovum has proceeded : hence their presence 
 was supposed to determine that the female had 
 been impregnated. The number of the corpo- 
 ra lutea corresponds with the number of ova 
 removed. It is, however, asserted by modern 
 writers that corpora lutea have been detected 
 in young virgins, where no impregnations could 
 possibly have taken place. 
 
 Corpus mucosum. See Cutis. 
 
 Corpus nerveo-spongiosum. The cavernous 
 Bubstance of the penis. 
 
 Corpus nervosum. The cavernous substance 
 of the clitoris. 
 
 Corpus Okense. See Corpus Wolffianum. 
 
 Corpus pampiniforme. (Pampiniforme ; 
 from pampinus, the tendril of a vine.) The 
 plexus formed by the spermatic veins around 
 the spermatic artery. 
 
 Corpus papilla're. The nervous and vas- 
 cular papillae of the rete mucosum have been 
 so called. 
 
 Corpus psalloides. See Lyra. 
 
 Corpus ptramida'le. 1. An eminence on 
 each side of the medulla oblongata. See Cor- 
 pora pyramidalia. 2. The plexus formed by 
 the spermatic veins, usually called corpus pam- 
 piniforme. 
 
 Corpus reticulare. C. reticular e Malpighi. 
 See Rete mucosum. 
 
 Corpus rhomboideum. See Corpus dentatum. 
 
 Corpus spongiosum urethra. Substantia 
 spongiosa urethra. Corpus spongiosum penis. 
 The spongy structure around the urethra. It 
 commences before the prostate gland, surrounds 
 the urethra, and forms the bulb; then proceeds 
 to the end of the corpora cavernosa, and termi- 
 nates in the glans penis, which it forms. 
 
 Corpus striatum. See Encephalos. 
 
 Corpus varicosum. The spermatic plexus 
 of vessels. 
 
 Corpus Wolffianum. Two bodies situated 
 in the region of the kidneys in the young foetus. 
 They disappear about the tenth week, and are 
 Succeeded by the rudimentary kidneys. 
 
 CORPU'SCLE. Corpusculum. A very mi- 
 nute body ; an atom. 
 
 Corpuscula arantii. See Corpora sesamoi- 
 dea. 
 
 Corpuscular action. Molecular action. 
 
 CORRIGENT. Corrigens. Correctorius. 
 Any substance in a medical formula or prescrip- 
 tion which is .intended to modify or render 
 milder the action of another. 
 • Corri'gia. (Leather thongs.) The tendons 
 of the muscles have been so called. 
 
 CORRO'BORANT. (Corroborans; from cor- 
 roboro, to fortify or strengthen.) Possessed of 
 the power of strengthening. See Tonic. 
 
 Corroborantia. Tonics. 
 
 CORROSIVE. That con-odes or destroys. 
 
 Corrosive sublimate. Corrosive chloride 
 of mercury ; the bichloride. See Hydrargyri 
 chloridum corrosivum. 
 
 COR 
 
 CORRUGA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from corru- 
 go, to wrinkle.) A muscle, the office of which 
 is to wrinkle or corrugate the part it acts on. 
 
 Corrugator supercilii. C. coiterii. A 
 small muscle situated on each side of the fore- 
 head. Musculus supercilii of Winslow. Mus- 
 culus frontalis verus of Douglas. Its use is to 
 knit the brows. 
 
 Corset de Brasdor. A bandage used by 
 Brasdor in fracture of the clavicle. 
 
 Corsican moss. Fucus helminthocorton. 
 
 CORTEX, (ex, ids, m. or f.) 1. The bark 
 or common integument of plants. 2. The Pe- 
 ruvian bark. 
 
 Cortex angeling. Andira inermis. 
 
 Cortex angustur^:. See Cusparia. 
 
 Cortex antiscorbuticus. C. aromaticus. 
 See Wintera aromatica. 
 
 Cortex bela-aye. See Nerium antidyscn- 
 tericum. 
 
 Cortex canell.3S malabarice. See Cinna- 
 momum. 
 
 Cortex cardinalis de Lugo. Chichona. 
 
 Cortex caryophylloides. Cinnamomum 
 culilawan. 
 
 Cortex cerebri. The cortical substance of 
 the brain. See Encephalos. 
 
 Cortex chin.e regius. C. chinchince. See 
 Cinchona. 
 
 Cortex elutheri^;. See Croton. 
 
 Cortex jamaicensis. See Achras. 
 
 Cortex la'vola. The bark bearing this 
 name is supposed to be the produce of the tree 
 which affords the Anisum stellatum. See Bli- 
 cium anisatum. 
 
 Cortex magellanicus. See Wintera. 
 
 Cortex massoy. Massoy bark. The prod- 
 uce of an unknown tree of New Guinea, where 
 it is beaten into a pultaceous mass with water, 
 and rubbed upon the abdomen to allay pain of 
 the bowels. It has the smell and flavor of cin- 
 namon. 
 
 Cortex ovi. The decidua reflexa. 
 
 Cortex patrum. See Cinchona. 
 
 Cortex peruvianus. See Cinchona. 
 
 Cortex poggereb^. A bark from South 
 America; said to be serviceable in diarrhceas 
 and dysenteries. The tree which produces it 
 is unknown. 
 
 Cortex quassle. See Quassia amara. 
 
 Cortex winteranus. See Wintera aro- 
 matica. 
 
 CO'RTICAL. Corticalis. Appertaining to 
 or resembling bark. In Anatomy, the external 
 portion of the brain and kidney are denomina- 
 ted the cortical substance. See Encephalos and 
 Kidney. 
 
 Corticin. A doubtful substance in the Salix 
 alba bark, of a resinous character. 
 
 Cortico'sus. Like bark or rind. 
 
 CORTU'SA. 1. Sanicula europea. 2. A ge- 
 nus of plants. Class, Pentandria; order, Mo- 
 nogynia. The C. mathioli has been thought 
 useful in rheumatism. 
 
 CORU. A tree mentioned by Dalechamps as 
 growing in China, Japan, Malacca, and Bengal. 
 The bark of its root yields a milky juice used 
 against diarrhoea and dysentery. The bark of 
 the stem is employed with the same intention. 
 This tree has been thought to be the Tabernce- 
 
 191 
 
COS 
 
 montana citrifolia, or the Nerium antidysenter- 
 icum. 
 
 Corundum. A crystalline or massive mineral 
 of great hardness. It is nearly pure alumina. 
 Emery is a species. 
 
 CORY'DALINE. Corydalea. An alkaline 
 substance found by Wackenroder in the Cordy- 
 alis bulbosa and Fumaria. 
 
 Corydalus bulbosus. See Fumaria. 
 
 CO'RYLUS. («s, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Monacia. Polyandria. — C. avella'na. The 
 hazel-nut tree. The nuts are hard of digestion, 
 and often pass the bowels very little altered; 
 they are, however, nutritious. 
 
 CO'RYMBTFER^E. (Latin, corymbus, and 
 fero, I bear.) One of the divisions of Compos- 
 ites. It comprehends those plants which, like 
 the chrysanthemum and the aster, have the ca- 
 pitnla furnished with a ray; and those others 
 which, like artemisia, although destitute of a 
 ray, are similar to such plants in the majority 
 of their characters. 
 
 Cory'mbus. A corymb. An inflorescence 
 formed by many flowers, the partial flower- 
 stalks of which are gradually longer, as they 
 stand lower on the common stalk, so that all 
 the flowers are nearly on a level. 
 
 CO'RYPHA. A genus of palms. — C. rotun- 
 difolia yields a kind of sago. — C. umbraculi'fe- 
 ra. The Talipot palm of Ceylon and Malabar, 
 celebrated for the immense size of its leaves. 
 The pith of the young plant is used as bread. 
 
 Co'ryphe. KopvQn. 1. The vertex of the 
 head. 2. The extremities of the fingers. 3. 
 The apex of the heart. 
 
 CORY'ZA. (a, ce, f. Kopvfc; from napa, 
 the head, and £ew, to boil.) A catarrh, or cold 
 in the head. 
 
 Coryza maligna. C. virulenta. See Ozcena. 
 
 COSMETIC. (Cosmeticus; from Koo/ueo, to 
 adorn.) An external medicine used to beauti- 
 fy the skin. 
 
 Cosmogany. The history of the origin of the 
 world and universe. 
 
 po'sMos. A regular series. Hippocrates ap- 
 plies it to the order and series of critical days. 
 
 CO'SSIS. A little tubercle on the face, like 
 the head of a worm, arising from the enlarge- 
 ment, &c, of a sebaceous follicle. 
 
 CO'STA. (a, ce, f.) 1. In Anatomy, the rib 
 of an animal. The ribs are the long, curved 
 bones which are placed in an oblique direction 
 at the sides of the chest. Their number is gen- 
 erally twelve on each side. The seven upper 
 ribs, which are articulated to the sternum, are 
 called true ribs ; and the five lower ones, which 
 are not immediately attached to that bone, are 
 called false ribs. At the posterior extremity of 
 each rib is a small head, having two articulating 
 surfaces, which are received into two cavities 
 contiguous to each other, and formed in the 
 upper and lower part of each dorsal vertebra. 
 This articulation is a species of ginglymus, and 
 allows only of motion upward and downward. 
 The head of each rib is supported by a short 
 neck, and immediately beyond this we find a 
 flattened tubercle, affording an oblong and 
 slightly convex surface, which is articulated 
 with the transverse process of the lowest of the 
 two dorsal vertebrae, with which its head is ar- 
 192 
 
 COT 
 
 ticulated. At some little distance from this 
 tuberosity the rib makes a considerable curve, 
 which is usually called its angle. To the ante- 
 rior extremity is fixed a long, broad, and strong 
 cartilage, which, in each of the true ribs, reaches 
 to the sternum, where its articulation is secured 
 by a capsular ligament, and by other ligament- 
 ous fibres. The cartilages of the sixth and 
 seventh ribs being longer than the rest, are ex- 
 tended upward, in order to reach the sternum, 
 the inferior portion of which is about on a level 
 with the fifth rib. The cartilages of these two 
 ribs are usually united into one, so as to leave 
 no space between them. The false ribs are 
 supported in a different manner: their carti- 
 lages tenninate in an acute point before they 
 reach the sternum, the eighth rib being attach- 
 ed by its cartilage to the lower edge of the car- 
 tilage of the seventh, or last of the true ribs ; 
 the ninth in the same manner to the eighth; and 
 the tenth to the ninth; the cartilages of each 
 rib being shorter than that of the rib above it. 
 The eleventh and twelfth are not fixed at their 
 anterior extremities like the other ribs, but hang 
 loose, and are supported only by their ligament 
 ous fibres, and by muscles and other soft parts. 
 
 The external surface of each rib is somewhat 
 convex, and its internal surface slightly concave. 
 On the inferior and interior surface of these 
 bones we observe a long fossa, for the lodgment 
 of the intercostal vessels and nerves. The 
 spaces between the ribs are termed intercostal 
 spaces. 
 
 The true ribs increase in size from above, or 
 from the first to the seventh, and together form, 
 with the sternum and dorsal vertebras, a sort 
 of basket, for the protection of the lungs, heart, 
 &c. 
 
 2. In Botany, the thick, nerve-like cords of 
 a leaf, which proceed from the base to the apex, 
 are called ribs. See Leaf. 
 
 Costa herb a. . C. pulmonaria. See Hypo- 
 chceris. 
 
 COSTAL. {Costalis; from costa, a rib.) Be- 
 longing to a rib: applied to muscles, arteries, 
 nerves, &c. 
 
 Costa'tus. Ribbed. 
 
 COSTIVENESS. See Constipation.^ 
 
 COSTO-. A prefix (from costa, a rib): ap- 
 plied to ligaments, muscles, &c, connected 
 with the ribs ; as, Costo-clavicular ligament. See 
 Ligament. — Costo-sternal articulation. Costo- 
 trachelianus. The scaleni muscles. 
 
 Costo-hyoideus. The omo-hyoideus. 
 
 CO'STUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Monandria. Monogynia. — C. arabicus. The 
 sweet and bitter costus. C. indicus ; amarus ; 
 dulcis; orientalis. The root of this tree pos- 
 sesses bitter and aromatic virtues, and is con- 
 sidered as a good stomachic. It is also said to 
 be diaphoretic, diuretic, and emmenagogue.-*- 
 C. corticosus. Wintera aromatica. — C. horto- 
 mm minor. Achillsea ageratum. — C. nigra. 
 The artichoke. 
 
 Cotarnine. A product of the decomposition 
 of narcotine. It is a yellow, crystalline body; 
 soluble, bitter, and alkaline, and forms crystal- 
 lizable double salts with the chlorides of mer- 
 cury and platinum. Formula, C25H13NO6. 
 
 Cotton. Gossypium herbaceum. 
 
cou 
 
 cou 
 
 Cotton-weed. See F'dago. 
 
 Co'tula. C.fostida. See Antkemis colula. 
 
 Co'tule. The acetabulum. 
 
 COTD'NNIUS, LIQUOR OF. CotuMli'l liquor. 
 
 The aqua labvrinthi of the internal ear. 
 
 COTYLE'DON. 1. A seed-lobe, or cotyle- 
 don. The cotyledons are the two halves of a 
 seed, which, when germinating, become two 
 pulpy leaves, called the seminal leaves. 2. The 
 acetabulum. 
 
 Cotyledone.^. Flowering plants, or the 
 phonerogamia. — Jussieu. 
 
 Cotyledons. In Comparative Anatomy, the 
 vascular, cup-like processes of the chorion, 
 which serve as a placenta. 
 
 Cotyloid cavity. The acetabulum. 
 
 COUCHING. A surgical operation, which 
 consists in removing the opaque lens out of the 
 axis of vision, by means of a needle constructed 
 for the purpose. This is done by depressing 
 the lens below the axis, and allowing it to be- 
 come absorbed. 
 
 COUGH. A sonorous and violent expulsion 
 of an from the chest is well known to occur as 
 a symptom in pleurisy, pneumonitis, quinsy, 
 asthma, catarrh, phthisis, hysteria, &c. ; on 
 which account some nosologists have omitted 
 cough as an idiopathic disease. Cough is doubt- 
 less most frequently a symptom of some other 
 complaint ; but it is at times as truly idiopathic 
 as any other disease, and ought to be treated as 
 euch. Generally speaking, idiopathic cough is 
 not dangerous in itself, or while running its 
 regular course ; but it has often proved highly 
 dangerous in its results, by superinducing in- 
 flammation of some organ, an haemoptysis, or 
 phthisis. A cough is in some cases attended 
 by expectoration, and sometimes it exists with- 
 out any: hence the distinction of cough into 
 moist or mucous, and dry cough. 
 
 The mucous cough has been named anapty- 
 sis, anacalkarsis, hex humiJa, and tus'sis humida. 
 The expectoration is chiefly mucous, and is ex- 
 creted very freely. It is common and of long 
 continuance in aged and debilitated persons. 
 
 The dry cough is mostly unattended by any 
 expectoration, and often returns periodically. 
 It is observed in highly irritable, nervous, and 
 hysterical constitutions, and is obviously nervous. 
 
 With respect to the treatment of cough, that 
 which is produced by cold requires diaphoret- 
 ics, demulcents, and expectorants ; and laxa- 
 tives, with small doses of henbane to allay the 
 bronchial irritation, and a diet properly regula- 
 ted according to circumstances. Where the 
 symptoms assume an inflammatory character, 
 the treatment recommended in acute bronchitis 
 becomes applicable. Where the cough has be- 
 come more habitual, and attends old age, the 
 more stimulating expectorants are useful, as 
 ammoniacum, benzoin, styrax ; and where the 
 expectoration is considerable and the tempera- 
 ment phlegmatic, stimulating inhalations, as of 
 tar vapor, are useful. The nervous cough re- 
 quires antispasmodics. 
 
 Cough," bronchial. See Cough, tubal. 
 
 Cough, cavernous. The resonance of the 
 cough, heard when the stethescope is applied 
 over an excavation in the lungs, is termed the 
 cavernous cough. 
 N 
 
 Cough, hooping. Pertussis. 
 
 Cough, tubal. When the lungs are hepa 
 tized, the cough, as heard through the stethe- 
 scope, applied over the trachea, root of the 
 bronchi, and even over the subdivisions of the 
 bronchi no larger than a goose-quill, gives, be- 
 sides its natural shock, a sensation as of air 
 passing through a tube. This is called tubal, or 
 bronchial cough. 
 
 Coumarin. The concrete, volatile oil of the 
 Tonka bean. 
 
 COUNTER-EXTENSION. Contra exten- 
 sion. The drawing a dislocated limb in a di- 
 rection contrary to that hi which it is pulled by 
 the muscles. The upper part of the limb of 
 the patient must be first fixed in a suitable 
 manner. 
 
 Counter-indication. See Contra-indication. 
 
 COUNTER - IRRITATION. Contra-irrita- 
 tion. The establishment of an irritation in 
 some part other than the seat of disease, for the 
 purpose of producing a derivation of blood, &c, 
 and translating the morbid action to a less im- 
 portant organ. Counter-irritation is usually es- 
 tablished on the skin or mucous membrane of 
 the intestines ; in the latter case by purgatives. 
 The most important counter-irritants applied 
 to the skin are blisters, stimulating liniments, 
 mustard plasters, red pepper, savine, caustic, 
 issues, setons, stimulating and hot lotions. 
 
 Counter-opening. See Contra-apertura. 
 
 Coup de maitre. The introduction of the 
 catheter or sound into the urethra, with the 
 convexity toward the abdomen, and subse- 
 quently turning it half round, to enter the blad- 
 der. 
 
 COUP DE SANG. 1. Blood-stroke. A sud- 
 den congestion of an organ without hemor- 
 rhage. It may come on almost without warn- 
 ing, and attacks the brain, lungs, and other 
 organs. 2. It is also used to designate the loss 
 of sensation and motion, produced by a con- 
 gestion or by hemorrhage in an important or- 
 gan, as the brain, lungs, &c. 
 
 COUP DE SOLEIL. Sun-stroke. A tenn 
 used to signify any malady produced by exposure 
 to the sun's rays, as erysipelas, apoplexy, phre- 
 nitis, &c. ; it is generally restricted, however, 
 to that form of phrenitis not uncommon in hot 
 climates, which arises from exposing the head 
 uncovered to the full heat of the sun. or long- 
 continued exertion in the sun. The attack of a 
 sun-stroke commences with coma and loss of 
 sensation, the brain fever being due to reac- 
 tion. 
 
 Courap. The vernacular name in India for 
 cutaneous diseases attended with itching, as 
 porrigo, scabies, &c. Also, Scabies Indica. 
 
 Cou'rbaril. Hymensea courbaril. 
 
 Couro'ndi. An evergreen tree of India, said 
 to be antidysenteric. 
 
 Courou moelli.- A shrub of India, said to 
 be antivenomous. It is the Flacurtia sepiaria 
 of Roxburgh. 
 
 Courrone des tasses. A circle of cups. A 
 form of the galvanic battery, consisting of a 
 number of cups, saucers, or small pots, each of 
 which contains a pair : the pairs are connected 
 by wires. 
 
 Courses. The menses. 
 
 193 
 
cow 
 
 CE A 
 
 Court plaster. Emplastrum adhaesivum 
 Anglicum. 
 
 Coutoubea alba. A plant of Guiana, which 
 is very bitter, and said to be anthelmintic and 
 emmenagogue. 
 
 Couvre-chef. The French name of a band- 
 age for the head. See Cuculhis. 
 
 Covolam. Cratreva marmelos. 
 
 Cowbane. Cicuta virosa. 
 
 Cowdie gum. Coiodie pine resin. The res- 
 inous juice, obtained by incisions, of the Dam- 
 mara australis, a coniferous tree of New Zea- 
 land. It is also found fossil, and is largely used 
 in the United States as an ingredient of copal 
 varnishes. 
 
 Cowhage. Cow-itch. See Dolichos pruriens. 
 
 COWPEK'S GLANDS. {GlandulceCowperi; 
 named from Cowper, who first described them.) 
 Two small muciparous glands, each about the 
 size of a pea, situated at the sides of the mem- 
 branous part of the urethra in the male, before 
 the prostate gland. See Urethra. 
 
 Cowper's glands in the female. Two 
 small glands situated beneath the skin at the 
 posterior part of the labia and entrance of the 
 vagina. They secrete a whitish sebaceous fluid. 
 
 COW-POX. Vaccina. Vacciola. Kine- 
 pox. A pustular disease of cows' teats. It 
 consists of vesicles of a blue color, and nearly 
 livid. They are elevated at the margin and 
 depressed at the top, and contain a limpid fluid. 
 There is usually some fever, which may be 
 very severe. We owe to Dr. Jenner the fact 
 that the introduction of the fluid of these pus- 
 tules under the skin of the human subject pro- 
 duces a slight disease of a similar nature, and 
 which is a preventative against small-pox. 
 This is the process now so generally practiced 
 under the name of vaccination ; but hitherto it 
 has been found that the pustules produced on 
 the human subject yields a lymph, having the 
 same virtue as that from the cow, and the ani- 
 mal is not, therefore, resorted to. The fluid 
 from grease on a horse's heel has a similar 
 property, and persons inoculated therewith 
 are said to be equinated. Vaccination, in many 
 cases, produces a complete immunity from the 
 small-pox for life ; but it is safer to be revacci- 
 nated about puberty, and, perhaps, at times 
 when there is epidemical small-pox, as many 
 cases are on record where severe disease has 
 occurred after twenty or more years, although 
 it is usually much modified, constituting vario- 
 loid. The preservative action is very apparent, 
 from the fact that inoculation will not produce 
 pustules. Vaccination is usually practiced on 
 the upper part of the arm, a lancet charged 
 with lymph being thrust below the skin ha sev- 
 eral points. On the fifth day vesicles appear, 
 which mature on the ninth or tenth; diy up, 
 and fall off about the twentieth. There is 
 sometimes a little fever and headache during 
 this time, but no pustules except on the arm. 
 The lymph should be taken from the pustules 
 from the sixth to the eighth day for vaccinating 
 others. If it is to be used at once, the lancet 
 is the best body to take it up with ; but if it be 
 put by for future use or transportation, ivory 
 points, quills, two pieces of glass, or a piece of 
 thread dipped in the broken pustule, are suita- 
 194 
 
 ble receptacles. Heat should be avoided, as it 
 destroys the virus. 
 
 Cow parsnip. Heracleum. 
 
 Cowrap. Impetigo. 
 
 Cowslip. Primula veris. 
 
 CO'XA. (a, ce, f.) The hip, haunch, or hip 
 joint ; also the ischium and the os coccygis. 
 
 COXiELUVIUM. (From coxa, and lavo, to 
 wash.) A hip bath. A large basin capable of 
 holding sufficient fluid to allow a person to sit 
 in it, and be immersed up to the navel. 
 
 Cox^e oss a. The ossa innominata. 
 
 Cox agra. A painful neuralgic affection of 
 the thigh. Coxalgia. 
 
 COXA'LGIA. (a, ce, f. ; from coxa, and ok 
 yoc, pain.) A term applied to pain in the hip, 
 whether from rheumatism or any other cause. 
 
 Coxarius morbus. Coxarum. Hip disease. 
 
 Coxe'ndix. The same as coxa. 
 
 COXO-FEMORAL ARTICULATION. The hip joint 
 
 Cr. Chromium. 
 
 Crab. See Cancer. 
 
 Crablouse. See Pediculus. 
 
 Crab-yaws. A name in Jamaica for a kind 
 of ulcer on the soles of the feet, with callous 
 lips, so hard that it is difficult to cut them. See 
 Framk&sia. 
 
 CRADLE. An apparatus used by surgeons 
 to protect diseased parts from contact with the 
 bed-clothes, &c. It consists of a light semi- 
 cylindrical or hooped case of wood, beneath 
 which the limb reposes. 
 
 CRA'MBE. A genus of plants. Tetr ady- 
 namia. Siliculosa. Cruciferce. — C . maritima. 
 The sea-kale. It is cultivated for the table, 
 and has a delicate flavor when blanched. 
 
 Crame'ria. See Krameria. 
 
 CRAMP. See Spasm. 
 
 Cranberry. Vaccinium oxycoccus. 
 
 Cranesbill. See Geranium. 
 
 Crangon. See Cancer crangon. 
 
 Craniology. See Phrenology. 
 
 Cranio'scopy. (From Kpaviov, the skull, 
 and cuoTieo, to explore.) The inspection or 
 examination of skulls. See Phrenology. 
 
 CRA'NIUM. (um, ii, n. Kpavtov ; from 
 Kapa, the head.) The skull, or superior part of 
 the head. The cranium is composed of eight 
 bones, six of which are called proper to the 
 cranium, and two common to the cranium and 
 face. The six proper to the cranium are the 
 os frontis, the two ossa parietalia, the two ossa 
 temporum, and the os occipitis : the two com 
 mon to the cranium and face are the os ethmoi- 
 des and the os sphenoides. 
 
 Cranium humanum. The human skull; for- 
 merly considered alexipharmic and antiepilep- 
 tic. 
 
 Cranium, perforation of. A desperate re- 
 source of the accoucheur in those cases where, 
 from deformity of the pelvis, the head can not 
 pass through it, even with the assistance of 
 forceps, and where, the child being dead, the 
 Caesarian section can not be employed. It is 
 done with Smellie's perforator, cautiously in- 
 troduced during an interval from pain. The 
 point of the instrument is directed so as to en- 
 ter a fontanelle or suture, and, being intro- 
 duced, the handles are opened, and the instru- 
 | ment rotated so as to break up the brain. 
 
CRE 
 
 C RE 
 
 Cra'pula. A surfeit. The oppressed state 
 of the stomach and head arising from excess in 
 eating or drinking. 
 
 Cra'sis. Mixture. Applied to the humors 
 of the body, when there is such an admixture 
 of their principles as to constitute a healthy 
 state : hence in dropsies, scurvy, &c, the era- 
 sis, or healthy mixture of the principles of the 
 blood, is said to be destroyed. 
 
 Crassame'ntum. The clot of blood. 
 
 CRA'SSULA. 1. Sedum telephium. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Pcntandria. Pentagynia. 
 Crassulacece. 
 
 CRASSULA'CE^. A natural order of her- 
 baceous or shrubby exogens, growing in hot, 
 dry, and exposed situations; remarkable for 
 the succulent nature of their stems and leaves. 
 They have an affinity with Penihorum and with 
 Ulecebracece, through. Tillcea; and possess re- 
 frigerant, abstergent properties, mixed, at times, 
 with a good deal of acridity. 
 
 Crassus pulsus. A strong and full pulse. 
 
 CRATiE'GUS. (um,i,i.) A genus of plants. 
 Icosandria. Digynia. Rosacea. The haw- 
 thorn, C oxyacaniha, and wild service-tree, C. 
 terminalis, belong to this genus. — C. aria is the 
 white beam-tree. 
 
 CRATiE'VA. A genus of plants. Polyan- 
 dria. Monogynia. The fruit of nearly all the 
 species has a peculiar alliaceous odor, whence 
 they have been called garlic fears. The C. 
 religiosa is the Pura-au of Tahiti. Its leaves 
 are aromatic and stimulant. The bark of the 
 C. tafia is a bitter tonic, and is esteemed by 
 the Indian practitioners as a febrifuge. — C. 
 tnarmelos, Covolam, yields a tonic bark. 
 
 Cra.w-fish. Cancer fluviatilis. 
 
 Crea. Ocrea. The anterior part of the leg. 
 
 Cream. See Milk. 
 
 Cream of tartar. See Potasses bitartras. 
 
 CRE'ASOTE. Creasoton. Creazotum. (U. 
 S.) (From upeac, flesh, and cco^u, to preserve.) 
 An oily, colorless, highly-refractive liquid, of a 
 penetrating odor, resembling that of smoke, or 
 smoked meat, and of a burning and exceeding- 
 ly caustic taste. Specific gravity, 1-037, at 68° 
 F. It boils at 203° Centigrade, and is not con- 
 gealed by a cold of — 16° F. It burns with a 
 strongly fuliginous flame. With water at 20°, 
 it forms two combinations, one a solution of 1 
 part in 80, and the other of 10 parts in 100. It 
 is readily decomposed by nitric and sulphuric 
 acids and alkalies. Alcohol, ether, sulphuret 
 of carbon, acetic ether, acetic acid, and naph- 
 tha, combine with it in airy proportion. It de- 
 composes or dissolves resins, resinous coloring 
 matters, and other similar substances. It coag- 
 ulates albumen, and is a powerful antiseptic ; 
 indeed, smoke, tar, and similar bodies seem to 
 depend upon this agent for their antiseptic 
 properties. In these and other properties, cre- 
 asote resembles carbolic acid. 
 
 Creasote is prepared from wood-tar by a very 
 tedious process. It is an active poison, produ- 
 cing death in doses of 31J. or more, very much 
 in the same way as prussic acid, but with ac- 
 companying symptoms of irritation : thus it 
 stops the heart's action, produces coma, hurried 
 respiration, and convulsions. There is no as- 
 certained antidote: mucilaginous drinks, solu- 
 
 tion of chloi*ine, and blood-letting are spoken 
 of. If the collapse be severe, ammoniacal 
 stimulants will be necessary. 
 
 Medical Uses. — It has been found useful in 
 the vomiting of pregnancy, irritable stomach. 
 &c, but is to be employed cautiously, from its 
 known tendency to irritate the mucous mem- 
 brane of the stomach and bowels. Gastrodynia, 
 neui-algias, hysteria, and phthisis have been oc- 
 casionally benefited by it. The dose internally 
 is gtt. j. to gtt. iijj., in solution or mixture. Ex- 
 ternally it is caustic, and has been applied to 
 sloughing sores, in the same way as nitrate of 
 silver. A little applied to the hollow of a ca- 
 rious tooth is very efficacious in toothache. 
 The ointment, or a weak solution, is of consid- 
 erable service in lepra, porrigo, impetigo, and 
 obstinate skin diseases. The watery solution 
 {creasote toater), containing 1 part in 80 of cre- 
 asote, is a valuable styptic, and may be used in 
 uterine hemorrhage, and taken internally in 
 haematemesis, haemoptysis, &c. The vapor has 
 been used also in chronic bronchitis. 
 
 Creeping sickness. Ergotism. 
 
 CREMA'STER. (er, eris, m. ; from Kpep.au, 
 to suspend.) Muscnlus testis. Musculus scroti. 
 A muscle of the testicle, by which it is sus- 
 pended, and drawn up and compressed, in the 
 act of coition. It arises from the lower edge 
 of the internal oblique muscle of the abdomen, 
 passes over the spermatic cord, and is lost in 
 the cellular membrane of the scrotum covering 
 the testicle. 
 
 CREMNO'NCUS. A swelling or tumor of 
 the labia pudendi. 
 
 Cre'mmts. 1. The lip of an ulcer. 2. The 
 labium pudendi. 
 
 CRE'MOCARPIUM. A two to five celled 
 inferior fruit, the cells of which are one-seeded, 
 indehiscent, dry, perfectly close at all times, 
 and, when ripe, hanging separate from a com- 
 mon axis, as in umbelliferous plants. 
 
 CRE'MOR. (or, oris, m.) 1. Cream. 2. 
 Any substance floating on the top of a liquid, 
 and skimmed off. 
 
 Cremor ta'rtari. Cream of tartar. Potas- 
 see bitartras. 
 
 Crena. Crenatura. The irregular projec- 
 tions or seratures of the skull bones, whereby 
 the sutures are formed. 
 
 CRENA'TUS. Crenate: notched or scol 
 loped. 
 
 Crenic acid. An azotized product of de- 
 caying vegetable matter. 
 
 Creosote. See Creasote. 
 
 Crepa'tio. Crefatura. In Pharmacy, the 
 boiling of seeds till they burst. 
 
 CREPITATION. (From crefito, to make a 
 crashing or crackling noise.) 1. The peculiar 
 sound or sensation occasioned by pressure be- 
 tween the fingers, in cellular tissues filled with 
 air; as the lungs in their natural state, or a part 
 affected with emphysema or gangrene. 2. Tho 
 grating of the ends of broken bones. 
 
 Crepitant. Crackling. 
 
 CRE'PITUS. (us, us, m. ; from crepo^ to 
 make a noise.) A crashing or crackling noise. 
 A discharge of wind from the bowels upward 
 or downward. In medicine, the term is usu- 
 ally applied to the grating sound which is heard 
 
 195 
 
CRI 
 
 CRI 
 
 when the ends of a fractured bone are rubbed 
 on each other. 
 
 Crepitus lupi. Lycoperdon bovista. 
 
 Crescentia cujete. The fruit of this West 
 Indian tree is acidulous, and useful in some 
 bowel complaints. 
 
 CRESCENTIA. Enlarged lymphatics in the 
 groin. 
 
 CRESS. A number of plants with a pungent 
 flavor. — C, garden. Lepidium sativum. — C, 
 Indian. Tropceolum majus. — C, sciatica. See 
 Lepidium iberis. — C.,toater. C, wild. Sisym- 
 brium (nasturtium) aquaticum. 
 
 Crest. See Crista. 
 
 Crested. Cristatus. 
 
 CRE'TA. (a, cb, f.) Chalk. An impure 
 native carbonate of lime. See Cretaprceparata. 
 
 Creta prjeparata. C. alba. Prepared 
 chalk. Take of chalk, ibj.; add a little water, 
 and rub it to a fine powder. Throw this into a 
 large vessel full of water, shake them, and after 
 a little while pour the still turbid liquor into 
 another vessel, and set it by that the powder 
 may subside; lastly, pour off the water, and 
 dry the powder. This is antacid and absorb- 
 ent. It is exhibited chiefly in the form of the 
 cretaceous mixture. See Mistura cretce. Dose, 
 
 Creta'ceous. Cretaceus. Chalky: apper- 
 taining to chalk. — C. acid. Carbonic acid. — 
 C. mixture. See Mistura cretae. — C. poivder. 
 See Pulvis cretae compositus. 
 
 Crete, dittany of. Origanum dictamnus. 
 
 Cretin. One affected with cretinism. 
 
 CRETINISM. Cretinismus. A peculiar en- 
 demic disease common in Switzerland, Tyrol, 
 Valais, and the Pyrenees. It makes a veiy 
 close approach to rickets in its general symp- 
 toms. It differs principally in the tendency to 
 bronchocele. The brain seems to follow the 
 fate of the rest of the body, and, in many cases, 
 even to take the lead, so that the chief imbe- 
 cility is to be found in this organ. Cretinism 
 seems to be partially hereditary, and to be most 
 frequent in damp, close valleys. It is usually 
 seen early in life, and resembles rickets in this 
 respect. The subjects seldom attain to old age. 
 
 CRIBRA'TIO. (o, onis, f.) The operation 
 of sifting, or passing through a sieve. 
 
 Cribratus. Cribrosus. Sieve-like ; perfo- 
 rated with small holes. 
 
 Cri'briform. (Cribriformis: from cribrum, 
 a sieve, and forma, likeness; because it is per- 
 forated like a sieve.) Applied to the ethmoid 
 bone. The tunica decidua of the ovum has 
 been called membrana cribriformis by Osiander. 
 
 CRI'CO-ARYTENOID. Crico-arytenoidmus. 
 Relating to the cricoid and arytenoid cartilages 
 of the laiynx. 
 
 C Rico- arytenoid, lateral. A muscle 
 which rises from the side of the cricoid carti- 
 lage, and is inserted into the side of the base 
 of the arytenoid cartilage. Its use is to open 
 the glottis by separating the arytenoid cartila- 
 ges. 
 
 Cri co- arytenoid, posterior. A muscle 
 which arises from the back part of the cricoid 
 cartilage, and is inserted into the back part of 
 the base of the arytenoid cartilage. Its use is 
 to draw back the arytenoid cartilage, to render 
 196 
 
 the ligament of the glottis tense, and thereby to 
 lengthen the glottis. 
 
 Crico-pharyngeus. See Constrictor pha- 
 ryngis inferior. 
 
 Crico-thyroide'us. Crico-thyroid. A mus- 
 cle which rises from the side and anterior part 
 of the cricoid cartilage, and has two insertions, 
 one into the under part of the ala of the thyroid 
 cartilage, and the other into its inferior cornu. 
 Its action is to draw the thyroid cartilage 
 downward and forward, or the cricoid cartilage 
 upward and backward. 
 
 Crico-thy'ro-pharyng^'us. The inferior 
 constrictor muscle of the pharynx is so called 
 by Dumas. 
 
 CRI'COID. (Cricoides ; Cricoideus, from 
 npinoc, a ring, and eidoc, resemblance.) Ring 
 like : applied to a round, ring-like cartilage of 
 the larynx. See Cartilago cricoides. 
 
 Cri de cuir neuf. See New leather sound. 
 
 Cridones. The same as crinones. See 
 Crino. 
 
 CRIM EVIL. C. leg. A kind of tubercu 
 lar elephantiasis, said to prevail in the Crimea 
 and Astracan. 
 
 Crimn o'd e s . Bran-like : applied to urine 
 which deposits a sediment like bran. — Hippoc- 
 rates. 
 
 CRINA'LE. An instrument formerly used 
 to exert pressure in cases of fistula lachrymalis. 
 It is named from having at one end a small 
 cushion stuffed with hah. 
 
 Cri'nis. The hair. See Capillus. 
 
 CRTNO. (o, onis; from crinis, the hair.) 
 1. A genus of entozoa. 2. A disease which, 
 according to Ettmuller and others, has prevailed 
 epidemically among infants. It consisted in 
 the eruption of rigid, black hairs from the skin 
 of the back, arms, and legs, accompanied with 
 febrile irritation and emaciation. 
 
 Crino'myron. An ointment composed of 
 lilies and aromatics. 
 
 CRINONES. Grubs. An affection of chil- 
 dren, in which a morbid secretion is produced 
 by the sebaceous follicles, which resemble small 
 grubs. Acne punctata. 
 
 CRI'SIS. (is, is, f. Kpiaic, a judgment or 
 determination; from Kpivo, to judge.) A sud- 
 den change for the better or worse taking place 
 in the course of acute diseases, and especially 
 fevers. A favorable crisis is sometimes attend- 
 ed with a diarrhoea, perspiration, or other sen- 
 sible evacuation, and such evacuations are 
 styled critical. At other times the crisis is un- 
 attended with any sensible evacuation. A cri- 
 sis is perfect or imperfect; the former bringing 
 the patient suddenly to a state of convalescence, 
 the latter merely causing a marked alleviation 
 of the symptoms. The crisis is also called sal- 
 utary or fatal, according to the result. It has 
 been a question from the time of Hippocrates 
 down to the present, whether fevers have a 
 tendency to a crisis on particular days of their 
 course rather than on others. See Critical 
 days. 
 
 CRISPATION. Crispatura. (From crispo, to 
 curl. ) A slight contraction of any part, wheth- 
 er natural or induced by a morbid cause ; thus 
 the skin, when contracted so as to form what is 
 called cutis anserina, is in a state of crispation ; 
 
CRO 
 
 C RO 
 
 the small arteries divided by a wound when 
 they retract so as to arrest the hemorrhage are 
 in a state of crispation. 
 
 Cri'spus. Crisp: curled. 
 
 CRIS'TA. (a, <z, f. The comb of a cock ; 
 a crest.) This name is given, 1. In Anatomy, 
 to several processes and parts of bones; as the 
 crista ilii and the crista galli of the ethmoid 
 bone. 2. In Surgery, to excrescences, like the 
 comb of a cock, about the anus. 
 
 Crista of the clitoris. The nymphae. 
 
 Crista galli. An eminence of the ethmoid 
 bone, so called from its resemblance to a cock's 
 comb. See Ethmoid bone. 
 
 Crista ure thralls. The caput gallinaginis 
 of the urethra. 
 
 Crista'tus. Crested. 
 
 Cri'the. Crilhidion. Hordeolum. 
 
 Crithe'rion. The same as crisis. 
 
 CRITH'MUM. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
 dria. Digynia. Umbellifera. — C. maritimum. 
 The samphire, or sea-fennel. It is a low per- 
 ennial plant, and grows about the sea-coast in 
 several parts of England. It has a spicy, aro- 
 matic flavor. 
 
 CRI'TICAL. Appertaining to the crisis 
 determining the event of a disease. Applied 
 to symptoms, evacuations, periods, &c, which 
 have reference to a crisis. 
 
 Critical days. Dies judicatorii. Dies de- 
 cretorii. Dies principes. Dies radicates. Hip- 
 pocrates and Galen taught that there were cer- 
 tain days on which the crisis of fever was 
 generally perfect and favorable ; others on 
 which it was imperfect or unfavorable; and 
 others, again, which were seldom marked by 
 any particular change one way or the other. 
 According to Galen, the 7th day is particularly 
 favorable; next to this, the 14th; then the 9th, 
 11th, and 20th; then the 17th and 5th; lastly, 
 the 4th, 3d, and 18th. The sixth day is very 
 doubtful and unfavorable, and like it are the 
 8th, 10th, 12th, 16th, and 19th. The 13th day 
 is intermediate, and not marked by any consid- 
 erable change. Diodes and Archigeues made 
 the 21st one of the favorable days; but Galen 
 agrees with Hippocrates in rejecting this and 
 substituting the 20th. The doctrine of critical 
 days has been much contested, and is so, more 
 or less, to the present time. It is now general- 
 ly disbelieved, however, by physicians, that 
 the critical days of fever can be determined 
 with any degree of accuracy sufficient to render 
 the doctrine practically useful. 
 
 Cro'ceus. Deep yellow. 
 
 Croci stigmata. See Crocus. 
 
 Crocidi'xis. Crocidismus. Floccilation. 
 Carphologia. 
 
 Cro'cinum. A mixture of oil and saffron, 
 sometimes with the addition of aromatics. 
 
 Croco'nic acid. See Rkodizonic acid. 
 
 CEO'CUS. (us, i, and um, i, n. KpoKOc. 
 KpoKov.) 1. A genus of plants. Triandria. 
 Monogynia. Iridactce. 2. The pharmacopaeial 
 name of the prepared stigmata of the saffron 
 plant. See Crocus sativus. 3. A name given 
 by the older chemists to several preparations 
 of metallic substances, from then color ; thus, 
 Crocus martis, Crocus veneris. 
 
 Crocus antimonii. See Antimonii vitrum. 
 
 Crocus Germanicus. See Carthamus tine- 
 torius. 
 
 Crocus Indicus. See Curcuma. 
 
 Crocus martis. Burnt green vitriol. 
 
 Crocus metallorum. A sulphur oxide of 
 antimony- Crocus antimonii. 
 
 Crocus officinalis. See Crocus sativus. 
 
 Crocus Saracenicus. See Carthamus tine 
 torius. 
 
 Crocus sativus. The saffron plant. It is a 
 native of Greece and Asia Minor, but is culti- 
 vated abundantly for medicinal use. The stig- 
 mas (croci stigmata) are the part employed in 
 medicine. 
 
 Good saffron has a sweetish, penetrating, dif- 
 fusive odor; a warm, pungent, bitterish taste; 
 and a rich, deep orange-yellow color. It yields 
 its color and active ingredients to water, alco- 
 hol, proof spirit, wine, vinegar, and, in a smaller 
 degree, to ether. By distillation with water it 
 affords a small quantity of a heavy, golden- 
 yellow colored volatile oil ; and it is to this oil 
 that saffron owes its active properties: 32 parts 
 of saffron yield 1 of oil. The medical virtues 
 are inconsiderable, although the ancients thought 
 highly of it. The chief use now is as a color* 
 ing matter. 
 
 Crocus veneris. Oxide of copper, formed 
 by calcining the metal. 
 
 Crop. See Ingluvies. 
 
 CROSS BIRTH. The popular name for 
 what obstetricians call Preternatural labor. 
 
 Crosswort. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 
 
 CRO'TALUS. (us, i, m. ; from uporaTioV) a 
 rattle.) The rattlesnake. A genus of venom- 
 ous serpents abounding in various parts of the 
 American continent. There are three species, 
 the characters of which are well ascertained : 
 C. horridus, C. durissus, and C. miliarius; a 
 fourth, C. cascabella, has been recently found 
 in Brazil. The most remarkable characteristic 
 of these reptiles is the rattle appended to their 
 tails. This consists of a number of horny joints, 
 which are movable on one another, and make 
 a rattling noise when the animal moves. The 
 number of these joints increases with the age 
 of the serpent, one being added every time it 
 changes its cuticle. The bite of the rattlesnake 
 is almost uniformly fatal if neglected, being fol- 
 lowed by gangrenous inflammation of the in- 
 jured part, and rapid sinking of the vital pow- 
 ers. The proper treatment in case of a bite is 
 to cut out the part as soon as possible, cauterize 
 the naked surface, or apply cupping glasses, 
 and sustain the patient's strength by brandy 
 and carbonate of ammonia. 
 
 Crotaphi'tes. Appertaining to the temple. 
 Applied to the temporal artery, vein, or muscle. 
 
 Crotaphitic nerve. A branch of the fifth 
 pair of nerves ; the portio minor. 
 
 Cro'taphos. Crotaphium. The temples. 
 A throbbing and pain in the temples. 
 
 CROTCHET. A curved steel instrument, 
 with a hook, used to extract the foetus in the op- 
 eration of embryotomy, and to bring down the 
 limbs in certain presentations. It may be blunt 
 or sharp, but the latter is a most injurious in- 
 strument to the mother. 
 
 CRO'TON. (on, onis.) A genus of plants , 
 Monozcia. Monadelphia. Euphorbiacea. 
 
 197 
 
CRO 
 
 CRO 
 
 Croton benzoin. See Styrax benzoin. 
 
 Croton cascarilla. C. lineare. These 
 were supposed to furnish cascarilla. See Cro- 
 ton elentheria. 
 
 Croton eleutheria. The plant which yields 
 cascarilla bark. It is a native of the Bahama 
 Islands and West Indies. The bark is in quills, 
 covered upon the outside with a rough, whitish 
 matter, and brownish on the inner side, exhib- 
 iting, when broken, a smooth, close, blackish- 
 brown surface. It has a light, agreeable smell, 
 and a moderately bitter taste, accompanied with 
 a considerable aromatic warmth. It is veiy in- 
 flammable, and when burned and extinguished 
 gives out a fragrant, musky smell. It yields 
 its virtues partially to water and to alcohol, and 
 entirely to proof spirit, and contains a fragrant, 
 volatile oil. It is a very excellent aromatic 
 tonic and febrifuge. The dose of the powder- 
 ed bark is from grs. xij. to 3J., three or four 
 limes a day. 
 
 Croton lacciferum. An East Indian tree, 
 the resinous juice of which affords gum lac. 
 
 Croton pseudo-china. Croton cascarilla. 
 
 Croton sebi'ferum. See Stillingia. 
 
 Croton ti'glium. C. jamalgota. The tree 
 which affords the tiglia seeds. C. pavana is 
 also said to yield them. They are natives of 
 the island of Ceylon, Malabar, China, Cochin 
 China, and the Molucca Islands. Every part 
 of the plant seems to be medicinal: the root 
 acts as a drastic purgative, and, exhibited in 
 the dose of a few grains, is considered at Am- 
 boyna and Batavia as a specific for dropsy ; the 
 wood (lignum Pavance) produces, when admin- 
 istered in small doses, a diaphoretic effect, and 
 in larger ones it proves drastic ; the leaves are 
 also purgative. The seeds (semina tiglii. s. 
 crotonis), or purging nuts, however, are the 
 parts which have been more generally employ- 
 ed. They were long known under the names 
 of Grana Molucca, Tilii Grana, and Grana 
 Tiglia. 
 
 The expressed oil of the seeds (Oleum tiglii, 
 U. S.) has a yellow color, a faint odor, and an 
 acrid taste : these qualities, however, will be 
 found to vary in different samples. According 
 to Dr. Nimmo, this oil consists of forty-five 
 parts of an acrid purgative principle, and fifty- 
 five of a fixed, bland oil. The acrid matter 
 consists of a peculiar acid (croionic or iairopkic) 
 and a resin. Brandes also discovered a doubt- 
 ful alkaloid, crotonin or tiglin. 
 
 Croton oil, when pure — but, unfortunately, it 
 is so much adulterated as to be seldom pure — is 
 a drastic purge, remarkable for the rapidity of 
 its action and the prostration it superinduces. 
 Dose, gtt. j. to gtt. ij., either on sugar, in tinc- 
 ture, or soap. It may be used in obstinate 
 constipation, unattended with inflammation, 
 where other purges are inoperative ; but its use 
 is dangerous, from the severe gastro-enteric ir- 
 ritation it sometimes produces. It has been 
 applied externally as a counter irritant, and 
 produces a pustular eruption, and sometimes 
 purges. The amount employed is gtt. ij.-v., 
 dissolved in alcohol. 
 
 Croton tinctorium. The lac plant. This 
 plant is a native of the Levant, Italy, and the 
 eouth of France, and produces the lacca carnea. 
 198 
 
 Cro'tonate. A salt formed by the crotonic 
 acid with a base. 
 
 CROTO'NE. A fungus on trees produced 
 by an insect like a tick; and, by metaphor, 
 applied to 6mall fungous excrescences on the 
 periosteum. 
 
 Crotonic acid. Crotonin. See Croton tig' 
 Hum. 
 
 Crotonis oleum. Croton oil. See Croton 
 tiglium. 
 
 CROUP. Cynanche trachealis. Tracheitis. 
 A permanently laborious and suffocating breath- 
 ing, accompanied by a stridulous noise, a short 
 and dry cough, and frequently, toward the 
 close, an expectoration of a concrete, membra- 
 nous sputum. Two distinct forms of disease 
 have been described by authors under the 
 name of croup : the acute and the spasmodic. 
 
 Acute croup is peculiar to childhood, and at- 
 tacks between the third and thirteenth year; 
 one attack produces a liability to its recurrence 
 It is found mostly in damp, marshy places. It 
 commences usually with a slight cough, hoarse- 
 ness, and sneezing, as though cold had been 
 taken. To these symptoms, in a day or two, 
 and sometimes in a few hours, succeed a pecu- 
 liar shrillness and ringing of the voice, as if the 
 sound were sent through a brazen tube. At 
 the same time there is a sense of pain about 
 the larynx, some difficulty of respiration, with 
 a wheezing sound in inspiration, as if the pas- 
 sage of the air were straitened. The cougB, 
 which attends it is sometimes dry ; and if any 
 thing be spit up, it is a matter of a purulent ap 
 pearance, and sometimes films, resembling 
 portions of a membrane. Together with these 
 symptoms, there is a frequency of pulse, a rest 
 lessness, and an uneasy sense of heat. Wheo 
 the internal fauces are viewed, they are some- 
 times without any appearance of inflammation \ 
 but frequently a redness, and even swelling, 
 appear; and sometimes in the fauces there is 
 an appearance of matter like to that rejected 
 by coughing. With the symptoms now de 
 scribed, and particularly with great difficulty 
 of breathing, and a sense of strangling in the 
 fauces, the patient is sometimes suddenly cut 
 off. The countenance generally exhibits great 
 distress; the head and face are covered with 
 perspiration, from the violence of the struggle, 
 and the lips and cheeks are alternately pale 
 and livid. The peculiarity of this species of 
 croup consists in the secretion of the membrane, 
 which is perpetually endangei'ing suffocation. 
 
 The disease is an inflammation of the trachea, 
 and sometimes bronchi, attended with the se- 
 cretion of a false membrane. There is also 
 more or less spasm of the epiglottis. It runs 
 its course in two or three days. The prognosis 
 is very unfavorable, especially where the cough 
 is dry and the fever high. 
 
 Copious bleeding at the commencement of 
 the attack, by breaking abruptly upon the in- 
 flammatory action, has sometimes carried off the 
 disease at once. This may be effected from 
 the jugular vein, and leeches may be applied 
 afterward, according to circumstances. Emetics 
 have been given immediately after. These are 
 of doubtful effect; in many instances, however, 
 they have soon removed the disease. A fuH 
 
era 
 ore 
 
 CEU 
 
 dose of tartar emetic is the best in this case. 
 The remedy principally relied on in the pres- 
 ent day, and which in many instances has acted 
 like a charm, is large and repeated doses of 
 calomel. Of this, not less than five or six 
 rains are commonly given to very young chil- 
 
 en, and continued every two or three hours, 
 till there is a discharge of green, bilious mat- 
 ter, which seems to be the criterion of its hav- 
 ing taken effect. When depletion has been 
 carried far enough, and the disease still contin- 
 ues, the application of a blister on the back of 
 the neck or between the shoulders may be ser- 
 viceable. Other means of counter irritation 
 are also to be employed. Where suffocation is 
 imminent, tracheotomy should be performed. 
 
 Spasmodic croup is a very different disease 
 from the former, the peculiarity of which is in- 
 flammation, and a membrane-like secretion, 
 neither of which exist in this, which is of a 
 purely nervous or spasmodic nature. See La- 
 ryngismus stridulus. 
 
 Croup, false. C. cerebral. C. spurious. 
 Pseudo-croup. Spasmodic croup. Laryngismus 
 stridulus. 
 
 Croup, hysteric. A croup-like cough, oc- 
 curring as a nervous symptom in some cases of 
 hysteria. 
 
 Croup-like convulsion. Inward fits. A 
 convulsive affection of young children, unat- 
 tended by external fits, occurring often at inter- 
 vals, with carpo-pedal spasm, and supposed by 
 some authors to be a chronic croup. It is 
 sometimes of long continuance, but is danger- 
 ous from the occurrence of spasm of the glottis. 
 It is a nervous affection arising from gastric and 
 dental irritation. 
 
 Croup-like inspiration. Laryngismus stri- 
 dulus. 
 
 Crowfoot. See Ranunculus. — C. crane' 's- 
 'Hll. Geranium pratense. 
 
 Crow-silk. Conferva rivalis. 
 
 Crown. See Corona. 
 
 CROWN BARK. Loxa bark. Cortex cin- 
 chonse lancifoliae. 
 
 Crown, imperial. Corona imperialis. 
 
 Crown of a tooth. The uppermost part, 
 which is incased in enamel. 
 
 GRU'CIAL. (Crucialis; from crux, a cross.) 
 Cross-like. Applied, in Anatomy, to some parts 
 disposed in the manner of a cross, as the cru- 
 cial ligaments of the knee joint. 2. In Surgery, 
 to an incision made in the shape of a cross. 
 
 Crucial bandage. The T bandage. 
 
 Crucial ligaments. The ligaments of the 
 knee joint. See Ligament. 
 
 Crucia'tus. Cruciate. Cruciformis. 
 
 CRU'CIBLE. Crucibulum. A chemical 
 Vessel in which substances are exposed to the 
 heat of a fire or furnace. They are of various 
 materials, as earthenware, porcelain, iron, black 
 lead, platina, &c. 
 
 CRUCI'FERiE. .(From crux, crucis, a cross, 
 and fero, to bear.) The cruciferous tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous, seldom 
 shrubby plants, with leaves alternate ; flowers, 
 polypetalous ; sepals, four, deciduous, cruciate, 
 alternating with four cruciate petals; stamens, 
 six, hypogynous, tetradynamous ; fruit, a sili- 
 qua, or silicula. 
 
 CRU 
 
 Crucifo'rmis. Cruciatus. Cross-like. 
 
 CRUDE. Unprepared; raw. Applied to 
 coarse natural or artificial products which re- 
 quire purification ; as crude sulphur, crude an- 
 timony. 
 
 CRU'DITAS. (From crudus, raw.) A cru- 
 dity. A tercn applied to undigested substances 
 in the stomach, aud formerly to humors in the 
 body unprepared for concoction. 
 
 Cruenta expuitio. Haemoptysis. 
 
 CRU'OR. (or, oris, m.) The red part of 
 the blood when coagulated. See Blood. 
 
 Cruorin. The soluble product obtained by 
 boiling fibrin and albumen in water. It is pro- 
 duced in the analysis of blood by M. Denis's 
 process. 
 
 Crupsia. Chromopsia. 
 
 Cru'ra. The plural of crus, which see. 
 
 CRUR^'US. (From crus, a leg.) Cruralis. 
 A muscle situated on the forepart of the thigh, 
 It arises, fleshy, from between the two trochan- 
 ters of the os femoris, firmly adhering to the 
 forepart of the os femoris throughout the greater 
 part of its length ; and is inserted, tendinous, 
 into the upper part of the patella, behind the 
 rectus. Its use is to assist the vasti and rectus 
 muscles in the extension of the leg. 
 
 CRU'RAL. Cruralis. Belonging to the 
 crus, leg, or lower extremity. 
 
 Crural arch. The inguinal arch formed 
 by Poupart's ligament. 
 
 Crural artery. The femoral artery. 
 
 Crural canal. C. 
 
 The femoral 
 
 Crural hernia. Femoral hernia. See Her- 
 nia cruralis. 
 
 Crural nerve. A branch from the lumbar 
 plexus. It lies on the outside of the psoas 
 muscle and femoral artery. It supplies the 
 muscles and integuments of the thigh. The 
 chief branch is the saphena nerve, which sup- 
 plies the knee, anterior portion of the leg, and 
 upper part of the foot. 
 
 Crural plexus. The lumbar plexus. 
 
 Cruralis. See Cruraus. 
 
 CRUS. (Crus, ris, n.) 1. The leg; the 
 thigh. 2. The root or origin of some parts of 
 the body, from their resemblance to a leg; as 
 Crura cerebri, Crura cerebelli ; Crura of the 
 diaphragm. — C. clitoridis. See Clitoris. — C 
 penis. See Penis. 
 
 CRU' ST A. (a, ce, f.) 1. A shell. 2. A 
 scab. 3. The scum of a fluid. 
 
 Crusta genu equina. The morbid crust or 
 corn on the knees of some horses. Knee scab. 
 Horse crust. It has been often recommended 
 in nervous diseases, especially epilepsy. Dose 
 of the powder, gr. v. to 9j. 
 
 Crusta inflammatoria. C. phlogistica. C. 
 pleuritica. The buffy coat of inflamed blood. 
 
 Crusta lactea. Milk scab. See Porrigo, 
 Larvalis, &c. 
 
 Crusta petrosa. See Denies. 
 
 Crusta villo'sa. C. vermicularis. The 
 mucous coat of the stomach and intestines. 
 
 CRUSTA'CEA. A class of articulated ani- 
 mals protected by a hard shell. 
 
 Crusta'ceous. Shell-like. Covered with a 
 shell, or resembling a shell. 
 
 Cru'stula. An effusion of blood under the 
 199 
 
CRY 
 
 tunica conjunctiva of the eye, from a bruise or 
 any other cause. 
 
 Crymo'des. (Kpvp.u6ec ; from /cpiyzoc, cold.) 
 An epithet of a fever, wherein the external 
 parts are cold and the internal hot. 
 
 Crymodynia. Chronic rheumatism. 
 
 Cry moses. Diseases caused by the action 
 of cold. 
 
 Cryo'phorus. The frost-bearer, an instru- 
 ment to demonstrate the production of cold by 
 evaporation at low temperatures. 
 
 Crypso'rchis. One whose testicles have not 
 descended. 
 
 C R Y ' P T M. Crypta. (From Kpvrrrco, to 
 hide.) 1. A follicle, or little pit; a, follicular 
 gland. 2. The little rounded appearances at 
 the end of the small arteries of the cortical sub- 
 stance of the kidneys, that appear as if formed 
 by the artery being convoluted upon itself, are 
 called crypto:. 
 
 Cryptoce'phalus. (From Hpvirroc, and kb- 
 <Pa7iTj, a head.) A monstrosity, in which the 
 head is very small, and does not project from 
 the trunk. 
 
 CRYPTOGA'MIA. (a, <z, f. ; from k P vtvtoc, 
 and yafioc, a marriage.) Plants without sta- 
 mens or pistils. It contains four orders : Fili- 
 ces, Musci, Alga, and Fungi. 
 
 CRYSTAL. {Crystallus, i,m. Kpvaral'Xoc.) 
 When bodies assume the solid form, their par- 
 ticles becoming connected in a certain order, 
 so as to constitute defined mathematical figures. 
 Every substance susceptible of crystallization 
 appears in some primitive form, as the cube, te- 
 trahedron, octohedron ; and all the secondary 
 forms arise from the decrement of particles 
 from the edges and angles of these primitive 
 forms. 
 
 Crystal mineral. Sal prunellse. 
 
 Crystalli. Pemphigus, and also varicella. 
 
 Crystallin. The azotized body of which 
 the crystalline lens is formed. It closely re- 
 sembles casein in composition. 
 
 Crystallina. A vesicle. 
 
 Crystalline. Crystallinus. Resembling 
 crystal ; having the form of a crystal. 
 
 Crystalline lens. C. humor. See Eye. 
 
 CRYSTALLIZATION. ( Cry stalliz alio, 
 onis,i\; from crystallus, a crystal.) The pro- 
 cess in which crystallizable bodies tend to as- 
 sume a regular form. The circumstances which 
 are favorable to the crystallization of salts are 
 two: 1. Their particles must be divided and 
 separated by a fluid, in order that the corre- 
 sponding faces of those particles may meet and 
 unite. 2. In order that this union may take 
 place, the fluid which separates the integrant 
 parts of the salt must be gradually evaporated, 
 so that it may no longer divide them. 
 
 Crystallization, water of. The water 
 which combines with many salts to give them 
 a regular or crystalline form. It is driven off 
 by heat, and leaves the substance in powder, 
 as when alum is heated. There are usually 
 several equivalents of water present in such 
 crystals. 
 
 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. The science which 
 investigates the forms, modifications, &c, of 
 crystals. 
 
 Crystalloid. Crystalline. 
 200 
 
 cue 
 
 Cryts, synovial. The bursa? mucosa?. 
 
 Cte'dones. Pectinated. 
 
 Cteis. 1. The os pubis. 2. The incisor 
 teeth were called Krevec. 
 
 Cte'nobra'nchiata. Syn. of pectinibran- 
 chiata. 
 
 CU. Copper. 
 
 CUBA, CLIMATE OF. This island is most- 
 ly selected as a place of residence for consump- 
 tives; and Havana being the most convenient 
 city, is selected by the invalid. The mean 
 temperature of the year is high, being 78° F. ; 
 but the northern coast is subject to high winda 
 during the fall and winter. The south coast 
 would be preferable. 
 
 CUBE'BA. (a, ee, f. ; from cubabah, Arab.) 
 See Piper cubeba. 
 
 Cubebin. A substance extracted from cu- 
 bebs, closely analogous, if not identical, with 
 piperin. Formula, C34H17O10. — Gregory. 
 
 Cubebs. See Piper cubeba. 
 
 Cubebs, oil of. Oleum cubebae. 
 
 Cubic nitre. Nitrate of soda. 
 
 Cubiforme os. See Os cuboides. 
 
 Cubits us externus. See Extensor digita- 
 rum communis. 
 
 Cubit^us internus. See Flexor sublimis, 
 and profundus. 
 
 CU'BITAL. (Cubitalis ; from cubitus, the 
 fore-arm.) Belonging to the fore-arm. 
 
 Cubital artery. The ulnar artery. 
 
 Cubital nerve. The ulnar nerve. 
 
 Cubitalus musculus. See Anconeus. 
 
 Cubito-suprapalmaris. Belonging to the 
 fore-arm and back of the hand. An artery de- 
 rived from the ulnar bears this name, and also 
 the attending vein. 
 
 C U ' B I T U S. {us, i, m. ; from cubo, to lie 
 down.) 1. The fore-arm, or that part between 
 the elbow and wrist. 2. The larger bone of 
 the fore-arm is called os cubiti. See Ulna. 
 
 CUBOPDES. Cuboid; resembling a cube. 
 
 Cuboides os. Os cubiforme. A tarsal bone 
 of the foot. See Tarsus. 
 
 Cuckow-flower. Cardamine pratensis. 
 
 Cugkow pint. Arum maculatum. 
 
 CUCU'BALUS. A genus of plants. Decan- 
 dria. Tryginia. — C. bacciferus. The berry- 
 bearing chickweed, which is sometimes used 
 as an emollient poultice. — C. behen. The Be~ 
 hen officinarum, or spatling poppy, formerly 
 used as a cordial and alexipharmic. 
 
 Cuculla'ris. The trapezius muscle. 
 
 Cuculla'tus. Hooded; cone-shaped. 
 
 CUCU'LLUS. A hood; a bandage for the 
 head ; an odoriferous cap for the head. 
 
 CUCUMBER. See Cucumis sativus.— C, 
 bitter. See Cucumis colocynthis. — C, squirt- 
 ing. C, wild. See Momordica elaterium. — 
 C, tree. Magnolia acuminata. 
 
 CU'CUMIS. (is,is,m.) A genus of plants. 
 Monascia. Sy?igenesia. Cucurbitacea. 
 
 Cucumis agrestis. C. asininus. Momor- 
 dica elaterium. 
 
 Cucumis colocynthis. The bitter apple, 
 bitter gourd, or bitter cucumber. An annual 
 vine, native of Syria and Africa. The fruit is a 
 round pepo, the size of a small orange, yellow, 
 and smooth on the outside when ripe ; trilocu 
 lar, each cell containing many ovate, compress- 
 
CUM 
 
 CUP 
 
 ed whitish seeds, enveloped by a white, spon- 
 gy pulp {colocynthidis pulpa). The pulp is 
 inodorous, extremely bitter, and nauseous. 
 Ether, alcohol, and water extract its virtues. 
 It is a drastic purgative, producing violent grip- 
 ing, and is mostly given in the form of extract, 
 combined with aloes and other drugs. Dose, 
 gr. ij. to gr. v. 
 
 Cucumis melo. Musk melon. This fruit 
 must be eaten moderately, as it is liable to pro- 
 duce flatulence and colic. 
 
 Cucumis sativus. Cucumber plant. It is 
 cooling and aperient, but very apt to disagree 
 with bilious stomachs. 
 
 Cucumis sylvestris. See Momordica elate- 
 rium. 
 
 Cu'cupha. A hood. An odoriferous cap for 
 the head, containing aromatic drugs. 
 
 Cucurbit. Cucurbita. An alembic. 
 
 CUCU'RBITA. A genus of plants. Moime- 
 cia. Syngenesia. Cucurbitacece — C. citrullus. 
 The water-melon plant. The seeds of this 
 plant were formerly used medicinally. An in- 
 fusion is said to be diuretic. Water-melon is 
 cooling and somewhat nutritious, but disagrees 
 with many. — C. lagenaria. The gourd, the 
 pulp of which is bitter and purgative. — C. me- 
 lo pepo is the large squash, and C. ovifera the 
 small vegetable marrow. — C. pepo. The com- 
 mon pumpkin. The seeds contain a large pro- 
 portion of oil, which may be made into emul- 
 sions. 
 
 Cucurbita cruenta. A cupping glass. 
 
 CUCURBITA'CEjE. Plants resembling the 
 gourd. 
 
 Cucurbiti'nus. The tcenia solium. See 
 Taenia. 
 
 CUCURBI'TULA. C. cruenta. A cupping 
 glass. 
 
 Cucurbitula cum ferro. Cupping. 
 
 Cucurbitula sicca. Dry cupping. 
 
 Cudbear. The coloring matter of the leca- 
 nora tartarea. 
 
 Cudweed. See Filago. 
 
 Cuichunchullis. Ionidium microphyllum. 
 
 CU'LEX. The gnat family. — C. pipiens. 
 The common gnat. The best application to 
 the bitten part is diluted spirit of hartshorn. 
 
 Culilawan. See Cinnamomum Culilawan. 
 
 Culinary. Relating to the kitchen, or to 
 Cookery. 
 
 Culm. Cu'lmns. Straw. The stem of 
 grasses, rushes, aud plants nearly allied to them. 
 
 Cu'lter. Cultellus. A knife or shear. The 
 third lobe of the liver. 
 
 Cultrate. Shaped like a plough-share. 
 
 Culver's physic Leptandra virginica. 
 
 Cumamus. See Piper cubeba. 
 
 Cumana brassica. Red colewort. 
 
 Cumin. Cuminum cyminum. 
 
 CU'MINUM. A genus of plants. Heptan- 
 dria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. — C. cetkiopicum. 
 See Sison. — C. cy'minum. The cumin plant. 
 The seeds have a bitterish taste, accompanied 
 with an aromatic, though not agreeable flavor. 
 They are generally preferred to other seeds for 
 external use in discussing indolent tumors. 
 
 CUMYL. A hypothetical radical existing in 
 oil of cumin; form., C2oHn0 2 . — Cuminole, or 
 pure essential oil of cumin, is a hydruret, or C 2 o 
 
 HnO-2-f-H. — Cuminic acid, which is crystalline, 
 is the hydrated oxide, C20H11O3-J-HO. 
 
 Cunea'lis sutura. The suture by which 
 the os sphenoides is joined to the os frontis. 
 
 CUNEIFORM. (Cuneiformis; from cuneus, 
 a wedge, and forma, likeness.) Wedge-like. 
 
 Cuneiformia ossa. The sphenoid bone. 
 See Tarsus. 
 
 Cune'olus. (From cuneus, a wedge.) A 
 crooked tent to put into a fistula. 
 
 CUNI'LA. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
 Monogynia. Salviacece. The C. mariana is 
 thought to be febrifuge. — C bubula. Marjo-' 
 ram. Pliny. — C. mascula. The inula dysen- 
 terica. — C. pulegioides. Hedeoma pulegioides. 
 
 Cup. A measure of four ounces, used in 
 bleeding. 
 
 Cu'pel. A shallow earthen vessel like a 
 cup, made of bone earth, used in assaying. 
 
 CUPELLATION. Cupellatio. The purify, 
 ing of perfect metals by means of an addition 
 of lead, which, at a due heat, becomes vitrified, 
 and promotes the vitrification and calcination 
 of such imperfect metals as may be in the mix- 
 ture, so that these last are carried off in the fu- 
 sible glass that is formed, and the perfect metals 
 are left nearly pure. 
 
 Cupola. The infundibulum of the cochlea. 
 
 CUPPING. Cupping is performed by glass- 
 es, called, from their shape, cucurbitul<E, of dif- 
 ferent sizes and shapes, mostly open like a cup, 
 a spirit lamp, and a scarificator. When the 
 operation is about to be done, a basin of warm 
 water, a piece of fine sponge, and the lighted 
 lamp must be at hand. As many of the cup- 
 ping-glasses as may be judged necessary are to 
 be put into the basin. Each glass is then to bo 
 held for an instant only over the flame of the 
 spirit lamp, and immediately placed upon the 
 skin ; and the moment the glass is applied, the 
 skin and integuments are drawn up, and be- 
 come swollen, from the blood being drawn into 
 the small vessels. When nothing more is done, 
 the operation is called dry cupping. But cup- 
 ping being mostly intended to remove a quan- 
 tity of blood, the operator proceeds, after the 
 glass has been on a minute, to remove it, and 
 quickly applies the scarificator, and immedi- 
 ately puts on the cupping-glass, having used 
 the spirit lamp as before. When the glasses 
 are so full as to be in danger of falling off, or 
 the blood is coagulated in them, they should be 
 removed, emptied, and applied again. 
 
 CUPRE'SSUS. A genus of plants. Monce- 
 cia. Monadelphia. Conifers. The cypress- 
 tree. — C. sempe'rvirens. The cupressus of the 
 shops. Every part of the plant abounds with a 
 bitter, aromatic, tei*ebinthinate fluid, and is said 
 to be a remedy against intermittents. Its wood 
 is extremely durable. 
 
 CUPRI ACETAS. (U.S.) Verdigris. A pale 
 green substance, of a crystalline structure, con- 
 sisting of a mixture of acetates of copper. By 
 levigating, and preparing like chalk, it consti- 
 tutes the cupri acetas prceparatus (U. S.). It is, 
 like all the salts of copper, poisonous, and used 
 only in ointment, unguentum cupri acetas. 
 
 Cupri ammoniaretum. Cupri ammonio-sul' 
 phas. See Cuprum ammoniatum. 
 
 Cupri ammoniati liquor. C. ammoniati 
 201 
 
CUR 
 
 CUS 
 
 aqua. C. ammoniali solutio. See Liquor cupri 
 ammonio-sulphatis. 
 
 Cupri limatura. Copper filings. 
 
 Cupri rubigo. Verdigris. 
 
 Cupri subacetas. C. subacetas prceparata. 
 C. diacetas. See Cupri acetas. 
 
 Cupri sulphas. Cuprum vitriolatum. Sul- 
 phate of copper. Blue stone. Blue vitriol. 
 It possesses corrosive and styptic qualities ; is 
 esteemed as a tonic, emetic, astringent, and es- 
 charotic; and is exhibited internally in the 
 cure of dropsies, hemorrhages, and as a speedy 
 emetic. The dose, as a tonic and astringent, is 
 one sixth of a grain, gradually increased to gr. 
 ij. ; as an emetic, from gr. v. to gr. xv. Exter- 
 nally, it is applied in cases of hemorrhages, hae- 
 morrhoids, leucorrhoea, phagedenic ulcers, and 
 condylomata. 
 
 Cupro-sulphate of ammonia. See Cuprum 
 ammoniatum. 
 
 CU'PRUM. (urn, i, n.) See Copper. 
 
 Cuprum ammoniacale. See Cuprum ammo- 
 niatum. 
 
 Cuprum ammoniatum. (U.S.) Cupri ammonio- 
 sulphas. Ammonias cupro-sulphas. Ammoniated 
 copper. Ammoniacal sulphate of copper. Am- 
 monio-sulphate of copper. Take of sulphate of 
 copper, fss. ; sesqui-carbonate of ammonia, 3vi. 
 Rub them together in a glass mortar till the ef- 
 fervescence ceases, then dry the ammoniated 
 copper, wrapped up in bibulous paper, in the 
 air. It is to be kept in a well-stopped bottle. 
 This preparation is much milder than the sul- 
 phate of copper. It is found to produce tonic 
 and astringent effects on the human body. Its 
 principal internal use has been in epilepsy and 
 other obstinate spasmodic diseases, given in do- 
 ses of half a grain, gradually increased to five 
 grains or more, two or three times a day. For 
 its external application, see Liquor cupri ammo- 
 nio-sulphatis. 
 
 Cuprum vitriolatum. See Cupri sulphas. 
 
 Cu'pula. The cup of the acorn. 
 
 CUPULIFER.E. The oak and chestnut 
 tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs 
 with leaves alternate; flowers, amentaceous, 
 dioecious, apetalous ; ovarium inferior, inclosed 
 in a cupule ; fruit, a homy or coriaceous nut. 
 
 CURA'TIO. Cura. The treatment of a dis- 
 ease or injury. 
 
 Cura avenacea. A decoction of oats with 
 nitre, &c. 
 
 Cura famis. Abstinence from food. 
 
 Cura medeana. The operation of transfu- 
 sion. 
 
 CURARI. A violent poison used by the 
 South American Indians to poison weapons. 
 It is supposed to be derived from a strychnos, 
 and contains an alkaloid (curarine) of a yellow- 
 ish amorphous form, which is very active. 
 
 CURATIVE. Curativus. Relative to a cure ; 
 capable of cure. 
 
 Curcas. See Jatropha curcas. 
 
 Curcu'lio. 1. The throat. 2. A genus of 
 coleopterous insects. 
 
 Curcum. See Chelidonium majus. 
 
 CURCUMA. {a,ce,l Arabic, curTcum.) 1. 
 Turmeric. 2. A genus of plants. Monandria. 
 Monogynia. Zingiberacece. — C.longa. C. ro- 
 tunda. The turmeric plant. The root is im- 
 202 
 
 ported from the East Indies. It is of a yellow 
 color; its odor is somewhat fragrant; to the 
 taste it is bitterish, slightly acrid, exciting a 
 moderate degree of warmth in the mouth, and, 
 on being chewed, it tinges the saliva yellow. 
 The yellow coloring matter (cucurmin) is resin- 
 ous, and soluble in ether and alcohol. It ia 
 used in curry powder, in dyeing, and furnishes 
 a chemical test of the presence of uncombined 
 alkalies. — C. angustifolia, C. leuchorrhiza, and 
 C. rubescens all yield East Indian arrow-root. 
 — C. zedoaria. See Zedoary. 
 
 Curd. The coagulum of milk. 
 
 CURE'TTE. (French.) An instrument, 
 shaped like a little scoop, for taking away any 
 opaque matter that may be left behind the pu- 
 pil, after extracting the cataract from the eye. 
 
 Currant. See Ribes, and Vitis. 
 
 Curry. A condiment, containing turmeric, 
 red and black pepper, and aromatic seeds, in 
 various proportions. 
 
 Cursuma. Curtuma. See Ranunculus fica- 
 ria. 
 
 Curva'tor coccy'gis. A muscle described 
 by Albinus. 
 
 Curva'tus. Curvate: bent. 
 
 CURVATURE. (From curvo, to bend.) A 
 curved or bent condition. A departure from 
 the erect or straight line. In Pathology, a de- 
 parture from the proper or normal figure and 
 direction; as curvature of the spine, curvature 
 of a bone, in mollites ossium. 
 
 Curvature of the spine. When the spinal 
 column deviates from its regular figure. The 
 curvature may be lateral, or forward. It arises 
 from various causes. 1st. Debility of the mus- 
 cles, caused by tight lacing, want of exercise, a 
 constrained posture. This occurs in youth, and 
 may be remedied by proper exercise, tonics, 
 the removal of all injurious causes, and occas- 
 sional support. 2d. Rickets. See Rachitis. 
 3d. Caries of the vertebrae, by which the body 
 being destroyed, there is curvature forward, as 
 in Pott's disease. 4th. Hydrorachis, which see. 
 5th. Psoas and lumbar abscess, producing caries 
 of the adjacent vertebrae. 6th. Accidents to the 
 vertebrae, producing dislocation, softening, in- 
 flammation, and ending in curvature. 
 
 CUSCO CINCHONA. A spurious bark re- 
 sembling the yellow. Sulphate of soda does 
 not, however, produce any precipitate in the in 
 fusion, as it does in that of yellow bark. 
 
 Cusco'nin. Aricina. 
 
 CUSCU'TA. Dodder. A genus of plants, 
 Tetrandria. Digynia. — C. epithymum. The 
 dodder of thyme. A parasitical plant, possess- 
 ing a strong, disagreeable smell, and a pungent 
 taste, very durable in the mouth ; formerly reo 
 ommended in melancholia as a cathartic. — C. 
 europcea. Common flax dodder. 
 
 CUSP ARIA, (a, <b, f.) Cusparia or angos? 
 tura (U. S.) bark. Cusparice cortex. This is 
 the bark of the Galipea officinalis and G. cuspa* 
 ria (De Candolle) ; Cusparia febrifuga of Hum- 
 boldt and Bonpland, or Bonplandia trifoliata of 
 Willdenow, which see. It is tonic, stimulant, 
 and aromatic. Dose of the powder, gr. v. to 9j, 
 
 Cusparin. See Angosturin. 
 
 CUSPID A' TUS. ( From cuspis, a point.) 
 Cuspidate: sharp-pointed. Four of the teetft 
 
CUT 
 
 C Y A 
 
 are called cuspidati, because they have the two 
 sides of their edge sloped off to a point. See 
 Teeth. 
 
 Cuspis. 1. The glans penis. 2. A bandage. 
 
 Cu'stos oculi. An instrument to fix the eye 
 during an operation. 
 
 Cuta'mbulus. Gordius medinensis ? Itch- 
 ing. 
 
 CUTA'NEOUS. (Cutaneus; from cutis, the 
 skin.) Belonging to the skin. 
 
 Cutaneous diseases. Diseases attended 
 with an eruption on the skin. There are sev- 
 eral distinct classes of cutaneous diseases. In 
 some, as the exanthemata, the rash or efflores- 
 cence is of the nature of a sequela, or symptom ; 
 in others, as syphilis, scrofula, it appears to be 
 produced from constitutional debility ; while 
 m the third the skin is the seat of inflammation, 
 usually of a chronic kind, and the health is not 
 primarily disturbed to any great extent. This 
 third class, including porrigo, lichen, lepra, pi- 
 tyriasis, psoriasis, are those usually denomina- 
 ted skin diseases. Many are very obstinate. 
 The treatment of these, where inflammation is 
 absent, consists of stimulating ointments chiefly, 
 of which tar, creasote, sulphur, arsenic, and tar- 
 tar emetic are the active agents. 
 
 Cutaneous nerves. Two branches of the 
 brachial plexus, the internal and external. 
 They supply the arm and hand. In the leg 
 there are four cutaneous nerves, branches of 
 the lumbar plexus, or the anterior crural nerve. 
 
 Cuta'neus musculus. See Platysma myoi- 
 des. 
 ■ Cutch. The catechu of the acacia catechu. 
 
 CU'TICLE. (Cuticula, ce,f.] a diminutive 
 of cutis, the skin.) See Cutis. 
 
 CU'TIS. (is, is, f.) Dermis. Pellis. The 
 skin. The skin has been said to consist of 
 three parts: true skin {cutis vera), mucous net 
 rete mucosum), and scarf-skin, or epidermis ; 
 out Bichat, Chaussier, and others regard it as 
 consisting of two only, the cutis vera and epi- 
 dermis, the rete mucosum being the vascular net- 
 work of the former. Other authors divide the 
 rete mucosum into three layers. 
 
 The cutis vera of the human skin (corion, co- 
 Hum, derma) seems to consist chiefly of very 
 small, dense fibres, closely interwoven with 
 each other, or of condensed cellular tissue. 
 The inner surface is of a gray color, and in al- 
 most all parts of the body presents a number of 
 depressions, varying in size from one tenth to 
 one twelfth of an inch, and consequently form- 
 ing spaces or intervals between them. These 
 depressions, which correspond to eminences in 
 the adjacent adipose tissue, have been termed 
 areolae. The outer or cuticular surface is quite 
 smooth, of a pale or flesh-red tinge, and is much 
 more vascular than its inner surface. It pre- 
 sents, further, a number of minute conical emi- 
 nences (papillce), liberally supplied with blood- 
 vessels and nerves. 
 
 The cutis vera is perforated by the ducts of 
 the sebaceous follicles, and gives origin to hairs, 
 nails, and sudoriferous glandules. It is very lib- 
 erally supplied with vessels, absorbents, and 
 nerves. 
 
 The rete mucosum is the seat of color. It is 
 divided by some authors into, 1. A transparent, 
 
 white membrane, tunica albida profunda. 2 
 The gemmula, or coat which contains the color- 
 ing matter. 3. The tunica albida superficialis, 
 which forms the uppermost layer. 
 
 The cuticle, or scarf-skin (epidermis, cuticu 
 la), is a semitransparent, or, rather, translucent 
 layer, of thin, light-colored matter, extended con- 
 tinuously over the outer surface of the chorion. 
 It is destitute of blood-vessels, nerves, and ab- 
 sorbents; and there is reason to believe, from 
 observing the phenomena and process of its re- 
 production, that it is originally secreted in the 
 form of a semifluid, viscid matter by the outer 
 surface of the chorion, and consists of epithelium 
 cells. 
 
 The skin is a gelatinous tissue, being con- 
 verted into gelatine by boiling, and combining 
 with tannic acid to form the insoluble and tough 
 tanno-gelatine, or leather. 
 
 Cutis anseri'na. Goose-skin. The con- 
 tracted state of the skin, arising from cold and 
 other causes, in which its papillae are rigid and 
 prominent, giving it the appearance of the skin 
 of a plucked goose. 
 
 Cutis externa. C.summa. C. ultima. The 
 epidermis. 
 
 Cutis vera. See Cutis. 
 
 Cutitis. Erysipelas. 
 
 Cutting for the stone. Lithotomy. 
 
 Cuttle fish. Sepia. 
 
 Cyamelide. See Cyanogen. 
 
 Cyani'a. Cyanosis. 
 
 Cyanic acid. See Cyanogen. 
 
 Cyanilic acid. Cyanic acid. 
 
 Cyanide. A compound of cyanogen. 
 
 Cyanodide. Cyanodium. A cyanide, or cy- 
 anuret. 
 
 C Y A'N G E N. Cyanogenium. Prussine. 
 Bicarburet of nitrogen. A colorless gas, of a 
 penetrating odor, soluble in water and alcohol, 
 burning with a light purple flame. Sp. gr., 
 1-82; condensible by a pressure of 3-6 atmo- 
 spheres into a fluid. Composition, C 2 N ; sym- 
 bol, Cy. ; eq., 26-23. It is a powerful electro- 
 negative body, uniting with most metals to form 
 cyanides or cyanurets. It is also a compound 
 radical, existing as such in many important 
 bodies. The cyanogen series includes hydro- 
 cyanic acid, CyH, or hydruret of cyanogen ; cy- 
 anic acid, CyO ; fulminic acid, CygOz ; cyanu- 
 ric acid, Cy 3 3 , &c. 
 
 Cyanogen is formed whenever azotized mat 
 ter is burned with an alkali in closed vessels. 
 For experiment, it is readily procured by heat- 
 ing bicyanide of mercury. There is an isomeric, 
 black, insoluble solid, called paracyanogen, also 
 formed in the latter process. Most of the com- 
 pounds of this body are poisonous. 
 
 Cyanic acid (cyanilic acid) is monobasic. It 
 may be obtained by distilling cyanuric acid, 
 and is a very instable, volatile, corrosive liquid. 
 It spontaneously changes into cyamelide, which 
 is a dense, white solid. The cyanate of ammo- 
 nia is urea. Fulminic acid has not been isola- 
 ted, but its salts with mercury, silver, gold, &c, 
 are violently detonating. The acid is bibasic. 
 Cyanuric acid is tribasic, of a weak acid taste, 
 crystalline, and very stable. By a red heat it 
 is volatilized into cyanic acid. It is obtained 
 by heating urea until it loses its ammonia. 
 
 203 
 
CYC 
 
 C YN 
 
 These three acids are isomeric, and bear to one 
 another the relation of the three phosphoric 
 acids. 
 
 Cyanopathi'a. Cyanopathy. Cyanosis. 
 CYANO'SIS. (is, is, m. ; from Kvavoc, blue.) 
 The blue disease. An unnatural blue color of 
 the whole skin. This generally arises from a 
 congenital malformation of the heart, in which 
 the right and left cavities directly communi- 
 cate, so that the whole of the blood is not duly 
 aerated in the lungs. 
 
 Cyanoxalic acid. A synonyme of uryle. 
 C Y A N U R E T. Cyanide. A compound of 
 cyanogen with a base. See the bases. 
 
 Cyanuret of mercury. Cyanide, or bicya- 
 nide of mercury. See Hydrargyri cyanuretum. 
 It is analogous in its operation to the corrosive 
 sublimate. It is used in France, however, in 
 obstinate venereal and cutaneous diseases. The 
 dose is from the sixteenth of a grain to half a 
 grain, hi pills or solution. 
 
 Cyanuret of potassium. Cyanide of potas- 
 sium. This has been employed as a substitute 
 for hydrocyanic acid, and is thought to possess 
 similar properties. It has the advantage of 
 keeping unchanged. The dose is from the 
 fourth of a grain to a gram, in pill or solution. 
 Cyanuret of silver. See Argenti cyanu- 
 retum. 
 
 Cyanuret of zinc. Cyanide of zinc. This 
 is said to have nearly the same medicinal prop- 
 erties as the cyanuret of potassium, and may 
 be given in the same doses. 
 
 Cyanuric acid. See Cyanogen. 
 Cyanurin. A blue pigment, supposed by 
 some authors to exist in diseased urine. 
 
 Cyanus. C. segetum. Centaurea cyanus. 
 Cy'ar. The internal auditory foramen. 
 Cyathifo'rmis. Glass-shaped, or cup-shaped. 
 Cyathi'scus. A probe with a hollow at the 
 end. 
 
 CY'ATHUS. (us, i, m. Kvadoc.) 1. A 
 drinking cup. 2. A liquid, measure, the twelfth 
 of a sextarius. 3. A solid measure, equal to ten 
 drachms. 4. In modern prescriptions, cyathus 
 is a wine glass, or f. fiss. to f. ^ij. 
 
 CY'CAS. A genus of palm-like plants. Cy- 
 cadece. — C. circina'lis. The meal-bark tree, 
 which affords Japan sago, a variety of farina, 
 chiefly starch. — C. inermis and C. revoluta also 
 yield a sago. 
 
 Cy'ceum. K.vkeuv. An ancient article of diet. 
 CY'CLAMEN. Cyclaminus. Cyclaminum. 
 A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
 Primulacece. — C. europceum. The sow-bread. 
 Arthanita. The root is a drastic purge and er- 
 rhine ; and by the common people it has been 
 used to procure abortion. 
 
 Cyclamine. A veiy acrid, purgative, and 
 emetic ciystalline principle from the root of the 
 Cyclamen europceum. 
 
 Cycle. A determinate period of days or 
 years, when the same phenomena recur. 
 Cycli'scus. Cyclismus. A lozenge. 
 CYCLOBRA'NCHIA. An order of gastero- 
 podous mollusca. 
 
 CYCLOGANGLIATA. A subdivision of the 
 class Mollusca, with ganglia arranged circularly 
 around the oesophagus ; as gasteropoda, ptero- 
 poda, cephalopoda, tunicata, conchifera. 
 204 
 
 CYCLONEU'RA. The radiate animals. 
 CYCLOPHO'RIA. (From kvkIoc, a circle, 
 and (pepo, to bear. ) The circulation of the blood 
 or other fluids. 
 
 Cyclopia. Cyclops. Having one eye only, 
 Cyclo'pion. The white of the eye. 
 Cyclosis. The general circulation of the 
 latex of the higher plants. It also exists in the 
 family of polypes. 
 
 CYCLO'STOMI. A genus of cartilaginous 
 fishes. 
 
 Cydo'natum. Kvduvarov. A confection 
 composed of quinces and aromatics. — Paulus 
 utiEgineta. 
 
 CYDO'NIA VULGARIS. Cydonium. The 
 quince-tree. The seeds (semina cydonice) are 
 officinal. They abound in a mucilage called 
 cydonine, and are sometimes used in decoctions 
 as a demulcent. 
 
 Cydonine semina. Quince seeds. See Cy~ 
 donia vulgaris. 
 
 Cydonium malum. A quince. 
 C YE'MA. ( Kvn/xa ; from kvco, to bring forth. ) 
 The product of conception. The ovum. 
 
 C y e s i s. Conception. Hence Cyesiology, 
 the theory of generation. 
 Cyesteine. Kystein. 
 
 CYLINDER. A solid, having the sides per- 
 pendicular and a circular section. A common 
 tumbler is a hollow cylinder. The long bones 
 are sometimes called cylindrical, but they are 
 irregular. 
 
 Cylindrical. Cylindroid. Cylindroides. 
 Resembling a cylinder in figure. 
 
 CYLLO'SIS. (KvTiTiuacc ; from kv?i?„ou, to 
 maim or distort.) 1. In a general sense, dis- 
 tortion, mutilation, lameness of any kind. 2. 
 Curvature of the leg outward ; that state of the 
 leg commonly called a bandy leg. 
 
 CY'MA. A cyme or tuft. A species of inflo- 
 rescence, consisting of several flower-stalks, all 
 springing from one center or point, but each 
 stalk is variously subdivided. 
 
 Cymato'des. Kv/iaru)67ig. An unequal, fluc- 
 tuating pulse. 
 
 Cy'mba. The os naviculare. 
 Cymbala'ria. A species of antirrhinum. 
 Cymbala'ris cartila'go. The cricoid carti- 
 lage. 
 
 Cymbifo'kmis. Boat-like: applied to seeds. 
 The os naviculare. 
 
 Cymene. An ingredient in oil of cumin. It 
 has the agreeable odor of oil of lemons, and is 
 isomeric with camphogen. C20H14. 
 Cy'minum. See Cuminum. 
 Cymo'sus. Cymose. Like a cyme. 
 CYNA'NCHE. (e, es, f. ; from kvcov, a dog, 
 and ayxu, to suffocate or strangle: so called 
 from dogs being said to be subject to it.) Sore 
 throat. See Tonsillitis, Pharyngitis, and Croup. 
 Cynanche epidemica. C.faucivm. C. gan- 
 grenosa. C. maligna. C. prunella. C. ton- 
 sillaris. C. ulcerosa. These are synonyme3 
 of tonsillitis in different stages of activity. See 
 Tonsillitis. 
 
 Cynanche laryngea. Laryngitis, and also 
 croup. 
 
 Cynanche parotide a. C. maxillaris. See 
 Parotitis. 
 Cynanche pharyngea. Pharyngitis. 
 
C Y N 
 
 C YS 
 
 Cynanche stridula. C . strepitosa. C. suf- 
 focative trachealis. Synonymes of croup. 
 
 Cynanche trachealis spasmodica. Spas- 
 modic croup. Laryngismus stridulus. 
 
 Cyna'nchtcus. Mediciues which relieve the 
 quinsy. 
 
 CYNA'NCHUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Peniandria. Digynia. Asclepiada- 
 cecB. — C. argel. C oleoefolium. An Egyptian 
 plant, the leaves of which are employed to 
 adulterate senna. — C. monspeliacum. The 
 adulterated juice forms Montpellier scammony, 
 which is purgative, but little used. — C. vicetox- 
 icum. A European plant. The leaves and 
 roots are acrid and emetic. — C. vomitorium. 
 The ipecacuanha of the Isle of France. It re- 
 sembles the common ipecacuanha in its prop- 
 erties. The dose is gr. x. to 3j. 
 
 Cynanthro'pia. A particular melancholy, 
 iu which men fancy themselves changed into 
 dogs. — Bellini. 
 
 Cyna'pia. Cynapina. A narcoto-acrid al- 
 kaloid found in CEthusa cynapium, a poisonous 
 umbelliferous plant. 
 
 Oy'.vara. See Cinara. 
 
 CY'NARA'CE.E. Cynarce. One of the di- 
 visions of the great group of Composite. It 
 contains the thistle, the artichoke, and similar 
 plants, having their capitula surrounded by a 
 hard, spiny, or lacerated involucrum, and long, 
 equal tubular florets, with an inflated limb. 
 They are also called Cynarocephalce. 
 
 Cynarocephalus. See Cinarocephalus. 
 
 Cyxarrho'dium. In Botany, a fruit with 
 distinct ovaria, and hard, iudehiscent pericarpia 
 inclosed within the fleshy tube of the calyx, as 
 in Rosa. 
 
 Cynic us. Cynic. Relating to a dog. A 
 cynic or canine spasm is a convulsive contortion 
 of one side of the face, in which the features 
 are dragged downward. 
 
 CYNIPS. A genus of hymenopterous insects. 
 — C. quercusfolii. C. gallm tinctorial. The 
 oak-gall insect. — C rosm produces the excres- 
 cences on rose-trees called Bedeguar. 
 
 Cynocra'mbe. Mercurialis perennis. 
 
 Cyxo'cto.vum. Aconitum napellus. 
 
 Cyxocy'tisis. Rosa canina. 
 
 Cyxo'des orexis. Kvvcodnc opstjic. Canine 
 appetite. 
 
 Cynodon dactylox. The Bermuda grass of 
 the Southern States, and the doub of India. The 
 roots are particularly rich in saccharine and 
 mucilaginous matters. 
 
 Cyxodo'.vtes. The canine teeth. See Teeth. 
 
 CYNOGLQ'SSUM. (um, i, n.) Hound's 
 tongue. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Mo- 
 nogynia. Boragineai. — C. officinale. Hound's 
 tongue. Cynoglossum. It is said to possess 
 narcotic powers, and is mucilaginous, but is 
 seldom employed medicinally. Acids are said 
 to counteract the ill effects from an over-dose. 
 
 Cyxo'lophi. The spinous processes of the 
 vertebra?. 
 
 Cynoly'ssa. Hydrophobia. 
 
 OYNOMO'RIUM. A genus of plants. Mo- 
 nascia. Monandria. — C. coccineum. Fungus 
 melitensis. A drachm of the powder is given 
 for a dose in dysenteries and hemorrhages, and, 
 it is said, with remarkable success. 
 
 CYNORE'XIA. Bulimia. 
 
 Cyno'sbatus. Cyno'sbastos. Cy no spa' stum. 
 Rosa canina. 
 
 Cyopho'ria. Pregnancy. 
 
 Cyparissus. See Cupressus. 
 
 Cyperace^:. The natural family of rashes. 
 
 CY'PERUS. A genus of rushes. — C. anti- 
 quorum. The large rush of Syria and Egypt, 
 which furnished the ancient papyrus. — C. escu- 
 lentus. The rush-nut. The root resembles the 
 chestnut. — C. longus. Gaiangale. The root 
 of this plant is aromatic. — C rotundus. The 
 round cyperus. The root is a grateful aromatic 
 bitter. 
 
 CYPHO'SIS. Cyphoma. (Kvtyuaic, Kvduua, 
 KV<poc; from kvtztu, to bend.) Gibbosity. A 
 hump back. 
 
 Cypress. Cyprus. Cupressus sempervirens. 
 
 Cypress spurge. Esula minor. 
 
 Cy'prinum oleum. Kv-ptvov e?.atov. It was 
 composed of oil of unripe olives, aspalathus, 
 calamus, myrrh, cardamum, elecampane, and 
 Jews' pitch. — Dioscorides. 
 
 CY'PRINUS. A genus of fishes. The five 
 following are used as food. — C. alburnus. The 
 bleak. — C. barbus. The barbel. — C. carpio. 
 The carp. — C. gobio. The gudgeon. — C. leu- 
 ciscus. The dace. 
 
 Cyprium ms. Copper. 
 
 Cy'psele. Cypsela. Cypselis. 1. The wax 
 of the ear. 2. A seed vessel. 
 
 Cyrto'nosus. 1. The rickets. 2. Curved 
 spine. 
 
 CYRTO SIS. Cyrto'ma. (From nvproc, curv- 
 ed.) The same as gibbosity, or curvature. A 
 tumor. 
 
 Cyrtosis cretinismus. Cretinism. — C. ra- 
 chia. Rachitis. 
 
 Cy'ssarus. The rectum. 
 
 Cyssa'nthemon. Cyssophyllon. Cyclamen. 
 
 Cyssotis. (From kvooc, the anus.) An in- 
 flammation of the rectum. Tenesmus. 
 
 CYST. Kyst. (From kvotlc, a bladder.) 
 A membranous sack or cavity in which morbid 
 products are collected ; such products are said 
 to be encysted. 
 
 CYST-. A common prefix. (From kvotlc, 
 the bladder.) The following are not much 
 used: Cystectasy, Cystectasia. Lithectasy. — 
 Cysterethismus. Irritability of the bladder. — 
 Cystiphlogia, Cystophlogia. Cystitis. — Cysto- 
 blennorrhaea, Cysto-catarrhus,Cystorrkcea. Syn- 
 onymes of cystirrhoea. — Cystolithic. Relating 
 to urinary calculi. — Cystoncus. Swelling of or 
 about the bladder. — Cysto phlegmatic. Rela- 
 ting to cystirrhoea, or a flow of mucus from the 
 bladder. — Cystopyic. Relating to suppuration 
 of the bladder. 
 
 CYSTA'LGIA. {a, &, f.) Painful spasmodic 
 affection of the bladder. Such affections are 
 not very common, but they are occasionally 
 met with. The spasm comes on in paroxysms, 
 which sometimes equal in sevexity those of the 
 stone. 
 
 Cysteo'lithus. A stone in the urinary blad- 
 der or gall bladder. 
 
 Cy'sthus. Kvcdoc. The anus. 
 CY'STIC. Cysticus. Belonging to the uri- 
 nary or gall bladder; as cystic duct, cystic 
 bile, &c. 
 
 205 
 
C YS 
 
 CYT 
 
 Cystic duct. The duct leading from the 
 gall bladder. 
 
 Cystic oxide. See Cystin. 
 
 Cystica medicamenta. Medicines used in 
 diseases of the bladder. 
 
 CYSTICE'RCUS. {us, i, m. ; from kvotlc, 
 and aepKog, a tail.) The tailed bladder-worm. 
 A genus of worms of the hydatid tribe, consist- 
 ing of a cylindrical body, terminated by a cau- 
 dal vesicle, and having a head furnished at its 
 base with four nipples or suckers. Those which 
 have been found in the human subject are, C. 
 tenuicollis, about an inch long : its head is very 
 small. — C.finnia. This species is always in- 
 closed in a delicate cyst. It is of the size of a 
 linseed. — C. Fischerianus. Found in the cho- 
 roid plexus of a man, where they caused no in- 
 convenience. — C. dicystus. Once found in the 
 ventricle of the brain in apoplexy. It present- 
 ed two vesicles ; the one the ordinary caudal 
 bladder, the other embracing the body ante- 
 riorly. — C. punctatus. Found in the choroid 
 plexus. Its caudal bladder is globular, and 
 presents several white spots. 
 
 CYSTIN. Cystic oxide. A rare constitu- 
 ent of urinary calculi, soluble in alkalies and 
 acids. It is obtained in six-sided, transparent 
 crystals or plates, is insoluble in water and al- 
 cohol, and gives off a peculiar odor when burn- 
 ed. It has neither acid nor alkaline reaction, 
 and seems to form salts with both these classes 
 of bodies. Formula, C 6 H6N0 4 S2; hence it is 
 remarkable for the large amount, 25-5 per cent., 
 of sulphur it contains. 
 
 Cystirrha'gia. A discharge from the blad- 
 der, mostly of blood. 
 
 CYSTIRRHCE A. (From kvotlc, and pew, to 
 flow. ) Discharge of mucus from the bladder ; 
 vesical catarrh. It is mostly accompanied with 
 6trangury, and depends on irritation of the 
 bladder. Warm diluents, the turpentines, and 
 antiphlogistic regimen are necessary. 
 
 CY'STIS. (From kvotlc, a bag.) 1. A cyst, 
 bladder, or small membranous bag. 2. The 
 urinary bladder. 3. The membranous bag sur- 
 rounding or containing any morbid substance. 
 
 Cystis choledocha. C. fellea. See Gall 
 bladder. 
 
 Cystis urinaria. See Urinary bladder. 
 
 CYSTTTIS. (is, idis, f. Kvotlc.) Inflam- 
 mation of the bladder. Inflammation affects 
 chiefly the mucous coat of the bladder, but all 
 the coats may be implicated. The disease may 
 be either acute or chronic. The acute form is 
 known by acute pain in the region of the blad- 
 der, attended with fever and hard pulse, a fre- 
 quent and painful discharge of urine, or a sup- 
 pression, and generally tenesmus. If the disease 
 be not soon subdued, the restlessness and anxi- 
 ety increase, the extremities become cold, vom- 
 iting supervenes, and delirium and other marks 
 of great general irritation : the disease runs its 
 course with rapidity, and subsides or destroys 
 the patient in a few days. The treatment is 
 the same as in nephritis. 
 
 Chronic inflammation of the bladder is at- 
 tended with a highly irritable state of the organ, 
 and a very copious excretion of mucus along 
 with the urine, whence the name of catarrhus 
 vesica which has been applied to it. 
 
 CY'STITOME. (From kvotlc, and rsfivu, to 
 cut.) The name of an instrument for opening 
 the capsule of the crystalline lens. — Lafaye. 
 
 Cy'sto-bubonoce'le. A rare species of her- 
 nia, in which the urinary bladder is protruded 
 through the inguinal aperture. 
 
 CYSTOCF/LE. (From kvotlc, and Krfkn, a 
 tumor.) Hernia of the bladder. This is rare. 
 It occurs most frequently at the inguinal ring, 
 less at the crural ring; the bladder has also 
 been known to protrude through the perinseum, 
 vagina {vaginal cystocele), or thyroid foramen. 
 Cystodynia. Pain in or about the bladder. 
 Cy'stomeroce'le. A hernial protrusion of 
 the bladder through the femoral ring. See 
 Cystocele. 
 
 Cystoplasty. The reparation of vesicova- 
 ginal fistula by paring its edges, dissecting a 
 flap from the external labium, and uniting this 
 by suture to the edges. 
 
 CYSTOPLE'GIA. (From kvotlc, and nlno- 
 ou, to strike.) Paralysis of the bladder. 
 Cystople'xia. The same as cystoplegia. 
 CYSTOPTO'SIS. _ (From kvctlc, and tzltttu, 
 to fall.) A name given by Vogel to a relaxa- 
 tion of the internal coat of the bladder, where- 
 by it protrudes into the urethra. 
 
 Cystospa'sticus. Cystospastic. (From kvo* 
 tic, and oirau, to draw.) Relating to spasm of 
 the bladder. 
 
 CYSTOTO'MIA. {a, m, f. ; from kvotlc, and 
 TEfivu, to cut.) The operation of cutting or 
 puncturing into the bladder. 
 
 CY'TINUS. A genus of plants. Gynandria. 
 Octandria. — C. hypocistis. Rape of cystus. A 
 fleshy, pale-yellowish plant, parasitical on the 
 roots of several species of cystus in the south of 
 Europe, from which the succus hypocistidis is 
 obtained. 
 
 CY'TISINE. Cytissina. A bitter principle 
 resembling emetin ; nauseous, emetic, and poi- 
 sonous. It is found in the seeds of the Cytisus 
 laburnum, or common laburnum, and also in asa- 
 rum and arnica. One to two grains are emetic 
 and purgative ; in larger doses it is an acrid 
 poison. 
 
 Cy'tiso-geni'sta. Spartium scoparium. 
 Cytisus scoparius. The spartium scopa- 
 rium. 
 
 CYTOBLAST. (From kvtoc , a ceil, and 
 j3XaoToc, a germ.) A nucleus, areola, or cell- 
 germ. A minute spot discovered on the grow- 
 ing cells of those parts of animals or plants 
 undergoing development or frequent reparation, 
 which is found to be the rudiment of a new cell. 
 C ytoblastema. The blastema or fluid which 
 nourishes the cytoblast. Dextrine in plants, 
 and the liquor sanguinis in animals, are the 
 principal blastema or cell food; but it differs 
 according to the place of the cytoblast. 
 
 206 
 
DAN 
 
 DAT 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 ABERLOCKS. Fucus esculentus. 
 Dace. Cyprinus leuciscus. 
 DACRY-. A prefix (from danpov, a tear) of 
 many words seldom employed ; as Dacryade- 
 nalgia. Disease of the lachrymal gland. — Da- 
 cryadenitis. Inflammation of the lachrymal 
 gland. — Dacryodes. A sanious ulcer, &c. 
 Dacry'dium. Scammony. 
 Dacryo'ma. (From daupvu, to weep.) Epi- 
 phora. 
 
 Dacty'lion. Preternatural adhesion of the 
 fingers to each other. A congenital deformity, 
 or the consequence of burns. — Vogel. 
 
 Dactylitis. Paronchia. 
 
 Dactylius aculeatus. An annellated worm 
 found in diseased urine. 
 
 DA'CTYLUS. (us, i, m. Aa/crvAoc.) 1. A 
 finger. See Digitus. 2. The date. 
 
 Dadyl. A product from oil of turpentine. 
 
 D^dalia suaveolens. Boletus suaveolens. 
 
 D-e'dium. 1. A small torch or candle. 2. A 
 bougie. 
 
 DiEMONOMA'NIA. Da-monia. (a, a, f. ; 
 from daifiov, a demon, and fiavia, madness.) 
 A melancholy where the patient supposes him- 
 6elf to be possessed by devils. 
 
 Daffodil. Narcissus pseudonarcissus. 
 
 Daffy's elixir. Compound tincture of sen- 
 na, with the addition of aniseed and elecampane 
 root. 
 
 Dahlin. A kind of starch or inulin. 
 
 DAGUERREOTYPE. A process whereby 
 the images of objects formed in a camera ob- 
 scura are made to depict themselves on a plated 
 surface. The silver is prepared with iodine, or 
 compounds of iodine with bromine or chlorine, 
 and being acted on by light, it is exposed to 
 the vapor of mercury, and washed in a solution 
 of hyposulphite of soda, &c. The impressions 
 are exquisite, and the process furnishes every 
 cine with the means of securing perfect repre- 
 sentations of natural or artificial objects. 
 
 Daisy, ox-eye. See Chrysanthemum. 
 
 Dalby's carminative. A nostrum much 
 used as a carminative for children. It consists 
 of carbonate of magnesia, 9ij.; oil of pepper- 
 mint, Ttlj. ; oil of nutmeg, 1tlij. ; oil of aniseed, 
 TUiij.; tincture of castor, 3ss. ; tincture of assa- 
 fcetida, nixv. ; tincture of opium, HI v.; spirit 
 of pennyroyal, lUxv. ; compound tincture of 
 cardamoms, 3ss. ; peppermint water, fij. 
 
 Dam a. A deer. See Cervus. 
 
 Damask rose. See Rosa centifolia. 
 
 Dammara australis. See Coiodie gxim. 
 
 Dammaric acid. An acid resin of cowdie 
 gum, soluble in weak alcohol. Formula, C 40 
 H30CV 
 
 Dammaran. A component of cowdie gum, 
 soluble in pure alcohol. Formula, C40H31O6. 
 
 Damna'tus. Terra damnata. The refuse of 
 distillation. 
 
 Damson. Prunus domestica. 
 
 Dandelion. See Leontodon taraxacum. 
 
 Dandriff. See Pityriasis. 
 
 Danevert springs, Sweden, contain carbon- 
 
 ic acid, carbonate and sulphate of iron, sul 
 phates of soda and lime, and muriate of soda. 
 
 Danse de saint guy. Danse de St. Witt, 
 See Chorea. 
 
 DA'PHNE. (e, es, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Octandria. Monogynia. Tymelacece. — D. al- 
 pina. This species of dwarf olive-tree is said 
 to be purgative in the dose of 3ij. — D. gni'di- 
 ion. The tree which affords the Garou bark, 
 Spurge-flax. Flax-leaved daphne. The bark 
 has the same properties as mezereon. — D. lau- 
 re'ola. The spurge-laurel. Laureola daphnoi- 
 des. The bark is used in the same way as that 
 of the mezereon. — D. lintearia. The lace bark 
 of Jamaica has analogous properties. 
 
 Da'phne meze'reum. The mezereon. Me- 
 zereum. (U. S. ) This plant is extremely acrid ; 
 the berries (grana cnidii) also have the same 
 effects ; and, when swallowed, prove a pow- 
 erful corrosive poison. The bark of the root 
 {cortex radicis mezerei) is officinal, and is a 
 component of the compound sarsaparilla de- 
 coction. It is very acrid, which arises from 
 the presence of a volatile oil and resin. The 
 bark, steeped in vinegar, is vesicating, and 
 is sometimes used with the same intention as 
 savine. It is also stimulant and diaphoretic. 
 Its use in syphilis is very questionable, but. in 
 cutaneous diseases it seems more serviceable. 
 It is also used in decoction (jj. to Oj. of water), 
 of which f. fij, three times a day, is a dose. In 
 over-doses it is an acrid poison, and is to be 
 met by diluents, dilute acids, and encouraging 
 the vomiting. 
 
 Daphnel^'on. Oil of bay-berries. 
 DA'PHNINE. The bitter, crystalline princi- 
 ple of the daphne alpina, mezereon, &c. It ia 
 hard, of a grayish color, evaporates in acrid, 
 acid vapors, is sparingly soluble in cold, but 
 moderately in boiling water. It is not the act- 
 ive principle of mezereon, and appears to re- 
 semble asparagin. 
 
 Daphnoi'des. Daphni'tis. Daphne laureola. 
 Da'rsis. Excoriation. 
 Da'rta. A severe impetigo. 
 DA'RTOS. (From 6epu, to excoriate.) A 
 condensed cellular structure under the skin of 
 the scrotum. It is by means of the dartos that 
 the skin of the scrotum is corrugated and re- 
 laxed. 
 
 DARTRE. A term vaguely applied by 
 French writers to cutaneous diseases : generally 
 speaking, it corresponds with herpes and im- 
 petigo. 
 
 Da'syma. Trachoma. 
 Date. The fruit of phoenix dactylifera. 
 Date plum, Indian. Dyospyrus lotus. 
 DATU'RA. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanacem. Near- 
 ly all the species resemble the datura stramo- 
 nium in effect. Several are used in the East 
 Indies, as D. arborea, D. ferox, D. fastuosa, D. 
 met el, and D. tatula. 
 
 Datura stramonium. Stramonium. (U. S.) 
 Thorn apple. Jamestown weed. The leaves 
 
 207 
 
DE A 
 
 DEO 
 
 {folia stramonii), roots {radix stramonii). and 
 seeds {semina stramonii) are officinal. Of these, 
 the seeds are the most active, and contain datu- 
 rine. The odor of the plant is fetid and nar- 
 cotic, the taste bitter and nauseous. Its me- 
 dicinal powers are extracted by water or spirit. 
 Stramonium acts nearly like belladonna. It 
 numbs pain, without producing sleep; dilates 
 the pupil, though not so fully ; causes dryness 
 of the throat, headache, and nervousness. In 
 over-doses it produces delirium, convulsions, 
 and sometimes palsy, and is to be met by emet- 
 ics, acid diluents, and astringent decoctions. It 
 seems to be most useful in neuralgias and chro- 
 nic rheumatism. Its use in mania and asthma, 
 especially when smoked, is very questionable. 
 Dose of the powdered leaves, gr. j.; of the 
 seeds, gr. ss., to be gradually increased. Cat- 
 aplasms of the fresh-bruised leaves have been 
 very successfully used in sores of a highly irri- 
 table and painful nature. 
 
 DATU'RINE. Daturia. Daturina. Datu- 
 rium. A highly poisonous alkaloid of stramo- 
 nium. It crystallizes in colorless, brilliant 
 prisms, of a bitter and tobacco-like flavor. It 
 requires 280 parts of cold and 72 of boiling wa- 
 ter for solution, and is very soluble in alcohol. 
 It resembles in properties hyoscyamia, and di- 
 lates the pupil. 
 
 Dauci'tes vinum. Must, in which bruised 
 carrots have been steeped. 
 
 DAU'CUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The carrot. 2. 
 A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Um- 
 belliferce. — D. alsaticus. Oreoselinum. — D. an- 
 num minor. Caucalis anthriscus. — D. carota. 
 D. sativa. Daucus. (L.) Carota. (U. S.) 
 The carrot plant. The scraped root forms a 
 good poultice, and the seeds are a warm aro- 
 matic. The boiled root is moderately nutri- 
 tious. — D. creticus. See Athamanta. — D. Ma- 
 cedonius. Apium graveolens. — D. montanus. 
 D. selenoides. Oreoselinum. — D. seprinius. 
 Scandix cerefolium? — D. sylvestris. D. vul- 
 garis. Wild carrot, or bird's nest. The seeds 
 possess demulcent and aromatic qualities. 
 
 Daura. Hellebore. Leaf-gold. — Ruland. 
 
 Davy's safety lamp. An oil lamp sur- 
 rounded by gauze wire, to prevent explosions 
 in coal mines. 
 
 Day-mare. See Ephialtes. 
 
 Day-sight. See Hemeralopia, and Nyctalo- 
 pia. 
 
 Dead-nettle. Lamium album. 
 
 Deadly nightshade. Atropa belladonna. 
 
 Deafness. See Dyseccea. 
 
 Deaf-dumbness. See Aphotiia. 
 
 Dealbatio. See Albatio. 
 
 Dearticula'tio. See Diarthrosis. 
 
 DEATH. The final cessation of the vital 
 processes, the action of which maintains life. 
 — Death, apparent. Asphyxia. — D., partial. 
 D., molecular. Gangrene. Mortification. — D., 
 black. The plague of the fourteenth century. — 
 D., sudden. The sudden loss of vital power. 
 It may arise from organic disease of the heart 
 or arteries, apoplexy, hemorrhage into the lungs, 
 or excessive uterine hemorrhage, or from ner 
 vous shocks, such as that of a severe operation. 
 
 Deauratio. The wrapping up of pills in 
 gold leaf. 
 
 208 
 
 DEBILITAS. Debility, (as, < 
 Weakness. Decay of power. Sauvage 
 peculiar class of diseases under the n 
 Debilitates, or those characterized by de 
 
 Debilitants. Medicines which red 
 citement. 
 
 Decagy'nia. An order of plants w 
 pistils. 
 
 Deca'ndria. A class of plants with i 
 mens. 
 
 DECANTATION. Decantatio. The 
 ing off of a liquor clear from sediment. 
 
 Decarbonization. The removal of 
 in the aeration of the blood. 
 
 Decide'ntia. Synonymous with cata 
 
 DECIDUA. In Anatomy \, a very til 
 delicate membrane, membrana decidua, 
 adheres to the internal surface of the - : 
 uterus. It is generally supposed by anal' 
 of the present day that the decidua is a sac 
 without any aperture, lining the uterus previ- 
 ously to the descent of the ovum; and that 
 when the ovum descends it pushes the decidua 
 before it, and is enveloped by it, except at the 
 part where the placenta is afterward formed. 
 That part of the membrane which lines the 
 uterus is called tunica decidua uteri, and that 
 which covers the ovum is called tunica decidua 
 rejlexa. 
 
 DECTDUOUS. (Deciduus; from decido, to 
 fall off or down ; to die.) Falling off. In Bot- 
 any, applied to trees, shrubs, &c, which lose 
 their leaves as winter approaches. 
 
 DE'CLINE. 1. Remission. The abatement 
 of a disease or paroxysm. 2. The result of old 
 age; an enfeeblement of the vital powers. 3. 
 Tabes. Phthisis. 
 
 Declining. Declinatus. Declivis. 1. Ap- 
 plied to stems, pericarps, &c, when bent down 
 like a bow, with the arch downward. 2. A 
 muscle of the abdomen, because of its posture. 
 Obliquus descendens. 
 
 Declinatus. See Declining. 
 
 Decli'vis. Declining; descending. 
 
 DECO'CTION. The process of boiling; also 
 used for the form of medicine in which the act- 
 ive matters are boiled with water. To make a 
 decoction {decoctum), the drugs should be well 
 bruised, or if fresh, sliced; the boiling should 
 be conducted in a closed tin or copper vessel, 
 and not so far prolonged as to produce decom- 
 positions among the vegetable matters. Decoc- 
 tions do not keep well, and in summer are sel- 
 dom fit for use after forty-eight hours. The 
 officinal decoctions are given under Decoctum. 
 
 Decoction of the woods. D. sudorific 
 Decoctum guaiaci compositum. 
 
 Decoction, pectoral. Decoctum hordei 
 compositum. 
 
 DECO'CTUM. {um, i, n. ; from decoquo, to 
 boil.) A decoction. In a chemical point of 
 view, it is a continued ebullition with water, to 
 separate such parts of bodies as are only soluble 
 at that degree of heat. The following are 
 among the principal decoctions used in medi 
 cine. 
 
 Decoctum album. See Mistura cornu usti. 
 
 Decoctum aloes compositum. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound decoction of aloes. Take of extract 
 of liquorice, 3vij.; carbonate of potash, iy\ 
 
DEC 
 
 aloes, powdered, myrrh, powdered, saffron, of 
 each, jiss. ; water, a pint and a half. Boil down 
 to a pint, and strain ; then add compound tinc- 
 ture of cardamoms, f. fvij. Dose, f. fss. to f. 
 fiss. 
 
 Decoctum althjs^e. (Ph. D.) D. althece 
 officinalis. Decoction of marsh mallows. Take 
 of dried marsh mallow roots, fiv. ; raisins, stoned, 
 fij. ; water, Ovij. Boil to five pounds, and 
 strain. Demulcent drink. 
 
 Decoctum amtli. (Ph. L.) Take of starch, 
 ?ss. ; water, Oj. Rub them together, and boil 
 for a few minutes. Used as an enema, either 
 alone or as a vehicle. 
 
 Decoctum anthemidis. D. anthemidis nobi- 
 lis. Chamomile decoction. Take of chamo- 
 mile flowers, fj.; caraway seeds, § ss. ; water, 
 Ibv. Boil fifteen minutes, and strain. (Ph. E.) 
 
 Decoctum astragali. Take of the root of 
 the Astragalus exscapus, f j.; distilled water, Oiij. 
 These are to be boiled till only a quart of fluid 
 remain. The whole is to be taken, a httle 
 warmed, in the course of twenty-four hours. 
 This remedy was tried very extensively in Ger- 
 many, and said to exert very powerful effects 
 as an antisyphilitic. 
 
 Decoctum ave'.we. "Water gruel. Boil of 
 oatmeal, 5j., in water, Oyj. to Oij., constantly 
 stirring. Strain. A demulcent vehicle. 
 
 Decoctum bard an j?. Take of bardana root, 
 syj. ; of distilled water, Oyj. Boil down to two 
 quarts. From a pint to a quart in a day is giv- 
 en, in those cases where sarsaparilla and alter- 
 atives are supposed to be necessary. 
 
 Decoctum ca'ssi.5: fistula. Decoction of 
 cassia fistula. Take of cassia pulp, fij.; water, 
 Oij. Boil a few minutes, decant the fluid parts, 
 and add of syrup of violets, fj., or of manna, fij. 
 A French formula. It is laxative. Dose, f. fiv. 
 to f. fvj. 
 
 Decoctum cetra'ri.e. See Decoctum liche- 
 nis. 
 
 Decoctum chamjemeli. See Decoctum an- 
 themidis. 
 
 Decoctum chimaphi'lje. (U. S.) Decoc- 
 tion of pipsissewa. Decoction of wintergreen. 
 Take of chimaphila leaves, bruised, fj. ; of wa- 
 ter, Oiss. Boil to a pint, and strain. A gentle 
 alterative tonic. Dose, sj. to fij. A pint may 
 be taken daily. 
 
 Decoctum chro'ndri. Decoction of carra- 
 geen moss. Take of carrageen moss, fss. Steep 
 in cold water for ten minutes, then boil in wa- 
 ter. Oiij., for a quarter of an hour. This is nu- 
 tritious and demulcent, and may be combined 
 with milk, &c. 
 
 Decoctum cinchona. (U. S.) Decoction 
 of cinchona. Decoction of Peruvian bark. Take 
 of cinchona bark, bruised, fj. ; water, a pint. 
 Boil for ten minutes in a vessel slightly cover- 
 ed, and strain the decoction while hot. Ac- 
 cording to the option of the practitioner, the 
 bark of either of the species of cinchona, the 
 cordifolia. or yellow, the oblongifolia, or red, or 
 the lancifolia, or quilled, may be used. This 
 way of administering the bark is very general, 
 as all the other preparations may be mixed with 
 it, as necessity requires. It is a very good as- 
 tringent lotion for prolapsus of the uterus or 
 rectum. Dose, f. fij. 
 O 
 
 DEC 
 
 Decoctum colu'mbje compo'situm. Com- 
 pound decoction of columba. Take of columba 
 root, braised, of quassia shavings, each 5ij. ; of 
 orange peel, 3J.; of powdered rhubarb, 3j.; of 
 carbonate of potash, 3ss. ; of water, f. fxx. Boil 
 to a pint, and add to the strained liquid tinctu- 
 ra lavandulse, f. § ss. A tonic decoction of the 
 former United States Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 Decoctum commune pro clystere. Decoc- 
 tum malvae compositum. 
 
 Decoctum cornu. See Mistura cornu iisli. 
 
 Decoctum corn'us flo'rid.e. (U. S.) De- 
 coction of dogwood bark. Take of dogwood 
 bark, bruised, fj. ; of water, Oj. Boil for ten 
 minutes, and strain while hot. This is an im- 
 perfect substitute for cinchona. Dose, f. fij. 
 
 Decoctum cydonije. (L. Ph.) Decoction 
 of quince seeds. Take of quince seeds, 3ij.$ 
 water, a pint. Boil over a gentle fire for ten 
 minutes, then strain. Demulcent. 
 
 Decoctum daphnes mezerei. Decoction of 
 mezereon. Take of the bark of mezereon root, 
 ?ij.; liquorice root, bruised, f ss. ; water, Oiij. 
 Boil with a gentle heat down to two pounds, 
 and strain. From four to eight ounces of this 
 decoction may be given four times a day. in 
 some obstinate venereal and rheumatic affec- 
 tions. It operates chiefly as a sudorific. 
 
 Decoctum diaphoreticum. Decoctum gua- 
 iaci compositum. 
 
 Decoctum digitalis. (Ph. D.) Decoction 
 of foxglove. Take dried foxglove leaves, 3J.; 
 water enough to produce f. fviij. of decoction. 
 As soon as the water begins to boil, remove it, 
 and digest for fifteen minutes. It is sedative. 
 Dose, 31J. 
 
 Decoctum dulcamara. (U.S.) Decoctionof 
 woody nightshade. Decoction of bittersweet 
 Take of the incised stalks of dulcamara, fj. ; dis- 
 tilled water, Ojss. Boil to a pint, and strain. This 
 remedy has been employed in inveterate cases 
 of scrofula ; in cancer and phagedena ; in lepra 
 and other cutaneous affections. Its chief use is 
 as a diuretic in dropsy. Dose, fss. to ?j. three 
 times a day. 
 
 Decoctum geoffrjsje inermis. (Ph. D.) 
 Decoction of cabbage-tree bark. Take of bark 
 of the cabbage-tree, braised, ?j.: water, Oij. 
 Boil it, with a gentle fire, down to one pint, and 
 strain. Then add of syrup of orange peel, f v\. 
 This is a powerful anthelmintic and narcotic. 
 If disagreeable symptoms should arise from an 
 over-dose, we must immediately purge with 
 castor oil, and dilute with acidulated drinks. 
 Dose to adults, sjss. 
 
 Decoctum glycyrrhi'z^:. (Ph. D.) De- 
 coction of liquorice. Take of liquorice root, 
 braised, fijss. ; of water. Oj. Boil a few min- 
 utes, and strain. A demulcent and pectoral 
 vehicle. 
 
 Decoctum guaiaci officinalis compositum. 
 D. lignorum. Compound decoction of guaia- 
 cum. Decoction of the woods. Take of guai- 
 acum raspings, fiij.; raisins, stoned, fij.; sas- 
 safras root, liquorice, each ?j. ; water, Ox. Boil 
 the guaiacum and raisins with the water, over 
 a gentle fire, to one half; adding, toward the 
 end, the sassafras and. liquorice. Strain the 
 liquor, without expression. A slight alterative 
 diaphoretic, of which one or two pints may be 
 
 209 
 
DEC 
 
 DEC 
 
 taken daily. The French use a similar prepa- 
 ration, made purgative by senna and rhubarb. 
 
 Decoctum hamato'xyli. (U. S.) Decoc- 
 tion of logwood. Take of logwood, l-asped, fj. ; 
 of water, Oij. Boil to Oj., and strain. A good 
 astringent. Dose, f. fij. 
 
 Decoctum helleboki albi. See Decoctum 
 veratri albi. 
 
 Decoctum hordei. (U. S.) D. hordei dis- 
 tichi. Barley water. Take of pearl barley, 
 fij.; water, four pints and a half. First wash 
 with cold water ; next, having poured upon the 
 barley half a pint of water, boil for a few min- 
 utes. Let this water be thrown away, and add 
 the remainder of the water, boiling ; then boil 
 down to two pints, and strain. Demulcent 
 drink. 
 
 Decoctum hordei compositum. (Ph. L.) 
 D. pectorale. Compound decoction of barley. 
 Take of decoction of barley, two pints ; figs, 
 sliced, fij. ; liquorice root, sliced and bruised, 
 fss. ; raisins, stoned, fij. ; water, a pint. Boil 
 down to two pints, and strain. A pectoral and 
 demulcent drink. 
 
 Decoctum hordei cum gummi. Barley wa- 
 ter, Oij.; gum arabic, §j. The gum is to be 
 dissolved in the barley decoction while warm. 
 It then forms a. suitable diluent in strangury, 
 dysury, &c. 
 
 Decoctum kinje kina. Decoctum cinchonae. 
 
 Decoctum lichenis. (U. S. ; Ph. L.) D. 
 lichenis islandici. Decoction of Iceland moss. 
 Take of Iceland moss, fj. ; water, a pint and a 
 half. Boil down to a pint, and strain. Tonic 
 and demulcent. The dose is from §j. to fiv. 
 This is now called Decoctum cetrarice. 
 
 Decoctum ligno'rum. Decoctum guaiaci 
 compositum. 
 
 Decoctum lobelia. Take a handful of the 
 roots of the Lobelia syphilitica ; distilled water, 
 Oxij. These are to be boiled in the usual way 
 till only four quarts remain. Formerly sup- 
 posed antjyenereal. Dose, a pint or more daily. 
 
 Decoctum lusitanicum. The form of this 
 is not precisely known, but it resembles the 
 D. sarsaparilla compositum, with the addition 
 of walnut peel, red sanders wood, &c. Sul- 
 phuret of antimony is boiled with the vegetable 
 matter, but as it is insoluble, it can yield little 
 to its efficacy. 
 
 Decoctum malvjs compositum. Compound 
 decoction of mallows. Take a mallows, dried, 
 fj.; chamomile flowers, dried, fss. ; water, a 
 pint. Boil for a quarter of an hour, and strain. 
 For glysters and fomentations. 
 
 Decoctum mezerei. See Decoctum daphnes 
 mezerei. 
 
 Decoctum papaveris. (Ph. L.) Decoction 
 of poppy. Take of white poppy capsules, 
 bruised, fiv. ; water, four pints. Boil for a 
 quarter of an hour, and strain. This prepara- 
 tion possesses slight anodyne properties, and is 
 used as a fomentation in acute ophthalmia, pain- 
 ful swellings, &c. 
 
 Decoctum pectorale. See Decoctum hordei 
 compositum. 
 
 Decoctum polyga'la senega. Decoctum 
 senegae. 
 
 Decoctum pro enemate. See Decoctum mal- 
 vcs compositum. 
 210 
 
 Decoctum pro fomento. See Decoctum pa> 
 paveris. 
 
 Decoctum pyro'lj;. Decoctum chima- 
 pilae. 
 
 Decoctum quercus alba. (U.S.) D.quer- 
 cus roboris. Decoction of oak bark. Take of 
 oak bark, fj.; water, Oiss. Boil down to a 
 pint, and strain. This astringent decoction is 
 chiefly used for external purposes. 
 
 Decoctum sarsaparilla. (U. S.) Decoc- 
 tion of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsaparilla root, 
 sliced and bruised, 5 vj . ; boiling water, Ovj . Boil 
 down to .Oiv., and strain. Supposed to be al» 
 terative. Dose, Oj. to Oiss. daily. 
 
 Decoctum sarsaparilla compositum. (U. 
 S.) Compound decoction of sarsaparilla. Take 
 of decoction of sarsaparilla, boiling, four pints ; 
 sassafras root, sliced, guaiacum wood shavings, 
 liquorice root, braised, of each, ^j.: mezereon 
 root bark, 3iij. Boil for a quarter of an hour, 
 and strain. A gentle sudorific and alterative. 
 Dose, Oj. or more daily. 
 
 Decoctum sarza. See Decoctum sarsapa- 
 rilla. 
 
 Decoctum scopa'rii compo'situm. (Ph. L.) 
 Decoction of broom. Take of broom tops, ju- 
 niper berries, and dandelion roots, of each, fss. ; 
 of water, Oiss. Boil to a pint, and strain. A 
 diuretic and laxative. Dose, f. fj. to f. §ij. 
 
 Decoctum senega. (U. S.) Decoction of 
 senega. Take of senega root, fj. ; water, two 
 pints. Boil down to a pint, and strain. Dose, 
 
 Decoctum smila'cis sarsapari'lla. D. 
 sarsce. Decoctum sarsaparillae. 
 
 Decoctum sudor'ificum. Decoctum guaiaci 
 compositum. 
 
 Decoctum tara'xaci. (U. S.) Decoction 
 of dandelion. Take of braised dandelion root, 
 fij.; of water, Oij. Boil to a pint, and strain. 
 Laxative and aperient. Dose, f. fij. 
 
 Decoctum tormenti'lla. (Ph. L.) De- 
 coction of tormeutil. Take of bruised tormen- 
 til root, fij.; of water, Oiss. Boil to a pint, 
 and strain. Astringent. Dose, f. §j. to f. fij. 
 Used also as an injection in leucorrhcea, &c. 
 
 Decoctum ulmi. (Ph. L.) D. ulmi cam- 
 pestris. Decoction of elm bark. Take of fresh 
 elm bark, bruised, fiv. ; water, Oiv. Boil 
 down to two pints, and strain. This may be 
 employed with great advantage as a collyrium 
 in chronic ophthalmia. Demulcent. 
 
 Decoctum uva ursi. (U. S.) Decoction 
 of uva ursi. Take of uva ursi leaves, § j . ; of 
 water, f. f xx. Boil down to a pint, and strain. 
 A valuable astringent in urinary diseases. Dose, 
 f. fiss. 
 
 Decoctum vera'tri. (Ph. L. &. D.) D. 
 veratri albi. (U. S.) Decoction of white hel- 
 lebore. Take of veratram album root, in pow- 
 der, ?j. ; of water, Oij. Boil to a pint, strain, 
 and, when cold, add of alcohol f. fij. It is a 
 violent purgative and emetic, and but rarely 
 used internally. It has been found beneficial 
 as a wash hi cutaneous affections, as tinea, pso- 
 ra, lepi-a. 
 
 DECOLLATION. The removal of the head. 
 Decapitation. 
 
 DECOLORATION. The blanching or loss 
 of the natural color of any object. The removal 
 
DEF 
 
 DEL 
 
 of adhering coloring matters. It is effected by 
 the action of animal charcoal. 
 
 DECOMPOSITION. Decompositio. 1. De- 
 cay; putrefaction. 2. The separation of the 
 component parts or principles of bodies from 
 each other. The principal agents in effecting 
 this are heat and electricity. 
 
 Decomposition by contact. Catalysis. 
 
 Decompo'situs. A term applied to leaves, 
 and meaning doubly compound. 
 
 DECORTICATION. Decorticatio. The 
 stripping of any thing of its bark, husk, or shell. 
 
 Decrement. Decrementum. Decrease or 
 decline. 
 
 DECREPITATION. Dccrepitatio. A kind 
 of crackling noise, which takes place when some 
 bodies, especially salts, are exposed to a certain 
 degree of heat. 
 
 DECU'BITUS. (From decumbo, to lie 
 down.) The attitude or disposition of the body 
 of a patient when in the horizontal posture. 
 This forms an important feature in some dis- 
 eases. 
 
 Decumbent. Decu'mbens. Lying down. 
 Drooping. 
 
 Decu'rrent. Decurrens. Applied to leaves 
 which run down the stem in a leafy border or 
 wing. 
 
 Decurtatus. Decreasing to a point. 
 
 Decu'ssate. Decussatus. Applied to leaves 
 and spines which are in pairs, alternately cross- 
 ing each other. 
 
 DECUSSATION. Decussatio. (Fromdecusso, 
 to cross each other.) When nerves or muscular 
 fibres cross one another, this distribution is 
 called decussation. 
 
 Decusso'rium. An ancient instrument to 
 depress the dura mater after trepanning. 
 
 Dedolation. The producing a wound with 
 loss of substance. 
 
 Deer-berry. Gaultheria procumbens. 
 
 Defectus logul^e. Aphonia. 
 
 DEFECATION. 1. The separating or free- 
 ing any thing from its fseces. 2. The process 
 of relieving one's self of fa?ces. 
 
 Defectio animi. Fainting. Deliquium animi. 
 
 DEFENSIVES. Defensiva. Formerly ap- 
 plied to plasters and dressings of wounds, and to 
 cordial medicines, or such as resist infection. 
 
 De'ferens. The vas deferens. 
 
 Defi'xus. Impotent. 
 
 DEFLAGRATION. Deflagra'tio. A rapid 
 combustion, such as that which takes place 
 when a mixture of sulphur and nitre is inflamed. 
 
 Deflagrator. A powerful galvanic ma- 
 chine of Dr. Hare. 
 
 Deflectio. Dejieclens. Derivative or re- 
 vulsive. 
 
 Defle'xus. Deflex: bending outward in a 
 small degree. 
 
 DEFLORATION. The extinction of the 
 marks of virginity by connection with the male. 
 See Virginity. 
 
 Defluvium capillorum. Baldness. Fall- 
 ing off of the hair. 
 
 DEFLU'XION. (Defluxio, onis, f. ; from de- 
 fluo, to run off.) 1. A catarrh or cold. 2. A 
 descent of humors from a superior to an inferior 
 part. A term much used by the humoral pa- 
 thologists. 
 
 Deforma'tio. Deformation. A deformity. 
 
 DEGENERATION. Degenerescence. In 
 Natural History and Physiology, a gradual fall- 
 ing off or deterioration in any class of animals, 
 or of any particular organ in the animal or vege- 
 table body, from the operation of natural causes. 
 In Pathology, degeneration signifies a morbid 
 change in the structure of parts, as cancerous 
 degeneration. 
 
 DEGLUTITION. (Deglutitio, onis, f. ; from 
 dc, and glutio, to swallow.) The act of swal- 
 lowing. All the muscles of the tongue, those 
 of the velum of the palate, of the pharynx, of 
 the larynx, and the muscular layer of the oesoph- 
 agus, are employed in deglutition. This ac- 
 tion is produced by the reflex function, or exci- 
 to-motory system, as well as by the voluntary. 
 
 Deglutition, difficult. Deglutitio diffi- 
 cilis. D. impedita. D. la>sa. Dysphagia. 
 
 De'gmus. A gnawing pain. 
 
 DEGREE. A step or stage ; an arbitrary 
 measure on a scale of temperature, &c. ; as the 
 degree of violence, the degree of a thermometer. 
 
 Dehi'scent. Dehi'scens. (From dehisco, to 
 gape.) Gaping. Applied in botany to cap- 
 sules which split, when ripe, to give exit to the 
 seed. 
 
 Dejectio alvi. Defecation. 
 
 DEJECTION. (Dejectio, onis, f. ; from de- 
 jicio, to go to stool.) A discharge of faecal 
 matter from the bowels, or the matter dis- 
 charged. 
 
 Dejecto'rius. Purgative. 
 
 De la Motte's golden drops. See Gouttes 
 du General la Motte. 
 
 Dela'psus. Dela'psio. Prolapsus. 
 
 Delcroix's depilatory. A mixture of quick- 
 lime, orpiment, and a vegetable powder. 
 
 DELETE'RIOUS. (Deleterius; from d^Aea, 
 to hurt.) Poisonous; not wholesome. 
 
 Del ig a' no. (From deligo, to bind up.) 
 The application of a bandage. 
 
 DELIQUESCENCE. (Deliqnescentia; from 
 deliquesco, to melt down.) Deliquation, or the 
 spontaneous assumption of the fluid state by cer- 
 tain bodies, when left exposed to the air, in 
 consequence of their attracting water from it, 
 as in the case of the chloride of calcium and 
 carbonate of potassa. 
 
 DELI'QUIUxM. (urn, i, n.) 1. A fainting. 
 Syncope. 2. The spontaneous solution of a 
 deliquescent salt. 
 
 Deliquium animi. Fainting. See Syncope. 
 
 DELIRIFA'CIENTS. Medicines which di- 
 late the pupil, produce dysphagia, partial apho- 
 nia, delirium, and, finally, stupor; such as bel- 
 ladonna, stramonium, and hyoscyamus. 
 
 DELIRIOUS. Delirans. Affected with de- 
 lirium. It is commonly applied to the mild 
 forms of delirium, as incoherence. 
 
 DELI'RIUM. (um,i, n. ; from deliro, to 
 rave.) The confusion of ideas which occurs in 
 the progress of diseases from disturbed function 
 of the brain. Delirium is either violent and 
 frantic, delirium ferox, as in acute inflammation 
 of the membranes of the brain, or low and mut- 
 tering, typhomania, as in low fever. 
 
 Delirium furiosum. D. maniacum. Mania. 
 — D. senile. The imbecility and moral insani- 
 ty of the aged. 
 
 211 
 
DEL 
 
 DEM 
 
 Delirium traumaticum. The nervous re- 
 action which follows the collapse or prostration 
 of severe accidents or surgical operations on 
 some feeble constitutions. The symptoms and 
 treatment are completely analogous with those 
 of delirium tremens. 
 
 Delirium tremens. D. ebriositatis. D. po- 
 tatorum. Delirium of drunkards. An affection 
 of the brain nearly peculiar to drunkards. A 
 person having been much addicted to the use 
 of ardent spirits, omits his accustomed stimulus, 
 and the approach of an attack of delirium tre- 
 mens is almost invariably announced by the 
 patient being remarkably irritable, with fret- 
 fulness, anorexia, and mobility of the body. 
 Watchfulness next occurs, and the patient gets 
 little or no sleep. He has frightful dreams, 
 sees remarkable sights, or hears extraordinary 
 sounds. He then begins to fancy that some 
 conspiracy is forming against him, entertains 
 suspicions about certain persons or things, and 
 imagines that some mischief is intended toward 
 him. Then he is perpetually busied about his 
 affairs, and so on. Some patients in this affec- 
 tion are very much alarmed, and fancy that a 
 person in the next room is waiting to assassi- 
 nate them. 
 
 The skin is damp and relaxed, and there is a 
 variable, active expression of the eye, and al- 
 most always tremor of the hands. The pulse is 
 soft, compressible, and seldom above one hun- 
 dred, except under great bodily exertions. 
 
 The prognosis is generally rather favorable, 
 if the ordinary health of the patient be not very 
 bad, and if he be not far advanced in life. In 
 the treatment of this disease, opium is our sheet 
 anchor. It should be given in large doses, as 
 sixty minims of the tincture every hour or two, 
 its effect being cautiously watched. If sound 
 sleep be thus induced, the patient usually wakes 
 free from disease. In many cases, the judicious 
 use of alcoholic stimulants is of signal service ; 
 and these means, with laxatives, gentle diapho- 
 retics, and proper moral management, will gen- 
 erally bring the case to a successful issue. 
 Bleeding, to a small extent, may be required at 
 the commencement, when the patient is young 
 and plethoric, and there are symptoms of de- 
 termination of blood to the head. ; but, general- 
 ly speaking, bleeding should be considered as 
 out of the question in this disease: patients 
 who are largely bled hardly ever recover. If 
 the patient express a desire for food, he may 
 be allowed light articles of diet: in some cases 
 even animal food has been given with advan- 
 tage ; and, indeed, it might not be easy to give 
 any good reason why this should be refused, if 
 the state of the stomach be such as to incline 
 the patient to ask for it. After an attack, the 
 patient should be directed to diminish his pota- 
 tions gradually, so as to finally abandon a dis- 
 gusting and brutal habit. 
 
 DELITE'SCENCE. (From delitesco, to hide 
 one's self.) The sudden resolution of an in- 
 flammation. 
 
 Delivery. See Parturition. 
 
 Deloca'tio. Dislocation. 
 
 De'lphinate. A salt of delphinic acid with 
 
 DELPHI 'NIA. (a, ce, f.) Delphinium-. 
 212 
 
 Delphine. Delphia. A vegetable alkaloid in 
 stavesacre. See Delphinium staphisagria. 
 Delphi'nic acid. Syn. of phocenic acid. 
 DELPHI'MUM. (um,ii,n.) 1. The lark- 
 spur. 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. Tri- 
 gynia. Ranunculacece. — D. consolida. The 
 larkspur. The root and seeds are acrid and 
 bitter, acting as a purgative and emetic in large 
 doses. It is the delphinium of the United 
 States Pharmacopoeia. — D. staphisagria. Staves- 
 acre. The seeds are large, rough, of an irregu- 
 lar triangular figure, and of a blackish color. 
 They are very bitter, acrid, and nauseous, and 
 seldom used except to destroy vermin, and as 
 an anthelmintic in decoction. They contain 
 delphinia. Pure delphinia is a whitish, odor- 
 less powder, said to be crystalline when wet, 
 of an extremely acrid and bitter taste ; soluble 
 in alcohol and ether. It fuses at 248° F. It 
 possesses an alkaline reaction, and forms salts. 
 Formula, C27H19NO2. It is recommended by 
 Mr. Turnbull in rheumatism and neuralgias, 
 and chiefly employed externally in lotion or 
 ointment. The ointment may be made with 
 3ss. to fj. of lard. Internally, the dose is one 
 twelfth of a grain. An over-dose produces a 
 prickling sensation over the body, burning pain, 
 purging, and convulsions. 
 
 De'lphys. The uterus, or female organs. 
 
 Deltiform. Deltoid. 
 
 DELTOI'D. Deltoides and deltoideus. 
 (From A, and ecdoc, a likeness.) The name of 
 a muscle of the superior extremity, situated on 
 the shoulder. It arises exactly opposite to the 
 trapezius, from one third part of the clavicle, 
 from the acromion and spine of the scapula, 
 and is inserted, tendinous, into the middle of 
 the os humeri, which bone it lifts up directly ; 
 and it assists, with the supra-spinatus and cor- 
 aco-brachialis, in all the actions of the humerus, 
 except the depression ; it being convenient that 
 the arm should be raised and sustained, in or- 
 der to its moving on any side. 
 
 De'manus. Without a hand. 
 
 Deme'nted. Afflicted with dementia. 
 
 DEME'NTIA. (a, ce, f. ; from de, from, and 
 mens, mind.) Fatuity. A form of insanity in 
 which unconnected and imperfectly defined 
 ideas chase each other rapidly through the 
 mind ; the powers of continued attention and 
 of reflection are lost, and even the perceptive 
 power at length becomes indistinct. Dementia 
 is sometimes an accompaniment of old age, and 
 is a frequent termination of mania. 
 
 Demiazygos. See Semiazygos. 
 
 Demi metal. See Semimetal. 
 
 Demi'ssor. A catheter. 
 
 DEMODEX FOLLICULORUxM. A minute 
 acarus inhabiting the sebaceous follicles of per- 
 sons living in cities, whose skin is not sufficient 
 ly excited by pure air, &c. — Erasmus Wilson. 
 
 Demonomania. Daemonomania. 
 
 Demonstrator of anatomy. A teacher of 
 practical anatomy on the subject. 
 
 Demoti'vus la'psus. Sudden death. 
 
 DEMU'LCENT. (Demulcens; from demul- 
 ceo, to soften.) A medicine which obviates 
 acrimony, not by correcting or changing its na- 
 ture, but by involving it in a mild and viscid 
 matter, which prevents it from acting upon the 
 
DEN 
 
 DEN 
 
 sensible parts of our bodies, or by covering the 
 6urface exposed to their action. Catarrh, diar- 
 rhoea, dysentery, calculus, and gonorrhoea are 
 the diseases in which demulcents are employed. 
 The principal are gum tragacanth, linseed, al- 
 thaea officinalis, malva sylvestris, okra, slippery 
 elm, ichthyocolla, liquorice, the starches, olive 
 oil, quince seeds, cetaceum, wax, and almond 
 oil. 
 
 Demusculatus. Lean; emaciated. 
 
 Dendroi'd. Dendroides. Having a tree- 
 like appearance. 
 
 Dendroli'banus. Rosmarinus officinalis. 
 
 DENGUE. An epidemical fever, having 
 many of the symptoms of rheumatic fever, 
 which appeared in the West Indies, and some 
 of the Southern States, in 1827 and 1828. It 
 was of a very violent character, and sometimes 
 attended with eruptions on the skin, but not fa- 
 tal. The duration of the active stage was sel- 
 dom more than three days. It was treated by 
 general antiphlogistic means. 
 
 Denigra'tion. Denigratio. The process or 
 act of becoming black : applied to a diseased 
 part. 
 
 DENS. f*,ft's,m.)Atooth. See Teeth. 
 
 Dens caballinus. Henbane. — D. canis. 
 See Erythronium. — D. leonis. Taraxacum. 
 
 De'nsity. The same as specific gravity. 
 
 De'ntagra. The toothache. Odontalgia. 
 Tooth forceps. 
 
 DE'NTAL. (Dentalis; from dens, a tooth.) 
 Appertaining to the teeth. 
 
 Dental arches. The arch formed by the 
 teeth when arranged in the jaws, or by the al- 
 veoli. 
 
 Dental arteries. The teeth of the upper 
 jaw are supplied by branches from the infra- 
 orbitar and superior alveolar arteries. The 
 lower jaw by the inferior maxillary. 
 
 Dental formula. A formula or notation to 
 designate the number and species of teeth in a 
 mamifer. It is an important generic character. 
 Thus, in the genus Fells, the formula is, incisors, 
 ■|; canines, 4-,-; praemolars (or bicuspids), 
 ■f, •§; molars, f, ^. In man: incisors, £; ca- 
 nines, i, -j- ; prsemolars, |, | ; molars, |, |. In 
 these, the upper figures refer to the upper jaw, 
 the lower to the lower jaw ; and when the fig- 
 ures are repeated, as |, |, it means on each 
 side of the upper and lower jaw. 
 
 Dental nerves. See Teeth. 
 
 Dental pulp. The internal pulpy and vas- 
 cular substance filling the center of the teeth. 
 
 Denta'lis la'pis. See Tartar. 
 
 Denta'ria. Plumbago europaea. 
 
 Dentarpa'ga. An instrument for drawing 
 teeth. 
 
 DENTA'TA. The second vertebra of the 
 neck. It differs from the other cervical verte- 
 brae in having a tooth-like process at the upper 
 part of the body, whence its name. 
 
 DE'NTATE. (Dentatus; from dens, a tooth.) 
 Toothed : applied to roots, leaves, petals, &c. 
 
 Dentatus processus. See Vertebra. 
 
 DENTES. Plural of dens. See Teeth. 
 
 Dentes acuti. The incisor teeth. 
 
 Dentes adulti. The second set of teeth. 
 
 Dentes adversi. The incisor teeth. 
 
 Dentes columellares. The molar teeth. 
 
 Denticulate. Denticula'tus. Set with lit- 
 tle teeth. 
 
 Dentidu'cum. Denticeps. An instrument 
 for drawing teeth. 
 
 DE'NTIFRICE. (Dentifricum, i, n. ; from 
 dens, and frico, to rub.) A powder for clean- 
 ing the teeth. Charcoal powder, chalk, pow- 
 dered cinchona or rhatany, bole Armenian, 
 carbonate of soda, and cream of tartar, are the 
 chief. 
 
 Dentilla'ria. Plumbago europaea. 
 
 Dentine. The peculiar bony formation of 
 ivory of part of the teeth. It contains 72 per 
 cent, of mineral matter. 
 
 Dentisca'lpium 
 teeth. 
 
 DENTIST. One who operates on the teeth. 
 
 DENTI'TION. ( Dentitio, onis, f. ) The 
 cutting of teeth. See Teeth. 
 
 Dentition, difficult. Dentitio difficilis. 
 The most violent symptoms of dentition arise 
 in infancy, from the pressure and irritation of 
 the young tooth. As the teeth push forward, 
 the superincumbent gum wastes from absorp- 
 tion, and is at last cut through, and the tooth 
 makes its appearance. 
 
 The first active stage of teething is usually 
 about the third or fourth month of infancy. If 
 the irritation becomes considerable, the guma 
 swell, the child grows fretful, and starts in its 
 sleep ; or, on awaking suddenly, there is heat, 
 thirst, and other concomitants of fever, with, 
 perhaps, dullness or drowsiness ; the bowels are 
 affected, and a rash appears on the skin, usual- 
 ly the red gum; and there is often a dry and 
 troublesome cough. In about ten days or a 
 fortnight these symptoms subside. 
 
 The period of cutting the first teeth usually 
 occurs between the seventh and ninth month. 
 The gum is often extremely sensible, and can 
 not endure the slightest touch. At the base it 
 is florid and, distended, and when the tooth is 
 on the point of protrusion, it seems covered 
 with a flat and whitish blister. The grand point 
 is here to moderate the local irritation. A di- 
 arrhoea, or full discharge of saliva, does this 
 naturally, and hence these are favorable symp- 
 toms; and if the former be too violent, or ac- 
 companied with griping, it should be merely 
 corrected by carbonate of magnesia or lime. If 
 the bowels be confined, cooling laxatives are to 
 be employed ; and the discharge of a small 
 quantity of blood from the gums, in the first 
 stage, by lancing them, will often afford effect- 
 ual relief. If the symptoms of oppression or 
 spasmodic action be severe, leeches should be 
 resorted to ; after which, a blister will be found 
 useful, placed on the back. When the teeth 
 are on the point of protrusion, the lancet will 
 often afford immediate relief, by giving a direct 
 opening to the tooth, which will frequently make 
 its appearance in the course of a few hours. 
 
 Dentium dolor. Toothache. 
 
 Dentium scalptura. Lancing the gum over 
 a protruding tooth. 
 
 Dentoideus. Tooth-like. Odontoid. 
 
 DENUDA'TION. (From denudo, to make 
 bare.) The laying bare any part: usually ap- 
 plied to a bone, either in an artificial way or 
 as a morbid result. 
 
 213 
 
D EP 
 
 DEO'BSTRUENT. {Deobstruens ; from tie, 
 and obstruo, to obstruct.) Having the power 
 of removing any obstruction, as a purgative. 
 It is indefinite, and seldom used. 
 
 Deoppi'lans. (From de, and oppilo, to stop.) 
 Deoppilativus. Having the property of remov- 
 ing obstructions. Deobstruent. 
 
 DEOXIDATION. Deoxidizing. (Fvovn.de, 
 and oxide, a compound of oxygen.) The sep- 
 aration of oxygen from any compound. The 
 reduction of an oxide. Sulphurous acid, phos- 
 phorus, and potassium are extremely active de- 
 oxidizing agents. The action of heat, assisted 
 by charcoal or hydrogen gas, is a common means 
 in metallurgic operations. 
 
 Depa'scens. Corroding. 
 
 Depauperatus. Impoverished in quality. 
 
 Depe'ndens. Dependent. 
 
 Deperdi'tio. Abortion. — Castelli. 
 
 Depeti'go. A ring-worm, tetter, scurf, or 
 itch, where the skin is rough. — Turton. 
 
 Dephlegma'tion. An old term for rectifica- 
 tion, or the removal of aqueous particles from a 
 spirituous body. 
 
 DEPHLOGFSTICATED. Without phlo- 
 giston. 
 
 Dephlogisticated air. Oxygen gas. 
 
 Dephlogisticated muriatic or marine 
 acid. Chlorine. 
 
 Dephlogisticated nitrous air. The pro- 
 toxide of nitrogen. 
 
 Deputation. Depilatio. The loss of hair: 
 naturally, as in baldness, or by artificial means. 
 
 DEPI'LATORY. (Depilatorius; from de, 
 of, m\d pilus, the hair.) Any application which 
 removes hairs. They are usually formed with 
 caustic lime and orpiment, but a pitch plaster 
 applied over the part, and torn off violently, will 
 remove the hair. 
 
 DEPLETION. (Depletio; from depleo, to 
 unload.) The act of diminishing the fullness 
 of any part, more especially of the sanguiferous 
 system; hence blood-letting is a means of de- 
 pletion. The term is also applied to any sys- 
 tem of evacuation by which a plethoric state is 
 subdued, as also to the effect of morbid evacu- 
 ations. 
 
 Depletory means. Such means or process- 
 es as tend to depletion. Blood-letting, purga- 
 tives, emetics, abstinence, counter - irritation, 
 are all, under different circumstances, deple- 
 tory means. 
 
 DEPLUMA'TION. (From de, and pluma, a 
 feather.) A disease of the eyelids, which caus- 
 es the hair to fall off. 
 
 DEPO'SIT. Deposition. (From depono, 
 to lay down.) The laying or falling down of 
 any substance. In Physiology, the accumula- 
 tion of fat, muscular fibre, &c, in their proper 
 place, by the vital forces. In Pathology, the 
 accumulation of fat, &c, in abnormal positions, 
 or the occurrence of new growths, as of the 
 cancerous tissue, is termed a morbid deposit. 
 The sediment of urine is also called a deposit. 
 
 Deposi'tio. Deposition. The depression of 
 the lens, in the operation of couching, has been 
 so called. 
 
 DEPRAVATION. (Depravatio ; from de- 
 pravo, to coirupt.) The corruption or change 
 for the worse in the solids or fluids of the body, 
 214 
 
 DEB 
 
 whereby they become morbid. Also, the per- 
 version of a sense, as the depravation of sight 
 or taste. 
 
 Deprehe'nsio. 1. Catalepsy. 2. Diagnosis, 
 
 DEPRE'SSANTS. Remedial means which 
 diminish the frequency of the pulse, and reduce 
 the vital energy. Blood-letting, tartar emetic, 
 tobacco, digitalis, and nauseating doses of ipe- 
 cacuanha are the chief. 
 
 Depre'ssed. Pressed down ; flattened. Ap- 
 plied to seeds, it means flattened from above 
 downward. 
 
 DEPRESSION. (Depressio, onis, f. ; from 
 deprimo, to press down. The state of a part 
 that has been pressed down. In Anatomy, a 
 hollow fossa or slight excavation. In Surgery, 
 it is applied, 1. To fractures of the cranium, in 
 which a portion of bone is forced inward. 2. 
 To couching, an operation for cataract, con- 
 sisting in the removal of the opaque lens out of 
 the axis of vision by means of a needle, the 
 lens being depressed into the vitreous humor. 
 
 DEPRE'SSOR. {or, oris, m.) Any muscle 
 which depresses the part on which it acts. 
 
 Depressor alje nasi. See Depressor labii 
 superioris alceque nasi. 
 
 Depressor anguli oris> A muscle situated 
 below the under lip. It arises, broad and 
 fleshy, from the lower edge of the lower jaw, 
 near the chin, and is inserted into the angle of 
 the mouth, which it pulls downward. 
 
 Depressor labii inferioris. It pulls the 
 under lip and skin of the side of the chin down- 
 ward, and a little outward. 
 
 Depressor labii superioris al^que nasi. 
 Incisivus medius of Winslow. It is situated 
 above the mouth, draws the upper lip and ala 
 nasi downward and backward. It arises, thin 
 and fleshy, from the superior maxillary bone, 
 runs upward, and is inserted into the upper lip 
 and root of the ala of the nose. 
 
 Depressor labii superioris proprius. See 
 Depressor labii superioris alceque nasi. 
 
 Depressor labiorum communis. See De- 
 pressor anguli oris. 
 
 Depressor oculi. See Rectus inferior oculi. 
 
 De pre'ssorium. An instrument to guard the 
 dura mater when the skull is cut or sawed in 
 operations. 
 
 Depre'ssus. Depressed. 
 
 DEPRFMENS. D. oculi. The rectus infe- 
 rior oculi. 
 
 Deprimens auricula. The retrahens au- 
 riculis. 
 
 Deprimens maxilla biventer. The digas- 
 tricus. 
 
 Depu'rant. Applied to a medicine supposed 
 to purify the fluids of the body. 
 
 DEPURATION. (Depuratio, onis, f;) 1. 
 The defecation or clatification of any thing. 2. 
 The process of removing morbid parts from the 
 humors. 
 
 Depurato'rius. Depuratory. Any thing 
 which makes clean or purifies the body from 
 morbid humors, whether by the process of dis- 
 ease, or by hygienic and remedial means. 
 
 Derbia. Impetigo. 
 
 Derbyshire neck. Bronchocele. 
 
 DERIVATION. (Derivatio, onis,, f. ; from 
 derivo, to drain off.) The drawing away any 
 
DES 
 
 DEU 
 
 morbid action from its original seat to another 
 and less important part. Thus vesicatories, 
 epispastics, and local stimulants act by deriva- 
 tion or revulsion. 
 
 DERIVATIVES. Revulsives. Medicines 
 adapted to procure a derivation. See Deriva- 
 tion. 
 
 DE'RMA. The skin. 
 
 Derma'lgia. A rheumatic pain or neuralgia 
 of the skin, attributable to a morbid condition 
 of the cutaneous nerves. 
 
 Dermata'gra. Pellagra. 
 
 Dermati'tis. Dermatis. Diffuse inflamma- 
 tion of the skin, or erysipelatous inflammation. 
 
 Dermato'graphy. Dermography. The an- 
 atomical description of the skin. 
 
 Dermatoi'd. Dermatoi'des. Resembling 
 skin. This epithet has been applied to the 
 dura mater. 
 
 Dermato'logy. A discourse or treatise on 
 the skin. 
 
 Dermato'lysis. Cutis pendula. Excessive 
 development or hypertrophy of the skin, where- 
 by it hangs in large, loose folds about the person. 
 
 Dermohje'mia. Excessive vascularity, con- 
 gestion, or hypersemia of the skin. 
 
 Dermoid. Dermatoid. 
 
 Dermoto'my. Dermotomia. The dissection 
 of the skin. 
 
 Derosne's salt. A crystalline substance 
 obtained by digesting opium in ether. 
 
 DESCE'NDENS NONI. The descending 
 cervical branch of the ninth pair, or hypoglos,- 
 sal nerves. 
 
 Descenso'rium. A furnace in which the dis- 
 tillation by descent is performed. 
 
 Desce'nsus. (From descendo, to move down- 
 ward.) Destillatio per descensum. A distilla- 
 tion when the fire is applied at the top and 
 round the vessel, the orifice of which is at the 
 bottom. 
 
 DESCRIPTIVE ANATOMY. The anatomy 
 which treats of the form, appearance, position, 
 distribution, and connection of parts, without 
 reference to the particular textures of which 
 they are composed. 
 
 Deshler's salve. The unguentum resinae 
 compositum is an imitation. 
 
 DESICCATION. (Desiccatio ; from desic- 
 co, to dry up.) The drying up of any thing 
 moist. 
 
 DESPCCATIVE. (Desiccativus; from de- 
 sicco, to dry up.) Possessed of a drying prop- 
 erty. Applied especially to medicines used to 
 dry up ulcers ; as calamine, calomel, &c. 
 
 Despie'ntia. This word properly means fol- 
 ly, but it has been used in medical language to 
 signify delirium. 
 
 DE'SMA. (From detjfioc, a ligament or band- 
 age. ) A ligament. 
 
 Desmography. A description of the liga- 
 ments. 
 
 ^ Desmoi'd. Resembling a ligament. The va- 
 rious fascia of the body, the aponeuroses and 
 ligamentous membranes, consisting of condens- 
 ed cellular tissue, are termed desmoid tissues. 
 
 Desmolo'gy. A treatise on the ligaments. 
 
 Desmorrhe'xis. The rupture of a ligament. 
 
 De'smos. A bandage. 
 
 DESPUMATION. (Despumatio, onis, f . ; 
 
 from despumo, to clarify.) The clarifying a flu- 
 id, or separating the scum from it. 
 
 DESQUAMATION. {Desquamatio, onis, f. ; 
 from desquamo, to scale off.) The separating 
 of laminae, or scales, from the skin or bones. It 
 is more properly applied to the skin ; in the case 
 of bones it is generally called exfoliation. 
 
 Desquamato'rium tre'panum. Trepamim 
 exfoliativum. A kind of trepan formerly used 
 for detaching laminae from exfoliating bones. 
 
 Destillatio. See Distillation. 
 
 Destillatio per descensum. See Descen- 
 
 DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION. Distil- 
 lation of organic bodies at a red heat, whereby 
 they are disorganized, and yield volatile and 
 empyreumatic products. 
 
 DESUDATIO. (o, onis, f. ; from desudo, to 
 sweat much.) 1. Excessive 6w r eating. 2. A 
 miliary eruption to which children are chiefly 
 subject. See Sudamina. 
 
 Dete'ntio. Detentia. Catalepsy. 
 DETE'RGENT. {Deter gens; from deter go, 
 to wipe away.) Applied to a medicine which 
 cleanses foul wounds or ulcers. Such are de- 
 rived from the class of stimulants or emollients. 
 DETERMINATION. The afflux or incipi- 
 ent congestion of blood or other humors in a 
 part; as the determination of blood to the brain, 
 producing convulsions, apoplexy, &c; the de- 
 termination of blood to the lungs, producing 
 congestion of the lungs. 
 
 Detona'tion. An explosion. 
 DETRA'CTOR. {or, oris, m. ; from detra- 
 ho, to draw.) Detrahens. Applied to a mus- 
 cle, the office of which is to draw the part to 
 which it is attached away from some other part. 
 Detrahens quadratus. See Platysma my- 
 oides. 
 
 Detri'tus. 1. The fragmentary remains of 
 any crushing or disorganizing process; as the 
 detritus of a broken calculus. 2. The disor- 
 ganization of a tissue, by suppuration, soften- 
 ing, gangrene, &c. 
 
 DETRUNCATION. Detruncatio. (From 
 de, from, and truncus, the body or trunk.) The 
 separation of the head from the body. Used in 
 operative obstetrics for the separation of the 
 head in embryotomy. 
 
 DETRUSOR URFN.E. The muscular coat 
 of the bladder, the office of which is to expel 
 the urine from the bladder. 
 
 Deurens febris. An ardent fever. 
 Deute'ria. The bad symptoms arising from 
 retention of the placenta. — Vogel. 
 Deute'rion. The secundines. 
 D E UTE ROPAT H I'A. (Deuteropatheia ; 
 from devrepoc, second, and 7radoc, a suffering.) 
 A sympathetic affection where a second part 
 suffers ; as where the stomach is disturbed from 
 an injury of the head. 
 
 DEUTO-. (From devrepoc, second.) A 
 common prefix hi chemistry, signifying two, 
 twice, or double ; as, Deutoxide. The second 
 oxide, or binoxide. — Deutochloride, Deutosul- 
 phate, Deutiodide, &c, which mean, respect- 
 ively, the bichloride, bisulphate, biniodide; 
 and each contains two equivalents of the agent 
 designated. 
 
 Deutoxide of azote. Binoxide of nitrogen. 
 215 
 
DIA 
 
 DIA 
 
 Devalga'tus. Bandy-legged. 
 
 DEVELOPMENT. This term usually 
 means growth, but is also employed by St. 
 Hilaire to designate particular stages in the en- 
 tire growth of the body at which a change oc- 
 curs in the rapidity of addition to parts or the 
 manner of growth. 
 
 Devonshire colic The painter's colic. See 
 Colica pictonum. 
 
 DEW. The deposit of fine particles of 
 moisture, which takes place whenever a body 
 having a temperature below the dew point is 
 introduced into the air ; also, the moisture pre- 
 cipitated on clear evenings upon the ground, in 
 consequence of its rapid cooling from radiation. 
 Exposure to the dew-fall is remarkably injuri- 
 ous to health, especially in low, marshy, and 
 warm locations, where the moisture is very 
 abundant. The dew acts in two ways: as a 
 depressing means, arresting the insensible per- 
 spiration and chilling the body ; and, secondly, 
 as a medium for the conveyance, and perhaps 
 formation, of miasmata, which thus come in 
 contact with the system. 
 
 Dew-berry. Rubrus trivialis. 
 
 Dew-claws. Crusta genu equina. 
 
 Dew point. The temperature measured by 
 a thermometer at which dew falls or disappears 
 on any surface exposed to the atmosphere. It 
 is easily measured by exposing a little ether in 
 a clean watch glass, and immersing a delicate 
 thermometer therein. The temperature at the 
 moment of the deposit of dew is the dew point. 
 
 Dexocardia. When the heart beats on the 
 right side, as in pleurisy and pneumothorax. 
 
 DEXTRINE. Soluble starch ; a gummy 
 substance existing abundantly in plants, and 
 readily procured by heating to 120° a mixture 
 of starch and infusion of malt. The solution 
 differs from gum in possessing the power of 
 causing a deviation of a ray of circularly polar- 
 ized light toward the right hand. Its composi- 
 tion is isomeric with starch, Ci 2 HioOi ; and in 
 nutritiousness and general properties it belongs 
 to the amylaceous family of organized bodies. 
 
 D I-. A prefix (from die, twice) used in 
 chemistry, anatomy, &c. In Chemistry, di-, in 
 dioxide, dichloride, &c.,has not the same mean- 
 ing as deuto- or bin- oxide, &c, but it is used 
 to designate the preponderance of the electro- 
 positive body. Thus dichloride of copper means 
 a compound in which there is two atoms of 
 copper and one of chlorine, and not two of 
 chlorine ; dioxide of copper, where there is two 
 atoms of copper and one of oxygen. 
 
 DIA-. A prefix (from dia, through). It sig- 
 nifies, in composition, extension, perversion, sep- 
 aration. In the old Pharmacy, it meant the 
 presence of the ingredient before which it was 
 written ; as diacydonium and dialoes, medicines 
 containing the quince and aloes. 
 
 DIABE'TES. (es, is, m. Aiafyrtff ; from 
 diaBaivu, to pass through.) An immoderate 
 flow of urine. There are three species of this 
 complaint: 1. Diabetes insipidus, in which 
 there is a superabundant discharge of limpid 
 urine, of its usual urinary taste. 2. Diabetes 
 mellitus, in which the urine is very sweet, abun- 
 dant, and contains a great quantity of sugar. 3. 
 Diabetes chylosus, in which the urine is abun- 
 216 
 
 dant and of a whitish aspect, often coagulating. 
 It is a rare form. 
 
 Great thirst, with a voracious appetite, grad- 
 ual emaciation of the whole body, and a fre* 
 quent discharge of urine, containing a large pro- 
 portion of saccharine and other matter, which 
 is voided in a quantity even exceeding that of 
 the aliment or fluid introduced, are the charac- 
 teristics of the mellitic form of the disease. 
 Those of a shattered constitution, and those 
 who are in the decline of life, are most subject 
 to its attacks. It not unfrequently attends on 
 hysteria, hypochondriasis, dyspepsia, and asth- 
 ma ; but it is always much milder when symp- 
 tomatic than when it appears as a primary af- 
 fection. 
 
 Diabetes may be occasioned by the use of 
 strong diuretic medicines, intemperance of life, 
 and hard drinking; exposure to cold; excess 
 in venery ; severe evacuations, or by any thing 
 that tends to produce an impoverished state of 
 the blood, or general debility. It has, how- 
 ever, taken place in many instances without 
 any obvious cause. 
 
 Under a long continuance of the disease, the 
 body becomes much emaciated, the feet cedem- 
 atous, great debility arises, the pulse is frequent 
 and small, and an obscure fever, with all the 
 appearances of hectic, prevails. 
 
 The urine in diabetes mellitus, from being at 
 first insipid, clear, and colorless, soon acquires 
 a sweetish or saccharine taste, its leading char- 
 acteristic ; and, when subjected to experiment, 
 a considerable quantity of saccharine matter is 
 to be extracted from it. Sometimes it is so 
 loaded with sugar as to be capable of being fer- 
 mented into a vinous liquor. 
 
 In some instances, the quantity of urine in 
 diabetes is much greater than can be accounted 
 for from all the sources united. Cases are re- 
 corded in which 25 to 30 pints were discharged 
 in the space of a day, for many successive 
 weeks, and even months. 
 
 With respect to the proximate cause of dia- 
 betes mellitus, many hypotheses have been ad- 
 vanced concerning it. The following are the 
 principal: That the disease depends upon, 1. 
 A morbid action of the stomach and chylopoi- 
 etic viscera. 2. A morbid state of the blood, 
 produced by a diseased action of the assimila- 
 ting powers. 3. A diseased condition of the 
 kidneys. 
 
 The formation of the saccharine matter is 
 very generally believed to depend on a process 
 in the stomach and bowels somewhat analogous 
 to germination on starchy materials. Indeed, 
 diastose has been detected in matters vomited 
 from the stomach. 
 
 In the treatment of diabetes, we are led to 
 that of the insipid species first, and then that 
 of the mellitic. 
 
 1. Of the insipid species. This is mostly 
 cured by tonics, stimulants, and mineral acids, 
 as Peruvian bark, cascarilla, and the like, with 
 sulphuric acid, taking care to invigorate the 
 system by proper air, exercise, and diet. The 
 drink should be diminished. When sympto- 
 matic of any other disease, its remedies must 
 also be conjoined. As a sympathetic affection, 
 it very commonly attends hysteric and nervous 
 
DI A 
 
 DIA 
 
 diseases, against which the practitioner's atten- 
 tion must also be directed. The prognosis is 
 not unfavorable where there is no disease of 
 the kidneys. 
 
 2. Of the mellitic, or true diabetes. This is 
 one of those affections in which almost every 
 medicine and every plan has been resorted to, 
 from which it is natural to infer that it is very 
 little under the control of any. The indications 
 of treatment are, 1st. To diminish the sources 
 from which sugar can be derived. 2. To di- 
 minish the secretion of urine. 3. To relieve 
 the disorder of the stomach and bowels, and al- 
 lay urgent symptoms. The first point is attain- 
 ed by the use of an animal diet, with gluten, 
 bread, using no vegetable or amylaceous com- 
 pounds. Secondly, the drink should be di- 
 minished to the least quantity, and be free from 
 stimulating or diuretic property. The clothing 
 should be warm, and sudorifics, with the hot 
 bath, be frequently employed. In the third 
 place, dyspepsia should be properly treated ; 
 irritation about the bladder or kidneys must be 
 subdued by demulcents, bleeding, or counter- 
 irritation, and opiates. Debility must be coun- 
 teracted by tonics. Hygienic means should 
 be at all times adopted. The prognosis is unfa- 
 vorable where the disease is of long duration, 
 there is much emaciation, and organic affection 
 of the kidneys. The mineral acids, especially 
 the phosphoric, and also iodine, have been rec- 
 ommended as a means of arresting the saccha- 
 rine formation. 
 
 Diabetes anglicus. D. saccharinus. D. 
 vents. Synonymes of diabetes mellitus, or true 
 diabetes. 
 
 Diabetes hystericus. D. spurius. False 
 or spurious diabetes. The diabetes insipidus of 
 Cullen, which consists chiefly in a preternatural 
 discharge of urine, with nervous symptoms. 
 
 Diabetes infantilis. Profuse and sweet 
 urine, occurring as a symptom in teething. It 
 is a rare affection, but is fully detailed by Dr. 
 Morton in his Phthisiologia. 
 
 Diabetes lacteus. D. chylosus. Urine 
 abundant, and of a milky color, sometimes co- 
 agulating spontaneously. A rare disease, found 
 in persons of luxurious habits. 
 
 Diabe'tic sugar. The sugar found in diabe- 
 tic urine. It is the same as grape sugar, or 
 glucose. See Sugar, tests for. 
 
 DIABRO'SIS. Erosion. 
 
 Diabro'tica. Errosives. 
 
 Diacatho'licon. (From Sea, and Kadolacoc, 
 universal. ) A laxative electuary, so called from 
 its general usefulness. It was composed of 
 senna leaves, pulp of cassia and of tamarinds, 
 root of male fern and of rhubarb, violets, ani- 
 seed, liquorice root, sweet fennel, and sugar. 
 
 DIACAU'SIS. Excessive heat. 
 
 Diacau'stic A burning glass. 
 
 Diacentau'rium. A powder containing cen- 
 taury. 
 
 Diace'raton. A collyrium mentioned by 
 Celsns, of which hartshorn was the principal 
 ingredient. 
 
 Diachalci'teos. A plaster containing col- 
 cothar. 
 
 Diachari'sta. Certain medicines applied to 
 the fauces. 
 
 Diachore'ma. Diachoresis. An excretion. 
 
 Diachrisis. Anointing or inunction. 
 
 Diachry'sum. A plaster for fractured limbs. 
 
 DIA'CHYLON. Diachylum. Formerly any 
 emollient plaster. Two diachylon plasters are 
 known, one as white, or simple diachylon, the 
 other as yellow diachylon, or diachylon with 
 gums. See Diachylon simplex, and Diachylon 
 cum gummi. 
 
 Diachylon cum gummi. Yellow diachylon. 
 Gum diachylon. This is made with simple di- 
 achylon, Ibiij. ; galbanum, strained, f viij. ; com- 
 mon turpentine, frankincense, each fiij. 
 
 Diachylon simplex. The emplastrun 
 plumbi. 
 
 Diacine'ma. A subluxation. 
 
 Dia'clasis. A small fracture. 
 
 DIACLY'SMA. (From 6taid.v&, to wash 
 out. ) A gargle or wash for the mouth. 
 
 DIACO'DIUM. Diacodion. Syrup of pop- 
 pies is a substitute. 
 
 Diacolocy'nthus. A medicine of colocynth. 
 
 Dia'cope. Diacomma. A deep cut or wound. 
 
 Diacou'stics. The examination of sound 
 which has been transmitted through various 
 media. 
 
 Dia'crises. A class of diseases in which the 
 secretions are vitiated. 
 
 DIACRISIS. Diagnosis. 
 
 Diacydo'nium. Marmalade of quinces. 
 
 DIADE'LPHIA. Diadelphous. (From 6tc, 
 twice, and a6e"k^oc, a brother.) A class in the 
 sexual system, embracing those the flowers of 
 which are hermaphrodite, and have the male 
 organs united below into two sets of cylindrical 
 filaments. 
 
 Diade'ma. A diadem. A bandage for the 
 head. 
 
 Diadermiatria. The endermic treatment 
 of disease. 
 
 Diade'xis. A translation of humors from 
 one place to another. 
 
 Dia'doche. Diadexis. 
 
 Dia'dosis. 1. The distribution of nutritious 
 matter throughout the system. 2. The remis- 
 sion of a disease. 
 
 DLE'RESIS. (is, is, f. ; from diaipeo, to di- 
 vide or separate.) A solution of continuity, as 
 a wound or ulcer. A removal by cutting, as in 
 some surgical operations. 
 
 Di^ere'ticus. (From dtatpeo, to divide.) 
 Escharotic. Corrosive. 
 
 D I M ' T A. Dicetema. (From diaiTau, to 
 nourish.) Diet; food. See Diet, and Aliment. 
 
 Dietetic. See Dietetic. 
 
 Diaglau'cium. An eye-water containing the 
 juice of the glaucium. 
 
 DIAGNO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from dtayivucKO, 
 to discern or distinguish.) Diacrisis. The art 
 of recognizing a disease by its symptoms, and 
 of distinguishing one disease from another. 
 
 Diagnostic Pathognomonic; characteristic 
 of a disease. 
 
 Diagry'dium. See Dacrydium. 
 
 Diahermoda'ctylum. A purging medicine 
 containing hermodactyl. 
 
 Diai'um. A troche, the chief ingredient of 
 which was violets. 
 
 DIALEPMMA. (AtaXec/ipa; from dialeLKU, 
 to intermit.) The intermission of a fever. 
 
 217 
 
DIA 
 
 Diale'psis. An intermission ; a vacant space 
 between the folds of a bandage. 
 
 Diali'banum. A medicine of frankincense, 
 
 Dia'loes. Several medicines containing 
 aloes. 
 
 Dialth^'a. An ointment chiefly of marsh 
 mallows. 
 
 Dialu'ric acid. A powerful acid, crystal- 
 line and soluble, obtained by the action of sul- 
 phureted hydrogen on alloxantine. Formula, 
 C 8 N 2 H 3 7 -f-HO. 
 
 DIA'LYSES. (The plural of dialysis.) The 
 name of an order in the class Locales of Cullen's 
 Nosology, embracing diseases in which there is 
 solution of continuity manifest to the eye or 
 touch. 
 
 DIA'LYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from diakvo, to dis- 
 solve.) Relaxation or weakness of the limbs. 
 
 Dialytica. Medicines which heal wounds. 
 
 Diamagnetic. Having the property of trans- 
 mitting the magnetic infiaence, as is the case 
 with all metals, &c, which do not acquire mag- 
 netism. 
 
 Diamargari'ton. An antidote in which 
 pearls were the chief ingredient. 
 
 Diamasse'ma. Diamastema. A masticatory. 
 
 Dia'mbra. A cordial medicine containing 
 amber, musk, &c. 
 
 Diamo'ron. A syrup of mulberries. 
 
 Diamoto'sis. The introduction of lint into 
 an ulcer or wound. 
 
 Dia'na. The moon. Silver. 
 
 Diananca'smus. The reduction of a disloca- 
 tion. 
 
 DIA'NDRIA. Diandrous. (From dec, twice, 
 and avrjp, a man. ) A class of plants with two 
 
 DIA'NTHUS CARYOPHYLLUS. The clove 
 pink. The flowers, which have an agreeable 
 smell, were formerly used as an aromatic. 
 
 Diapalma. An ointment containing sulphate 
 of zinc. 
 
 Diapa'sma. A medicine reduced to powder, 
 and sprinkled over the body, or any part. 
 
 Diapede'sis. The transudation or escape of 
 blood through the coats of a vessel ; also, trans- 
 udation of blood through the skin or any mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Diape'nsia. The sanicle. 
 
 DIA'PHANOUS. (Diaphanosus; from dia, 
 through, and (paivu, to shine.) Transparent. 
 Pinel called the delicate serous membranes di- 
 aphanous membranes, as the arachnoid. 
 
 DIAPHORE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from diafopeu, 
 to carry through.) A perspiration. Profuse 
 perspiration. 
 
 DIAPHORE'TIC. (Diaphoreticus; fromfo- 
 afyopeo. ) That which, from being taken inter- 
 nally, increases the discharge of perspiration by 
 the skin. To secure diaphoresis, it is necessary 
 that the patient be kept warm in bed, for the 
 temperature of the skin must be elevated. This 
 class of medicines comprehends five orders : 
 
 1. Pungent diaphoretics, as the volatile salts 
 and essential oils. 
 
 2. Calefacient diaphoretics, such as serpenta- 
 ria, contrayerva, guaiacum, mezereon, and va- 
 lerian; these are given in cases where the cir- 
 culation is low and languid. 
 
 3. Stimulant diaphoretics, as the ethers, 
 
 218 
 
 DIA 
 
 wines, turpentines, and mercurial preparations, 
 which are best fitted for the vigorous. 
 
 4. Antispasmodic diaphoretics, as opium, 
 musk, camphor, ipecacuanha, dulcamara, and 
 antimonial preparations. 
 
 5. Diluent diaphoretics, as water gruel, whey, 
 &c. 
 
 But the vapor bath, frictions, and exercise, 
 with warmth, are perhaps among the most 
 certain and active diaphoretics. 
 
 Diaphoretic Sweating, attended with in- 
 creased perspiration. 
 
 Diaphoretic antimony. See Antimonium 
 diaphoreticum. 
 
 Diaphoreticum joviale. See Antihecticum 
 poterii. 
 
 Diaphoretic, mineral. The diaphoretic an- 
 timony. See Antimonium diaphoreticum. 
 
 Diaphoreticum martiale. See Antimonium 
 diaphoreticum martiale. 
 
 DPAPHRAGM. (Diaphragma, matis, n. ; 
 from dtatypacoco, to separate by a partition.) 
 The midriff. A muscle that divides the tho- 
 rax from the abdomen. It is composed of two 
 muscles : the first and superior of these arises 
 from the sternum, and the ends of the last 
 ribs on each side. Its fibres, from this semi- 
 circular origin, tend toward a center, and ter- 
 minate in a tendon, or aponeurosis, which is 
 termed the centrum tendinosum ; and was call- 
 ed by the old anatomists, centrum nerveum. 
 The second and inferior muscle comes from the 
 vertebrae of the loins by two productions, of 
 which that on the right side comes from the 
 first, second, and third vertebras of the loins; 
 that on the left side is somewhat shorter; and 
 both these portions join, and make the lower 
 part of the diaphragm, which joins its tendons 
 with the tendon of the other, so that they make 
 but one muscular partition. It is pierced in 
 the middle for the passage of the vena cava; in 
 its lower part for the oesophagus, and the nerves, 
 which go to the upper orifice of the stomach, 
 and betwixt the productions of the inferior 
 muscle, passes the aorta, the thoracic duct, and 
 the vena azygos. This muscle is one of the 
 chief means of inspiration and expiration; it 
 also acts an important part in vomiting, the ex- 
 pulsion of fasces, hiccough, &c. 
 
 Diaphragm. Any portion or septum be- 
 tween two parts or cavities. 
 
 Diaphra'gma. A partition. Hence, Dia- 
 phragma cerebri, the tentorium. — D. narium, 
 the septum narium. 
 
 DIAPHRAGMA'TIC. Diaphragmali- 
 ctis. Appertaining to the diaphragm. 
 
 Diaphragmatic arteries. Arterice dia- 
 phragmaticte. Arterice phrenicce. The dia- 
 phragm is supplied by four arteries : two supe- 
 rior, rising from the internal mammary artery, 
 and distributed on the thoracic surface of the 
 diaphragm ; and two inferior, rising from the 
 abdominal aorta, or from the coeliac, and dis 
 tributed to the abdominal surface of the dia- 
 phragm. 
 
 Diaphragmatic gout. Angina pectoris. 
 Diaphragmatic hernia. A rupture, with 
 protrusion of part of the abdominal viscera 
 through the diaphragm. 
 
 Diaphragmatic nerves. See Phrenic nerves. 
 
DIA 
 
 DIA 
 
 Diaphragmatic plexus. There are two: 
 one situated on the right, and one on the left 
 side of the diaphragm. They are formed by 
 branches from the solar plexus, and accompany 
 the ramification of the inferior diaphragmatic 
 arteries. 
 
 Diaphragmatic ring. The natural aperture 
 through which the vena cava ascendens passes 
 through the diaphragm. 
 
 Diaphragmatic veins. Four veins corre- 
 sponding with the diaphragmatic arteries. They 
 pour their blood into the vena cava above and. 
 below the diaphragm. 
 
 DIAPHRAGM ATI'TIS. Diaphragmi- 
 tis. (From dtadpayfta, the diaphragm.) In- 
 flammation of the diaphragm. The diaphragm, 
 being lined above by the pleura and below by 
 the peritoneum, often becomes affected in le- 
 sions of these membranes, increasing the symp- 
 toms often to a violent extent, affecting the 
 respiration, and superadding cerebral symptoms. 
 Hence this form of the disease has been called 
 paraphrenias, from resembling inflammation of 
 the brain. It may arise in the diaphragm or 
 be secondary. 
 
 The treatment is the same with that of pleu- 
 ritis and peritonitis, but calls for the most active 
 remedies. Large quantities of blood are to be 
 abstracted. After having cleared the bowels 
 by a mercurial and saline purgative, full doses 
 of antimonials, with calomel, warm bath, and 
 blisters, are the best remedies. 
 
 Inflammation in the muscular structure of the 
 diaphragm, or the true diaphragmatitis, produ- 
 ces the same symptoms, with the exception of 
 the nature and seat of the pain. It exists chief- 
 ly as a secondary disease, being often produced 
 by the retrocession of gout or rheumatism from 
 the limbs. It is a most violent and dangerous 
 affection, and often kills in a short time. 
 
 DIAPHTHORA. (From diatpdetpu, to cor- 
 rupt.) 1. Corruption of any part. 2. Abortion. 
 
 Diaphyla'ctic. Diaphylacticus. Prophy- 
 lactic. 
 
 DIA'PHYSIS. (Aia(j>v(jtc ; from dia<jmo, to 
 divide.) An interspace. Applied, 1. To the 
 crucial ligaments. 2. To the shaft of a long 
 bone. 
 
 Dia'plasis. The replacing a luxated or frac- 
 tured bone in its proper situation. 
 
 DIAPLA'SMA. (a, atis, n. ; from dianlao- 
 co, to anoint. ) An unction or fomentation ap- 
 plied to the whole body or any part. 
 
 DIA'PNOE. (From dianvea, to breathe 
 through.) A gentle perspiration. 
 
 Diapnoge'nous. That which produces per- 
 spiration. 
 
 DIA'PNOIC. (Diapnoticus, or diapnoicus; 
 from diairveo), to transpire.) A medicine which 
 promotes gentle perspiration. 
 
 Diapore'ma. Anxiety. Jactitation. 
 
 DIAPYE'MA. Diapyesis. (From dia, and 
 nvov, pus.) Suppuration. 
 
 DIAPYE'TIC. Diapyeticus. (From diaizv- 
 tl,ua, a suppuration.) Applied to a medicine 
 which promotes suppuration. Hence, Diap- 
 ye tic a. 
 
 DIARH^E'MIA. A morbid thinness of the 
 blood from deficiency of globules, whereby it 
 transudes through the membranes. 
 
 Dia'rius. (From dies, a day.) Diary. Of 
 one day's length. 
 
 Diaroma'ticum. (From dia, and apofiariKov, 
 an aromatic.) A composition of spices. 
 
 DIARRHAGE. Fracture. 
 
 Dia'rrhodon. Several collyra, &c, of which 
 roses are an ingredient. 
 
 DIARRHCE'A. (a, a, f . ; from diappeu, to 
 flow through.) A purging. A diarrhoea, purg- 
 ing, or looseness consists in the too frequently 
 passing the faeces, or contents of the great in- 
 testines; preceded generally by a murmuring 
 noise, and a little pain ; that little a griping, and 
 without any fever. It is not, like dysentery, a 
 febrile disease. 
 
 The most common of all the species of diar- 
 rhoea is that in which the fseces pass of common 
 quality, but immoderately loose and copious. 
 Dr. Cullen calls it diarrhea crapulosa; Dr. 
 Good, diarrhasa fusa, and diarrhea stercoraria. 
 It usually arises from incautious eating or 
 change of weather, and cures itself, or may be 
 met by an antacid and rhubarb. 
 
 Almost as frequent as the former species is 
 the bilious diarrhasa, in which the fasces are 
 loose, copious, and of a bright yellow color. 
 This is attended with increased bilious secre- 
 tion; is mostly due to increased temperature. 
 A mild diet usually stops it. 
 
 Another species of diarrhoea consists in the 
 dejections containing a quantity of mucus : Ca- 
 tarrhus intestinorum, and diarrhasa catarrhalis. 
 It has hitherto been described as a species of 
 diarrhoea, though it more properly belongs to 
 dysentery. Its common cause is cold, particu- 
 larly in the feet. Warmth, diaphoretics, with 
 gentle astringents and opiates, constitute the 
 best treatment. 
 
 A looseness consists sometimes of white, 
 milky, or what have been called chylous stools: 
 the affectio or passio casliaca, diarrhasa casliaca, 
 or diarrhasa chylosa. The nature of the white 
 discharge is unknown; but there is irritation 
 of the mucous follicles of the intestines. It is 
 very uncommon. 
 
 The diarrhoea lienteria, in which the food 
 passes almost unchanged by the stomach, is far 
 from common, and is mostly an affection symp- 
 tomatic of gout, scirrhus, or some organic dis- 
 ease. As a genuine diarrhoea, its cure is to be 
 attempted by tonics, bitters, and the remedies 
 against indigestion. 
 
 In the diarrhasa serosa, or diarrhasa aquosa, 
 the dejections are watery, almost entirely liquid, 
 and limpid. It occurs mostly in the leucophleg- 
 matic and weak. Its cure is to be attempted 
 by warm cordials, with astringents and tonics, 
 as gentian, calumba, simarouba, orange peel, 
 with the peppers, and warm tinctures. 
 
 When a loose state of the bowels is caused 
 by worms, diarrhasa verminosa, which is some 
 times the case from ascarides, their presence 
 and irritation in the rectum establish the spe- 
 cies ; and the cure is to be effected by vermi- 
 fuges. 
 
 From what has been advanced, it is evident 
 that, in conducting the cure of a diarrhoea, the 
 objects are to obviate the several causes, to less- 
 en the inordinate peristaltic motion, and to give 
 tone to the intestines. To fulfill these, it has 
 
 219 
 
DIA 
 
 DI A 
 
 been usual to exhibit emetics, purgatives, and 
 astringents, according to the circumstances of 
 the case. Emetics are very seldom serviceable, 
 unless in strong subjects, with a loaded stom- 
 ach, in which case an emetic may at first be 
 useful in speedily removing its contents: it 
 may also assist in emulging the ducts of the 
 liver, and determining to the skin ; but its sec- 
 ondary operation is that of weakening, and it 
 ought, therefore, to be resorted to with great 
 Caution. Cathartics are serviceable in expell- 
 ing worms, indurated or acrimonious faeces ; but 
 any acrimony in the intestine generally causes 
 its own discharge; and where there is much 
 irritability, they aggravate the disease : how- 
 ever, in protracted cases, the alvine contents 
 speedily become vitiated, and renew the irrita- 
 tion, which may be best obviated by an occa- 
 sional mild aperient, particularly rhubarb. If 
 the liver do not perform its office, the intestine 
 will hardly recover its healthy condition ; and 
 that may most probably be effected by the cau- 
 tious use of mercnry. Likewise, articles which 
 determine the fluids to other outlets, diuretics, 
 and particularly diaphoretics, in many cases 
 contribute materially to recovery; the latter, 
 perhaps, assisted by bathing, warm clothing, 
 gentle exercise, &c. Diluent, demulcent, and 
 antacid medicines are employed to correct acri- 
 mony, according to its particular nature. In 
 children teething, the gums should be lanced ; 
 and if the bowels have been attacked on the re- 
 pulsion of some other disease, it may often be 
 proper to try to restore this. But a matter of 
 great importance is the due regulation of the 
 diet, carefully avoiding those articles which are 
 likely to disagree with or irritate the bowels, and 
 preferring such as have a mild astringent effect. 
 Food the least acescent, as jellies, arrow-root, 
 sago, bread, plain meats, &c, are best; and for 
 the drink, pure water, or a little sherry or bran- 
 dy, sufficiently diluted, rather than malt liquors. 
 Some of the means already noticed will help 
 to moderate the excessive peristaltic movement, 
 as a wholesome diet, exercise, diaphoretics, 
 &c. ; but there are others of more power, which 
 must sometimes be resorted to. At the head 
 of these is opium, a full dose of which frequent- 
 ly at once effects a cure; but where there is 
 some more fixed cause, and the complaint is of 
 any standing, moderate quantities, repeated at 
 proper intervals, will answer better, and other 
 subsidiary means ought not to be neglected: 
 aromatics may prevent its disordering the stom- 
 ach, rhubarb obviate its causing permanent 
 constipation, &c. Tonics are generally proper, 
 the discharge itself inducing debility ; and, 
 where there is a deficiency of bile particularly, 
 the lighter forms of the aromatic bitters will 
 materially assist. In protracted cases, mild 
 chalybeates are sometimes serviceable; astrin- 
 gents come in aid of the general plan, and, 
 where opium disagrees, they may be more ne- 
 cessary; but the milder ones should be em- 
 ployed at first, the more powerful only where 
 the patient appears sinking. Chalk and lime- 
 water answer best where there is acidity; oth- 
 erwise the pomegranate, logwood, catechu, ki- 
 no, tormentil, may be given ; where these fail, 
 galls, alum, or sulphate of zinc. 
 220 
 
 Diarrhcea alba. D. piluitosa. D. chymO' 
 sa. Diarrhoea with white evacuations. The 
 diarrhcea cosliaca. 
 
 Diarrhoea carnosa. A fonn of dysentery 
 in which flesh-like portions are eliminated. 
 
 Diarrhcea cholerica. A bilious diarrhoea. 
 
 Diarrhcea chylosa. The ileac passion has 
 been so called. 
 
 Diarrhcea dyspeptica. D. ingestorum. 
 The lientery, or diarrhoea lienteria. 
 
 Diarrhcea hepatic a. A diarrhoea marked 
 by the superabundance of bilious stools. 
 
 Diarrhcea urinosa. See Diabetes. 
 
 Diarthro'dial. Relating to diarthrosis. See 
 Diarthrosis. The cartilages covering the artic- 
 ular extremities of bones are called diarthro- 
 dial cartilages. 
 
 DIARTHRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from SmpBpocj, 
 to articulate.) A movable connection of bones. 
 It is divided into five species, viz., enarthrosis, 
 arthrodia, ginglymus, trochoides, and amphiar- 
 throsis, which see. 
 
 Diasapo'nium. An ointment in which soap 
 was the principal ingredient. 
 
 Diasci'llium. Oxymel and vinegar of squills. 
 
 DIASCO'RDIUM. Confectio Fracastorii. 
 Electuary of scordium. A very complex ancient 
 cordial, with tonic and astringent properties. 
 
 Diase'nna. Electuary of senna. 
 
 Diasmy'rnum. Diasmyrnes. A collyrium 
 containing myrrh. 
 
 Diaso'stica. Diasostics. Hygiene. 
 
 Diaso'sticus. Hygienic. Prophylactic. 
 
 Diasphy'xis. The pulsation of an artery. 
 
 Diastas^e'mia. A morbid state of the blood, 
 in which the blood globules become disorgan- 
 ized. 
 
 DIA'STASE. A modification of gluten, fib- 
 rin, or other protein compounds, which has the 
 property of causing starch to be converted into 
 dextrine and grape sugar. One part of diastase 
 is sufficient to change 2000 of starch. It is the 
 chief agent of germination, being produced 
 whenever seeds sprout ; and from its existence 
 in the saliva, it is probably connected with the 
 process of the digestion of amylaceous matters. 
 It has been detected in the stomach of diabetic 
 patients. 
 
 Diastase may be obtained by rubbing up malt 
 with a little water, expressing, and adding just 
 enough alcohol to separate the albumen and 
 allow the liquid to pass the filter. The filtrate, 
 mixed with more alcohol, deposits the diastase. 
 It is soluble in water, but soon becomes acid, 
 and loses its properties. Its peculiar property 
 seems to depend upon the change it is under- 
 going, and which is communicated to amyla- 
 ceous bodies in the same way as rennet acts 
 upon milk. 
 
 DIASTASIS. Diastema. (From dLtaTrjfit, 
 to separate.) A sepai'ation, by disease or vio- 
 lence, of bones or cartilages which are natural- 
 ly connected ; as that which occasionally hap- 
 pens to the bones of the cranium in some cases 
 of hydrocephalus. 
 
 DIA'STOLE. (e, es, f. ; from ScaareUu, to 
 separate.) The dilatation of the heart and ar- 
 teries, whereby they are enabled to contain 
 more blood. It is rapidly followed by the con- 
 traction, or systole. 
 
DIG 
 
 DIF 
 
 Diastomo'tris. Any dilating instrument, as 
 a speculum ani or vagince. 
 
 Diastre'mma. A distortion of any part, or a 
 sprain. 
 
 Dia'strophe. See Diastremma. 
 
 Diasu'lphuris. Any medicine containing 
 sulphur. 
 
 D I A' T A S I S. (From dLaretvu, to distend. ) 
 The extension of a fractured limb, in order to 
 reduce it. 
 
 Diatere'ticus. A medicine which preserves 
 health and prevents disease. A prophylactic. 
 
 Diate'ssaron. An ancient medicine. 
 
 Diathe'rmal. Diathermanous. Permeable 
 to the rays of heat; alio whig them to pass 
 through without becoming much warmed. 
 
 Diatherma'ncy. The property possessed by 
 bodies of permitting the passage only of certain 
 rays without absorption. 
 
 DIA'THESIS. (is, is, f. ; from diandv/u, to 
 dispose.) A natural predisposition to certain 
 diseases, which is generally hereditary. The 
 most remarkable diatheses are the scrofulous, 
 gouty, rheumatic, cancerous, nervous, and calcu- 
 lous. 
 
 Diatragaca'nthum. The pulvis tragacan- 
 thae compositus. 
 
 Diatrion pipereon. A medicine made of 
 peppers. 
 
 Diatrita'rii. The methodic physicians. 
 
 DIA'TRITOS. (From dia, and rpeic, three.) 
 An abstinence during three days was first rec- 
 ommended by the methodic physicians. This 
 period was called diatrilos. On the third day 
 they gave such medicines as they thought of 
 importance. Coelius Aurelianus gives this name 
 not only to the whole period, but to the third 
 day in particular. 
 
 Dia'trium. A medicine composed of three 
 ingredients. 
 
 Diavoletti. Diavolini. An Italian name 
 for lozenges made of cocoa and the most pun- 
 gent aromatics, to excite venery. 
 
 Diaxyla'loes. A medicine containing lig- 
 num aloes. 
 
 Diazo'ma. The diaphragm. 
 
 Diazo'ster. The twelfth vertebra of the 
 back. 
 
 Dice ph ALrs. Having two heads. 
 
 Dicera dentata. Syn. of EloBocarpus hinau. 
 See Hinau. 
 
 Diceras rude. An intestinal worm. 
 
 Dichaste'res. The incisores. 
 
 Dichophy'ia. That condition of the hairs in 
 which they split and grow forked. 
 
 DICHO'TOMOUS. (Dichotomus ; from die, 
 twice, and refivo, to cut.) Bifurcate; forked. 
 
 Dicoc'cus. Dicoccous: having two capsules 
 united, each with one cell. 
 
 DICOTYLE'DONES. Having two cotyle- 
 dons. _ The plants forming the third great di- 
 vision in Jussieu's. Natural Method are so called. 
 They closely agree with the exogens. 
 
 Dichroism. Appearing of two colors when 
 examined by transmitted or reflected light. 
 
 Die r^: us. Bifid: cloven. 
 
 DICRO'TIC. (Dicrotus ; from die, and 
 Kpovu, to strike.) Applied to a pulse in which 
 the artery rebounds after striking, so as to 
 convey the sensation of a double pulsation. It 
 
 often presages hemorrhage, especially in ty- 
 phus. 
 
 DICTA'MNUS. (us,i,m.) A genus of 
 plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Rutacece. — 
 D. fraxinella. D. albus. White fraxinella, or 
 bastard dittany. Fraxinella. The root wa3 
 formerly much used as a tonic, and by Baron 
 Stoerck as an antiperiodic, but seems to be of 
 little efficacy. Dose, 3j. twice a day. 
 
 Dictamnus creticus. See Origanum die- 
 tamnus. 
 
 DIDY'M. Didymum. A new metal, imper- 
 fectly examined, and said to exist in cerium 
 ores. 
 
 Didymalgia. Pain in the testicles. 
 
 DI'DYMI. (From didvpoi, twins.) The 
 testicles ; also, the posterior corpora quadri- 
 gemina, which are still called testes. 
 
 Didymitis. Hernia humoralis. 
 
 Di'dymous. Didymus. Applied to anthers, 
 &c., when upon one filament there are two an- 
 thers united. 
 
 DIDYNA'MIA. Didynamous. (From 6lc, 
 two, and dvvap.ic, power.) Plants with her- 
 maphrodite flowers, having four stamina, two 
 of which are long and two short. 
 
 Diecbo'lium. (From 6ia, and endaXlu, to 
 cast out.) A medicine causing abortion. — Hip- 
 pocrates. 
 
 Dieffenba'chia seguina. The dumbcane of 
 the West Indies. An araceous plant, the juice 
 of which, in doses of two drachms, has proved 
 fatal in two hours. 
 
 Dierenbach. A city of Bavaria, in the neigh- 
 borhood of which are sulphureous, chalybeate, 
 and saline waters. 
 
 Dies. A day: employed to designate the 
 periods of a disease ; as Dies critici, the critical 
 davs — Dies indicatorii, the indicating days. 
 
 DIET. Diceta. That food is, in general, 
 thought the best, and conducive to long life, 
 which is most simple, pure, and free from irri- 
 tating qualities, and such as approaches nearest 
 to the nature of our own bodies in a healthy 
 state, or is capable of being easiest converted 
 into their substance by digestion, after it has 
 been duly prepared by cooking. Diet is of 
 the first importance in the treatment of dis- 
 ease, especially of the chronic form. The sim- 
 plest is unquestionably milk and bread ; but 
 the addition of a little cooked meat is always 
 desirable in health. About twenty ounces a 
 day constitute a medium diet, and thirty-six a 
 full diet. 
 
 DIET DRINK. An alterative decoction em- 
 ployed daily in considerable quantities, at least 
 from a pint to a quart. The compound decoc- 
 tion of sarsaparilla and mezereon, the Lisbon 
 diet drink, is the most common and most useful. 
 
 DIETETIC . {Dieteticus; from diatrao), to 
 nourish.) Relating to diet. 
 
 DIETETICS. Dietetica. Dietetice. That 
 department of medicine which relates to the 
 regulation of diet. 
 
 Dieu le Filt. A spring in France with cha- 
 lybeate mineral waters. 
 
 DIFFERENTIAL THERMOMETER. A 
 thermometer invented by Leslie, to show the 
 difference of the temperature of its two bulbs. 
 It consists of a tube twice bent at right angles, 
 
 221 
 
DIG 
 
 DIG 
 
 like the letter U, the two ends of which are 
 blown into bulbs. This is supported on a 
 stand. Colored sulphuric acid occupies the 
 tabe, and one of the upright sides is graduated. 
 Whenever a difference of temperature is man- 
 ifest between the bulbs, the intermediate fluid 
 is pressed toward the cooler side, and the move- 
 ment is measured on the scale. 
 
 Difficultas intestinorum. Dysentery. 
 
 Diffla'tio. Transpiration. 
 
 Diffo'rmis. Irregular in shape. 
 
 DIFFRA'CTION. The apparent bending or 
 inflection of a ray of light by the sharp edge of 
 any opaque substance placed in its course. 
 
 DIFFUSE. Diffusus. Spreading. In Pa- 
 thology, diseases which spread widely, as op- 
 posed to those which are circumscribed. 
 
 Diffuse inflammation of the cellular 
 membrane. This name was given by the late 
 Dr. Andrew Duncan, junior, to the affection be- 
 fore known under the appellation of phlegmo- 
 noid erysipelas. Diffuse inflammation may oc- 
 cur in the cellular membrane of any part of the 
 body, and may affect either the subcutaneous, 
 or the intermuscular and deep-seated layers. 
 
 Diffused false aneurism. See Aneurism. 
 
 DIFFUSIBLE. A term applied to that which 
 is easily dissipated ; thus the stimulus of ether 
 and alcohol is said to be a diffusible stimulus, 
 because it very soon passes off. They augment 
 the heart's action, but are transitory. 
 
 DIFFUSION OF GASES. The property 
 gases and vapors possess of penetrating into 
 one another, as into empty spaces or vacua. 
 This diffusion takes place only so long as one is 
 in excess, and terminates when the mixture is 
 equal throughout; no more vapor rising in a 
 saturated atmosphere. But the impediment 
 offered thus to the ascent of a particular elastic 
 body does not deter other vapors or gases from 
 rising. The movement is independent of grav- 
 ity, and the rapidity is inversely as the square 
 root of the density of the gases. The recipient 
 vapor or gas is not compressed by this opera- 
 tion, but dilates with the increment, the mix- 
 ture occupying the same space as the ingredi- 
 ents separately. The atmosphere is a splendid 
 example of the operation of diffusion, its com- 
 ponents, although of different density, being 
 mixed in und&viating proportions. 
 
 Diga'stric groove. A longitudinal depres- 
 sion of the mastoid process of the temporal 
 bone, from which the digastricus muscle arises. 
 
 D I G A' S T R I C U S . ( From die, twice, and 
 yaarrjp, a belly.) A muscle situated externally 
 between the lower jaw and os hyoides. It ari- 
 ses, by a fleshy belly, from the upper part of 
 the processus mastoideus; and, descending, it 
 contracts into a round tendon, which passes 
 through the stylo-hyoideus, and an annular lig- 
 ament, which is fastened to the os hyoides ; then 
 it ascends toward the middle of the edge of 
 the lower jaw, where it is inserted. Its use is 
 to open the mouth by pulling the lower jaw 
 downward and backward ; and when the jaws 
 are shut, to raise the larynx, and consequently 
 the pharynx, upward, as in deglutition. 
 
 DI'GERENTS. (From digero, to digest.) 
 Digestives. Applied to medicines which pro- 
 mote the secretion of proper pus in wounds and 
 222 
 
 ulcers ; thus we speak of a digestive oint- 
 ment. 
 
 DIGESTER. A strong and tight iron ves- 
 sel or kettle, furnished with a safety valve, in 
 which bodies may be subjected to the vapor of 
 water, alcohol, or ether, at a pressure above 
 that of the atmosphere. 
 
 Dige'stible. Capable of being digested. 
 Substances differ in this respect very remarka- 
 bly ; but, except in a general way, it is impos- 
 sible to construct tables of the digestibility of 
 viands, the character of most differing with in- 
 dividuals. It may be remarked, however, that 
 roast meats, well cooked, and not too greasy, 
 are most digestible, and that oily bodies and 
 flatulent vegetables are least so. Salted meats 
 are often extremely indigestible, especially 
 whei'e the powers of the stomach are impaired. 
 
 DIGE'STION. (Digestio, onis, f. ; from di- 
 gero, to dissolve.) I. An operation in Chemis- 
 try and Pharmacy, in which such matters as 
 are intended to act slowly on each other are 
 exposed to a heat, continued for some time. 
 
 II. In Physiology, the change impressed upon 
 food to render it capable of sustaining the body. 
 Food taken into the mouth is comminuted by 
 the teeth, and impregnated with saliva, the ac- 
 tion of which is not certainly known ; it, how- 
 ever, contains a ferment (ptyaline) capable of 
 changing starch and sugar, and rendering the 
 solid protein substance soluble. In the stom- 
 ach, food encounters the gastric juice, and is 
 rendered thereby soluble, being converted into 
 a pultaceous mass called chyme. The gastric 
 juice is secreted by follicles of the mucous 
 membrane upon the excitation of food or other 
 stimulus : it is limpid, colorless, somewhat vis- 
 cid, and usually acid. The gastric juice resem- 
 bles, in a high degree, saliva, but its composition 
 is not accurately determined ; indeed, it seems 
 to vary with the animal. According to the best 
 authorities, it contains hydrochloiTC and acetic, 
 or lactic acids, mucus, pepsine, with salts of chlo- 
 rine and phosphoric acid. A very dilute solu- 
 tion in water is capable of rendering the solid 
 protein compounds soluble, when the digestion 
 is carried on at 100° F. with agitation. In this 
 change, the pepsine, which is itself but modified 
 albumen, seems to act as a ferment, and the 
 hydrochloric acid as a solvent. The time con- 
 sumed in digestion, under favorable circumstan- 
 ces, varies between two and four hours, accord- 
 ing to the solidity of the viands; dried and 
 salted meats requiring most time. In this pro- 
 cess, protein compounds are resolved into solu- 
 ble albumen and fibrin, or they are suspended. 
 Gelatine is dissolved or otherwise, according to 
 the form it has when eaten. Oily matters are 
 suspended in an emulsion. Starch is converted, 
 primarily, into dextrine, but it is not accurately 
 known what is the secondary change impressed 
 upon it, or on gum, pectine, and sugar, although 
 it is thought that these reach the system in 
 compounds of lactic acid. The chyme, quitting 
 the stomach, is received into the duodenum, 
 and there impregnated with bile and the pan- 
 creatic juice. The object of its mixture with 
 bile is not certainly known; it is, however, 
 thought that three effects are produced: 1st. 
 The chyme is separated into a denser part, 
 
DIG 
 
 D IL 
 
 more or less excrementitious, and a fluid chyle, 
 destined to be absorbed, by the capillaries of 
 the small intestines. 2d. It serves to suspend, 
 and introduce into the system, a larger amount 
 of fatty matters ; and, 3d. A portion of the bile 
 itself is absorbed, and by supplying carbon, 
 adds to the function of respiration. Of the of- 
 fice of the pancreatic juice nothing is known. 
 The products of digestion remain little changed, 
 except from the addition of mucus, until they 
 i*each the caecum, where the refuse acquires its 
 fetor. 
 
 Drinks introduced, into the stomach are ab- 
 sorbed, for the most part, by imbibition ; but if 
 they suspend, nutritious matters, the latter are 
 left behind, and subjected, to the process of di- 
 gestion. 
 
 The process of digestion is subject to numer- 
 ous lesions, arising from want of tone in the 
 mucous or muscular tissues of the stomach, im- 
 perfect secretion of gastric juice, the production 
 of abnormal bodies, as diastase (Bourchardat), 
 and loss of nervous power. Indeed, digestion 
 is peculiarly under the influence of the nervous 
 system, for those who are engaged in pursuits 
 requiring great mental concentration, and resort 
 to their labors too soon after meals, are very 
 liable to indigestion. Some two hours of men- 
 tal rest seem to be demanded after a full meal. 
 The stomach is supplied by the pneumogastric 
 and great sympathetic nerves chiefly, of which 
 the latter seems to be the most influential in 
 the process of chylifaction. 
 
 It has been very recently shown that the 
 gastric juice, while it contains free acid, has the 
 property of dissolving protein aliments, but that 
 when alkaline, it acts upon amylaceous bodies, 
 converting them into dextrine and sugar. M. 
 Bourchardat has also discovered diastase in the 
 saliva, which has properties analogous with 
 those of the gastric juice. 
 
 Digestion, impaired. D. difficult. D. de- 
 praved. Dyspepsia. 
 
 DIGE'STIVE. (Digestivus; from digero, to 
 digest.) A term applied by surgeons to those 
 substances which, when applied to an ulcer or 
 wound, promote suppuration : such are the ce- 
 ratum resince, warm poultices, fomentations, &c. 
 
 Digestive canal. D. tube. The stomach 
 and small intestines chiefly, but sometimes used 
 for the whole canal, from the mouth to the 
 anus. 
 
 Digestive salt of Sylvius. Digesti'vum 
 sal. Muriate of potash. Chloride of potas- 
 sium. 
 
 Digital. Pertaining to, or resembling a 
 finger. 
 
 DIGIT A' LINE. Digitalina. Digitalia. 
 The supposed active principle of digitalis. The 
 digitaline of Royer appears to be only coloring 
 matter, with fat and salts. Lancelot and Radig 
 have, however, obtained a colorless, crystal 
 line, acrid body, with some alkaline properties, 
 about one grain of which produced death in an 
 animal by arresting the heart's action. 
 
 DIGITALIS, (is, is, f.) 1. The foxglove. 
 2. A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiosper- 
 mia. Scrofulariacece. — D. purpurea. The fox- 
 glove. The leaves have a bitter, nauseous taste, 
 and have been long used externally to ulcers 
 
 and scrofulous rumors. When properly dried, 
 their color is a lively green. They yield their 
 virtues to alcohol or water. Digitalis is a pow- 
 erful arterial sedative, reducing the pulse to 35 
 or 40 beats per minute; producing nausea, vom- 
 iting, purging, and vertigo; and in over-doses, 
 insensibility, convulsions, and deathy coldness. 
 It is usually administered in tincture, beginning 
 with ten drops night and morning, and increas- 
 ing the dose until slight nausea is produced. 
 It is, however, to be used with great caution 
 as its effects often become suddenly dangerous. 
 Its great use is to quiet undue excitement of 
 the heart and arteries, and the diseases which 
 originate in them. As a diuretic, digitalis is of 
 most service in those forms of dropsy which 
 arise from cardiac affections. The close of the 
 powder is gr. j. to gr. iij. An over-dose is to 
 be met by diffusible stimulants, blisters to the 
 epigastrium, and hot applications to the skin. 
 The drawback to the more extended use of this 
 medicine is the uncertainty of its effects. 
 
 Digita'tion. Applied to parts which are 
 more or less finger-shaped; thus the ser rains 
 magnus muscle is said to arise by a number of 
 fleshy digitations. 
 
 Digita'to-pinna'tus. Applied to a digitate 
 leaf, the leaflets of which are pinnated. 
 
 Digita'tus. Digitate: fingered. 
 
 Digitifo'rmis. Finger-like. 
 
 Digi'tium. A whitlow. — Linnceus. 
 
 DI'GITUS. (us, i, m.) A finger. 
 
 Digitus annularis. 
 next the little finger. 
 
 Digitus auricularis. The little finger. 
 
 Digitus indicatorius. The index finger; 
 that next the thumb. 
 
 Digitus manus. A finger. The fingers and 
 thumb in each hand consist of fourteen bones, 
 there being three to each finger and two to the 
 thumb. These bones are called respectively 
 the first, second, and third phalanx. 
 
 Digitus pedis. A toe. The toes are form- 
 ed of the same number of bones as the fingers. 
 
 Diglo'ssum. The laurus alexandiina. See 
 Ruscus hypoglossum. 
 
 Digno'tio. Synonymous with diagnosis. 
 
 DIGY'NIA. Digynous. (From die, twice, 
 and yvvr), a woman.) Those hermaphrodite 
 plants with two styles. 
 
 Diha'lon. A piaster prepared with salt and 
 nitre. 
 
 DILATA'TION. (Dilatatio, onis, f. ; from 
 dilato, to widen.) The widening of any part, 
 whether by a natural or diseased action. 
 
 Dilatation of the heart. See Heart, dis- 
 eases of. 
 
 DILA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from dilato.) 
 The name of some muscles, the office of which 
 is to dilate the parts on which they act. 
 
 Dilator al.e nasi. See Levator labii supe- 
 rioris. 
 
 Dila'tor, Arnott's. A catheter made of 
 oiled silk and membrane, water-tight, and hol- 
 low, attached to a silver top. This, being in- 
 troduced into the urethra, can be filled with 
 air by blowing, or with water, and thus serves 
 to dilate the passage, and remove any stricture 
 that may exist therein. 
 
 DILA'TOR or DILATO'RIUM. (urn, i, n.; 
 223 
 
DIO 
 
 from dilaio.) A speculum. Also, any mechan- 
 ical contrivance, as a piece of sponge, calculated 
 to keep a wound, &c, open or dilated. 
 
 Dill. See Anethum graveolens. 
 
 Dills. See Fucus palmatus. 
 
 DILUENTS. Diluentia. (Diluens ; from 
 diluo, to wash away. ) Those substances which 
 increase the proportion of fluid in the body, as 
 water and aqueous drinks. Diluents are mere- 
 ly secondary remedies. They are given in acute 
 inflammatory diseases, to lessen the stimulant 
 quality of the blood and aUay thirst, and are also 
 used to promote the action of diuretics in drop- 
 sy, and to favor the operation of sudorifics. 
 
 Dilu'tus. Dilute or diluted. 
 
 Dimidia'tus. Extending half way round; 
 half formed. 
 
 Dimness of sight. See Caligo. 
 
 DIMO'RPHISM. Dimorphous. The proper- 
 ty many chemical bodies possess of crystallizing 
 in two forms ; belonging to different orders of 
 crystallization. 
 
 Dinant. A town near St. Malo, in France, 
 with chalybeate and saline springs. 
 
 Di'nicus. Applied to a medicine which re- 
 lieves giddiness. 
 
 DI'NUS. Dinos. (From diveu, to turn 
 round.) Dizziness; giddiness. 
 
 Diodonce'phalus. A monstrosity in which 
 there are double rows of teeth. 
 
 DICE 'CIA. (a, <e, f. ; from dig, and oiKog, a 
 house.) A class of plants having male flowers 
 on one individual, and female on another. 
 
 Dke'cious. Having the structure of dicecia. 
 
 Dioi'cus. Dioecious. 
 
 Dioncosis. A plethora. 
 
 Dionysi'scus. Bony excrescences near the 
 temples. — Vogel. 
 
 DIO'PTRA. (From dioTrrofiai, to see 
 through.) Dioptron. An instrument for dila- 
 ting any natural cavity, the better to see its 
 condition. A speculum. 
 
 Dioptrics. That part of optics which treats 
 of refraction. 
 
 Dioptri'smus. The operation of dilating a 
 part with the speculum. 
 
 Dioptrum. AioiTTpov. The lapis specularis. 
 
 DIORRHO'SIS. Diorrhe'sis. (Aioppocig, 
 Siopoaig; from dia, and oppog, the serum.) The 
 conversion of any part into serum. 
 
 DIORTHO'SIS. (From diopdou, to cor- 
 rect.) The reduction of a fracture or disloca- 
 tion. 
 
 DIOSCO'REA. (a, ce,l) A genus of plants. 
 Dicecia. Hexandria. — D. alata. The yam; 
 also obtained from D. bulbifera and D. sativa. 
 
 DIO'SMA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Rutacece. — D. ere- 
 nata. Barosma crenata; also, D. odorata, D. 
 serratifolia, and B. serratifolia. Buchu. The 
 leaves are diuretic and stimulant, and have 
 been found useful in cases of chronic inflamma- 
 tion of the kidney and urinary bladder, and in 
 irritable and spasmodic states of the latter or- 
 gan. An infusion of one ounce of the leaves to 
 a pint of water is taken in divided doses in the 
 twenty-four hours. The active principle is a 
 volatile oil. 
 
 Dio'smEjE. A division of the family Ruta- 
 cece, of which the genus Diosma is the type. 
 224 
 
 DIP 
 
 Dio'smin. A bitter extractive of the leaves 
 of the diosma. 
 
 DIO'SPYROS. (os, i, f.) 1. The persim- 
 mon. (U.S.) 2. A genus of plants. Poly gar 
 mia. Dicecia. Ebenacece. — D. ebe'num. Ebo- 
 ny. — D. lotus. The Indian date-plum. The 
 fruit, when ripe, is agreeable; when unripe, 
 very astringent. — D. virginiana. The persim- 
 mon. The unripe fruit, which is very astrin- 
 gent, has been used in simple diarrhoea, in in- 
 fusion. The bark is astringent and bitter. 
 
 DIO'XIDE. A compound of oxygen with a 
 base, in which there is one equivalent of the 
 former to two of the latter. 
 
 Dio'xus. A collyrium of vhiegar. 
 
 Dipe'talous. Two-petaled. 
 
 Di'phryges. Auppvyec. Oxide of copper. 
 
 DIPHTHERI'TIS. Diphtheria. (From 
 dt(j)Bepa, a skin or membrane.) Angina pellicu- 
 laris. The name given by M. Bretonneau to a 
 peculiar variety of pharyngitis, accompanied 
 by the formation of a false membrane, which 
 was epidemic at Tours in 1818 and the three 
 succeeding years. 
 
 Diphtheritis trachealis. Croup. 
 
 Diphy'llous. Diphyllus. Two-leaved. 
 
 Diplasia'smus. The re-exacerbation of a 
 disease. 
 
 DI'PLOE. (e, es, f.; from dnrlou, to double.) 
 The cancellated substance between the two 
 tables of the skull. 
 
 DIPLOGA'NGLIATA. A name given by 
 Dr. Grant to the articulated animals, because 
 the ganglionic knots are somewhat increased in 
 size. 
 
 Diploge'nesis. An organic defect arising 
 from the union of two parts. 
 
 DIPLO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; durhoua ; from Si- 
 7rAow, to double.) 1. A writing which confers 
 some privilege, and especially as relates to 
 medical affairs, a license to practice physic or 
 surgery. 2. A double vessel : to boil in diplo- 
 mate, is to boil in what is called a water-bath. 
 
 DIPLONE'URANS. Vertebrate animals, be- 
 cause they have two nervous systems, the spinal 
 and sympathetic. Dr. Grant has subsequently 
 applied this term to an order of worms. 
 
 DIPLO'PIA. (a, ce, f. ; from dinloog, double, 
 and OTTTO/iiat, to see.) A disease in which the 
 person sees an object double. It is mostly 
 symptomatic of indigestion, intoxication, worms, 
 hysteria, &c. 
 
 Diplo'sis. The diploe. 
 
 Diploso'ma crenata. An entozoon having 
 the appearance of two worms attached togeth- 
 er. It has been passed from the bladder, and 
 may be four or more inches in length. 
 
 Dippel's animal oil. Oleum animale Dip- 
 pelii. 
 
 Dipsacon. Dipsacum. See Dipsacus. 
 
 DI'PSACUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia. The teasel. 
 The D. fullonum, or fuller's teasel, is considered 
 diuretic in France. The D. sylvestris also 
 yields an antiscorbutic root. 2. A diabetes. 
 
 Dipse'ticus. Productive of thirst. 
 
 DIPSOMA'NIA. ( From dixjfa, and fzavi a, 
 madness.) The thirst of drunkards. 
 
 DIPSO'SIS. (From diipa, thirst.) Morbid 
 thirst. See Polydipsia. 
 
D I S 
 
 DI'PTERA. (From 6tc, twice, and nrepov, 
 a wing.) Insects having two wings. 
 
 DIPTERA'CE^E. Dipteroca'rpeas. A fam- 
 ily of dicotyledonous trees peculiar to the In- 
 dian Archipelago. They are polypetalous, with 
 hypogynous, indefinite stamens, subulate an- 
 thers, concrete carpella, an ovarium of several 
 cells, a tubular calyx with imbricate aestiva- 
 tion, fruit surrounded by a foliaceous calyx. 
 They abound in a resinous or camphoraceous 
 sap. 
 
 DITTERIX. A genus of trees. Diadelphia. 
 Octandria. The D. odorata of Guiana yields a 
 wood having the properties of guaiac, and an 
 odoriferous bean called the Tonquin bean. 
 
 Di'pterous. Having two wing-like append- 
 ages, as in the case of some seeds. 
 
 Dipyri'tes. Dipyros. Bread twice baked. 
 
 DIRCA PALUSTRIS. The leather wood. 
 A small indigenous shrub found in boggy pla- 
 ces. Octandria. Monogynia. Natural family, 
 Thymelaa. The berries, which are small and 
 of a yellow color, are said to be narcotic and 
 poisonous. The bark is acrid, and produces 
 vomiting and purging in doses of ten grams. It 
 seems to be very analogous to the mezereon 
 bark in properties. 
 
 DIRE'CTOR. (or, oris, m. ; from dirigo, to 
 direct.) 1. A grooved instrument for guiding 
 the knife in some surgical operations. 2. The 
 name of a muscle. 
 
 Director penis. Erector penis. 
 
 DIRI'GENT. Diri'gens. Directing: that 
 constituent of a compound medicine which de- 
 termines its action. Thus guaiac is said to di- 
 rect the action of nitre to the skin, while squill 
 determines it to the kidneys. 
 
 Diringa. See Acorus calamus. 
 
 Dirt-eating. A morbid appetite common 
 among negroes, and producing the cachexia 
 Africana. 
 
 Disce'ptum. The diaphragm. 
 
 DISCHA'RGE. In Pathology, a morbid in- 
 crease in the secretion of any organ. 
 
 Disciform. Disciformis. Resembling a 
 disk or cpioit. 
 
 Di'scoid. Discoides. Disciform. 
 
 DISCRE'ET. Discre'tus. Distinct or sep- 
 arate. Applied to eruptions which are not con- 
 fluent, but in which the pustules, &c, are sep- 
 arated from each other. 
 
 Discreto'rium. The diaphragm. 
 
 Discri'men. 1. An old bandage used in 
 bleeding from the frontal vein. 2. The dia- 
 phragm. 
 
 DPS C US. (us, i, m. ; from dicnoc, a quoit 
 or disk.) The disk, or central part of a leaf or 
 compound flower. 
 
 DISCU'SSION. Resolution. The overcom- 
 ing the inflammatory action of a tumor, so as to 
 re-establish a healthy function in the part. This 
 is effected by stimulants, astringents, leeches, 
 &c, according to circumstances. 
 
 Discu'ssives. Discussiva. Discutients. 
 
 DISCU'TIENT. (Discutiens; from discutio, 
 to shake to pieces.) Discusorius. Diachyti- 
 cus. Applied, to those substances which pos- 
 sess a power of discussing or resolving tu- 
 mors. 
 
 DISEASE. Morbus. Any deviation from 
 
 DIS 
 
 the natural and healthy actions of the whole 
 system, or any particular organ. Diseases are, 
 
 Local. Affecting some particular part. 
 
 Constitutional. Affecting the whole system. 
 
 Specific. Marked by some disordered vital 
 action, not common to diseases in general. 
 
 Idiopathic. Primary, and not dependent on 
 any other disease. 
 
 Symptomatic, or Sympathetic. Dependent 
 on some other disease. 
 
 Periodical. Recurring at fixed periods. 
 
 Acute. Severe, and of short continuance. 
 
 Chronic. Of long continuance. 
 
 Sporadic. Arising from adventitious causes 
 affecting the individual. 
 
 Epidemic. Generally diffused among a pop- 
 ulation. 
 
 Endemic. Peculiar to, or especially preva- 
 lent in, a certain region. 
 
 Intercurrent. Sporadic, but occurring during 
 the prevalence of epidemic or endemic diseases. 
 
 Contagious, or Infectious. Communicable 
 from one individual to another by personal con- 
 tact, or by effluvia diffused through the air. 
 
 Congenital. Born with the individual. 
 
 Hereditary. Descending from parents to their 
 offspring. 
 
 Acquired. Neither hereditary nor congeni- 
 tal, but dependent on some cause operating af- 
 ter birth. 
 
 Sthenic. Attended with strong activity of 
 the vital powers. 
 
 Asthenic. Attended with sinking of the vital 
 powers. 
 
 Diseases of artisans. Besides the common 
 causes of disease to which all mankind are more 
 or less subject, there are some connected with 
 particular occupations and modes of life, the in- 
 vestigation of which is- alike important in a 
 practical and philosophical point of view. These 
 causes of disease may, in a general way, be re- 
 ferred, 1. To confinement and bad ventilation. 
 
 2. To the effects of temperature and moisture. 
 
 3. To sedentary habits. 4. To over-fatigue. 5. 
 To excessive exertion of some parts of the body, 
 and inactivity of others. 6. To constrained and 
 unnatural postures. 7. To the noxious influ- 
 ence of animal, vegetable, or mineral particles 
 inhaled with the air, or otherwise applied to the 
 body. 
 
 1. Confinement and bad ventilation produce 
 scrofula, consumption, and deformities. 
 
 2. Temperature and moisture produce rheu- 
 matism, asthma, catarrhs, and visceral affections. 
 
 3. Sedentary habits, languor, nervousness, 
 dyspepsia, constipation, haemorrhoids, leucor 
 rhoea, obesity. 
 
 4. Over-fatigue, loss of vital powers, hernias, 
 affections of the spine and kidneys. 
 
 5. Excessive exertion of some parts of the 
 body, and inactivity of others. — Those who use 
 the eye are subject to amaurosis and cataract ; 
 those who use the lungs, to asthma and pulmo- 
 nic diseases. 
 
 6. Constrained and unnatural postures. — The 
 evils arising from this cause are curvature of the 
 spine, dyspepsia, gastrodynia, constipation, 
 haemorrhoids, asthma, and pulmonary diseases. 
 
 7. The action of animal, vegetable, or mineral 
 particles, inhaled with the air, or otherwise ap- 
 
 225 
 
DIS 
 
 DI 
 
 plied to the body. — The principal morbific 
 agents of this kind are mercury, lead, copper, 
 arsenic, antimony, zinc, tin, the mineral acids, 
 animal putrefaction, vegetable putrefaction, soot, 
 and fine powders of various kinds, which pro- 
 duce mechanical irritation. 
 
 Disecoi'a. Deafness. 
 
 DISGORGEMENT. The process of empty- 
 ing or relieving of an excess of blood, secretion, 
 &c, any viscus; as the disgorgement of the 
 liver or bile. The reverse of engorgement. 
 
 DISGUST. A loathing, or mental repugnance 
 to any thing or action. It is a symptom con- 
 nected with affections of the brain or nervous 
 system. 
 
 DISINFECTANTS. Agents which destroy 
 disagreeable effluvia or miasma. Chlorine gas, 
 either derived from muriatic acid, or as thrown 
 oif from chloride of lime or soda, or the chlorine 
 water, is the chief disinfectant. The vapor of 
 heated vinegar, nitrous acid, and lime, are also 
 recommended by some. Where the foul odor 
 arises from decaying vegetable matters or priv- 
 ies, a strong solution of sulphate of iron, or 
 an abundance of charcoal, are good remedies. 
 With respect to miasms, the action of fire, grow- 
 ing trees, and chlorine vapors form the best 
 disinfectants. 
 
 Disinfecting liquid, Labarraque's. A so- 
 lution of chloride of soda. 
 
 DISINFECTION. The process of dispelling 
 and neutralizing contagious miasmata. This is 
 done by the copious admission of fresh air, and 
 the use of certain chemical substances, as chlo- 
 rine, and the vapors of vinegar. The action of 
 heat and the purifying effects of growing trees 
 are also important. 
 
 Disk. See Discus. 
 
 DISLOCATION. ( Dislocation onis, f. ) 
 Luxation. The displacement of the articular 
 extremity of a bone. When dislocation takes 
 place as the result of violence, it is called prim- 
 itive, or accidental; when it happens as a con- 
 sequence of disease which has destroyed the 
 textures forming the joint, it is called consecu- 
 tive, or spontaneous. 
 
 1. Dislocations are distinguished, with re- 
 spect to their extent, into the complete or in- 
 complete ; the latter term is applied when the 
 articular surfaces still remain partially in con- 
 tact; this only occurs in ginglymoid articula- 
 tions, as those of the foot, knee, and elbow. 
 The complete luxation almost always occurs in 
 the orbicular articulations. 
 
 2. The direction of a dislocation is named up- 
 ward, downward, forward, and backward, in the 
 orbicular articulations; and lateral, forward, 
 and backward, in the ginglymoid. 
 
 3. Dislocations are further distinguished, ac- 
 cording to the accompanying circumstances, 
 into the simple, when unattended by a wound, 
 communicating internally with the joint and 
 externally with the air ; and the compound 
 when attended by such a wound. 
 
 The indications of treatment are, 1st. To re- 
 duce the bone to its proper place, which is to 
 be done by counter -extension. 2d. To retain 
 it in the natural situation, which is effected by 
 bandages, or, if necessary, by splints. 3d. To 
 attend to any distressing symptoms which may 
 226 
 
 arise in consequence of the injury; these ace 
 chiefly nervous. 
 
 DISORGANIZATION. A change in the 
 structure of a part. It may be partial, as in 
 the change from a fibrous to a granular texture ; 
 or complete, as in gangrene and sphacelus. 
 
 DISPE'NSARY. (Dispensarium, ii, n. ; 
 from dispendo, to distribute.) The place in 
 which medicines are prepared or advice given. 
 
 DISPE'NSATORY. {Dispensatorium, ii, n.) 
 A book treating of medicines. 
 
 Dispe'rmus. Dispermous, or two-seeded 
 
 Dis pe'rsion. In Optics, the separation which 
 the different colored rays of light undergo in 
 passing through a refracting prism, whereby 
 the spectrum is formed. 
 
 DISPLACEMENT. In Pharmacy, a pro- 
 cess by which the active principles of various 
 drugs are procured in making tinctures, infu- 
 sions, &c. The medicine, in a moist state, is 
 placed in the displacement apparatus, or perco- 
 lator, which is a sort of funnel, having a fine 
 sieve, and sometimes a stopcock, in its lower 
 part, and furnished with a cap or stopper above. 
 A coarse powder of the drug is first mixed with 
 sufficient water, alcohol, or ether to saturate it 
 thoroughly. This may be done in a mortar, or 
 in the tight percolator, the stopcock being 
 closed. The powder or mixture is packed in 
 the percolator so as to be somewhat pressed, 
 the degree depending upon the substance and 
 menstruum ; for when water is used, the mate- 
 rial must be looser than when alcohol or ether 
 is employed. The mixed mass is allowed to 
 remain in the closed vessel from a few minutes 
 to twelve hours. When it is to be drawn off, 
 a further addition of the fluid is made, so that 
 the prescribed quantity be employed, the addi 
 tion being made slowly. The stopcock is now 
 opened, and the filtered fluid received in a 
 proper vessel. Further additions of the men- 
 struum are to be made until the prescribed 
 quantity of tincture or infusion is obtained. 
 The fluid employed must be the same through- 
 out; but, that none may be wasted, the quan- 
 tity remaining in the powder after the process 
 is completed may be obtained by pouring wa- 
 ter upon it to the same amount as the spirit, 
 &c, present. 
 
 Disposition. See Diathesis, 
 
 Dissecting abscess. An abscess which in- 
 trudes between the muscles, separating or dis- 
 secting them from one another. 
 
 DISSECTION. (Dissectio, onis, f . ; from 
 disseco, to cut asunder.) The cutting to pieces 
 of any part of an animal or vegetable for the 
 purpose of examining its structure. See Anat- 
 omy. 
 
 Dissection wound. The wound, however 
 slight, received during dissections, is often ex- 
 tremely dangerous, and especially if the subject 
 be fresh, and death has occurred through puer- 
 peral fever, diffuse cellular inflammation, or in- 
 flammation of any serous tissue. The conse- 
 quences of the wound are either inflammation 
 of the lymphatics of the arm, or a typhoid fever 
 witn diffuse inflammation of the cellular tissue. 
 The symptoms are, depression, nausea, rigors, 
 severe headache, and vomiting. These occur 
 within eighteen hours of the injury. There is, 
 
D I S 
 
 DIU 
 
 next, extremely severe paia in the shoulder of 
 the affected arm ; a pustule usually appears soon 
 after on or near the wound. There is a swell- 
 ing of the axilla, neck, and side, which becomes 
 of a pink color. The fever at this time is a 
 most dangerous typhoid, cutting off the patient 
 before other local symptoms are developed. 
 But, instead of following this course, the first 
 symptoms may be nervous, so aggravated as to 
 resemble hydrophobia, and producing a fatal 
 result in forty hours ; or the diffuse inflamma- 
 tion may begin at the wrist; or, thirdly, the 
 principal local symptom may be inflammation 
 of the absorbents of the arm, beginning at the 
 hand, and traceable in red lines. Should the 
 disease continue, the cellular inflammation ends 
 in suppurations and gangrene, which exhaust 
 the patient, or undermine his constitution. 
 
 The prognosis is unfavorable, more than two 
 thirds of these cases resulting fatally. The 
 worst symptoms are severe constitutional and 
 nervous distress: the cases where the inflam- 
 mation begins in the hand are least dangerous. 
 If the patient be of a bad constitution or in fee- 
 ble health, the risk is greater. 
 
 The indications of treatment are, 1st. To 
 support the nervous system. 2d. To eliminate 
 the poison. 3d. To relieve pain, and promote 
 the discharge of pus and sloughs. 
 
 The sesquicarbonate of ammonia, wine, and 
 diffusible stimulants, with attention to the bow- 
 els; calomel, in doses of gr. v., given every 
 three hours, to produce salivation ; and cam- 
 phor or morphia, to relieve pain, are necessary 
 at first. As soon as any pain is perceived in 
 the axilla, numerous leeches should be applied, 
 and the bleeding encouraged by fomentations. 
 If swelling takes place, incisions must be made 
 into it to allow the escape of serum or pus. 
 The after-treatment consists in the use of tonics, 
 country air, and a light, nutritious diet. 
 
 It is to be remarked that severe typhoid fe- 
 vers are sometimes produced from a miasm 
 surrounding the dead body, and where no 
 puncture has occurred. If any wound be per- 
 ceived in dissection, the proper means are to 
 wash the hands and suck the part vigorously, 
 applying, as soon as possible, the nitrate of sil- 
 ver to the wound. 
 
 Disse'ctus. Dissected; incised. 
 ' m DISSEPIMENT. A partition. The parti- 
 tions which separate the cells of a capsule. 
 
 Disse'ptum. The diaphragm. 
 
 Disside'ntia. The same as diastasis. 
 
 Dissi'lient. Bursting suddenly asunder. 
 
 Dissolution. 1. Death. 2. In humoral 
 pathology, a diminution of consistence in the 
 blood. 
 
 Dissolu'tus. Loose. — D. morbus. Dysen- 
 tery. 
 
 DISSO'LVENT. (Dissolves; from dissolvo, 
 to loosen.) 1. Applied to a medicine which 
 dissolves morbid concretions. 2. A menstruum. 
 
 Di'stans. Distant: applied to parts direct- 
 ed away from each other. 
 
 DISf E'MPER. A disease of dogs, attended 
 by a catarrh, but consisting essentially in irri- 
 tation of the brain and spinal marrow, and char- 
 acterized by frequent fits. It is often fatal from 
 the supervention of inflammation of the lungs. 
 
 DISTENTION. Distentio. (From dislendo, 
 to stretch out.) Dilatation. 
 
 Distextio nervorum. A spasm or convul- 
 sion. — Celsns. 
 
 DISTICHI'ASIS. (is, is, f. ; from 6ic, 
 double, and gtlxoc, a row.) Distichiasis. Dis- 
 tichia. A disease of the eyelid, in which there 
 is a double row of eyelashes, one growing in the 
 natural direction, and the other turned inward, 
 and irritating the globe of the eye. 
 
 Di'stichous. Distichus. Two-ranked. 
 
 Distilla'te. The product of distillation. 
 
 Distilla'tio. Distillation. — D. per ascen- 
 sum. When the vapor rises upward into the 
 cap of the still. — D. per descensum. When the 
 vapor is forced to descend along a tube passing 
 downward from the interior of the still. — D. 
 per latvs. Where the vapor passes laterally 
 from the still. 
 
 DISTILLA'TION. (Distillatio, onis, f. ; from 
 distillo, to drop little by little.) 1. The separ- 
 ation by heat of the volatile parts of fluids. 
 The process is conducted in a still or retort, and 
 the product cooled by running it in a long tube 
 cooled by water. 2. A catarrh. 
 
 Distillation, destructive. The decompo- 
 sition of bodies by a strong heat in one vessel, 
 and the collection of the products in another. 
 
 Distillation - , dry. When there is no fluid 
 mixed with the substance undergoing distilla- 
 tion. Sublimation. 
 
 Distillation in vacuo. When the process 
 is earned on in an exhausted vessel, so that lit- 
 tle or no air is present. By this means less 
 heat becomes necessary. Hence, if the prod- 
 uct be injured by heat or the presence of air, 
 this plan is employed, otherwise there is no 
 economy of fuel, as was formerly supposed. 
 
 Distillatorius. Appertaining to distillation. 
 
 Distilled vinegar. See Acetum. 
 
 Distinct. Distinctus. Free. 
 
 DPSTOMA. (a, atis, n. ; from die, and aro- 
 fia, a mouth.) Two-mouthed. A genus of 
 worms. — D. kepaticum. Fasciola humana. 
 The liver fluke. A small, flat worm, of the 
 size of a nail, frequent in the bile ducts of sheep 
 and oxen. They have been found by Pallas, 
 Chabert, and Bucholz in the human subject. 
 
 DISTORTION. (Distortio; from distor- 
 queo, to wrest aside.) An unnatural direction 
 of parts, from whatever cause, as a curved 
 spine, a wry mouth, squinting, &c. 
 
 Distortor oris. See Zygomaticns minor 
 
 DPSTRIX. (ix, icis, f. ; from die, double, 
 and -ftpiE, the hair.) A disease of the hair, in 
 which it splits and divides at the end. 
 
 Disttlus. Distvle. Having two styles. 
 
 DITRACHYCE'RAS. A genus of intestinal 
 worms ; the same as Diceras. 
 
 Dittander. Lepidum sativum. 
 
 Dittany. D., bastard. See Dictamnus aJ- 
 bus. 
 
 Dittany, American. Cunila mariana. 
 
 Dittany of Crete. Origanum dictamnus. 
 
 Dittany, white. See Dictamnus albus. 
 
 DIURE'SIS. (is, is, f. Aiovpnaic; from 6i- 
 ovpeu, to void the urine.) The excretion of 
 urine. It is frequently applied to a more than 
 usually abundant excretion of urine, whether 
 from disease or the operation of medicine. 
 
 227 
 
DOC 
 
 D M 
 
 DIURE'TIC. (&Lovp7]TiKog. Diureticus ; j 
 from diovpnaic, a discharge of urine.) A medi- 
 cine which increases the flow of urine. Diu- 
 retics act chiefly by stimulating the kidneys, 
 by promoting absorption, or as diluents. They 
 require a cool skin for their operation, and are 
 hindered in their action by diaphoresis. The 
 principal articles are dulcamara, digitalis, scilla, 
 diosma, chimaphila, colchicum, juniper, sphit of 
 nitric ether, the acetates and nitrates of potash 
 and soda, the balsams, turpentines, and resins, 
 and cantharides. 
 
 Diure'tic salt. Acetate of potash. 
 
 Divapora'tio. Evaporation. 
 
 DIVARICATION. The separation of two 
 things previously united . Hence entropion has 
 been called divaricatio. 
 
 Divarica'te. Divaricatus. Straddling ; 
 standing wide from each other. 
 
 Dive'rgent. Diverging. 
 
 Diversiflo'rus. A term applied to umbels 
 which have regular florets in the center and ir- 
 regular toward the circumference. 
 
 Diverso'rium. The receptaculum chyli. 
 
 DIVERTrCULUM. (um,i,n.; a by-way.) 
 A term generally applied by anatomists to any 
 hollow appendage attached to and communica- 
 ting with the intestinal tube ; also used to des- 
 ignate any receptacle wherein blood or any 
 fluid may be stored for temporary purposes. 
 
 Diverticulum Nuckii. The opening on each 
 side through which the round ligament of the 
 uterus passes. 
 
 Diverticulum chyli. The receptaculum 
 chyli. 
 
 DIVIDING BANDAGE. Fascia dividens. 
 A bandage used to keep parts separate from 
 each other, and prevent adhesion, as in cases 
 of burns. 
 
 Divi-divi. The pod of the Ccesalpinia cori- 
 aria, exported from the north of Africa. It 
 abounds in tannin. 
 
 Divu'lsio. A rupture or laceration produced 
 by external violence. 
 
 Divulsio URiNiE. This term has been used 
 for that state of the urine in which a nebulous 
 deposit is diffused through it. 
 
 Dixon's antibilious pills. These are com- 
 posed of aloes, scammony, rhubarb, and emetic 
 tartar. 
 
 Dizziness. Vertigo. 
 
 DOBEREINER'S LAMP. A means of ob- 
 taining an instantaneous light, by turning a 
 stream of hydrogen gas, contained in a reser- 
 voir, upon a surface of spongy platinum. The 
 gas is ignited, and communicates light to a 
 small oil lamp which is attached. This beau- 
 tiful contrivance is now superseded by the Lu- 
 cifer match. 
 
 DOCIMA'SIA. (From donifiafa, to exam- 
 ine.) The art of examining fossils, hi order to 
 discover what metals, &c, they contain. 
 
 Docimasia pulmo'num. The examination of 
 the lungs of a new-born child, to determine 
 whether it had breathed before death. An im- 
 portant point in medical jurisprudence, when 
 there is doubt whether the infant was still-born 
 or destroyed after birth. The examination is 
 three-fold : 
 
 1. The hydrostatic test, by immersion in wa- 
 228 
 
 ter. If the lungs have been permeated by air, 
 or the child has respired, they will swim ; oth- 
 erwise they usually sink. 
 
 2. The static test, or Ploucquefs test. This 
 consists in weighing the body of the infant, and 
 then the lungs. If it has breathed, the lungs 
 are nearly twice as heavy as if still-born. 
 
 3. Darnell's test. This consists in measuring 
 the circumference of the chest and lungs of the 
 subject, and comparing them with these di 
 mensions in cases of still-born children. 
 
 All these tests should be examined before an 
 opinion is given to the court on the subject, as 
 either alone is liable to objections. 
 
 Dock. See Rumex. 
 
 Dock-cresses. See Lapsana. 
 
 Docna Sara. A place among the Carpathian 
 Mountains, where there is a mineral spring con 
 taining sulphate, carbonate, and muriate of 
 soda, silica, and iron. 
 
 DO'CTOR. (From doctus, learned.) Any 
 person qualified by the diploma of a state in 
 6titution or college to practice the art of medi 
 cine. m 
 
 Doctrine, physiological. The doctrine o! 
 Broussais. 
 
 Dodder. Cuscuta epithymum. 
 
 Dodecada'ctylus. The duodenum. 
 
 DODECA'NDRIA. Dodecandrous. (From 
 dodena, twelve, and avnp, a man.) A class of 
 hermaphrodite plants with twelve stamens. , 
 
 Dodeca'hedron. A solid of twelve sides: 
 a frequent form of crystals. 
 
 Do'drans. A measure called a palm; about 
 nine inches. 
 
 Dog's-bane, Syrian. See Asclepias Syriaca. 
 
 Dog-choke. Cynanche. 
 
 Dog-da ys. Dies caniculares. 
 
 Dog's grass. See Triticum repens. 
 
 Dog's-mercury. See Mercurialis. 
 
 Dog-rose. Rosa canina. 
 
 Dog-stones. Orchis mascula. 
 
 Dog-wood. See Cornus. 
 
 DOGMATISTS. (Dogmatici ; tioyjzariKOL; 
 from doy/ia, a doctrine.) A set of ancient phy- 
 sicians, who supposed principles from which 
 they drew conclusions. 
 
 Dolabrifo'rm. Hatchet-shaped. 
 
 DO'LICHOS. (os, i, m.) 1. Cowhage. 2. 
 A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. 
 Leguminosce. — D. pruriens. The Dolichop., or 
 cowhage. The pods are covered with sharp 
 hairs (dolichi pubes), which are employed me- 
 dicinally, in the form of electuary, as an anthel- 
 mintic. Dose of the hairs, gr. v. to gr. x. — D. 
 soja. The plant which yields soy. — Several 
 species are used as food, as D. ensiformis in 
 Jamaica, D. tuberosus in Martinique, D. bulbo- 
 sus and D. lignosus in the East Indies. 
 
 Dolo'mite. A magnesian limestone. 
 
 DO'LOR. (or, oris, f.) Pain. 
 
 Dolo'res. Pains. The name given by some 
 nosologists to a class of diseases of which pain 
 is a prominent symptom. 
 
 Dolorosi morbi. Dolores. 
 
 Dolphin. See DelpJmius. 
 
 Dombe'ya turpentine. A glutinous, strong- 
 scented, and whitish turpentine, obtained from 
 the Dombeya excelsa of Chili. 
 
 Domestic medicine. Medicine as practiced 
 
DOS 
 
 by unprofessional persons in their own families. 
 Many treatises have been written on domestic 
 or popular medicine. 
 
 Donax. A reed, and also a shell-fish. 
 
 Donovan's preparation of arsenic. See 
 Arsenic, and Mercury, iodide of. 
 
 Doradilla. Asplenium ceterach. 
 
 DORE'MA. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
 Digynia. UmbeUiferoe. — D. ammoniacum. The 
 plant which yields ammoniacum. Ammoniacum 
 is a gum-resin, of a yellowish color externally, 
 and white within ; it has a peculiar, faint, and 
 not unpleasant smell, and a sweetish bitter, nau- 
 seous taste. Its properties resemble galbauum, 
 but it is less active. It is employed chiefly as 
 a stimulating expectorant, in doses of gr. x. to 
 3ss., and externally as a discutient. 
 
 DORO'NICUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia superflua. 
 Composite. Leopard's bane. — D. germanicum. 
 See Arnica. — D. romanum. Roman leopard's 
 bane. See D. pardalianches. — D. pardalian- 
 ches. Roman leopard's bane. The root, in an 
 over-dose, is said to be an acrid poison: instan- 
 ces are related of its efficacy in vertigo,- epilep- 
 sy, and other nervous diseases. 
 
 DO'RSAL. (Dorsalis; from dorsum, the 
 back.) Belonging to the back, or to the back 
 of any organ. 
 
 Dorsal vertebra. See Vertebrae. 
 
 Dorse. The Gadus callarias, a fish which 
 yields some portion of the cod-liver oil. Its oil 
 is nearly colorless. 
 
 Do'rso-costa'lis. The name given by Chaus- 
 sier to the serratus posticus superior muscle. 
 
 Dorso-su'pra acromia'nus. The trapezius 
 muscle. — Chaussier. 
 
 Dorso-trachealia'nus. The splenius colli 
 muscle. — Chaussier. 
 
 DORSTE'XIA. (a, a-, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrandria. Monogynia. Urticacece. — D. bra- 
 ziliensis. Caa apia. The root is emetic and 
 Vulnerary. — D. contrayerva. Contrayerva. 
 The root has an agreeable aromatic smell; a 
 rough, bitter, penetrating taste ; and when 
 chewed, it gives out a sweetish kind of acri- 
 mony. It is diaphoretic and stimulant, and is 
 used in powder. Dose, gr. x. to 3SS. — D. dra- 
 kena. D.houstonii. Species yielding the con- 
 trayerva. 
 
 DO'RSUM. (um,i,n.) The back; the ver- 
 tebral column. The word is much used in de- 
 scriptive anatomy ; as dorsum pedis, the upper 
 part of the foot ; dorsum manus, the back of the 
 hand ; dorsum penis, the upper side of the 
 penis. 
 
 DOSA'GE. A plan of analysis, in which the 
 reagent is added, in measured quantities, out 
 of a graduated tube, to a measured and weigh- 
 ed solution of the assay. By this means the 
 proportion of the body sought is more readily 
 obtained, and the losses arising from filtration, 
 drying, and transference from vessels avoided. 
 
 DOSE. (Dosis; from Stdufii, to give.) The 
 amount of a medicine to be employed for a 
 
 E articular purpose. The doses of remedies will 
 e found under each head respectively. There 
 are, however, numerous circumstances which 
 modify the dose, as sex, constitution, the pecu- 
 liar condition of the tissues, the effect desired, 
 
 DR A 
 
 and the age. On all these points, except the 
 last, the practitioner must judge for himself. 
 
 The doses for children are determined ac- 
 cording to experience or the following rule: 
 Suppose the full dose be given at 21 years, at 
 17 the dose = §ds; at 13, =£; at 7, =^d; at 3, 
 =|th ; at 2, =§th ; and at 1 year, = T Vh. But 
 the tolerance for particular drugs differs, opium 
 being borne in less quantities, while calomel 
 and many purges may be given in much greater 
 proportions to children. 
 
 DOSSIL OF LINT. A small roll or bundle 
 of hut, used as an application to a bleeding sur- 
 face or wound. 
 
 Do'tage. Dementia. 
 
 Do'thien. Aodirjv. A furunculus or boil. 
 
 DOTHLNENTERI'TIS. (From doOtnv, a 
 boil, and tvrepov, an intestine.) An inflamma- 
 tory enlargement of Peyer's and Brunner's 
 glands, particularly described by M. Breton- 
 neau, and regarded by him as the cause of those 
 symptoms which constitute typhus and several 
 other kinds of fever. 
 
 Dotted. Punctatus. 
 
 DOU'CHE. A dash of water or other fluid, 
 or gas, directed on some part of the body. See 
 Affusion. 
 
 Dove's-foot. See Geranium. 
 
 Dover's powder. Pulvis ipecacuanha? et 
 opii. 
 
 DRA'BA. (a, <e, f.) Apa6n. A genus of 
 plants. Tetradynamia. Siliculosa. Cruci- 
 ferte. — D. verna. The seed is hot and stimu- 
 lating. 
 
 DRAC.E'NA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Hexandria. Monogynia. — D. draco. The 
 dragon-tree. The inspissated sap constitutes 
 the purest dragon's blood. See Dragon's blood. 
 — D. reflexa. Of the Isle of France and Mada- 
 gascar. The young shoots are supposed to pos- 
 sess emmenagogue and abortive properties. — 
 D. terminalis. The root is used against dysen- 
 tery. 
 
 DRA'CHM. Drachma. A weight of the 
 eighth of an ounce, or 60 grains. 
 
 DRA'CO. (0, onis, m. ApaKuv, the drag- 
 on.) A fabulous serpent, &c. 
 
 Draco herba. Artemisia dracunculis. 
 
 Draco mitigatus. Calomel. 
 
 Draco sylvestris. Achillea ptarmica. 
 
 DRACOCE'PHALUM. (um,i,u.) A genua 
 of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. — D. 
 moldavicum. This plant affords by distillation 
 a fragrant essential oil, known in Germany by 
 the name of oleum syria. The whole herb is 
 aromatic and stomachic. 
 
 Dra'conine. Dracine. A red substance 
 found in dragon's blood. 
 
 Draco'nis sanguis. Dragon's blood. 
 
 DRACO'NTIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Gynandria. Polyandria. Aroidea?. — 
 D. fatidum. Symplocarpus fatidus. It ex- 
 hales a very fetid odor, which is impaired by 
 keeping. The powder of the root is given as 
 an antispasmodic, in doses of ten or twenty 
 grains. — D. pertusum. An extremely acrimo- 
 nious plant. The Indians cover dropsical parts 
 with the fresh leaves, which produce vesica- 
 tions and an oozing of serum. 
 
 DRACU'NCULUS. Dracontium; also, the 
 229 
 
DRO 
 
 DUG 
 
 Guinea worm. Filaria medinensis. — D. cscu- 
 lentus. Artemisia dracunculus. — D. polyphyl- 
 lus. Arum dracunculus. — D.pratensis. Achil- 
 lea ptarmica. 
 
 Dragacantha. Dragant gum. Dragantin. 
 Tragacanth gum. 
 
 Drage'es. A kind of lozenge or confection, 
 which may be made the vehicle of medicine. 
 The dragees of Keyser contained acetate of 
 mercury. 
 
 DRAGON'S BLOOD. Sanguis draconis. A 
 resinous, concrete substance, 01 a blood-red color 
 and heterogeneous texture. Various kinds of 
 it are found in the shops. It was formerly used 
 as an astringent, but appears inert, and is now 
 only employed in varnishes and dentifrices. 
 
 Dragon root. Arum triphyllum. 
 
 Dragon-tree. See Draccena. 
 
 Dragon's wort. Arum dracunculus. 
 
 Drake'na. Dorstenia contrayerva. 
 
 DRA'STIC. (Drasticus. ApaGTtnoc, active, 
 brisk ; from dpao, to effect. ) A term generally 
 applied to those medicines which are very vio- 
 lent hi their action ; thus, drastic purges, emet- 
 ics, &c. 
 
 DRAUGHT. A sufficient quantity of any 
 fluid medicine for a dose. This is usually made 
 equal to an ounce, with the vehicle. 
 
 Drench. A draught for a horse. Usually 
 applied to a purgative medicine. 
 
 Dre'sser. One who applies the dressings 
 in a hospital. A surgeon's assistant. 
 
 DRESSING. The proper adjustment of 
 bandages, plasters, and apparatus to the dis- 
 or injured limbs of patients. The term 
 is used for the bandages, &c, em- 
 ployed in any case. 
 
 DRI'MYS. A genus of trees. Dodecandria. 
 Monogynia. Magnoliacece. The D. Winteri 
 yields the true Winter's bark, which is a warm 
 aromatic bitter, now superseded by canella 
 bark. 
 
 DRIVE'LLING. An involuntary flow of sa- 
 liva. It happens in infancy, in old age, and 
 idiocy. 
 
 Drooping. Nutans. 
 
 DROP. Gutta. 1. As much of any fluid as 
 coheres together when allowed to fall slowly. 
 The drop of water is made a measure in phar- 
 macy, and equals a grain, or minim (1U); but 
 the weight of the drop of other fluids differs 
 from it, and hence it is more accurate to pre- 
 scribe by minims than drops. 2. Any concen- 
 trated medicine which is administered by drops 
 is also called a drop ; as the black drop, ague 
 drop, red drop. 
 
 Dropaci'smus. Dropax. A stimulant plas- 
 ter of pitch, wax, &c, to take off hair. 
 
 Drops. Certain concentrated medicines : 
 Drops, anodyne. Solution of acetate of mor- 
 phia. — D., Dutch. Balsam of sulphur. — D., 
 fit. Spiritus ammonia? foetidus. — D., Green's. 
 Solution of corrosive sublimate. See Hydrar- 
 gyri chloridum corrosivum. — D., Jesuits'. Tinc- 
 tura benzoini composita. — D., lavender. Spir- 
 itus lavandulae compositus. — D., nitre. Spirit- 
 us aetheris nitrici. — D., Norris's. A solution of 
 tartar emetic in spirits of wine. — D., Wade's. 
 Tinctura benzoini composita. 
 
 Drop-serene. See Amaurosis. 
 230 
 
 Dro'psical. Affected with dropsy; sur- 
 charged with fluid. 
 
 DROPSY. See Hydrops. 
 
 Dropsy of the belly. D. of the peritoneum. 
 See Ascites. 
 
 Dropsy of the brain. D. of the head. See 
 Hydrocephalus. 
 
 Dropsy of the chest. D. of the pleura. 
 See Hydrothorax. 
 
 Dropsy of the eye. See Hydr ophthalmia. 
 
 Dropsy of the ovary. See Ovarium. 
 
 Dropsy of the pericardium. See Hydro- 
 pericardium. 
 
 Dropsy of the skin. D., general. See 
 Anasarca. 
 
 Dropsy of the testicle. See Hydrocele. 
 
 Dropsy of the womb. See Hydrometra 
 
 Dropwort. (Enanthe crocata, and Spiraea 
 filipendula. — D., hemlock. D., water. (Enan- 
 the crocata. 
 
 DRO'SERA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Hexagynia. — D. rotundifolia. 
 The sun-dew. The plant is said to be so acrid 
 as to ulcerate the skin, and to excite a fatal 
 coughing and delirium in sheep which eat of it. 
 
 Drosobo'tanum. Betonica officinalis. 
 
 Droso'meli. Honey-dew. Aeromeli. 
 
 Droso'meter. An instrument for estimating 
 the amount of dew deposited on any occasion. 
 A portion of wool weighed before and after ex- 
 posure to the dew is sufficient for this purpose. 
 
 Drowning. See Asphyxia. 
 
 DRUG. A simple medicine which has not 
 undergone preparation. Hence Druggist, a 
 dealer in drugs. 
 
 Drum of the ear. The tympanum. See 
 Auris. 
 
 DRUNKE'NNESS. Habitual dram-drinking 
 may be properly called a disease, inasmuch as 
 both the chylopoietic and nervous apparatus 
 become disordered. There is loss of appetite, 
 dyspepsia, restlessness, tremulous motion, and, 
 finally, delirium tremens, or confirmed disease 
 of the brain. 
 
 DRU'PA. (a, <e, f. ; from drupes, over-ripe 
 olives.) A stone-fruit, formed of a fleshy or co- 
 riaceous seed-vessel, inclosing a nut. A drupe. 
 
 Drupa'ceous. Drupaceus. Resembling a 
 drupe, or stone-fruit. 
 
 Drya'de^e. A subdivision of the family ro- 
 sacea?, includingthe genera geum, potentilla, &c. 
 
 Dry clyster. A suppository. 
 
 DRYOBA'LANOPS. A genus of trees, of the 
 family Dipteracece, inhabiting the Eastern Ar- 
 chipelago. The D. aromatica or D. camphora 
 yields, by incision, the camphor oil, and the 
 trunks of the trees often contain concrete cam- 
 phor. The dryobalanops, Borneo or Sumatra 
 camphor, is hard, brittle, and in crystals. It is 
 highly esteemed in the East, but does not differ 
 in properties from common camphor. 
 
 DRY PILE. A galvanic apparatus, construct- 
 ed with pairs of different metallic plates, sep- 
 arated by layers of farinaceous paste mixed 
 with common salt. 
 
 Dry rot. A species of decay to which wood 
 is subject. The wood loses all its cohesion, 
 and becomes friable, and fungi generally appear 
 upon it. 
 
 Duck. Anas domestica. 
 
DUC 
 
 D Y N 
 
 Duct. See Ductus. 
 
 DUCTI'LITY. Ductilitas. A property by 
 which bodies are elongated by repeated or con- 
 tinued pressure, so as to be drawn into wire. 
 It is peculiar to metals. 
 
 Ductor. The same as director. 
 
 Ducts, biliary. See Hepar. 
 
 Ducts of Bellini. The uriniferous canals 
 of the kidney. 
 
 DU'CTUS. (us, us, m.) A canal or duct. 
 
 Ductus ad nasum. See Ductus nasalis. 
 
 Ductus aquosi. The lymphatics. 
 
 Ductus arteriosus. Canalis arteriosus. An 
 arterial tube forming a direct communication 
 between the pulmonary artery and aorta of the 
 foetus. After birth it becomes impervious. 
 
 Ductus auris palatinus. The Eustachian 
 tube. 
 
 Ductus bartholinia'nus. Duct of Bartho- 
 lin. The duct of the sublingual gland. 
 
 Ductus biliaris. The biliary duct. 
 
 Ductus communis choledochus. The com- 
 mon duct, formed by the union of the cystic 
 and hepatic ducts. See Hepar. 
 
 Ductus cy'sticus. The cystic duct. The 
 duct by which the bile regurgitates into the gall 
 bladder. 
 
 Ductus ejaculatorius. A duct within the 
 prostate gland, opening into the urethra. 
 
 Ductus excretorius. Excretory duct. The 
 duct which proceeds from a gland, and carries 
 the secreted fluid to its destination, is called 
 the excretory duct of that gland. 
 
 Ductus hepaticus. The hepatic duct. 
 
 Ductus hygroble'phari. D. hygrophtha'l- 
 tnici. The Meibomian glands. 
 
 Ductus incisorius. The little canal leading 
 from the foramen incisivum into the cavity of 
 the nares. 
 
 Ductus lachrymalis. The lachrymal duct. 
 
 Ductus lactiferi. Ductus galactophori. 
 The excretoiy ducts of the glandular substance 
 composing the female breast. The milk passes 
 along these ducts to the nipple. 
 
 Ductus lymphaticus. See Lymphatics. 
 
 Ductus nasalis. The nasal duct, which 
 conveys the tears from the lachrymal sac to the 
 nose. See Lachrymal apparatus. 
 
 Ductus pancrea'ticus. The pancreatic duct. 
 It is white and small, and arises from the left 
 extremity of the pancreas, runs through the 
 gland toward the duodenum, into which it pours 
 its contents by an opening common to it and 
 the ductus communis choledochus. 
 
 Ductus rori'ferus. The thoracic duct. 
 
 Ductus salivalis inferior. The duct of 
 the submaxillary gland. 
 
 Ductus salivalis superior. The parotid 
 duct. See Ductus Stenonis. 
 
 Ductus Stenonis. The Stenonian or paro- 
 tid duct. 
 
 Ductus thoracicus. See Thoracic duct. 
 
 Ductus umbilicalis. The umbilical cord. 
 
 Ductus urin.e. The ureter. 
 
 Ductus veno'sus. Canalis venosus. A ve- 
 nous tube forming a communication in the foetus 
 between the umbilical vein and the left hepatic 
 vein, just where the latter vein enters the vena 
 cava. The ductus venosus becomes impervious 
 after birth, and dwindles into a whitish cord. 
 
 Ductus warthoxia'nus. The excretory 
 duct of the maxillary gland; so named after its 
 discoverer. It passes forward between the my- 
 lohyoideus and genioglossus muscles, and under 
 the sublingual gland, opening finally on each 
 side the fraenum linguae. 
 
 Ductus Wirtsungi. The pancreatic duct. 
 
 Duelech. Dulech. An imaginary evil prin- 
 ciple of Paracelsus. 
 
 DULCAMARA, (a, <z, f.) See Solanum 
 dulcamara. 
 
 Dulce. Dulesh. Fucus palmatus. 
 
 Dulce, red. Fucus edulis. 
 
 Dulce'do amo'ris. The clitoris. 
 
 DULCIFICA'TION. (From dulce, sweet, 
 and facio, to make.) 1. The mixing mineral 
 acids with alcohol to render them milder was 
 thus named by the old chemists. 2. The pro- 
 cess of washing with water, to remove disagree- 
 able or sapid particles from any solid. 
 
 Duma'sine. An empyreumatic oil, obtained 
 by rectifying acetone procured from the ace- 
 tates. • 
 
 Dumbness. See Aphonia. 
 
 Duho'-sje. Shrubby plants. 
 
 Dumo'se. Dumosus. Bushy. 
 
 Duodenitis. Inflammation of the duode- 
 num. Rather an obscure affection, but said to 
 be characterized by fever, white tongue, ano- 
 rexia, yellowness of the skin, and tenderness" in 
 the region of the gut. 
 
 DUODE'NUM. Om, i, n. ; from duodeni, 
 twelve : so called because it was supposed not 
 to exceed the breadth of twelve fingers.) The 
 first portion of the small intestines. See Intes- 
 tine. 
 
 Du'plex. Double, or two-fold. 
 
 Duplica'te. Duplicatus. Doubled. 
 
 DUPLICA'TION. Duplicalio. A malforma- 
 tion, in which parts are doubled. 
 
 Duplica'ture. A fold, double, or reflection. 
 
 DU'RA MA'TER. (From durus, hard.) Du- 
 ra meninx. The tough, sero-fibrous membrane 
 which invests the brain externally to the arach- 
 noid membrane, and forms the internal perios- 
 teum of the cranium. See Encephalos. 
 
 Dura'men. The heart-wood of a tree. 
 
 Dutch drops. The balsam of turpentine; 
 also, a preparation of oil of turpentine, tincture 
 of guaiac, spirit of nitric ether, and oils of am- 
 ber and cloves. 
 
 Dutch gold. An alloy of copper and zinc. 
 
 Dwale. Atropa belladonna. 
 
 DWARF. Nanus. An animal or plant, the 
 growth of which has been stunted, so that its 
 stature is greatly inferior to the average height 
 of the species to which it belongs. 
 
 Dwarf elder. Sambucus ebulus. 
 
 Dycto'ides. Reticular. 
 
 DYNA'MIC. Dynamicus. (From dvvauic, 
 force or power.) Relating to force, especially 
 the vital power. Characterized by increased 
 action or force, in contradistinction to adynamic. 
 
 Dynamic school. The physiologists who 
 believed that the vital phenomena proceed from 
 the operation of an internal force or power (dv- 
 vauic), acting, in a great measure, independent- 
 ly of external causes. 
 
 Dyna'mics. The science of motion; aninves- 
 tisration of the laws and results of motion. 
 
 231 
 
D YS 
 
 D YS 
 
 Dy'namis. Avvapic. 1 . A power or faculty. 
 2. A medicine. — Galen. 
 
 Dynamo'meter. An instrument consisting 
 of a spring, either elliptical or spiral, which, 
 when pulled upon, indicates the amount of 
 force on a scale in pounds and fractions. It is 
 used to measure the strength or draught of ani- 
 mals. According to this instrument, the mus- 
 cular contraction of a man's arm is equal to 
 from 100 to 140 pounds; and the strength of 
 the loins in drawing, 200 to 300 pounds. 
 
 DYS-. A prefix. (From dvc, difficult or 
 faulty.) It is much used, and often signifies 
 painful ; in ordinary cases it implies negation, 
 as Dysecaza, want of hearing, or deafness. 
 
 DYSESTHESIA, {a, ce, f. ; from dvc, with 
 difficulty, and atadavofiac, I feel or perceive.) 
 Weakness of any of the senses, especially of 
 touch. 
 
 Dys^sthe'si.e. An order in the class Lo- 
 cales of Dr. Cullen, containing those diseases in 
 which the senses are depraved or destroyed, 
 from a defect of the external .organs. 
 
 Dyscatabro'sis. (From dvg, and Spuc/cu, to 
 eat.) Difficult deglutition. 
 
 Dyscata'posis. (From dvc, and KaraTrtvo, 
 to drink.) A difficulty of swallowing liquids. 
 Dr. Mead gives this name to hydrophobia. 
 
 DYSCHRCE'A. (From dvc, and xpoa, color.) 
 An unhealthy color of the skin ; synonymous 
 with macula. 
 
 D Y S C I N E'S I A. (a, ce, f. ; from dvg, with 
 difficulty, and Kiveu, to move.) Diminution or 
 abolition of the power of motion. 
 
 Dyscine'sIjE. An order in the class Locales 
 of Dr. Cullen, embracing diseases in which the 
 motion is impeded or depraved, from an im- 
 perfection of the organ. 
 
 Dyscopho'sis. Defect of hearing. 
 
 Dysco'ria. Irregularity of the pupil. 
 
 DYSCRA'SIA. (a, ce, f. ; from dvc, and ke- 
 pavvvfct, to mix.) A bad crasis, temperament, 
 or habit of body. 
 
 DYSECGE'A. (a, m, f. ; from dvc, and aKorj 
 hearing.) Deafness. Dr. Cullen has two spe- 
 cies*. 1. The organic, which arises from wax 
 in the meatus, injuries of the membrane, or in- 
 flammation and obstruction of the tube. 2. 
 The atonic, when without any discernible in- 
 jury of the organ. 
 
 Dyseme'sia. Painful and ineffectual efforts 
 at vomiting. 
 
 Dysenterone'rvia. Colic. 
 
 DYSENTERY. {Dysenteria, ce, f . ; from 
 dvc, with difficulty, and evrepa, the bowels.) 
 The bloody flux. This disease is known by 
 fever; frequent griping stools ; tenesmus; stools, 
 chiefly mucous, sometimes mixed with blood, 
 the natural faeces being retained, or voided in 
 small, compact, hard substances, known by the 
 name of scybala ; loss of appetite, and nausea. 
 It arises from miasm, hot moisture, bad food, 
 and is often epidemic in hot countries, and in 
 camps and crowded places ; in the latter cases 
 the fever is usually typhoid. 
 
 When the discharge is simply mucous, the 
 disease has been called Dysenteria alba. The 
 febrile symptoms may also subside, producing 
 the chronic dysentery. In the course of ma- 
 lignant dysentery, prolapsus ani may occur; 
 232 
 
 but in the severest cases the disease soon as- 
 sumes an adynamic character. There is great 
 prostration of strength, fetid stools, involuntary 
 discharges, and death supervenes in a few days. 
 The disease owes its origin to inflammation of 
 the intestinal tube, especially the colon and 
 rectum, and this lesion may terminate in sup- 
 puration, gangrene, or contractions. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases, gentle aperients, 
 rhubarb, magnesia, and laudanum are used ; 
 bleeding is seldom employed, except in pleth- 
 oric patients. Sudorifics are also important, es- 
 pecially Dover's powder. In the malignant ty- 
 phoid kinds, castor oil, emetics, diaphoretics, and 
 opium are most serviceable, with active coun- 
 ter irritation by blisters. Diffusible stimulants 
 are to be used as soon as the symptoms permit. 
 The disease is sometimes arrested by bringing 
 the system rapidly under the influence of mer 
 cury. 
 
 DYSEPULO'TIC. Dysepulolus. (Fvom dvg, 
 with difficulty, and envloo, to cicatrize.) Dif- 
 ficult to be healed: applied to ulcers. 
 
 Dyshjemorrho'is. Dyshamorrhoe'a. (From 
 dvc, and aifioppoig, the piles.) Suppression of 
 the bleeding from piles. 
 
 Dyslalia. Indistinct articulation. 
 
 DYSLOCHFA. (a, ce, f. ; from dvc, and U 
 Xta, the lochia.) An imperfect excretion or 
 suppression of the lochia. 
 
 Dyslysin. An insoluble product of the ac- 
 tion of hydrochloric acid on bilin. 
 
 Dysmase'sis. Dysmassesis. Difficulty of 
 mastication. 
 
 Dysme'nia. Dysmenorrhcea. 
 
 DYSMENORRHCE'A. {a, ce, f. ; from dvc, 
 and fj.rjvoppoia, the menses.) Difficult or pain- 
 ful menstruation, accompanied with severe 
 pains in the back, loins, and bottom of the belly. 
 This troublesome and painful affection may 
 arise from nervous irritability, or from a pleth- 
 oric state ; the former is alleviated by anodynes 
 and diaphoretics, with the warm bath ; the lat- 
 ter, in which there is often found portions of 
 false membrane and blood in the discharge, re- 
 quires antiphlogistic treatment, and the most 
 effective is leeches to the anus, with frequent 
 doses of mild saline purges, including gr. x. of 
 nitre. The inflammatory dysmenorrhea arises 
 from subacute inflammation of the womb, and 
 hinders impregnation. For the establishment 
 of health, the patient must be treated properly 
 in the intervals of the catamenia. A change of 
 air is often of great service. 
 
 Dyso'des. Fetid. 
 
 DYSO'DIA. (Avaudca, a bad smell.) A ge- 
 nus in Sauvage's Nosology, including diseases 
 characterized by fetor. 
 
 Dysodonti'asis. Difficult dentition. 
 
 Dysonej/ros. Imperfect sleep ; restlessness. 
 
 DYSO'PIA. (a, ce, f. ; from dvc, badly, and 
 6)1/;, an eye.) Bad sight. Sight depraved. Un- 
 der this term are comprehended, 1. Night-sight. 
 See Nyctalopia. 2. Day-sight. See Hemera- 
 lopia. 3. Long-sightedness. See Presbyopia. 
 4. Short-sightedness. See Myopia. 5. Lateral 
 vision, or skew-sightedness. The vision is here 
 accurate only when the object is placed ob- 
 liquely, so that the person can only see in an 
 oblique direction, in consequence of some par- 
 
DYS 
 
 D YS 
 
 tial opacity of the cornea, which usually pro- 
 ceeds from slight scars, &c. 
 
 Dysopia lu minis. Day blindness. See Nyc- 
 talopia. 
 
 Dyso 
 Hemeralopia 
 
 DYSORE'XIA. (a, ce, f. ; from dvc, badly, 
 and opetjic, appetite.) A depraved appetite. 
 
 DysorexijE. An order in the class Locales 
 of C alien, which he divides into two sections, 
 Appetitus erronei and deficientes. 
 
 Dyso'smia. Diminution of the sense of smell. 
 The proper term is dysosphresia. 
 
 DYSOSPHRE'SIA. (From 6vc, with diffi- 
 culty, and oofyprjaic, the sense of smell.) An 
 impaired state of the sense of smell. 
 
 Dyspathi'a. Avairadeia. Indisposition to a 
 disease. — Galen. 
 
 DYSPE'PSIA. (a, ce, f. ; from dvc , with dif- 
 ficulty, and 7T£7iT6), to concoct.) Indigestion. 
 This very common disease consists generally of 
 a want of appetite, a sudden and transient dis- 
 tension of the stomach, eructations of various 
 kinds, heartburn, pyrosis, pain in the region of 
 the stomach, perhaps vomiting, rumbling noise 
 in the bowels, and frequently costiveness or di- 
 arrhoea. A long train of nervous symptoms are 
 also frequent attendants, as palpitations, impair- 
 ed sight and hearing, with despondency, severe 
 pains in the head, &c. It is most frequent in 
 sedentary persons, as students, or may arise 
 from irregularities in living. Dyspepsia may 
 also be a symptom of organic affections of 
 the abdominal viscera. The disease is due to 
 atony, chronic inflammation, or mere irritation 
 of the stomach or upper intestines, and is to be 
 treated according to its form. It is seldom per- 
 fectly cured, and may last for many years with- 
 out great aggravation. 
 
 The treatment of dyspepsia consists, 1. In 
 obviating, as far as possible, the several causes. 
 2. In relieving urgent symptoms. 3. In restor- 
 ing the tone of the chylopoietic viscera, and in- 
 vigorating the general system. Atony is to be 
 obviated by tonics, especially the vegetable 
 bitters, and a careful diet; disordered secretion is 
 to be corrected by mild mercurials and laxatives, 
 with antacids; irritability and spasm, by a bland 
 and nutritious diet, antispasmodics, and liquor 
 potassae ; inflammatory action, by the occasion- 
 al use of leeches, abstinence, and gentle saline 
 purgation. The best treatment will be found 
 in proper diet, regular exercise and habits, the 
 use of the bath and flesh-brush, with great at- 
 tention to the bowels. There are many affec- 
 tions which frequently accompany indigestion, 
 which are treated of hi other parts of this work, 
 as Cardialgia, Constipation, Diarrhoea, &c. 
 
 Dyspepsia pica. Vitiated appetite. 
 
 Dyspepsia anaemia. Anaemia. 
 
 DYSPHAGIA, (a, ce, f. ; from dvc, with 
 difficulty, and (payu, to eat.) A difficulty of 
 deglutition. This may arise from a great variety 
 of causes. It very seldom occurs as an idio- 
 pathic disease, but is common as a symptomatic 
 and sympathetic affection. As the former, it 
 occurs in paralytic states of the tongue, parts 
 about the fauces, and oesophagus ; in enlarge- 
 ments or contractions, natural or diseased, of 
 the tongue ; in diminished diameter of the 
 
 oesophagus, from stricture, scirrhus, ossification, 
 carcinoma of the tongue, oesophagus, and the 
 cardiac opening of the stomach, and from the 
 like diseases, and others, as aneurism, broncho- 
 cele, &c, around the fauces or oesophagus ; 
 from extraneous bodies lodging in the fauces 
 and oesophagus ; in inflammation of these and 
 neighboring parts. Sympathetic dysphagia fre- 
 quently occurs in hysteria, tetanus, trismus, 
 hypochondriasis, &c. 
 
 In the idiopathic disease, the uvula is relaxed 
 and elongated, or the muscular coat of the pha- 
 rynx and oesophagus is in an extremely relaxed 
 and weak state. The remedies are such as 
 stimulate the oesophagus, as spices, and dilute 
 spirituous gargles, and the internal use of tonics 
 and stimulants. In the symptomatic and sym- 
 pathetic forms, the remedies must be derived 
 from attention to the diseases of which this af- 
 fection is a symptom. 
 
 Dyspha'gia constricta. D.pkaryngea. D. 
 ozsophagea. D.callosa. Stricture of the oesoph 
 agus, or pharynx, as a result of inflammation or 
 morbid conditions. 
 
 DYSPHORIA, (a, ce, f. ; from dvc, badly, 
 and (povrj, the voice.) Dissonant voice. Those 
 alterations or states of the voice in which the 
 sound is imperfect or depraved ; as the weak, 
 whispering, scarcely audible voice ; the change 
 of the voice which happens about the age of 
 puberty ; the rough and harsh voice ; the nasal 
 voice ; the squeaking, whizzing, guttural, pala- 
 tine voice. 
 
 DYSPHORIA, (a, ce, f. ; from dvc, and <j>o- 
 peu, to bear.) The restlessness and anxiety 
 that accompany many diseases. 
 
 Dysphoria nervosa. Fidgets, or restlessness. 
 
 DYSPNCE'A. (a, ce, f. ; from dvc, with diffi- 
 culty, and Ttvecj, to breathe.) Byspnoon. Dif- 
 ficult respiration. A permanent difficulty of 
 breathing. Chronic dyspnoea, or a uniformly 
 short and difficult breathing, is mostly accom- 
 panied by a little cough. The causes of it may 
 exist in the chest, or at the origin of the respi- 
 ratory nerves ; they are inbred, or the result of 
 accident, arising from original deformity, ac- 
 quired disease, or accidental injury. 
 
 Various artisans are subject to dyspnoea, from 
 the effects of irritating particles inhaled with 
 the air they breathe. The breathing is some- 
 times permanently difficult in persons of a phleg- 
 matic temperament whose vascular action is 
 =very sluggish. Another cause of permanent 
 difficult respiration is corpulency. 
 
 Chronic difficulty of breathing appears also 
 as a symptom or sequel in various other diseas- 
 es, as chronic bronchitis, hydrothorax, and mor- 
 bid conditions of the lungs, heart, and aorta. 
 
 Dr. Cullen arranges dyspnoea into the eight 
 following species : 
 
 1. Byspnosa catarrhalis, when, with a cough, 
 there are copious discharges of viscid mucus : 
 called, also, asthma catarrhale, pneumodes, 
 pneumonicum, and pituitosum. 
 
 2. Byspnaa sicca, when there is a cough with- 
 out any considerable discharge. 
 
 3. Byspnoza a'irea, when much increased by 
 slight changes of the weather. 
 
 4. Dyspnoza tcrrea, when earthy or calculous 
 matters are spit up. 
 
 233 
 
EAR 
 
 5. Dyspnoea aquosa, when there is a scarcity 
 of urine, with (edematous feet, but without the 
 other symptoms of a dropsy in the chest. 
 
 6. Dyspnoea pinguedinosa, from corpulency. 
 
 7. Dyspnoea thoracica, when parts surround- 
 ing the chest are injured or deformed. 
 
 8. Dyspnoea extrinseca, from manifest exter- 
 nal causes. 
 
 But this word is commonly used to designate 
 the symptom of short or difficult respiration. 
 
 Dyspncea convulsiva. D. spastica. Asth- 
 ma. 
 
 Dyspnoon. Dyspncea. 
 
 Dysspermasia. Dysspermatismus. 
 
 DYSSPERMATI'SMUS. (us, i, m. ; from 
 due, and aTtepfiartofioc, emission.) Slow or im- 
 peded emission of semen during coition, insuf- 
 ficient for the purpose of generation. Accord- 
 ing to Cullen, the species are, 
 
 1. Urethralis, when the obstruction is in the 
 urethra. 
 
 2. Nodosus, when a tumor is formed in either 
 corpus cavernosum penis. 
 
 3. Prceputialis, when the impediment is from 
 a straitness of the orifice of the prsepuce. 
 
 4. Mucosus, when the urethra is obstructed 
 by a viscid mucus. 
 
 5. Hypertonicus, when there is an excess of 
 erection of the penis. 
 
 6. Epilepticus, from epileptic fits coming on 
 during coition. 
 
 7. Apractodes, from a want of vigor in the 
 genitals. 
 
 8. Refluus, in which the semen is thrown 
 back into the urinary bladder. 
 
 Dystherapeu'tos. Difficult to heal. 
 
 DYSTHE'TICA. (From dvoderiKa, a bad 
 state of body.) The fourth order of the class 
 Hcematica of Good, including cachexies. 
 
 DYSTHY'MIA. (a, ce, f . ; from 6vc, bad, 
 and ftvuoc, mind.) Despondency. Melancholy. 
 
 DYSTO'CIA. Dystochia. (a, ce, f. ; from 
 Svc, and tlktcj. to bring forth.) Difficult partu- 
 rition. 
 
 Dystocia dyscyesis. Morbid pregnancy. 
 
 DYSTCECHI'ASIS. (is, is, f.; from 6vc, 
 badly, and otoixoc, order.) An irregular dis- 
 position of the hairs on the eyelids. 
 
 DYSU'RIA. (a, ce, f. ; from Svg, and ovpov, 
 urine.) Difficulty in discharging the urine. 
 When there are frequent, painful, or uneasy 
 urgings to discharge the urine, and it passes off 
 
 EAR 
 
 only by drops, or in very small quantities, the 
 disease is called strangury. When a sense of 
 pain or heat attends the discharge, and it passes 
 with difficulty, it is styled ardor urime, or heat 
 of the urine. Dysuria is acute or chronic. Dr. 
 C ullen enumerates six species : 
 
 1. Dysuria ardens, with a sense of heat, with- 
 out any manifest disorder of the bladder. 
 
 2. Dysuria spasmodica, from spasm. 
 
 3. Dysuria compressions, from a compression 
 of the neighboring parts. 
 
 4. Dysuria phlogistica, from violent inflam- 
 mation. 
 
 5. Dysuria calculosa, from stone in the blad- 
 der. 
 
 6. Dysuria mucosa, from an abundant secre- 
 tion of mucus. 
 
 The causes which give rise to these diseases 
 are an inflammation of the urethra, occasioned 
 either by gonorrhoea or by the use of acrid in- 
 jections, tumor or ulcer of the prostate gland, 
 inflammation of the kidneys or bladder, con- 
 siderable enlargements of the hemorrhoidal 
 veins, a lodgment of indurated faeces in the rec- 
 tum, spasm at the neck of the bladder, the ab- 
 sorption of cantharides applied externally or 
 taken internally, and excess in drinking either 
 spirituous or vinous liquors; but particles of 
 gravel sticking at the neck of the bladder prove 
 the most frequent cause. A gouty affection of 
 the neck of the bladder will sometimes occa- 
 sion these complaints. 
 
 If it proceeds from a calculus in the kidney 
 or ureter, besides the affections mentioned, it 
 will be accompanied with nausea, vomiting, 
 and acute pains in the loins and region of the 
 ureter and kidney of the side affected. When 
 a stone in the bladder or gravel in the urethra 
 is the cause, an acute pain will be felt at the 
 end of the penis, particularly on voiding the 
 last drops of" urine, and the stream of water 
 will either be divided into two, or twisted like 
 a corkscrew. If a scirrhus of the prostate 
 gland has occasioned the suppression or difficul- 
 ty of urine, a hard, indolent tumor, unattended 
 with any acute pain, may readily be felt in the 
 peringeum, or by introducing the finger into 
 the rectum. The cure of this disease, which is 
 always symptomatic, requires the removal of the 
 several causes, and the administration of those 
 medicines and means which are recommended 
 , for the removal of the primary affection. 
 
 E 
 
 E 
 
 AGLE STONE. See Aetitis. 
 
 EAR. See Auris. 
 
 Ear, inflammation of. See Otitis, 
 
 Ear-pick. A small probe and scoop to ex- 
 tract ear-wax. 
 
 Ear-shaped. See Auriculate. 
 
 Ear-trumpet. An instrument to assist au- 
 dition in those partially deaf. It should be of 
 the figure of a parabolic conoid, and of silver. 
 A long tube, however convenient, is injurious 
 to its efficacy. 
 
 Ear-wax. See Cerumen. 
 
 Earache. See Otalgia. 
 234 
 
 EARTH. (Terra, a, f.) Chemically there 
 are nine earths, namely, Baryta, Strontia, Lime, 
 Magnesia, Alumina, or clay, Glucina, Zirconia, 
 Yttria, Thorina. They are oxides of metals : 
 of these, the first four are called alkaline earths. 
 They are also powerful bases, and form nu- 
 merous salts. 
 
 Earth, absorbent. See Absorbent. 
 
 Earth, aluminous. E., argillaceous. Alu- 
 mina. 
 
 Earth of bones. Phosphate of lime. 
 
 Earth, bolar. See Bole. 
 
 Earth, heavy. Barytes. 
 
E B U 
 
 ECH 
 
 Earth, Japan. See Acacia catechu. 
 Earth, sealed. Terra sigillata. See Bole. 
 Earth-nut. See Bunium bulbocastanuin. 
 Earth-worm. Lumbricus terrestris. 
 Eaton's styptic. Chiefly a solution of green 
 vitriol in alcohol. 
 
 EAU. Water. A French word, used to des- 
 ignate several fluid medicines, chiefly spirituous. 
 Eau d'arquebusade. Aqua vulneraria spir- 
 ituosa. A vulnerary water formerly in great 
 repute, consisting of alcohol distilled with 
 many aromatic herbs. 
 
 Eau de belloste. A mixture of equal parts 
 of muriatic acid, brandy, and saffron, with or 
 without the addition of water. It was former- 
 ly employed as a resolvent. 
 
 Eau de Broccheiri. A styptic water of 
 feeble properties, said to be a solution of crea- 
 sote. 
 
 Eau des carmes. Aqua melissce composita. 
 A preparation much esteemed in France as a 
 stomachic, stimulant, &c. It consists of spirit 
 of balm, eight parts ; spirit of rosemary, thyme, 
 and canella, of each one part; spirit of nutmeg, 
 two parts; spirit of anise, marjoram, hyssop, 
 sage, angelica, and cloves, of each one part; 
 spirit of orange peel, four parts ; spirit of cori- 
 ander, two parts. 
 
 Eau de Cologne. A perfumed spirit of lav- 
 ender. 
 
 Eau de Javelle. A solution of chloride of 
 soda. 
 
 Eau de luce. Spiritus ammonia? succinatus 
 v. aromaticus. 
 
 Eau de Naphre. A water distilled from the 
 leaves of the bitter orange. 
 
 Eau de rabel. Aqua Rabelii. A mixture 
 of one part of concentrated sulphuric acid with 
 three of alcohol. 
 
 Eau de vie. Brandy. 
 
 Eau medicinale. Aqua medicinalis Htis- 
 sonii. A nostrum long celebrated for the cure 
 of gout. It is generally believed to be a vinous 
 iufusion of the root of colchicum, and does not 
 differ in its operation from the vinura colchici of 
 our Pharmacopoeias. Some say it is a vinous 
 infusion of the flowers of colchicum. 
 
 Eau vegeto-minerale. See Aqua vegeto- 
 mineralis. 
 
 Ebeaupin spring. Near Nantes. It contains 
 carbonic acid; carbonates of lime, magnesia, 
 and iron ; muriates of lime, magnesia, and soda, 
 &c. 
 
 EBENACEJE. The name given by Jussieu 
 to a family of plants allied to the tree which 
 produces ebony, Diospyros ebenum. 
 
 E'benum. Ebenus. Ebony. 
 
 JSbla'nin. Pyroxanthin. It is derived from 
 crude pyroxalic spirit. 
 
 E'BONY. Diospyros ebenum: formerly es- 
 teemed in medicine as a diaphoretic and alter- 
 ative. 
 
 Ebracteate. Ebractea'tus. Without a brac- 
 tea, or floral leaf. 
 
 Ebriecasum. An affection of the mind re- 
 sembling drunkenness. — Paracelsus. 
 
 Ebriety. Intoxication. 
 
 Ebsemech. Quicksilver. 
 
 EBULLPTION. (Ebullitio, onis, f. ; from 
 ebullio, to bubble up.) Boiling. This takes 
 
 place during the change which a fluid under- 
 goes from a state of liquidity to that of an elas- 
 tic body, in consequence of the application of 
 heat, which dilates and converts it into vapor. 
 The fixed temperature during boiling results 
 from the pressure of the air. 
 
 E'bulus. See Sambucus ebulus. 
 
 Ebur. Ivory. 
 
 Ebur fossile. Fossil unicorn. See Uni~ 
 cornu. 
 
 Ebur ustum nigrum. Ivory black. 
 
 ECBO'LIC. (From EK6aUu, to cast out.) 
 Applied to medicines which cause abortion or 
 facilitate labor, as borax and ergot. 
 
 Ecbra'smata. Hippocrates gives this name 
 to an eruption of fiery pimples. 
 
 Ecbyrso'ma. A protuberance of a bone at 
 the joints, appearing through the skin. 
 
 ECCATHA'RTIC. (From eKKadaipu, to 
 purge outward.) Medicines which open the 
 pores of the skin. Sometimes, also, expecto- 
 rants and purgatives. 
 
 Ecchylo'ma. An extract. 
 
 Ec'chyma. Eczema. 
 
 Ecchymo'ma. The same as ecchymosis. 
 
 Ecchymoma arteriosum. The false aneu- 
 rism. 
 
 Ecchymoma lymphatica. Puerperal swelled 
 leg. Phlegmasia dolens. 
 
 ECCHYMO'SIS. (EKxvfiumc ; from sk X vu, 
 to pour out.) Ecchymosis. Extravasation. A 
 black and blue swelling, either from a bruise or 
 spontaneous extravasation of blood. It is re- 
 moved by the application of leeches and cold 
 stimulating lotions. See, also, Vibices, Pete- 
 chia, and Sugillation. 
 
 E'cclisis. A luxation or dislocation. 
 
 E'ccope. The cutting off any part. 
 
 Ecco'peus. An ancient instrument, the ras- 
 patory, used in trepanning. 
 
 ECCOPRO'TIC. (Eccoproticus ; from ek, 
 and KOTrpoc, dung.) A tenn applied to laxatives 
 which evacuate merely the natural contents of 
 the bowels, without occasioning any liquid dis- 
 charge : this is generally the case with rhubarb 
 and aloes. 
 
 ECCRINO'LOGY. (Eccrinologia, <b, f. ; from 
 eKKptvo), to excrete, and loyog, a discourse.) 
 Eccriseology. The doctrine of excretions. 
 
 E'ccrisis. An excretion of any kind. 
 
 ECCRI'TICA. Diseases of the excernent 
 function. 
 
 ECCYE'SIS. (From e/c, and kvtjclc, gravid- 
 ity.) Extra-uterine foetation. 
 
 Eccymosis. See Ecchymosis. 
 
 E'cdora. An excoriation. 
 
 Ecdo'rius. Applied to that which excori- 
 ates the skin. 
 
 Eche'collon. Echecollum. Any topical 
 glutinous remedy. 
 
 Echetro'sis. The white bryony. 
 
 Echina'te. Echinatus. Bristly; set with 
 prickles. 
 
 ECHINOCO'CCUS. (us, i, m.) Rudolphi 
 calls the small granular bodies found in the 
 acephalocysts by the name of echinococci. 
 
 ECHINODE'EMA. (From e X tvoc, a sea- 
 urchin, and dep/ua, a skin.) Echinodermata. A 
 class of radiated animals with hard skins, like 
 that of the echinus, or sea-urchin. 
 
 235 
 
E C P 
 
 ECS 
 
 Echino'glossuji. Ophioglossum vulgatum. 
 
 ECHINOPHTHA'LMIA. (a, as. f. ; from 
 EXivoc, a hedgehog, and o^dalfiia, an inflamma- 
 tion of the eye.) An inflammation of the eye- 
 lids, and the parts near the eyelashes. 
 
 Echinopo'dium. Spartium scoparium? 
 
 ECHI'NOPS. (ops, opis, m.) Echinopus. A 
 genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia se- 
 gregata. Compositcc. — E. sphceroce'phalus. 
 The globe-thistle. Echinopus. The root and 
 seeds are moderately diuretic, but seldom used. 
 
 ECHINORHY'NCUS. (From e X lvoc, a 
 hedgehog, and pvyxoc, a beak.) A numerous 
 genus of intestinal worms, belonging to the or- 
 der Acanthocephalice of Rudolphi : one species 
 has been found in man, namely, the echinorhyn- 
 cus bicornis. 
 
 ECHI'NUS. (us,i,m.) E^wof. 1. The 
 hedgehog. 2. The sea-urchin. 3. The promi- 
 nent points on the surface of the pileus of mush- 
 rooms. 
 
 Echinus marinus. The sea-urchin, the spine 
 of which is called amygdaloides, from its shape. 
 
 E'CHIUM. (um,ii,n.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Boraginece. Viper's 
 bugloss. — E. cegyptiacum. Wall bugloss. The 
 root is sudorific, and was used with oil as a 
 dressing for wounds. 
 
 Eclacti'sma. ( EicTiaKTiciia. ) Convulsive 
 agitation of the limbs in children. — Hippocrates. 
 
 ECLA'MPSIA. Ecla'mpsis. (From EKlafx- 
 7tu, to shine.) Splendor ; brightness. Ap- 
 plied, 1. To the appearance of flashes of light 
 before the eyes, common in many diseases. 2. 
 To the epilepsy of infants : the latter applica- 
 tion is not obvious. 
 
 Eclampsia gravidarum. E . parhirientium. 
 The convulsions of gravid women ; puerperal 
 convulsions. 
 
 ECLE'CTICS. (Eclecticus; from ekIeju, to 
 eelect.) Archigenes and some others selected 
 from all other sects what appeared to them to 
 be the best and most rational : hence they 
 were called Eclectics, and their medicine Eclec- 
 tic medicine. 
 
 Ecle'ctos. Synonymous with eclegma. 
 
 ECLE'GMA. (From ekIelxu, to lick.) 
 Ecleictos. A linctus. 
 
 Ecle'pisis. The scaling off of parts, or de- 
 squamation. 
 
 E'C LYSIS, (is, eos, f. ; from ek2,vo, to dis- 
 solve.) A universal faintness. 
 
 Economic Appertaining to economy, or the 
 useful distribution and application of things. 
 
 ECONOMY. In scientific language, the or- 
 derly arrangement of things with a view to a 
 useful end; thus the total of the parts which 
 constitute a living being is called the animal or 
 vegetable economy. 
 
 ECPHLY'SIS. (E^lvacc ; from eicfavfo, to 
 boil, or bubble up or over.) A vesicular erup- 
 tion, confined in its action and effects chiefly to 
 the surface. It is used as a generic term, and 
 includes herpes, eczema, pompholyx, and rupia. 
 
 ECPHRA'CTIC. (Ecphracticus ; from ek- 
 QpaGGG), to remove obstructions.) Synonymous 
 with deobstruent. 
 
 Ecphra'xis. The opening of obstructed 
 pores; deobstruent. 
 
 ECPHRO'NIA. (a, ce, f. EnQpovri, or f/c- 
 23b 
 
 | (ppoavvrj ; from Enfypov, extra mentem, out of 
 one's mind.) Insanity. Craziness. Melan- 
 choly. 
 
 E'cphyas. 1. An appendix, or excrescence. 
 2. The appendicula cseci vermiformis. 
 
 ECPHY'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from ek^vu, edit, 
 co, egero.) A cutaneous excrescence. It is 
 used as a generic term, and includes warts, 
 corns, physconia, and callosities. — E. asdemati- 
 cum is phlegmasia dolens. 
 
 Ecphyse'sis. A quick expulsion of the air 
 from the lungs. 
 
 E'cphysis. 1. An apophysis, appendix, or 
 process of any kind. 2. The duodenum. 
 
 Ec pie's ma. 1. A fracture of the skull, with 
 depression of the bone. — Galen. 2. An ex- 
 pressed juice. — Dioscorides. 
 
 Ec pie's mos. A disorder of the eye, in which 
 the globe is almost pressed out of the socket by 
 an afflux of humors. 
 
 Ecplero'ma. In Hippocrates they are 
 hard balls of leather, or other substances, adap- 
 ted to fill the arm-pit, while by the help of the 
 heel, placed against a ball, and repressing the 
 same, a luxated os humeri is reduced into its 
 place. 
 
 ECPLE'XIS. (is, is, f. : from EKirlrjcacj, to 
 terrify or astonish.) A stupor or astonishment, 
 from sudden external accidents. 
 
 E'cpneusis. Ecpnoe. Expiration. 
 
 ECPTO'MA. Ecptosis. (From ektvltttu, to 
 fallout.) A falling down of any part : applied 
 to a luxation ; the expulsion of the placenta ; 
 the falling off of gangrenous parts ; to hernia of 
 the uterus, &c. 
 
 Ecpy'cticus. Rendering the fluids more 
 solid. 
 
 ECPYE'MA. (a, atis, n.; from ek, and ttvov, 
 pus.) A collection of pus ; an abscess. 
 
 ECPYE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ekttvu, to sup- 
 purate.) Humid scall. A generic term for 
 suppurating skhi diseases, as porrigo, impetigo, 
 ecthyma, &c. 
 
 Ecpyesis ecthyma. Ecthyma. — Good. 
 
 Ecpye'tic. (Same etymon.) Suppurative. 
 
 Ecre'gma. Ecre'xis. A rupture. 
 
 Ecrhy'thmos. Irregular: applied to the 
 pulse. 
 
 E'croe. E' cry sis. A discharge 
 
 ECSARCO'MA. (a, ails, n. ; from ek, and 
 cap!;, flesh.) A fleshy excrescence. 
 
 Ecsesmata. Syn. of eczema. — Blancard. 
 
 E'CSTASY. (Ecstasis, eos, f. Ekgtcloic ; 
 from E^iaraf/ai, to be out of one's senses.) 1. 
 An ecstasy. This disease consists in a total sus- 
 pension of sensibility and voluntary motion, and 
 mostly of mental power ; the muscles are rigid, 
 the body erect and inflexible ; the pulsation«of 
 the heart is felt, and the breathing not affected. 
 The exciting cause of this disease is generally 
 some mental affection. It differs from catalep- 
 sy and trance in the inflexible and rigid state 
 of the muscles, and the obvious continuance of 
 the breathing and the heart's action. It occa- 
 sionally exists with a plethoric state of the 
 blood-vessels, in which case bleeding and de- 
 pletions are found useful. In other more obvi- 
 ously nervous states, the nervous stimulants and 
 aperients are to be preferred. The cold-water 
 dash, especially when directed along the spine, 
 
ECT 
 
 is often very useful in rousing the patient 2. 
 In Hippocrates it signifies a delirium. 
 
 E'ctasia. Aneurism. 
 
 E'ctasis. Extension or expansion. 
 
 Ecstatic trance. Catalepsy. 
 
 E'ctexis. Melting or softening of parts. 
 
 Ecthli'mma. An ulceration of the skin 
 caused by pressure. 
 
 Ecthli'psis. Elision or expression. 
 
 E'CTHYMA. (a, atis, n. Eicdvfia ] from 
 endvo, to break out.) An eruption of large, 
 round, and distinct pustules, seldom very nu- 
 merous, unaccompanied by fever, and not con- 
 tagious. It occurs chiefly on the extremities, 
 and may arise from debility, or as a sequel of 
 measles, small-pox, and scarlatina. There are 
 three species in this genus : 
 
 1. The Ecthyma vulgare consists of a partial 
 eruption of small, hard pustules, on some part 
 of the extremities, or on the neck and shoul- 
 ders, which is completed in three or four days. 
 In the course of a similar period, the pustules 
 successively enlarge, and inflame highly at the 
 base, while pus is formed in the apex; and in 
 a day or two more they break, pour out their 
 pus, and afterward a thinner fluid, which speed- 
 ily concretes into brown scabs. In a week 
 more the soreness and inflammation subside, 
 and the scabs soon afterward fall off, leaving no 
 mark behind. 
 
 2. The Ecthyma infantile occurs in weakly- 
 infants during the period of lactation. This 
 species is precisely like the former; but, in- 
 stead of subsiding, often reappears for weeks 
 together. The principal means of cure will be 
 found in changing the nurse ; and the advanta- 
 ges of better aliment will be aided by proper 
 clothing and exercise. 
 
 3. Ecthyma luridum. The most obvious pe- 
 culiarity is the dark red color of the base, 
 which is likewise hard and elevated, and of a 
 larger size ; they appear slowly, but in long 
 succession, and spi'ead widely, the face alone 
 being exempt from their occurrence. They 
 appear in older persons of a broken constitu- 
 tion, and often degenerate into ulcers. The 
 treatment must be chiefly directed to the amend- 
 ment of the constitution, by good diet, the occa- 
 sional use of the warm bath, and by cinchona 
 and decoction of the woods internally. 
 
 Ectillo'tic. Applied to that which eradi- 
 cates tubercles or corns, or destroys superfluous 
 hair. 
 
 E'ctome. Ectomius. Excision. 
 
 Ectomon. Ekto/j.ov. Black hellebore. 
 
 ECTO'PIA. (a, m, f. ; from sktoitoc, out of 
 place.) A displacement of any part; a luxa- 
 tion. 
 
 E'ctopia ani. Prolapsus of the anus. 
 
 Ectopias. An order in the class Locales of 
 Cullen's Nosology. 
 
 Ectoprotic Eccoprotic. 
 
 Ectri'mma. An excoriation. 
 
 Ectro'ma. An abortion. 
 
 E'ctrope. 1. A duct by which morbid hu- 
 mors are drawn off. 2. Ectropium. 
 
 ECTRO'PIUM. Ectropion. (From eKrpe- 
 7r«, to evert.) An eversion of the eyelids, so 
 that their internal surface is in part the outer- 
 most. There are two species of this disease : 
 
 E C Z 
 
 one produced by an unnatural swelling of the 
 lining of the eyelids ; the other arising from a 
 contraction of the skin covering the eyelid, or 
 of that in the vicinity, by which means the 
 edge of the eyelid is first removed for some 
 distance from the eye, and afterward turned 
 completely outward, together with the whole 
 of the affected eyelid. 
 
 This disease is only to be cured by a surgical 
 operation. That practiced by Sir William Ad- 
 ams is now generally resorted to. It consists, 
 first, in removing the whole of the fungous 
 growth by a small, curved bistoury; next, in 
 stripping away a piece of the edge of the tar- 
 sus, in the form of the letter V ; afterward, in 
 separating the eyelid from the cheek, whenever 
 it adheres to it; and, finally, in supporting the 
 lid, now raised into the proper place, and con- 
 fining the edges of the cut eyelid, brought into 
 a state of juxtaposition by a proper bandage. 
 The divided edges heal by the first intention ; 
 and the cure is often completed in a fortnight, 
 with a restoration of the eyelid to its healthy 
 form. 
 
 ECTRO'SIS. (is, is, f. E/crpocrtf ; from ek- 
 TCTpuoKio, to miscarry.) A miscarriage. 
 
 Ectro'tic Ectyroticus. Ectyloticus. 1. 
 Causing an abortion. 2. Applied to methods 
 of promoting the development of pustules, dis- 
 eases, &c. 
 
 ECZEMA. (E/c£/za ; from eK&a, to boil 
 out.) Eczesma. A cutaneous disease, charac- 
 terized by an eruption of small vesicles on va- 
 rious parts of the skin, usually set close or 
 crowded together, with little or no inflamma- 
 tion round their bases, and unattended by fever. 
 It is not contagious. The eruption is attended 
 with tingling and smarting rather than itching. 
 The species are : 
 
 1. Eczema solare. Summer rash, or heat 
 spots, produced by heat. It commonly lasts 
 two or three weeks, and is unattended by much 
 irritation. Cool bathing, a gentle purgative, 
 and attention to clothing, is all that is necessary. 
 
 2. Eczema impetiginodes. A local eczema, 
 produced by the irritation of various substan- 
 ces, especially sugar, and hence called Gro- 
 cer's itch. Small, separate vesicles, containing 
 a transparent fluid, slightly elevated : they are 
 attended with pain, heat, smarting, and often 
 with intense itching. When they break, the 
 acrid lymph that is discharged irritates and in- 
 flames the surrounding cuticle, which becomes 
 thickened, rough, reddish, and cracked, as in 
 the impetiginous state. The treatment consists 
 of removing the irritating cause, and using 
 washes of acetate of lead, or poultices. 
 
 3. Eczema rubrum. This most remarkable 
 variety, aiises from the irritation of mercury, 
 whence it lias been called eczema mercuriale, 
 and erythema mercuriale and hydrargyria; but 
 it may also be pi'oduced by exposure. This 
 species usually commences with stiffness, burn 
 ing heat, and itching in the inner surface of the 
 thighs, and about the scrotum in men ; or in the 
 groins or axillse, or neck. The surface becomes 
 red, and rough, from innumerable minute, clear 
 vesicles. These grow to the size of a pin's 
 head, and become white and opaque. The 
 eruption extends over the body in large patch- 
 
 237 
 
EFF 
 
 es, producing soreness, swelling, and much itch- 
 ing. The ichorous discharge of the vesicles 
 produces great inflammation and excoriation, 
 often extending over the whole body. The 
 disease may last several weeks, but usually only 
 ten days. Towards its close, the surface be- 
 comes covered with blackish scabs, which de- 
 squamate, leaving a rough skin, as in slight pso- 
 riasis. The constitution is not much affected, 
 but irritable persons may suffer from repeated 
 attacks. 
 
 The treatment is entirely palliative. It con- 
 sists of using the warm bath, emollient poul- 
 tices, washes, and cerates, with great cleanliness 
 of the linen. The mineral acids and sarsapa- 
 rilla, or cinchona, are also serviceable. 
 
 Eczema mercuriale. See Eczema rubrum. 
 
 Eczesma. Eczema. 
 
 EDENTA'TA. Edentals. The fifth order 
 of mammalia : animals which are without inci- 
 sor teeth, and some without any teeth. 
 
 Edenta'te. Without teeth. 
 
 Edes. Edetz. Amber. 
 
 Ede'ssenum. An old collyrium. 
 
 Edic. Edich. Edir. Iron. 
 
 Edu'lcorant. Edulcorans. Applied to a 
 medicine supposed to pui'ify the fluids by de- 
 priving them of their acrimony. 
 
 EDULCORA'TION. Edulcoratio. 1. The 
 affusion of water on any substance to remove 
 from it saline or other particles which are solu- 
 ble in water. 2. Sweetening. 
 
 Edulcora'tor. A dropping bottle, for sup- 
 plying small portions of fluid. It is merely a 
 vial having a perforated cork, through which 
 passes a small tube. 
 
 Eel. Muraena. 
 
 Eel fat. Adeps anguillce. This is obtained 
 from eels while roasting, and was used as an 
 ointment for stiff joints. 
 
 E'FFERENT. Efferens. Carrying or trans- 
 porting: applied to vessels, &c, which convey 
 fluids from glands, as the vasa efferentia, which 
 carry lymph to the thoracic duct. 
 
 Efferent nerves. Those which convey 
 nervous impressions from the centers to the 
 periphery. 
 
 EFFERVESCENCE. (Effervescentia, as, f. ; 
 from effervesco, to grow hot.) 1. That agita- 
 tion which is produced by mixing substances 
 together which cause the evolution of a gas. 2. 
 A low degree of ebullition. 
 
 Effervescing draught. A pleasant carbo- 
 nated drink, which may be used as a vehicle 
 for saline medicines. It is made with bicarbo- 
 nate of soda, 3ss., dissolved in a wine-glass of 
 water, and acted on by a table-spoonful of lem- 
 on juice, or tartaric acid, Sj. 
 
 EFF E'T E. Effoetus. Barren ; worn out ; 
 impoverished. Applied principally to such act- 
 ive agents as have lost their power by use. 
 
 E'ffila. Freckles. 
 
 EFFLORESCENCE. Effloratio. (Efflores- 
 centia, <z, f. ; from effioresco, to blow as a flow- 
 er.) 1. In Pathology, a morbid redness of the 
 skin; an exanthem; also, the class of exan- 
 thematous diseases. 2. In Chemistry, when 
 bodies are spontaneously converted into a dry 
 powder. It is usually occasioned by the loss 
 of water of crystallization in saline bodies. Car- 
 238 
 
 EL A 
 
 bonate of soda and sulphate of iron are instan 
 ces. 
 
 EFFLU'VIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from effluo, to 
 flow out.) An exhalation. Generally such as 
 are noxious, or disagreeable to the senses. 
 
 Effractu'ra. A fracture of the cranium, in 
 which the bone is much depressed. 
 
 EFFUSION. {Effusio, onis, f. ; from effundo, 
 to pour out.) In Pathology, the escape of any 
 fluid out of the vessel or viscus naturally con- 
 taining it, and its lodgment in another cavity, 
 in the cellular substance (infiltration), or in the 
 substance of parts. Effusion also sometimes 
 signifies the morbid secretion of fluids from the 
 vessels ; thus pathologists frequently speak of 
 coagulable lymph being effused on different 
 surfaces. 
 
 Ege'ries. Egestio. An excretion or evac- 
 uation. 
 
 EGE'STA. (a, <s, f. ; from egero, to carry 
 out. ) The faeces and matters carried out of the 
 healthy body. 
 
 Egg. See Ovum. 
 
 Egg plant. Solanum melongena. 
 
 Egg-shaped. Ovatus. 
 
 Egopho'ny. Egobronchophony. See CEgoph- 
 ony. 
 
 Eighth pair of nerves. The par vagum. 
 See Nervous system. 
 
 Eilamides. The membranes involving the 
 brain. 
 
 Eile'ma. In Hippocrates it signifies painful 
 convolutions of the intestines from flatulence. 
 ' Ei'leon. The ilium. 
 
 Ei'leos. See Ileus. 
 
 Ei'spnoe. Inspiration of air. 
 
 EJA'CULATORY. Ejaculans. (From ejae- 
 ulor, to cast out.) Ejaculatorus. The vessels 
 which convey the semen to the penis are called 
 ejaculatory ducts. These are the epididymis, 
 the vasa deferentia, and the vesiculae seminales. 
 
 Ejaculator se.minis. See Accelerator urines. 
 
 Eje'ction. A dejection or excrement. 
 
 ELABORATION. A certain change or pro- 
 cess through which it is supposed aliments, 
 chyle, &c, pass to become assimilated to the 
 fluids, &c, of the living body. 
 
 Elaca'lli. Euphorbia nervifolia. 
 
 ELiEAGNA'CEiE. A natural order of shrub- 
 by, arborescent exogens, inhabiting the entire 
 northern hemisphere down to the equator, hav- 
 ing leprous leaves, superior fruit, tubular calyx, 
 and apetalous flowers. They are distinguished 
 from Thymelaceee by the ovule being erect, 
 from Proteacea; by the valvate calyx and the 
 dehiscent fruit of the latter, and from Santala- 
 ce<e by the superior ovary. The beiries of 
 some species are eaten in Persia and Nipaul. 
 
 El.ea'gnon. Vitex agnus castus. 
 
 Eljeo'meli. A sweet purging oil. 
 El.eopha'nes. Having the appearance of oil. 
 EL^OSA'CCHARUM. {urn, i, n. ; from 
 eXatov, oil, and aanxapov, sugar.) A mixture 
 of an essential oil with sugar. 
 
 Elaidate. A salt of elaidic acid. 
 
 Elaidic acid. An acid resulting from the 
 
 saponification of elaidine. Formula, Cy-iH^O^ 
 
 Elaidine. A substance resembling etearine, 
 
 which results from the action of nitrous acid : 
 
 upon olive, almond, and some other oils. 
 
ELE 
 
 ELE 
 
 ELA1N. (From slaiov, oil.) Oleine. The 
 oily principle of solid fats and oils. It is an 
 oleate of glycerin. 
 
 Elaiodate. A salt formed by the elaiodic 
 acid with a base. 
 
 Elaiodic acid. See Oleorlcinic acid. 
 
 Elaiodon. (From eXacov, oil.) A name 
 given by Herberger to the fluid part of volatile 
 oils. 
 
 ELAIS GULNEE'NSIS. A palm of Guinea 
 and the West Indies. It yields the Mackaiofat, 
 an emollient, fatty substance. 
 
 Elalde'hyde. A fluid resulting from the 
 spontaneous change of aldehyde. 
 
 Elao'pten. The liquid portion of a volatile 
 oil, to distinguish it from the stearopten, which 
 is solid, as in the case of camphor. 
 
 E'laps. A sub-genus of vipers. 
 
 Ela'sma. A lamina of any kind. A clyster- 
 pipe. 
 
 ELASTIC. (Elasticus ; from sTiaarrjc, im- 
 pulsor, which is from elavvetv, to impel, to 
 push. ) Springy ; having the power of return- 
 ing to the form from which it has been forced 
 to deviate. 
 
 Elastic fluid. A gas. 
 
 Elastic gum. Caoutchouc. 
 
 ELASTICITY. Elasticitas. A force in bod- 
 ies by which they endeavor to restore them- 
 selves to the posture from which they were 
 displaced by any external force. 
 
 Elate'rine. A crystallizable matter distinct 
 from elatin, found by Mr. Hennel in the juice 
 of elaterium. 
 
 ELATE'RIUM. (um, i, n. EZarrjpiov ; 
 from ehavvu, to stimulate or agitate.) 1. Any 
 drastic purgative. 2. At present it signifies a 
 peculiar substance deposited from the juice of 
 the wild cucumber. See Momordica elaterium. 
 
 Elathe'ria. A name of the cascarilla bark. 
 
 E'LATIN. The active principle of elaterium. 
 See Momordica elaterium. 
 
 Elatf'ne. Antirrhinum elatine. 
 
 Elayl. The name of Berzelius for olefiant 
 gas or an isomeric compound. 
 
 ELCA'JA. TricMlia emetica.. An Arabian 
 tree, the fruit of which is emetic, and is em- 
 ployed in ointments for the cure of itch and 
 other cutaneous diseases. 
 
 ELCO'SIS. (is, eos, f. ; from e2,koc, an ulcer. ) 
 Ulceration. Sauvages applies this term espe- 
 cially to a cachectic disease attended with fetid, 
 carious, and chronic idcers. 
 
 Elder. See Sambucus. 
 
 Elder, dwarf. See Sambucus ebulus. 
 
 Elder ointment. See TJnguentum sambuci. 
 
 Eleca'mpane. See Inula helenium. 
 
 Elecampane camphor. See Helenin. 
 
 Eleca'mpin. Inulin. 
 
 ELECTRTC. Pertaining to electricity. 
 
 Electric aura. The current produced 
 when a highly-charged vessel or conductor dis- 
 charges its electricity from a pointed rod. The 
 aura is sometimes made to act upon delicate 
 parts of the body, as the eye, and produces a 
 6timulant or irritating effect; or the same re- 
 sult may be produced by taking a current, by 
 means of a pointed conductor, from the electri- 
 fied patient. 
 
 Electric bath. This term is employed to 
 
 designate that means of using electricity in 
 medicine which consists in placing the patient 
 on the glass stool, and putting him in contact 
 with the prime conductor of the machine, either 
 directly by his hand, or by means of a chain. 
 It is the most gentle method of using electrici- 
 ty, and enables the operator to act •upon any 
 part by receiving sparks, or the aura therefrom. 
 
 Electric fishes. The species of the class 
 Pisces are so called which have the power of 
 discharging electric shocks ; the most remarka- 
 ble are the Torpedo, Gymnotus, and Silurus, or 
 Malapterurus electricus. 
 
 Electric friction. A term introduced by 
 Cavallo to designate the irritating action of tak- 
 ing sparks from a person in the electrical bath 
 through a piece of flannel. It is said to be one 
 of the most permanent and efficacious means of 
 using this agent. 
 
 Electric shocks. The sudden administra- 
 tion of a large amount of electricity from a Ley- 
 den jar, whereby the patient is thrown into a 
 partial and rapid convulsion. The shock may 
 be regulated by the size of the jar, or be of 
 half a pint, a pint, or quart ; or it may be of any 
 force, by using the medical electrometer. Shocks 
 from a pint jar are usually sufficiently severe. 
 
 Electri'cal. Pertaining to electricity. 
 
 Electrical balance. There are two ma 
 chines beai'ing this name : Coulomb's torsion 
 electrometer, and Harris's balance electrome- 
 ter. See Electrometer. 
 
 Electrical battery. A number ofLeyden 
 jars arranged in a box or frame, and commu- 
 nicating with each other by metallic rods, so 
 that the whole can be discharged together. 
 
 Electrical column. An electrical pile of 
 De Luc, consisting of thin plates of two metals, 
 with paper between them, arranged like the 
 pairs of a galvanic battery. The pairs are in- 
 closed in glass tubes, and produce a feeble elec- 
 trical current for some years. 
 
 Electrical machine. There are two kinds 
 in use, the plate and the cylinder machine. The 
 plate machine consists of a circular plate of thick 
 glass, through the centre of which passes an axis 
 by which it can be rapidly rotated. The plate 
 and axis are sustained by uprights of baked 
 wood, which also carry cushions of leather or 
 silk, against which the plate brashes in its rev- 
 olutions, and receives its excitement. The 
 cushions sometimes carry pieces of silk to as- 
 sist the excitement ; and they are also smeared 
 with an amalgam of tin and mercury, or with 
 mosaic gold, for the same purpose. There is 
 also attached to the machine a metallic part, 
 called the prime conductor, which is sustained 
 by one or more glass legs. The conductor is 
 of eveiy shape and size, but usually cylindrical, 
 with rounded ends. At the part nearest the 
 glass plate it is furnished with many wires, set 
 within a tenth of an inch from the glass, for the 
 purpose of collecting the electricity evolved. 
 The cylinder machine differs from the former 
 only in the figure of the glass, which is cylin- 
 diTcal, and the position of the rubbers. 
 
 ELECTRI'CiTY. (From ^Ae/crpov, amber, 
 which becomes electrical by heat.) An im 
 ponderable body or agent, manifesting itself by 
 attracting or repelling light bodies, by produ- 
 
ELE 
 
 cing light, decomposing water and certain flu- 
 ids, and producing a shock or involuntary mus- 
 cular motion in the bodies of animals when it 
 is made to pass through them. An agent having 
 some or all of these properties is set free when 
 chemical action takes place, and when many 
 bodies are heated or rubbed : in the former 
 case it is usually termed Galvanism, in the lat- 
 ter Electricity ; but the line of demarcation 
 between them is indistinct. 
 
 Matter, as respects frictional electricity, is 
 either susceptible of excitement, electric or non- 
 conducting, as dry wood, glass, resins, furs, 
 silk ; or it is non-electric or conducting, as met- 
 als and moist substances. When two of the 
 former, as glass and silk, are rubbed together, 
 electricity is made free. An electrical machine 
 is therefore a contrivance in which glass and 
 silk, or leather variously prepared, are made to 
 rub together, with an arrangement for retaining 
 the electricity produced. 
 
 When bodies are electrified or excited, it 
 appears that they attract some forms of matter 
 and repel others. They attract all unexcited 
 substances, and such as are in a different elec- 
 trical state, while they repel all which have 
 been similarly excited. In virtue of this phe- 
 nomenon, it has been supposed that there are 
 two electrical fluids, or two electrical states. 
 These are severally called the positive, plus, or 
 vitreous electricity, and the negative, minus, or 
 resinous electricity. When two substances be- 
 come excited by friction, one is negative, or 
 indicates a loss of electricity, while the other 
 becomes positive. The like fluids always re- 
 pel, and the unlike attract. 
 
 An excited body influences all those within 
 a certain distance, inducing in them the electri- 
 cal state, and this takes place whenever an 
 electrical change occurs in the vicinity of a 
 body. Thus, if one wire be conducting elec- 
 tricity, any wire in the neighborhood will also 
 be thrown into the electrical state. This action 
 of excited matter is called induction : hence 
 we have induced currents, induced electricity, 
 &c. 
 
 The effects of electricity also differ. When 
 it gives powerful shocks to the body, or decom- 
 poses fluids, it is said to have tension, or inten- 
 sity; when, on the other hand, it develops great 
 heat, as in certain galvanic arrangements, it is 
 said to have quantity. 
 
 An electric current is an influence propagated 
 along a wire or conductor. When it passes 
 through fluids of a certain composition {binary), 
 it produces decomposition or electrolysis. In 
 this case, the wires which conduct the electric- 
 ity are termed electrodes, that which conducts 
 the positive or vitreous fluid is called the anode, 
 and that at the other side the cathode. 
 
 Electricity has been often recommended in 
 medicine, especially in diseases attended with 
 a loss or derangement of nervous power, as 
 paralysis, chorea. It is commonly administered 
 by placing the patient on a stool furnished with 
 glass feet, and making him hold the prime con- 
 ductor of a machine. This causes the electri- 
 cal fluid to flow over his body. It is occasion- 
 ally given in smart shocks from a Leyden vial, 
 or he may be placed between conducting rods 
 '240 
 
 ELE 
 
 and currents sent through his body. Its opera- 
 tion is very uncertain, and it is difficult to say 
 how much good it has effected, while it is at all 
 times a very disagreeable therapeutical agent. 
 Electricity from the machine can only be ad- 
 ministered during dry weather, and therefore 
 this implement is not as serviceable as the mag- 
 neto-electrical machine. 
 
 Electricity, voltaic Galvanism. 
 
 Electrizers, Harrington's. Plates of cop- 
 per, zinc, &c, which, being applied to the 
 body, and connected by a wire, produce a fee- 
 ble current. 
 
 Elect ro'de. 1. A surface by which elec- 
 tricity passes ; a pole. 2. Any substance which 
 becomes electrical by friction or heat. 
 
 Electro'dyna'mics. The phenomena of elec- 
 tricity in motion, or the action of conductors on 
 each other when conveying electricity or gal- 
 vanism. 
 
 Electroly'sis. The direct or primary de- 
 composition of bodies by galvanism. 
 
 Electroly'te. A substance capable of be- 
 ing primarily decomposed by a galvanic cur- 
 rent. 
 
 ELE'CTRO-MA'GNETISM. That portion 
 of electrical science which investigates the re- 
 ciprocal relations of electrical or galvanic cur- 
 rents to magnets. The basis of this science 
 rests in the discovery of (Ersted, that a con- 
 ductor placed near a magnetic needle affects it, 
 producing a movement more or less intense, 
 and varying in direction according to the posi- 
 tion of the conductor, or the force of the trav- 
 ersing current. The most remarkable phenom- 
 ena of this department of electricity are the 
 rotatory movements produced by galvanic cur- 
 rents operating on temporaiy magnets, and the 
 surprising power which may be produced in 
 temporary magnets, by which they can sustain 
 tons of weight. The temporary magnets are 
 merely bars of soft iron, either curved or 
 straight, around which are wound many hun- 
 dred, feet of fine copper wire, covered with silk ; 
 the ends of this wire being placed in contact 
 with the poles of a galvanic battery, the soft 
 iron becomes a powerful temporary magnet. 
 See Galvanism, and Magneto-electricity. 
 
 ELECTRO'METER. An implement to 
 measure electricity. There are several known 
 to electricians. Henley' 's quadrant electrometer 
 measures the electrical excitement of an object 
 by the repulsion of a pith ball attached to a 
 wire. Coulomb' 1 s torsion electrometer is an ex 
 tremely delicate instrument, in which the re- 
 pulsion of a pith ball is also used as the means 
 of producing motion ; but the amount of repul- 
 sion is measured by the twisting of a glass 
 thread or fibre of cocoon silk. Harris's balance 
 electrometer consists of a fine balance, from one 
 arm of which a metal hemisphere is suspended 
 a short distance from a stand, which is exci- 
 ted by contact. The suspended hemisphere is 
 thereby attracted, and the force necessary to 
 separate them is ascertained in grains in the 
 scale pan. 
 
 Electro'meter, medical. Lane's electro- 
 meter. This is a useful implement for regula- 
 ting the force of sparks or shocks taken from 
 the prime conductor. It consists of a curved 
 
E L E 
 
 brass rod, which is attached to the conductor ; 
 this sustains a glass rod sufficiently long to hin- 
 der the passage of sparks, and is terminated by 
 a brass knob, through which passes a brass 
 wire, each end of which is also furnished with 
 brass knobs. The shocks are taken by the pa- 
 tient holding one of these knobs in his hand, 
 while the other is forced near to the conductor. 
 The violence of the shock is thus regulated by 
 the distance at which the knob is placed from 
 the prime conductor ; thus spai'ks of half an 
 inch, one inch or two, three or more inches, 
 may be administered. 
 
 Electko'phoros. VoltcCs electrophorus. 
 This is a cake of resin, accompanied by a disk 
 of metal, surmounted by a glass handle. By 
 exciting the resin with a silk rubber, it contin- 
 ues active for weeks, and a spark is obtained 
 whenever the metallic disk is removed, and 
 touched or applied to a conductor. 
 
 Ele'ctropolar. A term used to designate 
 that condition of a conductor in which one end 
 or surface is negative and the other positive. 
 This condition occurs when electricity is in- 
 duced. 
 
 Ele'ctropuncture. See Acupuncture. 
 
 Ele'ctroscope. An instrument for the dis- 
 covery of electrical excitement. It differs from 
 an electrometer, with which it is usually con- 
 founded, in not measuring the degree of excite- 
 ment. Two pith balls, connected by a dry silk 
 thread, form a good electroscope. Two strips 
 of gold leaf, inclosed in a glass case, and con- 
 nected at one end by a brass rod, with a knob 
 or plate of brass, constitute the gold-leaf elec- 
 troscope. 
 
 Ele'ctro-stimulation. The prickly sensa- 
 tion produced by veratria, &c. — Tumbull. 
 
 Ele'ctrotint. An engraving formed by the 
 electrotype from an original painted in thick 
 colors, so as to produce sufficient inequalities 
 to hold engravers' ink. 
 
 Ele'ctrotype. Casting by the galvanic cur- 
 rent. Any metallic object being immersed in 
 a proper solution of a metal, the latter is precip- 
 itated on the mold by means of a galvanic cur- 
 rent, so as to produce a perfect fac simile or 
 impression. 
 
 ELE'CTRUM. (urn, i, n. Elenrpov.) Suc- 
 cinum. Amber. 
 
 Electrum minerale. An old tincture of 
 metals. 
 
 ELECTUA'RIUM. (um,i,n.) An electuary. 
 The form of medicine now called a confection. 
 See Confeclio. 
 
 Electuarium antimonii. Take confectio 
 eennse, §j. ; guaiaci gummi, hydrargyri cum sul- 
 phure, antimonii ppt. sing., f ss. ; syrupi simpli- 
 cis, q. s. : mix. This electuary was formerly 
 used in chronic cutaneous diseases, generally 
 in conjunction with decoction of elm bark or 
 of sarsaparilla. The dose is one or two drachms 
 twice a day. 
 
 Electuarium cassia. Confectio cassise. 
 
 Electuarium catechu compositum. (Ph. 
 E.) Electuary of catechu. Take of catechu, 
 fiv. ; kino, fiij.; cinnamon, nutmeg, each ^j.; 
 opium, diffused in a sufficient quantity of Span- 
 ish white wine, 3iss. ; syrup of red roses, boiled 
 to the consistence of honey, ft»ij|. Reduce the 
 Q 
 
 E L E 
 
 solids to powder, and, having mixed them with 
 the opium and syrup, make them into an elec- 
 tuary. A useful aromatic astringent. Ten 
 scruples contain one grain of opium. Dose, 
 3ss. to 3J. 
 
 Electuarium cinchona cum soda. R-. Car- 
 bonate of soda, 31J.; powder of cinchona, fj.; 
 mucilage of gum arabic, q. s. : mix. The dose 
 is two drachms twice or thrice a day. 
 
 Electuarium lenitivum. Confectio senna?. 
 
 Electuarium opiatum. E. Thebiacum. Con- 
 fectio opii. 
 
 Electuarium scammonii. Confectio scam- 
 monii. 
 
 Eleli'sphacos. A species of sage. 
 
 E'LEMENT. (Elementum, i, n. ) A sub- 
 stance which can no further be divided or de- 
 composed by chemical analysis. See Equiva- 
 lent. 
 
 E'lemi. A fragrant resin. See Amyris ele- 
 mi f era. 
 
 Eleochry'sum. Gnaphalium stcechas. 
 
 ELEOPTE'NE. The fluid portion of es- 
 sential oils which have been partly solidified 
 by cold. The solid portion is termed the stea- 
 ropten, or stearoptene. 
 
 Eleoseli'num. Apium graveolens. 
 
 Elephantia. Elephantiasmus. See Ele- 
 phantiasis. 
 
 ELEPHANTTASIS. (is, is, f. EletyavTia- 
 oic, from eTiccpac, an elephant.) Elephantiasis 
 Greecorum. E. arabum. E. arabica. It is a 
 disease of warm climates, as Africa, the East 
 and West Indies, Madeira, and the Isle of 
 France ; but occasional instances seem to occur 
 in all climates. It is principally chai-acterized 
 by the appearance of shining tubercles, of dif- 
 ferent sizes, of a dusky red or livid color, on 
 the face, ears, and extremities ; together with 
 a very thickened and rugous state of the skin, 
 a diminution or total loss of its sensibility, and 
 a falling off of all the hair, except that of the 
 scalp. The tubercles finally idcerate, the skin 
 becomes fissui'ed, and parts suffer from gan- 
 grene. The disease lasts for years, and death 
 ultimately supervenes from internal inflamma- 
 tions. This formidable leprosy of the ancients 
 is not, however, contagious. It is the Juzam. 
 of the Arabians. See, also, Barbadoes leg, and 
 Lepra. 
 
 There is a disease of India, called Baras, often 
 confounded with elephantiasis. This begins 
 with circumscribed, pale blotches on the skin 
 of the extremities, which are perfectly insensi- 
 ble. This state sometimes spreads over the 
 whole body, the pidse falls to 50 or 60, the ex- 
 tremities become swelled and stiffen, bowels 
 costive, mind dull, and little pain. Ulcers oc- 
 cur, which gradually, year by year, dismember 
 the fingers and toes. During this the health is 
 not much affected, except that the faculties are 
 benumbed. The patient often dies in old age 
 of some other disease. 
 
 It is said that the disease is cured in its first 
 stage by the Asclepias gigantea, especially in 
 combination with alterative doses of mercury 
 and antimony, and with topical stimulants. 
 
 Elephantiasis Italica. See Pelagra. 
 
 E'LEPHAS. 1. The elephant. 2. Elephan- 
 tiasis. 3. Aqua fortis. 4. Ivory. 
 
 241 
 
ELI 
 
 E M A 
 
 ELETTA'RIA. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants, 
 to which is referred the lesser cardamom plant, 
 Elettaria cardamomum. See Alpinia carda- 
 momum. 
 
 Eleutheria. Eleuteria. Cascarilla bark. 
 See Croton eleutheria. 
 
 Eleva'tio. Elevation ; sublimation. 
 
 ELEVATOR, (or, oris, m. ; from elevo, to 
 lift up.) 1. A muscle is so called, the office 
 of which is to lift up the part to which it is at- 
 tached. See, also, Levator. 2. A surgical in- 
 strument, with which to raise any depressed 
 portion of bone, especially of the cranial bones, 
 after fractures and depressions. It is merely a 
 bar or lever of steel, with one end made slight- 
 ly rough, for the purpose of raising the bone. 
 
 Elevator ani. See Levator ani. 
 
 Elevator labii inferioris proprius. See 
 Levator labii inferioris. 
 
 Elevator labii superioris proprius. See 
 Levator labii superioris alccque nasi. 
 
 Elevator labiorum. See Levator anguli 
 oris. 
 
 Elevator nasi alarum. See Levator labii 
 superioris alceque nasi. 
 
 Elevator oculi. See Rectus superioris. 
 
 Elevator palpebr^e superioris. See Le- 
 vator palpebrce superioris. 
 
 Elevator scapula. See Levator scapulce. 
 
 Elevator testiculi. The cremaster mus- 
 cle. 
 
 Elevator urethra. The transversus peri- 
 naei muscle. 
 
 Elevato'rium. The elevator. 
 
 Eli'banum. The same as olibanum. 
 
 Elichry'sum. Gnaphalium stoechas. 
 
 Eli'drion. Elidrium. 1. Gum mastich. 2. 
 The rhaponticum. 3. Mercury. 4. An alloy 
 of silver, gold, and brass. 
 
 Eli'gma. A linctus. See Eclegma. 
 
 Elioseli'num. See Eleoselinum. 
 
 ELIQUA'TION. 1. An operation by means 
 of which a more fusible substance is separated 
 from another which is less fusible. It consists 
 in the application of a degree of heat sufficient 
 to fuse the former, but not the latter. 2. Col- 
 liquation. 
 
 Elithroid. See Elytroid. 
 
 Elixa'tion. Seething, or boiling. 
 
 ELFXIR. (Elixir, n. ind. ; from the Arabic 
 elekser, quintessence.) A term formerly ap- 
 plied to many preparations, and chiefly to 
 compound tinctures. 
 
 Elixir acidum Halleri. A mixture of sul- 
 
 Ehuric acid and alcohol, used as a styptic in 
 emorrhages. 
 Elixir aloes. Tinctura aloes et myrrhae. 
 Elixir antiasthmaticum Boerhaavii. Bo- 
 erhaave's antiasthmatic elixir. This is com- 
 posed of alcohol, aniseed, and the roots of orris, 
 asarabacca, sweet flag, liquorice, and elecam- 
 pane. The dose is twenty or thirty drops. 
 
 Elixir paregoricum. Paregoric elixir. The 
 tinctura camphorae composita, and tinctura opii 
 ammoniata. 
 
 Elixir proprietatis. Elixir of nature. An 
 old preparation nearly corresponding with the 
 compound tincture of aloes now in use. 
 
 Elixir proprietatis cum acido. The elixir 
 proprietatis, acidulated with sulphuric acid. 
 242 
 
 Elixir proprietatis tartarizatum. The 
 elixir proprietatis, with the addition of salt of 
 tartar. 
 
 Elixir sacrum. A tincture made principal- 
 ly of rhubarb and aloes. Tinctura rhei et aloes. 
 
 Elixir salutis. E. of health. Tinctura 
 senna? composita. 
 
 Elixir stomachicum. The compound tinc- 
 ture of gentian. Tinctura gentianse composita. 
 
 Elixir vit,e mathioli. This was composed 
 of a great number of aromatic and stimulant 
 substances, digested in alcohol. 
 
 Elixir vitrioli. E. of vitriol. Acidum 
 sulphuricum aromaticum. 
 
 Elixivia'tio. Lixiviation. 
 
 Elk. Cervus alcis. 
 
 Ella'gic acid. Acidum ellagicum. An in- 
 soluble acid existing in old nut-galls which 
 have been changed by exposure to air ; it is a 
 moist powder. Form., C17H2O4. 
 
 Elleborum. See Helleborus. 
 
 Elli'psoid. A solid of such a figure that ev- 
 ery section is an ellipse. 
 
 Elliptic. Ellipticus. Of an elliptical 
 shape. 
 
 Elm. See Ulmus. 
 
 Elm-leaved sumach. See Rhus coriaria. 
 
 Elo'des. Marshy; also, the sudor anglicus. 
 
 ELONGATION. (From elongo, to lengthen 
 out.) 1. An imperfect luxation, where the lig- 
 aments are only lengthened, and the bone not 
 put out of its socket. 2. The extension of a 
 limb for the purpose of reducing a dislocation 
 or fracture. 
 
 ELUTRLVTION. (Elutriatio; from elutrio, 
 to cleanse.) The pouring a liquor out of one 
 vessel into another, in order to separate the 
 clear fluid from the sediment. Decantation. 
 
 ELU' VIES, (es, ei, f. : from eluo, to wash 
 out.) A swamp or quagmire. Some writers 
 give this name to the discharge of a fluid, and 
 especially to fluor albus. 
 
 Eluxa'tion. The same as luxation. 
 
 Elymagro'stis. Panicum. 
 
 E'LYMUS. A genus of grasses. 
 
 ELYTRFTIS. Elytroitis. Inflammation of 
 the vagina. 
 
 ELYTROCE'LE. A hernia in the vagina. 
 
 Ely'troid. Elytroidcs. Like a sheath. 
 The tunica vaginalis is so called by some wri- 
 ters, because it includes the testis like a sheath. 
 This epithet is also given to a pessaiy invented 
 by M. Jules Cloquet. 
 
 Elytro'ncus. Elytrophyma. A swelling or 
 tumor of the vagina. 
 
 ELY'TRUM. ( Elytron, a sheath ; from elvo, 
 to involve.) 1. The membranes involving the 
 spinal cord are called sXvrpa by Hippocrates. 
 2. The wing sheaths of an insect. 3. The fe- 
 male vagina. 
 
 ELYTROPTO'SIS. (From elvTpov, and 
 nruotc, a falling down.) A name given by 
 Callisen to inversion of the vagina. Also, pro- 
 lapsus of the vagina. 
 
 ELYTRO'RRHAPHY. (From elvrpov, and 
 pa^ri, a suture.) The operation of restoring 
 the vagina by suture in cases of fissure, or of 
 closing it in procidentia uteri. 
 
 Emacia'tion. Leanness. See Atrophy, ani? 
 Marasmus. 
 
EMB 
 
 EMI 
 
 EMA'NSIO MENSIUM. Retention of the 
 menses. See Amenorrhcea, and Chlorosis. 
 
 Ema'rgixate. Emarginatus. Nicked: that 
 is, having a small, acute notch at the summit. 
 
 Ema'sculate. Emasculatus. Applied to a 
 male deprived of the generative power. 
 
 EMASCULA'TION. The act of destroying 
 the generative power in the male by lesion or 
 removal of the organs on which it depends. 
 
 Embalming. The preservation of the dead 
 body. The most common means employed by 
 the Egyptians was by saturating every part 
 with asphaltum. 
 
 Emsa'mma. The Greek name of. any liquid 
 condiment in which the food was dipped. 
 
 EMBOTTEMENT. A French word, used to 
 designate that hypothesis of generation which 
 regards the embryos of successive periods as 
 incased within one another. 
 
 E'mbole. The setting of a dislocated bone. 
 
 Embo'npoint. (From the French.) In good 
 condition ; rather stout, but not corpulent. 
 
 Embo'risma. An aneurism. 
 
 Embre'gma. An embrocation. 
 
 EMBROCA'TIO. {o, onis, f. ; from eu6pe X u, 
 to moisten or soak in.) An embrocation; a 
 fluid application to nib any part of the body 
 with. The following embrocations are useful : 
 
 Embhocatio alumixis. Take of alum, <rij.; 
 vinegar and proof spirit, of each, Ibss. For 
 chilblains and diseased joints. 
 
 Embrocatio ammoxle. R. Einbrocationis 
 ammonias acetatis, fij.; aquae ammonias, 31J. 
 For sprains and bruises. 
 
 EMBROCATIO AMMONIA ACETATIS. R. Li- 
 
 quoris ammonia? acetatae, solutionis saponis, 
 sing., ?j. M. For braises with inflammation. 
 
 Embrocatio ammonia acetatis camphor- 
 ata. R. Solutionis saponis cum camphora, liq. 
 ammoniae acetatae, sing., ?j. ; aquae ammonias 
 purae, f ss. For sprains and bitiises. It is also 
 frequently applied to disperse chilblains which 
 have not suppurated. It is said to be the same 
 as Steer's opodeldoc. 
 
 Embrocatio cantharidis cum camphora. 
 R. Tinct. cantharidis, spiritus camphorae, sing., 
 I j . M. This may be used in any case in which 
 the object is to stimulate the skin. The ab- 
 sorption of cantharides, however, may bring on 
 a strangury. 
 
 Embroca'tion. Embrocatio. 
 
 E'mbroche. An embrocation. 
 
 EMBRYO. Embryon. (From e/u6pvo, to 
 bud forth.) 1. The fas tics in utero is so called 
 before the fifth month of pregnancy. 2. The 
 germ of a plant ; the corculum of Linnaeus. 
 
 Embryo'ctony. Synonymous with embry- 
 otomy. 
 
 Embryo'graphy. The anatomical descrip- 
 tion of the foetus. 
 
 Embryon. See Embryo. 
 
 Embryothla'stes. Embryothlasta. Em- 
 bryorectes. An instrument for breaking the 
 bones of a dead foetus to promote its delivery. 
 
 EMBRYOTOMY. {Embryotomies, ce, f. ; 
 from efi6pvov, and re/xveo, to cut.) The dis- 
 memberment of the foetus while in utero, to ex- 
 tract it. 
 
 EMBRYU'LCTA. (a, ce, f. ; from e^pvov, the 
 foetus, and e/l/cw, to draw.) 1. The obstetric 
 
 art. 2. The extraction of the dead foetus, in 
 particular, has been so called ; and many use the 
 term svnonymously with embryotomy. 
 
 EMBRYU'LCTS. (From s/iSpvov, a foetus, 
 and sAnto, to draw.) The blunt hook or for- 
 ceps for drawing the child from the womb. 
 
 Emexdent. Emendans. Corrigent. 
 
 Eme'rsus. Emersed; raised above the wa- 
 ter. 
 
 Emerus. Colatea arborescens. 
 
 EME'SIA. {a, ce, f . ; cueaia; from e/neu, to 
 vomit.) Emesma. Emesis. The act of vo?n- 
 iting. 
 
 Emesis. Efiecnr. Vomiting. 
 
 Eme'ta. Emetia. Pure Emetine, which see. 
 
 EME'TIC. {Emeticus, e/j-eritioc.) 1. Pos- 
 sessed of the power of exciting vomiting. 2. 
 A medicine which has the power of exciting 
 vomiting. Emetics are used to remove injuri- 
 ous matters from the stomach, assist expectora- 
 tion, break down fevers by producing a shock 
 on the nervous system, produce relaxation and 
 absorption by causing nausea, and to reduce 
 the pulse and the heart's action. They are dan- 
 gerous where there is determination of the blood 
 to the head, especially in plethoric habits; in 
 visceral inflammation, or where there is a prob- 
 ability of its occurrence; in the advanced stage 
 of pregnancy ; in hernia, and prolapsus uteri. 
 The frequent use of emetics weakens the tone 
 of the stomach. An emetic should always be 
 administered in the fluid form. Its operation 
 may be promoted by drinking any tepid dilu- 
 ent, or light bitter infusion. The chief emetics 
 are ipecacuanha, squill, chamomile, mustard, 
 asarum europasum, tobacco, tartar emetic, the 
 sulphates of zinc, copper, and iron, and the sub- 
 acetate of copper, common salt. 
 
 Emetic tartar. See Antimoniuvi tartariza- 
 tum. 
 
 Emetic weed. Lobelia inflata. 
 
 EMETIN. Emetina. Emetine. The active 
 principle of ipecacuanha, which contains as 
 much as 16 per cent. It forrns transparent 
 brownish-red scales, without smell, and is of a 
 bitter, acrid taste, and soluble in water and al- 
 cohol. A grain acts as a powerful emetic, fol- 
 lowed by sleep ; six grains cause violent vom- 
 iting, and produce stupor and death, the lungs 
 and intestines being found inflamed. It is sel- 
 dom used. When prepared with great care 
 {Emetia), it is a white powder, and alkaline; 
 doses so small as the one tenth of a grain are 
 emetic. 
 
 Emetocatha'rtic Emetico-catharticus. Op- 
 erating both by vomit and stool. 
 
 Eminence. Eminentia. A projection or pro 
 tuberance. 
 
 Eminentia annularis. The pons varolii. 
 Eminentia candicantes. The corpora al- 
 bicantia of the brain. 
 
 Eminentia lenticulares. The corpora stri- 
 ata. 
 
 Eminentia magn.e cerebri. The thalami 
 opticorum. 
 
 Eminentije quadrigemin^e. See Tubercula 
 quadrigemina. 
 
 Emissaria dur.e matris. The processes of 
 the dura mater, which accompany the cerebral 
 nerves through the foramina of the cranium 
 
 243 
 
EMP 
 
 EMP 
 
 EMISSA'RIUM. (um,i,n.) A canal through 
 which any fluid passes out. 
 
 EMI'SSION. Emissio. The act of thro wing 
 off any matter or fluid from the body. 
 
 Emissoria santorini. Vence emissorice san- 
 torini. The different small veins which pass 
 through the foramina of the cranium, forming 
 communications between the external veins of 
 the head and the sinuses of the dura mater ; as 
 those which pass through the foramina pari- 
 etalia and for amin a mastoidea. 
 
 Emissoria ven,e santorini. Emissory veins 
 of Santorin. See Emissoria Santorini. 
 
 EMLSSO'RIUS. Emissory. Applied to that 
 which conducts any fluid out of the body, es- 
 pecially to certain veins. 
 
 EMME'NAGOGUE. Emmeniagoga. (Em- 
 menagogus; from Efijinvia, the menses, and ayu, 
 to move.) Whatever medicines possess the 
 power of promoting the catamenia. They are 
 supposed to act indirectly. These may be, 1. 
 Stimulating, as mercurial and antimonial prep- 
 arations, which are principally adapted for the 
 young, and those with peculiar insensibility of 
 the uterus. 
 
 2. Irritating, as aloes, savine, ergot, and 
 Spanish flies ; these are to be preferred in tor- 
 pid and chlorotic habits. 
 
 3. 'Tonic, as ferruginous preparations, cold 
 bath, and exercise, which are advantageously 
 selected for the lax and phlegmatic. 
 
 4. Antispasmodic, as assafaitida, castor, small 
 doses of ipecacuanha, acetate of ammonia, and 
 heavy essential oils, as pennyroyal, rosemary, 
 tansy; and pedilnvia : the constitutions to which 
 these are more especially suited are the deli- 
 cate, the weak, and the irritable. 
 
 Emme'nia. The menses. 
 
 Emmeniagoga. Emmenagogue. 
 
 Emmenolo'gia. A treatise on menstruation. 
 
 F/mmotos. Any medicament spread on lint. 
 
 EMO'LLIENTS. Emollentia. (Emolliens ; 
 from emollio, to soften.) Medicines possessing 
 the power of relaxing. The principal emol- 
 lients are warm water and tepid vapors, althcea, 
 malva, mucilages, bland oils, fat, and pediluvia. 
 
 Emollitio ventriculi. Gastromalacia. 
 
 E'MOTION. Mental affection; hut emotio is 
 also used for delirium. 
 
 Empas'ma. A powder sprinkled upon the 
 body to restrain sweat. Compare Catapasma. 
 
 EMPATHE'MA. (a,atis,n. Efmadnc ; from 
 iradfiija, passio, affectio.) Ungovernable pas- 
 sion. A genus of disease in Good's Nosology. 
 
 Empei'ria. Empirical medicine, or that 
 founded on experience alone. 
 
 EMPHLYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from ev, in, and 
 tylvcic, a vesicular tumor or eruption.) A ve- 
 sicular tumor or eruption with ichorous dis- 
 charge, as in aphtha, erysipelas, pemphigus. 
 
 EMPHRA'CTIC. (Emphraticus ; from efi- 
 (bpaTTu, to obstruct.) A medicine which, ap- 
 plied to the skin, shuts up the pores. 
 
 Emphra'ctica. Physconia. 
 
 EMPHRA'GMA. (From eficpparro), to ob- 
 struct.) That which obstructs. A generic 
 term; as, Emphragma lachrymale. Fistula 
 lacluymalis. — E. salivarc. Ranula. 
 
 Emphr'axis. An obstruction in any cavity 
 or canal. 
 
 244 
 
 EMPHY'MA. A tumor originating below 
 the integuments, and unaccompanied with in- 
 flammation, at least in its commencement, such 
 as fleshy, bony, and other morbid growths. 
 Used as a generic term by Dr. Good ; including 
 sarcoma, exostosis, atheroma, &c. 
 
 EMPHYSE'MA. (a, atis,n.', from e/ufvcau, 
 to inflate.) A swelling produced by air or gas. 
 See Pneumatosis. 
 
 Emphys'ema abdominis. Tympanites. 
 
 Emphysema of the lungs. E. pulmonum. 
 The penetration of air into the intercellular 
 structure of the lungs (interlobular emphysema), 
 or a dilation of the cellules (vesicular emphys- 
 ema). It is attended with a great increase of 
 clearness in percussion. The expiration is la- 
 borious or wheezing. See Pneumatosis. 
 
 Emphysema pectoris. Pneumothorax. 
 
 Emphysema uteri. E. of the womb. Phy- 
 sometra. 
 
 E'mphyton the'rmon. (E/j,<J)vtov fiep/iov. 
 Caliduminnatum. Innate heat.) Animal heat. 
 
 EMPI'RIC. (Empiricus. 'E/j.TreiptKOc; from 
 ev, in, and Tcetpa, experience.) Formerly one 
 who practiced the healing art upon experience, 
 and not theory. The term is now applied to 
 those who deviate from the line of conduct 
 pursued by regular practitioners, and vend nos- 
 trums, or advertise. 
 
 Empi'ricism. The practice of empirics. 
 
 Empla'sticus. Emplastic. Applied to med- 
 icines which, when spread upon the skin, stop 
 the pores. 
 
 EMPLA'STRUM. (urn, i, n. ; from e^'kaa- 
 cg), to spread upon.) A plaster. Plasters are 
 composed of unctuous substances, united either 
 to powders or metallic oxides, &c. They are 
 usually kept in rolls wrapped in paper, and 
 spread, when wanted for use, upon thin leath- 
 er ; if the plaster be not of itself sufficiently ad- 
 hesive, it is to be surrounded at its margin by a 
 boundary of resin plaster. 
 
 Emplastrum adherens. Emplastrum sa- 
 ponis compositum. 
 
 Emplastrum adhje'sivum anglicum. Court 
 plaster. It is made by brushing, first, a solution 
 of isinglass, and then a spirituous solution of 
 benzoin, over black sarcenet or silk. An ad- 
 mirable sticking plaster, and which, when 
 spread on white or pale-colored silk, allows the 
 surgeon to see the progress of wounds, cuts, &c. 
 
 Emplastrum adhesivum. See Emplr^trum 
 re since. 
 
 Emplastrum alexandrium. An old plaster, 
 made of wax, alum, &c. 
 
 Emplastrum ammoniaci. (U. S.) Take of 
 purified ammoniacum, fv. ; vinegar, Oss. Dis- 
 solve the ammoniacum in the acid, then evapo 
 rate the liquor with a slow fire, constantly stir- 
 ring it, until it acquires a proper consistence. 
 This is stimulant and discutient. 
 
 Emplastrum ammoniaci cum hydrargyro. 
 (Ph. L.) Take of ammoniacum, ftj. ; mercury, 
 fiij.; olive oil, f. 3J.; sulphur, gr. viij. Add 
 the sulphur gradually to the heated oil, stirring 
 constantly with a spatula till they unite ; then 
 rub the mercury with them till the globules 
 disappear; lastly, add by degrees the ammoni 
 acum, previously melted, and mix the whole 
 together. This plaster is discutient, and is ap 
 
E M P 
 
 plied to nodes, indurated glands, and indolent 
 tumors. 
 
 Emplastrum aroma'ticum. (Ph.D.) Aro- 
 matic plaster. Take of the concrete sap of pi- 
 nus abies (frankincense), fiij. ; yellow wax, 
 5ss. ; cinnamon powder, syj.; oil of pimento, 
 oil of lemons, each 3ij. Melt the wax and res- 
 in, and rub the oils and cinnamon together. 
 Mix them when the melted mass is becoming 
 cool, and stir. It does not keep well, but is a 
 good local stimulant in flatulent colics, nausea, 
 and dyspepsia. 
 
 Emplastrum antihystericum. See Em- 
 plastrum assafoetidee. 
 
 Emplastrum assafgztid.e. (U. S.) Plaster 
 of assafoetida. Take of lead plaster, assafcetida, 
 each ibj. ; galbanum, yellow wax, each ibss. ; 
 dilute alcohol, Oiij. Dissolve the gum-resins in 
 the alcohol, then strain while hot, evaporate to 
 the consistence of honey, and mix with the 
 melted wax and plaster. Anodyne and anti- 
 ' spasmodic. It is occasionally directed to be 
 applied to the umbilical region in hysterical 
 cases and in flatulence. 
 
 Emplastrum attrahens. See Emplastrum 
 cerce. 
 
 Emplastrum bellado'.vn.e. (U. S.) Plas- 
 ter of belladonna. Take of extract of bella- 
 donna, ^iss. ; resin plaster, §iij. Melt the plas- 
 ter, and mix with the extract. An anodyne in 
 neuralgic and rheumatic pains. 
 
 Emplastrum calefa'ciens. (Ph.D.) Em- 
 plastrum picis cum cantharide. (U. S.) 
 
 Emplastrum cantharidis. (Ph. L.) Blis- 
 tering-fly plaster. Take of blistei-ing flies, in 
 very fine powder, fb j . ; wax plaster, ibiss. ; lard, 
 Ibss. Having melted the plaster and lard to- 
 gether, and removed them from the fire, a little 
 before they become solid sprinkle in the blis- 
 tering flies, and mix the whole together. The 
 Ceratum cantharidis has taken the place of this 
 in the United States. 
 
 Emplastrum cantharidis vesicatori.e com- 
 positum. (Ph. E.) Compound plaster of Spanish 
 flies. Take of Venice turpentine, 18 pts. ; Bur- 
 gundy pitch, Spanish flies, of each 12 pts. ; yel- 
 low wax, 4 pts. ; subacetate of copper, 2 pts. ; 
 white mustard seed and black pepper, of each 
 1 part. Melt the pitch and wax, add the tur- 
 pentine, and, as the mixture cools, stir in the 
 other ingredients in fine powder. More active 
 than blistering ointment, but dangerous, from 
 the sores it sometimes produces. 
 
 Emplastrum cer^:. (Ph. L.) Wax plaster. 
 Take of yellow wax, prepared suet, of each 
 ibiij . ; yellow resin, ibj . Melt them together, 
 and strain. 
 
 Emplastrum cicut^e. E. conii. A French 
 preparation of pitch plaster, with hemlock 
 powder. 
 
 Emplastrum commune. See Emplastrum 
 plumbi. 
 
 Emplastrum cumini. (Ph. L.) Cumin plas- 
 ter. Take of cumin seeds, caraway seeds, bay- 
 berries, of each § iij. ; dried pitch, Ibiij. ; yellow 
 wax, ^iij . Melt the dried pitch and wax togeth- 
 er, add the remaining articles, previously pow- 
 dered, and mix. A warm stomachic plaster, 
 and suppurative. 
 
 Emplastrum diachylon. Empl. plumbi. 
 
 EMP 
 
 Emplastrum elephantinum. A plaster com- 
 posed of cerusse, wax, oil, and water. — Celsus. 
 
 Emplastrum epispasticum. Emplastrum 
 cantharidis. 
 
 Emplastrum ferri. (U. S.) E. oxidi fer- 
 ri rubri. (Ph. E.) Iron plaster. Strengthen- 
 ing plaster. Take of red oxide of iron, ?iij.; 
 lead plaster, ibij. ; Burgundy pitch, Ibss. Melt 
 the plaster and pitch, and stir in the iron, in 
 powder, as it cools. A mechanical support, 
 and slightly stimulant. 
 
 Emplastrum galba'ni comp'ositum. (Ph. L. 
 & U. S.) Compound galbanum plaster. Take 
 of galbanum, fviij.; lead plaster, Ibiij.; com- 
 mon turpentine, 3X. ; Burgundy pitch, fiij. 
 This plaster is a warm digestive and suppura- 
 tive, calculated to promote maturation of indo- 
 lent or scirrhous tumors, and to allay the pains 
 of sciatica, arthrodynia, &c. 
 
 Emplastrum galbani. (Ph.D.) Galbanum 
 plaster. Take of lead piaster, Ibij.; yellow 
 wax, fiv. ; galbanum, Ibss. Melt the galba- 
 num. and then add it to the other ingredients, 
 melted together ; then melt again, and strain. 
 Stimulant and discutient, but less active than 
 the next. 
 
 Emplastrum gummo'sum. (Ph. E.) E. cum 
 gummatibus. E. e gummis resinosis. Gum 
 plaster. Take of lead plaster, 8 pts. ; gum am- 
 moniacum. galbanum, and yellow wax, of each 
 1 part. To the melted wax and plaster add 
 the gum-resins, previously melted. Very sim- 
 ilar to the compound galbanum plaster, and to 
 the French E. cum gummi resinis. 
 
 Emplastrum hydra'rgyri. (U. S.) Mer- 
 curial plaster. Take of mercury, f vj. ; olive 
 oil, resin, of each fij.; lead plaster, ibj. Mix 
 the resin and oil, and when cool, rub the mer- 
 cury with them until the globules disappear; 
 lastly, add, by 'degrees, the lead plaster, melted 
 by a slow fire, and mix the whole. Used to 
 resolve buboes, &c, and as a discutient. 
 
 Emplastrum hydrargyri compositum. (Ph. 
 P.) A mercury plaster, with resins : of a very 
 complex form. 
 
 Emplastrum ladani compositum. Take of 
 soft labdanum, fiij.; of frankincense, fj. ; cin- 
 namon and expressed oil of mace, each § ss. ; 
 essential oil of mint, 3J . This has been super- 
 seded by the E. cumini. 
 
 Emplastrum lithargyri. Emplastrum 
 plumbi. — E. I. compositum. Emplastrum gal- 
 bani compositum. — E. I. cum hydrargyro. Em- 
 plastrum hydrargyri. — E. I. cum resina. Em- 
 plastrum resina. — E. lyttce. See Emplastrum 
 cantharidis. 
 
 Emplastrum melo'es vesicatorii. Emplas- 
 trum cantharidis. 
 
 Emplastrum norimberge'nse. (Ph. P.) An 
 ointment of red lead, wax, oil, and a little cam- 
 phor. 
 
 Emplastrum opii. (U.S.) Plaster of opium. 
 Take of opium, powdered, fij.; Burgundy 
 pitch, fiij. ; lead plaster, ibj.; water, f. ?iv. 
 Having melted the plaster, add the resin, 
 opium, and water, and boil down the whole 
 with a slow fire to a proper consistence. An 
 anodyne of little value. 
 
 Emplastrum oxidi ferri rubri. Emplas- 
 trum ferri. 
 
 245 
 
EMP 
 
 EMP 
 
 Emplastrum oxidi plumbi semivitreum. 
 Emplastrum plumbi. 
 
 Emplastrum picis. Emplastrum picis com- 
 positum. (Ph. L.) Compound pitch plaster. 
 Take of Burgundy pitch, fbij. ; resin of spruce 
 fir, ibj. ; yellow resin, yellow wax, of each fiv.; 
 expressed oil of nutmegs, f j ; olive oil, water, 
 of each f. s=ij. Having melted together the 
 pitch, resin, and wax, add first the resin of the 
 spruce fir (or dry white turpentine), then the oil 
 of nutmegs, the olive oil, and the water ; lastly, 
 mix the whole together, and boil down to a 
 proper consistence. It is slightly rubefacient, 
 and much used in coughs and rheumatic pains. 
 
 Emplastrum picis burgundics:. See Em- 
 plastrum picis. 
 
 Emplastrum picis cum cantharide. (U. 
 S.) Plaster of pitch, with Spanish flies. Warm- 
 ing plaster. Take of Burgundy pitch, ffriijss. ; 
 cerate of cantharides, ibss. Melt by a warm 
 bath. A rubefacient, more active than pitch 
 plaster, and useful in inflammations of the vis- 
 cera. 
 
 Emplastrum plumbi. E. oxidi plumbi. (U. 
 S. & Ph. L.) Lead plaster. Take of semivitri- 
 fied oxide of lead, in fine powder, ibv. ; olive 
 oil, Cj. ; water, Oij. Boil slowly. A little boil- 
 ing water is to be added toward the end of the 
 process if required. Excoriations of the skin, 
 slight burns, and the like, may be covered with 
 this plaster ; but it is in more general use as a 
 defensive, and to make other plasters. 
 
 Emplastrum plumbi carbonatis. (U. S.) 
 Plaster of cai'bonate of lead. Take of carbo- 
 nate of lead, ftj.; olive oil, Oij.; yellow wax, 
 f iv. ; lead plaster, Ibiss. ; orris root, powdered, 
 fix. Boil together the oil and carbonate of 
 lead, with a little water ; then add the wax 
 and plaster, and when these are incorporated, 
 mix in the powder as they cool. An applica- 
 tion to excoriated surfaces. 
 
 Emplastrum polychre'stum. Emplastrum 
 resinae. 
 
 Emplastrum resins. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 Resin plaster. E. resinosum. Adhesive plas- 
 ter. Take of yellow resin, ibss. ; lead plaster, 
 ibiij. > Having melted the lead plaster, add the 
 resin in powder, and mix. This adhesive plas- 
 ter is chiefly used for keeping on other dress- 
 ings, and for retaining the edges of recent 
 wounds together. 
 
 Emplastrum roborans. See Emplastrum 
 ferri. (U. S.) 
 
 Emplastrum saponis. E. saponaceum. (U. 
 S., Ph. L. et D.) Soap plaster. Take of hard 
 soap, sliced, Ibss.; lead plaster, Ibiij. Having 
 melted the plaster, mix in the soap ; then boil 
 it down to a proper consistence. A mild dis- 
 cutient, and used as a defensive. 
 
 Emplastrum saponis compositum. (Ph. D.) 
 Adhesive or sticking plaster. Take of soap 
 plaster, fij.; resin plaster, fiij. Make a plas- 
 ter to be spread on linen. 
 
 Emplastrum simplex. Emplastrum cerse. 
 
 Emplastrum thuris compositum. Com- 
 pound frankincense plaster. Take of frankin- 
 cense, Ibss. ; dragon's blood, fiij. ; litharge 
 plaster, fbij . To the melted lead plaster add 
 the rest, powdered. Adhesive ; sustaining. 
 
 Emplastrum vesicato'rium. Emplastrum 
 246 
 
 cantharidis; but, in the United States, super- 
 seded by the Ceratum cantharidis. 
 
 Emplastrum viride. E. alexandrinum. 
 
 Emplatto'mena. The same as emplastica. 
 
 EMPNEUMATO'SIS. (From ev, in, and 
 irveo), to blow.) 1. An inflation of the stom- 
 ach and abdomen. — Galen. 2. The term has 
 also been used synonymously with emphysema. 
 3. Inspiration. 
 
 Empo'rium. A mart. The name formerly 
 given to an imaginary reservoir in the brain in 
 which the animal spirits were collected. 
 
 EMP RE'S MA. (From ev, in, and Trpnda, to 
 influence.) Mason Good uses this as the ge- 
 neric name for visceral inflammation. Hence, 
 E. phrenitis. Encephalitis. — E. paristhmitis, 
 Cynanche, &c. See the species. 
 
 E'mprion. Serrated. Applied by Galen to 
 a particular kind of irregular pulse. 
 
 EMPROSTHO'TONOS. (os, i, m.;- from 
 e/nrpoadev, before, or forward, and reivu, to 
 draw.) That form of tetanus in which the 
 body is bent forward. See Tetanus. 
 
 Empte. Empyema. 
 
 Empto'e. Emptoica passio. Haemoptysis. 
 
 Empto'sis. Imbibition. Endosmosis. 
 
 E'MPTYSIS. (is, is, f. ; from efiTTTva, to spit 
 out.) A discharge of blood from the mouth. 
 
 EMPYE'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from ev, within, 
 and ttvov, pus. ) A collection of pus in the cav- 
 ity of the thorax. It is one of the terminations 
 ofpleuritis. There is reason for believing that 
 matter is contained in the cavity of the chest, 
 when, after a pleurisy, the patient has a diffi- 
 culty of breathing, particularly when lying on 
 the side opposite the affected one ; and when 
 an cedematous swelling is externally percepti- 
 ble. Empyema is generally fatal, but is occa- 
 sionally cured by the operation of making a 
 valvular opening into the chest at the most 
 painful or tender part, or between the sixth 
 and seventh ribs. 
 
 Empyema is also used as a generic term. 
 Thus we read of empyema of blood, pus, air, se- 
 rous fluid. Purulent empyema is the abscess 
 of the pleura, commonly called empyema. 
 
 EMPYE'SIS. (is, is, f . ; from efiirvoo), or 
 e^TTveu, suppuro.) 1. Suppuration. 2. A ge- 
 nus of disease characterized by phlegmonous 
 pimples, which gradually fill with a purulent 
 fluid, as small-pox. — Good. 
 
 Empyesis oculi. Hypopion. 
 
 Empyesis pectoris. Empyema. 
 
 EMPYOCE'LE. (From ev, in, ttvov, pus, 
 and nrfkn, a tumor.) A collection of pus with- 
 in the scrotum has been so called. 
 
 EMPYO'MPHALUS. (From ev, in, ttvov, 
 pus, and ofiyaXoc, the navel. ) An abscess under 
 the navel. Umbilical hernia, the sac of which 
 contains pus or blood. 
 
 Emp'yos. Purulent. 
 
 Empyreal air. Oxygen gas. 
 
 EMPYREUMA. (a, atis, n. ; from efiTTV- 
 pevu, to kindle.) A peculiar and offensive 
 smell that distilled waters and other substances 
 receive from being exposed to heat in closed 
 vessels, or when burned under circumstances 
 which prevent the accession of air to a consid- 
 erable part of the mass. It is due to volatile 
 and tarry oils. 
 
EN A 
 
 EN C 
 
 EMPYSEUMA'TIC Empyreumaticus. 
 Smelling as it were burned. 
 
 Empyreumatic oils. Those derived from 
 the destructive distillation of bone and animal 
 matters are powerfully antispasmodic. 
 
 EMU'LGENT. (Emulgens ; from emulgeo, 
 to milk out : applied to the artery and vein 
 which go from the aorta and vena cava to the 
 kidneys. The vessels of the kidneys are so 
 termed. The emulgent artery is a branch of 
 the aorta. The emulgent vein evacuates its 
 blood into the ascending cava. 
 
 EMU'LSIN. A modification of albumen ex- 
 isting in some oily seeds, as the almond and 
 mustard. Such seeds form a milky emulsion 
 when rubbed with water. The mixture, on 
 standing, separates, the oil rising like cream, 
 and the fluid becoming coagulated by acetic 
 acid, or by boiling. It soon passes into an in- 
 cipient state of decay, in which it decomposes 
 the amygdaline of almonds, and the rnyronic 
 acid of black mustard. 
 
 EMU'LSIO. (io, onis, f.) An emulsion. 
 
 Emulsio acacia. See Mistura acacice. 
 
 Emulsio amygdala. See Mistura amygda- 
 lae. 
 
 Emulsio camphora'ta. Take of camphor, 
 3j.; sweet almonds, blanched, refined sugar, 
 a. fss. ; water, Oiss. This is to be made in the 
 same manner as the common emulsion. 
 
 EMU'LSION. (Emulsio, onis, f.) A mix- 
 ture. See Mistura. A soft and somewhat oily 
 medicine resembling milk. An imperfect com- 
 bination of oil and water, by the intervention 
 of some other substance capable of combining 
 with both these substances, as the yolk of egg, 
 gum, sugar. An emulsion of castor oil, turpen- 
 tine, or of gum-resins, is readily made, by rub- 
 bing with gum and yolk of egg. 
 
 Emulsion, almond. Mistura amygdake. 
 
 Emulsion of gum Arabic Mistura acaciae. 
 
 Emulsion of assafcetida. Emulsio antihys- 
 tcrica. Mistura assafoetida. 
 
 Emulsion, camphorated. Emulsio campho- 
 rata. 
 
 Emulsion of gum ammoniac Mistura am- 
 moniaci. 
 
 Emu'lsive. Yielding oil by expression, as 
 manv seeds. 
 
 EMU'NCTORY. (Emunctorium, ii, n. ; from 
 emungo, to drain off.) The excretory ducts of 
 the body, and the cavities containing fluids to 
 be excreted, are so called. 
 
 Emu'ndans. Applied to a liquid medicament 
 which deterges a wound or ulcer, and, at the 
 same time, washes away the sordes. — Blan- 
 card. 
 
 EMY'DO-SAU'RIA. The name of an order 
 of the class Reptilia, including the crocodiles 
 and alligators. 
 
 En^'mos. So Hippocrates and Galen call 
 any topical medicine which is applied to a 
 •wound to stop bleeding. 
 
 En^ore'ma. A deposit floating in the mine. 
 
 Enamel. An artificial product, made by 
 fusing oxide of tin with glass or fine sand. 
 
 ENANTHE'SIS. Enanthema. (From ev, 
 in, and avdeu, floreo : efflorescence from with- 
 in.) Rash exanthem. A rash: in opposition 
 to exanthesis, an eruption on the skin, not con- 
 
 nected with internal affection ; as scarlet fever, 
 measles, urticaria. 
 
 Enante'sis. The near approach of ascend- 
 ing and descending vessels. 
 Enanthiopathic Palliative. 
 
 ENARTHRO'SLS. (is, is, f . ; from ev, in, 
 and apOpov, a joint.) The ball and socket joint. 
 A species of diarthrosis, or movable connection 
 of bones, in which the round head of one is re- 
 ceived into a cavity of another, in such a man- 
 ner as to admit of motion in every direction ; 
 as the head of the os femoris with the acetabu- 
 lum of the os innominatum. 
 
 ENCAN'THIS. (is, is, f. ; from ev, and nav- 
 6oc, the angle of the eye.) A disease of the 
 caruncula lachrymalis, of which there are two 
 species : Encanthis benigna, and Encanthis ma- 
 ligna seu inveterata. The encanthis is a soft, 
 red, and sometimes rather livid excrescence, 
 which grows from the caruncula lachrymalis, 
 and, at the same time, from the neighboring 
 semilunar fold of the conjunctiva. 
 
 The encanthis keeps up a chronic ophthalmy, 
 impedes the action of the eyelids, and prevents, 
 in particular, the complete closure of the eye. 
 Besides, partly by compressing and partly by 
 displacing the orifices of the puncta lachryma- 
 lia, it obstructs the free passage of the tears into 
 the nose. The inveterate encanthis is ordinari- 
 ly of a very considerable magnitude ; its roots 
 extend beyond the caruncula lachrymalis and 
 semilunar fold of the membranous lining of one 
 or both eyelids. Sometimes the disease as- 
 sumes a cancerous malignancy. This character 
 is evinced by the dull red, and, as it were, 
 leaden color of the excrescence ; by its exceed- 
 ing hardness, and the lancinating pains which 
 occur in it, and extend to the forehead. It is 
 also shown by the propensity of the excres- 
 cence to bleed, by the partial ulcerations on its 
 surface, which emit a fungous substance, and a 
 thin and exceedingly acrid discharge. 
 
 Encatale'psis. Catalepsy. 
 
 Encathi'sma. A semicupium, or bath for 
 half the body. 
 
 ENCAU'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from ev, in, and 
 Kaiu, to burn.) The mark left by a burn, or a 
 vesicle raised by a bum. 
 
 Encau'sis. A burn. Ambustion. 
 
 E'nceinte. (From the French.) Pregnant. 
 
 Encephalalgia. Headache. 
 
 Encephalalgia hydropica. Hydrocepha- 
 lus. 
 
 ENCEPHALA'TA. The great sub-kingdom 
 of vertebrate animals, in which the brain is 
 protected by a bony case; as fishes, reptiles, 
 birds, mammals. 
 
 Encepha'lic 
 cephalon. 
 
 ENCEPHALITIS. Inflammation of the 
 brain. There are three cases of inflammation 
 within the head, viz., meningitis, or inflamma- 
 tion of the membranes ; cerebritis, or inflamma- 
 tion of the substance of the brain ; and ence- 
 phalitis, the last term being used to signify the 
 case in which the membranes and substance of 
 the brain are both implicated. 
 
 1. Meningitis. — The symptoms of acute me- 
 ningitis are sharp pains in the head, with great 
 intolerance of light and sound ; restlessness and 
 
 247 
 
EN C 
 
 violent delirium ; a quick and hard pulse ; 
 thirst; a hot skin; flushed countenance, and 
 injected conjunctiva ; spasmodic twitchings of 
 the muscles, or convulsions, terminating in som- 
 nolency, coma, and entire loss of muscular 
 power. Vomiting is very frequent ; and a pe- 
 culiar, sharp, quick cry, indicative of sudden 
 and violent pain, is also very characteristic. It 
 is frequent in children, and often confounded 
 with acute hydrocephalus. Inflammation of 
 the dura mater is not common, except as the 
 result of mechanical injury of the head ; and 
 the best illustrations of it are to be found in 
 surgical writings. It terminates, if not check- 
 ed, in separation of the membrane from the 
 bone, effusion of pus between them, and slough- 
 ing of the membrane itself. Chronic meningi- 
 tis differs from the acute in the minor intensity 
 of its symptoms, and the delirium is either ab- 
 sent or not violent. 
 
 The organic changes arising are an injected 
 state, loss of transparency, thickening, adhe- 
 sions; purulent effusion and. ulceration are rare. 
 
 2. Cerebritis. — Inflammation of the sub- 
 stance of the brain. This may be general or 
 partial, acute or chronic. Acute inflammation 
 is indicated by symptoms very similar to those 
 of acute meningitis ; the pain in the head is 
 intense, and the febrile excitment high : it may 
 be observed, however, that the attack is gener- 
 ally less sudden in cerebritis, and is more fre- 
 quently preceded by premonitory symptoms, 
 such as pain and sense of fulness in the head, 
 vertigo, drowsiness, confusion of thought, devi- 
 ation from ordinary habits, various derange- 
 ments of sensation, muscular pain and debility, 
 tendency to spasm, and other symptoms indic- 
 ative of lesion of the cerebral functions. The 
 symptoms of general cerebritis also usually ter- 
 minate in coma, and a collapsed state of the 
 system, much sooner than those of meningitis. 
 The patient sometimes dies within twenty-four 
 or even twelve hours, and seldom survives 
 longer than a week. 
 
 Partial cerebritis may be acute, subacute, or 
 chronic. The acute form is marked by those 
 symptoms generally indicative of inflammation 
 of the substance of the brain, the lesion of par- 
 ticular functions being more or less remarkable, 
 according to the part of the organ principally 
 implicated. 
 
 The subacute form, which is the most fre- 
 quent, presents the general symptoms of the 
 acute in a minor degree of intensity. It is very 
 insidious, and often brings about coma or pa- 
 ralysis before suspected. 
 
 In the chronic form, paralysis and loss of the 
 senses commence the attack. 
 
 Acute cerebritis usually produces merely a 
 florid appearance in the brain. 
 
 The subacute form gives rise to abscesses; sim- 
 ple softness or flaccidity ; pulpy disorganization, 
 or ramolissement ; induration of the substance 
 of the brain, which has been most frequently 
 found in maniacs, and those who have died of 
 typhoid fevers ; hypertrophy and atrophy of the 
 whole organ, or of particular parts. The chron- 
 ic form generally occasions simple softening or 
 induration. 
 
 3. Encephalitis. Inflammation of the brain 
 248 
 
 ENC 
 
 and its membranes. It usually commences with 
 rigors, to which succeed a morbid heat, partic- 
 ularly about the head. Pain, more or less 
 acute, sometimes is felt extending over the 
 whole head, but more frequently confined to 
 some particular region. High inflammatory 
 fever is soon developed, commonly attended 
 with parching thirst. The countenance is 
 flushed, the eyes bloodshot, the pupils contract- 
 ed, and the brows knit. There is furious de- 
 lirium, with the most distressing intolerance of 
 light and sound : in some cases this state of cer- 
 ebral excitement alternates with one of stupor. 
 The external senses are variously disordered, 
 giving rise to double vision, spectra, illusory 
 sounds, imaginary odors, &c, and the faculties 
 of speech and deglutition are impaired. These 
 symptoms having continued for three or four 
 days, the fever assumes a typhoid type ; the 
 tongue is covered with a dark fur; there is 
 stupor, with low, muttering delirium, and sub- 
 sultus tendinum. The patient drawls when he 
 attempts to speak, and often can not articulate 
 at all; and the mouth is drawn to one side, 
 or some other paralytic symptoms are present. 
 Trembling of the muscles, and convulsions, 
 often occur at all periods of the disease ; con- 
 vulsions frequently make their appearance for 
 the first time when coma begins to supersede 
 the stage of excitement. In the acute form it 
 is generally fatal within a week. A natural 
 crisis sometimes takes place, when the inflam- 
 matory symptoms are at their height, by means 
 of a copious epistaxis, or the hemorrhoidal or 
 menstrual flux. Haemorrhage, from the bowels 
 and other parts, sometimes occurs at a more ad- 
 vanced stage of the disease, after the appear- 
 ance of typhoid symptoms ; but it is then nev- 
 er salutary, and resembles similar discharges 
 which take place in cases of low fever. As a 
 symptomatic or secondary affection, subacute 
 encephalitis often forms a prominent feature of 
 continued fever. In the acute, subacute, and 
 chronic forms, it frequently occurs also in the 
 course of maniacal affections. 
 
 Encephalitis is a highly dangerous disease. 
 The acute form may often be arrested at the 
 commencement by judicious practice ; but if 
 the disorder be allowed to gain head, it gener- 
 ally goes on to a fatal termination. In the sub- 
 acute and chronic forms, the prognosis is, upon 
 the whole, unfavorable, because the approach 
 of the disease is insidious, and it has frequently 
 made dangerous progress before its presence is 
 suspected. 
 
 In the acute form the treatment is simple. 
 The patient must be bled as largely as his 
 strength will admit of; an active purge, fol- 
 lowed by saline medicines; cold and the douche 
 are to be applied to the head. The application 
 of blisters should be deferred till the vascular 
 actions have been diminished by other means, 
 and it will then be better to apply them to the 
 extremities than to the head. Antimonials 
 should be given to keep the skin moist, and the 
 antiphlogistic regimen exactly enforced. In 
 the comatose and sinking state, very little can 
 be done ; the object of the judicious practition- 
 er is to prevent, if possible, the accession of this 
 state, by subduing the inflammation at first ; it 
 
EN C 
 
 ENC 
 
 is possible, however, that, by bringing the sys- 
 tem under the influence of mercury, we may 
 sometimes check an incipient disorganizing 
 process, or promote the absorption of fluids 
 that may have been effused. Throughout the 
 disease, the position of the patient should be 
 such as least favors the determination of blood 
 to the head. 
 
 The subacute and chronic forms of inflamma- 
 tion of the brain afford less chance of success. 
 The repeated abstraction of small quantities of 
 blood by the lancet, cupping, or leeches, ac- 
 cording to circumstances; continued counter- 
 irritation by blisters or setons ; laxatives ; at- 
 tention to diet; and, in some instances, the 
 cautious use of mercury, constitute the best 
 means. 
 
 Encephalitis exudatoria. Hydrocephalus 
 interims. 
 
 EXCEPHALOCE'LE. (e, es, from ey/cc0o- 
 Tioc, the brain, and Krft.n, a tumor.) A hernia 
 of the brain. Hernia cerebri. 
 
 Excephaloh.e'mia. Hyperhaemia, or con- 
 gestion of the brain. 
 
 EXCE'PHALOID. (From eyKecbaloc, and 
 eidog, resemblance.) Ccrebriform. Resem- 
 bling the matter of the brain. The epithet giv- 
 en by Laennec to that species of morbid matter 
 which constitutes the mass of the disease call- 
 ed fungus hcematodes. Encephaloid matter is 
 found also irregularly blended with other mor- 
 bid formations, in the substance of malignant 
 tumors, as with schirrus, melanosis, cancer. 
 
 Excephaeo'malacia. Softening of the brain. 
 
 EXCE'PHALOS. Encephalon. (Eyxe<pa- 
 ?.oc; from ev, in, and KeoaXn, the head.) The 
 contents of the cranium, which are the cere- 
 bruin, cerebellum, tuber annulare, and medulla 
 oblongata, with their investing membranes, their 
 blood-vessels, and nerves. The whole gener- 
 ally weighs in the human subject about forty- 
 eight or fifty ounces. It is invested by three 
 membranes : the dura mater, the tunica arach- 
 noides, and the pia mater; these also pass 
 down from the brain upon the spinal cord, and 
 invest it to its termination. 
 
 The dura mater ([xrjviyt; ox^VPV)! which is ex- 
 ternal, is thick, firm, and resisting, and consists 
 of fibro-serous membranes, being a compound 
 structure ; the outer lamella being fibrous, the 
 inner serous, and derived from the arachnoid 
 membrane. It is in close apposition with the 
 cranium, which it lines, at the same time that 
 it invests the brain, and sends inward process- 
 es. It is, moreover, prolonged in a tubular 
 form through the spinal cord, and along the 
 foramina of the skull and vertebra?. 
 
 The processes of the dura mater are the fol- 
 lowing : 
 
 The falx cerebri is in the longitudinal fissure 
 between the hemispheres of the brain, forming 
 a partition between them. It extends from 
 the crista galli of the ethmoid bone to the in- 
 ternal occipital protuberance, on a level with 
 which it branches out at each side, becoming 
 blended with the tentorium cerebelli. Be- 
 tween the duplications of the membrane, along 
 the sagittal suture, is formed the longitudinal 
 sinus, and at their lower edge the inferior lon- 
 gitudinal sinus. On the surface of the dura 
 
 mater, in the sinus, or upon the cerebral hem- 
 ispheres, small albuminous masses occasionally 
 exist, called glandulee Pacchioni. 
 
 The tentorium cerebelli spreads out from the 
 base of the falx, and serves to support the pos- 
 I terior lobes of the brain ; one border of it is at- 
 tached all around to the lateral grooves on the 
 occipital bone, and to the margin of the pars 
 petrosa; the other, concave and free, encloses 
 an oval interval, which transmits the crura ce 
 rebri, processus ad testes, and basilar artery. 
 
 The falx cerebelli is a narrow fold placed 
 between the lobes of the cerebellum, extend- 
 ing vertically from the imder surface of the ten- 
 torium to the foramen magnum ; its base lodges 
 the occipital sinuses. 
 
 The arachnoid membrane has been describ- 
 ed. See Arachnoid membrane- 
 
 The pia mater is made up of a thin lamella 
 of cellular tissue, permeated by a multitude of 
 minute capillary arteries. It invests the me- 
 dulla spinalis, as well as the brain, and dips 
 into the sidci between the convolutions of the 
 latter ; we also find it enclosed within the ven- 
 tricles, where it is named "plexus choroides." 
 Its inner surface is in close contact with the 
 cerebral substance ; the external is hi apposition 
 with the arachnoid membrane on the surface of 
 the convolutions, but loses all connection with 
 it after passing into the sulci. 
 
 Plexus choroides. — In the fissure observable 
 at the base of the brain, between the inner 
 margin of its middle lobe and the eras cerebri, 
 the pia mater, which invests the external sur- 
 face, is continuous with that process of it (plexus 
 choroides) which is found in the ventricles ; so 
 that when we trace it, we find it, as it were, 
 entering at the inferior cornu of the ventricle, 
 where it corresponds at first with the interstice 
 between the corpus fimbriatum and the eras 
 cerebri, and afterward lies along the floor of 
 the ventricle, in which it ascends upon the 
 thalamus nervi oprici, and unites at the foramen 
 or fissure of Monro with the plexus of the other 
 side. At its entrance into the ventricle the 
 plexus is drawn together so as to resemble a 
 small vascular bundle, and becomes invested 
 by the arachnoid membrane, which, by its re- 
 flection from the sides of the ventricles to the 
 plexus, maintains the integrity of the cavity. 
 
 Where the pia mater is prolonged on the 
 medulla oblongata, it forms a small plexus, 
 which enters into the fourth ventricle, and be- 
 comes also invested by a duplicature of the 
 arachnoid. As the membrane descends into 
 the spinal canal it becomes firm, resistant, and 
 much paler hi color. Its inner surface is in 
 close contact with the cord, the exterior is but 
 slightly connected wuth the arachnoid ; but the 
 nerves, at the different points at which they 
 pass outward, derive from it their immediate 
 investment, or neurilema. The difference of 
 character here pointed out between the spinal 
 and cerebral parts of the pia mater, appears to 
 MM. Jules and Hippolyte Cloquet sufficient to 
 induce them to consider it as a distinct struct- 
 ure. But it would be difficult to show where 
 the continuity of the membrane is interrupted ; 
 and as to any difference of character and con- 
 sistence that may appear, they are merely such 
 
 249 
 
ENC 
 
 as may he supposed to arise from the different 
 circumstances in which the membrane is placed. 
 In the spine it is exposed, at least in some de- 
 gree, to the influence of motion and pressure, 
 which necessarily produce the same effect on 
 it as on cellular tissues elsewhere ; that is to say, 
 they render it thick and lamellar. Again, in 
 the skull it is in contact with gray substance, in 
 the spine with white; so that we can readily 
 account for the difference of the vascularity in 
 the membrane, by recurring to the relative vas- 
 cularity of the structures with which it is in 
 contact. 
 
 The cerebrum. — The part of the central mass 
 of the nervous system which is lodged within 
 the skull, presents, even on a superficial inspec- 
 tion, a division into parts, which differ in posi- 
 tion, size, and form, as well as in the arrange- 
 ment of their components ; these have been 
 named cerebrum, cerebellum (or great and lit- 
 tle brain), cerebral protuberance, and, lastly, 
 the connecting link between these and the 
 spinal part, viz., the medulla oblongata. 
 
 The brain {cerebrum) forms the largest por- 
 tion of the central mass of the nervous system, 
 and occupies the principal part of the cranial 
 cavity. It extends from the frontal bone to the 
 occipital fossae, resting on the orbital processes 
 of the former, on the tentorium cerebelli pos- 
 teriorly, and in the center descends into the 
 middle fossa;, at the base of the skull. Its su- 
 perior surface is convex and arched, correspond- 
 ing with the vault of the cranium, beneath which 
 it is placed, and presents along the middle line 
 a deep fissure, running from before backward, 
 by which it is divided into two equal parts 
 {hemispheres). The surface of the brain is ren- 
 dered unequal by several depressions and ele- 
 vations marked upon it. The elevations are 
 called convolutions (gyri), and are situated be- 
 tween the depressions {sulci). The course of 
 the convolutions is winding and tortuous, as the 
 name implies, and their size presents many va- 
 rieties in different places. It should be observ- 
 ed, that the anterior extremity of the brain, 
 which corresponds with the frontal bone, is 
 narrower than the posterior, which is in appo- 
 sition with the occipital bone. 
 
 Hemispheres. — The external surface of each 
 hemisphere is convex in its general outline ; 
 the internal is flat and compressed, as it rests 
 against its fellow of the opposite side, the falx 
 major being interposed between them. The 
 inferior surface presents several depressions and 
 inequalities, corresponding with those of the 
 base of the skull. 
 
 Lobes. — On the inferior surface of each hem- 
 isphere is observed its division into three lobes. 
 The anterior lobe rests on the orbital process 
 of the frontal bone and the smaller wing of the 
 sphenoid bone ; the posterior is supported by 
 the tentorium cerebelli; and the middle is re- 
 ceived into the central fossa, at the base of the 
 skull. The anterior is separated from the mid- 
 dle lobe by a deep fissure {Jissura Sylvii) ; but 
 there is no precise line of demarcation between 
 the latter and the posterior. 
 
 The Brain — its external surface. — The rela- 
 tion of size, form, and situation of the different 
 objects seen on the external surface of the brain 
 250 
 
 ENC 
 
 should be carefully noted, as allusions are con- 
 stantly being made to them during the descrip- 
 tion of the parts deeply seated, and also when 
 tracing the progress of its development in the 
 human subject, or in the animal series, and par- 
 ticularly when, after the manner of Gall and 
 Spurzheim, we follow the course of the nerv- 
 ous fibers through the successive steps of their 
 expansion, as the phrase is, from the medulla 
 upward into the cerebral hemispheres. Noth- 
 ing of consequence remains to be noticed on the 
 superior and external surface in addition to 
 what has been already stated. 
 
 The Brain — its base or inferior surface. 
 When we turn to the inferior surface, we ob- 
 serve that it presents in the middle line, and in 
 front, a fissure, being the continuation of the 
 longitudinal one, which establishes the separa- 
 tion between the hemispheres. It lodges the 
 anterior extremity of the falx cerebri, its depth 
 being limited by the corpus callosum, which 
 passes across from one hemisphere to the other. 
 The inferior surface of each anterior lobe, as it 
 corresponds with the orbital plate on which it 
 rests, is slightly concave. 
 
 Sulcus olfactorius. — A few lines external to 
 the longitudinal fissure, and parallel with it, is 
 a groove, resembling one of the sulci, which 
 lodges the olfactory nerve, and at its posterior 
 extremity is a rounded papilla, from which one 
 root of that nerve is derived. 
 
 Fissure of Sylvius. — Posterior to the groove 
 just noticed is the fissure (fissura Sylvii) which 
 marks the separation between the anterior and 
 middle lobes, and lodges the middle artery of 
 the brain. It inclines from within outward and 
 upward, and gradually terminates among the 
 convolutions on the exterior of the hemisphere, 
 its direction corresponding with that of the 
 small wing of the sphenoid bone. At its in- 
 ternal termination it forms a right angle with 
 another fissure, which extends from before 
 backward, and which is bounded externally by 
 the middle lobe, internally by the crus cerebri 
 and tractus opticus, and deserves notice because 
 it transmits the pia mater from the external sur- 
 face into the lateral ventricle. 
 
 The angular part of the anterior lobe, which 
 is included between the internal termination of 
 the fissure of Sylvius, the longitudinal fissure, 
 and the commissure of the optic nerves, has 
 been named by Vicq d'Azyr substantia perfo- 
 rata antica, and by Eeil lamina cribrosa. because 
 it presents several foramina for the transmission 
 of vessels. It deserves attention, inasmuch as 
 the white lines seen at its inner border are con- 
 tinuous with those of the corpus callosum. 
 
 Optic commissure. — Between the fissures 
 Sylvii, and corresponding with the interval be- 
 tween their internal terminations, is situated 
 the commissure of the optic nerves. It is flat 
 and quadrilateral in its form : one surface looks 
 upward to the brain, and is connected with the 
 anterior termination of the corpus callosum, 
 which passes upon it in the form of a thin semi- 
 transparent lamella; the other surface rests 
 upon the depressed part of the sphenoid bone, 
 which lies before the pituitary fossa ; the later- 
 al and anterior margins are free, but the poste- 
 rior one is intimately connected with a delicate 
 
EXC 
 
 stratum of gray matter, which is inserted be- 
 tween the nerves as they converge to their 
 commissure. 
 
 Tuber cinereum. — The piece of gray matter 
 just referred to is called by Soemmering tuber ci- 
 nereum: it extends from the posterior margin of 
 the optic commissure to the corpora albicantia, 
 gradually becoming a little thicker and firmer ; 
 for in front it is so thin as to be torn by the 
 slightest touch. Its superior surface forms part 
 of the floor of the third ventricle ; the inferior 
 one is slightly convex, and gives attachment by 
 its center to a funnel-shaped process, called in- 
 fundibulum (tige pituitaire). This is a thin, 
 elongated process of reddish-gray matter, in- 
 clined obliquely downward and forwai'd from 
 the tuber cinereum to the pituitary gland : its 
 extremities are slightly expanded, and its cen- 
 ter constricted, which gives it an hour-glass 
 6hape. 
 
 Pituitary gland or body. — The pituitary gland 
 appears to have received its name from its being 
 supposed, in the infancy of anatomy, to com- 
 municate with the nose, and to secrete the 
 viscid mucus (pituita) of that cavity ; it is lodg- 
 ed in the excavation in the upper surface of the 
 body of the sphenoid bone, and is unequally 
 divided into two portions or lobes: the anteri- 
 or, which is larger and more firm than the oth- 
 er, is convex in front, and concave behind, so 
 as to receive the other, whose border is round 
 and convex. The situation of the pituitary 
 gland is peculiar: it is interposed between the 
 two lamelhe of the fibi'o-serous membrane. 
 The dura mater will be found to line the sur- 
 face of the bone on which the gland rests ; but 
 the arachnoid membrane, after having formed 
 a funnel-shaped process round the infundibulum, 
 is reflected off from it at its lower extremity, 
 and stretched across the upper sm-face of the 
 gland until it reaches the clinoid processes, 
 where it becomes continuous with the inner 
 lamella of the fibro-serous membrane. When 
 cut into thin slices, it appears to consist of two 
 substances, one being reddish-gray, the other 
 white. 
 
 Mammillary bodies. — Immediately behind 
 the tuber cinereum are placed two small bod- 
 ies, called corpora mammillaria (albicantia, pisi- 
 formia). Their size is about that of a pea, but 
 they are not quite round, being^ slightly com- 
 pressed on three sides. Placed in apposition 
 with one another, they are connected by a del- 
 icate process of gray matter, of which substance 
 the greater part of their mass consists; they 
 are, however, invested by a lamella of white 
 matter, derived from the anterior pillars of the 
 fornix, of which they may be regarded as the 
 termination. 
 
 Behind the mammillary bodies is situated a 
 thin lamella of white substance, which is pierced 
 by a number of foramina for the transmission 
 of vessels, and called locus perforatus, and 
 sometimes pons Tarini. Its shape is triangu- 
 lar, the sides being formed by the crura cerebri, 
 the base by the mammillary bodies, the apex 
 being at the border of the pons varolii: it 
 forms part of the floor of the third ventricle. 
 
 The crura cerebri are two thick, rounded 
 bodies, about three fourths of an inch long, 
 
 ENC 
 
 and situated toward the center of the base of 
 the brain, from which they project rather prom- 
 inently. They are extended from the pons va- 
 rolii forward and upward to the under surface 
 of the hemispheres, into which they seem as if 
 inserted. They are nearly in contact behind, 
 but diverge as they pass forward, so as to leave 
 an interval, which is occupied by the locus per- 
 foratus. The external surface of the crura con- 
 sists of white matter, which is about two lines 
 thick, and presents a distinctly fibrous charac- 
 ter ; within this is inclosed a quantity of gray 
 substance, so dark as to have received the name 
 of locus niger. The arrangement of these struct 
 ures can be readily seen by making a trans- 
 verse section of the eras : the dark part is found 
 to be convex inferiorly, and concave above, so 
 that the section of it presents a lunated form. 
 The optic nerves rest upon the external surface 
 of the crura as they pass forward to their com- 
 missure. 
 
 The great commissure, corpus callosum. — All 
 the parts of the brain hitherto noticed can be 
 examined without any division of its texture, as 
 they are placed superficially; but several are 
 inclosed within its interior, which can not be 
 seen without dissection. Between the hemi- 
 spheres, and extending transversely from one to 
 the other, is placed the corpus callosum (meso- 
 lobe, commissura magna cerebri) ; its form is 
 that of a bi'oad layer of white fibres placed hor- 
 izontally, but nearer to the anterior than to the 
 posterior margin of the brain. Its extent from 
 before backward is about three inches, but its 
 breadth from side to side can not be assigned, 
 as it becomes blended with the substance of 
 the hemispheres. Its superior surface is convex 
 in its general outline, and concealed by the 
 hemispheres, which overlap it. When these 
 are removed, a superficial linear impression will 
 be perceived exactly in the middle line, and at 
 each side of it a slight longitudinal elevation. 
 To this the term raphe, or suture, is applied, as 
 it indicates the point at which the union of the 
 hemispheres takes place when their develop- 
 ment is being completed. The fibres obviously 
 are transverse from without inward, for they 
 commence at the circumference of the hemi- 
 spheres, and terminate by their junction along 
 the raphe. The inferior surface of the corpus 
 callosum forms the roof of the lateral ventricles 
 on each side, and toward the middle line it 
 rests on the fornix, with which it is blended 
 posteriorly : in front it gives attachment to the 
 septum lucidum. Its anterior extremity, which, 
 when viewed externally, presents a rounded 
 border, is prolonged downward and backward 
 to the base of the brain, where it forms a thin, 
 semi-transparent lamella. This reflected part 
 is nearly horizontal in its direction, so that it 
 lies beneath the corpora striata, and above the 
 commissure of the optic nerves, to which it ad- 
 heres, but still passes backward, and becomes 
 continuous with the tuber cinereum in the mid- 
 dle line, while at each side its margins are 
 blended with the substantia perforata. The 
 posterior border of the corpus callosum is thick 
 and rounded at the middle line, its thickness 
 being greater (as may be seen when it is cut 
 through perpendicularly) than that of the ante- 
 
ENC 
 
 ENC 
 
 rior border, owing to its receiving a greater 
 number of converging fibres from the posterior 
 lobes. A little more externally, the border of 
 the corpus callosum gives off at each side two 
 fasciculi of fibres, which can be traced, one into 
 the posterior, the other into the descending 
 cornu of the ventricle ; one of these forms the 
 medullary investment of the hippocampus mi- 
 nor, the other that of the hippocampus major. 
 
 Lateral ventricles (ventriculi tricornes). — Be- 
 neath the corpus callosum are situated the lat- 
 eral ventricles, occupying the interior of the 
 hemispheres. Their shape is very irregular, 
 and can scarcely be said to bear a resemblance 
 to any known figure. Each of them may be 
 considered as divisible into a body or central 
 portion, and three cornua or diverticula, which 
 pass away in different directions. The central 
 part lies horizontally: one cornu extends foi*- 
 ward from it into the anterior lobe, another 
 backward into the posterior, and the third 
 downward into the middle one ; each of these 
 presents certain peculiarities referrible to the 
 parts seen within them, which deserve notice. 
 In the central part will be observed the corpus 
 striatum and thalamus nervi optici, and between 
 them the taenia semicircularis ; also the margin 
 of the fornix, and part of the plexus choroides. 
 These objects are for the present merely enu- 
 merated ; each of them shall be noticed separ- 
 ately. 
 
 Septum, inter ventriculos. — Previously to de- 
 scribing the objects just named, it may be ob- 
 served that the lateral ventricles are separated 
 by a partition {septum lucidum), which extends 
 from the corpus callosum perpendicularly down 
 to its reflected lamella in front, and to the fornix 
 behind ; it is round and broad before, but be- 
 comes narrowed to a point posteriorly. It con- 
 sists of two thin lamella of white substance, 
 between which is a fissure, or interval, called 
 the fifth ventricle. 
 
 Fornix. — Beneath the corpus callosum and 
 septum lucidum is a triangular lamella of white 
 matter, which is extended from behind forward 
 over the third ventricle, and is thence termed 
 fornix. Its upper surface gives attachment to 
 part of the septum lucidum, and posteriorly be- 
 comes united with the corpus callosum ; the 
 inferior one overlays the third ventricle and the 
 thalami nervorum opticorum, but is separated 
 from them by the velum interpositum. Some 
 oblique lines are traced on this surface, on 
 which account it has been termed lyra, or cor- 
 pus psalloides. The anterior extremity of the 
 fornix is narrow, and divides into two fasciculi 
 (pillars of the fornix), which cui-ve downward 
 at the fore part of the third ventricle, immedi- 
 ately behind the anterior commissure, and ter- 
 minate at the base of the brain by investing the 
 corpora mammillaria. The base or posterior 
 extremity of the fornix gives off at each angle 
 a thin, flat process, which passes into the de- 
 scending cornu of the ventricle, and assumes 
 the name of corpus fimbriatum. 
 
 The anterior cornu of each ventricle inclines 
 forward and outward, diverging from its fellow 
 of the opposite side; the corpus striatum (its 
 fore part) projects a little into its floor: the re- 
 mainder of it resembles a groove in the cerebral 
 252 
 
 substance. The posterior cornu, called the 
 digital cavity, converges toward that of the op- 
 posite side, and presents in its floor the hippo- 
 campus minor (calcar unguis). This is a slight 
 elevation, composed of a lamella of white mat- 
 ter (continuous with, or derived from the cor- 
 pus callosum), inclosing some cineritious sub- 
 stance ; it gradually tapers to a point, and 
 reaches to within an inch of the posterior ex 
 tremity of the hemisphere. 
 
 The inferior or descending cornu passes at 
 first backward and outward from the body of 
 the ventricle ; but, after descending a little, it 
 changes its direction altogether, and proceeds 
 forward and inward, to terminate at the base 
 of the brain, within a few lines of the fissure 
 of Sylvius. This is the largest of the cornua : 
 its convexity looks outward and backward, its 
 concavity in the opposite direction : the under 
 surface of the thalamus forms its roof, and the 
 plexus choroides rests loosely on its floor, con- 
 cealing the hippocampus major and corpus fim- 
 briatum. 
 
 The hippocampus major (cornu ammonis) re- 
 sembles in shape a cerebral convolution; it is 
 curved so that its convex border looks outward, 
 and the concave inward, conforming with the 
 direction of the cavity in which it lies. Its an- 
 terior extremity expands somewhat, and pre- 
 sents two or thi*ee, and sometimes as many as 
 five small prominences, separated by slight de- 
 pressions, which make it to resemble somewhat 
 the back of the hand when shut close. Some 
 of the older anatomists called it pes hippocampi, 
 from its resemblance to the clubbed foot of 
 some of the lower animals. External to the 
 part where the cornu makes its curve forward, 
 a slight elevation is observed, which is called 
 pes accessorius. 
 
 Corpus fimbriatum. — Along the inner border 
 of the cornu is a narrow falciform process of 
 white substance (corpus fimbriatum), which is 
 adherent by one edge to the floor of the cornu. 
 It gradually becomes narrow, and ends in a 
 point a little behind the pes hippocampi. Near 
 the inner border of the corpus fimbriatum a 
 narrow line of cineritious substance (fascia 
 dentata) is placed; it is not perceptible until 
 the middle lobe, together with the inferior cor- 
 nu of the ventricle, is drawn outward, as it is 
 excluded from the cavity of the cornu by the 
 reflection of the arachnoid membrane ; its free 
 border is marked by several transverse notches, 
 giving it a dentated appearance, from which its 
 name is derived. 
 
 The cornu ammonis consists externally of a 
 lamella of white substance, which, if traced up- 
 ward into the body of the ventricle, will be 
 found continn ous with the corpus callosum. The 
 corpus fimbriatum, in like manner, will be found 
 continuous with the fornix. 
 
 The corpora striata (ganglions cerebraux su- 
 perieurs, Gall) are two in number, situated 
 one in the body of each lateral ventricle. Each 
 of these bodies is pyriform in its shape, the 
 larger extremity being turned forward and in- 
 ward, the smaller backward and outward. 
 The superior surface is smooth and slightly 
 prominent in the cavity, all the rest being im- 
 bedded in the substance of the hemisphere. 
 
EN C 
 
 Their position is so oblique, that though in 
 front they are separated by not more than three 
 or four Hues, then posterior extremities are 
 from an iuch and a half to two inches apart, the 
 interval being occupied by the optic thalami 
 and the third ventricle. Their external surface 
 is composed of gray substance, but internally 
 the gray and white are intermingled, so as to 
 produce a striated appearance, whence the name 
 is derived. The white fibres here found are 
 continuous with those of the anterior pyramids 
 and of the crura cerebri. They spread out con- 
 siderably as they pass through the mass of gray 
 matter of which the corpora striata consist, and 
 appear to be at the same time enlarged and in- 
 creased. Hence these bodies are considered 
 by Dr. Gall to be ganglia of increase placed in 
 the course of the fibres which are diverging to 
 form the cerebral hemispheres. 
 
 The optic thalami (thalami nervorum opti- 
 corum, ganglions cerebraux posterieurs, Gall) 
 are placed behind and between the corpora 
 striata. The upper surface of each projects 
 into the body of the corresponding ventricle ; 
 the inferior one forrns the roof of its descending 
 cornu, and the external is blended with the 
 corpus striatum and the substance of the hemi- 
 sphere. The internal surface of each thalamus, 
 which is contiguous to that of the opposite side, 
 is united to it by a soft lamella of gray sub- 
 stance called the soft commissure (commissura 
 mollis). The union, however, may be called 
 partial, for before and behind the commissure 
 a small interval exists, where the thalami are 
 unconnected, being merely in apposition. 
 
 Corpora geniculata. — On the posterior bor- 
 der of each thalamus are observed two slightly 
 raised papillae {corpus geniculatum internum et 
 externum), which are connected by medullary 
 striae to the tubercula quadrigemina, the exter- 
 nal one being also united to the origin of the 
 optic nerve. 
 
 Taenia semicircular is. — The contiguous bor- 
 ders of the optic thalamus and corpus striatum 
 are separated by a thin fasciculus of nervous 
 matter, of a pale straw color (taenia semicircu- 
 laris), commencing near the anterior pillar of 
 the fornix : it extends from before backward 
 between the bodies just named, and can be 
 traced as far as the posterior border of the tha- 
 lamus, and for a little way into the roof of the 
 descending cornu, where it seems to cease. 
 
 Pineal gland, and its peduncles. — Along the 
 inner margins of the thalami two delicate white 
 fasciculi aiise, and pass backward, converging 
 to the pineal gland, whose peduncles they form, 
 and, at the same time, constitute its only bond 
 of connection with the substance of the brain. 
 The pineal gland is a small mass of gray sub- 
 stance of a conical shape, and is sometimes 
 called conarium, occasionally acervulus. Its 
 base rests on the tubercula quadrigemina; it 
 usually contains in its interior some sabulous 
 matter; at its first formation it consists of two 
 masses, which unite into one. 
 
 The third, ventricle. — The optic thalami in- 
 close between them a narrow cavity {third ven- 
 tricle), which corresponds exactly with the 
 middle line, and resembles a longitudinal fis- 
 sure. Its sides are formed by the thalami, its 
 
 E NO 
 
 floor by the locus perforatus and tuber cine- 
 reum ; the velum iuterpositum and fornix 
 cover it in. The anterior commissure, and the 
 pillars of the fornix, bound it in front. Into 
 this cavity leads an aperture {foramen commune 
 ant erius, foramen Mo?iroi). which is a rima be- 
 tween the anterior pillars of the fornix and the 
 thalami, and which establishes a communica- 
 tion between the third and the lateral ventri- 
 cles ; a foramen leads out of it downward and 
 forward {iter ad infundibulum). It may be ob- 
 served that the infimdibulum becomes imper- 
 forate at its middle, which appeai-s to be owing 
 to a small cul-de-sac of arachnoid membrane 
 which is prolonged into it. From the posterior 
 extremity of the ventricle another foramen 
 opens into a canal {iter a tertio ad quartum ven- 
 triculum ; aquaductus Sylvii). which leads ob- 
 liquely downward and backward into the fourth 
 ventricle. 
 
 Commissures, anterior and posterior. — Two 
 cord-like fasciculi are stretched across the ex- 
 tremities of the third ventricle, and prolonged 
 into the hemispheres which they connect, serv- 
 ing as commissures. The anterior commissure 
 lies just before the pillars of the fornix, and as 
 it extends laterally it will be found imbedded 
 in the substance of the corpora striata at each 
 side, but does not become blended with them; 
 its extremities arch backward a considerable 
 way, so as to form a curve whose convexity 
 looks forward. The posterior commissure is 
 much shorter than the preceding, and extends 
 but a few lines on each side into the thalami : 
 it lies behind the ventricle, before the tuber- 
 cula quadrigemina, and above the aqueduct of 
 Sylvius. 
 
 The cerebellum. — The second division of the 
 central mass of the nervous system is the cere- 
 bellum, w-hich differs in situation and size, as 
 well as in the arrangement of its component 
 parts, from the cerebrum. It is lodged in the 
 recess formed between the tentorium cerebelli 
 and the inferior occipital fossae, its weight, as 
 compared with that of the brain, being as 1 to 
 16 in the infant, and as 1 to 8 in the adult. Its 
 surface, instead of convolutions, is divided into 
 a number of concentric lamellae {folia cerebelli), 
 placed perpendicularly on their edges, and in- 
 closed one within the other. If, however, the 
 sidci between them be opened, several other 
 lamellae will be found inclosed within them, 
 but smaller, more irregular, and with various 
 degrees of inclination. 
 
 Lobes. — The cerebellum is divided into two 
 lateral lobes, the division being established be- 
 hind by a fissiire, which receives the falx cere- 
 belli, and in front by a deep excavation, which 
 lodges the medulla oblongata. 
 
 Superior vermiform process. — The superior 
 siuface of the cerebellum is slightly depressed 
 on each side where the tentorium rests upon it, 
 but along the middle line a rounded ridge (pro 
 cessus venniformis superior) runs from before 
 backward, and seems as if produced by the 
 rippling up or admixture of the lamellae of the 
 lobes as they extend from without inw^ird. 
 There appear to be from sixty to seventy la- 
 mellae on the upper surface of the cerebellum, 
 
 ;cicu]' 
 253 
 
E N C 
 
 Inferior vermiform, process. — The inferior 
 surface is convex, and dips down into the oc- 
 cipital fossae; along the middle line runs the 
 inferior vermiform process, interposed between 
 the lateral lobes ; it resembles a lobule formed 
 of short transverse plates ; its anterior extremi- 
 ty has been compai'ed to a mammillary process. 
 
 The mass of medullary matter inclosed with- 
 in the cerebellum is connected with three pairs 
 of medullary fasciculi, viz., processus e cere- 
 bello ad testes, corpora restiformia, and crura 
 cerebelli, which require a detailed notice. 
 
 Processus e cerebello ad testes. — From the in- 
 terior of the lobes, two fasciculi of white fibres 
 pass forward and upward to the lower pair of 
 the tubercula quadrigemina; the name given 
 to them indicates the points between which 
 they lie ; they converge in their ascent, and 
 are connected by a semi-transparent medullary 
 lamella, named the valve of Vieussens. The 
 valve {valvula Vieussini) presents on its upper 
 surface a slight groove, running from above 
 downward, and sometimes a linear ridge, like a 
 raphe : it overhangs the fourth ventricle. 
 
 Posterior pyramids (corpora restiformia, py- 
 ramides posterieures). — Two white, rounded 
 processes pass obliquely upward and outward 
 from the medulla oblongata into the cerebel- 
 lum, named by Ridley " restiform" bodies, by 
 Gall "posterior pyramids;" we have already 
 noticed them as part of the medulla oblongata. 
 
 Peduncles of the cerebellum (crura cerebelli). 
 — These are the largest of the fasciculi here re- 
 ferred to ; they are at first concealed within 
 the lobes, and even when about to emerge 
 from their substance they are overlapped by 
 some minor lobules. They incline forward and 
 inward, descending somewhat, and become 
 continuous with the fibres of the pons varolii, 
 which are thus derived from the crura cerebel- 
 li. The pons, from its mode of formation, bears 
 the same relation to the cerebellum that the 
 corpus callosum does to the cerebrum, as it is 
 composed of converging fibres, and may there- 
 fore be called a commissure. 
 
 Fourth ventricle. — The cerebellum incloses a 
 cavity called the " fourth ventricle," the roof 
 of which is formed by the valve of Vieussens 
 and processus ad testes, the sides by the lobes 
 of the cerebellum ; the dorsal surface of the 
 medulla oblongata forms its floor, and it is com- 
 pleted inferiorly by a reflection of the arach- 
 noid membrane: a process of pia mater pro- 
 jects into it at this situation, called plexus cho- 
 roides minor. 
 
 Corpus dentalum. — If a vertical section be 
 made of one of the lobes of the cerebellum in 
 such a way as that two thirds of its breadth 
 shall lie external to the incision, an oval nucleus 
 of gray substance (corpus dentatum, vel rhom- 
 boideum) will be exposed : its texture is usu- 
 ally firm, and its border notched, so as to give 
 it a dentated appearance. Gall considers it as 
 a ganglion of increase to the formative fibres of 
 the cerebellum. The surface of the section 
 here indicated presents rather a peculiar ap- 
 pearance: the white substance will be found 
 so disposed as to represent the stalk and branch- 
 es of a tree, hence called arbor vita. The 
 branches project into the lamellae of the cere- 
 254 
 
 ENC 
 
 bellum, which are not unfrequently, in figura- 
 tive phrase, termed folia, for the gray substance 
 invests them so as to make them resemble pin- 
 natifid leaves. If a horizontal section be made 
 so as to divide the lobe into two equal parts, 
 the quantity of white substance will appear 
 considerably greater than that of the gray. 
 
 Tuber annulare. — The cerebral protuberance 
 (nodus cerebri, pons varolii, protuberantia an- 
 nularis) is much the smallest portion of the cen- 
 tral mass, its relative size being to that of the 
 rest' as 1 to 72. It is placed beneath the cere- 
 brum, above the medulla oblongata, and before 
 the cerebellum, having intimate relations with 
 each by continuity of substance ; hence it has 
 been termed nodus encephali. It is a square 
 mass, its depth being about equal to its length. 
 Its anteiior surface is convex, and rests against 
 the basilar process of the occipital bone, and is 
 composed of the converging fibres of the cere- 
 bellum, disposed so as to form a portion of a 
 ring, which incloses the contiguous extremities 
 of the crura cerebri and medulla oblongata : it 
 is termed protuberantia annularis, or pons varo- 
 lii. Its upper surface is bounded by a trans- 
 verse line, marking its separation from the 
 crura cerebri, and the lower by another line, 
 which divides it from the medulla oblongata ; 
 along its middle is a shallow groove, running 
 from above downward, which corresponds with 
 the basilar artery. 
 
 Tubercula ^quadrigemina. — Upon the poste- 
 rior surface of the cerebral protuberance, which 
 is almost entirely concealed by the •erebellum, 
 are placed four white, rounded bodies (tuber- 
 cula, vel corpora quadrigemina), disposed in 
 pairs, one above the other, and separated by 
 two decussating lines. The upper pair are the 
 larger, and called nates; the lower, testes: they 
 are connected in front with the thalami, infe- 
 riorly with the processus ad testes and the valve 
 of Vieussens, and between their upper surface 
 and the corpus callosum is a rima or fissure 
 {fissure ofBichat), through which the arachnoid 
 membrane enters to line the ventricles. 
 
 Communication between the ventricles of the 
 brain. — The irregular vacuities disposed in the 
 interior of the cerebellum and brain communi- 
 cate freely with one another by certain con- 
 stricted portions, or foramina. If, while the 
 brain and cerebellum remain in situ, the latter 
 be divided by a vertical incision made from the 
 valve of Vieussens downward through its sub- 
 stance, the fourth ventricle will be exposed. 
 This cavity contracts toward its upper part into 
 a tube (aqueduct of Sylvius), which is directed 
 upward and forward, under the tubercula quad- 
 rigemina and the posterior commissure, into 
 the middle or third ventricle. The latter again 
 communicates at each side with the lateral 
 ventricles by a rima {foramen Monroi), situated 
 between the pillars of the fornix and the thalami, 
 on which they rest. When the ventricles have 
 been distended with fluid, this lima assumes a 
 rounded form, and then only represents a fora- 
 men. These vacuities, then, should be consid- 
 ered, not as so many separate cavities, but as a 
 series of compartments of one cavity contained 
 within the cerebral mass ; and this is the ap- 
 pearance they present during the earlier periods 
 
 
ENC 
 
 ENC 
 
 of foetal life. The cavity, however, is not a shut 
 sac, for the membrane which lines it is contin- 
 ous with that which invests the external sur- 
 face of the brain and cerebellum. It has been 
 ahead y stated that the arachnoid membrane 
 passes in through the fissure of Bichat. Two 
 other fissures are situated, one on each side, 
 between the corpus fimbriatum and the crus 
 cerebri, through which the pia mater enters, to 
 form the plexus choroides. These may be con- 
 sidered as chinks between the portions of cere- 
 bral substance just referred to ; but they are 
 closed up by the manner in which the arach- 
 noid membrane is reflected from the sides of 
 the cornua of the ventricles upon the plexus 
 choroides. 
 
 Medulla oblongata. — The upper part of the 
 6pinal cord, before it emerges from the cra- 
 nium, is called medulla oblongata. It is broad 
 and thick superiorly near the pons varolii, but 
 tapers gradually toward the occipital foramen. 
 Its anterior aspect is rounded, the posterior is 
 somewhat flattened, and each presents a con- 
 tinuation of the median sulcus (anterior and 
 posterior), by which it is divided into two sym- 
 metrical parts. The lateral depressions, which 
 correspond with the points of origin of the spi- 
 nal nerves, are also continued upward into the 
 medulla oblongata. But though inferiorly the 
 divisions established by these lines are so slight- 
 ly marked as to have escaped notice until 
 Ohaussier directed his attention to the subject, 
 yet in the superior part {medulla oblongata) they 
 are so well defined as to have been deemed de- 
 serving of particular names. The anterior and 
 posterior pair have been called the anterior and 
 posterior pyramids ; the middle, from their 
 shape, the corpora olivaria. These, according 
 to Gall, are made up of the primitive or forma- 
 tive fibres of the cerebrum and cerebellum ; for 
 if they be traced upward, the anterior pyramids 
 and the corpora olivaria will be found continu- 
 ous with the fibres which are expanded into 
 the cerebral hemispheres, while the posterior 
 pyramids (usually called, since Ridley's time, 
 corpora restiformia) are evolved into the lobes 
 of the cerebellum. Besides these parts, which 
 have been noticed by all anatomists, Sir C. Bell 
 has described another, which is situated be- 
 tween the corpus olivare and restiforme. This 
 consists of a narrow line of white matter, which 
 may be traced along the medulla oblongata, 
 and from thence downward between the ante- 
 rior and posterior roots of the spinal nerves. It 
 is- but slightly marked in the lower part of its 
 extent, but becomes more perceptible opposite 
 the corpus olivare ; after which it narrows, and 
 ceases altogether at the margin of the pons, 
 " not being continued upward into the cerebral 
 mass." This may be termed tractus respira- 
 torius, as it gives origin to the class of respira- 
 tory nerves as established by Sir C. Bell. 
 
 Structure. — A transverse section of the me- 
 dulla shows it to consist of a thin lamella of 
 white matter, inclosing the gray or cineritious 
 substance. The latter is disposed in a very 
 peculiar way : it presents two lateral portions, 
 each of a crescentic form, their concavities 
 looking outward ; the convex sides of each are 
 turned toward the middle line, and are con- 
 
 nected by a short, transverse fasciculus of gray 
 matter. The anterior cornua >of the lateral 
 masses are rather thick and rounded ; the pos- 
 terior extend as far as the corresponding collat- 
 eral sulci. 
 
 The anterior pyramids (corpora pyra.midalia) 
 are close together, being separated only by the 
 anterior sulcus, and extend, inclosed between 
 the corpora olivaria, from the margin of the 
 pons varolii to the foramen magnum. Some of 
 the fibres of each pyramid which are close to 
 the sulcus pass across it obliquely, and so a 
 decussation is produced between them. The 
 rest continue their course uninterruptedly, so 
 that only a part of the pyramids change place, 
 or decussate. 
 
 The olivary bodies (corpora olivaria), when 
 stripped of their medullary lamella, are found 
 to consist each of an oblong mass of gray mat- 
 ter, surrounded by a fringed or scalloped bor- 
 der, and attached toward the middle line by a 
 slight petiole. Owing to this arrangement, it 
 presents, when divided by a transverse section, 
 an arborescent appearance. 
 
 The posterior pyramids (corpora restiformia, 
 pyramides posterieures, Gall) correspond with 
 the posterior and lateral parts of the medulla ; 
 they diverge as they ascend toward the lobes 
 of the cerebellum. The posterior aspect of the 
 medulla oblongata is slightly concave, and di- 
 vided into two lateral parts by the median sul- 
 cus, to which two oblique lines converge, giv- 
 ing it an indented appearance. This has been 
 termed calamus scriptorius. One or two elon- 
 gated cords are also observable on this surface, 
 which have not as yet received names, "but 
 whose offices may one day be discovered." 
 
 Intimate structure of the Brain. — The cere- 
 bral hemispheres are considered by Gall as re- 
 sulting from an expansion or evolution of the 
 fibres of the medulla oblongata, which he there- 
 fore terms primitive, or formative fasciculi. 
 
 Diverging fibres. — The fibres of the anterior 
 pyramids may be traced upward to the margin 
 of the pons, where they become somewhat con- 
 stricted. From the inner border of each, some 
 fibres pass across the middle sulcus, and mutu- 
 ally change place, or decussate ; those of the 
 right side passing to the left, and vice versa. 
 If an incision, a line or two in depth, be made 
 through the pons, so that one lateral half of it 
 may be turned outward, the fibres of the pyra- 
 mid will be observed to pass into a quantity of 
 gray substance lodged in the interior of the 
 nodus encephali. In this situation the fibres 
 diverge and separate, and are also considerably 
 increased: at the upper margin of the pons 
 they become continuous with the crus cerebri. 
 Here an additional increase is derived from 
 their passage through the gray substance lodg- 
 ed in the interior of the crus, after which they 
 proceed through the inferior cerebral ganglion 
 {thalamus nervi optici), and in the next place 
 through the superior one {corpus striatum), be- 
 ing successively increased and rendered still 
 more divergent, until finally they reach the an- 
 terior and middle lobes, where they are evolv- 
 ed into their inferior, external, and anterior 
 convolutions. The corpus olivare contains with- 
 in itself a small ganglion; its fibres pass, with- 
 
 255 
 
E NC 
 
 END 
 
 out any decussation, into the gray substance 
 lodged iu the cerebi'al protuberance, where, 
 like the pyramids, they receive additions, after 
 which they pass into the crus cerebri, of which 
 they form the posterior and inner part. Con- 
 tinuing their ascent, after being increased in 
 the locus niger, they pass through the optic tha- 
 lamus, and thence into the corpus striatum, re- 
 ceiving additions as they radiate through each, 
 and finally are continued, upward into the con- 
 volutions at the summit of the hemisphere, and 
 backward into those of the posterior lobe. 
 Previously to entering the optic thalamus, some 
 fibres of the corpus olivare have been observed 
 to turn inward, so as to give to the tubercula 
 quadrigemina their medullary investment, and 
 also to unite with those of the opposite side, to 
 form the valve of Vieussens. Finally, the di- 
 verging fibres, traced up, as has been pointed 
 out, through their successive steps of increase, 
 terminate in the gray substance of the cerebral 
 convolutions. 
 
 Converging fibres. — Another order of fibres 
 may be observed, quite distinct from those 
 above noticed, and taking a different direction. 
 These are called the " converging fibres," as 
 they commence at the peripheral terminations 
 of the preceding set, and pass from without in- 
 ward to the middle line, so as to connect the 
 lateral parts, and bring them into relation with 
 one another ; on which account they are called 
 commissures. The anterior and posterior com- 
 missures are formed in this way, as is also the 
 corpus callosum ; though the greater number 
 of the fibres which compose the latter are trans- 
 verse, those toward its extremities are oblique. 
 This is owing to the manner in which the con- 
 verging fibres of the anterior lobe are constrain- 
 ed to pass from before backward, and those of 
 the posterior lobe from behind forward, in or- 
 der to gain the corresponding borders of the 
 corpus callosum. By this arrangement a great- 
 er number of fibres is collected to its extremi- 
 ties, which renders them thicker (particularly 
 the posterior one) than any other part of its ex- 
 tent. Some of the inferior fibres thus traced 
 from without inward, instead of uniting with 
 the corresponding set along the middle line, be- 
 come reflected downward from the under sur- 
 face of the corpus callosum to the fornix, and so 
 form the septum lucidum. The convolutions 
 of the posterior lobe are brought into relation 
 with those of the middle one by means of the 
 fornix, the fibres of which are stretched from 
 behind forward, in such a way that while its 
 body is in a manner unattached, the extremities 
 are identified with the parts just referred to. 
 
 Diver ging fibres of the cerebellum. — The form- 
 ative fibres of the cerebellum are derived from 
 the posterior pyramids, or corpora restiformia ; 
 they pass upward and outward, and soon meet 
 the corpus rhomboideum, which is considered 
 as the ganglion of the cerebellum: the fibres 
 are supposed to proceed through the gray sub- 
 stance of which it is composed, though it is dif- 
 ficult to demonstrate the fact ; after which they 
 pass outward, diverging into the lobes of the 
 cerebellum. 
 
 Converging fibres. — From the peripheral 
 terminations of the diverging fibres in the folia 
 256 
 
 a new set arise, which incline inward toward 
 the middle line. These are the converging 
 fibres, which, by their union, form the crura 
 cerebelli ; and the fibres of each crus, expand- 
 ing as they pass downward and inward, con- 
 stitute by their junction the pons varolii, which 
 brings the lateral lobes of the cerebellum into 
 relation, and becomes thereby their commis- 
 sure. The processus a cerebello ad testes bring 
 the lobes of the cerebellum into intimate con- 
 nection with the cerebral hemispheres. 
 
 The weight of the brain in the adult is about 
 three pounds ; that of the cerebellum about four 
 ounces and a half, and of the medulla oblongata 
 half an ounce. 
 
 Vessels. — The brain is supplied with blood by 
 the two internal carotid arteries, and the two 
 vertebral ; its residual blood is returned by the 
 two internal jugular veins. 
 
 The preceding anatomical description of the 
 encephalos is taken from Professor Quain's 
 Manual of Anatomy. Nine, or, according to 
 the arrangements of Soemmering, twelve pair 
 of nerves, rise from the brain, and make their 
 exit at the different foramina of the skull. See 
 Nervous System. 
 
 Enchara'xis. A scarification. 
 
 Enchilo'ma. See Enchyloma. 
 
 ENCHO'NDROMA. (From ev, and xovdoc, 
 a cartilage.) Cartilaginous exostosis. A de- 
 velopment of gelatinous cartilage in a bone, by 
 which it becomes much swollen. It is not ma- 
 lignant, and is of very slow growth. Amputa- 
 tion or extirpation is completely efficacious. 
 
 Encho'ndrus. Granular. Cartilaginous. 
 
 Encho'rios. Enchorial. Endemic. 
 
 Enchri'stum. Enchriston. An ointment. 
 
 Enchylo'ma. An inspissated juice. An 
 elixir, according to Lemery. 
 
 Enchylosis. Extraction. 
 
 Enchy'ma. Enchysis. Infusion. Plethora. 
 
 Enchymo'ma. An infusion or pouring in of 
 fluids. In the writings of the ancient phy- 
 sicians, this word expresses a sudden injection 
 of blood into the cutaneous vessels, which arise 
 from joy, anger, or shame ; and, ha the last in- 
 stance, is what we usually call blushing. 
 
 Enchymo'sis. Enchymoma. 
 
 E'nchyta. Applied to medicines which are 
 dropped into the eyes. — Galen. 
 
 ENCLY'SMA. (From ev, and tcTivfa, to 
 cleanse out.) A clyster. 
 
 ENCCE'LIA. (From ev, within, and KQikia, 
 the belly.) The abdominal viscera. 
 
 Enccelitis. Inflammation of the abdominal 
 viscera. 
 
 Encolpi'smus. The introduction of any me- 
 dicament into the female vagina. 
 
 Encra'nium. Encranis. Encranion. The 
 cerebellum. 
 
 Encye'sis. Encymon. Encymosa. Preg- 
 nancy. Fecundation. 
 
 ENCY'STED. (From ev, in, and kvotlc, a 
 bag.) Saccatus. A term applied to those tu- 
 mors which consist of a fluid or other matter, 
 inclosed in a sac or cyst. 
 
 ENCY'STIS. An encysted tumor. 
 
 Endeixis. Indication. 
 
 ENDE'MIC. (Endemius; endemicus; from 
 ev, in, and 6rj^.oe, people.) A disease is so term- 
 
END 
 
 E NE 
 
 ed which is peculiar to, or particularly preva- 
 lent in, a particular region; as agues about 
 marshes, bronchocele in hilly countries. En- 
 chorial is a synonyine. 
 
 ENDERMATIC. Endermic. (Endermati- 
 cus; from ev, and deppa-moc, cutaneous.) Ap- 
 plied to that method of using medicines in 
 which they are rubbed into the skin, especially 
 after the cuticle has been removed by a blister. 
 
 ENDERMIC. Improperly written for En- 
 dermatic. 
 
 Endive. Endi'via. Cichorium endiva. 
 
 ENDO-. A prefix. (From cvdov.) Within; 
 of frequent use in science. 
 
 ENDOBRANCHIA'TA. (From evSov, with- 
 in, and fSpayxca, gills.) A family of the class 
 annelides, which have no external gills. 
 
 ENDOCARDFTIS. (From evdov, within, 
 and Kap6ia, the heart.) Inflammation of the 
 lining membrane of the heart. See Heart, dis- 
 eases of the. 
 
 m ENDOCARDIUM. The serous membrane 
 lining the ulterior of the heart. 
 
 Endoca'rp. Endocardium. The inner coat 
 or shell of a fruit. 
 
 Exdocolitis. Dysentery. 
 
 Endodoxti'tis. Inflammation of the mem- 
 brane lining the internal cavity of a tooth. 
 
 Exdogastri'tis. Inflammation of the lining 
 membrane of the stomach. 
 
 ENDOGENOUS. Endogen^. (From ev- 
 Sov, and yevvau, to engender.) Applied to 
 plants, the vessels of which are dispersed 
 through the whole stem, and are so disposed 
 that the oldest are exterior, and hence the 
 growth of the plant takes place from within ; 
 as palms, reeds. 
 
 Endometritis. Inflammation of the lining 
 membrane of the womb. 
 
 E'xdonexteri'tis. Inflammation of the lin- 
 ing membrane of the intestines. 
 
 E'xdocesophagi'tis. Inflammation of the 
 lining membrane of the oesophagus. 
 
 E'ndophlebi'tis. Inflammation of the lining 
 membrane of a vein. 
 
 E'xdophlceum. The liber, or innermost lay- 
 er of the bark of trees. 
 
 Endophy'llous. When the young leaves 
 are surrounded by a sheath, as in endogenous 
 plants. 
 
 E'xdopleura. The internal integument of 
 the seed. 
 
 E'xdorrhtza. Plants having a sheathed root- 
 let, as in the case of endogens. 
 
 E'sdosis. Ev6o<jig. The remission of a 
 fever. 
 
 ENDOSMO'SE. Endosmosis. (From evdov, 
 within, and uafioc, impulsion.) The passage of 
 liquids or gases through membranes from the 
 exterior to the interior : a phenomenon of ca- 
 pillary attraction. 
 
 E'xdospermium. The albumen or perisperm 
 of seeds. 
 
 E'ndosteitis. Inflammation of the lining 
 membrane of a bone. 
 
 E ndostome. The orifice of the inner integ- 
 ument of the ovule. 
 
 Endosmome'ter. An instrument to show 
 the action of endosmosis, in the case of fluids, 
 through a membrane. 
 R 
 
 E'xdothecium. The lining membrane of tho 
 anther. 
 
 Exe'cia. (From tjvektjc, continuous.) The 
 generic name given by Mason Good to contin- 
 ued fever. 
 
 E'NEMA. (a, atis, n. ; from eviv/Lii, to in- 
 ject.) A glyster, or clyster. A liquid medi- 
 cine thrown into the rectum. They are ad- 
 ministered, 1. For emptying the bowels. 2. 
 Relaxing the powers of the body; as when 
 tobacco infusion is used to effect the reduction 
 of a strangulated hernia. 3. To kill worms in 
 the rectum, as the thread-worm. 4. To defend 
 the bowels from the irritation of the bile or 
 acrimonious secretions. 5. To restrain a diar- 
 rhoea. 6. To nourish the body, when aliment 
 can not be received or retained in the stomach. 
 7. To allay spasms in the intestines, the stom- 
 ach, the lungs, and kidneys. 8. To allay vom- 
 iting, caused by inverted peristaltic movements 
 of the small intestines. The following forms 
 are in use : 
 
 Enema ano'dynum. Take of starch jelly, 
 Oss. ; tincture of opium, gtt. xl. to gtt. lx. Mix. 
 Used in cases of dysentery or violent purging, 
 and pain in the bowels. 
 
 Enema a ntis pas modicum. Take of tincture 
 of assafoetida, ^ss. ; tincture of opium, gtt. xl. ; 
 gruel, Oss. Mix. For spasmodic affections of 
 the bowels. 
 
 Enema coloctxthtdis. Take compound ex- 
 tract of colocynth, 3ij.; soap, fj. ; water, Oj. 
 Useful in obstinate constipation. 
 
 Enema commune. Common or domestic 
 glyster. Take of water gruel or molasses wa- 
 ter, Oss. to Oj. ; a spoonful of salt, and a little 
 oil. A cathartic glyster. 
 
 Enema fcetidum. Add of tincture of assa- 
 fcetida, f. 3ij., to the laxative enema. 
 
 Enema laxativum. Take of sulphate of 
 magnesia, §ij. ; dissolve in three quarters of a 
 pint of warm gruel, or broth, with an ounce of 
 fresh butter or sweet oil. 
 
 Enema nicotians. Take of the infusion of 
 tobacco from a half to a whole pint. Employ- 
 ed in cases of strangulated hemia. A very 
 dangerous enema. 
 
 Enema xutriexs. Take of strong beef tea, 
 twelve ounces; thicken with arrow-root or 
 warm jellies. 
 
 Enema opii. Enema anodynum. 
 
 Enema tabaci. See Enew.a nicotians. 
 
 Enema terebixthix.e. Take of oil of 
 turpentine, half an ounce ; the yolk of one egg, 
 and half a pint of gruel. The turpentine being 
 first incorporated with die egg, add to them 
 the gruel. This clyster is used with good effect 
 in violent fits of the stone, and in cases of as- 
 carides. 
 
 ENEPIDE'RMIC TREATMENT. The ap- 
 plication of plasters, &c, to the skin, without 
 abrasion or friction. 
 
 E'NERGY. (Energia, ce, f. ; from evepyeu, to 
 act.) A term conveniently applied in physi- 
 ology to certain powers of which we see the 
 operation, but are ignorant of the nature : thus 
 we speak of the vital energy, the nervous energy, 
 &c. 
 
 Exerva'tion. A state of weakness ; the act 
 of debilitating. 
 
 257 
 
E N T 
 
 E NT 
 
 Ene'rvis. Enervius. Ribless : applied to 
 leaves which are without lines or ribs. 
 
 Engala'ctum. Salsola kali. 
 
 Engastrimy'thus. A ventriloquist. 
 
 Engeiso'ma. A fracture of the skull, in which 
 the broken portion of bone slides under the ad- 
 jacent sound portion. — Kuhn. 
 
 Enghien springs, near Paris, contain sul- 
 phureted hydrogen gas, muriates of magnesia 
 and soda, carbonates of lime and magnesia, free 
 carbonic acid, &c. 
 
 Englo'tto-ga'stor. A ventriloquist. 
 
 ENGOMPHO'SIS. (is) is, m. ; from ev, and 
 yo/ityog, a nail.) That species of articulation 
 which resembles a nail driven into wood, as a 
 tooth into its socket. Gomphosis. 
 
 Engo'nios. The flexure, or angle made by 
 the bending of a joint. 
 
 ENGORGEMENT. A French term synony- 
 mous with congestion. 
 
 Engoument. A French term signifying ob- 
 struction. Thus engoument des bronches, ob- 
 struction of the bronchi by effused mucus. 
 
 Enh^emon. ~Eva.L[/.ov. An old plaster. 
 
 Eni'xum paracelsi. Supersulphate of pot- 
 ash. 
 
 ENNEA'NDRIA. Enneandrous. (From ev- 
 vea, nine, and avvp, a man.) A class of plants 
 with hermaphrodite flowers and nine stamina. 
 
 Enneapha'rmacum. A medicine composed 
 of nine simple ingredients. 
 
 Enneaphy'llum. Bear's-foot. 
 
 Ennui'. Listlessness ; mental languor. 
 
 Eno'dis. Without knots. 
 
 Eno'rmon. The vital principle. 
 
 ENOSTO'SIS. (From ev, in, and oareov, a 
 bone.) A tumor formed in the medullary ca- 
 nal of a bone. 
 
 ENRY'THMUS. (Evpv6fxor, from ev, and 
 pvdfiog, number.) An irregular pulse. 
 
 ENS. An entity. By this term Paracelsus 
 signified a natural power capable of influencing 
 the human body. Of such powers he enumer- 
 ates five : an ens astrale, ens venenale, ens natu- 
 rale, ens spirituale, and ens Deale. In Alchemy, 
 an active body, as ens martis. 
 
 Ens martis. An oxide of iron. 
 
 Ens primum solare. Antimony. 
 
 Ens veneris. The muriate of copper. 
 
 Ensa'tus. Sword-shaped. 
 
 E'n s i f o r m. {Ensiformis ; from ensis, a 
 sword, and forma, resemblance.) Sword- 
 shaped; sword-like. In Anatomy, applied to 
 some parts from their resemblance ; as the ensi- 
 form cartilage. See Cartilago ensiformis. 
 
 Ensta'ctum. A liquid medicine, applied 
 stillatim, or drop by drop. 
 
 ENTA'SIA. Entasis. (From evraatc, in- 
 tentio vehementia.) The generic name applied 
 by Dr. Good to constrictive spasm, embracing 
 trismus, tetanus, priapism. — E. loxia. Torti- 
 collis. — E. systremna. Cramp. — E. tetanus an- 
 ticus. Emprosthotonos. 
 
 ENTATICUS. {Evraruwc; from evretvu, 
 to strain : provocative. ) Applied to that which 
 excites venereal inclination. 
 
 Ente'lipathia. Nymphomania. 
 ENTELMI'NTHA. A synonyme of entozoa. 
 Enterade'nes. The mucous intestinal 
 
 258 
 
 ENTERALGIA. (From evrepov, the intes- 
 tine, and a'kyoc, pain.) The generic name given 
 by Swediaur to painful affections of the bowels. 
 
 Enterele'sia. Pain casued by the invagi- 
 nation or strangulation of the intestines. — All- 
 bert. 
 
 Enteremphra'xis. Obstruction of the intes- 
 tines. 
 
 Entere'nchyta. An instrument for admin- 
 istering clysters. A clyster-pipe. 
 
 ENTE'RIC. {Entericus; from evrepov, the 
 intestine.) Appertaining to the intestines. 
 
 ENTERICA. A generic term of Dr. Good 
 for diseases affecting the alimentary duct. 
 
 ENTERI'TIS. {is, idis, f. ; from evrepov, an 
 intestine.) Inflammation of the intestines. 
 Inflammation may attack any portion of the 
 intestinal canal, and any of the three textures, 
 mucous, muscular, or serous, which enter into 
 its formation. The term enteritis has been 
 most frequently applied to the commonest form 
 of acute inflammation of the intestines, namely, 
 that in which all the three coats are more or 
 less implicated. See Inflammation of the Stom- 
 ach and Intestines. 
 
 Enteritis, follicular. Typhoid fever. 
 
 ENTERO-. A prefix. (From evrepov.) An 
 intestine ; of common occurrence in medicine 
 and surgery. 
 
 Enterobro'sis. Perforation of the intestines. 
 
 ENTEROCE'LE. (e, es, f . ; from evrepov, 
 an intestine, and kijIt], a tumor.) An intestinal 
 rupture, or hernia. Every hernia may be so 
 called that is produced by the protrusion of a 
 portion of intestine, whether it is at the groin, 
 navel, or elsewhere. 
 
 Enterocystoce'le. A hernia including a 
 portion of the bladder and of intestine. 
 
 ENTERODE'LA. A section of polygastrio 
 infusorials, in which the alimentary canal is 
 terminated by a mouth and anus. 
 
 E'NTERO-EPPPLOCE'LE. (From evrepov, 
 an intestine, erair/ioov, the omentum, and kv^tj, 
 a tumor.) A rupture formed by the protrusion 
 of part of an intestine, with a portion of the 
 omentum. 
 
 ENTERO-EPIPLO'MPHALUS. (From ev- 
 repov, ennr?ioov, and ofupaXoc, the navel.) An 
 umbilical hernia, in which both intestine and 
 omentum are protruded. Most umbilical her- 
 nial are of this kind. 
 
 ENTERO-GASTROCE'LE. (From evrepov, 
 yaarnp, the belly, and nrjln, a tumor.) An ab- 
 dominal hernia. 
 
 ENTERO'GRAPHY. (Enterographia; from 
 evrepov, and ypacjiu, to describe.) The anatomi 
 cal description of the intestines. 
 
 ENTERO-HYDROCE'LE. (From evrepov, 
 vSup, water, and nifkn, a tumor.) This may bo 
 applied either to a common scrotal hernia, with 
 a good deal of water in the hernial sac, or to a 
 congenital hernia (in which the bowels descend 
 into the tunica vaginalis testis), attended with 
 a collection of fluid in the cavity of this mem- 
 brane. 
 
 E ntero-hydro'mphalus. (From evrepov, 
 vdtop, water, and o/icpaloc, the navel.) An um- 
 bilical hernia, containing a portion of intestine 
 and much serosity. This is sometimes the case 
 when umbilical hernia coexists with ascites. 
 
ENT 
 
 ENT 
 
 and the hernial sac communicates with the cav- 
 irv of the abdomen. 
 
 "ENTERO-I'SCHIOCE'LE. (From evrepov, 
 an intestine, taxiov, the ischium, and ktjAtj, a 
 tumor.) An intestinal hernia at the ischiadic 
 foramen. 
 
 ENTERO'LITHUS. (us, i, m.; from evre- 
 pov, and 7a8oc, a stone.) Intestinal concretion, 
 or calculus. This term embraces all those con- 
 cretions which resemble stones, generated in 
 the stomach and bowels. Intestinal calculi are 
 common in many of the inferior animals, and 
 they also occur in man, but much less frequent- 
 ly. They commonly consist of hair, or refuse 
 matters, with phosphates. Magnesia sometimes 
 forms these calculi. 
 
 ENTEROLO'GY. (Enterologia, <e, f. ; from 
 evrepov, and hoyoc, a discourse.) The part of 
 anatomy which treats of the intestines. 
 
 Enteromala'cia. Enteromalaxia. Soften- 
 ing of the intestinal coats. 
 
 E'ntero-meroce'le. A femoral hernia. 
 
 ENTERO'-MESENTERIC FEVER. A ty- 
 phus fever in which there is ulceration of the 
 intestines and enlargement of the mesenteric 
 glands. — Petit and Serres. 
 
 Entero'mphalus. An umbilical hernia, pro- 
 duced by the protrusion of a portion of intestine. 
 
 E'NTERON. (Evrepov, and plural evrepa, 
 the intestines; from evroc, within.) An intes- 
 tine, or the intestines in general. 
 
 ENTEROPATHI'A. Enteropathy. (From 
 evrepov, and rradoc, a disease.) Intestinal dis- 
 ease : a generic term. 
 
 Enteropathia cancerosa. Cancer of the 
 intestines. 
 
 Enteroperi'stole. Constriction or obstruc- 
 tion of the intestines. 
 
 Enterophlo'gia. Enteropy'ria. Enteritis. 
 
 ENTERO'RRAPHY. Enterorraphia. Ente- 
 rorraphe. (From evrepov, and pa<pn, a suture.) 
 A suture of the intestines, or the sewing togeth- 
 er the divided edges of an intestine. 
 
 Enterorrhe'xis. Perforation or rupture of 
 the intestines. 
 
 Enterorrh'cea. Diarrhoea. 
 
 E'NTERO'SCHEOCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from 
 evrepov, oax^ov, the scrotum, and kjjTitj, a rup- 
 ture.) A scrotal hernia. 
 
 ENTERO'SES. A class of diseases, includ- 
 ing all such as are situated in the intestines. — 
 Alibert. 
 
 ENTERO'TOME. A form of scissors, invent- 
 ed by J. Cloquet, for readily opening the intes- 
 tines in dissections. 
 
 ENTEROTO'MIA. Enteroto'my. The dis- 
 section of the intestines. In Surgery, the cut- 
 ting into the intestines to form artificial anus, 
 or for any other object. 
 
 Exteroz'oa. See Entozoa. 
 • Enthelminthis. Worms. See Entozoa. 
 
 E'nthlasis. A depressed fracture of the 
 skull. — Galen. 
 
 ENTHUSIASM. (Enthusiasmus ; Evftovac- 
 ao-pLor ; from evdvata^o, to rave.) The delirious 
 ravius of those who fancy themselves inspired. 
 — Galen. 
 
 E n t i r e . Integer. 
 
 Entomo'line. The substance also called 
 chitine. 
 
 ENTOMO'LOGY. (From evrofxa, insects, 
 and Xoyoc, a discourse.) The history, organi 
 zation, and classification of insects. 
 
 ENTOMO'STRACEANS. The division of 
 crustaceans which are covered with a thin, 
 homy tegument or shell, in two or more pieces. 
 
 ENTO'NIA. (From the Greek.) Tension. 
 Tonic spasm. A generic term; as in Entonia 
 catalepsis, catalepsy, &c. 
 
 Ento'phyta. Parasitical fungi. 
 
 ENTOZO'A. Entozoaria. (From evroc, 
 within, and C,wov, an animal.) Parasitical ani- 
 mals. We shall consider the diseased actions to 
 which they give rise under the head Invermi 
 nation. 
 
 The entozoa of the human body may be di- 
 vided into those which inhabit only the aliment- 
 ary canal, and those which are found in other 
 parts. 
 
 Of alvine entozoa there are two classes : 
 
 First class: those which are generated and. 
 nourished in the human intestinal canal. Sec- 
 ond class : those insects or worms that acci- 
 dentally enter the human primae, and never 
 propagate their 6pecies in that canal, but are 
 soon eliminated from the body. 
 
 The first class contains: Order I. Round 
 worms. 
 
 Genus I. Intestinal ascarides. Character. — 
 Body round, head obtuse, and furnished with 
 three vesicles. 
 
 Species 1. Ascaris Ivmbricoides. The long 
 round worm, or lumbricoid ascaris. The As- 
 caris of Rudolphi. Character. — When full 
 grown, a foot in length. Mouth triangular. 2. 
 Ascaris vermicularis. The thread or maw- 
 worm. The Oxyuris of Rudolphi. Character. 
 — When full grown, half an inch in length ; tail 
 terminates in a fine point. 
 
 Genus II. Intestinal trichuiides. Charac 
 ter. — Body round, tail three times the length 
 of the body, head without vesicles. 
 
 Species 1. Trichuris vulgaris. The trichuris, 
 or long thread-worm. This worm is the Tri- 
 chocephalus dispar of Rudolphi. Character. — 
 The head furnished with a proboscis. 
 
 Order II. The fiat worms. 
 
 Genus 1. Intestinal tape-worm. Character. 
 — Body flat and jointed. 
 
 Species 1. T&nia osculis marginalibus. The 
 long tape-worm. The Taenia solium of Rudol- 
 phi. Character. — The oscula are situated upon 
 the margin of the joints. 2. Tcenia osculis su- 
 perjicialibus. The broad tape- worm. The 
 Both riocephalus latus of Rudolphi. Character. 
 — The oscula are placed upon the flattened sur- 
 face. 
 
 The second class contains: 1. The Fasciola 
 hepatica, or fluke; very rarely found in man. 
 2. The Scarabmis. Several species have been 
 found in the meatus auditorius externus, the al- 
 vine canal, the rectum, the vagina, &c. 3. 
 The GZstrus, a fly, the ovula of which are de- 
 posited under the skin in wounds or fetid ulcers, 
 and where the larvae or maggots produce great 
 mischief. 4. The Gordins, or horse-hair worm, 
 which inhabits soft stagnant waters, and is 
 taken into the stomach with the water. 5. 
 The Hirudo, or leech, which is taken in the 
 same way. 6. The Musca. Several of this 
 
 259 
 
ENU 
 
 genus deposit their eggs in the nose, antra of 
 Highmore, and in the rectum: especially the 
 M. carnaria, or flesh-fly ; the M. vomitoria, or 
 blow-fly ; the M . cibaria, or pantry-fly ; the M. 
 vutris, or hopper-fly maggot. 
 
 The third class comprehends those animal- 
 cules which are found in other parts, as the 
 viscera of the head, thorax, &c, and under the 
 skin. These are, 1. The Aceplialocystis, or 
 hydatid. This is formed like a bladder, whitish, 
 and distended with an aqueous fluid. They 
 are sometimes formed in the natural cavities of 
 the body, as the uterus, abdomen, and ventri- 
 cles of the brain, but more frequently in the 
 liver, kidney, and lungs, where they produce 
 diseased actions of those viscera. They are 
 usually found in a large cyst containing fluid 
 when in the liver, but are rare. 2. The Cys- 
 ticercus, or bladder-tail hydatid. See Cysti- 
 cercus. 3. The Polycephalus, or many -headed 
 worm. See Polycephalus. 4. The Echino- 
 coccus. See Echino-coccns. 5. The Filaria 
 medinensis, or Guinea worm. See Filaria. 6. 
 The Acarus of the itch. See Scabies. 
 
 The symptoms arising from the presence of 
 entozoa in the intestines, and the treatment re- 
 quired for their removal, will be found under 
 the head Invermination. 
 
 Entozoon folliculorum. Acarus folliculo- 
 rum. 
 
 Entrails. The viscera of the abdomen ; the 
 intestines. 
 
 Entricoma. The ciliary edge of the tarsal 
 cartilage. 
 
 ENTROTIUM. Entropion. (From ev, and 
 rpenu, to turn.) A disease of the eyelids, in 
 which the eyelashes and eyelid are inverted to- 
 ward the buib of the eye. This may arise from 
 swelling of the lids or other causes, and soon 
 produces irritation of the conjunctiva, or trichi- 
 asis. The eyelids must be returned to their 
 normal position by reducing the swelling, or 
 by removing a small portion of skin, or draw- 
 ing the hairs out and cauterizing the bulbs. 
 
 Entypo'sis. The glenoid cavity. 
 
 Enucleation. The shelling of fruits, or tak- 
 ing out the kernel or core of any thing, as an 
 almond, a tumor, &c. 
 
 E'nula. E. campana. Inula helenium. 
 
 ENURE'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from evovpeu, to 
 make water.) An incontinency or involuntary 
 flow of urine. This disease usually proceeds 
 either from relaxation or a paralytic affection 
 of the sphincter of the bladder, induced by va- 
 rious debilitating causes, as too free a use of 
 spirituous liquors, manustupration, and excess 
 in venery ; or it arises from compression on the 
 bladder, from a diseased state of the organ, or 
 from some irritating substance contained in its 
 cavity. Dr. Cullen makes two species: 
 
 1. Enuresis atonica, the sphincter of the blad- 
 der having lost its tone from some previous 
 disease. 2. Enuresis ab irritatione, vel com- 
 pressione vesica, from an irritation or compres- 
 sion of the bladder. 
 
 It is often cured by the internal exhibition 
 of the tinctura cantharidis, uva ursi, by tonics, 
 and by stimulating the rectum with aloetic 
 suppositories : blisters to the perineum are also 
 aervicecible. When symptomatic of stone, or 
 260 
 
 EPH 
 
 any other disease, it requires the remedies for 
 such complaint. 
 
 EP-. EPH-. EPI-. Common prefixes; 
 from err*, above, upon; and meaning exterior, 
 above, increase, addition. 
 
 Epacma'sticos. ~EnaKp.acTLKoc. Applied by 
 the Greeks to a fever which gradually increases 
 in severity till it arrives at the crisis. 
 
 Epa'cme. The increase or exacerbation of a 
 disease. 
 
 Epago'gium. The praspuce. 
 
 Epanadiplo'sis. Reduplication: applied to 
 the return of the cold fit of an ague before the 
 hot fit is ended. 
 
 Epana'stasis. A tubercle or pustule. 
 
 Epancylo'tus. A serpentine bandage. 
 
 EPANE'TUS. (From £Ttavtvp.L, to remit.) 
 A generic term applied by Dr. Mason Good to 
 remittent fevers. The species are, E. hectica. 
 Hectic. — E. malignus flavus. Yellow fever. — 
 E. mitis. Remittent fever. 
 
 Epaph^e'resis. EircMpaipEGic- Repeated 
 evacuation, and especially that of blood. 
 
 Epa'rma. Eparsis. (From STraipo), to ele 
 vate.) A tumor of any part. 
 
 Epe'ncranis. The cerebellum. — Galen 
 
 Ephebje'um. Parts above the pubes. 
 
 E'phedra. Ephedrana. The buttocks. 
 
 Ephe'lcis. The crust of an ulcer. 
 
 EPHE'LIS. (is, ides, f. ; from em, and 
 rjlioc, the sun.) This term denotes not only 
 freckles, E. lenliculaHs, and the larger brown 
 patches, E. diffusa, Which likewise arise from 
 exposure to the direct rays of the sun, as the 
 name imports, but also those large dusky 
 patches, which are very similar in appearance, 
 but occur on other parts of the surface which 
 are constantly covered. The best applications 
 to such blemishes are very dilute alcohol, min- 
 eral acids, and potash, so dilute as just to be 
 sensible to the tongue. One form of diffused 
 ephelis is of a brownish color, and followed by 
 desquamation of the skin, and is symptomatic 
 of uterine and intestinal disturbance. 
 
 EPHE'MERA. Ephemerus. ( From em, and 
 rj/iepa, a day.) A fever of a day's duration. 
 
 Ephemera maligna. E. sudatoria. See Su- 
 dor anglicus. 
 
 E p h e'm e r i s. (is, idis, f. ; from e^n/xepic. ) 
 An almanac. 
 
 Ephe'meropy'ria. Ephemera. 
 
 Ephe'sium empla'strum. A stimulating plas- 
 ter described by Celsus. 
 
 EPHIA'LTES. (es, is, m. ; from e<j>aXto/iai, 
 to leap upon.) Nightmare. Distressing sen- 
 sations during sleep, mostly preceded by a 
 fearful dream, in which some known or un- 
 known enemy is in close pursuit, and from 
 whom the person affected can not escape, and 
 is unable to speak, though he is constantly en- 
 deavoring so to do: in this struggle a great 
 oppression or weight is felt on the chest. The 
 causes of this affection are lying on the back, 
 mental irritation from fatigue, and a dyspeptic 
 state of the stomach. 
 
 It sometimes arises from flatulence, caused 
 by indigestible matter in the stomach, after too 
 heavy a supper ; which, pressing the stomach 
 against the diaphragm, impedes respiration, or 
 renders it short and convulsed. Inflated intes- 
 
E PI 
 
 tines may likewise produce similar effects, or 
 mental perturbations. 
 
 There is another species, which has a more 
 dangerous tendency, arising from an impeded 
 circulation of blood in the lungs when lying 
 down, or too great relaxation of the heart and 
 its impelling powers. Epilepsy, apoplexy, or 
 sudden death are sometimes among the conse- 
 quences of this species of disturbed sleep. 
 
 Ephia'ltia. The herb peony. 
 
 EPHIDRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from eftdpoa, to 
 perspire.) A violent and morbid perspiration, 
 producing debility. A colliquative sweat. 
 Tonics, especially the mineral acids, are neces- 
 sary to alleviate this condition. 
 
 Ephi'ppium. The sella turcica of the sphe- 
 noid bone. 
 
 E'phodos. 1. An excretory duct. 2. The 
 periodical attack of a fever. 
 
 Epi'alos. The name given by the Greeks 
 to a fever in which the morbid sensation of heat 
 is accompanied with irregular shiverings. The 
 Latin writers call it Quercera. 
 
 Epia'ltes. See Ephialtes. 
 
 Epian. Framboesia. 
 
 Epica'nthis. The angle of the eye. 
 
 Epica'rp. The outer covering or skin of a 
 fruit. 
 
 Epica'rpium. A medicament or plaster ap- 
 plied to the wrist. 
 
 Epicau'ma. Epicausis. Eucauma: a burn. 
 
 Epi'ceras. Trigonella foenum graecum. 
 
 Epicera'sticus. Demulcent medicines. 
 
 Epi'cholus. Bilious. 
 
 Epicho'rdis. The mesentery. 
 
 Epicho'rion. The tunica decidua uteri. — 
 Ckaussier. 
 
 Epichri'sis. Inunction. 
 
 Epicho'rios. Enchorios. 
 
 Epichro'sis. Ephelis. 
 
 Epicce'lis. Synonymous with cilium. 
 
 EPICO'LIC. (Epicolicus ; from ent, upon, 
 and kcjXov, the colon.) The part of the abdo- 
 men which lies over the colon. 
 
 Epico'ndyle. The protuberance at the outer 
 side of the distal extremity of the humerus, 
 from which the extensor and supinator muscles 
 of the forearm and hand rise by a common ten- 
 don. — Ckaussier. 
 
 Epico'ndylo-cubitalis. The anconeus. 
 
 Epicondylo-radialis. The supinator radii 
 hrevis. 
 
 Epicondylo-su'pra-metacarpia'nus. The 
 extensor carpi radialis brevior. 
 
 Epicondylo-supra-phalange'ttianus com- 
 munis. The extensor digitorum communis. 
 
 Epicondylo-supra-phalangettia'nus mi'ni- 
 mi digiti. The extensor proprius minimi digiti. 
 
 EPICOPHO'SIS. (From em, and ku^oc, 
 deaf. ) The same as cophosis ; deafness. Cas- 
 telli says that it applies more particularly to 
 deafness supervening in the course of another 
 disease. 
 
 EPICRA'NIUM. (urn, i, n.; from em, and 
 Kpaviov, the cranium.) This term is most usu- 
 ally applied to the tendinous expansion of the 
 occipito-frontalis muscle ; but some writers ap- 
 ply it to the skin of the head, and others to the 
 whole of the soft parts which form the scalp. 
 
 Epicra'nius. The occipito-frontalis muscle. 
 
 EPI 
 
 EPI'CRASIS. (From em, and nepavvvpi, to 
 temper.) A critical evacuation of bad humors. 
 When a cure is performed hi the alterative 
 way, it is called per Epicrasin. 
 
 Epicte'nium. The parts above and about 
 the pubes. 
 
 Epicye'ma. Epicyesis. Snperfoetation. 
 
 EPIDE'MIC. (Epidemicus; from em, upon, 
 and 6np.oc, the people.) Applied to a disease 
 which attacks a multitude of persons at the 
 same time and in the same place. Epidemic 
 diseases may arise from contagion or from some 
 atmospheric cause, or from, both combined, 
 which last is probably the case in most in- 
 stances. 
 
 Epidemic of the Antilles. The dengue 
 epidemic of Paris (in 1828). See Acrodynia. 
 
 EPI'DEMY. An epidemic disease. The 
 word epidemic is sometimes improperly used 
 for this; epidemic is an adjective term. 
 
 EPIDE'NDRUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Gynandria. Monandria. Orchidia- 
 cece. — E. vanilla. Vanilla. The vanilla yields 
 a long, flattish pod, containing a reddish-brown 
 pulp, with small, shining black seeds, which 
 have an unctuous, aromatic taste, and a fragrant 
 smell. They are used by perfumers and con- 
 fectioners. 
 
 Epi'deris. The clitoris. 
 
 EPIDE'RMIC. (Epidermicus ; from em- 
 Sep/uic, the scarf skin.) Relating to the epi- 
 dermis. 
 
 Epidermic method. See Endermic. 
 
 EPIDE'RMIS. (is,idis,f. Emdep/uc; from 
 ski, upon, and Sep/ua, the skin.) The scarf 
 skin, or cuticle of an animal or plant. 
 
 EPIDERMOID. (From emdeppic, and ecdoe, 
 resemblance.) Resembling the epidermis. 
 
 Epide'rmose. A name given by Bourchardat 
 to that portion of moist fibrin which is insolu- 
 ble in dilute muriatic acid. 
 
 Epi'desis. The arresting of a discharge of 
 blood by means of a bandage. 
 
 Epide'smus. A bandage by which splints, 
 bolsters, <fcc, are secured. 
 
 EPIDIDYMIS, (is, is, m. ; from em, upon, 
 and 6c6v/j.oc, a testicle.) A hard, vascular, ob- 
 long substance, that lies upon the testicle, form- 
 ed of a convolution of the vas deferens. It has 
 a thick end, which is convex, and situated pos- 
 teriorly ; and a thin end, whicli is rather flat, 
 and situated inferiorly. The epididymis ad- 
 heres to the testicle by its two extremities 
 only, for its middle part is free, and the tunica 
 vaginalis dips between it and the testicle, form- 
 ing a little pouch. 
 
 Epi'dosis. Increased growth or preternatu- 
 ral magnitude. 
 
 Epi'drome. An afflux of humors. 
 
 Epifagus americanus. The orobanche vir- 
 giniana. 
 
 Epigje'ous. A descriptive term in botany, 
 denoting close contact with the earth or soil. 
 
 EPIGA'STRIC. (Epigastricus; from em, 
 upon, and yacTnp, the stomach.) Appertaining 
 to the epigastrium. 
 
 Epigastric artery. A branch given off by 
 the external iliac artery just where it passes 
 under Poupart's ligament; it ascends between 
 the rectus muscle and the peritoneum, and then 
 
 261 
 
EP1 
 
 within the sheath of the rectus, inosculating 
 with the internal mammary. 
 
 Epigastric region. See Abdomen. 
 
 EPIGA'STRIUM. The part immediately 
 over the stomach. 
 
 Epigastroce'le. Epigastriocele. Abdomi- 
 nal hernia?, situated at or near the epigastrium. 
 
 Epigene'ma. Epiginomena. 
 
 EPIGE'NESIS. (Ett Ly ev ea tc ; from erctyi- 
 vofiai, to genei'ate upon.) A theory of genera- 
 tion which regards the foetus as the joint pro- 
 duction of matter afforded by both sexes. 
 
 EPIGINO'MENA. (E7uyti>o//ej/a; from em- 
 ytvofiat, to succeed or supervene.) Adventi- 
 tious symptoms occurring in the course of a 
 disease, but not necessarily connected with it. 
 
 Epiglo'ssum. Ruscus hypoglossum. 
 
 Epiglottic gland. Periglottis. A collec- 
 tion of minute glands situated at the base of the 
 anterior surface of the epiglottis. These supply 
 a fluid which lubricates the epiglottis. 
 
 Epi'glotticus. Relating to the epiglottis. 
 
 EPIGLO'TTIS. (is, idis, or is, is, f. ; from 
 £7n, upon, and jTilottic, the tongue.) The car- 
 tilage at the root of the tongue that falls upon 
 the glottis, or superior opening of the larynx. 
 Its figure is nearly oval ; it is concave posteri- 
 orly, and convex anteriorly ; the apex, or supe- 
 rior extremity, is loose, and is always elevated 
 upward by its own elasticity. While the back 
 of the tongue is drawn backward in swallowing, 
 the epiglottis is put over the aperture of the 
 larynx : hence it shuts up the passage from the 
 mouth into the larynx. The base of the epi- 
 glottis is fixed to the thyroid cartilage, the os 
 hyoides, and the base of the tongue, by a strong 
 ligament. 
 
 Epiglo'ttum. An instrument for elevating 
 the eyelids. — Paracelsus. 
 
 Epiglottis. The superior parts of the but- 
 tocks. 
 
 Epigo'natis. The patella. 
 
 Epigo'nides. About the knees. 
 
 Epi'gonum. A superfcetation. 
 
 Epi'gynous. When the stamens, petals, &c, 
 are all attached to the ovarium, which thus be- 
 comes inferior. 
 
 Epila'mpsis. The same as eclampsis. 
 
 Epilempsis. See Epilepsy. 
 
 E'PILEPSY. (Epilepsia, <e, f. T&iriXrippia.; 
 from em%a,fj.6avL), to seize upon.) Falling sick- 
 ness. It consists of violent convulsions, with 
 coma, and usually foaming at the mouth. Cul- 
 len has three species : 
 
 1. Epilepsia cerebralis ; attacking suddenly, 
 without manifest cause, and not preceded by 
 any unpleasant sensation, unless, perhaps, some 
 giddiness or dimness of sight. 
 
 2. Epilepsia sympathica; without manifest 
 cause, but preceded by a sensation of an aura 
 (the aura epileptica) ascending from some part 
 of the body to the head. 
 
 3. Epilepsia occasionalis ; arising from man- 
 ifest irritation, and ceasing on the removal of 
 this. It comprehends several varieties : 
 
 E. traumatica, arising from an injury of the 
 head. 
 
 E. a dolore, from pain. 
 E. verminosa, from the irritation of worms. 
 E. a veneno, from poisons. 
 262 
 
 EPI 
 
 E. exanthematica, from the repulsion of &&■ 
 taneous eruptions. 
 
 E. a cruditate ventriculi, from crudities of 
 the stomach. 
 
 E. ab inanilione, from debility. 
 
 E. uterina, from hysterical affections. 
 
 E. ex onanismo, from onanism, &c. 
 
 This disease attacks by fits of a few minutes 
 to half an hour, and goes off, leaving the person 
 most commonly in his usual state: but some- 
 times a considerable degree of stupor and weak- 
 ness remain behind, particularly where the dis- 
 ease has frequent recurrences. It is oftener 
 met with among children than grown persons, 
 and boys seem more subject to its attacks than 
 girls. Its returns are periodical, and its parox- 
 ysms commence more frequently in the night 
 than in the day, being somewhat connected 
 with sleep. 
 
 Epilepsy may be idiopathic, hereditary, or 
 symptomatic of irritation ; it is not uncommon 
 in youth; when it attacks those past middle 
 age it is extremely intractable. It may pass 
 away after other severe diseases, or may termin- 
 ate in loss of mind, idiotcy , or apoplexy. There 
 is nothing certain in the morbid anatomy. 
 
 The causes which give rise to epilepsy are 
 blows, wounds, fractures, and other injuries 
 done to the head by external violence, together 
 with lodgments of water in the brain, tumors, 
 concretions, and polypi. Violent affections of 
 the nervous system, sudden frights, fits of pas- 
 sion, great emotions of the mind, acute pains in 
 any part, worms in the stomach or intestines, 
 teething, the suppression of long-continued evac- 
 uations, too great emptiness or repletion, and 
 poisons received into the body, are causes 
 which likewise produce epilepsy. Sometimes 
 it is hereditaiy, and at others it depends on a 
 predisposition, arising from affection of the sen- 
 sorium, occasioned either by plethora or a state 
 of debility. 
 
 An attack of epilepsy is now and then pre- 
 ceded by a heavy pain in the head, dimness of 
 sight, noise in the ears, palpitations, flatulency 
 in the stomach and intestines, weariness, and a 
 small degree of stupor, and, in most cases, there 
 prevails a sense of something like a cold vapor 
 or aura, proceeding from some part of the body 
 toward the head, and well known under the 
 name of aura epileptica ; but it more generally 
 happens that the patient falls down suddenly 
 without much previous notice; his eyes are 
 distorted, or turned so that only the whites of 
 them can be seen; his fingers are closely clinch- 
 ed, and the trunk of his body, particularly on 
 one side, is much agitated; he foams at the 
 mouth, and thrusts out his tongue, which often 
 suffers great injury from the muscles of the 
 lower jaw being affected ; he loses all sense of 
 feeling, and not unfrequently voids both urine 
 and faeces involuntarily. The spasms abating, 
 he recovers gradually ; but, on coming to him- 
 self, feels languid and exhausted, and retains 
 not the smallest recollection of what has passed 
 during the fit. 
 
 During the epileptic paroxysm in general, 
 little or nothing is to be done except using pre- 
 cautions that the patient may not injure him- 
 self; and it will be prudent to remove any 
 
EPI 
 
 thing whicn may compress the veins of the neck, 
 to obviate congestion in the head. Should 
 there be a considerable determination of blood 
 to this part, or the patient be very plethoric, it 
 may be proper, if yon can keep him steady, to 
 open a vein, or the temporal artery; and, in 
 weakly constitutions, the most powerful anti- 
 spasmodics might be tried in the form of clys- 
 ter, as they could hardly be swallowed; but 
 there is very seldom time for such measures. 
 In the intervals, the treatment consists, 1. In 
 obviating the several exciting causes. 2. In 
 correcting any observable predisposition. 3. 
 In the use of those means which are most like- 
 ly to break through the habit of recurrence. 
 
 Where the fits are directly referrible to teeth- 
 ing, worms, or a plethoric state, &c., the re- 
 moval of these predisposing causes may be fol- 
 lowed by a cure ; otherwise there is 'little 
 hope of cure ; but the fits may be occasionally 
 arrested by acting on the imagination, by 
 emetics, powerful antispasmodics, or sedatives, 
 especially stramonium. Metallic tonics are of 
 great service, and the cuprum ammoniatum 
 (gr. j. daily) and nitrate of silver (gr. v. to x. 
 daily) have been known to produce cures ; the 
 latter, however, imparts a leaden hue to the 
 skin when long used. Large doses of tartar 
 emetic immediately before a fit will sometimes 
 arrest it. 
 
 EPILEPTIC. Epilepticus. Affected with 
 epilepsy, or of the nature of epilepsy. 
 Epileptica passio. Epilepsy. 
 Epileptifa'ciexts. Those medicines which 
 produce effects simulating epilepsy; as prussic 
 acid, cyanides, oil of bitter almonds. — Pereira. 
 Epime'lis. The Arbutus unedo? or Mespi- 
 ius Germanica. 
 
 Epi'mylis. The patella, or knee-pan. 
 Epino'tium. The shoulder-blade. 
 EPINY'CTIDES. (EmvvKTiSec ; from em, 
 and vyf, night.) Vesicles rising during the 
 night and disappearing in the morning, A fu- 
 gacious kind of nettle-rash. Ecthyma, accord- 
 ing to Sauvages. 
 
 Epiparoxy'smus. The febrile paroxysm oc- 
 curring with unusual frequency. 
 
 Epipa'stum. A pulverulent medicine to be 
 sprinkled upon any part. 
 
 Epipe'talous. Epipetalus. Stamina, &c, 
 attached to the corolla of a flower. 
 
 Epiph^e no'mexox. Any unusual symptom or 
 appearance. 
 
 Epiphlogi'sma. A burning heat of any part. 
 EPI'PHORA. (a, <z, f . ; ETUpopa; from em- 
 fepo, to cany forcibly.) The watery eye. An 
 involuntary flow of tears. A superabundant 
 flow of a serous humor from the eyes. It may 
 arise from a more copious secretion of tears 
 than the puncta lachrymalia can absorb, or, as 
 U most common, from an obstruction in the 
 lachrymal canal, or from irritation of the vari- 
 ous parts of the eye. The humor flowing over 
 the side of the cheek soon produces irritation 
 and excoriation. 
 
 Epiphra'gma. The slender membrane 
 
 which sometimes shuts the peristoma of mosses. 
 
 Epiphy'lla. Epiphyllous. Parasitic fungi, 
 
 or other bodies growing on the leaves of other 
 
 plants. 
 
 EPI 
 
 Epiphyma'ta. Cutaneous diseases. 
 
 EPIPHYSIS, (is, is, f.; from em, upon, 
 and <pvcj, to grow.) A portion of bone growing 
 upon another, but separated from it by a car- 
 tilage. All the loug bones, and many others, 
 have epiphyses until the end of the juvenile pe- 
 riod of fife. 
 
 Epi'phyta. Parasitic fungi. 
 
 Epipi'gma. ~Emmypa. A surgical appara- 
 tus in the shape of the letter II, used for the re- 
 duction of a luxated humerus. — Oribasius. 
 
 Epipla'sm. A poultice. 
 
 Epiplf/gia. Hemiplegia. 
 
 EPIPLERO'-SIS. (From em, and ^rjpuaic, 
 repletion.) Excessive repletion or distension. 
 
 EPIPLOCE'LE. (e, es, f . ; from enmloov, 
 the omentum, and K77/I77, a tumor.) An omen- 
 tal hernia. A rupture produced by the protru- 
 sion of a portion of the omentum. See Hernia. 
 
 EPI'PLOIC. Epiploicus. Appertaining to 
 the epiploon or omentum. 
 
 Epiploic appendages. See Appendicula 
 epiploicce. 
 
 Epiploic arteries. Arteries epiploic<&. 
 Branches of the gastro-epiploic artery distribu- 
 ted to the omentum. 
 
 Epi'ploi'schioce'le. An omental hernia pro- 
 truding through the ischiadic foramen. 
 
 EPIPLOI'TIS. (is, idis, f.) Inflammation 
 of the epiploon or omentum. See Peritonitis. 
 
 Epi'plomeroce'le. A femoral hernia formed 
 by the omentum. 
 
 Epiplo'mphalox. An omental hernia situa- 
 ted at the navel. 
 
 Epiploomphalon. See Epiplompkalon. 
 
 EPITLOON. (on, i, n. ; from ennvhocj, to 
 sail over : because it floats, as it were, upon the 
 intestines.) A duplicature of the peritonaeum, 
 otherwise called the omentum. See Omentum. 
 
 Epiploscheoce'le. A rupture in which the 
 omentum descends into the scrotum. 
 
 Epipo'lasis. A fluctuation of humors. 
 
 Epipo'ma. The same with epipigma. 
 
 Epiporo'ma. Emmpu/xa. A hard tumor 
 about the joints. 
 
 Episcarci'dium. Synonymous with ana- 
 sarca. 
 
 EPPSCHESIS. (Emcxscic', from emaxeoi, 
 to restrain. ) A suppression of excretions. 
 
 Epischeses. An order in the class Locales 
 of Cullen, including diseases which arise from 
 the suppression of excretions. 
 
 Epi / schtum. The os pubis. 
 
 Episcopates va'lvul^:. The mitral valves 
 of the heart. 
 
 Episei'ox. Emoeiov. 'Emacov. The pubes. 
 — Hippocrates. The vulva. 
 
 Episema'sia. A sign or symptom. 
 
 Episionc'us. A tumor of the labia pudendi. 
 
 Episio'rraphy. Synonyme of elytrorrhaphy. 
 
 EPISPA'DIAS. (From em, upon, and omiu, 
 
 to draw.) That malformation of the urethra in 
 
 which it opens on the dorsum of the penis. See 
 
 Hypospadia. 
 
 EPISPA'STIC. (Epispasticus ; from em- 
 GircH.), to draw.) Those substances which have 
 the power of inflaming the skin and causing an 
 effusion of serum under the cuticle. Vesicatory. 
 E pis pas tic silk. Oiled silk covered with 
 blistering cerate, to answer as a blister. 
 
 263 
 
epi, 
 
 Epispa'sticum. A blister. 
 
 Epispe'rm. Episperma. The outer envel- 
 opes of a seed ; the testa. 
 
 Episphje'ria. The convolutions of the brain 
 have been so called. 
 
 Epista'gmos. A catarrh. — Dioscorides. 
 
 Epistaphyli'nus. The azygos uvulce muscle. 
 
 EPI'STASIS. Eiuoraaic. Hippocrates 
 uses this word in the same sense as eitioxeoic, 
 a suppression of any kind ; but generally it sig- 
 nifies any matter suspended near the surface 
 of the urine, as opposed to vkogtclgic, hyposta- 
 sis, the sediment. 
 
 EPISTA'XIS. (is, is, f. : from emaTafr, to 
 distill from.) Bleeding at the nose. This is 
 very common and unimportant in young per- 
 sons of a plethoric habit, but when it occurs in 
 advanced life may be symptomatic of apoplexy 
 or palsy ; it is also a dangerous symptom in 
 typhoid fever. If necessary to arrest epistaxis, 
 it may be done by cold, astringents, or press- 
 ure. Sometimes it is necessary to plug the 
 nostrils. The subject should be treated by an- 
 taphlogistics if it recurs often. 
 
 EPISTE'RNAL BONES. Two bones which 
 in young persons are separated from the ster- 
 num by a regular joint, but subsequently unite 
 with the upper part of this bone. 
 
 EPISTHO'TONOS. (os, i, m. ; from eiri- 
 adev, forward, and retvu, to extend.) A teta- 
 nic affection of the muscles on the anterior part 
 of the body, by which the trunk is bent forward. 
 It is synonymous with emprosthotonos, which 
 latter term is more frequently used. 
 
 Epistrophalus. See Epistrophis. 
 
 Epistropheus. The dentatus. 
 
 Epi'stroprts. Epistrophalus. Epistrophia. 
 The first vertebra of the neck. 
 
 Epitasis. The period of violence of a dis- 
 ease. 
 
 EPITHE'LIUM. (urn, ii,^ n. ; from em, and 
 TidrjfiL, to place.) The cuticle on the prola- 
 bium, or red part of the lips, and on the mu- 
 cous membranes in general. It is distinguish- 
 ed into the scaly epithelium, which forms the 
 inner surface of the blood and lymph vessels, 
 the inner surface of many mucous and serous 
 sacs, &c. ; the columnar epithelium, which forms 
 the surface of the intestinal canal, as well as 
 the surface of the passages for most glands ; and 
 the ciliated epithelium, which forms the surface 
 of the mucous membrane of the organs of respi- 
 ration, &c. 
 
 EPITHELIUM CELLS. Epithelial cells. 
 Flattened, tesselated, or cylindrical cells cover- 
 ing the delicate tissues. They are sometimes 
 covered with cilia, and are mostly of short du- 
 ration, being cast off from the membrane, but 
 sometimes absorbed, or more permanent. 
 
 EPITHE'M. (a, atis, n. ; from eTUTidnfii, to 
 place upon or apply.) A lotion or fomentation, 
 or any external application, except ointments 
 and plasters. 
 
 Epithema'tium. The same. 
 
 Epi'thesis. The straightening of crooked 
 limbs by instruments. 
 
 Epi'thtmum. Cuscuta epithymum. 
 
 Epitro'chlea. The part above the trochlea 
 of the humerus; the lesser condyle. — Chaus- 
 tier. 
 
 264 
 
 EQU 
 
 EPIZOO'TIC. (Epizooticus ; from wri, 
 upon, and £uov, an animal.) When a disease 
 prevails among the inferior animals in the same 
 manner as an epidemic does among men, it is 
 said to be epizootic. 
 
 Epizo'oty. An epizootic disease. 
 
 Epo'de. Epodos. The curing of diseases 
 by incantation. 
 
 Epo'mis. The acromion, or upper part of 
 the shoulder. 
 
 Epompha'lium. An application to the navel. 
 
 Epse'ma. Epsesis. Decoction. 
 
 Epsom springs. They are near London, and 
 yield a purgative saline, containing sulphate of 
 magnesia chiefly. 
 
 Epsom salt. Sulphate of magnesia. See 
 Magnesice sulphas. 
 
 EPU'LIS. (is, idis, f. ; from em, and ov"ka t 
 the gums.) 1. A swelling on the gums. 2. A 
 morbid growth of the gum, which may become 
 malignant. 
 
 Epulo'sis. Cicatrization. 
 
 EPULO'TIC. Epnloticus. (From enov'koii, 
 to cicatrize.) That which promotes cicatriza- 
 tion. 
 
 EQUILIBRIUM, (urn, ii, n. ; from <eque, 
 equally, and libro, to balance. ) The exact rela- 
 tion of forces which brings about a condition 
 of rest. In Medicine, the term is sometimes 
 used to express a state of health in which the 
 functions are said to be in equilibrium. In 
 Electricity, it signifies a passive condition of the 
 electrical forces. In the science of Heat, \\ 
 means the state of uniform temperature to which 
 all quiescent matter arrives. 
 
 E Q U I ' N I A. Glanders. Two species are 
 recognized : E. mitis, produced by inoculation 
 of the fluid of grease; and E. glandulosa, which 
 is genuine glanders, a malignant disease some- 
 times affecting grooms who tend the diseased 
 horses. 
 
 Equise'tic acid. The aconitic acid. 
 
 Equise'tum. The pharrnacopoeial name of 
 the mare's tail. Hippuris vulgaris. 
 
 E'quitans. Equitant: applied to leaves 
 which are disposed in two opposite rows, and 
 clasp each other by their compressed base. 
 
 Equita'tion. Equitatio. Exercise on horse 
 back. 
 
 EQUIVALENT. Equivalents, chemical. 
 (From aque, and valeo, I avail.) The propor 
 tional weight in which elementary and com- 
 pound bodies unite. Hence the term combin, 
 ing proportion is often used for equivalent. 
 There are two systems of equivalents recog- 
 nized in chemistiy : that which takes hydrogen, 
 the lightest ponderable body in nature, as uni- 
 ty ; and that which adopts oxygen as 100. The 
 former is most common, but the latter is more 
 convenient for calculation. The discovery of 
 the law of equivalents, i. e., that bodies com- 
 bine in invariable weights, may be regarded 
 as the origin of philosophical chemistiy, inas- 
 much as it introduced exactitude into the dis- 
 cussions of the science. This law is not only 
 true for the elements, but for secondary, ter- 
 tiary, and more complex compounds, obtaining 
 even in organic chemistry. Combination does 
 not, however, occur between solitary atoms or 
 equivalents only, but between one and two or 
 
EQU 
 
 ERE 
 
 more. In organic bodies sometimes there are 
 thirty, seventy, or more equivalents of one or 
 more components. There is at present some 
 discussion whether combination can occur with 
 half, quarter, &c, parts of equivalents. The 
 table gives a list of simple bodies, with their 
 equivalents, on the hydrogen scale. By multi- 
 plying these numbers with 12-5, they will be 
 converted into the equivalents on the oxygen 
 scale. Those numbers marked with ? are not 
 certain, some chemists using double the quan- 
 tities given. 
 
 TABLE OF ELEMENTARY 01 
 WITH THEIR SYMBOLS 
 
 ATOMIC WEIGHTS. 
 
 . SIMPLE SUBSTANCES, 
 AND EQUIVALENT OR 
 
 Non-metallic Elements 
 
 Symbols. 
 
 At. Wt8. 
 
 Oxygen . . . 
 
 . 0. 
 
 8-0 
 
 Hydrogen . . 
 
 . H. 
 
 1-00 
 
 Nitrogen . . . 
 
 . N. 
 
 14-19 
 
 Sulphur . . . 
 
 . S. 
 
 16-12 
 
 Phosphorus . . 
 
 . P. 
 
 15-72? 
 
 Carbon . . . 
 
 . c. 
 
 6-0 
 
 Chlorine . . . 
 
 . CI. 
 
 35-47 
 
 Bromine . . . 
 
 . Br. 
 
 78-39 
 
 Iodine . . . 
 
 . I. 
 
 126-57 
 
 Fluorine . . . 
 
 . F. 
 
 18-74 
 
 Boron . . . 
 
 . B. 
 
 10-91 
 
 Silicon . . . 
 
 . si. 
 
 22-22 
 
 Selenium . . 
 
 . Se. 
 
 39-63 
 
 Metallic Elements. 
 
 
 
 Potassium . . . 
 
 . K. 
 
 39-26 
 
 Sodium . . . 
 
 . Na. 
 
 23-31 
 
 Lithium . . . 
 
 . L. 
 
 6-44 
 
 Barium . . . 
 
 . Ba. 
 
 68-66 
 
 Strontium . . 
 
 . Sr. 
 
 43-85 
 
 Calcium . . . 
 
 . Ca. 
 
 20-52 
 
 Magnesium . . 
 
 . Mg. 
 
 12-89 
 
 Aluminum . . 
 
 . Al. 
 
 13-72 
 
 Glucinum . . 
 
 . G. 
 
 26-54 
 
 Yttrium . . . . 
 
 . Y. 
 
 32-25 
 
 Zirconium . . 
 
 . Z. 
 
 33-67 
 
 Thorium . . 
 
 . Th. 
 
 59-83 
 
 Cerium . . . 
 
 Ce. 
 
 46-05 
 
 Lanthanum . . 
 
 . La. 
 
 
 
 Didymium . . 
 
 . D. 
 
 
 
 Erbium . . . 
 
 . E. 
 
 
 
 Terbium . . . . 
 
 . Tr. 
 
 
 
 Manganese . . 
 
 . Mn. 
 
 27-72 
 
 Iron .... 
 
 . Fe. 
 
 27-18 
 
 Cobalt . . . 
 
 . Co. 
 
 29-57 
 
 Nickel . . . 
 
 . Ni. 
 
 29-62 
 
 Zinc .... 
 
 . Zn. 
 
 32-31 
 
 Cadmium . . 
 
 . Cd. 
 
 55-83 
 
 Lead .... 
 
 . Pb. 
 
 103-73 
 
 Tin ... . 
 
 . Sn. 
 
 58-92 
 
 Bismuth . . . 
 
 . . Bi. 
 
 71-07 
 
 Copper . . . 
 
 . Cu. 
 
 31-71 
 
 Uranium . . . 
 
 . U. 
 
 217-20 
 
 Mercuiy . . . 
 
 • Hg. 
 
 101-43 
 
 Silver . . . 
 
 . Pd. 
 
 108-31 
 
 Palladium . . . 
 
 53-36 
 
 Rhodium . . 
 
 . R. 
 
 52-20 
 
 Iridium . . . 
 
 . . Ir. 
 
 98-84 
 
 Platinum . . 
 
 . Pt. 
 
 98-84 
 
 Gold .... 
 
 . Au. 
 
 199-20 
 
 Osmium . . . 
 
 . Os. 
 
 97-72 
 
 Titanium . . 
 
 . Ti. 
 
 24-33 
 
 Tantalum . . 
 
 . Ta. 
 
 184-90 
 
 Tellurium . . 
 
 . . Te. 
 
 64-25 
 
 Tungsten . . 
 
 . . W. 
 
 99-70 
 
 Metallic Elements. 
 
 Molybdenum . 
 
 Vanadium . . 
 
 Chromium . . 
 
 Antimony . . 
 
 Arsenic . . . 
 
 Symbols. 
 
 Mo. 
 
 V. 
 
 Cr. 
 
 Sb. 
 
 As. 
 
 At wts. 
 
 47-96 
 
 68-66 
 
 28-19 
 
 64-62? 
 
 37-67? 
 
 EQUIVOCAL. Equivocalis. That which 
 is of a doubtful or uncertain nature. 
 
 Equivocal generation. The kind of repro- 
 duction which can not be referred at once ta 
 copulation or any known process. 
 
 E'QUUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A condition of fre- 
 quent winkiiig or nictitation. 2. The name of 
 a genus of animals. The horse. — E. asinus. 
 The ass: the female affords a light and nutrr 
 tious milk. See Milk. 
 
 Erabicati'vus. Violent purgation or vio- 
 lent purgatives. 
 
 Era'nthemus. A species of chamomile. 
 
 Eravay. An African species of ricinus. 
 
 ERBIUM. A supposed new metal occurring 
 with yttria. 
 
 Erebi'nthus. 'EptSivdoc. The vetch. 
 
 ERECTILE TISSUE. A peculiar tissue de- 
 scribed by Dupuytren and Rullier, which is 
 susceptible of erection, or active turgescence, 
 by an increased flow of blood. It is formed of 
 arteries, veins, and nervous filaments, and con- 
 sists of a spongy substance, the areolae of which 
 communicate with each other. This tissue is 
 found in the corpora cavernosa of the penis and 
 clitoris, in the corpus spongiosum urethra?, the 
 nipples, lips, iris, &c. This tissue is sometimes 
 developed as a morbid structure, as in the case 
 of naevus maternus, and aneurism by anastomo- 
 sis. Some deny the distinct existence of the 
 erectile tissue, and consider it merely as a con- 
 geries of blood-vessels largely supplied with 
 nerves. 
 
 Ere'ction. The enlargement which occurs 
 in erectile tissues. 
 
 ERE'CTOR. (or, oris, m.) That which 
 raises any thing up: applied to several mus- 
 cles, the office of which is to raise up the part 
 into which they are inserted. 
 
 Erector clito'ridis. First muscle of the 
 clitoris of Douglas. Ischio-cavernosus of Wins- 
 low. A muscle of the clitoris that draws it 
 downward and backward, and serves to make 
 the body of the clitoris more tense, by squeez- 
 ing the blood into it from its eras. It arises 
 from the tuberosity of the ischium, and is in- 
 serted into the clitoris. 
 
 Erector penis. Ischio-cavernosus of Wins- 
 low. A muscle of the penis that drives the 
 urine or semen forward, and, by grasping the 
 bulb of the urethra, pushes the blood toward 
 the corpus cavernosum and the glans, and thus 
 distends them. It arises from the tuberosity of 
 the ischium, and is inserted into the sides of the 
 cavernous substance of the penis. 
 
 Ere'ctus. Upright; a descriptive term. 
 
 EREMACA'USIS. (From ype/ta, slow, and 
 novate, combustion.) That form of dry rot or 
 decay which occurs in organic bodies freely ex- 
 posed to air, and kept only moderately moist. 
 It is altogether different to fermentation in its 
 results. There is complete oxidation of the de- 
 caying parts. 
 
 Ere'mus. See Cenobium. 
 
 265 
 
ERO 
 
 EEY 
 
 BRETHRI'SM. Erethismus. (From epe- 
 i£b, to excite or irritate. ) Increased sensibility 
 
 and irritability. A term variously applied by 
 modern writers. Mr. Pearson has described a 
 state of the constitution produced by mercury, 
 the mercurial erethrism ; characterized by great 
 depression of strength, anxiety about the prae- 
 cordia, irregular action of the heart, frequent 
 sighing, trembling, a small, quick, sometimes 
 intermitting pidse, occasional vomiting, a pale, 
 contracted countenance, a sense of coldness ; 
 but the tongue is seldom furred, nor are the 
 vital and natural functions much disturbed. In 
 this state, any sudden exertion will sometimes 
 prove fatal. 
 
 Erethri'sma. Rubefacient. 
 ERETHRI'SMUS. A generic term of dis- 
 eases attended with great irritability. Irrita- 
 tion. Thus, Erethrismus ebriosum is delirium 
 tremens. — E. hydrophobia is hydrophobia. — 
 E. mercurialis, see Erethrism. — E. simplex, 
 fidgets. 
 
 Ere'trius. Dioscorides and Galen describe 
 two kinds of terra Eretria as alkaline and ab- 
 sorbent earths. 
 
 Eru'gmos. Ereuxis. An eructation. 
 Ergaste'rium. A laboratory. 
 ERGOT. Ergota. See Secale cornutum. 
 Ergot^'tia abortifacients. The supposed 
 ergot fungus. 
 
 Ergo'tin. Ergotine. An unctuous, reddish, 
 neutral powder from ergot. It does not appear 
 to be the active principle. 
 
 Ergoti'sm. The poisonous effects of the er- 
 got of rye. See Secale cornutum. 
 Eri'ca. The genus of heaths. 
 ERICA'CEiE. A natural order of shrubby 
 exogens. It differs from Vaccinacets and Cam- 
 panulacem in the superior ovary ; from Epacri- 
 dacecc in the anther being two-celled; from Pyro- 
 lacetz and Monotropacece in the structure of the 
 seeds and in habit; and from all the orders 
 represented by Scrophulariacece and Gentian- 
 aceae in the number of the cells of the ovary 
 agreeing with the lobes of the calyx and corolla. 
 Their general qualities are astringent and diu- 
 retic, some few being poisonous. The Arbutus, 
 Andromeda, Kalmia, Rhododendron, Azalea, all 
 well known shrubby plants of great beauty, be- 
 long to this order. 
 
 Eri'ce^e. See Ericacece. 
 ERI'GERON. 1. Formerly applied to 
 groundsel. 2. A genus of plants. Syngenesia. 
 Superflua. Compositce. — E. canadense. Cana- 
 da fleabane. An mdigenous annual. The plant 
 is bitter, acrid, and somewhat astringent. It 
 appears to be tonic, astringent, and diuretic. 
 Dose of the plant, 33s. to fj., in powder. — E. 
 heterophyllum is also officinal. It has properties 
 similar to those of the following. — E. philadel- 
 phicum. Philadelphia fleabane. Scabious. A 
 biennial herb, somewhat aromatic and bitter ; 
 it is diuretic and tonic, and has been much used 
 in nephritic and dropsical affections. Dose, f j., 
 in infusion or decoction, daily. 
 
 Erigeron acre. Probably the Conyza ce- 
 rula. 
 
 ERINA'CEUS. The hedge-hog genus. 
 Ero'ded. Gnawed ; jagged. 
 Erode'ntia. Medicines which cause erosion. 
 266 
 
 Erodium moschatum. The geranium mos- 
 chatum. 
 
 Ero'mania. Erotomania. 
 ' ERO'SION. (Erosio, onis, f. ; from erodo, to 
 gnaw out or eat into.) The gradual destruc- 
 tion of the substance of a part by increased ac- 
 tion of the absorbents, whether spontaneous, or 
 excited by the application of some instating 
 substance. 
 
 Ero'sus. Jagged; gnawed. 
 Ero'tic Eroticus. Appertaining to the pas- 
 sion of love ; as erotic melancholy. 
 
 ERO'TOMA'NIA. (a, <z, f. ; from epuc, love, 
 and fiavta, madness.) That melancholy or mad- 
 ness which is the effect of love. 
 Erpes. See Herpes. 
 Erpetology. See Herpetology. 
 ERRA'TIC. (Erraticus ; from erro, to wan- 
 der.) Wandering; irregular. A term occa- 
 sionally applied to pains, or any disease which 
 is not fixed, but moves from one part to anoth- 
 er, as gout, erysipelas, &c. 
 
 E'RRHINE. Errhinus. Errhimim. (Ep- 
 piva; from ev, in, and piv, the nose.) Med- 
 icines which, applied to the internal membrane 
 of the nose, excite sneezing, and increase the 
 secretion, independent of any mechanical irri- 
 tation. Such are tobacco, asarabacca, turbith 
 mineral, peppers, &c. ; also called sternutatories. 
 E'rrhysis. A trifling hemorrhage. 
 E'RROR LOCI. Boerhaave introduced this 
 term, from the opinion that the vessels were of 
 different sizes, for the circulation of blood, 
 lymph, and serum, and that when the larger 
 sized globules were forced into the lesser ve9 
 sels, they became obstructed by error of place 
 Eruca sylvestris. Brassica eruca. 
 Eru'cin. A principle of white mustard, of 
 which little is known. 
 
 ERUCTA'TION. (Eructatio,onis,f.) Belch- 
 ing. See Flatulency. 
 
 ERUPTION. Eruptio. In medical lau 
 guage, the sudden appearance of a disease on 
 the skin ; thus we speak of the eruption of 
 measles, small-pox, scarlet fever, &c. The 
 term applies both to the disease itself, as de- 
 veloped on the skin, and the act of its break- 
 ing out. 
 
 Eruptive fever or diseases. Such diseas- 
 es as are attended with exanthem or other cu- 
 taneous efflorescences. 
 Ervilla. See Ervum. 
 
 E'RVUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminoste. — E. er~ 
 villa. The tare. Tare meal has been made 
 into bread, and used as a resolvent in the form 
 of poultice. — E. lens. The lentil. They are 
 eaten as peas. 
 
 ERY'NGIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifera:. 
 — E. aquaticum. Eryngium. (U. S.) The 
 root is sudorific and expectorant, and acts sim- 
 ilarly with contrayerva ; in large doses it is 
 emetic. — E. campestre is used in many places 
 for that of the sea eryngo. — E. marilimum. The 
 sea holly, eryngo. The root is sweetish and 
 aromatic. It was formerly celebrated for its 
 aphrodisiac powers. 
 
 Eryngo. See Eryngium. 
 Eryngo, sea. See Eryngium. 
 
ERY 
 
 Eryngo-leaved lichex. See Lichen. 
 
 ERY'SIMUM. («m,i,n.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrad y?iamia. Siliquosa. Cruciferce. — E. 
 allia'ria. Sauce alone, or stinking hedge-mus- 
 tard. Alliaria Camelina. It was esteemed 
 powerfully diaphoretic, diuretic, and antiscor- 
 butic. — E. bai-barea. The leaves were consid- 
 ered antiscorbutic. — E. officinale. Sisymbrium 
 officinale. Hedge-mustard. Formerly used as 
 an expectorant and diuretic. The seeds resem- 
 ble mustard in their effects. 
 
 ERYSI'PELAS. (as, atis, n. Epvmnelac; 
 from epvu, to draw, and 7re?MC, adjoining; so 
 named from its tendency to spread to the neigh- 
 boring parts.) Ignis sacer, St. Anthony's fire; 
 the rose. A peculiar form of inflammation 
 which occurs chiefly in the skin, and is gen- 
 erally accompanied with swelling, vesications 
 on the affected part, and with symptomatic 
 fever. 
 
 1. Erysipelas phlegmonodes. Phlegmonoid 
 erysipelas. This form of erysipelas frequently 
 occurs in the face, affecting usually one side of 
 it only ; sometimes it attacks one of the extrem- 
 ities ; and in both cases it is ushered in by a 
 smart feverish attack. The color is higher than 
 in the other species, and the burning heat and 
 tingling in the part are exceedingly distressing. 
 The swelling generally appears on the second 
 night or third day of the fever ; the vesications 
 rise on the fourth and fifth, and break or sub- 
 side on the fifth or six, when the redness 
 changes to a yellowish hue, and the swelling 
 and fever begin to diminish, and on the eighth 
 day both disappear ; on the tenth, the new cu- 
 ticle is commonly left exposed, the old one 
 baring separated, and the brownish or dark 
 scab, which had formed where the fluid of the 
 vesications had been discharged, having fallen 
 off. Phlegmonoid erysipelas frequently term- 
 inates in suppuration, and in sloughing of the 
 cellular membrane. 
 
 2. The Erysipelas cedematodes is less severe 
 in its attack : the tumor is more gradual in its 
 rise and extension, is of a paler red or of a 
 yellowish-brown color, and is accompanied by 
 less heat and local distress : its surface is smooth 
 and shining, and, if it be strongly pressed with 
 the finger, a slight pit remains for a short time. 
 Vesications, which are smaller, less elevated, 
 and more numerous than in the former species, 
 appear on the third or fourth day from the 
 commencement of the swelling, and are suc- 
 ceeded in two or three days by thin, dark- 
 colored scabs, giving an appearance not unlike 
 the confluent small-pox, from the edges of which 
 a clear lymph exudes. This is a dangerous 
 form, and often attacks persons of debilitated 
 constitution. 
 
 3. The Erysipelas gangrenosum commences 
 sometimes like the one and sometimes like the 
 other of the foregoing species, and most com- 
 monly occurs in the face, neck, or shoulders. 
 It is accompanied w T ith symptoms of low fever, 
 and with delirium, which is soon followed by 
 coma, which remains through the subsequent 
 course of the disease. The color of the affect- 
 ed part is a dark-red ; and scattered phlyctenae, 
 with a livid base, appear upon the surface, 
 which frequently terminate in gangrenous ul- 
 
 ERY 
 
 cerations. Even when it terminates favorably, 
 suppuration and gangrene of the muscles, ten- 
 dons, and cellular substance often take place, 
 producing little caverns and sinuses, which 
 contain an ill-conditioned pus, together with 
 sloughs of the mortified parts, which are ulti- 
 mately evacuated from the ulcers. It is an ex- 
 ceedingly dangerous affection, the vital powers 
 being frequently quite overwhelmed from the 
 very first of the attack, and death taking place 
 in a few hours. 
 
 A peculiar variety of gangrenous erysipelas 
 occasionally occurs in infants, a few days after 
 birth, especially in lying-in hospitals, and is 
 often fatal. It most frequently commences 
 about the umbilicus or the genitals, and ex- 
 tends upward or downward. The Erysipelas 
 infantum, however, often terminates favorably 
 in ten or twelve days. 
 
 4. In the Erysipelas erraticum the morbid 
 patches appear, one after another, on different 
 parts of the body. It commonly terminates 
 favorably, however, in a week or ten days. 
 
 Erysipelas is sometimes contagious and epi- 
 demic, and those once affected are liable to 
 periodic returns. 
 
 Erysipelas attacks all parts of the surface of 
 the body ; but it more frequently appears on 
 the face, legs, and feet than in any other situa- 
 tion. It occurs oftener in warm climates than 
 in temperate or cold ones. When there is little 
 affection of the system, it is termed erythema. 
 
 Erysipelas often occurs from wounds in per- 
 sons of bad constitution, and may supervene in 
 malignant fevers. 
 
 The treatment of erysipelas must vary great- 
 ly, according to the form of the disease. When 
 it occurs in robust, plethoric constitutions, par- 
 taking of the phlegmonous character, with se- 
 vere inflammatory fever, it will be proper to 
 begin by taking a moderate quantity of blood ; 
 then direct cooling saline purgatives, antimonial 
 diaphoretics, a light vegetable diet, &c. But 
 if the accompanying fever be more of the ty- 
 phoid type, blood-letting is inadmissible, and 
 the patient's strength must be supported : after 
 clearing out the prima viae, and endeavoring to 
 promote the other secretions by mild evacu- 
 ants, when the pulse begins to fail, a more nu- 
 tritious diet may be resorted to, with wine, the 
 sulphate of quinine, ammonia, and other pow- 
 erful stimulants. In the decidedly gangrenous 
 form of erysipelas, all depletion is out of the 
 question, and a tonic and stimulating treatment 
 must be resorted to from the first. Opium 
 should be given in full doses, and calomel may 
 be useful hi correcting the disordered state of 
 the abdominal secretions. 
 
 The local treatment is important. It consists 
 of free incisions (hi phlegmonous erysipelas) 
 from the commencement, with poultices ; the 
 use of concentrated solution of nitrate of silver, 
 and the application of cold. Blisters are used 
 by the French. 
 
 Erysipelas infantum. See Erysipelas. 
 
 Erysipelas phlyctenoides. E. pustulosa. 
 E. zoster. Herpes zoster. 
 
 Erysipe'latoid. Erysipelatodes. Erysipe- 
 latous. Resembling erysipelas. 
 
 Erysipelatous. Pertaining to erysipelas. 
 267 
 
ERY 
 
 ESC 
 
 ERYTHE'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from epvdpoc, 
 red.) 1. Simple redness. — Hippocrates. 
 
 2. Rash, or inflammatory blush without fe- 
 ver. — Cullen. 
 
 3. A lesser degree of erysipelas. — Callisen. 
 
 4. A nearly continuous redness of some por- 
 tion of the skin, attended with disorder of the 
 constitution, but not contagious. — Willan. 
 
 Dr. Willan has six varieties : 
 
 1. Erythema fugax consists of red patches, 
 of an irregular form and short duration, re- 
 sembling the redness produced from pressure. 
 These patches are symptomatic of various feb- 
 rile diseases, and appear successively on the 
 arms, neck, breast, and face. 
 
 2. The Erythema Iceve exhibits a uniformly 
 smooth, shining surface, and chiefly appears on 
 the lower extremities, in confluent patches, and 
 is generally accompanied by anasarca. 
 
 3. The Erythema marginatum occurs in 
 
 Eatches, which are bounded on one side by a 
 ard, elevated, tortuous red border, in some 
 places obscurely papulated ; but the redness has 
 no regular boundary on the open side. The 
 patches appear on the extremities and loins, in 
 old people, and remain for an uncertain time, 
 without producing any irritation in the skin. 
 They are connected with internal disorder, and 
 their occurrence is to be deemed unfavorable. 
 
 4. The Erythema papulatum occurs chiefly 
 on the arms, neck, and breast, in extensive ir- 
 regular patches, of a bright red hue, present- 
 ing not an inelegant painted appearance. For 
 a day or two before the color becomes vivid, 
 the surface is rough or imperfectly papulated. 
 The redness afterward continues for about a 
 fortnight; and as the eruption declines, it as- 
 sumes a bluish hue, especially in the central 
 parts of the patches. This eruption is some- 
 times attended with great disorder of the con- 
 stitution, especially with a frequent, small 
 pulse, total anorexia, and extreme depression 
 of strength and spirits, and with acute pains 
 and great tenderness of the limbs ; but the gen- 
 eral disorder is often trifling. 
 
 5. Erythema tuberculatum resembles the last 
 variety in the large irregular patches of red 
 efflorescence which it exhibits; but there are 
 small, slightly - elevated tumors interspersed 
 through the patches, which subside in about a 
 week, leaving the erythema, which becomes 
 livid, and disappears in about a week more. 
 
 6. The Erythema nodosum, which is a moi'e 
 common and milder complaint, seems to affect 
 females only, and occurs on the fore part of the 
 legs. It is preceded by slight febrile symp- 
 toms for a week or more, which generally abate 
 when the erythema appears. It shows itself 
 in large oval patches, the long diameter of 
 which is parallel with the tibia, and which 
 slowly rise into hard and painful protuberances, 
 and as regularly soften and subside in the 
 course of nine or ten days, the red color turn- 
 ing bluish on the eighth or ninth day, as if the 
 leg had been braised. It has always gone 
 through its course mildly, under the use of 
 laxatives, followed by the mineral acids and 
 other tonics. 
 
 Erythema anthrax. E. gangrenosum. 
 Anthrax. 
 
 268 
 
 Erythema epidemicum. E.solare. Pellagra. 
 
 Erythema a frigore. E. pernio. Chil 
 blain. See Pernio. 
 
 Erythema mercuriale. See Eczema mer- 
 curiale. 
 
 Ery'thr^a centaurium. Synonyme of Chi- 
 ronia centaurium. 
 
 Ery'thrjEA chilensis. Chironia chilensis. 
 
 Ery'threma. Erythema. 
 
 Ery'thric acid. Purpuric acid, or murexan. 
 
 ERYTHRFNA. A genus of plants. Dia- 
 delphia. Decandria. E. corallodendron, the 
 coral tree. The bark of E. Indica is consid- 
 ered febrifuge. E. Monosperma is much fre- 
 quented by the insect that forms gum lac. 
 
 Erythrine. The name given by Heeren to 
 the red coloring matter of the Lichen roccella. 
 
 Erythro'danum. Rubia tinctorum. 
 
 Erythroei'des. Tunica vaginalis testis. 
 
 Erythro'gen. A green substance some- 
 times found in the gall-bladder in jaundice ; it 
 is converted into a red color when combined 
 with nitrogen. 
 
 Erythro'id vesicle. A doubtful vesicle of 
 the early fcetus, longer, but of the same diame- 
 ter as the umbilical vesicle. 
 
 Erythro'leine. A red, oily fluid found in 
 litmus by Kane. Form., C26H22O4. 
 
 ERYTHRO'NIUM. (urn, i,n.) 1. A name 
 of Vanadium. 2. A genus of plants. Hexan- 
 dria. Monogynia. Liliacece. — E. Americanum. 
 Eryihronium Indicum. The root is emetic in 
 doses of fss., but seldom used. — E. dens canir 
 nus. Dog's-tooth violet. The root has been 
 given against colic and epilepsy, and applied 
 externally in scald head. 
 
 Erythro'phyll. 
 of autumnal leaves and fruits. It is an oxide 
 of chlorophyll. 
 
 ERYTHRO'PROTIDE. A product of the 
 action of a concentrated boiling solution of pot- 
 ash on protein. It is of a reddish-brown col- 
 or, readily soluble in water and in boiling al- 
 cohol. It is precipitated by the salts of lead, 
 silver, and mercury, of a rose color. Formula, 
 C 13 H 8 N0 5 . 
 
 ERYTHRO'SIS. (From epvdpoc, red.) A 
 florid form of plethora, in which the blood is 
 rich in fibrin and hsematosin. It is the plethora 
 arteriosa of some. 
 
 Erythro'xylum. Haematoxylum. 
 
 Ery'thrus. Rhus coriaria. 
 
 E'SAPHE. (Eoa<pr) ; from eoafyao, to feel 
 with the hand.) The touch; or feeling the 
 mouth of the womb, to ascertain its condition. 
 
 E'SCHAR. (Eschara, ec, f. Ecr^cpa; from 
 eaxapoco, to scab over.) Eschara. The portion 
 of animal substance that is destroyed by the 
 application of a caustic, and which sloughs 
 away. 
 
 E S C H A R O ' T I C . Escharoticus. A sub- 
 stance which possesses the power of destroying 
 the texture of the various solid parts of the ani- 
 mal body to which it is directly applied. This 
 class of substances may be arranged under two 
 orders : 
 
 1. Eroding eschar otics ; as blue vitriol, alu- 
 men ustum, &c. 
 
 2. Caustic escharotics; as potassa pur a, ar- 
 genti nitras, acidzcm sulphuricum, nitricum, &c. 
 
ESS 
 
 E TH 
 
 E'SCULENT. Esculentus. Such animals 
 and plants as may be used for food. 
 
 Escu'line. A supposed alkaloid from the 
 horse-chestnut. 
 
 ES'ENBECKINE. Esenbeckina. An alka- 
 loid obtained from the Exostema souzanum, or 
 Brazilian cinchona. This name was given to 
 the product from the erroneous impression 
 that the bark was derived from the Escnbeckia 
 febrifuga. 
 
 ESO-. A prefix (from eao, within), signify- 
 ing internal ; as, Esocolitis, dysentery. 
 
 Eso'enteritis. Inflammation of the mucous 
 membrane of the bowels. 
 
 Eso'gastritis. Inflammation of the mucous 
 membrane of the stomach. 
 
 Esox lucius. The pike fish, from the liver 
 of which an oil is obtained, which is termed, 
 in some pharmacopoeias, oleum lucii piscis. It 
 is used in some countries to disperse opacities 
 of the cornea. 
 
 E'sphlasis. A fracture of the skull, with 
 depression. 
 
 Espn'oic medicine. The application of med- 
 icines to the skin with friction. 
 
 Es'prit. A French word for a spirit, tincture, 
 volatile oil, or fluid. 
 
 E'SSENCE. {Essentia, <e, f.) Properly 
 that part of any thing on which its most remark- 
 able qualities depend. Usually volatile oils 
 mixed with alcohol. It is also applied to some 
 tinctures. 
 
 Essence de petit grain. The volatile oil of 
 the leaves of the orange, formerly of the young 
 fruit. 
 
 Essence of colt's-foot. This is made of 
 equal parts of balsam of tolu and compound 
 tincture of benzoin, with double the quantity of 
 rectified alcohol. It is sold as a pectoral. 
 
 Essence of mustard. This is made of oil 
 of turpentine, camphor, spirit of rosemary, and 
 flower of mustard. 
 
 Essence of sarsaparilla, compound. A 
 veiy concentrated state of the compound de- 
 coction of sarsaparilla. 
 
 Essence of spruce. This is prepared by 
 decoction from the twigs of the spruce fir 
 (pinus nigra). When mixed with treacle or 
 sugar, and water, and fermented, it forms spruce 
 beer. 
 
 ESSE'NTIA. An essence ; an aromatic and 
 volatile preparation ; also a tincture. See Tinc- 
 tura, Vinum, and Oils, Essential. 
 
 Essentia bina. A preparation used to color 
 brandy, porter, and other strong drinks. It is 
 made by boiling coarse sugar till it becomes 
 black and bitter, and then mixing it with lime 
 water to the consistence of a syrup. 
 
 ESSENTIAL. Essentialis. Relating to the 
 essence of any thing. 
 
 Essential oils. See Oils, Essential. 
 
 Essential salt of bark. A watery extract 
 of Peruvian bark. 
 
 Essential salt of lemons. The prepara- 
 tion so called is a mixture of cream of tartar 
 and binoxalate of potash. 
 
 E'SSERA. (a, <e, f.) Sora. Sare. A spe- 
 cies of cutaneous eruption, distinguished by 
 broad, shining, smooth red spots, mostly with- 
 out fever, and differing from the nettle rash in 
 
 not being elevated. It generally attacks the 
 face and hands. It is also applied to the nettle 
 rash. 
 
 Esthio'menus. (From ecdiu, to eat.) A 
 term formerly applied to any disease which 
 rapidly destroyed, or, as it were, ate away the 
 flesh ; as some fonns of herpes, lupus, cancer. 
 
 Estival. JEstival. Pertaining to the sum 
 mer. 
 
 Estiva'tion. See ^Estivation. < 
 
 Esula major. See Euphorbia palustns. 
 
 Esula minor. See Euphorbia cyparissias. 
 
 E'thal. A crystalline waxy substance, de- 
 rived from the saponification of spermaceti. 
 See Cetyl. 
 
 E'tcerio. An aggregate fruit, the parts of 
 which are achenia, as in the raspberry. 
 
 E'THER. See jEther. 
 
 Ether, acetic Acetic naphtha. An ethe- 
 real fluid, drawn over from an equal admixture 
 of alcohol and acetic acid, distilled with a gentle 
 heat from a glass retort in a sand-bath. It is an 
 acetate of the oxide of ethyle. It has a grate- 
 ful smell, is extremely light, volatile, and in- 
 flammable. Its medicinal properties nearly re- 
 semble the other ethers, and may be given in 
 the same doses. It is seldom used. 
 
 Ether, chlorine. See Chloroform. 
 
 Ether, htdric. Sulphuric or common ether. 
 See yEthcr sulphuricus rectificatus. 
 
 Ether, hydrochloric. ^Ether hydrochlor- 
 ides. It is best prepared by saturating alcohol 
 with gaseous hydrochloric acid, and distilling 
 with a gentle heat into a receiver surrounded 
 by ice. It is colorless, has a penetrating odor, 
 and sweetish taste. Composition, AeCl, or 
 chloride of ethyle or ethule. Its sp. gr. is 0-874 
 at 40° F., and it boils at 51° F. A spirituous 
 solution is used as an antispasmodic ; this is the 
 spiritus cetheris hydrochlorici. Dose, f. 3J. to 
 f. 3iij. 
 
 Ether, hydrocyanic This has been em 
 ployed by M. Magendie in some cases as a sub 
 stitute for hydrocyanic acid, but its smell was 
 found so insufferable that its use could not be 
 continued. 
 
 Ether, hyponitrous. See yEther nitrosus. 
 
 Ether, muriatic E., marine. See Ether, 
 hydrochloric. 
 
 Ether, nitric See JEther nitrosus. 
 
 Ether, nitrous. Nitric naphtha. See^Ether 
 nitrosus. 
 
 Ether, cenanthic The aromatic liquid 
 which imparts to wines and some spirits their 
 peculiar odor. It is an cenanthate of oxide of 
 ethyle; form., Ci4H 13 0. 2 -fAeO. 
 
 Ether, sulphuric See JEther sulphuricus. 
 
 Ether, vitriolic See yEther sulphuricus. 
 
 E'THEREAL. {Ethereus; from eether.) A 
 
 term applied to any liighly-rectified essential oil 
 
 or spirit. 
 
 Ethereal oil. See Oleum athereum. 
 Ethereo-sulphuric acid. Sulphovinic acid. 
 ETHERIFICATION. The conversion of 
 fluids into ethers ; the process by which ethers 
 are produced. The theoiy of etherification 
 most countenanced is that which regards alco- 
 hol as the hydrated oxide of ethyle or ethule 
 (AeO, HO) ; this being acted on by concen- 
 trated sulphuric acid, forms the hydrated bisul- 
 
 269 
 
EUD 
 
 EUP 
 
 phate of oxide of ethyle. The hydrated bisul- 
 phate is decomposed by the heat in distillation, 
 and there arises ether or oxide of ethyle (AeO), 
 while the water remains combined with sul- 
 phuric acid. 
 
 E'therine. A solid body isomeric with 
 etherole, and deposited from it in the cold. 
 
 E'therole. An insoluble oily product of the 
 decomposition of sweet oil of wine when heat- 
 ed with water. It is isomeric with olefiant gas 
 and etherine — C4H4. 
 
 E'thionic acid. A product of the action of 
 anhydrous sulphuric acid on alcohol. Its form, 
 is 2SO3, C4H5O. It forms crystalline salts. 
 
 Ethiops. See yEthiops. 
 
 E'THMOID. (Ethmoides; from edfioc, a 
 sieve, and etdoc, forai ; because it is perforated 
 like a sieve.) Sieve-like. 
 
 Ethmoid bone. Os ethmoides. Os ethmoi- 
 deum. Cribriform bone. A bone of the head 
 and nose. The ethmoid is a light cellular bone, 
 over which the olfactory nerves are spread. It 
 lies between the eyes and ethmoidal notch of 
 the os frontis ; is of a cubical figure ; contained 
 above the crista galli and cribriform plate, in 
 the center, and running the length of the bone, 
 is the nasal plate or azygous process, which, 
 with the vomer, forms the upper division of the 
 nostrils ; this plate also sustains at its lower part 
 the two superior turbinated bones. Parallel with 
 this, and on each side, are the two fiat planes 
 formiug the orbitar plates, which make up a 
 considerable portion of the orbit. 
 
 Ethmoidal cells. The cells of the ethmoid 
 bone. 
 
 Ethmoides. Ethmoid. 
 
 Ethu'le. A synonyme of Ethyle. 
 
 ETHYLE. Ethule. A hypothetical com- 
 pound radical ( C4H5 ) existing in the ethers. 
 Symbol, Ae. Common sulphuric ether is the 
 oxide of ethyle, AeO ; alcohol the hydrated 
 oxide, AeO, HO. There are also chlorides, 
 bromides, &c. The oxide of ethyle acts the part 
 of metallic oxides, forming salts, of which sev- 
 eral are of considerable importance, as nitrous 
 ether, which is the hyponitrite of oxide of e'hyle 
 AeO, N0 3 ). There is a carbonate (AeO . C0 2 ) : 
 oxalate, or oxalic ether (AeO, C2O3), and numer- 
 ous other salts, most of which have the charac- 
 ters of ethers. 
 
 Etiola'tion. The process of blanching plants 
 by raising them in darkness. 
 
 Etiology. iEtiology. 
 
 E'tron. Hrpov. The hypogastrium. 
 
 EU-. A prefix. (From su.) Well or good ; 
 as Eucemii. a good state of the blood. — Eu- 
 chymii, when the humors are in a good con- 
 dition. — Encrasia, Euexia, a good temperament 
 and constitution. — Euethes, benign. 
 
 EUCALY'PTUS. A genus of plants. Ico- 
 sandria. Monogynia. — The E. resinifera of 
 New South Wales produces an astringent gum 
 resin, resembling kino in properties. — The E. 
 manifcra of the same place yields a kind of 
 manna, or eucalyptus sugar. 
 
 Eua'xthemum. The chamomile. 
 
 Eu'chlorine. The protoxide of chlorine; 
 hypnchlorous acid. 
 
 EUDIOMETER. (Endiomelrum, i, n. ; from 
 evdta, purity of air, and fierpov, a measure.) An 
 270 
 
 instrument for ascertaining the quantity of ox- 
 ygen or any other gas in a given mixture of 
 gases. The best is Ure's. 
 
 EUDIOMETRY. {Eudiometria, a.) The 
 art of determining the quantity of any gas con- 
 tained in a given bulk of atmospheric air, &c. 
 
 EUGE'NIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Icosandria. Monogynia. Myrtacece. — E. cary- 
 ophylla'ta. The clove tree of the Indies. It 
 owes its hot, aromatic flavor to an essential oil, 
 the oleum caryophylli. Dose, gtt. ij. to gtt. v., 
 in mixture. — E. jambos. Yields the Malabar 
 plum. They are used medicinally as a mild 
 astringent. 
 
 Eugenia pimenta. See Myrtus pimenta. 
 
 Euge'nin. The solid deposit from oil of 
 cloves ; the stearopten of oil of cloves. 
 
 Euge'us. The uterus. 
 
 Eu'le. A worm found in putrid ulcers. 
 
 Eunu'chium. Lactuca sativa. 
 
 Eunu'chus. One that is castrated. 
 
 Eupathi'a. Health. 
 
 Eupato'riace^e. A subdivision of the great 
 natural family Composites. 
 
 EUPATO'RIUM. (um,i,n.) 1. The Greek 
 name for agrimony. 2. A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia ceqnalis. Compositce. 
 3. Eupatorium cannabinum. 
 
 Eupatorium arabicubi. The eupatorium 
 cannabinum. 
 
 Eupatorium aya pana. A Brazilian plant 
 which resembles E. perfoliatum in properties, 
 but is of inferior activity. 
 
 Eupatorium cannabinum. Hemp agrimony. 
 The eupatorium of European writers. The 
 plant was formerly much used in Europe, es- 
 pecially as a diuretic, and in dropsies. It was 
 also considered emetic and purgative. 
 
 Eupatorium gr^corum. The agrimonia eu- 
 patoria. 
 
 Eupatorium mesues. Theachilleaageratum. 
 
 Eupatorium perfoliatum. Thoroughwort. 
 Boneset. This indigenous perennial finds a 
 place in the Pharmacopoeia, and is reputed 
 tonic and diaphoretic. In larger doses it is ca- 
 thartic and emetic. The Infusum enpatorii 
 perfoliati is officinal. It has been much used 
 in intermittents. 
 
 Eupatorium pilosum. A synonyme of E. 
 teucrifolium. 
 
 Eupatorium purpureum. Gravel-root. This 
 resembles the E. perfoliatum in tonic action. 
 It is also said to be diuretic. 
 
 Eupatorium teucrifolium. E. verbenifoli- 
 um. This indigenous perennial resembles the 
 E. perfoliatum in its properties. 
 
 Eupatorium veterum. The eupatorium of 
 the ancients. Agrimonia eupatoria. 
 
 Eupe'psia. Good digestion. 
 
 Eupe'ptic. Eupeplicus. Easy of digestion. 
 
 EUPHO'RBIA. (a,cc,t\) A genus of plants. 
 Dodecandria. Trigynia. Euphorbiacecc. 
 
 Euphorbia antiquorum. A plant formerly 
 supposed to produce the Euphorbium. 
 
 Euphorbia canariensis. This yields the 
 gum euphorbia of the Canaries. 
 
 Euphorbia corollata. Large flowering 
 spurge ; an indigenous perennial. The root is 
 emetic and purgative, and the whole plant ac- 
 rid. Dose of the dried root, as an irritating 
 
EUP 
 
 E VO 
 
 emetic, gr. x. to 3j. In smaller doses it is pur- 
 gative, and when gr. i. to gr. ij. are employed, 
 diaphoretic. The juice of the fresh plant is 
 desiccative. 
 
 Euphorbia ctparissias. The cypress 
 spurge. This, like most of the spurges, is very 
 acrimonious, inflaming the eyes and oesophagus 
 after touching them. It is now fallen into dis- 
 use, whatever virtues may have been ascribed 
 to it formerly, one of which, no doubt, was that 
 of opening the bowels, for it was called poor 
 man's rhubarb. 
 
 Euphorbia ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha 
 spurge. American ipecacuanha spurge. This 
 is an indigenous perennial, growing in the Mid- 
 dle and Southern States. The root is an irrita- 
 ting emetic and purgative in doses of gr. x. to 
 
 Euphorbia lathyris. The plant which af- 
 fords the lesser cataputia seeds. The seeds 
 possess purgative properties, but if exhibited 
 in an over-dose, prove drastic and poisonous : 
 a quality common to all the Euphorbiacece. 
 
 Euphorbia officinarum. The plant which 
 affords the euphorbium, an inodorous gum-resin, 
 in yellow tears, which have the appearance of 
 being worm-eaten ; said to be obtained from 
 several species of euphorbia. It is imported 
 from Mogadore. It contains an active resin, 
 and is very seldom employed internally, but it 
 enters as an iugredient hito some resolvent and 
 discutient plasters. 
 
 Euphorbia palustris. The greater spurge. 
 The juice is used in Eussia as a common purge ; 
 and the plant is given, in some places, in the 
 cure of intermittents. 
 
 Euphorbia paralias. Sea spurge. Every 
 part of this plant is violently cathartic and irri- 
 tating, inflaming the mouth and fauces. 
 
 EUPH ORBIA'CE.E . A natural order of ex- 
 ogenous plains, inhabitants of almost all parts 
 of the globe; nearly allied to Malvaceae and 
 Rhamnacca:, especially agreeing with the for- 
 mer in the starry structure of the hairs, the 
 monadelphous stamens, and the definite number 
 of ovules in three united carpels. Their sensi- 
 ble properties are, on the whole, poisonous and 
 exciting, both being of a volatile nature, and 
 often dispelled by heat. Independently of the 
 volatile principle there are two others, viz., ca- 
 outchouc and turnsol. The bark of several 
 crotons, the wood of Croton tiglium and com- 
 mon box, the leaves of the latter, of Cicca dis- 
 ticha, and of several euphorbias, are sudorific ; 
 and many other species, among which Ricimts 
 may be mentioned, are purgative ; the latter 
 produces castor oil. 
 
 EUPHO'RBLE GUMMI-RESINA. Euphor- 
 bium. A waxy, resinous body, derived from 
 several species of euphorbia by incising the 
 steins. The powder is an irritating and dan- 
 gerous emetic and cathartic when taken inter- 
 nally, and is seldom or never prescribed- When 
 added to Burgundy pitch, it may be employed 
 as a rubefacient. See Euphorbia officinarum. 
 
 EUPHRASIA. (a,<sj.) 1. Euphrasia. 2. 
 A genus of plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. 
 Scrophulariacece. — E. officinalis. Eye-brisfht. 
 It is supposed to be useful in diseases of the 
 eyes, but is inert. 
 
 E'upion. A volatile, oily component of oil 
 of tar. It boils at 117° ; sp. gr., 0-74 ; and has 
 a pleasant odor. 
 
 EUPLA'STIC. (From ev, and irTiaatc, for- 
 mation.) Favorable to the formative forces. A 
 term employed by Lobstein for the elaborated 
 matter out of which animal tissues are formed, 
 and opposed to cacoplastic, which means unfit 
 for further organization. 
 
 Eury'mthos. Regularity of the puke. 
 
 EUSTACHIAN TUBE. Tuba eustachian^. 
 Iter a palato ad aurem. The tube which forms 
 a communication between the posterior nare.« 
 and the ear ; so named after its discoverer, Eus- 
 tachius. See Auris. 
 
 Eustachian valve. See Valvula Eustachii. 
 
 Eusthe'nia. Vigorous health. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Eutro'phia. Vigorous nutrition. 
 
 EVA'CUANTS. "(From evacuo, to empty.) 
 Medicines or agents which cause a discharge 
 from some emunctory, as purgatives, emetics 
 sialaeogues, &c. 
 
 EVACUATION. A discharge, more espe- 
 cially of faeces. Also, the act of discharging, 
 by artificial means, the contents of an abscess, 
 &c. 
 
 E VA P R AT 1 N . (Evapo ratio, on is, f. ) 
 The slow conversion of any substance into va- 
 por. It differs from distillation in its object, 
 which chiefly consists in preserving the more 
 fixed matters, while the volatile substances are 
 dissipated and lost: and the vessels are accord- 
 ingly different; evaporation being commonly 
 performed in open, shallow vessels, and distil- 
 lation in an apparatus nearly closed from the 
 external air. 
 
 Evaporation is a process of infinite import- 
 ance in the economy of nature ; and in the ani- 
 mal body, evaporation from the skin (sponta- 
 neous evaporation) and lungs is one of the most 
 obvious causes of diminution of temperature. 
 
 EVENTRATION. (From ex, out of, and 
 venter, the belly.) Any condition arising from 
 tumor or wounds in which the bowels are dis- 
 placed or protruded. A ventral hernia, is one 
 form of eventration ; an extensive wound from 
 which the bowels protrude is another form. 
 
 Evergreen. 
 
 >empervirens. 
 
 EVERRTCULUM. A scoop, used to clear 
 the bladder from the small calculous particles 
 which may remain after the operation of lithot- 
 omy. 
 
 Eve'rsio palpebrjs. Ectropium. 
 
 Evil, king's. Scrofula. 
 
 Evi'ration\ Castration. 
 
 EVOLUTION. (Evolutio, onis, f . ; from 
 evolvo, to unroll.) 1. In Physiology, it means 
 development. 2. That hypothesis respecting 
 generation which supposes that the germ is not 
 organized in the body of the parent, but pre- 
 existent, already organized, and only developed 
 by the process of generation, is called the hy- 
 pothesis of Evolution : it is opposed to that of 
 the Epigenesis. Compare Epigenesis. 
 
 Evolution, spontaneous. In Obstetrics, 
 this term has been applied by Dr. Penman to 
 that case in which the arm and shoulder of the 
 child being protruded from the vagina, a spon- 
 taneous turning takes place, and the child is 
 expelled by the breech, as if in a natural pre 
 
 271 
 
EXA 
 
 sentation of that part. The occasional occur- 
 rence of the fact is generally admitted, but the 
 opinions of obstetricians are divided as to the 
 precise manner and extent to which it takes 
 place. 
 
 Evo'mition. Evomitio. Vomiting. 
 
 EVU'LSION. ( Evulsio ; from evello, to 
 pluck Tip. ) The forcible extraction or removal 
 of a part : a term sometimes employed by sur- 
 geons. 
 
 EXA'CERBATION. (Exacerbatio; fromea;- 
 acerbo, to become violent.) An increase of in- 
 tensity in the symptoms of a disease recurring 
 at intervals. The term is generally applied to 
 an increase of febrile symptoms, and is synony- 
 mous with paroxysm. 
 
 Exjs'matosis. Hasmatosis. 
 
 EX/E'RESIS. (From egaipsu, to remove.) 
 That division of the art of surgery which com- 
 prises the removal of whatever is injurious or 
 superfluous to the body; as the extraction of 
 foreign bodies, amputation of limbs, excision of 
 tumors, &c. 
 
 Examblo'ma. Examblo' sis. An abortion. 
 
 EXANASTOMO'SIS. (From t£ and avac- 
 ro/ioo), to relax or open.) The opening of the 
 mouths of vessels to discharge their contents. 
 
 EXANGI'A. (a, ce, f. ; from ef, and ayyctov, 
 a vessel.) The generic name given by Mason 
 Good to diseases which consist in enlargement, 
 breach, or other morbid perforation of a large 
 blood-vessel, without external opening. The 
 genus includes aneurism, varix, and cyania. 
 
 EXA'NGUINOUS. ( Exanguis ; from ex, 
 and sanguis, blood.) Deficient in blood. The 
 pale color of patients suffering from hemorrha- 
 ges, chlorosis, &c, is termed exanguinous. 
 
 EXA'NIA. (From ex, out of, and anus.) 
 Prolapsus of the rectum. See Procidentia ani. 
 
 EXANTHE'M. Exanthema. (E^vOn/ua; 
 from etjavdEw, effloresco, to effloresce, or break 
 forth on the surface.) Exanthisma. 1. An 
 eruption of the skin, called a rash. 2. In the 
 present day nosologists have limited it to an 
 eruption or rash which is accompanied with 
 fever, and which has its regular periods of ef- 
 florescence and decline. In Dr. Willan's ar- 
 rangement it is appropriated solely to those 
 appearances which are usually called rashes ; 
 namely, to patches of superficial redness of the 
 skin, of various extent and intensity, occasioned 
 by an unusual determination of blood into the 
 cutaneous vessels, sometimes with partial ex- 
 travasation; it has no reference, therefore, to 
 the existence of fever or contagion. It com- 
 prehends measles, scarlet fever, nettle rash, 
 rose rash, purples, and erythema. 
 
 Exanthem mercuriale. Eczema mercuriale. 
 
 Exanthema, carbuncular. Anthrax. 
 
 EXANTHE'MATA. The name of an order 
 of diseases, of the class Pyrexiae of Cullen's 
 Nosology. 
 
 Exanthematic. Exanthematicus. Eruptive. 
 
 EXANTHEMA'TICA. The genus of erup- 
 tive fevers in Good's Nosology. 
 
 EXANTHE'SIS. (F^avdnaig ;■ from egavdeu, 
 to effloresce.) Properly, the breaking out of 
 an efflorescence on the skin ; but applied, also, 
 to the efflorescence itself. 
 
 Exantht'sma.. See Exanthema. 
 272 
 
 EXO 
 
 ExANTHRo'riA. The same as misanthropy. 
 
 Exarchia'ter. A chief physician. 
 
 Exarthre'ma. Exarthroma. Exarthrosis. 
 A dislocation or luxation. 
 
 Exarthro'ma. EgapOpufia. A dislocation. 
 
 Ex arthrosis. EZapBpoaic. A dislocation. 
 
 E X A R T I C U L A' T I O N. (From ex, out of, 
 and articulus, a joint.) A luxation or disloca- 
 tion of a bone from its socket. 
 
 Excecaria agallocha. Lignum aloes. 
 
 Exci'pulum. A chemical receiver. 
 
 EXd'SION. (From excisio, to cut out.) 
 The cutting out of parts, as tumors, &c, which 
 are not sufficiently large or prominent to be 
 amputated. We do not say the penis was ex- 
 cised, but a tumor was excised. 
 
 EXCITABILITY. (From excito, to excite.) 
 That condition of living bodies wherein they 
 can be made to exhibit the functions and phe- 
 nomena which distinguish them from inanimate 
 matter ; or the capacity of organized beings to 
 be affected by various agents called stimuli. 
 
 EXCTTANT. Exciting; stimulating. Ap- 
 plied to medicines which excite the actions of 
 the system, excitantia. These are either gen* 
 eral, acting on the whole system, as alcohol, or 
 particular, acting only on certain parts, as diu- 
 retics, expectorants, &c. 
 
 EXCITA'TION. Excitement. (From ex- 
 cito, to excite.) 1. That state in which excita- 
 bility is called into action. 2. The act of 
 awakening excitability. 3. The result of the 
 action of the exciting powers, as the circulation, 
 mental action. 
 
 Exciting cause. See JEtiology. 
 
 EXGTTO-MO'TORY SYSTEM. A division 
 of the nervous system made by Dr. M. Hall. 
 It consists of the tubercula quadrigemina, me- 
 dulla oblongata, medulla spinalis, and the true 
 spinal nerves. This system is brought into ac- 
 tion by exterior agency, without the direct 
 influence of the will. Thus the emission of 
 semen is the result of an excito-motory phe- 
 nomenon. The nerves of the gland, being ex- 
 cited, convey an impression to the spinal cord, 
 and this reflects a nervous influence to the prop- 
 er organs, which produces an emission alto- 
 gether independent of the will. These nerves 
 are therefore said to act by reflex action, and 
 their function is termed the reflex function. 
 The phenomena of respiration and nutrition, as 
 well as the heart's action, are under this influ- 
 ence. 
 
 EXCORIA'TION. (Excoriatio, onis, f. ; from 
 excorio, to take off the skin.) An abrasion of 
 the skin. 
 
 E'XCREMENT. {Excrementum, i, n. ; from 
 excerno, to separate from.) Any useless matter 
 ejected from the body, but generally applied to 
 the fasces discharged from the bowels. 
 
 Excrementi'tious. Of the nature of excre- 
 ment. 
 
 EXCRE'SCENCE. {Excrescentia, ce, f. ; 
 from excresco, to grow from.) Any preternat- 
 ural growth ; as a com, a wart, piles, hydatids, 
 &c. 
 
 EXCRE'TION. (Excretio, onis, f. ; from 
 excerno.) 1. The expulsion, by the various out- 
 lets of the body, of such matters as would be 
 superfluous or injurious if they remained. 2. 
 
EXO 
 
 EXO 
 
 Any matter so thrown off, as the faeces, urine, 
 &c 
 
 E'XCRETORY. (Excretorius ; from excer- 
 no, to purge, sift, &c.) This term is applied to 
 the ducts which convey the secreted fluids from 
 the glands. Some glauds have only one excre- 
 tory duct, and others several. 
 
 Excretory organs. Those organs, viscera, 
 or teguments which furnish a matter or prod- 
 uct to be thrown off from the body ; they are 
 the reverse of secretory organs. The skin and 
 the mucous membranes are of this class. 
 
 Excu'tia ventri'culi. A stomach brush. 
 An instrument consisting of a ferule of iron or 
 brass, with a bunch of hog's bristles at the end 
 of it. It was formerly used to extract foreign 
 bodies from the oesophagus ; and some absurdly 
 attempted to cleanse the stomach of viscous 
 matters by means of it. 
 Exelco'sis. Ulceration. 
 Exera'ma. Matters vomited. — Hippocra- 
 tes. 
 
 E'XERCISE. (Exercitatio, onis, f.) The 
 use of the muscles in subordination to the will. 
 Exercise has been divided into active and pass- 
 ive ; but many of the movements included in 
 the latter can not properly be called exercise. 
 See Gestation. Active exercise comprehends 
 walking, running, dancing, and all those exer- 
 cises usually termed athletic. They are of 
 great importance in the preservation of health 
 and in the removal of disease. . The ancient 
 physicians paid much more attention to this 
 subject than the modem, insomuch that gym- 
 nastic medicine formed, with them, a distinct 
 department of the art. 
 
 Exercitatiox. Gymnastics. 
 ExerrhVsis. An insensible discharge; as 
 that of the insensible perspiration. 
 
 EXPORTATION. (From ex, outward, and 
 fcetus.) Extra-uterine pregnancy, where the 
 ovum is developed otherwise than in the uterus. 
 EXFOLIA'TION. (Exfoliatio ; from ex- 
 folio, to cast the leaf.) The separation of a 
 dead piece of bone from the living. 
 
 Exfoliati'vum tre'panum. A raspatory, or 
 instrument for scraping exfoliating portions of 
 bone. 
 
 Exfolia'tivus. Conducive to exfoliation. 
 Exhala'nts. Exhalant vessels. Those ca- 
 pillary vessels which pour out a fluid. 
 
 EXHALA'TION. 1. The throwing off of 
 vapor ; evaporation. 2. A vapor or effluvium. 
 EXHAUSTION. 1. The state brought 
 about by excessive fatigue, want of food, great 
 mental effort, anxiety. 2. The effect produced 
 by the action of the air-pump in removing air 
 from vessels. 
 
 Exhorrhi'z.e . Dicotyledonous or exogenous 
 plants. 
 
 Exhuma'tion. The act of disinterring a 
 corpse. 
 
 Exi's chios. A luxation of the thigh bone. 
 EXO-. A prefix. (From the Greek, £&>.) 
 Outward ; of great use in words derived from 
 that language. 
 
 E'xochas. E'xoche. In general, a tumor. 
 Paul of JEgina applies the term to soft tubercles 
 at the anus — probably piles. 
 EXOCY'STIS. Exocyste. (From efu, with- 
 S 
 
 out, and kvgtic, the bladder.) A prolapsus of 
 the inner membrane of the bladder. 
 
 EXO'GENOUS. (From e£ outside, and yetv- 
 oftai, I grow. ) A term applied to those plants 
 a transverse slice of whose stem exhibits a cen- 
 tral cellular substance or pith, an external cel- 
 lular and fibrous ring or bark, and an interme- 
 diate woody mass, and certain fine lines radi- 
 ating from the pith to the bark through the 
 wood, and called medullary rays. They are 
 called exogens, because they add to their wood 
 by successive external additions, and are the 
 same as what are otherwise called dicotyledons. 
 They constitute one of the primary classes into 
 which the vegetable world is divided, charac- 
 terized by their leaves being reticidated ; their 
 stems having a distinct deposition of bark, wood, 
 and pith; their embryo with two cotyledons; 
 and by their flowers usually formed on a qui- 
 nary type. Our forest trees and most garden 
 vegetables are of this kind. 
 Exo'gens. See Exogcnotw. 
 Exomfhalocele. Exomphalus. 
 EXO'MPHALUS. (From e£ out of, and op- 
 fyaloc, the navel.) Exomphalos. An umbilical 
 hernia. See Hernia timbilicalis. 
 
 Exo'ncus. Exoncoma. Exoncosis. A large 
 tumor. 
 
 EXOPHTHA'LMIA. (a, a, f. ; from e£ out, 
 and o<p8al[ioe, the eye.) A swelling or protru- 
 sion of the bulb of the eye, to such a degree 
 that the eyelids can not cover it. It may be 
 caused by inflammation, when it is termed ex- 
 ophthalmia inflammatoria ; or from a collection 
 of pus in the globe of the eye, when it is term- 
 ed the exophthalmia purulenta ; or from a con- 
 gestion of blood within the globe of the eye, ex- 
 ophthalmia sanguinea. 
 
 Exo'rmia. A generic term, meaning an erup- 
 tion, and employed by the Greek physicians 
 with papula, ecthyma, lichen, &c. 
 
 EXOSMO'SIS. (From e£, and uofioc, im- 
 pulsion.) When the current is the reverse of 
 Endosmosis, which see. 
 
 EXOSTE'MA. A genus of trees of the nat- 
 ural family Cinchoniacex; indigenous in Brazil, 
 Peru, and South America, and yielding a portion 
 of the false cinchona barks. — E.fioribunda of 
 the West Indies yields the St. Lucia bark. — E. 
 caribbcenm furnishes Caribbean or Jamaica cin- 
 chona bark. — E. peruviannm yields the false 
 cinchona, or Peruvian bark. — E. souzanum the 
 Brazilian cinchona, the bark of which contains 
 esenbechine. 
 
 ExosTo'jrE. The foramen of an ovule. 
 EXOSTOSIS, (is, is, m. ; from e£ and oo- 
 teov, a bone.) Hyperostosis. A morbid en- 
 largement, or hard tumor of a bone. The 
 bones most frequently affected with exostosis 
 are those of the cranium," the lower jaw, ster- 
 num, humerus, radius, ulna, bones of the carpus, 
 the femur, and tibia. There is, however, no 
 bone of the body which may not become the 
 seat of this disease. It is not uncommon to find 
 the bones of the cranium affected with exostosis 
 in their whole extent. The ossa parietalia 
 sometimes become an inch thick. 
 
 Exostosis, however, mostly rises from the 
 surface of the bone, in the form of a hard, 
 round tumor ; and venereal exostoses, or nodes, 
 
 273 
 
EXP 
 
 are observed to arise chiefly on compact bones, 
 and such of these as are only superficially cov- 
 ered with soft parts ; as, for instance, the bones 
 of the cranium, and the anterior surface of the 
 tibia. 
 
 Exostosis steatomodes. Osteosteatoma. 
 
 EXO'TIC. (Exoticus; from e£u, without.) 
 Belonging to a foreign country. 
 
 EXPANSION. 1. The increase of bulk 
 which a body undergoes by the recession of its 
 particles from one another, so that it occupies 
 a greater space while its weight remains the 
 same. Expansion is one of the chief effects of 
 the agency of caloric. 2. A prolongation or 
 expanded condition, as of aponeuroses. 
 
 EXPE'CTANT MEDICINE. That theory 
 or practice of medicine which consists in ob- 
 serving the course of a disease, leaving the sys- 
 tem to the operations of nature for i-estoration, 
 unless derangement occurs or symptoms arise 
 too serious to be neglected. It has found much 
 favor in France. 
 
 EXPECTORANT. {Expectorans; from ex- 
 pectoro, to discharge from the breast.) Applied 
 to that which increases the discharge of mucus 
 from the bronchial tubes. 
 
 EXPE'CTORANTS. Medicines which pro- 
 duce or assist expectoration. The principal of 
 these are squills, the fetid gums, honey, liquor- 
 ice, horehound, garlic, ipecacuanha, tartar emet- 
 ic, senega root, balsam of tolu and benzoin, 
 myrrh, and ammoniacum. 
 
 EXPECTORATION. (Expectoratio, onis, 
 f.) The act of ejecting matters from the chest ; 
 also the sputum. 
 
 Expectoratio sanguinis. Haemoptysis. 
 
 Expellant. Expellens. Driving out ; ex- 
 pulsive. 
 
 Experience. Knowledge or tact acquired 
 by practice. 
 
 Experiment. A practical test. Something 
 done in order to discover an uncertain or un- 
 known effect. — Bacon. 
 
 EXPIRA'TION. (Expiratio; from expiro, 
 to breathe.) That part of respiration hi which 
 the air is expelled from the lungs. 
 
 E'xpiratort. That which assists in the pro- 
 cess of expiration. 
 
 EXPLORA'TION. Explora'tio. (From ex- 
 floro, to search out.) The investigation of the 
 physical signs of disease, as opposed to the di- 
 agnosis derived from symptoms. Exploration, 
 as it is called, is used chiefly in diseases of the 
 thorax and abdomen, and consists of, Inspection, 
 or examination by the eye ; Palpation, manual 
 examination, or examination by the sense of 
 touch ; Mensuration, or geometrical measure- 
 ment, with a view to ascertaining the compar- 
 ative size of the two sides of the che6t or belly ; 
 Percussion, or striking with the hand, which 
 affords indications cognizable both by the touch 
 and the sense of hearing ; Auscultation, which 
 affords indications recognized only by the ear, 
 either unaided or assisted by the intervention 
 of the stethescope. 
 
 Explora'torium. A sound. 
 
 EXPRESSED OIL. An oil obtained by 
 pressing, as olive oil from the olive, almond oil 
 from the almond, castor oil, &c. 
 
 EXPRESSION. (Expressio, onis, f. ; from 
 274 
 
 EXT 
 
 exprimo, to press out.) 1. A mechanical oper- 
 ation by which the juices of plants and vari- 
 ous fixed oils are obtained. 2. The indications 
 of the state of the feelings, passions, and sensa- 
 tions, presented by the countenance, attitude, 
 and gesture. 
 
 EXPUI'TION. (From exspuo, to spit out.) 
 The act of spitting. 
 
 EXPULSIVE. Expulsorius. 1. A bandage 
 constructed for exerting pressure on parts, so 
 as to expel pus or other fluids, is called the ex- 
 pulsive bandage. 2. The pains which occur in 
 the second stage of parturition, and by which 
 the child is expelled, are called expulsive pains. 
 3. Diaphoretics have been called expulsive med- 
 
 1 CHICS • 
 
 EXSANGUI'NITY. (From ex, and sanguis' 
 blood.) Bloodlessness. See Ancemia. 
 
 Exse'rtus. Protruding. 
 
 EXSICCA'TION. (Exsiccatio; from exsicco, 
 to dry up.) Drying. A pharmaceutical and 
 chemical operation, by which plants, chemical 
 preparations, &c, are deprived of their humid- 
 ity. This is done by exposure to the sun, or to 
 fire, in an oven, &c, on dry or absorbent sub- 
 stances. 
 
 Exstipula'tus. Without stipules. 
 
 EXSTRO'PHIA. Ecstrophia. (From sk- 
 crpefyo, to invert.) Extroversion. The dis- 
 placement of an organ, especially the bladder. 
 
 Exsucca'tio. Synonymous with Echymoma. 
 
 Extempora'neous prescription. That form 
 of prescription which is written at the bedside 
 of the patient. 
 
 Extensibility. The property or capacity 
 of being extended. 
 
 EXTE'NSION. (From extendo, to stretch 
 out.) 1. In Physics, the property of occupying 
 a portion of space. 2. In Surgery, the act ol 
 pulling a broken or dislocated bone outward 
 from the body, to bring the end into a natural 
 position and restore the parts. It is the reverse 
 of counter extension. 
 
 EXTE'NSOR. (or, oris, m. ; from extendo, 
 to stretch out.) A term applied to those mus- 
 cles the office of which it is to extend any part ; 
 the term is in opposition to flexor. 
 
 Extensor brevis digitorum pedis. A mus- 
 cle of the toes, situated on the foot. Extensor 
 brevis of Douglas. It arises, fleshy and tendin- 
 ous, from the fore and upper part of the os cal- 
 cis, and soon forms a fleshy belly, divisible into 
 four portions, which send off an equal number 
 of tendons that pass over the upper part of the 
 foot, under the tendons of the extensor longus 
 digitorum pedis, to be inserted into its tendinous 
 expansion. Its office is to extend the toes. 
 
 Extensor carpi radialis brevior. An ex- 
 tensor muscle of the wrist, situated on the fore- 
 arm. Radialis extervus brevior of Albinus. 
 Radialis secundus of Winslow. It arises, ten- 
 dinous, from the external condyle of the hume- 
 rus, and from the ligament that connects the ra- 
 dius to it, and runs along the outside of the 
 radius. It is inserted by a long tendon into the 
 upper and back part of the metacarpal bone of 
 the middle finger. It assists in extending and 
 bringing the hand backward. 
 
 Extensor carpi radialis longior. An ex- 
 tensor muscle of the carpus, situated on the 
 
EXT 
 
 EXT 
 
 fore-arm, that acts in conjunction with the 
 former. Radialis extemus longior of Albinus. 
 Radialis ext emits primus of Winslow. It arises 
 thin, broad, and fleshy, from the lower part of 
 the external ridge of the os humeri, above its 
 external condyle, and is inserted by a round 
 tendon into the posterior and upper part of the 
 metacarpal bone that sustains the fore-fiugers. 
 
 Extensor carpi uln t aris. Ulnaris externns 
 of Albinus and Winslow. It arises from the 
 outer condyle of the os humeri, and then re- 
 ceives an addition from the edge of the ulna ; its 
 tendon passes in a groove behind the styloid 
 process of the ulna, to be inserted into the in- 
 side of the basis of the metacarpal bone of the 
 little finger. 
 
 Extensor digitorum communis. A muscle 
 situated on the fore-arm, that extends all the 
 joints of the fingers. Extensor digitorum com- 
 munis manus of Douglas and Winslow. Ex- 
 tensor digitorum communis, seu digitorum tensor 
 of Cowper. Cum extensore proprio auricularis 
 of Albinus. It arises from the external pro- 
 tuberance of the humerus ; and at the wrist it 
 divides into three flat tendons, which pass under 
 the annular ligament, to be inserted into all the 
 bones of the fore, middle, and ring fingers. 
 
 Extensor digitorum longus. See Extensor 
 longus digitorum pedis. 
 
 Extensor indicis. See Indicator. 
 
 Extensor longus digitorum pedis. A mus- 
 cle situated on the leg, that extends all the 
 joints of the four small toes. Extensor digi- 
 torum longus. It arises from the upper part of 
 the tibia and fibula, and the interosseous liga- 
 ment ; its tendon passes under the annular lig- 
 ament, and then divides into five, four of which 
 are inserted into the second and third pha- 
 langes of the toes, and the fifth goes to the basis 
 of. the metatarsal bone. This last Winslow 
 reckons a distinct muscle, and calls it Peroneus 
 brevis. 
 
 Extensor longus pollicis pedis. See Ex- 
 tensor proprius pollicis pedis. 
 
 Extensor magnus. See Gastrocnemius. 
 
 Extensor major pollicis manus. See Ex- 
 tensor secundi internodii. 
 
 Extensor minor pollicis manus. See Ex- 
 tensor primi internodii. 
 
 Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis manus. 
 An extensor muscle of the wrist, situated on the 
 fore-arm. Abductor longus pollicis manus of 
 Albinus. Extensor primi internodii of Douglas. 
 Extensor primus pollicis of Winslow. Extensor 
 primi internodii pollicis of Cowper. It arises, 
 fleshy, from the middle and posterior part of 
 the ulna, from the posterior part of the middle 
 of the radius, and from the interosseous liga- 
 ment, and is inserted into the os trapezium, and 
 upper part of the metacarpal bone of the thumb. 
 
 Extensor pollicis primus. See Extensor 
 primi internodii. 
 
 Extensor pollicis secundus. See Extensor 
 secundi internodii. 
 
 Extensor primi internodii. A muscle of 
 the thumb, situated on the hand, that extends 
 the first bone of the thumb obliquely outward. 
 Extensor minor pollicis manus of Albinus. This 
 muscle, and the Extensor ossis metacarpi polli- 
 cis manus, are called Extensor pollicis primus 
 
 by Winslow; Extensor secundi internodii by 
 Douglas; Extensor secundi internodii ossis pol- 
 licis by Cowper. It arises, fleshy, from the 
 posterior part of the ulna and from the interos- 
 seous ligament, and is inserted, tendinous, into 
 the posterior part of the first bone of the thumb. 
 Extensor proprius pollicis pedis. An ex- 
 tensor muscle of the great toe, situated on the 
 foot. Extensor longus of Douglas. Extensor 
 pollicis longus of Winslow and Cowper. It 
 arises by an acute, tendinous, and fleshy begin- 
 ning, some way below the head and anterior 
 part of the fibula, along which it runs to near 
 its lower extremity, connected to it by a num- 
 ber of fleshy fibers, which descend obliquely, 
 and form a tendon, which is inserted into the 
 posterior part of the first and last joint of the 
 great toe. 
 
 Extensor secundi internodii. A muscle 
 of the thumb, situated on the hand, that ex- 
 tends the last joint of the thumb obliquely 
 backward. Extensor major pollicis manus of 
 Albinus. Extensor pollicis secundus of Wins- 
 low. Extensor tertii internodii of Douglas. 
 Extensor internodii ossis pollicis of Cowper. 
 It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the middle 
 part of the ulna and interosseous ligament ; it 
 then forms a tendon, which runs through a 
 small groove at the inner and back part of the 
 radius, to be inserted into the last bone of the 
 thumb. Its use is to extend the last phalanx 
 of the thumb obliquely backward. 
 
 Extensor secundi internodii indicis pro- 
 prius. See Indicator. 
 
 Extensor tarsi magnus. The gastrocne- 
 mius and soleus muscles together. 
 
 Extensor tarsi minor. See Plantaris. 
 Extensor tarsi suralis. See Gastrocne- 
 mius interims. 
 
 Extensor tertii internodii indicis. See 
 Prior indicis. 
 
 Extensor tertii internodii minimi digiti. 
 See Abductor minimi digiti manus. 
 Extenuatio. Leanness. 
 Externus auris. The laxator tympani. 
 Externus mallei. See Laxaior tympani. 
 EXTINCTION OF MERCURY. The tritu- 
 ration of mercury with other substances till the 
 globules disappear. 
 
 EXTINCTIO VOCIS. Imperfect aphonia. 
 Extipula'tus. Without stipulae. 
 EXTIRPATION. (Extirpatio ; from extir- 
 po, to eradicate.) The complete removal or 
 destruction of any part, either by cutting in- 
 struments or the action of caustics. 
 
 E'XTRACT. (Extractum, i, n. ; from extra- 
 ho, to draw out.) In Pharmacy, it includes all 
 those prepai-ations from vegetables which are 
 separated by the agency of various liquids, and 
 afterward obtained from such solutions, in a 
 solid state, by evaporation of the menstruum. 
 It also includes those substances which are 
 held in solution by the natural juices of fresh 
 plants, as well as those to which some men- 
 struum is added at the time of preparation. 
 
 Extract of lead. Goulard's extract. The 
 subacetate of lead. 
 
 EXTRA'CTION. (Extract™ ; from extra- 
 ho, to draw out.) The taking extraneous sub- 
 stances out of the body. Thus we speak of the 
 
 275 
 
EXT 
 
 extraction of bullets and splinters from wounds, 
 and of stones from the urethra or bladder. Sur- 
 geons also sometimes apply the term extraction 
 to the removal of tumors out of cavities; as, 
 for instance, to the taking of cartilaginous tu- 
 mors out of the joints. They seldom speak of 
 extracting any diseased original part of the 
 body, though they do so in one instance, viz., 
 the cataract. 
 
 EXTRACTIVE. The mixture of gum, su- 
 gar, and peculiar principles dissolved from 
 plants by any menstruum. This mixture was 
 formerly considered a chemical body, but it has 
 no determinate constitution. 
 
 Extractive matters of blood. In blood 
 and all the secretions of the body there is a cer- 
 tain amount of animal matter, not gelatinous, 
 and being no known form of protein, which is 
 called extractive. 
 
 EXTRACTS. Various extracts, as of vale- 
 rian, sabine, &c, are ordered by some pharma- 
 copoeias ; but, being evaporated decoctions, are 
 often without much activity, the oily parts be- 
 ing evolved during inspissation. 
 
 EXTRA'CTUM. (From extraho, to draw 
 out.) An extract. 
 
 Extractum aconi'ti. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Ex- 
 tract of aconite. Take of aconite leaves, fresh, 
 Ibj.: bruise them in a stone mortar, sprinkling 
 on a little water; then press out the juice, and 
 evaporate. Narcotic and diuretic. Dose, one 
 grain to five grains. 
 
 Extractum aconiti alcoho'licum. (U. S.) 
 Alcoholic extract of aconitum. Take of dry 
 aconitum leaves, in coarse powder, Ibj. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Oiv. Moisten the leaves with alcohol; 
 let it digest twenty-four hours; put in a dis- 
 placement vessel, and add the alcohol gradual- 
 ly. When the alcohol has ceased passing, add 
 water to the leaves to keep them covered so 
 long as a clear fluid percolates. Distill off* the 
 alcohol, mix, and evaporate. Dose, internally, 
 gr. one sixth. Used chiefly in ointment in neu- 
 ralgic pains. 
 
 Extractum aloes purifica'tum. (Ph. L.) 
 Purified extract of aloes. Take of aloes, pow- 
 dered, fifteen ounces; boiling water, a gallon. 
 Macerate for three days in a gentle heat; then 
 strain, and set it by, that the dregs may sub- 
 side. Pour off* the clear solution, and evapo- 
 rate. The dose is from five to fifteen grains. 
 Purgative. 
 
 Extractum anthf/midis. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 Extract of chamomile. Take of chamomile 
 flowers, dried, a pound; water, a gallon: boil 
 down to four pints, strain while hot, and evap- 
 orate. The dose is ten grains to a scruple. A 
 mild tonic. 
 
 Extractum artemi'sue absi'nthii. (Ph. 
 D.) Extract of wormwood. A strained de- 
 coction, evaporated. Tonic. Dose, gr. x. to9j. 
 
 Extractum bellado'nnje. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 Extract of belladonna. Take of deadly night- 
 shade leaves, fresh, a pound. Prepare as E. 
 aconiti. It is anodyne, and dilates the pupil. 
 Dose, gr. \ to gr. iijj. 
 
 Extractum belladonna alcoholicum. (U. 
 S.) Alcoholic extract of belladonna. Prepared 
 as the E. aconiti alcoholicum. 
 
 Extractum cascari'lla resino'sum. Al- 
 276 
 
 EXT 
 
 coholic extract of cascarilla. Cascaiilla bark is 
 digested with alcohol, then with water, and 
 the mixed liquids strained and inspissated. 
 Dose, gr. x. to 3j. 
 
 Extractum catechu. See Acacia catechu. 
 
 Extractum catharticum. Extractum col- 
 ocynthidis compositum. 
 
 Extractum catholicon. A purgative ex- 
 tract resembling extractum colocynthidis com- 
 positum. 
 
 Extractum chamameli. Extractum anthe- 
 midis. 
 
 Extractum cicuta. Extractum conii. 
 
 Extractum cincho'na. Extract of bark. 
 The London Pharmacopoeia has an E. cincho- 
 na; cordifoliat, E. cinchona lancifolice, and E. 
 cinchona! oblongifolia. The formula for each 
 is the same. Take of the bruised bark, fifteen 
 ounces ; distilled water, four gallons : boil down 
 in a gallon of water to six pints, and strain the 
 liquor while hot. In like manner, boil down 
 the bark in an equal measure of water four 
 times, and strain. Lastly, all the liquors being 
 mixed, evaporate to a proper consistence. This 
 extract should be kept soft for making pills, 
 and hard to be reduced to powder. Dose, gr. 
 x. to 3J. 
 
 Extractum cinchona. (U. S.) Take of 
 Peruvian bark, in coarse powder, Ibj. Proceed 
 as in E. aconiti alcohol, but make Ovj. of infu- 
 sion with water. Evaporate all to an extract. 
 
 Extractum cinchona resino'sum. (Ph. 
 L.) Resinous extract of bark. Take of lance- 
 leaved cinchona bark, bruised, a pound; recti- 
 fied spirit, four pints: macerate for four days, 
 and strain. Distill the tincture in the heat of 
 a water-bath until the extract has acquired a 
 proper consistence. The dose is ten grains to 
 half a drachm. 
 
 Extractum colch'ici aceti'cum. (Ph. L.) 
 Acetic extract of meadow saffron. Take of the 
 fresh cormus of meadow saffron, a pound ; ace- 
 tic acid, three fluid ounces: bruise, gradually 
 sprinkling with the acetic acid, then press out 
 the juice, and evaporate. The dose is from 
 one to two grains twice or thrice a day. It is 
 used in the same cases as the other preparations 
 of colchicum. 
 
 Extractum colchici cormi. (Ph. L.) Ex- 
 tract of meadow saffron. Take of the cormus 
 of fresh meadow saffron, a pound. Bruise, 
 sprinkle with a little water, press out the juice, 
 and evaporate. It is given in the dose of a 
 grain every four hours, and is a very efficacious 
 preparation of colchicum. 
 
 Extractum colocy'nthidis. (Ph. L.) Ex- 
 tract of colocynth. Take of colocynth, ibj.; 
 water, two gallons. Boil six hours, strain, and 
 evaporate. The dose is from five to thirty 
 grains. Cathartic. 
 
 Extractum colocynthidis compo'situm. 
 (U. S. & Ph. L.) Compound extract of colo- 
 cynth. Cathartic extract. Take of colocynth 
 pulp, "Jvj. ; aloes, sxij.; scammony, powdered, 
 jiv. ; soap, fiij. ; cardamom, powdered, fj.; 
 proof spirit, a gallon. Macerate the colocynth 
 in the spirit for four days in a gentle heat; 
 strain the solution, and add it to the aloes, 
 scammony, and soap ; evaporate, the cardamom 
 being mixed in toward the end of the process 
 
EXT 
 
 EXT 
 
 The dose is from five to thirty grains. A valu- 
 able cathartic. 
 
 Extractum conii. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Ex- 
 tract of hemlock. Take of fresh hemlock leaves, 
 fcj. Prepare as in E. aconiti. The dose is 
 from five grains to a scruple. Narcotic, &c., 
 as the plant. 
 
 Extractum conii alcoho'licum. (U. S.) 
 Alcoholic extract of hemlock. Prepare as for 
 E. aconiti alcoholicum. 
 
 Extractum corticis peruviani. Extractum 
 cinchona?. 
 
 Extractum digit'alis. (Ph. L.) Extract 
 of foxglove. Take of fresh leaves of digitalis, 
 fi)j. Prepare as E. aconiti. Of very uncertain 
 strength. Dose, gr. 6S. to gr. ij. An arterial 
 sedative. 
 
 Extractum dulcamara. Prepared by dis- 
 placement from coarse powder. 
 
 Extractum elate'rii. Extract of elaterium. 
 Cut the ripe wild cucumbers into slices, and 
 pass the juice, very gently expressed, through 
 ft very fine hair sieve ; then set it by for some 
 hours, until the thicker part has subsided; the 
 thinner part, which swims at the top, being re- 
 jected. Diy the thicker part which remains 
 by a gentle heat. The dose is from half a grain 
 to three grains. Hydragogue cathartic. 
 
 Extractum genista. Extractum spartii 
 scoparii. 
 
 Extractum gentia'n^e. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 Extract of gentian. Take of gentian, sliced. 
 Prepare as E. anthemidis. It may be prepared 
 by displacement with cold water. Dose, from 
 ten to thirty grains. Tonic. 
 
 Extractum glycyrrhi'z.e. Extract of li- 
 quorice. Take of liquorice root, sliced. An 
 evaporated decoction. 
 
 Extractum h^emato'xyli. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 Extract of logwood. Take of logwood, pow- 
 dered. Prepare as the E. anthemidis. Dose, 
 from ten grains to half a drachm. Astringent. 
 # Extractum helle'bori alcoholicum. (U. 
 S.) Alcoholic extract of black hellebore. 
 Prepared like E. aconiti alcoholicum. 
 
 Extractum hellebori nigri. (Ph. D.) 
 Extract of black hellebore root. Prepared as 
 the E. anthemidis. Cathartic, gr. x. to 3j. ; 
 said to be emmenagogue in doses of gr. iij. to 
 gr. viij. 
 
 Extractum humuli. See Extractum lupuli. 
 
 Extractum hyoscy'ami. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 Extract of henbane. Take of fresh henbane 
 leaves. Prepare as in E. aconiti. Dose, from 
 three to twenty grains. Anodyne. 
 
 Extractum hyoscyami alcoholicum. (U. 
 S.) Alcoholic extract of hyoscyamus (hen- 
 bane). Prepared from the dried leaves, like 
 the E. aconiti alcoholicum. 
 
 Extractum jala'pje. (U. S.) Prepared 
 like the E. cinchonse, U. S. 
 
 Extractum jalapi. Extract of jalap. 
 Take of jalap-root, powdered, two pounds ; 
 rectified spirit, a gallon ; distilled water, two 
 gallons: macerate the jalap-root in the spirit 
 for four days, and pour off the tincture ; boil 
 down the remaining powder in the water to 
 half a gallon ; then strain the tincture and de- 
 coction separately, and let the former be dis- 
 tilled and the latter evaporated, until each be- 
 
 gins to grow thick; mix these and evaporate. 
 The dose is from ten to twenty grams. Hy 
 dragogue cathartic. 
 
 Extractum jugla'ndis. (U. S.) Extract 
 of butternut. Formerly prepared like E. an- 
 themidis, but now by displacement. Cathar- 
 tic. Dose, 3j. 
 
 Extractum krame'ri^. (U. S.) Extract 
 of rhatany. Prepared by displacement. As- 
 tringent. 
 
 Extractum lactu'c^:. (Ph. L.) Extract 
 of lettuce. Take of fresh lettuce leaves. Pre- 
 pare as E. aconiti. Dose, from five to ten 
 grams twice or thrice a day. Anodyne. 
 
 Extractum lupu'li. (Ph. L.) Extract of 
 hops. Take of hops, half a pound ; boiling wa- 
 ter, two gaUons. Macerate for twenty-four 
 hours, boil down to a gallon, strain while hot, 
 and evaporate. This extract contains the bit- 
 ter and narcotic principle of the hop, without 
 the aromatic. Dose, gr. v. to 3j. 
 
 Extractum nucis vomi'ce. (U. S.) Alco- 
 holic extract of mix vomica. Take of mix 
 vomica, fbj . ; soften by steam; slice dry, and 
 reduce to a coarse powder. Macerate with 
 alcohol, and place in a displacement apparatus, 
 adding alcohol as long as the product is bitter ; 
 distill and inspissate. It acts like strychnia, 
 producing tetanic convulsions, but is not very 
 uniform. Dose, gr. ss. to gr. ij. The pharma- 
 copoeias of Edinburgh and Dublin have the 
 same extract differently prepared. 
 
 Extractum opii purific'atum. (Ph. L.) 
 E. opii aquosum. E. opii gummosttm. Ex- 
 tract of opium. Take of opium, sliced, twenty 
 ounces ; distilled water, a gallon ; pour a small 
 quantity of the water upon the opium, and 
 macerate it for twelve hours ; add the remain- 
 ing water gradually, and rub them together 
 until the mixture be complete. Set it by, that 
 the faeculencies may subside ; then strain and 
 evaporate. Dose, from half a grain to five 
 grains. 
 
 Extractum papa'veris. (Ph. L.) E.papa- 
 veris albi. E. papaveris somniferi. Extract of 
 white poppy. Take of white poppy capsules, 
 bruised, and freed from the seeds, fifteen 
 ounces; boiling distilled water, a gallon. Ma- 
 cerate for twenty-four hours, then boil down 
 to four pints ; strain the hot liquor, and evapo- 
 rate. Six grains are about equivalent to one 
 of opium. 
 
 Extractum pareira. Extract of pareira. 
 Take of pareira, bruised, two pounds and a 
 half; boiling distilled water, two gallons. Ma- 
 cerate for four-and-twenty hours, boil down to 
 a gallon, strain while yet hot, and evaporate 
 to a proper consistence. This extract may be 
 supposed to contain the virtues of the plant, if 
 indeed the latter possess any. See Cissampelos 
 pareira. The extract is given in doses of from 
 ten grains to half a drachm. 
 
 Extractum podoph'ylli. (U. S.) Extract 
 of May-apple root. Prepared as E. cinchonas, 
 U.S. Cathartic ; a substitute for jalap. Dose, 
 gr. v. to gr. xv. 
 
 Extractum quassia. (U. S.) Extract of 
 quassia. Take of rasped quassia, ftj. ; water, 
 q. s. Prepare by displacement. Tonic. Dose, 
 gr. v. to gr. x. 
 
 277 
 
EXT 
 
 Extractum quercus. (Ph.D.) E.corticis 
 quercus. Extract of oak bark. An evaporated 
 decoction. Astringent. Dose, gr. X.-3J. 
 
 Extractum quinine. Made by evaporating 
 the mother liquor, after crystallization, in the 
 preparation of sulphate of quinine. A very ac- 
 tive preparation. Dose, gr. ij. to gr. x. 
 
 Extractum rhei. (Ph. L. & D.) Extract 
 of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb root, powdered. 
 An aqueous and alcoholic extract, strained. 
 Dose, from ten to thirty grains. 
 
 Extractum rut^e. E. rutce graveolens. 
 Extract of rue. This may be prepared like 
 other simple extracts. It is bitter. 
 
 Extractum sabadill^: alcoholicum. 
 ( Tumbull.) Extract of cevadilla (sabadilla). 
 The evaporated tincture. It has the proper- 
 ties of veratria. Dose, one sixth of a grain, 
 gradually increased. 
 
 Extractum samb'uci. (Ph. D.) The in- 
 spissated juice of the elderberry. Aperient. 
 Used in eruptive diseases. 
 Extractum sars^;. Extractum sarsaparillae. 
 Extractum sars^; compo'situm. Com- 
 pound extract of sarsaparilla of the druggists. 
 Made by mixing the extract of sarsaparilla 
 with the evaporated decoction of mezereon 
 bark and guaiacum shavings, and adding a little 
 oil of sassafras. About ft is equal to a pint of 
 the compound decoction of sarsaparilla. 
 
 Extractum sarsapari'll^:. (U. S.) Pre- 
 pared from sarsaparilla in coarse powder, in the 
 same manner as the E. aconiti alcoholicum. 
 
 Extractum sarsaparilljE. E.sarsce. (Ph. 
 L.) Extract of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsa- 
 parilla root, sliced, ibiiss. ; boiling water, two 
 gallons. Macerate for twenty-four hours, boil 
 to a gallon, strain the hot liquor, and evapo- 
 rate. Dose, from ten grains to a drachm. 
 The Edinburgh and Dublin Pharmacopoeias 
 have an alcoholic fluid extract, E. sarsce flu- 
 idum. 
 
 Extractum satu'rni. Liquor plumbi ace- 
 tatis. 
 
 Extractum spartii scop'arii. (Ph. D.) 
 Extract of broom-tops. An evaporated decoc- 
 tion. Diuretic and laxative. Dose, 3ss. to 3J. 
 Extractum stramo'nii. (U. S.) Take of 
 fresh stramonium (thorn-apple) leaves, and 
 proceed as in the E. aconiti. Uncertain. 
 Dose, gr. i., gradually increased. 
 
 Extractum stramonii. (Ph. L.) Extract 
 of thorn-apple. Take of the seeds of stramo- 
 nium, fifteen ounces; boiling distilled water, 
 one gallon. Macerate for four hours near the 
 fire ; take out and bruise the seeds ; then put 
 them again into the liquor, boil to four pints, 
 strain while yet hot, and evaporate. Narcotic. 
 Used in asthma. Dose, half a grain to two 
 grains, in the form of pill. 
 
 Extractum stramonii semi'nis. (U. S.) 
 Alcoholic extract of stramonium seeds. Pre- 
 pare by displacement with dilute alcohol. 
 Narcotic. Used in asthma and spasmodic af- 
 fections. Dose, gr. i., gradually increased to 
 gr. x. 
 
 Extractum styr'acis. (Ph. E.) Strained 
 storax. Dissolve storax in rectified spirit, strain, 
 and evaporate. 
 
 Extractum tara'xaci. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 278 
 
 EXIT 
 
 Take of dandelion root, fresh and bruised 
 Prepare as the E. anthemidis. Dose, from ten 
 grains to a drachm. 
 
 Extractum thebai'cum. Extractum opii. 
 
 Extractum vvm ursi. (U. S. & Ph, L.) 
 Extract of uva ursi (bearberry). Take of uva 
 ursi, Ibiiss. ; water (distilled), Oij. Macerate 
 twenty-four hours, boil, strain, and evaporate. 
 Astringent and tonic. Used in calculous and 
 vesical affections. Dose, gr. v. to gr. xv. 
 
 EXTRA-NATURALS. A term used by the 
 older hygeists, as distinguished from such agents 
 as were non-naturals. Galen gives the follow- 
 ing concise definition : Res extra-naturam quo 
 sunt tres, morbus, causa morbi et accidentia 
 morbum comitantia. 
 
 EXTRANEOUS BODIES. In Hygeine, 
 any bodies, whether solid, fluid, gaseous, inani- 
 mate, or organized, which may enter or be found 
 in the human system. Calculi, entozoa, ef- 
 fused fluids, and bodies accidentally present,, 
 belong to this class. 
 
 EXTRA-UTERINE PREGNANCY. When 
 the ovum is developed out of the uterus, as in 
 the ovary, Fallopian tube, parietes of the ute- 
 rus, &c. 
 
 EXTRAVASATION. Extravasatio ; from 
 extra, without, and vas, a vessel. ) A term ap- 
 plied by pathologists to the effusion of fluids 
 from their proper vessels or receptacles. Thus, 
 when blood is effused on the surface or in the 
 ventricles of the brain, it is said that there is an 
 extravasation. When blood is poured from 
 the vessels mto the cavity of the peritonaeum, 
 in wounds of the abdomen, this accident is 
 called an extravasation. An extravasation of 
 urine is said to take place when, in conse- 
 quence of a wound, sloughing, or ulceration, 
 the urine makes its way into the cellular sub- 
 stance or among the abdominal viscera. When 
 the bile spreads among the convolutions of the 
 bowels from wounds of the gall-bladder, this 
 is also a species of extravasation. 
 
 EXTREMITY. Extremitas. This term is * 
 applied to the limbs, as distinguishing them 
 from the other divisions of the animal, the head 
 and trunk. 
 
 Extrinsic That which is not closely con- 
 nected or allied to a part or thing, but belongs 
 rather to the outside. 
 
 Extro'rsal. Extrorse. Turned outward. 
 When any part of a plant or other object is 
 turned away from the axis of development. 
 
 EXTROVE'RSION. Extroversio. That 
 malformation in which a part is wrong side 
 outward. This rarely occurs; but there are 
 instances of the bladder being so situated. 
 
 Exu'ber. A child that has been vveaned. 
 
 EXU'DATION. (Exudatio; from exudo, _ to 
 sweat out.} The slow flowing out or sweating 
 of a fluid from the surface of a membrane, the 
 skin, an ulcer, &c. Transpiration is a feeble 
 degree of exudation. The halitus- or moisture 
 of serous membranes is the result of exudation. 
 It is a phenomenon of capillary action or exos- 
 mose. 
 
 EXULCE RATION. (Exulceratio, onis, f. ; 
 from exulcero, to cause ulcers.) Mostly applied 
 to th?; commencement of ulceration. 
 
 Exumbilicatio. Exomphalus. 
 
E Y E. 
 
 EYE 
 
 EXU'VLE. {ice, arum, pi. f. ; from exuo, to 
 strip off.) 1. The cast-off skins of those ani- 
 mals which change their skins by a natural 
 process. The exuviae of serpents, anguium 
 senectce, were formerly boiled in wine, and 
 used as a cure for deafness, &c. 2. Any mat- 
 ter rejected from an organized body. 
 
 EYE. The globular organ which occupies 
 the cavity of the orbit and constitutes the ap- 
 paratus of vision. There are certain parts call- 
 ed appendages of the eye : these are the eyelids, 
 see Tarsi ; the lachrymal apparatus, the plica 
 semilunaris, the caruncula lachrymalis, see these 
 titles ; the blood-vessels and nerves of the eye, 
 see Ophthalmic artery, Optic nerve, &c. ; last- 
 ly, the muscles of the eye, which are six in 
 number. See Rectus and Obliquus. 
 
 The globe of the eye is situated in the inter- 
 nal and anterior part of the orbital fossa. Its 
 form is that of a spheroid. When viewed in 
 profile, the globe appears to be composed of 
 segments of two spheres, of which the anterior 
 is smaller and more prominent. Anteriorly, 
 the globe of the eye is in relation with the con- 
 junctiva, which is reflected from the eyelids 
 upon it ; posteriorly, with the vessels and nerves 
 (optic and ciliary) which enter it, and with a 
 quantity of adipose substance in which it is hi 
 some measure imbedded ; round its circumfer- 
 ence, with the six muscles inserted into it ; su- 
 periorly, and toward its outer side, with the 
 lachrymal gland; and internally, with the ca- 
 runcula, tensor tarsi, and lachrymal sac. 
 
 The globe, or, as it is often called, the ball 
 of the eye, is composed of membranes placed 
 one within the other, and of humors or fluids 
 which they inclose ; the former are not unfre- 
 quently called coats, or tunics ; but, as none of 
 them forms a complete investment, the term is 
 not so applicable as that here adopted. The 
 membranes are the conjunctiva, sclerotica, cor- 
 nea, choroid, retina, and iris, the capsule of 
 the crystalline lens, the hyaloid membrane, and 
 that of the aqueous humor. The humors are 
 the aqueous, vitreous, and the crystalline lens. 
 
 The Conjunctiva. — The conjunctiva {mem- 
 brana conjunctiva, sive adnata) lines the free 
 border and inner surface of the eyelids, from 
 which it is reflected upon the globe of the eye, 
 so as to cover its anterior third. Along the bor- 
 ders of the lids it is continuous with the skin, 
 and by lining the puncta lachrymalia, forms a 
 continuous surface with the mucous membrane 
 of the lachrymal passages and nasal fossae. 
 
 The Sclerotica. — The sclerotic {<jK?inpoc, 
 hard ; cornea opaca) is fibrous, firm, and resist- 
 ent in its texture, and forms about four fifths of 
 the external investment of the eye, extending 
 from the entrance of the optic nerve to the bor- 
 der of the cornea. The internal surface is con- 
 cave and in apposition with the choroid mem- 
 brane, with which it is connected by vascular 
 and nervous filaments, and by some delicate 
 cellular tissue. Posteriorly, it is pierced by a 
 small circular aperture for the transmission of 
 the optic nerve ; anteriorly, it is truncated. The 
 inner edge of this aperture is slightly beveled, 
 so as to allow the cornea to be inserted into it, 
 somewhat as a watch-glass is into its case. It 
 is rendered thicker posteriorly by the tendinous 
 
 expansions of the muscles, which some anato- 
 mists have called the tunica alhuginea. The 
 aperture for the optic nerve is a little nearer to 
 the nasal than to the temporal side of the globe, 
 and is found to be divided by a number of sep- 
 ta, so as to constitute a cribriform plate, through 
 which the pulp of the nerve may be made to 
 ooze as if through minute pores. In the mid- 
 dle will be found one of these of larger size 
 than the rest, which is named porus opticus. It 
 gives passage to the arteria centralis retinae. 
 
 The Cornea. — The comea {cornea pcllucida) 
 occupies the anterior fifth of the globe ; its trans- 
 verse diameter is about seven lines, the vertical 
 a little less. The anterior surface, which is 
 convex and prominent, is in contact with the 
 conjunctiva; the posterior is concave, and is 
 lined by the membrane of the aqueous humor. 
 It is composed of five or six concentric lamellae, 
 united by some connecting medium, probably 
 a fine cellular tissue, the interstices of which 
 contain an aqueous or serous fluid. 
 
 Ciliary Ligament. — The ciliaiy ligament {or- 
 bicularis ciliaris, Haller) is a ring of light gray 
 matter, about a line and a half in breadth, 
 which is attached to the inner surface of the 
 sclerotica, just at its junction with the cornea. 
 Externally, it is united, though slightly, with 
 the sclerotica; posteriorly, with the choroid 
 membrane ; and anteriorly, with the iris, which 
 may be said to be inserted into its substance. 
 Its external circumference presents a slight 
 groove which runs around it, so that when in 
 apposition with the sclerotica a minute canal is 
 inclosed between them. 
 
 The Choroid. — The choroid membrane {tu- 
 nica vasculosa, choroidea) lies between the scle- 
 rotica and the retina, extending from the en- 
 trance of the optic nerve as far as the ciliary 
 ligament. In the greater part of its extent it is 
 connected, though loosely, to the sclerotica by 
 cellular tissue, and by the vessels which pass 
 from without to reach it ; but anteriorly, the 
 union is established through the medium of the 
 ciliary ligament. The inner surface is in ap- 
 position with Jacob's membrane. Posteriorly, 
 the choroid presents a foramen for the trans- 
 mission of the optic nerve ; anteriorly, it forms 
 the ciliary process. It is a very vascular and 
 nervous tunic. The ciliary nerves pass along 
 it, and the long ciliaiy arteries. The short cil- 
 iary arteries are distributed into its substance, 
 principally on the inner surface, called the ta- 
 petum, from which the pigmentum nigrum seems 
 to be secreted. The veins are larger, and dis- 
 posed in whorls on the outside {vasa vorticosa). 
 The distinction between the venous and arte- 
 rial distribution led Ruysch to consider the 
 choroid as made of two lamellae, of which the 
 interior was called tunica Ruyschiana. 
 
 Ciliary Processes. — The ciliary processes, 
 formed, as has been above stated, of the ante- 
 rior margin of the choroid, are from sixty to 
 eighty in number. The form of each process 
 is triangular. They are attached to the margin 
 of the crystalline lens. The name ciliary body 
 (corpus ciliare) is usually given to the aggre- 
 gate of the ciliary process. 
 
 Retina. — The retina {tunica nervea) is placed 
 between the choroid membrane and the vitre- 
 
 279 
 
EYE 
 
 EYE 
 
 ous humor. It extends from the bottom of the 
 eye, where it is continuous with the optic 
 nerve, forward as far as the commencement of 
 the ciliaiy processes. It seems to consist of 
 two laminae. About two lines outside the en- 
 trance of the optic nerve may be observed in 
 the retina a small hole and a yellow spot, first 
 described by Soemmering, and named by him, 
 the one foramen centrale, the other limbics lu- 
 teus. It is covered externally by Jacob's mem- 
 brane. 
 
 The Iris. — The iris, which presents the col- 
 ored circle seen through the transparent cornea, 
 is a partition placed so as to divide, but very 
 unequally, the interval between the cornea and 
 the lens into two parts. This interval is filled 
 by the aqueous humor, so that the iris moves 
 freely in the fluid. The space between it and 
 the cornea is the anterior chamber; that be- 
 hind, the posterior chamber. The posterior sur- 
 face is covered by a dark pigment called uvea. 
 When this is washed off, a number of fine lines, 
 or fibres, may be observed, converging from 
 the greater circumference to the pupil: these 
 are distinct from one another in the former sit- 
 uation, but in the latter are blended so as to 
 form a membranous zone. 
 
 The great circumference of the iris corre- 
 sponds with the ciliary ligament, into which it 
 may be said to be inserted ; the smaller forms 
 the border of the aperture called the pupil (pu- 
 pilla). The pupillaiy aperture is closed in the 
 foetus, up to the seventh month, by a delicate 
 transparent membrane, called, from this circum- 
 stance, membrana pupillaris. The iris receives 
 an abundant supply of nerves from the long 
 ciliary nerves, &c. It also possesses the power 
 of contraction, &c, by which the pupil is en- 
 larged or lessened. 
 
 Aqueous Humor. — The aqueous humor is a 
 thin, pellucid fluid, which fills up the two cham- 
 bers of the eye, occupying the space between 
 the cornea and crystalline lens. It is inclosed 
 in a capsule. 
 
 Crystalline Lens. — The crystalline lens is sit- 
 uated at the union of the anterior third with 
 the two posterior thirds of the eye, lying be- 
 hind the iris, surrounded by the ciliary pro- 
 cesses, and imbedded in the vitreous humor; 
 it is perfectly transparent, soft in the greater 
 part of its extent, but of high refracting power. 
 The lens is doubly convex, the posterior seg- 
 ment being more convex than the anterior ; the 
 convexity of both is greater in infancy than in 
 adult age. The greatest thickness of the lens 
 280 
 
 is about two lines and a half; its circumference 
 measures from twelve to fourteen. It consists 
 externally of a soft and homogeneous substance. 
 The central part is more dense and firm, and is 
 made up of concentric lam elite. 
 
 The lens is inclosed in a delicate capsule. If 
 a puncture be made into this membrane, a small 
 quantity of a pellucid fluid, which is termed 
 liquor Morgagni, issues. The capsule forms a 
 triangular canal, the canal of Petit, around the 
 edge of the lens. 
 
 Vitreous Humor. — The vitreous humor {hu- 
 mor vitreus, corpus vitreum) fills up the poste- 
 rior two thirds of the globe of the eye. It con- 
 sists of a thin, transparent fluid, inclosed in a fine 
 membrane {hyaloid membrane) ; this not only 
 invests it externally, but forms a number of 
 processes, projecting inward, and dividing it 
 into detached masses, which may thus be said 
 to be lodged within the areolar intervals of the 
 membrane. Anteriorly, it lodges the posterior 
 segment of the crystalline lens, and farther out, 
 where it corresponds with the ciliary process- 
 es, is an annulus, or disk, called the zonula of 
 Zinn. 
 
 The eye is a camera obscura, optically con- 
 sidered. See Vision. 
 
 Eye-bright. Euphrasia officinalis. 
 
 Eye glass. In an optical instrument, that 
 lens or combination of lenses {eye-piece) which 
 is placed .near the eye. It is the part which 
 magnifies the object or image, and converts the 
 divergent rays to a parallel beam, by which the 
 vision becomes clear. 
 
 Eye of typhon. The squill. See Scilla 
 maritima. 
 
 Eye, salve. Ointment of the nitric oxide of 
 mercury, used for touching the thickened tar- 
 sal ligament. An ointment containing subace- 
 tate of copper is known under the name of 
 Smellome's eye-salve. 
 
 Eye stone. The opercula of some small 
 spiral shells, used in the island of Guernsey to 
 remove particles of dust from the eye. For 
 this purpose an operculum is placed under the 
 eyelid, and, in passing over the conjunctiva, 
 carries with it the extraneous body. 
 
 EYE TEETH. The fangs of the two upper 
 cuspidati are very much larger than those on 
 each side, and extend up near to the orbit, on 
 which account they have been called eye teeth. 
 
 Eye water. The liquor zinci sulphatis. 
 
 Eye water, blue. The liquor cupri-ammo- 
 nio sulphatis, and aqua sapphirina. 
 
 Eye, watery. Epiphora. 
 
F AC 
 
 FiEC 
 
 F. 
 
 Jl • The symbol of fluorine. 
 
 F. Ft. In a prescription, these letters are 
 abbreviations of fiat or fiant , let it or thern be 
 made. 
 
 FA'BA. (a, ce, f. By the Falisci, a people 
 in Hetruria, the bean was called haba; and 
 from thence, perhaps, faba. Martinus derives 
 it from Trao), to feed.) A bean. 
 
 Faba ^egyptiaca. See Nymphcea nelumbo. 
 
 Faba crassa. Sedum telephium. 
 
 Faba febrifuga. See Ignatia amara. 
 
 Faba indica. See Ignatia amara. 
 
 Faba major. The bean. 
 
 Faba marina. Umbilicus marinus. 
 
 Faba pechurim. See Laurus pechurim. 
 
 Faba porcina. See Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Faba purgatrix. See Ricinus communis. 
 
 Faba sancti ignatii. See Ignatia. 
 
 Faba suilla. See Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Faba'ce^e. The Leguminosm. 
 
 Fabaginea. Fabago. See Zygophyllum. 
 
 Fabago. See Zygophyllum. 
 
 Faba'ria. Sedum telephium. 
 
 FABRA'RUM AQUA. Forge water. Water 
 in which red-hot iron has been quenched. This 
 is a good mild chalybeate. 
 
 FACE. Fades. The lower and anterior 
 part of the head. The bones of the face are 
 usually divided by anatomists into those of the 
 upper and lower jaw. In the former, besides 
 the teeth, we find fifteen bones, viz., two ossa 
 nasi, two ossa unguis, two ossa malarum, two 
 ossa maxillaria superiora, two ossa palati, two 
 ossa spongiosa inferiora, two ossa triangularia, 
 and the vomer. The lower jaw consists of only 
 one bone besides the teeth, the os maxillaria 
 inferius. The muscles of the face are numer- 
 ous, and admit in the human subject of an infi- 
 nite variety of action, so that all the stronger 
 emotions of the mind have their corresponding 
 characters in the countenance. The minute 
 blood-vessels distributed to the integuments 
 of the face are extremely numerous, and en- 
 dowed with a high degree of mutability ; hence 
 arise continual changes of complexion, accord- 
 ing to the state of the mind, of the bodily health, 
 of temperature, &c. From these two circum- 
 stances, the variety of muscular action and the 
 changes in the minute circulation, we derive 
 the science of physiognomy, which, however it 
 may have been exposed to ridicule when placed 
 upon a false foundation, is of no small utility in 
 the ordinary intercourse of life, and which, in 
 the practice of medicine, is invaluable as a 
 means of diagnosis. See Physiognomy. 
 
 Face grippe'e. The pinched-m face, or con- 
 tracted face of persons laboring under peri- 
 tonitis. 
 
 FA'CIAL. Facialis. Belonging to the face ; 
 as facial nerve, &c. 
 
 Facial angle. See Angle, facial. 
 Facial artery. 1. The artery, otherwise 
 called the labial, the external maxillary or an- 
 gular artery. It is a branch of the external 
 carotid, which, passing under the stylo-hyoid 
 
 muscle and the tendon of the digastric, pen- 
 etrates the submaxillary gland, and mounts 
 over the side of the jaw to the angle of the 
 mouth, and thence ascends to the inner angle 
 of the eye, where it is dispersed. In this 
 course it gives off palatine and lingual branch- 
 es, branches to the submaxillary gland, and to 
 various muscles ; a copious supply of blood is 
 sent to the lips by the inferior labial, and two 
 coronary branches of this artery. 
 
 2. M. Chaussier has given the name of facial 
 to the external carotid artery. 
 
 Facial nerve. Nervus facialis. The sev- 
 enth pair of nerves. See Portio dura. 
 
 Facial vein. The vein which returns the 
 blood from the facial artery. It usually joins 
 the external jugular, but sometimes passes to 
 the internal jugular. 
 
 FACIES. See Face. Also the general ap- 
 pearance of an animal. 
 
 Facies cadaverica. The facies Hippocrat- 
 ica. 
 
 FA'CIES HIPPOCRA'TICA. That state of 
 the countenance which immediately precedes 
 death ; the nose is sharp, the eyes hollow, the 
 temple sunk, the ears cold and contracted, and 
 their lobes inverted ; the skin about the fore- 
 head hard, tense, and dry, the countenance 
 pale, greenish, or dark. 
 
 Facies rubra. Acne (gutta) rosacea. 
 Facies tortualis. The facies Hippocratica. 
 FACTITIOUS. Factitius. A term applied 
 to any thing which is made by art, in opposi- 
 tion to that which is native, or found already 
 made in nature. 
 
 FACU'LTY. (Factiltas ; from facio, to 
 make.) 1. The power by which any action is 
 performed. 2. The body of professors who 
 constitute a college of medicine, &c. 
 
 FjE'CES. (The plural of fcex.) The alvine 
 excretions ; also, the dregs. Feculence. The 
 alvine discharges may consist of mucus, tena- 
 cious lymph, or pus, as in inflammations of the 
 mucous membrane of the canal, the nature of 
 the secretion depending on the degree of the 
 inflammation; or they may consist of blood 
 poured out by the vessels of the intestines gen- 
 erally, or by the enlarged veins of the rectum 
 (piles). They may consist chiefly of ill-digest- 
 ed food, which happens in tabes mesenterica. 
 They may be pale from the absence of bile, 
 unusually yellow from its excess, green, as often 
 happens in children, dark and offensive, from 
 the long retention of feculent matter, or from 
 morbid secretions of the liver. They often con- 
 tain portions of hardened faeces or scybala. It 
 is important in all doubtful cases to distinguish 
 those dischai-ges which flow from the general 
 surface of the intestines, from such as are the 
 product of local disease in the rectum. When, 
 therefore, pus or blood is discharged with the 
 motions, the presence or absence of tenesmus, 
 piles, or fistula should be ascertained. 
 
 FiE'CULA. {a, <e, f . ; diminutive of fax.) 
 A substance obtained by bruising or grinding 
 
 281 
 
FAL 
 
 F AM 
 
 certain vegetables in water. An impure starch. 
 It is that pait which, after a little, falls to the 
 bottom. The faecula of plants diners princi- 
 pally from gam or mucus in being insoluble in 
 cold water. The seeds of gramineous and le- 
 guminous vegetables, and all tuberous roots, 
 contain it most plentifully. 
 
 FMX. {Fcex, cecis, f. ; an excretion.) 1. A 
 sediment of any fermented liquor ; as beer, 
 wine, &c. 2. The alvine excretions are called 
 faces. 
 
 FAGA'RA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of trees. 
 Tetrandria. Monogynia. — F. octandra yields 
 shell tacamahaca. See Tacamahaca. — F. pi- 
 perita. Fagara major. This plant is found in 
 Japan and the Philippine Islands. Its berries 
 are called Japan pepper, and resemble, in their 
 virtues, the cubebs. 
 
 Fagin. A narcotic substance of beech nuts. 
 
 Fago'pyrum. Polygonum fagopyrum. 
 
 Fagotri'ticum. The buckwheat. 
 
 FA'GUS. {us, i, f.) 1. The beech. 2. A 
 genus of trees. Monoecia. Polyandria. Cu- 
 peliferce. — F. casta' nea. The chestnut tree. 
 Castanea Lopima. They are nourishing, con- 
 taining sugar, and much farinaceous substance. 
 — F. castanea pumila. The chinquapin. — F. 
 sylvatica. The beech tree. Fagus. The fruit 
 and interior bark of this tree are occasionally 
 used medicinally, the former in obstinate head- 
 ache, and the latter in the cure of hectic fever. 
 The oil expressed from beech nuts is suppos- 
 ed to destroy worms: a child may take two 
 drachms of it night and morning ; an adult an 
 ounce. 
 
 Fainting. See Syncope. 
 
 Fairburn. A village in Ross, Scotland, 
 where there is a sulphureous spring. 
 
 Falcanos. Orpiment. — Ruland. 
 
 FA'LCIFORM. Falcate. {Falciformis ; 
 from falx, a scythe, and forma, resemblance.) 
 Resembling a scythe. 
 
 ..Falciform process. The falx. A process 
 of the dura mater, that arises from the crista 
 galli, separates the hemispheres of the brain, 
 and terminates in the tentorium. 
 
 FA'LCO. (From falco, to hook.) A genus 
 of birds, of the order Accipitres, as the eagle, 
 falcon, hawk, &c. 
 
 Falde'lla. A compress of lint. 
 
 Falling of the uterus. Prolapsus uteri. 
 
 Falling sickness. See Epilepsy. 
 
 Fallopian ligament. See Poupart's liga- 
 ment. 
 
 Fallopian tube. See Tuba Fallopiana. 
 
 FALMOUTH, CLIMATE OF. The climate 
 of this place is among the mildest in England, 
 and favorable for rheumatic and phthisical in- 
 valids. 
 
 FALSE. Falsus. Spurious. That which is 
 not pure, or which deviates from nature. In 
 Medicine, this expression is frequently employ- 
 ed to designate imperfectly-formed diseases, or 
 such as are of little severity, as false peripneu- 
 mony, false pleurisy. 
 
 False aneurism. See Aneurism. 
 
 False angustura. See Brucea. 
 
 False conception. When the product of 
 conception and gestation is not an infant, but a 
 mole, hydatids, or other abnormal bodies. 
 282 
 
 False joint. See Articulation, false. 
 
 False membrane. A diseased product re- 
 sembling a membrane, as that produced in 
 croup, pleurisy, &c. It is due to an exudation 
 of coagulable lymph. 
 
 False pains. See Parturition. 
 
 False passage. An accidental passage pro- 
 duced by carelessness or want of skill in surgi- 
 cal operations ; this often occurs with the ca- 
 theter, especially when armed with caustic. 
 
 False sight. Pseudoblepsis. 
 
 False waters. Falselabor. A diseased ac- 
 cumulation of serous fluid between the chorion 
 and amnios, and which is discharged at various 
 periods of pregnancy, and must be distinguish- 
 ed from the true waters, or liquor amnii. 
 
 False winter's bark. See Canella alba. 
 
 FALSIFICATION. (From /ate, false, and 
 facio, to make.) The act of adulterating or so- 
 phisticating medicines for the purpose of se- 
 curing a larger profit. The falsification of drugs 
 is carried on to a large extent and with con- 
 summate skill. Tables representing the bodies 
 commonly used in adulterations are readily ob- 
 tained, but are of little value, for the substances 
 employed are being continually changed, both 
 for the purpose of avoiding detection, and from 
 the fluctuating price of most of the substances. 
 Several of these tables, printed quite recently, 
 which I have examined, are so ridiculously in 
 error from these causes, that I have preferred 
 not to introduce any of them here, but to refer 
 the reader to the little work of Professor Beck 
 on the Adulterations of Medicines. It may be 
 proper to remark, that the specific gravity of 
 most substances is a chai-acteristic test of their 
 purity ; and as respects fluids, the specific grav- 
 ity and boiling point conjointly are usually suffi- 
 cient to enable a skillful person to detect any 
 practicable adulteration. 
 
 FALX. {Falx,cis, f. A scythe.) See Fal- 
 ciform process. 
 
 Falx cerebelli. The lesser falciform pro- 
 cess of the dura mater, which lies between the 
 lobes of the cerebellum. 
 
 Falx cerebri. The falciform process. 
 
 Falx major. The falx cerebri. See Falci- 
 form process. 
 
 Falx minor. The falx cerebelli. 
 - Falx peritonei. Falx of the umbilical vein. 
 Great falx of the peritoneum. A reflection or 
 process of the peritoneum, which passes along 
 with the veins from the umbilicus to the inferior 
 surface of the liver. There are also lesser pro- 
 cesses, called Falces peritonei minimce, which 
 form the lateral ligaments of the liver, and the 
 part raised up by the umbilical arteries. 
 
 Fame'lica febris. A fever accompanied by 
 insatiable hunger. — Sylvius. 
 
 FAMES. Hunger. 
 
 Fames bovina. Bulimia. 
 
 Fames canina. See Bulimia. 
 
 Fames lupina. The same as Fames canina. 
 
 Famigerati'ssimum emplastrum. An old 
 plaster used in intermittent fevers, made of 
 aromatic, irritating substances, and applied to 
 the wrists. 
 
 FAMILY. A term used by different natural- 
 ists hi various acceptations. It is now usually 
 applied to a collection of a number of genera. 
 
FAS 
 
 FAS 
 
 which are nearly allied to each other by char- 
 acters derived from their organization. 
 
 Fancy mark. Naevus. 
 
 FANON. A French term for an extempora- 
 neous splint, made of straw bound together with 
 cord, and enclosing a stick to make it more 
 rigid ; or a temporary splint of folds of linen or 
 cloth. 
 
 FANTOME. The French give this name to 
 the figures or dolls which are used by surgeons 
 to demonstrate the application of bandages, 
 and by obstetricians to illustrate the mechanism 
 of labor. 
 
 Farcimen. Farcy. 
 
 Farcimina'lis. The allantoid. 
 
 Farcinoma. Farcy. 
 
 Farctu'ra. Stuffing. An operation of the 
 old pharmacy, which consisted in cramming 
 medicinal substances into the body of an evis- 
 cerated animal or the empty rind of a fruit. 
 
 FA'RCY, or FARCIN. A disease of the 
 horse which affects the lymphatics of the skin, 
 either generally producing a distended appeai - - 
 ance of the vessels like moles or buttons, when 
 it is called the bud or button farcy ; or locally, 
 when it is chiefly confined to dropsical accumu- 
 lations in the legs, and is called the water farcy. 
 Both forms of the disease are contagious ; and, 
 like the glanders, an allied disease, both are dif- 
 ficult to cure. The button farcy is generally 
 removed by burning off the buttons by caustics 
 or a red-hot iron r and by the exhibition of mer- 
 cury ; and the water farcy by the exhibition of 
 mercury alone. Both diseases are sometimes 
 cured by feeding the animal entirely on green 
 food. 
 
 Fa'rfara. Tussilago farfara. 
 
 FARI'NA. (a, a>, f. ; from far, com, of 
 which it is made.) Meal or flour. A term 
 given to the pulverulent and glutinous part of 
 wheat and other seeds, which is obtained by 
 grinding and sifting. It is highly nutritious, 
 and consists of gluten, starch, and mucilage. 
 
 Farina fossilis. The agaricus mineralis. 
 
 Farinje resolventes. Resolvent flours. 
 This name was formerly given to a mixture of 
 the flour of the seeds of the white lupin, tare, 
 bean, and barley. 
 
 Farina'ceous. Resembling flour or meal. 
 All articles of food which contain farina. 
 
 Farino'sus. Farinaceous. 
 
 Fa'rreus. Scurfy. Applied to mine, when 
 it deposits a branny sediment. 
 
 Far-sightedness. Presbyopia. 
 
 FA'SCIA. (a, m, f. ; from fascis, a bundle: 
 because, by means of a band, materials are col- 
 lected into a bundle.) 1. A bandage, fillet, or 
 roller. 2. The tendinous expansions of mus- 
 cles which bind parts together are termed 
 fascice. See Aponeurosis. 
 
 Fascia aponeurotica femoris. See Fascia 
 lata. 
 
 Fascia cribriformis. A small web of cellu- 
 lar substance, stretched from the lower edge of 
 Poupart's ligament over the inguinal glands. 
 
 Fascia dividens. A dividing bandage, ad- 
 justed so as to keep parts separated, as in the 
 case of burns. 
 
 Fascia ili'aca. Iliac fascia or aponeurosis. 
 The strong fascia which covers the inner surface 
 
 of the iliac and psoas muscles. Externally, it is 
 attached to the crista of the ilium. Internally, 
 it is continued behind the external iliac vessels 
 to the ridge of the ilium, which bounds the su- 
 perior aperture of the pelvis. Below, this fascia 
 is attached to Poupart's ligament in the two 
 outer thirds of its length. 
 
 Fascia infundibuliformis. A portion of 
 cellular membrane of a funnel shape, which 
 passes down on the spermatic cord, where it 
 penetrates the fascia transversalis. 
 
 Fascia inguinalis. The spica bandage. 
 
 Fascia lata. A thick and strong tendinous 
 expansion, sent off from the back and from the 
 tendons of the glutei and adjacent muscles, to 
 surround the muscles of the thigh. It is the 
 thickest on the outside of the thigh and leg, but 
 toward the inside of both becomes gradually 
 thinner. A little below the trochanter major 
 it is firmly fixed to the linea aspera, and fur- 
 ther down, to that part of the head of the tibia 
 that is next the fibula, where it sends off the 
 tendinous expansion along the outside of the leg. 
 It serves to strengthen the action of the mus- 
 cles by keeping them firm in their proper 
 places when in action, particularly the tendons 
 that pass over the joints where this membrane 
 is thickest. 
 
 Fascia lata muscle. The tensor vaginae 
 femoris. 
 
 Fascia propria. The name given by Sir A. 
 Cooper to the proper cellular envelope of a her- 
 nial sac. 
 
 Fascia sculteti. 
 made of separate strips. 
 
 Fascia spiralis. See Spiral bandage. 
 
 Fascia submuscularis. The tunica vagi 
 nalis oculi. 
 
 Fascia superficialis. A very thin layer of 
 cellular membrane, which covers the abdominal 
 muscles immediately under the skin. It ad- 
 heres to the crural arch of the fascia lata, and 
 is continued downward upon the spermatic 
 cord to the scrotum. 
 
 Fascia t-formis. The T bandage. 
 
 Fascia tortilis. A tourniquet. 
 
 Fascia transversa'lis. The cellular mem- 
 brane lining the inner surface of the transversa- 
 lis abdominis muscle in the inguinal region. 
 The anatomy of this fascia is minutely described 
 in the splendid work of Sir A. Cooper on her- 
 nia. 
 
 Fa'scial. Fascialis. Of, or belonging to, a 
 fascia. 
 
 Fascialis. The tensor vaginae femoris mus- 
 cle. 
 
 Fascia'tio. The bmding up any diseased or 
 wounded part with bandages. 
 
 Fascicula'r. Fascicularis. In bundles. 
 Applied to roots which are sessile at their 
 base, and consist of bundles of finger-like pro* 
 cesses. 
 
 Fascicula'te. Fasciculatus. Bundled or 
 clustered. Applied to the nerves, stems of 
 plants, leaves, &c. 
 
 Fasci'culi teretes cordis. The carneoe co- 
 lumnai of the heart. 
 
 FASCFCULUS. Fascicle. (From fascis, 
 a bundle.) 1. In Pharmacy, a handful. 2. In 
 Botany, a number of flowers on little stalks, 
 
 283 
 
FE 
 
 FEB 
 
 variously inserted and subdivided, collected 
 into a close bundle, and level at the top, as in 
 sweet-william. 3. In Anatomy, a small bundle 
 of fibres. 
 
 Fasciculus cuneatus. Fasciculus of re- 
 enforcement. A band of fibres from the corpus 
 innominatum of the brain, which ascends over 
 the upper surface of the pons varolii, and is ex- 
 panded into the optic thalami. It forms in its 
 course the anterior side of the fourth ventricle. 
 
 FASCIOLA. (a, ce, f. ; diminutive of fascia.) 
 The name of a genus of entozoa in some ar- 
 rangements. The flitke worm. See Distoma. 
 
 Fasciola cinerea. The tuberculum cine- 
 reum. See Encephalon. 
 
 FASTIDIUM CIBI. Want of appetite, or 
 disgust of food. See Anorexia. 
 
 Fastigia'tus. Flat-topped. 
 
 FASTING. A want of the supply of food to 
 the stomach. When produced by want of ap- 
 petite, without any other apparent affection of 
 the stomach, this often arises from too great fa- 
 tigue, or protracted fasting; from violent pas- 
 sions of the mind; and from habit, or other 
 cause, enabling the system to sustain almost 
 total abstinence for a long time. It is a most 
 valuable antiphlogistic means. 
 
 FAT. A conci'ete oil contained in the cellu- 
 lar membrane of animals; it is generally white 
 or yellowish, with little smell or taste, and va- 
 ries in consistency according to the relative 
 quantities of stearine, margarine, and elaine 
 which it contains. The ultimate elements of 
 animal fat are the same as those of vegetable 
 oils : according to the analysis of Chevreul, 100 
 parts of human fat are composed of 79-0 carbon, 
 11-4 hydrogen, and 9-6 oxygen. Hog's lard 
 and mutton suet are very similarly constituted. 
 
 Fatty. Adipose. Adiposus. Of the nature 
 of fat. See Adipose. 
 
 Fatty liver. Adiposis hepatica. Fatty de- 
 generation of the heart. That morbid state of 
 the liver wherein it is swollen and laden with 
 fat. This occurs in those whose liver is torpid 
 and circulation languid, from a loss of vital en- 
 ergy, and from abuse of alcoholic drinks. 
 
 Fatty ligament. A reflection of the syno- 
 vial membrane of the knee joint, which passes 
 from the ligamentum patellae to the depression 
 between the condyles. 
 
 Fatu'ity. Idiotism. See Amentia. 
 
 FAU'CES. (The plural of faux.) The pha- 
 rynx and back part of the mouth. 
 
 FAU'NA. The group of animals peculiar to 
 a country. 
 
 FAUX. {Faux, cis, f. ; in the plural, fauces. ) 
 1. In Anatomy, the gorge, or opening of the 
 pharynx. 2. In Botany, applied to the opening 
 of the tube of a monopetalous corolla. 
 
 Favo'sus. (From favus, a honeycomb.) Fa- 
 vose : honeycomb-like. 
 
 FA'VUS. (us, i, m. ; a honeycomb.) A 
 pustule larger than the acor, flatter, and not 
 acuminated. It contains a moi'e viscid matter 
 than the acor; its base, which is often irregu- 
 lar, is slightly inflamed ; and it is succeeded 
 by a yellow, semi-transparent, and sometimes 
 cellular scab, like a honeycomb, whence its 
 name. 
 
 FE. The symbol of iron. 
 284 
 
 Feathered. Plumosus. 
 
 FE'BRES. Febris. An order in the class 
 Pyrexiae, of Cullen, characterized by the pres- 
 ence of pyrexia, without primary local affec- 
 tion. 
 
 Febri'cosus. Febricose. Feverish. 
 
 FEBRTCULA. (Dim. of febris.) A slight 
 fever. Ephemera. 
 
 Febri'ferous. Affected with fever ; engen- 
 dering fevers. 
 
 Febri'fuga. The plant feverfew : Matrica- 
 ria parthenium. 
 
 FE'BRIFUGE. (Febrifugus ; from febris, 
 and fugo, to drive away.) That which pos- 
 sesses the property of curing or alleviating fe- 
 ver. Applied chiefly to medicines used against 
 the ague, as cinchona, quinine, cusparia, arse- 
 nic, antimony, &c. 
 
 Febrifugum crenii. Regulus of antimony. 
 
 Febrifugum magnum. A name given by Dr. 
 Hancock to cold water as a drink in fevers. 
 
 Febrifugum oleum. Febrifuge oil. The 
 flowers of antimony, made with sal ammoniac 
 and antimony sublimed together, and exposed 
 to the air, which causes them to deliquesce. 
 
 Febri'fugus. See Febrifuge. 
 
 Febrifugus pulvis. In England, a mixture 
 of oculi cancrorum and emetic Tartar, in the pro- 
 portion of half a drachm and two grains, has 
 obtained the same name ; in fevers, it is given 
 in doses of gr. iii. to iv. — Hooper. 
 
 Febrifugus sal. The chloride of potassium. 
 
 FE'BRIS. (is, is, f. ; from ferveo, to be hot.) 
 Pyrexia. Fever. The name of a veiy exten- 
 sive and important class of diseases, which, al- 
 though much diversified, are generally conceived 
 to have something common in their nature. In 
 a wide acceptation, the term fever has been 
 applied to every case in which there is accel- 
 eration of the pulse, increased heat of the sur- 
 face of the body and dryness of the skin, thirst, 
 suppression of urine, rigors, and more or less 
 general disturbance of the functions of the 
 whole system. 
 
 Fever may be idiopathic or symptomatic. 
 The former is farther divided into intermittent, 
 remittent, and continued. The continued fever 
 has three principal forms : the synocha, or in- 
 flammatory fever; typhus, or low fever; and 
 synochus, or common continued fever, in which 
 the symptoms at the commencement are allied 
 to synocha, and toward the termination to ty- 
 phus. See Synochus and Typhus. 
 
 The cause of fever has been the subject of 
 much discussion and numerous hypotheses. 
 These have not made much impression on prac 
 tice, and are, for the most part, disregarded 
 The views of Dr. Clutterbuck, that fever origi- 
 nates in disturbance or inflammation of the 
 brain ; of Bretonneau, that it arises from in- 
 flammation of the conglomerate and solitary 
 glands of the intestines, or is a species of dothen- 
 enteritis; and, finally, of Broussais, that it is 
 always attended with gastro-enteritis, are the 
 most modern views of the pathological school 
 of physicians. All these theories have been 
 based on dissections, but are partial, for the se- 
 quelae of fever vary in different countries and 
 constitutions. 
 
 Dr. Tweedie, in his illustrations of fever, 
 
FEB 
 
 FEB 
 
 results of the dissection of 521 cases of fever, 
 selected from the records of the London Fever 
 Hospital : 
 Cases in which the fever was not apparently 
 
 complicated with local inflammation in any 
 
 organ 163 
 
 Cases complicated with cerebral affection 114 
 thoracic affection 103 
 abdominal affection 71 
 cerebral and thora- 
 cic affection . . 26 
 cerebral and ab- 
 dominal affection 30 
 cerebral, thoracic, 
 and abdominal 
 affection ... 14 
 
 We must conclude, then, that the proximate 
 cause of fever remains to be discovered, and 
 we may sum up our knowledge of the subject 
 in the often quoted words of Fordyce, one of 
 the most accurate and philosophical of medical 
 reasoners. "A fever," says this author, "is a 
 disease that affects the whole system ; it affects 
 the head, the trunk of the body, and the ex- 
 tremities ; it affects the circulation, the absorp- 
 tion, and the nervous system ; it affects the 
 skin, the muscular fibers, and the membranes ; 
 it affects the body, and affects likewise the 
 mind. It is, therefore, a disease of the whole 
 system, hi every kind of sense. It does not, 
 however, affect the various parts of the system 
 uniformly and equally; but, on the contrary, 
 sometimes one part is much affected in propor- 
 tion to the affection of another part." 
 
 For the treatment of continued fever, as well 
 as for some further description of its varieties, 
 the reader is referred to the articles Synockus 
 and Typhus. See, also, Fever. 
 
 Febris acmastica. Synocha. 
 
 Febris alba. See Chlorosis. 
 
 Febris algid a. See Algida febris. 
 
 Febris amatoria. This has been used both 
 for chlorosis and hectic fever. 
 
 Febris Americana. Yellow fever. 
 
 Febris amphimerina. A quotidian ague. 
 See Ague. 
 
 Febris ampullosa. Pemphigus. 
 
 Febris anabatica. Continued fever. 
 
 Febris anginosa. See Scarlet fever. 
 
 Febris angiotenica. Synocha. 
 
 Febris aphthosa. See Aphtha. 
 
 Febris ardens. See Causus and Remittent 
 fever. 
 
 Febris asodes. See Asodes. 
 
 Febris bullosa. See Pemphigus. 
 
 Febris carcerum. F. carceraria. Jail fe- 
 ver. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Febris castrensis. Camp fever. 
 
 Febris catarrhalis. A fever attended 
 with symptoms of catarrh. 
 
 Febris catarrhalis epidemic a. Influenza. 
 
 Febris causodes. Synocha. 
 
 Febris chole'rica. Bilious fever. 
 
 Febris contagiosa. Typhus. 
 
 Febris continua. Continued fever. Sy- 
 nocha. 
 
 Febris continua putrida. Synochus. 
 
 Febris continua icterodes caroliniensis. 
 Yellow fever. 
 
 Febris culicularis. Miliary fever. See 
 Miliaria. 
 
 Febris diaria. Ephemera. 
 
 Febris elodes. See Elodes. 
 
 Febris epiala. See Epialus. 
 
 Febris epidemica cum angina. Cynanche 
 maligna. 
 
 Febris erysipelatosa. See Erysipelas. 
 
 Febris esserosa. Miliary fever. See Mili- 
 aria. 
 
 Febris exanthema'tica. A fever with an 
 eruption. See Exanthema. 
 
 Febris flava. The yellow fever. See Re- 
 mittent fever. 
 
 Febris ga'strica. Gastric fever. Fever in 
 which the digestive organs are chiefly affected. 
 
 Febris hectic a. See Hectic fever. 
 
 Febris hectica maligna nervosa. Typhus 
 mitior. 
 
 Febris hepatic a. Bilious fever. 
 
 Febris horrifica. See Al gida febris. 
 
 Febris hunga'ria. Lues Pannonim- A form 
 of camp fever formerly prevalent in Hungary. 
 
 Febris hydrocephalica. Acute internal 
 hydrocephalus. 
 
 Febris hydro'des. A fever with profuse 
 sweats. 
 
 Febris iliaca inflammatory. Enteritis. 
 
 Febris inflammatoria. Inflammatory fe 
 ver. See Fever and Inflammation. 
 
 Febris inflammatoria simplex. Synocha. 
 
 Febris intermittens. An intermittent fe 
 ver. See Ague. 
 
 Febris intestinalis ulcerosa. Typhus. 
 
 Febris intestinorl'm. Enteritis. 
 
 Febris lactea. Milk fever. A febrile state 
 sometimes induced when the milk begins to be 
 secreted after parturition, and which is mostly 
 of the synochous type. 
 
 Febris larvata. Masked fever. 
 
 Febris lenta. Slow fever. See Typhus. 
 
 Febris lenticularis. A fever, attended by 
 an eruption like small lentils. 
 
 Febris lochialis. Lochial fever. 
 
 Febris maligna. See Typhus. 
 
 Febris maligna biliosa. F. maligna flava. 
 Yellow fever. 
 
 Febris maligna cum sopore. Typhus gra- 
 vior. 
 
 Febris marasmodes. Hectic fever. 
 
 Febris miliaris. See Miliaria. 
 
 Febris morbillosa. See Rubeola. 
 
 Febris mucosa. Febris pituitosa. Mucous 
 fever. A form of continued fever described 
 by the French w T riters. It chiefly attacks those 
 of the lymphatic temperament, and is charac- 
 terized by irritation of the gastro-enteric mu- 
 cous membrane, with redundant mucous secre- 
 tion from this, and sometimes from the other 
 mucous membranes. 
 
 Febris mucosa verminosa. Infantile remit- 
 tent fever. 
 
 Febris nautica pestilentialis. Typhus 
 gravior. 
 
 Febris nervosa. See Typhus. 
 
 Febris nervosa epidemica. F. nervosa ex- 
 anthematica. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Febris nosocomiorum. F. nosocomialis. 
 The fever of hospitals ; generally of the typhoid 
 kind. 
 
 285 
 
FE I 
 
 FE M 
 
 Marsh fever. See Ague 
 
 See Pestis. 
 
 See Typhus. 
 Hectic fever. 
 See Febris mucosa. 
 F. puerperalis. Puer- 
 
 Febris palustris. 
 and Remittent fever. 
 Febris pkstilens. 
 Febris petechialis 
 Febris phthisica. 
 Febris pituitaria. 
 Febris puerperum. 
 peral fever. 
 
 Febris purpurata maligna. Typhus gra- 
 vior. 
 
 Febris putrida. See Typhus. 
 Febris putrida nervosa. Typhus gravior. 
 Febris putrida sanguinea. Typhus mit- 
 ior. 
 
 Febris quercera. See Quercera. 
 Febris remittens. See Ague. 
 Febris remittens infantum. Infantile re- 
 mittent fever. 
 
 Febris rheumatica inflammatoria. Acute 
 rheumatism. 
 
 Febris rubra. Scarlatina. 
 Febris rubra pruriginosa. Urticaria. 
 Febris sanguinea. F. sanguinea acuta. 
 Inflammatory fever. 
 
 Febris sanguinea putrida. Typhus. 
 Febris sapropyra. Typhus gravior. 
 Febris scarlatina. See Scarlatina. 
 Febris synocha. See Synocha. 
 Febris tabida. Hectic fever. 
 Febris tropica. Yellow fever. 
 Febris typho'des. Typhoid fever. 
 Febris urticaria. See Urticaria. 
 Febris variolosa. See Variola. 
 Febris vesiculosa. See Erysipelas. 
 Febris virginum. Chlorosis. 
 FEBRURE'S LOTION. A celebrated ap- 
 plication to cancerous sores. It consists of: 
 white arsenic, gr. x. ; distilled water, Oj. Dis- 
 solve the arsenic completely, and then add of 
 extract of coaium, §j.; of solution of subacetate 
 of lead, f. f iij., and of tincture of opium, f. 3J. 
 Small quantities of the lotion are to be applied 
 to the ulcerated surface with a camel's-hair 
 pencil. 
 
 FE'CULA. See Fcecnla. 
 Fecula amylacea. Starch. 
 Fecula marant.e. Arrow-root starch. 
 Feculence. The dregs. 
 Feculent. Excrementitious ; of the nature 
 of di'e^s or refuse. 
 
 FECU'NDATION. (Yvomfecundo, to make 
 fruitfid.) The access of the male semen to the 
 ovule produces fecundation or impregnation, 
 and, after this effect, it commences to develop 
 or is vi vified. The portions of the semen termed 
 seminal animalcules are those which reach the 
 ovary. 
 
 Fecu'ndity. The faculty of reproduction, 
 and the extent of this power. The average 
 result of marriages is equal to four children for 
 the entire country. 
 
 FEET, DISTORTION OF THE. Children 
 are often born with the feet distorted inward 
 or outward. The defect when the feet turn 
 inward is called varus ; when they are turned 
 outward it is styled valgus. See Club-feet. 
 
 FEIGNED DISEASES. Under this head 
 are generally included the diseases simulated 
 by impostors to answer their own ends, and 
 
 voluntarily induced or aggravated. Such de 
 
 ceptions are practiced chiefly by vagrants to 
 excite compassion and extort money, or by sol- 
 diers or sailors to escape duty. In the case of 
 soldiers, this has got the name of malingering. 
 It is highly necessary for the practitioner to be 
 aware of the various devices by which diseases 
 are simulated. Much useful information on this 
 subject is to be found in the different works on 
 legal medicine, especially those of Mahon and 
 Fodere. Dr. Hennen's Military Surgery may 
 also be consulted with great advantage. 
 FEL. {fel, fellis, f.) Bile, which see. 
 Fel bovinum. F.bovis. F.tauri. Ox bile. 
 This was formerly used in medicine as a tonic. 
 Dose, gr. ij. to gr. v., in pill. The bile of the 
 hog has been used in the same way. Bile is 
 employed in the arts to remove grease from va- 
 rious textures. 
 
 Fel nature. Aloes. 
 Fel-wort. Gentiana lutea. 
 Felli'culus. The gall bladder. 
 Felliflua passio. Cholera. 
 Fellinic acid. An acid combined with bi- 
 lin, and separated by hydrochloric acid as an 
 insoluble mass ; soluble in alcohol. 
 
 Fellis obstructio. F. suffusio. Jaundice. 
 Felon. See Paronychia. 
 FEMALE. (From famina, a woman.) The 
 animal which bears the foetus, as distinguished 
 from the male. 
 
 Femen. The inner part of the thigh. 
 Fe'mero-tibial. Femero-tibialis. Connect- 
 ed with the thigh bone, or femur, and the tibia. 
 Femi'neus. Female. 
 
 FE'MORAL. (Femoralis ; from femur, the 
 thigh.) Of, or belonging to, the thigh. 
 
 Femoral artery. Arteria femoralis. Cru- 
 ral artery. A continuation of the external iliac 
 along the thigh, from Poupart's ligament to the 
 ham. For about two inches of its course below 
 Poupart's ligament it is called the inguinal or 
 common femoral artery. This gives off the ex- 
 ternal pudic arteries, and divides into the prop- 
 er femoral and the profunda. The proper 
 femoral artery passes down the thigh, covered 
 by the fascia, between the vastus interims and 
 second head of the triceps; about the middle 
 of the inside of the thigh, it is situated behind 
 the sartorius muscle ; it afterward perforates 
 the triceps muscle and passes into the ham, 
 where it is called popliteal: it finally divides 
 into the anterior and posterior tibial. The 
 branches of the proper femoral artery are the 
 external and internal circumflex, which, how- 
 ever, arise in many subjects from the profunda; 
 and the ramus anastomoticus magnus. 
 
 FE'MORAL BONE. Fe'moris os. The 
 thigh bone. A long cylindrical bone, situated 
 between the pelvis and tibia. Its upper ex- 
 tremity presents three considerable processes ; 
 these are the head, the trochanter major, and 
 trochanter minor. The head is received into 
 the acetabulum of the os innominatum. It is 
 covered by a cartilage, to which the strong, 
 round ligament is attached. 
 
 The head is supported obliquely by the cer- 
 vix or neck, which is about an inch long. At 
 its basis we observe two oblique ridges, which 
 
 also diseases which, though real, have been 1 extend from the trochanter major to the tro- 
 286 
 
FEN 
 
 chanter minor. Around this neck is attached 
 the capsular ligament of the joint. Posteriorly 
 and externally, from the neck of the bone, is 
 the trochanter major. Anteriorly, and imme- 
 diately below the neck, is a small process call- 
 ed trochanter minor. These two processes 
 have the name of trochanters, from the muscles 
 that are inserted into them, being the principal 
 instruments of the rotatory motion of the thigh. 
 Below these processes the body of the bone 
 begins. It is smooth except in the middle of 
 its posterior surface, which presents a rough 
 ridge, called line a aspera. 
 
 The lower extremity is larger than the up- 
 per, somewhat flattened, and terminates in two 
 large protuberances, called condyles, which are 
 united before so as to form a pulley, but are 
 separated behind by a considerable cavity, in 
 which the crural vessels and nerves are placed. 
 
 Femoral hernia. See Hernia cruralis. 
 
 Fe'mor-eus. The cruraeus muscle. 
 
 Fe'moralis. The triceps cruris muscle. 
 
 Femorocele. See Hernia cruralis. 
 
 F E ' M U R. {Femur, oris, n.) The thigh. 
 The thigh consists of one bone, the os femoris; 
 of several muscles, the psoas magnus, iliacus 
 interims, gluteus maximus, medius, and mini- 
 mus, the pectineus, triceps, obturator externus 
 and interims, pyriformis, gemini, quadratus, 
 tensor vaginae femoris, sartorius, gracilis, rectus, 
 crureus, vasti, semimembranosus, semitendmo- 
 sus, and biceps. These muscles are bound by 
 a strong fascia, and surrounded by the common 
 integuments. The ligaments of the thigh are 
 those of its articulation with the os innomiua- 
 tum, viz., the ligamentum teres and capsulare. 
 The artery is the femoral, a continuation of the 
 external iliac. Its veins and absorbents are 
 numerous, and run parallel with the artery. 
 The nerves are formed by the lumbar and sa- 
 cral, and are the ischiadic, the obturator, and 
 the crural. The glands are the inguinal and 
 synovial. 
 
 FENE'STRA. (a, ce, f. ; a window.) A 
 name given by anatomists to two foramina in 
 the ear. 
 
 Fenestra cochlearis. The fenestra ro- 
 tunda. 
 
 Fenestra oculi. The pupil. 
 
 Fenestra ovalis. An oblong or elliptical 
 foramen, between the cavity of the tympanum 
 and the vestibulum of the ear. It is shut by the 
 stapes. See Auris. 
 
 Fj: nestra rotunda. A round foramen lead- 
 ing from the tympanum to the cochlea of the 
 ear. It is covered by a membrane in the fresh 
 subject. See Auris. 
 
 Fenestra vestibularis. The fenestra ovalis. 
 
 Fenestral bandage. A bandage with in- 
 terstices between the folds, to allow of the dis- 
 charge of pus or other matters. 
 
 Fenestrate. Having the appearance of a 
 window, as when the tissue of a leaf between 
 the woody parts is incomplete. 
 
 FENNEL. Anethum foeniculum. 
 
 Fennel, hog's. Peucedanum. 
 
 Fennel, sweet. Anethum (fceniculum) 
 dulee. 
 
 Fennel, water. Phellandrium aquaticum. 
 
 Fenugreek. See Trigonella. 
 
 FER 
 
 Ferame'ntum. Any surgical instrument of iron. 
 
 Ferinus. Ferine. Savage; brutal: applied 
 to acute and malignant diseases. 
 
 FERME'NT. An azotized body in an early 
 state of oxidation, and capable of producing fer- 
 mentation in certain solutions or mixtures, as 
 yeast, &c. 
 
 FERMENTATION. {Fermentatio, onis, f. ; 
 from fermento, to ferment.) The molecular 
 process by which complex organic substances 
 are resolved into simpler forms in a moderate 
 temperature (50° to 120°), by the agency of 
 yeast or other ferments formed of decaying 
 azotized matters. The presence of oxygen gas 
 and abundant moisture are necessary to the 
 process. The most common case of fermenta- 
 tion is the conversion of grape sugar into alco- 
 hol and carbonic acid, as seen in the processes 
 of making beer, wine, or bread. Lactic acid 
 or butyric acid are products of fermentation 
 when the temperature and other conditions are 
 regulated. The putrefactive fermentation of 
 earlier writers is that which occurs in matters 
 containing much nitrogen, and carbonate of am- 
 monia is one of the results. The acetous fer- 
 mentation is a different att'air, and depends upon 
 the continued access of oxygen ; it is now dis- 
 tinguished as a case of eremacausis. 
 
 In the common fermentation of malt or sugar, 
 there is developed in the fluid certain minute 
 fungoid conferva-, called torula; or saccharom- 
 yces, which give additional interest to the pro- 
 cess, otherwise considered merely as a case 
 of molecular motion propagated from the fer- 
 ment. The amount of yeast required is always 
 proportional to the sugar to be changed, and 
 unless there be azotized matter in the solution, 
 no new yeast is produced. Whatever means 
 interfere with the conditions of fermentation 
 {antiseptics), hinder the process, as cold, exclu- 
 sion of oxygen, dryness, aromatic bodies, me- 
 tallic salts, or spirituous bodies, which hinder 
 the decay of the ferment by abstracting oxygen, 
 combining with it to form a firm solid, or de- 
 composing it into more stable substances. 
 
 Liebig and others have pointed out the simi- 
 larity between the action of ferments and con- 
 tagious and miasmatic bodies. In inoculation 
 or vaccination, a portion of a morbid product is 
 introduced into the system of a healthy person, 
 and causes a molecular change throughout the 
 body, ending in the production of an increased 
 amount of the matter of the pustules (or fer- 
 ment); or miasm, entering the lungs, acts upon 
 the solids and fluids as a molecular force, with- 
 out producing any additional ferment, except in 
 the case of plague. These analogies are in- 
 structive, to say the least of them. 
 
 Fermentation, mucous. That kind of mole- 
 cular action which results in the production of 
 a mucous substance. It occurs at low temper- 
 atures, and resembles the saccharine fermenta- 
 tion. 
 
 Fermentation, panary. The saccharine 
 fermentation occurring in bread dough. 
 
 Fermentation, saccharine. When sugar is 
 produced from starch, as hi malting and germi- 
 nation. 
 
 FERME'NTUM. {urn, i, n. ; quasi fervv- 
 mentum, from ferveo, to ferment.) Yeast. 
 
 287 
 
FER 
 
 FEE 
 
 Fermentum cerevisi^e. Yeast ; barm: the 
 scum which collects on beer while fermenting, 
 and has the property of exciting that process in 
 various other substances. Medicinally it is an- 
 tiputrescent and tonic, and has been found use- 
 ful internally in the cure of typhus fever, ad- 
 ministered mixed with seven parts of beer. 
 Externally it is used as a cataplasm. 
 
 FERN. A cryptogamic plant of the high- 
 est development. See Filices. 
 
 Fern, female. Pteris acpiilina. 
 
 Fern, male. Aspidium filix mas. See Fern, 
 male shield. 
 
 Fern, male shield. The N ephr odium Jilix 
 mas, the root and buds of which have been 
 highly recommended as vermifuges. 
 
 Fern, mules. Asplenium hemonitis. 
 
 Fern root. The root of Aspidium Jilix 
 mas. 
 
 FERO'NIA ELEPHANTUM. A large tree 
 of India, family Amentacem. A gum exudes 
 from the stem closely resembling gum arabic. 
 
 Ferra'ria. The scrofularia aquatica. 
 
 FERREIN, CANAL OF. The supposed chan- 
 nel formed by the closed eyelids for the passage 
 of the tears. 
 
 Ferrein, pyramids of. The small papillse 
 of which the cones of the kidney are formed. 
 
 FERRIACETAS. (Ph.D.) Acetate of iron. 
 Iron liquor. Take of precipitated sesquioxide 
 of iron, 1 part; acetic acid, 6 parts. Digest 
 three days, and filter. It is a styptic and mild 
 tonic. Dose, gtt. x. to gtt. xxv., in water. 
 
 Ferri acetas tinctura. (Ph. D.) Tinct- 
 ure of acetate of iron. Take of acetate of pot- 
 ash, 2 parts ; sulphate of iron, 1 part ; alcohol, 
 26 parts. Digest seven days ; pour off the 
 clear fluid, and preserve in a well-stopped bottle. 
 An agreeable chalybeate. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J. 
 
 Ferri alkalini liquor. Alkaline solution 
 of iron. Take of iron, 3iiss. ; nitric acid, f. 
 fij. ; distilled water, f. fvj. ; solution of subcar- 
 bonate of potash, §yj. Having mixed the acid 
 and water, pour them upon the iron, and when 
 the effervescence has ceased, pour off the clear 
 acid solution ; add this gradually, and at inter- 
 vals, to the solution of subcarbonate of potash, 
 occasionally shaking it, until it has assumed a 
 deep brown-red color, and no further efferves- 
 cence takes place. Lastly, set it by for six 
 hours, and pour off the clear solution. This 
 preparation was first described by Stahl, and 
 called tinctura martis alkalina. The dose is 
 from half a drachm to a drachm. 
 
 Ferri ammo'nio-chlo'ridum. (Ph. L.) Fer- 
 rum ammoniatum. (U.S.) Ammonio-chloride 
 of iron. Take of sesquioxide of iron, fiij.; hy- 
 drochloric acid, f. jfx. ; hydrochlorate of ammo- 
 nia, ibiiss. ; distilled water, four pints. Pour 
 the acid on the sesquioxide, and digest in a 
 sand-bath for two hours ; afterward add the 
 hydrochlorate of ammonia, dissolved in distilled 
 water ; strain and evaporate all the fluid ; last- 
 ly, reduce the residuum to powder. This prep- 
 aration is a mixture of sesquichloride of iron and 
 hydrochlorate of ammonia. It is tonic and as- 
 tringent, in doses of from three to fifteen grains, 
 or more, in the form of bolus or pills, prepared 
 with some gum. It is exhibited in most cases 
 of debility, in chlorosis, asthenia, menorrhagia, 
 288 
 
 intermittent fevers, &c. See Tinctura ferri 
 ammonio-chloridi. 
 
 Ferri carbo'nas. See Ferri sesquioxydunu 
 
 Ferri carbonas fr^ecipitatus. (U. S.) 
 See Ferri sesquioxydum. 
 
 Ferri carbonas pr^eparatus. (U.S.) This 
 is common iron-rust. 
 
 Ferri carbonas saccharatum. (Ph. E.) 
 Saccharine carbonate of iron. Take of sulphate 
 
 of iron, ^iv. ; carbonate of soda, 
 
 pure 
 
 sugar, fij. ; water, Oiv. Dissolve the salts sep- 
 arately, each in two pints of the water ; mix ; 
 collect the precipitate on a cloth filter, wash it 
 with cold water, press out as much of the water 
 as possible, and immediately rub with the sugar, 
 already powdered. Dry the mixture at a tem- 
 perature not much above 120° F. The sugar 
 checks, in a measure, the peroxidation of the 
 iron. The preparation is similar to the Pilules 
 ferri carbonatis (U. S.). It is used in the same 
 cases as the pills, or the Mistura ferri composita. 
 Dose, gr. v. to gr. x. 
 
 Ferri citr as. Citrate of iron. A mild cha- 
 lybeate, very similar to the acetate of iron. 
 
 Ferri cyanuretum. Prussian blue. See 
 Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 
 
 Ferri et ammonijs murias. See Ferri am- 
 monio-chloridum. 
 
 Ferri et potass^; tartras. (U. S.) See 
 Ferri potassio tartras. 
 
 Ferri ferrocyanas. Prussian blue. See 
 Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 
 
 Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. F. ferro- 
 cyanuretum. (U. S.) Ferro-sesquicyanide of 
 iron. Ferro-sesquicyanuret of iron. Ferro- 
 prussiate of iron. Ferrocyanide or ferrocyan- 
 uretofiron. Prussian blue. Berlin blue. This 
 substance is so abundantly made for commercial 
 purposes that there is no occasion to introduce 
 any pharmaceutical processes. It may be made 
 extemporaneously by adding a solution of ferro- 
 cyanide of potassium to a solution of any per- 
 salt of iron, as the persulphate. Prussian blue 
 occurs in masses of a rich blue color ; it is taste- 
 less, insoluble in water, alcohol, and dilute 
 acids, but soluble in oxalic acid and strong min- 
 eral acids, frequently with decomposition. The 
 composition of the pure anhydrous prussian 
 blue is Fe 7 Cy 9 , but there is also a substance 
 called basic prussian blue, or basic sesqui-ferro- 
 cyanide of iron, formed by adding solution of 
 yellow ferrocyanide of potassium to a solution 
 of a protosalt of iron, and exposing the precipi- 
 tate to air : this body has the composition of 
 Fe 7 Cy 9 -{-2(Fe203), or one equivalent of prussian 
 blue with two of sesquioxide of iron : it is sol- 
 uble in water. There is another substance re- 
 sembling prussian blue, called TurnbulVs blue, 
 or ferridcyanide of iron (Liebig), which is 
 formed when red ferridcyanide of potassium is 
 added to a protosalt of iron : the composition of 
 this is Fe 5 Cy6- 
 
 The therapeutic action of prussian blue is not 
 certainly known, but it is regarded as a tonic 
 and febrifuge. It seems to have been useful in 
 mtermittents, epilepsy, and neuralgia, or, in 
 otner words, to be an antiperiodic medicine. 
 It is not very active, for two drachms scarcely 
 affected a dog. It has also been used in oint 
 ment to foul ulcers. Dose, gr. iv. to gr. x. 
 
FER 
 
 FEE 
 
 every four hours, in hitennittents. The dose 
 may be much increased. 
 
 Ferri ferro-prussias. Ferri ferro-hydro- 
 cyanas. Prussian blue. Ferro-prussiate oi 'iron. 
 See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 
 
 Ferri filum. Iron wire. 
 
 Ferri iodidum. (Ph. L., E., D., & U. S.) Io- 
 dide of iron. Take of iodine, gij. ; iron filings, 
 5j.; distilled water, a pint and a half. Mix 
 the iodine with a pint of the water, and to 
 these add the iron. Heat them in a sand-bath, 
 and pour off the liquor when it has acquired a 
 
 freenish color. Wash what remains with the 
 alf pint of water, boiling. Let the mixed and 
 strained liquors evaporate at a heat not exceed- 
 ing 212° in an iron vessel, that the salt may be 
 dried. Keep it iu a well-stopped vessel, the 
 access of light being prevented. 
 
 The solution obtained is one of iodide or 
 protiodide of iron : it is of a green color, and by 
 evaporation with as little contact of air as pos- 
 sible, green tabular crystals may be formed. 
 By evaporation to dryness and heating moder- 
 ately, this salt is fused, and on cooling becomes 
 an opaque crystalline mass of an iron-gray color 
 and metallic lustre. When exposed to the air 
 it attracts moisture, and is very soluble both in 
 water and in alcohol. In order to prevent the 
 deposition of sesquioxide of iron by the absorp- 
 tion of oxygen, the solution should be kept with 
 an iron wire in it. 
 
 This medicine has been lately introduced 
 into practice by Dr. A. T. Thomson, who rec- 
 ommends it in every form of scrofula, in chlo- 
 rosis, atonic arnenorrhcea, hysteria, secondary 
 syphilis, incipient cancer, and other cases. The 
 dose is from three grains, increased to eight 
 grains or more. 
 
 The Liquor ferri iodidi is an officinal prepara- 
 tion, which see. There is also a syrup, the 
 Syrupus ferri iodidi, twelve parts of which con- 
 tain one grain of the fresh iodide of iron. 
 
 Ferri lactas. Lactate of iron. Lactate of 
 the protoxide of iron. This is made by slowly 
 digesting fine iron wire in lactic acid. It has 
 no advantage over the ferri carbonas sacchara- 
 tum, and is used in the same cases. Dose, in 
 the day, gr. x. to 9j., given in lozenges or pills. 
 
 Ferri limatuka purificata. Purified iron 
 filings. These possess slight tonic and deobstru- 
 ent virtues, and are calculated to relieve chlo- 
 rosis, and other diseases in which steel is indi- 
 cated, where acidity in the prima? via? abounds. 
 
 Ferri oxydi squama. (Ph. D.) The scales 
 of iron from a smith's forge. They consist of a 
 mixture of protoxide and peroxide of iron. See 
 Ferri oxydttm nigrum. 
 
 Ferri oxydum fuscum. See Fern sesquiox- 
 ydum. 
 
 Ferri oxtduji hydratum. See Ferri sesqui- 
 oxydum hydratum. 
 
 Ferri oxtdum nigrum. (Ph. D. & E.) Mag- 
 netic, or black oxide of iron. Iron scales. It 
 is made by washing and triturating the scales of 
 a smith's forge. It is a mixture of the prot- 
 oxide and peroxide in fluctuating proportions. 
 It has the tonic, astringent, and deobstruent ac- 
 tion of the chalybeates. Dose, gr. v. to 3j., 
 two or three times daily. 
 
 Ferri oxtdum rubrum. (Ph. E. & D.) 
 T 
 
 Red oxide of iron, or rust. See Ferri sesqui- 
 oxydwn. 
 
 Ferri percyanidum. (Ph. L.) Prussian 
 blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 
 
 Ferri perxitras. Pernitrate of iron. Ni- 
 trate of the peroxide of iron. This is readily 
 made by neutralizing dilute nitric acid by iron 
 filings. It is a powerful astringent, and has 
 been found useful in chronic diarrhoeas. Dose, 
 commence with gr. j., and increase gradually. 
 Ferri persulphas. Persulphate of iron. 
 Sulphate of peroxide of iron. This is readily 
 formed by boding a solution of common sul- 
 phate of iron with a little dilute nitric acid. 
 The persulphate is powerfully astringent and 
 styptic. Dose, half a grain, gradually increased. 
 Ferri phosphas. (U. S.) Phosphate of 
 iron. Take of sulphate of iron, f v. ; phosphate 
 of soda, fvj. ; water, Cj. Mix the solutions, and 
 wash the precipitate with warm water. It is 
 an insoluble slate-colored powder, consisting of 
 a mixture of the pro to and perphosphate of iron, 
 and said to be useful in arnenorrhcea and dys- 
 pepsia, and is a mild chalybeate. Dose, gr. v. 
 to 3ss., hi pill or lozenge. 
 Ferri pila. Iron filings. 
 Ferri potassio tartras. (Ph. L.) Potassio- 
 tartrate of iron. Ferrum tartarizatum. Take 
 of sesquioxide of iron, three ounces ; hydro- 
 chloric acid, f. fx. ; solution of potash, Ovss., 
 or as much as may be sufficient ; bitartrate of 
 potash, f viiss. ; distilled water, Ciss. Mix the 
 sesquioxide of iron with the acid, and digest for 
 two hours in a sand-bath. Add to these two 
 gallons of the water, and set aside for an hour ; 
 then pour off the supernatant liquor. The so- 
 lution of potash being added, wash the precip- 
 itate frequently with water, and while yet moist, 
 boil it with the bitartrate of potash, previously 
 mixed with a gallon of the water. If the liquor 
 shoidd be acid when toed by litmus, drop into 
 it solution of sesquicarbonate of ammonia until 
 it is saturated. Lastly, strain the liquor, and 
 with a gentle heat let it evaporate, so that the 
 salt may remain dry. 
 
 This salt is composed very nearly of one 
 equivalent of tartrate of potash and one of tar- 
 trate of the spsquioxide of iron. It is a mild 
 and efficacious chalybeate, and is less nauseous 
 to the taste than the other preparations of iron. 
 The dose is from grs. x. to jss., in solution or 
 bolus, combined with an aromatic bitter. 
 
 Ferri protocarbonas. Protocarbonate of 
 iron. The officinal preparations of this body 
 are the Ferri carbonas saccharatum, Pilulce 
 ferri carbonatis, and Mistura ferri composita, 
 which see. 
 
 Ferri protosulphas. F.p.viridis. Proto- 
 sulpkate of iron. Sulphate of the protoxide of 
 iron. Green vitriol. See Ferri sulphas. 
 
 Ferri prussias. Prussiate of iron. Prussian 
 blue. See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 
 
 Ferri ramenta. Iron filings. 
 
 Ferri rubigo. See Ferri sesquioxydum* 
 
 Ferri scobo. Iron filings. 
 
 Ferri sesquioxydum. (Ph. L.) Ferri sub- 
 carbonas. Ferri carbonas. Ferrum prcecipita- 
 tum. Formerly called Chalybis rubigo prcepara- 
 ta and Ferri rubigo. Sesquioxide of iron ; also 
 called subcarbonate of iron. Take of sulphate 
 
 289 
 
FEE 
 
 FEE 
 
 of iron, fviij. ; carbonate of soda, §'ix. ; boiling 
 water, one gallon. Dissolve the sulphate of 
 iron and carbonate of soda separately, each in 
 half a gallon of water ; then mix the solutions 
 together, and set it by, that the precipitated 
 powder may subside ; then, having poured off 
 the supernatant liquor, wash the precipitate of 
 iron with hot water, and dry it. It possesses 
 mild corroborant and stimulating properties, 
 and is exhibited with success in leucorrhoea, 
 chlorosis, dyspepsia, rachitis, &c. Dose, from 
 two to ten grains. 
 
 Ferri sesquioxydum hydratum. Ferri ox- 
 ydum hydratum. (U.S.) Hydrated oxide of 
 iron. Hydrated peroxide, sesquioxide, or trit- 
 oxide of iron. Take of sulphate of iron, fiv. ; 
 sulphuric acid,f. siijss. ; nitric acid,f. 3yj., orq. s. ; 
 aqua ammonia, q. s. ; water, Oij. Dissolve the 
 sulphate in the water, add the sulphuric acid, 
 boil, and add the nitric acid gradually, so that the 
 solution becomes of a brown-red color. Allow 
 the solution to cool ; filter, and add to the filtrate 
 the ammonia, stirring it briskly. Throw the 
 precipitate on a calico filter, and wash with 
 warm water until the filtrate does not precipi- 
 tate a solution of nitrate of barytes. The moist 
 precipitate, which is the hydrated peroxide, 
 should be kept as a thick magma in a tight bot- 
 tle if it is to be used as an antidote for arsenic ; 
 otherwise, if it is to be made into pills, it should 
 be pressed as dry as possible, and dried at a 
 temperature not exceeding 180 F. It is a red- 
 dish-brown magma, and composed, according 
 to Guibourt, of 3-5 per cent, of sesquioxide, the 
 rest being water, with a minute amount of am- 
 monia. In cases of poisoning by arsenic, it is 
 best to give it in the state of magma, a table 
 spoonful being administered every five minutes. 
 A large proportion is necessary to neutralize the 
 poison, and no fears are to be apprehended 
 from the action of an excess of sesquioxide. 
 
 Ferri subcarbonas. See Ferri sesquioxy- 
 dum. 
 
 Ferri sulphas. (Ph. U. S., L., E., & D.) 
 Sulphate of iron. Sulphate of protoxide of iron. 
 Formerly called Ferrum vitriolatwm. Green vit- 
 riol. Take of iron filings, eight ounces; sul- 
 phuric acid, fourteen ounces ; water, four pints. 
 Mix together the sulphuric acid and water, and 
 add thereto the iron ; then, after the efferves- 
 cence has ceased, filter the solution, and set it 
 aside that crystals may form. Evaporate the 
 decanted liquor that it may again yield crys- 
 tals. Dry them all. This is an excellent prep- 
 aration of iron, and is exhibited in many dis- 
 eases as a styptic, tonic, astringent, and anthel- 
 mintic. Dose, from one grain to five grains. 
 It is emetic in doses of gr. x. to 3j. 
 
 Ferri sulphas exsiccatum. (Ph. E.) Dried 
 or exsiccated sulphate of iron. This is formed 
 by drying the powdered sulphate at a temper- 
 ature of about 300° F., whereby it loses most 
 of its water of crystallization, and becomes a 
 grayish powder. It is used in preparing the 
 Pilulce ferri sulphas (Ph. E.). 
 
 Ferri sulphas calcinatum. Peroxide of 
 iron, formed by keeping the sulphate exposed 
 for a long time to a red heat, whereby the sul- 
 phuric acid is driven off. 
 
 Ferri sulphuretum. (Ph. U. S., D., & E.) 
 290 
 
 Sulphuret of iron. Take of iron filings, f iv. ; 
 sulphur, fij. Mix, and place in a covered cru- 
 cible, and expose to an obscure red heat till 
 they unite. It is only employed in forming sul- 
 phureted hydrogen. 
 
 Ferri tartarum. (Ph. D.) See Ferri po- 
 tassio-tartras. 
 
 Ferric acid. A very instable oxide of iron, 
 of the composition Fe0 3 , scarcely known in the 
 insulated state. 
 
 Ferric oxide. Peroxide of iron. 
 
 FERRIDC YA'NOGEN. A hypothetical com- 
 pound radical, consisting of two atoms of ferro- 
 cyanogen; form., Cy 6 Fe 2 . It is tribasic, and 
 forms an acid with hydrogen, the ferridcyanic, 
 which exists in red prussiate of potash, or fer- 
 ridcyanide of potassium. Its composition is 
 C 6 Fe 2 +H 3 , or Cfdy,H 3 . 
 
 Ferridcyanide of iron. Turnbull's blue. 
 See Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 
 
 FE'RRO-. A common prefix in chemistry 
 (from ferrum, iron), attached to those com- 
 pounds in which this element unites with cya- 
 nogen and other radicals. 
 
 Ferro-chya'zic acid. The ferrocyanic acid. 
 
 Ferrocy'anate. Ferrocyanas: The same 
 as ferrocyanide. 
 
 Ferrocyanate of potash. The old name 
 for ferrocyanide of potassium, or yellow prus- 
 siate of potash. 
 
 Ferrocya'nic acid. A yellow, acid, crys- 
 talline body, being a compound of ferrocyano- 
 gen and hydrogen: Cfy,H 2 . It is bibasic. 
 
 Ferrocyanide of iron. The modern name 
 of Prussian blue, or 3Cfy,Fe 4 , formerly called 
 ferro-sesquicyanide of iron. See Ferri ferro- 
 sesquicyanidum. 
 
 Ferrocyanide of potassium. Prussiate of 
 potash. Yellow prussiate of potash. The yel- 
 low salt obtained by burning animal matter 
 with potash in the presence of iron. The crys- 
 tals are quadrangular prisms, soluble, and com- 
 posed of Cfy,K 2 -|^3HO. It is of great use in 
 the laboratory as a test for iron, copper, and 
 other metals, and for the production of other 
 compounds of cyanogen. It has not much the- 
 rapeutic action, two drachms producing little 
 or no effect, but it is recommended by Dr. 
 Smart as both a nervous and arterial sedative. 
 Dose, ten to twenty grains every six hours. 
 
 Ferrocya'nogen. A hypothetical radical, 
 supposed to form the basis of the ferrocya- 
 nid.es. Its formula is Cy 3 Fe ; symbol, Cfy ; 
 and equivalent, 105-87. The most permanent 
 compounds are with potassium, iron, and hy- 
 drogen. 
 
 Ferro-prussic acid. Ferrocyanic acid. 
 
 Ferro-se'squicya'nic acid. The ferridcy- 
 anic acid. 
 
 Ferro-sesquicyanide of iron. Prussian 
 blue ; now called Ferrocyanide of iron. See 
 Ferri ferro-sesquicyanidum. 
 
 Ferro-tartrate of ammonia. A salt of tar- 
 trate of iron and ammonia, 
 chalybeate. 
 
 Ferro-tartrate of potash. Ferro-tartras 
 potassii. See Ferri potassio-tartras. 
 
 Ferroso-ferric oxide. The magnetic iron 
 ore, or scales from the smith's anvil, is so called 
 by Berzelius. See Ferri oxydum nigrum. 
 
FE R 
 
 FE V 
 
 Ferroso-ferric sulphate. The partially- 
 changed sulphate of iron, when it contains both 
 proto and per sulphate of iron, is so called by 
 Berzelius. 
 
 Fe'rrous oxide. Protoxide of iron. 
 
 Ferrugi'neus. 1. Appertaining to iron. 2. 
 Chalybeate. 3. Having a yellowish-brown 
 color, like the rust of iron. 
 
 Fe'rrugo. (Ph. E.) The ferri sesquioxy- 
 dum hydratum. 
 
 FE'RRUM. (urn, i, n.) The metal iron, 
 which see. 
 
 Ferrum ammoniatum. See Fern ammonio- 
 ckloridum. 
 
 Ferrum oxydatum hydratum. The hydra- 
 ted sesquioxide of iron. See Ferri sesquioxy- 
 dum hydratum. 
 
 Ferrum pot a bile. See Ferri potassio-tar- 
 tras. 
 
 Ferrum pr^cipitatum. See Ferri sesqui- 
 oxydum. 
 
 Ferrum salitum. Muriate or chloride of 
 iron. 
 
 Ferrum tartarizatum. See Ferri potassio- 
 tartras. 
 
 Ferrum vitriolatum. See Ferri sulphas. 
 
 Ferrureted chyazic acid. Ferrocyanic 
 acid. 
 
 Fersje. The measles have been so called. 
 
 FERTILE. Fertilis. Fruitful. Applied, 1. 
 In Physiology, to women, and the female of 
 brute animals, which are prolific. 2. In Bota- 
 ny, a flower which produces a seed capable of 
 vegetation, or such as have both stamens and 
 pistils. 
 
 Fertilization. Impregnation: a term 
 chiefly used in botany. 
 
 FE'RULA. {a, ce, f. ) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
 
 Ferula africana galbanifera. The gal- 
 banum plant. See Galbanum. 
 
 Ferula ammonifera. The plant now called 
 Dorema ammoniacum. 
 
 Ferula assafcetida. The systematic name 
 of the assafcetida plant. Assafa?tida. A native 
 of Persia. The drug is the inspissated juice, 
 obtained by scarifying the plants. That is ac- 
 counted best which is clear, of a pale reddish 
 color, and variegated with a great number of 
 white tears. This concrete juice consists of 
 two thirds of gam, and one third of resin and 
 volatile oil, in which its taste and smell reside. 
 It yields all its virtues to alcohol. Triturated 
 with water, it forms a milk-like mixture, the 
 resin being diffused by the medium of the 
 gum. It is the most powerful of all the fetid 
 gums, and is a most valuable remedy : em- 
 ployed in hysteria, hypochondriasis, flatulent 
 colics, and nervous diseases. Where we wish 
 it to act immediately as an antispasmodic, it 
 should be used in a fluid form, as that of tinct- 
 ure, from half a drachm to two drachms. 
 When in the form of enema, one or two drachms 
 of the solid are to be diffused in eight ounces of 
 warm milk or water. It is sometimes applied 
 externally in the form of plaster as a stimulant 
 and discutient. It is expectorant, emmena- 
 gogue, and a nervous stimulant. Dose of pow- 
 der, gr. v. to 3j. 
 
 Ferula persica. Stinking giant fennel. 
 
 This plant was supposed by Willdenow to yield 
 the Sagapenum. The source whence this drug 
 is derived is still uncertain. See Sagapenum. 
 
 Ferula tingitana. A species yielding the 
 African ammoniacum. 
 
 Ferulacca. Bubon galbanum. 
 
 FE'RVOR. (From ferveo, to boil.) A vio- 
 lent or scorching heat. It designates a sensa- 
 tion much more acute than that tei-med ardor. 
 
 Fetlock. A tuft of hair growing behind 
 the pastern-joint of horses. 
 
 FEVER. ( From fervor, a violent heat.) Fe- 
 vers constitute a class of diseases marked by 
 rigors, increased heat, disturbed circulation, 
 prostration, and, most commonly, local inflam- 
 mation of some viscus. They are divided into 
 continued, intermittent, and remittent, or into 
 active and typhoid. The following subdivision, 
 by Pinel, is much more scientific : 
 
 1. The Angeio-tenic, or inflammatory fever, 
 situated in the organs of circulation. 
 
 2. The Mating o- gastric, or bilious fever, orig- 
 inating in the mucous membrane of the intes- 
 tines. 
 
 3. The Adeno-meningeal, a form of gastric fe- 
 ver, depending on disease of the mucous folli- 
 cles. 
 
 4. The Ataxic, or irregular fever, in which 
 the brain and nervous system are chiefly af- 
 fected. 
 
 5. The Adynamic, or fever characterized by 
 prostration or depression of the vital powers. 
 
 For the characteristics of fever and most of 
 the species, see Febris. 
 
 Fever, adynamic Typhoid fever. 
 
 Fever, asthenic Typhus fever: also used 
 for fevers in which there is great prostration. 
 
 Fever, asthmatic An intermittent fever, 
 in which the respiratory function is much dis- 
 turbed. 
 
 Fever, ataxo-adynamic Fevers in which 
 the nervous system is much affected, and when 
 there is great prostration. 
 
 Fever, bilious. F., bilio-gastric. The 
 common bilious remittent of the autumn. 
 
 Fever, bilious remitting. Yellow fever. 
 
 Fever, bilious remittent, of infants. See 
 Fever, infantile remittent. 
 
 Fever, bladdery. Pemphigus. 
 
 Fever, brain. Phrenitis. 
 
 Fever, camp. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Fever, cerebral. Phrenitis. 
 
 Fever, childbed. Puerperal peritonitis. 
 
 Fever, congestive. A fever hi which there 
 is much oppression, with obscure symptoms, 
 and in which reaction is very slow. It is as- 
 sociated with congestion of some viscus, and 
 originates from the action of miasm in warm 
 climates. 
 
 Fever, contagious. This term is applied 
 to typhus fever usually. 
 
 Fever, continued. See Febris continua. 
 
 Fever, diary. Ephemeral fever. 
 
 Fever, double. Those forms of complex 
 intermittent in which two paroxysms occur in 
 one day, are termed double quartans, double 
 quotidians, &c. 
 
 Fever, ephemeral. Simple fever of short 
 duration. 
 
 Fever, exacerbating. Remittent fever. 
 291 
 
FIB 
 
 FIB 
 
 Fever, endemic. F., endemial. Remittent 
 fever. 
 
 Fever, entero-mesenteric. Typhoid fever. 
 
 Fever, hospital. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Fever, icteric. A fever in which jaundice 
 supervenes. 
 
 Fever, infantile remittent. A low fever 
 occurring in childhood, which resembles in 
 symptoms hydrocephalus, and seems to origi- 
 nate in disturbance of the gastric and intestinal 
 organs. 
 
 Fever, inflammatory. See Synocha. 
 
 Fever, intermittent. See Ague. 
 
 Fever, jail. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Fever, low. Typhus fever. 
 
 Fever, malignant. ' Typhus gravior. 
 
 Fever, milk. The slight febrile disturbance 
 which precedes the secretion of milk in women. 
 
 Fever, mixed. Synocha. 
 
 Fever, paludal. Ague. 
 
 Fever, paroxysmal. Remittent fever. 
 
 Fever, pestilential. Typhus gravior, when 
 very severe. The plague. 
 
 Fever, putrid. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Fever, ship. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Fever, spotted. A form of typhus gravior 
 attended with sudden prostration, intractable 
 vomiting, spontaneous hemorrhages, or pete- 
 chias of a purple or black color. 
 
 Fever, stranger's. Remittent or yellow 
 fever. 
 
 Fever, tertian. That form of ague in which 
 the paroxysm returns every third day. 
 
 Fever, typhoid. Entero-mesenteric fever. 
 Fever with meteorism, rose-colored spots on the 
 abdomen, sudamina, torpor, lesion of Peyer's 
 gland, and enlargement of the spleen. — Cope- 
 land. 
 
 Fever, verminous. Fever produced by the 
 iiTitation of worms. The bilious remittent fe- 
 ver of children is sometimes so called. 
 
 Fever, vernal. Ague in the spring. 
 
 Fever, yellow. A very violent fever, more 
 or less adynamic, and complicated with jaun- 
 dice and the vomiting of black matter. It is 
 endemic, originates in miasm, and is chiefly 
 confined to the tropics, but sometimes occurs in 
 the autumn, after a hot, moist season, in cities 
 situated in marshy districts. The treatment, 
 where the prostration does not occur at the 
 outset, consists in bleeding and the free use of 
 calomel ; but bleeding is often fatal to persons 
 of debilitated constitutions. 
 
 Feverfew. Matricaria pyrethrum. 
 
 Fever root. The triosteum perfoliatum. 
 
 Feverwort. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 
 
 FEVILLEA CORDIFOLIA. Antidote co- 
 coon. A climbing shrub of the West Indies, the 
 seeds of which are used as a stomachic and hy- 
 dragogue, and said to be useful as an antidote 
 for poisoning by fish. In large doses they are 
 purgative and emetic. The seeds abound in a 
 mild oil, which may be extracted by pressure. 
 
 FI'BRE. {Fibra, ce, f.) A simple filament. 
 Many of the textures of animal and vegetable 
 bodies are manifestly composed of fibres. 
 
 Fiber. Castor fiber. 
 
 Fibra sanguinis. Fibrin. 
 
 FI'BRIL. A small, thread-like fibre; the 
 little roots. 
 292 
 
 Fibrill^e. Minute fibres. 
 
 FTBRIN. Fibrine. A protein compound 
 of animals and plants. It exists in the soluble 
 state in blood, and insoluble in muscle. It is 
 obtained readily from fresh blood by beating 
 with twigs, to which it attaches itself in fibres, 
 and may be washed white. It is elastic, insol- 
 uble, tasteless, and inodorous ; by long boiling 
 it is, however, partly changed and dissolved. 
 Dried in vacuo, it loses 80 per cent, of water, 
 and becomes homy. Fresh venous or muscu- 
 lar fibrin, triturated with one and a half times 
 its weight of water and one third nitrate of 
 potass, at a temperature of 100° to 120° F., 
 and left for twenty-four hours, becomes gelati- 
 nous, and eventually fluid. This does not oc- 
 cur with arterial fibrin, or that long exposed to 
 air. All the forms of fresh fibrin are slowly 
 dissolved by concentrated acetic acid, dilute 
 caustic potass, phosphoric acid, or hydrochloric 
 acid. In solution it closely resembles albu- 
 men. Pure fibrin, according to Mulder, con- 
 sists of, 
 
 Carbon . . 
 
 54-56 
 
 Oxygen . 
 
 22-13 
 
 Hydrogen . 
 
 6-90 
 
 Phosphorus 
 
 0-33 
 
 Nitrogen . 
 
 1572 
 
 Sulphur . 
 
 0-36 
 
 This agrees with the formula C400H310N50 
 02ioP-S., but it is common to use the formula 
 C48H 36 Oi4N 6 -j-(S.P.) They both contain an ash 
 of from 0-7 to 2-5 per cent, of phosphates of 
 lime, magnesia, &c. The per centage of fibrin 
 in normal blood is, according to Simon, about 
 0-3, but it is inci^eased in inflammatory diseases 
 to as much as 1-2, and is deficient in chlorosis, 
 &c. Hence the division of diseases into those 
 with excess of fibrin, or hyperinosis, and those 
 with deficiency, or hypinosis. 
 
 Vegetable fibrin precipitates itself in the fib- 
 rous state from vegetable juices. 
 
 Fibro-cartilage. The fibrous cartilage of 
 the ear, trachea, and other parts of the body. 
 
 FIBROUS. Fibrosus. Composed of fibres. 
 
 Fibrous membranes. Those membranes 
 which are made up of fibres. Pathologists des- 
 ignate by this term the periosteum and the 
 various fasciae, more especially those which 
 have a fibrous texture, and differ from the mus- 
 cular tissues in being of a gelatinous compo- 
 sition. 
 
 Fibrous nervous tissue. See Nervous mat- 
 ter. 
 
 FI'BULA. {a, ce,f.; a clasp or brace.) A 
 long bone of the leg. It is situated on the 
 outer side of the tibia, and forms, at its lower 
 end, the outer ankle. Its upper extremity is 
 formed into an irregular head, on the inside of 
 which is a slightly concave articulating surface. 
 Externally, the head of the fibula is rough and 
 protuberant, serving for the attachment of liga- 
 ments, and for the insertion of the biceps cru- 
 ris muscle. Immediately below it, on its inner 
 sido, is a tubercle, from which a part of the 
 gastrocnemius internus has its origin. Imme- 
 diately below this head the body of the bone 
 begins. It is of a triangular shape, and ap- 
 pears as if it were slightly twisted at each end 
 in a different direction. It is likewise a little 
 curved inward and forward. Of the three an- 
 gles of the bone, that which is turned toward 
 
FIL 
 
 FIS 
 
 the tibia is the most prominent, and serves for 
 the attachment of the interosseous ligament. 
 The lower end of the fibula is formed into a 
 spongy, oblong head, externally rough and con- 
 vex, internally smooth, and covered with a thin 
 cartilage where it is received by the external 
 triangular depression at the lower end of the 
 tibia. Below this the fibula is lengthened out, 
 so as to fonn a considerable process, called 
 malleolus extemus, or the outer ankle. It is 
 smooth, and covered with cartilage on the in- 
 side, where it is contiguous to the astragalus, 
 or first bone of the foot. At the lower and in- 
 ner part of this process there is a spongy cavity, 
 filled with fat ; and a little beyond this, poste- 
 riorly, is a cartilaginous groove, for the tendons 
 of the peroneus longus and peroneus brevis, 
 which are here bound down by the ligament- 
 ous fibres that are extended over them. 
 
 Fi'bular. Appertaining to the fibula; as 
 fibular artery, fibular nerve, &c. 
 
 Fica'ria. Ranunculus ficaria. 
 
 Fica'tio. The development of a tubercle of 
 the kind called ficus. 
 
 FICOI'DEjE. A natural order of shrubby 
 or herbaceous exogens, inhabiting hot sandy 
 plains. They are related to Crasstdacece, Che- 
 nopodiacece, and Silcnacece, and especially to 
 Cactacece; but are distinguished by their em- 
 bryo being curved round mealy albumen, a su- 
 perior calyx, and perigynous stamens. The 
 succulent leaves of some are eaten, while oth- 
 ers yield soda. 
 
 Ficoi'des. Fig-like. 
 
 FI'CUS. (us, i, f.; and us, us, f.) 1. A 
 species of condyloma, so named from its being 
 shaped like a fig. 2. A genus of plants. Poly- 
 gamia. Dicecia. Urticacece. 
 
 Ficus carica. The fig-tree. Carica. Ficus 
 vulgaris. Ficus communis. The fresh fruit is 
 wholesome and laxative; the dried fruit will 
 sometimes disagree. 
 
 Ficus Indica. See Lacca. 
 
 Fida. An alchemical name of gold or silver. 
 
 Fidgets. Restlessness and uneasiness, with 
 a constant desire of changing the position. 
 
 Fidicina'lis. The lumbricales muscles have 
 also been called fidicinales, for their action in 
 moving the fingers. 
 
 Fifth pair of nerves. See Nervous system. 
 
 Fig. Ficus carica. 
 
 Figwort. Ranunculus ficaria and scrofu- 
 laria. 
 
 FILA'GO. {ago, aginis, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia necessaria. 
 Composite. — F. leonto podium. The herb lion's- 
 foot, formerly used in diseases. — F. pigmce is 
 astringent. 
 
 FI'LAMENT. (Filamentum ; from filum, a 
 thread.) 1. Applied, in Anatomy, to a small, 
 thread-like portion adhering to any part, and 
 frequently synonymous with fibre. 2. In Bot- 
 any, to the stamen of a flower, which consists 
 of the filament, anther, and pollen. The fila- 
 ment is the column which supports the an- 
 ther. 
 
 FILARIA. {a, ce,i.) A genus of worms in 
 Rudolphi's classification. — F. Medinensis. The 
 Guinea- worm. It is of a white color, and about 
 the thickness of a violin string ; is commonly 
 
 found in the legs, but sometimes in the muscu- 
 lar part of the arms. While it moves under 
 the skin it creates no trouble ; but, in time, the 
 place near the mature filaria suppurates. If it 
 be drawn, it excites considerable uneasiness, 
 especially if broken, for the part left within 
 creates intolerable pain. These worms are of 
 different lengths, and may be three yards and 
 a half long. There is also a species sometimes 
 found in the aqueous humor of the eye, the 
 F. oculi. 
 
 File'llum. . The fraenum of the prepuce. 
 
 File'tum. The frsenum of the tongue. — Ed- 
 itors of Castelli. 
 
 FI'LICES. (Plural of filix.) Ferns. They 
 are plants which bear their fruit on the back of 
 the leaf or frond. 
 
 Filicina. A supposed alkaloid, derived 
 from the root-stock of the male fern. 
 
 Fili'cula. Adiantum capillus veneris. 
 
 Filiform. Filiformis. Thread-like. 
 
 Filipe'ndula. Spiraea filipendula. 
 
 Filipendula aquatica. (Enanthe fistulosa. 
 
 Filius ante patrem. Any plant the flower 
 of which comes out before the leaf, as colt's- 
 foot. 
 
 FI'LIX. See Polypodium. 
 
 Filix Florida. Osmunda regalis. 
 
 Filix fcemina. Pteris aquilina. 
 
 Filix mas. Aspidium filix mas. 
 
 FILLE'T. A ribbon of linen employed by 
 accoucheurs instead of the blunt hook, for the 
 purpose of bringing down the extremities of 
 the foetus in certain presentations. 
 
 FILTER. A contrivance for filtering. Pa- 
 per, linen, and woolen cloth are commonly 
 employed. 
 
 Filtrate. The part which passes through 
 the filter. 
 
 FILTRA'TION. (Filtratio; from jiltrum, a 
 strainer.) An operation by means of which a 
 fluid is mechanically separated from solid par- 
 ticles. Filtration is performed through bibu- 
 lous paper, fine linen, sand, a sponge, charcoal, 
 &c, according to circumstances. 
 
 Fi'ltrum. A filter. 
 
 FI'LUM. (tint, i, n.) A thread or filament. 
 
 Filum arsenic ale. Sublimed arsenic. 
 
 FI'MBRIA. (a, ce,f.) A fringe. Applied, 
 in Anatomy, to any fringe-like body, and espe- 
 cially to the fringed extremity of the Fallopian 
 tube. 
 
 Fimbria'tus. Fringed. 
 
 Fimus. Dung. Various kinds of animal 
 dung were formerly used in medicine. 
 
 Finckle. Anethum foeniculum. 
 
 Fingered. Digitatus. 
 
 Fingers. See Hand. 
 
 FIR. See Pinus. 
 
 Fir, Canada. Pinus balsamea. 
 
 Fir, Norway spruce. Pinus abies. 
 
 Fir, Scotch. Pinus sylvestris. 
 
 Fir, silver. F. spruce. Pinus picea. 
 
 Fir, balsam. Pinus balsamea. 
 
 Fire. Ignis. 
 
 Fire-damp. A gas evolved in coal-mines, 
 containing light carbureted hydrogen. 
 
 Fire, Saint Anthony's. Erysipelas. 
 
 Firmi'sium mineralium. Antimony. 
 
 Fish glue. See Ichthyocolla. 
 
 293 
 
FIS 
 
 Fish skin. See Ichthyosis. 
 FISSITARA. The polypes and infusorials 
 which engender by fissiparous generation, 
 which see. 
 
 FISSU'RA. {a, ce, f. ; from findo, to cleave 
 or crack.) A fissure. 1. That species of frac- 
 ture in which the bone is slit, but not com- 
 pletely divided. 2. A name given to a deep 
 and long depression in a part. 
 
 Fissura Glaseri. A fissure situated in the 
 deepest part of the glenoid fossa. 
 
 Fissura longitudinalis. A deep fissure 
 observed in the median line, on the upper sur- 
 face of the brain, occupied by the falx cerebri 
 of the dura mater. 
 
 Fissura magna Sylvii. Fissure of Sylvius. 
 The anterior and middle lobes of the cerebrum 
 on each side are parted by a deep, narrow sul- 
 cus, which ascends obliquely backward from 
 the temporal ala of the os sphenoides to near 
 the middle of the os parietale. This sulcus is 
 called Fissura magna Sylvii. 
 
 Fissura umbilicalis. The fissure in the 
 liver which lodges the umbilical vein in the 
 foetus. 
 
 Fissure of Bichat. The name given to the 
 transverse fissure of the brain, from the opinion 
 of Bichat that it was here that the arachnoid 
 entered into the ventricles. 
 
 Fissure of the anus. See Anus. 
 Fissure of the spleen. The groove which 
 divides the inner surface of the spleen. It is 
 filled by vessels and fat. 
 FI'SSUS. Cleft; cloven. 
 Fistic nut. Pistachia vera. 
 FI'STULA. {a, ce, f.) A long and sinuous 
 ulcer, that has a narrow opening, and which 
 sometimes leads to a larger cavity, and has no 
 disposition to heal. 
 
 Fistula ciba'lis. The oesophagus. 
 Fistula in ano. A sinus by the side of the 
 rectum. From the laxity of the cellular mem- 
 brane in the vicinity of the rectum, abscesses 
 which form here easily become diffused, and 
 the matter burrows by the side of the gut, often 
 to a very formidable extent, and hence the ne- 
 cessity of early attention and great care in the 
 treatment of abscesses so situated. Those fis- 
 tulae in which the matter has made its escape 
 by one or more openings through the skin only, 
 are called blind external Jistulce ; those in which 
 the matter has been discharged through an 
 opening into the rectum, without any aperture 
 in the skin, are called blind internal Jistulce ; 
 and those which open both into the gut and 
 also externally through the skin, are called com- 
 plete Jistulce. The cure is by a surgical opera- 
 tion, which consists in laying the sinus freely 
 open, and applying proper dressings to promote 
 fleshy granulations. 
 
 Fistula in perin^eo. When the urethra is 
 perforated by ulceration or injury, and the urine 
 escapes into the surrounding cellular membrane, 
 it occasions inflammation, sloughing, and ab- 
 scess. If the patient survive, the matter finds 
 its way out by ulceration, through the integu- 
 ments of the perinseum, and the urine also es- 
 capes through these ulcerous apertures. The 
 term Jistula is not very correctly applied to 
 these. Fistulae in perinseo, as they are called, 
 294 
 
 FLE 
 
 are most frequently the result of neglected or 
 ill-treated strictures of the urethra. 
 
 Fistula lachrymalis. Properly an ulcera- 
 ted opening in the lachrymal sac, which has no 
 tendency to heal, and through which a puriform 
 fluid is discharged. The term has been applied 
 to almost every diseased state of the lachrymal 
 passages. 
 
 Fistula, salivary. When by any means 
 the parotid duct has been wounded, the wound 
 is often prevented from healing by the contin- 
 ued escape of saliva; and the irritation and 
 pressure of this occasions the formation of an 
 ulcerated opening in the integuments of the 
 cheek, through which the saliva escapes. 
 Fistula spiritalis. The windpipe. 
 Fistula'ria. Delphinium staphisagria. 
 Fistulous. Fistulosus. Like a fistula; hol- 
 low, like a reed. 
 
 FIXED. Fixus. In Chemistry, applied to 
 those substances which can not be caused to 
 pass by a strong rarefaction from the solid or 
 liquid state to that of an elastic fluid. 
 Fixed air. Carbonic acid. 
 Fixed oils. Common fats, and those oils 
 which require a temperature of 600° F. before 
 they are decomposed. 
 
 Fixity. The property by which bodies re- 
 sist the action of heat, so as not to rise in vapor. 
 Flabelliform. Flabelliformis. Fan-like: a 
 term applied generally in natural history. 
 FLAG. A water weed. See Algce. 
 Flag, sweet. See Acorus. 
 Flag, water. Iris pseudacorus. 
 Flag, yellow water. Iris pseudacorus. 
 Flagelliform. Flagellijormis. Whip-like. 
 A term applied to a stem that is long and pliant. 
 Flage'llum. A runner, or a twig, which 
 runs out long and slender. 
 
 Flake white. Subnitrate of bismuth. 
 Fla'mmula. Ranunculus flammula. 
 Flammula jovis. Clematis recta. 
 Flank. The iliac region of the abdomen. 
 FLATULENCE. By this is understood a 
 morbid collection of gas in the stomach and 
 bowels. Flatulency is often a symptom of other 
 diseases, especially indigestion, colic, cholera, 
 hysteria, and hypochondriasis. For the cure 
 of this disease, carminatives, aperients, and 
 tonics are resorted to, as nutmegs, cardamoms, 
 pimenta, pepper, capsicum, camphor, pepper- 
 mint, spearmint, cinnamon, rosemary, lavender, 
 pennyroyal, &c. The aromatic essential oils 
 are powerful carminatives. If these do not suc- 
 ceed, etherial preparations and warm tonics 
 should be given, and the strictest attention paid 
 to the diet, in which all oleracerous vegetables,, 
 and all kinds of peas, beans, and flatulent fruits* 
 should be avoided; also, large draughts of fluids. 
 The diet should consist of plain animal food. 
 
 Flatu'lent. Flatulentus.- Windy; troubled 
 with flatulence. 
 
 Fla'tus. Wind in the stomach and bowels. 
 Flavedo. The outer rind of the orange and 
 lemon is thus called. 
 Flavus. Yellow. 
 
 FLAX. See Linum. — F., purging. Linum 
 catharticum.— -F., spurge. Flax-leaved daphne. 
 Daphne gnidium. 
 Fleabane. Inula dysenterica. 
 
FLE 
 
 FLE 
 
 Fleabane, great. Conyza squarrosa. 
 
 Fleabane, Canada. Erigeron canadense. 
 
 Fleawort. Plantago psyllium. 
 
 FLEAM. (From flamma, Latin.) A coarse 
 lancet used to bleed horses or to lance the 
 gums. Also, a cutting instrument inclosed in a 
 metallic case and subject to the action of a 
 spring, formerly used in bleeding, and but little 
 employed in this day. 
 
 Flectens par lumborum. A name given 
 by Cassirius to the quadratus lumborum muscle. 
 
 FLEMEN. (n, nis, n.) A Latin word sig- 
 nifying swelling of the ankles from over-fatigue. 
 
 Fleresin. A name that has been given to 
 gout. 
 
 FLESH. The muscular substance of an an- 
 imal. 
 
 Flesh brush. A brush for rubbing the 6ur- 
 face of the body in order to excite the cutane- 
 ous circulation. Its use is very advantageous 
 where the action of the capillary vessels is lan- 
 guid. 
 
 Flesh, proud. Fungous granulations. 
 
 Fleshy. Carnosus. 
 
 Flexibility. The capacity of being bent 
 readily. 
 
 FLEXION. (Flexio, onis, f.) The bent 
 state of a joint, or the act of bending a joint; it 
 is opposed to extension. 
 
 FLEX'OR. The name of several muscles, 
 the office of which is to bend the joints. 
 
 Flexor accessorius digitorum pedis. See 
 Flexor longus digitorum pedis. 
 
 Flexor brevis digitorum pedis, perfora- 
 tus sublimis. A flexor muscle of the toes. 
 Flexor brevis digitorum pedis, perforatus, of Al- 
 binus. Flexor brevis of Douglas. Flexor dig- 
 itorum brevis, sive perforatus pedis, of Winslow. 
 Perforatus, seu flexor secundi internodii digi- 
 torum pedis, of Cowper. It arises by a narrow, 
 tendinous, and fleshy beginning, from the infe- 
 rior protuberance of the os calcis. It likewise 
 derives many of its fleshy fibers from the adja- 
 cent aponeurosis, and soon forms a thick belly, 
 which divides into four portions. Each of these 
 portions terminates in a flat tendon, the fibers 
 of which decussate, to afford a passage to a ten- 
 don of the long flexor, and afterward reuniting, 
 are inserted into the second phalanx of each of 
 the four lesser toes. This muscle serves to 
 bend the second joint of the toes. 
 
 Flexor brevis minimi digiti pedis. Para- 
 thenar minor of Winslow. This little muscle 
 is situated along the inferior surface and outer 
 edge of the metatarsal bone of the little toe. It 
 arises, tendinous, from the basis of that bone, 
 and from the ligaments that connect it to the 
 os cuboides. It soon becomes fleshy, and ad- 
 heres almost the whole length of the metatarsal 
 bone, at the anterior extremity of which it forms 
 a small tendon, that is inserted into the root of 
 the first joint of the little toe. Its use is to bend 
 the little toe. 
 
 Flexor brevis pollicis manus. Flexor se- 
 cundi internodii of Douglas. Thenar of Wins- 
 low. Flexor primi et secundi ossis pollicis of 
 Cowper. This muscle is divided into two por- 
 tions by the tendon of the flexor longus pollicis. 
 The outermost portion arises, tendinous, from 
 the anterior part of the os trapezoides and in- 
 
 ternal annular ligament. The second, or inner 
 most and thickest, portion arises from the same 
 bone, and likewise from the os magnum and os 
 cuneiforme. Both these portions are inserted, 
 tendinous, into the sesamoid bones of the thumb. 
 The use of this muscle is to bend the second 
 joint of the thumb. 
 
 Flexor brevis pollicis pedis. A muscle of 
 the great toe, that bends the first joint of that 
 part. Flexor brevis of Douglas. Flexor brevis 
 pollicis of Cowper. It is situated upon the 
 metatarsal bone of the great toe ; arises, tendin- 
 ous, from the under and anterior part of the os 
 calcis, and from the under part of the os cunei- 
 forme externum. It soon becomes fleshy and 
 divisible into two portions, which do not separ- 
 ate from each other till they have reached the 
 anterior extremity of the metatarsal bone of the 
 great toe, where they become tendinous, and 
 then the innermost portion unites with the ten- 
 don of the abductor, and the outermost with 
 that of the abductor pollicis. They adhere to 
 the external os sesamoideum, and are finally in- 
 serted into the root of the first joint of the great 
 toe. These two portions, by their separation, 
 form a groove, in which passes the tendon of 
 the flexor longus pollicis. 
 
 Flexor carpi radialis. A long, thin mus- 
 cle, situated obliquely at the inner and anterior 
 part of the fore-arm, between the palmaris 
 longus and the pronator teres. Radialis in- 
 ternus of Albinus and Winslow. It arises, ten- 
 dinous, from the inner condyle of the os humeri, 
 and, by many fleshy fibers, from the adjacent 
 tendinous fascia. It descends along the inferior 
 edge of the pronator teres, and terminates in a 
 long, flat, and thin tendon, which afterward be- 
 comes narrower and thicker, and, after passing 
 under the internal annular ligament, in a groove 
 distinct from the other tendons of the wrist, it 
 spreads wider again, and is inserted into the 
 fore and upper part of the metacarpal bone 
 that sustains the fore-finger. It serves to bend 
 the hand, and its oblique direction may likewise 
 enable it to assist in its pronation. 
 
 Flexor carpi ulnaris. Ulnaris interims oi 
 Wiuslow and Albinus. A muscle situated on 
 the cubit or fore-arm, that assists in bending 
 the arm. It arises, tendinous, from the inner 
 condyle of the os humeri, and, by a small fleshy 
 origin, from the anterior edge of the olecranon. 
 Between these two portions we find the ulnar 
 nerve passing to the fore-arm. Some of its 
 fibers arise, likewise, from the tendinous fascia 
 that covers the muscles of the fore-arm. In its 
 descent it soon becomes tendinous, but its 
 fleshy fibers do not entirely disappear till it has 
 reached the lower extremity of the ulna, where 
 its tendon spreads a little, and, after sending off 
 a few fibers to the external, and internal, and 
 annular ligaments, is inserted into the os pisi- 
 forme. 
 
 Flexor longus digitorum pedis profundus 
 perforans. A flexor muscle of the toes, situ- 
 ated along the posterior part and inner side of 
 the leg. Perforans seu flexor profundus of 
 Douglas. Flexor digitorum longus, sive per~ 
 forans pedis, and perforans seu flexor tertii in- 
 ternodii digitorum pedis of Cowper. It arises, 
 fleshy, from the back part of the tibia, and, after 
 
 295 
 
FLE 
 
 running down to the internal ankle, its tendon 
 passes under a kind of annular ligament, and 
 then through a sinuosity at the inside of the os 
 calcis. Soon after this it receives a small ten- 
 don from the flexor longus pollicis pedis, and 
 about the middle of the foot it divides into four 
 tendons, which pass through the slits of the flex- 
 or brevis digitorum pedis, and are inserted into 
 the upper part of the last bone of all the lesser 
 toes. About the middle of the foot this muscle 
 unites with a fleshy portion, which, from the 
 name of its first describer, has been usually 
 called massa carnea Jacobi Sylvii : it is also 
 termed Flexor accessorius digitorum pedis. This 
 appendage arises by a thin, fleshy origin, from 
 most part of the sinuosity of the os calcis, and 
 likewise by a thin, tendinous beginning from 
 the anterior part of the external tubercle of that 
 bone ; it soon becomes all fleshy, and unites to 
 the long flexor just before it divides into its 
 four tendons. The use of this muscle is to bend 
 the last joint of the toes. 
 
 Flexor longus pollicis manus. Flexor 
 longus pollicis of Albinus. Flexor tertii inter- 
 nodii of Douglas. Flexor tertii internodii sive 
 longissimus pollicis of Cowper. A muscle of 
 the thumb, placed at the side of the flexor 
 longus digitorum profundus perforans, and 
 covered by the extensores carpi radiales. It 
 arises, fleshy, from the anterior surface of the 
 radius, immediately below the insertion of the 
 biceps, and is continued down along the ob- 
 lique ridge, which serves for the insertion of 
 the supinator brevis, as far as the pronator 
 quadratus. Some of its fibers spring, likewise, 
 from the neighboring edge of the interosseous 
 ligament. Its tendon passes under the internal 
 annular ligament of the wrist, and, after run- 
 ning along the inner surface of the first bone 
 of the thumb, between the two portions of the 
 flexor brevis pollicis, goes to be inserted into 
 the last joint of the thumb, being bound down 
 in its way by the ligamentous expansion that 
 is spread over the second bone. In some sub- 
 jects we find a tendinous portion arising from 
 the inner condyle of the os humeri, and form- 
 ing a fleshy slip that commonly terminates near 
 the upper part of the origin of this muscle from 
 the radius. The use of this muscle is to bend 
 the last joint of the thumb. 
 
 Flexor longus pollicis pedis. A muscle 
 of the great toe, situated along the posterior 
 part of the leg. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, 
 a little below the head of the fibula, and its 
 fibers continue to adhere to that bone almost to 
 its extremity. A little above the heel it termi- 
 nates in a round tendon, which, after passing 
 in a groove formed at the posterior edge of the 
 astragalus, and internal and lateral part of the 
 os calcis, in which it is secured by an annular 
 ligament, goes to be inserted into the last bone 
 of the great toe, which it serves to bend. 
 
 Flexor ossis metacarpi pollicis. Oppo- 
 nens pollicis of Innes. Opponens pollicis manus 
 of Albinus. Flexor primi internodii of Douglas. 
 Antithenar sive semi-interosseus pollicis of Wins- 
 low. A muscle of the thumb, situated under 
 the abductor brevis pollicis, which it resembles 
 in its shape. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, 
 from the os scaphoides, and from the anterior 
 296 
 
 FLE 
 
 and inner part of the internal annular ligament. 
 It is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the 
 under and anterior part of the first bone of the 
 thumb. It serves to turn the first bone of the 
 thumb upon its axis, and, at the same time, to 
 bring it inward opposite to the other fingers. 
 
 Flexor parvus minimi digiti. Abductor 
 minimi digiti, Hypothenar Riolani of Douglas. 
 Hypothenar minimi digiti of Winslow. A mus- 
 cle of the little finger, situated along the inner 
 surface of the metacarpal bone of the little fin- 
 ger. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the 
 hook-like process of the unciform bone, and 
 likewise from the anterior surface of the adja- 
 cent part of the annular ligament. It termi- 
 nates in a flat tendon, which is connected with 
 that of the abductor minimi digiti, and inserted 
 into the inner and anterior part of the upper 
 end of the first bone of the little finger. It 
 serves to bend the little finger, and likewise to 
 assist the abductor. 
 
 Flexor profundus perforans. Profundus 
 of Albinus. Perforans of Douglas. Perforans 
 vulgo profundus of Winslow. Flexor tertii inter' 
 nodii digitorum manus, vel perforatus manus, of 
 Cowper. A muscle of the fingers, situated on 
 the fore-arm, immediately under the perforatus, 
 which it greatly resembles in its shape. It 
 arises, fleshy, from the external side and upper 
 part of the ulna, for some way downward, and 
 from a large portion of the interosseous liga- 
 ment. It splits into four tendons a little before 
 it passes under the annular ligament of the 
 wrist, and these pass through the slit in the 
 tendons of -the flexor sublimis, to be inserted 
 into the fore and upper part of the third or last 
 bone of all the four fingers, the joint of which 
 they bend. 
 
 Flexor sublimis perforatus. This muscle, 
 which is the perforatus of Cowper, Douglas, 
 and Winslow, is, by Albinus and others, named 
 sublimis. It is called perforatus from its ten- 
 dons being perforated by those of another flexor 
 muscle of the finger, called the perforans. 
 They who give it the appellation of sublimis 
 consider its situation with respect to the latter, 
 and which, instead of perforans, they name 
 profundus. It is a long muscle, situated most 
 commonly at the anterior and inner part of the 
 fore-arm, between the palmaris longus and the 
 flexor carpi ulnaris ; but, in some subjects, we 
 find it placed under the former of these mus- 
 cles, between the flexor carpi ulnaris and the 
 flexor carpi radialis. It arises, tendinous and 
 fleshy, from the inner condyle of the os humeri, 
 from the inner edge of the coronoid process of 
 the ulna, and from the upper and fore part of 
 the radius, down to near the insertion of the 
 pronator teres. A little below the middle of 
 the fore-arm, its fleshy belly divides into four 
 portions, which degenerate into as many round 
 tendons, that pass altogether under the internal 
 annular ligament of the wrist, after which they 
 separate from each other, become thinner and 
 flatter, and, running along the palm of the hand, 
 under the aponeurosis palmaris, are inserted 
 into the upper part of the second bone of each 
 finger. Previous to this insertion, however, 
 the fibers of each tendon decussate near the 
 extremity of the first bone, so as to afford a 
 
FLO 
 
 FLU 
 
 passage to a tendon of the perforans. Of these 
 four tendons, that of the middle finger is the 
 largest, that of the fore finger the next in size, 
 and that of the little finger the smallest. The 
 use of this muscle is to bend the second joint 
 of the fingers. 
 
 Flexor tertii internodii. See Flexor lon- 
 gus pollicis manus. 
 
 Flexuo'sus. Flexuous; full of turnings or 
 windings. 
 
 Flint glass. A highly refractive glass, con- 
 taining 20 to 30 per cent, of lead, and used in 
 optical instruments. Also, the finer kinds of 
 glass used iu domestic economy. 
 
 FLOCCILA'TION. (Floccilatio, onis, f. ; 
 from floccus, the nap of clothes.) Picking the 
 bed-clothes. A symptom of great danger in 
 acute diseases. See Carphologia. 
 
 Flocci. The minute ciliae constituting the 
 nap of mucous membranes. 
 
 Flocci volitantes. Muscae volitantes. 
 
 Floccu'lus. A small tuft: applied especially 
 to the pneumogastric lobule of the cerebellum. 
 
 Flo'ccus. The tuft of loose hairs terminat- 
 ing the tail of some animals. 
 
 FLOODING. The popular name for uterine 
 hemorrhage, especially when occurring during 
 parturition. 
 
 FLORAL. (Floralis; from flos, a flower.) 
 Belonging to a flower ; as floral leaf, &c. 
 
 Floral leaf. A bractea. 
 
 FLORENCE, CLIMATE OF. This city 
 and vicinity is subject to great changes of tem- 
 perature, and is one of the worst localities in 
 Italv for consumptive patients. 
 
 FLO'RES. (The plural of flos.) Flowers; 
 a term given to several crystalline bodies, &c. 
 
 Flores antimonii helmontii. An old prep- 
 aration, made by dissolving sulphuret of anti- 
 mony in aqua regia, and subliming the product 
 with sal ammoniac. 
 
 Flores antimonii rubri. An old prepara- 
 tion, made by subliming a mixture of sulphuret 
 of antimony and sal ammoniac. 
 
 Flores benzoes. Benzoic acid. 
 
 Flores martiales. See Ferri ammonio-chlo- 
 ridum. 
 
 Flores salis ammoniaci. See Ammonia sub- 
 carbonas. 
 
 Flores sulphuris. Sublimed sulphur. 
 
 Flores sulphuris loti. Sulphur lotum. 
 
 Flores zinci. Oxide of zinc. 
 
 Floresce'ntia. The act of flowering. 
 
 Floret. A little flower. Flosculus. 
 
 FLORIDA, CLIMATE OF. The climate 
 of Florida is subject to much less change than 
 that of most of the States ; but nearly all the 
 places on the coast, which alone are healthy, 
 are subject to occasional violent and sharp 
 winds, which render them very doubtful winter- 
 ing stations for consumptives. Tampa Bay and 
 Pensacola are very superior to St. Augustine. 
 
 FLOS, (os, oris, f. ; a flower.) 1. A flower. 
 2. An old term of chemists for whatever had a 
 flower-like appearance, especially if obtained 
 by sublimation; as flowers of sulphur, benja- 
 min, zinc, &c. 
 
 Flosculo'sus. Having little florets. 
 
 Flo'sculus. A little flower ; a floret. 
 
 Flounder. Pleuronectes fiessus. 
 
 Flounder, liver. Distoma hepatica. 
 
 Flower-de-luce. See Iris. 
 
 Flowers. The menses are sometimes so 
 called. 
 
 Flowers of Benjamin. Benzoic acid. 
 
 Flowers of sulphur. Sublimed sulphur. 
 
 Flu'ate. Fluas. A fluoride. 
 
 FLUCTUATION. Fluctuate. A term used 
 in medicine to express the undulation of a fluid ; 
 thus, when pus is formed in an abscess, or when 
 water accumulates in the abdomen, if the fin- 
 gers be applied in a proper manner to the ab- 
 scess or the abdomen, the motion of fluctuation 
 may be distinctly felt. 
 
 Fluctuation, peripherique. A mode of 
 detecting effusion of fluid within the abdomen. 
 It consists in placing both hands on the abdo- 
 men, two or three inches apart, and with the 
 two fore fingers parallel, and then slightly strik- 
 ing the abdomen with the fore finger of the 
 right hand : this produces an undulation of the 
 fluid, which is readily felt by the fore finger of 
 the left hand. 
 
 Fluctuation, superficial. See Fluctuation, 
 piripkerique. 
 
 Fluellin. Anth'rhinum elatine. 
 
 FLUID. A body, the particles of which are 
 readily movable in all directions with respect 
 to each other. Fluids are divided into liquids, 
 and elastic fluids, gases, or aeriform fluids. 
 They differ from solids physically in possessing 
 the quality of propagating pressures in every 
 direction equally. 
 
 Fluidity. The state of a fluid. 
 
 Fluidum. A fluid. 
 
 Fluke. The distoma hepaticum. 
 
 FLUO-. A prefix; of frequent occurrence in 
 chemistry, and derived from fluorine. It indi- 
 cates compounds in which this element is pres- 
 ent; as fluosilicic acid, an acid containing fluo- 
 rine and silicic acid. 
 
 Fluobo'ric acid. A gaseous acid body. 
 Terfluoride of boron. 
 
 FLU'OR. ( From fluo, to flow.) Applied, 
 in Pathology, to an increased discharge of a 
 white mucous secretion from the internal sur 
 face of the vagina of females. 
 
 Fluor albus. F. albus benignus. F. mti- 
 liebris. F. uterinus. Leucorrhoea. 
 
 Fluor albus malignus. Gonorrhoea. 
 
 Fluor spar. The native fluoride of calcium, 
 employed in chemistry as a source of hydroflu- 
 oric acid as a flux. 
 
 Fluoric acid. The hydrofluoric acid. 
 
 Fluoric acid, silicated. Fluosilicic acid. 
 
 Flu'oride. A compound of fluorine. 
 
 FLU'ORINE . A hypothetical basis of hydro- 
 fluoric acid. Eq., 18-74; sym., F. 
 
 Fluosi'licate. A compound of the fluo 
 silicic acid with a base. 
 
 Fluosili'cic acid. See Hydrofluoric acid. 
 
 FLUX. 1. In Pathology, often applied to 
 diarrhoea, dysentery, and cholera. 2. In Chem- 
 istry, used to denote any substance or mixture 
 added to assist the fusion of metals. 
 
 Flux, bilious. Cholera. 
 
 Flux, black. When one part of nitre and 
 two of cream of tartar are deflagrated together 
 in a crucible, a black powder remains, which 
 is a mixture of charcoal and subcarbonate of 
 
 297 
 
F (E 
 
 FOO 
 
 potash. This substance is called Hack flux, and 
 is of much use in the reduction of metals. 
 
 Flux, bloody A dysentery. 
 
 Flux, crude. A mixture of nitre and cream 
 of tartar put into a crucible along with a metal 
 to aid its fusion. 
 
 Flux, intestinal. See Diarrhoea. 
 
 Flux, white. When equal parts of nitre 
 and cream of tartar are deflagrated together, 
 the whole of the carbon is dissipated : the resi- 
 due, which consists of subcarbonate of potash, 
 is called white flux. 
 
 Fluxio. A catarrh. — F. alba. F. vulvce. 
 Leucorrhoea. 
 
 Fluxion. Fluxio. Fusion. 
 
 FLUXUS. (us, i, m.) A flux or discharge. 
 A generic term for discharges; as, Fluxus dy- 
 sentericus. Dysentery. — F. cozliacus. Coeliac 
 flux. — F. lunaris. F. menstrualis. The men- 
 ses. — F. matricis. Leucorrhoea, &c. 
 
 Fluxus capillorum. Alopecia. 
 
 FLY. See Musca. 
 
 Fly powder. The gray oxide of arsenic. 
 See Arsenic. 
 
 Fly, Spanish. See Cantharis. 
 
 Fo'cile. The ulna or radius. 
 
 FO'CUS. (A fire.) 1. The right lobe of the 
 liver. 2. The point at which converging rays 
 of heat, light, &c, meet together, and which is 
 characterized by great heat and brilliant light, 
 as in the case of the sun's rays. 
 
 Fodi'na. The labyrinth of the ear. 
 
 Fcenicula'tum lignum. Sassafras. 
 
 FCENFCULUM. Anethum. 
 
 Foeniculum alpinum. See JEthusa. 
 
 Fce niculum aquaticum. Phellandrium aquat- 
 icum. 
 
 Fce niculum dulce. See Anethum. 
 
 Fce niculum germanicum. See Anethum fas- 
 niculum,. 
 
 Fce niculum marinum. See Crithmum. 
 
 Fceniculum orientale. See Cumhmm. 
 
 Fce niculum porcinum. Peucedanum offici- 
 nale. 
 
 Fceniculum sinense. See Anisum stellatum. 
 
 Fceniculum sylvestre. F. tortuosum. See 
 Seseli. 
 
 Fceniculum vulgare. See Anethum. 
 
 Fce 'num. (um, i, n.) Hay. 
 
 Fcenum camelorum. Juncus. 
 
 Fcenum GRiECUM. See Trigonella. 
 
 Fcenum sylvestre. Wild fenugreek.. 
 
 Fceta'bulum. An encysted abscess. 
 
 FCETAL. Fetalis. Appertaining to the 
 foetus. 
 
 Fcetal circulation. See Circulation, fatal. 
 
 Fcetal head, diameters of. The diameter 
 from one parietal bone to the other, or bipari- 
 etal or transverse diameter, is three and a half 
 inches; the occipito-mental, five inches; the 
 temporal, three inches ; the occipitofrontal, 
 four and a quarter to four and a half inches ; 
 the vertical diameter, three inches. 
 
 Fceta'tion. Pregnancy. 
 
 Fce'ticide. Destruction of the foetus in utero, 
 or criminal abortion. 
 
 FCE TOR. (From faeteo, to stink.) A strong, 
 offensive smell ; a fetor. 
 
 Fce tor oris. Bad breath. 
 
 FCE'TUS. (us, us, m. ; from feo, to bring 
 298 
 
 forth.) The child inclosed in the uterus of its 
 mother is called a foetus from the fifth month 
 after pregnancy until the time of its birth. See 
 Ovum. 
 
 Foliaceous. Leafy. 
 
 Foliata terra. Sulphur. Acetate of pot- 
 ash. 
 
 Fo'liated earth of tartar. Acetate of 
 potash. See Potasses acetas. 
 
 FOLIA'TION. (Foliatio ; from folium, a 
 leaf.) The manner in which leaves are folded 
 up in their buds. See Vernutio and Gemma. 
 
 Folia'tus. Foliate: leafy. 
 
 Folio'lum. A leaflet or little leaf. 
 
 FO'LIUM. A leaf. 
 
 Follicle. See Follicule. 
 
 Follicles of Lieberkuhn. The minute fol- 
 licles of the mucous membrane of the small in- 
 testines. 
 
 FOLLFCULE. Folliculus. (Diminutive of 
 follis, a bag.) A little bag. In Anatomy, ap- 
 plied to a simple gland or follicle. One of the 
 most simple species of gland, consisting merely 
 of a hollow vascular membrane or follicle, and 
 an excretoiy duct; such are the mucous folli- 
 cles, the sebaceous follicles, &c. In Botany, a 
 follicle is a one-valved pericarp, or seed-vessel. 
 
 Folliculus fellis. The gall bladder. 
 
 FOMENTATION. Fomentatio. Partial 
 bathing with warm water, simple or medica- 
 ted. It is effected by applying hot and wet 
 cloths, often changed, to the part. 
 
 FO'MES. (es, itis, m. ; a fovendo.) Fuel. 
 In medical language, a fomes means a porous 
 substance capable of absorbing and retaining 
 contagious effluvia. Wool and woolen cloth 
 are among the most active fomites. 
 
 Fomes morbi. An old term for the exciting 
 cause of a disease. 
 
 Fo'mites. Plural of fomes. 
 
 Fons pulsans. F. pulsatilis. A fontanel. 
 
 Fontana, canal of. A canal of a triangular 
 shape at the inner side of the ciliary circle of 
 the eye. 
 
 FONTANEL. Fontanella. (a, en, f. ; dimin- 
 utive of fons, a fountain.) Fons pulsatilis. The 
 parietal bones and the frontal do not coalesce 
 until the third year after birth, so that before 
 this period there is an obvious interstice, com- 
 monly called mold, and scientifically the ante- 
 rior fontanel. There is also a lesser space, 
 occasionally, between the occipital and parietal 
 bones, termed the posterior fontanel. These 
 spaces between the bones are filled up by the 
 dura mater, pericranium, and external integu- 
 ments, so that, during birth, the size of the 
 head may be lessened; for, at that time, the 
 bones of the head, upon the superior part, are 
 not only pressed nearer to each other, but they 
 frequently lay over one another, in order to di- 
 minish the size during the passage of the head 
 through the pelvis. 
 
 FONTFCULUS. (us, i, m.) An issue. An 
 artificial ulcer formed in any part by incision 
 or caustic, and kept discharging by introducing 
 daily a pea, covered with any digestive oint- 
 ment. 
 
 FOOD. A substance containing any of the 
 principles which exist in the body, is digestible, 
 and not combined with a poisonous ingredient. 
 
FOR 
 
 FOR 
 
 There are three principal varieties of food : 1st. 
 That capable of repairing the waste of the flesh 
 or muscle, called Azolized food, and essential 
 to the strength of animals. 2d. That which 
 sustains the heat of the body, called non-Azo- 
 tized food. 3d. That which repairs the waste 
 of fat, and called Oleaginous food, the impor- 
 tance of which is inferior to the two former, 
 except for fattening animals. 
 
 The azotized elements of food, so called from 
 containing azote, or nitrogen, are fibrin, casein, 
 and albumen ; they go to the repair of muscles, 
 membranes, &c, which, in the active state of 
 the body, are being perpetually consumed. 
 Seeds and meats contain most of these princi- 
 ples : the former from 10 to 20 per cent., and 
 lean meat 23 to 25 per cent. The richest seeds 
 are beans, peas, wheat, barley, oats, rye, corn. 
 They are the only class capable of sustaining life 
 by themselves. 
 
 The non-azotized contain no nitrogen. Starch, 
 sugar, and gum are the principal of these ; they 
 are, by digestion, conveyed into the system, 
 and changed so as to produce the heat which 
 maintains life. Exposure to cold calls for a 
 greater consumption of these principles than in 
 a warm situation. Potatoes, beets, carrots, and 
 roots generally excel in these principles, but 
 no vegetable food is deficient in them. These 
 can not alone sustain life. 
 
 Fatty or oleaginous food adds fat to the body, 
 which, in sickness and other circumstances, 
 also contributes to the maintenance of animal 
 heat. They are incapable of sustaining life. 
 
 The food usually consumed is a mixture of 
 these in different proportions ; thus, com meal 
 consists of 9 per cent, of oil, 12 of azotized prin- 
 ciples, 50 of non-azotized, the rest being water, 
 husk, and saline matter; but the true value of 
 any food is directly as the nitrogen principles 
 it contains. 
 
 Besides these substances, others are, in less 
 measure, useful as food, viz. : salt, which assists 
 digestion ; jelly, or gelatin, which repairs waste 
 in the cellular tissue ; bone earth (as it exists in 
 the food), which repairs the waste of the bones. 
 Vinegar, alcohol, the juices of acid fruits, are 
 also food of the non-azotized kind. 
 
 In perfect digestion, these varieties of food 
 are taken up into the system, and the husk, 
 certain useless salts, and water rejected ; but it 
 often occurs that the proportion of fat or starchy 
 matters is so great, that much is rejected, unal- 
 tered, by the bowels. 
 
 The amount of food necessary to maintain an 
 animal hi exercise is dependent on the weight. 
 A man requires 45 ounces of wheat bread, or 
 14 of beef or mutton, daily, to maintain strength. 
 — The Farmer's Dictionary. See, also, Aliment. 
 FOOT. Pes. That part of an animal on 
 which it stands or walks. 
 Foot-bath. Pediluvium. 
 Foot, flat. See Kyllosis. 
 F O R A' M E N. {en, inis, n. ; from foro, to 
 pierce.) A little opening. The following are 
 the principal: 
 
 Foramen centrale. Foramen of Soemmer- 
 ing. 
 
 Foramen ccecum. 1. A single opening, in 
 the basis of the cranium, between the ethmoid 
 
 and the frontal bone, that gives exit to a small 
 vein. 2. A depression at the posterior part of 
 the tongue, the foramen cozeum Morgagni. 3. 
 Also, the designation of a little sulcus, situated 
 between the corpora pyramidalia and the pons 
 varolii. 
 
 Foramen incisi'vum. Foramen palatinum 
 anterius. A foramen behind the upper incisive 
 teeth, common to the two upper jaws below, 
 but proper to each above. 
 
 Foramen lacerum anterius. Foramen la- 
 cerum orbitale superius. A large opening be- 
 tween the greater and lesser wing of the sphe- 
 noid bone on each side, through which the 
 third, fourth, first branch of the fifth, and the 
 sixth pair of nerves, and the ophthalmic artery, 
 pass. 
 
 Foramen lacerum in basi cranii. A fora- 
 men in the basis of the cranium, through which 
 the internal jugular vein, and the eighth pair 
 and accessory nerves pass. 
 
 Foramen magnum occipitis. The great 
 opening at the under and fore part of the occip- 
 ital bone. 
 
 Foramen Monroia'num. Foramen of Monro. 
 An aperture under the anterior part of the body 
 of the fornix, by which the lateral ventricles of 
 the brain communicate with each other. See 
 Encephalos. 
 
 Foramen magnum. See Occipital bone. 
 
 Foramen of Monro. See Foramen Monroi- 
 
 Foramen of Soemmering. Foramen centrale. 
 A depression in the retina in the axis of vision. 
 See Eye. 
 
 Foramen of Winslow. An opening in the 
 omentum. See Omentum. 
 
 Foramen opticum. The hole which trans- 
 mits the optic nerve. 
 
 Foramen ovale. The opening between the 
 two auricles of the heart of the foetus. See, 
 also, Innominatum os. 
 
 Foramen rotundum. The fenestra rotunda. 
 
 Foramen supra-orbitarium. The upper 
 orbitary hole, situated on the ridge over which 
 the eyebrow is placed. 
 
 Foramen Vesalii. An indistinct hole, situ- 
 ated between the foramen rotundum and fora- 
 men ovale of the sphenoid bone, particularly 
 pointed out by Vesalius. 
 
 Foramina Thebesii. Minute pore-like open- 
 ings, by which the venous blood exhales direct- 
 ly from the muscular structure of the heart into 
 the auricle, without entering the venous cur- 
 rent. They were originally described by The- 
 besius. 
 
 Forami'nulum os. The ethmoid bone. 
 
 FO'RCEPS. (eps, ipis, f. ; quasi ferriceps, 
 from ferrum, iron, and capio, to take.) The 
 name given to a great variety of surgical instru- 
 ments, which are used in order to take firm 
 hold of bodies, and are of the nature of pinchers. 
 
 Forceps, obstetrical. The forceps em- 
 ployed by obstetricians in extracting the foetus 
 where there is preternatural difficulty in its ex- 
 pulsion. It consists of two curved levers, one 
 of which is first introduced and then the other, 
 when they are locked together by a suitable 
 joint, and thus constitute a pair of forceps. The 
 blades are introduced in such a manner that 
 
 299 
 
FOS 
 
 F R A 
 
 the branches inclose the sides of the child's 
 head about the ears. When used, traction is 
 made from side to side, and the blades are 
 drawn out in a curved direction toward the ab- 
 domen or nates, according to the presentation 
 of the child. 
 
 FOR'ENSIC. Forensis. Forensicus. Be- 
 longing to the forum, or courts of law. Foren- 
 sic medicine is the application of medical sci- 
 ence to the elucidation of judicial questions. 
 
 Foreskin. The prepuce. 
 
 Forfex. Scissors. 
 
 Forge water. Fabrarum aqua. 
 
 Fo'rmiate. Formias. A salt of formic acid. 
 
 FO'RMIO ACID. Acidum formicum. This 
 acid is found in the ant, or formica rufa, from 
 which it maybe obtained by simple distillation, 
 or it may be prepared artificially. It is very 
 sour, and blisters the skin. Form., O2HO3. 
 
 FORMFCA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of insects. 
 1. The ant. 2. A black wart, with a broad 
 base and cleft superficies. 3. A varicose tumor 
 on the anus and glans penis. 
 
 Formica rufa. The ant. They were form- 
 erly used in medicines as diuretic and carmina- 
 tive. 
 
 FORMICATION. A creeping sensation, 
 with some tingling, such as one might imagine 
 to be produced by the passage of numerous ants 
 over the part. 
 
 Fo'rmix. Herpes exedens. 
 
 FO'RMULA. (a, m, f. ; diminutive of forma, 
 a form. ) A prescription for the preparation of 
 medicines. In Chemistry, the form or structure 
 of any compound. 
 
 Fo'rmulary. A collection of formulae. 
 
 FO'RMYLE. A hypothetical compound rad- 
 ical, of which formic acid is a derivative. The 
 composition is C 2 H, and symbol, Fo. 
 
 Fo'rnax. A furnace. 
 
 Fornica'tus. Fornicate; vaulted. 
 
 FORNICIFO'RMIS. Forniciform; vaulted. 
 
 FO'RNIX. (ix, ids, f . ; an arch or vault.) 
 The part beneath the corpus callosum in the 
 brain is so called, because, if viewed in a par- 
 ticular direction, it has some resemblance to 
 the arch of a vault. 
 
 Forpex. Scissors. 
 
 FO'SSA. (a, (b, f. ; from fodio, to dig.) 
 Fovea. A little depression or sinus. The pu- 
 dendum muliebre. 
 
 Fossa amynt^e. A double-headed roller for 
 the face. 
 
 Fossa hyaloide'a. The depression in the 
 vitreous humor in which the crystalline lens is 
 lodged. 
 
 Fossa lachrymalis. A sinuosity in the 
 frontal bone for lodging the lachrymal gland. 
 
 Fossa magna. 1. The great groove of the 
 ear. 2. The external pudendum muliebre. 
 
 Fossa navicularis. 1. The cavity at the 
 bottom of the entrance of the pudendum mu- 
 liebre. 2. The great groove of the ear. 
 
 Fossa ovalis. The depression in the right 
 auricle of the human heart, marking the site of 
 the foramen ovale in the foetus. 
 
 Fossa pituitaria. The hollow in the sella 
 turcica of the sphenoid bone, which contains 
 the pituitary gland. 
 
 Fossa Sylvii. The fifth ventricle of the brain. 
 300 
 
 FO'SSIL. The organic remains of animals 
 and vegetables are termed extraneous fossils, as 
 opposed to minerals, which are the natural pro- 
 ductions of the earth. 
 
 Fossil salt. Rock salt. 
 
 Fossil unicorn. See Unicorn. 
 
 Fothergill's pills. A nostrum of aloes, 
 colocynth, scammony, and oxide of antimony. 
 
 FO'TUS. (us, us, m.) A fomentation. 
 
 Fotus communis. Decoction of poppies. See 
 Decoctum papaveris. 
 
 FOURCHE'TTE. (French.) 1. The com- 
 missure of the labia majora at the posterior 
 part. 2. A surgical instrument for raising the 
 tongue in the operation of dividing the fraenum. 
 
 Four-tailed bandage. A bandage for the 
 head, jaw, and face, with four tails or heads. 
 
 Fourth pair of nerves. Nervous system. 
 
 Fou'sel oil. Oil of grain or potato spirit. 
 
 FO'VEA. 1. A little depression. 2. The 
 pudendum muliebre. 3. A partial sweating- 
 bath. 
 
 Fovea'tus. Having a little depression or pit. 
 
 Fovi'lla. The fecundating matter contain- 
 ed in pollen. 
 
 Fowl, dunghill. See Phasianus. 
 
 Fowl, guinea. Numidia meleagris. 
 
 Fowl, pea. Pavo cristatas. 
 
 Fowler's solution. An arsenical solution 
 of Dr. Fowler. The arsenical solution of the 
 pharmacopoeias is similar to this. 
 
 Foxglove. See Digitalis purpurea. 
 
 Foxglove, Eastern. See Sesamum orien- 
 tate. 
 
 FRACTURE. (Fractura, ce, f. ; from/mn- 
 go, to break.) In Surgery, the breaking of a 
 bone into two or more fragments. A simple 
 fracture is when the bone only is divided. A 
 compound fracture is a division of the bone, 
 with a laceration of the integuments, the bone 
 mostly protruding. When the bone is splinter- 
 ed into a number of small pieces, this is called 
 a comminuted fracture. A fracture is also term- 
 ed transverse, oblique, &c, according to its di- 
 rection. 
 
 FRiENA OF THE VALVULE OF BaUHIN. F. Mor- 
 
 gagni. The rugae of the mucous membrane at 
 the extremities of the lips of the ileo-coecal 
 valve. 
 
 Frenulum. Fraenum. 
 
 FRiE'NUM. {urn, i, n.) A name given by 
 anatomists to any ligament which binds down 
 or restrains the motion of a part. 
 
 Fraenum epiglo'ttidis. The ligament which 
 connects the epiglottis with the root of the 
 tongue and os hyoides. 
 
 Fr^num glandis. F. penis. See Framum 
 prceputii. 
 
 Fraenum labiorum. 1. The fourchette. 2. 
 Folds of mucous membrane which bind down 
 the lips to the maxillary bones. 
 
 Frjenum lingua. A fold of the mucous 
 membrane of the mouth, which binds down the 
 tongue. 
 
 Fraenum pr^putii. A fold of integument 
 connecting the prepuce with the glans penis. 
 
 FRAGARIA. (a, <z, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Icosandria. Polygynia. Rosacea. — F. sterilis. 
 The barren strawberry. Astringent. — F. vesca. 
 The strawberry plant. 
 
 
FRA 
 
 FRAGFLITAS OSSIUM. Fragility or brit- 
 tleness of the bones. See Malacosteon. 
 
 Fra'gmen. Fragmentum. A splinter of a 
 bone. 
 
 Fra'gum. Frasaria vesca. 
 
 FRAMBCE'SIA" (From framboise, Fr. for 
 a raspberry.) The yaws; a disease that is en- 
 dernial to the Antilles Islands as well as Africa. 
 It appears with excrescences like mulberries 
 growing out of the skin in various parts of the 
 body, which discharge an ichorous fluid. The 
 ichor possesses contagious properties, and the 
 disease appears but once. 
 
 The period during which the eruption is in 
 progress varies from a few weeks to several 
 months. " When no more pustules are thrown 
 out," Dr. Winterbottom observes, " and when 
 those already upon the skin no longer increase 
 in size, the disease is supposed to have reached 
 its acme. About this time it happens, on some 
 part of the body or other, that one of the pus- 
 tules becomes much larger than the rest, equal- 
 ing or surpassing the size of a half-dollar piece : 
 it assumes the appearance of an ulcer, and, in- 
 stead of being elevated above the skin, like 
 others, it is considerably depressed ; the surface 
 is foul and sloughy, and pours out an ill-con- 
 ditioned ichor, which spreads very much, by 
 corroding the surrounding sound skin : this is 
 what is called the master or mother yaw." 
 When arrived at its acme, however, the erup- 
 tion continues a considerable time without un- 
 dergoing much alteration, often without veiy 
 materially injuring the functions, and it seldom 
 proves dangerous, except froui the mischievous 
 interference of ill-directed art. 
 
 The master yaw sometimes remains large and 
 troublesome after the rest of the eruption has 
 altogether disappeared. It requires to be 
 treated with gentle escharotics, and soon as- 
 sumes a healing appearance under these appli- 
 cations. Stronger caustics are requisite for 
 the cure of the crab yaws, or tedious excres- 
 cences which occur on the soles of the feet. 
 
 Fra'ngipan. An extract of milk, made by 
 evaporating skimmed milk to dryness, and 
 mixing with pounded almonds and sugar. It 
 is used to prepare artificial milk. 
 
 Fra'ngula. Rhamnus frangula. 
 
 Frankincense. Formerly olibanum, but 
 now the resin of the spruce fir. 
 
 FRA'SERA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The American 
 calumba. 2. A genus of plants. Tetrandria. 
 Monogynia. Gentianea. — F. Walteri. F. car- 
 olinensis. American calumba; false calumba. 
 An indigenous plant, which has a triennial root 
 {radix Fi-aseri), of a spindle shape, fleshy, of a 
 yellow color, and somewhat resembling calum- 
 ba. It is a simple bitter, without astringency, 
 and of no particular value, certainly inferior to 
 calumba. Dose, 3ss. to 33., in powder or infu- 
 sion. 
 
 Fraxine'lla. Dictamnus albus. 
 
 Fra'xinine. A crystallizable bitter principle, 
 obtained from the bark of the Fraxinus excel- 
 sior. 
 
 FRA'XINUS. (ns,i,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polygamia. Diascia. — F. excelsior. The ash- 
 tree. Fraxinus. The bark is bitter, and has 
 been exhibited in intermittents. The seeds are 
 
 FR E 
 
 diuretic in the dose of a drachm- — F. ornus. 
 The tree from which manna flows. Many 
 other trees and shrubs have likewise been ob- 
 served to emit a sweet juice, which concretes 
 upon exposure to the air, and may be consid- 
 ered of the manna kind, especially the F. ro~ 
 tundifolia and excelsior. The best manna is in 
 oblong pieces or flakes, moderately dry, friable, 
 very light, of a whitish or pale yellow color, 
 and in some degree transparent: the inferior 
 kinds are moist, unctuous, and brown. It is a 
 gentle purgative, and is apt, in large doses, to 
 create flatulency and gripes, both of which are 
 prevented by a small addition of some warm 
 carminatives. It purges in doses of from fj. to 
 fij. The close for children is from one scru- 
 ple to three. — F. rotundifolia. This tree also 
 affords manna. 
 
 Freckle. Ephelis. 
 
 FREEZING POINT. The degree of cold 
 at which water freezes ; it is thirty-two degrees 
 of Fahrenheit. 
 
 Freezing mixture. Frigorific mixture. A 
 preparation by which a very low degree of cold 
 may be suddenly obtained. Such mixtures are 
 sometimes of great service in surgery, and also 
 furnish the chemist with the means of condens- 
 ing many preparations, and testing the freezing 
 point of fluids. The following table is by Mr. 
 Walker: 
 
 Mixtures with Snow. 
 
 Mixtures. Therm, falls 
 
 Snow, or pounded ice, two parts, ) C 
 
 by weight: > < to — 5° 
 
 Muriate of soda 1 ) £ ( 
 
 Snow or pounded ice . . . 5 ) « ( 
 
 Muriate of soda 2 V |_^ to— 12° 
 
 Muriate of ammonia . . . 1 ) H" ( 
 Snow or pounded ice . . . 24"") S ( 
 
 Muriate of soda 10 1 >^J to— 18° 
 
 Muriate of ammonia . . . 5 [ 3 | 
 Nitrate of potash . . . . 5 J g ^ 
 Snow or pounded ice . . . 12 } ° C 
 
 Muriate of soda 5 V^ < to — 25° 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia . . . 5 ) ( 
 
 Dilute sulphuric acid . . . 2 ) from-]-32 
 
 Snow 3 $ to— 23° 
 
 Concentrated muriatic acid . 5 > from-{-32 
 
 Snow 8 I to— 27° 
 
 Concentrated nitrous acid . 4 > from-{-32 
 
 Snow 7 ] to— 30° 
 
 Muriate of lime 5 \ from-f 32° 
 
 Snow 4 \ to — 40° 
 
 Crystal, muriate of lime . . 3 ? from-|-32 
 
 Snow 25 to — 50° 
 
 Fused potash 4 ) from-j-32° 
 
 Snow 35 to— 51° 
 
 These mixtures may also be made by the 
 rapid solution of salts, without the use of snow 
 or ice. The salts must be finely powdered, 
 diy, and intimately mixed. 
 
 Mixtures without Snoto. 
 
 Mixtures. Therm, falls 
 
 Muriate of ammonia . . . 5 ) n 1 eno 
 Nitrate of potash .... 5 > iC T ino 
 
 Water ....... 16 ) l ° ° 
 
 Muriate of ammonia . . . 5 "| 
 
 Nitrate of potash .... 5! from+50° 
 
 Sulphate of soda .... 8 f to-j-10° 
 
 Water 16 j 
 
 301 
 
F RI 
 
 FRO 
 
 Mixtures. 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia 
 
 Water 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia . . 
 
 Carbonate of soda . • 
 
 Water .... . . 
 
 Sulphate of soda . . . 
 
 Dilute nitrous acid . . 
 
 Sulphate of soda . . . 
 
 Muriate of ammonia . . 
 
 Nitrate of potash . . . 
 
 Dilute nitrous acid . . . 
 
 Sulphate of soda . . . 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia . . 
 
 Dilute nitrous acid . . . 
 
 Phosphate of soda . . . 
 
 Dilute nitrous acid . . . 
 
 Phosphate of soda . . , 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia . . 
 
 Dilute nitrous acid . . . 
 
 Sulphate of soda . . . 
 Muriatic acid .... 
 
 Sulphate of soda . . . 
 
 Dilute sulphuric acid . . 
 Fre'missement cataire. 
 
 Therm, falls 
 
 from+50° 
 to 4-4° 
 
 from-4-50° 
 to— 7° 
 
 from+50 
 to— 3° 
 
 from-{-50 o 
 to— 10° 
 
 from+50 
 to— 14° 
 
 from-i-50° 
 to— 12° 
 
 from-|-50 o 
 to— 21° 
 
 from+50° 
 to— 0° 
 
 from+50° 
 to— 3° 
 
 The purring tre- 
 
 FRE'MITUS. (Latin.) Shuddering. In 
 physical diagnosis, the sensation communicated 
 to the hand in certain morbid states of the res- 
 piratory organs, and resembling a feeble vibra- 
 tion. Thoracic fremitus may be produced by 
 speaking {vocal fremitus), by coughing {tussive 
 fremitus), by the bubbling of air through fluids 
 in the lung {rhoncal fremitus), by the collision 
 and nibbing together of plastic matter exuded 
 upon the pleural surfaces {rubbing fremitus), 
 and by pulsation of the lung ( pulsatile fremitus.) 
 
 Fre'na. The sockets of the teeth have been 
 so called. 
 
 French berries. See Rhamnus infectorius. 
 
 FRIABI'LITY. {Friabilitas ; from frio, to 
 crumble.) The property of being easily crum- 
 bled or reduced to small particles by pressure. 
 
 FRF ABLE. Possessed of friability. 
 
 Friars' balsam. Tinctura benzoini com- 
 posita. 
 
 Fric'atorium. A liniment. 
 
 FRICTION. {Frictio, onis; from frico, to 
 rub.) Friction is a therapeutical agent of con- 
 siderable power ; by means of it, the circula- 
 tion is stimulated in debilitated parts, and me- 
 dicinal substances are made to penetrate the 
 pores of the skin. 
 
 Friction, sound of. In auscultation, the 
 sound of friction, or bruit de frottement, is a 
 sound which is heard when there is consider- 
 able roughness on the surface of the pulmonary 
 or costal pleura. It is synchronous with the 
 respiratory movements. 
 
 Friesland green. Brunswick green. 
 
 FRIGFDITY. Frigiditas. 1. A sensation 
 of coldness. 2. Impotence. 3. Frigidity of the 
 stomach. The Anorexia exhaustorum (Sauv.) 
 is a want of appetite arising from excessive 
 venery or other exhaustion. 
 
 Frigori'fic Possessed of the power of in- 
 ducing cold. 
 
 Frigorific mixture. See Freezing mixture. 
 
 Fri'gus. Cold. 
 
 Frigus tenuo. A rigor. 
 302 
 
 FRITILLARIA. {a, cc, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliacece,. — 
 F. imperialis. The crown imperial has an ac 
 rid bulb, which has been used as a resolvent, 
 externally applied. 
 
 Frog tongue. Ranula. 
 
 FROLE'MENT. (French.) Touching 
 lightly, or grazing. Used to designate a slight 
 rustling sound in diseases of the heart — the 
 Frolement pericardique, or rustling noise of the 
 pericardium. It resembles the rustling of a 
 thick silk, and accompanies the systole and 
 diastole of the heart, indicating a roughness of 
 the pericardium, produced by thickening from 
 
 Frond. The leaves of ferns and lichens are 
 so called. 
 
 FRO'NS. {s, Us, f. or m.) 1. The fore- 
 head. 2. {frons, dis, f.) The leaf of crypto- 
 gamous plants, to signify that the stem, root, 
 and leaf are all in one, as in ferns, fuci, &c. 
 
 FRO'NTAL. {Frontalis; from frons, the 
 forehead.) Belonging to the forehead. 
 
 Frontal artery. The arteria supra-orbita- 
 lis, a branch of the ophthalmic distributed to 
 the muscles of the forehead. 
 
 Frontal bone. See Frontis os. 
 
 Frontal nerve. A branch of the ophthal- 
 mic nerve derived from the fifth pair. 
 
 Frontal sinus. See Frontis os. 
 
 Frontal spine. The spine or ridge on the 
 inner side, and centrally, of the os frontis, to 
 which the falx cerebri is attached. 
 
 Frontalis. See Frontal. 
 
 Frontalis verus. See Corrugator super- 
 cilii. 
 
 Fro'ntis os. The frontal bone. Os coro- 
 nate. Os inverecundum. The external surface 
 of this bone is smooth at its upper convex part, 
 but below several cavities and processes are 
 observed. At each angle of the orbits the bone 
 juts out to form two internal and two external 
 processes; and the ridge under the eyebi'ow, 
 on each side, is called the superciliary process, 
 from which the orbitar processes extend back- 
 ward, forming the upper part of the orbits ; and 
 between these the ethmoid bone is received. 
 The nasal process is situated between the two 
 internal angular processes. At the internal an- 
 gular process is a cavity for the caruncula lach- 
 rymalis; and at the external, another for the 
 pulley of the major oblique muscle. The foram- 
 ina are three on each side : one in each super- 
 ciliary ridge, through which a nerve, artery, 
 and vein pass to the integuments of the fore- 
 head ; a second near the middle of the internal 
 side of the orbit, called internal orbitar ; the 
 third is smaller, and lies about an inch deeper 
 in the orbit. On the inside of the os frontis 
 there is a ridge (the frontal spine), which is 
 hardly perceptible at the upper part, but grows 
 more prominent at the bottom, where the fora- 
 men cascum appears ; to this ridge the falx is at- 
 tached. The frontal sinus is placed over the 
 orbit on each side : except at this part the fron- 
 tal bone is of mean thickness between the pa- 
 i-ietal and occipital, but the orbitar process is 
 so thin as to be almost transparent. 
 
 F ron to-ethmoid foramen. The foramen 
 coecum of the os frontis. 
 
FUL 
 
 FUM 
 
 FROST-BITE. A state of numbness, with 
 diminished or arrested circulation in a part, 
 more especially the toes, ears, and nose, from 
 their exposed position, arising from the action 
 of severe cold. Unless this condition be re- 
 lieved, the part becomes mortified and sloughs 
 off. The circulation is restored by friction, es- 
 pecially with flannel ; by the action of water 
 slightly warm, but not hot; and by stimulating 
 frictions and lotions ; but before the latter are 
 applied it is necessary to restore the organ in 
 some degree, otherwise, if used at first, they 
 would lead to injurious consequences. 
 
 FRUCTIFICATION. (Fructifcatio, onis, f. ; 
 from fructus, fruit, and facio, to make.) Under 
 this term are comprehended the flowers and 
 the fruit of a plant, 
 
 .FRU'CTUS. (us, us, m.; afmor.) The 
 fruit of a tree or plant. By this term is under- 
 stood, in Botany, the produce of the germen, 
 consisting of the seed-vessel and seed. 
 
 Fructus acido-dulces. Subacid fruits. 
 
 Frugi'yorous. Feeding on fruits. 
 
 Fruit. Fructus. 
 
 Fruit-stalk. Pedunculus. 
 
 Frumenta'ceous. Frumentaceus. Applied 
 to plants like wheat. 
 
 FKUME NTUM. (um, i, m.) Wheat; also, 
 all the cerealia, the grains of which make 
 bread. 
 
 Frutesce'ntia. Frutescence. The mature 
 state of a fruit. 
 
 FRU'TEX. (ex, icis, m.) A shrub. 
 
 Frutico'se. Fruticosus. Shrubby. 
 
 FU'CUS. (us, i, m.) A sea weed. Cryp- 
 togamia. Algce. — F. bacci'ferus. Gulf-weed 
 is eaten raw or pickled. — F. digitatus. Sea 
 girdle and hangers. It affords soda. — F. edulis. 
 Red dulce is eaten raw or broiled, when it 
 tastes like roasted oysters. — F. esculentus. F. 
 teres. F. fimbriates. Dabeiiocks. Edible 
 fucus. It has a broad, plain, simple, sword- 
 shaped leaf, springing from a pinnated stalk. — 
 JF. helminthocorton. This plant has great re- 
 pute in destroying all species of intestinal 
 worms! — F. natans. Sea lentil. Said to be 
 useful against some forms of dysuria. — F. pal- 
 matus. Handed fucus. Dulce. Consists of 
 a thin-lob ed leaf like a hand, and is eaten either 
 raw, boiled, or broiled. — F. pinnatifidus. Pep- 
 per dulce is warm, like cresses. — F. sacchari- 
 nus. Sweet fucus is very sweet, and when dry, 
 exudes a substance like sugar. — F. vesiculosus. 
 The sea oak. Sea wrack. Bladder wrack. 
 Burned in the open air. aud reduced to a black 
 powder, it forms the JEthiops vegetabilis of the 
 shops, which, as an internal medicine, is simi- 
 lar to burned sponge, containing a considerable 
 quantity of iodine. 
 
 FUGA'CIOUS. Fugax. (From fugere, to 
 fly.) Fading or perishing quickly. A descrip- 
 tive term, much used in botany, to distinguish 
 between organs which rapidly fade away and 
 those which are persistent ; also used in pa- 
 thology, as fugacious redness, &c. 
 
 FU'LCRUM. (um, i, n.) A prop or sup- 
 port. The roots, branches., and trunk were 
 called fulcra. 
 
 FULGU'RATION. In Chemistry, a sudden 
 brilliancy emitted by gold and silver before the 
 
 blowpipe, when assayed, as they begin to cool 
 below the red heat. 
 
 Fuli'ginous. Fuliginosus. 1. Sooty, or full 
 of smoke. 2. Of a dark brown color. 
 
 FULI'GO. (o, o'nis, f . ; quasi fumili go; from 
 fumus, smoke.) Soot. Wood-soot. Fuligo 
 ligni. It has a pungent, bitter, and nauseous 
 taste. The tincture prepared from this sub- 
 stance, tinctura fuliginis, has been recommend- 
 ed as a powerful antispasmodic in hysterical 
 affections. 
 
 FULIGO'KALI. (From fuligo, soot, and 
 kali, potassa.) A remedy for chronic cutane- 
 ous diseases, prepared by boiling 100 parts of 
 soot and 20 parts of potassa in water, then fil- 
 tering and evaporating the solution. A sulphu- 
 reted fuligokali is prepared by dissolving 14 
 parts of potassa and 5 of sulphur in water, then 
 adding 60 parts of fuligokali, evaporating, and 
 drying the residuum. 
 
 Fuller's earth. An argillaceous earth. 
 
 Fulminating gold. See Aurum. 
 
 Fulminating mercury. See Mercury. 
 
 Fulminating platina. See Platina. 
 
 Fulminating silver. See Argentum. 
 
 Fulmination. Detonation. 
 
 FHLMI'NIC ACID. It exists in fulminates, 
 but has not been separated. It is bibasic — 
 Cy 2 3 -|-2HO. 
 
 Fullness of blood. Plethora. 
 
 Fumans nix. Quick lime. 
 
 FUMA'RIA. (a, a:, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Papaveracece. — F. 
 bulbosa. The root was formerly given to restore 
 the suppressed menses, and as an anthelmintic. 
 — F. officinalis. The fumitory Fumaria. The 
 infusion of the dried leaves, or the expressed 
 juice of the fresh plant, was esteemed for its 
 property of clearing the skin of many disorders 
 of the leprous kind. 
 
 Fuma'ric acid. An acid existing in fumaria 
 and Iceland moss ; also derived by heating the 
 maleic acid. 
 
 Fumigating pastilles. A preparation for 
 the purpose of burning in sick rooms, and yield- 
 ing an agreeable odor ; they are made of fine 
 charcoal, nitre, and casearilla bark powdered, 
 or gum benzoin, and united with mucilage. 
 
 FDMIGA'TION. (Fumigatio, onis, f. ; from 
 fumus. smoke.) The application of fumes, to 
 destroy contagious miasmata or effluvia. The 
 most efficacious substances for this purpose are 
 chlorine, chloride of lime, the vapor of nitric 
 acid, and that of the muriatic. 
 
 Fuming liquor of Boyle. Fuming liquor of 
 Beguine. Hydro sulphuret of ammonia. 
 
 Fuming liquor of Cadet. Fuming liquor of 
 arsenic. Chloride of arsenic. 
 
 Fuming liquor of Libavius. Bichloride of 
 tin. 
 
 Fuming acid of Nordhausen. The concen- 
 trated sulphuric acid obtained by distilling 
 green vitriol. It consists of two atoms of sul- 
 phuric acid and one of water. 
 
 Fumitory. Fumaria officinalis. 
 
 FUMUS. (us, i, m.) Smoke. 
 
 Fumus albus. Mercury. 
 
 Fumus citrinus. Sulphur. 
 
 Fumus duplex. Sulphur and mercury. 
 
 Fumus rubens. Orpiment. 
 
 303 
 
FUN 
 
 Fumus terras. Fumitory. 
 
 FUNCTION. (Functio, onis, f.) In Physi- 
 ology, any action by which vital phenomena 
 are produced. The functions of the living body 
 are now generally distributed into, 1. Those of 
 nutrition, embracing digestion, absoiption, cir- 
 culation, secretion, assimilation, and the evolu- 
 tion of heat. 2. Those of relation, embracing 
 sensation, the intellectual and moral phenome- 
 na, the voice, and voluntary motion. 3. The 
 generative functions, or those which relate to 
 the perpetuation of the species, including co- 
 ition, gestation, parturition, and lactation. We 
 have also a subdivision into organic and animal 
 functions, the latter being the functions of rela- 
 tion, and the former the functions of nutrition 
 and generation. 
 
 Fu'nda. 1. A four-headed bandage used in 
 injuries of the face, especially fracture of the 
 lower jaw; called, also, funda Galeni and. fun- 
 da maxillaris. 2. The sling used by obstetri- 
 cians. 
 
 Funda Galeni. See Funda. 
 
 Funda maxillaris. See Funda. 
 
 Fundament. (Fundamentum, i, n.) The 
 anus. 
 
 Fundament, falling down of. Prolapsus 
 ani. 
 
 FU'NDUS. (us, i, m. Latin.) The base 
 or bottom of an organ ; a term much used in 
 anatomy, as fundus uteri, &c. 
 
 FU'NGI. (Plural o$ fungus.) An order of 
 the class Cryptogamia, including mushrooms, 
 toadstools, puff balls, &c. 
 
 Fungic acid. The expressed juice of fungi, 
 boiled to coagulate the albumen, then filtered. 
 
 Fu'ngiform. Fungiformi8. Resembling a 
 fungus. 
 
 Fungiform papill.se. The papillae near the 
 edges of the tongue have been so called. 
 
 Fu'ngin. The fleshy part of mushrooms, de- 
 prived by alcohol and water of the soluble parts. 
 It is azotized, and highly nutritious. 
 
 Fungo'id. Fungoides. Somewhat resem- 
 bling a mushroom. 
 
 Fungo'id disease. Fungus haematodes. 
 
 Fungo'sity. A fungous ulcer or excres- 
 cence. 
 
 FUNGOUS. Fungosus. Similar to a fungus. 
 
 Fungous ulcer. See Ulcer. 
 
 FU'NGUS. (us, i, m.) 1. In Surgery, a 
 luxuriant and unhealthy growth of a texture 
 softer than that which is natural to the part 
 from which it springs. 2. In Botany, the name 
 of an order of plants in the Linnaean system, 
 belonging to the class Cryptogamia. 
 
 Fungus articuli. Spina ventosa. 
 
 Fungus, bleeding. Fungus haematodes. 
 
 Fungus cerebralis. Encephaloid. 
 
 Fungus cerebri. Hernia cerebri. 
 
 Fungus haematodes. Spongoid inflamma- 
 tion. Soft cancer. Medullary sarcoma. A pe- 
 culiar form of malignant disease, having a re- 
 markable similarity to the substance of the brain. 
 
 Most commonly it presents itself in masses, 
 contained in hue membranous partitions ; but 
 it has three varieties, as originally pointed out 
 by Laennec. The first is the encysted, which 
 varies from the size of a filbert to that of an 
 apple. The unencysted, which may be very 
 304 
 
 FUN 
 
 small, but in other instances obtains the mag- 
 nitude of a child's head. Its exterior is not so 
 irregular as that of the encysted, though divi- 
 ded into lobules, with fissures between them. 
 The infiltrated , or diffused consists of masses, 
 which are not circumscribed, and the medullary 
 substance presents a diversified appearance, in 
 consequence of its being blended in various 
 proportions with the tissues among which it is 
 produced. It is generally of the same consist- 
 ence as the cerebral medulla, but sometimes 
 much softer. It varies also in color: in some 
 instances it is quite white ; in others light red ; 
 and it has occasionally been found to be of a 
 deep red color. A section of the tumor exhibits 
 numerous bloody points. A vascular organiza- 
 tion is conspicuous in it, and as the coats of its 
 vessels are remarkably delicate, the circulation 
 of the blood through them is readily interrupt- 
 ed ; hemorrhage from congestive rupture takes 
 place ; and the effused blood is mixed with the 
 brain-like matter. When superficial, medullary 
 sarcoma begins as a colorless swelling, soft and 
 elastic to the touch, unless bound down by a 
 fascia, in which case it has a firm, tense feel. 
 When immediately subcutaneous, it is elastic, 
 and hence liable to be mistaken for a tumor 
 containing fluid. When it occurs in the tes- 
 ticle, it is frequently supposed at first to be hy- 
 drocele. 
 
 Like cancer, it has a tendency to spread to 
 the absorbent glands, which become converted 
 into a similar substance. In every sense of the 
 expression, it is a new formation, an adven- 
 titious growth, whether situated in the cellular 
 membrane, in the tissue of the muscles, in that 
 of the viscera, or within the orbit, or in any 
 cavity, or on any surface of the body. When 
 it occurs in deep-seated parts, it has an invari- 
 able tendency to make its way to the surface ; 
 and, when this happens, a considerable swelling 
 arises, the skin at length becomes thin and dis- 
 colored, and, from being at first smooth, now 
 projects irregularly ; openings are formed in 
 these projections, and a medullary growth 
 springs up, which sometimes bleeds profusely. 
 It is only at this period of the disease that the 
 name of fungus haematodes is at all applicable ; 
 and even now it is not very correct, as the mass 
 is not a fungus, but a substance of medullary 
 consistence. Medullary sarcoma seems to be a 
 constitutional disease, and rarely confined to one 
 organ. It has been observed in the eye, the 
 brain, the lungs, the heait, the liver, the spleen, 
 the kidneys, the bladder, the uterus, the ovaiies, 
 the mammae, the mesenteric glands, the dura 
 mater, the bones, and the thyroid gland. It 
 may commence in almost every texture, or upon 
 every surface. Sometimes it originates in the 
 antram, from which it extends to the brain, 
 through the orbit. 
 
 An early symptom of this terrible and very 
 common organic disease is a wan, pale com- 
 plexion, such as is remarkably indicative of 
 what may be termed a fatal organic disease. 
 Medullary sarcoma is not uncommon in young 
 subjects and persons below the middle age, 
 whereas cancer chiefly attacks individuals be- 
 tween the ages of forty-five and fifty, or older 
 persons. With regard to the treatment, we 
 
FUR 
 
 FY A 
 
 know of no medicine which can correct the 
 etate of the constitution upon which this disease 
 depends. The only chance of curing it is by 
 the removal of the tumor at an early period of 
 its formation, before the lymphatic glands and 
 several other parts of the body have become af- 
 fected. Thus, if the disease has extended up 
 the spermatic cord, castration will be of no 
 avail. Extirpation seldom brings a radical 
 cure. 
 
 Fungus igniarius. Boletus igniarius. 
 
 Fungus la'ricis. Boletus laricis. 
 
 Fungus medullaris. 1. Fungus heemato- 
 des. 2. An encephaloid tumor. 
 
 Fungus melitensis. See Cynomorium. 
 
 Fungus petrous. Agaricus mineralis. 
 
 Fungus phalloides. Phallus impudicus. 
 
 Fungus rosaceus. See Bedeguar. 
 
 Fungus salicis. Boletus suaveolens. 
 
 Fungus sambucinus. Peziza auricula. 
 
 FUNICULUS. {Funiculus; diminutive of 
 funis, a cord.) A little cord. 
 
 Funiculus spermaticus. The spermatic 
 eord. 
 
 Funiculus umbilicalis. Umbilical cord. 
 
 Funiculus varicosus. Cirsocele. 
 
 Funis arborum. Smilax lee vis. 
 
 Funis umbilicalis. Umbilical cord. 
 
 Funnel-shaped. Infundibuliform. 
 
 Furca'le os. Furcella. Furcula. The 
 
 FURCA'TUS. Furcate; forked. 
 
 Furcella. See Furcate os. 
 
 Furce'lla inferior. The ensiform carti- 
 lage. 
 
 Fu'rcula. The clavicle. 
 
 Furcula superior. The upper bone of the 
 sternum, and also the clavicle. 
 
 FU'RFUR. (ur, uris, m.) 1. Bran. 2. Pi- 
 tyriasis. 
 
 Furfura'ceous. Furfuraceus. A term ap- 
 plied to the bran-like sediment occasionally 
 deposited in the urine. 
 
 Furfura'tio. Pityriasis. 
 
 FURNACE. (Furnus, i, m.) The furnaces 
 employed in chemical operations are of three 
 kinds: 1. The evaporatory furnace, which has 
 received its name from its use : it is employed 
 to reduce substances into vapor by means of 
 heat, in order to separate the more fixed prin- 
 ciples from those which are more volatile. 2. 
 The reverberator!/ furnace, which name it has 
 received from its construction, the flame being 
 prevented from rising, but made to play over 
 U 
 
 an arched surface. It is appropriated to distil- 
 lation. 3. The forge furnace, in which the 
 current of air is determined by bellows. 
 
 Furnace cadmia. Tutty or tuttia. 
 
 FURNUS. (us, i, m.) A furnace. 
 
 Furnus ane'mius. A wind furnace. 
 
 Furor uterinus. See Nymphomania. 
 
 Furuncle. A boil or furunculus ; also called 
 a sthenic furuncle. 
 
 Furuncular anthrax. Anthrax, which see. 
 
 Furunculi ventriculus. The core of a 
 boil. — Celsus. 
 
 FURU'NCULUS. F. verus. F. lenignus. 
 (From furo, to rage ; so named from its heat 
 and inflammation before it suppurates. ) A boiL 
 An inflammatory, circumscribed, and very 
 painful swelling immediately under the skin. 
 It seldom exceeds the size of a pigeon's egg. 
 It always has a central core, and is mostly 
 found in persons in strong health, and in the 
 vigor of youth. Sometimes, however, boils 
 occur in cachectic habits. A boil always sup- 
 purates, and sooner or later discharges its con- 
 tents. This disease rarely requires medical or 
 surgical treatment, unless the person has many, 
 ancTthen bleeding and purging are required in 
 plethoric constitutions, and an alterative course 
 of sarsaparilla in weak and unhealthy ones. 
 
 Furunculus gangr^nosus. F. malignus. 
 Anthrax. 
 
 Fuselol. Fousel oil ; oil of grain spirits. 
 
 FUSIBILITY. The susceptibility of fusion. 
 
 FUSIBLE. Possessed of fusibility. 
 
 Fusible calculus. See Calculi, urinary. 
 
 Fusible metal. A combination of three 
 parts of lead with two of tin and five of bis- 
 muth. It melts at 197° F. 
 
 FU'SIFORM. Fusiformis. Spindle shaped. 
 
 FUSION. (Fusio ; from fundo, to pour out.) 
 A chemical process, by which bodies are made 
 to pass from the solid to the liquid state, in con- 
 sequence of the application of heat. The chief 
 objects susceptible of this operation are salts, 
 sulphur, and metals. Salts are liable to two 
 kinds of fusion : the one, which is peculiar to 
 saline matters, is owing to water contained in 
 them, and is called aqueous fusion ; the other, 
 which arises from the heat alone, is knowm by 
 the name of igneous fusion. 
 
 FUSTIC. A dye-wood, derived from the 
 Morus tinctoria. There is also another dye, 
 called young fustic, derived from the Rhus co 
 tinus, or Italian sumach. 
 
 Fyada. An alchemical name of mercury. 
 305 
 
GAL 
 
 GAL 
 
 G. 
 
 G. 
 
 The symbol for glucinum. Among the 
 Greeks, an ounce weight. 
 
 Gabal. See Cabala. 
 
 Gabbara. A mummy. 
 
 Gabia'num oleum. Petroleum mbrum. 
 
 Gabi'rea. Tadipea. 1 A kind of myrrh. 
 
 GADUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of fishes, 
 order Jugulares, including the codfish, had- 
 dock, and the Baltic torsk. 
 
 Gadus mo'rrhua. The codfish. This fish, 
 well known in our markets, abounds in the 
 Northern seas. Its flesh is white, and is much 
 eaten. When salted, it is also well-flavored and 
 in general esteem. The liver oil is officinal. 
 See Oleum jecoris aselli. 
 
 Gagel. Myrica gale. 
 
 GALA'CTIA. (a, ce, f. ; from yaka, lac, 
 milk; or yakannvoc, lacteus, milky.) Mislac- 
 tation : a genus of disease in Good's nosology, 
 embracing defective, excessive, vitiated, pre- 
 mature, erratic, and other morbid secretions 
 of the milk. 
 
 Galactic acid. Lactic acid. 
 
 Galactina. Aliment prepared with milk. 
 
 Galactinus. Food made of milk. 
 
 GALACTIRRHCE'A. (a, ce, f. ; from yaka, 
 milk, and pew, to flow.) An excess or over- 
 flow of milk. 
 
 Galactites. A calcareous mineral of the 
 ancients, used as an astringent and as a pro- 
 moter of milk. 
 
 Galactode'ndron utile. The cow or milk 
 tree of South America. 
 
 GALACTO'PHORUS. Galactophorous. 
 (From yaka, milk, and (pepo, to bring or carry.) 
 Galactophorous; milk-bearing. As an adjec- 
 tive, applied, 1. To that which has the proper- 
 ty of increasing the secretion of the milk. 2. 
 The excretory ducts of the glands of the breasts 
 of women, which terminate in the papilla, or 
 nipple, are called ducti galactophori, because 
 they bring the milk to the nipple. 3. As a 
 substantive, an instrument used to facilitate lac- 
 tation, when the nipple is not sufficiently de- 
 veloped. 
 
 GALACTOPOIE'TICUS. (From yaka, milk, 
 and Tvoteu, to make.) Galactopoietic, or milk- 
 making. 
 
 Galactopo'sia. The curing diseases by a 
 milk diet. 
 
 Galactopy'ra. Milk fever. 
 
 Galacto'sis. Galactopoiesis. The secretion 
 or production of milk. 
 
 Galanga major. See Koempferia. 
 
 Galanga minor. Maranta galanga. 
 
 Galangal. Maranta galanga. 
 
 Galangax, English. Cyperus longus. 
 
 Galbanetum. A balsam of galbanum, with 
 turpentine. 
 
 GALBANUM. (um, i, n. ; from chalbanah, 
 Heb.) A genus of umbelliferous plants, of 
 which G. officinale yields the fetid gum-resin 
 galbanum. This has the same properties as 
 assafaetida, but in a less degree. Dose, gr. x. to 
 3ss., in pills or emulsion. 
 306 
 
 GA'LBULUS. (us, i, m. ; from galbus, yel- 
 low.) 1. The name given by Vogel to a natu- 
 ral yellowness of the skin which is observed in 
 some persons. 2. The fruit of the cypress-tree, 
 
 Ga'le. Myrica gale. 
 
 GALEA, (a, ce, f.) A helmet. I. In Anat- 
 omy, the amnion. 2. In Surgery, a bandage 
 for the head. 3. In Pathology, a headache, 
 extending all over the head, has been so called. 
 4. In Botany, the upper arched lip of a ringent 
 and personate corolla. 
 
 Galea'te. Galeatus. Helmet-shaped: ap- 
 plied to leaves, flowers, &c. 
 
 GA'LEGA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — G. 
 officinalis. Goat's rue. Galega. In Italy the 
 leaves are eaten in salads. — G. virginiana is 
 an indigenous species, said to be diaphoretic 
 and anthelmintic. 
 
 GALE'NA. 1. An ancient name of the the- 
 riaca before the addition of vipers as an ingre- 
 dient. 2. The native sulphuret of lead. 
 
 GALENICAL MEDICINE. Medicina Ga- 
 lenica. The authority of Galen was paramount 
 till the sixteenth century, when the chemical 
 sect, with Paracelsus at their head, commenced 
 a furious contest with the Galenists. In the 
 treatment of diseases, the Galenists trusted al- 
 most entirely to simple vegetables ; the chem- 
 ists derived their most powerful remedies from 
 the mineral kingdom, and prepared them by 
 complex processes. 
 
 GALENISTS. Galenici. The followers of 
 Galen. 
 
 Gale'nium. (Taknviov ; from yakrjvr], gale- 
 na.) A cataplasm containing the galena. 
 
 Galen's bandage. The four-tailed bandage. 
 
 Galen's mad wort. See Marrubium. 
 
 GALEO'BDOLON. A genus of plants. Di- 
 dynamia. Gymnospermia. Salviacece. — G. 
 lutetcm. Yellow archangel was formerly es- 
 teemed vulnerary, but is now disused. 
 
 GALEO'PSIS. A genus of plants. Didy- 
 namia. Gymnospermia. Salviacece. Several 
 species were formerly used, but are now alto- 
 gether overlooked. 
 
 Galeri'culum aponeuro'ticum. A name 
 that has been given to the tendinous expansion 
 which lies over the pericranium, from its re- 
 semblance to a little cup, Galerictdum. 
 
 Ga'lia. There were two medicines of this 
 name, the pure and aromatic. Galia moscliata 
 contained aloes, amber, and musk ; galia ze- 
 beltina, civet. 
 
 Galianco'nes. Those who have short and 
 small arms. 
 
 GALIPE'A CUSPARIA. The new name of 
 the Angustura bark-tree, or Bonplandia trifoli- 
 ata ; also called Galipcea officinalis. 
 
 Galipot. Barras. The white turpentine 
 that dries on the trees during winter. 
 
 GALIUM. (um,i,\\.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrandria. Monogynia. Rubiacece. — G. al- 
 bum. See G. mollugo. — G. apari'ne. Goose- 
 Cleavers. The expressed juice has 
 
GAL 
 
 GAL 
 
 been given as an aperient and diuretic in incip- 
 ient dropsies. — G. mollu'go. Greater ladies' 
 bedstraw. It has been said to cure epilepsy. — 
 G. tinctorinm is an indigenous species, resem- 
 bling in properties the G. verum. The root 
 yields a red dye. — G. verum. Ladies' bed- 
 straw, or cheese-rennet. The Galium of the 
 pharmacopoeias. The leaves and flowers pos- 
 sess the property of curdling milk, and have 
 been used in epilepsy. 
 
 Gall. See Bile. 
 
 GALL-BLADDER. Vesicula fellis. An ob- 
 long receptacle, situated under the liver, to 
 which it is attached in the right hypochondri- 
 um. It is composed of three membranes, a 
 cellular, fibrous, and mucous. On one side it 
 adheres closely to the liver, and on the other is 
 covered by the peritoneum. Its use is to re- 
 tain the bile which regurgitates from the hepatic 
 duct, there to become thicker and more acrid, 
 and to send it through the cystic duct, which 
 proceeds from its neck into the ductus commu- 
 nis choledochus, to the duodenum. 
 
 Gall ducts. See Hepar. 
 
 Gall sickness. The remitting fever of 
 marsh miasmata. 
 
 Gall-stone. See Calculus, biliary. 
 
 GA'LLA. (a, «, f.) A gall-nut. See Quer- 
 cus infecloria. 
 
 Galla turcica. See Qnercus infectoria. 
 
 Ga'llate. A salt of gallic acid. 
 
 GA'LLIC ACID. Acidum gallicum. A 
 sparingly soluble, silky, and crystalline sub- 
 stance, obtained by the oxidation of tannic 
 acid, from which it differs in not possessing the 
 property of precipitating gelatine. It is astrin- 
 gent. Form., C 7 H0 3 -f-2HO. 
 
 Gallicus morbus. Syphilis. 
 
 GALLI'N.E. The family of fowls to which 
 the cock, partridge, and pheasant belong. 
 
 Gallipot. A pot of earthenware used to 
 contain medicines. 
 
 Galli'trichis. Callitriche. 
 
 Galls. Gall-nuts. See Quercus infectoria. 
 
 Gallus domesticus. The domestic fowl. 
 
 Ga'lvanic battery or trough. An appa- 
 ratus consisting of a number of simple galvanic 
 circles, so arranged as to be discharged togeth- 
 er. The galvanic batteiy of Professor Grove is 
 the most perfect and efficient now employed. 
 
 GALVANISM. (Galvanismus; from Galva- 
 ni, the inventor.) The form of electricity ob- 
 tained by chemical action, as in the oxidation 
 of zinc by water, &c. For the collection of the 
 fluid, it is necessary to immerse into the excit- 
 ing mixture a plate of copper, platina, gold, or 
 some metal not acted on; thus the electricity 
 arising from chemical action on the positive or 
 zincous element is collected by the negative or 
 platinous surface, and when these are made to 
 unite by a wire outside the fluid, the action is 
 increased. This constitutes a single circle, 
 which, in practice, is usually made of zinc, cop- 
 per, and dilute sulphuric acid ; but by using 
 two fluids, which gradually unite and act upon 
 one another, the galvanic effect is increased, as 
 in Grove's battery, or rendered more perma- 
 nent, as in Daniell's. A number of simple cir- 
 cles, in which each pair is made to unite, con- 
 stitutes a batteiy, and the end wires proceed- 
 
 ing from the terminal zinc and copper plates 
 are called the poles or electrodes. Galvanic 
 currents are increased in power by the size and 
 closeness of the plates, strength of the exciting 
 fluid, and thickness and shortness of the wires. 
 By such an arrangement metals may be rapidly 
 deflagrated, powder ignited, even at great dis- 
 tances, &c. If, on the other hand, tension is 
 required, the number of plates must be in- 
 creased irrespective of their size. By this 
 means powerful shocks are given, and the de 
 composition of water and numerous binary 
 compounds effected. The common form of 
 battery is Cruikshank's, which has been im- 
 proved by Dr. Hare. 
 
 Galvanism is thought by Dr. Wilson Philip 
 to be identical with the nervous fluid; and from 
 its effects on animals, producing muscular con- 
 tractions when a current is transmitted through 
 a nerve to a muscle, as well as from the exami- 
 nation of the electrical eel, there is an unques- 
 tionable connection. The galvanic current has 
 been less used than common electricity and 
 galvano-magnetism in the treatment of disease. 
 It is said to have occasionally produced favor- 
 able effects in asthma and nervous complaints. 
 In the arts it is extensively employed in the 
 precipitation of metals, or the electrotype, in 
 the telegraph, blasting, &c. 
 
 In Dr. Ure's experiments on an executed 
 criminal, respiration was freely established by 
 sending a current from a batteiy of 270 four- 
 inch plates, one pole being in contact with the 
 phrenic nerve and the other with the great 
 head of the diaphragm, through a small incision 
 made under the cartilage of the seventh rib. 
 He remarks, with respect to the restoration of 
 persons partially drowned, or in whom respi- 
 ration is suspended, 
 
 " I would, however, beg leave to suggest an- 
 other nervous channel, which I conceive to be 
 a still readier and more powerful one, to the 
 action of the heart and lungs, than the phrenic 
 nerve. If a longitudinal incision be made, as 
 is frequently done for aneurism, through the in- 
 teguments of the neck, at the outer edge of the 
 sterno-mastoidens muscle, about half way be- 
 tween the clavicle and angle of the lower jaw; 
 then, on turning over the edge of this muscle, 
 we bring into view the throbbing carotid, on 
 the outside of which the par vagum and great 
 sympathetic nerve lie together in one sheath. 
 Here, therefore, they may both be directly 
 touched and pressed by a blunt metallic con- 
 ductor. These nerves communicate, directly 
 or indirectly, with the phrenic, and the super- 
 ficial nerve of the heart is sent off from the 
 sympathetic. 
 
 " Should, however, the phrenic nerve be ta- 
 ken, that of the left side is the preferable of the 
 two. From the position of the heart, the left 
 phrenic differs a little in its course from the 
 right. It passes over the pericardium, covering 
 the apex of the heart. 
 
 " While the point of one metallic conductor is 
 applied to the nervous cords above described, 
 the other knob ought to be firmly pressed 
 against the side of the person, immediately 
 under the cartilage of the seventh rib. The 
 skin should be moistened with a solution of 
 
 307 
 
GAN 
 
 GAR 
 
 common salt, or, what is better, a hot, saturated 
 solution of sal ammoniac, by which means the 
 electric energy will be more effectually con- 
 veyed through the cuticle, so as to complete 
 the voltaic chain. 
 
 " For the purposes of resuscitating dormant 
 irritability of nerves, or contractility of their 
 subordinate muscles, the positive pole must be 
 applied to the former, and the negative to the 
 latter." 
 
 Galvano-magnetism. The magnetic effects 
 produced by passing a galvanic current through 
 a wire wound around a center of soft iron, 
 whereby it becomes a temporary and powerful 
 magnet. 
 
 Galvano'meter. An instrument for meas- 
 uring the intensity of a galvanic current, by its 
 effect in deflecting the magnetic needle. 
 
 Gambir catechu. The catechu deiived 
 from the Uncaria gambler. 
 
 Gambo'gia. Gambo'gium. Gamboi'dea. 
 Gamboge. See Cambogia. 
 
 Ga'mma. An old iron instrument used for 
 cauterizing a hernia. 
 
 Ga'mmarus. Cancer gammarus. 
 
 Ga'mopetalous. Synonymous with mono- 
 petalous. 
 
 Gamphe'le. The cheeks; the jaw. 
 
 Ga'ngamon. The omentum. 
 
 GA'NGLIA, ABDOMINAL. The semilunar 
 ganglia and solar plexus. 
 
 Ganglia cerebri postica. The thalami 
 nervorum opticorum. 
 
 Ganglia, lumbar. Five or fewer on each 
 side, placed between the twelfth rib and the 
 articulation of the last vertebra with the sacrum. 
 
 Ganglia, sacral. Three or four on each 
 side, placed, upon the sides of the anterior sur- 
 iace of the sacrum. 
 
 Ganglia, semilunar. G. solar. Two gan- 
 glia of the abdomen, lying partly upon the crura 
 of the diaphragm, partly upon the aorta, oppo- 
 site the coeliac trunk. 
 
 Ga'ngliform. A term which has been ap- 
 plied to an enlargement in the course of a 
 nerve. 
 
 GA'NGLION. {Yayyliov, a knot.) A knot. 
 
 1. In Anatomy, a natural knot-like enlargement 
 in the course of a nerve. See Nervous system. 
 
 2. In Surgery, an encysted, hard, indolent tu- 
 mor, formed in the sheath of a tendon, and 
 containing a fluid like the white of an egg. It 
 most frequently occurs on the back of the hand 
 or foot. It is treated by compression, discu- 
 tients, or extirpation. 
 
 Ganglion, abdominal. The semilunar gan- 
 glia. 
 
 Ganglion azygos, vel impar. A small gan- 
 glion situated on the first bone of the coccyx. 
 
 Ganglion, cardiac A plexus, constituting 
 the central point of union of the cardiac nerves. 
 
 Ganglion cavernosum. A ganglion placed 
 at the outer side of the internal carotid artery, 
 toward the middle of the cavernous sinus. It 
 does not always exist. 
 
 Ganglion cerebelli. G. ciliare. The cor- 
 pus dentatum. 
 
 Ganglion cervicale inferius. The infe- 
 rior cervical ganglion, situated behind the ver- 
 tebral artery, between the transverse process 
 308 
 
 of the seventh cervical vertebra and the neck 
 of the first rib. It is sometimes double, and 
 frequently continuous with the preceding gan- 
 glion. 
 
 Ganglion cervicale medium seu thyroide- 
 um. _ A ganglion situated opposite to the fifth 
 or sixth vertebra. It is often entirely want- 
 ing; sometimes double. 
 
 Ganglion cervicale primum. The superior 
 cervical ganglion, situated under the base of 
 the skull, and remarkable for its size and the 
 regularity of its occurrence. Under the term 
 great sympathetic or intercostal nerve are com- 
 monly associated all the ganglia which occur 
 from the upper part of the neck to the lower 
 part of the sacrum, together with the filaments 
 which issue from them. 
 
 Ganglion, naso-palatine. A ganglion dis- 
 covered by Cloquet in the anterior palatine 
 foramen. 
 
 Ganglion of Andersch. The ganglion 
 petrosum. 
 
 Ganglion of Ehrenritter. G. jugulare 
 superius. G., Muller's. Ganglion of the glosso- 
 pharyngeal nerve, situated in the foramen la- 
 cerum, above the ganglion petrosum. 
 
 Ganglion of Gasserius. A ganglion on the 
 posterior cord of the fifth pair of nerves. 
 
 Ganglion of Meckel. The spheno-palatine 
 ganglion, the largest of the cranial ganglia. 
 
 Ganglion of Ribes. A small ganglion of 
 communication between the sympathetic fila- 
 ments of the anterior cerebral arteries. 
 
 Ganglion of Vieussens. The coeliac plexus. 
 
 Ganglion ophthalmicum. The ophthalmic 
 or lenticular ganglion, placed on the outer side 
 of the optic nerve ; one of the smallest ganglia 
 of the body. 
 
 Ganglion, otic A small ganglion discov- 
 ered by Arnold near the foramen ovale. 
 
 Ganglion petrosum. Ganglion of Andersch; 
 a gangliform swelling on the glossopharyngeal 
 nerve. 
 
 Ganglion sphenoidal. The spheno-palatine 
 ganglion. 
 
 Ganglion splanchnicum. The semilunar 
 ganglia. 
 
 Ganglion, sub-maxillary. A ganglion 
 which occurs opposite the sub-maxillary gland. 
 
 Ganglionic Having ganglions. This term 
 is applied to nerves which have ganglions in 
 their course, and to the ganglions collectively, 
 as forming a system. 
 
 Gangr^ena oris. See Stomacace. 
 
 GangRjENA ossis. See Spina ventosa. 
 
 Gangr^ena senilis. See Mortification. 
 
 GA'NGRENE. (Tayypaiva. Gangrena, a, 
 f. : from ypau, to feed upon.) See Mortifica- 
 tion. 
 
 GARCTNIA. (a, <z, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Dodecandria. Monogynia. — G. Mangostana. 
 The mangosteen of Java and Molucca. The 
 fruit is excellent, and the dried bark is used in 
 dysenteries and tenesmus, and a strong decoc- 
 tion as a gargle in ulcerated sore throats. 
 
 GARDE'NIA. (a, at, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. — G. dumetorum yields 
 an emetic root, and G. gummifera produces the 
 East Indian Elemi. 
 
 Garga'reon. Tapyapeuv. The uvula. 
 
GAS 
 
 GAS 
 
 GARGARI'SMA. (a, alls, n.; and Garga- 
 rismus, i, m. ; Gargansmum, i, n. : from yapyap- 
 i£w, to gargle.) A gargle or wash for the 
 throat. 
 
 Gargarisma alumixis. One drachm of pu- 
 rified alum, half a fluid ounce of tincture of 
 myrrh, and seven fluid ounces of mint water, 
 mixed. 
 
 Ga'rgathum. A bed on which lunatics 
 were formerly confined. 
 
 Gargeatio. See Sudor anglicanus. 
 Gargle. Gargarisma. 
 Garlic See Allium. 
 Garosmum. Chenopodium vulvaria. 
 Garou. Daphne gnidium. 
 Garrophy'llus. See Eugenia. 
 GAS. (A Teutonic word, signifying air or 
 spirit.) Gaz. Aeriform fluid. A term ap- 
 plied to all permanently elastic fluids, simple 
 or compound, except the atmosphere, to which 
 the term air is appropriated. 
 
 Gas, ammoxiacal. See Ammonia. 
 Gas, azotic Nitrogen. 
 Gas, carbonic acid. Carbonic acid. 
 Gas, heavy carbonated hydrogen. Car- 
 bureted, hydrogen. 
 
 Gas, hepatic Sulphureted hydrogen gas. 
 Gas, light carbonated hydrogen. Car- 
 bureted hydrogen. 
 
 Gas water. The water which remains af- 
 ter the gas used for illumination has passed 
 through the purifier. It has been recommend- 
 ed in chronic diseases of the skin. 
 
 Gascoigne's powder. A powder of one 
 pound of the compound powder of crab's-claws, 
 and one ounce of prepared Oriental bezoar, 
 mixed together. Balls made of this are called 
 Gascoigne's balls. 
 
 Gaseous oxide of carbon. Carbonic oxide. 
 GASO'METER. A reservoir for containing 
 ^as. 
 
 ° GA'STER. TaoTvp. 1. The belly or abdo- 
 men. 2. The stomach. 3. The womb. 
 
 GASTEROTODA. A class of molluscous 
 animals, with an organ of locomotion situated 
 on the abdominal surface; as the snail. 
 
 Gastero'stoma. A name given to the Tae- 
 nia osculis superficiaUbus. 
 Gastralgia. Cardialgia. 
 GA'STRIC. Gastricus. Appertaining to the 
 6tomach. 
 
 Gastric arteries. Arterice gastricce. These 
 are, the right gastro-epiploic, a branch of the 
 hepatic arteiy ; the left gastroepiploic, a branch 
 of the sjilenic ; the coronaria ventriculi, a branch 
 of the coeliac; the pyloric arteries, which* are 
 small branches of the hepatic and gastro-epi- 
 ploics; and the vasa brevia, which are branches 
 of the splenic. 
 
 Gastric fever. Common continued fever, 
 with gastric disturbance: the Meningo- gastric 
 fever of Pinel. 
 
 Gastric juice. A fluid secreted by the 
 stomach. It is tolerably clear, yellowish, some- 
 times acid, at others neutral. It contains two 
 per cent, of solid matter, being pepsin, salivary 
 matter, mucus, lactic acid, and saline matters. 
 The animal matter, or pepsin, is the active 
 agent, and possesses the property of dissolving 
 azotized aliments in the presence of acids, but 
 
 loses this property, and acquires the power of 
 acting on amylaceous bodies when neutral or 
 alkaline. In these respects it is allied to sali- 
 va and the pancreatic fluid. 
 
 Gastric nerves. These are derived from 
 the pneumogastric and great sympathetic. 
 
 Gastric plexus. The plexus coronarius 
 ventriculi, derived froin the solar plexus. The 
 branches accompany the coronary artery of the 
 stomach. 
 
 GASTRI'TIS. (is, His, f.) Inflammation 
 of the stomach. See Inflammation of the Stom- 
 ach and Bon-els. 
 
 Ga'stro-arthritis. Gout. 
 Gastrobro'sis. Perforation of the stomach. 
 — Alibert. 
 
 GASTROCE'LE. (e, es, f . ; from ya<jr V p, 
 the stomach, and Kn?.Tj, a tumor.) A hernia of 
 the stomach, occasioned by a protrusion of that 
 viscus through the abdominal parietes. Hernia 
 ventriculi. 
 
 GASTROCNEMIUS, (us, i, m. ; from yac- 
 rrjp, the stomach, and Kvnpn, the leg.) Two, 
 or, according to some anatomists, four muscles, 
 fonn the fleshy part or calf of the leg. 
 
 Gastrocnemius exterxus. An extensor 
 muscle of the foot, situated immediately under 
 the integuments at the back part of the leg. 
 Winslow describes it as two muscles, which he 
 calls gastrocnemii. The gastrocnemius exter- 
 nus arises by two distinct heads. The first, 
 which is the thickest and longest of the two, 
 springs from the upper and back part of the 
 inner condyle of the os femoris, adhering 
 strongly to the capsular ligament of the joint. 
 The second head arises from the back part of 
 the outer condyle of the os femoris. A little 
 below the joint, their fleshy bellies unite in a 
 middle tendon, and below the middle of the 
 tibia they cease to be fleshy, and terminate in 
 a broad tendon, which unites with that of the 
 gastrocnemius interaus to form one round ten- 
 don, the tendo AchUlis. 
 
 Gastrocnemius internus. It arises by two 
 heads. The first springs from the posterior 
 part of the head of the fibula, and for some way 
 below it. The second arises from an oblique 
 ridge at the upper and posterior part of the 
 tibia. This muscle, which is narrow at its ori- 
 gin, spreads wider as it descends, as far as its 
 middle, after which it becomes narrower again, 
 and begins to grow tendinous ; but its fleshy 
 fibers do not entirely disappear till it has almost 
 reached the extremity of the tibia, a little above 
 which it unites with the last muscle to form 
 the tendo Achillis. This thick, round cord is 
 inserted into the lower and posterior part of 
 the os calcis, after sliding over a cartilaginous 
 surface on that bone, to which it is connected 
 by a tendinous sheath that is furnished with a 
 large bursa mucosa. 
 
 Both the gastrocnemii have the same use, 
 viz., that of extending the foot, by drawing it 
 backward and downward. 
 
 Gastrocolic Gastrocolicns. The greater 
 omentum. 
 
 GASTRODY'NIA. (a, ce, f. ; from yacrnp, 
 and oSvvt], pain.) Spasmodic pain in the stom- 
 ach. 
 
 GA'STRO-ENTERI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from 
 309 
 
GEL 
 
 yaaTrjp, and evrepov, the intestine.) Inflamma- 
 tion of the stomach and intestines. See In- 
 flammation of the Stomach and Intestines. 
 
 Gastro-enteritis mucosa. Common chol- 
 era. 
 
 GASTRO- EPIPLOIC ARTERIES. Two 
 arteries which supply the stomach and omen- 
 tum. 
 
 Gastro-epiploic ganglions. The lymphatic 
 glands of the greater omentum. 
 
 Gastro-hepatic Connected with the liver 
 and stomach. 
 
 GA'STRO-HYSTERO'TOMY. (Gastro-hys- 
 terotomia ; from yaarnp, varepov, the womb, 
 and TE/Ltvco, to cut.) The Caesarian section. 
 
 Gastro'loquism. Ventriloquism. 
 
 GASTROMALACIA. G astro m ataxia. 
 (From yaarrjp, and fiaTiaicoc, soft.) Softening 
 of the stomach; a morbid result occurring most 
 commonly in infancy, and usually preceded by 
 hydrocephalus, acute exanthemata, or disease 
 of the respiratory organs. 
 
 Gastro-pe'riodynia. A periodical spasmod- 
 ic affection of the stomach, attended with great 
 pain, and common in the East Indies, where it 
 is called soot. 
 
 Gastro-phrenic. Connected with the stom- 
 ach and diaphragm ; as the gastro-phrenic liga- 
 ment, which is a reflection of the peritoneum. 
 
 GASTRO'RAPHY. (Gastrorapke ; from 
 yaornp, and pa(pn, a suture.) The sewing of 
 wounds of the abdomen. 
 
 Gastrorrha'gia. Hsematemesis; a dis- 
 charge of blood from the stomach. 
 
 Gastrorrhce'a. A superabundant secretion 
 of mucus from the gastric and intestinal mu- 
 cous membrane. 
 
 Gastro'ses. A generic term of diseases seat- 
 ed in the stomach. 
 
 Gastro-splenic omenta. The folds of the 
 peritoneum passing between the stomach and 
 spleen. 
 
 GASTROTO'MY. (From yaarnp, and re/tvo, 
 to cut.) The operation of cutting into the ab- 
 domen, which has been practiced under sever- 
 al circumstances. 
 
 GAULTHERIA. (a, a-, I) 1. A genus of 
 ericaceous, shrubby plants. 2. Gaultheria pro- 
 cumbens, or partridge berry. The leaves and 
 whole plant are fragrant, and yield an oil of a 
 peculiar odor, the Oleum gaultherice. 
 
 Ga'yacine. The resin of guaiacum. 
 
 Ge'ic acid. The same as geine. 
 
 Ge'ine. A name given by Berzelius to veg- 
 etable mold, which, according to Braconnot, 
 resembles ulmin. 
 
 Geiso'ma. Geison. The prominent parts of 
 the eyebrows. 
 
 Gela'smus. The sardonic laugh. 
 
 GE'LATINE. (Gelatina, ce, f.) Jelly. An 
 animal substance, soluble in water, but not in 
 alcohol; capable of assuming a well-known elas- 
 tic or tremulous consistence by cooling. It is 
 precipitated by tannin; and this is the founda- 
 tion of the art of tanning leather. Alcohol and 
 corrosive sublimate also precipitate it. 
 
 Gelatine is obtained by boiling the skin, fib- 
 rous tissues, bones, &c, of animals. When 
 pure it is colorless. Size and glue are impure 
 forms. That from cartilage (chondrine) is 
 310 
 
 GEN 
 
 slightly different. When dried it keeps for 
 years. Gelatine is not capable of sustaining 
 life, but, according to Liebig, serves to repair 
 the waste of the cellular and other tissues. Jt 
 is a modified protein compound. Formula, 
 C13H10N2O5. Chondrine is C16H13N4O7. 
 
 The substance called vegetable jelly is pec- 
 tin. 
 
 Gelatine, sugar of. A product of the ar- 
 tion of potash on gelatine. It is very sweet 
 and soluble, and crystallizes in prisms. Its for- 
 mula is C 8 H 7 N ;2 05-f-2HO, and it forms com- 
 pounds with metallic oxides. 
 
 Gelatinous. 
 
 Gelatinous capsules. See Capsules. 
 
 Gelatinous nervous tissue. See Nervous 
 matter. 
 
 Gelatinous tissues. Those tissues the ba- 
 sis of which is gelatine, as the epidermis, fibrous 
 tissues, mucous membrane. 
 
 GELA'TIO. (0, onis, f. ; from gelo, to 
 freeze.) 1. Freezing. 2. The rigidity of the 
 body in catalepsy, as if the person were frozen, 
 
 Gelu. Jelly. 
 
 GEME'LLUS. The gastrocnemius and gem- 
 ini muscles. 
 
 GE'MINI. (i, orum, m. pi.) Twins. 
 
 Gemini musculi. Gemelli. A muscle of the 
 thigh that consists of two portions, united to- 
 gether by a tendinous and fleshy membrane, 
 and affords a passage to the tendon of the obtu- 
 rator intemus. These two portions are placed 
 under the glutseus maximus, between the is- 
 chium and the great trochanter. The superior 
 portion arises from the external surface of the 
 spine of the ischium, and the inferior from the 
 tuberosity, and from the posterior sacro-ischiatic 
 ligament. They are inserted, tendinous and 
 fleshy, into the cavity at the root of the great 
 trochanter. This muscle assists in rolling the 
 os femoris outward, and prevents the tendon of 
 the obturator internus from slipping out of its 
 place while that muscle is hi action. 
 
 GE'MMA. (a, ce, f.) 1. A gem. 2. In 
 Botany, a bud on the stems of plants. 3. A 
 granulation of a wound. 
 
 Gemma oculi. The crystalline lens. 
 
 Gemma'ceus. A term applied by botanists 
 to a flower-stalk which grows out of a leaf-bud, 
 as is seen in the Berberis mdgaris. 
 
 GEMMPPAROUS. (From gemma, bud, and 
 pario, to bring forth.) Applied to plants and 
 animals which propagate by buds. 
 
 Ge'mmule. A little bud. The termination 
 of the plumula of germinating seeds. 
 
 GE'NA. (a, a:, f.) The cheek. 
 
 GENERAL ANATOMY. The anatomy of 
 the textures of which the body is composed, as 
 distinguished from descriptive anatomy. 
 
 GENERATION. ( Generatio, onis, f. ; from 
 yeivofxai, to beget.) It is a sexual action, per- 
 formed in different ways in most animals ; many 
 of them have different sexes, and require con- 
 junction : such are the human species, quadru- 
 peds, and others. The females of quadrupeds 
 have a matrix, separated into two cavities, ute- 
 rus bicornis, and a considerable number of teats ; 
 most of them bear several young at a time, and 
 the period of their gestation is generally short. 
 The generation of birds is very different. The 
 
GEN 
 
 males have a strong genital organ, which is often 
 double. The vulva in the females is placed 
 behind the anus; the ovaries have no matrices, 
 and there is a duct for the purpose of conveying 
 the egg from the ovarium into the intestines: 
 this passage is called the oviduct. The eggs of 
 pullets have exhibited unexpected facts to phys- 
 iologists who examined the phenomena of in- 
 cubation. There is no determinate conjunction 
 between fishes: the female deposits her eggs 
 on the sands, over which the male passes, and 
 emits his seminal fluid for the purpose of fecun- 
 dating them: these eggs are hatched after a cer- 
 tain time. The males of several oviparous quad- 
 rupeds have a double or forked organ. Insects 
 exhibit all the varieties which are observed in 
 other animals ; there are some, indeed the 
 greater number, which have the sexes in two 
 separate individuals ; among others, the repro- 
 duction is made either with or without con- 
 junction. The organ of the male, in insects, is 
 usually armed with two hooks to seize the fe- 
 male : the place of these organs is greatly va- 
 ried ; with some, it is at the upper part of the 
 belly, near the chest, as in the male dragon-fly ; 
 in others, it is at the extremity of the antenna, 
 as in the male spider. Most worms are her- 
 maphrodite, each individual having both sexes. 
 Polypi, and most infusoria, are reproduced by 
 buds or offsets, the buds being separated from 
 vigorous animals. This is also the mode of re- 
 production of the blood globules and most cel- 
 lules. These are the principal modes of gen- 
 eration in animals. In the human species, 
 which engages our attention more particularly, 
 the phenomena are as follows : 
 
 The part of the male, in the act of reproduc- 
 tion, is to deposit the semen in the vagina, at a 
 greater or less distance from the orifice of the 
 uterus. 
 
 The function which the female discharges is 
 much more obscure : some feel, at this moment, 
 very strong voluptuous sensations; others ap- 
 pear entirely insensible ; while others, again, 
 experience a sensation which is very painful. 
 Some of them pour out a mucous substance in 
 considerable abundance at the instant of the 
 most vivid pleasure, while in the greater part 
 this phenomenon is entirely wanting. In all 
 these respects, there is, perhaps, no exact re- 
 semblance between any two females. 
 
 These different phenomena are common to 
 the most frequent acts of copulation ; that is, to 
 those which do not produce impregnation, as 
 well as those which are effective. 
 
 The most recent opinion is, that the uterus 
 during impregnation opens a little, draws in the 
 semen by aspiration, and directs it to the ova- 
 rium by means of the Fallopian tubes, the fim- 
 briated extremity of which closely embraces 
 that organ. 
 
 The contact of the semen determines the de- 
 velopment of one of the vesicles, which then 
 passes into the uterus, where the new individ- 
 ual is to be elaborated. The fibrous particles 
 of the semen, called the seminal animalculae, 
 are those which reach the ovarian vesicle and 
 impregnate it. 
 
 On account of the difficulty of conceiving the 
 passage of the semen to the ovarium, some 
 
 GEN 
 
 authors have imagined that this matter is not 
 carried there, but only the vapor wiiich exhales 
 from it, or the aura seminalis. Others think 
 that the semen is absorbed in the vagina, pass- 
 es into the venous system, and arrives at the 
 ovaria by the arteries. The phenomena which 
 accompany the fecundation of women are, then, 
 nearly unknown. An equal obscurity rests on 
 the fecundation of other mammiferous females. 
 Nevertheless, it w r ould be more easy to conceive 
 a passage of the semen to the ovaria in these, 
 since the uterus and the Fallopian tubes possess 
 a peristaltic motion like that of the intestines. 
 Fecundation, however, taking place by the con- 
 tact of the semen wdth the ova, in fishes, rep- 
 tiles, and birds, it is not very likely that nature 
 employs any other mode for the mammifera ; it 
 is necessary, then, to consider it as very prob- 
 able that, either at the instant of coition, or at 
 a greater or less time afterward, the semen 
 arrives at the ovarium, where it exerts more 
 especially its action upon the vesicles most de- 
 veloped. 
 
 Fecundation having taken place, a motion is 
 induced in the vivified ovum, which ruptures 
 the tender vesicle that contains it ; the fimbria? 
 of the Fallopian tube then grasp and convey it 
 into the tube, which, by its peristaltic motion, 
 conducts it into the cavity of the uterus, there 
 to be evolved and brought to maturity, and, at 
 the expiration of a fixed term, to be sent into 
 the world. 
 
 Generation, equivocal. Generatio &qui- 
 voca. Generatio spontanea. Generatio ketcro- 
 genea. Generatio primitiva. It was the belief 
 of the ancients that a plastic energy existed in 
 the universe, under the influence of which, 
 matter, in certain circumstances, could become 
 organized, and new living beings thus spon- 
 taneously produced, as when minute animals 
 are apparently formed from putrefaction, and in 
 infusions of animal or vegetable substances: this 
 was called equivocal generation, or epigeneds 
 In the present day the attention of physiologists 
 is again being turned to the conditions imder 
 which the lower fungi appear on decaying 
 bodies, and a theory of spontaneous generation 
 is gaining ground. 
 
 Genera tion, fissi'parous. Generation by 
 division. The production of a new organism 
 by a separation from the substance of the parent, 
 as in the propagation of plants by shoots ; and 
 that of certain animals, as some of the infusoria 
 and polypi. 
 
 Generation, organs of. The parts subserv- 
 ient to generation in a woman are divided into 
 external and internal. The external parts are 
 the mons veneris, the labia, the perinmim, the 
 clitoris, and the nymphce. The internal parts of 
 generation are the vagina and uterus, the ovaria 
 and Fallopian tubes. 
 
 The parts which constitute the organs of gen- 
 eration in men are the penis, testes, vesicular 
 seminales, vasa deferentia, and prostate gland. 
 
 Gene'ric. Genericus. Appertaining to a 
 genus. 
 
 GENE'TICA. (From ysvectr, origin.) Dis- 
 eases of the sexual functions. — Good. 
 
 GENE'VA. Gin or whisky from malt, recti- 
 fied with iuniper berries or turpentine. 
 J ^ 311 
 
GEN 
 
 Ge'nial. Relating to the chin. 
 
 Geniculate. Geniculatus. Bent like the 
 knee. 
 
 Geni'culum. The knot or joint of stems, 
 grasses, &c. 
 
 GE'NIO-. A prefix. (Fromyeveiov.) The 
 chin ; belonging to the chin. 
 
 Geni'o-glo'ssus. See Genio-hyo-glossus. 
 
 GENI'O-HY'O-GLO'SSUS. (From yeveiov, 
 the chin, voeidec, the os hyoides, and yTiocGa, 
 the tongue.) Genio-glossus. The muscle 
 which forms the fourth layer between the 
 lower jaw and os hyoides. It arises from a 
 rough protuberance in the inside of the middle 
 of the lower jaw, and its fibers are inserted 
 into the tip, middle, and root of the tongue, 
 and base of the os hyoides. Its use is to draw 
 the tip of the tongue backward into the mouth, 
 the middle downward, and to render its back 
 concave. It also draws its root and the os 
 hyoides forward, and thrusts the tongue out of 
 the mouth. 
 
 Geni'o-hyoide'us. The muscle which con- 
 stitutes the third layer between the lower jaw 
 and os hyoides. It is a long, thin, and fleshy 
 muscle, arising, tendinous, from a rough protu- 
 berance at the inside of the chin, and growing 
 somewhat broader and thicker as it descends 
 backward to be inserted by very short, tendin- 
 ous fibers into both the edges of the base of the 
 os hyoides. It draws the os hyoides forward 
 to the chin. 
 
 Geni'o-phary'ngeus. See Constrictor pha- 
 ryngis superior. 
 
 Genipi album. Artemisia rupestris. 
 
 Genipi verum. The Achillea foliis pinnatis. 
 It has a very grateful smell, and is bitter. It is 
 exhibited in Switzerland in epilepsy, diarrhoea, 
 and debility of the stomach. 
 
 GENFSTA. {a, as, f.) 1. A genus of plants. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. 2. The 
 spartium scoparium. — G. canariensis. See As- 
 palathus canariensis. — G. spinosa indica. Bahel 
 schulli. An Indian tree, a decoction of the 
 roots of which is diuretic. — G. tinctoria. The 
 dyer's broom. 
 
 Genita'lis. Appertaining to generation. 
 
 Genital organs. See Organs of generation. 
 
 Genita'lium. A disease of the genital parts. 
 
 GENI'TICUS. (From yeivofzai, gignor.) 
 Appertaining to the sexual function. 
 
 Genitu'ra. (From gigno.) 1. The male 
 seed. 2. The genital organs of either sex. 
 
 GENOA, CLIMATE OF. Although this 
 Italian city is in a warm climate, it is, accord- 
 ing to Sir James Clark, decidedly injurious to 
 the consumptive during winter, from the occa- 
 sional invasion of cold, sharp winds. 
 
 Gensing. Panax quinquefolium. 
 
 Gentian. See Gentiana lutea. 
 
 Gentian spirit. A stomachic spirit, formed 
 by the fermentation of a strong infusion of gen- 
 tian. 
 
 GENTIA'NA. (a, <e, f.) 1. A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Gentianacece. 
 2. Gentiana lutea. 
 
 Gentiana alba. See Laserpitium. 
 
 Gentiana cachenlaguen. The chironia 
 chilensis. 
 
 Gentiana catesbcei. Blue gentian. It is 
 312 
 
 GE R 
 
 an indigenous species, the root of which is very 
 similar in properties with the yellow gentian. 
 
 Gentiana centaurium. Chironia centau- 
 rium. 
 
 Gentiana chirayita. This species is much 
 employed in the East Indies as a tonic and anti- 
 periodic febrifuge in intermittents. It is also a 
 valuable alterative. 
 
 Gentiana lutea. The officinal gentian. 
 Gentiana rubra. The root is the medicinal 
 part. It has great bitterness, and is in general 
 use as a tonic, stomachic, and febrifuge. The 
 tincture, infusion, and extract are much em- 
 ployed. 
 
 Gentiana major. G. rubra. G. veterum. 
 The officinal gentian. Gentiana lutea. 
 
 GENTIANA'CE^E. The gentian tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants with 
 leaves opposite ; flowers terminal, axillary ; star 
 mens alternate with the segments of the co- 
 rolla ; ovarium single, superior, one or two cell- 
 ed ; fruit, a many-seeded berry. 
 
 GE'NTIANINE. An alkaline principle of 
 gentian, supposed to be the active part of the 
 plant. It is yellow, bitter, inodorous, nearly 
 insoluble in cold water, but very soluble in al- 
 cohol and water. 
 
 Ge'ntianite. Gentianine. 
 
 Genti'lii morbi. Hereditary diseases. 
 
 GE'NU. (Indeclinable in the singular, n. ; 
 genua, genuorum, &c, in the plural.) The 
 knee. 
 
 Genugra. Gout in the knee. 
 
 GE'NUS. One of the lesser subdivisions of 
 natural history. A group of objects allied in 
 most important organs or particulars. 
 
 Geny'antrum. The antrum of Highmore. 
 
 Geo'des. A hollow mineral. 
 
 GEOFFR^A. (a, ce, f.) Geoffroya. A 
 genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. he- 
 guminosce. — G. inermis. See Andira inermis. — 
 G. surinamensis. The bark is esteemed as an 
 anthelmintic. 
 
 Geopha'gism. The habit of dirt-eating. 
 
 GEO'RGIA BARK. The bark of the Pinch- 
 neya pub ens, an indigenous tree, which is feb- 
 rifuge, and has been mentioned as a substitute 
 for the cinchona bark. 
 
 Gerania'ce^:. A natural family of plants, 
 of which the genus geranium is the type. 
 
 Gera'nis. A bandage for a fractured clav- 
 icle. 
 
 GERA'NIUM. {urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Monadelphia. Decandria. Gerani- 
 acece. — G. batrachioides. Gerauium pratense. 
 — G. columbi'num. Geranium rotundifolium.—- 
 G. moscha' turn. It is astringent. — G. pratense. 
 It possesses slight astringent virtues. — G. ro- 
 bertia'num. Stinking crane's-bill. Herb Rob- 
 ert. . Formerly esteemed as an external appli- 
 cation in cancer, mastodynia, and old ulcers. — 
 G. rotundifolium. It is slightly astringent. — 
 G. sanguineum.. Slightly astringent. 
 
 GERM. The rudimentary state of a being; 
 a germen. 
 
 Germander. See Teucrium. 
 
 Germanis oleum. Pinus cembra. 
 
 GE'RMEN. (en, enis, n. ) The rudiment 
 of the young fruit and seed of vegetables, found 
 at the bottom of the pistil or carpel. 
 
GIN 
 
 GL A 
 
 Germinal cell. A cytoblast. 
 
 Germinal membrane. See Ovum. 
 
 GERMINATION. ( Germinatio, (mis, f. ) 
 The first development of a seed. 
 
 GEROCO'MIA. (a, a, f. ; from yepac, old 
 age, and KOfieu, to be concerned about.) That 
 part of hygiene which regards the regimen and 
 treatment of old age. 
 
 Gerontopo'gon. The herb old man's beard, 
 a tragopogon. 
 
 Geronto'xon. The Arcus senilis. 
 
 Gersa. An alchemical name of cerusse. 
 
 Geryon. Quicksilver. 
 
 GESTATION. (Gestatio, onis, f . ; from ge- 
 ro, to cany.) Carrying. 1. Passive exercise, 
 in which the body is moved without the exer- 
 tion of its own muscles ; such as swinging, being 
 carried in a Utter, riding in a carriage, sailing. 
 2. Pregnancy. 
 
 Gestation, uterine. Gestatio uterina. The 
 period from the impregnation of a female to the 
 time of labor. See Pregnancy. 
 
 GE'UM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Ico- 
 sandria. Polygynia. Rosacea. — G. rivale. 
 The root is astringent, and it is used in inter- 
 mittents. — G. urbanum. The herb bennet, or 
 avens. The root has been employed as a gen- 
 tle astringent, corroborant, and stomachic. 
 
 Geusiono'si. Diseases of the function of 
 taste. 
 
 Gibbositas. This word is sometimes used 
 for curvature of the spine, especially that spe- 
 cies constituting hump back. 
 
 GIBBO'SITY. ( Gibbositas, atis, f. ; from gib- 
 bus, a swelling or protuberance.) Crookedness. 
 
 GI'BBUS. («s, j; m.) Gibbous ; bulged ; 
 swelled. An irregularity or swelling on the 
 back, or any other part of the body. 
 
 Gich. An alchemical name of lime. 
 
 Giddiness. See Vertigo. 
 
 Gi'gartina helminthocorton. The fucus 
 helminthocorton. 
 
 Gilead, balsam of. Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 Gill. See Branchia and Lamella. 
 
 GILLE'NIA. (a, ce,i.) 1. A genus of plants. 
 Icosandria. Polygynia. Rosacece. 2. The 
 gillenia trifoliata. — G. trifoliata. An indige- 
 nous perennial plant, the root of which is a safe 
 and effectual emetic in doses of 30 grains. It 
 is the Indian physic, or Amei-ican ipecacuanha. 
 The G. stipulacea is very similar in properties. 
 
 Gilliflower. See Diantkus. 
 
 GIMBERNAT'S LIGAMENT. The apo- 
 neurosis of the external oblique muscle of the 
 abdomen divides at the inguinal aperture into 
 two portions. The lower portion is doubled 
 inward, and inserted into the spine of the pu- 
 bis, the linea ileo-pectinea, and adjacent por- 
 tion of the fascia lata. The tendinous fibres 
 thus inserted constitute what is called Gimber- 
 nafs ligament, which is defined by some to be 
 the third insertion of Poupart's ligament. 
 
 Gin. Geneva. 
 
 Ginger. See Zingiber. 
 
 Ginger beer. A pleasant and sufficiently 
 wholesome effervescing beverage, made by fer- 
 menting ginger, cream of tartar, and sugar, with 
 yeast. It is made according to several well- 
 known receipts. 
 
 Ginger, wild. Asarum canadense. 
 
 Gingiber. See Zingiber. 
 
 Gingibra'chtum. The scurvy. 
 
 Gi'ngilie oil. The bland oil of the sesa- 
 mum orientale. 
 
 Gingipe'dium. The scurvy. 
 
 GINGI'VA. (a,ce,i.) The gum. The 
 very vascular and elastic fleshy substance that 
 covers the alveolar arches of the upper and un- 
 der jaws, and embraces the neck of the teeth. 
 
 Gi'nglymoid. Resembling a hinge. 
 
 GPNGLYMUS. (us, i, m. ; from yiyylvfiog, 
 a hinge.) The hinge-like joint. A species of 
 diarthrosis, or movable connection of bones, 
 which admits of flexion and extension. 
 
 Ginseng. Panax quinquefolium. 
 
 Gir. Quick-lime. 
 
 Girmir. Tartar. 
 
 Giroux springs. NearRiez. They are hot, 
 and strongly impregnated with muriate of soda, 
 carbonate of magnesia, sulphuret of potash, and 
 a bituminous matter. 
 
 Githa'go. Agrostemma githago. 
 
 Glabe'lla. (From glaber, smooth.) The 
 space between the eyebrows. 
 
 GLA'BER. (From galab, Hebrew.) Glab- 
 rous ; smooth. 
 
 Glabula. Galbulus. 
 
 Glacial. Resembling ice ; crystalline ; as 
 glacial acetic, glacial phosphoric acid. 
 
 Gla'cies. Ice. 
 
 Gladiate. Ensiform; sword-shaped. 
 
 Gladiolus luteus. Iris pseudacorus.. 
 
 Glairine. A gelatinous vegetable matter 
 found in some thermal waters. 
 
 Gla'ma. Tlafta. The sordes of the eye. 
 
 GLAND. (Glandula, «, f. ; a diminutive of 
 glans, an acorn.) I. In Anatomy, an organ 
 composed of blood-vessels, nerves, and absorb- 
 ents, and destined for the secretion or alteration 
 of some peculiar fluid. A gland is either, 
 
 1. Folliculus, a follicle, which is a small bag 
 appended to the extremity of a duct into which 
 the secretion is made, and from which it is evac- 
 uated by the duct. 
 
 2. Lacuna, a little sac opening into the pas- 
 sage, and into which, generally, mucus is se- 
 creted, and is discharged when matter moves 
 along the passage. 
 
 3. Crypta, a soft body, consisting of vessels 
 not completely surrounded with a membrane. 
 The great intestines and kidneys furnish exam 
 pies of this apparatus for secretion. 
 
 4. Acinus, a round body, not regularly in- 
 vested with a membrane. The liver is princi- 
 pally composed of acini. 
 
 The glands of the human body are divided 
 by anatomists into different classes, either ac 
 cording to their structure, or the fluid they con 
 tain. According to their fabric, they are dis- 
 tinguished into four classes : simple, compound, 
 conglobate, and conglomerate. 
 
 According to their fluid contents, they are 
 more properly divided into mucous, sebaceous, 
 lymphatic, salival, and lachrymal. 
 
 1. Simple glands are small, hollow follicles, 
 covered with a peculiar membrane, and having 
 a proper excretory duct, through which they 
 evacuate the liquor contained in their cavity. 
 Such are the mucous glands of the nose, tongue, 
 fauces, trachea, stomach, intestine, and urinary 
 
 313 
 
GL A 
 
 GL A 
 
 bladder, the sebaceous glands about the anus, 
 and those of the ear. These simple glands are 
 either dispersed here and there, or are contig- 
 uous to one another, forming a heap in such a 
 manner that they are not covered by a common 
 membrane, but each hath its own excretory 
 duct, which is never joined to the excretory 
 duct of another gland. The former are termed 
 solitary simple glands, the latter aggregate or 
 congregate simple glands. 
 
 2. The compound glands consist of many sim- 
 ple glands, the excretory ducts of which are 
 joined in one common excretory duct ; as the 
 sebaceous glands of the face, lips, palate, and 
 various parts of the skin, especially about the 
 pubes. 
 
 3. Conglobate, or, as they are also called, 
 lymphatic glands, are those into which lym- 
 phatic vessels enter, and from which they go 
 out again, as the mesenteric, lumbar, &c. They 
 have no excretory duct, but are composed of a 
 texture of lymphatic vessels connected together 
 by cellular membrane: they are the largest in 
 the foetus. 
 
 4. Conglomerate glands are composed of a 
 congeries of many simple glands, the excretory 
 ducts of which open into one common trunk ; 
 as the parotid gland, thyroid gland, pancreas, 
 and all the salival glands. Conglomerate glands 
 differ but little from the compound, yet they 
 are composed of more simple glands than the 
 compound. 
 
 The excretory duct of a gland is the duct 
 through which the fluid of the duct is excreted. 
 The vessels and nerves of glands always come 
 from the neighboring parts, and the arteries 
 appear to possess a high degree of irritability. 
 The use of the glands is to sepai'ate a peculiar 
 liquor, or to change it. The use of the conglo- 
 bate glands is unknown. 
 
 II. In Botany, Linnaeus defines a gland a lit- 
 tle tumor discharging a fluid. 
 
 Gla'nders. Equinia. 
 
 Glandiform. Having a spongy texture, like 
 a gland, or resembling a gland in figure. 
 
 GLA'NDULA. {a, oe, f. ; a diminutive of 
 glans.) A little gland. 
 
 Glandula basilaris. The pituitary gland. 
 
 Glandula innominata Galeni. The lach- 
 rymal gland. 
 
 Glandula lachrymalis. See Lachrymal 
 
 Glandula Kiviniana. The sublingual gland. 
 Glandula salivalis abdominis. The pan- 
 creas. 
 
 Glandule articulares. The synovial 
 
 See Glandula 
 G. mucosa; coag- 
 See Caruncula 
 
 Glandules Brunneri. See Br unner's glands. 
 
 Glandule cervicis uteri. Naboth's glands. 
 
 Glandule durj: matris 
 Pacchioni. 
 
 Glandule intestinales. 
 mvnatce. See Peyer's glands. 
 
 Glandule myrtiformes. 
 myrtiformes. 
 
 Glandule odoriferje. 
 Minute glandules situated around the corona 
 glandis of the male penis, and on the same part 
 of the clitoris, which secrete a strong-smelling 
 smegma. 
 
 314 
 
 Tyson's glands 
 
 Glandules Pacchio'ni. A number of small 
 fibrous substances, situated under the dura ma- 
 ter, about the sides of the longitudinal sinus. 
 Their use is not known, and some suppose 
 them to be morbid products. 
 
 Glandule Peyeri. See Peyer's glands. 
 Glandule plexiformes. Peyer's glands. 
 Glandule prostrate mulierum. The 
 spongy texture which surrounds the orifice of 
 the urethra in women. 
 
 Glandule sebacees ciliares. The Meibo- 
 mian glands. 
 
 Glandule solitaries. The solitary glands. 
 See Brunners glands. 
 
 Glandule supra-renales. The renal cap- 
 sules. 
 
 Glandules vasculosis. Conglomerate 
 glands. 
 
 Gla'ndular. Glandulo'sus. Having the 
 appearance, structure, or function of a gland. 
 
 GLANS. (s,dis,i.) 1. A gland. See Gland. 
 2. The acorn and similar fruits. 
 
 Glans clito'ridis. The imperforate summit 
 of the clitoris, which is erectile, and similar in 
 structure, but smaller than the glans penis. 
 Glans Jovis. The chestnut. 
 Glans penis. The very vascular body that 
 forms the apex of the penis. The inferior cir- 
 cle is termed the coiona glandis. See Corpus 
 spongiosum urethra- 
 
 Glans unguentaria. See Guilandina. 
 Glaseri sal polychrestum. Glaser's sal 
 polychrest. Potassae sulphas cum sulphure of 
 the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 GLASS. Vitrum. This substance was for- 
 merly employed by surgeons, when roughly 
 powdered, to destroy opacities of the cornea. 
 Glass of antimony. See Antimonii vitrum 
 Glass-shaped. Cyathiformis. 
 Glasswort, snail-seeded. Salsola kali. 
 Glauber's salt. Sodae sulphas. 
 Glauber's secret sal ammoniac Sulphate 
 of ammonia. 
 
 Glauber's spirit of nitre. Nitric acid. 
 Glauce'do. Glaucoma. 
 Glauci'na. A name given to the natural 
 cow-pox, from the grayish-blue color of the ves- 
 icles. 
 
 Gla'ucine. An alkaloid extracted from the 
 leaves of the Glaucium luteum. 
 
 GLAU'CIUM. {urn, i, n. ) A genus of 
 plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Papavera~ 
 cece. 2. The horned poppy, G. maritinum. 
 
 GLAUCO'MA. (a, alts, n. ; from ylavaoc, 
 glaucous ; because of the eye becoming of a blue 
 or sea-green color.) 1. Dimness or obscurity 
 of sight from an opacity of the vitreous humor. 
 It is difficult to ascertain, and is only to be 
 known by a very attentive examination of the 
 eye. It is generally produced by a cloudy se- 
 cretion of the vitreous humor, or by a torpitude 
 of action in the absorbents that carry off the 
 fluid from the cells of the vitreous substance. 
 A continued course of mercurial alteratives is 
 likely to be beneficial, with blisters near the 
 eye, as behind the ears, &c. 2. This name has 
 been given, to cataract. See Cataract. 
 Glauco'sis. See Glaucoma. 
 GLAU'CUS. Glaucous; hoary. Of a gray, 
 bluish-green color. 
 
GLO 
 
 GLECHO'MA. (a,oe,i.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labialce. — G. 
 hedera'cea. Ground-ivy, or gill. It has a strong 
 smell, is bitterish, and somewhat aromatic. 
 
 Gle'chon. TXtjxuv. Pennyroyal. 
 
 Glechoni'tes. (From y'krjxw, pennyroyal.) 
 Wine impregnated with pennyroyal. 
 
 GLEET. A mucous discharge from the ure- 
 thra, commonly a 6equela of gonorrhoea. See 
 Urethritis. 
 
 GLE'NE. Ylvvv. 1. The cavity of the eye. 
 2. That cavity of a bone which receives another 
 within it. 
 
 Gle'noid. Glenoides. The name of some 
 articular cavities of bones. The surface of the 
 scapula, with which the head of the humerus is 
 articulated, is called the glenoid cavity of the 
 6capula. 
 
 Glenoid ligament. The fibro-cartilaginous 
 ring which surrounds and increases the depth 
 of the glenoid, cavity. 
 
 Gleu'xis. A sweet wine. 
 
 Gh'adine. The part of gluten soluble in 
 hot alcohol. 
 
 GLFRES. (From glis, a dormouse.) The 
 Linnaean name of the tribe Rodentia. 
 
 Glischro'cholos. Viscid bilious excrement. 
 
 Glisoma'rgo. Chalk. 
 
 Glisson's capsule. See Capsule of Glisson. 
 
 Globate. See Gland. 
 
 Glo'bose. Globosus. Round. 
 
 Globula'ria alypum. The leaves are used 
 in Spain in the venereal disease. It is also a 
 powerful cathartic. 
 
 GLOBULE. Globulus. A small globe or 
 6pherical object. 
 
 Globules of the blood. This term is com- 
 monly used to designate the red globules, and 
 does not include the lymph and chyle globules. 
 See Blood. The red globules are of a discoid 
 figure in mammalia, and elliptical in birds and 
 reptiles. They contain a central nucleus of 
 globulin or fibrin, and an inner coat of a red 
 substance, called hcematin, united with albumen, 
 and an envelope of transparent tissue. The 
 size of the red globules in man is about the 
 Totto tn °f au m ch> but their figure is modified 
 under many circumstances of nutrition. They 
 are rapidly dissolved by pure water, but pre- 
 served in saline fluids, especially sulphate of 
 soda. Their amount in the blood fluctuates in 
 health and disease. See Blood. 
 
 GLO'BULIN. The substance which forms 
 the nucleus of the red blood globules. It is a 
 form of fibrin. 
 
 GLO'BUS. (us,i,m.) A ball. 
 
 Globus hystericus. The air ascending in 
 the oesophagus, and prevented by spasm from 
 reaching the mouth, is so called, because it 
 mostly attends hysteria, and gives the sensation 
 of a ball ascending in the throat. This globus, 
 or feeling of a ball in^the throat, is a very com- 
 mon annoyance to persons of a nervous tem- 
 perament ; and it is, with them and others, a 
 common attendant, not only in hysterical, but 
 also in nervous and hypochondriacal complaints. 
 Fits of passion, both of anger, grief, and fear, 
 produce it, and often to an extent that threat- 
 ens suffocation. Many emotions of the mind, 
 even in the strongest, whose minds were well 
 
 GLU 
 
 regulated, give rise to this affection. Steady- 
 ing the mind, cold water about the thi-oat, and 
 a small piece of ice, or very cold water in the 
 mouth, generally relaxes the spasm, when an 
 idiopathic disease. When symptomatic, the 
 remedies of the primary disease are to be re- 
 sorted to. 
 
 Globus major epididymus. The upper and 
 larger end of the epididymus. The lower end 
 is the globus minor. 
 
 Globus martialis. Globuli tartari martia- 
 lis. The ferri potassio tartras. 
 
 Globus uterinus. The round ball of the 
 uterus after delivery, as it may be felt through 
 the abdominal parietes. 
 
 Glo'chis. A pointed hair. A sharp point. 
 
 Glo'mer. A conglomerate gland. 
 
 GLO'MEEATE. ( Glomeratus ; from glo- 
 mer.) 1. In Anatomy, a gland is so called 
 which is formed of sanguineous vessels, having 
 no cavity, but furnished with an excretory 
 duct, as the lachrymal and mammary glands. 
 2. In Botany, it means congregated. 
 
 Glome'rulus. In Botany, a capitulum, most- 
 ly in the axilla of the peduncle. 
 
 GLO'SSA. {a, <e, f. ; from ylucoa, and yXur- 
 ra, the tongue.) See Tongue. 
 
 GLO'SSAGRA. (a, ce, f. ; from yTiuaaa, the 
 tongue, and ay pa, a seizure.) A violent pain 
 in the tongue, with inflammation. 
 
 Glo'ssalgia. Syn. of glossagra. 
 
 Glo'ssanthrax. Carbuncle of the tongue, 
 a disease common in cattle. 
 
 Glossia'nus. The lingual muscle. 
 
 Glossi'tis. Inflammation of the tongue ; 
 glossagra. 
 
 Glossoca'tochos. An instrument in Paulus 
 jEgineta for depressing the tongue ; a spatula 
 lingua?. 
 
 GLOSSO'LOGY. The word is commonly 
 used to designate a vocabulary, or appendix, 
 explanatory of hard terms, from glossa ; but it 
 may also be used for a description of the tongue. 
 
 Glossoly'sis. Syn. of glossoplegia. 
 
 Glosso'ncus. A swelling or tumor of the 
 tongue. 
 
 Glosso-pharyngeal nerves. See Nervous 
 System. 
 
 Glosso-pharyngeus. See Constrictor pha- 
 ryngeus superior. 
 
 Glossople'gia. Paralysis of the tongue. 
 
 Glossoto'mia. Glossotomy. Excision of 
 the tongue. 
 
 Glosso-staphylinus. See Constrictor isth- 
 mi fa,ucium. 
 
 GLOSSOCE'LE. (e, es, f . ; from ylucoa, 
 and unfa}, a tumor.) An extrusion of the tongue 
 from swelling. 
 
 Glosso'coma. A retraction of the tongue. 
 
 Glo'tta. (From ylurra, the tongue.) See 
 Tongue. 
 
 GLO'TTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from ylorra, the 
 tongue.) The superior opening of the larynx 
 at the bottom of the tongue ; the opening be- 
 tween the arytaenoid cartilages, also called the 
 rima glottidis. 
 
 Glu'cic acid. A product of the action of al- 
 kalies on sugar. It is very soluble, and has the 
 composition of Ci2H80 s ,3HO. 
 
 GLUCPNA. (a, ce, f. ; from yhvuvc , sweet ) 
 315 
 
GLU 
 
 GO A 
 
 An earth found in the beryl and emerald. It 
 is white, light, and soft ; insipid, and adheres 
 to the tongue; and infusible. Sp. gr., 2-967. 
 
 Gluci'num. The metallic base of the earth 
 glucina. 
 
 GLUCO'SE. (From yXvKve, sweet.) Grape 
 sugar. Diabetic or starch sugar. That form 
 of sugar which is found in acid fruits and plants. 
 It is difficultly crystallizable, spontaneously fer- 
 mentable, and has the composition C12H14O14, 
 and hence differs from cane sugar in contain- 
 ing three atoms more water. It is produced 
 by the action of dilute sulphuric acid on starch. 
 Glucose forms definite compounds with baryta, 
 lime, oxide of lead, and other bases. 
 
 Gluco'suria. Diabetes mellitus. 
 
 GLUE. An inspissated jelly from the par- 
 ings of hides and other offal. 
 
 GLU' ME. (Gluma, <z, f. ; a glubendo, a 
 husk of corn. ) The husk. The calyx of grass- 
 es and grass-like plants, of a chaffy texture. 
 
 Glumo'se. Glumo'sus. A flower which is 
 aggregate, and has a husky calyx. 
 
 Gluteus. See Gluteus. 
 
 GLUTE'AL. Glutealis. Belonging to the 
 buttocks. 
 
 Gluteal artery. A branch of the internal 
 iliac artery. 
 
 Gluteal nerve. A large branch from the 
 fifth pair of lumbar nerves. 
 
 GLU'TEN. (From gelo, to congeal.) 1. 
 Glue. 2. A glutinous body found in wheat and 
 other grains. 
 
 Gluten, animal. Gelatine. 
 
 Gluten bread. Bread or biscuits made 
 from flour, previously washed to remove a part 
 of its starch. It has been recommended in dia- 
 betes by Dr. Bourchardat. 
 
 Gluten, vegetable. If wheat flour be made 
 into a paste, and washed in a large quantity of 
 water, it leaves behind an insoluble part called 
 gluten, and amounting to 10 or 20 per cent. : 
 this is the nutritious part. It is grayish, tena- 
 cious, and soon decays if moist. It consists, for 
 the most part, of vegetable fibrin, with some al- 
 bumen. 
 
 GLUTE'US. (From ylovroc, the buttocks.) 
 The name of muscles, arteries, &c, of the but- 
 tocks. 
 
 Gluteus maximus. Gluteus magnus. Glu- 
 teus major. A broad radiated muscle. It is 
 divided into a number of strong fasciculi, is cov- 
 ered by a pretty thick aponeurosis derived from 
 the fascia lata, and is situated immediately un- 
 der the integuments. It arises from the outer 
 lip of the posterior half of the spine of the ilium, 
 from the ligaments of the two posterior spinous 
 processes, the posterior sacro-ischiatic ligament, 
 and the outer sides of the os sacrum and os 
 coccygis. From these origins the fibers of the 
 muscle run toward the great trochanter of the 
 os femoris, where they form a broad and thick 
 tendon, between which and the trochanter 
 there is a considerable bursa mucosa. This 
 tendon is inserted into the upper part of the 
 linea aspera for the space of two or three inches 
 downward, and sends off fibers to the fascia 
 lata, and to the upper extremity of the vastus 
 externus. It serves to extend the thigh by 
 pulling it directly backward ; at the same time, 
 316 
 
 it draws it a little outward, and thus assists in 
 its rotatory motion. 
 
 Gluteus medius. The posterior half of this 
 muscle is covered by the gluteus maximus. It 
 arises, fleshy, from the outer lip of the anterior 
 part of the spine of the ilium, from part of the 
 posterior surface of that bone, and from the fas- 
 cia that covers it. From these organs its fibers 
 run toward the great trochanter, into the outer 
 and posterior part of which it is inserted by a 
 broad tendon. 
 
 Gluteus minimus. Glutceus minor of Albi- 
 nus and Cowper. A radiated muscle. It is sit- 
 uated under the gluteus medius. It arises, 
 fleshy, between the two semicircular ridges of 
 the ilium, from the edge of its great niche. Its 
 fibers run, in different directions, toward a thick, 
 flat tendon, which adheres to a capsular liga- 
 ment of the joint, and is inserted into the fore 
 and upper part of the great trochanter. This 
 muscle assists the two former in drawing the 
 thigh backward and outward, and in rolling it. 
 
 Glu'tia. 1. The buttocks. 2. The corpora 
 quadrigemina. 
 
 Glu'tinous. Glutinosus. Adhesive. 
 
 Gluttony. See Bulimia. 
 
 GLU'TUS. The buttock. 
 
 Glyca'sma. A sweet, medicated wine. 
 
 GLY'CERINE. (From yTivuvc, sweet.) The 
 sweet principle of oils and fats, acting in these 
 bodies the part of a base. Its composition is 
 C 6 H 7 05-|-HO, or hydrated oxide of glyceryle, 
 G105,HO. It is gelatinous, and left in the pro- 
 cess of soap-making. 
 
 Glyce'ryl. Glycerule. The hypothetical 
 basis or radical of glycerine, which see. 
 
 Glyci'coll. Glycocoll. Sugar of gelatine. 
 See Gelatine, Sugar of. 
 
 Gly'cion. Glycyrrhizine. 
 
 Glycypi'cros. Solanum dulcamara. 
 
 GLYCYRRHI'ZA. {a, <z, f.) 1. Liquorice. 
 2. A genus of plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. 
 Leguminosce. — G. echinata is substituted in some 
 places for the glabra. — G. Glabra. The offici- 
 nal liquorice. Glycyrrhiza. It is in common 
 use as a pectoral or emollient in catarrhal de- 
 fluxions on the breast, coughs, hoarsenesses, &c. 
 Infusions, or the extract made from it, which 
 is called Spanish liquorice, afford likewise very 
 commodious vehicles for the exhibition of other 
 medicines. 
 
 Glycyrrht'zine. The sugar of liquorice. 
 It is neither crystallizable nor fermentable, and 
 forms salts both with acids and bases. 
 
 Glyster. See Enema. 
 
 GNAPHA'LIUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamiasuperflua. Com." 
 posita. — G. armarium. See Gnaphalium stoe- 
 chas. — G. dioicum. Gnaphalium albinum. Cot- 
 ton weed ; flores gnaphalii. They were form- 
 erly used as astringents. — G. stoschas. Gold- 
 ilocks. The flowers are •warm, pungent, and 
 bitter, and said to possess aperient and corrob- 
 orant virtues. 
 
 Gna'thus. (From yvaitrti, to bend.) 1. 
 The jaw, or jaw-bones. 2. The cheek. 
 
 GOAT. The capra hircus. 
 
 Goat's-beard, gray. Clavaria cinerea. 
 
 Gcat's-beard mushroom. Clavaria coral* 
 loides. 
 
GON 
 
 GOU 
 
 Goat's-rue. Galega officinalis. 
 
 Goat's-thorn. Astragalus verus. 
 
 Goat-weed. See JEgopodium. 
 
 Godbold's vegetable balsam. A nostrum, 
 consisting chiefly of simple oxymel. 
 
 Godfrey's cordial. A quack medicine, 
 made by infusing sassafras, fix. ; seeds of car- 
 raway, coriander, and anise, of each, fj., in six 
 pints of water; simmering the mixture till re- 
 duced to four pints, then adding six pounds of 
 treacle, boiling the whole for a few minutes, 
 and adding three ounces of tincture of opium. 
 
 Godfrey's smelling-salts. These are pre- 
 pared by resubliming the common subcarbon- 
 ate of ammonia with pearlash and a portion of 
 strong alcohol. 
 
 Goitre. See Bronchocele. 
 
 GOLD. See Aurum. 
 
 Gold-beater's skin. The prepared intes- 
 tine of the ox, used as a dressing by surgeons. 
 
 Gold-cup. See Ranunculus. 
 
 Gold-thread. Coptis trifolia. 
 
 Golden maidenhair. See Polytrichum. 
 
 Golden rod. See Solidago virgaurea. 
 
 Golden sulphuret of antimony. See An- 
 timonii oxysulphuretum. 
 
 Goldilocks. Gnaphalium stcechas. 
 
 Gomphi'asis. Gomphiasmus. Incorrectly 
 written for agompliiasis. See Agomphiasis. 
 
 Go'mphioi. The dentes molares, or grinding 
 teeth. 
 
 GOMPHO'SIS. (if, is, f. Volume ; from 
 youtpou, to drive in a nail.) Gompkoma. A 
 species of immovable connection of bones, in 
 which one bone is fixed in another, like a nail in 
 a board, as the teeth in the alveoli of the jaws. 
 
 GO'NAGRA. (a, ce, f. ; from yovv, the knee, 
 and ay pa, a seizure.) The gout in the knee. 
 
 Gona'lgia. See Gonyalgia. 
 
 Gongro'na. Bronchocele. 
 
 Gongy'lion. A pill. 
 
 GONIO'METER. (From yavia, an angle, 
 and fierpov, a measure.) An instrument for 
 measuring ancles, especially those of crystals. 
 
 GONORRHOEA, (a, ce, f. ; from yovrj, the 
 semen, and peu, to flow.) 1. A flow or dis- 
 charge of semen. Spermatorrhea. As a dis- 
 ease^it is an involuntarry emission of the sem- 
 inal fluid without copulation. It is mostly 
 caused by an indulgence of libidinous ideas, 
 sometimes with an erection of the penis, and 
 sometimes without. Gonorrhea dormientium. 
 If it takes place in strong and vigorous consti- 
 tutions, and especially from a superabundant 
 secretion of seminal fluid, the best remedies are 
 blood-letting and purgatives, with a low and 
 abstemious diet, and regular exercise. Or it 
 may arise in relaxed persons : this is the gon- 
 orrhea laxorum, and requires that sexual inter- 
 course should be forbidden, and the system in- 
 vigorated by cold sea-bathing, &c. 
 
 2. The clap is also called gonorrhoea, from 
 an old notion that the discharge consisted of 
 semen. The gonorrhea benigna is supposed to 
 arise from irritation, unconnected with venereal 
 contamination, and gonorrhea virulenta, malig- 
 na, or venerea, when it arises from the applica- 
 tion of the venereal virus. See Urethritis. 
 
 Gonorrhoea balani. A gonorrheal dis- 
 charge, affecting the glans penis only. 
 
 Gonorrhoeae. Relating to the clap, or gon- 
 orrhoea virulenta. 
 
 GONYA'LGIA. {a, e, f. ; from yovv, the 
 knee, and alyoc, pain.) Gonialgia. Genalgia. 
 Pain in the knee. 
 
 Goose. Anser domesticus. 
 
 Goose-foot. Chenopodium. 
 
 Goose-grass. Goose-share. Galium aparine. 
 
 GO'RDIUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of animals. 
 Class, Annelides. Order, Abranchia. — G. aquat- 
 ions. The hair-tail worm, or Seta equina, found 
 in stagnant marshes. — G. medinensis. See Fi- 
 laria medinensis. 
 
 GO'RGET. The name given to an instru- 
 ment used in the operation of lithotomy. Gor- 
 gets are of two kinds, cutting and blunt. The 
 cutting gorget is a kind of knife, furnished with 
 a beak, which runs in the groove of the staff, 
 so that the gorget being pushed along it, divides 
 the neck of the bladder and the prostate gland. 
 The blunt gorget is merely a sort of large di- 
 rectory for guiding the forceps into the bladder. 
 The gorget is now seldom used, the cutting 
 one being superseded by a simple knife, and 
 the blunt one by the use of the finger. The 
 gorget for fistula in ano is a wooden staff or 
 bougie, to receive the point of the bistoury when 
 it cuts through the intestine. 
 
 GORGO'NIA. A genus of corals.— G. anti'- 
 pathes. Antipathes. Black coral was formerly 
 used in epilepsy. 
 
 GOSSY'PIUM. (urn, ii, n.) 1. Cotton. 2. 
 A genus of plants. Monadelphia. Polyandria. 
 Malvacee. — G. herbaceum. The cotton plant. 
 
 Go'tium. A goitre. See Bronchocele. 
 
 Goulard's cerate. The ceratum plumbi 
 subacetatis (U. S.). 
 
 Goulard's extract. A saturated solution 
 of acetate of lead. See Liquor plumbi subace- 
 tatis. 
 
 Gourd, bitter. Cucumis colocynthis. 
 
 Gourd-worm. Distoma hepaticum. 
 
 GOUT. Several names are given to this dis- 
 ease, according to the part affected ; as arthri- 
 tis, podagra, chiragra. It has also been called 
 dolor podagricus, febris podagrica, &c. It is 
 characterized by pain in the joints, chiefly of 
 the great toe, or, at any rate, chiefly of the feet 
 and hands, returning at intervals, with more or 
 less of swelling, and redness of the skin, the 
 functions of the stomach being mostly disturbed 
 previous to the attack. 
 
 It is a very painful disease, preceded usually 
 by flatulency and indigestion, and accompanied 
 by fever, pains in the joints of the hands and 
 feet, particularly in that of the great toe, and 
 which returns by paroxysms, occurring chiefly 
 in the spring and beginning of winter. It most 
 frequently attacks the male sex, particularly 
 those of a corpulent habit and robust frame, 
 who use wine and luxurious eating. It seldom 
 attacks before forty. There are three species : 
 
 1. The regular Gout. — A paroxysm some- 
 times comes on suddenly, without any previous 
 warning ; at other times it is preceded by an 
 unusual coldness of the feet and legs, a sup- 
 pression of perspiration in them, and numb- 
 ness, or a sense of prickling along the whole of 
 the lower extremities ; and with these symp- 
 toms the appetite is diminished, the stomach is 
 
 317 
 
GOU 
 
 troubled with flatulency and indigestion, a de- 
 gree of torpor and languor >3 felt over the whole 
 body, great lassitude and fatigue are experi- 
 enced after the least exercise, the body is cos- 
 tive, and the urine pallid. The pain is intense, 
 and resembles that of a dislocated bone, and is 
 attended with the sensation of cold ; and this 
 pain becoming more violent, is succeeded by 
 rigors and other febrile symptoms, together 
 with a severe throbbing and inflammation in 
 the part. Sometimes both feet become swell- 
 ed and inflamed, so that neither of them can 
 be put to the ground ; nor can the patient en- 
 dure the least motion without suffering excru- 
 ciating pain. In a few hours he falls asleep, 
 and a gentle sweat breaks out, and terminates 
 the paroxysm, a number of which constitutes 
 what is called a fit of the gout. The duration 
 of the fit will be longer or shorter, according to 
 the disposition of the body to the disease, the 
 season of the year, and the age and strength of 
 the patient. When a paroxysm has thus taken 
 place, although there is an alleviation of pain 
 at the expiration of some hours, still the patient is 
 not entirely relieved from it, and for some even- 
 ings successively he has a return both of pain 
 and fever, which continue, with more or less 
 violence, until morning. At first, an attack of 
 gout occurs, perhaps, only once in two or three 
 years; then every year, and at length it be- 
 comes more frequent, and is more severe, and 
 of longer duration, each succeeding fit. In the 
 progress of the disease, various parts of the 
 body are affected, and translations take place 
 from one joint or limb to another ; and, after 
 frequent attacks, the joints lose their strength 
 and flexibility, and become so stiff as to be de- 
 prived of all motion. Concretions of a chalky 
 appearance are likewise formed upon the out- 
 side of the joints, and nephritic affections arise 
 from a deposit of the same kind of matter in 
 them, which, although fluid at first, becomes 
 gradually dry and firm. This matter is chiefly 
 a compound of the uric acid and soda, and 
 other urates. 
 
 2. Atonic Gout. — It sometimes happens that, 
 although a gouty diathesis prevails in the sys- 
 tem, yet, from certain causes, no inflammatory 
 affection of the joints is produced; in which 
 case the stomach becomes particularly affected, 
 and the patient is troubled with flatulency, in- 
 digestion, loss of appetite, eructations, nausea, 
 vomiting, and severe pains; and these affec- 
 tions are often accompanied with much dejec- 
 tion of spirits, and other hypochondriacal symp- 
 toms. This is what is called atonic gout. A 
 great variety of anomalous symptoms are refer- 
 rible to the same source. 
 
 3. Podagra retrograde/,. — Retrocedent gout. 
 After the inflammation has occupied a joint, in- 
 stead of its continuing the usual time, and going 
 off gradually, it ceases suddenly, and is trans- 
 lated to some internal part. The term retro- 
 cedent gout is applied to occurrences of this 
 nature. When it falls on the stomach, it occa- 
 sions nausea, vomiting, anxiety, or great pain ; 
 when on the heart, it brings on syncope ; when 
 on the lungs, it produces an affection resem- 
 bling asthma ; and when it occupies the head, 
 it is apt to give rise to apoplexy, or palsy. 
 
 318 
 
 GOU 
 
 4. Misplaced Gout is when the gouty diathe- 
 sis, instead of producing the inflammatory af- 
 fection of the joints, occasions an inflammatory 
 affection of some internal parts, and which ap- 
 pears from the same symptoms that attend the 
 inflammation of those parts from other causes. 
 
 Besides the more easily recognized forms of 
 gout, there is no doubt that the gouty diathesis 
 gives rise to a specific inflammation of various 
 membranous parts. This is exemplified in the 
 gouty form of" iritis. (See Iritis.) It appears 
 also to exert, occasionally, a pernicious influ- 
 ence on the nervous system ; and Beer admits 
 a distinct form of gouty amaurosis. 
 
 In attempting the cure of this disease, our 
 attention must be directed to the paroxysm, 
 and to the management during its absence ; and 
 particularly to the state of the constitution and 
 previous habits, which may demand different 
 and opposite plans. 
 
 Treatment of the Paroxysm of a regular Fit 
 of Gout. — The practice is to endeavor to sub- 
 due the paroxysm by bleeding, leeches, purga- 
 tives, sudorifics, local astringents, refrigerants, 
 &c, so managed as to prevent any danger of 
 repelling the gout to some internal organ, and 
 thus converting a regular paroxysm into a ret- 
 rograde or atonic gout. The medicine which 
 is most used during this fit, and which possess- 
 es the power of shortening its duration, and 
 sometimes of hindering the access, is the Vinum 
 colchici, prepared either from the roots or seeds. 
 It is administered in doses of 3J., combined with 
 carbonate of magnesia, every two or three 
 hours, until purging or vomiting are produced. 
 It is, however, to be used with great caution, 
 as it often irritates the stomach and heart. 
 
 In atonic gout, our uniform attempt should 
 be to produce a transfer from the part on which 
 it has seized, and fix it in the extremities : in 
 retrocedent gout, on the contrary, to render the 
 vacillating attack on the extremities more per 
 manent, and prevent it from shifting to any 
 other quarter. 
 
 To obtain the first intention, we have to 
 strengthen and even stimulate the system gen- 
 erally by warm tonics and a generous diet, and, 
 above all things, to take off the severe suffer- 
 ing, in whatever it may consist, from the affect- 
 ed organ : for the longer the fit continues there, 
 the less capable is it of any instinctive remedial 
 exertion. At the same time, we may solicit the 
 paroxysm to the extremities by putting the feet 
 into warm water. 
 
 In atonic gout, the sufferings, though widely 
 different according to the seat of the disease, 
 are almost insupportable. In the head the pain 
 is maddening, or the disorder is accompanied 
 with great horror, or resembles the stupor of 
 apoplexy: in the stomach there is a faintness 
 like that of death, with the sense of weight and 
 coldness; or there is a gnawing or a burning 
 agony, or a spasmodic stricture which seems to 
 cut the body hi two, and renders breathing al- 
 most impossible ; often, also, accompanied with 
 a rapid and sinking palpitation of the heart. 
 
 It is of importance to determine accurately 
 that these anomalous symptoms are really those 
 of gout, of which we have chiefly to judge 
 from the general character of the patient's con- 
 
GR A 
 
 GRA 
 
 utitution, his hereditary predisposition, habits 
 of life, and the ailments to which he has been 
 previously subject. In most cases, too, during 
 the pai-oxysm, and especially where the stom- 
 ach is affected, the warmest cordials are neces- 
 sary : as brandy, the aromatic spirit of ammonia, 
 spiritus setheris nitrosi, or the tincture of ginger 
 or of capsicum. Sinapisms, hot applications 
 externally, are to be freely used ; but our sheet- 
 anchor is opium ; and it should be given freely, 
 and in union with some preparations of anti- 
 mony, so as to act toward the surface gener- 
 ally, and thus to restore to the living power its 
 interrupted equilibrium. 
 
 In gout, the intervals of this disease are of 
 as much importance to be attended to as its 
 paroxysms. A cautious change of diet, from 
 excess of wine to a moderate use, plain food, 
 regular exercise, the use of the bath and flesh- 
 brush, a regular state of the bowels, and suita- 
 ble clothing, are the essential steps toward a 
 cure. All that irritates or weakens nervous 
 energy, as excessive study or venery, must be 
 controlled. Where the system, and especially 
 the digestive function, is weak, it will be nec- 
 essary to superadd a course of invigorating 
 medicines, as stimulants, bitters, and astringents. 
 Where uric acid gravel is a common symptom, 
 doses of phosphate of soda, of 3J. daily, dis- 
 solved in a quart of water or ordinary beverage, 
 may be used to obviate any tendency to the 
 formation of calculus. 
 
 Gout, diaphragmatic Angina pectoris. 
 
 Gout, rheumatic Acute rheumatism, es- 
 pecially in the extremities. 
 
 Gout-stone. See Chalk-stone. 
 
 Gout-weed. See sEgopoditcm. 
 
 Gouttes d'or du General Lamotte. De 
 Lamotte T s golden drops. A medicine prepared 
 by dissolving nitrate of gold in alcohol. It has 
 gained great reputation in gout and nervous 
 diseases, in which, however, there is no reason 
 to believe that it possesses any real efficacy. 
 
 Gouty amaurosis. See Amaurosis. 
 
 Gouty concretions. See Gout. 
 
 Gouty iritis. See Iritis. 
 
 Gowland's lotion. This is made by tritura- 
 ting an ounce of bitter almonds, and two ounces 
 of sugar, with two pounds of distilled water ; 
 then adding to the strained liquor two scruples 
 of corrosive sublimate, previously ground with 
 two drachms of rectified alcohol. It is used in 
 obstinate cutaneous diseases. 
 
 GRACILIS. (So named from its slender- 
 ness.) Rectus interior femoris, sive gracilis in- 
 terior of Winslow. A long, straight, and slen- 
 der muscle of the -thigh, situated immediately 
 under the integuments, at the inner part. It 
 arises, by a broad and thin tendon, from the 
 anterior part of the ischium and pubis, and soon 
 becoming fleshy, descends nearly in a straight 
 direction along the inside of the thigh. A little 
 above the knee, it terminates in a slender and 
 roundish tendon, which afterward becomes flat- 
 ter, and is inserted into the middle of the tibia, 
 behind and under the sartorius. This muscle 
 assists in bending the thigh and leg inward. 
 
 GRAIN. Granum. A weight, the 60th 
 part of a drachm, and ¥ { 7 of an ounce troy or 
 apothecaries. 
 
 Grains of paradise. See Amomum granum 
 paradisi. 
 
 GRA'MEN. (en,inis,n.) Grass. Anv kind 
 of grass-like herb. 
 
 Gramen arundinaceum. See Calamagros- 
 tis. 
 
 Gramen caninum. Triticum repens. 
 
 Gramen crucis cyperioidis. Gramen agyp- 
 tiacum. Egyptian cock's-foot grass, or grass of 
 the cross. The roots and plants are diuretic. 
 
 Gra'mia. The sordes of the eyes. 
 
 GRAMFNEjE. Graminacece. The natural 
 family of the grasses. 
 
 Gra'mma. A scruple. 
 
 Gra'mme. 1. The iris. 2. A French weight, 
 15-434 grains Troy. 
 
 Granadi'lla. The passion-flower. The 
 fruit is refrigerating. 
 
 Gran a actes. Elder-berries. 
 
 Granafina. G. nigra. G.jaspeada. Coch- 
 ineal. 
 
 Ghana mollucca. Grana tiglia. The seeds 
 of the Croton tiglium. See Croton tiglium. 
 
 Grana moschata. The seeds of the hibiscus 
 abelmoschus. 
 
 Grana paradisi. See Amomum granum 
 paradisi. 
 
 Grana sylvestria. Granilla. A variety 
 of the cochineal. 
 
 Granatri'stum. A carbuncle. — Paracelsus. 
 
 GRANA'TUM. (n?n, i, n. ; from granum, a 
 grain, because it is full of seed.) The pome- 
 granate. See Punic a granatum. 
 
 Grandino'sus. The os cuboides. 
 
 Gra'ndo. Chalazion. 
 
 Grani'ferus. Bearing grain. 
 
 Gra'nular disease of the kidney. Bright'a 
 disease of the kidney. 
 
 Granular liver. Cirrhosis of the liver. 
 
 GRANULATED ZINC. Zinc which is re 
 duced to small masses by pouring the meltea 
 metal in small quantities into water. 
 
 GRANULA'TION. (Granulatio, onis, f . ; 
 from granum, a grain.) 1. In Surgery, the lit- 
 tle grain-like fleshy bodies which form on the 
 surfaces of ulcers and suppurating wounds, and 
 serve both for filling up the cavities and bring- 
 ing nearer together and uniting their sides, are 
 called granulations. The color of healthy gran- 
 ulations is a deep florid red. When livid they 
 are unhealthy, and have only a languid circula- 
 tion. Healthy granulations, on an exposed or 
 flat surface, rise nearly even with the surface 
 of the surrounding skin, and often a little high 
 er ; but when they exceed this, and take on a 
 growing disposition, they are unhealthy, be- 
 come soft, spongy, and without any disposition 
 to form skin. Healthy granulations are always 
 prone to unite to each other, so as to be the 
 means of uniting parts. 
 
 • 2. In Chemistry, the method of dividing me- 
 tallic substances into grains or small particles, 
 in order to facilitate their combination with 
 other substances, and sometimes for the purpose 
 of readily subdividing them by weight. 
 
 Granula'tus. Granulated. 1. In Stirge^"' 
 applied to ulcers. 2. In Botany, beaded. 
 
 Gra'nule. Granulum. A little grain. 
 
 GRA'NUM. {um, i, n.) A grain or kern 
 
 Granum cnidium. Daphne mezereum. 
 319 
 
GRA 
 
 GUA 
 
 Granum infectorium. See Kermes. 
 
 Granum kermes. See Kermes. 
 
 Granum moschi. See Hibiscus. 
 
 Granum paradisi. See Amomum. 
 
 Granum regium. The castor oil seed. 
 
 Granum tiglii. Croton tiglium. 
 
 Granum tinctori^;. See Kermes. 
 
 Grape. See Vitis vinifera. 
 
 Grape sugar. See Glucose. 
 
 Graphioi'des. An epithet of the styloid 
 processes of the temporal bone and ulna. 
 
 Graphi'scus. Cyathiscus. Generally used 
 by the Greek writers to signify a scoop or probe 
 with a hollow at the end of it. 
 
 Graph'ite. Graphites. Plumbago, or black 
 lead. 
 
 Grassa. Borax. 
 
 Grass oil of namur. A volatile oil derived 
 from the andropogon nardoides. 
 
 GRATTOLA. (a, as, f.) 1. A genus of 
 plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Salviacece. 
 — G. officinalis. Hedge-hyssop. Gratia del. 
 Gratiola centauriodes. The leaves have a nau- 
 seous, bitter taste; they purge and vomit briskly 
 in the dose of half a drachm of the dry herb, 
 or of a drachm infused in wine or water. It 
 has been used in dropsies. 
 
 Gratia del The old name of some plants, 
 as Gratiola, Geranium robertianum, &c. 
 
 GRAVE'DO. (o, inis, f . ; from gravis, 
 heavy.) A name for coryza, on account of the 
 sense of weight in the head which accompa- 
 nies it. 
 
 Gravel. See Calculus. 
 
 Gravel root. The root of the eupatorium 
 purpureum. 
 
 Grave wax. Adipocere. 
 
 Gravi'dine. The same as hiestein. 
 
 Graviditas. See Pregnancy. 
 
 Gravi'meter. Nicholson's areometer, or 
 any hydrometer. 
 
 GRAVITA'TION. Generally used synony- 
 mously with gravity ; but gravity more proper- 
 ly denotes the cause, and gravitation the effect. 
 Thus, when a body falls to the earth, this is an 
 instance of gravitation, which is occasioned by 
 the law or power of gravity. 
 
 Gra'vitative. Gravativus. This term is 
 sometimes applied to pain accompanied with a 
 great sense of weight. 
 
 GRAVITY. (Gravitas, atis, f.) The term 
 used by natural philosophers to denote the 
 cause by which all bodies move toward each 
 other, unless prevented by some other force or 
 obstacle. It operates directly as the mass, and 
 inversely as the square of the distance. 
 
 Gravity, specific The density of the mat- 
 ter of which any body is composed, compared 
 to the density of another body, assumed as the 
 standard. This standard is pure distilled water, 
 at the temperature of 60° F. To determine 
 the specific gravity of a solid, we weigh it, first 
 in air, and then in water. In the latter case, it 
 loses of its weight a quantity precisely equal 
 to the weight of its own bulk of water ; and 
 hence, by comparing this weight with its total 
 weight, we find its specific gravity. The rule 
 therefore is, Divide the total weight by the loss 
 of weight in water, the quotient is the specific 
 gravity. If it be a liquid or a gas, we weigh it 
 320 
 
 in a glass or other vessel of known capacity ; 
 and dividing that weight by the weight of the 
 same bulk of water, the quotient is, as before, 
 the specific gravity. 
 
 Gray lotion. The black wash. 
 
 Great sympathetic nerve. See Nervous 
 System. 
 
 Green sickness. Chlorosis. 
 
 Green vitriol. Sulphate of iron. 
 
 Green weed. Genista tinctoria. 
 
 Gressu'ra. The peringeuui. 
 
 GRI'AS. (as, adis, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyandria. Monogynia. — G. cauliflora. The 
 anchovy pear. 
 
 Grie'lum. Parsley and smallage. 
 
 Griffith's mixture. The mistura ferri com- 
 posita. 
 
 Gripes. The colic. 
 
 Gripho'menos. Applied to pains which sur- 
 round the body at the loins. 
 
 Grippe. (French.) The influenza. 
 
 Groats. The decorticated seed of the oat. 
 
 Grocer's itch. A variety of the Eczema im- 
 petiginoides, produced by the irritation of sugar. 
 
 Grog blotch. G. blossom. Acne rosacea. 
 
 Gromwell. Lithospermum officinale. 
 
 Gros. A French weight, 59*070 troy grains. 
 
 Grossula'ria. The gooseberry. 
 
 Grossu'lin. Vegetable jelly ; pectin. 
 
 Grossus. Ficus. 
 
 Grotto del cane. (The Italian for the dogs' 
 grotto : so called because the experiments with 
 the gas of the grotto are generally made upon 
 dogs.) A grotto near Naples, in which carbon- 
 ic acid gas rises about eighteen inches. A man, 
 therefore, is not affected; but an animal, as a 
 rabbit or a dog, forcibly held in, or that can 
 not rise above it, is soon killed, unless taken 
 out. He is recovered, if not kept in too long, 
 by being brought into the open air. 
 
 Grotto dei serpi. Near Braccano, in Ita- 
 ly. It is filled with warm vapor, and those 
 affected with cutaneous diseases resort to it. 
 
 Ground-ivy. Glecoma hederacea. 
 
 Ground-liverwort. Lichen caninus. 
 
 Ground-nut. Bunium bulbocastanum. 
 
 Ground-pine. Teucrium chamaepitys. 
 
 Groundsel. Senecio vulgaris. 
 
 Grouseberry. The gaultheria procumbens. 
 
 GRUB. A worm or maggot hatched from 
 the egg of the beetle kind, or scarabeus : ap- 
 plied, occasionally, to the sebaceous secretion 
 of the subcutaneous follicles of the skin. 
 
 Gruina'les. Plants resembling the geranium 
 
 Gruma. Tartar. — Ruland. 
 
 Grumous. Grumosus. Curdled; clotted. 
 
 GRU'MUS. (us, i, m.) A curd; a clot of 
 blood. 
 
 GRU'TUM. (urn, i, n.) A hard, white tu- 
 bercle of the skin, resembling, in size and ap- 
 pearance, a millet-seed. 
 
 Gry'phius pe's. Pied de Griffon. Griffon's 
 foot. An instrument described by Ambroise 
 Pare for extracting moles from the uterus. 
 
 GRYPHO'SIS. (From ypvrtou, to incurvate.) 
 A disease of the nails, which turn inward, and 
 irritate the soft parts below. 
 
 Gryphus lapis. The philosopher's stone. 
 
 GUACO. The Eupatorium guaco of South 
 America. The juice is said to be efficacious 
 
G U M 
 
 GUN 
 
 against snake-bites, and the plant has been 
 spoken of as a remedy in cholera. 
 
 Guaiacic acid. Guaicin. This is the resin 
 of guaiacum, and constitutes 90 per cent, of the 
 drug. It is remarkable for the changes of color 
 it is capable of undergoing. 
 
 GUAI'ACUM. (um,i,n.) 1. The gum- 
 resin of the guaiacum officinale. 2. A genus 
 of plants. Decaudria. Monogynia. — G. offici- 
 nale. 'Guaiacum. The wood is called Guaia- 
 cum americanum. Guaiacum is obtained by 
 wounding the bark, and it exudes copiously 
 from the wounds ; is hardened by exposure to 
 the sun. It is of a friable texture, of a deep 
 greenish color, and sometimes of a reddish hue ; 
 it has a pungent, acrid taste, but little or no 
 smell, unless heated. Water dissolves about 9 
 per cent, of guaiac, alcohol 95, and ether 40 ; it 
 therefore consists almost entirely of resin, which 
 is now called guaiacin, or guaiacic acid. The 
 wood and resin of guaiacum are now in general 
 medicinal use, and employed in gout and rheu- 
 matic pains, and some cutaneous diseases, either 
 in the form of tincture of the resin or decoction 
 of the wood. In diseases of the skin, arising 
 from secondary syphilis, it is often serviceable. 
 
 Guajava. Guavo. Guajabo. The guava- 
 tree, Psidium pomiferum. The fruit furnishes 
 an excellent jelly -like preserve. 
 
 Guano. The partially-decayed faeces of buds. 
 
 Guaparaiba. See Rhizophora. 
 
 Guarana. Guaranine. See Paullinia sor- 
 bilis. 
 
 Guarerba. The momordica elaterium. 
 
 GUBERNA'CULUM TE'STIS. Ligament- 
 urn testis. A name given by John Hunter to 
 a fibro-vascidar cord, extended between the 
 testis and scrotum in the foetus. 
 
 GUESTONIAN EMBROCATION FOR RHEUMATISM. 
 
 01. terebinth., £ fjss. ; ol. oliv., f. f iss. ; acid. 
 6ulph. dilut., f. 3iij. 
 
 Guido's balsam. The tinctura, or hniment- 
 am saponis et opii. 
 
 Guiana cortex. See Simarouba. 
 
 GUILA'NDINA. (a, a, f. ; named after 
 Melchior Guilandinus. ) The name of a genus 
 of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. — G. bon- 
 duc. The plant yielding the Bonduch indorum, 
 Molucca or bezoar nut. It possesses warm, 
 bitter, and carminative virtues. — G. moringa. 
 Moringa aptera. 
 
 Guinea-hen weed. Peteveria alliacea. 
 
 Guinea-fowl. Numidia meleagris. 
 
 Guinea pepper. See Capsicum. 
 
 Guinea-worm. See Filaria. 
 
 GUIZOTIA OLEIFERA. A composite 
 plant of India, the fruit of which yields an 
 abundance of fixed oil, used in dressing food 
 and as a lamp oil. 
 
 Gula. The fore part of the throat and the 
 oesophagus. 
 
 Gullet. The oesophagus. 
 
 Gulf-weed. Fucus bacciferus. 
 
 GUM. {Gummi, n. ; indeclinable.) I. It is 
 usually transparent, more or less brittle when 
 dry, of an insipid taste ; soluble in water, to 
 which it gives a gluey, adhesive consistence, in 
 proportion as its quantity is greater. It is sep- 
 arable, or coagulates by the action of weak 
 acids; is insoluble in alcohol and in oil, and 
 
 becomes sour by long keeping when diluted 
 with water. Pure gum {arabine) possesses the 
 above properties, but that of tragacanth, ce- 
 rasine, &c, is not soluble, but only swells in 
 water. Arabine has the form. C^H^O^. 
 
 II. The fleshy substance which surrounds 
 the teeth. See Gingiva. 
 
 Gum, acacia. G., Arabic. See Acacia vera. 
 
 Gum-boil. See Parulw. 
 
 Gum, elastic See Caoutchouc. 
 
 Gum lancet. A strong, curved fleam or 
 knife to lance or cut the gums during dentition, 
 and to separate the gum from the tooth in ex 
 traction. 
 
 Gum, red. G. rash. See Strophulus. 
 
 Guma. An alchemical name of mercury. 
 
 GUMMA, {a, atis, n. ; so named from the 
 resemblance of its contents to gum.) A stru- 
 mous tumor on the periosteum of a bone. 
 
 Gummi. See Gum. For the species, see the 
 specific names. 
 
 Gummi acacia. G. acanthinum. G. arabi- 
 cum. See Acacia vera. 
 
 Gummi carannje. See Caranna. 
 
 Gummi cerasorum. The gum which exudes 
 from the bark of cherry trees. 
 
 Gummi chibou. A spurious gum elemi. 
 
 Gummi courbaril. See Hymencea courbanl. 
 
 Gummi euphorbii. See Euphorbia. 
 
 Gummi galda. See Galda. 
 
 Gummi gambiense. See Kino. 
 
 Gummi gutt-£. See Stalagmilis cabogioides. 
 
 Gummi heder^e. See Hedera helix. 
 
 Gummi juniperixum. See Junipervs. 
 
 Gummi kikekunemalo. See Kikekunemalo. 
 
 Gummi kino. See Kino. 
 
 Gummi lacca. See Lacca. 
 
 Gumni lamac. See Acacia vera. 
 
 Gummi lutea. See Botany Bay gum. 
 
 Gummi myrrhje. See Myrrha. 
 
 Gummi nostras. The gums of indigenous 
 trees. 
 
 Gummi rubrum gambiense. See Kino. 
 
 Gummi sagapenum. See Sagapenum. 
 
 Gummi scorpionis. G. senega. G. senega- 
 lense. G. senica. G. thebaicum. See Acacia 
 vera. 
 
 Gummi tragacanth^:. See Astragalus. 
 
 Gummosa pilule. See Pilulce galbani com- 
 posites. 
 
 GUM-EESIN. Gummi resina. Gum-resins 
 are the juices of plants that are mixed with 
 resin, and an extractive matter, which has been 
 taken for a gummy substance. The principal 
 gum-resins are aloes, ammoniacum, assafoetida, 
 galbanum, cambogia, guaiacum, myrrh, oliba- 
 num, opoponax, sagapenum, sarcocolla, scam- 
 monium, and styrax. 
 
 Gums. Gingivae. 
 
 GUNDE'LIA. {a, a>, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia segregata. — G. Tour- 
 nefortii. The young shoots of this plant are 
 eaten, but the roots are purgative and emetic. 
 
 GUN J AH. (Indian.) The dried hemp- 
 plant, as prepared by the Hindostanees and 
 Arabs for smoking. This is the Cannabis in- 
 dica, which, however, appears only to be a va- 
 riety of the common hemp. An extract has 
 been found by Dr. O'Shaughnessy of use in 
 nervous and rheumatic affections. 
 
 321 
 
GYM 
 
 GYR 
 
 Gu'rgling sound. In auscultation, the rau- 
 cous rale. 
 
 Gurgu'lio. The uvula or the windpipe. 
 
 GUSTATO'RIUS. (Gustativus; hom gustus, 
 taste.) Gustatory. Gustative. Appertaining 
 to the sense of taste. 
 
 Gu'statory nerves. The nerves which 
 minister to the sense of taste. See Taste. 
 
 GU'STUS. {us, us, m. ; from yevo/j.ai, I taste.) 
 See Taste. 
 
 Gut. See Intestine. 
 
 GU'TTA. (a,ce,f.) 1. A drop. Drops are 
 an uncertain form of administering medicines, 
 and should never be trusted to. The shape of 
 the bottle, or of its mouth, from which the 
 drops fall, as well as the consistence of the 
 fluid, occasion a considerable difference in the 
 quantity administered. See Minimum. 2. A 
 name of apoplexy. 
 
 Gutta anodyna. Anodyne drops; a solu- 
 tion of acetate of morphia. 
 
 Gutta gamba. See Stalagmitis. 
 
 Gutta nigra. The black drop. A prepara- 
 tion of opium. " Take half a pound of opium, 
 sliced ; three pints of juice of the wild crab ; 
 one ounce and a half of nutmegs, and half an 
 ounce of saffron. Boil them to a proper thick- 
 ness, then add a quarter of a pound of sugar 
 and two spoonfuls of yeast. Set the whole in 
 a warm place near the fire for six or eight 
 weeks, then place it in the open air until it be- 
 comes a syrup ; lastly, decant, filter, and bottle 
 it up, adding a little sugar to each bottle." — 
 Dr. Armstrong. This preparation has three 
 times the strength of the tinct. opii. Strong vin- 
 egar is often substituted for the crab juice. 
 
 Gutta opaca. A name for the cataract. 
 
 Gutta serena. See Amaurosis. 
 
 Gutt.e rosacea. Acne rosacea. 
 
 Gutta'lis cartila'go. The arytenoid car- 
 tilage. 
 
 GUTTPFER^. The mangosteen tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs, occa- 
 sionally parasitical, yielding resinous juice ; 
 leaves entire, opposite ; flowers polypetalous ; 
 stamens hypo gy nous ; carpella concrete ; ovari- 
 um of several cells. 
 
 GU'TTUR. {ur, uris, n.) 1. The throat. 
 2. The windpipe. 
 
 Gu'ttural. Gutturalis. Belonging to the 
 throat. 
 
 Guttural artery. The superior thyroideal 
 artery. 
 
 Gutturiformis cartilago. The arytsenoid 
 cartilage. 
 
 Guttu'rnium. The same. 
 
 Guttu'ro-maxilla'ris. A name given by 
 Chaussier to the internal maxillary artery. 
 
 GYMNA'STIO. {Gymnasticus ; yv/j,vacn- 
 koq', from yvfxvoc, naked, because the athleta? 
 were stripped.) A term applied to that branch 
 322 
 
 of medicine which consisted in the use of vari- 
 ous bodily exercises, with a view to the preser- 
 vation of health or the cure of disease. 
 
 GYMNA'STICE. (e, es, f . ; yv^vacTLKrj.) 
 Gymnastics. Gymnastic medicine. 
 
 Gymna'sium. A place where athletic exer- 
 cises are practised. 
 
 GYMNOCA'RPI. Mushrooms which bear 
 seeds imbedded in the hymenium, as helvella, 
 in which that part is smooth and even ; boletus, 
 in which it is porous ; and agaricus, in which 
 it consists of gills. 
 
 GYMNOSPE'RMIA. (a, ce, f.; from yvixvog, 
 naked, and a7rep/na, a seed.) An order of the 
 class Didynamia, embracing such as have ad- 
 ded to the didynamial character four seeds not 
 covered by a pericarp, such as the coniferae and 
 cycadeae. 
 
 Gymnospe'rmous. Having seeds uncovered 
 by a pericarp, and therefore apparently naked. 
 
 Gynmci'a. The menses, and also the lochia. 
 
 GYNECOMANIA, (a, ce, f . ; from yvvrf, 
 and fiavta, madness.) That insanity which con- 
 sists ha an excessive desire for women. 
 
 Gyn^ecomy'stax. The hairs on the female 
 pudendum. 
 
 Gyn.ecoma'sthon. A preternatural size of 
 the breast. 
 
 GYNA'NDEIA. (a, ce, f. ; from yvvn, a 
 woman, and avrjp, a man, or husband.) Her- 
 maphrodite flowers, the stamina of which grow 
 upon the pistil, so that the male and female 
 organs are united, and do not stand separate as 
 in other hermaphrodite flowers. 
 
 Gynanthro'pus. An hermaphrodite, in 
 which the characters of the male predominate. 
 
 Gynatresia. Closure of the external parts 
 of generation in the female. 
 
 Gyne. A woman. 
 
 Gyne'ceum. The pistillum of flowers. 
 
 Gynida. An hermaphrodite. 
 
 Gyno'base. Gynobasis. Decandolle thus 
 designates the base of a solitary style, which is> 
 tumid and divided into separate cells. 
 
 GYNOPH'ORA. A genus of lichens, contain- 
 ing the G. proboscidea and cylindrica, or Tripe 
 de Roche. 
 
 Gyno'phore. The short stalk upon which 
 the ovarium is seated in some flowers, as the 
 Passiflora. 
 
 GY'PSUM. (urn, i, n.) Sulphate of lime. 
 Plaster of Paris, which is burnt gypsum, is 
 used by artists and anatomists for taking casts ; 
 it has also been employed to make a mold for 
 a fractured limb, to keep it in the proper po- 
 sition. 
 
 Gy'rate. Circinate. 
 
 Gy'ration. An oscillation, or swinging to 
 and fro. 
 
 Gy'ri cerebri. The convolutions of the 
 brain. 
 
H M M 
 
 HIM 
 
 H. 
 
 H. 
 
 The symbol for hydrogen. 
 
 Habe'wa. A baudage for keeping the Lips 
 of wounds together ; a uniting bandage. 
 
 HA'BITAT. The natural abode or locality 
 of any animal or plant. 
 
 Habit of body. Constitution and tempera- 
 ment. 
 
 Hacub. Gundelia Toumefortii. 
 
 Haddock. Gadus aeglefiuus. 
 
 H/E'MA. Hcematos. (From aifia, aifiarog, 
 blood. ) Blood : a very common prefix in med- 
 ical words. 
 
 HjEma'chro^ve. Hsematosin. 
 
 H^macy'anin. A blue coloring matter de- 
 tected in the blood by Sanson, but of doubtful 
 existence. 
 
 H.emado'nosis. Disease of the blood-vessels. 
 
 H.emado'stosis. Ossification of the blood- 
 
 HiEMADYNAMO'METER. A bent glass 
 tube, charged with mercuiy, used by M. Poi- 
 seuille to determine the force with which the 
 blood is driven by the heart's action along the 
 principal vessels. 
 
 H.emaph^'in. The yellow coloring matter 
 of the blood. 
 
 H^mago'gues. Hcemagoga. Medicines 
 which are supposed to expel blood by hemor- 
 rhoidal discharges or the catamenia. 
 
 HiE'MALOPS. (From aifia, blood, and oip, 
 the eye.) 1. An effusion of blood in the eye- 
 lids or eye-ball. 2. A blood-shot eye. 
 
 H^MA'NTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. The blood- 
 flower. The juice of the bulb of a species, the 
 H- toxicarius, is used by the Hottentots to poi- 
 son aiTows. 
 
 H^EMASTA'TICA. (From aifia, and ara.- 
 TMTj, the science which treats of the weight of 
 bodies.) Haemastatics. The name given by 
 Hales to that department of physiology which 
 treats of the laws which regulate the move- 
 ments of the blood. 
 
 H-Ematapo'ria. Hcemaphoria. Anaemia. — 
 Sugar. 
 
 H^MATE'MESIS. (is, is, f. ; from aifia, 
 blood, and efieo, to vomit.) A vomiting of 
 blood. Hosmatemesis is readily to be distin- 
 guished from a discharge from the lungs by its 
 being usually preceded by a sense of weight, 
 pain, or anxiety in the region of the stomach ; 
 by its being unaccompanied by any cough ; by 
 the blood being discharged in a very consider- 
 able quantity ; by its being of a dark color, and 
 somewhat grumous; and by its being mixed 
 with the other contents of the stomach. 
 
 The disease may be occasioned by any thing 
 received into the stomach, which stimulates it 
 violently or wounds it; or may proceed from 
 blows, bruises, or any other cause capable of 
 exciting inflammation in this organ, or of de- 
 termining too great a flow of blood to it ; but 
 it arises more usually as a symptom of some 
 other disease (such as a suppression of the men- 
 strual or hemorrhoidal flux, or obstructions in 
 
 the liver, spleen, and other viscera) than as a 
 primary affection. It is seldom so profuse as to 
 destroy the patient suddenly, and the principal 
 danger seems to arise, either from the great de- 
 bility which repeated attacks of the complaint 
 induce, or from the lodgment of blood hi the 
 intestines, which, becoming putrid, might oc- 
 casion some other disagreeable disorder. 
 
 This hemorrhage, being usually rather of a 
 passive character, does not admit of large evac- 
 uations. Where it arises on a suppression of 
 the menses in young persons, and returns peri- 
 odically, it may be useful to anticipate this by 
 taking away a few ounces of blood, not neg- 
 lecting proper means to help the function of 
 the uteiais. In moderate attacks, particularly 
 where the bowels have been confined, the in- 
 fusion of roses and sulphate of magnesia may be 
 employed : if this should not check the bleed- 
 ing, the sulphuric acid may be exhibited more 
 largely, or some of the more powerful astrin- 
 gents and tonics, as alum, tincture of muriate 
 of iron, decoction of bark, or superacetate of 
 lead. Where pain attends, opium should be 
 given freely, taking care that the bowels be 
 not constipated; and a blister to the epigas- 
 trium may be useful. In all cases the food 
 should be light and easy of digestion, but more 
 nourishing as the patient is more exhausted. 
 
 H^ematho'rax. Haemato thorax. 
 
 HiEMA'TICA. Diseases of the sanguineous 
 function. 
 
 H^; matin. See Hcematoxyline and Hcema- 
 tosin. 
 
 H.emati'tes. Lapis kcematites. A species 
 of iron ore. 
 
 H.emati'tinus. A collyrium in which was 
 haematite. 
 
 HiEMATOCE'LE. (e, es, f . ; from aifia, 
 blood, and KrjTir], a tumor.) A swelling of the 
 scrotum, or spermatic cord, proceeding from or 
 caused by blood. It may arise from a wound 
 in tapping for hydrocele, from injury or froui 
 disease of the spermatic vessels. It is to be 
 treated by antiphlogistics, and in some cases 
 requires the evacuation of the blood. 
 
 H^matoce'le arterio'sa. Aneurism. 
 
 H-ematoche'zia. The discharge of blood 
 by stool. 
 
 H^MATO-CEREBRIFORM DISEASE. See Fun- 
 
 gus hcematodes. 
 
 H^mato'chysis. A hemorrhage. 
 
 Hjemato'des. Hmmatoides. Haematoid. 
 1. Geranium sanguineum. 2. Fungus haema- 
 todes. 
 
 HUMATO'LOGY. (Hcematologia, ce, f. ; 
 from aifia, and ?>,oyog, a discourse.) The doc- 
 trine of the blood ; a treatise on the blood. 
 
 HiEMATO'MA. A tumor having the ap- 
 pearance of blood. Such a tumor is sometimes 
 found in the morbid states of the brain. 
 
 HjEmato'mphalus. Hamato-mphalocele. _ A 
 tumor about the navel, from an extravasation 
 of blood. 
 
 HJSMATO'NCUS. (From aifia, and ojkqq, 
 323 
 
a tumor.) A generic name given by Alibert to 
 varicose tumors or naevi. 
 
 H^ematopede'sis. The leaping of the blood 
 from a wounded artery. 
 
 H^'matophlcebce'stasis. A suppression of 
 an impetuous current of blood in the veins, or 
 a full vein. 
 
 Hjsmatopho'bia. That aversion or horror at 
 the sight of blood which produces fainting. 
 
 H^ematopla'nia. Hcemoplania. Vicarious 
 menstruation. 
 
 H.asMATOPOiEsis. Hssmatosis. 
 
 H^matopsia. Hcematops. A name given 
 to the collection of menstrual fluid in the ute- 
 rus, which sometimes arises from imperforation 
 of the hymen, or other obstruction to its exit. 
 
 ILEMATO'SIN. Hcematosine. Hcematin. 1. 
 The red coloring matter of the blood., It is 
 combined with albumen, and forms the second 
 envelope of the red globules. The pure color- 
 ing matter is unknown, but certain actions 
 thereon are interesting: thus it is found to be 
 brightened in color by contact with oxygen 
 and many saline matters, and rendered of a 
 dark color by carbonic acid, sulphurous acid, 
 sulphureted hydrogen, and solutions of sulphu- 
 rets. Protoxide of nitrogen gives it a purple 
 color. It contains two per cent, of iron in its 
 composition, but does not depend upon this 
 body for its color, according to the experiment 
 of Sanson. 2. Lecanu has given the name of 
 Hcematosin to a modified preparation of the 
 true coloring matter obtained by the action of 
 dilute sulphuric acid upon the blood globules. 
 
 HiEMATO'SIS. 1. The production of blood 
 by the sanguification of chyle and the arterializa- 
 tion of venous blood. 2. A hemorrhage or flux 
 of blood. 
 
 Hjematospi'lia. Purpura haemorrhagia. 
 
 Urn matotho'rax. Effusion of blood into the 
 pleura. 
 
 ELemato'xyline. Hcematine. The coloring 
 principle of logwood. It is soluble in water 
 and alcohol, and forms a fine black with the 
 persalts of iron. Form., C40H17O15. 
 
 HjEMATO'XYLON. (on or urn, i, n.) A 
 genus of plants. Decanchia. Monogynia. — H. 
 campechianum. The logwood-tree. Called, 
 also, Acacia zeylonica. Logwood is of a solid 
 texture and of a dark red color; has a sweetish, 
 sub-astringent taste, and no remarkable smell ; 
 it gives a purplish-red tincture both to watery 
 and spirituous infusions, and tinges the stools, 
 and sometimes the urine, of the same color. It 
 is employed medicinally as an astringent and 
 corroborant. An extract is ordered in the 
 pharmacopoeias. The dose is from ten to forty 
 grains. 
 
 H^matoxylum. Haematoxylon. 
 
 H^MATU'RIA. Hcematuresis. (From ai- 
 pa, blood, and ovpov, urine.) The voiding of 
 blood with urine. This disease is sometimes 
 occasioned by falls, blows, bruises, or some vi- 
 olent exertion ; but more usually arises from a 
 small stone lodged either in the kidney or ure- 
 ter, which, by its size or irregularity, produces 
 a wound. 
 
 A discharge of blood by urine, when pro- 
 ceeding from the kidney or ureter, is common- 
 ly attended with an acute pain in the back, 
 324 
 
 and some difficulty of making water, the urine 
 which comes away first being muddy and high- 
 colored, but, toward the close of its flowing, 
 becoming transparent, and of a natural appear- 
 ance. When the blood comes immediately 
 from the bladder, it is usually accompanied 
 with a sense of heat and pain at the bottom of 
 the belly. 
 
 Bloody urine is always attended with some 
 danger, particularly when it is mixed with pu- 
 rulent matter. When it arises in the course of 
 any malignant disease, it indicates a fatal ter- 
 mination. 
 
 When haematuria results from injuries in a 
 plethoric habit, it may be proper to take blood, 
 and pursue the general antiphlogistic plan. 
 When it is owing to calculi which can not be 
 removed, we use palliative measures, as giving 
 alkalies or acids according to the quality of the 
 urine; mucilaginous drinks and clysters, with 
 opium, fomentations, &c, to relieve pain. 
 
 H^mence'phalus. Apoplexy. 
 
 H^mi'tis. The change of the blood in in- 
 flammatory disease. 
 
 Hjemoce'rchnus. Rattling in the wind- 
 pipe. 
 
 HCEMOPLANIA. (From atpa, blood, and 
 nhavrj, a wandering.) The genus of diseases 
 embracing vicarious hemorrhages. 
 
 H^mophtha'lmia. Haemalops. 
 
 HiEMO'PTOE. (From atfia, blood, and 
 7TTV0), to spit up.) The spitting of blood. See 
 Hcemoptysis. 
 
 ILEMO'PTYSIS. Hcemoptosis. (From aifia, 
 and 7TTV0), to spit.) An expectoration of florid 
 or frothy blood, preceded usually by heat or 
 pain in the chest, irritation in the larynx, and 
 a saltish taste in the mouth. It is sometimes 
 produced by congestion, or a plethoric state of 
 the vessels of the lungs, which is the most 
 common cause of an idiopathic haemoptoe, and 
 which also obtains in diseases of the heart, es- 
 pecially in hypertrophy of the right ventricle, 
 which is accordingly a common cause of hae- 
 moptysis. Thus produced it is called hcemoph 
 tysis plethorica : sometimes it is produced by 
 external violence, and this is called hcemoptysis 
 violenta : calculous matter, irritating and erod- 
 ing the vessels, causes the species denominated 
 hcemoptysis calculosa : vomicae bursting in the 
 lungs, and ulcerating the vessels, gives rise to 
 the hcemoptysis phthisica : and when the bleed- 
 ing is caused by the suppression of some cus- 
 tomary evacuation, it is termed hcemoptysis vi- 
 caria. 
 
 A spitting of blood arises most usually be- 
 tween the ages of sixteen and twenty-five, from 
 any violent exertion, as likewise by wounds, 
 plethora, weak vessels, hectic fever, coughs, 
 irregular living; or it may be vicarious or 
 symptomatic. It is often a symptom in pleuri- 
 sy, peripneumony, and many fevers, and often 
 arises, and is the presage of a favorable term- 
 ination. 
 
 It was long supposed that the discharge of 
 blood from the lungs was always connected 
 with the rupture of vessels ; but it is now well 
 ascertained that, in many cases of haemoptysis, 
 the blood simply exudes from the bronchial 
 membrane without any breach of structure, and 
 
HEM 
 
 that even a fatal hemorrhage may arise from 
 this source. 
 
 Unless the discharge of blood be excessive, 
 haemoptysis is seldom attended with immediate 
 danger to life, but it is nevertheless generally a 
 formidable symptom, as being connected with 
 some organic lesion of the thoracic viscera. 
 Sometimes the hemorrhage is so profuse as to 
 be fatal ; and occasionally, owing to the rupture 
 of a large vessel, the lungs are inundated with 
 blood, and the patient dies instantaneously. 
 See Apoplexy, 'pulmonary. 
 
 In this hemorrhage, which is mostly of the 
 active kind, the antiphlogistic regimen must be 
 strictly observed, particularly avoiding heat, 
 muscular exertion, and agitation of the mind, 
 and restricting the patient to a light, cooling, 
 vegetable diet. Acidulated drink will be use- 
 ful to quench the thirst, without too much liquid 
 being taken. Where the blood is discharged 
 copiously, but no great quantity has been lost 
 already, it will be proper to attempt to check 
 it by bleeding freely, if the habit will allow : 
 and sometimes, where there is pain in the chest, 
 local evacuations and blisters may be useful. 
 Digitalis is also a proper remedy, particularly 
 where the pulse is veiy quick, from its sedative 
 influence on the heart and arteries. Antimo- 
 nials in nauseating doses have sometimes an 
 excellent effect, as well by checking the force 
 of the circulation, as by promoting diaphoresis ; 
 and opium, orsome other narcotic, to relieve pain 
 and quiet cough, which may, perhaps, keep up 
 the bleeding. Astringents, especially acetate 
 of lead, with opium or supersulphate of potass, 
 are of great use. Cold bathing and the shower 
 bath have been often serviceable. Should hae- 
 moptysis occasionally exhibit rather the passive 
 character, evacuations must be sparingly used, 
 and tonic medicines will be proper, with a 
 more nutritious diet. 
 
 Hemoptysis phthisis. Phthisis pulmonalis. 
 
 HEMORRHAGE. {Hcemorrhagia, a>, f . ; 
 from aifia, and prjaocd, to break out.) A bleed- 
 ing, or flow of blood. Blood, from whatever 
 organ it flows, may have two causes for its is- 
 sue. The vessels may be ruptured by a mor- 
 bid distension and impetus, or they may give 
 way fi'om debility and relaxation. The for- 
 mer are active, the latter passive hemorrhages. 
 The great predisposing cause of active hem- 
 orrhage, wherever it makes its appearance, is 
 congestion or plethora. A plethoiic diathesis 
 will, however, only predispose to a bleeding 
 somewhere or other, and hence there must be 
 a distinct local cause that fixes it upon one par- 
 ticular organ rather than upon another. See 
 Epistaxis, Hcemoptysis, H&matemesis, Menor- 
 rhagia, &c. 
 
 Hemorrhage from the bowels. This may 
 arise from dysentery or haemorrhoids. 
 
 Hemorrhage from the lungs. Haemop- 
 tysis. 
 
 Hemorrhage from the nose. Epistaxis. 
 
 Hemorrhage from the stomach. Haemat- 
 emesis. 
 
 Hemorrhage erom the urinary organs. 
 Haematuria. 
 
 Hemorrhage from the uterus. Menor- 
 rhagia. 
 
 HAL 
 
 HEMORRHA'GIE. Hemorrhages. An or- 
 der in the class Pyrexia of Cullen's Nosology. 
 
 HEMORRHCE'A. Passive hemorrhage.— 
 Swediaur. 
 
 Hemorrhcea petechialis. A name given 
 by Dr. Adair to purpura hemorrhagica. 
 
 HEMORRHOIDAL. Hcemorrhoidalis. Of, 
 or belonging to, the hemorrhoidal vessels. 
 
 Hemorrhoidal arteries. Arteries hemor- 
 rhoidals. The arteries of the rectum are so 
 called: they are sometimes two, and at other 
 times three in number. 1. The upper hemor- 
 rhoidal artery, which is the great branch of the 
 lower mesenteric continued into the pelvis. 2. 
 The middle hemorrhoidal, which sometimes 
 comes off from the hypogastric artery, and very 
 often from the pudical artery. It is sometimes 
 wanting. 3. The lower or external hemorrhoid- 
 al is almost always a branch of the pudical ar- 
 tery, or that artery which goes to the penis. 
 
 Hemorrhoidal veins. Vence hcemorrhoi- 
 dales. These are two. 1. The external, which 
 evacuates itself into the vena iliaca interna. 2. 
 The internal, which conveys its blood into the 
 vena portae. 
 
 Hemorrhoides oris. A discharge of blood 
 from the turgid veins of the palate, uvula, and 
 fauces, arising from suppression of the hemor- 
 rhoidal discharge. — Blancard. 
 
 Hemorrhoides uteri. Varicose veins in 
 and around the genital organs in women. — 
 Blancard. 
 
 Hemorrhoides vesice. A varicose state 
 of the veins around the neck of the bladder. 
 
 HEMO'RRHOIS. 1. A flow of blood. 2. 
 The piles, which see. 
 
 Hemorrhois procedens. Protocele. 
 
 Hemo'rrhous. Coluber cerastes. 
 
 He mos pa's tic That which has the power 
 of drawing blood to a part. 
 
 HEMOSTASIA, {a, ce, f. ; from atpa, and 
 iot7]/lu, to stand.) A stagnation of blood. 
 
 HEMOSTATIC. {Hcemostaticus ; from 
 atp.a, blood, and crao, to stop.) Having the 
 power to stop a hemorrhage. See Styptic. 
 
 Hemosta'tica. See Hcemastatica. 
 
 Hemostatics. See Hcemastatica. 
 
 He motro'ph y. Excess of sanguineous nour- 
 ishment. 
 
 HAGGA'RD. An expression of the counte- 
 nance, and especially the eye, in which there 
 are terror and despondency combined, and 
 which may be a symptom of cerebral disease 
 or madness. 
 
 H agios pe'rmum. Artemisia santonica. 
 
 Hagio'xylum. Guaiacum. 
 
 Hair. See Capillus and Pilus. 
 
 Hair lichen. Lichen pilaris. A species 
 of rash, in which the eruption is confined to 
 the roots of the hair, and desquamation occurs 
 after ten days. 
 
 Hair, falling off of. Alopecia. 
 
 Hair, platted or matted. Plica. 
 
 Hair-worm. Seta equina. 
 
 Hairy river-weed. Conferva rivalis. 
 
 Hake. Gadus merluccius. 
 
 Hala'tium. A medicine composed of salt 
 and purgatives. 
 
 Halberd-shaped. Hastate. 
 
 Halche'mia. The art of fusing salts. 
 325 
 
HAN 
 
 HAR 
 
 Halec. Clupea harrengus. 
 Halel^'um. A mixture of salt and oil, used 
 by the ancients to swellings of the joints. 
 Halica'cabum. Physalis alkekengi. 
 Halices. Yawning after sleep. 
 Ha'limus. Atriplex halimus. 
 Halini'trum. Nitre, or rock salt. 
 HA' LIT US. (us, its, m.; from halo, to 
 breathe out.) 1. A vapor. 2. The breath. 
 
 Halitus of the blood. A volatile animal 
 oil which rises from fresh blood. 
 
 HALLUCTNA'TION. (Hallucinatio, onis, 
 f . ; from hallucinor, to err.) Depraved imagi- 
 nation. A genus of mental disease in Good's 
 Nosology. See Alusia. 
 Ha'llus. The great toe. 
 Ha'lmyrax. The nitre of Media. 
 Halmyro'des. Acrimonious. 
 HA'LO. (o, onis, m. ; from aTiuc, an area 
 or circle.) See Areola. 
 
 Halo signatus. The ring of striae formed 
 by the impression of the ciliary processes on the 
 anterior surface of the vitreous humor. 
 
 HA'LOGENE. (From ale, sea-salt, and 
 yevvao), to produce.) The class of bodies which, 
 like chlorine, form salts with metals. 
 
 HA'LOID. (From aXc, sea-salt, and etdoc, 
 resemblance.) Having the structure of salt. 
 The haloid salts are the compounds of chlorine, 
 iodine, bromine, cyanogen and its compounds, 
 and fluorine with the metals. Besides the sim- 
 ple haloid salts, Berzelius distinguishes the 
 three following kinds of combination : hydro- 
 haloid salt, or combinations of a simple haloid 
 salt with the hydracid of its radical ; oxy-haloid 
 salts, or combinations of a metallic oxide with 
 a haloid salt of the same metal; double haloid 
 salts, consisting of two simple haloid salts, 
 which contain different metals, but the same 
 non-metallic ingredient, or of two haloid salts, 
 consisting of the same metal, but having the 
 other ingredients different; or, lastly, of two 
 simple haloid salts, both the elements of which 
 are wholly different. 
 
 Haloni'trum. The efflorescence found on 
 the damp walls of inhabited places. 
 
 Halote'chnia. That part of chemistry 
 which treats of salts. 
 Ham. Poples. 
 
 HAMAME'LIS VIRGINICA. Witch-hazel. 
 An indigenous shrub, of the family Berberidece, 
 the bark of which is astringent and tonic. 
 
 HA'MMA. (Afifia', from airTO), to bind, or 
 fit on.) A truss for a hernia. 
 Hamo'sus. Hooked. 
 
 HAMPSTEAD SPRINGS. Near London. 
 They are chalybeate. 
 
 HAMULA'RIA. A genus of worms of Ru- 
 dolphi. — H. subcompressa has been found in 
 the bronchial glands. 
 
 HA'MULUS. (<us, i, m.) A little hook. In 
 Anatomy, applied to the hooked processes of 
 the pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone. 
 
 Hamulus cochlea. The hook of the coch- 
 lea, a process by which the lamina spiralis ter- 
 minates upon the axis. 
 
 HAND. Manns. The hand is composed of 
 
 the carpus or wrist, metacarpus, and fingers. 
 
 The arteries of the hand are the palmar arch, 
 
 and the digital arteries. The veins are the dig- 
 
 326 
 
 ital, the cephalic of the thumb, and the salva~ 
 tella. The nerves are the external and internal 
 cutaneous. 
 
 Handala. Colocynth. 
 
 Hands, dropped. The paralysis of the 
 hands induced by the lead poison. 
 Hanging. See Suspensio. 
 
 Hannay's lotion. Preventive wash. A nos- 
 trum for preventing venereal infection. It is a 
 solution of potash. 
 
 Hapho'nusi. Diseases of the sense of touch. 
 
 HAPSIS. AipLc. 1. The sense of touch. 2. 
 A lesion of any kind. Hippocrates uses the 
 phrase aipaic (ppevov to signify delirium. 
 
 Ha'psus. An old name for a compress of 
 lint or other material. 
 
 Harde'ri gla'ndula. Gland of Harderus. 
 A gland found in ruminant and pachyderma- 
 tous quadrupeds, and also in birds. It is situ- 
 ated near the inner angle of the eye, and se- 
 cretes a thick, whitish fluid, which is diffused 
 over the eye-ball. 
 
 Hardesia. Lapis hibernicus. 
 
 Hardhock. The spiraea tomentosa. 
 
 Hare. Lepus timidus. 
 
 HARE-LIP. Labium leporinum ; called, 
 also, Lagocheilus and Lagostoma. A fissure or 
 longitudinal division of one or both lips. Chil- 
 dren are frequently bom with this kind of 
 malformation, particularly of the upper lip. 
 Sometimes the portions of the lip which ought 
 to be united have a considerable space between 
 them; in other instances they are not much 
 apart. The cleft is occasionally double, there 
 being a little lobe, or small portion of the lip, 
 situated between the two fissures. The fissure 
 may extend to the bones of the palate. It is 
 remedied by paring the edges of the fissure, 
 and uniting them by a suture. 
 
 Hare-eye. Lagophthalmia. 
 
 Hare-brained passion. Wayward and vio- 
 lent passion, leading to acts of violence. 
 
 Harengus. Clupea harengus. 
 
 Harma. Ap/xa. A collyrium. 
 
 Harm ala. Peganum harmala. 
 
 HARMO'NIA. Harmony. (From apu, to 
 fit together.) A species of synarthrosis, or im- 
 movable connection of bones, in which bones 
 are connected together by means of rough mar* 
 gins, not dentiform : in this manner most of the 
 bones of the face are connected together. 
 
 Ha'rpax. Ha'rpaga. Amber. 
 
 HARROGATE SPRINGS. They are situa- 
 ted near Knaresborough, Yorkshire, England. 
 Harrogate possesses at present no less than 
 fourteen wells, which are in greater or less re- 
 pute. Six of them are sulphureous, five pure 
 chalybeate, one saline chalybeate, and two sa- 
 line, containing only a trace of iron, and no sul- 
 phur. 
 
 Hart'stongue. Asplenium sc olopendrium. 
 
 Hart-wort. Laserpitium siler. 
 
 Hart-wort of Marseilles. Seseli tortuo- 
 sum. 
 
 HARTFELL SPRINGS. Near Moffat, Scot- 
 land . They contain iron dissolved by sulphuric 
 acid, and are much celebrated in scrofulous af- 
 fections and cutaneous diseases. 
 
 Hirtshorn. See Cornu cervi. 
 
 Hartshorn, spirit of. Aqueous solution 
 
HE A 
 
 HEA 
 
 of ammonia, formerly prepared from the hart's 
 horn. 
 
 Harvest bug. Acarus autumnalis. 
 
 HA'STA. (a, ce, f.) A spear; applied to 
 parts of animals and vegetables which are sup- 
 posed to resemble this instrument. 
 
 Hast a regia. Asphodelus luteus. 
 
 Hasta'te. Hastatus. Spear or halberd 
 shaped. 
 
 Haste'lla. A splint like a spear, used for 
 fractured limbs. 
 
 HASTINGS, CLIMATE OF. This place, in 
 the south of England, enjoys a remarkably mild 
 and equable climate, being protected from 
 northerly winds by the adjacent cliffs. 
 
 Hatchet-shaped. Dolabriform. 
 
 Hatfield's tincture. A nostrum, consist- 
 ing of guaiac, soap, and rectified spirit of wine. 
 
 HAUNCH. The lower part of the trunk, 
 bounded by the hip joints, and including the 
 pelvis. 
 
 HAU'STUS. (us, us, m. ; from haurio, to 
 swallow.) A draught or single dose of a liquid 
 medicine. 
 
 Haustus niger. The infusum sennae com- 
 positum. 
 
 HAVANNAH, CLIMATE OF. This city, 
 and other parts of Cuba, are much selected as 
 a winter resort for consumptives, and the tem- 
 perature is high, but the variation is considera- 
 ble, being twice as great as in the island of Ma- 
 deira ; there are also sharp winds occasionally. 
 
 Havers's glands. Glands in and about the 
 synovial membrane of joints. 
 
 Haversian canals. The nutritious foram- 
 ina and minute tubuli in the structure of the 
 hard bones, whereby they receive blood-ves- 
 sels and capillaries. 
 
 Hawk. A species of the genus Falco. 
 
 Hawk-weed. See Hypocharis. 
 
 Hawk-weed, greater. See Sonchus. 
 
 Hay, camel's. Juncus odoratus. 
 
 Hazel-nut. Corylus avellana. 
 
 Head. See Caput. 
 
 HEADACHE. Cephalalgia. Headache, or 
 pain in the head, as a generic tei*m, has receiv- 
 ed a variety of specific names; hence cepha- 
 lalgia venerea, rheumatica, nervosa, inflamma- 
 toria, stomachica, intermittens, &c. 
 
 Ordinary cases of headache depend on one 
 of the following causes: 1. A weakness or ex- 
 haustion of the power of the brain. 2. A sym- 
 pathy with the stomach and chylopoietic vis- 
 cera. 
 
 Their cure, consequently, is to be effected 
 by nervous tonics when the disease is nervous, 
 and by removing the states of stomach and 
 chylopoietic viscera which excite the sympa- 
 thetic headache. 
 
 Rest is in all cases necessary : cold, and press- 
 ure on the head, often give relief; and if the 
 pain be considerable, a small dose of opium, or 
 Dover's powder, immediately after a warm 
 pediluvium or fomentation, and a warm bed. 
 
 Headache is very often a symptomatic affec- 
 tion; so much so that there are very few dis- 
 eases in which it does not take place. It is a 
 prominent symptom in all fevers and inflamma- 
 tions, and in many nervous diseases, the vene- 
 real disease, and rheumatism. 
 
 Headed. Capitulate. 
 
 HEALTH. That state of the living body m 
 which all its functions are duly performed. 
 
 Hearing. Auditus. See Auris. 
 
 HEART. Cor. A hollow, muscular viscus, 
 which forms the center of the circulating system 
 in the higher orders of animals. Some observa- 
 tions on the general mechanism of the heart 
 will be found in the article Circulation. The 
 human heart is irregularly pyramidal in its 
 shape, and lies between the lungs, inclosed in 
 its proper investing membrane, the pericardium. 
 
 It is placed so obliquely, that if a line corre- 
 sponding with its axis were passed through it at 
 the moment of its pulsation, its direction, taken 
 from base to apex, would be downward, for- 
 ward, and to the left side. The anterior sur- 
 face of the heart is convex in its general outline ; 
 the posterior is flat, and rests on the diaphragm: 
 the lower, or right border, is rather thin, and 
 longer than the upper, which is rounded. The 
 heart's sui-face is marked on its anterior and 
 posterior aspect by two lines, of which one runs 
 transversely, the other from above downward ; 
 their position indicates the division of the organ 
 into four different compartments, or cavities. 
 The base of the heart (which is comparatively 
 thin and flaccid in its structure) consists of that 
 part which is in immediate connection with the 
 veins (pars cordis venosa), and is divided into 
 two cavities, called auricles, from the fact that 
 each is surmounted by an appendage resembling 
 an ear (auricula). It is separated from the low- 
 er or pyramidal part by a deep transverse groove 
 (svlcus aiiriculo-ventricularis). These circum- 
 stances are most distinctly observable when the 
 heart is distended. The portion between the 
 transverse sulcus and the summit is thick and 
 muscular, and connected with the arterial 
 trunks ; it consists of two cavities (ventricles), 
 the division between which is indicated by two 
 slight grooves extending from the base to the 
 apex, and lodging the descending branches of 
 the coronary vessels. 
 
 When we consider the heart in its physio- 
 logical relations, we adopt a different m<jde of 
 division; for we find it to be a double organ, 
 made up of two hearts, one for the pulmonary 
 circulation (cor pulmonale), occupying the right 
 side, and consisting of an auricle and a ventricle; 
 the other for the system at large (cor systemi- 
 cum), also consisting of two cavities of the same 
 denomination. The pulmonic heart is the agent 
 for the circulation of black blood, the systemic 
 circulates red blood. Now, as no two of these 
 cavities agree in form, or in the arrangement of 
 then- components, it becomes necessary to de- 
 scribe each separately. 
 
 The right auricle rests on the diaphragm, and 
 forms the right and anterior part of the base of 
 the heart. It presents two parts, which, though 
 not marked off by any precise line of division, 
 yet differ in size and form. One of these, large 
 and flaccid, occupies the interval between the 
 vense cavae, so as to receive directly the blood 
 which they convey, and is hence named sinus 
 venarum cavarum. The other projects forward 
 and inward, between the right ventricle and 
 the root of the aorta, like an appendage to the 
 general cavity ; and so it is sometimes named 
 
 327 
 
HEA 
 
 "auricular appendage," but more frequently 
 auricula, from some resemblance to a dog's ear. 
 It is triangular in form, compressed, and slightly 
 dentated at its border. It is thicker and more 
 fleshy than the sinus. 
 
 The external surface of the auricle, unattach- 
 ed in the greater part of its extent, is prolonged 
 upward, and to the left side, into its auricular 
 appendage ; inferiorly it is connected with the 
 right ventricle, internally with the left auricle, 
 and into its two extremities open the venae 
 cava?. 
 
 In order to examine the interior "of the auri- 
 cle, an incision may be made from the junction 
 of the cava? across to the auricula, from the mid- 
 dle of which another may be carried upward 
 into the superior cava. If the lower border of 
 this incision be drawn forward, the cava? will 
 be observed to incline inward at an angle, their 
 conflux being marked by a slight elevation, 
 called Lower's tubercle (tuberculum Loweri). 
 The greater part of the cavity forms a pouch 
 (sinus), which is smooth, and but slightly mus- 
 cular in its structure. The inner surface of the 
 auricula is distinguished from the rest by several 
 fleshy fasciculi, which run transversely upon 
 it, called musculi pectinati. The inner side of 
 the auricle is thin and smooth ; it corresponds 
 with, or is formed by, the partition (septum au- 
 ricularum) which separates it from the left au- 
 ricle. At its lower part, and just above the 
 orifice of the inferior vena cava, is situated an 
 oval depression (fossa ovalis, vestigium foraminis 
 ovalis), indicating the original communication 
 between the auricles : it is bounded superiorly 
 by a prominent convex border of a lunated form, 
 its concavity looking downward, and named 
 annulusfossce ovalis. Though the development 
 of the septum be carried to the full extent, that 
 lamella of it which closes the foramen ovale 
 having extended up to a level with the annulus, 
 we often find its upper border merely in appo- 
 sition, but not united by adhesion to the corre- 
 sponding part of the septum, so that an oblique 
 or valvular aperture remains between the au- 
 ricles^ still, during the action of the organ, there 
 is sufficient provision against any communica- 
 tion between these cavities. At the line of 
 union between the inferior cava and the auricle 
 is situated a crescentic fold of the lining mem- 
 brane, called valvula Eustachii. This in the 
 festal state is large ; in the adult it is compara- 
 tively diminutive, and often even perforated by 
 several foramina. One border of the valve 
 rests upon the wall of the auricle, with which 
 it is continuous. Another is free and unattach- 
 ed, being of a crescentic form ; its upper ex- 
 tremity blends itself with the inner border of 
 the annulus ovalis, and the inferior with the 
 corresponding part of the orifice of the vena 
 cava inferior. Between this valve (its left side) 
 and the ventricular opening is situated the ori- 
 fice of the coronary vein, protected by a valve. 
 Several minute foramina may also be observed 
 in different parts of the auricle, resembling the 
 orifices of small veins, and called foramina 
 Thebesii. Placed obliquely between the ap- 
 pendix and the inferior cava, we observe the 
 auriculo-ventricular opening, of an elliptic form, 
 and about an inch in diameter ; round its cir- 
 328 
 
 HEA 
 
 cumference is attached the base of the tricuspid 
 valve, the rest of which lies in the cavity of the 
 ventricle. 
 
 The right ventricle (ventriculus pulmonalis) 
 extends from the base of the right auricle to the 
 apex of the heart. Its form is somewhat trian- 
 gular: to see its interior it will be found con- 
 venient to make an angular or V-shaped flap, 
 by dissecting up its anterior wall. When this 
 is done, we observe that the interior surface 
 presents a number of rounded, fleshy fasciculi, 
 which are called columnce cameos, and are di- 
 visible into three orders. The first, adherent 
 by both extremities, are free in the rest of their 
 extent ; others are but slightly prominent, being 
 attached by their extremities, and also by the 
 greater part of their circumference ; the third 
 set form three or four fasciculi, which are di- 
 rected from the summit toward the base of the 
 ventricle, where they are connected with the 
 borders and apices of the tricuspid valves, 
 through the medium of several tendinous pro- 
 cesses, called chordae tendinea. The base of 
 the ventricle is prolonged upward, its surface 
 becoming at the same time quite smooth, some- 
 what in the form of a funnel, where it gives at- 
 tachment to the pulmonary artery, so that the 
 mouth of this vessel is placed higher up, and to 
 the left of the auricular opening. At its orifice 
 three membranous folds are placed, called sig~ 
 moid valves. One border of these is attached 
 at the line of union of the ventricle with the 
 artery; the other is free in the cavity of the 
 latter, and presents in its middle a small gran- 
 ule, called nodulus or corpus aurantii. The 
 tricuspid valve is so called from its being divi- 
 ded into three points or processes, formed by 
 the fining membrane of the auricle and ventri- 
 cle. Each is triangular in its form ; their bases, 
 which are continuous and undivided from one 
 another, being attached all round the circum- 
 ference of the opening, while in the rest of their 
 extent they lie within the cavity of the ventri- 
 cle. One of them rests upon the septum, or 
 corresponds with it ; another with the anterior 
 wall of the cavity; while the third, or larger, 
 is inclined obliquely upward, and, as it were, 
 interposed between the auricular and pulmo- 
 nary apertures. The free margin of each is a 
 little thickened^ and gives attachment to the 
 chorda? tendinea?. 
 
 The left auricle (sinus pulmonalis) is situated 
 at the posterior part of the base of the heart, 
 where the greater portion of it is concealed by 
 the pulmonary artery and the aorta, which 
 overlap it, the auricula alone being visible, 
 without detaching these vessels, or inverting the 
 position of the heart. When distended, it is of 
 a square form, and into its angles open the pul 
 monary veins, those of the left lung being very 
 close together. From its upper and left ex 
 tremity projects the auricula, which is narrow- 
 er, but longer and more tapering than that of 
 the right side. Its margins are more deeply 
 dentated, and present some angular inflections 
 or zigzags. Its point rests on the root of the 
 pulmonary artery. The interior of the left au 
 ricula presents musculi pectinati similar to those 
 in the right, but the general cavity of the auri- 
 cle is smooth. A slight depression maybe ob» 
 
HE A 
 
 HEA 
 
 served in the septum auricularum, correspond- 
 ing with the fossa ovalis. In the inferior part 
 of the cavity is situated the auriculo-ventricular 
 opening, the circumference of which, gives at- 
 tachment to the mitral valve. 
 
 The left ventricle (ventriculus aorticus) occu- 
 pies the left border of the heart, about one 
 third of its extent appearing on the anterior 
 surface, the rest being placed posteriorly, owing 
 to the obliquity of the septum ventriculorum. 
 Its cavity can be conveniently exposed by mak- 
 ing two incisions through its wall, parallel with 
 the septum, and uniting at an angle near the 
 apex. When the flap thus formed is drawn 
 upward, the great thickness of the walls of the 
 cavity, as compared with those of the right 
 ventricle, is rendered manifest. The columnae 
 cameae resemble those of the right side, but are 
 thicker, and directed, for the most part, from 
 the base to the apex of the heart. Their inter- 
 sections are exceedingly numerous at the sum- 
 mit of the cavity, and along its posterior wall, 
 but the upper part of the anterior one is com- 
 paratively smooth. Two fleshy fasciculi of 
 considerable size, commencing by smaller bun- 
 dles, one from the anterior, the other from the 
 posterior surface, pass upward, and terminate 
 each in a blunted extremity, from which nu- 
 merous chordae tendineae branch off to be insert- 
 ed into the edges of the mitral valve. The 
 auriculo-ventricular opening is guarded by a 
 valve, similar in structure to that of the right 
 side, but differing from it in presenting but two 
 pointed processes; hence it has been termed 
 the mitral valve {valvula mitralis). The larger 
 division of it looks toward the aortic openiug. 
 To the right side of, and before the large open- 
 ing just noticed, is situated a smaller one, which 
 communicates with the aorta, and is guarded 
 by three valvular folds of the lining membrane, 
 similar in structure and form to those of the 
 pulmonary artery, and also called sigmoid or 
 semilunar valves. 
 
 The heart is covered by the serous layer of 
 the pericardium, which is reflected upon it, and 
 lined in its interior by a membrane of apparent- 
 ly similar structure, which not only serves as a 
 coating for its proper substance, but also forms 
 folds or valves at the auriculo-ventricular open- 
 ings at each side, as well as the semilunar 
 valves, where it is prolonged into the aorta and 
 the pulmonary artery. Between the investing 
 and the lining membrane is placed the proper 
 muscular tissue of the organ. 
 
 The heart receives its blood by the two cor- 
 onary arteries ; its veins terminate in the right 
 auricle ; its nerves come from the cardiac plex- 
 us, and appear veiy small as compared with 
 the bulk and quantity of matter of the organ ; 
 a circumstance which was much insisted on in 
 the discussion of the long-litigated question, Do 
 the fibres of the heart possess their susceptibil- 
 ity to impression (irritability) per se, or do they 
 derive it from the nerves ? 
 
 HEART, DISEASES OF THE. The heart 
 is subject to a variety of diseases, which may be 
 distinguished into sympathetic, inflammatory, 
 and organic. 
 
 1. Sympathetic affections. — These consist in 
 irregularity, increase, or diminution of the 
 
 heart's action, or painful nervous affections of 
 the heart, arising from various causes not oper- 
 ating immediately on the organ itself. Thus 
 palpitations and syncope are frequently the 
 results of dyspepsia, hysteria, agitation or dis- 
 tress of mind, and other causes which tend to 
 disturb the nervous functions. Neuralgic affec- 
 tions of the heart, also, are not uncommon. 
 
 2. Inflammatory affections. — Three distinct 
 textures are involved in the structure of the 
 heart, namely, the pericardium, a sero-fibrous 
 membrane, which forms its outer envelope ; 
 the muscular structure of the heart itself; and 
 the endocardium, or serous membrane which 
 lines its cavities. Each of these textures is lia- 
 ble to inflammation, which, when seated in the 
 pericardium, is termed Pericarditis; when in 
 the membrane lining the cavities of the heart, 
 Endocarditis; and when in its muscular sub- 
 stance, Carditis. 
 
 a. Pericarditis. — This may assume an acute, 
 subacute, or chronic form. It may proceed 
 from the same remote causes which induce in- 
 flammation of other serous membranes ; or it 
 may be caused by extension of inflammation 
 from the pleura ; or it may arise from the me- 
 tastasis of rheumatism, which is the most fre- 
 quent cause, especially in young patients. The 
 symptoms of pericarditis are extremely variable 
 and deceptive ; and it has been frequently found, 
 on dissection, to have existed in a severe degree 
 in cases where it had altogether escaped the 
 attention of the practitioner. Generally speak- 
 ing, the following are the principal symptoms 
 of acute pericarditis: sharp, burning pain in 
 the region of the heart, accompanied by an at- 
 tack of acute inflammatory fever ; the pain 
 shoots to the left scapula and shoulder, and 
 often descends some way down the arm ; it is 
 increased by full inspiration and by the move- 
 ments of the ribs, and also by pressure between 
 the ribs over the apex of the heart, and in the 
 epigastrium ; the respiration is hurried and la- 
 borious, and there is a sense of constriction in 
 the precordial region, with restlessness and 
 anxiety ; the patient can not lie on the left side, 
 and generally feels least distress when lying 
 on the back ; the state of the pulse varies ex- 
 tremely ; it is always frequent, but is sometimes 
 full, hard, and vibratory, and at others feeble, 
 irregular, or intermittent ; in the advanced 
 stage of the disease the pulse is generally feeble 
 and irregular, though the action of the heart 
 continues violent ; there is frequent fainting, 
 and extreme anxiety, restlessness, and miseiy. 
 The duration of this disease is very various ; if 
 not checked, it sometimes proves fatal in two 
 or three days, and at other times is protracted 
 for several weeks. This diversity of symptoms 
 and duration depends on the nature and prog- 
 ress of the organic changes which take place in 
 the course of the inflammation. These changes 
 consist, for the most part, in effusions of lymph 
 or serum, which are more or less copious, and 
 take place more or less rapidly. Thus, if serum 
 be effused in large quantity at an early period, 
 the action of the heart will almost from the first 
 be much oppressed, and the pulse feeble and 
 irregular ; if the effusion be more gradual, these 
 symptoms will not occur till a more advanced 
 
 329 
 
H E A 
 
 HE A 
 
 period : again, if a copious exudation of coag- 
 ulating lymph take place, and glue the pericar- 
 dium to the heart, serous effusion will be re- 
 strained, the symptoms dependent on it averted, 
 and the duration of the case protracted. 
 
 Inflammation of the pericardium does not 
 often extend to the muscular substance of the 
 heart, and when it does so, there seem to be 
 no very well established symptoms by which 
 the fact can be ascertained; this, however, is 
 of little consequence in practice, because the 
 treatment is not influenced by it. 
 
 The physical signs of pericarditis are, increas- 
 ed impulse of the heart ; bellows sound ; and, 
 where there is considerable effusion, a more 
 than usual dullness on percussion in the cardiac 
 region. 
 
 When there are partial exudations of lymph 
 on the opposite surfaces of the pericardium, the 
 sound of friction is not uncommon. 
 
 The physical signs, taken in conjunction with 
 the symptoms, generally speaking, remove all 
 obscurity from the diagnosis of pericarditis. 
 
 The symptoms of chronic pericarditis are 
 those of the acute in a less degree, and the 
 accompanying fever is of the hectic kind. The 
 increased impulse of the heart and the bellows 
 sound exist, but are less remarkable than in the 
 acute form ; when there is effusion of serum or 
 lymph within the pericardium, the dullness on 
 percussion is the same. 
 
 Pericarditis may be considered as almost al- 
 ways a fatal affection, except in those instances 
 of the acute disease in which the inflammation 
 is cut short by vigorous practice, before any or- 
 ganic change has ensued. When pericarditis 
 terminates in adhesion of the pericardium to the 
 heart, the patient frequently remains for some 
 months, or even for several years, free from any 
 symptoms which appear formidable, but this 
 state always, sooner or later, induces enlarge- 
 ment of the heart, generally hypertrophy with 
 dilatation; and when this takes place, it goes 
 on very rapidly to a fatal issue. 
 
 The signs by which an adhesion of the peri- 
 cardium to the heart may be recognized are 
 not always very distinctly marked, nor are some 
 which have been brought forward as particu- 
 larly diagnostic, sufficiently established to merit 
 much confidence. In a general way, when we 
 find, after acute or chronic inflammation of the 
 pericardium, that there is a permanently in- 
 creased dullness on percussion in the cardiac re- 
 gion, with a degree of dyspnoea and more or 
 less oppression on the chest, we may infer that 
 this lesion has probably taken place. 
 
 b. Endocarditis. — Inflammation of the luring 
 membrane of the heart assumes an acute, sub- 
 acute, or chronic form. It frequently arises 
 from the metastasis of rheumatism, and its 
 causes may in general be considered as .similar 
 to those of pericarditis. Endocarditis is a dis- 
 ease which has been recognized by pathologists 
 only within the last few years, nor have its 
 symptoms yet been determined with the accu- 
 racy that could be wished. In the acute form 
 there is generally no severe pain, but rather a 
 sense of oppression, anxiety, and faintness. 
 There is a very tumultuous action of the heart, 
 and great increase of impulse, frequently ac- 
 330 
 
 companied with a tremor or vibration, which, 
 in some instances, amounts to what is called 
 the purring tremor. The pulse varies much; 
 it is generally very rapid and irregular, but 
 does not partake of the force of the heart's ao- 
 tion, being usually soft and weak ; it is some- 
 times hard and vibratory, and is then generally 
 more regular. There is usually a bellows 
 sound, which is more distinct in proportion to 
 the strength of the heart's action, and which is 
 rougher, or approaches more to the rasp sound, 
 in proportion to the tumefaction of the valves, 
 and the effusion of lymph on the surface of the 
 lining membrane of the heart. 
 
 The more chronic forms of endocarditis are 
 frequently very difficult to distinguish from 
 chronic pericarditis, unless where the latter is 
 attended with copious serous effusion or exten- 
 sive adhesion, in which case percussion may 
 greatly aid the diagnosis. 
 
 On the dissection of those who have died of 
 acute endocarditis, the lining membrane of the 
 heart presents various appearances, according 
 to the degree and duration of the inflammatory 
 action; increased vascularity, thickening, soft- 
 ening, albuminous exudations, puriform depos- 
 its: if the case be of some duration, the depo- 
 sitions of lymph become vascular, and give rise 
 to excrescences, vegetations, organized false 
 membranes, and various adhesions. 
 
 Chronic endocarditis gives rise to narrowing 
 of the different orifices of the heart, cartilagin- 
 ous and osseous induration of the valves, and, 
 as particularly illustrated by M. Andral, to hy- 
 pertrophy of the ventricles. Inflammation of 
 the lining membrane of the heart may be read- 
 ily conceived to conduce to the thickening of 
 the parietes of that viscus ; first, by direct irri- 
 tation of the contiguous muscular substance, 
 as we find the muscular coat of the stomach 
 thickened in chronic gastritis; secondly, by 
 stimulating the muscular fibres to increased ac- 
 tion, both by the morbid stimulus of the dis- 
 ease, and by the opposition offered by the nar- 
 rowing of the heart's apertures, just as the mus- 
 cular coat of the bladder is thickened by a 
 structure of the urethra. 
 
 c. Carditis. — General inflammation of the 
 substance of the heart is a rare disease. Indu- 
 ration and softening of the entire muscular sub- 
 stance are, however, sometimes found ; and as 
 these occasionally present themselves in cases 
 of pericarditis, and are found to occupy only a 
 superficial portion of the muscular substance 
 contiguous to the pericardium, it is reasonable 
 to infer that they are the result of an extension 
 of inflammation from that membrane, and con- 
 sequently, that when they occur, independently 
 of pericarditis, they are the result of primary 
 inflammation of the substance of the heart. Dr. 
 Latham has recorded a solitary instance of uni- 
 versal suppuration of the substance of the heart. 
 There appear to be no distinct instances of gan- 
 grene of the heart. 
 
 Partial carditis is not so rare, but still not 
 common. It terminates in abscess or ulcera- 
 tion, more frequently the latter. Ulcers occupy 
 the external or the internal surface of the heart, 
 but the latter oftener than the former. Ulcera- 
 tion is the most common cause of rapture of the 
 
HE A 
 
 HE A 
 
 heart, which, however, is a very rare acci- 
 dent. 
 
 The treatment of pericarditis, endocarditis, 
 and carditis may be considered under one head, 
 as it is perfectly similar in all. In acute cases 
 it consists, in the first place, in a very bold and 
 early use of the lancet, and a rigid observance 
 of all the particulars of the antiphlogistic regi- 
 men. We need be less cautious in the abstrac- 
 tion of blood in this than in any other case of 
 acute inflammation ; the very center of life is 
 attacked, and a fatal event is certain if the dis- 
 ease be not speedily subdued : still reference 
 must be had to the strength of the patient ; if 
 a decided impression have been made by the 
 lancet, cupping and leeches may be sufficient 
 to subdue the remaining inflammatory action. 
 In some cases of debilitated patients, they may, 
 indeed, supersede the use of the lancet altogeth- 
 er, for this is one of the cases of inflammation in 
 which local bleeding has a very powerful effect. 
 The next most important remedy after blood- 
 letting is mercury, which, in this, as in other 
 cases, is a powerful means of preventing effu- 
 sion, or causing the absorption of such matters 
 as may already have been effused: with this 
 view calomel should be given in the manner 
 best suited to insure its effect on the mouth, 
 namely, in small doses frequently repeated. 
 Antimonial diaphoretics and saline purgatives 
 are also serviceable. Digitalis may be useful in 
 keeping the pulse down, and opium, combined 
 with the calomel, has frequently a very bene- 
 ficial effect ; other narcotics and antispasmodics 
 may also be useful according to circumstances. 
 In the rheumatic and gouty forms of carditis, col- 
 chicum is highly esteemed by some practition- 
 ers. The use of counter-irritants is better adapt- 
 ed to the subacute and chronic states of carditis 
 than to the acute. 
 
 Chronic carditis demands the same treatment 
 as the acute, but in a very moderate degree ; 
 small evacuations of blood, general or local, and 
 continued counter-irritation by blisters, setons, 
 tartar emetic ointment, &c, are the principal 
 means ; mercury is also applicable here on the 
 same principle as in the acute disease. When 
 lymph has been effused within the heart or 
 pericardium, and become organized, the case is 
 beyond the reach of art ; and when pericarditis 
 has terminated in serous effusion, if the patient 
 survive any length of time, the case, in effect, 
 becomes one of dropsy of the pericardium, on 
 the treatment of which little need be said, be- 
 cause no treatment is, generally speaking, of 
 any avail. 
 
 3. Organic diseases of the heart. — The most 
 remarkable of these are, Induration, Soften- 
 ing, Atrophy, Hypertrophy, Dilatation, Morbid 
 growths, Morbid deposits and degenerations, 
 Diseases of the valves and orifices of the heart. 
 
 1. Induration. — Induration of the muscular 
 substance of the heart is not common. It ap- 
 pears to be always the result of inflammation 
 either extending from the pericardium to the 
 muscular substance, or originating in the latter. 
 
 2. Softening. — A pale and flabby state of the 
 muscular substance of the heart is frequent in 
 leucophlegmatic and dropsical subjects, but 
 this may be considered as indicative of debility 
 
 rather than of absolute disease. Distinct soft- 
 ening of the heart is, like induration, rare, and, 
 like it, appears to be always the result of inflam- 
 matory action. 
 
 3. Atrophy. — Most writers on diseases of the 
 heart mention cases of diminished size of this 
 organ, but the etiology of the affection appears 
 to be entirely unknown. 
 
 4. Hypertrophy. — Hypertrophy, or morbid 
 increase of the muscular substance of the heart, 
 is very common. It is moi-e frequent, and great- 
 er in degree, in the left ventricle than in the 
 right. In most cases both ventricles are more 
 or less affected. The auricles also are occa- 
 sionally hypertrophied, but always in connec- 
 tion with diseases of the ventricles or valves. 
 Hypertrophy may occupy the parietes of only 
 one cavity of the heart, or of all. M. Bertin 
 divides hypertrophy into, a. Simple hypertrophy, 
 in which the walls of the cavities are merely 
 thickened without any change in the capacity 
 of the cavities ; b. Hypertrophy, with increase of 
 the capacity of the cavities; c. Hypertrophy, 
 with diminution of the capacity of the cavities. 
 
 Hypertrophy may arise from any of those 
 causes by which the substance of muscles in 
 general is augmented; namely, from any of 
 those causes which occasion a permanent in- 
 crease in the force or frequency of contraction. 
 Hence simple nervous palpitation, if habitual, 
 may occasion hypertrophy ; it seldom does so 
 however, to any great extent ; inflammation of 
 the pericardium or endocardium, obstruction 
 of the orifices of the heart, are the common 
 causes of this affection: we have already no- 
 ticed the manner of their operation, when 
 speaking of endocarditis. The essential signs 
 of simple hypertrophy are, a full and hard 
 pulse, which is almost always regular, and gen- 
 erally more or less vibratory ; dyspnoea ; and 
 increased impulse of the heart, with diminished 
 sound. Hypertrophy, with diminution of the 
 capacity of the cavities, is indicated by nearly 
 the same signs, except that in some cases it 
 appears to be attended by symptoms of ob- 
 structed circulation. Hypertrophy with dilata- 
 tion presents, as might be expected, the mixed 
 characters of these two states ; there is increase 
 both o£ impulse and of sound, and the symp- 
 toms will vaiy according as the hypertrophy 
 or the dilatation predominates. If we consider 
 the respective relations of the right and left 
 cavities of the heart to the pulmonary and sys- 
 temic circulation, we shall be prepared to ex- 
 pect a difference in the symptoms of hyper- 
 trophy, when situated in the one and in the 
 other. In hypertrophy of the right cavities, the 
 respiration is more embarrassed, the complex- 
 ion is inclined to livid, and haemoptysis is more 
 frequent. In hypertrophy of the left cavities, 
 the brain suffers more than the lungs ; the car- 
 otid arteries pulsate very strongly; there is a 
 remarkable tendency to apoplexy, and other 
 forms of cerebral disease, and the patient is 
 frequently annoyed with pain, drowsiness, or 
 throbbing in the head, noises in the ears, and 
 other disagreeable sensations. 
 
 Hypertrophy of the auricles is not accompa- 
 nied with any diagnostic symptoms ; but this is 
 of little consequence, because it is always con- 
 
 331 
 
HEA 
 
 nected with and dependent on some disease or 
 obstruction of the corresponding ventricle. The 
 stethescope aids the symptoms, in enabling us 
 to determine which side of the heart is affected 
 with hypertrophy ; when the increased impulse 
 is perceived under the bottom of the sternum, 
 we mfer that the right ventricle is hypertrophied; 
 when it is increased between the cartilages of 
 the fifth and seventh ribs, on the left side, we 
 infer that the left ventricle is diseased; and 
 when we find increased impulse in both these 
 situations, we conclude that both sides of the 
 heart are affected. 
 
 5. Dilatation. — Dilatation of the cavities of 
 the heart may take place without any change 
 in the thickness of the parietes ; or it may be 
 accompanied with thickening; or it may be 
 accompanied with preternatural thinness of their 
 parietes : hence we have Simple dilatation, Dil- 
 atation with hypertrophy, and Dilatation with 
 attenuation. 
 
 Various causes may occasion temporary dis- 
 tension of the cavities of the heart, but when 
 these causes are removed, the cavities return 
 by their own elasticity to their natural dimen- 
 sions. Permanent dilatation, therefore, is as 
 distinctly a disease as hypertrophy ; and it 
 seems better entitled to rank as a primaiy dis- 
 ease, inasmuch as it is oftener found uncon- 
 nected with inflammation or obstruction. Dila- 
 tation of the heart, indeed, seems always to 
 depend on an original or acquired debility of 
 its muscular fibres, because in some instances, 
 where we find it independently of other dis- 
 ease, it can only be attributed to such debility, 
 and in other instances, again, where it is in- 
 duced by the same exciting causes as hyper- 
 trophy, we must presuppose some such debility 
 to account for the occurrence of dilatation, in 
 place of the thickening which would be the 
 natural result of over-action were the organ 
 more robust. 
 
 a. Dilatation with hypertrophy is a mixed 
 case, combining the symptoms and signs of dil- 
 atation with those of hypertrophy. There is 
 one symptom, however, which is considered 
 very diagnostic of this state, namely, turges- 
 cence of the external jugular veins, and a pul- 
 sation of these veins synchronous witHWiat of 
 the arteries : the rationale of this symptom has 
 not yet been satisfactorily explained. 
 
 b. Simple dilatation, as it is called, is in real- 
 ity a case of dilatation with hypertrophy, in 
 which the dilatation predominates over the hy- 
 pertrophy ; for since the parietes of the heart 
 are extended, without diminution of then thick- 
 ness, there must have been a real increase of 
 substance. 
 
 c. Dilatation with attenuation. — This affects 
 the right ventricle rather than the left, but in 
 most cases both ventricles are involved. The 
 auricles, also, are sometimes affected, most com- 
 monly from disease of the auricular valves. In 
 dilatation of the cavities of the heart with attenu- 
 ation, the symptoms are, in many respects, pre- 
 cisely the reverse of those of hypertrophy. 
 The heart palpitates, but its action is feeble 
 and oppressed; the pulse is soft and weak, 
 though seldom irregular, except hi an advanced 
 stage of the disease ; the circulation is languid, 
 
 332 
 
 HEA 
 
 and the evolution of animal heat deficient ; the 
 lungs are oppressed with venous congestion, 
 whence arise dyspnoea, cough, oedema of the 
 lungs, and passive hemorrhage from the bron- 
 chial membrane ; effusion takes place within 
 the cavities of the pleura, pericardium, or both; 
 the countenance is of a leaden hue ; the func- 
 tions of the brain are torpid, from insufficient 
 aeration of the blood; the liver is extremely 
 liable to become enlarged, and ascites ensues 
 as a consequence of the obstruction of the por- 
 tal veins: the prevalence of the dropsical di- 
 athesis generally shows itself first in the lower 
 extremities, but is never confined to these ; and, 
 when it once shows itself, is certain eventually to 
 invade one or more of the great cavities of the 
 body. The above are the consequences of a 
 considerable degree of dilatation, but minor 
 degrees frequently exist for many years with- 
 out occasioning any formidable symptoms ; and 
 slight dilatation of the heart is very common hi 
 cases of asthma, and other diseases which ob- 
 struct the pulmonary circulation. 
 
 The physical signs of dilatation of the heart, 
 with attenuation of its walls, are exactly the 
 reverse of those which indicate hypertrophy. 
 The impulse of the heart is diminished, while 
 its sound is increased and heard over a greater 
 extent of the chest than is natural. We can 
 here only state the physical signs of this and 
 other affections of the heart in a very general 
 manner, referring the reader for more minute 
 information to the elaborate treatises on aus- 
 cultation which have appeared of late years in 
 France and in England, at the same time cau- 
 tioning him not to adopt too implicitly some 
 of the minor distinctions pointed out by their 
 authors, and never to trust absolutely to the 
 ear, unless the information thus obtained be 
 corroborated by the symptoms of the case. 
 
 The different forms of dilatation of the heart 
 have been designated by some pathologists un- 
 der the title of Aneurism of the heart, dilatation 
 with hypertrophy being called Active aneurism, 
 and dilatation with attenuation, Passive aneu- 
 rism; these, however, are unmeaning terms, 
 and should be banished from pathology. 
 
 6. Morbid growths. — These consist chiefly of 
 fungous growths and excrescences, which spring 
 from the lining membrane of the heart, and ac- 
 quire various degrees of vascularity and con- 
 sistence, and present various forms and appear- 
 ances. The only known cause of these morbid 
 productions is inflammation of the endocardium, 
 and they are more frequently found springing 
 from that portion of the membrane which cov- 
 ers the valves, in which case the valves them- 
 selves are often ossified. It is probable that in 
 some cases the excrescences in question origi- 
 nate from the gradual organization of portions 
 of lymph effused on the surface of the inflamed 
 membrane ; in other cases there seems to be no 
 reason to attribute them to such an origin, and 
 they are probably caused by some unknown 
 perversion of action in the vessels of the mem- 
 brane itself, like polypi in other parts. They 
 are more frequently met with in the left than 
 in the right cavities of the heart. Morbid 
 growths, of a bony consistence, are occasionally 
 met with, usually attached to the valves, but 
 
HE A 
 
 HEA 
 
 sometimes springing from other parts of the 
 endocardium. 
 
 7. Morbid depositions and degenerations. — 
 These consist chiefly in the formation of bony 
 matter, and in fatty and greasy degenerations. 
 Ossific deposits are common in the pericardium 
 and under the liuing membrane of the heart, in 
 the situation of the valves. They have occa- 
 sionally, also, been found in the muscular sub- 
 stance of the heart, large portions of which, in 
 6ome rare instances, have been found convert- 
 ed into bone. Fat is often deposited, in very 
 large quantities, within the pericardium, and 
 sometimes insinuates itself between the mus- 
 cular fibres, causing atrophy of the muscular 
 substance. In other cases, small portions of 
 the substance of the heart, generally toward 
 the apex, have been found infiltrated with a 
 greasy matter. It does not appear that these 
 fatty and greasy degenerations are productive 
 of any particular bad effects. 
 
 8. Diseases of the valves and orifices of the 
 heart. — The valves of the heart, consisting of 
 fibrous membrane invested on each side by the 
 serous membrane which lines the cavities of 
 the heart, are, like other parts of similar texture, 
 particularly liable to cartilaginous induration 
 and to ossification. It would appear that these 
 changes always commence in the fibrous part, 
 and are consequently situated under the serous 
 membrane. All the valves of the heart are lia- 
 ble to these diseases, but those of the left side 
 are much more so than those of the right. The 
 induration of the valves on the right, also, sel- 
 dom goes beyond the cartilaginous stage, or, at 
 all events, not so frequently as on the left side. 
 The mitral valve is more frequently diseased 
 than any other; next to this, the semilunar 
 valves of the aorta: disease of the tricuspid 
 valve is not very common, and that of the semi- 
 lunar valves of the pulmonary artery very rare. 
 Bony degenerations of the valves of the heart 
 appear to be of two very different kinds ; in 
 the one a cartilaginous induration becomes 
 gradually converted into an imperfectly organ- 
 ized bone; in the other, a calcareous matter, 
 which possesses no organization, is deposited in 
 a caseous or steatomatous nidus. The former 
 appears to be generally the result of inflamma- 
 tion of the endocardium, or of straining of the 
 valves from over-action of the heart ; the latter 
 of that ossific diathesis, prevalent in old age, 
 which occasions bony depositions in various 
 parts of the arterial system. Fungous growths, 
 or vegetations, as they are strangely called, 
 are frequently found springing from the serous 
 membrane of the indurated valves. 
 
 Disease of the valves, when to any consid- 
 erable extent, is almost always connected in 
 the relation of cause or effect with hypertrophy 
 or dilatation; the case, therefore, is usually a 
 mixed one, in which the symptoms and signs 
 of hypertrophy or dilatation are complicated 
 with others indicative of obstruction to the free 
 exit of the blood from the cavities of the heart. 
 The symptoms of hypertrophy or of dilatation 
 are greatly aggravated by the presence of the 
 valvular disease, and to these are superadded 
 intermission or irregularity of the pulse; the 
 bellows, or rasp sound ; and, occasionally, the 
 
 purring tremor. In general, disease of the 
 auriculo-ventricular valves occasions more ir 
 regularity of the pulse than that of the semi- 
 lunar valves; the pulse, also, is more affected 
 by disease of the valves on the left than on the 
 right side of the heart. The degree of rough- 
 ness of the sounds which attend the contrac- 
 tions of the heart depends chiefly on the degree 
 of valvular obstruction ; and the sound varies 
 from the softest bellows sound to the roughest 
 rasp sound. The situation in which the sound 
 is heard most distinctly indicates the particular 
 valve which is diseased. 
 
 In the case of the mitral valve, the sound 
 seems nearest when the stethescope is applied 
 at the left margin of the sternum, between the 
 third and fourth ribs; when the aortic valves 
 are affected, the sound is most distinct about 
 the middle of the sternum (speaking relatively 
 both to its length and breadth) ; when the tri- 
 cuspid valve is diseased, the 6ound is clearest 
 at a point a little to the right of the mesial line 
 of the sternum, opposite to the space between 
 the third and fourth ribs. The purring tremor 
 is sometimes present and sometimes absent ; it 
 is chiefly heard when the action of the heart is 
 increased by a fit of palpitation. It is not by 
 itself at all diagnostic of disease of the valves, 
 because it occurs, also, in other morbid states 
 of the heart. It is to be observed, also, that a 
 single auscultation is by no means sufficient to 
 enable us to form a just opinion as to the presence 
 or absence of disease of the valves, since, from 
 causes not easily explained, we may be able to 
 detect no sound, one day, although it be loud 
 and distinct on another. The above is a very 
 rude, though, it is hoped, not very incorrect 
 outline of the pathology and semeiography of 
 tbe organic diseases of the heart; the limits of 
 this dictionary do not permit us to extend it, 
 
 With respect to the treatment of these dis- 
 eases, the general principles which should guide 
 the practitioner may be stated in few words. 
 When, as most frequently happens, the organic 
 change is consecutive on some other disease, as, 
 for example, hypertrophy on inflammation of 
 the investing or lining membranes of the heart, 
 or passive dilatation on congestion in the lungs, 
 it is our business to remove the cause, if this be 
 possible, before the effects have become se- 
 rious ; again, when we can perceive no manifest 
 cause of such structural changes, we have no 
 immediate means of preventing or arresting 
 them : hence the curative treatment of such 
 diseases resolves itself entirely into that of the 
 affections on which they may be consecutive. 
 With respect to the palliative treatment, it con- 
 sists in the avoidance of all causes which can 
 hurry or disturb the circulation, as too active 
 exercise, strong emotions of the mind, the use 
 of indigestible aliments, or sudden vicissitudes 
 of temperature ; the occasional use of blood- 
 letting, when necessary to relieve congestion ; 
 of digitalis, to allay increased action of the heart; 
 and of those means calculated to obviate disor- 
 ders of the digestive organs, which have very 
 great influence in producing an irritable state o. 
 the heart. By a judicious observance of these 
 rules, the fatal termination of organic diseases 
 of the heart may often be kept at bay for a long 
 
 333 
 
H E C 
 
 HE L 
 
 time, and the patient exempted from any very 
 severe suffering. 
 
 Heart, displacement of the. Ectopia cor- 
 dis. This may occur congenitally, or by the 
 pressure of neighboring organs. This organ has 
 also been found variously malformed. 
 
 Heartburn. Cardialgia. 
 
 Heart-shaped. Cordate. 
 
 Heart-wort. Laserpitium album. 
 
 Heart's-ease. Viola tricolor. 
 
 HEAT. Caloric. 
 
 Heat, absolute. This term is applied to 
 the whole quantity of caloric existing in a body 
 in chemical union. 
 
 Heat, animal. Animal temperature. 
 
 Heat, free. Heat that is sensible to the 
 touch or thermometer. 
 
 Heat, latent. When any object is in equi- 
 librium with the bodies which surround it with 
 respect to its heat, that quantity which it con- 
 tains is not perceptible by any external sign or 
 organ of sense, and is termed combined caloric, 
 or latent heat. 
 
 Heat, prickly. Lichen tropicus. 
 
 Heat, sensible. Free heat. 
 
 Heat, specific The amount of heat requir- 
 ed to bring a given body to a certain tempera- 
 ture, as compared with the number of degrees 
 necessary to elevate water or another body, is 
 termed its specific heat. This is ten and a half 
 times greater in water than mercury. 
 
 Heat, vital. Animal temperature. 
 
 Heath. Erica vulgaris. 
 
 Heavy carbonated hydrogen. Carbureted 
 hydrogen. 
 
 Heavy inflammable air. Carbureted hy- 
 drogen. 
 
 Heavy spar. Sulphate of barytes. 
 
 HE'BE. (H6?7; from r]6ao), Jlores, vigeo.) 
 The hair which grows upon the pubes, or the 
 age when it appears. 
 
 Hebe'tudo. Amaurosis. — Paulus JEgineta. 
 
 HEBRADE'NDRON. A genus of trees, fam- 
 ily Guttiferce, inhabiting Ceylon, Siam, and the 
 East Indies. The H- cambogioides yields gam- 
 boge, and was mistaken formerly for the Sta- 
 lagmitis cambo gioides, which see. 
 
 HE'CTIC. (Hecticus; ektlkoc; from eijic, 
 habit.) Appertaining to the habit or constitu- 
 tion. 
 
 Hectic fever. Febris hectica. A disease 
 of great perplexity and irregularity. The char- 
 acter of the disease is well given by John 
 Hunter in the following words: "Hectic may 
 be said to be a slow mode of dissolution ; the 
 general symptoms are those of a low or slow 
 fever, attended with weakness, but more with 
 the action of weakness than real weakness : for, 
 upon the removal of the hectic cause, the action 
 of strength is immediately produced, as well as 
 every natural function, however much it was 
 decreased before. The particular symptoms 
 are debility ; a small, quick, and sharp pulse ; 
 the blood forsaking the skin ; loss of appetite ; 
 often rejection of all aliment by the stomach ; 
 wasting; a great readiness to be thrown into 
 sweats ; sweating spontaneously when in bed ; 
 frequently a constitutional pinging." 
 
 It commonly commences slowly and insid- 
 iously, and is not suspected for some months ; 
 334 
 
 and the only symptoms noticeable are, lassitude 
 upon slight exercise, loss of appetite, and a 
 wasting of the flesh. But if these symptoms 
 be connected with a general increase of pulse, 
 so that the artery beats from ninety to a hun- 
 dred, or a hundred and twenty strokes in a 
 minute, there will be a real ground for appre- 
 hension. 
 
 Where the disease is evidently symptomatic, 
 the case must depend upon curing, or, if incur- 
 able, upon removing, when this can be accom- 
 plished, the part affected. Where idiopathic, 
 we must combat, as far as we are able, the he- 
 ritable diathesis ; and above all things endeavor 
 to strengthen, without increasing, the action of 
 the machine. The best sedatives, as well as 
 tonics, are vegetable acids. The state of the 
 body should be attended to ; exercise, light, nu- 
 tritious diet, and light bitters, with sarsaparilla, 
 may be employed, but with little hope of re- 
 covery. 
 
 Hecticop y'r a. Hecticopyretos. Hectic 
 fever. 
 
 Hectogramme. One hundred grammes, 
 equal to 3 ounces 1 drachm and 434 grains troy, 
 or 1543-4 grains. 
 
 Hectolitre. A measure of 100 litres, or 
 211-35 pints. 
 
 HEDE'OMA. {a, ce, f.) 1. American pen- 
 nyroyal. 2. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
 Monogynia. Labiates. — H- pulegioides. Amer- 
 ican pennyroyal. A very common indigenous 
 plant, of an aromatic, pungent smell, closely re- 
 sembling pennyroyal. It is a stimulant aromatic, 
 and given in popular practice as a tea in men- 
 strual retentions. The oil, oleum hedeomce, is 
 officinal. 
 
 HEDERA HELIX. H. arborea. The ivy. 
 The leaves are very nauseous ; the berries are 
 said to be emetic. The stalk yields, by exuda- 
 tion, the Gummi hederce. It has a strong, resin- 
 ous, agreeable smell, and an astringent taste. 
 Though never used in the practice of the pres- 
 ent day, it possesses corroborant, astringent, and 
 antispasmodic virtues. 
 
 Hedera terrestris. Glechoma hederacea. 
 
 Hedera'ce^e. Plants allied to the ivy. 
 
 Hedge garlic. Alliaria officinalis. 
 
 Hedge hyssop. Gratiola officinalis. 
 
 Hedge mustard. Erysimum alliaria. 
 
 Hedgehog. Erinaceus. 
 
 Hedgehog mushroom. Hydnum erinaceum. 
 
 He'dra. ESpa. A fracture of the cranium, 
 with depression. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Hedyo'smos. Mint. 
 
 Hedy'pnois. The dandelion. 
 
 HEDY'SARUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Diadelpliia. Decandria. — H. alhagi. 
 A small shrub of Persia and Mesopotamia. Its 
 leaves become covered during the night with a 
 granular manna or honey dew, which is used as 
 food, and has a little laxative quality. 
 
 Helco'ma. Ulceration. 
 
 Helcy'drion. A little ulcer. 
 
 Helcy'ster. The crotchet. 
 
 Hele'nine. A concrete volatile oil of the Inu- 
 la kelenium: it is crystalline: form., Ci6Hio0 2 . 
 
 Hele'nium. Inula helenium. 
 
 HELE'NIUM AUTUMNALE. Sneezewort. 
 An indigenous, perennial, composite plant, 
 
HEL 
 
 H EM 
 
 which is bitter and acrid. It is said to be use- 
 ful in intermittents. 
 
 Heleoselinum. Eleoselinum. 
 
 Helianthemum. Helianthus. 
 
 HELIA'NTHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia frustranea. 
 Composite. — H. annuus. The sun-flower. The 
 seeds have been made into a nutritious bread. 
 — H. tuberosus. Jerusalem artichoke. The 
 tubers somewhat resemble the potato. 
 
 HELIC A'LIS. Appertaining to the helix, or 
 border of the ear. 
 
 Helicalis major. See Helicis major. 
 
 Helicalis minor. See Helicis minor. 
 
 He'licine arteries. The short, curved 
 vessels and arteries of the penis. 
 
 HE'LICIS MAJOR. A proper muscle of 
 the ear, which depresses the part of the carti- 
 lage of the ear into which it is inserted : it lies 
 upon the upper or sharp point of the helix, or 
 outward ring, arising from the upper and acute 
 part of the helix anteriorly, and passing to be 
 inserted into its cartilage a little above the 
 tragus. 
 
 HELICIS MINOR. A proper muscle of the 
 ear, which contracts the fissure of the ear : it is 
 situated below the helicis major, upon part of 
 the helix. It arises from the inferior and ante- 
 rior part of the helix, and is inserted into the 
 eras of the helix, near the fissure in the cartilage 
 opposite to the concha. 
 
 Helicotre'ma. The foramen by which the 
 scalae of the cochlea of the internal ear commu- 
 nicate. 
 
 Heliosco'pios. Helianthus andheliotropium. 
 
 HELIOSTAT. (From rfkioq, the sun, and 
 lOTWfXL, I stand.) A mirror which is so adjusted 
 as to move with the sun, and thus throw a beam 
 of light in the same direction during the day. 
 
 He'liotrope. Heliotropium. Helio tropins 
 lapis. The blood-stone. 
 
 Heliotro'pii succus. See Croton. 
 
 Heliotropium indicum. Convolvulus bata- 
 tas. 
 
 Heliotropium ma jus. This is the heliotro- 
 pium europium of Linnaeus, which is bitter 
 throughout. 
 
 Heliotropium tricoccum. See Croton. 
 
 Helis fulvescens. Symptomatic diffused 
 ephelis. — Swediaur. 
 
 HE'LIX. (ix, ids, m. E/Uf, a spiral line ; 
 from ilka, to turn round.) The external circle 
 or border of the outer ear, that curls inward. 
 The genus of snails. — H. pomatia. The garden 
 snail. It was formerly used in medicine. 
 
 Hellebora'ster. Helleborus fcetidus. 
 
 Helleborastrum. See Helleborus. 
 
 Hellebore, American. Veratrum viride. 
 
 Hellebore, black. Helleborus niger. 
 
 Hellebore, white. Veratrum album. 
 
 HELLE'BORUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranuncu- 
 lacece. — H. albus. See Veratrum album. 
 
 Helleborus f(etidus. Stinking hellebore, 
 or bear's-foot. Hellebor aster. The leaves pos- 
 sess anthelmintic powers. It commonly op- 
 erates as a cathartic, sometimes as an emetic, 
 and, in large doses, proves highly deleterious. 
 
 Helleborus niger. Helleborus. Black hel- 
 lebore. Christmas rose. The root, when fresh, 
 
 is bitterish, and somewhat acrid : it has a nau- 
 seous, acrid smell. The ancients esteemed it 
 as a powerful remedy in maniacal cases. At 
 present it is exhibited principally as an altera- 
 tive, or, when given in a large dose, as a pur- 
 gative. It often proves a very powerful em- 
 menagogue in plethoric habits, where steel is 
 ineffectual or improper. It is also recommend- 
 ed in dropsies, and some cutaneous diseases. 
 Dose, in powder, gr. iij. to 3ss., as an alterative ; 
 above this it is a drastic purge. 
 
 Helleborus orientalis. The root of this 
 Eastern species is still used in the Levant, and 
 was formerly much esteemed in mania, epilep- 
 sy, and dropsy. 
 
 Helmet. Galea. 
 
 Helmet-flower. See Anthora. 
 
 HELMI'NTHAGOGUE. (Helmintkagogus; 
 from eXficvc, a worm, and ayu>, to drive out.) 
 Synonymous with anthelmintic. 
 
 Helmi'nthia. Helminthiasis. 
 
 HELMINTHIASIS. (is,is,f. El^ivBiacnr, 
 from e1[ilvc, which signifies any species of 
 worm.) A disease in which worms, or the 
 larvae of worms, are bred in any part of the 
 body. 
 
 Helmi'nthic Helminthicus. Appertaining 
 to worms. 
 
 Helminthoco'rton. Fucus helminthocorton. 
 
 HELMINTHOLO'GY. A treatise or de- 
 scription of worms. 
 
 HELO'DES. (From e?loc, a swamp.) 1. A 
 fever, characterized throughout by profuse 
 sweating. The sweating sickness. 2. Marsh 
 fever. 
 
 Helonias officinalis. Veratrum sabadilla. 
 
 Helo'pyra. Hylepyretos. Marsh fever. 
 
 He'los. The tumor formed by prolapsus 
 iridis. 
 
 HELO'SIS. (From eilu, to turn.) An 
 eversion or turning out of the eyelids. 
 
 Helvella esculenta. According to Per- 
 soon, this and the H. mitra are eaten for the mo- 
 rel, with which they are confounded. 
 
 He'lxine. See Parietaria. 
 
 He'matine. See Hcematin. 
 
 Hematosin. See Hamatosin. 
 
 Hematu'ria. See Hematuria. 
 
 HEMERALO'PIA. (a, <z, f.; from rjfiepa, 
 the day, and u^, the eye.) A defect in the 
 sight, which consists in being able to see in 
 broad daylight, but not in the evening. It pro- 
 ceeds from too great an habitual exposure to 
 light, whence the retina becomes torpid, and 
 requires a strong stimulus to arouse it. At noon- 
 tide, therefore, it is sensible to the impression 
 of objects, but does not clearly discern them 
 in the shade, toward the close of the day, or 
 by ordinary candle-light. 
 
 He'meralops. One who sees only in the 
 dav-time. 
 
 HEMEROCA'LLIS. A genus of plants. 
 Hexandria, Monogynia. Liliacece. — H.fulva. 
 Tawny day-lily. The leaves are cooling, and 
 the roots aperient. 
 
 HEMI-. A prefix (from nuiovc, half), mean- 
 ing half, and corresponding with semi. 
 
 Hemicerau'nios. A bandage for the back 
 and breast. — Galen. 
 
 HEMICRA'NIA. (a, <e, f.; from fjfiiovc, 
 335 
 
HEP 
 
 half, and upaviov, the head.) A pain that af- 
 fects only one side of the head. It is generally- 
 nervous or hysterical, sometimes bilious ; and, 
 in both cases, sometimes comes at a regular 
 period, like an ague. When it is accompanied 
 by a strong pulsation, like that of a nail pierc- 
 ing the part, it is denominated clavus. 
 
 HEMIDE'SMUS INDICUS. An asclepia- 
 daceous plant of East India, yielding the Indian 
 sarsaparilla. 
 
 Hemio'bolon. Half an obolus, or the twelfth 
 part of a drachm. 
 
 Hemioni'tis. Asplenium hemionitis. 
 
 HEMIO'PIA. (From nfuavg, half, and otx- 
 rofiat, to see.) A defect of vision, in which a 
 person sees only the half of an object. 
 
 Hemipa'gia. Hemicrania. 
 
 HEMIPLEGIA. Hemiplexia. (From r//u- 
 cvg, half, and nlnaao), to strike : so called be- 
 cause one side of the body is affected.) See 
 Paralysis. 
 
 HEMI'PTERA. Insects having the upper 
 wings half membranous and half coriaceous. 
 
 Hemirh o'm b i o n. An old bandage, which 
 extended half way round the part it was ap- 
 plied to. 
 
 HEMISPHERE. (Hemisphera, ce, £; half 
 a globe.) The two masses which form the up- 
 per part of the brain are called the hemispheres 
 of the brain. 
 
 Hemi'tomon. An old bandage, which was 
 cut half way down. 
 
 Hemitrit^'us. Semitertian ague. 
 
 Hemlock. Conium maculatum. 
 
 Hemlock dropwort. (Enanthe crocata. 
 
 Hemlock-tree. H. spruce. Pinus cana- 
 densis. 
 
 Hemlock, water. Cicuta virosa. 
 
 Hemorrhage. See Hcemorrhage. 
 
 Hemp. Cannabis sativa. 
 
 Hemp-agrimony. See Eupatorium. 
 
 Hemp, Indian. Commonly this means Apo- 
 cynum cannabinum, but it is also used for the 
 Cannabis indica. 
 
 Hemp, water. See Eupatorium. 
 
 Hemp-seed calculus. The small varieties of 
 the mulberry calculus have been so called. 
 
 Henbane. Hyoscyamus niger. 
 
 Henbane of peru. Tobacco. 
 
 Hen-blindness. Nyctalopia. 
 
 Henna. Lawsonia inermis. 
 
 HE'PAR. (ar, atis, n. Knap, the liver.) 
 See Liver. 
 
 Hepar antimonii. An oxy-sulphuret of an- 
 timony. Antimonium vitrum. 
 
 Hepar martiale. A compound of liver of 
 sulphur and oxide of iron. 
 
 Hepar sulphuris. See Sulpkuretum. 
 
 Hepar sulphuris volatilis. Boyle's fum- 
 ing liquor. The hydrosulphuret of ammonia. 
 
 Hepar uterinum. The placenta. 
 
 HEPATA'LGIA. (a, ce, f. ; from jjirap, the 
 liver, and alyoc, pain.) Pain in the liver. 
 
 Hepatalgia calculosa. The pain caused 
 by the passage of biliary calculi. 
 
 Hepatalgia phlegmonoides. Hepatitis. 
 
 Hepataposte'ma. Abscess of the liver. 
 
 Hepatemphra'xis. Hepatic obstruction. 
 
 HEPATIC. (Hepaticus; from ijKap, the liv- 
 er.) 1. Belonging to the liver. 2. Liver color. 
 336 
 
 HEP 
 
 Hepatic air. Sulphureted hydrogen. 
 
 Hepatic artery. Arteria hepatica. The 
 artery which nourishes the substance of the liv- 
 er. It arises from the cceliac, where it almost 
 touches the point of the lobulus Spigelii. Its 
 root is covered by the pancreas ; it then turns 
 a little forward., and passes under the pylorus 
 to the porta of the liver, and runs between the 
 biliary ducts and the vena portae, where it di- 
 vides into two large branches, one of which 
 enters the right, and the other the left lobe of 
 the liver. In this place it is inclosed, along 
 with all the other vessels, in the capsule of 
 Glisson. 
 
 Hepatic duct. Ductus hepaticus. The 
 trunk of the biliary pores. It runs from the 
 sinus of the liver toward the duodenum, and is 
 joined by the cystic duct, to form the ductus 
 communis choledochus. See Biliary duct. 
 
 Hepatic flux. A form of dysentery accom- 
 panied with copious discharge of bilious mat- 
 ter. 
 
 Hepatic plexus. It is composed of filaments 
 from the coeliac plexus, and which accompany 
 the hepatic artery. 
 
 Hepatic veins. Vence kepaticce. From the 
 extremities of the vena portae, and also from, 
 those of the hepatic artery, a number of veins 
 arise, which are called vena? kepaticce, and ac- 
 company the branches of the hepatic artery and 
 vena portae. The branches of the hepatic veins 
 finally unite into two or three large trunks, 
 which recede from the hepatic artery and vena 
 portae, and terminate in the vena cava ascend- 
 ens, just below the diaphragm. 
 
 HBPA'TICA. (a, ce, f.) 1. American 
 liverwort. 2. A genus of plants. Polyandria. 
 Polygamia. Ranunculacece. — H. americana is 
 officinal, and, with H. acutiloba, is used in do- 
 mestic practice as a demulcent, but is of little 
 value. 
 
 Hepatica fontana. Marchantia. 
 
 Hepatica herb a. See Marchantia. 
 
 Hepatica jecoraria. H. stellata. H. ter- 
 restris. H. vulgaris. Marchantia. 
 
 Hepatica nobilis. Anemone hepatica. 
 
 HEPAT'ICE. The liverwort tribe of aco- 
 tyledonous plants. Cellular, flowerless plants, 
 consisting of an axis or stem, either leafy or 
 bordered ; the reproductive organs are valved 
 thecce of different kinds. 
 
 HEPATIRRHCE'A. (a, ce, f. ; from ynap, 
 and pew, to flow.) 1. A purging, with bilious 
 evacuations. 2. A diarrhoea, in which portions 
 of flesh, like liver, are voided. 
 
 HEP ATIS ATION. (Hepatisatio,^ onis, f. ; 
 from rjitap, the liver : so called from its appear- 
 ing like liver.) The conversion of any texture 
 into a substance resembling liver. The term is 
 applied chiefly to the lungs. Hepatisation is 
 generally divided into red and yellow ; the for- 
 mer deriving its color from the presence of 
 blood, the latter from purulent infiltration. — 
 See Pneumonia. 
 
 HEPATPTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from yirap, the 
 liver. ) Inflammatio hepatis. An inflammation 
 of the liver. A disease attended with inflam- 
 matory fever; tension and pain of the right 
 hypochondrium, often pungent, like that of a 
 pleurisy, but more frequently dull or obtuse; a 
 
HEP 
 
 HER 
 
 pain at the clavicle, and at the top of the shoul- 
 der of the right side ; much uneasiness in lying 
 down on the left side ; difficulty of breathing ; 
 a dry cough, vomiting, and hiccough. It is of 
 two kinds, acute and chronic. 
 
 The acute species of hepatitis comes on with 
 a pain in the right hypochondrium, extending 
 up to the clavicle and shoulder, increased by 
 pressing upon the part; is accompanied with 
 cough, oppression of breathing, and difficulty 
 of lying on the left side, with nausea and sick- 
 ness, and often with a vomiting of bilious mat- 
 ter. The urine is of a deep saffron color, and 
 small hi quantity ; there is loss of appetite, great 
 thirst, and costiveness, with a strong, hard, and 
 frequent pulse ; and when the disease has con- 
 tinued for some days, the skin and eyes become 
 tinged of a deep yellow. When the inflamma- 
 tion is in the cellular structure or substance of 
 the liver, it is called, by some, hepatitis paren- 
 chymatosa; and when the gall-bladder, which 
 is attached to this organ, is the seat of inflamma- 
 tion, it has been called hepatitis cystica. 
 
 The chronic species is usually accompanied 
 with a morbid yellow complexion, loss of ap- 
 petite and flesh, costiveness, indigestion, flatu- 
 lency, pains in the stomach, a yellow tinge of 
 the skin and eyes, clay-colored stools, high-col- 
 ored urine, depositing a red sediment and ropy 
 mucus ; an obtuse pain in the region of the liv- 
 er, extending to the shoulder, and not unfre- 
 quently with a considerable degree of asthma. 
 
 Hepatitis, like other inflammations, may end 
 in resolution, suppuration, gangrene, or scir- 
 rhus; its termination in gangrene is a rare oc- 
 currence in temperate, but a very frequent one 
 in hot climates. 
 
 The treatment of this disease is different in 
 the two forms which it assumes. Acute hepa- 
 titis is treated like other acute inflammation, 
 except in the way in which mercury is exhibit- 
 ed. The lancet and purgatives are to be freely 
 used in strong patients. The bowels are next 
 to be cleared, until the nature of the evacuations 
 shows that it is not likely that any faecal matter 
 remains in the intestines in a solid form, and 
 that the bile passes off freely. This is best 
 done by calomel, in such doses as to affect the 
 gums rapidly. If the bowels be morbidly open, 
 opium is to be combined with the calomel. In 
 all cases where it becomes doubtful whether 
 the lancet should be again resorted to, cupping 
 and leeches are useful; after which, a large 
 blister should be applied over the affected or- 
 gan. In very acute cases, salivation is to be at- 
 tempted also by rubbing mercurial ointment 
 into the legs and thighs. The appearance of 
 a soreness of the gums is a precursor of a de- 
 cline of the disease. Hepatitis soon shows in 
 what way it will terminate ; and if no diminu- 
 tion of the symptoms is affected, death soon 
 takes place, from the violence of the inflamma- 
 tory action, or from gangrene. A gradual mit- 
 igation of the force of the symptoms indicates 
 its resolution. A shivering, with remission of' 
 febrile action, announces the formation of pus : 
 an abscess then forms, and bursts either through 
 the integuments, or into the stomach, colon, 
 lungs, or kidney. As soon as this becomes 
 known, the strength of the patient is no longer 
 
 to be reduced : the strict antiphlogistic diet be- 
 fore adopted must yield to a more nourishing 
 one, but not a stimulating one ; and tonics, es- 
 pecially bitters, as calumba and gentian, or cas- 
 carilla, are to supply the place of the former 
 medicines. 
 
 Chronic hepatitis requires the same treatment 
 with the acute, but in miniature. Cupping, 
 and frequently applying leeches, are beneficial. 
 Mercurial alteratives are especially serviceable, 
 as the pilula hydrargyri submuriatis composita, 
 or small doses of the blue pill, administered 
 regularly, so as to effect a perceptible action on 
 the gums, and no more. The use of the nitro- 
 muriatic acid bath and sponging, with doses of 
 the acid of gtt. v., three times a day, is often 
 serviceable in hot climates. A mild diet, exer- 
 cise, and change of climate, are the great restor- 
 atives. 
 
 Hepatization. See Hepatisation. 
 
 Hepatizon. Symptomatic diffused ephelis. 
 
 HEPATOCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from V xap, and 
 K7]?iv, a tumor.) A hernia, caused by a portion 
 of the liver protruding through the abdominal 
 parietes. 
 
 Hepatoco'lic Pertaining to the fiver and 
 colon ; a ligament of the liver. 
 
 Hepato-ga'stric ome ntum. The lesser 
 omentum, which passes from the liver to the 
 stomach. 
 
 Hepatography. A description of the liver. 
 
 Hepatoh^'mia. Congestion of the liver. 
 
 Hepatolo'gt. A treatise on the liver. 
 
 Hepatoma'lacia. Softening of the liver. 
 
 Hepatoncus. Tumefaction of the liver. 
 
 Hepatophy'ma. An abscess of the liver. 
 
 Hepatorrha'gia. See Hepatirrhosa. 
 
 Hepatotomia. Dissection of the liver. 
 
 Hepi'alus. A mild quotidian fever. 
 
 HEPTA'NDRIA. Heptandrous. (From 
 EiTTa, seven, and avnp, a man, or husband.) 
 Plants with hermaphrodite flowers and seven 
 stamens. 
 
 Heptaphy'llum. The tormentil. 
 
 Heptaple'urum. The plantago major. 
 
 Heptar-tomphalus. An umbilical hernia, 
 including a portion of the liver. 
 
 HERACLE'UM. {urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. — 
 H. gummiferum. See Dorema ammoniacum. — 
 H.lannatum. (U.S.) Masterwort. It is an in- 
 digenous species, which has stimulant and car- 
 minative properties. The dose of the dried 
 root is 31J. to 3iij. — H. spondylium. Spondyli- 
 um. Cow-parsnip. All-heal. It is said to be 
 useful in the cure of dysentery. 
 
 Heracleus morbus. Epilepsy. 
 
 Herb bennet. Geum urbanum. 
 
 Herb Christopher. Actaea spicata. 
 
 Herb of grace. Gratiola officinalis. 
 
 Herb mastich. Thymus mastichina. 
 
 Herb Robert. Geranium Robertianum. 
 
 Herb trinity. Anemone hepatica. 
 
 HE'RBA. (a, ce, f.) A herb. There are 
 two kinds: annuals, which perish the same 
 year; and biennials, which have their leaves 
 the first year, and their flowers and fruit the 
 second, and then die away. 
 
 Herba alexandrina. Smyrnium alexandri 
 num. 
 
 337 
 
HER 
 
 Herba benedicta. Geum urbanum. 
 
 Herba britannica. Rumex hydrolapa- 
 thum. 
 
 Herba felis. Nepeta cataria. 
 
 Herba julia. Milfoil. 
 
 Herba melancholifuga. Fumaria offici- 
 nalis. 
 
 Herba militaris. Achilleea millefolium. 
 
 Herba paris. Paris quadrifolia. 
 
 Herba patri. Primula veris and crithmum 
 maritimum. 
 
 Herba regia. Ocymum officinalis. 
 
 Herba sacra. Verbena trifoliata. 
 
 Herba sanct^e barbare.e. Erysimum bar- 
 bare a. 
 
 Herba trinitatis. Anemone hepatica. 
 
 Herba'ceus. Herbaceous; like an herb. 
 
 Herba'list. A dealer in herbs. 
 
 HERBA'RIUM. Hortus siccus. A collection 
 of dried specimens of plants. 
 
 Herbi'vorous. Herbivorus. Feeding on 
 herbs. 
 
 Herboriza'tion. A botanical tour. 
 
 Hercules's all-heal. Laserpitium chiro- 
 nium. 
 
 He'rcules bo'vii. An old emetic, &c. 
 
 HEREDITARY DISEASES. Morbi hered- 
 itarii. Diseases which are propagated from 
 parents to their offspring, as gout, scrofula, ma- 
 nia, phthisis pulmonalis, &c. 
 
 HERMA'PHRODITE. (Hermaphroditus ; 
 from Epfiyc, Mercury, and A^podtrr), Venus : i. 
 e., partaking of both sexes.) 1. A person whose 
 organs of generation are so deformed as to 
 make it doubtful to which sex he belongs. 
 Many inferior animals are really hermaphro- 
 dite. 2. In Botany, an hermaphrodite flower 
 is one which contains both stamens and pistil. 
 
 HERME'TIC. Hermeticus. Appertaining 
 to chemistry. 
 
 Hermetic medicine. Medicine as practiced 
 by the chemical sect, as opposed to the Galeni- 
 cal medicine. 
 
 Hermetic seal. The closing the end of a 
 glass vessel by fusion. 
 
 HERMODA'CTYLUS. Hermodactyl. A 
 Toot much celebrated among the ancients for 
 the cure of gout. See Colchicum. 
 
 Hermo'laos. Ep/zoAaof. A collyrium. 
 
 HE'RNIA. {a, ce, f. ; from spvoc, a branch ; 
 from its protruding out of its place.) Ecnexis. 
 Ramex. A rupture. Surgeons understand by 
 the term hernia, a tumor formed by the protru- 
 sion of some of the viscera of the abdomen out 
 of that cavity into a kind of sac, composed of 
 the portion of peritoneum, which is pushed 
 before them. However, there are certainly 
 some cases which will not be comprehended 
 in this definition, either because the parts are 
 not protruded at all, or have no hernial sac. 
 The places in which these swellings most fre- 
 quently make their appearance are the groin, 
 the navel, the labia pudendi, and the upper and 
 fore part of the thigh ; they do also occur at 
 every point of the anterior part of the abdo- 
 men; and there are several less common in- 
 stances, in which hernial tumors present them- 
 selves at the foramen ovale, in the perineum, 
 in the vagina, at the ischiatic notch, &c. The 
 parts which, by being thrust forth from the 
 338 
 
 HER 
 
 cavity in which they ought naturally to remain, 
 mostly produce hernia, are either a portion of 
 the omentum, or a part of the intestinal canal, 
 or both together. But the stomach, the liver, 
 the spleen, uterus, ovaries, bladders, &c, have 
 been known to form the contents of some her- 
 nial tumors. From these two circumstances 
 of situations and contents are derived all the 
 different appellations by which hernise are dis- 
 tinguished. If a portion of intestine only forms 
 the contents of the tumor, it is called entero- 
 cele; if a piece of omentum only, epiplocele; 
 and if both intestine and omentum contribute to 
 the formation of a tumor, it is called entero- 
 epiplocele. When the contents of a hernia are 
 protruded at the abdominal ring, but only pass 
 as low as the groin, or labium pudendi, the 
 case receives the name of bubonocele, or ingui- 
 nal hernia; when the parts descend into the 
 scrotum, it is called an oscheocele, or scrotal 
 hernia. The crural, or femoral hernia, is the 
 name given to that which takes place below 
 Poupart's ligament. When the bowels pro- 
 trude at the navel, the case is named an exom- 
 phalos, or umbilical hernia; and ventral is the 
 epithet given to the swelling when it occurs at 
 any other promiscuous part of the front of the 
 abdomen. The congenital rupture is a very 
 particular case, in which the protruded viscera 
 are not covered with a common hernial sac of 
 peritoneum, but are lodged in the cavity of the 
 tunica vaginalis, in contact with the testicle ; 
 and, as must be obvious, it is not named,*like 
 hernia in general, from its situation or contents, 
 but from the circumstance of its existing fi-om 
 the time of birth. 
 
 When the hernial contents lie quietly in the 
 sac, and admit of being readily put back into 
 the abdomen, it is termed a reducible hernia ; 
 and when they suffer no constriction, yet can 
 not be put back, owing to adhesions, or their 
 large size in relation to the aperture through 
 which they have to pass, the hernia is termed 
 irreducible. An incarcerated or strangulated 
 hernia signifies one which not only can not be 
 reduced, but suffers constriction ; so that, if a 
 piece of intestine be protruded, the pressure to 
 which it is subjected stops the passage of its 
 contents onward toward the anus, makes the 
 bowel inflame, and brings on a train of most 
 alarming and often fatal consequences. 
 
 The general symptoms of a hernia which i3 
 reducible and free from strangulation are, an 
 indolent tumor at some part of the parietes of 
 the abdomen ; most frequently descending out 
 of the abdominal ring, or fi*om just below Pou- 
 part's ligament, or else out of the navel; but 
 occasionally from various other situations. The 
 swelling mostly originates suddenly; and it is 
 subject to a change of size, being smaller when 
 the patient lies down upon his back, and larger 
 when he stands up or draws in his breath. 
 The tumor frequently diminishes w r hen press- 
 ed, and grows large again when the pressure 
 is removed. Its size and tension often increase 
 after a meal, or when the patient is flatulent. 
 Patients with hernia are apt to be troubled with 
 colic, constipation, and vomiting, in consequence 
 of the unnatural situation of the bowels. Very 
 often, however, the functions of the viscera 
 
HER 
 
 HER 
 
 seem to suffer little or no interruption. When- 
 ever the hernia is large, a truss, well adjusted 
 to the person, should be worn constantly when 
 out of bed. 
 
 Hernia aquosa. Hydrocele. 
 
 Hernia arterarum. An aneurism. 
 
 Hernia bronchialis. Bronchocele. 
 
 Hernia carnosa. Sai-cocele. 
 
 Hernia cerebri. Encephalocele. This term 
 has been applied to several different cases. 
 One case is where there is a congenital defect 
 in the ossification of some part of the cranium, 
 and the subjacent portion of the brain project- 
 ing through the aperture, forms a tumor under 
 the integuments. Another case is where there 
 is a congenital deficiency of a large portion, 
 both of the cranium and integuments, and the 
 greater part of the brain protrudes: this is a 
 monstrosity which is incompatible with the 
 continuance of life for a longer period than a 
 few days. A third case is where a tumor con- 
 nected with the brain rises through the aper- 
 ture made in the operation of trephining. Con- 
 cerning the nature of the last-mentioned case, 
 there is difference of opinion among surgical 
 writers; and, indeed, the tumor seems to be 
 of a different character in different cases, some- 
 times consisting of the substance of the brain, 
 at others of a mass of congealed blood, and at 
 others, again, of a fungous mass, which has been 
 supposed to spring from the cerebral substance ; 
 it is very likely, however, that fungous tumors 
 of the dura mater may frequently have passed 
 under the name of hernia cerebri. 
 
 Hernia congenita. This species of hernia 
 consists in the adhesion of a protruded portion 
 of intestine or omentum to the testicle after its 
 descent into the scrotum. This adhesion takes 
 place while the testicle is yet in the abdomen. 
 Upon its leaving the abdomen, it draws the ad- 
 hering intestine, or omentum, along with it into 
 the scrotum, where it forms the hernia congen- 
 ita. The descent is not always before birth. 
 
 The appeai^ance of a hernia, in very early 
 infancy, will always make it probable that it is 
 of this kind ; but in an adult, there is no reason 
 for supposing his rupture to be of this sort but 
 his having been afflicted with it from his infan- 
 cy; there is no external mark or character 
 whereby it can be certainly distinguished from 
 the one contained in a common hernial sac ; 
 neither would it be of any material use in prac- 
 tice if there was. 
 
 Hernia cruralis. Femoral hernia. The 
 parts composing this kind of hernia are always 
 protruded under Poupart's ligament, and the 
 swelling is situated toward the inner part of 
 the bend of the thigh. The rupture descends 
 on the side of the femoral artery and vein, be- 
 tween these vessels and the os pubis. Females 
 are particularly subject to this kind of rupture, 
 in consequence of the great breadth of their 
 pelvis, while in them the inguinal hernia is 
 rare. The situation of the tumor makes it lia- 
 ble to be mistaken for an enlarged inguinal 
 gland, or a bubonocele. The femoral hernia, 
 however, may always be discriminated by the 
 neck of the tumor having Poupart's ligament 
 above it. In the bubonocele, the angle of the 
 pubes is behind and below this part of the sac ; 
 
 but in the femoral hernia, it is on the same 
 horizontal level, a little on the inside of it. 
 
 In the crural hernia, the aperture through 
 which the parts issue is not formed by two 
 bands (as in the inguinal hernia), but it is a 
 foramen, almost round, proceeding from the 
 internal margin of the crural arch (Poupart's 
 ligament), near its insertion into the branch of 
 the os pubis, between the bone and the iliac 
 vein ; so that, in this hernia, the branch of the 
 os pubis is situated more internally than the in- 
 testine, and a little behind ; the vein externally, 
 and behind ; and the internal border of the arch 
 before. Now it is this border which always 
 forms the strangulation. 
 
 Hernia, epiploic. See Hernia. 
 
 Hernia femoralis. Hernia cruralis. 
 
 Hernia flatulenta. Pneumatocele. Windy 
 rupture ; a rupture, in the contents of which 
 there is much gurgling, from an accumulation 
 of gas. 
 
 Hernia guttalis. H. gutturis. Broncho- 
 cele. 
 
 Hernia humoralis. Orchitis. 
 
 Hernia incarcerata. Incarcerated hernia. 
 Strangulated hernia, or a hernia with stricture. 
 The symptoms are a swelling in the groin, &c, 
 resisting the impression of the fingers. If the 
 hernia be of the intestinal kind, it is generally 
 painful to the touch, and the pain is increased 
 by coughing, sneezing, or standing upright. 
 These are the very first symptoms, and if they 
 are not relieved, are soon followed by others, 
 viz., a sickness at the stomach, a frequent 
 retching, or inclination to vomit, a stoppage of 
 all discharge per anum, attended with frequent, 
 hard pulse, and some degree of fever. These 
 are the first symptoms ; and if they are not ap- 
 peased by the return of the intestine, that is, if 
 the attempts made for this purpose do not suc- 
 ceed, the sickness becomes more troublesome, 
 the vomiting more frequent, the pain more in- 
 tense, the tension of the belly greater, the fever 
 higher, and a general restlessness comes on, 
 which is very terrible to bear. When this is 
 the state of the patient, no time is to be lost ; 
 a very little delay is now of the utmost conse- 
 quence ; and if the one single remedy which 
 the disease is now capable of be not adminis- 
 tered immediately, it will generally baffle ev- 
 ery other attempt. This remedy is the oper- 
 ation whereby the parts engaged in the stric- 
 ture may be set free. If this be not now 
 performed, the vomiting is soon exchanged for 
 a convulsive hiccough, and a frequent gulping 
 up of bilious matter : the tension of the belly, 
 the restlessness and fever, having been consid- 
 erably increased for a few hours, the patient 
 suddenly becomes perfectly easy, the belly 
 subsides, the pulse, from having been hard, 
 full, and frequent, becomes low, languid, and 
 generally interrupted, and the skin, especially 
 that of the limbs, cold and moist; the eyes 
 have now a languor and glassiness ; the tumor 
 of the part disappears, and the skin covering it 
 sometimes changes its natural color for a livid 
 hue, and has a crepitus when touched. This 
 crepitus is the too sure indicator of gangrenous 
 mischief within. In this state the gut either 
 goes up spontaneously, or is returned with the 
 
 339 
 
HER 
 
 smallest degree of pressure ; a discharge is 
 made by stool, and the patient is generally 
 much pleased at the ease he finds ; but this 
 pleasure is of short duration ; for the hiccough 
 and the cold sweats continuing and increasing, 
 with the addition of spasmodic rigors and sub- 
 sultus tendinum, the tragedy soon finishes. 
 
 In using the taxis, or attempt to restore the 
 intestine, the tissues should be relaxed, if neces- 
 sary, by the hot bath, or the action of nausea, 
 produced by antimony, or cautious injections 
 of a weak infusion of tobacco into the rectum. 
 
 Hernia inguinalis. Bubonocele. Inguinal 
 hernia. It appears in both sexes at the groin. 
 It includes all herniae in which the parts dis- 
 placed pass out of the abdomen through the 
 inguinal ring. There are three different parts 
 that may produce a hernia in the groin, viz., 
 one or more of the intestines, the epiploon, and 
 the bladder. That which is formed by one or 
 more of the intestines was called by the an- 
 cients enterocele. The intestine which most 
 frequently produces the hernia is the ilium, be- 
 cause, being placed in the iliac region, it is 
 nearer the groin than the rest; but, notwith- 
 standing the situation of the other intestines, 
 which seems not to allow of their coming near 
 the groin, we often find the jejunum, and fre- 
 quently, also, a portion of the colon and caecum, 
 included in the hernia. It must be remember- 
 ed that the mesentery and mesocolon are mem- 
 braneous substances, capable of extension, 
 which, by little and little, are sometimes so far 
 stretched by the weight of the intestines as to 
 escape with the ilium in this species of hernia. 
 The hernia made by the epiploon is called epi- 
 plocele, as that caused by the epiploon and any 
 of the intestines together is called entero-epi- 
 plocele. The hernia of the bladder is called 
 cystocele. Hernia of the bladder is uncommon, 
 and has seldom been known to happen but in 
 conjunction with some of the other viscera. 
 When the parts, having passed through the ab- 
 dominal rings, descend no lower than the groin, 
 it is called an incomplete hernia ; when they 
 fall into the scrotum in men, or into the labia 
 pudendi in women, it is then termed complete. 
 
 The disorders in which a mistake may possi- 
 bly be made, are the circocele, bubo, hydro- 
 cele, and hernia humoralis, or inflamed testicle. 
 
 Hernia intestinalis. Enterocele. A rup- 
 ture caused by the protrusion of a portion of 
 the intestine. 
 
 Hernia ischiatica. A rapture at the ischi- 
 atic notch. This is very rare. 
 
 Hernia lachrymalis. A swelling of the 
 lachrymal sac from over-distension. 
 
 Hernia mesenterica. Mesenteric hernia. 
 If one of the layers of the mesentery be torn 
 by a blow, while the other remains in its natu- 
 ral state, the intestines may insinuate them- 
 selves into the aperture, and form a kind of 
 hernia. The same consequences may result 
 from a natural deficiency in one of these layers. 
 Sir A. Cooper relates a case in which all the 
 small intestines, except the duodenum, were 
 thus circumstanced. The symptoms during 
 life were unknown. 
 
 Hernia mesocolica. Mesocolic hernia. So 
 named by Sir A. Cooper, when the bowels 
 340 
 
 HER 
 
 glide between the layers of the mesocolon. 
 Every surgeon should be aware that the intes- 
 tines may be strangulated from the following 
 causes: 1. Apertures in the omentum, mesen- 
 tery, or mesocolon, through which the intestine 
 protrudes. 2. Adhesions, leaving an aperture, 
 in which a piece of intestine becomes confined. 
 3. Membranous bands at the mouths of hernial 
 sacs, which, becoming elongated by the fre- 
 quent protrusion and return of the viscera, sur- 
 round the intestine, so as to strangulate it with- 
 in the abdomen when returned from the sac 
 
 Hernia omentalis. Epiplocele. An omen- 
 tal rupture ; or a protrusion of the omentum 
 through any of the apertures of the abdomen. 
 
 Hernia oschealis. A scrotal hernia. 
 
 Hernia perinealis. Perineal hernia. In 
 men, the parts protrude between the bladder 
 and rectum; in women, between the rectum 
 and vagina. The hernia does not project so as 
 to form an external tumor; and in men, its 
 existence can only be distinguished by exam- ; 
 ining from the rectum. In women, it may be 
 detected both from this part and the vagina. 
 
 Hernia pharyngis. Pharnygocele. 
 
 Hernia phrenica. Diaphragmatic orphren 
 ic hernia. The abdominal viscera are occasion- 
 ally protruded through the diaphragm, either 
 through some of the natural apertures in this 
 muscle, or deficiencies, or wounds and lacer- 
 ations in it. 
 
 Hernia pudendalis. Pudendal hernia. 
 This is the name assigned by Sir A. Cooper to 
 that which descends between the vagina and 
 ramus ischii, and forms an oblong tumor in the 
 labium, traceable within the pelvis, as far as the 
 os uteri. 
 
 Hernia s acci lachrymalis. Rupture of the 
 lachrymal sac, a cause of fistula lachrymalis. 
 
 Hernia scrotalis. Hernia oschealis. Os- 
 cheocele. When the omentum, the intestine, or 
 both, descend into the scrotum, it has these ap- 
 pellations ; when the omentum only, it is called 
 epiploscheocele. It is styled a perfect rupture, 
 in .contradistinction to a bubonocele, which is 
 the same disorder; but the descent is not so 
 great. The hernia scrotalis is distinguished 
 into the true and false : in the former, the 
 omentum, or intestine, or both, fall into the 
 scrotum ; in the latter, an inflammation, or a 
 fluid, causes a tumor in this part, as in hernia 
 humoralis, or hydrocele. Sometimes sebaceous 
 matter is collected in the scrotum; and this 
 hernia is called steatocele. 
 
 Hernia thyroidealis. Hernia foraminis 
 ovalis. Thyroideal hernia. In the anterior and 
 upper part of the obturator ligament there is an 
 opening, through which the obturator artery, 
 vein, and nerve proceed, and through which, 
 occasionally, a piece of omentum or intestine 
 is protruded, covered with a part of the peri- 
 toneum, which constitutes the hernial sac. 
 
 Hernia umbilicalis. Umbilical rupture. 
 Exomphalos. In old umbilical ruptures, the 
 quantity of omentum is sometimes veiy great. 
 In recent and small raptures, this sac is very 
 visible ; but in old and large ones it is broken 
 through, at the knot of the navel, by the press- 
 ing and weight of the contents, and is not al- 
 ways to be distinguished ; which is the reason 
 
HER 
 
 HER 
 
 why it has, by some, been doubted whether 
 this kind of rupture has a hernial sac or not. 
 
 Infants are very subject to this disease, in a 
 small degree ; but, in general, either get rid of 
 it as they gather strength, or are easily cured 
 by wearing a proper bandage. It is of still 
 more consequence to get this disorder cured in 
 females than in males, that its return, when 
 they are become adult and pregnant, may be 
 prevented as much as possible ; for at this time 
 it often happens from the too great distension of 
 the belly, or from unguarded motion, when the 
 parts are upon the stretch. 
 
 Hernia uteri. Hysterocele. Hernia of the 
 uterus. Instances have occurred of the uterus 
 deing thrust through the rings of the muscles ; 
 but this is scarcely to be discovered, unless in 
 a pregnant state. It may be occasioned by vio- 
 lent muscular efforts, by blows on the abdomen 
 at the time of gestation, and also by wounds 
 and abscesses of the abdomen, which permit 
 the uterus to dilate the part. 
 
 Hernia vaginalis. Vaginal hernia. A tu- 
 mor occurs within the os externum of the va- 
 gina. It is elastic, but not painful. When 
 compressed, it readily recedes, but is reproduced 
 by coughing, or even without this, when the 
 pressure is removed. The inconveniences pro- 
 duced are an inability to undergo much exer- 
 cise or exertion, for every effort of this sort 
 brings on a sense of bearing down. The vagi- 
 nal hernia usually protrudes in the space left 
 between the uterus and rectum. 
 
 Hernia varicosa. Varicocele. See Cirso- 
 cele. 
 
 Hernia venarum. Varix. 
 
 Hernia veneris. A swelled testicle. 
 
 Hernia ventosa. See Pneumatocele. 
 
 Hernia ventralis. A hernia may appear 
 at almost any point of the anterior part of the 
 belly, but is most frequently found between 
 the recti muscles. 
 
 Hernia ventriculi. Gastrocele. A ventral 
 rupture, caused by the stomach protruding 
 through some part of the abdominal parietes. 
 It rarely occurs but at or near the navel. 
 
 Hernia vesicalis. Hernia cystica. Cysto- 
 cele. The urinary bladder is liable to be thrust 
 forth from its proper situation, either through 
 the opening in the oblique muscle, like the in- 
 guinal hernia, or under Poupart's ligament, in 
 the same manner as the femoral. 
 
 He'rnial. Relating to a hernia or rupture. 
 
 Herniaria glabra. Rupture-wort. It has 
 no active property. 
 
 Herniotomy. The operation for hernia. 
 
 HE'RPES. (es, is, m. ; epirng; from epira, 
 to creep : because it spreads and creeps about 
 the skin. ) Tetter. A cutaneous disease, known 
 by an assemblage of numerous little vesicles, in 
 clusters, itching very much, and difficult to heal, 
 but terminating in furfuraceous scales. The 
 eruption is preceded, wheu it is extensive, by 
 considerable constitutional disorder, and is ac- 
 companied by a sensation of heat and tingling, 
 sometimes by severe deep-seated pain in the 
 parts affected. The lymph of the vesicles, 
 which is at first clear and colorless, becomes 
 gradually milky and opaque, and ultimately con- 
 cretes into scabs : but, in some cases, a copious 
 
 discharge of it takes place, and tedious ulcera- 
 tions ensue. The disorder is not contagious in 
 any of its forms. The species are : 
 
 Herpes phlyct^enodes. This species of the 
 eruption is commonly preceded by a slight feb- 
 rile attack for two or three days. The small 
 transparent vesicles then appear, in irregular 
 clusters, sometimes containing colorless, and 
 sometimes a brownish lymph ; and for two or 
 three days more, other clusters successively 
 arise, near the former. About the fourth day, 
 the inflammation round the vesicles assumes a 
 duller red hue, the vesicles themselves break, 
 and discharge their fluid, or begin to dry and 
 flatten, and dark or yellowish scabs concrete 
 upon them. These fall off about the eighth or 
 tenth day, leaving a reddened and irritable 
 surface, which slowly regains its healthy ap- 
 pearance. As the successive clusters go through 
 a similar course, the termination of the whole 
 is not complete before the thirteenth or four- 
 teenth day. 
 
 Herpes zoster. Shingles. It is usually 
 preceded, for two or three days, by languor and 
 loss of appetite, rigors, headache, sickness, and 
 a frequent pulse, together with a scalding heat, 
 and tingling in the skin, and shooting pains 
 through the chest and epigastrium. Sometimes, 
 however, the precursory febrile symptoms are 
 slight, and scarcely noticed, and the attention 
 of the patient is first attracted by a sense of 
 heat, itching, and tingling in some part of the 
 trunk, where he finds several red patches, of an 
 irregular form, at a little distance from each 
 other, upon each of which numerous small ele- 
 vations appear, clustered together. These, if 
 examined minutely, are found to be distinctly 
 vesicular ; and, in the course of twenty -four 
 hours, they enlarge to the size of small pearls, 
 and are perfectly transparent, being filled with 
 a limpid fluid. The clusters are of various di- 
 ameter, from one to two, or even three inches, 
 and are surrounded by a narrow red margin, in 
 consequence of the extension of the inflamed 
 base a little beyond the congregated vesicles. 
 During three or four days, other clusters con- 
 tinue to arise in succession, and with consider- 
 able regularity; that is, nearly in a line with 
 the first, extending always toward the spine 
 at one extremity, and toward the sternum, or 
 linea alba of the abdomen, at the other, most 
 commonly round the waist, like half a sash, but 
 sometimes like a sword-belt, across the shoulder. 
 These pass through the same changes as the 
 former, but do not exfoliate before the twentieth 
 or twenty-fourth day. 
 
 This disease is to be treated by laxatives and 
 diaphoretics; the vesicles are not to be dress- 
 ed unless abrasions of the skin occur. 
 
 Herpes circinatus. Ringworm. It ap- 
 pears hi small circular patches, in which the 
 vesicles arise only round the circumference: 
 these are small, with moderately red bases, and 
 contain a transparent fluid, which is discharged 
 in three or four days, when little, prominent, 
 dark scabs form over them. The central area 
 in each vesicular ring is at first free from any 
 eruption; but the surface becomes somewhat 
 rough, and of a dull red color, and throws off 
 an exfoliation, as the vesicular eruption declines, 
 
 341 
 
HER 
 
 which terminates in about a week, with the 
 falling off of the scabs, leaving the cuticle red 
 for a short time. It is very tedious to cure. 
 
 Astringent washes are used to allay the irri- 
 tation, especially sulphate of iron and copper. 
 
 Herpes labia lis. A vesicular eruption upon 
 the edge of the upper and under lip, and at the 
 angle of the mouth, sometimes forming a semi- 
 circle, or even completing a circle round the 
 mouth, by the successive rising of the vesicles, 
 is very common, and has been described by the 
 oldest writers. At first the vesicles contain a 
 transparent lymph, which in the course of 
 twenty-four hours becomes turbid, and of a 
 yellowish-white color, and ultimately assumes 
 a puriform appearance. The lips become red, 
 hard, and tumid, as well as sore, stiff, and pain- 
 ful, with a sensation of great heat and smai't- 
 ing, which continues troublesome for three or 
 four days, until the fluid is discharged, and 
 thick, dark scabs are formed over the excoriated 
 parts. The swelling then subsides, and in four 
 or five days more the crusts begin to fall off; 
 the whole duration being, as in the other her- 
 petic affections, about ten or twelve days. It 
 may be idiopathic, but is usually symptomatic 
 of visceral irritation. 
 
 Hf/xpes pr^putialis. The attention of the 
 patient is attracted to the prepuce by extreme 
 itching, with some sense of heat ; and on exam- 
 ining it, finds one, or sometimes two red patch- 
 es, about the size of a five cent piece, upon 
 which are clustered five or six minute transpa- 
 rent vesicles, which, from their extreme tenu- 
 ity, appear of the same red hue as the base on 
 ■which they stand. In the course of twenty- 
 four or thirty hours, the vesicles enlarge, and 
 become of a milky hue, having lost their trans- 
 parency ; and on the third day they are co- 
 herent, and assume an almost pustular appear- 
 ance. If the eruption is seated within that part 
 of the prepuce which is, in many individuals, 
 extended over the glans, so that the vesicles are 
 kept constantly covered and moist (like those 
 that occur in the throat), they commonly break 
 about the fourth or fifth day, and form a small 
 ulceration upon each patch. This discharges a 
 little turbid serum, and has a white base, with 
 a slight elevation at the edges ; and by an inac- 
 curate or inexperienced observer it may be 
 readily mistaken for chancre, more especially 
 if any escharotic has been applied to it, which 
 produces much irritation, as well as a deep- 
 seated hardness beneath the sore, such as is felt 
 in true chancre. If no irritant be applied, the 
 slight ulceration continues till the ninth or tenth 
 day nearly unchanged, and then begins to heal ; 
 which process is completed by the twelfth, and 
 the scabs fall off on the thirteenth or fourteenth 
 day. The vesicles scab sooner on the dry skin. 
 No applications are necessary. 
 
 Herpes iris. This rare and singular morbid 
 appearance, which has not been noticed by 
 medical writers, occurs in small circular patch- 
 es, each of which is composed of concentric 
 rings, of different colors. Its usual seat is on 
 the back of the hands, or the palms and fingers, 
 sometimes on the instep. 
 
 No internal medicine is requisite in the treat- 
 ment of the different species of herpes, except 
 342 
 
 HE T 
 
 ■ when the constitution is disordered (and then 
 the general antiphlogistic plan must be adopt- 
 ed) ; for, like the other eruptive diseases, which 
 go through a regular and limited course, they 
 can not be interrupted or accelerated in then- 
 progress by any medicinal expedient ; but their 
 termination may be retarded by improper treat- 
 ment. 
 
 Herpes ambulati'vus. Probably erratic 
 erysipelas. 
 
 Herpes depa'scens. An eating or corrod- 
 ing form of herpes. 
 
 Herpes esthio'menos. A variety of herpes 
 where there is great destruction of the skin by 
 ulceration. 
 
 Herpes exe'dens. A form of herpes in 
 which there is a rapid spreading of the disease 
 
 Herpes farino'sus. This is characterized 
 by its having furfuraceous exfoliations. 
 
 Herpes ferus. An erysipelas. 
 
 Herpes i'ndicus. A fiery, itchy herpes, pe- 
 culiar to India. 
 
 Herpes milia'ris. Herpes is so called when 
 it begins with an eruption like millet-seeds. 
 
 Herpes peri'sceles. The shingles. 
 
 Herpes pustulo'sus. This name has been 
 given to the different forms of acne. 
 
 Herpes serpigo. The ringworm. Herpes 
 circinatus. 
 
 Herpes siccus. The dry, mealy tetter. 
 
 Herpes zoster. The shingles. See Herpes. 
 
 HERPETIC. Herpeticus. (From herpes, a 
 disease of the skin.) Relating to herpes. 
 
 Herpetogra'phia. Herpetography. The 
 description of herpes. 
 
 HERPETO'LOGY. Herpetologia. (From 
 epiieroc, a reptile, and \oyoc, a discourse.) A 
 term of zoology applied to the study of reptiles, 
 
 He'rpeton. A creeping pustule or ulcer. 
 
 Herring. Clupea harengus. 
 
 Hesmis. A quarter of a pound. 
 
 HESPERI'DE^E. Plants which have rigid, 
 evergreen leaves, odorous and polyandrous 
 flowers ; as the myrtle, clove, &c. 
 
 Hespe'ridine. Hesperidina. A peculiar 
 crystallizable matter detected in unripe, bitter 
 oranges .by Lebreton and Brandes. 
 
 Hes peridium. A fruit of the structure of the 
 orange and lemon. 
 
 Hessian crucible. A crucible or melting- 
 pot of fine clay and sand, used for common 
 purposes in the laboratory. 
 
 HETERO-. A prefix (from crepog, different) ; 
 of frequent use in medicine, and signifying dif- 
 ference. 
 
 Hetero'chymeusis. Depraved chymifac- 
 tion and sanguification ; and a class of diseases 
 indicating this, as phthisis, chlorosis. 
 
 Hetero'clite. Heterologous. 
 
 Hetero'crinia. A modification in the se- 
 cretion produced by an organ. 
 
 Heterogenous. Opposed to homogenous, 
 and used to designate a difference in the parts 
 of any thing. 
 
 Heterologous formations. Tissues or for- 
 mations different from those of the healthy 
 body ; the same as heteroplasis. 
 
 Heteromo'rphism. A deviation from the 
 natural figure. 
 
 HETERO'PATHY. Heteropatki'a. (From 
 
HID 
 
 HIP 
 
 erspoc, different, and -rradoc, affection.) That 
 mode of treating diseases in which a morbid 
 state is removed by inducing a different morbid 
 state. It is opposed to Homoeopathy. 
 
 HETERO'PLASIS. Heteroplasty. (From 
 erepoc, and irlacnc, formation.) A different 
 formation from those belonging to the healthy- 
 body, as in the production of cancer, tubercles, 
 &c. — Lobstein. 
 
 Hetero'phonia. A cracked voice. 
 
 Hetero'poda. An order of gasteropodous 
 mollusca. — Cuvier. 
 
 HETERO'SARCOSES. (From erepog, and 
 aapZ, flesh.) A class of diseases characterized 
 by the production of false tissues. — Gendrin. 
 
 Hetero'taxia. Malposition of organs. 
 
 Hetero'tropal. In Botany, a seed in 
 which the embryo lies across the lobes, and not 
 in their axis. 
 
 HEUCHE'RA. (a,e,f.) 1. The alum 
 root. (U.S.) 2. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
 dria. Digynia. Saxifragee. — H. cortusa. H. 
 americana. H. viscida. The alum root, or 
 American sanicle, is a perennial, indigenous 
 plant, the root of which is powerfully astrin- 
 gent, and was much used by the Indians as an 
 application to wounds and ulcers. 
 
 Heudolotia africana. A terebintaceous 
 plant, said to yield gum bdellium. 
 
 Hevea guianensis. H. elastica. One of the 
 trees said to yield Indian rubber. 
 
 Heve'ene. An oil obtained in the rectifica- 
 tion of oil of caoutchouc. 
 
 HEXAGY'NIA. {a, ce, f.) Hermaphrodite 
 plants with six pistils. 
 
 HEXA'NDRIA. (a, ce, f.) Hermaphrodite 
 plants with six stamens of an equal length. 
 
 Hexape'talous. Six-petaled. 
 
 HexapbVllous. Six-leaved. 
 
 H E ' X I S. (E&f ; from e X o), to have.) A 
 habit or constitution of body. 
 
 HG. Mercury: from hydrargyrum. 
 
 HIA'TUS. (From Mare, to open or gape.) 
 1. A foramen, aperture, or passage. 2. Yawn- 
 ing. 
 
 Hiatus Fallopii. The aquasductus Fallopii. 
 
 Hiatus of Winslow. The foramen of Wins- 
 low. 
 
 HIBFSCUS. (us,i,m.) A genus of plants. 
 Monadelphia. Polyandria. Malvaceae. — H. 
 abelmoschus. The plant which yields musk 
 seed. Granum moschi. It is indigenous in 
 Egypt. The Arabians esteem the seeds cor- 
 dial, and mix them with coffee. — H. populaceus. 
 A shrub of Molucca ; yields a resinous fruit and 
 emetic root. 
 
 Hiccup. Hiccough. Singultus. 
 
 Hickory. Trees of the genus Carya. The 
 ashes are used in popular medicine and dys- 
 pepsia, and contain much carbonate of potash. 
 
 HIDRO'A. (Idpoa; from idpuc, sweat.) 1. 
 Sudamina. 2. Eczema. — Sauvages. 
 
 Hidro'nosos. Sudor anglicus. 
 
 Hidropho'rous. Diaphoretic. 
 
 Hidropt'retus. A sweating fever. 
 
 HYDROS. (From idpoc, sweat.) Sweat. 
 Used in the composition of many words, as 
 Hidroticum, sudorific. 
 
 Hidro'tica. Sudorifics. 
 
 Hidro'ticus. Sudorific. 
 
 Hmus. Flowers of brass. — Ruland. 
 
 Hi'era picra. Aloetic powder, made into 
 an electuary with honey. 
 
 Hierabo'tane. Verbena trifoliata. 
 
 Hieraca'ntha. A sort of thistle. 
 
 HIERA'CIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia equalis. Com- 
 posite. — H. alpinum. H. minus. Hypochaeris. 
 — H. montanum. Chondrilla. — H. pilosella. 
 Mouse-ear. Hieraoulum. This plant contains 
 a bitter, lactescent juice, which has a slight de- 
 gree of astringency. — H. pulcrum. Chondrilla. 
 
 Hieraculum. See Hieracium. 
 
 Hiera'nosos. 1. The epilepsy. 2. Chorea. 
 3. Convulsions. 
 
 Hiera'ticum. An old malagma. 
 
 HlGHGATE RESIN. Fossil COpal. 
 
 Highmore, antrum of. Antrum highmorl- 
 anum. 
 
 Higue'ro. The calabash-tree. Crescentia 
 cujete of Linnaeus, the fruit of which is said to 
 be febrifuge. 
 
 Hill's balsam of honey. Balsam of honey. 
 
 Hill's essence of bardana. A solution of 
 guaiac in proof spirit. 
 
 HI'LUM. (um, i, n.) The scar or point by 
 which the seed is attached to its seed-vessel. 
 
 Hilum lienis. The fissure of the spleen at 
 which the vessels enter. 
 
 Himanto'sis. Hi' mas. Relaxation of the 
 uvula. 
 
 HINAU. The Eleeocarpus hinau. A tree of 
 New Zealand, the bark of which is astringent, 
 and used in dyeing. 
 
 HIP. 1. The articulation of the thigh with 
 the pelvis. See Femoris os. 2. The ripe fruit 
 of the dog-rose. They are chiefly used as a 
 sweetmeat, or as a confection. See Confectio 
 rose canine. 
 
 Hip bone. Ischium. 
 
 Hippantropia. A diseased imagination, or 
 melancholy, in which an individual fancies 
 himself a horse. 
 
 HIPPO-. (From imzoc, a horse.) A prefix, 
 signifying a large size, or compounded of hip- 
 pos, a horse. 
 
 Hippoca'mpus. Two convolutions of the 
 brain, situated on the comu ammonis, are so 
 called. See Encephalos. 
 
 Hippoca'stanum. The horse-chestnut 
 JEsculus hippocastanum. 
 
 Hi'ppocras. An old aromatic wine. 
 
 Hippocrates' sleeve. Manica Hippocratis, 
 
 Hippocratic face. See Fades Hippocratica. 
 
 Hippola'pathum. Rumex patientia. 
 
 Hippolith. Hippolithus. A concretion of 
 ammoniacal phosphate of magnesia, found in 
 the intestines of horses. 
 
 HIPPO'xMANE. A genus of plants. Monce- 
 cia. Monadelphia. The H. mancinella of 
 India is the poisonous manchineel, the sap of 
 which is used to poison arrows by the natives. 
 
 Hippoma'rathrum. Peucedanum silaus. 
 
 Hipposeli'num. Smyrnium olusatrum. 
 
 HIPPU'RIC ACID. (From ltttzoc, a horse, 
 and ovpoc, urine.) A constituent of the urine of 
 horses and other ruminants. It is also present- 
 in the urine of persons taking benzoic acid. It 
 crystallizes in square prisms, which are sparing- 
 ly soluble and bitter ; formula, Ci8H 8 N0 5 -[-HO. 
 
 343 
 
HOL 
 
 HOM 
 
 Hippuris vulgaris. Horse's or mare's tail. 
 It is astringent. The same virtue is attributed 
 to the Equisetum arvense, Jluviatile, limosum, 
 which are directed indiscriminately by the term 
 Equisetum. 
 
 HFPPUS. (us, i, m. ; from nnroe, a horse; 
 because the eyes of those who labor under this 
 affection are continually twinkling and trem- 
 bling, as is usual with those who ride on horse- 
 back.) A repeated dilatation and alternate 
 constriction of the pupil, arising from a spas- 
 modic affection of the iris. 
 
 Hips. The fruit of the Rosa canina. 
 
 Hi'ra. The jejunum. 
 
 Hi'rcine. The fluid component of goat's fat 
 and mutton suet, having the smell of the animal, 
 and producing, by saponification, Hircic acid. 
 
 HI'RCUS. Capra hircus ; the goat. 
 
 Hircus bezoarticus. Bezoar orientale. 
 
 Hi'rquus. The corner of the eye. 
 
 HIRSU'TIES. Hairiness ; a species of dis- 
 ease in which hair grows in unusual situations, 
 or in more than usual abundance. 
 
 Hirsu'tus. Hairy. 
 
 Hi'rtus. Rough-haired. 
 
 HIRU'DO. The leech, which see. 
 
 Hirudo medicinalis. See Leech. 
 
 Hi r u n d i n a'r i a. Lysimachia nummularia 
 and asclepias vincetoxicum. 
 
 Hiru'ndo. (o, onis, f.) The bird called a 
 swallow. It was formerly esteemed medicinal 
 in epilepsy, diseases of the eyes, &c. 
 
 Hispi'dula herb a. Gnaphalium. 
 
 Hi'spidus. Hispid; bristly. 
 
 HISTOGE'NIA. Histogeny. (From igtoc, 
 organic, and yeveaic, generation.) The doctrine 
 of the formation and development of organic 
 textures. 
 
 Histology. The anatomy of the minute 
 textures. 
 
 Hive syrup. This most inappropriate name 
 is given by the United States Pharmacopoeia to 
 the syrupus scillae compositus; for if hives means 
 croup, no professional man would place any de- 
 pendance on the syrup for its cure. 
 
 HIVES. This term is employed in the north 
 of England and Scotland to designate a species 
 of chicken-pox, the Varicella globularis of Wil- 
 lan, but in the United States is used for croup, 
 both by the profession and popularly. 
 
 Hoarseness. Raucedo. 
 
 Hoary. Glaucus; incanus. 
 
 Hoffman's anodyne. Hoffmani liquor ano- 
 dynus. The spiritus eetheris sulphurici com- 
 positus. 
 
 Hog. Sus scrofa. 
 
 Hog's fennel. Peucedanum officinale. 
 
 Hog gum. The produce of the rhus meto- 
 pium. 
 
 Hog's lard. Adeps prseparata. 
 
 Holce. 07,nn. A drachm. 
 
 Holcus sorghum. Guinea corn. 
 
 Holera'ceous plants. Culinary or pot 
 herbs. 
 
 Hollands. Gin. 
 
 Holly. Ilex aquifolium. 
 
 Holly, dahoon. Ilex vomitoria. 
 
 Holly, ground. Chimaphilla umbellata. 
 
 Holly, knee. Ruscus aculeatus. 
 
 Holly, sea. Eryngium maritimum. 
 344 
 
 Hollyhock. Alcea rosea. 
 
 Holmi'scus. 1. A small mortar. 2. The 
 alveolar cavities. 
 
 Holophly'ctis. A little pimple which ap- 
 pears all over the body. 
 
 Holo'steus. Holo'stes. Holo'steum. Oste- 
 ocolla. 
 
 HOLOTO'NICUS. (From oloc, whole, and 
 TEivo), to stretch.) That form of tetanus has 
 been so called in which the muscles are uni- 
 versally affected. 
 
 Holy thistle. Centaurea benedicta. 
 
 Holybut. Pleuronectes hypoglossus. 
 
 Holywell. See Malvern. 
 
 Ho'ma. An anasarcous swelling. 
 
 Homberg's phosphorus. Ignited chloride 
 of calcium. 
 
 Homberg's pyrophorus. A mixture of burnt 
 alum and dried brown sugar, which takes fire 
 when exposed to the air ; or a mixture of three 
 parts of lamp-black, four of burnt alum, and 
 eight of carbonate of potash. 
 
 Homberg's sedative salt. Boracic acid. 
 
 HOMO. Man. Man, considered as an object 
 of zoology, is a mammiferous animal, belonging 
 to the order Bimana, or two-handed, of which 
 he constitutes the sole genus. Man is distin- 
 guished from other animals by a much greater 
 development of mind ; by the use of articulate 
 speech, as a means of communicating ideas ; 
 and by moral and religious feelings, which are 
 unknown to the inferior animals. The genus 
 is divided into three prominent classes, of which 
 there are many species: they are the Cauca~ 
 sian, including the European and Arabian fam- 
 ilies; the Mongolian tribe of Chinese Tartars, 
 Hindostanese, and Indians ; and the Negro race. 
 
 HOMO-. A prefix (from o/ioc, the same), 
 designating similarity ; as Homogenesis, the pro- 
 duction of like objects. 
 
 Homoplata. Omoplata. 
 
 Homoeo'path. Homos opathist. One who 
 practices on homoeopathic principles. 
 
 HOMCEO'PATHY. {Homceopathia ; from 
 Ofioioc, similar, and rcadoc, affection.) The doc- 
 trine of Dr. Samuel Hahnemann, of Leipsic. 
 According to this, every medicine has a specific 
 power of causing alterations in the healthy sys- 
 tem, by which a certain diseased state is set 
 up ; but when a medicine is given to a person 
 already laboring under that disease which the 
 medicine has a natural tendency to produce, 
 the effect will be to resolve the disease. The 
 medicines are given in doses extremely small, 
 as the millionth part of a grain. It is a princi- 
 ple with Hahneman that only one medicine is- 
 to be administered at a time, and that the 
 medicinal substances employed must be per- 
 fectly pure. Most of the preparations are the 
 expressed juice of the plant before flowering, 
 preserved in alcohol : for use, it is diluted with 
 water. Some of the medicines most frequent- 
 ly employed are strychnia, belladonna, aconi- 
 tum, arnica, conium, bryony, nux vomica. The 
 vegetable alkaloids are also used. The object 
 in any administration is to discover the speci 
 fie medicine. With respect to the practice, it 
 mainly consists of regulating the diet and hab- 
 its of the patient. 
 
 Homoio'sis. Homiosis. The elaboration of 
 
HOR 
 
 HUM 
 
 the chyle, by which it is assimilated to the 
 blood, &c. 
 
 Homogenous. Having the same structure 
 throughout. 
 
 Homologous. Of the same nature ; having 
 the same ratio or proportion. 
 
 Homo'tonos. Syn. with acmasticos. 
 
 Homotro'pal. Having the same direction 
 as the body to which it belongs. An embryo 
 is so called, the summit of which points to the 
 apex of the seed. 
 
 Hone'sty. The plant lunaria rediviva. 
 
 Honey. See Mel. 
 
 Honey-cup. The nectary. 
 
 Honey of squill. SyrapusscilhBcompositus. 
 
 Honey dew. A sweet exudation found on 
 the leaves of many plants during moist, foggy 
 weather, said to be produced by aphides. 
 
 Honeysuckle. Lonicera periclymenum. 
 
 Honeycomb-like. Favose. 
 
 Hooded. Cucullate. 
 
 Hoof-shaped. Ungulate. 
 
 Hooper's pills. An emmenagogue of 
 great celebrity, composed of aloes, myrrh, sul- 
 phate of iron, and canella bark, somewhat re- 
 sembling the Pilulaferri composita. 
 
 HOOK. A curved steel implement attached 
 to a handle. The tenaculum is a hook much 
 employed by surgeons. The obstetrical blunt 
 hook is a curved bar of steel, which is passed 
 into the uterus for the purpose of embracing a 
 limb of the foetus, and assist in bringing it down, 
 when it is so bent as to impede parturition. 
 
 Hooping-cough. See Pertussis. 
 
 Hop. Humulus lupulus. 
 
 Hope's mixture. A medicine of great celeb- 
 rity in hepatic obstructions, with diarrhoea. It 
 consists of camphor mixture, f. fviij. ; dilute ni- 
 trous acid, f. 3J. ; tincture of opium, gtt. xl. 
 
 Hoplochri'sma. Unguentum armarium. 
 
 Ho'rdein. The starch of barley. 
 
 Hordei semina. Pearl barley. 
 
 HORDE'OLUM. (urn, i, n. ; diminutive of 
 hordeum, barley.) A little tumor on the eye- 
 lids ; a sty. Scarpa remarks, the sty is strictly 
 only a little boil, which projects from the edge 
 of the eyelids, mostly near the great angle of 
 the eye. It suppurates slowly and imperfectly, 
 and, when suppurated, has no tendency to 
 burst. 
 
 HO'RDEUM. (um,i,n.) A genus of plants. 
 Triandria. Digynia. Graminece. 
 
 Hordeum causticum. Veratrum sabadilla. 
 
 Hordeum distichon. Hordeum vulgare. 
 
 Hordeum perlatum. Hordeum vulgare. 
 
 Hordeum vulgare. Common barley. It is 
 very nutritious and mucilaginous, and in com- 
 mon use as a drink, when boiled, in inflamma- 
 tory diseases and affections of the chest, espe- 
 cially where there is cough or irritation about 
 the fauces. A decoction of barley with gum is 
 considered a useful diluent and demulcent in 
 dysury and strangury ; the gum mixing with 
 the urine, sheathes the urinary canal from the 
 acrimony of the urine. Among the ancients, 
 decoctions of barley, Kpidn, were the principal 
 medicine, as well as aliment, in acute diseases. 
 Barley is freed from its husks in mills, and in 
 this state called Scotch and French barley. In 
 Holland they rub barley into small round 
 
 grains, somewhat like pearls, which is there- 
 fore called pearl barley, or hordeum perlatum. 
 
 Horehound. Marrubium vulgare. 
 
 Horehound, black. H., stinking. Ballota 
 nigra, or B. foetida. 
 
 Horehound, wild. Eupatorium teucrifolium. 
 
 Horizontal. Horizontalis. Arranged in a 
 straight line and level position. 
 
 Horminum. Salvia sclarea. 
 
 HORN. Cornu. An animal substance re- 
 sembling the gelatinous tissue. Form., protein 
 -4-NH34-O3. It is combined with about a half 
 per cent, of solid matter. See Cornu. 
 
 Horn silver. The native chloride of silver. 
 
 Horn quicksilver. A native calomel of a 
 hom-like appearance. 
 
 Horn lead. Chloride of lead. 
 
 Hornblende. A common crystalline min- 
 eral of a green color ; a silicate of lime, mag- 
 nesia, and iron. 
 
 Horn-pock. See Variola. 
 
 Horn-seed. Ergot. 
 
 Horn-shaped. Cornutus. 
 
 Horrida cutis. The cutis anserina. 
 
 HORRIPILATION. {Horripilatio, onis, f. ; 
 from horror, and pilus, a hair.) A shuddering 
 or sense of creeping in different parts of the 
 body. 
 
 Horse-chestnut. iEsculus hippocastanum. 
 
 Horse-radish. Cochlearia armoracia. 
 
 Horse-radish-tree. The moringa ptery- 
 gosperma. 
 
 Horse-tail. Hippuris vulgaris. 
 
 Ho'rtus. The female genitals. 
 
 Hortus siccus. A collection of dried plants. 
 
 HO'SPITAL. (From hospes, a guest.) An 
 institution for the reception and treatment of 
 the sick. 
 
 Hospital gangrene. A peculiar form of 
 gangrene, which sometimes prevails in hospi- 
 tals. See Mortification. 
 
 Hound's-tongue. Cynoglossum officinale. 
 
 HOUR-GLASS CONTRACTION. A spas- 
 modic contraction of the circular or transverse 
 fibres of the uterus, whereby it is thrown into 
 the shape of an hour-glass. This sometimes 
 occurs after labor, if the placenta is not soon 
 removed, causing it to be retained in the upper 
 portion for some time. A similar morbid con- 
 dition is sometimes produced in the stomach 
 by the action of poisons. 
 
 House-leek. Sempervivum tectorum. 
 
 Howard's hydro-sublimate. Jewell's 
 calomel. 
 
 Huaco. See Guaco. 
 . Huama'lies bark. See Cinchona bark, va- 
 rious. 
 
 Huanu'co bark. See Cinchona bark, various. 
 
 HUME'CTANT. (Humectans; from hum ec- 
 to, to make moist.) Synonymous with diluent. 
 
 HU'MERAL. Humeralis. Belonging to the 
 humerus or arm. 
 
 Humeral artery. Arteria humeralis. Bra- 
 chial arteiy. The axillary artery, having passed 
 the tendon of the great pectoral muscle, changes 
 its name to the brachial or humeral artery, 
 which name it retains in its course down the 
 arm to the bend, where it divides into the radial 
 and ulnar arteries. In this course it gives off 
 several muscular branches, three of which only 
 
 345 
 
H U M 
 
 H YD 
 
 deserve attention : 1. The arteria prof unda su- 
 perior, which goes round the back of the ami 
 to the exterior muscle, and is often named the 
 upper muscular artery. 2. Another like it, 
 called arteria profunda inferior, or the lower 
 muscular artery. 3. Ramus anastomoticus ma- 
 jor, which anastomoses round the elbow with 
 the branches of the ulnar artery. 
 
 Humeralis musculus. See Deltoides. 
 
 HUME'S TEST FOR ARSENIC. The so- 
 lution of nitrate of silver and ammonia, or 
 ammoniaco-nitrate of silver. It precipitates the 
 arsenic of a light yellow color. 
 
 HU'MERUS. {us, i, m. ; from ufioc, the 
 shoulder.) 1. The arm. 2. The shoulder. 3. 
 The bone of the arm, os humeri, or os brachii. 
 A long, cylindrical bone, situated between the 
 scapula and fore-arm. The upper extremity 
 is furnished with a rounded head, which artic- 
 ulates with the scapula, with two tuberosities, 
 between which is the bicipital groove. The 
 shaft is somewhat flattened, and terminates in 
 an expanded end, which furnishes the inner and 
 outer condyle, the small head to articulate with 
 the radius, and the trochlea to articulate with 
 the ulna. 
 
 Humic acid. Humine. See Humus. 
 
 Hu'milis. The rectus inferior oculi. 
 
 HU'MOR. {or, oris, m. ; ab humo, from the 
 ground ; because moisture springs from the 
 earth.) Humor, a general name for any fluid 
 of the body except the blood. 
 
 Humor vitreus. H. glacialis. H.hyaloides. 
 The vitreous humor of the eye. See Eye. 
 
 HUMORAL PATHOLOGY. That patholo- 
 gy which attributed all diseases to disordered 
 states of the fluids, without taking the solids 
 into consideration. 
 
 Humoric This name is given by M. Piorry 
 to the sound produced by percussion on the 
 stomach, when it is distended with air and 
 liquid. 
 
 Hu'morists. Those physicians who refer all 
 diseases to a depraved condition of the blood 
 and humors ; such were the followers of Galen. 
 
 Humors of the eye. See Eye. 
 
 Humour. See Humor. 
 
 Hump back. A curvature of the spine. See 
 Curvatures of the spine and Vertebral disease. 
 
 Hu'mulin. The narcotic principle of the hop. 
 
 HU'MULUS. {us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Diozcia. Pentandria. Urticacece. 
 
 Humulus lu'pulus. The hop plant. Hops 
 have a bitter taste, accompanied with warmth 
 and aromatic flavor, and are soporific and ton- 
 ic. The hop flower loses a considerable quan- 
 tity of its narcotic power in drying; hence 
 those who sleep in the hop-houses are with dif- 
 ficulty roused from their slumber. A pillow 
 stuffed with these flowers is said, in some in- 
 stances, to have induced sleep when other rem- 
 edies had failed. The young sprouts, called 
 hop-tops, if plucked when only a foot above the 
 ground, and boiled, are eaten like asparagus, 
 and are a wholesome delicacy. The scales of 
 the hop contain a yellow powder, lupulin, 
 which is easily separable by means of a fine 
 sieve. 
 
 Humus. Humine. Decayed vegetable mat- 
 ter. It exists in the soil in the insoluble form, 
 346 
 
 as inert or coaly humus, and also in combina- 
 tion, as humic acid. 
 
 HUNGER. Fames. The want of solid ali- 
 ments. An instinctive sensation, the exact 
 cause of which is unknown. 
 
 Hungarian balsam. The resinous juice of 
 the twigs of the Pinus pumilio. 
 
 Hungary water. A perfume and stimulant 
 spirit, the basis of which is spirit of rosemary 
 and lavender. 
 
 HURA CREPITANS. A euphorbiaceous 
 tree of the West Indies, the sand box-tree, the 
 seeds of which yield an abundance of bland oil, 
 and are used as a medicine. 
 
 Hurtsickle. Centaurea cyanus. 
 
 Husk. Glume. 
 
 Husson's eau medicinale. See Eau medU 
 cinale. 
 
 Huxham's tincture of bark. The tinctura 
 cinchonae composita. 
 
 Hy'acinth. Hyacinthus. A gem. 
 
 HYACFNTHUS. {us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. — H. mus- 
 cari. The musk-grape flower, which, accord- 
 ing to Ray, possesses emetic and diuretic qual- 
 ities. 
 
 Hyacinthus non scriptus. Scilla nutans. 
 
 HY'ALOID. {Hyaloides; from vaXoc, glass, 
 and udoc, likeness.) Transparent, like glass. 
 
 Hyaloid membrane. The capsule of the 
 vitreous humor. 
 
 Hyberna'culum. The winter covering of 
 buds. 
 
 Hybernation. The winter sleep of some 
 animals, during which the animal functions are 
 nearly suspended. 
 
 Hybo'ma. T6ufia. A gibbosity of the spine. 
 
 HY'BRID. {Hybrida, ce, m. ; from v6pt,c, an 
 injury ; because its nature is tainted.) The off- 
 spring of two animals or plants of a different 
 species. 
 
 HYDA'RTHRUS. Hydarthrosis. (From 
 vdup, water, and apdpov, a joint. ) Hydarthron, 
 hydarthros, and spina ventosa of the Arabian 
 physicians, is termed, from its color, a white 
 swelling. Systematic writers have two kinds, 
 viz., rheumatic and scrofulous. 
 
 The knee, ankle, wrist, and elbow are the 
 joints most subject to white swellings. In 
 some instances the swelling yields, in a certain 
 degree, to pressure. The pain is sometimes 
 vehement from the very first ; in other instan- 
 ces, there is hardly the least pain in the begin- 
 ning of the disease. In the majority of scrof- 
 ulous white swellings, let the pain be trivial 
 or violent, it is particularly situated in one part 
 of the joint, viz., either the center of the articu- 
 lation, or the head of the tibia, supposing the 
 knee affected. 
 
 The moi-bid joint, in the course of time, ac- 
 quires great magnitude. Still the integuments 
 retain their natural color, and remain unaffect- 
 ed. The enlargement of the articulation, how- 
 ever, always seems greater than it really is, in 
 consequence of the emaciation of the limb, both 
 above and below the disease. An appearance 
 of blue, distended veins, and a shining smooth- 
 ness, are the only alterations to be noticed in 
 the skin covering the enlarged joint. 
 
 As the distemper of the articulation advances, 
 
HYD 
 
 collections of matter form about the part, and 
 at length burst. The ulcerated openings some- 
 times heal up ; but such abscesses are generally 
 followed by other collections, which pursue the 
 same course. In some cases, these abscesses 
 form a few months after the first affection of 
 the joint; on other occasions, several years 
 elapse, and no suppuration of this kind makes 
 its appearance. The constitution sinks under 
 this irritation, and hence the disease is very 
 fatal. Hydarthrus is generally a dropsy of the 
 joint, with great increase of synovia, and often 
 ends in caries of the bone. It is treated by 
 counter-irritation and the use of iodine. 
 
 Rheumatic white swellings are very distinct 
 diseases from the scrofulous distemper of large 
 joints. In the first, the pain is said never to 
 occur without being attended with swelling. 
 Scrofulous white swellings, on the other hand, 
 are always preceded by a pain, which is partic- 
 ularly confined to one point of the articulation. 
 In rheumatic cases, the pain is more general, 
 and diffused over the whole joint. 
 
 HYDA'TID. {Hydatis, idis, f. ; from vSaric, 
 a vesicle, and vdup, water.) 1. A hydatid; a 
 pellucid cyst, containing a transparent fluid, 
 developed in a cavity or tissue of the human 
 body, &c. 2. A genus of worms. 
 
 1. Hydatis acephalocystis. — The headless hy- 
 datid, or bladder-worm, found in the bladder, 
 uterus, brain, and other organs, and consisting 
 of a membranous sac, containing a transparent 
 fluid. 
 
 2. Hydatis ccenurus. — The hydatid containing 
 several animals grouped together, and termi- 
 nating in one tail. 
 
 3. Hydatis cysticercus. — The bladder- tailed 
 hydatid. 
 
 _ 4. Hydatis ditrachyceros. — The hydatid fur- 
 nished with a rough, bifurcated horn. 
 
 5. Hydatis echinococcus. — The round, rough 
 hydatid. 
 
 6. Hydatis polycephalus. — The many-headed 
 hydatid. 
 
 7. To these may be added a white, encysted 
 body, which Raspail names the ovuliger of the 
 joint of the wrist, and considers as a new genus, 
 intermediate between the cysticercus and the 
 ccenurus. The rot and the staggers in sheep 
 are occasioned by the development of two spe- 
 cies of vesicular worms, the cysticercus lineatus 
 and tenuicollis, anil the canurus cerebralis of 
 Rudolphi; the one in the liver, or some other 
 abdominal viscera, the other in the ventricles 
 of the brain. The sheep which feed in salt 
 meadows are exempt from this disorder. 
 
 Hydatidocele. Hydaticele. A tumor con- 
 taining hydatids. 
 
 Hydato'id. Hydatoides. Aqueous; resem- 
 bling water. 
 
 Hy'derus. (Tdepoc; from vdup, water.) 
 Dropsy. 
 
 HY'DNUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of fungi. 
 Some are eaten. All the dark-colored, with 
 spots, are to be suspected. — H. erinaceum. 
 The hedgehog mushroom. — H. coralloides. 
 Common coral fungus. — H. repandum. The 
 chcvrette. — H. auriscalpium. Brouquichons, 
 which is said to be excellent. 
 
 HYDR-. Hydro-. A prefix (from vdup, 
 
 HYD 
 
 vdaroc, water), denoting the presence of water, 
 or of the element Hydrogen. 
 
 Hydremia. Hydrosemia. 
 
 HYDRACIDS. Those acids which, like hy- 
 drochloric acid, contain hydrogen, in combina- 
 tion with a radical. 
 
 HY'DRAGOGUE. Hydragogus. (From 
 vdup, water, and ayu, to drive out.) A medi- 
 cine is so termed which possesses the property 
 of increasing the secretions or excretions of the 
 body, so as to cause the removal of water from 
 any of its cavities. The term is chiefly applied 
 to cathartics which have this effect, as jalap, 
 gamboge, &c. 
 
 HYDRA'MNIOS. (From vdup, and amnios.) 
 A morbid accumulation of the liquor ainnii. 
 
 Hydrargyra'tus. Of, or belonging to, mer- 
 cury. 
 
 HYDRARGYRI ACETAS. Acetate of mer- 
 cury ; called, also, Mercurius acetatus, and Pi- 
 lulce Keyseri. By this preparation of mercury, 
 the celebrated Keyser acquired an immense 
 fortune in curing the venereal disease. The 
 dose is from three to five grains. Notwith- 
 standing the encomium given to it by some, it 
 does not appear to be so efficacious as some 
 other preparations of mercury. 
 
 Hydrargyri ammo'nio- chloridum. (Ph. 
 L.) Ammonio-chloride of mercury. See Hy- 
 drargyrum ammoniatum. 
 
 Hydrargyri bichloridi liquor. (Ph. L.) 
 Solution of corrosive sublimate. Take of cor- 
 rosive sublimate and hydrochlorate of ammo- 
 nia, each gr. x. ; distilled water, Oj. 
 
 Hydrargyri bichlo'ridum. Bichloride of 
 mercury. See Hydrargyri chloridum corrosi- 
 vum. 
 
 Hydrargyri bicyanidum. Bicyanide of 
 mercury. See Hydrargyri cyanuretum. 
 
 Hydrargyi biniodidum. Biniodide of mer- 
 cury. See Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum. 
 
 Hydrargyri blno'xydum. (Ph. L.) Bin- 
 oxide of mercury. Take of bichloride of mer- 
 cury, f iv. ; solution of potash, f. 5xxviij. ; dis- 
 tilled water, Oyj . Dissolve the bichloride in the 
 water, and filter ; then add the solution of pot- 
 ash. Pour off the supernatant liquor, and wash 
 the precipitate in distilled water until it is free 
 from alkaline action; then dry with a gentle 
 heat. This is an orange-red, insoluble powder, 
 of an acrid, metallic taste. It is a powerful 
 irritant, and also escharotic. It was formerly 
 used to excite salivation; ,dose, gr. \ to gr. 1, 
 combined with opium. It is violently emetic 
 and cathartic in the dose of gr. iv. 
 
 Hydrargyri bisulphure'tum. Bisulphuret 
 of mercury. Cinnabar. See Hydrargyri sul- 
 phuretum rubrum. 
 
 Hydrargyri borussias. Hydrargyri cya- 
 nuretum. 
 
 Hydrargyri bromidum. See Mercury, bro- 
 mide of. 
 
 Hydrargyri calx alba. Hydrargyrum am- 
 moniatum. 
 
 Hydrargyri chlo'ridum. (Ph. L.) Hy- 
 drargyri chloridum mite. (U. S.) Chloride 
 of mercury. Protochloride or sub chloride of 
 mercury. Calomel. Take of mercury, ibiv. ; 
 sulphuric acid, Ibiij.; common salt, ibiss. ; dis- 
 tilled water, sufficient. Boil Ibij. of the mer- 
 
 347 
 
H YD 
 
 HYD 
 
 cury with the sulphuric acid to dryness ; rub 
 this sulphate, when cold, with the other ibij. 
 of mercury in an earthen mortar until they are 
 perfectly mixed; then add the common salt, 
 and rub until all the globules have disappeared; 
 then sublime. Rub the sublimate to a fine 
 powder, and wash it carefully with boiling dis- 
 tilled water, and dry. If the vaporous calo- 
 mel be condensed in large vessels containing 
 steam (Jewell's patent), it is in finer powder 
 than common calomel, and also perfectly free 
 from corrosive sublimate. In small doses of 
 gr. ss., it is alterative; as a purgative, gr. iij. to 
 gr. v. are generally employed, combined with 
 other purgatives; and in doses of 3j. to 3J. it is 
 said to be sedative, and used with great effect 
 in bilious fevers, cholera, and dysentery. It is 
 also administered in combination as a siala- 
 gogue, anthelmintic, and sudorific. Externally, 
 it is applied to ulcers and sores as a desiccative, 
 and in ointment to skin diseases. 
 
 Hydrargyri chxoridum corrosi'vum. (U. 
 S.) Corrosive chloride of mercury . Bichloride 
 of mercury. Corrosive sublimate. Take of mer- 
 cury, ibij.; sulphuric acid, ibij.; common salt, 
 ibiss. Boil the mercury and acid to dryness; 
 triturate this with the salt, and sublime. A 
 ciystalline mass, soluble; taste acrid and cop- 
 pery; sp. gr., 52. Its composition is HgCl 2 . It 
 is a violent corrosive poison, a few grains pro- 
 ducing death. In cases of poisoning, the white 
 of eggs is a good antidote ; a recent hydrated 
 6ulphuret. of iron is also proposed. It is used 
 in alterative doses of gr. yg-th. to gr. |th, in so- 
 lution, in secondary syphilis and obstinate skin 
 diseases. A solution of gr. ij. to the f. fj. of 
 water is used as a wash in cutaneous diseases 
 and venereal sores. As a gargle in syphilitic 
 sore throat, gr. j. to ibj. of barley-water. 
 
 Hydrargyri cyanure'tum. (U. S.) Bi- 
 cyanide, cyanuret, or prussiate of mercury. 
 Take of Prussian blue (ferri ferro-cyanuretum, 
 U. S.), 5 iv. ; red oxide (binoxide) of mercury, 
 fiij., or a sufficient quantity; distilled water, 
 Oij. Boil together, constantly stirring, and if 
 in half an hour the mixture is blue, add small 
 quantities of the binoxide until it becomes yel- 
 low; then remove, and filter. Wash the resi- 
 due on the filter with a pint of distilled water. 
 Evaporate the solution to obtain crystals, which 
 may be purified by resolution, &c. 
 
 The crystals are square prisms, heavy, in- 
 odorous, colorless, with a metallic taste, and 
 soluble. Form., HgCy 2 , the equivalent of mer- 
 cury being taken as 202. It is used to obtain 
 hydrocyanic acid. The Parisian Codex admits 
 it as an antisyphilitic medicine ; dose, gr. |th, 
 in solution. It closely resembles corrosive sub- 
 limate in its action. There is no known anti- 
 dote, and therefore the stomach-pump and am- 
 monia should be employed in case of poison- 
 ing. 
 
 Hydrargyri deuto-iodidum. H. deuto- 
 ioduretum. The binoxide of mercury. See 
 Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum. 
 
 Hydrargyri hyperoxidum. Hydrargyri 
 oxydum rubrum. 
 
 Hydrargyri iodidum. (U. S. &Ph. L.) H. 
 iodidum flavum. Iodide (protiodide, subiodide) 
 of mercury. Take of mercury, f j. ; iodine, 3 v. ; 
 348 
 
 alcohol, sufficient. Rub the mercury and iodine 
 together, adding the alcohol gradually until the 
 globules are no longer visible. Dry in a dark 
 place, by a gentle heat, and preserve in a well- 
 stopped vessel. A greenish-yellow powder; 
 sp. gr., 7-75; insoluble in water and alcohol, 
 but soluble in ether and solution of iodide of 
 potassium. It is readily decomposed by light, 
 and volatilized by heat. The sublimate is in 
 red crystals, which become yellow on cooling. 
 Formula, Hgl. It is powerfully irritant, and 
 used in syphilis and scrofula, especially where 
 these coexist; dose, gr. j. The pill and oint- 
 ment, which see, are officinal. 
 
 Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum. (U. S.) Red 
 iodide of mercury. Biniodide (deutiodide, io- 
 dide, periodide) of mercury. Take of mercu- 
 ry, §j.; iodine, 3X. ; alcohol, sufficient. Pro- 
 ceed as with the iodide. A scarlet powder; 
 sp. gr., 6-32. Insoluble in water, but dissolved 
 by alcohol, some acids, &c. It sublimes by 
 heat in red crystals. Composition, Hgl 2 . It 
 forms double compounds with alkaline iodides, 
 which are called hydrargyro-iodides. A power- 
 ful irritant, and also caustic, resembling corro- 
 sive sublimate. It has been used in syphilis 
 and scrofula ; dose, gr. y^th. The ointment is 
 officinal ( Unguentum hydrargyri biniodidi), 
 and has been employed, much diluted, in ob- 
 stinate ophthalmia tarsi, and thickening of the 
 Meibomian glands. 
 
 Hydrargyri murias corrosivus. H. muri- 
 as oxygenases. Corrosive sublimate. See Hy- 
 drargyri chloridum corrosivum. 
 
 Hydrargyri murias dulcis. H. murias dul- 
 cis sublimatus. H. murias suboxy genatus. Cal- 
 omel. Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 
 
 Hydrargyri nitras. Nitrate of mercury. 
 Made by the action of cold nitric acid on mer- 
 cury, and readily crystallizes in transparent 
 rhombs. HgO,N0 5 +2HO. It is violently ir- 
 ritant and caustic, and may be applied to fun- 
 gous growths. If dilute ammonia be added to 
 an acid solution, a black, velvet-like precipitate 
 is formed, which is called Hahneman's soluble 
 mercury, and is, according to Kane, 2HgO,N05 
 +NH 3 . 
 
 Hydrargyri nitrico-oxydum. H. nitratis 
 ruber. Nitric oxide of mercury. See Hydrar- 
 gyri oxydum rubrum. 
 
 Hydrargyri oxy'dum. H. oxydum cine- 
 reum. See Hydrargyri oxydum nigrum. 
 
 Hydrargyri oxydum nigrum. (U. S.j 
 Black oxide of mercury. Protoxide (suboxide, 
 gray oxide) of mercury. Mercurous oxide. 
 Take of calomel and of potash, each f iv. ; wa- 
 ter, Oj. Make a clear solution of the potash; 
 stir this with the calomel until the black oxide 
 is formed ; wash this with distilled water, and 
 dry. It is a black or grayish powder ; tasteless 
 and insoluble, but readily decomposed by light. 
 HgO. It is a mild preparation. Dose, gr. ss. 
 to gr. iij. It is formed in the black wash, Lo- 
 tio nigra. 
 
 Hydrargyri oxy'dum nitricum. See Hy- 
 drargyri oxydum rubrum. 
 
 Hydrargyri oxydum rubrum. (U. S.) Red 
 precipitate of mercury. Nitric oxide of mer 
 cury. Take of mercury, ^xxxvj.; nitric acid, 
 f. gxiv. ; water, Oij. Dissolve by a gentle heat, 
 
HYD 
 
 HYD 
 
 and evaporate to dryness. Triturate the resi- 
 due to a fine powder, and heat as long as red 
 vapors rise. It occurs as a bright scarlet crys- 
 talline substance, almost insoluble, and of an 
 acrid, metallic taste. It is an inipure binoxide 
 of mercury with pernitrate of mercury, and, 
 from its escharotic action, should be employed 
 only externally. The powder is used to vene- 
 real sores, fungous growths, &c, and the oint- 
 ment is officinal. 
 
 Hydrargyri oxydum sulphuricum. See 
 Hydrargyri sulphas flaws. 
 
 Hydrargyri oxymurias. Hydrargyri per- 
 murias. Corrosive sublimate. See Hydrar- 
 gyri chloridum corrosivum. 
 
 Hydrargyri protoioduretum (protoiodi- 
 dum). See Hydrargyri iodidum. 
 
 Hydrargyri prussias. Hydrargyri cyanu- 
 retum. 
 
 Hydrargyri submurias. Hydrargyri sub- 
 murias sublimatum. Calomel. Hydrargyri 
 chloridum mite. 
 
 Hydrargyri submurias ammoniatum. Hy- 
 drargyrum anunoniatum. 
 
 Hydrargyri sulphas flavus. (U.S.) Hy- 
 drargyri subsulpkas flavus. Hydrar. sulphas. 
 bellow sulphate of mercury. Subsulphate. 
 Sulphate of mercury. Turpeth mineral. Take 
 of mercury, fi v.; sulphuric acid, fvj. Boil, and 
 evaporate to dryness. Triturate this with warm 
 distilled water ; decant and wash, until the wash- 
 ings give no precipitate, with solution of potash; 
 dry the sulphate. It is a heavy, yellow powder, 
 of an acrid taste, and scarcely soluble in water. 
 It is highly irritant, producing nausea, vomiting, 
 and ptyahsm, in small doses. The dose, as an 
 alterative, is gr. ss. ; as an emetic, gr. iij. to gr. 
 v. It is a violent errhine, gr. j. ; may be mixed 
 with gr. v. of liquorice powder for this purpose. 
 
 Hydrargyri sulphure'tum nigrum. (U. S.) 
 Hydrar. sulphuretum cum sulphure. (Ph. L.) 
 Black sulphuret of mercury. iEthiops mineral. 
 Take of mercury and sulphur, fbj . ; rub them 
 together until the globules have entirely disap- 
 peared. It is a heavy, black, tasteless, and in- 
 soluble powder, entirely volatilized by heat. 
 It is alterative, and used in cutaneous and 
 scrofulous diseases in doses of gr. v. to 9j. It 
 is very mild, and is said not to produce ptyahsm ; 
 some good authorities doubt its medicinal value. 
 
 Hydrargyri sulphuretum ru'brum. (U. 
 S.) Red sulphuret of mercury. Bisulphuret 
 (sulphuret) of mercury. Cinnabar. Vermil- 
 ion. Take of mercury, fxl. ; sulphur, fviij. 
 Mix the mercury with the melted sulphur over 
 the fire, and as soon as the mass begins to 
 swell, remove the vessel from the fire and cover 
 it with considerable force to prevent combus- 
 tion; then rub the (cold) mass into powder, 
 and sublime. When powdered it is of a rich 
 red color, tasteless, heavy, insoluble, and vola- 
 tilized by heat; composition, HgS 2 . When 
 pure it is inert ( Orfila), and is only used in fu- 
 migations ; for this purpose, 3ss. is employed in 
 violent secondary syphilis. 
 
 Hydrargyri supermurias. Hydrargyri 
 chloridum coi*rosivum. 
 
 Hydrargyria. Hydrar gyro sis. Eczema 
 ruexcuriale. 
 
 HYDRARGYRO-IODIDES. Hydrargyro- 
 
 cyanides. Compounds of iodide or cyanide 
 of mercury with corresponding salts of potassi- 
 um, sodium, &c. They are not officinaUy em- 
 ployed in medicine. 
 
 HYDRARGYRUM, (urn, i, n. Tdpapyv- 
 pog; from vdup, water, and apjvpoc, silver.) 
 Hydrargyria. Quicksilver. See Mercury. 
 
 Hydrargyrum acetatum. See Hydrargyri 
 acetas. 
 
 Hydrargyrum ammoni'atum. (U. S.) Hg. 
 ammoniato-muriaticum. Ammoniated mercury. 
 Ammonio-chloride of mercury White precip- 
 itate. Take of corrosive sublimate, § vj. \ dis- 
 tilled water, Cj. ; solution of ammonia, f. sviij. 
 Dissolve the sublimate, add the ammonia, col- 
 lect the precipitate, wash thoroughly, and dry, 
 A white powder, of a slight metallic taste, in- 
 soluble in water or alcohol, but dissolved by 
 strong acids. It is, according to Kane, a chloro- 
 amidide of mercury, or HgCl-2-j-HgAd 2 , bichlO' 
 ride of binamidide of mercury. It is considered 
 highly poisonous, and employed externally only 
 for the destruction of hce, and as an ointment 
 (ung. hydrarg. ammonio-chloridi) to obstinate 
 skin diseases, as porrigo, impetigo, herpes, and 
 to scabies. 
 
 Hydrargyrum borussicum. H. cyanogena- 
 turn. See Hydrargyri cyanuretum. 
 
 Hydrargyrum calcinatum. Hydrargy- 
 ri binoxydum. 
 
 Hydrargyrum cum creta. (U. S., Ph. L., 
 E., & D.) H. cum calcis carbonate. Mercury 
 with chalk. Take of mercmy, fiij. ; prepared, 
 chalk, fv. Rub them together until the me- 
 tallic globules disappear. This preparation is 
 milder than any other mercurial except the 
 sulphuret, and does not so easily act upon the 
 bowels ; it is therefore used largely by many 
 practitioners, and possesses alterative properties 
 in cutaneous complaints and in obstructions of 
 the viscera. Dose, 3ss. to 3ss., two or three 
 times a day. Used for children chiefly. 
 
 Hydrargyrum cum magnesia. (Ph. D.) 
 Mercury with carbonate of magnesia. Made 
 as above, and with similar properties. 
 
 Hydrargyrum hydrocyanicum. Hydrar- 
 gyri cyanuretum. 
 
 Hydrargyrum muriaticum. H. muriaticum 
 mite. See Hydrargyri, chloridum mite. 
 
 Hydrargyrum phospho'ratum. Phosphu- 
 reted mercmy. A mild preparation, formerly 
 employed as an antisypliihtic. Dose, from gr. 
 ss. to gr. ij. It has gone out of use. 
 
 Hydrargyrum pr^cipitatum. H.pr&cipi- 
 tatum album. Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. 
 
 Hydrargyrum pr^cipitatum cinereum. 
 The Hydrargyri oxydum nigrum. It is prefer- 
 red by some to cinnabar for fumigations. 
 
 Hydrargyrum pr^cipitatum (ruber), per 
 se. Hydrargyri biniodidum. 
 
 Hydrargyrum purificatum. (U. S.) Pu- 
 rified mercury . Take of mercmy, any weight : 
 distill the mercmy froru an iron retort. 
 
 Hydra'rgyrum sacchara'tum. Made by 
 triturating mercury with lump sugar. It is 
 similar to the Hydrargyrum cum creta. 
 
 Hydrargyrum vitriolatum. See Hydrar- 
 gyri sulphas flavus. 
 
 HYDRA'R GYRUS. Mercmy. Formerly 
 employed for hydrargyrum; hence many of the 
 
 349 
 
HYD 
 
 HYD 
 
 preparations already mentioned were placed 
 under this head ; for which, see Hydrargyrum 
 and Hydrargyri. 
 
 Hydiiarthrus. H. synovialis. See Hydar- 
 ihrus. 
 
 HYDRASTIS CANADENSIS. Yellow root. 
 Turmeric root. Ranunculacece. Polyandria. 
 Polygyria. A perennial herb of the Western 
 States, with acrid and bitter properties. The 
 Indians employed it as a local application to old 
 ulcers. The juice of the root is also a dye. 
 
 HY'DRATE. A compound in which water 
 is chemically combined with some other sub- 
 stance ; as hydrate of potash, soda, lime. There 
 may be one or more equivalents of water. 
 
 Hydrate of potash. See Potasses hydras. 
 
 Hy'd rated. Chemically combined with 
 water. 
 
 HYDRATED PEROXIDE OF IRON. Hy- 
 drated sesquioxide (tritoxide /) of iron. Make a 
 solution of green sulphate of iron in boiling water, 
 and add nitric acid cautiously as long as red va- 
 pors are given off; dilute with water, and filter. 
 Add to the solution excess of ammonia until no 
 more precipitate is formed (Bunsen). Admin- 
 ister in the fresh, pulpy state. It is the best 
 antidote for arsenic (arsenious acid), converting 
 it into an inert arsenite of iron. Ten or twelve 
 times as much of the hydrate is to be given as 
 there has been poison taken ; and as it is very 
 harmless, the dose should be full. For the ready 
 preparation of this valuable antidote, the per- 
 sulphate, or first solution, may be kept ready, 
 or any soluble per salt may be employed. 
 
 Hydrates of carbon. A name given to 
 sugar, starch, and similar organic compounds, 
 in which the hydrogen and oxygen are present 
 in the pi-oportions to form water. 
 
 HYDRAU'LICS. (From vdtop, and avloc, a 
 pipe.) The science which treats of the move- 
 ment and mechanical effects of water and 
 liquids. 
 
 Hydrencephalocele. The watery tumor of 
 the head produced by chronic hydi'ocephalus. 
 
 HYDRENCE'PHALOID. (Frorawdwp, eyne- 
 tyaloc, the brain, and eiSoc, likeness.) Having 
 the symptoms of hydrocephalus. Diseases of 
 the bowels and the irritation of teething often 
 bring on a spurious hydro cephaloid disease. 
 
 Hydrence'phalus. Acute hydrocephalus. 
 
 HYDRE'NTERQCE'LE. (e, es, f . ; from 
 vdup, water, evrepov, an intestine, and ktjXtj, a 
 tumor.) A hydrocele, or dropsy of the scrotum, 
 attended with an intestinal hernia. 
 
 Hydric ether. Sulphuric or common ether. 
 See Ether, sulphuricus. 
 
 HYDRFODATE. Hydriodas. The old 
 term for an iodide. 
 
 HY'DRIO'DIC ACID. Acidum hydriodicum. 
 A colorless, gaseous acid, closely resembling the 
 hydrochloric, consisting of one atom of iodine 
 and one of hydrogen, HI; eq., 127 -5. 
 
 Hydriodate of ammonia. See Iodine. 
 
 Hydriodate of iron. See Ferri iodidum. 
 
 Hydriodate of potash. See Potassii iodi- 
 dum. 
 
 Hydriodate of soda. See Sodii iodidum. 
 
 HYDRO'A. (a, ce, f. ; from vdup, water.) 
 A watery pustule. 
 
 HYDRO'iEMIA. Hydremia. (From vdtop, 
 350 
 
 and cu/Lia, blood.) That state of the blood in 
 which the proportion of water is too great, and 
 there is a want of blood globules arid fibrin. 
 This condition gives rise to chlorosis and other 
 cachexies. 
 
 Hydro'abdomen. Ascites. 
 
 Hydro'arion. Dropsy of the ovarium. 
 
 HYDROPBLE'PHARON. (From vdup, and 
 ftletyapov. the eyelid.) An oedema or watery 
 swelling of the eyelid. 
 
 Hy'drobro'mate. A bromide. 
 
 HY'DROBRO'MIC ACID. Acidum hydro- 
 bromicum. An acid composed of one atom of 
 hydrogen and one of bromine, HB; eq., 79-39. 
 The constitution of this acid, and its properties, 
 are analogous to that of the hydrochloric and 
 hydriodic acids. 
 
 HYDROCiELiAS. Ascites. 
 
 Hydrocarbonate. Carbureted hydrogen. 
 
 Hy'drocarbons. Those organic bodies which 
 consist principally of hydrogen and carbons, as 
 the oils, wax, naphthas, and some ethers. 
 
 Hydroca'rdia. Dropsy of the pericardium. 
 See Hydropericardium. 
 
 HY'DROCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from vdup, water, 
 and nrfkn, a tumor.) Hydrocele is used by 
 surgeons for a collection of fluid either on the 
 membranes of the scrotum, or the coats of the 
 testicle and its vessels. The first of these, an- 
 asarca integumentorum, is common to all the 
 cellular substance which loosely envelops both 
 the testes. The latter, hydrocele tuniccc vagi- 
 nalis, is absolutely local, very seldom affects the 
 common membrane of the scrotum, generally 
 attacks one side only, and is frequently found 
 in persons who are perfectly free from all other 
 complaints. The tumor soon becomes tense, 
 fluctuating in feel, and partially transparent. 
 The tumor is to be tapped with a small trocar, 
 and a mixture of wine and water injected into 
 the sac so as to produce inflammation and sub- 
 sequent adhesion. 
 
 Hydrocele cystata. Encysted hydrocele 
 of the spermatic cord resembles the common 
 hydrocele; but the tumor does not extend to 
 the testicle, which may be felt below or be- 
 hind it, while in the hydrocele of the vaginal 
 coat, when large, the testicle can not be dis- 
 covered. In this disease, also, the penis is not 
 buried in the tumor. Sometimes the fluid is 
 contained in two distinct cells ; and this is dis- 
 covered by little contractions in it. It is dis- 
 tinguished from the anasai'cous hydrocele by a 
 sensible fluctuation, and the want of the inelas- 
 tic pitting; from hernia, by its beginning below, 
 from its not receding in a horizontal position, 
 and not enlarging by coughing and sneezing. 
 
 Hydrocele funiculi spermatici, or hydro- 
 cele of the spermatic cord. Anasarcous hydro- 
 cele of the spermatic cord sometimes accom- 
 panies ascites, and at other times it is found to 
 be confined to the cellular substance in or about 
 the spermatic cord. 
 
 Hydrocele peritonei. Ascites. 
 
 Hydrocele spinalis. Hydrorachis. 
 
 HYDROCEPHALUS, (us, i, m. ; from vdup 
 water, and KefyaTin, the head.) Hydrocephalum 
 Hydrencephalus. Dropsy of the brain. Dropsy 
 of the head. It is distinguished by authors into 
 external and internal; into hydrocephalus mem 
 
HYD 
 
 H YD 
 
 branarum and ventriculorum; into acute and 
 chronic. 
 
 Pain in the head, particularly across the 
 brow, stupor, dilatation of the pupils, nausea, 
 vomiting, preternatural slowness of the pulse, 
 and convulsions, are the pathognomonic symp- 
 toms of this disease, which have been laid clown 
 by the generality of writers. The effusion of 
 serous fluid, which gives name to this disease, is 
 one of the many symptoms which accompany it. 
 
 Acute hydrocephalus (H. interims), in 
 its early stages, is characterized by the symp- 
 toms of inflammation of the brain. The head 
 is hot, the face flushed, the eyes dull, and with- 
 out expression. The arteries of the temples 
 and neck pulsate strongly. The child, for this 
 is chiefly an infantile malady, is restless and 
 fretful, evidently suffering pain, while both the 
 countenance and the gesture refer to the head 
 as its seat. There is pyrexia more or less in- 
 tense, the pulse is accelerated, the skin hot and 
 dry, and the tongue covered with a white fur. 
 The appetite is lost, and sometimes there is 
 vomiting. The bowels are generally costive. 
 The disease is chiefly prevalent in childhood 
 from the second to the sixth vear. 
 
 Inflammation of the membranes of the brain, 
 like others, is often slight in degree, and term- 
 inates quickly in health. If it be long-con- 
 tinued, though slight, it often ends in serous ac- 
 cumulation, which is known or suspected by 
 the marks of oppressed brain that take place. 
 If the child is very young, so that the bones are 
 not firmly united, the head gradually enlarges 
 in its dimensions, and becomes misshapen in its 
 figure. The extent to which the enlargement 
 goes is very various. Sooner or later, it gen- 
 erally stops by the bones uniting, the head re- 
 maining afterward through life preternaturallv 
 large. In this case a quantity of fluid remains, 
 without seeming (in many instances, at least) 
 to interfere with the proper exercise of the 
 sensorial functions, or even with the general 
 health, except that the body is commonly 
 stunted in its growth. Such subjects are al- 
 ways liable to repeated returns of inflamma- 
 tion in the brain or its membranes, and which, 
 sooner or later, in many cases prove fatal. 
 
 Such is the progress, in the milder forms, of 
 membranous inflammation of the brain. On 
 many occasions the disease assumes a more 
 active character, and soon spreads to the sub- 
 stance of the brain, as is known by the great 
 disturbance of functions that ensues. Then it 
 is that the restlessness becomes extreme, irrita- 
 bility is excessive, the expression of the counte- 
 nance is altered, and especially that of the eyes, 
 with the pupils unequally dilated. The eye- 
 lids remain half open if the child sleeps ; there 
 is often delirium ; the muscles of the hands and 
 feet are in a state of contraction, and, frequent- 
 ly, general convulsions take place. The fur on 
 the tongue becomes thicker and of a darker 
 color ; somnolency or stupor follows, and death 
 ensiles. The disease often proves fatal in two 
 or three days, and, in very young infants, some- 
 times at the very commencement of the inflam- 
 mation, and then commonly with convulsions. 
 In many instances, toward the end, a paralytic 
 state of one side of the body is observed, while 
 
 the limbs on the opposite side, perhaps, are 
 convulsed. 
 
 The remedial means in cases of acute hydro- 
 cephalus are of the kind usually employed in 
 membraneous inflammation. Blood should be 
 freely drawn by the lancet or by leeches. The 
 treatment must be prompt and active to give 
 a tolerable chance of success. Cold applica- 
 tions to the head are useful. Purgatives, fre- 
 quently repeated at the commencement of the 
 attack, are necessary. Digitalis, mercurial al- 
 teratives, with counter-irritation by blisters, 
 and tartar emetic ointment, are chiefly used. 
 
 Chronic hydrocephalus is frequently con- 
 genital ; it is connected with rachitis and scrof- 
 ula, and is plainly a disease of cachexy and de- 
 bility. This chronic disease is always danger- 
 ous, and there is much difficulty in determin- 
 ing its extent, and the degree of cerebral dis- 
 I organization which may accompany it. Where, 
 I however, it is limited to a weak condition of 
 I the excernents of the braiu, and medicines are 
 speedily and steadily exhibited, there is a proba- 
 bility of its being removed; but where, on the 
 contrary, no favorable impression can be made 
 on the organ, the general frame partakes by 
 degrees of the debility, the vital powers flag, 
 the limbs become emaciated, and death ensues 
 i at an uncertain period ; or the patient survives, 
 ! a miserable spectacle to the world, and a burden 
 J to the family, perhaps, for years. In some cases, 
 | where the quantity of water collected is not 
 great) the substance of the brain has appeared 
 to be indurated, and in others softened. Col- 
 | lections, also, of a viscid, tenacious matter have 
 been discovered in cysts upon its external sur- 
 face ; tumors have also been found attached to 
 its substance, and in many instances a couver 
 sion of a great part of the substance of the cere- 
 brum or cerebellum into hssmatomatous, mel 
 anomatous, scrofulous, and other structures. 
 
 Hydrocephalus spurius. Hydrencepha* 
 loid disease. 
 
 Hydrochlorate of ammonia. See Ammo- 
 nice murias. 
 
 Hydrochlorates. The old name for chlo- 
 rides. 
 
 HYDROCHLO'RIC ACID. Acidum hydro- 
 chloricum. Acidum muriaticvm. Muriatic acid. 
 A pungent, gaseous acid, containing one atom 
 of chlorine, with one of hydrogen. Formula, 
 HC1; equivalent, 36*47. It is very soluble, 
 water taking up 480 parts at 40 c F.". the solu- 
 tion having a specific gravity of 1*21, and being 
 well known as muriatic or hydrochloric acid. 
 It is highly caustic, and an extremely active 
 chemical body, uniting with most elements to 
 form chlorides, in which the hydrogen is re- 
 placed by metals. It is extensively used in the 
 laboratory as a solvent. 
 
 Hydrochloric acid is a tonic and febrifuge, 
 and has been much employed in typhoid and 
 cutaneous diseases and bilious obstructions, but 
 if used in excess, produces intestinal irritation- 
 Externally, it is very serviceable as a gargle, 
 and as a constituent of the nitromuriatic acid 
 bath. See Balneum. A dilute acid is officinal, 
 the Acidum muriaticum dilutum, consisting of 4 
 parts, by measure, of the acid, and 12 parts of 
 distilled water, of which fllv. to mxx. is a dose. 
 
 351 
 
H YD 
 
 H YD 
 
 Hydrochloroproteic acid. A definite 
 combination of hydrochloric acid and protein, 
 where from Mulder deduces the composition of 
 protein. 
 
 Hydrocotyle vulgaris. Marsh pennywort. 
 This umbelliferous plant has been esteemed for 
 its detersive and vulnerary properties, but is 
 now disused. 
 
 Hydrocya'nates. The former name of cy- 
 anides or cyanurets. 
 
 HY'DROCYA'NIC ACID. Acidum hydro- 
 cyanicum. Prussic acid. In a very diluted 
 state it is found in many plants, especially of 
 the rosacea?. At an ordinary temperature, the 
 pure acid is a volatile liquid, transparent and 
 colorless ; its taste is at first cool, but soon be- 
 comes acrid and irritating: it reddens slightly 
 the tincture of turnsol. Its odor is powerful, 
 and very deleterious; it is only supportable 
 when diluted with a certain quantity of air, 
 and then resembles the smell of bitter almonds. 
 It readily congeals, producing great cold. 
 
 Perfectly pure or anhydrous acid is made 
 from ferrocyanide of potassium and strong sul- 
 phuric acid. It has the composition of one 
 atom of cyanogen and one atom of hydro- 
 gen, CyH; equivalent, 27-23. This has a spe- 
 cific gravity of 0-69 at 66° F. ; at 59° it be- 
 comes a fibrous solid, and at 80° boils. The 
 vapor is inflammable. It readily undergoes 
 spontaneous decomposition. 
 
 Pure hydrocyanic acid is one of the most 
 rapid and fatal poisons ; one drop being intro- 
 duced into the throat of a dog produces death 
 after one or two convulsive respirations. Hence 
 it produces death by acting as a sedative, es- 
 pecially on the respiratory nerves, but also pro- 
 duces convulsions and rigidity of the muscles. 
 
 In cases of poisoning, the treatment must be 
 extremely prompt, and consists of two steps, 
 the maintenance of the nervous excitability by 
 the preparations of ammonia, dashing cold wa- 
 ter on the spine and head, and by the exhibition 
 of an antidote. The antidote for prussic acid 
 which is most serviceable, and may save the 
 patient if exhibited sufficiently soon, is that 
 recommended by Messrs. Smith, of Edinburgh. 
 This consists in the exhibition of a solution of 
 carbonate of potash, to be immediately follow- 
 ed by a solution of old sulphate of iron, which 
 contains both the proto and per salt of iron ; by 
 this means any prussic acid present is instantly 
 converted into insoluble and inert Prussian 
 blue. If any excess of sulphate of iron be giv- 
 en, it simply acts as an emetic, an operation 
 that does not appear to be unfavorable. 
 
 The means of recognizing the acid in cases 
 of poisoning is as follows: The body will, if 
 the case be recent, exhale a strong odor of the 
 acid, and the contents of the stomach should be 
 mixed with sulphuric acid and distilled by a 
 water-bath. If any prussic acid be present, it 
 will pass over in solution in water, and may be 
 tested with carbonate of potash and a double 
 salt of iron for the production of Prussian blue. 
 
 Prussic acid is a sedative, and has been used 
 with success in irritable affections of the stom- 
 ach, lungs, and nervous system, and also in the 
 itching of cutaneous affections, &c. It is, how- 
 ever, very uncertain in its effects, if not exhib- 
 352 
 
 ited while perfectly fresh. A diluted hydro- 
 cyanic acid, adapted to medicinal purposes, 
 has been introduced in the United States into 
 the recent pharmacopoeia (see Acidum hydro- 
 cyanicum), of which f. 3J. may be a poisonous 
 dose. 
 
 HYDROCY'STIS. {is, idis, f. ; from vdap r 
 water, and kvgtlc, a vesicle.) An encysted 
 dropsy. 
 
 HYDRODYNA'MICS. (From vSop, and dv- 
 vafiic, power.) The science which shows the 
 methods of applying the properties of fluids to 
 mechanical purposes. 
 
 Hydro-entero-epiplocele. Anentero- 
 epiplocele, the sac of which contains a watery 
 fluid. 
 
 H ydro-epiplocele. A hernia formed of 
 omentum, the sac of which contains a serous 
 fluid. 
 
 Hydroflu'oric acid. An extremely caustic, 
 gaseous acid, obtained by the action of sulphu- 
 ric acid on fluoride of calcium. It consists of 
 F1H, and is most remarkable for the strong af- 
 finity which it has for silica, with which it 
 forms the hydro-fluosilicic acid. A solution has 
 been used for the purpose of etching on glass. 
 
 Hydro'garon. Ydpoyapov. A mixture of 
 garum and water. See Garum. 
 
 HY'DROGEN. {Hydrogenium, ii, n. ; from 
 vdap, water, and yevvaw, to produce.) Inflam- 
 mable air. The lightest body in nature: an 
 elementary gas, without odor or color, very in- 
 flammable in air, forming explosive compounds 
 with oxygen. It has little chemical activity 
 alone, and is irrespirable : 100 cubic inches 
 weigh 2-13 grains. Its equivalent is 1 on the 
 hydrogen scale, and 12-5 on the oxygen ; sym- 
 bol, H . Hydrogen does not exist uncombined 
 in nature ; but in a compound state, in water, 
 ammonia, and vegetable products, is largely 
 accumulated. It combines with oxygen, form- 
 ing water, by the aid of heat or electricity. In 
 all its properties hydrogen resembles a metal. 
 It combines with oxygen, chlorine, bromine, 
 &c, in the same way as other metals, and is 
 readily displaced by the greater number, some- 
 times with the evolution of pure gas, at others 
 by the simultaneous combination of the libera- 
 ted hydrogen with oxygen, to form water. Its 
 compounds with carbon, forming coal gas and 
 oil gas, are of considerable economical value : 
 these, with sulphur, are thrown out from wet, 
 putrescent mattei's, stagnant ditches, &c. For 
 other compounds, see the usual names. 
 
 Hydrogen acids. Those acids which con- 
 sist of hydrogen, combined with a haloid body, 
 as the hydrochloric, &c. 
 
 Hydrogen, carbureted. Carbureted hy- 
 drogen. 
 
 Hydrogen gas, heavy carbonated. Car- 
 bureted hydrogen. 
 
 Hydrogen, oxide of. Protoxide of hydro- 
 gen. Water. 
 
 Hydrogen, peroxide of. It is a singular 
 fluid, composed of one atom of hydrogen and 
 two atoms of oxygen, discovered by Thenard, 
 and remarkable for the great facility with which 
 it evolves one atom of its oxygen, and passes 
 into water. 
 
 Hydrogen, phosphureted. See Phosphorus. 
 
H YD 
 
 Hy'drogemum. Hydrogen. 
 
 Hydro'guret. A compound of hydrogen 
 with a simple, inflammable body, or an ordinary 
 metal. 
 
 Hydrola'pathum. Rumex hydrolopathum. 
 
 Hy'drolata. Distilled waters. 
 
 Hydro'lica. Phannaceutical preparations, 
 in which water is used as a menstruum. 
 
 Hydro'logy. An investigation into the na- 
 ture and properties of water. 
 
 Hy'bromaxcy. Divination by water. 
 
 HY'DROMEL. Hydromeli. (From vdop. 
 water, and /ie?.c, honey.) Water impregnated 
 with honey. 
 
 Hydro'mello.vic acid. See Mellone. 
 
 HYDRO'METER. Hydrometrum. (From 
 vdup, andfierpov. a measure.) The name of an 
 instrument for determining the specific gravity 
 of fluids. The areometer. An instrument to 
 take the specific gravity or density of fluids, 
 spirits, &c. It is of great value in testing the 
 strength of spirits, of solutions of sugars, dye- 
 stuffs. The form of the implement, which is 
 made of brass or glass, is that of a tube, with 
 one or two bulbs, varying with the maker. 
 Sykes's instrument, which is used for taking 
 the strength of spirits, is furnished with a table. 
 Baume's areometer, or hydrometer, is exten- 
 sively used by sugar-makers and manufacturers. 
 It is graduated from a central point in the stem 
 — upward for fluids fighter than water, and -}- 
 below for those that are heavier. The (zero) 
 marks the density of distilled water at 58° F., 
 and the downward marks correspond to the 
 density of solutions of salt and water, contain- 
 ing for each mark an additional one per cent. 
 of salt ; thus, 5° indicates a fluid of the same 
 density as that produced by mixing 5 parts of 
 common salt and 95 of water. The real specific 
 gravities are, 
 
 For Fluids of less gravity. 
 
 0=1-0000 —11=0-9932 
 
 + 1=1-0066 —12=0-9865 
 
 4- 5=1-0340 —15=0-9669 
 
 4-10=1-0704 —20=0-9359 
 
 4-20=1-1515 —25=0-9068 
 
 4-30=1-2459 —30=0-8795 
 
 4-40=1-3571 —35=0-8538 
 
 4-50=1-4902 —40=0-8295 
 
 +60=1-6522 —45=0-8066 
 
 4-70=1-8537 —50=0-7849 
 
 4-76=2-0000 —60=0-7449 
 
 HYDROME'TRA. (a, «, f. ; from vSop, and 
 /iT/rpa, the womb.) Hydrops uteri. Dropsy of 
 the womb. It produces a swelling in the hy- 
 pogastric region, slowly and gradually increas- 
 ing, resembling the figure of the uterus, yielding 
 to or fluctuating on pressure, without ischury 
 or pregnancy. Sauvages enumerates seven 
 species. It must be considered as a very rare 
 disease, and one that can with difficulty be as- 
 certained. 
 
 HYDRO'MPHALUM. (um, i, n.; from 
 vSup, and ou<pa?,oc, the navel.) A tumor at the 
 navel containing water. This may arise from 
 mere distension in cases of ascites, or from an 
 umbilical hernia, the sac of which contains se- 
 rum. 
 
 Hy'dromyri'xga. Dropsy of the tympanum. 
 Hydros ephro'sis. A cyst in the kidney, 
 
 HYD 
 
 filled with urine, and originating in the ob- 
 struction of the uriniferous tubes. 
 
 Hydro'xosos. Sudor anglicanus. 
 
 Hydroophoria. Ovarian dropsy. 
 
 Hydro-oxyde. Synonymous with hydrate. 
 
 HYDEO'PATHY. Hydropathia. (From 
 vdup, and iraOog, disease.) The water cure. A 
 mode of treating disease by the external and 
 internal use of water and diaphoresis. 
 
 Hydropede'sis. A violent sweating. 
 
 HY'DROPERICA'RDIUM. Hydropericar- 
 ditis. (From vdtop, and TrepiKCipdiov, the peri- 
 cardium.) Hydropericardia. Dropsy of the 
 pericardium. This occurs as a consequence of 
 inflammation of the pericardium, and as an ao 
 companiment of hydrothorax. It is indicated 
 by orthopnoea, palpitation, and irregular action 
 of the heart, preternatural dullness of sound on 
 percussion in the cardiac region, and a sound 
 of fluctuation. It is generally connected with 
 organic disease of the heart, and then is always 
 incurable. 
 
 Hy'dropersulphu'ric acid. Bisulphuret of 
 hydrogen. 
 
 "HYDROPHO'BIA. {a, <z, f . ; from vdup, 
 water, and 6o6eo, to fear.) Canine madness. 
 Hydrophobia never originates spontaneously in 
 man, nor is it known to do so except in dogs 
 and canine animals; the bite may occur from 
 twenty-one days to nine months before any ef- 
 fect is perceptible, but the usual period is from 
 thirty to sixty days. This disease is considered 
 by all pathologists as the consequence of a mor- 
 bid poison, introduced into the system by the 
 bite of a rabid animal. 
 
 Two or three days before the violent symp- 
 toms occur, there is some indisposition. The 
 pathognomonic symptoms are extreme nervous- 
 ness, spasm about the chest and throat, extreme 
 horror of fluids, with great thirst, and a parched 
 mouth, foaming at the mouth, extreme anxiety, 
 gasping respiration, pain and uneasiness about 
 the praecordia. The patient, fi-om the great 
 thirst he endures, continually calls for water, 
 but is often thrown into convulsions or spasms 
 of the whole body when it is presented to him. 
 This condition lasts from two to five days, and 
 the patient dies either in convulsions or from 
 extreme prostration. No unequivocal case haa 
 ever recovered. 
 
 Treatment. — If the patient applies shortly 
 after the bite, the part must be dissected out. 
 It is usual to apply potassa fusa to the wound, 
 and if this is done soon enough, the effects will 
 be averted. 
 
 When the violent symptoms have occurred, 
 the treatment consists chiefly in exhibiting large 
 doses of opium and camphor, but every means 
 have been tried without success : blood-letting, 
 immersion in water, antispasmodics, volatile al- 
 kali, &c. It is worthy of consideration whether 
 the inhalation of ether may not be an appropri- 
 ate remedy. This agent produces a complete 
 sedative action on the nervous system, which in 
 hydrophobia is thrown into violent action. 
 
 Hy'drophlegma'si-E. The genus of acute 
 idiopathic dropsies of M. Rayer. 
 
 HY'DROPHTHA'LMIA. Hydroptkalmium. 
 (From vdup, water, and ocpda/./uog, the eye.) 
 There are two diseases, different in their nature 
 
 353 
 
HYD 
 
 HYD 
 
 and consequences, thus termed. The one is a 
 mere anasarcous or oedematous swelling of the 
 eyelid. The other, the true hydrophthalmia, is 
 a swelling of the bulb of the eye, from a morbid 
 increase of the vitreous or aqueous humors. 
 
 Hy'drophtha'lmus cruentus. Heemoph- 
 thahnia. 
 
 Hy'drophtho'ric acid. Fluorine. 
 HY'DROPHYSOCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from 
 vdup, (pvarj, flatus, and Krfkn, a tumor.) A name 
 given to a hernia, the sac of which contains 
 fluid and air. 
 
 HY'DROPHYSOME'TRA. (From vdup, 
 tyvori, and fierpa, the womb.) A morbid state of 
 the uterus, in which it is distended by a collec- 
 tion of watery fluid and gaseous matter. 
 
 Hydro'phytes. Confervae, or fresh-water 
 plants. 
 
 HYDRO'PIC. Hydropicus. (From vdpuf, 
 the dropsy. ) Relating to dropsy ; as a hydropic 
 patient or a hydropic medicine. 
 Hydro'pica. Hydragogues. 
 Hydro' pi per. Polygonum hydropiper. 
 HY'DROPLEURPTIS. (From vdup, and 
 pleura.) Pleuritis accompanied by effusion. 
 Acute hydrothorax. — Rayer. 
 
 Hy'dropneuma'tic trough. A pneumatic 
 trough. 
 
 Hy'dropneumatoce'le. Synonyme of hy- 
 drophysocele. 
 
 HY'DROPNEUMO'NIA. (From vdup, and 
 irvevfiov, the lung.) Serous infiltration of the 
 lungs. 
 
 HY'DROPNEUMOSA'RCA. (a, ce, f. ; from 
 vdup, TTvevfia, wind, and oapZ, flesh.) A tumor 
 containing air, liquid, and solid matter. 
 
 Hy'dropneumo'th o'r a x. Pneumothorax 
 complicated with serous infiltration. 
 Hydro'poi'des. Serous or watery. 
 HY'DROPS. (ops, opis, m. ; from vdup, wa- 
 ter.) Dropsy. A preternatural collection of 
 Berous or watery fluid in the cellular substance, 
 or different cavities of the body. It receives 
 different appellations, according to the particu- 
 lar situation of the fluid. When it is diffused 
 through the cellular membrane, either general- 
 ly or partially, it is called anasarca. When it 
 is deposited in the cavity of the cranium, it is 
 called hydrocephalus; when in the chest, hydro- 
 thorax; when in the abdomen, ascites; in the 
 uterus, hydrometra ; and within the scrotum, 
 hydrocele. See these words. 
 Hydrops abdominis. Ascites. 
 Hydrops ad matulam. Diabetes. 
 Hpdrops amnii. H. amniosis. An excess- 
 ive collection of liquor amnii. Hydrometra. 
 
 Hydrops articuli. A swelling of a joint is 
 so called when produced by a serous or lym- 
 phatic effusion into the joint or surrounding cel- 
 lular structure. Hydarthrus. 
 
 Hydrops capitis. Hydrocephalus. 
 Hydrops cerebri. Acute hydrocephalus. 
 Hydrops cysticus. Hydrops saccatus. A 
 dropsy enclosed in a bag or cyst. See Ascites. 
 Hydrops genu. An accumulation of fluid 
 within the capsular ligament of the knee. 
 Hydrops glottidis. (Edema of the glottis. 
 Hydrops medulla spinalis. See Hydro- 
 rachis. 
 Hydrops metell^:. Diabetes. 
 354 
 
 Dropsy of the eye. See 
 
 Dropsy of the ovarium. 
 
 Hydroblepharon. 
 See Hydrothorax. 
 See Hydropericardi- 
 
 Serous infiltration of 
 
 See Hydrops cysticus. 
 
 Hydrops oculi. 
 Hydrophthalmia. 
 
 Hydrops ovarii. 
 See Ovarium. 
 
 Hydrops palpebr^:. 
 Hydrops pectoris. 
 Hydrops pericardii. 
 um. 
 
 Hydrops pu'lmonum. 
 the lungs. 
 
 Hydrops saccatus. 
 
 Hydrops sacci lachrymalis. Distension of 
 the lachrymal sac from obstruction of the nasal 
 duct. Fistula lachrymalis. 
 
 Hydrops saccorum pleura. Hydrothorax. 
 Hydrops scroti. See Hydrocele. 
 Hydrops siccus. Tympanites has been ab- 
 surdly so called. 
 
 Hydrops spin,e. Hydrorachis. 
 Hydrops thoracis. Hydrothorax. 
 Hydrops tubalis. Dropsy of the Fallopian, 
 tube. 
 
 Hydrops uteri. See Hydrometra. 
 Hydropy'retus. The sweating sickness. 
 Hydro'rachia dehiscens. Hydrorachis. — 
 J. P. Frank. 
 
 HYDRO'RACHIS. (From vdup, and pa X ic, 
 the spine.) Hydrops medullcc spinalis. Dropsy 
 of the spine. There are two varieties of this 
 disease, the one consisting in serous effusion 
 within the spinal canal, unattended with any 
 malformation of the bones; the other is the 
 case also called spina bifida, in which there is 
 an incomplete state of some of the vertebrae, 
 and the membranes of the spinal cord, distended 
 with serum, protrude and form a tumor under 
 the skin. For the former, see Spinal Cord, 
 Diseases of the. 
 
 Hydrorachitis. See Hydrorachis 
 Hydro'rchis. Hydrocele. 
 Hy'droro'satum. A drink made of water, 
 honey, and the juice of roses. 
 
 HY'DRORRHCEA. (From vdup, and peu, 
 to flow. ) 1 . Graefe gives this name to the first 
 stage of Egyptian ophthalmia, in which there is 
 a profuse flow of teai-s. 2. It is applied to any 
 slow and chronic discharge of watery fluid. 
 Hy'drosa'ccharum. Water with sugar. 
 HY'DROSA'RCA. (a, es, f. ; from vdup, wa- 
 ter, and Gap!;, the flesh.) 1. Synonymous with 
 anasarca. 2. A tumor containing serosity and 
 fleshy matter. — M. A. Severinus. 
 
 HY'DROSARCOCE'LE. (c, es, f. ; from 
 vdup, crapf, and ktjai], a tumor.) Sarcocele, 
 with an effusion of water into the cellular mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Hy'drosele'nic acid. Seleniureted hydro- 
 gen. It is very similar to sulphureted hydro- 
 gen. 
 
 Hy'droseli'num. A species of purslane. 
 H y'drosta'tica. An order of animals of the 
 class Acalepha, which have buoyant air-vessels. 
 Hydrostatic balance. A common balance 
 furnished with a scale that may be hung near 
 the beam, and under which is a hook to sus- 
 pend any substance to be weighed in water, for 
 the determination of its specific gravity. 
 
 HYDROSTA'TICS. Hydrostatica. (From 
 
 vdup, and Gran/tv, the science which treats of 
 
 j weights.) That branch of physics which treats 
 
H Y G 
 
 HYM 
 
 of the weight, pressure, and equilibrium of 
 liquids. 
 
 H ydro'steo.v. A deposition of serum in the 
 extremities of the long bones. — Van Wy. 
 
 Hydros u'bli mat e of mercury. Jewell's 
 calomel. 
 
 Hy'drosud o'p a t h y. Hydrosudotherap- 
 eia. Hydropathy. 
 
 Hydrosu'lphate. Hydrosu'lphuret. Hy- 
 drosulphas. A salt formed by the hydrosul- 
 phuric acid with a base. 
 
 Hydrosu'lphate of ammonia. Hydrosul- 
 phuret of ammonia. See Ammonias hydrosul- 
 phuretum. 
 
 Hydrosulphocyanic acid. See Sulpho-cy- 
 anogen. 
 
 Hy'drosulphure'ted water. A solution of 
 sulphureted hydrogen in water. It is extreme- 
 ly nauseous and disgusting, but finds a place in 
 some pharmacopoeias as a stimulant and dia- 
 phoretic. 
 
 Hydrosulphure'tum sti'bii ldteum. See 
 Antimonii sulphureUim pra:cipitatum. 
 
 Hydrosulphure'tum stibii rubrum. 
 Kermcs miner alis. A hydrosulphuret of anti- 
 mony, formerly in high estimation as an ex- 
 pectorant, sudorific, and antispasmodic in diffi- 
 cult respiration, rheumatism, diseases of the skin 
 and glands. 
 
 Hy'drosulphu'ric acid. Sulphureted hy- 
 drogen. 
 
 Hy'drotheio'nic acid. Sulphureted hydro- 
 gen. 
 
 HYDROTHO'RAX. {ax, acis, f. ; from vdup, 
 and tfwpaf, the chest.) Hydrops thoracis. Hy- 
 drops pectoris. Dropsy of the chest. Difficulty 
 of breathing, particularly when in a horizontal 
 posture ; sudden startmgs from sleep, with anx- 
 iety, and palpitations of the heart; cough, pale- 
 ness of the visage, anasarcous swellings of" the 
 lower extremities, thirst, and a scarcity of urine, 
 are the characteristic symptoms of hydro thorax; 
 but the one which is more decisive than all the 
 rest is a fluctuation of water perceived in the 
 chest, either by the patient himself or his med- 
 ical attendant, on certain motion of the body. 
 
 The disease is seldom idiopathic, but pro- 
 duced by organic diseases, especially of the 
 heart, lungs, and liver, a general hydropic con- 
 dition, &c. It is very fatal. The chief reme- 
 dies are digitalis, squill, antimony, alterative 
 doses of mercury, saline diuretics, and blisters. 
 Where the fluid is collected in either of the sacs 
 of the pleura, the operation of paracentesis of 
 the thorax may afford relief under urgent symp- 
 toms, and, perhaps, contribute to the recovery 
 of the patient. 
 
 Hydro'tic Hydragogue. 
 
 Hydro'tis. Dropsy of the ear. 
 
 Hy'drous. Containing water. 
 
 Hy'droxa'nthic acid. Xanthic acid. 
 
 Hy'druret. (Hydruretum, i, n.) A com- 
 pound of hydrogen with a metal. 
 
 Hydru'ria. Hydruresis. Diabetes. 
 
 Hygi'diox. "fyidtov. The name of a colly- 
 rium mentioned by Paul of TEgina. 
 
 Hygie'a. This name was given to a plaster 
 mentioned by Aetius, which was in high repute 
 against malignant ulcers, and a number of other 
 diseases. 
 
 HYGIE'NE. (c, es, f. ; from vyiatvu, to be 
 well.) Hygiesis. Health. That part of med- 
 icine which treats of the preservation of health. 
 
 Hygie'nic Relating to hygiene. 
 
 Hygie'sis. Hygiene. 
 
 Hy'gra. Hygrempla' strum. A moist plaster. 
 
 HY'GRO-. A prefix (from vypoc, moist), 
 denoting the presence of moisture. 
 
 Hy'groblepha'rici ducti. The excretory 
 ducts of the lachrymal gland. 
 
 Hy'grocirsoce'le. Circocele, with dropsy 
 of the scrotum. 
 
 Hygrocolly'rium. A collyrium composed 
 of liquids. 
 
 Hygro'logy. Hygrologia. The doctrine 
 of the fluids of the human body. 
 
 HYGRO'MA. {a, atis, n. Yypwpa ; from 
 vypoc, liquid.) A tumor, the contents of which 
 are serum, a fluid like lymph, matter resem- 
 bling chocolate grounds, or some other morbid 
 humor, but not pus. 
 
 H Y G R O'M E T E R. (Hygrometrum, i, n. ; 
 from vypoc, moist, and perpov, a measure.) An 
 instrument for measuring the degrees of moist- 
 ure in the atmosphere. 
 
 Hy'grome'tric. Relating to hygrometry. 
 
 Hygro'metry. The art of ascertaining the 
 degree of moisture of the atmosphere. 
 
 Hygro'myrum. A liquid ointment. 
 
 Hygrophobia. Hydrophobia. 
 
 Hygrophthalmic Hygroblepharic 
 
 Hy'groscope. A hygrometer. 
 
 Hygroscopic. Hygrometric. 
 
 Hygroscopy. Hygrometry. 
 
 Hygrus. (From vypoc, humid.) Humid. 
 
 Hy'le. (T?iV, matter.) The materia medica. 
 
 HY'MEN. (en, inis, m. ; from Hymen, the 
 god of marriage.) The hymen is a thin mem- 
 brane, of a semilunar or circular form, placed 
 at the entrance of the vagina, which it partly 
 closes. It has a very different appearance in 
 different women, but it is generally found in 
 virgins, and is ruptured in the first coition. 
 The presence of the hymen has been very erro- 
 neously esteemed the test of virginity : in many 
 females it is naturally wanting, and it may be 
 destroyed by many causes besides copulation. 
 The remnants of the hymen are called the ca- 
 runculae myrtiformes. The hymen is peculiar 
 to the human species. It is sometimes of such 
 a strong, ligamentous texture that it can not be 
 raptured, and prevents the connection between 
 the sexes. It is also sometimes imperforated, 
 wholly closing the entrance into the vagina, and 
 preventing any discharge from the uterus; but 
 both these cases are rare. They are to be 
 remedied by a crucial incision. 
 
 HYMENiE'A. (a, a,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. — H. courbaril. H. 
 Martiana. Trees which are said to yield the 
 Gum anime. 
 
 Hyme'nium. The dilated exposed membrane 
 of gymnocarpous mushrooms. 
 
 HYMENO'DES. (From vprjv, a membrane, 
 and eifioc, likeness.) Such urine as is found full 
 of little films and pellicles. Hippocrates applies 
 it also to the menstrual discharges when mixed 
 with a tough, viscid phlegm. 
 
 HYMENO'LOGY. Hymenologia. (From 
 vpriv, and ?,oyoc, a discourse.) That part of 
 
 355 
 
H YO 
 
 anatomy which considers the structure and 
 functions of membranes. 
 
 HYMENOP'TERA. (From vfir/v, a mem- 
 brane, and rcrepov, a wing.) An order of insects 
 which have membranaceous wings. 
 
 Hymeno'tomy. The dissection of membranes, 
 or an incision into the hymen. 
 
 Hy'o-ba'sio-glo'ssus. The basio-glossus mus- 
 cle. 
 
 Hy'o-cho'ndro-glo'ssus. The hyo-glossus 
 muscle. 
 
 Hyo-epiglottic ligament. A band of cel- 
 lular membrane which passes from the posterior 
 part of the body of the os hyoides to the base 
 of the epiglottis. 
 
 HYO-GLO'SSUS. A muscle situated at the 
 sides between the 03 hyoides and the tongue. 
 It ai-ises from the basis, but chiefly from the 
 corner of the os hyoides, running laterally and 
 forward to the tongue, which it pulls inward 
 and downward. 
 
 HYOrDES. (From the Greek letter v, and 
 eidoe, likeness. ) Hyoid, or like the Greek letter 
 upsilon. 
 
 Hyoides os. This bone is situated between 
 the root of the tongue and the larynx. In 
 describing this bone, it may be distinguished 
 into its body, horns, and appendices. The 
 body is the middle and broadest part of the 
 bone, so placed that it may be easily felt with 
 the finger in the fore part of the throat. The 
 cornua, or horns, are flat, a little bent, and con- 
 siderably longer than the body of the bone, and 
 may be said to form the sides of the v. The 
 appendices, or lesser horns, cornua minora, are 
 two small processes, which, in their size and 
 shape, are somewhat like a grain of wheat. 
 They rise up from the articulations of the cor- 
 nua with the body of the bone, and are some- 
 times connected with the styloid process on 
 each side by means of a ligament. The os hy- 
 oides serves to support the tongue, and affords 
 attachment to a variety of muscles, some of 
 which perform the motions of the tongue, while 
 others act on the larynx and fauces. 
 
 Hyoides primus. The sterno-hyoid mus- 
 cle. 
 
 Hyoides quartus. The omo-hyoideus mus- 
 
 HY'O-PHARYNGEJUS. A muscle, whose 
 origin is in the os hyoides, and its insertion in 
 the pharynx. 
 
 Hyophtha'lmus. Buphthalmum spinosum. 
 
 HYOSCLVMIA. (a, m, f.) Hyosciamine. 
 A vegetable alkali extracted from henbane. 
 See Hyoscyamus niger. 
 
 HYOSCY'AMUS. (us, i, m.) 1. A genus 
 of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Sola- 
 nacece. 2. Henbane. 
 
 Hyoscyamus albus. This possesses similar 
 virtues to the hyoscyamus niger. 
 
 Hyoscyamus luteus. Nicotiana rustica. 
 
 Hyoscyamus niger. Common or black hen- 
 bane. Hyoscyamus. The leaves and roots are 
 active ; they are nauseous, narcotic, antispas- 
 modic, and slightly stimulant. In an over-dose 
 it produces delirium, tremulous pulse, and an 
 eruption of petechias, and the stomach has been 
 found gangrenous. It does not constipate like 
 opium. It is used in extract and tincture : dose 
 356 
 
 HYP 
 
 of the former, gr. iij. to gr. v., and of the tinc- 
 ture, 3J. to fij., as a narcotic. 
 
 M. Brandes has extracted an alkali from this 
 plant, hyosciamia. It crystallizes in long prisms, 
 and when neutralized by sulphuric or nitric 
 acid, forms characteristic salts. It is very pois- 
 onous, producing tetanus in over-doses. 
 
 Hy'o-thyroide'us. A muscle, whose origin 
 is in the hyoid bone, and insertion in the thyroid 
 cartilage. 
 
 Hypa'cticus. Purgative. 
 
 Hyphemia. Anaemia. — Andral. 
 
 Hypalei'ptrum. A spatula for spreading 
 ointments with. 
 
 Hypamaur'osis. Imperfect amaurosis. 
 
 Hype'latus. Purgative. 
 
 HY'PER-. A common prefix (from vrrep, 
 above), denoting excess. 
 
 HYPERACU'SIS. (From virep and ckovclc, 
 the sense of hearing.) Morbid exaltation of 
 the sense of hearing. A common symptom in 
 irritable states of the brain. 
 
 HYPEREMIA. (From virep, and ai(ia r 
 blood.) The name given by Andral to con- 
 gestion of blood in a part, from whatever cause. 
 
 HY'PER^STHE'SIS. (From virep and atc- 
 davo/xai, to feel.) Morbid increase of sensibility. 
 
 HYPERA'PHIA. (From virep, and a$n, the 
 touch.) Morbid exaltation of the sense of touch. 
 
 Hyperca'rbonate. A bicarbonate. 
 
 HY'PERCATHA'RSIS. (is, is, f. ; fromvirep, 
 and nadcupu, to purge.) An excessive purging 
 from medicines. 
 
 Hy'percerato'sis. Staphyloma of the 
 cornea. 
 
 Hypercinesia uterina. Hysteria. 
 
 Hypercorypho'sis. A prominence or pro- 
 tuberance. Hippocrates calls the lobes of the 
 liver and lungs Hypercoryphoses. 
 
 HYPERCRI'NIA. (From virep, and Kpivu, 
 to separate.) Morbid increase' in the secre- 
 tions. — Andral. 
 
 ^ HYPE'RCRISIS. (*, it, f. rive P K P i(Tic; 
 from vKep, and npivw, to separate.) A critical 
 excretion above measure ; as when a fever term- 
 inates in a diarrhoea, the humors may flow off 
 faster than the strength can bear, and there- 
 fore it is to be checked. 
 
 HYPERE'MESIS. (is, is, f. ; from virep, in 
 excess, and epeo, to vomit.) An excessive 
 evacuation by vomiting. 
 
 HY'PEREPHIDRO'SIS. (is, is, f . ; from 
 vnep, above, and eyidptooie, excessive sweat- 
 ing.) Immoderate sweating. 
 
 HY'PERERETHI'SIA. (From virep, and 
 epedifa, to excite.) Excessive irritability. 
 Morbid sensibility. 
 
 Hyperemia. An excess of action in any 
 organ. 
 
 HypergeJnesis. That morbid power of de- 
 velopment in any organ or tissue which leads 
 to the production of excessive growth. 
 
 HYPERGE'USTIA. Hyper geusis. (From 
 vrcep, and yeyaric, taste.) Excessive sensibility 
 in the function of taste. 
 
 Hy'perh^mato'sis. Inflammation. 
 
 HYPERHiEMiA. Hyperaemia. 
 
 Hyperhidro'sis. Hyperephidrosis. 
 
 HY'PERICA'CEjE. Hypericum, one of the 
 genera. A natural order of exogenous plants, 
 
HYP 
 
 HYP 
 
 usually having yellow flowers, with the petals 
 wider on one side than the other, and marked 
 with black dots, while the leaves are in many 
 cases marked with transparent dots. They are 
 usually strong-scented and astringent. Some 
 of them have coppery red flowers, and yield -a 
 resinous substance resembling gamboge. 
 
 HYPE'RICUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Polyadelphia. Polyandria. Hyperi- 
 teoE. — H. androscemum. St. Peter's wort. The 
 androsemum formerly used as a mild purgative, 
 and applied to heal ulcers. — H. bacciferum. 
 The juice, in a dry state, resembles gamboge. 
 — H. coris. Bastard St. John's wort. The 
 seeds are said to be diuretic, emmenagogue, 
 and antispasmodic. — H. perfoliatum. St. John's 
 wort. Hypericum. Formerly considered ano- 
 dyne. — H. saxatile. Hypericoides. The seeds 
 are said to be diuretic and antispasmodic, but 
 have fallen into disuse. 
 
 Hyperine'sis. See Hypercatharsis. 
 
 Hyperi'nos. See Hypercatharsis. 
 
 HY'PERIN'OSIS. (From vnep, and ic, fibre.) 
 Excessive amount of fibrin in the blood. The 
 class of diseases characterized by this excess 
 are termed Hyperinoses, and are inflammatory. 
 
 Hyperi'nus. One excessively purged. 
 
 Hypero'a. The palate. 
 
 Hyperoi'tis. Inflammation of the palate. 
 
 Hy'pero-pharynge'us. A muscle, so named 
 from its situation above the pharynx. 
 
 Hy'perosphr'esia. Hyperemia. Excessive 
 acuteness of smell. 
 
 Hyperostosis. Exostosis. 
 
 Hyper-oxymuriatic acid. Chloric acid. 
 
 HYPERSARCO'MA. (From vKep, in excess, 
 and oapt;, flesh.) Hypersarcosis. A fleshy ex- 
 crescence. 
 
 Hypersarco'sis. Hypersarcoma. 
 
 HY'PERSTHENI'A. Hyperdynamia. (From 
 vtrep, and odevoc, strength.) Over-excitement; 
 undue development of vital energy, and irrita- 
 bility. 
 
 Hypersthenic Hypersthenicus. Active in 
 a hi eh degree. 
 
 HY'PERTROH^'MIA. (From vKep, rpofn, 
 nutrition, and aifia, blood-) A high or excess- 
 ive degree of plastic power in the blood, where- 
 by hypertrophies or tumors are produced. 
 
 HYPE'RTROPHY. (Hypertrophic, <b, f. ; 
 from VTrep, above, and rpofyn, nutrition.) A 
 morbid increase of any organ, without change 
 in the nature of its substance, arising from an 
 excessive nutrition. 
 
 Hypertrophy of the heart. See Heart, 
 Diseases of the. 
 
 Hyperure / sis. Enuresis. Excessive secre- 
 tion of urine. 
 
 HYPINO'SIS. (From vko, under, and ic, 
 fibre.) Deficiency of fibrin in the blood; a 
 condition existing in chlorosis, scui-vy, and other 
 cachexies. 
 
 Hypno'bates. One who walks in his sleep. 
 
 Hypnolo'gia. Hypnology. That part of hy- 
 giene which relates to the due regulation of 
 sleeping and waking. 
 
 HYPNO'TIC. (Hypnoticus ; from vkvoc, 
 sleep.) Somniferous; narcotic. 
 
 HY'PO-. A prefix (from vko, under), signi- 
 fying deficiency. 
 
 Hypo. A common abbreviation of hypochon- 
 driasis. 
 
 HYPOiE'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from vko, under, 
 and ai{ia, blood; because the blood is under 
 the cornea.) An effusion of red blood into the 
 chambers of the eye. 
 
 HYPOCATHA'RSIS. (From vko, under, 
 and tcadatpo), to purge.) A slight purging; or 
 the insufficient operation of a purgative. 
 
 Hypocau'stum. A stove. The subterranean 
 apartment which contained the stoves for heat- 
 ing the ancient baths. 
 
 Hy'pocerchna'leon. Hoarseness. 
 
 HYPOCHiE'RIS. (is, idis, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia superfliia. 
 Composites. — H. maculata. Broad-leaved Hun- 
 garian hawk- weed. It is much esteemed in 
 some pulmonary complaints. — H. minima was 
 also formerly used. 
 
 Hypocheo'menos. (From VKOxeo, to suf- 
 fuse.) One who labors under a cataract. 
 
 Hypochloro'sis. A shght degree of chloro- 
 sis. 
 
 Hypochlo'rous acid. A compound of one 
 atom of chlorine with one of oxygen, CIO, 
 said to exist in the bleaching salts of lime and 
 soda. 
 
 H Y P C H O'N D R I A C. Hypochondriasis. 
 (From vko, under, and xovdpoc, a cartilage.) 1. 
 Belonging to the hypochondria. 2. One affect- 
 ed with low spirits. See Hypochondriasis. 
 
 Hypochondriac region. Regio hypochon- 
 driaca. The spaces in the abdomen that are 
 under the cartilages of the false ribs on each 
 side of the epigastrium. 
 
 HY'POCHONDRI'ASIS. (is, is, m.) Hy- 
 pochondriacism. Vapors; lowness of spirits: 
 called, also, Morbus hypochondriacus, Affectio 
 hypochondriaca, aud Passio hypochondriaca. 
 
 This appears to be a low species of melan- 
 choly, combined with flatulency or dyspepsia, 
 and singular hallucination. The treatment rests 
 in amusing the mind, exercise, freedom from 
 anxious pursuits, and a well-regulated diet. It 
 is most frequent in those worn out by mental 
 toiL and may terminate in melancholy, taedium 
 vitas, or confirmed misanthropy. 
 
 H Y P O C H O'N D R I U M . (um,ii,n.; from 
 vko, under, and x 0V(S >P°C, a cartilage.) That 
 part of the body on each side which lies under 
 the cartilages of the false ribs. 
 
 Hypo'chyma. A cataract. 
 
 Hypo'chysis. Hypochyma. 
 
 Hypocoi'lon. The part under the orbit of 
 the eye. 
 
 Hypocopho'sis. A slight degree of deafness. 
 
 HYPOCRA'NIUM. (From vko, under, and 
 Kpavtov, the skull.) A collection of pus be- 
 tween the skull and the dura mater has been 
 so called. 
 
 Hypocrat e'r iform. Hypocrateriformis. 
 Salver-shaped. 
 
 Hypodei'ris. According to Rufus Ephesius, 
 the extremity of the fore part of the neck. 
 
 HYPODERMA' TOM Y. Hypodermatomia. 
 (From vko Seppa, the skin, and Top.n, incision.) 
 The division of subcutaneous parts, as the ten- 
 dons, integuments, and muscles. 
 
 Hypode'rmis. Hypo'deris. The skin over 
 the clitoris. 
 
 357 
 
HYP 
 
 H YS 
 
 HYPO'GALA. (a, a, f. ; from vivo, under, 
 and yala, milk.) A. collection of white humor, 
 like milk, in the chambers of the eye. There 
 are two species of this disease : the one takes 
 place, it is said, from a deposition of the milk, 
 as is sometimes observed in women who suckle ; 
 the other from the depression and rupture of a 
 soft cataract. 
 
 HYPOGASTRIC. Hypogastrics. Belong- 
 ing to the hypogastrium. 
 
 Hypogastric artery. The internal iliac 
 artery. 
 
 Hypogastric plexus, A plexus of nerves, 
 formed by the inferior mesenteric plexus with 
 the sacral on the sides and back part of the rec- 
 tum, and lower and back part of the bladder. 
 
 Hypogastric region. See Hypogastrium. 
 
 HYPOGA'STRIUM. {urn, ii, n. ; from vtto, 
 under, and yaoTrjp, the stomach.) The part of 
 the abdomen that reaches from above the pubes 
 to within three fingers' breadth of the navel. 
 
 Hy'poga'stroce'le. A hernia in the hypo- 
 gastrium. 
 
 Hypoge'ous. Subterranean; remaining un- 
 der the earth. 
 
 HYPOGLO'SSUS. (From vtto, under, and 
 yluctoa, the tongue.) Hypoglossal. The lin- 
 gual nerves are called, also, nervi hypoglossi, 
 hypoglossal nerves. 
 
 HYPOGLO'TTIS. (is,idis,f. TTroyluTTic', 
 from vno, under, and ylurra, the tongue.) The 
 under part of the tongue : applied, also, to a 
 lozenge to be kept under the tongue until dis- 
 solved. 
 
 Hypoglu'tis. The fleshy part under the 
 nates, toward the thigh. 
 
 Hypo'gynous. When the stamens and other 
 parts of the flower are not attached to the ovary, 
 but inferior. 
 
 Hypohs'ma. An effusion of sanguineous 
 fluid into the anterior chamber of the eye. 
 
 Hypoly'mpha. An effusion of lymph into 
 the anterior chamber of the eye. 
 
 Hypo'mia. The part subjacent to the shoul- 
 der. 
 
 Hyponitrous acid. A very instable acid, 
 consisting of NO3. 
 
 Hypo'nomos. A deep, phagedenic ulcer or 
 fistulous ulcer. 
 
 Hypo'nychon. The ecchymosis of blood 
 under a nail. 
 
 Hypope'dium. A cataplasm for the sole of 
 the foot. 
 
 Hypo'phasis. Hypophasia. That state of 
 the eye in which the eyelids are half open, and 
 only the white of the eye is seen. — Hippocra- 
 tes. 
 
 Hypo'phora. (From VTrotyepofiai, to be car- 
 ried or conveyed underneath.) A deep, fistu- 
 lous ulcer. 
 
 Hypophosphoric acid. Merely a combina- 
 tion of the phosphoric and phosphorous acids. 
 
 Hypophosphorous acid. A powerful deox- 
 ydizing agent, P 2 0. 
 
 Hypophtha'lmion. The part under the 
 eye which is subject to swell in a cachexy or 
 dropsy. 
 
 Hypophy'sis cerebri. The pineal gland. 
 
 Hypopicrotoxic acid. An acid found in the 
 testa of the coccidus indicus. 
 358 
 
 HYPO'PION. Hypopyum. (From vtto, un- 
 der, and rrvov, pus; because the pus is under 
 the cornea.) An accumulation of coagulating 
 lymph (like pus), which takes place in the an- 
 terior chamber of the aqueous humor, and fre- 
 quently, also, in the posterior one, in conse- 
 quence of severe acute ophthalmy. The symp- 
 toms are the same as those which occur in the 
 highest stage of violent acute ophthalmy, viz., 
 prodigious tumefaction of the eyelids; the same 
 swelling and redness as in chemosis; burning 
 heat and pain in the eye ; pains in the eyebrow 
 and nape of the neck ; fever, restlessness, aver- 
 sion to the faintest fight, and a contracted state 
 of the pupil. 
 
 Hypori'nion. The part of the upper lip be- 
 low the nostrils ; also the hair which grows on 
 that part. 
 
 HYPOSA'RCA. (From vtto, under, and aap% y 
 flesh.) Hyposarcidios. A collection of fluid or 
 air in the cellular membrane. 
 
 HYPOSPADIAS. Hypospadia. <Fromt;7ro- 
 a-nrau, to draw under.) That malformation of 
 the urethra in which it terminates under the 
 glans penis. 
 
 Hypospathi'smus. A surgical operation, 
 which consisted in making three incisions in the 
 forehead down to the pericranium, letting the 
 blood flow, and then passing a spatula between 
 the soft parts and the pericranium. It is de- 
 scribed by Paulus iEgineta, lib. vi., c. 6. 
 
 Hypospha'gma. Aposphagma. A rupture of 
 the veins in the tunica adnata of the eye, chiefly 
 from external injury. — Paulus yEginela. 
 
 Hyposta'phyle. Relaxation of the uvula. 
 
 Hypo'stasis. A sediment from the urine. 
 
 Hyposthe'nic. Contro-stimulant. 
 
 Hypo-sulpho-benzo'ic acid. A bibasic acid, 
 formed by the action of anhydrous sulphuric 
 acid on benzoic acid. It is soluble and crystal- 
 lizable. Formula, C 14 H 4 3 -l-S 2 05+2HO. 
 
 Hyposulphurous acid. An acid detected 
 by Sir J. Herschel, of which little is yet known. 
 It has not been insulated. Composition, S2O2. 
 Its salts, the hyposulphites, are used in photog- 
 raphy, and are readily decomposed. 
 
 Hyposulphu'ric acid. A strong acid, of a 
 syrup-like consistence, S2O5. 
 
 HYPO'THENAR. (ar, eros, n.; from vtto, 
 under, and devap, the palm of the hand.) 1. 
 A muscle which runs on the inside of the hand. 
 2. That part of the hand which is opposite to 
 the palm. 
 
 Hypothenar eminence. The fleshy part of 
 the palm of the hand, corresponding to the lit- 
 tle finger. 
 
 Hypothenar minimi digiti. The flexor par- 
 vus minimi digiti. 
 
 Hypothenar minor metacarpus. The ab- 
 ductor minimi digiti. 
 
 Hypothenar riolani. The flexor parvus 
 minimi digiti. 
 
 HYPO'THESIS. (From vtto, and ridy/ii, to 
 place.) A gratuitous supposition, invented to 
 explain a phenomenon. 
 
 Hypo'theton. A suppository. 
 
 Hypozo'ma. The diaphragm. 
 
 H ypsiglo'ssus. A muscle, whose origin 
 is in the os hyoides, and its insertion in the 
 tongue. 
 
HYS 
 
 Hypsiloid. Hypsiloides. 1. The os hyoi- 
 des. 2. The hyo-glossus muscle. 
 
 HYPU'LUS. (From vko, under, and ovlrj, a 
 cicatrix.) An ulcer unsoundly healed, under 
 the cicatrix of which there is sanies. 
 
 Hyssop. Hyssopus officinalis. 
 
 Hyssop, hedge. Gratiola officinalis. 
 
 Hyssopi'tes. (From vcawrroc, hyssop.) Wine 
 impregnated with hyssop. 
 
 HYSSO'PUS. (us,i,m.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Salviacece. — H. 
 capitatus. Wild thyme. — H. officinalis. Com- 
 mon hyssop. Hyssopus — spicis secundis, foliis 
 lanceolatis of Linnaeus. This plant is esteemed 
 aromatic, stimulant, and pectoral. 
 
 HY'STERA. (a, <e, f.) The uterus. 
 
 HYSTERA'LGIA. (From varepa, and ak- 
 yoc, pain.) Pain in the womb, particularly 
 spasmodic pain after childbirth. 
 
 Hysteralgia lochialis. The after-pains. 
 
 HYSTE'RIA. (From varepa, the womb, 
 from which the disease was supposed to arise.) 
 Passio hysterica. Hysterics. The disease at- 
 tacks in paroxysms or fits. These are some- 
 times preceded by dejection of spirits, anxiety 
 of mind, effusion of tears, difficulty of breath- 
 ing, sickness at the stomach, and palpitations at 
 the heart; but it more usually happens that a 
 pain is felt on the left side, with a sense of dis- 
 tension, advancing upward, till it gets into the 
 throat {globus hystericus). The patient appears 
 to be threatened with suffocation, becomes faint, 
 affected with stupor and insensibility; while, at 
 the same time, the trunk and limbs are variously 
 agitated ; wild and irregular actions take place 
 in alternate fits of laughter, crying, and scream- 
 ing; incoherent expressions are uttered, a tem- 
 porary delirium prevails, and a frothy saliva is 
 discharged from the mouth. The spasms at 
 length abating, a quantity of wind is evacuated 
 upward, with frequent sighing and sobbing, and 
 the woman recovers the exercise of sense and 
 motion, with or without recollection of what 
 has taken place during the fit; feeling, how- 
 ever, a severe pain in her head, and a soreness 
 over her whole body. The species of Cullen 
 are: 
 
 1. Hysteria chlorotica, from a retention of the 
 menses. 
 
 2. Hysteria a leucorrha>a, from a fiuor albus. 
 
 3. Hysteria a menorrhagia, from an immod- 
 erate flow of the menses. 
 
 4. Hysteria libidinosa, from sensual desires. 
 Hysteric affections occur more frequently in 
 
 the single state of life than in the married, and 
 usually between the age of puberty and that of 
 thirty-five years; and they make their attack 
 oftener about the period of menstruation than 
 at any other. They occur, though rarely, in 
 men of very irritable nervous habit, as well as 
 in women. 
 
 However dreadful and alarming a hysteric 
 fit may appear, still it is seldom accompanied 
 with danger, and the disease never terminates 
 fatally unless it changes into epilepsy, or that 
 the patient is in a very weak, reduced state. If 
 the fit be mild, nothing is to be done ; if severe, 
 and the patient very plethoric, bleeding may 
 be necessary, affusion with cold water, and 
 antispasmodic remedies. In the intervals, the 
 
 HYS 
 
 uterine function is to be attended to, and the 
 general health strengthened. 
 
 Hyste'rics. Hysteria. 
 
 HYSTERPTIS. (is, idis, f.; from varepa, 
 the womb.) Metritis. Inflammation of the 
 womb. This disease is characterized by fever, 
 heat, tension, tumor, and pain in the region of 
 the womb ; pain in the os uteri when touched, 
 and vomiting. 
 
 An inflammation of the uterus shows itself 
 usually about the second or third day after de- 
 livery, with a painful sensation of the bottom of 
 the belly, which gradually increases in violence, 
 without any kind of intermission. On examin- 
 ing externally, the uterus appears much increas- 
 ed in size, is hard to the feel, and, on making a 
 pressure upon it, the patient experiences great 
 soreness and pain. Soon afteiward there en- 
 sues an increase of heat over the whole of the 
 body, with pains in the head and back, extend- 
 ing into the groins ; rigors, considerable thirst, 
 nausea, and vomiting. The tongue is white 
 and dry, the secretion of milk is usually much 
 interrupted, the lochia are greatly diminished, 
 the urine is high-colored and scanty, the body 
 is costive, and the pulse hard, full, and frequent. 
 
 Uterine inflammation is always attended with 
 much danger, particularly where the symptoms 
 run high, and the proper means for removing 
 them have not been timely adopted. In such 
 cases, it may terminate in suppuration, scirrhus, 
 or gangrene. 
 
 Frequent rigors, succeeded by flushings of the 
 face, quickness and. weakness of the pulse, great 
 depression of strength, delirium, and the sudden 
 cessation of pain and soreness in the region of 
 the abdomen, denote a fatal termination. On 
 the contrary, the ensuing of a gentle diarrhoea, 
 the lochial discharge retarning in due quantity 
 and quality, the secretion of milk recommencing, 
 and the uterus becoming gradually softer and 
 less tender to the touch, with an abatement of 
 heat and thirst, prognosticate a favorable issue. 
 The treatment is that for the most active inflam- 
 mations. 
 
 Hysteroce'le. Hernia uteri. 
 
 Hy'sterocystoce'le. Hernia of the uterus 
 with displacement of the bladder. 
 
 HYSTEROLO'XIA. (From varepa, and Ao- 
 foc, oblique.) Obliquity of the uterus, occur- 
 ring during pregnancy ; the species are, H. an- 
 terior, or anteversion, and H. posterior, retro- 
 version of the uterus. 
 
 HYSTEROMALA'CIA. Hysteromalacosis. 
 (From varepa, and fxa?MKta, softness.) Soften- 
 ing of the tissues of the uterus, whereby the 
 organ becomes liable to rupture during parturi- 
 tion. 
 
 HYSTEROMA'NIA. (From varepa, the 
 womb, and fiavia, madness.) Furor uterinus. 
 See Nymphomania. 
 
 Ht'steron. The placenta. 
 
 Hysterono'ncus. A tumor of the uterus. 
 
 HYSTERO'PHYSA. (From varepa, the 
 womb, and (pvaa, flatus.) A distension of the 
 womb, from a collection of air in its cavity. 
 
 Hysteropto'sis. Prolapsus uteri. 
 
 HYSTERORRHffi'A mucosa. Leucorrhoea. — 
 Swediaur. 
 
 HY'STEROTOMATO'CIA. (From vvrepa, 
 359 
 
ICH 
 
 the womb, Tep,va>, to cut, and toko?, parturition.) 
 The extraction of the child by the Csesarian op- 
 eration. 
 
 HYSTERO'TOMUS. (From varepa, the 
 womb, and rep-vcj, to cut.) A kind of bistouri 
 cache, which has been used to divide the neck 
 of the womb. 
 
 HYSTEROTOMY. (Hysterotomies, a, f.; 
 
 ICT 
 
 from varepa, the womb, and reftvo, to cut. ) The 
 Caesarian operation. 
 
 HYSTRICFASIS. (From vorpit, a hedge- 
 hog or porcupine.) A rare disease of the hairs 
 in which they stand erect. 
 
 Hy'stricis lapis. Bezoar hystricis. 
 
 Hystri'tis. Hysteritis. 
 
 JL • The symbol for iodine. 
 
 Iateria. The curative art. 
 
 Ia'tralei'ptes. A physician who cures dis- 
 eases by inunction. 
 
 LVTRALE'PTIC TREATMENT. The cu- 
 rative means which consists in the application 
 of medicines to the skin with friction. 
 
 I a't reusolo'gia. Therapeutics. — Spren- 
 gel. 
 
 Ia'trochy'micus. Ia'trochy'mia. The phy- 
 sicians of the chemical school of which Paracel- 
 sus was the head were called Iatro-chymici. 
 
 Ia'trognomi'ca. Medical knowledge. — 
 Hufeland. 
 
 Ia'troli'ptice. The method of curing dis- 
 eases by inunction. 
 
 Ia'tro-mathema'ticus. An iatro-mathema- 
 tician, or mathematical physician. One who 
 explained the actions of the body and of medi- 
 cines by mechanical laws. 
 
 Ia'tron. latros. A physician. 
 
 Iatro'phic acid. Crotonic acid. 
 
 Iatrotechnice. The art of medicine. 
 
 Ibe'ris. Lipidium iberis. 
 
 Ibicuiba. A Brazilian nut, the kernel of 
 which is said to be balsamic. 
 
 Ibirace. Guaiacum. 
 
 Ibi'xuma. Saponaria officinalis. 
 
 ICE. Glacies. Water made solid by the 
 application of cold. It is frequently applied to 
 the head in cases of inflammation of the brain, 
 and used by surgeons to resolve external inflam- 
 mations, to stop haemorrhages, and t constringe 
 relaxed parts, and to reduce hernial. 
 
 Ice-cap. A bladder containing pounded ice, 
 and applied to the head in inflammation of the 
 brain. 
 
 Iceland moss. Cetraria islandica. 
 
 Iceland spar. Crystallized carbonate of 
 lime. 
 
 I'CHOR. (or, oris, m. tywp.) A thin, 
 aqueous, and acrid discharge. 
 
 I'chorous. Of the nature of ichor. 
 
 I'chthya. 1. The skin of the Squatina. 2. 
 an instrument like a fish-hook for extracting the 
 foetus. 
 
 Ichthyosis. See Ichthyosis. 
 
 ICHTHYOCO'LLA. (a, a, f . ; from t X dvc, 
 a fish, and noXka, glue.) Isinglass. Fish-glue. 
 Pure gelatine. It is chiefly obtained from the 
 swimming-bladder of the sturgeon. Cooper's 
 isinglass is nearly as good, and much cheaper : 
 this is prepared from bones and cartilage, and 
 is a clear kind of glue. 
 
 Isinglass, boiled in milk, forms a mild, nutri- 
 tious jelly, and is thus sometimes employed 
 medicinally. A solution in water, with a very 
 360 
 
 small proportion of some balsam, spread on 
 black silk, is the court-plaster of the shops. 
 
 ICHTHYOLOGY. (From i X Bvc, and loyoc, 
 a discourse.) That department of natural his- 
 tory which treats of fishes. 
 
 ICHTHYOSIS, (is, is, f. ; from i X dvc, a 
 fish; on account of the resemblance of the 
 scales to those of a fish. ) The fish-skin disease. 
 It is characterized by a thickened, hard, rough, 
 and, in some cases, almost horny texture of the 
 integuments of the body, with some tendency 
 to scaliness, but without the deciduous exfolia- 
 tions, the distinct and partial patches, or the 
 constitutional disorder which belong to lepra 
 and psoriasis. The species are : 
 
 1. Ichthyosis simplex. — It commences with a 
 thickened, harsh, and discolored state of the 
 cuticle, which becomes of a warty character, 
 and the color nearly black. 
 
 2. Ichthyosis cornea. — Several rare cases of a 
 rigid and horny state of the integuments, some- 
 times partial, but sometimes extending nearly 
 over the whole body, have been recorded by 
 authors; and occasionally such a condition of 
 the cuticle has been accompanied with the ac- 
 tual production of excrescences of a horny tex- 
 ture. These, however, are rare occurrences. 
 The varieties are, I. nacrea. When the scales 
 are pearly. — J", pellagra. Pellagra. — /. sebacea. 
 When the scales are of sebaceous matter. Ich- 
 thyosis is very intractable ; it may, however, 
 sometimes be cured by sulphur waters, with 
 constant bathing and frictions to the skin. 
 
 Icica aracouchini. A tree of Guayana, 
 which yields the aracouchini balsam. 
 
 ICOSA'NDRIA. Icosandrmis. (From ecKocre, 
 twenty, and avrjp, a man or husband.) Plants 
 with hermaphrodite flowers, having twenty or 
 more stamina inserted into the inner side of the 
 calyx or petals. 
 
 ICTERPTIA. 1. Icterus. 2. Erysipelas has 
 been called Icteritia rubra. 
 
 ICTERITIA ALBA. Chlorosis. 
 
 Icteroides. Relating to icterus ; ofayellow 
 color. 
 
 FCTERUS. (us, i, m. ; from uirepoc, a yellow 
 thrush.) The jaundice : characterized by yel- 
 lowness of the skin and eyes, first observable in 
 the tunica albuginea; the faeces are gray, and 
 the urine of a deep color. Jaundice mostly 
 comes on with languor, inactivity, loathing of 
 food, disturbed sleep at night, acidities of the 
 stomach and bowels, frequent sense of nausea. 
 As it advances the skin and eyes become of a 
 deep yellow ; there is a bitter taste in the mouth, 
 with frequent nausea and vomiting ; a dull, ob- 
 tuse pain is felt in the right hypochondrium, 
 
ICT 
 
 which is much increased by pressure. It arises 
 from disturbed function of the liver, and when 
 very severe is termed 7". viridis, green jaundice, 
 or I. nigra, black jaundice. It has been distin- 
 guished into the following species: 
 
 Icterus biliosus, or chol^eus. This species 
 is produced by a thick, inspissated bile plug- 
 ging up the mouth of the ductus communis chol- 
 edochus. It comes on very insidiously ; is not 
 attended by any pain, and soon gives way to 
 proper treatment. A vomit, purgatives, and 
 alterative doses of mercury are to be used ; but 
 it often lasts several weeks or months. 
 
 Icterus calculosus, or chololithicus. 
 Gall-stone jaundice. This is caused by a gall- 
 stone, formed in the gall bladder, getting out 
 of the bladder into the cystic or common chol- 
 edic duct, and there stopping the bile in its 
 course into the bowels. There is violent pain 
 at the pit of the stomach, darting upward be- 
 tween, the shoulders. 
 
 The treatment of this species consists in allay- 
 ing the pain by opiates, in doses proportioned 
 to the degree of pain. If it be very severe, 
 from 50 to 100 drops of laudanum should be 
 administered in camphor mixture, and repeated 
 according to circumstances. Fomentations to 
 the painful parts are serviceable, and, above all, 
 warm baths. The bowels are to be kept open, 
 and irritability of the stomach allayed by soda- 
 water, &c. 
 
 Icterus gravidarum. Jaundice of pregnant 
 women. This takes place, now and then, about 
 the seventh or eighth month of pregnancy, and 
 is caused by pressure of the uterus on the bile- 
 ducts. It vanishes after labor. 
 
 Icterus hepaticus. Hepatic jaundice. This 
 embraces all instances of jaundice that are pro- 
 duced by organic diseases of the liver, gall- 
 bladder, pancreas, or any other viscus, and by 
 tumors in the vicinity, as an em-ism, enlarged 
 glands, or adventitious structures, wdiich, by 
 pressure on, or by encompassing the gall-ducts, 
 or by destroying them, cause jaundice. Hepatic 
 jaundice is mostly accompanied by a dull and 
 sometimes a severe pain ; and it is a chronic 
 disease for the most part, and attended by itch- 
 ing and defcedations of the skin, anasarcous 
 swellings of the legs, and frequently ascites. 
 
 Icterus infantum. Jaundice of infants, or 
 yellow-green. It affects children at or soon 
 after their birth, and usually continues for some 
 days, but is harmless; a dose of calomel fre- 
 quently removes it. The cause is a partial re- 
 tention of meconium. 
 
 Icterus spasmodicus. Spasmodic jaundice. 
 This is, of all, by far the most common species. 
 It arises chiefly from indigestible food, and is 
 attended with great pain in the stomach, and 
 Bevere vomiting. 
 
 It is to be treated by opiates and relaxants. 
 Opium is to be administered in doses proportion- 
 ed to the extent of pain ; and fomentations and 
 the warm bath are to be resorted to occasion- 
 ally. A blister to the pit of the stomach is often 
 successful in relaxing the spasm. Great good 
 results, when the stomach will bear it, from 
 the compound powder of ipecacuanha, in regu- 
 lar and small doses, and the use of warm pedi- 
 luvia at bed-time. 
 
 IKA 
 
 The mercurial preparations, nitric acid, and 
 especially the nitro-muriatic acid, applied, di- 
 luted, by sponging, and taken internally, are 
 most efficacious remedies in the chronic forms 
 of icterus. 
 
 Icterus albus. Chlorosis. 
 
 Icterus niger. /. viridis. See Icterus. 
 
 Icterus neonatorum. See Icterus infantum 
 
 Ictodes fcetidus. Dracontium fcetidum. 
 
 I'CTUS. (us, us, and ti, m. ; from ico, to 
 strike.) 1. A stroke or blow. 2. The pulsation 
 of an artery. 3. The sting of a bee or other 
 insect. 
 
 Ictus sons. A stroke of the sun. See 
 Coup de soleil. 
 
 IDEO'LOGY. (Ideologia, <e, f. ; from idea, a 
 thought, and ?i,oyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine 
 of ideas. 
 
 Idiocrasia. See Idiosyncrasy. 
 
 Idiocy. See Amentia. 
 
 IDIOPA'THIC. (Idiopathicus ; from l6loc, 
 peculiar, and Tradoc, an affection.) A disease 
 which is primary, and not symptomatic of, or 
 consecutive upon, any other disease, is styled 
 idiopathic. 
 
 IDIOSYNCRASY. (Idiosyncrasia, <b, f . ; 
 from tdioc, peculiar, aw, with, and upaaic, a 
 temperament.) A peculiarity of constitution, 
 in which a person is affected by certain agents, 
 which, if applied to the generality of persons, 
 would produce no effect. 
 
 Idiotism. Amentia. 
 
 Idiotro'pia. Idiosyncrasy. 
 
 Igasu'ric acid. The acid with wdiich strych- 
 nia is combined in nux vomica, &c. 
 
 IGNA'TIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. — I. amara. The 
 plant which yields St. Ignatius's bean. These 
 beans are of a roundish figure, very irregular 
 and uneven, about the size of an ordinary nut- 
 meg, semitransparent, and of a hard, homy 
 texture. They are very bitter. Infusions are 
 given in the cure of intermittents, &c. They 
 contain strychnia. 
 
 Igxatiifaba. Ignatius' shean. Ignatia amara. 
 
 I'GNIS. (M,is,m.) Fire. 1. The evolution 
 of heat and light which attends combustion. 
 2. Universal solvents. 3. The heat, redness, 
 and acrimony of a disease. 
 
 Ignis a.ctualis. The actual cautery. 
 
 Ignis calidus. A gangrene. 
 
 Ignis columella. Erysipelas. 
 
 Ignis fatuus. A luminous appearance or 
 flame, frequently seen in the night in different 
 marshy places, arising from inflamed gases, 
 especially the phosphureted hydrogen. 
 
 Ignis frigidus. A gangrene. 
 
 Ignis gehenn^:. The fire of hell. The uni- 
 versal solvent was so called by the alchemists. 
 
 Ignis persicus. 1. Erysipelas. 2. A car- 
 buncle. 
 
 Ignis potentials . The potential cautery. 
 
 Ignis rot.e. Fire for fusion. 
 
 Ignis sacer. See Sacer. 
 
 Ignis sancti Antonii. Erysipelas. 
 
 Ignis stlvaticus. Ivolagrius. Ivolaticus. 
 Strophulus volaticus. 
 
 IGNITION. (From ignis, fire.) The act of 
 catching fire, or the state of a biurhng substance, 
 
 Ik an radix. A somewhat oval, oblong, 
 361 
 
ILE 
 
 ILI 
 
 compressed root, brought from China. It is 
 extremely rare, and appears to be from an 
 orchis. 
 
 I'laphis. Arctium lappa. 
 
 PLEAC PASSION. (Passio iliaca. EtAeoo, 
 Cktoq, a kind of a colic, the seat of which is the 
 intestinum ileum.) It consists of severe griping 
 pain, vomiting of a faecal matter, and costiveness, 
 accompanied by retraction and spasms of the 
 abdominal muscles. 
 
 The griping pain is very severe : the person 
 at first vomits bilious fluid, which soon smells 
 like fasces, and at length becomes perfectly 
 stercoraceous, from the peristaltic motion of the 
 bowels being inverted through their whole 
 course ; so that, after a time, injections thrown 
 into the rectum will pass along the whole tract 
 of the intestines into the stomach, and escape 
 through the mouth by vomiting. In some cases 
 the skin becomes yellow. Ileus arises from 
 many causes, and is generally symptomatic of 
 other diseases. 1. The most common cause is 
 strangulated hernia. 2. Another frequent cause 
 is an intussusception, or a retention of a part of 
 the bowel within another. 
 
 Acrid, cold, and indigestible esculents, cold 
 beverages on a heated stomach, taking cold in 
 the feet when disposed to intestinal derange- 
 ments, unalimentary substances swallowed by 
 mistake, as metallic money, pieces of glass, 
 plum, cherry, or other fruit-stones, worms, cal- 
 culous or other balls congested in the intes- 
 tines and obstructing the regular movement, as 
 scybala, gall-stones, intestinal calculi, are men- 
 tioned as having produced ileus; and, as a 
 symptomatic affection, it is common in tumors, 
 cancerous or otherwise, and stricture. It has 
 also supervened in gout and rheumatism. 
 
 The medical treatment consists in removing 
 the exciting causes, if possible, by carminative 
 aperients, fomentations, and glysters ; and if, at 
 the commencement, there are evidences of an 
 inflammatory state, blood should be abstracted 
 freely from the arm, and by leeches on the ab- 
 domen. 
 
 The griping and spasmodic pain, and a res- 
 toration of the intestines from a state of inverted 
 action to their proper peristaltic motion, which 
 is sure to remove their constipation, are the 
 points to which attention is to be directed. Dry 
 and humid fomentations, and warm baths, and 
 warm and copious glysters, afford a rational 
 chance of success. The last should be rendered 
 emollient by an admixture of oil, and aperient 
 by the addition of infusions of senna or decoc- 
 tion of colocynth, so that both intentions of cure 
 should be carried forward at the same time. 
 In combination with these, opium and various 
 other narcotics may be tried. 
 
 Purgatives, combined with antispasmodics, 
 should also be administered by the mouth: 
 though the vomiting is sometimes so incessant 
 that little or nothing can be fairly swallowed ; 
 and vast quantities of vitiated and varied secre- 
 tions are poured out. Calomel is decidedly the 
 most likely to answer, in doses of about two, 
 three, or four grains. 
 
 Dr. Cullen, on the advice of De Haen, rec- 
 ommends a continued stream of warm water 
 thrown forcibly and with a proper syringe into 
 362 
 
 the rectum, so that it may play upon the con- 
 stricted portion of the intestine, and declares 
 that he has found this remedy to be one of the 
 most powerful and effectual. The disease is 
 very fatal. If it be produced by a hernia, it 
 should be reduced, or the operation performed, 
 if not too late. 
 
 Ileaca pass io. Ileac passion. 
 
 I'lech. Ylech. A first principle. — Para- 
 celsus. 
 
 Ilei'tis. Inflammation of the ileum. See 
 Inflammation of the Stomach and Intestines. 
 
 ILEO-. A prefix; from ileum, the small in- 
 testine. 
 
 Ileo-ccecal valve. Valvula ileo-cascalis. 
 The valve situated at the junction of the ileum 
 and cazcum. 
 
 Ileo-colic artery. Arteria ileo-colica. A 
 branch of the superior mesenteric artery, dis- 
 tributed to the ileum and commencement of the 
 colon. 
 
 Ileo-co litis. Inflammation of the int es- 
 tines. 
 
 Ileo-lumbar artery. Arteria He o-lumbalis. 
 A branch of the internal iliac artery, distributed 
 to the psoas and iliacus interims muscles. 
 
 I'LEUM. Beon. (From elXeu, to turn about; 
 from its convolutions.) Ileum intestinum. The 
 last portion of the small intestines, about fifteen 
 hands' breadth in length, which terminates at 
 the valve of the coecum. 
 
 ILEUS, {us, i, m.) See Ileac passion. 
 
 I' LEX. (ex, ids, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrandria. Tetragynia. Iliciece. — I aqui- 
 folium. European holly. The leaves have 
 been used to cure intermittent fevers. — /. cas- 
 sina. I. vomitoria. Cassina. This free grows 
 in Carolina; the leaves are bitter arid aromatic. 
 They are considered as stomachic and stimu- 
 lant. They are used as expectorants, and, when 
 fresh, are emetic. — I. major and /. opaca are 
 sometimes used. The I. paraguayensis furnish- 
 es the Paraguay tea. 
 
 I' LI A. (The plural of He, eiln.) 1. The 
 flanks. 2. The small intestines. 
 
 I'LIAC. Iliacus. Belonging, situated near 
 to, or connected with parts about the flanks. 
 
 Iliac arteries. Arteries iliacce. The arte- 
 ries so called are formed by the bifurcation of 
 the aorta, near the last lumbar vertebra. They 
 are divided into internal and external. The 
 internal iliac, also called the hypogastric artery, 
 is distributed, in the foetus into six, and in the 
 adult into five branches, which are divided 
 about the pelvis, viz., the little iliac, the glu- 
 teal, the ischiatic, the pudical, and the obtura- 
 tory; and in the foetus, the umbilical. The 
 external iliac proceeds out of the pelvis, through 
 Poupart's ligament, to form the femoral artery. 
 
 Iliac fossa. A broad and shallow cavity at 
 the upper part of the abdominal or inner sur- 
 face of the os iliacum. Another fossa, alter- 
 nately concave and convex, on the femoral or 
 external surface, is called the external iliac 
 fossa. 
 
 Iliac mesocolon. A fold of the peritoneum, 
 which embraces the sigmoid flexure of the 
 colon. 
 
 Iliac region. The side of the abdomen, be- 
 tween the ribs and the hips. 
 
IMM 
 
 IMP 
 
 Ili'acus. Iliac. 
 
 Iliacus internus. Iliacus of Winslow. A 
 thick, broad, and radiated muscle, which is sit- 
 uated in the pelvis, upon the inner surface of 
 the ilium. It arises, fleshy, from the inner lip 
 of the ilium, from most of the hollow part, and 
 likewise from the edge of that bone, between 
 its anterior supeiior spinous process and the 
 acetabulum. It joins with the psoas magnus, 
 where it begins to become tendinous, and, pass- 
 ing under the ligamentum Fallopii, is inserted 
 in common with that muscle. The tendon of 
 tins muscle has been seen distinct from that of 
 the psoas, and in some subjects it has been 
 found divided into two portions. The iliacus 
 interuus serves to assist the psoas magnus in 
 bending the thigh, and in bringing it directly 
 forward. 
 
 Ili'adus. Hiadum. ILeidos. lliaster. 
 Terms applied by Paracelsus to the first matter 
 of all things, consisting, according to him, of 
 mercmy, salt, and sulphur. 
 
 I'licin. A bitter substance of the holly. 
 Ili'ngos. Vertigo. 
 
 Ilio-. Terms compounded with this word 
 denote parts connected with the ilium, as ilio- 
 lumbar, ilio-sacral, &c. 
 
 I'LIUM OS. The haunch bone. See In- 
 nominatum os. 
 
 Ille'cebra. Sedum acre. 
 ILLFCIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyandria. Polygynia. Magnoliacece. — I 
 ani 1 solum. The yellow-flowered aniseed-tree. 
 The star aniseed. The seeds are used with the 
 same views as those of the Pimpinella anisum. 
 The same tree is supposed to furnish the aro- 
 matic bark called Cortex anisi stellati, or Cor- 
 tex lavola. — I. fioridanum is similar, and the 
 bark of /. parvijlorum resembles sassafras. 
 Illinctus. The same as linctus. 
 Illi'tio. The process of anointing. 
 ILLO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from iXXog, the eye.) 
 A distortion of the eyes ; strabismus. 
 
 Illutame'ntum. Any substance used in ii- 
 lutation. 
 
 ILLUTA'TIO. (o, onis, f. ; from in, and lu- 
 tum, mud.) Illutation; a besmearing any part 
 of the body with mud, and renewing it as it 
 grows dry. 
 
 I'llys. One who squints. 
 Imbeci'litas oculorum. Nyctalopia. 
 PMBECILITY. Imbecilitas. Weakness, es- 
 pecially of the faculty of judgment. 
 Imber'bis. Beardless. 
 
 I M B I B I ' T I O N. ( Imbibitio, onis, f. ; from 
 imbibo, to receive into.) The absorption of a 
 liquid into the pores of a solid. M. Magendie 
 considers imbibition as a property universal 
 throughout the organic tissues, with the excep- 
 tion of the epidermis ; and regards it in these, 
 as in inorganic bodies, as referrible merely to 
 capillary attraction. 
 
 IMBRICA'TE. Imbrica'tus. Tiled; ar- 
 ranged like tiles upon a house. Applied to 
 leaves, as those of the Euphorbia paralia. 
 
 IMME'RSUS. 1. Immersed; plunged under 
 water. 2. The subscapularis muscle. 
 
 IMMOVABLE APPARATUS. Bandages 
 or supports in dislocations and fractures, which 
 are imbued with starch or gum when applied, 
 
 so that they become rigid, and can not be read- 
 ily removed. 
 
 Impa'ction. A form of fracture in which 
 portions of bone project and others are de 
 pressed. 
 
 Impasta'tio. The formation of a paste. 
 
 IMPA'TIENS. (ens, entis, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — i". balsa'- 
 mina. Considered vulnerary and diuretic. — /. 
 noli me tangere. Said to be diuretic. 
 
 IMPENETRABILITY. (From in, not, and 
 penetro, to penetrate.) An essential property 
 of all matter, by which it occupies a given 
 space, to the exclusion of every other body. 
 
 IMPERATO'RIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
 — /. ostru'thium. The master-wort. The roots 
 have a fragrant smell, and a bitterish, pungent 
 taste. It is an inferior aromatic. 
 
 IMPERFECT. Imperfectus. Such flowers 
 as want either anther or pistil, or both. 
 
 IMPERFORATION. (Imp erf or alio, onis, f.) 
 The preternatural occlusion of any part which 
 is usually pervious. 
 
 Im pe'rial beverage. Ptisana imperialis. 
 A cooling and laxative drink, made by mixing 
 half an ounce of supertartrate of potash with 
 the same amount of lemon peel, four ounces of 
 sugar, and three pints of boiling water. 
 
 IMPE'RMEABLE. Impermeabilitas. Capa- 
 ble of resisting the passage of gases and fluids. 
 
 IMPETPGINES. (The plural of impetigo; 
 from impeto, to infest. ) An order of the class 
 Cachexies, the genera of which are character- 
 ized by cachexia and deformity of the external 
 parts of the body with tumors, eruptions, &c. 
 
 IMPETPGO. (o, inis, f . ; from impeto, to 
 infest.) A disease of the skin, called the hu- 
 mid or running tetter. It is characterized by 
 the appearance of the small, psydi'acious pus- 
 tules. It is not accompanied by fever, not 
 contagious, nor communicable by inoculation. 
 It chiefly occurs on the extremities, and under 
 the following forms, according to Bateman : 
 
 1. Impetigo jigurata is the most common va- 
 riety. It appeal's in circumscribed patches, 
 of various figures and magnitude, attended with 
 much itching. It is often a very tedious affec- 
 tion. 
 
 2. Impetigo sparsa. The pustules are here 
 dispersed more especially about the extremi- 
 ties. 
 
 3. Impetigo erysipelatodes. This form of the 
 disease, in its commencement, presents nearly 
 the ordinary appearances of erysipelas, namely, 
 a redness and puffy swelling of the upper part 
 of the face, with oedema of the eyelids, and is 
 accompanied with slight febrile symptoms for 
 the space of two or three days ; but, on a mi- 
 nute examination, the surface, instead of the 
 smooth polish of erysipelas, is found to exhibit 
 a slight inequality, as if it were obscurely pap- 
 ulated, and in a day or two the true character 
 of the disease is manifested by the eruption of 
 numerous psydracious pustules over the inflamed 
 and tumid skin, instead of the large, irregular 
 bulla? of erysipelas. 
 
 4. Impetigo scabida. In this more rare and 
 severe form of the disease, one or more of the 
 limbs become encased in a thick, yellowish, 
 
 363 
 
IMP 
 
 scabby crust, not unlike the bark of a tree, 
 which is accompanied with a disagreeable heat 
 and itching, and renders the motion of the af- 
 fected limbs difficult and painful. This crust is 
 the result of the concretion of an acrimonious 
 humor, which is discharged in great abundance 
 from numerous psydracious pustules, as they 
 successively form, break, and ulcerate over the 
 surface of the limb. 
 
 The foregoing species are to be treated by 
 sulphur, purges, and alteratives, bathing, mercu- 
 rial alteratives, and mild unguents. In all other 
 respects the health is to be improved. 
 
 5. Impetigo rodens is a rare but intractable 
 species of the disease, probably of a cancer- 
 ous nature, in which the cellular membrane 
 is affected as well as the skin, and seems to 
 shrink away as the ulceration and discharge 
 go on. The disorder commences with a cluster 
 of pustules, sometimes intermixed with vesicles, 
 which soon break, and discharge, for a long pe- 
 riod of time, an acrid humor, from open pores 
 or from under scabs ; and the skin and cellular 
 texture are slowly, but deeply and extensively, 
 corroded, with extreme irritation and pain, 
 which are only to be alleviated by large doses 
 of opium. The disease commonly begins on the 
 side of the chest or trunk of the body, and 
 gradually extends itself. 
 
 Impetigo has been used by various authors 
 for itch, lepra, and most pustular affections. 
 
 Impetum faciens. The vital energy. 
 
 I'MPETUS. (From impetus, force.) 1. The 
 actual force or momentum of a moving body. 
 2. The paroxysm of a disease. 
 
 Pmpia herba. Gnaphalium. 
 
 IMPLANTA'TION. (From implanto, to in- 
 graft.) A term applied to a monstrosity, in 
 which two bodies are united, but only one is 
 perfectly developed, while the other remains 
 in a rudimentary state. 
 
 1 . Implantatio externa. This is of two kinds : 
 1. Implantatio externa cequalis, in which the 
 parts of the imperfect embryo are connected 
 with corresponding parts of the perfect one ; as 
 when the posterior parts of the body of a dimin- 
 utive foetus hang to the front of the thorax of a 
 fully-formed child, or where a third foot, para- 
 sitic hand, or supernumerary jaw is present; 
 and, 2. Implantatio externa incequalis, in which 
 the perfect and imperfect foetus are connected 
 by dissimilar points. 
 
 2. Implantatio interna. In this case one foetus 
 contains within it a second. — Muller. 
 
 IMPLICATED. Implicatus. Celsus, Scri- 
 bonius, and some others, call those parts of 
 physic so which have a necessary dependence 
 on one another ; but the term has been more 
 significantly applied by Bellini to fevers, where 
 two at a time afflict a person, either of the same 
 kind, as in the case of a double tertian, or of 
 different kinds, as in the case called a semiter- 
 tian, which is a mixture of a tertian and a quo- 
 tidian. 
 
 Implu'vium. 1. The shower bath. 2. An 
 embrocation. 
 
 IMPO'NDERABLE. (From in, not, and 
 pondus, weight.) Without appreciable weight. 
 Light, heat, and tha various forms of electricity 
 are called imponderables. 
 364 
 
 INC 
 
 IMPOSTHUMA. Imposthume. A term cor- 
 rupted from apostema. An abscess. 
 
 Im'potency. Impotence.- See Sterility. 
 
 Impo'verished. According to the humoral 
 pathologists, the blood or any secretion was 
 impoverished when it was thin and remained 
 fluid, and cachexies arose from this condition. 
 
 Impregnation. Impregnatio. See Concep- 
 tion and Generation. 
 
 Impu'ber. Impubis. Not of the age of pu 
 berty. 
 
 Impu'lse, diastolic The short stroke of 
 the heart after each pulsation ; the back stroke. 
 
 INANPTION. (Inanitio, onis, f. ; from in- 
 anio, to empty. ) The absence of nutrition from 
 want of food. Starvation. 
 
 Inaura'tion. The gilding of pills, &c. 
 
 INCANDESCENCE. (From incandesco, to 
 become white hot.) The bright light emitted 
 by heated bodies. 
 
 Incanta'tion. Incantatio. A way of cur- 
 ing diseases by charms, much practiced in an- 
 cient times, and adopted also by Paracelsus, 
 Van Helmont, and other enthusiasts among the 
 moderns. 
 
 Inca'nus. Hoary; glaucous. 
 
 INCARCERATION. (From in, and career, 
 a prison.) 1. When a hernia is constricted so 
 as to hinder the passage of faeces, it is said to 
 be incarcerated. 2. The word is sometimes 
 used synonymously with strangulation. 
 
 INC A'RN ATION. (From in, and caro, flesh. ) 
 Synonyme of granulation. 
 
 Inca'rneus. Having the property of pro- 
 ducing granulations. 
 
 Ince'ndium. Incensio. A burning fever or 
 inflammation. 
 
 Incerni'culum. (From incerno, to sift.) 1. 
 A strainer or sieve. 2. The pelvis of the kid- 
 ney. 
 
 I'ncidence. The meeting of one body or 
 agent with another, as when fight or heat strikes 
 upon a surface. 
 
 Incide'ntia. Medicines supposed to pro* 
 mote the discharge of phlegm. 
 
 INCINERA'TION. Incineratio. (Yromin- 
 cinero, to reduce to ashes.) The reduction of 
 any substance to ashes by combustion. 
 
 Incised wound. A wound made by a sharp 
 instrument, and not torn or lacerated. 
 
 INCI'SION. Incisio. A clean cut made into 
 the soft parts with a sharp instrument. 
 
 INCISFVUS. Relating to the incisor teeth. 
 
 Incisivum foramen. Foramen incisivum. 
 
 Incisivus inferior. Levator labii inferioris. 
 
 Incisivus lateralis. Levator labii superi- 
 oris alaeque nasi. 
 
 Incisivus medius. Depressor labii superior- 
 is alaeque nasi. 
 
 INCFSOR. {or, oris, m. ; from incido, to cut, 
 from its use in cutting the food.) The four 
 front teeth of both jaws are called incisores, be- 
 cause they cut the food. 
 
 INCISO'RIUM. (um, i, n.) A table where- 
 on a patient is laid for an operation. 
 
 Incisorium foramen. Foramen incisivum. 
 
 Inci'sed. Incisus. Cut ; snipped. 
 
 Incitants. Incitantia. Synonyme of exci- 
 tants. 
 
 INCOMPATIBLE. Substances which can 
 
IND 
 
 IND 
 
 not with propriety be prescribed together in the 
 game formula, on account of their having a 
 chemical action on each other, are said to be 
 incompatible. 
 
 INCOMPRE'SSIBILITY. The proper- 
 ty which some bodies possess of resisting any 
 force tendhig to compress them into smaller di- 
 mensions. Masses of matter are all in some de- 
 gree compressible, but some are extremely in- 
 compressible. 
 
 INCONTINENCE. Incontinentia. (From 
 in, and contineo, to contain.) Inability to retain 
 the natural evacuations. 
 
 INCORPORATION. Incorporate. The in- 
 timate mixing and blending of bodies so as to 
 make them of uniform substance. 
 - INCRA'SSANS. (From incrasso, to make 
 thick.) Formerly applied to medicines sup- 
 posed to have the property of thickening the 
 fluids. Incrassantia medicamenta. 
 Increme'ntum. Increase; growth. 
 INCRUSTATION. Incrustatio. The accu- 
 mulation of a crust of rigid particles over any 
 substance ; this sometimes takes place on the 
 surface of the cartilages, &c. 
 
 INCUBATION. Incubatio. (From incubo, 
 to sit upon.) 1. The period of time a bird sits 
 upon her eggs before the young are produced. 
 2. In Medicine, the period during winch any 
 virus or morbific agent is developing itself in 
 the body before the obvious marks of disease 
 become apparent. This time varies consider- 
 ably, many months sometimes elapsing between 
 the bite of a rabid dog, when the poison is in- 
 troduced, and the appearance of hydrophobia. 
 
 I'NCUBUS. (From incubo, to lie upon; be- 
 cause the patient fancies that something lies 
 upon his chest. ) The nightmare. See Ephial- 
 tes. 
 
 Incu'rvus. Curved inward. 
 
 I'NCUS. (us, udis, f. ; a smith's anvil.) The 
 largest of the bones of the tympanum, so named 
 from its shape. See Auris. 
 
 Indehi'scent. Not opening when ripe : ap- 
 plied to seed-vessels. . 
 
 Indented. Sinuatus. 
 
 I'NDEX. (ex, icis, c. g. ; from indico, to 
 point out ; because it is generally used for that 
 purpose.) The fore finger. 
 
 Index of refraction. A term in Optics, 
 expressing the constant ratio which exists be- 
 tween the sines of the angles of incidence and 
 refraction. This differs with various bodies, 
 inasmuch as their refractive qualities differ. 
 
 Indian arrow-root. Maranta. 
 
 Indian cress. Tropa2olum majus. 
 
 Indian cucumber. The root of the Medeola 
 virginica. 
 
 Indian date-plum. Diospyros lotus. 
 
 Indian fig. Cactus opuntia. 
 
 Indian hemp. The term usually signifies 
 the Apocynum cannabinum; but the Cannabis 
 indica is also spoken of under this name. 
 
 Indian leaf. Malabathrum. 
 
 Indian pink. Spigelia marilandica. 
 
 Indian physic. Gillenia rrifoliata. 
 
 Indian rubber. Caoutchouc. 
 
 Indian tobacco. Lobelia inflata. 
 
 Indian turnip. Arum rriphyllum. 
 
 Indian wheat. I. corn. Zea mays. 
 
 India'na radix. Ipecacuanha. 
 INDIANA SPRINGS. A spring near Jef- 
 fersonville is highly charged with sulphureted 
 hydrogen, and is, at the same time, chalybeate. 
 I'ndica camo'tes. The potato. 
 I'NDICANT. (Indicans; from indico, to 
 show.) Relating to an indication. 
 Indicating days. Critical days. 
 I N D I C AT 1 N . ( Indicatio, onis, f. ; from 
 indico, to show.) That which demonstrates 
 what ought to be done. It is threefold : pre- 
 servative, which relates to the preservation of 
 health; curative, which relates to the cure of a 
 present disease ; and vital, which respects the 
 powers and reasons of diet. 
 
 INDICATOR. An extensor muscle of the 
 fore finger, situated on the lower and posterior 
 part of the fore arm. It arises, by an acute, 
 fleshy beginning, from the middle of the poste- 
 rior part of the ulna ; its tendon passes under 
 the same ligament with the extensor digitorum 
 communis, with part of which it is inserted 
 into the posterior part of the fore finger. 
 Indicum lignum. Logwood. 
 Indicus morbus. The venereal disease. 
 INDFGENOUS. (Indigenus; ab indu, i. e., 
 in et geno, i. e., gigno, to beget.) Applied to 
 things which are peculiar to any country, as 
 animals, plants, or diseases. 
 Indige'stion. See Dyspepsia. 
 Indignabu'ndus. The rectus internus oculi. 
 Indignato'rius. The rectus interims oculi. 
 FNDIGO. A blue coloring matter extract- 
 ed from the Indigofera tinctoria ; anil, or the 
 indigo plant. It is massive, of a deep blue ; 
 insoluble, tasteless, and inodorous. It has been 
 recommended as a medicine in epilepsy, cho- 
 rea, and hysteria. It is said to produce vomit- 
 ing and constriction of the fauces, but the action 
 is uncertain. The dose is from gr. v. to 3J., or 
 more, in electuary. 
 
 Indigo, sulphate of. The solution of indigo 
 in sulphuric acid. 
 
 INDIGO'FERA. A genus of plants. Dia- 
 delphia. Deeandria. Leguminosce. — I. tincto- 
 ria. I. anil. The name of the plant which 
 affords much of the indigo of commerce. 
 
 Indigogene. White indigo, which, by oxy- 
 genation, becomes blue. Deoxydized indigo. 
 
 Indigo'tic acid. A product of the action of 
 nitric acid on indigo. It is whitish, crystalline, 
 and very insoluble. Form., CHUiNOg-j-HO. 
 It is isomeric, if not identical with nitro-sali- 
 cylic acid. 
 
 Indigo'tin. Pure indigo blue, procured by 
 sublimation. Form., C16H5NO;.. — Dumas. 
 
 I'NDOLENT. (From in, and doleo, to be in 
 pain. ) Without pain : applied to tumors which 
 exhibit but little pain. 
 
 INDU'CTION. Inductio. (From in, and 
 duco, to lead.) 1. The process, in philosophy, 
 of raising individual facts into generalizations. 
 2. In electricity, the action which an electrified 
 body induces in adjacent and quiescent matter. 
 See Electrical induction. 
 
 Indu'plicate. A kind of vernation or aesti- 
 vation, in which the margins of the leaves are 
 folded inward, and the external faces of these 
 are applied to each other without twisting or 
 imbrication. 
 
 365 
 
INF 
 
 INF 
 
 INDU'RANS. (From induro, to harden.) 
 Applied to medicines which were supposed to 
 condense the animal fibres. Medicamenta in- 
 durantia. 
 
 INDURATION. Induratio. The hardened 
 and usually thickened condition which results 
 from inflammation, especially of a chronic char- 
 acter. 
 
 Indu'sium. A shirt or under garment. 1. 
 The amnios. 2. The involucrum, or thin, mem- 
 braneous covering of the fructification of ferns. 
 
 Ine'briants. Intoxicating bodies. 
 
 Inequa'lis. Unequal. 
 
 Ine'rmis. Unarmed; without spines. 
 
 INE'RTIA. (From iners, slothful.) 1. The 
 passive and indifferent condition of matter. 2. 
 Inactivity. 
 
 Inertia of the womb. A morbid state of 
 the womb during or subsequent to labor, in 
 which muscular contractions cease, thus im- 
 peding parturition, or producing hemorrhage. 
 If it occur during labor, a dose of ergot will 
 usually overcome this condition. After partu- 
 rition, every means are to be used to produce 
 contraction, as by the use of ergot, the intro- 
 duction of the hand into the uterus, the injec- 
 tion of cold water into the rectum, &c. 
 
 INFA'NCY. Infantia. The period of child- 
 hood preceding the seventh year. 
 
 INFA'NTICIDE. (From infans, a child, and 
 ccedo, to kill.) The murder of a young child. 
 This, in the case of newly-born infants, may 
 be the result of criminal intent, or of neglect ; 
 the latter constituting infanticide by omission. 
 
 Infa'rction. Constipation; the state in 
 which the contents of any viscera are crowded 
 together. 
 
 Infection. See Contagion. 
 
 INFE'RIOR STRAIT. In obstetrics, the 
 lower strait or boundary of the pelvis, which 
 is constituted by the rami of the os pubis, the 
 tuberosities of the ischium, and the os coccygis 
 posteriorly with the integuments. 
 
 INFERO BRANCHIA'TA. An order of 
 gasteropods, the gills of which are situated be- 
 low the mouth. 
 
 I'nferus. Inferior. 
 
 Infibula'tio. 1. An impediment to the re- 
 traction of the prepuce. 2. Syn. of ancterias- 
 mus. 
 
 IN F I' R MARY. Infirmarium. A kind of 
 hospital, where the relief is, however, mostly 
 out-door, and patients are not furnished with 
 beds. 
 
 INFILTRA'TION. Infiltratio. Effusion, or 
 the accumulation of any fluid into the cells of 
 an organ or texture. The fluid may be serous, 
 puriform, sanguineous, or of any kind. Ana- 
 sarca and oedema are instances of infiltration. 
 
 INFLAMMABLE. ( Inflammabilis ; from 
 inflammo, to burn.) Chemists distinguish by 
 this term such bodies as inflame with facility. 
 See Combustion. 
 
 Inflammable air. Hydrogen gas. 
 
 Inflammable air, heavy. Carbureted hy- 
 drogen. 
 
 INFLAMMATION. (Infiammatio , onis, f. ; 
 irom injlammo, to set on fire.) Inflammation is 
 a state generally characterized by redness, ten- 
 sion, swelling, heat, and pain. It is of some 
 366 
 
 duration, and speedily introduces extravasation 
 from the blood in the part. 
 
 Inflammation, when severe, is attended with 
 pyrexia, or inflammatory fever, and an altered 
 condition of the blood. The pyrexia is con-, 
 cisely defined by Cullen : a sense of coldness 
 and debility, succeeded by increased heat of 
 the skin, increased frequency of pulse, and a 
 general derangement of the other functions. 1. 
 The heart's action is at first depressed, but be- 
 comes sharp and quick, increasing the temper- 
 ature of the body, and establishing the febrile 
 reaction. 2. The secretions are diminished. 
 3. The nervous system becomes disturbed, and 
 pains in the back, head, limbs, with tremors, 
 storpor, hallucinations, intervene. 
 
 When the principal disturbance is in the cir- 
 culation, the fever is called inflammatory; but 
 when the heart is less excked, the secretions 
 much changed, and the nervous system much 
 depressed, with storpor, the fever is typhoid. 
 The blood, a few days after the invasion of fe- 
 ver, exhibits the buffy coat which is produced 
 by an excess of fibrin or of modified fibrin. 
 
 Inflammation, when it invades internal or- 
 gans, in addition to the foregoing general symp- 
 toms, is also attended with a remarkable dis- 
 turbance in the functions of the particular organ, 
 as well as the parts which sympathize with it. 
 
 Terminations of inflammation. — The essential 
 condition of an inflamed organ consists in an ac- 
 cumulation of blood ; and in the effort to relieve 
 this, several results may occur. 1. Resolution, 
 or the perfect restoration of the circulation. 2. 
 Increased secretion. 3. Hemorrhage, dropsy, 
 or effusion of coagulable lymph, according to 
 the nature of the tissue assailed. 4. Suppura- 
 tion. When this takes place in a cavity or cyst, 
 an abscess is formed ; when on the surface of a 
 tissue, an ulcer; and it is accompanied by hectic 
 fever if extensive. 5. Gangrene, or the death 
 of the part. The occurrence of gangrene is 
 marked by, 1. The sudden cessation of pain. 
 2. A sinking and irregular pulse. 3. A change 
 in the expression of countenance, from that of 
 febrile excitement to exhaustion. 4. Delirium. 
 5. Cold sweats. Several of these results may 
 occur in different parts of the same texture. 
 The remoter effects of these terminations are 
 adhesions of parts, dropsies, indurations of the 
 substance of organs. 
 
 The results of inflammation depend upon the 
 tissues attacked. 1. That of the skin termi- 
 nates in rashes, pustules, vesicles, scales, ulcers, 
 and gangrene. 2. The mucous membranes 
 terminate in secretions of a muco-purulent fluid, 
 coagulable lymph, or in softening, thickening, 
 passive hemorrhage, ulceration, contraction, 
 sloughing, and tubercular formation. 3. In the 
 cellular tissue it ends in effusion of blood, lymph, 
 serum, or pus, or finally in induration or gan- 
 grene, but is most commonly phlegmonous and 
 circumscribed. 4. Inflammation of the fibrous 
 tissues ends in thickening, the effusion of a ge- 
 latinous matter, the deposition of bony or cal- 
 careous matter, and probably ulceration and 
 gangrene, although this is often denied. 5. The 
 serous tissues exhibit the most diffuse inflam- 
 mation, which rapidly terminates in effusion of 
 serum, whey-like fluid, coagulable lymph (caus- 
 
INF 
 
 INF 
 
 ing adhesions), blood ; and it may exhibit ecchy- 
 mosed spots : it seldom ends in thickening, tu- 
 bercle, or ulceration. 6. Inflammation of the 
 solid viscera terminates in softening ; but if 
 chronic, in induration : abscess is uncommon 
 except in the liver. 7. Inflammation affecting 
 glands has an aptitude to terminate speedily in 
 suppuration. Sometimes, however, they sup- 
 purate very slowly, and occasionally induration 
 takes place. 
 
 In consequence of these various terminations 
 of inflammatory action and other peculiarities, 
 it is common in practice to subdivide inflamma- 
 tion into the following varieties : 
 
 1. Healthy, or adhesive; that which disposes 
 the part to heal or cicatrize. 
 
 2. Unhealthy; that which disposes to ulcera- 
 tion, erosion, sloughing, &c. 
 
 3. Common; that induced by common caus- 
 es, as incisions, punctures, &c. 
 
 4. Specific; that induced by inoculation, &c, 
 as variola, clap, &c. 
 
 5. Acute, sub-acute, and chronic; with refer- 
 ence to its intensity and duration. 
 
 6. Phlegmonous ; that which is circumscri- 
 bed, and disposed to suppuration. 
 
 7. Erysipelatous ; that which is diffused, and 
 less disposed to suppurate. 
 
 8. Gangrenous ; that which leads to mortifi- 
 cation, or the death of a part. 
 
 The theories of inflammation are sufficiently 
 numerous, but it is now generally believed that 
 it arises from a retardation of the circulation of 
 blood iu the capillaries of the part ; this is pro- 
 duced by some sufficient cause, and acts upon 
 the system by disturbing the harmony of the 
 other functions through the nervous system. 
 
 The treatment of inflammation is particular- 
 ized under the several diseases attacking the 
 organs of the body. In general terms, it may 
 be said to consist of depletion by blood-letting, 
 general or local, by purgation, diuresis, and the 
 action of sudorifics. 
 
 Relaxants are often useful, especially hot 
 poultices and fomentations, the vapor bath. 
 Refrigerants, as ablution with cold water, the 
 douche, and ice applied in bladders to the part, 
 are of the highest service in inflammations of 
 the skin and encephalon, but must not be used 
 in disorders of the respiratory or abdominal oi - - 
 gans or heart. Metallic astringents are useful 
 to the skin and exposed portions of the mucous 
 membrane. 
 
 Counter-irritation by blisters, sinapisms, tar- 
 tar emetic ointment, croton oil frictions, or by 
 issues and setons, are of the highest advantage 
 after the first evacuations. Sedative lotions are 
 also applied topically to painful ulcers. 
 
 The symptomatic fever is treated by blood- 
 letting, low diet, the use of diluents, purgatives, 
 emetics in nauseating or diaphoretic doses, es- 
 pecially tartar emetic and other antimonials, 
 mercurials in alterative doses, especially calo- 
 mel combined with opium, and such sedative 
 medicines as foxglove and lead, and especially 
 the antiphlogistic regimen. 
 
 The most effectual mode of accomplishing 
 the last purpose is to withdraw entirely all an^ 
 imal diet, and every sort of food or drink con- 
 taining animal matter, and all malt or fermented 
 
 liquors, and to restrict the patient rigidly to the 
 use of aqueous diluents, the vegetable ptisans, 
 and such small quantities of farinaceous and 
 gelatinous food, and the saccharine fruits, as may 
 be sufficient to sustain life, without stimulating 
 in any degree the heart or arteries. 
 
 Emetic tartar, in very large doses, has been 
 employed of late years 'in the treatment of sev- 
 eral inflammatory diseases, especially in inflam- 
 mation of the lungs ; and some are of opinion 
 that it possesses a specific power, since it has 
 been observed to act beneficially without pro- 
 ducing any sensible effect. In general, how- 
 ever, it is a most depressing agent; and, even 
 admitting it to possess all the efficacy which its 
 advocates claim for it, it may fairly be doubted 
 whether, inmost cases, a severe hypercatharsis, 
 and keeping the patient in a state approaching 
 to syncope for a length of time, may not leave 
 more permanent debility than a reasonable ab- 
 straction of blood. 
 
 When inflammation has proceeded to suppu- 
 ration, it is generally advantageous to augment 
 the allowance of food, and in some instances to 
 allow a proportion of wine or malt liquor ; and 
 wherever typhoid symptoms occur, the strength 
 is to be sustained by diffusible stimulants, es- 
 pecially the carbonate of ammonia. 
 
 Inflammation of the bladder. See Cystitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the brain. See Enceph- 
 alitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the breast. See Mastitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the choroid membrane. 
 See Iritis. 
 
 Inflammation of the dura mater. See 
 Encephalitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the eye. See Ophthal- 
 mitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the intestine. See In- 
 flammation of the stomach and intestines. 
 
 Inflammation of the iris. See Iritis. 
 
 Inflammation of the kidney. See Nephritis. 
 
 Inflammation of the liver. See Hepatitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the lungs. See Pneu- 
 monitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the peritoneum. See 
 Peritonitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the pia mater. See En- 
 cephalitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the pleura. See Pleuritis. 
 
 Inflammation of the retina. See Retinitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the stomach. See In- 
 flammation of the stomach and intestines. 
 
 INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH 
 AND INTESTINES. This may attack the pe- 
 ritoneal or the mucous coat, and in either case 
 may involve the muscular structure. See Peri- 
 tonitis. The mucous membrane of the stomach, 
 is liable to inflammation from a variety of caus- 
 es, but the principal are excess in the use of ar- 
 dent spirits, and poison. 
 
 The idiopathic gasti-itis mucosa of drunkards 
 is characterized by pain at the epigastrium, 
 vomiting, even of the mildest food, low fever, 
 and that trembling hand which never fails to 
 accompany diseases of alcoholic origin. When 
 in its utmost intensity, the vessels of the mucous 
 membrane often give way, and a burst of hem- 
 orrhage succeeds. 
 
 The cure of this disease can be effected only 
 367 
 
INF 
 
 INF 
 
 by that most difficult of all things, a reformation 
 in the habits of a drunkard. Its relief may be 
 obtained by leeches to the epigastrium, followed 
 by a blister, and the internal administration of 
 some mild mucilage, such as the mistura amyg- 
 dalae, holding in solution five grains of nitre, 
 which may be repeated three times a day. 
 
 Inflammation of the mucous membrane of 
 the small intestines occurs in adults both as an 
 idiopathic affection and as symptomatic of 
 other diseases — in an acute as well as chronic 
 form. 
 
 Symptoms. — Mucous enteritis is attended 
 with a diffused soreness over the whole abdo- 
 men rather than with pain. This is sometimes 
 increased on pressure, but never to the extent 
 that prevails on peritoneal inflammation. There 
 is no considerable tension in the belly. The 
 pulse is quick, with thirst, languor, and con- 
 siderable febrile oppression. By these symp- 
 toms we distinguish inflammation of the mucous 
 membrane of the bowels from that state of 
 irritation of the membrane which exists in 
 common cases of diarrhoea ; but it must never 
 be forgotten that the two states of disease are 
 closely allied, and, in fact, run into each other 
 by insensible degrees. The tongue in mucous 
 enteritis is red and smooth, and eruptions take 
 place about the lips. Vomiting is frequently 
 noticed, with loss of appetite, indigestion, and 
 irregularity in the alvine evacutions. Diar- 
 rhoea is almost uniformly present ; the stools are 
 slimy, and tinged with blood ; there may be te- 
 nesmus. In severe cases, pure blood is occa- 
 sionally passed in considerable quantity. 
 
 The disease is not itself fatal, but may give 
 rise to peritoneal inflammation ; it may advance 
 to ulceration of the mucous coat, with softening 
 and perfoi-ation. An early bleeding is often 
 useful ; leeches, with counter-irritation, and the 
 warm bath; gentle purgatives, as castor oil, 
 rhubarb, and manna, only are admissible. De- 
 mulcents and anodynes are afterward used to 
 allay the irritation of the bowels, and tonics 
 may be used when this has been accomplished : 
 blue pill and extract of hyoscyamus constitute 
 a very serviceable medicine in allaying irrita- 
 tion. The diet must be of milk and light jellies ; 
 change of air, with gentle exercise, are necessa- 
 ry. Particular symptoms, as vomiting and tenes- 
 mus, must be met. 
 
 Inflammation of the large intestine gives rise 
 to those symptoms which constitute what is 
 generally called dysentery. See Dysentery. 
 
 Inflammation of the testicle. See Or- 
 chitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the tunica arachnoides. 
 See Encephalitis. 
 
 Inflammation of the urethra. See Ure- 
 thritis. 
 
 Inflammation of the uterus. See Hyste- 
 ritis. 
 
 Inflammation of a vein. See Phlebitis. 
 
 INFLAMMATORY. (Inflammatorius ; from 
 inflammatio.) Of the nature of inflammation. 
 
 Inflammatory crust. The buffy coat. See 
 Blood. 
 
 Inflammatory fever. See Febris. 
 
 Infla'tio. In Pathology, a windy swelling. 
 See Pneumatosis. 
 368 
 
 Infla'tus. Inflated ; distended like a blown 
 bladder. 
 
 Infle'xus. Curved, or bent inward. 
 
 INFLORESCENCE. {Inflorescentia, ce, f.; 
 from infloresco, to flower or blossom.) A term 
 used by Linnaeus to express the particular man- 
 ner in which flowers are situated upon a plant. 
 
 The compound inflorescences are, 1. The 
 Verticellus, or whorl. 2. The Capitulum, or 
 tuft. 3. The Spica, or spike. 4. The Racemus, 
 or cluster. 5. The Corymbus, or corymb. 6. 
 The Umbella, or umbel. 7. The Cyma, or cyme. 
 8. The Fasciculus, or fascicle. 9. The Panicula, 
 or panicle. 10. Thi Thyrsus, or bunch. 11. The 
 Spadix, or sheath. 12. The Amentum, or catkin. 
 
 INFLUE'NZA. (a, ce, f.) The Italian word 
 for influence. Epidemic catarrh is so named, 
 because it was supposed to be produced by a 
 peculiar influence of the air &c. See Catarrhus. 
 
 Infra-orbitar foramen. Foramen infra or- 
 bitarium. A foramen in the superior maxillary 
 bone, immediately below the orbit. It gives 
 egress to the infra-orbitaiy twig of the second 
 branch of the fifth pair of nerves, and to a small 
 twig of the internal maxillary artery. 
 
 Infra-scapula'ris. (From infra, beneath, 
 and scapula, the shoulder-blade.) A muscle 
 named from its position beneath the scapula. 
 See Subscapularis. 
 
 INFRA-SPINA'TUS. (From infra, beneath, 
 and spina, the spine. ) A muscle of the humerus, 
 situated on the scapula. It arises, fleshy, from 
 all that part of the dorsum scapulae which is 
 below its spine ; and from the spine itself, as far 
 as the cervix scapulae. The fibers run obliquely 
 toward a tendon in the middle of a muscle, 
 which runs forward, and adheres to the capsu- 
 lar ligament. It is inserted, by a flat, thick 
 tendon, into the upper and outer part of the 
 large protuberance on the head of the os hu- 
 meri. Its use is to roll the os humeri outward, 
 to assist in raising and supporting it when 
 raised, and to pull the ligament from between 
 the bones. This muscle and the supra-spinatus 
 are covered by an aponeurosis, which extends 
 between the costae and edges of the spine of 
 the scapula, and gives rise to many of the mus- 
 cular fibers. 
 
 INFUNDIBULIFORM. Infundibuliformis. 
 1. Funnel-shaped. 2. In Anatomy, applied to 
 the circular ligament of the atlas, and to a fas- 
 cia connected with the anatomy of hernia. See 
 Fascia. 
 
 INFUNDI'BULUM. (urn, i, n. ; a funnel : 
 from infundo, to pour in.) 1. A canal that pro- 
 ceeds from the lower and anterior part of the 
 third ventricle of the brain to the pituitary 
 gland. See Encephalon. 2. The beginnings 
 of the excretory duct of the kidney, or cavities 
 into which the urine is first received from the 
 secretory cryptae, are called infundibula. See 
 Kidney. 
 
 Infu'sion. See Infusum. 
 
 INFUSO'RIA. Infusory animals. A class 
 of the animal kingdom, comprehending those 
 animalcules which are found in infusions of 
 organic substances and in stagnant waters. 
 
 INFU'SUM. (i, n. ; and infusio, onis, f. ; 
 from infundo, to pour in.) An infusion. A 
 preparation made by pouring water, of any 
 
INF 
 
 INF 
 
 required degree of temperature, on such sub- 
 stances as have a loose texture, as thin bark, 
 wood, in shavings or small pieces, leaves, 
 flowers, &c, and suffering it to stand a certain 
 time. The process itself, as well as the liquor 
 resulting from it, is called infusion. The. fol- 
 lowing are among the most approved infusions : 
 Infu'sum angustu'rs. (U.S.) See Infusum 
 cusparice. 
 
 Infu'sum anthe'midis. (U. S.) Inf. anth. 
 nobilis. Infusion of chamomile. Take of chamo- 
 mile flowers, 5j. ; boiling distilled water, a,pint. 
 Macerate for ten minutes in a lightly-covered 
 vessel, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. §j. 
 
 Infu'sum armora'ci^;. (U.S.) I. armora- 
 cice compositum. Compound infusion* of horse- 
 radish. Take of fresh horseradish root, sliced, 
 mustard seeds, bruised, of each, fj. ; boiling 
 water, a pint. Macerate for ten minutes, and 
 strain. Stimulant and diuretic. Dose, f. ^j. 
 
 Infu'sum aura'ntii compo's.itum. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound infusion of orange peel. Take of 
 orange peel, dried, fss. ; lemon peel, fresh, 3ij. ; 
 cloves, bruised, 3J. ; boiling distilled water, a 
 pint. Macerate lor a quarter of an hour, and 
 strain. A stomachic bitter. Dose, fij. 
 
 Infu'sum buchu. (U.S.) Infusum diosmse. 
 Infu'sum calu'mbjs. I. colombce. (U. S.) 
 Infusion of calumba. Take of calumba root, 
 sliced, §ss. ; boiling water, a pint. Macerate 
 for two hours, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. fj. 
 tof. jiij. 
 
 Infu'sum caryophy'lli. (U. S.) Infusion 
 of cloves. Take of cloves, bruised, 3ij. ; boiling 
 water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, and 
 strain. Stimulant stomachic. Dose, f. §j. 
 
 Infu'sum cascari'llje. Infusion of cascarilla. 
 Take of cascarilla bark, bruised, §j.; boiling 
 distilled water, a pint. Macerate for two hours, 
 and strain. Aromatic bitter. Dose, f. fj. 
 Infu'sum cassia sennje. Infusum sennse. 
 Infu'sum cate'chu compo'situm. (U. S.) 
 Compound infusion of catechu. Take of catechu, 
 ground, fss. ; cinnamon bark, bruised, 3J. ; boil- 
 ing water, a pint. Macerate for an hour, and 
 strain. Aromatic astringent. Dose, f. fjss. 
 Infu'sum chamsmeli. Infusum anthemidis. 
 Infu'sum chire'ttje. (Ph. E.) Infusion of 
 chiretta (chirayta). Take of chiretta, dried, 
 f ss. ; boiling water, Oj . Infuse two hours, and 
 strain. Tonic and stomachic, like gentian. 
 Dose, f. 5,j. to f. 5ij. 
 
 Infu'sum cincho'n^:. (U. S.) Infusion of 
 cinchona. Take of cinchona bark, bruised, §j . ; 
 boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for 
 two hours, and strain. Tonic. Dose, f. fj. to 
 
 Infu'sum cincho'ns compo'situm. (U. S.) 
 Cinchona bark, in powder, one ounce ; aroma- 
 tic sulphuric acid, one fluid drachm ; water, one 
 pint. Macerate for twelve hours, occasionally 
 shaking. Dose, f. fj. 
 
 Infu'sum cuspa'ris. (U. S.) Infusion of 
 cusparia. Take of cusparia bark, bruised, fss. ; 
 boiling distilled water, a pint. Macerate for 
 two hours, and strain. Stimulant tonic. Dose, 
 f. ?j. to f. !ij. 
 
 Infu'sum digita'lis. (U. S.) Infusion of 
 foxglove. Take of foxglove leaves, dried, a 
 drachm ; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for four 
 
 hours, and strain ; then add tincture of cinna- 
 mon, f. fj. Dose, f. gss. 
 
 Infu'sum dio'sm.e. (U. S.) Take of the 
 leaves of diosma, §j. ; boiling distilled water, a 
 pint. Macerate for four hours, and strain, 
 Dose, f. fj. to f. fij. 
 
 • Infu'sum eupatorii perfoliati. (U. S.) 
 Take of thoroughwort, bruised, one ounce ; 
 boiling water, one pint. Macerate for two 
 hours, and strain. Dose, f. fij. 
 
 Infu'sum gentia'ns compo'situm. (U. S.) 
 Compound infusion of gentian. Take of gentian 
 root, sliced, § ss. ; orange peel, dried, coriander 
 seeds., of each, one drachm ; dilute alcohol, fiv. ; 
 boiling water, a pint. First pour on the alcohol, 
 and three hours after, the water. Macerate for 
 twelve hours, and strain. Dose, f. §j. 
 
 Infu'sum humu'li. (U.S.) Infusion of hops. 
 Take of hops, fss. ; boiling water, Oj. Infuse 
 for*two hours, and strain. Narcotic bitter. Dose, 
 
 f- m- 
 
 Infu'sum Krame'rije. (U. S.) Take of the 
 root of rhatany, an ounce ; boiling water, a pint. 
 Macerate for four hours, and strain. Dose, f. fj. 
 
 Infu'sum lini. (U.S.) Infusion of linseed. 
 Take of linseed, bruised, §ss. ; liquorice root, 
 sliced, sij . ; boiling water, one pint. Macerate 
 for four hours, and strain. Dose, a cupful. 
 
 Infu'sum lini compo'situm. /. lini usitatis- 
 simi. See Infusum lini. 
 
 Infu'sum lupuli. Infusum humuli. 
 
 Infu'sum Mentha simplex. (Ph. D.) In- 
 fusion of spearmint (mint). Take of dried mint- 
 leaves, 3ij. ; boiling water, enough to yield f. fvj. 
 of strained infusion. Stomachic and carmina- 
 tive: a vehicle for laxatives, &c. Dose, f. fij., 
 or more. 
 
 Infu'sum Mentha compo'situm. (Ph. D.) 
 Take of the infusion of mint, f. § vj. ; white 
 sugar, 3ij. ; oil of spearmint, gtt. iij., previously 
 dissolved in compound tincture of cardamom, 
 f. f ss. Mix. A grateful carminative ; useful in 
 nausea and as a vehicle. Dose, f. fij. 
 
 Infu'sum parens. (Ph. L.) Take of the 
 root of pareira, 3yj.; boiling distilled water, a 
 pint. Macerate for two hours, and strain. 
 Dose, f. fj. 
 
 Infu'sum picis liqui'ds. Tar water. 
 
 Infu'sum pruni Virginians. (U. S.) In- 
 fusion of wild cherry bark. Take of wild cherry 
 bark, bruised, fss. ; cold water, Oj. Macerate 
 for twelve hours (or more in winter), and strain- 
 It is tonic and slightly sedative. Dose, f. § ij. 
 to f. fiij., three or four times a day. 
 
 Infu'sum qua'ssis. (U. S.) Infusion of 
 quassia. Take of quassia wood, 31J- ; cold water, 
 a pint. Macerate for twelve hours, and strain. 
 A pure bitter. Dose, f. ^ss. to f. fij. 
 
 Infu'sum rhei. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) In- 
 fusion of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb root, sliced, 
 two drachms ; boiling water, a pint. Macerate 
 for two hours, and strain. Cathartic. Dose, 
 
 f- 3J- 
 
 Infu'sum ross acidum. (Ph. D.) Infusum 
 rosa? compositum. 
 
 Infu'sum ross compo'situm. (U. S., Ph. L.) 
 Inf. rosce gallicce. Take of the petals of red 
 rose, dried, ^ss. ; boiling water, Oiiss. ; dilute 
 sulphuric acid, 3iij . ; sugar, f iss. Pour the water 
 upon the petals of the rose, in a glass vessel ; 
 
 169 
 
ING 
 
 INJ 
 
 then add the acid, and macerate for six hours. 
 Lastly, strain the infusion, and add the sugar 
 to it. Refrigerant and tonic. Dose, f. fij. 
 
 Infu'sum sarsapari'll^:. (U.S.) Infusion 
 of sarsaparilla. Take of sarsaparilla root, 
 bruised, ?j. ; boiling water, Oj. Digest for two 
 hours, and strain. This may be made by dis- 
 placement with cold water, after macerating 
 the pounded root for twelve hours. Dose, f. 
 fiv., or more. 
 
 Infu'sum scopa'rii. (Ph. L.) Take of fresh 
 broom tops, f j . ; boiling distilled water, a pint. 
 Macerate for four hours, and strain. Diuretic. 
 Dose, f. sj. to f. fij. 
 
 Infu'sum sennj:. (U.S.) I. sennce composi- 
 tion. Infusion of senna. Take of senna leaves, 
 f?j. ; coriander seed, 3J. ; boiling water, a pint. 
 Macerate for an hour, and strain. Cathartic. 
 Dose, fij. to fiv. 
 
 Infu'sum senn^ cum tamari'ndis. (Ph. D.) 
 /. sennce compositum. (Ph. E.) Infusion of senna 
 with tamarinds. Take of tamarinds, §j. ; senna, 
 coriander seeds, bruised, of each, 3J. ; sugar, 
 fss. ; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for four 
 hours, and strain. Aperient and refrigerant. 
 Dose, f. fij. to f. fiv. 
 
 Infu'sum serpenta'rle. (U. S.) Infusion 
 of Virginian snake root. Take of serpentaria, 
 fss. ; boiling water, a pint. Macerate for two 
 hours, and strain. Dose, f. fj. to f. §ij. 
 
 Infu'sum simaru'bje. (Ph. L.) Infusion of 
 eimarouba. Take of simarouba bark, bruised, 
 3ss. ; boiling water, Oss. Macerate for two 
 hours, and strain. Dose, f. fj. to f. fij. 
 
 Infu'sum spige'li^e. (U. S.) Infusion of 
 pink root. Take of pink root, ps. ; boiling 
 water, Oj. Macerate for two hours, and strain. 
 Used as a vermifuge. Dose, f. f j. for a child of 
 three years : it is commonly mixed with a ca- 
 thartic. 
 
 Infu'sum taba'ci. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) In- 
 fusion of tobacco. Take of tobacco leaves, 3J. ; 
 boiling water, a pint. Macerate for an hour, and 
 strain. Half is used for an enema. 
 
 Infu'sum ulmi. (U.S.) Infusion of slippery 
 elm bark. Take of the bark, sliced, § j. ; boiling 
 water, Oj. Macerate twelve hours, and strain. 
 Demulcent. Dose, ad libitum. 
 
 Infu'sum valeria'n;e. (U. S.) Take of 
 valerian, 3 ss. ; boiling water, a pint. Macerate 
 for an hour, and strain. Dose, f. fij. 
 
 Infu'sum zingibe'ris. Infusion of ginger. 
 Take of ginger, bruised, 3ij . ; boiling water, Oss. 
 Macerate for two hours, and strain. Carmina- 
 tive. Dose. f. §j. 
 
 I N G E ' S T A. (Ingestus ; from ingero, to 
 throw in.) The aliments taken into the body. 
 
 INGLU'VIES. (es, ei, f.) 1. Gluttony. 2. 
 The craw, crop, or gorge of a bird. 
 
 Ingravidation. Pregnancy. 
 
 I'NGUEN. (en, inis, n.) The groin. The 
 lower and lateral part of the abdomen, above 
 the thigh. 
 
 I'NG UINAL. (Inguinalis ; from inguen, the 
 groin.) Appertaining to the groin. 
 
 Inguinal artery. The external iliac in the 
 groin. 
 
 Inguinal glands. The lymphatic glands 
 situated in the groin. They are found both 
 above and below the aponeurosis. 
 370 
 
 Inguinal hernia. 7. canal. See Hernia. 
 
 Inguinal ligament. See Pouparfs liga- 
 ment. 
 
 INHALATION. The drawing in of fumes 
 or vapors along with the breath. The inhala- 
 tion of the vapor of warm water is very servic e- 
 able in some cases of inflammation of the mu- 
 cous membrane of the air passages and threat. 
 The steam may be rendered anodyne by the 
 addition of henbane seeds, poppy -heads, ether, 
 or opium; or gently stimulant by vinegar, &c. 
 Tar vapor is of great service in chronic bron- 
 chitis, in which disease chlorine has also lately 
 been found useful. The chlorine vapor is pro- 
 duced by adding, at first, gtt. v. to gtt. x. of 
 aq. chlorinii to wann water in the inhaler. 
 The dose may be increased to gtt. xl. 
 
 Inhalation of ether. Dr. Beddoes and 
 Davy discovered that if the vapor of common 
 sulphuric ether were inhaled, it at first pro- 
 duced excitement, but rapidly brought on a state 
 of torpor, which was extremely deep, and ap- 
 peared to them a dangerous effect. But this 
 soporific action of ether is now known to be al- 
 most, if not quite harmless, hundreds of persons 
 having been kept under its influence for hours 
 without any bad results. Hence it has been 
 adopted as a preparative step in the perform- 
 ance of painful and tedious operations, and 
 even in parturition, but does not appear in the 
 latter case to be safe. The ether may be 
 placed in a common inhaler, or in a bottle with 
 two necks, through one of which the patient 
 inspires, while air passes into the fluid by the 
 other. The stupor comes on in a few minutes 
 and the inhalation is stopped, the effects con- 
 tinuing from five to fifteen minutes after each 
 administration. If there be occasion, the dose 
 may be repeated a number of times. Under 
 this influence, the patient is without the slight- 
 est perception of pain ; and it appears that the 
 operations are remarkably successful. The in- 
 halation seems to be improper in cases attended 
 with irritation of the brain. 
 
 INHA'LER, MUDGE'S. A quart pewter 
 pot, the lid of which screws on, and is fur- 
 nished with a flexible tube, through which the 
 patient draws air, which enters at some aper- 
 tures in the upper part of the handle, and pass- 
 es through the thickness of the fluid. 
 
 In he 're nt. Inhcerens. Pertaining to a 
 thing. 
 
 INHUMA'TION. Inhumatio. The placing 
 of a patient in an earth bath. 
 
 I'nion. Ivlov. The occiput. 
 
 Initis. Fibrous inflammation. 
 
 Injacula'tio. A violent spasmodic pain in 
 the stomach, and immobility in the body. — Van 
 Helmont. 
 
 INJE'CTION. (Injectio, onis, f. ; from in- 
 jicio, to cast into.) 1. A medicated liquor to 
 be thrown into a natural or preternatural cavi- 
 ty of the body by means of a syringe. Those 
 injections which are thrown into the rectum 
 are called enemata. 
 
 2. A composition with which the vessels of 
 any part of the body are filled for anatomical 
 purposes. For ordinary purposes, it may be 
 made of four parts of tallow, one part of resin, 
 and one part of bees'-wax ; to which, when 
 
INN 
 
 IN N 
 
 melted together, there is to he added some oil 
 of turpentine, having a sufficient quantity of 
 coloring matter (vermilion for red, and king's 
 yellow for yellow) suspended in it to color the 
 injection. But for a fine preparation, the fol- 
 lowing may be used: 1. The fine injection. 
 Composed of brown spirit varnish and white 
 spirit varnish, of each four parts ; turpentine 
 varnish, one part; and coloring matter, one 
 part, or as much as is sufficient. A little of this, 
 while hot, is first thrown into the arteries, into 
 the minute branches of which it is to be forced 
 by, 2. The coarse injection. Composed of bees'- 
 wax, two parts; resin, one part; turpentine 
 varnish, one part; and coloring matter, q. s. 
 To the bees'-wax and resin, melted together, 
 add the turpentine varnish, and then the color- 
 ing matter, suspended in some oil of turpentine. 
 
 3. In Pathology, the presence of an increased 
 quantity of blood in the vessels of a part is 
 sometimes called injection of the vessels. 
 
 I'nnate diseases. Those which are con- 
 genital. 
 
 INNERVATION. The vital process by 
 which a part is supplied with nervous energy. 
 
 INNOMINA'TUS. (From in, priv., and no- 
 men, a name.) Some parts of the body are so 
 called: thus, the pelvic bones, which in the 
 young subject are three in number, to which 
 names are given, become one in the adult, 
 which is without a name. An artery from the 
 arch of the aorta, and the fifth pair of nerves, 
 have also had this unmeaning designation ap- 
 plied to them. 
 
 Innominata arteria. The first branch giv- 
 en off by the arch of the aorta. It soon divides 
 into the right carotid and light subclavian arte- 
 ries. 
 
 Lvxominati nervi. The fifth pair of nerves. 
 
 Innominatum foramen. A foramen on the 
 petrous portion of the temporal bone, for the 
 passage of the vidian nerve. 
 
 Innominattjm os. A lai-ge, irregular bone, 
 situated at the side of the pelvis. It is divided 
 into three portions, viz., the iliac, ischiatic, and 
 pubic, which are usually described as three dis- 
 tinct bones. 
 
 The os ilium, or haunch-bone, is of a very ir- 
 regular shape. The lower part of it is thick 
 and narrow; its superior portion is broad and 
 thin, terminating in a ridge, called the spine of 
 the ilium, and more commonly known by the 
 name of the haunch. The spine rises up like 
 an arch, being turned somewhat outward. Ex- 
 ternally, this bone is unequally prominent, and 
 hollowed for the attachment of" muscles; and 
 internally, at its broadest fore part, it is smooth 
 and concave. At its lower part, there is a con- 
 sidei*able ridge on its inner surface. This ridge, 
 which extends from the os sacrum, and corre- 
 sponds with a similar prominence both on that 
 bone and the ischium, forms, with the inner 
 part of the ossa pubis, what is called the brim 
 of the pelvis. The whole of the internal sur- 
 face behind this ridge is very unequal. The 
 os ilium has likewise a smaller surface poste- 
 riorly, by which it is articulated to the sides of 
 the os sacrum. Its upper part is rough and 
 pox-ous; lower down it is more solid. It is 
 firmly united to the os sacrum by a cartilagi- 
 
 nous substance, and likewise by very strong 
 ligamentous fibers, which are extended to that • 
 bone from the whole circumference of this ir- 
 regular surface. The spine of this bone, which 
 is originally an epiphysis, has two considerable 
 tuberosities, one anteriorly, and the other pos- 
 teriorly, which is the largest of the two. The 
 ends of this spine, too, from their projecting 
 more than the parts of the bone below them, 
 are called spinal processes. Before the ante- 
 rior spinal process the spine is hollowed, where 
 part of the sartorius muscle is placed ; and be- 
 low the posterior spinal process there is a very 
 large niche in the bone, which, in the recent 
 subject, has a strong ligament stretched over 
 its lower part, from the os sacrum to the sharp- 
 pointed process of the ischium ; so that a great 
 hole is formed, through which pass the great 
 sciatic nerve and the posterior crural vessels, 
 under the pyriforrn muscle, part of which is 
 likewise lodged in this hole. The lowest, 
 thickest, and narrowest part of the ilium, in 
 conjunction with the other two portions of each 
 os innominatum, helps to form the acetabulum 
 for the os femoris. 
 
 The os ischium, or hip-bone, which is the 
 lowest of the three portions of each os innomi- 
 natum, is of a very irregular figure, and usually 
 divided into its body, tuberosity, and ramus. 
 The body externally forms the inferior portion 
 of the acetabulum, and sends a sharp-pointed 
 process backward, called the spine of the is- 
 chium. This is the process to which the liga- 
 ment is attached, which was just now described 
 as forming a great foramen for the passage of 
 the sciatic nerve. The tuberosity is large and 
 irregular, and is placed at the inferior part of 
 the bone, giving origin to several muscles. In 
 the recent subject, it seems covered with a car- 
 tilaginous crust ; but this appearance, as in the 
 spine of the ilium, is nothing more than the 
 tendinous fibers of the muscles that are inserted 
 into it. The tuberosity, which is the lowest 
 portion of the trunk, supports us when we sit. 
 Between the spine and the tuberosity is ob- 
 served a sinuosity, covered with a cartilaginous 
 crust, which serves as a pulley, on which the 
 obturator muscle plays. From the tuberosity, 
 the bone, becoming narrower and thinner, forms 
 the ramus or branch, which, passing forward 
 and upward, makes, with the ramus of the os 
 pubis, a large hole, of an oval shape, the fora- 
 men magnum ischii, which affords, through its 
 whole circumference, attachment to muscles. 
 This foramen is more particularly noticed in 
 describing the os pubis. 
 
 The os pubis, or share-bone, which is the 
 smallest of the three portions of the os innomi- 
 natum, is placed at the upper and fore part of 
 the pelvis, where the two ossa pubes meet, and 
 are united to each other by means of a very 
 strong cartilage, which constitutes what is call- 
 ed the symphysis pubis. Each os pubis may be 
 divided into its body, angle, and ramus. The 
 body, which is the outer part, is joined to the 
 os ilium. The angle comes forward to form the 
 symphysis, and the ramus is a thin apophysis, 
 which," uniting with the ramus of the ischium, 
 forms the foramen magnum ischii, or thyroideum, 
 as it has been sometimes called, from its resern- 
 
 371 
 
INS 
 
 INS 
 
 blance to a door or shield. This foramen is 
 somewhat wider above than below, and its 
 greatest diameter is from above downward, and 
 obliquely from within outward. In the recent 
 eubject it is almost completely closed by a 
 strong, fibrous membrane, called the obturator 
 ligament. Upward and outward, where we 
 observe a niche hi the bone, the fibers of this 
 ligament are separated to allow a passage to 
 the posterior crural nerve, an artery, and vein. 
 The great uses of this foramen seem to be to 
 lighten the bones of the pelvis, and to afford a 
 convenient lodgment to the obturator muscles. 
 The three bones now described as constituting 
 the os innominatum on each side, all concur to 
 form the great acetabulum, or cotyloid cavity, 
 which receives the head of the thigh bone ; the 
 os ilium and os ischium making each about two 
 fifths, and the os pubis one fifth of the cavity. 
 This acetabulum, which is of considerable depth, 
 is of a spherical shape. Its brims are high, and 
 in the recent subject it is tipped with cartilage. 
 The brims, however, are higher above and ex- 
 ternally than they are internally and below, 
 where we observe a niche in the bone (namely, 
 the ischium), across which is stretched a liga- 
 ment, forming a hole for the transmission of 
 blood-vessels and nerves to the cavity of the 
 joint. The cartilage which lines the acetabu- 
 lum is thickest at its circumference, and thin- 
 ner within, where a little hole is to be observed, 
 in which is placed the apparatus that serves to 
 lubricate the joint, and facilitate its motions. 
 We are likewise able to discover the impression 
 made by the internal ligament of the os femoris, 
 which, by being attached both to this cavity 
 and to the head of the os femoris, helps to se- 
 cure the latter in the acetabulum. The bones 
 of the pelvis serve to support the spine and up- 
 per parts of the body, to lodge the intestines, 
 urinary bladder, and other viscera, and like- 
 wise to unite the trunk to the lower extremi- 
 ties. But, besides these uses, they are destined, 
 in the female subject, for other important pur- 
 poses ; and the accoucheur finds, in the study 
 of these bones, the foundation of all obstetrical 
 knowledge. 
 
 INOCULA'TION. (Inoculatio,onis,L) The 
 insertion of a poison into any part of the body. 
 It was first practiced by physicians .with that 
 of the small-pox, because we had learned from 
 experience that by so doing we generally pro- 
 cured fewer pustules, and a much milder dis- 
 ease, than when the small-pox was taken in a 
 natural way. 
 
 Inoculation, cow-pox. Vaccination. 
 Inoculation, Jennerian. Vaccination. 
 INORGA'NIC. (From in, without, and orga- 
 num, an organ.) 1. Without organs; as distin- 
 guished from animals and plants which have 
 this endowment. 2. In Chemistry, inorganic 
 signifies mineral or other bodies which are in 
 no way derived from organic products, and are 
 capable of resisting a high temperature before 
 decomposition. 
 
 INOSCULATION. (Inosculatio, onis, f . ; 
 from in, and osculum, a little mouth.) Anasto- 
 mosis. The union of the extremities of vessels. 
 INSALIVA'TION. Insalivatio. The ad- 
 mixture of food with the saliva of the mouth. 
 372 
 
 Insalu'brious. Unhealthy. 
 
 INSA'NIA. (a, <b, f.) Insanity, or deranged 
 intellect. 
 
 INSANITY. Insanitas. Madness. The 
 varieties are: 
 
 1. Moral insanity, a morbid perversion of the 
 natural feelings and affections simply. 
 
 The three following modifications of the dis- 
 ease may be termed Intellectual insanity, in con- 
 tradistinction to the preceding form. They are 
 severally, 
 
 2. Monomania, or partial insanity, in which 
 the understanding is partially disordered, or un- 
 der the influence of some particular illusion on 
 one topic : this was formerly called melancholy. 
 
 3. Mania, or raving madness, in which the 
 understanding is generally deranged ; the rea- 
 soning faculty, if not lost, is confused and dis- 
 turbed in its exercise ; the mind is in a state of 
 morbid excitement, and the individual talks ab- 
 surdly on every subject to which his thoughts 
 are momentarily directed. 
 
 4. Incoherence, or dementia. " Rapid suc- 
 cession or uninterrupted alternation of insula- 
 ted ideas, and evanescent and unconnected emo- 
 tions ; continually repeated acts of extravagance: 
 complete forge tfulness of every previous state ; 
 diminished sensibility to external impressions ; 
 abolition of the faculty of judgment ; perpetual 
 activity." 
 
 We may, then, describe insanity as a chronic 
 disease, manifested by deviations from the 
 healthy and natural state of the mind, such de- 
 viations consisting either in a moral perversion, 
 or a disorder of the feelings, affections, and 
 habits of the individual, or in intellectual de- 
 rangement, which last is sometimes partial, 
 namely, in monomania, affecting the understand- 
 ing only in particular trains of thought; or 
 general, and accompanied with excitement, 
 namely, in mania, or raving madness ; or, last- 
 ly, confounding or destroying the connections 
 or associations of ideas, and producing a state of 
 incoherence. 
 
 The following description of mania by Chi- 
 aruggi is of extraordinary skill: 
 
 " Among the phenomena of the first stage of 
 this disease, we are struck by impetuous, au- 
 dacious, shameless habits, a bold, menacing as- 
 pect ; the natural evacuations are deficient ; 
 the skin becomes of a slaty color ; the forehead 
 contracted ; the eyebrows drawn up ; the hair 
 bristled; the breathing hurried. The counte- 
 nance begins to glow ; the eyes become fiery 
 and sparkling; the looks are wandering, and 
 scarcely ever fixed; the eyelids are by turns 
 drawn widely open and closely shut; the eye- 
 balls are prominent, as if pushed forward out of 
 the orbits. With this wild and menacing ap- 
 pearance is combined a patient endurance of 
 hunger, and a remarkable insensibility of cold. 
 If sleep visits the patient at all, it is short, un- 
 quiet, and easily disturbed. In the second 
 stage, anger, violence, and the loss of reason 
 manifest themselves in their greatest intensity ; 
 shrieking, roaring, raging, abusive expressions 
 and conduct toward the dearest friends and the 
 nearest relations, who are now looked upon as 
 the bitterest enemies. The patient tears his 
 clothes to tatters, destroys, breaks in pieces 
 
INS 
 
 IN S 
 
 whatever eomes in his way. A striking and 
 characteristic circumstance is the propensity to 
 go quite naked. Whoever touches the patient 
 is abused or struck by him. Strange, confused 
 ideas, absurd prejudices, occupy the mind. 
 Stillness soon follows, or a murmuring sound, as 
 if the patient were alone : on the other hand, 
 when he is alone, talking and gesticulating as if 
 he were in company. If such individuals are 
 confined aud tied during the height of their par- 
 oxysms, for their own security or that of others, 
 nothing can be compared to the truly satanical 
 expression which their countenances display. 
 In this state they throw hastily away, with cries 
 and shrieks, all the food presented to them, ex- 
 cept fluids, which thirst compels them to re- 
 ceive. When, after some days, hunger begins 
 to be felt, they swallow every thing with brutal 
 greediness; they even devour, as it has often 
 been observed, their own excrements, which, 
 black and offensive, escape from them in great 
 quantity, or smear with them clothes, beds, and 
 walls. Notwithstanding his constant exertion 
 of mind and body, the muscular strength of the 
 patient seems daily to increase ; he is able to 
 break the strongest bonds, and even chains ; his 
 limbs seem to acquire a remarkable nimbleness 
 and pliability, and a singular aptitude of per- 
 forming movements and actions which appear 
 almost supernatural. Chiaruggi saw a woman, 
 who, clothed in a strait-waistcoat, and laced 
 down in her bed like a child in a cradle, drew 
 out her limbs from this double confinement 
 with the greatest nimbleness and pliancy. Bold, 
 however, and impudent as such patients are, 
 yet they are, according to common observation, 
 although not without exceptions, easily daunted 
 by a strong, threatening voice, by the sight of 
 stocks, by close though harmless restraint. 
 After their violence has expended itself, they 
 become still, gloomy, appear to be reflecting or 
 brooding over something; but they bi-eak^out 
 again, before it can be anticipated, into a new 
 storm of rage. At length comes on the third 
 stage. A real cessation of violent paroxvsms 
 now ensues, exhaustion, sleep, though unquiet, 
 disturbed by feaiful dreams. The pulse is 
 small, the aspect of the whole body squalid, the 
 countenance pallid and meager. The patient 
 is obdurately silent, or sings and laughs in a 
 strange manner, or chatters with incessant vol- 
 ubility. These uncertain intervals, which often 
 put on the appearance of fatuity, are frequently 
 interrupted by new but short renewals of vio- 
 lence. Memory, for the most part, remains un- 
 impaired through all the stages, and during the 
 highest intensity of the disease the senses ap- 
 pear to acquire an unusual degree of acuteness 
 and susceptibility. A patient who had recov- 
 ered described to Chiaruggi all the scenes of 
 his wild revery and long-continued mental per- 
 turbation. It has often been observed that 
 maniacal patients of this description are never 
 attacked by any epidemic, and are seldom af- 
 fected by any contagious malady. According 
 to Mead and many others, even consumptive 
 disorders, dropsies, and other chronic maladies. 
 have disappeared on the accession of violent in- 
 sanity. When patients are not freed from the 
 disease after a succession of attacks, which 
 
 come on like so many paroxysms of fever, one 
 or the other of the following events eusues: 
 either the powers of mind are exhausted to that 
 degree that the disease subsides into a perma- 
 nent fatuity ; or this appearance of fatuity is 
 only a space of calmness interposed between 
 relapses of violent madness, which now and 
 then break out, like the eruptions of a volcano, 
 after a long period of repose ; or the patient 
 falls into a state of melancholy, or of complete 
 mental confusion; or, finally, Ms madness be- 
 comes chronical, and he scarcely recovers from 
 this condition, in which sense and understand- 
 ing appear to be lost in incoherence. Chiaruggi 
 saw a woman who had sat during twenty-five 
 years on a stone floor, in a fearfully demented 
 state, beating the ground with her chains with- 
 out ceasing by day or by night." 
 
 There are certain concomitants of insanity 
 which have great influence on the treatment 
 and prognosis — and principally general paraly- 
 sis, which, beginning in the tongue, gradually 
 affects the limbs, neck, sphincters, and, finally, 
 the whole body. Such cases are nearly always 
 fatal, and seem to depend upon chronic inflam- 
 mation of the substance of the brain. There is 
 a greater tendency to apoplexy, epilepsy, and 
 convulsions in the insane, as well as acute in- 
 flammations. Phthisis pulmonalis, obstinate 
 constipation, and dysentery are remarkably fre- 
 quent and fatal in insanity. Cachexies, with 
 skin diseases, are also frequent. 
 
 The prognosis, so far as insanity is concerned, 
 is rendered unfavorable by the cerebral com- 
 plications. Mania seems to be most curable 
 when treated early, and occurring in young 
 persons under thirty years. In all forms, the 
 number of recoveries seldom exceeds two fifths. 
 
 The chief predisposing causes of insanity are 
 hereditary predisposition, the melancholic tem- 
 perament, and diseases or injuries of the brain. 
 Other causes, however, both moral and physi- 
 cal, might be enumerated as predisposing to one 
 or other form of insanity : as religious fervor, 
 disappointments in business, love, or ambition. 
 
 The chief exciting causes of insanity are in- 
 juries and diseases of the brain, intoxication, 
 insolation, excess in venery, intestinal irritation, 
 and morbid conditions of the uterine system. 
 
 The treatment of insanity resolves itself into 
 medical and moral. With respect to the for- 
 mer, the general principle which should guide 
 our practice is simple. Of the actual physical 
 state which constitutes insanity we are entirely 
 ignorant : we can not, therefore, at present hope 
 to strike at the root of the disease ; we know, 
 however, that certain moi'bid conditions of the 
 brain and other organs accompany its progress, 
 and exercise an important influence on the 
 event of the case ; to these, therefore, the re- 
 sources of medicine should be directed, accord- 
 ing to the general principles of the science, 
 always keeping in view, however, that we are 
 not dealing with ordinary idiopathic affections, 
 but with the accompaniments of a peculiar and 
 usually a protracted malady. Although medical 
 treatment has great influence in many cases, Jhe 
 moral treatment is, on the whole, the more im- 
 portant, since by means of this we have the 
 more direct control over the mental disorder. 
 
 373 
 
INS 
 
 INT 
 
 INSE'CTA. Insects. A class of articulated 
 
 animals. 
 
 INSENSIBILITY. Loss or absence of sen- 
 sation, a symptom in cerebral affections. 
 
 INSERTION. Insertio. The attachment 
 of a muscle to the part it moves. It is hence 
 distinguished from origin. 
 
 Inse'ssus. Insessio. A hot bath, simple or 
 medicated, over which the patient sits. 
 
 Inside'ntia. Any thing floating in urine. 
 
 INSIDIOUS. Insidiosus. Pathologists give 
 this name to diseases which do not at first ap- 
 pear so formidable as they are, and which are 
 apt to elude the attention of the practitioner. 
 
 Insipie'ntia. Syn. with dementia. 
 
 INSOLA'TIO. (o, onis, f. ; from in, and sol, 
 the sun.) Insolation. Exposure to the direct 
 rays of the sun. This is a frequent source of 
 disease. 
 
 I N S O L U B PL I T Y. The state in which a 
 solid does not lose its form when immei'sed in a 
 fluid : it is usually applied to the action of wa- 
 ter on the solid. Solution is but an inferior 
 exhibition of attraction between the fluid and 
 solid ; and the line of separation between chem- 
 ical action and solution is by no means apparent. 
 
 INSO'MNIA. Insomnia. Insomniata. (From 
 in, without, and somnus, sleep.) Sleeplessness ; 
 absence of sleep ; watching. It may be a pe- 
 culiarity or idiosyncrasy, but is most usually a 
 symotom, and especially of nervous diseases. 
 
 INSPIRATION, (jnspiratio, onis, f . ; from 
 in, and s-piro, to breathe.) In Physiology, the 
 act of drawing the air into the lungs. See Res- 
 piration. 
 
 INSPISSA'TION. (From in, and spissatus, 
 thickened.) The pharmaceutical process of 
 evaporating a decoction or juice to. a thick con- 
 sistence, for the purpose of preservation. 
 
 Instep. The metatarsus. 
 
 INSTILLA/TION. Instillatio. The act of 
 pouring a fluid drop by drop. 
 
 INSTINCT. {Instinctus, us, m.) That 
 power of living bodies by which they sponta- 
 neously assume those modes of action which 
 are necessary for the preservation of the indi- 
 vidual, or the perpetuation of the species, in- 
 dependently of any ratiocination. 
 
 Instinctive motions. Those involuntary 
 actions which are excited immediately through 
 the nerves — a part of the reflex function. The 
 principal instinctive motions are, 1 . The closure 
 of the eyelids. 2. The act of sucking. 3. The 
 act of closing the hand. 4. The act of swal- 
 lowing. 5. The closing of the glottis. 6. The 
 action of the sphincters. 7. Inspiration, as an 
 involuntary act. 8. The act of sneezing. 9. 
 The act of vomiting. 10. The emission of se- 
 men. All these phenomena take place even in 
 the anencephalous child, on the due application 
 of the appropriate stimuli. 
 
 INSTITUTES OF MEDICINE. The the- 
 ory of medicine, especially the connection of 
 physiology and therapeutics with the practice 
 of medicine. 
 
 INSUFFLA'TION. Insuffiatio. _ (From in, 
 and suffio, to blow.) The act of injecting or 
 blowing air or vapor into a cavity, as when to- 
 bacco smoke is thrown up the rectum, or the 
 process of artificial respiration is established. 
 374 
 
 Insula cerebri. The intermediate lobe of 
 the brain. 
 
 INSULA'TION. (From insula, an island.) 
 Applied in electricity to the state of a body 
 surrounded by non-conductors. 
 
 I'nteger. Entire. 
 
 Intege'rrimus. Most perfect or entire. Ap- 
 plied to leaves, the margin of which has no 
 teeth, notches, or incisions. 
 
 INTEGRAL PARTICLES. The most mi- 
 nute particles of which a body is formed. The 
 phrase differs from atoms or elementary parti- 
 cles in tins respect, that it designates parts 
 which may be produced by mechanical sub- 
 division, whereas the latter are applied only to 
 the chemical constituents of bodies which can 
 not be separated by mechanical forces. 
 
 INTE'GUMENT. Integummtum. (From»», 
 and tego, to cover.) That which covers any 
 part of a body or thing. The integument of 
 the human body is the skin ; and the phrase 
 common integuments is employed in anatomy for 
 the skin, with the cellular tissue and fat which 
 invest the outer parts of the body. 
 
 Intellect. See Mens. 
 
 INTE'MPERANCE. The abuse of drink or 
 food. Intemperance in alcoholic drinks, espe- 
 cially of the stronger kinds, as from dram-drink- 
 ing, is one of the most serious causes of organic 
 disease of the stomach, bowels, and liver, a 
 large number of these complaints being tracea- 
 ble to this cause only. 
 
 Intempe'ries. Bad constitution or condition 
 of the air or human body. 
 
 INTENSITY. In Electricity and Galvanism 
 this expression is synonymous with quantity, 
 and represents the amount of electrical excite- 
 ment as betrayed in the heating effects of the 
 agent. 
 
 INTE'NTION. Intentio. 1. The object pro- 
 posed by any one. 2. In Surgery, union by 
 the first intention is that which takes place 
 without suppuration : the parts, being in close 
 contact by means of unirritating dressings, rap- 
 idly unite, the exterior cicatrizing. Union by 
 the second intention is where suppuration in- 
 tervenes before the restoration of the parts. 
 
 INTER-. A prefix (from inter, between), 
 signifying intermediate, or denoting intervals. 
 
 Interarti'cular. Between the joints. 
 
 Intercadent pulse. When there is a su- 
 pernumerary pulsation at intervals. 
 
 Interce'llular. Lying between the cells, 
 as the intercellular spaces, passages, substance, 
 &c. 
 
 Interclavicular. A ligament passing from 
 one clavicle to the other. 
 
 INTERCA'LARY DAYS. Those days in 
 the course of a fever when an imperfect or in- 
 jurious attempt at a crisis is made ; as the third, 
 fifth, ninth, thirteenth, and nineteenth. 
 
 INTERCO'STAL. {Inter -co stalls ,; from in- 
 ter, between, and costa, a rib.) A name given 
 to muscles, vessels, &c, which are between the 
 ribs. 
 
 Intercostal arteries. Arteries intercos' 
 tales. The arteries which run between the ribs. 
 The superior intercostal artery is a branch of 
 the subclavian. The other intercostal arteries 
 are given off from the aorta. 
 
INT 
 
 INT 
 
 Intercostal muscles. Intercostales externi 
 et interni. Between the ribs on each side are 
 eleven double rows of muscles : these are the 
 intercostales externi and interni. The intercos- 
 tales externi arise from the lower edge of each 
 superior rib, and, running obliquely downward 
 and forward, are inserted into the upper edge 
 of each inferior rib, so as to occupy the inter- 
 vals of the ribs, from as far back as the spine to 
 their cartilages; but from their cartilages to 
 the sternum there is only a thin aponeurosis 
 covering the internal intercostales. The inter- 
 costales interni arise and are inserted in the 
 same manner as the external. They begin at 
 the sternum, and extend as far as the angles of 
 the ribs, their fibers running obliquely back- 
 ward. These fibers are spread over a consid- 
 erable part of the inner surface of the ribs, so 
 as to be longer than those of the external inter- 
 costales. Some of the posterior portions of the 
 internal intercostals pass over one rib, and are 
 inserted into the rib below. These distinc- 
 tions, however, are altogether superfluous, as 
 they are evidently nothing more than appenda- 
 ges of the intercostals. The number of these 
 portions varies in different subjects. Most 
 commonly there are only four, the first of which 
 runs from the second rib to the fourth, the sec- 
 ond from the third rib to the fifth, the third 
 from the fourth rib to the sixth, and the fourth 
 from the fifth rib to the seventh. The internal 
 intercostals of the two interior false ribs are 
 frequently so thin as to be with difficulty sep- 
 arated from the external; and, in some sub- 
 jects, one or both of them seem to be altogether 
 wanting. 
 
 Intercostal nerve. Nervns inter costalis. 
 Great intercostal nerve. Sympathetic nerve. 
 The great intercostal nerve arises in the cavity 
 of the cranium, from a branch of the sixth and 
 one of the fifth pair, uniting into one trunk, 
 which passes out of the cranium through the 
 carotid canal, and descends by the sides of the 
 bodies of the vertebra? of the neck, thorax, loins, 
 and os sacrum : in its course it receives the 
 small accessoiy branches from all the thirty pair 
 of spinal nerves. In the neck it gives off three 
 cervical ganglions, the upper, middle, and low- 
 er, from which the cardiac and pulmonary 
 nerves arise. In the thorax it gives off the 
 splanchnic or anterior intercostal, which perfo- 
 rates the diaphragm, and forms the semilunar 
 ganglions, from which nerves pass to all the 
 abdominal viscera. They also form in the ab- 
 domen ten peculiar plexuses, distinguished by 
 the name of the viscus to which they belong, as 
 the cceliac, splenic, hepatic, superior, middle, 
 and lower mesenteric, two renal, and two sper- 
 matic plexuses. The posterior intercostal nerve 
 is dispersed in accessory branches about the 
 pelvis and ischiatic nerve. 
 
 Intercostal spaces. The intervals between 
 the ribs. 
 
 Intercostal veins. These accompany the 
 intercostal arteries, and empty their blood into 
 the vena azygos. 
 
 INTERCURRENT. Intercurrens. 1. Dis- 
 eases which occur sporadically during the 
 prevalence of epidemic or endemic diseases 
 have been termed intercurrent diseases. 2. 
 
 Also, a disease which arises in the course of 
 another. 
 
 Inte'rcus aqua. Anasarca. 
 
 Intercu'taneus. Subcutaneous. 
 
 Interde'ntium. The intervals between 
 teeth of the same order. 
 
 Interdigi'tium. Corns or warts between 
 the toes or fingers. 
 
 Interf-emi'neum. The perineum. 
 
 INTERFERENCE. In Optics, the phenom- 
 enon resulting from the intermixing or inter- 
 ference of two rays of fight, whereby bands of 
 colors are produced when their paths bear a 
 certain ratio to each other. 
 
 Iaterlu'nius. Epilepsy. 
 
 Interma'xillary. Situated between the 
 maxillary or jaw bones. 
 
 Interme'diate. Intermedins. That which 
 lies between two other bodies, or is of a mid- 
 dle nature or quality. 
 
 Intermediate vascular system. The ca- 
 pillary system. 
 
 INTERMISSION. Intermissio. The inter- 
 val which occurs between the paroxysms of 
 periodical pains, fevers, &c. In agues, this 
 period is almost one of health. 
 
 INTERMITTENT. {Intermittens; from in- 
 termitto, to discontinue.) An intermittent dis- 
 ease is one which ceases and returns again at 
 regidar or uncertain periods, as agues, &c. 
 
 Intermittent fever. See Ague. 
 
 Internode. Intei-no' dis. The space between 
 the joints of a plant. 
 
 Interno'dia digitorum. The phalanges. 
 
 Internu'ntii dies. (From internuncio, to 
 go between.) Applied to the doctrine of criti- 
 cal days synonymously with dies indices. 
 
 Inter nus aoris. I. mallei. The tensor 
 tympani muscle. 
 
 INTERO'SSEI MANUS. These are small 
 muscles situated between the me tacarpal bones, 
 and extending from the bones of the carpus to 
 the fingers. They are divided into internal in- 
 terossei interni and external interossei externi; 
 the former are to be seen only on the palm of 
 the hand, but the latter are conspicuous both 
 on the palm and back of the hand. 
 
 Interossei pedis. These small muscles, in 
 their situation between the metatarsal bones, 
 resemble the interossei of the hand, and, like 
 them, are divided into internal and external. 
 
 INTEROSSEOUS. (Interosseus ; from in- 
 ter, between, and os, a bone.) Between bones: 
 applied to muscles, ligaments, &c., which are 
 situated between bones. 
 
 Interosseous arteries. Branches of the 
 jUlnar and dorsafis carpi arteries, distributed 
 over the interosseous ligament of the forearm 
 and between the interossei muscles. 
 
 Inter o'sseous nerve. A branch of the 
 median nerve, which passes over the interosse- 
 ous ligament of the forearm in company with 
 the artery. 
 
 Interpol a'ti dies. Intercalary days. 
 
 Interrupted. Interruptus. Broken in its 
 regular form. 
 
 Inters capu'lium. 1. The spine of th© 
 scapula. 2. The fossa on each side of the 
 spine. 
 
 INTERSE'PTUM. {urn, i, n. ; from inter, 
 375 
 
INT 
 
 and septum, an inclosure.) The uvula, or the 
 septum narium. 
 
 Interseptum virginale. The hymen. 
 
 INTERSPINALS. (From inter, and spina, 
 the spine.) Muscles, nerves, &c, are so named 
 which are situated between the processes of the 
 spine. 
 
 Interspina'les. The portions of muscle be- 
 tween the spinous processes of the neck, back, 
 and loins, distinguished by the names of inter- 
 spinales colli, dorsi, et lumborum. Those which 
 connect the processes of the back and loins are 
 rather small tendons than muscles : they draw 
 these processes nearer to each other. 
 
 Interstice. An interval. 
 
 INTERSTITIAL. (From intersto, to stand 
 between.^) Applied to a substance which is 
 situated in the interstices of an organ {inter- 
 cellular spaces), or to an action which takes 
 place in those interstices ; as interstitial matter, 
 interstitial absorption, &c. 
 
 TNTERTRANSVERSA'LES. Four distinct 
 small bundles of muscular fibers, which fill up 
 the spaces between the transverse processes of 
 the vertebrae of the loins and neck, and serve 
 to draw them toward each other. 
 
 INTERTRIGO, (o, inis, f. ; from inter, be- 
 tween, and tero, to rub.) An excoriation, or 
 galling of the skin, about the anus, groins, axilla, 
 or other parts of the body, attended with in- 
 flammation and moisture. It is most common- 
 ly produced by the irritation of the urine, or 
 from riding ; in infants it often arises without 
 any external cause. It is relieyed by the liq- 
 uor plumbi acetatis dilutus, ointment of oxide of 
 zinc, powdered starch, and the compound sar- 
 cocolla powder. 
 
 INTERVERTEBRAL. Situated between 
 the vertebrae. 
 
 Intervertebral cartilages. The carti- 
 lages between the vertebrae. 
 
 INTESTI'NA. An order of entozoary ani- 
 mals in the system of Cuvier, which compre- 
 hends two groups : 1st. Cavitaria : worms 
 which have distinct stomachs. 2d. Parenchy- 
 mata : worms of a cellular structure, as the tape 
 worms. 
 
 Intestinal canal. See Intestine. 
 
 INTES'TINE. (Intestinum, i, n. ; from m- 
 tus, within.) The convoluted membranous 
 tube that extends from the stomach to the 
 anus. The intestines are situated in the cavity 
 of the abdomen, and are divided into the small 
 and large, which have, besides their size, other 
 circumstances of distinction. The whole length 
 of the intestinal tube in the human subject is 
 about six times that of the body. The small 
 intestine comprises about the upper four fifths 
 of the tube, and the large intestine the remain- 
 ing fifth. 
 
 The small intestines are supplied internally 
 with folds, called valvules conniventes, and have 
 no bands on their external surface. The large 
 intestines have no folds internally ; are supplied 
 externally with three strong muscular bands, 
 which run parallel upon the surface, and give 
 the intestines a saccated appearance ; they have 
 also small fatty appendages, called appendiculce 
 epiploicce. 
 
 The first portion of the intestinal tube, for 
 376 
 
 INT 
 
 about the extent of twelve fingers' breadth, is 
 called the duodenum : it lies in the epigastric 
 region, makes three turnings, and, between the 
 first and second flexure, receives, by a common 
 opening, the pancreatic duct and the ductus 
 communis choledochus. It is in this portion of 
 the intestines that chylification is chiefly per- 
 formed. 
 
 The jejunum commences where the duode- 
 num ends, and is situated in the umbilical re- 
 gion. It is every where covered with red ves- 
 sels, and, about an hour and a half after a meal, 
 with distended lacteals. 
 
 The ileum occupies the hypogastric region 
 and the pelvis ; is of a more pallid color than 
 the former, and terminates by a transverse 
 opening into the large intestines, which is call- 
 ed the valve of the ileum, valve of the ccecum, or 
 the valve of Tulpius. 
 
 The beginning of the large intestines is firm- 
 ly tied down in the right iliac region, and, for 
 the extent of about four fingers' breadth, is call- 
 ed the ccecum, having adhering to it a worm-like 
 process, called the processus cceci vermiformis, 
 or appendicula cceci vermiformis. The colon or 
 great intestine then commences : it ascends to- 
 ward the liver, passes across the abdomen, under 
 the stomach, to the left side, where it is contort- 
 ed like the letter S, and descends to the pelvis : 
 hence it is divided in this course into the ascend- 
 ing portion, the transverse arch, and the sigmoid 
 flexure. When it has reached the pelvis it is 
 called the rectum, whence it proceeds, in a 
 straight line, to the anus. 
 
 The intestinal canal is composed of three 
 membranes or coats : a common one from the 
 peritoneum, a muscular coat, and a mucous or 
 villous coat, the villi being formed of the fine 
 terminations of arteries and nerves, and the 
 origins of lacteals and lymphatics. The mu 
 cous coat is perforated by the ducts of numer 
 ous simple glands or follicles, by which it is 
 supplied with mucus. These glands are solitary 
 or in clusters. The former are named Brun 
 ner's glands, and are most numerous in the 
 duodenum, though they exist throughout the 
 tube; the latter are named Peyer's glands, 
 which are found in the jejunum and ileum, but 
 most numerously in the ileum. The intestines 
 are connected with the spine by the mesentery; 
 the duodenum has also a peculiar connecting 
 cellular substance, as have likewise the colon 
 and rectum, by means of which the duodenum 
 is firmly accreted to the back, the colon to the 
 kidneys, and the rectum to the os coccygis, and, 
 in women, to the vagina. The remaining por- 
 tion of the tube floats in the cavity of the ab- 
 domen. The arteries of this canal are branches 
 of the superior and inferior mesenteric, and the 
 duodenal. The veins evacuate their blood into 
 the vena portaa. The nerves are branches of 
 the eighth pair and intercostals. The lacteal 
 vessels, which originate principally from the 
 jejunum, proceed to the glands, in the mesen- 
 tery. 
 
 Intestinum circumvolutum. The ileum. 
 
 Intestinum crassum, v. grande, v. magnum, 
 v. plenum. The colon. 
 
 Intestinum tenue. The jejunum and ileum. 
 
 I N T O'L E R A N C E. The condition of the 
 
IN V 
 
 INV 
 
 body which indicates the impropriety of em- 
 ploying certain remedies, as intolerance of 
 blood-tettin?. antimonv, &c. 
 
 I N T O'X I C A N T S. The medicines which 
 produce the therapeutical effects witnessed in 
 drunkenness, i. e., paralysis with stupefaction: 
 such are wines, alcohols, ethers, Cannabis indi- 
 ca, and protoxide of nitrogen. 
 
 INTOXICATION. Intoxicatio. (From in, 
 and toxicum, a poison.) The effect of an al- 
 coholic liquor taken in excess. Intoxication, 
 where profound, presents us with a true case 
 of poisoning: there is complete loss of voluntary 
 power, the inspirations are few and stertorous. 
 and there is occasionally loss of power over the 
 6phincters. In such cases death may super- 
 vene from apoplexy in a few hours. The treat- 
 ment consists in the use of the stomach pump, or 
 emetic doses of sulphate of zinc ; enemas of salt 
 and water to clear the bowels, and opening the 
 jugular vein when the head is much affected. 
 
 I'.vtrafolia'ceous. Intrafoliaceus. Within 
 the leaves : applied to stipuke which are above 
 the foot-stalk, and internal with respect to the 
 leaf. 
 
 Intrinsic. A property inherent, or apper- 
 taining to, any substance, and not adventitious. 
 
 Lvtro'itus. An entrance ; the act of enter- 
 ing. 
 
 Ixtro'rse. Introrsum. Turned inward, or 
 toward the axis of a bodv. 
 
 FNT ROSDS CE'PTION. Introsusceptio. 
 (From intro. within, and suscipio, to receive.) 
 Intus-snsceptio. When one portion of intestine 
 slips within another, the accident is called in- 
 trosusception. It takes place more frequently 
 near the termination of the ilium than in anv 
 other situaton. See Ileac passion. 
 
 INTUMESCE'NTLE. (From intumesco, to 
 swell.) Swellings. An order of diseases in 
 Sauvages' Nosology, including polysarcia, pneu- 
 matoses, and all cases of great increase of the 
 whole or part of the body. 
 
 Lvtumesce. To swell up. 
 
 I'NTUS-SUSCE PTION. Intus-svsceptio. 1. 
 Introsusception. 2. Nutrition. The interstitial 
 deposition of particles, by which the existence 
 of living bodies is sustained and their waste 
 supplied. 
 
 I nttel's. Cichorium endivia. 
 
 I NULA. (a, ce, f.) 1. Elecampane. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia su- 
 perfl.ua. Composite. — /. crithmoides. Caapon- 
 ga. The leaves, &c, are pickled for the use of 
 the table: they are gently diuretic. — I. dysen- 
 terica. The lesser inula. This was once con- 
 sidered as possessing great anti-dysenteric vir- 
 tues. — I. helenium. Common inula, or elecam- 
 pane. Helenium. It was formerly in high 
 estimation in dyspepsia, pulmonary affections, 
 and uterine obstructions, but is now fallen into 
 disuse. 
 
 I'nuxin. A variety of starch, obtained from 
 the helenium. dahlia, and other roots. 
 
 INU'NCTION. Inunctio. 1. The act of 
 anointing, or rubbing in an ointment. 2. A lin- 
 iment or ointment. 
 
 Ino'stion. The operation of a cautery. 
 
 INVAGINATED. Invaginatus. (From™, 
 and vagina, a sheath.) When one portion of a 
 
 tube is included in another : applied especially 
 to the case of introsusception. where one por- 
 tion of intestine is folded within another. 
 
 Ixvagixa'tio. Introsusception. 
 
 INVASION. Invasio. The first portion of 
 the attack of a disease is termed the invasion 
 of the disease. 
 
 Ixverecu'xdum os. The frontal bone. 
 
 EXTERMINATION. (Inverminatio ; from 
 in. and vermis, a worm.) Under the present 
 title of invermination we shall consider the mor- 
 bid states occasioned by the presence of these 
 animals. Worms often inhabit the human in- 
 testines without producing any inconvenience, 
 but they usually give rise to great irritation. 
 
 1. The primary symptoms are griping pains, 
 more particularly about the navel ; the presence 
 of worms eliminated with or without the faeces; 
 fetid breath; acrid eructations ; slimy stools; 
 and inflammation of the bowels. 
 
 2. The secondary symptoms are, occasional 
 sickness and vomiting, variable and voracious 
 appetite, wasting away of the body, heat and 
 itching about the anus, and a vast number of 
 sympathetic affections, such as headache, ver- 
 tigo, disturbed dreams, grinding of the teeth 
 during sleep, picking of the nose, tenesmus, 
 paleness of the countenance, dizziness. &c. ; 
 and also the formation of a regular disease, as 
 verminous colic, a remittent fever, a state that 
 stimulates hydrocephalus, convulsion fits, cho- 
 rea Sancti Viti, peripneumonia, and even hem- 
 orrhages. 
 
 The treatment of verminous symptoms and 
 diseases consists in getting rid of the worms, by 
 destroying them, or driving them from the 
 body, and by strengthening the system gener- 
 ally, particularly the alvine canal. In every 
 case the bowels must be kept freely open, or 
 the vermifuges will not act successfully. 
 
 The list of vermifuges is almost interminable. 
 They may conveniently be divided into two 
 classes : 
 
 1. Those that dislodge and drive away intes- 
 tinal worms by some mechanical or other exter- 
 nal action ; as all drastic purges, all oleaginous 
 vermifuges, as oil of beech nuts, castor, and 
 sulphur; petroleum, sea salt, tin filin gs, and the 
 down of the pods of cowhage. 
 
 •2 . Those that destroy them by killing them 
 before they are expelled ; as the male fern, hel- 
 lebore, fetid hellebore, cevadilla, tansy, savine, 
 rue, dittany, tobacco, wormseed, oil of turpen- 
 tine, the bark of the bulge-water-tree and of the 
 cabbage-tree, the spigelias, and Indian scabio- 
 sa. Many of these are hardly worth noticing. 
 
 Lwersio palpebrarum. Entropium. 
 
 INVERSION. Inversio. The turning of 
 any thing inside out, or the state of any thing 
 turned inside out. 
 
 Inversion of the uterus. See Uterus, ivr 
 version of. 
 
 INYERTEBRATA. Invertebrates. (From 
 in, without, and. vertebra.) The animals which 
 are destitute of an internal osseous system or 
 back bone. This subdivision of the animal 
 kingdom includes mollusca, articulata, neuma- 
 toneura, and acrita. 
 
 Ixvoluce'll. Involucellum. A partial ir> 
 volucrum. 
 
 377 
 
10 D 
 
 INVOLU'CRUM. (urn, i, n. ; from in, and 
 volvo, to wrap up; because parts are inclosed 
 by it.) A wrapper. I. In Anatomy, 1. A name 
 of the pericardium. 2. A membrane which 
 covers any part. 
 
 II. In Botany, a leafy calyx, remote from the 
 flower: applied particularly to umbelliferous 
 plants. 
 
 Involucrum cordis. The pericardium. 
 
 Involucrum membranaceum. The decidua 
 reflexa. 
 
 Involucrum nervorum. The neurilemma. 
 
 Involu'te. Involuius. Rolled inward. 
 
 Involv'entia. Demulcents. 
 
 Inward fits . A popular name for the croup- 
 like convulsion. — Underwood. 
 
 TOD ATE. (lodas, atis, f.) A compound 
 of the iodic acid with a base. 
 
 Io'des. (Itodec; from toe, verdigris.) i£ru- 
 ginous; of the color of verdigris. Applied by 
 Hippocrates to gi*een bilious matters ejected by 
 vomiting — e/ietoi lodeec. 
 
 IO'DIC ACID. Acidum iodicum. Itiscolor- 
 less, semi-transparent, and crystallizes in six- 
 sided tables, of a strong acid and astringent 
 taste, and destitute of smell. It is IO5 ; equiva- 
 lent, 166-36 ; and forms salts resembling the 
 chlorates. 
 
 FODIDE. lode. Ioduret. A compound of 
 iodine with a simple body. 
 
 Iodide of ammonium. A deliquescent salt, 
 formed by the action of ammonia on solution 
 of hydriodic acid. It does not keep well, and 
 has been used in ointment in the same cases as 
 iodide of potassium. 
 
 Iodide of arsenic This is strongly poison- 
 ous, and has only been used externally in some 
 cases of herpes, in the form of ointment made 
 with gr. iij. of the iodide to fj. of lard. 
 
 Iodide of arsenic and mercury. See Arse- 
 nic, and Mercury, iodide of. 
 
 Iodide of barium. This has only been used 
 externally to scrofulous swellings. An oint- 
 ment may be made with gr. iv. of the iodide to 
 fj. of lard. 
 
 Iodide of gold. See Auri iodidum. 
 
 Iodide of iron. See Ferri iodidum. 
 
 Iodides of mercury. See Hydrargyri. 
 
 Iodide of potash. See Potassii iodidum. 
 
 Iodide of starch. Iodidum amyli. A blue, 
 insoluble compound, formed by the action of 
 iodine on starch. It may be made by adding 
 an ounce of finely-powdered starch to a mixture 
 of 24 grs. of iodine in a little water, and drying 
 at a gentle heat. Dose, 3ss., gradually increas- 
 ed : in over-doses it produces gastric irritation. 
 There is no particular value in the preparation. 
 
 Iodide of sulphur. It is formed by heating 
 
 4 parts of iodine with 1 of sulphur. This has 
 been employed by M. Biett in some tuberculous 
 affections of the skin. An ointment is made, 
 
 5 parts of the iodide to 96 of lard, or 8 parts of 
 the iodide to 144 of lard, of which a drachm is 
 used at one friction. 
 
 Iodide of zinc Dr. Ure recommends this 
 as a powerful external remedy for scrofulous 
 tumors. The proportion for an ointment is a 
 drachm of the iodide to an ounce of lard. Some 
 prefer the iodide of zinc to the iodide of potas- 
 sium in such cases. 
 378 
 
 IOD 
 
 I'ODINE. (Iodium, ii, n. ; from iwdec, violet- 
 colored.) Iodinium. Iodi'na. Iodine is an 
 elementary solid, of a grayish-black color and 
 metallic lustre, sp. gr. 4*95. Its fracture is 
 lamellated, and it is soft and friable to the 
 touch. Its taste is very acrid, although it re- 
 quires 7000 parts of water for solution. It gives 
 a deep brown stain to the skin, which soon 
 vanishes by evaporation. In odor, and power 
 of destroying vegetable colors, it resembles 
 very dilute aqueous chlorine. The solution is 
 of an orange-yellow color, and in small quan- 
 tity tinges raw starch of a purple hue. 
 
 It melts at 227° F., and is volatilized, under 
 the common pressure of the atmosphere, at the 
 temperature of 350°. The vapor is of a rich 
 violet color. Its symbol is I, and equivalent 
 126-57. It is powerfully electro-negative, and 
 resembles chlorine and bromine in its combina- 
 tions. It is obtained from sea-weeds. With 
 oxygen it forms an oxide and three acids, the 
 iodous, iodic, and periodic, and with hydrogen 
 the hydriodic acid. 
 
 Iodine exerts a very powerful action on the 
 animal economy. In an over-dose it is a violent 
 irritant poison. Orfila swallowed 6 grains, and 
 was immediately affected with heat, constric- 
 tion of the throat, nausea, eructation, salivation, 
 and cardialgia. In ten minutes he had copious 
 bilious vomitings, and slight colic pains. His 
 pulse rose from 70 to 90. About 70 or 80 grains 
 proved a fatal dose to dogs. It is to be treated 
 by mucilages. 
 
 Iodine, properly administered, is a medicine 
 of great efficacy. Its most obvious action is 
 that of stimulating the capillary circulation 
 throughout the system, and increasing the ac- 
 tivity of the absorbents. Hence it is particu- 
 larly adapted to scrofulous and other chronic 
 enlargements of the glands, and to enlargements 
 of the abdominal viscera. It has been regarded 
 as a specific in scrofula, but on very insufficient 
 grounds, since its general action above alluded 
 to is quite sufficient to explain its beneficial 
 effects in many strumous affections. It has 
 been found useful as an emmenagogue ; and it 
 frequently produces good effects in syphilis, 
 acting apparently in a manner somewhat analo- 
 gous to mercury. It has been used with various 
 success in schirrus, chronic enlargements of the 
 glands, joints, periostitis, chronic hydrocephalus, 
 and many other cases. It is used internally and 
 externally in the form of tincture and ointment. 
 See Tinctura iodinii and Unguentum iodinii. 
 It is less frequently given alone, however, than 
 in combination with the iodide of potassium, 
 which renders it more easily soluble in water. 
 The common dose of iodine is from gr. | to gr. i. 
 twice or thrice a day. When long continued, 
 it is apt to produce nervous irritability, dis- 
 ordered bowels, and wasting of the mamma 
 and testes. These effects are called lodism 
 or lodosis. 
 
 I'odine bath, Lugol's. Iodureted bath. A 
 bath recommended by Lugol in scrofulous dis- 
 eases, and often used with beneficial results. 
 The bath for men consists of a solution of y. to 
 3iij. of iodine, in double the quantity of iodide 
 of potassium, dissolved in a pint of water, and 
 added to from 200 to 300 quarts of water. The 
 
IPE 
 
 IPE 
 
 mixture is made in a wooden bath. For chil- 
 dren, gr. xxs. to gr. xxxvj., dissolved in g. of 
 iodide, are mixed in 36 quarts of water. 
 
 J'odixe solutions. Lugol's. Three solutions 
 are recommended by Lugol : 1. Stimulating 
 washes, consisting of gr. ij. to gr. iv. of iodine, 
 dissolved in double the quantity of iodide of 
 potassium, and mixed with a pound of water. 
 2. A rubefacient solution of iodine, fss., in iodide 
 of potassium, ^j., and six ounces of water. 3. A 
 caustic solution, consisting of an ounce of iodine 
 and iodide, dissolved in two ounces of water. 
 The last has been foimd a very serviceable ap- 
 plication to fungoid excrescences. 
 
 Fodinum. Iodinium. Iodina. Iodine. 
 
 Fodoform. See Carbo?iis sesqui-iodidum. 
 
 I'odism. The morbid effects of iodine. 
 
 I'odo-htdrargy'rate of potassium. A 
 double salt of iodide of potassium and biniodide 
 of mercury, made by dissolving three and a half 
 grains of iodide of potassium and four and a 
 half grains of the biniodide of mercury in water, 
 and mixing, so that the solution amounts to one 
 fluid ounce. Dose, gtt. ij. to gtt. v., three times 
 a day. This preparation has been highly rec- 
 ommended for its equalizing effect on the cir- 
 culation, and its action in chronic inflammations 
 of the bronchii, dyspepsia, scrofula, cutaneous 
 diseases, and diseases attended with dropsical 
 effusion. 
 
 Fodosis. The morbid effects of iodine. 
 
 Fodurets. Synonymous with iodides. 
 
 Fodureted. Impregnated with iodine. 
 
 FOXIDIUM. (um,i,n.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monngynia. Violacece. — /. ipecacu- 
 anha, a native of Brazil, yields a root called 
 false Brazilian ipecacuanha, containing five per 
 cent, of emetine, and of which jss. to jj. is an 
 emetic dose. — /. microphyllum of Quito possess- 
 es similar properties. This plant is called cui- 
 chunchnlly by the natives. 
 
 10' X THUS, (us, i, m. lovdoc.) 1. The 
 down on the face which precedes the beard. 
 2. A small tubercle on the face; a variety of 
 acne. 
 
 Io'taci'smus. A defect in the organs of 
 speech, which renders a person incapable of 
 pronouncing the letter J or G soft. 
 
 IPECACUAXHA. (a, a, f.) Ipecacuan. 
 This valuable root is supplied from many spe- 
 cies of Viola, and by the cephalis ipecacuan- 
 ha. The Psychotria emetica yields the Peru- 
 vian drug. The title of ipecacuan is generally 
 given to the roots of the following plants, be- 
 sides those mentioned in South America : Viola 
 parv-ijlora, V. Ipecacuanha, V. Calceolaria. Cy- 
 nanchum Ipecacuanha, C. tomentosum, and As- 
 clepias currassavica; and sometimes to Euphor- 
 bia Ipecacuanha, Dorstenia Brasiliensis, and D. 
 arifolia. In St. Domingo, several species of 
 Ruellia, which provoke vomiting, are named 
 false ipecacuan. There is very little of the 
 white ipecacuan in the shops. Both the gray 
 and the brown varieties of the root are brought 
 to this country, packed in bales, from Rio Ja- 
 neiro. Both are in short, wrinkled, variously 
 bent and contorted pieces, which break with 
 a resinous fracture. The gray is about the 
 thickness of a small quill, full of knots and 
 deep circular fissures, that nearly reach down 
 
 to a white, woody, vascular cord that runs 
 through the heart of each piece ; the external 
 part is compact, brittle, and looks smooth ; the 
 brown is smaller, more wrinkled, of a blackish- 
 brown color on the outside, and white within: 
 the white is woody, and has no wrinkles. 
 
 In choosing ipecacuanha, the larger roots, 
 which are compact, and break with a resinous 
 fracture, having a whitish-gray, somewhat semi- 
 transparent appearance in the inside of the cor- 
 tical part, with a pale, straw-colored medullary 
 fibre, are to be preferred. The powder is 
 slightly odorous and very nauseous. It owes 
 its properties to an extractive substance called 
 Emetine, which is sparingly soluble in water 
 and alcohol. The dose, as an emetic, is 3j. to 
 3ss. ; and as a sudorific and expectorant, gr. j. to 
 gr. iij ., in combination. As an emetic, it is mild, 
 safe, and certain in its operation ; but it is a 
 mistake that, when given in larger doses than 
 ax-e necessary, it does not operate violently, but 
 only in a shorter space of time. It does not act 
 so quickly as many other emetic substances ; 
 but it evacuates completely the contents of the 
 stomach, and does not so much weaken it as 
 antimonial emetics. It is given at the com- 
 mencement of continued fevers, the progress of 
 which is sometimes cut short by its operation ; 
 and it is, also, frequently foimd to stop the 
 paroxysm of an intermittent, when given imme- 
 diately before the accession of the cold stage. 
 At the commencement of inflammation of the 
 pharynx, larynx, and trachea, when the inflam- 
 mation does not run very high, in cynanche ton- 
 sillaris, purulent ophthalmy, abscess, and every 
 case in which it is necessaiy to evacuate the 
 stomach, or to increase the energy of the ab- 
 sorbent system by full vomiting, ipecacuan has 
 been found useful. In doses sufficient to excite 
 nausea, without producing vomiting, ipecacuan 
 is given with excellent effects in dysentery and 
 obstinate diarrhoea, in which cases its efficacy 
 seems to arise in a great degree from the nausea, 
 which is kept up by the repetition of the small 
 doses, diminishing "the arterial excitement and 
 determining to the surface. Perhaps, also, to 
 the nausea may be attributed much of the bene 
 fit which results from the use of ipecacuan in 
 spasmodic asthma, dyspnoea, pertussis, and epi- 
 lepsy. In nauseating doses, also, owing to the 
 nausea lessening the force of the circulation, it 
 has been employed with the best success in 
 uterine and pulmonary hemorrhages. As a su- 
 doiific, it is used in acute rheumatism, arthritic 
 affections, dropsy, and other diseases in w-hich 
 sweating is necessary. It is generally given, 
 in these cases, in combination with opium and 
 neutral salts, according to the mode introduced 
 by Dover (see Pulvu ipecacuanha compositus). 
 Its expectorant powers have been found ex- 
 ceedingly useful in catarrhal affections, pneu- 
 monia after bleeding, and in the early stage of 
 phthisis, in which its diaphoretic effect is also 
 beneficial. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, American. L, spurge. The 
 root of the Euphorbia ipecacuanha. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, annulated. I, Brazilian. 
 I., Lisbon. I, gray. The root of the Cephaelis 
 ipecacuanha, which furnishes most of the drug. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, black. L, Peruvian. L, 
 379 
 
IRI 
 
 striated. The Peruvian root, derived from the 
 Psychotria emetica. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, false Brazilian. The root 
 of the lonidium ipecacuanha. 
 
 Ipecacuanha lozenges. These are made of 
 ipecacuanha, sugar, and tragacanth, each con- 
 taining one fourth of a grain of the ipecacuanha. 
 They form a very convenient medicine in 
 slight coughs. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, undulated. /., white. The 
 root of the Richardsoniana scabra. 
 
 IPOMiE'A. (a, en, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Convolvulacece. — /. 
 qua'moclit. Batata peregrina. The cathartic 
 potato. 
 
 Ipom.ea jalap a, or /. purga, has been shown 
 by Dr. Coxe to be the true source of the Mexi- 
 can jalap. See Convolvulus jalapa. 
 
 Iqueta'ia. Scrofularia aquatica. 
 
 Iracu'ndus. The abductor muscle of the 
 eye. 
 
 IRIDA'CEiE. The cornflag tribe of mono- 
 cotyledonous plants. Smooth herbaceous plants, 
 with leaves equitant; flowers, hexapetalous, tri- 
 androus ; stamens, three ; ovarium, three-celled, 
 many-seeded. 
 
 Irid^'a edulis. An edible sea-weed of 
 Scotland. 
 
 IRIDECTOMEDIALYSIS. (From iptc, iris, 
 eKTOftn, excision, and diaTivate, separation.) The 
 operation for artificial pupil by excision and 
 separation. 
 
 Iridectomia. Iridencleisis. Iridotomia. See 
 Coretomia and the allied words. 
 
 IRIDENCLEISIS. (From ipic, iris, and ey- 
 k2,slu, to inclose.) The strangulation of a de- 
 tached, portion 01 the iris. 
 
 Iride'scent. The property of shining with 
 many colors, like the rainbow. 
 
 IRI'DIUM. An extremely infusible metal, 
 found with another, called osmium, in the black 
 powder left after dissolving platinum. Its sp.' 
 gr. is 21-8 to 26-0; equivalent, 98-84 ; and sym- 
 bol, Ir. 
 
 I'RIS. (is, idis, f.) 1. In Anatomy, the 
 septum between the anterior and posterior 
 chambers of the eye, which is perforated in the 
 middle by the pupil. 2. In Botany, a genus 
 ofplants. Triandria. Monogynia. Iridacece. 
 —I. florentina. Florentine orris. The recent 
 root is acrid and purgative; when dry, it has 
 a pleasant odor of violets, and is used in den- 
 tifrices. — I. florentine. See Iris florentina. 
 — I. germanica. The common iris, or flow- 
 er-de-luce. Iris nostra. The fresh root has a 
 strong, disagreeable smell, and an acrid, nau- 
 seous taste. It is powerfully cathartic. — I. nos- 
 tra. Iris germanica. — I. palustris. See Iris 
 pseudacorus. — I. pseuda' 'corns. The yellow 
 water-flag. The root is given internally, when 
 perfectly dry, and possesses considerable as- 
 tringent power. The expressed juice is said 
 to be a useful application to serpiginous erup- 
 tions and scrofulous tumors. 
 
 Irish moss. Chondrus crispus. 
 
 IRFTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from iris, the name 
 of a membrane of the eye. The more proper 
 term is Iriditis.) Inflammation of the iris: it 
 produces the symptoms of deep-seated or inter- 
 nal inflammation of the eye. See Ophthalmitis. 
 380 
 
 IRR 
 
 IRON. Ferrum. Iron is abundantly distrib- 
 uted in ores, combined with sulphur, carbonic 
 acid, oxygen, &c, from which it is obtained by 
 smelting. It is very ductile and tenacious, may 
 be welded, and is susceptible of magnetism. 
 Sp. gr., 7-7, and melts at a high point. It de- 
 composes water at a red heat, and combines 
 readily with oxygen and other electro-nega- 
 tives. Steel and cast iron are carburets of this 
 metal. It forms four compounds with oxygen, 
 the protoxide, FeO, which is the base of the 
 green sulphate and other salts; the black ox- 
 ide, Fe 3 4 , which is magnetic, and produced by 
 the smith's forge; the peroxide, Fe 2 Q3, which, 
 is also a base, many of the salts of which are 
 red; and the ferric acid, Fe0 3 . which has an 
 acid reaction, and forms salts with potash, ba- 
 ryta, &c. Its symbol is Fe, and equivalent, 
 27-18. 
 
 Medical virtues. — The general medicinal prop- 
 erties of the compounds of iron, and the several 
 preparations of it, are to constringe the fibres, 
 to quicken the circulation, to promote the dif- 
 ferent secretions in the remoter parts, and at 
 the same time to repress inordinate discharges 
 into the intestinal tube. By the use of chalyb- 
 eates, the pulse is very sensibly raised ; the 
 color of the face, though before pale, changes 
 to a florid red ; the alvine, urinary, and cuticu- 
 lar excretions are increased. 
 
 Iron is given in most cases of debility and 
 relaxation ; in passive hemorrhages ; in dyspep- 
 sia, hysteria, and especially chlorosis, and in 
 most of the cachexias. For the preparations, 
 see Ferrum. 
 
 Iron, hydrated peroxide of. See Ferri 
 sesquioxydum hydratum. 
 
 IRREDU'CIBLE. Not capable of being re- 
 stored to the natural position; applied in sur- 
 gery to those fractures, hernias, or luxations in 
 which expeditious restoration is impracticable. 
 
 IRRIGATION. Irrigatio. The systematic 
 watering or moistening of any part of the body, 
 especially by the dropping of water. It is a 
 powerful antiphlogistic means, and attended 
 with sedative effects. 
 
 IRRITABI'LITY. ( Irritabilitas, atis, f. ; 
 from irrito, to provoke.) Vis insita of Haller. 
 Vis vitalis of Gartner. Oscillation of Boer- 
 haave. Tonic power of Stahl. Muscular pow- 
 er of Bell. Inherent power of Cullen. The 
 property of the muscular and other living fibres 
 to be thrown into action under certain stimuli, 
 whether nervous, chemical, or mechanical. 
 
 IRRFTANT. Irritans. That which produces 
 irritation in a vital organ. Irritant agents re- 
 semble stimulants in some degree. They may 
 be mechanical, chemical, or specific, in the lat- 
 ter case producing an action in a remote organ 
 without apparent contact. 
 
 IRRITA'TION. Irritatio. 1. The action of 
 a stimulus on a part endowed with irritability, 
 or the state of a part the irritability of which is 
 excited by a stimulus. The term is applied to 
 the action both of natural and morbid stimuli, 
 but more frequently the latter. 2. The affec- 
 tion induced by the presence of morbid matters. 
 «fec, in the stomach and bowels, &c, which 
 produces symptoms resembling those of arach 
 nitis, pleuritis, peritonitis, &c. 3. A subacute 
 
ISC 
 
 ISC 
 
 inflammation of an organ is frequently called 
 an irritation of the part. 
 
 ISA'TINE. A product of the oxidation of 
 blue indigo, by heating it with weak nitric acid. 
 It forms beautiful red crystals, of sparing solu- 
 bility, aud capable of sublimation. Formula, 
 C16H5NO4, or blue indigo plus two atoms of ox- 
 ygen. By the action of potash it is converted 
 into isatinic acid, and into isatyde when an al- 
 coholic solution is mixed with sulphuret of am- 
 monium : the latter is composed of isatine plus 
 one atom of hydrogen. Chlorine, bromine, and 
 some of their compounds produce a number of 
 compounds by replacing one or two atoms of 
 the hydrogen of isatine : these are termed chlo- 
 risatine, bromisatine, &c, and also produce acids 
 by the action of potash, respectively called 
 cJilor isatinic, &c, acids. 
 
 I'SATIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetr adynamia. Siliquosa. Leguminosce. — /. 
 tinctoria. Glastum. Woad. It yields an in- 
 ferior indigo. 
 
 I'sca. lona. A fungous excrescence grow- 
 ing on the oak and hazel. 
 
 ISCH-. Ischi-. Ischo-. A prefix (from 
 i<7X u > to restrain), signifying a check or hinder- 
 ance ; also, from the ischium bone. 
 
 Isch_e'mia. The suppression of a customary 
 discharge of blood. 
 
 Isch-e'mon. Any medicine which restrains 
 bleeding. 
 
 ISCHIA'DIC. Ischiatic. Appertaining to 
 the ischium. 
 
 Ischiadic artery. A branch of the internal 
 iliac, which passes out at the ischiadic foramen, 
 between the pyriform and gemelli muscles, in 
 company with the great sciatic nerve. It is 
 distributed within the pelvis to the rectum and 
 the internal obturator, pyriform, coccygeal, and 
 levator ani muscles ; after its passage out of the 
 pelvis, it is distributed chiefly to the rotator 
 muscles of the thigh. It sends a twig down on 
 the surface of the sciatic nerve. 
 
 Ischiadic foramen. See Innominatum os. 
 
 Ischiadic notch. See Innominatum os. 
 
 Ischialgia. Sciatica. 
 
 Ischiatic Ischiaticus. See Ischiadic. 
 
 Ischiatic nerve. See Sacro-sciatic nerve. 
 
 ISCHI'AGRA. (a, ce, f . ; from ivxiov, the 
 haunch, and ay pa, a seizure.) This name has 
 been given to hip gout, and also to neuralgia of 
 the sacro-sciatic nerve. See Sciatica. 
 
 Ischidro'sis. Suppression of the perspira- 
 tion. 
 
 TSCHIAS. (as, adis, f. la X tac.) The hip 
 gout. A rheumatic affection of the hip joint. 
 
 Ischiatoce'le. See Ischiocele. 
 
 Ischioble'n nia. A suppression of a habitual 
 or morbid discharge of mucus. 
 
 I'schio-caverno'sus. The erector penis 
 muscle. 
 
 ISCHIOCE'LE. (e, es, f.; from io X iov, the 
 hip, and ktj?.tj, a tumor.) A hernia at the ischi- 
 adic foramen. See Hernia. 
 
 Ischio-clitoreana arteria. The branch 
 of the internal pudic, which furnishes the two 
 arteries of the clitoris. 
 
 Ischio-clitorianus. The nerve of the clitoris 
 — a branch of the pudic. 
 
 Ischio-clitoride'us. The erector clitoridis. 
 
 Ischio-cocctge'us. The coccygeus muscle. 
 
 Ischio-femoralis. The adductor magnus 
 femoris. 
 
 Ischio-femoro-peroneus.- The biceps fe- 
 moris. 
 
 Ischio-perinea'lis. The transversus perinei. 
 
 Ischio-popliti-tibial. The senr.-membrano- 
 sus muscle. — Chaussier. 
 
 Is chio-pr^: tibialis. The' semi-tendinous 
 muscle. — Chaussier. 
 
 Ischio-prosta'ticus. The muscular fibres, 
 called transversus perinei alter. 
 
 Ischio-pubi-femoralis. The adductor mag 
 nus femoris. — Dumas. 
 
 Ischio-pubi-prostatictjs. The transversus 
 perinei. — Dumas. 
 
 Ischio-trochanteria'ni. The gemelli mus- 
 cles. — Chaussier. 
 
 Ischio'sis. Sciatica. 
 
 I'SCHIUM. (um, i, n. ; from icxic, the loin ; 
 so named because it is near the loin.) A bone 
 of the pelvis of the foetus, and a part of the os 
 innominatum of the adult. See Innominatum os. 
 
 Ischnopho'nia. A tenuity or shrillness of 
 the voice. 
 
 Ischno'tis. Emaciation. 
 
 Ischolo'chia. Suppression of the lochia. 
 
 Ischo me' nia. Amenorrhcea. 
 
 Ischure'tic. Ischureticus. Having the 
 power of relieving a suppression of the urine. 
 
 ISCHU'RIA. Ischuria vera. (From iax u > 
 to restrain, and ovpov, the urine.) A retention 
 of urine. When there is a frequent desire of 
 making water, attended with much difficulty in 
 voiding it, the complaint is called a dysury; 
 and when there is a total retention of urine, it 
 is known by the name of an ischury. Both 
 ischuria and dysuria are distinguished into 
 acute, when arising in consequence of inflam- 
 mation; and chronic, when proceeding from 
 any other cause, such as calculus, &c. 
 
 The causes which give rise to these diseases 
 are an inflammation of the urethra, occasioned 
 either by venereal sores, or by a use of acrid in- 
 jections, tumor or ulcer of the prostate gland, 
 inflammation of the bladder or kidneys, con- 
 siderable enlargements of the hemorrhoidal 
 veins, a lodgment of indurated faeces in the rec- 
 tum, spasm at the neck of the bladder, the ab- 
 sorption of cantharides applied externally or 
 taken internally, and excess in drinking either 
 spirituous or vinous liquors; but particles of 
 gravel sticking at the neck of the bladder, or 
 lodging in the urethra, and thereby producing 
 irritation, prove the most frequent cause. Gouty 
 matter falling on the neck of the bladder will 
 sometimes occasion these complaints. 
 
 There are four species of ischuria : 
 
 1. Ischuria renalis, coming after a disease of 
 the kidneys, with a troublesome sense of weight 
 or pain in that part. 
 
 2. Ischuria ureterica, after a disease of the 
 kidneys, with a sense of pain or uneasiness in 
 the course of the ureters. 
 
 3. Ischuria vesicalis, marked by a frequent 
 desire to make water, with a swelling of the hy- 
 pogastrium, and pain at the neck of the bladder. 
 
 4. Ischuria urethralis, marked by a frequent 
 desire to make water, with a swelling of the hy- 
 pogastrium, and pain of some part of the urethra. 
 
 381 
 
ISO 
 
 In dysury there is a frequent inclination to 
 make water, attended with a smarting pain, 
 Heat, and difficulty in voiding it, together with 
 a sense of fullness in the region of the bladder. 
 The symptoms often vary, however, according 
 to the cause which has given rise to it. If it 
 proceed from a calculus in the kidney or ureter, 
 besides the affections mentioned, it will be -ac- 
 companied with nausea, vomiting, and acute 
 pains in the loins and regions of the ureter and 
 kidney of the side affected. When a stone in 
 the bladder, or gravel in the urethra, is the 
 cause, an acute pain will be felt at the end of 
 the penis, particularly on voiding the last drops 
 of urine, and the stream of water will either be 
 divided into two, or be discharged in a twisted 
 manner, not unlike a corkscrew. If a scirrhus 
 of the prostate gland has occasioned the sup- 
 pression or difficulty of urine, a hard, indolent 
 tumor, unattended with any acute pain, may 
 readily be felt in the perineum, or by introdu- 
 cing the finger in ano. 
 
 Dysury is seldom attended with much danger, 
 unless, by neglect, it should terminate in a total 
 obstruction. Ischury may always be regarded 
 as a dangerous complaint, when it continues for 
 any length of time, from the great distension 
 and often consequent inflammation which ensue. 
 In those cases where neither a bougie nor a 
 catheter can be introduced, the event, in all 
 probability, will be fatal, as few patients will 
 submit to an operation for drawing off the urine 
 before a considerable degree of inflammation 
 and tendency to gangrene have taken place. 
 
 Ischuria spasmodica. Suppression of urine 
 from spasm of the bladder. 
 
 Ischuria spuria. When the urine does not 
 reach the bladder. 
 
 Ischuria vesicalis e muco. A complaint of 
 children and old men, in which the urine is 
 very turbid and ropy, and comes away with 
 difficulty and pain. It arises from an irritable 
 condition of the prostate or bladder, and is to 
 be treated by mucilages, solution of potash, and 
 copaiba, when fever is absent; otherwise, by 
 antiphlogistics. 
 
 Isinglass. Ichthyocolla. 
 
 Isis nobilis. Red coral. 
 
 ISO-. A prefix (from 100c, equal), denoting 
 equality or similarity. 
 
 IsochYmenal. Having the same winter tem- 
 perature. See Isothermal. 
 
 I'sochroma'tic Having the same color. 
 
 ISO'CHRONOS. (From taoc, equal, and 
 Xpovoz, time.) Isochronous. Applied to two 
 or more actions which are performed in an equal 
 length of time ; thus the pulsations of the ar- 
 teries throughout the body are isochronous, or 
 very nearly so. 
 
 I s o'c r a t e s . Wine mixed with an equal 
 quantity of water. 
 
 Iso'dromus. Isochronos. 
 
 I'solated. Synonymous with insulated. 
 
 I'solu'cine. A principle found in the Poly- 
 gala senega. 
 
 ISQME'RIC. (From icoc, equal, and fiepoc, 
 apart.) In Chemistry, compounds which con- 
 sist of the same elements united in the same 
 ratio, and yet differ in their sensible properties. 
 
 ISO'MERISM. (From igo.c, equal, and fj.e- 
 382 
 
 ISO 
 
 pta/xoc, a portioning out. ) The state of an iso- 
 meric compound. See Isomeric. 
 
 ISOMORPHISM. (From icoe, and fiopty-q, 
 form.) Similarity of figure. Having the same 
 crystalline form; this is associated with the 
 same number of atoms, but of unlike elements, 
 and also with similar properties. Thus, alum 
 consists of sulphuric acid, alumina, and potash; 
 but either of these bodies may be replaced by 
 certain other isomorphous bodies ; the sulphuric 
 acid by theselenic, chromic, or manganic acids: 
 the last two of these produce a difference of 
 color in the crystal, but little else. The alu- 
 mina may be replaced by peroxide of iron, ses- 
 quioxide of manganese, or sesquioxide of chro- 
 mium; and the potash by soda or oxide of 
 ammonium. Thus, the alum may have none of 
 its primary constituents, but isomorphous atoms 
 of the same number. 
 
 Isomo'rphous groups. The substances which 
 can mutually replace one another entirely or 
 in part, belong to the same isomorphous group. 
 Several groups have been detected, of which 
 the following are known : 
 
 1. 
 
 Silver Ag. 
 
 Gold Au. 
 
 2. 
 Arsenious acid (in its unusual form) As^O?,. 
 Sesquioxide of antimony .... Sb^Oz. 
 
 3. 
 
 Alumina AhOz. 
 
 Sesquioxide of iron FeiOz. 
 
 " chromium .... Cr%0%. 
 
 " manganese . . . M112O3. 
 
 4. 
 
 Phosphoric acid POb. 
 
 Arsenic acid AsOo. 
 
 5. 
 
 Sulphuric acid SO3. 
 
 Selenic acid SeOz- 
 
 Chromic acid . CrO%. 
 
 Manganic acid MnOz- 
 
 6. 
 
 Hypermanganic acid Mn-jOi. 
 
 Hyperchloric acid CIO7. 
 
 7. 
 
 Salts of potash KO. 
 
 Salts of oxide of ammonium . . . NH4O. 
 
 8. 
 
 Oxide of silver AgO. 
 
 Oxide of sodium NaO. 
 
 9. 
 
 Baryta BaO. 
 
 Strontia SrO. 
 
 Lime (in arragonite) CaO. 
 
 Oxide of lead PbO. 
 
 10. 
 Lime (in Iceland spar) .... CaO. 
 
 Magnesia MgO 
 
 Protoxide of iron FeO. 
 
 " manganese .... MnO 
 
 " zinc ZnO 
 
 " cobalt CoO. 
 
 nickel NiO. 
 
 " copper CuO. 
 
 " lead(inplumbocalcite) PbO. 
 
 ISO'PODA. (From iaoc, and novc, a foot.) 
 An order of crustacean animals which has all 
 
J AE 
 
 tne legs alike, and calculated for locomotion 
 and prehension. 
 
 Isosta'thmos. InoaTadfioc. A medicine for 
 a cousrh used by the Greeks. 
 
 ISOTHE'RMAL. (From icog, and ^ep/aj, 
 heat.) Having the same average temperature. 
 Geographical lines drawn over the surface of 
 countries, and passing through places having 
 the same average heat, are termed isothermal 
 lines. They are very irregular, in consequence 
 of the occun-ence of mountains and large lakes 
 or surfaces of water, which modify the temper- 
 ature. The terms Isothermal and Isochimenal 
 are used also; the first, to designate a line 
 showing the places having the same summer 
 heat, and the last, those with the same mean 
 winter temperature. 
 
 According to Humboldt, the isothermal line 
 which corresponds to the temperature of 32° 
 F. passes between Ulea, in Lapland, lat. 66°, 
 and Table Bay, on the coast of Labrador, lat. 
 54°. The isothermal line of 41° passes near 
 Stockholm, lat. 59£°, and St. George's Bay, 
 Newfoundland, lat. 48°. The line of 50° pass- 
 es through the Netherlands, lat. 51°, and near 
 Boston, in the United States, lat. 42£° ; that of 
 59° between Rome and Florence, lat. 43°, and 
 Raleigh, in North Carolina, lat. 36°. In all 
 these cases, we see that the isothermal lines, in 
 passing from the western side of the continent 
 of Europe to the eastern coast of America, de- 
 viate very considerably toward the south, the 
 deviation in one case amounting to 11£° of lati- 
 tude. In passing over the American continent 
 they again recede to the northward; and in 
 California, and to the north of that peninsula, 
 along the western side of the continent, the 
 annual temperature is nearly the same as under 
 similar latitudes in the west of Europe. From 
 the western to the eastern side of the old con- 
 tinent, the flexure of the isothermal curves and 
 the diminution of the mean annual temperature 
 under the same parallels are not less conspicu- 
 ous. The isothermal line of 55° passes through 
 Nantes, lat. 47°, and Pekin, lat. 39}°. Edin- 
 burgh and Kasan (in the east of Russia) have 
 the same latitude ; but the mean annual tem- 
 perature of the former is 48°, while that of the 
 second is below 38° F. 
 
 J AL 
 
 Issue. See Fonticulus. 
 
 Issue peas. These are turned from the small 
 orange berries, or Curacoa oranges. 
 
 I'STHMION. Isthmus. (From lcO^oc, a 
 narrow piece of land between two seas.) The 
 fauces, or passage between the mouth and 
 gullet. 
 
 Isthmi'tis. Inflammation of the throat. 
 
 Isthmus hepatis. The lobulus anonymous 
 of the liver. 
 
 Isthmus of the thyroid gland. A band 
 of fibres which unites the two divisions of the 
 thyroid gland. 
 
 Isthmus Vieussenii. The ridge surrounding 
 the remains of the foramen ovale, in the right 
 auricle of the human heart. 
 
 Itch. See Scabies. 
 
 Itch, baker's. /., bricklayer } s. I., grocer's. 
 See Psoriasis. 
 
 Itch insect. Acarus scabiei. 
 
 I'TER. A passage communicating between 
 two or more parts. 
 
 Iter ad infundibulum. The foramen com- 
 mune anterius of the brain. See Encephalon. 
 
 Iter a palato ad aurem. The Eustachian 
 tube. See Auris. 
 
 Iter a tertio ad quartum ventriculum. 
 The aquaeductus Sylvii. 
 
 Itinera'rium. The catheter ; also, a staff 
 used in cutting for the stone. 
 
 I'TIS. A suffix (from tTnc, v. irapoc, hasty), 
 used to denote inflammation : for this purpose, 
 it is added to the genitive case of the Greek 
 word for the organ affected. 
 
 I'VA FRUTE'SCENS. A corymbiferous 
 plant, which produces the Mexican quinquina, 
 celebrated in its native country as a febrifuge. 
 
 Iva pecanga. Smilax sarsaparilla. 
 
 I'VORY. The dust is occasionally boiled to 
 form jelly, instead of isinglass, for which it is a 
 bad substitute. In 100 parts there are 24 gel- 
 atine, 64 phosphate of lime, and 0T carbonate 
 of lime. 
 
 Ivory black. Animal charcoal. 
 
 Ivy. Hedera helix. 
 
 Ivy, ground. Glecoma hederacea. 
 
 I'xia. Carlina gummifera 
 
 Ixia. Ifjta. A varix. 
 
 Ixine. Atractylis gummifera. 
 
 J. 
 
 t/ ACE 'A. (a, <£, f.) 1. A name given to 
 several herbs; among others, to the pansy. 2. 
 A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia 
 frustranea. Composite. 
 
 Jac'eranta tinga. Acorus calamus. 
 
 Jacinthus. Hyacinthus. 
 
 Jack-by-the-hedge. Erysimum alliaria. 
 
 Jacob^'a. Senecio Jacobaea. 
 
 Jacob's membrane. Membrana Jacobi. A del- 
 icate membrane covering the retina. See Eye. 
 
 Jacobson's nerve. Jacobson's anastomosis. 
 See Petrmis ganglion. 
 
 JACTITATION. Jactitatio. The constant 
 tossing arising from restlessness in acute dis- 
 eases. 
 
 Jaen bark. See Cinchona barks, various. 
 
 Jagga'ry. Coarse palm sugar. 
 
 JALA'P. Jala' pa. Jala! pium. The root 
 of the Ipomcea jalapa of Mexico ; a well-known, 
 valuable purgative. Dose, gr. x. to 3j. See 
 Convolvulus jalapa. 
 
 Jalapa alba. White jalap. See Convolvu- 
 lus mechoacan. 
 
 Jala' pin. The chief resin of jalap, of a soft 
 consistence, and soluble in ether. Formula, 
 CkH;340.2o- Jalapic acid is another acid resin 
 of the same body, existing in small quantity. 
 It is also called Rhodeoretine. Formula, C43 
 H35O20. 
 
 Jaleyrac A village of Auvergne, where 
 there is a mineral spring containing carbonates 
 of soda and lime. 
 
 383 
 
JEC 
 
 JUG 
 
 Jamaica bark. See Cinchona barks, 
 false. 
 
 Jamaica bark-tree. The Bursera gummi- 
 fera, which yields a terebinthinate resin, of 
 an agreeable flavor. 
 
 Jamaica, climate of. See West Indies. 
 
 Jamaica kino. See Coccoloba uvifera. 
 
 Jamaica pepper. See Myrtus pimenta. 
 
 JAMAICI'NA. Jamaicine. An azotized alka- 
 loid, derived from the cabbage-bark- tree (An- 
 dira inermis). It is of a brownish-yellow color, 
 crystallizable, fusible, soluble, and very bitter. 
 It appears to be an active purgative. 
 
 Ja'mblichi sales. A preparation with sal 
 ammoniac, some aromatic ingredients, &c. 
 
 James's analeptic pills. These are made 
 of equal parts of James's powder, ammoniacum, 
 and the aloes and myrrh pill beat up with tinc- 
 ture of castor. 
 
 James's powder. See Antimonialis pulvis. 
 
 Jamestown weed. Datura stramonium. 
 
 Ja'nipha manihot. A synonym of Jatropa 
 manihot. 
 
 JA'NITOR. 1. A door-keeper. 2. The py- 
 lorus, from its being at the entrance of the in- 
 testine. 
 
 Janua emplastrum. An old plaster contain- 
 ing be tony. 
 
 Januarii cataplasma. An old cataplasm 
 used in diseases of the spleen. 
 
 Janitrix. The vena portse. 
 
 Japan earth. See Acacia catechu. 
 
 Japan sago. The fecula of the Cycas revo- 
 luta, and other cycadse. 
 
 Japo'nica terra. Acacia catechu. 
 
 Jasmines. A natural family of plants, of 
 which the genus jasminum is the type. 
 
 JA'SMINUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Diandria. Monogynia. Jasminece. — J. offici- 
 nale. The jessamine. The essential oil has 
 been used as a liniment in paralysis and rheu- 
 matism. 
 
 Jasminum Arabic um. A synonyme of Cof- 
 fea ardbica. 
 
 Jaspacha'tes. Jaspar agate. 
 
 J a s p e r. Jaspis. A sub-species of rhom- 
 boidal quartz. 
 
 JA'TROPHA. {a, <e,i.) A genus of plants. 
 Moncecia. Monadelphia. Euphorbiaceee. — J. 
 curcas. The physic nut. The seed is oblong 
 and black. It affords a quantity of oil, which 
 is given, in many places, as the castor oil is in 
 this country, to which it is very nearly allied. 
 The seeds of the J. multifida are of an oval and 
 triangular shape, of a pale brown color, are 
 called purging nuts, and give out a similar oil. 
 — J. elastica. The juice of this plant affords 
 Indian rubber. — J. manihot. The plant which 
 yields the cassada root. Some species have an 
 acrid root, which, however, becomes mild by 
 the action of heat. 
 
 Ja'tropic acid. Syn. of crotonic acid. 
 
 Jaundice. See Icterus. 
 
 Jaundice, black. Melaena. 
 
 Jaw-bone. The maxillary bone. 
 
 Jaw, fallen. Trismus nascentium. 
 
 Jecora'ria. 1. Marchantia polymorpha. 2. 
 An epithet of the basilic vein, because it was 
 usually opened in diseases of the liver. 
 
 Jectiga'tio. A species of epilepsy. 
 384 
 
 _ JE'CUR. (ur, oris, or jecinoris, n.) The 
 liver. See Liver. 
 
 Jecur uterinum. The placenta. 
 
 Jeju'nitas. Jejunium. Hunger. 
 
 Jejuni'tis. Inflammation of the jejunum. 
 
 JEJU'NUM. {um, i, n. ; from jejunus, hun- 
 gry or empty.) Jejunum intestinum. The 
 second portion of the small intestines, so called 
 because it is generally found empty in the dead 
 body. 
 
 Jelly. See Gelatine. 
 
 Jelly, vegetable. Pectine. 
 
 Jerusalem artichoke. Helianthus tubero- 
 sus. 
 
 Jerusalem cowslips. Pulmonaria offici- 
 nalis. 
 
 Jerusalem oak. Chenopodium botrys. 
 
 Jerusalem oak, American. Chenopodium 
 anthelminticum. 
 
 Jerusalem sage. Pulmonaria officinalis. 
 
 JE'RVINE. Jervina. A vegetable alkaloid, 
 obtained by M. Simon from the rhizome of 
 Veratrum album, in which it exists along with 
 veratria. It is a crystalline powder; fusible, 
 insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, and form- 
 ing sparingly soluble salts with sulphuric, ni- 
 tric, and hydrochloric acid, but a very soluble 
 acetate. Its formula is C60H45N2O3. 
 
 Jessamine. Jasminum officinalis. 
 
 Jesuita'nus cortex. Jesuiticus cortex. Cin- 
 chona bark. 
 
 Jesuit's bark. Cinchona bark. 
 
 Jesuit's drops. Balsamum polychrestum. 
 Elixir venereum. Composed of guaiac, Peru- 
 vian balsam, and sarsaparilla. The Tinctura 
 benzoini composita of the present day frequent- 
 ly answers to this name. 
 
 Jewell's calomel. A very fine calomel, 
 obtained by subliming along with vapor of 
 water. 
 
 Jew's ears. Peziza auricula. 
 
 Jew's pitch. Bitumen Judaicum. 
 
 Joint. See Articulus. 
 
 Joint, stiff. See Anchylosis. 
 
 Jointed. See Articulatus. 
 
 Jud^i compositio. An application consist- 
 ing of lime, nitre, and urine, recommended by 
 Celsus against gangrene. 
 
 Jud^i emplastrum. The name of two plas- 
 ters, one recommended by Celsus for a broken 
 head, and the other by Aetius as a detergent 
 and incarnative. 
 
 Judicato'rii dies. Critical days. 
 
 Jugal process. The zygomatic process. 
 
 Jugal nerves. The zygomatic nerves. 
 
 JUGA'LIS. (Yrom jugum, a yoke.) Jugal : 
 appertaining to the cheek, or os jugale. 
 
 Jugale os. (So called from its resemblance, 
 or because it is articulated to the bone of the 
 upper jaw, like a yoke.) Os males. Os zygo- 
 maticum. The cheek bone. The ossa mala- 
 rum are the prominent square bones which 
 form the upper part of the cheeks. They. are 
 situated close under the eyes, and make part 
 of the orbit. 
 
 Jugalis sutura. Jugal suture. The sagit- 
 tal suture, and also the zygomatic suture, have 
 been so called. 
 
 Jugame'ntum. The cheek bone. 
 
 JU'GLANS. (ans, andis, f.) A genus of 
 
JUN 
 
 JUZ 
 
 plants. Moncecia. Polyandria. Jvglandacece. 
 — /. cinerea. I. cathartica. Juglans. (U. S.) 
 The butter-nut. An extract of the root bark is 
 laxative in doses of gr. x. to 3ss. 
 
 Juglans regia. The walnut-tree. Juglans. 
 The green fruit is very astringent : an extract is 
 used as a vermifuge, and the rind also enters 
 into the Lisbon diet-drink, which is anti-vene- 
 real. 
 
 JU'GULAR. (Jugularis; from jugulum, the 
 throat.) Belonging to the throat. 
 
 Jugular fossa. A cavity in the suture of 
 the temporal and occipital bone, in which is 
 lodged the commencement of the internal jugu- 
 lar veins. 
 
 Jugular veins. The veins so called run 
 from the head down the sides of the neck, and 
 are divided, from their situation, into external 
 and internal. The external, or superficial jugu- 
 lar vein, receives the blood from the frontal, 
 angular, temporal, auricular, sublingual, or 
 ranine, and occipital veins. The internal, or 
 deep-seated jugular vein, receives the blood 
 from the lateral sinuses of the dura mater, the 
 laryngeal and pharyngeal veins. Both jugu- 
 lars unite, and form, with the subclavian vein, 
 the superior vena cava, which terminates in 
 the superior part of the right auricle of the 
 heart. 
 
 Ju'gulum. The throat, or anterior part of the 
 neck. 
 
 JU'GUM PENIS. An improper instrument 
 for the purpose of compressing some portion of 
 the urethra to prevent the dribbling of urine in 
 cases of incontinence. 
 
 Jujuba. Jujxibe. Ehamnus zizyphus. 
 
 JU'LEP. Julapium. Julepus. Those forms 
 of medicine which are now called mixtures, 
 were formerly called juleps, as camphor julep, 
 the mislura camphorce. 
 
 July-flower. Dianthus caryophyllus. 
 
 Jumnisum. Yeast. — Ruland. 
 
 Jumble beads. The seeds of the Abrus pre- 
 catorius. 
 
 JU'NCUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Hexandria. Monogynia. 
 
 Juncus odoratus . Andropogon schaenan- 
 thus. 
 
 JUNGERMANNIA'CEiE. (Jungermannia, 
 one of the genera. ) A very small natural order 
 of acrogenous or crypiogamic plants, resem- 
 bling mosses in appearance, and, like them, 
 growing upon the bark of trees, and in damp 
 ground in shady places. They bear their seeds 
 in cases containing spiral threads, whicn, by 
 then elasticity, disperse the former when ripe. 
 Until lately they were considered to fonn a 
 part of Hepaticce. 
 
 Jungle fever. A remittent fever of India, 
 similar to the yellow fever. 
 
 Juniper. Juniperus communis. 
 Bb 
 
 Juniper resin. Sandarach: an exudation 
 from the Juniperus communis. 
 
 Juniperum vinum. Wine impregnated with 
 the flavor of iuniper berries. 
 
 JUNI'PERUS. (us, i, f.) 1. A genus of 
 plants. Diascia. Monadelphia. Coniferce. 2. 
 The berries of Juniperus communis. 
 
 Juniperus communis. The juniper-tree. 
 Juniperus. The tops and berries are aromatic, 
 diuretic, and carminative, from the oil (Oleum 
 juniperi) they contain. The tree also yields 
 the resin called gum sandarach. 
 
 Juniperus lycia. This was supposed to 
 yield the Olibamim, or frankincense, a resin of 
 an aromatic odor. 
 
 Juniperus oxycedrus. J. phosnicea. Berry 
 cedar. The wood yields, by distillation, the 
 fetid oil called Huile de cade. What is called 
 American olibanum exudes from the bai-k. 
 
 Juniperus sabina. The savin-tree. Sabina. 
 Savina. Sabina sterilis. The leaves and tops 
 possess a hot, aromatic, and disagreeable taste, 
 due to an essential oil (Ol. sabina). They are 
 stimulant, emmenagogue, and diuretic, and also 
 used as a vermifuge, and to procure abortion. 
 Externally, savin is recommended as an escha- 
 rotic to foul ulcers, syphilitic warts, &c. A 
 strong decoction of the plant in lard and wax 
 forms a useful ointment to keep up a constant 
 discharge from blisters, &c. See Ceratum 
 sabince. 
 
 Juniperus virginiana. Red cedar; an in- 
 digenous plant, commonly called savine: it is 
 somewhat similar to the J. sabina in property. 
 
 Ju'piter. Tin. 
 
 JURIBALI. An Asiatic tree of the family 
 MeliacecE, the bark of which is said to be febri- 
 fuge. 
 
 JURISPRUDENCE, MEDICAL. Synony 
 mous with Forensic Medicine. 
 
 JUS. (s, uris, n.) Broth or potage. 
 
 Ju'sculum. (urn, i, n.) The same. 
 
 Jussa. Gypsum. — Ruland. 
 
 JUSTPCIA. (a, <e, f.) A genus of plants, 
 Diandria. Monogynia. — J. adhatoda. A plant 
 of Ceylon, supposed by the natives to have the 
 power of expelling the dead foetus. — J. ecbolium. 
 A Malabar plant, the roots and leaves of which 
 are supposed to be lithontriptic. — J. pectoralis. 
 of the West Indies, is slightly astringent. 
 
 Justamond's arsenical caustic A prepara- 
 tion made by melting together antimony and 
 arsenic in fine powder. 
 
 JUVA'NTIA. (From juvo, to assist.) Those 
 means, whether dietic, regiminal, or medicinal, 
 which do good to sick people. 
 
 Juxtangi'na. (From juxta, near, and angina, 
 a quinsy.) Inflammation of the muscles of the 
 pharynx. 
 
 Juzam. The Arabic name of the tubercular 
 elephantiasis, or Elephantiasis Grcecorum. 
 
 385 
 
KER 
 
 KID 
 
 K 
 
 K. 
 
 . • The symbol for potassium (kalium). 
 
 Kaath. Acacia catechu. 
 
 K^EMPFE'RIA. (a,ae,L) A genus of plants. 
 Monandria. Monogynia. — K- galanga. The 
 greater galangal root. It is aromatic, and has 
 the mixed flavor of pepper and ginger. — K. ro- 
 tunda. The officinal zedoary. Zedoaria. The 
 roots are in long pieces, zedoaria longa, or in 
 roundish pieces, zedoaria rotunda. They have 
 an agreeable camphoraceous smell, and a bitter- 
 ish aromatic taste. 
 
 Kaht'nca. See Cainca. 
 
 Ka'jeputi oleum. See Melaleuca. 
 
 Kakodyl. See Cacodyl. 
 
 KA'LI. (An Arabian word ; indeclinable.) 
 The vegetable alkali. See Potash. 
 
 Kali acetatum. Potassae acetas. 
 
 Kali aeratum.. Potassae carbonas. 
 
 Kali arsenicatum. Potassae arsenias. 
 
 Kali citratum. Potassae citras. 
 
 Kali pr.eparatum. Potassae subcarbonas. 
 
 Kali purum. Potassa fusa. 
 
 Kali sulphuratum. Sulphuretum potassae. 
 
 Kali tartarizatum. Potassae tartras. 
 
 Kali vitriolatum. Potassae sulphas. 
 
 Ka'lium. Potassium. 
 
 KA'LMIA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of hand- 
 some indigenous shrubs. Decandria. Monogy- 
 nia. Ericacece. — K.latifolia. Mountain laurel ; 
 calico bush; is a common evergreen. The 
 leaves are narcotic, and produce, in an over- 
 dose, nausea, vertigo, temporary blindness, dif- 
 ficult respiration, and weak pulse. Poisoning 
 by this plant, which sometimes occurs from eat- 
 ing birds that have fed on it, is to be met by 
 Stimulating emetics (mustard), and nervous 
 and arterial stimulants, as the spiritus ammoniae 
 aromaticus. The leaves have been used in 
 decoction and ointment to cutaneous diseases. 
 The dried leaves are, according to Dr. Bigelow, 
 inactive in doses of gr. x., in some instances. 
 —K. angustifolia, sheep laurel, and K. glauca, 
 or swamp laurel, are poisonous. 
 
 Karabi'tis. Phrenitis. 
 
 Kareo. Ripogonum parviflorum. 
 
 Kassander. Convolvulus panduratus. 
 
 Kau'ri resin. Cowdie gum. 
 
 Keeled. Carinatus. 
 
 Keiri. Cheiranthus cheiri. 
 
 Kelp. Incinerated sea-weed. 
 
 Kennel-wort. Scrofularia nodosa. 
 
 Kenospu'dia. A brown study. 
 
 KENTUCKY, SPRINGS OF. There are 
 some remarkable mineral waters, called Olym- 
 pian springs, near the mouth of the Licking 
 River, one of which is sulphureous, another cha- 
 lybeate, and a third saline and sulphureous. The 
 salines at Big-bone Lick are resorted to by in- 
 valids. Near Harrodsburg there is a spring con- 
 taining a large proportion of Epsom salt. 
 
 KERA-. A prefix, used synonymously with 
 cera, which see ; as in the case of Keratitis, 
 Keralomus, Keratocele, &c. 
 
 Kerastrosis. Hystriciasis. 
 
 KERATONY'XIS. (From nepae, a horn, and 
 386 
 
 vvaaco, to puncture.) A term used in Germany 
 to designate an operation for cataract, in which 
 the needle is passed through the cornea. 
 
 KE'RMES. Coccus baphica. C. quercus 
 illicis. Round reddish grains, about the size 
 of peas, obtained from the branches of the scar- 
 let oak of southern Europe. The Confectio 
 alkerm.es was prepared with these, which were 
 supposed to possess corroborant and astringent 
 virtues. 
 
 Kermes mineral. Kermes mineralis. See 
 Antimonii sulphuretum. 
 
 Ke'rva. Ricinus communis. 
 
 Ketchup. The prepared liquor of the mush- 
 room, made by sprinkling salt on that vegetable, 
 and collecting the fluid which escapes. 
 
 Keyser's pills. They contained an impure 
 acetate of mercury. 
 
 Kiaster. See Chiastre. 
 
 Kibes. A name for chilblains. 
 
 KIDNEY. An abdominal viscus that secretes 
 the urine. There are two kidneys, situated in 
 the upper and back part of the abdomen, in the 
 lumbar region. The kidney is between four 
 and five inches in length ; is rounded anteriorly, 
 flattened posteriorly, convex and uniform at its 
 outer margin, and has a deep depression or sinus 
 toward the vertebrae, surrounded with unequal 
 edges, where the renal vessels and nerves enter. 
 The right kidney is connected to the liver and 
 duodenum, the left to the spleen, and both to 
 the muscles on which they are placed, and to 
 the renal glands and colon, by cellular sub- 
 stance, and by the peritoneum ; which last, 
 reflected from the liver and spleen to the kid- 
 neys, have by some been called the UgamenU 
 of the "kidneys. They are also connected to the 
 aorta and vena cava by their blood-vessels, and 
 to the bladder of urine by the ureters. Each 
 kidney is surrounded by loose cellular substance, 
 which commonly contains a considerable quan- 
 tity of fat, from which it is termed tunica adi- 
 posa. Under the tunica adiposa there is a mem- 
 brane composed of the original proper coat and 
 cellular substance incorporated, which adheres 
 closely to the kidney, and is reflected over the 
 edges of the sinus, to be joined to the pelvis and 
 large vessels. It consists of an outer part called 
 cortical, and an inner termed medullary. The 
 cortical substance, termed also secerning, sur- 
 rounds the kidney, and is about a fourth or third 
 part of an inch in thickness ; it likewise sends 
 in partitions, which separate the medullaiy parts 
 from each other. The medullary, termed also 
 tubular or uriniferous substance, is more com- 
 pact and of a paler color than the former, and 
 is divided into a number of distinct columns, 
 each of which terminates in a projection called 
 papilla, vel processus mammillaris. The papillae 
 are merely the continuation of the uriniferous 
 part, though frequently considered as a third 
 division of the substance of the kidney. Each 
 kidney has one, and sometimes more arteries, of 
 great proportional size, which run transversely 
 from the aorta, and a vein still larger than the 
 
KID 
 
 KNE 
 
 artery, which terminates in the cava: they enter 
 at the sinus of the kidney, and are included in 
 cellular substance, which accompanies them 
 throughout their course. The right renal artery 
 is longer than the left, in consequence of the 
 vena cava, behind which it passes, being placed 
 upon the right side of the aorta. The artery, 
 as it approaches the kidney, is divided into 
 branches, which are afterward minutely dis- 
 tributed through the cortical substance, forming 
 arches and anastomoses ; but these are found to 
 be much less frequent than are commonly de- 
 scribed, for a fine injection thrown into a branch 
 of the artery fills only the ramifications belong- 
 ing to that branch. The small branches, after 
 turning and winding in various directions, pass 
 partly toward the surface of the kidney, where 
 they form irregular stars, some of which supply 
 the proper membrane. Others turn inward in 
 a waving direction, and form corpuscles, or acini, 
 disposed after the manner of clusters of small 
 berries, which can only be seen distinctly by the 
 assistance of glasses, after a minute injection. 
 The corpuscles were considered by Dr. Nichols 
 as the globular terminations of blood-vessels, 
 and termed by him Globuli arteriarum termini ; 
 but these globuli were afterward observed by 
 Mr. Hevvson and others to consist of small ves- 
 sels intimately intermixed. The lymphatics of 
 the kidney run from without inward, and ter- 
 minate in the lumbar glands, and afterward in 
 the thoracic duct. The superficial lymphatics 
 are so small as seldom to be seen, excepting in 
 the diseased state of this organ. The nerves are 
 from the semilunar ganglion, formed by the 
 great sympathetic and eighth pair. They com- 
 pose a plexus which surrounds the blood-vessels, 
 and accompanies them in the kidney. From 
 the minute extremities of the renal artery, in 
 the corpuscles situated in the cortical substance, 
 the uriniferous tubes arise. They are mixed 
 with some extremely small blood-vessels, and 
 constitute the medullary substance of the kid- 
 ney. By degrees they unite into larger tubes, 
 which run in a radiated manner, the direction 
 being from the outer edge or circumference, 
 toward the sinus or inner part of the kidney. 
 The radiated tubes, becoming still larger in 
 their passage, terminate in the papilhe, which 
 are of a compressed conical form, and at a little 
 distance from each other. The papilla are 
 twelve or more in each kidney, the number 
 varying according to that of the original lobes 
 of which the kidney is composed, and likewise 
 from some of the papillae being occasionally in- 
 corporated with each other. Upon the points 
 of the papillae are the terminations of the urinif- 
 erous tubes — large enough to be distinguished 
 by the naked eye — through which the urine 
 distills from the substance of the kidney. Round 
 the root of each papilla, a membranous tube 
 arises, termed infundibulum or calix, which re- 
 ceives the urine from the papilla. The infundi- 
 bula are commonly the same in number with 
 the papillae ; the number, however, varying in 
 different subjects, two or more of the papillae 
 sometimes opening into the same infundibulum. 
 The infundibula join into two or three large 
 trunks at the sinus of the kidney, which after- 
 ward form a dilatation of considerable size, of 
 
 the shape of an inverted cone, and termed pelvis 
 of the kidney. The pelvis is placed between 
 the principal branches of the renal artery and 
 vein, partly within, but the greater part of it 
 without the body of the kidney, and contracts 
 into a long tube, about the size of a goose-quill, 
 called the ureter. 
 
 Kidney, inflammation of. See Nephritis. 
 
 Kidney-shaped. Reniform. 
 
 Ki'dria terrestris. Barbadoes tar. 
 
 KI'ESTEIN. Kjesten. A caseous substance 
 which rises on the urine of women after the 
 third month of pregnancy. It appears from 
 the second to the sixth day, resembles the float- 
 ing globules of fat on cold broth, and falls in 
 three or four days to the bottom. It is a very 
 valuable test of pregnancy, and appears also in 
 the urine whenever the secretion of milk is ar- 
 rested in a person suckling. * 
 
 Kikekunemalo. A resin similar to copal. 
 
 Ki'ki. Ricinus communis. 
 
 Kina kina. Cinchona. 
 
 Kinate. Kitias. A salt of kinic acid. 
 
 Kincough. Pertussis. 
 
 King's evil. Scrofula. 
 
 King's yellow. Sulphuret of arsenic. 
 
 KINIC ACID. (Acidum kinicum; from kina, 
 a name of cinchona.) A peculiar acid found 
 in all the species of the genus cinchona, and 
 therefore called also cinchonic acid. 
 
 Kinki'na. Cinchona. 
 
 KI'NO. The African kino, -which is the best, 
 is thought to be the produce of the Pterocarpus 
 erinaceus ; the Botany Bay kino of the Euca- 
 lyptus resinifera ; the East India or Amboyna 
 kino of the Nauclea Gambir. The predominant 
 principles in all are tannin and extractive mat- 
 ter. The best menstruum for kino is diluted 
 alcohol. The medicinal virtues of kino are 
 very similar, though inferior in power to those 
 of catechu. The dose in substance is from ten 
 grains to half a drachm as an astringent. 
 
 Ki'none. A derivative of kinic acid, obtain- 
 ed as a sublimate in golden crystals; soluble, 
 volatile, and pungent. Form., C^H^Os. It is 
 readily decomposed by reducing agents. 
 
 Kino'vic acid. An acid derived from Cin- 
 chona nova. 
 
 Ki'otome. Kio'tomus. An instrument of 
 Dessaultfor dividing pseudo-membranous bands 
 in the rectum and bladder. 
 
 Kirchwasser. A liqueur distilled in Switz- 
 erland from the Mahaleb cherry. 
 
 Kirkland's neutral cerate. This is pre- 
 pared by melting fviij. of lead plaster with 
 5iv. of olive oil, stirring in f\v. of prepared 
 chalk ; adding to the mixture, when sufficient- 
 ly cooled, fiv. of acetic acid, and 3 i i j . of sugar 
 of lead in powder; and, lastly, stirring the 
 whole till it is nearly cold. 
 
 Klo'pemania. Kleptomania. Monomania, 
 with a great desire to commit theft. 
 
 KNEE. The joint of the femur with the 
 tibia, a complex articulation consisting of a 
 ginglymus, and having the patella in front. 
 
 Knee-holly. See Ruscus. 
 
 Knee-housemaids. A swelling of the knee, 
 from an inflamed condition of the bursa, arising 
 from kneeling. 
 
 Knee jointed. Geniculate. 
 
 387 
 
LAB 
 
 LAC 
 
 Knee-pan. The patella. 
 
 Knee-scab. The crusta genu equina. 
 
 KNIFE. A cutting instrument used in sur- 
 gery, and usually larger than the bistoury. The 
 principal are the amputation knife, of large 
 size ; the double-edged knife, for the division 
 of parts between bones ; the lithotomy knife, 
 with a long, narrow blade, and the cataract 
 knife, of a triangular figure. 
 
 KNOT, PACKER'S. A bandage used to 
 arrest hemorrhage from the temporal artery, 
 and in dislocations or fractures of the lower jaw. 
 A double-headed roller is first applied at its cen- 
 ter to one temple, over the compress, and carried 
 round to the other temple, crossed, and brought 
 back ; here the bandage is crossed so as to 
 form a single knot ; one end is then taken over 
 the head, and the other under the chin. This 
 is repeated several times, so as to form several 
 knots, the roller being six or seven yards long. 
 
 Knot, surgeon's. A double knot made by 
 passing the thread twice through the same 
 noose. 
 
 Knot-grass. Polygonum aviculare. 
 
 Knot-root. Collinsonia canadensis. 
 
 Knox's powder. This consists of eight parts 
 of common salt and three of chloride of lime. 
 By dissolving an ounce of it in a tumbler of 
 
 water, a solution is obtained similar to Labar- 
 raque's disinfecthig fluid. 
 
 KOA-KOA. The Hartighsia spectabilis, a 
 New Zealand tree of the family Meliacece, the 
 leaves of which are very bitter, and have been 
 used as a substitute for hops in the manufacture 
 of beer. 
 
 Kolto. The plica polonica, 
 
 KOR'E. Koprj. The pupil of the eye. A 
 word much used in composition, and properly 
 written core: see the compounds of this. 
 
 Koumis. A vinous liquid which the Tartars 
 make by fermenting mare's milk. 
 
 Krameria. Crameria triandria. 
 
 Krame'ric acid. An acid found by Peschier 
 in the rhatany root. 
 
 Ky'estein. See Kieslein. 
 
 Kreasote. See Creasote. 
 
 KREATIN. (From apeac, flesh.) One of 
 the components of the spirit extract of flesh., 
 discovered by Chevreul, of an indifferent nature, 
 and crystallizing in rectangular crystals. 
 
 KYLL'OSIS. (From kvUoc, crooked.) See 
 Club-feet. 
 
 Kymia. A cucurbit. — Ruland. 
 
 Kymit. Sublimed cinnabar. — Ruland, 
 
 Kynanche. Cynanche. 
 
 Kysthos. Kvadoc. The vagina. 
 
 L. 
 
 8 A o The symbol for lithium. 
 
 LABARRAQUE'S DISINFECTING FLUID. 
 A solution of chloride of soda. 
 
 Labdanum factitium. A mixture of yellow 
 wax, hog's lard, and ivory black. 
 
 La'bdanum. Ladanum. 
 
 LABE'LLUM. {urn, i, n.) A little lip. 
 The inferior lip of the ringent and personate 
 corolla. 
 
 Labial. Labialis. Pertaining to the lips. 
 
 LABIA'TiE. An extensive family of plants, 
 characterized by a two-lipped, monopetalous 
 corolla, an irregular number of stamens, and 
 four-lobed ovary. They are mostly herbs, or 
 small shrubs, with highly aromatic flowers and 
 leaves, as the mint, lavender, sage, &c. None 
 of them are known to be poisonous. 
 
 Labiate. Labiatus. Lipped : having lips. 
 
 LA'BIUM. {urn, i, n.) 1. In Anatomy, the 
 lip of animals. 2. In Botany, applied to corols 
 of plants, which are termed unilabiate, bilabiate, 
 &c. ; and from their position in certain flowers, 
 superior, inferior, &c. 
 
 Labium leporinum. Hare-lip. 
 
 Labium pudendi. The parts forming the 
 orifice of the female vagina, exterior to the nym- 
 phae, are called labia pudendi. 
 
 LABORATORY. Labor aiorium. (From 
 laboro, to labor.) A place properly fitted up 
 for the performance of chemical operations. 
 
 Labour. See Parturition. 
 
 Labour, premature. See Abortion. 
 
 Labrum. 1. The extremities of the lip. 2. 
 The upper lip of insects. 
 
 LABYRINTH. (Labyrinthus, i, m.) That 
 part of the internal ear which is behind the 
 cavity of the tyrnpanum; it is constituted by 
 388 
 
 the cochlea, vestibulum, and semicircular ca- 
 nals. 
 
 LAC. {Lac, tis, n.) 1. Milk. See Milk. 
 2. The name of a peculiar substance produced 
 by an insect on certain trees. See Coccus. 
 
 Lac ammoniaci. Mistur a ammoniac i. 
 
 Lac amygdalje. Mistura amygdala?. 
 
 Lac asininum. Ass's milk. 
 
 Lac AssAFCETiDiE. Mistura assafoetidse. 
 
 Lac bubulum. Cow's milk. 
 
 Lac caprj:. Goat's milk. 
 
 Lac caprinum. Goat's milk. 
 
 Lac equinum. Mare's milk. 
 
 Lac humanum. Human milk. 
 
 Lac pressum. The curd of milk . 
 
 Lac sulphuris. Sulphur prsecipitatum, 
 
 Lac vaccinum. Cow's milk. 
 
 Lac villum. Ewe's milk. 
 
 Lac virgineum. L.virginis. 1. Any milky 
 medicine. 2. The Mercurius philosophorum. 
 
 Lacca. See Coccus lacca. 
 
 La'ccic acid. Acidum laccicum. A pecu- 
 liar acid, of a wine-yellow color, obtained from 
 stick lac. 
 
 Lacer'ated. Torn. 
 
 La'cerus. Rugged. 
 
 LACHRYMA. {a, ce, f. Aaicpvfia, a tear.) 
 A tear. See Tear. 
 
 Lachryma abiegna. Terebinthina argen- 
 toratensis. 
 
 LACHRYMAL. Lachrymalis. Of or be- 
 longing to the tears, or parts near where they 
 are secreted; as lachrymal bone, duct, gland, &c 
 
 Lachrymal apparatus. The parts which 
 secrete and conduct the tears. These consist 
 of the lachrymal gland which secretes the tears; 
 of the puncta lachrymalia and ducts, into which 
 
LAC 
 
 the tears pass from the eye and the eyelids ; 
 of the lachrymal sac, which receives the tears 
 from the lachrymal ducts; of the nasal duct, 
 which conveys the tears from the sac down- 
 ward into the nose. 
 
 The lachrymal gland is situated within the 
 orbit, at its upper and outer part, beneath the 
 fossa, in the orbitar plate of the frontal bone, 
 and is about the size of a small almond. The 
 gland is of a yellowish-white color, of an oval 
 and flattened figure, and is connected with the 
 surrounding parts by loose cellular tissue. It 
 is composed of numerous small portions united 
 by cellular tissue. Its excretory ducts are so 
 6mall in the human subject that they are not 
 easily discovered. Their number is from six to 
 eight. They leave the gland along its front 
 edge, and, descending between the tarsal liga- 
 ment and the conjunctiva, perforate the latter 
 toward the temporal side of the eye, and near 
 the ciliary edge of the upper hd. 
 
 The punctalachrymalia are two small orifices 
 situated at the edges of the eyelids, just within 
 their ciliary margins, and toward the inner side 
 of the eye. Each punctum is situated in the 
 center of a small eminence, and the two open- 
 ings are opposite to each other, so that they 
 meet when the eye is shut. 
 
 From the puncta lachrymalia, two small ducts 
 are continued through the eyelids to the lachry- 
 mal sac. The superior duct proceeds from the 
 punctum, first a little upward, and then turning 
 inward at an acute angle, is continued obliquely 
 downward and inward close to the ciliary bor- 
 der of the upper lid, and immediately beneath 
 the conjunctiva lining it. The inferior duct 
 first descends, and then turning inward at an 
 acute angle, is continued oblicpiely upward and 
 inward, and close to the ciliary border of the 
 lower lid. In the latter part of their course, 
 the two ducts, following the direction of the 
 edges of the lids, gradually approach each other, 
 and then proceeding transversely behind the 
 tendon of the orbicularis palpebrarum, termi- 
 nate in the external part of the lachrymal sac. 
 The two ducts may terminate in the sac by dis- 
 tinct orifices, or they may unite into a common 
 duct just before they reach the sac. 
 
 The lachrymal sac is lodged in the groove 
 formed by the os unguis, and by the nasal pro- 
 cess of the superior maxillary bone. Above it 
 is closed, and has a rounded form. Below it 
 contracts, and is here continued into the nasal 
 duct. 
 
 The nasal duct, continued from the lower end 
 of the lachrymal sac, descends obliquely back- 
 ward through the canal formed by the os un- 
 guis, by the superior maxillary and inferior 
 spongy bones. It terminates in the nose on the 
 outside of the inferior spongy bone, and at 
 about one third from its front extremity, by a 
 small slit-like opening. The nasal sac and lach- 
 rymal sac are together about an inch and a 
 quarter in length. 
 
 Lachrymal bone. See Unguis os. 
 
 Lachrymal duct. Ductus lachrymalis. The 
 excretory duct of the lachrymal gland. See 
 Lachrymal apparatus. 
 
 Lachrymal gland. Glandula lachrymalis. 
 A glomerate gland, situated above the external 
 
 LAC 
 
 angle of the orbit, in a depression of the frontal 
 bone. Its use is to secrete the tears. See 
 Lachrymal apparatus. 
 
 Lachrymal nerve. Nervus lachrymalis. A 
 branch of the ophthalmic nerve. 
 
 Lachryma'tio. 1. Epiphora. 2. Profuse 
 weeping. 
 
 Lacinia'ted Lacinatus. Jagged ; fringe- 
 like ; cut into numerous irregular portions. 
 
 La'cmus. Litmus. 
 
 Laco'nicum. A stove or sweating-room. 
 
 Lacquer. A solution of lac in alcohol. 
 
 La'ctate. A salt of lactic acid with a base. 
 
 Lactate of iron. See Ferri lactas. 
 
 LACTA'TION. [Lactatio, onis, f . ; from 
 lacteo, to suckle.) The suckling of a child or 
 other young animal. 
 
 LA'CTEAL. (Lacteus ; from lac, milk ; be- 
 cause the fluid they absorb looks like milk.) 1. 
 In Anatomy, this term is applied to the absorb- 
 ents of the mesentery, vasa lactea, which orig- 
 inate in the small intestines, and convey the 
 chyle from thence to the thoracic duct. They 
 are very tender and transparent vessels, possess- 
 ed of a great number of valves, which, when 
 distended with chyle, give them a knotty ap- 
 pearance. They arise from the internal surface 
 of the villous coat of the small intestine, perfo- 
 rate the other coats, and form a kind of net- 
 work, while the greater number unite one with 
 another between the muscular and external 
 coats. Thence they proceed between the lam- 
 inae of the mesentery to the conglobate glands. 
 In their course they constitute the greater part 
 of the glands through which they pass, being 
 distributed through them several times, and 
 curled in various directions. The lacteals, hav- 
 ing passed these glands, go to others, and at 
 length seek those nearest the mesentery. From 
 these glands, which are only four or five, or 
 perhaps more, the lacteals pass out and ascend 
 with the mesenteric artery, and unite with the 
 lymphatics of the lower extremities, and those 
 of the abdominal viscera, and then form a com- 
 mon trunk, the thoracic duct, which, in some 
 subjects, is dilated at its origin, forming the 
 receptaculum chyli. 
 
 La'cteus. Milky. 
 
 Lacte'scent. Lactescens. (From lac, milk.) 
 Milky; abounding with milk, or a milk-like 
 fluid. 
 
 LACTIC ACID. Acid of sour milk. By 
 evaporating sour whey to one eighth, filtering, 
 precipitating with lime-water, and separating 
 the lime by oxalic acid, Scheele obtained an 
 aqueous solution of what he supposed to be a 
 peculiar acid, which has accordingly been term- 
 ed the lactic. It is a colorless, syrupy fluid, 
 intensely sour, and very soluble ; sp. gr., 1-215 ; 
 formula, C6H 5 5 -|-HO. It is the product of the 
 lactic acid fermentation, and found in several 
 animal secretions, especially urine and gastric 
 juice. Its salts are mostly soluble. 
 
 In consequence of the presence of lactic acid 
 in matter undergoing digestion, it has been pro- 
 posed to make use of this body as a remedy in 
 atonic dyspepsia. For this purpose, it may be 
 given in doses of gr. ij. to gr. v., in lozenge or 
 pills, or, what is much more convenient, in the 
 form of sour buttermilk. It is not milk only, 
 
 389 
 
LAG 
 
 LAN 
 
 but most vegetablejuices; and starch, beet-root, 
 sour-kraut, &c, in a state of decomposition, 
 which liberates lactic acid; and that its presence 
 is remarkably conducive to the digestive pro- 
 cess, is proved by the rapid fattening of animals 
 fed upon these bodies, when soured by its pres- 
 ence. 
 
 Lactic acid fermentation - . See Fermenta- 
 tion. 
 
 La'ctica. Arabic for typhus fever. 
 LACTI'FEROUS. Lactiferus. (From lac, 
 and fero, to bear.) That which conveys milk, 
 as the lactiferous tubes of the mamma. 
 
 Lactiferous swelling. A tumefaction of 
 the breast, from the stoppage of one or more of 
 the tubes, which should be opened by puncture. 
 Lacti'fuge. Lactifuga. That which has 
 the property of drying up the secretion of milk. 
 La'ctin. Sugar of milk. It nearly resembles 
 glucose, but is readily crystallizable. Formu- 
 la, C24H24O24. 
 
 LACTU'CA. {a, ee, f.) 1. The lettuce. 2. 
 A genus of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia 
 cequalis. Composite. — L. elongata, American 
 wild lettuce, is similar in properties to the L. vi- 
 rosa. — L. graveolens. Lactuca virosa. — L. sali- 
 va. The lettuce. It is esteemed a wholesome, 
 aperient bitter anodyne. — L. scari'ola. Lactuca 
 sylvestris. This has a greater degree of bitter- 
 ness than the lettuce. 
 
 Lactuca virosa. The opium, or strong- 
 scented lettuce. L. graveolens. It has a strong 
 smell, resembling that of opium, and a bitterish, 
 acrid taste, and abounds with a milky juice, in 
 which its sensible qualities reside. The in- 
 spissated juice, called Lactucarium, is aperient, 
 diuretic, and anodyne : it has been used as a 
 substitute for opium. Dose, gr. x. to 3j., daily. 
 
 Lactucarium. See Lactuca virosa. The 
 inspissated juice of the garden lettuce is also 
 called by this name. (U. S.) 
 
 Lactuce'lla. Sonchus arvensis. 
 
 Lactu'cic acid. An acid body detected in 
 the milky juice of Lactuca virosa by Klink: it 
 closely resembles oxalic acid in its properties. 
 
 Lactuci'mina. The thrush. 
 
 Lactu'cin. A crystalline, yellowish resinoid 
 body, bitter and combustible. It possesses an- 
 odyne properties. 
 
 Lactu'men. Porrigo larvalis. 
 
 LACU'NA. {a, <e, f. ; from locus, a channel.) 
 The mouth or opening of the excretory duct of 
 a muciparous gland, as those of the urethra, and 
 other parts. 
 
 Lacunosus. Dotted; pitted. 
 
 La'cus lachryma'rum. 1. A small space in 
 the inner angle of the eye, toward which the 
 tears flow. 2. The lachrymal sac. 
 
 La'danum. See Cistus creticus. 
 
 Ladies' bedstraw. Galium aparine. 
 
 Ladies' mantle. Alchemilla arvensis. 
 
 Ladies' smock. Cardamine pratensis. 
 
 LiETIFICANTIA. (From Icetijico, to make 
 glad.) Medicines intended to dispel melan- 
 choly, as the various diffusible stimulants. 
 
 LtE'VIS. Smooth and even ; level. 
 
 L^vitas intestinorum. Diarrhoea, or lien- 
 tery. 
 
 Lagenjeform. Bottle-shaped. 
 
 LAGE'TTA LINTEARIA. The Jamaica 
 390 
 
 lace-bark-tree. A small tree of the family 
 Thymelacece, which resembles mezereon in its 
 properties. 
 
 LAGNE'SIS. (From Xayvnc, lustful.) Inor- 
 dinate desire for sexual intercourse. A generic 
 term in Dr. Good's system, including nympho- 
 mania and satyriasis. 
 
 Lagochei'lus. Hare-lip. 
 LAGOPHTHA'LMIA. Lagopkthalmos. 
 (From layooc, a hare, and otpdatyoc, an eye.) 
 The hare's eye. A disease in which the eye 
 can not be shut. It is either connate or symp- 
 tomatic of paralysis, or some disease causing a 
 protrusion or enlargement of the eye. 
 Lagopo'dium. Plantago media. 
 Lago'stoma. The hare lip. 
 LAKES. Insoluble compounds of coloring 
 matters, with alumina, oxide of tin, and other 
 bases. 
 
 Lakeweed. Polygonum hydropiper. 
 LALLA'TION. Lambdacismus. Vicious 
 pronunciation, in which the letter I is rendered 
 unduly liquid, or substituted for an r. 
 Lalo. Adansonia digitata. 
 Lamac Gum arabic. 
 Lambdaci'smus. Lallation. 
 LAMBDOIDAL SUTURE. Sutura lamb- 
 doidalis. The suture that unites the occipital 
 bone to the two parietal bones. So called be- 
 cause it has somewhat the shape of the Greek 
 letter A. 
 
 Lambdoides os. The os hyoid. 
 Lambiti'vum. A linctus. 
 LAME'LLA. {a, ce, f. ; diminutive of lami- 
 na, a plate of metal.) A thin plate of any sub- 
 stance. 
 
 LA'MINA. (a, «, f. ; from elao, to beat 
 off.) A layer or plate. In Anatomy, a thin 
 layer of any organic substance, as a lamina of 
 bone, &c. 
 
 Lamina cornea. A lamina at the anterior 
 part of the taenia semicircularis. 
 
 Lamina cribrosa. The sieve-like portion 
 of the sclerotic coat of the eye, where the optic 
 nerve enters. 
 
 Lamina spiralis. The plate of bone which 
 winds spirally round the modiolus of the coch- 
 lea. 
 
 LAMINARIA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of sea- 
 weeds, of which the L. sacclnarina and L. digi- 
 tata are eaten. 
 
 Laminated. Composed of thin laminae. 
 LA'MIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Salviacea. — L. 
 album. Dead nettle. It may be doubted 
 whether it possesses any medicinal properties. 
 Lamp-black. A charred resinous substance, 
 procured by the imperfect combustion of resin- 
 ous bodies. 
 
 Lamprey. Lampem. Petromyzon mari- 
 nus. 
 
 Lamps an a. Lapsana. 
 
 LA'NA. (a, a, f.) Wool. A species of 
 hairy pubescence like wool. 
 
 Lana philosophica. Oxide of zinc. 
 La.na'tus. Woolly. 
 
 Lanceola'te. Lanceolatus. Lance or spear 
 shaped. 
 
 LANCE'T. Lance' tta. A lancet. An in- 
 strument used for bleeding and other purposes. 
 
LAP 
 
 LAE 
 
 La'ncinating. Lancinans. An acute, dart- 
 ing pain, compared to the thrust of a lance into 
 the part. It is painfully developed in cancer. 
 
 La'ncisi, nerves of. Some filaments found 
 on the anterior portion of the corpus callosum 
 are so called. 
 
 Land-scurvy. The Purpura hemorrhagica 
 of Bateman, or Morbus maculosus Werlhofii of 
 the Germans. 
 
 LA'NGUOR. A state of depression, atony, 
 or debility. 
 
 Lanth a'n i T7 M. Lantanum. A new metal, 
 occurring in cerite, and but little known. 
 
 Lanu'go. Soft wool ; down. 
 
 Lao'nica cura'tio. An old method of curing 
 the gout, by evacuating the morbid matter by 
 topical applications. 
 
 Lapa'cticus. Purgative. — Galen. 
 
 La'para. The flank. This word is used to 
 form some compounds, as laparotomy. 
 
 LAPAROCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from lairapa, 
 the flank, and Kv?.n, a rupture.) A rupture 
 through the side of the belly. 
 
 La'paro-entero'tomy. The operation of 
 opening the abdomen through the flank. 
 
 La'pathum. Eumex hydrolopathum. — L. 
 acutum. Rumex acutus. 
 
 Lapideous. Stony. 
 
 Lapides cancrorum. See Cancer. 
 
 Lapidi'llum. Lapidillus. A scoop for re- 
 moving fragments of stone from the bladder. 
 
 Lapilli cancrorum. See Cancer. 
 
 Lapillous. Stony. 
 
 LAPIS, (is, idis, f.) 1. A stone. 2. A cal- 
 culus. 
 
 Lapis ageratus. See Ageratus. 
 
 Lapis bezoar. Bezoar. 
 
 Lapis c^ruleus. Lapis lazuli. 
 
 Lapis calaminaris. Calamine. 
 
 Lapis calcareus. Carbonate of lime. 
 
 Lapis cyanus. Lapis lazuli. 
 
 Lapis divinus. Lapis ophthalmicus. A 
 compound of vitriol, nitre, alum, and cam- 
 phor. Beers 7 lapis ophthalmicus consists of 
 equal parts of subacetate of copper, nitre, and 
 alum, melted together. It is used to form col- 
 lyria. 
 
 Lapis haematites. Haematites. 
 
 Lapis hibernicus. Irish slate. A kind of 
 slate containing pyrites, occasionally powdered 
 by the common people, and taken in spruce 
 beer. 
 
 Lapis hystricis. Bezoar hystricis. 
 
 Lapis infernalis. Potassa fusa. 
 
 Lapis la'zuli. Lapis cyanus. Lapis caru- 
 leus. Azure stone. Formerly exhibited as a 
 purgative and emetic, and given in epilepsy. 
 
 Lapis lydius. Lydian stone. A flinty slate. 
 
 Lapis medicamentosa. This name has been 
 given to two compounds, the one consisting of 
 white vitriol, sal ammoniac, cerusse, Armenian 
 bole, and vinegar; the latter of iron filings, 
 mastich, saffron, aloes, myrrh, &c. The for- 
 mer is the one most commonly known by the 
 name, and was used as an application to ulcers. 
 
 Lapis ophthalmicus. Lapis divinus. 
 
 Lapis philosophorum. The philosopher's 
 •tone. A wonderful substance, imagined to 
 have the power of transforming all the baser 
 metals into gold, and of curing all diseases. 
 
 Lapis porcinus. Bezoar hystricis. 
 
 Lapis septicus. Potassa fusa. 
 
 Lapis simile. Bezoar simise. 
 
 Lapis specularis. Selenite. 
 
 Lapis syderitis. 
 
 La'ppa. Arctium lappa. 
 
 LAPS ANA. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia asqualis. Compositas. 
 — L. communis. Dock-cresses. Nipple-wort. 
 This plant is a lactescent bitter, and similar to 
 chicory, dandelion, and endive. 
 
 Laque'us gu'tturis. A malignant inflam- 
 mation of the tonsils. 
 
 La'rbason. Antimony. — Pliny. 
 
 Larch. Pinus larix. 
 
 LARD. Hog's fat melted down. See Adeps 
 suilla. 
 
 Larda'ceous. Of the consistence and nature 
 of lard. A morbid product found in tumors, 
 resembling lard. 
 
 Larix europea. The larch-tree, Pinus 
 larix. 
 
 Larkspur. Delphinum consolida. 
 
 Lartigne's pills. Pills of extract of colchi- 
 cum, with extract of digitalis, used in France 
 in gout. 
 
 La'rva. 1. A mask. 2. The imperfect, or 
 caterpillar, and maggot stage of insect existence. 
 
 Larva'lis. Larval: pertaining to a larva. 
 
 LARYNGEAL. Larynge'us. Appertaining 
 to the larynx. 
 
 Laryngeal arteries. Branches of the thy- 
 roid arteries distributed to the larynx. The 
 superior thyroid artery is called laryngeal by 
 some anatomists. 
 
 Laryngeal nerves. These are the superior 
 laryngeal nerve, given off from the pneumogas- 
 tric in the upper part of the neck, and the 
 inferior laryngeal, more frequently called the 
 recurrent of the par vagum, which is given off 
 from the pneumogastric within the thorax. 
 
 LARYNGISMUS, (us, i, m. ; from larynx, 
 the windpipe.) A genus of disease of Dr. Good, 
 including spasmodic croup. This writer ob- 
 serves, that while the general symptoms of the 
 L. stridulus make a near approach to those of 
 croup, the suddenness of its attack, and the ab- 
 sence of inflammation, and the peculiar secre- 
 tion, form strong pathognomonic distinctions be- 
 tween them. 
 
 The spasm suddenly subsides in a short time, 
 though it may, perhaps, return in an hour, or 
 half an hour, or even a few minutes ; and in the 
 interval the patient enjoys perfect ease, though 
 the voice is rendered hoarse from the previous 
 straining. Croup is, moreover, an exclusive 
 disease of children ; stridulous spasm of the 
 larynx is sometimes found in adults. The treat- 
 ment should be speedy. An emetic of anti- 
 mony, with a diaphoretic and purge, are often 
 enough ; but if the spasm be not overcome, 
 opium, and a blister over the throat, should be 
 used. 
 
 The late Dr. Hugh Ley, in an able mono- 
 graph on laryngismus stridtdus, has introduced 
 an entirely new pathology of this disease. He 
 regards it as arising from pressure on the nerves 
 of respiration, in consequence of enlargement 
 of the thoracic or cervical absorbent glands; 
 and instead of referring the constriction of the 
 
 391 
 
L AR 
 
 glottis to spasm of the muscles which close that 
 orifice, he refers it to loss of power in the mus- 
 cles which open it. The tendency of dentition 
 and inflamed and ulcerated states of the scalp 
 to produce laryngismus stridulus, is explained 
 by Dr. Ley, from their well known influence 
 in causing enlargement of the lymphatic glands. 
 This view of the subject throws no light on the 
 exciting cause of any individual paroxysm ; but 
 those which have preceded it are not more 
 satisfactory in this respect. Dr. Ley has argued 
 the point with much ingenuity, supported by 
 great knowledge of the subject ; but it does not 
 seem likely that his pathology of this disease 
 will be generally adopted. 
 
 LARYNGFTIS. (is,idis,f.; from larynx, the 
 part affected. ) A suppurative inflammation of 
 the mucous membrane which lines the larynx, 
 or the cellular tissue connecting it to the parts 
 beneath. It mostly forms a part of croup, or 
 more extended inflammation of the air passages, 
 having all its characters ; but occasionally the 
 inflammation is confined to the larynx. The 
 disease makes its approach with the common 
 symptoms of inflammatory fever ; the voice im- 
 mediately becomes hoarse and indistinct, the 
 breathing laborious, with a painful sense of con- 
 striction in the throat. The fauces are red and 
 inflamed, swollen and turgid ; the face and eyes 
 partake of the swelling, as in cases of threatened 
 strangulation. The symptomatic fever is strong ; 
 the larynx is very painful to the touch ; and a 
 little pressure here, like an attempt to swallow, 
 is productive of spasms, threatening the patient 
 with instant death from suffocation, and causing 
 him to pant for air. This disease attacks adults. 
 Laryngitis, as now described, is an extremely 
 acute disease, and destroys by suffocation in a 
 few hours, or a day or two, unless promptly and 
 actively opposed, and even when the attempt 
 to cure is so conducted under the most expe- 
 rienced practitioners. 
 
 In the treatment of this disease, the most 
 active remedies are to be promptly used: blood- 
 letting, generally and locally, and blistering, 
 are to be immediately flown to ; and blood 
 must be taken from the arm ad deliquium, and 
 repeated as the judgment and experience of 
 the practitioner may justify and direct. Calo- 
 mel, in full doses, should be followed by strong 
 infusions of senna with salts while the patient 
 can swallow. 
 
 If, notwithstanding the judicious enforcement 
 of these means, the symptoms are still urgent, 
 tracheotomy must be performed, and iced lo- 
 tions kept about the larynx. 
 
 Laryngitis often exists in a chronic form. 
 This is a disease that affords a very different 
 state of things: the voice is hoarse, the swallow- 
 ing always a little painful, and pressure on the 
 larynx gives pain. It is common to coachmen, 
 and those who drink drams. It requires de- 
 mulcent gargles, mercurial alteratives, leeches, 
 and blistering, with great attention to diet, and 
 the interdiction of spirits. 
 
 Laryngogra'phy. Laryngo'logy. An ac- 
 count or description of the larynx. 
 
 LARYNGO'PHONY. (Laryngophonia; from 
 lapvy!;, the larynx, and (puvn, the voice.) The 
 ^the^ ' 
 392 
 
 L AT 
 
 scope applied over the larynx. In disease, la- 
 ryngophony or pectoriloquy is heard over the 
 chest when there is a cavity in the lungs. 
 
 LARYNGO'TOMY. (Laryngotomia, ee, f . ; 
 from Xapvyt;, the larynx, and repw, to cut.) See 
 Bronchotomy. 
 
 Laryngo'-trachei'tis. Croup. 
 
 LA'RYNX. (x, gis, f. Aapvyf.) A cartilag- 
 inous cavity, situated behind the tongue, in the 
 anterior part of the fauces, and lined with an 
 exquisitely sensible mucous membrane. It is 
 composed of the annular or cricoid cartilage, 
 the scutiform or thyroid, the epiglottis, and two 
 arytenoid cartilages. The superior opening of 
 the larynx is called the glottis. The laryngeal 
 arteries are branches of the external carotids. 
 The laryngeal veins evacuate their blood into 
 the external jugulars. The nerves of the larynx 
 are from the eighth pair. The use of the larynx 
 is to constitute the organ of voice, and to serve 
 also for respiration. 
 
 La'ser. Assafoetida. 
 
 LASERPI'TIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
 — L. chironium. Panax. Hercules' all-heal, or 
 wound-wort. The seeds and roots are warm, 
 and similar to those of the parsnip. The in- 
 spissated juice resembles opoponax. — L. latifo- 
 lium. White gentian. Gentiana alba. The 
 root of this plant possesses stomachic, corrobo- 
 rant, and deobstruent virtues. — L. siler. Heart- 
 wort. The seeds and roots have an agreeable 
 smell, and a warm, glowing, aromatic taste. 
 
 LASSITU'DO. (o, onis, f.) Lassitude. A 
 feeling of weakness and debility, independent 
 of fatigue. 
 
 LA'TENT. Latens. (From lateo, to be hid- 
 den.) That which is hidden; thus latent heat 
 is that not appreciable by the touch. 
 
 Latent period. Certain diseases lurk in 
 the system for a longer or shorter period before 
 their presence is manifested by any symptoms; 
 this period is called their latent period. Thus 
 we speak of the latent period of small-pox, of 
 measles, &c, meaning thereby the time that 
 elapses from the moment of infection to the 
 accession of the symptoms. 
 
 LA'TERAL. {Lateralis ; from lotus, the 
 side.) Situated on the side of any thing. 
 
 Lateral operation. The name given to 
 one mode of cutting for the stone, because the 
 prostate gland and neck of the bladder are di- 
 vided laterally. See Lithotomy. 
 
 Lateral sinus. See Sinus. 
 
 Lateralis morbus. Pleurisy. 
 
 LATERI'TIOUS. (Lateritius, made of brick; 
 from later, a brick.) A term applied to a sedi- 
 ment resembling brick-dust, occasionally de- 
 posited in the urine. 
 
 LATEX. In Botany, the proper or hidden 
 juice of a plant. It is highly organized, usually 
 milky, containing albuminous, fibrous, and non 
 azotized parts. It circulates hi a peculiar, an- 
 astomosing system of vessels, called the laticif- 
 erous tissue, or cinenchyma. 
 
 La'thyris. Tithymalus latifolius. 
 
 LA'THYRUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants, 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. The 
 vetch. 
 
 Lati'bulum. (From lateo, to lay hid.) 
 
L AU 
 
 LAZ 
 
 The fomes, or hidden matter of infectious dis- 
 
 La'tica. A quotidian fever with long parox- 
 ysms. 
 
 Latissimus colli. The platysma myoides. 
 
 LATISSIMUS DORSI. A muscle of the hu- 
 merus, situated on the posterior part of the trunk. 
 It arises from the posterior half of the upper edge 
 of the spine of the os ilium, the spinous process- 
 es of the os sacrum and lumbar vertebra?, and 
 from five or six, aud sometimes from seven, and 
 even eight, of the lowermost ones of the back ; 
 also tendinous and fleshy from the upper edges 
 and external surface of the four inferior false 
 libs, near their cartilages, by as many distinct 
 slips ; those from the sacrum and lumbar ver- 
 tebrae, obliquely upward and forward; and 
 those from the vertebrae of the back, trans- 
 versely outward and forward, over the inferior 
 angle of the scapula, where they receive a small, 
 thin bundle of fleshy fibers. It is inserted by 
 a strong, flat, and thin tendon into the fore part 
 of the posterior edge of the bicipital groove. 
 Its use is to pull the os humeri downward and 
 backward, and to turn it upon its axis. 
 
 Lattice-work. Cancellatus. 
 
 Latus. Broad. 
 
 Latus ani. The levator ani muscle. 
 
 LAU'DANUM. (um, i, n. ; said to be from 
 laus, praise, on account of its valuable proper- 
 ties.) See Tinctura opii. 
 
 Laudanum aebatis Rousseau. See Rous- 
 seau's drops. 
 
 Laudanum liquidum Sydenhami. Vinum 
 opii. 
 
 Laudanum opiatum. L. simplex. Extract- 
 um opii. 
 
 Lvugh, sardonic 
 Risus sardonicus. 
 
 Laughing gas. The protoxide of nitrogen. 
 
 LAURA'CE^E. The cinnamon tribe of di- 
 cotyledonous plants. Leaves, entire, alternate ; 
 flowers, apetalous ; stamens, perigynous ; fruit, 
 baccate or drupaceous ; seeds, without albu- 
 men. 
 
 Laurel. See Laurus. 
 
 Laurel, bboad-leaved. Laurel, mountain. 
 Kalmia latifolia. 
 
 L., poison. Prunus lau- 
 
 The canine laugh. See 
 
 Laurel, cherry 
 rocerasus. 
 
 Laurel, spurge. 
 
 Laurel water. 
 prunus laurocerasus, 
 
 Laurel, white. 
 
 Laurent, saint. 
 
 Daphne laureola. 
 The distilled water of the 
 
 Magnolia glauca. 
 A place five leagues from 
 Joyeuse in France, where there is a thermal 
 spring of the temperature of 127° F. 
 
 Laure'ola. Daphne laureola. 
 
 Lau'rine. A fatty, camphoraceous, and acrid 
 body, derived from the b ernes of the laurel. 
 
 Lau'roce'rasus. Prunus laurocerasus. 
 
 LAU'RUS. (us, i, and us, f.) 1. The laurus 
 nobilis. 2. A genus of plants. Enneandria. 
 Monogynia. Lauracece. 
 
 Laurus camphora. See Camphor. 
 
 Laurus cassia. Wild cinnamon-tree. See 
 Cinnamomum . 
 
 Laurus cinnamo'mum. See Cinnamomum. 
 
 Laurus culila'wan. See Cinnamomum. 
 
 Laurus nobilis. The sweet bay-tree. The 
 
 leaves and berries have a sweet, fragrant smell, 
 and an aromatic, astringent taste. 
 
 Laurus persia. This species yields the 
 Avigato pear, which, when ripe, melts in the 
 mouth like marrow, which it greatly resembles 
 in flavor. 
 
 Laurus pichu'rim. This is one of the plants 
 which produce the pichurim bean, called, also, 
 Brazilian, and Carthagena bean. The bean is 
 of an oblong-oval shape, heavy, of a brown 
 color, and a musky odor. It is aromatic and 
 carminative, but is now little used. 
 
 Laurus sa'ssafras. The sassafras-tree. 
 Sassafras. The wood has a fragrant smell, 
 and a sweetish, aromatic, sub-acrid taste ; the 
 root, wood, and bark agree in their medicinal 
 qualities, but the bark is the most fragrant. It 
 is an ingredient in the Decoctum sarsaparilla 
 compositum, or Decoctum lignorum; but the only 
 officinal preparation of it is the essential oil, 
 which is carminative and stimulant, and may be 
 given in the dose of from two drops to ten. 
 
 Laut.issima vina. Wines strongly impreg- 
 nated with myrrh were formerly so called. 
 
 Lavandula. Lavender. Lavendula spica. 
 
 Lava'tion. Washing or sponging the body. 
 
 Lavement. Lavamen. An enema. 
 
 Lavender, French. See Lavendula st&- 
 chas. 
 
 LAVE'NDULA. (a, a>, f.) 1. Common 
 lavender. 2. A genus of plants. Didynamia. 
 Gymnospermia. Salviacea. — L. spica. The 
 common lavender. Lavender oil has been long 
 recommended in nervous debilities, and various 
 affections proceeding from a want of energy in 
 the animal functions. An essential oil, a simple 
 spirit, and a compound tincture, are officinal. — 
 L. staschas. French lavender. It is much less 
 grateful in smell and flavor than the common 
 lavender. 
 
 La'ver. 1. The brook-lime. 2. A sea-weed, 
 Ulva lactuca. 
 
 Layer, shield. See Ulva lactuca. 
 
 LAVIPE'DIUM. (um, ii, n. ; from lavo, to 
 wash, and pes, the foot.) A bath for the feet. 
 
 LAWSO'NIA INERMIS. The true alkanna, 
 or henna of Egypt. The root is astringent, and 
 may be used as a substitute for the Anchusa. 
 
 Lax. A diarrhoea. 
 
 LA'XATIVE. (Laxativus; from laxo, to 
 loosen.) Gently purgative. 
 
 LAXA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from laxo, to 
 loosen; so called from its office to relax.) A 
 name applied to muscles, &c, the office of 
 which is to relax parts into which they are in- 
 serted. 
 
 Laxator tympani. L. auris internus. A 
 muscle of the internal ear, that draws the mal- 
 leus obliquely forward toward its origin ; con- 
 sequently, the membrana tympani is made less 
 concave, or is relaxed. 
 
 Laxator tympani minor. A very small mus- 
 cle of the ear, described as rising from the upper 
 part of the meatus auditorius externus, and in 
 serted into the inferior part of the handle of the 
 malleus. Most anatomists deny its existence. 
 
 Laxity. Laxitas. An atonic or relaxed 
 state. 
 
 La'xus. Lax; loose. 
 
 LAZZARETTO. (Italian.) A solitary build- 
 393 
 
LEE 
 
 iug attached to most foreign sea-ports, for the 
 performance of quarantine. 
 
 LEAD. Plumbum. A bluish- white metal, 
 soft, slightly malleable, little ductile; sp. gr., 
 11-38; melts at 612° F., and soon oxydizes on 
 the surface if exposed to air. When exposed 
 to pure water it becomes oxydized, and is read- 
 ily acted on by acids. Symbol, Pb. Eq., 103-6. 
 
 It forms several compounds with oxygen, of 
 which the protoxide, PbO, is a powerful base. 
 The carbonate, or white lead, is poisonous. 
 For the salts, see Plumbum. 
 
 The oxides of lead are poisonous, and the 
 salts have been till lately considered so ; but 
 the experiments of Dr. A. T. Thomson have ren- 
 dered it probable that the carbonate is the only 
 really poisonous salt of this metal. See Plumbi 
 acetas. The symptoms of lead poison are those 
 which constitute the disease called Colicapic- 
 tonum. See Colica and Poisons. 
 
 The preparations of lead used in medicine 
 are, 1. The subcarbonate. See Plumbi sub- 
 carbonas. 2. The red oxide. See Minium. 3. 
 The semivitreous oxide. See Lithargyrum. 
 4. The acetate. See Plumbi acetas. 5. The 
 solution of the acetate. See Plumbi diacetatis 
 liquor. 6. The dilute solution of the acetate. 
 See Plumbi diacetatis liquor dilutus. 7. The 
 Iodide. See Plumbi iodidum. 
 
 Lead, red. See Minium. 
 
 Lead, white. Plumbi subcarbonas. 
 
 Leadwort. Plumbago europaea. 
 
 Le-e'na. An old plaster. — JEtius. 
 
 LEAF. Folium. A laminar expansion of a 
 plant, generally of a green color, and perform- 
 ing the most important functions of the plant. 
 
 Leafstalk. The petiole. 
 
 Leamington springs. Saline springs at 
 Leamington, near Warwick, England. 
 
 LEANNESS. Extenuatio corporis. This 
 occurs in many individuals as a natural state. 
 In consumption and atrophy the frame gradu- 
 ally wastes away to an extreme degree of lean- 
 ness, while, in acute fevers, an equal degree 
 of attenuation is often produced in two or three 
 weeks. 
 
 Leaping ague. A disease of Scotland, said 
 to be characterized by preternatural activity of 
 mind and body. 
 
 Leather. T anno- gelatine. An insoluble 
 and almost indestructible compound of gelatine 
 with tannic acid. 
 
 Leather-wood. Dirca palustris. 
 
 LEBANON SPRINGS. A simple thermal 
 water, of 72° F., at Lebanon, near Albany, 
 New York. 
 
 Lecanorin. A white, crystalline body, from 
 Lecanora tartarea. 
 
 Lectualis. 1. Relating to a bed. 2. A 
 chronic disease. 
 
 LE'DUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. Ericaceas. — L. pa- 
 lustre. Cistus ledon. Marsh tea. This plant 
 has a bitter, sub-astringent taste. — L. latifo- 
 lium, or Labrador tea, is considered tonic. 
 
 LEECH. Hirudo. Bdella. A genus of an- 
 imals of the order Annelides. The leeches 
 H. medicinalis, H. provincialis, and the horse- 
 leech, H. sanguisuga, inhabit stagnant waters. 
 The mouth is armed with three teeth, and it 
 394 
 
 LEN 
 
 sucks by making a vacuum over the wounded 
 part. A good European leech will draw two 
 drachms of blood, which it disgorges when the 
 mouth is rubbed with salt, and may be used 
 several times. They bite more freely when 
 the part is rubbed with sugar or milk, and the 
 leech confined in a glass or small cylindrical 
 net of brass wire. When applied to the mouth 
 or a cavity, they are to be placed in a proper 
 tube. A leech-bite sometimes bleeds obsti- 
 nately, but may be arrested by pressure, and 
 the application of caustic nitrate of silver. 
 
 Leeches should not be kept in spring water, 
 as they very soon die: the vessel should be 
 filled with water from a pond, and the water 
 changed sufficiently often. It must not be al- 
 lowed to become tinctured with drugs ; and a 
 free supply of air is necessary. 
 
 Leek. Allium porrum. 
 
 LEG. Cms. The portion of the lower ex- 
 tremity extending from the knee to the foot. 
 
 Leg, swelled. Phlegmasia dolens. 
 
 Le'gna. The extremities of the pudenda 
 muliebra. 
 
 LEGU'MEN. (en, inis, n.) A legume. A 
 peculiar, solitary kind of fructification, formed 
 of two oblong valves, without any longitudinal 
 partition, and bearing the seeds along one of 
 its margins only, as the pea, bean. 
 
 Legu'mine. Vegetable casein, derived chief* 
 ly from the seeds of leguminous plants. 
 
 LEGUMINO'SiE. (From legumen, a legume.) 
 The pea and bean tribe of dicotyledonous plants. 
 Herbs or trees with leaves alternate; stamens, 
 perigynous, monadelphous, or diadelphous; 
 ovarium, superior, solitary, simple ; fruit, legu» 
 minous ; seeds, without albumen. 
 
 Legu'minous. Leguminosus. Appertaining 
 to a legume. 
 
 Leienteria. Lienteria. 
 
 LEIP-. A prefix (from Ielitu, to leave), sig- 
 nifying a deficiency or want. 
 
 Leiphje'ma. Anaemia. 
 
 Leipopsy'chia. Syncope. 
 
 Leipotht'mia. Syncope. 
 
 Lei'pyrias. A very malignant continued 
 fever, accompanied with erysipelatous affection 
 of some of the internal viscera, and in which 
 the internal parts are much heated, while the 
 external parts are cold. — Galen. 
 
 Lemithocorton. Helminthocorton. 
 
 Lemon. Citrus medica. 
 
 Lemon, acid of. Citric acid. 
 
 Lemon scurvy-grass. See Cochlearia. 
 
 Le'nientia. Medicines which allay irritation. 
 
 LE'NITIVE. (Lenitivus ; from lenis, gen- 
 tle.) Medicines which operate mildly. 
 
 Lenitive electuary. Confectio sennas com- 
 posita. 
 
 LENS. (Lens, Us, f.) 1. The lentil. Er- 
 vum lens. 2. In Natural Philosophy, a piece 
 of glass or other transparent material, so shaped 
 as to be capable of converging or diverging the 
 rays of light. 
 
 Lens, crystalline. See Eye. 
 
 LENTI'CULA. 1. A smaller sort of lentiL 
 2. A freckle; ephelis. 3. A surgical instru- 
 ment, employed for removing the jagged parti- 
 cles of bone from the edge of the perforation 
 made in the cranium with the trephine 
 
LE P 
 
 LES 
 
 Lenticula marina. Fucus natans. 
 
 LENTI'CULAR. Lenticularis. Shaped like 
 a lens; of a discoid form. 
 
 Lenticular cataract. See Cataract. 
 
 Lenticular ganglion. The ophthalmic 
 ganglion. 
 
 Lenticulare os. The os orbiculare of the 
 ear. See Auris. 
 
 Lenticular papillae. The papillae situated 
 at the posterior part of the tongue. 
 
 Lentiform. The same as lenticular. 
 
 Lenti'go. A freckle; ephelis. Lentigo 
 ephelis. — Frank. 
 
 Lentil. Ervum lens. 
 
 Lentil, sea. Fucus natans. 
 
 Lenti'scus. See Pistachia lentiscus. 
 
 LE'NTOR. {or, oris, m. ; from lentus, clam- 
 my.) A viscidity or siziness of any fluid. 
 
 Leonti'asis. Elephantiasis. 
 
 LEO'NTODON. (on, ontis, m.) A genus 
 of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia cequalis. 
 Composites. — L. taraxacum. The dandelion or 
 pissabed. The young leaves, in a blanched 
 state, have the taste of endive, and are used as 
 salad. The roasted roots resemble chicory. 
 The expressed juice is bitter, aperient, and di- 
 uretic. It has been employed with alleged 
 advantage in hepatic obstructions, jaundice, 
 dropsy, and some cutaneous diseases. The ex- 
 tract, Ext. taraxaci, is officinal. 
 
 Leontopo'dium. Filago leontopodium. 
 
 LEONU'RUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiata. — L. 
 cardiaca. The mother-wort. The leaves have 
 a disagreeable smell and a bitter taste, and are 
 said to be serviceable in disorders of the stom- 
 achs of children, to promote the uterine dis- 
 charge, and to allay palpitation of the heart. 
 
 Leopard's bane. Arnica montana. 
 
 LEP-. LEPI-. A prefix (from leirac, and 
 heme, a scale), denoting the presence of scale- 
 like parts or appendages. 
 
 Le'pidin. A substance obtained by Leroux 
 from the Lepidium iberis. 
 
 LEPI'DIUM. (um, u,n.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrad ynamia. Siliculosa. Crucifera. — L. 
 iberis. Iberis. Sciatica cresses. This plant 
 possesses a warm, penetrating, pungent taste, 
 like cresses, and is recommended as an antiscor- 
 butic, antiseptic, and stomachic. — L. sativum. 
 Dittander. This plant possesses warm, nervine, 
 and stimulating qualities. 
 
 LEPIDO'PTERA. (From leing, a scale, and 
 •Krepov, a wing.) An order of insects which 
 have scaly wings. The butterflies and moths. 
 
 Lepidosarco'ma. A scaly tumor. 
 
 LEPIDO'SIS. (is, is, m. ; from Xekic , squam- 
 ma, a scale.) Scale-skin. See Ichthyosis. 
 
 Lepi'dote. Leprous; covered with scales. 
 
 Lepori'num labium. Leporinum rostrum. 
 Hare-lip. 
 
 Lepori'nus oculus. Lagophthalmia. 
 
 LE'PRA. (a, a, f. ; from Xenpoc, scaly.) 
 The leprosy. This name has been given to 
 several diseases. See Lepra arabum, Lepra ju- 
 daicum, and Lepra gracorum ; but it is now 
 restricted to a common form of cutaneous dis- 
 ease, which Dr. Willan describes as character- 
 ized by scaly patches of different sizes, but hav- 
 ing always nearly a circular form. 
 
 1. Lepra vulgaris exhibits, first, small, dis- 
 tinct elevations of the cuticle, which are red- 
 dish and shining, but never contain any fluid; 
 these patches continue to enlarge gradually till 
 they nearly equal the dimensions of a dollar. 
 The scales accumulate on them so as to form a 
 thick, prominent crust, which is quickly repro- 
 duced. This species sometimes appears first 
 at the elbows or on the forearm, but more 
 generally about the knee, and may spread over 
 the whole body. The constitution remains un- 
 affected for years. 
 
 2. Lepra alphos, v. alphoides. The scaly 
 patches are smaller than those of the lepra vul- 
 garis, and also differ from them in having their 
 central parts depressed or indented. This dis- 
 order usually begins about the elbow, with dis- 
 tinct, eminent asperities, of a dull red color, and 
 not much longer than papillae. These, in a short 
 time, dilate to nearly the size of a half dime. 
 Two or three days afterward the central part 
 of them suffers a depression, within which small 
 white powdery scales may be observed. The 
 surrounding border, however, still continues to 
 be raised, but retains the same size and the 
 same red color as at first. 
 
 3. Lepra nigricans differs little from the 
 lepra vulgaris as to its form and distribution. 
 The most striking difference is in the color of 
 the patches, which are dark and livid. The 
 different forms of lepra are exceedingly intract- 
 able, often resisting all remedial means. A 
 regular diet, frequent ablutions, the use of sul- 
 phur and tar ointments where the skin is not 
 too irritable, and alteratives internally, consti- 
 tute the chief remedies; tar has been administer- 
 ed internally with great advantage. If the skin 
 be very irritable, a fomentation with infusion 
 of the Solanum dulcamara is very useful, as 
 well as its internal use in doses of two or three 
 ounces daily. 
 
 Lepra a'rabum. L. tuberculosa. The tuber- 
 cular elephantiasis, or Elephantiasis grtfcorum. 
 
 Lepra gr^ecorum. The term lepra was ap- 
 plied by the Greeks to a scaly disease of the 
 skin, which appears to correspond with the 
 lepra vulgaris of Willan. The alphos corre- 
 sponds with the lepra alphoides. The melas 
 corresponds with the lepra nigricans. 
 
 Lepra judaic a. Leprosy of the Jews. 
 Moses mentions three kinds, viz. : 1. The book, 
 which appears to correspond with the L. al- 
 phos. 2. The berat cecha, beras asved, or melas 
 of the Greeks. 3. The berat lebena, beras bejas, 
 and leuce of the Greeks. 
 
 Lepra mercuriale. Eczema mercuriale. 
 
 Lepri'asis. The specific name of Dr. Good, 
 for leprosy. Lepidosis lepriasis. 
 
 Leprosy. See Lepra. 
 
 LE'PROUS. Leprosus. Affected with lep- 
 rosy. 
 
 Lepta'ndria tirginica. Veronica virginica. 
 
 Leptt'ntica. Attenuants. 
 
 Leptt'smus. Emaciation. 
 
 Le'pus. (us, oris, m.) A hare. 
 
 Lere'ma. Dotage. 
 
 Le'ros. Light delirium. 
 
 LESION. (L&sio, onis, f. ; from Icedo, to 
 hurt.) An injury. This word is now very 
 generally used in pathology ; thus we gpeak of 
 
 395 
 
LEU 
 
 LEV 
 
 lesion of structure, or organic lesion ; lesion of 
 function, &c. 
 
 Le'iha l. Letlialis. Mortal ; relating to 
 death. 
 
 Letha'rgicjs arterije. The carotids. 
 
 LETHA'RGIC. Lethargicus. Appertaining 
 to lethargy". 
 
 LETHARGY. {Lethargies, i, m. ; from 
 Irjdrj, forge tfulness.) A heavy and constant 
 sleep, with scarcely any intervals of waking : 
 when awakened, the person answers, but, igno- 
 rant or forgetful of what he said, immediately 
 sinks into the same state of sleep. Lethargy is 
 very nearly" allied to mild forms of apoplexy, 
 and may arise from the same causes. Retro- 
 cedent gout has been known to produce leth- 
 argy. 
 
 The cure of lethargy is to be attempted by a 
 diligent search into the cause, the removal of 
 which generally establishes health. If any sup- 
 pressed discharge or eruption can be traced, we 
 should endeavor to reproduce it by all possible 
 means ; aud if any general or local plethora ex- 
 ist, bleeding, purgatives, and active exercise 
 must be resorted to, with an abstemious plan 
 of diet. Lethargy is frequently the result of a 
 determination of blood to the head, but it is 
 also, frequently, a purely nervous affection; 
 and, in the latter case, a generous diet is proper, 
 with blisters, and medicines which stimulate 
 the nervous system, especially ammonia. 
 
 Lethe'a. A name of the poppy. 
 
 Le'theox. The process of inhaling ether. 
 See Inhalation of Ether. 
 
 Lettuce. See Lactuca. 
 
 Leucaca'ntha. The cotton-thistle. 
 
 Leuca'nthemum. See Chrysanthemum leu- 
 canthemum. 
 
 Leuca'smus. Vitiligo. 
 
 LEUC-. LEUCO-. A prefix (from Tievkoc, 
 white), signifying whiteness. 
 
 LEU'CE. (Aevkt] ; from ?i.evkoc, white.) A 
 disease mentioned by the Greek writers, char- 
 acterized by smooth, shining patches on the 
 skin, on which the hairs turned white and silky, 
 and the skin itself, and the subjacent parts, lost 
 their sensibility. It is the Vitiligo alba of Cel- 
 6U3, and the beras bejas of the Arabians. 
 
 Leucele'ctrum. White amber. 
 
 LEU'CINE. A product of the action of pot- 
 ash on proteine. It crystallizes in brilliant 
 white scales, and is soluble in hot water, al- 
 cohol, and ether ; with nitric acid it forms 
 crystalline needles of nitro-leucic acid. 
 
 Leucola'chanum. Valeriana sylvestris. 
 
 LEUCO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from levnoe, 
 white.) Leucoma and albugo are often used 
 synonymously, to denote a white opacity of the 
 cornea of the eye. Both of them, according to 
 Scarpa, are essentially different from the nebula, 
 for they are not the consequence of chronic 
 qphthalmy, attended with varicose veins, and 
 an effusion of a milky serum into the texture of 
 the delicate continuation of the conjunctiva 
 over the cornea, but are the result of violent 
 acute ophthalmy. In this state, a dense coagu- 
 lating lymph is extravasated from the arteries, 
 sometimes superficially, at other times deeply 
 into the substance of the cornea. On other oc- 
 casions, the disease consists of a firm, callous 
 396 
 
 cicatrix on this membrane, the effect of an 
 ulcer or wound, with loss of substance. The 
 term albugo strictly belongs to the first form of 
 the disease, leucoma to the last, more particu- 
 larly when the opacity occupies the whole, or 
 the chief part of the cornea. If inflammation 
 still exists, autiphlogistics are to be used; and 
 otherwise, topical stimulants to favor absorp- 
 tion. 
 
 Leuconymph.e'a. Nymphsea alba. 
 
 Leucopa'thia. The albino state. 
 
 Leucopha'gium. Blanc-mange. 
 
 LEUCOPHLEGMA'SIA. (a, «, f . ; from 
 XevKoc, white, and (pAey/xa, plegm.) A tendency 
 in the system to a dropsical state, known by a 
 pale color of the skin, a flabby condition of the 
 solids, and a redundancy of serum in the blood. 
 
 Leucophlegma'sia dolens. Phlegmasia do- 
 lens. 
 
 Leucophlegma'tic Affected with, or ap- 
 pertaining to, leucophlegmasia. 
 
 Leuco'piper. White pepper. 
 
 Leucopy'ria. Hectic fever. 
 
 LEUCORRHCE'A. (a, ce, f . ; from levaoc, 
 white, and pew, to flow.) Fluor albus. The 
 whites. A secretion of whitish mucus from the 
 vagina of women, arising from debility, or a 
 chronic inflammation of the organs. The dis- 
 charge is attended with some fcetor, smarting 
 in making water, pains in the back and loins, 
 anorexia, and atrophy. In some cases the dis- 
 charge is of so acrid a nature as to produce ef- 
 fects on those who are connected with the 
 woman somewhat similar to venereal matter, 
 giving rise to excoriations about the glans penis 
 aud praeputium, and occasioning a discharge 
 from the urethra. 
 
 Immoderate coition, injury done to the parts 
 by difficult and tedious labors, frequent mis- 
 carriages, immoderate Sowings of the menses, 
 profuse evacuations, poor diet, an abuse of tea, 
 and other causes, giving rise to general debility, 
 or to a laxity of the parts more immediately 
 concerned, are those which usually produce the 
 dischai-ge. Besides the discharge, the patient 
 is frequently afflicted with severe and constant 
 pains in the back and loins, loss of strength, 
 failure of appetite, dejection of spirits, paleness 
 of the countenance, chilliness, and languor. 
 Where the disease has been of long continu- 
 ance, and very severe, a slow fever, attended 
 with difficult respiration, palpitations, faintings, 
 and swellings of the lower extremities, often 
 ensues. 
 
 It is to be treated by hygienic means, especi- 
 ally mild exercise, and a non-stimulating, nutri- 
 tious diet ; astringents are sometimes useful as 
 an injection. The cause, whatever it be, should 
 be sought after, and removed, if possible. 
 
 LEVA'TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from levo, to lift 
 up. ) A muscle, the office of which is to lift up 
 the part to which it is attached. 
 
 Levator anguli oris. A muscle situated 
 above the mouth, which draws the corner of 
 the mouth upward, and makes that part of the 
 cheek opposite to the chin prominent, as in 
 smiling. It arises, thin and fleshy, from the 
 hollow of the superior maxillary bone, between 
 the root of the socket of the first grinder and 
 the foramen infra orbitarium, and is inserted 
 
LEV 
 
 LIC 
 
 into the angle of the mouth and under lip, 
 where it joins with its antagonist. 
 
 j Levator ani. Levator magnus seu interims 
 of Douglas. A muscle of the rectum. It arises 
 from the os pubis, within the pelvis, as far up 
 
 I as the upper edge of the foramen thyroideum 
 and joining of the os pubis with the os ischium, 
 from the thin, tendinous membrane that covers 
 
 j the obturator interims and coccygaeus muscles, 
 
 | and from the spinous process of the ischium. 
 From these origins, its fibres are inserted into 
 the sphincter ani, acceleratores urinae, and an- 
 terior part of the two last bones of the os coc- 
 cygis, surrounding the extremity of the rectum, 
 neck of the bladder, prostate gland, and part of 
 the vesiculae seminales. Its fibres, joining with 
 those of its fellow, form a funnel-shaped hole, 
 that draws the rectum upward after the evacu- 
 ation of the faeces, and assists in shutting it. 
 The levatores ani also sustain the contents of 
 the pelvis, and assist in ejecting the semen, 
 urine, and contents of the rectum, and, perhaps, 
 by pressing upon the veins, contribute to the 
 erection of the penis. 
 
 Levator ani parvus. Transversus peri- 
 nei. 
 
 Levator coccygis. The coccygeus muscle. 
 Levator labii inferioris. Levator menti. 
 It arises from the lower jaw, at the roots of the 
 alveoli of two incisor teeth and the cuspidatus, 
 and is inserted into the under lip and skin of 
 the chin. 
 
 Levator labii superioris al^eque nasi. 
 A muscle of the mouth and lips, that raises the 
 upper lip toward the orbit and a little outward ; 
 it serves, also, to draw the skin of the nose up- 
 ward and outward, by which the nostril is di- 
 lated. It arises by two distinct origins: the 
 first, broad and fleshy, from the external part of 
 the orbitar process of the superior maxillary 
 bone, immediately above the foramen infra or- 
 bitarium \ the second, from the nasal process of 
 the superior maxillary bone, where it joins the 
 os frontis. The first portion is inserted into the 
 upper lip and orbicularis muscle ; the second, 
 into the upper lip and outer part of the ala nasi. 
 Levator labii superioris proprius. A 
 muscle of the upper lip. It arises under the 
 edge of the orbit, and is inserted into the upper 
 lip. 
 
 Levator oculi. See Rectus superior oculi. 
 Levator palati. Levator palati mollis of 
 Albums. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from 
 the extremity of the petrous portion of the tem- 
 poral bone, where it is perforated by the Eus- 
 tachian tube, and also from the membraneous 
 part of the same tube, and is inserted into the 
 whole length of the velum pendulum palati, as 
 far as the root of the uvula, and unites with its 
 fellow. Its use is to draw the velum pendulum 
 palati upward and backward, so as to shut the 
 passage from the fauces into the mouth and 
 
 Levator palati mollis. See Levator palati. 
 
 Levator palpebr^: superioris. A proper 
 muscle of the upper eyelid, that opens the eyes 
 by drawing the eyelid upward. It arises from 
 the upper part of the foramen opticum of the 
 sphenoid bone, above the rectus superior oculi, 
 near the trochlearis, and is inserted by a broad, 
 
 thin tendon into the cartilage that supports the 
 upper eyelid. 
 
 Levator parvus. See Transversus perinei. 
 
 Levator proprius scapulae. See Levator 
 scapulae. 
 
 Levator scapulae. Levator proprius scap- 
 ula. A muscle situated on the posterior part 
 of the neck, that pulls the scapula upward and 
 a little forward. It is a long muscle, nearly 
 two inches in breadth, and is situated obliquely 
 under the anterior edge of the trapezius. It 
 arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the transverse 
 processes of the four, and sometimes five supe- 
 rior vertebra? colli, by so many distinct slips, 
 which soon unite to form a muscle that runs 
 obliquely downward and outward, and is in- 
 serted, by a flat tendon, into the upper angle 
 of the scapula. Its use is to raise the scapula 
 upward and a little forward. 
 
 Levatores costarum. See Intercostal mus- 
 cles. 
 
 LEVER. Veclis. An obsteti-ical instrument 
 for aiding the descent of the child's head through 
 the pelvis. It is applicable to the same cases 
 as the forceps, but the latter is a preferable in- 
 strument, and the lever is now hardly ever used. 
 It is improperly called a lever, as it does not 
 act on the principle of the lever ; it resembles 
 a single blade of the forceps. 
 
 Leviathan penis. Priapus ceti. The penis 
 of the whale, which, when dried and powdered, 
 was formerly used in leucorrhcea and dysentery. 
 
 LEVIGA'TION. (Lavigalio, onis, f. ; from 
 Icevigo, to make 6mooth.) The reduction of a 
 hard substance by trituration to an impalpable 
 powder. 
 
 Levi'sticum. Ligusticum levisticum. 
 
 Levi'tas intestinorum. Lientery. 
 
 Lexipha'rmacon. Alexipharmacon. 
 
 Lexipyre'ticus. Febrifuge. 
 
 Ley. See Lixivium. 
 
 Leyden jar. L. phial. See Electricity. 
 
 LIA'TRIS SPICATA. An indigenous bulb- 
 ous plant, which, with other species, are said 
 to be diuretic. 
 
 Liba'dium. The lesser centaury. 
 
 Libanion. A collyrium. — Paul of JEgina. 
 
 Libano'tis. Rosemary. 
 
 Li'banus. 1. The cedar of Lebanon. 2. The 
 frankincense- tree. 
 
 Liber. The inner bark of trees. 
 
 Libu'rnum. Viburnum lantana. 
 
 Li'chanus. The fore finger. 
 
 LI'CHEN. (Aeixrjv, or Xixvv- Lichen, enis, 
 or enos, m.) 1. In Pathology, an extensive 
 eruption of papulae affecting adults and children, 
 connected with internal disorder, usually ter- 
 minating in scurf; recurrent, not contagious. 
 The varieties of lichen are distinguished under 
 the denominations of simplex, agrius, pilaris, It- 
 vidus, tropicus, circumscripta, and urticatus. 
 
 Lichen simplex. — Distinct red papulae arise 
 first about the cheeks and chin, or on the arms, 
 accompanied with an unpleasant sensation of 
 tingling, which is somewhat aggravated during 
 the night. In about a week the color of the 
 eruption fades, and the cuticle begins to sep- 
 arate. The duration is from ten to twenty 
 days. The febrile state, at the beginning of 
 this disorder, lasts five or 6ix days : it is gener 
 
 397 
 
LIC 
 
 LIE 
 
 ally relieved on the appearance of the erup- 
 tion. 
 
 Lichen circumscriptus is characterized by clus- 
 ters or patches of papulae, which have a well- 
 defined margin, and are of an irregularly circu- 
 lar form. Some of them are stationary for a 
 week or two, and disappear ; but others extend 
 gradually, by new papulated borders, into large 
 figured forms, which coalesce. As the borders 
 extend, the central area? become even, but con- 
 tinue slightly red and scurfy. 
 
 Lichen agrius is preceded by nausea, pain in 
 the stomach, headache, loss of strength, and 
 deep-seated pains in the limbs, with fits of cold- 
 ness and shivering ; which symptoms continue 
 several days, and are sometimes relieved by 
 the papulous eruption. The papulae are distrib- 
 uted in clusters, or often in large patches, chiefly 
 on the arms, the upper part of the breast, the 
 neck, face, back, and sides of the abdomen; 
 they are of a vivid red color, and have a red- 
 ness, or some degree of inflammation, diffused 
 round them to a considerable extent, and at- 
 tended with itching, heat, and a painful tingling. 
 
 Lichen pilaris. — This is merely a modifica- 
 tion of the first species of lichen, and, like it, 
 often alternates with complaints of the head, or 
 stomach, in irritable habits. The peculiarity 
 of the eruption is, that the small tubercles or 
 asperities appear only at the roots of the hairs 
 of the skin, being probably occasioned by an 
 enlargement of their bulbs, or an unusual' full- 
 ness of the blood-vessels distributed to them. 
 
 Lichen lividus. — The papulae characterizing 
 this eruption are of a dark red or livid hue, 
 and somewhat more permanent than in the 
 foregoing species of lichen. 
 
 Lichen tropicus. — Prickly heat. It consists 
 of numerous papulke, about the size of a small 
 pin's head, and elevated so as to produce a 
 considerable roughness on the skin. The papu- 
 laB are of a vivid red color, and often exhibit an 
 irregular form, two or three of them being in 
 many places united together; but no redness 
 or inflammation extends to the skin in the in- 
 terstices of the papulae. 
 
 Dr. Bateman has introduced another species, 
 Lichen urticatus. — In its first appearance it is 
 in irregular, inflamed wheals, so closely resem- 
 bling the spots excited by the bites of bugs or 
 gnats as almost to deceive the observer. The 
 inflammation, however, subsides in a day or 
 two, leaving small, elevated, itching papulae. 
 There may be a recurrence for months. It is 
 peculiar to children. 
 
 A species of lichen has lately been described 
 by M. Biett under the name of Lichen gyratus, 
 in which the papulae are arranged in a spiral 
 form. 
 
 Most of the forms of lichen require little 
 treatment. Laxatives, bathing, mild diet, suit- 
 able clothing, exercise, and occasionally a mild 
 ointment or tonic remedy, is all that is neces- 
 sary. 
 
 II. In Botany, a genus of plants. Crypto- 
 gamia. Algce. There are several species, some 
 of which are used in medicine. 
 
 Lichen aphthosus. Muscus camutalis. 
 This i3 said to have a good effect in some com- 
 plaints of the intestines. 
 398 
 
 Lichen arboreus pullus. Lichen olivarius. 
 
 Lichen caninus. The ash-colored ground 
 liverwort. L. terrestris. L. cinereus terrestris. 
 Formerly supposed to cure hydrophobia. 
 
 Lichen cinereus terrestris. See Lichen 
 caninus. 
 
 Lichen cocciferus. L. coccineus. Lichen 
 pyxidatus. 
 
 Lichen islandicus. Cetraria islandica. 
 
 Lichen marinus. Ulva lactuca. 
 
 Lichen olivarius. Tree liverwort. L. ar- 
 boreus pullus. An infusion of this is considered 
 as strengthening to the lungs, and given in 
 hemorrhages, and against old coughs. 
 
 Lichen plicatus. It is slightly astringent, 
 and is applied with that intention to bleeding 
 vessels. 
 
 Lichen prunastri. This is astringent, and 
 is used to strengthen the lungs. 
 
 Lichen pulmonarius. L. arboreus. Pecto- 
 ral moss. Tree lungwort. Oak lungs. This 
 sub-astringent and rather acid plant was once 
 in high estimation in the cure of diseases of the 
 lungs. 
 
 Lichen pyxidatus. The cup moss. L. 
 pyxidatus major. L. coccineus. Used by the 
 common people in the cure of hooping-cough. 
 
 Lichen roccella. Canary archel. Herb 
 archel. Roccella. R. tinctorum. This plant has 
 been employed medicinally with success in al- 
 laying the cough attendant on phthisis, and in 
 hysterical coughs. The principal use is as a 
 blue dye, litmus. 
 
 Lichen saxatilis. Muscus cranii humani. 
 JJsnea. This moss, when growing on the hu- 
 man skull, was formerly in high estimation in 
 epilepsies. 
 
 Lichen velleus. This has the same virtues 
 as the lichen pulmonarius. 
 
 Lichenia'sis strophulus. Strophulus. 
 
 Liche'nin. The starchy matter of lichens. 
 
 LICHE'NS. Lichenis. Plants of a very low 
 organization, which grow on the bark of trees 
 or rocks, when they form a kind of incrustation, 
 or upon the ground, when they consist of irreg- 
 ular lobes parallel with the earth's surface. Oc- 
 casionally, in all situations, they are found in a 
 branched state ; but their subdivisions are gen- 
 erally irregular, and without order. Their fruc- 
 tification consists of hard nuclei, called shields, 
 which break through the upper surface of the 
 thallus, or main substance of the lichen, are of 
 a peculiar odor and texture, and contain the 
 reproductive particles. Lichens abound in the 
 cold and temperate parts of the world. The 
 greater part are of no known use ; but some, as 
 the reindeer moss {Cenomyce rangiferina), the 
 Iceland moss {Cetraria islandica), and various 
 species of Gyrophora, are capable of sustaining 
 life, either in animals or man. The Iceland 
 moss, when deprived of its bitterness by soak- 
 ing in an alkali, and then boiled, becomes, in- 
 deed, a diet recommended to invalids. Others 
 are used as tonic medicines, as Variolaria fagi- 
 nea and Parmelia parietina. Their principal 
 use is, however, that of furnishing the dyer 
 with brilliant colors : orchall, cudbear, and pe- 
 rolle, with many more, are thus employed. 
 
 LI'EN. {en, enis, m. ; from Xeioc, soft or 
 smooth.) The spleen. See Spleen. 
 
LIG 
 
 LIG 
 
 Lien sinarum. Nymphaea nelumbo. 
 
 LIENTE'RIA. (a, <b, f. ; from leioc, smooth, 
 and evrepov, the intestine.) Lientery. See 
 Diarrhoea. 
 
 Lienteria urinalis. Diabetes. 
 
 LIFE. Bloc. Vita. The word life has 
 been used in two acceptations: in the one it 
 means the aggregate of the phenomena result- 
 ing from the activities of an organized body ; 
 in the other it means the cause of those activi- 
 ties. 
 
 Haller established the existence of two great 
 modifications of vital power, namely, sensibility 
 and irritability. The former of these he be- 
 lieved to reside exclusively in the brain and 
 nerves, the latter in the muscular fibre. He 
 believed that the muscles have a nervous pow- 
 er, or vis nervea, distributed to them from the 
 brain through the nerves, distinct from their 
 proper irritability, or vis insita. We now rec- 
 ognize an animal and an organic sensibility; an 
 animal and an organic contractility, of which 
 last, irritability is one of the species; or, ac- 
 cording to Bichat, an organic life, consisting of 
 the force which maintains the functions of the 
 part and repairs waste, and an animal life, which 
 is the life of relation to other objects by vision, 
 locomotion, intelligence, voice, &c. 
 
 Life-everlasting. Gnaphalium margarita- 
 ceum. 
 
 LI'GAMENT. (Ligamentum, i, n. ; from 
 ligo, to bind.) An elastic and strong mem- 
 brane, connecting the extremities of the mova- 
 ble bones. Ligaments are divided into capsu- 
 lar, which surround joints like a bag, and con- 
 necting ligaments. The use of the capsular 
 ligaments is to connect the extremities of the 
 movable bones, and prevent the efflux of sy- 
 novia; the external and internal connecting 
 ligaments strengthen the union of the extremi- 
 ties of the movable bones. The ligaments of 
 the joints and viscera are described under the 
 several parts. 
 
 Ligamenta ala'ria. Alar ligaments. Two 
 ligaments of the knee joint, a major and a mi- 
 nor, are named alar, from their wing-like shape. 
 
 Ligamenta interspinalia. Interspinous 
 ligaments. The ligaments which pass between 
 the spinous processes of the vertebrae. 
 
 Ligamenta intertransversalia. Inter- 
 transverse ligaments. The ligaments which pass 
 between the transverse processes of the verte- 
 bra?. 
 
 Ligamenta radiata. The ligaments pass- 
 ing between the inner end of the clavicle and 
 the sternum ; also, those which pass from the 
 extremities of the cartilages of the ribs over the 
 sternum. 
 
 Ligamenta subflava. See Spinal cord. 
 
 Ligaments, crucial. The ligaments which 
 cross each other within the knee joint. 
 
 Ligaments, lateral. Ligaments situated 
 at the sides of a joint, as the lateral ligaments 
 of the knee and wrist. 
 
 Ligaments, vaginal. The sheath-like liga- 
 ments of the flexor tendons of the fingers. 
 
 Ligamentum annulare. Annular or ring- 
 like ligament : the name of a strong ligament 
 on each ankle and wrist. 
 
 Ligamentum arteriosum. The ductus ar- 
 
 teriosus of the foetus, which becomes a ligament 
 after birth, is so called. 
 
 Ligamentum erachio-cubitale. The bra- 
 chio-cubital ligament. The expansion of the 
 lateral ligament, which is fixed in the inner 
 condyle of the os humeri, runs over the cap- 
 sular, to which it closely adheres, and is inserted 
 like radii on the side of the great sigmoid cavity 
 of the ulna ; it is covered on the inside by several 
 tendons, which adhere closely to it, and seem 
 to strengthen it very considerably. 
 
 Ligamentum brachio-radiale. Thebrachio- 
 radial ligament. The expansion of the lateral 
 ligament which runs over the external condyle 
 of the os humeri, is inserted round the coronary 
 ligament, from thence all the way down to the 
 neck of the radius, and also in the neighboring 
 parts of the ulna. Through all this passage it 
 covers the capsular ligament, and is covered by 
 several tendons adhering closely to both. 
 
 Ligamentum capsulare. See Ligaments. 
 
 Ligamentum ciliare. See Ciliary ligament. 
 
 Ligamentum conoides. A ligament which 
 passes from the root of the coracoid process to 
 the clavicle. 
 
 Ligamentum deltoides. The triangular lig- 
 ament which passes from the malleolus intern us 
 of the tibia to the astragalus, os calcis and os na- 
 viculare. 
 
 Ligamentum denticulatum. A ligament ex- 
 tending the whole length of the spinal marrow. 
 
 Ligamentum fallopii. The round ligament 
 of the uterus, and also Poupart's ligament, have 
 been so called. 
 
 Ligamentum infundibuliforme. The liga- 
 ment which joins the atlas to the occipital bone. 
 
 Ligamentum interclaviculare. The liga- 
 ment which joins the two clavicles behind the 
 top of the sternum. 
 
 Ligamentum interosseum. The ligament 
 uniting the radius and ulna, and also that be- 
 tween the tibia and fibula. 
 
 Ligamentum latum. The broad ligament 
 of the liver, and that of the uterus. 
 
 Ligamentum nuch^. Cervical ligament. A 
 strong ligament which arises from the perpen- 
 dicular spine of the occipital bone, and descends 
 on the back part of the neck, adhering to the 
 spinous processes of the cervical vertebras. 
 
 Ligamentum orbiculare. The ligament 
 which binds the neck of the radius to the ulna. 
 
 Ligamentum ovarii. The thick, round por- 
 tion of the broad ligament of the uterus, by 
 which the ovarium is connected with the ute- 
 rus. 
 
 Ligamentum posticum Winslovii. Posterior 
 ligament of Winslow. This consists of irregular 
 bands, passing obliquely over the back part of 
 the capsular ligament of the knee joint from the 
 external condyle of the femur to the upper and 
 inner part of the tibia. 
 
 Ligamentum Poupartii. Fallopian ligament. 
 Poupart's ligament. A ligament extending from 
 the anterior superior spinous process of the ilium 
 to the crista of the os pubis. 
 
 Ligamentum rhomboides. Ligamentum 
 rhomboideum. The ligament which binds the 
 clavicle to the first rib. 
 
 Ligamentum rotundum. The round liga- 
 ment of the uterus. See Uterus. 
 
 399 
 
LIG 
 
 L IG 
 
 Ligamsntum teres. The round ligament of 
 the hip joint. See Femoris os. 
 
 Ligamentum trapezoides. Ligamenlum tra- 
 pezoidenm. A ligament which passes from the 
 point of the coracoicl process of the scapula to 
 the under edge of the clavicle. 
 
 Ligamentum triangulare. A ligament ex- 
 tending from the coracoid to the acromial pro- 
 cess of the scapula. 
 
 LI'GATURE. (Ligatura, ce, f. ; from ligo, 
 to bind.) A thread or silk of various thickness, 
 covered with white wax, for the purpose of 
 tying arteries or other parts. Ligatures should 
 be round and very firm, so as to allow their 
 being tied with some force, without risk of 
 breaking. 
 
 LIGHT. Lux. Light is that which proceeds 
 from any body producing the sensation of vision, 
 or perception of other bodies, by depicting an 
 image of external objects on the retina of the 
 eye. 
 
 Explanation of certain terms in optics. — A ray 
 of light is an exceedingly small portion of light 
 as it comes from a luminous body. A medium 
 is a body which affords a passage for the rays 
 of light. A beam of light is a body of parallel 
 rays. A pencil of rays is a body of diverging or 
 converging rays. Converging rays are rays 
 which tend to a common point. Diverging rays 
 are those which come from a point, and contin- 
 ually separate as they proceed. The radiant 
 point is the point from which diverging rays 
 proceed. The focus is the point to which the 
 converging rays are directed. 
 
 Light is distinguished into two kinds, viz., 
 natural light, proceeding from the sun and stars, 
 and artificial light, proceeding from bodies 
 which are strongly heated : this glowing or 
 shining appearance is called incandescence. The 
 phenomena of light may be referred to the fol- 
 lowing heads : 
 
 1. Radiation, or the emission of light, like 
 that of caloric, in all directions, in the form of 
 radii, or rays. A collection of such rays ac- 
 companying each other, is termed a pencil. The 
 radiant point is the point from which diverging 
 rays proceed; the focus, the point into which 
 converging rays are collected. 
 
 2. Refection, or the rebound of a ray of light, 
 as of caloric, from a polished surface ; the angle 
 of incidence being equal to the angle of reflec- 
 tion. 
 
 3. Refraction, or the break of the natural 
 course of a ray of light, as it passes into a trans- 
 parent substance, as glass or water ; this is 
 termed ordinary refraction. If a ray fall upon 
 the surface of Iceland spar, or certain other sub- 
 stances, it will be split into two portions, making 
 an angle with each other, and each pursuing its 
 own separate course; this is called double re- 
 fraction ; one of these rays following the same 
 ride as if the substance were glass or water, the 
 other undergoing extraordinary refraction. 
 
 4. Polarization, or the property by which a 
 ray of light, after its emergence from the sub- 
 stance, or reflection from the surface of a body, 
 acquires poles or sides with different properties, 
 in relation to the plane of its incidence. Polai'- 
 ized light may be procured from common light 
 in three ways, viz.: 1. By refection from the 
 
 400 
 
 surfaces of transparent and opaque bodies. 2. 
 By transmission through several plates of un- 
 crystallized bodies. 3. By transmission through 
 bodies regularly crystallized, and possessing the 
 property of double refraction, as Iceland spar, 
 rock crystal, &c. 
 
 5. Decomposition, or the division of a ray of 
 light in traversing a prism into its constituent 
 colors ; the appearance thus produced is called 
 the prismatic spectrum. See Prism. 
 
 6. Phosphorescence, or the emission of light 
 from certain substances. These are artificial 
 compounds, as Canton's phosphorus ; some bod- 
 ies when strongly heated, as lime ; certain ma- 
 rine animals, in the living or dead state, as the 
 medusa; certain animalcules, as the fire-fly of 
 the West Indies, the glow-worm, &c. ; vegeta- 
 ble substances, as rotten wood, &c. 
 
 The light of the sun is very complex, contain- 
 ing seven colors, and other agents than simple 
 light, as heat and the chemical rays. It is essen- 
 tial to the production of the green matter of 
 vegetation and the welfare of animals. 
 
 Light carbureted hydrogen. Carbureted 
 hydrogen gas. 
 
 Ligne'ous. Ligneus. Woody. 
 
 LI'GNIN. Lignine. The pure fibre of wood, 
 divested of starch and other impurities ; accord- 
 ing to Payen, it consists of an investing or cellu- 
 lar matter, cellulose, C12H10O10, isomeric with 
 starch, the true internal matter, or lignin, being 
 C 3 5H 2 402o- Fine linen from hemp or flax is in- 
 soluble in water, decays very slowly, and is 
 converted into dextrine by the action of dilute 
 sulphuric acid and heat, and finally into starch 
 sugar. 
 
 Li'gnone. An alcoholic spirit found in pyr- 
 oxylic spirit. 
 
 Ligno'sus. Ligneous. 
 
 LI'GNUM. (um, i, n.) Wood. 
 
 Lignum agallochi veri. See Lignum aloes. 
 
 Lignum aloes. L. agallochi veri. L.aquilce. 
 L. calambac. L. aspalathi. Aloes wood. Sup- 
 posed to be from the Fxcazaria agallocha, the 
 bark as well as the milk of which is purgative. 
 
 Lignum aquil^:. L. aspalathi. Lignum 
 aloes. 
 
 Lignum braziliense. Caesalpina. 
 
 Lignum calambac Lignum aloes. 
 
 Lignum campechense. Haunatoxylon. 
 
 Lignum colubrinum. Strychnos colubrina. 
 
 Lignum indicum. Guaiacum. 
 
 Lignum moluccense. Croton tiglium. 
 
 Lignum nephriticum. Guilandina. 
 
 Lignum pavan^. Croton tiglium. 
 
 Lignum rhodium. Aspalathus. 
 
 Lignum sanctum. Guaiacum. 
 
 Lignum santali rubri. Pterocarpus 
 
 Lignum sappan. Haematoxylon. 
 
 Lignum serpentinum. Ophioxylum. 
 
 Lignum vit,e. Guaiacum officinale. 
 
 Lignum's antiscorbutic drops. A quack 
 preparation of corrosive sublimate. 
 
 LI'GULA. («, «, f. ; a strap.) 1. The 
 clavicle. 2. The glottis. 3. A measure con- 
 taining ten scruples. 4. The small transparent 
 membrane on the margin of the sheath and base 
 of the leaves of grasses. 
 
 Ligula'te. Ligulatus. Strap-shaped 
 1 shaped like a strap or ribbon. 
 
L I M 
 
 LIN 
 
 LIGUS'TICUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
 — L. levisticum. Lovage. Lcvisticum. The 
 odor is veiy strong and. ungrateful ; its taste 
 is warm and. aromatic. It abounds with a yel- 
 lowish, gummy, resinous juice, very much re- 
 sembling opoponax. Its virtues are carmina- 
 tive, diaphoretic, and deobstruent ; therefore it 
 is chiefly used in hysterical disoi'ders and uter- 
 ine obstructions. The leaves, eaten in salad, 
 are accounted emmenagogue. The root, which 
 is less ungrateful than the leaves, is said to pos- 
 sess similar virtues, and may be employed in 
 powder 
 
 LIGU'STRUM. Cum, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Diandria. Monogyiia. Oleacece. — L. 
 tadgare is the privet: the leaves are slightly 
 astringent and bitter. 
 
 LILIA'CEjE. A family of endogenous plants, 
 remarkable for their brilliant flowers, including 
 the lilies, hyacinths, tuberoses, &c. They are 
 characterized by six petals, six stamens, supe- 
 rior ovary, anthers bursting inwardly. 
 
 Lilia'ceous. Liliaceus. Resembling the lily ; 
 such plants as have a liliaceous corolla and a 
 three-lobed stigma. 
 
 Lilia'cine. A bitter, crystallizable body ob- 
 tained from the lilac. 
 
 Liliaci'nus. Liliacine. Lilac color. 
 
 Lilia'go. The Anthericum liliastrum; for- 
 merly said to be alexipharmic and carmina- 
 tive. 
 
 LI'LIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliacece. — L. can- 
 didum. L. album. The white lily. The roots 
 are mucilaginous and emollient. — L. conval- 
 lium. See Convallaria majalis. — L. croceum. 
 See Hemerocallis. — L. martagon. The mar- 
 tagon lily. Linnaeus tells us that the root of 
 this plant forms a part of the ordinary food of 
 the Siberians. — L. purpureum. L.rubrum. See 
 Hemerocallis. 
 
 Lily. See Lilium. 
 
 Lily, may. Convallaiia majalis. 
 
 Lily, water. Nymphaea alba. 
 
 Lily, white. Lilium candidum. 
 
 Lily of the valley. Convallaria majalis. 
 
 Li'ma bark. See Cinchona barks, various. 
 
 LIMATU'RA. {a, ce, f . ; from lima, a file.) 
 File-dust; filings. 
 
 Limatura ferri. Iron filings. These, when 
 taken internally, become more or less oxidized 
 in the stomach and intestines : they act, there- 
 fore, as a mild chalybeate. The dose is from 
 gr. v. to 3ss. 
 
 Limatura stanni. Tin filings. See Stan- 
 num. 
 
 LI'MAX. {ax, acts, m. ; from limus, slime.) 
 . The slug. It was formerly much used in de- 
 coction for consumption and atrophy. 
 
 LIMBUS. (us. i,m.) The limb, brim, or 
 border. In Botany, applied to a part of the 
 corolla. See Corolla. 
 
 Limbus luteus. The foramen of Scemmer 
 tag. 
 
 Lime. Citrus limetta. 
 
 LIME. Calx. The oxide of calcium. It 
 
 *s obtained by heating marble, limestone, chalk, 
 
 c:r oyster shells at a red heat ; is white, friable, 
 
 tas a hot, caustic taste, and the properties of an 
 
 Cc 
 
 alkali ; sp. gravity, 2-3. By exposure to moist- 
 ure it slacks, and becomes a hydrate, losing 
 much of its caustic quality. It is a powerful 
 base, uniting with most acids ; its presence in 
 solution is made known by the insoluble white 
 precipitate it forms with oxalats of ammonia. 
 Its formula is CaO ; eq., 28 - 5. 
 
 Several preparations of lime are used medi- 
 cinally. See Calcis chloridum, Calcis liquor, 
 Calcii chloridum, Calcii chloridi liquor, Creta 
 prmparata, Potassa cum calce. 
 
 Lime-tree. Tilia europsea. 
 
 Lime-water. Calcis liquor. 
 
 Limne'mic Limncemicus. Pertaining to a 
 marsh; paludal. 
 
 LI'MON. (Hebrew.) A lemon. See Ci- 
 trus medica. 
 
 Limonade, minerale. Mineral lemonade. 
 The French, strangely enough, give this name 
 to water acidulated with a mineral acid, and 
 sweetened. These preparations are used as 
 drinks in fevers and inflammations. 
 
 Limonade, nitric Water acidulated with 
 nitric acid, and sweetened. 
 
 Limonade, sulphuric Water acidulated 
 with sulphuric acid, and sweetened. 
 
 Limonade, tartaric Water acidulated 
 with tartaric acid, and sweetened. 
 
 Limonia malus. The lemon. 
 
 LIMO'NIUM. 1. The lemon. 2. Valeriana 
 rubra. 3. Polygonum fagopyrum. 4. Pyrola 
 rotundifolia. 5. Statice limonium, which is said 
 to possess astringent properties. 
 
 LIMO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from htfioc, hunger.) 
 Morbid appetite. A genus of diseases, charac- 
 terized by depraved, excessive, or defective 
 appetite. — Good. 
 
 Limosis avens. Insatiable appetite. 
 
 Limosis expers. Anorexia. 
 
 Limosis helluonum. Gluttony. 
 
 Limosis pica. Pica. 
 
 LINA'CE^l. The flax tribe of dicotyledon- 
 ous plants. Herbaceous plants, with leaves 
 usually alternate ; flowers, symmetrical, polype- 
 talous; stamens, hypogynous; ovarium, entire, 
 many-celled ; seeds, compressed and inverted. 
 
 LINAME'NTUM. (From linum, linen.) 
 Lint ; a tent of lint for a wound. 
 
 Linangi'na. Cuscuta europaea. 
 
 Lina'ria. Antirrhinum linaria. 
 
 LPNCTUS. (us, us, m. ; from lingo, to lick.) 
 Lohoc. Eclegma. Elexis. Elegma. Eclectos. 
 Ecleitos. Illinctus. A loch; a lambative. A 
 term in pharmacy, that is generally applied to 
 a soft substance, of the consistence of honey, 
 which is licked off the spoon. 
 
 LI'NEA. (a, ce, f. ; from linum, a thread.) 
 A line: applied to some parts which have a 
 line-like appearance. 
 
 Linea alba. Linea centralis. A tendinous 
 line that extends from the scrobiculus cordis to 
 the navel, and from thence to the pubes. It is 
 formed by the tendinous fibres of the internal 
 oblique ascending, and the external oblique 
 descending muscles, and the transversalis, in- 
 terlaced with those of the opposite side. 
 
 Linea aspera. The rough edge along the 
 posterior edge of the femur. 
 
 Linea ilio-pectinea. The lateral margin of 
 the brim of the pelvis, formed by the upper 
 
 401 
 
LIN 
 
 LIN 
 
 edge of the os pubis and the lower and inter- 
 nal margin of the ilium. 
 
 Linea innominata. Linea ilio-pectinea. 
 
 Linea quadrata. The posterior intertro- 
 chanteric line, along which the quadratus is at- 
 tached. 
 
 Linea semilunaris. The white line on the 
 outer margin of each rectus muscle of the belly, 
 formed by the union of the abdominal tendons. 
 
 Linea transversa. The line s which cross 
 the recti muscles of the abdomen. 
 
 LINEA'R. Linearis. Strap-shaped. 
 
 Lineatus. Lineate, or streaked. 
 
 Ling. Gadus molva. 
 
 LI'NGUA. {a, ce, f. ; from lingo, to lick up.) 
 The tongue. See Tongue. 
 
 Lingua avis. L. passerina. The seed-vessel 
 of the Fraxinus. Sparrow's tongue. 
 
 Lingua canina. Cynoglossum officinale. 
 
 Lingua cervina. Scolopendrium vulgare. 
 
 LI'NGUAL. Lingualis. Relating to the 
 tongue. 
 
 Lingual artery. A branch of the external 
 carotid in the tongue : it is called the ranine 
 artery. 
 
 Lingual nerve. 1. The hypo-glossus nerve. 
 2. A branch of the inferior maxillary, or third 
 branch of the fifth pair. 
 
 LINGUA'LIS. Lingual muscle. Basio-glos- 
 sus. A muscle of the tongue. It arises from the 
 root of the tongue laterally, and runs forward 
 between the hyo-glossus and genio-glossus, to 
 be inserted into the tip of the tongue, along 
 with part of the stylo-glossus. Its use is to con- 
 tract the substance of the tongue, and to bring 
 it backward. 
 
 Lingue'tta laminosa. A thin process of 
 gray matter, extending upon the valve of 
 Vieussens. 
 
 Lingula'te. Lingulatus. Linguiformis. 
 Tongue-shaped. 
 
 Liniment. See Linimentum. 
 
 Liniment, anodyne. Linimentum opii. 
 
 Liniment, Kentish's. Linimentum tere- 
 binthinae. 
 
 Liniment of mercury. Linimentum hydrar- 
 gyri compositum. 
 
 Liniment of verdigris. Linimentum aeru- 
 ginis. 
 
 Liniment, volatile. Linimentum ammoniae. 
 
 LINIME'NTUM. (™, i, n. ; from lino, to 
 anoint. ) A liniment. A medicament of a me- 
 diate consistence, between an ointment and oil, 
 used to rub upon diseased parts. A medicine 
 similarly applied, but of thinner consistence, is 
 called an embrocation. 
 
 Linimentum aru'ginis. (Ph. L.) Liniment 
 of verdigris. Take of verdigris, powdered, %]. ; 
 vinegar, f. fvij.; clarified honey, §xiv. Dis- 
 solve the verdigris in the vinegar ; strain ; add 
 the honey gradually, and boil it down to a 
 proper consistence. Stimulant, detergent, and 
 slightly escharotic: applied to indolent ulcers, 
 syphilitic sores, and diluted as a gargle. _ 
 
 Linimentum album. Ceratum cetacei. 
 
 Linimbntum ammo'nia. (U.S.) Linimentum 
 ammonice fortius. Volatile liniment. Strong lin- 
 iment of ammonia. Take aqua ammoniae, f. 
 ?ss. ; olive oil, f. fij. Shake until they unite. 
 A. stimulating application and rubefacient. 
 402 
 
 Linimentum ammonite compositum. (Ph. 
 E.) Compound liniment of ammonia. Take 
 of strong aqua ammonia, f. f v. ; tincture oi 
 camphor, f. ^ij. ; spirit of rosemary, f. fj. Mix. 
 Rubefacient, vesicating, and caustic. 
 
 Linimentum ammonia sesquicarbo'natis. 
 (Ph. L.) Linimentum ammonice subcarbonatis. 
 Liniment of sesquicarbonate of ammonia. Take 
 of solution of sesquicarbonate of ammonia, f. 
 5j. ; olive oil, f. $ iij. Shake them together until 
 they unite. A stimulating liniment, mostly 
 used to relieve rheumatic pains; milder than 
 the linimentum ammoniae. 
 
 Linimentum anodynum. Linimentum opii. 
 
 Linimentum aqua calcis. Linimentum cal- 
 cis. (U. S.) Liniment of lime-water. This 
 consists of equal parts of linseed oil and lime- 
 water. An application to burns and scalds. 
 
 Linimentum arcei. Unguentum elemi com- 
 positum. 
 
 Linimentum ca'mphora. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 Camphor liniment. Take of camphor, f j . ; olive 
 oil, f. f iv. Dissolve. Anodyne and resolvent. 
 
 Linimentum camphora compo'situm. (Ph. 
 L.) Compound camphor liniment. Take of 
 camphor, fiiss. ; solution of ammonia, fviiss. ; 
 spirit of lavender, a pint. Mix the ammonia 
 and spirit in a glass retort, and distill a pint. 
 Dissolve the camphor in the product. An an- 
 odyne stimulant in paralytic, spasmodic, and 
 rheumatic diseases, and for bruises, sprains, &c. 
 
 Linimentum canthari'dis. (U. S.) Lini- 
 ment of blistering flies. Take of Spanish flies, 
 in powder, fj.; oil of turpentine, Oss. Digest 
 three hours in a water-bath, and strain. Rube- 
 facient and epispastic. There is a French Lin- 
 imentum cantharidis camphoratum, consisting of 
 soap, camphor, oil, and tincture of cantharides : 
 a mild rubefacient. 
 
 Linimentum crotonis. Liniment of ci-oton 
 oil. Mix of croton oil, one part ; olive oil, five 
 parts. Used as a counter-irritant, it produces 
 a pustular eruption. 
 
 Linimentum hydra'rgyri compositum. 
 (Ph. L.) Mercurial liniment. Take of strong 
 mercurial ointment, prepared lard, of each, fiv. ; 
 camphor, §j. ; rectified spirit, f. 3J. ; solution of 
 ammonia, f. fiv. Powder the camphor with 
 the spirit, then rub it with the ointment and 
 lard; then add gradually the ammonia, and 
 mix. If it be frequently or largely applied, it 
 affects the mouth more rapidly than the mercu 
 rial ointment. 
 
 Linimentum opii. (Ph. L.) Linimentum 
 opiatum. This consists of compound soap lini 
 ment, f. fvj., and tincture of opium, f. §ij. It 
 is a resolvent anodyne embrocation. 
 
 Linimentum saponaceum hydrosulphura- 
 tum. (Ph. P.) A French preparation of com- 
 mon soap, five parts ; oil of poppy, ten parts ; 
 and sulphuret of potassium, one part. Used in 
 itch and cutaneous affections. 
 
 Linimentum saponis. See Tinctura saponis 
 camphor at a. 
 
 Linimentum sapo'nis compo'situm. Com- 
 pound soap liniment. Linimentum saponis cam- 
 phoratum. (U. S.) Take of soap, ^iij. ; cam- 
 phor, fj. ; oil of rosemary, oil of origanum, of 
 each, f. 3J. ; alcohol, Oj. Dissolve the camphor 
 and oils in the spirit, then add the soap, and 
 
LIP 
 
 macerate until melted. Anodyne and mild 
 Stimulant. 
 
 Linimentum saponis cum opio. Linimentum 
 opii. 
 
 Linimentum simplex. (Ph. E.) Simple 
 liniment. Take of olive oil, four parts ; white 
 wax, one part. Melt. Also, the Unguentum 
 cerce. 
 
 Linimentum terebi'nthiNjE. (U. S.) Tur- 
 pentine liniment. Take of resin cerate, Ibj. ; 
 oil of turpentine, Oss. Mix. Applied to burns. 
 
 Linimentum terebi'nthtn.e vitriolicum. 
 Vitriolic liniment of turpentine. Take of olive 
 oil, f. 5X. ; oil of turpentine, f. § iv. ; dilute sul- 
 phuric acid, 3iij. Mix. This preparation is 
 said to be efficacious in chronic affections of the 
 joints, and in the removal of long-existing ef- 
 fects of sprains and bruises. 
 
 Linimentum volatile. Linimentum ammo- 
 nia? sesquicarbonatis. 
 
 LINNiE'A. (a, <z, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Angiospermia. — L. borealis has a 
 bitter, subastringent taste, and is used in the 
 form of fomentation for rheumatic pains. 
 
 LINNjE'AN SYSTEM. The sexual system. 
 A plan of classifying plants on the number 
 and position of the stamens and pistils of the 
 flower. 
 
 Linos pe'rmum. Linum usitatissimum. 
 
 Linozo'stis. Mercurialis vulgaris. 
 
 Linseed. Linum usitatissimum. 
 
 LINT. Li'nteum. Charpie. A soft, woolly 
 substance, made by scraping old linen cloth, 
 and employed in surgery as tlie common dress- 
 ing in all cases of wounds and ulcers, either 
 simply, or covered with different unctuous sub- 
 stances. 
 
 LI'NUM. (um, i, n. Aivov.) 1. Linseed. 
 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Pentagynia. 
 Linacece. — L. catharticum. L. minimum. Purg- 
 ing flax. It is an effectual and safe cathartic. 
 A handful infused in half a pint of boiling water 
 is the dose for an adult. — L. usitatissimum. 
 Common flax. The seeds have an unctuous, 
 mucilaginous, sweetish taste. On expression, 
 they yield a large quantity of oil ; boiled in 
 water, they yield a large proportion of a strong 
 mucilage, which is in use as an emollient or 
 demulcent in cough, hoarseness, and pleuritic 
 symptoms, and is likewise recommended in 
 nephritic pains and stranguries. The meal of 
 the seeds is also much used externally, in emol- 
 lient and maturating cataplasms. The express- 
 ed oil is purgative. 
 
 Lip. See Labium. 
 
 Lipa'ria. Obesity. 
 
 LIPAROCE'LE. (From Titirapoc, fat, and 
 K77/I77, a tumor.) A fatty tumor. The name 
 has been especially given to a fatty tumor in the 
 scrotum. 
 
 Liparotri'chia. A diseased condition of 
 the hair, in which it is more oily than natural. 
 — Frank. 
 
 LIPA'SMA. (AcrraGfjia ; from Tinrcuvo), to 
 grow fat.) The Greek name for any medicine 
 used externally by inunction, for the purpose 
 of fattening the body. 
 
 LIPO'MA. (From Tunoc, fat.) An encysted 
 fatty tumor. 
 
 Lipopsy'chia. Syncope. 
 
 LIQ 
 
 Lipothy'mia. Syncope. 
 
 LIPPITU'DO. (o, onis, f. ; from lippus, 
 blear-eyed.) Blear-eyedness. A chronic dis- 
 ease of the tarsi, the result often of acute oph- 
 thalmia. It consists in an exudation of a puri- 
 form matter from the margin of the eyelids. 
 This matter glues the tarsi of the eyelids to- 
 gether during the night. The margins of the 
 eyelids are red, and tumid, and painful. When 
 it affects the angles of the eyes, it is called L. 
 angularis; when there is much itching, L. pru- 
 riginosa ; and the syphilitic eruption of the 
 eyelids of infants, L. syphilitica neonatorum. 
 
 Lipy'ria. See Leipyria. 
 
 Liqua mumia. Human fat. — Puland. 
 
 Liqua'tion. A process of separating tin, 
 lead, &c, by melting. 
 
 Liquefa'cient. That which has the prop- 
 erty of liquefying the solids. 
 
 LIQUEFACTION. Liquatio. Liqueficatio. 
 The conversion into a liquid. The word is, 
 therefore, in some instances, synonymous with 
 fusion, in others with deliquescence, and in oth- 
 ers with solution. 
 
 LIQUEUR. A strong aromatic spirit. 
 
 Liqu'id. Liquidum. A feebly elastic fluid. 
 
 LIQUIDA'MBAR. (ar, aris, f.) A genus 
 of plants. Moncecia. Polyandria. — L. styra- 
 ci'flua. The tree which affords both the liquid- 
 ambar and liquid storax. The liquidambar is 
 a resinous juice of a yellow color, inclining to 
 red, at first about the consistence of turpentine, 
 by age hardened into a solid, brittle mass. 
 The Styrax liquida is also obtained from this 
 plant by boiling. Their use is chiefly as stom- 
 achics, in the form of plaster. 
 
 Liquiri'tia. Glycirrhiza glabra. 
 
 LI'QUOR. (or, oris, m. ; from liqueo, to be- 
 come liquid.) A liquor: applied to some prep- 
 arations, before called waters ; as the aqua am- 
 monia, &c. 
 
 Liquor .ethere'us oleo'sus. Oleum sethe- 
 reum. 
 
 Liquor jethereus vitriolicus (sulphuri- 
 cus). See JEther sulphuricus. 
 
 Liquor aluminis compositus. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound solution of alum. Take of alum, 
 sulphate of zinc, of each, §j. ; boiling water, 
 Oiij. Dissolve, and strain. A detergent and 
 astringent wash ; also used as a collyriuni and 
 injection. 
 
 Liquor ammonia. See Ammonia. 
 
 Liquor ammonia acetatis. See Ammonix 
 acetatis liquor. 
 
 Liquor ammonite carbonatis. L. ammonia 
 sesquicarbonatis. See Ammonia sesquicarbona- 
 tis liquor. 
 
 Liquor ammonia hydro'sulpha/tis. Am- 
 monias hydro sulphur e turn. 
 
 Liquor amnii. See Amnios. 
 
 Liquor anodynus mineralis. Spiritus sethe- 
 ris sulphurici compositus. 
 
 Liquor anodynus vegetabilis. A mixture 
 of equal parts of acetic ether and rectified spirit 
 of wine. 
 
 Liquor antimonii tartarizati. See Anti- 
 monii tartarizati liquor. 
 
 Liquor aquilegius. Spirit of wine. 
 
 Liquor argenti nitratis. (Ph. L.) Take 
 of nitrate of silver, jj • 5 distilled water, f. f j . Dk 
 
 403 
 
LI Q 
 
 solve. Keep it in a well-closed bottle, preserved 
 from the light. 
 
 Liquor arsenicalis. See Arsenicalis liquor. 
 
 Liquor arsenici et hydrargyri hydrio- 
 DATis. See Arsenic, and Mercury, iodide of. 
 
 Liquor barii chloridi. (U.S.) L.barytce 
 muriatis. See Barii chloridum. 
 
 Liquor, Boyle's fuming. Ammonise hydro- 
 sulphuretum. 
 
 Liquor calcii chloridi. See Calcii chlori- 
 di liquor. 
 
 Liquor calcis. See Calcis liquor. 
 
 Liquor chorii. A gelatinous fluid which 
 lies between the chorion and amnios in early 
 gestation. It forms the false waters. 
 
 Liquor cotunnii. See Cotunnius, liquor of. 
 
 Liquor cupri ammoniati. See Liquor cupri 
 ammonio-sulphatis. 
 
 Liquor cupri ammonio-sulphatis. (Ph. L.) 
 Solution of ammonio-sulphate of copper. Dis- 
 solve a drachm of the ammonio-sulphate of 
 copper in a pint of distilled water. It is a mild 
 escharotic and detergent wash for indolent ul- 
 cers, &c. 
 
 Liquor cupri sulphatis compositus. Take 
 of alum and sulphate of copper, § ijj. ; sulphuric 
 acid, 3ij. ; water, Oij. A powerful styptic. 
 
 Liquor entericus. The mucous secretion 
 of the bowels. 
 
 Liquor ferri alkalini. See Ferri alhalini 
 Uquor. 
 
 Liquor ferri iodidi. (U. S.) Solution of 
 iodide of iron. Take of iodine, f ij. ; iron fil- 
 ings, fj.; clarified honey, f. § v. ; distilled wa- 
 ter, q. s. Dissolve the iodine in 5 x. of the water, 
 in a glass vessel, and add the iron slowly. Heat 
 the mixture until it begins to appear green, 
 then add the honey; warm again, and filter. 
 Wash the filter with distilled water, and collect 
 until 5XX. of solution are obtained in all. It is 
 to be kept in closely-stopped bottles. Dose, 
 gtt. x. to gtt. xxx. 
 
 Liquor hydrargyri nitrici. (Ph. P.) A 
 solution of nitrate of mercury. 
 
 Liquor hydrargyri oxymuriatis. L. h. bi- 
 chloridi. See Hydrargyri bichloridum. 
 
 Liquor iodini compositus. (U. S.) Com- 
 pound solution of iodine. Take of iodine, 3yj.; 
 iodide of potassium, fiss. ; distilled water, Oj. 
 Dissolve. Dose, gtt. v. to gtt. xij. 
 
 Liquor mineralis anodynus Hoffmanni. 
 Hoffmann's anodyne liquor. See Spiritus cethe- 
 ris sulphurici compositus. 
 
 Liquor Morgagni. A fluid found between 
 the crystalline lens and its capsule. 
 
 Liquor morphine sulphatis. (U. S.) Solu- 
 tion of sulphate of morphia. Take of sulphate 
 of morphia, gr. viij. ; distilled water, Oss. Dis- 
 solve. Dose, f. 3j., or gr. |th of morphia, or f. 
 3ij., equal to gr. |th. 
 
 Liquor muci. The pellucid and non-coagu- 
 lable fluid hi which the mucous particles float. 
 
 Liquor nervinus bangii. Tinctura aetherea 
 camphorata. 
 
 Liquor of ammonia. See Ammonia. 
 
 Liquor of Scarpa. The aqua labyrinthi. 
 
 Liquor opii sedativus of Battley. An 
 aqueous solution of opium. — Pereira. 
 
 Liquor pericardii. The serous fluid of the 
 pericardium. 
 404 
 
 LIT 
 
 Liquor potasse. See Potassce liquor. 
 
 Liquor plumbi diacetatis (subacetatis, U. 
 S.). See Plumbi diacetatis liquor. 
 
 Liquor potassce arsenitis. (U. S.) See 
 Arsenicalis liquor. 
 
 Liquor potass js citratis. Solution of ci- 
 trate of potass ; used as a gentle diaphoretic. 
 
 Liquor potassii iodidi compositus. (Ph. 
 L.) A weak solution of the liquor iodini com- 
 positus. 
 
 Liquor puris. The pellucid and albumi- 
 nous fluid in which the pus globules swim. 
 
 Liquor sanguinis. The clear albuminous 
 fluid of blood, in which the globules are sus- 
 pended. The plasma. 
 
 Liquor seminis. The transparent fluid of 
 semen, in which the granules, &c, float. 
 
 Liquor silicum. A solution of silicious mat- 
 ters in potash, made by fusing them together. 
 
 Liquor sod^e chlorinate. (U. S.) Liq. 
 sodce chloridii. Liq. sodce oxymuriaticce. So- 
 lution of chloride of soda. Take of chloride of 
 lime, ibj. ; carbonate of soda, fi)ij. ; water, Ciss. 
 Make a solution of the soda in three pints of 
 water, and of the chloride in the remainder. 
 Filter these solutions, and mix them ; and, last- 
 ly, decant the clear parts. Preserve it in well- 
 stopped bottles, in the dark. Used as a dis- 
 infectant, to foul ulcers, &c, and internally in 
 putrid fevers, &c. Dose, gtt. x. to f. 3J. 
 
 Liquor subcarbonatis (carbonatis) potas- 
 sm. See Potassce carbonatis liquor. 
 
 Liquor volatilis cornu cervi. A solution 
 of sesquicarbonate of ammonia with some aro- 
 matic. 
 
 Liquor (Swietenis) of Van Swieten. L. 
 syphilicus Turneri. See Hydrargyri bichlori~ 
 dum. 
 
 Liquor tartari emetici. See Antimonii 
 tartarizati liquor. 
 
 Liquor zinci sulphatis cum camphora. See 
 Aqua zinci sulphatis cum camphora. 
 
 Liquorice. See Glycirrhiza. 
 
 Liquorice, Spanish. See Glycirrhiza. 
 
 Lire'lla. In Botany, a sessile receptacle, 
 containing polyspermous elytra, as in opegra- 
 pha. 
 
 Lisbon diet drink. Decoctum lusitanicurn. 
 
 LIRIODE'NDRON TULIPIFERA. The tu- 
 lip-tree. The bark of the root is officinal. It 
 is an aromatic bitter, and a good tonic. The 
 dose, in powder, is 3SS. to 3ij. 
 
 LITHAGO'GUE. Lithagogus. (From "ki- 
 doc, a stone, and ayo, to bring away.) Having 
 the power of expelling the stone. Formerly 
 applied to medicines supposed to expel small 
 calculi from the kidneys or bladder. 
 
 Litharge. See Lithargyrum. 
 
 Litharge plaster. Emplastrumlithargyri. 
 
 LITHA'RGYRUM. {urn, i, n. ; and us, i, m. ; 
 from lidoc, a stone, and apyvpoc, silver.) Lith- 
 argyrus. Litharge. An impure protoxide of 
 lead, in an imperfect state of vitrifaction. The 
 white is called litharge of silver, and the red 
 has been improperly called litharge of gold. 
 
 LITHE'CTASY. (From XlOoc, a stone, and 
 ektclcic, dilatation.) Cystectasy. The opera- 
 tion for the removal of stone from the bladder, 
 by slowly dilating the neck of the bladder, 
 without cutting or lacerating the prostate, ac 
 
LIT 
 
 LIV 
 
 incision being first made in the perineum, and 
 the membranous portion of the urethra opened. 
 
 LITHEA. A rare alkali, the oxide of lith- 
 ium. It closely resembles potash and soda. 
 The carbonate is sparingly soluble. Symbol, 
 LO; eq., 1462. 
 
 Li'thias. Lithiate. A salt of lithic acid, 
 with a base. 
 
 LITHI'ASIS. (is, is, f. ; from 7u6oc, a stone.) 
 1. The formation of stone or gravel. 2. A dis- 
 ease of the eyelids, in which their margins are 
 beset with small, hard tumors. 
 
 LI'THIC. Lithicus. Relating to the uric 
 acid, as the lithic diathesis. 
 
 Lithic acid. Uric acid. 
 
 Lithic acid calculus. See Calculi, urinary. 
 
 LITHI'UM. (urn, i, n.) A white metal, 
 the basis of lithia. Sym., L. ; equiv., 6"42. 
 
 Lithoi'des. Stone-like; applied to the pe- 
 trous portion of the temporal bone. 
 
 LITHO'LAB DM. (From Aidor, a stone, and 
 2.afj.6avo), to seize.) An instrument for extract- 
 ing the stone from the bladder. Civiale thus 
 names the forceps he uses in the operation of 
 lithotrity. 
 
 L i t h o y L o g y. L ithologia. A discourse or 
 treatise on calculi. 
 
 LiTHONTRI'PTIC. (Lithontripticus ; from 
 7udoc, and rpido), to wear away.) In the strict 
 sense of this term, alithontriptic medicine should 
 be one which has the power of breaking up and 
 dissolving calculi. It is now generally applied 
 rather to such medicines as have a power of ob- 
 viating the calculous diathesis. See Calculi, 
 urinary. 
 
 LITHONTRTPTOR. The name of an in- 
 strument for reducing calculi in the bladder 
 into small particles or powder, which is then 
 washed out or voided with the urine. The 
 following instruments are used by Baron Heur- 
 teloup : 
 
 " L 'instrument a tivis branches, avec un foret 
 simple," consisting of a canula, three tenacula, 
 and a drill, for crushing stones equal in diameter 
 to the drill. 
 
 " Vinstrument a trois branches, avec le mandrin 
 b. virgule," applicable to stones of from eight 
 to ten lines in diameter; the " virgule," or 
 shoulder, being employed to excavate the cal- 
 culus. 
 
 " Vinstrument a quatre branches" or " pince 
 a forceps," adapted to stones of from twelve to 
 eighteen lines in diameter, and furnished with 
 a " mandrin a, virgvle," the " virgule" of which 
 makes a larger excavation than that of the pre- 
 ceding instrument. 
 
 " Le brise coque," or the shell-breaker, adapt- 
 ed to breaking down the shell formed by the 
 previous excavations; and also flat and small 
 6tones. 
 
 LITHOSPE'RMUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus 
 of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Bora- 
 ginece. — L- offi-cinale. Gromwell. The seeds 
 are occasionally used as diuretic, and for ob- 
 viating strangury, in the form of emulsion. 
 
 Litho'tome. Cystotomus. 
 
 LITHO'TOMY. (Lithotomia, as, f . ; from 
 Itdoc, a stone, and rep.vu, to cut.) The opera- 
 tion of cutting into the bladder, in order to ex- 
 tract a stone. Several methods have been rec- 
 
 ommended for performing this operation, but 
 there are only two which can be practiced with 
 any propriety. One is, where the operation is 
 to be performed immediately above the pubes, 
 in that part of the bladder which is not cover- 
 ed with peritoneum, called the high operation. 
 The other, where it is done in the perineum, 
 by laying open the neck and lateral part of the 
 bladder, so as to allow of the extraction of the 
 stone, called the lateral operation, from the 
 prostate gland of the neck of the bladder be- 
 ing laterally cut. The lateral operation is the 
 common one. The high operation is only used 
 under particidar circumstances. 
 
 LITHO'TRITY. (Lithotritia, m, f. ; from 
 ?u0oc, and Tirpau, to break.) The operation of 
 breaking and comminuting a vesical calculus by 
 means of a peculiar forcep, so that its fragments 
 may be discharged with the urine. This opera- 
 tion has been practiced with great success, in 
 many instances, by Civiale, Heurteloup, Cos- 
 tello, and others. It appears to be applicable 
 in a much larger number of cases than might at 
 first have been supposed ; but it is the opinion 
 of the best surgeons that, although very exten- 
 sively useful, it can never entirely supersede 
 lithotomy, which will be required when the 
 stone is above a certain size, and in children. 
 
 Lithotripsy. Synonyme of lithotrity. 
 
 Lithu'ria. Urine containing uric acid and 
 urates. 
 
 LITMUS. A prepared blue coloring matter, 
 used by chemists spread on paper to detect the 
 presence of acids, which turn it red. 
 
 Litra. Ai-pa. A pound weight. 
 
 Litre. A French measure, equal to 2-1135 
 pints English. 
 
 Li'tron. Niter. 
 
 Li'tus. A liniment. 
 
 LPVER. HTvap. Hepar. A large abdomi- 
 nal viscus, of a deep red color, situated under 
 the diaphragm, in the right hypochondrium, its 
 smaller portion occupying part of the epigastric 
 region. In the adult it generally weighs from 
 three to four pounds. In the foetus it is much 
 larger proportionally than in the adult. The 
 use of the liver is to secrete the bile. In the 
 human body, the liver is divided iuto two prin- 
 cipal lobes, the right of which is by far the 
 largest. They are divided on the upper side by 
 a broad ligament, and on the other side by a 
 considerable depression or fossa. Between and 
 below these two lobes is a smaller lobe, called 
 lobulus spigelii. This is situated between the 
 two greater lobes, but rather belonging to the 
 right great lobe. From its situation deep be- 
 hind, and from its having a perpendicular pa- 
 pillary projection, it is called also lobulus poste- 
 rior, or papUlatus. To the left side it has the 
 fissure for the lodgment of the ductus venosus; 
 on the right, the fissure for the vena cava ; and 
 above, it has the great transverse fissure of the 
 liver, for the lodgment of the cylinder of the 
 porta; obliquely to the right, and upward, it 
 has a connection with the lower concave sur- 
 face of the great lobe, by the lobulus caudatus, 
 which Winslow calls one of the roots of the 
 lobulus spigelii. It is received into the bosom 
 of the lesser curve of the stomach. On the un- 
 der surface of the liver there are two small 
 
 405 
 
L IV 
 
 LIV 
 
 lobes or processes, namely, the lobulus anony- 
 mus and lobulus caudatus. The lobulus anony- 
 mus is the anterior point of the right lobe of the 
 liver. Others define it to be that space of the 
 great lobe between the fossa of the umbilical 
 vein and gall-bladder, and extending forward, 
 from the fossa, for the lodgment of the vena 
 portae, to the anterior margin of the liver. It 
 is called, also, lobulus quadratus, and lobulus ac- 
 cessorius. 
 
 The lobulus caudatus is a tail-like process of 
 the liver, stretching downward from the middle 
 of the great right lobe to the lobulus Spigelii. 
 It is behind the gall-bladder, and between the 
 fossa venae portarum and the fissure for the 
 lodgment of the vena cava. 
 
 The ligaments of the liver are five in number, 
 and consist of duplicatures of the peritoneum. 
 1. The right lateral ligament, which connects 
 the thick right lobe with the posterior part of 
 the diaphragm. 2. The left lateral ligament, 
 which connects the convex surface and margin 
 of the left lobe with the diaphragm, and, in 
 those of whom the liver is very large, with the 
 oesophagus and spleen. 3. The broad or mid- 
 dle suspensory ligament, which passes from the 
 diaphragm into the convex surface, and sep- 
 arates the right lobe of the liver from the left. 
 It descends from above through the large fis- 
 sure to the concave surface, and is then dis- 
 tributed over the whole liver. 4. The round 
 ligament, which in adults consists of the umbili- 
 cal vein, indurated into a ligament. 5. The 
 coronary ligament. 
 
 The liver has two surfaces, one superior, 
 which is convex and smooth, and one inferior, 
 which is concave, and has holes and depres- 
 sions to receive, not only the contiguous viscera, 
 but the vessels running into the liver. 
 
 The margins of the liver are also two in 
 number : the one, which is posterior and supe- 
 rior, is obtuse; the other, situated anteriorly 
 and inferiorly, is acute. 
 
 The small lobes on the under surface of the 
 liver, which have just been described as the 
 lobulus anonymus and lobulus caudatus, are call- 
 ed, by some anatomists, tubercles of the liver. 
 
 Upon looking on the concave surface of this 
 viscus, a considerable fissure is obvious, known 
 by the name of the fissure of the liver. 
 
 In order to expose the sinus, it is necessary 
 to remove the gall-bladder, when a considera- 
 ble sinus, before occupied by the gall-bladder, 
 will be apparent. 
 
 The blood-vessels of the liver are the hepatic 
 artery, the vena portae, and the vena cava? he- 
 paticae, which are described under their proper 
 names. The absorbents of the liver are very 
 numerous. The liver has nerves, from the great 
 intercostal and eighth pair, which arise from the 
 hepatic plexus, and proceed, along with the he- 
 patic artery and vena portss, into the substance 
 of the liver. On tearing the substance of the 
 liver, or pressing it between the fingers, it will 
 be perceived to consist of a number of small, 
 hard glandular bodies, connected by cellular 
 membrane. These are called acini, from their 
 resemblance in shape to grape-stones. They 
 are also called lobules ; but this creates confu- 
 sion, because larger masses of the liver are also 
 406 
 
 called lobules. We shall, therefore, designate 
 them as acini. The small vessels, which re- 
 ceive the bile secreted by the acini, are called 
 pori biharii : these converge together through- 
 out the substance of the liver toward its under 
 surface, and at length form one trunk, called 
 ductus hepaticus, which conveys the bile into 
 either the ductus communis choledockus or the 
 ductus cysticus. See Gall-bladder. 
 
 The liver and its vessels are invested by a 
 membrane called the capsule of Glisson, which 
 will presently be described ; and it is covered 
 by the peritoneum, like the other abdominal 
 viscera. 
 
 The well-known use of the liver is to secrete 
 the bile. Various opinions, however, have been 
 entertained as to the intimate structure of the 
 liver, and the parts immediately concerned in 
 the secretion of the bile. The late researches 
 of Mr. Kiernan have gone far to determine 
 these points. The following is an abstract of 
 his most important observations. 
 
 The vessels of the liver are : 
 
 I. The hepatic veins, which consist of, 
 
 a. The intra-lobular hepatic veins, which are 
 contained within the lobules : one of these oc- 
 cupies the center of each lobule, and receives 
 the blood from four or six smaller branches 
 which terminate in it. The intra-lobular veins 
 correspond in their ramifications with the form 
 of the lobules, whose substance is placed around 
 them ; and, as will presently be shown, they re- 
 ceive the blood from a plexus formed in the 
 lobule by the portal vein. 
 
 b. Hepatic veins, which are contained in 
 canals formed by the lobules: these, for the 
 sake of perspicuity, we shall call canalicular 
 veins. The formation of the canals differs ac- 
 cording to the relation of the contained vessel 
 to the intra-lobular veins : where the intra-lob- 
 ular terminate directly in the canalicular vein, 
 the canal of the latter is necessarily formed by 
 the bases of the lobules resting upon it, and the 
 contained vein is termed mb-lobular ; where the 
 canalicular vein is not formed immediately by 
 the intra-lobular, but by the junction of several 
 other canalicular veins, the canal containing it 
 is formed by a tubular inflection of the surface 
 of the liver ; so that, in the one case, the canals 
 are formed by the continuity of the bases of the 
 lobules, and in the other, by the continuity of 
 those surfaces which will be presently described 
 as capsular. 
 
 II. The portal veins, hepatic ducts, and hepatic 
 arteries, which must be described together, be- 
 cause they accompany each other throughout 
 their course, being all contained in the portal 
 canals. These canals begin at the transverse 
 fissure, where they are continuous with the con- 
 cave surface of the liver; and, like those of the 
 larger hepatic veins, they are formed by the cap- 
 sular surfaces of a certain number of the lobules. 
 
 To understand the distribution of the vessels 
 contained in these canals, we must trace the 
 course of Glisson 1 s capsule. The fiver is invest- 
 ed by a membrane, which stands related to it 
 much as the pia mater does to the brain : it is 
 a cellulo- vascular membrane, which is reflected 
 inward at the transverse fissure, and incloses in 
 a sheath the portal veins, the hepatic arteries 
 
LIV 
 
 LO A 
 
 the ducts, the nerves, and the absorbents : it is 
 here that it is called the capsule of Glisson, in 
 the ordinary language of anatomists. A con- 
 tinuation of this membranous sheath accom- 
 panies the contained vessels to their minutest 
 ramifications ; it enters the interlobular fissures, 
 and, with the vessels, forms the capsules of the 
 lobules ; it finally enters the lobules, and, with 
 the blood-vessels, expands itself over the secret- 
 ing biliary ducts. Hence arises a natural di- 
 vision of the capsule into three portions — a 
 vaginal, an interlobular, and a lobular portion. 
 
 At the transverse fissure, the duct, the vein, 
 and artery divide into branches, which enter the 
 •nortal canals, invested with the above-described 
 membrane, the membrane fining the canals and 
 inclosing the vessels. These branches, again, 
 divide and subdivide into smaller branches, 
 which enter smaller canals; and every canal, 
 however small, contains one principal branch 
 of each of these vessels ; frequently, however, 
 two ducts and two arteries are contained in the 
 same canal. 
 
 To the larger vessels the terms hepatic ducts, 
 portal veins, and hepatic arteries may be re- 
 stricted, in order to distinguish them from the 
 branches. The excreting ducts are composed 
 of the hepatic ducts contained in the canals, of 
 their vaginal branches, also contained in canals, 
 and of the interlobular branches, which, arising 
 from the vaginal branches, ramify in the inter- 
 lobular fissures. The interlobular ducts enter 
 the lobules, in which they form plexuses : these 
 plexuses may be called the lobular-biliary , or 
 secreting biliary plexuses, the ducts composing 
 them being the secreting organs of the bile. 
 The excreting ducts and their branches are in- 
 variably accompanied by the arteries and portal 
 veins, and their branches, the former conveying 
 blood to their coats, the latter conveying it from 
 them. A duct is never unaccompanied by an 
 artery and a vein, the vein being always a 
 branch of the portal. The veins and arteries 
 also enter the lobules : the veins form plexuses, 
 the branches of which terminate in the intra- 
 lobular hepatic veins; and, from the blood cir- 
 culating through these plexuses, the bile is se- 
 creted. The lobular arteries are exceedingly 
 minute, and few in number: they are the nu- 
 trient vessels of the lobules, and probably ter- 
 minate in the plexuses formed by the portal 
 vein. From the ducts, veins, and arteries, 
 therefore, three sets of branches arise, namely, 
 the vaginal, the interlobular, and the lobular 
 branches. 
 
 It has, then, been shown, that all the vasa 
 vasorum of the liver are branches of the hepatic 
 artery and portal vein; that branches of the 
 portal vein arise in the coats of the hepatic veins 
 themselves ; and that the veins of the coats of 
 the vessels constitute the hepatic origin of the 
 portal vein- The arterial blood having circu- 
 lated through the coats of the vessels, becomes 
 venous, and is conveyed by the veins arising in 
 the coats of the vessels into those branches of 
 the portal vein which correspond to the vessels 
 in the coats of which the veins arise : thus, from 
 the coats of the vaginal duets, veins, and arter- 
 ies, they convey the blood into the vaginal veins; 
 and from the coats of the interlobular ducts, 
 
 veins, and arteries, into the interlobular veins. 
 From the coats of the hepatic veins and inferior 
 cava, the blood is conveyed iuto the interlobular 
 portal veins. In the vaginal and interlobular 
 veins, the blood conveyed from the coats of the 
 vessels becomes mingled with the proper portal 
 blood. This mixed blood is conveyed by the 
 interlobular veins into the lobular venous plex- 
 uses, in which the lobular arteries probably 
 terminate after having nourished the secreting 
 ducts. From the mixed blood circulating 
 through the plexuses, the bile is secreted by 
 the lobular or secreting biliary plexuses. 
 
 The blood which enters the liver by the he- 
 patic artery fulfills three functions : it nourishes 
 the liver ; it supplies the excreting ducts with 
 mucus ; and, having performed these purposes, 
 it becomes venous, enters the branches of the 
 portal vein, and contributes to the secretion of 
 the bile. The portal vein fulfills two functions ; 
 it conveys the blood from the artery, and the 
 mixed blood to the coats of the excreting ducts. 
 It has been called the vena arteriosa, because it 
 ramifies like an arteiy, and conveys blood for 
 secretion ; but it is an arterial vein in another 
 sense, being a vein to the hepatic artery, and an 
 artery to the hepatic vein. The hepatic veins 
 convey the blood from the lobular venous plex- 
 uses into the vena cava inferior. 
 
 Liver, granulated, hob-nailed, mammilla- 
 ted, tuberculated. See Cirrhosis. 
 
 Liver, inflammation of. See Hepatitis. 
 Liver of sulphur. Potassii sulphuretum. 
 Liver spot. Cloasma. 
 Liverwort. Marchantia polymorpha. 
 Liverwort, American. Hepatica aineri- 
 cana. 
 
 Liverwort, ash-colored. Lichen caninus. 
 Liverwort, ground. Lichen caninus. 
 Liverwort, Iceland. Cetraria islandica. 
 Liverwort, noble. Marchantia polyinor». 
 pha. 
 
 Liverwort-tree. Lichen olivarius. 
 LIVIDTTY. Lividitas. See Livor. 
 LFVOR. {or, oris, m. ; from liveo, to be 
 black and blue.) Lividity. A dark color of 
 the skin of any part, produced by a bruise or 
 othercause. Certain states of the circulation 
 occasion lividity; thus a part is livid when 
 about to pass from the state of erysipelas into 
 that of gangrene; and the complexion of the 
 face is livid in diseases which obstruct the pul- 
 monary circulation. 
 
 LIX. (Lix, lids, f.) Ashes, or water mixed 
 with ashes. It is most frequently used to sig- 
 nify wood ashes. 
 
 LixrViAL. {Lixivialis ; from lix, wood-ash.) 
 Salts extracted by lixiviation. 
 
 LIXIVIATION. Lixiviatio. The process 
 of dissolving, by warm water, the saline and 
 soluble particles of cinders or ashes. 
 Lixi'vium. A ley. 
 
 Lixivium saponarium. L. causticum. See 
 Potassai liquor. 
 
 Lixivium tartari. See Potassa subcarbon- 
 atis liquor. 
 
 Ln. Lanthanum. 
 
 Loadstone. The magnet, especially the nat- 
 ural magnet. 
 
 Loa'thing. Disgust. 
 
 407 
 
LOC 
 
 Lobate. Lobatus. Lobed. Divided into 
 segments or lobes. 
 
 Lobe. Lobus. 
 
 Lobed leaf. Lobate. 
 
 LOBE'LIA. {a, as, f.) 1. The lobelia in- 
 flata. (U.S.). 2. A genus of plants. Synge- 
 nesia. Monogamia. Lobeliacece. — L. cardinalis. 
 Cardinal flower. The root of this is esteemed 
 vermifuge. — L.injlata. Indian tobacco. Blad- 
 der-podded lobelia. It is a sedative, the opera- 
 tion of which is very similar to that of tobacco, 
 but is safer and more manageable. It has been 
 found very useful in some cases of asthma, and 
 has also been employed in other diseases of the 
 air passages, and as an arterial sedative in fevers, 
 as it acts in the same way as large doses of tar- 
 tarized antimony. It acts as an emetic in doses 
 of 9j. — L. syphilitica. Blue cardinal flower. 
 The root tastes like tobacco, and is emetic, and 
 a drastic purge. It has been used in decoction 
 as an anti-syphilitic. — L. tupa. This is a very 
 violent acrid poison. Even the odor of the 
 flowers is said to cause excessive vomiting. — L. 
 urens. This also is a very poisonous plant. 
 
 LOBE'LIACEiE. The lobelia tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants or 
 shrubs, with leaves alternate ; flowers, axillary 
 or terminal; stamens, syngenesious ; ovarium, in- 
 ferior; fruit, capsular. 
 
 Lobe'line. Lobelina. A semi-fluid aromatic 
 and acrid body, found in Lobelia inflata, and said 
 to resemble nicotine. 
 
 Lobster. Cancer gammarus. 
 
 LO'BULUS. {us, i, m. ; diminutive of lobus, 
 alobe.) A small lobe. — L. accessorius. L.anon- 
 ymus. L. caudatus. L. Spigelii. See Liver. 
 
 Lobulus auris. The lower lobe of the ear. 
 
 Lobulus pneumogastricus. A lobule of the 
 cerebellum, near the origin of the eighth pair 
 of nerves. 
 
 Lobulus of the par vagum. A small tuft at 
 the inferior part of the cerebellum. 
 
 LO'BUS. {us, i, m.) A lobe ; the more or 
 less separate parts of which some of the viscera 
 are composed ; as glands, the ear, the liver, &c. 
 
 LOCAL. Localis. Belonging to a part and 
 not the whole. A common division of diseases 
 is into general and local. 
 
 LOCA'LES. (The plural of localis.) The 
 fourth class of Cullen's Nosology, which com- 
 prehends morbid affections that are partial, and 
 includes eight orders, viz., Dyscesthesice, Dyso- 
 rexias, Dyscinesice, Apocenoses, Epischeses, Tu- 
 znores, Ectopia, and Dialyses. 
 
 Localis membrana. The pia mater. 
 
 LO'CHIA. (From "koxevu, to bring forth.) 
 The cleansings. A discharge from the uterus of 
 parturient women after labor. It is sanguineous 
 for three or four days, and afterward serous. 
 It lasts from fourteen to twenty-one days. 
 
 LOCHIORRHCE'A. (From "koxia, and peco, 
 to flow.) An excessive discharge of the lochia. 
 — Sagar. 
 
 Locked jaw. See Trismus. 
 
 LO'COMO'TION. Locomotio. (From locus, 
 a place, and moveo, to move.) The capacity of 
 moving from place to place. 
 
 LOCULAME'NTUM. {um,i,n.) In Botany, 
 means the space or cell between the valves and 
 partitions of a capsule. 
 408 
 
 LON 
 
 Lo'culici'dal. When the bursting of a cap 
 sule takes place along the dorsal suture of the 
 carpels. 
 
 Lo'cus niger. A dark mark in the center of 
 the section of the crus cerebri. 
 
 Lo'cus perforatus. Pons Tarini. A gray- 
 ish substance situated between the crura cere- 
 bri, and much perforated by vessels. 
 
 LOCU'STA. 1. The spikelet of grasses. 2. 
 Valeriana locusta. 
 
 Logwood. Haematoxylon campechianum. 
 
 Lohoch. Looch. Loch. A linctus. 
 
 LOIMIC. {Loimicus ; from Xoijttoc, a pesti- 
 lence.) Appertaining to a pestilence. 
 
 Loins. The lumbar region of the back. 
 
 Lomenta'ce^:. An order of plants in Lin- 
 nseus's Fragments, consisting of such as have 
 legumes and not papilionaceous corollas. 
 
 Lomenta'ceous. Lomentaceus. Of the na- 
 ture of a lomentum. 
 
 LOME'NTUM. 1. A Latin name for the 
 meal of beans. 2. Bread made of such meal. 
 
 3. The name of a pigment used by the ancients. 
 
 4. In Botany, a bivalve pericarpium, divided 
 into cells by very small partitions, never lateral 
 like those of the legume. 
 
 Lonchi'tis. Asplenium ceterach. 
 
 Longaon. Longanon. The rectum. 
 
 LONGEVITY. Longasvitas. The prolonga- 
 tion of life to a period much above 70 years. 
 According to the tables of mortality of Philadel- 
 phia, only one in 100 attain an age over 100 
 years. In modern times, Thomas Parr reached 
 152; Henry Jenkins, 169; Peter Torten, 185; 
 John Rorin and wife, 172 and 164; and it would 
 appear that the longevity of the moderns is 
 greater than that of the ancients ; but this is a 
 matter which must remain in doubt, from the 
 want of sufficient data. 
 
 LO'NGING. A common phrase for the ca- 
 pricious appetite of some nervous women during 
 uterine gestation. When it is not manifested for 
 injurious articles, it is well to gratify the long- 
 ing, lest the woman should become nervous 
 and distressed by it ; but a taste for alcoholic 
 drinks, frequently assumed at this time, should 
 not be encouraged. 
 
 LONGI'SSIMUS. The longest. Parts are so 
 named from their length, compared to that of 
 others; as longissimus dorsi, &c. 
 
 Longissimus dorsi. This muscle, which 
 is somewhat thicker than the sacro-lumbalis, 
 arises with that muscle between it and the 
 spine. It ascends upward along the spine, and 
 is inserted by small double tendons into the 
 posterior and inferior part of all the transverse 
 processes of the vertebra? of the back. From 
 its outside it sends off several bundles of fleshy 
 fibres, interspersed with a few tendinous fila- 
 ments, which are usually inserted into the lower 
 edge of the ten uppermost ribs, not far from 
 their tubercles. The use of this muscle is to 
 extend the vertebrae of the back, and to keep 
 the trunk of the body erect ; by means of its 
 appendage it likewise serves to turn the neck 
 obliquely backward, and a little to one side. 
 
 Longissimus femoris. The sartoiius. 
 
 Longissimus manus. Flexor tertii internodii 
 pollicis. 
 
 Longissimus oculi. Obliquus superior oculi. 
 
LOP 
 
 LOT 
 
 LONGITU'DINAL. Longitudinalis. Parts 
 are so named from their direction. 
 
 Longitudinal sinus. Longitudinal sinus of 
 the dura mater. A triangular canal, proceed- 
 ing in the falciform process of the dura ma- 
 ter, immediately under the hones of the skull, 
 from the crista gahi to the tentorium, where it 
 branches into the lateral sinuses. The longitu- 
 dinal sinus has a number of fibres crossing it, 
 which are called Chordce Willisii. Its use is to 
 receive the blood from the veins of the pia 
 mater, and convey it into the lateral sinuses, to 
 be carried through the internal jugulars to the 
 heart. The inferior longitudinal sinus is that 
 situated along the lower edge of the falx. It 
 receives blood from the falx, corpus callosum, 
 &c., and discharges it into the torcula Herophili. 
 
 Long-sightedness. See Presbyopia. 
 
 LO'XGUS. Long. In Anatomy, some parts 
 are so named from their comparative length ; 
 as longus colli, &c. 
 
 Longus colli. A muscle, situated close to 
 the anterior and lateral part of the vertebra? of 
 the neck. Its outer edge is in part covered by 
 the rectus internus major. It arises, tendinous 
 and fleshy, within the thorax, from the bodies 
 of the three superior vertebra? of the back, lat- 
 erally; from the bottom and fore part of the 
 transverse processes of the first and second ver- 
 tebra? of the back, and of the last vertebra? of 
 the neck ; and likewise from the upper and an- 
 terior points of the transvei'se processes of the 
 sixth, fifth, fourth, and third vertebra? of the 
 neck, by as many small, distinct tendons ; and 
 is inserted, tendinous, into the fore part of the 
 second vertebra of the neck, near its fellow. 
 This muscle, when it acts singly, moves the 
 neck to one side ; but, when both act, the neck 
 is brought directly forward. 
 
 LONICE'RA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 PentandHa. Monogynia. — L. diervilla. Dier- 
 villa. The young branches are employed as a 
 remedy in gonorrhoea and suppression of urine. 
 — L. pericli'rnenum. Common honey-suckle, 
 formerly used in the cure of asthma, for cleans- 
 ing sordid ulcers, and removing diseases of the 
 skin. 
 
 LOOCH. Lokock. Alinctus. The French 
 Pharmacopoeia contains several of these, but 
 they are of no moment, being usually demul- 
 cent preparations for coughs, of which traga- 
 canth, yellow of egg, almonds, and the pectoral 
 syrups are the chief components. 
 
 Loose-strife. Lythrum salicaria. 
 
 Loose-strife, creeping. Lysimachia num- 
 mularia. 
 
 Looseness. Diarrhoea. 
 
 LO'PEZ. Radix lopeziana. Radix indica 
 lopeziana. The root of an unknown tree, grow- 
 ing, according to some, at Goa. It appears 
 that this medicine has been remarkably effect- 
 ual in stopping colliquative diarrhoeas, which 
 had resisted the usual remedies. Those attend- 
 ing the last stage of consumptions were partic- 
 ularly relieved by its use. It seemed to act, 
 not by an astringent power, but by a faculty of 
 restraining and appeasing spasmodic and inor- 
 dinate motions of the intestines. Dr. Gaubius 
 compares its action to that of simarouba, but 
 thinks it more efficacious. 
 
 Lopha'dia. Lophia. The first vertebra of 
 the neck. 
 
 Loqua'city. A symptom in hysteria and 
 slight mental affections. 
 
 Loquela abolita. Aphonia. 
 
 LORDO'SIS. (Aop&jcrtc; from Aopdoc, curv- 
 ed, bent.) A curvature of the spine forward. 
 — Hippocrates. 
 
 Lori'ca. A kind of lute, with which vessels 
 were coated before they were put into the 
 fire. 
 
 Lorind matricis. An imaginary epilepsy 
 of the womb. 
 
 LOTIO. 0, onis, f.) A lotion. 
 
 Lotio acidi ptrolignei. Lotion of pyrolig- 
 neous acid. R-. Acid, pyrolign., 3ij. ; aq. dis- 
 tillat., ?vj. Misce. This is injected into the 
 meatus auditorius by Mr. Buchanan for the 
 purpose of improving the secretion within the 
 passage, and stopping morbid discharge from 
 it. (See his Illustrations of Acoustic Surgery, 
 8vo, Lond., 1825.) In particular cases, attend- 
 ed with much irritability, he uses the following 
 formula: R. Plumbi acet., gr. x. ; acid, pynr 
 lign., gutt. xx. ; aq. distillat., fyj. Misce. 
 
 Lotio aluminis. Aluni lotion. #. Aluminis, 
 fss. ; aqua? distillata?, Sbj. Misce. Sometimes 
 used as an astringent injection, sometimes as 
 an application to inflamed parts. 
 
 Lotio ammonite acetatis. Lotion of acetate 
 of ammonia. R. Liq. ammon. acetatis; spirit, 
 vin. rectif. ; aqua? distillata?, sing., 3iv. Misce. 
 Properties discutient. 
 
 Lotio ammonle hydrochloratis. Lotion of 
 sal ammoniac, or muriate of ammonia. A strong 
 lotion, of fj. to §ij. of the salt to f. ^xij. of water, 
 is a resolvent and discutient wash, and applied 
 to contusions, ecchymoses, white swellings, tu- 
 mors, chilblains, &c. A weaker lotion, of 3J. 
 to 3iv. of the salt to Oj. of water, is used as a 
 wash in itch, to ulcers, and as an injection in 
 leucorrhoea and gonorrhoea. 
 
 Lotio ahmonlx muriatis cum aceto. Lo- 
 tion of muriate of ammonia and vinegar. R. 
 Ammon. mur., fss. ; aceti, alcohol, sing., Ibj. 
 Misce. This is one of the most efficacious dis- 
 cutient lotions. It is, perhaps, the best applica- 
 tion for promoting the absorption of extravasa- 
 ted blood in cases of ecchymosis, contusions, 
 sprains, &c. 
 
 Lotio ammonia opiata. Lotion of ammonia 
 and opium. JL Spiritus ammon. comp., siiiss. ; 
 aquae distillata?, 3iv. ; tinct. opii, § ss. Misce. 
 Applied by Kirkland to some suspicious swell- 
 ings in the breast, soda and bark being also given 
 internally. 
 
 Lotio boracis. Lotion of borax. R-. Bora- 
 cis, 3J. ; aq. simplicis, | iiis. ; spir. vinos., fss. 
 Misce. This lotion is recommended by Sir 
 Astley Cooper as one of the best applications to 
 sore nipples. 
 
 Lotio calcis composita. Black wash. Add 
 about 3J. of calomel to a pint of lime-water, and 
 shake the mixture well. When used, the black 
 powder of oxide of mercury should be shaken 
 up, for its properties depend on this. It is a 
 favorite application to venereal sores, and for 
 this purpose may be made much stronger. It 
 is also useful in ringworm and other cutaneous 
 affections. 
 
 409 
 
LOU 
 
 Lotio flava. L. phagedenica. See Yellow 
 wash. 
 
 Lotio gall^;. Lotion of gall nuts. #. Gal- 
 larum contusarum, 31J. ; aqua? ferventis, Ibj. To 
 be macerated one hour, and strained- This as- 
 tringent lotion is sometimes used with the view 
 of removing the relaxed state of the parts, in 
 cases of prolapsus ani, prolapsus uteri, &c. 
 
 Lotio helleboei albi. Lotion of veratrum 
 album. #. Decocti hellebori albi, Ibj. ; potassae 
 sulphnreti, fss. ; ol. lavend., gutt. iv. Misce. 
 Occasionally applied to tinea capitis, and some 
 other cutaneous diseases. 
 
 Lotio hydrargyri amygdalina. Amygda- 
 line lotion of corrosive sublimate. R. Amygda- 
 larum amarum, fij. ; aquae distill., ibij. ; hy- 
 drarg. oxymuriatis, £>j. Rub down the almonds 
 with the water, which is to be gradually pour- 
 ed on them; strain the liquor, and then add 
 the oxymuriate of mercuiy. This will cure 
 several cutaneous affections. 
 
 Lotio hydrargyri oxymuriatis. Lotion of 
 corrosive sublimate. $. Hydrargyri oxymuri- 
 atis, gr. ijss. ; arabici gummi, fss. ; aquae dis- 
 tillatae, Ibj. Misce. 
 
 Lotio hydrargyri oxymuriatis composita. 
 Compound lotion of corrosive sublimate. #. 
 Hydrarg. oxymur., gr. x. ; aq. distillat. bullien- 
 tis, ^ss. ; tinct. canthar., 1 ss. Misce. Applied 
 by Dr. H. Smith to scrofulous swellings. 
 
 Lotio nigra. Lotio phagedenica mitis. See 
 Lotio calcis composita. 
 
 Lotio opii. Opium lotion. $. Opii purif., 
 3Jss.; aquae distillatae, ibj. Misce. A good ap- 
 plication to irritable, painful ulcers. It is best 
 to dilute it, especially at first. 
 
 Lotio picis. Compound lotion of tar. #. 
 Picis liquidae, f iv. ; calcis, § vj. ; aqua? ferventis, 
 ibiij. To be boiled till half the water is evap- 
 orated. The rest is then to be poured off for 
 use. This application is sometimes employed 
 in tinea capitis, and for the removal of an exten- 
 sive redness frequently surrounding old ulcers 
 of the legs, in persons whose constitutions are 
 impaired by copious porter-drinking, gluttony, 
 and other forms of intemperance. 
 
 Lotio plumbi acetatis. Lotion of acetate 
 of lead. R-. Liq. plumbi acet., 3ij. ; aq. distill., 
 Ibij.; spirit, vinos, tenuioris, 3ij. The first and 
 last ingredients are to be mixed before the wa- 
 ter is added. The common white wash; an 
 application universally known. 
 
 I.0TI0 POTASSII SULPHURETI. Lotion of Sul- 
 
 phuret of potassium. #. Potassii sulph., 3ij. ; 
 aquae distill., ftj. ; ol. lavend., gutt. iv. Misce. 
 Used in cases of porrigo, psoriasis, lepra, &c. 
 
 Lotio zinci sulphatis. Lotion of sulphate 
 of zinc. R. Zinci sulphatis, 3ij.; aq. ferventis, 
 ftj. Misce. Sometimes used in lieu of the 
 lotio plumbi acet. It forms a good astringent 
 application for a variety of cases. When diluted 
 with one additional pint of water, it is the com- 
 mon injection for gonorrhcea. 
 
 LO'TION. {Lotio, onis, f.; from lavo, to 
 wash.) An external fluid application or wash. 
 Lotions are usually applied by wetting linen 
 with them, and keeping it on the part affected. 
 
 Loti'um. A Latin name of urine. 
 
 Louse. See Pediculus. 
 
 Lousi'ness. See Phthiriasis. 
 410 
 
 LUM 
 
 Lovage. Ligusticum levisticum. 
 
 Love-apple. Solanum lycopersicum. The 
 tomato. 
 
 Low spirits. Hypochondriasis. 
 
 Loxa bark. See Cinchona barks, various. 
 
 LOXA'RTHROS. (From Tiofrc, oblique, 
 and apdpov, a joint.) Loxarthrus. An obliquity 
 of the joint, or wrong position of the parts form- 
 ing a joint, without dislocation or spasm, as in 
 the case of a club foot. 
 
 Lo'xia. Wry neck. 
 
 Lozenge. See Trochiscus. 
 
 LU'CID. Lucidus. Clear; transparent. In 
 Medicine, applied to the intervals of quiet and 
 apparent reason in mental affections; as lucid 
 interval. 
 
 Lu'dus helmontii. Ludus Paracelsi. 1. A 
 species of marl formerly believed to be effica- 
 cious in calculous disorders. 2. A calculus from 
 the human bladder. 
 
 LU'ES. (es, is, f. ; from 2,vo, to dissolve, be- 
 cause it produces dissolution.) 1. A pestilence 
 or poison. 2. Syphilis. 
 
 Lues deifica. Epilepsy. 
 
 Lues indica. Framboesia. 
 
 Lues neurodes. A typhus fever. 
 
 Lues venerea. Syphilis. 
 
 Lugol's preparations of iodine. See Io- 
 dine. 
 
 Lu'juxa. Oxalis acetosella. 
 
 LUMBA'GO. (o, inis, f. ; from lumbus, the 
 loin.) A rheumatic affection of the muscles 
 about the loins. 
 
 LUMBAR. Lumbalis. Belonging to the 
 loins ; as lumbar region, &c. 
 
 Lumbar abscess. Psoas abscess. The ab- 
 scess sometimes forms a swelling about Pou- 
 part's ligament; sometimes below it; and fre- 
 quently the matter glides under the fascia of the 
 thigh. Occasionally it makes its way through 
 the sacro-ischiatic foramen, and assumes rather 
 the appearance of a fistula in ano. The uneasi- 
 ness in the loins, and the impulse communicated 
 to the tumor by coughing, evince that the dis- 
 ease arises in the lumbar region ; but it must be 
 confessed that we can hardly ever know the 
 existence of the disorder, before the tumor, by 
 presenting itself externally, leads us to such in- 
 formation. The lumbar abscess is sometimes 
 connected with diseased vertebrae, which may 
 either be a cause or effect of the collection of 
 matter. The disease, however, is frequently 
 unattended with this complication. 
 
 The situation of the symptoms of lumbar ab- 
 scess renders this affection liable to be mis- 
 taken for some other, viz., lumbago and nephrit- 
 ic pains, and, toward its termination, for crural 
 or femoral hernia. The first, however, is not 
 attended with the shivering that occurs here; 
 and nephritic complaints are generally discov- 
 erable by attention to the state of the urine. 
 The distinction from crural hernia is more dif- 
 ficult. In both, a soft, inelastic swelling is felt 
 in the same situation ; but in hernia it is attend- 
 ed with obstructed faeces, vomiting, &c, and its 
 appearance is always sudden, while the lumbar 
 tumor is preceded by various complaints before 
 its appearance in the thigh. In a horizontal 
 posture, the abscess, also, totally disappears, 
 while the hernia does not. If it be discovered 
 
LUN 
 
 L UP 
 
 before the formation of pus, blisters, counter- 
 irritation, moxas, and leeches are to be used to 
 prevent suppuration, otherwise the matter is to 
 be discharged, and restoratives used to sustain 
 the strength. 
 
 Lumbar plexus. It is formed of the anteri- 
 or branches of the first four lumbar nerves. 
 
 Lumbar region. Regio lumbalis. The loins. 
 
 Lumbaris externus. Quadratus lumborum 
 muscle. 
 
 Lumbarus internis. Psoas magnus muscle. 
 
 Lu.mbo-sacral. Belonging to the lumbar 
 and sacral regions. 
 
 LUMBRICA'LIS. (From lumbricus, the 
 earth-worm.) Resembling the earth-worm. 
 An epithet of certain muscles. • 
 
 Lumbricales manus. Fidicinales. The 
 small flexors of the fingers which assist the 
 bending the fingers when the long flexors are 
 in full action. They ai'ise, thin and fleshy, from 
 the outside of the tendons of the flexor profun- 
 dus, a little above the lower edge of the carpal 
 ligaments, and are inserted by long, slender 
 tendons into the outer sides of the broad tendons 
 of the interosseal muscles, about the middle of 
 the first joints of the fingers. 
 
 Lumbricales pedis. Four muscles like the 
 former, that increase the flexion of the toes, and 
 draw them inward. 
 
 Lumbricoi'des. Like the lumbricus. 
 
 LUMBRI'CUS. The common earth-worm, 
 and the long, round worm which inhabits the 
 intestines of man and other animals. See En- 
 tozoa. 
 
 Lumbricus terrestris. The earth-worm. 
 
 Lumbus veneris. Achillea millefolium. 
 
 LUNA, (a, ce, f. ; the moon. ) The alchem- 
 ical name of silver. 
 
 Luna cornea. Chloride of silver. 
 
 Luna fixata. Oxide of zinc. 
 
 Lunar caustic. Argenti nitras. 
 
 LUNA'RE OS. One of the bones of the car- 
 pus ; so named from its shape. 
 
 Lunaria. Ophioglossum lunaria. 
 
 Lunaria rediviva. Bulbonach. A plant 
 formerly esteemed as a warm diuretic. 
 
 Lu'nate. Crescent shaped. 
 
 LU'NATIC. (Lunaticus; from luna, the 
 moon.) Applied, 1. Adjectively, to any disease 
 supposed to be influenced by the changes of 
 the moon. 2. Substantively, to a maniac. 
 
 Luna.tus. Lunulatus. 
 
 LUNG. Pulmo. The lung in the right cav- 
 ity of the chest is divided into three lobes, that 
 in the left cavity into two. They hang in the 
 chest, attached at their superior part to the 
 neck by means of the trachea, and are separated 
 by the mediastinum. They are also attached 
 to the heart by means of the pulmonary vessels. 
 The substance of the lungs is of four kinds, viz., 
 vesicular, vascular, bronchial, and parenchyma- 
 tous. The vesicular substance is composed of 
 the air cells. The vascular invests those cells 
 like a network. The bronchial is formed by 
 the ramifications of the bronchia throughout the 
 lungs, having the air cells at their extremities ; 
 and the spongy substance that connects these 
 parts is termed the parenchyma. The lungs 
 are covered with a fine membrane, a reflection 
 of the pleura, called pleura-pulmonalis. The 
 
 internal surface of the air cells is covered with 
 a veiy fine, delicate, and sensible mucous mem- 
 brane, which is continued from the larynx 
 through the trachea and bronchia. The arteries 
 of the lungs are the bronchial, a branch of the 
 aorta, and the pulmonary, which circulates the 
 blood through the air cells to undergo a certain 
 change. The pulmonary veins return the blood 
 that has undergone this change, by four trunks, 
 into the left auricle of the heart. The bron- 
 chial veins tenninate in the vena azygos. The 
 nerves of the lungs are from the eighth pair and 
 great intercostal, through the pulmonary plexus. 
 The absorbents are of two orders : the superfi- 
 cial, and the deep-seated ; the former are more 
 readily detected than the latter. The glands 
 of these viscera are called bronchial. They are 
 muciparous, and situated about the bronchia. 
 
 In youth the lungs are of a light red color, 
 or grayish ; but they become of a bluish and 
 darker color with age, and appear marbled, ex- 
 hibiting numerous spots of black matter. The 
 lungs of an infant which has breathed float in 
 water, but this is not the case if it has not 
 respired. See Docimasia. 
 
 Lung-wort. Pulmonaria officinalis. 
 
 Lung- wort-tree. Lichen pulmonarins. 
 
 Lunularis. See Lmiulatus. 
 
 Lunula'tus. Lwiatus. Lunularis. Lunu- 
 late : crescent-shaped, or half-moon -like. 
 
 LU'PIA. (From At>7rew, to molest.) 1. A 
 genus of disease, including encysted tumors, 
 the contents of which are of a pultaceous con- 
 sistence; as meliceris, atheroma, steatoma, and 
 osteosteatoma. 
 
 Lupino'sus. The porrigo lupinosa. 
 
 LUPI'NUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — L. 
 albus. The white lupin. The seed was used 
 as food. It is occasionally exhibited to remove 
 worms, and made into poultices. 
 
 LU'PULIN. Lupuline. The yellow, frag- 
 rant matter of hops, supposed to be the pollen. 
 
 Lu'pulus. Humulus lupulus. 
 
 LU'PUS. (us, i, m. ; a wolf.) 1. A malig- 
 nant disease of the face, otherwise called noli 
 metangere. See Noli me tangere. 2. The term 
 was intended by Dr. Willan to comprise, to- 
 gether with the " noli me tangere,' 1 affecting 
 the nose and lips, other slow tubercular affec- 
 tions, especially about the face, commonly 
 ending in ragged ulcerations of the cheeks, 
 forehead, eyelids, and lips, and sometimes oc- 
 curring in other parts of the body, where they 
 gradually destroy the skin and muscular parts 
 to a considerable depth. Sometimes the dis- 
 ease appears in the cheek circularly, or in the 
 form of a sort of ringworm, destroying the sub- 
 stance, and leaving a deep and deformed cica- 
 trix: other parts are occasionally the seat of 
 this disease. 
 
 By the knife or the caustic, a separation has 
 sometimes been made of the morbid from the 
 sound parts, and the progress of the disease 
 arrested. And in some cases, where the ulcer- 
 ation was very slow, and unaccompanied by 
 much inflammation, the internal use of arsenic 
 has been found beneficial. 
 
 Lupus cancrosus. Cancer. 
 
 Lupus vorax. Herpes exedens. 
 
 411 
 
LYC 
 
 Lurid. Luridus. 1. A pale yellowish-pur- 
 ple color. 2. Ghastly. 
 
 Lu'ridjs. Ah order of plants in Linnaeus's 
 Fragments, consisting of those which are highly 
 poisonous, as Datura, Solarium, Nicotiana. 
 
 LU'SCITAS. (From luscus, blind of one 
 eye.) Beer gives this name to a distortion of 
 the eyeball which resembles squinting, but 
 differs from it in the inability to move the af- 
 fected eye when the other is closed. 
 
 LUSUS NATURE. A sport of nature; a 
 monster. 
 
 Lute. Lutum. 
 
 Lutea corpora. Corpus luteum. 
 Lute'ola. Reseda luteola. 
 Lute'oline. The yellow coloring matter of 
 the Reseda luteola is thus named by Chevreuil. 
 Lu'teus. Yellow. 
 
 Lu'trum. Aovrpov. A bath. Also, an oph- 
 thalmic medicine. 
 
 LUTUM. (um, i, n. ; the Latin for clay or 
 mud.) Ccementum. Lute. A composition with 
 which chemical vessels were covered, to pre- 
 serve them from the violence of the fire, and to 
 close exactly their joinings. 
 
 LUXA'TION. (Luxatio ; from luxo, to put 
 out of joint.) A dislocation of a bone from its 
 proper cavity. See Dislocation. 
 
 Lyca'nche. Synonymous with cynancke. 
 Lycanthro'pia. A species of melancholy, 
 in which the patients leave their houses in the 
 night, and wander about like wolves. 
 
 Lychnis segetum. Agrostemma githago. 
 Lyco'ctonum. A species of aconitum; aconite. 
 LYCOPE'RDON. 1. Lycoperdon bovista. 
 2. A genus of fungi. — L. bovista. The puff- 
 ball. A round or egg-shaped fungus. It dries 
 internally into a very fine, light brownish dust, 
 which is used by some to stop hemorrhages. — 
 L. cervinum. Deer-ball has the character of 
 being aphrodisiac. — L. tuber. The truffle, or 
 Tuber cibarium. A solid fungus, of a globular 
 figure, which grows under the surface of the 
 ground, and attains the size of a potato. It 
 has a rough, blackish coat, and is destitute of 
 fibres. There are several species, all of a 
 grateful flavor, esteemed by connoisseurs. 
 
 L y c o p e'r sicum. Solanum lycopersicum. 
 The tomato. 
 
 LYCOPO'DIUM. {um, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Crypto gamia. Lycopodiacece. — L. cla- 
 vatum. The club-moss. Lycopodium. This 
 plant affords a great quantity of sporules, which 
 are much esteemed in some places to sprinkle on 
 young children, to prevent excoriation. A de- 
 coction of the herb is said to be a specific in the 
 cure of the plica polonica. — L. selago. Upright 
 club-moss. The decoction of this plant acts 
 violently as a vomit and a purgative, and was 
 formerly employed to produce abortions. 
 
 LYCO'PSIS. (is, idis, f.) 1. A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 2. The 
 pharmacopoeial name of the wall bugloss, Echi- 
 um (Bgyptiaeum, the Asperago cegyptiaca of Will- 
 denow. 
 
 LY'COPUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Diandria. Monogynia. Sal/viacece. — L. euro- 
 pceus. This plant is sometimes used as an as- 
 tringent. — L. virginicus is said to be a mild 
 anodyne. 
 
 412 
 
 L YM 
 
 Lycore'xia. Lycorexis. Morbid appetite. 
 Lye: An alkaline solution. 
 Ly'gmus. Kvyfioc. The hiccough. 
 Lying in. Parturition. 
 
 LYMPH. Lympka. The liquid contained 
 in the lymphatic vessels. Two processes may 
 be employed to procure lymph. One is to lay 
 bare a lymphatic vessel, divide it, and receive 
 the liquid that flows from it ; but this is a meth- 
 od difficult to execute, and besides, as the lym- 
 phatic vessels are not always filled with lymph, 
 it is uncertain : the other consists in letting an 
 animal fast during four or five days, and then 
 extracting the fluid contained in the thoracic 
 duct. 
 
 The liquid obtained in either way has, at first, 
 a slightly opaline rose color. It has a strong, 
 spermatic odor ; a salt taste ; it sometimes pre- 
 sents a slight yellow tinge, and at other times 
 a red madder color. 
 
 But lymph does not long remain liquid ; it 
 coagulates. Its rose color becomes more deep, 
 an immense number of reddish filaments are 
 developed, irregularly arborescent, and very 
 analogous in appearance to the vessels spread 
 in the tissue of organs. 
 
 When we examine carefully the mass of 
 lymph thus coagulated, we find it formed of 
 two parts: the one solid, and forming a great 
 many globules, among which the liquid re- 
 mains. 
 
 The solid part of the lymph, which may be 
 called the clot, has much analogy with that of 
 the blood. It becomes red by the contact of 
 oxygen gas, and purple when plunged in car- 
 bonic acid. 
 
 The specific gravity of lymph is to that of 
 distilled water as 1022-28 to 1000-00. 
 
 Chevreuil analyzed the lymph of the dog. 
 
 Water 926-4 
 
 Fibrin . 4-2 
 
 Albumen 61-0 
 
 Muriate of soda 6*1 
 
 Carbonate of soda l - 8 
 
 Phosphate of lime ) 
 
 Phosphate of magnesia . . . > 0-5 
 Carbonate of lime ) 
 
 Total 1000-0 
 
 Subsequent analysts have found some fat. 
 L'Heretier obtained -05 per cent. 
 
 Its specific gravity is greater than that of 
 water ; in consistence it is thin, and somewhat 
 viscid. The quantity in the human body appeal's 
 to be very great, as the system of the lymphatic 
 vessels forms no small part of it. The lym- 
 phatic vessels absorb this fluid from the tela 
 celiulosa of the whole body, from all the viscera, 
 and the cavities of the viscera; and convey it 
 to the thoracic duct, to be mixed with the chyle. 
 
 1. The use of the lymph is to return the super- 
 fluous nutritious fluid from every part. 2. The 
 serous exudation of membranes is sometimes 
 improperly called lymph. 
 
 Ly'mphadenitis. Inflammation of a lym- 
 phatic gland. 
 
 Lymph cataract. Spurious cataract. See 
 Cataract. 
 
 Lymph globules. Lymph corpuscules. The 
 globules floating in lymph. 
 
LYM 
 
 LYS 
 
 Lympha'ngiolo'gia. A treatise on the lym- 
 phatics. 
 
 LYMPHATIC. (Lymphaticus; ivovalympha, 
 lymph.) 1. Of the nature of lymph. 2. The 
 name of an absorbent vessel, that carries a 
 transparent fluid or lymph. The lymphatic 
 vessels of the human body are small and trans- 
 parent, and originate in every part of the body. 
 With the lacteal vessels of the intestines, they 
 form what is termed the absorbent system. Their 
 termination is in the thoracic duct. See Ab- 
 sorbent, Lacteal, and Thoracic duct. 
 
 Lymphatics of the head and neck. — Absorbents 
 are found on the scalp and about the viscera of 
 the neck, which unite into a considerable branch, 
 that accompanies the jugular vein. Absorbents 
 have not been detected in the human brain. 
 
 The absorbents from the right side of the 
 head and neck and from the right arm pass 
 into the angle between the right subclavian 
 and the jugular vein, and form a trunk which 
 lies upon the right subclavian vein, and receives 
 a very considerable number of lymphatic ves- 
 sels from the right side of the head, thyroid 
 gland, neck, the arm, the right side of the thorax 
 and diaphragm, from the lungs of this side, and 
 from the parts supplied by the mammary artery. 
 Both in this and in the great trunk there are 
 many valves. 
 
 Of the tipper extremities. — The absorbents of 
 the upper extremities are divided into super- 
 ficial and deep-seated. The superficial absorb- 
 ents ascend under the skin of tbe hand in every 
 direction to the wrist, from whence a branch 
 proceeds upon the posterior surface of the fore- 
 arm to the head of the radius, over the internal 
 condyle of the humerus, up to the axilla, re- 
 ceiving several branches as it proceeds. An- 
 other branch proceeds from the wrist along the 
 anterior part of the forearm, and forms a net- 
 work, with a branch coming over the ulna from 
 the posterior part, and ascends on the inside of 
 the humerus to the glands of the axilla. The 
 deep-seated absorbents accompany the larger 
 blood-vessels, and pass through two glands about 
 the middle of the humerus, and ascend to the 
 glands of the axilla. The superficial and deep- 
 seated absoi-bents having passed through the ax- 
 illary glands, forrn two trunks, which unite into 
 one, to be inserted with the jugular absorbents 
 into the thoracic duct, at the angle formed by 
 the union of the subclavian with the jugular 
 vein. 
 
 Lymphatics of the inferior extremities. — These 
 are also superficial and deep-seated. The su- 
 perficial ones he between the skin and muscles. 
 Those of the toes and foot fonn a branch, which 
 ascends upon the back of the foot, over the 
 tendon of the cruraeus anticus, forms, with other 
 branches, a plexus above the ankles, then pro- 
 ceeds along the tibia over the knee, sometimes 
 passes through a gland, and proceeds up the 
 inside of the thigh to the subinguinal glands. 
 The deep-seated absorbents follow the course of 
 the arteries, and accompany the femoral artery, 
 in which course they pass through some glands 
 in the leg and above the knee, and then proceed 
 to some deep-seated subinguinal glands. The 
 absorbents from about the external part of the 
 pubes proceed to the inguinal glands. The 
 
 subinguinal and inguinal glands send forth sev- 
 eral branches, which pass through the abdomi- 
 nal ring into the cavity of the abdomen. 
 
 Of the abdominal and thoracic viscera. — The 
 absorbents of the lower extremities accompany 
 the external iliac artery, where they are joined 
 by many branches from the uterus, urinary 
 bladder, spermatic cord, and some branches ac- 
 companying the internal iliac artery ; they then 
 ascend to the sacrum, where they form a plexus, 
 which proceeds over the psoas muscle, and, 
 meeting with the lacteals of the mesentery, form 
 the thoracic duct, or trunk of the absorbents, 
 which is of a serpentine form, about the size of 
 a crow-quill, and runs up the dorsal vertebrae, 
 through the posterior opening of the diaphragm, 
 between the aorta and vena azygos, to the angle 
 formed by the union of the left subclavian and 
 jugular veins. In this course it receives the 
 absorbents of the kidneys, which are superficial 
 and deep-seated, and unite as they proceed to- 
 ward the thoracic duct; and the absorbents of 
 the spleen, which are upon its peritoneal coat, 
 and unite with those of the pancreas — a branch 
 from 4 the plexus of the vessels passing above 
 and below the duodenum, and formed by the 
 absorbents of the stomach, which come from 
 the lesser and greater curvature, and are united 
 about the pylorus with those of the pancreas 
 and liver, which converge from the external 
 surface and internal parts toward the porta? of 
 the liver, and also by several branches from the 
 gall-bladder. 
 
 Use of Lymphatics. — The office of these ves- 
 sels is to take up substances which are applied 
 to their mouths : thus the fluid of circumscribed 
 cavities, and of the cells of the cellular mem- 
 brane, are removed by the lymphatics of those 
 parts; and thus mercury and other substances 
 are taken into the system when rubbed on the 
 skin. 
 
 Lymphatic gland. See Gland. 
 
 Lymphatic veins. The absorbents. 
 
 Lymphatics. Lymphatic system or vessels. 
 See Lymphatic. 
 
 Lymphiza'tion. The effusion of coagulable 
 lymph. 
 
 Lymphoche'zia. Serous diarrhoea. 
 
 Lympho'sis. The elaboration of lymph. 
 
 Lynch's embrocation. This consists of olive 
 oil, scented with some volatile oils, and colored 
 with alkanet root. 
 
 Lyncu'rium. The tourmaline. 
 
 Lyngodes. A fever in which hiccough is a 
 prominent symptom.^ — Hippocrates. 
 
 Lypema'nia. Melancholy. 
 
 Lypo'ma. Lipoma. 
 
 LY'RA. {a, a, f. ; from Ivpa, a lyre, or mu- 
 sical instrument. ) Psalterium. Corpus psal- 
 loides. The triangular medullary space be- 
 tween the posterior crura of the fornix of the 
 cerebrum, which is marked with prominent 
 medullary fibres, that give it the appearance 
 of a lyre. 
 
 LY'RATE. Lyratus. Lyre-shaped. 
 
 Ly'rus. Arnica montana. 
 
 Lysigy'ia. Relaxation of limbs. — Hippocra- 
 
 LYSIMA'CHIA. {a, <b, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Moiwgynia. — L. nummu- 
 
 413 
 
MA C 
 
 laria. Money-wort. It was formerly account- 
 ed vulnerary, and to possess antiscorbutic and 
 astringent qualities. — L. purpurea. Lythrum 
 salicaria. 
 
 Lysipnos. Avolttovoc. The epithet of an 
 antidote, consisting of opium, henbane seeds, 
 mandrake, and other narcotics, &c. 
 
 LYSSA. (a, ce, f. Avcca, rabies.) Hydro- 
 phobia. 
 
 MAG 
 
 Lyssode'ctus. One who labors under hy- 
 drophobia. 
 
 LY'THRUM. (um,i,n.) A genus of plants, 
 Dodecandria. Digynia. — L. salicaria. Willow- 
 herb. The herb, root, and flowers possess a 
 considerable degree of astringency. 
 
 LYTTA. {a, ce, f.) The name of a genus 
 of insects. See Cantharis. 
 
 M, 
 
 M. 
 
 Contraction for manipulus, a handful ; 
 and misce : thus m. f. haust. signifies mix, and 
 let a draught be made. 
 
 Macandou. (Javanese.) A tree growing 
 in Malacca, the fruit of which is roasted and 
 eaten as a cure for dysenteries, cholera mor- 
 bus, and other complaints. — Bontius. 
 
 Macapatli. Sarsaparilla. 
 
 MACARO'NI. A preparation from wheat, 
 containing an excess of gluten, and suitable as 
 a gluten bread, in diseases requiring that arti- 
 cle. 
 
 Mace. Ma'cis. See Myristica moschata. 
 
 Macedonian parsley. See Bubon. 
 
 Macedonicum semen. Smymium olusatrum. 
 
 MA'CER. The bark of the root of a tree 
 growing in Malabar. It is astringent, and used 
 against alvine fluxes. — Piso. 
 
 MACERATION. (Maceratio, onis, f. ; from 
 macero, to soften by water. ) An infusion, either 
 with or without heat, wherein the ingredients 
 are intended to be almost dissolved in order to 
 extract their virtues. 
 
 Macerona. Smyrnium olusatrum. 
 
 MACHAO'NIA ARS. Medicine has been 
 so called from Machaon, the son of iEsculapius. 
 
 MA'CIES. (es, ei, f . ; from maceo, to grow 
 lean.) Emaciation. See Marasmus. 
 
 Mackarel. Scomber scomber. 
 
 MACRO-. A prefix (from fiaicpoc, large), 
 signifying magnitude, largeness. 
 
 Macrobio'tic. Long-lived. 
 
 Macroce'phalus. 1. Having a large head. 
 2. Physeter macrocephalus. 
 
 Macro'piper. Piper longum. 
 
 MACROPNCE'A. (a, ce, f. ; from fiaicpoc, 
 long, and nveo), to breathe.) That state of the 
 breathing in which the inspiration is long and 
 deep. 
 
 Macro'tys racemosa. Aceta?a racemosa. 
 
 MA'CULA. (a, as, f.) A spot; a perma- 
 nent discoloration of some portion of the skin, 
 often with a change of its texture, but not con- 
 nected with any disorder of the constitution. 
 
 Macula germinativa. Nucleus germinati- 
 vus of Wagner. 
 
 Macula matricis. A mother's mark. See 
 Ncevus maternus. 
 
 Macule. An order of Dr. Willan's cutane- 
 ous diseases, which comprises those discolora- 
 tions of the skin which are permanent, and 
 most of which are the result of an alteration of 
 the natural texture of the part. It compre- 
 hends Ephelis, Ncevus, Opilus, and moles. 
 
 Macule hepatic^. Cloasma. 
 
 Macule volatice. Pityriasis fugax. 
 414 
 
 Macula'te. Maculatus. Spotted. 
 
 Mad apple. Solanum melongena. 
 
 Madar. See Mudar. 
 
 MADARO'SIS. (is, eos, f. Madapoaic; from 
 fiadapoc, bald or smooth.) Falling off of the 
 hair, especially of the eye-lashes. 
 
 Madden's vegetable essence. This con- 
 sists chiefly of the Infusum rosce compositum, 
 with an increased proportion of acid. 
 
 Madder. Rubia tinctorum. 
 
 MADEIRA, CLIMATE OF. This island is, 
 in the equability of its temperature, the most 
 desirable place known for the consumptive 
 where the necessary comforts can be procured. 
 Both the summer and winter are mild, and it is 
 therefore fitted for the permanent residence of 
 the patient. 
 
 Madness. Insanity. 
 
 Madness, canine. See Hydrophobia. 
 
 Ma'dor. Moisture. A sweating. 
 
 Madwort, Galen's. See Marrubium. 
 
 Magellanicus cortex. See Wintera. 
 
 Maggot pimple. Acne punctata. 
 
 Magisterium plumbi. Carbonate of lead. 
 
 MA'GISTERY. (Magisterium, ii, n. ; from 
 magister, a master.) Magistery. A term used 
 by the old chemists to signify a peculiar and 
 secret method of preparing any medicine, as it 
 were, by a masterly process. The term was 
 also long applied to all precipitates. 
 
 Magistery of bismuth. The subnitrate of 
 bismuth. See Bismuth. 
 
 Magistra'l. Extemporaneous. 
 
 MAGISTRA'LIS. Such medicines as are 
 prescribed extemporaneously. 
 
 MA'GMA. (a, atis, n. ; from /xaaau, to blend 
 together.) 1. A thick ointment. 2. The dregs 
 of any thing after the thinner parts are strained 
 off. 3. A confection. 
 
 MA'GNES. A loadstone or magnet. 
 
 Magnes arsenicalis. Arsenical magnet. A 
 composition of equal parts of antimony, sulphur, 
 and arsenic, mixed and melted together so as 
 to become a glassy body. 
 
 Magnes epilepsia. Native cinnabar. 
 
 MAGNE'SIA. (a, a>, f.) 1. The ancient 
 chemists gave this name to such substances as 
 they conceived to have the power of attracting 
 any principle from the air. 2. The name of 
 one of the 
 sis, called 
 
 Magnesia calcinata. See Magnesia usta. 
 
 Magnesia, Henry's. A preparation of the 
 calcined magnesia, remarkable for its condens- 
 ed state. 
 
 Magnesia usta. M. calcinata. M. pu- 
 
MAG 
 
 MAG 
 
 ra. Calcined magnesia. The protoxide of 
 magnesium. A white, very sparingly soluble, 
 earthy body, with slight alkaline reaction. It 
 forms a hydrate with water, and readily neu- 
 tralizes most acids. Symbol, MgO ; eq., 20-67 ; 
 sp.gr., 2-3. It is readily obtained by heating 
 common magnesia to redness. 
 
 It is given as an absorbent and antacid in 
 cardialgia, spasms, convulsions, and tormina of 
 the bowels of infants ; pyrosis, flatulencies, and 
 other diseases of the prima viae ; constipation, 
 leucorrhoea, rickets, scrofula, crusta lactea, and 
 podagra. The dose for an adult is from a scru- 
 ple to a drachm. 
 
 Magnesia vitriolata. See Magnesice sul- 
 phas. 
 
 Magnesia water. Aerated magnesian wa- 
 ter. Fluid magnesia. This is made by mixing 
 half an ounce of carbonate of magnesia with 
 one gallon of water, and impregnating it with 
 ten times its volume of carbonic acid gas, by 
 means of a forcing pump. It is a good antacid, 
 and the carbonic acid it contains renders it a 
 6alutary stimulant to the stomach. 
 
 Magnesia carbonas. Magnesice subcarbo- 
 nas. Magnesia alba. Carbonate of magnesia. 
 It may be made as follows : Take of sulphate 
 of magnesia, four pounds; carbonate of soda, 
 four pounds and eight ounces ; distilled water, 
 four gallons. Dissolve the carbonate of soda 
 and the sulphate of magnesia separately in two 
 gallons of the water, and strain ; then mix, and 
 boil the liquors, stirring constantly with a spat- 
 ula for a quarter of au hour; lastly, pour off 
 the liquors, and wash the precipitated powder 
 with boiling distilled water, and dry it. It is in 
 the form of very fine powder, considerably re- 
 sembling flour in its appearance and feel ; it has 
 no sensible taste on the tongue ; it gives a faint 
 greenish color to the tincture of violets, and 
 converts turnsole to a blue. It is employed 
 medicinally as an absorbent, antacid, and pur- 
 gative, in doses of from half a drachm to two 
 drachms. 
 
 Magnesije sulphas. Sulphas magnesia^ pu- 
 rificata. Magnesia vitriolata. Sal catharticus 
 amarus. Sal catharticum amarum. Sulphate 
 of magnesia. Epsom salt. Bitter purging salt. 
 This salt exists in several mineral springs, as 
 that of Epsom, from which it was formerly ob- 
 tained : it is now afforded, however, in greater 
 abundance and more pure, from the bittern left 
 after the extraction of salt from sea-water. 
 When pure, it crystallizes in small quadrangu- 
 lar prisms, terminated by quadrangular pyra- 
 mids or dihedral summits. Its taste is cool 
 and bitter. It is very soluble, requiring only 
 an equal weight of cold water, and three fourths 
 its weight of hot. It effloresces in the air, 
 though but slowly. If it attracts moisture, it 
 contains muriate of magnesia or of lime. Ex- 
 posed to heat, it dissolves in its own water of 
 crystallization, and dries, but is not decom- 
 posed nor fused but with extreme difficulty. 
 
 Epsom salt is a mild purgative, operating 
 with sufficient efficacy, and in general with 
 ease and safety, rarely occasioning any gripes, 
 or the other inconveniences of resinous purga- 
 tives. Six or eight drachms may be dissolved 
 in a proper quantity of common water, or four, 
 
 five, or more in a pint or quart of the purging 
 mineral waters. These solutions may likewise 
 be so managed, in small doses, as to produce 
 evacuation from the other emunctories : if the 
 patient be kept warm, they increase perspira- 
 tion, and, by moderate exercise in the cool air, 
 the urinary discharge. Some allege that this 
 salt has a peculiar effect in allaying pain, as in 
 colic, even independently of evacuation. 
 
 MAGNE'SIUM. The white, malleable, and 
 fusible metallic base of magnesia. Sym., Mg. ; 
 eq., 12-69. 
 
 Magnesium, oxide of. Magnesia. 
 Magnesium, chloride of. This has been 
 recommended as a saline aperient in the dose 
 of an ounce, but is less useful than the sulphate 
 of magnesia. 
 
 MAGNET. (Magnes, etis, m. Mayvnc, 
 (iayvrj-rjc.) The loadstone. See Magnetism 
 and Electricity. 
 
 Magnetic oxide of iron. The mixed prot- 
 oxide and peroxide, or ferroso-ferric oxide of 
 iron, remarkable for its magnetic properties. 
 
 MA'GNETISM. There are some native ox- 
 ides of iron which have the remarkable prop- 
 erty of attracting iron. These are called load- 
 stones, magnetic iron ores, or natural magnets. 
 
 If a bar of tempered steel be nibbed in a 
 certain direction with a loadstone, it acquires a 
 similar property of attracting iron, and perma- 
 nently retains this property. If a slender bar 
 of iron be rendered magnetic, and poised on a 
 fulcrum, or suspended by a thread, so as to ad- 
 mit of free horizontal motion, it will vibrate 
 north and south. The ends so directed are 
 called its north and south poles. 
 
 A temporary magnet is that made of soft or 
 pine iron, around which a cuiTent of electricity 
 or galvanism is made to circulate along a spiral 
 wire. It attains great power for the time that 
 the fluid passes only, and may be made and 
 broken with astonishing frequency. 
 
 Magnetism, animal. Mesmerism. A hy- 
 pothesis that the action of the nervous fluid of 
 one person can be made to control that of an- 
 other, causing him to lose consciousness in 
 part, and act and think like his magnetizer, 
 &c, &c. Nothing of the kind can be done ; 
 but very nervous persons can be thrown into a 
 nervous condition resembling sleep, hysteria, 
 or catalepsy. The magnetizer proceeds by 
 motions of his hands, or passes. 
 
 MAGNETO-ELECTRICITY. Magneto-elec- 
 tric induction. The electrical current induced 
 in a spiral or helix of wire, in the center of 
 which a fixed or temporary magnet is intro- 
 duced. A capital magneto-electric machine by 
 Clark is made for medical purposes. 
 
 MAGNO'LIA. {a, &, f.) A genus of handsome 
 flowering trees. Polyandria. Polygynia. Mag- 
 noliacea. The Magnolia glauca, M. acuminata, 
 and M. tripetala are officinal, and the magnifi- 
 cent M. grandifolia is equally entitled to no- 
 tice. The bark, and especially that from the 
 root, is, when fresh, aromatic, pungent, and 
 bitter ; and in doses of a drachm, frequently 
 given, has been found serviceable in intermit- 
 tents, especially where a typhoid tendency ex- 
 isted. It is gently stimulant, tonic, and diapho- 
 retic, and may be used in the form of dilute 
 
 415 
 
MAL 
 
 MAL 
 
 tincture, and powder of the fresh root; but 
 drying and infusion impair its virtues. 
 
 Magnum dei bonum. Cinchona bark. 
 
 MAGNUM OS. The third bone of the low- 
 er row of bones of the carpus, reckoning from 
 the thumb toward the little finger. 
 
 Magy'darls. The root of the laserwort. 
 
 Mahagony. Mahagoni. Swietenia maha- 
 goni. 
 
 Mahaleb. A species of cherry. 
 
 Mahmoudy. Scammony. 
 
 Mahy's plaster. The United States Phar- 
 macopoeia substitutes for this the Emplastrum 
 plumbi carbonatis. 
 
 Maidenhair. M., Canada. M., English. 
 See Adiantum. 
 
 Maidenhair, black. M., common. See ,4s- 
 plenmrn. 
 
 Maidenhair, golden. See Polytrichum. 
 
 Maidenhair-tree. Ginan itsio. The Ging- 
 ko biloba. In China and Japan, the fruit is said 
 to promote digestion, and to purge. The oil 
 is used at the table. 
 
 Maize. Indian corn. Zea mays. 
 
 Majanthemum. Convallaria majalis. 
 
 Majora'na. Origanum majorana. 
 
 Majorana syriaca. Teucrium marum. 
 
 MAL. (French.) A disease. 
 
 Mal de la rosa. Rosa asturica. Lepra as- 
 turica. A disease endemic in the Asturias. It 
 appears to be a variety of pellagra. 
 
 Mal de San Laza'ro. A severe leprosy, 
 common in the southern islands of the West 
 Indies, Colombia, and the upper portion of 
 South America. 
 
 Mal de Siam. Yellow fever. 
 
 Mal del Sole. Pellagra. 
 
 Mal des ardens. The name of a pestilen- 
 tial erysipelas or carbuncle, which was endemic 
 in France in the twelfth century. 
 
 Mal rouge de Cayenne. Cayenne leprosy. 
 A disease which commences with an eruption 
 of red spots, and in the progress of which the 
 body becomes covered with fungous ulcers of a 
 red color. It appears to be allied to elephan- 
 tiasis. 
 
 MA'LA. {a, as, f.) The cheek. 
 
 Malabar plum. Eugenia jambos. 
 
 Malabathri oleum. Oil of cassia. 
 
 Malaba'thrinum unguentum. It is com- 
 pounded of myrrh, spikenard, malabathrum, 
 and many other aromatic ingredients. 
 
 Malaba'thrum. The leaf of the cassia. 
 
 Malacca bean. Avicennia tomentosa. 
 
 Malacca radix. Sagittaria alexipharmica. 
 
 Malacence'phalon. Simple softening of 
 the brain, without change of structure. — Crag- 
 gie. 
 
 Ma'lache. Malva sylvestris. 
 
 MALA'CIA. {a, cc, f. ; from jiaXanoc, soft ; 
 effeminate.) Longings. Whimsical or depraved 
 appetite, such as sometimes occurs in pregnant 
 women, chlorotic girls, &c. 
 
 MALACO'SIS. (From fxalanoc, soft.) Soft- 
 ening. Mollities. A generic term for those 
 diseases in which the most prominent patho- 
 logic result is softening. 
 
 MALACO'STEON. {urn, i, n. ; from fiala- 
 koc, soft, and oareov, a bone.) A softness of 
 the bones. Mollities ossium. A disease of the 
 416 
 
 bones, wherein they can be bent without frac- 
 turing them, in consequence either of the inor- 
 dinate absorption of the phosphate of lime, or 
 from its want. In rickets, the bones only yield 
 and become distorted by slow degrees ; but in 
 the present disease they may be at once bent 
 in any direction. All the cases of this dis- 
 ease on record have proved fatal, no means of 
 cure having yet been found. On dissection of 
 those who have died, all the bones, except the 
 teeth, have been found unusually soft, so that 
 scarcely any of them could resist the knife ; the 
 periosteum has been found thicker than usual ; 
 and the bones have been found to contain a 
 great quantity of oily matter and little earth. 
 
 Mala'ctica. Emollient remedies. 
 
 Malaguetta pepper. Grains of paradise. 
 
 MALA'GMA. (a, atis, n. MaAay/za; from 
 fiaXaaaco, to soften.) A cataplasm or emollient 
 application. 
 
 MALA'R. Malaris. (From, mala, the cheek.) 
 Relating to the cheek ; as malar bone, malar 
 process. 
 
 MALA'MBO BARK. Matias bark. The 
 bark of a tree of Colombia, South America, 
 used as a substitute for cinchona. 
 
 MALA'RIA. The Italian name for marsh 
 miasm : hence malarious. 
 
 Malarum ossa. Malce os. See Jugale o&. 
 
 Ma'late. Malas. A salt of malic acid. 
 
 MA'LE. 1. The masculine species of ani- 
 mals. 2. MaXn. The arm-pit. 
 
 Male fern. Aspidium filix mas. 
 
 Male impotency. See Sterility. 
 
 Male orchis. Orchis mascula. 
 
 Male speedwell. Veronica officinalis. 
 
 MALFORMATION. Malformatio. A devi- 
 ation from the normal development. This 
 may be either from deficiency, from excess, from 
 displacement, or from irregular growth. 
 
 Male'ic acid. A volatile crystalline acid, 
 obtained by distilling malic acid. It is bibasic. 
 form., C 8 H 2 6 ,2HO, and is isomeric with the 
 aconitic acid. 
 
 MALIC ACID. Acidum malicum. The 
 acid of apples, pears, &c. It is colorless, deli- 
 quescent, soluble in alcohol and water, and has 
 not been crystallized. It is bibasic. Formula, 
 C 8 H 4 8 -f-2HO. 
 
 MALI'GNANT. Malignus. A term applied 
 to pestilential fevers, and to local diseases of an 
 incurable nature, as cancer and fungus hsemar 
 todes. 
 
 Malignant fever. See Typhus. 
 
 Malignant sore throat. See Tonsillitis. 
 
 Malingerer. A soldier feigning disease. 
 
 MALIS. Maliasmus. A diseased conditio] 
 of the skin, produced by parasitical insects 
 The species are : M. pediculi. Lousiness. — M 
 dracunculi. M. filaricc. The Guinea-won 
 disease. — M. acari. Tick bites. 
 
 MALLEABPLITY. (Malleabilitas ; fro: 
 malleus, a hammer.) The property which se 
 eral metals possess of being extended und 
 the hammer into thin plates. 
 
 Malleamothe. Pavette. Pavate. Eryst 
 elas curans arbor. A shrub which grows 
 Malabar. The leaves, boiled in palm oil, cu 
 the impetigo; the root, powdered and mix 
 with ginger, is diuretic. 
 
MAL 
 
 MAM 
 
 MALLE A'TIO. A form of cliorea, in which 
 the person has a convulsive action of one or 
 both hands, which strike the knee like a hammer. 
 
 Mallei anterior. M. externus. The laxa- 
 tor tympani muscle. 
 
 Mallei inter nus. The tensor tympani. 
 
 MALLE'OLAR. Malleolaris. Relating to 
 the ankles ; as the malleolar arteries, which are 
 derived from the anterior tibial artery. 
 
 MALLE'OLUS. (us,i,m.) The termination 
 of the tibia at the ankle is called malleolus in- 
 terims, and the corresponding part of the fibula 
 malleolus externus. 
 
 MA'LLEUS. (us, i, m. ; a hammer.) A 
 bone of the internal ear is so termed from its 
 shape. 
 
 Mallow. Malva sylvestris. 
 
 Mallow, marsh. Althaea officinalis. 
 
 Mallow, vervain. Malva alcea. 
 
 Malograna'tum. The pomegranate. 
 
 Malpighi, acini of. See Kidney. 
 
 MALPI'GHIA. (a,ce,i\) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Trigynia. — M. glabra. The Bar- 
 badoes cherry. — M. mourella. The bark is 
 astringent, and is used in Cayenne as a febrifuge. 
 
 Malpighian vessels of insects. Biliary 
 pouches found in some insects as substitutes for 
 the liver. 
 
 MALT. Grain which has become sweet, 
 from the conversion of its starch into sugar, by 
 an incipient growth or germination artificially 
 induced, called malting. 
 
 Ma'ltha. Mineral pitch. 
 
 Maltha'cticus. Emollient; softening. 
 
 Ma'lting. The process of inducing the sac- 
 charine fermentation, or germination, in malt or 
 other grains. Moisture, warmth, and air are 
 necessary. The change is produced by the in- 
 cipient decay of the gluten of the grain, where- 
 by diastase is formed, which, acting upon the 
 starch, converts it into sugar, by the same mole- 
 cular process as in ordinary fermentation ; and 
 if the process be not arrested by heat or drying, 
 it goes on to the vinous, acetous, and putrefac- 
 tive fermentations. 
 
 MA'LUM. (um,i,u.) 1. A disease. 2. An 
 apple. 
 
 Malum canum. M. cotoneum. The quince. 
 
 Malum citreum. The citron. 
 
 Malum insanum. Solanum melongena. 
 
 Malum medic um. The lemon. 
 
 Malum mortuum. A disease that appears in 
 the form of a pustule, which soon forms a dry, 
 brown, hard, and broad crust. It is seldom 
 attended with pain, and remains fixed for a 
 long time before it can be detached. It is 
 mostly observed on the tibia and os coccygis, 
 and sometimes on the face. 
 
 Malum pilare. See Plica. 
 
 M'alus. Pyrus malus. The apple. 
 
 Malus indica. Bilimbi billing-bing. A tree 
 of the East Indies. The juice of the root is 
 cooling, and drank in fevers. The leaves are 
 boiled, and made into a cataplasm with rice. 
 The juice of the fruit is used in almost all ex- 
 ternal heats, dipping linen rags hi it, and ap- 
 plying them to the parts. It is drank, mixed 
 with arrack, to cure diarrhoeas. The ripe fruit 
 is eaten as a delicacy, and the unripe made into 
 a pickle for the use of the table. 
 Dd 
 
 MA'LVA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants 
 Monadelphia. Polyandria. Malvacece. — M. 
 a'lcea. M. verbenaca. The vervain mallow. 
 This, like to the other mallows, abounds with 
 a mucilage, and is good for pectoral drinks. — 
 M. arborea. Alcea rosea. — M. rotundifolia. 
 Round-leaved mallow. The whole herb and 
 root possess similar virtues to the common mal- 
 low. — M. sylvestris. The common mallow. 
 M. vulgaris. Malva. The leaves and flowers 
 are principally used in fomentations, cataplasms, 
 and emollient enemas. — M. verbenaca. Malva 
 alcea. — M. vulgaris. Malva sylvestris. 
 
 MALVA'C EiE. The mallow tribe of dicotyl- 
 edonous plants. Herbaceous plants, trees, or 
 shrubs, with leaves alternate ; flowers, polypet- 
 alous ; stamens, hypogynous, monadelphous ; 
 fruit, capsular or baccate, containing seed with 
 crumpled cotyledons. 
 
 Malvavi'scus. Altheea officinalis. 
 
 MALVERN WATER. Malvern, in Wor- 
 cestershire, England, has a well of water con- 
 taining carbonate and sulphate of soda, &c. 
 
 Mama-pi an. The chief or master yaw of 
 framboesia. 
 
 Mami'lla. 1. The breast of man. 2. The 
 nipple. 
 
 Mami'ra. The doronicum? 
 
 MA'MMA. (a, ce, f.) The organ which se- 
 cretes the milk in mammiferous animals. The 
 bosom. In the human female the mammae are 
 two globular bodies, composed of common in- 
 teguments, adipose substance, and lacteal glands 
 and vessels, and adhering to the anterior and 
 lateral region of the thorax. On the middle of 
 each breast is a projecting portion, termed the 
 papilla, or nipple, in which the excretory ducts 
 of the glands terminate, and around which is a 
 colored disc of sebaceous glands, called the 
 areola. 
 
 MAMMA'LIA. (From mamma.) A great 
 division of the animal kingdom, comprising ani- 
 mals which suckle their young. 
 
 MAMMARY. Mammillaiy. Relating to the 
 mamma or breast. 
 
 Mammary abscess. A collection of matter 
 in the breast, arising from previous inflamma- 
 tion of its substance. It is a frequent occur- 
 rence in the early period of lactation. 
 
 Mammary arteries. Arteries mammillares. 
 The internal mammary arteiy is a branch of 
 the subclavian, and gives off the mediastinal, 
 thymal, and pericardial arteries. The external 
 mammary arteries are branches of the axillary. 
 
 Mammary gl and. The organ of the mamma 
 which secretes the milk. 
 
 Mammary sarcoma. A tumor of the appear- 
 ance and consistence of the mamma, found in 
 various parts of the body. 
 
 Mammary veins. Vena mammillares. These 
 vessels accompany the arteries, and evacuate 
 their blood into the subclavian vein. 
 
 Mammea Americana. The tree (Polyan- 
 dria. Monogynia) affords a delicious fruit, 
 called mammea. It is much cultivated in Ja- 
 maica. 
 
 Mammi'fera. The same as mammalia. 
 
 MAMMI'LLA. The nipple. 
 
 Mammill'ary. Mammillaris. Appertaining 
 to the nipple or breast. 
 
 417 
 
MAN 
 
 MAR 
 
 Mammillary eminences. The corpora albi- 
 cantia. 
 
 Mammilla'ted. Mammiform. Mastoid; re- 
 sembling a teat; tuberculated. 
 
 Man. See Homo. 
 
 Manchineel. Hippomane manicella. 
 
 Mancura'na. Origanum vulgare. 
 
 MANDI'BULA. {a, ce, f . ; from mando, to 
 chew.) The jaw. See Maxilla inferior. 
 
 Mandra'gora. Atropa mandragora. 
 
 Mandragori'tes. Wine in which the roots 
 of the mandrake are infused. 
 
 Mandrake. Atropa mandragora. 
 
 Manduca'tion. Manducatio. Mastication. 
 
 MANGANE'SE. {Manganesium, ii, n.) A 
 white, hard, brittle metal; sp. gr., 8; almost in- 
 fusible, and readily acted on by oxygen and 
 acids. Symbol, Mg; ecmivalent, 27-7. There 
 are several oxides, of which the black (Mg0 2 ) is 
 much used in the arts, and as a source of oxygen 
 in chemistry. 
 
 Manganese, black oxide of. M., binoxide 
 of. M., peroxide of. The native black oxide. 
 It has been employed to dust sores with, in 
 the same way as the lapis calaminaris, and is 
 used in the production of chlorine gas. 
 
 Manganese, sulphate of. A salt proposed 
 as a cathartic, in doses of fss. to fj., by Dr. 
 Thomson, but said to be emetic by Dr. Goolden, 
 and efficacious, hi doses of 3J-, by Dr. Ure. 
 
 Manganic acid. Manganeseous acid. Man- 
 ganesic acid. The compound, Mg0 3 . It exists 
 in the green mineral chameleon, which is a 
 manganate of potash, but has not been insula- 
 ted. 
 
 Mangel wursel. Beta hybrida. 
 
 MANGI'FBRA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — M. indica. 
 The mango-tree of Asia. Mangoes, when ripe, 
 are juicy, of a good flavor, and so fragrant as to 
 perfume the air to a considerable distance. 
 
 Mango. Mangifera indica. 
 
 Mangostana. Mangosteen. Garcinia man- 
 gostana. 
 
 MA'NIA. (Mavm; from /nacvofzai, I rage.) 
 Furious madness. See Insanity. 
 
 Mania a potu. M. temulentia. Delirium 
 tremens. 
 
 Ma'niac One attacked by mania. 
 
 Ma'nicaHippo'cratis. Hippocrates' sleeve. 
 A strainer of a conical shape, made of linen or 
 flannel, and used for pharmaceutical purposes. 
 
 Maniguetta. Amomum granum paradisi. 
 
 Ma'nihot. Jatropha mauihot. 
 
 Manio'des. Maniac. 
 
 MANIPULATION. The art of handling im- 
 plements with skill and success; and, when 
 applied to Chemistry, the knowledge of chem- 
 ical processes, and address in performing them. 
 
 Manipulator. One skillful in manipulation. 
 
 Mani'pulus. A handful. 
 
 MA'NNA. {a, ce, f.) A peculiar saccharine 
 matter which exudes from many plants. See 
 Fraxinus ornus. It is a gentle laxative in doses 
 of 3j. to 31V. 
 
 Manna brigantiaca. M. de Briangon. M. 
 of the larch. A species of manna, brought from 
 the neighborhood of Brianqon, in Dauphiny, 
 and being an exudation from the larch. 
 
 Manna calabrina. Calabrian manna. 
 418 
 
 Manna canulata. Flaky manna, or manna 
 concreted on straw or chips. 
 
 Manna metallorum. Calomel. 
 
 Manna thuris. A coarse powder of oliba- 
 num was sold by this name. 
 
 Ma'nnite. The sugar of manna. It is crys- 
 talline, and non-fermentable. Form., CtjH 7 06. 
 
 Manso'rius. The masseter. 
 
 Manstrupa'tion. Manstrupatio. Mastur- 
 bation. 
 
 Mantle, ladies'. Athamanta cretensis. 
 
 Manubrium manus. The radius. 
 
 Manulu'vium. A hand bath. 
 
 Marble. Crystallized massive carbonate of 
 lime. 
 
 MA'NUS. {us, us, f.) The hand. 
 
 Manus christi perlat^e. Troches pre- 
 pared with pearls, sugar, and rose-water. 
 
 Manus christi simplices. Troches pre- 
 pared with sugar and rose-water. Rose lozen- 
 ges. 
 
 Manus del The name of an old resolvent 
 plaster. It consisted of wax, myrrh, olibanum, 
 ammoniacum, mastich, galbanum, oil, &c. 
 
 Maple sugar. See Acer saccharinum. 
 
 Mara'nda. A species of myrtle of Ceylon. 
 A decoction of the leaves is said to be excellent 
 against the venereal disease. 
 
 MARA'NTA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Monandria. Monogynia. Marantacece. — M. 
 arundinacea. The root of this and M. comesa 
 are cultivated in the West Indies for arrow-root, 
 which is a kind of starch. It is in no respect 
 superior to the well prepared farina of potatoes. 
 
 Maranta gala'nga. Galanga minor. The 
 smaller galangal. The roots are used medici- 
 nally as an aromatic. It is brought from China. 
 Two kinds of galangal are mentioned in the 
 pharmacopoeias : the greater galangal, obtained 
 from the Kcempferia galanga of Linnaeus ; and 
 the smaller galangal, the root of the Maranta 
 galanga. 
 
 Maranta'ce^:. A natural family of plants, 
 of which the genus maranta is the type. 
 
 MARA'SMUS. {us, i, m. ; from /napatvco, to 
 grow lean.) Emaciation. A wasting away of 
 the flesh. The term marasmus was long ago 
 used collectively, to comprehend atrophy, ta- 
 bes, and phthisis. Extenuation or leanness is 
 not necessarily a disease ; for many persons 
 who are peculiarly lean are peculiarly healthy, 
 while some there are who take pains to fall 
 away in flesh, that they may increase in health, 
 and become stronger ; but if an individual grow 
 weaker as he grows leaner, it affords a full 
 proof that he is under a morbid influence ; and 
 it is this influence, this conjunction of extenua- 
 tion and debility, that is imported by the term 
 marasmus, and its synonym emaciation. See 
 Atrophia, Tabes, Phthisis. 
 
 Marathri'tes. Wine impregnated with 
 fennel. 
 
 Marathrophy'llum. Peucedanum offici- 
 nale. 
 
 Mara'thrum. Anethum foeniculum. 
 
 Marathrum sylvestre. Peucedanum offi 
 cinale. 
 
 Marcasi'ta. Marcasite. Pyrites. 
 
 Marcasita alba. Bismuth. 
 
 Marcasita plumbea. Antimony. 
 
MAR 
 
 MAS 
 
 M arc e's cent. Marcescens. Withering; 
 decaying. 
 
 MARCET'S BLOWPIPE. A spirit-lamp 
 urged by a jet of oxygen from a suitable reser- 
 voir. 
 
 M ARCH A' N T I A. (a, ce, f, ) A genus of 
 plants. Cryptogamia. Hepaticce. — M. poly- 
 morpha. Liverwort. Star liverwort. It has 
 a slightly pungent and bitter taste ; is aperient, 
 resolvent, and antiscorbutic. 
 
 MA'RCOR. (or, oris, m. ; from marceo, to 
 become lean.) Leanness; emaciation. 
 
 MARCO' RES. The first order in the class 
 Cachexies of Cullen's Nosology, which embra- 
 ces those diseases that are characterized by 
 universal emaciation. 
 
 Mare's-tail. Hippuris vulgaris. 
 
 Marga'ric acid. Acidum margaricum. So 
 called on account of its pearly appearance. An 
 acid obtained from margarine. 
 
 Marga'rine. A fatty body, soluble in ether, 
 and abounding in human fat. When saponi- 
 fied, it yields margaric acid, which, distilled 
 with lime, gives margarone, a substance like 
 spermaceti. 
 
 MARGARI'TA. (a, ce, f. ; from fiapyapov, a 
 pearl.) 1. The pearl. A small calcareous con- 
 cretion, of a bright, transparent whiteness, found 
 on the inside ol the shell of the Avicula marga- 
 ritifera, Mya margaritifera, &c. Pearls con- 
 sist of alternating concentric layers of mem- 
 brane and carbonate of lime. They were 
 formerly exhibited as antacids. 2. A tumor 
 upon the eye resembling a pearl. 
 
 Marga'rone. See Margarine. 
 
 Margaryl. A hypothetical compound rad- 
 ical; form., C34O33. 
 
 Margina'te. Marginatns. Bordered. 
 
 Marigold. Calendula officinalis. 
 
 Marigold fig. Mesembryanthemum crys- 
 tallinum. 
 
 Marigold, marsh. Caltha palustris. 
 
 Marine acid. Muriatic acid. 
 
 Marine salt. Sodae murias. 
 
 Mari'sca. A hemorrhoidal tumor. 
 
 Marjoram. Marjora'na. See Origanum. 
 
 Ma'rmalade. A conserve of quinces and 
 sugar, or of other fruits, as orange marmalade. 
 
 MARMA'RYGA. (a. ce, f. ; \iapp.apvyn ; from 
 fiapuaipu, to shine.) The appeai-ance of sparks 
 or coruscations before the eyes. 
 
 Ma'rmon. Marble. 
 
 MARRIOTTE'S LAW. Boyle's law. The 
 law which expresses the constant relation be- 
 tween the bulk and pressure of a permanent 
 gas; the elasticity or pressure being directly 
 pi-oportional to the density, and inversely to 
 the bulk. 
 
 Marriotte's dry vomit. Equal parts of tar- 
 tar emetic and sulphate of copper. 
 
 MARROW. Medulla. The fat secreted by 
 the small arteries of its proper membrane, and 
 contained in the medullary cavities of the long 
 cylindrical bones. It differs very little from 
 the fat of the cellular membrane. 
 
 Marrow, spinal. See Spinal cord. 
 
 Marrubia'strum. Ballota nigra. 
 
 MARRU'BIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiate. 
 — M. alburn. Marrubiumvulgare. — M. 
 
 Galen's mad wort ; said to be a specific in cases 
 of hydrophobia and in the bites of the rattle- 
 snake. — M.aquaticum. Water horehound : lax- 
 ative corroborant. — M. hispanicum. M. verti- 
 cillatum. Sideritis syriaca. — M. nigrum fceti- 
 dum. Ballota nigra. — M. vulgare. M. album. 
 Marrubium. Common horehound. A favorite 
 remedy with the common people in coughs 
 and asthmas. The usual dose is from half an 
 ounce to an ounce in infusion, two or three 
 times a day ; that of the extract, from gr. x. 
 to 5ss. 
 
 MARS. 0, tis, m.) Iron. 
 
 Mars alkalizatus. A mixture of iron with 
 an alkali. 
 
 Mars solubilis. The ferrum tartarizatum. 
 
 Mars sulphuratus. Iron filings and sul- 
 phur deflagrated together. 
 
 MARSEILLES, CLIMATE OF. This is 
 hot, dry, irritating, and subject to cold winds; 
 it is, therefore, altogether unfit for the invalid. 
 
 Marseilles hart-wort. Seseli tortuosum. 
 
 Marseilles vinegar. Acetum prophylacti- 
 cum. 
 
 MARSH. A shallow pond or lake ; a fen. 
 The exhalations of marshes, especially in the 
 spring v and autumn, at sunrise and sunset, are 
 peculiarly noxious. From this cause intermit- 
 tent fevers and remittents are chiefly produced ; 
 even yellow fever, and sometimes plague, owe 
 their origin to this cause. 
 
 Marsh-mallow. Althsea officinalis. 
 
 Marsh tea. Ledum palustre. 
 
 Marsh's test for arsenic. See Arsenious 
 acid. 
 
 Marsh rosemary. Statice caroliniana. 
 
 Marsh trefoil. Menyanthes trifoliata. 
 
 Marshall's cerate. This consists of palm 
 oil, 3V. ; calomel, fj. ; sugar of lead, § ss. ; and 
 citrine ointment, gij. — Hooper. 
 
 MARSU'PIAL. (Marsujnalis; from marsup- 
 turn, a purse.) 1. The obturator internus mus- 
 cle. 2. An animal which has a pouch formed 
 by a reflection of the skin of the abdomen, in 
 w T hich the young are nourished for some time 
 after their exclusion from the uterus, as in the 
 opossum and kangaroo. 
 
 Marsupia'lia. Marsupial animals. Mam- 
 miferous animals characterized by the marsupial 
 pouch. 
 
 MARTIAL. (Martialis; from Mars, iron.) 
 Relating to iron, or such as are impregnated 
 therewith. 
 
 Martial ^thiops. The protoxide of iron. 
 
 Martial salts. Salts of iron. 
 
 Martiales flore s. See Ferri ammonio- 
 chloridum. 
 
 Martia'tum unguentum. Soldier's oint- 
 ment. Ointment of laurel, rue, marjoram, &c. 
 
 Ma'rtis limatura pr^parata. Purified 
 filings of iron. 
 
 MA' RUM. M. creticum. M. cortusi. M. 
 syriacum. M. verum. Teucrium marum. 
 
 Marum vulgare. Thymus mastichina. 
 
 Marvi'sum. Malmsey wine. 
 
 Mas. (as, aris, m.) Male. 
 
 Ma'schale. Macxa^V- The ann-pit. 
 
 Maschali'ster. The second dorsal vertebra. 
 
 Maslach. An opiate. 
 
 MA'SSA. (a, ce, f. ; from uacao, to blend 
 419 
 
MAS 
 
 MAT 
 
 together.) Amass. A term generally applied 
 to the compound out of which pills are to be 
 formed. 
 
 Massa carnea Jacobi Sylvii. The flexor 
 longus digitorum pedis. 
 
 Massalis. An alchemical name of mercury. 
 
 Masse'sis. Mastication. 
 
 MASSE'TER. (er, eris, m.; from fxaacaofiai, 
 to chew; because it assists in chewing.) A 
 muscle of the lower jaw, situated on the side of 
 the face. It is a short, thick muscle, which 
 arises, by fleshy and tendinous fibers, from the 
 lower edge of the malar process of the maxillary 
 bone, the lower horizontal edge of the os malae, 
 and the lower edge of the zygomatic process of 
 the temporal bone. The two layers of fibers, 
 of which it seems to be composed, cross each 
 other as they descend, the external layer ex- 
 tending backward, and the internal one slanting 
 forward. It is inserted into the basis of the 
 coronoid process, and into all that part of the 
 lower jaw which supports the coronoid and 
 condyloid processes. Its use is to raise the 
 lower jaw, and, by means of the above-men- 
 tioned decussation, to move it a little forward 
 and backward in the act of chewing. 
 
 Massete'ric Massetericus. Relating to the 
 masseter muscle. 
 
 MASSICOT. The yellow oxide of lead. 
 
 Massoy cortex. See Cortex massoy. 
 
 Masterwort. Imperatoria. 
 
 Mastic Pistacia lentiscus. 
 
 MASTIC A'TION. (Masticatio; from mas- 
 tico, to chew.) Chewing. The function by 
 which the food is comminuted, mixed with the 
 saliva, and reduced to a form fit for deglutition, 
 and a state fit for digestion. 
 
 MASTICA'TORY. A medicine intended for 
 chewing. 
 
 Ma'stiche. See Pistacia lentiscus. 
 
 Mastich-herb. Thymus mastichina. 
 
 Mastich, Syrian. Teucrium marum. 
 
 Mastich-tree. Pistacia lentiscus. 
 
 Mastichel,e'um. Oil of mastich. 
 
 Masti'chtna. Thymus mastichina. 
 
 Masticot. Massicot. 
 
 MASTI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from fiaaroc, the 
 breast, and trie, which implies inflammation.) 
 Phlegmonous inflammation of the breast. It 
 commonly affects those who are suckling. It 
 is characterized by tumefaction, tension, heat, 
 redness, and pain ; and comes sometimes in 
 both breasts, but most commonly in one. Fever 
 generally attends the disease. It is sometimes 
 very quickly formed, and, in general, without 
 any thing preceding to show it; but now and 
 then a slight shivering is the forerunner. This 
 disease terminates either in resolution, in sup- 
 puration, or scirrhus. It is the result of cold, 
 and always terminates favorably in good con- 
 stitutions. It is to be treated as other abscesses. 
 
 Mastix. See Mastiche. 
 
 MASTODY'NIA. (a, ce, f. ; from fiaaroc, and 
 odvvr}, pain.) Pahi in the mamma. This is not 
 a very uncommon affection, and is generally of 
 a, neuralgic character. 
 
 Mastody'nia apostematosa. See Mastitis, 
 and Mammary abscess. 
 
 MA'STOID. (Mastoideus ; from fiaaroc, a 
 breast, and eidoc, resemblance.) Nipple-like. 
 420 
 
 1. Those processes of bone shaped like a nip 
 pie. 2. The sterno-cleido-mastoideus muscle. 
 
 Mastoid foramen. Foramen mastoideum. A 
 hole in the temporal bone of the skull, by the 
 side of the mastoid process. It transmits a vein 
 to the lateral sinus. 
 
 Mastoideus. The sterno-cleido-mastoideus 
 muscle. 
 
 Mastoideus lateralis. The trachelo-mas- 
 toideus. 
 
 Masto'ncus. A tumor of the breast. 
 
 MASTURBA'TION. Self-pollution with the 
 hand ; a beastly and degrading vice, producing 
 mental and moral imbecility, and bringing on 
 nervous, dyspeptic, and cardiac diseases. 
 
 Matali'sta radix. A root of South America, 
 where it is given as a purgative in the dose of 3ij., 
 its action being rather milder than that of jalap. 
 
 Mate'. Ilex paraguayensis. 
 
 MATER, {ter, tris, f. ; a mother.) Two 
 membranes of the brain are thus called. 
 
 Mater metallorum. Quicksilver. 
 
 Mater perl arum. Mother of pearl. 
 
 MATE'RIA. (a, at, f.) 1. Matter. 2. A 
 term applied to those substances collectively 
 which are adapted to some particular purpose. 
 
 Materia alimentaria. The various substan- 
 ces used as food and drink. 
 
 Materia medica. 1. A general class of sub- 
 stances, both natural and artificial, which are 
 used in the cure of diseases. 2. The science 
 which treats of medicines. The most perfect 
 classification of medicines is alphabetically, 
 for all possess several virtues, and different 
 properties under varying circumstances ; there- 
 fore, they can only be forced into arbitraiy po- 
 sitions. The principal subdivisions, or groups 
 of the materia medica, are, 
 
 Astringents, 
 Tonics, 
 Emollients, 
 Corrosives, 
 Stimulants, 
 Sedatives, 
 Narcotics, 
 Refrigerants, 
 Antispasmodics, 
 Demulcents, 
 Antacids, 
 Materia perla'ta. 
 
 Antalkalines, 
 
 Antiseptics, 
 
 Errhines, 
 
 Sialagogues, 
 
 Expectorants, 
 
 Emetics, 
 
 Cathartics, 
 
 Diuretics, 
 
 Diaphoretics, 
 
 Emmenagogues, 
 
 Abortives. 
 
 If, instead of crystalliz- 
 ing the salts contained in the liquor separated 
 from diaphoretic antimony, an acid be poured 
 into it, a white precipitate is formed, which is 
 an oxide of antimony. This has been called 
 materia perlata. 
 
 Mathieu's vermifuge. This consisted of 
 two electuaries, the one for killing the worms, 
 and the other for expelling them. The first 
 was composed of tin filings, f j. ; fern root, 3yj. ; 
 worm seed, fss. ; resinous extract of jalap, sul- 
 phate of potash, of each 3J., with a sufficient 
 quantity of honey. 
 
 The second electuary was composed of jalap 
 and sulphate of potash, of each 9ij. ; scammony, 
 3j. ; gamboge, x. grs., with a sufficient quantity 
 of honey. 
 
 The first electuary was given in the dose of 
 a tea-spoonfull every three hours for two days, 
 and then the second was used in the same way. 
 
 Matico. Piper angustifolium. 
 
M A X 
 
 MAX 
 
 MATLOCK. A village in Derbyshire, which 
 has a tepid (66°) spring, holding the carbonate 
 of lime in solution. 
 
 Mato'nia cardamomum. One of the carda- 
 mon plants. See Cardamoms. 
 
 MA'TRASS. Matracium. A chemical ves- 
 sel of glass or other material, having a round or 
 oval shaped body, and a long neck. 
 
 Ma'tres cerebri. The meninges or cover- 
 ings of the brain. 
 
 Matricaria. Medicines appropriate to dis- 
 orders of the uterus. 
 
 MATRICARIA. (a,a>J.) A genus of plants. 
 Syngensia. Polygamia superfiua. Composites. 
 — M. chamomilla. Common wild corn, or dog's 
 chamomile. Its virtues are similar to those 
 of the Matricaria partkenium, but inferior. — 
 M. partkenium. Common feverfew. Mothers' 
 wort. The leaves and flowers have a strong 
 odor and bitter taste. It is stomachic, tonic, 
 and emmenagogue. 
 
 MA'TRIX. (ix, ids, f. Marnp.) 1. The 
 womb. See Uterus. 2. The earthy or stony 
 matter which accompanies ores. 
 
 MATTER. 1. Every object which has sen- 
 sible properties. 2. The common name for 
 pus and other morbid evacuations. 
 
 Matthew's injection. A diluted tincture 
 of cantharides. 
 
 Matthew's pills. These consist of opium, 
 black hellebore, Starkey's soap, of each § iv. ; 
 saffron, fviij,, made into a mass with a little 
 oil of turpentine. — Hooper. 
 
 MATU'RATIVE. Matu'rans. (From ma- 
 turo, to ripen.) That which promotes the sup- 
 puration of tumors, as heat, moisture, and stim- 
 ulants. 
 
 MATURATION. Maturatio. That process 
 which succeeds inflammation, by which pus is 
 collected in an abscess. 
 
 MATURITY. Maturus. Ripeness; the 
 state of perfect development. 
 
 Maudlin. Achillea ageratum. 
 
 Mauro-marson. Marrubium vulgare. 
 
 Maw-worm. The ascaris vermicularis. See 
 Entozoa. 
 
 MAXI'LLA. (a, &, f. ; from fiaaaau, to 
 chew.) The jaw, both upper and lower. 
 
 Maxilla, inferior. The lower jaw. 
 
 Maxilla, superior. The upper jaw. 
 
 Maxillare inferius os. Maxilla, inferior. 
 Mandibula. The lower jaw, which, in its fig- 
 ure, may be compared to a horse-shoe, is at 
 first composed of two distinct bones ; but these, 
 soon after birth, unite together at the point of 
 the chin, so as to form only one bone. The su- 
 perior edge has an alveolar process. This, as 
 well as that of the upper jaw, is furnished with 
 cavities for the reception of the teeth. The 
 posterior part of the bone, on each side, rises 
 perpendicularly into two processes, one of 
 which is called the coronoid, and the other the 
 condyloid process. The first of these is the 
 highest: it is thin and pointed. The condyloid 
 process is narrower, thicker, and shorter than 
 the other, terminating in an oblong, rounded 
 head, which is formed for a movable articula- 
 tion with the cranium, and is received into the 
 fore part of the fossa of the temporal bone. 
 The union is furnished with an articular carti- 
 
 lage and ligaments. There is great mobility in 
 the joint: it moves not only upward and down- 
 ward, but laterally. At the bottom of each 
 coronoid process, on its inner part, is a foramen 
 or canal, which extends under the roots of all 
 the teeth, and terminates at the outer surface 
 of the bone near the chin. Each of these fo- 
 ramina affords a passage to an artery, vein, and 
 nerve, which send off branches to the several 
 teeth. 
 
 Maxillare superius os. Maxilla, superior. 
 The superior maxillary bones constitute the 
 most considerable portion of the upper jaw, are 
 two in number, and generally remain distinct 
 through life. Their figure is exceedingly ir- 
 regular. On each of these bones are observed 
 several eminences. One of these is at the up- 
 per and fore part of the bone, and, from its 
 making part of the nose, is called the nasal pro- 
 cess. Internally, in the inferior portion of this 
 process, is a fossa, which, with the os unguis, 
 forms a passage for the lachrymal duct. Into 
 this nasal process, likewise, is inserted the 
 short, round tendon of the musculus orbicularis 
 palpebrarum. Backward and outward, from 
 the root of the nasal process, the bone helps to 
 form the lower side of the orbit, and this part 
 is therefore called the orbitar process. Behind 
 this orbitar process the bone forms a consider- 
 able tuberosity ; and at the upper part of this 
 tuberosity is a channel, in which passes a branch 
 of the fifth pair of nerves, which, together with 
 a small artery, is transmitted to the face through 
 the external orbitar foramen, which opens im- 
 mediately under the orbit. Where the bone 
 on each side is joined to the os malae, and helps 
 to form the cheeks, is observed what is called 
 the malar process. The lower and anterior 
 parts of the bone make a kind of circular sweep, 
 in which are the alveoli, or sockets for the 
 teeth : this is called the alveolar process. Above 
 this, and just behind the fore teeth, is an irreg- 
 ular hole, called the foramen incisivum, which, 
 separating into two, serves to transmit small 
 arteries and veins, and a minute branch of the 
 fifth pair of nerves, to the nostrils. There are 
 two horizontal lamellae behind the alveolar 
 process, which, uniting together, form part of 
 the roof of the mouth, and divide it from the 
 nose. Where the ossa maxillaria are united to 
 each other, they project somewhat forward, 
 leaving between them a furrow, which receives 
 the inferior portion of the septum nasi. Each 
 of these bones is hollow, and forms a consider- 
 able sinus under its orbitar part, the antrum, 
 Highmorianum, and is lined with the pituitaiy 
 membrane. 
 
 The ossa maxillaria not only serve to form 
 the cheeks, but likewise the palate, nose, and 
 orbits : and, besides their union with each oth- 
 er, they are connected with the greatest part 
 of the bones of the face and cranium, viz., with 
 the ossa nasi, ossa malarum, ossa unguis, ossa 
 palati, os frontis, os sphenoides, and os eth- 
 moides. 
 
 MAXILLARY. (Maxillaris; from maxilla, 
 the jaw.) Appertaining to the jaw. 
 
 Maxillary artery. Arteria maxillaris. A 
 branch of the external carotid. The external 
 maxillary is the fourth branch of the carotid ; 
 
 421 
 
MEG 
 
 MED 
 
 it proceeds anteriorly, and gives off the facial 
 or mental, the coronary of the lips, and the an- 
 gular artery. The internal maxillary is the 
 next branch of the carotid; it gives off the 
 spheno-maxillary, the inferior alveolar, and the 
 spinous artery. 
 
 Maxillary bone, inferior. See Maxillare 
 
 inferius os. 
 
 Maxillary bone, superior. 
 
 See Maxillare 
 
 superius os. 
 
 Maxillary gland. Glandula maxillaris. 
 The gland so called is conglomerate, and situ- 
 ated under the angles of the lower jaw. The 
 excretory ducts of these glands are called War- 
 thonian, after their discoverer. 
 
 Maxillary nerve. Nervus maxillaris. 
 The superior and inferior maxillary nerves are 
 branches of the fifth pair, or trigemini. The 
 former is divided into the spheno-palatine, pos- 
 terior alveolar, and the infra-orbital nerve. The 
 latter is divided into two branches, the internal 
 lingual, and one more properly called the infe- 
 rior maxillary. 
 
 Maximum. The greatest amount. 
 
 May-apple. Podophyllum peltatum. 
 
 May-lily. Convallaria majalis. 
 
 May-weed. Anthemis cotula. 
 
 Mays, Indian. Zea mays. 
 
 MEAD. An old English liquor made from 
 the honeycombs from which honey has been 
 drained out, by boiling in water, and then fer- 
 menting. 
 
 Meadow crowfoot. Ranunculus acris. 
 
 Meadow, queen of the. Spiraea ulmaria. 
 
 Meadow saffron. Colchicum autumnale. 
 
 Meadow saxifrage. Peucedanum silaus. 
 
 Meadow-sweet. Spiraea ulmaria. 
 
 Meadow thistle, round-leaved. Cnicus. 
 
 Measles. See Rubeola. 
 
 Measures. See Weights and Measures. 
 
 MEA'TUS. (us,us,m.) A passage. 
 
 Meatus auditorius externus. The exter- 
 nal passage of the ear. See Auris. 
 
 Meatus auditorius internus. The inter- 
 nal passage of the ear. See Auris. 
 
 Meatus cmcus. The Eustachian tube. 
 
 Meatus cuticularis. A pore of the skin. 
 
 Meatus cysticus. The gall-duct. 
 
 Meatus urinarius. The orifice of the ure- 
 thra. In women, this is situated in the vagina, 
 immediately below the symphysis of the pubes, 
 and behind the nymphss. 
 
 Mecca balsam. See Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 MECHANICAL. Mechanicus. That which 
 relates to the sensible properties of masses of 
 matter. Mechanical remedies, in medicine, are 
 such as act by irritation, when applied to a 
 surface, and are not understood to influence the 
 vital force. — Mechanical school, or sect, was 
 that body of physicians who attributed disease 
 to a change in the mechanical properties of the 
 blood and other parts of the body. 
 
 Mecha'nics. The science which takes into 
 consideration the physical properties and move- 
 ments of masses. 
 
 MECHA'NISM. (From \ir)xa.vr\, a machine.) 
 The arrangement of the parts of a body or ma- 
 chine. 
 
 Mechoaca'nna. Convolvulus mechoacanna. 
 
 Mechoacanna nigra. The jalap plant. 
 422 
 
 Meckel's ganglion. See Spheno-palatine 
 ganglion. 
 
 Me'con. Papaver somniferum. 
 
 MECO'NIC ACID. Acidum meconicum. 
 The acid combined with morphia in opium. 
 When pure it is crystalline, colorless, soluble, 
 tribasic. Formula, Ci 4 HOn-|-3HO. It forrns 
 with the salts of iron a blood-red solution, and 
 combines with most bases. By heat it is con- 
 verted into the bibasic comenic acid. It has 
 no medicinal properties. 
 
 Meco'nine. A neutral, white, crystalline, 
 volatile, and soluble body, found in opium. The 
 composition is C10H5O4, and it is supposed to 
 be inert. 
 
 Meco'nis. Mnittovic. 1. The poppy. 2> 
 Lactuca virosa. 
 
 MECONIUM, {urn, ii, n. ; from jutjkuv, the 
 poppy.) 1. Opium. The inspissated juice of 
 the Papaver somniferum. 2. The green ex* 
 crementitious substance that is found in the 
 large intestines of the foetus. 
 
 MEDE'OLA VIRGINICA. An indigenous 
 perennial plant, the root of which is said to be 
 useful in dropsies. 
 
 ME'DIAN. Medianns. That which occu- 
 pies the central or middle position. This term 
 is applied to vessels, &c, from then situation 
 between others. 
 
 Median nerve. The second branch of the 
 brachial plexus. 
 
 Median vein. The situation of the veins of 
 the arms is extremely different in different in- 
 dividuals. When a branch proceeds near the 
 bend of the arm, inwardly from the basilic vein, 
 it is termed the median basilic, and when a vein 
 is given off from the cephalic in the like man- 
 ner, it is termed the median cephalic. When 
 these two veins are present, they mostly unite 
 just below the bend of the arm, and the com- 
 mon trunk proceeds to the cephalic vein. 
 
 Medianum. See Mediastinum. 
 
 MEDIASTI'NUM. {urn, i, n. ; quasi in me- 
 dio stans, as being in the middle.) The mem- 
 braneous septum, formed by the duplicature of 
 the pleura, that divides the cavity of the chest 
 into two parts. It is divided into an anterior 
 and posterior portion. 
 
 Mediastinum cerebri. The falciform pro- 
 cess of the dura mater. 
 
 ME'DIATE. Mediatus. A term of relation 
 to two extremes, applied to that which is in 
 the middle between them. 
 
 Mediate auscultation. See Auscultation, 
 
 Medic a malus. The lemon. 
 
 MEDICAL. Medicus. Appertaining to 
 medicine. 
 
 Medicamenta'ria ars. The art of making 
 and preparing medicines. 
 
 MEDICAME'NT. (Medicamentum ; from 
 medico, to heal.) A medicine. 
 
 Medicamento'sus lapis. An old astringent 
 preparation of oxide of iron, litharge, alum, 
 nitre, sal ammoniac, and vinegar. 
 
 Medica'ster. A quack. 
 
 Medicated. Medicatus. Imbued with the 
 properties of a medicine. Thus wine of aloes 
 is a medicated wine. 
 
 Medicina di^te'tica. That depai-tment 
 which regards the regulation of the diet, &c. 
 
MED 
 
 MEL 
 
 Medicina diaso'stica. M. conservativa. 
 Hygiene. 
 
 Medicina gymna'stica. That part of medi- 
 cine which relates to exercise. 
 
 Medicina herme'tica. The application of 
 chemical remedies to the cure of diseases. 
 
 Medicina prophyla'ctica. That part of 
 medicine which relates to preservation of health 
 or prevention of diseases. 
 
 Medicina tristi'tijs. Common saffron. 
 
 MEDI'CINAL. (Medicinalis ; from medi- 
 cina, medicine.) Having the power of restor- 
 ing health or removing disease. 
 
 Medicinal days. Critical days. 
 
 Medicinal hours are those wherein it is 
 supposed that medicines may be taken to the 
 greatest advantage, commonly reckoned in the 
 morning (fasting), about an hour before dinner, 
 about four hours after dinner, and at going to 
 bed; but in acute cases, the times are to be 
 governed by the symptoms and aggravation of 
 the distemper. 
 
 MEDICINE. (Medicina, ce, f. ; from medico, 
 to heal.) 1. The science and art which relate 
 to the preservation of health, and the allevia- 
 tion or cure of disease. 
 
 Medicine admits of numerous divisions, of 
 which the most general are into Physiology, 
 which teaches the healthy functions of the 
 body; Pathology, which teaches its morbid 
 conditions ; Semeiotics, which teach the symp- 
 toms of disease ; Hygiene, which teaches how 
 to preserve health ; Therapeutics, which teach 
 how to treat diseases, and include physic, sur- 
 gery, and obstetrics ; Pharmacy, which teaches 
 the nature and virtues of drugs, and the mode 
 of preparing and administering them. 
 
 There are certain sciences which are called 
 accessory to medicine. Some of these, although 
 regarded as merely accessory in a logical view 
 of the subject, are in reality the very founda- 
 tions of medicine. Thus Anatomy is the basis 
 of physiology and pathology ; Botany, Chemis- 
 try, and Mineralogy are the basis of pharmacy. 
 
 2. Any substance used for the alleviation or 
 cure of a disease. 
 
 Medi coctio. A kind of medicated apomel. 
 
 Medico-chirurgical. Relating both to 
 medicine and surgery. 
 
 ME'DICUS. 1. A physician. 2. Belonging 
 to medicine. 
 
 Medi malagma. A digestive malagma. 
 
 Medina. A species of ulcer. — Paracelsus. 
 
 Medine'nsis vena. Gordius medinensis. 
 
 Meditu'llium. The same as Diploe 
 
 Medius. Middle; median. 
 
 Medius venter. The thorax. 
 
 Medlar. Mespilus germanica. 
 
 Medorrh'cea. Gonorrhoea. 
 
 Medorrh'cea vagina. M. uteri. Leucor- 
 rhoea. 
 
 ME'DULLA. (a, ce, f. ; quasi in medio ossis. ) 
 1. The marrow. 2. The pith of vegetables. 
 3. The white substance of the brain is called 
 medulla, or the medullary part, to distinguish 
 it from the cortical. 
 
 Medulla cassije. The pulp of the cassia 
 fistula. 
 
 Medulla oblongata. Cerebrum elongatum. 
 The commencement of the spinal cord, which 
 
 rests upon the basilary process of the occipital 
 bone. See Encephalon. 
 
 Medulla spinalis. The spinal marrow or 
 spinal cord. See Spinal cord. 
 
 MEDULLARY. (Medullaris; from medul- 
 la, marrow.) Resembling marrow. 
 
 Medullary membrane. The vascular mem- 
 brane lining the cavities of the hollow bones. 
 
 Medullary sarcoma. Fungus haematodes* 
 
 Medullary substance. Substantia medul- 
 laris. 1. The white or internal substance of 
 the brain. 2. The internal substance of the 
 kidney. 
 
 Medullin. The name given by Dr. John to 
 the pith of the sun-flower. 
 
 Megalospla'nchnus. One who is pot-bet- 
 lied. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Me'grim. Hemicrania. 
 
 MEIBOMIUS'S GLANDS. Meibomii glar* 
 dulce. The small glands which are situated be- 
 tween the conjunctive membrane of the eye 
 and the cartilage of the eyelid. 
 
 MEL. (Mel, mellis, n.) Honey. It has a 
 white or yellowish color, a soft and grained con- 
 sistence, and a saccharine and aromatic smell. 
 It consists of honey sugar (mannite), muci- 
 lage, and an acid. Honey contains some nutri- 
 ment, and is a softening and slightly aperient 
 remedy : mixed with vinegar, it forms oxymel. 
 Honey, when mixed with water, is susceptible 
 of the vinous fermentation without the addition 
 of yeast. 
 
 Mel acetatum. Oxymel. 
 
 Mel .egyptiacum. Linimentum reruginis. 
 
 Mel boracis. Honey of borax. Take of 
 borax, powdered, a drachm ; clarified honey, 
 an ounce. Mix. This preparation is found 
 very useful as a local application in aphthous 
 affections of the mouth and fauces. 
 
 Mel despumatum. Clarified honey, which 
 is directed to be made by melting honey in a 
 water-bath, and then removing the scum. 
 
 Melpr^paratum. (U.S.) Prepared 
 honey. Take of clarified honey, Oss. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Oj. ; prepared chalk, fss. Mix; boil, 
 filter, and evaporate the clear honey to a spe- 
 cific gravity of 1*32. 
 
 Mel ros^e. Honey of roses. Take of red- 
 rose petals, dried, four ounces ; boiling water, 
 two pints and a half; clarified honey, five 
 pounds. Macerate the rose petals in the water 
 for six hours, and strain ; then add the honey 
 to the strained liquor, and, by means of a water- 
 bath, boil it down to a proper consistence. Au 
 admirable preparation for the base of various 
 gargles and collutories. It may also be em- 
 ployed with advantage, mixed with extract of 
 bark, or other medicines, for children who have 
 a natural disgust to medicines. 
 
 Mel scill^e. Oxymel scillae. 
 
 Mel scill.e compositus. Syrupus scillaB 
 compositus. 
 
 Mela. (M77/U7; from fiao, to search.) A 
 probe. 
 
 MELiE'NA. (a, ce, f.; from pelac, black.) 
 MeXaiva vovaoc of the Greeks. The disease, 60 
 called by Hippocrates, consists in the vomiting 
 of a concrete blood of a blackish-red color. 
 By modern writers it is applied to a discharge 
 of dark-colored, grumous, pitchy-looking 6tools, 
 
 423 
 
MEL 
 
 MEL 
 
 usually conjoined with vomiting of blood. It is 
 caused by hemorrhage from the gastro-enteric 
 mucous membrane, or organic diseases of the 
 abdominal viscera. 
 
 Meljina chol«a. The black jaundice. 
 Mel^ena cruenta. See Melcena. 
 Mel^na fungosa. Fungus haematodes. 
 MELALEUCA, (a, <z, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Polyandria. Icosandria. Myrtacece. 
 — M. cajeputi. M. leucadendron. M. minor. 
 The plant said to afford the cajeput oil, oleum 
 cajeputce. Cajeput oil is of a green color, per- 
 fectly limpid, and so completely volatile that 
 it evaporates entirely, leaving no. residuum. Its 
 odor, when first imported, resembles that of a 
 mixture of turpentine and camphor : it soon, 
 however, acquires a peculiar fragrance. It is a 
 very powerful medicine, and in high esteem in 
 India and Germany, in the character of a gen- 
 eral remedy in chronic and painful diseases. 
 Taken into the stomach in the dose of five or 
 six drops, it heats and stimulates the whole sys- 
 tem, proving, at the same time, a very certain 
 diaphoretic, by which, probably, the good ef- 
 fects it is said to have in dropsies and intermit- 
 tent fevers are to be explained. For its efficacy 
 in various convulsive and spasmodic complaints, 
 it is highly esteemed. The dose is from two to 
 six, or even twelve drops. 
 Me'lam. See Mellone. 
 Melamphy'llum. Acanthus mollis. 
 Melampo'dium. Helleborus niger. 
 Melampy'rin. A neutral body like gum, 
 from the melampyrum nemorosum. 
 
 MELANAGO'GUE. (From pelae, and ayco, 
 to expel.) That which purges off black bile. 
 
 Melanchlo'rus. Melayx hiopoc. The Greek 
 epithet of a troch and a plaster. 
 
 MELANCHO'LIA. (a, m, f.; from fielac, 
 and xo\n, bile.) Melancholy. A form of in- 
 sanity. See Insanity. 
 
 Mela'nic acid. (MeXac, black.) An acid 
 principle discovered by Dr. Marcet in black 
 urine. Also applied to a black substance ob- 
 tained by the action of moisture and air on sal- 
 icyluret of potassium. Form., C10H4O3. 
 Melanoma. See Melanosis. 
 Melano'piper. Piper nigrum. 
 Melanorrhi'zon. Helleborus niger. 
 MELANO'SIS. (From /neXavou, to become 
 black.) A species of morbid deposit first de- 
 scribed by Laennec. It is of the same color as 
 the pigmentuni nigrum ; and, according to Vau- 
 quelin and Berzelius, is a similar substance. 
 Melanotic matter is found encysted in irregular 
 masses, infiltrated into the texture, or deposit- 
 ed on the surface of organs, in which case the 
 matter is liquid ; lastly, associated with other 
 morbid formations in malignant tumors, as with 
 cancer, fungus haematodes, &c. No organ seems 
 to be exempt from this disease ; but the cellular 
 and adipose textures are most frequently affect- 
 ed with it. It is not uncommon in the lungs, 
 and gives rise to a form of phthisis. This dis- 
 ease is called black cancer by Dupuytren, and 
 melanoma by Dr. Carswell. Melanosis, like 
 cancer and fungus haematodes, is a malignant 
 and incurable disease. The only chance of 
 saving the patient is by extirpation or amputa- 
 tion, where these are practicable. Melanosis 
 424 
 
 is more common in the horse than in man, and 
 it is observed that white and gray horses are 
 more subject to it than those of any other color. 
 Mela no-urine. Urine of a black color, 
 usually due to blood. 
 
 Melante'ria. Sulphate of iron. 
 MELANTHA'CE^E. The colchicum tribe 
 of monocotyledonous plants. Herbs with a 
 rhizome, sometimes fleshy; leaves, sheathing at 
 the base; flowers, hexapetaloideous, tubular; 
 stamens, six ; ovarium, three-celled ; seeds, al- 
 buminous. 
 
 Melanthelje'um. Oil extracted from the 
 seeds of the Nigella sativa. 
 Mela'nthium. Nigella sativa. 
 Me'las. 1. Black. 2. Lepra nigricans. 
 MELA'SMA. (From fielac, black.) Melas- 
 mas. A disease that appears not unfrequently 
 upon the tibia of aged persons, in form of a livid 
 black spot, which in a day or two degenerates 
 into a very foul ulcer. 
 
 Melaspe'rmum. Nigella sativa. 
 Melasses. Molasses. 
 
 Mela'ssic acid. The name of the acid that 
 is present in melasses or treacle ; it is also pro- 
 duced by boiling sugar with alkaline solutions. 
 Melatro'phia. Wasting of the limbs. 
 Meleagris gallipova. The turkey. 
 Melege'ta. Melegnetta. Grains of paradise, 
 Melei'os. A species of alum. 
 Meli. Meli. Honey. See Mel. 
 ME'LIA AZEDARAC. Pride of China. A 
 tree of the family Meliacece, much cultivated in 
 the Southern States for shade. The bark of 
 the root is cathartic and emetic, and used in de- 
 coction as a vermifuge ; dose, one or two table- 
 spoonfuls every two hours, of a decoction made 
 of 5 iv. of the bark to a quart of water, boiled 
 down to a pint. 
 
 MELI'CERIS. (is, idis, f. ; from fieki, honey, 
 and KEpac, wax.) Meliceria. An encysted tu- 
 mor, the contents of which resemble honey in 
 consistence and appearance. 
 
 Meli'craton. Wine mixed with honey. 
 Meligei'on. A foetid humor discharged 
 from ulcers, attended with a caries of the bone, 
 of the consistence of honey. 
 Melilot. Melilotus. 
 
 Melilo'tus. Trifolium melilotus officinalis. 
 Melime'lum. A liquor prepared with 
 quinces and honey. 
 
 Meltphy'llum. Melissa officinalis. 
 MELI'SSA. {a, a-, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiatce. — M. 
 calaminlha. Common calaminth. This plant 
 smells like wild mint, and is used in form of 
 tea against weakness of the stomach, flatulent 
 colic, uterine obstructions, hysteria, &c. — M. 
 citrina. Melissa officinalis. — M- grandiflora. 
 Mountain calamint. It is moderately pungent, 
 and more aromatic than common calamint.—- 
 M. nepeta. Field calamint. Spotted calamint. 
 It was formerly used as an aromatic. — M. officii 
 nalis. Balm. It has a roughish, aromatic taste t 
 and a pleasant odor like the lemon. It was 
 formerly much esteemed in nervous diseases. 
 Melissa turcica. See Dj-acocephalum. 
 Melissophy'llum. Melittis melissophyllum. 
 Melit^mia. Diabetes; so called from the 
 presence of sugar in the blood. 
 
MEL 
 
 M E M 
 
 Meliti'smus. The name of a linctus, of 
 which honey was an ingredient. 
 
 MELITTIS MELISSOPHYLLUM. The 
 mountain balm. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. 
 This plant is seldom used in the present day : 
 it is said to be of service in uterine obstructions 
 and calculous diseases. 
 
 Melitto'ma. A confection made with 
 honey. 
 
 Melizo'mum. A drink with honey. 
 
 Mella'go. A name for any medicine of the 
 consistence of honey. 
 
 Melli'na. A drink with honey. 
 
 Me'llita. Preparations of honey. 
 
 ME'LLONE. A compound radical, derived 
 from the sulphocyauide of potassium. It is a 
 grayish powder, of the composition CeN 4 ; sym- 
 bol, Me ; equivalent, 92-94. With hydrogen it 
 forms the hydromellonic acid, a gelatinous and 
 sparingly soluble compound ; with potassium it 
 also combines directly, forming the mellonide of 
 potassium, MeK. Melam, which is one of the 
 products of the slow decomposition by heat of 
 6ulphocyanide of ammonium, has a composition 
 which relates it to mellone, being CisNnHg, or 
 2Me4-3NH 3 . Melam, like mellone, is converted 
 into cyanuric acid by reagents; it is also con- 
 verted into an artificial organic base (melamine) 
 by the action of boiling potash. This is capa- 
 ble of neutralizing acids : it consists of Me-4-2 
 NH3. 
 
 Me'lo. 1. The melon. Cucumismelo. 2. 
 Staphyloma. 
 
 Meloca'rpus. The fruit of the aristolo- 
 chia. 
 
 ME'LOE. 1. A name formerly given to the 
 genus Cantharis, which see. 2. The name of 
 a genus of coleopterous insects, with blistering 
 properties. — M. proscarabams. This insect, 
 when touched, exudes from each joint of its 
 legs an acrid fluid, of an oily consistence and 
 deep yellow color ; said to be useful against hy- 
 drophobia, &c. They are a strong poison, caus- 
 ing suffocation, vomiting, and death. — M. va- 
 riabilis. This is said to have the same acrid 
 properties as the above. Besides the above, the 
 M. pustulata is employed in China, the M. 
 majalis in Europe, and the M. trianihema in 
 Hindostan, as blistering flies. 
 
 Me'loe niger. The insect so called by 
 Professor Woodhouse is the cantharis atrata. 
 
 Meloe vesicatorius. Cantharis. 
 
 Melolontha vitis. Cantharis vesicatoria. 
 
 Melon. Cucumis melo. 
 
 Melon, water. Cucurbita citrullus. 
 
 Melo'ngena. Solanum melongena. 
 
 MELOPLA'STIC. (From p.n'kov, the cheek, 
 and rc'kaaacd. to form.) Relating to the restora- 
 tion of the cheek ; hence the meloplastic opera- 
 tion is that for the restoration of any part of the 
 cheek injured or lost by wounds, ulcers, or 
 burns. 
 
 MELO'SIS. {MrjlucLc; from finlv, a probe.) 
 Exploration by means of a probe. 
 
 Melo'tis. Miotic. A little probe ; also, 
 that particular instrument contrived to search or 
 cleanse the ear with, commonly called Auri- 
 scalpium. 
 
 MELOTHRIA PENDULA. The small, 
 creeping cucumber plant. Triandria. Mono- 
 
 gynia. The American bryony. The inhabitants 
 of the West Indies pickle the berries of this 
 plant, and use them as we do capers. 
 
 MEMBRA'NA. {a, a, f.) See Membrane 
 and Texture. 
 
 Membrana adifosa. Adipose membrane. 
 
 Membrana arachnoidea. Arachnoid mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Membrana capsulo-pupillaris. Avascular 
 membrane, extending backward from the pu- 
 pillar margin of the iris in the foetus of the 
 mammalia and of man, and connecting the mar- 
 gin of the capsule of the lens with the margin 
 of the iris. 
 
 Membrana cellulosa. See Texture. 
 
 Membrana corticalis. The external trans- 
 parent coat of the ovum of mammalia, before 
 the formation of the embryo, as observed by 
 Von Baer. 
 
 Membrana decidua. The deciduous mem- 
 brane which is developed upon the inner sur- 
 face of the uterus before the ovum reaches the 
 organ. It consists of a whitish-gray, moist, and 
 soft mass, similar to coagulated fibrin, and en- 
 tirely formed of nucleated cells. 
 
 Membrana germinativa. The germinal 
 membrane ; the earliest development of the 
 germ in fishes and the amphibia, in the form 
 of a thin stratum of yolk of definite extent. It 
 gradually extends itself over the whole surface 
 of the yolk, so as to assume the form of a vesicle 
 including the mass of yolk. 
 
 Membrana hyaloidea. The transparent 
 membrane which encloses the vitreous humor 
 of the eye. 
 
 Membrana intermedia. A term applied to 
 the membrane which, in the ovum of the bird, 
 lies between the rudimentary nervous centers 
 and the mucous layer of the germinal mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Membrana Jacobi. Jacob's membrane. A 
 delicate membrane which invests the external 
 surface of the retina, first described by Dr. 
 Jacob of Dublin. See Eye. 
 
 Membrana media. The name given by the 
 earlier writers to that part of the allantois which 
 lies in contact with the amnion, and which con- 
 tains but few vessels. 
 
 Membrana nictitans. Palpebratertia. Pal- 
 pebra interna. A sort of third eyelid, which 
 exists in most quadrupeds, and in birds. It is 
 placed at the inner corner of the eye, and varies 
 in shape and extent in different animals, accord- 
 ing to circumstances. 
 
 Membrana pigmenti. The internal layer of 
 the choroid membrane, which retains the pig- 
 mentum nigrum in its place. 
 
 Membrana pinguidinosa. Adipose mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Membrana pituitaria, or schneiderian. 
 The membrane which lines the cavities of the 
 nose. 
 
 Membrana pupillaris. Velum pupil! a. A 
 very delicate membrane, of t. thin and vascular 
 texture, and an ash color, arising from the in- 
 ternal margin of the iris, and totally covering 
 the pupil in the foetus till the seventh month, 
 when it gradually disappears. 
 
 Membrana reticularis. Cellular mem- 
 brane. 
 
 425 
 
MEM 
 
 MEN 
 
 Membrana ruyschia'na. The internal lam- 
 ina of the choroid membrane of the eye. 
 
 Membrana sacciformis. A synovial mem- 
 brane which forms a duplicature between the 
 radius and the ulna. 
 
 Membrana schneideria'na. The mucous 
 membrane which lines the nose and its cavities, 
 secretes the mucus, and affords a surface for the 
 expansion of the olfactory nerves. 
 
 Membrana semilunaris. The name given 
 to the conjunctiva at that part of its course 
 where it is posterior to the caruncula, and a 
 little external to it. This membrana semilu- 
 naris has been supposed to be the rudiment of 
 the membrana nic titans, or the third eyelid of 
 the lower animals. 
 
 Membrana. tympani. The membrane cover- 
 ing the cavity of the drum of the ear, and sep- 
 arating it from the meatus auditorius externus. 
 
 Membrana versicolor. The name of a brill- 
 iant and variously-colored membrane, which 
 forms part of the choroid in many animals. Mr. 
 Dalrymple denies that any such membrane ex- 
 ists in the human eye. 
 
 Membrana vitellina. The vitelline mem- 
 brane, lying within the ovicapsule, and sur- 
 rounding the yolk of the ovum. 
 
 Membranaceous. Membranaceus. Of the 
 laminated form of a membrane. 
 
 Membrane reunientes. A term recently 
 applied by Rathke to certain parts of the em- 
 bryo of all the vertebrate classes. To the very 
 thin membranous part of the abdominal walls 
 in the embryo he gives the name of membrana 
 reuniens inferior, and to the corresponding part 
 in the dorsal region the name of membrana re- 
 uniens superior; while he reserves the terms 
 lamina abdominales and lamince dorsales for the 
 thicker parts of the abdominal and dorsal re- 
 gions of the embryo, which, advancing from 
 each side, at length meet above and below in 
 the middle line. When these thicker laminae 
 have thus united and inclosed the cavities to 
 which they belong, the membranae reunientes 
 have lost their office. 
 
 MEMBRANE. {Membrana, ce, f. ; quod mem- 
 bra tegat ; because it covers the limbs. ) In 
 Anatomy, a thin, expanded substance, composed 
 of cellulur texture, the elastic fibres of which 
 are so arranged and woven together as to allow 
 of gi-eat pliability. For the varieties of mem- 
 brane, see Texture. 
 
 Membrane, basement, or primary. See 
 Cell. 
 
 Membranes of the fcetus. The tissues 
 which envelop the fcetus are the decidua, cho- 
 rion, and the amnion. 
 
 Membraniform. Membraniformis. Of the 
 laminated form of a membrane. 
 
 Membrano'logy. Membranologia. Applied 
 to that part of anatomy which treats of mem- 
 branes. Hymenology. 
 
 Membrano'sus. The tensor vaginae fem- 
 oris. 
 
 Membranous. Membrano'sus. Having the 
 structure or texture of a membrane. 
 
 Membranu'la. A small or delicate mem- 
 brane. 
 
 ME'MBRUM. A member; a limb. 
 
 Membrum virile. The penis. 
 426 
 
 Memo'rijE os. The occipital bone. 
 
 Menagogue. Emmenagogue. 
 
 MENDO'SUS. (From mendax, counterfeit.) 
 This term is used by some in the same sense as 
 spurious or illegitimate : Mendosce costce, false or 
 spurious ribs ; Mendosa sutura, the squamous or 
 bastard suture of the skull. 
 
 MENINGEAL. Meningeus. Relating to the 
 meninges, or membranes of the brain. 
 
 Meningeal arteries. The arteries which 
 creep on the external surface of the dura mater 
 are so called. The principal is the middle 
 meningeal, meningea media, or spinous artery 
 of the dura mater, which is a branch of the 
 internal maxillary, and enters the cranium 
 through the spinous foramen of the sphenoid 
 bone. There are also two small arteries, called 
 anterior and posterior meningeal, the former a 
 branch of the internalcartotid,and the latter of 
 the vertebral. 
 
 MENI'NGES. (The plural of meninx.) The 
 name given to the pia mater and dura mater of 
 the brain. 
 
 MENINGI'TIS. (From finvty^, a membrane 
 of the brain.) Inflammation of the membranes 
 of the brain or spinal cord. See Encephalitis, 
 and Spinal cord, diseases of the'. 
 
 Meni'ngo-cephalitis. Inflammation of the 
 brain and membranes. 
 
 Meningo'phylax. An instrument to guard 
 the membranes of the brain while the bone is 
 cut or rasped after the operation of the trepan. 
 
 Meningo'sis. The junction of bones by 
 means of membrane. 
 
 ME'NINX. (x,gis,L Mnvtytj.) Before the 
 time of Galen, meninx was the common term 
 of all the membranes of the body ; afterward 
 it was appropriated to those of the brain. See 
 Dura mater and Pia mater. 
 
 Menispe'rmic acid. An acid of the seeds of 
 menispermum cocculus. 
 
 Menispe'rmine. A white, crystalline, fusi- 
 ble alkaloid, derived from the testa of the coo 
 cuius indicus, along with an isomeric body, call* 
 ed paramenispermine. Formula, C18H12NO2. 
 
 MENISPE'RMUM. {urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Dioscia. Dodecandria. Menispermo> 
 cece. — M. cocculus. The plant bearing the coc- 
 culus indicus, Indian berries, or Indian cockles. 
 They are brought from Malabar and the East 
 Indies ; are poisonous, bringing on nausea, faint- 
 ing, and convulsions. They are frequently em- 
 ployed to intoxicate or poison fishes. The deL» 
 eterious ingredient is an alkaloid called picro- 
 toxia. Cocculus indicus is little used in medi- 
 cine, but is sometimes employed to kill vermin 
 and render beer intoxicating. 
 
 Menispermum palmatum. See Cocculus 
 palmatus. 
 
 Menispermum tuberculatum. M. verru- 
 cosum. This Chinese plant is tonic and some- 
 what astringent. The Bengal menispermum 
 cordifolium possesses similar properties. 
 
 M e n o l i'p s 1 s. The cessation of the men. 
 ses. 
 
 MENORRHAGIA, {a, ce, f. ; from finvta, 
 the menses, and prjyvvfii, I break out.) Hce- 
 morrkagia uterina. Flooding. An immoderate 
 flow of the menses or blood from the uterus, 
 characterized by pains in the back, loins, and 
 
MEN 
 
 belly, similar to those of labor, attended with a 
 preternatural flux of blood from the vagina, or 
 a discharge of menses more copious thau natu- 
 ral. Dr. Cullen distinguishes six species: 
 
 1. Menorrhagia rubra; bloody, from women 
 neither with child nor hi childbirth. 
 
 2. Menorrhagia alba ; serous, usually called 
 the fluor albus. See Leucorrhoza. 
 
 3. Menorrhagia viliorum, from some local 
 disease, as ulcer, cancel', &c. 
 
 4. Menorrhagia lochialis, from women after 
 delivery. See Lochia. 
 
 5. Menorrhagia abortus. See Abortion. 
 
 6. Menorrhagia Nabothi, a serous discharge 
 from the vagina in pregnant women. 
 
 This disease seldom occurs before the age of 
 puberty, and is often an attendant on pregnancy. 
 It is, in general, a very dangerous affection, more 
 particularly if it occur at the latter period, as it 
 is then often so rapid and violent as to destroy 
 the female in a very short time, where proper 
 means are not soon adopted. Abortions often 
 give rise to floodings, and at any period of 
 pregnancy, but more usually before the fifth 
 month than at any other time. Moles, hi con- 
 sequence of an imperfect conception becoming 
 detached, often give rise to a considerable de- 
 gree of hemorrhage. 
 
 The causes which most frequently give rise 
 to floodings are violent exertions of strength, 
 sudden surprises and frights, violent fits of pas- 
 sion, great uneasiness of mind, uncommon long- 
 ings during pregnancy, over-fullness of blood, 
 profuse evacuations, general weakness of the 
 system, external injuries, as blows and bruises, 
 and the death of the child, in consequence of 
 which the placenta becomes partially or wholly 
 detached, and when the placenta is attached 
 over the os uteri. 
 
 The treatment must differ according to the 
 particular causes of the disease, and according 
 to the different states of constitution under 
 which it occurs. The hemorrhage is more fre- 
 quently of the active kind, and requires the an- 
 tiphlogistic plan to be strictly enforced, especi- 
 ally obviating the accumulation of heat in every 
 way, giving cold, acidulated drink, and using 
 cold, local applications ; the patient must re- 
 main quiet in the horizontal posture ; the diet 
 .be of the lightest and least stimulant descrip- 
 tion ; and the bowels kept freely open by cool- 
 ing laxatives, as the neutral salts, &c. It may 
 be sometimes advisable in robust, plethoric fe- 
 males, particularly in the pregnant state, to take 
 blood at an early period, especially where there 
 is much pain, with a hard pulse ; digitalis and 
 antimonials in nauseating doses would also be 
 proper under such circumstances. But where 
 the discharge is rather of a passive character, 
 tonic and astringent medicines ought to be 
 given: rest and the horizontal position are 
 equally necessary, costiveness must be obviated, 
 and cold, astringent applications may be materi- 
 ally useful, or the escape of the blood may be 
 prevented mechanically. In alarming cases, 
 perhaps, the most powerful internal remedy is 
 the superacetate of lead, combhied with opium, 
 which latter is often indicated by the irritable 
 state of the patient. A nourishing diet, writh 
 
 MEN 
 
 use of the cold bath, may contribute to restore 
 the patient when the discharge has subsided. 
 
 MENO'STASIS. (From /itjv, a month, and 
 araatc, a cessation.) Menostasia. A suppres- 
 sion or retention of the menses. 
 Mens. The mind. 
 
 Me'nsa. A table. The second lobe of the 
 liver is so called by some old writers. 
 
 ME'NSES. (From mensls, a month.) The 
 sanguineo-serous fluid discharged at the men- 
 strual periods. See Menstruation. 
 
 Menses, immoderate flow of the. See 
 Menorrhagia. 
 
 Menses, interruption of. See Amenor- 
 rhoza. 
 
 Menses, retention of. See Amenorrhea. 
 Menstrual flux. The menses. 
 MENSTRUA'TION. (Menstruatlo, onis, f . ; 
 from menses. ) From the uterus of every healthy 
 woman who is not pregnant, or who does not 
 suckle, there is a discharge of a sanguineous 
 fluid, at certain periods, from the time of pu- 
 berty to the approach of old age ; and from the 
 periods or returns of this discharge being month- 
 ly, it is called menstruation ; and the discharge 
 is called catamenla, and menses. 
 
 At whatever time of life this discharge comes 
 on, a woman is said to be at puberty, though of 
 this state it is a consequence, and not a cause. 
 The early or late appearance of the menses may 
 depend upon the climate, the constitution, the 
 delicacy or hardness of living, and upon the 
 manners of those with whom young women 
 converse. In this country, girls begin to men- 
 struate from the thirteenth to the sixteenth 
 year of their age, and sometimes at a later pe- 
 riod, without any signs of disease ; but if they 
 are luxuriously educated, it commences at a 
 more early period. 
 
 Some girls begin to menstruate without any 
 preceding indisposition ; but there are generally 
 appearances or symptoms which indicate the 
 change which is about to take place. These 
 are usually more severe at the first than in the 
 succeeding periods ; and they are similar to 
 those produced by uterine irritation from other 
 causes, as pains in the back and inferior extrem- 
 ities, complaints of the viscera, with various 
 hysteric and nervous affections. These com- 
 mence with the first disposition to menstruate, 
 and continue till the discharge comes on, when 
 they abate or disappear, returning, however, 
 with considerable violence in some women, at 
 every period during life. The quantity of fluid 
 discharged at each evacuation depends upon 
 the climate, constitution, and manner of living; 
 it usually amounts to about five or six ounces. 
 The discharge commonly lasts from three to six 
 days. 
 
 It is a secretion from the uterus, and differs 
 from blood in not coagulating. It fits the uterus 
 for conception; and, according to modern ob- 
 servations, occurs at the time of the passage of 
 an ovum from the ovary. It is usually arrested 
 about the forty-fifth year of age, but may stop 
 from forty to fifty -five years. It is only during 
 the years of menstruation that conception oc- 
 curs. 
 
 Menstruation, painful. M., laborious. 
 
 gentle exercise in a carriage, and the prudent j Dysmenorrhea. 
 
 427 
 
MEN 
 
 MER 
 
 Menstruation, profuse. Menorrhagia. 
 
 Menstruation, vicarious. When the nat- 
 ural discharge is arrested, and hemorrhage oc- 
 curs from the nose, lungs, or other organs. 
 
 MEN'STRUUM. (urn, i, n.) A solvent. 
 The principal are water, alcohol, ether, oils, and 
 acid and alkaline liquors. 
 
 MENSURATION. Mensuratio. A means 
 of exploring the chest by measurement. For 
 this purpose a piece of tape is extended from 
 the median line, over the sternum to the spinal 
 processes of the dorsal vertebra, at various 
 points, and first on the one side and then on the 
 other. In a well-formed chest, the measures 
 will be equal on each side; but when there is 
 effusion on one side, the measures there will be 
 in excess, or when there is wasting of the lung 
 from any cause, the chest on that side will be 
 contracted. In hypertrophy and dilatation of 
 
 e cardiac sic" 
 extent than the right side 
 
 Me nt a. Mentula. 
 
 MEN'TAGRA. (a, <z, f. ; from mentum, the 
 chin, and ay pa, a prey.) An eruption about 
 the chin, forming a tenacious crust, like that on 
 a scald head. See Sycosis. 
 
 Mentagra infantum. A species of porrigo. 
 
 ME'NTAL. Mentalis. 1. Relating to the 
 mind. 2. In Anatomy, relating to the chin (from 
 mentum, the chin), as the mental artery, &c. 
 
 Mental foramen. The outer orifice of the 
 inferior dental foramen, situated on the outer 
 side of the inferior jaw bone, under the canine 
 tooth. It gives passage to the mental nerve 
 and artery. 
 
 ME'NTHA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiatce. — M. 
 aquatica. Menthastrum. Mentha rolundifolia 
 palustris. Water-mint. It is less agreeable 
 than the spearmint, and in taste more bitter and 
 pungent. — M . cataria. Nepeta cataria. — M . 
 cervi'na. Hart's pennyroyal. This plant pos- 
 sesses the virtues of pennyroyal in a very great 
 degree, but is remarkably unpleasant. — M. 
 crispa. Curled-leaved mint. This species of 
 mentha has a strong and fragrant smell ; its taste 
 is warm, aromatic, and slightly bitter. — M. 
 piperita. Peppermint. M. piperitis. It has 
 a more penetrating smell than any of the other 
 mints ; a strong, pungent taste. The stomachic, 
 antispasmodic, and carminative properties of 
 peppermint render it useful in flatulent colics, 
 hysterical affections, retchings, and other dys- 
 peptic symptoms, acting as a cordial, and often 
 producing an immediate relief. Its officinal 
 preparations are, an essential oil, a simple water, 
 and a spirit. Dose, of the oil, gtt. j. to gtt. iij. 
 — M. pulegium. Pennyroyal. Pulegium. Pu- 
 legium regale. Pulegiumlatifolium. This plant 
 is considered as a carminative, stomachic, and 
 emmenagogue. The officinal preparations of 
 pennyroyal are, a simple water, a spirit, and an 
 essential oil. Dose, of the oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. v. 
 ■ — M. saracenica. Tanacetum vulgaris. — M. sa- 
 iiva. M. spicata. Mentha viridis. — M. viridis. 
 M. vulgaris. Spearmint. Mint. It is not so 
 warm to the taste as peppermint, but has a more 
 agreeable flavor. Its medicinal qualities are 
 much less than those of peppermint. The of- 
 ficinal preparations of spearmint are, an essen- 
 428 
 
 tial oil, a conserve, a simple water, and a spirit. 
 Dose, of the oil, gtt. ij. to gtt. v. 
 
 Mentha'strum. Mentha aquatica. 
 
 Mento-labial. Relating to the chin and lip. 
 
 Mento-labialis. The depressor labii infe- 
 rioris. 
 
 Me'ntula. The penis, or the clitoris. 
 
 Mentu'lagra. A disorder of the penis, 
 causing impotence. 
 
 ME'NTUM. (urn, i, n.) The chin. 
 
 MENYA'NTHES. (es, eos, or is, f.) A 
 genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
 Gentianacece. — M. trifoliata. The buck-bean. 
 Menyanthes. The whole plant is so extremely 
 bitter, that in some countries it is used as a sub- 
 stitute for hops in the preparation of malt liquor. 
 It is an excellent tonic, laxative, and of use in 
 skin diseases and scurvy. 
 
 Meny'anthine. The bitter extractive of the 
 buck-bean. 
 
 MEPHI'TIC. Mephiticus. Applied to that 
 which emits a noxious smell or exhalation. 
 
 Mephitic acid. The carbonic acid. 
 
 Mephitic air. Nitrogen. 
 
 MEPHITIS, (is, is, f. ; from mephukith, a 
 blast, Syr.) A poisonous exhalation. 
 
 MERCA'PTAN. A remarkable fluid, belong- 
 ing to the ethyl group, in which sulphur replaces 
 the oxygen, the form, being C 4 H 6 S 2 . Its sp. 
 gr. is '842 ; it is inflammable, smells like onions, 
 and possesses the singular property of com- 
 bining with mercury and other metals to form 
 mercaptides. 
 
 MERCU'RIAL. Mercurialis. 1. Contain- 
 ing mercury, or relating to mercury. 2. Lively, 
 active, sanguine. 
 
 Mercurial disease. M. rash. Eczema 
 mercurialis. 
 
 Mercurial erethrism. See Erethrism. 
 
 MERCURIA'LIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Dioscia. Enneandria. — M. annua. 
 French mercury. It is an emollient oleraceous 
 herb, gently aperient. — M. perennis. M. sylves- 
 tris and M. montana sylvestris. The dog's mer- 
 cury. A poisonous plant. It produces vomit- 
 ing and purging. 
 
 MERCU'RIUS. (us, i, m.) Mercury. See 
 Mercury, and Hydrargyrum. 
 
 Mercurius acetatus. See Hydrargyri 
 acetas. 
 
 Mercurius alkalizatus. 
 rum cum cretd. 
 
 Mercurius calcinatus. 
 oxydum rubrum. 
 
 Mercurius chemicorum. 
 
 Mercurius cinereus. 
 nigrum. 
 
 Mercurius cinnabarinus. 
 sulphuretum rubrum. 
 
 Mercurius corrosivus. Corrosive subli- 
 mate. M. corrosivus albus. See Hydrargyri 
 chloridum corrosivum. 
 
 Mercurius corrosivus ruber. Red pre- 
 cipitate. See Hydrargyri oxydum. rubrum. 
 
 Mercurius corrosivus sublimatus. See 
 Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum. 
 
 Mercurius cosmeticus. Hydrargyrum am- 
 moniatum. 
 
 Mercurius dulcis sublimatus. CalomeL 
 See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 
 
 See Hydrargy- 
 
 See Hydrargyri 
 
 Quicksilver. 
 Hydrargyri oxydum 
 
 See Hydrargyri 
 
ME R 
 
 MES 
 
 Mercurius emeticus flavus. See Hydrar- 
 gyri sulphas flavus. 
 
 Mercurius mortis. See Algaroth. 
 
 Mercurius pr^cipitatus albus. See Hy- 
 drargyrum ammoniatum. 
 
 Mercurius pr^cipitatus dulcis. Calomel. 
 See Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 
 
 Mercurius pr^cipitatus niger. See Hy- 
 drargyri oxydum nigrum. 
 
 Mercurius pr^cipitatus ruber. M.prce- 
 cipitatus corrosivus. Red precipitate. See Hy- 
 drargyri oxydum rubrum. 
 
 Mercurius viTiE. See Algaroth. 
 
 MERCURY. Hydrargyrum. Hydrargyrus. 
 Mercurius. Quicksilver. A brilliant white met- 
 al fluid above 39° F. ; sp. gr., 13-54. It boils at 
 620° F., becoming volatilized, unchanged in 
 vacuo, but passing into the red oxide if long ex- 
 posed to air. Symbol, Hg; eq., 202; but it is 
 also taken at 101 by some chemists, which cir- 
 cumstance has produced great confusion in the 
 nomenclature, as the sw^-compounds of one set 
 of authors represent the proto-salts of the other ; 
 the proto-compounds of one the bi-salts of 
 others. Thus calomel is a subchloride in one 
 case, and chloride in the other ; corrosive sub- 
 limate is called chloride and bichloride of mer- 
 cury. The term mercurous compounds is also 
 used to designate the proto-compounds, and 
 mercuric salts the bi-compounds. It is readily 
 dissolved by nitric acid. It forms two oxides, 
 HgO, the black or protoxide, and HgO;, bin- 
 oxide or peroxide, and there are analogous com- 
 pounds of mercury with chlorine, iodine, bro- 
 mine, sulphur, &c. 
 
 Medical use. — The compounds of this metal 
 nre very important articles in the materia med- 
 ica. There is scarcely a disease against which 
 some of the preparations are not exhibited ; and 
 over the venereal disease it is believed by many 
 practitioners to possess a specific power. The 
 red sulphuret is used hi fumigation where a 
 rapid effect is desired on the system ; and the 
 metal has been used to remove obstructions in 
 the bowels by its weight. 
 
 Mercurial preparations act generally on the 
 system by stimulating the absorbents, and lo- 
 cally on the injured organ. It increases the 
 pulse, produces an irritable condition, and 
 sometimes a slight hectic (Erethrismm mercu- 
 rialis). During this state, the patient is very 
 liable to cold and febrile attacks. Locally, it 
 affects the bowels, producing painful purging ; 
 or the mouth, causing irritable gums, fetid 
 breath, and may lead to inflammation and gan- 
 grene. These effects are to be arrested in the 
 first case by opium, and in the second by as- 
 tringents, gargles, cathartics, mineral acids, and 
 bark, in ah cases stopping the further supply 
 of mercury. This medicine does little injury 
 unless long used, but in some persons it produ- 
 ces great prostration, ft-emblings, irregular ac- 
 tion of the heart, coldness, or it may give rise to 
 the peculiar eruption called Eczema mercuriale. 
 
 For the preparations of mercuiy, see Hy- 
 drargyrum, Pilula hydrargyri, and Unguentum. 
 
 Mercury, American. Rhus radicans and 
 it. toxicodendron are so called in the Northern 
 States. 
 
 Mercury, dog's. Mercurialis perennis. 
 
 Mercury, English. Chenopodium bonus 
 henricus. 
 
 Mercury, French. Mercurialis annua. 
 
 MEROBALNE'UM. (From fiepoc, a part, 
 and fiaAavsiov, a bath.) A partial bath, as a 
 hip-bath, bath for the feet, &c. 
 
 MEROCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from fiepoc, the 
 thigh, and nnln, a tumor.) A femoral hernia, 
 See Hernia. 
 
 Me'ros. The thigh. 
 
 Me'rus. Genuine or unadulterated; as me- 
 rum vinum, pure wine. 
 
 Mesarje'um. The mesentery. 
 
 MESEMBRYANTHEMUM CRYSTA'LLI- 
 NUM. The ice plant. Icosandria. Penta- 
 gynia. The juice, in a dose of four spoonfulls 
 every two hours, is asserted to have removed ob- 
 stinate spasmodic affections of the neck of the 
 bladder, which did not yield to other remedies. 
 
 MESENTERIC. Mesentericus. Belonging 
 to the mesentery. See Mesentery. 
 
 Mesenteric artery. Arteria mesenterica. 
 Two branches of the aorta in the abdomen are 
 so called. The superior mesenteric is the sec- 
 ond branch of the abdominal aorta: it is dis- 
 tributed upon the mesentery, and gives off the 
 ileo-colica, colica dextra, and colica media. The 
 inferior mesenteric is the fifth branch of the 
 abdominal aorta : it sends off the colica sinistra, 
 and its termination fonns the internal hemor- 
 rhoidal. 
 
 Mesenteric glands. Glandulce mesenteric^. 
 These are conglobate, and are situated here 
 and there in the cellular membrane of the mes- 
 entery. The chyle from the intestines passes 
 through these glands to the thoracic duct. 
 
 Mesenteric nerves. Nervorum plexus mes- 
 entericus. The superior, middle, and lower 
 mesenteric plexuses of nerves are formed by 
 the branches of the great intercostal nerves. 
 
 Mesenteric veins. Vena; mesenteric^. 
 They all run into one trunk, which evacuates 
 its blood into the vena portae. See Venaportm. 
 
 Mesenteri'tis. Peritonitis. 
 
 ME'SENTERY. (Mesenterium, ii, n. ; from 
 fieaoc, the middle, and evrepov, an intestine.) 
 A membrane in the cavity of the abdomen at- 
 tached to the vertebrae of the loins, and to which 
 the intestines adhere. It is formed of a dupli- 
 cature of the peritoneum, and contains within 
 it adipose membrane, lacteals, lymphatics, lac- 
 teal glands, mesenteric arteries, veins, and 
 nerves. Its use is to sustain the intestines in 
 such a manner that they possess both mobility 
 and firmness ; to support and conduct with 
 safety the blood-vessels, lacteals, and nerves; 
 to fix the glands, and give an external coat to 
 the intestines. 
 
 It consists of three parts: one uniting the 
 small intestines, which is the proper mesentery; 
 another connecting the colon, termed meso- 
 colon ; and a third attached to the rectum, 
 termed mesorectum. See Mesocolon. 
 
 Mesera'ic. Meseraicus. Mesenteric. 
 
 Mesi're. A disorder of the liver mentioned 
 by Avicenna, accompanied with a sense of 
 heaviness, tumor, inflammation, pungent pain, 
 and blackness of the tongue. 
 
 Me'site. An ethereal body existing in py- 
 roxylic spirit. 
 
 J V 429 
 
M E S 
 
 MET 
 
 Mesitic alcohol. Acetone. 
 
 Mesityle. A compound radical of Dr. Kane. 
 Formula, C 6 H 5 . According to this author, ace- 
 tone is the hydrated oxide of mesityle. 
 
 Mesit'ylene. An oily fluid, boiling at about 
 300° F., derived from the distillation of acetone 
 with fuming sulphuric acid. Formula, C6H4. 
 
 Mesmerism. Animal magnetism. 
 
 MESO-. MESOS-. A prefix (from (jleooq, 
 the middle), signifying the middle state or posi- 
 tion. 
 
 Meso'carp. The central portion of the peri- 
 carp of seeds; this is called the sarcocarp in 
 fleshy fruits. 
 
 Mesocje'cum. The reflexion of the peri- 
 toneum which keeps the caecum in its place. 
 
 Mesoce'phalon. The pons varolii. 
 
 MESOCOLON, (on, i, m. ; from pe&og, the 
 middle, and kuIov, the colon.) The portion of 
 the mesentery to which the colon is attached. 
 In the pelvis, the peritoneum spreads itself be- 
 fore the rectum. Where that intestine becomes 
 loose, and forms the sigmoid flexure, the peri- 
 toneum rises considerably, with a figure adapt- 
 ed for receiving the hollow colon. But above, 
 on the left side, the colon is connected with 
 but little loose peritoneum, spread upon the 
 psoas muscle as high as the spleen, where the 
 part which gives a coat to the colon, being ex- 
 tended under the spleen, receives and sustains 
 that viscus in a hollow superior recess. 
 
 Afterward the peritoneum, from the left kid- 
 ney, from the interval between the kidneys, 
 from the large vessels, and from the right kid- 
 ney, emerges forward under the pancreas, and 
 forms a broad and sufficiently long continuous 
 production, called the transverse mesocolon, 
 which, like a partition, divides the upper part 
 of the abdomen, containing the stomach, liver, 
 spleen, and pancreas, from the lower part. The 
 lower lamina of this transverse production is 
 continued singly from the right mesocolon to 
 the left, and serves as an external coat to a 
 large portion of the liver, and descending part 
 of the duodenum. But the upper lamina de- 
 parts from the lumbar peritoneum at the kid- 
 ney, and region of the vena cava, farther to the 
 right than the duodenum, to which it gives an 
 external membrane, and beyond this and the 
 colon it is joined with the lower lamina, so 
 that a large part of the duodenum lies within 
 the cavity of the mesocolon. Afterward, in 
 the region of the liver, the mesocolon is in- 
 flected, and, descending over the kidney of the 
 same side, includes the right of the colon, as far 
 as the intestinum caacum and the appendix, and 
 terminates almost at the bifurcation of the aorta. 
 
 Mesocra'nium. The crown of the head, or 
 vertex. 
 
 Mesodm'itis. Inflammation of the medias- 
 tinum. 
 
 Mesoga'strium. The umbilical region of 
 the abdomen. 
 
 Meso-glo'ssus. The genio-glossus muscle. 
 Mesolobe. The corpus callosum. — Chaus- 
 sier. 
 
 Mesome'ria. The parts between the thighs. 
 Mesompha'lium. The navel. 
 Mesophl'^um. The middle portion of the 
 bark, of a green color. 
 430 
 
 Meso'phryum. The part between the eye- 
 brows. 
 
 Mesophy'llum.' The green, cellular, central 
 portion of the leaf. 
 
 Mesopleu'rii. The intercostal muscles. 
 
 Meso'sperm. The central envelope of the 
 seed. 
 
 MESORE'CTUM. {urn, i, n. ; from hegoc, 
 and rectum. ) The portion of peritoneum which 
 connects the rectum to the pelvis. 
 
 MESO'THENAR. The name given by Win- 
 slow to the muscular mass consisting of the ab- 
 ductor, and part of the short flexor of the thumb. 
 
 Mesotho'rax. The central division of in- 
 sects. 
 
 MESOTI'CA. Diseases affecting the sub- 
 stance of organs without derangement of the 
 general health. — Good. 
 
 Mesoxalic acid. An acid derived from 
 alloxan. It is crystalline, sour, and bibasic. 
 Formula, C 3 H 4 ,2HO. 
 
 Mespilus germanica. The medlar-tree. 
 Rosacea. The immature fruit is astringent, and 
 the seeds mucilaginous. 
 
 META-. A prefix (from jxera, after, with), 
 denoting change. 
 
 MET A'BASIS. (From fiera6aivo, to di- 
 gress.) Metabole. A change of remedy, of 
 practice, or disease; or any change from one 
 thing to another, either in the curative indica- 
 tions, or the symptoms of a distemper. 
 
 Meta'bole. See Metabasis. 
 
 Metabo'lic That which passes through 
 organic transformations, as the class of winged 
 insects. 
 
 METACARPAL. Metacarpalis. Belonging 
 to the metacarpus. 
 
 Metacarpal bones. See Metacarpus. 
 
 Metacarpal phalanges. The phalanges oi 
 the wrist. 
 
 M E T A C A'R P U S. (From fiera, after, and 
 napTroc, the wrist.) Metacarpium. That part 
 of the hand which is between the wrist and the 
 fingers. It has five longitudinal bones that are 
 situated between the wrist and the fingers, 
 which are distinguished into the metacarpal 
 bone of the thumb, fore finger, &c. 
 
 M e t a c e't one. A colorless liquid, with an 
 agreeable odor, boiling at 183° F., obtained 
 in the distillation of sugar with lime. Formula, 
 C 6 H 5 0. 
 
 Metaco'ndylos. The last joint of a finger. 
 
 Metacore'sis. Metastasis. 
 
 Metalde'hyde. A hard, crystalline, inodor- 
 ous solid, resulting from the spontaneous trans- 
 formation of aldehyde. 
 
 METALLU'RGIA. (a, ce, f . ; from /uEraX- 
 2.ov, a metal, and epyov, work.) Metallurgy. 
 That part of chemistry which relates to the 
 treatment of metals. 
 
 METAL. (Metallum, i, 11. -M.eTa7i2.ov.) 
 Metals are the most numerous class of ele- 
 mentary chemical bodies, distinguished by the 
 following general characters : 
 
 1. A peculiar lustre, which continues in the 
 streak, and in their smallest fragments. 
 
 2. They are fusible by heat ; and in fusion 
 may retain their lustre and opacity. 
 
 3. They are all conductors of electricity and 
 caloric. 
 
MET 
 
 MET 
 
 4. Many are malleable, or may be drawn 
 into wire, and are called ductile. 
 
 5. When their saline combinations are elec- 
 trolized, the metals separate at the negative 
 pole. 
 
 6. When exposed to the action of oxygen, 
 chlorine, iodine, sulphur, bromine, or phos- 
 phorus, and at an elevated temperature, they 
 generally take fire ; and, combining with one 
 or other of these six elements in definite pro- 
 portions, are converted into earthy or saline- 
 looking bodies, called oxides, chlorides, iodides, 
 sulphurets, bromides, phosphurets, &c. 
 
 7. They are capable of combining in their 
 melted state with each other, in almost every 
 proportion, constituting the important order of 
 metallic alloys, in which the characteristic lustre 
 and tenacity are preserved. 
 
 A list may be found under the word Element; 
 for their properties, see the metals severally. 
 Metallic Of the nature of a metal. 
 Metallic brush. A metallic brush was 
 recommended by Westring for the purpose of 
 conveving galvanism to a part. 
 
 METALLIC TINKLING. An auscultatory 
 sound heard where there exists within the 
 chest a preternatural cavity containing air, or 
 when air is present in the cavity of the pleura. 
 It resembles the sound produced by gently 
 striking with a pin a glass or metallic cup, or 
 by letting grains of sand fall into a glass. 
 
 Laennec supposed that this sound was always 
 indicative of the coexistence of pneumothorax, 
 empyema, and a fistulous communication be- 
 tween the pleura and the bronchi. It is now 
 ascertained, however, that neither the effusion 
 of a liquid nor a bronchial fistula are necessaiy 
 to its development, although these circumstan- 
 ces are most frequently coexistent with pneu- 
 mothorax, and a fistulous opening is generally 
 instrumental in the production of the sound. 
 The metallic tinkling occurs as a sign of pneu- 
 mothorax, or of a large excavation in the sub- 
 stance of the lungs, the former being the cause 
 in a great majority of instances. There is a 
 variety of the metallic tinkling called the am- 
 phoric resonance, or metallic resonance — 
 bourdonnement amphorique of Laennec : it re- 
 sembles the sound produced by blowing quickly 
 and forcibly into an empty decanter, or other 
 large vessel with a small aperture. The two 
 sounds above mentioned often pass into each 
 other, or coexist or alternate with each other, 
 in the same case ; generally speaking, however, 
 the sound seems to partake more of the ampho- 
 ric character when the cavity containing the air 
 is very large. 
 
 Metallic tractors. Dr. Perkins, in the 
 last centmy, introduced a method of treating 
 diseases by drawing over the affected part two 
 small metallic rods, made of different metals. 
 These rods were called metallic tractors, and 
 the operation was called tractoration. The use 
 of tractors has been called Perkinism. 
 
 METALLOID. (From fieraUov, a metal, 
 and eidoc, resemblance.) The metallic bases 
 of the alkalies and earths were at first called 
 metalloids, but they are now classed with the 
 metals. 
 
 Metame'ric. Isomeric. 
 
 Metamorph'opsia. A species of depraved 
 vision, in which the image of objects is chan- 
 ged from opacities or clouds in the eye, or in 
 which imaginary objects appear to be seen. 
 
 M E T A M O ' R P H O S I S. (From //era, and 
 /j.op<pn, form.) Transformation. In Physiology., 
 the changes, both chemical and of cellular de- 
 velopment, and death, through which any tex- 
 ture, fluid, or organ of the body passes ; and the 
 existence and continuance of which is essential 
 to life, if it be not the condition of life. 
 
 Metape'dium. The metatarsus. 
 
 Meta'phrenum. That part of the back 
 which is behind the diaphragm. 
 
 Metaporopoie'sis. A morbid change in the 
 extremities of the capillaiy vessels. — Galen. 
 
 METAPTO'SIS. (From {leTannTTu, to di- 
 gress.) A change or transition of one disease 
 into another. 
 
 METASTASIS. ( From ^ftar?^, to change, 
 to translate.) The translation of a disease from 
 one part to another, as that of gout to the stom- 
 ach, or of rheumatism to the heart, &c. 
 
 Metasy'ncrisis. Metaporopoiesis. 
 
 Metasyncri'tica. Medicines calculated to 
 remove a metasyncrisis. 
 
 METATARSAL. Metatarsalis. Belonging 
 to the metatarsus. 
 
 M E T A T a'r S O - PH ALA'nGEAN ARTICULATIONS . 
 
 The junctions of the metatarsal bones and pha- 
 langes of the toes. 
 
 ME TAT A'R S US. (From /zf ra, after, and 
 rapaoc, the tarsus.) That part of the foot be- 
 tween the tarsus and toes. It consists of five 
 longitudinal bones, which are distinguished into 
 the metatarsal bone of the great toe, fore toe, 
 &c. 
 
 Metathe'sis. Transposition. 
 
 Mete'lla nux. Strychnos nux vomica. 
 
 METEORI'SM. Mcteorismus. (From /isre- 
 opLfo, to raise on high.) A distension of the 
 abdomen, or any part of it, with wiud. 
 
 Me'teorolite. A meteoric stone. 
 
 METEORO'LOGY. (From /leretopoc, aerial, 
 and Tioyoc, a discourse.) The science which 
 investigates atmospheric phenomena, as the pro- 
 duction of dew, clouds, the progress of winds, 
 the climate, and fluctuations of temperature of 
 given places on the earth. 
 
 MethjEmachymia. Transfusion. 
 
 Methe'glin. A drink prepared from honey 
 by fermentation. 
 
 Methemeri'nus. Quotidian. 
 
 ME'THODE NUME'RIQUE. The numeri- 
 cal method. A method of reaching the general 
 laws of disease by the inductive process, as rec- 
 ommended by M. Louis. 
 
 Methodic medicine. Medicine as practiced 
 by the methodic sect. See Methodici. 
 
 METHO'DICI. A sect of ancient physicians, 
 of which Themison was the head. They en- 
 deavored to reduce medicine to exact rules, 
 and supposed that all diseases arose from con- 
 striction or rigidity of the fibres. 
 
 Methodus medendi. See Therapia. 
 
 Methoma'nia. An irresistible desire for 
 liquors. 
 
 METHY'LE. A hypothetical compound 
 radical, of the form. C 2 H 3 ; symbol, Mt. It is 
 analogous with ethyl. The oxide of methyl 
 
 431 
 
MIC 
 
 MIL 
 
 has the same properties as ether. The hydra- 
 ted oxide, MtO,HO, is pyroxilic spirit. There 
 are also compounds with chlorine, iodine, and 
 other haloid bodies. 
 
 Metopantka'lgia. Pain in the frontal sinuses. 
 
 Meto'pion. An ointment containing galba- 
 num. 
 
 Metopo'scopy. Physiognomy. 
 
 Meto'pum. The forehead. 
 
 METRA. (a, ce, f. ; from prjrrjp, a mother.) 
 The womb. See Uterus. 
 
 Metra'lgia. Pain in the womb. 
 
 Metratre'sia. Morbid closure of the uterus. 
 
 Metremphra'xis. Obstruction of the womb. 
 
 Metre. The French lineal standard of 
 39-371 English inches. 
 
 Metre'nchyta. Injections for the womb. 
 
 Metre'nchytes. A syringe to inject fluids 
 into the womb. 
 
 METRITIS. (From (irjrpa, the womb.) In- 
 flammation of the womb. See Hysteritis. 
 
 Metrocarci'noma. Cancer of the womb. 
 
 Metroce'le. Hernia vaginalis. 
 
 Metrohje'mia. Congestion of blood in the 
 uterus. 
 
 METROMA'NIA. {a, ce, f.) 1. Nympho- 
 mania. 2. Musomania, a form of disease in 
 which the patient recites verses extempore. 
 In the latter case it is derived from [lovaa, a 
 song, and /Liavca, madness. 
 
 Metropathia. An affection of the womb. 
 
 METRO -PERITONITIS. Inflammation of 
 the womb and peritoneum, as in some cases of 
 puerperal fever. 
 
 Metro-phlebitis. Puerperal fever. 
 
 Metroptosis. Prolapsus uteri. The de- 
 scent of the uterus through the vagina. 
 
 Metrorrhagia. Hemorrhage from the 
 womb. 
 
 Metroto'mia. The Caesarian operation. 
 
 Me'um. Me'u. iEthusa meum. 
 
 Mexican seed. Ricinus communis. 
 
 Mexican tea. Chenopodium ambrosioides. 
 
 MEZB'REUM. {urn, ii, n.) Mezereon. 
 See Daphne, the bark of the root of mezereum. 
 
 Mezereum acetatum. Thin slices of the 
 bark of fresh mezereon root are to be steeped 
 for twenty-four hours in common vinegar. Some 
 practitioners direct this application to issues 
 when a discharge from them can not be encour- 
 aged by the common means. • 
 
 Mg. Magnesium. 
 
 MI'ASM. Miasma. (Mtaafta; from [iiacvu, 
 to infect.) Any emanation capable of produ- 
 cing disease, either from sick persons, marshes, 
 or other sources. 
 
 Mica panis. The crumb of bread. 
 
 MICRO-. A prefix (from (impoc, small), in- 
 dicating smallness ; as Microcephalics, one with 
 a small head, &c. 
 
 MFCROCOSM. Microcosmus. ( From p.i- 
 upoc, and noopoc, a world.) A little world; 
 that which is very intricate in its parts : hence 
 physiologists call man a microcosm. 
 
 Microcosmic salt. The phosphate of soda 
 and ammonia. 
 
 Microglossia. Congenital smallness of the 
 tongue. 
 
 Microme'lus. One having small limbs. 
 
 MICRO'METER. (From fwcpoc, and fierpov, 
 432 
 
 a measure.) An instrument attached to mi 
 croscopes and telescopes, for the purpose of 
 measuring minute objects. It may consist of 
 two parts or wires, one of which is gradually 
 approximated to the other by a screw, the mo- 
 tion of which is marked by an index. 
 
 Mi'cropyle. The foramen of a seed. 
 
 Micro'rchis. One whose testicles are unu- 
 sually small. 
 
 MICROSCOPE. (From /xucpoc, small, and 
 gkokeo, to view.) An optical instrument which 
 enables us to see and examine objects which 
 are too minute to be seen by the naked eye. 
 Microscopes are single or compound, according 
 to the nature of their construction ; a single mi- 
 croscope being one through which, whether it 
 consists of a single lens or a combination of 
 lenses, the object is viewed directly; and a 
 compound microscope one in which two or 
 more lenses are so arranged that an enlarged 
 image of the object formed by one of them is 
 magnified by the second, or by the others, if 
 there are more than two, and seen as if it were 
 the object itself. A single microscope is no 
 more than a magnifying glass. 
 
 Micros phy'xia. A debility and smallness 
 of the pulse. 
 
 Mictio. Mictus. Micturition. 
 
 MICTU'RITION. Micturitio. (From mic- 
 turio, to urinate.) The act of making water. 
 
 Midriff. See Diaphragma. 
 
 Midwife. A woman who assists other 
 women in child-birth. 
 
 MIDWIFERY. That branch of medicine 
 which relates to the management of parturition, 
 and the treatment of women after delivery. 
 See Obstetrics. 
 
 Migra'na. A corruption of hemicrania. 
 
 Mi'kanio guaco. See Guaco. 
 
 Mi'ldew. A general name for the minute 
 and destructive fungi which assail linen, meats, 
 and other substances. 
 
 MILDEW MORTIFICATION. Gangrcena 
 ustilaginea. A dry gangrene arising from the 
 use of mildewed grain, especially ergot. 
 
 Milfoil. Achillea millefohum. 
 
 MILIARIA. Miliary fever. (From milium, 
 millet : so called because the small vesicles 
 upon the skin resemble millet-seed.) A dis- 
 ease characterized by fever ; cold stage consid- 
 erable ; hot stage attended with anxiety and 
 frequent sighing ; perspiration of a strong and 
 peculiar smell ; eruption, preceded by a sense 
 of pricking, first on the neck and breast, of 
 small red pimples, which in two days become 
 white vesicles, desquamate, and are succeeded 
 by fresh pimples. Miliary fever has been ob- 
 served to affect both sexes, and persons of all 
 ages and constitutions ; but females of a delicate 
 habit are most liable to it, particularly in child- 
 bed. Moist, variable weather is most favorable 
 to its appearance, and it occurs usually in the 
 spring and autumn. It is by some said to be a 
 contagious disease, and has been known to pre- 
 vail epidemically. 
 
 Very violent symptoms, such as coma, delir- 
 ium, and convulsive fits, now and then attend 
 miliary fever, in which case it is apt to prove 
 fatal. A numerous eruption indicates more 
 danger than a scanty one. The eruption being 
 
MIL 
 
 MIL 
 
 steady is to be considered as more favorable 
 than its frequently disappearing and coming 
 out again, and it is more favorable when the 
 places covered with the eruption appear swell- 
 ed and stretched than when they remain flaccid. 
 According to the severity of the symptoms and 
 depression of the system, is the danger greater. 
 The fever, and other symptoms of miliaria, 
 point out the necessity of supporting the patient 
 through the disease ; but every tiling that heats 
 and stimulates the skm should be avoided. 
 The bowels are to be kept open by cooling 
 laxatives of sulphate of magnesia in infusion of 
 roses, cascarilla, calumba, and the like, which, 
 with cooling drinks, light bed-clothes, and a cool 
 atmosphere, will, in most instances, effect a 
 cure. 
 
 When miliary eruptions come out in other dis- 
 eases, it is generally from continued sweating, 
 and then it requires bark, wine, and acids. 
 
 MILI'OLUM. A small tumor on the eyelids, 
 resembling in size a millet-seed. 
 
 Militaris herba. Achillea millefolium. 
 
 MI'LIUM. 1. Millet. Panicum miHaceum. 
 2. A very white and hard tubercle, in size and 
 color resembling a millet-seed. Its seat is im- 
 mediately under the cuticle, so that, when press- 
 ed, the contents escape, appearing of a sebace- 
 ous nature. 
 
 Milium solis. Lithospermum officinale. 
 
 MILK. Lac. A fluid secreted by peculiar 
 glands in the breasts of the class of animals 
 called Mammalia, for the nourishment of their 
 young. Milk is an emulsion of fat globules in a 
 fluid. It differs much in composition, according 
 to the food and animal ; but cow's milk aver- 
 ages in 100 parts, of butter, 3-0; casein, 4-8; sugar 
 at 'milk, 4-4 ; and *51 parts saline matter, chiefly 
 phosphates, with free soda, and chloride of sodi- 
 um and potash; 87-0 parts water. On stand- 
 ing, cream rises spontaneously, and the casein 
 is coagulated by any acid substance or by ren- 
 net. Milk, on reaching the stomach, is coagu- 
 lated, the casein and butyraceous parts digest- 
 ed, and the water absorbed. It is, perhaps, 
 the most innocent diet known to us, and best 
 suited to those of feeble digestion. By keep- 
 ing, &c, the sugar becomes converted into lac- 
 tic acid, and the caseous or cheesy matter co- 
 agulates. 
 
 Milk, ass's. Lac asininum. It has a strong 
 resemblance to human milk. It is quite a favor- 
 ite diet for consumptives. 
 
 Milk, ewe's. Lac ovillum. It is rich in 
 cream and butter. 
 
 Milk, goat's. It is richest in cream, and 
 contains much butter. 
 
 Milk, human*. Lac humamim. The milk 
 most frequently begins to be secreted in the last 
 months of pregnancy ; but on the thud day after 
 deliver}-, a serous milk, called colostrum, is sep- 
 arated, and at length pure milk is secreted co- 
 
 piously m 
 
 the breasts. 
 
 If the secretion of milk be daily promoted by 
 suckling an infant, it often continues many 
 years, unless a fresh pregnancy supervene. It 
 appears that not more than tw r o pounds of milk 
 are obtained from five or six pounds of meat. 
 The fluid is much affected by the food, and pe- 
 culiarly liable to be affected by the odors and 
 Ee 
 
 qualities of vegetable substances and acids, as 
 well as medicines. 
 
 Womens' milk differs much from that of the 
 cow ; it contains less of the caseum and but- 
 ter, and more sugar, and in these respects re- 
 sembles that of the ass and mare. 1000 parts 
 contain about 120 of solid food. 
 
 Milk, mare's. Lac equinum. This is thin- 
 ner than that of the cow, but scarcely so thin as 
 human milk. Its cream can not be converted 
 into butter by agitation. The whey contains 
 much sugar. 
 
 Milk-blotch. The crusta lactea, a species 
 of porrigo. Porrigo larvalis. 
 
 Milk-fever. Febris lactea. 
 
 MILK SICKNESS. Trembles. A contagious 
 disease of the cattle of certain districts of the 
 Western States, more especially Indiana and Illi- 
 nois : one of the infected districts lies for 100 
 miles near the banks of the Wabash. The ani- 
 mals are poisoned by some article of food or 
 drink ; their breath is foetid, eyes bloodshot, 
 gait staggering aod wild ; when driven, they 
 fall into convulsions, and frequently die. The 
 milk, butter, cheese, and meat of such animals 
 are highly poisonous, two or three ounces bring- 
 ing on the same disease in man and other ani- 
 mals in from six hours to four days. In man it 
 commences with foetid breath, general uneasi- 
 ness, lassitude, loss of nervous power, vomiting 
 frequently with blood, loss of appetite, consti- 
 pation, loss of biliary secretion, and, finally, all 
 the symptoms of low typhus fever, with nervous 
 tremors and delirium, the brain and meninges 
 becoming inflamed : it is very fatal. The cheese 
 and butter of the infected districts are abund- 
 antly exported to St. Louis, Louisville, &c, and 
 frequently produce fatal effects. It is probable 
 that the extensive poisoning in this city (New 
 York) in the spring of 1840, arose from cheese 
 imported thence. 
 
 The treatment is very doubtful, but should 
 proceed as in typhus fevers, by sustaining the 
 strength, and allaying nervous irritability. 
 
 There seems to be much connection between 
 this peculiar disease and the malignant pustule 
 which affects cattle in Europe, and occasional]v 
 the seaboard states, except only that it is said 
 to be strictly local in places now infested, hav- 
 ing been so for 100 years, as known to the set- 
 tlers, and there is no pustule produced. 
 
 Milk, snake's. Euphorbia corollata. 
 
 Milk, sugar of. Lactin. 
 
 Milk-teeth. See Teeth. 
 
 Milk-thistle. Carduus marianus. 
 
 Milk-vetch. Astragalus excapus. 
 
 Milk-weed. Asclepias syriaca. 
 
 Milk-wort. Polygala vulgaris. 
 
 Milk-wort, rattle-snake root. Polygala 
 senega. 
 
 Millar's asthma. Laryngismus stridulus. 
 
 Millefolium. Achillea millefolium. 
 
 Millemo'rbia. Scrofularia nodosa. 
 
 MPLLEPES. (es, edis, m. ; from milie, a 
 thousand, and pes, a foot : named from its nu- 
 merous feet.) The thousand-feet. Several 
 insects are known under this name : 1. The Ar- 
 madillo vulgaris, or officinalis, the pill mille- 
 pede; 2. The porcellio scaber; 3. The oniscus 
 asellus, or common wood-louse. 
 
 433 
 
MIN 
 
 MIN 
 
 Millet. Panicum miliaceum. 
 
 Millet-seed rash. Miliaria. 
 
 Milligramme. A thousandth part of a 
 gramme, or 00154 of a grain. 
 
 Millimetre. The thousandth part of a 
 metre, or 0-03937 of an English inch. 
 
 Mill-mountain. Linum catharticum. 
 
 Milpho'sis. Milfaxuc. A baldness of the 
 eyebrows. 
 
 Mi'ltos. Milrog. Red lead. 
 
 Milt waste. Asplenium cetei'ach. 
 
 Milzade'lla. Angelica archangelica. 
 
 MIMO'SA. (a, <z, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polygamia. Monascia. Mimosce. — M. catechu. 
 Acacia catechu. — M.nilotica. M. Senegal. Aca- 
 cia vera. 
 
 MIND. This term, like life, is used in two 
 acceptations : in the one, it signifies the phe- 
 nomena arising from the exercise of the power 
 of thinking ; in the other, it signifies the think- 
 ing power or principle itself. The mind of man 
 possesses certain faculties, which are called sen- 
 sation, association, memory, imagination, judg- 
 ment, and will. 
 
 1. Sensation enables us to perceive from ex- 
 ternal objects simple ideas. 
 
 2. Association combines simple ideas, to form 
 those which are complex. 
 
 3. Memory is the power by which ideas are 
 retained, and recalled in the order in which 
 they were originally impressed on the mind. 
 
 4. Imagination combines the ideas of things 
 which have been actually perceived, to form a 
 whole which has no existence but in the mind. 
 
 5. Judgment is the power by which we com- 
 pare the ideas acquired by the exercise of the 
 other faculties, determine their relations, and 
 discern truth from falsehood. 
 
 6. Will is the power which determines to 
 action, and rules those functions which are 
 called voluntary, as opposed to those which are 
 involuntary. 
 
 Mindere'rus's spirit. Liquor ammoniae 
 acetatis. 
 
 MINE'RAL. Mineralis. Applied to any in- 
 organic substance. 
 
 MINE'RAL KINGDOM. That department 
 of nature which includes minerals or inorganic 
 bodies. 
 
 Mineral acids. See Acid, mineral. 
 
 Mineral oil. Petroleum. 
 
 Mineral pitch. Bitumen. 
 
 Mineral poisons. See Poisons. 
 
 Mineral solution. Arsenicalis liquor. 
 
 Mineral waters. Aquce miner ales. Natural 
 springs of water, impregnated with substances 
 foreign to the common composition of water, 
 which exert some marked action on the ani- 
 mal economy. They may be thermal or cold. 
 There are five classes : 1. Acidulous Waters ; 
 2. Alkaline Waters ; 3. Chalybeate Wa- 
 ters ; 4. Sulphureous Waters; 5. Saline 
 Waters. 
 
 1. Acidulous Waters owe their properties 
 chiefly to carbonic acid. They sparkle when 
 drawn from the spring or when poured hito a 
 glass ; have an acidulous taste, and become 
 vapid when exposed to the air. They gener- 
 ally contain, also, carbonates of soda, bicarbon- 
 ates of lime, of magnesia, and of iron. Of this 
 434 
 
 class are the waters of Saratoga, Ballston, and 
 the Sweet Springs of Virginia. 
 
 2. Alkaline Waters owe their properties to 
 the carbonate of an alkali. They display an 
 alkaline reaction. Alkaline springs are not very 
 numerous. 
 
 3. Chalybeate Waters owe their properties 
 to iron, in combination generally with carbonic 
 acid ; and as this is usually in excess, they are 
 often acidulous as well as chalybeate. The 
 metal is found also in the form of a sulphate, 
 but the instances of this are very rare. 
 
 Chalybeate waters have a styptic or inky 
 taste ; they are, when newly drawn, transparent, 
 and strike a black with tincture of nutgalls ; but 
 an ochry sediment, a hydrated peroxide of iron, 
 soon falls, and the water loses its taste. If the 
 iron be in the state of sulphate and hydrochlo- 
 rate, however, no sediment falls ; and the black 
 color is produced by the above test even after 
 the water has been boiled and filtered. 
 
 They are powerful tonics, and employed in 
 dyspepsia, scrofulous affections, cancer, ame- 
 norrhoea, chlorosis, and the other diseases of de- 
 bility for which the artificial preparations of 
 iron are used. 
 
 4. Sulphureous waters derive their char- 
 acter chiefly from sulphureted hydrogen gaa, 
 which in some of them is uncombined, while in 
 others it is united with lime or an alkali. They 
 are transparent when newly drawn from the 
 spring, and have the foetid odor of rotten eggs, 
 which is gradually lost by exposure to the air, 
 and the water becomes turbid. When they are 
 strongly impregnated with the gas, they redden 
 infusion of litmus ; and, even in a weak state, 
 they blacken silver and lead. Besides contain- 
 ing sulphureted hydrogen gas, they are not un 
 frequently, also, impregnated with carbonic 
 acid. They generally contain chloride of mag- 
 nesium, or other saline matters, which modify 
 their powers as a remedy. 
 
 They are resorted to chiefly for the cure of 
 cutaneous eruptions, and are applied locally as 
 well as drunk. They are slightly sudorific, 
 purgative, and diuretic, and are apt to occasion 
 in some patients headache of short duration di- 
 rectly they are drunk. They are also employ- 
 ed for curing visceral and scrofulous obstruc- 
 tions, torpor of the intestines, and some dys- 
 peptic and hypochondriacal cases. The sul- 
 phur springs in Virginia are the most celebrated 
 in this country, but they are numerous. 
 
 5. Saline mineral waters owe their prop- 
 erties altogether to saline compounds. Those 
 which predominate, and give their character to 
 the waters of this class, are either, 
 
 1. Salts, the basis of which is lime; 
 
 2. Chloride of sodium and magnesium ; 
 
 3. Sulphate of magnesia; 
 
 4. Alkaline carbonates, particularly carbo- 
 nate of soda. 
 
 Most of the waters are mentioned under their 
 sepai'ate heads. 
 
 Mineralis. Mineral. 
 
 MINERA'LOGY. (Mineral* gia, a, f.) That 
 part of natural history which relates to minerals. 
 
 MINER'S ELBOW. An enlargement of the 
 bursa over the olecranon, occurring in miners 
 who are forced to rest much on the elbow. 
 
M IS 
 
 MOC 
 
 Minia'tus. A dull red color. 
 
 Mi mm. See Minimum. 
 
 MI'NiMUM. (urn, i, u.) A minim. The 
 sixtieth part of a fluid drachm. It corresponds 
 nearly to a drop of water, but equals 120 to 
 140 drops of alcoholic fluids. 
 
 Mi'nium. Red oxide of lead. 
 
 Minium ge^corum. Native cinnabar. 
 
 Mint, pepper. Mentha piperita. 
 
 Mint, water. Mentha aquatica. 
 
 MISANTHRO'PY. Misanthropia. Hatred 
 of men and society, a symptom in melancholy 
 and hypochondriasis. 
 
 Miscarriage. Abortion. 
 
 Misere're mei. Ileac passion. 
 
 Mi slaw. Musa paradisiaca. 
 
 Misletoe. Viscum album. 
 
 Misopto'cus. The gout. 
 
 MISTURA. (a, ce, f.) A mixture. A fluid 
 composed of two or more ingredients. It is 
 mostly contracted in prescriptions thus, mist., e. 
 g., /. mist., which means, let a mixture be made. 
 
 Mistura acacia. See Mucilago acacice. 
 
 Mistura althe'jE. Decoctum althese. 
 
 Mistura ammoniaci. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 Mixture of ammoniacum. Take of ammonia- 
 cum, 3ij. ; water, Oss. Rub the ammoniacum 
 witli the water gradually till they are thor- 
 oughly mixed. Expectorant. Dose, f. fj. 
 
 Mistura amygdala. (U. S.) M. amygda- 
 larum. Almond mixture or emulsion. Take 
 of almond confection, fj.; distilled water, Oss. 
 Mix and strain. Demulcent. 
 
 Mistura assafoxtida. (U. S.,Ph. L.) Mix- 
 ture of assafaetida. Take of assafoetida, 31J . ; 
 water, Oss. Rub with the water till thoroughly 
 mixed. Used in enema. 
 
 Mistura assafcetida pro clysmate. Ene- 
 ma foetidum. 
 
 Mistura camphors. Camphor mixture. 
 See Aqua camphorce. 
 
 Mistura cascariix.se composita. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound mixture of cascarilla. Take of in- 
 fusion of cascarilla, f. fxvij.; vinegar of squill, 
 f". 5 j . ; compound tincture of camphor, f. fij. 
 Mix. Said to be useful in chronic affections of 
 the mucous membranes of the lungs. Dose, f. 
 fj. to f. fiss. 
 
 Mistura cornu usti. Decoction of harts- 
 horn. Omitted from the Loudon Pharmacopoeia 
 in the last edition. 
 
 Mistura creasoti. M. creazotce. (Ph. E.) 
 Creasote mixture. Take of creasote and acetic 
 acid, of each, Hl'xvj. ; compound spirit of juni- 
 per and simple syrup, of each, f. fj. ; water, f. 
 f xiv. Mix the creasote and acid, and add the 
 water gradually ; lastly, add the spirit and 
 syrup. For its use, see Creasote. Dose, f. fj. 
 to f. fij., or more. 
 
 Mistura cret^;. M. calcis carbonatis. (U. 
 S.) Chalk mixture. Take of prepared chalk, 
 fss. ; sugar, gum arabic, of each, 313 . ; cinna- 
 mon water, and water, of each, f. fiv. Mix. 
 Antacid and absorbent. Dose, f. fj. to f. fij. 
 
 Mistura ferri aromatica. (Ph. D.) An 
 imperfect chalybeate of Peruvian bark, calum- 
 ba, and iron filings. 
 
 Mistura ferri composita. (U. S.) Com- 
 pound mixture of iron. Take of myrrh, pow- 
 dered, 3J.; carbonate of potash, gr. xxv.; rose 
 
 water, Oss. ; sulphate of iron, powdered, 3j. ; 
 spirit of lavender, f. f ss. ; sugar, 3J. Rub to- 
 gether the myrrh, the spirit, and carbouate of 
 potash ; and, during the trituration, add gradu- 
 ally, first, the rose water with the sugar, and 
 lastly, the sulphate of iron. Pour the mixture 
 immediately into a proper glass vessel, and stop 
 it. Tonic and emmenagogue. Dose, f. fj. to f. 
 f iss., three times a day. 
 
 Mistura gentianje composita. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound mixture of gentian. Take of com- 
 pound infusion of gentian, f. fxij.; compound 
 infusion of senna, f. f vj. ; compound tincture of 
 cardamom, f. fij. Mix. A laxative and tonic 
 mixture, used in dyspepsia with constipation. 
 Dose, fj. to fjss. 
 
 Mistura guai'aci. (Ph. L.) Compound 
 mixture of guaiacum. Take of guaiacum resin, 
 3iij.; sugar, § ss. ; mucilage of gum, f. f ss. ; cin> 
 namon water, f xix. Rub the guaiacum with 
 the sugar, then with the mucilage, and pour on 
 the cinnamon water gradually. Dose, f. fj. 
 tof. fij, 
 
 Mistura Griffithii. Mistura ferri com- 
 posita. 
 
 Mistura hordei. (Ph. E.) Decoctum hor 
 dei compositum. 
 
 Mistura moschi. (Ph. L.) Musk mixture. 
 Take of musk, gum acacia, powdered, sugar, of 
 each, 3iij. ; rose water, a pint. Rub the musk 
 first with the sugar, then with the gum, and add 
 the rose water by degrees. Antispasmodic. 
 Dose, f. fj. to f. fij. 
 
 Mistura scammonii, (Ph. E.) Mixture of 
 scammony. Take of resin of scammony, gr. 
 vjj. ; unskimmed milk, f. f iij. Triturate the 
 resin with a little milk, and when it is suspend- 
 ed, add the rest slowly. An agreeable purga- 
 tive draught. 
 
 Mistura spiritus vini gallici. (Ph. L.) 
 Brandy, cinnamon water, a f iv. ; the yolks of 
 two eggs ; refined sugar, f ss. ; and oil of cinna- 
 mon, Tllij. It is used as a stimulant in the last 
 stage of low fever, and is well adapted to that 
 purpose. Dose, f ss. to f iss. 
 
 Mite. Acarus. 
 
 Mithridate mustard. Thlaspi campestre. 
 
 MITHRIDA'TIUM. (vm, ii, n.) Mithri- 
 date. This composition originally consisted of 
 but few ingredients, viz., twenty leaves of rue, 
 two walnuts, two figs, and a little salt. It was 
 afterward altered, and the number of ingre- 
 dients increased to sixty-one, and it contained 
 opium. 
 
 Mitral valve. Valvulamitralis. The valve 
 at the orifice of the left ventricle of the heart ; 
 so named from its resemblance to a mitre. 
 
 Mi'va. An old name of marmalade. 
 
 Mixed fever. See Synochus. 
 
 MIXTURE. See Mistura. 
 
 Mo. Molybdenum. 
 
 MNEMONICS. (From pvaofio, to recol- 
 lect.) The art of assisting the memoiy by 
 signs ; artificial memory. 
 
 Mo'aning. A diminutive of groaning. 
 
 M O B PL I T Y. Mobilitas. In Physiology, 
 great nervous susceptibility, often joined with a 
 tendency to convulsive aftections. — Cullen. 
 
 Mochli'a. The reduction of a dislocated 
 bone. 
 
MOL 
 
 MON 
 
 MODFOLUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of mo- 
 dius, a measure.) The central pillar of the 
 cochlea of the ear. See Auris. 
 
 MODUS OPERANDI. The mode of curing ; 
 an obscure term, inasmuch as the method of 
 cure is often unknown. The modus operandi 
 of medicines is one of the most debatable parts 
 of medicine, and the following views seem to 
 be each, in part, correct : 
 
 1. That some act by contact. 
 
 2. That some are absorbed into the blood. 
 
 3. That some act by impressing a change on 
 an organ which is propagated elsewhere by the 
 nerves. 
 
 Mofette. Nitrogen. 
 
 MOFFAT SPRINGS. A cold, sulphureous 
 water, at Moffat, in Scotland. 
 
 Mogila'lia. A difficulty of articulating cer- 
 tain syllables. 
 
 MO'LA. (a, ce, f.) 1. Knee-pan. 2. A mole, 
 or shapeless mass of flesh in the uterus. See 
 Mole. 
 
 MOI/AR. Molaris. (From mola, a mill- 
 stone.) A name given to the grinding-teeth. 
 
 Molares dentes. The grinding-teeth. See 
 Teeth. 
 
 Molares glandule. Molar glands. Two 
 salivary glands situated on each side of the 
 mouth, between the masseter and buccinator 
 muscles, the excretory ducts of which open 
 near the last dens molaris. 
 
 M O L A'S S E S . The uncry stallizable sugar, 
 combined with acid and extractive matters, 
 which drains off from muscovado sugar ; also, 
 the refuse of the process of refining sugar. 
 
 Moldavica. Dracocephalum moldavicum. 
 
 MOLE. Mola. By this term authors have 
 intended to describe different productions from 
 the uterus. By some it has been used to sig- 
 nify every kind of fleshy substance, particular- 
 ly those which are properly called polypi ; by 
 others, those only which are the consequence 
 of imperfect conception, or when the ovum is 
 in a morbid or decayed state ; and by many, 
 which is the most popular opinion, every co- 
 agulum of blood which continues long enough 
 in the uterus to assume somewhat of an or- 
 ganized form, and to have only the fibrous part, 
 as it has been called, remaining, is denominated 
 a mole. 
 
 Molecu'lar forces. The chemical forces, 
 as distinguished from mechanical forces, the 
 latter of which act on masses, while the former 
 operate on molecules. Fermentation, galvanic 
 action, and chemical action are molecular 
 forces. 
 
 Molecular motions. Those changes in the 
 grouping of elementary molecules which arise 
 in fermentation, catalysis, eremacausic and gal- 
 vanic decompositions, &c. 
 
 MO'LECULE. The smallest particles into 
 which a mass can be conceived to be divided. 
 
 Molecule, Purkinjean. The pellucid cen- 
 ter discoverable in the cicatricula of the egg; 
 the germinal vesicle. 
 
 Molendina'ceous. Like a windmill; re- 
 sembling the sails of a windmill. 
 
 Molle. Schinus molle. 
 
 MOLI'MEN. (From molior, to move.) A 
 cause which influences the system to certain , 
 436 
 
 effects; the word is nearly synonymous with 
 diathesis. 
 
 Mollifica'tion. Softening. 
 
 MOLLPTIES. (es, ei, f. ; from mollis, soft.) 
 A softness; applied to bones, nails, and other 
 parts. 
 
 Mollities cerebri. Ramollissement of the 
 brain ; a pathological state of the brain, in which 
 it is preternaturally soft. 
 
 Mollities ossium. Malacosteon. 
 
 Mollities unguium. A preternatural soft- 
 ness of the nails : it often accompanies chlorosis. 
 
 MOLLU'SC A. (From mollis, soft. ) A great 
 division of invertebral animals, including shell- 
 fish, snails, slugs, &c. 
 
 MOLLUSCUM. Mollusca. A disease of the 
 skin, characterized by the appearance of nu- 
 merous tubercles, of slow growth and little sen- 
 sibility, and of various sizes, from that of a vetch 
 to that of a pigeon's egg. These contain a 
 sebaceous matter, and are of various forms, 
 some being sessile, globular, or flattish, and 
 some attached by a neck, and pendulous. The 
 growth of the tubercles is apparently unconnect- 
 ed with any constitutional disorder : they show 
 no tendency to inflammation or ulceration, but 
 continue through life, having apparently no 
 natural termination. They are readily removed 
 by caustic, the knife, or ligature. 
 
 Molluccense lignum. Croton tiglium. 
 
 Mo'ly. MoXv. Allium moly. 
 
 Molyb'date. Molybdas. A salt of molybdic 
 acid. 
 
 MOLYBDE'NUM. (urn, i, n.) Molybdma. 
 It is a white, brittle, and very infusible metal. 
 Sp. gr., 8-6; eq., 47-8; sym., Mo. It forms 
 with oxygen MoO, Mo0 2 , Mo0 3 : the last is the 
 molybdic acid. 
 
 Molybdena. Molybditis. Molybdenum. 
 
 Moly'bdos. Mo?iv66oc. Lead. 
 
 MOME'NTUM. Moment. In Physics, the 
 available force of a moving body, that is, its 
 velocity multiplied into its weight. 
 
 Momi'scus. That part of the teeth which is 
 next the gums, and which is often covered with 
 a foul tartareous crust. 
 
 MOMO'RDICA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Moncecia. Syngenesia. Cucurbitacece. 
 — M. elaterium. Wild or squirting cucumber - 
 Elaterium. The dried sediment from the juice 
 of this plant is the elaterium of the shops. It 
 has neither smell nor taste, and is the most 
 powerful hydragogue cathartic in the whole 
 Materia Medica. Its efficacy in dropsies is 
 said to be considerable ; it, however, requires 
 great caution in the exhibition. From the 
 eighth to the half of a grain should be given at 
 first, and repeated at proper intervals until it 
 operates. The cathartic principle of this sub- 
 stance is elatin. 
 
 Momordica balsamina. The balsam apple, 
 an East Indian plant, yields a fruit much esteem- 
 ed as a vulnerary. 
 
 Momordi'cine. Elaterium. 
 
 M N-. MONO-. A common prefix (from 
 /j.ovoc, single), denoting unity. 
 
 MONAD. Monas. (From fiovoc, unity.) 1. 
 The most minute and rudimentary infusorial 
 animals. 2. The cells of the animal body are 
 termed monads. 3. A particle or atom. 
 
MON 
 
 MOR 
 
 MONADE'LPHIA. Monadelphous. (From 
 fxovog, alone, and a6e2,(j>ta, a brotherhood.) 
 Plants with hermaphrodite flowers, in which 
 all the stamina are united below into one body 
 or cylinder, through which the pistil passes. 
 
 MONA'NDRIA. Monandrous. (From fzovoc, 
 alone, and avrjp, a husband.) Plants with 
 hermaphrodite flowers, which have only one 
 6tameu. 
 
 MONA'RDA. (a, as, I) A genus of plants. 
 Diandria. Monogynia. Labiatce. — M.jistulosa. 
 The purple monarda. The leaves of this plant 
 have a fragrant smell, an aromatic and some- 
 what bitter taste, and possess nervine, stomachic, 
 and deobstruent virtues. An infusion is recom- 
 mended in the cure of intermittent fevers. — M. 
 punctata. Horsemint. The monarda of the U. 
 S. Pharmacopoeia is indigenous, and yields, by 
 distillation, an essential oil {Oleum monarda), 
 which is stimulant and powerfully rubefacient. 
 
 MONE'SIA. An astringent and stomachic 
 extract, from the bark of an unknown South 
 American tree. The dose is gr. ij. to 9j. 
 
 Monet-wort. Lysimachia nummularia. 
 
 Moniliform. Moniliformis. Necklace-like. 
 
 Monk's rhubarb. Rumex alpinus. 
 
 Monk'shood. Aconitum napellus. 
 
 MONNTNA POLYSTA'CHIA. A South 
 American plant of the family Polygalacece, the 
 bark of which is a powerful astringent. 
 
 _ Monoble'psis. An affection in which the 
 vision of both eyes is confused, while it is clear 
 with one only. 
 
 Monochla'mydeous. Flowers which have 
 but one envelope. 
 
 Monochro'matic. Having but one color. 
 
 Monocolum. The caecum. 
 
 MONOCOTYLE'DON. {en, onis, f. ; from 
 fjiovoc, one, and kotvXtjScjv , a cotyledon.) Hav- 
 ing one cotyledon or seed-lobe. 
 
 Monocotyle'dones. A tribe of plants which 
 have only one cotyledon ; as the grass and 
 coiti tribe, palms, orchis, &c. The endogenous 
 plants. 
 
 Mono'culus. 1. The name of a bandage 
 adapted to cover only one of the eyes. 2. A 
 one-eyed monster. 
 
 MONCE'CIA. Monoecious. (From fiovoc, 
 alone, and oiKia, a house.) A class of plants 
 having male and female organs in separate 
 flowers, but on the same plant. 
 
 Monog'astric Having but one stomach. 
 
 Monogr'aph. A treatise on one subject. 
 
 MONOGY'NIA. Monogynous. (From 
 fiovog, and yvvn, a woman, or wife.) An order 
 of hermaphrodite plants with one pistil. 
 
 Monohe'meros. A disease of one day's 
 duration, or a medicine which cures in one day. 
 
 Mono'icus. Monoecious. 
 
 Mono'machon. The caecum. 
 
 MONOMA'NIA. (a, <e, f. ; from iiovoc, one, 
 and fiaivofiai, I rage ; i. e., being irrational on 
 one subject only.) A form of insanity. See 
 Insanity. 
 
 Monope'gia. Hemicrania. 
 
 Mono pe't al o us. Monopetalus. One- 
 petaled. 
 
 Monophy'llous. Monophyllus. One-leafed. 
 
 Monopla'stic That which does not change 
 its form. 
 
 Mono'rchis. An epithet for a person that 
 has but one testicle. 
 
 Monose'palous. Having an undivided calyx. 
 
 Monospermous. Monospermus. Having one 
 seed. 
 
 MONS VENERIS. The triangular eminence 
 immediately over the os pubis of women, that 
 is covered with hair. 
 
 MONSTER. Monstrum. Any remarkable 
 exception to the ordinary laws of nature. In 
 Physiology, the term is applied to anomalies 
 of organization in which the individual differs 
 greatly in physical conformation or dimension 
 from other individuals of the species to which 
 it belongs. 
 
 Mo'ntanin. The bitter principle of the St. 
 Lucia bark, the Exostema floribunda. 
 
 Monthly courses. The menses. See Men- 
 struation. 
 
 MONTI'CULUS. {us, i, m.) A little 
 mountain. 1. This name has been given to 
 small eminences on the anterior part of the 
 thalamus nervi optici. 2. The mons veneris. 
 
 MONTPE'LLIER, CLIMATE OF. This 
 city, in the southeast of France, was at one time 
 considered one of the best residences for con- 
 sumptives: but it is hot, diy, and subject to 
 sharp winds : hence it is now regarded as alto- 
 gether unfit for their abode. 
 
 MOON. This satellite was formerly consid- 
 ered as very influential in producing disease, 
 and exacerbating the attacks of mania. Such 
 views are now abandoned to the superstitious. 
 
 Moon-wort. Ophioglossum lunaria. 
 
 Morbi publici. M. populares. Epidemics. 
 
 MO'RBID. (From morbus, a disease.) Re- 
 lating to disease ; diseased. 
 
 Morbid anatomy. The dissection of dis- 
 eased organs. 
 
 Morbid temperature. Any departure from 
 the normal temperature of 96° to 98°. A re- 
 markable elevation of temperature is sometimes 
 observable in the last stage of cholera and other 
 diseases. 
 
 Morbi'lli. Rubeola. Measles. 
 
 Morbilli regulares. Measles. — Sydenham. 
 
 Morbo'sum augmentum. A diseased growth. 
 
 Morbo'sus. Morbose. Sicklv; diseased. 
 
 MORBUS, {us, i, m.) A disease. 
 
 Morbus aphrodisius. Syphilis. 
 
 Morbus arquatus. The jaundice. 
 
 Morbus articularis. Gout. 
 
 Morbus astralis. Epilepsy. 
 
 Morbus attonitus. The epilepsy and apo- 
 plexy are so called by some writers. 
 
 Morbus Brightii. Bright's disease. 
 
 Morbus caducus. M. comitialis. Epilepsy. 
 
 Morbus csruleus. Cyanosis. 
 
 Morbus cceliacus. Mucous diarrhoea. 
 
 MORBUS COXA'RIUS. Hip disease. A scrof- 
 ulous disease nearly allied to white swelling. 
 It usually occurs in youth. The patient for a 
 long time complains only of a weakness and 
 weariness of the limb, attended with a slight 
 halt in walking, and a particular uneasiness 
 about the knee, and little or no pain. The dis- 
 eased limb will be found much emaciated and 
 considerably lengthened, even to several inches. 
 If the acetabulum be pressed upon, or the joint 
 rudely handled, the pain in it is exquisite. If 
 
 437 
 
MOR 
 
 MOR 
 
 the nates be examined after the disease has 
 made a little more progress, that of the affected 
 side will be found to be larger, to have lost its 
 natural roundness, and to have acquired a flat- 
 tened form, all arising from the increased size 
 of the joint, and from the emaciation of the 
 glutaei muscles. When the disease has arrived 
 at this stage, there is considerable pain, on the 
 joint being pressed upon, particularly on the 
 lore part, a little below the groin, and toward 
 the outside of the thigh, where the joint is 
 more superficial. 
 
 At this period of the disease, the lymphatic 
 inguinal glands, as in white swelling of the 
 knee, are sometimes enlarged. 
 
 The second stage is that which is accompa- 
 nied by or terminates in suppuration, and takes 
 place with greater or less rapidity, according 
 to the activity of the inflammation. When sup- 
 puration ensues, the disease generally termi- 
 nates in one of two ways : either, after the 
 suppuration is established, the head of the thigh 
 bone and the acetabulum being carious, an an- 
 chylosis takes place without the matter point- 
 ing externally ; or, the synovial membrane and 
 capsular ligament ulcerating, the soft parts sur- 
 rounding the joint inflaming, swelling, and 
 forming an abscess, the matter bursts out exter- 
 nally, and a serous fluid is discharged, mixed 
 with curdly flakes. Not unfrequently, in this 
 case, the patient dies, exhausted by the profuse 
 discharge and hectic fever. 
 
 When it has terminated in suppuration, there 
 takes place a remarkable retraction or shorten- 
 ing of the limb. The head of the bone is now 
 plainly out of the socket ; and, in consequence 
 of the destruction of the cartilages, ligaments, 
 and bone forming the acetabulum, the muscles, 
 more especially those which are implanted into 
 the trochanters, retract the bone, and shorten 
 the limb to a considerable extent. When the 
 disease has been of long duration, not only all 
 the soft parts immediately connected with the 
 joint are destroyed, but the caries, destroying 
 the acetabulum, penetrates deep into the bones 
 of the pelvis, attacks the head of the femur, and 
 even extends to its neck. 
 
 In the earliest stage, blistering, leeches, and 
 fomentations afford relief, but the great remedy 
 is an extensive caustic issue introduced in the 
 hollow behind and below the great trochanter, 
 with complete rest. If the joint has suppurated 
 or become carious, the limb ought to be kept 
 extended, because, should it anchylose, the ex- 
 tended position is the most serviceable in which 
 the limb can be fixed. While we pursue these 
 local means, the constitutional treatment in the 
 advanced stage of the disease should be the 
 same as in lumbar abscess : opiates to mitigate 
 pain, diluted sulphuric acid to restrain hectic 
 sweats, and bark, wine, and generous diet, to 
 support the strength. 
 
 Morbus djsmoniacus. M. deijicus. M. di- 
 vinus. Epilepsy. 
 
 Morbus fellifluus. Cholera. 
 
 Morbus gallicus. The venereal disease. 
 
 Morbus Herculeus. The epilepsy. 
 
 Morbus hispanicus. Syphilis. 
 
 Morbus indicus. M.italicus. The venereal 
 disease. 
 
 438 
 
 Morbus interlunius. M. insputatus. Epi- 
 lepsy. 
 
 Morbus infantilis. M. magnus. The epi- 
 lepsy. 
 
 Morbus maculosus Werlhofii. Purpura 
 hemorrhagica. 
 
 Morbus mercurialis. Eczema mercu- 
 riale. 
 
 Morbus metallicus. Colica pictonum. 
 
 Morbus Niger. Melsena. 
 
 Morbus pallidus. Chlorosis. 
 
 Morbus psoadicus. Lumbar abscess. 
 
 Morbus regius. The jaundice. 
 
 Morbus sacer. The epilepsy. 
 
 Morbus saltatorius. Chorea. 
 
 Morbus Sancti Johannis. M. St. Valentine. 
 Epilepsy. 
 
 Morbus scelestus. M. seleniacus. Epilepsy. 
 
 Morbus strangulatoriuz. Cynanche ma- 
 ligna. 
 
 Morbus truculentus infantum. Croup. 
 
 Morbus virgineus. Chlorosis. 
 
 Morchella esculenta. An edible and 
 agreeable fungus. This and the M. gigas are 
 the morels mostly used. 
 
 MORDANT. In dyeing, the substance com- 
 bined with the vegetable or animal fiber, in 
 order to fix the dye. 
 
 Mordi'cant. Mordicans. Calor mordicans. 
 A pungent heat. 
 
 Morel. Morchella esculenta. 
 
 More'tus . A cordial in which syrup of mul- 
 berries was an ingredient. 
 
 Morga'gni, humor or liquor of. A trans- 
 parent liquid found between the crystalline 
 lens and its capsule. 
 
 MO'RIA. (a, ce, f. ; from p-upoc, foolish.) 
 Morocis. A term of somewhat vague applica- 
 tion, but most generally used to signify that 
 variety of monomania in which the illusion it* 
 of a joyous character, and the patient a hero, a 
 great genius, &c. 
 
 Moribund. Moribundus. Dying. 
 
 MORI'NGA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Cruciferce. — M. al- 
 tera yields ben oil, remarkable for resisting a 
 great cold without freezing. 
 
 Moringa pterygosperma. The behen or 
 horseradish tree. A tropical shrub, the root3 
 of which are pungent, and the seed yield the 
 bland oil of ben or behen. The wood was 
 formerly known under the name of Lignum ne- 
 phriticum. 
 
 Moriopla'sty. Morioplastice. Autoplasty. 
 The restoration of lost parts. 
 
 Mo'ro. A small abscess resembling a mul- 
 berry. 
 
 Morochtus lapis. Morockites. An ancient 
 name of the agaric mineral. 
 
 Morosis. See Moria. 
 
 Morotro'phium. Morocomium. A lunatic 
 asylum. 
 
 Morphe'a. Lepra alphoides. 
 
 Morphe'tine. An amorphous orange body, 
 obtained by oxydizing the sulphate of morphia. 
 
 Morphew. An old English name for vari- 
 ous cutaneous affections of the face. 
 
 MO'RPHIA. {a, ce, f.) A principle of 
 opium and the poppy. It crystallizes in right 
 rhombic prisms ; is hard, colorless, bitter ; al- 
 
MOR 
 
 MOB 
 
 most insoluble in water and ether, but soluble 
 in alcohol. It is alkaline in its reaction, and 
 has the composition of C35H20NO6. Morphia 
 is colored red by niti-ic acid, brownish-red by 
 iodic acid, and it strikes a deep blue with solu- 
 tion of perchloride of iron. The salts of mor- 
 phia most used are the hydrochlorate, acetate, 
 sulphate, and citrate, all of which can be form- 
 ed by acting on the alkaloid by the respective 
 acids ; and this is the method recommended by 
 the United States' Pharmacopoeia. The same 
 work adopts the following process for obtaining 
 morphia: Take of opium, sliced, ibj.; distilled 
 water, alcohol, of each q. s. ; solution of ammo- 
 nia, f. 5 vj. Macerate the opium in the water, 
 kneading it thoroughly, and evaporate so as to 
 have Ovj. of filtered infusion; add to this Ov. 
 of alcohol, and f. jjiij. of the ammonia, mixed 
 with Oss. of alcohol. In twenty-four hours 
 add the rest of the ammonia, mixed with Oss. 
 of alcohol. The crystals deposit by rest, and 
 may be further purified by dissolving in hot 
 alcohol, and filtering through animal charcoal. 
 
 Medical Properties. — In doses of from a quar- 
 ter of a grain to one grain, morphia and its salts 
 produce a sense of fullness in the head, dis- 
 turbed vision, sometimes headache, giddiness, 
 somnolency, or disturbed sleep ; the pupils are 
 usually contracted, the pulse is commonly slow 
 and small, but may be soft and full. When 
 these effects subside, there is muscular feeble- 
 ness, impaired appetite, and constipation. In 
 larger doses there is great cerebral excitement, 
 sudden convulsive movements, excessive weak- 
 ness, and, finally, in poisonous doses, symptoms 
 of apoplexy. The distinction between the ac- 
 tion of the salts of morphia and opium is in 
 producing less excitement, constipation, diaph- 
 oresis, and headache. Dose, as an anodyne, gr. 
 |th to £th, in solution, which has been increased 
 to gr. ij. in cases of insanity. For endermic 
 use, gr. j. to gr. iss. is employed. The muriate 
 or acetate is commonly preferred. 
 
 Morphije acetas. Morphina acetas. Ace- 
 tate of morphia. It is usually amorphous, 
 slightly colored, and requires a little acetic acid 
 to enable it to dissolve altogether in water. 
 The dose is gr. \th to gr. £th. 
 
 Morphia citras. Citrate of morphia. This 
 has been recommended by Magendie, who di- 
 rects a solution of sixteen grains of morphia 
 with eight of citric acid in an ounce of water, 
 to which a few drops of a solution of cochineal 
 may be added. Of this mixture, the dose is 
 gtt. vj. to gtt. x. 
 
 Morphia hydrochloras. Morphice anuri- 
 as. Hydrochlorate or muriate of morphia. 
 When pure, it is in feathery crystals; colorless, 
 bitter ; soluble in twenty parts of cold water. 
 It is officinal in most of the pharmacopoeias, 
 and the dose is gr. |th to £th. 
 
 Morphia sulphas. (U. S.) Sulphate of 
 morphia. It is crystalline and soluble. There 
 is an officinal solution, the Liquor morphice sul- 
 phatis, made in the proportion of one grain to 
 the ounce of water, and of which f. 3J. to f. 3ij. 
 is a dose. 
 
 Morphine. Morphina. Morphia. 
 
 MORPHO'LOGY. (From uop<pr], form, and 
 %oyoc a discourse.) A theory in botany which 
 
 refers all the parts of inflorescence to the leaf, 
 and regards them but as modifications. 
 
 MORPHO'NOMY. (From (iop<j)n, and vopoc, 
 a law.) The law of development or organie 
 formation. 
 
 Mo'rpio. Pediculus pubis. 
 
 MORS. Mortis. Death; the cessation of life 
 without undue violence. 
 
 Morsel'lus. A lozenge. 
 
 Mo'rsulus. 1. A little mouthful. 2. A 
 lozenge. 
 
 MO'RSUS. (us, us, m. ; from mordeo.) A 
 bite, sting, or grasp. 
 
 Morsus dia boli. The fimbriae of the FalL> 
 pian tubes. 
 
 Morsus ventri'culi. Cardialgia. 
 
 Mort de chien. The spasmodic cholera of 
 hot climates. 
 
 Morta. Pemphigus. 
 
 Mo'rtal. Morta' lis. Subject to death. 
 
 MORTALITY. Mortalitas. The rate op 
 proportion of deaths in a given place, disease, 
 &c. The mortality of different countries differs 
 from the climate, food, and moral condition of 
 the inhabitants. The statistical details upon 
 which the estimates of mortality in any place 
 must be based, are seldom of much value except 
 those formed within a few years. It would 
 appear from these that in the United States the 
 average duration of life is forty years, while in 
 South America it is but thirty years, and hi 
 Europe about forty-three years. 
 
 Mortality, bills of. The register kept in 
 cities of the deaths, marriages, and births. 
 
 MORTAR. A cup-shaped vessel of strong 
 materials, for the purpose of pulverizing solids, 
 &c. Mortars are commonly made of brass or 
 hard earthen-ware, but for chemical purposes 
 are of agate and hard steel. 
 
 Mortari'olum. 1. A little mortar. 2. The 
 socket of a tooth. 
 
 MORTIFICATION. (Mortificatio, o?iis, f . ; 
 from mors, death, and fio, to become.) When 
 any part of a living individual loses its vitality, 
 so that the circulation and all the other func- 
 tions cease, it is said to be in a state of mortifi- 
 cation. It may be acute and chronic; the former 
 is also sometimes called humid gangrene, and 
 the latter dry gangrene. 
 
 The terms gangrene and mortification are 
 often used synonymously ; but gangrene prop- 
 erly signifies the state which immediately pre- 
 cedes mortification, while the complete morti- 
 fication, or absolute death of a part, is called 
 sphacelus. A part which has passed into the 
 state of sphacelus is called a slough. When a 
 part becomes gangrenous it loses its natural 
 heat and sensibility, it becomes livid, and vesi- 
 cations appear on its surface. Although this 
 state generally leads to that of complete morti- 
 fication, a degree of vitality remains, and in 
 some rare instances the circulation is re-estab- 
 lished, and the part restored to health. When 
 sphacelus has taken place, the part becomes 
 black and putrid ; it is entirely dead and dis- 
 organized, and the living system must either 
 cast it off, or sink from the effects of the ab- 
 sorption of putrid matter. In the former case 
 a distinct line of demarcation of a vivid red is 
 seen between the dead and live parts. 
 
 439 
 
MOR 
 
 MOT 
 
 The ordinary causes of mortification are, in- 
 flammation, particularly that of the erysipela- 
 tous kind ; interruption of the circulation, or 
 innervation of parts ; severe mechanical injury ; 
 intense cold ; certain poisonous articles of food ; 
 and specific contagion. 
 
 Mortification, supervening on inflammation 
 or injury, is attended with a sudden and over- 
 whelming depression of the vital powers ; the 
 pulse is very rapid and feeble, the countenance 
 cadaverous, and the surface of the body covered 
 with a cold sweat. Hiccougn is a common 
 symptom, especially in mortification of the ab- 
 dominal viscera ; as in cases of strangulated 
 hernia. The following are peculiar cases: 
 
 1. Gangraena senilis, or dry gangrene of old 
 age, which usually commences in the shape of 
 a purple or black spot on the under surface of 
 one of the smaller toes, and gradually extends 
 tip the limb. It is sometimes attended with 
 great pain and constitutional disturbance, prov- 
 ing rapidly fatal, and at other times with hardly 
 any pain, little derangement of the system, and 
 a more protracted, though equally fatal issue. 
 
 2. The mortification arising from ergotism. 
 See Secale cornutum. 
 
 3. Hospital gangrene. Phagedcena gangre- 
 nosa, which is generally supposed to arise from 
 specific contagion. It consists in a very rapid 
 destruction of parts, not by the formation of 
 ordinaiy sloughs, but by the conversion of the 
 parts into an ash-colored viscid substance, in- 
 terspersed with bloody specks. It appears to be 
 an affection intermediate between phagedenic 
 ulceration and ordinary gangrene. It prevails 
 only in hospitals, where it is sometimes a per- 
 fect scourge, attacking every wound, however 
 trivial, so that the slightest operation can not be 
 performed with safety. 
 
 Treatment. — The first injury to the part is of 
 an active kind: there is symptomatic fever, and 
 full, quick pulse : in this stage, bleeding, pur- 
 gation, antiphlogistic regimen, and hot poultices 
 to the part, are necessary to hinder the gan- 
 grenous termination ; but if these do not suc- 
 ceed, the pulse becomes feeble, the fever passes 
 away — then nutritious soups, wine, carbonate 
 of ammonia, bark, and small doses of opium, fre- 
 quently given, are the chief remedies. 
 
 It will be advisable to apply stimulant reme- 
 dies to excite the ulcerative inflammation, by 
 which the dead are separated from the living 
 parts, as cloths dipped in camphorated spirits 
 of wine, turpentines, and resins, in the form of 
 hot dressings, tincture of myrrh and bark, warm 
 vinegar, and the red oxide of mercury. 
 
 When the gangrene is situated in the ex- 
 tremities, and the farther progress of the disease 
 is stopped, we either wait for the natural separa- 
 tion, treating the ulcerated surface like a com- 
 mon sore, or we perform amputation at a higher 
 point in the limb. In general, it will be better 
 to amputate as soon as the gangrene has stopped, 
 and the line of separation is fairly marked ; be- 
 cause, in this case, we have it in our power to 
 remove the limb at the place most convenient 
 for making a serviceable stump. We heal the 
 wound by the first intention, by which we effect 
 a cure in a far shorter time than we could cic- 
 atrize a large ulcerated surface ; and we always 
 440 
 
 procure a stump covered by a cushion of strong 
 integuments, including the true skin ; whereas, 
 after natural separation, the stump is only cov- 
 ered with a tender cuticle, which is prone to 
 ulcerate upon the slightest accident. 
 
 Mo'rum. Moras nigra. 
 
 MORUS NIGRA. The black mulberry-tree. 
 Mulberries abound with a deep violet-colored, 
 mucilaginous, and acid juice, which allays thirst, 
 partly by refrigerating, and partly by exciting 
 an excretion of mucus from the mouth and 
 fauces. The bark of the root is said, by Andree, 
 to be useful in cases of taenia. 
 
 Moscheljs'um. A compound aromatic oil,, 
 containing musk. 
 
 Mosaic gold. Aurum musivum. 
 
 Moschata nux. Myristica moschata. 
 
 Mosch. Musk. 
 
 Moscha'tus. Musky. 
 
 MO'SCHUS. (us, i, m.; Mosch, Arabian.) 
 Musk. See Moschus moschiferus. 
 
 Moschus moschiferus. The musk animal, 
 a ruminating quadruped resembling the ante- 
 lope. The musk is secreted in a small pouch 
 near the navel. It is slightly unctuous, of a 
 black color, having a strong, durable smell, and 
 a bitter taste. It yields part of its active matter 
 to water by infusion ; by distillation the water 
 is impregnated with its flavor ; alcohol dissolves 
 it, its impurities excepted. It is prescribed as 
 a powerful antispasmodic, in doses of three 
 grains or upward, even to half a drachm, in the 
 greater number of spasmodic diseases, espe- 
 cially in hysteria and singultus, and also in dis- 
 eases of debility. In typhus it is employed to 
 remove subsultus tendinum, and other symp- 
 toms of a spasmodic nature. In cholera it fre- 
 quently stops vomiting; and, combined with 
 ammonia, it is given to arrest the progress of 
 gangrene. 
 
 Moseley's pills. These consist of rhubarb 
 and ginger. 
 
 Mosquito. Culex. 
 
 MOSS. The species of musci which grow 
 on walls, old wood, trees, damp ground, &c. 
 
 Moss, carrageen. M., Irish. Chondrus 
 crispus. 
 
 Moss, pectoral. Lichen pulmonarius. 
 
 Moss, sea. Fucus helminthocorton. 
 
 Mosy'llum. Cinnamon. 
 
 MOTHER. 1. Mater. 2. Applied to many 
 chemical preparations and plants. 
 
 Mother of pearl. The shining internal 
 part of those shells which produce pearls. 
 
 Mother of thyme. Thymus serpyllum. 
 
 Mother-water. When sea water, or any 
 other solution containing various salts, is evap- 
 orated, and the crystals taken out, there always 
 remains a fluid containing deliquescent salts, 
 and the impurities, if present. This is called 
 the mother-water. 
 
 Mother-wort. Leonurus cardiaca. 
 
 Mother's mark. M. spots. Naevus. 
 
 Motility. Motivity. The power of moving. 
 
 MO'TION. Motio. Motus. 1. The act of 
 movement : it is commonly used for a motion 
 of the bowels. 2. In Physiology, motions are 
 divided into voluntary, and excited when it is 
 produced by the reflex function. We have also 
 a limited degree of movement spoken of as the 
 
M U C 
 
 M UG 
 
 motion of irritability, as in the contraction of 
 the muscular fibre of the heart, and ciliary mo- 
 tion, which is seen in the ciliae of animals, and 
 of the cells of mucous tissues. 
 
 MOTOR, (or, oris, m. ; from moveo, to 
 move.) A mover or stirrer: applied to mus- 
 cles, &c. 
 
 Motor oculi. See Motores oculorum. 
 
 Motor oculi externus. The sixth pair of 
 nerves. 
 
 Motor tract. The prolougation of the an- 
 terior columns of the spinal marrow through the 
 pons varolii into the crura cerebi, along which 
 the three motor nerves arise. 
 
 Moto'res oculorum. (Nervi motores ocu- 
 lorum; so called because they supply the mus- 
 cles which move the eye.) The third pair of 
 nerves of the brain. They arise from the crura 
 cerebri, and are distributed on the muscles of 
 the bulb of the eye. 
 
 Motor y. Motor. Motive, That which is 
 concerned in movement; that which produces 
 movement. 
 
 Motos. Morog. Lint. 
 
 Mould. Fontanella. 
 
 MOULDTNESS. That state of early decay 
 in which numerous minute fungi are produced. 
 
 Mountain ash. Sorbus aucuparia. 
 
 Mountain parsley, black. Athamanta 
 oreoselinum. 
 
 Mouse-ear. Hieracium pilocella. 
 
 MOUTH. Os. The aperture in animals by 
 which the food is taken in. In man, parts 
 which constitute it are the common integuments, 
 the lips, the muscles of the upper and under 
 jaw, the palate, two alveolar arches, the gums, 
 the tongue, the cheeks, and salivary glands. 
 The bones of the mouth are the two superior 
 maxillary, two palatine, the lower jar, and 
 thirty-two teeth. The arteries of the external 
 parts of the mouth are branches of the infra-or- 
 bital, inferior alveolar, and facial arteries. The 
 veins empty themselves into the external jugu- 
 lars. The nerves are branches from the fifth 
 and seventh pair. The use of the mouth is for 
 mastication, speech, respiration, deglutition, suc- 
 tion, and taste. 
 
 Mouth, sore. Aphtha. 
 
 MOXA. A process of counter-irritation, pro- 
 duced by burning a small cone or cylinder of 
 prepared cotton wool, the pith of the sun- 
 flower, or other combustible body, on the skin, 
 and thus forming an eschar. The cotton wool 
 burns more rapidly if prepared by soaking in a 
 solution of nitre, and drying. 
 
 Moxa Japanica. Artemisia chinensis. 
 
 Moxibu'stion. The cauterization by moxa. 
 
 Mu'cate. Mucas. A salt of mucic acid. 
 
 MUCIC ACID. Acidum mucicum. A white, 
 pulverulent, slightly soluble acid, produced 
 from grape sugar or gum by the action of nitric 
 acid. Formula, Ci 2 H 8 Oi 4 -l-2HO. By heat it is 
 partly converted into the volatile pyromucic acid. 
 
 MU'CILAGE. (Mucilago, inis,L) An aque- 
 ous solution of gum. 
 
 MUCILAGINOUS. Mucilaginosus. Gummy. 
 
 Mucilaginous extracts. Extracts that 
 readily dissolve in water, scarcely at all in spirits 
 of wine, and undergo spirituous fermentation. 
 
 Mucilago. Mucilage. 
 
 Mucilago acacia. (U. S., Ph. L.) Muci- 
 lage of acacia. Mucilago gummi arabici. Take 
 of acacia gum, powdered, f iv. ; boiling water, 
 Oss. Rub the gum with the water gradually. 
 Demulcent. 
 
 Mucilago a'myli. (Ph. L.) Starch muci- 
 lage. Take of starch, 5iv.; water, a pint. Rub 
 together, and boil. Demulcent; used in ene. 
 mas. 
 
 Mucilago semints cydonii. See Decoctum 
 cydonice. 
 
 Mucilago tragacanth.^:. (Ph. D.) Muci- 
 lage of tragacanth. Take of tragacanth, pow- 
 dered, 3J.; water, f. fviij. Macerate till dis- 
 solved. A pleasant demulcent. 
 
 Mu'cin. The animal matter of mucus. 
 
 Muciparous. Producing mucus; a name 
 given to the follicles of the mucous membrane. 
 
 Mucoca'rneus. An abscess which is partly 
 fleshy and partly mucous. 
 
 Mucoce'le. A distension of the lachrymal 
 sac with mucus. 
 
 Muco-enteritis. Enteritis. 
 
 Mu'cor. Mucus. Mouldiness. 
 
 Muco'sity. Miicositas. Mucous; having 
 somewhat the nature of mucus. 
 
 MU'COUS. Mucosus. (From mucus.) Of 
 the nature of mucus. 
 
 Mucous glands. Glandula mucosas. Mu- 
 ciparous glands. Glands that secrete mucus, 
 such as the glands of the Schneideiian mem- 
 brane of the nose, the glands of the fauces, 
 oesophagus, stomach, intestines, bladder, ure- 
 thra, «fec. 
 
 Mucous membrane. Mucous web. See 
 Texture. 
 
 Mucronata cartilago. Mucronatum OS. 
 The ensiform cartilage of the sternum. 
 
 Mucrona'te. Mucronatus. Sharp-pointed ; 
 dagger-pointed. 
 
 Mucu'na pruriens. Dolichos pruriens. 
 
 MUCUS, (us, i, m. ; from /xv^a, the mucus 
 of the nose.) The secretion of the mucous 
 membrane. It forms a layer of greater or less 
 thickness on their surfaces, and it is renewed 
 with more or less rapidity; the water it con- 
 tains evaporates under the name of mucous ex- 
 halation; it also protects these membranes 
 against the action of the air, of the aliment, the 
 different glandular fluids, &c. It is secreted 
 by the epithelial cells, and contains their de- 
 bris, with albuminous and saline matters, and 
 much water. 
 
 Mu'cus Malpighia'nus. The rete mucosum. 
 
 Mucus, vegetable. Gum. 
 
 MU'DAR. The Indian name of the Calotro- 
 pis gigantea, an asclepiadaceous plant. The 
 bark of the root is esteemed alterative and su- 
 dorific, and employed in venereal and cutaneous 
 affections in the dose of gr. iij. to gr. 3ss. The 
 dried milky juice is said to be a bitter prepara- 
 tion, and contains a peculiar body called mu- 
 darine. 
 
 Mu'ffle. A small, semicylindrical vessel of 
 earth en- ware, with slits on the upper side, in 
 which cupels are placed in the furnace, so that 
 their contents may be strongly heated, and yet 
 exposed to the action of air. 
 
 Mugwort. Artemisia vulgaris. 
 
 Mugwort, chinense. Artemisia chinense. 
 441 
 
MUR 
 
 MUS 
 
 Mu'l.e. Pustules contracted either by heat 
 or cold. 
 
 Mulberry. Mortis nigra. 
 
 Mulbe'rry calculus. The oxalate of lime 
 calculus. See Calculus. 
 
 Mule. See Hybrid. 
 
 Mule's fern. Asplenium hemionitis. 
 
 Mulie'bria. 1. The menses. 2. The vulva. 
 
 Mullein. Verbascum thlaspus. 
 
 Mullet. See Mullus. 
 
 MU'LLUS. A genus of fishes, of the order 
 Thoracici. — M. barbatus. M. ruber. The red 
 surmullet. — M. sarmuletus. The striped sur- 
 mullet. 
 
 Mulsum. Hydromeli. 
 
 Multa'ngular. Multangularis. Many cor- 
 nered or angular. 
 
 Multicuspidati. The three large molars. 
 
 MULTI'FIDUS. Multifid. Divided into 
 many parts. 
 
 Multifidus spin.e. Under this name Albi- 
 nus has included those portions of muscular 
 flesh, intermixed with tendinous fibres, which 
 lie close to the posterior part of the spine, and 
 ■which Douglas and Winslow have described as 
 three distinct muscles, under the names of trans- 
 versales, or transverso-spinales, of the loins, back, 
 and neck. The multifidus spinae arises, ten- 
 dinous and fleshy, from the upper convex sur- 
 face of the os sacrum, from the posterior adjoin- 
 ing part of the ilium, from the oblique and 
 transverse processes of all the lumbar vertebrae, 
 from the transverse processes of all the dorsal 
 vertebra?, and from those of the cervical verte- 
 brae, excepting the three first. From all these 
 origins the fibres of the muscles run in an oblique 
 direction, and are inserted, by distinct tendons, 
 into the spinous processes of all the vertebrae of 
 the loins and back, and likewise into those of 
 the six inferior vertebrae of the neck. When 
 this muscle acts singly, it extends the back 
 obliquely, or moves it to one side ; when both 
 muscles act, they extend the vertebrae back- 
 ward. 
 
 Multiflo'rus. Many -flowered. 
 
 Multiforme os. Ethmoid bone. 
 
 Multilobular. Multilocularis. Having 
 many cells : applied to seed-vessels. 
 
 Multipartite. Multipartitus. Having 
 many and deep divisions. 
 
 Mu'ltipes. 1. The wood-louse. 2. The 
 polypus. 
 
 Mu'ltivalve. Multivalvis. Having more 
 than two valves. 
 
 Mummy. Mumia. Powder of mummy was 
 long considered alexipharmic. 
 
 Mumps. Parotitis. 
 
 MUNDICATPVUS. Mundificans. (From 
 mundo, to cleanse.) Having the property of 
 purifying and cleansing away foulness. 
 
 Mungos. Ophiorrhiza mungos. 
 
 MUR^E'NA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of fishes of 
 the order Apodes. — M. anguilla. The com- 
 mon eel. — M. conger. The conger, or sea eel. 
 — M. helena. M. romana. The Roman eel. 
 
 Mural. Muralis. Appertaining to a wall. 
 
 Mura'ria. Asplenium murale. 
 
 Mure'xan. Purpuric acid. A product of 
 the decomposition of uric acid. 
 
 M ure'xide . Purpurate of ammonia : a crys- 
 442 
 
 talline body of a rich red by transmitted, and 
 green by a reflected light. It is derived from 
 uric acid. Formula, Ci 2 H 6 N 5 08. 
 
 Muria. Brine. 
 
 Muriacite. Gypsum. 
 
 MURIAS. (as, atis, f.) A muriate or 
 chloride. 
 
 Murias ammonia. Ammonia? murias. 
 
 Murias antimonii. Chloride of antimony. 
 
 Murias baryta. Barii chloridum. 
 
 Murias calcis. Calcii chloridum. 
 
 Murias ferri. Ferri chloridum. 
 
 Murias ferri ammoniac alis. Ferri am- 
 monio-chloridum. 
 
 Murias hydrargyri. There are two nn> 
 riates of mercury. See Hydrargyri chloridum 
 mite, and Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum. 
 
 Murias hydrargyri ammoniacalis. Hy* 
 drargyrum ammoniatum. 
 
 Murias hydrargyri oxygenatus. See Hy» 
 drargyri bichloridum corrosivum. 
 
 Murias potass^:. Potassii chloridum. 
 
 Murias potass^e oxygenatus. Potassa* 
 chloras. 
 
 Murias sod.e. Sodii chloiidum. 
 
 Murias stibii. Chloride of antimony. 
 
 M U R I A'T I C . (Muriaticus ; from muria, 
 brine.) Belonging to sea-salt. 
 
 Muriatic acid. Hydrochloric acid. 
 
 Muriatic acid, oxygenated. Chlorine. 
 
 Muriatic ether. Ether hydrochloric. 
 
 Muricate. Muricatus. Sharp-pointed. 
 
 Murmur, respiratory. See Auscultation. 
 
 MU'SA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. Poly* 
 gamia. Moncecia. Musacece. — M. paradisi'aca. 
 The plantain-tree of the tropics, the fruit of 
 which supplies the natives with much of their 
 food. — M. sapientum. The banana. M.fructu 
 cucumerino breviori. The fruit of this is smaller, 
 and more luscious. 
 
 Musadi. Sal ammoniac. 
 
 MU'SCA. (a, ce, f. MvLCKn; from p.v&, to 
 murmur.) A very extensive genus of insects, 
 of the order Diptera. The fly. 
 
 Musca hispanica. Cantharis. 
 
 Muscje volitantes. Pseudoblepsis. 
 
 MUSCLE. (Musculus, i, m. ; a diminutive 
 of mus, a mouse, from its resemblance to a flay- 
 ed mouse.) Muscles are formed of bands of 
 muscular fibre, made fast at the extremities into 
 ligaments, by which they are attached to bones 
 and other parts; they are plentifully supplied 
 with nerves, for the most part from the inter- 
 costals, and with arteries, veins, and absorbents. 
 Some are inclosed in a sheath of condensed cel- 
 lular tissue, others merely separated by ordi- 
 nary cellular tissue. The muscles are called 
 rectilinear, pennijorm, compound, &c, accord- 
 ing to the direction of their fibres. Those that 
 are opposed in action are called antagonists ; 
 those which conspire, congeners. Muscles are 
 voluntary, or subject to the will, or involuntary, 
 as the heart, intestinal muscles, bladder, &c., 
 acting independently of it, or, like the respira 
 tory muscles, may be of both kinds, or mixed. 
 When they terminate hi a round ligament, it is 
 called a tendon; when in a flat expansion, an 
 aponeurosis. The origin of a muscle is the most 
 fixed point to which its tendon is attached, and 
 the movable point is called its insertion 
 
MUS 
 
 MUS 
 
 A Table of the Muscles. 
 
 [The reader will observe that all the muscles 
 are in pairs, except those marked thus *.] 
 
 Muscles of the integuments of the cranium : 
 Occipito frontalis.* Corru gator supercilii. 
 
 Muscles of the eyelids : Orbicularis palpe- 
 brarum. Levator palpebral superioris. Ten- 
 sor tarsi. 
 
 Muscles of the eyeball : Rectus superior. 
 Rectus inferior. Rectus internus. Rectus ex- 
 ternus. Obliquus superior. Obliquus inferior. 
 
 Muscles of the nose and mouth : Levator pal- 
 pebral superioris alceque nasi. Levator labii 
 superioris proprius. Levator anguli oris. Zy- 
 gomaticus major. Zygomaticus minor. Buc- 
 cinator. Depressor anguli oris. Depressor labii 
 inferioris. Orbicularis oris* Depressor labii 
 superioris alceque nasi. Constrictor nasi. Le- 
 vator menti vet labii inferioris. 
 
 Muscles of the external ear : Superior auris. 
 Anterior auris. Posterior auris. Helicis major. 
 Helicis minor. Tragicus. Antitragicus. Trans- 
 versus auris. 
 
 Muscles of the internal ear: Laxator tym- 
 pani. Membrana tympani. Tensor tympani. 
 Stapedius. 
 
 Muscles of the lower jaw : Temporalis. Mas- 
 seter. Pterygoideus externus. Pterygoideus 
 internus. 
 
 Muscles about the anterior part of the neck : 
 Platysma myoides. Sterno-cleido-mastoideus. 
 
 Muscles between the lower jaw and os hy- 
 oides : Digastricus. Mylo-hyoideus. Genio- 
 hyoideus. Genio-glossus. Hyo-glossns. Lin- 
 gualis. 
 
 Muscles situated between the os hyoides 
 and trunk : Sterno-hyoideus. Crico-hyoideus . 
 Sterno-thyroideus. Thyro-kyoideus. Crico-thy- 
 roideus. 
 
 Muscles between the lower jaw and os hy- 
 oides laterally: Stylo-glossus. Stylo-hyoides. 
 Stylo-pharyngeus. Circumflexus. Levator palati 
 mollis. 
 
 Muscles about the entry of the fauces : Con- 
 strictor isthmi faucium. Palato-pharyngeus. 
 Azygos uvulce* 
 
 Muscles situated on the posterior part of the 
 pharynx: Constrictor pharyngis superior. Con- 
 strictor pharyngis medius. Constrictor pharyn- 
 gis inferior. 
 
 Muscles situated about the glottis: Crico- 
 arytamoideus posticus. Crico-arytanoideus lat- 
 eralis. Thyro-arytanoideus. Arytamoideus ob- 
 liquus* Arytcenoideus transversus* Thyro- 
 epiglottideus. Arytcena-epiglottideus. 
 
 Muscles situated about the anterior part of 
 the abdomen: Obliquus descendens externus. 
 Obliquus ascendens internus. Transversalis ab- 
 dominis. Rectus abdominis. Pyramidalis. 
 
 Muscles about the male organs of generation: 
 Dartos* Cremaster. Erector penis. Acceler- 
 ator urina. Transversus perinei. 
 
 Muscles of the anus: Sphincter ani* Le- 
 vator ani* 
 
 Muscles of the female organs of generation : 
 Erector clitoridis. Sphincter vaginas. 
 
 Muscles situated within the pelvis : Obturator 
 internus. Coccygeus. 
 
 Muscles situated within the cavity of the 
 abdomen: Diaphragma* Quadratus lumbo- 
 
 rum. Psoas parvus. Psoas magnus. lliacus 
 internus. 
 
 Muscles situated on the anterior part of the 
 thorax : Pectoralis major. Subclavius. Pec- 
 toralis minor. Serratus major anticus. 
 
 Muscles situated between the libs and within 
 the thorax : Intercostales externi. Intercostales 
 interni. Triangularis. 
 
 Muscles situated on the anterior part of the 
 neck, close to the vertebrae : Longus colli. Rectus 
 internus capitis major. Rectus capitis internus 
 minor. Rectus capitis lateralis. 
 
 Muscles situated on the posterior part of the 
 trunk : Trapezius. Latissimus dorsi. Serratus 
 posticus inferior. Rhomboideus. Splenius. Ser- 
 ratus superior posticus. Spinalis dorsi. Leva, 
 tores costarum. Sacro-lumbalis. Longissimus 
 dorsi. Complexus. Trachelo-mastoideus. Le- 
 vator scapula'. Semi-spinalis dorsi. Multifidus 
 spina. Semi-spinalis colli. Transversalis colli. 
 Rectus capitis posticus minor. Obliquus capitis 
 superior. Obliquus capitis inferior. Scalenus. 
 Interspinales. Intertransversales. 
 
 Muscles of the superior extremities : Supra- 
 spinatus. Infraspinatus. Teres minor. Teres 
 major. Deltoides. Coraco-brachialis. Subscapu- 
 lars. 
 
 Muscles situated on the os humeri: Biceps 
 flexor cubiti. Brachialis internus. Biceps ex- 
 tensor cubiti. Anconeus. 
 
 Muscles situated on the forearcn: Supinator 
 radii longus. Extensor carpi radialis longior. 
 Extensor carpi radialis brevior. Extensor di- 
 gitorum communis. Extensor minimi digiti. 
 Extensor carpi ulnaris. Flexor carpi ulnaris. 
 Palmaris longus. Flexor carpi radialis. Pro- 
 nator radii teres. Supinator radii brevis. Ex- 
 tensor ossis metacarpi pollicis manus. Extensor 
 primi intemodii. Extensor secundi internodii. 
 Indicator. Flexor digitorum sublimis. Flexor 
 digitorum profundus. Flexor longus pollicis. 
 Pronator radii quadratus. 
 
 Muscles situated chiefly on the hand : Lum- 
 bricales. Flexor brevis pollicis manus. Oppo- 
 nens pollicis. Abductor pollicis manus. Ad- 
 ductor pollicis manus. Abductor indicis manus. 
 Palmaris brevis. Abductor minimi digiti manus. 
 Abductor minimi digiti. Flexor parvus minimi 
 digiti. Interossei interni. Interossei externi. 
 
 Muscles of the inferior extremities : Pecti- 
 nalis. Triceps adductor femoi is. Obturator ex- 
 ternus. Gluteus maximus. Gluteus minimus. 
 Gluteus medius. Pyriformis. Gemini. Quadra- 
 tics femoris. 
 
 Muscles situated on the thigh : Tensor vagina; 
 femoris. Sartorius. Rectus femoris. Vastus 
 externus. Vastus internus. Cruralis. Semi- 
 tendinosus. Semi-membranosus . Biceps flexor 
 cruris. Popliteus. 
 
 Muscles situated on the leg: Gastrocnemius 
 externus. Gastrocnemius internus. Plantaris. 
 Tibialis anticus. Tibialis posticus. Peroneus 
 longus. Peroneus brevis. Extensor longus di- 
 gitorum pedis. Extensor proprius pollicis pedis. 
 Flexor longus digitorum pedis. Flexor longus 
 pollicis pedis. 
 
 Muscles chiefly situated on the foot : Exten- 
 sor brevis digitorum pedis. Flexor brevis digi- 
 torum pedis. Lumbricales pedis. Flexor brevis 
 pollicis pedis. Abductor pollicis pedis. Ad- 
 
 443 
 
MUS 
 
 M YE 
 
 ductor pollicis pedis. Abductor minimi digiti 
 pedis. Flexor brevis minimi digiti pedis. Trans- 
 versales pedis. Interossei pedis externi. In- 
 terossei pedis interni. 
 
 MUSCULAR. {Muscularis; from musculus, 
 a muscle.) Belonging to a muscle. 
 
 Muscular fibre. Fibra muscularis. Mus- 
 cles are composed of parallel bundles of fibres, 
 which, when separated as far as practicable, 
 are found to be tubes imperfectly cylindrical. 
 The tubes are surrounded with a transparent 
 membrane, and average a diameter of 3j^th of 
 an inch in man. The bounding membrane is 
 called the myolemma. These tubes are striated 
 in the voluntaiy muscles ; non-striate, and fur- 
 nished with knots at frequent intervals, in the 
 muscles of organic life. The case contains ele- 
 mentary globules in either kind, but these are 
 arranged in lines or fibrillae in the former, and 
 are merely contained in the sheath in the latter. 
 The fibrillae have a diameter of To j o 7 th of an 
 inch. The size of the non-striated tube is from 
 
 3W 
 
 jjj-g-. These two forms of muscular 
 bre differ only in regard to development, the 
 6triated being the most developed. Between the 
 tubes are arranged cellular tissue, uniting them, 
 and transmitting blood-vessels, lymphatics, and 
 an incredible number of nervous fibres, all of 
 which are arranged in loops, and return upon 
 themselves. The contraction of the fibre is due 
 
 of the fibrillae, the myolemma having nothing 
 to do with it. 
 
 Muscu'lar nerve. The fourth pair. — Wins- 
 low. 
 
 Muscu'lo-cuta'neous. Pertaining to the 
 skin and to a muscle. 
 
 Muscu'lo-cutaneous nerve. 1. The ex- 
 ternal cutaneous nerve of the brachial plexus. 
 2. A branch of the external popliteal nerve. 
 
 Muscu'lo-rachidian. Pertaining to the 
 spine and a muscle. 
 
 Muscu'lo-spiralis. The radial nerve. 
 
 Musculus. {us, i, m.) A muscle. See Mus- 
 cle. 
 
 Musculus acclivis. Obliquus ascendens 
 internus. 
 
 Musculus auxiliarius. M. Fallopii. Py- 
 ramidalis. 
 
 Musculus cutaneus. Platysma myoides. 
 
 Musculus Eustachii. Tensor tympani. 
 
 Musculus fasciae lat^e. Tensor vaginae 
 femoris. 
 
 Musculus patienti.^. Levator scapulas. 
 
 Musculus stapedius. Stapedius. 
 
 Musculus supercilii. Corrugator supercilh. 
 
 Musculus testis. Cremaster. 
 
 Musculus tubje nov^. Circumflexus 
 palati. 
 
 MU'SCUS. (us, i, m. ; from fioaxoc, tender.) 
 A moss. A cryptogamous plant, which has its 
 fructification contained in a capsule. See Li- 
 chen. 
 
 Muscus clavatus. Lycopodium. 
 
 Muscus cranii humani. Lichen saxatilis and 
 Usnea. 
 
 Muscus erectus. Lycopodium selago. 
 
 Muscus islandicus. Cetraria islandica. 
 
 Muscus marinus. Conferva rupestris. 
 
 Muscus maritimus. CoraUina officinalis. 
 444 
 
 MUSCUS SQUAMOSU3 TERRESTRIS. LyCOpO- 
 
 dium. 
 
 Mushroom. See Agaricus and Fungus 
 Mushroom, goat's-beard. Clavaria. 
 Mushroom, hedgehog. Hydnutn erinaceum. 
 Mushroom sugar. Sugar derived from ergot 
 
 Mu'siA PATTRIE. Moxa. 
 
 Mu'sico-ma'nia. Musomania. Melancholy, 
 with a passion for music ; or when the passion 
 for music is extravagant. 
 
 Musk. See Moschus. 
 
 MUSK, ARTIFICIAL. Let three fluid 
 drachms and a half of nitric acid be gradually 
 dropped on one fluid drachm of rectified oil of 
 amber, and well mixed. Let it stand twenty- 
 four hours, then wash it well, first in cold, and 
 then in hot water. One drachm of this resinous 
 substance, dissolved in four ounces of rectified 
 spirit, forms a good tincture, of which the mean 
 dose is twenty minims. In preparing the above, 
 great attention should be given to the washing 
 the resin, otherwise it is offensive to the stomach. 
 
 Musk-cranesbill. Geranium moschatum. 
 
 Music-melon. Cucumis melo. 
 
 Musk-seed. Hibiscus abelmoschus. 
 
 Mussel. Mytilus edulis. 
 
 MUSSE'NDA. A genus of plants. Pentan- 
 dria. Monogynia. — M. frondosa. Ray attrib- 
 utes a cooling property to an infusion or decoc- 
 tion of this plant, which the Indians drink by 
 the name of beleson. 
 
 MUSSITA'TION. Mussitatio. A movement 
 of the lips, as in the act of speaking, with little 
 or no audible speech. It indicates great cere- 
 bral debility, and is an unfavorable symptom in 
 low fevers. 
 
 MUST. The expressed juice of the grape. 
 
 Mustard. See Sinapis. 
 
 Mustard, hedge. Erysimum alliaria. 
 
 Mustard, mithridate. M., treacle. Thlas- 
 pi arvense. 
 
 Mustard, yellow. Sinapis alba. 
 
 Mu'ticus. Beardless ; awnless. 
 
 MUTPTAS. (as, atis, f. ; from mutus, dumb.) 
 Dumbness. See Aphonia. 
 
 Muti'tas surdo'rum. The speechlessnesa 
 of deaf persons. 
 
 Myaca'ntha. Ruscus aculeatus. 
 
 Myasthenia. Muscular debility. 
 
 My'ces. Mvktjc. A fungus. 
 
 Mycode'rma cerevtsi^:. The fungoid bodies 
 found in yeast. 
 
 Mycode'rma acet.e. The mother-vinegar, 
 or fungoid development found at the bottom 
 of vinegar casks. 
 
 Myco'melinic acid. An acid procured by 
 heating a solution of alloxan with ammonia. 
 Formula, C 8 H 5 N 4 05. 
 
 MYCTE'RES. MvKT V pnc. The nares. 
 
 Mycteropho'nia. Nasal voice. 
 
 Myde'sis. A corruption from redundant 
 moisture ; but Galen applies it particularly to a 
 purulent discharge from the eyelids. 
 
 My'don. A fleshy fungus in a fistulous ulcer. 
 
 MYDRPASIS. (is, is, f. MvSptaaig; deri- 
 vation doubtful.) A preternatural dilatation of 
 the pupil. 
 
 MYELI'TIS. (From fiveloc, marrow.) 
 This name has been given to inflammation of 
 the substance of the spinal cord. 
 
MYO 
 
 MY R 
 
 MYLABRIS. A genus of coleopterous in- 
 sects. — M. variabilis. This is brought from 
 China, and is used as a substitute for canthari- 
 des. — M. cichorii. This species is said to be 
 the same with the buprestis of the Greeks, which 
 Pliny tells us was used as a vesicatory. 
 
 Myla'cris. The patella, or knee-pan. 
 
 My'le. ~NLvlr). 1. The knee-pan. 2. A 
 mole in the uterus. 
 
 Mylo-glossus. Some fibres of the constric- 
 tor pharyngis superior have been so called. 
 
 MY' LO HYOIDE'US. It is a thin, flat mus- 
 cle, situated between the lower jaw and the os 
 hyoides, and is covered by the anterior portion 
 of the digastricus. It arises from all the inner 
 surface of the lower jaw, as far back as the in- 
 sertion of the pterygoideus internus ; it joins 
 its fellow, to form one belly, with an interme- 
 diate tendinous streak, or linea alba, which ex- 
 tends from the chin to the os hyoides, where 
 both muscles are inserted into the lower edge 
 of the basis of that bone. Its use is to pull the 
 os hyoides upward, forward, and to either side. 
 
 Mylo-pharyngeus. The constrictor pharyn- 
 gis superior. 
 
 Myoce'phalum. An incipient staphyloma. 
 
 Myocoili'tis. Inflammation of the muscles 
 of the belly. 
 
 Myo'deso'psia. Muscat volitantes. 
 
 Myody'xia. Pain in the muscles. 
 
 Myo'ides. 1. Like a muscle. 2. The pla- 
 tysma myoides. 
 
 ' MYOLE'MMA. (From five, and lefijxa, a 
 covering.) The transparent tube which con- 
 tains the muscular fibrillae. See Muscular fibre. 
 
 MYO'LOGY. (Myologia, <e, f. ; from five, a 
 muscle, and loyoc, a discourse. ) The doctrine 
 of the muscles. 
 
 MY'O'PIA. (a, a, f. ; from fivu, to contract, 
 and (otp, the eye.) Near-sightedness: persons 
 are considered near-sighted who can not see dis- 
 tinctly above twenty inches. The term is also 
 applied to the exercise of vision at shorter dis- 
 tances than usual. In short-sightedness, the 
 rays of light are brought to a focus at a point 
 too near the crystalline lens to impress a dis- 
 tinct image on the retina. This disease arises 
 from, 1. Too great a convexity of the cornea. 
 2. Too great a longitude of the bulb. 3. Too 
 great a convexity of the anterior superficies of 
 the crystalline lens. 4. Too great a density of 
 the cornea, or humors of the eye. 5. Too di- 
 lated a pupil. 6. Infants, from the great con- 
 vexity of the cornea, are often myopes ; but, by 
 degrees, as they advance in years, they per- 
 ceive objects more remotely, by the cornea 
 becoming less convex. The palliative of this 
 disease is a pair of concave spectacles, or mini- 
 fying glasses. 
 
 JVrY'OPS. (ops, apis, n. ; from fivu, to con- 
 tract, and uip, the eye.) One who is near- 
 sighted. 
 
 MY'O'SIS. (is, is, f. Mvogic.) A disease 
 of the eye, which consists in a contraction or 
 too small perforation of the pupil. 
 
 MYOSITIS. Inflammation of a muscle. It 
 is the term applied by Sagar to acute rheuma- 
 tism. 
 
 Myoso'tis. Hieracium pilosella. 
 
 MYOTOMY. (Myotonia, m, f. ; from five, 
 
 and refivu, to cut.) The anatomy of the mus- 
 cles. 
 
 MYRI'CA. (a, a:, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Diascia. Tetrandria. Amentacea. — M. ceri 1 - 
 fera. The berries yield a green wax. The 
 root is strongly astringent. — M. gale. Dutch 
 myrtle, or sweet willow". The leaves, flowers, 
 and seeds have a strong, fragrant smell, and a 
 bitter taste. The infusion, given internally, is 
 stomachic and vermifuge. 
 
 Myri'cin. The ingredient of wax remaining 
 after digestion in alcohol. See Cera. 
 
 MYRFSTICA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Dia>cia. Monadelphia. Myristicacea>. — M. 
 aromatica. M. moschata. M- officinalis. The 
 nutmeg and mace tree. 1. The seed or kernel 
 (Nux myristica, Myristica nucleus') of the nut- 
 meg is aromatic and stomachic, and much used 
 in diarrhoeas and dysenteries. There is also 
 reason to believe that it has a narcotic power, 
 which resides in the essential oil. It contains 
 an expressed solid oil, which yields the Myris- 
 tic acid, by saponification. 2. Mace is the arillus 
 of the nutmeg. A thick, tough, reticulated, 
 unctuous membrane, of a reddish-yellow color, 
 which envelops the nutmeg. It has a pleas- 
 ant, aromatic smell, and a warm, bitterish, mod- 
 erately pungent taste. It owes its properties 
 to a solid oil (Myristica adeps), which is some- 
 times used externally as an unguent. — M. nux. 
 See Myristica moschata. — M. otoba. Tbis spe- 
 cies grows in Santa Fe, and also produces a 
 nutmeg. 
 
 MYRME'CIUM. A moist, soft wart, about 
 the size of a lupin, with a broad base, deeply 
 rooted, and very painful. It grows on the 
 palms of the hands and soles of the feet. 
 
 Myro'balax. See Myrobalanus. 
 
 MYROBA'LANUS. (us, i, f.) A myroba- 
 lan. A dried fruit of the plmn kind, brought 
 from the East Indies. All the myrobalans have 
 an unpleasant, bitterish, very austere taste. 
 They are said to have a gently purgative, as 
 well as an astringent and corroborating virtue. 
 — M. bellirica. The belliric myrobalan. — M. 
 che'bula. The chebule myrobalan. — M. citri- 
 na. Y r ellow myrobalan. — M. e'mblica. The 
 emblic myrobalan. — M. indica. The Indian, 
 or black myrobalan, of a deep black color. 
 
 Myrole'. A French term for a medicated 
 volatile oil. 
 
 My'ron. An ointment or medicated oil. 
 
 Myro'mc acid. A bitter, active acid of 
 black mustard. 
 
 Myrospe'rmum. Synonym of myroxylon. 
 
 Myro'syxe. An indifferent azotized body, 
 analogous to emulsin, found in the black mustard. 
 
 MYRO'XYLON. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Diandria. Monogynia. Leguminosa*. 
 — M. peruiferum. The tree which yields Pe- 
 ruvian balsam. It is a resinous substance, com- 
 bined with benzoic acid and volatile oil, and 
 has a fragrant odor. The balsam is cordial, 
 pectoral, and a restorative stimulant and tonic 
 Dose, gtt. x. to f. 3J- Externally it is recom- 
 mended as a useful application to relaxed ulcers 
 not disposed to heal. 
 
 Myro'xylon toluifera. See Toluifera 
 balsamum. 
 
 MY'RRHA. (a, <z, f. ; Hebrew.) Z/xvpvTj 
 445 
 
N A K 
 
 NAP 
 
 WLvppa. Myrrh. Supposed to be exuded from 
 the Balsamodendron myrrha. Good myrrh is of 
 a turbid black-red color, solid and heavy, of a 
 peculiar smell and bitter taste. It is a gum- 
 resin. Its medicinal effects are warm, corrob- 
 orant, and antiseptic : it has been given as an 
 emmenagogue in doses of from five to twenty 
 grains. The tincture is applied to ulcers, and 
 other external affections of a putrid tendency ; 
 and also as a wash, when diluted, for the teeth 
 and gums. 
 
 My'rrhis. Scandix odorata. 
 
 Myrsinel.e'um. Oil of myrtle. 
 
 Myrtaca'ntha. Ruscus aculeatus. 
 
 MYRTA'OE^E. The myrtle tribe of dicotyl- 
 edonous plants. Trees or shrubs with leaves 
 opposite, entire, and marked with transparent 
 dots ; flowers, polypetalous ; stamens, perigyn- 
 ous ; carpella, concrete ; inferior ovarium, with 
 several cells. 
 
 Myrti'danum. An excrescence growing on 
 the trunk of the myrtle ; formerly used as an 
 astringent. 
 
 Myrtiform caruncles. M. glands. Ca- 
 runculae myrtiformes. 
 
 Myrti'formis. The compressor naris. 
 
 Myrtillus. Vaccinium myrtillus. 
 
 Myrti'tes. An old medicine, prepared with 
 honey and the juice of the myrtle berries. 
 
 Myrtle. See Myrtus. 
 
 Myrtle, Dutch. Myrica gale. 
 
 My'rtochei'lides. The nymphae. 
 
 My'rton. Mvprov. The clitoris. 
 
 MY'RTUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Icosandria. Monogynia. Myrtacece. — M. bra- 
 bantica. See Myrica gale. — M. caryopky' llata. 
 The clove-bark-tree. The bark is a warm aro- 
 
 matic, of the smell of clove spice. — M. commu- 
 nis. The common myrtle. — M. communis ital- 
 ica. The berries are recommended in alvine 
 and uterine fluxes, and other disorders from re- 
 laxation and debility. They have a roughish 
 and not unpleasant taste, and appear to be 
 moderately astringent and aromatic. — M. pimen- 
 ta. Jamaica pepper, or allspice. Pimenta. 
 This spice is moderately warm, of an agree- 
 able flavor. The pharmacopoeias direct an 
 aqueous and spirituous distillation to be made 
 from these berries, and also an essential oil. 
 Dose of the powder, gr. x. to 3j. 
 
 My'stax. 1. The mustache. 2. The upper 
 lip. 
 
 MY'STRUM. An ancient measure. — M. mag- 
 num contained three ounces and eight scru- 
 ples when used for wine, and three ounces 
 when used for oil. — M. parvum contained 
 twenty scruples of wine, or six drachms of oil. 
 
 MY'TILUS. (us, i,m.) A genus of shell- 
 fish. — M. edu'lis. The edible muscle. It some- 
 times disagrees, producing indigestion, nettle- 
 rash, or a comatose affection. — M. margariti'f- 
 erus. The pearl muscle. 
 
 My'urus. A sort of sinking pulse, the sec- 
 ond stroke of which is less than the first, the 
 third less than the second, &c, the pulse thus 
 diminishing. Of this there are two kinds : the 
 first is when the pulse sinks progressively till 
 it ceases ; the other when it rallies again in 
 some degree, but finally fails. 
 
 Myxa. Mv£a. Mucus. 
 
 Myxosarcoma. A tumor, partly fleshy and 
 partly mucous. 
 
 My'xter. Myxoter. The nose or nostril. 
 
 Myze'sis. Sucking. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 1", The symbol for nitrogen. 2. In pre- 
 scriptions, a contraction for numero, in num- 
 ber. 
 
 Na. The symbol of sodium, from natrium. 
 
 NA'BOTH'S GLANDS. Nabotki glandulce, 
 V. ovulce. The mucous follicles of the mucous 
 membrane of the interior surface of the neck 
 of the uterus. 
 
 Na'creous. Reflecting iridescent light, like 
 pearl. 
 
 Na'cta. An abscess of the breast. 
 
 Na'ducem. A uterine mole. 
 
 NtE'VUS. (us,i,va.) A natural mark, spot, 
 or blemish. — N. malernus. A mother's mark. 
 A mark on the skin of children, which is born 
 with them. It may be dark blue or red, super- 
 ficial, or like a tumor, and consists of a small 
 aneurism by anastomosis. In the latter case 
 they are to be removed by the knife, ligature, 
 or caustic. 
 
 Na'i corona. Cowhage. 
 
 Nail. See Unguis. 
 
 NAJA. A genus of venomous Asiatic ser- 
 pents, including the N. vulgaris, or cobra di 
 capello, and N. hage, the aspic or asp. Their 
 bite is to be treated as that of the rattlesnake. 
 
 Naked. Nudus. 
 446 
 
 Na'kir. Wandering pains in the limbs. — 
 Schenck. 
 
 Nanceic acid. Lactic acid. 
 
 Nanus. A dwarf. 
 
 Nape of the neck. Nucha. 
 
 Nape'llus. Aconitum napellus. 
 
 Na'phjE flores. Orange flowers. 
 
 NA'PHTHA. (a, ce, f. Na<pda.) A native 
 combustible, oily liquid, of a yellowish-white 
 color, perfectly fluid and shining. It exhales 
 an agreeable bituminous smell. It occurs in 
 considerable springs on the shores of the Caspian 
 Sea, in Sicily, and Italy. It is used instead of 
 oil, and differs from petroleum obtained by 
 distilling coal only by its greater purity and 
 lightness. This fluid has been used as an ex- 
 ternal application for removing old pains, ner- 
 vous disorders, such as cramps, contractions of 
 the limbs, paralytic affections, &c. ; and inter- 
 nally as a vermifuge, and in asthma and con- 
 sumption. 
 
 Naphtha vitrioli. iEther sulphuricus. 
 
 NA'PHTH ALINE. A grayish-white sub- 
 stance, found during the rectification of the 
 petroleum of the coal-gas works, incrusting the 
 pipes. It may be obtained in thin white scales, 
 of a pearly brightness, by slow resublimation 
 
NAR 
 
 NAS 
 
 in glass vessels. Its specific gravity is 1-048. 
 It is insoluble in water, but very soluble in 
 ether, and moderately so in alcohol and oils. Its 
 form is Ci H 4 . 
 
 Napium. Lapsana communis. 
 
 NAPLES, CLIMATE OF. This is altogether 
 unsuited for the consumptive, from the wind, 
 called the sirocco, which renders the temper- 
 ature very changeable. 
 
 Napus dulcis. Brassica rapa. 
 
 Napus sylvestris. Brassica rapa. 
 
 Napy. See Sinapi. 
 
 Narca'phthum. NapKCMpdov. An aromatic 
 bark brought from India. It was used in fumi- 
 gations. 
 
 NARCE'INE. Narceina. A white crystal- 
 line, slightly bitter, indifferent principle of opi- 
 um ; slightly soluble in water, and fusing at 
 198° F. The diluted mineral acids strike a 
 blue color with it, but do not form salts. It is 
 supposed to be inert. Composition, C28H20NO12. 
 
 NARCI'SSUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Amarylli- 
 dacece. — N. pseudonarcissus. Common daffo- 
 dil. The root is emetic and cathartic, and the 
 flowers are said to be antispasmodic. The 
 dose of the former is 3ij.; that of the latter, 
 3j., or more. — N. odorus and N. lazeta are also 
 emetic. 
 
 NARCO'SIS. Narcotism. (Nap/cwatc; from 
 vapnou, to stupify.) The effect of a narcotic. 
 Stupefaction, with loss of nervous power, and 
 frequently vertigo, stertorous respiration, dila- 
 ted pupil, convulsive movements. When this 
 is the result of poisoning, stimulating emetics, 
 of which mustard is the best, should be admin- 
 istered. The bowels are to be cleaned by stim- 
 ulating injections, and the patient aroused by 
 stimulating drinks and bodily motion. 
 
 NARCOTIC. (Narcoticus; from vapKOco, to 
 stupify.) Medicines which have the power of 
 stupifying and diminishing the activity of the 
 nervous system. Most narcotics have a degree 
 of stimulating power, and this is manifested 
 chiefly when they are given in small doses, 
 while a full dose generally produces the nar- 
 cotic effect at once, without any apparent stim- 
 ulation preceding it. 
 
 To this class belong opium, hemlock, hen- 
 bane, belladonna, aconite, stramonium, cam- 
 phor, digitalis, tobacco, alcohol, ether, mix vom- 
 ica, leopard's bane, hop, strong-scented lettuce, 
 and a variety of other substances. Pnissic acid 
 has been considered as a narcotic, but it does 
 not seem properly referrible to this class. It 
 seems to be a direct sedative. 
 
 NA'RCOTINE. Narcotina. It crystallizes 
 in small, colorless, brilliant prisms, almost in- 
 soluble in water. It is a very weak base ; 
 form., C^H24NOi5. It is stupifying, and pro- 
 duces all the unpleasant effects of opium. It is 
 not used, but some of its salts are said to be 
 employed in the East Indies in intermittents. 
 
 Narcotism. See Narcosis. 
 
 Nard, Celtic Valeriana celtica. 
 
 Nard, Indian. Andropo^on nardus. 
 
 NARD OF THE ANCIENTS. Spikenard. 
 (Napdoc IvdiKTj of Dioscorides.) This appears 
 to be the root of the Nardostacliys Jatamansi of 
 Decandolle, a valerianaceous plant of the mount- 
 
 ains of India, still much esteemed as a perfume 
 and stimulating medicine. 
 
 Nardo'stachys. See Nard of the ancients. 
 
 Nardus italica. Lavendula spica. 
 
 Nardus Montana. JV. rustica. Asarum eu- 
 ropasum. 
 
 Narifuso'ria. Medicines dropped into the 
 nostrils have been so called. 
 
 NA'RIS. (is, is, f.) The nostril. The cav- 
 ity of the nostrils is of a pyramidal figure. The 
 two nostrils are composed of fourteen bones, 
 viz., the frontal, two maxillaiy, two nasal, two 
 lachrymal, two inferior spongy, the sphenoid, 
 the vomer, the ethmoid, and two palatine bones, 
 which form several eminences and cavities. 
 The eminences are the septum narium, the cav- 
 ernous substance of the ethmoid bone, called 
 the superior concha?, and the inferior spongy 
 bones. The cavities are three pair of pituitary 
 sinuses, namely, the frontal, sphenoid, and max- 
 illary ; the anterior and posterior foramina of 
 the nostrils ; the ductus nasalis, the sphenopal- 
 atine foramina, and anterior palatine foramina. 
 All these parts are covered with periosteum, 
 and a pituitary membrane which secretes the 
 mucus of the nostrils. The arteries of this cav- 
 ity are branches of the internal maxillary. The 
 veins empty themselves into the internal jugu- 
 lars. The nerves are branches of the olfactory, 
 ophthalmic, and superior maxillary. The use 
 of the nostrils is for smelling, respiration, and 
 speech. 
 
 Na'rta. A plant used in ointments. 
 
 NASAL. Nasalis. (From nasus, the nose.) 
 Appertaining to the nose ; for the parts of the 
 nose, see Naris. 
 
 Nasal fossae. The cavity of the nares. See 
 Naris. 
 
 Nasal nerve. A branch of the ophthalmic, 
 which passes to the inside of the orbit, and 
 gives off a branch which enters the nose by 
 the foramen orbitarium internum anterius, re- 
 enters the cranium through the cribriform plate 
 of the ethmoid bone, and again descends through 
 the same plate to the nose. 
 
 Nasal spines. 1. The superior nasal spine 
 occupies the center of the nasal notch of the os 
 frontis. 2. The inferior nasal spine is formed 
 by the junction of the two upper maxillaiy 
 bones, and is found at the inferior portion of the 
 nares. 3. The posterior nasal spine is formed 
 by the union of the two palate bones, and is 
 situated at the posterior part of the palatine arch. 
 
 Nasalis labii superioris. The orbicularis 
 oris. 
 
 Nasa'rium. The mucus of the nose. 
 
 Nasca'le. 1. A pessary. 2. A compress of 
 lint, or other soft material impregnated with 
 some medicament, intended to be introduced 
 into the vagina. — P. Morel. 
 
 Nasca'phthum. Nacna(j)dov. Narcaph- 
 thon. 
 
 NASCENT. (From nascor, to be bom.) In 
 the act of being produced or developed. In 
 Chemistry, this word is much used to distinguish 
 the difference in activity between many ele- 
 ments, as hydrogen, nitrogen, &c, when first 
 liberated from compounds, and when existing 
 in the gaseous state. The active body is there 
 fore termed nascent hydrogen, oxygen, nitro 
 
 447 
 
NAT 
 
 NEC 
 
 gen, &c. More recently, Berzelius has intro- 
 duced the word allotropism to distinguish the 
 fact of a variable state of activity found in most 
 elements, and the notation a, (3, y, 6, to rep- 
 resent the precise state of the element ; thus 
 we have alpha hydrogen, which is nascent or 
 active hydrogen, and J3 hydrogen, which is the 
 ordinary gas. The allotropic states of elements 
 seem to depend upon the molecular conditions 
 of the atoms, as respects the action of electric- 
 ity, light, and heat, for by the exposure of an 
 alpha element to a suitable force, it is convert- 
 ed into the beta, gamma, or delta condition. 
 Shonbein has showed this in the case of iron, 
 which, from the alpha or active state, is thrown 
 into the inactive by a galvanic shock ; and Dr. 
 Draper has also shown that (3 chlorine is con- 
 verted into a chlorine by the sun's light. 
 
 Nasi depressor. Depressor labii superioris 
 aleeque nasi. 
 
 NASI OSS A. The two small bones of the 
 nose, that ai*e so termed, form the bridge of the 
 nose. In figure they are quadrangular and ob- 
 long. 
 
 Nasi'tis postica. Angina nasalis. 
 
 Naso-loba'ris. The name given by Chaus- 
 sier to one of the filaments of the nasal nerve. 
 
 Naso-ocula'ris. Soemmering's name for the 
 nasal branch of the ophthalmic nerve. 
 
 Naso-pa'latine ganglion. A small ganglion 
 situated in the anterior palatine foramen. 
 
 Naso-palatine nerve. A twig sent out from 
 the spheno-palatine ganglion. 
 
 Naso-pa'lpebral muscle. The orbicular 
 muscle of the eye. — Chaussier. 
 
 Naso-supercilia'ris. The corrugator super- 
 cilii muscle. 
 
 NASTU'RTIUM. (w, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Tetr adynamia. Siliquosa. Cruciferce. 
 — N. aquaticum. Sisymbrium nasturtium. — N. 
 kortense. Lepidium sativum. — N. indicum. 
 Tropasolum majus. 
 
 Na'sum dilatans. The pyrmidalis nasi. 
 
 NA'SUS. (us, i, m.) The nose. The ex- 
 ternal part of this organ is composed of the dor- 
 sum, or bridge of the nose ; the lobe, or tip of 
 the nose ; the alee nasce, or sides of the nostrils ; 
 and the columna, or inferior termination of the 
 septum. See Naris. 
 
 Na'tans. Floating. 
 
 Nata'tion. Swimming. 
 
 NA'TES. (es, is, f.) 1. The buttocks. 2. 
 Two of the eminences of the brain, called tu- 
 bercula quadrigemina, are so named from their 
 resemblance. 
 
 Nates cerebri. The tubercula quadrigem- 
 ina. 
 
 Na'trium. Sodium. 
 
 N E C R M ' M I A. (From venpoc, death, and 
 aifia, blood.) Death, beginning by the de- 
 struction of the vital condition of the blood, as 
 in cholera. 
 
 NA'TRON. 1. Soda. 2. A native salt, the 
 impure subcarbonate of soda. 
 
 Natron muriatum. Sodae murias. 
 
 Natron pr^paratum. Sodse subcarbonas. 
 
 Natron tartarisatum. Soda tartarizata. 
 
 Natron vitriolatum. Sodse sulphas. 
 
 Natul^e. (Diminutive of nates.) The two 
 uppermost of four small eminences of the brain. 
 448 
 
 NATURAL. Naturalis. Appertaining to 
 nature. 
 
 Natural history. A description of natural 
 objects, as animals, plants, insects, fishes, min- 
 erals, fossils. 
 
 Natural orders. N. families. A division 
 or arrangement of animals, plants &c, from 
 their habits or characters. 
 
 Natural philosophy. Physics mechanical 
 philosophy. The science which investigates 
 the mechanical laws of nature ; and the rela- 
 tions of weight, movement, pressure, or of me- 
 chanical forces on masses. 
 
 Natura'lia. The parts of generation. 
 
 Nau'clea gambir. A plant which yields a 
 kind of catechu. 
 
 NAU'SEA. (a, «, f. favosa; from vavc, a 
 ship ; because it is a sensation similar to that 
 produced by sailing in a ship.) An inclination 
 to vomit without effecting it. See Sickness. 
 
 Nau'sea marina. Sea-sickness. 
 
 NAU'SEANT. Nauseans. Producing nau- 
 sea; that which depresses the vital energy, 
 and diminishes the heart's action. Small doses 
 of ipecacuanha, tartar emetic, and other emet- 
 ics, often repeated, produce this effect. 
 
 Nausiosis. Nautia. Nausea. 
 
 Nauticus musculus. The tibialis posticus. 
 
 Navew. Brassica rapa. 
 
 Na-vi'cular. Navicularis. Boat-like ; sca- 
 phoid. 
 
 NAVICULA'RE OS. Naviforme os. A bone 
 of the tarsus is so called, from its supposed re- 
 semblance to a boat. 
 
 Naviformis. Navicular. 
 
 Neapolita'nus mo'rbus. The venereal dis- 
 ease. 
 
 Near-sightedness. See Myopia. 
 
 Neat's-foot oil. Oleum bubulum. 
 
 NE'BULA. (a, a, f. ; from veQehy.) 1. A 
 superficial opacity of the cornea, occupying only 
 its outer layer. 2. The cloud-like appearance 
 in the urine, after it has been a little time at 
 rest. 
 
 NECK. Collum. The parts which form the 
 neck are divided into external and internal. 1. 
 The external parts are the common integu- 
 ments, several muscles, eight pair of cervical 
 nerves, the eighth pair of nerves of the cere- 
 brum, and the great intercostal nerve ; the two 
 carotid arteries, the two external jugular veins, 
 and the two internal ; the glands of the neck, 
 viz., the jugular, submaxillary, cervical, and 
 thyroid. 2. The internal parts are the fauces, 
 phaiynx, oesophagus, larynx, and trachea. 3. 
 The bones of the neck are the seven cervical 
 vertebrae. 
 
 Necro'des. Pertaining to death. 
 
 Necro'logy. A discourse on death. 
 
 Necrophobia. Morbid dread of death. 
 
 Necropneumo'nia. Gangrene of the lungs. 
 
 Necrosco'pical. Relating to the examina- 
 tion of dead bodies. 
 
 NECRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from vsKpou, to de- 
 stroy. ) This word, the strict meaning of which 
 is only mortification, is, by the general consent 
 of surgeons, confined to an affection of the 
 bones. The death of parts of bones was not 
 distinguished from caries by the ancients. 
 However, necrosis and caries are essentially 
 
NEP 
 
 different; for, in the first, the affected part of 
 the bone is deprived of the vital principle ; but 
 this is not the case when it is simply carious. 
 Caries is very analogous to ulceration, while 
 necrosis is exactly similar to mortification of 
 the soft parts. 
 
 Necrosis ustilagi'nea. A painful convul- 
 sive contraction of the limbs. See Raphania. 
 
 Necrot'omy. Dissection. 
 
 Ne'ctar. A drink of wine and honey. 
 
 Necta'rium. The nectaiy or honey-cup of 
 flowers. 
 
 Nedy'ia. The intestines. 
 
 Nedys. Nrjdvc. The belly. 
 
 Needhamia'na corpora. Needkam's bodies. 
 The spermatozoa found in the seminal reser- 
 voirs of the loligo. 
 
 NEEDLE. In Surgery, a number of sharp- 
 pointed, delicate knives, some of which have 
 an eye, are so called. 
 
 Needle, acupuncture. See Acupunctura- 
 tion. 
 
 Needle-bearer or carrier. The porte-ai- 
 guille. A pair of small forceps. 
 
 Needle, cataract. A delicate knife, at- 
 tached to a handle, for the purpose of depress- 
 ing or cutting up the lens in cataract. The 
 point varies considerably, being triangular and 
 curved in Scarpa's; fiat and curved in Dupuy- 
 tren's ; flat, with a semicircular cutting point, 
 in Hey's; and spear-pointed in Beer's, Sie- 
 bold's, &c. 
 
 Needle, hare-lip. A silver pin, furnished 
 with a movable steel head, which is taken off 
 as soon as the needle is inserted, the ligature 
 being wrapped around the pin. 
 
 Needle, seton. A long, narrow lancet, 
 pierced at the head for the thread or tape. 
 
 Needle, suture. A curved, flat needle, 
 both edges of which usually cut, but sometimes 
 the point only; also, the hare-lip needle. 
 
 Needle-shaped leaf. Acerosus. 
 
 Negro cachexy. See Cachexia. 
 
 Nelera. The lower part of the belly. 
 
 Nemoro'se. Nemorosus. Appertaining to a 
 grove or wood. 
 
 NEO'PLASTY. Neoplastics (From veoc, 
 new, and TrXaaao), to form.) The reparation 
 of parts by granulations, adhesions, or auto- 
 plastic processes. — Burdach. 
 
 Nep. Nepeta cataria. 
 
 Nepa theophrasti. Spartium scoparium. 
 
 NEPE'NTHES. (NrjTrevdef, from vn, priv., 
 and ttevOoc, grief.) 1. A remedy much cele- 
 brated among the ancients for allaying grief. 
 2. A name given by Theodore Zwinger to a 
 composition of opium, saffron, lignum aloes, cro- 
 cus solus, and ambergris. The laudanum of 
 Paracelsus. 3. A genus of plants. Diozcia. 
 Polyandria. 
 
 NE'PETA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiates. — JV. 
 cataria. The nep, or cat mint. Nepetella. The 
 leaves have a moderately pungent, aromatic 
 taste, and a strong smell, like an admixture of 
 spearmint and pennyroyal. The herb is rec- 
 ommended in uterine disorders, dyspepsia, and 
 flatulency, and much used in domestic medi- 
 cine. 
 
 Nepete'lla. The lesser catmint. 
 Ff 
 
 NEP 
 
 Ne'phela. The same as nebula. 
 
 Ne pheloi'des. Cloudy: applied to the 
 urine. 
 
 NEPHRALGIA, (a, ce, f. ; from vefpoc, the 
 kidney, and alyoc, pain.) Pain in the kidney. 
 
 Nephrelmi'ntic Relating to the presence 
 of worms in the kidney. 
 
 Nephremphra'xis. Obstruction of the kid- 
 neys. — Ploucquet. 
 
 NEPHRITIC. Nephriticus. Appertaining 
 to the kidney, or acting on the kidney. 
 
 Nephritic wood. Lignum nephriticum. The 
 wood of the Moringa aptera. 
 
 Nephritica. Medicines which act on the 
 kidueys. 
 
 Nephritica aqua. A spirituous distillation 
 of nutmeg and hawthorn flowers. 
 
 NEPHRITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from ve<ppoc, a 
 kidney.) Inflammation of the kidney. This 
 disease is known by fever, pain in the region 
 of the kidneys, and shooting along the course 
 of the ureter ; drawing up of the testicles ; 
 numbness of the thigh ; vomiting ; urine high 
 colored, and frequently discharged ; costive- 
 ness, and colic pains. Nephritis may be symp- 
 tomatic of calculus, gout, &c. 
 
 When the disease is pi'otracted beyond the 
 seventh or eighth day, and the patient feels an 
 obtuse pain in the part, has frequent returns of 
 chilliness and shiverings, there is reason to ap- 
 prehend that matter is forming in the kidney, 
 and that a suppuration will ensue. 
 
 The disease is to be treated by bleeding, 
 general and local, the warm bath, or fomenta- 
 tions to the loins, emollient glysters, mucilagi- 
 nous drinks, cathartics, and the general anti- 
 phlogistic plan. Blisters are inadmissible in 
 this disease ; but the linimentum ammonia?, or 
 other rubefacient application, may in some 
 measure supply their place. Opium will often 
 prove useful, particularly where the symptoms 
 appear to originate from calculi, given in the 
 form of glyster or by the mouth. In affections 
 of a more chronic nature, where there is a dis- 
 charge of mucus or pus, by urine, in addition 
 to suitable tonic medicines, the uva ursi in 
 moderate doses, or some of the terebinthinate 
 remedies, may be given with probability of 
 relief. 
 
 Nephritis albuminosa. Bright's disease. 
 
 NEPHRO-. A prefix (from vetypoc, the kid- 
 ney), relating to the kidney; as N epliro -pleth- 
 oric, pertaining to a congested state of the kid- 
 ney ; Nephro-spastic, relating to spasm in the 
 kidney. 
 
 Nephrocele. Hernia of the kidney. 
 
 Nephrodium filix mas. The new name for 
 the Aspidium filix mas, which see. 
 
 Nephrohje'mia. Congestion of the kidney 
 
 Nephrolithiasis. The gravel. 
 
 Nephro'lithos. A renal calculus. 
 
 Nephrolo'gy. Nephogra'pky. A treatise 
 on the kidney. 
 
 Nephro'ncus. Tumefaction of the kidney. 
 
 Nephrople'gia. Paralysis of the kidney. 
 
 Nephropyo'sis. Suppuration of the kidney. 
 
 NE'PHROS. Ne^poc. The kidney. See 
 Kidney. 
 
 NEPHROTOMY. (Nepkrotomia, <b, f.; 
 from ve<bpoe, a kidney, and teuvu, to cut.) 1. 
 
 449 
 
NEE 
 
 NER 
 
 The operation of extracting a stone from the 
 kidney, a proceeding which, perhaps, has nev- 
 er been actually put in practice. The cutting 
 into the kidney, the deep situation of this vis- 
 cus, and the want of symptoms by which the 
 lodgmeut of a stone in it can be certainly dis- 
 covered, will always be strong objections to 
 the practice. 2. The dissection of the kidney. 
 
 Nepi'otes. Infancy. 
 
 NE'RIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Apocynece. — N. an- 
 tidysente'ricum. The tree which yields the co- 
 daga pala bark. Cortex coda gee. palce. It grows 
 on the coast of Malabar. The bark has an 
 austere, bitter taste, and is recommended in 
 diarrhoea, dysentery, &c, as an astringent. — 
 N. oleander. Rose bay. The wood is poison- 
 ous; a decoction of the leaves, bark, &c, is 
 used to destroy vermin and cure itch. — N. tinc- 
 torium. This tree of Hindostan affoi'ds indigo. 
 
 Ne'roli oleum. Essential oil of orange 
 flowers. 
 
 Neroni'ana. Blood-letting. 
 
 Nerva'lia ossa. The parietal bones. 
 
 Nervalis. Nervous. 
 
 NERVE. {Nervus, i, m. ; from vevpov.) The 
 nerves are those long white cords which arise 
 from the brain and spinal cord, and are dis- 
 tributed to all parts of the frame, endowing it 
 with sensation and motion. The nerves are 
 distinguished into cerebral and spinal : the cere- 
 bral nerves are generally reckoned as nine 
 pairs; the spinal are thirty pairs, and are di- 
 vided into twelve pair of dorsal, five pair of 
 lumbar, and five of sacral. 
 
 Cerebral Nerves. 
 
 1. The first pair, or olfactory. These rise 
 from the under and back part of the anterior 
 lobes of the cerebrum by three filaments, two 
 of which are white, and one gray. One of the 
 white filaments may be traced into the corpus 
 striatum. Each olfactory nerve forms a bulb on 
 the cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone. From 
 this, numerous filaments, which are distinguish- 
 ed into internal, middle, and external, pass 
 through the foramina of the cribriform plate, 
 and are distributed to the Schneiderian mem- 
 brane. 
 
 2. The second pair, or optic nerves* These 
 arise partly from the nates, and partly from the 
 optic thalami. They proceed forward, beneath 
 the crura cerebri, to which they adhere, and 
 meet from the opposite sides in front of the 
 sella turcica, forming a commissure. The 
 nerves then diverge, and each passes through 
 the foramen opticum into the orbit, and ex- 
 pands into the retina. 
 
 3. The third pair, or motor es oculorum. 
 These arise from the under, inner, and back 
 part of the crura cerebri. They penetrate the 
 dura mater, pass through the cavernous sinuses, 
 and proceed through the foramina lacera an- 
 teriora into the orbit, where they are dis- 
 tributed to all the muscles of the eyeball, ex- 
 cept the superior oblique and the abductor. 
 Each gives a filament to the ophthalmic gan- 
 glion 
 
 4. The fourth pair, pathetici, or trochleares. 
 These arise from the valve of Vieussens. They 
 pass between the crura cerebri and cerebellum 
 
 450 
 
 to the cavernous sinus, along the outer side of 
 which they run to the foramina lacera anteriora, 
 through which they enter the orbit, and are dis- 
 tributed chiefly to the superior oblique muscle 
 of the eyeball. They are the smallest of the 
 cerebral nerves. 
 
 5. The fifth pair, or trigemini. These are 
 the lai-gest of the cerebral nerves. One is given 
 off on each side, from the lower and anterior 
 part of the crus cerebelli, near its junction with 
 the tuber annulare. It consists of very nu- 
 merous filaments, which are divisible into two 
 fasciculi, of which the anterior or smaller may 
 be traced through the pons varolii to the me- 
 dullary fibers prolonged from the corpus pyram- 
 idale, while the posterior and larger fasciculus 
 is found to arise from the corpus restiforme. 
 The compound nerve, thus constituted, enters 
 the dura mater just below the tentorium, and 
 passes into a canal formed for it by that mem- 
 brane. Here the fasciculi, which form the 
 nerve, diverge: those derived from the pos- 
 terior root form the Gasserian ganglion ; while 
 those derived from the anterior root pass for- 
 ward beneath the ganglion. From the anterior 
 margin of the Gasserian ganglion arise the oph- 
 thalmic, superior maxillary, and inferior maxil- 
 lary nerves. The portion which separates from 
 the rest, and passes beneath the ganglion, makes 
 its exit from the cranium at the same foramen 
 as the inferior maxillary nerve, with which it 
 immediately afterward incorporates. Now the 
 ophthalmic and superior maxillary are nerves 
 of sense only ; but the inferior maxillary is also 
 a motor nerve, which power it derives from 
 that portion which has been just described as 
 unconnected with the ganglion. Hence the 
 trigeminal nerve, taken as a whole, is a com- 
 pound nerve, entirely analogous to those of the 
 spine. For. the distribution of the three great 
 branches of this nervej see Ophthalmic nerve 
 and Maxillary nerve. 
 
 6. The sixth pair, or abducentes. These arise 
 on each side from the tuber annulare, near the 
 groove which divides it from the medulla ob- 
 longata. They pass along the basilar process 
 of the occipital bone, penetrate the dura mater, 
 pass through the cavernous sinus, and enter the 
 orbit through the foramen lacerum anterius, to 
 be distributed to the abductor muscle of the 
 eyeball. 
 
 7. The seventh pair. Each of these consists 
 of two nerves, the facial or portio dura, and the 
 auditory or portio mollis. See Portio dura and 
 Portio mollis. 
 
 8. The eighth pair. These consist on each 
 side of three distinct nerves, the glossopharyn- 
 geal, the nervus vagus, and the nervus acces- 
 sorius. 
 
 The glosso-pharyngeal nerve and the nervus 
 vagus are situated at the upper and lateral part 
 of the medulla oblongata. The nervus acces- 
 sorius ascends along the side of the spinal cord 
 and medulla oblongata to join the other two 
 nerves. 
 
 The glosso-pharyngeal nerve arises on each 
 side by several filaments from the lateral part 
 of the medulla oblongata, immediately below 
 the tuber annulare, and behind the corpus 
 olivare. These filaments unite into a single 
 
NEE 
 
 NE R 
 
 nerve, which is situated directly above the 
 nervus vagus. It is distributed to the root of 
 the tongue, pharynx, and larynx. 
 
 The nervus vagus arises by many fila- 
 ments, arranged perpendicularly along the 
 lateral part of the medulla oblongata, imme- 
 diately below the origins of the glosso-pharyn- 
 geal nerve. These filaments form six or eight 
 cords, which are united in the form of a flatten- 
 ed baud. 
 
 The glosso-pharyngeal nerve and the nervus 
 vagus proceed together outward and forward 
 to the foramen lacerum posterius, through which 
 they pass out of the cranium. 
 
 The nervus accessorius arises by several fila- 
 ments from the lateral part of the spinal cord, 
 between the anterior and posterior origins of 
 the cervical nerves. They unite into a single 
 nerve, which ascends through the foramen mag- 
 num into the skull, and thence proceeds out- 
 ward to the foramen lacerum posterius, through 
 which it passes with the two other divisions of 
 the eighth pair. 
 
 For the distribution of the two latter nerves, 
 see Pneumogastric nerve and Accessorius nervus. 
 
 9. The ninth pair, lingual, hypo-glossal, or 
 motores linguae. Each nerve arises by numer- 
 ous filaments from the furrow between the cor- 
 pus pyramidale and corpus olivare. It passes 
 through the anterior condyloid foramen, de- 
 scends behind the posterior portion of the di- 
 gastric muscle, and forms an arch with its con- 
 vexity downwai'd ; it then passes between the 
 lnylo-hyoid and hyo-glossus muscles to the 
 tongue, throughout the muscular substance of 
 which it is distributed. From the above-men- 
 tioned arch, a twig, termed descendens noni, runs 
 down in front of the sheath of the common car- 
 otid arteiy to the sterno-hyoid, sterno-thyroid, 
 and adjacent muscles. 
 
 Soemmering and other anatomists have di- 
 vided the encephalic nerves into twelve pairs, 
 viz., 1. The olfactory. 2. The optic. 3. Mo- 
 tores oculorum. 4. Pathetici. 5. Trigemini. 
 6. Abducenles. 7. Facial. 8. Auditory. 9. 
 Glosso-pharyngeal. 10. Nervus vagus. 11. 
 Accessory nerves, 12. Lingual. 
 
 This arrangement, though not commonly 
 adopted, is the true and natural one, as the 
 twelve pah's of nerves just enumerated are per- 
 fectly distinct. 
 
 Spinal Nerves. 
 
 Those nerves are called spinal which pass 
 out through the lateral or intervertebral foram- 
 ina of- the spine. They consist of thirty-one 
 pairs ; and each nerve has two roots, the one 
 rising from the anterior, and the other from the 
 posterior column of the cord. The fibres of the 
 posterior root, converge, and, while yet enclosed 
 in the sheath of the cord, form a ganglion. The 
 fibres of the anterior root converge in like man- 
 ner, passing by the ganglion, unite with the 
 fibres of the posterior root, and form one nerve. 
 Each nerve thus formed is therefore a com- 
 pound nerve. The researches of Sir C. Bell 
 have demonstrated that the spinal nerves have 
 a double function ; the anterior nerves being 
 motor nerves, and the posterior, sensatory 
 nerves. The spinal nerves are divided into 
 cervical, dorsal, lumbar, and sacral nerves. 
 
 Cervical Nerves. 
 
 The cervical nerves are eight pairs. 
 
 The first are called the occipital or suboccipi- 
 tal : they arise from the beginning of the spinal 
 marrow, pass out between the margin of the 
 occipital foramen and atlas, form a ganglion on 
 its transverse process, and are distributed about 
 the occiput and neck. 
 
 The second pair of cervical nerves send a 
 branch to the accessory nerve of Willis, and 
 proceed to the parotid gland and external ear. 
 
 The third cervical .pair supply the integu- 
 ments, of the scapula, the trapezius, and trian- 
 gularis muscles, and send a branch to form with 
 others the diaphragmatic nerve. 
 
 The fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth 
 pair all converge to form the brachial plexus, 
 from which arise the six following : 
 
 Nerves of the Upper Extremities. 
 
 1. The supra-scapular. 
 
 2. The sidjscapular. 
 
 3. The thoracic, which are usually three in 
 number. Two of them are anterior, and dis- 
 tributed to the pectoral muscles. The third, a 
 very long branch, is posterior, and distributed 
 to the serratus magnus muscle. 
 
 4. The circumflex, or axillary nerve, which 
 sometimes arises from the radial nerve. It runs 
 backward and outward around the neck of the 
 humerus, and ramifies in the muscles of the 
 scapula. 
 
 5. The external cutaneous, which perforates 
 the coraco-brachialis muscle to the bend of the 
 arm, where it accompanies the median vein as 
 far as the thumb, and is lost in its integuments. 
 
 6. The internal cutaneous, which descends 
 on the inside of the arm, where it bifurcates. 
 From the bend of the arm the anterior branch 
 accompanies the basilic vein, to be inserted 
 into the skin of the palm of the hand ; the pos- 
 terior branch runs down the internal part of 
 the forearm, to vanish in the skin of the little 
 finger. 
 
 7. The median nerve, which accompanies the 
 brachial artery to the cubit, then passes be- 
 tween the brachialis intemus, pronator ro- 
 tundus, and the perforatus and perforans, under 
 the ligament of the wrist to the palm of the 
 hand, where it sends off branches in every di- 
 rection to the muscles of the hand, and then 
 supplies the digital nerves, which go to the ex- 
 tremities of the thumb, fore, and middle fingers. 
 
 8. The ulnar nerve, which descends between 
 the brachial artery and basilic vein, between 
 the internal condyle of the humerus and the 
 olecranon, and divides in the forearm into an 
 internal and external branch. The former pass- 
 es over the ligament of the wrist and sesamoid 
 bone to the hand, where it divides into three 
 branches, two of which go to the ring and little 
 finger, and the third forms an arch toward the 
 thumb, in the palm of the hand, and is lost in 
 the contiguous muscles. The latter passes over 
 the tendon of the extensor carpi ulnaris and 
 back of the hand, to supply also the two last 
 fingers. 
 
 9. The radial nerve, which sometimes gives 
 off the axillary nerve. It passes backward, 
 about the os humeri, descends on the outside 
 of the arm, between the brachialis externus and 
 
 451 
 
N ER 
 
 NER 
 
 interims muscles, to the cubit ; then proceeds, 
 between the supinator longus and brevis, to the 
 superior extremity of the radius, giving off va- 
 rious branches to adjacent muscles. At this 
 place it divides into two branches ; one goes 
 along the radius, between the supinator longus 
 and radialis internus, to the back of the hand, 
 and terminates in the interosseous muscles, the 
 thumb, and three first fingers ; the other passes 
 between the supinator brevis and head of the 
 radius, and is lost in the muscles of the forearm. 
 Dorsal Nerves. 
 
 The dorsal nerves are twelve pairs in num- 
 ber. The first pair gives off a branch to the 
 brachial plexus. The upper dorsal nerves are 
 distributed to the muscles of the back, inter- 
 costals, serrati, pectoral, abdominal muscles, 
 and diaphragm. The five inferior pairs go to 
 the muscles of the thorax and abdomen. 
 Lumbar Nerves. 
 
 The five pair of lumbar nerves are bestowed 
 about the loins and muscles, skin of the abdo- 
 men and loins, scrotum, ovaria, and diaphragm. 
 The second, third, and fifth pair unite and form 
 the obturator nerve, which descends over the 
 psoas muscle into the pelvis, and passes through 
 the foramen thyroideum to the obturator mus- 
 cle, triceps, pectineus, &c. 
 
 The third and fourth, with some branches of 
 the second pair, form the crural nerve, which 
 passes under Poupart's ligament with the fem- 
 oral artery, sends off branches to the adjacent 
 parts, and descends, hi the direction of the sar- 
 torius muscle, to the internal condyle of the fe- 
 mur, whence it accompanies the saphena vein 
 to the internal ankle, to be lost in the skin of 
 the great toe. 
 
 The fifth pair are joined to the first pair of 
 the sacral nerves. 
 Sacral Nerves, and Nerves of the Infe- 
 rior Extremities. 
 
 There are five pair of sacral nerves, all of 
 which arise from the cauda equina, or termina- 
 tion of the medulla spinalis, so called from the 
 nerves resembling the tail of a horse. The four 
 first pair give off branches to the pelvic viscera, 
 and are afterward united to the last lumbar, to 
 form a large plexus, which gives off 
 
 The ischiatic nerve, the largest in the body. 
 The ischiatic nerve, immediately at its origin, 
 sends off branches to the bladder, rectum, and 
 parts of generation ; proceeds from the cavity 
 of the pelvis through the ischiatic notch, be- 
 tween the tuberosity of the ischium and great 
 trochanter, to the ham, where it is called the 
 popliteal nerve. In the ham it divides into two 
 branches. 
 
 1. The peroneal, which descends on the fib- 
 ula, and distributes many branches to the mus- 
 cles of the leg and back of the foot. 
 
 2. The tibial, which penetrates the gastroc- 
 nemii muscles to the internal ankle, passes 
 through a notch in the os calcis to the sole of 
 the foot, where it divides into an internal and 
 external plantar nerve, which supply the mus- 
 cles and aponeurosis of the foot and the toes. 
 
 Besides the encephalic and spinal nerves, 
 
 there is a set of nerves constituting what is 
 
 called the sympathetic or ganglionic system. 
 
 This has, till of late years, been described as a 
 
 452 
 
 single nerve, called the great sympathetic or 
 great intercostal, arising from the fifth and sixth 
 cerebral nerves ; but it is, in truth, a great col- 
 lection of ganglia, connected by filaments with 
 each other, arid with almost every nerve of the 
 frame. For a description of its course, see In- 
 tercostal nerve. 
 
 According to the views of Sir C. Bell, there 
 is a particular system of nerves which minister 
 to respiration. The medulla oblongata is com- 
 posed of three fasciculi on each side : an ante- 
 rior, which gives origin to nerves of motion ; a 
 posterior, which gives origin to nerves of sen- 
 sation ; and a middle, which gives rise to res- 
 piratory nerves. 
 
 A great portion of the spinal nerves concur 
 in producing the respiratory movements ; but 
 there are certain nerves which are the special 
 respiratory nerves of particular regions, and are 
 therefore most important. 
 
 These are, 
 
 1. The portio dura, or respiratory of the face. 
 
 2. The nervus vagus, or respiratory of the 
 larynx. 
 
 3. The glosso-pharyngeal. 
 
 4. The accessory nerve, or superior respira- 
 tory. 
 
 5. The phrenic, or great internal respiratory. 
 
 6. The posterior thoracic, or external respira- 
 tory. 
 
 Nerveless. Enervis. 
 
 NE'RVINE. {Nervinus ; from nervus, a 
 nerve.) Neurotic. Applied to that which re- 
 lieves disorders of the nerves. All the anti- 
 spasmodics, and the various preparations of 
 bark and iron are nervines. 
 
 Nervorum resolutio. Apoplexy and palsy 
 have been so called. 
 
 NERVOUS. Nervosus. Appertaining to a 
 nerve. Applied, in Medicine, to fevers and af- 
 fections of the nerves, and to medicines which 
 act on the nervous system. 
 
 Nervous attack. An attack of pain, spasm, 
 rheumatism, and nervous symptoms generally. 
 
 Nervous centers. The brain, spinal mar- 
 row, and ganglia. See Nervous matter. 
 
 Nervous diathesis. That description of 
 constitution which predisposes to nervous dis- 
 eases. 
 
 Nervous diseases. See Neuroses. 
 
 Nervous fever. See Typhus. 
 
 Nervous fluid. See Nervous system. 
 
 Nervous headache. See Cephalalgia. 
 
 Nervous matter. The substance of the 
 nervous system is distinctly separable into two 
 kinds : that of the ganglia and centers, and that 
 of the long nerves and plexuses. The gangli- 
 onic system is also called the nerves of organic 
 life, and the long nerves those of animal life, or 
 of relation; and in the inferior animals are oft- 
 en absent. The structure of these differs es- 
 sentially. The long nerves consist of a fibrous 
 system. They are composed of minute trans- 
 parent tubes, of --^th to ¥ oVo th of an inch in 
 diameter, and less in the brain. This contains, 
 firstly, a hollow cylinder of opaque white mat- 
 ter {Schwann's), and secondly, in the center of 
 the latter is a thread of the transparent or cine- 
 ritious nervous matter, constituting the axis 
 cylinder. Bundles of these fibres are usually 
 
NEB 
 
 NE R 
 
 inclosed in a cellular neurilemma, which also 
 serves to insulate them. In the development 
 of the fibrous nervous tissue, the tube is formed 
 of an accretion of cellules, and the nervous cen- 
 ters are subsequently introduced. The fibrous 
 system constitutes the white or medullary por- 
 tion of the brain, and of all the long nerves. 
 Its function appears to be solely the transmis- 
 sion or conduction of nervous influences from 
 the organic portions. The terminations of this 
 system dip into all the other tissues of the body, 
 and are looped, returning upon themselves, so 
 far as examination has been made. A plexus 
 of these seems to be intended for the accumu- 
 lation of sensory or motory power from several 
 ganglia into one structure, by which paralysis 
 is in some measure averted. The fibres are 
 farther divided into afferent or centripetal, or 
 those which convey nervous impressions from 
 the outside or periphery to the inner ganglia, 
 and efferent or centrifugal fibres. 
 
 The organic, ganglionic, or vesicular nervous 
 tissue (gelatinous of Henle) is found in the cin- 
 eritious matter of the brain, the spinal cord, 
 ganglia, axis cylinder of fibrous nervous tissue, 
 and is also dispersed over the tissues on which 
 the nerves of sense are scattered, as the pitui- 
 tary membrane, retina, papillae of the tongue, 
 and, in all probability, over eveiy part of the 
 periphery where the fibres terminate or are 
 looped. This tissue consists of globules, called 
 nerve or ganglwn globules. They are not nec- 
 essarily associated in any definite course, but 
 often lie amid fibrous nervous tissue, blood- 
 vessels, or are scattered over surfaces. The 
 primary form of the globule is spherical, but 
 they are flattened, stellated, &c, under the in- 
 fluence of pressure. They exhibit the rudiment 
 of a nucleus usually, are -g^o-th to y-J-^th of an 
 inch in diameter, and contain granules of trans- 
 parent cineritious nervous matter, without any 
 of the white substance. In the ganglia, brain, 
 &c, their mass appears colored, but this arises 
 from the presence of pigment cellules. The 
 globules usually occupy the centre of ganglia, 
 but in the brain are arranged on the outside ; 
 aud in every case their position is such as to 
 allow them to be abundantly supplied by blood- 
 vessels. Function. — The vesicular tissue is that 
 in which all nervous activity, sensation, and 
 impression occurs. It is grouped at both ends 
 of the conducting or fibrous tissue, and under- 
 goes constant metamorphosis under the stimu- 
 lus of appropriate agents. The metamorphosis 
 occurs from the periphery inward, and the re- 
 sult (imponderable or nervous fluid) is con- 
 veyed by the fibres to remote organs, and there 
 another change occurs in the vesicular tissue, 
 which affects the adj acent organ. The result of 
 this metamorphosis is the production of changed 
 tissues, perhaps the white substance, and, sec- 
 ondly, phosphoric acid, which is known to in- 
 crease in the urine with nervous activity, and 
 to be derivable but in small quantity from the 
 other tissues. The principal feature of the 
 metamorphosis is, therefore, the oxydation of 
 the phosphorus of the vesicular tissue •, the re- 
 sult, an imponderable nervous influence, very 
 analogous to, but different from, electricity. 
 Accompanying this, there is a constant accre- 
 
 tion of nerve aliment from the blood freely 
 circulating amid the vesicles. The effects of 
 metamorphosis in the ganglionic system is four- 
 fold: 1st. The production of sensation. 2d. Of 
 motion. 3d. The reflex action of the spinal 
 system, by which involuntary actions are car- 
 ried on by the specific excitement of different 
 bodies, as in the case of respiration, degluti- 
 tion, &c. 4th. In the local vesicular matter of 
 tissues and ganglia, it is accompanied with 
 suitable changes in the tissues and organs they 
 control, as secretion, repair, &c, &c. 
 
 The essential condition of nervous activity is 
 an abundant supply of pure arterial blood ; but 
 the function can not be maintained without 
 rest, during which repair occurs. If rest be 
 withheld, waste occurs, and irritability, and a 
 condition approaching to inflammation arises. 
 If the circulation be in excess by reason of its 
 rapidity, the nervous development is exalted to 
 disease, delirium and convulsions occur. If 
 congestion arises, by which the supply of aera- 
 ted blood is nearly cut off, nervous prostration 
 arises ; the same result flows from impure 
 blood and deficiency of blood. On the other 
 hand, all the functions of the nervous system 
 are exalted by an active circulation ; sensation 
 is keener, the mind more vigorous. An excited 
 circulation in parts gives rise to pain, even in 
 organs which are usually passive. 
 
 The composition of nervous matter, accord- 
 ing to Fremy, is as follows : 100 parts contain 
 20 of solid matter, one third of which is fibrin 
 and albumen, derived from the neurilemma and 
 investing tissue ; one third common fat, choles- 
 terine, cerebric and oleophosphoric acid, and 
 the other third of osmazome, which is a pro- 
 teine compound undergoing change, and saline 
 matters. Nervous matter, and especially the 
 brain, is remarkable for the large proportion 
 of phosphorus present in its tissue. This 
 amounts to from 8 to 18 parts in 1000, or one 
 twentieth to one thirtieth of the whole solid 
 portion. Moreover, it has been observed that 
 there is a deficiency of this element in the 
 brain of idiots. 
 
 Cerebric acid is a white, crystalline, and gran- 
 ular solid, slightly soluble in hot water, in 
 which it also becomes of a gelatinous appear- 
 ance. It is a fat acid, and forms insoluble 
 compounds for the most part. It is distin- 
 guished from most fats by containing both ni- 
 trogen and phosphorus, and is peculiar to the 
 nervous system. 
 
 Oleophosphoric acid is dissolved in combi- 
 nation with soda by ether. It forms soaps 
 with alkalies, and, when boiled in water or 
 alcohol, is resolved into a neutral oil, called 
 Cerebroleine, and two per cent, of phosphoric 
 acid. This oil is almost identical with oleine 
 of human fat. The oleophosphoric acid is not 
 known in a pure state ; but it is very remark- 
 able that it totally disappears as the brain pu- 
 trefies, leaving us to infer that it may be the 
 product of the metamorphosis of cerebric acid 
 by oxydation in the functions of the brain and 
 nervous system, and an intermediate step to- 
 ward the removal of the effete phosphoric acid 
 and restoration of oleine to general nutrition. 
 
 NERVOUS SYSTEM. This consists of the 
 453 
 
NEK 
 
 NEU 
 
 eucephalos and its nerves ; the spinal cord and 
 its nerves ; and the ganglia of the sympathetic, 
 and filaments connecting them with each other. 
 
 The h 
 
 generally considered as the organ 
 
 of the mind. Physiologists, in general, have 
 considered the brain as a single organ. Drs. 
 Gall and Spurzheim, however, regard it as a 
 congeries of organs, each of which is the seat 
 of some particular intellectual power, moral 
 quality, or animal instinct. 
 
 Several conjectures have been formed as to 
 the particular functions of the cerebellum. The 
 only two which seem worthy of any attention 
 are those of Flourens and Gall. Flourens found 
 in his experiments on animals, that when the 
 cerebellum was removed, the animals retained 
 the power of moving their muscles, but were 
 no longer able to combine then- action into ordi- 
 nary movements, and were incapable of stand- 
 ing, walking, springing, flying, &c. M. Flou- 
 rens hence concludes that the cerebellum is the 
 regulator of motion, and this opinion is counte 
 nanced in some degree by the experiments of 
 several other physiologists. Dr. Gall regards the 
 cerebellum as the organ of the sexual instinct. 
 
 Sir C. Bell regards the central portion of the 
 medulla oblongata as presiding over respiration, 
 and giving origin to the nerves which minister 
 to that function. The anterior and posterior 
 columns of the spinal marrow preside respect- 
 ively over common motion and sensation. Dr. 
 M. Hall has found, that in the case of the spinal 
 nerves, the action is of a reflex kind, and due 
 in every case to the action of a stimulus, wheth- 
 er mechanical, chemical, or mental. In the 
 simplest case, the extremity of the nerve, as of 
 a sphincter, is irritated by an appropriate stim- 
 ulus. It contracts independently of the will; 
 and even if the cerebrum be removed, this irri- 
 tation being communicated to the spinal cen- 
 ter, it gives rise to an appropriate motion. 
 Thus a morsel of food throws the muscles of 
 the pharynx into action. 
 
 Less is positively known of the functions of 
 the sympathetic than of any other portion of the 
 nervous system. The most prevalent ideas are, 
 that it is either the source of that power by 
 which the organic functions are carried on, or 
 the medium through which the actions of the 
 different parts of the nervous system are in some 
 way combined and modified for the production 
 of the organic functions. 
 
 Attempts have been made at different times 
 to explain the intimate actions which take place 
 in the nerves when they are thrown into op- 
 eration. Thus it has been supposed that the 
 nerves contain a subtle fluid, called the nervous 
 fluid, on the motions of which sensation and 
 voluntary motion depend. Another hypothe- 
 sis, maintained by Hartley, refers the phenom- 
 ena of the nervous system to vibrations in the 
 nervous substance. 
 
 Dr. Wilson Philip, from his well-known and 
 striking experiments on the power of galvan- 
 ism in sustaining the action of parts after their 
 nervous communication with the brain is cut 
 off, infers that the nervous and galvanic ener- 
 gies are identical. 
 
 Nervous quinsy. The globus hystericus. — 
 Heberden. 
 
 454 
 
 Ne'rvus. (us, i,m.) A nerve. 
 
 Nervus sympatheticus medius. The fifth 
 pair. 
 
 Nestiatria. The treatment of disease by 
 fasting. 
 
 Nes'tis. Nt/ctuc. The jejunum. 
 
 Nettle. Urtica dioica. 
 
 Nettle, dead. Lamium album. 
 
 Nettle-rash. See Urticaria. 
 
 NEURA'LGIA. (a, ce, f . ; from vevpov, a 
 nerve, and alyoc, pain.) Pain in a nerve. 
 Various parts of the body are liable to be affect- 
 ed with excruciating pain, which is quite inde- 
 pendent of any inflammation of the part, and 
 which may often be traced in the course of the 
 nerves. Such affections all come under the 
 head of neuralgia. In many cases they appear 
 to be strictly idiopathic ; in some, they are 
 symptomatic of derangement in the digestive 
 or other functions ; and in a third class of cases 
 they are the result of injuries of the nerves from 
 accidents or surgical operations. The principal 
 seats of neuralgia are, fke branches of the fifth 
 pair of nerves; the sacro-sciatic nerve; the 
 nerves of the female breast ; and those of the 
 hands and feet. When the disease occupies 
 the branches of the fifth pair of nerves, it is 
 called neuralgia facialis, or tic douloureux; 
 when it is seated in the sacro-sciatic nerve, it is 
 often confounded with very different affections, 
 under the name of sciatica. In a few cases of 
 neuralgia, the neurilemma has been observed 
 to be inflamed; and hence it has been hastily 
 inferred that neuralgia consists in inflammation 
 of a nerve; in the majority of cases, however, 
 no such appearances are to be detected ; and 
 hence, when they occur, they are to be regard- 
 ed as merely an effect of the disease. 
 
 The treatment of neuralgia will vary greatly 
 according to its cause. Where it is symptom- 
 atic, the primary disease is to be attacked; 
 when it is idiopathic, powerful tonic medicines, 
 morphia, leeches, and local counter-irritation 
 are generally found the most effectual means of 
 cure. Veratrine, aconitine, daturine. and bella- 
 donna have of late years received much notice 
 in neuralgia, applied in ointment or endermi- 
 cally. Carbonate of iron, in large doses, seems 
 to have been more frequently successful than 
 any other remedy, but bark and arsenic are 
 also in many instances decidedly useful. Where 
 the disease has any tendency to periodicity, the 
 bark is to be preferred to any other medicine. 
 Division of the affected nerve has often been re- 
 sorted to, but the relief derived from this is very 
 temporary, for the nervous connection is no 
 sooner re-established than the pain returns. In 
 a few melancholy instances, neuralgia is utterly 
 incurable, and the patient dies worn out by 
 years of torture, which admits of only partial 
 relief from large quantities of opium. 
 
 Neuralgia cubito-digitalis. When the 
 pain is from the minor condyle to the hand. 
 
 Neuralgia faciei. Tic douloureux. Neu- 
 ralgia along the facial nerve. 
 
 Neuralgia, femoro-popliteal. Sciatica. 
 
 Neuralgia of the heart. Angina pectoris 
 
 Neurasthe'nia. Instability; debility of the 
 uerves. 
 
 NEURILE'MMA. (a, atis, n. ; from vevpov^ 
 
NIC 
 
 NIP 
 
 and ?,efifia, the bark or covering.) The sheath 
 which invests the nerves, and also the several 
 fibrils of which they are composed. 
 
 Neu'rine. The fatty and albuminous matter 
 of which the nerves are formed. See Nervous 
 matter. 
 
 Neuritis. Inflammation of a nerve. 
 Neurobla'cia. Insensibility in a nerve. 
 Neurodynia. Neuralgia. 
 Neurography. Neurology. A treatise on 
 the nerves. 
 
 NEUROLOGY. (Neurologia, ce, f. ; from vev- 
 pov, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine of 
 the nerves. 
 
 NEURO'MA. Neuroma 'Hon. A painful tu- 
 mor situated on a nerve, and being a swelling 
 of it, or placed at the extremity of a nerve, as 
 in the case of the painful subcutaneous tubercles 
 of Wood. 
 
 Neurome'tores. The psoas muscles. 
 Neu'ron. A nerve. 
 
 Neuron o y s os. Neurosis. A disease of a 
 nerve. 
 
 Neuropa'thic. Relating to a disease of the 
 nerves. 
 
 NEURO'PTERA. (From vevpov, and nrepov, 
 awing.) The name of an order of insects with 
 four membranous wings of similar length. 
 
 NEURO'SES. (PI. Neurosis.) Nervous dis- 
 eases. The second class of Cullen's Nosology is 
 so called: it comprehends affections in which 
 sense and motion are disturbed, without either 
 idiopathic pyrexia or topical disease. 
 
 NEUROSTHE'NIA. (From vevpov, and o6e- 
 voc, force.) Preternatural nervous excitation; 
 the condition of inflammation in the nerves. 
 
 NEURO'TICA. (From vevpov, a nerve.) 
 Nervous; appertaining to the nerves: applied 
 to, L Diseases of the nervous system. 2. Ner- 
 vine medicines. 
 
 NEUROTOMY. (Neurofomia, as, f. ; from 
 vevpov, and rc/zv-w, to cut.) The dissection of 
 the nerves, or the division of a nerve. 
 
 Neur-ypno'logy. An account of the nerv- 
 ous sleep produced by fatiguing the muscles of 
 the eye, and commonly called magnetic sleep. 
 NEUTRAL. Neutralis. In Chemistry, saline 
 compounds which do not possess the characters 
 of an acid or alkali. 
 
 Neutral mixture. The liquor potassse ci- 
 tratis, made by saturating lemon juice with bi- 
 carbonate of potash ; a pleasant refrigerant and 
 diaphoretic. Dose, 3ij. to fss. 
 
 NEUTRALIZATION. Neutralisatio. When 
 acid and alkaline matter are combined in such 
 proportions that the compound does not change 
 the color of litmus or violets, they are said to 
 be neutralized. 
 
 New Italian doctrine. Contro-stimulus. 
 New Jersey tea. Ceanothus americana. 
 New leather sound. An auscultatory sound 
 resembling the creaking of the leather of a new 
 saddle. It is supposed to arise from the friction 
 of the heart on the pericardium when the lat- 
 ter is roughened by disease from consolidated 
 lymph, &c. 
 Ni. Nickel. 
 
 Nicaragua wood. The wood of caesalpina 
 echinata. 
 
 NTCKEL. A metal of great hardness, of a 
 
 uniform texture, and of a color between silver 
 and tin; and magnetical. Symb.,Ni. Equiv., 
 29-57. 
 
 NICOTIA'NA. (a,«,f.) 1. Tobacco. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. So- 
 lanacew. — N. americana. Nicotiana tabacum. — 
 N. minor. Nicotiana rustica. — N.rustica. Green 
 tobacco. This is much weaker than the Virgin- 
 ian tobacco. — N. taba'cum. The Virginian to- 
 bacco. Tabacum. The leaves are narcotic, 
 emetic, purgative, diuretic, and sternutatory. A 
 decoction of the leaves is sometimes applied asd 
 wash in porrigo, scabies, and other cutaneous 
 affections. The fumes and infusion are employ- 
 ed as enemata in strangulated hernia and some 
 other cases; they occasion extreme faintness 
 and relaxation, and require to be used with 
 proper caution, lest these effects take place to 
 a fatal extent. Vauquelinhas obtained a pecu- 
 liar principle from this plant; in which its active 
 properties reside. See Nicotin. Other species, 
 as the N. fruticosa, paniculata persica, and 
 quadrixalvis, yield also tobacco when prepared. 
 Nicotia'niw. Tobacco camphor. A s*tearop- 
 ten obtained by distilling prepared tobacco with 
 water; it is volatile, solid, and extremely acrid, 
 having the smell of tobacco. It is produced by 
 the curing of the leaves, not being found in the 
 green plant. 
 
 NTCOTIN. Nicotina. It is a colorless oily 
 alkali, and has the peculiar taste and smell of the 
 plant. It dissolves both in water and alcohol ; 
 is volatile and poisonous. Formula (CioH»N)? 
 
 NICTITATION. Nictitatio. Twinkling, or 
 winking of the eyes. 
 
 Ni'dulans. (From nidulor, to place in a 
 nest.) Nidulate. Hidden, as in a nest. 
 
 NIGE'LLA. (a, a>, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyandria. Pentagynia. — N. officinarum. 
 Agrostemma githago. — N. sativa. Devil in a 
 bush. Fennel flower. This plant was formerly 
 employed medicinally as an expectorant and 
 deobstruent, but is now fallen into disuse. 
 
 Nigella'strum. Agrostemma githago. 
 
 Niger. Black. 
 
 Night-blindness. See Hemeralopia. 
 
 Nightmare. See Ephialtes. 
 
 Nightshade, American. Phytolacca de- 
 candria. 
 
 Nightshade, deadly. Atropa belladonna. 
 
 Nightshade, Palestine. Solanum sanctum. 
 
 Nightshade, woody. Solanum dulcamara. 
 
 NIGRFTIES. (From niger, black.) A ca- 
 ries is called nigrities ossium; a blackness of the 
 bones. 
 
 Nigritu'do. Melanosis. 
 
 Nihil album. Nihilum album. A name 
 formerly given to the flowers or oxide of zinc. 
 
 Ninzi radix. Ninzin. Sium ninsi. 
 
 NIPPLE. Papilla. The small projecting 
 body in the middle of the breasts of women. 
 See Mamma. 
 
 Nipple shield. A disk of box-wood or ivory, 
 made of such a figure as to fit the nipple, so 
 that the infant can draw milk without biting or 
 irritating it when ulcerated. The elevation cor- 
 responding to the nipple is perforated, and cov- 
 ered with a prepared teat made of the skin of a 
 cow's teat. 
 
 Nipple-wort. See Lapsana. 
 
 455 
 
NIT 
 
 Nirles. Herpes phlyctaenodes. 
 
 Ni'sus. Effort; straining. 
 
 NISUS FORMATIVUS. A creative or form- 
 ative effort. This phrase is used by Blumen- 
 bach synonymously with vital activity. 
 
 Ni'tidus. Polished; smooth; shining. 
 
 NTTRAS. (as, atis, f.) A nitrate. A salt 
 of nitric acid with a salifiable base. 
 
 Nitras ammonijE. Ammonia nitrata. Nitrate 
 of ammonia. This salt has been employed in- 
 ternally as a diuretic and deobstruent, and ex- 
 ternally as a discutient. It is also sialagogue. 
 But its principal use is as the source of protox- 
 ide of nitrogen, which it yields at a gentle heat. 
 
 Nitras argenti. See Argenti nitras. 
 
 Nitras calcis. Nitrate of lime. Calcareous 
 nitre. By particular treatment this salt becomes 
 phosphorescent. See Baldwin's phosphorus. 
 
 Nitras potass^:. Nitre. 
 
 Nitras potass^e fusus. Sal prunellce. Ni- 
 trum tabulation. This salt, besides the nitric 
 acid and potash, contains a little sulphuric acid. 
 
 Nitras sod.e. Alkali minerale nitratum. 
 Nitrum cubicum. Nitrate of soda. A neutral 
 salt composed of soda and nitric acid. Its vir- 
 tues are similar to those of nitrate of potash, for 
 which it may be safely substituted. 
 
 NITRATE. See Nitras. 
 
 Nitrate of potash. See Nitre. 
 
 Nitrate of silver. See Argenti nitras. 
 
 NTTRE. (Ntrpov. Nitrum, i, n.) Salt- 
 petres. Potasses nitras. Saltpetre. Nitre is 
 procured abundantly from natural beds in India. 
 It may also be made artificially by combining 
 decaying animal and vegetable matter with 
 moist earth and lime, and washing the mixture 
 occasionally, by which nitrate of lime is obtain- 
 ed, which, being treated with wood ashes, is con- 
 verted into nitrate of potash. When pure, it is 
 found in anhydrous, colorless, six-sided prisms, 
 with dihedral summits. It is soluble in seven 
 parts of water at 60°. It is fused below a red 
 beat, and decomposed by farther heat. It has 
 a cooling, saline taste ; is refrigerant and diu- 
 retic ; dose, gr. v. to 3SS. It is a powerful an- 
 tiseptic and detergent body, and an irritant 
 poison in large doses. It is an ingredient in gun- 
 powder and fireworks. Composition, KO,NO.<5. 
 
 NI'TRIC. (Nitricus ; from nitrum.) Of, or 
 belonging to, nitre. 
 
 Nitric acid. Acidum nitricum. It is ob- 
 tained by the action of sulphuric acid and heat 
 on nitrate of potash or soda. When pure, it is a 
 colorless fluid, of a pungent odor, extremely 
 caustic, sp. gr. 1*5, and contains fifty-four parts 
 of real acid and nine of water, being a definite 
 compound, the anhydrous acid being unknown; 
 formula, NOs-f-HO. The acid is used as a 
 caustic to warts and indolent ulcers. Aquafortis 
 of commerce is impure dilute nitric acid, and 
 contains from 25 to 50 per cent, of acid. Dilute 
 acid — acidum nitricum dilutum (U . S.) — consists 
 of acid, f. 3J. ; water, f. 3ix. This is farther 
 diluted in practice, and used in typhoid fevers, 
 chronic affections of the liver, and as a tonic 
 and febrifuge. Dose, gtt. x. to 3ss. in a glass of 
 water. When long used it produces ptyalism. 
 
 Nitric oxide. Deutoxide of nitrogen. 
 
 Nitric oxide of mercury. See Hydrargyri 
 nitrico-oxydum. 
 456 
 
 NOC 
 
 Nitrico-oxydum HYDRARGYRI. See Hydrar- 
 gyri nitrico-oxydum. 
 
 NTTROGEN. (Nitrogenium, ii, n. ; from 
 virpov, nitre, and -yevvao, to generate.) Azote. 
 An elementary, colorless, inodorous gas, form- 
 ing four fifths of the atmosphere, irrespirable, 
 not supporting combustion, and having in this 
 state no activity. Sym., N. ; eq., 14-06 ; sp. gr., 
 •972. It forms five compounds with oxygen, 
 of which NO, the protoxide, is the laughing 
 gas, and NO5, nitric acid. Nitrogen, with hy- 
 drogen, NH3, forms ammoaia. This substance 
 abounds in animal products, and in the most 
 nutritious parts of vegetables. 
 
 Nitrogen, deutoxide of. A compound of 
 N0 2 . It is a transparent gas, and appears some- 
 times to act as a compound radical. 
 
 Nitrogen, protoxide of. See Nitrogen. 
 
 Nitro-leucic acid. See Leucine. 
 
 NI'TRO-MURIA'TIC ACID. Acidum nitro- 
 muriaticum (U. S.). Aqua regia. Mix nitric 
 acid, fiv., and muriatic acid, fviij. They be- 
 come yellow, and acquire the power of readily 
 dissolving gold. This mixture evolves chlorine. 
 It is used m a veiy dilute state to sponge the 
 feet, &c, and as an internal remedy in chronic 
 affections of the liver and obstinate constipa- 
 tion, but is very irritant, and not to be used 
 where febrile symptoms exist. Dose, 111 v. to 
 ttlx., in a wine-glass of water. 
 
 Nitro-sa'ccharic acid is formed by the re- 
 action of nitric acid on sugar of gelatine. It is 
 colorless, crystallized in prisms, and soluble. 
 Form., (C 8 H 7 N 2 5 +2N0 5 )-r-4HO.— Mulder. 
 
 Nitro-salicylic acid. See Salicyle. 
 
 NTTROUS. Nitrosus. Of, or belonging to, 
 nitre, or its combinations. 
 
 Nitrous acid. Acidum nitrosum. The red 
 fumes produced by exposing binoxide of nitro- 
 gen to oxygen. It may be condensed by cold 
 or pressure into a colorless fluid, and consists 
 of NO4. It is soluble in nitric acid, but decom- 
 posed by water. 
 
 Nitrous oxide. Protoxide of nitrogen* 
 Laughing gas. 
 
 Ni'trum. Nitre. 
 
 Nitrum flammans. Nitrate of ammonia. 
 
 Nitrum purificatum. Purified nitre. 
 
 Nitrum stibiatum. Nitrum antimoniatum, 
 Anodynum minerale. An old preparation, made 
 by dissolving the antimonium diaphoreticum in 
 water, and evaporating to dryness. 
 
 Nitrum vitriolatum. Soda? sulphas. 
 
 NO'BILIS. (Quasi noscibilis; from nosco, 
 to know.) Noble. Some objects of natural 
 history, so called by way of eminence: thus 
 gold and silver ai*e called noble metals, and no- 
 bilis is the specific name of several plants. 
 
 NOCTAMBULA'TION. (Noctambulatio, 
 onis, f. ; from nox, night, and ambulo, to walk.) 
 Sleep-walking. Oneirodynia activa. 
 
 Noctisu'rgium. Sleep-walking. 
 
 Nocturnal blindness. See Hemeralopia 
 and Nyctalopia. 
 
 NOCTURNAL EMISSION. An emission of 
 semen during the night, from weakness of the 
 generative function or libidinous dreams. It 
 is to be treated by tonics in the former case, 
 and by the antiphlogistic regimen in plethoric 
 youth. 
 
N M 
 
 NOS 
 
 Nodding. Nutans. 
 
 NODE. (Nodus, i, m. ; from anad, Hebrew, 
 to tie.) 1. In Surgery, a hard, circumscribed 
 tumor, proceeding from a bone, and caused by 
 a swelling of the periosteum. Nodes appear on 
 every part of the body, but are more common 
 on such as are thinly covered with muscles, as 
 the os frontis, forepart of the tibia, radius, and 
 ulna. As they increase in size, they become 
 rnore painful, from the distension they occasion 
 in the periosteum. When they continue long, 
 the bone becomes completely carious. Syphi- 
 litic nodes are treated by iodide of potassium 
 and frictions over the part with unguentum hy- 
 drargyri. 2. In Botany, the joints that have 
 small elevations, as observed in the stems of 
 grasses, &c. 
 
 Nodo'sus. Nodose; knotty. 
 
 NO'LI ME'TA'NGERE. Lupus. A species 
 of malignant herpes or lupus, affecting the skin, 
 and not unfrequently the cartilages of the nose, 
 very difficult to cure, because it is exasperated 
 by most applications. The disease generally 
 commences with small, superficial spreading 
 ulcerations, which become more or less con- 
 cealed beneath furfuraceous scabs. The whole 
 nose is frequently destroyed by the progressive 
 ravages of this peculiar disorder, which some- 
 times can not be stopped or retarded by any 
 treatment, external or internal. 
 
 Nodulus. A little node. 
 
 Nodus cerebri. The pons varolii. 
 
 NO'MA. (a, <z, f. ; from vefiu, to eat.) Can- 
 cer aquaticus. An ulcer that attacks the skin, 
 and often the cheek or vulva of young girls. It 
 appears in the form of red and somewhat livid 
 spots; is not attended with pyrexia, pain, or 
 tumor, and in a few days becomes gangrenous. 
 It is to be treated by caustics; and tonics inter- 
 nally, or, if seen early, by the antiphlogistic 
 plan. 
 
 NOMENCLATURE. The authorized and 
 methodical words of a science. In Chemistry, 
 a good nomenclature has been one of the most 
 important steps toward the rapid advance of the 
 science. 
 
 Nomenclature, anatomical. The terms 
 above, below, inside, outside, can convey correct 
 ideas of the relative position of the different 
 parts of a body only while the body and all its 
 parts remain in the same position ; now this not 
 being the case with the living animal body, in- 
 finite confusion arises from the use of such 
 terms. The late Dr. Barclay, of Edinburgh, 
 made a very praiseworthy attempt to introduce 
 terms which should apply equally well in all 
 positions of the body ; and it is a great pity that 
 his "Anatomical Nomenclature" has not been 
 generally adopted, for it is very simple, and ad- 
 mirably suited to the end in view. The follow- 
 ing table exhibits the names given by Dr. Bar- 
 clay to the different aspects of the body : 
 
 1. Aspects of the head, neck, and trunk. — A 
 perpendicular plane, dividing the body into 
 halves, is called the mesial plane. The aspect 
 of any part looking toward this plane is called 
 its mesial aspect ; the aspect of a part looking 
 to the right of this plane is its dextral aspect", 
 and to the left, its sinistral aspect. 
 
 2. Aspects of the head : 
 
 Inial. Looking toward the occiput (iviov) 
 Coronal. Toward the crown of the head. 
 Basilar. Toward the base of the skull. 
 Glabellar or antinial. Toward the space 
 between the eyebrows. 
 
 3. Aspects of the neck and trunk: 
 Atlantal. Looking toward the atlas. 
 Sacral. Toward the sacrum. 
 Dorsal. Toward the back. 
 Sternal. Toward the sternum. 
 
 4. Aspects of the four extremities ; 
 Proximal. Looking toward the end nearest 
 
 the trunk. 
 
 Distal. Toward the end farthest from the 
 trunk. 
 
 5. Aspects of the atlantal extremities: 
 Radial. Looking toward the radius. 
 Ulnar. Toward the ulna. 
 
 Anconal. Toward the ancon or olecranon. 
 Thenal. Toward the palm of the hand 
 (devap). 
 
 6. Aspects of the sacral extremities : 
 Tibial. Looking toward the tibia 
 Fibular. Toward the fibula. 
 Rotular. Toward the rotula or patella. 
 Popliteal. Toward the poples or ham. 
 
 7. Terms of aspect common to the head, neck, 
 trunk, extremities, and viscera : 
 
 Dermal. Looking toward the skin. 
 
 Peripheral. Toward the circumference. 
 
 Central. Toward the centre. 
 
 All these adjective terms are converted into 
 adverbs by substituting d for the terminal I or r. 
 
 Thus, what is generally called the upper sur- 
 face of the diaphragm is the atlantal surface ; 
 and adverbially, that surface is said to be situated 
 atlantad. 
 
 The under surface of the brain is its basilar 
 surface ; and adverbially, it is said to be situated 
 basilad. 
 
 Noni descendens. A branch of the ninth 
 pair of nerves. See Nerve. 
 
 NON-NATURALS. Res non-naturales. Un 
 der this term the old physicians comprehended 
 air, eating and drinking, sleep and watching, mo- 
 tion and rest, the retentions and excretions, and 
 the affections of the mind. 
 
 Nooth's apparatus. An apparatus contrived 
 by Dr. Nooth for impregnating water with gas- 
 es, particularly the carbonic acid. 
 
 No'pal. Nopalnochetzth. The cactus that 
 feeds the cochineal insect. 
 
 Norlandica bacca. Rufrus arcticus. 
 
 NO'RMAL. Normalis. (Fromnorma, a rule.) 
 According to rule ; regular ; usual. 
 
 Norris's drops. According to Dr. Paris, tins 
 is a solution of emetic tartar in rectified spirit, 
 with the addition of some vegetable coloring 
 matter. 
 
 Norton's drops. A colored solution of cor- 
 rosive sublimate. 
 
 Nose. Nasus. See Nares. 
 
 Nose, bleeding of the. Epistaxis. 
 
 Nosocomia'lis. Nosocomial. Appertaining 
 to a hospital, as febris nosocomialis. 
 
 NOSOCOMI'UM. (um, ii, n. ; vocokojjlelov\ 
 from voaoc, a disease, and KOfitto, to take care 
 of.) Nosodochium. A hospital or infirmary for 
 the sick. 
 
 Noso'des. Sickly; insalubrious. 
 
 457 
 
NOT 
 
 Nosoge'ny. The origin of diseases. 
 Nosodochi'um. A hospital. 
 NOSO'GRAPHY. Nosographia. The de- 
 cription of diseases. 
 NOSO'LOGY. (Nosologic/,, a, f. ; from voaoc, 
 
 NUC 
 
 and "koyoe, a discourse.) That division of med- 
 ical science which considers the most appro 
 priate names of diseases, and their methodical 
 arrangement or classification. 
 
 The following is Cullen's system : 
 
 CLASS I.— PYREXLE. 
 
 Order I. 
 
 FEBRES. 
 
 § 1. Intermittentes. 
 
 1. Tertiana! 
 
 2. Quartana. 
 
 3. Quotidiana. 
 
 § 2. Continue. 
 
 4. Synocha. 
 
 5. Typhus. 
 
 6. Synochus. 
 
 Order II. 
 PHLEGMASIA. 
 
 7. Phlogosis. 
 
 Order I. 
 COMATA. 
 
 41. Apoplexia. 
 
 42. Paralysis. 
 
 Order II. 
 ADYNAMIC. 
 
 43. Syncope. 
 
 44. Dyspepsia. 
 
 45. Hypochondriasis. 
 
 Order I. 
 MARCORES. 
 
 67. Tabes. _ 
 
 68. Atrophia. 
 
 Order II. 
 
 INTUMESCENTLE. 
 
 § 1. Adiposa. 
 
 69. Polysarcia. 
 
 Order I. 
 DYSESTHESIA. 
 
 90. Caligo. 
 
 91. Amaurosis. 
 
 92. Dysopia. 
 
 93. Pseudoblepsis. 
 
 94. Dysecoia. 
 
 95. Paracusis. 
 
 96. Anosmia. 
 
 97. Agheustia. 
 
 98. Anaesthesia. 
 
 Order H. 
 
 DYSOREXIA. 
 
 § 1. Appetitus erronel 
 
 99. Bulimia. 
 
 100. Polydipsia. 
 
 101. Pica. 
 
 102. Satyriasis. 
 
 103. Nymphomania. 
 
 104. Nostalgia. 
 
 NOSTA'LGIA. (a, ce, f. ; from voctoc, a re- 
 turn, and akyog, pain.) A vehement desire for 
 revisiting one's country, attended with melan- 
 choly, loss of appetite, and want of sleep. 
 
 Nostoc Temella nostoc. 
 
 Nostoma'nia. The madness of nostalgia. 
 
 Nostril. See Naris. 
 
 NO'STRUM. This word means our own, and 
 is applied to quack or private medicines. 
 
 No'tence'phalus. (From vutoc, the back, 
 and eyKE<^akoc, the brain.) A monster in which 
 the brain forms a hernia behind, and rests upon 
 the dorsal vertebrae which are open posterior- 
 ly.— G. St. Hilaire. 
 
 Notch. A depression, as the ethmoidal notch, 
 &c. 
 
 Notched. Erosus. 
 458 
 
 8. Ophthalmitis. 
 
 21. Rheumatismus. 
 
 32. Urticaria. 
 
 9. Phrenitis. 
 
 22. Odontalgia. 
 
 33. Pemphigus. 
 
 10. Cynanche. 
 
 23. Podagra. 
 
 34. Aphtha. 
 
 11. Pneumonitis. 
 
 24. Arthropuosis. 
 
 Order IV. 
 
 12. Carditis. 
 
 Order III. 
 
 HEMORRHAGIC. 
 
 13. Peritonitis. 
 
 EXANTHEMATA. 
 
 35. Epistaxis. 
 
 14. Gastritis. 
 
 25. Variola. 
 
 36. Haemoptysis. 
 
 15. Enteritis. 
 
 26. Varicella. 
 
 37. Haemorrhois. 
 
 16. Hepatitis. 
 
 27. Rubeola. 
 
 38. Menorrhagia. 
 
 17. Splenitis. 
 
 28. Scarlatina. 
 
 Order V. 
 
 18. Nephritis. 
 
 29. Pestis. 
 
 PROFLUVIA. 
 
 19. Cystitis. 
 
 30. Erysipelas. 
 
 31. Miliaria. 
 
 39. Catarrhus. 
 
 20. Hysteritis. 
 
 40. Dysenteria. ' 
 
 CLASS 11.- 
 
 ■NEUROSES. 
 
 
 46. Chlorosis. 
 
 53. Asthma. 
 
 61. Hysteria. 
 
 Order III. 
 
 54. Dyspnoea. 
 
 62. Hydrophobia. 
 
 SPASMI. 
 
 55. Pertussis. 
 
 Order IV. 
 
 47. Tetanus. 
 
 56. Pyrosis. 
 
 VESANIC ; 
 
 48. Convulsio. 
 
 57. Colica. 
 
 63. Amentia. ° 3 
 
 49. Chorea. 
 
 58. Cholera. 
 
 64. Melancholia. , 
 
 50. Raphania. 
 
 59. Diarrhoea. 
 
 65. Mania. 
 
 51. Epilepsia. 
 
 60. Diabetes. 
 
 66. Oneirodynia. 
 
 52. Palpitatio. 
 
 
 i 
 
 CLASS III.— 
 
 CACHEXIA. 
 
 « 
 
 § 2. Flatwsa. 
 
 77. Ascites. 
 
 83. Syphilis. 
 
 70. Pneumatosis. 
 
 78. Hydrometra. 
 
 84. Scorbutus. ; 
 
 71. Tympanites. 
 
 79. Hydrocele. 
 
 85. Elephantiasis. 
 
 72. Physometra. 
 
 § 4. Solidtz. 
 
 86. Lepra. 
 
 § 3. Aquosa. 
 
 80. Physconia. 
 
 87. Framboesia. 
 
 73. Anasarca. 
 
 81. Rachitis. 
 
 88. Trichoma. 
 
 74. Hydrocephalus. 
 
 Order III. 
 
 89. Icterus. 
 
 75. Hydrorachitis. 
 
 IMPETIGINES. 
 
 ■■ 
 
 76. Hydrothorax. 
 
 82. Scrofula. 
 
 : J 
 
 CLASS IV.- 
 
 -LOCALES. 
 
 ' 
 
 § 2. Appetitus deficientes. 
 
 120. Gonorrhoea. 
 
 135. Lupia. 
 
 105. Anorexia. 
 
 Order V. 
 
 136. Ganglion. 
 
 106. Adipsia. 
 
 EPISCHESES. 
 
 137. Hydatis. 
 
 107. Anaphrodisia. 
 
 121. Obstipatio. 
 
 138. Hydarthrus. j 
 
 Order III. 
 
 122. Ischuria. 
 
 139. Exostosis. 
 
 DYSCYNESLE. 
 
 123. Dysuria. 
 
 Order VII. 
 
 108. Aphonia. 
 
 124. Dyspermatismus. 
 
 ECTOPIC 
 
 109. Mutitas. 
 
 125. Amenorrhoea. 
 
 140. Hernia. 
 
 110. Paraphonia. 
 
 Order VI. 
 
 141. Prolapsus. 
 
 111. Psellismus. 
 
 TUMORES. 
 
 142. Luxatio. 
 
 112. Strabismus. 
 
 126. Aneurisma. 
 
 Order VIII. 
 
 113. Dysphagia. 
 
 127. Varix. 
 
 DYALYSES. 
 
 114. Contractura. 
 
 128. Ecchymoma. 
 
 143. Vulnus. 
 
 Order IV. 
 
 129. Scirrhus. 
 
 144. Ulcus. 
 
 APOCENOSES. 
 
 130. Cancer. 
 
 145. Herpes. 
 
 115. Profusio. 
 
 131. Bubo. 
 
 146. Tinea. 
 
 116. Ephidrosis. 
 
 132. Sarcoma. 
 
 147. Psora. 
 
 117. Epiphora. 
 
 133. Verruca. 
 
 148. Fractura. 
 
 118. Ptyalismus. 
 
 134. Clavus. 
 
 149. Caries. 
 
 119. Enuresis. 
 
 
 
 NO'THUS. (Notfoc, spurious.) Spurious. 
 Bastard. See Bastard. 
 
 Notice 'us. The spinal marrow. 
 
 Nouffler's remedy, Madame. A vermifuge 
 treatment, consisting of a decoction of aspidium 
 filix mas, followed by a drastic purge of calomel, 
 scammony, and contrayerva. 
 
 Nube'cula. The same as nebula. 
 
 Nucamentum. Amentum. 
 
 Nucesta. Myristica moschata. 
 
 NU'CHA. (a, ce, f. ; Arabic.) Nucha capitis. 
 The hind part or nape of the neck. The part 
 is so called where the spinal marrow begins. 
 
 Nuci'sta. The nutmeg. 
 
 Nucleated cell. That which is furnished 
 with one or more cytoblasts or nuclei. 
 
 NU'CLEUS. (us, i, m. ; a nuce, from the 
 
NYC 
 
 nut.) 1. A kernel or fruit inclosed in a hard 
 shell. 2. When the center of growth is a glob- 
 ule, tumor, or morbid concretion, which ha« an 
 obvious difference from the surrounding parts. 
 3. A cytoblast. 
 
 Nucleus cicatricul^:. A granular mass 
 situated beneath the germinal disk in the hen's 
 e^g, also called cumulus proligerus, or nucleus 
 of the germinal disk. 
 
 Nucleus germi.vativus. The germinal spot 
 found in the germinal vesicle of the ovum. It 
 is synonymous with macula germinativa. 
 
 Nu'cula. A little nut. 
 
 Nucula saponaria. Sapindus saponaria. 
 
 Nu'dus. Naked. 
 
 Numidia melea'gris. The guinea-fowl. 
 
 Nummula'ria. Lysimachia nummularia. 
 
 Nut. Nux. 
 
 Nut, Barbadoes. N., purging. Jatropha 
 curcas. 
 
 Nut, butter. Juglans cinerea. 
 
 Nu'tans. Nutant: drooping or nodding. 
 
 Nutmeg. Myristica moschata. 
 
 NUTRITION. (Nutrilio,onis,l) The func- 
 tion by which the molecular changes and de- 
 compositions of the body is repaired ; by which, 
 notwithstanding the loss which occurs in mus- 
 cular structure by motion, the muscle does not 
 waste away, but actually increases by action. 
 It is the result of the imbibition from the blood 
 of its appropriate food by each system of cel- 
 lules throughout the body. In a more enlarged 
 sense, it includes the great functions of diges- 
 tion, respiration, circulation, secretion, and in- 
 nervation, by which the appropriate food of 
 each organ is prepared and brought to the part. 
 
 Nutri'tiox, force of. Plastic force. 
 
 Nutritive center. 
 a succession of cellules 
 
 Nutritious. Nutricius. Capable of sustain- 
 ing life. 
 
 Nutri'tum unguentum. A composition of 
 litharge, vinegar, and oil. 
 
 NUX. (x, cis, f.) A fruit which has a hard 
 shell. 
 
 Nux aquatica. Trapa natans. 
 
 Nux aromatica. Myristica moschata. 
 
 Nux barbadensis. Jatropha curcas. 
 
 Nux cathartica. N. cathartica americana. 
 N. medica. Jatropha curcas. 
 
 Nux metella. N. mechil. Strychnos nux 
 vomica. 
 
 Nux moschata. N. myristica. Myristica 
 moschata. 
 
 Nux pistacia. Pistacia vera. 
 
 Nux purgans. Jatropha curcas. 
 
 Nux serapionts. Ignatia amara. 
 
 Nux vomica. Strychnos nux vomica. 
 
 NYCTALO'PIA. {a, a>, f . ; from vv£, the 
 night, and uijj, an eye.) A defect in vision, by 
 which the person sees little or nothing in the 
 day, but in the evening and night sees tolerably 
 well. This disease is dependent upon a pecu- 
 liar irritability of the retina, produced by two 
 very different causes : a sudden exposure to a 
 stronger light than the eye has been wont to 
 sustain, and a deficiency of the pigmentum ni- 
 grum. 
 
 NYS 
 
 Sedative applications, as dilute tincture of 
 belladonna, and the internal use of hyoscyamus 
 and conium, with cinchona or cascarilla, are 
 likely to be beneficial where the disease pro- 
 ceeds from an accidental irritability, taking 
 care to remove the causes. In old age, and an 
 early cfeficiency of the black pigment, medicine 
 can do but little. 
 
 Ny'ctalops. One who sees only in the night; 
 also, the disease called nyctalopia. 
 
 Nycthe'merum. The space of twenty-four 
 hours. 
 
 Nycto'basis. Walking in the sleep; som- 
 nambulism. 
 
 NY'MPHA. (a, ce, f. ; from vv/j.(pa, a water- 
 nymph.) A membranous and fleshy fold, situ- 
 ated just within the external labia of the female 
 parts of generation, one on each side. 
 
 NYMPHiE'A. (a, a>, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyandria. Monogynia. Ranunculacea. — N. 
 alba. The white water-lily. Formerly employ- 
 ed as a demulcent and slightly anodyne remedy. 
 — N. glandifera. Nymphee nelumbo. — N. lotus. 
 The Egyptian lotus. The root is used as food. 
 — N. lutea. The yellow water-lily. N. major 
 lutea. Formerly used as the JV. alba. — N. ne- 
 lumbo. The pontic, or Egyptian bean. N. m- 
 dica. The fruit is eaten either raw or boiled, 
 and is a tonic and astringent. 
 
 Nymphoi'des. Resembling the water-lily. 
 
 NYMPHOMANIA, (a, m, f. ; from vvu(f>a, 
 nympha, and fiavia, madness.) Excessive and 
 violent desire for coition in women. It is a 
 species of temporary madness, or a high degree 
 of hysterics. Its immediate cause is a preter- 
 natural irritability of the uterus, and nympha?, 
 and clitoris of women, or an unusual acrimony 
 of the fluids in these parts. Its presence is 
 known by the wanton behavior of the female; 
 she speaks and acts with unrestrained obsceni- 
 ty, and, as the disorder increases, she scolds, 
 cries, and laughs by turns. While reason is 
 retained, she is silent, and seems melancholy, 
 but her eyes discover an unusual wantonness. 
 The symptoms are better or worse until the 
 greatest degree of the disorder approaches, and 
 then, by every word and action, her condition 
 is too manifest. The strong and sanguineous 
 require bleeding and cooling purgatives, with 
 an abstemious diet, to remove this disease ; and 
 the nervous and irritable, sedatives, tonics, and 
 a more generous diet. If it arise from local 
 causes, as acrid secretions, irritation of the 
 parts, the attention must also be turned to re- 
 moving these by leeches, lotions, anodynes, 
 &c. Marriage, or sexual intercourse, is the 
 most natural remedy. 
 
 NYMPHO'NCUS. (From vy/ifa, and oynoc, 
 a tumor.) A swelling of the nymphae, or a tu 
 mor of the nvmpha?. 
 
 NYMPHO'TOMY. (Nympkotomia, a, f. ; 
 from vv/j.6a, and te/llvu, to cut. ) The operation 
 of removing the nympha, when too large or 
 diseased. 
 
 NYSTA'GMUS. (us, «, m. ; from vvtrrau, to 
 nod sleepily.) An involuntary movement of 
 the eyes, such as happens when a person is 
 very sleepy. 
 
 459 
 
OBL 
 
 OBL 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 The symbol for oxygen; also, a con- 
 traction in medical formulae for octarium, a pint. 
 Oak-tree. See Quercus. 
 Oak, Jerusalem. Chenopodium botrys. 
 Oak, sea. Fucus vesiculosus. 
 Oak leather. Xylostroma giganteum. 
 Oak lungs. Lichen pulmonarius. 
 Oat. See Avena. 
 Obcorda'te. Obcordatus. Inversely heart- 
 
 Obel^e'a. The sagittal suture of the skull. 
 
 Obeli's cothe'c a. Cystus helianthemum. 
 
 OBE'SITY. (Obesitas, atis, f. ; from obesus, 
 fat.) See Polysarcia. 
 
 Object glass. In a microscope, the lens 
 nearest to the body under examination. 
 
 OBLFQUUS. Oblique. 1. In Anatomy, a 
 term applied to parts from their direction. 2. 
 In Botany, it means the same, as radix obliquus, 
 but sometimes it means twisted. Folium obli- 
 quum, for example, is a leaf, one part of which 
 is vertical, the other horizontal ; as in Fritilla- 
 ria obliqua. 
 
 Obliquus ascendens abdominis. See Ob- 
 liquus internus abdominis. 
 
 Obliquus ascendens internus. See Obli- 
 quus internus abdominis. 
 
 Obliquus auris. See Laxator tympani. 
 
 Obliquus capitis inferior. See Obliquus 
 inferior capitis. 
 
 Obliquus capitis superior. See Obliquus 
 superior capitis. 
 
 Obliquus descendens abdominis. See Ob- 
 liquus externus abdominis. 
 
 Obliquus descendens externus. See Ob- 
 liquus externus abdominis. 
 
 Obliquus externus. See Obliquus externus 
 abdominis. 
 
 Obliquus externus abdominis. A muscle 
 of the abdomen. It is a broad, thin muscle, 
 fleshy posteriorly, and tendinous in the middle 
 and lower part, and is situated immediately 
 under the integuments, covering all the other 
 muscles of the lower belly. It arises from the 
 lower edges of the eight, and sometimes, 
 though rarely, of the nine inferior ribs, not far 
 from their cartilages, by as many distinct fleshy 
 portions. From these several origins, the fibres 
 of the muscle descend obliquely forward, and 
 soon degenerate into a broad and thin aponeu- 
 rosis, which terminates in the linea alba. About 
 an inch and a half above the pubes, the fibres 
 of this aponeurosis separate from each other, so 
 as to form an aperture, which extends oblique- 
 ly inward and forward, and more than an inch 
 in length, and is wider above than below, be- 
 ing nearly of an oval figure. This is what is 
 sometimes, though erroneously, called the ring 
 of the abdominal muscles, annulus abdominis, 
 for it belongs only to the external oblique. 
 This opening, or ring, serves for the passage 
 of the spermatic vessels in men, and of the 
 round ligament of the uterus in women, and is 
 of a larger size in the former than in the latter. 
 The two tendinous portions, which, by their 
 460 
 
 separation, form this aperture, are called the 
 columns of the ring. The anterior, superior, and 
 inner column passes over the symphysis pubis, 
 and is fixed to the opposite os pubis. The pos- 
 terior, inferior, and exterior column approaches 
 the anterior one as it descends, and is fixed be- 
 hind and below it to the os pubis of the same 
 side. The fibres of that part of the obliquus 
 externus which arises from the two inferior 
 ribs, descend almost perpendicularly, and are 
 inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the outer 
 edge of the anterior half of the spine of the 
 ilium. From the anterior superior spinous pro- 
 cess of that bone, the external oblique is 
 stretched, tendinous, to the os pubis, forming 
 what is called PouparVs, or Fallopius 's, or the 
 inguinal ligament. This muscle serves to draw- 
 down the ribs in expuation ; to bend the trunk 
 forward when both muscles act, or to bend it 
 obliquely in one side, and, perhaps, to turn it 
 s tightly upon its axis, when either acts singly ; 
 it also raises the pelvis obliquely when the ribs 
 are fixed ; it supports and compresses the ab- 
 dominal viscera, assists in the evacuation of the 
 urine and fasces, and is likewise useful in par- 
 turition. 
 
 Obliquus inferior. See Obliquus inferior 
 capitis, and Obliquus inferior oculi. 
 
 Obliquus inferior capitis. A muscle of 
 the head. It is very obliquely situated between 
 the two first vertebrae of the neck. It arises, 
 tendinous and fleshy, from the middle and outer 
 side of the spinous process of the second verte- 
 bra of the neck, and is inserted, tendinous and 
 fleshy, into the lower and posterior part of the 
 transverse process of the first vertebra. Its use 
 is to turn the first vertebra upon the second, as 
 upon a pivot, and to draw the face toward the 
 shoulder. 
 
 Obliquus inferior oculi. Obliquus minor 
 oculi of Winslow\ An oblique muscle of the 
 eye, that draws the globe of" the eye forward, 
 inward, and downward. It arises, by a nar- 
 row beginning, from the outer edge of the or- 
 bitar process of the superior maxillary bone, 
 near its junction with the lachrymal bone, and, 
 running obliquely outward, is inserted into the 
 sclerotic membrane of the eye. 
 
 Obliquus inferior sive major. See Obli- 
 quus inferior capitis. 
 
 Obliquus internus. See Obliquus internus 
 abdominis. 
 
 Obliquus internus abdominis. A muscle of 
 the abdomen. It is situated immediately under 
 the external oblique, and is broad and thin like 
 that mnscle. It arises from the spinous pro- 
 cesses of the three inferior lumbar vertebrae, 
 the os sacrum, from the whole spine of the ilium, 
 and from two thirds of the posteiior surface of 
 Poupart's ligament ; it likewise sends off some 
 fibres, which descend upon the spermatic cord 
 as far as the tunica vaginalis of the testis, and 
 constitute the cremaster muscle, which sur- 
 rounds, suspends, and compresses the testicle. 
 From these origins, the fibres of the internal 
 
OBS 
 
 oblique run in different directions, and are in- 
 serted into the cartilages of the fifth, fourth, and 
 third of the false ribs, into the lower edge of the 
 cartilage of the second false rib, and the linea 
 alba; the posterior layer is inserted into the 
 cartilages of the first of the false, and the last of 
 the true ribs, and likewise into the linea alba. 
 This muscle serves to assist the obliquus ex- 
 ternus. 
 
 Obliquus major abdominis. See Obliquus 
 extemus abdominis. 
 
 Obliquus major capitis. See Obliquus in- 
 ferior capitis. 
 
 Obliquus major oculi. See Obliquus supe- 
 rior oculi. 
 
 Obliquus minor abdominis. See Obliquus 
 internus abdominis. 
 
 Obliquus minor capitis. See Obliquus su- 
 perior capitis. 
 
 Obliquus minor oculi. See Obliquus infe- 
 rior oculi. 
 
 Obliquus superior capitis. This little mus- 
 cle, which is nearly of the same shape as the 
 recti capitis, is situated laterally between the 
 occiput and the first vertebra of the neck. It 
 arises from the upper and posterior part of the 
 transverse process of the first vertebra of the 
 neck, and, ascending obliquely inward and back- 
 ward, is inserted into the occipitis, behind the 
 back part of the mastoid process. The use of 
 this muscle is to draw the head backward, and 
 assist in its rotatory motion. 
 
 Obliquus superior oculi. Trochlearis. 
 An oblique muscle of the eye, that rolls the 
 globe of the eye, and turns the pupil downward 
 and outward. It arises from the edge of the 
 foramen opticum, runs straight to the upper part 
 of the orbit, where a cartilaginous trochlea is 
 fixed to the inside of the internal angular pro- 
 cess of the os frontis, through which its tendon 
 passes, and runs a little downward and outward, 
 inclosed in a loose membranaceous sheath, to 
 be inserted into the sclerotic membrane. It 
 rolls the eye inward. 
 
 Obliquus superior sive minor. See Ob- 
 liquus superior capitis. 
 
 Obliquus superior sive trochlearis. See 
 Obliquus superior oculi. 
 
 OBLITERATION. In medical language, 
 the disappearance of any part of the animal 
 body that has become useless ; thus the ductus 
 venosus is obliterated after birth. 
 
 Obli'vion. Oblivio. Amnesia ; failure of the 
 memory. 
 
 Oblo'ngus. Oblong. 
 
 Oboma'sum. The fourth stomach of rumi- 
 nants. 
 
 Obova'te. Obovatus. Nearly of an oval 
 shape. Ovate, with a broader end uppermost. 
 
 OBSERVATION. Observatio. The act of 
 thoroughly examining and recording phenom- 
 ena. 
 
 Obsidia'num. 1. Obsidian. 2. Glass of an- 
 timony. 
 
 OBSOLETE. Obsoletus. In the language 
 of Botany, it is applied to parts of plants which 
 are by nature imperfectly developed, or of 
 which only a vestige remains. 
 
 OBSTE'TRIC. (Obstetricus; from obstetrix, 
 a midwife.) Belonging to midwifery. 
 
 OC C 
 
 OBSTE'TRICS. Midwifery. The art of as- 
 sisting women in childbirth, and treating their 
 diseases during pregnancy and after delivery. 
 
 Obstipa'tion. Costiveness. 
 
 Obsti'pus. Obstipitas. Wry neck. 
 
 OBSTRUCTION. Obstructio. A stoppage 
 or hinderance. In Medicine, it is used very 
 vaguely for the arrest of a function or secretion, 
 as obstruction of the liver. 
 
 Obstru'ctio alvi. O. intestinalis. Consti- 
 pation. 
 
 OBSTRUENS. (From obstruo, to shut up.) 
 Closing the orifices of the ducts or vessels. 
 Medicines supposed to have this power have 
 been called obstruentia. 
 
 OBTUNDENTS. Obtundens. (From ob- 
 tundo, to make blunt.) Having the property 
 of obviating or blunting irritation; as bland, 
 oily, or mucilaginous matters, which form a 
 covering on inflamed and irritable surfaces, par- 
 ticularly those of the stomach, lungs, and anus. 
 
 OBTURA'TOR. {or, oris, m. ; from obturo, 
 to shut up.) A stopper up, or that which cov 
 ers any tiling. 
 
 Obturator artery. A branch of the hypo- 
 gastric or epigastric, which passes out at the 
 obturator foramen, and is distributed to the an- 
 terior part of the thigh. 
 
 Obturator externus. A small, flat muscle, 
 situated obliquely at the upper and anterior 
 part of the thigh, between the pectinalis and 
 the fore part of the foramen thyroideum, and 
 covered by the abductor brevis femoris. It 
 arises from all the inner half of the circumfer- 
 ence of the foramen thyroideum, and from part 
 of the obturator ligament. Its radiated fibres 
 collect and form a strong roundish tendon, 
 which runs outward ; and, after adhering to 
 the capsular ligament of the joint, is inserted 
 into a cavity at the inner and back part of the 
 root of the great trochanter. The chief uses ot 
 this muscle are to turn the thigh obliquely out- 
 ward. 
 
 Obturator foramen. The large foramen 
 between the ischium and pubis. 
 
 Obturator internus. A considerable mus- 
 cle, a great part of which is situated within the 
 pelvis. It arises from somewhat more than the 
 upper half of the internal circumference of the 
 foramen thyroideum of the os innomiuarum. 
 It is composed of several distinct fasciculi, which 
 terminate in a roundish tendon that passes out 
 of the pelvis through the ischiatic notch ; and 
 after running between the two portions of the 
 gemini, which inclose it as in a sheath, is in- 
 serted into the cavity at the root of the great 
 trochanter. This muscle rolls the os femoris 
 obliquely outward. 
 
 Obturator ligament. A fibrous membrane 
 which nearly covers the foramen. 
 
 Obturator nerve. A nerve of the thigh, 
 that is lost upon the muscles situated on the in- 
 side of the thigh. 
 
 Obtu'se. Oblusus. Blunt. 
 
 O C C LP I T A L. Occipitalis. Belonging to 
 the occiput or back part of the head. 
 
 Occipital artery. A branch given off by 
 the external carotid beneath the parotid gland, 
 and which supplies the muscles of the occipital 
 bone. 
 
 461 
 
OCT 
 
 ODO 
 
 Occipital bone. Os occipitis. This bone 
 forms the postei^ior and inferior part of the skull, 
 is of an irregular figure, convex on the outside, 
 and concave internally. Its external surface, 
 which is very irregular, serves for the attach- 
 ment of several muscles. The inferior portion 
 of the bone is stretched forward in form of a 
 wedge, and hence is called the cuneiform pro- 
 cess, or basilary process. At the base of this 
 process are two condyles. In the inferior por- 
 tion is the foramen magnum. Besides this, 
 there are four other smaller foramina, viz., two 
 before, and two behind the condyles. On look- 
 ing over the internal surface of the os occipitis, 
 we perceive the appearance of a cross, formed 
 by a very prominent ridge, which rises upward 
 from near the foramem magnum, and by two 
 transverse sinuosities, one on each side of the 
 ridge. This cross occasions the formation of 
 four fossae, two above and two below the sinu- 
 osities. The os occipitis is joined, by means of 
 the cuneiform process, to the sphenoid bone, 
 with which it often ossifies. It is connected to 
 the parietal bones by the lambdoidal suture, and 
 to the temporal bones by the additamentum of 
 the temporal suture. 
 
 Occipi'to-atloid. That which is connected 
 with the occiput and atlas. 
 
 Occipito-axoid. That which is connected 
 with the occiput and axis, or second vertebra. 
 
 Occipito-fronta'lis. A single broad mus- 
 cle, that covers the cranium, pulls the skin of 
 the head backward, raises the eyebrows up- 
 ward, and, at the same time, draws up and wrin- 
 kles the skin of the forehead. It arises from 
 the posterior part of the occiput, goes over the 
 upper part of the os parietale and os frontis, and 
 is lost in the eyebrows. 
 
 O'CCIPUT. The back of the head. 
 
 OCCLU'SION. Occhisio. The state of being 
 shut ; imperforation ; as occlusion of the pupil ; 
 occlusion of the rectum. 
 
 Occlu'sus. Occluse; shut up ; closed. 
 
 Occu'lt. Occultus. Hidden. 
 
 Ocheteu'ma. The opening of the nostril. 
 
 O'chetus. A canal or duct. 
 
 O'cheus. The scrotum. 
 
 O'CHRA. 1. Ochre. 2. The fore part of 
 the tibia. 
 
 Ochra'ceus. Ochre-like; applied to desig- 
 nate a yellowish color striped with brown. 
 
 Ochtho'des. An indolent ulcer. 
 
 Ocima'strum. A species of basil. 
 
 O'CIMUM. (um,i,n.) Ocymum. A genus 
 of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. La- 
 biatce. — O. basi'licum. Common or citron basil. 
 It is supposed to possess nervine qualities. — 
 O. caryophylla' turn. O. minimum. Small or 
 bush basil. It is mildly balsamic. 
 
 Ocob. Sal ammoniac. — Ruland. 
 
 OCO'TEA. A genus of plants. Lauracece. — 
 O. pichu'ria. This, as well as the Laurus pichu- 
 rim, is said to yield the pichurim bean. — O. 
 cy'mbarum. This yields the Orinoco sassafras. 
 
 O'CREA. The membrane that enfolds the 
 flower-stalks in Cyperus, &c. 
 
 Octahe'dron. A regular solid of eight sides. 
 It is the most common form of crystal, and may 
 be primary, or derived from the cube or from 
 the tetrahedron. 
 462 
 
 Oct a'n us. An erratic intermitting fever, 
 which returns every eighth day. 
 
 OCTA'NDRIA. Octandrous. (From oktu, 
 eight, and avnp, a husband.) A class of plants 
 having hermaphrodite flowers, with eight sta- 
 mens. 
 
 OCTA'RIUS. A pint ; the eighth part of a 
 gallon. It contains sixteen fluid ounces in 
 officinal measures. 
 
 Octavus humeri. O. humeri Placentini. 
 Teres minor. 
 
 OCU'LAR SPECTRES. Imaginary bodies 
 resembling flies, lights, spots, &c, floating be- 
 fore the eyes. 
 
 Ocula'ria. Euphrasia officinalis. 
 
 Ocula'ris communis. The motor oculi nerve. 
 
 Oculi adductor. See Rectus internus. 
 
 Oculi attollens. See Rectus superior. 
 
 Oculi cancrorum. See Cancer. 
 
 Oculi depressor. See Rectus inferior. 
 
 Oculi elevator. See Rectus superior. 
 
 Oculi levator. See Rectus superior. 
 
 Oculi obliquus inferior. See Obliquus in 
 ferior oculi. 
 
 Oculi obliquus major. See Obliquus supe- 
 rior oculi. 
 
 Oculi obliquus minor. See Obliquus inferior 
 oculi. 
 
 OCU'LIST. One who treats diseases of the 
 eye especially. 
 
 Oculo-musculares. Vicq d'Azyr gives this 
 name to the third pair of nerves. 
 
 Oculo-musculares communes. Chaussier 
 thus calls the third pair of nerves. 
 
 Oculo-musculares externi. Chaussier 
 gives this name to the sixth pair of nei-ves. 
 
 Oculum movens primus. See Rectus inter 
 mis. 
 
 Oculum movens quabtus. See Rectus in 
 ferior. 
 
 Oculum movens secundus. See Rectus ex 
 ternus. 
 
 Oculum movens tertius. See Rectus supe- 
 rior. 
 
 OCU'LUS. (us, i, m. ; from okicoc, the eye.) 
 The eye. See Eye. 
 
 Oculus bovinus. Hydrophthalmia. 
 
 Oculus bovis. Chrysanthemum leucanthe- 
 mum. 
 
 Oculus bubulus. Hydrophthalmia. 
 
 Oculus CjESius. Glaucoma. 
 
 Oculus elephantinus. Hydrophthalmia 
 
 Oculus genu. The knee-pan. 
 
 Oculus lachrymans. Epiphora. 
 
 Oculus purulentus. Hypopion. 
 
 OCYTO'CIC. Oxytocic. (From o%vc, quick, 
 and tokoc, labor.) That which expedites par- 
 turition ; as ergot. 
 
 Odaxe'smos. (Oda^nafioc.) A pungent itch- 
 ing; especially that which is felt in the gums 
 of children before the protrusion of the teeth. 
 
 ODOME'TER. (From o6oc, a road, and 
 fj-ETpov, a measure. ) A wheel, the axis of which 
 turns a graduated scale, so that the distance 
 over which it passes on a road is recorded in 
 feet and miles. It may be attached to a car- 
 riage wheel, or rolled along by the hand. 
 
 Odontago'gos. The name of an old instra 
 ment to draw teeth. 
 
 ODO'NTAGRA. (a, ce, f.; from odovg, a 
 
ODO 
 
 (ENA 
 
 tooth, and aypa, a seizure.) 1. An instrument 
 for drawing teeth. 2. A toothache arising from 
 retrocedent gout. 
 
 ODONTALGIA, {a, a, f. ; from odovc, a 
 tooth, and akyog, pain.) Odontia. Odaxismus. 
 The toothache. A violent pain in the teeth, 
 most frequently in the molares. Toothache 
 arises from caries, inflammation of the gums, 
 nervous diseases, &c; hence we have O. cario- 
 sa, O. scorbutica, O. catarrhalis, O. arthritica, 
 O. gravidartim, O. hysterica, O. rheumatica, &c. 
 
 Many empirical remedies have been proposed 
 for its cure. When the affection is purely 
 rheumatic, blistering behind the ear will almost 
 always remove it ; but when it proceeds from 
 a cai-ious tooth, the pain is much more obstinate. 
 In this case it has been recommended to touch 
 the pained part with a hot iron, with oil of 
 vitriol or creasote, in order to destroy the ach- 
 ing nerve ; to hold spirits or ether hfthe mouth; 
 to put a drop of oil of cloves, cajeput, or thyme 
 into the hollow of the tooth, or a pill made of 
 camphor, opium, and oleum caiyophylli. Others 
 recommend gum mastich, dissolved in oleum 
 terebinthinae, applied to the tooth upon a little 
 cotton. But one of the most useful applications 
 of this kind is strong nitric acid, diluted with 
 three or four times its weight of spirit of wine, 
 and introduced into the hollow of the tooth 
 either by means of a hair pencil or a little cot- 
 ton. If the tooth be not too carious, cleaning 
 the cavity and filling it with gold, tin foil, diy 
 phosphate of lime, &c, is usually practiced. 
 When the pain is not fixed to one tooth, leeches 
 applied to the gum are of great service. But 
 very often all the foregoing remedies will fail, 
 and the only infallible cure is to draw the tooth. 
 
 Odontalgic. Odontalgicus. Relating to the 
 toothache. 
 
 Odo'ntia. Odontalgia. 
 
 Odonti/asis. Dentition. 
 
 ODO'NTICUS. (From odovc, a tooth.) 
 Odontic. Appertaining to the teeth. 
 
 Odon'tis. A species of lychnis. 
 
 Odontitis. Inflammation of a tooth. 
 
 Odontogly'phum. An instrument for scaling 
 and scraping the teeth. 
 
 ODO'NTOID. Odontoides. Tooth-like. See 
 Denfati/s. 
 
 Odonto'lithos. The tartar upon the teeth. 
 
 ODONTO'LOGY. Odontologia; from odovc, 
 and \oyoc, a discourse.) The anatomy of the 
 teeth. 
 
 Odontophy'ia. Teething. 
 
 Odontotri'mma. A dentifrice. 
 
 O'DOR. {Odor, oris, m. ; from odeo, i. e., 
 oleo, to smell.) Smell. The emanation of an 
 odoriferous body ; it is generally ascribed to a 
 portion of the body converted into vapor. 
 
 ODORTFEROUS. {Odoriferous; torn odor, 
 a smell, and/ero, to bear.) Having a smell. 
 
 Odoriferous glands. Glandules odoriferce. 
 Small glands which are situated around the 
 corona glandis of the male, and under the skin 
 of the labia majora and nymphae of females. 
 They secrete a sebaceous matter, which emits 
 a peculiar odor. 
 
 Odo'rin. A very pungent empyreumatic oil, 
 obtained by rectifying oil of bones. 
 
 Odous. A tooth. 
 
 OZ'a. Crataegus terminalis. 
 
 CECONOMY. ( OEconomia, a?, f. ; from oticoc, 
 a house, and vo/xoc, a law.) The conduct of 
 Nature, in any of her departments, in preserving- 
 bodies and following her usual order. — Q3. ani- 
 mal. CEconomia animalis. The aggregate of 
 those organs, functions, and laws on which the 
 life of an animal depends. — OE. vegetable. The 
 aggregate of the organs, functions, and laws on 
 which the life of a vegetable depends. 
 
 (EDE'MA. {a, atis, n. Oc6n/j.a, oidoc ; from 
 otdeu, to swell.) This word is sometimes used 
 by Hippocrates for a tumor of any kind, but it 
 is now restricted to a minor degree of anasarca. 
 See Anasarca. 
 
 (Edema arsenicalis. The puffiness of the 
 eyelids and face, produced by the continued 
 use of arsenical medicines. It is also a symp- 
 tom of slow poisoning by arsenic. The arse- 
 niureted hydrogen gas, when inspired, produces 
 this effect within a few hours. 
 
 (Edema cerebri. A morbid state of the 
 brain, in which it appears injected with a 
 watery fluid. 
 
 (Edema compact. OE. concrete. Induration 
 of the cellular tissue. 
 
 OZdema glottis. OEde'me dela glotte. An- 
 gina asdematosa. An cedematous swelling of the 
 mucous membrane surrounding the aperture 
 of the glottis. It occurs chiefly in persons de- 
 bilitated by chronic diseases, or convalescents 
 from acute ones. It produces paroxysms of suf- 
 focation with crowing inspiration, which last a 
 few minutes and return at intervals. The in- 
 tervals become shorter as the disease advances, 
 and the patient dies, generally in the course of 
 a few days. The affection is almost uniformly 
 fatal, and no known treatment makes any im- 
 pression on it. Tracheotomy or laryngotorny 
 should be performed in such cases. 
 
 (Edema hystericum. OE. fugax. OH. 
 spasticum. The anasarca hystericum. 
 
 (Edema lacteum. Phlegmasia dolens. 
 
 (Edema of the lungs. The serous infiltra- 
 tion into the tissue of the lungs that often follows 
 pneumonia and the exanthemata. The respira- 
 tion is rendered laborious thereby, the respira- 
 tory murmur being almost lost, although the 
 thorax is distended ; there is also a slight rale 
 crepitant. On percussion the sound is clear. 
 The cough may be attended by fluid expectora- 
 tion, and there may be puerile respiration at 
 the summit of the lung. This condition usually 
 subsides during a well-managed convalescence, 
 •but should be met by diuretics, exercise, and 
 sudorifics. 
 
 (Edema puerpe'rum. Phlegmasia dolens. 
 
 (Edema uvu'l,e. See Staphyledema. 
 
 (Ede'mato'des. Like to an oedema. 
 
 (Ede'mosa'rca. A tumor, partly an adema 
 and sarcoma. 
 
 (ENA'NTHE. {e, es, f.) A genus of umbel- 
 liferous plants. Penlandria. Digynia. — OE. 
 crocata. The hemlock dropwort. CEnanthe. 
 An active poison, that has too often proved 
 fatal by being eaten in mistake instead of wa- 
 ter-parsnip. The juice, cautiously exhibited, 
 promises to be an efficacious remedy in invet- 
 erate scorbutic eruptions. It is a violent poison 
 in large quantities, producing convulsions, teta- 
 
 463 
 
(ESO 
 
 nus, and death ; and is to be treated by vomit- 
 ing, if practicable. In smaller doses, as fss. 
 of the juice, it produces vertigo, vomiting, and 
 rigors. 
 
 (ENA'NTHIC ETHER. A volatile oily body, 
 to which the peculiar vinous flavor of wine is 
 owing ; by boiling with potash it becomes con- 
 verted into cenanthic acid (ChH^C^HO) and 
 alcohol. Liebig traces its existence to the free 
 tartaric and racemic acids of certain grapes, 
 which yield the oil by their transformation. 
 
 (Enelje'um. A mixture of oil and wine. 
 
 (ENO-. A prefix (from otvog, wine), relating 
 to the presence of wine ; containing wine, as 
 osnogala, milk and wine. 
 
 (Eno'meli. Wine sweetened with honey. 
 
 (Enosta'gma. Spirit of wine. 
 
 (Enothe'ra biennis. The evening primrose. 
 A common indigenous plant, said to be useful 
 as an external application to tinea capitis and 
 skin diseases. 
 
 (E'nothio'nic acid. Sulphovinic acid. 
 
 (ESOPHAGI US. This name has been given 
 to the muscular fibres surrounding the upper 
 part of the oesophagus. 
 
 GE SOPH AGE' AL. Relating to the gullet or 
 
 (Esophageal cords. The long branches of 
 the par vagum, which descend along the oesoph- 
 agus. 
 
 (Esophageal glands. The mucous follicles 
 of the oesophagus. 
 
 (Esophageal tube. The oesophagus. 
 
 (ESOPHAGI'SMUS. {us, i, m.) A term 
 applied by some to inflammation of the oesopha- 
 gus, by others to dysphagia, and by Vogel to 
 spasmodic stricture of the oesophagus. 
 
 (ESOPHAGPTIS. _ (is, idis, f. ; from (esopha- 
 gus, the seat of the disease, and itis, inflamma- 
 tion.) Inflammation of the oesophagus. It is 
 not a common disease, but does exist both in a 
 phlegmonous and erysipelatous form. The cel- 
 lular tissue that connects its coats may be the 
 seat of the inflammation, which, like phlegmon- 
 ous inflammation in any other part, may be re- 
 solved, or end in suppuration. The surface of 
 the membrane which lines the oesophagus may 
 be inflamed, and extend more or less through- 
 out its whole extent. 
 
 The symptoms of this disease are a sense of 
 heat or burning in the oesophagus, with painful 
 and difficult deglutition, and these generally 
 circumscribed, or confined to a part which is 
 pointed out by the patient : if it be high in the 
 canal, it will be in the neck ; if low, in the back,- 
 between the shoulders, and under the sternum. 
 
 As an idiopathic disease, it is very rare. 
 Dissections have found inflammation here in 
 fatal cases of hydrophobia. In stricture, small- 
 pox, measles, and tumors in the neighborhood, 
 it is symptomatic. The cure is to be effected 
 by the usual means, bleeding, saline purgatives, 
 and blistering ; and if the fever which attends 
 be of the phlogistic character, and urgent, by a 
 perseverance in their use, and the exhibition 
 of diaphoretics. 
 
 (ESOPHAGO'TOMY. (CEsophagotomia, 
 from oicotyayoc, the gullet, and te[ivu, to cut.) 
 The operation of cutting into the gullet to ex- 
 tract a foreign body. 
 464 
 
 OIL 
 
 (ESO'PHAGUS. (us, i, m. ; from ota, to 
 carry, and tyayo, to eat : because it carries the 
 food into the stomach. The membranous and 
 muscular tube that descends from the pharynx 
 to the upper orifice of the stomach. It is com- 
 posed of three tunics or membranes, viz., a com 
 mon, muscular, and mucous. Its arteries are 
 the oesophageal branches, which arise from the 
 aorta. The veins empty themselves into the 
 vena azygos. Its nerves are from the eighth pair 
 and great intercostal ; and it is every where, 
 under the internal or mucous membrane, sup- 
 plied with glands that separate the mucus of the 
 oesophagus, in order that the masticated bole 
 may readily pass down into the stomach. 
 
 (Estroma'nia. Nymphomania. 
 
 OZ'STRUM. (From oiarpoc, venereal orgasm.) 
 I. The orgasm, or strong excitement experi- 
 enced during the operation of the appetites or 
 passions. — $E. venereum. The excitement dur- 
 ing coition. 2. The clitoris. 
 
 CE'sypos. CEsype. The oily matter from the 
 wool of sheep. 
 
 Offa alba. O. helmontiana. A white coag- 
 ulum formed by a mixture of rectified spirit of 
 wine with urine. 
 
 OFFPCINAL. (Officinalis; from officina, a 
 shop.) Any medicine directed, by the Pharma- 
 copoeia, and receiving the assent of physicians. 
 
 Offusca'tio. Amaurosis. 
 
 OIL. See Oleum. 
 
 Oil, almond. See Oleum amygdalae. 
 
 Oil of allspice. See Oleum pimento. 
 
 Oil of amber. Oleum succini. 
 
 Oil, British. An empirical embrocation for 
 contusions and sprains, containing linseed oil, 
 oil of turpentine, and petroleum. 
 
 Oil, carron. Linimentum calcis. 
 
 Oil, castor. See Ricinus communis. 
 
 Oil of chamomile. See Anthemis nobilis. 
 
 Oil of cod-liver. Oleum jecoris aselli. 
 
 Oil of corn spirit. Oil of grain. Hydrated 
 oxide of amyl. 
 
 Oil, Dipple's. See Oleum animale. 
 
 Oil, empyreumatic. Oleum animale. 
 
 Oil of euphorbia. An expressed oil from the 
 ripe seeds of the Euphorbia lathyrus, or spurge 
 caper. When fresh it is inodorous and insipid, 
 but soon becomes rancid and acrimonious. Five 
 to ten drops are said to be powerfully purga- 
 tive, but it does not act uniformly. 
 
 Oil, fixed. An organic substance, fluid or 
 solid, readily combustible, composed of oleine, 
 stearine, or margarine, variously combined, and 
 commonly consisting of two of these. Oils are 
 saponifiable by alkalies, and all contain glyce- 
 rine. When heated they yield a variety of pro- 
 ducts, of which sebacic acid, margaric acid, and 
 acroleine are remarkable. 
 
 Oil of garlic This essential oil contains 
 sulphur, and is remarkable for its acridity and 
 volatility. It is obtained from the bulbs. It is 
 a sulphuret of allyl, CeH 5 -{-S. A small quantity 
 is found in assafoetida. 
 
 Oil, Haerlem. An empirical preparation of 
 oil of turpentine, balsam of sulphur, &c, used in 
 nephritic complaints. 
 
 Oil of linseed. See Oleum lini. 
 
 Oil of mace. See Oleum macis. 
 
 Oil of neat's-foot. Oleum bubulum. 
 
OLE 
 
 OLE 
 
 Oil, nut. Juglans cinerea. 
 
 Oil, olive. See Olea europcea. 
 
 Oil, palm. See Cocos butyracea. 
 
 _Oil of pennyroyal. See Oleum pulegii. 
 
 Oil of peppermint. See Oleum menthce pi- 
 perita. 
 
 Oil of potato. The same as oil of corn spirit. 
 
 Oil, rock. See Petroleum. 
 
 Oil of spearmint. See Mentha viridis. 
 
 Oil of spir-EA. See Salicyle. 
 
 Oil, sulphureted. See Oleum sulphuratum. 
 
 Oil of tar. The impure, red-colored volatile 
 oil, resembling oil of turpentine, obtained by 
 distilling tar with water. Oleum picis liquidae. 
 
 Oil of vitriol. See Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Oil, volatile. Volatile or essential oils are 
 altogether different, in a chemical point of view, 
 from fixed oils. They are not compounds of 
 glycerine with fat acids, but are compounds of 
 carbon and hydrogen, and susceptible of con- 
 version into acids or resins by the action of ox- 
 ygen. They are aromatic, pungent, and often 
 extremely volatile. They are divided into 
 three classes: 1. Those without oxygen, and 
 containing carbon and hydrogen in the ratio of 
 C5H4 ; as oil of turpentine, juniper, savine, oil 
 of elemi resin, oil of lemons, cedret, orange rind, 
 copaiba, cubebs pepper. 2. Those essential oils 
 which consist of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. 
 The formulae of these differ, but many resemble 
 C10H10O. To this class belong nearly all the 
 ordinary essential oils, except the above. 3. 
 This class includes those essential oils which 
 contain, besides the preceding elements, sul- 
 phur. They are extremely pungent, and often 
 foetid ; as the essential oil of mustard, garlic, 
 assafostida, &c. 
 
 Oinomania. Delirium tremens. 
 
 Ointment. See Vngueyitum. 
 
 Okra'. Okra gumbo. Hibiscus esculentus. A 
 malvaceous annual, the fruit of which abounds 
 in a demulcent mucilage. 
 
 OLDENLA'NDIA. (a, «,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. — O.umbel- 
 la'ta. The roots of this plant, of Coromandel, 
 are used by dyers and calico printers as madder. 
 
 O'LEA. {a, <£,{.) A genus of plants. Mo- 
 nandria. Monogynia. Oleacece. — O. europcea. 
 The olive. Oliva, and Olea saliva. The fruit 
 is put, while green, into salt and water for the 
 table, and pressed for oil when ripe. Olive oil 
 {oleum olives) is emollient, and laxative in large 
 doses. It is chiefly used in liniments. 
 
 OLEA DEST1LLATA. (U. S. & Ph. L.) 
 O. essentialia. (Ph.D.) O.volatilia. (Ph. E.) 
 Distilled or essential oils. These are prepared 
 by placing the herbs, flowers, &c, in a still, 
 covering with water, and distilling into a large 
 refrigeratory. The oil passes over with water, 
 and after impregnating it with some portion, 
 begins to separate, and is to be collected for 
 use and stopped in tight vessels. Essential oils 
 are usually very pungent, and possess the me- 
 dicinal property of the plant from which they are 
 derived. The officinal oils of the United States 
 Pharmacopoeia are, 
 
 Oleum anisi. Oil of anise. See Pimpinella 
 anisi. 
 
 Oleum cari (carui). Oil of caraway. See 
 Carum carui. 
 Gq 
 
 Oleum chenopodii. Oil of wormseed. See 
 Chenopodium anthelminticum. 
 
 Oleum funiculi (O. fceniculi dulcis, Ph. 
 D.). Oil of fennel. See Anethum f&niculum. 
 
 Oleum Gaultheri.e. Oil of partridge berry. 
 See Gaultheria procumbens. 
 
 Oleum hedeom^e. Oil of American penny- 
 royal. See Hedeoma pulegicides. 
 
 Oleum juniperi. Oil of juniper. See Jun i- 
 perus communis. 
 
 Oleum Lavandula. Oil of lavender. See 
 Lavandula spica. 
 
 Oleum Mentha piperita. Oil of pepper- 
 mint. See Mentha piperita. 
 
 Oleum me.nthj: viridis. Oil of spearmint. 
 See Mentha viridis. 
 
 Oleum monard^;. Oil of horsemint. See 
 Monarda punctata. 
 
 Oleum origani. Oil of marjoram. See Ori- 
 ganum vulgare. 
 
 Oleum pimento. O. volatile myrti pimenta. 
 Oil of pimenta. See Myrtus pimenta. 
 
 Oleu3i pulegii. Oil of European pennyroyal. 
 See Mentha pulegium. 
 
 Oleum rosmarini. (U. S.) O. roris marini. 
 (Ph. D.) Oil of rosemary. See Rosmarinus 
 officinalis. 
 
 Oleum sassafras. (U.S.) O. volatile lauri 
 sassafras. (Ph. E.) Oil of sassafras (bark of 
 the root). See Laurus sassafras. 
 
 For the other essential oils, not officinal in 
 the United States Pharmacopoeia, see the plants 
 which yield them. 
 
 Olea fixa. (U. S.) Olea expressa. O. 
 pinguia. Fixed or expressed oils, distinguish- 
 ed from the preceding by want of volatility. 
 They are obtained by pressing the seeds, &c, 
 either without previously heating them, or after 
 boiling or roasting. They are for the most part 
 bland, lighter than water, and vary in consist- 
 ence from tallow and suet to olive oil. By ex- 
 posure to air they nearly all absorb oxygen and 
 become rancid, or precipitate resinous bodies; 
 hence they are to be preserved in well-stopped 
 vessels. Some oils, as linseed, rape, walnut, 
 nut, are so prone to oxydation, especially after 
 heating, as to be called drying oils, from the 
 resinous products they yield. 
 
 Olea fugacia. Those essential oils, as of 
 flowers, which are extremely volatile. 
 
 Olea medicinalia. Oils in which drugs are 
 boiled or infused. 
 
 OLEA'CE.E. The olive tribe of dicotyle- 
 donous plants. Trees or shrubs with leaves op- 
 posite; flowers, regular, monopetalous, hermaph- 
 rodite, or dioecious ; stamens, two; ovarium, sun* 
 pie, superior, two-celled ; seeds, pendulous. 
 
 Oleagi'nous. Resembling oil ; oily. 
 
 Olea'men. Oleamentum. A liniment of oils. 
 
 Olea'nder. See Nerium oleander. 
 
 Olea'ster. The wild olive. 
 
 OLECRANON, {on, i, n. ; from uIevtj, the 
 ulna, and Kpavov, the head.) The elbow, or 
 process of the ulna, upon which a person leans, 
 
 Olefiant gas. Heavy carbureted hydrogen. 
 Hydruret of acetyl, AcH. 
 
 Oleic acid. Acidum oleicum. An acid pro- 
 duced by the saponification of oleine. Form., 
 C44H39O4. When distilled it yields sebacic 
 acid. 
 
 465 
 
OLE 
 
 Olei n e . The fluid part of fixed oils and fats ; 
 oleate of glycerine. 
 
 O'lene. Q,?ievr]. The cubit, or ulna. 
 
 Oleo-phosphoric acid. An acid of the brain. 
 See Nervous matter. 
 
 Oleo-resins. The native combinations of 
 resins with essential oils, which form various 
 terebinthinate and balsamic substances. 
 
 O'leo-ri'cinate. A salt formed by oleoricinic 
 acid with a base. 
 
 O'leo-rici'nic acid. Elaiodic acid. An acid 
 from saponified castor oil. 
 
 OLEOSACCHARUM. (urn, i, n. ; from 
 oleum, oil, and saccharum, sugar.) An essential 
 oil, ground up with sugar. 
 
 OLERA'CEOUS. Oleraceus ; from olus, a 
 pot-herb.') Of the nature of pot-herbs. 
 
 Olera'cejj. Plants like beets, chenopodium, 
 spillage, &c. 
 
 Olette spring. In France, department of 
 East Pyrenees. It is hot; temperature 190° F. 
 
 O'LEUM. (um, ei, n. ; from olea, the olive.) 
 A fat or unctuous body, either solid or fluid, in- 
 soluble in water, combustible with flame, and 
 volatile in different degrees. They are distin- 
 guished into fat, and essential oils. Under the 
 former head are comprehended oil of olives, 
 almonds, rape, ben, linseed, hemp, cocoa, &c. 
 Essential oils differ from fat oils by the follow- 
 ing characters : their smell is strong and aro- 
 matic ; their volatility is such that they arise 
 with the heat of boiling water, and their taste 
 is very acrid. They are obtained by pressure, 
 distillation, &c, from strong-smelling plants, as 
 that of peppermint-, aniseed, caraway, &c. The 
 use of fat oils in the arts and in medicine is 
 very considerable : they are medicinally pre- 
 scribed as relaxing, emollient, and laxative 
 remedies; they enter into many medical com- 
 pounds, such as unguents, plasters, &c, and 
 they are often used as food. Essential oils are 
 employed as cordial, stimulant, and antispas- 
 modic remedies. 
 
 Oleum abietinum. The resinous juice which 
 exudes spontaneously from the silver and red 
 firs. It is supposed to be superior to that ob- 
 tained by wounding the tree. 
 
 Oleum ^thereum. (U. S.) Ethereal oil. 
 Oleum vini. Take of alcohol, Oij. ; sulphuric 
 acid, Oiij. ; solution of potash, f. §ss. ; distilled 
 water, f. §j. Mix the acid and spirit cautiously, 
 and allow it to stand for twelve hours ; then dis- 
 till until a black froth arises, and immediately 
 remove the retort from the sand bath. Separ- 
 ate the supernatant liquor from the heavier, 
 and expose the former to the air for a day. 
 Add to it the solution of potash mixed with the 
 water, and agitate. Lastly, when sufficiently 
 washed, separate the ethereal oil which sub- 
 sides. It is of a yellow color ; penetrating, aro- 
 matic odor, and somewhat sharp and bitter 
 taste. Its specific gravity is 1-133. It is insol- 
 uble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether. 
 It is used only for the preparation of the spirit- 
 Us cetheris sulphurici compositus. 
 
 Ethereal oil is, according to Serullas and 
 Liebig, a double sulphate of oxide of ethyle 
 (ether) and etherole. Its formula is CgHgOi-j- 
 2SO3. Its properties seem to be similar to 
 those of ether in a concentrated degree. 
 466 
 
 OLE 
 
 Oleum ammoniatum. See Lin. amm. fortius. 
 
 Oleum amygdalje. A very bland, well-fla- 
 vored oil, expressed from almonds. 
 
 Oleum animale. Oleum animate Dippelii. 
 An empyreumatic oil obtained by distillation 
 from bones and animal substances. It is some- 
 times exhibited as an antispasmodic and diaph- 
 oretic in the dose of from ten to forty drops. 
 
 Oleum anthe'midis. Oil of chamomile; for- 
 merly called Oleum e floribus chamcemeli. See 
 Anthemis nobilis. 
 
 Oleum anthos. Oleum rosmarini. 
 
 Oleum badia'ni. The volatile oil of star 
 aniseed (Illicium anisatum). It resembles oil of 
 anise, and is used to adulterate it. 
 
 Oleum balsa'mi. The balsam of Mecca, ob- 
 tained from the Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 Oleum benzo'ini. Volatile oil of benzoin. 
 This rises when benzoin is heated in a sand 
 bath, and may then be separated from the ben- 
 zoic acid and empyreuma by distillation with 
 water. It is a perfume, and said to be sudorific 
 when taken internally. 
 
 Oleum berga'mii. O. bergamotm. The per- 
 fumed oil of the Citrus bergamia. 
 
 Oleum bubu'lum. (U. S.) Neat's-foot oil, 
 obtained by boiling the feet of oxen which 
 have been deprived of the hoof. It remains 
 fluid at a low temperature. 
 
 Oleum cajupu'ti. (U. S.) Cajuput oil. 
 The essential oil of the leaves of the Melaleuca 
 cajuputi, prepared in the East Indies. It is of 
 a bluish-green color, camphorous odor, sp. gr. 
 0-97, and extremely volatile. It is highly stim- 
 ulant, antispasmodic, and diaphoretic. Dose, 
 gtt. ij. to gtt. x., in emulsion or with sugar. 
 
 Oleum calcis. Linimentum calcis. 
 
 Oleum camphoratum. See Linimentum cam- 
 phors. 
 
 Oleum carpathicum. See Balsamum car- 
 pathicum. 
 
 Oleum ca'rui. O. cari. Formerly called 
 Oleum essentiale carui. Oleum essentiale e se- 
 minibus carui. The oil of caraway is an admi- 
 rable carminative, diluted with rectified spirit 
 into an essence, and then mixed with any 
 proper fluid. See Carum carui. 
 
 Oleum caryophy'lli. (U. S.) The stimu 
 lant and aromatic oil of the clove. Dose, gtt. 
 ij. to gtt. v., in mixture. 
 
 Oleum ce'drinum. Essentia de cedro. The 
 oil of the peel of citrons, obtained without dis- 
 tillation, in Italy. 
 
 Oleum cinnamo'mi. Oil of cinnamon. A 
 warm stimulant and pleasant stomachic. Giv- 
 en in the dose of from one to three drops, rubbed 
 down with some yolk of egg, in a little wine, 
 it allays disturbance of the stomach from mor- 
 bid irritability, and is particularly serviceable 
 in debility of the prima? viae after cholera. It is 
 much used dissolved in water. 
 
 Oleum copaiba. (Ph. E.) Essential oil of 
 copaiba. Take of copaiba, fj.; water, Oiss. 
 Distill, separate the oil from the distillate, and 
 return the water to the retort so long as any oil 
 can be separated from it. It is colorless, aro- 
 matic, and acrid to the taste; sp. gr., 0878. 
 It is isomeric with oil of turpentine : CioH s . It 
 has all the properties of the balsam. Dose, gtt. 
 x. to gtt. xx., to be increased, given on sugar. 
 
OLE 
 
 OLE 
 
 Oleum corxu cervi. Oil of hartshorn. An- 
 imal oil. Tiiis id applied externally as a stim- 
 ulant in paralytic affections of the limbs. 
 
 Oleum croto'xis. Oleum tiglii. 
 
 Oleum cube'b.e. (U. S., Ph. E.) Volatile 
 oil of cubebs. Distill the powder of cubebs 
 with water. About ten and a half per cent, 
 of the oil is obtained. It is nearly colorless, 
 odorous, hot and pungent to the taste. For- 
 mula, C15H12. The oil, by keeping, depos- 
 its colorless crystals of Cubed stearopten. It is 
 an admirable substitute for the powder. Dose, 
 at first, gtt. x. to gtt. xij., gradually increased, 
 to be given in emulsion or on sugar. 
 
 Oleum e vitellis. Oil of eggs. This is 
 obtained by boiling the yolks of eggs and press- 
 ing them. It is used on the Continent for oxy- 
 dizing mercury. 
 
 Oleum ergo't.e. The oil of ergot of the 
 shops is the ethereal tincture evaporated at a 
 gentle heat. It is slightly colored, but becomes 
 dark by age ; is oily, and rather acrid. It pos- 
 sesses the peculiar properties of ergot in doses 
 of gtt. xx. to gtt. 1., given in weak spirits and 
 water. — Wright. 
 
 Oleum fili'cis maris. Oil of male fern. An 
 ethereal or alcoholic extract. It appears to be 
 eminently anthelmintic in doses of f. sss. to f. 
 3j., in pill, followed by castor oil or other ca- 
 thartics. 
 
 Oleum gabiaxum. See Gabiannm oleum. 
 
 Oleum jatro'phje curca'dis. Oil of physic- 
 nut. It resembles croton oil in its action. 
 
 Oleum je'coris aselli. Cod-liver oil. There 
 are several varieties, but that which is common 
 is of a brown color, and has the odor of cod 
 liver. It contains a minute quantity of iodine 
 and bromine, and is used in chronic rheumatism 
 and scrofulous diseases. It also appears to be 
 beneficial in chronic skin diseases. The medi- 
 cine produces no apparent action, and must be 
 continued a long time. Dose, f. f ss., increased 
 to f. ?iij., three times a day. 
 
 Oleum juniperi. Oleum essentiale juniperi 
 baccee. Oleum essentiale e baccis juniperi. Oil 
 of juniper. Oil of juniper berries possesses 
 stimulant, carminative, and stomachic virtues, 
 in the dose of from two to four drops, and in a 
 larger dose proves highly diuretic. It is often 
 administered in the cure of dropsical complaints, 
 when the indication is to provoke the urinary 
 discharge. See Juniperus communis. 
 
 Oleum lava'xdul.e. Oleum essentiale lav- 
 endulee. Oleum essentiale e floribus lavendulce. 
 Oil of lavender. Though mostly used as a per- 
 fume, this essential oil may be exhibited inter- 
 nally, in the dose of from one to five drops, as 
 a stimulant in nervous headaches, hysteria, and 
 debility of the stomach. See Lavandula spica. 
 
 Oleum lauri. Oleum laurinum. It is ex- 
 pressed from bay-berries, and is sometimes 
 rubbed on sprains and bruises unattended with 
 inflammation. 
 
 Oleum limo'xis. The essential oil of lemons 
 possesses stimulant and stomachic powers, but 
 is principally used externally, mixed with oint- 
 ments, as a perfume. 
 
 Oleum lini. Linseed oil is emollient and 
 demulcent in the dose of from half an ounce 
 to an ounce. It is frequently given in the form 
 
 I of clyster in colics and obstipation. Cold-drawn 
 linseed oil, with lime water and extract of lead, 
 forms, in many instances, the best application 
 for burns and scalds. SeeLinum usitatissimum.. 
 
 Oleum lixi cum calce. Linimentum calcis. 
 
 Oleum lucii piscis. See Esox lucius. 
 
 Oleum macis. Oleum myristicce expressum. 
 Oil of mace. A fragrant sebaceous substance, 
 expressed in the East Indies from the nutmeg. 
 There are two kinds. The best is brought in 
 stone jars, is somewhat soft, of a yellow color, 
 and resembles in smell the nutmeg. The other 
 is brought from Holland, in flat, square cakes. 
 The weak smell and faint color warrants our 
 supposing it to be the former kind sophistica- 
 ted. Their use is chiefly external, in form of 
 plaster, unguent, or liniment. 
 
 Oleum macidis. Oleum macis stillatitium. 
 Essential oil of mace. It is of a pale yellow 
 color, and has the aromatic flavor and stimulant 
 properties of the mace. 
 
 Oleum malabathri. An oil similar in flavor 
 to that of cloves, brought from the East Indies, 
 where it is said to be drawn from the leaves of 
 the cassia-tree. 
 
 Oleum martis per deliquium. The liquid 
 muriate of iron was formerly so called. 
 
 Oleum me.vthj; piperita. Formerly called 
 Oleum essentiale menthee piperitidis. Oil of 
 peppermint. Oil of peppermint possesses all 
 the active principles of the plant. It is mostly 
 used to make the simple water. Mixed with 
 rectified spirit, it forms an essence, which is 
 put into a variety of compounds, as sugar-drops 
 and lozenges, which are exhibited as stimu- 
 lants, carminatives, and stomachics. See Men- 
 tha piperita. 
 
 Oleum Mentha viridis. Formerly called 
 Oleum essentiale menth.ee satires. Oil of spear- 
 mint. This essential oil is mostly in use for 
 making the simple water, but may be exhibit- 
 ed in the dose of from two to five drops as a 
 carminative, stomachic, and stimulant. See 
 Mentha viridis. 
 
 Oleum morrhu^:. See Oleum jecoris aselli. 
 
 Oleum myri'stice. The essential oil of 
 nutmeg is an excellent stimulant and aromatic, 
 and may be exhibited, in every case where 
 such remedies are indicated, with advantage. 
 
 Oleum myristice expressum. Oleum macis. 
 
 Oleum xeroli. See Neroli oleum. 
 
 Oleum olivje. O. olivarum. See Olea eu- 
 ropcea. 
 
 Oleum origaxi. Formerly called Oleum 
 essentiale origani. Oil of origanum. A very 
 acrid and stimulating essential oil. It is em- 
 ployed for alleviating the pain arising from 
 caries of the teeth, and for making the simple 
 marjoram water. See Origanum. 
 
 Oleum palmje. See Cocos butyracea. 
 
 Oleum petr.e. Naphtha. 
 
 Oleum petr^; vulgare. British oil. Com- 
 mon oil of petre. This is variously made, but 
 most frequently with oil of turpentine, Barba- 
 does tar. and oil of rosemary. 
 
 Oleum phospho'ratum. " (Ph. Bor.) Phos- 
 phorated oil. Take of phosphorus, in small 
 pieces, gr. xij.; fresh almond oil, f. ?j. Melt 
 the phosphorus in the oil by a water bath, and 
 then agitate as long as it appears to dissolve 
 
 467 
 
OLE 
 
 OME 
 
 any. An ounce takes up about gr. iv. Given 
 as a nervous stimulant in cases of great pros- 
 tration from typhoid diseases. Dose, gtt. v. to 
 gtt. x., in emulsion, to begin with. 
 
 Oleum picis liquids. Oleum pini rubrum. 
 Oil of tar. An impure oil of turpentine distill- 
 ed from tar. It is sometimes used as a topical 
 application in tinea and cutaueous affections, in 
 the form of ointment. 
 
 Oleum pimento. See Myrtus pimento,. 
 
 Oleum pini. Oleum terebinthinae. 
 
 Oleum pulegii. Formerly called Oleum es- 
 sentiale pulegii. Oil of European pennyroyal. 
 A stimulant and antispasmodic oil, which may 
 be exhibited in hysterical and nervous affec- 
 tions. See Mentha pulegium. 
 
 Oleum pyr'o-animale. Oleum animale. 
 
 Oleum ricini. See Ricinus communis. 
 
 Oleum rosmarini. Formerly called Oleum 
 essentiale roris marini. Oil of rosemary. The 
 essential oil of rosemary is an excellent stimu- 
 lant, and may be given with great advantage 
 in nervous and spasmodic affections of the 
 stomach. See 'Rosmarinus officinalis. 
 
 Oleum sabi'n.e. Oil of savine. See Juni- 
 perus sabina. 
 
 Oleum sassafras. Obtained from the root 
 of sassafras by distillation with salt water. An 
 agreeable stimulating carminative and sudorific. 
 
 Oleum sesa'mi. (U. S.) Oil of benne. A 
 colorless bland oil expressed from the seeds of 
 the Sesamum orientale, and used as food in the 
 East. In large doses it is laxative. 
 
 Oleum sina'peos. This is pressed from the 
 husks of black mustard seed. It resembles 
 coarse linseed oil, and has but little acrimony. 
 It is used as a liniment in rheumatism. 
 
 Oleum spicje. An inferior oil of lavender. 
 
 Oleum su'ccini. (U. S.) Oil of amber. 
 Mix the amber with its weight of fine sand, 
 and distill from a glass retort, over a sand bath, 
 the heat gradually increasing. The result is an 
 acid liquid, an oil, and concrete acid. Separ- 
 ate the oil, and preserve it in well-stopped bot- 
 tles. Used in liniments. 
 
 Oleum succini rectifica'tum. (U.S.) Rec- 
 tified oil of amber. Take of oil of amber, Oj. ; 
 water, Ovj. Distill over four pints, and separ- 
 ate the oil. It is nearly colorless, or of an am- 
 ber color ; limpid ; a strong odor, acrid taste ; 
 sp. gr., 0-75 ; boils at 186°. Externally it is 
 rubefacient; internally, stimulant, antispasmod- 
 ic, and emmenagogue. Dose, gtt. x. to gtt. 
 xv., in emulsion. 
 
 Oleum sulphu'ratum. See Balsamum sul- 
 phuris. 
 
 Oleum syrle. See Dracocephalum moldav- 
 icum. 
 
 Oleum tartari per deliquum. Solution of 
 carbonate of potash. 
 
 Oleum templi'num. Oleum templinum ve- 
 rum. A terebinthinate oil, obtained from the 
 fresh cones of the Pinus pumilio of Linnaeus. 
 
 Oleum terebi'nthinje. Oil of turpentine. 
 For the uses, see the Oleum terebinthinae puri- 
 ficatum. 
 
 Oleum terebinthinje purificatum. Oleum 
 
 terebinthinae rectijicatum. (Ph.L.) Purified oil of 
 
 turpentine. Take of oil of turpentine, a pint ; 
 
 water, four pints. Distill the oil cautiously. 
 
 468 
 
 Stimulant, diuretic, and sudorific virtues are 
 attributed to this preparation, in the dose of 
 from ten drops to twenty, which are given in 
 rheumatic pains of the chronic kind, especially 
 sciatica. Its chief use internally,, however, is 
 as an anthelmintic and styptic. In cases of 
 tape-worm it is given in doses of from f ss. to ^ij. 
 every eight hours, till the worm is expelled. 
 It is a remedy of extraordinary power in such 
 cases. Uterine, pulmonic, gastric, intestinal, 
 and other hemorrhages, when passive, are 
 more effectually relieved by oil of turpentine 
 than by any other medicine. Externally, it is 
 applied, mixed with ointments and other appli- 
 cations, to bruises, sprains, rheumatic pains, 
 indolent ulcers, burns, and scalds. 
 
 Oleum terr^. Petroleum. 
 
 Oleum tiglii. (U. S.) Croton oil. The 
 expressed oil of the seeds of the Croton tig- 
 Hum. It is obtained from the East Indies, and 
 is a brownish oil, of a disagreeable odor and 
 acrid taste. It is a drastic purge in doses of 
 one, two, or three drops, and should be given 
 in pill, but in mania and difficult deglutition 
 may be applied to the tongue ; whenever there 
 is intestinal irritation it should not be used. It 
 has also been used externally as a counter-irri- 
 tant, as it produces a pustular eruption. 
 
 Oleum vini. Oleum aethereum. 
 
 Oleum vitrioli. Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Oleum vitrioli dulce. Oleum aethereum. 
 
 Oleum vivum. Bitumen. 
 
 Olfa'ction. The faculty of smelling. 
 
 OLFA'CTORY. Olfactorius. Relating to 
 the sense or apparatus of smelling. 
 
 Olfactory foramina. The foramina of the 
 cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone. 
 
 Olfactory nerves. Nervi olfactorii. The 
 first pair of nerves are so termed, because they 
 are distributed to the organs of smelling. 
 
 Olfa'ctus. The sense of smell. 
 
 Oli'banum. Juniperus lycia. 
 
 OLIG-. OLIGO-. A prefix (from ohiyoc, 
 little, few), denoting paucity, smallness, pover 
 ty, as in Oligcemta, anaemia. 
 
 Oligochy'lus. Little nutritious. 
 
 Oligotrophia. Deficient nourishment. 
 
 Olisthe'ma. A luxation. 
 
 Oli'va. See Olea europaea. 
 
 Oliva'ceous. Of an olive color. 
 
 OLIVA'RIS. (From oliva, the olive.) Re- 
 sembling the olive : applied to two eminences 
 on the lower part of the medulla oblongata, 
 called corpora olivaria. 
 
 Olive. See Olea europaea. 
 
 Olive, spurge. See Daphne mezereum. 
 
 O'LIVILE. The name given by Pelletier to 
 the substance which remains after gently evap- 
 orating the alcoholic solution of the gum which 
 exudes from the olive-tree. It is a white, brill- 
 iant, starchy powder. 
 
 Olophly'ctis. Phlyctaena. 
 ' Olopho'nia. Congenital malformation of 
 the vocal organs. — Good. 
 
 Olusa'trum. Smyrnium olusatrum. 
 
 O'magra. Gout in the shoulder. 
 
 Oma'sum. Omasus. The third stomach of 
 ruminants ; the manyplies. 
 
 OMENTPTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from omentum, 
 the caul.) Epiploitis. Inflammation of the 
 
ON A 
 
 OPE 
 
 omentum or epiploon. It usually occurs only 
 in connection with general inflammation of the 
 peritoneum. See Peritonitis. 
 
 OME'NTUM. {urn, i, n. ; from omen, an 
 omen : so called because the soothsayers proph- 
 esied from an inspection of this part.) The 
 omentum or caul. Epiploon. It is a duplica- 
 ture of the peritoneum, with more or less of fat 
 interposed. It is distinguished into the great 
 omentum and the little omentum. 
 
 1. The omentum majus, omentum gastrocoli- 
 cum, arises from the whole of the great curva- 
 ture of the stomach, and even as far as the 
 spleen, from whence it descends loosely behind 
 the abdominal parietes, and over the intestines 
 to the navel, and sometimes into the pelvis. 
 Having descended thus far, its inferior margin 
 turns inward and ascends again, and is fastened 
 to the colon and the spleen, where its vessels 
 enter. 2. The omentum minus, or omentum hepat- 
 ico gastricum, arises posteriorly from the trans- 
 verse fissure of the liver. It is composed of a 
 duplicature of peritoneum, passes over the duo- 
 denum and small lobe of the liver : it also pass- 
 es by the lobulus spigelii and pancreas, proceeds 
 to the colon and small curvature of the stomach, 
 and is implanted, ligamentous, into the oesoph- 
 agus. It is in this omentum that Winslow dis- 
 covered a natural opening, the foramen of Wins- 
 low. 
 
 Besides the greater and lesser omentum, some 
 anatomists distinguish a colic omentum, which 
 binds down the colon, and a gastro-splenic 
 omentum, which passes between the stomach 
 and the spleen. 
 
 OMNIVOROUS. Omnivorus. Animals 
 which feed both upon flesh and vegetables are 
 called omnivorous. 
 
 OMO-. A prefix (from ofzoc, the shoulder), 
 pertaining to the shoulder. 
 
 O'moco'tyle. The glenoid cavity. 
 
 O'MO-HYOIDE'US. A muscle situated be- 
 tween the os hyoides and shoulder, that pulls 
 the os hyoides obliquely downward. It arises 
 from the superior costa of the scapula, near the 
 semilunar notch, and is inserted into the base 
 of the os hyoides. 
 
 O'mopla'ta. The scapula. 
 
 Omoplato-hyoideus. The omo-hyoideus. 
 
 Omo'tribes. Oil from unripe olives. 
 
 Ompha'cinum. Oil from unripe olives. 
 
 Ompha'cion. Omphacium. Verjuice. 
 
 Omphaci'tes. Wine from unripe grapes. 
 
 Omphaco'meli. The juice of unripe grapes 
 and honey. 
 
 O'mphaloca'rpus. Galium aparine. 
 
 O'mphalock'le. Hernia umbilicalis. 
 
 O'mphalomanti'a. The divination of mid- 
 wives, who pretend to foretell the number of 
 the future offspring from the number of knots 
 in the navel-string of the child that is born. 
 
 Ompha'lo-mesenteric vessels. The vitel- 
 line vessels ; delicate vessels which supply the 
 umbilical vesicles of the foetus. 
 
 Omphalophy'ma. Omphalo'ncus. Swelling 
 of the umbilicus. 
 
 O'MPHALOS. The navel. See Umbilicus. 
 
 Omphalotomy. The cutting of the navel 
 string. 
 
 O'nanism. Onania. Masturbation. 
 
 Oncos. A tumor; hence oncoses, tumors. 
 
 ONEIRODYNIA, (a, as, f. ; from oveipov, a 
 dream, and odvvn, anxiety.) Disturbed imagi- 
 nation during sleep. There are two species : I, 
 Oneirodynia activa, walking in the sleep. 2. 
 Oneirodynia gravens, or nightmare. Ephialtes. 
 
 Oneiro'gmos. Oneiro' gonos. 1. A venereal 
 dream. 2. An emission of the semen during 
 sleep. 
 
 Onion. Allium cepa. 
 
 Onion, sea. Scilla maritima. 
 
 ONTSCUS. 1. The stock-fish. 2. The slow- 
 worm. 3. A genus of apterous insects. — G. 
 asellus. The wood-louse. 
 
 Onobry'chis. Hedysarum onobrychis. 
 
 Onomatolo'gia. Nomenclature. 
 
 ONO'NIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Diadclphia. Decandria. Leguminoscc. — O- 
 spinosa. O. arvensis. The roots have a faint, 
 unpleasant smell, and sweetish, bitterish, some- 
 what nauseous taste. They are considered ape- 
 rient and diuretic. 
 
 ONOPO'RDIUM. (um, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia cequalis. Com- 
 posites. — O. acanthium. The cotton thistle. 
 The expressed juice has been recommended in 
 cancer, in the form of poultice. 
 
 ONO'SMA. (a, <e, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. — O. echioides. The 
 plant, the root of which is called Anchusa lutea 
 It is supposed to possess emmenagogue virtues. 
 
 ONY'CHIA. (a, ce, f . ; from ovv$, the nail.) 
 A whitlow at the side of the finger nail. 
 
 Onychographo'sis. Curvature of the nails, 
 as in hectic. 
 
 Onychophyma. Thickening of the nails. 
 
 Onychoptosis. Falling off of the nails. 
 
 O'NYX. (yx, ychis, m. Ovv^.) In Sur- 
 gery, an abscess, or collection of pus between 
 the lamella? of the cornea. The diagnostic 
 signs are, a white spot or speck, prominent, soft, 
 and fluctuating. It is sometimes superficial, 
 arising from inflammation ; not dangerous, for 
 it vanishes when the inflammation is resolved 
 by the use of astringent collyria. 
 
 In other instances it is a deep abscess, seated 
 between the lamellae of the cornea, sometimes 
 breaking internally, and forming a hypopium : 
 when it opens externally, it leaves a fistula upon 
 the cornea; whenever the pus is exsiccated. 
 there remains a leucoma. 
 
 Ooei'des. The aqueous humor. 
 
 OON. An egg, ovum ; hence Oology, a de- 
 scription of ova ; Oophoron, the ovary. 
 
 Oozing tumor of the labium. A rare tumor 
 of the labia majora, which discharges a watery 
 fluid. 
 
 OPACITY. (Opacitas,atis,f.) The proper- 
 ty of obstructing the passage of light. Opacity 
 of the comea is leucoma ; opacity of the lens or 
 its membrane constitutes cataract. 
 
 O'paline. Of a milky, iridescent color, like 
 the opal. 
 
 Opaque. Opacus. Incapable of transmitting 
 light. 
 
 OPERA'TION. Operatio. A process requir- 
 ing labor; and in common language, the action 
 of a purgative. In Surgery it signifies the cut- 
 ting or acting on parts for various purposes. In 
 Chemistry, the preparation of bodies. 
 
OP H 
 
 OPH 
 
 Operculate. Operculatus. Having a lid- 
 like cover. Applied in zoology and botany. 
 
 OPERCULUM, {um, i, n. ; a cover or lid.) 
 The lid or cover of the peristomum of mosses. 
 It is also found in some univalve shells, as a 
 calcareous lid to the mouth of the shell. 
 
 OPHl'ASIS. (is, is, f.) A form of porrigo 
 decalvans, which commences at the occiput, 
 and winds to each ear, and sometimes to the 
 forehead. 
 
 Ophidians. Animals resembling the snake. 
 
 OPHIOGLO'SSUM. (w, i, n.) A genus 
 of ferns. — O.lunaria. Moon- wort. The leaves 
 are astringent, and used against fluxes. — O. os- 
 munda. Osmunda regalis. — O. spicatum. Ad- 
 der's tongue. Ophioglossum vulgatum, and 
 Ophioglossum. Formerly a celebrated vulner- 
 ary. 
 
 OPHIORRHPZA. (a, a, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — O. mungos. 
 The root is the Radix serpentum of the pharma- 
 copoeias. Mungos radix. The bitter root is 
 much esteemed in Java, Sumatra, &c, as pre- 
 venting the effects of the bite of the naja and 
 the mad dog. It is also said to be a cure for 
 intestinal worms. 
 
 Ophiosco'rodon. Broad-leaved gaiiic. 
 
 Ophiosta' phylum. Bryonia alba. 
 
 Ophiosto'ma. A genus of intestinal worms 
 furnished with two lips. 
 
 OPHIO'XYLUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. — O. serpen- 
 ti'num. The tree yielding lignum serpentum. 
 It is very bitter. It is said to be efficacious in 
 the cure of the bite of venomous serpents, and 
 malignant diseases. 
 
 O'PHRYS. (ys, os, f. 0(j>pvc ; from ofyvc, 
 the eyebrow.) 1. The lowest part of the fore- 
 head, where the eyebrows grow. 2. An herb, 
 bo called because its juice was used to make 
 the hair of the eyebrows black. 
 
 Ophthalmalgia. Pain in the eye. 
 
 OPHTHA'LMIA. (a, as, f.; from otfafyoc, 
 the eye.) A term universally applied to an in- 
 flammation of the membranes of the eye, or of 
 the whole bulb of the eye ; but which, accord- 
 ing to the modern nomenclature of diseases, 
 should be called ophthalmitis. See Ophtkal- 
 
 OPHTHALMIC. ( Ophthalmicus, i, m. ; 
 from ocpda/./xoc, an eye.) Relating to the eye. 
 
 Ophthalmic artery. A branch of the inter- 
 nal carotid, which enters the orbit through the 
 foramen opticum ; it supplies the eyeball and 
 the parts around it, and gives off branches to 
 the lachrymal gland, to the membrane of the 
 ethmoid bone, to the nose, and to the forehead. 
 
 Ophthalmic ganglion. Ganglion ophthal- 
 micum. Lenticular ganglion. This ganglion 
 is formed in the orbit by the union of a branch 
 of the third or fourth pair with the first branch 
 of the fifth pair of nerves. 
 
 Ophthalmic nerve. Nervus ophthalmicus. 
 The first branch given off from the Gasserian 
 ganglion of the fifth pair of nerves. It divides 
 into the lachrymal, frontal, and nasal nerves, 
 and gives a filament to the great sympathetic. 
 
 Ophthalmici externi. See Motores oculorum. 
 
 OPHTHALMPTIS. (itis, itidis, f . ; from 
 ofydalfioc, the eye.) Ophthalmia. An inflam- 
 470 
 
 mation of one or more of the membranes con- 
 stituting the eye, or of the whole bulb of the 
 eye. It has the following species : 
 
 I. Ophthalmitis conjunctiva. — Conjunctival 
 ophthalmia. This is the common inflammation 
 of the eye, which is usually produced by a cold 
 wind, dust, or any external irritation, &c. It 
 generally begins with the appearance of a net- 
 work of blood-vessels on some part of the con- 
 junctiva of the eyeball or eyelids. The eyelids 
 become swollen and tender, and the redness 
 soon covers the whole conjunctiva ; there is in- 
 creased discharge of tears, intolerance of light. 
 There is more or less of constant pain, and a 
 sensation as if particles of fine sand had in- 
 sinuated themselves under the eyelid, accom- 
 panied by a great heat and pricking pain. A 
 glutinous matter is now secreted, especially in 
 the night, which causes the eyelids to stick very 
 firmly together. It is no unusual thing for the 
 disease to commence in one eye, and in a day or 
 two to seize the other. Mild cases of conjuncti- 
 val ophthalmitis generally run their course in a 
 few days, and cease spontaneously, or are remo- 
 ved by the application of a few leeches to the 
 temples, a purgative, abstaining from the usual 
 diet, and remaining in a dark place. The best 
 local applications are a warm and filtered de- 
 coction of poppy-heads, or one fluid drachm of 
 the tinctura opii in eight fluid ounces of dis- 
 tilled water. The eye should be well cleansed 
 from the glutinous matter with warm milk and 
 water ; and when the pain abates, and the ves- 
 sels of the inflamed part become relaxed, solu- 
 tions of acetate of lead, nitrate of silver, sulphate 
 of alum, and zinc, will be best calculated to re- 
 move the disease. There is an acute form, in 
 which an active antiphlogistic treatment is nec- 
 essary. 
 
 There are three forms of conjunctivis, which 
 terminate rapidly in suppuration, as follows: 
 
 1. Egyptian ophthalmia is that which prevails 
 in Egypt. This is extremely rapid, painful, and 
 unfortunate in its termination, the conjunctiva 
 and cornea becoming ulcerated in a few hours, 
 and causing the escape of the aqueous humor 
 and loss of vision if not checked, or granulations 
 form on the conjunctiva of the eyelids, and pro- 
 duce so much irritation as to cause loss of vis- 
 ion ultimately. 
 
 The treatment consists in giving full emetic 
 doses of tartar emetic every few hours during 
 the first inflammatory stage, and removing the 
 diseased conjunctiva of the eyelids, or the gran- 
 ulations, with the knife, and applying a wash of 
 solution of nitrate of silver or alum. 
 
 2. Gonorrheal ophthalmia presents the symp- 
 toms of purulent inflammation of the conjunctiva 
 in its most intense form. It is produced by 
 contact of gonorrhceal matter. The treatment 
 must be very active, and a solution of nitrate of 
 silver of gr. x. to water f. fj. is to be used at 
 once as a lotion. 
 
 3. Ophthalmia purulenta. O. infantum. The 
 purulent ophthalmia of infants occurs very soon 
 after birth, and is usually produced by cold, 
 though in some instances it may arise from the 
 irritation of acrimonious or specific secretions. 
 It usually makes its appearance within the first 
 week or fortnight from birth. Solution of nitrate 
 
OP H 
 
 OP H 
 
 of silver, aqua camphors, a blister to the tem- 
 ple, and purgatives, are the pi-oper remedies. 
 
 II. Ophthalmitis tarsalis. — Here the inflam- 
 mation is confined to the eyelids, and especial- 
 ly to Meibomius's glands. P sor ophthalmia. 
 The secretion of the glands becomes acrimoni- 
 ous, the eyes become irritated, the lids glued 
 together, and the tarsal ligament ulcerated. 
 Treatment: dilute nitrate of mercury ointment 
 to the tarsus, a drop of vinum opii to the eye, 
 and antiphologistic measures. 
 
 III. Sclerotitis. — Inflammation of the sclerot- 
 ica. In this affection the inflamed vessels are 
 distinctly seen to be under the conjunctiva, and 
 a bright red zone surrounds the cornea. The 
 cornea and pupil look hazy, and sometimes the 
 iris participates in the inflammation, but seldom 
 in any severe degree. The pupil, however, is 
 generally somewhat contracted and sluggish in 
 its movements. The pain becomes aggravated 
 toward night, and there is a considerable de- 
 gree of symptomatic fever and derangement of 
 the general functions of the system. 
 
 This form of disease has been called rheumatic 
 ophthalmia, but it does not appear to have any 
 connection with rheumatism. The treatment 
 is not materially different from that of conjunc- 
 tival ophthalmia, with this exception, that the 
 application of nitrate of silver, which is so emi- 
 nently useful in the purulent ophthalmia, is al- 
 ways injurious in sclerotitis. 
 
 IV. Comeitis. — Inflammation of the cornea. 
 This is a chronic disease, most common in the 
 scrofulous constitution, and about the age of 
 puberty. It lasts for months, and sometimes 
 for years. It occupies chiefly the conjunctiva 
 covering the cornea, and the superficial layers 
 of the cornea itself. The redness of the in- 
 flamed part is not considerable : the inflamed 
 vessels are small, forming a zone round the 
 cornea, and sometimes ramifying toward its 
 center. In the early stage, the local remedies 
 are those adapted to acute ophthalmia; when 
 all active inflammation has ceased, the vinum 
 opii and astringent collyria are applicable. 
 Blisters are very useful throughout the disease. 
 
 V. Iritis. — Inflammation of the iris. This 
 may be acute or chronic, idiopathic or symp- 
 tomatic, common or specific ; and according to 
 these circumstances the symptoms vary con- 
 siderably. The general symptoms of iritis are 
 a zone of a pale pink color around the cornea : 
 as the inflammation advances the redness of the 
 vessels increases, and those of the conjunctiva 
 also become injected; the iris undergoes a re- 
 markable change of color; if it be naturally 
 dark it becomes reddish-brown, if naturally 
 light it becomes greenish. In the severer cases 
 lymph is effused into the chambers of the eye, 
 and the iris contracts adhesions to the capsule 
 of the lens, the cornea, or the ciliary processes; 
 the power of vision is much diminished, and 
 sometimes fails altogether; there is deep-seated 
 pain in the orbit, forehead, and side of the head, 
 which is frequently increased at night. 
 
 Iritis arises from wounds of the his, from 
 cold, and the other common causes of inflam- 
 mation, from syphilis, scrofula, gout, and rheu- 
 matism. 
 
 Notwithstanding the distinctions laid down 
 
 by authors between the several varieties of 
 iritis, an attentive consideration of the history 
 of the case will generally be found the best 
 means of diagnosis. There are three prominent 
 indications in the treatment of iritis : first, to 
 allay the inflammation which is to be effected 
 by the same means as in common cases of acute 
 ophthalmia; secondly, to prevent the effusion of 
 lymph, for which the antiphlogistic treatment is 
 available in some degree, but which is most ef- 
 fectually fulfilled by bringing the system speedi- 
 ly under the action of mercury, the effect of 
 which should be induced ha a strong degree, 
 and sustained till all danger is over; thirdly, to 
 prevent adhesions, which is fulfilled by keeping 
 the pupil dilated with belladonna, but which 
 can only be effected after the acute symptoms 
 are subdued, as the belladonna has no effect on 
 the pupil while active inflammation prevails. 
 
 In the treatment of the specific forms of iritis, 
 we must have reference not only to general 
 principles, but to the particular diseased state of 
 the constitution of which they are symptomatic, 
 and select our remedies accordingly : thus col- 
 chicum is thought to be particularly efficacious 
 in the arthritic forms, and mercury in the 
 venereal. 
 
 VI. The choroid coat and the retina are also 
 liable to inflammation. Choroiditis seldom oc- 
 curs except in connection with iritis. Retinitis 
 is generally the result of over-exertion of the 
 sight in the examination of objects, or of ex- 
 posure to too vivid a light. Its tendency is to 
 produce amaurosis more or less rapidly, as it is 
 more or less acute. The acute form requires 
 absolute rest of the eye, entire darkness, and 
 the antiphlogistic treatment. 
 
 Such are some of the chief phenomena of in- 
 flammation, as developed in the different tex- 
 tures of the eye. In many cases the common 
 forms of ophthalmia are combined in one gen- 
 eral inflammation of the eyeball, which, if not 
 subdued, terminates in suppuration, and the 
 complete destruction of the organ, which bursts, 
 evacuates its contents, and shrinks into the 
 orbit. 
 
 OpHTHA'LMO-BLENORRHffi'A. Purulent oph- 
 thalmia. 
 
 Ophthalmo-carcino'ma. Cancer of the 
 eye. 
 
 Ophthalmoce'le. Exophthalmia. 
 
 OPHTHALMODYNIA, (a, ce, f. ; from 
 o<pda%fioc, and odvvn, pain.) A vehement pain 
 in the eye, without, or with very little redness, 
 and not produced by inflammation. It may be 
 the result of rheumatism, gout, hysteria, &c. ; or 
 produced by incipient organic diseases, as can- 
 cer, fungus hasmatodes ; or an affection purely 
 of the nerves. The cure requires the removal 
 of the cause. When an intermittent affection, 
 the internal use of bark is beneficial. 
 
 Ophthalmography. Ophthalmology. A 
 treatise on the eye. 
 
 OPHTHALMOPLEGIA. (From otidafyoc, 
 and 7r/l77<7<76>, to strike.) Paralysis ot one or 
 more of the muscles of the eye. 
 
 Ophthalmopo'nia. Inflammation of the eye. 
 
 OPHTHALMOPTO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; _ from 
 0(f>da?>iuoc, and tttucic, a fall.) A protrusion of 
 the globe of the eye on the cheek, canthus, or 
 
 471 
 
OP P 
 
 ORB 
 
 tip ward, the globe itself being scarcely altered 
 in magnitude. 
 
 OPHTHA'LMOS. The eye; also a prefix 
 in some words, as Ophthalmoscopic/,, the art of 
 examining the eyes for the discovery of disease. 
 — Ophthalmostatum, a speculum oculi for fixing 
 the eye. — Ophthalmotomy, extirpation of the 
 eye. — Ophthalmoxysis, scarification of the con- 
 junctival membrane. 
 
 O'piane. Another name for narcotine. 
 
 O'PIATE. Opiatum. 1. Any preparation 
 of opium. 2 . An anodyne. 
 
 O'pion. Otccov. Opium. 
 
 Opi'sthenar. The back of the hand. 
 
 Opisthocra'nium. The ci 'jut. 
 
 Opi'sthoc ypho'sis. A curvature of the spine 
 backward. 
 
 OPISTHOTONOS, (os, i, m. ; from otuoOev, 
 backward, and reivu, to draw.) That form of 
 tetanus in which the body is bent backward. 
 
 Opisto-gastric The coeliac artery. 
 
 O'PIUM. (um, ii, n. Otuov, probably from 
 ottoc, juice.) The inspissated juice of the 
 poppy. See Papaver somniferum. 
 
 Opium de Rousseau. See Rousseau's drops. 
 
 Opoba'lsamum. Amyris gileadensis. 
 
 Opocalpason. See Opocarpason. 
 
 Opocarpason. Opocalpason. OiroKapjracov. 
 QiroKcOnraaov. See Carpasus. 
 
 OPODEL/DOC. Formerly it signified a 
 plaster for all external injuries, but now is con- 
 fined to the camphorated soap liniment. 
 
 Opodeldoc, Steer's. This is composed of 
 Castile soap, rectified spirit, camphor, oilsof rose- 
 mary and marjoram, and solution of ammonia. 
 
 Opodeoce'le. An ischiatic hernia. 
 
 OPO'PANAX. (ax, acis, f.) 1. The gum- 
 resin of opopanax chironum. 2. A genus of 
 umbelliferous plants. — O. chironium. The 
 plant which yields opopanax by exudation from 
 meisions made in the root. It is brought from 
 Turkey and the East Indies, and is, like the 
 foetid gums, antispasmodic and emmenagogue. 
 Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. 
 
 Opo'pia. The bones of the eyes. 
 
 Opoponax. Opopanax. 
 
 Opo'rice. A conserve of ripe fruits. 
 
 OPPILA'TION. (Oppilatio, onis, f . ; from 
 oppilo, to shut up.) Oppilation is a close kind 
 of obstruction. 
 
 Oppilati'vus. Shutting up the pores of the 
 skin. 
 
 OPPO'NENS. Opposing. A name given to 
 some muscles from their office. 
 
 Opponens minimi digiti. A small muscle 
 attached along the inner edge of the fifth meta- 
 carpal bone, and inserted into the anterior an- 
 nular ligament of the wrist ; it draws the fifth 
 metacarpal bone inward, and thus tends to in- 
 crease the hollow of the hand. 
 
 Opponens pollicis. See Flexor ossis meta- 
 carpi pollicis. 
 
 Oppo'situs. Opposite to each other. 
 
 OPPRESSION. (Oppressio, onis, f.) 1. A 
 sensation of weight, as oppression of breathing, 
 when it seems to be difficult to breathe from a 
 sense of weight obstructing respiration ; and, in 
 like manner, oppressio prcecordiorum, which 
 is a feeling of pressure about the prcecordia. 
 2. Oppressio cerebri. Catalepsy. 
 472 
 
 Opsi'gonos. The dens sapiential. 
 
 Opsionu'si. Diseases of vision. 
 
 OPTIC. (Opticus; from ottto/xcu, I see.) 
 Relating to vision. ; 
 
 Optic commissure. The union of the optic 
 nerves in front of the sella turcica. 
 
 Optic foramen. A foramen of the sphenoid 
 bone, through which the optic nerves and ves- 
 sels pass. 
 
 Optic nerves. Nervi optici. The second 
 pair of nerves of the brain. See Nerve. 
 
 OPTICS. (From oTrro^ai, I see.) That 
 branch of natural philosophy which treats of 
 the properties of light and vision. 
 
 Opu'ntia. Cactus opuntia. 
 
 Ora serrata. The posterior serrated edge 
 of the ciliary processes is so called. 
 
 Orache. Atriplex sativa. 
 
 Orange. Citrus aurantium. 
 
 Orange peas. The immature fruit of the 
 Curacoa orange, or Aurantia curassaventia. 
 
 ORBFCULAR. (Orbicularis ; from orbicu- 
 lus, a little ring.) Round. 
 
 Orbicula're os. 1. A bone of the carpus. 
 2. A small bone of the internal ear. See Auris. 
 
 Orbicularis oris. A muscle of the mouth, 
 formed in a great measure by those of the lips ; 
 the fibres of the superior descending, those of 
 the inferior ascending, and decussating each 
 other about the corner of the mouth, they run 
 along the lip to join those of the opposite side, 
 so that the fleshy fibres appear to surround the 
 mouth like a sphincter. Its use is to shut the 
 mouth, by contracting and drawing both lips 
 together, and to counteract all the muscles that 
 assist in opening it. 
 
 Orbicularis palpebrarum. O. oculi. A 
 muscle common to both the eyelids. Orbicur- 
 laris palpebrarum ciliaris. It arises from the 
 outer edge of the orbitar process of the superior 
 maxillary bone, and from a tendon near the in- 
 ner angle of the eye. The fibres run round to 
 the outer angle of the eye, and are inserted into 
 the nasal process of the superior maxillary bone 
 by a short, round tendon, covermg the anterior 
 and upper part of the lachrymal sac, which ten- 
 don can be easily felt at the inner canthus of 
 the eye. The use of this muscle is to shut the 
 eye by drawing both lids together; the fibres, 
 contracting from the outer angle toward the in- 
 ner, press the eyeball, squeeze the lachrymal 
 gland, and convey the tears toward the puncta 
 lachrymalia. 
 
 Orbicularis palpebrarum ciliaris. See 
 Orbicularis palpebrarum. 
 
 Orbicula'te. Orbiculatus. Round and flat. 
 
 Orbiculus ciliaris. The ciliary circle. 
 
 O'RBIT. (Orbitum,i,n.) The two cavities 
 under the forehead, in which the eyes are situ- 
 ated, are termed orbits. Each orbit is com- 
 posed of seven bones, viz., the frontal, maxillary, 
 jugal, lachrymal, ethmoid, palatine, and sphe- 
 noid. The use of this bony socket is to main- 
 tain and defend the organ of sight and its adja- 
 cent parts. 
 
 Orbital arch. The upper margin of the orbit. 
 
 Orbital fissure, superior. The sphenoidal 
 fissure. 
 
 Orbital fissure, inferior. The maxillary 
 fissure. 
 
ORG 
 
 ORI 
 
 Orbital nerve. A branch of the superior 
 maxillary: it subdivides into a malar and tem- 
 poral branch. 
 
 ORBIT AR. Orbitaris. Relating to the orbit 
 or socket of the eye. 
 
 Orbitary foramina. See Frontis os. 
 
 Orcheoce'le. Orcheodocele. Orchiocele. 
 Orchitis. 
 
 Orcheoto'my. Orcheodotomy. Castration. 
 
 ORCHIDA'CEvE. Herbaceous, gynandrous 
 endogens, with remarkably irregular and beau- 
 tiful flowers; they bear bulbs containing an 
 agreeable farina (salep), for which the Orchis 
 mascula and morio are partially cultivated. 
 They are natives of calcareous soils. In the 
 tropics, the species and genera often become 
 splendid parasites. 
 
 Orchil. Archil. Lichen roccella. 
 
 O'RCHIS. (is,is,m. Opxtc.) 1. A testicle. 
 2. (Orchis, itis, f.) A genus of plants. Gy- 
 nandria. Diandria. Orchidacece. — O. bifolia. 
 The butterfly orchis, the root of which is used 
 indifferently with that of the male orchis. — O. 
 mascula. The male orchis. The root is mu- 
 cilaginous, and yields bassorine, or salep. — O. 
 morio. The salep root. This is a farinaceous 
 powder imported from Turkey. 
 _ ORCHITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from op X ic, a tes- 
 ticle.) Inflammation of the testicle. Swelled 
 testicle. The most common cause of it is a sup- 
 pression of the discharge of a clap ; but it takes 
 place from blows, and all the causes of inflam- 
 mation. When it takes place in the progress 
 of a clap, it is a sympathetic inflammation, and 
 it often follows every kind of irritation on the 
 urethra, whether produced by strictures, injec- 
 tions, or bougies. The swelling and inflamma- 
 tion appear suddenly, and as suddenly disap- 
 pear, or go from one testicle to the other. The 
 epididymis remains swelled, however, even for 
 a considerable time afterward. There is ten- 
 derness, pain, weakness in the loins, colic, and 
 sometimes vomiting. 
 
 Orchitis, with stoppage of the discharge of 
 clap, is apt to be attended with strangury. A 
 very singular thing is, that the inflammation 
 more frequently comes on when the irritation in 
 the urethra is going off than when at its height. 
 
 This disease requires perfect rest, and the 
 same treatment as inflammation of any other 
 viscus. General bleeding, leeches, and cold 
 applications are necessary. The bowels are to 
 be purged from time to time, and a strict anti- 
 phlogistic diet enforced as long as there is fever- 
 ish excitement. Opiates at bedtime are re- 
 quired when there is much pain. 
 
 O'rchos. The extremities of the eyelids, 
 where the eyelashes grow. 
 
 Orcho'tomy. Orchotomia. Castration. 
 
 Oreoseli'num. Athamanta oreoselinum. 
 
 Ore'xis. A desire or appetite. 
 
 ORGAN. (Opyavov. Organum, i, n.) An 
 organ is a part of an animal or vegetable which 
 has a determined office in its economy: thus 
 the eye is the organ of vision, and the ear of 
 hearing ; the muscles are the organs of motion, 
 &c. A catenation of organs destined to one 
 function is called an apparatus : thus, although 
 the lungs be the immediate organ of respira- 
 tion, the apparatus of respiration consists of the 
 
 lungs, air passages, muscles, and nerves, &c, of 
 respiration, without which the function could 
 not be performed. 
 
 ORGA'NIC. Organicus. 1. Possessed of 
 organs; appertaining to organization, or sus- 
 ceptible of" organization : thus we speak of or- 
 ganic bodies, organic functions, and organic 
 matter. 2. Relating to an organ. Pathologists 
 call those organic diseases in which there is a 
 visible change in the structure of the organ, as 
 opposed to diseases of function, in which the 
 action only of the organ is changed. 
 
 Organic chemistry. The chemistry of or- 
 ganic matters, or such as are directly or indi- 
 rectly derived from plants or animals. The 
 investigation or analysis of such bodies is prox- 
 imate or ultimate : the former when the parts 
 are merely separated by solvents, as water, al- 
 cohol, ether, and acids; the latter when the 
 elementary composition is ascertained. Car- 
 bon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, combined 
 in binary, ternary, or quaternary compounds, 
 with a small amount of saline matters, form the 
 majority of organic bodies; sulphur and phos- 
 phorus are present in a few only. The modern 
 process of organic analysis is briefly described 
 in Kane's and in Graham's Chemistry. These 
 manipulations require great experience and 
 skill. Vegetable tissues are distinguished from 
 animal by the great amount of nitrogen in the 
 latter. 
 
 Organic force. The plastic force whereby 
 the development of cellules is effected. 
 
 Organic molecules. Certain animated cel- 
 lules or monads, supposed by Spallanzani to 
 exist in the semen of males. These have re- 
 ceived the name of vital germs, spermatozoa, 
 homunculi, and animalcules. 
 
 ORGANISATION. Organization. Organ- 
 isatio. The construction of the parts of an ani- 
 mal or vegetable body, with reference to a de- 
 termined function. 
 
 O'RGANISM. This term is generally ap- 
 plied to the sum total of the organs and powers 
 which give rise to the phenomena of life in any 
 living being. 
 
 Organogeny. The formation of the organs. 
 
 Organography. A treatise on the organs. 
 
 Organoto'my. Anatomy. 
 
 O'RGASM. (Orgasmus, i, m. Opyaop.oe ; 
 from opyau, to desire vehemently.) A state of 
 excitement and vital turgescence of any organ : 
 applied especially to the organs of generation, 
 the excitement of which is termed the venereal 
 orgasm. 
 
 Orga'stica. Diseases affecting the orgasm. 
 The second order of the class Genetica of Good. 
 
 Orge'at. A drink made with syrup of al- 
 monds. 
 
 Ori'cia. A species of fir. 
 
 Orienta'lia folia. The leaves of senna. 
 
 Orifi'cium. The orifice or entrance of any 
 organ or thing. 
 
 ORJ'GANUM. (urn, i, n. Opuyavov.) 1. 
 The Origanum vulgare. 2. A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiatce. — O. 
 creticum. O. dictamnus. Dittany of Crete. 
 The leaves have been recommended as an em- 
 menagogue and alexipharmic. — O. marjorana. 
 Sweet marjoram. It is more fragrant than the 
 
 473 
 
ORY 
 
 wild marjoram. — O. syriacum. Teucrium. ma- 
 rum. — O. vulgare. Wild marjoram. Origa- 
 num heracleoticum. OriganiLm. This plant 
 has an agreeable aromatic smell, a pungent taste, 
 and is said to be emmenagogue, tonic, stoma- 
 chic, &c. The dried leaves are employed in 
 medicinal baths and fomentations. The essen- 
 tial oil is officinal. 
 
 O'RIGIN. In Anatomy, the commencement 
 of a muscle, as distinguished from its insertion 
 into the part it moves. 
 
 Oris constrictor. Orbicularis oris. 
 
 Orleana terra. Annotto. Bixa orel- 
 lana. 
 
 Ormskirk medicine. An alleged remedy for 
 hydrophobia, invented by a Mr. Hill, of Orms- 
 kirk. 
 
 ORNITHO'LOGY. (From opvt?, a bird, and 
 loyoc, an account.) That department of natu- 
 ral history which treats of birds. 
 
 Ornithopo'dium. The Ornithopus perpusil- 
 lus and the Ornithopus scorpioides have been 
 so called. 
 
 O'rnus europj2a. The modern name for 
 the Fraxinus ornus. 
 
 OROBA'NCHE. (e,es,l) A genus of 
 plants. Gynandria and Didynamia. Angio- 
 spermia. — O. virginiaca is said to have been 
 used in Martin's cancer powder. 
 
 Orobry'chis. Orobanche. 
 
 O'ROBUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminoscs. — O. tu- 
 berosus. The heath-pea. The root of this 
 plant is said to be nutritious. 
 
 ORPIMENT. (Orpimentum, i, n.) A sul- 
 phuret of arsenic. It is used as a pigment and 
 as a depilatory. 
 
 Orpine. Sedum telephium. 
 
 O'rrhos. Oppoc. Serum; whey. Also, in 
 Medicine, 1. The perineum. 2. The extremity 
 of the sacrum. 
 
 Orris. Iris florentina. 
 
 Orseille. Lichen roccella. 
 
 ORTHO-. A prefix (from opdoc, erect, 
 straight), denoting the erect or straight posi- 
 tion. 
 
 Orthoco'lon. A stiff joint, with an extend- 
 ed state of the limb. 
 
 QRTHOPjE'DIA. Orthope'dic. (From 
 opdoc, and Tzaic, a child.) That branch of sur- 
 gery which relates to the correction of the de- 
 formities of children, especially club foot. 
 
 ORTHOPNCE'A. (a, <z, I ; from opdoc, 
 erect, and tcvot}, breathing.) Inability of breath- 
 ing in the recumbent posture, so that the pa- 
 tient is obliged to sleep propped up by pillows, 
 as in hydrothorax and other cases. 
 
 Orthopnoca cardiaca. Angina pectoris. 
 
 Orthopnea convulsiva. Asthma. 
 
 Orthopnea cynanchica. O. membranacea. 
 Croup. 
 
 Orthopte'ra. Straight-winged insects; as 
 the locusts, grasshoppers. 
 
 Orthotro'pal. When the embryo is straight, 
 and corresponds with the ends and axis of the 
 seed. 
 
 Orvieta'num. An old antidote to poisons. 
 
 ORY'ZA. (a, a, f. ; from orez, Arabic.) 1. 
 Rice. 2. A genus of plants. Triandria. Di- 
 gynia. Graminece. — O. sativa. The rice plant. 
 474 
 
 OS 
 
 Thi3 grain contains little azote. Being nearly 
 all starch, it has a tendency to constipate those 
 persons who are unused to it. The decoction 
 is demulcent. 
 
 Os. The symbol of osmium. 
 
 OS. 1. (os, ossis, n. ; Heb., ozam, strength ?) 
 A bone ; a hard, dry part of the body, of a 
 whitish color, and composed of a spongy, com- 
 pact, or reticular substance. Bones are long 
 and hollow, or flat and compact, &c. Most 
 have several processes and cavities ; that at the 
 end of a bone, if smooth and round, is called its 
 head; and its condyle when flattened either 
 above or laterally. The part beneath the head 
 is the neck. Rough processes are called tuber- 
 osities, or tubercles; but the longer and more 
 acute, spinous or styloid processes. Thin, broad 
 processes, with sharp extremities, are the cris- 
 ta, or sharp edges. Some are distinguished by 
 their form, as the alar, or pterygoid ; maz 
 or mastoid ; dentiform, or odontoid, &c. 
 
 A Table of the Bones. 
 
 Bones of the 
 
 r Frontal 1 
 
 Parietal 2 
 
 cranium 
 skull . 
 
 r . Occipital 
 Temporal 
 Ethmoid . 
 
 X 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 o 
 
 -B I 
 
 Sphenoid . . . 
 
 Superior maxillary 
 
 Jugal 2 
 
 Nasal 2 
 
 Bones of the i Lachrymal .... 2 
 
 face . . . j Palatine 2 
 
 Inferior spongy . . 2 
 
 Vomer 1 
 
 ^ Inferior maxillary . 1 
 
 ( Incisores 8 
 
 Denies or teeth < Ouspidati .... 4 
 
 ( Molares 20 
 
 Bones of the ?„ ., , 
 
 . > Hyoides os . . . . 1 
 tongue . . ) 
 
 Bones of the C Malleus 2 
 
 ear, within J Incus 2 
 
 the temporal j Stapes 2 
 
 bones . . (^ Orbicular e os ... 2 
 
 C Cervical 7 
 
 J f Vertebrae < Dorsal . 12 
 
 §hJ ( Lumbar 5 
 
 Z J Sacrum 1 
 
 ^ (^ Coccygis os 1 
 
 n, ,r $ Sternum 1 
 
 < Ribs 24 
 
 Innominata ossa . . 2 
 
 Clavicle 2 
 
 Scapula 2 
 
 The pelvis . 
 The shoulder 
 The arm . 
 The forearm 
 
 Carpus or 
 wrist 
 
 Humeri os 
 Ulna .... 
 Radius . . . 
 Naviculare os . 
 Lunare os . . 
 Cuneiforme os . 
 Orbiculare os . 
 Trapezium os . 
 Trapezoides os 
 Magnum os 
 Unciforme os 
 
 •S f 
 
 H J Metacarpus 10 
 
 {Phalanges 28 
 
' The thigh 
 The leg 
 
 OSC 
 
 Femur 2 
 
 • Patella 2 
 
 1 Tibia 2 
 
 1 Fibula 2 
 
 Calcaneus .... 2 
 
 S 
 
 I Astragalus . . 
 Tarsus or<j Cuboides os 
 instep . I Naviculare os . 
 
 ^ Cuneiformia ossa 
 Metatarsus 
 
 G 
 
 10 
 
 Phalanges 28 
 
 a 
 
 & I 
 
 Sesamoid bones of the thumb and great > _ 
 toe, occasionally found 5 
 
 Total 248 
 
 Bone consists of gelatine, &c, 33 - 3; phos- 
 phates of lime and magnesia, 54-2 ; carbonate 
 of lime and other salts, of soda, &c, 12 # 5. — Ber- 
 zelius. But the composition of different bones 
 and those of various animals differ. The animal 
 matter may be dissolved out by hot water in a 
 digester ; it yields a soup containing gelatine 
 and fat. On the other hand, the phosphates 
 and earthy matter may be dissolved by strong 
 acids, the gelatine remaining in the shape of 
 the bone. By burning, the animal matter is 
 destroyed, and the earthy parts fall to pieces, 
 showing that the animal matter serves to bind 
 together the mineral. In mollities ossium there 
 is a deficiency of gelatine, and in the ulceration 
 or gangrene of bones it is that part that is de- 
 I stroyed. By distillation, bones yield an impure 
 ammonia. 
 
 2. (Os, oris, n.) The mouth. 1. In Anat- 
 omy, applied to openings of parts ; as os exter- 
 ' num and internum, os tineas, &c. 
 
 Os externum. The entrance into the vagina 
 is so named, in opposition to the mouth of the 
 1 uterus, which is called the os internum. 
 
 Os internum. The orifice or mouth of the 
 uterus. 
 
 Os leonis. Antirrhinum linaria. 
 
 Os sep im. The cuttle-fish bone. When 
 powdered, it is used as an absorbent and denti- 
 frice, and consists of carbonate of lime, with a 
 | little animal matter. 
 
 Os spongiosum. The spongy bones are two 
 in number, ossa spongiosa infenora. The eth- 
 moid bone has two turbinated portions, also 
 called the superior spongy bones, ossa turbinata. 
 They consist of a spongy lamella in each nostril. 
 The convex surface of this lamina is turned to- 
 ward the septum narium, and its concave part 
 toward the maxillary bone, covering the open- 
 ing of the lachrymal duct into the nose. From 
 their upper edge arise two processes : the pos- 
 terior hangs upon the edge of the antrum High- 
 i morianum ; the anterior joins the os unguis, and 
 < forms a pail of the lachrymal duct. They are 
 J lined with the pituitary membrane; and, be- 
 sides their connection with the ethmoid bone, 
 are joined to the ossa maxillaria superiora, ossa 
 palati, and ossa unguis. Besides the ossa spongi- 
 osa inferiora, there are sometimes two others, 
 situated lower down, one in each nostril. 
 
 Os tinc^;. The mouth of the womb. 
 
 Osck'do. (o, inis, f.) The thrush. Also, 
 yawning. — Turton. 
 
 O'scheal. Relating to the scrotum. 
 
 OS T 
 
 O s c h e o-c a r c i'n o m a. Chimney-sweeper's 
 cancer. 
 
 OSCHEOCELE, (e, es, f. ; from oaxsov, the 
 scrotum, and Kt]\n, a tumor.) 1. Any tumor of 
 the scrotum. 2. A scrotal hernia. 
 
 O'SCHEON. Oaxeov. The scrotum. 
 
 Oscheophy'ma. A swelling of the scrotum 
 
 Oschi'tis. Inflammation of the scrotum. 
 
 Oscilla'tio. Boerhaave gives this name to 
 muscular irritability. 
 
 Oscilla'tio n. Movement similar to that of 
 the pendulum. 
 
 OSCILLATO'RIA. Plants of the lowest or- 
 ganization, living in wet or damp places, and 
 consisting of threads, which have sometimes an 
 apparent movement. 
 
 O'scitant. Oscitation. Yawning or gaping. 
 
 Osculato'rius. The sphincter muscle of the 
 lips. 
 
 O'smazome. Extract of meat, having the 
 smell of broth. It is a proteine compound in a 
 changed condition. 
 
 O'sme. Odor. 
 
 OS'MIUM. A metal discovered by Tennant 
 among fragments of crude platina, and so called 
 by him from the pungent and peculiar smell of 
 its oxide, osmic acid. 
 
 Osmono'si. Diseases of the faculty of smell. 
 
 OSMU'NDA. {a, <b, f.) A genus of ferns.— 
 O. lunaria. Ophioglossum lunaria. — O. regalis. 
 The osmund-royal. Filix florida. Its root 
 possesses astringent and emmenagogue virtues. 
 
 Osphre'sis. The sense of smell. 
 
 O'sphys. Oc(j>vc. The loins. 
 
 Ossa incisoria. See Ossa intermaxillaria. 
 
 Ossa intermaxillaria. Quadrupeds have 
 two bones of the face which do not exist in man. 
 They are situated between the superior maxil- 
 lary bones, and are called ossa intermaxillaria, 
 ossa incisoria, or ossa labialia. These bones 
 contain the roots of the incisor teeth in animals 
 which possess these teeth, but they exist also in 
 the edentata. 
 
 Ossa labialia. See Ossa intermaxillaria. 
 
 Ossa spongiosa. See Os spongiosum. 
 
 Ossa usta alba. O.calcinata. Bones burned 
 into a white powder, consisting of a sub phos- 
 phate of lime. It is used as an absorbent, and 
 in cases of rickets. Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. 
 
 O'SSEOUS. Osseus. Bony. 
 
 OSSl'CULUM. (wm, j, n. ; diminutive of os, 
 a bone.) A little bone. 
 
 Ossicula auditus. O. auris. The small 
 bones of the internal ear are four in number, 
 viz., the malleus, incus, stapes, and os orbicu- 
 lare, and are situated in the cavity of the tym- 
 panum. 
 
 Ossicula Bertini. Cornua sphenoidalia. 
 The triangular processes of the sphenoid bone, 
 or ossa triangularia. 
 
 OSSIFIC A'TION. ( Ossificate, onis, f. ; from 
 os, a bone, and facio, to make.) The formation 
 of bone. See Osteogeny. 
 
 Ossi'fragus. Osteocolla. 
 
 Ossi'vorus. A particular kind of rumor oc- 
 curring in the thigh. — Ruysch. 
 
 OST-. OSTEO-. A prefix (from oareov, a 
 bone), denoting the presence of a bone or osseous 
 matter. 
 
 OS'TAGRA. (From oareov, a bone, and 
 475 
 
OS T 
 
 OVA 
 
 ay pa, seizure.) A forceps to take out bones 
 with. 
 
 Ostealgia. Pain in a bone. 
 
 Ostei'tes. Osteocolla. 
 
 Ostempye'sis. Ostempyosis- Suppuration oc- 
 curring in the interior of a bone. 
 
 OSTEOCO'LLA. (a, ce, f. ; from oareov, and 
 koaaclu, to glue.) Glue-bone, or bone-binder. 
 A particular carbonate of lime, formerly applied 
 to fractured bones to promote the formation of 
 callus. 
 
 Osteoco'pus. Osteody'nia. Pain in a bone. 
 
 Osteogene'tic That which favors the for- 
 mation of bone or callus. 
 
 Osteoge'nicus. Osteogeneticus. 
 
 OSTEO'GENY. (Osteogenia, ce, f . ; from 
 oareov, a bone, and yeveia, generation.) The 
 growth of bones. In the rudimentary state 
 there is a gelatinous or cartilaginous tissue, more 
 or less of the figure of the bone ; into this, in pro- 
 cess of development, red blood-vessels ramify 
 and accumulate toward one or more points (the 
 points of ossification) ; they then commence the 
 deposition of phosphate of lime, &c. From those, 
 as radii, the ossification is continued through- 
 out the whole texture, the vessels being soon 
 hidden by the deposit. In this way the con- 
 dyles and heads of the long bones are formed 
 separately from the shaft, and not perfectly 
 united until the fifteenth year. From this time 
 throughout life the bone is supplied with absorb- 
 ents as well as arteries, and the function of waste 
 and repair goes on slowly, but in the same way 
 as in other tissues. 
 
 OSTEO'GRAPHY. (Osteographia, ce, f . ; 
 from oareov, and ypacjxo, to describe.) A descrip- 
 tion of the bones. 
 
 Osteo'lithos. Osteocolla. 
 
 OSTEO'LOGY. (Osteologia, ce, f.; from 
 oareov, and Aoyoc, a discourse.) The doctrine 
 of the bones. 
 
 Osteo'ma. A bony tumor. 
 
 OSTEOMALACIA. (From oareov, and fiala- 
 koc, soft.) Softness of the bones. Malacosteon. 
 
 Oste'on. A bone. 
 
 Osteono'si. Osteonu'si. Diseases of the 
 bones. 
 
 Osteopce'dion. An ossified foetus. 
 
 O'STEO-SARCO'MA. (From oareov, and 
 aapKuua, a fleshy tumor.) Osteo-sarcosis. 1. 
 Any tumor which contains a mixture of bony 
 and soft matter. It is most commonly applied, 
 however, to a tumor commencing in the me- 
 dullary structure of a bone, and afterward 
 blended with osseous matter. Such tumors 
 may be of a malignant character or otherwise. 
 2. Spina ventosa. 
 
 Osteo-sarcosis. See Osteosarcoma. 
 
 Osteo'sis. Ossification; osteogeny. 
 
 O'STEO-STEATO'MA. (From oareov, and 
 areap, fat.) A tumor composed of fatty and 
 bony matter. 
 
 OSTEOTO'MIST. (From oareov, and re/xvu, 
 to cut.) A strong pair of forceps, the upper ends 
 of which are made of a cutting oval ring, for the 
 purpose of cutting the bones of the foetus in utero. 
 
 Osteoto'my. The cutting of a bone. 
 
 Osthe'xia. Osthexy, or the ossific diathesis. 
 
 Osti'tis. Inflammation of the membranes of 
 a bone. 
 
 476 
 
 Ostia'rius. The pylorus. 
 
 OSTI'OLUM. (um, i, n. ; diminutive of 
 ostium, a door. ) A little door. The valves of 
 the heart have been called ostiola. Also, the 
 small openings or mouths of vessels. 
 
 O'STIUM. (um, ii, n.) A door or opening. 
 A foramen. 
 
 Ostium abdominale. The opening of the 
 fimbriated end of the Fallopian tube. 
 
 Ostium uterinum. The opening of the Fallo- 
 pian tube into the uterus. 
 
 Ostrea edu'lis. The common oyster. 
 They are easy of digestion, and nutritious. The 
 shells (Ostrece testce) are similar in properties to 
 the carbonate of lime. See Creta. 
 
 Ostrea maxima. The scallop. 
 
 Ostruthium. Imperatoria ostruthium. 
 
 Osyris alba. Poet's cassia, or gardrobe; 
 Poet's rosemary. Dioscia. Triandria. The 
 whole shrub is astringent. 
 
 Otacou'stic. A synonym of acoustic. 
 
 OTA'LGIA. Otagra. (From ove, uroc, the 
 ear, and aAyoc, pain.) The ear ache. 
 
 Ota'lgic Otalgicus. Pertaining to otalgia. 
 
 Ote'nchytes. A syringe for the ears. 
 
 OTIC. O'ticus. Appertaining to the ear, as 
 the otic ganglion. 
 
 Otic ganglion. A ganglion of the inferior 
 maxillary nerve, at the inner margin of the fora- 
 men ovale of the sphenoid bone. 
 
 Oti'tes. The little finger. 
 
 OTPTIS. (is, idis, f . ; from ovc, the ear.) 
 Inflammation of the internal ear. Otitis is 
 known by pain in the internal part of the ear, 
 confusion of sound, deafness, and more or less 
 fever. It is not uncommon with children, but 
 is seldom attended with much disturbance of 
 the system. 
 
 It is sometimes a serious disease, producing 
 much fever and even delirium, and ending in 
 suppuration. The treatment is by bleeding, 
 blisters, and purges. 
 
 Otoco'nite. A morbid calcareous concretion 
 found in the sack of the vestibule. 
 
 Otogra'phy. Otolo'gy. A treatise on the ear. 
 
 Otoli'th. A natural calcareous body found 
 in the labyrinth of fishes. 
 
 Ototo'my. A dissection of the ear. 
 
 OTOPLASTY. Otoplasties (From ovc, the 
 ear, and rcAaaau, to form.) An operation for 
 the restoration of the external ear when de- 
 stroyed. 
 
 Otoplatos. Otoplados. A foul ulcer behind 
 the ear. 
 
 OTOPYO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from ovc, and ttvov, 
 pus.) A purulent discharge from the ear. 
 
 O fORRH/E'A. (a, ce, f. ; from ovc, and pecj, 
 to flow.) A discharge from the ear, usually of 
 puriform matter, as in chronic otitis. 
 
 Otto of roses. Oleum rosae. 
 
 Ounce. See Weights and Measures 
 
 O'uron. Ourema. Urine. 
 
 OURA'RI. A powerful poison, derived from 
 the Strychnos toxifera of Guayana. It produces 
 death by convulsions and a loss of power in the 
 respiratory muscles. 
 
 O'utre. Unusual ; strange ; not tasteful. 
 
 Ova'lis. Oval. 
 
 O V A'R IAN. ( Ovarianus ; from ovarium. ) 
 Ovarial ; belonging to the ovarium. 
 
vu 
 
 o vu 
 
 OVA'RIUM. Ovary. (Diminutive of ovum, 
 an egg.) The ovaria are two flat, oval bodies, 
 about an inch in length, and rather more than a 
 half in breadth and thickness, suspended in the 
 broad ligaments, about the distance of one inch 
 from the uterus, behind and a little below the 
 Fallopian tubes. They include a number of 
 vesicles, or ova, joined to the internal surface 
 of the ovaria by cellular threads or pedicles, 
 and contain a fluid which has the appearance of 
 thin lymph. They differ very much in their 
 number in different ovaria. The outer coat of 
 the ovaria is given by the peritoneum; and 
 whenever an ovum is passed into the Fallopian 
 tube, a fissure is observed at the part through 
 which it is supposed to have been transferred. 
 These fissures healing, leave small longitudinal 
 cicatrices on the surface. The corpora lutea 
 are oblong glandular bodies, of a yellowish col- 
 or, found in the ovaria of all animals when preg- 
 nant, and, according to some, when they are 
 salacious. They are said to be calyces, from 
 which the impregnated ovum has dropped. 
 They are largest and most conspicuous in the 
 early state of pregnancy, and remain for some 
 time after delivery, when they gradually fade 
 and wither till they disappear. The ovaria are 
 the seat of a particular kind of dropsy, which 
 most commonly happens to women at the time 
 of the final cessation of the menses, though not 
 unfrequently at a more early period of life. It 
 is of the encysted kind, the fluid beiug some- 
 times limpid and thin, and at others discolored 
 and gelatinous. In some cases it has been 
 found contained in one cyst, often in several ; 
 and in others the whole tumefaction has been 
 composed of hydatids not larger than grapes. 
 The ovaria are also subject, especially a short 
 time after delivery, to inflammation, terminating 
 in suppuration, and to scirrhous and cancerous 
 diseases, with considerable enlargement. In 
 the former state, they generally adhere to some 
 adjoining part, as the uterus, rectum, bladder, 
 or external integuments, and the matter is dis- 
 charged from the 'vagina by stool, by urine, or 
 by an external abscess of the integuments of the 
 abdomen. 
 
 Ovary. The ovarium. 
 
 Ovate. Ovatus. Egg-shaped. 
 
 Ovica'psule. The membrane which en- 
 virons the ovule in the ovary. In the higher an- 
 imals it is of a different substance from the rest 
 of the ovary. 
 
 O'VIDUCT. {Oviductus; from ovum, and 
 ductus, a canal.) The duct or canal through 
 which the ovum, or egg, passes. In the human 
 species, the Fallopian tube is so called, which 
 runs from the ovaiy to the bottom of the womb. 
 
 Oviductus muliebris. The Fallopian tube. 
 
 OVI'PAROUS. {Oviparus; from ovum, and 
 pario, to bring forth.) Animals which exclude 
 their young in an egg. 
 
 Ovis aries. The common sheep. 
 
 OVORUM TEST.2E. Egg-shells. 
 
 OVO-VIVI'PAROUS. Animals which bring 
 forth an egg in which the foetus is already alive, 
 the process of incubation being carried on in 
 the body of the parent. This occurs in some 
 of the shark family. 
 
 Ovula graafiana. The Graafian vesicle. 
 
 The serous transparent vesicles found in the 
 structure of the ovary, and which constitute the 
 ova which are to be hereafter developed. 
 
 Ovula Nabothi. Naboth's glands. 
 
 O'VULE. 1. Ovulum. 2. The rudimentary 
 seed inclosed in the carpels of plants. It con 
 tains a nucleus and two tunics, and is impregna 
 ted by the direct entry of the boyau of the pollen. 
 
 Ovu'liger. A kind of hydatid found in the 
 wrist joint. — Raspail. 
 
 Ovu'line. The decidua reflexa. 
 
 O'VULUM. (urn, i, n. ; diminutive of ovum.) 
 A little egg. 
 
 O'VUM. (um, i,n.; from the Greek uov, an 
 egg.) An egg. In physiological language this 
 term is applied to the capsule containing the 
 prolific germ of animals. Thus the egg of a 
 bird, the vesicles {Graafian vesicles) found in 
 the ovarium of mammiferous animals, the spawn 
 of fishes, are all ova. 
 
 The fowl's egg is variously used in pharmacy : 
 the white {album ovi) to clarify fluids ; the yel- 
 low {vitellus ovi) to suspend camphor and resins 
 in emulsion ; the shell {testa ovi) as an absorb- 
 ent in the place of chalk, and the oil {oleum ovi) 
 as an emollient. 
 
 Of the Eggs of the Human Ovarium. — The 
 vesicles in the ovarium of females are called 
 the eggs, ova or ovula. When fecundation 
 takes place in one or more of these, they pass, 
 after a short time, along the Fallopian tube 
 into the uterus. It would appear, from recent 
 observations, that at the time of heat in animals, 
 or at the menstrual period in the human female, 
 a particular vesicle or more take on a certain 
 development, becoming a Graafian vesicle, and 
 rising to the surface of the ovarium ; if impreg- 
 nation does not take place, this merely devel- 
 ops an internal spherical membrane, the rudi- 
 ment of the yolk bag, and a germinal spot with 
 a pellucid center or zona pellucida, and then 
 bursting the ovicapsule, escapes into the uterus, 
 and is carried away with the menses. On the 
 other hand, impregnation takes place when the 
 spermatozoa of the male semen, reaching the 
 fissure over the pellucid point of the germinal 
 spot, becomes attached, or capable of acting 
 thereupon. The result of this action is the pro- 
 duction of two cellules in the pellucid center, 
 which become developed into the mulberry mass 
 of physiologists. 
 
 The mulberry mass, consisting of a congeries 
 of cellules, develops in its pi'ogress three mem- 
 branous tissues ; by the greater expansion of 
 some of its cells, these take place on the side of 
 the yolk cellule, or yolk bag, and are together 
 called the germinal membrane ; but, in reality, 
 consist of the rudiments of a serous layer, which 
 is outermost, a middle mucous layer, and an in- 
 ternal vascular layer. This germinal membrane 
 completely invests the nutritious matter of the 
 yolk bag, constituting a temporary stomach. 
 Of this development, it is only a part of the mul- 
 berry mass, consisting of a central cell (the area 
 pellucida), and the cells arranged around it, form- 
 ing the cicatricula, or germ spot of the germinal 
 membrane, which are permanent. The nucleus 
 of the central cell, area pellucida, or embryonic 
 cell, undergoes rapid development, and changes 
 its form from a ring to a pear-shaped body, and 
 
 477 
 
ovu 
 
 ovu 
 
 finally appears as two parallel lines, inclosing 
 a 6pace between them which enlarges at one 
 end ; this, which is the rudiment of the spinal 
 marrow and brain, is called the primitive trace 
 in the incubated egg. The latter portion of 
 these changes take place in the uterus of vivip- 
 arous animals. We have, in these parts, the 
 rudiments of the tissues to be developed in the 
 foetus: from the primitive trace, the nervous 
 centers ; from the vascular layer of the germinal 
 membrane, the vascular system, which at first 
 consists of an extensive set of minute vessels, 
 meeting in two trunks to form the omphalo-mes- 
 enteric vessels of the foetus, whereby its nutrition 
 is secured, these being the rudiments of the um- 
 bilical vessels. The thickening of the trunk, 
 into which the two vessels unite, forms the punc- 
 tum saliens, or first rudiment of the heart. The 
 rudiment of the digestive apparatus is formed 
 by the approach of the ends of the mucous layer 
 immediately below the embryo : this fold forms 
 a cavity, which becomes pinched off from the 
 yolk bag. In mammals the separation of the 
 abdominal cavity from the yolk bag is delayed, 
 and the rudiment adhering to the umbilical cord 
 is known by the name of the umbilical vesicle. 
 In the mean time, the outer or serous layer of 
 the yolk bag is becoming developed into the 
 sac of the amnion. 
 
 Development of the ovum in the uterus. — The 
 ovum, in the first moments of its abode in the 
 uterus, is free and unattached ; in the course of 
 the second month it becomes covered with fil- 
 aments, which ramify in the manner of blood- 
 vessels, and are implanted into the decidua. 
 In the third month they are seen only on one 
 side of the ovum, are more deeply implanted 
 into the deciduous membrane, and, taken to- 
 gether, form the placenta. The ovum, in the 
 rest of its surface, presents only a soft, floccu- 
 lent layer, called the decidua refleza. 
 
 At first its two membranes have yielded to 
 its enlargement while becoming thicker or 
 more resisting: the exterior is called the chorion, 
 the other the amnion. The liquid contained by 
 the latter augments in proportion to the volume 
 of the ovum. In the second month of preg- 
 nancy there exists also a certain quantity of 
 liquid between the chorion and amnion, but it 
 disappears during the third month. 
 
 Up to the end of the third week the ovum pre- 
 sents nothing indicative to the eye of the pres- 
 ence of the germ ; the contained liquid is trans- 
 parent, and partly coagulable as before. At this 
 period there is seen, on the side where the ovum 
 adheres to the uterus, something slightly opaque 
 and gelatinous, all the parts of which appear 
 homogeneous; in a short time certain points 
 become opaque, two distinct vesicles are form- 
 ed, nearly equal in volume, and united by a 
 pedicle, one of which adheres to the amnion by 
 a small filament. Almost at the same time a 
 red spot is seen in the midst of this last, from 
 which yellowish filaments are seen to take their 
 rise : this is the heart, and the principal sanguif- 
 erous vessels. At the beginning of the second 
 month the head is very visible, the eyes form 
 two black points, very large in proportion to 
 the volume of the head ; small openings indicate 
 the place of the ears and nostrils ; the mouth, at 
 478 
 
 first very large, is contracted afterward by the 
 development of the lips, which happens about 
 the sixtieth day, with that of the ears, nose, ex- 
 tremities, &c. 
 
 The development of all the principal organs 
 happens successively until about the middle of 
 the fourth month ; then the state of the embryo 
 ceases, and that of the foetus begins, which is 
 continued till the termination of pregnancy. 
 All the parts increase with more or less rapid- 
 ity during this time, and draw toward the form 
 which they must present after birth. Before 
 the sixth month the lungs are very small, the 
 heart large, but its four cavities are confounded, 
 or at least difficult to distinguish ; the liver is 
 large, and occupies a great part of the abdomen; 
 the gall-bladder is not full of bile, but of a col- 
 orless fluid, not bitter; the small intestine, in 
 its lower part, contains a yellowish matter, in 
 small quantity, called the meconium; the testi- 
 cles are placed upon the sides of the superior 
 lumbar vertebra? ; the ovaria occupy the same 
 position. At the end of the seventh month, the 
 lungs assume a reddish tint which they had not 
 before ; the cavities of the heart become dis- 
 tinct; the liver preserves its large dimensions, 
 but removes a little from the umbilicus ; the bile 
 shows itself in the gall-bladder; the meconium 
 is more abundant, and descends lower in the 
 great intestine; the ovaria tend to the pelvis; 
 the testicles are directed to the inguinal rings. 
 At this period the foetus is capable of life, that 
 is, it could live and breathe if expelled from the 
 uterus. Every thing becomes more perfect in 
 the eighth and ninth months. We can not here 
 follow the interesting details of this increase of 
 the organs ; they belong to anatomy : we shall 
 consider the physiological phenomena that re- 
 late to them. 
 
 Functions of the ovum and of the foetus. — 
 The circulation is the best known of the func- 
 tions of the foetus : it is more complicated than 
 that of the adult, and is performed in a manner 
 quite different. 
 
 In the first place, it can not be divided into 
 venous and arterial ; for the foetal blood has sen- 
 sibly every where the same appearance, that 
 is, a brownish-red tint: in other respects it is 
 much the same as the blood of the adult ; it co- 
 agulates, separates into clot and serum, &c. 
 
 The placenta is the most singular, and one of 
 the most important organs of the circulation of 
 the foetus. It adheres, by its exterior surface, 
 to the uterus, presents irregular furrows, which 
 indicate its division into several lobes or cotyle- 
 dons. Its foetal surface is covered by the chori- 
 on and amnion except at its center, into which 
 the umbilical cord is inserted. Its parenchyma 
 is formed of sanguiferous vessels, divided and 
 subdivided. They belong to the divisions of 
 the umbilical arteries, and to the radicles of the 
 vein of the same name. The vessels of one lobe 
 do not communicate with those of the adjoining 
 lobes; but those of the same cotyledon anasto- 
 mose frequently, for nothing is more easy than 
 to make injections pass from one to another. 
 
 The umbilical cord extends from near the 
 center of the placenta to the umbilicus of the 
 child ; its length is often near two feet ; it is 
 formed by the two umbilical arteries and the 
 
vu 
 
 OX A 
 
 vein, connected by a very close cellular tissue, 
 and it is covei*ed by the two membranes of the 
 ovum. 
 
 In the first months of pregnancy, a vesicle, 
 which receives small vessels, being a prolonga- 
 tion of the mesenteric artery and the meseraic 
 vein, is found in the body of the cord, between 
 the chorion and the amnion, near the umbilicus. 
 It contains a yellowish fluid, which seems to be 
 absorbed by the veins of its parietes. 
 
 The umbilical vein, arising from the placenta, 
 and then arriving at the umbilicus, enters the 
 abdomen, and reaches the inferior surface of 
 the liver ; there it divides into two large branch- 
 es, one of which is distributed to the liver, 
 along with the vena porta, while the other soon 
 terminates in the vena cava, under the name of 
 the ductus venosus. This vein has two valves, 
 one at the place of its bifurcation, and the other 
 at the junction with the vena cava. 
 
 The heart and large vessels of the foetus ca- 
 pable of life are very different from what they 
 become after birth : the valve of the vena cava 
 is large ; the partition of the auricles presents 
 a large opening, provided with a semilunar 
 valve, called the foramen, ovale. The pulmonary 
 artery, after having sent two small branches to 
 the lungs, terminates almost immediately in the 
 aorta, in the concave aspect of the arch ; it is 
 called, in this place, the ductus arteriosus. 
 
 The last character pi-oper to the circulating 
 organs of the foetus is the existence of the um- 
 bilical arteries, which arise from the internal 
 iliacs, are directed over the sides of the bladder, 
 attacli themselves to the urachus, pass out of 
 the abdomen by the umbilicus, and go to the 
 placenta, where they are distributed as just 
 mentioned. 
 
 The motions of the heart are very rapid in 
 the foetus; they generally exceed 120 in a min- 
 ute: the circulation possesses, necessarily, a 
 proportionate rapidity. 
 
 What are the relations of the circulation of 
 the mother with that of the foetus? Anato- 
 mists differ in this respect. It was long be- 
 lieved that the uterine arteries anastomosed 
 directly with the radicles of the umbilical vein, 
 and that the last divisions of the arteries of the 
 placenta opened into the veins of the uterus ; 
 but the acknowledged impossibility of making 
 matters injected into the uterine veins pass into 
 the umbilical veins, and reciprocally to cause 
 liquid matters injected into the umbilical arte- 
 ries to reach the veins of the uterus, caused 
 this idea to be renounced. It is, at present, 
 generally admitted, that the vessels of the pla- 
 centa and those of the uterus do not anastomose, 
 but that the passage of fluid is by imbibition. 
 
 The cutaneous and mucous follicles are de- 
 veloped, and seem to possess an energetic 
 action, especially from the seventh month ; the 
 skirt is then covered by a pretty thick layer of 
 sebaceous matter, secreted by the follicles. 
 The mucus is also abundant in the two last 
 months of gestation. 
 
 All the glands employed in digestion have a 
 considerable volume, and seem to possess some 
 activity: the action of the others is little known. 
 
 Of the functions of the foetus little is known. 
 The stomach and upper intestines contain, at a 
 
 late period, a fluid somewhat resembling chyle, 
 and the lower bowels a toughish, yellowish- 
 green matter, called the meconium, but the 
 origin and office of these is unknown. 
 
 Ovum phtlosophtcum. Ovum chymicum. A 
 cucurbit. 
 
 Ox. Bos taurus. 
 
 O'XACTD. An acid, the active element of 
 which is oxygen. 
 
 Ox-eye daisy. The Chrysanthemum leucan- 
 themum. 
 
 Ox's tongue. Picris echiodes. 
 
 O'XALATE. (Oxalas, atis, f.) A salt of 
 oxalic acid with a salifiable base. 
 
 OX A' LIC ACID. Acidum oxalicum. A 
 vegetable acid and product of the action of 
 nitric acid on starch or sugar. In the crystal- 
 lized state it is colorless ; an oblique rhombic 
 prism; soluble in eight parts of water; in- 
 tensely sour. It is composed of CA.HO-f- 
 2HO; is a powerful acid, and extremely poi- 
 sonous, producing inflammation of the stomach 
 and intestines in doses of 3\j . Antidote, chalk 
 mixture or lime water. It is not necessary in 
 medicine, but is much used in the arts, and is, 
 especially in combination with ammonia, a val- 
 uable test for lime. 
 
 Oxalic ether. Oxalate of ethyle. A color- 
 less aromatic liquid; sp. gr. 1-093, boiling at 
 364° F. It may be preserved under water, if 
 pure. It is formed by distilling four parts of su- 
 peroxalate of potash, five of sulphuric acid, and 
 four of alcohol, at 90° centig., mixing the prod- 
 uct with water, and washing. Its formula is 
 AeO,C : 3 . 
 
 When an excess of ammonia is added to the 
 ether, oxamide is precipitated, a white, crystal- 
 line powder, insoluble in cold water. Formula, 
 CA+NHc, which is interesting from its being 
 converted into oxalate of ammonia by boiling 
 with a very small amount of an acid, and from 
 being produced from oxalate of ammonia by 
 heat. 
 
 When the ethei", or an alcoholic solution, is in 
 excess, and the ammonia less in quantity, it 
 forms beautiful pearly crystals, formerly called 
 oxamethan, now considered the oxamate of 
 ethyle, or AeO,C 4 NH 2 5 . 
 
 OXALIDA'CE^E. The wood-sorrel tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, un- 
 der-shrubs, or trees, with leaves alternate ; flow- 
 ers, symmetrical ; stamens, hypogynous ; fruit, 
 capsular. 
 
 O'XALIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Pentagynia. OxalidacecE. — O. ace- 
 tosella. Wood-sorrel. The leaves are esteem- 
 ed refrigerant, antiscorbutic, and diuretic. Its 
 sourness is derived from the presence of a 
 quodroxalate of potash. 
 
 Oxa'lme. A mixture of vinegar and salt. 
 
 OXALU'RIA. That condition of the urine in 
 which oxalates are developed. It is very fre- 
 quent, especially in dyspepsia, and diseases at- 
 tended with great loss of flesh. The oxalate of 
 lime forms minute octahedral crystals, readily 
 discovered by the microscope. 
 
 OXALU'RIC ACID. A product of the de- 
 composition of parabanic acid by ammonia. It 
 is a crystalline white powder, decomposable by 
 long boiling in water into oxalate of urea and 
 
 479 
 
OX Y 
 
 OXY 
 
 free oxalic acid. Its formula is C6N2H3O7-4-HO, 
 and it is one of the resultants of the continued 
 action of oxygen on uric acid. 
 
 Oxamide. See Oxalic ether. 
 
 Oxame'than. See Oxalic ether. 
 
 O'XIDE. {Oxydum, i, n.) A compound of 
 oxygen with an element or other body. Nu- 
 merous oxides are, however, called acids when 
 they become sour, or are capable of neutrali- 
 zing alkalies. The most powerful oxides are 
 protoxides ; and these are bases. A protoxide 
 contains one equivalent of oxygen ; a binoxide 
 or deutoxide, two equivalents; a sesquioxide, 
 three, with two equivalents of the base ; a trit- 
 oxide or teroxide, three equivalents of oxygen ; 
 a quadroxide, four equivalents ; and a peroxide 
 represents the highest state of oxydation, which 
 varies much with different bodies. A dioxide 
 is a compound of one equivalent of oxygen with 
 two of base. 
 
 Oxide of carbon, gaseous. Carbonic ox- 
 ide. 
 
 Oxiodic acid. Iodic acid. 
 
 Oxyalco'hol blow-pipe. See Marcels blotv- 
 pipe. 
 
 Oxyca'ntha. Berberis vulgaris. 
 
 Oxyce'drus. 1. Akind of cedar. 2. Spanish 
 juniper. 
 
 Oxychloric acid. Perchloric acid. 
 
 Oxychloride. Oxychloruret. A com- 
 pound in which chlorine is united to a metallic 
 oxide. 
 
 Oxychloride of antimony. See Al- 
 garoth. 
 
 Oxyco'ccos. Vaccinium oxycoccos. 
 
 Oxy'cratum. Oxycrate : dilute vinegar with 
 honey. 
 
 Oxycro'ceum empla'strum. An old ano- 
 dyne plaster. 
 
 OXYDA'TION. Oxidation. {Oxydatio, 
 onis, f.) The process of converting substances 
 into oxides by combining them with oxygen. 
 
 Oxyde'rcicus. Having the property of 
 strengthening the sight. 
 
 Oxydum arsenici album. See Arsenic. 
 
 Oxydum cupri viride acetatum. Verdi- 
 gris. See JErugo. 
 
 Oxydum ferri luteum. See Ferri sesqui- 
 oxydum. 
 
 Oxydum ferri nigrum. Black oxide of 
 iron. The scales which fall from iron, when 
 heated, consist of iron combined with oxygen. 
 This is not a protoxide, as formerly supposed, 
 but consists of Fe 3 4 . These have been em- 
 ployed medicinally as a chalybeate, but they 
 are not powerful. 
 
 Oxydum ferri rubrum. Red oxide of iron; 
 the peroxide. Its properties are less active 
 than those of the protoxide. 
 
 Oxydum hydrargyri cinereum. O. hy- 
 drargyri nigrum. See Hydrargyri oxydum. 
 
 Oxydum hydrargyri rubrum. See Hy- 
 drargyri binoxidum. 
 
 Oxydum plumbi album. See Plumbi sub- 
 carbonas. 
 
 Oxydum plumbi rubrum. See Minium. 
 
 Oxydum plumbi semivitreum. See Lithar- 
 gyrus. 
 
 Oxydum stibii album. See Antimonii oxy- 
 dum. 
 
 480 
 
 Oxydum stibii semivitreum. Glass of anti- 
 mony. See Antimonii vitrum. 
 
 Oxydum stibii sulphuratum. Crocus of 
 antimony. See Antimony. 
 
 Oxydum zinci sublimatum. See Zinci oxy 
 dum. 
 
 OXYECOFA. (From ofyc, and aKon, the 
 sense of hearing.) Preternatural acuteness of 
 the sense of hearing. It is generally symptom- 
 atic of irritation of the brain. 
 
 Oxyga'la. Sour milk. 
 
 Oxy'garum. Garum and vinegar. 
 
 O'XYGEN. (Oxygenium, ii, n. ; from ot;vc, 
 acid, and yevvau, to generate.) Oxygen gas is 
 an elastic and invisible element, without taste 
 or odor. Its specific gravity is 1*1057 ; and 100 
 cubic inches weigh 34*129 grains. Its equiva- 
 lent is 8 on the hydrogen and. 100 on the oxygen 
 scale ; symbol, O. It is little soluble in water, 
 It is indispensable to respiration, but produces 
 death by over-excitement if pure. It is the 
 great supporter of combustion. It combines 
 with every combustible body, with all the 
 metals, and with the greater number of vegeta- 
 ble and. animal substances. 
 
 The act of its combining with bodies is call- 
 ed oxydation or oxygenation ; and the bodies 
 with which it is combined are either oxides or 
 acids. 
 
 There are a great number of bodies from 
 which we may, by art, obtain oxygen gas. It 
 is most amply obtahied from the oxides of 
 manganese, lead, or mercury; from nitrate of 
 potash, chromate of potash, and from chlorate 
 of potash. It is procured with great ease by 
 warming a mixture of peroxide of manganese 
 and chlorate of potash. 
 
 Oxygen exists to the extent of 23 per cent, 
 by weight in air, forms 8 parts in 9 of water, 
 and is found in nearly every mineral and or- 
 ganic body to a large amount. 
 
 This element is the most active in nature, 
 producing change in metals and organic struc- 
 tures, bringing about the decay of minerals and 
 all organized bodies. 
 
 Oxygen water. Water charged with oxygen 
 by the pressure of three or more atmospheres. 
 It is said to be serviceable as a gentle stimulant 
 to the stomach in atonic dyspepsia. 
 
 Oxygenated muriatic acid. Chlorine. 
 
 Oxygenation. Oxydation. 
 
 Oxy'glycum. A kind of apomel. 
 
 OXY-HY'DROGEN BLOW-PIPE. A form 
 of apparatus for the combustion of a jet of hy- 
 drogen in oxygen gas. Dr. Hare's blow-pipe 
 consists of two gasometers, in which the separ- 
 ate gases are stored. They each discharge 
 their contents through a tube furnished with a 
 stop-cock into a compound jet made by pass- 
 ing brass wire into a tube. The brass wire is 
 so closely packed as to hinder the passage of 
 the flame backward into the tubes. The flame 
 of the oxy-hydrogen blow-pipe has a tempera- 
 ture far beyond the hottest available furnace, 
 and is capable of melting many bodies which 
 would be otherwise infusible, and hence is of 
 great service in the arts. 
 
 Oxyiode. The synonym of iodate. 
 
 Oxyla'pathum. Rumex acutiis. 
 
 O'XYMEL. {el, elis, n. ; from ogvc, acid, and 
 
PAD 
 
 P AI 
 
 ftsAi, honey.) Honey and vinegar boiled to a 
 syrup. Take of clarified honey, ten pounds; 
 acetic acid, a pint and a half. Heat the honey, 
 and add the acid to it. (Ph. L.) This prepara- 
 tion of honey and vinegar possesses expectorant 
 virtues, and is given with this intention in hu- 
 moral asthma and other diseases of the chest, 
 in doses of one or two drachms. It is also em- 
 ployed in the form of gargle, when diluted 
 with water. 
 
 Ox y mel .eruginis. O. cupri subacetatis. 
 See Linimentum ceruginis. 
 
 Oxymel co'lchici. Oxymel of meadow-saf- 
 fron is an acrid medicine, and altogether super- 
 seded by the Vinum colchici. 
 
 Oxymel scill^:. Take of clarified honey, 
 fbiij. ; vinegar of squills, Oij. Boil them in a 
 glass vessel, with a slow fire, to the proper 
 thickness. This oxymel is an excellent ex- 
 pectorant. In an over-dose it acts as an emetic. 
 The dose is from 3ss. to gij. It is a very fre- 
 quent ingredient in cough mixtures. 
 
 Oxymel simplex. Oxymel. 
 
 Oxymurias hydrargyri. Hydrargyri chlo- 
 ridum corrosivum. 
 
 Oxymurias potass^e. Potassa? chloras. 
 
 Oxymuriate of lime. The bleaching salt 
 of lime. See Calcis chloridum. 
 
 Oxymuriatic acid. Chlorine. 
 
 Oxymy'rrhine. Oxymy 1 rsine. Myrtus com- 
 munis. 
 
 Oxyno'sema. Oxynosos. Oxynusos. Acute 
 disease. 
 
 Oxyodic Iodic. 
 
 OXYO'PIA. {a, <b, f. ; from o%vc, acute, and 
 uip, the eye.) The faculty of seeing more acute- 
 ly than is usual.* 
 
 Oxyosphresia. Acuteness of smell. 
 
 Oxyphlegma'sia. An acute inflamma- 
 tion. 
 
 Oxyphce'nia fructus. The tamarind. 
 
 Oxypho'nia. Paraphonia. 
 
 OXYPRO'TEIN. The tritoxide of protein, 
 being the substance forming the buffy coat of 
 inflamed blood. Formula, C40H31N 6i 5 -|-HO, 
 of Mulder. It appears to possess the neutral- 
 izing properties of an acid. 
 
 Oxypru'ssic acid. The chlorocyanic acid. 
 
 Oxyre'gmia. An acid eructation. 
 
 Oxyrinchus. Raia oxyrinchus. 
 
 Oxyrrho'dinon. Oil of roses and vinegar. 
 
 Oxysa'ccharum. A composition of vinegar 
 and sugar. 
 
 O'xysalt. A salt in which oxygen exists 
 both in the acid and base. 
 
 Oxysul'phuret. The sulphuret of a metal- 
 lic oxide. 
 
 Oxyta'rtarus. Acetate of potash. 
 
 OXY'TOCUS (GfyTOKor, from ofyc, quick, 
 and tikto), to bring forth.) Expediting de- 
 livery. . 
 
 Oxytriphy llum. Oxalis acetosella. 
 
 O X Y U'R I S. Oxyurus. (From o^vc , sharp, 
 pointed, and ovpa, the tail.) The thread-worm, 
 or ascaris. See Entozoa. 
 
 Oyster. Ostrea edulis. 
 
 Oyster laver, green. Ulva lactuca. 
 
 OZiE'NA. (a, cb, f. ; from oCn, a stench.) 
 An ulcer situated in the nose, discharging a 
 fetid purulent matter, and sometimes accompa- 
 nied with caries of the bones. It is usually 
 connected with venereal or scrofulous dis- 
 ease. 
 
 Ozone. The odoriferous body produced by 
 the action of the electrifying machine. 
 
 O'zymum. See Ocymum. 
 
 P. 
 
 1. The symbol for phosphorus. 2. Pu- 
 a pugil, or eighth part of a handful ; also, 
 pars or partes, a part or parts. 
 
 PA'BULUM. (urn, i, n. ; from pasco, to 
 feed.) Food; aliment. 
 
 Pabulum yitm. The food of life. Such are 
 the different kinds of aliment. The animal 
 heat was so called. 
 
 PachyVmia. Pachcemia. A thick state of 
 the blood. 
 
 PACHYBLEPHARO'SIS. Packeablepharo- 
 sis. (From naxvc, thick, and /3?ie<papov, the 
 eyelid.) Morbid thickening cf the eyelid from 
 inflammation of its tissues, or the presence of 
 excrescences. 
 
 PACHYDE'RMA. Pachydermata. (From 
 naxvc , and deppa, the skin.) An order of mam- 
 mifers characterized by the thickness of their 
 hide, as the elephant, rhinoceros, &c. 
 
 Pachy'ntica. Medicines which have the 
 property of incrassating or thickening the fluids. 
 
 Pa'cinian corpuscles. Small nervous tu- 
 bercles found on the nerves of the hand and 
 foot, and rarely upon other spinal nerves or 
 the branches of the great sympathetic. Their 
 office is unknown. 
 
 Pad. A small cushion placed on splints, &c, 
 Ha 
 
 to adapt them to the limbs, or to parts subject- 
 ed to pressure. 
 
 Pjsda'nchone. A fatal kind of angina pecu- 
 liar to children, described by some old writers. 
 
 P^'darthro'cace. The joint evil. The 
 scrofulous affection of the joints to which chil- 
 dren are subject. 
 
 Pje'datro'phia. The emaciation of children ; 
 tabes mesenterica. 
 
 P.e'diatri'a. The medical treatment of 
 children. 
 
 P^E'DO-NOSOLOGY. Pcedonosologia. 
 (From 7rafc, a child, voaog, a disease, and loyoc, 
 a discourse.) The study of the diseases of 
 children. 
 
 P^DOTRO'PHIA. (From izaic, a child, 
 and Tpe(j)0), to nourish.) That department of 
 hygiene which relates to the nourishment of 
 infants and children. 
 
 PjEO'NIA. (a, a, f.) 1. The peeony. 2. 
 A genus of plants. Polyandria. Digynia. 
 Ranunculacece. — P. officinalis. All parts of the 
 common paeony, and especially the root, were 
 formerly used in epilepsy, but they are now 
 considered almost inert. 
 
 Pa'gina. The surface of a leaf- 
 
 Paigil. Primula veris. 
 
 481 
 
PAL 
 
 PAL 
 
 Pain. Dolor. 
 
 PAINS, AFTER. The pains experienced 
 by lying-in women after the birth of the child. 
 They are often extremely severe, and require 
 the use of camphoraceous anodynes. 
 
 Pains, labour. See Parturition. 
 
 Paint, Indian. Sanguinaria canadensis. 
 
 Painter's colic. See Colica pictonum. 
 
 P a k f o n g. The white copper of the Chi- 
 nese, said to be an alloy of copper, nickel, and 
 zinc. 
 
 Palatal. Palatine. 
 
 Palate. See Palatum. 
 
 PALA'TI OS. The palate bone. The pal- 
 ate is formed by two bones of very irregular 
 figure. Each of these may be divided into four 
 parts, viz., the inferior, or square portion, the 
 pterygoid process, the nasal lamella, and or- 
 bitar process. The square part helps to form 
 the palate of the mouth. The upper part of its 
 internal edge rises into a spine, which makes 
 part of the septum narium. The pterygoid pro- 
 cess is united with the pterygoid process of the 
 sphenoid bone, with which it helps to form the 
 pterygoid fossae. The nasal lamella is nothing 
 more than a very thin, bony plate, which arises 
 &om the upper side of the external edge of the 
 square part of the bone. The orbitar process is 
 more irregular than any other part of the bone. 
 It has a smooth surface, when it helps to form 
 the orbit. This fourth part of the os palati like- 
 wise helps to form the zygomatic fossa on each 
 side, and there its surface is concave. Between 
 this orbitar process and the sphenoid bone a 
 hole is formed, through which an artery, vein, 
 and nerve are transmitted to the nostrils. This 
 hole is called the posterior palatine foramen. 
 
 Palati tensor. See Circumflexus palati. 
 
 PA'LATINE. Palatinus. Appertaining to 
 the palate. 
 
 Palatine arteries. There are two: 1. The 
 superior, or palato-maxillary, a branch of the in- 
 ternal maxillary, distributed to the velum palati 
 and nasal fossae. 2. The inferior palatine, a 
 small branch of the facial. 
 
 Palatine foramina. There are two, the 
 anterior and posterior. See Foramen incisorium 
 and Palati os. 
 
 Palatine nerves. These are three branch- 
 es derived from the spheno-palatine ganglion. 
 
 Palato-labialis. The external maxillary 
 artery. — Chaussier. 
 
 Pala'to-pharynge'us, A muscle situated at 
 the side of the entry of the fauces. It arises 
 from the middle of the velum pendulum palati, 
 at the root of the uvula, posteriorly, and from 
 the tendinous expansion of the circumflexus 
 palati. The fibres are collected within the pos- 
 terior arch behind the tonsils, and run backward 
 to the top and lateral part of the pharynx, 
 where the fibres are scattered and mixed with 
 those of the stylo-pharyngeus. It is inserted 
 into the edge of the upper and back part of the 
 thyroid cartilage. Its use is to draw the uvula 
 and velum pendulum palati downward and 
 backward, and at the same time to pull the 
 thyroid cartilage and pharynx upward, and 
 shorten it. 
 
 Palato-salpinge'us. Circumflexus palati. 
 
 Palato-staphilikus. See Azygos uvulcs. 
 482 
 
 PALA'TUM. (um, i, n. ; from palo, to hedge 
 in.) The palate, or roof of the mouth. 
 
 Palatum durum. The hard or bony palate. 
 
 Palatum molle. The soft palate. This lies 
 behind the bony palate ; and from the middle 
 of it the uvula hangs down. 
 
 Pa' lea. Palcea. Chaff. 
 
 Palea'ceus. Paleaceous; chaffy, or covered 
 with chaff. 
 
 Palimpi'ssa. Dried pitch. 
 
 Palindro'mia. A regurgitation of humors to 
 the more noble parts ; the return of a distem- 
 per. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Paliu'rus. Rhamnus paliurus. 
 
 PALLA'DIUM. A metal, associated with 
 platina ; scarcely distinguishable from the crude 
 platina, though it is harder and heavier. 
 
 PALLIATIVE. ( Palliativus ; from pallio, 
 to dissemble.) Applied to any thing which is 
 given with an intent to palliate or relieve a dis- 
 ease, but is not capable of effecting a cure. 
 
 Pallidus morbus. Chlorosis. 
 
 PA'LLOR. (From palleo, to be pale.) Pale- 
 ness; the appearance of the countenance in 
 those suffering from anaemia, chlorosis, and 
 some organic diseases. 
 
 Pallor virginum. Chlorosis. 
 
 Palm. See Palma. 
 
 Palm oil. The solid, fragrant oil of the elais 
 guineensis. It contains a peculiar acid, the 
 Palmitic. 
 
 PA'LMA. {a, (E, f. ; from 7ra/Uo>, to move.) 
 1. The palm of the hand. 2. A palm tree. 
 
 Palma ady. See Ady. 
 
 Palma Christi. Ricinus communis. 
 
 PALMA'CEiE. Palmes. Palms. The chief 
 division of endogens. Palms attain often an al- 
 titude of nearly 100 feet, and are capped by a 
 magnificent frond of leaves. Their fruit is usu- 
 ally of great value, affording much sugar or oil. 
 
 Palmar arch. The radial artery forms an 
 arch in the palm of the hand, which is called 
 the deep palmar arch, and the ulnar artery one 
 which is called the superficial palmar arch. 
 See Radial artery and Ulnar artery. 
 
 Palmar aponeurosis. See Palmaris longus. 
 
 PALMA'RIS. Belonging to the hand. 
 
 Palmaris brevis. Palmaris brevis vel caro- 
 quadrata of Douglas. A small, thin, cutaneous 
 flexor muscle of the hand, situated between the 
 wrist and the little finger. Fallopius tells us 
 that it was discovered by Cananus. Winslow 
 names it palmaris cutaneus. It arises from a 
 small part of the internal annular ligament and 
 inner edge of the aponeurosis palmaris, and is 
 inserted by small bundles of fleshy fibres into 
 the os pisiforme, and into the skin and fat that 
 cover the abductor minimi digiti. This mus- 
 cle seems to assist in contracting the palm of the 
 hand. 
 
 Palmaris cutaneus. See Palmaris brevis. 
 
 Palmaris longus. A flexor muscle of the 
 arm, situated on the forearm, immediately under 
 the integuments. It arises from the inner con- 
 dyle of the os humeri, tei'minates in a long, slen- 
 der tendon, which, near the wrist, separates 
 into two portions, one of which is inserted into 
 the internal annular ligament, and the other 
 loses itself in a tendinous membrane, that is 
 nearly of a triangular shape, and extends over 
 
PAN 
 
 PAN 
 
 the palm of the hand, from the carpal ligament 
 to the roots of the fingers, and is called apo- 
 neurosis palmaris. Some of the fibres of this 
 expansion adhere strongly to the metacarpal 
 bones, and sepai-ate the muscles and tendons of 
 each finger. This muscle bends the hand, and 
 may assist in its pronation : it likewise serves to 
 stretch the aponeurosis palmaris. 
 
 Palma'te. Palmatus. Hand-shaped. 
 
 Pa'lmine. A white, crystalline fat, formed 
 by the actiou oi nitrous acid on castor oil. It is 
 a palmate of glycerine. 
 
 Palmi'pides. Web-footed birds. 
 
 Pa' lsi os. Palmus. A palpitation of the 
 •^eart. 
 
 Pa'lmula. A date. 
 
 Palo de vaca. The galactodendron utile. 
 
 PALPATION. Palpatio. (From palpo, to 
 feel.) Manual examination. Exploration. 
 
 PA'LPEBRA. (a, cs, f. ; a palpitando, from 
 their frequent motion. ) The eyelid, distinguish- 
 ed into upper and under; at each end they 
 unite and form the canthi. 
 
 Palpebrje superioris, levator. See Le- 
 vator palpebral superioris. 
 
 Palpebrarum aperiens rectus. See Le- 
 vator palpebrcB superioris. 
 
 Pa'lpebral. Appertaining to the palpebra. 
 
 PALPITATION. (Palpitatio, onis, f. ; from 
 
 Ealpito, to beat, leap, or throb.) 1. A throb- 
 ing motion of any part, particularly of the 
 heart. 2. When the strokes of the heart are in- 
 creased in frequency or force. 
 
 Pa'lfus. Palpitation of the heart. 
 
 Palsy. Paralysis. 
 
 Palsy, lead. The paralysis of the hands 
 produced by lead poison. 
 
 Palsy, mercurial. Erethrismus mercuri- 
 alis. 
 
 Palu'dal. Relating to a marsh or swamp. 
 
 Palus sanctus. Guaiacum wood. 
 
 Palu'stris. Pahtstrine. Relating to a 
 marsh, lake, or swamp. 
 
 Pamphi'lium. A plaster of Galen. 
 
 PAMPPNIFORM. (Papiniformis ; from 
 pampinus, a tendril, and forma, a likeness.) 
 Resembling a tendril ; applied to the spermatic 
 cord and the thoracic duct. 
 
 PAN-. A prefix (from nav, neuter of nac, 
 all), signifying all, every one, eveiy thing. 
 
 PAN ACE' A. (a, ce, f. ; from tcclv, all, and 
 aneofiai, I cure.) A universal remedy. 
 
 Panacea anglica. P. solutiva. Magnesia. 
 
 Panacea dulcis holsati^e. P. duplicata. 
 P. glauberi. The sulphate of potash. 
 
 Panacea lapsorum. The arnica montana. 
 
 Panacea mercurialis. Calomel. 
 
 Panacea vegetabilis. Saffron. 
 
 PANA'DA. Panata. Panatella. (Italian.) 
 Bread boiled in water to the consistence of 
 pap. 
 
 Panale'thes. An old cephalic plaster. 
 
 Pa'naris. Panaritia. Paronychia, 
 
 Pa'nary. Pertaining to bread. 
 
 PA'NAX. {ax, acis, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polygamia. Diatcia. Araliacece. — P. quinque- 
 folium. Ginseng. The root is sweetish and 
 warm. The Chinese ascribe extraordinary vir- 
 tues to it, but it is of little value. 
 
 Panchymago'gum minerale. Calomel. 
 
 Panchymago'gus. An old term for medi- 
 cines, supposed to purge all humors. 
 
 Pancgs'nus. Synonymous with epidemic. 
 
 Pancra'tium. 1. An athletic exercise used 
 by the Greeks. 2. The squill. Scilla mai-itima. 
 
 PA'NCREAS. (as, atis, n. ; from nav, all, 
 and apeac, flesh.) A glandular viscus of the 
 abdomen, of a long figure, situated in the epi- 
 gastric region under the stomach. The pro- 
 longed portion at the right extremity has been" 
 called Pancreas asellii. It is composed of 
 numerous small glands, the excretoiy ducts of 
 which unite and form one duct, called the pan- 
 creatic duct, which perforates the duodenum 
 with the ductus communis choledochus, and 
 conveys a fluid, in its nature similar to saliva, 
 into the intestines. The pancreatic artery is a 
 branch of the splenic. The veins evacuate 
 themselves into the splenic vein. Its nerves 
 are from the par vagum and great intercostal. 
 The use of the pancreas is to secrete the pan- 
 creatic juice, which is to be mixed with the 
 chyle in the duodenum. The precise office of 
 this secretion is unknown. 
 
 Pancreas asellii. See Pancreas. 
 
 PANCREATIC. Pancreaticus. Of, or be- 
 longing to, the pancreas. 
 
 Pancreatic duct. See Ductus pancreaticus. 
 
 Pancreatic juice. See Pancreas. 
 
 Pancreatic sarcoma. A variety of tumor 
 described by Abernethy, occurring among the 
 lymphatic glands of the subcutaneous tissue, 
 and having the tuberculated appearance and 
 color of the pancreas. 
 
 Pancreati'tis. Inflammation of the pan- 
 creas. 
 
 Pa'ncreatoid. Resembling the pancreas. 
 
 Pancreato'xcus. A hard tumor of the pan 
 creas. 
 
 Pancre'ne. The pancreas. 
 
 Pandali'tium. A whitlow. 
 
 PANDE'MIC. (Pandemicus; from nav, all, 
 and dnfJ.oc, the people.) Synonymous with 
 epidemic. 
 
 PANDICULATION. (Pandiculatio, onis, f. ; 
 from pandiculo, to gape and stretch.) Yawn- 
 ing and stretching, such as often accompanies 
 the cold fit of an ague. 
 
 Pandu'riform. Panduriformis. Fiddle- 
 shaped. A leaf which is oblong, broad at the 
 two extremities, and contracted in the middle. 
 
 PAN POLE. A species of compound in- 
 florescence, which bears the flowers in a sort of 
 loose, subdivided bunch or cluster, without any 
 order, appealing like a branched raceme. 
 
 Panic ula'te. Paniculatus. Like a panicle. 
 
 PA'NICUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of grasses. 
 — P. italicum yields the Italian millet-seed. — 
 P. miliaceum yields the millet-seed. 
 
 PA'NIS. (is, is, m.) Bread. 
 
 Panis cuculi. Oxalis acetosella. 
 
 Panis porci'nus. A species of cyclamen. 
 
 PANNI'CULUS, (us, i, m. ; a small piece of 
 cloth ; from pannus, cloth.) Applied, in Anato- 
 my, to the adipose membrane, panniculus adi- 
 posus; and to the subcutaneous muscle of quad- 
 rupeds and birds, panniculus camosus. 
 
 Panno'nica. Hypochseris maculata. 
 
 PA'NNUS. (us, i, m. ; a piece of cloth.) 1. 
 A tent for a wound. 2. A disoase of the eye. 
 
 483 
 
PAP 
 
 PAR 
 
 See Pterygium, 3. An irregular mark upon the 
 skin. 
 
 Pannus lenticularis. Ephelis. 
 
 Pannus hepaticus. Diffused symptomatic 
 ephelis. 
 
 Pano'chia. A bubo in the groin. 
 
 PANOPHO'BIA. (a, ce, f. ; from Uav, a 
 Greek deity, and <po6oc, fear.) That kind of 
 melancholy which is principally characterized 
 by groundless fears. 
 
 Panophthalmitis. Inflammation of the 
 whole eye. 
 
 Pansy. Viola tricolor. 
 
 Pantago'gue. Expelling all morbid humors. 
 
 Panto'lmius. A troch described by 
 Paulas iEgineta. 
 
 Pa'nting. Anhelation. 
 
 Pantophobia. See Panophobia. 
 
 PA'NUS. (us, i, m. ; a weaver's roll.) 1. 
 A glandular tumor or bubo. 2. Synonymous 
 with phygethlon. 
 
 PAPA'VER. (er, eris, n.) 1. A genus of 
 plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Papaver- 
 aceos. 2. The white poppy, papaver album. 
 
 Papaver album. P. officinale. The white 
 poppy. See Papaver somniferum. 
 
 Papaver erraticum. See Papaver rhasas. 
 
 Papaver nigrum. The black poppy. A 
 variety of the white poppy producing black 
 seeds. 
 
 Papaver rhceas. P. erraticum. The red 
 poppy. The heads of this species, like those 
 of the somniferum, contain a milky juice of a 
 narcotic quality, from which an extract is pre- 
 pared that has been successfully employed as a 
 narcotic. The flowers have somewhat of the 
 smell of opium, and a mucilaginous taste, ac- 
 companied with a slight degree of bitterness. 
 A syrup of the flowers is thought useful as an 
 anodyne and pectoral, and is prescribed in 
 coughs and catarrhal affections. 
 
 Papaver somni'ferum. The white poppy, 
 from which opium is obtained. This is the con- 
 creted milky juice of the capsule or head of the 
 poppy, and is brought from Turkey, Egypt, and 
 the East Indies. 
 
 It should be of a rich brown color, a tough 
 consistency, and a tolerably smooth and uniform 
 texture. Its peculiar narcotic smell should be 
 strong and fresh. Its taste is nauseously bitter, 
 and slightly warm and acrid. When good 
 opium is carefully dried, it becomes brittle, and 
 affords a yellow-brown powder. The East In- 
 dia opium is darker, has an empyreumatic smell, 
 and is not as active as the Turkey. 
 
 Opium consists of moi-phia, narcotine, codeine, 
 and other less important bases, with mucilage, 
 oil, &c. It yields its properties fully to alco- 
 hol, and partially to water. Opium is stimulant 
 in small doses, sedative and narcotic in larger. 
 It is exhibited in painful and spasmodic affec- 
 tions, quiets irritability of the gastric and intes- 
 tinal muscular coat, promotes the alterative ac- 
 tion of mercury, and seems to suppress abnor- 
 mal excess in the secretions. It is contra-indi- 
 cated in inflammatory affections of the brain, 
 and in fever before the bowels have been re- 
 lieved ; but under other circumstances is freely 
 administered. In intermittents it often breaks 
 up a paroxysm. In acute inflammations, given 
 484 
 
 in large doses, it sometimes breaks up the irri- 
 tation at once. In typhoid diseases and gan- 
 grene it acts as a cordial. In over-doses it is 
 poisonous, producing tremors, torpor, and apo- 
 plexy. The patient is to be roused and kept 
 awake, and emesis produced by sulphate of 
 zinc or a mixture of mustard. Vomiting is to be 
 encouraged, and the bowels opened by enemas ; 
 subsequently, the strength is to be sustained by 
 stimulants. Dose, as a stimulant, gr. \ to gr. \ ; 
 as a sedative, gr. j. to gr. v. 
 
 The capsules, or heads of the poppy, are also 
 directed for medicinal use in the form of fomen- 
 tation — see Decoctum papaveris ; and the syrupus 
 papaveris, prepared from them, is a useful an- 
 odyne, which often succeeds in procuring sleep 
 where opium fails : it is, however, more espe- 
 cially adapted to children. The seeds of this 
 species of poppy contain a bland oil, and in 
 many places are eaten as food : as a medicine, 
 they have been usually given in the form of 
 emulsion in catarrhs, stranguries, &c. 
 
 PAP AVER A'CE^E. The poppy tribe of dico- 
 tyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, with 
 leaves divided, alternate ; flowers, polypetalous, 
 single on long peduncles ; petals, four, or some 
 multiple of four, cruciate; staweras,hypogynous; 
 ovarium, solitary ; seeds, numerous. 
 
 Papaw. The Carica papaya. 
 
 Papilionace^:. A name for the leguminosse. 
 
 PAPILIONACEOUS. (From papilio, a but- 
 terfly, which it resembles.) Papilionaceus. 
 Butterfly-like. Applied to the corolla of plants, 
 like the pea and bean. 
 
 PAPI'LLA. {a, ce, f . ; from pappus, down.) 
 1. The nipple of the breast. See Mamma. 2. 
 The fine termination of a nerve, &c. ; as the 
 nervous papillae of the tongue, skin, &c. 
 
 Papillae medullares. Small eminences on 
 the medulla oblongata. 
 
 Papillo'su3. Papillose; pimpled. 
 
 Pappo'sus. Pappose ; furnished with a pap- 
 pus of seed-down. 
 
 PA'PPUS. (us, i, m. ; from Trainroc . ) 1. In 
 Anatomy, the hair on the middle of the chin. 2. 
 The seed-down. 
 
 PA'PULA. (a, <z, f. ; diminutive of pappa, 
 a nipple.) A very small and acuminated eleva- 
 tion of the cuticle, with an inflamed base, not 
 containing a fluid, nor tending to suppuration. 
 The duration of papulae is uncertain, but they 
 terminate, for the most part, in scurf. 
 
 PAPULA. Pimples. An order in Dr. Wil- 
 lan's arrangement of cutaneous diseases, char- 
 acterized by very small and acuminated eleva- 
 tions of the cuticle, with an inflamed base, very 
 seldom containing a fluid, or suppurating, and 
 commonly terminating in scurf. The order con- 
 tains Strophulus, Lichen, and Prurigo. 
 
 PA'R. (ar, aris, n. ; a pair.) A pair; ap- 
 plied more especially to the pairs of nerves 
 arising from the brain. 
 
 Par cucullare. So Casserius calls the crico- 
 arytcenoid muscle. 
 
 Par vagum. The eighth pair of nerves. See 
 Pneumo gastric nerve. 
 
 PARA-. A prefix (from napa, near, about), 
 signifying resemblance, diminution, or defect- 
 ive. 
 
 Paraba/nic acid. An animal acid, derived 
 
PAR 
 
 PAR 
 
 from the action of nitric acid on uric acid or 
 alloxan. It is a colorless, crystalline body, of 
 the composition C6N : 4 ,2HO, and one of the 
 products of the oxydation of uric acid. 
 
 PARABY'SMA. (a, atis, n. ; Ilapa6vofia; 
 from irapaSvu, to intrude, to cram hi, to con- 
 gest.) Turgescence. Dr. Good has applied 
 this term to a genus of diseases comprehended 
 by Cullen and others under that of physconia. 
 PARACELSISTS. The followers of Para- 
 celsus, who first introduced mineral remedies, 
 and laid the foundation of the present decisive 
 treatment in the place of the ancient mode of 
 exhibiting simples. 
 
 •- PARACENTESIS, (is, is, f. ; from Trapaicev- 
 teu, to pierce through.) Tapping. The opera- 
 lion of evacuating the water in ascites, dropsy 
 of the ovarium, &c. 
 Para'cme. Decline. 
 
 PARA'COE. (From irapa, diminutive, and 
 anovu, to hear.) Dullness of hearing. 
 
 Paracolle'ticus. Agglutinant; causing the 
 union of parts preternaturally separated. 
 
 Para'cope. napaKOTTTj. A slight delirium. — 
 Hippocrates. 
 
 Paracru'sis. (TLapanpovoig; from rcapaKpov- 
 Ofiat, to be delirious.) A slight delirium. 
 
 PARACUSIS. (is, is, f.; from napa, 
 wrong, and a/couw, to hear.) Depraved hearing. 
 There are three species: 1. P. imperfecta, or 
 deafness ; when existing sounds are not heard 
 as usual. 2. P. imaginaria; when imaginary 
 sounds are heard, not from without, but excited 
 within the ear. 3. P. acris. P. oxycoia. Pain- 
 fully acute hearing, a symptom in otalgia and 
 cerebral diseases. In attempting the removal of 
 deafness, the first thing to be done is to remove 
 from the auditory canal every thing that may 
 obstruct the passage to the ear, as wax. tumors, 
 &c, by syringing with warm water, which will 
 cause the person to hear. If the internal ear, 
 or the immediate organ of hearing, be the seat 
 of the cause of deafness, little can be done, be- 
 cause the cause is not known ; but blisters be- 
 hind the ear, stimulating applications to the 
 auditory canal and around the ear. are often 
 useful. * 
 
 Paracy'anogen. A solid black substance, 
 isomeric with cyanogen, which is left in the 
 retort after the decomposition of the cyanide 
 of mercury, &c. 
 
 PARACYE'SIS. (is, is, I ; from rrapa, badly, 
 and kvtjglc, pregnancy.) Extra-uterine or mor- 
 bid pregnancy. 
 
 Paractxa'nche. Cynanche. 
 
 Paradise, grains of. Paradisi grana. See 
 Amomum granum paradisi. 
 
 Para'dox. A statement which appears ab- 
 surd and contrary to experience, but is never- 
 theless true. 
 
 Para'ffixe. A fatty, indifferent substance, 
 derived from the distillation of coal-tar. 
 
 PARAGEU'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from rcapa, badly, 
 and yevco, gustum prabeo. ) Morbid or depraved 
 taste. 
 
 Paraglo'ssa. A swelled, prolapsed, or dis- 
 placed tongue. 
 
 Parago'ge. The articulation of a bone. 
 
 Para/guay tea. Ilex paraguayensis. 
 
 Parala'mpsis. Some writers use this word 
 
 to express a cicatrix in the transparent part of 
 the cornea of the eye. 
 
 Para'lias. Euphorbia paralias. 
 Paralla'gma. Parallaxis. The transposition 
 of a solid part from its proper place ; as where 
 one part of a broken bone lies over another. 
 
 Paralle'la. A scurfy, syphilitic eruption, 
 affecting only the palms of the hands, and run- 
 ning down them in parallel lines. — Forestus. 
 
 Paralo'phta. The lower and lateral part of 
 the neck, near the vertebra. 
 
 PARA'LYSIS. (is, is, f . ; from Trapa/.vu, to 
 loosen or weaken. ) Palsy. A disease known by 
 a loss or diminution of the power of voluntary 
 motion, affecting any part of the body. The most 
 usual form of palsy is when one side of the body 
 is affected: it not uncommonly seizes the lower 
 extremities, or all parts below the pelvis ; some- 
 times the arms only ; and occasionally a part, as 
 one side of the face, one eyelid, the tongue, or 
 the muscles of deglutition. Cullen has four 
 species: 1. P. partialis, when partial, or palsy 
 of some particular muscle. 2. P. hemiplegica. 
 when it affects one side longitudinally. 3. P. 
 paraplegica, palsy of one half of the body, taken 
 transversely, as both legs and thighs. 4. P. 
 venenata, when it arises from the sedative effects 
 of poison. 
 
 Paralysis is also symptomatic of several dis- 
 eases ; as worms, scrofula, syphilis, &c. 
 
 It may arise in consequence of an attack of 
 J apoplexy. It may likewise be occasioned by 
 any thing that prevents the flow of the nervous 
 power from the brain into the organs of motion ; 
 as tumors pressing on the spinal cord or on 
 the nerves. It may also be occasioned by the 
 metastasis of morbid actions to the head by the 
 suppression of usual evacuations, and by the 
 pressure made on the nerves by luxations, frac- 
 tures, wounds, or other external injuries. The 
 long-continued application of sedatives will like- 
 wise produce palsy, as we find those whose oc- 
 cupations subject them to the constant hand- 
 ling of white lead, and those who are much ex- 
 posed to the poisonous fumes of metals or min- 
 ei-als, are very apt to be attacked with it. What- 
 ever tends to relax and enervate the system 
 may likewise prove an occasional cause of this 
 disease. 
 
 It usually comes on with a sudden and imme- 
 diate loss of the motion and sensibility of the 
 parts; but in a few instances it is preceded by 
 a numbness, coldness, and paleness, and some- 
 times by slight convulsive twitches. When the 
 head is much affected, the eye and mouth are 
 drawn on one side, the memory and judgment 
 are much impaired, and the speech is indistinct 
 and incoherent. If the disease affects the ex- 
 tremities, and has been of long duration, it not 
 only produces a loss of motion and sensibility, 
 but likewise a considerable flaccidity and wast- 
 ing away in the muscles of the parts affected. 
 
 When palsy attacks any vital part, such as 
 the brain, heart, or lungs, it soon terminates 
 fatally. When it arises as a consequence of 
 apoplexy, it generally proves very difficult to 
 cure. Paralytic affections of the lower extrem- 
 ities, ensuing from any injury done to the spinal 
 marrow by blows and other accidents, usually 
 prove incurable. Palsy, although a dangerous 
 
 485 
 
PAR 
 
 PAR 
 
 disease in every instance, particularly at an ad- 
 vanced period of life, is sometimes removed by 
 the occurrence of a diarrhoea or fever. 
 
 The general indications are, to remove, as far 
 as possible, any compressing cause, and to rouse 
 the nervous system. It will sometimes be 
 proper, where the attack is sudden, the disease 
 originating in the head, with great determina- 
 tion of blood to that part, particularly in a pleth- 
 oric habit, to open the temporal artery or jugular 
 vein, or apply cupping-glasses to the neck, and 
 exhibit active purges, with the other means 
 pointed out under apoplexy. But where the 
 2>atient is advanced in life, of a debilitated con- 
 stitution, and not too full of blood, the object 
 should rather be to procure regular and healthy 
 discharges from the bowels, obviate irritation 
 in the brain by blisters in the neighborhood, 
 and procure a steady determination to the skin 
 by gently stimulant diaphoretics, as ammonia, 
 guaiacum, &c.,in moderate doses, regularly per- 
 severed in. Emetics have been sometimes very 
 useful under these circumstances, but would be 
 dangerous where congestion in the brain exist- 
 ed. Certain narcotic substances have been 
 found occasionally successful, as aconite, arnica, 
 toxicodendron, nux vomica, and opium : but the 
 tendency of the latter to produce fullness of the 
 vessels of the head must greatly limit its use. 
 Various local means of increasing the circulation 
 and nervous energy in the affected parts are re- 
 sorted to in this complaint, often with decided 
 benefit. In all cases it is proper to keep up 
 sufficient warmth in the limb, or the disease 
 may be rendered incurable. But in addition 
 to this, in tedious cases, fomentations, the vapor 
 bath, friction, electricity, and a variety of stimu- 
 lant, rubefacient, or even vesicatory embroca- 
 tions, liniments, and plasters, may assist mate- 
 rially in the recovery of the patient. In those 
 cases where there is pain discovered over some 
 of the lumbar or dorsal vertebra?, with loss of 
 power below the affected portions, issues, mox- 
 as, and other cauteries are employed over the 
 part, and occasionally with great advantage. A 
 suitable diet, according to the habit of the pa- 
 tient, warm clothing, the prudent use of the cold 
 bath, and other means calculated to strengthen 
 the system, must not be neglected. 
 
 Paralysis agitans. The shaking palsy. 
 Synclonus ballismus. 
 
 Paralysis, Bell's. The paralysis of the 
 face, arising from a lesion of the portio dura of 
 the seventh pair of nerves. 
 
 Paralysis herba. Primula veris. 
 Paralysis rachialgia. Colica pictonum. 
 Paralysis spinalis. Paralysis paraplegica. 
 See Paralysis. 
 
 Paralytic stroke. See Paralysis. 
 Para'lyzers. A subdivision of narcotics, 
 including conia, and such agents as produce 
 effects resembling a transient paralysis. — Pa- 
 reira. 
 
 PARAME'NXA. (a, as, f. ; from irapa, badly, 
 and /j.t]v, the menses ) Disordered menstrua- 
 tion. The species are, Dysmenorrhea, Amenor- 
 rhea, Menorrhagia, and Vicarious Menstruation. 
 Paramenispf/rmine. A principle existing 
 with menispermine in the testa of cpcculus in- 
 dicus. 
 
 436 
 
 Parame'ria. The inner part of the thign. 
 Par'amesus. The ring finger. 
 PARARAMO'RPHIA. (From irapa, wrong, 
 and jiop<prj, form.) 1. Morbid structure. Ap- 
 plied to organic diseases. 2. Thebaine. 
 
 Parana'phthaline. A body accompanying 
 naphthaline in coal-tar. 
 
 Paraneuri'smus. A nervous disease. 
 Para.nce'a. Paranoia. Synonymous with 
 dementia. 
 
 Parape'chyum. The arm from the elbow to 
 the wrist. 
 
 PARAPHIMOSIS, (is, is, f. ; from irapa, 
 about, and (pifiou, to bridle.) When the pre- 
 puce, being retracted, can not be returned again 
 over the glans, but makes a sort of ligature be- 
 hind the corona. Cold lotions and leeches gen- 
 erally reduce the inflammation and remove the 
 constriction; but if it does not give way to 
 these, and the glans is strangulated, it will be 
 necessary to divide the prepuce in order to set 
 it at liberty. See Phimosis. 
 
 PARAPHO'NIA. (a, <b, f.; from irapa, 
 wrong, and (pavn, sound.) Alteration of the 
 voice. Dr. Cullen makes the following species: 
 1. P. puberum. The voice of puberty. 2. P. 
 rauca. The voice hoarse and rough, from dry- 
 ness, or a flaccid tumor of the fauces. 3. P. 
 resonans. Rough voice, from obstruction of 
 the nares, with hissing sound in the nose. 4. 
 P. palatina. From the uvula being wanting, 
 or divided, and commonly attended with hare- 
 lip, the voice rough, obscure, and disagreeable. 
 5. P. clangens. An acute, shrill, and weak- 
 toned voice. 6. P. comatosa. A sound emitted 
 at inspiration, from relaxation of the velum 
 palati and of the glottis. 
 
 In all these instances the change of the voice 
 is symptomatic, and the cure depends on the 
 removal of the primary disease. 
 
 PARA'PHORA. (a, a, f. ; from irapa<f>epu, 
 to transfer.) A slight kind of delirium, or light- 
 headedness in a fever. Some use this word for 
 a delirium in general. 
 
 PARAPHRENE'SIS. (is, is, f.) A de- 
 lirium ; also, a paraphrenias. 
 
 Paraphrenias. Synonym of diaphragm- 
 atitis. 
 
 Paraphro'nia. Delirium. 
 PARAPHRO'SYNE. (From irapaQpoveu, to 
 be estranged in mind.) Mental derangement ; 
 used in the same sense as mania. 
 
 Paraphrosyne temulenta. Delirium 
 tremens. 
 
 Paraphimosis. See Paraphimosis. 
 PARAPLE'GIA. (a, ce, f . ; from irapa- 
 irlrjaao), to strike inhannoniously.) Palsy of 
 the upper or lower half of the body. See 
 Paralysis. 
 
 Parapleuritis. Pleurodynia. 
 Parapople'xia. A slight apoplexy. 
 PARA'PSIS. (is, is, f. ; from irapa, per- 
 peram, and airTOfiai, tango.) Dr. Mason Good's 
 generic name for disorders of the sense of 
 touch. 
 
 Pararthre'ma. A subluxation. 
 Pararrh'ythmos. A pulse not suitable to 
 the age of the person. 
 
 Parascepa'stra. A bandage to go round 
 the whole head. — Galen. 
 
PAR 
 
 PAR 
 
 Para's chide. A splinter of a broken bone. 
 
 Parasi'ta. Parasites. 
 
 Parasite. An animal or plant that is para- 
 sitical. 
 
 PARASITICAL. {Parasiticus; from irapa- 
 gltoc, a parasite.) Parasitic. An animal is so 
 termed that receives its nourishment from the 
 bodies of others; as worms, polypi, hydatids, 
 &c. A plant is so called that does not take 
 root in the earth, but sends its roots into other 
 plants. 
 
 Paraspa'dia. When the urethra opens at 
 the side of the penis. 
 
 Para's phagis. The neck near the clavicles. 
 
 PARA'STATES. ( II apaorar^c; from irapca- 
 TTjfii, to stand near.) Any thing situated near 
 another. Applied by the Greek anatomists to 
 the epididymis, to the prostate gland, and to the 
 commencement of the vas deferens. 
 
 Parastre'mma. A convulsive distortion of 
 the mouth, or any part of the face. 
 
 Parasynanche. Cynanche parotidea. 
 
 Parata'rtaric acid. Racemic acid. 
 
 PARA'THENAR. (or, aris, n. ; from irapa, 
 near, and devap, the sole of the foot.) Wins- 
 low called a portion of the abductor of the lit- 
 tle toe by the name of parathenar major, and 
 the short flexor of the same toe he called para- 
 thenar minor. 
 
 Paratro'phe. Imperfect or misdirected nu- 
 trition. 
 
 Pa'rchmext sound. See Bruit de parchemin. 
 
 Pare'ccrisis. Disordered secretion. 
 
 PAREGO'RIC. (Paregoricus; from irapa- 
 yopeu, to mitigate, to assuage.) Anodyne. 
 
 Paregoric elixir. The tinctura camphors 
 composita. 
 
 Parei'a. Hapsta. The cheek. 
 
 Parei'ra brava. Cissampelos pareira. 
 
 Parence'phalis. The cerebellum. 
 
 Parenchephalocele. A hernia of the cere- 
 bellum. 
 
 PARE'NCHYMA. (a, atis, n. ; from ira- 
 oeyxvu, to strain through ; because the ancients 
 believed the blood was strained through it.) 
 1. The spongy and cellular substance or tissue 
 that connects parts together. It is applied to 
 the connecting medium of the substance of the 
 viscera. 2. The green, succulent layer of the 
 leaf or bark. 
 t Pa'resis. An imperfect palsy. 
 
 PARI'ETAL. (Parietalis ; from paries, a 
 wall.) Appertaining to a wall, or to the side 
 of an object. 
 
 Parieta'le os. The parietal bones are two 
 arched and somewhat quadrangular bones, sit- 
 uated one on each side of the superior part of 
 the cranium. The only foramen toward the 
 upper and posterior part (the parietal foramen) 
 serves for the transmission of a small vein to the 
 longitudinal sinus. On the inside of their up- 
 per edge is a furrow, which corresponds with 
 the longitudinal sinus of the dura mater ; and 
 lower down, toward their posterior and inferior 
 angle, is a smaller one for part of the lateral 
 sinuses. 
 
 PARIETA'RIA. (a,a?,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polygamia. Moncecia. — P. officinalis. The 
 wall pellitory. It was formerly in high esti- 
 mation as a diuretic. 
 
 Parietes. (The plural of paries.) A nam© 
 given to those parts which form enclosures. 
 
 Pari'lline. Pariglin. The same as smila- 
 cine. 
 
 PA'RIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. Oc- 
 tandria. Tetragynia. — P. quadrifolia. The 
 herb Paris, or true love. It is narcotic and 
 emetic. 
 
 PARI'STHMIA. (From irapa, and lgtOiilov, 
 the fauces.) 1. The parts constituting the fau- 
 ces. 2. Inflammation of the fauces. — Hippo* 
 crates. 
 
 Paristhmio'tomus. An old instrument with 
 which the tonsils were scarified. 
 
 PARISTHMPTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from Trap 
 icdfiiov, the tonsil gland.) Inflammation of the 
 fauces; cynanche. 
 
 Paris white. Prepared chalk. 
 
 Park-leaves. Hypericum androsa3mum. 
 
 Parodo'ntis. A painful tubercle upon the 
 gums. 
 
 Parodt'nia. Morbid or perverted parturi- 
 tion. 
 
 Parodynia secundaria dolorosa. The 
 after-pains. 
 
 Paroni'ria. Disturbance of the sleep by 
 unpleasant dreams. 
 
 PARONYCHIA, (a, a, f . ; from irapa, 
 about, and ovvfj, the nail.) A whitlow, or whit- 
 loe, of the finger. These abscesses are situated 
 more or less deep, which has induced the 
 writers upon the subject to divide them into 
 several species : accordingly, they have ranged 
 them under four heads, agreeably to the places 
 where they are formed. The first kind is form- 
 ed under the cuticle, on one side of the nail, 
 and sometimes all round it. The second is 
 seated in the fat lying under the skin, between 
 that and the sheath which involves the flexor 
 tendons. The third is described by authors to 
 be formed within the sheath ; and they still add 
 a fourth species, arising between the periosteum 
 and the bone, which they call felon. Poultices 
 are particularly useful in whitlow. In all cases 
 where the pus is deep seated, the abscess must 
 be opened with the lancet. 
 
 Paro'pi.e. The external angles of the eyes. 
 
 PARO'PSIS. (is, is, f.; from irapa, badly, 
 and oipic, visus, sight.) Dr. Mason Good's ge- 
 neric term for disorders of the sense of vision. 
 See Dysopia. 
 
 Paro'psis illusoria. Pseudoblepsis. 
 
 Paropsis lateralis. Lateral vision. See 
 
 Paropte'sis. A provocation of sweat by a 
 fire or the dry bath. 
 
 Parora'sis. Weak or depraved sight. — 
 Galen. 
 
 PARORCHI'DIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from irapa, 
 and opxidiov, a testicle.) Malposition of the 
 testicle, whether consisting in its detention in 
 the abdomen or at the groin, or in a retraction 
 of the organ into the groin. 
 
 Paro'rchido-enterocele. Intestinal hernia, 
 complicated with malposition of the testicle.— 
 Sauvages. 
 
 Paro'smia. Parosmis. Morbid or depraved 
 smell. 
 
 Paro'stia. Defective ossification. 
 
 Pargtide'us. The parotid gland. 
 487 
 
PAR 
 
 PAROTID GLAND. Glandula parotidea. 
 Parotis. A large conglomerate and salival 
 gland, situated under the ear, between the 
 mammillary process of the temple bone and the 
 angle of the lower jaw. The excretory duct 
 of this gland perforates the buccinator muscle, 
 and opens into the mouth opposite to the space 
 between the second and third molar tooth of 
 the upper jaw. It secretes the saliva. 
 
 Parotido'ncus. A swelling of the parotid 
 gland. 
 
 PARO'TIS. 1. The parotid gland. 2. An 
 inflammatory swelling of the parotid gland. 
 
 PAROTITIS, (is, idis, f . ; from parotis, 
 the parotid gland, and itis, inflammation. ) Cy- 
 nanche parotidea. The mumps. An inflamma- 
 tion of the parotid gland. As the inflammation 
 takes place, the cheeks become swollen and 
 painful, there is difficulty in opening the mouth 
 and in swallowing. Very little constitutional 
 derangement attends this disease. It is believ- 
 ed to be contagious. It attacks children, and 
 declines about the fourth or sixth day. It is 
 seldom of moment, and is treated by applying 
 flannel or stimulating liniment, and opening the 
 bowels; but it may pass by metastasis to the 
 testes, mammae, or brain. It may, however, 
 become malignant in scrofulous and cachectic 
 persons. 
 
 PA'ROXYSM. (Paroxysmus, i, m. ; from 
 napoijvvo, to aggravate.) 1. An obvious in- 
 crease of the symptoms of a disease which lasts 
 a certain time and then declines. 2. A period- 
 ical attack or fit of a disease, as that of an ague. 
 
 Parsley. Apium petroselinum. 
 
 Parsley, black mountain. Athamanta oreo- 
 eelinum. 
 
 Parsley, fool's. (Ethusa cynapium. 
 
 Parsley, Macedonian. Bubon macedoni- 
 cum. 
 
 Parsley, stone. Amomum verum. 
 
 Parsnip. Pastinaca sativa. 
 
 Parsnip, cow's. Heracleum spondylium. 
 
 Parsnip, water. Sium nodiflorum. 
 
 Parthenia'strum. Parthe'nium. Matri- 
 caria parthenium. 
 
 Parthenium mas. Tanacetum vulgare. 
 
 Parti'te. Partitus. Cut, as it were, almost 
 to the base ; and, according to the number of 
 incisions, bipartite when two, tripartite when 
 three, quadripartite when four, quinque-partite 
 when five, &c. 
 
 Pa'rtridge-berry. Gaultheria procumbens. 
 
 Partu'rient. Parturiens. Pertaining to 
 childbed ; the lying-in state. 
 
 Parturifa'cient. That which assists or 
 causes parturition ; as ergot. 
 
 PARTURITION. (Parturitio, onis, f. ; from 
 pario, to bring forth young.) The expulsion 
 of the fetus from the uterus. A viable foetus 
 may be born at seven months, or even before, 
 but this seldom occurs, it being usually nine 
 months old before birth ; but instances are re- 
 lated where the child was ten months old; 
 hence the French have allowed that a child 
 may be legitimate when born 299 days after 
 conception. 
 
 The physical causes that determine the exit 
 of the foetus are the contraction of the uterus, 
 and that of the abdominal muscles ; by their 
 488 
 
 PAR 
 
 force the liquor amnii flows out, the head of 
 the foetus is engaged in the pelvis, it goes 
 through it, and soon passes out by the vulva, 
 the folds of which disappear. These different 
 phenomena take place in succession, and con- 
 tinue a certain time ; they are accompanied with 
 pains more or less severe, with swelling and 
 softening of the soft parts of the pelvis and ex- 
 ternal genital parts, and with an abundant mu- 
 cous secretion in the cavity of the vagina. All 
 these circumstances, each in its own way, favor 
 the passage of the foetus. 
 
 To facilitate the study of this complicated 
 action, it must be divided into several periods. 
 
 The first period of childbirth. — It is constitu- 
 ted by the precursory signs. Two or three 
 days before childbirth, a flow of mucus takes 
 place from the vagina, the external genital parts 
 swell, and become softer: it is the same with 
 the ligaments that unite the bones of the pelvis; 
 the cervix uteri flattens, its opening is enlarged, 
 its edges become thinner; slight pains, known 
 by the name of flying pains, are felt in the loins 
 and abdomen. 
 
 Second period. — Pains of a peculiar kind 
 come on : they begin in the lumbar region, and 
 seem to be propagated toward the cervix uteri 
 or the rectum ; they are renewed only after 
 considerable intervals, as a quarter or half an 
 hour. Each of them is accompanied with an 
 evident contraction of the body of the uterus, 
 with tension of its neck, and dilatation of the 
 opening: the finger, directed into the vagina, 
 discovers that the envelopes of the foetus are 
 pushed outward, and that there is a considerable 
 tumor, which is called the waters : the pains 
 very soon become stronger, and the contractions 
 of the uterus more powerful; the membranes 
 break, and a part of the liquid escapes; the 
 uterus contracts on itself, and is applied to the 
 surface of the foetus. 
 
 Third period. — The pains and contractions 
 of the uterus increase considerably; they are 
 instinctively accompanied by the contraction of 
 the abdominal muscles. The woman who is 
 aware of their effect is inclined to favor them,^ 
 in making all the muscular efforts of which she 
 is capable: her pulse then becomes stronger 
 and more frequent, her face is animated, her 
 eyes shine, her whole body is in extreme agita- 
 tion, and perspiration flows in abundance. The 
 head is next engaged in the pelvis : the occiput, • 
 placed at first above the left acetabulum, is di- 
 rected inward and downward, and comes below 
 and behind the arch of the pubis. 
 
 Fourth period. — After some instants of re- 
 pose, the pains and expulsive contractions re- 
 sume all their activity : the head presents itself 
 at the vulva, makes an effort to pass, and suc- 
 ceeds when there happens to be a contraction 
 sufficiently strong to produce this effect. The 
 head being once disengaged, the remaining 
 parts of the body easily follow, on account of 
 their smaller volume. The section of the um- 
 bilical cord is then made, and a ligature is put 
 round it at a short distance from the umbilicus. 
 
 Fifth period. — If the accoucheur has not pro- 
 ceeded immediately to the extraction of the 
 placenta after the birth of the child, slight pains 
 are felt in a short time, the uterus contracts 
 
PAR 
 
 freely, but with force enough to throw off the 
 
 placenta, and the membranes of the ovum : this 
 
 expulsion bears the name of delivery. During 
 
 the twelve or fifteen days that follow childbirth, 
 
 the uterus contracts by degrees upon itself, the 
 
 woman suffers abundant perspirations, her mam- 
 
 ! mae are distended by the milk that they secrete ; 
 
 a flow of matter, which takes place from the 
 
 ! vagina, called lochia, first sanguiferous, then 
 
 ! whitish, indicates that the organs of the woman 
 
 resume, by degrees, the disposition that they 
 
 had before conception. 
 
 Such is the course of a natural labor, the ac- 
 complishment of which implies the completion 
 of the natural term of gestation — a proper con- 
 firmation on the part of the mother — and a nat- 
 ural development and normal position of the 
 part of the foetus. Various deviations from 
 these conditions give rise to different irregular- 
 ities in the process of parturition, attended with 
 greater or less danger to the mother and child. 
 The subdivision of labors has been earned by 
 many writers to a frivolous degree of minute- 
 ness, especially by some French authors. The 
 classification adopted by Dr. Burns is perhaps 
 the most practically useful. It is as follows : 
 Class I. Natural labor. Labor taking place at 
 the end of the ninth month of pregnancy; 
 the child presenting the central portion of the 
 sagittal suture, and the forehead being direct- 
 ed at first toward the sacro-iliac symphysis ; a 
 due proportion existing between the size of 
 the head and the capacity of the pelvis : the 
 pains being regular and effective; the pro- 
 cess not continuing beyond twenty-four hours, 
 seldom above twelve, and very often not for 
 six. No morbid affection supervening, capa- 
 ble of preventing delivery, or endangering 
 the life of the woman. 
 
 This comprehends only one order. 
 Class II. Premature labor, or labor taking 
 place considerably before the completion of 
 the usual period of utero-gestation, but yet 
 not so early as necessarily to prevent the 
 child from surviving. 
 
 This comprehends only one order. 
 Class III. Preternatural labors, or those in 
 which the presentation, or position of the 
 child, is different from that which occurs in 
 natural labor ; or in which the uterus contains 
 a plurality of children, or monsters. 
 This comprehends seven orders. 
 Order 1. Presentation of the breech. 
 Order 2. Presentation of the inferior ex- 
 tremities. 
 Order 3. Presentation of the superior ex- 
 tremities. 
 Order 4. Presentation of the back, belly, 
 
 or sides of the child. 
 Order 5. Malposition of the head. 
 Order 6. Presentation of the funis. 
 Order 7. Plurality of children, or mon- 
 sters. 
 Class IV. Tedious labor, or labor protracted 
 beyond the usual duration; the delay not 
 caused by the malposition of the child, and 
 the process capable of being finished safely, 
 without the use of extracting instruments. 
 This comprehends two orders. 
 Order 1. Where the delay proceeds from 
 
 PAS 
 
 some imperfection or irregularity of mus- 
 cular action. 
 Order 2. Where it is dependent principally 
 on some mechanical impediment. 
 Class V. Laborious or instrumental labor; la- 
 bor which can not be completed without the 
 use of extracting instruments, or altering the 
 proportion between the size of the child and 
 the capacity of the pelvis. 
 
 This comprehends two orders. 
 Order 1. This case admitting the use of 
 such instruments as do not necessarily 
 destroy the child. 
 Order 2. The obstacle to delivery being so 
 great as to require that the life of the 
 child should be sacrificed for the safety 
 of the mother. 
 Class VI. Impracticable labor ; labor in which 
 the child, even when reduced in size, can 
 not pass through the pelvis. 
 
 This comprehends only one order. 
 Class VII. Complicated labor ; labor attended 
 with some dangerous or troublesome acci- 
 dent or disease, connected in particular in- 
 stances with the process of parturition. 
 This comprehends six orders. 
 Order 1. Labor complicated with uterine 
 
 hemorrhage. 
 Order 2. Labor complicated with hemor- 
 rhage from other organs. 
 Order 3. Labor complicated with syncope. 
 Order 4. Labor complicated with convul- 
 sions. 
 Order 5. Labor complicated with rupture 
 
 of the uterus. 
 Order 6. Labor complicated with suppres- 
 sion of urine, or rupture of the bladder. 
 The number of irregular labors, as compared 
 with the natural, does not amount to more than 
 two per cent., and those requiring the use of 
 instruments do not exceed four to six in a thou- 
 sand. 
 
 PA'RTUS. (us, us, m. ; from pario, to bring 
 forth young.) 1. Labor. 2. The young when 
 brought forth. 
 
 PARU'LIS. (is, idis, f. ; from irapa, near, 
 and ov"kov, the gum.) An inflammation, boil, 
 or abscess in the gums. A gum-boil is often a 
 primary disease, depending on an inflammation 
 of the gums from accidental and common caus- 
 es, in which case the lancet, or leaving it to 
 nature, soon restores the gum to a healthy 
 state. But sometimes it arises from a carious 
 tooth, or from cutting the dentes sapientia?. 
 From the first of these the gum-boil frequently 
 returns, and requires the removal of the tooth ; 
 from the latter, much irritation is often pro- 
 duced, and the jaw and face swell considerably. 
 If there be constitutional disturbance with it, 
 leeches and purgatives are to be resorted to. 
 
 Paru'ria. Morbid secretion or discharge 
 of urine. 
 
 Pa's ma. A dry powder to sprinkle over the 
 body. See Catapasma. 
 
 PA'SSA. 1. A grape or raisin. 2. A whit- 
 low. — Paracelsus. 
 
 Pass a minor. Uva Dassa minor. 
 PASSIFLO'RA. (a,«,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Gynandria. Pentandria. Passiflorce. — P. lau- 
 rifolia. Bay-leaved passion-flower. A native 
 
PAT 
 
 PD 
 
 of Surinam. The fruit is grateful. — P. mali- 
 formis. Apple-shaped granadilla. The fruit 
 is esteemed a delicacy in the West Indies. 
 
 Passio. In medical language, a disease or 
 affection. 
 
 Passio hysterica. See Hysteria. 
 
 Passio ileaca. See lleac passion. 
 
 PASSION. (Radrjfia. Passio, onis, f. ; from 
 patior, to suffer.) By passion is generally un- 
 derstood an instinctive feeling become extreme 
 and exclusive. The passions have great influ- 
 ence on health, and are hence divided into de- 
 pressing and animating. See Paihema animi. 
 
 Passion, cceliac Diarrhoea cceliaca. 
 
 Passion, hysteric Hysteria. 
 
 Passion, ileac Ileac passion. 
 
 PA'SSIVE. Passivus. A medical term ap- 
 plied to the varieties of disease in which the 
 vital force or tone of the organs seems to be 
 diminished, and there is little reaction. When 
 the affection is the result of debility, as passive 
 hemorrhage, it occurs by exudation of the blood. 
 
 Pa'ssula. A small raisin. 
 
 Passula major. A raisin. 
 
 Passula'tus. Applied to some medicines 
 in which raisins are the chief ingredients. 
 
 Pa'ssum. Raisin wine. 
 
 Pa'sta. A cake or lozenge. 
 
 Pasti'lles, fumigating. See Fumigating 
 pastilles. 
 
 PASTFLLUM. {urn, i, n. ; diminutive of 
 pasta, a lozenge.) Pastillus. A pastil or troch. 
 
 PASTINA'CA. {a, ce, f.) 1. The parsnip. 
 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. 
 Umbelliferce. — P. opopanax. See Opopanax. — 
 P. sativa. The parsnip. Its roots are sweet 
 and nutritious. The wild roots are used as a 
 diuretic. 
 
 PATE ARSENICALE. Arsenical paste. 
 This consists of seventy parts of cinnabar, 
 twenty-two of dragon's blood, and eight of 
 white arsenic, made into a paste with saliva at 
 the time of its application. It was much used in 
 France as a caustic to destroy cancerous tumors. 
 
 PATE'LLA. (a, ce, f. ; diminutive of patina, 
 a dish.) Rotula. The knee-pan. A small flat 
 bone, which in some measure resembles the 
 common figure of the heart, and placed at the 
 fore part of the joint of the knee. Anteriorly 
 it is a little convex, and rough for the insertion 
 of muscles and ligaments; posteriorly it is 
 smooth, covered with cartilage, and divided 
 by a middle longitudinal ridge into two slight- 
 ly concave surfaces, both exactly adapted to the 
 pulley of the os femoris. 
 
 Pa'tens. Patent. Expanding. Spreading. 
 
 PATHE'MA. (a, atis, n.) Passion; emo- 
 tion; affection. 
 
 Pathemata animi. Passions of the mind. 
 These are divided into the exciting and de- 
 pressing ; and each of these, again, in a medical 
 point of view, into such as excite suddenly and 
 with temporary violence, or more slowly and 
 permanently. 
 
 Passions are subdivided into, 
 
 1. Exciting. 
 
 a. In a violent degree ; as rage, intense en- 
 thusiasm, b. More moderately ; as joy, emula- 
 tion, desire, hope, benevolence, love. 
 
 2. Depressing. 
 
 490 
 
 a. In a violent degree; as terror, grief, b. 
 More moderately ; as fear, jealousy, envy, re- 
 sentment. 
 
 3. Calming ; as veneration, admiration, con* 
 temptation. 
 
 Persons of strong, active imaginations, san- 
 guine in temperament, and eager in their pur- 
 suits and expectations, are most liable to, and 
 suffer most from, the violently exciting passions. 
 The effects are often apoplexy, palsy, hemor- 
 rhage, jaundice. The depressing passions are, 
 in different degrees, sedative. The more vio- 
 lent ones are sometimes fatal in a moment. 
 The others slowly undermine the constitution, 
 weaken every function, and produce indigestion 
 and dropsy. 
 
 PATHE'TICUS. {Pathetic ; from nadoc, an 
 affection.) Appertaining to the passions. 
 
 Pathetici. The fourth pair of nerves. 
 
 Patheticus musculus. The superior ob- 
 lique muscle of the eye. 
 
 PATHOGE'NY. Pathogenia. (From 7m- 
 6oc, a disease, and yeveoic, generation.) That 
 portion of pathology which relates to the origin 
 of disease. 
 
 PATHOGNOMO'NIC. (Pathognomonics ; 
 from iradoc, a disease, and ycvuaKto, to know.) 
 A term given to those symptoms which are 
 peculiar to a disease. They are also termed 
 proper or characteristic symptoms. 
 
 PATHO'LOGY. (Pathalogia, ce, f. ; from 
 rcadog, a disease, and koyoc, a discourse.) The 
 doctrine of diseases. That bi'anch of medicine 
 which treats of the nature of diseases. It is 
 divided into general pathology, which regards 
 what is common to a number of diseases taken 
 as a class ; and special pathology, which treats 
 of individual diseases. 
 
 Pathological anatomy. The dissection of 
 diseased structures. 
 
 Patho'mania. Moral insanity. See Insanity, 
 
 Pa'thos. Hadog. An affection; a disease. 
 
 Patie'ntia. Patience. Rumex patientia. 
 
 Pa'tor na'rium. The sinus, cavity, or chasm 
 of the nose. 
 
 Patrum cortex. Cinchona bark. 
 
 Pa'tulous. Patulus. Open: a descriptive 
 term often used. 
 
 Patu'rsa. The venereal disease. 
 
 Paul's betony. Veronica officinalis. 
 
 Paulina confectio. See Aristarchi antido- 
 tus paulina. 
 
 PAULLI'NIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of sapin- 
 daceous plants. — P. sorbilis. A plant of South 
 America, and especially Brazil, the seeds of 
 which are used in the form of extract, and call- 
 ed Guarana or Guarine, as a stimulating tonic. 
 This substance has been introduced into Euro- 
 pean pharmacy, and was supposed to contain 
 a peculiar principle termed guarine, but which 
 is found to be theine or caffeine, the same sub- 
 stance as exists in tea and coffee. 
 
 Pavana. See Croton tiglium. 
 
 Pavi'lion of the ear. The expanding por- 
 tion, or ala auris of the ear. 
 
 Pavo cristatus. The pea-fowl. The flesh 
 of this bird is delicate when young. 
 
 PA'VOR. (or,oris,m.) 1. Fear. 2. The itch. 
 
 Pb. The symbol for lead ; plumbum. 
 
 Pd. The symbol for palladium. 
 
PEC 
 
 P E D 
 
 Pea. Pisutn sativum. 
 
 Pea-fowl. Pavo cristatus. 
 
 Peach. Aruygdalus persica. 
 
 Peagle. Primula veris. 
 
 Pear. Pyrus communis. 
 
 Pearl. See Margarita. 
 
 Pearlash. An impure carbonate of potash. 
 
 Pearl barley. See Hordeum. 
 
 PEARL WHITE. The subnitrate of bis- 
 muth. 
 
 Pearson's solution. This consists of a so- 
 lution of one gram of arsenite of soda in a fluid 
 ounce of water. 
 
 Pe'ccant humors. Secretions or fluids in a 
 diseased state. 
 
 Peche'dion. UijxeSiov. The perineum. 
 
 Pechegu'era. A pulmonary disease occur- 
 ring in infants of three or four months in South 
 America, and which is speedily fatal. 
 
 Pechurim. See Pichurim. 
 
 Pechy'agra. The gout in the elbow. 
 
 Pe'chys. TIijxvc. The cubit, or elbow. 
 
 Pechyty'rbe. The scurvy. — Forest. 
 
 Pecquet's duct. See Thoracic duct. 
 
 PE'CTEN. {en, inis, m.) The pubes. 
 
 Pe'ctic acid. See Pectine. 
 
 PECTINA'LIS. (So named from its arising 
 at the pecten, or pubes.) Pectinceus of authors. 
 A small flat muscle, situated obliquely between 
 the pubes and the little trochanter, at the up- 
 per and anterior part of the thigh. It ai-ises, 
 broad aud fleshy, from the anterior edge of the 
 os pectinis, or pubis, as it is more commonly 
 called, as far as its spine ; and, descending ob- 
 liquely backward and outward, is inserted, by 
 a short and broad tendon, into the upper and 
 anterior part of the linea aspera of the os femo- 
 ris, a little below the lesser trochanter. This 
 muscle serves to bend the thigh, by drawing it 
 upward and inward, and likewise assists in 
 rolling it outward. 
 
 Pectina'te. Pectinatus. (From pecten, a 
 comb.) 1. Comb-like; having the appearance 
 of a comb. 2. The fasciculated muscular fibres 
 of the right auricle of the heart are called mus- 
 cvh pectinati. 
 
 Pectin^us. See Pectinalis. 
 
 Pectinous. Relating to pectine. 
 
 PE'CTINE. A non-azotized and indifferent 
 body of plants, abounding in fruits and some 
 roots. It closely resembles gum tragacanth, 
 and is gelatinous. By the action of alkalies it 
 vields an uncrystallizable acid, the pectic, Ci 2 
 H 8 O ;0 -f2HO. 
 
 PE'CTORAL. (Pectoralis ; from pectus, the 
 breast.) Appertaining to the breast. Pectoral 
 medicines are those which relieve diseases of 
 the chest. 
 
 Pectoral moss. Lichen pulmonarius. 
 
 Pectoralis major. A broad, thick, fleshy, 
 and radiated muscle, situated immediately un- 
 der the integuments, and covering nearly the 
 whole anterior part of the breast. It arises 
 from the cartilages of the fifth and sixth ribs, 
 almost the whole length of the sternum, and 
 from more than a thud of the anterior part of 
 the clavicle. From these origins the fibres run 
 in a folding manner toward the axilla, and are 
 inserted, by a broad tendon, into the os humeri, 
 above the insertion of the deltoid muscle, and 
 
 at the outer side of the groove which lodges the 
 tendon of the long head of the biceps. This 
 and the latissimus dorsi form the cavity of the 
 axilla, or arm-pit. Its use is to move the arm 
 forward, or to raise it obliquely toward the 
 sternum. 
 
 Pectoralis minor. A small, fleshy, and 
 digitated muscle, situated at the anterior and 
 lateral part of the thorax, immediately under 
 the pectoralis major. It arises from the upper 
 edges of the third, fourth, and fifth ribs, near 
 where they join their cartilages, and is inserted, 
 by a flat tendon, into the upper part of the cor- 
 acoid process of the scapula. The principal 
 use of this muscle is to draw the scapula for 
 ward and downward ; and when that is fixed, 
 it may likewise serve to elevate the ribs. 
 
 PECTORPLOQUY. (Pectoriloquium ; from 
 pectus, the chest, and loquor, to speak ; so call- 
 ed because the voice seems as if it proceeded 
 directly from the chest of the patient.) When 
 the stethescope is applied over an excavation 
 of the lungs which communicates with the 
 bronchiae, the voice appears to come direct 
 through the tube of the instrument from the 
 chest of the patient to the ear of the auscultator. 
 This phenomenon is called pectoriloquy. It is 
 distinguished into perfect, imperfect, and doubt- 
 ful. The two latter are with difficulty distin- 
 guishable from bronchophony, and are not at 
 all to be depended on unless in conjunction 
 with the symptoms. Pectoriloquy is most fre- 
 quently heard in the subclavicular and axillary 
 regions, because vomicae are most frequently 
 formed in the upper part of the lungs. Pecto- 
 riloquy may be suspended if the bronchial 
 tubes, which communicate with the excavation, 
 be obstructed. If the morbid cavity communi- 
 cate with a great number of bronchia, or with 
 the cavity of the pleura, the pectoriloquy is 
 much diminished, or ceases altogether. 
 
 Pectoris os. See Sternum. 
 
 Pe'ctus. The breast or thorax. 
 
 Pectu'sculum. The metatarsus. 
 
 Peda'te. Pedatus. Like a bird's foot. 
 
 Pede'thmus. Pedesis. A pulsation. 
 
 Pedicellate. Pedicellatus. Having a small 
 or partial stalk. 
 
 Pedice'llus. A small flower-stalk. 
 
 Pe'dicle. A little stalk. 
 
 Pedicula'ria. Delphinium staphisagria. 
 
 PEDICULA'RIS. (is, is, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Didynamia. Angiospermia. Louse- 
 wort. The P. palustris is'said to kill lice. It 
 is somewhat acrid, and has been used in decoc- 
 tion as an application to indolent ulcers. 
 
 P E D I C U L A'T I O N. Morbis pedicularis. 
 That disease of the body in which bee are con- 
 tinually bred on the skin. 
 
 PEDFCULUS. (us, i, m.) A louse. A 
 genus of insects, of the order Aptera. Two 
 species are found on the human body, the P. 
 humanus, the common louse, infesting the head ; 
 and the P. pubis, or crab-louse, found chiefly 
 on tbe pubes. They are destroyed by mer- 
 curial preparations, tobacco infusion, &c. 
 
 Pedicus. Extensor brevis digitorum pedis. 
 
 PEDILU'VIUM. (From pes, the foot, and 
 lavo, to wash.) A bath for the feet. 
 
 Pe'dion. The sole of the foot. 
 
 491 
 
PEL 
 
 PEL 
 
 Pedi'tio. Epilepsy. 
 
 Pe'dora. Sordes of the eyes, ears, and feet. 
 
 PEDU'NCLE. Pedunculus A flower-stalk, 
 or that which springs from the stem, and bears 
 the flowers and fruit, and not the leaves. 
 
 Pedicellus is a partial flower-stalk, the ulti- 
 mate subdivision of a general one ; as in the 
 cowslip. 
 
 Peduncles of the brain. The crura 
 cerebri. 
 
 Peduncles of the cerebellum. See En- 
 cephalos. 
 
 Peduncles of the medulla oblongata. 
 The corpora restiformia. 
 
 Pedunculate. Pedunculatus. Growing on 
 a fruit-stalk : opposed to sessile. 
 
 Peganel^'um. Oil of rue. 
 
 PE'GANUM. {urn, i,n.) A genus of plants. 
 Dodecandria. Monogynia. — P. ha'rmala. The 
 Assyrian wild rue : the same in its properties 
 with the common rue. 
 
 Pe'ge. TLnyn. The internal angles of the 
 eye were called pegce. 
 
 Pelada. A species of baldness : a shedding 
 of the hair from a venereal cause. 
 
 Pela'rium. A collyrium. 
 
 Peleca'nus. An instrument to draw teeth. 
 
 Pelio'ma. IleXiofxa. An extravasation of 
 blood of a livid color. 
 
 Pelio'sis. Purpura haemorrhagica. 
 
 Pe'llis. The skin. 
 
 Pellis summa. The epidermis. 
 
 PELLA'GRA. (a, ce, f.) Pelagra. Ele- 
 phantiasis Italica ; from its great frequency in 
 some parts of Milan and Padua. 
 
 About March or April, a shining red spot ap- 
 pears on the back of the hand, or some part of 
 the body, resembling the common erysipelas, 
 but without much itching or pain ; this elevates 
 the skin a little, producing numerous small tu- 
 bercles of different colors ; the skin becomes 
 dry, and cracks. At length it falls off in white 
 furfuraceous scales ; but the shining redness un- 
 derneath still continues; the health is good. 
 Next spring the skin disease extends ; the health 
 now suffers slightly; headache and despond- 
 ency occur; in the winter every thing ap- 
 pears well again; but in the third spring, or 
 later, the cerebral symptoms become very man- 
 ifest; vertigo, extreme melancholy, and, final- 
 ly, delirium, with great emaciation occur, com- 
 plicated with bulimia, or entire loss of appetite, 
 6torpor, and frightful convulsions. Before the 
 latter symptoms even ten years may elapse. 
 It is epidemic to certain unhealthy districts, 
 and is to be treated by change of air, habitual 
 cleanliness, warm bathing, nutritious diet, and 
 tonics. 
 
 PELLI/CLE. Pellicula. (From pellis, the 
 skin.) A slender skin. In Medicine, it is ap- 
 plied to such an appearance on the surface of 
 urine ; and to very delicate membraneous pro- 
 ductions. In Botany, to the delicate skin which 
 covers some seeds and other parts. In Chem- 
 istry, a delicate formation of crystals, &c, on 
 the surface of a fluid. 
 
 Pellitory. See Parietaria. 
 
 Pellitory, bastard. Achillea ptarmica. 
 
 Pellitory of Spain. Anthemis pyre- 
 thrum. 
 
 492 
 
 Pe'lma. The sole of the foot. 
 
 Pelosin. A colorless body, of an alkaline re- 
 action, derived from the root of the Cissampelos 
 pareira. 
 
 Pe'lta. The shield of lichens. 
 
 Pelta'lis cartila'go. The scutiform car- 
 tilage of the larynx. 
 
 Pelta'te. Peltatus. Target-shaped. 
 
 PE'LVIO. Pelvicus. Pertaining to the 
 pelvis. 
 
 Pelvic aponeurosis. The ligamentous at- 
 tachments of muscles to the brim of the pelvis 
 and the upper part of the iliac fascia. 
 
 Pelvi-trochante'ric. That which relates 
 to the pelvis and great trochanter of the fe- 
 mur. 
 
 PELVI'METER. An instrument for meas- 
 uring the diameter of the pelvis in the living 
 body. Two French instruments bear this name, 
 but are not used, because the index finger is a 
 better pelvimeter than any mechanical contriv 
 ance. The first is a pair of callipers with blunt 
 points, the measures with which are taken on 
 the outside of the body ; the other, called the 
 pelvimeter of Coutouly, is a sliding scale, which 
 is introduced within the vagina, and extended 
 so that the ends may be over the sacrum and 
 symphysis pubis. 
 
 PE'LVIS. (is, is, f. ; from restive, a basin.) 
 It is composed of the two ossa innominata, the 
 os sacrum, and os coccygis. It contains the 
 rectum and urinary bladder, the internal organs 
 of generation, and is lined and covered by mus- 
 cles and common integuments. 
 
 It is wide and expanded at its upper part, 
 and contracted at its inferior aperture. The 
 upper part is bounded by an oval ring, which 
 parts the cavity of the pelvis from the cavity of 
 the abdomen, the linea ilio-pectinea, or su- 
 perior strait. This circle is denominated the 
 brim of the pelvis : it is formed by a continued 
 and prominent line along the upper part of 
 the sacrum, the middle of the ilium, and the 
 upper part, or crest of the os pubis. The low- 
 er part of the pelvis is denominated the out- 
 let or inferior strait. It is composed by the 
 arch of the ossa pubis, and by the sciatic liga- 
 ments. 
 
 In a female pelvis, the distance between the 
 os sacrum and os pubis, or the antero-posterior 
 diameter in the bone, is 4£ inches at the brim ; 
 that between the two ossa ilia, 5| inches, and 
 the oblige diameter about 4f inches. At the 
 outlet the proportions are reversed, the distance 
 between the symphysis pubis and os coccygis 
 being longer than that between the ossa ilia. 
 The depth of the fore part of the pelvis, at the 
 symphysis of the pubis, measures about an inch 
 and a half; behind it is six inches, and at the 
 sides, 3£ inches. 
 
 The pelvis has two axes, the direction of 
 which must be carefully attended to by the 
 obstetrician. The axis of the brim is indicated 
 by a straight line drawn from the umbilicus to 
 the point of the coccyx ; the axis of the outlet by 
 a straight line drawn from the first bone of the 
 sacrum to the orifice of the vagina. 
 
 Pelvis auris. The cochlea of the ear. 
 
 Pelvis cerebri. The infundibulum. 
 
 Pelvis of the kidneys. See Kidney. 
 
PEN 
 
 Pemphigoides. The name of a fever accom- 
 panied with an eruption of vesicles. 
 
 PE'MPHIGUS. (us, i, m. ; from izefi^, a 
 bubble or vesicle.) P. helveticus, P. major, and 
 P. minor. An eruption, consisting of vesicles of 
 various sizes, from a pea to a walnut, and most- 
 ly attended by fever. The eruption is trans- 
 parent, like small bladders filled with a pellucid 
 or slightly-colored fluid. The vesicle is mostly 
 almond-shaped, and has an inflamed base, and 
 when it breaks the part is disposed to ulcerate. 
 The fever may be either synocha or typhus. It 
 is ushered in by sickness at stomach, great op- 
 pression about the praecordia, headache, lassi- 
 tude, and weariness on the least exertion, with 
 stiffness and rigidity of the joints. The erup- 
 tion comes out as very small, distinct red spots, 
 a little elevated above the surface of the skin, 
 and much resembling the first appearance of the 
 small-pox. It is not contagious in the simple 
 forms. The fever in pemphigus is mostly a 
 mild or malignant typhus, and requires the same 
 remedies — port wine and bark, with mineral 
 acids. The best application to the eruption, 
 when the vesicles break, is finely-powdered 
 starch. 
 
 PE'MPHIX. (ix, igis, f. ; Tle^, a vesicle 
 or bubble.) See Pemphigus. 
 
 Pempt.e'us. An ague, the paroxysm of which 
 returns eveiy fifth day. 
 
 PEN.E'A. (a, a>, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrandria. Monogynia. — P. mucronata and 
 P. sarcocolla are said to yield sarcocolla. This 
 is brought from Persia and Arabia in small 
 grains of a pale yellow color, and is a gummy 
 body. 
 
 Pe'ndulous. Pendulus. Pendant: hanging 
 down. 
 
 PE'NETRATING. Penetrans. (Yvompene- 
 tro, to pierce through.) 1. Applied to a medi- 
 cine supposed to pass through the pores and 
 stimulate. 2. To a wound which pierces the 
 splanchnic cavities. 
 
 Penici'lliform. Penicilliformis. Pencil- 
 shaped. 
 
 PENICPLLUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of 
 peniculum, a brush.) Penicillum. 1. A tent or 
 pledget. 2. The secreting extremities of the 
 vena porta? are called penicilli. See Liver. 
 
 Peni'dium. White barley-sugar. 
 
 PE'NIS. (is, is, m. ; a pendendo, from its 
 hanging down . ) Membrum virile. It is divided 
 by anatomists into the root, body, and head, or 
 glans penis. It is composed of common integ- 
 uments, two corpora cavernosa, and one corpus 
 spongiosum, which surrounds a canal, the ure- 
 thra, that proceeds from the bladder to the apex 
 of the penis, where it opens by the meatus uri- 
 narius. The fold of the skin that covers the 
 glans penis is termed the prepuce, and the 
 band which ties the prepuce to the under sur- 
 face of the glans is called the frcenum prceputii. 
 The arteries of the penis are from the hypogas- 
 tric and ischiatic. The veins of the penis form 
 the vena magna penis, which empties itself into 
 the hypogastric vein. The glands of the penis 
 are Cowper's glands, the prostate, muciparous, 
 and odoriferous glands. The nerves of the 
 penis are branches of the sacral and ischiatic. 
 
 Peni3 ce'rebri. The pineal gland. 
 
 PER 
 
 Penis mulie'bris. The clitoris. 
 
 Penniform. Penniformis. Resembling a 
 writing-pen or feather. 
 
 Pennyroyal. Mentha pulegium. In the 
 United States, the Hedeoma pulegioides has re- 
 ceived this name. 
 
 Pennyroyal, hart's. Mentha cervina. 
 
 Pentada'ctylon. 1. The herb cinquefoil 
 2. The castor-oil plant. 
 
 PENSACOLA, CLIMATE OF. This place 
 is one of the best situations for the valetudina- 
 rian in the United States, the temperature being 
 remarkably mild, and the position sufficiently 
 sheltered from severe winds. 
 
 Penta'gon. Pentagonal ; five-sided. 
 
 PENTA'NDRIA. Pentandrous. (From 
 7TEVTS, five, and avnp, a husband.) The plants 
 which have hermaphrodite flowers and five 
 stamens. 
 
 Pentaneu'ron. Plantago lanceolata. 
 
 Pentapha'rmacon. Any medicine consisting 
 of five ingredients. 
 
 Pentaphylloi'des. Fragaria sterilis. 
 
 Pentaphy'llum. Potentilla reptans. 
 
 Pentaphy'llous. Pentaphyllus. Five- 
 leaved: applied to leaves, calyces, &c. 
 
 Pentapleu'rum. Plantago lanceolata. 
 
 Penta'tomum. Potentilla reptans. 
 
 Pento'robus. Paeonia officinalis. 
 
 PENZANCE, CLIMATE OF. This place, 
 in Cornwall, England, possesses one of the most 
 genial and regular climates in Britain, and is a 
 good winter residence for the consumptive. 
 
 Peony. Paeonia officinalis. 
 
 Pepa'nsis. Pepasmus. Maturation or con- 
 coction. Applied by the humoral pathologists 
 to the humors of the living body. 
 
 Pepa'sticus. Applied formerly to medicines 
 supposed to promote concoction. 
 
 Pe'pita nux. St. Ignatius's bean. 
 
 Pe'plus. Peplos. Peplion. Euphorbia peplue. 
 
 PE'PO. (From nemo, to ripen.) A fleshy, 
 succulent pericarpium, the seeds of which are 
 inserted into the sides of the fruit. The gourd. 
 
 Pepper. See Piper. 
 
 Pepper, dulce. Fucus pinnatifidus. 
 
 Pepper, Guinea. P., Cayenne. Capsicum 
 annuum. 
 
 Pepper, Jamaica. Myrtus pimenta. 
 
 Pepper, poor man's. Polygonum hydro- 
 piper. 
 
 Pepper, wall. Sedum acre. 
 
 Pepper, water. Polygonum hydropiper. 
 
 Pepperidge bush. Berberis vulgaris. 
 
 Peppermint. Mentha piperita. 
 
 Pepperwort. Lepidium iberis. 
 
 PE'PSIN. Pepsine. (From tcetttg), to di- 
 gest. ) A substance existing in the gastric juice, 
 and upon which its activity depends. It is a 
 modification of albumen, and appears to act like 
 a ferment. See Digestion. 
 
 Pe'ptic. Pepticus. Digestive. 
 
 PER-. A prefix denoting excess, and much 
 used in chemistry. 
 
 PERACU'TE. Peracutus. Very sharp: ap- 
 plied to diseases when very severe, or aggra- 
 vated beyond measure. 
 
 Pe'rca. A genus of fishes. Order, Acan 
 thopterygii. — P. fiuvza'tilis. The perch. 
 
 Perception. See Mind. 
 
 493 
 
PER 
 
 Perchlo'ric acid. A compound of CIO7; 
 it is crystalline. Hyperchloric acid. 
 
 PERCOLA'TION. (Percolatio, onis, f . ; 
 strained through ; from percolo, to strain or 
 filter.) A term generally applied to animal 
 secretion, from the office of the glands being 
 thought to resemble that of a strainer in trans- 
 mitting the liquors that pass through them. 
 
 Percu'ssio. Apoplexy. 
 
 PERCUSSION. (From percutio, to strike.) 
 In medical language this term signifies the 
 striking of any part of the surface of the body 
 with the hand, in order to ascertain by the 
 sound the healthy or diseased condition of the 
 subjacent parts. This mode of exploration is 
 applied principally to the chest and abdomen. 
 
 In order for the proper performance of per- 
 cussion on the chest, the patient should, if pos- 
 sible, be in a sitting posture, and the chest cov- 
 ered with a light linen garment, which prevents 
 the peculiar sound produced by the stroke of 
 the hand upon the naked chest. In striking 
 the chest, the fingers of the operator should be 
 held with their extremities in one line, and kept 
 firm in this position by the opposition of the 
 thumb. The stroke should be made with the 
 points of the fingers, and directed perpendicu- 
 larly on the part ; it should also be made with 
 equal force in the different parts of the chest 
 examined. Percussion is sometimes perform- 
 ed with the intervention of a piece of wood, 
 ivory, or other sonorous body : it is then term- 
 ed mediate percussion. The ivory instrument 
 generally used for this purpose is called a plex- 
 imeter. 
 
 The thorax of a healthy individual gives out 
 a clear sound on percussion in its anterior and 
 lateral parts. Whenever, in the progress of dis- 
 ease, any denser substance takes the place of 
 air within the thorax, there is a corresponding 
 diminution of sonorousness: hence hepatiza- 
 tion and tubercles of the lungs, hypertrophy 
 of the heart, effusions of serum, lymph, or other 
 matters, all occasion a diminution of sound in 
 the regions which they respectively occupy; 
 while in pulmonary emphysema, pneumo- 
 thorax, and large empty excavations in the sub- 
 stance of the lungs, the sound on percussion is 
 greater than natural. In percussing the abdo- 
 men, the patient should be laid on his back. 
 Sgg Bvitit* 
 
 PERCU'TEURAMARTEAU. One of Baron 
 Heurteloup's lithotrity instruments, in which 
 the stone is crushed by the blows of a mallet 
 instead of the pressure of a screw. 
 
 Perde'tum. Shun sisarum. 
 
 Perdi'cium. Parietaria officinalis. 
 
 PERE'NNIAL. Perennis. Lasting natural- 
 ly more than two years. 
 
 Perennial worm-grass. Spigelia mari- 
 landica. 
 
 Perete'rion. The trepan. 
 
 PERFECT. A flower is said to be perfect 
 or complete that has both calyx and corolla, 
 and one or more stamens and pistils. 
 
 Perfo'lia'ta. Bupleurum perfoliatum. 
 
 Perfoliate. Perfoliatus. Leaves which 
 surround the stem at their base. 
 
 PE'RFORANS. See Flexor profundus per- 
 forans. 
 
 494 
 
 PER 
 
 Perforans casserii nervus. The external 
 cutaneous nerve. 
 
 Perforans profundus. See Flexor longus 
 digitorum pedis profundus 'perforans. 
 
 Perforans tertii internodii digitorum 
 pedis. See Flexor longus digitorum pedis pro- 
 fundus perforans. 
 
 Perforans vulgo profundus. P. maws. 
 See Flexor profundus perforans. 
 
 Perfora'ta. Hypericum perforatum. 
 
 Perfora'tio ventriculi. Perforation of the 
 stomach; gastrobrosis. 
 
 PERFORATION. Perforatio. (From per- 
 foro, to pierce.) A term employed to denote 
 a solution of continuity, from disease of the 
 parietes of a hollow organ, as of the intestines, 
 or from accidents. 
 
 Spontaneous perforation is that which occurs 
 without having been preceded by any percepti- 
 ble modification of function, local or general. 
 
 PERFORATOR. An obstetrical instrument 
 for the purpose of opening the foetal head while 
 inutero. Smellie's forceps. See Cranium, per- 
 foration of. 
 
 PERFORATUS. (From perforo, to pierce 
 through.) Applied to muscles. 1. Flexor brevis 
 digitorum pedis and flexor sublimis perforatus. 
 2. The coraco-brachialis muscle. 
 
 Perforatus, seu flexor secundi internodii 
 digitorum pedis. See Flexor brevis digitorum 
 pedis perforatus sublimis. 
 
 Perfri'gio. Perfrigeratio. Extreme cold- 
 ness; shivering. 
 
 Pergame'nous. Like parchment. 
 
 PERI-. (From irept, around.) A prefix sig- 
 nifying around, about, or enveloping, as peri- 
 cardium, enveloping or surrounding the heart. 
 
 Perije'resis. A circular or curved incision 
 about a tumor. 
 
 Peria'mma. An amulet. 
 
 PERIANTH. Perianthium. (From rrepi, 
 and avdoc,. a flower). The calyx, especially 
 when colored like a corolla. 
 
 Perible'psis. That kind of wild look which 
 is observed in delirious persons. 
 
 Peri'bole. Round. A translation of mor- 
 bific humors from the center to the surface of 
 the body. — Hippocrates. 
 
 PERIBRO'SIS. (From -rrepi, around, and 
 PpootcG), to eat.) An ulceration or erosion at 
 the corners or uniting parts of the eyelids. It 
 most frequently affects the internal commissure. 
 It arises from the acrimony of the tears, or from 
 segylops, which sometimes extends to the cor- 
 ners of the eyelids. 
 
 PERICARDITIS . (is, idis, f. ; from nepi- 
 Kapdiov, the pericardium. ) Inflammation of the 
 pericardium. See Heart, diseases of the. 
 
 PERICA'RDIUM. (urn, ii, n.; from nepi, 
 about, and aapdia, the heart.) The membran- 
 ous bag that surrounds the heart, and the ar- 
 terial and venous trunks connected with it. 
 The pericardium consists of two layers, an ex- 
 ternal or fibrous, and an internal or serous. 
 The serous membrane lines the fibrous one, 
 and is reflected over the heart after the manner 
 of serous membranes in general. Its use is to 
 secrete and contain the vapor of the pericar- 
 dium, which lubricates the heart, and thus pre- 
 serves it from concreting with the pericardium. 
 
PER 
 
 PER 
 
 PERICA'RP. (From nepi, about, and Kap- 
 iroc, a seed.) The seed-vessel or covering of 
 the seed of plants. 
 
 PERICA'RPIUM. (From irepi, about, and 
 carpus, the wrist.) A medicine applied to the 
 wrist. 
 
 Perich.e'tium. A scaly sheath investing 
 the base of the fruit-stalk of some mosses, as in 
 the genus Hypnum. 
 
 P E R I C H O'N D R I U M. (am, ii, n. ; from 
 nepi, about, and x ov fy C> a cartilage.) The 
 fibrous membrane that covers a cartilage. 
 
 Perichri'sis. Perichriston. A liniment. 
 
 Peri'clasis. A compound fracture. 
 
 Pericly'menum. Lonicera perichmenum. 
 
 PERICNE'MIA. {a, as, f. ; from nepi, and 
 Kvrjfij], the tibia.) The parts about the tibia. 
 
 PERICRA'NIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from nepi, 
 and npaviov, the cranium.) The fibrous mem- 
 brane of the bones of the cranium. 
 
 Peridiastole. In interval of time next af- 
 ter the diastole of the heart. 
 
 Peri'dium. The round, membraneous, dry- 
 case of the seeds of some angiospermous mush- 
 rooms. 
 
 Peridi'dymus. The serous covering of the 
 testicle. 
 
 Periglo'ttis. The epiglottic gland. 
 
 Perigo'nium. The perianth, or coverings 
 of the stamens in flowers. 
 
 Peri'graphe. Vesalius applies this term to 
 the linece transversa of the rectus abdominis 
 muscle. 
 
 Peri'gynous. When the petals and stameus 
 are attached to the sides of the calyx. 
 
 Perily'mph. The liquor of Cotunnius. 
 ^ Pe'rix. Unpiv. 1. A testicle. 2. The pe- 
 rineum. 
 
 Perineocele. A rupture in the perineum. 
 
 Perineus transversus. Transversus peri- 
 naei. 
 
 Perinf/al. Relating to the perineum. 
 
 PERINE'UM. (urn, i, n. ; from irepiveu, to 
 flow round, because that part is generally 
 moist.) The space between the anus and or- 
 gans of generation. 
 
 Perine'urox. The neurilemma. 
 
 Periny'ctis. Synonymous with epinyctides. 
 
 PERIOD. {Periodus, i, m. ; nsptodoc; from 
 'Kept, about, and odoc, a way.) A stated time. 
 In medical language there are said to be five 
 periods of a disease : the invasion., the augment, 
 the state or full development of the disease, the 
 decline, and the termination. With respect to 
 intermittent diseases, the term period is some- 
 times applied synonymously with interval, that 
 is, it means the time that elapses from the com- 
 mencement of one paroxysm to the commence- 
 ment of the next. 
 
 Perio'dic acid. A compound of IO7, analo- 
 gous to the perchloric acid, and but little known. 
 
 Periodical diseases. Diseases of which the 
 symptoms recur at stated intervals, as agues. 
 
 PERIODI'CITY. The disposition of certain 
 phenomena to recur at stated times. 
 
 Periods of life. The most remarkable pe- 
 riods in the life of man after birth are Infancy, 
 Dentition, Puberty, the Climacteric period, and 
 that of Decay. 
 
 Periodus lunaris. The menstrual period. 
 
 Periodus sanguinis. The circulation of the 
 blood. 
 
 Periody'nia. An acute circumscribed pain, 
 — Hippocrates. 
 
 Periorbita. The periosteum of the orbit. 
 
 PERIOSTEUM. (», i, n. ; from izepi, and 
 ooteov, a bone.) The fibrous membrane which 
 invests the external surface of all the bones. 
 
 Periosti'tis. Inflammation of any portion 
 of the periosteum. 
 
 Periosto'sis. A tumor formed by a thick- 
 ening of the periosteum. 
 
 Periphery. The circumference; the out- 
 side of the body, or of any object. 
 
 Periptiimosis. Phimosis. 
 
 Peripleumo'nia. Pneumonia. 
 
 PERIPLOCA. {a, a?, f.) A genus of ascle- 
 piadaceous plants, of which P. indica (of Will- 
 denow) or Hemidesmus indicus (of R. Brown) 
 furnishes Indian sarsaparilla, and P. scammonia 
 (Linnaeus) the Smyrna scammony. 
 
 Periply'sis. A profluvium or excessive dis- 
 charge. 
 
 PERIPNEUMONIA, {a, as, f. ; from jrept, 
 and nvevfiuv, the lung.) Peripneumony, or in- 
 flammation of the lungs. See Pneumonitis. 
 
 Peripneumonia notha. P. catarrhalis. Bas- 
 tard or spurious peripneumony. See Bron- 
 chitis, chronic. 
 
 PERIPYE'MA. Peripyesis. (From -Kepi, 
 and ttvov, pus.) A collection of matter about 
 anv part, as round a tooth, in the gums. 
 
 PERIRRHCE'A. (From Treptppsw, to flow 
 about.) A reflux of humors in a dropsical or 
 other case to any of the larger emunctories for 
 its excretion. 
 
 Periscyphismus. Periscythismus. 
 
 Periscythi'smus. A surgical operation, 
 which consisted in making transverse incisions 
 in the forehead, and triangular ones above the 
 temples. 
 
 Perisperm. The testa of a seed. 
 
 Peris pha'lsis. Circumduction. 
 
 PERISTA'LTIC. (Peristalticus ; from ire- 
 picreA?iG), to contract.) The vermicular motion 
 of the intestines, by which they contract and 
 propel their contents, is called the peristaltic 
 motion. 
 
 PERISTAPHYLPNUS. (From Trept, about, 
 and GTafyvXi], the uvula.) Applied to two mus- 
 cles connected with the uvula. 
 
 Peristaphylinus externus. The circum- 
 flexus palati. 
 
 Peristaphylinus internus. The levator 
 palati. 
 
 Perista'phylo-pharynge'us. The upper 
 portion of the palato-pharyugeu.s muscle. 
 
 Periste'rium. Verbena officinalis. 
 
 Periste'rna. The lateral portions of the 
 thorax. 
 
 Peristo'le. The peristaltic action. 
 
 Peris tome. Peristomium. Peristoma. The 
 fringe-like margin of many mosses. 
 
 Peristro'ma. The mucous coat of the intes- 
 tines. — Pecquet. 
 
 PERISYSTOLE, (e, es, f. ; from irspiareX- 
 2.0), to compress.) The pause or time between 
 a contraction and dilatation of the heart. It is 
 so short a portion of time as to be scarcely per- 
 ceptible, except in dying persons. 
 
 495 
 
PER 
 
 Perithelium, The sac-like fructification of 
 some fungi. 
 
 Perito'me, A circular cut. 
 
 Periton^ore'xis. A bursting of the peri- 
 toneum. 
 
 PERITONE'UM. {urn, i, n. ; from TreptTeivcj, 
 to extend round.) A serous membrane, by 
 which all the viscera of the abdomen are sur- 
 rounded. It begins from the diaphragm, which 
 it completely lines, and at the last fleshy fibres 
 of the ribs, and the external lumbar fibres, it 
 completes the septum, in conjunction with the 
 pleura, with which it is continuous through the 
 various intervals of the diaphragm. Posterior- 
 ly, it descends before the kidneys ; anteriorly, 
 behind the abdominal muscles. It dips into 
 the pelvis from the bones of the pubes, passes 
 over the bladder, and descends behind ; and 
 being again carried backward at the entrance 
 of the ureters, in two lunar folds, it rejoins 
 upon the intestinum rectum that part of itself 
 which invests the loins, and in this situation 
 lies before the rectum. It has various prolon- 
 gations for covering the viscera. The shorter 
 productions of this membrane are called liga- 
 ments, and are formed by a continuous redu- 
 plication of the peritoneum, receding from its 
 inner surface, inclosing cellular substance, and 
 extending to some viscus, where its plates sep- 
 arate, and, having diverged, embrace the vis- 
 cus ; but the intermediate cellular substance 
 always accompanies this membranaceous coat, 
 and joins it with the true substance of the vis- 
 cus. Of this short kind of production, three 
 belong to the liver, one or two to the spleen, 
 and others to the kidneys, and to the sides of 
 the uterus and vagina. By these means, the 
 tender substance of the viscera is defended 
 from injury by any motion or concussion, and 
 their whole mass is prevented from being mis- 
 placed by their own weight, and from injuring 
 themselves, being securely connected with the 
 firm sides of the peritoneum. It invests the 
 intestines, being prolonged into folds forming 
 the mesentery and epiploon. It is, like other 
 serous tissues, a complete sack. 
 
 PERITONI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from nepiTo- 
 vaiov, the peritoneum.') Inflammation of the 
 peritoneum. When inflammation takes place 
 in the peritoneal covering of the viscera, the 
 symptoms are similar to those which inflamma- 
 tion of the viscera produces ; and the disease 
 takes the name of the viscus in which the dis- 
 ease is : thus, inflammation of the peritoneal 
 covering of the liver produces symptoms of 
 hepatitis; that of the stomach, symptoms of 
 gastritis, and so on. The symptoms of pertoni- 
 tis, when the viscera are not affected, are, ten- 
 derness in the part when pressed, and fixed 
 pain, accompanied by fever, and, generally, 
 considerable disturbance of the system. It may 
 be produced by any of the causes of inflamma- 
 tion, and requires the free use of the lancet, 
 leeches, blisters, the warm bath, and fomenta- 
 tions, and the same internal remedies as reduce 
 inflammatory fever, and inflammation in other 
 parts. There is a particular form of peritonitis 
 incident to lying in women, which is sometimes 
 epidemic, and which is very violent and fatal. 
 See Puerperal fever. There is a chronic form 
 496 
 
 PER 
 
 of peritonitis, which may either be primary, or 
 consecutive on the acute. Its course is usually 
 protracted, and its symptoms obscure. It is 
 generally fatal. 
 
 Peritonitis, typhoh^mic Puerperal fever. 
 
 Peritro'pal. When the embryo of a seed 
 is turned from the axis nearly to a right angle. 
 
 Perityphlitis. Inflammation of the cellular 
 tissue about the caecum. 
 
 Periwinkle. Vinca minor. 
 
 Perizo'ma. 1. A girdle. 2. The diaphragm; 
 a truss. 
 
 Perkinism. See Metallic tractors. 
 
 Per'la. A pearl. Margarita. 
 
 Perlate acid. Superphosphate of soda. 
 
 Permanent. Persistent. 
 
 Permanga'nic acid. A compound of Mg 2 7 
 existing in the red mineral chameleon. It may 
 be obtained as a crimson solution from perman- 
 ganate of baryta by the action of sulphuric acid. 
 
 PERMEABI'LITY. (From permeo, to pass 
 through.) That property of certain bodies, as 
 membranes, the cellular tissue, &c, of allowing 
 particular gases and fluids to pass through their 
 substance. It is the result of a capillary or 
 porous texture. 
 
 PE'RNIO. (o, onis, m.) A chilblain. A 
 chilblain is a painful inflammatory swelling, of 
 a deep purple or leaden color, to which the 
 fingers, toes, heels, and other extreme parts of 
 the body are subject, on being exposed to a 
 severe degree of cold. Protection from cold and 
 stimulating embrocations are to be employed. 
 
 Perni'trate. Pernitras. A nitrate of the 
 peroxide of a metal, as pernitrate of iron. See 
 Ferri pernitras. 
 
 Perodacty'leus. The flexor longus digito- 
 rum pedis profundus perforans. 
 
 Perome'lia. Congenital want of any limb. — 
 Good. 
 
 PE'RONE. (From -Ketpu, to fasten ; so called 
 because it fastens together the tibia and trie 
 muscles. ) The fibula. 
 
 Perone'al. Relating to the fibula. 
 
 Peroneal artery. The fibular artery; a 
 branch of the popliteal. 
 
 Peroneal nerve. The external popliteal 
 nerve is the peroneal. 
 
 Perone'us. liepovatoc. Belonging to the 
 fibula. 
 
 Peroneus anticus. See Peroneus brevis. 
 
 Peroneus brevis. This muscle is the pero- 
 neus secundus, seu anticus, of Douglas ; the pero- 
 neus medius, seu anticus, of Winslow ; and the 
 peronceus secundus of Cowper. It arises from 
 the anterior and outer part of the fibula, its 
 fibres continuing to adhere to the lower half of 
 that bone. Its round tendon passes through the 
 groove in the malleolus externus, along with 
 that of the peroneus longus, after which it runs 
 in a separate groove to be inserted into the up- 
 per and posterior part of the tubercle at the 
 basis of the metatarsal bone that supports the 
 little toe. Its use is to assist the peroneus 
 longus. 
 
 Peroneus longus. This muscle, peroneus 
 primus, seu posticus, of Douglas ; peroneus max- 
 imus, seu posterior, of Winslow ; and peronceus 
 primus of Cowper, is situated somewhat ante- 
 riorly along the outer side of the leg. It arises 
 
PER 
 
 from the external lateral part of the head of the 
 tibia, the upper anterior surface, and outer side 
 of the fibula. It terminates hi a long, round 
 tendon, which runs obliquely behind the mal- 
 leolus interuus, where it passes through a car- 
 tilaginous groove in common with the peroneus 
 brevis, being bound down by an annular liga- 
 ment. When it has reached the os calcis, it 
 quits the tendon of the peroneus brevis, and 
 runs obliquely inward along a groove in the os 
 cuboides, under the muscles on the sole of the 
 foot, to be inserted into the outside of the pos- 
 terior extremity of the metatarsal bone that sup- 
 ports the great toe. Near the insertion of this 
 muscle we find a small bursa mucosa. This 
 muscle draws the foot outward, and likewise 
 assists in extending it. 
 
 Peroneus maximus. P. posticus. P. primus. 
 See Peroneus longus. 
 
 Peroneus medius. P.secundus. See Pero- 
 neus brevis. 
 
 Peroneus tertius. This is the name given 
 by Albiuus to a muscle, which by some writers 
 is called nonus Vesalii, or Vesalius's ninth mus- 
 cle of the foot, but by most considered in the 
 present day as a portion of the extensor longus 
 digitorum pedis. It is situated at the anterior, 
 inferior, and outer part of the leg, along the out- 
 er edge of the last-described muscle, to which 
 it is intimately united. It arises, fleshy, from the 
 anterior surface of the lower half of the fibula, 
 and from the adjacent part of the interosseus 
 ligament. Its fibres run obliquely downward 
 toward a tendon which passes under the annu- 
 lar ligament, and then running obliquely out- 
 ward, it is inserted into the root of the metatar- 
 sal bone that supports the little toe. This mus- 
 cle assists in bending the foot. 
 
 PERO'XIDE. The highest state of oxydation 
 of any compound without acid properties. 
 
 Perospla'nchnica. Congenital want of a 
 portion of the viscera. — Good. 
 
 Perry. A vinous liquor made from pears. 
 
 Pe'rsea. The name given to the genus 
 Laurus by Sprengel. 
 
 Pe'rsica. The peach. Amygdalus persica. 
 
 Persica'ria. Polygonum persicaria. 
 
 Persi'cus ignis. Persian fire. Anthrax. 
 
 Persi'mmon. Diospyros virginiana. 
 
 Persistent. Persistens. Permanent. 
 
 Persistens febris. A regular intemiitting 
 fever, the paroxysms of which return at con- 
 stant and stated periods. 
 
 Persona'ta. Arctium lappa. 
 
 PERSONA'TE. Personatus. (From persona, 
 a mask.) A term applied to a gaping blossom 
 or monopetalous corolla, when irregular, and 
 closed by a kind of palate, as in Antirrhinum. 
 
 PERSPIRA'TION. (Perspiralio, onis, f.) 
 The fluid secreted by the sudoriparous follicles. 
 These are very minute follicles, situated in the 
 adipose cellules below the corium, and termi- 
 nating in the ridges of the skin by a single spi- 
 ral or tortuous tube. The number averages 
 twenty-eight hundred in a square inch of the 
 skin, and seven millions over the whole body. 
 Their secretion is usually thrown off as a vapor, 
 being heated by the body ; but, under a high 
 dew-point, and when in great excess, it be- 
 comes a fluid. In these two states it is called 
 Ii 
 
 PER 
 
 insensible and sensible perspiration, or sweat. 
 This fluid consists chiefly of water ; it also con- 
 tains lactic acid, epithelium scales, carbonic 
 acid, salts of soda, potash, and phosphates, the 
 solid contents varying from \ to \\ per cent. 
 The total amount from the body varies with the 
 temperature, amount of water drank, and dew- 
 point, from \\ pounds to five or more pounds 
 daily. Besides this there is exhaled, by com- 
 mon evaporation from the lungs, about eighteen 
 ounces of fluid daily, which is called the pulmo- 
 nary exhalation, and is a fixed quantity. It ap- 
 pears that upward of 100 grains of effete azo- 
 tized matter is discharged from the skin daily. 
 The kidneys act vicariously with the skin in 
 the amount of fluid thrown off in the day, and 
 under different circuiSstances. Besides the 
 sudoriparous glandulce, certain parts of the skin 
 are furnished with sebaceous follicles, especially 
 the axillae, &c. These glands are of the same 
 general structure as the foregoing, but often 
 more complex ; they secrete the oily and odor- 
 ous matter of the skin, which mixes with the 
 perspiration. 
 
 Perspiration varies in respect to, 1. The tem- 
 perature of the atmosphere. — Thus men have a 
 more copious, viscid, and higher-colored sweat 
 hi summer than in winter, and in warm coun- 
 tries than in colder regions. 2. Sex. — The sweat 
 of a man is said to smell more acrid than that 
 of a woman. 3. Age. — The young are more 
 subject to sweat than the aged, who, during 
 the excessive heat of the summer, scarcely sweat 
 at all. 
 
 In disease, the importance of perspiration is 
 made very apparent, fevers being associated 
 with its absence or diminution, and a favorable 
 crisis being frequently seen in connection with 
 its re-establishment. Hence the importance of 
 diaphoretics in medicine. 
 
 Persu'lphate. Persulphas. The sulphate 
 of a peroxide, as persulphate of iron. See Ferri 
 persulphas. 
 
 PERTURBATION. (From perturbo, to dis- 
 turb.) In Medicine, disturbance of the natural 
 progress of a disease by therapeutic agents. 
 Perturbating medicine, a term applied to a mode 
 of treating diseases by very active means, fitted 
 to change their natural course or arrest their 
 progress. 
 
 PERTU'SSIS. (is, is, f. ; from per, much, and 
 tussis, cough.) The hooping-cough. A disease 
 known by a convulsive strangulating cough, 
 accompanied with a peculiar sonorous inspira- 
 tion or whoop, returning by fits, that are usually 
 terminated by vomiting ; and by its being con- 
 tagious. 
 
 It attacks children ; occurs but once ; the fits 
 are most violent at night and morning; and it 
 usually lasts six weeks or more ; but if it con- 
 tinues during a longer time, change of air is 
 necessary. Hooping-cough usually subsides 
 without danger, but it may induce inflammation 
 of the bronchiae, convulsions, hydrocephalus, 
 and other fatal affections of the brain or lungs. 
 When vomiting occurs naturally, nature adopts 
 the most effective treatment, and the disease is 
 of short duration. In plethoric patients bleed- 
 ing may be necessary, but the principal de- 
 pendence is in nauseating doses of ipecacuanha. 
 
 497 
 
PES 
 
 The bowels should be kept open, a blister em- 
 ployed in severe cases, and assafeetida and sed- 
 atives where the complaint does not readily give 
 way, and the convulsive symptoms are severe. 
 Warm clothing, and a mild, abstemious diet, 
 are necessary. 
 
 Peruvian balsam. Myroxylon peruiferum. 
 
 Peruvian bark. Peruvianus cortex. See 
 Cinchona. 
 
 Peruvian ipecacuanha. The root of the 
 Psychotria emetica : it is exported from Cartha- 
 gena, and constitutes the striated or black ipe- 
 cacuanha. 
 
 Peruvianus cortex flavus. Cinchona cor- 
 difolia. 
 
 Peruvianus cortex ruber. Cinchona ob- 
 longifolia. 
 
 PERVE'RSION. Perversio. 1. A change 
 which is of a morbid nature. 2. A diseased 
 state of the humors. 
 
 P E R V I G PL I U M. (urn, ii, n. ; from per, 
 much, and vigilo, to watch.) Watching, or a 
 want of sleep. 
 
 Pervi'nca. Vinca minor. 
 
 PES. (es, edis, m. ; a foot.) The foot. It 
 consists of the tarsus, metatarsus, and toes. It 
 has its proper muscles and tendons, arteries, 
 veins, and nerves. 
 
 Pes accessorius. A swelling on the outer 
 wall of the cornu ammonis, somewhat resem- 
 bling the hippocampus major, but of smaller size. 
 
 Pes alexandrinus. Anthemis pyrethrum. 
 
 Pes anseri'nus. The radiated expansion of 
 the portio dura on the side of the face. 
 
 Pes cati. Gnaphalium dioicum. 
 
 Pes colombi'nus. Geranium rotundifolium. 
 
 Pes equinus. Club foot. 
 
 Pes hippocampi. Two columns at the end 
 of the fornix of the brain, which diverge poste- 
 riorly. See Encephalos. 
 
 Pes leonis. Alchemilla vulgaris. 
 
 Pes tigridis. A species of Ipomecea. 
 
 PE'SSARY. (Pessarium, ii, n. ; from tceggoc, 
 a small stone.) An instrument made of wood, 
 ivory , caoutchouc, or other materials, introduced 
 into the vagina to support the uterus in cases 
 of prolapsus, or in vaginal herniae. Pessaries 
 are of various forms; as the globe pessary, the 
 ring pessary, the conical pessary, &c. 
 
 Pessu'lus. Pessus. A pessary. 
 
 Pestile'nce. A plague. 
 
 PESTILENTIAL. (Pestilentialis; from 
 pestis, the plague.) A disease which is epi- 
 demic and malignant. 
 
 Pestile'nt-wort. Tussilago petasites. 
 
 Pestilo'chia. Aristolochia virginiana. 
 
 PE'STIS. (From perdo, to destroy.) Pestis 
 contagiosa. P. orientalis. The plague, a disease 
 characterized by typhoid fever, which is con- 
 tagious in the extreme ; prostration of strength, 
 vomiting of bilious matter, buboes, and carbun- 
 cles; petechia?, hemorrhage, and colliquative 
 diarrhoea. It is miasmatic, requires a high tem- 
 perature for its development, and is remarkably 
 fatal, running its course in four or five days, 
 sometimes less. There is little hope from treat- 
 ment, but that for severe typhus is the best, 
 with every exertion to maturate the buboes 
 when they appear ; and the most rapidly fatal 
 cases occur without these abscesses. The dis- 
 498 
 
 PET 
 
 ease is peculiarly malignant in the Levant and 
 Egypt. 
 
 Dissections have discovered the gall bladder 
 full of black bile, the liver very considerably 
 enlarged, the lungs, kidneys, and intestines be- 
 set with carbuncles. They have likewise dis- 
 covered all the other appearances observed in 
 typhus fever. The plague may be communica- 
 ted, by inoculation with the matter of the buboes. 
 
 Pestis bellica. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Pestis nigra. The black pestilence, or black 
 death of the fourteenth century. It originated 
 in Asia, and passed over the world, and is said 
 to have destroyed a fourth part of the people of 
 that time. It was a true Eastern plague, with 
 black petechias, and attended by a typhoid 
 pneumonia. 
 
 PE'TAL. (Petalum, i, n.) The name of 
 the colored leaflets of the corolla of a flower. 
 
 Petaloi'des. 1. Resembling a petal. 2. 
 Urine which has in it flaky substances resem- 
 bling leaves. — Hippocrates. 
 
 Peta'sites. Tussilago petasites. 
 
 PETE'CHIA. (a, a, f.) Peticula. A red 
 or purple spot, which resembles a flea-bite. It 
 arises from a small extravasation of blood under 
 the skin. When the extravasation is larger, so 
 as to resemble a bruise, it is called a vibex. 
 Petechia? and vibices are common in malignant 
 fevers. 
 
 Petechia sine febre. Purpura simplex. 
 
 Pete'chial. Having, or resembling, pete- 
 chia?. 
 
 Petechial scurvy. Scorbutus. 
 
 Peti'olar. Petiola'ris. Fixed to the peti- 
 ole or leaf-stalk. 
 
 Peti'olate. Petiola'tus. Leaves which are 
 furnished with a stalk. 
 
 PETI'OLUS. (us, i, m. ; from petalum, a 
 leaf.) A petiole. The leaf-stalk of a plant. 
 
 Petra'pium. Bubon macedonicum. 
 
 PETRO'LEUM. Petrelcc'um. (From Trerpa, 
 a rock, and oleum, oil.) A natural liquid bitu- 
 minous substance. 
 
 Petroleum barbadense. Barbadoes tar. A 
 veiy dark-colored liquid bitumen, brought from 
 Trinidad and other places. 
 
 Petroleum rubrum. A species of naphtha 
 from the village of Gabian in Languedoc. 
 
 Petroleum sulphuratum. See Balsamum, 
 sulphuris barbadense. 
 
 Petromyzon fluviatilis. The lesser lam- 
 prey. — P. bronchialis. The lampern. — P. ma- 
 rinus. The true lamprey. 
 
 Petro-occipital. Belonging to the petrous 
 portion of the temporal bone and the occipital 
 bone, as the suture between these. 
 
 PETRO-PHARYNGiEus. The constrictor pha- 
 ryngis superior. 
 
 Petro-salpingo-pharyngeus. The levator 
 palati mollis muscle. 
 
 Petro-salpingo staphylinus. The levator 
 palati. 
 
 Petrosal sinus. See Sinus. 
 
 Petroseli'num. P. vulgare. Apium. — P. 
 macedonicum. Bubon macedonicum. 
 
 Petro-sphenoidal suture. The small su- 
 ture situated between the anterior margin of 
 the petrous portion of the temporal bone and 
 the posterior margin of the sphenoid bone. 
 
PH A 
 
 P H A 
 
 Petro-staphylinus. The levator palati mol- 
 lis inuscle. — Chaussier. 
 
 PETRO'SUS. Petrous. (From izerpa, a 
 rock.) A portion of the temporal bone is the 
 os petrosvm, or petrous portion, on account of 
 its great hardness. See Temporis os. 
 
 Petrous ganglion - . Petrosal ganglion. See 
 Ganglion petrosum. 
 
 PEUCE'DANUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
 — P. officinale. Hog's fennel. The root has a 
 fetid smell, and an acrid, unctuous, bitterish 
 taste. The dried juice yields a gum-resin. 
 Both are recommended as nervine and anti- 
 hysteric. — P. si'laus. Meadow saxifrage. The 
 roots, leaves, and seeds have been commended 
 as aperients, diuretics, and carminatives. 
 
 Pewter. An alloy of 17 parts of antimony 
 to 100 parts of tin, with a little copper. 
 
 PEYER'S GLANDS. Peyeri glandules. 
 The clustered mucous glands of the small intes- 
 tines, especially the ileum. See Brunner's 
 glands, and Intestines. 
 
 PEZPZA. (a, as, f.) A genus of fungi.— 
 P. auri'cula. Jew's ears. A membranaceous 
 fungus resembling the human ear. It is astrin- 
 gent. 
 
 PHA'CIA. (4>a/aa, a lentil.) A cutaneous 
 spot or blemish, called by the Latins lentigo 
 and lenticula. 
 
 Phaci'tis. Inflammation of the crystalline 
 lens. 
 
 Phacohymeni'tis. Inflammation of the cap- 
 sule of the crystalline lens. 
 
 PHAGEDENA, {a, a, f . ; from <f>ayo, to 
 eat. ) A species of ulcer that spreads very rap- 
 idly. 
 
 Phagedena gangrenosa. Hospital gan- 
 grene. 
 
 Phagedenic. Phagedcenicus. 1. An ulcer- 
 ation which spreads very rapidly. 2. An es- 
 charotic body. 
 
 Phalacro'sis. Baldness. 
 Pha'lacrum. A probe. — Turton. 
 Phala'nges. The plural of phalanx. 
 Phalango'sis. 1. An affection of the eye- 
 lids, where there are two or more rows of hairs 
 upon them. 2. Ptosis. 
 
 PHA'LANX. O, gis, f. ; from $alay%, a 
 battalion.) The small bones of the fingers and 
 toes are distinguished into the first, second, and 
 third phalanges. 
 
 PHA'LARIS. (is,idis,l) A genus of plants. 
 Graminece. — P. canariensis. Canary grass. 
 The seed are ground into meal, and make a 
 coarse sort of bread in the Canaries. 
 
 Phallo'carcino'ma. Cancer of the penis. 
 PHA'LLUS. (us,i,m.) 1. The penis. 2. 
 A genus of fungi. — P. esculenlus. The morel 
 fungus. It grows on moist banks and wet pas- 
 tures in May, and is used as a delicacy, in the 
 same manner as the truffle, for gravies and 
 stewed dishes, but has an inferior flavor. — P. 
 impudicus. The stinkhorn. 
 
 PHANEROGAMOUS. Phanerogamia. 
 (From (j>avepoc, distinct, and yap.oc, marriage.) 
 Those plants which bear perfect flowers, as dis- 
 tinguished from the cryptogamia. 
 
 PHANTA'SMA. Phantasm. (From <j>av- 
 to^cj, to make appear.) The imaginary per- 
 
 ception of an object. It may arise from disease 
 of the eye or of the sensorium. 
 
 PHARMACEUTIC. (Pharmaceuticus ; 
 from Qap/LUiKEVG), to exhibit medicines.) Be- 
 longing to pharmacy. 
 
 Pharmaceu'tice. Pharmacy. 
 
 Pharmaci'en. (French.) An educated 
 druggist. 
 
 Pharmacochy'mia. Pharmaceutic chemis- 
 try. 
 
 Pharmacodynamics. That branch of ma- 
 teria medica which treats of the effects or 
 power of medicines. 
 
 Pharmacogno'sia. That part of pharmacy 
 which treats of the simple drugs. 
 
 PHARMACOLOGY. (Pharmacologia, a, a;, 
 f. ; from fyapfianov, and "hoyoc, a discourse.) The 
 study of Pharmacy. 
 
 PHARMACOPCETA. {a, ce, f. ; from <bap- 
 pciKov, and noisu, to make.) 1. The art of pre- 
 paring medicines. 2. A dispensatory. 
 
 Pharmacopo'la. A druggist. 
 
 Pharmacopo'lium. A drug store. 
 
 Pharmacopo'sia. A liquid medicine. 
 
 Pharmacothe'ca. A medicine chest. 
 
 Pharma'cum. A medicine or poison. 
 
 PHARMACY. (Pharmacia, a, f. ; from <pap- 
 fiaxov, a medicine.) The art of preparing rem- 
 edies for the treatment of diseases. 
 
 Pharynge'thron. The pharynx, or fauces. 
 
 PHARYNGEAL. (Pharyngeus ; from 
 (papvyi;, the pharynx.) Belonging to, or affect- 
 ing the pharynx. 
 
 Pharyngeal arteries. The superior or 
 pterygo-palatine artery is a branch of the in- 
 ternal maxillary. The inferior arises from the 
 external carotid on a level with the facial artery, 
 and divides into a pharyngeal and meningeal 
 branch. 
 
 Pharyngeal nerve. A branch of the pneu- 
 mogastric or eighth pair, distributed to the 
 pharynx. This nerve, uniting with the glosso- 
 pharyngeal, the superior laryngeal, and with 
 branches from the first cervical plexus, form the 
 network of nervous filaments called the pharyn- 
 geal plexus. 
 
 PHARYNGITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from pharynx, 
 and itis, inflammation. ) An inflammation of the 
 membrane which forms the pharynx. It is 
 known by the unnatural florid color of the 
 pharynx, especially about the lower part of the 
 fauces ; and this is accompanied by feverish- 
 ness of the inflammatory kind, which is seldom 
 considerable. In most cases of phlegmonous 
 tonsillitis the pharynx is also affected. Dr. Cul- 
 len declares that he never saw a case in which 
 the inflammation was confined to the pharynx: 
 it constantly spreads in a greater or less degree 
 to the tonsils and neighboring parts. The mode 
 of treatment is the same as in tonsillitis. 
 
 Pharyngitis, diphtheric Inflammation of 
 the pharynx, with the formation of false mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Pharyngitis, follicular. Inflammation of 
 the mucous follicles of the pharynx, sometimes 
 extending to the larynx, and constituting one 
 variety of the clergyman's sore throat. 
 
 Pharyngo'cele. A morbid enlargement of 
 the pharynx and gullet. 
 
 PHARYNGOPLE'GIA. (From <papvy£, and 
 499 
 
PHI 
 
 PHL 
 
 ir'kEGOu, to strike.) Pharyngolysis. Paralysis 
 of the pharynx,, a symptom of general paralysis 
 or of approaching death. 
 
 Pharyngo-staphyli'nus. A muscle origi- 
 nating in the pharynx, and terminating in the 
 uvula. The palato-pharyngeus. 
 
 Pharyngo'tome. Pharyngotomus. A spring 
 lancet furnished with a case, for scarifying the 
 tonsils. 
 
 PHARYNGOTO'MIA. (a, at, f.; from 
 Qapvyi;, and te/j.vu, to cut.) 1. The operation 
 of cutting into the pharynx. 2. Scarification 
 of the tonsils. 
 
 PHARYNX, (x, gis, f. Ano tov <f>spu, be- 
 cause it conveys the food into the stomach.) 
 The muscular bag at the back part of the 
 mouth. It is shaped like a funnel, adheres to 
 the fauces behind the larynx, and terminates in 
 the oesophagus. Its use is to receive the masti- 
 cated food, and to convey it into the oesophagus. 
 
 PHASE'OLUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosa. 
 — P. cre'ticus. Cajan. Cayan. A decoction 
 of the leaves is said to restrain bleeding from 
 piles. — P. vulgaris. The kidney-bean. 
 
 Phasianus co'lchicus. The pheasant. — P. 
 gallus. The common or domestic fowl. 
 
 Pha'tnium. The socket of a tooth. 
 
 Phausi'nges. A blister or pustule produced 
 by heat. 
 
 PHELLA'NDRIUM. (um,ii,n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
 —P. aquaticum. Water-fennel, or fine-leaved 
 water-hemlock. It possesses narcotic and pois- 
 onous qualities, which are best counteracted by 
 acids, after clearing the prima? via?. 
 
 Phenecin. A purple substance obtained by 
 Mr. Crum from indigo; the hydrate of indigo. 
 
 Pheni'gmus. A disease accompanied with a 
 red color of the skin without fever. — Sauvages. 
 
 PHENOMENON. In the plural phenomena. 
 (From <j)cuvo[iai, to appear.) A remarkable oc- 
 currence. The phenomena of a disease are its 
 symptoms. 
 
 Phi'al a. A phial, or small bottle of one, two, 
 or a few ounces contents. 
 
 Philadel'phus. Galium aparine. 
 
 Philia'tros . An amateur, or student of med- 
 icine. 
 
 Philonium londinense. Confectii opii. 
 
 Philosopher's stone. Lapis philosopho- 
 rum. 
 
 PHILLY'RIA. (a,ce,t) A genus of plants. 
 Diandria. Monogynia. Mock privet. The 
 P. media and P. latifolia yield a peculiar crys- 
 talline principle of a bitter taste and supposed 
 tonic properties, called phillyrine. 
 
 PHI'LTRUM. (um,i,n.', from Qikeu, to love.) 
 1. A philtre, or medicine to excite love. 2. The 
 groove between the nose and the upper lip. 
 
 Phimo'sicus. Relating to phimosis. 
 
 PHIMOSIS, (is, is, f. ; from ftpou, to tie 
 or bind up.) A constriction of the extremity 
 of the prepuce, which, preventing the glans 
 from being uncovered, is often the occasion of 
 many troublesome complaints. If the constric- 
 tion can not be overcome by leeches, poultices, 
 or the hot bath, the prepuce is to be divided by 
 a bistoury passed along a director previously 
 introduced. 
 500 
 
 Phlebecta'sia. Dilation of a vein. — Alibert, 
 
 Phlebes aetioi. The temporal veins. 
 
 Phle'bion. A vein. 
 
 PHLEBI'TIS. (From <j>letp, a vein, and itis, 
 the terminal denoting inflammation.) Inflam- 
 mation of a vein. Veins are liable to two forms 
 of inflammation, namely, the circumscribed and 
 the diffuse. The first occurs only from injuries, 
 and we have continual examples of it in the 
 healing of wounded veins, which takes place 
 by adhesive inflammation, as in other textures. 
 The diffuse inflammation of veins may arise 
 spontaneously or from injuries. It has most 
 frequently been observed in consequence of the 
 operation of venesection. A striking instance 
 of its idiopathic occurrence is presented in the 
 case of uterine phlebitis. See Puerperal fever. 
 
 Diffuse inflammation of veins gives rise to the 
 most formidable symptoms. The patient is af- 
 fected with adynamic fever, and extreme rest- 
 lessness, anxiety, and depression. Severe and 
 frequent rigors take place, and secondary in- 
 flammations occur in various parts of the body, 
 which terminate rapidly in effusion of pus or 
 lymph ; more frequently the former. It gen- 
 erally terminates in death, preceded by a high- 
 ly typhoid state, a black tongue, fluttering 
 pulse, and low delirium. It was, till lately T 
 supposed that the fatal effects of inflammation 
 of a vein arose from the extension of the dis- 
 eased action to the heart ; but it is now ascer- 
 tained that the bad symptoms arise from the in- 
 troduction of pus into the blood, which acts as 
 a poison, and is a frequent cause of abscess in 
 the viscera and other parts. It has been further 
 proved that the abscesses in the viscera, joints, 
 &c, which occasionally follow great surgical 
 operations, and which have hitherto appeared 
 so unaccountable, have their real origin in phle- 
 bitis. Diffuse inflammation of veins, though 
 generally suppurative, is not necessarily so; 
 and veins, as well as arteries, have sometimes 
 had a portion of their canal obliterated by ad- 
 hesive inflammation. The treatment of diffuse 
 phlebitis, arising from injury, must at first be 
 decidedly antiphlogistic, as the only chance of 
 preventing suppuration and its formidable con- 
 sequences resides in the early subjugation of 
 the inflammatory action. It is not easy to de- 
 termine how far general bleeding is likely to 
 be serviceable in this case, because, although it 
 be the most powerful of all the means of arrest- 
 ing the primary inflammation, it is calculated 
 rather to accelerate than to retard the progress 
 of suppuration, if this have actually commenced 
 in any part distant from that first affected. 
 When pus has been taken into the blood and 
 contaminated the whole system, and given rise 
 to secondary suppuration, much need not be 
 said about the treatment, as the evil is quite be- 
 yond our control. The only remedies indicated 
 are stimulants, opium, &c, as in the worst form 
 of typhus. 
 
 Phlebitis crural. Phlegmasia dolens. 
 
 Phlebitis uterine. Puerperal fever. 
 
 PHLE'BOLITE. (Phlebo'lithus; from Qlety, 
 a vein, and %tQoc, a stone.) A venal calculus. 
 Small calculi, varying in size from that of a 
 millet-seed to that of a pea, have been found in 
 different veins, most frequently in those of the 
 
PHL 
 
 PH(E 
 
 uterus, bladder, prostate gland, and rectum. 
 They appear to be generally of an oval form, a 
 yellow color, a concentric lamellated texture, 
 and calcareous or phosphatic composition. 
 
 PHLEBORRHA'GIA. (From pAey, and 
 prjyvv/Lii, to break out.) A rupture of a vein. 
 
 Phleborrhe'xis. Synonym of phleborrha- 
 gia. 
 
 Phlebotome. A fleam or lancet. 
 
 PHLEBOTOMY. {Phlebotomia, ce, f. j from 
 <p?<.eip, and TEfivu, to cut.) The opening of a 
 vein. See Venesection. 
 
 PHLEGM. {Phlegma, atis, n.) 1. One of 
 the primary humors of the body, according to 
 the Greek physiologists. 2. Inflammation. — 
 Hippocrates. 3. The viscid mucus expecto- 
 rated. 
 
 Phlegmago'gue. Expectorant. 
 
 PHLEGMASIA, {a, ce, f. ; from <f>leyo, to 
 burn.) Inflammation. 
 
 Phlegmasia dolens. Phlegmasia lactea. P. 
 alba. A disease which mostly occurs to women 
 soon after delivery; and hence it has been call- 
 ed the puerperal tumid leg. The disease usu- 
 ally appears from ten to sixteen days after par- 
 turition : the symptoms are pyrexia, stiffness of 
 the thigh ; pain and weight, mostly on one side ; 
 the thigh becomes hot, tender, and white ; the 
 pain becomes excruciating, and extends along 
 the leg ; there is oedema ; the crural veins can 
 frequently be traced as a hard cord ; the swell- 
 ing extends, and the pain diminishes. The 
 limb may become of thrice its natural size; it 
 does not pit, but is unyielding, and presents hard 
 knots in various parts- This state of things 
 lasts for several weeks, when the limb returns to 
 its natural state, the affection ending in resolu- 
 tion. This disease is now well known to be an 
 inflammatory affection of the crural and uterine 
 veins, arising from the presence of the gravid 
 Uterus, &c., the swelling being due to an effu- 
 sion of serum and coagulable lymph, which is 
 reabsorbed. But it sometimes ends in suppu- 
 ration, and the formation of ulcers difficult to 
 heal, or in gangrene. Some of the veins are 
 often obliterated. 
 
 The cure is to be attempted first by leeches 
 applied down the course of the limb, poppy- 
 head fomentations, and alvine evacuants; and 
 afterward, as soon as the inflammatory symp- 
 toms have abated, by local stimulants, so as to 
 excite the torpid absorbents to increased action, 
 of which the volatile liniment, with laudanum, 
 may be advantageously used by frictions . Mer- 
 curial liniment is occasionally beneficial. The 
 chronic weakness is to be removed by a con- 
 tinuation of the friction, bathing, an elastic band- 
 age round the limb, pure air, and, if necessary, 
 bark, cascarilla, and a generous diet. 
 
 PHLEGMASIA. Inflammations. The sec- 
 ond order in the Pyrexice of Cullen, character- 
 ized by pyrexia, with topical pain and inflam- 
 mation ; the blood, after venesection, exhibiting 
 a buffy coat. 
 
 Phlegmatopy'ra. Adeno-meningeal fever. 
 Phlegmatorrha'gia. A cold. 
 Phlegmkymeni'tis. Phlegmymenitis. In- 
 flammation of a mucous membrane. 
 
 PHLE'GMON. {on, onis, m. ; from fkeyu, 
 to burn.) Phlegmone. An inflammation of that 
 
 kind which is otherwise called healthy inflam- 
 mation; such as attacks the cellular tissue, end- 
 ing in resolution or suppuration, as in an ab- 
 scess. 
 
 Phle'gmonoid. Resembling phlegmon. 
 
 Phlegmonoid erysipelas. Erysipelas. 
 
 Phlegmonous. Of the nature of phlegmon. 
 
 Phlegmonous inflammation. Inflammation 
 leading to suppuration. 
 
 PHLOGTSTIC. {Phlogisticus ; from pAo- 
 yi(,u, to burn.) Inflammatory. 
 
 Phlogi'ston. A supposed general inflamma- 
 ble principle of Stahl. 
 
 Phlogisticated air. Nitrogen gas. 
 
 PHLOGO'SIS. (From <(>Aoyoo), to inflame.) 
 Inflammation. See Inflammation. 
 
 Phlogo'tic Phlogoticus. Inflammatory. 
 
 PHLORFDZINE. (From fAoioc, bark, and 
 pi£a, a root.) A crystalline principle closely re- 
 sembling salicine, and having tonic and febri- 
 fuge properties, extracted from the bark of the 
 root of the apple, pear, plum, &c, trees. The 
 crystals are deposited from a decoction of these 
 barks as it cools; they have a sp. gr. of 1-429, 
 and are readily soluble in water at 70° F., or 
 above, or in alcohol, and but little soluble in 
 cold water or ether. The composition of phlo- 
 ridzine is C42H-230i8-f-6HO ; hence it only differs 
 from salicine in containing two atoms more of 
 oxygen- 
 It has been found very serviceable in inter- 
 mittents, ten to twenty grains arresting a par- 
 oxysm. 
 
 By the action of boiling dilute sulphuric acid 
 it is converted into a resinous body, Phloretine, 
 C30H15O10? When moist phloridzine is ex- 
 posed to the action of air and ammonia, it is con- 
 verted into a deep red color, which dissolves in 
 ammonia, and may be precipitated by acids : 
 this is called Phloridzeine, and has the compo- 
 sition C42H29N2O26, or phloridzine plus eight 
 equivalents of oxygen and two equivalents of 
 ammonia. When dried, it forms a rich blue 
 coloring matter, similar to indigo. 
 
 P H L Y C T M'N A. (a, ce, f. Mvktcuv<u, 
 small bladders; from <j>2.v£a), to boil.) A small 
 pellucid vesicle, that contains a serous fluid. 
 
 Phly'ctenoid. Resembling a phlyctaena. 
 
 Phlycti'dium. A circular pustule encircled 
 by an inflamed zone, as in the small-pox. 
 
 Phly'ctis. A tumor with great heat. 
 
 Phly'sis. 1. Phlyctaena. 2. A whitlow. 
 
 Phlyza'cium. See Pustule. 
 
 Phlyzacion. Ecthyma. 
 
 Phobodi'psia. (a, ce, f. ; from QoBea), to fear, 
 and dnpn, thirst.) Fear of drinking. 
 
 Phocenic acid. See Phocenine. 
 
 PHOCE'NINE. M. Chevreuil found in the 
 oil of the porpoise {Delphinium phocozna) a pe- 
 culiar fatty matter mixed with elaine. This he 
 named Phocenine. When saponified it yields 
 a volatile odoriferous acid, called the Phocenic 
 acid. 
 
 Ph<eni / ceus. Crimson. 
 
 Phcenici'smus. The measles. — Plouquet. 
 
 Phcenici'tes lapis. The lapis.judaicus. 
 
 Phceni'cius morbus. The tubercular ele- 
 phantiasis. 
 
 Phceni'gmus. 1. A red eruption on the skin, 
 without fever. 2. A rubefacient. 
 
 501 
 
PHO 
 
 PHR 
 
 PHOE'NIX. (ix, icis, f.) A genus of palms. 
 — P. dactyli'fera. The date-tree. 
 
 PHO'NICUS. (From (jhovt}, the voice.) Re- 
 lating to the voice. 
 
 Pho'nica. Phonono'si. Diseases of the vo- 
 cal organs. 
 
 Pho'ra. Gestation. 
 
 Pho'sgene gas. Chloro-carbonic acid. 
 
 PHO'SPHATE. (Phosphas,atis,L) A salt 
 of phosphoric acid with a base. 
 
 Phospha'tic acid. Phosphoric acid. 
 
 Phosphatic diathesis. A morbid state of 
 the constitution, tending to the formation of cal- 
 culi of the phosphates. 
 
 Pho'sphite. Phosphis. A salt of phosphor- 
 ous acid. * 
 
 PHOSPHORESCENCE. Phosphor escentia. 
 The luminous appearance which is presented 
 by phosphorescent bodies. 
 
 Phosphorescent. Having the property of 
 being luminous in the dark. 
 
 PHOSPHORIC ACID. Acidum phosphori- 
 cum. The acid compound of phosphorus and 
 oxygen, PO5 ; equiv., 71-4. It exists in three 
 forms : bibasic (pyrophosphoric acid) acid ; gla- 
 cial, or metaphosphoric acid, obtained by fusing 
 the hydrated ; and, 3dly, the hydrated, or tn- 
 basic acid. The glacial acid is used to a small 
 extent in medicine: it is intensely sour, very 
 soluble, and deliquescent; sp. gr., 2*68. It is 
 sparingly used as a febrifuge in the form of 
 lemonade, and as an injection, but does not 
 seem to be superior to other acids. Phosphoric 
 acid exists abundantly in bones, the urine, and 
 most animal fluids, in combination with bases. 
 It is also found in the mineral and vegetable 
 kingdom. 
 
 Phosphorous acid. Acidum phosphor osum. 
 It is very sour, reddens vegetable blues, and 
 neutralizes bases ; is deliquescent, and a pow- 
 erful deoxydizing agent. Formula, P0 3 ; eq., 
 55-4. 
 
 PHO'SPHORUS. {us, i, m. ; from <f>oc, light, 
 and (j>epu, to bear.) An extremely combustible 
 element, of a grayish-yellow color, consistence 
 of wax; sp. gr., 1-77, melting at 113°, and boil- 
 ing at 572° F. ; phosphorescent in the dark, 
 and emitting a white smoke in the air. It may 
 be distilled if air be absent, otherwise it in- 
 flames and becomes oxydized. It is insoluble 
 in water, but dissolves in oils and ether. Its 
 symbol is P; eq., 31-4. This element is ob- 
 tained by decomposing bones, and it is present 
 in nearly every tissue of the human body, com- 
 bined with proteine, &c. It forms four com- 
 pounds with oxygen: P 2 0, the oxide; PO, 
 hypophosphorous acid ; PO3, phosphorous acid ; 
 and the phosphoric acid, P0 5 . It also com- 
 bines with the metals, forming phosphurets, and 
 with chlorine, &c. With hydrogen it yields 
 two gaseous bodies, of which one is self-inflam- 
 mable in the air, the phosphureted or perphos- 
 phureted hydrogen. It is soluble in ether, and 
 the JEther phosphoratus (q. v.) is one mode 
 of administering it. It is a powerful nervous 
 stimulant, but may cause death from inflamma- 
 tion of the stomach ; hence it is rarely employ- 
 ed. Begin with a dose of J^-th to |th of a grain, 
 in ether or emulsion, during the day. It often 
 acts as a stimulus to the generative function. 
 502 
 
 Pho'sphuret. Phosphuretum. A combina- 
 tion of phosphorus with a metal. 
 
 Phosphureted hydrogen. See Phosphorus. 
 
 Photoge'nic Produced by the action of 
 light. The Daguerreotype (which see) is some- 
 times called a photogenic drawing. 
 
 PHOTOGRAPHY. (From Que, and ypaQn, 
 a painting.) The art of painting with light, as 
 in the case of the Daguerreotype. There are 
 many processes of photography, all of which 
 resolve themselves into the production of a per- 
 manent impression on the sm-face of a metal or 
 paper, by the decomposing action of light, usu- 
 ally the sun's light, on chemical preparations 
 covering the surface. The Cyanotype of Sir J. 
 F. Herschel, in which the painting is of a deli- 
 cate blue color on paper, is one of the best 
 phototypes after the Daguerreotype. The Col- 
 lotype of Mr. Talbot is of a neutral tint, and 
 is produced by the tanno-gallate of silver. 
 
 Photo'meter. An instrument for measuring 
 the intensity of light. Dr. Ritchie's instrument 
 is best known ; there is also a valuable photo- 
 meter by Sir J. Herschel. 
 
 Photoma'nia. A fit of insanity produced by 
 the action of light. 
 
 PHOTOPHO'BIA. (a, ce, f. ; from 0w f , light, 
 and (j)u6eo), to dread. ) Such an intolerance of 
 light that the eye, or, rather, the retina, can 
 scarcely bear its irritating rays. Such patients 
 generally wink or close their eyes in light, 
 which they can not bear without exquisite pain 
 or confused vision. The proximate cause is too 
 great a sensibility in the retina. It is a particu- 
 lar symptom of internal ophthalmia. When a 
 symptom of any disease, it requires the treat- 
 ment of that disease ; and when a mere nervous 
 affection, cold bathing, cold applications to the 
 eyes, and tonics are proper. 
 
 PHOTO'PSIA. (a, as, f. ; from 0oc, and 
 otyic, vision.) Lucid, vision. An affection of 
 the eye in which the patient perceives luminous 
 rays, ignited lines, or coruscations. 
 
 Phototy'pe. A drawing or engraving pro- 
 duced by the action of light. See Photography. 
 
 Phragmi'tes. Arundo phragmites. 
 
 Phra'gmus. The rows of teeth. 
 
 PHRE'NES. (From Qprjv, the mind; be- 
 cause the ancients imagined that the mind was 
 seated there.) 1. The praecordia. 2. The di- 
 aphragm. 
 
 Phrene'sis. Phrenetiasis. Cephalitis. 
 
 Phre'nic Phrenicus. Belonging to the di- 
 aphragm. 
 
 Phrenic arteries. See Diaphragmatic ar* 
 teries. 
 
 Phrenic nerve. Diaphragmatic nerve. It 
 arises from a union of the branches of the third, 
 fourth, and fifth cervical pairs on each side, 
 passes between the clavicle and subclavian ar- 
 tery, and thence descends by the pericardium 
 to the diaphragm. 
 
 Phrenic veins. See Diaphragmatic veins. 
 
 PHRENI'CA. (From (ppr/v, the mind.) Aa 
 order of diseases of Dr. Good, characterized by 
 error, perversion, or debility of one or more of 
 the faculties of the mind. 
 
 PHRENPTIS. (is, idis, f. QpsviTic; from 
 <t>pr]v, the mind.) Phi'ensy. Inflammation of 
 the brain. See Encephalitis. 
 
P HT 
 
 P H T 
 
 Phrexitis latrans. Hydrophobia. 
 
 PHRENO'LOGY. (Phrenologia,<e,f.; from 
 fpijv, the mind, and loyoc, a discourse.) That 
 system of mental philosophy which regards the 
 brain as made up of numerous (42) parts, each 
 subservient to a particular affection, instinct, or 
 quality. The development of each of these 
 qualities is associated with the relative size of 
 the organ in different brains. Of the general 
 principle that the size of the brain and its pe- 
 culiar development is connected with the intel- 
 ligence of an individual, there is little doubt. 
 but the location of 42 organs is probably very 
 premature. The following are the organs : 
 
 23. Time. 
 
 24. Language. 
 
 25. Coloring. 
 
 1. Conservation. 
 
 2. Alimentation. 
 
 3. Destruction. 
 
 4. Cunning. 
 
 5. Courage. 
 
 6. Choice of places. 
 
 7. Concentration. 
 
 8. Attachment for life, or 
 marriage. 
 
 9. Attachment. 
 
 10. Reproduction. 
 
 11. Philoprogenitiveness. 
 
 12. Property" 
 
 13. Circumspection. 
 
 14. Perception of substance 
 or objects. 
 
 15. Configuration. 
 
 16. Size. 
 
 17. Distance. 
 
 18. Geometrical sense. 
 
 19. Resistance. 
 
 20. Localities. 
 
 21. Numbers. 
 
 22. Order. 
 
 26. Eventuality. 
 
 27. Talent for construc- 
 tion. 
 
 28. Musical talent. 
 
 29. Talent for imitation. 
 
 30. Comparison. 
 
 31. Causality. 
 
 32. Discrimination. 
 
 33. Vanity. 
 
 34. Self-esteem. 
 
 35. Firmness, persever- 
 ance. 
 
 36. Conscience. 
 
 37. Veneration. 
 
 38. Hope. 
 
 39. Benevolence. 
 
 40. Sentiment of the mar- 
 vellous. 
 
 41. Poetical sentiment. 
 
 42. Sentiment of the beau- 
 tiful in arts. 
 
 Phrensy. See Phrenitis. 
 
 Phrice'. $pinr}. An intense sensation of 
 cold ; a shivering. 
 
 Phrico'des febris. Febris horrificus. 
 
 Phtha'rma. A generic term for the diseases 
 of the eye ; hence P. calligo is calligo, P. cat- 
 aracta is cataract, &c. 
 
 Phtheiriasis. See Phthiriasis. 
 
 Phtheiro'ctaxum. Phtkeirium. Delphini- 
 um staphisasria. 
 
 PHTHIRIA'SIS. (is, is, vel eos, f. ; from 
 <ftdeip, a louse.) Morbus pediculoses. Pedicu- 
 latio. Phtheiriasis. A disease in which sev- 
 eral parts of the body generate lice, which often 
 puncture the skin, and produce little sordid ul- 
 cers. 
 
 Phthi'sicus. Phthinodes. Phthisical. Re- 
 lating to consumption or phthisis. 
 
 Phthisiolo'gy. Phthisiologia. A treatise 
 on phthisis. 
 
 Phthisi-pneumonia. Phthisis pulmona- 
 lis. 
 
 PHTHTSIS. (is, is, or eos, f. Qdcctc ; from 
 <pdi.u>, to consume.) Wasting of the frame, from 
 whatever cause; but in the medical language 
 of the present day the term is restricted to the 
 disease commonly called pulmonary consump- 
 tion, or phthisis pulmonalis. 
 
 Phthisis is often confounded with other dis- 
 eases of the lungs, especially chronic bronchi- 
 tis, but is now confined to the disease produced 
 by the development of tubercles in the lungs. 
 This is, for the most part, a hereditary disease 
 of cold, changeable climates, which may be ex- 
 cited by almost every cause, and usually ap- 
 pears between the fourteenth and twenty-fifth 
 
 year. Those laboring under the tubercular di- 
 athesis have usually a fair or sallow complex- 
 ion, small chest, light eyes and hair, swollen 
 upper Up, large veins, slight frame; are usually 
 irritable, sensitive, and often of an active and 
 brilliant nature. Such persons, even from child- 
 hood, are subject to a form of dyspepsia (stru- 
 mous dyspepsia). There is a constant furred 
 tongue, with red papillae, flatulence, clayey 
 stools, foetid breath, thirst, night sweats, cold 
 hands and feet, restlessness at night. The 
 complexion becomes pasty; the child languid, 
 irritable ; the throat is liable to irritation ; the 
 tonsils are often permanently enlarged ; epistax- 
 is may occur ; the bowels are irregular, and dis- 
 charges of mucus and blood, with undigested 
 food, occur; in other words, the tubercular or 
 strumous cachexia is established. 
 
 A cold, or almost any cause, gives rise to the 
 production of tubercles, and true phthisis arises. 
 In this there are three stages : 1st, there is a 
 dry, almost constant cough ; constriction of the 
 chest, weight in the sternum, dyspnoea, languor, 
 loss of appetite, dejection. The patient con- 
 tinues thus a long time, and is very subject to 
 colds. 2d. The cough becomes very harassing, 
 especially at night and morning ; there is an ex- 
 puition of puriform matter ; the dyspnoea is very 
 oppressive, the emaciation great; the pulse is 
 full. hard, and frequent (120) : there is fever in 
 the morning and evening, colliquative sweats, 
 irregular bowels, often haemoptysis. 3d. Con- 
 firmed hectic is established ; colliquative sweats 
 and diarrhoea occur ; aphthae of the fauces ; ex- 
 cessive debility and emaciation ; the feet swell 
 and become cold ; nails of a livid color, and in- 
 curved; the mind is often clear and hopeful to 
 the last few days, when a slight delirium often 
 occurs. This course is ran in from three to 
 eighteen months. The disease, when confirm- 
 ed and extensive, is nearly always fatal ; recov- 
 eries do, however, occur when the tubercles 
 are few in number. 
 
 The physical signs of these three stages are, 
 1st. A slight dullness on percussion toward the 
 summit of one or both lungs; the respiratory 
 murmur is there weaker, and the voice and 
 cough more resonant, with wheezing. 2d. The 
 inspiration is bronchial, the sound on percussion 
 is duller, the expiration loud, the resonance of 
 the voice and cough increased. 3d. The tu- 
 bercles being softened, there is unusual reso- 
 nance of the voice ; the percussion becomes clear 
 in some parts ; there is a sub crepitant rale, and 
 even a gurgling sound, and then pectoriloquy; 
 there is also cavernous tracheal inspiration and 
 expiration. 
 
 Treatment. — If it be recognized early, a suit- 
 able diet to overcome the dyspepsia, warm 
 clothing, pure air and exercise, and a removal 
 to a genial climate, as that of Madeira, the 
 Azores, some portions of Florida, and the West 
 Indies, is the most certain means of treatment, 
 and may save the patient. If this stage be 
 past, there is nothing left but palliatives, and 
 reliance on the natural energy of the system. 
 Counter-irritation, digitalis, and antimony are 
 used in the inflammatory stage ; subsequently 
 the treatment consists in alleviating urgent 
 symptoms, as the cough, diarrhoea, and sweats, 
 
 503 
 
PHY 
 
 PHY 
 
 by anodynes, antacids, and the last by the min- 
 eral acids. The strength is to be sustained. 
 
 Dr. W. Philip calls the rapidly fatal form of 
 phthisis, in which the dyspeptic symptoms are 
 very obvious, Dyspeptic Phthisis. 
 
 Phthisis cancerous. Cancer, or enceph- 
 aloid tumor of the lung. 
 
 Phthisis dorsalis. See Tabes dor salis. 
 
 Phthisis dyspeptic See Phthisis. 
 
 Phthisis laryngea. The wasting and hectic 
 occasioned by ulceration of the larynx in the 
 worst cases of chronic larnygitis. 
 
 Phthisis mesenterica. See Tabes mesen- 
 terica. 
 
 Phthisis pulmonalis. P. scrofulosa. P. 
 tuberculosa. See Phthisis. 
 
 Phthisis trachealis. A chronic inflamma- 
 tion of the trachea, producing ulcerations, hec- 
 tic, and wasting. 
 
 Phthisu'ria. Diabetes mellitus. 
 
 Phthoe. $007} . The same as Phthisis. 
 
 Phthore'. Fluorine. 
 
 PHTHO'RIUS. (Qdopioc; from <j>6opa, an 
 abortion.) Promotive of abortion. 
 
 Phu. Valeriana phu. 
 
 Phycoma'ter. The gelatinous matter found 
 on the ground, on trees, &c, in which the 
 sporules of algae and fungi vegetate. 
 
 PHYGE'THLON. (QvyeOXov; from fdu, 
 to grow.) Inflammation of the subcutaneous 
 lymphatic glands. 
 
 Phylacte'ry. An amulet. 
 
 PHYLLA'NTHUS. {us, i, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Monoscia. Monadelphia. — P. emblica. 
 The Indian tree from which the emblic myro- 
 balan is obtained. 
 
 Phylli'tis. Scolopendrium vulgare. 
 
 Phyllo'dium. A leaf-like petiole. 
 
 PHY'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from (j)vu, to pro- 
 duce.) 1. A tubercle or phlegmon on any ex- 
 ternal part of the body. 2. A genus of cuta- 
 neous diseases in Willan, including terminthus, 
 epynictis, furunculus, and anthrax. 
 
 Phymato'sis. An excrescence. 
 
 Phymo'sis. Synonym of phimosis. 
 
 PHY'SALIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanacece. — P. al- 
 kekengi. The winter-cherry, or Alkekengi. 
 The berries are recommended as a diuretic in 
 dropsical and calculous diseases. They were 
 also thought sedative ; the dose is five or six of 
 the fruit, or fj. of the juice. — The P. viscosa, 
 which is indigenous, is said to be a remarkable 
 diuretic. 
 
 Phy'scia islandica. The Cetraria islandica. 
 
 PHYSCO'NIA. (a, a, f. ; from fvanuv, a big- 
 bellied fellow.) Any enlargement of the abdo- 
 men : known by a tumor occupying chiefly one 
 part of the abdomen, increasing slowly, and nei- 
 ther sonorous nor fluctuating. The species are, 
 
 1. Physconia hepatica. — Enlarged liver, which 
 may arise from morbid turgescence of the bile- 
 ducts, scrofula in children, or from tumors. 
 
 2. Physconia peritonei. — Tumefaction of the 
 peritoneum. One instance of this was from 
 the acephalocyst, or headless bladder-worrn. 
 
 3. Physconia splenica. An obvious inci-ease 
 of the size of the belly. Enlarged spleen may 
 occur in agues, or from tumors and morbid 
 conditions. 
 
 504 
 
 4. Physconia omentalis. — Enlarged omentum 
 from tumors and morbid growths. 
 
 5. Physconia renalis. — An enlargement of the 
 kidney produced by morbid growths. 
 
 6. Physconia uterina. — This is, perhaps, the 
 most frequent case of physconia. The uterus 
 itself, and its appendages, are often diseased, 
 and so enlarged as to cause a great swelling of 
 the abdomen, and often at a period and under 
 circumstances to favor the opinion of the female 
 being pregnant. The swelling may be caused 
 by restrained menses, from obstruction in the 
 vagina; by other secretions into the uterus or 
 its appendages ; by depositions of morbid sub- 
 stances, either cartilaginous, cephalomatous, or 
 of other natures ; by many diseased states of 
 the ovaria; by ovarial, tubal, or extra-uterine 
 fcetation, &c. In the first case, the obstruction 
 is to be removed by the knife, or suitable 
 means. 
 
 7. Physconia mesenterica. — Many cases are 
 recorded of glandular enlargements of the mes- 
 entery causing this disease, but they are rare. 
 
 8. Physconia intestinalis. — Pendulous or pot 
 belly. A laxity of the intestinal canal produ- 
 ces an enlargement of the belly, which is cured 
 by tonics, diet, and exercise. Morbid growths 
 of the intestines also occasionally cause phys- 
 conia. 
 
 P H Y S E ' M A. Physesis. ( From <j>vaao, to 
 inflate.) 1. A windy tumor. 2. Tympanitis. 
 
 Physeter macroce'phalus. The sperma- 
 ceti whale. Spermaceti, called in the pharma- 
 copoeia Cetaceum, is an oily, concrete, crystal- 
 line, semitransparent matter, obtained from the 
 cavity of the cranium of several species of 
 whales, but principally from the Physeter ma- 
 crocephalus, or spermaceti whale. It is emol- 
 lient, and mostly used in cerates, ointments, &c. 
 
 PHYSIC. (<&vcrtK7}; from $volc, nature.) A 
 term originally signifying natural philosophy, 
 but in modem language restricted to that branch 
 of medicine which forms the province of the 
 physician, as opposed to that of the surgeon. 
 
 Physic, Indian. Gillenia trifoliata. 
 
 Physic-nuts. The nuts of the Jatropha cur- 
 cas. 
 
 Physical. Relating to the external or tan- 
 gible properties or effects of things. 
 
 PHYSICIAN. One who is empowered to 
 practice physic by the laws of the land, or who 
 is furnished with a diploma of doctor of medi- 
 cine. 
 
 Physici'en. (French.) One who is inti- 
 mately acquainted with physics, that is, with 
 natural philosophy. 
 
 PHYSICS. (From <jmaic, nature.) The sci- 
 ence of the laws of nature, more especially of 
 the movements, pressure, and sensible proper- 
 ties of things. The word is now used to des- 
 ignate natural philosophy. 
 
 Physio-autocratia. The vis medicatrix 
 naturae; 
 
 PHYSIOGNOMY. (Physio gnomia ; from 
 (pvaic, nature, and ycwo/co), to know.) The 
 art of judging of the characters of individuals 
 by their countenances, gestures, and other ex- 
 ternal peculiarities. There is a kind of physi- 
 ognomy which is of great importance in the 
 practice of medicine, and which embraces the 
 
PHY 
 
 PIC 
 
 expression of the countenance as affected by- 
 certain diseased states : the complexion of the 
 face and of the whole surface of the body, the 
 attitude of the patient, and his manner of speak- 
 ing and moving. The practitioner, who has a 
 discerning and experienced eye in medical 
 physiognomy, will attain, in many cases, to a 
 readiness of diagnosis, and a certainty of prog- 
 nosis, which will astonish those who have neg- 
 lected this study. The reader will find many 
 accurate remarks on the physiognomy of dis- 
 ease in Dr. Marshall Hall's work on Diagnosis. 
 The principal traits observable in the coun- 
 tenance are, 
 
 1. The oculo-zygomatic trait, commencing at 
 the greater angle of the eye, and lost a little 
 below the projection formed by the cheek 
 bone. This is the index of disorders of the 
 cerebro-nervous system. 
 
 2. The nasal trait, beginning at the upper 
 part of the ala nasi, and embracing in a semi- 
 circle, more or less perfect, the outer line of the 
 orbicularis oris. A trait is sometimes observed 
 toward the middle of the cheek, forming a kind 
 of tangent with the nasal trait, and sometimes 
 constituting the dimple of the cheeks; this is 
 called the genal trait. These indicate disorders 
 of the digestive passages and abdominal viscera. 
 
 3. The labial trait, beginning at the angle of 
 the lips, and lost on the lower portion of the 
 face. It indicates diseases of the heart and air 
 
 4. To these may be added the face grippee, 
 or pinched-in face, a term applied by the French 
 to the expression of the countenance in peri- 
 tonitis; the features are altered, and appear 
 drawn up toward the forehead, which is wrin- 
 kled, and the nose pointed. 
 
 PHYSIO'LOGY. (Physiologia, a-, f. Qvoi- 
 ohoyta; from Qvaic, nature, and loyoc, a dis- 
 course.) This term, in its original meaning, is 
 synonymous with natural philosophy, and in 
 this sense it was used by the Greeks. It is now 
 restricted, however, to that branch of natural 
 knowledge which relates to the laws of life and 
 the functions of living beings. Physiology is 
 divided into general and special, the former 
 having for its object the general laws of life, 
 the latter the functions of particular organs. It 
 is also divided, like anatomy, into human, which 
 relates to man, and comparative, which relates 
 to the inferior animals and to vegetables. 
 
 Phy'sis. Qvcnc. Natui'e ; life. 
 
 Physoc^'lia. Tympanitis. 
 
 Physoce'le. , Pneumatocele. 
 
 Physoce'phXlus. Emphysema of the head. 
 
 PHYSOME'TRA. («, ce, f. ; from Qvcao, to 
 inflate, and fivrpa, the womb.) Hysterophyse. 
 A windy swelling of the uterus. A tympany 
 of the womb, characterized by a permanent 
 elastic swelling of the hypogastrium, from flatu- 
 lent distension of the womb. It is a rare dis- 
 ease, and seldom admits of a cure. 
 
 Physo'ncus. A windy tumor. 
 
 Physotho'rax. Pneumothorax. 
 
 Phyte'lephas. A genus of plants inhabiting 
 America. The Tagua plant. Caleza de Negro. 
 Buttons are made of the hardened albumen of 
 the fruit, or vegetable ivory. 
 
 PHYTEU'MA. {a, atis, n.) A genus of 
 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. — P. orlicu- 
 lare. Horned rampions. By some supposed 
 efficacious in the cure of syphilis. 
 
 Phytogra'phy. Phytographia. A descrip- 
 tion of plants. 
 
 PHYTOLACCA, (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Decandria. Decagynia. Phytolacca 
 — P. decandra. Poke-weed. Poke-berry. 
 American nightshade. The root and berries 
 are said to have an anodyne quality, and the 
 juice of the root is violently emetic and ca- 
 thartic. It is used in rheumatism and some 
 cutaneous affections. Dose of the dried root, 
 gr. j. to gr. v. ; and as an emetic, gr. xx. to 3ss. 
 
 PHYTO'LOGY. (Phytologia, ce, f . ; from 
 (pvrov, an herb, and "koyoc, a discourse.) The 
 natural history of plants. Botany. 
 
 Phytoto'my. Phytotomia. An account of 
 the internal texture of plants. 
 
 PI'A MA'TER. Localis membrana. Meninx 
 tenuis. A thin membrane, almost wholly vas- 
 cular, that is firmly accreted to the convolu- 
 tions of the cerebrum, cerebellum, medulla ob- 
 longata, and medulla spinalis. Its use appears 
 to be, to distribute the vessels to, and contain 
 the substance of, the cerebrum. 
 
 Pian. Framboesia. 
 
 Piar. Uiap. Fat. 
 
 PIARHiEMIA. (From map, fat, and aip.a, 
 blood.) A morbid condition of the blood, in 
 which it contains uncombined fat. Fat has 
 been found in the blood more especially in 
 Asiatic cholera, pneumonia, and hepatitis. In 
 this case the serum is milky, and fat globules 
 are readily discovered by the microscope. Dr. 
 Sion found in a case of mammary abscess 11-7 
 per cent, of fat in the blood, and, according to 
 some writers, this proportion was exceeded in 
 some cases of Asiatic cholera. 
 
 PI'CA. (a, a>, f.) Depraved appetite, with 
 strong desire for unnatural food. It is very 
 common as a symptom of disease in pregnancy, 
 dyspepsia, and chlorosis. 
 
 Picaci'smus. Pica. 
 
 PICA'MAR. (From in pice amarum.) A 
 colorless oil existing with creasote in the heavy 
 oil of tar. It has a specific gravity of 1*10, and 
 is very pungent and bitter ; it boils at 510° F. 
 It has an acid reaction. 
 
 Picatio. Pica. 
 
 Pi'cea. Pinus picea. 
 
 PICHU'RIM CORTEX. A highly aromat- 
 ic bark, the produce of a species of Laurus pi- 
 churim. The odor is like that of cinnamon 
 It is much esteemed in the cure of dysenteries, 
 and for allaying obstinate vomitings. 
 
 Pichuris. Faba pichurim. 
 
 Vicrm'sa. excelsa. The tree which yields 
 the Jamaica quassia wood. 
 
 Picria. Bitterness. 
 
 PICRIC ACID. Nitro-picric acid. A prod- 
 uct of the action of nitric acid on indigo, silk, 
 aloes, &c. It forms pale yellow scales of a 
 silvery lustre, soluble in hot water, and of a 
 very bitter taste. It is fusible and volatile, and 
 its salts are crystalline, and explode when heat- 
 ed. Its formula is Ci 2 \ 3 JJq ] 0,HO. 
 
 Picrin. A bitter substance obtained from 
 foxglove, and said to be the impure Digitaline 
 
 505 
 
PIL 
 
 PI'CRIS. (is, idis, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia cequales. Composites. 
 — P. echoides. The common ox-tongue. The 
 leaves are said to relax the bowels. 
 
 Picrogly'cion. Impure solanine derived 
 from the dulcamara. 
 
 Picroliche'nine. An intensely bitter non- 
 azotized crystalline body found in Variolara 
 amara. 
 
 Pi'cromel. Bilin rendered impure by the 
 action of acetic acid. 
 
 P I C R T O'X IN. Picrotoxia. Picrotoxic 
 acid. The poisonous principle of the cocculus 
 indicus. It crystallizes in white, brilliant, semi- 
 transparent four-sided prisms, which are bitter 
 and soluble ; they produce a kind of intoxica- 
 tion: about ten grains will kill a dog. This 
 substance is, according to Pelletier and Couerbe, 
 a feeble acid, and not an alkaloid. Its compo- 
 sition is C12H7O5, but this is doubtful. 
 Piedmont truffle. Lycoperdon tuber. 
 Pie' strum. An instrument to compress the 
 head of a dead foetus, for its more easy extrac- 
 tion from the womb. 
 
 Pig-nut. Bunium bulbocastanum. 
 Pigmenta'rius. A druggist. 
 Pigment cells. Cellules, wherever situated, 
 which contain coloring matter, as the pigment 
 cells of the pigmentum nigrum. 
 
 PIGME'NTUM . (urn, i, n. ; from pingo, to 
 paint.) A pigment. This name is given by 
 anatomists to a mucous substance found in the 
 eye, which is, 1. The figment of the iris, which 
 covers the posterior surface of the iris, and is 
 called also tivea, from the resemblance of its 
 color to that of the grape. 2. The pigment of 
 the choroid membrane, a black or brownish 
 mucus, which covers the anterior surface of the 
 choroid membrane, and is called pigmentum 
 nigrum. This substance is the same as the 
 black matter of melsena, the lungs, freckles, 
 &c. The depth of its shade varies with the 
 color of the hair and skin. 
 
 Pigmentum indicum. Indigo. 
 Pike. The esox lucius. 
 Pi'la hy'stricis. The bezoar hystricis. 
 Pi'la mari'na. A globular mass of marine 
 plants, formerly esteemed in scrofula and as an 
 anthelmintic. 
 
 Pila're malum. Trichiasis. An unnatural 
 condition of the hair. 
 
 Pila'tio. A capillary fracture of the skull. 
 Pilchard. The clupea pilchardus. 
 PILE, GALVANIC. An apparatus for ex- 
 hibiting the phenomena of galvanism, and con- 
 sisting of a pile or column of metallic plates of 
 zinc and copper, and discs of wet card, placed 
 in succession to each other in the same regular 
 order throughout the series. 
 
 Pile of De Luc. — An electrical column, con- 
 structed of pieces of paper, silvered on one side 
 by means of silver leaf, and alternating with 
 thin leaves of zinc, the silvered surfaces of the 
 paper discs being always in the same direction. 
 Dry pile. — The inappf opriate name of an ar- 
 rangement of pairs of metallic plates, separated 
 by layers of farinaceous paste, mixed with com- 
 mon salt. The apparatus evidently owes its 
 efficacy to the moisture of the paste. 
 
 lary piles. — Piles formed simply of discs 
 506 
 
 PIL 
 
 of copper and moistened card, placed alternate- 
 ly. These have no power of developing elec- 
 tricity by their own action, but are capable of 
 receiving a charge by being placed in the cir- 
 cuit of a powerful voltaic battery, and of thus 
 acquiring, though in an inferior degree, the 
 properties of the battery itself. 
 
 PILES. Hcemorrhoids. Piles are small tu- 
 mors produced by the dilatation of the hemor- 
 rhoidal veins and cellular coat of the rectum, 
 whereby erectile tumors of a spongy nature are 
 formed ; these are either internal or extruded, 
 and discharge mucous or blood. 
 
 Piles occur mostly in sedentary persons of a 
 relaxed habit, and are produced from violence 
 at stool and during pregnancy. They are ac- 
 companied by uneasiness in the loins and rec- 
 tum, inability to use exercise without distress, 
 costiveness, and general ill health. 
 
 Treatment. — Rest, the horizontal posture, 
 laxatives, abstinence, and the topical applica- 
 tion of the unguentum gallas compositum. If 
 there be great irritation, leeches, cooling lo- 
 tions, and more active astringents may be used, 
 as solutions of sulphate of zinc ; iron, or alum 
 combined with opium, where the pain is se- 
 vere. 
 
 The most common arrangement of piles is 
 into, 
 
 1. The blind piles, or internal piles, as they ex- 
 ist in their simplest state, consisting of nothing 
 more than a varicose state of the veins, with 
 more or less thickening of the internal mem- 
 brane of the bowel. 
 
 2. The mucous piles, in which the mucous 
 follicles are excoriated, and pour out a quantity 
 of mucus, which mixes with some pus or sanies, 
 and is discharged. 
 
 3. The bleeding piles, which are attended with 
 bleeding, from excoriation, stricture, &c. 
 
 4. The excrescential, in which there are fleshy 
 excrescences about the verge of the anus or 
 within the gut. These are mostly large, loose, 
 and flabby within the bowel, and of great size ; 
 and externally they are of various shapes, re- 
 sembling, as it was supposed, figs, on which 
 account they have been denominated fci, con- 
 dylomata. They are to be removed by the 
 knife. 
 
 Pile'ous. Pilosus. Relating to the hair. 
 
 PI'LEUS. 1. The cap of a gymnospermous 
 fungus, which forms the upper round part or 
 head, as in Boletus and Agaricus. 2. A kind of 
 nipple-shield. 
 
 Pilewort. Ranunculus ficaria. 
 
 Pill. See Pilula. 
 
 Pill, blue. Pilulse hydrargyri. 
 
 Pill, compound calomel. P., Plummer's. 
 See Pilulce hydrargyri chloridi composites. 
 
 Pill, mercurial. Pilula? hydrargyri. 
 
 Pilose'lla. Hieracium pilosella. 
 
 Pilosella major. Hypochseris minima. 
 
 Pilo'sus. Hairy. 
 
 Pilous. Pilosus. Hairy. 
 
 PILU'LA. (a, (b, f. ; diminutive of pila, a 
 ball.) A medicine of a globose form, subsolid 
 consistence, and about five grains weight. The 
 consistence of pills is best preserved by keep- 
 ing the mass in bladders, and occasionally moist- 
 ening it. The mass for a number of pills being 
 
PIL 
 
 ascertained, it may be divided by a rule on a 
 tile, or by a machine. 
 
 Pilule alepha'ngins. Pilulce aloephangince. 
 Pills composed of aloes and aromatics. 
 
 Pilule aloes. (U. S.) P. aloeticce. (Ph. 
 E.) Aloetic pills. Take of powdered aloes 
 and soap, each, fj. Beat with water into a 
 proper mass, and divide into 240 pills. Dose, 
 from two to four pills, as a cathartic. 
 
 Pilule aloes et assafoetida. (U. S. & 
 Ph. E.) Pills of aloes and assafoetida. Take 
 of assafoetida, aloes, and soap, each, § ss. Beat 
 with water into a proper mass, and divide into 
 180 pills. Used in costive dyspepsias. Dose, 
 two or three pills. 
 
 Pilule aloes composite. (Ph. L. & D.) 
 Compound aloetic pills. Take of aloes, pow- 
 dered, 5j. ; extract of gentian, fss. ; oil of cara- 
 way, forty minims ; simple syrup, sufficient. 
 Form a uniform mass. From fifteen to twenty- 
 five grains prove moderately purgative and 
 stomachic. 
 
 Pilule aloes et ferri. (Ph. E.) Pills of 
 aloes and iron. Take of sulphate of iron, three 
 parts ; aloes, two parts ; aromatic powder, six 
 parts; confection of roses, eight parts. Mix 
 thoroughly, and divide into five grain pills. A 
 valuable emmenagogue in atonic states. Dose, 
 from one to three pills. 
 
 Pilule; aloes et myrrhj;. (U. S.) P. aloes 
 cum myrrha. (Ph. L. & D.) Aloetic pills with 
 myrrh. Take of aloes, fij.; saffron, fss. ; myrrh, 
 fj. ; simple syrup, sufficient. Beat into a uni- 
 form mass. From ten grains to a scruple of this 
 pill prove stomachic and laxative, and are cal- 
 culated for delicate females, especially where 
 there is uterine obstruction. 
 
 Pilule Asiatics. Asiatic pills. Arsenious 
 acid, gr. lv.; black pepper, powdered, 3ix.; gum 
 arabic, sufficient to make 800 pills. Extensively 
 used in the East Indies in syphilis, elephantiasis, 
 &c. Each pill contains gr. y 1 - of arsenic. 
 
 Pilule assafoetida. (U. S.) Assafoetida 
 pills. Take of assafoetida, fiss. ; soap, fss. In- 
 corporate with water, and divide into 240 pills. 
 Antispasmodic. Dose, from two to three pills. 
 
 Pilule assafcetid^e. (Ph. E.) P.assafceti- 
 da composites. Pilulae galbani composite. 
 
 PlLULJE CAMBOGIA COMPOSITE. (Ph. L.) 
 
 Compound gamboge pills. Take of gamboge, 
 powdered, 3J. ; aloes, powdered, 3iss. ; ginger, 
 powdered, 3ss. ; soap, two drachms. Mix. 
 Active purgative. Dose, from gr. x. to 9j. 
 
 PlLUL^E CATHARTICS COMPOSITE. (U. S.) 
 
 Compound cathartic pills. Take of compound 
 extract of colocynth, in powder, fss. ; extract 
 of jalap, in powder, and calomel, of each, siij. ; 
 gamboge, in powder, 3ij. Form into a mass 
 with water, and divide into 180 pills. Dose, 
 from two to three pills. 
 
 Pilule calomelanos et opii. (Ph. E.) 
 Calomel and opium pills. Take of calomel, three 
 parts ; opium, one part ; confection of roses, 
 sufficient. Mix, and divide into pills, each con- 
 taining gr. ij. of calomel. Each pill contains 
 two thirds of a grain of opium. Valuable in 
 rheumatism, and various inflammatory and pain- 
 ful diseases, and to produce ptyalism. 
 
 Pilules cochin. P.coccice. P. colocynthidis. 
 These are made from the Edinburgh receipt for 
 
 PIL 
 
 colocynth, and contain more aloes than the ex- 
 tract of the London Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 Pilule colocynthidis et hyoscyami. (Ph* 
 E.) Pills of colocynth and henbane. Take of 
 compound extract of colocynth, two parts; ex- 
 tract of hyoscyamus, one part. Mix. The 
 henbane diminishes the pain and griping of the 
 purge. Dose, gr. v. to gr. x. 
 
 Pilule conii composite. (Ph. L.) Com- 
 pound pills of hemlock. Take of extract of 
 hemlock, 3v. ; ipecacuanha, powdered, 3J. ; mu- 
 cilage, sufficient to make into mass. Antispas- 
 modic, slightly narcotic, and expectorant, and 
 used in spasmodic coughs, &c. Dose, gr. v. to 
 gr. x., three times a day. 
 
 Pilulje copa'ibs. (U. S.) Copaiba pills. 
 Take of copaiba balsam, fij. ; fresh magnesia, 
 3J. Mix, and let the mass solidify ; this requires 
 several hours. Divide into 200 pills. Dose, 
 from two to six pills. 
 
 PlLULA CUPRI AMMONIATI. (Ph. E.) P. CU- 
 
 pri ammoniureti. Take of ammoniated copper, 
 powdered, one part; bread crumb, six parts; 
 solution of carbonate of ammonia, sufficient. 
 Beat into a proper mass, and divide into pills, 
 each containing half a grain of the ammoniated 
 copper. Antispasmodic, and used in chorea, 
 epilepsy, &c. Dose, from one to five or more 
 pills, gradually increased. 
 
 Pilule de caccio'nde. Astringent pills 
 containing catechu. 
 
 Pilule de cyxoglosso. A French formula. 
 They contain opium, hyoscyamus, myrrh, oliba- 
 num, saffron, castoreum, &c. Anodyne. 
 
 Pilule digitalis et scills. (Ph. E.) Pills 
 of foxglove and squill. Take of digitalis leaves, 
 squill root, dried and powdered, each, one part; 
 aromatic electuary (powder), one part. Beat 
 into a proper mass with syrup, and divide the 
 mass into four grain pills. Diuretic. Used in 
 dropsies arising from disease of the heart. Dose, 
 one or two pills. 
 
 Pilule ferri carbonatis. (U.S.) Pills of 
 carbonate of iron. Take of sulphate of iron, f iv.; 
 carbonate of soda, fv. ; clarified honey, fiiss. ; 
 syrup and water, sufficient. Dissolve the iron 
 and soda each in a pint of water ; add to each 
 a f. fj. of syrup, and then mix them in a quart 
 bottle well stoppered ; set it by for the precipi- 
 tate to subside ; collect the precipitate, wash it 
 with warm water sweetened with syrup (f. fj. 
 to the Oj.) so long as it acquires a saline taste. 
 Place the precipitate on a flannel cloth, express 
 as much water as possible, and mix the mass 
 with the honey. Lastly, warm the mixture 
 over a water bath until it has a proper consist- 
 ence. 
 
 Pilule ferri composite. (U. S., Ph. L., D., 
 & E.) P. ferri cum myrrha. Compound iron 
 pills. Pills of iron and myrrh. Take of myrrh, 
 powdered, 313. ; carbonate of soda, sulphate of 
 iron, of each, 3J.; syrup, a sufficient quantity. 
 Rub the myrrh with the carbonate of soda; add 
 the sulphate of iron, and rub them again ; then 
 beat the whole together, and divide into 80 pills. 
 These pills answer the same purpose as the 
 mistura ferri composita. The dose is from ten 
 grains to one scruple. 
 
 Pilulje ferri sulphatis. (Ph. E.) Pills 
 of sulphate of iron. Take of dried sulphate of 
 
 507 
 
PIL 
 
 iron, two parts ; extract of taraxacum, five parts ; 
 confection of roses, two parts ; liquorice root, 
 powdered, three parts. Beat together, and di- 
 vide into five grain pills. Each pill contains 
 five sixths of a grain of the salt of iron. An 
 astringent and stimulating tonic. Dose, from 
 one to three pills. 
 
 Pilule ga'lbani composite. (U. S., Ph. L. 
 & D.) Compound galbanum pills. Take of 
 galbanum, |j. ; myrrh, sagapenum, of each, fiss. ; 
 assafoetida, fss. ; simple syrup, sufficient. Beat 
 until they form a uniform mass, of which make 
 480 pills. A stimulating antispasmodic and 
 emmenagogue. Dose, from 3j. to 3SS. 
 
 Pilula gummi. P. gummosa. Pilulae gal- 
 bani composite. 
 
 FlLVhJE EX HELLEBORO ET MYRRHA. A French 
 
 Vermifuge and emmenagogue pill. 
 
 Pilule hydrargyri. (U. S., Ph. L. & D.) 
 Mercurial pills. Blue pill. Take of mercury, 
 5j. ; confection of roses, fiss. ; liquorice root, 
 powdered, fss. Rub the mercury with the con- 
 fection until the globules disappear ; then add 
 the liquorice root, and beat the whole together. 
 Divide into 480 pills. Dose, from five grains to 
 a scruple. Three grains of the mass contain one 
 of mercury. 
 
 Pilule hydrargyri chloridi composite. 
 P. hydrargyri submuriatis compositce. Com- 
 pound pills of chloride of mercury. Take of 
 calomel, oxysulphuret of antimony, each, 31].; 
 guaiacum resin, powdered, fss. ; treacle, 31J. 
 Kub until they are incorporated. It is exhibited 
 as an alterative in a variety of diseases, espe- 
 cially cutaneous eruptions, pains of the venei-eal 
 or rheumatic kind. Dose, from five to ten grams. 
 In about five grains of the mass there is one 
 grain of calomel. 
 
 PlLULjE hydrargyri chloridi mitis. (U. S.) 
 Calomel pills. Take of calomel, fss. ; gum ara- 
 ble, powdered, 3J. Mix together, and then add 
 syrup, q. s. Mix, and make 240 pills. Each 
 pill contains one grain. 
 
 Pilule hydrargyri iodidi. (Ph. L.) Pills 
 of iodide of mercury. Take of iodide of mer- 
 cury, 3j. ; confection of dog-roses, 3iij. ; ginger, 
 powdered, 3J. Beat them until they are in- 
 corporated. Dose, from five to ten grains. For 
 the virtues, see Hydrargyri iodidum. 
 
 Pilulae ipecacuanha composite. (Ph. L.) 
 P. ipecac, cum opio. Compound pills of ipecac- 
 uanha. Take of compound powder of ipecac- 
 uanha, 3iij . ; squill, fresh dried, ammoniacum, 
 each,3J.; mixture of gum acacia, sufficient. Beat 
 Until incorporated. These pills are anodyne, 
 diaphoretic, and expectorant. Dose, from five 
 to ten grains. 
 
 Pilule opii. (U.S.) Pills of opium. Take 
 of opium, powdered, 3J. ; soap, gr. xij. Mix, 
 and make 60 pills. Dose, one pill. 
 
 Pilule plumbi opiatje. (Ph. E.) Acetate 
 of lead and opium pills. Take of acetate of lead, 
 six parts ; opium, powdered, one part ; confec- 
 tion of roses, one part. Make into four grain 
 Eills; each contains three grains of acetate of 
 ;ad and half a grain of opium. Valuable in 
 dysentery, profuse secretions, or hemorrhage of 
 the bronchial mucous membrane, and severe 
 diarrhoea. Dose, from one to three grains. 
 
 Pilule quinia sulphatis. (U. S.) Pills 
 508 
 
 PIL 
 
 of sulphate of quinine. Take of sulphate (di 
 sulphate) of quinine, fj. ; gum arabic, powdered, 
 3ij.; syrup, q. s. Mix, and divide into 480 
 pills. Each contains one grain. 
 
 Pilule rhei. (U. S.) Pills of rhubarb. 
 Take of rhubarb, powdered, 3VJ.; soap, 513. 
 Mix, and make 120 pills. Each contains three 
 grains of rhubarb. 
 
 Pilule rhei composite. (U. S. & Ph. E.) 
 Compound pills of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, 
 powdered, fj.; aloes, powdered, 3vj. ; myrrh, 
 powdered, s-ss. ; soap, 3J. ; oil of peppermint, 
 3ss. ; syrup, sufficient. Mix the powders to- 
 gether, then beat the whole until incorporated, 
 and divide into 240 pills. These pills form a 
 good stomachic laxative. Dose, from gr. x. to 
 gr. xx. 
 
 Pilule rhei et ferri. (Ph. E.) Pills of 
 rhubarb and iron. Take of dried sulphate of 
 iron, four parts ; extract of rhubarb, ten parts ; 
 confection of roses, five parts. Make into five 
 grain pills. Tonic and stomachic. Dose, from 
 two to four pills. 
 
 Pilule rufi. Pilulae aloes et myrrhae. 
 
 PlLULA SUBCARBONATIS SODA. (Ph. E.) 
 
 Take of the carbonate of soda, dried, four parts ; 
 hard soap, three parts. Make into pill mass. 
 Antacid. 
 
 PlLULA THEBAIC M. Opium pills. 
 
 Pilula veratria. (Tumbull.) Veratria 
 pills. Take of veratria, gr. j. ; extract of hy- 
 oscyamus, liquorice powder, of each, gr. xij. 
 Make 12 pills, of which one may be taken every 
 three hours. May be used in neuralgia, gout, 
 rheumatism. 
 
 Pilula sagape'ni composite. (Ph. L.) 
 P. aloes et assafmtidce. (Ph. E.) Compound 
 pills of sagapenum. Take of sagapenum, fj. ; 
 aloes, 3SS. ; syrup of ginger, sufficient. Beat 
 them until incorporated. These are laxative and 
 antispasmodic. Dose, from five to ten grains. 
 
 Pilula sapo'nis composite. (CJ. S., Ph. L.) 
 P. saponis cum opio. (Ph. D.) Pills of soap 
 and opium. P. saponacece. Take of opium, 
 powdered, fss. ; soap, fij. Beat together un- 
 til incorporated, and divide into 240 pills. Five 
 grains of the mass contain one of opium. 
 
 PlLULA SCILLA COMPOSITE. (U. S.) P. 
 
 scillce cum zingiberis. Compound squill pills. 
 Take of squill root, powdered, 3J. ; ginger root, 
 powdered, ammoniacum, powdered, of each, 
 3y.; soap, 311J . ; syrup, sufficient. Mix, and 
 divide into 120 pills. An expectorant and 
 diuretic pill, mostly administered in the cure 
 of asthma and dropsy. Dose, from ten grains 
 to a scruple. 
 
 PiluljE sty'racis composite. (Ph. D.) 
 P.estyrace. Compound pills of storax. Take 
 of purified storax, 3iij . ; opium, powdered, saf- 
 fron, each 3J. Beat them together until incor- 
 porated. These pills are balsamic, stimulant, 
 and slightly expectorant. They are used in 
 chronic pulmonary affections. Dose, from gr. 
 hi. to gr. x. 
 
 PI'LUS. (UlTloc, wool carded.) The short 
 hair which is found all over the body. The 
 hair of the head, eyebrows, and eyelids are 
 termed pili congeniti; and that which grows 
 from the surface of the body after birth, pih 
 postgeniti. 
 
PIN 
 
 PIN 
 
 Pimele. Fat. 
 
 Pimeli'tis. Inflammation of the adipose 
 tissue. 
 
 PIMELO'SIS. (From mfiefy, fat.) The 
 conversion of any texture into fat by disease ; 
 as Pimelosis hepatica, fatty degeneration of the 
 liver. 
 
 Pime'nta. Pime'nto. Myrtus pimenta. 
 
 Pimpernel. Anagallis arvensis. 
 
 Pimpernel, water. Veronica beccabunga. 
 
 PIMPINE'LLA. (a, <z, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
 — P. alba. A variety of the P. magna. — P. 
 anil sum. The anise plant. Anisum. A native 
 of Egypt. Anise seeds have an aromatic smell, 
 and a pleasant, warm, and sweetish taste. An 
 essential oil and distilled water are prepared 
 from them, which are employed in flatulencies 
 and gripes, to which children are more especial- 
 ly subject: also in weakness of the stomach, 
 diarrhoeas, and loss of tone in the prima? via?. 
 Dose of the oil, gtt. iij. to gtt. x. — P. italica. 
 Sanguisorba officinalis. — P. magna. The great- 
 er pimpinella. P. nigra. The root has been 
 extolled by some in the cure of erysipelatous 
 ulcerations, tinea capitis, rheumatism, and other 
 diseases. — P. nigra. Pimpinella magna. — P. 
 saxi'fraga. Burnet saxifrage. The roots have 
 an unpleasant smell, and a hot, pungent, bit- 
 terish taste ; they are recommended by several 
 writers as a stomachic and stimulant. 
 
 Pimple. Papula. 
 
 Pinaste'llum. Peucedanum silaus. 
 
 Pinchbeck. An alloy of copper and zinc, 
 made to imitate gold foil, and called Dutch 
 gold. 
 
 Pinckne'ya pubens. See Georgia bark. 
 
 Pine. See Pinus. 
 
 Pine-apple. Bromelia ananas. 
 
 Pine-thistle. Atractylis gummifera. 
 
 Pine a. Pinus pinea. 
 
 Pi'neal. Like the fruit of the pine. 
 
 PINEAL GLAND. Glandula pinealis. A 
 small heart-shaped gland, about the size of a 
 pea, situated immediately over the corpora 
 quadrigemina in the brain. See Encephalos. 
 
 Pineus purgans. Jatropha curcas. 
 
 PINGUE'DINOUS. (Pinguedinosus ; from 
 pinguis, fat.) Fatty; greasy. 
 
 Pingue'do. Fat. 
 
 PINGUFCULA. {a, a-, f.) 1. A form of 
 pterygium. 2. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
 Monogynia. — P. vulgaris. Butterwort. Sani- 
 cle. The leaves are cathartic, and applied to 
 chaps. 
 
 Pinhones indici. Jatropha curcas. 
 
 Pinic acid. An acid found in colophony. 
 It crystallizes in triangular plates, and reacts 
 like an acid. 
 
 Pink, Indian. P., Carolina. P. root. Spi- 
 gelia marilandica. 
 
 PFNNA. {a, ce, f. Tlivva, awing.) 1. The 
 name of the latter and inferior part of the nose, 
 and the broad part of the ear. 2. The leaflet 
 of a pinnate leaf. 
 
 Pinna'ctjlum. A pinnacle : applied former- 
 ly to the uvula, from its shape. 
 
 Pinna'te. Pinnatus. A leaf which has 
 several leaflets proceeding laterally from one 
 stalk. 
 
 Pin nat i fid. Pinnatifidus. Leaves which 
 are cut transversely into several oblong parallel 
 segments. 
 
 Pi'nnula. The leaflet of bipinnate and tri- 
 pinnate leaves. 
 
 Pint. Octarius. A measure of the eighth 
 of a gallon: the imperial pint of sixteen fluid 
 ounces contains 34-659 cubic inches. 
 
 PI'NUS. (us, i, and us, f.) A genus of 
 gymnospei'mous plants. Monozcia. Monadel~ 
 phia. Coniferce. 
 
 Pinus abies. The Norway spruce-fir, which 
 affords the Burgundy pitch and common frank- 
 incense. 1. Pix burgundica. P. abietis. (U. 
 S.) P. arida. The prepared resin. When 
 genuine it has a very peculiar odor; and, al- 
 though brittle in cold weather, it assumes a te- 
 nacious viscidity when gently heated or knead- 
 ed in the warm hand. It therefore forms an 
 excellent adhesive and gently stimulating plas- 
 ter, exciting some degree of irritation, and oft- 
 en a slight serous exudation from the parts to 
 which it is applied, and is used in pulmonary 
 affections, rheumatisms, &c. 2. Abietis resina. 
 Thus. Common frankincense. This is a spon- 
 taneous exudation. It is applicable to the same 
 purposes as Burgundy pitch. 
 
 Pinus australis. P. palustris. The long- 
 leaved Southern pine. 
 
 Pinus balsamea. The balsam of Gilead fir- 
 tree. Canada balsam. The Canada balsam is 
 one of the purest turpentines. For its proper- 
 ties, see Turpentine. 
 
 Pinus canadensis. The hemlock pine. The 
 pitch derived from it, Pix canadensis, is also 
 called hemlock gum. 
 
 Pinus cedrus. The true cedar. 
 
 Pinus cembra. This affords the Carpathian 
 balsam and Briancon turpentine, and the shoots 
 the Riga balsam, by distillation. This balsam, 
 called Oleum Germanis and Oleum Carpathir 
 cum, is obtained both by wounding the young 
 branches and boiling them. It is mostly dilut- 
 ed with turpentine, and comes to us in a very 
 liquid and pellucid state, rather white. 
 
 Pinus larix. The tree which yields the 
 larch agaric, and Venice turpentine. The larch- 
 tree. The Venice turpentine issues spontane- 
 ously through the bark. It is thin ; of a clear 
 whitish or pale yellowish color ; a hot, pun- 
 gent, bitterish, disagreeable taste, and a strong 
 smell, without any thing of the aromatic flavor 
 of the Chian.kind. Orenburgh gum and Bri- 
 ancon manna exude from the bark of this tree. 
 
 Pinus mughos. The pinus pumilio. 
 
 Pinus pice a. The silver fir, or common fir. 
 From it is obtained the Strasburgh turpentine, 
 by puncturing the small vesicles of the bark in 
 which it is contained, and common turpentine 
 by larger incisions. 
 
 Pinus pinaster. The cluster pine, which 
 yields Bordeaux turpentine, &c. 
 
 Pinus pinea. The stone pine-tree. The 
 young and fresh fruit are eaten ; they are nutri- 
 tive, aperient, and diuretic. 
 
 Pinus pumi'lio. Mountain pine. Mughos 
 pine. The turpentine, Hungarian balsam, ex- 
 udes from this tree. 
 
 Pinus rigida. The barren pine. A pine 
 which yields much turpentine and tar. 
 
 509 
 
PIS 
 
 Pinus sylvestris. The Scotch fir. Com- 
 mon turpentine is the fluid which flows out on 
 the tree being wounded in hot weather; by 
 distillation with water it yields the Oleum tere- 
 binthince, the residue being common resin. The 
 white, harder turpentine of winter is the Resina 
 fiava, or R. alba. The Pix liquida, or tar, is 
 produced by cutting the wood into pieces, 
 which are inclosed in a large oven constructed 
 for the purpose. It is well known for its eco- 
 nomical uses. Tar water, or water impregna- 
 ted with the more soluble parts of tar, was 
 some time ago a very fashionable remedy in a 
 variety of complaints, but in the present prac- 
 tice it is not much used. Common pitch is tar 
 inspissated ; it is now termed in the Pharmaco- 
 poeia, Pix nigra. 
 
 PI'PER. (er, eris, n.) Pepper. A genus 
 of plants. Diandria. Trigynia. Piperacece. 
 
 Piper album. See Piper nigrum. 
 
 Piper angustifolium. The matico plant of 
 Peru. 
 
 Piper betel. The leaf of this plant is chew- 
 ed by the Malays. 
 
 Piper brasilianum. P. calecuticum. Cap- 
 sicum annuum. 
 
 Piper c aryophyllatum. Myrtus pi- 
 menta. 
 
 Piper caudatum. Piper cubeba. 
 
 Piper cube'ba. The plant yielding cubebs. 
 It is a warm spice, of a moderately pungent 
 taste, imported from Java. Of late cubebs have 
 been successfully given internally in the cure of 
 the common gleet and clap. Dose, 5SS., in pow- 
 der. There is an oil extracted from them, the 
 Oleum cubebcB. Dose, gtt. x. 
 
 Piper decorticatum. White pepper. 
 
 Piper favasci. The clove-berry-tree. 
 
 Piper guineense. P. hispanicum. P. indi- 
 4um. Capsicum annuum. 
 
 Piper jamaicense. Myrtus pimenta. 
 
 Piper longum. Long pepper. The berries 
 are gathered while green. They possess the 
 same qualities as the Cayenne pepper, in a 
 weaker degree. 
 
 Piper lusitanicum. Capsicum annuum. 
 
 Piper methyeticum. The cava plant of the 
 Sandwich Islands, the root of which is inebri- 
 ating. 
 
 Piper murale. Sedum acre. 
 
 Piper nigrum. P . aromaticum. Black pep- 
 per. Black and white pepper are obtained 
 from the same plant, but the latter is cleared of 
 the black covering which gives color to the 
 former. They owe their aromatic pungency 
 to an oily resin, and contain a white, crystalline 
 substance, called Piperine, which is an anti- 
 periodic, and used in intermittent fever like 
 quinine. 
 
 PI'PBRINE. Piperina. A white, crystalline 
 principle of pepper; form., C34H19NO6. See 
 Piper nigrum. 
 
 Piperi'tus. Peppered. 
 
 Pipsi'ssewa. Chimaphilla umbellata. 
 
 PISA, CLIMATE OF. Pisa, in Italy, has 
 been long celebrated for its mild and moist cli- 
 mate; it is, however, relaxing and somewhat 
 oppressive. It is a favorable residence for con- 
 sumptive patients and those laboring under 
 chronic bronchitis. 
 510 
 
 PIT 
 
 PI SC I'D I A ERYTHRINA. The Jamaica 
 dogwood-tree, a small tree of the West Indies. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. The fruit is used to 
 poison fish, and is acrid and narcotic. 
 
 PISCES. (Plural of piscis, a fish.) One of 
 the great subdivisions of the vertebrata, includ- 
 ing the fishes which respire in water. 
 
 Pisi'form. Pisiformis. Pea-like. 
 
 PISIFO'RME OS. The fourth bone of the 
 first row of the carpus. 
 
 Pismire. Formica rufa. 
 
 Piss-a-bed. Leontodon taraxacum. 
 
 Pissaspha'ltus. Bitumen. 
 
 Pissel^lium. Petroleum. 
 
 PISTA'CIA. (a, a, I) A genus of plants. 
 Dioecia. Pentandria. Terebinthcecece. — P. len- 
 tiscus. The tree which affords mastich. — P. 
 terebinthus. The tree which gives out the Cy- 
 prus, Chio, or Chian turpentine. — P. vera. The 
 tree which affords the pistachio nut. The nut 
 is sweet and oily. 
 
 Pistachio nut. See Pistacia vera. 
 
 PISTI'L. Pistillum. The female organ of 
 a flower ; also the ovary. 
 
 Pistilli'ferous. Pistil-bearing: applied to 
 flowers or florets which contain one or more 
 pistils, but no stamens. 
 
 Pistolo'chia. Birthwort. Aristolochia pis- 
 tolochia. 
 
 Pisum sativum. The common pea. A very 
 nutritious, but somewhat flatulent article of 
 food, of which there are many varieties. 
 
 Pit of the stomach. The epigastrium. 
 
 Pitai'na. A new crystalline alkaloid ob- 
 tained from the Pitaya cinchona. 
 
 Pitaya bark. One of the false cinchonas, 
 the history of which is very obscure. 
 
 Pitch. Pinus sylvestris. 
 
 Pitch, Burgundy. Pinus abies. 
 
 Pitch, Jew's. Bitumen judaicum. 
 
 Pitch-tree. See Pinus abies. 
 
 Pitcher-shaped. Urceolate. Ascidiatus. 
 
 Pittacal. A blue coloring matter of heavy 
 oil of tar, resembling indigo, and probably azo- 
 tized. 
 
 Pitta'cium. A pitch plaster. 
 
 Pitto'ta. Medicines containing pitch. 
 
 PITTSBURG SPRING. A chalybeate and 
 saline spring, situated at about four miles from 
 the city. 
 
 PITUI'TA. (a, as. f.) Phlegm ; that is, vis- 
 cid mucus. 
 
 Pitu'itary. Pibuitarius. Of, or belonging 
 to mucus. 
 
 Pituitary body. See Pituitary gland. 
 
 Pituitary fossa. The sella turcica of the 
 sphenoid bone. 
 
 Pituitary gland. Glandula pituitaria. 
 Corpus pituitarium. A process of the brain, 
 situated in a duplicature of the dura mater, in 
 the sella turcica of the sphenoid bone. See 
 Encephalos. 
 
 Pituitary membrane. Membrana pituitaria. 
 Schneiderian membrane. The mucous mem- 
 brane that lines the nostrils, and sinuses com- 
 municating with the nose, is so called, be- 
 car:se it secretes the mucus of those parts, to 
 which the ancients assigned the name of Pitu- 
 ita. 
 
 PITYRIASIS, (is, is, f. ; from mrvpov, bran ; 
 
P L A 
 
 P L A 
 
 BO named from its bramry-like appearance.) A 
 genus of scaly diseases. It consists of irregular 
 patches of small thin scales, which repeatedly 
 form and separate, but never collect into crusts, 
 nor are attended with redness or inflammation, 
 as in the lepra and scaly tetter. 
 
 1 . Pityriasis capitis. — Dandriff. Cleaning 
 the parts with soap and water, and combing, are 
 necessary. 
 
 2. Pityriasis rubra. — The cuticle is at first 
 only red and rough, but soon becomes mealy 
 or scurfy, and exfoliates, leaving a similar red 
 cuticle underneath, which undergoes the like 
 process, the scaliness becoming greater as the 
 exfoliation is repeated. This complaint is at- 
 tended with a dry and unperspiring sui'face, a 
 troublesome itching, and a feeling of stiffness. 
 There is also a general languor and restlessness. 
 When the redness and scales disappear, the 
 patches are left of a yellowish or sallow hue. 
 It is treated by sarsaparilla and gentle altera- 
 tives. 
 
 3. Pityriasis versicolor. Chloasma. — It chief- 
 ly affects the arms, chest, and abdomen. It is 
 diffused veiy irregularly, and being of a brown 
 color, it exhibits a singular checkered appear- 
 ance on the skin, and usually lasts for years. 
 
 Pitt'ron. Bran. 
 
 PIX. (ix, icis, f. ; from Tucca.) Pitch. 
 See Pinus sylvestris. 
 
 Pix abietis. P. alba. See Pinus abies. 
 
 Pix arida. See Pinus abies. 
 
 Pix bru'tia. A thick and resinous kind of 
 pitch used by the ancients. 
 
 Pix burgundica. See Pinus abies. 
 
 Pix canadensis. See Pinus canadensis. 
 
 Pix liquida. Tar. See Pinus sylvestris. 
 
 Pix nigra. P. atra. Pitch. 
 
 Pix sicca. P. solida. Pitch. 
 
 Pl. Platinum. 
 
 PLACE'BO. (I will please.) An epithet 
 given to any medicine adapted rather to please 
 than benefit the patient. 
 
 PLACE'NTA. (From nlanovc, a cake.) P. 
 uterina. The after-birth. A soft, spongy organ, 
 formed of the uterine decidua, chorion, and 
 numerous vessels from the umbilical cord. The 
 vessels are arranged in tufts, consisting of loops 
 of capillai'ies. These, being covered by the de- 
 cidua, push themselves into the venous sinuses 
 formed by the uterine vessels of the mother, 
 and by contact with her oxygenized blood, the 
 fluid they convey becomes arterialized. The 
 placenta, therefore, serves as the organ of res- 
 piration for the foetus as well as a means of 
 supply of blood by penetration. The placenta 
 is ovoidal, about six inches across and one 
 thick. It is, for the most part, attached to the 
 anterior and upper part of the uterus, but occa- 
 sionally lies over the os uteri, producing dan- 
 gerous hemorrhage before and at the time of 
 labor. It is subject to various diseases of struc- 
 ture intimately connected with the death of the 
 foetus and miscarriage. 
 
 Placenta febrilis. Theaguecake. See^g-we. 
 
 Placenta previa. When the placenta lies 
 over the mouth of the womb. 
 
 Placenta sanguinis. The coagulum of the 
 blood. 
 Placenta, vegetable. A cellular tissue 
 
 within the carpels of plants, and from which 
 the ovules arise. 
 
 Place'ntula. A rudimentary placenta. 
 
 Plada'rotes. A soft, discolored tumor with- 
 in the eyelid. 
 
 PLAGUE. See Pestis. 
 
 Plague, black. See Pestis nigra. 
 
 Plague, cold. A congestive fever of the 
 Southern States, in which there is little or no 
 reaction. It may be a pneumonia, or of a bil- 
 ious character. 
 
 Pla'gula. A compress, pledget, or splint. 
 
 Plaice. The pleuronectes platessa. 
 
 Plaited. Plicate. 
 
 Plana'ria latruscu'la. The distoma he- 
 patica. 
 
 Planche's potion. JMistura scammonii fla- 
 vored with cherry-laurel water. 
 
 PLANE. (From planum, flat.) A superfi- 
 cies, or surface without curvature, every point 
 of which falls within a series of straight lines. 
 
 Plane'tes. UlavrjTrjc. Erratic; wander- 
 ing : sometimes applied to intermittent fevers. 
 
 PLANT. {Planta, a-, f.) An organized 
 body belonging to the vegetable kingdom. 
 
 PLA'NTA. 1. A plant. 2. The lower part 
 of the sole of the foot, comprehended between 
 the tarsus and toes. 
 
 PLANTA'GO. (o, inis, f.) 1. The Planta- 
 go major. 2. A genus of plants. Tetrandria. 
 Monogynia. Plantaginece. — P. coro'nopus. 
 Buck's-horn plantain. Its medicinal virtues 
 are the same as other plantains. — P. latifolia. 
 Plantago major. — P. major. The broad -leaved 
 plantain. The leaves have an austere, bitter- 
 ish, subsaline taste, and are said to be refriger- 
 ant, attenuating, astringent, and diuretic — P. 
 psy'llmm. The branching plantain, or flea- 
 wort. The decoction of the seeds is recom- 
 mended in hoarseness and asperity of the fau- 
 ces. 
 
 Plantain. Plantago major. 
 
 Plantain-tree. Musa sapientum. 
 
 Plantain, water. Alisma plantago 
 
 PLA'NTAR. Plantaris. Appertaining to 
 the sole of the foot. 
 
 Plantar aponeurosis. The strong, tendi- 
 nous expansion which lies under the integu- 
 ments in the sole of the foot. 
 
 Plantar arteries. Two branches of the 
 posterior tibial. 
 
 Plantar ligaments. The ligaments on the 
 under side of the foot, which unite the tarsal 
 and metatarsal bones. 
 
 Plantar nerves. There are two: 1. The 
 internal plantar, derived from the posterior 
 tibial, and supplying the first three toes, &c. 
 2. The external plantar, which is distiibuted 
 to the outer side of the fourth and the fifth toe., 
 and the muscles of the outer side of the foot. 
 
 PLANTA'RIS. The plantar muscle. A 
 muscle of the foot, situated on the leg, that as- 
 sists the soleus, and pulls the capsular ligament 
 of the knee from between the bones. It arises 
 from the upper and back part of the outer con- 
 dyle of the os femoris. It adhei-es to the cap- 
 sular ligament of the joint ; and, after running 
 obliquely downward and outward for the space 
 of three or four inches, along the second origin 
 of the gastrocnemius internus and under the 
 
PLE 
 
 PLE 
 
 gastrocnemius externus, terminates in a long, 
 thin, and slender tendon, which adheres to the 
 inside of the tendo Achillis, and is inserted into 
 the inside of the posterior part of the os calcis. 
 Its use is to assist the gastrocnemii in extend- 
 ing the foot. 
 
 Planti'grada. Plantigrade animals. Mam- 
 mifers which walk on the sole of the foot. 
 
 PLANUM OS. The orbitary plate of the 
 ethmoid bone is so called from its plane surface. 
 
 Pla'nus. Flat; smooth. 
 
 PLASMA. (From ivTiaoao), to form.) The 
 liquor sanguinis. The fluid portions of living 
 blood in which the corpuscles float. It is not 
 to be confounded with the serum of the blood, 
 inasmuch as it differs from serum in the pres- 
 ence of soluble fibrin. 
 
 Plaster. See Emplastrum. 
 
 Plaster of Paris. Gypsum. 
 
 PLASTIC. Plastieus. (From viae™, to 
 form.) 1. Having the power of forming or 
 producing parts ; as Plastic force, the formative 
 power ; Plastic element, that from which growth 
 takes place. 2. That which may be molded, 
 as Plastic clay. 
 
 Pla'ta. The shoulder-blade. 
 
 Plati'asmus. A defect of speech, produced 
 by an excessive development or broadness of 
 the lips, as in the negro. 
 
 PLATFNUM. Platina. A white, brilliant, 
 malleable, and ductile metal ; almost infusible ; 
 sp. grav., 21-5. It is not acted upon by ordina- 
 ry solvents, but is dissolved by aqua regia, be- 
 ing converted into the chloride. Symbol, Pt; 
 equivalent, 98*68. It is of great value in 
 chemistry for crucibles, from its infusibility and 
 indestructibility. The bichloride, PtCl 2 , is a 
 test for potash, and forms interesting double 
 salts with the alkaline salts. The bichloride 
 and chloride of platinum and sodium have 
 been used in medicine in the same way as the 
 corresponding salts of gold, but without any 
 particular advantage. 
 
 Platinum, spongy. A porous kind of plati- 
 num, obtained by heating the chloride of plati- 
 num and ammonium to redness. It possesses 
 the remarkable property of causing hydrogen 
 and oxygen to unite, and. other similar changes 
 to take place. 
 
 Platinum, black. A black, pulverulent 
 preparation of platinum, similar in its effects to 
 spongy platinum. 
 
 Platyco'ria. An enlarged pupil. 
 
 Platyophtha'lmum. Antimony. 
 
 P L A T Y' S M A-M YOIDE S . Musculus cuta- 
 neus of Winslow. A thin muscle on the side of 
 the neck, immediately under the skin, that as- 
 sists in drawing the skin of the cheek down- 
 ward ; and when the mouth is shut, it draws 
 all that part of the skin to which it is connected 
 below the lower jaw upward. 
 
 Ple'ctan.e. The cornua uteri. 
 
 Ple'ctrum. The styloid process of the tem- 
 poral bone ; also the uvula. 
 
 PLEDGET. A small compress of lint, to be 
 applied over wounds, ulcers, &c, to protect 
 them, or absorb the discharge. 
 
 Plenck's solution. Mercury rubbed with 
 mucilage until it is so far divided as to become 
 suspended in the mixture. 
 512 
 
 Ple'res archo'nticum. An old cephalic 
 powder mentioned by Lemery. 
 
 Plero'sis. Ple'smone. See Plethora. 
 
 PLESIOMO'RPHISM. (From nfycioc, 
 near, and fiop<prj, form.) A term used to denote 
 a similarity between different crystals in their 
 angles, but not an identity. 
 
 PLETHO'RA. (a, ce, f. lUindupa; from 
 nlrjdtd, to fill.) An excessive fullness of the 
 blood-vessels. This may be conceived to arise 
 from an increased quantity of blood, or a di- 
 minished capacity of the vessels ; in the former 
 case it is called plethora ad molem ; in the lat- 
 ter, plethora ad spatium. When the quantity 
 of blood is too great for the strength of the ves- 
 sels, it is called plethora ad vires. Plethora 
 may arise from a highly entonic state of the ar- 
 terial system, and is called sanguine plethora ; 
 or from a lax and weak state of the arterial sys- 
 tem, in which case it is called serous plethora 
 or atonic plethora. 
 
 Pleumonia. See Pneumonitis. 
 
 PLEU'RA. {a, ce, f. UAevpa, a rib, or the 
 side of the chest.) The serous membrane 
 which lines the internal surface of the thorax, 
 P. costalis, and covers its viscera, P. pulmona- 
 lis. The cavity of the thorax is every where 
 lined by this membrane, which consists of two 
 distinct portions or bags, which, by being appli- 
 ed to each other laterally, form the septum call- 
 ed the mediastinum: this divides the cavity 
 into two parts, and is attached posteriorly to 
 the vertebrae of the back, and anteriorly to the 
 sternum. The two laminae of the septum do 
 not every where adhere to each other ; for at 
 the lower part of the thorax they are separated, 
 to afford a lodgment to the heart ; and at the 
 upper part of the cavity they receive between 
 them the thymus gland. The pleura is plenti- 
 fully supplied with arteries and veins from the 
 internal mammary and the intercostals. Its 
 nerves, which are very inconsiderable, are de- 
 rived chiefly from the dorsal and intercostal 
 nerves. The surface of the pleura, like that of 
 the peritoneum and other membranes lining 
 cavities, is constantly bedewed with a serous 
 moisture, which prevents adhesions of the vis- 
 cera. 
 
 Pleura'lgia. Pleurodynia. 
 
 Pleurenchy'ma. The woody, or fusiform 
 tissue of plants. 
 
 Pleu'risy. Pleuritis. 
 
 Pleurisy, false. Pleurodynia. 
 
 Pleurisy root. Asclepias tuberosa. 
 
 Pleurisy, rheumatic. Pleurodynia. 
 
 PLEURPTIS. (is, idis, f. ; from nlevpa, the 
 pleura.) Pleurisy or inflammation of the pleura. 
 It assumes an acute and a chronic form. 
 
 1. Acute pleurisy . — In some instances the in- 
 flammation is partial, or affects one place in par- 
 ticular, which is commonly on the right side; 
 but, in general, the morbid action is communi- 
 cated throughout its whole extent. The disease 
 is occasioned by exposure to cold, and by all 
 the causes which usually give rise to other in- 
 flammatory complaints; and it attacks chiefly 
 those of a vigorous constitution and plethoric 
 habit. In consequence of the previous inflam- 
 mation, it is apt, at its departure, to leave be- 
 hind a thickening of the pleura, or adhesions to 
 
P LE 
 
 PLD 
 
 the ribs and intercostal muscles, which either 
 lay the foundation of future pneumonic com- 
 plaints, or render the patient more susceptible 
 of the changes of the atmosphere than before. 
 
 It comes on with an acute pain in the side, 
 which is much increased by making a full in- 
 spiration, and is accompanied by flushing in the 
 face, increased heat over the whole body, rigors, 
 difficulty of lying on the side affected, together 
 with a cough and nausea, and the pulse is hard, 
 strong, and frequent, and vibrates under the 
 finger, when pressed upon, not unlike the tense 
 string of a musical instrument. If blood is 
 drawn and allowed to stand for a short time, it 
 will exhibit a thick, buffy coat on its surface. 
 If the disease be neglected at its onset, and the 
 inflammation proceeds with great violence and 
 rapidity, the lungs themselves become affected, 
 the passage of the blood through them is stop- 
 ped, and the patient is suffocated ; or, the in- 
 flammation goes on to suppuration, and an ab- 
 scess is formed ; or an effusion of pus or serum 
 in the pleural cavity. When the substance of 
 the lungs as well as the pleura is affected, the 
 case is called pleuro-peripneumony. The prog- 
 nosis in pleurisy must be drawn from the se- 
 verity of the symptoms. If the fever and in- 
 flammation have run high, and the pain should 
 cease suddenly, with a change of countenance, 
 and a sinking of the pulse, great danger may be 
 apprehended ; but if" the heat and other febrile 
 symptoms abate gradually, if respiration is per- 
 formed with greater ease and less pain, and a 
 free and copious expectoration ensues, a speedy 
 recovery may be expected. If the case come 
 early under treatment, and vigorous practice be 
 used, the prognosis in pleurisy may almost al- 
 ways be favorable, as it is more under the con- 
 trol of the lancet than any other case of inflam- 
 mation. 
 
 The treatment of pleurisy consists in large 
 bleedings from the arm, repeated if necessary, 
 with the application of leeches or cupping- 
 glasses; purgatives, diaphoretics, blisters, and. 
 a strict antiphlogistic regimen. 
 
 2. Chronic pleurisy. — This is principally a 
 disease of advanced life, and seems most fre- 
 quent in those addicted to the use of ardent 
 spirits. It is very obscure in its symptoms, and 
 is generally fatal, bronchitis supervening toward 
 the termination. Chronic inflammation of the 
 pleura gives rise to the thickening of the mem- 
 brane, extensive adhesions, hydrothorax, and 
 empyena. Occasional leeching and counter-ir- 
 ritation by blisters form the only treatment 
 likely to do any good. 
 
 Pleuritis broncrtalis. P. humida. Bron- 
 chitis. 
 
 Pleuritis spuria. . Pleurodynia. 
 
 Pleuroce'le. Hernia of the pleura. 
 
 Pleuro-colle'sis. An adhesion of the 
 pleura. 
 
 PLEURODYNIA, (a, ce, f. ; from >xlevpa, 
 and oSvvt], pain. ) A pain in the side, but chiefly 
 used for rheumatism over the intercostal mus- 
 cles. It is removed by warm flannel, dry cup- 
 ping, or a blister. 
 
 Pleuropa'thia. A disease of the lungs. 
 
 P l e u' ro-pneumo'nia. Pleuro-peripneumo- 
 ma. 
 
 Kk 
 
 PLEU'RO-PERIPNEUMO'NIA. (From 
 ir?ievpa, and TiepiTwevjiovta.) Inflammation of 
 the pleura and substance of the lungs existing 
 together. 
 
 Pleuro'rrhcea. A false term intended to 
 signify a discharge from the lungs. 
 
 PLEURORTHOPN.E'A. (a, ce, f . ; from 
 n?i€vpa, the pleura, opdoc, upright, and irveu, to 
 breathe.) A pleurisy in which the patient can 
 not breathe without keeping his body upright. 
 
 Pleurostho'tonos. Pleurothotonos. 
 
 PLEUROTHO'TONOS. (From Trlevpodev, 
 to one side, and retvo), to bend.) That form, 
 of tetanus in which the body is bent to one 
 side. 
 
 PLEXFMETER. (From tt7^ic) percussion, 
 and /xerpov, a measure.) The name given by 
 M. Piorry to the ivory plate which he uses in 
 mediate percussion. The middle finger of the 
 left hand is the best pleximeter. 
 
 PLEX'US. (us, us, m. ; from plecto, to twine 
 or knit. ) A network : applied to blood-vessels, 
 absorbents, and nerves, wheu many are near 
 together, the branches crossing and intertwin- 
 ing in the form of a net. 
 
 Plexus cardi'acus. The cardiac plexus of 
 nerves which is formed by the union of the 
 eighth pair of nerves with the great sympathetic. 
 
 Plexus choroi'des. Choroid plexus. A 
 plexus of vessels situated in the lateral ventricle 
 of the brain. See Encephalos. 
 
 Plexus glandulosi peyeri. Peyer's glands. 
 
 Plexus, median. The solar plexus. 
 
 Plexus pampinifo'rmis. The plexus of 
 blood-vessels about the spermatic cord. 
 
 Plexus pulmo'nicus. The pulmonic plexus 
 of nerves which is formed by the union of the 
 eighth pair of nerves with the great sympa- 
 thetic. 
 
 Plexus reticularis. The network of ves- 
 sels under the fornix of the brain. 
 
 Plexus retiformis. The spongy tissue of 
 the vagina. 
 
 Plexus, solar. P. Solaris. An assemblage 
 of ganglia, and interlaced and anastomosing fila- 
 ments, surrounding the two semilunar ganglia 
 of the abdomen. It gives off numerous fila- 
 ments, which accompany, under the name of 
 plexuses, all the branches given off by the ab- 
 dominal aorta. Thus, from the solar plexus are 
 derived the phrenic, the gastric, the hepatic 
 plexus, &c. 
 
 PLFCA. (a, (s, f. ; from plico, to entangle.) 
 A plait or fold : applied by anatomists to the 
 longitudinal folds of the mucous membrane 
 (plicae longitudinales). 
 
 Plica polonica. Plaited hair. A disease 
 of the hairs, in which they become long and 
 coarse, and matted and glued into inextricable 
 tangles. It is peculiar to Poland, Lithuania, 
 and Tartary. 
 
 Plica semilunaris. A slight doubling of the 
 conjunctiva on the outer side of the caruncle. 
 
 Plica'ria. Lycopodium clavatum. 
 
 Plicate. Plica'tus. Plaited; folded. 
 
 Plin'thius. H/uvdioc. The fourfold band- 
 age. 
 
 PLUGGING. The introduction of lint or 
 pieces of rag into a wound, the vagina, uterus, 
 &c, to stop hemorrhage or sustain the parts, 
 
 513 
 
PLU 
 
 PN E 
 
 The tampon or plug may be rendered astrin- 
 gent by immersion in a cold decoction of oak 
 bark, solution of acetate of lead, &c, or other- 
 wise medicated. 
 
 Plum. Primus domestica. 
 
 Plum, Malabar. Eugenia jambos. 
 
 Plumace'olus. A pledget. 
 
 Plumba'gin. A principle detected by Du- 
 long in the root of the Plumbago europcea. 
 
 PLUMBAGO, (o, mm, f.) 1. A native 
 form of carbon, of an unctuous and soft con- 
 sistency, metallic brilliancy, and nearly incom- 
 bustible ; used for lead pencils, crucibles, &c. 
 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
 Plumbaginece. — P. europcea. Toothwort. The 
 2-oot was formerly esteemed as a cure for the 
 toothache, arising from caries. 
 
 Plumbi ace'tas. P. superacetas. Acetate 
 of lead. Sugar of lead. It possesses sedative 
 and astringent qualities in a very high degree. 
 It is constantly used in lotions, and, combined 
 with opium, is useful in hemorrhages. The 
 dose is from one to three grains. It is poison- 
 ous only when it is decomposed and deposits 
 the carbonate. 
 
 Plumbi diacetatis liquor. Plumbi acetatis 
 liquor. Plumbi subacetatis liquor. (U. S.) 
 Solution of diacetate of lead. Goulard's ex- 
 tract. Take of acetate of lead, fxvj. ; oxide of 
 lead, powdered, ^ixss. ; water, 4 pints. Boil 
 for half an hour, agitating frequently, and when 
 the liquor is cool, add as much distilled water 
 as will make it up to six pints, and strain. This 
 has long been a celebrated refrigerant applica- 
 tion in cases of local inflammation. It is to be 
 mixed with distilled water in the proportion of 
 from one to two drachms to a pint of water. 
 
 Plumbi diacetatis liquor dilutus. Liquor 
 plumbi acetatis dilutus. Aqua vegeto mineralis. 
 Aqua lithargyri acetati composita. Diluted so- 
 lution of diacetate of lead. Take of solution 
 of diacetate of lead, a fluid drachm and a half; 
 distilled water, a pint ; weak spirits, two fluid 
 drachms. Mix. This is an unnecessaiy for- 
 mula, as every surgeon dilutes the Goulard's 
 extract with water according to his own dis- 
 cretion. 
 
 Plumbi chlo'ridum. Chloride of lead. 
 Take of acetate of lead, nineteen ounces; boil- 
 ing distilled water, three pints ; chloride of so- 
 dium, six ounces. Dissolve the acetate of lead 
 and chloride of sodium separately, the former 
 in three pints of distilled water, and the latter 
 in one pint. The liquors being then mixed to- 
 gether, wash the precipitate, when cold, with 
 distilled water, and. dry it. It is used for pre- 
 paring the hydrochlorate or muriate of morphia. 
 
 Plumbi iodi'dum. (Ph. L.) Iodide of lead. 
 Take of acetate of lead, nine ounces ; iodide of 
 potassium, seven ounces ; distilled water, a 
 gallon. . Dissolve the acetate of lead in six 
 pints of the water, and filter. Add to the solu- 
 tion the iodide of potassium, dissolved in two 
 pints of the water ; wash the precipitate, and 
 dry it. The iodide of lead, as obtained by the 
 above process, is a bright yellow powder, little 
 soluble in cold water, but readily so in boiling 
 water, from which it is again deposited, on 
 cooling, in the form of crystalline scales. 
 
 This medicine has been found very effectual 
 514 
 
 in resolving scrofulous tumors, and in the hands 
 of M. Velpeau has succeeded when iodine and 
 its other compounds have failed. The dose is 
 from half a grain to four grains. An officinal 
 ointment is now prepared from it. See TJn- 
 guentum plumbi iodidi. 
 
 Plumbi oxydum hydra'tum. Hydrated ox- 
 ide of lead. Take of solution of diacetate of 
 lead, six pints ; distilled water, three gallons ; 
 solution of potash, six pints, or as much as may 
 be sufficient to precipitate the oxide. Mix. 
 Wash the precipitate with water until nothing 
 alkaline remains. This is used for preparing 
 the disulphate of quinine. 
 
 Plumbi oxidum semivitreum. See Lithar- 
 gyrum. 
 
 Plumbi oxidum (oxydum) rubrum. Red 
 lead. 
 
 Plumbi carbo'nas. Plumbi subcarbonas. 
 Subcarbonate of lead; commonly called cerusse, 
 or white lead. This article is made in the large 
 way in white-lead manufactories, by exposing 
 thin sheets of lead to the vapor of vinegar. This 
 preparation is seldom used in medicine or sur- 
 gery but for the purpose of making other prep- 
 arations, as the acetate. It is sometimes em- 
 ployed medicinally in form of powder and oint- 
 ment, to children whose skin is fretted. It 
 should, however, be cautiously used, as there is 
 great reason to believe that complaints of the 
 bowels of children originate from its absorption. 
 
 Plumbi subcarbonas. See Plumbi carbonas. 
 
 PLU'MBUM. {urn, i, n.) Lead. In cases 
 of poisoning by the preparations of lead, the 
 best antidote is a solution of a sulphate, as 
 Epsom salt, sulphate of soda, or dilute sulphurir 
 acid. See Colica pictonum. 
 
 Plumbum candidum. Tin. 
 
 Plumbum cinereum. Bismuth. 
 
 Plumbum nigrum. Black lead. 
 
 Plumbum rubeum. The philosopher's stone 
 is so called in some old books. 
 
 Plumbum ustum. Burnt lead. 
 
 Plumme'ri pilulye. Plummer's pills. See 
 Pilulce hydrargyri ckloridi composites. 
 
 Plumo'se. Plumosus. Feathered. 
 
 Plu'mula. A little feather. The upper part 
 of the embryo. 
 
 Plunket's cancer remedy. Take of ranun- 
 culus fiammula, one handful ; dog's fennel, 
 three sprigs, both well pounded; brimstone, in 
 powder, three middling thimbles-full ; white 
 arsenic, the same quantity : incorporate all in 
 a mortar, and make into small balls the size of 
 a nutmeg, and diy in the sun. These balls 
 must be powdered and mixed with the yolk cf 
 an egg, and laid over the sore or cancer upon 
 a piece of bladder, which must be cut to the 
 size of the sore, and smeared with the yolk of 
 an egg. The plaster must not be stirred until 
 it drops off* of itself, which will be in a week. 
 Clean bandages are often to be put on. 
 
 Pluviome'ter. A rain gauge. 
 ^ PNEUMA. (From Trvev/j,, irvevfiaToc, wind, 
 air, gas.) Denoting the presence of air. 
 
 Pneumarthro'sis. (From nvEVfia, and ap- 
 bpov, a joint.) The secretion of air into an 
 articular cavity. It may occur after articular 
 rheumatism, and usually disappears spontane- 
 ously in a few days or hours. 
 
P NE 
 
 PNEUMA'TIC. (Pneumaticus ; from ttvev- 
 fia, wind ; relating to air.) Of, or belonging to, 
 air or gas. 
 
 Pneumatic trough. Any wooden or metal- 
 lic vessel used for the purpose of making ex- 
 periments with gases. For this purpose it is 
 nearly filled with water, mercury, or some 
 other fluid. 
 
 Pneuma'tica. Disease of the air passages. 
 — Good. 
 
 PNEUMATICS. (From TrvEVfxa, air.) The 
 science which investigates the physical proper- 
 ties of air and elastic fluids. 
 
 PNEUMATOCELE, (e, es, f . ; nvevfia, 
 wind, and ktjTit], a tumor.) A tumor distended 
 with air or gas. It has been applied especially 
 to a distension of the scrotum with gas, which 
 may happen when there is a scrotal hernia, and 
 the intestine is distended with gas, or when the 
 scrotum is emphysematous. 
 
 Pneumato'meter. A graduated gasometer, 
 by which the quantity of inspired air can be 
 measured. 
 
 Pneumato'mphalus. A hernia distended 
 with gas. 
 
 PNEUMATOSIS. (From nvevfiaTou, to in- 
 flate.) Emphysema. Windy swelling. The 
 species are, 
 
 1. Pneumatosis spontanea, without any mani- 
 fest cause. 
 
 2. Pneumatosis traumatica, from a wound. 
 
 3. Pneumatosis venenata, from poisons. 
 
 4. Pneumatosis hysterica, with hysteria. 
 Pneumatosis is known by a collection of air 
 
 in the cellular texture under the skin, render- 
 ing it tense, elastic, and crepitating. Air in 
 the cellular membrane is confined to one 
 place ; but in a few cases it spreads universal- 
 ly over the body, and occasions a considerable 
 degree of swelling. It sometimes arises spon- 
 taneously, which is, however, a very rare oc- 
 currence, or comes on immediately after child- 
 birth, in consequence of rupture of the lungs ; 
 but it is most generally induced by some wound 
 or injury done to the thorax, and which affects 
 the lungs, in which case the air passes from 
 these, through the wound, into a surrounding 
 cellular membrane, and from thence spreads 
 over the whole body. 
 
 Pneumatosis is attended with an evident 
 crackling noise, and elasticity upon pressure ; 
 and sometimes with much difficulty of breath- 
 ing, oppression, and anxiety. 
 
 We are to consider it as a disease by no means 
 unattended with danger; but more probably 
 from the causes which give rise to it, than any 
 hazard from the complaint itself. In every 
 species the air may be let out by very small 
 punctures with a lancet, and a bandage ap- 
 plied where it can be used. The poisonous 
 species require the internal administration of 
 the antidote for the particular poison ; and the 
 other species are cured by anti-hysterical reme- 
 dies. 
 
 Pneumatosis abdominis. Tympanitis. 
 
 Pneumatosis enterica. P. ventriculi. Flat- 
 ulence. 
 
 Pneumatotho'rax. Pneumothorax. 
 
 PNEUMOGA'STRIC NERVE. (FromTrvev- 
 uuv, the lung, and yaarnp, the belly, so named 
 
 PNE 
 
 from its distribution.) Nervus vagus. Par va- 
 gum. A nerve which arises on each side by 
 many filaments, from the lateral part of the 
 medulla oblongata, immediately below the or- 
 igin of the glosso-pharyngeal nerve. It passes 
 out of the cranium along with the glosso-pha- 
 ryngeal nerve, through the foramen lacerum 
 posterius. Immediately after quitting the cra- 
 nium it is slightly enlarged for about an inch 
 of its course, forming what is called its gangli- 
 onic enlargement. It descends in the neck at 
 the outer and back part of tne common carotid 
 artery, in the cellular sheath of which it is in- 
 cluded. In the neck it gives off the pharyngeal 
 branch, the superior laryngeal, and twigs which 
 contribute to form the cardiac plexus. It pass- 
 es into the chest between the subclavian artery 
 and vein, girding off the inferior laryngeal or 
 recurrent nerve, which twines round the sub- 
 clavian artery on the right side, and the aorta 
 on the left. In the chest it sends twigs con- 
 tributing to the formation of the pidmonary and 
 oesophageal plexuses. Lastly, entering the ab- 
 domen, it is finally dispersed on the stomach, 
 sending twigs to the omentum and to the 
 neighboring abdominal plexuses. * 
 
 Pneumography. A description of the lungs. 
 
 Pneu'mo-h^morrha'gica. Hemorrhage from 
 the lungs, as opposed to broncho-hccmorrhagia, 
 or hemorrhage from the bronchia. 
 
 Pneumolo'gy. A treatise on the lungs. 
 
 Pneumon. The lungs. 
 
 Pneumo'nia. See Pneumonitis. 
 
 Pneumonia, typhoid. P., bilious. P., cry- 
 sipelatous. Inflammation of the lungs, accom- 
 panied with inflammation of the mucous mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Pneumonica. Diseases affecting the lungs. 
 — Good. 
 
 Pneumoni'tic Relating to pneumonitis. 
 
 PNEUMONITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from irvev- 
 fiuv, the lung, and itis, inflammation.) Inflam- 
 mation of the lung. It is characterized by 
 fever, difficulty of breathing, cough, and a sense 
 of weight and pain in the thorax. It attacks 
 principally those of a robust constitution and 
 plethoric habit, and occurs most frequently in 
 the winter season and spring of the year. At 
 the commencement of the disease the pulse is 
 usually full, strong, hard, and frequent ; but in 
 a more advanced stage it is commonly weak, 
 soft, and often irregular. In the beginning the 
 cough is frequently dry and without expec- 
 toration; but in some cases it is moist, even 
 from the first, and the matter spit up is various 
 both in color and consistence, and is often 
 streaked with blood. 
 
 If relief is not afforded in time, and the in- 
 flammation proceeds with such violence as to 
 endanger suffocation, the vessels of the neck 
 will become turgid and swelled ; the face will 
 alter to a purple color; an effusion of blood 
 will take place into the cellular substance of the 
 lungs, so as to impede the circulation through 
 that organ, and the patient will soon be de- 
 prived of life ; or suppuration, apoplexy, or en- 
 gorgement of blood. Coagulable lymph may 
 also be thrown out, and produce hepatization ; 
 or gangrene may occur. 
 
 Physical Signs. — At first there is dullness 
 o Id 
 
POD 
 
 P 01 
 
 on percussion, and a crepitant rale ; the voice 
 is rather nice resonant than usual. If it end in 
 suppuration, there is coarse mucous rale, with 
 increased dullness on percussion. If hepatiza- 
 tion occur, the percussion is very dull; there 
 is no rale, but bronchial respiration, and great 
 resonance of the voice and cough. 
 
 Our opinion as to the event is to be drawn 
 from the symptoms which are present. A high 
 degree of fever, attended with delirium, great 
 difficulty of breathing, with acute pain, and dry 
 cough, denote great danger; on the contrary, 
 an abatement of the febrile symptoms, and of 
 the difficulty of breathing and pain, taking 
 place on the coming on of a free expectoration, 
 or the occurrence of any other critical evacua- 
 tion, promise fair for the recovery of the pa- 
 tient. It usually comes to a favorable crisis in 
 about twelve days. 
 
 In the early period of this disease we may 
 hope, by active measures, to bring about im- 
 mediate resolution; but when it is more ad- 
 vanced, we must look for a discharge by ex- 
 pectoration, as the means of restoring the part 
 to a healthy state. We should begin by large 
 and free bleeding. The bowels must be well 
 evacuated in the first instance, and subsequent- 
 ly kept regular ; and antimonials may be given 
 with great advantage, to promote the dischar- 
 ges from the skin and lungs. This is one of 
 the cases in which the use of very large doses 
 of emetic tartar has been especially advocated. 
 Digitalis is proper, also, as lessening the activity 
 of the circulation. The antiphlogistic regimen 
 is to be observed, except that the patient will 
 not bear too free exposure to cold. After the 
 urgent febrile symptoms have subsided, coun- 
 ter-irritation is very useful. 
 
 PNEUMO'NIC. {Pneumonicus ; from nvev- 
 fiuv, the lung.) Appertaining to the lungs. 
 
 Pneumono'ses. Diseases of the lungs. 
 
 Pneumopericardium. Effusion of air into 
 the cavity of the pericardium. — Laennec. 
 
 Pneu'mo-pleuri'tis. An inflammation of the 
 lungs and pleura. 
 
 Pneumorrha'gia. Haemoptysis. 
 
 Pneumotho'e. Phthisis pulmonalis. 
 
 PNEUMOTHORAX. Pneumatothorax. 
 (From iTvev/Liuv, and dopat;, the chest.) An in- 
 filtration of air, usually with some fluid, into 
 the cavity of the pleura. It is usually connect- 
 ed with pleurisy, or other diseases of the lungs, 
 occurring suddenly, and being fatal in its re- 
 sult. Where the amount of gaseous matter is 
 great, the affected side is distended ; it also 
 emits a clear sound on percussion. If there be 
 a communication by ulceration between the 
 bronchial tubes and the pleura, there will be 
 metallic resonance on auscultation, and metal- 
 lic tinkling when there is both gas and fluid in 
 the pleural cavity. 
 
 Pneumoto'my. Dissection of the lungs. 
 
 Pneu'sis. Respiration. 
 
 Pniga'lium. The nightmare. 
 
 Pnigopho'bia. Suffocation; angina pec- 
 toris. 
 
 Pnix. A sense of suffocation. 
 
 Pny'ma. A boil. 
 
 Pod. Siliqua. 
 
 PO'DAGRA. (From nove, the foot, and 
 516 
 
 or seizure.) Gout in the foot. 
 
 aypa, a taking 
 See Gout. 
 
 \Podagra'ria. iEgopodium podagraria. 
 
 Podarthroca'ce. Caries of the articulation 
 of the foot. 
 
 Pode'cium. The peculiar foot-stalk of the 
 tubercles in the cup lichens. 
 
 Podogy'nium. The stalk on which the ovary 
 is placed in the passion-flower, &c. 
 
 Podoni'ptrum. A bath for the feet. 
 
 PODOPHYLLUM. (», i, n.) A genus 
 of plants. Polyandria. Monogynia. Podo- 
 pkyllce. — P. pelta'tum. May-apple. The fruit 
 is edible, and the root cathartic in the dose of 
 a scruple. The leaves are said to be poisonous. 
 
 Podospe'rm. The funicle or little stalk of 
 the ovule and seed by which it is attached to 
 the placenta of the carpel. 
 
 Podothe'ca. An anatomical preparation of 
 the scarf-skin of the foot. 
 
 Poeci'lia. The piebald, skin. 
 
 Pogo'n. A beard. 
 
 Pogo'nia. A beard on a female. 
 
 POISON. Venerium. Toxicum. That which, 
 when applied externally, or taken into the hu- 
 man body, uniformly effects such a derange- 
 ment in the animal economy as to produce dis- 
 ease, may be defined a poison. 
 
 Poisons are divided, with respect to the 
 kingdom to which they belong, into animal, 
 vegetable, mineral, and aerial. 
 
 When a substance produces disease, not only 
 in mankind, but in all animals, it is distin- 
 guished by the term common poison; as arsenic, 
 corrosive sublimate, &c. ; while that which is 
 poisonous to man only, or to animals, and oft- 
 en to one genus merely, is said to be a relative 
 poison; thus aloes is poisonous to dogs and 
 wolves ; the Pkeliandrium aquaticum kills hor- 
 ses, while oxen devour it greedily, and with 
 impunity. Stramonium is a favorite food of 
 goats, but poisonous to man. 
 
 Poisons have been arranged by Orfila into 
 four classes, namely, irritant, narcotic, narcoti- 
 co-acrid, and septic, or putrefiant. Dr. Christi- 
 son excludes the last, or septic class, thus reduc- 
 ing poisons to three classes. The following 
 enumeration of poisons is taken from his excel- 
 lent treatise on poisons : 
 
 I. Irritant Poisons. 
 
 The characteristic operation of these is to 
 excite inflammation of the alimentary canal in 
 some pai*t, or throughout the whole of its course. 
 To this class belong 
 
 The mineral acids. 
 
 Phosphorus. 
 
 Sulphur. 
 
 Chlorine. 
 
 Iodine. 
 
 Hydriodate of potash. 
 
 Bromine. 
 
 Oxalic acid. 
 
 The fixed alkalies. 
 
 Nitre. 
 
 Alkaline and earthy chlo- 
 rides. 
 
 Lime. 
 
 Ammonia and its salts. 
 
 Alkaline sulphurets. 
 
 The compounds of arsenic. 
 
 The compounds of mercu- 
 ry. 
 
 The compounds of cop- 
 per. 
 
 The compounds of antimo- 
 ny. 
 
 The compounds of tin, sil- 
 ver, gold, platinum, bis- 
 muth, chrome, and zinc. 
 
 The compounds of lead 
 and of baryta. 
 
 Euphorbia. 
 
 Castor oil seeds. 
 
 Physic-nut. 
 
 Bitter cassada. 
 
 Manchineel. 
 
 Croton oil. 
 
 Bryony. 
 
 Colocynth. 
 
 Elaterium. 
 
 Ranunculus. 
 
 Anemone. 
 
 Caltha. 
 
 Clematis. 
 
POI 
 
 POI 
 
 Trollius. 
 
 Mezereon. 
 
 Arum. 
 
 Gamboge. 
 
 Daffodil. 
 
 Jalap. 
 
 Savin. 
 
 Cantharides. 
 
 Poisonous fish. 
 
 Venomous serpents and in- 
 sects. 
 
 Diseased and decayed ani- 
 mal matter. 
 
 Mechanical irritants. 
 
 II. Narcotic Poisons. 
 These are such as produce, chiefly or solely, 
 symptoms of disorder of the nervous system. 
 To this class belong 
 
 Opium. 
 
 Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Lactuca. 
 
 Solan um. 
 
 Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 The vegetable substances 
 which contain hydrocy- 
 anic acid : Bitter almonds 
 — Cherry-laurel — Peach 
 — Cluster cherry — Moun- 
 tain ash. 
 
 Nitric oxide gas. 
 Chlorine gas. 
 Ammoniacal gas. 
 Muriatic acid gas 
 Sulphureted hydrogen. 
 Carbureted hs " 
 Carbonic acic 
 Carbonic oxide. 
 Nitrous oxide. 
 Cyanogen. 
 Oxygen. 
 
 III. Narcotico-acrid Poisons. 
 These possess a double action, being both 
 local irritants, like those of the first class, and 
 producing a remote effect on the nervous sys- 
 tem, like those of the second. To this class 
 belong 
 
 False angustura. 
 Camphor. 
 Cocculus indicus. 
 Upas antiar. 
 Coriaria myrtifolia. 
 Poisonous fungi. 
 Poisonous mosses. 
 Secale cornutum. 
 Mouldy bread. 
 Darnel grass. 
 Seeds of lathyrus cicera. 
 Seeds of the bitter vetch. 
 Seeds of the common la- 
 burnum. 
 Alcohol. 
 Ether. 
 Some empyreumatic oils. 
 
 Nightshade. 
 
 Thorn-apple. 
 
 Tobacco. 
 
 Lobelia. 
 
 Hemlock. 
 
 Water hemlock. 
 
 Hemlock dropwort 
 
 Fool's parsley. - 
 
 Monk's-hood. 
 
 Black hellebore. 
 
 Ipecacuanha. 
 
 Squill. 
 
 White hellebore. 
 
 Meadow saffron. 
 
 Foxglove. 
 
 Strychnia. 
 
 Nux vomica. 
 
 St. Ignatius's bean. 
 
 Method of detecting Poisons. 
 
 When sudden death is suspected to have been 
 occasioned by the administration of poison, 
 either willfully or by accident, the testimony 
 of the physician is occasionally required to con- 
 firm or invalidate this suspicion. He may also 
 be sometimes called upon to ascertain the cause 
 of the noxious effects arising from the presence 
 of poisonous substances in articles of diet; and 
 he should, therefore, learn the simplest and 
 most practicable modes of obtaining, by exper- 
 iment, the necessaiy information. 
 
 The only poisons, however, that can be clear- 
 ly and decisively detected by chemical means 
 are those of the mineral kingdom. Arsenic 
 and corrosive sublimate are most likely to be 
 exhibited with the view of producing death ; 
 and lead and copper may be introduced unde- 
 signedly, in several ways, into our food and 
 drink. The continued and unsuspected opera- 
 tion of the two last may often produce effects 
 less sudden and violent, but not less baneful to 
 health and life, than the more active poisons; 
 and their operation generally involves, in the 
 pernicious consequences, a greater number of 
 sufferers. 
 
 Method of detecting Arsenic. — This is detailed 
 under the head of Arsenious acid. 
 
 Method of detecting Corrosive Sublimate. — It 
 
 may be collected by treating the contents of 
 the stomach in the manner described under 
 arsenic ; but as it is more soluble than arsenic, 
 no more water must be employed than is barely 
 sufficient, and the washings must be carefully 
 preserved for examination. 
 
 If a powder should be collected by this oper- 
 ation, which proves, on examination, not to be 
 arsenic, it may be known to be corrosive sub- 
 limate by the following characters : 
 
 a. Expose a small quantity of it, without any 
 admixture, to heat in a glass tube. Corrosive 
 sublimate will be ascertained by its rising to 
 the top of the tube, lining the inner surface in 
 the form of a shining white crust. 
 
 b. Dissolve another portion in distilled wa 
 ter; and it may be proper to observe how 
 much of the salt the water is capable of taking 
 up. 
 
 c. To the watery solution add a little lime- 
 water. A precipitate of an orange-yellow color 
 will instantly appear. 
 
 d. To another portion of the solution add a 
 single drop of a dilute solution of subcai'bonate 
 of potash. A white precipitate will appear; 
 but, on a still farther addition of alkali, an or- 
 ange-colored sediment will be formed. 
 
 e. The carbonate of soda has similar effects. 
 
 f. Sulphureted water throws down a dark- 
 colored sediment, which, when dried and 
 strongly heated, is wholly volatilized, without 
 any odor of garlic. 
 
 For the detection of corrosive sublimate, Syl- 
 vester has recommended the application of 
 galvanism, which exhibits the mercuiy in a 
 metallic state. If a gold wire be used, it is 
 stained white. 
 
 Carbonate of Baryta. — It is soluble in muri- 
 atic acid, and may be precipitated as a white 
 powder by any soluble sulphate, and this pow- 
 der is insoluble in acids. 
 
 Method of detecting Copper or Lead. — Copper 
 and lead sometimes gain admission into articles 
 of food, in consequence of the employment of 
 kitchen utensils of these materials. 
 
 1. If copper be suspected in any liquor, its 
 presence will be ascertained by adding a solu- 
 tion of pure ammonia, which will strike a beau- 
 tiful blue color. It is also easily detected by a 
 galvanic circle. 
 
 2. Lead is occasionally found, in sufficient 
 quantity to be injurious to health, in water that 
 has passed through leaden pipes, or been kept 
 in leaden vessels, and sometimes even in pump 
 water, in consequence of that metal having been 
 used in the construction of the pump. Acetate 
 of lead has also been known to be fraudulently 
 added to bad wines. 
 
 Lead may be discovered by adding to a por- 
 tion of the suspected water about half its bulk 
 of water impregnated with sulphureted hydro- 
 gen gas. If lead be present, it will be mani- 
 fested by a dark brown or blackish tinge. This 
 test is so delicate, that water condensed by the 
 leaden worm of a still-tub is sensibly affected 
 by it. Lead is also detected by a similar effect 
 ensuing on the addition of sulphuret of ammo- 
 nia, or potash. A solution of chromate of pot- 
 ash produces a yellow precipitate, as does also 
 iodide of potassium. 
 
 517 
 
POI 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 As general preparatives to the treatment of 
 poisoning, it is a good rule to administer muci- 
 laginous or oily draughts, and use the stomach- 
 pump or emetics ; if, however, we know at first 
 the particular poison, its antidotes are to be used 
 
 Antidotes are of two kinds. One kind takes 
 away the deleterious qualities of the poison be- 
 fore it comes within its sphere of action, by al- 
 tering its chemical nature. The other controls 
 its poisonous action after it has begun, by ex- 
 citing a contrary action in the system. In the 
 early ages of medicine almost all antidotes were 
 believed to be of the latter description, but, in 
 fact, very few of the kind are known. 
 
 In the instance of external poisoning, the 
 main object of the practitioner is to prevent the 
 poison from entering the blood, or to remove it 
 from the local vessels which it has entered. 
 
 One mode, which has been known to the pro- 
 fession from early times, and, after being long 
 in disuse, was lately revived by Dr. Barry, and 
 applied with success to man, is the application 
 of cupping-glasses to the part where the poison 
 has been introduced. This method may act in 
 various ways. It certainly prevents the farther 
 absorption of the poison by suspending for a 
 time the absorbing power of the vessels of the 
 part covered by the cup. It also sucks the 
 blood out of the wound, and, consequently, 
 washes the poison away with it. But possibly 
 it likewise compresses the nerves around, and 
 prevents the impression made by the poison on 
 their sentient extremities from being transmit- 
 ted along their filaments. 
 
 Another mode is by the application of a lig- 
 ature between the injured part and the trunk, 
 so as to check the circulation. This is a very 
 ancient practice in the case of poisoned wounds, 
 and is known even to savages. But as usually 
 practiced it is only a temporary cure. As soon 
 as the ligature is removed the effects of the 
 poison begin. It may be employed, however, 
 for many kinds of poisoning through wounds, 
 so as to effect a radical cure. We have seen 
 that most poisons of the organic kingdom are 
 in no long time either thrown off by the system 
 or decomposed in the blood; hence, if the 
 quantity given has not been too large, recovery 
 will take place. Now, by means of a ligature, 
 which is removed for a short time at moderately 
 distant intervals, a poison, which has been in- 
 troduced into a wound beyond the reach of ex- 
 traction, may be gradually admitted into the 
 system in successive quantities, each too small 
 to cause death or serious mischief, and be thus, 
 in the end, entirely removed and destroyed. 
 Such is a practical application which may be 
 made of some ingenious experiments performed 
 not long ago by M. Bouillaud with strychnia, 
 the poisonous principle of mix vomica. 
 
 The last mode to be mentioned is by a com- 
 bination of. the ligature with venesection, de- 
 duced by M. Verniere from his experimental 
 researches. Suppose a fatal dose of extract of 
 nux vomica has been thrust into the paw of a 
 dog : M. Verniere applies a tight ligature round 
 the limb, next injects slowly as much warm 
 water into the jugular vein as the animal can 
 safely bear, and then slackens the ligature. 
 518 
 
 POI 
 
 The state of venous plethora thus induced com- 
 pletely suspends absorption. The ligature is 
 next tied so as to compress the veins without 
 compressing the arteries of the limb, and a vein 
 is opened between the wound and the ligature 
 in such a situation that the blood which flows 
 out must previously pass through, or at least 
 near, the poisonous wound. When a moderate 
 quantity has been withdrawn, the ligature may 
 be removed with safety ; and the extraction of 
 the poison may be farther proved by the blood 
 that has been drawn being injected into the 
 veins of another animal, for rapid death by te- 
 tanus will be the result. It is not improbable 
 that in this plan the preliminary production of 
 venous plethora may be dispensed with, and 
 then the treatment may be easily and safely ap- 
 plied to the human subject. 
 
 The following is a brief sketch of the treat- 
 ment in cases of the effects of some of the prin- 
 cipal poisons. 
 
 Arsenic. — For the treatment of poisoning by 
 arsenic, see Arsenious acid. 
 
 Bismuth. — No specific antidote is known for 
 the oxide or for the subnitrate of this metal. 
 Milk and mucilaginous diluents should be given 
 along with purgatives. 
 
 Salts of Copper. — The sulphurets of the al 
 kalies, sugar, and albumen have all gained rep 
 utation as antidotes to these poisons ; the alka- 
 line sulphurets are now entirely disregarded ; 
 albumen and sugar have each been made the 
 subject of recent experiments, and both appear 
 to be of some utility, though neither have any 
 claim to rank as specifics. 
 
 Emetic Tartar. See Antimonium tartariza- 
 tum. 
 
 Preparations of Lead,. — The antidote to these 
 is Epsom or Glauber's salts, the acid of which 
 forms an insoluble and harmless sulphate. 
 
 Preparations of Mercury. — The only one of 
 these much known as a poison is the corrosive 
 sublimate. Its antidote is albumen : as soon, 
 therefore, as it is known to have been swallow- 
 ed, the white of eggs should be given, mixed 
 with water, every two or three minutes. If 
 eggs can not be obtained, large draughts of 
 milk may be useful as a substitute. Inflamma- 
 tion is to be combated by the ordinary means, 
 as also the ptyalism occasioned by this in com- 
 mon with the other preparations of mercury. 
 
 Preparations of Silver. — Of these the nitrate 
 only requires to be noticed. It is decomposed 
 by muriate of soda. A table-spoonfull of com- 
 mon salt may be dissolved in a pint of water, 
 and a wine-glassfull given every five minutes. 
 This may be followed by mucilaginous drinks. 
 
 Preparations of Tin. — These are decomposed 
 by all vegetable infusions and animal fluids. 
 Milk is as good an antidote as any. 
 
 Zinc. — The sulphate of zinc, or white vitriol, 
 will generally prove an antidote to itself, being 
 one of the most powerful emetics known. The 
 vomiting should be encouraged by diluents, and 
 any bad consequences that may ensue treated 
 on ordinary principles. 
 
 Little is known of the effects of the oxide; 
 it is, however, poisonous. 
 
 The Mineral Acids. — When the sulphuric, nit- 
 ric, or muriatic acid has been swallowed, cal- 
 
P 01 
 
 cined magnesia, mixed with water, should be 
 immediately administered ; or, if this be not at 
 hand, chalk or soap, which can always be pro- 
 cured in one form or another, may be substitu- 
 ted for it. Neither chalk nor the alkaline car- 
 bonates are to be preferred, on account of the 
 great extrication of gas occasioned by their de- 
 composition, but may be given in the absence 
 of the more appropriate antidote. Bland dilu- 
 ents are to be used when the acid is neutralized. 
 Inflammation is to be obviated by the ordinary 
 means. 
 
 Oxalic Acid. — The antidote for this is cal- 
 cined magnesia or chalk, which give rise to the 
 formation of insoluble salts. Alkalies are better 
 than useless, but they form with it soluble salts, 
 which are themselves irritant poisons, though in 
 a less degree than the acid. 
 
 Hydrocyanic Acid. — In any considerable dose 
 this is almost immediately fatal. The exhibi- 
 tion of strong stimuli, as ammonia, &c, cold 
 affusion, bleeding from the jugular vein, and a 
 mixture of cai-bonate of potash and the proto 
 and per sulphate of iron. See Hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 Alkalies and their Carbonates. — These are 
 best neutralized by vinegar. 
 
 Nitre. — Mucilaginous diluents and opium are 
 most serviceable : bleeding may also be re- 
 quired. 
 
 Lime. — For this also the best antidote is vin- 
 egar. 
 
 Baryta and its Salts. — Sulphate of magnesia 
 causes the formation of an insoluble sulphate, 
 and should therefore be given largely diluted 
 with water. 
 
 Muriate of Ammonia. — Vomiting is to be en- 
 couraged by large draughts of warm water, and 
 inflammatory or nervous symptoms to be treat- 
 ed in the ordinary way. 
 
 Phosphorus. — No antidote is known for this. 
 Large draughts of water or demulcents are nat- 
 urally indicated, and emetics. 
 
 Alcohol. — The effects of excessive intoxication 
 from alcoholic liquors are best counteracted by 
 the immediate use of a strong emetic, as the 
 sulphate of zinc or copper, and the stomach- 
 pump. Vomiting should be encouraged by 
 draughts of warm water, and the intestines 
 stimulated by saline enemata. Should there 
 appear to be great determination of blood to 
 the head, venesection, and the application of 
 cold to the head, are indicated. 
 
 Acrid vegetable Poisons. — For these we have 
 no specific antidotes. The same general treat- 
 ment is applicable in all cases of poisoning by 
 acrid vegetable substances. If the poison has 
 occasioned vomiting, it is to be encouraged by 
 large draughts of warm water ; and if the sen- 
 sibility of the stomach has been overpowered, 
 vomiting is to be excited by the sulphate of 
 zinc or other active emetic, or the stomach- 
 pump is to be used, and the intestines stimula- 
 ted by purgatives which are not of an acrid 
 character. Inflammation of particular textures 
 is to be treated on the usual principles. 
 
 Narcotic and narcotico-acrid vegetable Poisons. 
 — The first indication is to evacuate the stom- 
 ach. When the poison is evacuated, a strong 
 infusion of coffee or vinegar, diluted with water, 
 may be given with advantage. Determination 
 
 POL 
 
 of blood to the head, and inflammation of par- 
 ticular textures, are to be obviated by the usual 
 means, but with due reference to the depressed 
 state of the nervous power. If the surface be- 
 come cold, friction, and the application of 
 warmth, are indicated, and the internal use of 
 ammonia may sometimes be useful. 
 
 Poison of Fish. — The symptoms arising from 
 eating poisonous fish are so anomalous and 
 variable that general rules for their treatment 
 can hardly be given, and the practitioner is 
 thrown on his individual judgment in each par- 
 ticular case ; vomiting and purging, and dilu- 
 ents, are indicated to get rid of the offending 
 matter, and weak alkaline solutions have been 
 thought useful. Spasm is to be allayed by opi- 
 um, and inflammation by the ordinaiy means. 
 
 Cantharides. — Sweet oil should be given in 
 large quantity to excite vomiting, and linseed 
 tea or milk as a demulcent. Emollient ene- 
 mata are to be administered. Inflammation of 
 the intestinal canal or urinary passages is to be 
 treated on ordinaiy principles. 
 
 Bite of venomous Serpents. — The first indica- 
 tion is to prevent the absorption of the poison, 
 which is fulfilled by the instantaneous applica- 
 tion of a tight ligature above the wound. The 
 bitten part is then to be cut out, or destroyed 
 by caustic. The application of a dry cupping- 
 glass may suspend the absorption of the poison ; 
 but such an apparatus is seldom at hand, under 
 circumstances in which persons are liable to be 
 bitten by serpents, and it also requires to be 
 removed before the knife or caustic can be ap- 
 plied to the part ; the ligature is, therefore, 
 every way preferable. Immediately sucking 
 the wound is an efficacious mode of extracting 
 at least some of the poison, and it may be done 
 with impunity if the cuticle of the lips and 
 lining membrane of the mouth be every where 
 entire. The second indication is to support the 
 system against the effect of the virus, if absorb- 
 ed : this is to be attempted by the use of pow- 
 erful stimulants, especially ammonia combined 
 with diaphoretics. The Tanjore pill, so cele- 
 brated in India as an antidote to the bites of 
 serpents, is said to consist of arsenic, pepper, 
 mercury, and the juice of the Asclepias gigantea. 
 The inflammation of the surrounding parts, 
 which follows the bite of some serpents, is of 
 the unhealthy kind, tending to gangrene, and 
 is to be treated accordingly. 
 
 Venomous Insects. — Hartshorn and oil may 
 be gently rubbed on the injured part; and if 
 much inflammation ensue, an emollient poultice 
 may be applied. 
 
 See, also, the particular substances for their 
 therapeutical action and antidotes. 
 
 Poison berry. The melia azedarac. 
 
 Poison fangs. The hollow teeth in the up- 
 per jaws of vipers, rattlesnakes, &c, through 
 which the poison is discharged into the wounds 
 they make. Only such snakes as have poison 
 fangs are venomous. 
 
 Poison nut. Stiychnos nux vomica. 
 
 Poison oak. Rhus toxicodendron. 
 
 Poison vine. Rhus radicans. 
 
 Poke-berry. P. weed. Phytolacca decandra. 
 
 Polar. Having reference to poles or polar- 
 ity. 
 
 519 
 
POL 
 
 POLA'RITY. That property of bodies in 
 consequence of which, when free, they arrange 
 themselves in certain determinate directions, as 
 in the case of the magnetic needle. 
 
 Polariz a'tion . The state of a body or agent 
 which exhibits polarity. Thus light, heat, &c, 
 are susceptible of polarization. 
 Polarized light. See Light. 
 
 POLEMO'NIUM. {urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Polemoni- 
 acece. — P. cceruleum. Greek valerian, or Ja- 
 cob's ladder. The root is astringent. 
 
 Polenta. A farinaceous food. 
 
 POLES. In Geometry, the extremities of 
 the axis of rotation of a sphere or spheroid. 
 Hence, in Chemistry, we speak of the poles of 
 atoms in the phenomena of cohesion and affin- 
 ity, denoting thereby the points on their surfaces 
 where union occurs under these and other for- 
 ces. In Electricity and Galvanism, the poles 
 are the points or parts which develop the phe- 
 nomena of attraction and repulsion. These 
 are termed the north and south, or austral and 
 boreal poles, in the magnet. In the galvanic 
 circle or battery, the poles or discharging wires 
 are termed respectively the negative or positive 
 pole, or the anode and cathode. 
 
 Poley-mountain. Teucrium montanum. 
 
 Polia'ter. A physician authorized to prac- 
 tice in a town. — Castelli. 
 
 POLICE, MEDICAL. All that relates to 
 the preservation of health in towns, and during 
 epidemics. The questions of quarantine, the 
 establishment of sanatory coi'dons, the registra- 
 tion of births and deaths, belong to this depart- 
 ment of medicine. 
 
 POLIO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from iroloc, candi- 
 dus, white or hoary.) A disease of the hairs, 
 in which they are prematurely gray or hoary. 
 
 Polium creticum. Teucrium creticum. 
 
 Polium montanum. Teucrium montanum. 
 
 Pollack. Gadus pollacius. 
 
 PO'LLEN. The fertilizing powder which 
 adheres to the anthers of the flowers of plants, 
 and is thrown out chiefly in warm, dry weather. 
 
 Pollen tube. Theboyau, or delicate tubu- 
 lar extension of the pollen grain after it reaches 
 the surface of the stigma. The tube passes 
 down the lax tissue of the stigma to the ovule, 
 and conveys thereto the fovilla, or internal fluid 
 of the granule. 
 
 Po'llenin. A peculiar substance, insoluble, 
 and extremely combustible, obtained from the 
 pollen of tulips. 
 
 Po'llex. The thumb, or great toe. 
 
 POLLUTION. Pollutio. In Medicine, the 
 involuntary emission of semen at night during 
 sleep. This may be the result of a plethoric 
 state of the organs of generation, or a want of 
 tone arising from excess of venery, or masturba- 
 tion, and is to be treated according to the cause. 
 
 Pollution, self. Masturbation. 
 
 POLY-. (From tvoIvc, many.) A prefix 
 signifying fullness ; a large number. 
 
 POLYADE'LPHIA. Polydelphous. (From 
 iroTiVc, many, and ade?i<j>oc, a brother.) Plants 
 with hermaphrodite flowers, in which several 
 stamina are united by their filaments into three 
 or more distinct bundles. 
 
 Poly^'mia. Plethora. 
 520 
 
 POL 
 
 POLYA'NDRIA. Polyandrous. (From 
 rrolvc, many, and avnp, a husband.) Plants 
 with hermaphrodite flowers, furnished with 
 several stamina, that are inserted into the com- 
 mon receptacle of the flower. 
 Polycho'lia. Excess of bile. 
 Polychre'stus. Polychrest. Having many 
 virtues or uses. 
 
 Po 
 ffon. 
 
 POLYCHRO'ME. A crystalline body found 
 in quassia and some other vegetables, which 
 imparts to water a singular opaline play of 
 colors. Its formula is Ci 6 H 8 Oci,HO. 
 
 Polyda'ctylus. Having a supernumerary 
 finger or toe. 
 
 POLYDIPSIA, (a, <z, f. ; from nokvq, much, 
 and Slip?], thirst.) Excessive thirst. It is most- 
 ly symptomatic of fever, dropsy, excessive dis- 
 charges, or poisons. 
 
 POLY'GALA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Diadelphia. Octandria. Polygalece. 
 — P. amara. A bitter plant. Its virtues are 
 balsamic, demulcent, and corroborant. — P. ru- 
 bella (U. S.) is very similar. — P. senega. The 
 rattlesnake milkwort. SeneJca. The root of 
 this plant was formerly much esteemed as a 
 specific against the poison of the rattlesnake, 
 and as an antiphlogistic in pleurisy, pneumonia, 
 &c. It is expectorant and diuretic. Its dose 
 is from ten to thirty grains.- — P. virginiana. 
 See Poly gala senega. — P. vulgaris. Common 
 milkwort. The root of this plant is somewhat 
 similar in taste to that of the seneka, but much 
 weaker. 
 
 POLYGA'LEjE. The milkwort tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Shrubs or herbaceous 
 plants with leaves generally alternate ; flowers, 
 polypetalous, unsymmetrical ; stamens, hypogyn- 
 ous ; ovarium, two-celled ; fruit, dehiscent. 
 
 Poly'galic acid. An acrid acid found in the 
 Polygala senega, and other species. It is the 
 active principle, and is soluble in water. Form- 
 ula, C 2 2H 18 Oii. 
 
 Poly'galine. Polygalic acid. 
 
 POLYGA'MIA. Polygamous. (From nolvc, 
 many, and ya/uoc, a marriage.) A class of 
 plants, consisting of plants having hermaphro- 
 dite flowers, and likewise male and female 
 flowers, or both. The orders of this division 
 are Monoscia, Diascia, and Triacia. 
 
 Polyga'strica. A class of infusorial animal- 
 cules, having many alimentary pouches. 
 
 POLYGO^NACEjE. The buckwheat tribe 
 of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants 
 with leaves alternate ; flowers, occasionally uni- 
 sexual ; stamens, definite ; ovarium, superior j 
 seed, with farinaceous albumen. 
 
 Polygo'natum. Convallaria. 
 
 POLYGONUM, (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Octandria. Trigynia. Polygonacece. 
 — P. aviculare. The knot-grass. This plant 
 is said to be useful in stopping hemorrhages, 
 diarrhoeas, &c. — P. bacci'ferum. A species of 
 equisetum. — P. bistorta. The officinal bistort. 
 Bistorta. Every part manifests a degree of styp- 
 tic action on the* taste, and the root is a pow- 
 erful astringent. The common dose of bistort 
 root, in substance, is fifteen or twenty grains ; in 
 urgent cases it is extended to a drachm. Its 
 
POL 
 
 astringent matter is totally dissolved both by 
 water and rectified spirits. — P. divaricatum. 
 The Eastern buckwheat plant. The roots, re- 
 duced to a coarse meal, are an ordinary food of 
 the Siberians. — P. fago'pyrum. The buck- 
 wheat. — P. hydro'piper. Poor-man's pepper, 
 biting arsesmart, lake-weed, and water pepper. 
 Hydropiper. The leaves have an acrid, burn- 
 ing taste. They have been recommended as 
 possessing antiseptic, aperient, diuretic virtues ; 
 and given in scurvies and cachexies, asthmas, 
 hypochondriacal and nephritic complaints, and 
 wandering gout. The first leaves have been 
 applied externally, as a stimulating cataplasm. 
 — P. latifolium. Polygonum aviculare. — P. 
 mas. Polygonum aviculare. — P. minus. Her- 
 niaria glabra. — P. persica?ia. Persicaria. This 
 plant is said to possess vulnerary and antiseptic 
 properties ; with which intentions it is given in 
 wine to restrain the progress of gangrene. 
 
 POLYME'RIC. (From Tro/ivg, /uepoc, a part.) 
 A name given to a compound in which the ratio 
 of the elements is the same with another body, 
 but the number of atoms is greater. 
 
 Polymeri'smus. An excess in the organs or 
 parts of the body. 
 
 Polyo'psia. A defect of vision, in which a 
 person sees more objects than are present. 
 
 Polyperia. Congenital misconstruction. — 
 Good. 
 
 Polyp e'talous. Polypetalus. Many-pe- 
 taled. 
 
 Polyphagia. Pica. 
 
 Polyphy'llous. Polyphyllus. Many-leaved. 
 Pol ypla'stic Passing through several 
 changes of form. 
 
 POLYPO'DIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 ferns. — P. aculeatum. Spear-pointed fern. — P. 
 calagnala. The root Radix calagualce has been 
 exhibited internally, with success, in dropsy; 
 and it is said to be efficacious in pleurisy, con- 
 tusions, abscesses, &c. — P. filix mas. Aspid- 
 ium filix mas. — P. quercinum. Polypodium 
 vulgare. — P. vulgare. Polypody of the oak. 
 The root has a sweetish taste : a decoction of 
 it was formerly used as a purgative. 
 Polypody, male. Aspidium filix mas. 
 Polypody of the oak. Polypodium vul- 
 gare. 
 Polypo'id. Like a polypus. 
 Polypodia. Great thirst. 
 PO'LYPUS. (7/5, i, m.) 1. A genus of 
 zoophytes. 2. A tumor, most commonly met 
 with in the nose, uterus, or vagina, but also ex- 
 isting in the pharynx, liver, and other organs. 
 It assaults the mucous membranes chiefly, is 
 more or less pyriform in figure, and suspended 
 from a stalk. 
 
 Polypi vary from each other, according to the 
 different causes that produce them, and the 
 alterations that happen in them ; they may be 
 mucous, soft, fleshy, scirrhous, or cancerous. 
 
 The polypus of the uterus is of three kinds 
 in respect to situation: it either grows from 
 the fundus, the inside of the cervix, or from the 
 lower edge of the os uteri. The first case is 
 the most frequent, the last most uncommon. 
 Polypi of the uterus are shaped like a pear, 
 and have a thin pedicle. They are almost in- 
 variably of that species which is denominated 
 
 POM 
 
 fleshy or membranous, hardly ever being scir- 
 rhous, cancerous, or ulcerated. These tumors, 
 if they resist the action of astringents, are to be 
 removed by the knife, ligature, or caustic. 
 
 3. The coagulated substance which is found 
 in the cavities of the heart of those who are 
 some time in articulo mortis, is improperly 
 called a polypus. 
 
 Polypus bronchialis. A membranous se- 
 cretion thrown off from the bronchial tubes, 
 and produced by inflammation. 
 
 POLYSA'RCIA. {a, ce, f.; from rcoTive, much, 
 and oap<;, flesh.) Troublesome corpulency, 
 obesity, or fatness. 
 
 Polyse'palous. Having many sepals. 
 
 Polysoma'tia. Corpulency. 
 
 Polyspa'stum. A forcible instrument for 
 reducing luxations. 
 
 Polyspe'rmous. Polyspermus. Having many 
 seeds. 
 
 POLY'STOMA. {a, atos, n. ; from nolvc, 
 many, and arop.a, a mouth.) A genus of worms. 
 — P. pinguicula. This species has been found 
 by Treutler in a fatty tumor covering the ovary 
 of a female. 
 
 POLY'TRICHUM. (um,i,n.) Polytrycon. 
 A genus of mosses. — P. commune. The golden 
 maidenhair. It possesses, in an inferior degree, 
 astringent virtues. 
 
 POLYTRO'PHIA. (From ttoIvc, and rpecjiu, 
 to nourish.) Excessive nutrition of an organ or 
 part, whereby it acquires a state of hypertrophy. 
 
 Polyu'ria. Polyure'sis. Diabetes. 
 
 POMA'CEiE. The apple tribe of dicotyle- 
 donous plants. A subdivision of rosacea?. Trees 
 or shrubs with leaves alternate ; flowers, polypet- 
 alous ; stamens, perigynous ; fruit, a pomum, 
 one to five celled. 
 
 Poma'ceum. Cider. 
 
 Poma'mbra. Pomum ambrce. An odoriferous 
 ball made of ambergris, musk, civet, aromutics, 
 &c. It was used by emb aimers to put into the 
 orbits, after taking out the eyes. 
 
 Poma'tum. A fragrant ointment. 
 
 Pomegranate. Punica granatum. 
 
 Pommade d'Alyon. Unguentum acidi nitrici. 
 
 Pommade d'Autenrieth. Tartar emetic oint- 
 ment, made with 3J. of tartar emetic to 3vij. of 
 lard. A severe vesicant. 
 
 Pommade de gondret. Vesicating pomatum 
 of ammonia. Take of lard, 3vj.; almond oil, 
 3ij. ; suet, 3ij. Melt together, and, while hot, 
 pour into a phial, and add of liq. ammonia, 3xij., 
 and shake together. This produces blistering 
 in four or five minutes. 
 
 PO'MPHOLYX. (yx, ygis, f. ; from tto/iooc, 
 a bladder.) I. A small vesicle or bubble. II. 
 A cutaneous disease described by Dr. Willan as 
 an eruption of bulla?, appearing without any in- 
 flammation round them, and without fever, and 
 therefore differing most materially from the 
 pemphigus described by nosologists. There are 
 three varieties: 
 
 1. Pompholyx benignus exhibits a succession 
 of transparent bullae, about the size of a pea, or 
 sometimes of a hazel-nut, which break in three 
 or four days, discharge their lymph, and soon 
 heal. They appear chiefly on the face, neck, 
 and extremities ; and occur in boys in hot 
 
 ition, 
 521 
 
POP 
 
 POE 
 
 young persons of irritable habit from eating 
 acrid vegetable substances, or from swallowing 
 a few grains of mercury. 
 
 2. Pompholyx diuthms is a tedious and pain- 
 ful disorder, and is usually preceded for some 
 weeks by languor and lassitude, headache, sick- 
 ness, and pains in the limbs. Numerous red 
 pimple-like elevations of the cuticle appear, 
 with a sensation of tingling, which are presently 
 raised into transparent vesications, that become 
 as large as a pea within twenty-four hours, and 
 if not broken, afterward attain the size of a wal- 
 nut. If they are rubbed off prematurely, the 
 excoriated surface is sore and inflamed, and does 
 not readily heal. The bullae continue to arise 
 in succession on different parts of the body, and 
 even reappear on the parts first affected, in 
 some cases for several weeks. It chiefly attacks 
 aged and debilitated persons, and is to be treated 
 by bathing, tonics, cordials, and diuretics. It 
 is also symptomatic in some fevers. 
 
 3. Pompholyx solitarius is a rare form of the 
 disease, which seems to affect only women. 
 One large vesication appears usually in the 
 night, after a sensation of tingling in the skin, 
 and rapidly distends itself, so as to contain some- 
 times a tea-cupfull of lymph : within forty-eight 
 hours it breaks, discharging its fluid, and leaving 
 a superficial ulceration. Near this another bulla 
 arises in a day or two, &c. Cinchona internally, 
 and linseed poultices, followed by light dress- 
 ings to the sores externally, were employed with 
 advantage in three cases seen by Dr. Willan. 
 III. The oxide of zinc. 
 
 Po'mphos. A bladder of air or watery fluid. 
 
 PO'MUM. (urn, i, n.) 1. An apple. 2. A 
 fleshy pericarpium, containing a capsule within 
 it, with several seeds; a fruit resembling an 
 apple. 
 
 Pomum Adami. Adam's apple. The pro- 
 tuberance in the anterior part of the neck, 
 formed by the fore part of the thyroid gland. 
 
 Pomum amoris. Solanum lycopersicum. 
 
 PONDE'RABLE. (From pondus, weight.) 
 That which possesses weight, as distinguished 
 from imponderable matter, such as light, heat, 
 and electricity. 
 
 Pondo. A pound weight. 
 
 PO'NS. (s, Us, m.) A bridge. 
 
 Pons hepatis. The lobulus anonymus of 
 the liver. 
 
 Pons tarini. A layer of grayish substance, 
 connected on either side with the crura cerebri, 
 and forming the locus perforatus of the floor of 
 the third ventricle. 
 
 Pons yaro'lii. Varolius's bridge. An em- 
 inence of the medulla oblongata, the tuber an- 
 nulare : called pons from its arched appearance. 
 See Encephalos. 
 
 Pontic um mel. A poisonous kind of honey. 
 
 Poor-man's pepper. Polygonum hydropiper. 
 
 Poplar. See Populus. 
 
 Poplar, American. The liriodendron tuli- 
 piferum. 
 
 PO'PLES. (es, itis, m.) The ham, or back 
 part of the knee joint. 
 
 Poplite'al. Popliteus. Appertaining to the 
 ham. 
 
 Popliteal aneurism. Aneurism in the ham. 
 See Aneurism. 
 522 
 
 Popliteal artery. Arteria poplitea. The 
 continuation of the crural artery through the 
 hollow of the ham. 
 
 Popliteal nerves. The two branches into 
 which the sciatic divides in the popliteal space. 
 
 POPLITE'US. A small muscle which rises 
 from the external condyle of the femur and 
 back part of the capsular ligament of the knee 
 joint, and is inserted into the ridge at the up- 
 per and inner part of the tibia, a little below 
 the head. The use of the popliteus is to assist 
 in bending the leg, and to rotate it inward when 
 bent; also, to prevent the capsular ligament 
 from being pinched in the motions of the knee 
 joint. 
 
 Poppy. See Papaver. 
 
 Poppy, horned. Argemone. 
 
 Poppy, red corn. Papaver rhceas. 
 
 Poppy, white. Papaver somniferum. 
 
 POPU'LINE. A silky, light, perfectly white 
 crystalline principle, obtained from the bark 
 and leaves of the Populus tremula. It is not 
 known to contain nitrogen, but appears to play 
 the part of an alkaloid, being dissolved by acids 
 and precipitated by alkalies. It has a bitter 
 and sweetish taste ; melts, when heated, into a 
 colorless fluid, and is very little soluble even 
 in hot alcohol. It is supposed to be allied to 
 salicine, which exists with it in the bark of the 
 aspen. The febrifuge properties of the aspen 
 are supposed to depend upon this principle. 
 
 PO'PULUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The Populus ni- 
 gra. 2. A genus of trees. Dioecia. Octan- 
 dria. Amentacece. — P. balsamifera. One of 
 the trees supposed to produce tacamahaca. — 
 P. nigra. The black poplar. The young 
 buds were formerly employed in an officinal 
 ointment. They have a yellow, unctuous, 
 odorous, balsamic juice. — P. tremula, the Eu- 
 ropean aspen, and P. tremuloides, the American 
 aspen. The properties of these are similar: 
 the bark is febrifuge and tonic, and has been 
 used with advantage in the form of decoction 
 in agues. Braconnot has found an alkaloid in 
 the bark of the aspen, which he names Populine. 
 
 Porca'te. Grooved; a surface which has 
 many parallel ridges running across it. 
 
 Porce'lain. Decomposed feldspar, of which 
 fine ware is made. Porcelain capsules and 
 vessels are highly esteemed by chemists, from 
 their capacity to resist a high temperature. 
 
 Porcela'inous. Having the gloss and hard- 
 ness of porcelain. 
 
 PORCE'LLIO. A genus of apterous insects, 
 or, more properly, of isopodous annelides. — P. 
 scaber. Sclater. The same virtues have been 
 ascribed to it as to millepedes. 
 
 Porcupine disease. Ichthyosis. 
 
 Po'rcus. A hog. Sus scrofa. 
 
 PORE. (Porus, i, m.) A passage. 1. The 
 minute opening of the exhalant and absorbent 
 vessels, whereby exhalation and absorption are 
 supposed to take place. 2. The capillaries and 
 intercellular passages are called pores. 
 
 Po'ri bilia'rii. The biliary pores or ducts 
 that receive the bile from the penicilli of the 
 liver, and convey it to the hepatic duct. See 
 Liver. 
 
 Poroce'le. A hard tumor of the scrotum. 
 
 Poro'mphalum. A hard tumor of the navel. 
 
P R 
 
 POR 
 
 t POROSITY. (From form, a passage.) The i 
 property of bodies whereby they transmit fluids 
 through their pores. 
 
 POROTIC. Poroticus. (From ivupoc, cal- 
 lus.) A medicine or other body having the 
 property of assisting the formation of. callus. 
 
 Porphyra. See Scorbutus. 
 
 PORPHYRA HEMORRHAGICA. Purpura ha3- 
 
 morrhagica. 
 
 Porphyro'xin. A new alkaloid, supposed 
 to exist in Bengal apium. 
 
 Porphyry. A hard granitic stone. 
 Porra'ceous. Of a green color, like a leek. 
 Pokrect. Extending. 
 Porret. Allium porrum. 
 PORRI'GO. (o, onis, f. ; a porrigendo : 
 from its spreading abroad.) Ring- worm of the 
 gcalp. Scald head. A genus of disease in Dr. 
 Willan's arrangement, which is contagious, and 
 principally characterized by an eruption of the 
 pustules called fnvi and ackores, unaccompa- 
 nied by fever. The species are, 
 
 1. Porrigo larvalis. Crusta lactea. This 
 is almost exclusively a disease of infancy. It 
 commonly appears first on the forehead and 
 cheeks, in an eruption of numerous minute and 
 whitish achorous pustules, which are crowded 
 together upon a red surface. These soon break, 
 and discharge a viscid fluid, which concretes 
 into thin yellowish scabs. As the pustular 
 patches spread, the discharge is renewed, and 
 continues also from beneath the scabs, increas- 
 ing their thickness and extent, until the fore- 
 head, cheeks, and even the whole face, become 
 enveloped as by a mask, whence the epithet 
 larvalis, the eyelids and nose alone remaining 
 exempt from the incrustation. When the scab 
 ultimately falls off and ceases to be renewed, 
 a red, elevated, and tender cuticle, marked 
 with deep lines, and exfoliating several times, 
 is left behind; differing from that which suc- 
 ceeds to impetigo, inasmuch as it does not 
 crack into deep fissures. The eruption is 
 sometimes extended to the neck and breast, 
 but it is most commonly unaccompanied with 
 constitutional disturbance, subsiding without ill 
 effects. The irritation, however, may, in weak- 
 ly children, produce a cachectic state, ending 
 in hectic. The treatment, in the early stage, 
 consists in ablutions to the surface and gentle 
 laxatives, with alterative doses of calomel. A 
 mild astringent ointment may be used as the 
 discharge ceases; and when it has passed away, 
 a diluted ointment of nitrate of mercury to gen- 
 tly stimulate the skin. Chalybeates and bark 
 will be found useful to restore the child's 
 health, and avert a second attack. The hy- 
 drargyrum cum creta and preparations of sul- 
 phur are great favorites in the treatment of this 
 disease. 
 
 2. Porrigo furfurans. In this form of the 
 disease, which commences with the eruption 
 of small achores, the discharge from the pus- 
 tules is small in quantity, and the excoriation 
 slight : the humor, therefore, soon concretes, 
 and separates in innumerable thin laminated 
 scabs, or scale-like exfoliations. At irregular 
 periods, the pustules reappear, and the dis- 
 charge being renewed, the eruption becomes 
 moist ; but it soon dries again, and exfoliates. 
 
 It is attended with a good deal of itching, and 
 some soreness of the scalp, to which the dis- 
 ease is confined ; and the hair, which partially 
 falls off, becomes then less strong in its texture, 
 and sometimes lighter in its color. Occasion- 
 ally the glands of the neck are swelled and 
 painful. This affection attacks adult females 
 chiefly, and is not to be mistaken for lepra, 
 psoriasis, or pityriasis, in which there is no dis- 
 charge. ■ In the treatment, it is useful to shave 
 the head, and apply, during the inflammatory 
 stage, ointment of zinc or acetate of lead, with 
 frequent ablutions; but hi the inactive state, 
 stimulating ointments, containing nitrate of 
 mercury, the nitric oxide, tar, creasote, sulphur, 
 or the ointment of nitric acid, will be found 
 severally useful in different cases. 
 
 3. Porrigo lupixosa is characterized by the 
 formation of dry, circular scabs, of a yellowish- 
 white color, set deeply in the skin, with elevated 
 edges, and a central indentation or depression, 
 sometimes containing a white, scaly powder, 
 and resembling, on the whole, the seeds of lu- 
 pines. . These scabs are formed upon small 
 separate clusters of achores, by the concretion 
 of the fluid which exudes when they break; and 
 they acquire, when seated on the scalp, the size 
 of a sixpence. Frequently there is also a thin, 
 white incrustation, covering the intervening 
 parts of the scalp, which commonly exfoliates ; 
 but, if allowed to accumulate throngh inatten- 
 tion to cleanliness, it forms an elevated crusta- 
 ceous cap. The disease, however, is not exclu- 
 sively confined to the head, but sometimes ap- 
 pears on the extremities, where the little white 
 and indented scabs do not exceed two lines in 
 diameter. This variety of porrigo is liable to 
 increase much if neglected, and is usually tedi- 
 ous and of long duration. 
 
 The use of soap and water, or a weak solu- 
 tion of potash or muriatic acid, will be necessary 
 in removing the scabs. When this is effected, 
 the application of an ointment, containing the 
 powder of cocculus indicus (31J. to |j. of lard), 
 is found very serviceable ; this may be followed 
 by the stimulating ointments mentioned under 
 the previous species. 
 
 4. Porrigo scutulata, ringworm of the scalp. 
 It appears in distinct and even distant patches, 
 of an irregular circular figure, upon the scalp, 
 forehead, and neck. It commences with clus- 
 ters of small, light yellow pustules, which soon 
 break, and form thin scabs over each patch, 
 which, if neglected, become thick and hard by 
 accumulation. If the scabs are removed, how- 
 ever, the surface of the patches is left red and 
 shining, but studded with slight, elevated points 
 or papula?, in some of which minute globules 
 of pus again appear in a few days. By these 
 repetitions of the eruption of achores, the in- 
 crustations become thicker, and the areas of 
 the patches extend, often becoming confluent, 
 if the progress of the disease be unimpeded, so 
 as to affect the whole head. As the patches 
 extend, the hair covering them becomes lighter 
 in its color, and sometimes breaks off short; and, 
 as the process of pustulation and scabbing is re- 
 peated, the roots of the hair are destroyed, and 
 at length there remains uninjured only a narrow 
 border of hair round the head. 
 
 523 
 
P OR 
 
 This very unmanageable form of porrigo gen- 
 erally occurs in children of three or four years 
 old and upward, and often continues for several 
 years. Whether the circles remain red, smooth, 
 and shining, or become dry and scurfy, the pros- 
 pect of a cure is still distant ; for the pustules 
 will return, and the ulceration and scabbing 
 will be repeated. It can only be considered as 
 about to terminate when the redness aud exfol- 
 iations disappear together, and the hair begins 
 to grow of its natural color and texture. 
 
 The disease originates in cachectic children, 
 especially where cleanliness is neglected, and 
 is, like the other species, communicated by con- 
 tact of the ichor. The treatment is to be con- 
 ducted on the same principles as in the P. fur- 
 fur cms, but it is much more intractable. In 
 the irritable state, sedatives and slightly astrin- 
 gent lotions and ointments, with frequent ab- 
 lution, are necessary. An ointment containing 
 calomel will be found very useful in producing 
 desiccation. In the inactive stage the stimula- 
 ting ointments are employed, and occasionally 
 a lotion of six to ten grains of nitrate of silver to 
 f. fj. of water, is extremely valuable. In ca- 
 chectic children internal medicines will be ne- 
 cessary, especially the vinum ferri. 
 
 5. Porrigo decalvans. This singular variety 
 of the disease presents no appearance whatever 
 except patches of simple baldness, of a more or 
 less circular form, on which not a single hair 
 remains, while that which surrounds the patches 
 is as thick as usual. The surface of the scalp 
 within these areae is smooth, shining, and re- 
 markably white. It is probable, though not 
 ascertained, that there may be an eruption of 
 minute achores about the roots of the hair in 
 the first instance, which are not permanent, and 
 do not discharge any fluid. The disease, how- 
 ever, has been seen to occur, in one or two 
 instances, in a large assemblage of children, 
 among whom the other forms of the porrigo 
 prevailed. But in other cases, and also in 
 adults, it has appeared where no communica- 
 tion could be traced or conjectured. The areae 
 gradually enlarge, and sometimes become con- 
 fluent, producing extensive baldness, in which 
 condition the scalp remains many weeks, espe- 
 cially if no curative measures are adopted. The 
 hair, which begins to grow, is of a softer texture 
 and lighter color than the rest; and in persons 
 beyond the middle age, it is gray. The only 
 treatment found of service in this obstinate af- 
 fection is shaving the head, and applying stim- 
 ulating liniments and ointments until the new 
 hair has a healthy appearance. 
 
 6. Porrigo favosa. This species of the 
 disorder consists of an eruption of the large, 
 soft, straw-colored pustules denominated favi. 
 These are not, in general, globular, with a regu- 
 larly circular margin, but somewhat flattened, 
 with an irregular edge, and surrounded by a 
 slight inflammation. They occur on all parts 
 of the body : sometimes on the scalp alone, and 
 sometimes on the face, or on the trunk and ex- 
 tremities only ; but most commonly they spread 
 from the scalp, especially from behind the ears 
 to the face, or from the lips and chin to the 
 scalp, and occasionally from the extremities to 
 the trunk and head. They are usually accom- 
 
 524 
 
 POR 
 
 panied with considerable itching. Children 
 from six months to four years o£ age are most 
 liable to this eruption ; but adults are not un- 
 frequently affected with it. The pustules, es- 
 pecially on the scalp, appear at first distinct, 
 though near together ; but on the face and ex- 
 tremities they generally rise in irregular clus- 
 ters, becoming confluent when broken, and dis- 
 charging a viscid matter, which gradually con- 
 cretes into greenish or yellowish semi-trans- 
 parent scabs. 
 
 The ulcerating blotches seldom continue long 
 or extend far before the lymphatic system ex- 
 hibits marks of irritation, probably from the 
 acrimony of the absorbed matter. When the 
 scalp or face is the seat of the disease, the glands 
 on the sides of the neck enlarge and harden, 
 being at first perceived like a chain of little tu- 
 mors lying loose under the skin; and the sub- 
 maxillary and parotid glands are often affected 
 in a similar manner. At length some of them 
 inflame, the skin becomes discolored, and they 
 suppurate slowly, and with much pain and irrita- 
 tion. The eruption, in these situations, is like- 
 wise very often accompanied by a discharge 
 from behind the ears, or from the ears them- 
 selves, with a tumid upper lip, and inflamma- 
 tion of the eyes, or obstinate ulcerations of the 
 edges of the eyelids. When the eruption ap- 
 pears on the trunk, although the pustules there 
 are smaller and less confluent, and the scabs 
 thinner and less permanent, the axillary glands 
 are liable to be affected in the same way. 
 
 The duration of this form of porrigo is very 
 uncertain ; but it is, on the whole, much more 
 manageable than the porrigo scutulata and de- 
 calvans. Young infants olten suffer severely 
 from the pain and irritation of the eruption, and 
 of the glandular affections which it induces ; 
 and those who are bred in large towns, and are 
 ill fed and nursed, are thus sometimes reduced 
 to a state of fetal marasmus. 
 
 The treatment is both internal and external ; 
 the former resembles that laid down for P. 
 larvalis, while the external is that recommend- 
 ed in P. decalvans. But change of air, exer- 
 cise, and a course of sulphur waters will be 
 found particularly useful. 
 
 Po ; rrum. Po'rrus. The leek. Allium por- 
 rum. 
 
 Port wine. See Vinum. 
 
 PO'RTA. (a, a, f. ; a door or gate : a por- 
 tando, because through it the blood is carried 
 to the liver.) 1. That part of the liver where 
 its vessels enter. 2. The vulva. 
 
 Port .a: vena. Portal vein. See Vena 
 portce. 
 
 Portaiguille. The French name for the 
 acutenaculum, a small pair of forceps to carry 
 a needle. 
 
 Portal blood. The blood of the portal 
 veins. It is of a darker color, less coagulable and 
 firm than ordinary venous blood. On analysis, 
 it is found to contain more fat, hsematin, and 
 haemaphaein, and less fibrin than venous blood. 
 Its circulation through the liver is principally 
 for the separation of the excess of the three first 
 substances, from which the bile is in a great 
 measure formed. 
 
 Portal circulation. The circulation of 
 
PO 
 
 POT 
 
 the venous blood derived from the abdominal 
 viscera through the liver. 
 
 Porter. A kind of beer made with dark 
 malt, molasses, &c. If of good quality, as the 
 London and Philadelphia porter, it is one of the 
 best stimulating tonics for convalescents and 
 cachectic persons that we possess; but the in- 
 ferior acid kinds, drugged with cocculus in- 
 dicus, are to be avoided. 
 
 PO'RTIO. (o, onis, f. ) A portion or branch : 
 applied to two nerves. 
 
 Portio dura. One branch of the seventh 
 pair of nerves is called portio dura, the hard 
 portion, from its being of a firm consistence ; 
 and the other the portio mollis, or soft portion, 
 from its softer consistence. The portio dura, or 
 facial nerve, arises near the pons, from the cms 
 of the brain, enters the petrous portion of the 
 temporal bone, gives off a branch into the tym- 
 panum, which is called the chorda tympani, and 
 then proceeds to form the pes anserinus on the 
 face, from which the integuments of the face 
 are supplied with nerves. See Auris. 
 
 Portio mollis. Auditoiy nerve. Acoustic 
 nerve. This nerve arises from the medulla ob- 
 longata and fourth ventricle of the brain, enters 
 the petrous portion of the temporal bone, and is 
 distributed on the internal ear by innumerable 
 branches, not only to the cochlea, but also to 
 the membrane lining the vestibulum and semi- 
 circular canals, and is the immediate organ of 
 hearing. See Auris. 
 
 Portland arrow-root. P. sago. Thefec- 
 ula of the arum maculatum. 
 
 Portland powder. An old and celebrated 
 gout remedy, consisting of equal parts of gen- 
 tian, birthwort, the tops and leaves of german- 
 der, ground-pine, and lesser centauiy, dried, 
 powdered, and sifted. It is now fallen into 
 disuse. 
 
 Portona'rium. The pylorus, or right orifice 
 of the stomach. Also, the duodenum. 
 
 PORTULA'CA. (a,«,f.) 1. The purslane. 
 Portulaca oleracea. 2. A genus of plants. Do- 
 decandria. Digynia. Portidacece. — P. oleracea. 
 Edible purslane. The plant abounds with a 
 watery and somewhat acid juice, and is often 
 put into soups, or pickled with spices. It is 
 said to be antiseptic and aperient. 
 
 PO'RUS. (us, i,m.) A pore or duct, as of 
 the skin 
 
 Porus opticus. The opening in the re- 
 tina through which the arteria centralis retinae 
 passes. 
 
 Po'sca. Vinegar and water mixed. 
 
 Pose. Common catarrh. 
 
 POSO'LOGY. Posologia. (From irococ, 
 quantity, and Tioyoc, a discourse.) That de- 
 partment of therapeutics which treats of the 
 quantities of medicines to be prescribed. 
 
 POSSE'TUM. (um, i, n.) Posset. Milk 
 curdled with wine, treacle, or any acid. 
 
 POSTE'RIOR. Parts are so named from 
 their relative situation. 
 
 Posterior annularis. Musculus posterior 
 annularis. An external interosseal muscle of 
 the hand, that extends and draws the ring 
 finger inward. 
 
 Posterior auris. The retrahens auris. 
 
 Posterior indicis. P. indicis manus. Mies- 
 
 cuius posterior indicis. An internal interosseal 
 muscle of the hand, that extends the fore finger 
 obliquely, and draws it outward. 
 
 Posterior indicis pedis. The abductor 
 indicis pedis. 
 
 Posterior medii. P. medii digitz manus. 
 An external interosseal muscle of the hand, that 
 extends the middle finger, and draws it out- 
 ward. 
 
 Posterior medii digiti manus. The ab- 
 ductor medii digiti pedis. 
 
 Posterior tertii digiti. The adductor 
 tertii digiti. 
 
 Positive electricity. Excess of electrici- 
 ty. See Electricity. 
 
 POSTHE. (From -rroedtov, the prepuce.) 
 The prepuce of the glans penis. The word is 
 used in the composition of a few infrequent 
 terms; as Posthioplasty, the formation of a new 
 prepuce by an operation; Posthitis, inflamma- 
 tion of the prepuce ; Posthoncus, a swelling of 
 the prepuce. 
 
 POSTTCUS. Situated behind. Applied to 
 muscles, from their position; as Serratus pos- 
 ticis ; Tibialis posticus. 
 
 POST-MORTEM. After death ; applied to 
 autopsies or post-mortem examinations for the 
 detection of the changes of structure produced 
 by disease, or the causes of death. 
 
 Po'table. Potalbilis. Fit to be drank. 
 
 PO'TASH. (Potassa, «, f.) Vegetable al- 
 kali. Kali. The hydrated protoxide of potas- 
 sium. See Potassium. 
 
 The pure hydrate of potassa, or potassa fusa, 
 is solid, white, and extremely caustic; in mi- 
 nute quantities, changing the purple of violets 
 and cabbage to a green, and yellow turmeric 
 to a reddish -brown. It rapidly attracts hu- 
 midity from the air, passing into the oleum tar- 
 tari per deliquium. The composition of hy- 
 drate of potash is one equivalent of protoxide 
 of potassium (47*17) -\- one equivalent of water 
 (9) == 56-17. The water readily gives way to 
 most acids, and there are produced the salts of 
 potash. 
 
 It is used in surgery as the potential caute- 
 ry for forming eschars ; and was formerly em- 
 ployed in medicine, diluted with broths, as a 
 lithontriptic. For surgical purposes it is cast 
 into cylindrical sticks. In Chemistry it is very 
 extensively employed, both in manufactures 
 and as a reagent in analysis. It is the basis of 
 all the common soft soaps. For the important 
 salts of potash, see Potassa, Potassce, and Po- 
 
 Potashes, commercial. The washed or lix- 
 iviated ashes of trees, especially of oaks, hick- 
 ories, and the maples. The ash, mixed with 
 lime, is leached in barrels or vats, and the clear 
 solution, being drawn off, is evaporated in large 
 iron pots set in a furnace. When the fluid be- 
 comes black and of the consistence of thick 
 molasses, it is subjected to the highest heat of 
 a wood fire for some hours; by this means 
 much of the combustible matter is burned. As 
 soon as the fused matter becomes quiet, it is dip- 
 ped out by iron ladles into iron pots, where it 
 congeals ; this, broken into pieces and barreled, 
 forms commercial potash. Pearlash is made 
 by transferring the black potash into a rever- 
 
 525 
 
POT 
 
 beratory furnace, and stirring it while hot : this 
 is continued until it acquires a whitish color. 
 
 Composition. — American potash consists of 
 85*7 parts caustic potassa, 15*4 sulphate of po- 
 tassa, 2-0 common salt, 11-9 carbonic acid and 
 water, and 0-2 insoluble matter in 115 parts. 
 Pearlash contains 75-4 caustic potash, 8-0 sul- 
 phate, 0-4 common salt, 30-8 carbonic acid and 
 water, 0-6 insoluble matter in 115 parts. 
 
 Potassa cum calce. Calx c%im kali puro. 
 Causticum commune fortius. Take hydrate of 
 potash, lime, of each an ounce. Rub them to- 
 gether, and preserve in a well-stopped bottle. 
 This is the caustic in common use with surgeons 
 for making issues, and for other purposes. 
 
 Potassa fusa. P. caustica. See Potash. 
 
 Potassa impura. See Potashes, Commercial. 
 
 Potassa acetas. Acetate of potash. Kali 
 acetatum, sal diureticus. Take of carbonate of 
 potash, a pound ; acetic acid, twenty-six fluid 
 ounces ; distilled water, twelve fluid ounces ; 
 add the carbonate of potash to the acid, pre- 
 viously mixed with the water, to saturation, 
 then strain. Evaporate the liquor in a sand 
 bath, the heat being cautiously applied, until 
 the salt is dried. Acetate of potash is consid- 
 ered a good diuretic, and it is, perhaps, as good 
 and as uncertain as most medicines of this class. 
 The dose is from ten grains to two scruples 
 every eight hours. 
 
 Potassa antimonio tartras. Tartar emet- 
 ic. Antimonium tartarizatum. 
 
 Potassje arsenias. See Arsenic acid. 
 
 Potassa arsenis. Arsenite of potash. See 
 Arsenic and Arsenicalis liquor. 
 
 Potassa bicarbonas. Bicai'bonate of pot- 
 ash. Supercarbonate of potash. This salt is 
 now in general use for all purposes in which it 
 is desirable to disengage the greatest quantity 
 of carbonic acid, and it is made in considerable 
 quantity for the market. It crystallizes in 
 square prisms; has a urinous, but not caustic 
 taste; changes the syrup of violets green ; boil- 
 ing water dissolves five sixths of its weight, and 
 cold water one fourth. Its specific gravity is 
 2*012. When it is very pure and well crystal- 
 lized, it effloresces on exposure to a dry atmo- 
 sphere, though it was formerly considered as 
 deliquescent. It is antacid, and may be used 
 in effervescing draughts. Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. 
 
 Potassje bisulphas. Potassce supersulphas. 
 Bisulphate of potash. Take of the salt which 
 remains after the distillation of nitric acid, two 
 pounds; sulphuric acid, one pound; boiling 
 water, six pints. Dissolve the salt in the water, 
 and add the acid to it, and mix. Lastly, boil 
 down and set aside, that crystals may be formed. 
 
 This salt consists of two equivalents of sul- 
 phuric acid, one of water, and two of potash. 
 It has a very acrid, bitter taste, and is very sol- 
 uble in water. It is styptic, tonic, refrigerant, 
 and purgative, and is given in combination with 
 other medicines of that class, especially rhubarb, 
 in the dose of from ten grains to a drachm. 
 
 Potassa bitartras. See Potassce supertar- 
 tras. 
 
 Potass &. carbonas. P. carbonas purus. 
 Carbonate of potash. Kali prceparatnm. Po- 
 tassce subcarbonas. Sal absinthii. Sal tartari. 
 Subcarbonate of potash. Take of impure car- 
 526 
 
 POT 
 
 bonate of potash, two pounds; distilled water, 
 a pint and a half. Dissolve the impure carbo- 
 nate of potash in the water, and strain; then 
 pour it off into a proper vessel, and evaporate 
 the water, that the liquor may thicken ; then 
 stir it constantly with a spatula until the salt 
 concretes. 
 
 This salt contains one equivalent of each in- 
 gredient. It is antacid and diuretic. The dose 
 is from ten grains to half a drachm. It is in 
 common use for forming the effervescent saline 
 draught, in the proportion of a scruple to the 
 juice of one lemon. It is more accurately neu- 
 tralized by seventeen grains of citric acid. The 
 citrate of potash thus formed is a slight dia- 
 phoretic. 
 
 Potassa chloras. Chlorate of potash. 
 Formerly called oxymuriate of potash. This 
 has been recommended as an alterative and 
 anti-scrofulous medicine, but appears to have 
 but little virtue. It may be given with bark 
 and bitters, in the dose of from ten grains to a 
 scruple, three times a day. It is extensively 
 used in the laboratory for obtaining oxygen. 
 
 POTASSJE ET FERRI TARTRAS. See FerH pO- 
 
 tassio-tartras. 
 
 Potassa et sods, tartras. See Sodce po' 
 t/zssio-tartras. 
 
 Potassa hydras. See Potash. 
 
 Potass^ hydriodas. See Potassii iodidum. 
 
 Potassa liquor. Solution of potash. Aqua 
 potassce. A. kali puri. Take of carbonate of 
 potash, fifteen ounces ; lime, eight ounces; boil- 
 ing distilled water, a gallon. Dissolve the car- 
 bonate of potash in half a gallon of the water ; 
 sprinkle a little of the water upon the lime in 
 an earthen vessel, and when the lime is slacked, 
 add the rest of the water. The liquors being 
 immediately mixed together in a close vessel, 
 shake them frequently until they are cold. 
 Then set by, that the carbonate of lime may 
 subside. Lastly, keep the supernatant liquor, 
 when poured off, in a green glass bottle, well 
 stopped. 
 
 This preparation is antacid and diuretic, and 
 possesses great power in allaying irritability of 
 the mucous membranes, especially those of the 
 intestinal canal and urinary passages. The 
 dose is from nix. to 3J., in almond emulsion, or 
 some other bland liquid. 
 
 Potass je murias. See Potassii chloridum. 
 
 Potass je nitras. See Nitre. 
 
 Potassa oxymurias. See Potassce chloras. 
 
 Potassa quodroxalas. P. oxalas. P. su- 
 peroxalas. Quodroxalate of potash. Salt of 
 wood-sorrel. Binoxalate of potash. Salt of lem- 
 ons. It is crystallized in oblique prisms, and 
 consists of one atom of potash, with four of ox- 
 alic acid. It is sour and soluble. It is used to 
 remove ink stains, and in the arts, and has 
 been introduced into medicine as a refrigerant, 
 but is not of any particular value, and has oc- 
 casionally produced poisonous effects. 
 
 Potassa subcarbonas. See Potassce carbo- 
 nas. 
 
 Potass^; subcarbonas impurus. Potash of 
 commerce. 
 
 Potassce sulphas. Formerly called Kali 
 vitriolatum, Sal polychrestus. Take of the salt 
 which remains after the distillation of nitric 
 
POT 
 
 POT 
 
 acid, two pounds ; boiling water, two gallons. 
 Ignite the salt in a crucible until the excess of 
 sulphuric acid is entirely expelled, then boil it 
 in the two gallons of water until a pellicle floats, 
 and the liquor being strained, set it aside that 
 crystals may be formed. The liquor being 
 poui-ed off, dry them. The crystals are in hex- 
 ahedial prisms, terminated by hexagonal pyra- 
 mids, but susceptible of variations. Its crys- 
 tallization by quick cooling is confused. The 
 taste of this salt is bitter, acrid, and a little sa- 
 line. It is soluble in five parts of boiling water, 
 and 16 parts at 60°. In the fire it decrepitates, 
 and is fusible by a strong heat. It consists of 
 one equivalent of sulphuric acid and one of 
 potash. 
 
 The virtues of this salt are cathartic, diuretic, 
 and deobstruent ; with which intentions it is 
 administered in a great variety of diseases, as 
 constipation, suppression of the lochia, fevers, 
 icterus, dropsies, milk tumors, &c. The dose 
 is from one scruple to half an ounce. 
 
 Potass^; sulphas cum sulphure. This is 
 formed by deflagrating nitre with sulphur, and 
 possesses similar properties with the sulphate. 
 
 Potass^: sulphuretum. See Potassii sul- 
 phuretum. 
 
 Potass^; supersulphas. See Potassce bi- 
 sulphas. 
 
 Potass^: supertartras. Now called Po- 
 tasses bitartras. Supertartrate of potash. Bi- 
 tartrate of potash. Cream of tartar. This is 
 made by purifying the tartar of commerce. See 
 Tartar. It consists of two atoms of tartaric 
 acid, one of potash, and one of water. It is of 
 a pleasant acid taste, and little soluble in wa- 
 ter. It is given internally as a refrigerant, 
 diuretic, and purgative ; and in the latter char- 
 acter, formed into an electuary with a little 
 jalap and ginger, it is, perhaps, as certain and 
 as good a hydragogue as we possess. The 
 dose, as a diurectic, is 3ss., often repeated ; as 
 a cathartic, 31J - to 3yj. 
 
 PoTASsiE tartras. T artrate of potash ; for- 
 merly called Kali tartarizatum. Take of bilar- 
 trate of potash, powdered, three pounds ; car- 
 bonate of potash, sixteen ounces, or as much as 
 may be sufficient ; boiling water, six pints. 
 Dissolve the carbonate of potash in boiling wa- 
 ter, then add the bitartrate of potash, and boil. 
 Strain the liquor, and afterward boil it down 
 until a pellicle floats, and set it aside that crys- 
 tals may be formed. The liquor being poured 
 off, dry these, and again evaporate the liquor 
 that crystals may be produced. 
 
 This is a mild and excellent purgative, and 
 is also diuretic ; the dose is from one to six 
 drachms. It is most frequently given in com- 
 bination with senna, or the resinous cathartics, 
 the operation of which it accelerates and ren- 
 ders milder. 
 
 Potassii bro'midum. Bromide of potassium. 
 Hydrobromate of potash. Take of bromine, 
 two ounces; carbonate of potash, two ounces 
 and one drachm ; iron filings, an ounce ; dis- 
 tilled water, three pints. First add the iron, 
 and afterward the bromine, to a pint and a 
 half of the distilled water. Set them by for 
 half an hour, frequently stirring them with a 
 spatula. Apply a gentle heat, and when a 
 
 greenish color appears, pour in the carbonate 
 of potash dissolved in the remainder of the wa- 
 ter. Strain, and wash what remains in two 
 pints of boiling distilled water, and again strain. 
 Let the mixed liquors be evaporated, so that 
 crystals may be formed. 
 
 This is a stimulant and deobstruent medi- 
 cine, somewhat resembling the iodide of potas- 
 sium hi its action, but more powerful. M. 
 Magendie has used it in scrofula, amenorrhoea, 
 and hypertrophy of the heart, and Dr. Robert 
 Williams has found it beneficial in cases of en- 
 larged spleen. The dose is from five to ten 
 grains twice or thrice a day, in solution. 
 
 Potassii chlo'ridum. Chloride of potassium. 
 Muriate of potash. Hydrochlorate of potash. 
 Sal febrifugus Sylvii. Sal digeslivus. This 
 salt is laxative and diuretic. It was formerly 
 in high esteem for the cure of intermittents. 
 Dose, twenty grains. 
 
 Potassii cyanidum. P. cyanuretum. Cyan- 
 ide or cyanuret of potassium. Hydrocyanate 
 of potash. It is made by keeping the ferro- 
 cyanide of potassium at a red heat, in a close 
 vessel, for some hours, and then washing the 
 residue, filtering, and setting aside to crystal- 
 lize. It is used to form hydrocyanic acid, or as 
 a substitute, in doses of one fourth of a grain. 
 
 Potassii ferrocyanuretum. P. ferrocya- 
 nidum. See Ferrocyanide of potassium. 
 
 Potassii hydrargyro-iodidum. See Iodo- 
 hydrargyrate of potassium. 
 
 Potassii iodidum. P. ioduretum. Iodide 
 of potassium. Hydriodate of potash. Take of 
 iodine, six ounces ; carbonate of potash, four 
 ounces ; iron filings, two ounces ; distilled wa- 
 ter, six pints. Mix the iodine with four pints 
 of the water, and add the iron, stirring them 
 frequently with a spatula for half an hour. 
 Apply a gentle heat, and when a greenish col- 
 or occurs, add the carbonate of potash, first dis- 
 solved in the two pints of water, and strain. 
 Wash what remains with two pints of boiling 
 distilled water, and again strain. Let the mix- 
 ed liquors be evaporated, so that crystals may 
 be formed. 
 
 This is always given in solution. It is given 
 in the same cases as iodine, and generally in 
 solution with it, as it has the property of ren- 
 dering iodine more soluble in water. The 
 dose is one grain, gradually increased to two, 
 or somewhat more, three times a day. Exter- 
 nally, it is applied in the form of an ointment. 
 See Unguentum potassce hydriodatis. 
 
 Potassii iodidi liquor compositus. Com- 
 pound solution of iodide of potassium. Take 
 of iodide of potassium, ten grains ; iodine, five 
 grains ; distilled water, a pint. Mix, that they 
 may be dissolved. 
 
 This mixture is also called Iodureted iodide 
 of potassium. The dose is from two to six 
 drachms. 
 
 Potassii sulphure'tum. Hepar sulphuris. 
 Kali sulpliuratum. Sulphuret of potassium. 
 Liver of sulphur. Take of sulphur, an ounce ; 
 carbonate of potash, four ounces. Rub them 
 together, and place them upon the fire in a 
 covered crucible until they have united. 
 
 Sulphuret of potassium is inodorous when 
 dry. but when moistened with or dissolved in 
 
 527 
 
POT 
 
 PRE 
 
 water, a partial decomposition of both the water 
 and the sulphuret takes place, and sulphureted 
 hydrogen gas is evolved. The sulphuret of po- 
 tassium has an acrid, bitter taste; it is hard, 
 brittle, of a liver color, and stains the skin 
 brown. By exposure to the air it attracts 
 moisture; its color changes to a pale green; it 
 exhales sulphureted hydrogen. 
 
 The liver of sulphur has been employed in 
 gouty and rheumatic cases, in cutaneous dis- 
 eases, and as an expectorant. It is very disa- 
 greeable, and should be largely diluted. Dose, 
 5ss. It is chiefly employed in baths, and lotions 
 to be used for tinea, itch, and other cutaneous 
 diseases. 
 
 POTA'SSIUM. (urn, ii, n.) The metallic 
 basis of potash. If a thin piece of solid hydrate 
 of potash be placed between two discs of plati- 
 num, connected with the extremities of a vol- 
 taic apparatus of 200 double plates, four inches 
 square, it will soon undergo fusion ; oxygen 
 will sepai*ate at the positive surface, and small 
 metallic globules will appear at the negative 
 surface. These consist of the substance called 
 potassium, discovered by Sir H. Davy early in 
 October, 1807. 
 
 Potassium is possessed of very extraordinary 
 properties. It is lighter than water, its sp. gr. 
 being 0-865. At common temperatures it is 
 solid, soft, and easily molded by the fingers. 
 At 150° F. it fuses, and in a heat a little be- 
 low redness it rises in vapor. It is perfectly 
 opaque. When newly cut, its color is splen- 
 dent white, like that of silver, but it rapidly 
 tarnishes in the air. To preserve it unchanged, 
 it is inclosed in a small phial with pure naphtha. 
 Its equivalent is 39-15; symbol, K, fromKalium. 
 It conducts electricity like the common metals. 
 When thrown upon water, it acts with great 
 violence, and swims upon the surface, burning 
 with a beautiful light of a red color, mixed 
 with violet. The water becomes a solution of 
 pure potash. When moderately heated in the 
 air it inflames, burns with a red light, and 
 throws off alkaline fumes. Placed in chlorine, 
 it spontaneously burns with great brilliancy. 
 It combines in two proportions with oxygen, 
 and forms the protoxide KO, or potash, which 
 can only be procured in the pure state by burn- 
 ing potassium in dry air, and the peroxide K0 3 . 
 Potassium will deprive nearly all bodies of 
 their oxygen at ordinary temperatures. It also 
 combines with great avidity with all the haloid 
 bodies, with hydrogen, &c. It is used by the 
 chemist as a deoxydizing agent. 
 
 Potassiureted htdrogen. A self-inflamma- 
 ble gas, consisting of potassium and hydrogen. 
 
 Potato. The solanum tuberosum. 
 
 Potato, Spanish. Convolvulus batatas. 
 
 Potential cautery. See Cautery. 
 
 POTENTFLLA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The poten- 
 tilla anserina. 2. A genus of plants. Icosan- 
 dria. Polygynia. Rosacea. — P. anseri'na. 
 The silver weed, or wild tansy. Argentina. 
 The leaves of this plant possess mildly astringent 
 and corroborant qualities, but are seldom used. 
 — P. reptans. The common cinquefoil, or five- 
 leaved grass. The roots of this plant have a 
 bitterish, styptic taste. They were used by 
 the ancients in the cure of intermittents, and to 
 528 
 
 arrest hemorrhage ; and in later times they 
 have been in esteem as an astringent in diarrhoea 
 and other fluxes. — P. tormentilla. See Tor 
 mentilla. 
 
 POTE'RIUM. {urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Monozcia. Polyandria. — P. sangui 
 sorba. The Burnet saxifrage, the leaves oi 
 which have an astringent quality. 
 
 Potio calcis carbonatis. Mistura cretae. 
 
 POTION. {Potio, ionis, f. ; from poto, to 
 drink.) A medicated drink, the same as e 
 mixture in pharmacy. See Mistura. 
 
 Potion, pectoral. A mixture consisting o 
 15 drops of dilute hydrocyanic acid with f jij. 
 of infusion of ground ivy, and f. §j. of syrup ol 
 althaea. Dose, f. 3J., every six hours. — Magendie. 
 
 POTT'S DISEASE OR CURVATURE. An 
 gular curvature of the spine forward, resulting 
 from caries of the bodies of the vertebra, or de- 
 struction of the intervertebral cartilage. 
 
 Potus. Drink. 
 
 Potus antatrophicus. A drink made of 
 the yolk of an egg beaten in a quart of water, 
 with a little salt. Hufeland recommends this 
 as an ordinaiy drink in the mesenteric diseases 
 of children. 
 
 POUCH. 1. In Anatomy, sacculus, a mor- 
 bid dilatation of any part of a canal ; as the in- 
 testine. 2. In Botany, a silicula. 
 
 Poultice. See-Cataplasma. 
 
 Pounce. Powdered gum sandarach. 
 
 Pound. See Weights and Measures. 
 
 Pou part's ligament. Ligamentum Pou- 
 partii. See Obliquus externus abdominis. 
 
 POWDER. The preparation. of a medicine 
 by simple pulverization, or by mixing the pow- 
 der of several drugs for the officinal species. 
 See Pulvis. 
 
 Powder, antimonial. See Antimonialis 
 pulvis. 
 
 Powder of burned hartshorn with opium. 
 See Pulvis cornu usti cum opio. 
 
 Powder, compound, of chalk. See Pulvis 
 cretce compositus. 
 
 Powder, compound, of chalk, with opium. 
 See Pulvis cret<z compositus cum opio. 
 
 Powder of faynard. A styptic powder, 
 said to consist of the charcoal of beech wood. 
 
 Powders of castillon. They are made of 
 sago, tragacanth, chalk, and cochineal, and have 
 been much recommended in simple diarrhcea. 
 
 Power, tonic See Irritability. 
 
 Pox. P., French. Syphilis. 
 
 FRJE-. Before ; in advance of. A prefix, 
 but now usually spelled without the diphthong, 
 as preparation. 
 
 PRiECO'RDIA. (a, orum, n. pi. ; from prce, 
 before, and cor, the heart.) The fore part of 
 the region of the thorax. 
 
 Pr^mo'rse. Prcemorsus. Truncated; bitten 
 off. 
 
 Prjspara'ntia vasa. The spe rmatic vessels 
 of the testicles. 
 
 Pra'sinus. Prasine. A grass-green color 
 of the purest tint. 
 
 Pra'sium. MaiTubium vulgaro. 
 
 Pra'sum. The leek. 
 
 PRA'XIS. (is, eos, f. ; from rrpaaau, to per- 
 forin.) The practice of any thing, as of med- 
 icine. 
 
PRE 
 
 P RE 
 
 Precipitant. That which precipitates. 
 
 Precipitate, red. Pracipitatum rub rum. 
 See Hydrargyri uitrico-oxidura. 
 
 Precipitate, white. Pracipitatum. album. 
 See Hydrargyrum ammoniatum. 
 
 PRECIPITATION. (Pracipitatio, onis, f.; 
 from pr&cipito, to cast down.) The separation 
 from a solution of a powder by the addition of 
 a peculiar chemical conrpound, called the pre- 
 cipitant. 
 
 PRECO'CITY. Precocity. Premature de- 
 velopment of any faculty. 
 
 PRECURSORY. ' Prcscursorius. That 
 which precedes. 
 
 Predisposing cause. Predisposition. Causa 
 pradisponens. The causes connected with the 
 constitution, temperament, and malformation of 
 a person, and tending to disease. See ^Etio- 
 logia. 
 
 PREDISPOSITION. Prcedispositio. That 
 constitution, or state of the solids or fluids, or 
 both, which disposes the body to assume any 
 particular diseased action. 
 
 PREGNANCY. Gestaiio uteri na. The 
 state of being with child. The ordinary term 
 of pregnancy is -230 days, but may be protract- 
 ed to 300 days. There is usually but one foetus. 
 or product of conception, but there may be two 
 (twins) or three (trigeminal pregnancy). The 
 development of the germ may also be in the 
 parietes of the uterus (interstitial pregnancy)', 
 in the Fallopian tube (tubal pregnancy) ; in the 
 ovary (ovarian pregnancy), or in the abdominal 
 cavity (abdominal pregnancy) ; all which are 
 cases of extra-uterine pregnancy, and are ex- 
 tremely rare. 
 
 Signs of Pregnancy. — During the first four- 
 teen or fifteen weeks, the signs of pregnancy 
 are very ambiguous, and can not be depended 
 on; for. as they proceed from the irritation of 
 the womb on other parts, they may be occasion- 
 ed by every circumstance which can alter the 
 natural state of that organ. 
 
 The first circumstance which renders preg- 
 nancy probable is the suppression of the period- 
 ical evacuation, which is generally accompanied 
 with fullness in the breasts, headache, flushings 
 in the face, and heat in the palms of the hands. 
 
 The abdomen, some weeks after pregnancy, 
 becomes flat, from the womb sinking, and hence 
 drawing down the intestines along with it; but 
 this can not be looked upon as a certain sign 
 of pregnancy, because an enlargement of the 
 womb from any other cause will produce the 
 same effect. 
 
 Many women, soon after they are pregnant, 
 become very much altered in their looks, and 
 have peculiar irritable feelings, inducing a dis- 
 position of mind which renders their temper 
 easily ruffled, and inciting an irresistible pro- 
 pensity to actions of which, on other occasions, 
 they would be ashamed. There is also morn- 
 ing sickness, with a tendency to vomiting, and 
 often intractable emesis. 
 
 In such cases, the features acquire a peculiar 
 j sharpness, the eyes appear larger, and the 
 mouth wider than usual ; and the woman has 
 a particular appearance, which can not be de- 
 scribed, but with which women are well ac- 
 quainted. And there is often a dark areola 
 Ll 
 
 ai-ound the nipple ; but this is a sign of little im- 
 portance. 
 
 From the fourth month the signs of preg- 
 nancy are less ambiguous, especially after the 
 womb has ascended into the cavity- of the ab- 
 domen. In general, about the fourth month. 
 the motions of the child begin to be felt bv the 
 mother ; and hence a sign is furnished at that 
 period called quickening. 
 
 After the fourth month the woinb rises grad- 
 ually from the cavity of the pelvis, enlarges the 
 abdomen, and pushes out the navel. The pro- 
 gressive increase of the abdomen, along with 
 suppression of the menses, after having- been 
 formerly regular, and the consequent^ symp- 
 toms, together with the sensation of quickening 
 at the proper period, and the secretion of milk 
 in the breasts, afford the only true marks of 
 pregnancy. 
 
 As every practitioner must naturally wish to 
 distinguish pregnancy from disease, the disor- 
 ders which resemble it should be thoroughly 
 understood, and also their diagnostics. Gen- 
 erally speaking, there is no difficulty in ascer- 
 taining whether a woman be pregnant or not 
 after the fifth month; but before this period, 
 the most skillful examination may not be able 
 to resolve the point; and a judicious practi- 
 tioner, in case of doubt, will be careful not to 
 commit himself by a rash decision. One of the 
 most certain signs of pregnancy is the ballotte- 
 merit, or passive motion of the foetus, when the 
 I uterus is acted upon by the hands in a particu- 
 lar manner. See Ballottement. Toward the 
 end of the fifth month the active movements 
 of the fcetus may often be excited by striking 
 with the finger on the cervix uteri ; this is un- 
 equivocal. The signs of pregnancy derived 
 from auscultation are quite conclusive where 
 they exist ; but the converse of the proposition 
 does not hold, and we must by no means decide 
 that a woman is not pregnant because the aus- 
 cultatory signs are absent. See Auscultation. 
 
 Pregnancy, afcetal. P.. false. False preg- 
 nancy, in which the germ is converted into ^a 
 mole, hydatid, or some abnormal product, or in 
 which the uterus is developed from morbid 
 growths without conception. 
 
 Pregnancy, co3iplex. Where there is a 
 mole, hydatids, or other morbid products along 
 with a fcetus. 
 
 Pregnancy, extra-uterine. When the de- 
 velopment of the ovuni takes place elsewhere 
 than in the uterus. See Pregnancy. 
 
 Pregnancy, morbid. Diseased pregnancy, 
 from disturbance of the uterus or general system. 
 
 Prehe'nsile. Adapted for seizing" upon. 
 The hand is a prehensile organ. 
 
 Prehe'nsio. Catalepsy. 
 
 PEEHE'NSION. (From prehendo, to sur- 
 prise.) The act of seizing upon. 
 
 Prelu'mbar. In front of the loins. 
 
 Premature labor. See Abortion. 
 
 Premo'nitory. That which admonishes be- 
 fore, or prepares. 
 
 PREPARATION. Prceparatio. An object 
 made ready by some process: as a pharma~ 
 ceutical preparation ; an anatomical preparation, 
 that is, a skeleton, or part of the body, intend- 
 ed to exhibit its organization. 
 
 529 
 
PRE 
 
 PRE 
 
 PRE'PUCE. (Prccputium, ii, n.) The cu- 
 taneous fold that covers the glans penis. The 
 clitoris of the female has the same covering in 
 miniature, called prceputium clitoridis. 
 
 PRESBYO'PIA. {a, <b, f . ; from Trpeafoe, 
 old, and uxfj, the eye ; because it is frequent 
 with old men.) Long-sightedness. That de- 
 fect of the sight by which objects close are seen 
 confusedly, but at remoter distances distinctly. 
 
 1. It is sometimes caused by a flatness of the 
 cornea. Forasmuch as the cornea is natter, so 
 much the less and more tardy it refracts the 
 rays into a focus. This may arise, 1st. From a 
 want of aqueous or vitreous humor. 2d. From 
 a cicatrix, which diminishes the convexity of 
 the cornea. 3d. From a natural conformation 
 of the cornea. 
 
 2. Another cause of it is too flat a crystalline 
 lens; this evil is most common to the aged — 
 or it may happen from a wasting of the crystal- 
 line lens. 
 
 3. It may likewise be produced by too small 
 density of the cornea or humors of the eye. 
 
 The best remedy for supplying the deficient 
 convexity of the cornea, as well as the deficient 
 irritability of the iris, is convex spectacles; 
 adapting their power to the precise demand of 
 the eye, and increasing it as the demand grows 
 more urgent. 
 
 Presby'tia. Presbyte. Presbyopia. 
 
 PRESCRIPTION. Prmscriptio. A recipe 
 or formula for the exhibition of medicines. We 
 distinguish in prescriptions, 1. The basis, or 
 active ingredient. 2. The adjuvans, or that 
 which promotes the operation of the former. 
 3. The corrigens, or that which corrects any 
 thing injurious or unpleasant in the operation 
 of the active ingredient. 4. The constituens, 
 or that which gives the whole a commodious 
 or agreeable form. 
 
 Prescriptions, abbreviations of. The fol- 
 lowing abbreviations are much used in writing 
 prescriptions : 
 
 A. Aa. Ana, of each ingredient. 
 
 Abdom. Abdomen, the belly. 
 
 Abs. febr. Absente febre, in the absence of 
 fever. 
 
 Add. Adde et addantur, add, let there be 
 added; addendus, to be added; addendo, by 
 adding. 
 
 Ad def. animi. Ad defectionem animi, to 
 fainting. 
 
 Ad 2 vie. Ad dims vices, at twice taking. 
 
 Ad gr. acid. Ad gratam aciditatem, to an 
 agreeable sourness. 
 
 Ad lib. Ad libitum, at pleasure. 
 
 Admov. Admove, apply ; admoveatur or ad- 
 moveantur, let there be applied. 
 
 Ad redd, prcec. Ad recidivum prsecavendum, 
 to prevent a relapse. 
 
 Adst. febre. Adstante febre, when the fever 
 is on. 
 
 Aggred. febre. Aggrediente febre, while the 
 fever is coming on. 
 
 Altern. horis. Altemis horis, every other 
 hour. 
 
 Aliquant. Aliquantillum, a very little. 
 
 Alvo adst. Alvo adstricta, when the bowels 
 are bound. 
 
 Amp. Amplus, large. 
 530 
 
 Anodyn. Anodynus, anodyne. 
 Apert. Apertus, clear, open. 
 Applic. Applicetur, let there be applied. 
 Aq. bull. Aqua bulliens, boiling water. 
 Aq. comm. Aqua communis, common water. 
 Aq. dest. Aqua destillata, distilled water. 
 Aq. ferv. Aqua fervens, boiling water. 
 Aq.font. Aqua fontana, spring water. 
 Aq. matin. Aqua marina, sea water. 
 Aq. pluv. Aqua pluvialis, rain water. 
 Aq. pur. Aqua pura, pure water. 
 B. A. Balneum arense, a sand bath. 
 Bain, marioc. Balneum mariae, a salt-water 
 bath. 
 
 Bain. tep. Balneum tepidum, a warm bath. 
 
 Bain. vap. Balneum vaporis, a vapor bath. 
 
 Bib. Bibe, drink. 
 
 Bis ind. Bis indies, twice a day. 
 
 Bol. Bolus, a bolus. 
 
 Bull. Bulliat, let it boil. 
 
 Buty. Butyrum, butter. 
 
 Cap. Capiat, let him take. 
 
 Ccerul. Caeruleus, blue. 
 
 Cat. Cataplasma, a cataplasm. 
 
 Catharticus, cathartic. 
 
 Cucurbitula cruenta, a cupping-glass. 
 
 Cras mane, to-morrow morning. 
 
 Cras nocte, to-morrow night. 
 arnpl. Cochleare amplum, a large 
 
 Cochleare infantis, a child's 
 
 Cochleare magnum, a large 
 
 Cochleare modicum, a dessert 
 
 Cath. 
 
 c. c. 
 
 CM. 
 C.N. 
 
 Cock. 
 spoon. 
 
 Cockl. infant. 
 spoon. 
 
 Cochl. magn. 
 spoon. 
 
 Cochl. mod. 
 6poon. 
 
 Cochl. med. Cochleare medium, the same as 
 cochleare modicum. 
 
 Cochl. parv. Cochleare parvum, a small 
 spoon. 
 
 Col. Colatus, strained. 
 
 Colat. Colatur, let it be strained ; colaturae, 
 of or to the strained liquor. 
 
 Colent. Colentur, let them be strained. 
 
 Comp. Compositus, compounded. 
 
 Conf. Confectio, a confection. 
 
 Cong. C. Congius, a gallon. 
 
 Cont. rem. Continuantur remedia, let the 
 medicines be continued. 
 
 Cort. Cortex, bark. 
 
 Cop. Copiosus, abundant. 
 
 Coq. Coque, boil ; coquantur, let them be 
 boiled. 
 
 Crast. Crastinus, for to-morrow. 
 
 C. V. Cras vespere, to-morrow evening. 
 
 Cucurb. cruent. A cupping-glass. 
 
 Cuj. Cujus, of which. 
 
 Cujusl. Cujuslibet, of any. 
 
 Cyath. them. Cyatho thece, in a cup of tea. 
 
 Deaur. pil. Deaurentur pilulre, let the pills 
 be gilded. 
 
 Deb. spiss. Debita spissitudo, a proper con- 
 sistence. 
 
 Decub. Decubitus, of lying down. 
 
 De d. in d. De die in diem, from day to day. 
 
 Dec. Decanta, decanted. 
 
 Dej. alvi. Dejectiones alvi, stools, faeces. 
 
 Dep. Depuratus, purified. 
 
 Det. Detur, let it be given. 
 
 Dext. lat. Dextra lateralis, right side. 
 
PRE 
 
 PRE 
 
 Dieb. alt. Diebus alternis, every other day. 
 
 Dieb. tert. Diebus tertiis, every third day. 
 
 Dig. Digeratur, let it be digested. 
 
 Dil. Dilutus, diluted. 
 
 Diluc. Dilucolo, at day-break. 
 
 Dim. Dimidium, one half. 
 
 Dir. prop. Directione propria, with a proper 
 direction. 
 
 Dist. Distillata, distilled. 
 
 Diuturn. Diuturnus, long continued. 
 
 Div. Divide, divide. 
 
 Donee alv. bis dej. Donee alvus bis dejiciat, 
 antil two stools have been obtained. 
 
 Donee alv. sol. fuer. Donee alvus soluta 
 fuerit, until a stool has been obtained. 
 
 Drach. Drachma, a drachm. 
 
 Ed. Edulcora, sweeten. 
 
 Efferv. Effervescentia, effervescence. 
 
 Ejusd. Ejusdem, of the same. 
 
 Elect. Electuarium, electuary. 
 
 Emp. Emplastrum, a plaster. 
 
 Enem. Enema, a clyster ; enemata, clysters. 
 
 Ex. vel extr. Extractum, extract. 
 
 Exhib. Exhibe, give, or exhibiatur, let it be 
 given. 
 
 Ext. sup. alut. Extende super alutam, spread 
 upon leather. 
 
 F. ft. Fiat, let a be made. 
 
 F. S. A. Fiat secundum artem, let it be made 
 according to the rules of art. 
 
 F. h. Fiat haustus, let a draught be made. 
 
 F. pit. xij. Fac pilulas duodecim, make 12 
 pills. 
 
 Feb. dnr. Febre durante, during the fever. 
 
 Fern, intern. Femoribus intemis, to the inner 
 part of the thighs. 
 
 F. rentes, or F. V. S. Fiat vensesectio, bleed. 
 Filt. Filtra, filter. 
 
 Fist. arm. Fistula annata, a clyster pipe and 
 bladder fit for use. 
 
 Flor. Flores, flowers. 
 
 Fl. Fluidus, liquid ; also, by measure. 
 
 Fol. Folium, a leaf, or folia, leaves. 
 
 Fontic. Fouticulus, an issue. 
 
 Fot. Fotus, a fomentation. 
 
 Fruct. Fructus, fruit. 
 
 Frust. Frustillatim, in small pieces. 
 
 Garg. Gargaiisma, a gargle. 
 
 Gel. quav. Gelatina quavis, in any kind of 
 jelly. 
 
 G. G. G. Gummi guttae Gambiae, gamboge. 
 Gr. Granum, a grain ; grana, grains. 
 
 Gtt. Gutta, a drop ; guttae, drops. 
 
 Gum. Gummi, gum. 
 
 Gvtt. quibusd. Guttis quibusdam, with a few 
 drops. 
 
 Guttat. Guttatim, by drops. 
 
 Har. pil. sum. iij. Harum pilularum suman- 
 tur tres, let three of these pills be taken. 
 
 Haust. Haustus, a draught. 
 
 Hb. Herba, the plant. 
 
 H. d. or hor. decub. Hora decubitus, at going 
 to bed. 
 
 Hebdom. Hebdomada, a week. 
 
 Hestern. Hesternus, of yesterday. 
 
 Hirud. Hirudo, a leech ; hirudines, leeches. 
 
 H. S. or hor. som. Hora somni, just before 
 going to sleep ; or, on retiring to rest. 
 
 Hor. un. spatio. Horae unius spatio, at the 
 end of an hour. 
 
 Hor. interm. Horis intermediis, at the inter- 
 mediate hours between what has been ordered 
 at stated times. 
 
 Inc. Incide, cut. 
 
 Lid. Indies, from day to day, or daily. 
 
 In pulm. In pulmento, in gruel. 
 
 Inf. Infusum, infusion. 
 
 inj. enem. Injiciatur enema, let a clyster be 
 given. 
 
 Inject. Injectio, an injection. 
 
 Jul. Julepus, a julep or mixture. 
 
 hat. dol. Lateri dolenti, to the side affected. 
 
 lb. Libra, a pound weight, or wine pint: 
 when preceded by Arabic figures, avoirdupois 
 weight is meant ; but when succeeded by Ro- 
 man numerals, troy weight, or pint measures. 
 
 Lim. Limones, lemons. 
 
 Liq. Liquor, liquor. 
 
 Lot. Lotio, lotion. 
 
 M. Misce, mix ; mensura, by measure ; man- 
 ipulus, a handful. 
 
 Mac. Macera, macerate. 
 
 Man. Manipulus, a handful. 
 
 Mane pr. Mane primo, very early in the 
 morning. 
 
 Mass. Massa, a mass. 
 
 Mediet. Medietas, half. 
 
 Medioc. Mediocris, middle sized. 
 
 Mi. pan. Mica panis, crumb of bread. 
 
 Min. Minimum, the 60th part of a drachm 
 measure. 
 
 Mist. Mistura, a mixture. 
 
 Mitt. Mitte, send ; mittatur or mittantur, 
 let there be sent. 
 
 Mitt. sang, ad ^xij. salt. Mittatur sanguis 
 ad uncias duodecim saltern, take away at least 
 12 ounces of blood. 
 
 Mod. press. Modo preescriptio, in the manner 
 directed. 
 
 Mor. sol. More solito, in the usual way. 
 
 Mucil. Mucilago, mucilage. 
 
 N. Nocte, at uight. 
 
 Narthec. Narthecium, a gallipot. 
 
 No. Numero, in number. 
 
 iV. M. Nux moschata, a nutmeg. 
 
 0. Octarius, a pint. 
 
 01. Oleum, oil. 
 
 Ol. lini s. i. Oleum lini sine igne, cold- 
 drawn linseed oil. 
 
 Omn. alt. hor. Omnibus alternis horis, every 
 other hour. 
 
 Omn. hor. Omni hora, every hour. 
 
 Omn. bid. Omni biduo, every tw r o days. 
 
 Omn. bih. Omni bihorio, every two hours. 
 
 Omn. man. Omni mane, every morning. 
 
 Omn. noct. Omni nocte, every night. 
 
 Omn. quadr. hor. Omni quadrante hora?, 
 ever}- quarter of an hour. 
 
 O. O. O. Oleum olivae oj)timum, best olive 
 oil. 
 
 Ov. Ovum, an egg. 
 
 Oxym. Oxymel. 
 
 P. Pulvis, pow T der; pondere, by weight; 
 pilula, pill. 
 
 P. yE. Partes aequales, equal parts. 
 
 Ph. D. Pharmacopoeia Dublinensis, 
 
 Ph. E. Pharmacopoeia Edinensis.^ 
 
 Ph. L. Pharmacopoeia Londinensis. 
 
 Paracent. aid. Paracentesis abdominis, tap- 
 
 PiDS - 53! 
 
PRE 
 
 Part. aff. Partem affectam, the part affected. 
 
 Part, dolent. Partem dolentem, the part in 
 pain. 
 
 Part. vie. Partitis vicibus, to be given in 
 divided doses instead of all at once. 
 
 Per. op. emet. Peracta operatione emetici, 
 when the operation of the emetic is finished. 
 
 Per salt. Per sal turn, by leaps, i. e., from an 
 artery. 
 
 Pil. Pilula, a pill ; or pilulae, pills. 
 
 Plen. riv. Pleno livo, in a full stream. 
 
 Post sing. seal. liq. Post singulas sedes liqui- 
 das, after every loose stool. 
 
 Ppt. vel prep. Prseparata, prepared. 
 
 P. r. n. Pro re nata, according as circum- 
 stances may require. 
 
 P. rat. cet. Pro ratione aetatis, according to 
 the age of the patient. 
 
 Pro pot. com. vel pro pot. oral. Pro potu com- 
 muni vel ordinario, for a common drink. 
 
 Prox. Inc. Proxima luce, the day before. 
 
 Pug. Pugillus, a gripe between the finger 
 and thumb; pug. lit., a little fist. 
 
 Pulp. Pulpa, the pulp. 
 
 Pulv. Pulvis, powder. 
 
 Q. p. Quantum placet, as much as you 
 please. 
 
 Q. Q. H. vel quad, quart, kor. Quaque 
 quarta hora, every four hours. 
 
 Q. s. Quantum sufficiat, as much as is suf- 
 ficient. 
 
 Quadrihor. Quadrihorio, every four hours. 
 
 Quadrupl. Quadruplicate, four times as much. 
 
 Quamp. Quamprimum, immediately. 
 
 Qudq. vel quisq. Quaque or quisque, every 
 one. 
 
 Quor. Quorum, of which. 
 
 Q. V. Quantum volueris, as much as you 
 wish. 
 
 R. Recipe, take. 
 
 Rad. Radix, root. 
 
 Ras. Rasurae, shavings. 
 
 Rect. Rectificatus, rectified. 
 
 Red. in pulv. Redactus in pulverem, pow- 
 dered. 
 
 Redig. in pulv. Redigatur in pulverem, let 
 it be reduced into powder. 
 
 Reg. hep. Regio hepatis, region of the liver. 
 
 Reg. umb. Regio umbilici, region of the 
 navel. 
 
 Repet. Repetatur or repetantur, let it or 
 them be repeated. 
 
 S. A. Secundum artem, according to art. 
 
 Sacch. Saccharum, sugar. 
 
 Scap. Scapula, the shoulder-blade. 
 
 Scrob. cord. Scrobiculus cordis, the pit of 
 the stomach. 
 
 Sed. Sedes, a stool. 
 
 Sem. Semen, seed. 
 
 Semidr. Semidrachma, half a drachm. 
 
 Scmih. Semihora, half an hour. 
 
 Sept. Septimana, a week. 
 
 Serv. Serva, keep or preserve. 
 
 Sesunc. Sesuncia, an ounce and a half. 
 
 Sesquik. Sesquihora, half an hour. 
 
 Setae. Setaceum, a seton; also a sieve. 
 
 Seq. luce. Sequenti luce, the following day. 
 
 Si n. val. Si non valeat, if it does not an- 
 swer. 
 
 Si op. sit. Si opus sit, if there be occasion. 
 532 
 
 PRE 
 
 Si vir. perm. Si vires permittant, if the 
 strength will bear it. 
 
 Sign. n. pr. Signetur nomine proprio, write 
 upon it the usual name, not the trade name. 
 Signat. Signatura, a label. 
 Sing. Singulorum, of each. 
 S. S. S. Stratum super stratum, layer upon 
 layer. 
 
 Sol. Solutio, solution. 
 Solv. Solve, dissolve. 
 
 S. O. S. vel si op. sit. Si opus sit, if there 
 be occasion. 
 
 Spt. Spiritus, spirit. 
 Sq. Squama, scale. 
 Ss. Semis, a half. 
 
 St. Stet, let it stand ; stent, let them stand. 
 Sub Jin. coct. Sub finem coctionis, when the 
 boiling is nearly finished. 
 
 Subsulph. Subsulphas, a subsulphate. 
 Subtep. Subtepidis, lukewarm. 
 Succ. Succus, juice. 
 
 Sum. Sumo, to take ; sumendus, to be taken. 
 Sum. tal. Sumat talem, let the patient take 
 one like this. 
 
 S. V. Spiritus vinosus, ardent spirit of any 
 strength. 
 
 S. V. R. Spiritus vinosus rectificatus, spirit 
 of wine. 
 
 S. V. T. Spiritus vinosus tenuis, proof spirit, 
 or half and half spirit of wine and water. 
 Syr. Syrupus, syrup. 
 
 Tempi, dext. Tempori dextro. to the right 
 temple. 
 
 T. O. Tinctura opii, tincture of opium ; 
 generally confounded with laudanum, which is, 
 properly, the wine of opium. 
 
 T. O. C. Tinctura opii camphorata, pare- 
 goric elixir. 
 
 Tr. vel tinct. Tinctura, tincture. 
 Trit. Tritura, triturate. 
 Troch. Trochiscus, a troch or lozenge. 
 Ult. preescr. Ultimo praescriptus, the last 
 ordered. 
 
 Umb. Umbilicus, the navel. 
 TJng. Unguentum, ointment. 
 TJst. ut liq. anim. Usque ut liquerit animus, 
 until fainting is produced. 
 
 U. S. Pharmacopceia of the United States. 
 Utend. Utendus, to be used. 
 Vent. Ventriculus, the stomach. 
 V. O. S. Vitello ovi solutus, dissolved in 
 the yolk of an egg. 
 
 Vom. urg. Vomitiohe urgente, when the 
 vomiting begins. 
 
 V. S. Vensesectio, bleeding. 
 Zz. Zingiber, ginger. 
 1H . Minimum, a minim. 
 Gr. Grana, a grain. 
 
 9. Scrupulum, a scruple, equal to 20 grains 
 troy. 
 
 3. Drachma, a drachm, equal to three scru- 
 ples; or, in liquids (f. 3J.), the £th part of an 
 ounce measure. 
 
 f. Uncia, an ounce troy; or, in liquids 
 (f. fj.), the J^th part of a wine pint. 
 ft). Libra, a pound. 
 ss. Se missis, half. 
 j., one; ij., two; iij., three, &c. 
 PRESENTATION. In Obstetrics, the part 
 of a foetus which is situated immediately over the 
 
PRI 
 
 os uteri : this is to be discovered by an exami- 
 nation per vaginam. The presentation is said 
 to be natural when the vertex of the head, the 
 feet, knees, or breech presents; and a preter- 
 natural, or cross presentation, when any other 
 part presents. In most preternatural cases, 
 turning is necessary to put the child into a nat- 
 ural position. 
 
 Prespinal. Praespinalis. The anterior sur- 
 face of the spine ; before the spine. 
 
 Pretibul. Prcetibialis. In front of the 
 tibia. 
 
 Priapeia. Nicotiana rustica. 
 
 Priapi'scus. (From -pianoc, the perns.) 
 1. A tent made in the form of a penis. 2. A 
 bougie. 
 
 PRIAPISM. Priapismus. A continual erec- 
 tion of the penis, arising from morbific causes. 
 The application of cold lotions, with the ad- 
 ministration of camphor and opium, sometimes 
 removes it. 
 
 Pria'pus. The penis. 
 
 Prickle. See Aculeus. 
 
 Prickly. See Aculeatus. 
 
 Prickly ash. Aralia spinosa and xanthoxy- 
 lum fraxineum. 
 
 Prickly heat. See Lichen tropicus. 
 
 Pride of China. P. of India. Melia aze- 
 darach. 
 
 PRIM.E VLE. The first passages. The 
 6tomach and the intestinal tube. The lacteals 
 are called the secundce vies, and, lastly, the blood- 
 vessels, which are supplied by the lacteals, are 
 the vice tertice. 
 
 PRIMARY. Primarius. A term in very 
 general use in Pathology. It is applied to dis- 
 eases, to their symptoms, causes, &c, and de- 
 notes priority in opposition to what follows, or 
 what is secondary : thus, when inflammation of 
 the diaphragm produces furious delirium, the 
 primary disease is the paraphrenias ; so when 
 gall-stones produce violent pain and vomiting, 
 which are followed by jaundice, white faeces, 
 brown urine, &c, the pain and vomiting are 
 primary symptoms, the jaundice and white 
 stools are secondary. 
 
 Primary teeth. See Teeth. 
 
 Primine. The outermost envelope of the 
 ovule of plants. 
 
 PRIMFPARA. (From primus, first, and 
 pario, to bring forth.) A woman for the first 
 time in the parturient state. 
 
 Primi'ti^e. The first discharge of waters in 
 parturition. 
 
 Primrose, evening. Oenothera biennis. 
 
 PEI'MULA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Primulacece. The 
 primrose genus. The P. verus, or cowslip, has 
 an agreeable flavor. The P. vulgaris, or prim- 
 rose, is said to be sternutatory. 
 
 Pri'nceps alexipharmacorcm. The angelica. 
 
 PRINCIPLE. Principium. A term some- 
 what vaguely used by chemists. Sometimes it 
 means a component part ; thus we speak of the 
 constituent principles of bodies. At other times 
 it means a substance, on the presence of which, 
 certain qualities, common to a number of bod- 
 ies, depend ; thus we speak of an acidifying 
 principle. Lastly, the substances peculiar to 
 animal and vegetable bodies, which result from 
 
 PRO 
 
 particular modes of combination of ordinary 
 matter, are termed the proximate principles of 
 animal and vegetable bodies. 
 
 PRINOS VERTICILLATUS. Black alder. 
 An indigenous shrub. Hexandria. Monogy- 
 nia. The bark is tonic and astringent. It is 
 much used in domestic medicine in intermit- 
 tents, diarrhoea, and gangrenous seres, in the 
 form of decoction. Dose of the bark, 5ss. to 3J. 
 
 Priono'des. 1. Serrated. 2. The sutures. 
 
 PRFOR. The first. A term applied to some 
 muscles and various parts from their order. 
 
 Prior annularis. Musculus prior annula- 
 ris. Fourth interosseous of Winslow. An in- 
 ternal interosseous muscle of the hand. 
 
 Prior indicis. Extensor tertii internodii 
 indicts of Douglas. An internal interosseal 
 muscle of the hand, which draws the fore finger 
 inward toward the thumb, and extends it ob- 
 liquely. 
 
 Prior medii. Musculus prior medii. Second 
 interosseous of Douglas. An external interos- 
 seous muscle of the hand. 
 
 PRISM. A solid contained by planes, of 
 which the two that are opposite are equal, simi- 
 lar, and parallel, and all the rest parallelograms. 
 Prisms take particular names from the figures 
 of their ends, or opposite, equal, and parallel 
 sides. When the ends are triangles, they are 
 called triangular prisms ; when the ends are 
 pentagonal, pentagonal prisms ; and so on. A 
 right prism has its sides perpendicular to its 
 ends; an oblique prism is that in which the 
 sides are oblique to the ends. The solid con- 
 tent of a prism is found by multiplying the area 
 of the base into the perpendicular altitude ; 
 hence all prisms are to one another in the ratio 
 compounded of their bases and altitudes. The 
 optical prism is of three similar sides. 
 
 Prisma'tic Piismaticus. 1. Prism-shaped. 
 2. The colors w r hich arise from the action of a 
 transparent prism on the solar beam are called 
 prismatic colors. These are red, orange, yel- 
 low, green, blue, indigo, and violet. 
 
 PRO-. (From irpo, before.) A common pre- 
 fix, meaning in front of. in advance of. 
 
 PRO RE NATA. A term frequently used 
 in extemporaneous prescriptions, and implying 
 occasionallv. as circumstances may require. 
 
 PRO'BAXG. A flexible piece of whalebone, 
 with an oval piece of ivory or a piece of sponge 
 fixed to the end. It is used by surgeons to 
 push down into the stomach foreign bodies 
 which stick in the oesophagus. 
 
 PROBE. (From probo, to try.) A surgical 
 instrument, of a long and slender form, used to 
 try the depth of wounds. 
 
 Pro'bole. An apophysis. 
 
 Probo'scis. A snout or trunk. 
 
 Proca'rdium. The pit of the stomach. 
 
 PROCATA'RCTIC. (Procatarcticus ; from 
 TrpoKarapxo, to go before.) Occasional: ap- 
 plied to a remote cause of disease ; as exposure 
 to cold, unusual exertion, &c. 
 
 PRO'CESS. (Processus, us, m.; from proce- 
 do, to go before.) In Anatomy, a production 
 of any part. 
 
 Processus a cerebello ad testes. Two 
 processes which pass from the corpora quadri- 
 ffemina to the cerebellum. 
 
 533 
 
PRO 
 
 PRO 
 
 Processus annularis. The pons varolii. 
 
 Processus cmci vermiformes. See .Intes- 
 tine. 
 
 Processus caudatus. See Liver. 
 
 Processus ciliaris. See Eye. 
 
 Processus mamilla'res. A name formerly 
 applied to the bulbs of the olfactory nerves. 
 
 PROCIDENTIA, (a, ce, f. ; from procido, 
 to fall down.) A complete falling down of any 
 part; thus, procidentia ani, uteri, vaginae, &c. 
 See Prolapsus. 
 
 Proco'ndylus. The first joint of the finger 
 next the metacarpus. 
 
 PROCTALGIA, {a, ce, f. ; from Trpunroc, 
 the fundament, and alyoc, pain.) A violent 
 pain in the anus. It sometimes takes place 
 suddenly from exposure to cold, from irritating 
 faeces, but it is mostly symptomatic of some 
 disease, as piles, scirrhus, prurigo, cancer, &c. 
 
 Proctatre'sia. Imperforate anus. 
 
 PRO'CTICA. (From vrpw/croc, the anus.) 
 Diseases of the anus without primary inflamma- 
 tion. — Good. 
 
 Procti'cus. Appertaining to the anus. 
 
 PROCTTTIS. (is, idis, f.; from -rrpuKroc, 
 the anus.) Inflammation of the internal or mu- 
 cous membrane of the lower part of the rectum. 
 
 Proctocele. Prolapsus ani. 
 
 Pro'ctocystoto'mia. When the operation of 
 lithotomy is performed by cutting into the 
 bladder through the septum, lying between 
 the bladder and rectum. 
 
 Pro'ctoleucorrhce'a. A purging of white 
 mucus. 
 
 Proctorrhce'a. A purging of mucus. 
 
 Proctos. lipuKTOc. The anus. 
 
 Procu'mbent. Procumbens. Trailing, and a 
 little bent upward. 
 
 Prodro'mus. The period immediately be- 
 fore the attack of a disease. 
 
 Productio. An apophysis. 
 
 Produ'ction. 1. A process. 2. That which 
 is produced. 
 
 Proegu'minos. Proeguminal. Precedent: 
 the same as predisposing. 
 
 Prceo'tia. Genital precocity. 
 
 PROFLU'VIA. Fluxes. The fifth order of 
 Cullen's class Pyrexice. 
 
 Profluvii cortex. See Nerium antidysen- 
 tericum. 
 
 PROFLU'VIUM. {urn, ii, n. ; from profluo, 
 to flow out.) A flux. 
 
 Profundus. 1. Deep seated. 2. The Flex- 
 or profundus perforans. 
 
 PROFU'SIO. A flow of any of the fluids, 
 not attended by fever ; as a loss of blood. 
 
 Proglo'ssis. The tip of the tongue. 
 
 PROGNOSIS, (is, is, f. ; from itpo, before, 
 and yivucwu), to kuow.) The foretelling the 
 event of diseases from their symptoms. 
 
 Prognostic. Prognosticus. 1. Adjectively, 
 relating to prognosis. 2. Substantively, a prog- 
 nosis. 
 
 Projectu'ra. An apophysis. 
 
 Prola'bium. The membrane of the lips. 
 
 PROLA'PSUS. (us, i, m. ; from prolabor, 
 to slip down.) A protrusion or falling down 
 of a part of a viscus: applied to the uterus, 
 anus, &c. 
 
 Prolapsus ani. A falling down of the low- 
 534 
 
 er part or extremity of the bowel. It is a very 
 common occurrence in infancy, and, indeed, 
 not uncommon at any period of life. It is a 
 prominent protrusion of the internal membrane 
 of the gut, through the sphincter, beyond what 
 is natural ; for a small portion always protrudes 
 every time the faeces are expelled, and goes 
 back as the sphincter contracts. In most in- 
 stances this protruded part is easily returned 
 by gentle pressure with the fingers. Cold and 
 astringent lotions and stimulants mostly effect 
 a cure after removing the appai'ent causes : if 
 these should fail, clipping off a small portion of 
 the relaxed and protruded membrane will be 
 beneficial, or applying a ligature, if there should 
 be any fear of hemorrhage. Where such treat- 
 ment is not deemed improper, an instrument 
 must be contrived to keep the bowel in its 
 place. 
 
 Prolapsus iridis. Protrusion of the iris, or 
 a part of it, through a wound of the cornea. 
 Staphyloma iridis. 
 
 Prolapsus uteri. A falling down of the 
 womb. When the relaxation is so great that 
 the uterus protrudes through the external parts, 
 the case is called Procidentia uteri. It arises 
 from loss of tone of the parts, and is to be rem- 
 edied by keeping the patient in the horizontal 
 posture, and the use of astringent injections. 
 A pessary or suitable truss is often useful. An 
 operation has been proposed for the restoration 
 of the parts, where these means are without 
 effect. It consists in diminishing the outlet of 
 the vagina, by producing the union of a portion 
 of the labia puctendi. The strength of the pa- 
 tient should be in all cases improved as far as 
 possible. 
 
 Prolapsus uvul.&. (Edema of the uvula. 
 
 Prolapsus vagina. When one portion of 
 the vagina subsides into a lower portion. It 
 may be merely relaxation of the vagina ; pro- 
 lapsus; or procidentia, when a portion pro- 
 trudes at the os externum. 
 
 Prole'pticus. Applied to those diseases, 
 the paroxysms of which anticipate each other, 
 or return after less and less periods of intermis- 
 sion. 
 
 Prolecta'tion. The choosing or separating 
 of the finer or better parts from the worse. 
 
 Pro'licide. The destruction of one's chil- 
 dren. 
 
 Pro'lifer. Prolific, or proliferous : applied 
 to those stems which shoot out new branches 
 from the summit of the former ones. 
 
 P R L I'F I C . Prolificus. (From proles, a 
 child, and facto, to make.) The capacity of 
 begetting children or offspring. 
 
 Prolige'rous. Proligerus. 
 offspring. 
 
 Prometopi'dium. Prometopis. The skin 
 upon the forehead. 
 
 Prominent. Prominens. Projecting. 
 
 Prominentia. A protuberance. 
 
 Promontory. Promontorium. A projection 
 of the inner ear. See Auris. 
 
 PRONATION. Pronatio. The act of turn- 
 ing the palm of the hand downward. 
 
 PRONA'TOR. (or, oris, m.) A name given 
 to two muscles of the hand, the pronator radii 
 quadratus and pronator radii teres, the use of 
 
PRO 
 
 PRO 
 
 which is to perform the opposite action to that 
 of the supinators, viz., pronation. 
 
 Pronator quadratus. See Pronator radii 
 quadratus. 
 
 Pronator radii brevis. See Pronator ra- 
 dii quadratus. 
 
 Pronator radii quadratus. Pronator 
 quadratus of Douglas and Albiuus. Pronator 
 quadratus sive transversus of Winslow. Pro- 
 nator radii brevis seu quadratus of Cowper. 
 This, which is named from its use and its shape, 
 is a small fleshy muscle, situated at the lower 
 and inner part of the forearm, and covered 
 by the tendons of the flexor muscles of the 
 hand. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from 
 the lower and inner part of the ulna, and 
 runs nearly in a tranverse direction, to be in- 
 serted into that part of the radius which is op- 
 posite to its origin, its inner fibres adhering to 
 the interosseous ligament. This muscle assists 
 in the pronation of the hand, by turning the 
 radius inward. 
 
 Pronator radii teres. Pronator teres of 
 Albinus and Douglas. Pronator teres, sive obli- 
 quus, of Winslow. A small muscle situated at 
 the upper and anterior part of the forearm. It 
 is called teres, to distinguish it from the prona- 
 tor quadratus. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, 
 from the anterior and inferior part of the outer 
 condyle of the os humeri ; and tendinous from 
 the coronoid process of the ulna, near the inser- 
 tion of the brachialis internus. The median 
 nerve passes between these two portions. From 
 these origins the muscle runs obliquely down- 
 ward and outward, and is inserted, tendinous 
 and fleshy, into the anterior and convex edge 
 of the radius, about the middle of that bone. 
 This muscle, as its name indicates, serves to 
 turn the hand inward. 
 
 Pronerva'tio. A tendon or aponeurosis. 
 
 Pro'nus. Having the face downward. Ap- 
 plied to the under surface of a leaf. 
 
 Proof spirit. Dilute alcohol of sp. gr. - 930. 
 
 Prop. Fulcrum. 
 
 PROPA'GO. (o, inis, f.) A slip, layer, or 
 cutting of a plant. Some anatomists have call- 
 ed the smaller branches of vessels and nerves 
 propagines. 
 
 PROPHYLACTIC. (Prophylacticus; from 
 vpoyvXaaau, to guard against.) Any means 
 used with a view to guard against diseases are 
 so called. 
 
 Prophyla'xis. Preventive treatment. 
 
 Pro'prius. Proper. 
 
 PROPTO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from irpoirnrru, to 
 fall down.) Proptoma. 1 . A protrusi on or fall- 
 ing down of any part : applied, like prolapsus, 
 to the uterus, rectum, &c. 2. A relaxation of 
 parts, as the scrotum, breasts, &c. 
 
 Propyf/ma.. A premature collection of pus. 
 
 Pro'ra. The occiput. 
 
 Prosarthro'sis. Syn. with Diarihrosis. 
 
 PROSE'CTOR. (From proseco, to cut. ) 
 The person who dissects the subject for ana- 
 tomical demonstration. 
 " Prosenchy'ma. Fusiform or woody tissue. 
 
 Prosopalgia. Facial neuralgia. 
 
 Pro'sopon. Upotjwnov. The face. 
 
 Prospe'gma. A fixing of humors in one 
 spot. 
 
 Pro'sphysis. 1. Adhesion. 2. Adhesion of 
 the eyelids. 
 
 Prostasis. An abundance of morbid hu- 
 mors. 
 
 PRO'STATE. (Prostatus; from npoioTnpi, 
 to stand before.) Standing before ; jutting out. 
 
 Prostate gland. Glandula prostata. A 
 very large, cordate, firm gland, situated be- 
 tween the neck of the urinary bladder and the 
 bulbous part of the urethra. It secretes the 
 white fluid, which is emitted into the urethra 
 during coition by ten or twelve ducts, that open 
 near the verumontanum. This gland is very 
 liable to inflammation, scirrhus, and cancer. 
 
 Prostate, inferior muscle of the. See 
 Transversus perinei alter. 
 
 Prosta'tic Prostaticus. Appertaining to 
 the prostate gland. 
 
 Prostatic concretions. Calculi of the pros- 
 tate gland, according to Dr. Wollaston con- 
 sisting of phosphate of lirne tinged with the 
 prostatic fluid. 
 
 Prostatic urethra. That portion of the 
 urethra which passes through the prostate gland : 
 it is the most dilated. 
 
 Prostaticus superior. The compressor 
 prostatic. 
 
 Prostatitis. Inflammation of the prostate. 
 
 Prostato'ncus. Swelling of the prostate. 
 
 Prosta'te. Prostratus. Depressed. 
 
 PROSTRATION. Prostratio. A great loss 
 of voluntary power over the muscles ; great de- 
 pression of strength. The asthenic or adynamic 
 state. 
 
 PRO'TEINE. (From npuTevu, to hold the 
 first place.) The basis of albumen, fibrin, ca- 
 sein, and other important and nutritious azotized 
 principles. It is procured from these bodies 
 by making a solution of them in a gentle heat 
 with potash, imtil their sulphur is entirely re- 
 moved, and afterward adding acetic acid, which 
 precipitates the proteine. It is a gelatinous 
 solid of a gray color while hydrated, but by 
 drying becomes of the texture and appearance 
 of transparent horn, but brittle. Fresh proteine 
 is very soluble in the acetic and phosphoric 
 acids; it also dissolves in hot concentrated hy- 
 drochloric acid, forming a deep blue or purple 
 solution, which becomes black by boiling. It 
 combines both with acids and alkalies. Mul- 
 der, to whom we are indebted for the discov- 
 ery of this most important body, proposes for it 
 the formula C40H31N5O12 ; Liebig imagines that 
 C48H36N6O14 is a more useful formula for theo- 
 retical purposes. 
 
 Proteine is therefore the organic basis of the 
 principles albumen, fibrin, casein, and is also 
 the body from which nearly all the azotized an- 
 imal tissues are derived. The above principles 
 are compounds of proteine with sulphur and 
 phosphorus: thus, 10 atoms of proteine (Pr) 
 -{-S-j-P is albumen derived from the egg ; 
 Pr 10 -i-S'2-|-P is another form of albumen, de- 
 rived from the blood; Pno-j-S.P is fibrin; 
 Prio+S is casein ; and Pri 5 -|-S is globulin. Be- 
 sides these direct compounds of proteine, it ap- 
 pears that all the varieties of animal tissues may 
 be traced to changes impressed upon proteine. 
 Thus, according to Liebig, muscular flesh is 
 Pr,HO,H ; arterial membrane, Pr,2HO ; mucus, 
 
 535 
 
PR U 
 
 PRU 
 
 Pr,3H0; chondrin, Pr,4HO,20; homy tissue, 
 Pr,NH 3 ,30 ; gelatinous tissue, 2Pr,3NH 3 ,HO,70 ; 
 from which it would appear that the changes 
 are of the nature of oxidation, and the combi- 
 nation of water and ammonia. 
 
 When fibrin or albumen are boiled a long 
 time with access of air, they become resolved 
 into a soluble and insoluble body ; the first is 
 the tritoxide of proteine, and is the same as the 
 buffy coat of the blood ; the other is a binoxide. 
 
 Prote'inous. Proteina'ceous. Pertaining to 
 proteine. Applied to those alimentary princi- 
 ples which contain proteine, or those bodies 
 which are derived from proteine. 
 
 Prothe'sis. That part of surgery which re- 
 lates to the employment of additional parts to 
 repair injuries, as the use of the glass eye, &c. 
 
 Protid. A product of the action of potash 
 on proteine. It is of a bright yellow color, pul- 
 verizable, and soluble in water and alcohol. 
 Its formula is C13H9NH4. 
 
 PROTO-. (From Trpuroc, the first.) A pre- 
 fix, signifying the first degree, precedence. It 
 is much employed in chemistry to mark the 
 principal combination of bodies, when they 
 combine in the proportion of one atom of each 
 substance, as protoxide, protiodide. 
 
 Proto'gala. The colostrum. 
 
 PROTOPA'THIC. (Protopathicus; from 
 irpuToc, first, and nadoc, a disease.) Applied to 
 the symptoms of diseases in the same sense as 
 primary. 
 
 Pro'tosalt. The salt of a protoxide. 
 
 PROTRA'CTOR. In Surgery, an instrument 
 for drawing extraneous bodies out of wounds. 
 
 PROTUBERA'NTIA. 1. A protuberance on 
 any part. 2. An apophysis. 
 
 Protuberantia annularis. The pons va- 
 rolii. 
 
 Protuberantia cylindrica. P.cylindroides. 
 The comu ammonis. 
 
 PRO'XIMATE. Proximus. The next in 
 order. 
 
 Proximate analysis. That kind of analysis 
 which consists in the determination of the com- 
 pound bodies present, and not of the elements, 
 which latter constitutes the ultimate analysis. 
 
 Proximate cause. Causa proxima; so 
 called, because, when the exciting cause begins 
 to have effect, it is the proximate, or next thing 
 that happens. The proximate cause of a dis- 
 ease is the disordered action in which the dis- 
 ease consists : in other words, the disease itself. 
 
 Proximate principle. See Principle. 
 
 Pru'na. The carbuncle. 
 
 Prune. The prunus domestica. 
 
 PRUNE'LLA. (a, a, I) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiates. — P. 
 vulgaris. It was recommended as an astrin- 
 gent in hemorrhages and fluxes, as also in gar- 
 gles against aphthae and inflammation of the 
 fauces. 
 
 Pru'num. A plum or prune. 
 
 Prunum gallicum. Prunus domestica. 
 
 Prunum sylvestre. Prunus spinosa. 
 
 PRU'NUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Icosandria. Monogynia. Rosacea. — P. arme- 
 niaca. The apricot. — P. avium. The black 
 cherry-tree. — P. cerasus. The red cherry-tree. 
 — P. domestica. The plum or damson tree. — 
 536 
 
 P. lauro-cerasus. The poison laurel, cherry 
 laurel, bay laurel, and Alexandrian laurel. The 
 leaves have a bitter, styptic taste, with a flavor 
 of bitter almonds. The leaves have been em- 
 ployed for culinary purposes, and especially in 
 custards, &c. ; but as the poisonous quality of 
 this laurel is now known to be the prussic acid, 
 the public ought to be cautioned against its in- 
 ternal use. — P. padus. The wild cluster, or 
 bird-cherry tree. Padus. The bark and ber- 
 ries of this shrub are used medicinally. The 
 former, when taken from the tree, has a fra- 
 grant smell, and a bitter, subastringent taste, 
 somewhat similar to that of bitter almonds. 
 Made into a decoction, it cures intermittents, 
 and it has been recommended in the cure of 
 several forms of syphilis. The berries are said 
 to cure the dysentery. — P. spinosa. The sloe- 
 tree. P. sylvestris. The fruit is employed 
 in gargles, in tumefactions of the tonsils and 
 uvula, and, from its astringent taste, was for- 
 merly much used in hemorrhages, &c. 
 
 Prunus virginiana. The wild cherry. An 
 indigenous tree, officinal in the U. S. Pharma- 
 copoeia. The bark is bitter, and aromatic to 
 the taste, and possesses tonic and sedative prop- 
 erties ; the latter in consequence of the presence 
 of an oil resembling the oil of bitter almonds. 
 It is a medicine of great value in cases of de- 
 bility of the gastric mucous membrane, with 
 nervous irritability, which so often occurs in 
 dyspepsia. It reduces the pulse in large doses. 
 It has also been used in intermittents. The 
 dose of the powder is 3SS. to 3J . The infusion is 
 officinal. 
 
 PRURI'GO. (o, inis, f. ; from prurio, to 
 itch.) Pruritus. Prurigo is a papulous erup- 
 tion. As it arises from different causes, or at 
 different periods of life, and exhibits some va- 
 rieties in its form, it is described by Dr. Willan 
 under the titles of prurigo mitis, prurigo formi- 
 cans, and prurigo senilis. In these the whole 
 surface of the skin is usually affected ; but there 
 are likewise many causes of local prurigo, which 
 will be afterward noticed according to their 
 respective situations. 
 
 1. The prurigo mitis originates without any 
 previous indisposition, in young persons, gener- 
 ally in spring, or the beginning of summer. It 
 is characterized by soft and smooth elevations 
 of the cuticle, somewhat larger than the papulae 
 of the lichen, from which they also differ by 
 retaining the usual color of the skin; for they 
 seldom appear red, or much inflamed, except 
 from violent friction. They are not, as in the 
 other case, accompanied with tingling, but with 
 a sense of itching almost incessant. This is, 
 however, felt more particularly on undressing, 
 and often prevents rest for some hours after 
 getting into bed. When the tops of the papulae 
 are removed by rubbing or scratching, a clear 
 fluid oozes out from them, and gradually con- 
 cretes into thin black scabs. 
 
 When persons affected with it neglect wash- 
 ing the skin, or are uncleanly in their apparel, 
 the eruption grows more inveterate, and at 
 length, changing its form, often terminates in 
 the itch. A steady perseverance in tepid lotions 
 of water, and of the warm bath, is mostly of in- 
 finite service. Sulphur, magnesia, soda, nitrate 
 
PRU 
 
 P RU 
 
 of potash, are useful internally; and also, where 
 there is debility, the internal use of cinchona 
 and the mineral acids. 
 
 2. The prurigo formicans is a much more ob- 
 stinate and troublesome disease than the fore- 
 going. It usually affects persons of adult age. 
 Its duration is from four months to two or three 
 years, with occasional short intermissions. The 
 papulae are sometimes larger, sometimes more 
 obscure, than in the preceding species ; but are, 
 under every form, attended with an incessant, 
 stinging, and almost intolerable itching. They 
 are diffused over the whole body, except the 
 face, feet, and palms of the hands : they appear, 
 however, in greatest number on those parts 
 which, from the mode of dress, are subjected to 
 tight ligatures, as about the neck, loins, and 
 thighs. 
 
 Although the prurigo formicans is never, like 
 the former species, converted into the itch, yet 
 it does occasionally terminate in a pustular dis- 
 ease, not contagious. For the most part, it is 
 necessary, in attempting the cure of this spe- 
 cies, to attend to, and remove, if possible, some 
 hepatic or other visceral obstruction, by an al- 
 terative course of medicine. When there is a 
 state of debility, tonics, with mineral acids and 
 nourishing diet, must be resorted to. Steel is 
 also serviceable. Chlorine, soda, and bitters, 
 with saline aperients, are, in common cases, of 
 great benefit. Veiy dilute ammoniacal lotions, 
 or weak sulphur waters, applied externally, 
 tend to allay the itching. 
 
 3. Prurigo senilis. — This affection does not 
 differ much in its symptoms and external ap- 
 pearances from the prurigo formicans, but has 
 been thought by medical writers to merit a dis- 
 tinct consideration, on account of, its peculiar 
 inveteracy. The prurigo is perhaps aggravated, 
 or becomes more permanent in old age, from 
 the dry , condensed state of the skin and cuticle 
 which often takes place at that period. Those 
 who are affected with it in a high degree have 
 little more comfort to expect during life, being 
 incessantly tormented with a violent and uni- 
 versal itching. The state of the skin in the 
 prurigo senilis is favorable to the production of 
 an insect, the pediculus humanus, more especi- 
 ally to the variety of it usually termed body-lice. 
 
 Warm bathing gives temporary ease in this 
 complaint. Sulphur waters are beneficial. Lo- 
 tions of nitric and oxymuriatic acid are very 
 useful ; thirty minims of the former to ten fluid 
 ounces of pure water, and as much muriatic 
 acid in addition when the former fails. Sea- 
 water bathing, and the application of sea water, 
 are also very beneficial. Internally, such med- 
 icines must be given as are calculated to meet 
 constitutional defects. Tonics, with mineral 
 acids, are in most cases useful ; and, when dys- 
 pepsia exists, bitters with alkalies. 
 
 In connexion with the foregoing series of 
 complaints, Dr. Willan mentions some prurigin- 
 ous affections which are merely local, as follows : 
 
 Prurigo podicis. — Ascarides in the rectum 
 excite a frequent itching and irritation about 
 the sphincter ani, which ceases when the cause 
 is removed by proper medicines. A similar 
 complaint often arises, independently of worms, 
 hemorrhoidal tumors, or other obvious causes, 
 
 which is mostly found to affect persons engaged 
 in sedentaiy occupations, and may be referred 
 to a morbid state of secretion in the parts, found- 
 ed, perhaps, on a diminution of constitutional 
 vigor. The itching is not always accompanied 
 with an appearance of papula? or tubercles : it 
 is little troublesome during the day time, but 
 returns every night soon after getting into bed, 
 and precludes rest for several hours. The com- 
 plaint continues in this form during three or 
 four months, and has then an intermission, till 
 it is produced again by hot weather, fatigue, 
 watching, or some irregularity in diet. The 
 same disease occurs at the decline of life, under 
 a vaiiety of circumstances. 
 
 Women, after the cessation of the catamenia, 
 are liable to be affected with this species of pru- 
 rigo, more especially in summer or autumn. 
 The skin between the nates is rough and papu- 
 lated, sometimes scaly, and a little humor is dis- 
 charged by violent friction. Along with this 
 complaint there is often an eruption of itching 
 papulae on the neck, breast, and back ; a swell- 
 ing and inflammation of one or both ears, and a 
 discharge of matter from behind them, and from 
 the external meatus auditorius. 
 
 The prurigo praputii is owing to an altered 
 state of secretion on the glans penis and inner 
 surface of the praeputium. If the fluid be se- 
 creted in too large a cpiantity, that excess may 
 be restrained by washes made with the liquor 
 plumbi acetatis, or by applying the unguentum 
 plumbi acetatis. 
 
 Prurigo urethralis. — Avery troublesome itch- 
 ing sometimes takes place at the extremity of 
 the urethra in females, without any manifest 
 cause. Probably, however, the itching may be 
 occasioned by a morbid state of the neck of the 
 bladder, being, in some instances, connected 
 with pain and difficulty of making water. 
 
 An itching at the extremity of the urethra in 
 men is produced by calculi, and by some dis- 
 eases of the bladder. 
 
 Prurigo pubis. — Itching papulae often arise on 
 the pubes, and become extremely sore if their 
 tops are removed by scratching. They are oc- 
 casioned sometimes by neglect of cleanliness, 
 but more commonly by a species of pediculus, 
 which perforates the cuticle, and thus derives 
 its nourishment, remaining fixed in the same 
 situation. These insects are termed by Lin- 
 naeus, &c, pedicuh pubis: they do not, how- 
 ever, affect the pubes only, but often adhere to 
 the eyebrows, eyelids, and axillae. 
 
 Prurigo scroti. — The scrotum is affected 
 with a troublesome and constant itching from 
 ascarides within the rectum, from friction by 
 violent exercise in hot weather, and very usual- 
 ly from the pediculi pubis. Another and more 
 important form of the complaint appears in old 
 men, sometimes connected with the prurigo 
 podicis, and referrible to a morbid state of the 
 skin, or superficial gland of the part. The 
 scrotum, in this case, assumes a brown color, 
 also becoming thick, scaly, and wrinkled. The 
 itching extends to the skin covering the penis, 
 more especially along the course of the urethra, 
 and has little respite either by day or night. 
 
 The Prurigo pudendi muliebris is somewhat 
 analogous to the prurigo scroti in men. It i§ 
 
 537 
 
P SE 
 
 often a symptomatic complaint in the lichen and 
 lepra ; it likewise originates from ascarides irri- 
 tating the rectum; and is, in some cases, con- 
 nected with a discharge of the fiuor albus. 
 
 A similar affection arises in consequence of a 
 change of state in the genital organs at the time 
 of puberty, attended with a series of most dis- 
 tressing sensations. 
 
 Deep ulcerations of the parts seldom take 
 place in the prurigo pudendi, but the appear- 
 ance of the aphtha? on the labia and nymphae is 
 by no means unusual. From intercourse with 
 females, under these circumstances, men are 
 liable to be affected with small ulcerations on 
 the glans, and inside of the praeputium, which 
 prove troublesome for a length of time, and 
 often excite an alarm, being mistaken for 
 chancres. 
 
 Women, after the fourth month of their preg- 
 nancy, often suffer greatly from the prurigo 
 pudendi, attended with aphthae. These, in a 
 few cases, have been succeeded by extensive 
 ulcerations : such instances are, however, ex- 
 tremely rare. The complaint has, in general, 
 some intervals or remissions ; and the small 
 ulcers usually disappear soon after delivery, 
 whether at the full time or by a miscarriage. 
 
 PRURI'TUS. (us, us, m. ; from prurio, to 
 itch.) See Prurigo. 
 
 Prussian blue. A compound of a rich blue 
 color well known as a pigment. See Ferrifer- 
 ro-sesquicyanidum. 
 
 Pru'ssiate. A cyanide or ferrocyanide. 
 
 Prussiate of iron. Prussian blue. 
 
 Prussiate of mercury. See Hydrargyri 
 cyanuretum. 
 
 Prussiate of potash. See Ferrocyanide of 
 Potassium. 
 
 Pru'ssic acid. Acidum prussicum. See 
 Hydrocyanic acid and Acidum hydrocyanicum. 
 
 Pru'ssine. Cyanogen. 
 
 PSALLOTDES. (From ^alloc, a stringed 
 instrument, and eidoc, a likeness.) An appear- 
 ance on the under surface of the fornix of the 
 brain is called corpus psalloides. 
 
 Psalte'rium. The corpus psalloides. See 
 Encephalos. 
 
 Psammo'des. Sand-like. Applied to urine 
 which deposits a sandy sediment. 
 
 PSELLFSMUS. {us, i, m. ; from ipeXTitfo, 
 to stammer or hesitate in speech.) Defect of 
 speech, in which the articulation is imperfect 
 or depraved. Cullen has the following species: 
 
 1. Psellismus balbutiens. — Lisping ; vicious 
 multiplication of labials. 
 
 2. Psellismus emolliens. — Vicious substitution 
 of soft for harsher letters. 
 
 3. Psellismus lallans. — Lullaby-speech; vi- 
 cious pronunciation of the letter I. 
 
 4. Psellismus ringens.— Rotacismus ; vicious 
 pronunciation of the letter r. 
 
 5. Psellismus lagostomatum. — Vicious pro- 
 nunciation occasioned by hare-lip. 
 
 6. Psellismus acheilos. — Vicious pronuncia- 
 tion arising from defect of lip. 
 
 7. Psellismus hcesitans. — Hesitation. 
 Psellismus metallicus. The stammering 
 
 which sometimes attends mercurial erythrismus. 
 Pse'llotes. Psellismus. 
 PSEUD-. PSEUDO-. (From ipevdnc, false.) 
 538 
 
 PSO 
 
 A very frequent prefix, denoting a false, spuri- 
 ous, or apparent thing. 
 
 Pseudaco'ia. Pseudacoe. Pseudacusis. 
 False, perverted, or imaginary audition. 
 
 Pseuda'corus. Iris pseudacorus. 
 
 PSEU'D^STHE'SIA. {a,as,U from ^tfoc, 
 false, and atadavo^ai, to feel.) Imaginary or 
 false feeling, or imaginary sense of touch in or- 
 gans which have no existence. 
 
 Pseudarthro'sis. A false joint. 
 
 PSEUDOBLE'PSIS. (is, is, f. ; from fevdrjc, 
 false, and (3Xcipic, sight.) Imaginary vision of 
 objects, characterized by depraved sight, cre- 
 ating objects, or representing them different 
 from what they are. 
 
 The appearances constituting false sight are 
 mostly symptomatic or sympathetic, and ac- 
 company inflammation of or about the eyes or 
 brain ; also fevers, hysteria, syncope, lethargy, 
 apoplexy, &c. 
 
 Pseudo-croup. Laryngismus stridulus. 
 
 Pseu'do-cye'sis. False conception. 
 
 Pseu'do-mela'nthium. Agrostemma githago. 
 
 PSEUDO-ME'MBRANE. A false mem- 
 brane, or organized layer of lymph, effused in 
 consequence of inflammation. 
 
 Pseudo-mo'rphia. Pseudomorphine. An inv 
 active base, forming crystalline scales, found in 
 some kinds of opium. 
 
 Pseudo-phthi'tis. Emaciation without tu- 
 bercles of the lungs. 
 
 Pseudo-pleuritis. Pleurodynia. 
 
 Pseudo-pyre'thrum. Achillaea ptarmica. 
 
 Pseudore'xia. Perverted appetite. 
 
 Pseudo-syphilis. See Syphilis. 
 
 Pseudotoxin. A substance obtained by 
 Brandes from the watery extract of belladonna. 
 It is yellow, soluble, and colored green by the 
 salts of iron. ' 
 
 Pseudy'men. A false membrane. 
 
 PSFDIUM. A genus of plants. Icosandria, 
 Monogynia. ■ — P. pomi'ferum. P. pyriferuvi. 
 The apple guava. A tropical fruit. 
 
 Psilo'thra. Applications to remove the 
 hair. 
 
 Psilo'thrum. Bryonia alba. 
 
 Psimmy'thium. Cerusse, or white lead. 
 
 PSO'iE. (-foat, the loins.) Alopeces. Ne- 
 pkrometrce. Netcrometeres. 1. The loins. 2. 
 The name of two pairs of muscles in the loins. 
 
 PSO'AS. (From -ipoai, the loins.) Belong- 
 ing to the loins. 
 
 Psoas abscess. See Lumbar abscess. 
 
 Psoas magnus. Psoas, seu lumbaris internus, 
 of Winslow. This is a long, thick, and very 
 considerable muscle, situated close to the fore 
 part and sides of the lumbar vertebrae. It arises 
 from the bodies of the last vertebrae of the back, 
 and of all the lumbar vertebra? laterally, as well 
 as from the anterior surfaces of their transverse 
 processes, by distinct tendinous and fleshy slips, 
 that are gradually collected into one mass. It 
 unites with the iliacus internus, descends along 
 with that muscle under the ligamentum Fal- 
 lopii, and goes to be inserted at the bottom of 
 the trochanter minor, and a little below that 
 process. Between the tendon of this muscle 
 and the ischium we find a considerable bursa 
 mucosa. This muscle, at its origin, has some 
 connection with the diaphragm, and likewise 
 
PSO 
 
 PSO 
 
 with the quadratus lumborum. It is one of the 
 most powerful flexors of the thigh forward, 
 and may likewise assist in turning it outward. 
 When the inferior extremity is fixed, it may 
 help to bend the body forward; and in an 
 erect posture it greatly assists in preserving the 
 equilibrium of the trunk upon the upper part 
 of the thigh. 
 
 Psoas parvus.- This muscle is situated upon 
 the psoas magnus, at the anterior part of the 
 loins. It arises from the side of the uppermost 
 vertebra of the loins, and sometimes, also, from 
 the lower edge of the last vertebra of the back, 
 and from the transverse processes of each of 
 these vertebrae; it then extends over part of 
 the psoas magnus, and terminates in a thin, flat 
 tendon, which is inserted into that part of the 
 brim of the pelvis where the os pubis joins the 
 ilium. From this tendon a great number of 
 fibres are sent off, which form a thin fascia, 
 that covers part of the psoas magnus and ilia- 
 cus interims, and gradually loses itself on the 
 fore part of the thigh. In the human body this 
 muscle is very often wanting. Its use seems 
 to be to assist the psoas magnus in bending the 
 loins forward ; and when we are lying upon 
 our back, it may help to raise the pelvis. 
 
 Psoas sive lumbaris internus. See Psoas 
 magnus. 
 
 Psoitis. Inflammation of the psose muscles. 
 It may terminate in lumbar abscess. 
 
 Psolo'ncus. A swelling of the penis, or the 
 glans penis. 
 
 Pso'ra. 'fyopa. The itch. See Scabies. 
 
 Psora leprosa. P. squamosa. Psoriasis. 
 
 PSORA'LEA. (a, a>, f ) A genus of plants. 
 Dladelphia. Decandria. — P. glandulosa is a 
 Chilian shrub, esteemed vulnerary. — P. penta- 
 phy'lla. The Mexican contrayerva, Contra- 
 yerva nova, which is by many as much esteemed 
 as the Dorstenia. It was introduced into Eu- 
 rope soon after the true plant, from Guiana as 
 well as Mexico. 
 
 PSORI'ASIS. (is, is, f. ; from ifjopa, the 
 itch.) The disease to which Dr. Willan gives 
 this title is characterized by a rough and scaly 
 6tate of the cuticle, sometimes continuous, some- 
 times in separate patches, of various sizes, but 
 of an irregular figure, and for the most part ac- 
 companied with rhagades or fissures of the skin. 
 From lepra it may be distinguished, not only 
 by the distribution of the patches, but also by 
 its cessation and recurrence at certain seasons 
 of the year, and by the disorder of the consti- 
 tution with which it is usually attended. Dr. 
 Willan gives the following varieties : 
 
 1. Psoriasis guttata. — This complaint ap- 
 pears in small, distinct, but irregular patches 
 of laminated scales, with little or no inflamma- 
 tion round them. The patches very seldom 
 extend to the size of a sixpence. The scale 
 formed upon each of them is thin, and may be 
 easily detached, leaving a red, shining base. The 
 patches are often distributed over the greatest 
 part of the body, but more particularly on the 
 back part of the neck, the face, breasts, arms, 
 loins, thighs, and legs. The psoriasis guttata 
 often appears on children in a sudden eruption, 
 attended with a slight disorder of the constitu- 
 tion, and spreads over the body within two or 
 
 three days. In adults it commences with a 
 few scaly patches on the extremities, proceeds 
 veiy gradually, and has a longer duration than 
 in children. Its first occurrence is usually in 
 the spring season, after violent pains in the 
 head, stomach, and limbs. During the summer 
 it disappears spontaneously, or may be soon 
 removed by proper applications, but it is apt to 
 return again early in the ensuing spring, and 
 continues so to do for several successive years. 
 There is a syphilitic variety of this species. 
 
 2. The Psoriasis diffusa spreads into large 
 patches, irregularly circumscribed, reddish, 
 rough, and fissured, with scales interspersed. 
 It commences, in general, with numerous mi- 
 nute asperities, or elevations of the cuticle, 
 more perceptible by the touch than by sight. 
 Upon these, small, distinct scales are soon after 
 formed, adhering by a dark central point, while 
 their edges may be seen white and detached. 
 In the course of two or three weeks all the in- 
 tervening cuticle becomes rough and fissured, 
 appears red, raised, and wrinkled, the lines of 
 the skin sinking into deep furrows. The scales 
 which form among them are often slight, and 
 repeatedly exfoliate. Sometimes, without any 
 previous eruption of papula?, a large portion of 
 the skin becomes dry, harsh, cracked, reddish, 
 and scaly, as above described. The parts most 
 affected by psoriasis diffusa are the cheeks, 
 chin, upper eyelids, and corners of the eyes, 
 the temples, the external ear, the neck, the 
 fleshy parts of the lower extremities, and the 
 forearm, from the elbow to the back of the 
 hand , along the supinator muscle of the radius. 
 The fingers are sometimes nearly surrounded 
 with a loose, scaly incrustation ; the nails crack 
 and exfoliate superficially. When limited to 
 the back of the hand, where it often appears in 
 bakers, it is called the baker's itch. The scaly 
 patches likewise appear, though less frequently, 
 on the forehead and scalp, on the shoulders, 
 back, and loins, on the abdomen and instep. 
 The psoriasis diffusa is attended with a sensa- 
 tion of heat, and with a very troublesome itch- 
 ing, especially at night. 
 
 As the complaint declines, the roughness, fis- 
 sures, scales, &c, disappear, and a new cuticle 
 is formed, at first red, dry, and shriveled, but 
 which, in two or three weeks, acquires the 
 proper texture. The duration of the psoriasis 
 diffusa is from one to four months. 
 
 3. The Psoriasis gyrata is distributed in nar- 
 row patches or stripes, variously figured : some 
 of them are nearly longitudinal ; some circular 
 or semicircular, with vermiform appendages; 
 some are tortuous or serpentine ; others like 
 earth-worms or leeches : the furrows of the cuti- 
 cle being deeper than usual, make the resem- 
 blance more striking, by giving them an annu- 
 lated appearance. There is a separation of 
 slight scales from the diseased surface, but no 
 thick incrustations are formed. The psoriasis 
 gyrata has its remissions and returns, like the 
 psoriasis diffusa ; it also exhibits, in some cases, 
 patches of the latter disorder on the face, scalp, 
 or extremities, while the trunk of the body is 
 checkered with the singular figures above de- 
 scribed. 
 
 4. Psoriasis palmaria. — This very obstinate 
 
 539 
 
PSO 
 
 species of tetter is nearly confined to the palm 
 of the hand. It commences with a small, harsh, 
 or scaly patch, which gradually spreads over the 
 whole palm, and sometimes appears in a slighter 
 degree on the inside of the fingers and wrist. 
 The surface feels rough from the detached and 
 raised edges of the scaly laminse ; its color often 
 changes to brown or black, as if dirty ; yet the 
 most diligent washing produces no favorable 
 effect. The cuticular furrows are deep, and 
 cleft at the bottom longitudinally, in various 
 places, so as to bleed on stretching the fingers. 
 A sensation of heat, pain, and stiffness in the 
 motions of the hand, attend this complaint. Jt 
 is worse in winter or spring, and occasionally 
 disappears in autumn or summer, leaving a soft, 
 dark red cuticle ; but many persons are troubled 
 with it for a series of years, experiencing only 
 very slight remissions. Shoemakers have the 
 psoriasis palmaria locally, from the irritation of 
 the wax they so constantly employ. In braziers, 
 tinmen, silversmiths, &c, the complaint seems 
 to be produced by handling cold metals. 
 
 5. Psoriasis labialis. — The psoriasis some- 
 times affects the lip without appearing on any 
 other part of the body. Its characteristics are, as 
 usual, scaliness, intermixed with chaps and fis- 
 sures of the skin. The scales are of a consid- 
 erable magnitude, so that their edges are often 
 loose, while the central points are attached; a 
 new cuticle gradually forms beneath the scales, 
 but is not durable. In the course of a few hours 
 it becomes dry, shriveled, and broken; and, 
 while it exfoliates, gives way to another layer 
 of tender cuticle, which soon, in like manner, 
 perishes. 
 
 6. Psoriasis scrotalis. — The skin of the scro- 
 tum may be affected in the psoriasis diffusa like 
 other parts of the surface of the body; but some- 
 times a roughness and scaliness of the scrotum 
 appeal's as an independent complaint, attended 
 with much heat, itching, tension, and redness. 
 The above symptoms are succeeded by a hard, 
 thickened, brittle texture of the skin, and by 
 painful chaps or excoriations, which are not 
 easy to be healed. 
 
 7. Psoriasis infantilis. — Infants between the 
 ages of two months and two years are occasion- 
 ally subject to the dry tetter. Irregular scaly 
 patches, of various sizes, appear on the cheeks, 
 chin, breast, back, nates, and thighs. They are 
 sometimes red, and a little rough or elevated ; 
 sometimes excoriated, then again covered with 
 a thin incrustation ; and, lastly, intersected by 
 chaps or fissures. The general appearances 
 nearly coincide with those of the psoriasis dif- 
 fusa ; but there are several peculiarities in the 
 tetters of infants which require a distinct con- 
 sideration. 
 
 8. The Psoriasis inveterata is characterized 
 by an almost universal scaliness, with a harsh, 
 dry, and thickened state of the skin. It com- 
 mences with a few irregular though distinct 
 patches on the extremities. Others appear af- 
 terward on different parts, and, becoming con- 
 fluent, spread at length over all the surface of 
 the body, except a part of the face, or sometimes 
 the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. 
 The skin is red, deeply furrowed or wrinkled, 
 stiff and rigid, so as somewhat to impede the 
 
 540 
 
 PTE 
 
 motion of the muscles and of the joints. So 
 quick, likewise, is the production and separa- 
 tion of scales, that large quantities of them are 
 found on the bed on which a person affected 
 with the disease has slept. They fall off in the 
 same proportion by day, and, being confined 
 within the linen, excite a troublesome and per- 
 petual itching. 
 
 Treatment. — The same general plan is appli- 
 cable to the different modifications of psoriasis, 
 the period of its duration and the degree of 
 irritability being carefully attended to. In the 
 commencement of the eruption, when it appears 
 suddenly, and the constitution is obviously dis- 
 ordered, a moderate antiphlogistic treatment 
 must be pursued. A gentle purgative should 
 be administered, and the diet made light by 
 abstracting every thing stimulant. This regi- 
 men, indeed, is requisite throughout the course 
 of the disease. When the constitutional dis- 
 turbance has subsided, the use of alkalies, com- 
 bined with sulphur or with an infusion of cin- 
 chona, together with tepid washing, will grad- 
 ually remove the complaint. A decoction of 
 bran, a little cream, or oil of almonds, sometimes 
 produces ease to the itching ; but any admixture, 
 even of the oxide of zinc, or preparations of 
 lead, with these liniments, is commonly detri- 
 mental. But the more local and less inflamma- 
 tory eruption of psoriasis is considerably alle- 
 viated by local expedients. The palmar and 
 scrotal varieties are deprived of the dryness and 
 itching by exposure to the vapor of hot water, 
 and by the application of dilute unguentum 
 hydrargyri nitratis. In the psoriasis of the lips, 
 nothing acrid can be borne ; and much of the 
 cure depends upon seeming the parts from irri- 
 tation, even from heat and cold, by a constant 
 coveiing of some mild ointment or plaster. 
 
 Pso'ric. Psoricus. Appertaining to psora. 
 
 PSOROPHTHA'LMIA. (a,«,f; from fopa, 
 the itch, and o<p6a?ifioc, the eye.) Psorophthal- 
 my. An inflammation of the eyelids, attended 
 with ulcerations, which itch very much. The 
 cause is an acrimony secreted by the glands of 
 the eyelids. See Ophthalmitis. 
 
 PSYCHAGO'GUES. (From rJ,v X V, the mind, 
 and ayu>, to move.) Applied by Schneider to 
 medicines which have the power of restoring 
 the senses ; as volatiles and stimulants, which 
 recover a patient from syncope. 
 
 Psyche. The mind or soul. 
 
 Ps'ychical. Relating to the mind. 
 
 PSYCHOLOGY. (Psychologia, cr, f. ; from 
 fvxrj, the soul, and Aojog, a discourse.) The 
 doctrine of the mind or soul. Mental philos- 
 ophy. 
 
 Psycho'tria emetica. One of the plants 
 yielding ipecacuanha, which see. 
 
 Psychrolu'trum. A cold bath. 
 
 Psy'chticus. Refrigerant. 
 
 PSYDRA'CIUM. (um, Ai, n. ; from ipvxoc, 
 cold.) A species of pustule. See Pustuie. 
 
 Psydracia. Ecthyma. — Frank. 
 
 Psy'llium. Plantago psyllium. 
 
 Pta'rmica. So called because it irritates 
 the nose. Achillaea ptarmica. 
 
 PTA'RMICUS. (UTapfwcoc, from irraipu, 
 to sneeze.) Ptarmic. Sternutatory. 
 
 PTE'RIS. (is, idis, f.) So called from the 
 
PTE 
 
 PT Y 
 
 likeness of its leaves to wings. A genus of ferns. 
 — P. aquili'na. The common brake, or female 
 fern. Filix fcemina. The root was esteemed 
 an anthelmintic. 
 
 PTEROCA'RPUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. 
 — P. draco. This is one of the species which 
 yields dragon's blood. — P. erina'ceus. The tree 
 which is supposed to yield the African kino. — 
 P. marsupium yields the East Indian kino. — P. 
 santali'nus. The red sanders-tree. Red San- 
 ders has been esteemed as a medicine ; but its 
 only use attaches to its coloring property. The 
 juice of this tree, like that of some others, af- 
 fords a species of sanguis draconis. 
 
 PTERYGIUM. Pterygion. (Ilrepwf, a 
 wing.) 1. In Pathology, a membraneous ex- 
 crescence which grows upon the internal can- 
 thus of the eye chiefly, and expands itself over 
 the albuginea and cornea toward the pupil. It 
 appears to be an extension or promulgation of 
 the fibres and vessels of the caruncula lachry- 
 rnalis, or semilunar membrane, appearing like a 
 wing. It is sometimes a pellucid pellicle, thin, 
 of a cineritious color, and unpainful, growing 
 out from the caruncula lachrymalis. In other 
 cases it is thick, of a red color, attended with 
 fullness of the vessels on the white of the eye, 
 and stretches over the cornea like fasciculi of 
 vessels. This was called pannus : this pannus 
 is occasionally of various colors, painful and 
 cancerous. The pterygium pingue, or pinguic- 
 ula, is a small substance, like lard or fat, soft, 
 without pain, and of a light yellow color, which 
 commonly is situated in the external angle of 
 the eye, and rarely extends to the cornea, but 
 often remains through life. 2. In Botany, a 
 wing. See Ala. 
 
 Pterygopalatine. That which relates to 
 the pterygoid process and the palate, as the 
 ptery go-palatine canal and the ptery go-palatine 
 artery, or superior pharyngeal. 
 
 Pte'rygo-pharynge'us. See Constrictor 
 pharyngeus superior. 
 
 Pte'rygo-staphyli'nus exte'rnus. See Le- 
 vator palati. 
 
 PTERYGOID. (Pterygoides. Ptery goide- 
 ns; from nrepv^, a wing, and eidoc, resem- 
 blance.) Resembling the wing of a bird. 
 
 Pterygoid artery. 1. The superior pharyn- 
 geal artery, a branch of the internal maxillary. 
 2. The branches furnished to the pterygoid 
 muscles. 
 
 Pterygoid canal. Pterygoid fossa. See 
 Sphenoides os. 
 
 Pterygoid nerves. 1. The vidian nerve. 
 2. The branches of the inferior maxillary nerve 
 distributed to the pterygoid muscles. 
 
 Pterygoid processes. The wing-like pro- 
 cesses of the sphenoid bone. See Sphenoides os. 
 
 Pterygoideum os. See Sphenoides os. 
 
 Pterygoide'us externus. (Pterygoideus; 
 from its belonging to the processus pterygoides.) 
 Pterygoideus minor of Winslow. Musculus 
 alaris externus. A muscle placed, as it were, 
 horizontally along the basis of the skull, be- 
 tween the pterygoid process and the condyle 
 of the lower jaw. It usually arises by two 
 distinct heads, one from the outer wing of the 
 pterygoid process and a small part of the os 
 
 maxillare adjoining to it ; the other, from a 
 ridge in the temporal process of the sphenoid 
 bone. From these origins the muscle fonns a 
 strong fleshy belly, which descends almost 
 transversely outward and backward, and is in- 
 serted, tendinous and fleshy, into a depression 
 in the fore part of the condyloid process of the 
 lower jaw, and into the anterior surface of the 
 capsular ligament that surrounds the articula- 
 tion of that bone. When both the muscles act 
 together, they bring the jaw horizonally for- 
 ward. When they act singly, the jaw is moved 
 forward, and to the opposite side. The fibres 
 that are inserted into the capsular ligament 
 serve likewise to bring the movable cartilage 
 forward. 
 
 Pterygoideus internus. Pterygoideus ma- 
 jor of Winslow. This muscle arises, tendinous 
 and fleshy, from the whole inner surface of the 
 external ala of the pterygoid process, filling all 
 the space between the two wings; and from 
 that process of the os palati that makes part of 
 the pterygoid fossa. Thence the muscle de- 
 scends obliquely downward, forward, and out- 
 ward, and is inserted, by tendinous and fleshy 
 fibres, into the inside of the lower jaw, near its 
 angle. Its use is to raise the lower jaw, and to 
 pull it a little to one side. 
 
 Pterygoideus major. See Pterygoideus in- 
 ternus. 
 
 Pterygoideus minor. See Pterygoideus ex- 
 ternus. 
 
 Pte'rygo-staphyli'nus. Chaussier's name 
 for the circumflexus palati muscle. 
 
 Pteryx. Urepv^. A wing ; ala. 
 
 Ptilo'sis. (From nriXoc, bald.) See Ma- 
 darosis. 
 
 PTI'SANA. (a, ce, f. ; from Trrcrrccj, to de- 
 corticate, bruise, or pound.) A ptisan. A de- 
 coction made of decorticated barley, raisins, 
 liquorice, or other vegetable matters. The 
 French physicians use a variety of ptisans. See 
 Tisane. 
 
 PTO'SIS. (is, is, f.; from tutttu, to fall.) 
 A falling down of the upper eyelid. See Ble- 
 pharoptosis. 
 
 Ptosis iridis. Prolapsus iridis. 
 
 PTYA'LAGOGUE. (Ptyalagogus ; from 
 KTvakov, spittle, and ayu, to excite.) A medi- 
 cine, or any thing which promotes a discharge 
 of the saliva or causes salivation. 
 
 PTYALINE. An albuminous constituent of 
 saliva, having the power of a ferment. It forms 
 less than 0-5 per cent, of the secretion. It does 
 not appear to be materially different from pep- 
 sine, and dissolves both amylaceous and pro- 
 teinous bodies, according as it is alkakine or 
 acid. 
 
 PTY'ALISM. ( Ptyalismus, i,m.; from 
 7TTvaXi^(j, to spit.) A ptyalism; salivation, or 
 increased secretion of saliva. This is often pro- 
 duced by the expectation of agreeable food, and 
 is symptomatic of diseases of the mouth and 
 salivary gland. 
 
 Ptyalism, mercurial. In whatever mode 
 introduced into the system, quicksilver often 
 produces salivation, and that after a short time, 
 and even from a small quantity. The discon- 
 tinuance of mercury is the cure : it soon sub- 
 sides ; but it is often attended with much ic- 
 
 541 
 
PUP 
 
 PUE 
 
 convenience, as a high degree of irritation, not 
 only of the mouth and fauces, but of the system 
 generally. The common course of symptoms 
 is this : the mouth feels uncommonly hot, and 
 there is a coppery or metallic taste ; the lingual 
 and sublingual glands swell ; aphthous vesicles 
 appear, and terminate in minute and offensive 
 ulcerations ; the tongue swells ; the throat be- 
 comes sore ; feverishness and sleeplessness su- 
 pervene, and are often present from an early 
 period of the disease ; and there is an eruption. 
 See Eczema rubra. 
 
 In attempting the cure of mercurial salivation, 
 the attention is to be directed to the local state 
 of the fauces, and the general state of the sys- 
 tem. The bowels are to be kept soluble with 
 saline aperients. Acidulated gargles of barley- 
 water, with nitre, citric acid, and the like, will 
 often be sufficient, or very dilute compound in- 
 fusion of roses ; but the best of all gargles by 
 far is the chloride of soda or lime, so diluted as 
 not to produce more than just a sensible sting- 
 ing in the mouth. 
 
 Ptyali'smus. See Ptyalism. 
 
 Ptyali'smus iners. Slavering. 
 
 Pty'alum. The mucus ejected from the 
 bronchia. 
 
 Ptysmago'gus. Ptysmagogue. Expec- 
 torant. 
 
 PU'BERTY. The transition from childhood 
 to youth ; or that period of life when the indi- 
 vidual acquires the power of propagation. 
 
 PU'BES. (es, is, f.) The external part of 
 the organs of generation of both sexes, which, 
 after puberty, is covered with hair. 
 
 Pubescence. Pubescentia. The down or 
 hairs of leaves. 
 
 Pube'scent. Pubescens. Clothed with a 
 soft wool or hair. 
 
 PUBIC. Pubiceus. Relating to the pubis, 
 either the bone or the soft parts about it. 
 
 PUBIS OS. A separate bone of the foetal 
 pelvis. See Innominatum os. 
 
 Pu'ccOon. Sanguinaria canadensis. 
 
 Pude'ndagra. Any disease of the genital 
 organs. 
 
 PUDE'NDUM. {urn, i, n. ; from pudeo, to 
 be ashamed.) Pudenda. The parts of gener- 
 ation. 
 
 Pudendum muliebre. The female parts of 
 generation. 
 
 PU'DIC. (Pudi'cus; from pudor, shame.) 
 Belonging to the pudenda. 
 
 Pudic arteries. Arteries pudi' 'cce. Pudendal 
 arteries. The arteries which supply the parts 
 of generation. These are, 1. The internal pu- 
 dic. Sometimes simply called the pudic, which 
 is a branch of the internal iliac, and gives off 
 the external hemorrhoidal and perineal arteries, 
 and those of the penis. 2. The external pudic 
 arteries, varying in number, and rising from the 
 common femoral artery. 
 
 Pudic nerve. This is formed on each side 
 by fibrils from all the cords which enter into 
 the constitution of the great sciatic nerve. It 
 arises in two fasciculi, which pass through the 
 lower part of the iliac notch, and between the 
 sacro-sciatic ligaments to join the pudic artery, 
 the branches of which they accompany, bearing 
 the same names. 
 542 
 
 PU'ERILE. Puerilis. (From puer, a boy 
 or child.) That which is childish. Applied 
 to the sonorous respiration of children. See 
 Auscultation. 
 
 Pueri'lis morbus. The epilepsy. 
 
 PU'ERPERA. (From puer, and pario, to 
 bring forth.) A lying-in woman; one who has 
 recently been delivered. 
 
 PUE'RPERAL. Puerperalis. Appertaining 
 to child-bearing; as puerperal convulsions, 
 puerperal fever, &c. 
 
 Puerperal convulsions. See Convulsions. 
 
 Puerperal fever. Several distinct affec- 
 tions have been treated of under this name, the 
 principal of which are, 
 
 1. Peritonitis. 
 
 2. An adynamic febrile disease, supposed to 
 be of a contagious nature, and of which peri 
 toneal inflammation is a prominent feature. 
 
 3. Inflammation of the uterus or its append- 
 ages. 
 
 4. Inflammation of the uterine veins and 
 lymphatics. 
 
 Puerperal Peritonitis. — The peritoneum lin- 
 ing the abdomen, or that covering the intes- 
 tines, may be inflamed alone, or the disease 
 may be combined with inflammation of the 
 uterus. 
 
 Peritoneal inflammation may be caused by 
 violence during delivery, or the application of 
 cold, or the injudicious use of stimulants. Those 
 who have suffered from uterine hemorrhage 
 after delivery are most liable to this disease, 
 as well as to inflammation of the uterus. It 
 may not come on for three weeks after delivery, 
 but it usually appears on the second day ; and 
 it may often be observed that the pulse contin- 
 ues frequent from the time of delivery. It is 
 preceded or attended by shivering, and sickness 
 or vomiting, and is marked by pain in the belly, 
 which is sometimes very universal, though in 
 other cases it is at first confined to one spot. 
 The abdomen very soon becomes swelled and 
 tense, and the tension rapidly increases. The 
 pulse is frequent, small, and sharp, the skin hot, 
 the tongue either clean, or white and dry, the 
 patient thirsty ; she vomits frequently, and the 
 milk and lochia usually are obstructed. These 
 symptoms often come on very acutely, but they 
 may also approach insidiously. But, whether 
 the early symptoms come on rapidly or slowly, 
 they soon increase, the belly becomes as large 
 as before delivery, and is often so tender that 
 the weight of the bedclothes can scarcely be 
 endured ; the patient also feels much pain when 
 she turns. The respiration becomes difficult, 
 and sometimes a cough comes on, which ag- 
 gravates the distress; or it appears from the 
 first, attended with pain in the side, as a prom- 
 inent symptom. Sometimes the patient has a 
 great inclination to belch, which always gives 
 pain. The bowels are either costive, or the 
 patient purges bilious or dark-colored faeces. 
 These symptoms are more or less acute, accord- 
 ing to the extent to which the peritoneum is 
 affected. They are, at first, milder and more 
 protracted in those cases where the inflamma- 
 tion begins in the uterus, and in such, the pain 
 is often not very great nor very extensive for 
 some time. In fatal cases, the swelling and 
 
PUE 
 
 tension of the belly increase, the vomiting con- 
 tinues, the pulse becomes very frequent and ir- 
 regular, the fauces are aphthous, the extremities 
 become cold, and the pain usually ceases rather 
 suddenly. The patient has uure freshing slum- 
 ber, and sometimes delirium mite, but she may 
 also remain sensible to the last. The disease 
 usually proves fatal within five days, but may 
 be protracted for eight or ten days, or even 
 longer. Sometimes this disease ends in suppu- 
 ration, and the abscess points and bursts ex- 
 ternally. 
 
 The patient is only to be saved by vigorous 
 means and great attention. If the pulse con- 
 tinue above a hundred in the minute for 
 twenty-four hours after delivery, there is reason 
 to apprehend that some serious mischief is 
 about to happen ; and, therefore, unless the 
 frequency depend decidedly on debility, pro- 
 duced by great hemorrhage, &c, we ought to 
 open the bowels freely, and give a diaphoretic. 
 We must carefully examine the belly, and if it 
 be full, or painful on pressure, or if the patient 
 be inclined to vomit, we ought instantly to open 
 a vein, and use purgatives. One copious bleed- 
 ing, on the very invasion of the disease, is more 
 useful than ten afterward; and the delay of 
 two hours may be the loss of the patient, whose 
 danger, even under the most active practice, is 
 extreme. In peritoneal inflammation, blood- 
 letting is imperiously called for at a very early 
 period; and the evacuation is to be repeated 
 or not, according to its effects, and the constitu- 
 tion of the patient. If she have borne it ill, 
 and not been relieved, when it was used first, 
 there is reason to apprehend that the case has 
 not been simple peritoneal inflammation, but 
 malignant puerperal fever. If she bear it well, 
 and the pulse becomes slower and fuller, and 
 the pain abate, we are encouraged to repeat it. 
 After the lancet has been early used, if pain 
 continue, many leeches, or the scarificator, 
 should be applied to the most painful part. 
 The abdomen should then be covered by a warm 
 poultice. A large dose of opium, that is, three 
 grains, is to be administered after the bleeding, 
 and repeated according to circumstances, in 
 smaller doses. The bowels are, at the very 
 first, to be opened freely with calomel, or some 
 other purgative, which ought to be given in a 
 large dose, particularly calomel, for ordinary 
 doses do no good. After effusion has begun, 
 and debility is produced, cordials, of which 
 wine is the best, should be given, and anodyne 
 clysters are to be administered. There are one 
 or two cases recorded where the fluid has been 
 either spontaneously discharged by an opening 
 taking place in the intestine, or artificially, by 
 paracentesis, and with a good, effect. 
 
 A modification of this disease is not unfre- 
 quent, in which the inflammatory affection, in 
 so far as traces are left after death, is apparent- 
 ly very limited in extent, as well as inconsider- 
 able iu degree. The pain seems to arise more 
 from high sensibility of the nerves than from 
 actual inflammation of the parts, and it often 
 shoots in the direction of some particular ab- 
 dominal nerve f for instance, the ilio-pubal. 
 There is, at first, either circumscribed pain, or 
 wandering pain, like gripes. Dr. Gooch has 
 
 PUE 
 
 detailed several cases of this disease, which, hi 
 some instances, seemed to proceed from the 
 griping operation of a brisk purgative ; in others, 
 from severe after-pains, more especially when 
 the patient, in her ordinary state, was delicate 
 and nervous. 
 
 Chronic inflammation of the peritoneum is 
 not very unfrequent, and may last for some 
 weeks. It is attended with constant pain in 
 some parts of the abdomen, but it is not un- 
 bearable; the belly is tender, the pulse fre- 
 quent, the thirst urgent, and, often, the mind 
 is affected as in hysteria, or a train of hysterical 
 symptoms supervenes, which may lead off the 
 attention from the seat of the disease. It re- 
 quires, at first, blood-letting, and then the fre- 
 quent use of laxatives, with repeated blisters. 
 
 Malignant Puerperal Fever. — There can be 
 no doubt that in particular seasons a contagion 
 has prevailed, inducing fever in the puerperal 
 state, attended with the symptoms of the pre- 
 ceding inflammatory diseases, in some instances 
 proving fatal rather from mere exhaustion than 
 from inflammation ; in others, leaving marks of 
 great inflammation or of suppuration. It is not, 
 therefore, to be expected that either the post- 
 mortem examination, or the individual symp- 
 toms during life, should be very different from 
 peritonitis, &c, the chief distinction being hi 
 the complication with a malignant influence, 
 and in the patient being neither benefited by, 
 nor bearing depletion so copiously as should 
 have been both warranted and useful in the 
 simple affection. 
 
 The description, therefore, in many of the 
 essential points, must be much the same as that 
 of hysteritis, &c. 
 
 Malignant puerperal fever sometimes begins 
 in an insidious manner, without that shivering 
 which usually gives intimation of the appi-oach 
 of a serious malady. But, generally, shivering 
 is perceived, and varies considerably in degree, 
 being either slight or pretty sevei'e. The first 
 symptoms, independent of the shivering, are, 
 frequency of pulse, oppression, nausea, or retch- 
 ing, pain in the head, particularly over the eye- 
 brows. The night is passed with little sleep, 
 much confusion, and, occasionally, some delir- 
 ium. It must not, however, be unnoticed that, 
 in many instances, there is no headache in any 
 stage of the disease, nor any sickness or vomit- 
 ing in the beginning. In some, the temper is, 
 from the first, uncommonly irritable ; in others, 
 there is much timidity, or listlessness, or apathy. 
 Hysterical symptoms not unfrequently super- 
 vene. From the beginning of the attack, or very 
 soon afterward, pain is felt in the belly, at first 
 slight, but it presently increases ; and, in some 
 instances, the abdomen becomes so teuder that 
 even the weight of the bedclothes is produc- 
 tive of distress. There is great distention of 
 the abdomen. The degree of pain, its seat, 
 and period of accession, vary in different cases. 
 In some, it evidently begins in the uterus, nev- 
 er going entirely off, yet being subject to severe 
 exacerbation, accompanied with sense of bear- 
 ing down. Sometimes severe pain, like spasm, 
 attacks the iliac region, and extends down the 
 thigh, and toward the bladder and pubis. The 
 face is sometimes flushed at first, or the cheeks 
 
 543 
 
PUE 
 
 are suffused ; but the countenance, in general, 
 is pale and ghastly, the eyes are without ani- 
 mation, and the lips and angles of the eyes are 
 white. When the face is flushed, the cheeks 
 are generally covered with a broad patch of 
 deep red, while the brow and other parts are 
 cadaverous, or covered with perspiration. The 
 whole features indicate anxiety, if not terror, 
 and great debility. Vomiting frequently occurs 
 at the very commencement, and, in that case, 
 it is bilious. In the course of the disease, it 
 sometimes becomes so frequent that nothing 
 will stay in the stomach, and, toward the con- 
 clusion of the fever, the fluid thrown up is dark 
 colored, and frequently fetid. There is a great 
 dejection of mind, languor, with general debil- 
 ity of the muscular fibres, and the patient lies 
 chiefly on her back; or there is so much list- 
 lessness that she sometimes makes little com- 
 plaint. The skin is not very hot, but is rather 
 clammy and relaxed. The tongue is pale or 
 white at first, but presently becomes brown, 
 and, uniformly, aphthse appear in the throat, 
 and extend down the oesophagus, and over all 
 the inside of the mouth. From the irritability 
 of the stomach and bowels, it is probable that 
 these organs participate in the tender state; 
 and from the cough which is excited, the upper 
 part of the larynx seems also to be affected. It 
 has already been mentioned that, from the first, 
 the pulse is very frequent, and is, at that pe- 
 riod, fuller than in simple pei-itoneal inflamma- 
 tion, but it soon becomes feeble. The thirst is 
 not always great; at least, the patient often is 
 careless about drink. The bowels are often, 
 at first, bound, but afterward, especially about 
 the third day, they usually become loose, and 
 the stools are dark, fetid, and often frothy. 
 This evacuation seems to give relief. It is, in- 
 deed, peculiarly deserving of remark, that often 
 in this disease, either from spontaneous or arti- 
 ficial evacuation, or sometimes without any 
 perceptible cause, there is a delusive calm, and 
 the patient is supposed to be better. The urine 
 is dark colored, has a brown sediment, and is 
 passed frequently, and with pain. The lochial 
 discharge is diminished, and has a bad smell, 
 or is changed in appearance, or gradually ceas- 
 es ; and it is observable that the reappearance 
 of the lochia, if they had been entirely sup- 
 pressed, which is not common, is not critical. 
 The secretion of milk stops, and the patient 
 inquires very seldom about the child. In some 
 cases pleuritic symptoms occur. As the disease 
 advances, the pulse becomes more frequent, 
 and weaker, or tremulous. In bad cases, the 
 swelling of the belly increases rapidly ; but the 
 pain does not always keep pace with the swell- 
 ing, being sometimes least when the swelling 
 is greatest, and in the end it generally goes en- 
 tirely off. The breathing becomes laborious 
 in proportion as the belly enlarges. The strength 
 sinks; the pulse, always frequent, becomes 
 weak and tremulous ; the throat and mouth 
 become sloughy ; perhaps the stools are passed 
 involuntarily ; hiccough sometimes takes place ; 
 and the patient usually dies before the fifth day 
 of the disease, but in some cases not until the 
 fourteenth; in others, so early as the second 
 day. In some instances, death is preceded by 
 544 
 
 PUE 
 
 low delirium or stupor. In others, the mind 
 continues unimpaired till within a few minutes 
 of dissolution, and the patient is earned oft 
 after a fit of a convulsive kind. 
 
 This fever attacks generally on the second, 
 or sometimes on the third day after delivery, 
 but it has also occurred so late as after a week. 
 The earlier it attacks, the greater is the danger, 
 and few women recover who have the belly 
 much swelled. 
 
 It is most frequent and most fatal in hospitals. 
 In private practice it is less malignant, though 
 still veiy dangerous. It is sometimes epidemic, 
 and in some instances it has been easy to trace 
 the contagion from one woman to another. 
 When this fever is prevalent, women, after 
 abortion, are liable to it, as well as those who 
 have reached the full time. Unmarried women 
 who attended the sick have also died with 
 many of its symptoms. 
 
 The treatment of the low fever of lying-in 
 women does not differ materially from that of 
 epidemic typhus, complicated with local inflam- 
 mation. Venesection, to a moderate extent, is 
 sometimes useful at the commencement of the 
 disease ; but large or repeated bleedings can 
 never be borne, nor must bleeding be practiced 
 at all in an advanced stage of the disease. 
 Leeches to the abdomen are more useful than 
 general blood-letting. The bowels should at 
 first be cleared out by a full dose of calomel and 
 a saline purgative, and laxatives may afterward 
 be given as they are required ; but, as the dis- 
 ease advances, diarrhoea is more common than 
 constipation. There is, perhaps, no medicine 
 so serviceable in this disease as opium. It allays 
 pain and irritation, checks the vomiting, which 
 is so frequent and distressing, and obviates 
 diarrhoea. Opiate enemata are frequently ser- 
 viceable in allaying tenesmus. Blisters to the 
 abdomen are recommended by some practition- 
 ers, but objected to by others as increasing irri- 
 tation. Cloths wet with warm oil of turpentine 
 seem to be much preferable, and often produce 
 a very soothing effect on the internal pain, while 
 they excite a degree of counter-irritation on the 
 surface. In the advanced stage of the disease, 
 stimulants are indicated, and wine, camphor, 
 and the sulphate of quinine may be adminis- 
 tered ; but when the powers of the constitu- 
 tion begin to sink in this disease, it is hardly 
 possible to rally them, and the case is almost 
 always fatal. 
 
 Inflammation of the Uterus or its Appendages. 
 — A general description of this will be found in 
 the article Hysteritis. 
 
 Inflammation of the Veins and Lymphatics of 
 the Uterus. — Uterine phlebitis is an affection 
 which has only attracted attention of late yeai-s. 
 An interesting account of it has been given by 
 Dr. Robert Lee, from which the following is 
 taken. Dr. Lee considers a large proportion of 
 the cases called typhoid puerperal fever as re- 
 femble to uterine phlebitis. 
 
 In women who have enjoyed good health 
 during pregnancy, and in whom the process of 
 parturition has been easily accomplished, uter- 
 ine phlebitis occasionally commences within 
 twenty-four hours after delivery, with pain, 
 more or less acute, in the region of the uterus, 
 
PUE 
 
 PUE 
 
 accompanied or followed by a severe rigor, or 
 a succession of rigors, a suppression of the lo- 
 chial discharge, acceleration of the pulse, head- 
 ache, or slight incoherence of intellect, with 
 most distressing sensation of general uneasiness, 
 and sometimes by nausea and vomiting. These 
 symptoms, after a short duration, are succeeded 
 by increased heat of the body, tremors of the 
 muscles of the face and extremities, rapid, feeble 
 poise, anxious and hurried respiration, great 
 1 hirst, with brown, dry tongue, and frequent 
 vomiting of green-colored matters. The sen- 
 sorial functions usually become much affected, 
 and there is a state of drowsy stupor or violent 
 delirium and agitation, which is followed by 
 symptoms of extreme exhaustion; the whole 
 surface of the body not uufrequently assumes a 
 deep and peculiar sallow or yellow color ; the 
 abdomen sometimes becomes swollen and tym- 
 panitic, and some of the remote organs of the 
 body, such as the lungs, heart, brain, liver, and 
 spleen, or the articulations and cellular mem- 
 brane of the extremities, suffer disorganization 
 from congestion, or a rapid and destructive in- 
 flammation. 
 
 There is scarcely an organ of the body which 
 has not been observed to become secondaiily 
 affected from suppuration of the uterine veins. 
 The vessels of the brain sometimes become 
 greatly congested, and lymph is effused upon 
 the surface of the pia mater, or serum into the 
 ventricles ; portions of the brain have become 
 softened and disorganized, or purulent infiltra- 
 tions have taken place into the cerebral sub- 
 stance. 
 
 In other individuals, whose lungs had pre- 
 viously been healthy, a rapid and destructive 
 inflammation of the pleura has taken place, or 
 portions of the pulmonary texture have become 
 condensed, of a dark red color, or infiltrated 
 with pus. In three cases where there had only 
 been obscure pain in the chest during life, with 
 slight cough and dyspnoea, a copious effusion of 
 lymph and serum was found to have taken place 
 into the cavities of the thorax; the pleura was 
 covered with false membranes, and portions of 
 the lung had fallen into a state of complete gan- 
 grene. In one individual the pleura had given 
 way by sloughing, and the right side of the chest 
 was distended with air. 
 
 In uterine phlebitis, the mucous membrane 
 lining the stomach has also been observed by 
 M. Dance to have been reduced to the state of 
 a diffluent pulp, and the substance of the spleen 
 has been extensively softened and disorganized ; 
 the eyes have also become suddenly affected 
 with destructive inflammation, and the vision 
 has been lost many days before the termination 
 of life. 
 
 Deposits or infiltrations of pus, of enormous 
 extent, also take place in the cellular membrane, 
 between the muscles of the extremities, and 
 often in the neighborhood of the joints ; the 
 cartilages of the joints themselves become ul- 
 cerated, and pus is formed within the capsular 
 ligaments. 
 
 All these affections appear to have a common 
 
 origin, and can not be referred to any other 
 
 cause than to the morbid condition of the veins 
 
 of the uterus. The purulent or other secretions, 
 
 M M 
 
 formed by inflammation within the cavities of 
 these vessels, probably produce the whole of 
 the injurious effects now described, by entering 
 the system, and contaminating the mass of blood 
 in like manner as poisons do when absorbed in 
 the body. 
 
 The effects of inflammation in the uterine 
 veins are the formation of adventitious mem- 
 branes on their inner surface, and the deposition 
 of coagula of lymph or of purulent matter with- 
 in their cavities. 
 
 Coagula of the fibrin of the blood, which 
 often extend a considerable distance into the 
 uterine veins, are formed in the orifices of these 
 vessels after every labor, and are the principal 
 means employed by nature for the permanent 
 suppression of uterine hemorrhage. These may 
 be distinctly perceived for a long period after 
 delivery, and they have a form and color differ- 
 ent from the coagula produced by inflamma- 
 tion. 
 
 The inflammation may be limited to the veins, 
 but not uufrequently the muscular tissue con- 
 tiguous to them participates in the inflammation, 
 and becomes of a dark red or blackish brown 
 color, and of an unusually soft consistence. The 
 peritoneal covering may also be affected, and 
 the usual consequences of puerperal peritonitis 
 then ensue. 
 
 Inflammation having once begun, either in 
 the spermatic or hypogastric veins, it is liable 
 to spread continuously to the veins of the whole 
 uterine system, to those of the ovaria, of the 
 Fallopian tubes, and broad ligaments. The 
 vena cava itself does not always escape, the in- 
 flammation spreading to it from the iliac or from 
 the spermatic veins. This occurrence seldom 
 takes place to a great extent through the medi- 
 um of the spermatic, the inflammation usually 
 terminating abruptly at the opening of the sper- 
 matic into it on the right side, or of the renal 
 on the left. If it pursues, as it sometimes does, 
 the direction of the kidneys, the substance of 
 these organs, as well as then* veins, may be in- 
 volved in the disease. 
 
 When the inflammation affects the hyposas- 
 tric veins, it may extend from these to the iliac 
 and femoral veins, and thus give rise to all the 
 phenomena observed in phlegmasia dolens. • 
 
 Though it is a most dangerous disease, it is 
 not invariably fatal. 
 
 With respect to the treatment of uterine 
 phlebitis, Dr. Lee states, that, in cases where 
 venesection at the invasion of the disease has 
 been employed, the relief obtained has only 
 been temporary, if at all experienced, and, in 
 some instances, the abstraction of only a few 
 ounces of blood from the arm has produced 
 alarming syncope. When the local pain is se- 
 vere, leeches and warm fomentations seem to 
 be the appropriate remedies ; but, as far as our 
 observations go, we are in possession of no re- 
 medial means which effectually control these 
 varieties of inflammation of the deeper-seated 
 structures of the uterus, which we have attempt- 
 ed to describe. The French practitioners have 
 great confidence in the action of mercury push- 
 ed quickly to salivation. Dr. Lee states that 
 he gave this practice a fair trial, and that it 
 failed, although he carried it to a great extent, 
 
 545 
 
PUL 
 
 PUL 
 
 and brought the system under the influence of 
 mercury in less than twenty-four hours : yet 
 the progress of the symptoms was not arrested, 
 and the patients died, as others had done where 
 the remedy had not been administered. 
 
 Inflammation of the uterine absorbents is not 
 a common case. Dr. Robert Lee has given 
 four examples of it, in one of which the absorb- 
 ents were found filled with pus. The local 
 symptoms are often so obscure as altogether to 
 escape detection during life ; while the consti- 
 tutional affection, which often strikingly resem- 
 bles the effect of a specific poison, is so violent 
 as to yield to no treatment, however early or 
 vigorously employed. 
 
 Puffball. See Lycoperdon. 
 
 Pu'ffixess. An inflated condition of the in- 
 teguments, arising from the infiltration of gas 
 or serum. 
 
 PUGI'LLUS. {us, i, m. ; and um, i, n. ; 
 from pngnus, the fist.) A pugil, or eighth part 
 of a handful. A very indefinite measure. 
 
 Pule'gium. Mentha pulegium. 
 
 Pulegium cervi'num. Mentha cervina. 
 
 Pu'lex. A genus of apterous insects, of 
 which the P. irritans is the flea, and P. pene- 
 trans the chigoe. 
 
 Pulica'ria. Plantago psyllium. 
 
 Pulicularis morbus. Typhus has been so 
 named from the petechia?, resembling flea-bites, 
 which accompany it. 
 
 PU'LMO. 0, onis, m. Tlvev/xuv.) The 
 lung. See Lung. 
 
 PULMONA'RIA. {a, <s, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Lung-wort. 
 ■ — P. arbor ea. See Lichen pulmonarius. — P. 
 lutea. See Hypochams. — P. officinalis. The 
 spotted lung-wort. Jerusalem cowslips. P. 
 maculata. The leaves have no peculiar smell, 
 but, in their recent state, manifest a slightly 
 astringent and mucilaginous taste : they have 
 been supposed to be demulcent and pecto- 
 ral. 
 
 PU'LMONARY. Pulmonalis. Belonging to 
 the lungs. 
 
 Pulmonary artery. The pulmonary artery, 
 arteria pulmonalis, arises from the right ventri- 
 cle of the heart, and soon divides into the right 
 and left branches, which ramify throughout the 
 lungs, and form a beautiful network on the air 
 vesicles, where they terminate in the veins, ve- 
 na pulmonales, whose branches at length form 
 four trunks, which empty themselves into the 
 left auricle of the heart. 
 
 Pulmonary circulation. The lesser circu- 
 lation through the lungs. See Circulation: 
 
 Pulmonary consumption. See Phthisis. 
 
 Pulmonary plexus. Bronchial plexus. The 
 
 Elexus of nerves formed at the back of the 
 ronchia by the par vagum and great sympa- 
 thetic. See Trachea. 
 
 Pulmonary transpiration. The aqueous 
 vapor which is thrown out in expiration. 
 Pulmonary vein. See Pulmonary artery. 
 Pulmo'nic Pulmonicus. Of, or belonging 
 to, the lungs. 
 
 Pulmoni'tis. Pneumonitis. 
 Pulp. Pulpa. The soft, succulent portions 
 of plants, fruits, &c. 
 Pulpo'sus. Pulpy; soft. 
 546 
 
 Puls. Pultes. Pulpa. A thick porridge, 
 or panada. 
 
 Pulsatilla nigricans. Anemone praten- 
 sis. 
 
 PULSA'TION. Pulsatio. The beating of 
 the pulse, or any movement resembling it. 
 
 Pulsative. Pulsativus. Applied to a pain 
 accompanied with throbbing. 
 
 PULSE. Pulsus. The beating of the heart 
 and arteries. The pulse is generally felt at the 
 wrist, by pressing the radial artery with the 
 fingers. The action depends upon the impulse 
 given to the blood by the heart: hence physi- 
 cians feel the pulse to ascertain the quickness 
 or tardiness of the blood's motion, the strength 
 of the heart, &c. 
 
 Pu'lsele'ssness. A peculiar failure or spas- 
 modic cessation of the pulse, often accompanied 
 by pain in the epigastrium ; the Eniasia acro- 
 tismus of Dr. Good. 
 
 Pulsilo'gium. Pulsilegium. An instrument 
 for measuring the pulse. 
 
 Pulsima'ntia. Prognosis by the pulse. 
 
 Pulsus cordis. The impulse of the heart. 
 
 Pulsus dicrotus. A rebounding pulse, 
 which conveys the impression of a double pul- 
 sation. 
 
 Pulsus venosus. P. venamm. The venous 
 pulse. A pulsation occasionally noticed in the 
 jugular veins, and arising from the regurgita- 
 tion of a portion of the blood from the right 
 ventricle to the right auricle. It may denote 
 obstruction of the pulmonary arteries. 
 
 Pulta'ceous. Having the consistence of 
 puis, or porridge. 
 
 Pulveru'lent. In the state of powder. 
 
 Pulvi'llus. A pad. 
 
 Pulvi'nar. Pulvinarium. A medicated 
 cushion, as of hops. 
 
 PU'LVIS. {is, eris, m.) A powder. This 
 form of medicine is either coarse or very fine, 
 simple or compound. In the compounded 
 powders the intimate and complete admixture 
 of the several ingredients, and more especially 
 in those to which any of the more active sub- 
 stances, as opium, scammony, &c, are added, 
 can not be too strongly recommended ; and for 
 this purpose it may be proper to pass them, af- 
 ter they are mixed mechanically, through a fine 
 sieve. Compound powders were formerly call- 
 ed species. 
 
 Pulvis aloes compositus. (Ph. L.) Com- 
 pound powder of aloes. Pulvis aloes cum gua- 
 iaco. Take of aloes, fiss. ; guaiacum resin, 5j. ; 
 compound powder of cinnamon, fss. Powder 
 the aloes and guaiacum separately; then mix. 
 The dose is from gr. x. to 3j. It is a warm, 
 aperient, laxative powder. 
 
 Pulvis aloes et canell;e. (U.S.) P. aloes 
 cum canella. (Ph. D.) Powder of aloes and 
 canella. Hiera picra. Take of aloes, fbj. ; ca- 
 nella bark, giij. Powder. Emmenagogue and 
 cathartic. Dose, gr. x. to 9j. 
 
 Pulvis aloes cum ferro. This possesses 
 aperient and deobstruent virtues, and is mostly 
 given in chlorosis and constipation. 
 
 Pulvis aluminis compositus. (Ph. E.) Com- 
 pound powder of alum. Take of alum, four 
 parts; kino, one part. Rub into a powder. 
 Astringent and styptic. Used in hemorrhages, 
 
P U L 
 
 PUL 
 
 and externally to indolent ulcers. Dose, gr. v. 
 to 9j. 
 
 Pulvis axtily'ssus. A nostrum for hydro- 
 phobia. 
 
 Pulvis axtimoxialis. P. antimonii compos- 
 itus. See Antimonialis pulvis. 
 
 Pulvis aroma'ticus. (U. S. &Ph. E.) Aro- 
 matic powder. Take of cinnamon, cardamoms, 
 and ginger, each, fij. Make a fine powder. 
 Stimulant and carminative. Chiefly used as an 
 adjuvant. Dose, gr. x. to 3ss. 
 
 Pulvis arthriticus Ducis Portlandi. See 
 Portland powder. 
 
 Pulvis arthriticus Tur.veri. Turner's 
 gout powder. This consisted of turbeth min- 
 eral, hermodactyl, scammony, and the berries 
 of the dwarf elder, of each, equal parts. It 
 was given at intervals with a view of prevent- 
 ing the return of the gout. Dose, from gr. xv. 
 to 9ij. 
 
 Pulvis asari compositus. (Ph. D.) Com- 
 pound asarabacca powder. Take asarabacca 
 leaves, dried, fj. ; lavender flowers, dried, 3J. 
 Make a powder. Powerfully errhine. Dose, 
 gr. v. to gr. viij. 
 
 Pulvis basilicus. Basilic powder. Royal 
 powder. This consisted of diagrydium, cream 
 of tartar, and calomel, of each, equal parts. It 
 was used principally as a vermifuge for children, 
 in a dose of from six to fifteen grains. 
 
 Pulvis Capucinorum. Powdered cevadilla. 
 Used to destroy lice in the head. 
 
 Pulvis Carthusianorum. Antimonii sul- 
 phuretum rubrum. 
 
 Pulvis cephalicus. There are many pow- 
 ders prepared under this name, and most of 
 them contain some agreeable aromatic, and 
 many .some asarabacca. 
 
 Pulvis cerussje compositus. This is most- 
 ly used in the form of collyrium, lotion, or in- 
 jection, as a mucilaginous sedative. 
 
 Pulvis chelarum caxcri compositus. An 
 antacid and astringent powder, mostly given to 
 children with diarrhoea and acidity of the pri- 
 m;e viaa. 
 
 Pulvis cinnamomi compositus. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound powder of cinnamon. Take of cin- 
 namon bark, § ij. : cardamom seeds, fiss. ; gin- 
 ger root, §j. ; long peppers, fss. Rub them 
 together, so as to make a very fine powder. 
 • The dose is gr. x. to xv. An elegant stimu- 
 lant, carminative, and stomachic powder. 
 
 Pulvis Cobbii. Pulvis tunguinensis. Cobb's 
 powder. Tonquin powder. This once cele- 
 brated powder consists of sixteen grains of 
 musk, and forty-eight grains of cinnabar, to be 
 taken mixed in a gill of arrack. It was regard- 
 ed as a specific in hydrophobia. 
 
 Pulvis Comitis Warwicensis. See Corna- 
 chinus pulvis. 
 
 Pulvis comitiss.e. Cinchona powder. 
 
 Pulvis cOxVtrayerv*: compositus. Take 
 of contrayerva root, powdered, f v. ; prepared 
 shells, Ibiss. Mix. A febrifuge diaphoretic. 
 Obsolete. 
 
 Pulvis cornu usti cum opio. P. opiatus. 
 Powder of burned hartshorn with opium. Not 
 now officinal. 
 
 Pulvis cretjs compositus. (Ph. L. & D.) 
 Compound powder of chalk. Pulvis e bolo 
 
 compositus sine opio. Take of prepared chalk, 
 Bdss. ; cinnamon bark, fiv. ; tormentil root, aca- 
 cia gum, of each, f j. ; long peppers, jss. The 
 dose is from 3ss. to 3j. An astringent, car- 
 minative, and stomachic powder. 
 
 Pulvis cretj: compositus cum opio. (Ph. 
 L. & D.) P. cretcs opiatus. Compound pow- 
 der of chalk with opium. Take of compound 
 powder of chalk, fviss. ; hard opium, powder- 
 ed, 3iv. Mix. An anodyne astringent. The 
 dose is from one scrapie to two in diarrhoeas. 
 
 Pulvis diaphoreticus. Pulvis ipecacuanhas 
 cum opio. 
 
 Pulvis Doveri. Pulvis ipecacuanha? cum 
 opio. 
 
 Pulvis escharotica arsenicalis. The pate 
 arsenicale. 
 
 Pulvis ipecacuanha cum opio. (U.S.) P. 
 ipecacuanlice. compositus. Compound powder of 
 ipecacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha root, pow- 
 dered, hai'd opium, powdered, of each, 3J. ; sul- 
 phate of potash, powdered, fj. Mix. A di- 
 aphoretic powder, similar to that of Lty. Dover, 
 which gained such repute in the cure of rheu- 
 matisms, and other diseases arising from ob- 
 structed perspiration and spasm. The dose is 
 from five grains to a scruple. 
 
 Pulvis Jacob i. See Antimonialis pul- 
 vis. 
 
 Pulvis jalapa compositus. (U. S., Ph. E. 
 & D.) Compound powder of jalap. Take of 
 jalap, siij.; bitartrate of potash, fvj. A hydra- 
 gogue purgative. Dose, from one to two scru- 
 ples. 
 
 Pulvis Jesuiticus. Cinchona powder. 
 
 Pulvis kino compositus. (Ph. L. & D.) 
 Compound powder of kino. Take of kino, 
 3xv. ; cinnamon bark, § ss. ; hard opium, 3J. : 
 make a very fine powder. The proportion of 
 opium this astringent contains is one part in 
 twenty. The dose is from five grains to a 
 scruple in chronic diarrhoea. 
 
 Pulvis myrrhs compositus. A stimulant, 
 antispasmodic, and emmenagogue powder of 
 myrrh, rue, savine, and castor. 
 
 Pulvis parturiens. P. parturifaciens. P. 
 partam accclerans. Powder of ergot. 
 
 Pulvis pro cataplasmate. (Ph. D.) Pow- 
 der for a poultice. Take of linseed meal, one 
 part; oatmeal, two parts. (Com meal would 
 be much better.) 
 
 Pulvis rhei compositus. (Ph. E.) Com- 
 pound powder of rhubarb. Take of magnesia, 
 ibj. ; powdered ginger, fij. ; powdered rhu- 
 barb, fiv. Mix thoroughly. Antacid, and a 
 mild stomachic laxative for children. Dose, 
 for adults, 9j. to 3ss. 
 
 Pulvis sali'nus compositus. (Ph. E. &D.) 
 Compound saline powder. Take of common 
 salt, sulphate of magnesia, each, four parts ; sul- 
 phate of potash, three parts. Aperient. Dose, 
 3ij- to 3iij- 
 
 Pulvis scammonmi compositus. (Ph. L. & D.) 
 Compound powder of scammony. Take of 
 scammony, hard extract of jalap, of each, f ij. ; 
 ginger root, f ss. : reduce separately to a very 
 fine powder, and mix. From ten to fifteen 
 grains or a scruple are exhibited as a stimula- 
 ting cathartic. Used in worm cases. _ 
 
 Pulvis scammonii cum aloe. A stimulating 
 547 
 
PUN 
 
 P U E 
 
 cathartic, in the dose of from ten to fifteen 
 
 grains. 
 
 PULVIS SCAMKONII CUM CALOMELANE. Scam- 
 
 inony powder with calomel. Scammony, 3J. ; 
 calomel and sugar, each 3SS. A vermifuge ca- 
 thartic, in the dose of from ten to fifteen grains. 
 
 Pulvis senn^e compositus. Compound, 
 powder of senna. Take of senna leaves, super- 
 tartrate of potash, of each, fij. ; scammony gum- 
 resin, 5 ss. ; ginger root, 31J.: make a very fine 
 powder. A hydragogue stimulating cathartic. 
 Dose, 9j. to 3J. 
 
 Pulvis spongi^e ust^e. (Ph. D.) Powder 
 of burned sponge. Dose, 3J. to 3ij. Iodine is 
 now substituted. 
 
 Pulvis stanni. (U. S.) Powder of tin. 
 Take of tin any quantity. Melt in an iron ves- 
 sel, and, while it is cooling, stir until it is in- 
 duced to a powder, which is to be passed through 
 a sieve. Used as an anthelmintic. Dose, 3J. 
 to 3ij., with honey or molasses, to be folio wed 
 in a few hours by a brisk cathartic. 
 
 Pulvis sternutatorius. Pulvis asari com- 
 positus. 
 
 Pulvis stypticus. Pulvis aluminis com- 
 positus. 
 
 Pulvis stypticus Helvetii. See Stypticum 
 Helvetii. 
 
 Pulvis TRAGACA'NTHiE compositus. (Ph. L. 
 & B . ) Compound powder of tragacanth. Take 
 of tragacanth, powdered, acacia gum, powder- 
 ed, starch, of each, 5 iss. ; sugar, fiij.: powder. 
 A demulcent vehicle. 
 
 Pumex. Pumice. 
 
 Pumice. A porous volcanic substance. 
 
 Pumilio. Pumilus. Dwarf. 
 
 Puna. The veta, or sensation of sickness and 
 depression experienced in the elevated places 
 of the Andes. 
 
 Puncta lachrymalia. See Lachrymal ap- 
 paratus. 
 
 Pu'nctate. Puncta'tus. Dotted. 
 
 Puncti'culje. Petechia?. 
 
 PU'NCTUM. (urn, i, n. ; from pungo, to 
 prick.) A point. Applied, in anatomy, to 
 several minute objects. 
 
 Punctum aureum. Formerly, when a hernia 
 of the intestines was reduced by an incision 
 made through the skin and adipose membrane, 
 quite down to the upper part of the spermatic 
 vessels, a golden wire was fixed and twisted 
 there so as to prevent the descent of any thing 
 down the tunica vaginalis. This operation was 
 called Punctum aureum. 
 
 Punctum lachrymale. See Lachrymal ap- 
 paratus. 
 
 Punctum saliens. The first appearance of 
 the heart in the embryo. See Ovum. 
 
 Punctu'ra. 1. A puncture. 2. Paracentesis. 
 
 PUNCTURED WOUND. A wound made 
 with a long instrument, and having considera- 
 ble depth. It is a dangerous wound, from the 
 number of textures involved. 
 
 Pungent. Sharp and stinging. 
 
 PU'NICA. {a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Icosandria. Monogynia. — P. grana'tum. The 
 pomegranate. Granatum. The rind of the 
 fruit, and the flowers called Balaustinc flowers, 
 are the parts directed for medicinal use. They 
 are very astringent, and have successfully been 
 548 
 
 employed as such in diseases, both internally 
 and externally. The bark of the fruit is also 
 considered an excellent vennifuge. Dose, 3J. 
 in decoction. 
 
 Puni'ceus. Puniceal, or of a fine bright red 
 color. 
 
 PUPIL. (Pupilla, m, f. ; from pupa, a babe ; 
 because it reflects the diminished image of the 
 person who looks upon it, like a puppet.) The 
 round opening in the middle of the iris. See 
 Eye. 
 
 Pupil, artificial. 1. The operation of cut- 
 ting through the iris when it is closed. 2. The 
 operation by which a new pupil is formed when 
 the natural aperture has become useless from 
 an opacity of the cornea or other causes. 
 
 Pupil, closed. See Synizesis. 
 
 PUPILLA'RIS. (From pupilla, the pupil.) 
 Of, or belonging to, the pupil. 
 
 Pupillaris membrana. Pupillary membrane. 
 See Membrana pupillaris. 
 
 Pupilla velum. See Membrana pupil- 
 laris. 
 
 Purblindness. Myopia. 
 
 Purgame'ntum. A purge. 
 
 Purga'tion. Purgatio. Catharsis. The ac- 
 tion of a purge ; an evacuation. 
 
 Purga'tiones. The menses. 
 
 PURGATIVE. Applied adjectively and sub- 
 stantively to whatever increases the peristaltic 
 motion of the bowels, so as to considerably in- 
 crease the alvine evacuations. See Cathartic. 
 
 Purge. A purgative. 
 
 Purging flax. Linum catharticum. 
 
 Purging-nut. Jatropha curcas. 
 
 PU'RIFORM. (Puriformis ; from pus, and 
 forma, resemblance.) Resembling pus. 
 
 Purl. A beverage prepared by infusing com- 
 mon wormwood in ale. 
 
 Purple powder of Cassius. See Aurum 
 stanno paratum. 
 
 Purples. Purpura hemorrhagica. 
 
 PU'RPURA. (a, «, f. Hopipvpa, or purpura, 
 a purple color.) An efflorescence consisting of 
 small, distinct, purple specks and patches, at- 
 tended with general debility, but not always 
 with fever, which are caused by an extravasa- 
 tion of the vessels under the cuticle. It is di- 
 vided into the five following species: 
 
 1. Purpura simplex. — This has the appear- 
 ance of petechia?, without much disorder of the 
 constitution, except languor, pain in the limbs, 
 and a sallow complexion. The petechia' are 
 most numerous on the breast, inside of the arms 
 and legs, and are of various sizes, and common- 
 ly circular. There is no itching or other sensa- 
 tion attending the petechia?. 
 
 2. Purpura hemorrhagica. Land scurvy. 
 This is considerably more severe : the petechia 
 are of larger size, and interspersed with vibices 
 and ecchymoses, resembling the marks left by 
 the strokes of a whip, or by violent bruises. They 
 appear first on the legs, and afterward on the 
 thighs, arms, and trunk of the body; the hands 
 being more rarely spotted with them, and the 
 face generally free. They are of a bright red 
 color when they first appear, but soon become 
 purple or livid, and when about to disappear 
 they change to a brown or yellowish hue : thn 
 cuticle over them appears smooth and shining, 
 
PUR 
 
 PUS 
 
 but is not sensibly elevated ; in a few cases, 
 however, it Las been seen raised into a sort of 
 vesicle, containing black blood. This more 
 particularly happens in the spots which appear 
 on the tongue, gums, and palate, and inside of 
 the cheeks and lips, where the cuticle is ex- 
 tremely thin : the gentlest pressure on the skin, 
 even feeling the pulse, will often produce a pur- 
 ple blotch, like that which is left after a severe 
 bruise. 
 
 There is a great tendency to hemorrhage, 
 which may be fatal. The bleeding occurs from 
 the gums, nostrils, throat, inside of the cheeks, 
 tongue, and lips, and sometimes from the lining 
 membrane of the eyelids, the urethra, and ex- 
 ternal ear ; and also from the internal cavities 
 of the lungs, stomach, bowels, uterus, kidneys, 
 and bladder. 
 
 There soon arises a cachectic state with ex- 
 treme languor. The disease may last a few- 
 days, or be prolonged to months or years. It 
 attacks both sexes, usually before puberty, and 
 especially those who are confined in unhealthy 
 and close rooms. 
 
 In the slighter degrees of purpura occurring 
 in children who are ill fed and nursed, and who 
 reside in close places, or in women shut up in 
 similar situations, and debilitated by anxiety ; 
 the use of tonics, with the mineral acids, and 
 wine, will be adequate to the ,cure of the dis- 
 ease, where a gcod diet and exercise are super- 
 added ; but in those who are well fed, and en- 
 joy a pure air, it is probably associated with 
 some congestion; and mercurial alteratives, the 
 mineral acids, chalybeates, and general altera- 
 tives will be necessary. 
 
 3. Purpura urticans is distinguished by com- 
 mencing in the form of rounded and reddish 
 elevations of the cuticle, resembling wheals, 
 without tiuglftig or itching. These tumors 
 gradually dilate ; but within one or two days 
 they subside to the level of the surrounding 
 cuticle, and their hue becomes darker, and at 
 length livid. They are most common on the 
 legs, where they appear with petechia?, but 
 also appear on the arms, thighs, breast, &c. 
 
 It usually occurs in summer and autumn, and 
 lasts from three to five weeks. Some oedema 
 of the extremities usually accompanies it, and 
 it is occasionally preceded by a stiffness and 
 . weight of the limbs. The same rules of treat- 
 ment apply to this as to the preceding varieties 
 of the disease. 
 
 4. Purpura senilis appears principally along 
 the outside of the forearm, in elderly women, 
 in successive dark purple blotches, of an ir- 
 regular form, and various magnitude : each of 
 these continues from a week to ten days, when 
 the extravasated blood is absorbed. 
 
 Tonics or any other expedient do not appear 
 to exert any influence over the eruption. 
 
 5. Purpura contagiosa is an eruption of pete- 
 chia which occasionally accompanies typhoid 
 fevers: where they occur in close situations, 
 they are merely symptomatic, and are very 
 rarely seen. 
 
 Purpura alba. Purpura rubra. Many 
 writers term the miliary fever, when the pus- 
 tules are white, purpura alba ; and when they 
 are red, purpura rubra. 
 
 Purpura nautica. Sea scurvy. 
 
 Purpura scorbutica. The dark-colored 
 blotches which appear on the skin in scurvy. 
 
 Purpurate of ammonia. Murexide. 
 
 PURPU'REUS. Purple: applied to desig 
 nate a particular color. See Color. 
 
 Purpu'ric acid. Murexau. 
 
 PURPU'RINE. The uro-erythrine of Simon. 
 A red pigment of urine, made very apparent 
 by adding hydrochloric acid to the warm ex- 
 cretion. It is abnormally developed in ob- 
 structions of the portal system, rendering the 
 urine of a pink color, or giving pink deposits. — 
 Golding Bird. 
 
 PU'RRING TREMOR. A peculiar vibration, 
 compared to the purring of a cat, communica- 
 ted to the hand in those states of the heart or 
 arteries in which the bellows or rasp sound is 
 detected by auscultation. It is the Bruissement 
 of Corvisart, and the Fremissement cataire of 
 Laennec. It requires a stronger current of the 
 blood than is necessary to produce the bellows 
 sound, and exists only in hypertrophies, or 
 where there is a regurgitation of blood from the 
 ventricles into the auricles, or from the arteries 
 into the ventricles. 
 
 Pu'rsiness. Obesity; and especially the 
 short breathing of fat persons. 
 
 Purslane. Portulaca oleracea. 
 
 PU'RULENT. {Purulens; from pus.) Of 
 the nature of pus. 
 
 Purulent ophthalmia. See Ophthalmitis. 
 
 PUS. {us, uris, n. ; pi. pura. Ylvog.) Mat- 
 ter. A whitish, bland, cream-like fluid, heavier 
 than water, found in abscesses, or on the surface 
 of sores. It is distinguished, according to its 
 nature, into laudable or good pus, scrofulous, 
 serous, and ichorous pus, &c. 
 
 Pus taken from a healthy ulcer, near the 
 source of circulation, as on the arm or breast, 
 readily separates from the surface of the sore, 
 the granulations underneath being small, point- 
 ed, and of a florid red color, and has the follow- 
 ing properties: it is nearly of the consistence 
 of cream ; is of a white color, and, when cold, 
 is inodorous, but when warm, has a peculiar 
 smell. Examined by a microscope, it is found 
 to consist of two parts — of globules, and a trans- 
 parent colorless fluid, the liquor puris ; the 
 globules are probably white, at least they ap- 
 pear to have some degree of opacity, and are 
 larger than those of the blood. 
 
 Pus is readily distinguished from mucus by 
 the presence of globules, and by the action of 
 potash, as this agent dissolves mucus, but only 
 concretes pus into a ropy mass. 
 
 Pusillatum. Pusvlatum. A coarse powder. 
 
 Pustula oris. See Aphtha. 
 
 PU'STULE. {Pustula, a little pustule ; from 
 pits, matter.) An elevation of the cuticle, from 
 inflammation of some of its parts, sometimes 
 globate, sometimes conoidal in its form, and 
 containing pus or lymph, which is, in general, 
 discolored. 
 
 Pustules are various in their size, but the di- 
 ameter of the largest seldom exceeds two lines. 
 There are many different kinds of pustules, 
 properly distinguished in medical authors by 
 specific appellations, as, 
 
 1. Pklyzacium, a small pustule containing 
 549 
 
PYO 
 
 P YR 
 
 pus, and raised on a hard, circular, inflamed 
 base of a vivid red color. It is succeeded by a 
 thick, hard, dark-colored scab. 
 
 2. Psydracivm, according to Dr. Willan, a 
 minute pustule, irregularly circumscribed, pro- 
 ducing but a slight elevation of the cuticle, and 
 terminating in a laminated scab. Many of 
 these pustules usually appear together, and be- 
 come confluent. When mature, they contain 
 pus, and, after breaking, discharge a thin, wa- 
 tery humor. 
 
 The genera impetigo, porrigo, ecthyma, va- 
 riola, and scabies, which Dr. Willan includes 
 under the order of pustular, have nothing in 
 common in their character, except the appear- 
 ance of pustules in some stage of their progress ; 
 for some are contagious and others not, some 
 are acute and 'others chronic. See, also, Achor 
 and Favus. 
 
 Pustule, malignant. An exceedingly fatal 
 adynamic disease, induced by a peculiar virus 
 occasionally found in the bodies of diseased 
 cattle and in anatomical subjects. It is highly 
 contagious, and produces a universal gangrene. 
 It is called malignant pustule from the appear- 
 ance of a livid pustule on the body in some 
 stage of the disease. 
 
 PUTA'MEN. (en, inis, n. ; from puto, to 
 cut.) The bark or paring of any vegetable, as 
 the walnut. 
 
 Putre'do. Hospital gangrene. 
 
 P DTREFA'C TION. (Putref actio ; from pu- 
 trefacio, to make rotten, to cause to putrefy.) 
 Putrid fermentation. Putrefactive fermenta- 
 tion. The decomposition of animal and vege- 
 table matters attended with a fetid exhalation. 
 The solid and the fluid matters are resolved 
 into gaseous compounds and vapors, which es- 
 cape; and into earthy matters, which remain. 
 It is a species of fermentation, which see. 
 
 Putrid fever. See Typhus. 
 
 PYELITIS. (From irveloc, the pelvis.) 
 Inflammation of the pelvis and calyces of the 
 kidney. 
 
 Pyelonephritis. Inflammation of all the 
 parts of the kidney. 
 
 Pye'sis. Suppuration. 
 
 PY'INE. (From tzvov, pus.) A substance 
 soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, and non- 
 coagulable by heat, derived by Guterbock from 
 pus. It is identical with the tritoxide of pro- 
 teine according to Mulder, but does not appear 
 to be a uniform constituent of pus. 
 
 Pylemphra'xis. (From irvln, a gate (porta), 
 and efi^pa^tc, obstruction.) Obstruction of the 
 vena porta?. 
 
 PYLO'RIC. ( Pyloricus ; from pylorus. ) 
 Belonging to the pylorus. 
 
 Pyloric artery. Arteria pylorica. A 
 branch of the hepatic artery, distributed to the 
 pylorus and lesser curvature of the stomach. 
 
 PYLO'RUS. (us, i, m. ; from ttv^v, an en- 
 trance, and o)pEu, to guard : because it guards, 
 as it were, the entrance of the bowels.) The 
 inferior aperture of the stomach, which opens 
 into the intestines. 
 
 Pyo'des. Purulent. 
 
 PYOGE'NESIS. Pyogenia. (From ttovc, 
 and ysvEGic, generation.) The formation or 
 elaboration of pus. This appears to be a reg- 
 550 
 
 ular secretion from the blood, formed by the 
 false membrane occupying the surface of the 
 wound or the sides of the abscess. It is an in- 
 teresting fact that pyine, a peculiar component 
 of pus, is highly oxydized fibrin, and agrees with 
 the matter of the buffy coat of the blood (the 
 tritoxide of proteine). 
 
 Pyoge'nic Pyogenicus. Related to the 
 formation of pus ; suppurative. 
 
 PYOHiE'MIA. (From ttovc, and aipa, 
 blood.) A morbid state of the blood, in which 
 pus globules occur therein. This is the case in 
 hectic fevers, phlebitis, and, according to Gul- 
 liver and others, whenever there is suppuration 
 going on in the system. The presence of pus 
 in the blood is best ascertained by the micro- 
 scope, the pus globules being yellowish-white, 
 tuberculated with three to five nuclei, larger 
 than the chyle globules, and usually grouped 
 in threes, fours, and fives, whereas chyle glob- 
 ules are perfectly spherical, and swim singly. 
 If there be a large amount of pus, Donne's test 
 will detect it in the blood. This consists of the 
 addition of ammonia, which forms a clear solu- 
 tion with blood, but converts the pus into a 
 stiff jelly. 
 
 Pyon. Uovc. Pus. 
 
 PYOPOIETIC. (From ttvov, pus, and ttoleu, 
 to make.) Suppurative. 
 
 Pyophtha'lmus. Hypopyon. 
 
 PYORRHCE'A. (From ttvov, pus, and peu, 
 to flow.) A purulent discharge. 
 
 Pyo'sis. A suppuration. 
 
 PYOU'RIA. (From nvov, pus, and ovpov, 
 urine.) Pyuria. A purulent state of the urine. 
 
 Pyracid. An acid which is most active at a 
 red heat, as the silicic, phosphoric, boracic. 
 
 PY'RAMID. Pyramis. 1. A geometrical 
 solid, the surfaces of which are triangular planes, 
 and the sections polygons, decreasing in size 
 from the base to the apex. The' pyramid is said 
 to be triangular, quadrangular, pentagonal, 
 &c, according to the number of its angles. 
 Most prismatic crystals are terminated with 
 pyramids. 2. A conical bony projection in the 
 cavity of the tympanum. 
 
 PYRA'MIDAL. (Pyramidalis : so called 
 from its form.) Of the figure of a pyramid. 
 
 Pyramid a'le os. The cuneiform bone. 
 
 Pyramidalia corpora. See Corpus pyram- 
 idale. 
 
 PYRAMID A'L IS. Pyramidalis Fallopii. 
 Pyramidalis vel succenturiatus. A muscle in 
 the front of the abdomen. It is a very small 
 muscle, situated at the bottom of the fore part 
 of the rectus, and is covered by the same apo- 
 neurosis that forms the anterior part of the sheath 
 of that muscle. It arises, by short, tendinous 
 fibres, from the upper and fore part of the os 
 pubis. From this origin, which is seldom more 
 than an inch in breadth, its fibres ascend some- 
 what obliquely, to be inserted into the linea 
 alba, and inner edge of the rectus, commonly 
 at about the distance of two inches from the 
 pubes. Its use seems to be to assist the lower 
 part of the rectus. 
 
 Pyramidalis faciei. See Levator labii su~ 
 perioris al&que nasi. 
 
 Pyramidalis nasi. A few fibres of the oc 
 cipito-fron talis muscle, which descend over the 
 
P YR 
 
 F Y R 
 
 nasal bones, and are inserted into the compres- 
 sor nasi. 
 
 PYRE'CTICA. (From Troperof, fever.) The 
 family of fevers ; the first order in the class 
 Hcematica. — Good. 
 
 Py'rene. A colorless, crystalline body, ob- 
 tained from pitch. — Laurent. 
 
 Pyrenoi'des. Kernel-shaped : applied to 
 the odontoid process of the second vertebra. 
 
 Pyrete'rium. The fire-hole of a furnace. 
 
 Pyrethri'n. An acrid, resinous body found 
 in the bark and root of the pellitory of Spain, 
 Anacyclus (anthem-is) pyrethrum. 
 
 Pyre'thrum. Anthemis pyre thrum. 
 
 Pyretliruji sylvestre. Achillea ptarmica. 
 
 PYRE 'TIC. (Pyreticus ; from nvp, fire.) 
 Appertaining to fever. 
 
 Pyre 'tine. A yellow sublimate which 
 comes over toward the end of the distillation 
 of amber. 
 
 Pyreto'logy. Pyretologia. The doctrine 
 of fevers. 
 
 Pyre'tos. Hvperoc. A fever. 
 
 PYRE' XI A. O, ce, f . ; from ttv P , fire.) 
 Fever. 
 
 PYREXIAE. Febrile diseases. The first 
 class of Cullen's Nosology; characterized by 
 frequency of pulse after a cold shivering, with 
 increase of heat, and especially, among other 
 impaired functions, a diminution of strength. 
 
 Pyre'xial. Pyrexialis. Febrile. Apper- 
 taining to fever. 
 
 rYRI'FORM. (Pyriformis; from pyrus, the 
 pear, and forma, likeness.) Pear-like; pear- 
 shaped. 
 
 PYRIFO'RMIS. Pyriformis, sen iliacus ex- 
 ternus. Pyriformis sive pyramidalis of Wins- 
 low. A small, radiated muscle of the pelvis, 
 situated under the glutaeus maximus, along the 
 inferior edge of the glutaeus minimus. It arises, 
 by three or four tendinous and fleshy origins, 
 from the anterior surface of the second, third, 
 and fourth pieces of the os sacrum. From these 
 origins the muscle grows narrower, and, passing 
 out of the pelvis below the niche in the poste- 
 rior part of the ilium, from which it receives a 
 few fleshy fibres, is inserted by a roundish ten- 
 don into the upper part of the cavity, at the 
 root of the trochanter major. The use of this 
 muscle is to assist in moving the thigh outward, 
 and a little upward. 
 
 Pyrites. Minerals of a metallic appear- 
 ance, especially the sulphurets of iron and cop- 
 per. 
 
 PYRMONT. A village in Westphalia, Ger- 
 many, which has a celebrated acidulous cha- 
 lybeate water. Pyrmont water, Aqua Pyrmon- 
 tana, is of an agreeable, though stronglv-acidu- 
 lated taste, and emits a large portion of gas : it 
 contains muriates of soda and magnesia; sul- 
 phates of soda and magnesia: carbonates of iron, 
 lime, and magnesia; and a quantity of free car- 
 bonic acid. 
 
 Pyrmont water, artificial. Take of sul- 
 phate of magnesia, gr. xv.; common salt, gr. v.; 
 carbonate of magnesia, gr. x. ; iron filings, gr. v. ; 
 water, Oiij. Impregnate with carbonic acid 
 under three atmospheres of pressure. 
 
 PYRO- PYR-. (From imp, fire.) A pre- 
 fix, denoting the action or presence of fire or of 
 
 heat. Chemical principles which have passed 
 through the ordeal of fire are often adorned with 
 this prefix. 
 
 PYRO-ACETIC SPIRIT. Pyro-acetic cether. 
 Acetone. A substance obtained along with acetic 
 acid by the destructive distillation of the ace- 
 tates. When pure, it is a colorless limpid 
 liquid of a peculiar penetrating odor. It is 
 highly inflammable ; sp. gr., 0792. It boils at 
 132°. It mixes readily with water, alcohol, 
 ether, and turpentine. Its formula is C3H3O, 
 or hydrated oxide of mesityle (Kane). It has 
 been used in phthisis and pulmonary com- 
 plaints. 
 
 Py'ro-digitali'na. The empyreumatic oil 
 obtained by distilling dried foxglove leaves. 
 It seems to be an active poison, producing 
 paralysis, &c. 
 
 Pyro-ga'llic acid. An acid which sublimes 
 when gallic acid is heated to 420° F. It forms 
 white soluble crystals ; form., C3H3O3. 
 
 Pyro-ki'nic acid. An acid obtained by the 
 actiou of heat on kinic acid. 
 
 Py'rola. See Chimaphilla. 
 
 Pyroligxeous acid. Acidum pyrolignosum. 
 Acetic acid distilled from wood. See Acetic 
 acid. 
 
 Pyroligneous ether. Methylic ether. 
 
 Pyroligneous spirit. Pyroxylic spirit. 
 
 Pyro-ma'lic acid. Maleic acid. 
 
 P y'ro-meco'nic acid. An acid obtained 
 from meconic acid by the aid of heat; form.. 
 C.oH 3 5 ,HO. 
 
 Pyro'meter. An instrument to measure the 
 higher degrees of heat, to which the thermom- 
 eter can not be applied. Daniell's pyrometer is 
 the only one of any value. 
 
 Pyro-mucic acid. One of the products of 
 the distillation of mucic acid : it forms brilliant 
 white scales, fusible at 266°, and volatile : it is 
 readily soluble. Formula, C10H3O5.HO. 
 
 Pyro'phorus. An artificial product, which 
 takes fire or becomes ignited on exposure to 
 the air. 
 
 Py'ro-phosphoric acid. Bibasic phosphoric 
 acid, containing two atoms of water. It may 
 be formed by heating phosphoric acid to 417° 
 F. for some time. 
 
 PYRO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from irvpoco, to burn.) 
 Water-brash ; black water. A burning pain in 
 the stomach, attended with copious eructation, 
 generally with watery fluid. This fluid has been 
 found by Mr. Goodsir to contain the acetic and 
 lactic acids, and a peculiar cryptogamic plant, 
 called by him the Sarcina ventriculi. See Car- 
 dialgia. 
 
 Pyro-tartaric and pyro-raceiuic acids. 
 Products of the distillation of tartaric acid. 
 
 Pyr ote'chnia. 1. Formerly applied to 
 chemistry. 2. The art of making fireworks. 
 
 Pyrotho'nide. Empyreumatic oil of paper 
 or rags. 
 
 Pyro'tica. Caustics. 
 
 Pyroxa'lic spirit. An alcoholic spirit ob- 
 tained from the distillation of wood ; sp. gr., 
 •786 ; boils at 152°. Formula, hydrated oxide 
 of methyle. 
 
 PY'R'US. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Icosandria. Pentagynia. Pomacece. — P. an- 
 cuparia. The mountain ash, the leaves of 
 
 551 
 
QUA 
 
 QUA 
 
 which, when distilled, are said to yield prussic 
 acid. — P. communis. The pear-tree. Pears, 
 when ripe, are easy of digestion ; the fermented 
 juice is perry. — P. cydonia. The quince-tree. 
 The fruit is termed Cydonium malum, or quince. 
 Quince seeds are used, in decoction in aphthous 
 affections, and excoriations of the mouth and 
 fauces. — P. mains. The apple-tree. Apples, 
 in general, when ripe, afford a pleasant and 
 easily-digestible fruit; but, when the stomach 
 is weak, they are very apt to remain unaltered 
 for some days, and to produce dyspepsia. They 
 are gently laxative to some persons. 
 
 Pyu'lca. Medicines which draw pus to- 
 ward the surface. 
 
 Pyu'lcum. A syringe used to extract pus 
 from the cavity of any sinuous ulcer. — Ambrose 
 Pare. Galen mentions a pyulcum, but it is not 
 clear what sort of an instrument it was. 
 
 Pyuria. See Pyoturia. 
 
 Pyxaca'ntha. The barberry. 
 
 Pyxidium. A compound fruit, dehiscing by 
 a transverse suture. 
 
 PY'XIS. (is, idis, f. ; from tvv^oc, the box- 
 tree.) 1. A box. 2. A pill-box. 3. The 
 acetabulum. 
 
 Q. 
 
 Q. 
 
 P. An abbreviation of quantum placet, 
 as much as you please. See Prescriptions. 
 
 Quack. A charlatan. 
 
 Quadra'ngular. Quadrangularis. Four- 
 cornered. 
 
 Qua'drans. A quarter. 
 
 Quadrates. See Depressor labii inferioris. 
 
 QUADRA'TUS. (From quadra, a square: 
 so called from its figure.) Square-figured. 
 
 Quadratus dorsi. The qudratus lumborum. 
 
 Quadratus femoris. A muscle of the thigh, 
 situated on the outside of the pelvis. It is a 
 Hat, thin, and fleshy muscle, but not of the 
 shape its name would seen to indicate. It is 
 situated immediately below the gemini. It 
 arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the external 
 surface and lower edge of the tuberosity of the 
 ischium, and is inserted by short tendinous 
 fibres into a ridge which is seen extending from 
 the basis of the trochanter major to that of the 
 trochanter minor. Its use is to bring the os 
 femoris outward. 
 
 Quadratus gen,e. See Platysma myoides. 
 
 Quadratus labii inferioris. See Depressor 
 labii inferioris. 
 
 Quadratus lumborum. Quadratus, seulum- 
 baris externus, of Winslow. A muscle situated 
 laterally, at the lower part of the spine. It 
 arises, tendinous and fleshy, from about two 
 inches from the posterior part of the spine of 
 the ilium. From this broad origin it ascends 
 obliquely inward, and is inserted into the trans- 
 verse processes of the four superior lumbar vei-- 
 tebrse, into the lower edge of the last rib, and, 
 by a small tendon that passes up under the dia- 
 phragm, into the side of the last vertebra of the 
 back. When this muscle acts singly, it draws 
 the loins to one side; when both muscles act, 
 they serve to support the spine, and perhaps to 
 bend it forward. In laborious respiration, the 
 quadratus lumborum may assist in pulling down 
 the ribs. 
 
 Quadratus maxilla inferioris. See Pla- 
 
 Quadratus radii. See Pronator radii quad- 
 ratus. 
 
 Quadridenta'tus. Four-toothed. 
 
 Quadri'fid. Four-cleft. 
 
 Quadrige'mina tube'rcula. The corpora 
 quadrigemina, or nates and testes of the brain. 
 See Encephalos. 
 
 Quadrige'minus primus. The pyramidalis 
 552 
 
 muscle. — Q. secundus et tertius. The ischio- 
 trochanterianus. 
 
 Quadriloba'te. Four-lobed. 
 
 Quadrilocula'r. Four-celled. 
 
 Quadripartite. With four divisions. 
 
 Quadb.iva'lve. With four valves. 
 
 QUADRU'MANA. (Quatuor, four, and 
 manus, a hand.) An order of mammiferous 
 animals which have four hands, as monkeys. 
 
 Qua'druped. An animal having four feet. 
 
 Quadru'plici. Fourfold. 
 
 Q U A R A N T FN E. (From the Italian qua- 
 rantina, which is from quaranta, forty, because 
 forty days is its ordinary duration.) The term 
 during which persons or goods coming from an 
 infected port are kept from landing, or confined 
 in a lazaretto. The term of the quarantine is 
 often not nearly so long as forty days. 
 
 Quars. A gall-stone. — Ridand. 
 
 QUA'RTAN. ( Quartamis, fourth.) Occur- 
 ring every fourth day. See Ague. 
 
 Quarta'rius. The fourth part of a gallon; 
 a quart. 
 
 Quartern. A fourth part of a pint; a gill. 
 
 QUA'SSIA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The bitter wood of 
 the Quassia excelsa or PicrEena excelsa. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Si- 
 marubaceae. — Q. amara. The Surinam quassia 
 tree. It is almost the same in properties as the 
 next. — Q. excelsa. Picrama excelsa. The 
 Jamaica or W. Indian quassia. Quassia wood 
 has no sensible odor ; its taste is that of a pure 
 bitter, more intense and durable than that of 
 almost any other known substance ; it imparts 
 its virtues more completely to watery than to 
 spirituous menstrua. The watery extract is 
 from a sixth to a ninth of the weight of the 
 wood, the spirituous about a twenty-fourth . 
 This bitter extract has been considered as a 
 principle sui generis, and named quassina, or 
 quassite. The medicinal virtues ascribed to 
 quassia are those of a tonic, stomachic, anti- 
 septic, and febrifuge. It has been found very 
 effectual in restoring digestion, expelling flatu- 
 lencies, and removing habitual costiveness, pro- 
 duced from debility of the intestines, and com- 
 mon to a sedentary life. It may be given in in- 
 fusion, or in pills made from the watery extract: 
 the former is generally preferred, in the propor- 
 tion of three or four scruples of the wood to 
 twelve ounces of water. 
 
 Quassia simarouba. Simarouba officinalis. 
 
QUI 
 
 Quassin. Quassite. See Quassia. 
 
 Quaternary. Having four parts or ele- 
 ments. 
 
 Qua'trio. The astragalus. 
 
 Queen of the meadow. Spiraea ulmaria. 
 
 Queen's root. Stillingia sylvatica. 
 
 Q u e rc e r a . Epialus. 
 
 Quercitanus pulvis. Calomel. 
 
 Quercitron bark. See Quercus tine- 
 tor la. 
 
 Que'rcula. Teucrium chameedrys. 
 
 QUE'RGUS. {us, us, f.) 1. The oak. 2. 
 A genus of trees. Monoecid. Polyandria. Cn- 
 puliferee. — Q. alba. The white oak is officinal 
 in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, but the Spanish 
 oak, Q. falcata, and Q. prinos, are also used. 
 The bark of these is very astringent, and some- 
 what tonic and febrifuge ; the decoction is also 
 much used as a topical application to relaxed 
 tissues, indolent ulcers, prolapsus ani et uteri, 
 hemorrhoids, &c. Dose of the powder, sss. to 
 3J- — Q- cerris. See Quercus infectoria. — Q. 
 e' sculus. — The Italian oak, the acorns of which 
 are esculent. — Q. infecto'ria. Q. cerris. The 
 gall oak. Galla, Galla maxima orbiculata, and 
 Nux galla, or gall-nut. Galls are of various 
 forms and sizes, and no less different with re- 
 gard to their internal structure. The best are 
 heavy, knotted, and of a bluish color, and are 
 obtained from Aleppo. They are nearly en- 
 tirely soluble in water, with the assistance of 
 heat. From 500 grains of Aleppo galls, Sir 
 Humphrey Davy obtained, by infusion, 185 
 grains of solid matter, which, on analysis, ap- 
 peared to contain 130 of tannin. Oak-galls are 
 supposed to be the strongest astringent in the 
 vegetable kingdom. Both water and spirit 
 take up nearly all their virtue, though the spir- 
 ituous extract is the strongest preparation. The 
 powder is, however, the best form ; and the 
 dose is from a few grains to half a drachm. — 
 Q. marina. Sea oak. The Fucus vesiculosus. 
 — Q. phellos. The willow-leaved oak, the 
 acorns of which are much sweeter than chest- 
 nuts, and much eaten by the Indians. — Q. ro- 
 bur. The English oak-tree. Its medical prop- 
 erties are the same as those of the Q. alba. — 
 Q. saber. The cork-tree. The bark or cork, 
 when burned, is applied as an astringent appli- 
 cation to bleeding piles, and to allay the pain 
 usually attendant on hemorrhoids, in the form 
 of ointment. Pessaries and other surgical in- 
 struments are also made of it. — Q. tinctoria. 
 The black oak. This species is a native of the 
 United States, and yields the quercitron bark, 
 used as a yellow dye. 
 
 QUICKENING. The period of pregnancy 
 when the motion of the child first becomes 
 perceptible to the mother; also, the peculiar 
 effects which are frequently observed when the 
 uterus quits the pelvis, and rises into the ab- 
 dominal cavity, viz., fainting, sickness, &c. 
 The usual period of quickening is the eighteenth 
 week after conception. 
 
 Quicklime. Fresh-burned lime. 
 
 Quicksilver. See Mercury, and Hydrargy- 
 rum. 
 
 Quid pro quo. These words are applied 
 synonymously with succedaneum, or one thing 
 made use of to supply the defect of another. 
 
 QUI 
 
 QUI'NA. {a, ce, f.) Quinine. Quinia. The 
 alkali obtained from the bark of the Cinchona 
 cordifolia and other species. 
 
 As the sulphate of quina is now prepared on 
 a large scale for medical use, the readiest way 
 of obtaining the quina is to decompose a solu- 
 tion of the sulphate by means of ammonia. 
 
 Quina, when pure, is of a white color. Its 
 taste is intensely bitter. It is very sparingly 
 soluble in water, even when boiling. It is 
 readily soluble in boiling alcohol, which, when 
 evaporated, leaves it in the form of a viscid 
 mass. It is distinctly alkaline, and forms salts 
 with the acids. It crystallizes with difficulty ; 
 but M. Pelletier has obtained it crystallized in 
 fine silky fiocculi, by submitting to spontaneous 
 evaporation a very pure alcoholic solution. Its 
 composition is C20H12NO2. 
 
 The medicinal properties of quina agree as 
 nearly as possible with those of its sulphate ; 
 and as the latter is more readily prepared, the 
 uncombined alkali is seldom used. 
 
 A number of new salts of quinine have of late 
 been introduced into medicine, as the citrate, 
 tartrate,' acetate, phosphate, &c, but more es- 
 pecially the valerianate of quinine, which is 
 thought to be a valuable tonic in cases where 
 there is want of nervous tone, and in the de- 
 pression of typhoid diseases. The citrate of 
 iron and quinine, a preparation which adds 
 chalybeate properties to the tonic action of qui- 
 nine, is also highly recommended in scrofula 
 and chlorosis. 
 
 The other salts of quina, as the acetate, ci- 
 trate, &c, have the properties of the sulphate, 
 but in an inferior degree. The disulphate of 
 quina is accordingly "the only preparation of 
 this alkali in general use. See Qiiince disulphas. 
 
 Quinia elanca. Copalche bark. 
 
 Quina-quina. See Cinchona. 
 
 Quinje disulphas. {Quinia; sulphas. U.S.) 
 Disulphate of quina. The commercial sulphate 
 of quinine, prepared on a large scale iu France, 
 and imported from thence. This preparation 
 is a hydrated disulphate of quina, and consists 
 of two atoms of quinine -[-SO3-I-8HO. As a 
 medicine, it possesses the febrifuge power of 
 the cinchona bark in the highest degree, and it 
 is applicable to every .instance in which the 
 bark is exhibited, except as a stomachic bitter 
 in dyspepsia, in which case it often proves tdo 
 stimulating, and is inferior in effioacy to a de- 
 coction of the bark. The dose is from one 
 grain to ten. In cases of ague, after the primae 
 viae have been properly cleared, three grains 
 of the sulphate given every three hours during 
 the intermission will prevent the access of the 
 paroxysm with a certainty that seems almost 
 magical. It appears, also, to act as a prophy- 
 lactic against intermittents, if taken occasion- 
 ally. 
 
 Quince sulphas. Sulphate of quina. Quina 
 combines with sulphuric acid in two propor- 
 tions, forming a neutral sulphate and a disul- 
 phate. The "former consists of one equivalent 
 of the acid and of the alkali, and eight of water; 
 the latter of one equivalent of acid, two of qui- 
 na, and eight of water. 
 
 Qu'inary. Quinarius. Of the number five 
 
 Quince. Pyrus cydonia. 
 
RAD 
 
 RAD 
 
 Quincunx. An arrangement of five bodies, 
 so that four are placed at the four angles of a 
 square, and one in the centre. 
 
 Quinetine. A red or violet coloring matter 
 derived from sulphate of quinine. 
 
 Quinsy. Cynanche. 
 
 Qcinia. Quinina. See Quina. 
 
 Quinine, sulphate of. See Quince disul- 
 phas. 
 
 Qu'inoa. Chenopodium quinoa. 
 
 QUTNOGEN. The hypothetical radical of 
 the cinchona alkaloids : its formula is C20H10N, 
 and cinchonine, quinine, and aricineare the first, 
 second, and third oxide. 
 
 Qui'noline. An artificial base of an oily con- 
 
 sistence, and volatile, obtained by distilling qui- 
 nine, cinchonine, or strychnine. It is supposed 
 to be identical with leukol. Formula, OigH 8 N. 
 
 QaiNON. Quinoyle. A product of the dis- 
 tillation of kinic acid. It is a compound radical. 
 Formula, C25H 8 8 . 
 
 Quinquefo'lium. Potentilla reptans. 
 
 Quinquina. See Cinchona. 
 
 Quinquina, Mexican. Iva frutescens 
 
 Quinta essentia. The quintessence. 
 
 Quintan. An ague, the paroxysms of which 
 occur every fourth day. See Ague. 
 
 Quotidian. An intermittent, the paroxysms 
 of which occur eveiy day. See Ague. 
 
 Quintu'plici. Five-fold. 
 
 R. 
 
 R. 
 
 The symbol for rhodium. 
 
 R. Recipe ; take. See Prescriptions. 
 
 Rabbit. Lepus cuniculus. 
 
 RA'BIES. (es, ei, f.) Madness: generally 
 applied to the disease in dogs, otherwise called 
 hydrophobia. See Hydrophobia. 
 
 Rabies canina. Hydrophobia. 
 
 Racemic acid. Paratartaric acid. 
 
 RACE'MUS. (us, i, m. ; from ramus.) A 
 raceme, cluster, or bunch. A species of inflo- 
 rescence, being a pedunculated spike. 
 
 Rachia'lgia. See Rhachialgia. 
 
 Rachi'dian 
 spinal column. 
 
 Rachis. See Rhachis. 
 
 Rackasi'ri balsamum. Balsamum rackasiri. 
 
 Raco'sis. A relaxation of the scrotum. 
 
 RA'DIAL. (Radialis; from radius, the name 
 of a bone.) Belonging to the radius. 
 
 Radial artery. Arteria radialis. A branch 
 of the humeral artery that runs down the side 
 of the radius. 
 
 Radial nerve. The musculo-spinal nerve. 
 It is derived from the four inferior branches of 
 the brachial plexus, and is distributed to the 
 muscles of the arm and hand. 
 
 Radialis externus brevior See Extensor 
 carpi radialis brevior. 
 
 Radialis externus longior. See Extensor 
 carpi radialis longior. 
 
 Radialis externus primus. See Extensor 
 carpi radialis longior. 
 
 Radialis internus. See Flexor carpi radi- 
 alis. 
 
 Radialis secundus. See Extensor carpi 
 radialis brevior. 
 
 RADIA'TED. Radiatus. Radiate. Ar- 
 ranged in diverging lines ; stellated. 
 
 RADIATION. (From radius, a ray.) The 
 emission of light, heat, &c, from a center, in 
 straight lines, to eveiy point of a sphere. 
 
 RA'DICAL. (Radicalis ; from radix, the 
 root or base.) 1. In Chemistry, applied to that 
 which is considered as constituting the distin- 
 guishing part of an acid, by its union with oxy- 
 gen or some other acidifying principle ; or to 
 that which is capable of combining with ele- 
 mentary agents. It is called a compound rad- 
 ical when it consists of more than one element. 
 554 
 
 2. In Botany, a leaf which springs from tne 
 root. 
 
 Ra'dicant. Radicans. A stem which clings 
 to another body for support by means of root- 
 like processes. 
 
 Radi'cle. Radicida. A radicle, rootlet, or 
 little root. 
 
 Radio-carpal. Belonging to the radius and 
 wrist. 
 
 Radish, garden. Raphanus sativus. 
 
 Radish, horse. Cochlearia armoracia. 
 
 RA'DIUS. (us, ii, m.) 1. In Anatomy, a 
 bone of the forearm. Like the ulna, it is of a 
 triangular figure, but it differs from that bone 
 in growing larger as it descends. Of its two 
 extremities, the uppermost and smallest is 
 formed into a small, rounded head, furnished 
 with cartilage, and hollowed at its summit, for 
 an articulation with the little head at the side 
 of the pulley of the os humeri. The round 
 border of this head, next the ulna, is formed for 
 an articulation with the lesser sigmoid cavity of 
 that bone. This little head of the radius is sup- 
 ported by a neck, at the bottom of which, lat- 
 erally, is a considerable tuberosity, into the pos- 
 terior half of which is inserted the posterior 
 tendon of the biceps. Immediately below this 
 tuberosity the body of the bone may be said to 
 begin. We find it slightly curved throughout 
 its whole length, by w r hich means it is enabled 
 to cross the ulna without compression. The 
 lowest part of the bone is formed into an oblong 
 articulating cavity, divided into two by a slight 
 transverse rising. This cavity is formed for an 
 articulation with the bones of the wrist. To- 
 ward the anterior and convex surface of the 
 bone, this cavity is defended by the styloid pro- 
 cess of the radius, which is covered with a car- 
 tilage that is extended to the lower extremity 
 of the ulna; a ligament is likewise stretched 
 from it to the wrist. Besides this large cavity, 
 the radius has another much smaller one, oppo- 
 site its styloid process, which is lined with car- 
 tilage, and receives the rounded surface of the 
 ulna. 2. In Botany, the margin of the disk of 
 a flower. 3. A line stretching from the centre 
 of a circle to its circumference. 
 
 RADIX, (ix, ids, f.) A root. 1. In Bot- 
 any, that part of a plant which imbibes its 
 
RAN 
 
 RAP 
 
 nourishment, producing the herbaceous part 
 and the fructification, and which consists of the 
 caudex, or body, and radicles. — Linnceus. 2. 
 In Anatomy, the term radix is applied to some 
 parts which are inserted into others ; as the 
 fangs of the teeth, the origin of some of the 
 nerves, &c. 
 
 Radix bengale. See Cassumnniar. 
 
 Radix brasiliexsis. Callicocca ipecacu- 
 anha. 
 
 Radix dulcis. Glycyrrhiza glabra. 
 
 Radix Indiana. Callicocca ipecacuanha. 
 
 Radix rosea. Rhodiola rosea. 
 
 Radix rubra. Rubia tiuctorum. 
 
 Radix ursixa. iEthusa meum. 
 
 Ra'dula. A wooden spatula or scraper. 
 
 Radzyge. Norwegian leprosy, said to re- 
 semble frumboesia. 
 
 Ragwort. Senecio Jacobaea. 
 
 Ra'ia. A genus of fishes. Chondroptery gia. 
 The following are sometimes eaten as food: 
 R. batis. The skate. — R. clavata. The thorn- 
 back. — R. oxyri'nchus. The sharp-nosed ray. 
 
 Raia torpe'do. The torpedo or electric ray. 
 This inhabits the Mediterranean. The touch 
 of this fi.sh conveys an electric shock. It is 
 hard of digestion, and seldom eaten. 
 
 Rainbow worm. The herpes iris. 
 
 Raisin. See Vltis vinifera. 
 
 Rale. See Rhonchus. 
 
 Rama'lis vex a. The vena portae. 
 
 RAME'NTA. {a, «,• f . ; a radendo.) Fil- 
 ings, as those of iron, zinc, &c. 
 
 Rame'ntum. A species of pubescence of 
 plants. 
 
 Ra'mex. A rupture. 
 
 RAMIFICATION. Ramijicaiio. The sub- 
 division and branching of arteries, nerves, and 
 other parts. 
 
 E AMOLLI'SSEMENT. (French.) A term 
 applied by the French pathologists to morbid 
 softening of the texture of an organ ; as Ramol- 
 lissement du cerveau, softening of the substance 
 of the brain. 
 
 Ra'mose. Rameus. Ramosus. Branched. 
 
 Ramosi'ssimus. Much branched. 
 
 Ra'mulus. Ramusculus. A little branch. 
 
 RA'MUS. (us, i, m.) A branch, or pri- 
 mary division of a stem into lateral stems. 
 
 RA'NA. A genus of animals. Amphibia. 
 Reptilia. The frog. — R. esculenta. The 
 French edible frog ; the flesh is nutritious, and 
 easily digested. 
 
 Ranci'dity. The change which oils and 
 fats undergo by oxydation from exposure to 
 the air. 
 
 Rani'nus. Ranine. 1. Appertaining to a 
 frog. 2. The name of an artery, called, also, 
 Artcria ranina. Sublingual artery. The sec- 
 ond branch of the external carotid. 
 
 RA'NULA. {a, ce, f . ; from rana, a frog: 
 said to be so called because the tumor resem- 
 bles a frog, or because the patient croaks like a 
 frog; neither of which, however, is true.) Ba- 
 trachos. Hypoglossus. Hypoglossum. Rana. 
 An inflammatory or indolent tumor under the 
 tongue. These tumors are of various sizes and 
 degrees of consistence, seated on either side of 
 the fraenum. Children, as well as adults, are 
 sometimes affected with them. Then contents 
 
 are various : in some they resemble the saliva 
 in others, the glairy matter found in the cells 
 of swelled joints. Sometimes it is said that a 
 fatty matter has been found in them ; and in 
 by far the greatest number of cases, we find 
 that the contents resemble the saliva itself. 
 This, indeed, might be expected, for the cause 
 is to be looked for in an obstruction of the sali- 
 vary ducts. Obstructions here may arise from 
 a cold, inflammation, and from obstruction by 
 a stony matter, seemingly separated from the 
 saliva. As these tumors are not usually attend- 
 ed with much pain, they are sometimes neglect- 
 ed till they burst of themselves, which they 
 commonly do when arrived at the bulk of a 
 large nut. As they were produced originally 
 from an obstruction in the salivary duct, and 
 this obstruction can not be removed by the 
 bursting of the tumor, it hence happens that 
 they leave an ulcer extremely difficult to heal, 
 nay, which can not be healed at all tdl the 
 cause is removed. 
 
 RANUNCULA'CE^. The crowfoot tribe 
 of dicotyledonous plauts. Herbaceous plants, 
 with divided leaves, opposite or alternate; ca- 
 lyx, of 3-6 sepals ; petals, 5-15, hypogynous ; 
 stamens, hypogynous, indefinite in number ; 
 fruit, distinct; simple carpels, and albuminous 
 seeds. They are nearly all acro-narcotic. 
 
 Ranunculoi'des. Caltha palustris. 
 
 RANU'NCULUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The plant 
 called Ranunculus bulbosus. (U. S.) 2. A ge- 
 nus of plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ra- 
 nanculacece. The great acrimony of most of 
 the species of ranunculus is such, that, on be- 
 ing applied to the skin, they excite itching, 
 redness, and inflammation, and even produce 
 blisters, tumefaction, and ulceration of the part. 
 On being chewed, they corrode the tongue ; 
 and, if taken into the stomach, may bring on 
 all the deleterious effects of an acrid poison. 
 The most virulent of the Linnaean species are 
 the R. bulbosus, sceleratus, acris, arvensis, thora, 
 and illyricus. They are very seldom employ- 
 ed, but may be used as vesicants where better 
 substances are not at hand. Their activity de- 
 pends upon a volatile principle, lost by drying 
 or heating. In cases of poisoning, the general 
 plan appropriate to acrid medicines is to be 
 followed, that is, emetics succeeded by dilu- 
 ents, and emollient and mucilaginous prepara- 
 tions, to be given by the mouth and injection. 
 The species treated of by medical writers are 
 as follows : R. abortivus. R. acris. R. pra- 
 tensis. The meadow crowfoot. — R. albus. 
 The plant wdiich bears this name in the phar- 
 macopoeias is the Anemone nemorosa of Lin- 
 naeus. — R. bulbosus. Bulbous-rooted crowfoot. 
 — R. Jicaria. R. vermis. The pilewort. — R. 
 flammula. The smaller water crowfoot, or 
 spearwort. — R. sceleratus. Marsh crowfoot. 
 
 RAPE. Carnal connection with a woman 
 by violence and against her will. 
 
 RAPHA'NIA. Convulsio rapliania. Crip- 
 ple disease. A genus of disease in the class 
 Neuroses, and order Spasmi, of Cullen; charac- 
 terized by a spasmodic contraction of the joints, 
 with convulsive motions, and a most violent 
 pain returning at various periods. It begins 
 with cold chills and lassitude, pain in the head, 
 
 555 
 
EAS 
 
 RE C 
 
 and anxiety about the prsecordia. These symp- ; 
 toms are followed by spasmodic twitchings in 
 the tendons of the lingers and of the feet, dis- j 
 cernible to the eye, heat, fever, stupor, delir- I 
 ium, sense of suffocation, aphonia, and horrid • 
 convulsions of the limbs. After these, vomiting 
 and diarrhoea come on, with a discharge of 
 worms, if there are any. About the eleventh ! 
 or the twentieth day, copious sweats succeed, 
 or purple exanthemata, or tabes, or rigidity of 
 all the joints. 
 
 Raphani'strum. Raphanus raphanistrum. 
 RAP HAN US. (us,i,.m.) 1." The radish. 
 2. A genus of plants. Tetr adynamia. Silicu- 
 losa. Cruciferce. — - R. rusticans. Cochlearia 
 armoracia. — R. sativus. R. hortensis. R. ni- 
 ger. The radish. The several varieties of this 
 plant are said to have been employed medicin- 
 ally in the cure of calculous affections. The 
 juice, made into a syrup, was given to relieve 
 hoarseness. Mixed with honey or sugar, it was 
 administered in pituitous asthma; and, as an 
 antiscorbutic, its efficacy is generally acknowl- 
 edged. — R. sylvestris. Lepidium sativum. 
 
 RA'PHE. (e, es, f. Pa<j>7j, a suture.) A 
 suture. Applied to parts which appear as if 
 they were sewed together. 
 
 Rathe cerebri. R. corporis callosi. The 
 longitudinal eminence of the corpus callosum 
 of the brain is so called, because it appears 
 somewhat like a suture. 
 
 Raphe scroti. R. perinei. The rough em- 
 inence which divides the scrotum, as it were, 
 in two. It proceeds from the root of the penis 
 inferiorly and along the perineum. 
 
 RAPHIANCISTRON. (From pafyiov, a nee- 
 dle, and ayiacrpov, a hook.) An instrument 
 consisting of a needle and hook combined, used 
 for the formation of an artificial pupil. 
 
 Rap hides . The small acicular crystals found 
 in the texture of some plants, usually oxalates 
 of lime. 
 
 Rapi'strum. Crambe orientalis and hispa- 
 nica. 
 
 RA'PTUS. (us, us, m. ; from rapio, to seize 
 violently.) A sudden or violent seizure. 
 
 Raptus Hjemorrhagicus. The outbreaking 
 of a hemorrhage. 
 
 Raptus nervorum. The cramp. 
 
 Raptus supinus. Opisthotonos. 
 
 Ra'pum. 1. The turnip. Brassica rapa. 2. 
 The Campanula rapunculus. 
 
 Rapu'nculus. Campanula rapunculus. 
 
 Rapunculus corniculatus. Phyteuma or- 
 biculare. 
 
 Rapus. Brassica rapa. 
 
 RAREFA'CTION. (From rarefacio, to make 
 thin. ) The diminution of the density of a body ; 
 as of a gas, by the agency of caloric. 
 
 Rash. See Exanthema. 
 
 RASP SOUND. Bruit de rape. Bruit de 
 lime a hois. An auscultatory sound resembling 
 rasping on a piece of wood. A rougher sound 
 of the same kind is called the saw sound, Bruit 
 de scie. These sounds are a high degree of the 
 bellows sound, and nearly always indicate or- 
 ganic disease of the heart. They are most de- 
 veloped in those cases where the orifices of the 
 heart are contracted from disease of the valves. 
 
 RASPATO'RIUM. (From rado, to scrape.) 
 556 
 
 Rasorium. Scalprzim. A raspatory. An in- 
 strument for rasping bones. 
 
 Raspberry. Rubus idseus. 
 
 RASU'RA. (a, <z, f. ; from rado, to scrape.) 
 1. A rasure or scratch. 2. The raspings or 
 shavings of any substance. 
 
 Ratifi'a. A liquor prepared by imparting 
 to ardent spirits the flavor of various kinds of 
 fruits. 
 
 Ratio. 1. Proportion. 2. A reason or ex- 
 planation. 
 
 RATIONAL TREATMENT. In Medicine, 
 that course of treatment of a disease which is 
 founded on reason and ratiocination, and is not 
 merely the result of routine or experience. 
 The latter is empirical treatment. 
 
 Rattle. Rale. See Rhonchus. 
 
 RATTLES. A term very generally applied 
 by nurses to the rattle-like, noisy breathing oft- 
 en heard in persons who are in the act of death, 
 and which arises from an accumulation of mu- 
 cus in the air passages. 
 
 Rattlesnake. Crotalus horridus. 
 
 Rattlesnake-root. Polygala senega. 
 
 RAUCE'DO. (o, onis, f . ; from, raucus. 
 hoarse.) Raucitas. Hoarseness. A rough- 
 ness of the voice, arising from some disease of 
 the larynx or trachea, as catarrh, &c. 
 
 Raucedo paralytica. Aphonia. 
 
 RAY. The emanation of an imponderable 
 body, as a ray of light, heat, &c. A calorific 
 ray is that which is capable of impressing the 
 sensation of heat; a luminous ray, the impression 
 of light; a chemical ray, that which accom- 
 plishes chemical changes on certain surfaces. 
 
 Ray of a flower. The margin of the disc 
 of a composite flower. 
 
 REA'CTION. An effort to overcome the 
 force or action of an external agent. In Medi- 
 cine, the vital excitement which follows de- 
 pression, whether produced by disease or ex- 
 ternal agents: 
 
 REA'GENT. Test. A substance used in 
 chemistry to detect the presence of other 
 bodies. 
 
 REA'LGAR. Protosulphuret of arsenic. 
 
 RECEIVER. A chemical vessel adapted to 
 the neck or beak of a retort, alembic, or other 
 distillatory vessel, to receive and contain the 
 product of distillation. 
 
 RECEPTA'CULUM. Receptacle. (From 
 recipio, to receive.) 1. In Ana to ■»;/, a name 
 given by an'atomists to a part of the thoracic 
 duct. See Receptaculum chyli. 2. In Botany, 
 the common basis or point of connection of the 
 other parts of the fructification of plants ; by 
 some called the Thalamus and the Placenta. 
 
 Receptaculum chyli. Receptaculnm Pec- 
 queti, because Pecquet was the first to describe 
 it. A dilatation at the commencement of the 
 thoracic duct, generally opposite the third lum- 
 bar vertebra. This dilatation varies in size in 
 different subjects, and in some there is none at 
 all. 
 
 Recipe. R-. Take. 
 
 RECLINA'TION. One of the operations 
 used for the cure of cataract. See Cataract. 
 
 Reclina'tus. Reclining. 
 
 RECREMENTI'TIAL HUMORS. Those 
 secretions which are again absorbed and em- 
 
EEC 
 
 REC 
 
 ployed in the economy, as bile, saliva, gastric 
 juice. 
 
 Recrude'scence. The aggravation of a dis- 
 ease after a partial remission. 
 
 RECTIFICATION. (Rectification onis, f . ; 
 from rectus, right, and fio, to he made.) A 
 second distillation, by which volatile substances 
 are farther purified. 
 
 Recto-vaginae. Belonafinsr to the rectum 
 ana vagina, as the recto-vaginal septum or 
 fistula. 
 
 RE'CTUM. (urn, i, n. ; so named from an 
 erroneous opinion that it was straight.) The 
 last portion of the large intestines, terminating 
 in the anus. See Intestine. 
 
 RE'CTUS. (us, i, m.) Straight. Several 
 parts of the body, particularly muscles, are so 
 called from their direction. 
 
 Rectus abdominis. A long and straight 
 muscle, situated near its fellow, at the middle 
 and fore part of the abdomen, parallel to the 
 linea alba, and between the aponeurosis of the 
 ether abdominal muscles. It arises sometimes 
 by a single broad tendon from the upper and 
 inner part of the os pubis, but more commonly 
 by two heads, one of which is fleshy, and origi- 
 nates from the upper edge of the pubis, and the 
 other tendinous, from the inside of the symphysis 
 pubis, behind the pyramidalis muscle. From 
 these beginnings, the muscle runs upward the 
 whole length of the linea alba, and becoming 
 broader and thinner as it ascends, is inserted by 
 a thin aponeurosis into the edge of the cartilago 
 ensiformis, and into the cartilages of the fifth, 
 sixth, and seventh ribs. This aponeurosis is 
 placed under the pectoral muscle, and some- 
 times adheres to the fourth rib. The fibres of 
 this muscle are commonly divided by three ten- 
 dinous intersections, which were first noticed 
 by Berenger, or, as he is commonly called, 
 Carpi, an Italian anatomist, who flourished in 
 the sixteenth century. One of these intersec- 
 tions is usually where the muscle runs over the 
 cartilage of the seventh rib ; another is at the 
 umbilicus; and the third is between these two. 
 Sometimes there is one, and even two, between 
 the umbilicus and the pubes. When one or 
 both of these occur, however, they seldom ex- 
 tend more than halfway across the muscle. As 
 these intersections seldom penetrate through 
 the whole substance of the muscle, they are all 
 of them most apparent on its anterior surface, 
 where they firmly adhere to the sheath : the 
 adhesions of the rectus to the posterior layer of 
 the internal oblique are only by means of cel- 
 lular membrane, and of a few vessels which 
 pass from one to another. 
 
 The use of the rectus is to compress the fore 
 part of the abdomen : it may likewise serve to 
 bring the trunk forward, and to raise the pelvis. 
 
 Rectus abducens oculi. See Rectus ex- 
 ternus oculi. 
 
 Rectus adducens oculi. See Rectus inter- 
 ims oculi. 
 
 Rectus anterior brevis. See Rectus capitis 
 internus minor. 
 
 Rectus anterior longus. See Rectus capi- 
 tis internus major. 
 
 Rectus attollens oculi. See Rectus supe- 
 rior oculi. 
 
 Rectus capitis anticus longus. See Rectus 
 capitis internus via] or. 
 
 Rectus capitis internus major. A muscle 
 situated on the anterior part of the neck, close 
 to the vertebrae. Rectus internus major of Al- 
 binus, Douglas, and Cowper. Rectus anterior 
 longus of WInslow. It is a long muscle, thick- 
 er and broader above than below, where it is 
 thin, and terminates in a point. It arises, by 
 distinct and flat tendons, from the anterior 
 points of the transverse processes of the five in- 
 ferior vertebras of the neck, and, ascending ob- 
 liquely upward, is inserted into the anterior 
 part of the cuneiform process of the occipital 
 bone. The use of this muscle is to bend the 
 head forward. 
 
 Rectus capitis internus minor. Rectus in- 
 temus minor. Winslow calls it rectus anterior 
 brevis. It is in part covered by the rectus ma- 
 jor. It arises, fleshy, from the upper and fore 
 part of the body of the first vertebra of the 
 neck, near the origin of its transverse process, 
 and, ascending obliquely inward, is inserted 
 near the root of the condyloid process of the 
 occipital bone, under the last-described muscle. 
 It assists in bending the head forward. 
 
 Rectus capitis lateralis. Rectus lateralis 
 Fallopii of Douglas. Rectus lateralis of Cow- 
 per. This muscle is somewhat larger than the 
 rectus minor, but resembles it in shape, and is 
 situated immediately behind the internal jugu- 
 lar vein, at its coming out of the cranium. It 
 arises, fleshy, from the upper and fore part of 
 the transverse process of the first vertebra of 
 the neck, and, ascending a little obliquely up- 
 ward and outward, is inserted into the occipital 
 bone, opposite to the stylo-mastoid hole of the 
 os temporis. This muscle serves to pull the 
 head to one side. 
 
 Rectus capitis posticus major. This mus- 
 cle, which is the rectus major of Douglas and 
 Winslow, and the rectus capitis posticus minor 
 of Albinus, is small, short, and flat, broader 
 above than below, and is situated, not in a 
 straight direction, as its name would insinuate, 
 but obliquely, between the occiput and the 
 second vertebra of the neck, immediately un- 
 der the complexus. It arises, by a short, thick 
 tendon, from the upper and posterior part of 
 the spinous process of the second vertebra of 
 the neck ; it soon becomes broader, and, ascend- 
 ing obliquely outward, is inserted, by a flat 
 tendon, into the external lateral part of the 
 lower semicircular ridge of the os occipitis. 
 The use of this is to extend the head, and pull 
 it backward. 
 
 Rectus capitis posticus minor. This is the 
 rectus minor of Douglas and Winslow. It is 
 smaller than the last-described muscle, but re- 
 sembles it in shape, and is placed close by its 
 fellow, in the space between the recti majores. 
 It arises, by a short, thick tendon, from the up- 
 per and lateral part of a little protuberance in 
 the middle of the back part of the first vertebra 
 of the neck, and, becoming broader and thinner 
 as it ascends, is inserted, by a broad, flat tendon, 
 into the occipital bone, immediately under the 
 insertion of the last-described muscle. The use 
 of it is to assist the rectus major in drawing the 
 head backward. 
 
 557 
 
RE C 
 
 Rectus cruris. See Rectus femoris. 
 
 Rectus deprimens oculi. See Rectus in- 
 ferior oculi. 
 
 Rectus externus oculi. The outer straight 
 muscle of the eye : called, also, Abductor oculi, 
 Iracundus, and Indignabundus. It arises from 
 the bony partition between the foramen opticum 
 and lacerum, being the longest of the straight 
 muscles of the eye, and is inserted into the 
 sclerotic membrane, opposite to the outer can- 
 thus of the eye. Its use is to move the eyes 
 outward. 
 
 Rectus femoris. A straight muscle of the 
 thigh, situated immediately at the fore part. 
 Rectus sive gracilis anterior of Winslow. 
 Rectus cruris of Albinus. It arises from the 
 os ilium by two tendons. The foremost and 
 shortest of these springs from the outer surface 
 of the inferior and anterior spinous process of 
 the ilium ; the posterior tendon, which is thick- 
 er and longer than the other, arises from the 
 posterior and outer part of the edge of the coty- 
 loid cavity, and from the adjacent capsular liga- 
 ment. These two tendons soon unite, and form 
 an aponeurosis, which spreads over the anterior 
 surface of the upper part of the muscle ; and 
 through its whole length we observe a middle 
 tendon, toward which its fleshy fibres run on 
 each side in an oblique direction, so that it may 
 be styled a penniform muscle. It is inserted, 
 tendinous, into the upper edge and anterior sur- 
 face of the patella, and from thence sends off a 
 thin aponeurosis, which adheres to the superior 
 and lateral part of the tibia. Its use is to ex- 
 tend the leg. 
 
 Rectus inferior oculi. The inferior of the 
 straight muscles of the eye. It arises within 
 the socket, from below the optic foramen, and 
 passes forward to be inserted into the sclerotic 
 , membrane of the bulb on the under part. It 
 pulls the eye downward. 
 
 Rectus internus femoris. See Gracilis. 
 
 Rectus internus oculi. The internal 
 straight muscle of the eye. It arises from the 
 inferior part of the foramen opticum, between 
 the obliquus superior and the rectus inferior, 
 being, from its situation, the shortest muscle of 
 the eye, and is inserted into the sclerotic mem- 
 brane opposite to the inner angle. Its use is 
 to turn the eye toward the nose. 
 
 Rectus lateralis Fallopii. See Rectus 
 capi'is lateralis. 
 
 Rectus major capitis. See Rectus capitis 
 posticus major. 
 
 Rectus superior oculi. The uppermost 
 straight muscle of the eye. It arises from the 
 upper part of the foramen opticum of the sphe- 
 noid bone, below the levator palbebrse superi- 
 oris, and runs forward to be inserted into the 
 superior and fore part of the sclerotic membrane 
 by a broad and thin tendon. 
 
 RECURRENT. Recurrens. Running back. 
 A term applied to the branches of arteries, 
 nerves, &c, which send branches upward from 
 their place of origin. 
 
 Recurrent nerve. Nervus recurrens. A 
 branch given off from the par vagum, on each 
 side, in the cavity of the thorax, is so called. 
 The right is given oif near the subclavian artery, 
 which it surrounds, and is reflected upward to 
 558 
 
 REG 
 
 the thyroid gland ; the left a little lower, and 
 reflected around the aorta to the oesophagus, as 
 far as the larynx. They are both distributed 
 to the muscles of the larynx and pharynx. 
 
 Recurved. Recu'rvus. Recurvatws. Bow- 
 ed, or turned backward. 
 
 Red antimony. See Antimonii vitrum. 
 
 Red gum. Red gown. See Strophulus. 
 
 Red liquor. A solution of crude acetate of 
 iron. 
 
 Red precipitate. See Hydrargyri oxydum 
 rubrum. 
 
 Red sanders. Pterocarpus santalinus. 
 
 Re'ddle. A species of red ochre. 
 
 REDUCTION: 1. In Surgery, the return- 
 ing of a dislocated bone into its proper place. 
 2. In Chemistry, the operation of producing a 
 metal from its ores or compounds. 
 
 REFLECTION. (From reflecto, to bend 
 back.) 1. In Anatomy, a duplicature, or fold 
 of membrane. 2. In Optics and Mechanics, the 
 rebound, or motion in a new direction, which 
 takes place when a moving body impinges on 
 a resisting surface. The direction of the new 
 motion is always related to that of the incidence, 
 the angles being equal. 
 
 REFLEX. Reflex action or function. This 
 name has been given to those instances of nerv- 
 ous action in which an impression made on the 
 extremity of one nerve is propagated to the ex- 
 tremity of another, through the intervention of 
 the nervous centers. 
 
 Refle'xed. Reflexus. Reflected; bent back- 
 ward. 
 
 REFRA'CTION. (From refractus, broken 
 back.) A change in the course of a ray, pro- 
 duced by its passage from a rare to a dense 
 medium, or the reverse. The amount of re- 
 fraction depends upon the degree of difference 
 between the media. 
 
 Refraction, double. A phenomenon pro- 
 duced by Iceland spar and other minerals. A 
 ray of light falling upon these crystals in cer- 
 tain directions, is divided into two parts, and 
 hence produces two images. 
 
 Refra'ctus. Bent back, as if broken. 
 
 REFRI'GERANT. {Refrigerans ; from re- 
 frigero, to cool.) Possessed of the property of 
 allaying the heat of the body or of the blood. 
 
 Refrigeratory. A vessel filled with wa- 
 ter, or surrounded with ice, to condense vapors, 
 or to make cool any substance which passes 
 through it. 
 
 Regeneration. The reproduction of injur- 
 ed parts. 
 
 RE'GIMEN. {en, inis, f . ; from rego, to 
 govern.) A term employed in medicine to ex- 
 press the regulation of the diet and habits of an 
 individual, with a view to the preservation of 
 health or the cure of disease. 
 
 Regina prati. Spiraea ulmaria. 
 
 REGION. Regio. In Anatomy, certain ar- 
 tificial spaces on the body, marked out for the 
 convenience of description. 
 
 RE'GIUS. (From rex, a king.) Royal : ap- 
 plied, 1. In Pathology, to the jaundice. 2. In 
 Chemistry, to the noble metals, especially gold, 
 and to a preparation, the aqua regia, which has 
 the power of dissolving gold. 
 
 Regma. A three-celled dehiscent fruit 
 
REM 
 
 REM 
 
 REGULAR. Rcgularis. In Pathology, ap- 
 plied to diseases which observe their usual 
 course, in opposition to irregular, in which the 
 course of symptoms deviate from what is usual; 
 as regular gout, regular small-pox, &c. 
 Regular gout. See Gout. 
 Regular small-pox. See Variola. 
 RE'GULUS. Metallic matters when separ- 
 ated from other substances by fusion. 
 
 Regulus antimonii martialis. Martial re g- 
 ulus of antimony. An old preparation, made 
 by heating purified iron filings in a crucible, 
 adding sulphuret of autimony, fusing them, then 
 adding nitre, fusing the whole together, cool- 
 ing, and separating the regulus from the scoriae, 
 then fusing a second and third time, with the 
 addition of some more nitre each time. 
 Regulus of antimony. See Antimony. 
 Regulus of arsenic See Arsenic. 
 Regulus jovialis. An alloy made by fusing 
 antimony and tin. 
 
 Regulus veneris. An alloy of antimony 
 and copper. 
 
 REGURGITATION. Regurgitatio. The 
 act by which a canal, or reservoir of the body, 
 throws back its contents to relieve itself from 
 repletion. The puking of milk by infants is 
 also called regurgitation. 
 
 RE'LAPSE. The return of a disease soon 
 after its cessation. 
 
 RELAXATION. In Pathology, diminution 
 of tlr* natural and healthy tone of pai'ts. 
 
 REMEDY. Rcme'dium. {a re, and medcor, 
 to cure.) A remedy, or that which is employ- 
 ed with a view to prevent, palliate, or remove 
 a disease. 
 
 Rf.medium divinum. Imperatoria. 
 REMISSION. Remisio. A partial cessation 
 of febrile symptoms in the course of a remittent 
 or other fever. 
 
 Remittees icterodes. Yellow fever. 
 REMITTENT. (Remittcns; from remitto, 
 to assuage or lessen.) Applied to diseases, the 
 symptoms of which diminish very considerably, 
 but return again, so as not to leave the person 
 free from the disease until it changes its charac- 
 ter or vanishes. 
 
 Remittent fever. — A remittent fever ischar- 
 acterized by the usual symptoms of febrile ac- 
 tion, which becomes much more intense once 
 or oftener every four-ancl-twenty hours, and 
 then remits. This exacerbation is widely differ- 
 ent from the paroxysm of an intermittent. In 
 a remittent, however marked the diminution 
 of the fever, there is still a considerable degree 
 of it, and nothing like an apyrexial state. This 
 genus of fever sometimes exists in a mild form, 
 sometimes in the most malignant. It is a com- 
 mon disease with infants, and it may be observ- 
 ed that the febrile affections of children have 
 almost always more or less tendency to the re- 
 mittent type. The infantile remittent is gener- 
 ally produced by intestinal irritation ; but re- 
 mittent fevers in general are caused by marsh 
 miasmata, and by peculiar poisons of vegetable 
 and animal origin. The malignant remittent of 
 warm climates is called bilious remittent, from 
 the great disorder of the hepatic system ; yellow 
 fever, from the yellow tinge which it commu- 
 nicates to the skin ; and jungle fever, from the 
 
 origin of the poison which produces it in swamps 
 and jungles. 
 
 1. Mild remittent fever. — In this the pulse 
 is very frequent (90 to 100), but regular throu gh- 
 out; the debility is not considerable, and the skin 
 soon becomes relaxed, and perspires freely. It 
 attacks young persons of relaxed habits, who 
 ai*e weakly, and commences mostly with some 
 disturbance of the bowels. It occurs at all sea- 
 sons of the year, but more frequently in the au- 
 tumn. Fatigue, cold, or long exposure to the 
 sun's heat often bring it into action. The pa- 
 tient complains of drowsiness, and is very lan- 
 guid ; is occasionally chilly, and afterward Hush- 
 ed, tout without perspiration ; the thirst is con- 
 siderable, and attended by nausea and total loss 
 of appetite. In the course of the clay, but usu- 
 ally toward evening, the pulse quickens, the 
 heat increases, and at length terminates in a 
 sweat, which after a time goes off, leaving the 
 skin hot and dry, and the pulse still very quick. 
 This exacerbation sometimes occurs at noon, 
 and sometimes also in the night. If the disease 
 be left to itself, the symptoms augment in se- 
 verity daily ; the head occasionally, but more 
 frequently the liver, or some other abdominal 
 viscus, gives proof of being loaded and oppress- 
 ed, and the restlessness is intolerable ; or a sud- 
 den bilious purging or vomiting supervenes, and 
 carries off the complaint by a salutary crisis. 
 It generally gives way to purgatives, especi- 
 ally mercurial ones, followed by saline purga- 
 tives with senna, and the febrile symptoms be- 
 ing mitigated in the intervals by saline sudorifics. 
 The diet should consist of very little more than 
 farinaceous drinks. As soon as the pulse sinks, 
 or the sweat is considerable, and the skin moist 
 and not much heated, mild tonics, especially the 
 mineral acids, with a light infusion of colum- 
 ba, gentian, quassia, chamomile, cascarilla, or 
 cinchona, will complete the cure, though the 
 disease usually runs on for ten days or a fort- 
 night. 
 
 2. Infantile remittent. It is usually as- 
 cribed to worms, which are occasionally its. 
 cause ; but the most common by far is crude 
 accumulations in the bowels, from which the 
 digestion proceeds imperfectly, producing great 
 general irritation, and considerable languor. 
 The belly becomes tumid and painful, and the 
 food is nauseated. The head becomes hot, 
 heavy, and often comatose, the disease simi- 
 lating in this stage the commencement of hy- 
 drocephalus, with which it is very frequently 
 confounded. See Hydrocephalus. The skin is 
 pale or livid, with occasional flushes in the 
 cheeks. Remittents in the infantile and juvenile 
 periods of life are almost always accompanied 
 by a sluggish state of the bowels, and require 
 the exhibition of calomel, with jalap and scam- 
 mony; and if this do not act, its operation 
 must be assisted by the infusion of senna, with 
 sulphate of magnesia or potash. Until the 
 bow r els are w r ell cleared, the fever goes on in- 
 creasing ; but under a course of brisk cathartics, 
 in conjunction with perfect quiet, good ventila- 
 tion, and light farinaceous drinks and diet, it 
 will usually give way in a week or a fortnight. 
 Particular symptoms are to be opposed by their 
 appropriate remedies : thus, if there be much 
 
 DO j 
 
REM 
 
 R E M 
 
 coma, the head should be bathed with a cold or 
 evaporating lotion of dilate acetic acid or spirit, 
 or the feet fomented ; if there be bilious diar- 
 rhoea, the purgative plan is to be abandoned, 
 and the pains of the bowels allayed by absorb- 
 ents, demulcents, and mild anodynes.; if there 
 be bilious or other vomitings, carbonic acid wa- 
 ter, with very mild aperients, until the irrita- 
 bility of the stomach is allayed. 
 
 3. Bilious 'or autumnal remittent. — Au- 
 tumnal remittents commence with lassitude, a 
 general soreness over the body, yawning, in- 
 quietude, and most of the other concomitants 
 of febrile action. As some of the larger organs 
 have been more affected by the influence of the 
 miasm than the rest, we find them giving way 
 in proportion: hence the head is sometimes 
 severely affected with pain or heaviness; the 
 bowels are overloaded with bile ; or the stomach 
 is exquisitely irritable, and rejects whatever is 
 introduced into it. Generally the stomach suf- 
 fers more disturbance than any other organ; 
 and, along with the sickness, there is in many 
 cases a troublesome looseness. Sometimes, 
 however, the bowels are costive, and the stom- 
 ach but little affected. The violence of the 
 symptoms is commonly in proportion to the vio- 
 lence of the incursion. The exacerbation ordi- 
 narily takes place at noon, or early in the after- 
 noon, and consists in an increase of heat and of 
 the pulse ; for there is rarely any preceding chill, 
 and as rarely any salutary moisture when the 
 heat diminishes. The night is passed uuder 
 extreme restlessness, vomiting, and mild delir- 
 ium ; and thus the fever continues, with strong 
 exacerbations about noon or night, and obvious 
 remissions. 
 
 At the very commencement of this fever, an 
 emetic is generally found serviceable, as it not 
 only clears the stomach of vitiated secretions, 
 but is one of the best means of determining to 
 the skin. The use of the lancet must depend 
 on the circumstances of the particular case. 
 Where the onset is violent, and particularly 
 where the patient is plethoric, or of a vigorous 
 habit, it may be employed with advantage in- 
 stantly and freely; for without it, from the ur- 
 gency of the symptoms, there can be little doubt 
 that some large organ or other will soon become 
 locally affected with congestion or effusion, 
 which is always to be avoided as one of the 
 worst symptoms that can occur; and if there be 
 reason to suspect that such local affection exist 
 at the time of the attack, and more especially 
 that it be the cause of it, copious depletion will 
 
 be still 
 
 more necessary ; for in this case not 
 
 only is the fever to be contended with, but an 
 inflammation of the affected organ to be guard- 
 ed against. Except in these cases there is no 
 call for the lancet, but, on the contrary, the loss 
 of blood is injurious. This is particularly true 
 in the Southern States, and in the case of South- 
 erners just removed to the north. 
 
 The common saline diaphoretics, either effer- 
 vescing or not, will commonly take off the burn- 
 ing heat of the skin ; or where the stomach is 
 not in an irritable state, the antimonial powder, 
 or small doses of the tartarized antimony, may 
 be given ; and with such remedies, and pedilu- 
 via or fomentation to the feet at night, the fever 
 560 
 
 will mostly be diminished. Dilute acids are 
 highly useful in form of drinks: as imperial, 
 lemonade, oranges, the subacid fruits, and infu- 
 sions of mint, balm, &c, where the bowels are 
 not irritable. Mild aperients of rhubarb, sul- 
 phate of potash, infusion of senna, or cassia 
 electuary, are the best aperients from time to 
 time, unless the bilious or constipated condition 
 of the bowels demand calomel, or the more 
 active purgatives. 
 
 4. Malignant remittent. — The yellow and 
 jungle fevers owe their production unquestion- 
 ably to marsh miasm; and hence they are so 
 common in the swampy soils and morasses of 
 the warm regions. Dr. Mosely gives an ex- 
 cellent account of these malignant remittents: 
 " When a new comer is seized with a sudden* 
 loss of strength, and a desire of changing for rest 
 into every position, without finding it in any, 
 those symptoms which constitute the endemial 
 fever may be expected. The following clay, 
 but sometimes within twelve hours from the 
 first indisposition, the violence of the disease 
 will commence thus : There will be a faintness, 
 and generally a giddiness of the head, with a 
 small degree of chilliness and horror, but never 
 a rigor. Then immediately will succeed a high 
 degree of fever with great heat, and strong beat- 
 ing in all the arteries of the body, particularly 
 observable in the carotid and temporal arteries; 
 flushings in the face, gaspings for cool air, white 
 tongue, but tinged with yellow, after the vomit- 
 ing has commenced; excessive thirst, redness, 
 heaviness, and burning in the eyes ; heaviness 
 and darting pains in the head and small of the 
 back, and often down the thighs; pulse quick, 
 generally full and strong, in some cases quick, 
 low, and vacillating ; skin hot and dry, some- 
 times with a partial and momentary moisture ; 
 sickness of stomach from the first, which in- 
 creases with the disease ; and, immediately after 
 any thing is taken to quench the thirst, vomit- 
 ing succeeds, in which bilious matter is brought 
 up ; anxiety and stricture, soreness, and intense 
 heat about the praecordia; great restlessness, 
 heavy respiration, sighing, urine deep colored, 
 and but little in quantity. This is the first stage 
 of the fever, and may continue twenty-four, 
 thirty-six, forty-eight, or sixty hours; and this 
 constitutes its inflammatory period. 
 
 "The second stage begins with the abatement 
 of many of the preceding symptoms, and the 
 rise of others ; sometimes with a deceiving tran- 
 quillity, but with perturbation if the patient 
 should fall into a sleep ; then a yellow tinge is 
 observed in the eyes, neck, and breast; the heat 
 subsides, and sometimes with a chilliness ; but 
 not with that sort of strong rigor which, when 
 it happens, terminates the disease by sweat, or 
 by copious bilious evacuations upward and 
 downward. The retchings are violent, and turn 
 porraceous ; the pulse flags, but is. sometimes 
 high and sometimes soft ; the skin soft and 
 clammy ; the urine in small quantity, and of a 
 dark, yellowish-brown color; the tongue, in 
 some cases, is dry, harsh, and discolored ; in 
 others, furred and moist; there ia confusion in 
 the head, and sometimes delirium, with the eyes 
 glassy. This stage of the disesse sometimes 
 continues only for a few hours ; sometimes for 
 
REM 
 
 E E X 
 
 twelve, twenty-four, thirty-six, or forty-eight 
 hours, but never longer. 
 
 " In the third and last stage of the fever, the 
 pulse sinks, and becomes unequal and intermit- 
 tent, sometimes very quick; frequent vomitinsr, 
 with great straining and noise in vomiting, and 
 what is brought up now is more in quantity, and 
 has the appearance of the grounds of coffee, or 
 is of a slate color. Nothing can be retained in 
 the stomach; difficult breathing, black tongue, 
 cold, clammy sweats, eyes hollow and sunk, 
 yellowness round the mouth and temples, and 
 soon after over the whole body. 
 
 " The symptoms become gradually more ag- 
 gravated, accompanied with subsuitu3 tendi- 
 num, black urine, deadly coldness of the limbs, 
 delirium, faltering speech, hemorrhage, or ooz- 
 ing of blood from the mouth and nostrils, cor- 
 ners of the eyes and ears, black bloody vomit- 
 ing and stools, vibices, hiccough, muttering, 
 coma, death." 
 
 After the first prostration of strength, the dis- 
 ease runs on violently till the sensorial power is 
 exhausted. Through its entire course, till the 
 patient is sinking, the intellect is not particu- 
 larly disturbed, and the organs principally af- 
 fected are the abdominal. In some cases the 
 disease opens with great violence, and rushes 
 forward at once to its acme, and the patient is 
 cut off in four-and-twenty hours. Though the 
 remittents, in hot climates, generally pursue the 
 course of febrile action that has been described, 
 it is sometimes otherwise, and even in milder 
 climates ; for it sometimes commences more 
 like an intermittent, and sometimes it more re- 
 sembles a continued fever, in which it has term- 
 inated, and occasionally in an intermittent. 
 
 It would appear that in the case of plethoric 
 persons coming from the north, a copious bleed- 
 ing, with from ten to twenty grains of calomel 
 every four hours, is necessary at the outset: 
 this treatment is to be assisted by diaphoretics 
 and saline purges, and counter-irritation, and as 
 soon as the inflammatory stage has subsided, qui- 
 nine and mineral acids are to be administered. 
 This treatment does not. however.^ answer in 
 the case of those long under the influence of 
 marsh miasm and a high temperature. In such 
 cases bleeding brings about fatal results ; calo- 
 mel and saline mediciues are first given, and 
 followed as soon as possible by quinine, &c. 
 
 In all cases where the remission is without 
 any inflammatory condition — in all cases where 
 there is a flabby state of the fibre, and more 
 especially where there is a septic diathesis, bit- 
 ters, such as calumba, serpentaria, and quassia, 
 with mineral acids, will be required ; and in a 
 more decided malisnant state, quinine, cascaril- 
 la. cinchona, and the like, as directed against 
 typhus, should be administered, with brandy 
 and cordials ad libitum. 
 
 Particular symptoms call for particular rem- 
 edies. 
 
 a. Where there is congestion in the vascular 
 svstem of an organ, topical bleedings are nec- 
 essary, in addition to general blood-letting; and 
 cold applications also, especially iced v^ater, 
 diluted spirit, and evaporating lotions to the 
 shaved head, the epigastric region, or wherever 
 the congestion may be. 
 X s 
 
 b. Nausea and vomiting will be best opposed 
 by mild aperients in the effervescing state ; by 
 carbonic acid from yeast, beer, or soda-water; 
 but the best remedy against continued vomiting 
 of porraceous, chocolate-ground-like, or slate^ 
 colored fluids from the stomach, is a punch 
 made with brandy, lemon-juice, and £ avenue 
 pepper, from the last of which the benefit is 
 said to result. 
 
 c. Comatose states call for stimulating cata- 
 plasms and fomentations, and cold, evaporating 
 lotions to the head. Blisters have very seldom 
 been useful. 
 
 5. Ardent remittent. Burning rem i't cut. - 
 A form of malignant remittent, which appears 
 
 ■ to be the same disease with the causus of the 
 ancients. It is characterized by extreme heat, 
 violent thirst, a rough and black tongue, the 
 
 ■ complexion inclined to yellowness, and the sal- 
 iva bilious. There is commonly an acute ach- 
 
 ; ing in the head, nausea, great anxiety of the 
 pragcordia, with frequently a gnawing pain at 
 the stomach. The bowels are unusually cos- 
 tive, particularly at the commencement of the 
 
 1 disease. The tongue, mouth, nostrils, and. in- 
 deed, the whole surface of the body, is parched 
 and fiery hot; the pulse is full and strong: the 
 voice hoarse ; the breath short aud quick ; oc- 
 casionally delirium. It chiefly attacks the 
 young and vigorous, who bear it better than 
 old persons. The treatment of this fever is 
 precisely that of a synocha. 
 
 6. Typhoid remittent. Asthenic remittent. 
 — The several forms of remittent fevers which 
 
 ; have been described, have shown a tendency 
 to a synochous or mixed type. There is, how- 
 
 j ever, another, which clearly evinces a typhoid 
 tendency from the very commencement ; for it 
 
 ; is ushered in by extreme debility, both of the 
 action of the heart, of the mental faculties and 
 moving powers, and the common symptoms of 
 
 ; typhus in the most aggravated form. It occurs 
 in localities where the marsh miasm is more 
 
 1 than usually malignant and concentrated, or 
 
 : where its effects on the system are favored by 
 other depressing: influences, as in the case of 
 dispirited and ill-provided armies in unhealthv 
 localities, or of a crowded, squalid, and ill-fed 
 population. The disease then assumes the ap- 
 pearance of a highly congestive typhus, and 
 
 ! the remedies which are applicable in the one 
 
 I are equally so in the other. 
 
 Re'mora. 1. Ononis spinosa. 2. The name 
 of two old instruments, not now used. 
 
 REMOTE. In Pathology, applied to the 
 
 | more distant causes of diseases. See JEtiology. 
 REX. {en. enis. m. Ren, airo rov peiv ; be- 
 
 ' cause through them the urine flows.) The 
 kidney. See Kidney. 
 
 RE'XAL. (Renalis; from ren, the kidney.) 
 
 ! Appertaining to the kidney. 
 
 Renal artery. See Emulgent. 
 Renal gland. Renal capsule. Supra-renal 
 gland. The supra-renal glands are two hollow 
 bodies, placed one on each side upon the kid- 
 ney. They are covered by a double tunic, and 
 
 j their cavities are filled with a liquor of a brown- 
 
 j ish-red color. Their figure is triaugular, and 
 
 I they are larger in the fcetus than the kidneys ; 
 
 j but* in adults they are less than the kidneys. 
 
 561 
 
RES 
 
 The right is affixed to the liver, the left to the 
 spleen and pancreas, and both to the diaphragm 
 and kidneys. They have arteries, veins, lym- 
 phatics, and nerves; their arteries arise from 
 the diaphragmatic, the aorta, and renal arteries. 
 The vein of the right supra-renal gland empties 
 itself into the vena cava, that of the left into 
 the renal vein : their lymphatic vessels go di- 
 rectly to the thoracic duct: they have nerves 
 common alike to these glands and the kidneys. 
 They have no excretory duct, and their use is at 
 present unknown. 
 
 Renal vein. The emulgent vein. 
 
 Renes succenturiati. The renal capsules. 
 
 Re'niform. Reniformis. Kidney-shaped. 
 
 Re 'n net. It is obtained by macerating the 
 dried, salted stomach of the calf in water. The 
 solution possesses the power of coagulating 
 milk. 
 
 Re'nuens. The rectus anticus capitis minor 
 muscle. 
 
 Repa'ndus. Repand: waved; serpentine. 
 
 REPE'LLENT. (Repellens ; from repello, 
 to drive back.) Applications are sometimes so 
 named which make diseases or an inflammation 
 recede, as it were, from the surface of the body; 
 as ice, astringents, &c. 
 
 Re'pent. Repens. Creeping. 
 
 REPERCU'SSION. The overcoming or res- 
 olution of a tumor, abscess, or eruption by the 
 action of repellents. 
 
 Replicate. Replica'tus. Folded ; plaited 
 so as to form a groove or channel. 
 
 REPRODUCTION. (From reproduco, to 
 produce again.) The function by which living 
 animals reproduce their like. Generation. 
 
 REPTI'LIA. ( From repo, to creep. ) A 
 class of vertebrated animals, containing the 
 snakes, frogs, lizards, &c. 
 
 REPULSION. (Repulsio, onis, f. ; from re- 
 pello, to repel.) All matter possesses a power 
 which is in constant opposition to attraction. 
 This agency, which is equally powerful and 
 equally obvious, acts an important part in the 
 phenomena of nature, and is called the power 
 of repulsion. Repulsion, or the separation of 
 atoms, is also an effect of heat, whereby fluids 
 are converted into vapors, &c. 
 
 Res naturales. The naturals. According 
 to Boerhaave, these are life, the cause of life, 
 and its effects. 
 
 Res non-naturales. See Non-naturals. 
 
 Res venerea. Coition. 
 
 RESE'CTION. An operation for the removal 
 of false joints or the ends of carious bones by 
 the saw. 
 
 RESE'DA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Dodecandria. Trigynia.—R. luteola. The 
 dyers' weed. Dioscorides mentions it as useful 
 in jaundice. 
 
 RESIN. (Resina, ce, f . ; from peu, to flow; 
 because it flows spontaneously from the tree.) 
 The name resin is used to denote solid, brittle, 
 semi-translucent, and inflammable substances, 
 of vegetable origin, with a bright fracture, solu- 
 ble in alcohol, and usually affording much soot 
 by their combustion. They are likewise solu- 
 ble in oils, but not at all in water ; and act as 
 acids toward the alkalies. They are oxides of 
 the volatile oils, but not volatile themselves. 
 562 
 
 RES 
 
 Resin, black. See Resina nigra. 
 
 Resin of bile. See Biliary resin. 
 
 Resin of copper. Protochloride of copper. 
 
 Resin, elastic Caoutchouc. 
 
 Resin, white. See Resina alba. 
 
 Resin, yellow. See Resina flava. 
 
 Resina alba. The inspissated juice of the 
 Pinus sylvestris, &c. The residuum of the dis- 
 tillation of oil of turpentine is also called, by 
 some, white resin. 
 
 Resina flava. Yellow resin is that which 
 remains in the still after distilling oil of turpen- 
 tine from common turpentine mixed with wa- 
 ter. It is of very extensive use in surgery as 
 an active detergent, and forms the base of the 
 ceratum resince. 
 
 Resina nigra. Colophony. The most com- 
 mon resin which remains in the retort after dis- 
 tilling oil of turpentine from common turpentine. 
 
 Resina novi belgii. Botany Bay gum. 
 
 Resinatum vinum. Wine impregnated with 
 the resin of fir. Anciently used as a stomachic, 
 
 Resolutio nervorum. Palsy. — Celsus. 
 
 RESOLUTION. (Resolutio; from resolvo, 
 to loosen.) 1. A termination of inflammation, 
 in which the disease disappears without any 
 abscess, mortification, &c. See Inflammation. 
 2. The dispersion of swellings, indurations, &c. 
 
 RESOLVENT. (Resolvens ; from resolvo, to 
 loosen.) This term is applied by surgeons to 
 such substances as discuss inflammatory and 
 other tumors. 
 
 RESONANCE OF THE VOICE. The aus- 
 cultatory observation of the sounds of the voice 
 See Auscultation. 
 
 Resorption. The reabsorption of an excre- 
 tion or secretion. 
 
 Re'spirable. Capable of being respired 
 without injury. 
 
 RESPIRA'TION. (Respiratio, onis, f. ; from 
 respiro, to take breath.) The process of the 
 inhalation and expiration of air into the lungs. 
 The process consists of two operations: the ac- 
 tion of the muscles in dilating and contracting 
 the thorax, whereby the air is drawn in and ex- 
 pelled, and, secondly, the changes impressed 
 upon atmospheric air in the lungs. 
 
 The number of inspirations in a minute av- 
 erages from 18 to 20, but differs with the indi- 
 vidual, and the state of rest or activity. It is 
 supposed that the lungs may contain 280 cubic 
 inches of air, and that 40 are changed in each 
 inspiration. It does not appear that there is 
 any increase of air expired over that respired, 
 although it is usually warmer, and contains 
 much more moisture. 
 
 The air diffused into the cavities of the lungs 
 comes in contact with the bounding membrane 
 of the cellules, over which the minute branches 
 of the pulmonary artery and vein ramify. A 
 change is impressed on the blood of these ves- 
 sels by the penetration of the oxygen of the air, 
 and this is accompanied by the passage out- 
 ward, by common capillary action or exosmose, 
 of carbonic acid from the blood ; the quantities 
 interchanged are nearly, if not quite, equal. The 
 moisture of the lungs also rises into the air, and, 
 with the carbonic acid, are thrown out by ex- 
 piration. Hence expired air contains but from 
 seventeen to eighteen per cent, of oxygen, and 
 
RET 
 
 from three to four per cent, of carbonic acid, 
 and is not longer fit to sustain life. According 
 to Sir H. Davy and Lavoisier, thirty-two cubic 
 inches of oxygen are consumed in a minute by 
 a healthy man, but the quantity varies with the 
 sex, strength, activity, and state of disease of 
 different persons. 
 
 Respiration, artificial. The establishment 
 of a process resembling respiration in asphyx- 
 iated persons. See Asphyxia. 
 
 Respiration, proof of. See Docimasia. 
 
 Respiration, puerile. See Auscultation. 
 
 RESPIRA'TOR. A little frame consisting of 
 several layers of fine silver wire, to be adjusted 
 before the mouth. It is intended to warm the 
 inspired air, and is used by persons subject to 
 chronic bronchitis and pulmonary affections. 
 
 RESPIRA'TORY. Relating to respiration. 
 
 Respiratory murmur. Puerile respiration. 
 See Auscultation. 
 
 Respiratory nerves. A set of nerves pro- 
 ceeding from a narrow white bundle between 
 the corpus olivare and corpus restiforme. 
 
 Respiratory tract. A narrow band of 
 white substance, situated behind the corpus 
 olivare, and descending along the side of the 
 medulla oblongata. — C. Bell. 
 
 Rest-harrow. Ononis spinosa. 
 
 Re'sta bo'vis. Ononis spinosa. 
 
 Re su pi nate. Resupina'tus. Reversed. 
 When the upper surface is turned downward. 
 
 RESUSCITATION. (Resuscitatio, onis, f . ; 
 from resuscilo, to rouse or awake ) Revivifica- 
 tion. The restoring of persons apparently dead 
 to life. See Asphyxia. 
 
 Retching. An ineffectual effort to vomit. 
 
 RE'TE. (e, is, n. ; so called a retinendis 
 piscibus.) A net: a term applied very gen- 
 erally, in Anatomy and Natural History, to cel- 
 lular membrane, nerves, vessels, and other parts 
 which appear like a net or web. 
 
 Rete Malpighi. The rete mucosum. 
 
 Rete mirabile. The network of blood-ves- 
 sels at the basis of the brain of quadrupeds. 
 
 Rete mucosum. A mucous substance situa- 
 ted between the cuticle and true skin. 
 
 Rete vasculosum. The plexus retiformis. 
 
 Rete vasculosum testis. A network formed 
 by the vasa recta at the upper and back part of 
 the testis. 
 
 RETENTION. (Retentio, onis, f. ; from re- 
 tineo, to keep back.) The keeping back of any 
 thing which should be expelled : applied to the 
 excretions, but particularly to the urine. See 
 Suppression. 
 
 Retention of the menses. Amenorrhcea. 
 
 Retention of urine. Retentio urince. A 
 collection of urine within the bladder, the per- 
 son not being able to expel it. This is some- 
 times partial, and sometimes total. This state 
 occurs in old age from debility: it is frequently 
 the result of an affection of the nerves of the 
 bladder, over-distension of the bladder, inflam- 
 mation, hernia, and other displacements of the 
 abdominal viscera; pressure on the neck of the 
 bladder from several causes, and from strict- 
 ures ; and pressure of tumors in the course of 
 the urethra, as enlarged prostate gland, uterus, 
 &c. ; and from foreign bodies lodging in the 
 urethra. For the cure of this disease, attention 
 
 R E V 
 
 must be given to the removal of those diseases 
 from which it arises, and to the removal of all 
 obstructions. The palliative cure is drawing 
 off the urine by a catheter. A want of tone in 
 the bladder is most relieved by chalybeates and 
 bark, and spasmodic stricture by fomentations, 
 warm bath, and cinchona and opium. 
 
 RETI'CULAR. (Retictdaris ; from rete, a 
 net.) Reticulatus. Interwoven like a web. 
 
 Reticulatus. Reticular. 
 
 Reticulum. A little net or web. 
 
 Re'tiform. Retiformis. Net-like. 
 
 RE'TINA. (a, a>,f. ; from rete, a net.) The 
 fourth or innermost membrane of the eye, ex- 
 panded within the choroid coat to the ciliary 
 ligament. It is the true organ of vision, and is 
 formed by an expansion of the pulp of the optic 
 nerve. See Eye and Vision. 
 
 RETINACULUM . 1. An old instrument 
 for keeping the bowels in their place during the 
 operation for hernia, or castration. 2. A com- 
 press used in amputation. 3. Certain little 
 bands which attach the ovulum to the sides of 
 the Graaffian vesicle. 
 
 RETINI'TIS. (is, idis, f. ; from retina, the 
 name of the part, and the terminal itis. which 
 imports inflammation.) Inflammation of the re- 
 tina. See Ophthalmitis. 
 
 RETORT. A chemical vessel employed in 
 distillation. They differ in form and material ; 
 and when pierced with a hole in their roof, are 
 called tubulated retorts. They are made of 
 common glass, stone-ware, iron, &c. 
 
 Retra'ction. The state of being retracted 
 or drawn up. 
 
 RETRA'CTOR. A muscle, the office of 
 which is to retract the part into which it is in- 
 serted. 
 
 Retractor anguli oris. See Buccinator. 
 
 RE'TRAHENS. Drawing back. 
 
 Retrahens auris, Retrahens auricula? of 
 Albinus. Retrahens auriculam of Cowper. Two 
 small bundles of muscular fibres which arise 
 from the external and posterior part of the mas- 
 toid process of the temporal bone, immediately 
 above the insertion of the sterno-cleido-mas- 
 toideus muscle. They are inserted into that 
 part of the back of the ear which is opposite to 
 the septum, which divides the concha and 
 scapha. Their use is to draw the ear back- 
 ward, and stretch the concha. 
 
 RETROCE'DENT. Retroce'dens. Retro- 
 gradus. When a disease that moves about from 
 one part to another, and is sometimes fixed, has 
 been some time in its more common situation, 
 and retires from it, it is said to be retrocedent. 
 
 Retrocedent gout. See Arthritis. 
 
 Retrocession. The transference of a dis- 
 ease from the surface to the interior. 
 
 Retrograde. Retrocedent. 
 
 RETROVERSION. Retroversio. Turning 
 back : applied to the uterus, bladder, and other 
 organs. 
 
 Retroversion of the uterus. See Uterus, 
 retroversion of. 
 
 Retu'se. Retusiis. Indented. 
 
 REVE'LLENT. Derivative : that which 
 draws inflammatory or diseased action from a 
 part. 
 
 Reverberatory furnace. See Furnace. 
 563 
 
EH A 
 
 EHE 
 
 Revery Aphelxia. 
 
 Revivification. Resuscitation; restoration. 
 
 Revolu'te. Revolutus- Rolled back. 
 
 REVULSION. (Revulsio ; from revello, to 
 draw away.) 1. An old term, signifying the 
 drawing of humors a contrary way. 2. Deriva- 
 tion. 
 
 Revu'lsive. Revellent. Derivative. 
 
 Reynolds's specific The vinum colchici. 
 
 Rhaba'rbarum. Rhubarb. See Rheum. — 
 R. album. Convolvulus mechoacan. — R. mon- 
 achorum. Rumex patientia. 
 
 Rhaba'rberin. Rhabarberic acid. The yel- 
 low, crystalline coloring matter of rhubarb. 
 
 RHACHIALGIA. Rachialgitis. (From 
 paxi£, the spine, and aXyoc, pain.) A pain in 
 the spine ; spinal irritation. Formerly applied 
 to the Colica piclonum. 
 
 Rhachipara'lysis. Paraplegia. 
 
 Rhachiphy'ma. A tumor on the spine. 
 
 Rhachirrhe'uma. Lumbago. 
 
 RHA'CHIS. (is, eos, f. Paxt-c, the spine of 
 the back.) 1. In Anatomy, the spine. See 
 Spine. 2. In Botany, the common stalk of 
 flowers. 
 
 RH AC HIS AGRA, (a, ce, f. ; from paxic, the 
 spine of the back, and ay pa, a seizure.) A sud- 
 den pain in the spine : applied to gout fixed in 
 the spine of the back. 
 
 RhachiTjE. Rhachicei. The spinal mus- 
 cles. 
 
 RHACHI'TIS. (is, idis, f.; from paxtf, the 
 spine of the back.) The rickets. A disease 
 known by a large head, prominent forehead, 
 protruded sternum, flattened ribs, big belly, and 
 emaciated limbs, with great debility. It is 
 usually confined in its attack between the two 
 periods of nine months and two years of age, 
 seldom appearing sooner than the former, or 
 showing itself for the first time after the latter 
 period. The bones and spine of the back are 
 variously distorted, and disinclination to muscu- 
 lar exertion follows. 
 
 In the treatment of rickets, besides altering 
 any improprieties in the regimen and residence 
 which may have co-operated in producing it, 
 those means should be employed by which the 
 system may be invigorated. Where the bones 
 are inclined to bend, care must be taken not to 
 throw the weight of the body too much upon 
 them. 
 
 Rhagades ani. See Anus, fissure oj '. 
 
 RHAGAS. (as, adis, f. ; from pnyvvp.1, to 
 break or bruise.) 1. A common fissure, chap, 
 or cleft. 2. A malignant, dry, and deep cu- 
 taneous fissure. 
 
 Rhagoi'des. Applied to the uvea of the 
 eye. 
 
 RHAMNA'CE^E. The buckthorn tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs with 
 leaves alternate ; flowers, axillary or terminal, 
 polypetalous ; petals, cucullate; stamens, pe- 
 rigynous ; ovarium, superior ; seeds, albuminous. 
 
 RHAMNUS. (us, i, m. Pa^oo.) 1. The 
 buckthorn. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
 Monogynia. Rhamnacece. — R. catharticus. 
 Buckthorn. Purging buckthorn. The berries 
 of this shrub contain a pulpy, deep green juice, 
 of a faint, unpleasant smell, a bitterish, acrid, 
 nauseous taste, which operates briskly by stool, 
 564 
 
 producing thirst, dryness of the mouth and fau- 
 ces, and severe gripings : at present it is rarely 
 prescribed, except as a drastic purge. The 
 dose is said to be about twenty of the fresh 
 berries in substance. The syrup is officinaL 
 See Syrupus rhamni. — R.frangula. The black 
 alder. All the parts of this shrub are astringent 
 and bitter. The bark is most astringent; a 
 decoction of it has cured agues, and is often 
 used to repel inflammatory tumors of the throat, 
 by way of gargle. The inner yellow bark of 
 the trunk or root, given to 313., vomits, purges, 
 and gripes; but joined with aromatics, it op- 
 erates more agreeably. The berries are very 
 similar to those of the buckthorn. — R. infec- 
 torius yields the Avignon, or yellow berries. 
 They are used by dyers when unripe. — R. pali- 
 urus, Christ's thorn, is diuretic and astringent. 
 — R. zizyphus. The tree which affords the 
 jujube. A half-dried fruit of the plum kind, 
 about the size and shape of an olive. 
 
 Rhapo'nticin. A yellow, crystalline, and 
 tasteless body, derived from some specimens of 
 European rhubarb. 
 
 Rhapo'nticum. Rhapontic rhubarb. 
 
 Rhaponticum vulgare officinarum. Cen- 
 taurea centaurium. 
 
 Rhatany root. Rhatania. See Cramena 
 triandria. 
 
 Rhe'gma. A laceration. 
 
 Rhe'in. The name given by M. Vaudin to 
 a substance procured by treating rhubarb with 
 ether, Rkabarberin. 
 
 RHEOME'TER. (From pso, to flow, and 
 fierpov, a measure.) A small machine for break- 
 ing and re-establishing the electrical current of 
 
 ment. 
 
 Rheum. See Rheuma. 
 
 RHE'UM. (um, i, u.) 1. A genus of plants, 
 Enneandria. Trigynia. Polygonacece. 2. 
 Rhubarb ; a well-known and highly-valued 
 drug. Good rhubarb is bitter, slightly astrin- 
 gent, and aromatic. It is laxative, stomachic, 
 and astringent. The infusion possesses the 
 purgative properties more fully than the tinc- 
 ture or powder. It is particularly useful in 
 diarrhoeas and dyspepsia, from its tendency to 
 restore the tone of the mucous membrane. 
 Dose of the powder, as a tonic and stomachic, 
 gr. v. to 3ss. ; as an aperient, 9j. to 3J. 
 
 There are several kinds of rhubarb in the 
 market, of which the Russian, Bucharian, or 
 Turkey, and Chinese, or East Indian, are the 
 best kinds. There is also an English, French, 
 and German rhubarb, somewhat inferior. The 
 Chinese, which is most frequent among us, is 
 of a paler color and less aromatic than the Rus- 
 sian, but also cheaper and quite as good in 
 quality. 
 
 The sources of the Chinese and Russian rhu- 
 barbs are unknown; they are supposed to be 
 derived from more than one plant, and the 
 Rheum palmatum yields a root most nearly re- 
 sembling that imported. 
 
 The European rhubarb is derived from the 
 root, usually five years old, of Rheum palmatum, 
 undulatum, compactum, and rhaponticum. 
 
 Some specimens of rhubarb, derived from 
 the Himalayan Mountains, are produced from 
 
RHE 
 
 RH E 
 
 Rheum emodi, Webbianum, Moorcroftianum, 
 and spiciforme. 
 
 Rhapontic rhubarb, which was used by the 
 ancients, is from the R. rhaponticum, which is 
 indigenous in Thrace : it is now cultivated also 
 in France, but is inferior. It has a reddish-gray 
 color outwardly, and is marbled with red and 
 white hi a radiated manner, the rays proceed- 
 ing from the center outwardly. It is mucilagin- 
 ous, astringent, and of a disagreeable odor. 
 
 RHE'CMA. (a, atis, n. ; from peo, to flow.) 
 1. Rheum. The discharge from the nostrils, or 
 air passages, arising from cold. 2. Any mucous 
 discharge; asRheujna gastros (Galea), diarrhoea. 
 — Rheuma uteri, leucorrhoea. 
 
 Rheumata'lgia. Chronic rheumatism. 
 
 RHEU'MATISM. (Rheumatismus, i, m. ; 
 pevfj.arcafj.og, from pevfian^cj, to be afflicted with 
 defluxions.) Rheumatism is an affection of the 
 extremities and external coverings of the hu- 
 man body, occupying the muscular, tendinous, 
 and fibrous textures, and characterized by pain, 
 stiffness, and swelling of a joint, with or with- 
 out fever, according to the violence of the dis- 
 order. In common life, a threefold distinction 
 is made, viz., into rheumatism, the rheumatic 
 gout, and the rheumatic fever. 
 
 Acute rheumatism. Rheumatic fever. — It 
 is ushered in by a sudden attack of rigors, fol- 
 lowed by the usual symptoms of pyrexia, and 
 is particularly distinguished by the great pain 
 and swelling which affect one or more joints, 
 coupled with an utter inability to move them, 
 and very commonly with considerable redness. 
 The affected joints are acutely tender to the 
 touch. The pains are aggravated toward night, 
 and for the most part, at all times, by external 
 heat. The swelling does not commonly take 
 the form of the joint, but is diffused over the 
 cellular membrane in its neighborhood. Several 
 joints are commonly affected at the same time, 
 and there is rapid metastasis. 
 
 In this fever the pulse seldom exceeds 100, 
 and is full, soft, and round; the skin is usually 
 moist, and there is seldom any cerebral affec- 
 tion. There is thirst, but seldom nausea. The 
 inflammation also usually terminates without 
 any effusion, but is extremely liable to re- 
 lapses from exposure. In very severe cases 
 there is an extension to the heart, producing 
 carditis. 
 
 Rheumatism is certainly the most tedious of 
 all the acute inflammations. In many cases it 
 appears to run a defined course, which does not 
 admit of being shortened by any process of 
 treatment, and in a certain length of time to 
 wear itself out This is seldom less than a 
 month, or longer than six weeks. That the 
 acute sometimes terminates in a state of chronic 
 rheumatism can not be doubted; but, instead 
 of being a frequent occurrence, as is often im- 
 agined, this is, in fact, rare; and though the 
 recovery from genuine acute rheumatism is te- 
 dious, it is usually perfect. 
 
 Rheumatic gout. Arthritis, or inflammation 
 of synovial membrane. — In some instances, the 
 swelling will be found to take the exact form 
 of the joint, or of a bursa in its neighborhood. 
 This affection is simple inflammation of the sy- 
 novial membrane. By some pathologists it is 
 
 imagined that such a disease is altogether dis- 
 tinct from true rheumatism, and the term ar 
 thHlis has been applied to it. It occurs both 
 with and without fever. It is said to differ 
 from rheumatism in its causes, progress, and 
 treatment, as well as in the character of its 
 symptoms. It is this form of fibrous inflamma- 
 tion which occurs as a second aiy effect of gon- 
 orrhoea. It is frequently confined to a single 
 joint, as the knee or the elbow. It exhibits 
 less tendency to shift its situation from one 
 joint to another. Lastly, it has been observed 
 that the synovial or bursal rheumatism is mo v e 
 under the control of local remedies, especially 
 leeches and blisters, than the more common or 
 diffuse form. 
 
 Treatment. — Acute rheumatism is at all times 
 a tedious, and rarely a dangerous disease; a 
 large proportion of cases recover with very 
 slight care; and in many, medical treatment 
 is of little farther service than as obviating the 
 tendency to internal inflammation. 
 
 Three plans of treatment have been advised 
 in the acute rheumatism. 1. The usual anti- 
 phlogistic system, consisting of blood-letting, 
 purgatives, saline and antimonial medicines. 2. 
 Calomel and opium. 3. Bark. It will be 
 found, however, that bleeding in the com- 
 mencement, and the use of an antiphlogistic 
 diet, are the most efficacious means. The fur- 
 ther treatment of the disease may coininonly 
 be intrusted to purgatives, calomel and opium, 
 antimony, colchicum, and the common saline 
 diuretics; but venesection must be again had 
 recourse to, at any period, if symptoms of car- 
 diac or other internal inflammation supervene. 
 Local applications, whether warm, cold, or 
 stimulating, seem to be rather injurious than 
 otherwise. 
 
 Chronic rheumatism. — In the great majori- 
 ty of cases, primary rheumatism is of the chro- 
 nic kind. Indeed, the very rarity of acute 
 rheumatism is sufficient to point out that the 
 chronic is not often the sequel of the acute 
 form of the disease. Chronic rheumatism is 
 characterized by pain of the joints, aggravated 
 by motion, stiffness of the joints, thickening of 
 the several structures in their vicinity, or in- 
 creased effusion into the synovial bags. It is 
 readily distinguished from the acute rheuma- 
 tism by the absence of inflammatory fever, and 
 of redness iu the affected part. 
 
 1. Three species of true rheumatism maybe 
 distinguished. The first is that which is con- 
 nected with a certain degree of obscure febrile 
 excitement in the system, and which would be 
 more correctly designated by the term subacute 
 rheumatism. It is known by the pains occa- 
 sionally shifting their situation suddenly, as in 
 the acute form of the disease, and by their being 
 increased by warmth, and especially, at night, 
 by the warmth of the bed. The frequent oc- 
 currence of osdema along with the affection of 
 the joints may serve to distinguish this from 
 the other species of the disease. Those joints 
 which are surrounded by a large mass of mus- 
 cular substance, and which are the most con- 
 stantly exerted, are especially liable to it, such 
 as the hip, and the joints of the lumbar verte- 
 bras. This state of chronic rheumatism is ac- 
 
 565 
 
RHE 
 
 EHE 
 
 companied by a white tongue, thirst, a quick- 
 ened pulse, and a costive state of the bowels. 
 
 2. The second species of chronic rheumatism 
 is marked, not by any degree of excitement in 
 the system, but by the absence of constitutional 
 symptoms. Hence it is not unreasonable to 
 believe that there may be a loss of tone in the 
 affected part. It is not so common as the pre- 
 ceding species, but it sometimes follows it. 
 Stiffness of the joint is here the prominent 
 symptom. Pain, in this form of the complaint, 
 is often not at all felt except on motion, or on 
 occasion of changes in the heat or moisture of 
 the atmosphere. It is relieved rather than in- 
 creased by the warmth of bed. The pain and 
 stiffness do not shift from joint to joint. Spon- 
 taneous coldness of the limb, and even a degree 
 of paralytic torpor, are often complaiued of by 
 the patient. The pulse is seldom quick, or the 
 tongue white. 
 
 3. The third species of chronic rheumatism 
 is attended with permanent derangement in 
 the structure of the joint. This form chiefly 
 affects the fingers, but it has been seen, also, in 
 the knees and ankles. It is principally met 
 with in women, after they have passed the 
 period of menstruation. It is attended with 
 pain of the joint, particularly severe at night. 
 
 Chronic rheumatism is generally thought to 
 be an affection of the fibrous tissues, but is un- 
 questionably often purely nervous. It is pro- 
 duced by exposure to partial currents of air, to 
 moisture, arises from sprains, and is among the 
 effects of syphilis and the abuse of mercury. It 
 is very tedious, but never fatal of itself. 
 
 Treatment. — No general rules of much im- 
 portance can be laid down for the guidance of 
 the student in the treatment of chronic rheu- 
 matism, but the following points are worthy of 
 notice : 
 
 1. In some of the forms of subacute rheu- 
 matism, particularly lumbago and sciatica, the 
 local abstraction of blood by cupping will be 
 productive of great benefit. Where the pains 
 are very severe, it may be even necessary to 
 take blood from the arm, which in this state 
 of disease will always be found cupped and 
 
 2. The cure of chronic rheumatism may oc- 
 casionally be effected by promoting diaphoresis. 
 The warm bath may be directed twice in the 
 week, provided the pulse be perfectly free from 
 all activity. In the same description of cases 
 which are benefited by diaphoretics, the vinum 
 colchici may be given with great advantage. 
 Where this irritates the bowels, it should be 
 omitted, and a common saline effervescing 
 draught substituted. 
 
 3. Great benefit is experienced in all forms 
 of chronic rheumatism by strict attention to the 
 bowels. 
 
 4. Where great torpor and debility of the 
 general system prevail, stimulant and tonic med- 
 icines of different kinds have been administered 
 with advantage. The good effects of all these 
 remedies will be considerably aided by the 
 diligent use of stimulating embrocations (such 
 as the compound camphor or soap liniment), 
 friction alone appearing to be a powerful means 
 of exciting the languid action of the vessels. 
 
 566 
 
 The following formula is strongly recommend 
 ed by Dr. Bardsley : 
 
 %. Linimenti saponis compositi, fij. 
 
 Liquoris ammonise, 
 
 Tincturae cantharidis, 
 
 — ■ opii, sing., 3ij. Misce. 
 
 Fiat linimentum. 
 In all cases of chronic rheumatism of long 
 standing, permanent stiffness of the joint is 
 chiefly to be dreaded, to which nothing con- 
 tributes so much as neglect of the due exercise 
 of the j oint. Exercise, therefore, should always 
 be strongly recommended to a rheumatic pa- 
 tient. In a few cases, where torpor and stiff- 
 ness predominate, the introduction of needles 
 into the skin and subjacent cellular membrane 
 has proved serviceable. This practice is called 
 acupuncturation. 
 
 5. Mercury, pushed so as to affect the mouth, 
 is very effectual in the cure of rheumatic affec- 
 tions of a chronic nature. The best mode of 
 administration is five grains of Plurnmer's pill, 
 taken every night at bedtime. 
 
 6. No one remedy, perhaps, is of such gener- 
 al application in the treatment of chronic rheu- 
 matism as warm bathing, general and topical. 
 In that severe form of the disease which has 
 been called nodosity of the joints, scarcely any 
 thing else can be relied on to soothe the pain 
 and relax the rigid fibres. The efficacy of the 
 warm mineral waters, even in very obstinate 
 cases, is generally acknowledged. They are 
 applicable, however, only in that species of 
 rheumatism which is unattended by inflamma- 
 tory excitement. The vapor bath is a remedy 
 of very decided efficacy, when there is effusion 
 into the joints of long standing, which the usual 
 antiphlogistic measures have failed to reduce. 
 
 7. In all cases of chronic rheumatism, pain 
 is, if possible, to be relieved ; and, generally, 
 opium will be found the only effectual resource. 
 The best forms of administering opium in this 
 disease are Dover's powder (pulv. ipecac, com- 
 pos.), in the dose of ten grains every night at 
 bedtime. Where opium in eveiy form dis- 
 agrees with the system, the extracts of conium 
 or hyoscyamus may be substituted ; but the 
 relief they afford is very trifling. It is to be 
 observed, however, that the exhibition of drugs 
 is quite a secondary matter in the treatment of 
 common rheumatism. Our chief dependence 
 is in suitable clothing ; flannel should be worn 
 next to the skin; great care should be taken 
 not to expose the person to draughts of air, in 
 the dewfall, or to wet; and, in addition, the diet 
 must be very plain and nutritious, the exercise 
 considerable, and the residence in a mild, uni- 
 form, and dry air. Hence change of residence 
 is one of the chief means of breaking up an old 
 rheumatism. 
 
 There are three forms of chronic rheumatism 
 which have acquired specific denominations. 
 They are sciatica, or rheumatism about the hip 
 joint; lumbago, rheumatism in the loins and 
 back; and pleurodynia, rheumatism in the in- 
 tercostal muscles. 
 
 Rheuma'tismus. 1. Rheumatism. 2. Diar- 
 rhoea. — Alex, of Thralles. 
 
 Rheuma'tismus cancro'sus. R. larvatus, 
 Tic douloureux ; facial neuralgia. 
 
EHO 
 
 Rheumatophy'ra. Acute or febrile rheuma- 
 tism. 
 
 Rheu'mic acid. Oxalic acid. 
 
 Rhe'umin. The rhabarberin of Gieger. 
 
 Rhe'xis. Pnfrc. A rupture, or bursting of 
 any part. 
 
 Rhin. Piv. The nose. 
 
 Rhin.e'us. The compressor naris. 
 
 Rhina'lgia. Pain in the nose. 
 
 Rhine'nchytes. A syringe for the nose. 
 
 Khinopho'nia. The nasal voice. 
 
 RHINOPLA'STIC OPERATION. (From pcv, 
 the nose, and TzTiaoco, to form.) The operation 
 of restoring a mutilated nose. It is done by 
 paring away the edges of the injured organ, and 
 then cutting a flap of skin from the forehead of 
 sufficient size to make good the mutilation, and 
 adjusting it to the nose by means of sutures. 
 The flap is not entirely severed from the fore- 
 head, but its connection is maintained over a 
 small surface for the supply of blood. 
 
 Rhinorrha'gia. Epistaxis. Bleeding at the 
 nose. 
 
 Rhinorrha'phy. The removal of a portion 
 of the skin of the nose, and uniting the cut 
 edges, as in epicanthus. 
 
 Rhiza. Pi£a. A root. 
 
 Rhi'zagra. An instrument for taking out 
 the roots or stumps of teeth. A punch. 
 
 Rhiza'nths. RhizanthcB. A small group of 
 plants resembling the fungi, but having distinct 
 sexes. 
 
 RHIZOME. Rhizoma. A root-stock ; a pros- 
 trate stem, which throws out roots from the un- 
 der side. 
 
 RHIZO'PHORA. (a, as, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Dodecandria. Monogynia. — R. gyrn- 
 norhi'za. The mangrove, the juice of the root 
 of which is applied in the East to the bites of 
 serpents. 
 
 Rhodia. See Rhodiola. 
 
 RHODPOLA. (a, as, f.) A genus of plants. 
 DicBcia. Octandria. — R. rosea. Rosewort. 
 The Radix rhodice. When dry, it has a very 
 pleasant smell, like the damask rose. Poultices 
 in which this root enters as a chief ingredient 
 are said to allay violent pains of the head. 
 
 RHO'DIUM. A rare metal found in crude 
 platina. It is a hard white metal. Specific 
 gravity, 11-0; equivalent, 52*2; symbol, R. 
 
 Rhodium lignum. Rosewood. 
 
 RHODIZO'NIC ACID. An important body 
 obtained from carbonic oxide. When this gas 
 is heated with potassium, union takes place, 
 and there is formed a dark olive powder, con- 
 sisting of C7O74-K3; this is termed the oxycar- 
 buret of potassium. If placed in water, hy- 
 drogen is thrown off, and then results the Rho- 
 dizonate of potash, C 7 07-|-3KO. The salts of 
 rhodizonic acid are of a red color. When the 
 rhodizonate of potash is heated in solution, it is 
 resolved into Oxalate of potash, free potash, and 
 Croconate of potash. Thus, C 7 7 4-3KO=KO-f 
 C 2 3 ,KO+C 5 4 ,KO. 
 
 RHQDODE'NDRON. (on,i,n.) Agenusof 
 plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Ericaceae. — 
 R. chrysanthemum. The yellow rhododendron. 
 The leaves of this Siberian plant are remark- 
 ably sedative in their effects, and have been 
 recommended in rheumatism. The dose is 3J. 
 
 R HO 
 
 to 3ij., of the dried leaves, in decoction. In 
 over-doses they are an acro-narcotic poison. 
 
 Rhodo'meli. Honey of roses. 
 
 Rhodome'nia. A genus of seaweeds. The 
 R. palmata is the fucus saecharatus. 
 
 RHCEA'DEiE. The Papaveracee. 
 
 Rhce'as. (as, ados, m.) Papaver rhoeas. 
 
 Rhombo he'd ron. A solid, the sides of 
 which are rhombs. 
 
 RHOMB. Rhombus. A plane quadrilateral 
 figure, the angles of which are never 45°, and 
 in which the sides are equal. 
 
 Rhomboid. Rhomboidal. A plane, differing 
 from the rhomb only in the circumstance that 
 the sides are in pairs, and not all equal. 
 
 RHOMBOIDE'US. The name of a muscle 
 of the scapula. Rhomboideus major and minor. 
 This muscle is situated immediately under the 
 trapezius. We find it usually, though not al- 
 ways, divided into two portions, which Albinus 
 describes as two distinct muscles. The upper- 
 most of these, or rhomboideus minor, arises, ten- 
 dinous, from the spinous processes of the three 
 inferior vertebra? of the neck, and from the liga- 
 mentum colli; the lowermost, or rhomboideus 
 major, arises, tendinous, from the spinous pro- 
 cesses of the back: the former is inserted into 
 the basis of the scapula, opposite to its spine ; 
 the latter into all the basis of the scapula below 
 its spine. Its use is to draw the scapula ob- 
 liquely upward and directly backward. 
 
 RHO'NCHUS. (us,i,va. ~Poyxog,rJwnchus, 
 stertor.) A rattling or wheezing sound. The 
 term is applied in auscultation to any preter- 
 natural sound accompanying respiration, occa- 
 sioned either by the passage of the air through 
 fluids obstructing the bronchia or air cells, or 
 by constriction of the bronchial tubes. It is 
 also called rattle — rale of the French writers. 
 
 There are five species of rattle or rhonchus : 
 
 1. The crepitous. Rale crepitant. — This is 
 produced by the successive bursting of minute 
 bubbles of a uniform size, and resembles in 
 sound the decrepitation of salt over a gentle 
 fire. It takes place when the air cells are fill- 
 ed with blood, or some fluid of similar consist- 
 ence; hence it is observed in the first degree 
 of pneumonia, in oedema of the lungs, and in 
 the state called engoument. 
 
 2. The mucous. Rale muqueux. — This is 
 similar to the sound heard in the windpipe of 
 dying persons. It is produced by the passage 
 of air through a liquid of some tenacity forming 
 bubbles, varying in size and number ; hence the 
 sound of the mucous rattle varies considerably, 
 according to circumstances. It occurs when 
 the bronchia are obstructed with blood, mucus, 
 pus, or a mixture of these. Hence it is met 
 with in bronchitis, haemoptysis, phthisis, and 
 pneumonia. When the mucous rattle occurs 
 in an excavation of the lungs, arising from an 
 abscess or any other cause, the sound is aug- 
 mented, and it is called cavernous rattle. 
 
 3. The sonorous. Rale sonore. — This is a 
 sound which, when slight, resembles the coo- 
 ing of a dove, but when stronger, is not unlike 
 the sound of snoring. It arises from narrow- 
 ing of the bronchial tubes. It is heard in bron- 
 chitis. 
 
 4. The sibilant. Rale sibilant. — This has a 
 
 567 
 
RIB 
 
 RIS 
 
 great variety of sound : sometimes it resembles 
 a slight chirping, or the clicking of a small valve ; 
 at others it is like whistling, more or less sharp 
 or grave. It arises from narrowing of the small- 
 er bronchial tubes, or from their obstruction by 
 very viscid mucus. It is therefore heard in 
 bronchitis. 
 
 5. The crackling. — This resembles the sound 
 caused by the inflation of a dry bladder. It is 
 heard only during inspiration, and arises from 
 the penetration of air into dry and unequally 
 dilated cells. It is heard in pulmonary em- 
 physema. 
 
 The different rattles above described are 
 heard during coughing as well as breathing, 
 and are then generally more distinct. 
 
 Rhopalo'sis. Plica. 
 
 Rhubarb. See Rheum. 
 
 Rhubarb, monk's. Rumex patientia. 
 
 RHUS, (us, i, f. and m.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Trigynia. Terebinthacece. — R. 
 coriaria. Italian sumach. Elm-leaved sumach. 
 A small tree of the south of Europe. This ap- 
 pears to be perfectly innocent. Both the leaves 
 and berries are used medicinally, as astringents 
 and tonics. — R. glabrum. Common indigenous 
 sumach. (U. S.) The fruit is refrigerant and 
 tonic, the leaves astringent. — R. metopium. 
 The hog-gum-tree of the West Indies yields a 
 resinous juice resembling copaiba when fresh, 
 and used as a diuretic and topical application 
 by the natives. — R. radicans. Rhus toxicoden- 
 dron. — R. toxicodendron. R. radicans. Poi- 
 son oak, or sumach. The dried leaves have 
 been used in paralysis and herpes, but in the 
 fresh state are very poisonous. The dose of the 
 dried leaves may be from half a grain, gradual- 
 ly increased to four grains, two or three times 
 a day. — R. vernix. Swamp sumach. This 
 and the former are well known for their nox- 
 ious effects upon some persons. They produce 
 an erysipelatous inflammation, which, howev- 
 er, usually subsides without injury. 
 
 Rhuthe'nium. A supposed new metal in 
 Uralian platina. 
 
 RHY'AS. (as, adis, f. T*vac.) A disease of 
 the eye, consisting in a decrease or defect of the 
 lachrymal caruncle. The defect may becongeni- 
 tal, or it may originate from excision, erosion, or 
 acrimony. It induces an incurable epiphora. 
 
 RHYTHM. (From pvd/iog, regular move- 
 ment.) In Medicine, the regular pulsations of 
 the heart, and the pulse, which are said to be 
 in rhythm when equable in force, &c. 
 
 RHYTIDO'SIS. VvriduoLQ. Corrugation of 
 any part. Atrophy or shriveling up of the eye- 
 ball. 
 
 Rib. See Costa. 
 
 RI'BES. (es, is, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Monogynia. Grossulacece. — R. 
 nigrum. The black currant. It is said to be 
 peculiarly useful in sore throats, and to possess 
 a diuretic power in a very considerable degree. 
 — R. rubrum. The red currant. It is esteem- 
 ed to be moderately refrigerant, antiseptic, at- 
 tenuant, and aperient. It may be used with 
 considerable advantage to allay thirst in most 
 febrile complaints, to lessen an increased secre- 
 tion of bile, and to correct a putrid and scorbutic 
 state of the fluids. 
 568 
 
 Ribless. Enervis. 
 
 Ribwort. Plantago lanceolata. 
 
 Rice. Oryza sativa. 
 
 RICHARDSO'NIA. (a, <z, f.) A genus of 
 rubiaceous plauts, of which R. braziliensis vel 
 scabra yields the undulated, or white ipecac- 
 uanha. 
 
 Richweed. Actaea racemosa. 
 
 RPCINUS. (us, i, m.) 1. The castor-oil 
 plant. 2. A genus of plants. Moncecia. Mon- 
 adelphia. Euphorbiacece. — R. communis. R. 
 vulgaris. The castor-oil plant. The seeds of 
 this plant are a drastic cathartic, but the oil ex- 
 pressed from them is mild, thick, of a nauseous 
 taste, and a safe and speedy cathartic in doses 
 of f. 5iv. to f. |j. The disagreeable taste of cas- 
 tor oil is in a measure removed by brandy or 
 alcohol ; and it may be advantageously com- 
 bined with one third of the tinctura senna? 
 composita. 
 
 Ricinus major. Jatropha curcas. 
 
 Rickets. See Rhachitis. 
 
 RECTUS, (us, us, m. ; from ringo, to grin.) 
 The grinning mouth, or opening between the 
 two lips of a ringent or personate flower. 
 
 Riga balsam. The balsamum carpathicum. 
 
 Rigid. Rigidus. Hard, with some degree 
 of inflexibility or brittleness. 
 
 RI'GOR. (or, oris, m. ; from ptysu, to shiver.) 
 A sudden coldness, attended by a shivering, 
 more or less perfect ; a symptom which ushers 
 in many diseases, especially fevers and acute 
 inflammations of internal parts: it also is pro- 
 duced by nervous complaints, and by some op- 
 erations, as passing a bougie, &c. 
 
 Rigor mortis. The muscular rigidity which 
 takes place a few hours after death. 
 
 RI'MA. (a, ce, f.) A fissure or opening. 
 
 Rim a glo'ttidis. The opening of the larynx, 
 through which the air passes in respiration. 
 
 Rimo'sus. Full of cracks. 
 
 RIMU. A taxaceous tree of New Zealand, 
 the Dacrydium cupressinum : the extract of the 
 bark resembles kino. 
 
 Ri'mula. A small fissure. 
 
 Ring. Annulus. 
 
 RING, FEMORAL. An opening bounded hi 
 front by Poupart's ligament, behind by the 
 pubes, on the outer side by the femoral vein, on 
 the inner by Gimbernat's ligament. 
 
 Ring, external abdominal. A triangular 
 opening above the crest of the pubes, formed 
 by separation of the fibres of the aponeurosis 
 of the obliquus externus. 
 
 Ring, internal abdominal. An oblique 
 opening in the fascia transversalis, about half 
 an inch above Poupart's ligament. 
 
 Ring-worm. Herpes circinatus. 
 
 Ring-worm of the scalp. See Porrigo. 
 
 Ri'ngent. Ringens. Gaping: applied to 
 the corolla of flowers. 
 
 RIPOGO'NITJM PARVIFLG'RUM. The 
 kareao, or sarsaparilla of New Zealand. A plant 
 of the family Smilacece, said to possess the 
 same properties as sarsaparilla: it yields 12 per 
 cent, of extract. 
 
 Risagon. Cassumuniar. 
 
 Risigallum. An old name of orpiment. 
 
 Risorius. A portion of the platysma my- 
 oides. — Santorini. 
 
ROS 
 
 RI'SUS. (us, us, m.) Laughter. 
 Risus caninus. See Spasmus cynicus. 
 Risus sardonic us. R. spadicus. Sardonic 
 laugh. Sardiasis. A kind of convulsive grin, 
 observed chiefly in cases of tetanus and inflam- 
 mation of the diaphragm. It gives a peculiarly 
 horrible aspect to the countenance. 
 
 ROASTING. A chemical process, generally 
 performed in crucibles, by which mineral sub- 
 stances are divided, some of their principles 
 being volatilized, and others changed, so as to 
 prepare them for other operations. 
 
 ROB. (Rob, dense. Arabic.) An old term 
 for an inspissated juice. 
 
 Rob antisyphilitique. A French medicine, 
 which consists of a rob or syrup, made of the 
 Arvndo phragmites, sarsaparilla, and aniseed, 
 with the addition of corrosive sublimate. 
 
 ROBI'NIA. (a, a>, f.) A genus of trees. 
 Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — R. 
 amara of Cochin China yields tonic roots, much 
 used in diarrhoea. — R. pseudacacia. The com- 
 mon locust-tree. The flowers are said to be an- 
 tispasmodic. 
 
 Ro'borant. Roborans. Corroborant. 
 Roccella. Lichen rocce'lla. 
 Roche alum. Alumen rupeum. 
 Roche's embrocation. A celebrated nos- 
 trum for the hooping-cough. It consists of olive 
 oil, mixed with about half its quantity of the 
 oils of cloves and amber. 
 
 Rochelle salt. Soda tartarizata. 
 Rockambole. The allium scorodoprasum. 
 Rock oil. Petroleum. 
 
 Rocket. R., Roman. R., wild. Brassica 
 eruca. 
 
 RODE'NTIA. An order of mammalia, in- 
 cluding the rats, squirrels, rabbits, and gnaw- 
 ing animals. 
 
 Rod-shaped. Virgate. 
 
 ROLLER. A long, narrow cotton or linen 
 bandage, in common use with surgeons. 
 Roman vitriol. Sulphate of copper. 
 ROME, CLIMATE OF. The climate of 
 Rome is veiy genial, and remarkably still and 
 equable ; it is hence highly commended by Sir 
 James Clark as a place of residence for the 
 phthisical, especially during winter. 
 Root. Radix. 
 
 Rorella. Drosera rotundifolia. 
 ROS. (os, oris, m. ; from the Hebrew.) Dew. 
 Ros calabrinus. Calabrian manna. 
 Ros marinus. Rosmarinus officinalis. 
 Ros solis. Drosera rotundifolia. 
 RO'SA. (a, <£, f.) 1. Sometimes used for 
 erysipelas. 2. A genus of plants. Icosandria. 
 Polygynia. Rosacea. — R. alba. The white 
 rose. The flowers have inferior virtues to those 
 of the damask. — R.canina. R. sylvestris. The 
 dog-rose, or wild brier. The fruit, called heps 
 or hips, has a sourish taste, and obtains a place 
 in the pharmacopoeias in the form of conserve. 
 It is employed to give form to more active 
 remedies, in pills, boluses, hnctuses, &c. — R. 
 centifolia. The damask, cabbage, or hundred- 
 leaved rose. R. damascena. R. pallida. The 
 pharmacopoeias direct a syrup to be prepared 
 from the petals of this rose, which is found to 
 be a pleasant and useful laxative for children, 
 or to obviate costiveness in adults. This flower 
 
 ROS 
 
 yields the rose oil and water. — R. gallica. The 
 red or French rose. R. rubra. The flowers are 
 used for their astringent qualities, which are 
 most considerable before the petals expand ; 
 and, therefore, in this state they are chosen for 
 medicinal use, and ordered in different prepa- 
 rations, as those of a confection, a honey, an in- 
 fusion, and a syrup. The infusion of roses (in 
 fusum rosce) is a grateful, cooling subastringent, 
 and is useful in haemoptysis and other hsemor- 
 rhagic complaints; its efficacy, however, de- 
 pends on the sulphuric acid added. 
 
 ROSACEA. The rose tribe of dicotyledo- 
 nous plants. Herbaceous plants and shrubs, 
 with leaves alternate; flowers, polypetalous ; 
 stamens, perigynous; ovaria, superior, solitary, 
 or several ; fruit, one-seeded nuts, or acini, or 
 follicles containing several seeds. 
 
 Rosa'ceus. Rose-like; rose-colored 
 
 Rosacic acid. There is deposited from the 
 urine of persons laboring under gout anol in- 
 flammatory fevers, especially intermittents, a 
 sediment of a rose color. It was called rosacic 
 acid by Proust, but is only uric acid stained 
 with uro-erythrine. 
 
 ROSA'LIA. (a, ce, f.) A name which seems 
 to have been applied both to measles and scar- 
 latina. 
 
 Rose. See Rosa; also, Erysipelas. 
 
 Rose, Christmas. Helleborus niger. 
 
 Rose-rash. Roseola. 
 
 Rose-root. Rosea radix. Rhodiola rosea. 
 
 Rosebay willow-herb. Epilobium angus- 
 tifolium. 
 
 Rosemary. Rosmarinus officinalis. 
 
 ROSE'OLA. (a, ce, f. ; from rosa, a rose : so 
 called from the color of the rash.) A rose-col- 
 ored efflorescence, variously figured, without 
 wheals or papula?, and not contagious. It is 
 mostly symptomatic, occurring in connection 
 with different febrile complaints, and requiring 
 no deviation from the treatment respectively 
 adapted to them. 
 
 Its principal varieties are: 1. Roseola astiva. 
 This appears first on the face and neck, and in 
 the course of a day or two is distributed over 
 the whole body, producing a considerable de- 
 gree of itching and tingling. It wholly disap- 
 pears by the fifth day. Light diet and acidula- 
 ted drinks, with occasional laxatives, palliate the 
 symptoms. 2. The Roseola autumnalis occurs 
 in children in the autumn, in distinct circular 
 or oval patches, which gradually increase to 
 the size of a shilling, and are of a dark damask- 
 rose hue. 3. The Roseola annulata occurs on 
 almost eveiy part of the body, in rose-colored 
 rings, with central areas of the usual color of 
 the skin. 4. Roseola infantilis is a closer rash, 
 occurring in infants during the irritation of den- 
 tition, of olisordered bowels, and in fevers. 5. 
 Roseola variolosa occurs previously to the erup- 
 tion both of the natural and inoculated small- 
 pox, but selolom before the former. It appears 
 in the inoculated disease on the second day of 
 the eruptive fever, which is generally the ninth 
 or tenth after inoculation. It is first seen on 
 the arms, breast, and face, and on the follow- 
 ing day it extends over the trunk and extrem- 
 ities. It continues three days. 6. Roseola 
 vaccina appears generally in a congeries of dots 
 
 569 
 
R OU 
 
 EUB 
 
 and small patches, but is sometimes diffuse, like 
 the former ; it takes place on the ninth or tenth 
 day after vaccination, at the place of inocula- 
 tion, and at the same time with the areola that 
 is formed round the vesicle, from whence it 
 spreads irregularly over the whole surface of 
 the body. 7. Roseola miliaris often accompa- 
 nies an eruption of miliary vesicles after fever. 
 
 Ro'seus. Of a rose-red color. 
 
 Rosewood. A beautiful wood well known 
 in commerce. It is said by Don to be the 
 produce of the Physocalymnia floribunda. The 
 powder has been used as an errhine. 
 
 Rose wort. Rhodiola rosea. 
 
 Rosin. The resin of the turpentine pines. 
 Colophony. 
 
 ROSMARINUS, (us, i, m.) 1. Rosemary. 
 2. A genus of plants. Diandric/,. Monogynia. 
 Labiatem. — R. officinalis. R. hortensis. The 
 common rosemary. The leaves and tops of this 
 plant have a fragrant, aromatic smell, and a 
 bitterish, pungent taste. They are said to be a 
 nervous stimulant. The oil ( Oleum rosmarini) 
 is officinal ; it is used in the compound spirit of 
 lavender and soap liniment. Dose of the oil, 
 gtt. ij. to gtt. vj. 
 
 Rosmarinus sylvestris. Ledum palustre. 
 
 Roste'llum. A little beak. See Corculum. 
 
 Rostrate. Rostra 1 tus. Having a bill or 
 beak. 
 
 ROS'TRUM. (urn, i, n. ; from rodo, to gnaw; 
 because birds use it to tear their food with.) 
 1. A beak. 2. The flesh which hangs between 
 the divisions of the double hare-lip is called 
 Rostrum leporinum. 
 
 Rosy-drop. Acne rosacea. 
 
 Rota'ceous. Rotaceus. Wheel-like. 
 
 Rotaci'smus. The harsh or aspirated vibra- 
 tion of the letter r or p. 
 
 Rotang. Calamus rotang. 
 
 ROTA'TION. Rotatio. A revolving motion. 
 1. The motion of a limb around its joint. 2. In 
 Obstetrics, the spontaneous and circular motion 
 of the fetus upon the planes of the pelvis. 
 
 ROT A' TOR. (or, oris, m. ; from roto, to 
 turn.) A muscle, the office of which is to ro- 
 tate the part upon which it acts. 
 
 Rotate. Rotatus. Wheel-like. 
 
 ROTI'FERA. An order of infusory animals, 
 furnished with circular ciliated organs near the 
 mouth, which appear to be constantly moving. 
 
 Ro'tula. 1. The patella. 2. A lozenge. 
 
 Rotundus. Round. 
 
 Rouge. See Carthamus tinctorius. 
 
 ROUND. Rotundus. Many parts of ani- 
 mals and vegetables receive this name from 
 their shape; as round ligaments, round fora- 
 men, &c, and leaves, stems, seeds, &c. 
 
 Round-leaved sorrel. Rumex scutatus. 
 
 Round ligament. Ligamentum rotundum. 
 A bundle of vessels and fibres contained in a 
 duplicature of the peritoneum, that proceeds, 
 one from each side of the uterus, through the 
 abdominal rings, and is attached to the pubis. 
 
 Roup. Croup. 
 
 Rousseau's drops. Gouttes de V Abbe Rous- 
 seau. Laudanum Abbalis Rousseau. Vinum 
 opii fermentatione paratum. Take of honey, 
 1 xij. ; warm water, ftiiij. ; set it in a warm place 
 till it begins to ferment, then add opium, fiv., 
 570 
 
 dissolved in fxij. of water ; let it ferment for a 
 month ; evaporate it to fx. ; strain, and add 
 rectified alcohol, fivss. 
 
 Royal preventive. A quack lotion, consist- 
 ing of a solution of acetate of lead. It is sold 
 as a preventive against the venereal disease. 
 
 Royal stitch. An old operation for the 
 cure of inguinal hernia, which consisted in put- 
 ting a ligature round the neck of the sac, where- 
 by adhesive inflammation was excited. 
 
 RUBE'DO. (o, inis, f. ; from ruber, red.) A 
 diffused, but not spotted, redness in any part of 
 the skin, such as that which arises from blush- 
 ing. 
 
 RUBEFACIENT. (Rubefaciens ; from ru- 
 befacio, to make red.) Any substance is so 
 called which, when applied a certain time to 
 the skin, induces a redness without blistering. 
 
 RUBE'OLA. (a, ce, f. ; from rubeo, to be- 
 come red.) The measles; called, also, Mor- 
 billi. This disease is known by inflammatory 
 fever, hoarseness, dry cough, sneezing, drowsi- 
 ness ; about the fourth day, eruption of small 
 red points, discernible by the touch, which, 
 after three days, end in mealy desquamation. 
 The blood, after venesection, exhibits an inflam- 
 matory crust. In addition to the symptoms al- 
 ready related, it is remarkable that the eyes 
 and eyelids always show the presence of this 
 disease, being somewhat inflamed and suffused 
 with tears. The fever continues during the 
 whole progress of the disease. In systems of 
 nosology, several varieties of measles are men- 
 tioned, but they may all be comprehended un- 
 der two heads : the one attended with more or 
 less of the symptoms of general inflammation, 
 the other accompanied by a typhoid diathesis. 
 
 The measles may prevail at all seasons of the 
 year as an epidemic, but the middle of winter 
 is the time they are usually most prevalent ; and 
 they attack persons of all ages, but children are 
 most liable to them. They prove most unfa- 
 vorable to such as are of a plethoric or scrofu- 
 lous habit. Like the small-pox, they very sel- 
 dom affect persons more than once during life. 
 Their contagion appears to be of a specific na- 
 ture. On the ninth or eleventh day, no trace 
 of redness is to be found, but the skin assumes 
 its wonted appearance ; yet, unless there have 
 been some considerable evacuations, either by 
 the skin or by vomiting, the patient will hardly 
 recover strength, but the cough will continue, 
 the fever return with new violence, and bring 
 on great distress and danger. 
 
 In the more alarming cases, spasms of the 
 limbs, subsultus tendinum, delirium, or, what 
 more frequently happens, coma, supervene. 
 This last symptom so frequently attends the 
 eruptive fever of measles, that by some prac- 
 titioners it is regarded as one of its diagnostics. 
 
 The measles, even when violent, do not gen- 
 erally manifest a typhoid tendency ; but it some- 
 times happens that such a disposition prevails, 
 both in the course of the disease and at its 
 termination. In such cases, petechias are to 
 be observed interspersed among the eruptions ; 
 and these last become livid, or assume almost a 
 black color. Hemorrhages break out from dif- 
 ferent parts of the body; the pulse becomes 
 frequent, feeble, and perhaps irregular; uni- 
 
RUB 
 
 RUM 
 
 versal debility ensues, and the patient is destroy- 
 ed. 
 
 In those cases where there is much fever, 
 with great difficulty of breathing, and other 
 symptoms of pneumonic inflammation, or where 
 there is great debility, there will always be 
 considerable danger ; but the consequences at- 
 tendant on the measles are in general more to 
 be dreaded than the immediate disease ; these, 
 which are termed the sequelae of measles, are 
 hectic, pneumonia, the development of phthisis 
 or scrofula, ophthalmia, diarrhoea, dysentery, 
 and sometimes dropsy. 
 
 Willan has pointed out a spurious kind of 
 measles, Rubeola sine catarrho, in which there 
 is little fever or catarrh, and which is not a 
 preservative against the attack of true measles. 
 
 Treatment. — As it usually appears, the object 
 is to moderate the accompanying fever, and at- 
 tend to the state of certain organs, particularly 
 the lungs and the bowels. When there are no 
 urgent local symptoms, it will be commonly 
 sufficient to pursue the general antiphlogistic 
 plan, avoiding, however, too free or sudden 
 exposure to cold, keeping the bowels open, aud 
 encouraging diaphoresis by mild antimonials, 
 &c. Sometimes, however, in plethoric habits, 
 especially where the lungs are weak, it will be 
 proper to begin by a moderate abstraction of 
 blood. Where the eruption has been impru- 
 dently checked, much distress usually follows, 
 aud it will be advisable to endeavor to bring it 
 out again by the warm bath, with other means 
 of increasing the action of the cutaneous ves- 
 sels. Should an inflammatory determination to 
 the lungs occur, more active evacuations must 
 be practiced. (See Pneumonitis.) The cough 
 may be palliated by expectorants, demulcents, 
 &c. ; and an occasional emetic will be proper 
 when there is much wheezing. Where diar- 
 rhoea takes place, it is better not to attempt to 
 suppress it at once ; but, if troublesome, mod- 
 erate it by small doses of opium, assisted, per- 
 haps, by astringents. At the decline of the dis- 
 order, much attention is often required to pre- 
 vent phthisis pulmonalis supervening. Should 
 the disorder ever put on a typhoid character, 
 the general plan pointed out under Typhus 
 must be pursued. 
 
 Ru'ber. Red. 
 
 RU'BIA. (a, <e, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrandria. Monogynia. Rubiacece. — R. tinc- 
 torum. The madder plant. Dyer's madder. 
 The roots were formerly considered as a deob- 
 struent, detergent, and diuretic, but are now 
 verv seldom used. 
 
 RUBIACE'jE. The cinchona tribe of dico- 
 tyledons. Trees, shrubs, and herbs with leaves 
 simple, entire, opposite, rarely verticillate ; 
 flowers, rather unisexual by abortion, gamope- 
 talous, perigynous, four to five divisions; sta- 
 mens, alternate, with lobes of corolla ; fruit, 
 baccate, capsular, or drupaceous ; one or many 
 celled, the cells one or many seeded ; seeds with 
 large albumen. 
 
 Rubi'gixous. Rubigmosus. Of a rusty color. 
 
 RUBI'GO. (o, inis, f. ; a colore rubro, from 
 its red color.) 1. Rust. 2. The red mildew 
 or rust of grain plants. 
 
 Rubigo cupri. Verdigris. 
 
 Rubigo ferri. Ferri sesquioxydum. 
 
 Rubi'nus. R. verus. Anthrax. 
 
 Ru'brin. Haematosin. 
 
 Ru'bula. The yaws. — Good. 
 
 RU'BUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants 
 Icosandria. Polygynia. Rosacea. — R. arcti 
 cus. The shrubby strawberry. The berries, 
 Baccce norlandicoi, are recommended by Lin- 
 naeus as possessing antiseptic, refrigerant, and 
 antiscorbutic qualities. — R. ccesius. The dew- 
 berry plant, the fruit of which resembles the 
 blackberry in appearance and qualities. — R. 
 chamcemorus. The cloudberry or knotberry. 
 The fruit is said to be refrigerant and antiscor- 
 butic. — R. fruticosus. The common bramble. 
 The blackberry. The berries are wholesome 
 and gently aperient. — R. idceus. The raspber- 
 ry. The fruit allays heat and thirst, and pro- 
 motes the natural excretions. A syrup was 
 formerly officinal. — R. trivialis, low black- 
 berry or American dewberry, and R. villosus, 
 hedge blackberry, are officinal in the United 
 States. Both these plants yield an astringent 
 and tonic root, very useful in the simple diar- 
 rhoea of the summer. Dose of the small roots, 
 or of the bark of the larger, 9j. to 3ss., in pow- 
 der or decoction. 
 
 Ru'ctus. (us, us, m.) An eructation. 
 
 Rue. Ruta graveolens. 
 
 Rue, goat's. Galega officinalis. 
 
 Rue, wall. Asplenium murale. 
 
 Rufi pilule. Rufus's pills. A compound 
 very similar to the pilula aloes cum myrrha. 
 
 Ru'fus. Of a brownish-red orange color. 
 
 Ru'ga. (a, «, f.) A wrinkle. 
 
 Ru'gine. An instrument to remove the dis- 
 eased parts of bones. 
 
 Rugo'se. Rugosus. Rugged; wrinkled. 
 
 RUM. Spiritus Jamaicensis. A spirituous 
 liquor distilled from molasses. 
 
 Ru'men. The first stomach of ruminants; 
 the paunch. 
 
 RU'MEX. (ex, ids, m.) 1. The dock. 2. 
 a genus of plants. Hexandria. Trigynia. 
 Polygonacece. — R. acetosa. The common sor- 
 rel. Sour dock. The leaves are sour, but not 
 the root, which is bitter. — R. aculus. The 
 sharp-pointed wild dock. The decoction of the 
 root of this plant is used in Germany to cure 
 the itch, and in leprous and impetiginous affec- 
 tions. It is astringent, tonic, and perhaps al- 
 terative. — R. alpinus. The monks' rhubarb. 
 The root is laxative. — R. aquaticus. Rumex 
 hydrolapathum. — R. britannicus. Yellow-root- 
 ed dock. (U. S.) The root of this is very sim- 
 ilar to that of the Rumex hydrolapathum. — R. 
 crispus. — The crisp-leaved dock, formerly used 
 as an antiscorbutic. — R. hydrolapathum. R. 
 aquaticus. The leaves manifest considerable 
 acidity, and are said to possess a laxative qual- 
 ity. The root is strongly astringent, and has 
 been much employed, both externally and in- 
 ternally, for the cure of some diseases of the 
 skin, as scurvy, lepra, lichen, &c. The root, 
 powdered, is said to be an excellent dentifrice. 
 Dose, 3J. of the dried root, in decoction. — R 
 obtusifo'lius. Blunt-leaved dock (U. S.) re- 
 sembles in properties the Rumex alpinus. — R. 
 patientia. The garden patience. The root of 
 this plant is supposed to possess the virtues of 
 
 07 1 
 
RUP 
 
 BYT 
 
 rhubarb, but in an inferior degree. It is ob- 
 viously more astringent than rhubarb, but comes 
 very far short of its purgative virtue. — R. san- 
 guineus. The bloody dock, the root of which 
 has an austere and astringent taste, and is some- 
 times given in the cure of diarrhoeas. — R. scu- 
 tatus. The French sorrel. Its virtues are sim- 
 ilar to those of common sorrel. Rumex acetosa. 
 
 RUMINA'NTIA. Ruminants. Those ani- 
 mals which chew the cud; as the ox, deer, 
 sheep. 
 
 RUMINA'TION. (Ruminatio, oms, f.) A 
 second mastication, or the chewing of the food 
 that has been swallowed and is again brought 
 up into the mouth. Chewing the cud. Among 
 quadrupeds, this function is peculiar to the or- 
 der of animals called Pecora by Linnaeus, and 
 Ruminantia by Cuvier, which have four stom- 
 achs. A less perfect kind of rumination is ob- 
 served in some fish, and, as a morbid phenom- 
 enon, it sometimes occurs in the human species. 
 
 Runcinate. Runcina'tus. Notched, with 
 the segments turned back. 
 
 Rundlet. An umbellule. 
 
 Runner. The sarmentum. 
 
 Rupellensis sal. Soda tartarizata. 
 
 Rupert's drops. Pyriform drops of unan- 
 uealed glass, which burst into atoms when any 
 part is broken off. 
 
 R U P I A. {a, ce, f. ; from pvnog, sordes, as 
 indicative of the ill smell and sordid condition 
 of the diseased parts.) An eruptive disease, 
 characterized by an appearance of broad and 
 flattish vesicles, in different parts of the body, 
 which do not become confluent : they are slight- 
 ly inflamed at the base, slow in their progress, 
 and succeeded by an ill-conditioned discharge, 
 which concretes into thin and superficial scabs, 
 that are easily rubbed off, and presently regen- 
 erated ; which circumstance serves to mark the 
 distinction between rupia and ecthyma. It 
 appears under several forms : 
 
 1. Rupia simplex consists of little vesications, 
 containing, on their first appearance, a clear 
 lymph, and appearing on many parts of the 
 body. They leave the surface of a livid or 
 blackish color, as if from a thickening of the 
 rete mucosum. 
 
 2. Rupia prominens is distinguished by ele- 
 vated conical scabs, which are gradually formed 
 upon the vesicated bases. A fluted scab is first 
 generated, and with some rapidity (e. g., in the 
 course of the night), as the fluid of the vesica- 
 tion concretes. This extends itself by the suc- 
 cessive small advancement of the red border, 
 upon which a new scab arises, raising the con- 
 cretion above it, so as ultimately to form a 
 conical crust, not unlike the shell of a small 
 limpet. 
 
 These varieties of rupia are to be combated 
 by supporting the system, by means of good, 
 light, nutritious diet, and by the use of altera- 
 tive and tonic medicines, such as Plummer's 
 pill, cinchona, and sarsaparilla. 
 
 3. Rupia escharotica affects only infants and 
 young children, when in a cachectic state ; 
 whence, among the poor, where it is common- 
 ly seen, it often terminates fatally. The vesi- 
 cles generally occur on the loins, thighs, and 
 lower extremities, and appear to contain a cor- 
 
 572 
 
 rosive sanies : many of them terminate with 
 gangrenous eschars, which leave deep pits. 
 
 Rupia syphilitica. See Syphilis. 
 
 Rupture. Ruptura. Hernia. 
 
 Rupture-wort. Herniaria glabra. 
 
 RU'SCUS. {us, i, m.) 1. The Ruscus acu- 
 leatus. 2. A genus of plants. Dioecia. Syn- 
 genesia. — R. aculeatus. The butcher's-broom. 
 Knee-holly. The root, which is somewhat 
 thick, knotty, and furnished with long fibres, 
 externally brown, internally white, and of a 
 bitterish taste, has been recommended as au 
 aperient and diuretic in dropsies, urinary ob- 
 structions, and nephritic cases. It is seldom 
 used. — R. hypo glossum. The Uvularia. This 
 plant was formerly used against relaxation of 
 the uvula, but is now laid aside for more astrin- 
 gent remedies. 
 
 Rush. The plants of the genus Cyperus, Ca- 
 rex, &c, are called rushes. 
 
 Rush-nut. Cyperus esculentus. 
 
 Rush, sweet. The andropogon schaanan- 
 thus and acorus calamus. 
 
 Ruspini's styptic According to Dr. A. T. 
 Thomson, this consists chiefly of a solution of 
 tannic acid in alcohol, diluted with rose water. 
 
 Ruspini's tincture. This consists of orris 
 root, cloves, and ambergris, digested in alcohol. 
 It is intended to preserve the teeth. 
 
 Russia ashes. The impure potashes. 
 
 Rust. The oxide or crust which forms on 
 metals, especially iron, when exposed to the 
 air. 
 
 RU'TA. {a, ce, f.) 1. Common rue. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Ru- 
 tacece. — R. grave' olens. The common rue. It 
 has a strong, unpleasant smell, and a bitter, 
 hot, penetrating taste ; the leaves are so acrid, 
 that, by much handling, they have been known 
 to irritate and inflame the skin. It is, doubt- 
 less, a powerful stimulant, and is considered, 
 like other fetid medicines, as possessing atten- 
 uating, deobstruent, and antispasmodic pow- 
 ers. The dose of the leaves is from fifteen 
 grains to two scruples. 
 
 Ruta muraria. Asplenium murale. 
 
 RUTACE'Jl. The rue tribe of dicotyle- 
 donous plants. Herbaceous plants with leaves 
 alternate, dotted ; flowers, symmetrical ; petals, 
 alternate with the divisions of the calyx ; 
 stamens, hypogynous ; ovarium, entire, celled ; 
 fruit, capsular. 
 
 Ruta'ceum. An infusion of rue in vine- 
 gar. 
 
 Ruthe'nium. A new metal found by M. 
 Claus in platinum ores, and nearly resembling 
 iridium and rhodium. 
 
 Ru'tula. A small species of rue. 
 
 Ruyschia'na tu'nica. The internal surface 
 of the choroid membrane of the human eye, 
 which Ruysch imagined was a distinct lamina 
 from the external surface. 
 
 Rye. Secale cereale. 
 
 Rye, spurred. Secale cornutum. 
 
 Rymer's cardiac tincture. This consists 
 of capsicum, camphor, cardamom seeds, rhu- 
 barb, aloes, and castor, infused in proof spirit, 
 with the addition of a very small quantity of 
 sulphuric acid. 
 
 Rytis. Fvtic. A wrinkle. 
 
SAG 
 
 SAC 
 
 s. 
 
 s. 
 
 The symbol for sulphur. 
 
 S. A. The contraction of secundum artem. 
 See Prescriptions. 
 
 Sabadilla. Veratrum sabadilla. 
 
 Sabadillixe. See Veratria. 
 
 SABBA'TIA. (a, ce, f.) 1. The American 
 centaury. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
 Monogynia. Gentianacece. — S. annularis. An 
 indigenous bitter herb, resembling gentian in 
 properties. Dose, 3ss. to 33., in infusion. 
 
 Sabi'xa. (a, ce, f.) Juniperus sabina. 
 
 SA'BULOUS. (Sabulosus; from sabulum, 
 fine gravel.) Gritty ; sandy. Applied particu- 
 larly to the phosphatic matter in urine. 
 
 SABU'RRA. (a, ce, f.) Dirt ; sordes ; filth. 
 Foulness of the stomach, of which authors men- 
 tion several kinds, as the acid, the bitter, the 
 empyreumatic, the insipid, the putrid. 
 
 SACCA'TUS. Saccated: encysted, or con- 
 tained in a bag-like membrane. Applied to 
 dropsical tumors, &c. 
 
 Saccharic acid. An acid produced by the 
 action of dilute nitric acid on sugar. It is isom- 
 eric with mucic acid. 
 
 Saccharomy'ces. Syn. of torula?. 
 
 SA'CCHARUM. (um,i,n.) 1. Sugar. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Triandria. Digynia. Gra- 
 minacece. — £. acernum. Maple sugar. — S. al- 
 bum. Refined sugar. — S. aluminis. Alum 
 mixed with dragon's blood and dried. — S. can- 
 adense. Maple sugar. — S. candidum. Sugar 
 candy. — S. non purificatum. Brown or unpuri- 
 fied sugar. — S. officinale. The cane from which 
 sugar is obtained. — S. purification. Refined or 
 loaf sugar. — S. saturni. Plumbi acetas. 
 
 Saccho-lactic acid. Mucic acid. 
 
 Sacculi adiposi. The bursa? mucosa? of the 
 joints. 
 
 SA'CCULUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of sac- 
 cus, a bag.) A little bag. 
 
 Sacculus chyliferus. The receptaculum 
 chyli. 
 
 Sacculus cordis. The pericardium. 
 
 Sacculus lachrtmalis. The lachrymal sac. 
 
 Saccules laryngis. A pouch extending up- 
 ward from the ventricle of the larynx to the 
 upper border of the thyroid cartilage. 
 
 Sacculus mucosus. A mucous sac lying be- 
 hind the tendon of the rectus fernoris. 
 
 Sacculus proprius. The smaller of the two 
 sacs of the vestibulum, formed by the expan- 
 sion of the auditory nerve. The large sac is 
 called utriculus communis. 
 
 SA'OCUS. (us,i,m.) A bag. 
 
 Saccus lachrymalis. The lachrymal sac. 
 
 SA'CER. (From sagur, secret, Heb.) Sa- 
 cred. 1. Applied to some diseases : hence 
 Morbus sacer, the epilepsy ; Ignis sacer, the ery- 
 sipelas, &c. 2. Sacer musculus, the transver- 
 salis lumborum. 
 
 Sack. Sherry wine. 
 
 Saclactic acid. Mucic acid. 
 
 Sacra herba. Verbena officinalis. 
 
 Sacra tixctura. A tincture made of aloes, 
 canella alba, and mountain wine. 
 
 SA'CRAL. Sacralis. Of, or belonging to, 
 the sacrum, as sacral arteries, veins, nerves, &c 
 
 Sa'cro-coccyg^/us. A muscle arising from 
 the sacrum, and inserted into the os coccygis. 
 
 Sacro-coxalgia. Rheumatism of the hip 
 joint. 
 
 Sacro-iliac Relating to the os sacrum and 
 ilium. 
 
 Sacro-ischiatic Belonging to the sacrum 
 and ischium. 
 
 SA'CRO-LUMBA'LIS. Sacro-lumbaris of 
 authors. A long muscle extending from the 03 
 sacrum to the lower part of the neck, under the 
 serrati postici, rhomboideus, trapezius, and latis- 
 sirnus dorsi. It arises from the posterior part 
 of the os sacrum; from the posterior edge of 
 the spine of the ilium , from all the spinous pro- 
 cesses; and from near the roots of the transverse 
 processes of the lumbal' vertebra?. At the bot- 
 tom of the back it separates fro in the longissimus 
 dorsi, with which it had before formed, as it 
 were, only one muscle, and ascending oblique- 
 ly outward, gradually terminates above in a 
 very narrow point. Its tendinous side sends 
 off as many long and thin tendons as there are 
 ribs. The lowermost of these tendons are 
 broader, thicker, and shorter than those above ; 
 they are inserted into the inferior edge of each 
 rib, where it begins to be curved forward to- 
 ward the sternum, excepting only the upper- 
 most and last tendon, which ends in the pos- 
 terior and inferior part of the transverse pro- 
 cess of the last vertebra of the neck. From the 
 upper part of the five, six, seven, eight, nine, 
 ten, or eleven lower ribs (for the number, 
 though most commonly seven or eight, varies 
 in different subjects), arise as many thin bun- 
 dles of fleshy fibres, which, after a very short 
 progress, terminate in the inner side of this mus- 
 cle, and have been named by Steno musculi ad 
 sacro lumbal em accessorii. Besides these, we 
 find the muscle sending off a fleshy slip from its 
 upper part, which is inserted into the posterior 
 and inferior part of the transverse processes of 
 the five inferior vertebras of the neck, by as 
 many distinct tendons. This is generally de- 
 scribed as a distinct muscle. Diemerbroeck, 
 and Douglas and Albinus after him, call it cer- 
 vicalis descendens ; Winslow names it transver- 
 salis collateralis colli. Morgagni considers it 
 as an appendage to the sacro-lumbalis. The 
 uses of this muscle are to assist in erecting the 
 trunk of the body, in turning it upon its axis 
 or to one side, and in drawing the ribs down- 
 ward. By means of its upper slip, it serves to 
 turn the neck obliquely backward or to one 
 side. 
 
 Sa'cro-scia'tic ligaments. The ligaments 
 which connect the ossa innominata with the os 
 sacrum. 
 
 Sacr' 
 crum and the vertebra. 
 
 SA'CRUM. {urn, i. n.) Os sacrum. The 
 os sacrum derives its name from its being offer- 
 ed in sacrifice by the ancients, or perhaps from 
 
 573 
 
S AF 
 
 SAL 
 
 its supporting the oi'gans of generation, which 
 they considered as sacred. In young subjects 
 it is composed of five or six pieces, united by 
 cartilage ; but in more advanced age it becomes 
 one bone, in which, however, we may still easily 
 distinguish the marks of the former separation. 
 Its shape has been sometimes compared to an 
 irregular triangle ; and sometimes, and perhaps 
 more properly, to a pyramid flattened before 
 and behind, with its basis placed toward the 
 lumbar vertebrae, and its point terminating in 
 the coccyx. We find it convex behind, and 
 slightly concave before, with its inferior portion 
 bent a little forward. Its anterior surface is 
 smooth, and affords four, and sometimes five 
 transverse lines, of a color different from the 
 rest of the bone. These are the remains of the 
 intermediate cartilages by which its several 
 pieces were united in infancy. Its posterior 
 convex surface has several prominences, the 
 most remarkable of which are its spinous pro- 
 cesses : these are usually three in number, and 
 gradually become shorter, so that the third is 
 not so long as the second, nor the second as the 
 first. This arrangement enables us to sit with 
 ease. Its transverse processes are formed into 
 one oblong process, which becomes gradually 
 smaller as it descends. At the superior part of 
 the bone we observe two oblique processes, of 
 a cylindrical shape, and somewhat concave, 
 which are articulated with the last of the lum- 
 bar vertebrae. At the base of each of these ob- 
 lique processes is a notch, which, with such an- 
 other in the vertebrae above it, forms a passage 
 for the twenty -fourth spinal nerve. In view- 
 ing this bone, either before or behind, we ob- 
 serve four, and sometimes five holes on each 
 side, situate at each extremity of the transverse 
 lines which mark the divisions of the bone. Of 
 these holes, the anterior ones, and of these again, 
 the uppermost, are the largest, and afford a 
 passage to the nerves. The posterior holes are 
 smaller, covered with membranes, and destined 
 for the same purpose as the former. Sometimes 
 at the bottom of the bone there is only a notch, 
 and sometimes there is a hole common to it and 
 the os coccygis. The cavity between the body 
 of this bone and its processes, for the lodgment 
 of the spinal marrow, is triangular, and becomes 
 smaller as it descends, till at length it terminates 
 obliquely on each side at the lower part of the 
 bone. Below the third division of the bone, 
 however, the cavity is no longer completely 
 bony, as in the rest of the spine, but is defend- 
 ed posteriorly only by a very strong membrane ; 
 hence a wound in this part may be attended with 
 the most dangerous consequences. This bone 
 is articulated above with the last lumbar ver- 
 tebrae ; laterally, it is firmly united, by a broad, 
 irregular surface, to the ossa innominata, or hip 
 bones ; and below it is joined to the os coccygis. 
 In women the os sacrum is usually shorter, 
 broader, and more curved than in men, by 
 which means the cavity of the pelvis is more 
 enlarged. 
 
 Safflower. Carthamus tinctorius. 
 
 Saffron. Crocus sativus. 
 
 Saffron, bastard. S. flower. Carthamus 
 tinctorius. 
 
 Saffron, meadow. See Colchiczim. 
 574 
 
 Saffron of antimony. See Antimonii vi- 
 trum. 
 
 Saffron of steel. A red oxide of iron. 
 
 SAGAPE'NUM. (urn, i, n.) A gum-resin 
 from an unknown umbelliferous plant. Saga- 
 penum is brought from Persia and Alexandria 
 in large masses, externally yellowish, internal- 
 ly paler, and of a horny clearness. Its taste is 
 hot and biting, its smell of the alliaceous and 
 fetid kind, and its virtues are similar to those 
 which have been ascribed to assafostida, but 
 weaker, and, consequently, it is less powerful in 
 its effects. 
 
 Sage. Salvia officinalis. 
 
 Sage of Bethlehem. 8. of Jerusalem. See 
 Pulmonaria. 
 
 Sage of virtue. Salvia hortensis minor. 
 
 SAGI'TTAL. (Sagittalis; from sagitta, an 
 arrow.) Shaped like an arrow. 
 
 Sagittal suture. (Sutura sagittalis; so 
 named from its lying between the coronal and 
 lambdoidal sutures, as an arrow betwixt the 
 string and the bow.) Sutura virgata, obeloia, 
 rhabdoides. The suture which unites the two 
 parietal bones. 
 
 SAGITTA'RIA. (a, <z, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Monmcia. Polyandria. — S. alexi- 
 pharmaca. The name of the plant called Ma- 
 lacca, cultivated in the West Indies for its root, 
 which is supposed to be a remedy for the wounds 
 of poisoned arrows. The root of this species, 
 called Radix malacca, is sometimes used medi- 
 cinally. — S. sagittifolia. The common arrow- 
 head, the roots of which are esculent, but not 
 very nutritious. 
 
 Sagittate. Sagitla'tus. Arrow-shaped. 
 
 Sago. Sagu. The starchy farina of the 
 cycas circinalis and other palm-like plants. 
 
 St. Anthony's fire. Erysipelas. 
 
 St. Ignatius's bean. Ignatia amara. 
 
 St. James's- wort. Senecio jacobaea. 
 
 St. John's wort. St. Peter's wort. Hyperi- 
 cum perforatum. 
 
 St. Vitus's dance. Chorea. 
 
 SAINT AUGUSTINE, CLIMATE OF. This 
 sea-port, in Florida, possesses a mild climate, but 
 its equability is somewhat disturbed by winds, 
 which make it less desirable for the consump- 
 tive invalid than Tampa Bay or Mobile. 
 
 SAL. (al, alis, m., and, rarely, neut.) Salt. 
 A compound, in definite proportions, of an acid, 
 with an alkali, earth, or metallic oxide. When 
 the proportions of the constituents are so ad- 
 justed that the resulting substance does not af- 
 fect the color of infusion of litmus, it is then 
 called a neutral salt. When the predominance 
 of acid is evinced by the reddening of these in- 
 fusions, the salt is said to be acidulous, and the 
 prefix super or hi is used to indicate this ex- 
 cess of acid. If, on the contrary, the acid mat- 
 ter appears to be in defect, or short of the quan- 
 tity necessary for neutralizing the alkalinity of 
 the base, the salt is then said to be with excess 
 of base, and the prefix sub is attached to its 
 name. 
 
 Sal absinthii. Potassae carbonas. 
 
 Sal acetosell^. See Oxalis acetosella, 
 
 Sal .egyptiacum. Nitre. 
 
 Sal alembroth. See Alembroth. 
 
 Sal alkalinus fixus. See Alkalifixum. 
 
SAL 
 
 SAL 
 
 Sal alkalinus volatilis. Sesquicarbonate 
 of ammouia. 
 
 Sal ammoniac. See Ammonia murias. 
 
 Sal ammoniacum acetosum. See Ammonice 
 acetatis liquor. 
 
 Sal ammoniacum liquidum. See Amrnonice 
 acetatis liquor. 
 
 Sal ammoniacum martiale. See Ferri am- 
 monio-chloridum. 
 
 Sal ammoniacum secretum glauberi. See 
 Sulphas amrnonice. 
 
 Sal ammoniacum vegetabile. See Amrnonice 
 acetatis liquor. 
 
 Sal ammoniacus fixus. Calcii chloridum. 
 
 Sal ammoniacus nitrosus. See Nitras am- 
 rnonice. 
 
 Sal anglicum. Epsom salts. 
 
 Sal antimonii. Antimonium tartarizatum. 
 
 Sal argenti. Argenti nitras. 
 
 Sal catharticus amarus. See Magnesice 
 sulphas. 
 
 Sal catharticus anglicanus. See Mag- 
 nesia sulphas. 
 
 Sal catharticus Glauberi. See Sodce sul- 
 phas. 
 
 Sal chalybis. Sulphate of iron. 
 
 Sal communis. See Sodii chloridum. 
 
 Sal cornu cervi volatilis. See Amrnonice 
 sesquicarbonas. 
 
 Sal culinaris. See Sodii chloridum. 
 
 Sal de duobus. See Potassce sulphas. 
 
 Sal digestivus. Chloride of potassium. 
 
 Sal digestivus sylvii. Acetate of potash. 
 
 Sal diureticus. See Potassce acetas. 
 
 Sal epsomensis. See Magnesia sulphas. 
 
 Sal febrifugus sylvii. Chloride of potas- 
 sium. 
 
 Sal fontium. S.fossilis. S. gemma. Com- 
 mon salt. 
 
 Sal Glauberi. See Soda sulphas. 
 
 Sal herbarum. See Potassa carbonas. 
 
 Sal marin us. See Sodii chloridum. 
 
 Sal martis. See Ferri sulphas. 
 
 Sal martis muriaticum sublimatum. See 
 Ferri ammonio-chloridum. 
 
 Sal mirabilis Glauberi. See Soda sul- 
 phas. 
 
 Sal muriaticus. See Sodii chloridum. 
 
 Sal perlatum. Phosphate of soda. 
 
 Sal plantarum. See Potassa carbonas. 
 
 Sal polychrestus. See Potassa sulphas. 
 
 Sal polychrestus Glaseri. See Potassa 
 sulphas. 
 
 Sal polychrestus Seignetti. See Soda 
 tartarizata. 
 
 Sal prunell2e. Nitrate of potash, cast into 
 flat cakes or round balls. 
 
 Sal Rupellensis. See Soda tartarizata. 
 
 Sal Saturni. See Plumbi acetas. 
 
 Sal sedativus. See Boracic acid. 
 
 Sal seidlicensis. Sulphate of magnesia. 
 See Sedlitz. 
 
 Sal Seignetti. See Soda tartarizata. 
 
 Sal succini. See Succinic acid. 
 
 Sal tartari. See Tartaric acid. 
 
 Sal thermarum carolinarum. See Mag- 
 nesia sulphas. 
 
 Sal yegetabilis. See Potassa tartras. 
 
 Sal volatilis. See Spiritus ammonia aro- 
 maticus and Ammonia subcarbonas. 
 
 Sal volatilis salis ammoniaci. See Am 
 monia sesquicarbonas. 
 
 Salaam convulsion. A convulsion attend 
 ed with bowings of the head. 
 
 Sala'ciousness. Salacitas. Inordinate pur- 
 suit of venery. 
 
 Sale p. Salap. See Orchis morio. 
 
 Salica'ria. Ly thrum salicaria. 
 
 SA'LICINE. Salicina. A principle discov- 
 ered in the bark of most species of willow. It 
 crystallizes in fine, silky, colorless scales; is 
 neutral; soluble in warm water and alcohol. 
 Sulphuric acid changes it to a red color. I f s 
 formula is C 4 2H 2 30i 6 -f-6HO. It is an intense 
 bitter, and for a time gained reputation as a 
 substitute for quinine in ague, which, however, 
 it has failed to maintain. It is a very valuable 
 stomachic bitter, and often agrees with the 
 stomach where quinine proves too stimulating. 
 Dose, gr. iv. to gr. vj. 
 
 SALICO'RNIA. (a,a,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Monandria. Monogynia. Chenopodiacea. — S. 
 europaa. The jointed glasswort. This plant 
 is gathered and sold for samphire, and forms a 
 good pickle with vinegar. 
 
 SALICY'LE. A hypothetical radical, of the 
 form. C14H5O4; symbol, Sa. The hyduret, or 
 Salicylous acid, SaH., is found in the essential 
 oil of the meadow-sweet. It is colorless, oily, 
 fragrant, pungent; sp. gr., 1-173 ; boiling at 380°. 
 It combines with the haloid bodies and bases. 
 Salicylic acid is formed when the above is heated 
 with hydrate of potash. Its formula is Sa0 2 H. 
 It is crystalline, and very similar to benzoic 
 acid. 
 
 Salifiable. Having the property of forming 
 a salt. 
 
 SALI'NE. (Salinus; from sal, salt.) Of a 
 salt nature. 
 
 Saline draught. Take of bicarbonate of 
 potash or soda, 9j. to 3ss.; tartaric or citric acid, 
 gr. iv. to gr. xxv.; water, with syrup, fviij. 
 
 Salinuca. Valeriana celtica. 
 
 Salire'tine. A resinous body produced by 
 the action of dilute sulphuric acid on salicine. 
 Formula, C 3 oHi50 7 ,HO. 
 
 SALI'VA. (a, a, t . ; a salino sapore, from its 
 salt taste, or from aiaXoc, spittle.) The fluid 
 secreted by the salivary glands. These are the 
 parotid glands, the submaxillary glands, the 
 sublingual glands. 
 
 The saliva has little odor, scarcely any taste ; 
 sp. gr., 1-008. It is opalescent, and rather viscid: 
 about twelve ounces are secreted daily. 1000 
 parts contain about 11 of solid matter, of which 
 two are ptyaline; there is about 0*5 of fat, the 
 rest being epithelium scales, mucus, saline mat- 
 ter, with 0-9 sulphocyauide of potassium. Mialhe 
 announces the presence of a substance resem- 
 bling, in its action, diastase ; and Leuchs has al- 
 ready converted starch into sugar by the action 
 of saliva. 
 
 Saliva encloses a considerable volume of ox- 
 ygen, which no doubt becomes serviceable in 
 digestion. It is also alkaline,- and may give tone 
 to the stomach. During a meal three or four 
 ounces are produced. 
 
 Sali'val. Salivalis. Of, or belonging to, the 
 saliva. 
 
 Salival ducts. The excretory ducts of the 
 575 
 
SAL 
 
 SAN 
 
 salival glands. That of the parotid gland is 
 called the Stenonian duct ; those of the sub- 
 maxillary glands, the Wartlionian ducts ; and 
 those of the sublingual, the Rivinian ducts. 
 
 Salival glands. Those glands which se- 
 crete the saliva are so termed. See Saliva. 
 
 Sali'vans. Productive of salivation. 
 
 Saliva'ria. Anthemis pyre thrum. 
 
 Sa'livary. The same as salival. 
 
 Salivary calculi. Concretions, chiefly of 
 phosphates with animal matter, found in the 
 salivary glands or their ducts. •** 
 
 SALIVATION. (Salivatio, onis, f . ; from 
 saliva, the spittle.) See Ptyalism. 
 
 SA'LIX. {ix, ids, f. ; from sola, Heb.) A 
 genus of plants. Dioscia. Diandria. Amen- 
 tacece. — S.alba. Salix fragilis. — S.caprea. The 
 systematic name of a species of willow, the bark 
 of the branches of which possesses the same vir- 
 tues with that of the fragilis. — S. fragilis. The 
 systematic name of the common crack willow. 
 The bark of the branches of this species mani- 
 fests a considerable degree of bitterness to the 
 taste, and is Very astringent. It is recommend- 
 ed as a good substitute for Peruvian bark, and 
 is said to cure intermittent3 and other diseases 
 requiring tonic and astringent remedies. Not 
 only the bark of this species of salix, but those 
 also of several others, possess similar qualities, 
 particularly of the Salix alba and Salix pentan- 
 dra, both of which are recommended in some 
 pharmacopoeias. But Dr. Woodville is of opin- 
 ion that the bark of the Salix triandra is more 
 effectual than that of any other of this genus. 
 The dose is from 3j. to 3J. of the powdered 
 bark. See Salicine. 
 
 Sa'lmo. A genus of fishes, of the order Ab- 
 dominales. The salmon. 
 
 Salpingo-cyesis. Tubal pregnancy. The 
 development of the foetus in the Fallopian tube. 
 
 SALPI'NGO-PHARYNGE'US. (From aal- 
 7Tiyf, a trumpet, and Qapvy!;, the pharynx.) 
 This muscle is composed of a few fibres of the 
 palato-pharyngeus, which it assists in dilating 
 the mouth of the Eustachian tube. 
 
 Salpi'ngo-staphyli'nus. (From oaliuyZ, a 
 trumpet, and ora^vTirj, the uvula.) See Levator 
 palati. 
 
 Salpingo-staphylinus internus. See Le- 
 vator palati. 
 
 Salpinx. ZaXirLyt;. A tube or trumpet. 
 
 Salsepa'rin. Smilacine. 
 
 Salsify. Tragopogon pratense. 
 
 SALSO'LA. (a, m, f ) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Digynia. Chenopodiacece. Sev- 
 eral species are collected and burned for barilla. 
 — S. kali. A plant which affords barilla. 
 
 Salt. See Sal. 
 
 Salt, common. Chloride of sodium. 
 
 Salta'tio. Dancing: hence Saltatio Sancti 
 Viti for chorea. 
 
 Saltpetre. Nitre. 
 
 Saltus Viti. Chorea. 
 
 Saltwort. Salsola kali. 
 
 Salubri'ous. Salubritas. Healthy. 
 
 SALVATE'LLA. The vein which runs along 
 the little finger, unites on the back of the hand 
 with the cephalic of the thumb, and empties its 
 blood into the internal and external cubital 
 veins. 
 
 576 
 
 Salve. The common name for an ointment. 
 See Unguentum. 
 
 Salver-shaped. Hypocrateriform. 
 
 SA'LVIA. (a, ce, f.) 1. Salvia officinalis, 
 or sage. 2. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
 Monogynia. Salviacece.—S. hortensis minor 
 The small sage, or sage of virtue. — S. lyrata. 
 Cancer weed. — S. officinalis. The garden sage. 
 In ancient times sage was celebrated as a rem- 
 edy of great efficacy. It has a fragrant, strong 
 smell, and a warm, bitterish, aromatic taste, 
 like other plants containing an essential oil. — 
 S. sclarea. The garden clary. Sclarea hispa- 
 nica. The leaves and seeds are recommended 
 as corroborants and antispasmodics. They have 
 a bitterish, warm taste, and a strong smell, of 
 the aromatic kind. The seeds are infused in 
 white wine, and imitate muscadel. 
 
 Samara. A species of capsule of a com- 
 pressed form, and dry, coriaceous texture, with 
 one or two cells. 
 
 SAMBU'CUS. (us,i,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Trigynia. Caprifoliacece. — S. 
 e'bulus. The dwarf- elder, or danewort. S. 
 humilis and S. herbacea. The root, interior 
 bark, leaves, flowers, berries, and seeds of this 
 plant have been administered medicinally, in 
 moderate doses, as resolvents and deobstruents, 
 and, in larger doses, as hydragogues. — S. nigra. 
 S. vulgaris. S. arborea. The elder-tree. This 
 plant has an unpleasant narcotic smell. The 
 parts proposed for medicinal use are the inner 
 bark, the flowers, and the berries. These parts 
 are aperient, and said to be deobstruent and 
 sudorific. 
 
 Samian earth. Sami terra. A kind of clay 
 from Samos. 
 
 Samphire. Crithmum maritimum. 
 
 Sampsu'chum. Sampsuchus. Amaracum. 
 
 Sana'bile. Sanabilis. Curable. 
 
 Sanatio. Curation. 
 
 SA'NATIVE. (From sano, to cure.) That 
 which cures diseases. 
 
 Sancti Antonii ignis. See Erysipelas. 
 
 Sanctum semen. The wormseed, or santo- 
 nicum. 
 
 Sandalifo'rmis. Sandal or slipper like. 
 
 SA'NDARACH. {Sandaracha, ce, f. ; from 
 saghad narak, Arabic.) This name has been 
 given to a kind of gum-resin, and also to real- 
 gar, or sulphuret of arsenic. 
 
 Sandara'cha a'rabum. Gum sandarach. 
 See Juniperis communis. 
 
 Sandaracha gr^'corum. Realgar. 
 
 Sand-bath. See Bath. 
 
 Sanders. Pterocarpus santalinus. 
 
 SANGUIFICATION. (Sanguificatio; from 
 sanguis, blood, and facio, to make.) A natural 
 function of the body, by which the chyle is 
 changed into blood. 
 
 Sanguifluxus. Hemorrhage. 
 
 Sanguina'lis. Polygonum aviculare 
 
 SANGUINARIA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Papavera- 
 cece. — S. canadensis. Blood-root. Puccoon. 
 An indigenous perennial plant, the root of 
 which is an acrid stimulating emetic and nar- 
 cotic. The powdered root has been used in 
 rheumatism, pulmonary affections, and as an es- 
 charotic to fungoid growths. The dose as an 
 
SAN 
 
 SAP 
 
 emetic is gr. x. to 9j.; but it is not recom- 
 mended for this purpose, as it reduces the pulse 
 in the same way as digitalis. 
 
 Sangui'narine. Au alkaline principle said 
 to exist in the root of the Sanguinaria cana- 
 densis, aud, probably, the same as cheleryth- 
 rine. 
 
 SANGUTNEOUS. (Sanguineus; from san- 
 guis, blood.) Bloody ; appertaining to the 
 blood. 1. In Natural History, a red or blood 
 color. 2. In Physiology and Pathology, applied 
 to certain conditions of the body, to diseases, 
 and to appearances of the solids and fluids ; as 
 sanguineous temperament, sanguineous apo- 
 plexy. 
 
 Sanguineous apoplexy. See Apoplexy. 
 
 Sanguinis missio. Blood-letting. 
 
 Sangui'nolent. Tinged with blood; bloody. 
 
 Sanguipu'rgium. A gentle fever, or such a 
 one as, by its discharges, was supposed to puri- 
 fy the blood. 
 . SA'NGUIS. (is, inis, m.) See Blood. 
 
 Sanguis draconis. Dragon's blood. 
 
 SANGUISO'RBA. (a, as, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Triandria. Monogynia. — S. officinalis. 
 The Italian pimpernel, which was formerly 
 much esteemed as an astringent, but is not now 
 in use. 
 
 Sanguisu'ga. The leech. See Leech. 
 
 Sanguisugum. A barbarous term for a con- 
 gestion of blood in the heart. 
 
 Sanicle. Sanicula europsea. 
 
 Sanicle, Yorkshire. Pinguicula vulgaris. 
 
 SANI'CULA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. — S. ebo- 
 racensis. Pinguicula vulgaris. — S. europeea. 
 The sanicle. Sanicula mas. This plant was 
 formerly recommended as a mild astringent. 
 Its sensible qualities are a bitterish and some- 
 what austere taste, followed by an acrimony 
 which chiefly affects the throat. 
 
 Sanido'des. Saniodes. One with a narrow, 
 flat chest. 
 
 SA'NIES. (es, ei, f.) A thin, unhealthy 
 discharge, with or without an admixture of 
 blood or pus, from fistula? or ill-conditioned sores. 
 
 Sa'nitas. Health. 
 
 SANTA CRUZ. This West Indian island is 
 often selected as a place of residence for the 
 consumptive, but is, on the whole, inferior to 
 the other West Indian Islands. 
 
 SA'NTALUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Tetrandria. Monogynia. Sanders. 
 — S. album. The white and yellow sanders : 
 called, also, S ant alum citrinum and Santalum 
 pallidum. The yellow sanders has an agree- 
 able odor, like roses, and is much esteemed in 
 the East as a perfume. 
 
 Santalum rubrum. Pterocarpus santa- 
 linus. 
 
 Santoli'na. Artemisia santonica. 
 
 Santolina cham^-cyparissus. The sys- 
 tematic name of the lavender cotton. 
 
 Santo'nicum. Artemisia santonica. 
 
 Santonin. A non-azotized crystalline body, 
 derived from the artemisia santonica. 
 
 SANTORPNI FISSU'R^E. The fissures or 
 interruptions in the cartilaginous portion of the 
 meatus auditorius externus are so named, after 
 Santorini. 
 
 Oo 
 
 Santorini tubercula. The little projec- 
 tions on the top of the arytenoid cartilages 
 which support the bgaments of the glottis. 
 
 Santorini ven-e emissori^e. See Emissoria 
 santorini. 
 
 Sap. The ascending unelaborated fluid of 
 plants, which is little more than the water of 
 the soil. 
 
 Saphada. A name given by Paracelsus to a 
 scaly disease of the hairy scalp, resembling tinea, 
 except that the scales are reddish. 
 
 SAPHE'NA. (From oaync, conspicuous.) 
 Vence saphencz. The two large veins of the leg, 
 which ascend from the toes over the external 
 and internal ankle, and evacuate part of the 
 blood from the foot into the popliteal veins. 
 
 Sapid. Possessed of taste ; not insipid. 
 
 SAPTNDUS. (us, i, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Octandria. Digynia. The soap-tree. — S. sa- 
 ponaria. The plant which affords the soap- 
 nuts, or soap-berries; called, also, Bacca; bermu- 
 denses. A globular fruit, about the size of a 
 cherry, yellow, glossy, and so transparent as to 
 show the spherical black nut within. The tree 
 grows in Jamaica. It is said that the cortical 
 part of this fruit has a bitter taste, that it raises 
 a soapy froth with water, and that it is a medi- 
 cine of singular and specific virtue in chlorosis. 
 
 SA'PO. (o, onis, m.) Soap. A compound, 
 in definite proportions, of certain acids in oils, 
 fats, or resins, with a salifiable base, usually soda 
 or potash. These oily and fat bodies are com- 
 pounds of the stearic, oleic, margaric, &c, acids, 
 with glycerine, and by the action of alkalies are 
 decomposed, and stearates, &c, of the alkalies 
 formed. 
 
 The medicinal soap, Sapo amygdalinus, is 
 made with oil of sweet almonds, and half its 
 weight of common potash. Common or soft 
 soap, Sapo mollis, is made of potash and oil or 
 tallow. Spanish, or Castile soap, Sapo durus, 
 of oil of olives and soda or barilla. Soap was 
 formerly much used in jaundice, but is now 
 seldom employed except externally as a resolv- 
 ent and detergent. 
 
 Sapo terebi'nthin^. Starkey's soap. This 
 is made of one part of dried and warm subcar- 
 bonate of potash, and three parts of oil of tur- 
 pentine. The heated alkali is to have the oil 
 of turpentine gradually blended with it in a 
 warm mortar. Indolent swellings were for- 
 merly rubbed with this application, and some 
 chronic affections of the joints might be bene- 
 fited by it. 
 
 SAPONA'RIA. (a,cc,l) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Digynia. Caryophyllacece. — S. 
 nu'cula. The soap-nut. See Sapindus. — S. 
 officinalis. The soapwort, or bruisewort. The 
 root is employed medicinally ; it has no pecu- 
 liar smell ; is sweetish, glutinous, somewhat bit- 
 ter, and slightly acrid. It is said to be altera- 
 tive, and was formerly used in syphilis, gout, 
 rheumatism, and jaundice, in the form of de- 
 coction. 
 
 Sapo'nea. The name of a pectoral medi 
 cine, prepared with infusion of violets, sugar 
 and oil of almonds. 
 
 Saponification. The act of submitting oily 
 bodies to the action of a strong solution of pot 
 ash or soda, with heat. 
 
 577 
 
S AR 
 
 S AR 
 
 SAPONULE. Saponulus. A combination 
 of a volatile or essential oil with different bases ; 
 as Saponule of ammonia, &c. 
 
 Sapo'ta. Achras sapota. 
 
 Sappan lignum. Ctesalpinia sappan. 
 
 Sapropy'ra. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Sapros. Zarrpoc. Foul; putrid. 
 
 Saracex's consound. Solidago virgaurea. 
 
 SARATO'GA SPRINGS. StateofNew 
 York. There are numerous springs, but the 
 principal is the Congress Spring. This contains 
 carbonates of soda, magnesia, lime, and iron ; 
 and it is said, also, iodides of sodium and po- 
 tassium. It is highly charged with carbonic 
 acid gas. Some of the springs contain sulphu- 
 reted hydrogen ; but, on the whole, they may 
 be considered very valuable saline springs. 
 
 Sarcimina'lis. The allantoid. 
 
 Sarcina ventriculi. A minute ( T J-_th of 
 an inch) square, transparent, yellowish cryp- 
 togamic plant, found by Mr. Goodsir in the 
 fluid of Pyrosis. 
 
 Sarci'tes. Anasarca. 
 
 SA'RCIUM. Sarcion. (Diminutive of 
 cap!;, flesh.) A caruncle, or small fleshy excres- 
 cence. 
 
 Sarcocarp. The fleshy part of fruits. 
 
 SARCOCE'LE. (e, es, f. ; from oaplj, flesh, 
 and Knln, a tumor.) Hernia carnosa. Scir- 
 rhus or cancer of the testicle. It commences 
 as a hard tumor, more or less tuberculated, and 
 may be nearly free from pain. In this state 
 it may remain for years ; but in other cases it 
 takes on the inflammatory state very rapidly. 
 There is darting pain, reaching to the loins, 
 and the parts run into an ulcerated state, which 
 finds its way through the integuments. A 
 phagedenic ulcer is produced, with hard edges, 
 or there is a bleeding fungus. 
 
 Sometimes an accumulation of water takes 
 place in the tunica vaginalis, producing that 
 mixed appearance called the hydro-sarcocele. 
 At other times there is no fluid in the cavity 
 of the tunica vaginalis; but the body of the 
 testicle itself is formed into cells, containing 
 either a turbid kind of water, a bloody sanies, 
 or a purulent fetid matter. Sometimes the dis- 
 order seems to be merely local, that is, confined 
 to the testicle, not proceeding from a tainted 
 habit, nor accompanied with diseased viscera, 
 the patient having all the general appearances 
 and circumstances of health, and deriving his 
 local mischief from an external injury. At 
 other times, a pallid, leaden countenance, in- 
 digestion, frequent nausea, colicky pains, sud- 
 den purgings, &c, sufficiently indicate a vitiated 
 habit and diseased viscera, which diseased visce- 
 ra may also sometimes be discovered and felt. 
 
 The progress, also, which it makes from the 
 testis upward, toward the spermatic cord, is 
 very uncertain ; the disease occupying the tes- 
 ticle only, without affecting the cord, in some 
 subjects for a great length of time ; while in 
 others it totally spoils the testicle very soon, 
 and almost as soon seizes on the spermatic 
 cord. The only efficacious remedy is extirpa- 
 tion of the testicle before the disease has af- 
 fected the neighboring parts. 
 
 Sarcoco'lla. See Penoea mucronata. 
 Sarcoco'lline. A principle of Sarcocolla. 
 578 
 
 It may be obtained by evaporating to dryness 
 an alcoholic or watery solution. 
 
 Sa'rco-epiploce'le. An omental hernia 
 complicated with a fleshy tumor. 
 
 Sarco-hydrocele. See Sarcocele. 
 
 Sarcole'mma. The myolemma. 
 
 Sarco'logy. The anatomy of the soft parts. 
 
 SARCO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from onoKoco, car- 
 neicm reddo.) A fleshy tumor or excrescence. 
 
 Sarcoma scroti. Sarcocele. 
 
 Sarco'matous. Sarcomatosus. Fleshy tu- 
 mors are called sarcomatous tumors. 
 
 Sarco'mphalus. A fleshy excrescence about 
 the navel. 
 
 Sarcophyi'a. A fleshy excrescence. 
 
 Sarcophy'lle. The fleshy or cellular por- 
 tion of the leaf. 
 
 SARCO'PTES. A genus of minute insects, 
 of which S. scabiei or S. hominis is the itch in- 
 sect. See Acarus scabiei. 
 
 Sarcopyo'des. Having the appearance of 
 flesh and pus mixed together. 
 
 SARCO'SIS. (is,is,f.; oapntoaic.) 1. The 
 generation of flesh. 2. A fleshy tumor. 
 
 Sarcosto'sis. The same as Osteasarcoma. 
 
 Sarco'tic Synonymous with incarnative. 
 
 Sarcous. Fleshy; pertaining to flesh. 
 
 Sardi'asis. Risus sardonicus. 
 
 Sardius lapis. Sarda. Carnelian. 
 
 Sardonic laugh. Risus sardonicus. 
 
 Sarma'tica lu'es. The plica polonica 
 
 Sarmenta'ceous. Sarmentaceus. Having 
 twigs or runners. 
 
 Sarmentose. Trailing, or having runners. 
 
 SARME'NTUM. (urn, i, n. ; from sarpo, to 
 prune, lop, or cut off.) A twig; a runner. 
 
 SARSAPARI'LLA. (a, ce, f . ; from sarza, 
 a brier, and parilla, a little vine — Spanish: a 
 thorny little vine.) The root of several species 
 of smilax. It is bitterish, mucilaginous, and 
 slightly flavored. Sarsaparilla is regarded as 
 alterative, demulcent, and diuretic, but its me- 
 dicinal properties are somewhat questionable. 
 The officinal preparations are the decoction and 
 syrup, which see. The commercial varieties 
 are, 
 
 Jamaica sarsaparilla. — Red-bearded sarsa- 
 parilla, perhaps the root of the Smilax officina- 
 lis. Its bark lias a red tint, and its roots are 
 furnished with numerous fibrous rootlets called 
 the beard. It is imported in bundles of spi- 
 rally-folded roots, and is hence called Sarsapa- 
 rilla rotunda. 
 
 Brazilian sarsaparilla. — Lisbon, Portugal, or 
 Rio Negro sarsaparilla, said to be the root of 
 the Smilax syphilitica. It is brought unfolded, 
 with its roots tied in bundles in a parallel di- 
 rection, and hence called Sarsaparilla lo?iga. 
 
 Lima sarsaparilla. — Formerly brought from 
 Lima, now from Valparaiso ; probably the root 
 of the Smilax officinalis. It is imported folded. 
 
 Honduras sarsaparilla. — Mealy sarsaparilla, 
 so termed from the mealy appearance which it 
 presents when broken ; probably the root of 
 the Smilax officinalis. It is imported folded. 
 This is the variety used in the United States. 
 
 Vera Cruz sarsaparilla. — The root of tha 
 Smilax medica. It is imported unfolded. — Pc- 
 reira. 
 
 Sarsaparilla, false. A.ralia nudicaulis. 
 
SAX 
 
 S C A 
 
 Sarsaparilla germanica. Carex hirta. 
 
 Sarsaparillin. Salseparin. 
 
 SARTO'RIUS. Sartorius sen longissimus 
 femoris of Cowper. This flat and slender mus- 
 • cle is situated immediately under the integu- 
 ments, and extends obliquely from the upper 
 and anterior part of the thigh, to the upper, an- 
 terior, and inner part of the tibia, being inclosed 
 by a thin membraneous sheath, which is de- 
 rived from the adjacent fascia lata. It arises 
 by a tendon from the outer surface and inferior 
 edge of the anterior superior spinous process of 
 the ilium, and is inserted, by a thin tendon, into 
 the inner part of the tibia, near the inferior part 
 of its tuberosity, and for the space of an inch or 
 two below it. This tendon sends off a thin 
 aponeurosis, which is spread over the upper 
 and posterior part of the leg. This muscle 
 serves to bend the leg obliquely inward, or to 
 roll the thigh outward, and at the same time 
 to bring one leg across the other, on which 
 account Spigelius first gave it the name of Sar- 
 torius, or the tailor's muscle. 
 
 Sarx. 2ap^. Flesh. 
 
 Sarza. Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Sa'ssafras. Laurus sassafras. 
 
 Sassafras, swamp. Magnolia glauca. 
 
 Satanus devorans. Antimony. 
 
 Sate'llites. The veins which accompany 
 the arteries are called Vence satellites. 
 
 Sa'the. ^Ladrj. The penis. 
 
 Satura'ntia. Medicines which neutralize 
 acid in the stomach. 
 
 SATURA'TION. (Saturatio, ouis, f.) A 
 term employed, in Chemistry and Pharmacy, 
 to express that state of a body in which it has 
 dissolved as much of another body as it is ca- 
 pable of doing, or in which the acrid, acid, or 
 caustic properties of an agent are subdued and 
 lost by union. 
 
 SATUREI'A. {a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Salviacea. — S. 
 capitata. The ciliated savory. It possesses 
 similar virtues to thyme, but in a stronger de- 
 gree. — S. hortensis. S. sativa. The summer 
 savory. It has a warm, aromatic, penetrating 
 taste, and smells like thyme, but is milder. 
 
 Satu'rnus. Saturn. Lead. 
 
 SATYRIASIS, (is, is, m. ; from 2arvpoc,a 
 satyr ; because they are said to be greatly ad- 
 dicted to venery.) Excessive and violent de- 
 sire for coition in men. 
 
 S a t y'r i o n. Saty'rium. Orchis mascula. 
 
 Sauce-alone. Erysimum alliaria. 
 
 Saucer. Scutella. 
 
 Sauer-kraut. Cabbage preserved in brine. 
 It is considered highly antiscorbutic. 
 
 Saunders. Santalum album. 
 
 Saunders, red. Pterocarpus santalinus. 
 
 Sau'nia. An old demulcent medicine. 
 
 SAURIA. Saurians. (From aavpa, a liz- 
 ard.) The order of reptiles including the liz- 
 ards, crocodiles, alligators, &c. 
 
 Savine. Savina. Juniperus sabina. 
 
 Savine ointment. Ceratum sabinse. 
 
 Savory. Satureia hortensis. 
 
 SAXFFRAGA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Digynia. Saxifragece. — S. an- 
 glica. Peucedanum silaus. — S. crassifolia. 
 The root of this species of saxifrage is extolled 
 
 by Professor Pallas as an antiseptic. — S. grarv- 
 vXata. S. alba. The white saxifrage. Sup- 
 posed to be diuretic, but probably without me- 
 dicinal properties. — S. rubra. Spiraea filipen- 
 dula. — S. vulgaris. Peucedanum silaus. 
 
 Saxifrage. See Saxifraga. 
 
 Saxifrage, burnet. Pimpinella saxifraga. 
 
 Saxifrage, English. S., meadow. Peuce 
 danum silaus. 
 
 Saxifrage, white. Saxifraga granulata. 
 
 Saxifragus. Lithontriptic. 
 
 Saxon blue. The sulphate of indigo. 
 
 Saxo'nicus pu'lvis. A powder formerly 
 thought alexipharmic. It consisted of the roots 
 of wild and cultivated angelica, of vincetoxi 
 cum, marshmallow, polypody of the oak, net 
 tie, and valerian, with the bark of mezereon 
 root, and seeds of herb Paris. 
 
 SAW. A surgical instrument, like the com- 
 mon saw, for cutting through bones and osse- 
 ous tumors. 
 
 Saw, chain. See Chain-saw. 
 
 Saw, Hey's. A small saw with a curved 
 cutting edge, used in removing pieces of de- 
 pressed bone in fractures of the skull. The 
 curvature is in the perpendicular plane, and 
 not in every plane, as in the case of the tre- 
 phine. 
 
 Sb. Antimony. 
 
 SCAB. A hard substance covering super- 
 ficial ulcerations, and formed by a concretion 
 of the fluid discharged from them. 
 
 Sca'ber. Rough to the touch. 
 
 SCA'BIES. (es, ei, f . ; from scabo, to 
 scratch.) Psora. The itch. This disease is 
 characterized by an eruption of pustules or of 
 small vesicles, which are subsequently inter- 
 mixed with, or terminate in, pustules ; it is ac- 
 companied by constant and distressing itching, 
 but not with fever, and is in all varieties conta- 
 gious. It appears occasionally on eveiy part 
 of the body, the face only excepted ; but most 
 abundantly about the wrists and fingers, the 
 fossa of the nates, and the flexures of the joints. 
 Willan has four species : 
 
 1. The Scabies papuliformis, or rank itch, 
 consists in an extensive eruption of minute itch- 
 ing vesicles, which are slightly inflamed and 
 acuminated, resembling papulas when examined 
 by the naked eye; they are at all periods most 
 numerous, and often intermixed with a few 
 phlyzacious pustules, containing a thick j^eliow 
 matter. 
 
 2. The Scabies lymphatica, or watery itch, is 
 distinguished by an eruption of transparent 
 vesicles, of a considerable size, and without any 
 inflammation at their base. They arise in suc- 
 cession, with intense itching, chiefly round the 
 wrists, between the fingers, on the back of the 
 hands, and on the feet and toes; they often re- 
 cur, also, about the axillae, the hams, the bend 
 of the elbows, and fossa of the nates, where 
 they are intermixed with pustules ; but they 
 do not frequently appear, like the papuliform 
 species, over the breast and epigastrium, nor 
 on the thighs and upper parts of the arms. 
 
 In a day or two the vesicles break, and some 
 of them heal, under the little scab that concretes 
 upon them ; but others inflame, and become 
 pustules, which discharge, at length, a yellow 
 
SC A 
 
 matter, and extend into small ulcerated blotch- 
 es, over which a dark scab is ultimately form- 
 ed; so that, during the progress of the erup- 
 tion, all these appearances are intermixed with 
 each other : the vesicles and pustules, the ex- 
 coriated blotches discharging pus, the minute 
 dry scabs, and the larger ones succeeding the 
 ulceration, may be observed at the same time. 
 This circumstance constitutes one of the points 
 of diagnosis between this and other vesicular 
 diseases. 
 
 3. The Scabies purulent a, or pocky itch, con- 
 sists of distinct prominent yellow pustules, 
 which have a moderate inflammation round 
 their bases, and which maturate and break in 
 two or three days, and then ulcerate, with in- 
 creasing pain and inflammation. 
 
 4. Scabies cachectica. This variety of scabies 
 exhibits, in different parts of the body, all the 
 appearances which belong to the three forego- 
 ing species. It is occasionally, also, combined 
 with patches resembling lichen, psoriasis, or 
 impetigo, especially in adults, or young persons 
 approaching the term of puberty ; whence it 
 assumes an ambiguous character. In several 
 instances, this form of scabies has been obvious- 
 ly contagious in its double character ; and, after 
 the scabious affection has disappeared, the im- 
 petiginous patches have remained for some time 
 in a drier form, and yielded veiy slowly to med- 
 icine ; for, although this form of scabies does 
 not so readily spread by contagion, it is much 
 more obstinate, under the use of remedies, than 
 the preceding. 
 
 Some writers have ascribed the origin of the 
 itch, in all cases, to the presence of a minute in- 
 sect breeding and burrowing in the skin, while 
 others have doubted the existence of such an 
 insect. Both these opinions appear to be in- 
 correct; and, probably, that of Sauvagesis right, 
 who considers the insect as generated only in 
 some cases of scabies, and, therefore, speaks of 
 a Scabies vermicularis as a separate species. 
 
 Among the remedies appropriated to the cure 
 of scabies, sulphur has long been deemed to 
 possess specific powers. It may be assisted by 
 frequent bathing and saline medicines in the 
 cachectic and inveterate forms. 
 
 SCABIO'SA. {a, as, I) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrandria. Monogynia. — S. arvensis. The 
 common field scabious. This plant possesses 
 a bitter and subastringent taste, and was for- 
 merly much employed in the cure of some lep- 
 rous affections and diseases of the lungs. — S. 
 succi'sa. The devil's-bit scabious. It has sim- 
 ilar properties with the preceding species. 
 
 Scabious. Erigeron heterophyllum and phil- 
 adelphium. 
 
 Scabri'deus. Rough: applied to plants. 
 
 Scabri'ties. Roughness; lichen. 
 
 SCA'LA. A ladder or staircase. 
 
 Scala ty'mpani. The superior spiral cavity 
 of the cochlea. See Auris. 
 
 Scala vesti'buli. The inferior spiral cavity 
 of the cochlea. See /Luris. 
 
 Scald. See Ambustio. 
 
 Scald-head. Porrigo favosa. 
 
 SCALE. Squama. 1. In Natural History, 
 the small laminae which cover the surface of 
 fishes, serpents, &c. 2. In Pathology, a lamina 
 580 
 
 S C A 
 
 of morbid cuticle, hard, thickened, whitish, and 
 opaque, of a very small size, and irregular, often 
 increasing into layers, denominated crusts 
 Both scales and crusts repeatedly fall off, and 
 are reproduced in a short time. 
 
 Scale, dry. Psoriasis. 
 
 SCALE'NUS. (From om'krjvoe, irregular or 
 unequal.) A muscle situated at the side of the 
 neck, between the transverse processes of the 
 cervical vertebrae and the upper part of the 
 thorax. The ancients, who gave it its name 
 from its resemblance to an irregular triangle, 
 considered it as one muscle. Vesalius and Wins- 
 low divide it into two, Fallopius and Cowper 
 into three, Douglas into four, and Albinus into 
 five portions, which they describe as distinct 
 muscles. Without deviating in the least from 
 anatomical accuracy, it may be considered as 
 one muscle divided into three portions. The 
 anterior portion arises commonly from the trans- 
 verse processes of the six inferior vertebras of 
 the neck, by as many short tendons, and, de- 
 scending obliquely outward, is inserted, ten- 
 dinous and fleshy, into the upper side of the first 
 rib, near its cartilage. The axillary artery passes 
 through this portion, and sometimes divides it 
 into two slips, about an inch and a half above 
 its insertion. The middle portion arises, by 
 distinct tendons, from the transverse processes 
 of the four last vertebrae of the neck, and de- 
 scending obliquely outward and a little back- 
 ward, is inserted, tendinous, into the outer and 
 upper part of the first rib, from its root to within 
 the distance of an inch from its cartilage. The 
 space between this and the anterior portion af- 
 fords a passage to the nerves going to the upper 
 extremities. It is in part covered by the third 
 or posterior portion, which is the thinnest and 
 longest ofthe three. This arises from the trans- 
 verse processes of the second, third, fourth, and 
 fifth vertebrae of the neck by distinct tendons, 
 and is inserted into the upper edge of the second 
 rib, at the distance of about an inch and a half 
 from its articulation, by a broad, flat tendon. 
 The use of the scalenus is to move the neck to 
 one side when it acts singly, or to bend it for- 
 ward when both muscles act ; and, when the 
 neck is fixed, it serves to elevate the ribs and 
 dilate the chest. 
 
 Scalenus primus. See Scalenus. 
 
 Scalenus secundus. See Scalenus. 
 
 Scalenus tertius. See Scalenus. 
 
 Scallop. Ostrea maxima. 
 
 SCALPE'L. Scalpellum. (From scalpo, to 
 scratch or carve.) A scalpel or common dissect- 
 ing knife. 
 
 Sca'lprum. A denticular raspatory, used hi 
 trepanning. 
 
 Scaly. See Squamose. 
 
 SCAMMO'NIUM. A purgative resinous body 
 resembling jalap, derived from the Convolvulus 
 scammonia, which see. 
 
 Scammony. Convolvulus scammonia. 
 
 Scammony, Montpellier. Cynanchum mont- 
 peliacum. 
 
 Sca'ndens. Scandent. Climbing: applied 
 to stems. 
 
 SCA'NDIX. (ix, ids, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Digynia. Umbellifetce. — S. cere- 
 folium. The officinal chervil. It is slightly 
 
SC A 
 
 S C A 
 
 aromatic, and gently aperient and diuretic. — on the skin in patches, which, after three or 
 
 j>. odorata. The sweet cicely, or Myrrhis. pos- 
 sesses virtues similar to the common chervil. 
 
 SCA'PHA. (From cua-ru, to make hollow.) 
 1. The cavity of the external ear, between the 
 helix and antihelix. 2. The name of a double- 
 headed roller. 
 
 BCA'PHOID. {Scaphoides ; from GKaon. a 
 boat, and eidoz, resemblance.) Boat-like. See 
 Xaviculare os. 
 
 Sca'phwm oculare. The shell used for arti- 
 ficial eyes. See Artificial eye. 
 
 Sca'ptix. A brown extractive matter, slightly 
 acrid, obtained from foxglove by Radig. 
 
 SCATULA. («,«,£) The shoulder-blade. 
 This bone, which approaches nearly to a tri- 
 angular figure, is fixed to the upper, posterior 
 
 four days, ends in the desquamation of the cuti- 
 cle. It usually assails youth in the spring, and 
 seldom occurs again in the same person. It 
 has two species : 
 
 1. Scarlatina simplex, S. benigna. the mild 
 
 2. Scarlatina cynanchica or ar.ginosa, with 
 ulcerated sore throat. 
 
 Dr. "Willau has added to these a third, called 
 maligna, which is now generallv believed to be 
 the same disease with the Cynancke maligna, 
 or malignant sore throat. See Tonsillitis. 
 
 Scarlatina simplex resembles the measles, 
 but is to be distinguished by the absence of tho 
 cough, watery eve, running at the nose, and 
 sneezing. In some cases, however, the diag- 
 nosis is verv difficult; so much so that the d: 
 
 and lateral part of the thorax, extending from ease almost appears to be hybrid between 
 the first to about the seventh rib. The anterior 
 and internal surface is irregularly concave, from 
 the impression of the sub-scapularis muscle. Its 
 posterior and external surface is convex, and 
 divided into two unequal fossae by a consider- 
 able spine, which, rising small from the pos- 
 terior edge of the scapula, becomes gradually 
 higher and broader as it approaches the ante- florescence appeal's on the skin, which seldom. 
 rior and superior angle of the bone, till at length produces, however, any remission of the fever 
 it terminates in a broad and flat process at the 
 top of the shoulder, called the acromion. This 
 bone also presents an articulating surface, the 
 
 scarlet fever and measles. 
 
 It begins, like other fevers, with languor, 
 lassitude, confusion of ideas, chills, and shivei*- 
 iugs. alternated by fits of heat. The thirst is 
 considerable, the skin dry. and the patient is 
 often incommoded with anxiety, nausea, and 
 vomitinsr. About the third day, the scarlet ef- 
 
 glen-oid cavity; and has a Ion? process, called 
 the coracoid process, which arises from the su- 
 perior edge. 
 
 Scaptlart. Scapula'ria. (a, ce. f . ; from 
 scapula, the shoulder bone.) A bandage for the 
 shoulder blade. 
 
 SC A' PULAR. (Scapulari-s ; from scapula, 
 the shoulder bone.) Belonging to the scapula ; 
 as the scapular arteries and veins, which are 
 branches of the subclavian and axillary. 
 
 ScAPCLO-HCMEHAL. Pertaining to the scapula 
 and humerus. The shoulder joint is the scapulo- 
 humeral articulation. 
 
 SCAT US. The scape, or a stalk which 
 springs from the root, and bears the flowers and 
 fruit, but not the leaves. 
 
 Scar. See Cicatrix. 
 
 On the departure of the efflorescence, which 
 usually continues out only for three or four 
 days, a gentle sweat comes on. the fever sub- 
 sides, the cuticle or scarf-skin then falls off in 
 small scales, and the patient gradually regains 
 his former strength and health. 
 
 On the disappearance of the efflorescence in 
 scarlatina, it is. however, no uncommon occur- 
 rence for an anasarcous swelling to affect the 
 whole body ; but this, in most cases, yields 
 easily to proper treatment. 
 
 Scarlatina anginosa. in several instances, ap- 
 ' proaches very near to the malignant form. The 
 patient is seized, not only with a coldness and 
 ' shivering, but likewise with great languor, de- 
 i bility. and sickness, succeeded by heat, nausea, 
 vomiting of bilious matter, soreness of the 
 throat, inflammation and ulceration in the ton- 
 sils. Sec. a frequent and laborious breathing, 
 and a quick and small depressed pulse. When 
 
 Scarborough. The name of a town in York- the efflorescence appears, which is usually on 
 
 •p rings. 
 
 sbire. noted for its ferruginous 
 
 Scarf-skin. See Cutis. 
 
 SCARIFICATION. (Scarincatio; from scar - 
 ifico. to scarify.) A superficial incision made 
 with a lancet, or a surgical instrument called i 
 a scarificator, for the purpose of taking away 
 blood or letting out fluids, vfce. 
 
 SCARIFICATOR. An instrument used by 
 surgeons to evacuate blood. It is made in the 
 form of a box. in which are fitted ten, twelve, or 
 more lancets. The instrument is so construct- 
 ed that the depth to which the lancets penetrate 
 may be made greater or less, at the option of the 
 operator. See Cupping. 
 
 Scari'ola. S. gallorum. Lactuca scariola. 
 
 Sca'rious. Scariosus. Applied, in Botany. 
 to any part of a plant which is thin, dry, and 
 semi-transparent. 
 
 SCARLATI'NA. {a. ce. f.; from scarlatto, 
 the Italiau for a deep red.) The scarlet fever. 
 A disease characterized bv contagious fever, the 
 face swelling, and a scarlet eruption appearing 
 
 the third day. it brings no relief; on the con- 
 trary, the symptoms are much aggravated, and 
 fresh ones arise. 
 
 On the first attack the fauces are often much 
 inflamed; but this is usually soon succeeded by 
 grayish sloughs, which give the parts a speckled 
 appearance, and render the breath more or less 
 fetid. The patient is often cut otf in a few 
 days : and, even if he reec-vers, it will be by 
 slow degrees ; dropsical swellings, or tumors of 
 the parotid and other glands, slowly suppura- 
 ting, being very apt to follow. 
 
 Scarlatina maligna. — This is a stage of the 
 preceding more than a new variety. The 
 symptoms at first are pretty much the same, 
 but some of the following peculiarities are after- 
 ward observable: the pulse is small, indistinct, 
 and irregular; the tongue, teeth, and lips cov- 
 ered with a brown or black incrustation : a dull 
 redness of the eyes, with a dark red flushing of 
 the cheeks, deafness, delirium, or coma; the 
 breath is extremely fetid ; the respiration rat- 
 
 581 
 
SC A 
 
 SCI 
 
 tling and laborious, partly from viscid phlegm 
 clogging the fauces ; the deglutition is constrict- 
 ed and painful ; and there is a fullness and livid 
 color of the neck, with retraction of the head. 
 In an advanced stage of the disease, where 
 petechia?, and other symptoms characteristic 
 of putrescency, are present, hemorrhages fre- 
 quently break forth from the nose, mouth, and 
 other parts. 
 
 When scarlatina is to terminate in health, the 
 fiery redness abates gradually, and is succeed- 
 ed by a brown color ; the skin becomes rough, 
 and peels off in small scales; the tumefaction 
 subsides, and health is gradually restored. On 
 the contrary, when it is to terminate fatally, the 
 febrile symptoms run very high from the first 
 of its attack ; the skin is intensely hot and dry ; 
 the pulse is very frequent, but small; great 
 thirst prevails; the breath is very fetid; the ef- 
 florescence makes its appearance on the second 
 day, or sooner, and about the third or fourth is 
 probably interspersed with large livid spots ; 
 and a high degree of delirium ensuing, or hem- 
 orrhages breaking out, the patient is cut off 
 about the sixth or eighth day. In some cases 
 a severe purging arises, which never fails to 
 prove fatal. Some, again, where the symptoms 
 do not run so high, instead of recovering, as is 
 usual, about the time the skin begins to regain 
 its natural color, become dropsical, fall into a 
 kind of lingering way, and are carried off in the 
 course of a few weeks. 
 
 Treatment. — In the scarlatina simplex, little 
 is required except clearing the bowels, and 
 observing the antiphlogistic regimen. But 
 where the throat is affected, and the fever 
 runs higher, more active means become neces- 
 sary, varying according to the type of this, 
 whether synochial or typhoid. In general, we 
 may begin by exhibiting a nauseating emetic, 
 which, besides its effect on the fever, may be 
 useful in checking inflammation in the throat ; 
 and occasionally the repetition of such a reme- 
 dy, after a time, may answer a good purpose ; 
 but commonly it will be better to follow up the 
 first by some cathartic remedy of sufficient ac- 
 tivity. Then, so long as the strength will al- 
 low, we may endeavor to moderate the fever 
 by mercurial and antimonial preparations, or 
 other medicines promoting the several secre- 
 tions, by steadily pursuing the antiphlogistic 
 regimen, and occasionally applying cold water 
 to the skin, when this is veiy hot and dry. 
 Sometimes severe inflammation in the throat, 
 at an early period, may render it advisable to 
 apply a few leeches externally, or blisters be- 
 hind the ears ; and gargles of nitrate of potash, 
 the mineral acids, &c, should be used from 
 time to time. But where the disorder exhibits 
 the typhoid character, with ulcers in the throat, 
 tending perhaps to gangrene, it is necessary to 
 support the system by a nutritious diet, with a 
 moderate quantity of wine, and tonic or stimu- 
 lant medicines, as the cinchona, calumba, am- 
 monia, &c. ; the acids will also be very proper, 
 from their antiseptic as well as tonic power; and 
 stimulant antiseptic gargles should be frequent- 
 ly employed, as the mineral acids sufficiently 
 diluted, with the addition of tincture of myrrh, 
 or these mixed with decoction of bark, &c. 
 582 
 
 Scarlet fever. See Scarlatina. 
 
 Scarred. Cicatrisatus. 
 
 Scelos. 2/cs/loc. The leg. Hence Scelon* 
 ens, a swelled leg. 
 
 Sceloty'rbe. 1. Chorea; shaking palsy. 
 2. Sauvages makes Scelotyrbe an order of dis- 
 eases, including chorea and shaking palsy 
 
 Scheele's green. Arsenite of copper. 
 
 Scheelium. Tungsten. 
 
 Scherli'evo. Mai de Scherlievo. A viru- 
 lent syphilis said to prevail in Croatia. 
 
 Scheroma. Dry inflammation of the eye. 
 
 Schindylesis. An immovable articulation. 
 
 Schinel^'um. Oil of mastich. 
 
 SCHI'NUS. A genus of plants of the order 
 Terebinthince. — S. mulli yields the Peruvian 
 mastich. 
 
 Schneider's membrane. See Membrana 
 Schneiderma. 
 
 Schcenan'thus. Andropogon sehcenanthus. 
 
 Schcenolagu'rus. Trifolium arvense. 
 
 SCHOOLEY'S MOUNTAIN. This place, in 
 New Jersey, has a chalybeate and saline-mineral 
 spring much resorted to. 
 
 Schwann, white substance of. The ex- 
 terior cylinder of white nervous matter in which 
 the fibrous variety is inclosed. See Nervous 
 matter. 
 
 SCIA'TIC. (Sciaticus ; from ischiaticus.) 
 Belonging to the ischium. 
 
 Sciatic artery. The ischiadic artery. 
 
 Sciatic nerve. The sacro-sciatic nerve. 
 
 Sciatic notch. See Innominatum os. 
 
 SCIA'TICA. Two very different diseases 
 have been confounded under this name — rheu- 
 matism, or rheumatic gout in the hip joint, and 
 neuralgia of the sacro-sciatic nerve. 
 
 Sciatica cresses. Lepidium iberis. 
 
 SCI'LLA. (a,cE,f.) 1. Squill. 2. A genus of 
 plants. Hexandria. Monogynia. Liliacece.— 
 S. hispanica. The Spanish squill. — 8. maritima. 
 The officinal squill. Squilla. A native of Si- 
 cily, Spain, and Syria, growing on the sea-coast. 
 The fresh bulb is extremely acrid and poison- 
 ous, but becomes somewhat milder by drying. 
 The dried root is bitter, nauseous, and some- 
 what acrid ; it yields its virtues to alcohol, vin- 
 egar, and water. It is diuretic and expectorant 
 in doses of gr. j. to gr. iij., and emetic and pur- 
 gative in doses of gr. x. to gr. xv. In dropsical 
 cases it has long been esteemed the most cer- 
 tain and effectual diuretic with which we are 
 acquainted; and in asthmatic affections, or dysp- 
 noea, occasioned by the lodgment of tenacious 
 phlegm, it has been the expectorant usually em- 
 ployed. Its activity is said to depend on a prin- 
 ciple called Scillitine. — S. nutans. This plant 
 was, until very lately, called Hyacinthus non 
 scriptus. It is well known by the name of blue- 
 bells, and is said to be an inferior astringent. 
 
 Scilli'tes. A wine impregnated with squills. 
 
 SCI'LLITINE. Scillitina. A white, trans- 
 parent, deliquescent acrid substance, of a resin- 
 ous nature, extracted by Vogel from squills. 
 
 Sci'ncus. The Nile lizard, formerly used in 
 medicine. 
 
 Scirrho'ma. Scirrhocele. Scirrhus. 
 
 Scirrhous sarcoma. Abernethy gave this 
 name to an indurated, smooth, painless, and vas- 
 cular tumor of glandular structures. 
 
SCO 
 
 SCO 
 
 SCFRRHUS. (us, i, m. ; from onippoio, to 
 harden.) Scirrhoma. S cirrhosis. This term 
 has been applied to any very hard glandular 
 tumor, but it is now usually restricted to the 
 early or occult stage of cancer. See Cancer. 
 Scirrhus scroti. Sarcocele. 
 SCFSSORS. In Sitrgery, the blades of the 
 scissors are variously curved, to answer different 
 purposes. 
 
 Scissu'rje. Rhagades; fissures. 
 SCITAMFNEjE. The ginger tribe of mon- 
 ocotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants with 
 a creeping, often-jointed rhizome; leaves, sim- 
 ple, sheathing ; flowers, tripetaloideous ; sta- 
 mens, three, distinct ; ovarium, three-celled ; 
 fruit, capsular, three- celled, many- seeded; 
 seeds, with or without an arillus. 
 
 Scitami'neus. Scitamiueous; dainty. 
 Scla'rea. Salvia sclarea. 
 Sclerectomia. The removal of a portion of 
 the sclerotic coat to form an artificial pupil. 
 
 Sclere'mus. Scleremia. Induration of the 
 cellular tissue. 
 
 Sclerencephalia. Preternatural induration 
 of the brain. 
 
 SCLERTASIS. (From OKlnpoo, to harden.) 
 Scleroma. Sclerosis. A hard tumor or indu- 
 ration ; a scirrhus. 
 
 SCLERO-. (From culripoc, hard.) A pre- 
 fix, indicating hardness. 
 
 SCLEROPHTHA'LMIA. (a, <e, f . ; from 
 citTiTipoc, hard, and ofydatyoc, the eye.) A dry, 
 painful state of the eye and eyelids, accom- 
 panied with swelling and hardness. 
 
 S c l e r o-s a r c o m a. A hard, fleshy excres- 
 cence. 
 
 Sclerosis. See Scleriasis. 
 SCLERO'TIC. (Scleroticus; from culnpou, 
 to harden.) Hard: applied to a membrane of 
 the eye. 
 
 Sclerotic coat. Tunica sclerotica. Mem- 
 brana sclerotica. Sclerotis. The membrane of 
 the eye, situated immediately under the con- 
 junctiva. See Eye. 
 
 Scleroticony'xis. Scleronyxis. The per- 
 foration of the sclerotic coat of the eye. 
 Sclerotis. The sclerotic coat. 
 Sclerotitis. Inflammation of the sclerotic 
 coat. 
 
 Sclero'tium clavus. Ergot 
 Sclery'sma. Induration. 
 Sclopetaria AquA. Eau d'arquebusade. 
 Sclopetopla'ga. A gun-shot wound. 
 SCOBS. The filings, scales, or raspings of 
 any metal or wood. 
 
 SCOLFOSIS. (From onoliou, to twist.) A 
 distortion of the spine : rhachitis. 
 Scolloped. Crenate. 
 
 SCOLOPAX. A genus of birds of the order 
 GrallcE. — S. gallinafgo. The common snipe. 
 — S. rusti'cola. The woodcock. 
 
 Scolope'ndria. Asplenium ceterach. 
 SCOLOPE'NDRIUM. (um,ii,n.) A genus 
 of ferns. — S. vulgare. Asplenium scolopendri- 
 um. It has a slightly astringent and mucilagin- 
 ous sweetish taste, and is pectoral and demul- 
 cent. 
 
 Scolopomach-e'rium. An incision-knife. 
 Sco'lymus. Cinara scolymus. 
 SCO'MBER. A genus of fishes, of the order 
 
 Thoracici. — S. scomber. The common mackar 
 rel. — S. thynnus. The tunny fish. 
 
 SCOOP. A surgical instrument like a spoon, 
 to remove foreign bodies with. 
 
 Scopa regia. Ruscus aculeatus. 
 
 Involuntary evacuation of the 
 
 Affected with scorbutus or 
 
 ScORACRA SIA. 
 
 faeces. 
 
 Scorbu'tic 
 scurvy. 
 
 SCORBUTUS, (us, i, m. ; from schorboet, 
 Germ.) Porphyra of Dr. Good. The scurvy. 
 A disease characterized by extreme debility ; 
 complexion pale and bloated ; spongy gums ; 
 livid spots on the skin ; breath offensive ; oede- 
 matous swellings in the legs ; hemorrhages ; 
 foul ulcers ; fetid urine ; and extremely of- 
 fensive stools. The scurvy is a disease of an 
 adynamic character, much more prevalent in 
 cold climates than in warm ones, and which 
 chiefly affects sailors, and such as are shut up 
 in besieged places, owing, as is supposed, to 
 their being deprived of fresh provisions, and a 
 due quantity of acescent food, assisted by the 
 prevalence of cold and moisture, and by such 
 other causes as depress the nervous energy, as 
 intemperance, confinement, want of exercise, 
 neglect of cleanliness, much labor and fatigue, 
 sadness, despondency, &c. 
 
 The scurvy comes on gradually, with heavi- 
 ness, weariness, and unwillingness to move 
 about, together with dejection of spirits, consid- 
 erable loss of strength, and debility. As it ad- 
 vances in its progress, the countenance becomes 
 sallow and bloated, respiration is hurried on the 
 least motion, the teeth become loose, the gums 
 are spongy, the breath is very offensive, livid 
 spots appear on different parts of the body ; old 
 wounds, which have been long healed up, break 
 out afresh ; severe wandering pains are felt, par- 
 ticularly by night; the skin is dry, the urine small 
 in quantity, turning blue vegetable infusions to 
 a green color; and the pulse is small, frequent, 
 and, toward the last, intermitting ; but the in- 
 tellect is, for the most part, clear and distinct 
 By an aggravation of the symptoms, the dis- 
 ease, in its last stage, exhibits a most wretched 
 appearance. The joints beoome swelled and 
 stiff, the tendons ol the legs are rigid and con- 
 tracted, general emaciation ensues, hemorrha- 
 ges break forth from different parts, fetid evac- 
 uations are discharged by stool, and a diarrhoea 
 or dysentery arises, which soon terminates the 
 life of the patient. 
 
 Scurvy, as usually met with on shore, or 
 where the person has not been exposed to the 
 influence of the remote causes before enume- 
 rated, is unattended by any violent symptoms : 
 slight blotches, with scaly eruptions on different 
 parts of the body, and a sponginess of the gums, 
 are the chief ones to be observed. 
 
 In the cure as well as the prevention of scur- 
 vy, much more is to be done by regimen than 
 by medicines, obviating, as far as possible, the 
 several remote causes of the disease, but par- 
 ticularly providing the patient with a more 
 wholesome diet, and a large proportion of fresh 
 vegetables; and. it has been found that those 
 articles are especially useful which contain a 
 native acid, as oranges, lemons, &c. Vinegar, 
 sauer-kraut, and acid substances have been used 
 
 583 
 
SCR 
 
 SCR 
 
 with much advantage : also brisk fermenting 
 liquors, as spruce beer, cider, aud the like. 
 Horseradish and cruciferous plants are highly 
 commended, and vegetables generally. The 
 spongy state of the gums may be remedied by 
 washing the mouth with some of the mineral 
 acids sufficiently diluted, or perhaps mixed with 
 the decoction of cinchona. The stiffness of the 
 limbs which remains may be removed by the 
 warm bath, and friction with the flesh-brush. 
 
 Sco'rdium. Teucrium scordium. 
 
 SCORIAE, (a, ce, f. ; from CKup, excrement.) 
 Dross; the refuse of metals. The refuse or use- 
 less parts of any substance. 
 
 Scoro'doprasum. Allium scorodoprasum. 
 
 Sco'rodum. Garlic. 
 
 Scorpioi'des. Scorpiu rus. Myosurus scor- 
 pioides. 
 
 SCORPION. A genus of insects, the sting of 
 which is highly poisonous. The proper treat- 
 ment is to apply a dilute lotion of ammonia to 
 the wounded part, and if symptoms of prostra- 
 tion come on, to use alcoholic drinks and the 
 carbonate of ammonia. 
 
 SCORZONE'RA. (a, <b, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia tzqualis. Com" 
 positce. — S. hispanica. The esculent viper's 
 grass. — S. humilis. The officinal viper's grass. 
 Goat's grass. Viper's grass. The root has been 
 employed medicinally in hypochondriacal dis- 
 orders and obstructions of the viscera. 
 
 SCOTODI'NUS. (us, i, m.; anoTodtvoc; from 
 ckotoc, darkness, and dtvoe, a giddiness.) Sco- 
 todinia. Scotoma. Scolodinos. Scotodine. Gid- 
 diness, with impaired sight. This may arise 
 from some disease of the brain ; but it is most 
 commonly symptomatic of disorder of the di- 
 gestive organs. It is frequently accompanied 
 with ringing in the ears. 
 
 Scoto'ma. See Scotodinus. 
 
 Scott's acid bath. The nitro-muriatic acid 
 bath. See Balneum. 
 
 Scrobicula'te. Scrobiculus. Hollowed; 
 having deep, round foramina. 
 
 SCROBI'CULUS. (us, i, m. ; diminutive of 
 scrobs, a ditch. ) A hollow : the pit of the stom- 
 ach is called Scrobiculus cordis. 
 
 Scro'fa. The sow. Sus scrofa. 
 
 SCRO'FULA. (a, os, f. ; from scrofa, a sow, 
 because hogs are supposed to be much affected 
 by it.) Scrofula is a disease very difficult to 
 define : it consists in hard, indolent tumors of 
 the conglobate glands in various parts of the 
 body, but particularly in the neck, behind the 
 ears, and under the chin, which, after a time, 
 suppurate and degenerate into ulcers, from 
 which, instead of pus, a white curdled matter, 
 somewhat resembling the coagulum of milk, is 
 discharged. It is most common between the 
 third and seventh year of childhood, but it may 
 arise at any period between this and the age of 
 puberty. 
 
 The scrofulous diathesis, when strongly 
 marked, is generally indicated by certain ex- 
 ternal peculiarities of appearance. The greater 
 part of scrofulous persons have a fair and soft 
 skin, and rosy complexion, large blue eyes, and 
 a tumid upper lip ; their constitution is languid 
 and yet irritable ; the muscles are slender and 
 deficient in tone, and there is a general irrita- 
 584 
 
 bility of the mucous membranes. A smaller 
 class of scrofulous individuals are characterized 
 by a dark, sallow complexion, black hair, a 
 harsh skin, and a torpid constitution, and in 
 such it is very inveterate. It is, for the most 
 part, hereditary. 
 
 Dr. Cullen supposed scrofula to depend upon 
 a peculiar constitution of the lymphatic system. 
 Whatever may be the proximate cause of scrof- 
 ula, the most certain indication of its existence 
 is the deposition of that kind of morbid matter 
 called tuberculous matter. There is scarcely any 
 organ of the body which is not occasionally the 
 seat of scrofulous tubercle. In children, the 
 lymphatic and mesenteric glands are most fre- 
 quently affected. In those past puberty the 
 lungs are most liable to tubercles, which give 
 rise to the disease called tubercular phthisis. 
 See Phthisis. 
 
 The remote causes of scrofula are all of a de- 
 bilitating nature, and embrace every thing that 
 lowers or reduces the tone of the living fibre, 
 and puts the system out of that state of firm and 
 vigorous action which keeps the scrofulous diath- 
 esis most effectually in a state of subjection ; 
 and hence the common debilitating powers of 
 cold and damp, low and unwholesome food, 
 want of cleanliness, and a close and suffocating 
 atmosphere, are the most usual incidental 
 sources or excitants of scrofula. But for these 
 causes the scrofulous predisposition might be 
 overcome, or remain dormant in the constitution 
 through life, and show itself in the next gener- 
 ation, without having in the least disturbed the 
 present. 
 
 The first appearance of the disorder is com- 
 monly in that of small oval or spherical tumors 
 under the skin, unattended by any pain or dis- 
 coloration. These appear, in general, upon the 
 sides of the neck, below the ear, or under the 
 chin ; but, in some cases, the joints of the el- 
 bows or ankles, or those of the fingers and 
 toes, are the parts first affected. In these in- 
 stances we do not, however, find small mova- 
 ble swellings, but, on the contrary, a tumor 
 almost uniformly surrounding the joint, and in- 
 terrupting its motion. After some length of 
 time, the tumors become larger and more fixed; 
 the skin which covers them acquires a purple 
 or livid color, and being much inflamed, they at 
 last suppurate and break into little holes, from 
 which, at first, a matter, somewhat puriform, 
 oozes out; but this changes, by degrees, into a 
 kind of viscid serous discharge, much inter- 
 mixed with small pieces of a white substance, 
 resembling the curd of milk. 
 
 The tumors subside gradually, while the ul- 
 cers at the same time open more, and spread 
 unequally in various directions. After a time 
 some of the ulcers heal, but other tumors quick- 
 ly form in different parts of the body, and pro- 
 ceed on, in the same slow manner as the for- 
 mer ones, to suppuration. In this manner the 
 disease goes on for some years ; and appearing 
 at last to have exhausted itself, all the ulcers 
 heal up, without being succeeded by any fresh 
 swellings, but leaving behind them a scar of 
 considerable extent. This is one of the mildest 
 forms under which scrofula presents itself. In 
 more virulent cases, the eyes are particularly 
 
SCR 
 
 S C Y 
 
 the seat of the disease, and are affected with 
 ophthalmia, giving rise to ulcerations in the 
 tarsi, and inflammation of the tunica adnata, 
 terminating not unfrequently in an opacity of 
 the transparent cornea. 
 
 In similar cases the joints become affected; 
 they swell, and are incommoded by excruciating 
 deep-seated pain, which is much increased upon 
 the slightest motion. The swelling and pain 
 continue to increase, and the muscles of the 
 limb become at length much wasted. Matter 
 is soon afterward formed, and this is discharged 
 at small openings made by the bursting of the 
 6kin. If the progress of the disease be not ar- 
 rested, it extends to the ligaments and car- 
 tilages, and produces a caries of the neighbor- 
 ing bones. Hectic fever at last arises, and, in 
 the end, often proves fatal. 
 
 When scrofula is confined to the external sur- 
 face, it is by no means attended with danger, 
 although, on leaving one part, it is apt to be re- 
 newed in others ; but when the ulcers spread, 
 erode, and become deep, without showing any 
 disposition to heal; when deep-seated collec- 
 tions of matter form among the small bones of 
 the hands and feet, or in the joints, or tuber- 
 cles in the lungs, with hectic fever, arise, the 
 consequences will be fatal. 
 
 Cullen distinguishes four species of scrofula : 
 
 1. Scrofula vulgaris, when it is without other 
 disorders, external, and permanent. 
 
 2. Scrofula mesenterica, when internal, with 
 loss of appetite, pale countenance, swelling of 
 the belly, and an unusual fetor of the excre- 
 ments. See Tabes mesenterica. 
 
 3. Scrofula fugax. This is of the most sim- 
 ple kinds it is seated only about the neck, and, 
 tor the most part, is caused by absorption from 
 sores on the head. 
 
 4. Scrofula Americana, when it is joined 
 with the yaws. 
 
 In conducting the treatment of this disease, 
 we must always recollect that it is one of de- 
 bility, so that our chief dependence must be on 
 a tonic and stimulating plan, so modified as to 
 meet the patient's age, idiosyncrasy, and man- 
 ner of life. It is of the utmost importance to 
 select a dry, equable, and salubrious situation 
 for the residence of the patient. The diet 
 should be as invigorating as the stomach will 
 bear, and consist of a free use of tender beef 
 and mutton, dilute wine, and good porter. The 
 use of the cold bath is very useful. Tonic and 
 stimulant medicines are to be exhibited regu- 
 larly, either alone, or in combination with al- 
 kalies or acids, or some of the antiscrofulous 
 remedies, among which the principal are the 
 preparations of iodine, cinchona, chalybeates, 
 the compound calomel pill, alterative mercuri- 
 als, not, however, to be pushed to salivation, 
 the alkalies, with decoctions of sarsaparilla, and 
 colt's-foot. Hyoscyamus and conium are prefer- 
 red to opium where there is much pain ; they 
 are also applied in poultices. The clothing is 
 to be regulated so as to keep the body warm, 
 but not heated. 
 
 Scrofula mesenterica. Tabes mesenterica. 
 
 SCROPHULA'RIA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants in the Linnasan system. Didynamia. 
 Angiospermia. Scrofulariacece. — S. aquatica. 
 
 Greater water figwort. Water betony. The 
 leaves were formerly in high estimation against 
 piles, tumors of a scrofulous nature, inflamma- 
 tions, &c. — S. minor. Ranunculus ficaria. — S. 
 nodosa. The figwort. Scrophularia vulgaris. 
 Scrophularia. Common figwort. The root 
 and leaves of this plant have been celebrated 
 both as an internal and external remedy against 
 inflammations, the piles, scrofulous tumors, and 
 old ulcers ; but thev are not now used. 
 
 SCROPHULARIA'CEiE. The figwort 
 tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous 
 plants with leaves opposite ; flowers, irregular, 
 unsymmetrical ; stamens, 2 or 4, didynamous; 
 fruit, capsular ; seeds, albuminous. 
 
 SCRO'TAL. Scrotalis. Belonging to the 
 scrotum. 
 
 Scrotal hernia. A protrusion of any of the 
 contents of the abdomen into the scrotum. 
 See Hernia. 
 
 Scrotifo'rm. Purse-like; bag-like. 
 
 Scrotoce'le. A scrotal hernia. 
 
 SCRO'TUM. (um, i, n. ; quasi scorteum, a 
 leather coat.) The bag of common integu- 
 ments which covers the testicles. 
 
 Scrotum cordis. The pericardium. 
 
 SCRU'PLE. A weight of twenty grains. 
 
 SCUDAMORE'S GOUT MIXTURE. Take 
 of magnesia, gr. xv. to 3j.; sulphate of mag- 
 nesia, 3J. to 3ij.; vinegar of squill {Acetum col- 
 chici), 3J. to 3ij. ; mix with f. §j. of any pleas- 
 ant aromatic water. This draught is to be 
 repeated every four or six hours. 
 
 SCURF. Furfura. Small exfoliations of the 
 cuticle, or scales like bran, which occur natu- 
 rally on the scalp, and take place after some 
 eruptions on the skin, a new cuticle being 
 formed underneath during the exfoliation. 
 
 Scurvy. Scorbutus. 
 
 Scurvy-grass. Cochlearia officinalis. 
 
 Scurvy, land. S., petechial. Purpura he- 
 morrhagica. 
 
 Scurvy of the Alps. Pellagra. 
 
 SCU'TIFORM. Scutiformis. (From scutum, 
 a shield, and forma, likeness.) Shield-like. 
 
 Scutiform cartilage. The thyroid cartilage. 
 
 SCUTE'LLA. A little dish or cup. Applied 
 to the round, fiat, or shallow conceptacle of 
 lichens. 
 
 SCUTELLARIA, (a, ce, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labiar 
 tece. — S. galericula'ta. The skull-cap. It has a 
 bitter taste and a garlic-like smell, and is said 
 to be serviceable against ague. — S- hyssopifolia 
 and S. integrifolia are very bitter, and may 
 prove tonic. — S. lateriflora. This plant was sup- 
 posed to be prophylactic against hydrophobia. 
 
 Scute'llum. A small scutella. 
 
 SCY'BALA. (Plural of scybalum ; from 
 OKv6a?.ov, feces.) Dry, hard excrement: ap- 
 plied to such as has become hard, and formed 
 into small rounded nodules. 
 
 Scymetar-shape. Acinaciform 
 
 Scy'phiform. Goblet-shaped. 
 
 Scyphopho'rus pyxidatus. The Lichen py& 
 idatus. 
 
 Scy'phus auditorius. S. Vieussenii. The 
 infundibulum of the cochlea. 
 
 Scyphus cerebri. The infundibulum of the 
 brain. 
 
 585 
 
SEC 
 
 SEC 
 
 Scythica radix. Liquorice root. 
 
 Scytode'psic acid. Tannic acid. 
 
 Sk. The symbol of selenium. 
 
 SEA. Mare. The air of the sea, the effects 
 produced on the system by the motion of a ves- 
 sel, the water of the ocean, and its contents, all 
 come under the attention of the physician. 
 
 1. Sea air is prescribed in a variety of ca- 
 chectic complaints, especially external scrofula. 
 It is more stimulating than the air of the coun- 
 try. 
 
 2. Sea sickness. — An intense nausea, with 
 violent retching, which varies, in respect of 
 duration, in different persons, upon their first 
 going to sea. The chief, if not the only reme- 
 dy, is to accommodate the body to the motion 
 of the ship, retaining the vertical position, and 
 not vibrating with the vessel. 
 
 3- Sea water — This is arranged among the 
 simple saline waters. Bathing in the sea is one 
 of the most powerful tonics we possess, and 
 owes its efficacy no less to the free exposure of 
 the body to the bracing sea breeze than to the 
 quality of the water. The disorders for which 
 the internal use of sea water has been and may 
 be resorted to, are, in general, the same for 
 which all the simple saline waters may be used. 
 The peculiar power of sea water and sea salt as 
 a discutient, employed either internally or ex- 
 ternally, in scrofulous habits, is well known, 
 and is attended with considerable advantage 
 when judiciously applied. 
 
 Sea-belts. Fucus saccharinus. 
 
 Sea green. Glaucous. 
 
 Sea-holly. Eryngium maritimum. 
 
 Sea-moss. Conferva rupestris and corallina 
 officinalis. 
 
 Sea-oak. Fucus vesiculosus. 
 
 Sea-onion. Scilla maritima. 
 
 Sea-salt. Sodii chloridum. 
 
 Sea-wrack. Fucus vesiculosus. 
 
 Sealed earth 
 
 Seam. See Suture. 
 
 Searching. See Sounding. 
 
 SEBA'CEOUS. (Sebaceus ; from sebum, 
 suet.) Suety : applied to glands which secrete 
 a suety humor, and to the matter secreted. 
 
 Sebaceous glands. Follicles, or pyriform, 
 hollow glands, situated over the skin, about the 
 prepuce and labia majora, which throw out a 
 thick, oily secretion, destined to lubricate the 
 skin. 
 
 SEBA'CIC. (Sebacicas; from sebum, suet.) 
 Of, or belonging to, suet, or such fat-like sub- 
 stances. 
 
 Sebacic acid. The sebacic acid may be ob- 
 tained by distilling suet, lard, &c, and boiling 
 the product with water, when it is deposited 
 on cooling. It is inodorous; taste slight; its 
 crystals are small white needles ; its formula is 
 Ci H8O 3 ,HO. It combines with earthy, alka- 
 line, and metallic bases, and forms salts called 
 eebates. 
 
 Sebadilla. See Cevadilla. 
 
 Se'bate. A salt of sebacic acid. 
 
 Sebesten. Sebestina. Cordia myxa. 
 
 SECA'LE. (e, i, n.) 1. Rye. 2. A genus 
 
 of plants. Triandria. Digynia. Gramina- 
 
 cece. — S. cereale. The rye plant. Rye corn is 
 
 principally used as an article of diet, and for 
 
 586 
 
 distilling whisky. Rye is said to be less nour- 
 ishing than wheat, but is a sufficiently nutritive 
 and wholesome grain. 
 
 SEC ALE CORNUTUM. Secale cornicula- 
 turn. Ergot. Spurred rye. A black, curved, 
 morbid excrescence, like the spur of a fowl, 
 which is found in the spike of the rye, espe- 
 cially in hot climates, when a great heat sud* 
 denly succeeds to much moisture. This dis- 
 eased state is produced by the attack of a 
 parasitic fungus, the Ergotcetia abortifaciens. 
 Ergot has a mealy, and then a rancid, nause- 
 ous, and biting taste, which remains a long 
 time, and causes the mouth and fauces to be- 
 come dry. 
 
 The secale cornutum has a singular effect 
 on the animal economy. The meal or flour 
 sprinkled on a wound excites a heat and then 
 a numbness in the part, and soon after in the 
 extremities. When eaten, it produces lassitude, 
 formication, weakness of the joints, with con- 
 vulsive movements occurring periodically (ra- 
 phania, or convulsiones cereales). Of those so 
 affected, some become maniacal; others epi- 
 leptic or tabid; and some have a thirst not to 
 be quenched; and livid eruptions and cutane- 
 ous ulcers are not uncommon. The disease 
 continues from ten days to two or three months, 
 and longer. It also terminates in loss of sensa- 
 tion, and dry gangrene, more or less complete, 
 constituting the Necrosis cerealis. 
 
 As a medicine, the secale cornutum is given 
 internally to excite the action of the uterus in 
 an atonic state of that organ ; and, during par- 
 turition, to excite the contraction of the uterus 
 when this is insufficient. It is observed that 
 the uterine contractions brought on by the use 
 of ergot are quite different in their character 
 from ordinary labor-pains, being highly spastic, 
 and continued almost without intermission till 
 delivery is effected. Hence, before its use, we 
 must be careful to adjust the child in a natural 
 position, and see that the pelvis is well shapen, or 
 a rupture of the uterus may be the consequence. 
 The ergot has been used in powder, tincture, 
 decoction, and infusion. The powder is given 
 in the dose of from gr. x. to 3j., in any appro- 
 priate vehicle. The decoction may be made 
 with 3iij. to Jxij. of water, boiled down to one 
 half, and given in doses of fi., at intervals of 
 ten minutes, according to the effect. The in- 
 fusion, which is the form generally preferred, 
 may be made with half a drachm to half a pint 
 of boiling water, and one half administered at 
 a time. The tincture is little used. The med- 
 icine must be fresh, and well preserved in 
 close vessels, or it will have lost its efficacy. A 
 great part of the ergot found in the shops is 
 good for nothing. Ergot has also been found 
 useful in leucorrhoea, and is capable of produc- 
 ing abortion. It is also thought to be anti- 
 hemorrhagic. 
 
 The antidote to the ill effects produced in the 
 mouth and fauces by eating bread which has 
 this poison, is milk. Against the convulsions — 
 vomits, saline purgatives, glysters, submuriate 
 of mercury as a purgative, are first to be given : 
 and, after the primae via? have been duly clean- 
 ed, stimulants of camphor, ammonia, and ether 
 with opium. In the necrosis, rectified oil of 
 
SEC 
 
 S E G 
 
 turpentine is very beneficial in stopping its prog- 
 ress, and then warm, stimulating fomentations 
 and poultices. 
 
 SECE'RNENTS. (From secerno, to separ- 
 ate.) The secernents are a supposititious set of 
 capillaries, which couvey and deposit matters 
 separated from the blood and nutritious fluids 
 of the body, for the repair and reproduction of 
 parts ; they are opposed to the absorbents. 
 
 SECONDARY. Something that acts as sec- 
 ond, or in subordination to another. Thus, in 
 diseases, we have secondary symptoms. 
 
 Secondary amputation. When, in cases of 
 compound fracture, or other severe injury, am- 
 putation is immediately performed, it is called 
 primary amputation; but when it is deferred 
 till the immediate effects of the injury on the 
 constitution have passed away and suppuration 
 is established, it is called secondary amputation. 
 
 Secondary fever. That febrile affection 
 which arises after a crisis, or the discharge of 
 some morbid matter, as after the declension of 
 the small-pox or the measles. 
 
 Secondary hemorrhage. Hemorrhage oc- 
 curring after wounds or operations, not imme- 
 diately, but at a time when, supposing a healthy 
 state of the parts, it would not have happened. 
 Thus, after amputation, when the arteries have 
 been tied, the stump has been dressed, and the 
 patient been in bed some hours, a hemorrhage 
 will sometimes take place from the small ves- 
 sels. Again, after the ligature of an aneurismal 
 artery, the vessel may ulcerate, and hemorrhage 
 ensue. These cases are called secondary hem- 
 orrhage. 
 
 SECRE'TION. (Secretio, onis, f.) A func- 
 tion in a living body, arranged by physiologists 
 under the head of natural actions. It is by this 
 function that a part of the blood escapes from 
 the organs of circulation, and diffuses itself, ei- 
 ther preserving its chemical properties, or dis- 
 persing after its elements have undergone an- 
 other order of combinations. 
 
 The animal secretions are arranged by Bos- 
 tock into the aqueous, albuminous, mucous, gelat- 
 inous, fibrinous, oleaginous, resinous, and saline. 
 Magendie's arrangement is into three sorts : 
 
 1. The exhalations, such as the halitus of the 
 serous membranes, of the synovial membranes, 
 of the mucous membranes, and the insensible 
 and sensible perspiration. 
 
 2. The follicular secretions, as the secretion 
 of mucus by the mucous membrane, the secre- 
 tion of sebaceous matter by the skin, of cerumen 
 in the ear, and of odoriferous matters by the 
 gland ulae odori ferae, &c. 
 
 3. The glandular secretions, as the secretion 
 of bile, the pancx*eatic, salivary, gastric, seminal, 
 urinary, and other elaborated, fluids, which are 
 the result of a much more complete alteration 
 of the blood than the exhalations. 
 
 SECTIO. {io, ionis, f.) A section; an in- 
 cision. The different operations in which there 
 is a deep cut made into a cavity were formerly 
 termed sectio; as Sectio vesicalis, Sectio alta, 
 &c, for lithotomy. 
 
 Sectio Cesarea. The Caesarian opera- 
 tion. 
 
 SE'CUNDINES. The after-birth, and mem- 
 branes which are expanded from its edge, and 
 
 which form a complete envelope of the foetus 
 and its waters, go under the name of secun- 
 dines. 
 
 SECUNDUM ARTEM. According to art. 
 A term frequently used in prescriptions. 
 
 Secu'riform. Shaped like an ax. 
 
 SE'DATIVE. (Sedati'vus; from sedo, to 
 ease or assuage.) Applied adjecthely and sub- 
 stantively to medicines or other means which 
 diminish the animal energy, without destroying 
 life. 
 
 Sedative salt. Boracic acid. 
 
 Sedentaria ossa. The bones on which one 
 sits — the os coccygis and ischia. 
 
 Sedes. The anus ; the faeces 
 
 Sedge. Iris pseudacorus. 
 
 SE'DIMENT. The heavy parts in liquids 
 which fall to the bottom. 
 
 Sediment, lateritious. See Lateritious. 
 
 SE'DLITZ. Seidlitz. Seydschutz. A vil- 
 lage of Bohemia. Its water contains a large 
 quantity of sulphate of magnesia, sulphates of 
 soda and lime, carbonic acid, carbonates of 
 lime and magnesia. It is a simple saline. 
 
 Sedlitz powders. These consist of two dif- 
 ferent kinds of powders : one consists of a mix- 
 ture of tartrate of soda, 3ij., and bicarbonate of 
 soda, 3ij.; the other consists of tartaric acid, 
 grs. xxxv. For a dose, dissolve the former 
 powder in half a pint of water, and the latter 
 in a wine-glassfull ; then mix the solutions, and 
 drink while effervescing. It is a cooling ape- 
 rient. 
 
 SE'DUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Pentagynia. Crassulacece. — S. 
 acre. S. minus. This plant is, in its recent 
 state, extremely acrid ; hence, if taken in large 
 doses, it is both emetic and cathartic, and, if 
 applied to the skin, frequently produces vesica- 
 tions and erosions. It has been much recom- 
 meded in the form of decoction as an antiscor- 
 butic and in intermittents. It has also been 
 applied externally as a vesicant. — S. majus. 
 Sempervivum tectorum. — S. minus. Sedum 
 acre. — S. telephium. Telephium. It was for- 
 merly ranked as an antiphlogistic, but is now 
 forgotten. 
 
 Seed. See Semen. 
 
 Seed-bud. The germen. 
 
 Seed-lobe. The cotyledon. 
 
 Seed-vessel. The pericarp. 
 
 Seeds, cold. The seeds of cucumber, goui'd, 
 melon, and water-melon, were called the four 
 cold seeds; the seeds of endive, lettuce, pur- 
 slane, and succory, were called the four lesser 
 cold seeds, in the old pharmacy. 
 
 Seeds, hot. The old pharmaceutists called 
 the seeds of anise, caraway, cummin, and fen- 
 nel, the four greater hot seeds ; the seeds of bish- 
 op's weed, stone parsley, smallage, and wild 
 carrot, were called the four lesser hot seeds 
 
 Seeing. See Vision. 
 
 Sega'line. Ergotine. 
 
 Se'gment. Segmentum. Applied to the 
 parts of divided leaves. 
 
 Segmoid valves. The valves of the pulmo- 
 nary artery have been so called, from their re- 
 sembling segments of circles. 
 
 Segregata. Applied to the last order of the 
 class Syngenesia. See Syngenesia. 
 
 587 
 
SEM 
 
 SEM 
 
 Seignette's salt. The tartrate of potash 
 and soda. See Sodce potassio-tartras. 
 
 Seiriasis. The coup de soleil. 
 
 Sela'go. Lycopodium selago. 
 
 Selatus. Solat. Quicksilver. 
 
 Sele'nic acid. A volatile and crystallizable 
 acid, consisting of Se0 3 . 
 
 SELE'NIUM. {urn, ii, n.) An elementary 
 body resembling sulphur. Its equivalent is 
 39-6 ; symbol, Se. 
 
 Self-heal. Prunella vulgaris. 
 
 Seli'bra. Half a pound. 
 
 SELI'NE. (e, es, f. ; from atknvn, the moon ; 
 because it is opaque, and looks like a little 
 moon.) A disease of the nails, in which white 
 Bpots are occasionally seen in their substance. 
 
 Seh'num galbaniferum. A synonym of 
 Bubon galbanum. The Greek name of parsley. 
 
 SE'LLA TU'RCICA. (So called from its 
 supposed resemblance to a Turkish saddle.) 
 Ephippium. Sella equina. A cavity in the 
 sphenoid bone, containing the pituitary gland, 
 surrounded by the four clinoid processes. 
 
 SELTZER A place in Germany, about ten 
 miles from Frankfort on the Maine, where there 
 is a mineral water containing muriate of soda, 
 carbonates of magnesia, soda, and lime, and a 
 large quantity of free carbonic acid. It is ape- 
 rient, and slightly tonic. 
 
 Seltzer water, artificial. Take of hy- 
 drochloric acid, ftlxxxv. ; dissolve in water, Oj. ; 
 add of white marble, gr. iij. Stop the bottle. 
 Then add of carbonate of magnesia, gr. v., and 
 carbonate of soda, gr. xxxij. Stop until wanted. 
 
 Sembe'lla. Half a pound. 
 
 SEMECA'RPUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Trigynia. — S. anacar- 
 dium. The marking-nut-tree. The nut is used 
 to mark linen. 
 
 Semeio'logy. Semeiotics. 
 
 Semeio'sis. See Semeiotics. 
 
 SEMEIO'TIC. Semeioticus. Semeiosis. 
 Relating to the signs of disease. 
 
 SEMEIO'TICS. Semeiotice. (From cvfieiov, 
 a sign.) That part of medicine which consid- 
 ers the signs of disease. All the circumstances 
 of the patient's constitution and habits ; the 
 knowledge of what may have formerly taken 
 place and what now exists, form a part of se- 
 meiotics ; for, without such inquiry and con- 
 sideration, the judgment is not likely to be 
 correctly formed as to the probable tendency, 
 duration, or termination of a disease. It is di- 
 vided, therefore, into, 1. The diagnosis, or a 
 consideration of the signs or nature of the 
 symptoms of any disease, with a view of ascer- 
 taining what the disease is ; and which signs 
 are called diagnostic. 2. The prognosis, or 
 the judgment respecting the course, tendency, 
 and termination of a disease. 
 
 SE'MEN. (en, inis, n. ; from sero, to sow.) 
 1. A seed. 2. The seed or prolific liquor of 
 animals secreted in the testicles, and carried 
 through the epididymis and vas deferens into 
 the vesiculae seminales, to be emitted sub coitu 
 into the female vagina, and there to penetrate 
 and impregnate the ovule in the ovarium. 
 
 Semen consists of two parts, a milky fluid 
 derived from the prostate gland, and a thicker 
 mucilaginous portion secreted by the testes. 
 588 
 
 There is about six per cent, of solid matter in 
 it, consisting of fibrous particles, formerly call- 
 ed spermatozoa (see Spermatozoon) and semi- 
 nal granules. It exhales a peculiar odor, for- 
 merly called the aura seminis, and supposed to 
 be of great importance in producing concep- 
 tion ; has an alkaline reaction, and is denser than 
 water. The animal matter is said to be pecu- 
 liar, and is called spermatin by some authors. 
 
 It is a well-established fact that chastity is 
 peculiarly conducive to the development of the 
 body and mind, and that venereal excesses, or 
 masturbation, are followed by debility, tabes 
 dorsalis, and a state of languor and inanity 
 nearly allied to idiotcy. 
 
 Semen adjowaen. A seed imported from 
 the East, of a pleasant smell, a grateful, aro- 
 matic taste, somewhat like savory. It pos- 
 sesses exciting, stimulating, and carminative 
 virtues, and is given in the East in nervous 
 weakness, dyspepsia, flatulency, and heartburn. 
 It is the produce of the Ammi copticum. 
 
 Semen agave. An East Indian seed exhibit- 
 ed in atonic gout. 
 
 Semen contra. A strong aromatic bitter, 
 derived from the artemisia sieberi or artemisia 
 santonica. 
 
 Semen sanctum. Artemisia santonica. 
 
 Semen psyllii. The mucilaginous seeds of 
 the plantago psyllium and other species. 
 
 Semen veneris. Scales of brass. — Ruland. 
 
 SEMI-. (From semi*, half.) A common pre- 
 fix signifying half: it is often written ss. in pre- 
 scriptions. 
 
 Se'mi-amplexica'ul. A leaf, which half, or 
 in part only, embraces the stem. 
 
 SEMICIRCULAR CANALS. These canals 
 are three in number, and take their name from 
 their figure. They belong to the organ of hear- 
 ing, are situated in the petrous portion of the 
 temporal bone, and open into the vestibulum. 
 
 SEMICU'PIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A half-bath, 
 or such as receives only the hips or extremities. 
 
 Se'micyli'ndrica.l. That which is flat on 
 one side and round on the other. 
 
 Semi-interosseus indicis. The abductor 
 indicis manus. 
 
 Semi-interosseus pollicis. The opponens 
 pollicis. 
 
 S E M I L U'N A R. Semilunaris. Half-moon 
 shaped. The ganglia formed by the great sym- 
 pathetic nerve on its entrance into the abdo- 
 men, from which nerves are sent to all the 
 viscera. See Intercostal nerve. 
 
 Semilunar fibro-cartilages. Two falci- 
 form fibro-cartilages, situated around the head 
 of the tibia, and between it and the femur. 
 
 Semilunar valves. The three valves at the 
 beginning of the pulmonary arteiy and aorta are 
 so termed, from their half-moon shape. 
 
 SE'MI-MEMBRANO'SUS. A muscle of the 
 thigh. It arises from the outer surface of the 
 tuberosity of the ischium, runs at first under 
 the long head of the biceps, and afterward be- 
 tween that muscle and the semi-tendinosus. At 
 the lower part of the thigh it becomes narrow- 
 er again, and terminates in a short tendon, which 
 is inserted chiefly into the upper and back part 
 of the head of the tibia, but some of its fibres 
 
SEM 
 
 are spread over the posterior surface of the 
 capsular ligament of the knee. Between this 
 capsular ligament and the tendon of the muscle 
 we find a small bursa mucosa. The tendons 
 of this and the last-described muscle form the 
 inner hamstring. This muscle bends the leg, 
 and seems likewise to prevent the capsular liga- 
 ment from being pinched. 
 
 Se'minal. Pertaining to a seed or the semen. 
 
 Semini'ferous. Bearing seeds or semen. 
 
 Semi-nervosus. The semi-tendinosus. 
 
 Seminis ejaculator. The accelerator urinae. 
 
 Semiolo'gy. Semeiotics. 
 
 Se'mi-orbi'cular. Semi-orbicularis. Having 
 the shape of half a globe. 
 
 Semi-orbicularis oris . The orbicularis 
 oris. 
 
 SEMI-SPINALIS COLLI. Semi-spinalis sive 
 transverso-spinalis colli of Winslow. Spinalis 
 cervicis of Albinus. Spinalis colli of Douglas. 
 Transversalis colli of Cowper. A muscle -sit- 
 uated on the posterior part of the neck, which 
 turns the neck obliquely backward and a little 
 to one side. It arises from the transverse pro- 
 cesses of the uppermost six vertebrae of the 
 back by as many distinct tendons, ascending 
 obliquely under the complexus, and is inserted 
 into the spinous processes of all the vertebrae of 
 the neck except the first and last. 
 
 Semi-spinalis dorsi. Semi-spinalis externus 
 sen transverso-spinalis dorsi of Winslow. Semi- 
 spinals of Cowper. A muscle situated on 
 the back, which extends the spine obliquely 
 backward. It arises from the transverse pro- 
 cesses of the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth 
 vertebrae of the back, by as many distinct ten- 
 dons, which soon grow fleshy, and then become 
 tendinous again, and are inserted into the spi- 
 nous processes of all the vertebrae of the back 
 above the eighth, and into the lowermost of the 
 neck, by as many tendons. 
 
 Semi-spinalis externus. See Semi-spinalis 
 dorsi. 
 
 Semi-spinatus. See Semi-spinalis dorsi. 
 
 Semi-tendinosus. This muscle, which is the 
 semi-nervosus of Douglas and Winslow, is sit- 
 uated obliquely along the back part of the 
 thigh. It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the 
 inferior, posterior, and outer part of the tuber- 
 osity of the ischium, in common with the long 
 head of the biceps cruris, to the posterior edge 
 of which it continues to adhere, by a great 
 number of oblique fibres, for the space of two 
 or three inches. Toward, the lower part of the 
 os femoris- it terminates in a round tendon, 
 which passes behind the inner condyle of the 
 thigh bone, and, becoming fiat, is inserted into 
 the upper and inner part of the ridge of the 
 tibia, a little below its tuberosity. This ten- 
 don sends off an aponeurosis, which helps to 
 form the tendinous fascia that covers the mus- 
 cles of the leg. This muscle assists in bending 
 the leg, and, at the same time, draws it a little 
 inward. 
 
 Semoli'na. Fine flour rolled into little masses 
 
 by the assistance of water. 
 
 Sempe'rvirens. Evergreen. 
 
 SEMPERVTVUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 
 plants. Dodecandria. Polygynia. Crassu- 
 
 lacece. — S. acre. Sedum acre. — S. tectorum. 
 
 SEN 
 
 The house-leek or sengreen. The leaves of 
 this plant have a slight subacid austerity : they 
 are frequently applied by the vulgar to bruises 
 and old ulcers. 
 
 SENE'CIO. (o, onis, m.) A genus of plants. 
 enesia. Polygamiasuperflua. Composite. 
 — S. Jacobcea. St. James's wort. Ragwort. 
 The leaves have a roughish, bitter, subacrid 
 taste, extremely nauseous. The root is of an 
 astringent nature. A decoction of it was for- 
 merly deemed good for wounds and braises. — 
 S. madraspatanus. Senecio pseudo-china. — S. 
 pseudo-china. Bastard china. This plant grows 
 in Malabar. The root greatly resembles the 
 China root in appearance and qualities. — S. vul- 
 garis. Groundsel. Senecio. This plant is fre- 
 quently applied bruised to inflammations and 
 ulcers, as a refrigerant and antiscorbutic. 
 
 Senecionide^:. A subdivision of the family 
 Compositae, including the genera Anthemis, Se- 
 necio, Artemisia, &c. 
 
 Senectus. Old age. See Age. 
 
 Se'nega. Polygala senega. 
 
 Senega milkwort. Polygala senega. 
 
 Senegal gum. Acacia vera. 
 
 Se'negine. The polygalic acid. 
 
 Seneka. Polygala senega. 
 
 Seneka oil. Petroleum. 
 
 Sengreen. Sempervivum tectorum. 
 
 SE'NNA. {a, ce, f. ; from senna, an Arabic 
 word, signifying acute.) The senna of com- 
 merce is the produce of several plants of the 
 genus Cassia. The following sorts are known 
 in commerce: 
 
 1. Tinnevelly senna. The leaves of the Cassia 
 elongata, the finest senna of commerce. 2. 
 Acute-leaved senna. The leaves of the Cassia 
 acutifolia ; the principal part of the senna con- 
 sumed in Great Britain is produced by this 
 species ; it is, however, much adulterated. 3. 
 Mecca senna. The leaves of the Cassia lance- 
 olata, according to Forskhal. 4. Tripoli senna. 
 The leaves of the Cassia ceihiopica, of very uni- 
 form appearance. 5. Aleppo and Italian senna. 
 The leaves of the Cassia obovata, of inferior 
 quality: this species is probably identical with 
 the Cassia obtusa of Roxburgh. 6. Alexandria 
 senna. The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia, C. 
 obovata, and sometimes C. cethiopica, always 
 mixed with the leaves of Cynanchum argel, 
 and other plants. This is the kind mostly found 
 in the shops. 
 
 The odor of senna leaves is faint, rather dis- 
 agreeable, and sickly; the taste slightly bitter, 
 aromatic, sweetish, and nauseous. The active 
 pi-inciple of senna is Cathartine. It is uncrystal 
 lizable, of a reddish-yellow color, and has a bit- 
 ter, nauseous taste. It is soluble in alcohol and 
 in water, but insoluble in ether. 
 
 Senna is purgative, generally operating un- 
 der four hours after it is taken; and is well 
 adapted for all cases in which the bowels re- 
 quire to be certainly, yet moderately evacuated. 
 It should be combined with an aromatic, as it 
 frequently produces griping. The dose of the 
 leaves is from 3j. to 3J., given in infusion, &c. 
 
 Senna, American. The leaves of the Cassia 
 marilandica : they are very similar to senna, and 
 act in doses one third larger. 
 
 Senna pauperum. Senna, bladder. Colutes 
 589 
 
S EP 
 
 SEE 
 
 arborescens of Linnaeus, the leaves of which 
 purge and vomit. 
 
 Senna scorpium. Coronilla emerus. 
 _ SENSATION. Sensatio. When an impres- 
 sion made on the extremity of a nerve is com- 
 municated to the sensorium, so as to excite the 
 consciousness of the mind, it is called a sensation. 
 
 SENSES. The channels of communication 
 by which the mind derives the material of 
 thought from the external world, and the exer- 
 cise of which depends on the property of sen- 
 sibility modified by particular organs to especial 
 ends. Man is generally considered to be en- 
 dowed with five senses, namely, sight, hearing, 
 smell, taste, and touch. Besides these, we have 
 a very distinct consciousness of the action of our 
 own muscles, or a muscular sense, which was 
 first pointed out and ingeniously commented on 
 by Dr. Browne. The several powers of the 
 mind, as memory, imagination, judgment, the 
 passions, &c, have been called internal senses. 
 
 SENSIBILITY. Sensibilitas. That faculty 
 of living parts by which they are capable of re- 
 ceiving impressions, which increase, diminish, 
 alter, or suspend their actions. Sensibility is 
 usually divided into animal sensibility, which 
 gives rise to sensations, and organic sensibility, 
 which calls into action the organic contractility. 
 
 Sensorial. Appertaining to the sensorium. 
 
 SENSO'RIUM. {um, ii, n.) The common 
 centre at which all the impressions of sense are 
 received. This common centre is the brain. 
 
 Sensorium commune. The brain. 
 
 Sensory. Sentient; endowed with sensa- 
 tion. 
 
 Se'nsus. A sense. 
 
 Sentico'sus. Thorny; brier-like. 
 
 SE'NTIENT. Sentiens. This term is applied 
 to those parts which are more susceptible of feel- 
 ing than others, as the sentient extremities of 
 the nerves, &c. 
 
 Sentis. A thorn. 
 
 Sentis caninus. See Rosa canina. 
 
 S e'pal. The divisions of the calyx are called 
 sepals. 
 
 SEPARATO'RIUM. (From separo, to sepa- 
 rate.) 1. An instrument for separating the pe- 
 ricranium from the skull. 2. A chemical vessel 
 for separating essential parts of liquids. 
 
 Sepedonoge'nesis. Sepedo genesis. Aseptic 
 tendency, as in typhus and putrid diseases. 
 
 SE'PIA. (a, ce,i.) A genus of cephalopodous 
 mollusca. — S. officinalis. The cuttle fish. Sepi- 
 um. The bone, or, more properly, the internal 
 shell of this animal, consists of membranous lay- 
 ers hardened by carbonate of lime. It was 
 frrmerly used in medicine, but is now only em- 
 ployed as a dentifrice. The animal also fur- 
 nishes a brown pigment. 
 
 Sepi.e os. Sepia officinalis. 
 
 Sepium. Sepia officinalis. 
 
 Se'psis. Eyerie. Putrefaction. 
 
 Septfoil. Tormetilla erecta. 
 
 SE'PTIC. {Septicus; from anno, to putrefy.) 
 Relating to putrefaction. 
 
 Septici'dal. That form of dehiscence in 
 which the lateral junction of the carpels is torn 
 apart. 
 
 Septifra'gal. When the fissure is along the 
 dorsal suture of the carpels. 
 590 
 
 Septopy'ra. Typhus gravior. 
 
 SE'PTUM. (um, i, n. ; from septo, to separ 
 ate.) 1. A partition : applied to membranes, 
 bones, &c, which divide parts ; as Septum na- 
 rium, &c. 2. In Botany, the dissipement formed 
 by two cohering carpels. 
 
 Septum auricu'larum. The partition be- 
 tween the auricles of the heart. 
 
 Septum cerebelli. A process of the dura 
 mater, dividing the cerebellum perpendicularly 
 into two principal parts. 
 
 Septum cerebri. The falciform process of 
 the dura mater is sometimes so called. 
 
 Septum cordis. S. ventrictdorum. The par- 
 tition between the two ventricles of the heart. 
 
 Septum encephali. The tentorium. 
 
 Septum lucidum. S . pellucidum. S. medium 
 cerebri. The thin and tender portion of the 
 brain, dividing the lateral ventricles from each 
 other. 
 
 Septum narium. The partition between the 
 nostrils. 
 
 Septum pectiniforme. The imperfect pec- 
 tinated partition which runs along the middle 
 of the corpus cavernosum penis. 
 
 Septum pellucidum. The septum lucidum. 
 
 Septum scal.e. The lamina spiralis of the 
 internal ear. 
 
 Septum scroti. The division formed by the 
 dartos, whereby the scrotum is divided into two 
 unequal parts. 
 
 Septum thoracis. The mediastinum. 
 
 Septum transversum. The diaphragm. 
 
 SEQUE'LA. (a, ce, f. ; from sequor, to fol- 
 low.) In Medicine, any secondary affection 
 which follows upon a disease. Thus the sequelos. 
 of scarlet fever or measles are anasarca, the de- 
 velopment of phthisis, scrofula, &c. 
 
 SEQUE'STRUM. (um, i, n. ; from sequestro, 
 to detach.) The dead portion of bone cast off 
 by necrosis. 
 
 Sera'pias. The dried root of the Orchis 
 morio. 
 
 Serapinum. Sagapenum. 
 
 Serene drop. Amaurosis. 
 
 Seri'ceus. Silky. 
 
 SERFCUM. 1. Silk. When burned, it had a 
 place in the dispensatories under the name of 
 Sericum tostum. 2. A fine pubescence on plants. 
 
 Sericum anglicum. Court-plaster. 
 
 Se'ris. XepLc. Endive. 
 
 Sermountain. Laserpitium montanum. 
 
 SEROLIN. A peculiar fatty matter of the 
 blood, non-saponifiable, and but little soluble in 
 hot alcohol. It forms flocks of a fatty, nacreous 
 appearance, is perfectly neutral, melts at 97° F., 
 and may be partially distilled. 
 
 Serosity. Synonymous with serum. 
 
 SE'ROUS. (Serosus; from serum.) Relating 
 to serum. 
 
 Serous apoplexy. See Apoplexy. 
 
 Serous membranes. Delicate tissues of the 
 form of a closed sack, and secreting a thin hali- 
 tus, but not pouring out an excretion, except 
 when inflamed. The peritoneum, arachnoid, 
 pleura, &c, are of this kind. 
 
 Serous plethora. See Plethora. 
 
 Serpenta'ria. Aristolochia serpentaria. 
 
 Serpentaria braziliensis. See Cainca. 
 
 Serpentaria gallorum. Arum europeeum. 
 
SER 
 
 Serpentaria virginiana. Aristolochia ser- 
 pentaria. 
 
 Serpentum lignum. Ophioxylum. 
 
 Serpentum radix. Ophiorrhiza. 
 
 Serpi'ginous. Resembling serpigo ; any tet- 
 ter or ulceration that cicatrizes in one part as it 
 extends in another. 
 
 SERPLGO. (From serpo, to creep ; because 
 it creeps on the surface of the skin by degrees.) 
 A ringworm or tetter. Herpes exedens. 
 
 Serpt'llum. Thymus serpyllum. 
 
 Serpyllum vulgare. Thymus vulgaris. 
 
 Serra'ta. See Serratula. 
 
 Se'rrate. Sera'tus. Serrated. Having the 
 margin or edge divided into teeth like those of 
 a saw. 
 
 SERRA'TULA. (a,cs,l) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamic/, cequalis. Composites. 
 — S. amara. A species of saw-wort, which is 
 said to cure agues. — S. arvensis. The creeping 
 way-thistle. This plant was formerly used as 
 an application to resolve scirrhous tumors, and 
 is now considered useful against piles. 
 
 SERRA'TUS. (From serra, a saw.) Ser- 
 rated. 1. Applied to leaves when the teeth are 
 pointed, and resemble those of a saw. 2. In 
 Anatomy, applied to muscles and other parts, 
 from their serrated appearance. 
 
 Serratus anticus. See Pectoralis minor. 
 
 Serratus magnus. Serratus major anticus 
 of Douglas and Cowper. Serratus major of 
 Winslo w. It is a broad, fleshy muscle, of a very 
 irregular shape, and is in part covered by the 
 subscapularis, pectoralis, and latissimus dorsi. 
 It arises, by fleshy digitations, from the eight su- 
 perior ribs, and is inserted, fleshy, into the whole 
 basis of the scapula internally, between the in- 
 sertion of the rhomboides and the origin of the 
 subscapularis, being folded, as it were, about 
 the two angles of the scapula. This muscle 
 may easily be divided into two or even three 
 portions. The latter division has been adopted 
 by Winslow. The first of these portions is the 
 thick and short part of the muscle that arises 
 from the first and second ribs, and is inserted 
 into the upper angle of the scapula, its fibres 
 ascending obliquely backward. The second 
 portion arises from the second rib, behind the 
 origin of the first portion, and likewise froni the 
 third and fourth ribs: this portion is thin and 
 short, and its fibres ran nearly in a horizontal 
 direction, to be inserted into the basis of the 
 scapula. The third and most considerable por- 
 tion is that which arises from the fifth, sixth, 
 seventh, and eighth ribs, and is inserted into the 
 lower angle of the scapula. The serratus mag- 
 nus serves to move the scapula forward ; and it 
 is chiefly by the contraction of this muscle that 
 the shoulder is supported, when loaded with 
 any heavy weight. The ancients, and even 
 many of the moderns, particularly Douglas and 
 Cowper, supposed its chief use to be to dilate 
 the thorax, by elevating the ribs ; but it can 
 only do this when the scapula is forcibly raised. 
 
 Serratus major anticus. See Serratus 
 ma gnus. 
 
 Serratus minor anticus. See Pectoralis 
 minor. 
 
 Serratus posticus inferior. This is a thin 
 muscle, of considerable breadth, situated at the 
 
 SES 
 
 bottom of the back, under the middle part of 
 the latissimus dorsi. It arises by a broad, thin 
 tendon, in common with that of the last-men- 
 tioned muscle, from the spinous processes of 
 the two, and sometimes of the three inferior 
 dorsal vertebrae, and from three, and sometimes 
 four, of those of the lumbar vertebrae. It then 
 becomes fleshy, and, ascending a little oblique- 
 ly outward and forward, divides into three, and 
 sometimes four fleshy slips, which are inserted 
 into the lower edges of the three or four infe- 
 rior ribs, at a little distance from their cartilages. 
 Its use seems to be to pull the ribs downward 
 backward, and outward. 
 
 Serratus superior posticus. This is a 
 small, flat, and thin muscle, situated at the up 
 per part of the back, immediately under the 
 rhomboideus. It arises, by a broad, thin ten- 
 don, from the lower part of the ligamentum 
 colli, from the spinous process of the last ver- 
 tebrae of the neck, and the two or three upper- 
 most of the back, and is inserted into the sec- 
 ond, third, fourth, and sometimes fifth ribs, by 
 as many distinct slips. Its use is to expand 
 the thorax, by pulling the ribs upward and out- 
 ward. 
 
 Serre'-arte're. An instrument of Des- 
 champs for compressing an artery. 
 
 Serre'-no: ud. A French instalment, intend- 
 ed to assist in tying a knot on arteries. 
 
 Serrula'tus. Serrulate, or minutely serrate. 
 
 Sertula campana. Trifolium melilotus. 
 
 Sertu'lum. A simple umbel. 
 
 SE'RUM. {urn., i, n.) 1. The whey of 
 milk. 2. The yellowish fluid which separates 
 from the blood when cold and at rest. See 
 Blood. 
 
 Serum aluminosum. Alum whey. Made 
 by boiling 313. of alum in a pint of cow's milk, 
 and straining. This was formerly esteemed as 
 an astringent in the differeut profluvia. 
 
 Serum'catharticum. Purging whey. Take 
 of fresh damask rose buds, picked, an ounce ; 
 put them into two pounds of common whey 
 over night, and strain and drink it next morn- 
 ing. 
 
 Serum lactis. Whey. 
 
 Serum scorbuticum. Take of the leaves of 
 succory and sorrel, of each, twelve handfulls ; 
 fir tops, scurvy grass, and water-cresses, of each, 
 four ounces ; coriander seeds, one ounce. When 
 bruised, add to them of orange juice, four oun- 
 ces, and common whey, four pounds. Let them 
 stand for a little, then press out the liquor, 
 sweeten it with a little refined sugar, and clar- 
 ify for use. This used to be drunk as an anti- 
 scorbutic, in the quantity of two or three pints 
 a day. It will not keep, and therefore must 
 be made as it is wanted. 
 
 Serum sinapinum. Mustard whey. This is 
 made by boiling a pint of milk with half an 
 ounce of bruised mustard seed, and straining. 
 This is sometimes used as a diuretic in dropsy, 
 in the dose of a quarter of a pint three times a 
 day. 
 
 Service-tree. Sorbus aucupana. 
 
 SE'SAMOID. (Sesamoideus; from GVCfafirj, 
 a kind of grain, and etdoc, likeness.) Like the 
 sesamum seed. Applied, in Anatomy, to sev 
 eral parts, from their shape. 
 
 591 
 
SEV 
 
 SHO 
 
 Sesamoid bones. Ossa sesamoidea. The 
 little bones which are found at the articulations 
 of the great toes, and sometimes at the joints 
 of the thumbs ; now and then we meet with 
 them upon the condyles of the os femoris, at 
 the lower extremity of the fibula, under the os 
 cuboides of the tarsus, &c. 
 
 Sesamoidea corpora. See Corpora sesa- 
 moidea. 
 
 SE'SAMUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Angiospermia. Bignoniacetz. — 
 S. orientate. Sesamum. The seeds yield a 
 bland oil on expression. The seeds of the S. 
 indicum are very similar. 
 
 SE'SELI. (Gen. Seseleos; n. Zeceli.) A 
 genus of plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Um- 
 belliferce. — S. cre'ticum. The seeds are said to 
 be diuretic. — S. marsiliense. Seseli tortuosum. 
 ■ — S. tortuosum. The hartwort of Marseilles. 
 The seeds of this plant are directed for medici- 
 nal use, and have a warm, biting taste, and a 
 greater degree of pungency than those of the 
 Laser pitium. 
 
 SE'SQUI. This word, joined with any num- 
 ber, weight, measure, &c, signifies one and a 
 half; as Sesqui granum, a grain and a half. 
 
 SE'SSILE. (Sessilis, setting close.) A term 
 applied to any part of a plant that is not eleva- 
 ted on a kind of stalk: hence Flores sessiles, 
 Folia sessilia, &c. 
 
 SE'TA. (a, ce, f. ; from x aLra i a bristle.) A 
 bristle. 1. In Anatomy, a long, rigid hair, such 
 as is on the neck of swine. 2. A bristle, applied 
 in botanical language to a hollow, rigid., sharp- 
 pointed hair. 
 
 SETA EQUINA. The horse-hair worm. 
 Helminthus gordii. It very much resembles a 
 horse-hair ; is four to six inches long, and found 
 in marshy and putrid waters. It is remarkably 
 common in Lapland, and, being swallowed 
 with the water, is said to produce a distressing 
 colic, the Colica lapponica. 
 
 Seta'ceum. A seton. 
 
 Seta'ceous. Setaceus. Bristly. 
 
 Setifo'rm. Setiformis. Bristly. Applied 
 to parts of plants ; as the nectary of the Peri- 
 ploca grceca. 
 
 SE'TON. Setaceum. An artificial sinus 
 made under the skin by means of the seton- 
 needle, which carries with it a portion of thread 
 or silk, a part of which is drawn through daily, 
 and thus keeps up a constant irritation. Setons 
 were formerly much used to establish a perma- 
 nent derivative action in obstinate chronic in- 
 flammations and irritations, as in phthisis, oph- 
 thalmia, epilepsy, &c, but are not now much 
 used. 
 
 Setose. Seto'sus. Bristly. 
 
 Setterwort. Helleborus foetidus 
 
 SEVEN DAYS' DISEASE. An epileptic 
 affection of South America, said to seize upon 
 infants of seven days of age, and supposed to 
 be similar to the Trismus infantilis of the West 
 Indies. 
 
 SE'VUM. Suet. The fat of the omentum. 
 That of the sheep and ox is in common use for 
 various purposes. 
 
 Sevum ceti. Spermaceti. 
 
 Sevum ovile. S. ovillum. Mutton suet. 
 
 Sevum pr.se paratum. Mutton suet melted 
 592 
 
 over a slow fire, and strained through linen. 
 It is demulcent and emollient. 
 
 SEX. Sexus. The distinction between ani- 
 mals of the same species in their generative ap- 
 paratus. 
 
 Sexes of plants. The stamens and pistils: 
 the former are the male organs, the latter the 
 female. 
 
 Sextans. Sextant. 1. A sixth part of a 
 pound. 2. A sixth part of a circle. 
 
 Sextarius. A Roman measure equal to a 
 pint and a half. 
 
 SEXUAL. Sexualis. Appertaining to the 
 sexes. 
 
 Sexual actions. Sexual functions. Those 
 functions proper to each sex, by which the spe- 
 cies is propagated ; as the excretion of semen 
 in men; menstruation, conception, the evolu- 
 tion of the foetus, parturition, &c, in women. 
 
 Sexual organs. The organs of generation. 
 
 Sexual system of plants. The system in- 
 vented by Linnaeus, and founded on the parts 
 of fructification. 
 
 Shaddock. The fruit of the Citrus decuma- 
 na. 
 
 Shaft. Stylus. The style of the flower. 
 
 Shaggy. See Hirsute and Chorion. 
 
 Shaking palsy. Synclonus agitans. 
 
 Shallot. Allium ascalonicum. 
 
 SHAMPOO'ING. Massage. Kneading. A 
 process which consists of kneading or pressing 
 the muscles, and extending the joints, with fric- 
 tion. It is done after the bath by assistants, 
 and is a matter of luxury, as well as a thera- 
 peutic means, among Eastern nations. 
 
 Sheath. See Vagina and Spatha. 
 
 Sheathing. See Vaginans. 
 
 Shedding. See Caducus. 
 
 Shedding-teeth. See Teeth. 
 
 Sheep-laurel. Kalmia angustifolia. 
 
 SHELL. The hard covering or external 
 skeleton of testaceous and crustaceous animals, 
 and of insects. The shells of the testaceous 
 mollusca consist of carbonate of lime and animal 
 matter ; those of the Crustacea, of a mixture of 
 carbonate and phosphate of lime, with animal 
 matter. 
 
 Shell lac. A resinous body which exudes 
 from several East Indian trees, as the Croton 
 lacciferum, Ficus indica, &c. It is found wher- 
 ever the twigs are punctured by the Coccus 
 lacca. 
 
 SHERBE'T. (An Arabic word.) A cooling 
 summer drink, prepared with the juice of fruits 
 and water variously sweetened and flavored. 
 Sherbets are much used in the East. 
 
 Shield-laver. Ulva umbilicalis. 
 
 Shin. The anterior part of the tibia. 
 
 Shingles. Herpes zoster. 
 
 Shoot. Surculus. 
 
 Sho'rea camphorifera. A sy nonym of the 
 Dryobalanops aromatica. 
 
 Short-sightedness. Myopia. 
 
 Shoulder-blade. The scapula. 
 
 SHOW or SHOWS. Labor-show. The name 
 given by midwives to the mucous secretion 
 which precedes parturition. It commences 
 usually some two days before, and is attended 
 
 I with trifling pains. 
 Shower-bath. See Balneum. 
 
SIC 
 
 SIL 
 
 Shrimp. Cancer crangon. 
 
 SHRUB. 1. A low, bushy tree. 2. U li- 
 queur, consisting of acid fruits, sugar, and ,-ari- 
 ous substances to give flavor, digested in rum 
 or brandy. 
 
 Shrubby. Fruticose. 
 
 SHUDDERING. An involuntary and some- 
 what spasmodic movement, usually arising as a 
 precursor of shivering, but being also produced 
 by mental operations. See, also, Fremitus. 
 
 Si. Silicon. 
 
 Si'agox. Suryuv. The jaw. 
 
 Siago'nagra. The gout in the jaw. 
 
 SIA'LAGOGUE. (Sialago'gus; from ataXov, 
 saliva, and ayu, to expel.) Medicines are so 
 called which excite an uncommon flow of sali- 
 va : such are mercurial preparations, pyrethrum, 
 fee. 
 
 Siali'sma. Sialorrhcea. Salivation. 
 
 Sia'lon. 1ta2,ov. Saliva; spittle. 
 
 SI'BBENS. Sivvens. A disease which is 
 endemic in some of the western counties of 
 Scotland. It strikingly resembles the yaws in 
 many respects, but entirely differs in others. 
 It is propagated, like syphilis, by the direct ap- 
 plication of contagious matter. This disease 
 has not yet been thoroughly investigated. 
 
 Si'c cation. Siccatio. Drying. 
 
 SI'CCATIVE. Si'ccans. (From sicco, to 
 dry.) Having a drying property: applied to 
 desiccative medicines. 
 
 Siccha'sia. 24/c^affia. The lassitude, de- 
 bility, and anorexia peculiar to women with 
 child. 
 
 SICKNESS. 1. A disease of any kind. 2. 
 A particular state of the stomach, which occurs 
 under three forms, nausea, retching, and vom- 
 iting. 
 
 Nausea is a tendency to vomit, but there is 
 no rejection. It depends on a disposition in the 
 peristaltic motion of the stomach and bowels 
 to become inverted: if the inversion take place, 
 retching and vomiting result ; but if it do not, 
 the effect is merely a nausea. Nausea lowers 
 the pulse, contracts the small vessels, occasions 
 cold perspiration, severe rigors, and trembling, 
 and diminishes, as long as it lasts, the actions, 
 and even the general powers of life. The act 
 of retching, and vomiting more especially, on 
 the contrary, rouses rather than depresses, puts 
 to flight all the preceding symptoms, and often 
 restores the system to itself. 
 
 Nausea and vomiting are sometimes idio- 
 pathic affections, but more frequently sympto- 
 matic and sympathetic: hence they occur in 
 colic, cholera, in the accession of fevers, repell- 
 ed gout, and many affections of the head. 
 
 From such a variety of causes, it is but nat- 
 ural tc conclude the remedies must be very 
 various. The sympathetic and symptomatic 
 affections require the removal of the primary 
 disease. The best palliatives against all nausea 
 and vomiting are carbonic acid gas, in the form 
 of an effervescing saline draught ; and small do- 
 ses of opium. Lemon ice, or very cold lemon- 
 ade, is often serviceable, and more especially 
 if made with a strong infusion of mint. 
 
 Sickness, country. S.,kome. See Nostalgia. 
 
 Si'cula. The beet. 
 
 Sicyo'ne. A cucurbit. 
 Pp 
 
 Sida abu'tilon. This malvaceous plant is 
 mentioned by Avicenna. It is mucilaginous. 
 
 SIDERA'TIO. (o, onis, f. ; from sidus, a 
 planet ; because it was thought to be produced 
 by the influence of the planet3.) 1. An apo- 
 plexy. 2. A palsy. 3. A slight erysipelas. 
 
 Siderum. Phosphuret of iron. 
 
 Sidhee. Sidje. Gunjah. 
 
 SIFFLE'MENT. ( French. ) Whistling 
 An auscultatory sound; the sijjlement module 
 See Auscultation of the heart. 
 
 SIGAU'LTIAN OPERATION. The pro- 
 posed operation of Sigault to divide the sym- 
 physis pubis in those cases where the pelvic 
 diameters were deficient. It should never be 
 done. 
 
 SIGESBE'CKIA. (a, m\ f.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia superjlua. 
 Compositor. — £?. orientalis. A plant which is said 
 to be useful in removing strangury, and in cal- 
 culous diseases, gout, and fluor albus. 
 
 Sight. See Vision. 
 
 Sight by day. See Hemeralopia. 
 
 Sight by night. See Nyctalopia. 
 
 Sight, dimness of. See Caligo. 
 
 Sight, lateral. See Dysopia. 
 
 SIGILLA'TUS. Sealed: applied formerly 
 to several earths, which were formed into little 
 cakes, and stamped or sealed, and were called 
 Terra sigillata. 
 
 SIGFLLUM. (um, i, n. ; diminutive of sig~ 
 mim, a sign.) A seal or image. 
 
 Sigillum beat^e mari.e. Tainus commu- 
 nis. 
 
 Sigillum hermeticum. The hermetic seal. 
 
 Sigillum Solomonis. Convallaria polygona- 
 tum. 
 
 Sigillum virginitatis. The hymen. 
 
 SPGMOID. (Sigmoides; from the Greek 
 letter c, sigma, and eidoc, a likeness.) Resem- 
 bling the Greek letter sigma. Applied to sev- 
 eral parts ; as the valves of the heart, the car- 
 tilages of the trachea, the semilunar cavities of 
 the bones, and the flexure of the colon. 
 
 Sigmoid flexure. A fold of the colon, where 
 the rectum commences. See Intestine. 
 
 Sigmoid valves. The semilunar valves of 
 the aorta and pulmonary artery. 
 
 Signa critica. See Crisis. 
 
 Signa diagnostica. See Diagnosis 
 
 SIGNATURES, DOCTRINE OF. A hy 
 pothesis which prevailed in medicine until the 
 last century, that the medical virtues of plants 
 were indicated by marks on the root, stem, 
 leaves, &c, and that they were proper reme 
 dies for diseases similarly distinguished. 
 
 Si'gnum. A sign. See Semeiotics. 
 
 SILENE VIRGINICA. The Catchfly, an 
 indigenous caryophyllaceous plant, the roots of 
 which are said to be anthelmintic. 
 
 Siler. Laserpitium siler. 
 
 Silex. Flint. See Silica. 
 
 SFLICA. Flint. Silicic acid. A compound 
 of silicon with three atoms of oxygen. It is one 
 of the most common bodies in nature in the 
 free state, and combined in the silicates. Its 
 combining number is 47-21 ; equivalent, SiOs- 
 
 Si'licate. A compound of the silicic acid 
 with a base. See Silica. 
 
 Sili'cium. Silicon. 
 
 593 
 
SIN 
 
 SIN 
 
 SILICON. The basis of silicic acid ; abrown 
 powder, spontaneously inflammable. Equiva- 
 lent, 22-18; symbol, Si. 
 
 SILFCULA. (a, ce, f.) A pouch or pod, 
 that is scarcely longer than broad. 
 
 SILICULO'SA. The name of the first order 
 of the class Tetradynamia of the Linnaean sys- 
 tem of plants, containing such as have a broad, 
 short pod. 
 
 SFLIQUA. (a, ce, f.) A long, dry, mem- 
 branaceous pericarpium, pod, or seed-vessel, of 
 two valves, separated by a linear receptacle, 
 along the edges of each of which the seeds are 
 arranged alternately. 
 
 Siliqua'strum. The capsicum. 
 
 SILIQUO'SA. The name of the second or- 
 der of the class Tetradynamia of the Linnaean 
 system of plants, containing such as have long 
 pods. 
 
 Siliquo'sjE. Cruciferae. 
 
 Siliquosa indica. Its juice is said to be 
 alexipharmic. 
 
 Siliquo'sus. Siliquose. Having pods. 
 
 Silk-weed. Asclepias syriaca. 
 
 Si'lphium. (Zalaph, Arabian.) Assafcetida, 
 or the plant which affords it. 
 
 Silver. See Argentum. 
 
 Silver, nitrate of. Argenti nitras. 
 
 Silver-weed. Potentilla anserina. 
 
 Silvic acid. One of the acids present in 
 rosin. 
 
 SIMAROU'BA. (a,(E,L) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. Simaroubacece. — S. 
 officinalis. Quassia simarouba. Mountain dam- 
 son. The tree which yields the simarouba 
 bark. It is a native of Carolina, the West In- 
 dies, and South America. The medicinal part 
 is the bark of the root ; the wood, though enu- 
 merated in the Materia Medica of the Dublin 
 College, is entirely inert. It is tonic, and con- 
 tains a peculiar bitter principle named Quassine. 
 The dose of the powder is from 9j. to 3ss. ; that 
 of the infusion, one to two ounces See Infu- 
 sum simarouba. 
 
 SIMARUBA'CE^. The quassia tribe of di- 
 cotyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs with 
 leaves alternate ; flowers, polypetalous ; stamens, 
 twice as many as the petals, hypogynous ; ova- 
 rium, four or five celled ; fruit, indehiscent 
 drupes. 
 
 Simple bitters. Those bitters, as calumba, 
 quassia, &c, which are destitute of astringency. 
 
 Simple substance. See Element. 
 
 Simples. Medical herbs. 
 
 Sinamine. See Thiosinnamine. 
 
 Sinape'. Sinapis nigra. 
 
 Sinapel^'um. Oil of mustard. 
 
 Sinapi. Sinapis nigra. 
 
 SINA'PIS. {is, is, f., and e, is, n., and i, n., 
 indeclinable.) 1. Sinapis nigra. 2. A genus 
 of plants. Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Cru- 
 ciferae. — S. alba. The white mustard plant. 
 It is somewhat less pungent than the black 
 species. — S. nigra. Common black mustard. 
 Sinape and Sinapi. The seeds have an acrid, 
 pungent taste, and, when bruised, this pungency 
 shows its volatility by powerfully affecting the 
 organs of smell. The active principle of black 
 mustard is due to a volatile oil, which does not 
 pre-exist in the seed, but is developed in the 
 594 
 
 same way as hydrocyanic acid from bitter al- 
 moi ds by the action of water. It is the pro- 
 duc of the action of myrosyne on myronic acid, 
 and is a powerfully acrid, vesicating, and vola- 
 tile body; sp. gr., 1-01; boiling at 298 F. ; 
 formula, C 8 H 5 NS 2 ( Gregory). This is not to be 
 confounded with the expressed oil, which is 
 bland. Mustard is considered as capable of pro- 
 moting the appetite, assisting digestion; and by 
 stimulating the fibres, it proves a general rem- 
 edy in paralytic affections. Joined to its stim- 
 ulant qualities, it frequently, if taken in consid- 
 erable quantity, opens the body, and increases 
 the urinary discharge ; and hence it has been 
 found useful in dropsical complaints. In the 
 dose of a table-spoonfull, the powder acts as a 
 stimulating emetic, and is employed for this pur- 
 pose in cases of poisoning by opium. Exter- 
 nally, flour of mustard, made into poultice, is 
 frequently used as a stimulant or sinapism. 
 
 Sinapi'sine. A crystalline, fatty body of 
 black mustard, not to be confounded with the 
 essential oil of mustard. 
 
 SINAPFSM. Sinapismus. (From sinapis, 
 of which it is made.) Cataplasma sinapi. A 
 mustard poultice. A name given to a mixture 
 of mustard and warm water, or vinegar, in the 
 form of poultice, generally applied to the calves 
 of the legs or soles of the feet, as a stimulant, 
 and employed in low states of fevers and other 
 diseases, and intended to supersede the use of a 
 blister. See Cataplasma sinapis. 
 
 Sina'pium. An infusion or decoction of mus- 
 tard seed. 
 
 Sinapo'line. An artificial base formed by 
 the action of moist hydrated oxide of lead on 
 essential oil of mustard. It is soluble in hot 
 water, alcohol, and ether, and consists of 
 C 14 H 12 N 2 2 . 
 
 SFNCIPUT. (ut, itis, n.) The fore part of 
 the head. See Caput. 
 
 Si'ne pa'ri. Azygos. 
 
 Sinew. A tendon. 
 
 SINGU'LTUS. (us, us, m.) The hiccough. 
 A convulsive motion of the diaphragm and parts 
 adjacent. The most common cause is some ac- 
 cidental irritation of the stomach from food or 
 wind, and hence it is so common among chil- 
 dren. It is also produced by the irritation of 
 worms, acidity, and a bilious condition of the 
 stomach. It is usually removed in children by 
 warm carminatives, and in youth and adults 
 by a little cold water, camphor julep, volatile 
 alkali, or a sudden fright. 
 
 It is sometimes, however, veiy troublesome, 
 and is then mostly a symptomatic or sympa- 
 thetic affection. In the latter state, it results 
 from gall-stones, hepatic diseases, ulcers of the 
 stomach, and many diseases of the abdominal 
 viscera. Hiccough is one of the nervous symp- 
 toms which sometimes becomes habitual, and 
 will not yield to remedies. 
 
 Sintoe bark. The bark of the Cinnamomum 
 sintoe, very similar in properties with the Culil- 
 awan bark. See Cinnamomum. 
 
 Sinua'te. Sinuatus. Indented. Having a 
 waved and in-egular outline. 
 
 Si'nuous. Sinuosus. Having an irregular, 
 winding course ; tortuous. Applied to some 
 fistulous wounds or ulcers. 
 
S IR 
 
 S L E 
 
 SI'NUS. (us, us, m.) 1. A cavfty or de- 
 pression. 2. In Surgery, a long, narrow, hol- 
 low track, leading from some abscess, diseased 
 bone, &c. 3. The veins of the dura mater are 
 termed sinuses. They are several in number, 
 the principal of which are, 1. The longitudinal 
 sinus, which rises anteriorly from the crista 
 galli, ascends and passes between the two lam- 
 inae of the falciform process to where this pro- 
 cess ends. It then opens into, 2. Two lateral 
 sinuses, distinguished into right and left, which 
 lie in the crucial spine of the os occipitis. 3. 
 The inferior longitudinal, which is a small sinus 
 situated at the acute inferior margin of the falx. 
 4. The torcular Herophili, or fourth sinus. 5. 
 The cavernous sinuses. 
 
 Sinus aortici. The depressions situated be- 
 tween the semilunar valves and the trunk of 
 the aorta. 
 
 Sinus arteriosus. The left auricle of the 
 heart. 
 
 Sinus coronarius. S. circularis. A small 
 sinus nearly surrounding the pituitary fossa. 
 
 Sinus cox^. The acetabulum. 
 
 Sinus falciformis. The longitudinal sinus. 
 
 Sinus gen.e pituitarius. See Antrum High- 
 morianum. 
 
 Sinus, lateral. See Lateral sinuses. 
 
 Sinus, longitudinal. See Langitudinal 
 sinus. 
 
 Sinus maxillary. See Antrum. 
 
 Sinus muliebris. The vagina. 
 
 Sinus pocularis. A little depression at the 
 commencement of the caput gallinaginis. 
 
 Sinus renum. The pelvis of the kidney. 
 
 Sinus terminalis. A circular venous canal, 
 which surrounds the area vasculosa of the in- 
 cubated egg. 
 
 Sinus urogenitals. A duct running into 
 the urachus in the foetus, and receiving the ex- 
 cretory ducts of the Wolffian bodies, ureters, 
 and generative apparatus. 
 
 Sinus uteri. Sinuses of the uterus. The 
 large veins contained within the walls of the 
 uterus. During gestation they become im- 
 mensely enlarged. 
 
 Sinus vexm portarum. Sinus of the venae 
 porta. The entrance into the liver. 
 
 Sinus venarum cavarum. Sinus of the vena 
 cava. The right auricle of the heart. 
 
 Sinus venarum pulmonalium. The left au- 
 ricle of the heart. 
 
 Sinus venosus. The right auricle. 
 
 Sinuses, frontal. See Frontis os. 
 
 Sinuses of the dura mater. See Sinus. 
 
 Sinuses of the larynx. The ventricles of 
 the larynx. 
 
 Sinuses of Morgagni. Minute openings on 
 the mucous membrane of the urethra. 
 
 Sinuses of Valsava. Depressions behind 
 the semilunar valves of the aorta and pulmonary 
 artery. 
 
 Sinuses, pulmonary. The depression be- 
 hind the semilunar valves of the pulmonary 
 artery. 
 
 Sinuses, vertebral. The two large veins 
 which run the whole length of the spinal canal. 
 See Spinal cord. 
 
 Siphita parya. Chorea. — Paracelsus. 
 
 SIRFASIS. (is, is, f. ; from oipoc, the cavity 
 
 of the fontanella.) An inflammation of the 
 brain, said to be peculiar to children, and at 
 tended with a hollowness of the eyes and de- 
 pression of the fontanella: it is described by 
 Paulus. 
 
 Si's arum. Si'ser. Sium sisarum. 
 
 SFSON. (on, i, n. Y,iouv.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Umbelliferce. 
 — S. ammi. The plant which affords the Am mi 
 verum. The seeds have a grateful smell, some- 
 what like that of origanum, and were formerly 
 administered as a carminative. 
 
 SISY'MBRIUM. (um, it, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Tetradynamia. Siliquosa. Cmciferce. 
 — S. nasturtium. The water-cress. This plant 
 grows plentifully in brooks and stagnant waters. 
 The leaves have a moderately pungent taste, like 
 that of mustard seed, but much weaker. They 
 are considered highly antiscorbutic. — S. sophia. 
 The herb sophia. Sophia chirurgorum. It was 
 formerly given internally in hysterical affections 
 and uterine hemorrhages, and the seeds are 
 said to be efficacious in destroying intestinal 
 worms. 
 
 Sitio'logy. Sitiologia. Synonymous with 
 Dietetics. 
 
 Sition. 'Litlov. Aliment; food. 
 
 Sitis. (is, is, f.) See Thirst. 
 
 SFUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of plants. Pen- 
 tandria. Digynia. UmbellifercB. — S. aromati- 
 cum. The amomum is sometimes so called. — 
 S. ninsi. The root is called Radix ninsi, Ki?izin, 
 and Nindsin. It possesses similar, though weak 
 er properties than ginseng. — S. Jiodiflorum. 
 The creeping water-parsnip. This plant is 
 thought to be antiscorbutic. — S. sisarum. The 
 siser or skirret. The root of this plant is edi 
 ble, but now out of use. 
 
 SIZE. 1. In the Arts, an impure hydrated 
 gelatine. 2. In Medicine, this word is often 
 used to designate the buffy coat of the blood. 
 
 Skate. Raia batis. 
 
 SKELETON, Sceletos. When the bones of 
 the body are dried and preserved in their natu- 
 ral situation, and deprived of the flesh, the as- 
 semblage is called a skeleton; and the assem- 
 blage of all the bones of the animal, when hung 
 in their respective situations by means of wire, 
 is denominated an artificial skeleton, in oppo- 
 sition to a natural one, when the bones are re- 
 tained in their proper places by means of their 
 natural ligaments. See Os. 
 
 Skin. See Cutis. 
 
 Skin, scarf. The epidermis. 
 
 SKIN-BOUND DISEASE. A disease of in- 
 fancy, attended w^ith a hard, tightly stretched, 
 cold, and swollen skin : it originates in chronic 
 inflammation of the subcutaneous cellular tissue. 
 
 Skink. See Scincus. 
 
 Skirret. Sium sisarum. 
 
 Skull. Cranium. 
 
 Skull-cap. The genus Scutellaria. 
 
 Skunk cabbage. Dracontium fcetidum. 
 
 Slavering. Driveling. 
 
 SLEEP. Somnus. That state of the body 
 in which the exercise of the external senses is 
 suspended according to a natural law, and in- 
 dependently of any diseased state. The end 
 and design of sleep is both to renew the vital 
 energy which has been exhausted through the 
 
 595 
 
SMI 
 
 SOD 
 
 day, and to assist nutrition. In sleep the cere- 
 bral hemispheres and ganglia of special sense 
 are inactive, but the medulla oblongata, spinal 
 cord, and ganglia of the great sympathetic ex- 
 hibit considerable activity, although not so 
 much as durhig the day. 
 
 Sleep-walking. Somnambulism. 
 
 Sleeplesness. Agrypnia. 
 
 SLING. A bandage suspended around the 
 neck for the purpose of sustaining the forearm. 
 
 Sloe. Prunus sylvestris. 
 
 SLOUGH. A portion of mortified substance 
 adhering to an ulcer or gangrenous sore : it is 
 in a moist state, and not dried, as in the case of 
 an eschar. 
 
 Smallage. Apium graveolens. 
 
 Small-pox. Variola. 
 
 Smalt. A blue pigment derived from cobalt. 
 
 Smara'gdine. Of an emerald color. 
 
 Sme'ctica. Detergents. 
 
 Sme'gma. IfiTjyfia. Soap. 
 
 Smegma preputii. The sebaceous matter 
 secreted by the prepuce and glans. 
 
 SMELL. Olf actus. There escapes from 
 almost every body in nature certain particles 
 of an extreme tenuity, which are earned by the 
 air often to a great distance. These particles 
 constitute odors. The sense of smell is destined 
 to perceive and appreciate them. 
 
 The olfactory apparatus may be represented 
 as a sort of sieve, placed in the passage of the 
 air, and intended to stop and examine every 
 foreign body that may be mixed with the air, 
 particularly the odors. This apparatus is com- 
 posed of the pituitary membrane which covers 
 the nasal cavities, of the membrane which cov- 
 ers the sinuses, and of the olfactory nerve. 
 
 The pituitary membrane covers the whole 
 extent of the nostrils, and is continued beyond 
 their edges, so that the air can not traverse the 
 nostrils but in a long, narrow direction. Its sur- 
 face presents an infinity of small projections, 
 which have been considered by some as nerv- 
 ous papilla, by others as mucous follicles, but 
 which, according to all appearance, are vascu- 
 lar. Over every part of this tissue the olfactory 
 nerve is distributed, to take cognizance of odors, 
 and convey their effects to the brain. 
 
 Smellome's eye salve. This consists of 
 half a drachm of verdigris, finely powdered, 
 and rubbed with oil, and then mixed with an 
 ounce of yellow basilicon. 
 
 Smelt. Salmo eperlanus. 
 
 SMILA'CEiE. A family of endogenous 
 climbing shrubs, of which the genus Smilax is 
 the type. 
 
 Smi'lacine. A non-azotized, crystalline 
 principle detected in the root of Sarsaparilla. 
 Formula, C15H13O5. 
 
 Smilasperic acid. An acid obtained from 
 the hemidesmus indicus. 
 
 SMI'LAX. {ax, acis, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Dicecia. Octandria. Smilacea. — S. china. 
 The systematic name of the China root tree. 
 China. Smilax aspera chinensis. China root. 
 It was formerly in esteem in the cure of the 
 venereal disease, and cutaneous disorders. — S. 
 Chinese. Smilax china. — S. sarsaparilla. One 
 of the plants formerly supposed to yield sarsa- 
 parilla. See Sarsaparilla. 
 596 
 
 Snakewood. 
 Snap-dragon. 
 Sneezewort. 
 SNEEZING. 
 
 Smi'le^ 2fiiX7j. A curved bistoury, sharp on 
 both edges. 
 
 Smy'rna. 2fxvpva. Myrrh. 
 
 Smyrnion hortense. Imperatoria ostru- 
 thium. 
 
 SMY'ENIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Digynia. Urnbellifera. 
 — S. olusa'trum. Alexanders. This plant was 
 formerly cultivated in gardens for culinary use, 
 but is now superseded by celery. The seeds 
 are bitter and aromatic, and the roots are more 
 powerfully bitter. — S. rotundifolium. The 
 blanched leaves of this species are said to be 
 more agreeable than those of the olusatrum. 
 
 Sn. Tin. 
 
 Snail. See Helix. 
 
 Snail-seeded glass wort. Salsola kali. 
 
 Snake, rattle. Crotalus horridus. 
 
 Snake-killing birthwort. Aristolochia an- 
 guicida. 
 
 Snakeroot. Aristolochia serpentaria and 
 poly gal a senega. 
 
 Snakeroot, black. Actaea racemosa. 
 
 Snakeroot, button. Eryngium aquaticum. 
 
 Snakeroot, Canada. Asarum canadense. 
 
 Snakeweed. Polygonum bistorta. 
 Colubrinum lignum. 
 Antirrhinum majus. 
 Achillea ptarmica. 
 Sternutatio. A convulsive ac- 
 tion of the muscles of the chest, arising com- 
 monly from irritation of the nostrils. It very 
 seldom requires medical assistance. It some 
 times, however, is otherwise ; and cases are 
 recorded in foreign, and particularly German 
 works, of its having been sometimes both per- 
 manent and violent, sometimes periodical and 
 fatal. These severe cases are usually produced 
 by sympathy with some remote part, as the 
 lungs and stomach. 
 
 Snipe. Scolopax gallinago. 
 
 Snoring. Stertor. 
 
 Snuff, cephalic Pulvis asari compositus. 
 
 Snuffles, morbid. Coryza maligna. 
 
 Soap. Sapo. 
 
 Soap-berry. Soapwort. Saponaria offici- 
 nalis. 
 
 Sob. A spasmodic inspiration and expiration. 
 
 SOCIA PAROTIDIS. A lobe of the parot- 
 id gland, sometimes separated from the princi- 
 pal mass of the gland. 
 
 SO'DA. {a, <e, f. ; an Arabic word.) The 
 name now universally given to the mineral al- 
 kali, or natron. Soda is the protoxide of so- 
 dium, a white, caustic powder scarcely known, 
 the caustic soda of chemists being the hydrate 
 of soda. Its formula is NO; equivalent, 40-32, 
 
 Soda, in the form of an impure carbonate, is 
 procured in a limited quantity by the incinera- 
 tion of seaweeds {Kelp) and sea-shore plants 
 {Barilla) ; but the principal supply is from the 
 sulphate of soda, obtained by decomposing sea 
 salt. It is a powerful base, and isomorphous 
 with potash. 
 
 Soda, acetate of. See Sodcc acetas. 
 
 Soda, borate of. See Sodcs biboras. 
 
 Soda boracicata. See Sodce biboras. 
 
 Soda, carbonate of. See Soda carbonas. 
 
 Soda caustica. The hydrated protoxide of 
 soda. 
 
SOD 
 
 SOD 
 
 Soda his panic a. See Soda impura. 
 
 Soda his panic a purificata. See Sodce car- 
 bonas. 
 
 Soda, hydrate of. Soda caustica. Hy- 
 drated protoxide of soda. It is prepared from 
 the carbonate by caustic lime, in the same way 
 as potassa. It is a white, deliquescent, highly 
 caustic body, very similar to potassa. Its formula 
 isNaO-f-HO; equivalent, 40-32. 
 
 Soda, hyperoxymuriate of. See Sodas, Mo- 
 ras. 
 
 Soda impura. Impure soda. Soda. Barilla. 
 The produce of the incineration of sea-shore 
 plants. It is used in soap-making and for coarse 
 purposes, and consists chiefly of carbonate of 
 soda. The soda ash of the present day is, how- 
 ever, very superior to the old soda impura, being 
 a fair carbonate of soda. 
 
 Soda, impure. See Soda impura. 
 
 Soda muriata. See Sodce murias. 
 
 Soda, muriate of. See Sodce. murias. 
 
 Soda muriatica. See Sodce murias. 
 
 Soda, nitrate of. This salt, also caUed cubic 
 or Peruvian nitre, is found abundantly in Peru. 
 It crystallizes in rhombohedrons, and is deli- 
 quescent ; in other respects it has precisely the 
 same qualities as nitrate of potash. 
 
 Soda, phosphate of. See Sodce phosphas. 
 
 Soda phosphorata. See Sodce phosphas. 
 
 Soda powders. These are sold as an ex- 
 temporaneous substitute for soda water. They 
 are put up in blue and white papers, the former 
 containing half a drachm of carbonate of soda, 
 and the latter twenty-five grains of tartaric 
 acid. They form a refreshing saline draught. 
 
 Soda, protoxide of. See Soda. 
 
 Soda, Spanish. See Soda impura. 
 
 Soda, subcarbonate of. See Sodce carbonas. 
 
 Soda, subcarbonate of, dried. See Sodce 
 carbonas exsiccata. 
 
 Soda, sulphate of. See Sodce sulphas. 
 
 Soda tartarizata. See Sodce potassio-tar- 
 tras. 
 
 Soda, tartarized. See Sodce potassio-tar- 
 tras. 
 
 Soda, tartrate of. See Sodce potassio-tar- 
 tras. 
 
 Soda water. This refreshing drink is formed 
 by dissolving carbonate of soda in water, and 
 supersaturating it with carbonic acid, under 
 pressure. It affords a salutary stimulus to the 
 stomach, and is useful in cases of debility of that 
 organ, accompanied with acidity. That com- 
 monly sold for soda water is, however, little 
 more than water saturated with carbonic acid, 
 or a solution of carbonate of soda, into which air 
 is condensed. 
 
 Sod^e acetas. Acetate of soda. Asaltformed 
 of a combination of acetic acid with the soda. 
 Its virtues are similar to those of the acetate of 
 potash. 
 
 Sode biboras. Sodceboras. Bib orate of soda. 
 Borate of soda. Borax. 
 
 Borax is found native in the East, and like- 
 wise in South America, and purified in the la- 
 boratories. 
 
 Purified borax, or biborate of soda, is white, 
 transparent, in the form of six-sided prisms, ter- 
 minating in three-sided or six-sided pyramids. 
 Its taste is styptic. When exposed to heat it 
 
 swells up, boils, loses its water of crystalliza- 
 tion, and becomes converted into a porous, 
 white opaque mass, commonly called calcined 
 borax. It requires about eighteen times its 
 weight of water to dissolve it at the tempera- 
 ture of 60° F. ; but water at the boiling heat 
 dissolves three times this quantity. 
 
 The biborate of soda is rarely used internally 
 in modern practice. It is supposed by some 
 to be, in doses of half a drachm or two scruples, 
 diuretic and emmenagogue. Its solution is in 
 common use as a cooling gargle, in cases of 
 aphtha?. It may be used in the proportion of 
 3J. to 5ij. to a pint of water. The officinal honey 
 of borax is used in the same cases. See Mel 
 boracis. 
 
 Sovje bicarbonas. The bicarbonate of soda 
 may be formed by passing a stream of carbonic 
 acid gas through a strong solution of the car- 
 bonate of soda. In its medicinal qualities it 
 agrees with the carbonate. 
 
 Sod^e boras. See Sodce biboras. 
 
 Sodm carbonas. Carbonate of soda. This 
 salt is in common use as an antacid in the dose 
 of from grs. x. to 3SS. ; combined with the resin- 
 ous purgatives, it renders their action milder. 
 
 SoDiE carbonas exsiccata. Take of car- 
 bonate of soda, a pound ; expose it to a proper 
 degree of heat in a vessel until it is dry ; then 
 heat it to redness ; and, lastly, rub it to powder. 
 By the above process the carbonate of soda is 
 deprived of its water of crystallization, and, con- 
 sequently, of its disposition to effloresce. Hence 
 it can be given in pill, which the hydrated car- 
 bonate can not. 
 
 Sodm chloras. The chlorate of soda; a 
 salt formed in the same way, and having simi- 
 lar properties with the chlorate of potash. It 
 is seldom used medicinally. 
 
 Sode chlorinate liquor. See Liquor so- 
 dce chlorinatce (U. S.). 
 
 Sode hydriodas. See Sodii iodidum. 
 
 Sode hypochloris. Hypochlorite of soda, 
 the basis of the disinfecting liquid. See Liquor 
 sodce chlorinatce. 
 
 Sode liquor effervescens. Soda water is 
 directed under this name in the last London 
 Pharmacopoeia. See Soda water. 
 
 Sode murias. See Sodii chloridum. 
 
 Sode phosphas. Phosphate of soda. Tri- 
 basic phosphate of soda. Phosphorated soda. 
 A compound of phosphoric acid and soda, ob- 
 tained by saturating with carbonate of soda 
 the impure phosphoric acid separated from 
 calcined bones by sulphuric acid, and then fil- 
 tering the liquor, evaporating, and crystallizing. 
 The phosphate of soda is cathartic, and, having 
 little taste, is termed tasteless purging salt. 
 The dose is from fss. to fj. 
 
 Sod.£ potassio-tartras. Soda tartarizata. 
 Potassio-tartrate of soda. Sodio-tartrate of pot' 
 ash. Take of subcarbonate of soda, twenty 
 ounces ; supertartrate of potash, powdered, two 
 pounds ; boiling water, ten pints. Dissolve the 
 subcarbonate of soda in the water, and add 
 gradually the supertartrate of potash ; filter the 
 solution through paper, and evaporate it until a 
 pellicle forms upon the surface ; then set it by 
 that crystals may form. Having poured away 
 the water, dry these crystals upon bibulous pa- 
 
 597 
 
SOL 
 
 SOL 
 
 per. It possesses mildly cathartic, diuretic, and 
 deobstruent virtues, and is administered in do- 
 ses of from one drachm to an ounce as a ca- 
 thartic, and in the dose of twenty to thirty 
 grains as a diuretic. 
 
 Sobm. sesquicarbonas. An imperfect bicar- 
 bonate, resulting from a mixture of the carbon- 
 ate and bicarbonate. 
 
 Sod.<e subboras. See Sodce biboras. 
 
 Sod.e subcarbonas. See Sodce carbonas. 
 
 SoDiE subcarbonas exsiccata. See Sodce 
 carbonas exsiccata. 
 
 Sod^e sulphas. Sulphate of soda. Glau- 
 ber's salt. Sulphate of soda is bitter and saline 
 to the taste. It is soluble in 2*85 parts of cold 
 water, and 08 at a boiling heat. It crystal- 
 lizes in hexagonal prisms, beveled at the ex- 
 tremities, sometimes grooved longitudinally, 
 and of very large size, when the quantity is 
 great. These effloresce completely into a white 
 powder if exposed to a dry air, or even if kept 
 wrapped up in paper in a dry place ; yet they 
 retain sufficient water of crystallization to un- 
 dergo the aqueous fusion on exposure to heat, 
 but, by urging the fire, melt. It possesses ca- 
 thartic and diuretic qualities, and is esteemed 
 as a mild cathartic. The dose is from one 
 drachm to one ounce. 
 
 Sodii auro-terchloridum. See Auri et so- 
 dii chloridum. 
 
 Sodii chloridum. Sodii chloruretum. Chlo- 
 ride of sodium. Muriate of soda. Common 
 salt. This useful substance is very abundant in 
 nature, both as a mineral and in salt springs, 
 and the ocean. It is a compound of one equiv- 
 alent of chlorine with one equivalent of sodium. 
 It possesses antiseptic, tonic, emetic, cathartic, 
 and resolvent qualities, and is frequently em- 
 ployed in form of clyster, fomentation, lotion, 
 pediluvium, and bath, in obstipation, against 
 worms, gangrene, scrofulous tumors, herpetic 
 eruptions, arthritis, &c. 
 
 Sodii iodi'dum. Iodide of sodium. Hydri- 
 odate of soda. This possesses nearly the same 
 medicinal properties as the iodide of potassium, 
 but is little employed. 
 
 SO'DIUM. {um, it, n.) The metallic base 
 of soda. This metal closely resembles potas- 
 sium, and is obtained in the same way. It is 
 soft, of the appearance of silver ; sp. gr., - 934 ; 
 melts at 194° F., and is volatile. It decom- 
 poses water, but does not burst into flame unless 
 the water is hot. Its symbol is Na ; equiva- 
 lent, 23-3. It is seldom or never used. The 
 protoxide, NaO, is soda ; the chloride, common 
 salt. The iodide and bromide have been spoken 
 of as substitutes for the corresponding potash 
 salts, and are very similar in properties. 
 
 Sodium, auro-terchloride of. See Auri et 
 sodii chloridum. 
 
 Sodium, chloride of. Common salt. 
 
 Sodium, oxide of. Soda. 
 
 Soft palate. The velum pendulum 
 palati. 
 
 Soft soap. A soap, the basis of which is 
 potash. 
 
 Softening of the brain. Ramollissement 
 of the brain. 
 
 SOL. {Sol, solis, m.) The sun. Gold was 
 so called by the older chemists. 
 598 
 
 Sola'men. Consolation ; applied to a car- 
 minative. 
 
 SOLANA'CE^E. The nightshade tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants or 
 shrubs, with leaves alternate ; flowers, monope- 
 talous, regular ; stamens inserted into the corol- 
 la ; ovarium, two-celled ; fruit, succulent. 
 
 SOLANINE. Solania. A crystalline alka- 
 loid derived from dulcamara and other species 
 of solanum, and from the shoots of the potato. 
 Most of its salts are non-crystallizable, but the 
 sulphate resembles sulphate of quinine. It is 
 poisonous in doses of several grains, and is but 
 imperfectly examined. The formula appears 
 to be C 84 H78N0 2 8 1 
 
 SOLA'NUM. {urn, i, n.) 1. The bitter- 
 sweet. 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
 Monogynia. Solanacece. — S. dulcamara. Bit- 
 ter-sweet. Woody nightshade. Dulcamara. 
 Solanum scandens. Solanum lignosum. The 
 roots and stalks of this nightshade, upon being 
 chewed, first cause a sensation of bitterness, 
 which is soon followed by a considerable de- 
 gree of sweetness, and hence the plant obtain- 
 ed the name of bitter-sweet. The berries have 
 not yet been applied to medicinal use; they 
 excite violent vomiting and purging. The 
 younger branches (Caules dulcamarce) are di- 
 rected for use in the pharmacopoeias, and they 
 may be employed either fresh or dried, making 
 a proportionate allowance in the dose of the 
 latter for some diminution of its powers by dry- 
 ing. Boiling water extracts all the active mat- 
 ter of the plant. Solanine has been extracted 
 from this plant, and also another body called 
 Picroglycion by Pfaff, but which Pelletier con- 
 siders to be a mixture of sugar and solanine. 
 Dulcamara is, on the whole, an uncertain medi- 
 cine : it has been chiefly recommended in 
 rheumatism, chronic affections of the bronchii, 
 skin diseases, and as an alterative in cachexies. 
 Its sensible properties are diaphoretic, slightly 
 narcotic, and alterative. The dose of the pow- 
 der is 9j., gradually increased to jj. or more, 
 but it is mostly given in decoction. See De- 
 coctum dulcamarce. — S. fcetidum. Datura stra- 
 monium. — S. lethale. Atropa belladonna. — S. 
 lignosum. See Solanum dulcamara. — S. lycoper~ 
 sicum. The love-apple plant, or TVmafo. The 
 fruit is considered cooling and nutritive. — S. me- 
 longena. The mad-apple plant, or egg fruit. — 
 S. nigrum. The garden nightshade : it is very 
 similar to the dulcamara. — S. racemosum. Phy- 
 tolacca decandra. — S. sanctum. The Pales- 
 tine nightshade ; the fruit of which is globular, 
 and in Egypt much eaten by the inhabitants. 
 — S. tuberosum. The potato plant. — S. vesi- 
 carium. Physalis alkekengi. 
 
 Solar. Pertaining to the sun. 
 
 Solar plexus. See Plexus, solar 
 
 Soldane'lla. Convolvulus soldanella. 
 
 Sole. 1. The under surface of the foot. 2 
 The fish, Pleuronectes solea. 
 
 SO'LEN. Zulnv. 1. A tube or channel. 2. 
 A cradle for a broken limb. 
 
 Solena'rium. A catheter. 
 
 SOLE'US. (us, i, m.) See Gastrocnemius 
 iniernus. 
 
 S O L I D A' G O. (0, onis, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia superflua. Com- 
 
SOM 
 
 positce ; division, Corymbiferce. — S. odora. 
 (Solidago, U. S.) Sweet-scented golden rod. 
 The leaves are esteemed aromatic and stimu- 
 lant, and said to be a good substitute for tea. — 
 S. virgaurea. The golden rod. Virga aurea. 
 The leaves and flowers of this plant are recom- 
 mended as aperient and tonic in urinary ob- 
 structions, and it is said by some to be useful 
 in stopping internal hemorrhages. 
 
 SOLID. 1. In Natural Philosophy, bodies, 
 the particles of which cohere so firmly as not 
 to be separated without some degree of force, 
 are called Solids. 2. In Anatomy, the solids are 
 the bones, ligaments, membranes, muscles, 
 nerves, and vessels. 
 
 SOLI'DISM. The medical doctrine which 
 regards the vital properties of the body as resi- 
 dent in tf. e solids, and not the fluids. Accord- 
 ing to this view, disease results from the action 
 of morbific causes on the vital endowment of 
 the solids. 
 
 Solita'rius. Solitary. 
 
 So'lium. A species of tape-worm. See 
 Tcenia. 
 
 Solomon's anti-impetigines. A solution of 
 corrosive sublimate. 
 
 Solomon's balm of gilead. An aromatic 
 tincture, of which brandy and cardamom seeds 
 appear to be the principal ingredients. Some 
 say it contains cantharides. 
 
 Solomon's seal. Convallaria polygonatum. 
 _ SO'LUBLE. 1. Capable of dissolving, espe- 
 cially in water. 2. When applied adjectively 
 to the bowels, it means in a somewhat relaxed 
 state. 
 
 Soluble cream of tartar. A solution of 
 bitartrate of potash with borax. 
 
 Soluble tartar. The tartrate of potash. 
 
 Solum. The sole of the foot. 
 
 SOLU'TIO. (is, ionis, f.) A solution. This 
 term was formerly applied to the pharmaceutical 
 preparation now termed Liquor, which see. 
 
 Solutio arsenicalis. See Arsenicalis li- 
 quor. 
 
 Solutio calcis. See Calcis liquor. 
 
 Solutio chlorinii. See Chlorine water. 
 
 Solutio potassii iodidi iodureta. See 
 Liquor iodini compotita. 
 
 Solutio sulphatis cupri composita. (Ph. 
 E.) Aqua cupri vitriolati composita. Com- 
 pound solution of sulphate of copper. Take of 
 sulphate of copper and sulphate of alumina, 
 each, three ounces; water, two pounds; sul- 
 phuric acid, an ounce and a half. Boil the sul- 
 phates in the water that they may be dissolved ; 
 then filter through paper, and add the acid. It 
 is sometimes used as a styptic, and, when large- 
 ly diluted, as an astringent collyrium. 
 
 SOLUTION. Solutio. 1. An intimate com- 
 mixture of solid bodies with fluids, into one 
 seemingly homogeneous liquor. The dissolv- 
 ing fluid is called a menstruum or solvent. 2. A 
 crisis. 
 
 Solution of continuity. A surgical phrase 
 for a wound ; the separation of parts formerly 
 united. 
 
 SOLUTI'VE. Solutivus. (From solvo, to 
 loosen. ) Laxative ; gently purgative. 
 
 Solvent. See Menstruum. 
 
 SOMA'TIC. Somaticus. (From aufia, the 
 
 SOR 
 
 body.) That which pertains or relates to the 
 body. 
 
 Somatology. Soma'tomy. Anatomy. 
 
 SOMNA'MBULISM. (From somnus, sleep, 
 and ambulo, to walk.) This term is applied to 
 sleep-walking, and also to a particular state in- 
 duced by what is called animal magnetism. 
 
 SOMNI/FEROUS. (Somniferus; from som- 
 nus, sleep, and fero, to bring.) Having the 
 power of inducing sleep. 
 
 Somnilo'quium. Talking in the sleep. 
 
 Somnole'ncy. Somnolentia. Sleepiness; a 
 common symptom of some cerebral affections. 
 
 So'mnium. A dream. 
 
 SO'MNUS. (us, i, m.) Sleep. 
 
 SO'NCHUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia cequalis. Composita. 
 — S. arvensis. The greater hawkweed. A 
 feebly astringent plant. — S. oleraceus. The 
 sow-thistle. Most of the species of sonchus 
 abound with a milky juice, which is very bit- 
 ter, and said to possess diuretic virtues. It is 
 sometimes employed with that intention. 
 
 Soot. Fuligo. 
 
 Sopht'a. Sisymbrium sophia. 
 
 SOPHISTICATION. Sophisticate. Adulter- 
 ation ; counterfeiting or adulterating any thing. 
 
 SOPHO'RA. (a, <z,l) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. Leguminosce. — S. 
 heptaphylla. A shrub, the root and seeds of 
 which are sometimes called anticholerica : they 
 are both intensely bitter, and said to be useful 
 in cholera, colic, and dysury. — S. tincloria is a 
 synonym of Baptisia tinctoria. 
 
 Sophroniste'res. The last of the grinding 
 teeth. 
 
 So'piens. Soporific. 
 
 SO'POR. (or, oris, m.) A profound sleep, 
 in which the person can be roused only with 
 difficulty. It is a symptom in many cerebral 
 diseases. 
 
 Soporahij: arteri^e. Arteries soporales. 
 The carotid arteries. 
 
 Soporific Sopori'ferous. Soporiferus. 
 Possessed of the power of inducing sleep. 
 
 So'ra. (Arabic.) The nettle-rash. 
 
 Sorbastre'lla. Pimpinella saxifraga. 
 
 So'rbate. A malate. 
 
 SORBEFA'CIENT. Sorbefaciens. Absorb- 
 ent ; a remedy that promotes absorption. 
 
 Sorbic acid. Malic acid. 
 
 SO'RBUS. (us, i, f, and um, i, n.) A genus 
 of plants. Icosandria. Trigynia. Pomacece. 
 — S. aucuparia. The wild service-tree. The 
 berries of this plant are astringent, and, it is 
 said, have been found serviceable in allaying 
 the pain of calculous affections in the kidneys. 
 — S. domestica is the cultivated service-tree, the 
 fruit of which is astringent when unripe, and a 
 pleasant acid when ripe. 
 
 SO'RDES. (es, is, f.) When the matter 
 discharged from ulcers is rather viscid, gluti- 
 nous, of a brownish-red color, somewhat re- 
 sembling the grounds of coffee, or grumous 
 blood mixed with water, it is thus named. 
 Other fetid excrementitious substances are also 
 called sordes, as the matter which forms round 
 the teeth in fever, &e. 
 
 SORE. An ulcer or excoriation. 
 
 Sore, bay. An endemic disease at the Bav 
 599 
 
SPA 
 
 SPE 
 
 of Honduras, which Dr. Mosely considers as a 
 true cancer, commencing with an ulcer. 
 
 Sore mouth, gangrenous. Cancrum oris. 
 
 Sore throat. See Cynanche. 
 
 Sore throat, clergyman's. A chronic af- 
 fection of the pharynx and larynx, occurring in 
 clergymen and public speakers of a feeble con- 
 stitution or scrofulous diathesis. It is called a 
 follicular pharyngitis, but is more or less con- 
 nected with the larynx. The treatment consists 
 in mild antiphlogistic measures, washing the 
 parts with a solution of nitrate of silver, and at- 
 tention to the constitutional defects of the indi- 
 vidual. Change of air, and rest from speaking, 
 are also necessary to effect a cure. 
 
 Soreness. Painful tenderness; a common 
 symptom of inflammation in a part. 
 
 Sorrel. Rumex acetosa. 
 
 Sorrel, French. Rumex scutatus. 
 
 Sorrel, round-leaved. Rumex scutatus. 
 
 Sorrel-tree. Andromeda arborea. 
 
 Sorrel, wood. Oxalis acetosella. 
 
 Soro'sis. A compound fruit, being a succu- 
 lent spike, as the mulberry. 
 
 SOUND. 1. A metallic instrument, like a 
 solid catheter, which surgeons introduce through 
 the urethra into the bladder, to discover wheth- 
 er there be a stone in this viscus or not. 2. The 
 impression produced on the auditory nerve by 
 certain vibrations. See Auris. 
 
 SOUNDING. Searching. The exploration 
 of the bladder by means of the sound. 
 
 Sounds, auscultatory. See Auscultation 
 and Bruit. 
 
 Sour dock. Rumex acetosa. 
 
 Southern wood. Artemisia abrotanum. 
 
 Sow. Sus scrofa. 
 
 Sow-bread. Cyclamen europseum. 
 
 SPA. 1. A general denomination for a min- 
 eral spring. 2. A town in France, in the de- 
 partment of the Ourte, famous for its mineral 
 water, which is a very strongly acidulous cha- 
 lybeate. 
 
 Spa'dix. A spike, surrounded by a sheath 
 or spathe. 
 
 SPAGI'RISTS. An ancient set of physicians, 
 
 ho accounted for disease and o1 
 the body on chemical principles. 
 
 Spagyria. Chemistry. 
 
 Spain, pellitory of. Anthemis pyrethrum. 
 
 SPANHiEMIA. (From ottclvoc, poor, and 
 aijia, blood.) Poverty of the blood, from the 
 want of fibrin and haematosine, and excess of 
 water. This condition is said to occur in scrof- 
 ula, chlorosis, scurvy, typhus, passive hemor- 
 rhages, &c. 
 
 Spanish fly. See Cantharis. 
 
 Spanish liquorice. Glycyrrhiza glabra. 
 
 SPA'RADRAP. Sparadrapum. An adhe- 
 sive plaster spread on silk, linen, cotton, or pa- 
 per ; as court-plaster. 
 
 SPARGANO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from aitapyau, 
 to swell.) 1. A swelling. 2. A milk abscess. 
 
 Spa'rsus. Dispersed; irregularly scattered. 
 
 SPA'RTIUM. (urn, ii, n. Znapriov of Di- 
 oscorides.) A genus of plants. Diadelpliia. 
 Decandria. Leguminosce. — S. junceum. The 
 Spanish broom. Its medicinal properties re- 
 eemble those of the S. scoparium. — S. purgans. 
 The leaves of this species are purgative, and the 
 600 
 
 seeds strongly so.— S. scoparium. The common 
 broom. Genista. The tops and leaves of this 
 plant are employed medicinally : they have a 
 bitter taste, and are recommended for their 
 purgative and diuretic qualities in hydropic 
 cases. 
 
 Spasm. See Spasmus. 
 
 Spasm of the larynx. Spasm of the glottis. 
 Laryngismus stridulus. 
 
 SPA'SMA. (a, atis, n. ; from citato, to draw.) 
 That voluntary straining which takes place in 
 any vehement exertion, contraction, or exten- 
 sion of a muscle, as in running, riding, or bear- 
 ing heavy burdens. It diners from spasmus^ 
 which is an involuntary, and generally a mor- 
 bid contraction of a muscle. 
 
 SPASMI. Spasmodic diseases. The third 
 order of the class Neuroses of Cullen, charac- 
 terized by a morbid contraction or motion of 
 muscular fibres. 
 
 SPASMO'DIC. Spasmodicus. Spasmoticus. 
 Belonging to a spasm or convulsion. 
 
 Spasmodic asthma. See Asthma. 
 
 Spasmodic cholera. See Cholera. 
 
 Spasmodic colic See Colica. 
 
 Spasmodic croup. Laryngismus stridulus, 
 
 Spasmodic stricture. See Stricture. 
 
 Spasmo'logy. Spasmologia. A treatise on 
 convulsions. 
 
 S PA'S M US. (us, i, m. ; from onao, to 
 draw.) A cramp, spasm, or convulsion. An 
 involuntary contraction of the muscular fibres, 
 or that state of the contraction of muscles which 
 is not spontaneously disposed to alternate with, 
 relaxation. When the contractions alternate 
 with relaxation, and are frequently and preter- 
 naturally repeated, they are called convulsions. 
 Spasms are distinguished by authors into clonic 
 and tonic spasms. In clonic spasms, which are 
 the true convulsions, the contractions and re 
 laxations are alternate, as in epilepsy; but in 
 tonic spasms the member remains rigid, as in 
 locked-jaw. See Convulsion, Tonic spasm, and 
 Tetanus. 
 
 Spasmus cynicus. Risus caninus. A con- 
 vulsive affection of the muscles of the face and 
 lips on one side, which involuntarily forces the 
 muscles of those parts into a species of grinning 
 distortion. The term is used by some authors 
 synonymously with Risus sardonicus. 
 
 Spastic. Spasticus. Spasmodic. 
 
 Spa'the. Spatha. A sheath or covering of 
 an immature flower, which bursts longitudi- 
 nally. 
 
 Spathome'le. An edged probe. 
 
 SPA'TULA. (Diminutive of spatha, a broad 
 instrument.) An instrument like a knife for 
 spreading salve. 
 
 Spatula'te. Spatulatus. Of a roundish fig* 
 ure, tapering into an oblong base. 
 
 Spearmint. Mentha viridis. 
 
 Spear-shaped. Hastate; lanceolate. 
 
 Spearwort, water. Ranunculus flammula. 
 
 SPECIES, (es, ei, f.) 1. Individual animals, 
 plants, and minerals agreeing in their appear- 
 ances or composition. Individuals or species 
 differing in circumstances arising from accident, 
 are termed varieties. The circumstances which 
 are common to one or more species give rise to 
 a division, or the formation of a genus. See 
 
SPE 
 
 SPH 
 
 Genus. 2. An obsolete name for powders ; as 
 Species aromaticce, Species diambrm, &c. 
 
 SPECIFIC. Specifics. Applied, 1. To 
 that which acts on some particular organ more 
 than on others ; thus, ipecacuanha appears to 
 have a specific action on the respiratory mucous 
 membrane. 2. To a medicine possessed of sov- 
 ereign efficacy in the care of a particular dis- 
 ease ; thus, sulphur is sometimes considered as 
 a specific for the itch, and bark for the ague. 
 
 Specific gravity. See Gravity, specific. 
 
 Speci'llum. A probe. 
 
 SPECTACLES. An optical contrivance, con- 
 sisting of a metallic frame supporting two lenses 
 adjusted to the eyes. The lenses are to be 
 more or less concave for the short-sighted, and 
 convex for the far-sighted. 
 
 SPECTRUM. 1. A spectre or optical illu- 
 sion. 2. The elongated image of the sun or 
 a radiant formed by a transparent prism. 
 
 SPE'CULUM. (urn, i, n. ; from specio, to 
 view.) 1. A mirror. 2. An instrument for 
 opening or obtaining a view of internal parts. 
 It commonly consists of a metallic cylindrical 
 tube of two or more parts, the inner surface of 
 which is highly polished. The parts are so ad- 
 justed together as to be capable of separating 
 by a screw. 
 
 Speculum ani. An instrument for distend- 
 ing the anus while an operation is performed 
 upon the parts within. 
 
 Speculum metal. An alloy of two parts of 
 copper and one part of tin, for making metallic 
 mirrors. 
 
 Speculum oculi. An instrument by which 
 the eyelids are kept open and the eye fixed. 
 
 Speculum oris. An instrument to force open 
 the mouth. 
 
 Speculum vaginae. An instrument to assist 
 in any operation belonging to the vagina or os 
 uteri. 
 
 Speculum veneris. Achillea millefolium. 
 
 Speech. See Voice. 
 
 Speechlessness. Aphonia. 
 
 Speediman's pills. These consist of aloes, 
 myrrh, rhubarb, extract of chamomile, and es- 
 sential oil of chamomile. 
 
 Speedwell. Veronica officinalis. 
 
 Speedwell, female. AntiiThinum elatine. 
 
 Spe'ltre. Spelter. Speltrum. Zinc. 
 
 Sperm. S per ma. Seed; semen. 
 
 Spermace'ti. Cetaceum. 
 
 SPERMA'TIC. (Spermaticus; from cnrepfia, 
 seed.) Belonging to the testicle and ovary; as 
 the spermatic arteiy, cord, and veins. See Testis. 
 
 Spermatic arteries. See Testis. 
 
 Spermatic plexus. There is one on each 
 side of the body, formed by filaments from the 
 renal plexus. The nerves follow the spermatic 
 arteries. 
 
 SPERMATOCELE, (e, es, f. ; from airepfia, 
 seed, and Kij'kn, a tumor.) A swelling of the 
 testicle or epididymis. In this case the swell- 
 ing is accompanied by pain extending to the 
 loins, without inflammation. 
 
 Spermatopoie'tic Having the property of 
 increasing the secretion of semen. 
 
 SPERMATORRHOEA, (a, «, f.; from onep- 
 fia, semen, and peu, fluo.) Seminal flux. See 
 Gonorrhoea. 
 
 SPERMATOZO'ON. (-zoa,ipl.\ fromairep/ta, 
 and C,uov, an animal.) The thread-like repro- 
 ductive bodies of the spermatic cells of animals, 
 and some plants, remarkable for their vivacious 
 movements. The human spermatozoon is ^L-th 
 of a line in length, and resembles, in figure, the 
 tadpole. It is supposed to find its way to the 
 Fallopian tubes, and. to come directly in contact 
 with the ovule, to produce its fertilization. 
 
 Spermothe'ca. A dilatation of the oviduct 
 of some insects to store the sperm of the male, 
 and to permit the fertilization of ova for a long 
 period of time. 
 
 Spermode'rm. The testa or external cover- 
 ing of a seed. 
 
 Sphace'lia segetum. A name for the fungus 
 producing ergot. 
 
 SPHACELPSMUS. (us, i, m. ; from otyaKe- 
 /U£b, to gangrene.) 1. A gangrene. 2. An in- 
 flammation of the brain. 
 
 SPHA'CELUS. (us, i, m. ; from o<paKo, to 
 destroy.) Complete mortification. See Morti- 
 fication. 
 
 Sphjenoides. Sphenoides. 
 
 Sph^ra'nthus indicus. The Adaca, a plant 
 of Malabar, which is acrid and aromatic, and 
 said to be used in piles, the itch, and cholera. 
 
 SphjEro'coccus crispus. The fucus crispus. 
 
 SPH/ERO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from afyaipa, a 
 globe.) A fleshy globular protuberance. 
 
 Spheno-staphylinus. Levator palati. 
 
 SPHE'NOID. (Sphenoides; from cfnv, a 
 wedge, and eidoc, a likeness; because it is fixed 
 in the cranium like a wedge.) Wedge-like: 
 applied to a bone of the skull. See Sphe- 
 noid bone. 
 
 Sphenoid bone. Sphenoides os. The sphe- 
 noid bone is wedged in amid the other bones of 
 the head, and is of a more irregular figure than 
 any other bone. It has been compared to a bat 
 with its wings extended. 
 
 We distinguish in this bone a body or mid- 
 dle part, and its wings or sides, which are much 
 more extensive than its body. 
 
 Each of its wings, or lateral processes, is di- 
 vided into two parts. Of these, the uppermost 
 and most considerable portion, helping to form 
 the deepest part of the temporal fossa on each 
 side, is called the temporal process. The other 
 portion makes a part of the orbit, and is there- 
 fore named the orbitar process. The back part 
 of each wing is called the spinous process ; and 
 the two processes, which stand out almost per- 
 pendicular to the basis of the skull, have been 
 named pterygoid processes. Each of these pro- 
 cesses has two plates and a middle fossa facing 
 backward : of these plates the external one is 
 the broadest, and the internal one the longest. 
 The lower end of the internal plate forms a kind 
 of hook (Hamular process), over which passes 
 the round, tendon of the circumjiexus palati. 
 
 Its foramina are four on each side. The three 
 first serve for the passage of the optic, superior 
 maxillary, and inferior maxillary nerves; the 
 fourth transmits the largest artery of the dura 
 mater. On each side we observe a considerable 
 fissure, which, from its situation, may be called 
 the superior orbitar fissure. Through it pass 
 the third and fourth pair of nerves, a branch of 
 the fifth, and likewise the sixth pair. Lastly, at 
 
 601 
 
SPH 
 
 SPH 
 
 the base of each pterygoid process we observe 
 a foramen, which is named pterygoidean, and 
 sometimes Vidian, from Vidius, who first de- 
 scribed it. Through it passes a branch of the 
 external carotid, to be distributed to the nose. 
 
 The os sphenoides, on its internal surface, af- 
 fords thi-ee fossae. Two of these are consider- 
 able ones : they are formed by the lateral pro- 
 cesses, and make part of the lesser fossae of the 
 basis of the skull. The third, which is smaller, 
 is on the top of the body of the bone, and is 
 called sella turcica, from its resemblance to a 
 Turkish saddle. In this the pituitary gland is 
 placed. At each of its four angles is a process. 
 They are called the clinoid processes, and are 
 distinguished by their situation into anterior 
 and posterior processes. The two latter are 
 frequently united into one. 
 
 Within the substance of the os sphenoides, 
 immediately under the sella turcica, we find 
 two cavities, separated by a thin, bony lamella. 
 These are the sphenoidal sinuses. They are 
 lined with the pituitary membrane, and, like 
 the frontal sinuses, separate a mucus, which 
 passes into the nostrils. In some subjects there 
 is only one cavity ; in others, though more rare- 
 ly, we find three. 
 
 SPHENOIDAL. Sphenoidalis. Belonging 
 to the sphenoid bone. 
 
 Sphenoidal suture. Sutura sphenoidalis. 
 The sphenoidal and ethmoidal sutures are those 
 which surround the many irregular processes of 
 these two bones, and join them to each other 
 and to the rest. 
 
 SPHE'NO-MAX'ILLARY. _ Spheno-maxilla- 
 ris. Relative to the sphenoid and maxillary 
 bones. 
 
 Sfhe'no-maxi'llary fissure. Inferior or- 
 bitary fissure. For amen lac erum infer ius. For- 
 amen spheno-maxillare. A hole situated at the 
 posterior part of the angle formed by the union 
 of the internal and inferior parietes of the orbit. 
 It is constituted, above, by the sphenoid bone ; 
 below, by the superior maxillary and palate 
 bones ; and before, by the malar bone ; and forms 
 a communication between the orbitar cavity and 
 the zygomatic fossa. 
 
 Sphe'no-max'illary fossa. A depression at 
 the union of the spheno-maxillary and pterygo- 
 maxillary fissures. 
 
 SPHE^NO-PAL'ATINE. Spheno-palalinus. 
 That which relates to the sphenoid and palate 
 bones. 
 
 Sphe'no-pal'atine ar'tery. The termina- 
 tion of the internal maxillary. It enters at the 
 posterior part of the superior meatus of the nose, 
 through the spheno-palatine foramen, and rami- 
 fies on the pituitary membrane covering the 
 septum, the cornua, and the meatus. 
 
 Sphe'no-pal'atine foramen. A round aper- 
 ture, formed by the vertical portion of the os 
 palati and the sphenoid. It establishes a com- 
 munication between the nasal fossae and the 
 zygomatic fossa. 
 
 Sphe'no-pal'atine gan'glion. Ganglion of 
 Meckel. A small or triangular ganglion, of va- 
 riable size, situated without the foramen sphe- 
 no-palatinum, in the ptery go-maxillary fissure. 
 It seems suspended, by several nervous fila- 
 ments, to the trunk of the superior maxillary 
 602 
 
 nerve, and gives off internal or spheno-palatine 
 filaments, inferior or palatine filaments, and a 
 posterior filament, which is the Vidian or ptery" 
 goid nerve. 
 
 Sphe'no-pal'atine nerves. Lateral nasal 
 nerves. These arise from the ganglion of 
 Meckel, at its inner part, and enter the nasal 
 fossae by the spheno-palatine foramen. They 
 are five or six in number, and distribute their 
 filaments to the outer and inner parietes of the 
 nasal fossae. One of the most remarkable 
 branches is the Naso-palatine. 
 
 Spheno-palati'nus. The levator palati. 
 
 SPHE'NO-PARI'ETAL. Spheno-parietalis. 
 Belonging to the sphenoid and parietal bones. 
 
 Sphe'no-pari'etal su'ture. This is formed 
 by the articulation of the extremity of the great- 
 er ala of the sphenoid with the anterior and in- 
 ferior angle of the parietal bone. 
 
 Spheno-pterygo-palatinus. Spheno-salpin- 
 go-staphylinus. The circumflexus palati muscle. 
 
 Spheno-staphylinus. The levator palati. 
 
 SPHE'NO-TEM'PORAL. Spheno-temporalis. 
 That which belongs to the sphenoid and tem- 
 poral bones. 
 
 Sphe'no-tem'poral su'ture. The suture at 
 the articulation of the great alae of the sphenoid 
 bone with the squamous portion of the tem- 
 poral. 
 
 SPHINCTER, (er, eris, m. ; from c(j>iyyu, 
 to compress.) The name of several muscles, 
 the office of which is to shut or close the aper- 
 ture around which they are placed. 
 
 Sphincter ani. Sphincter externus of Albi- 
 nus and Douglas. Sphincter cutaneus of Wins- 
 low. A single muscle of the anus, which shuts 
 the passage through the anus into the rectum, 
 and pulls down the bulb of the urethra, by 
 which it assists in ejecting the urine and semen. 
 It arises from the skin and fat that surrounds 
 the verge of the anus on both sides, near as far 
 as the tuberosity of the ischium : the fibres are 
 gradually collected into an oval form, and sur- 
 round the extremity of the rectum. It is insert- 
 ed by a narrow point into the perineum, accel- 
 erators urinae, and transversi perinsei ; and be- 
 hind into the extremity of the os coccygis, by 
 an acute termination. 
 
 Sphincter ani cutaneus. See Sphincter ani. 
 
 Sphincter ani externus. See Sphincter ani. 
 
 Sphincter ani internus. Albinus and Doug- 
 las call the circular fibres of the muscular coat 
 of the rectum, which surround its extremity, by 
 this name. 
 
 Sphincter cutaneus. See Sphincter ani. 
 
 Sphincter externus. See Sphincter ani. 
 
 Sphincter gul.e. The superior constrictor 
 of the pharynx. 
 
 Sphincter labiorum. See Orbicularis oris. 
 
 Sphincter oculi. S. palpebrarum. The 
 orbicularis palpebrarum. 
 
 Sphincter oris. See Orbicularis oris. 
 
 Sphincter vagina. This muscle arises from 
 the sphincter ani and from the posterior side of 
 the vagina, near the perineum ; from thence it 
 runs up the side of the vagina, near its external 
 orifice, opposite to the nymphae, covers the 
 corpus cavernosum, and is inserted into the crus 
 and body or union of the crura clitoridis. Its 
 use is to contract the mouth of the vagina. 
 
SP I 
 
 SPI 
 
 Sphincter vesica. A few fibres around the 
 neck of the bladder, which do not, however, 
 form a sphincter, have been so called. 
 
 Sphingo'ntos. Astringent. 
 
 Sphondy'lium. Acanthus mollis and herac- 
 leum spondylium. 
 
 Sphrongidium. Columnula. 
 
 Sphy'gmicus. Relating to the pulse. 
 
 Sphygmolo'gia. A treatise on the pulse. 
 
 Sphygmometer. An instrument which was 
 intended to enable the observer to see the action 
 of the arteries more distinctly. 
 
 SPHY'GMOS. (os, i, m. ; from c<pvt-ea, to 
 leap or rebound.) The pulse. 
 
 Sphyxis. Pulsation. 
 
 SPICA. (a, <e, f.) A spike. 1. A species 
 of inflorescence, consisting of one common stalk 
 bearing numerous sessile flowers. 2. An ear of 
 corn. 3. The common spiral bandage, the 
 turns of which cross, and form spaces like a V. 
 
 Spica brevis. Alopecuris pratensis. 
 
 Spica celtica. Valeriana celtica. 
 
 Spica fcemina. Common lavender. 
 
 Spica indica. Nardus indica. 
 
 Spica inguinalis. A bandage for ruptures 
 in the groin. 
 
 Spica duplex. A double spiral bandage. 
 
 Spica mas. Broad-leaved lavender. 
 
 Spica nardi. Nardus indica. 
 
 Spica simplex. A corlmon spica bandage. 
 
 Spice-wood. The laurus benzoin. 
 
 Spices. The warm, aromatic, and agreeable 
 drugs, such as cinnamon, nutmeg, pimenta, &c. 
 
 SPPCULA. (a, cb, f. ; a diminutive of pica.) 
 
 1. Aspikelet, applied to grasses. 2. A pointed 
 piece of bone is termed a spicula of bone. 
 
 SPIGE'LIA. (a,<z,i.) 1. The Indian pink. 
 
 2. A genus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. 
 SpigeliacecB. — S. anthelmintic a. A plant of the 
 West Indies aud South America. It is anthel- 
 mintic and narcotic : its virtues are similar to 
 those of the Indian pink. — S. marilandica. S 
 lonicera. Perennial worm-grass, or Indian pink. 
 The whole of this plant, but most commonly 
 the root, is employed as an anthelmintic. Dr. 
 Hope has written in favor of this plant, in con- 
 tinued and remitting low worm-fevers. It is 
 slightly narcotic. The dose of the powder, as 
 an anthelmintic, is 3J. to adults, and gr. x. to 
 3j. for children of four years old: it should be 
 mixed with a purgative or with calomel. 
 
 Spigelian lobe. See Liver. 
 
 Spignel. iEthusa meum. 
 
 Spikelet. A small spike, as in grasses. 
 
 Spikenard. See Nard of the ancients. 
 
 Spike-stalk. Rhachis. 
 
 SPILA'NTHUS. {us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Syngenesia. Polygamiacequalis. Com- 
 posites. — S. acmella. The balm-leaved spilan- 
 thus. This plant possesses a glutinous bitter 
 taste, and a fragrant smell. The herb and seed 
 are said to be diuretic and emmenagogue, and 
 useful in dropsies, jaundice, fluor albus, and cal- 
 culous complaints, given in infusion. 
 
 Spilo'sis. A synonym of Epichrosis. 
 
 Spilsbury's antiscorbutic drops. These 
 consist of corrosive sublimate, 3ij.; prepared 
 sulphuret of antimony, 3ij. ; gentian root, orange 
 peel, of each, 3ij. ; shavings of red sanders, 3J. ; 
 digested with a pint of proof spirit, and strained. 
 
 SPI'LUS. (us, i, m. ; from gttiXoc, macula.) 
 A spot or discoloration of the skin. A mother's 
 mark has been so called when in the form of a 
 mere spot. 
 
 SPPNA. (a, «, f. ; quasi spiculina, diminu 
 tive of spica.) A thorn. I. In Anatomy, 1. 
 The back bone. See Vertebra'. 2. The shin 
 bone : so called on account of its sharp edge. 
 II. In Botany, a thorn of a plant. A prickly 
 armature of plants, not easily removed by the 
 finger, and proceeding from the woody part of 
 the plant. 
 
 Spina acida. Berberis vulgaris. 
 
 Spina ^gyptiaca. Acacia vera 
 
 Spina bifida. See Hydrorachis. 
 
 Spina cervina. Rhamuus catharticus. 
 
 Spina hirci. Astragalus tragacantha. 
 
 Spina infectoria. S.purgatrix. Rhamnus 
 catharticus. 
 
 Spina ventosa. 1. A tumor arising from an 
 internal caries of a bone. The term is a very 
 vague one, and has been applied by some to ab- 
 scess within a bone, by others to necrosis, and 
 by others, again, to white swelling. 2. In the 
 present day it usually signifies an encysted tu- 
 mor of a bone, the parietes of which are form- 
 ed with bone, and lined with a membrane of 
 a serous texture, which secretes a serous fluid 
 rather than pus. 
 
 SPINA'CIA. (a, ce,l) A genus of plants. 
 Diascia. Pentandria. Chenopodiacem. — S. 
 oleracea. The spinach. This plant has been 
 employed for medicinal purposes in the cure of 
 phthisical complaints : made into a poultice, by 
 boiling the leaves and adding some oil, it forms 
 an excellent emollient. 
 
 Spin^: ventositas. A caries of a bone with 
 an encysted tumor. 
 
 SPINAL. Spinalis. Belonging to the spine 
 of the back; as spinal nerves, spinal cord, spinal 
 diseases, &c. 
 
 Spinal cord. Medulla spinalis. Spinal 
 marrow. This is a continuation of the medulla 
 oblongata. It begins directly behind the origin 
 of the ninth pair of nerves ; is invested by the 
 same membranes as the brain, and has an ad- 
 ditional partial involucrum from the ligamentous 
 membrane which lines the bodies of the verte- 
 brae. On the inner side of the ligamentous lin- 
 ing the dura mater is situated, which passes 
 out of the cranium by the foramen magnum oc- 
 cipitis, and forms a cylindrical sheath, which 
 loosely envelops the spinal marrow, and ex- 
 tends as far as the os sacrum. At its egress 
 from the cranium it is intimately connected 
 to the beginning of this fibrous lining, but 
 below the first vertebra of the neck this inti- 
 mate connection between the dura mater and 
 inner ligament of the vertebrae is discontinued, 
 a cellular fatty substance, which surrounds the 
 dura mater throughout the rest of the canal, be- 
 ing interposed between that membrane and the 
 ligament. The dura mater is only in contact 
 with the tunica arachnoidea; and this, also, only 
 in contact with the pia mater, and lying so loose- 
 ly over the latter as to be separated from it with 
 facility through the whole length of the spine, 
 by making a puncture in it, and distending it 
 with air. The spinal marrow, like the brain, 
 consists of a cortical and medullary substance, 
 
 603 
 
SPI 
 
 but differs in this respect, that the cineritious 
 matter is placed within the medullary. Upon 
 the surface of the spinal marrow, while lying in 
 its natural situation, many transverse wrinkles 
 or folds are observed, which allow it to be ex- 
 tended in the motions of the vertebrae. It is 
 divided into two lateral portions or cords, which 
 are separated from each other externally by an 
 anterior and posterior fissure continued from 
 the medulla oblongata ; and each of the lateral 
 portions is in some measure subdivided by a 
 superficial furrow into a large anterior and 
 small posterior cord. The lateral portions are 
 firmly united together by fine cellular substance, 
 but, without lacerating either, may be separa- 
 ted from each other, before as well as behind, 
 to near their middle, where they are connected 
 by a layer of cineritious matter, which passes 
 from the one cord into the other. When the 
 medulla spinalis is divided transversely, the cin- 
 eritious substance is observed to have a cruci- 
 form appearance, corresponding with the cords 
 of which it is composed. The body of the 
 spinal marrow descends in the child to the 
 twelfth dorsal, and in the adult as far as the sec- 
 ond lumbar vertebra, and terminates there by 
 a conical point, which is concealed by fasciculi 
 of nerves. The spinal cord gives rise on each 
 side to a number of nerves, the origin and dis- 
 tribution of which are described in the article 
 Nerve. 
 
 The arteries of the spinal cord consist of an- 
 terior and posterior spinal arteries, and of many 
 additional branches communicating with others 
 from the adjacent vessels. The veins of the 
 spinal marrow accompany their arteries, and 
 afterward terminate in the sinus venosi of the 
 spine. The sinus venosi consist of one on each 
 side of the spinal marrow, which runs exterior 
 to the dura mater, being chiefly lodged in the 
 cellular substance, and in the ligamentous mem- 
 brane which lines the fore and lateral parts of 
 the vertebral canal. They extend from the for- 
 amen magnum of the occipital bone to the under 
 end of the os sacrum, and are so irregular on 
 their surface, and so much divided and subdi- 
 vided within by the openings of veins, as in 
 many parts to have the appearance of cells. At 
 the different vertebras they are joined by cross 
 branches, which have a semilunar form, like 
 the surface of the bones which surround them. 
 They communicate at their superior extremity 
 with the lateral sinuses, and with the occipital 
 when present, and send numberless branches 
 outward, which open into the veins, the arteries 
 of which anastomose with those of the spinal 
 marrow. 
 
 Spinal cord, diseases of the. The dis- 
 eases of the spinal cord and its membranes, like 
 those of the contents of the cranium, are so fre- 
 quently consecutive on inflammation, of an 
 acute or chronic kind, that an account of the 
 phenomena and effects of this morbid action, 
 when seated in the cord or its investing mem- 
 branes, may suffice to give a general notion of 
 their pathology. 
 
 Acute inflammation of the spinal cord and its 
 
 membranes. — This affection is distinguished by 
 
 pain, more or less acute, extending throughout 
 
 the length of the spine, or confined to the cer- 
 
 604 
 
 SPI 
 
 vical, dorsal, or lumbar region. It is much in- 
 creased by every movement of the spine, and is 
 said, by some authors, to be increased by ex- 
 ternal pressure on the spine, while others deny 
 this. The pain lancinates from the origin of the 
 spinal nerves, and extends to different parts, ac- 
 cording to the portion of the cord affected. In 
 many cases the pain is more or less intermittent. 
 There is usually acute pain at the epigastrium, 
 sometimes extending over the whole abdomen, 
 and increased on pressure, while various parts 
 of the surface of the body have their sensibility 
 exalted, so that the patient shrinks from the 
 slightest touch. The heart palpitates, and the 
 patient has a sense of constriction and weight 
 about the praecordia, with difficulty of breathing. 
 The pulse is generally frequent, small, and 
 hard ; sometimes full ; or small and weak. 
 The sensorial functions are generally little dis- 
 turbed. 
 
 When the commencement of the cord is 
 chiefly affected, spasms of the pharynx occur, 
 resembling those of hydrophobia; the jaw is 
 locked, and the voice extinct. According to 
 Ollivier, when the tuber annulare and adjacent 
 portion of the brain are inflamed, universal 
 palsy ensues, followed by asphyxia and death. 
 When the cervical portion of the cord is the 
 seat of disease, the muscles of the neck and up- 
 per extremities, and^the external muscles of 
 respiration, are principally affected. Inflam- 
 mation of the dorsal portion of the cord pro- 
 duces opisthotonos ; and that of the lumbar por- 
 tion, spasmodic or paralytic affections of the 
 pelvic viscera; in both cases the lower limbs 
 are generally paralyzed or convulsed. When 
 hemiplegia arises from inflammation of the spinal 
 cord, it usually affects the side of the body cor- 
 responding with that half of the cord which is 
 diseased. The common sensibility of the sur- 
 face and the sense of touch are variously exalt- 
 ed, abolished, or deranged ; sometimes the 
 limbs are perfectly insensible, at others the pa- 
 tient can not bear to be touched. 
 
 Where the inflammation is confined to the 
 anterior or posterior columns of the cord, it may 
 be expected that the sensibility or the power 
 of voluntary motion will be influenced accord- 
 ingly. The disorder of the functions, of which 
 a sketch has just been given, does not always 
 exist : in a very acute case, related by Dr. 
 Abercrombie, there was intolerable pain, but 
 neither convulsions nor palsy. 
 
 Such are the general symptoms of acute in- 
 flammation of the contents of the spinal canal, 
 without reference to any distinction between 
 inflammation of the substance of the cord and 
 that of its membranes. Such a distinction, 
 however, doubtless exists ; and the difficulty 
 of establishing it arises from the fact, that in 
 most cases the cord and its membranes are 
 simultaneously affected. According to Ollivier, 
 the sensibility of the surface is always exalted 
 in spinal meningitis, while in inflammation of 
 the substance of the cord it is generally dimin- 
 ished. On a comparison of the best marked 
 cases, it would appear that spinal meningitis is, 
 on the whole, more frequently attended with 
 general tonic spasm ; while in myelitis the mus- 
 cles of the back only are thus affected, and those 
 
SPI 
 
 SPI 
 
 of the limbs with paralysis or clonic spasm. In 
 arachnitis, also, the bowels, though sometimes 
 loose, are generally obstiuately constipated, as 
 in tetanus ; while in myelitis, diarrhoea almost 
 constantly prevails. 
 
 Inflammation of the spinal cord is liable to be 
 mistaken for several other diseases. Thus, in 
 acute inflammation of the membranes, all the 
 more prominent symptoms of idiopathic tetanus 
 are frequently present : the trismus ; the spas- 
 modic affection of the muscles of deglutition ; 
 the constrictive pain at the epigastrium ; and 
 the universal tonic spasms. The two disorders 
 may, however, be distinguished by the pres- 
 ence of fever in the one, and its absence in the 
 other ; and by the local pain which attends the 
 inflammatory disease. 
 
 Inflammation of the cervical portion of the 
 spinal cord approximates closely, in its symp- 
 toms, to hydrophobia ; and if we conceive a per- 
 son who has been bitten by a suspected dog, to 
 be seized, from some other cause, with inflam- 
 mation of the cervical portion of the spinal cord, 
 with its accompanying spasms of the pharynx, 
 and general clonic convulsions, it is evident that 
 this case might not be easily distinguished from 
 hydrophobia. The local pain, however, and 
 the trismus, which very frequently occurs in the 
 case under consideration, but very rarely, if 
 ever, in hydrophobia, together with the different 
 mode of accession of the two diseases, may 
 generally suffice for their discrimination. It 
 may be suspected, however, that certain cases 
 of hydrophobia, reported to have been cured by 
 blood-letting, may have been nothing more nor 
 less than inflammation of the cervical portion of 
 the spinal cord. 
 
 There are several other affections, especially 
 rheumatism, with which inflammation of the 
 spinal cord, in its acute or chronic form, may, 
 by a possibility, be confounded ; but these it is 
 unnecessary to dwell on. 
 
 Chronic inflammation of the spinal cord and 
 its membranes. — This is generally attended with 
 little local pain, and the chief symptoms consist 
 in palsy, cramp, anaesthesia, disordered func- 
 tions of the viscera, and rapid emaciation of the 
 frame. 
 
 The principal causes of inflammation of the 
 spinal cord and its membranes appear to be ex- 
 ternal injury, and exposure to cold and damp, 
 as lying on wet grass. The chronic form seems 
 sometimes to arise from venereal excesses, and 
 other kinds of debauchery. 
 
 The changes of structure resulting from spinal 
 meningitis are thickening and opacity of the 
 membranes, effusions of serum, blood, or pus, 
 and gelatinous or albuminous exudations. 
 
 The substance of the cord is subject to a 
 variety of lesions, resulting from inflammation ; 
 and these are generally similar to the morbid 
 changes which take place in the substance of 
 the brain. Such are, 1. Softening, either super- 
 ficial, or affecting the whole thickness of the 
 cord. The softening is sometimes attended 
 with increase of volume, or hypertrophy. 2. In- 
 duration, which is attended, with increase of 
 volume. Softening of the cord appears to re- 
 sult from chronic much more frequently than 
 from acute inflammation ; and induration of the 
 
 cord seems to be always a result Of chronic dis- 
 ease. 3. Suppuration, which may be more or 
 less extensive. Dissolution of the substance of 
 the cord into a matter resembling pus has been 
 sometimes found to have occurred throughout 
 the whole extent of the cord. 4. Gangrene, 
 which resembles the same state as it occurs in 
 the substance of the brain, and like it, also, is 
 rare. 
 
 Inflammation of the contents of the spinal 
 canal is a highly dangerous disease, and the 
 chronic more so than the acute. 
 
 The principles of treatment are the same with 
 those already stated as applicable to inflamma- 
 tion of the brain and its membranes, with the 
 exception of the local application of cold. 
 
 Spinal irritation. A general term for sub- 
 inflammatory affections of the spinal cord or its 
 membranes. 
 
 Spinal marrow. See Spinal cord. 
 
 Spinal nerve. The spinal accessory, or ao 
 cessory of Willis. See Nerve. 
 
 Spinalis cervi'cis. This muscle, which is 
 situated close to the vertebrae at the posterior 
 part of the neck and upper part of the back, 
 arises, by distinct tendons, from the transverse 
 processes of the five or six uppermost vertebrae 
 of the back, mid, ascending obliquely under the 
 complexus, is inserted, by small tendons, into 
 the spinous processes of the sixth, fifth, fourth, 
 third, and second vertebrae of the neck. Its use 
 is to extend the neck obliquely backward. 
 
 Spinalis colli. See Semi-spinalis colli. 
 
 Spinalis dorsi. Transversalis dorsi of Win- 
 slow. A tendinous and fleshy mass, which is 
 situated along the spinous processes of the back 
 and the inner side of the longissimus dorsi. 
 
 It arises, tendinous and fleshy, from the spi- 
 nous processes of the uppermost vertebrae of the 
 loins, and the lowermost ones of the back, and 
 is inserted into the spinous processes of the nine 
 uppermost vertebrae of the back. 
 
 Its use is to extend the vertebrae, and to as- 
 sist in raising the spine. 
 
 Spindle-shaped. Fusiform. 
 
 Spine. See Vertebrae. 
 
 Spine'scens. Spinescent : becoming hard 
 and horny. 
 
 SPINOUS. Spinosus. Applied, in Anatomy 
 and Natural History, to any object resem- 
 bling a spine or thorn, or beset with spines or 
 thorns. 
 
 Spira'cula. Spiracles. 1. The breathing 
 pores of insects. 2. The pores of the skin. 
 
 SPIRiE'A. (a,as,f.) 1. TheSpirceatomen- 
 tosa. 2. A genus of plants. Icosandria. Pen- 
 tagynia. Rosacea. — S. africana. Diosma cre- 
 nata. — S. filipendula. The officinal dropwort. 
 Filipendula. The root of this plant possesses 
 astringent properties. — S. tomentosa. This in- 
 digenous species, called, also, Hardhack (Spi- 
 rcea, U. S.), is tonic and astringent, and used in 
 diarrhoeas in the form of extract of the root. 
 Dose, gr. v. to gr. xv. for an adult. — S. trifolia- 
 ta. Gillenia trifoliata. — S. ulmaria. The mead- 
 ow-sweet. Queen of the meadows. Ulmaria. 
 This is a beautiful and fragrant plant. The 
 leaves are recommended as mild astringents. 
 The flowers were supposed to possess antispas- 
 modic and diaphoretic virtues. 
 
 605 
 
SPI 
 
 SPI 
 
 SPIRAL. Spiralis. A curved line, which 
 continually recedes from the center. 
 
 Spiral bandage. The common roller, which 
 is wound spirally round a limb, and is the most 
 commonly used of all bandages. 
 
 Spiral vessels. Fusiform cellules in plants, 
 having a fibre wound spirally around their inte- 
 rior, which is capable of being drawn out. 
 
 Spiratio. Respiration. 
 
 SPIRIT. See Spiritus. 
 
 Spirit, rectified. Alcohol. 
 
 Spirit of alum. The acid liquid distilled 
 from common alum. It contains sulphuric and 
 sulphurous acid. 
 
 Spirit of bone. S. of hartshorn. The same as 
 Liquor volatilis cornu cervi. Impure ammonia. 
 
 Spirit of salt. Hydrochloric acid. 
 
 Spirit of sal volatile. Spiritus ammoniae 
 aromaticus. 
 
 Spirit of tin. Perchloride of tin. 
 
 Spirit of turpentine. Oil of turpentine. 
 Oleum terebinthince. 
 
 Spirit of verdigris. Acetic acid. 
 
 Spirit of wine, camphorated. Spiritus 
 eamphorse. 
 
 SPI'RITUS. (us, us, m. ; spirit.) 1. The 
 breath. 2. This name was formerly given to 
 all volatile substances collected by distillation. 
 Three principal kinds were distinguished: in- 
 flammable or ardent spirits, acid spirits, and 
 alkaline spirits. 3. The word spirit is now al- 
 most exclusively confined to the various prep- 
 arations of alcohol and ether. 
 
 Spiritus ^theris aromaticus. (Ph. L.) 
 Aromatic spirit of ether. Take of cinnamon 
 bark, bruised, 3iij.; cardamom seeds, powder- 
 ed, 3Jss. ; long peppers, powdered, ginger root, 
 sliced, each, 3J. ; spirit of sulphuric ether, a 
 pint. Macerate for fourteen days in a closed 
 glass vessel, and strain. An excellent stimula- 
 ting and stomachic compound, which is admin- 
 istered in debility of the stomach and nervous 
 affections. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J. 
 
 Spiritus ^etheris hydrochlorici. Spiritus 
 murialico-cethereus. In the Edinburgh Phar- 
 macopoeia of 1735 this was ordered to be pre- 
 pared by digesting one part of hydrochloric 
 acid with three parts of alcohol for several 
 days, and distilling slowly. Similar to the spir- 
 itus setheris nitrici. 
 
 Spiritus ^etheris nitrici. (U. S.) Sweet 
 spirit of nitre. Spirit of nitric ether. Take of 
 nitrate of potash, powdered, ft>ij.; sulphuric 
 acid, Ibiss. ; alcohol, Oixss. ; dilute alcohol, Oj.; 
 carbonate of potash, fj. Mix the nitrate of 
 potash and acid in a glass retort, pour in the 
 alcohol gradually, digest with a gentle heat for 
 two hours, then raise it, and distill over a gal- 
 lon. To this distilled liquor add the dilute al- 
 cohol and carbonate of potash, and distill again 
 one gallon. This is a pleasant aromatic spirit, 
 with diaphoretic, stimulant, antispasmodic, and 
 diuretic action. Dose, gtt. xx. to f. 3J. 
 
 Spiritus jetheris sulphurici. (U. S.) 
 /Ether sulphuricus cum alcohole. Spiritus cethe- 
 ris vitriolici. Sweet spirit of vitriol. Take of 
 sulphuric ether, Oj.; alcohol, Oij. Mix. (Ph. 
 E.) This preparation has the same medicinal 
 properties as sulphuric ether, but is less active. 
 Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3iij. 
 606 
 
 Spiritus jstherls sulphurici compositus. 
 (U. S., Ph. L.) Take of sulphuric ether, f. 
 fviij.; alcohol, f. gxvj. ; ethereal oil, f. 3iij. Mix. 
 A stimulating antispasmodic. It is exhibited in 
 fevers, nervous affections, hysteria, &c. Dose, 
 from f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. 
 
 Spiritus ammonia. (Ph. L.) Spirit of am- 
 monia. Take of muriate of ammonia, f x. ; 
 carbonate of potash, fxvj.; rectified spirit, wa- 
 ter, of each, Oiij. Mix, and distill three pints. 
 A stimulating antispasmodic, chiefly used in 
 liniments. The Spiritus ammonia (U. S.) is 
 the Alcohol ammoniatum, which see. 
 
 Spiritus ammonia aromaticus. Aromatic 
 spirit of ammonia. S. ammonice compositus. 
 See Alcohol ammoniatum aromaticum. 
 
 Spiritus ammonia fcetidus. (Ph. L.) Fe- 
 tid spirit of ammonia. Take of muriate of am- 
 monia, §x.; carbonate of potash, fxvj. ; recti- 
 fied spirit, water, of each, Oiij. ; assafoetida, ^v. 
 Mix; then, by a gentle fire, distill three pints. 
 A stimulating antispasmodic, employed to asth- 
 matic and hysterical patients. Dose, f. 3ss. to 
 f. 3J. The preparation of this name of the Ph. 
 E. contains the caustic spirits of ammonia. 
 
 Spiritus ammonia succinatus. Succinated 
 spirit of ammonia. See Tinctura ammonia 
 compositus. 
 
 Spiritus anisi. (Ph. L.) Spirit of aniseed. 
 Take of aniseed, bruised, §x. ; proof spirit, Cj. ; 
 water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gen- 
 tle fire. A stimulating carminative and stom- 
 achic. The dose is from f. 5ss. to f. 3j. The 
 Spiritus anisi compositus (Ph. D.) contains, also, 
 angelica seeds. 
 
 Spiritus armoracije compositus. (Ph. L. 
 & D.) Compound spirit of horseradish. Take 
 of horseradish root, fresh and sliced, dried or- 
 ange peel, of each, ^xx. ; nutmegs, bruised, 
 3V. ; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oij. Mix, and 
 distill a gallon by a gentle fire. A very warm 
 stimulating compound, given in gout, rheu- 
 matic and spasmodic affections of the stomach, 
 and in scorbutic disorders. The dose is f. 3ss. 
 to f. 3iv. 
 
 Spiritus camphors. (U. S.) S. cam- 
 phoratus. Spirit of camphor. Take of cam- 
 phor, ^iv. ; alcohol, Oij. Dissolve. A stimula- 
 ting medicine, used as an external application 
 against chilblains, rheumatism, palsy, numb- 
 ness, and gangrene. It may be given internal- 
 ly in emulsion. Dose, gtt. x. to f. 3J- 
 
 Spiritus carui. (Ph. L.) S. cari carui. 
 Spirit of caraway. Take of caraway seeds, 
 bruised, fxx. ; proof spirit, Cj. ; water, Oij. 
 Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Car- 
 minative. The dose is f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 
 
 Spiritus cinnamomi. (Ph. L.) S. lauri 
 cinnamomi. Spirit of cinnamon. Take of oil 
 of cinnamon, 3ij.; proof spirit, Cj.; water, Oj. 
 Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Stim- 
 ulant. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 1 ss. 
 
 Spiritus cassia contains oil of cassia instead 
 of oil of cinnamon. 
 
 Spiritus colchici ammoniatus. The tinc- 
 tura colchici composita (Ph. L.). 
 
 Spiritus cornu cervi. Ammonia? sesqui- 
 carbonas. 
 
 Spiritus frumenti. Spirits distilled from 
 com ; as whisky, gin, &c. 
 
SPI 
 
 SPL 
 
 Spiritus gallicus. French brandy. 
 Spiritus ja.maicensis. S. sacchavi. Rum. 
 Spiritus juniperi compositus. (U. S., Ph. 
 L. & D.) Compound spirit of juniper. Take 
 
 caraway 
 
 of jumper berries, bruised 
 seeds, bruised, fennel seeds, bruised, of each 
 fij. ; dilute alcohol, Cj. ; water, Oij. Mix, and 
 distill a gallon by a gentle fire. Diuretic. 
 Dose, f. 3ij. to 3iv. 
 
 Spiritus lavendul^e. (U. S., Ph. L.) S. 
 lavendulce simplex. Spirit of lavender. Take 
 of fresh lavender flowers, ibij. ; rectified spirit, 
 Cj.; water, Oij. Mix, and distill a gallon by 
 a gentle fire. A stimulating antispasmodic. 
 Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iv. A perfume. 
 
 Spiritus lavenduljs compositus. (U. S.) 
 S. lavendulce compositus matthice. Compound 
 spirit of lavender. Take of spirit of lavender, 
 Oiij.; spirit of rosemary, Oj.; cinnamon bark, 
 bruised, 5j.; nutmegs, bruised, § ss. ; cloves, 
 31J. ; red sanders wood, sliced, 3iij. Macer- 
 ate for fourteen days, and strain. An elegant 
 and useful antispasmodic and stimulant, in very 
 general use against nervous diseases, lowness 
 of spirits, and weakness of the stomach, taken 
 on a lump of sugar. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. 
 
 Spiritus lumbricorum. The earth-worm 
 distilled with spirit and water. 
 
 Spiritus Mentha piperita. (Ph. L.) S. 
 menthce piperitidis. Spirit of peppermint. Take 
 of oil of peppermint, 3HJ.; proof spirit, Cj.; 
 water, Oj. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gen- 
 tle fire. This possesses all the properties of 
 the peppermint, with the stimulating virtues 
 of the spirit. Dose, f. 3S8. to f. 313. 
 
 Spiritus pulegii. Spirit of pennyroyal. 
 
 Spiritus menthce pulegii. (Ph. L.) This 
 is prepared in the same manner as the spirit 
 of peppermint. Antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3ss. 
 to f. 3ij. 
 
 Spiritus Mentha viridis. (Ph. L.) S. 
 menthce sativce. Spirit of spearmint. This, 
 also, is prepared in the same manner. 
 
 Spiritus millepedarum. Millepedes dis- 
 tilled with dilute alcohol. Obsolete. 
 
 Spiritus mindereri. See Ammonia acetatis 
 liquor. 
 
 Spiritus myristicje. (U.S.) S.myristicce 
 maschatce. Spirit of nutmeg. Take of nut- 
 megs, bruised, fij.; proof spirit, Cj.; water, 
 Oj. Mix, and distill a gallon by a gentle fire. 
 A stimulating and agreeable spirit, possessing 
 the virtues of the nutmeg. Dose, f. 3SS. to f. 3iv. 
 
 Spiritus nitri (nitrici) dulcis. See Spiri- 
 tus cctheris nitrici. 
 
 Spiritus nitri duplex. See Acidum nitro- 
 sum aud Nitric acid. 
 
 Spiritus nitri fumans. See Acidum nitro- 
 sum and Nitric acid. 
 
 Spiritus nitri Glauberi. See Acidum ni- 
 trosum and Nitric acid. 
 
 Spiritus nitri simplex. The dilute nitrous 
 acid. See Acidum nitricum dilutum. 
 
 Spiritus nitri vulgaris. A very dilute 
 nitric acid. 
 
 S piritus oryz.£ . Spirits distilled from rice ; 
 as arrack. 
 
 Spiritus pimento. (U. S., Ph. L.) Spiritus 
 pimento. Spiritus myrti pimentce. Spirit of 
 pimenta. This is prepared in the same manner 
 
 as the Spiritus myristicce. A stimulating aro- 
 matic medicine. Dose, from f. 3SS. to f. 3iv. 
 Spiritus pulegii. See Spiritus mentkes 
 
 piritus raphani compositus. See Spiritus 
 armoracice compositus. 
 
 Spiritus rectificatus. Alcohol. 
 
 Spiritus rector. The aroma of a plant. 
 
 Spiritus rosmarini. (U.S.&Ph. L.) Spirit 
 of rosemary. Take of oil of rosemary, 3ij. ; 
 proof spirit, Cj. ; water, Oj. Mix, and distill a 
 gallon by a gentle fire. A very fragrant spirit, 
 mostly employed for external purposes in con- 
 junction with other resolvents. 
 
 Spiritus salis. Hydrochloric acid. 
 
 Spiritus salis ammoniaci aquosus. See 
 Ammonice sesquicarbonas. 
 
 Spiritus salis ammoniaci causticus. Aqua 
 ammonias. 
 
 Spiritus salis ammoniaci dulcis. See Spir- 
 itus ammonice. 
 
 Spiritus salis ammoniaci simplex. See 
 Ammonice sesquicarbonas. 
 
 Spiritus salis Glauberi. S. salis marini 
 Hydrochloric acid. 
 
 Spiritus rectificatus. Alcohol. 
 
 Spiritus tenuior. Dilute alcohol. Proof 
 spirit, which is about half the strength of recti- 
 fied, is much employed for preparing tinctures 
 of resinous juices, barks, roots, &c. 
 
 Spiritus vini gallici. French brandy. 
 
 Spiritus vitrioli. Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Spiritus vitrioli dulcis. Spiritus aetheris 
 sulphurici. 
 
 Spiritus vitrioli tenuis. Acidum sulphuri- 
 cum dilutum. 
 
 Spiritus volatilis fcetidus. Spiritus am- 
 monite foetidus. 
 
 Spiroid canal. The aquaeductus Fallopii 
 is so named by Chaussier. 
 
 Spiro'ptera hominis. A small pai'asitical 
 worm sometimes found in the urine and kid 
 ney. 
 
 SPIROMETER. (From spiro, to breathe, 
 and uerpov, a measure.) An instrument for the 
 purpose of measuring the amount of air inhaled 
 in a given time. 
 
 Spissa'ntia. A body which inspissates or 
 thickens. 
 
 Spit. Sputum. 
 
 Spitting of blood. Haemoptysis. 
 
 Spittle. Saliva. 
 
 Spla'nchna. The intestines. 
 
 SPLA'NCHNIC. (Splanchnicus; fromaTrXay- 
 Xvov, an entrail.) Belonging to the entrails. 
 
 Splanchnic cavities. The cavities of the 
 abdomen, chest, and head. 
 
 Splanchnic nerve. A branch of the great 
 intercostal nerve. See Intercostal nerve. 
 
 SPLA'NCHNICA. A genus of diseases in 
 Dr. Good's system, including those of the ab 
 dominal organs without primary inflammation. 
 
 Splanchnogra'phy. The anatomy of the 
 viscera. 
 
 Splanchnology. Splanchnologia. A treat- 
 ise on the viscera. 
 
 Spla'nchnon. 'Lizlayxvov . An intestine or 
 viscus: 
 
 S planch nopa'thy. Disease of the intestines. 
 
 SPLEEN. (Splen, enis, m. lirlvv.) Lien 
 607 
 
SPL 
 
 SP L 
 
 The spleen or milt is a spongy viscus, of a dark 
 color, and vaiiable form and magnitude. In 
 the normal condition it is placed in the left hy- 
 pochondrium, betvyeen the eleventh and twelfth 
 false ribs. 
 
 The internal structure of the spleen is, by 
 some anatomists, considered as cellular, the cells 
 communicating with each other and with the 
 branches of the splenic vein. The mass of the 
 spleen appeal's to be formed of a collection of 
 reddish-brown granules, though the red sub- 
 stance contains very small, whitish bodies, first 
 observed by Morgagni. They are distinct in 
 some of the inferior animals; but in the human 
 subject, their existence is asserted by some anat- 
 omists and denied by others. 
 
 The vessels of the spleen are, the splenic 
 artery, coining from the cceliac artery, which, 
 considering the size of the spleen, is much 
 larger than is requisite for the mere nutrition 
 of it. This goes, by serpentine movements, out 
 of its course, over the pancreas, and behind the 
 stomach, and, after having given off branches to 
 the adjacent parts, it is inserted into the con- 
 cave surface of the spleen. It is afterward 
 divided into smaller branches, which are again 
 divided into others yet smaller, delivering their 
 blood immediately to the veins, but emitting it 
 nowhere else. The veins at length come to- 
 gether into one, called the splenic vein; and, 
 having received the larger coronary vein of the 
 stomach, besides others, it constitutes the left 
 principal branch of the vena portae. 
 
 The nerves of the spleen are small ; they sur- 
 round the arteries with their branches ; they 
 come from a particular plexus, which is formed 
 of the posterior branches of the eighth pair, and 
 the great intercostal nerve. 
 
 Lymphatic vessels are sometimes seen on the 
 surface of the human spleen. 
 
 The use of the spleen has not hitherto been 
 determined. We merely know, says Professor 
 Miiller, that its importance in the economy is 
 not great: the experiments of numerous observ- 
 ers have shown that it may be extirpated with- 
 out any remarkable ill consequence. 
 
 The function of the spleen probably consists 
 in the production of some change in the blood 
 which circulates through its tissue, and in thus 
 contributing to the process of sanguification ; or 
 in the secretion of a lymph of peculiar nature, 
 wliich, being mixed with the contents of the 
 lymphatic and lacteal system coming from other 
 parts, tends to perfect the formation of the 
 chyle. 
 
 The blood of the splenic vein, according to 
 Tiedemann and Gmelin, does not differ from 
 other venous blood ; they saw it coagulate like 
 the blood of other organs. The older physiol- 
 ogists, and, more recently, Autenrieth, maintain, 
 however, that the blood has peculiar characters. 
 Schultz, too, found the blood of the vena portae 
 of a darker, blacker tint than other venous 
 blood ; and the dark color was most evident in 
 animals which were fasting. Neither neutral 
 salts nor the action of the air had the effect of 
 rendering it of a brighter red color ; its coagu- 
 lum was less firm than that of other blood, and 
 it contained less fibrin and albumen, but more 
 fatty matter. These results have also been 
 608 
 
 verified by the analysis of Simon, who further 
 observed that the quantity of globules was much 
 greater, and the coloring matter more abundant. 
 
 The term spleen is often applied to hypo- 
 chondriasis. 
 
 Spleenwort. See Asplenium. 
 
 Splena'lgia. A pain in the spleen or its 
 region. 
 
 Splenemphr'axis. Obstruction of the spleen. 
 — Vogel. 
 
 SPLE'NETIC. Spleneticus. Belonging to 
 the spleen. 
 
 SPLENIC. Splenicus. Relating to the spleen, 
 as the arteries, nerves, &c, of the spleen. 
 
 SPLENITIS, (is, idis, f.; from oirfyv, the 
 spleen.) Inflammation of the spleen. Charac- 
 terized by fever, tension, heat, tumor, and pain 
 in the left hypochondrium, increased by press- 
 ure. This disease, according to Juncker, comes 
 on with a remarkable shivering, succeeded by 
 a most intense heat, and very great thirst; a 
 pain and tumor are perceived in the left hypo- 
 chondrium; and the paroxysms, for the most 
 part, assume a quartan form ; when the patients 
 expose themselves for a little to the free air, their 
 extremities soon grow very cold. Like the liver, 
 the spleen is also subject to a chronic inflam- 
 mation, which often happens after agues, and 
 is called the ague cake. It attacks persons of 
 a very plethoric and sanguine habit of body 
 rather than others, but is very rare. 
 
 During the acute stage of splenitis, we must 
 follow the antiphlogistic plan, and by the appli- 
 cation of blisters near the part affected. If it 
 should terminate in suppuration, we must en- 
 deavor to discharge the pus externally, by fo- 
 mentations or poultices. 
 
 Sple'nium. 1. Spleenwort. 2. A compress. 
 
 SPLE'NIUS. Splenitis capitus, and Splenitis 
 colli of Albinus. A flat, broad, and oblong mus- 
 cle. It arises from the four or five superior 
 spinous processes of the dorsal vertebras ; from 
 the last of the neck ; and from the ligamentum 
 colli. It is inserted, by two distinct tendons, 
 into the transverse processes of the two first 
 vertebrae of the neck, sending off some few 
 fibres to the complexus and levator scapulae ; 
 tendinous and fleshy into the upper and poste- 
 rior part of the mastoid process, and into a ridge 
 on the occipital bone, where it joins with the 
 root of that process. This muscle may be easily 
 separated into two parts. When it acts singly, 
 it draws the head and upper vertebrae of the 
 neck obliquely backward ; when both act, they 
 pull the head directly backward. 
 
 SPLENIZA'TION. A morbid change of the 
 texture of the lung, whereby it becomes of a 
 dark color, and resembles the spleen. 
 
 Splenoce'le. A hernia of the spleen. 
 
 Splenohje'mia. Engorgement of the spleen. 
 It occurs in typhus, intermittents, and other dis- 
 
 Spleno'ncus. Tumefaction of the spleen; 
 ague cake. 
 
 SPLINT. A long piece of wood, tin, or 
 strong pasteboard; employed for preventing the 
 ends of broken bones from moving so as to in- 
 terrupt the process by which fractures unite. 
 
 Splint-bone. The fibula. 
 
 Split-cloth. A bandage which consists of 
 
SPO 
 
 ST A 
 
 a central portion and six or eight tails. It is 
 used principally for the head. 
 
 SPO'DIUM. iTTodtov. An ancient prepar- 
 ation of zinc and other bodies. — S. abaisir. 
 Burned ashes. Metallic oxides, and a compo- 
 sition of white lead and oil. — S. album. Bone 
 earth. — S. arabum. Burned ivory. — S. grae- 
 coram. Album graecum. 
 
 Spondylalgia. Pain in the back bone. 
 
 Spondy'lium. Heracleum spondylium. 
 
 SPO'NDYLUS. (us, i, m. ZirovdvXoc, a 
 vertebra.) The spine or back bone. 
 
 Sponge-tent. See Spongia praeparata. 
 
 SPO'NGIA. (a, ce, f. ILnoyyoc; CTcoyyia.) 
 Sponge. A genus of marine zoophytes. It 
 contains iodine. Sponge-tents are employed by 
 surgeons to dilate fistulous ulcers, &c. Spongia 
 officinalis is the species in ordinary use. 
 
 Spongia fr.eparata. Prepared sponge. 
 Sponge-tent. This is formed by dipping pieces 
 of sponge in hot melted emplastrum cerae com- 
 positum, and pressing them between two iron 
 plates. As soon as cold, the substance thus 
 formed may be cut into pieces of any shape. 
 
 Spongia usta. Burned sponge. Cut the 
 sponge into pieces, and beat it, that any ex- 
 traneous matters may be separated ; then burn 
 it in a close iron vessel until it becomes black 
 and finable ; lastly, rub it to a very fine powder. 
 This preparation was exhibited wnth bark in 
 the cure of scrofulous complaints and broncho- 
 cele. It contains a portion of iodine, which now 
 supersedes the sponge as a medicine. The 
 dose is from a scrapie to a drachm. 
 
 SPO'NGIOLE. (Diminutive of spongia, a 
 sponge.) A spongelet, or small oval body 
 terminating each of the capillary roots in plants, 
 aud analogous, in its absorbing power, to the 
 ampulluhe of the human intestine. 
 
 SPONGIOSA OSSA. These bones are situ- 
 ated in the uhuer part of the side of the nose : 
 they are of a triangular form and spongy appear- 
 ance : externally they are convex; internally 
 they are concave ; the convexity is placed to- 
 ward the septum nasi, and the concavity out- 
 ward. At the upper part of the bone are two 
 processes, the anterior of which ascends, and 
 forms part of the lachrymal groove, and the 
 posterior descends, and forms a hook to make 
 part of the maxillary sinus. 
 
 Spongiosum os. 1. The ethmoid bone. 2. 
 See Spongiosa ossa. 
 
 Spongoid inflammation. Fungus haema- 
 todes. 
 
 Spongoi'des. The ethmoid bone. 
 
 Spon-gos. The tonsil. 
 
 SPONGY. Spongiosus. Applied very gen- 
 erally to express a texture resembling that of a 
 sponge. 
 
 SPONTANEOUS. (Sponte, of one's own 
 free will. ) A term applied to any physiological 
 phenomenon which takes place without exter- 
 nal agency ; to diseases which occur without 
 external cause, &c. 
 
 SPORADIC. (Sporadicus; from aiTEipa, to 
 sow.) Diseases which are not epidemic, but 
 occur here and there from causes affecting only 
 the individual, are called sporadic diseases. 
 
 Spora'ngium. The case or receptacle con- 
 taining the spores. 
 Qq 
 
 Spore. Sporule. The minute rudimentary 
 seeds of the cryptogamia. 
 
 Spori'dia. The covering of the spores; the 
 spore-like bodies of algae. 
 
 Spotted fever. See Fever, Spotted. 
 
 Spotted lungwort. See Pulmonaria. 
 
 Sprain. See Subluxation. 
 
 Sprat. Clupea sprattus. 
 
 Spreading. Diffusus. 
 
 SPRUCE. 1. A particular species of fir. 
 The pinus abies. 2. A fermented liquor, called 
 spruce beer, prepared from the spruce fir. It 
 is found a useful antiscorbutic. 
 
 Spu'ma. Froth. 
 
 Spuma cerevisi^e. Yeast. 
 
 Spumo'sus. Frothy. 
 
 Spunk. Boletus ignarius. 
 
 Spur. Calcar. 
 
 Spurge. See Euphorbia. 
 
 Spurge-flax. Daphne gnidium. 
 
 Spurge-laurel. Daphne laureola. 
 
 Spurge-olive. Daphne mezereum. 
 
 Spurious. Nothus. 
 
 Spurred. Calcaratus. 
 
 Spurred rye. Ergot. 
 
 Sputa. Plural of sputum. 
 
 Sputamen. See Sputum. 
 
 SPU'TUM. (um, i, n. ; from spuo, to spit.) 
 1. That which is cast out of the mouth merely 
 by spitting. 2. Expectorated matter, or that 
 which comes from within the chest and is spit 
 out. 
 
 SQUA'MA. (a, ce, f.) A scale. An opaque 
 and thickened lamina of the cuticle. 
 
 SQUAMiE. Scaly diseases; these are com- 
 monly produced by some degree of inflamma- 
 tion of the true skin, over which they are form- 
 ed ; but occasionally, as in the slighter forms 
 of pityriasis, the cuticle alone, or with the rete 
 mucosum, appears to be in a morbid condition. 
 The four genera of scaly diseases are, Lepra, 
 Psoriasis, Pityriasis, and Ichthyosis. 
 
 Squama'ria. Plumbago europaea. 
 
 Squama'tus. Squamate. Scaly. 
 
 SQUA'MOUS. Squamosus. Scaly; arrang- 
 ed like scales on a fish. 
 
 Squamous suture. The suture which unites 
 the squamous portion of the temporal bone with 
 the parietal. 
 
 Squarro'se. Squarrosus. Rough ; scabby ; 
 scurfy; scaly. 
 
 Squill. Squilla. Scilla maritima. 
 
 Squills, vinegar of. Acetum scillae. 
 
 Squinancy. Cynanche tonsillaiis. 
 
 Squina'nthus. Andropogon schaananthus. 
 
 Squinting. See Strabismus. 
 
 Sr. The symbol of strontium. 
 
 STA'CHYS. (ys,yos,m.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Gymnospermia. — S.fwlida. Bal- 
 lota nigra. — S. palustris. Clown's woundwort 
 or all-heal. Not used. 
 
 Sta'cte. A kind of myrrh. 
 
 Sta'cticon. Instillation; also an eye-water. 
 
 STAFF. A grooved steel instrument intro- 
 duced through the urethra into the bladder, to 
 guide the knife in the operation of lithotomy. 
 
 STAGE. A period or degree of a disease. 
 Thus some diseases are described as exhibiting 
 a stage of access, of decline ; others, a hot or 
 cold stage. 
 
 609 
 
S T A 
 
 «3T E 
 
 Sta'gma. 1. Any distilled liquor. 2. Sul- 
 phuric acid. 
 
 Stagnation. A retardation of the fluids of 
 a part, or a congestion. 
 
 STAHLIANS. The followers of Stahl, also 
 called Animists, and their school is called the 
 Dynamic school. 
 
 STALAGMI'TIS. (is, is, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Polygamic,. Monascia. — S. cambo- 
 gioi'des. This and several other species of 
 stalagmitis yield a kind of gamboge: the true 
 gamboge, however, is the produce of the Gar- 
 cinia cambogioides. 
 
 Stala'gmus. Distillation. 
 
 Stalk. Scape. 
 
 STA'LTICUS. (From orello, to contract.) 
 Healing : applied to medicines which were 
 supposed to have that power. 
 
 STAMEN, (en, inis, n.) The male genital 
 organ of plants, found generally within the cor- 
 olla, near the pistil. It consists of the anther 
 and filament. 
 
 STAMINA. In Physiology and Pathology, 
 applied to the degree of strength and vigor in 
 the constitution. 
 
 Sta'minal. Staminalis. Eelating to the 
 stamen. 
 
 Stamini'ferous. Having stamens. 
 
 Stamme'ring. Balbuties blsesitas. See Psel- 
 lismus. 
 
 Standard. The vexillum of a flower. 
 
 Stanni pulvis. S. limatura. Tin, finely di- 
 vided, is exhibited internally as a vermifuge : 
 it acts mechanically, and the fine filings are 
 more effectual than the powder. 
 
 Stannic acid. The peroxide of tin. 
 
 STANNUM. (urn, i, n.) See Tin. 
 
 Stannum foliatum. Tin foil. 
 
 STAPE'DIUS. Musculus stapes of Cowper, 
 and P yramidal-stapedien of Dumas. A muscle 
 of the internal ear. See Auris. 
 
 STATES, (es, edis, m.) A bone of the in- 
 ternal ear, so called from its resemblance to a 
 stirrup. See Auris. 
 
 Staphisa'gria. Delphinium staphisagria. 
 
 Staphisi'ne. An alkaloid body found with 
 delphine in the stavesacre. It is poisonous, 
 and probably a modification of delphine. 
 
 Staphyljemato'ma. A tumor of the uvula 
 containing effused blood. 
 
 STATHYLE. ^ra^ylrj. The uvula. 
 
 Staphyli'nus. Applied, in Anatomy, to parts 
 connected with the uvula. 
 
 Staphylinus externus. The circumflexus. 
 
 Staphyli'tis. Inflammation of the uvula. 
 
 Staphylo-pharyngeus. The palato-pharyn- 
 geus muscle. 
 
 STAPHYLGEDE'MA. CEdema uvula. A 
 relaxation of the uvula from inflammation or 
 infiltration. If it becomes permanently relax- 
 ed, there is difficult deglutition, and irritation of 
 the larynx and pharynx. In such cases it is to 
 be remedied by astringent lotions, scarifications, 
 or excision. 
 
 STAPHYLOMA, (a, atis, n. ; from ara- 
 (pvTirj, a grape.) S. cornea. S.conicum. Sta- 
 phyloma of the cornea. Sugar-loaf staphyloma. 
 A disease of the eyeball, in which the cornea 
 loses its natural transparency, rises above the 
 level of the eye, and successively even projects 
 610 
 
 beyond the eyelids, in the form of an elongated 
 whitish or pearl-colored tumor, which is some- 
 times smooth, sometimes uneven, and is attend- 
 ed with a total loss of sight. The proximate 
 cause is an effusion of thick humor between the 
 lamellae of the cornea. The remote causes are, 
 an habitual ophthalmia, contusions, and fre- 
 quently a deposition of the variolous humor in 
 the small-pox. 
 
 It requires the aid of surgery to remove all 
 the adventitious growths or collections of fluid, 
 and the use of detergent lotions and such caus- 
 tic applications as can with safety be applied. 
 
 Staphyloma of the iris. S. iridis. Pro 
 lapsus iridis. 
 
 Staphyloma racemosum. When the whole 
 iris is protruded. 
 
 Staphyloma sclerotica. Staphyloma of 
 the sclerotic. When the projecting portion of 
 the eye is situated on the sclerotic coat. 
 
 Staphylo'ncus. Tumefaction of the uvula; 
 staphyledema. 
 
 STAPHYLORRA'PHY. Staphylorrhaphia. 
 (From OTatyvXn, the uvula, and pacpv, a suture.) 
 The operation of uniting a cleft palate. The 
 edges of the membrane of the palate are pared, 
 and then brought together by the interrupted 
 suture. 
 
 Staphylosis. Staphyloma. 
 
 Star-anise. Illicium anisatum. 
 
 Star-grass. Aletris farinosa. 
 
 Star-like. Stellate. 
 
 Star-shoot. Tremella nostoc. 
 
 Star-thistle. Carlina acaulis. 
 
 Starch. Amylum. 
 
 Starkey's pills. The same as Matthews's 
 pills. 
 
 Starkey's soap. Sapo terebinthinae. 
 
 STA'SIS. Sracnc. (From arao), to stand.) 
 A condition of the fluids, in which they are sup- 
 posed to be nearly stagnant. 
 
 STA'TICE. (e, es, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Peniandria. Pentagynia. Plumbaginece. The 
 herb sea-thrift. — S. caroliniana. Marsh rose- 
 mary. This plant is astringent, and used in 
 dysentery, and as a gargle in ulcerated sore 
 throats. — S. limonium. The sea-thrift. Sea- 
 lavender, or red behen. The roots possess 
 astringent and tonic qualities, but not in a very 
 remarkable degree. 
 
 STA'TICS. That department of physical 
 science which investigates the conditions of 
 equilibrium. It is the converse of dynamics. 
 
 Stationary fever. Stationa'ria febris. A 
 fever endemical in a place for many years. — 
 Sydenham. 
 
 STATISTICS, MEDICAL. Vital statistics. 
 The detail of facts connected with the deaths, 
 births, diseases, epidemics, &c, of any given 
 place. 
 
 Sta'tus. A state or condition; applied 
 synonymously with diathesis and temperament, 
 as Status nervosus, the nervous diathesis. 
 
 Stavesacre. Delphinium staphisagria. 
 
 STEAM. The vapor of water at a high tem- 
 perature. When produced under pressure, it is 
 termed high-pressure steam, and its heat is in- 
 creased over 212°. The expression, a steam 
 bath, means only a vapor bath at a high tem- 
 perature; it is a powerful sudorific and relaxant. 
 
S TE 
 
 STE 
 
 Steam doctor. A quack who pretends to 
 cure all diseases by the steam bath. 
 
 STE'AR. 2-£op, gen. arearoc. Fat. 
 
 Stearacoxot. One of the fats of the brain, 
 according to Couerbe. 
 
 Stearic acid. The acid obtained by sapon- 
 izing stearine, and decomposing the soap by a 
 dilute acid. It is a brilliant, white, soft body, 
 insoluble in water; melts at 167°. Formula, 
 C 68 H 6 «0.3+2HO. 
 
 Ste'arixe. (From areap, fat.) The solid 
 component of fats, resembling wax; a stearate 
 of glycerine. 
 
 Stearoptexe. A name given to the concrete 
 portion, or camphor of volatile oils. 
 
 Steatoce'le. A fatty tumor of the scrotum. 
 
 STEATO'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from areap, fat.) 
 An encysted tumor, the contents of which are 
 of a fatty consistence. 
 
 STEEL. Chalybs. 1. The finest iron, com- 
 bined with about one per cent, of carbon. 2. 
 In Pharmacy, the preparations of iron are 
 sometimes called preparations of steel, as Steel 
 wine for Vi?ium ferri. 
 
 Steer's opodeldoc See Opodeldoc, Steer's. 
 
 Stegno'sis. A constriction ; a constipation. 
 
 Stegno'tics. Stegnotica. Astringents. 
 
 STE'LLA. 1. A star. 2. A bandage cross- 
 ed like an X, or with many crossings like a star. 
 
 Stella'te. Stellatus. Star-like. 
 
 Stelochites. Osteocolla. 
 
 Stem. See Caulis and Stipe. 
 
 Ste'ma. *Lte[ju. The penis. 
 
 Stemless. Acaulis. 
 
 Stemless milk-vetch. Astragalus excapus. 
 
 Stenothorax. One with a narrow chest. 
 
 Stephens's remedy, Mrs. A pill of soap 
 and lime, followed by a tonic mixture with 
 soap. It was once famous as a lithontriptic. 
 _ STERCORA'CEOUS. Stercorarius. Rela- 
 ting to, or being of the nature of, excrement. 
 
 STERCU'LIA. {a, «,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Monadelphia. Polyandria. — S. urens yields the 
 Bassora gum. 
 
 Ste'rcus. (us, i, m.) Excrement; faeces; 
 fimus. 
 
 Stercus diaboli. Assafcetida. 
 
 STEREO'TICA. (From arepeoc, hard, 
 solid.) Lesions or deformities of the hard parts. 
 A genus of diseases in Good's Nosology. 
 
 Stereu'six. Stearopteue. 
 
 STERFLITY. (Sterilitas, atis, f. ; from 
 gteri/is, barren.) In Physiology and Pathology, 
 sterility is the want of power to get or bear a 
 child ; hence it applies to both the male and 
 female. It may arise from malformation, but 
 is usually the result of debility in the sexual 
 organs, arising in men from venereal excesses, 
 intemperance, or strictures ; and in females 
 from disordered menstruation, leucorrhcea, or 
 chlorosis. The treatment in these cases rests 
 on the removal of the debility by tonics, espe- 
 cially cold bathing, chalybeates, and injudicious 
 dieting. When it arises from stricture it must 
 be overcome by the appropriate means. 
 
 STERNA'LGIA. (a, a, f. ; from arepvov, 
 the sternum or chest, and alyoc, pain.) 1. Pain 
 about the sternum, which is often very severe, 
 and may arise from rheumatism, gout, dyspep- 
 sia, and other diseases. 2. Angina pectoris. 
 
 Sterno-clavicular articulation. The 
 joint formed by the clavicle and sternum. 
 
 Sterno-cleido-htoideus. See Sterno-hy- 
 oideus. 
 
 Sterno-cleido-mastoideus. Sterno-mastoi- 
 deus and cleido-mastoideus of Albinus. A mus- 
 cle on the anterior and lateral part of the neck, 
 which turns the head to one side, and bends it 
 forward. It arises by two distinct origins: the 
 anterior from the top of the sternum, near its 
 junction with the clavicle; the posterior from 
 the upper and anterior part of the clavicle. 
 They unite a little above the anterior articula- 
 tion of the clavicle; and the muscle is inserted 
 into the mastoid process, and, gradually becom- 
 ing thinner, is extended as far back as the 
 lambdoidal suture. 
 
 Sterno-costales. These muscles are situa- 
 ted at each side of the under surface of the ster- 
 num, upon the cartilages of the third, fourth, fifth, 
 and sixth ribs. Their number varies from three 
 to six, but most usually there are four. The 
 lowermost of the sterno-costales arises from the 
 edge and inner surface of the lower part of the 
 cartilago ensiformis, where its fibres intermix 
 with those of the diaphragm and transversalis 
 abdominis. Its fibres run nearly in a transverse 
 direction, and are inserted, by a broad, thin ten- 
 don, into the inner surface of the cartilage of the 
 sixth rib, and lower edge of that of the fifth. 
 The second and largest of the sterno-costales 
 arises, tendinous, from the cartilago ensiformis 
 and lower part of the sternum laterally, and, 
 running a little obliquely outward, is inserted 
 into the lower edge of the cartilage of the fifth, 
 and sometimes of the fourth rib. The third, 
 arises, tendinous, from the sides of the middle 
 part of the sternum, near the cartilages of the 
 fourth and fifth ribs, and, ascending obliquely 
 outward, is inserted into the cartilage of the 
 third rib. The fourth and uppermost, which 
 is the most frequently wanting, arises, tendinous, 
 from the beginning of the cartilage of the third 
 rib and the adjacent part of the sternum, and 
 running almost perpendicularly upward, is in- 
 serted by a thin tendon (which covers a part of 
 the second internal intercostal) into the carti- 
 lage and beginning of the bony part of the second 
 rib. All these muscles are more or less inter- 
 mixed with one another at their origin, and this 
 probably occasioned them to be considered as 
 one muscle. 
 
 Ste'rno-htoide'ds. As this muscle arises 
 from the clavicle as well as from the sternum. 
 Winslow calls it sterno-cleido-hyoidens. It is a 
 long, flat, and thin muscle, situated obliquely 
 between the sternum and os hvoides, behind 
 the lower part of the mastoideus, and covering 
 the sterno-thyroideits and the hyo-thyroideus. It 
 arises, by very short tendinous fibres, from the 
 cartilaginous part of the first rib, from the up- 
 per and inner part of the sternum, from the cap- 
 sular ligament that connects that bone with the 
 clavicle, and commonly from a small part of the 
 clavicle itself; from thence, ascending along 
 the anterior and lateral part of the neck, we see 
 it united to its fellow, opposite to the inferior 
 part of the larynx, by means of a thin mem- 
 brane, which forms a kind of linea alba. After 
 this the two muscles separate again, and each 
 
 611 
 
S T E 
 
 S TI 
 
 passing over the side of the thyroid cartilage, 
 is inserted into the basis of the os hyoides, im- 
 mediately behind the insertion of the last-de- 
 scribed muscle. Its use is to draw the os hy- 
 oides downward. 
 
 Sterno-mastoideus. See Sterno-cleido-mas- 
 toideus. 
 
 Ste'rno-thyroide'us. This is flat and thin, 
 like the sterno-hyoideus, but longer and broad- 
 er. It is situated at the fore part of the neck, 
 between the sternum and thyroid cartilage, and 
 behind the sterno-hyoideus. It arises, broad 
 and fleshy, from the upper and inner part of 
 the sternum, between the cartilages of the first 
 and second ribs, from each of which it receives 
 some few fibres, as well as from the clavicle, 
 where it joins with the sternum. From thence, 
 growing somewhat narrower, it ascends, and, 
 passing over the thyroid gland and the cricoid 
 cartilage, is inserted, tendinous, into the lower 
 and posterior edge of the rough line of the thy- 
 roid cartilage, immediately under the insertion 
 of the sterno-hyoideus. Now and then a few 
 of its fibres pass on to the os hyoides. Its use 
 is to draw the thyroid cartilage, and, conse- 
 quently, the larynx, downward. 
 Sternody'nia. Sternalgia. 
 Sternodynia syncopialis. Angina pectoris. 
 STE'RNUM. (»,i,n.) Pectoris os. The 
 breast bone. The sternum is the oblong, flat 
 bone placed at the fore part of the thorax. In 
 the adult state it consists of three, and some- 
 times only of two pieces, the two lower por- 
 tions being united into one ; and very often, in 
 old subjects, the whole is formed into one bone. 
 The upper portion forms an irregular square. 
 On each side, superiorly, we observe an oblong 
 articulating surface, covered with cartilage in 
 the recent subject, for receiving the ends of the 
 clavicles. The whole of its anterior surface is 
 slightly convex, and within it is slightly con- 
 cave. Its edge, on each side, affords four artic- 
 ulating surfaces, for the third, fourth, fifth, and 
 sixth ribs, and parts of articulating surfaces at 
 its upper and lower parts, for the second and 
 seventh ribs. The third and inferior portion of 
 the sternum is separated from the former by a 
 line. From its shape, and its being constantly 
 in a state of cartilage in young subjects, it has 
 been commonly named cartilago xiphoides, en- 
 siformis, or sword-like cartilage. 
 
 Sternutamento'ria. Achillea ptarmica. 
 Sternutame'ntum. That which produces 
 sneezing; snuff. 
 
 STERNUTA'TIO. (io,ionis, f.) Sneezing. 
 Ste'rnutatory. Errhine. 
 STE'RTOR. (or, oris, m.) A loud and 
 deep sound produced, in the larynx and fauces ; 
 a snoring respiration. 
 
 STE'THESCOPE. (From arndoc, the chest, 
 and gkotxeu, to explore.) An instrument in- 
 vented by Laennec to aid auscultation. It is 
 made of cedar wood, of a cylindrical form, 
 about eleven inches long, and about an inch 
 and a half in diameter. It has a cylindrical 
 perforation throughout its whole length, and is 
 divided into two parts. The end of one or 
 both parts terminates in a funnel-shaped cavity. 
 There are several modifications of the stethe- 
 scope, of which, perhaps, the most convenient 
 612 
 
 is one somewhat shorter than that above de- 
 scribed, without any division in the middle, 
 and furnished with rather a broad and very 
 slightly concave ear-plate. In using this in- 
 strument, care is to be taken that it is kept 
 perfectly flat upon the part to which it is ap- 
 plied by the funnel-shaped end, while the other 
 end should be in close contact with the ear. 
 Silk covering, as causing a cracking sort of 
 noise, and a thick dress, as obscuring the sound 
 of respiration, should be avoided ; but linen or 
 flannel dress may remain on the person without 
 disadvantage. When applied over the heart, 
 the funnel end is plugged by a piece of perfo- 
 rated cedar wood. 
 
 STHE'NIA. (From ffflevoc.) Strength; ex- 
 cess of vital power. That state of the body 
 which disposes to inflammatory diseases, in op- 
 position to those of debility, which arise from 
 asthenia. 
 
 Sthenic Sihenicus. 1. Such diseases as 
 arise from accumulated excitability. 2. In- 
 flammatory. 3. Active. 
 
 Stibia'lis. Antimonial: appertaining to an- 
 timony. 
 
 Stibii essentia. Antimonial wine. 
 
 Sti'bious. Stibiosus. Antimonial. 
 
 S T I' B I U M. (urn, ii, n. Stimmi, gti{j,[il.) 
 The ancient name of antimony. See Antimony. 
 
 STI'GMA. (a, atis, n. Sriy/za; from art^u, 
 to prick or to brand.) I. In Pathology, 1. A 
 small red speck on the skin, occasioning no el- 
 evation of the cuticle. Stigmata are generally 
 distinct, or apart from each other. They some- 
 times assume a livid color, and are then termed 
 petechia and purpuree. 2. Naevus maternus. 
 II. In Botany, that part of the female organ of 
 a plant which is placed at the summit of the 
 style. 
 
 Stilbo'ma. A cosmetic. 
 
 Still. An apparatus for distillation, usually 
 on a large scale, and somewhat resembling the 
 alembic. 
 
 Stillate. A distilled fluid. 
 
 STILLICFDIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from stillo, 
 to drop, and cado, to fall.) A dropping. A 
 strangury, or discharge of the urine drop by 
 drop. Also, the pumping upon a part. 
 
 STILLINGIA. (a, ce,i.) A genus of plants. 
 Moncecia. Monadelphia. Euphorbiacece. — S. 
 sylvatica. Queen's root. Stillingia. (U. S.) 
 The root is said to be purgative and alterative, 
 and useful as a substitute for sarsaparilla. 
 
 Stimato'sis. Stymatosis. 
 
 Sti'mmi. lnfi/u,i. Antimony. 
 
 STIMULANT. (Stimulans ; from stimulo, 
 to stir up.) Possessed of the power of excit- 
 ing the animal energy. Stimulants are divided 
 into general and topical, according as they af- 
 fect the whole system or a particular part. 
 Those general stimulants, the effect of which is 
 veiy fugacious, are termed diffusible stimulants; 
 as ether, alcohol. 
 
 STI'MULUS. {us, i, m. ; from GTiyfioc, stim- 
 ulus, a sting or spur.) In Pathology and Phys- 
 iology, that which rouses the action or energy 
 of a part. 
 
 Stinking lettuce. Lactuca virosa. 
 
 STI'PES. (es, itis, m.) A stipe or stem of 
 a fungus, fer- v or palm. 
 
S TO 
 
 Stipita'tus. Standing on a pillar or pedicle. 
 
 STI'PULE. Stipula. A leafy appendage to 
 the proper leaves, or to their footstalks. 
 
 Stipular. Stipularis. Belonging to the 
 stipula of plants. 
 
 Stitch. A sharp spasmodic pain in the in- 
 tercostal muscles is commonly so called. 
 
 Stizolobium. Dolichos pruriens. 
 
 STOCKING, LACED. A strong stocking of 
 cloth or wash leather, made to be laced up in 
 front. It is used to produce equal compres- 
 sion along the leg. 
 
 Stce'chas. Lavendulae stoechas. 
 
 Stcechas citrina. See Gnaphalium. 
 
 STO'LON. A sucker or scion. A runner 
 which proceeds from the roots of some plants, 
 and takes root in the earth. 
 
 Stoloni'ferous. Stoloniferus. Putting forth 
 stolons. 
 
 Sto'ma. Irofi. The mouth. 
 
 STOMACA'CE. (From arofia, the mouth, 
 and fcanoc, evil.) Cancrum oris. Gangrena 
 oris. Canker of the mouth. A fetor of the 
 mouth, with a bloody discharge from the gums, 
 which are ulcerated along their edges. The 
 remedies for this disease are, acid gargles with 
 myrrh, and the internal exhibition of mineral 
 acids, with bark or cascarilla; good food, espe- 
 cially a proper quantity of vegetables, and oc- 
 casional purgatives ; the cold bath, and walking 
 exercise. It occurs chiefly in scurvy. 
 
 STO'MACH. (Stomachus, i, m. Sro/^oc; 
 from GTOjua, the mouth, and ^ccj, to pour.) A 
 membranous receptacle, situated in the epi- 
 gastric region, which receives the food from 
 the oesophagus. Its figure is somewhat oblong 
 and round: it is largest on the left side, and 
 gradually diminishes toward its lower orifice, 
 where it is the least. Its superior orifice, where 
 the oesophagus terminates, is called the cardia, 
 or cardiac orifice ; the inferior orifice, where 
 the intestine begins, the pylorus. 
 
 The stomach, like the intestinal canal, is com- 
 posed of three coats or membranes : 1. The out- 
 ermost, which is very firm, and from the peri- 
 toneum. 2. The muscular, which is very thick, 
 and composed of various muscular fibres. 3. 
 The innermost, mucous, or villous coat. These 
 coats are connected together by cellular mem- 
 brane. The arteries of the stomach come chiefly 
 from the coeliac artery, and are distinguished 
 into the coronary, gastro-epiploic, and short ar- 
 teries; they are accompanied by veins which 
 have similar names, and which terminate in the 
 vena portae. The nerves of the stomach are 
 very numerous, and come from the eighth pair 
 and sympathetic nerve. The lymphatic vessels 
 are distributed throughout the whole substance, 
 and proceed immediately to the thoracic duct. 
 Stomach, inflammation of. See Inflamma- 
 tion of the stomach and intestines. 
 
 Stomach-pump. An instrument for removing 
 poisonous fluids from the stomach, and inject- 
 ing water, or bland and nutritious fluids, to an- 
 swer particular indications. It is an exhausting 
 and condensing syringe, furnished with a long 
 oesophagus tube. To inject liquids, the exhaust- 
 ing end is placed in the fluid, and the condens- 
 ing end, furnished with the tube, is introduced 
 into the stomach. In using the stomach-pump, it 
 
 S TR 
 
 is necessary to introduce into the patient's mouth 
 a bit of wood, perforated in the centre for the 
 passage of the tube. To draw liquids from the 
 stomach, the tube is attached to the exhausting 
 end of the syringe. 
 
 STOMA'CHIC. Stomachicus. That which 
 excites and strengthens the action of the stom- 
 ach. 
 
 Stoma'chica pa'ssio. Gastrodynia. 
 Stomachus. Stomach. 
 
 Sto'mata. The minute apertures found on 
 the under side of the leaves of most plants. 
 
 STOMATITIS. (From arofta, the mouth, and 
 itis, inflammation. ) Inflammation of the mouth. 
 This may be aphthous or follicular, gangrenous 
 or pseudo-membraneous, with the exudation of 
 a false membrane. These varieties are to be 
 treated according to general principles. They 
 are also frequently symptomatic. 
 
 Stomatopa'nus. Tumefaction of the glands 
 of the mouth. 
 
 Stomatophy'ma. A swelling of the mouth. 
 Stomatorrhagia. Hemorrhage from the 
 mouth. 
 
 Stone. See Calculus. 
 Stone-crop. Sedum acre. 
 Stone-pock. The acne indurata. 
 Stone-root. Collinsonia canadensis. 
 Storax. See Styrax. 
 
 Storax, liquid. S.liquida. See Liquidam- 
 bar. 
 
 Storax rubra officinalis. Cascarilla bark. 
 Storax, white. Peruvian balsam. 
 Storey's worm-cakes. These consist of calo- 
 mel and jalap, made up into cakes, and colored 
 with vermilion. 
 
 STRABI'SMUS. (us, i, m. ; from cT P a6ifr, 
 to squint.) Squinting. An affection of the eyes, 
 in which the axes of the two do not retain their 
 natural relation. Squinting may be spasmodic, 
 and symptomatic of cerebral affections, or it 
 may be confirmed, and due to preternatural 
 shortness of one of the muscles of the eyeball. 
 In this case, the most speedy remedy is to di- 
 vide the muscle. Children are very prone to 
 squinting from habit, and this, growing upon 
 them, becomes, after a time, a permanent de- 
 fect. In such cases, the habit is broken up by 
 adjusting to the eye an opaque screen pierced 
 with a central aperture. 
 Strabositas. Strabismus. 
 Strabot'omy. The operation of cutting the 
 muscles of the eye in squinting. 
 
 Stra'men came'lorum. Andropogon schae- 
 nanthus. 
 
 Stramo'nine. An alkaloid base, said to ex- 
 ist with daturine in the stramonium. 
 
 STRAMO'NIUM. (um,ii, n.) The officinal 
 name of the Datura stramonium, which see. 
 
 Stra'ngalis. A hard, painful tumor in the 
 breast, from obstruction of the flow of milk. 
 
 STRANGULATION. Strangulatio. The 
 close constriction of a part. Thus a hernia is 
 said to be in a state of strangulation when the 
 contents of the rupture are so constricted by the 
 margins of the opening through which they have 
 passed as to interrupt their natural functions. 
 In legal medicine it means the forcible constric- 
 tion of the trachea, by which respiration is sus- 
 pended. 
 
 613 
 
STR 
 
 STR 
 
 Strangula'tion, uterine. Hysteria. 
 
 STRA'NGURY. (Stranguria, as, f . ; from 
 OTpayt;, a drop, and ovpov, urine.) A difficulty 
 and pain in passing the urine, which is excreted 
 by drops. 
 
 Strap-shaped. Ligulate. 
 
 Stratio'tes. Stratioticum. Achillea mille- 
 folium. 
 
 Stra'tum. A layer. 
 
 Straw. Culm; culmus. 
 
 Strawberry. Fragaria vesca and virgini- 
 ana. 
 
 STRE'MMA. (a, atis, n. Srne/z/za; from 
 arpefo), to turn.) A strain or sprain of the parts 
 about a joint. 
 
 STRE'NGTH. Vigor; a tonic condition of 
 the tissues of the body ; great muscular devel- 
 opment. 
 
 Strengthening medicine. Tonics are so 
 called. Chalybeates. 
 
 Strengthening plaster. Emplastrum 
 ferri. 
 
 Strepitosus morbus. A disease once said 
 to be common on the Austrian Alps, in which 
 emphysematous tumors arise on the neck, face, 
 and arms, which, when not quite foil of air, 
 crepitate like a dry bladder. 
 
 Stria'te. Striatum- Scored; marked with 
 long lines: grooved. 
 
 STRUCTURE. (Strictura, e, f.) A dim- 
 inution or contracted state of some tube or duct 
 of the bodj , as the oesophagus, intestines, ure- 
 thra, vagina, &c. It is either organic, that is, 
 accompanied with actual thickening of the walls 
 of the canal, or spasmodic. 
 
 Stri'ctus. Stiff and straight. 
 
 STRIDOR DENTIUM. Grinding of the 
 !eeth. A common symptom during sleep in 
 '/^ildren affected with worms or other intestinal 
 irrigation. It occurs also in fevers, as a symptom 
 >i irritation of the brain. 
 
 Stri'ga. A bristle-like pubescence. 
 
 Stri'gil. A flesh-brush. 
 
 Strigme'ntum. The strigment, filth, or 
 s^des scraped from the skin in baths and places 
 jf exercise. 
 
 Strigo'sus. Furnished with strigae. 
 
 Strobiliform. Strobiliformis. In the form 
 jf a cone. 
 
 STRO'BILUS. (us,i, m.) A cone. A cat- 
 k'r. hardened and eularged into a seed-vessel, 
 <in example of which is in the pines and firs. 
 
 STRO'NGYLUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 intestinal worms in Rudol phi's classification. — 
 ti. gigas. This species of worm is said to have 
 been found in the human kidney. It is of con- 
 siderable length, being from five inches to up- 
 ward of a foot. It has a flat, obtuse head, and 
 the mouth is furnished with six flattish papillae. 
 
 STRO'NTIA. Strontian. The protoxide of 
 Btrontian, a powerful base, nearly resembling 
 baryta and lime. It is not used in medicine, 
 and its salts are said not to be poisonous. 
 
 STRO'NTIUM. (um, ii, n.) The metallic 
 base of strontia. It is very similar to barium. 
 The equivalent is 43*8, and symbol, Sr. 
 
 Strophi'olum. A little, curved, gland-like 
 part near the scar or base of some seeds. 
 
 Stro'phos. Tormina. 
 
 STROPHULUS, (us, i, m.) A papular 
 614 
 
 eruption peculiar to infants, and exhibiting a 
 variety of forms, which are described by Dr. 
 Willan under the titles of intertinctus, albidus 
 confertus, volaticus, and candidus. 
 
 1. Strophulus intertinctus, the red gum or red 
 gown. — The papulae characterizing this affection 
 rise sensibly above the level of the cuticle, are 
 of a vivid red color, and commonly distinct froir. 
 each other. Their number and extent varie? 
 much in different cases. They appear most con- 
 stantly on the cheeks, forearm, and back of the 
 hand, but are sometimes diffused over the whole 
 body. The papulae are, in many places, inter- 
 mixed with stigmata, and often with red patches 
 of a larger size, which do not, however, occasion 
 any elevation of the cuticle. The eruption usu- 
 ally terminates in scurf, or exfoliation of the 
 cuticle : its duration, however, is very uncertain 
 This complaint occurs chiefly within the tw« 
 first months of lactation. It is not always ac- 
 companied with, or preceded by, any disorder* 
 of the constitution, but appears occasionally ir. 
 the strongest and most healthy children. It is : 
 however, commonly associated with alvine dia 
 turbance. 
 
 2. The Strophulus albidus, by some termed 
 the white gum, is merely a variety of strophulus 
 intertinctus. In the place of the red eruptior 
 there is a number of minute whitish specks, a 
 little elevated, and sometimes, though not con 
 stantly, surrounded by a slight redness. 
 
 3. The Strophulus confertus. — An eruption 
 of numerous papillae, varying in their size, ap- 
 pears on different parts of the body in infants, 
 during dentition, and has thence been denomi- 
 nated the tooth-rash, or rank red gum. The 
 papulae are smaller, and set more closely to- 
 gether than in the red gum ; their color is not so 
 vivid, but they are generally more permanent. 
 
 4. The Strophulus volaticus is characterized 
 by an appearance of small circular patches, or 
 clusters of papulae, arising successively on dif- 
 ferent parts of* the body. The number of pap- 
 ulae in each cluster is from six to twelve. Both 
 the papulae and their interstices are of a high 
 red color. These patches continue red, with 
 a little heat or itching, for about four days, when 
 they turn brown, and begin to exfoliate. As 
 one patch declines, another appears at a small 
 distance from it ; and in this manner the com- 
 plaint often spreads gradually over the face, 
 body, and limbs, not terminating in less than 
 three or four weeks. This complaint has been 
 by some writers denominated ignis volaticus 
 infantum. 
 
 5. Strophulus candidus. — In this form of 
 strophulus, the papulae are larger than in any 
 of the foregoing species. They have no inflam- 
 mation round their base ; their surface is very 
 smooth and shining, whence they appear to be 
 of a lighter color than the adjoining cuticle. 
 
 There is seldom much necessity for medi- 
 cine. If the bowels be out of order, they are to 
 be attended to ; otherwise, cleanliness, a bland 
 diet if the child is not suckled, and attention 
 to the clothing, are all that is necessary. 
 
 Stroughton's elixir. An aromatic tincture 
 made with gentian, serpentaria, orange peel, 
 cardamoms, &c. 
 
 STRUCTURE. In Physiology, 1. The ar- 
 
STR 
 
 STY 
 
 rangement of the tissues of a plant or animal. 
 2. A texture or membrane. 
 
 STRU'MA. (a,<z,f.) 1. Generally applied 
 to scrofula. 2. Bronchocele. 
 
 Struma ttrolensium. Cretinism. 
 
 Stru'mous. Strumosus. Of the nature of 
 scrofula. 
 
 Stru'thium. Imperatoria ostruthium. 
 
 STRY'CHNIA. (a,«,f.) Strychnine. The 
 alkaloid obtained from the Strycknos nux vomi- 
 ca. Take of finely-rasped nux vomica, Ibiv. ; 
 lime, fvj.; muriatic acid, fiij.; and a sufficient 
 quantity of alcohol, sulphuric acid, ammonia, 
 and water. Boil the nux vomica with one half, 
 and then the other half of the muriatic acid, so 
 as to exhaust it thoroughly ; strain, and add the 
 lime in fine powder ; collect the precipitated 
 strychnia. Take this up by alcohol, and boil 
 the solution with dilute sulphuric acid ; decolor 
 by animal charcoal, and finally precipitate the 
 pure strychnia by ammonia, and dry on blotting 
 paper. 
 
 Pure strychnia is crystallized in very small 
 four-sided prisms, terminated by four-sided low 
 pyramids. It has a white color ; its taste is in- 
 tolerably bitter, leaving a metallic impression 
 in the mouth. It is destitute of smell. It is 
 not altered by exposure to the air. It is very 
 little soluble in cold water, 100,000 parts of 
 that liquid dissolving only 15 parts of strychnia; 
 but it dissolves in 2500 times its weight of boil- 
 ing water. Its formula is C42H22N2O4. — Reg- 
 nault. 
 
 The action of strychnia on the animal econo- 
 my is precisely analogous to that of the alco- 
 holic extract of nux vomica, only much more 
 powerful. Half a grain blown into the throat 
 of a rabbit has produced trismus in two min- 
 utes, and death in five; and the eighth of a 
 grain taken into the stomach has proved fatal 
 to a strong dog. In minute doses strychnia has 
 been found a very useful medicine, especially 
 in paralytic cases, and it appears preferable to 
 the extract of nux vomica, as being of more uni- 
 form strength. Dr. Ryan, who has used it very 
 extensively, speaks in high terms of its efficacy 
 in a variety of nervous diseases. The dose is 
 l^th of a grain morning and evening, in pill, re- 
 peated more frequently as the patient gets ac- 
 customed to it. Dr. Ryan has met with few 
 patients who would bear more than -^ths of a 
 grain in the course of a day. Applied to the 
 skin, it causes violent pain, and produces co- 
 pious suppuration when applied on a blistered 
 surface ; it is not safe to use more than from a 
 quarter to half a grain in this way. The salts 
 of strychnia, of which the sulphate, hydro- 
 chlorate, and nitrate are used, may be made by 
 bringing these acids in contact with strychnia. 
 
 Strychnine. Strycknina. See Strychnia. 
 
 STRYCHNOMA'NIA. (a, a, f . ; from 
 arpvxvoc, nightshade, and fiavia, madness.) So 
 the ancients called the disorder produced by 
 eating the deadly nightshade. 
 
 STRY'CHNOS. (os, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Apocyna- 
 cece. — S. colubrina, a tree of the East Indies. 
 It yields the Lignum colubrinum, which contains 
 strychnia. — S. nux vomica. The tree which 
 yields the poison-nut. Nux vomica. Nux me- 
 
 tella. It is a native of the East Indies. The 
 bark is commonly known as the false angustura 
 bark, and is very bitter and poisonous. The 
 seed of the fruit is the officinal nux vomica : it 
 is flat, round, about an inch broad, and near a 
 quarter of an inch thick, with a prominence in 
 the middle on both sides, of a gray color, cov- 
 ered with a kind of woolly matter, and inter- 
 nally hard and tough like horn. To the taste 
 it is extremely bitter, but has no remarkable 
 smell. Rectified spirit is its best solvent. Nux 
 vomica is one of the most powerful of the veg- 
 etable poisons, and is of the narcotico-acrid kind. 
 The effects of this drug upon different animals 
 appear to be rather uncertain. With some an- 
 imals it produces its effects almost instanta- 
 neously; with others, not till after several 
 hours, when laborious respiration, followed by 
 torpor, tremblings, coma, and convulsions, usu- 
 ally precede the fatal spasms, or tetanus, with 
 which this drug commonly extinguishes life. 
 A fatal dose is about 31J . It was formerly rec- 
 ommended in a variety of complaints, especial- 
 ly dysentery, but is now considered serviceable 
 in paralysis and cases of deficient innervation. 
 The alcoholic extract is the form in which it is 
 most frequently given. The dose of this is from 
 gr. \ to gr. i., given, at first, twice a day, and 
 afterward more frequently. The dose of the 
 powdered nut is gr. v., gradually increased to 
 3j. or 3ss. The nux vomica is now gen- 
 erally superseded by its active principle, the 
 strychnia, which possesses all its virtues in a 
 highly concentrated form. See Strychnia. — 
 S. pseudo-quina. This Brazilian species yields 
 a tonic and febrifuge bark, not at all poisonous, 
 and used as a substitute for cinchona. — S. Sane- 
 ti Ignatii. Ignatia amara. — S. tieute. This 
 species produces the Upas tieute, one of the 
 strong Java poisons. See Upas. — S. toxifera 
 yields the active agent of the Ourari or Woora- 
 ri poison of Guayana, which produces paraly- 
 sis, with convulsions and suspended respiration. 
 — S. volubilis. Ignatia amara. 
 
 Stu'nned. Laboring under a concussion of 
 the brain. 
 
 Stupe. Stupa. See Stuppa. 
 
 STUPEFA'CIENT. (Stupefaciens; from 
 stupefacio, to stupefy.) Of a stupefying quali- 
 ty ; narcotic. 
 
 STU'POR. (or, oris, m. ; from stupeo, to be 
 senseless.) Insensibility; lethargy. 
 
 STU'PPA. 1. A stupe. A piece of cloth or 
 flax soaked in a warm liquid, and applied as a 
 fomentation. 2. Tow. 
 
 Stu'prum. A rape. 
 
 Sturgeon. Acipensor sturio. 
 
 STU'TTERING. A high degree of stammer- 
 ing, which is a nervousness influencing the mus- 
 cles of speech. 
 
 Sty. Hordeolum. 
 
 STY'LIFORM. Styliformis. Shaped like 
 a style or rod. Applied to processes of bones 
 and parts of plants. 
 
 STY'LO-. Names compounded of this word 
 belong to muscles which are attached to the 
 styloid process of the temporal bone. 
 
 Stylo-cerato-hyoideus. See Stylo-hyoideus. 
 
 Stylo-chondro-hyoideus. See Stylo-hyoi- 
 dsus. 
 
 615 
 
STY 
 
 SUB 
 
 Styloglossus. A muscle situated between 
 the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, which 
 draws the tongue aside and backward. It ari- 
 ses, tendinous and fleshy, from the styloid pro- 
 cess, and from the ligament which connects 
 that process to the angle of the lower jaw, and 
 is inserted into the root of the tongue, runs 
 along its sides, and is insensibly lost near its tip. 
 
 Stylo-hyoideus. A muscle situated be- 
 tween the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, 
 which pulls the os hyoides to one side, and a 
 little upward. It is a small, thin, fleshy mus- 
 cle, situated between the styloid process and os 
 hyoides, under the posterior belly and middle 
 tendon of the digastricus, near the upper edge 
 of that muscle. It arises, by a long, thin ten- 
 don, from the basis and posterior edge of the 
 styloid process, and, descending in an oblique 
 direction, is inserted into the lateral and ante- 
 rior part of the os hyoides, near its horn. The 
 fleshy belly of this muscle is usually perforated 
 on one or both sides, for the passage of the 
 middle tendon of the digastricus. Sometimes, 
 though not always, we find another smaller 
 muscle placed before the stylo-hyoideus, which, 
 from its having nearly the same origin and in- 
 sertion, and the same use, is called stylo-hyoi- 
 deus-alter. The use of these muscles is to pull 
 the os hyoides to one side, and a little upward. 
 
 Stylo-hyoideus alter. See Stylo-hyoideus. 
 
 Stylo-mastoid foramen. Foramen stylo- 
 mastoideum. A hole between the styloid and 
 mastoid process of the temporal bone, through 
 which the portio dura of the auditory nerve 
 passes to the temples. 
 
 Stylo-maxillary. Belonging to the styloid 
 process and jaw. 
 
 Stylo-pharyngeus. A muscle situated be- 
 tween the lower jaw and os hyoides laterally, 
 which dilates and raises the pharynx and thy- 
 roid cartilage upward. It arises, fleshy, from 
 the root of the styloid process, and is inserted 
 into the side of the pharynx and back part of 
 the thyroid cartilage. 
 
 Styloid process. 
 of the temporal bone. 
 
 STY'LUS. (us, i,m.) 1. A pencil or rod. 
 2. A probe. 3. The style or shaft of a flower. 
 
 STYMATO'SIS. (is, is; f. ; from otvu, to 
 have a priapism.) A violent erection of the 
 penis, with a bloody discharge. 
 
 Stypsis. Constriction; the action of a styptic. 
 
 Stypte'ria. Alum. 
 
 STY'PTIC. (Stypticus; from crvtpu, to con- 
 stringe.) A term applied to those substances 
 which possess the power of stopping haemor- 
 rhages, such as turpentine, alum, creasote, sul- 
 phate of iron, copper, zinc, &c. 
 
 Stypticum Helvetii. Helvetius' l s styptic. 
 A preparation of iron filings and tartar, made 
 up to a proper consistence with French bran- 
 dy. See Eaton 's styptic. 
 
 Styraci'flua. See Liquidambar. 
 
 STY'RAX. (ax, acis, m. and f.) A genus of 
 plants. Decandria. Monogynia. Styracece. — 
 S. alba. Myroxylon peruiferum. — S. benzoin. 
 The tree which affords the gum benzoin. Ben- 
 zoin is usually in large, brittle masses. When 
 chewed it imparts very little taste, except that 
 it impresses on the palate a slight sweetness. Its 
 616 
 
 smell, especially when rubbed or heated, is ex- 
 tremely fragrant and agreeable. It consists of 
 a resin in combination with benzoic acid. Its 
 preparations are esteemed against inveterate 
 coughs and phthisical complaints unattended 
 with much fever; it has also been used as a 
 cosmetic, and in the way of fumigation, for the 
 resolution of indolent tumors. The acid of ben- 
 zoin is employed in the Tinclura campkorce com- 
 posita, and a tincture is directed to be made of 
 the balsam. — S. calami 'ta. Storax in the cane; 
 because it was formerly brought to us in reeds 
 or canes. See Styrax officinalis. — S. colata. 
 Strained storax. — S. liquida. Liquidambar. — 
 S. officinalis. The tree which yields the solid 
 storax. A balsamic resin nearly resembling 
 benzoin. Storax was formerly used in catarrhal 
 complaints, coughs, asthmas, obstructions, &c. 
 — S. rubra. Red storax, or storax in the tear ; 
 a fine variety of storax. 
 
 Sty'role. The essential oil of storax. When 
 heated to a certain point, it becomes a limpid 
 solid. 
 
 SUB-. A prefix (from sub, under, beneath), 
 signifying underneath, or inferior; but in de- 
 scriptive terms it often means somewhat or par- 
 tially, as subovate, subcordate, partially ovate, 
 somewhat cordate. 
 
 Subala'ris vena. The vein of the axilla. 
 
 Subarachnoide'an fluid. The serous fluid 
 existing between the arachnoid and pia mater 
 membranes. 
 
 Subcarbonas potass^:. See Potasses car-- 
 bonas. 
 
 Subcarbonas ferri. See Ferri sesquioxy- 
 dum. 
 
 Subcarbonas plumbi. See Phimbum. 
 
 Subca'rbonate. Subcarbonas. A carbonate 
 in which the base predominates, ov. which has 
 the power of neutralizing more acid. 
 
 Subcartilaginous. Subcartilaginosus. Of 
 a structure approaching to that of cartilage. 
 
 Subchlo'ride of mercury. Calomel. See 
 Hydrargyrum chloridum mite. 
 
 SUBCLAVIAN. (Subclaviculus; from sub, 
 beneath, and clavicula, the clavicle.) That 
 which is, or passes, under the clavicle. 
 
 Subclavian artery. The right subclavian 
 arises from the arteria innominata, and proceeds 
 under the clavicle to the axilla. The left sub- 
 clavian arises from the arch of the aorta, and 
 ascends under the left clavicle to the axilla. 
 The subclavians in their course give off the in- 
 ternal mammary, the inferior thyroid, the ver- 
 tebral, the cervicalis superficialis, the superior 
 intercostal, and the supra-scapular. 
 
 Subclavian vein. This receives the blood 
 from the veins of the arm, and runs into the 
 vena cava superior. 
 
 Subcla'vius. A muscle situated on the an- 
 terior part of the thorax, which pulls the clavi- 
 cle downward and forward. It arises, tendi- 
 nous, from the cartilage that joins the first rib 
 to the sternum, and is inserted, after becoming 
 fleshy, into the inferior part of the clavicle, 
 which it occupies from within an inch of the 
 sternum as far outward as to its connection, by 
 a ligament, with the coracoid process of the 
 
 SUBCRURiE'US. A name of two little mus- 
 
SUB 
 
 SUB 
 
 cular slips sometimes found under the cruraeus: 
 they are inserted into the capsular ligament, 
 which they pull up. 
 
 Subcrue'ntus. Appearing somewhat like 
 blood : applied to certain excretions. 
 
 SUBCUTA'NEOUS. {Subcutaneus ; from 
 sub, under, and cutis, the skin.) Under the 
 skin: a name given to the platysma myoides 
 muscle, and to some nerves, vessels, glands, 
 &c, which are very superficial. 
 
 Subcutaneous glands. Glandules subcuta- 
 ne<e. These are sebaceous and sudoriparous 
 glands lying under the skin, which they perfo- 
 rate by their excretory ducts. 
 
 Subdiaphragmatic plexus. A plexus fur- 
 nished by the solar plexus, the branches of 
 which are distributed to the diaphragm. 
 
 SUBER. (er, eris, n.) Cork. The bark of 
 the Qnercus suber. 
 
 Sube'ric. Subericus. Appertaining to cork. 
 
 Suberic acid. Acidum subericum. A white 
 granular acid, obtained from cork, stearic acid, 
 &c, by nitric acid. Its formula is CgHeOs-j- 
 HO. 
 
 SUBINFLAMMA'TION. 1. Slight arterial 
 excitation. 2. Broussais means by this term 
 excitement of the lymphatic system. 
 
 Subintrans febris. Frank gives this name 
 to what is usually called an anticipating quo- 
 tidian. 
 
 Sublimame'ntum. Any pendulous substance 
 which floats in the middle of the urine. 
 
 SUBLIMATE. 1. Any thing which is sub- 
 limed. See Sublimation. 2. Corrosive subli- 
 mate. 
 
 Sublimate, corrosive. The bichloride of 
 mercury. See Hydrargyri chloridum corrosi- 
 vum. 
 
 SUBLIMA'TION. (Sublimatio, onis, f. ; 
 from sublimo, to raise or sublime.) A process 
 by which volatile substances are raised by heat, 
 and again condensed in a solid form. 
 
 Sublimis. See Flexor brevis digitorum pedis 
 and Flexor sublimis perforatus. 
 
 SUBLINGUAL. Stiblingualis. A name 
 given to parts immediately under the tongue. 
 
 Sublingual artery. The lingual artery, or 
 a branch of this artery. 
 
 Sublingual glands. G. Bartholiniance. G. 
 Riviniance. The glands which are situated 
 under the tongue, and secrete saliva. Their 
 excretory ducts are called Rivinian, from their 
 discoverer Rivinus. 
 
 SUBLUXATION. (From sub, diminutive, 
 and luxatio, a dislocation.) A sprain. A sprain 
 is an injury of a joint in which it has been 
 twisted or strained in any direction farther 
 than its natural range of motion allows, but with- 
 out actual dislocation of the bones. In every 
 sprain, the ligaments of the joint are preter- 
 naturally stretched, and in severe ones they are 
 often partially torn. Hence follows inflamma- 
 tion of" the ligaments and the soft parts surround- 
 ing the joint, and in bad cases of the capsular 
 ligament itself. Sprains are a very troublesome 
 class of injuries, and will often keep a patient 
 confined much longer than fractures, or even 
 dislocations. 
 
 In the treatment of sprains, the first indica- 
 tion is to allay inflammation; and where this 
 
 is considerable, the copious and repeated ap- 
 plication of leeches is often required, with 
 purgatives, and an antiphlogistic regimen, and 
 sometimes general blood-letting. The local ap- 
 plications may consist of cold lotions or hot fo- 
 mentations, according to circumstances. When 
 all danger of inflammation is past, the joint is 
 to be strengthened by friction with stimulating 
 liniments, the application of bandages, &c. 
 While acute inflammation prevails, perfect rest 
 of the joint must be insisted on; when weak- 
 ness merely is present, gentle exercise is ser- 
 viceable. 
 
 SUBMAXILLARY. Submaxillaris. Situa- 
 ted below the maxilla, or jaw. 
 
 Submaxillary ganglion. A small ganglion 
 fonned of the vidian nerve, and communicating 
 with the lingual. It is close to, and supplies, 
 the maxillary gland. 
 
 Submaxillary gland. The maxillary gland. 
 
 Submental artery. A small artery of the 
 chin, derived from the facial artery. 
 
 SUBMERSION. {Submersio ; from submer- 
 go, to sink under water.) Drowning. See 
 Asphyxia. 
 
 Subme'rsed. Submersus. Under water. 
 
 Submu'rias. A submuriate or chloride. 
 
 Submurias hydrargyri. Calomel, See 
 Hydrargyri chloridum mite. 
 
 Subo'rbitar. Infra-orbitar. 
 
 Suborbitar nerve. The suborbitary nerve, 
 a branch of the fifth pair, more usually called 
 infra-orbitary . 
 
 Subramo'sus. A little branched. 
 
 Subrotund. Roundish; nearly globular: 
 applied to several parts of plants. The leaf of 
 the Pyrola is subrotund. 
 
 Subru'brim. Modified haematin. 
 
 Sub salt. A salt having an atomic excess 
 of base and a disalt. 
 
 SUBSCAPULARS. Infra-scapularis. A 
 muscle situated under the scapula. It is com- 
 posed of many fasciculi of tendinous and fleshy 
 fibres, which arise from all the basis of the 
 scapula internally, and likewise from its supe 
 rior as well as from one half of its inferior cos 
 ta, unite to form a considerable flat tendon, 
 which adheres to the capsular ligament, and is 
 inserted into the upper part of the lesser tuber- 
 osity at the head of the os humeri. The prin- 
 cipal use of this muscle is to roll the arm inward. 
 It likewise serves to bring it close to the ribs ; 
 and, from its adhesion to the capsular ligament, 
 it prevents that membrane from being pinched. 
 
 Substantia. A substance. 
 
 Substantive colors. Those pigments which 
 unite directly with the fibre, as distinguished 
 from adjective colors, which require a mor- 
 dant. 
 
 SUBSTITUTION, DOCTRINE OF. A 
 chemical doctrine advanced by M. Dumas, to 
 the effect that the grouping of the elements of 
 many organic compounds is so permanent and 
 essential a feature of the compound, that one or 
 more atoms or elements may be substituted by 
 others, often entirely different, without break- 
 ing up the grouping, or much injuring the sen- 
 sible properties of the body. See Chemical 
 types. 
 
 SUBSU'LTUS TE'NDINUM. Weak con- 
 617 
 
sue 
 
 SUG 
 
 milsive motions or twitchings of the tendons. 
 These twitchings of the tendons are most com- 
 mon in the extreme stages of debility, produced 
 by low nervous and typhus fevers, and are gen- 
 erally the harbingers of a fatal termination. 
 They are, in these cases, weak convulsions, in- 
 terruptedly undulating from one limb to an- 
 other, too feeble to raise the limb itself, though 
 sufficiently powerful to be felt in the muscle 
 and along its tendon : they affect the wrist and 
 ankles the most. 
 
 Subsurdi'tas. Partial deafness. 
 
 Subte'pid. Lukewarm. 
 
 Subu'beres. Infants at the breast. 
 
 Subula'te. Subulatus. Awl-shaped; some- 
 what linear. 
 
 Succa'go. The juice of any fruit. 
 
 SUOCEDA'NEUM. (um,i,n.) Amedicine 
 substituted for another. 
 
 Succenturia'ti mu'sculi. The pyramidales 
 muscles. 
 
 Succenturiati renes. Two glands lying 
 above the kidneys. The renal glands. 
 
 Su'cci scorbutici. The juice of scurvy- 
 grass, &c. 
 
 Succinate. A salt of the succinic acid. 
 
 Succi'ngens membrana. The diaphragm. 
 
 SUCCI'NIC. (Succinicus ; from succinum, 
 amber.) Of, or belonging to, amber. 
 
 Succinic acid. Acidum succinicum. Sal 
 succini. An acid distilled from amber, and also 
 produced by the action of nitric acid on mar- 
 garic and other fat acids. It crystallizes in 
 prisms, and readily sublimes. Its formula is 
 C4H2O3, and it may be hydrous or anhydrous. 
 Its taste is somewhat sharp, and it reddens 
 powerfully tincture of litmus. It is soluble 
 in both water and alcohol, and much more so 
 when they are heated. It has been considered 
 antispasmodic and diuretic in doses of gr. v. to 
 ©j. 
 
 SU'CCINUM. {urn, i, n.) Amber. A 
 beautiful bituminous substance, which takes a 
 good polish, and, after a slight rubbing, be- 
 comes electric. It is fossil, and found princi- 
 pally in Prussia. Amber is a hard, brittle, com- 
 bustible, tasteless substance, sometimes per- 
 fectly transparent, but mostly semi-transparent 
 or opaque, and of a glossy surface : it is found of 
 all colors, but chiefly yellow or orange, and often 
 contains leaves or insects. Its specific gravity 
 is from 1-065 to 1*100 ; its fracture is even, 
 smooth, and glossy. It has all the characters 
 of a fossil resin. By distillation it yields an oil 
 (Oleum succini), succinic acid, and an acid 
 matter. See Oleum succini and Succinic acid. 
 
 Succinum cinereum. Ambergris. 
 
 Succinum griseum. Ambergris. 
 
 Succi'sa. Scabiosa succisa. 
 
 Succory. Cichorium intybus. 
 
 Su'cculent. Succulens. Juicy ; full of fluid. 
 
 Succule'ntus. Juicy ; full of juice. 
 
 SU'CCUS. (us, i, m.) Juice. The express- 
 ed juice of a plant is termed Succus, and is a 
 pharmaceutical preparation, especially in the 
 case of belladonna, aconitum, hyoscyamus, and 
 conium. Such juices may be preserved by ad- 
 mixture with alcohol, or by drying ; in the latter 
 case they form the Succi inspissati of pharmacy. 
 
 Succus cochlearije compositus. A warm 
 618 
 
 aperient and diuretic, mostly exhibited in the 
 cure of diseases of the skin arising from scurvy. 
 
 Succus cyreniacus. Juice of laserwort. 
 
 Succus gastricus. The gastric juice. 
 
 Succus heliotropii. Croton tinctorium. 
 
 Succus indicus purgans. Gamboge. 
 
 Succus liquiriti^. Glycyrrhiza glabra. 
 
 SUCCESSION. A mode of exploring the 
 chest, which consists in shaking the patient's 
 body, and listening to the sounds thereby pro- 
 duced. It is employed in the diagnosis of hy- 
 drothorax. Ballottement (which see) is some- 
 times called succussion. 
 
 Sucker. Stolon. 
 
 Su'ckling. Lactation. 
 
 SUDA'MEN. (en, inis, n. ; from sudor, 
 sweat.) Sudamina are vesicles resembling 
 millet seeds in form and magnitude, which ap- 
 pear suddenly, without fever, especially in the 
 summer time, after much labor and sweating. 
 
 SUDA'TIO. (o, onis, f. ; from sudor, sweat.) 
 A sweating. See Ephidrosis. 
 
 Sudatoria febris. The sweating sickness. 
 The sudor anglicus. 
 
 SUDATO'RIUM. A sweating room. 
 
 Sudato'rius. Relating to perspiration. 
 
 SU'DOR. (or, oris.) Sweat or perspiration. 
 
 Sudor anglicus. The sweating sickness. 
 A very extraordinary epidemic, which made its 
 appearance in England in 1485, and recurred at 
 several intervals up to 1551. Its nature is not 
 well known, but it appears to have been a ma- 
 lignant, adynamic, and contagious fever. 
 
 Sudori'fic Sudorificus. A synonym of 
 diaphoretic. See Diaphoretic. 
 
 Sudoripa'rous glandules or follicles. 
 See Perspiration. 
 
 Suet. Sevum. 
 
 Suffime'ntum. A perfume. 
 
 Suffi'tus. A fumigation. 
 
 SUFFOCATION, (o, onis, f.) 1. Suffoca- 
 tion. 2. Threatened suffocation from want of 
 a sufficient quantity of air. See Asphyxia. 
 
 Suffocatio hysterica. The globus hysteri- 
 cus ; called, also, Suffocatio uterina, from the 
 supposed connection of hysteria with an affec- 
 tion of the uterus. 
 
 Suffocatio stridula. Croup. 
 
 Suffocative breast-pang. Angina pectoris. 
 
 Suffrutico'se. Somewhat woody or shrub- 
 by- 
 
 SUFFUMIGA'TION. (Suffumigatio, onis, f. ; 
 from sub, under, and fumigo, to smoke.) The 
 burning of odorous substances to remove a bad 
 smell, or destroy miasma. 
 
 Suffusio auriginosa. The jaundice. 
 
 Suffusio nigra. Amaurosis. 
 
 SUFFUSION. (Suffusio, onis, f. ) 1 . A 
 cataract. 2. Amaurosis. 3. An extravasation 
 of some humor, as the blood ; thus we say, a 
 suffusion of blood in the eye, when it is what is 
 vulgarly called bloodshot. 
 
 SUGAR. One of the indifferent and ordinary 
 products of plants, procured by inspissating the 
 juice, and allowing the sugar to crystallize. It 
 is recognized by its flavor. Chemists distin- 
 guish a variety of species of sugar, of which the 
 crystallizable, or cane sugar, and uncrystalliza- 
 ble, or difficultly crystallizable, or grape sugar 
 (glucose), are the representatives : these differ 
 
S UL 
 
 SUL 
 
 in composition, cane sugar being CisHnOn, and 
 grape sugar, C^H^Ou? but their chief distinc- 
 tion rests in the circumstance that grape sugar 
 is capable of undergoing fermentation, whereas 
 cane sugar must first be converted into glucose 
 to ferment. Grape sugar is identical with that 
 from fruits, green stalks, and with diabetic and 
 starch sugar. Sugar for commercial purposes 
 is obtained chiefly from the cane, but the beet 
 is also extensively manufactured, and the maple 
 yields a large quantity. It is a demulcent and 
 antiseptic. For the varieties of sugar, see the 
 specific names, and also Sacchamm. 
 
 Sugar, maple. Acer saccharinum. 
 
 Sugar of lead. Plumbi acetas. 
 
 Sugar of milk. Lactin. 
 
 Sugar, tests for. The existence of sugar 
 in urine, blood, &c, makes it very important to 
 have some certain tests for its presence. Trom- 
 mels test is as follows: add to the clear fluid 
 sufficient sulphate of copper to give a slight 
 blue color ; sepai'ate this fluid from any precipi- 
 tate ; add excess of solution of potash, so that the 
 hydrated oxide of copper at first thrown down 
 may be redissolved; on gently heating, a de- 
 posit of red suboxide of copper falls if sugar be 
 present. Capezzuoli's test is to add a few 
 grains of blue hydrated oxide of copper, then 
 excess of potash ; if sugar be present, the fluid 
 becomes reddish, and in a few hours the deposit 
 becomes yellow. Moore's test is to add to urine 
 half its weight of solution of potash, heat to boil- 
 ing, and if sugar be present it becomes of a 
 brown color. 
 
 SUGILLATION. (Sugillatio ; from sugillo, 
 to bruise.) A bruise, or ecchymosis by exter- 
 nal causes. A spot or mark made by a leech 
 or cupping-glass. 
 
 SUICIDE. Self-murder. Suicide is mostly 
 the result of a settled melancholy, but may 
 take place in delirium, or in a sudden and over- 
 whelming fit of despondency. 
 
 Sulca'te. Sulcatus. Furrowed; grooved; 
 marked with deep lines running lengthways. 
 
 SU'LCUS. A groove or furrow; generally 
 applied to the bones. 
 
 SU'LPHAS. (as, atis, f.) A sulphate or salt 
 formed by the union of the sulphuric acid with a 
 salifiable base. For the sulphates, see the bases. 
 
 Sulpha'mide. A compound of sulphurous 
 acid with amidogene. 
 
 Sulpha'milic acid. The bisulphate of oxide 
 of amyle : an acid analogous to the sulphovinic. 
 
 Sulphas aluminosus. See Alumen. 
 
 Sulphas antimonii. Sulphate of antimony. 
 Vitriolum antimonii. This is formed by boiling 
 powdered antimony in sulphuric acid. A white 
 saline mass results, which, when thrown into 
 water, is resolved into a soluble supersulphate 
 and an insoluble subsulphate. 
 
 Sulphas quin^. See Quince disulphas. 
 
 Sulphate. A salt of the sulphuric acid. 
 
 Sulphate of lime. Gypsum. 
 
 Su'lphide. A synonym of sulphuret. 
 
 Su'lphis. Sulphite. A salt of the sulphu- 
 rous acid. 
 
 SULPHO-. Sulph-. A prefix, from sulphur, 
 signifying the presence of sulphur or sulphuric 
 acid. 
 
 Sulpho-benzide. A neutral crystalline body, 
 
 soluble in ether, and melting at 212° F. It is 
 obtained by the action of anhydrous sulphuric 
 acid on benzin. Formula, Ci 2 H 5 S0 2 . 
 
 Sulpho-benzoic acid. A white crystalline 
 acid, formed of anhydrous sulphuric acid and 
 benzoic acid. It is bibasic. Formula, BzO, 
 S0.3+2HO. 
 
 Sulphocyanide. A compound of sulphocy- 
 anogen. The sulphocyanide of potassium is a 
 very valuable chemical test for the discovery 
 of peroxide of iron and other metallic solutions. 
 It is also said to exist in the saliva and other 
 animal fluids. 
 
 SULPHOCYA'NOGEN. The bisulphuret of 
 cyanogen, CyS 2 ; symbol, Csy. It is produced 
 when the ferrocyanide of potassium is heated 
 with sulphur, but has not yet been insulated 
 with certainty. It performs all the offices of a 
 compound radical. With hydrogen it forms 
 the Hydro-sulphocyanic acid (CsyH), which is 
 I a strong acid, and has the odor of acetic acid. 
 It produces the sulphocyanides with metals. 
 
 Sulpho-gly'ceric acid. A compound of 
 j glycerine with sulphuric acid: GlO5.HO.2SO3. 
 Its salts are analogous to the sulphovinates. 
 
 Sulpho-indigotic acid. The solution of in- 
 digo in sulphuric acid. 
 
 Sulphole'ic acid. A product of the action 
 of sulphuric acid on oleine. 
 
 Sulpho-ma'rgaric acid. A product of the 
 action of sulphuric acid on margarine. 
 
 Sulpho-methy'lic acid. Bisulphate of oxide 
 of methyle: MtO,2S0 3 ,HO. It is very analo- 
 gous to sulphovinic acid. 
 
 Sulpho-naphtha'lic acid. A compound 
 made by dissolving naphthaline in sulphuric 
 acid. 
 
 Sulpho-pro'teic acid. A compound of sul- 
 phuric acid and proteine, of a gelatinous ap- 
 pearance. When dry, it is a yellow, tough 
 mass, insoluble in water, alcohol, and ether, 
 but soluble in solution of potash and ammonia. 
 There is, also, a sulpho-bi-proteic acid, formed 
 by adding diluted sulphuric acid to a solution 
 of proteine in acetic acid. 
 
 Sulpho-salts. A salt, both ingredients of 
 which are sulphurets. 
 
 Sulpho-sina'pism. The name formerly given 
 to the active matters of black mustard. 
 
 Sulphovi'nic acid. Bisulphate of ethyle: 
 AeO,2S0 3 -|-HO. A syrup-like liquid, of a sour 
 taste. Its salts are very soluble, and decom- 
 pose at the boiling point. It is produced when 
 sulphuric acid is heated with alcohol, and is 
 one of the essential steps of etherification. 
 
 SU'LPHUR. (ur, uris, n.) Sulphur. Brim- 
 stone. An elementary body, very abundant in 
 nature. Its equivalent is 16*12, and symbol, S. 
 
 Sulphur is a combustible, brittle body, of a 
 pale lemon-yellow color. Its specific gravity 
 is 1-9&0. It is destitute of odor, except when 
 rubbed or heated. It frequently crystallizes in 
 entire or truncated octahedra, or in needles. 
 It is a non-conductor of electricity, and hence 
 it becomes electric by friction. When heated, 
 it first softens before it melts, and its fusion 
 commences at 218° F. : it is capable of sublim- 
 ing at a lower temperature, and takes fire at 
 560°. In the beginning of fusion it is very flu 
 id, but by continuing the heat it grows tough, 
 
 619 
 
SUL 
 
 and its color changes to a reddish-brown. If i 
 in this condition it be poured into water, it re- 
 mains as soft as wax, and yields to auy impres- 
 sion. In time, however, it hardens again, and 
 recovers its former consistence. 
 
 Sulphur is a powerful electro-negative body, 
 uniting with most elements, and forming sul- 
 phurets. It forms six compounds with oxygen, 
 and unites with hydrogen, chlorine, iodine, and 
 other haloid bodies. 
 
 Sulphur has been long an esteemed article of 
 the Materia Medica. It stimulates the system, is 
 laxative, and promotes the insensible perspira- 
 tion. It pervades the whole habit, and transpires 
 through the pores of the skin, as appears from the 
 sulphureous smell of pei'sons who have taken it, 
 and from silver being stained in their pockets 
 of a blackish color. It is a celebrated remedy 
 against cutaneous diseases, particularly itch, 
 both given internally and applied externally. 
 It has likewise been recommended in rheu- 
 matic pains, gout, rickets, atrophy, coughs, 
 asthmas, and other disorders of the chest and 
 lungs, and particularly in catarrhs of the chro- 
 nic kind ; also in colica pictonum, worm cases, 
 and to lessen salivation. In hemorrhoidal af- 
 fections it is very useful ; but in most of these 
 cases it is advantageously combined with some 
 cooling purgative, especially supertartrate of 
 potash. Dose, 3J. to 3ij. 
 
 Sulphur antimonii prcecipitatum. See An- 
 timonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. 
 
 Sulphur aurat um antimonii. See Antimonii 
 sulphuretum prcecipitatum. 
 
 Sulphur lotum. Washed sulphur. Flores 
 sulphuris loti. Take of sublimed sulphur, a 
 pound* Pour on boiling water, so that the acid, 
 if there be any, may be entirely washed away ; 
 then dry it. The dose is from half a drachm to 
 two drachms. 
 
 Sulphur, milk of. See Sulphur prcecipi- 
 tatum. 
 
 Sulphur prcecipitatum. Lac sulphuris. 
 Milk of sulphur. Take of sublimed sulphur, a 
 pound ; fresh lime, two pounds ; water, four 
 gallons. Boil the sulphur and lime together in 
 the water; then strain the solution through 
 paper, and drop in as much muriatic acid as 
 may be necessary to precipitate the sulphur; 
 lastly, wash this by repeated affusions of water 
 until it is tasteless. This preparation is mostly 
 preferred to the flowers of sulphur, in conse- 
 quence of its being free from impurities. The 
 dose is from half a drachm to three drachms. 
 
 Sulphur, precipitated. See Sulphur prce- 
 cipitatum. 
 
 Sulphur sublimatum. The sublimed flowers 
 of sulphur. 
 
 Sulphur vivum. Native sulphur. 
 
 Sulphur, washed. Sulphur lotum. 
 
 Sulphur waters. Those mineral springs 
 which contain sulphureted hydrogen are so 
 called. 
 
 Sulphur-wort. Peucedanum officinale. 
 
 SULPHU'REOUS. Sulphureus. 1. Of, or 
 belonging to, sulphur. 2. Applied, in Natural 
 History, to designate a bright pale yellow, with- 
 out any orange tinge. 
 
 Su'lphurous acid. Acidum sulphurosum. 
 An extremely pungent gaseous acid, produced 
 620 
 
 SUL 
 
 by burning sulphur in air. Its formula is S0 2 ; 
 equivalent, 32-14. It is very soluble in water, 
 and is a powerfully deoxydizing and bleaching 
 agent. Its salts are termed sulphites. 
 
 Sulphuret. A compound of sulphur. 
 
 Sulphuret of antimony. See Antimonii sul- 
 phuretum. 
 
 Sulphuret of carbon. Alcohol of sulphur. 
 Bisulphuret of carbon. It may be obtained by 
 transmitting the vapor of sulphur over fragments 
 of charcoal heated to redness in a tube of por- 
 celain. The compound, as it is formed, should 
 be conducted by means of a glass tube into cold 
 water, at the bottom of which it is collected. 
 To free it from moisture and adhering sulphur, 
 it should be distilled at a low temperature in 
 contact with chloride of calcium. Bisulphuret 
 of carbon is a transparent, colorless, inflamma- 
 ble liquid, which is remarkable for its high 
 refractive power. Its specific gravity is 1-272. 
 It has an acid, pungent, and somewhat aromatic 
 taste, and a very fetid odor. It is exceedingly 
 volatile ; its vapor at 63*5° F. supports a col- 
 umn of mercury 7-36 inches long; and at 108° 
 F. it enters into brisk ebullition. From its 
 great volatility it may be employed for pro- 
 ducing intense cold. It dissolves both sulphur 
 and phosphorus. 
 
 Sulphureted hydrogen. An extremely 
 fetid and inflammable gaseous compound of 
 sulphur and hydrogen, SH; equivalent, 17*12. 
 It is procured by decomposing the sulphurets; 
 is thrown off from decaying animal matters; and 
 has the smell of rotten eggs. Water absorbs 
 about three times its volume, and natural so- 
 lutions are found in the sulphur springs. The 
 gas is highly poisonous when respired : one part 
 in 1500 of air destroying a bird. The aqueous 
 solution has been much employed in natural 
 waters as a remedy for cutaneous and chronic 
 hepatic affections. A bath has also been recom- 
 mended in rheumatic affections. The solution 
 is very important in the laboratory as a test for 
 the metals. In cases of poisoning by it, the 
 patient should be freely exposed to the air. 
 
 SULPHURE'TUM. (urn, i, n.) Sulphuret. 
 A combination of sulphur with an alkali, earth, 
 or metal. 
 
 Sulphuretum ammonite. A sulphuret of am- 
 monium. Boyle's or Beguine's fuming spirit. 
 Sulphuret of ammonia is obtained in the form 
 of a yellow, fetid, fuming liquor, by passing 
 sulphureted hydrogen through a solution of am- 
 monia. It excites the action of the absorbent 
 system, and diminishes arterial action, and has 
 been given internally in diseases arising from 
 the use of mercury, phthisis, diseases of the skin, 
 and phlegmasia ; externally it is prescribed in 
 the form of bath in paralysis, itch, and other 
 cutaneous diseases. See Ammonice hydro-sulphu- 
 retum. 
 
 Sulphuretum antimonii prcecipitatum. See 
 Antimonii sulphuretum prcecipitatum. 
 
 Sulphuretum calcii. Sulphuret of calcium. 
 Principally used to form a medicated bath for 
 various diseases of the skin. 
 
 Sulphuretum hydrargyri nigrum. See 
 Hydrargyri sulphuretum nigrum. 
 
 Sulphuretum sodii. Sulphuret of sodium. 
 A combination of sodium and sulphur. It is 
 
SUM 
 
 SUP 
 
 analogous to the sulphuret of potassium, which 
 see. 
 
 SULPHURETUM STIBII NATIVUM. Sulphuretum 
 
 stibii nigrum. Antimonium crudum. Native 
 sulphuret of antimony. It is from this ore that 
 the preparations of antimony are made. See 
 Antimony. 
 
 SULPHU'RIC. Sulphuricus. Belonging to 
 sulphur. 
 
 Sulphuric acid. Acidum sulphuricum. 
 Acidum vitriolicum. A powerful acid, of an ex- 
 tremely caustic nature, fluid, oily, colorless; 
 specific gravity, 1*845. It is usually of the 
 composition, sulphur-J-3 oxygen-j- water ; sym- 
 bol, S0 3 ; equivalent, 40-16. It freezes at —15° 
 F., and boils at 620° F. This is the strongest 
 commercial acid, but chemists are acquainted 
 with other forms ; thus there is an anhydrous 
 acid, being a white crystalline powder, with an 
 intense affinity for water ; there is also a dihy- 
 drate, HO,S03-4-SC>3, called the fuming acid of 
 Nordhausen, obtained by distilling dry sulphate 
 of iron, which is of great value in the arts. 
 
 The common hydrated acid, SO3-4-HO, is ob- 
 tained on an immense scale by burning sulphur 
 with nitre, and conveying the fumes into leaden 
 chambers containing water, and charged with 
 steam and common air ; the acid thus obtained 
 contains an excess of water, and is evaporated 
 in platina vessels. Sulphuric acid exerts a 
 strong affinity for water, combining with the 
 evolution of heat, and forming a number of hy- 
 drates. The strength of the acid is always de- 
 termined by the specific gravity. It is the 
 most powerful acid known, and forms salts with 
 every base. These salts (sulphates) are readily 
 known in solution by the action of chloride of 
 barium, which forms an insoluble white sul- 
 phate in them. 
 
 This acid is not much used in medicine. In 
 the concentrated state it is a violent caustic, dis- 
 organizing the part instantly; accidents some- 
 times occur from the breaking of vessels, &c, 
 and in such cases the nearest alkaline body or 
 carbonate is to be instantly applied to the part, 
 as lime, chalk, potash, soap, soda, magnesia, or 
 their carbonates, &c, for the purpose of neutral- 
 izing the acid. . In a very diluted state it is re- 
 frige i*ant and tonic, and much used to dissolve 
 the disulphate of quinine. The Acidum sul- 
 phuricum dilutum, containing one part of com- 
 mercial acid in fourteen parts, is officinal ; the 
 dose is from nix. to f. 3ss., but it should not be 
 long used, as it produces a gastro-enteric irrita- 
 tion which may become permanent. This di- 
 luted acid has also been used with lard as a 
 stimulant ointment in chronic skin diseases, and 
 as a rubefacient. There is also an aromatic 
 acid {Acidum sulphuricum aromaticum), which 
 i is somewhat more tonic. 
 
 Sulphuris flores. See Sulphur sublimatum. 
 Sulphuris iodidum. See Iodide of sulphur. 
 Sulphuris lac. See Sulphur prcecipitatum. 
 Sulphydric acid. Sulphureted hydrogen. 
 Sultan-flower. Centaurea moschata. 
 Su'mach. The Rhus coriaria, Rhus glabra, 
 and other species. 
 
 Sumbul root. Musk root. An Eastern drug, 
 derived from an umbelliferous plant, and pos- 
 sessing a strong odor of musk. 
 
 Summer complaint. Diarrhoea. 
 Summer rash. Lichen tropicus. 
 Sunburn. Ephelis. 
 Sun-dew. Drosera rotundifolia. 
 Sun-stroke. Coup de soleil. 
 SUPER. Above. A common prefix. 
 Superarse'nias poTAssiE. Superarseniate 
 of potash. A compound of potash with excess 
 of arsenic acid. It was called Macquer's arseni- 
 cal salt, from its discoverer, and has been 
 sometimes given in medicine ; it possesses simi- 
 lar properties to those of the white oxide of 
 arsenic. 
 
 Superbus. The rectus superior oculi. 
 Superci'liary. Super ciliaris. Belonging 
 to the eyebrows. The superciliary ridges or 
 arches are the prominences on the frontal bone 
 under the eyelashes. 
 
 SUPERCPLIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; so called be- 
 cause it is supra cilium.) The eyebrow. 
 Supercilium veneris. Achillea millefolium. 
 SUPERFICIAL. (From super and fades, 
 the face, or the outer surface.) That which is 
 upon the surface, as the fascia, which is placed, 
 beneath the integument, over every part of the 
 body. 
 
 Superficialis vol.e. The name of a branch 
 of the radial artery, which is distributed to the 
 muscles and integuments of the vola, or palm. 
 Superficies. The exterior surface of any 
 thing. 
 
 Supe'rfluus. Superfluous: abounding; in 
 excess. 
 
 SUPERFGETA'TION. {Superfoetatio, onis, 
 f. ; from super, above or upon, and fatus, a 
 foetus.) The impregnation of a woman already 
 pregnant. How far this is a possible case has 
 for ages been a matter of controversy among 
 physiologists and medical jurisconsults, and it 
 remains so to the present time. There seem 
 to be, however, some well-authenticated cases. 
 Supergemina'lis. The epididymis. 
 Supergenua'lis. The patella, or knee-pan. 
 Superimpregna'tio. See Superfastation. 
 SUPE'RIOR. A term in general use as re- 
 gards the relative situation of parts. 
 
 Superior auris. The attollens aurem mus- 
 cle. 
 
 Superli'gula. The epiglottis. 
 Superpurga'tio. An excessive evacuation 
 by stool. 
 
 Supersalt. A salt containing more equiva- 
 lents of acid than of base. 
 
 SUPERSCAPULA'RIS. Two muscles are 
 so called: the superscapularis superior, more 
 commonly called supra-spinatus, and the super- 
 scapularis inferior, more commonly called in- 
 fraspinatus. 
 
 Su'perus. Above. 
 
 SUPINATION. (Supinatio, onis, f . ; from 
 supino, to lay with the face upward.) The act 
 of turning the palm of the hand upward, by 
 rotating the radius upon the ulna. 
 
 SUPINA'TOR. A name given to those mus- 
 cles which turn the hand upward. 
 
 Supinator bre vis . See Supinator radii 
 brevis. 
 
 Supinator longus. See Supinator radii 
 longus. 
 
 Supinator radii brevis. Supinator brevis 
 621 
 
SUP 
 
 sive minor of Winslow. This small muscle, 
 which is tendinous externally, is situated at the 
 upper part of the forearm. It arises from the 
 lower and anterior part of the outer condyle of 
 the os humeri, and from the outer edge and 
 posterior surface of the ulna, adhering firmly to 
 the ligament that joins the radius to that bone. 
 From these origins its fibres descend forward 
 and inward, and are inserted into the upper, 
 inner, and anterior part of the radius around 
 the cartilaginous surface upon which slides the 
 tendon of the biceps, and likewise into a ridge 
 that runs downward and outward below this 
 surface. It assists in the supination of the hand 
 by rolling the radius outward. 
 
 Supinator radii longus. Supinator Ion gus 
 sive major of Winslow. A long, fiat muscle, cov- 
 ered by a very thin, tendinous fascia, and sit- 
 uated immediately under the integuments along 
 the outer convex surface of the radius. It 
 arises, by very short, tendinous fibres, from the 
 anterior surface and outer ridge of the os hu- 
 meri, about two or three inches above its ex- 
 ternal condyle, between the brachialis internus 
 and the triceps brachii ; and likewise from the 
 anterior surface of the external intermuscular 
 membrane, or ligament, as it is called. About 
 the middle of the radius, its fleshy fibres term- 
 inate in a flat tendon, which is inserted into the 
 inner side of the inferior extremity of the radius, 
 near the root of its styloid process. This mus- 
 cle not only assists in rolling the radius out- 
 ward, and turning the palm of the hand up- 
 ward, on which account Riolanus first gave it 
 the name of supinator, but it likewise assists in 
 pronation, and in bending the forearm. 
 
 Suppositorium uterinum. A pessary. 
 
 SUPPOSITORY. Suppositorium. (From 
 sub, under, and pono, to put.) A medicinal 
 substance to be put into the rectum, there to 
 remain aud dissolve gradually. 
 
 Suppressed menses. See Amenorrhea. 
 
 SUPPRESSION. (Suppressio, onis, f. ; from 
 supprimo, to withhold.) The total defect or 
 non-secretion of an excrementitious fluid ; as a 
 suppression of urine, in which the kidneys se- 
 crete none. 
 
 Suppu'rans. Suppurative. 
 
 SUPPURA'TION. (Suppuratio, onis, f . ; 
 from suppuro, to suppurate.) The formation 
 of pus. See Inflammation, Abscess, and Pus. 
 
 S UPPURA'TIVES. A variety of epispastics, 
 producing phlegmonous inflammation : they dif- 
 fer in this respect from vesicants and rubefa- 
 cients, which produce erythematic inflamma- 
 tion. 
 
 SU'PRA. Above. This word, affixed to the 
 name of an object, denotes something situated 
 above that object, as Supra-renal gland, &.c. 
 
 Supra-costales. The intercostal muscles. 
 
 Supra-decompo'situs. More than doubly 
 compound: a botanical term, applied to leaves. 
 
 Supra-foliaceous. Situated above the leaf. 
 
 Supra-o'rbitar. Supra-orbitaris. Situated 
 above the orbit. 
 
 SUPRA- SPIN A'TUS. Supra-spinatus seu 
 supra-scapularis of Cowper. A muscle of the 
 arm. It is of considerable thickness, and fills 
 the whole of the cavity or fossa that is above the 
 Bpine of the scapula. It arises, fleshy, from the 
 622 
 
 SUT 
 
 whole of the base of the scapula that is above 
 its spine, and likewise from the spine itself, and 
 from the superior costa. Opposite to the basis 
 of the coracoid process, it is found beginning to 
 degenerate into a tendon, which is at first cov- 
 ered by fleshy fibres, and then passing under 
 the acromion, adheres to the capsular ligament 
 of the os humeri, and is inserted into the upper 
 part of the large tuberosity at the head of the 
 os humeri. This muscle is covered by a thin 
 fascia, which adheres to the upper edge of the 
 superior part of the basis, as well as to the up- 
 per edge of the spine of the scapula. The prin- 
 cipal use of the supra-spinatus seems to be to 
 assist in raising the arm upward ; it may like- 
 wise serve to move the scapula upon the hu- 
 merus. 
 
 Su'ra. 1. The calf of the leg. 2. The 
 fibula. 
 
 Su'rculus. The stem of mosses. 
 SU'RDITAS. (as, tatis, f.) Deafness. See 
 Aphonia and Paracusis. 
 
 SURFEIT. The consequence of excess in 
 eating or drinking, or of something unwhole- 
 some or improper in the food. It consists in a 
 heavy load or oppression of the stomach, with 
 nausea, sickness, impeded perspiration, and. at 
 times, eruptions on the skin. 
 
 Su'rgeon. One who practices surgery. 
 SURGERY. Chirurgia. That department 
 of the healing art which is more particularly 
 devoted to the cure of diseases, injuries, and 
 abnormal developments affecting the external 
 parts of the body. 
 
 Surinam bark. The bark of the Andira in- 
 ermis. 
 
 Surinamine. A crystalline principle of the 
 Surinam bark. 
 
 Sus. A genus of animals. Mammalia. Pa- 
 chydermia. — S. scrofa. The hog. 
 
 Suspended animation. See Asphyxia. 
 Suspension. Suspensio. Hanging. See As- 
 phyxia. 
 
 SUSPENSO'RIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; from sus- 
 pendeo, to hang.) A suspensory: a bag, or 
 bandage to suspend any part. 
 
 Suspensorium he'patis. The broad liga- 
 ment of the liver. 
 
 Suspensorius testis. The cremaster mus- 
 cle. 
 
 Suspensory. That which suspends ; sus- 
 pensorium. 
 
 SUSU'RRUS. (us, i, m. ; from susurro, to 
 murmur.) 1. A buzzing noise, like that of bees. 
 2. A whisper, or low tone of voice. 
 
 SUTU'RE. Sntura. (From suo, to join to- 
 gether.) A junction or union. 1. In Surgery, 
 the uniting the lips of a wound by sewing. A 
 number of different kinds of sutures have been 
 recommended by writers on surgery, but all of 
 them are now reduced to two, namely, the 
 twisted and the interrupted, called, also, the 
 knotted suture. The twisted suture is made in 
 the following manner : Having brought the di- 
 vided parts nearly into contact, a pin is to be 
 introduced from the outside inward, and earned 
 out through the opposite side to the same dis- 
 tance ; a firm wax ligature is then to be passed 
 arcund it, making the figure of 8, by which the 
 wounded parts are drawn gently into contact. 
 
SYC 
 
 S YM 
 
 The number of pins is to be determined by the 
 extent of the wound : half an inch, or at most 
 three quarters, is the proper distance between 
 two pins. The interrupted suture consists of 
 single stitches made with a curved needle and 
 thread, and the interruption is only the distance 
 between the stitches. 2. In Anatomy, the word 
 suture is applied to the union of bones by means 
 of dentiform margins, as in the bones of the cra- 
 nium. See Temporal, Sphenoidal, Zygomatic, 
 Transverse, Coronal, Lambdoidal, and Sagittal 
 Sutu res. 
 
 Swallow-wort. See Hirundinaria. 
 
 Swan. Cygnus olor. 
 
 Sweat. See Perspiration. 
 
 Sweating sickness of Malwah. A violent 
 malignant cholera. 
 
 Sweet-flag. Acorus calamus. 
 
 Sweet marjoram. Origanum marjorana. 
 
 Sweet navew. Brassica rapa. 
 
 Sweet rush. Andropogon schsenanthus. 
 
 Sweet sultan. The centaurea moschata. 
 
 Sweet willow. Myrica gale. 
 
 SWE'LLING. A morbid increase of any 
 part ; a tumor. 
 
 Swelling, white. See Hydarthrus. 
 
 SWIETE'NIA. (a, a- J.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. — S. febri'fuga. The 
 red dye-wood tree. The bark of this tree was 
 proposed as a substitute for cinchona, and ap- 
 pears to have some febrifuge power, though not 
 at all equal to that of the cinchona. The dose 
 is 3j. to 3J. — S. maha'goni. The mahogany 
 tree. The bark of the wood of this tree is of a 
 red color internally; has an astringent, bitter 
 taste ; and yields its active matter to water. It 
 has been proposed as a substitute for Peruvian 
 bark, and has been used as such. Dose, half a 
 drachm. 
 
 Swimming of the head. Vertigo. 
 
 Swine-pox. See Varicella. 
 
 Swoon. Syncope. 
 
 Sword-fish. Xiphias gladius. 
 
 Sword-shaped. Lanceolate and ensiform. 
 
 Sycamore. See Sycomore. 
 
 Syco'ma. See Sycosis. 
 
 SYCOMORE. {Sycomorvs; from avuov, a 
 fig, and fiupov, a mulberry.) The sycomore fig, 
 a native of Egypt. The white sap has been es- 
 teemed laxative and vulnerary. 
 
 Sycon. Syconus. A fruit like a fig. 
 
 SYCO'SIS. (is, is, f.) A cutaneous disease, 
 which consists of an eruption of inflamed, but 
 not very hard tubercles, occurring on the beard- 
 ed portion of the face (S. menti) and on the 
 scalp (S. capHlitis) in adults, and usually clus- 
 tering together in irregular patches. The tu- 
 bercles are red and smooth, and of a couoidal 
 form, and nearly equal to a pea in magnitude. 
 Many of them continue in this condition for 
 three or four weeks, or even longer, having at- 
 tained their full size in seven or eight days ; but 
 others suppurate very slowly and partially, dis- 
 charging a small quantity of thick matter, by 
 which the hairs of the beard are matted to- 
 gether, so that shaving becomes impracticable, 
 from the tender and irregular surface of the 
 skin. There is also considerable itching. 
 
 The treatment consists at first of poultices 
 and fomentations, and after the inflammatory 
 
 stage, of the ointment of nitrate of mercury, 
 and other stimulating and desiccative ointments. 
 The health is affected, and requires attention : 
 tonics are indicated. 
 
 Sylvius, digestive salt of. See Sal > 
 tivum Sylvii. 
 
 SYMBLE'PHARUM. Symblepk arosis. 
 (From aw, with, and j32,e<papov, the eyelid.) A 
 concretion of the eyelid to the globe of the eye. 
 This chiefly happens in the superior, but very 
 rarely in the inferior lid. The causes of this 
 concretion are a bad conformation of the parts, 
 ulcers of the cornea, imprudent scarifications, 
 or bums, especially if the eye remains long 
 closed after the accident. 
 
 Symbolo'gica. A synonym of symptomatol- 
 ogy- 
 
 SYMBOLS, CHEMICAL. An abbreviated 
 mode of expressing the composition of bodies. 
 The substances, instead of being written at full 
 length, are indicated by the first and sometimes 
 second letter of their names. See Equiva~ 
 lents. 
 
 SYMMETRY. (Symmetria, a-, f. ; from cvv, 
 with, and fierpov, a measure.) The correspond- 
 ence of parts in size and shape. 
 
 SYMMETRICAL. Endowed with sym- 
 metry. In Anatomy, organs are said to be sym- 
 metrical which are divided by the median line 
 of the body into halves, which resemble each 
 other more or less exactly. 
 
 Sympa'sma. See Catapasma. 
 
 SYMPATHETIC. Sympathetica. Relating 
 to sympathy. 
 
 Sympathetic ink. An ink or coloring matter 
 which becomes invisible in the cold, and colored 
 when heat or an appropriate agent is applied. 
 There are several, but the best is the chloride 
 of cobalt, which becomes green when wanned, 
 fades away when cold, and can be reproduced 
 a number of times. 
 
 Sympathetic nerve. See Intercostal nerve. 
 
 SYMPATHY. (Sympathi'a, a, f. Iv/ikw 
 deia; from aw, with, and TraOoc, affection.) 
 That relation of the organs and parts of the liv- 
 ing body to each other, whereby an action ex- 
 cited in one part induces a corresponding action 
 in another part. 
 
 The sympathies may be arranged into the 
 reflex and the direct ; the former arising through 
 the instrumentality of the brain and spinal 
 nerves ; the latter taking place independently 
 of them, through the ganglionic nerves, and 
 chiefly those which are distributed to the 
 blood-vessels, and which form communicating 
 cords between the viscera. 
 
 Sympho'resis. Congestion. 
 
 Symphyseotomy. Symphyso'tomy. The Si- 
 gaultian operation. 
 
 Symphy'sia. The union of parts properly 
 separate. — Breschet. 
 
 SY'MPHYSIS. (is, is, f; from av/ifuo, to 
 grow together.) A connection of bones by in- 
 tervening cartilage or other texture. 
 
 SY'MPHYTUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Boragina~ 
 ce<E. — S. maculosiLm. Pulmonaria officinalis. — 
 S. minus. Prunella vulgaris. — S. officinale. 
 The comfrey. The roots abound with a viscid 
 glutinous juice, whose virtues are similar to 
 
 623 
 
SYN 
 
 those of the mallow. — S. petrceum. Coris mons- 
 peliensis. 
 
 Symploca'rpus fcetidus. The Dracontium 
 foetid um. 
 
 SYMPTOM. (Symptoma, ce, f. ; from ovfnr- 
 rufia, a coincidence.) The sign of a disease, 
 consisting in some deviation from the natural 
 and healthy functions of the part. 
 
 Symptoma'tic That which is a symptom 
 of an affection. 
 
 Symptomatoiio'gy. The study of the signs 
 of disease ; diagnosis. 
 
 Symptomatolo'gist. One who treats the 
 symptoms of disease, instead of ascertaining 
 their causes. 
 
 Symptc/sis. Atrophy; emaciation. 
 
 SYN-. Sym. (From ovv, with.) A com- 
 mon prefix of words derived from the Greek, 
 signifying union, adhesion, similarity, &c. 
 
 Syna'nchia. Asperula cynanchica. 
 
 Synaptase. The emulsion of black mustard. 
 
 SYNARTHROSIS, (is, is, f. ; from ovvap- 
 dpou, to articulate.) That mode of connection 
 of bones in which they do not admit of motion 
 on each other. It has three species, viz., su- 
 ture, harmony, and gomphosis. 
 
 Synastomosis. Anastomosis. 
 
 Synca'rpous. When the carpels of a fruit 
 are united together. 
 
 SYNCHONDROSIS, (is, is, f.; from ovv, 
 with, and xovdpoc, a cartilage.) A species of 
 symphysis, in which one bone is united with 
 another by means of an intervening cartilage. 
 
 Synchondroto'mia. The operation of divid- 
 ing the symphysis pubis. 
 
 Synchronous. Occurring in the same time. 
 
 Sy'nchysis. 1. A confusion of the humors 
 of the eye from injury or other cause. 2. A 
 dissolution of the vitreous humor. — Benedict. 
 
 SY'NCLONUS. (From ovv, together, and 
 kXovoc, agitation.) A genus in Good's Nosolo- 
 gy, including diseases characterized by tremu- 
 lous and clonic agitation of the muscles, espe- 
 cially when excited by the will. 
 
 Synclonus balli'smus. The shaking palsy. 
 A disease of advanced life, consisting of a great 
 sense of weakness in the hands and arms, grad- 
 ually extending to the legs and muscles of the 
 neck, with trembling, and ultimately constant 
 and vehement agitation. In the last stages of 
 this affection, the urine and. faeces are involun- 
 tarily discharged. The treatment is somewhat 
 indefinite, as it occurs in broken-down consti- 
 tutions, and especially drunkards. Frictions, 
 the hot bath, and counter-irritation along the 
 spine are most useful. 
 
 SY'NCOPE. (e, es, f. ; ovvkotttj, from ovy- 
 kotztu, to strike or cut down.) Fainting or 
 swooning. An affection in which the respira- 
 tion and action of the heart either cease, or be- 
 come much weaker than usual, with paleness 
 and coldness, arising from diminished energy 
 of the brain, or from organic affections of the 
 heart. The species are : 
 
 1. Syncope cardiaca, the cardiac syncope, 
 arising without a visible cause, and with violent 
 palpitation of the heart during the intervals, and 
 depending generally on some organic affection 
 of the heart or neighboring vessels. 
 
 2. Syncope occasionalis, the exciting cause 
 
 624 
 
 SYN 
 
 being manifest. The disease is sometimes pre- 
 ceded by anxiety about the preecordia, a sense 
 of fullness ascending from the stomach toward 
 the head, vertigo, or confusion of ideas, dimness 
 of sight, and coldness of the extremities. The 
 attacks are frequently attended with, or end in 
 vomiting, and sometimes in epileptic or other 
 convulsions. The causes are sudden and violent 
 emotions of the mind, pungent or disagreeable 
 odors, derangement of the prima? viae, debility 
 from preceding disorders, loss of blood, spon- 
 taneous or artificial, the operation of paracen- 
 tesis, &c. An ordinary fainting-fit is a matter 
 of little importance, and occurs frequently in 
 persons who are in general perfectly healthy. 
 The actions of the system will generally be 
 spontaneously restored in a short time. This 
 is accelerated by the horizontal position, which 
 throws the blood on the brain, and thereby 
 stimulates it to resume its wonted functions. 
 Cold water sprinkled on the face or chest, and 
 the internal administration of gentle stimulants 
 as soon as the patient can swallow, may also be 
 resorted to. The more formidable kinds of syn- 
 cope, which arise from diseases of the heart or 
 great vessels, or from profuse hemorrhage, need 
 not be noticed here, as their consideration be- 
 longs to the particular case in connection with 
 which they occur. 
 
 Syncope angino'sa. Angina pectoris. — 
 Parry. 
 
 Syn] 
 
 Synde'smo-pharynge'us. The constrictor 
 pharyngis medius. 
 
 SYNDESMOSIS, (is, is, f. ; from ow6eoftoc. 
 a ligament.) That species of symphysis in which 
 the bones are united by ligament. 
 
 SYNDE'SMUS. (us, i, m. Zvvdeofzoc ; from 
 ovvSeu, to bind together.) A ligament. 
 
 SYNECHIA. *(a, ce, f. 2vve X eta, continu- 
 ity.) A concretion of the iris with the cornea, 
 or with the capsule of the crystalline lens. The 
 remote causes are, a collapse of the cornea, a 
 prolapsus of the iris, a tumefied cataract, hypo- 
 pium, or original malformation. 
 
 SYNGENE'SIA. Syngenesious. (From ovv, 
 together, and yeveoic, generation.) The name 
 of a class of plants in the sexual system of 
 Linnaeus,, consisting of plants in which the an- 
 thers are united into a tube, the filaments on 
 which they are supported being mostly separate 
 and distinct. The flowers are compound. 
 
 SYNIZE'SIS. (is, is, f.; from ovvtfa, con- 
 sido, to meet.) Closed pupil. A perfect con- 
 cretion of the pupil. It is known by the ab- 
 sence of the pupil, and a total loss of vision. 
 The species are : 1. Congenital. 2. Simple, the 
 pupil being closed or obliterated from a gradual 
 contraction, and, at length, coalition of the mus- 
 cular fibres of the iris, unattended by any other 
 change of the eye. 3. Accidental, from an in- 
 flammation or ulceration of the uvea or iris, or 
 from a defect of the aqueous or vitreous humor. 
 4.^ Complicated, or that which is complicated 
 with some other ocular disease. Medicines are 
 only serviceable in the simple species, in which 
 the tincture of belladonna often effects a cure ; 
 applications of stimulating solutions, as sulphate 
 of zinc, dilute alcohol, ether, are also useful. 
 When these are of no service, an artificial pupil 
 
tfYP 
 
 S YP 
 
 may be made, either by excision, incision, or 
 sepax-ation, according to the appearance of the 
 closure. 
 
 Synneuro'sis. Synonymous with Syndes- 
 mosis. 
 
 SY'NOCHA. (a, ce, f. ; from <jvvexo>, to con- 
 tinue.) Inflammatory fever. 
 
 SY'NOCHUS. (us, i, m. ; from awexu, to 
 continue.) That form of fever which is con- 
 tinuous, and at first inflammatory, but which 
 becomes typhoid in its later stages. The fever 
 of small-pox, scarlet fever, are of this mixed 
 kind. The treatment in the early stages is an- 
 tiphlogistic, and in the later that which is ap- 
 propriate to typhus. 
 
 Synochus putris. Typhus gravior. 
 
 Synosteo'logy. A treatise on the joints. 
 
 Synosteotomy. Dissection of the joints. 
 
 SYNO'VIA. An unctuous and serous fluid 
 secreted from certain glands in the joint in 
 which it is contained. Its use is to lubricate 
 the cartilaginous surfaces of the articulatory 
 bones, and to facilitate their motions. 
 
 SYNOVIAL. Synovialis. Of, or belonging 
 to, the synovia, or the fluid of the joints. 
 
 Synovial glands. Glandules synoviales. 
 The fatty fimbriated structure, found within the 
 cavities of some joints. 
 
 Synovial membrane. The membrane which 
 lines the cavities of the joints, and secretes the 
 synovia. 
 
 Sy'ntasis. Tension. 
 
 Sy'ntaxis. Articulation. 
 
 SYNTENO'SIS. (is, is, f. ; from aw, with, 
 and revuv, a tendon.) A species of articulation 
 where the bones are connected together by ten- 
 dons. 
 
 Synte'xis. A marasmus. 
 
 SY'NTHESIS. (is, is, f.; from awnOn/ii, I 
 compose.) Combination. 
 
 Si ntheti'smcjs. The reduction of a fracture. 
 
 Synulo'ticus. Conducive to the healing of 
 a wound. 
 
 Synyme'nsis. A junction by membrane. 
 
 SY'PHILIS. (From at^loc, filthy, or from 
 aw and <pL?i£u, mutual love.) The venereal 
 disease; certain morbid changes produced in 
 various textures of the human body by the ac- 
 tion of a specific morbid poison. Some writers, 
 however, extend the meaning of the expression 
 further ; for they make it comprehend not only 
 syphilis, or the true venereal disease, but also 
 clap, or gonorrhoea, sores of different descrip- 
 tions on the genitals, and numerous effects or 
 accompaniments of the latter complaints. 
 
 Syphilis can not be propagated from individ- 
 ual to individual through the medium of the 
 breath, nor of the atmosphere, nor apparently 
 through the medium of any of the ordinary nat- 
 ural secretions. With the exception of what 
 may happen between a syphilitic pregnant fe- 
 male and the child in her womb, only one way 
 is positively known in which the disease can 
 be communicated, and that is through the me- 
 dium of the specific poison, blended at the time 
 of its application with pus, or some other mor- 
 bid secretion. Such infectious matter begins 
 its action by exciting inflammation, followed by 
 a pimple or pustule, which is gradually con- 
 Terted into an ulcer. Of course, such ulcer is 
 Br 
 
 almost always on the parts of generation ; but 
 if a person accidentally prick himself with a 
 lancet infected with venereal matter, or if such 
 matter happen to come in contact with any 
 abraded part of the skin, syphilis may then 
 commence in other situations. 
 
 The symptoms of syphilis are divided into 
 primary and secondary : the primary consist 
 of various forms of ulceration on the genitals, or 
 other parts to which the venereal matter may 
 be applied, and specific inflammation of the 
 glands, called buboes; the secondary consist of 
 a variety of constitutional diseases. 
 
 Primary symptoms. — Primary venereal sores 
 are of several kinds. The most remarkable one 
 is that, which was so well described by Mr. 
 Hunter, and is called, accordingly, the Hunterian 
 chancre. It is characterized by a tendency to 
 assume a circular form, by an excavated surface, 
 the tenacious and adherent quality of the matter 
 produced on it, and by its hard, cartilaginous 
 base and margin. It generally begins as a pim- 
 ple or minute vesicle, which enlarges, and soon 
 breaks and ulcerates. Generally speaking, ve- 
 nereal ulceration does not extend itself with 
 great rapidity ; neither is it the common char- • 
 acter of the Hunterian chancre to make quick 
 progress. Nevertheless, exceptions to this state- 
 ment do occur, and these seem to depend on the 
 state of the health ; for when this is in an unfa- 
 vorable condition, or certain forms of constitu- 
 tional disturbance and irritability prevail, the 
 ulceration will spread with greater quickness 
 than usual. When the sore is situated on the 
 prepuce or the fraenum, there is usually more 
 inflammation present than when it is situated 
 on the glans. When the ulcer is on the glans, 
 it is less painful, but more disposed to give rise 
 to hemorrhage. What is termed phymosis is 
 an inflammation, a thickening, and a contraction 
 of the extremity of the prepuce, rendering it 
 impossible to draw it back so as to uncover the 
 glans : this case is less frequently a consequence 
 of the Hunterian chancre than of some other 
 primary sores on the penis. 
 
 Another kind of primary sore is that which 
 is generally called the superficial ulcer with 
 raised edges ; it is not accompanied by indura- 
 tion, but its margin is very high; it is often 
 seen on the outside of the prepuce ; and fre- 
 quently is not a single sore, but accompanied 
 by others of the same nature ; sometimes by 
 two, three, four, or more. In many instances, 
 we see them surrounding the orifice of the pre- 
 puce, producing a thickening of it and phymo- 
 sis, which may continue long after the cure of 
 the sores. They are frequently very obstinate, 
 and it may be long before any impression can 
 be made upon them, whether mercury be given 
 in full quantities, or merely in alterative doses. 
 After five or six weeks, they generally yield 
 to common treatment, to mild alterative plans, 
 namely, to small doses of mercury, aperient 
 medicines, and antimonials, and sometimes to 
 tonics, bark, sarsaparilla, and the mineral acids. 
 The black or yellow wash, and lotions of the 
 sulphate of copper or zinc, are the best appli- 
 cations. 
 
 Another description of primary sore is the 
 phagedenic, as it is termed, a corroding ulcer 
 
 625 
 
S YP 
 
 S Y P 
 
 without granulations, corresponding to the de- 
 scription of phagedenic sores in general. It is 
 destitute of any remarkable degree of surround- 
 ing induration, but its circumference is of a liv- 
 id red color. It is invariably rendered worse 
 by mercury, a fact as well established as any 
 thing yet made out, with regard to the treat- 
 ment of venereal complaints. In this form of 
 the disease, when the treatment is injudiciously 
 conducted, the whole of the penis will frequent- 
 ly be destroyed in a very short time. Some- 
 times considerable hemorrhage takes place, and 
 a useful hint is afforded by it ; for we common- 
 ly observe that, after loss of blood, the extension 
 of the ravages of the disease stops, or is sus- 
 pended for a time; and hence we may infer 
 that venesection will frequently be useful in 
 the early stages of the disease, a truth fully con- 
 firmed by experience. 
 
 Another primary sore is called the sloughing 
 ulcer. It appears first as a black spot, which 
 increases, and is thrown off, leaving exposed 
 to view a corroded or phagedenic surface. Af- 
 ter the slough has separated, an ulcer remains 
 of a painful character, with a dark blue or livid 
 crimson margin. In this manner the disease 
 will go on, alternately sloughing and ulcerating, 
 sometimes till nearly all the external parts of 
 generation are destroyed. It appears that any 
 sore may assume the phagedenic or sloughing 
 condition from the bad state of the constitution, 
 or from neglect or injudicious treatment. 
 
 The venereal poison, in its passage through 
 the inguinal glands, frequently gives rise to in- 
 flammation and enlargement of them, which, in 
 many instances, is followed by suppuration and 
 ulceration. The swelling, abscess, or sore thus 
 produced, is termed a bubo ; though, if the pa- 
 tient happened to have a primary venereal sore 
 on one of his fingers, he might have a bubo just 
 above the elbow, near the inner edge of the 
 biceps, or in the axilla; so that a bubo does 
 not always imply a disease in the groin. But 
 the poison of syphilis may make its way into 
 the system, without exciting any inflammation 
 in the absorbent glands of the groin, or other 
 region of the body. 
 
 Secondary Symptoms. — Previously to the oc- 
 currence of secondary symptoms, the constitution 
 may generally be observed to be somewhat dis- 
 ordered; there is more or less fever present, 
 with accelerated pulse, headache, loss of appe- 
 tite, pains in the limbs, and inability to sleep. 
 Indeed, almost all patients are particularly rest- 
 less for two or three days before the appear- 
 ance of any secondary symptoms ; that is, before 
 they complain of a sore throat, or perceive any 
 traces of cutaneous disease about them. Ac- 
 cording to the Hunterian doctrines, when sec- 
 ondary symptoms take place, they are more 
 disposed to occur in some parts of the body 
 than in others. On this account, Mr. Hunter 
 divides the parts affected into two orders : the 
 first order consisting of those in which the sec- 
 ondary symptoms usually first show themselves, 
 namely, the throat and skin, with which parts 
 the iris is also to be arranged ; the second, in- 
 cluding parts in which the disease produces its 
 influence at a later period, as the periosteum 
 and the bones, to which may be added the 
 626 
 
 nose, in which ulceration of the mucous mem- 
 brane, the ozoena syphilitica, with or without 
 disease of the bones, is very common: in the 
 second order of parts are likewise to be inclu- 
 ded the ear and the testicle, to which organs, 
 however, the effects of syphilis less frequently 
 extend than to the other parts here specified. 
 It is generally considered that the interval be- 
 tween the primary and the secondary symp- 
 toms is on an average from six to twelve weeks; 
 but it may extend to several months, or, ac- 
 cording to some reports, to one or two years. 
 The earliest secondary symptoms generally 
 commence within three months from the cure 
 of the primary sore ; but they may come on 
 much more quickly, or even before the prima- 
 ry sore is healed. Almost every surgeon has 
 had opportunities of seeing cases in which there 
 were at the same time an uncured chancre, an 
 unhealed bubo, a sore throat, an iritis, and so 
 forth, all existing together. 
 
 The cutaneous eruption presents considerable 
 varieties. One form of syphilitic eruption is 
 characterized by being scaly, and of a copper 
 or reddish-brown color; small copper-colored 
 spots first showing themselves, and the cuticle 
 then peeling off. Some of these blotches con- 
 join, so as to form extensive patches ; but others 
 of the same color, and decidedly syphilitic, are, 
 on account of their diminutive size and partic- 
 ular figure, sometimes termed the lenticular 
 syphilitic lepra. If the disease advance further, 
 scabs will form, suppuration will take place 
 under them, and the result be a secondary ve- 
 nereal ulcer, which, when thus produced, affects 
 principally such parts of the skin as are in con- 
 tact with other portions of the cutis, like the fold 
 of the nates, the angle between the scrotum and 
 thigh, or in the armpit. In these situations the 
 eruption has a raised surface, from which a 
 whitish matter frequently oozes. These cop- 
 per-colored scaly blotches generally first appear 
 on the face, hands, and wrist, and afterward on 
 the breast and extremities, where they are par- 
 ticularly numerous, and assume the form of le- 
 pra or psoriasis. There is another circumstance 
 deserving of attention, namely, when the palm 
 of the hand or the sole of the foot, where the 
 cuticle is very thick, is affected, an appeai'ance 
 is produced, constituting what is often termed 
 the syphilitic lepra, and psoriasis of the hands 
 and feet. There are four forms of cutaneous 
 eruption : The first of these is the scaly, which 
 often corresponds to the Hunterian chancre, and 
 is in the form either of psoriasis or lepra. The 
 second is the papular, so called from the char- 
 acter of its eruption, which consists of inflamed 
 pimples, and may follow gonorrhoea, and what 
 some surgeons call the gonorrheal ulcer of the 
 prepuce and corona glandis. The third is 
 named the tubercular, as being attended with 
 an eruption of this character ; and the fourth is 
 the pustular variety, so called also from the ap- 
 pearance of the cutaneous affection. The pro- 
 jecting incrustations, which are conical, or in 
 the form of limpet-shells, constitute the appear- 
 ance known by the name of the venereal rupia, 
 which may follow an eruption originally either 
 tubercular or pustular. One important fact to 
 be remembered is, that papular and pustular 
 
SYP 
 
 SYP 
 
 eruptions, when they have reached a certain 
 stage, may he attended with a scaly appearance, 
 which is, therefore, not exclusively the feature 
 of lepra and psoriasis. This circumstance may, 
 perhaps, explain some cases in which the erup- 
 tion seems to consist of scaly spots, and pustules 
 and pimples, more or less mixed together. 
 
 Secondary venereal ulceration of the skin is 
 often px-eceded by an eruption, some part of 
 which, after repeated desquamation and scab- 
 bing, is converted into sores ; but, in other in- 
 stances, chronic inflammation takes place, inde- 
 pendently of any eruption, and ulceration fol- 
 lows; and occasionally inflammation, suppura- 
 tion, and secondary venereal ulceration will 
 occur over nodes. Secondary venereal ulcers 
 have not any regular and constant appearance ; 
 they are frequently of a round shape, more or 
 less chronic, and with an irregular, foul, ash- 
 colored surface ; while others evince the pecu- 
 liarity of healing in the centre and extending at 
 the circumference, the unhealed part being of a 
 tawny color, with sharp edges and a foul bot- 
 tom. 
 
 Besides these secondary symptoms presenting 
 themselves as affections of the skin, we must not 
 omit to specify the ragged, ulcerated fissures 
 and clefts seen on the nates, or about the anus 
 (jrhagades ani), and especially in the fold at the 
 lower part of the nates, and between the peri- 
 neum and the thigh, or sometimes even about the 
 roots of the finger nails. In the latter event 
 matter forms under the nail, which becomes 
 detached, and the discharge is remarkable for 
 its strong, fetid, and peculiarly disagreeable 
 smell. Such is the venereal whitlow, as it is 
 sometimes named. 
 
 Some excrescences in venereal patients, taking 
 place especially about the genitals, perineum, 
 and anus, receive different names, according to 
 their various shape and consistence ; as warts, 
 condylomata, jici, &c. They are frequently ac- 
 companied with ulceration, or purulent dis- 
 charge from the urethra or vagina; and they 
 often grow from parts which have been ulcer- 
 ated, though now healed. These are effectually 
 removed by the knife or scissors. 
 
 One of the most common secondary symptoms 
 is ulceration of the fauces, tonsils, and soft palate — 
 in other words, a sore throat. What has gen- 
 erally been considered as the most unequivocal 
 specimen of syphilitic ulceration of the throat, 
 is remarked to come on without much previous 
 inflammation, to begin on the surface of the part 
 affected, and to extend more and more deeply ; 
 so that, when situated on the tonsils, an appear- 
 ance is produced as if a portion of them had 
 been scooped away. The sore has a sharp, 
 prominent margin, and its excavated surface is 
 covered with yellow, adhesive matter, that can 
 not readily be separated from it. 
 
 Besides this description of sore throat, there 
 is another, consisting in superficial, but foul and 
 wide-spreading ulcerations of the tonsils, velum 
 pendulum palati, and upper portion of the 
 pharynx, accompanied by considerable pain, 
 restlessness, and fever. On account of its ap- 
 pearance, it is frequently called the ulcerous ex- 
 coriation of the throat. 
 
 In certain other cases, the xdcers of the throat 
 
 | have a phagedenic character, and are disposed, 
 under improper treatment, to destroy the whole 
 of the soft palate, and to extend their ravages to 
 the pharynx, and even sometimes to the larynx, 
 causing destruction of its cartilages, and endan- 
 gering life. With this form of sore throat, when 
 the constitution is in an unfavorable state from 
 the injudicious use of mercury, there is a ten- 
 dency to the production of caries and necrosis 
 in the bones of the palate, and even in the up- 
 per jaw bone and the ossa spongiosa ; but if 
 the disease be properly treated, aud the em- 
 ployment of too great a quantity of mercury be 
 avoided, the patient will generally escape the 
 serious mischief to which I have alluded. 
 
 One species of iritis, or inflammation of the 
 iris, is an affection ranking as a secondary symp- 
 tom of syphilis. After the appearance of dis- 
 ease of the skin, or sore throat, the iris some- 
 times inflames: this affection, which may fol- 
 low, or accompany, various kinds of syphilitic 
 eruptions, and is usually attended with pains in 
 the limbs and joints, is noticed in the article 
 Ophthalmitis. 
 
 With regard to venereal affections of the bones 
 and joints, if the swelling has come on sudden- 
 ly, seems to be chiefly seated in the periosteum, 
 and the pain is not remarkably aggravated at 
 night, we may generally conclude that it is not 
 a venereal affection. True syphilitic nodes are 
 more indolent in their progress than the swell- 
 ings just referred to ; and the pain of them is 
 always more severe at night than in the day. 
 They are particularly disposed to occur on the 
 central portions of the long cylindrical bones, 
 and on such parts of the bones as are not cover- 
 ed by any great thickness of soft parts. Hence, 
 the front surface of the tibia, the superficial part 
 of the ulna, the sternum, the clavicle, and the 
 cranium, are often the seat of nodes. 
 
 There is one curious circumstance in relation 
 to nodes, namely, they are alleged to be rarely 
 produced in syphilis, unless the patient has 
 been using mercury; but in this, as in other 
 cases of venereal diseases of the bones, it is 
 probably the imprudent and excessive use of 
 mercury that gives rise to them. 
 
 Treatment of Syphilis. — Till of late years a 
 very pernicious notion prevailed with respect 
 to syphilis, namely, that it never underwent a 
 spontaneous cure, but proceeded to destroy one 
 texture after another till the patient fell a victim 
 to its fury. This belief, in connection with the 
 absolute reliance on the specific and exclusive 
 powers of mercury, frequently gave rise to a 
 most destructive line of practice. But it has 
 been conclusively proved that it may be cured 
 without mercuiy, and, indeed, that it may be 
 cured without any remedies. 
 
 Taking for granted what is now established 
 beyond doubt, that syphilis is susceptible of 
 cure by the natural efforts of the constitution, 
 when vigorous, and exercised under favorable 
 circumstances, and susceptible also of the in- 
 fluence of remedies quite independently of any 
 specific effect, it becomes obvious that the dis- 
 ease should be treated, in a great measure, on 
 general principles, the application of which 
 must depend on the judgment of the practi- 
 tioner in each individual case. The following 
 
 627 
 
S YP 
 
 general account of the mercurial treatment is 
 taken from the excellent chapter on syphilis in 
 Mr. S. Cooper's First Lines of the Practice of 
 Surgery, the source from which the greater 
 part of the present article is derived. 
 
 Whenever mercury is given, the wisest plan 
 is to give it in moderation, and, above all things, 
 to avoid the pernicious custom of putting the 
 patient under a course, in which the mercury- 
 is given rapidly and profusely, and continued 
 for an immoderate length of time. Experience 
 has fully convinced me, that in no variety of 
 chancre, nor in any other stage of the venereal 
 disease, is it proper to give mercury so unmer- 
 cifully, and for so long a period as was former- 
 ly done. At all events, violent and long saliva- 
 tions should be given up. This practice, as 
 Mr. Cooper can state from his own observation 
 in the foul wards of St. Bartholomew's Hospi- 
 tal, during a period of twelve years, instead of 
 being more successful than the present meth- 
 ods, often led to the most dreadful mutilations, 
 and the number of those who lost their palates 
 and noses was infinitely greater than what is 
 now observed. When mercury is given, it is 
 to be so administered as merely to produce a 
 moderate affection of the gums and salivary 
 glands, aud not to occasion a total derangement 
 of the whole economy. When the patient's 
 health is seriously impaired, as a general rule, 
 mercury should be postponed till an ameliora- 
 tion in that respect has taken place. Even 
 those practitioners who place the gi*eatest re- 
 liance on mercury as a specific, and still main- 
 tain that it ought to be called so, qualify their 
 assertions by admitting that it ought not to be 
 given under every condition of the system ; 
 they candidly allow that neither the condition 
 of the parts, nor that of the constitution, is at all 
 times such as will let mercury be given with 
 impunity ; they confess that its rash and un- 
 scientific employment will aggravate the symp- 
 toms ; and they specify two cases in which its 
 use is generally erroneous, namely, during ex- 
 cessive weakness of the system, and while the 
 disease is complicated with excessive inflam- 
 mation. But these are not the only states in 
 which it should usually be prohibited: it should 
 not be given during any great derangement of 
 the system from diarrhoea, or fever, or from 
 what is termed erethrismus, a peculiar state of 
 constitution, in which the patient labors under 
 excessive irritability, weakness, palpitation of 
 the heart, and other evils from the mercury al- 
 ready given. There are some constitutions in 
 which this condition is liable also to be induced 
 by a very slight quantity of mercuiy, and when 
 it is present, the patient may die suddenly on 
 making any trivial exertion. 
 
 Mercuiy is used either topically, that is, as a 
 direct application to sores, nodes, and other lo- 
 cal affections, or constitutionally, being intro- 
 duced into the system either through the me- 
 dium of the stomach or the skin. 
 
 Among topical mercurial preparations, the 
 black wash is in very common use for venereal 
 sores, both primary and secondary. It should 
 vary in strength according to circumstances. 
 With regard to the manner of using it : if the 
 sore or sores are on the outside of the prepuce, 
 628 
 
 S YP 
 
 a piece of lint is dipped in the lotion and ap- 
 plied to them ; but if the sores are under the 
 prepuce, the introduction of lint into that situa- 
 tion would create too much irritation, and the 
 lotion may therefore be occasionally injected 
 under the prepuce with a small syringe. The 
 yellow wash, used in the same manner, contains 
 two grains of corrosive chloride of mercury in 
 each ounce of lime water. In general, mer- 
 curial ointments are not very good applications 
 for venereal sores of any description ; certainly 
 they are not equal, in point of efficacy, to many 
 other applications. Sometimes, however, the 
 unguentum hydrargyri nitratis, blended with 
 the unguentum cetaceum, or with zinc oint 
 ment, in various proportions, may be usefully 
 employed. Another manner of using mercury 
 topically is that of fumigation. Mr. S. Cooper 
 has seen sore throats, chancres, and other ul- 
 cerations, which had resisted for weeks and 
 months every plan that could be devised, as- 
 sume a healthy appearance, and heal up rapid- 
 ly, after fumigation had been tried a few times. 
 With respect to the introduction of mercury 
 into the system from the surface of the body, 
 this can be accomplished either by rubbing 
 mercurial ointment into the skin, or by mer- 
 curial fumigation of an extensive portion of the 
 surface of the body. Friction with the mer- 
 curial ointment, the ordinary method, and most 
 generally adopted, as requiring no machine for 
 the purpose, is practiced by the patient him- 
 self, who rubs some part of his body, which is 
 frequently the inside of the thigh, for a quarter 
 of an hour or twenty minutes before the fire, 
 sometimes once a day and sometimes twice, 
 with half a drachm or a drachm of the oint- 
 ment. This practice has been, however, in a 
 great measure, diminished. In certain cases, we 
 are indeed obliged to direct mercurial frictions, 
 as when the stomach and bowels will not bear 
 even a small quantity of mercury, which occa- 
 sionally happens, or when it is necessary to re- 
 sort to more plans than one, in order to bring 
 the system under the influence of the mineral. 
 Under these, and perhaps a few other circum- 
 stances, we may be called upon to prescribe 
 frictions, as well as internal preparations. 
 
 Fumigating the surface of the body is not at 
 present deemed so necessary and eligible a 
 method of putting a patient under the influence 
 of mercury as some of its admirers once en- 
 deavored to instill into the minds of the profes- 
 sion. It is attended with considerable trouble 
 and inconvenience ; it requires a particular 
 machine, somewhat resembling a sedan chair, 
 in which the patient sits naked, with his head 
 out of an opening at the top of it. At the bot- 
 tom of the machine is an iron heater, on which 
 a prepai-ation of mercury is thrown, which is 
 sublimed, and covers all the surface of the pa- 
 tient's body. The preparation of mercury em- 
 ployed for this purpose is the gray oxide. 
 
 Of the internal preparations, the pilula hy- 
 drargyri, or common blue pill, has the greatest 
 reputation; it is one of the mildest of all the in- 
 ternal preparations; the common dose of it is 
 five grains ; but frequently we are called upon 
 to give a larger dose, and sometimes a smaller; 
 from three to ten grains may be stated to be 
 
SYP 
 
 SYR 
 
 the ordinary average quantity proper to be 
 iven in the twenty-four hours. We may join 
 it with other medicines, according to circum- 
 stances, as with the sulphate of quinine, the ex- 
 tract of conium, and various other medicines. 
 We often combine the blue pill with a small 
 quantity of opium, in order to lessen its ten- 
 dency to affect the bowels. 
 
 Calomel is not so extensively employed for 
 the cure of syphilitic complaints. The corrosive 
 chloride of mercury, or corrosive sublimate, in 
 the dose of one eighth of a grain twice or 
 thrice a day, or other preparations of mercury, 
 are sometimes employed. It is customary to 
 use with the mercury the compound decoction 
 of sarsaparilla, or decoction of mezereon, cin- 
 chona, and other bodies. The iodide of potas- 
 sium has also received much commendation in 
 the treatment of nodes and secondary symp- 
 toms. Besides the use of mercury and sarsa- 
 parilla, the steps of the treatment are based on 
 general principles, and not peculiar to this dis- 
 ease. 
 
 One caution is necessary in the employment 
 of mercury, namely, to watch its effects very 
 attentively, for it will act differently in differ- 
 ent individuals. Some will be violently saliva- 
 ted by a few grains of blue pill, or a scruple of 
 blue ointment, while others will use from one 
 to three drachms of it daily for months together, 
 with no manifest effect on the function of the 
 salivary glands, bowels, or other organs. The 
 doses of mercurial preparations must then be 
 regulated by circumstances ; indeed, it is wholly 
 impossible to give any precise rules on this 
 head, on account of the different effects of the 
 mineral on different individuals. The safest 
 plan is always to begin with small quantities of 
 mercury, watching the effects of the medicine, 
 and being guided by them, and stopping it 
 when the salivation increases, or erethrism, &c, 
 occur. 
 
 Syphilis indica. Framboesia. 
 SY'PHILOID. (Syphiloides ; from syphilis, 
 and euloc, resemblance.) Syphilis pseudo-syph- 
 ilis. Like syphilis. The name of a disease 
 which resembles syphilis. There are many 
 diseases which have a close resemblance to the 
 venereal in its primary and constitutional forms : 
 these have all been called syphiloid. The prin- 
 cipal of this family of diseases is the pseudo- 
 syphilis, or bastard pox, of Hunter and Aber- 
 nethy. 
 
 It mostly commences with local symptoms, 
 though not always ; but the local symptoms have 
 a less resemblance to those of genuine syphilis 
 than the constitutional by which they are suc- 
 ceeded. A few foul and highly irritable sores 
 are unexpectedly discovered on the genitals, 
 commonly larger than chancres, and less thick- 
 ened than indurated, about the size of a half 
 dime, and frequently sprouting with fungous 
 granulations. Rarely, but very rarely, they 
 have the appearance of a true chancre. These 
 are sometimes succeeded by buboes, and some- 
 times not; and, where buboes take the lead, 
 they run their course more rapidly, and with 
 more inflammation, than in the true disease, 
 and spread to a greater number of circumja- 
 cent glands 
 
 means without mercury, or constitutional symp- 
 toms of any kind ; but not unfrequently, hi a 
 few weeks or months, they are followed by a 
 soreness and ulceration of the tonsils, copper- 
 colored spots over the body, and nodes or 
 swellings of the periosteum in various bones; 
 and sometimes these symptoms change their 
 order of succession, or appear single. 
 
 In a few instances, the constitutional symp- 
 toms take the lead, and the local follow. In 
 all these cases, the virus seems to be more active 
 and irritating than that of genuine syphilis ; but 
 which> while it pursues, though with much ir- 
 regularity, the same general path, runs through 
 its course much quicker, and is more effectually 
 coped with by the natural strength, or remedial 
 effort of the constitution. These affections re- 
 quire tonics and gentle stimulants, being vari- 
 eties of cachexy. 
 
 Syri.e oleum. A fragrant essential oil, dis- 
 tilled from the Canary balsam plant, or Molda- 
 vica. 
 
 Syrian herb mastich. Teucrium mastichi- 
 na. 
 
 SYRPGMUS. (Ivptyfioc; from cvpifa, to 
 make a sound by blowing through a pipe.) 
 This term has been applied to ringing in the 
 ears. See Tinnitus aurium. 
 
 Sy'ringa vulgaris. The common lilac. Its 
 seeds are used in France as a tonic and febrifuge. 
 Syringo'tomum. A knife to cut fistulas. 
 SY'RINX. (x, gis, f. ZvptyZ, from the He- 
 brew.) A pipe. A syringe. A fistula. 
 
 Syrmai'smus. A gentle evacuation by vomit 
 or stool. — Hippocrates. 
 
 SYROP. The French for a syrup. 
 Syrop de capillaire. Syrupus capillorum 
 veneris. Syrup of capillaire. A syrup much 
 used in France as a pectoral. It is made with 
 maidenhair, liquorice water, and sugar. 
 Syrup. See Syrupus. 
 
 Syrup, hive. (U. S.) Syrupus scillae com- 
 po situs. 
 
 SYRU'PUS. (us, i, m. Serab, a potion, 
 Arabic.) The name syrup is given to sugar 
 dissolved in water. The French are very fond 
 of syrups, and make great numbers by sweet- 
 ening infusions of various substances; but the 
 form is rather objectionable from the occurrence 
 of fermentation, and the nauseous taste of many 
 of the compounds. 
 
 Syrups are generally made with the juice of 
 vegetables or fruits, or by adding vegetable ex- 
 tracts, decoctions, or infusions, or other substan- 
 ces. To keep syrups without fermenting, it is 
 necessary that their temperature should be at- 
 tended to, and kept as near 55° as possible A 
 good cellar will answer this purpose. They 
 should have the sp. gr. of 1-319 when cold, un- 
 less otherwise directed. 
 
 Syrupus. (U. S.) S. simplex. Simple 
 syrup. Take of refined 6ugar, Ibiiss. ; water, 
 Oj. Dissolve with a gentle heat, removing any 
 scum, and strain while hot. 
 
 Syrupus aceti. (Ph. E.) 
 gar. A refrigerating syrup. 
 Syrupus allii. (U. S.) 
 Take of fresh garlic, sliced, fvj.; distilled vin- 
 fbij. Digest the garlic in vin- 
 
 Sugar and vine- 
 See Oxymel. 
 Syrup of garlic. 
 
 egar, Oj. ; sugar, 
 These often heal by the ordinary I egar four days ; express ; allow it to become 
 
 629 
 
SYR 
 
 SYR 
 
 clear, and make a syrup with the clear liquor. 
 A stimulating expectorant, used in the coughs of 
 children. Dose, f. 3J., for a child of one year. 
 
 Syrupus altha'je. (Ph. L.) Syrup of 
 marshmallo w. Take of the fresh root of marsh- 
 mallow, bruised, fviij. ; refined sugar, Ibiiss. ; 
 water, Oiv. Boil down the water with the 
 marshmallow root to half, and press. Set it by 
 for twenty-four hours to subside ; then pour off 
 the clear liquor, add the sugar, and boil down. 
 An emollient and demulcent, given in coughs, 
 hoarseness, &c. Dose, f. 3J. to fas. 
 
 Syrupus amygda'la. (U. S.) S. amygda- 
 larum. Syrup of almonds. Syrup of orgeat. 
 Take of sweet almonds, blanched, fb j . ; bitter 
 almonds, blanched, f iv. ; water, Oiij.; sugar, 
 Ibvj. Rub up the almonds with f iij. of the wa- 
 ter and fbj. of sugar, into a paste. Mix with 
 the rest of the water; strain with strong ex- 
 pression ; add the sugar to the fluid, and make 
 a syrup. Demulcent, slightly sedative; used 
 in coughs and as a drink. Dose, f. 3J. to f. jij. 
 
 Syrupus antiscorbu'ticus. 8. armoracice 
 compositus. A French syrup of horseradish, 
 buckbean, water cresses, and bitter orange, 
 with wine and cinnamon. 
 
 Syrupus aromaticus. S. de artemisia com- 
 positus. A French syrup of artemisia and twelve 
 aromatic herbs and seeds. Tonic. 
 
 Syrupus aura'ntii corticis. (U.S.) S.au- 
 rantii. Syrup of orange peel. Take of fresh 
 orange peel, fij.; boiling water, Oj.; refined 
 sugar, Ibiiss. Macerate the orange peel in the 
 water for twelve hours in a covered vessel ; then 
 pour off the liquor, and add the sugar. A pleas- 
 ant bitter and stomachic, used to flavor mix- 
 tures. 
 
 Syrupus caryophy'lli rubri. (Ph. E.) 
 Syrup of clove pinks. Aromatic. 
 
 Syrupus co'lchici. (Ph. E.) Syrup of 
 colchicum, or meadow saffron. Take of the 
 fresh roots of colchicum, sliced, fj. ; vinegar, 
 f. fxvj. ; refined sugar, fxxyj. Macerate with 
 the vinegar two days, shaking occasionally; 
 strain, with gentle expression; add the sugar 
 to the liquid, and make a syrup. Diuretic and 
 antiarthritic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. §ss. 
 
 Syrupus croci. (Ph. L. & E.) Syrup of 
 saffron. Take of saffron, jx. ; boiling water, 
 Oj.; refined sugar, Ibiij. Macerate the saffron; 
 strain, and add the sugar. This imparts a beau- 
 tiful color to liquids, and is sometimes employ- 
 ed as a cordial. 
 
 Syrupus de kin a kina cum vino. A French 
 syrup made with infusion or extract of cincho- 
 na, with wine. 
 
 Syrupus de mercuric S. kydrargyri. A 
 French blue pill, made with gum and. syrup. 
 Dose, gr. iij. to gr. viij. 
 
 Syrupus domesticus. Syrupus rhamni. 
 
 Syrupus empyreumaticus. Molasses. Trea- 
 cle. 
 
 Syrupu.s ferri iodini. Syrup of iodide of 
 iron. According to the Ph. E., take of dry 
 iodine, 200 grs. ; fine iron wire, cleaned, 100 
 grs. ; white sugar, powdered, fivss. ; distilled 
 water, f. f vj. Boil the iodine, iron, and water 
 in a glass matrass until f. fij. of fluid remain. 
 Filter, while hot, into a matrass containing the 
 sugar ; make a syrup, adding water to make up 
 630 
 
 f. f vj. Twelve minims contain one grain of io- 
 dide. It is a convenient means of administering 
 the iodide, and keeps better than the solution. 
 
 Syrupus ferri sesquini'tratis. A solution 
 of sesquinitrate (pernitrate) of iron in syrup. 
 Useful in obstinate chronic diarrhoeas. 
 
 Syrupus ipecacuanha. (U.S.) Syrup of 
 ipecacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha, in coarse 
 powder, fj.; dilute alcohol, Oj. ; syrup, Oij. 
 Make a tincture ; in fourteen days filter; evap- 
 orate to f. ^ij. ; filter again ; then add the syrup,, 
 and evaporate to a proper consistence. This 
 may be made by displacement. Emetic and 
 expectorant. Emetic dose for a child of one 
 year, f. 3J. to f. 3\j- 
 
 Syrupus KRAME'RiiE. (U. S.) Syrup of 
 rhatany. Take of extract of rhatany, fij. ; wa- 
 ter, Oj.; sugar, Ibiiss. Dissolve the extract, 
 and make a syrup. Astringent. Dose, for a 
 child of one year, f. 3J. 
 
 Syrupus limo'nis. (U. S.) S. limonum. S. 
 succilimonis. Syrup of lemon. Take of lemon 
 juice, strained, Oj. ; refined sugar, ibij. Dis- 
 solve, and make a syrup. A very pleasant, 
 cooling, and acid syrup, which may be exhibit- 
 ed with advantage in febrile and bilious affec- 
 tions, in drinks. 
 
 Syrupus mori. (Ph. L.) "Syrup of mulberry. 
 S. mororum. Take of mulberry juice, strained, 
 Oj. ; refined sugar, Ibiiss. Dissolve, and make 
 a syrup. Aperient and demulcent. May be 
 given in fever drinks. 
 
 Syrupus papa'veris. (Ph. L.) S.papaveris 
 albi. S. e meconio. S. de meeonio, sive diacodium. 
 Syrup of poppies. Take of the prepared cap- 
 sules of white poppy, Ibiij. ; refined sugar, lb v. ; 
 boiling water, Cv. Boil down the capsules in 
 the water to two gallons, and press out the liquor 
 strongly. Boil down the liquor again, after be- 
 ing strained, to four pints, and strain it while 
 hot. Set it by for twelve hours to clear ; boil 
 down the clear liquor to two pints, then add 
 the sugar, and dissolve. A useful anodyne prep- 
 aration. Dose, for an adult, f. 3ij. to f. 3iv. 
 
 Syrupus papaveris erratici. Syrupus 
 rhoeados. 
 
 Syrupus rhamni. (Ph. L.) Syrup of buck- 
 thorn. Take of the fresh juice of buckthorn 
 berries, Oiv. ; ginger root, sliced, allspice, pow- 
 dered, 3vj. ; refined sugar, firiv. Set by the 
 juice for three days, that the feculencies may 
 subside, and strain. To a pint of the clear juice 
 add the ginger and allspice ; then macerate at 
 a gentle heat four hours, and strain ; boil down 
 what remains to one pint and a half; mix the 
 liquors, add the sugar, and dissolve. Cathartic. 
 Dose, f. fss. to f. 5j. 
 
 Syrupus rhei. (U. S.) Syrup of rhubarb. 
 Take of rhubarb, bruised, fij.; boiling water, 
 Oj.; sugar, ibij. Macerate the rhubarb in wa- 
 ter twenty-four hours ; strain, and make the 
 syrup. Laxative. Dose, for a child of one 
 year, f. 3J. to f. 31J. 
 
 Syrupus rhei aroma'ticus. (U. S.) Aro- 
 matic syrup of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb, 
 bruised, fiiss. ; cloves and cinnamon, bruised, 
 each, fss. ; nutmegs, bruised, 3ij.; dilute alco- 
 hol, Oij.; syrup, Oyj. Make a tincture; in 
 fourteen days strain, and evaporate to Oj., and 
 mix in the syrup previously warmed. It may 
 
SYR 
 
 SYS 
 
 be made by displacement, and is a carminative 
 laxative. Dose, for a child of one year, f. 3J.; 
 for an adult, f. fss. to f. fj. 
 
 Syrupus rhce'ados. (Ph. L.) Syrup of 
 red poppy. Take of red poppy petals, fresh, 
 fi)j. ; boiling water, Oj.; refined sugar, Ibiiss. 
 Having heated the water in a water bath, add 
 gradually the red poppy petals, frequently stir- 
 ring them ; then remove the vessel, and macer- 
 ate for twelve hours ; next press out the liquor, 
 and set it by to settle ; lastly, add the sugar, and 
 dissolve. This is used merely as a coloring 
 matter. 
 
 Syrupus ribis nigri. Syrup of black cur- 
 rants. Aperient and diuretic qualities are at- 
 tributed to this preparation. 
 
 Syrupus ros^:. (Ph. L.) S. roses centifolice. 
 Syrup of roses. S. rosarum solutivus. S. e 
 rosis siccis. Take of damask rose petals, dried, 
 fvij.; refined sugar, Ibvj. ; boiling water, Oiij. 
 Macerate the rose petals in the water for twelve 
 hours, and strain ; then evaporate the strained 
 liquor, by means of a water bath, to two pints ; 
 then add the sugar, and dissolve. A useful lax- 
 ative for children. Dose, from 3J. to fss. 
 
 Syrupus rosje ga'llicje. (Ph. E.) Syrup 
 of red roses. Take of dried red rose petals, 
 fij. boiling water, Oj.; pure sugar, fxx. Make 
 an infusion; strain; and, adding the sugar, boil 
 to a syrup. Slightly astringent ; used as a col- 
 oring matter. 
 
 Syrupus rubi id mi. Syrup of raspberry . A 
 pleasant aperient syrup for children. 
 
 Syrupus rutj;. Syrup of rue. Made by 
 adding ten drops of oil of rue to a pint of syrup, 
 and used by some nurses as a carminative for 
 children. 
 
 Syrupus sarsapari'll.e compositus. (U. 
 S.) Compound syrup of sarsaparilla- Take 
 of sarsaparilla, bruised, fbij. ; guaiacum wood, 
 rasped, fiij.; damask rose petals, senna, liquorice 
 root, bruised, each, § ij. ; oil of sassafras, oil of 
 anise, each, ill v. ; oil of gaultheria, tUiij. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Ox. ; sugar, ibviij. Macerate the roots, 
 wood, and leaves in the alcohol fourteen days; 
 express, and filter. Evaporate the tincture to 
 Oiv. ; filter, and make a syrup ; to which add, 
 by trituration, the oils. The last edition of the 
 U. S. Pharmacopoeia also directs this prepara- 
 tion to be made with water instead of alcohol, 
 and by displacement. The roots, &c, are to be 
 macerated with Oiij. of water for twenty-four 
 hours ; transferred to a displacement apparatus, 
 and a gallon of liquid drawn off. This is to be 
 evaporated, &c., according to the above. Al- 
 terative. Dose, f. fj. or more, three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 This is an imitation of the Syrupus de sarsa- 
 parilla et senna, or Syr op de cuisinier of the 
 French. 
 
 Syrupus sarz.e. (Ph. L. & E.) S. sar- 
 saparillce. Syrup of sarsaparilla. Take of the 
 sliced root of sarsaparilla, fxv. ; boiling water, 
 Cj. ; sugar, fxv. Macerate the root in the wa- 
 ter for twenty-four hours; then boil down to 
 four pints, and strain the liquor while hot ; then 
 add the sugar, and evaporate to a proper con- 
 sistence. It is used chiefly as an adjunct to the 
 decoction. 
 
 Syrupus scill^:. (U.S.) Syrup of squilL 
 Take of vinegar of squill, Oj. ; sugar, ftij. Make 
 a syrup. Expectorant, &c. Dose, f. 31. to 
 f- 3ij- 
 
 Syrupus scill^e compo'situs. (U.S.) Com- 
 pound syrup of squill. Take of squill root, 
 bruised, senega root, bruised, each, fiv. ; emet- 
 ic tartar, gr. xlviij.; water, Oiv.; sugar, ibiijss. 
 Make a decoction of the roots and water ; add 
 the sugar to the strained liquor ; evaporate to 
 Oiij. of syrup, and add the tartar emetic while 
 warm. Useful in dry coughs, croup. It is ex- 
 pectorant or emetic, according to the dose. 
 For an adult, f. 3ss. is expectorant. 
 
 Syrupus sene'g^e. (U. S.) Syrup of sene- 
 ga. Take of senega root, bruised, § iv. ; wa- 
 ter, Oj. ; sugar, ftj. Make a decoction, boil to 
 one half, strain, and make the syrup. It may 
 be made by displacement. An expectorant. 
 Dose, f. 3J. to f. 31J. 
 
 Syrupus senn.e. (U. S.) Syrup of senna- 
 Take of senna leaves, f ij. ; fennel seed, bruised, 
 fj. ; refined sugar, fxv. ; water, boiling, Oj. 
 Macerate the senna leaves and fennel seeds in 
 the water for an hour, with a gentle heat; 
 strain the liquor, and make a syrup. A useful 
 purgative for children. Dose, for a child, f. 
 3J. ; for an adult, f. f j., or more. 
 
 Syrupus simplex. Syrup; syrupus. 
 
 Syrupus toluta'ni. Syrup of Tolu. Take 
 of tincture of Tolu, f. ?j.; syrup, Oiss. Mix, 
 and evaporate to a proper consistence. A use- 
 ful balsamic syrup, calculated to allay coughs 
 and hoarsenesses. 
 
 Syrupus vi'ol^:. (Ph. E.) Syrup of violet 
 flowers. A mild laxative for young children. 
 
 Syrupus zingi'beris. (U.S.) Syrup of gin- 
 ger. Take of tincture of ginger, f. f iv. ; syrup, 
 Cj. Mix, and evaporate to a proper consist- 
 ence. A carminative and stomachic syrup. 
 Dose, f. 3J. to 3iij. 
 
 SYSPA'SIA. (a, <e, f. ; from avenau, con- 
 traho, convello.) A spasm. 
 
 SYSSARCO'SIS. (is, is, I; from aw, and 
 cap!;, flesh.) A species of union of bones, in 
 which one bone is united to another by means 
 of an intervening muscle. In this manner the 
 os hyoides is connected with the sternum and 
 other parts. 
 
 SYSTA'TIC. Systaticus. (From awiarnfii, 
 I associate.) Applied by Dr. Good to designate 
 nervous diseases which affect several, or all, the 
 sensorial powers simultaneously. 
 
 SYSTEM. Systema. (From aw, with, and 
 tOTTifiL, I place.) 1. An association of organs 
 or parts destined to carry out some purpose; 
 as the human system, the solar system. 2. A 
 methodical classification of objects or ideas. 
 
 System, absorbent. See Absorbent and Lym- 
 phatic 
 
 System, genital. See Generation, organs of. 
 
 System, nervous. See Nerve. 
 
 System, vascular. The arteries and veins. 
 
 Systemic circulation. The circulation 
 throughout the body, as distinguished from that 
 through the lungs, or the pulmonic circulation. 
 
 SY'STOLE. (e, es, f. ; from avareXXu, to 
 contract.) The contraction of the heart. 
 
 Systre'mma. The cramp. 
 
 631 
 
TAB 
 
 T AL 
 
 T 
 
 X BANDAGE. A bandage so named from 
 its figure. It is principally used for supporting 
 the dressings, after the operation for fistula in 
 ano : also, in diseases of the perineum, and those 
 of the groin, anus, &c. 
 
 Ta. The symbol of columbium. 
 
 Taba'cum. Tobacco. See Nicotiana. 
 
 Tab a. sheer. The silica found in the hollow 
 stem of the bamboo. 
 
 TABE'LLA. {a, ce, f. ; diminutive oft. tabula, 
 a table.) A lozenge. See Trochiscus. 
 
 TA'BES. (es, is, f. ; from the Hebrew 3KJV 
 tab, to pine away or consume.) A wasting of 
 the body, characterized by emaciation, weak- 
 ness, and fever, but without any cough or spit- 
 ting. The distinction of modern nosologists 
 between atrophy and tabes is, that the latter 
 is accompanied by fever, while atrophy is 
 not. 
 
 Tabes mesenterica. T. scrofulosa. T. 
 glandularis. This consists of a scrofulous affec- 
 tion of the mesenteric glands, which are the 
 seat of a tubercular deposit. The disease is 
 connected with a morbid condition of one or 
 more of the organs of nutrition, including those 
 of digestion and assimilation, and is uniformly 
 accompanied with emaciation, irritability, and 
 some degree of hectic fever. 
 
 Scrofulous tabes begins with languor and 
 want of appetite, pain in the back and loins, 
 fullness, and, as the disease advances, pain and 
 tenderness of the abdomen. The belly is en- 
 larged, while the limbs are in a state of ati'o- 
 phy. These symptoms are accompanied or 
 succeeded by a chalky appearance, and want 
 of consistency in the alvine evacuations, as if 
 the chyle were rejected by the absorbents, and 
 left in the state of a milky fluid in the intes- 
 tines, and the functions of the liver were at the 
 same time impaired, the natural tinge of the 
 bile being wanting. The evacuations are also 
 sometimes mixed with mucus and blood, and 
 are attended by pain, irritation, and tenesmus, 
 somewhat resembling those which occur in a 
 mild dysentery. Occasionally, also, there are 
 symptoms of dropsy, and especially ascites. 
 The appetite, in some cases, becomes ravenous, 
 and worms are sometimes found in the faeces. 
 
 The treatment of this species of tabes is sim- 
 ilar in every respect to that of the other forms 
 of scrofula. Very small doses of the gray oxide 
 of mercury, or blue pill, carefully guarding 
 against relaxing the bowels and acting on the 
 gums, may be beneficially employed, with mild 
 tonic bitters, conium, and. sarsaparilla ; and, in 
 most cases, benefit is derived from a steady 
 perseverance in chalybeates. But the princi- 
 pal reliance is to be placed in change of air, a 
 warm, equable climate being selected, with at- 
 tention to the diet, exercise, and hygienic 
 means generally. 
 
 Tabes borsalis. A marasmus, with dys- 
 peptic symptoms, great prostration, feebleness 
 of intellect, weakness of the loins, sometimes 
 gleet and impotence, terminating in hectic. It 
 632 
 
 is said to arise from venereal excesses, and es- 
 pecially from masturbation. 
 
 The cure of this species is to be attempted, 
 and often is effected, by attention to the mind; 
 by avoiding the causes ; by change of scene, 
 and country air, with a nutritive and invig- 
 orating diet; cold bathing, especially in the 
 sea ; and the moderate use of wine, with cha- 
 lybeates, cinchona, and myrrh ; and abstinence 
 from venery. 
 
 Tabes coxaria. A wasting of the thigh and 
 leg from an abscess, or other cause, in the hip. 
 
 Tabes pulmonalis. See Phthisis- 
 
 Tabes saturnina. The wasting from lead 
 poison ; colica pictonum. 
 
 Tabes urinalis. Diabetes. 
 
 Ta'bid. Tabidus. Emaciated, consumptive, 
 or suffering from tabes. 
 
 TABU'LA. {a, <z, f.) A table or an extended 
 surface. 1. Applied, in Anatomy, to the layers 
 forming the bones of the head. These are said 
 to be formed of a tabula externa, or external 
 plate, and tabula vitrea, v. interna, the internal 
 table, which is very hard and brittle, and is often 
 broken by blows on the head, while the ex- 
 ternal table remains whole. 2. A lozenge or 
 trochiscus. 
 
 TACAMAHA'CA. {a, cs, f.) A resinous 
 substance of a yellowish-brown color, slightly 
 aromatic taste, and fragrant smell. 
 
 TA'CCA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of plants of 
 the family Taccacece, inhabiting the East Indies. 
 The T. pinnatifida and T. oceanica yield a kind 
 of ari'ow-root. 
 
 TACITU'RNITY. Taciturnitas. Prolonged 
 and morbid silence ; a symptom of nervous af- 
 fections, especially melancholy. 
 
 TA'CT, Passive sensation, whereby the cu- 
 taueous and mucous membrane is made sensi- 
 ble of the presence of a body without being able 
 to examine its parts. 
 
 Ta'ctus. Tact. 
 
 T^e'da. A medicated torch for fumigations 
 
 TjE'NIA. {a, m, f. Taivia, a Greek word, 
 signifying a fillet, or tape.) The tape-worm. A 
 genus of' intestinal worms, characterized by a 
 long, flat, and jointed body. See Entozoa. 
 
 Taenia hippocampi. The plaited edge of the 
 posterior crus of the fornix. See Encephalos. 
 
 TiENiA semicircularis. T. semicircularis 
 Halleri. A flattened white line, running in the 
 groove between the optic thalamus and corpus 
 striatum. See Encephalos. 
 
 T^nia tarini. A yellowish band which lies 
 over the vena corporis striata. 
 
 Ta'ffetas. A sparadrapum ; a plaster spread 
 on silk, as court-plaster. 
 
 Tail. Cauda. 
 
 Talc. A laminated transparent magnesian 
 mineral. 
 
 TALIACOTIAN OPERATION. An opera- 
 tion for the reparation of lost or defective parts, 
 first introduced by Caspar Taliacotius. He pro- 
 ceeded in the restoration of noses, and other 
 parts, by partially detaching a portion of skin 
 
TAN 
 
 TAR 
 
 from the arm, moulding it to a proper shape, 
 causing adhesion, and, finally, detaching it alto- 
 gether from the arm, so that it remained in its 
 new situation. Operations of this kind are called 
 Taliacotian operations, from their discoverer, 
 and Rhinoplastic, Cheiloplaslic, &c, according 
 to the part restored. Of late years several suc- 
 cessful operations for new noses have been per- 
 formed, and this is now always done by turn- 
 ing down a flap of integument from the fore- 
 head. 
 
 Ta'lpa. Talparia. 1. The mole. 2. Ap- 
 plied formerly to a kind of atheromatous tumor 
 under the scalp, which sometimes produces 
 caries and sinuses, burrowing under the scalp. 
 
 Talipes. Club-foot, which see. 
 
 Tallicoonah oil. Kundah oil. An oil pro- 
 cured from the seeds of the Carapa toulouconna 
 of Sierra Leone, said to be very valuable as an 
 anthelmintic. 
 
 TA'LUS. (us, i, m. ; from taxillus, a small 
 die.) 1. The ankle. 2. A bone of the ankle; 
 the astragalus. 
 
 TAMARI'NDUS. (us, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Monadelphia. Triandria. Legumi- 
 nosce. — T.indica. The tamarind-tree. It grows 
 in hot climates, and is abundant in the West 
 India islands. The preserve, called in the shops 
 tamarinds, consists of the fruit. The tamarind 
 is employed as a laxative and refrigerant, and 
 especially in bilious disorders, in which the 
 cathartic, antiseptic, and refrigerant qualities 
 of the fruit have been found equally useful. It 
 is given as a drink. 
 
 Tamari'scus. The tamarix. 
 
 TA'MARIX. (ix, ids, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Digynia. Portulacece. — T.gallica. 
 The tamarisk-tree. The bark, wood, and leaves 
 of this tree were formerly employed medicinal- 
 ly, the former for their aperient and corroborant 
 virtues in obstructions of the liver, the latter 
 in icterus, haemoptysis, and some affections of 
 the skin. 
 
 Tame-poison. Asclepias vincetoxicum. 
 
 Tampa bay. See Florida, climate of. 
 
 Ta'mpon. (French.) A plug ; hence Tam- 
 ponnement, plugging. See Plugging. 
 
 Tanace'tic acid. A crystallizable acid ob- 
 tained from tansy. 
 
 Tanace'tine. A non-azotized, resinous mat- 
 ter, of an intensely bitter taste, said to exist in 
 the tansy. 
 
 TANACE'TUM. (um,i,n.) 1. Tansy. 2. A 
 genus of plants. Syngensia. Polygamia super- 
 Jlua. Composite. — T.balsami'ta. The officinal 
 costmary, or alecost. An herb with a fragrant 
 smell, somewhat like that of mint, formerly 
 esteemed as a corroborant, carminative, and 
 emmenagogue. — T. hortense. The tanacetum 
 balsamita. — T.vulgare. Common tansy. The 
 leaves and flowers have a strong, not very dis- 
 agreeable smell, due to the essential oil (the 
 Oleum tanaceti), and a bitter, somewhat aromat- 
 ic taste. They are tonic, stomachic, anthelmin- 
 tic, and emmenagogue. It has been much used 
 as a vermifuge. Tansy is also recommended 
 in hysteria, especially when this disease is sup- 
 posed to proceed from menstrual obstructions. 
 This plant may be given in powder in the quan- 
 tity of a drachm or more for a dose ; but it has 
 
 been more commonly taken in infusion, or drank 
 as tea. 
 
 Tana'sia. Tanacetum vulgare. 
 
 Taneka'ha. An astringent substance, used 
 also as a red dye, obtained from the Phyllocladus 
 trichomanoides, a taxaceous tree of New Zea- 
 land. 
 
 TA'NGHICIN. Tanginin. Tanguine. 
 Tangin-camphor. A crystalline, neutral, and 
 violently poisonous principle, derived from the 
 extractive matter of the nuts of the Cerbera tan~ 
 ghin. It produces convulsions, violent efforts 
 to vomit, and death. 
 
 Tanghi'nia veneni'fera. A synonym of the 
 Cerbera tanghin. 
 
 TA'NNIC ACID. A vegetable acid existing 
 in most astringent barks and fruits, especially 
 in gall-nuts, sumach, kino, catechu. When pure 
 it is a nearly white powder, very soluble and 
 astringent. The aqueous solution absorbs air, 
 and becomes changed into gallic and ellagic 
 acids. The principal property of tannic acid is its 
 ability to precipitate gelatine, and to form there- 
 with an insoluble tanno-gelatine, which is the 
 basis of leather. It also forms black compounds 
 with persalts of iron. It is tribasic. Formula, 
 Ci8H509-{-3HO. Tannic acid has been used in 
 injections, but the decoction of gall-nuts or oak- 
 bark will be found active enough for most pur- 
 poses. If given internally, the dose is gr. ij., as 
 a powerful astringent. 
 
 Tannin. Tannic acid. 
 
 Tannin, artificial. The dark substance 
 obtained by the action of nitric acid on many 
 carbonaceous matters. 
 
 Tanno'-gelatine. A flocculent, insoluble, 
 and nearly indestructible compound of tannic 
 acid and gelatine, forming the basis of leather. 
 
 Tansy. Tanacetum vulgare. 
 
 Tansy, maudlin. Achillea ageratum. 
 
 Tansy, wild. Potentilla anserina. 
 
 Ta'ntalum. A synonym of Columbium. 
 
 Tapering. Acuminate; attenuate. 
 
 TAPE'TUM. A shining spot in the eyes of 
 feline and other animals. It is said to assist vis- 
 ion in the dusk. 
 
 Tape-worm. See Entozoa. 
 
 Tapioca. Jatropha manihot. 
 
 Tapping. See Paracentesis. 
 
 Ta'psus. Verbascum nigrum. 
 
 Tar. See Pinus sylvestris. 
 
 Tar, Barbadoes. See Petroleum. 
 
 Tar ointment. Unguentum picis liquidae. 
 
 Tar water. A once celebrated remedy, 
 but now neglected more than it deserves. It ia 
 made by infusing tar in water, stirring it from 
 time to time, and, lastly, pouring off the clear 
 liquor, now impregnated, with the color and 
 virtues of the tar. It is drank in many chronic 
 affections, particularly of the lungs and skin. 
 
 Taragon. Artemisia dracunculus. 
 
 Taranti'smus. See Tarentula. 
 
 Tarantula. See Tarentula. 
 
 Tara'xacum. {urn, i, n.) Leontodon tarax- 
 acum. 
 
 Tara'xis. Tarache. A slight inflammation 
 of the eye. 
 
 Tarchon sylvestris. Achillea ptarmica. 
 
 Tare. Ervum ervilla. 
 
 TARE'NTULA. (a, <z, f. ; from Tarentum.) 
 633 
 
TAR 
 
 TEA 
 
 An animal of the class Arachnida, and order Pul- 
 raonata. The tarentula is a native of the south 
 of Europe, and is one of the largest European 
 spiders. Wonderful stories have been told of* 
 the effects of its bite, which was said to produce 
 a state of melancholy and stupor, attended with 
 an extreme sensibility to music, and susceptible 
 of relief only by dancing to the sound of the 
 flute, or other instrument, till the patient fell 
 down quite exhausted. This affection was call- 
 ed Tarantism. The real effects of the bite of 
 the tarentula, as ascertained by modern experi- 
 ment, is very similar to those of the common 
 scorpion. 
 
 Target-shaped. Peltate. 
 
 Ta ; ro. Arum esculentum. 
 
 Ta'rsal. Tarseus. That which relates to 
 the tarsus. 
 
 Tarsi extensor minor. See Plantaris. 
 
 TA'RSUS. (us, i, m. Tapaoc.) 1. The in- 
 step, or that part of the foot which is between 
 the leg and metatarsus : it is composed of seven 
 bones, viz., the astragalus, os calcis, os navicu- 
 lare, os cuboides, and three ossa cuneiformia. 2. 
 The thin cartilage situated at the edges of the 
 eyelids, to preserve their firmness and shape. 
 
 TARTAR. (Tartarum, i, n.) 1. The de- 
 posit which is attached to the inside of hogs- 
 heads containing wine. It is impure cream of 
 tartar. 2. The phosphatic deposit on the teeth 
 of persons of uncleanly habits. 
 
 Tartar, cream of. The supertartrate of 
 potash. See Potassae bitartras. 
 
 Tartar emetic Antimonium tartariza- 
 tum. 
 
 Tartar, oil of. Potassae carbonatis liquor. 
 
 Tartar, regenerated. Potassae acetas. 
 
 Tartar, salt of. Potassae carbonas. 
 
 Tartar, soluble. Potassae tartras. 
 
 Tartar, vitriolated. Potassae sulphas. 
 
 Tartaric acid. Acidum tartaricum. The 
 vegetable acid existing in cream of tartar. It is 
 found in numerous fruits. It is obtained by sat- 
 urating the juice of such fruits with lime, and 
 subsequently decomposing by sulphuric acid. 
 The pure acid is colorless, soluble, and crystal- 
 lizes in rhombic prisms. It is bibasic ; formula, 
 C 8 H 4 Oio + 2HO. Diluted with water, it is refrig- 
 erant, and much used in effervescing draughts. 
 
 Crystallized tartaric acid contains four atoms 
 of water ; by heating until it melts, one atom 
 is driven off, and tartralic acid formed ; by 
 further heating to 342°, another atom is lost, 
 and then is formed the tartrelic acid. 
 
 Tartarum. Tartar. 
 
 Tartarum emeticum. Antimonium tartari- 
 zatum. 
 
 Tartarum regeneratum. Potassae acetas. 
 
 Tartarum solubile. Potasses tartras. 
 
 Tartarus ammonia. Tartras ammonias. 
 
 Tartarus chaltbeatus. Ferri potassio-tar- 
 tras. 
 
 TA'RTRAS. (as, atis, f.) A tartrate or salt 
 formed by the combination of tartaric acid with 
 a salifiable base ; as tartrate of soda, potash, 
 &c. 
 
 Tartras ammonia. Tartrate of ammonia. 
 
 A salt composed of tartaric acid and ammonia. 
 
 Its virtues are diaphoretic, diuretic, and deob- 
 
 gtruent. It is prescribed in fevers, atonic ex- 
 
 634 
 
 anthemata, catarrh, arthritic and rheumatic 
 pains, hysterics, spasms, &c. 
 
 Tartras potassae. Potassae tartras. 
 
 Tartras potassae acidulus. Potassae bi- 
 tartras. 
 
 Tartras potassae acidulus ferratus. The 
 ferri potassio-tartras. 
 
 Tartras potassae acidulus stibiatus. An- 
 timonium tartarizatum. 
 
 Tartras sod^e. Sodae potassio-tartras. 
 
 Ta'sis. Extension; tension. 
 
 TASTE. Gustus. Flavors are only the im- 
 pressions of certain bodies upon the organ of 
 taste. Bodies which produce it are called sapid. 
 The tongue is the principal organ of taste : 
 however, the lips, tne internal surface of the 
 cheeks, the palate, the velum pendulum palati, 
 the pharynx, and oesophagus, are susceptible of 
 receiving impressions by the contact of sapid 
 bodies. All the nerves with which those parts 
 are provided that are intended to receive the im- 
 pressions of sapid bodies may be considered as 
 belonging to the apparatus of taste. Thus the 
 inferior maxillary nerves, many branches of the 
 superior, among which it is necessary to notice 
 the threads which proceed from the spheno- 
 palatine ganglion, particularly the naso-palatine 
 nerve of Scarpa, the nerve of the ninth pair, 
 glosso-pharyngeus, appear to be employed in 
 the exercise of taste. The lingual nerve of the 
 fifth pair is that which anatomists consider the 
 princpal nerve of taste, and, as q, reason, they 
 say that its threads are continued into the vil- 
 lous and conical papillce of the tongue. 
 
 Tasteless purging-salts. Phosphate of 
 soda. See Sodae phosphas. 
 
 TAURIN. A product of the action of dilute 
 hydrochloric acid on bilin. It remains in solu- 
 tion, crystallizes in colorless prisms, is hard, 
 and has a cooling taste; formula, C 4 NH 7 Oio, or, 
 according to Lowig, a binoxalate of ammonia 
 and water. It has been recently shown to con- 
 tain 265. of sulphur. 
 
 TA'XIS. (From raaaci, to put in order.) 
 An operation by which those parts which have 
 quitted their natural situation are replaced by 
 the hand without the assistance of instruments, 
 as in reducing hernia, &c. 
 
 TAXUS BACCATA. The European yew- 
 tree. The berries are said to be poisonous, 
 producing convulsions, dilated pupil, and other 
 symptoms of an acro-narcotic poison. 
 
 Te. The symbol of tellurium. 
 
 Tea. See Thea. 
 
 Tea berry. Gaultheria procumbens. 
 
 Tea oil. A highly fragrant and agreeable 
 oil, expressed from the seeds of the Camellia 
 oleifera. 
 
 TEAR. Lachryma. The limpid fluid se- 
 creted by the lachrymal glands. It consists of 
 water, with only one per cent, of solids, being 
 chiefly common salt and mucus. The tears 
 are absorbed by the orifices of the puncta 
 lachrymalia; from thence they are propelled, 
 through the lachrymal canals, into the lachry- 
 mal sac, and flow through the ductus nasalis 
 into the cavity of the nostrils, under the inferior 
 turbinated bone. The lachrymal sac appears 
 to be formed of longitudinal and transverse 
 muscular fibres ; and its three orifices are fur- 
 
TEL 
 
 T EM 
 
 nished with small sphincters, as the spasmodic 
 constriction of the puncta lachrymalia proves, 
 if examined with a probe. 
 
 Teat. The nipple. 
 
 Teasel. The dipsacus fullonum. 
 
 Tecsocto'xia. Infanticide. 
 
 Tectum argenti. Bismuth. 
 
 Te'ctus. Covered. 
 
 Teel seeds. The seeds of the Sesamum ori- 
 entale. 
 
 TEETH. Small bones fixed in the alveoli 
 of the upper and under jaw. Their number 
 varies in different subjects ; but it is seldom 
 seen to exceed thirty-two, and it will very rarely 
 be found to be less than twenty-eight. They 
 are divided into three classes, the incisors, ca- 
 nine, and molar teeth. The incisors are the 
 four teeth in the fore part of each jaw: they 
 have each of them two siu-faces, which meet in 
 a sharp edge. In the upper jaw they are usu- 
 ally broader and thicker, especially the two 
 middle ones, than those of the under jaw. The 
 canine, or cuspidati, are the longest of all the 
 teeth. There is one of these teeth on each 
 side of the incisors, so that there are two in 
 each jaw. Their fangs differ from those of the 
 incisors only in being much larger, and their 
 shape may be easily described to be that of an 
 incisor with its edge worn off, so as to end in a 
 narrow point instead of a thin edge. The mo- 
 lars, or grinders, of which there are ten in each 
 jaw, are so called, because, from their size and 
 figure, they are calculated for grinding the food. 
 The canines and incisors have only one fang, 
 but the three last grinders in the under jaw 
 have constantly two faugs, and the same teeth 
 in the upper jaw three fangs. The grinders 
 likewise differ from each other in their appear- 
 ance. The two first on each side, or bicuspids, 
 resemble the canine teeth. The last grinder is 
 shorter and smaller than the rest, and from its 
 coming through the gums later than the rest, 
 and sometimes not appearing till late in fife, is 
 called dens sapientice. 
 
 In young children there are but twenty teeth, 
 called temporary, or milk teeth, because they 
 are all shed between the age. of seven and four- 
 teen, and are supplied by others of a firmer 
 texture, with large fangs, which remain till 
 they become affected by disease, or fall out in 
 old age, and are, therefore, called the perma- 
 nent, or adult teeth. 
 
 Teeth, tartar of. See Tartar. 
 
 Teething, difficult. See Dentition, diffi- 
 cult. 
 
 Tegl t la hibermca. Lapis hibernicus. 
 
 Te'gumen. Tegumentum. An integument. 
 
 TE'GUMENTS. Under the term common 
 teguments, or integuments, anatomists compre- 
 hend the cuticle, rete mucosum, skin, and adi- 
 pose membrane, as being the covering of every 
 part of the body except the nails. See Cutis. 
 
 TE'LA. (a, a, f. ; from texo, to weave.) A 
 web of cloth ; a texture of the body. The cel- 
 lular membrane is so called, from its likeness to 
 
 The tissue in which fat is 
 
 a fine web. 
 
 Tela adiposa 
 deposited. 
 
 Tela aranearum. T. aranem. The spider's 
 web ; formerly employed as a mechanical 
 
 styptic, and sometimes internally in intermit 
 tents, and as an antispasmodic remedy. 
 
 Tela cellulosa. The cellular tissue. 
 
 Tela choroidea. The velum interpositum. 
 
 Telamo'neo. Bandages ; dressings. 
 
 Tela mucosa. The cellular membrane. 
 
 TELANGIECTASIS. (From rri?,e, remote, 
 avyetov, a vessel, and enTaoic , dilatation. ) Those 
 cases in which the minute branches of arteries 
 are affected, as in nsevus and varicose aneurism. 
 
 Tele'phium. Sedum telephium. 
 
 Te'llureted hy'drogen. A gaseous com 
 bination of tellurium and hydrogen nearly re- 
 sembling sulphur eted hydrogen. 
 
 Tellu'ric acid. The peroxide of tellurium. 
 
 TELLU'RIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A metal of a 
 tin-white color, verging to lead-gray, with a 
 high metallic lustre, of a foliated fracture, and 
 very brittle, so as to be easily pulverized. Its 
 equivalent is 64*25; symbol, Te. It has two 
 oxides, which have acid properties, the Tellu- 
 ric acid and Tellurous acid. 
 
 TEMPERAME'NT. (From tempero, to mix 
 together.) In ancient physiology, the different 
 mixture of the four cardinal humors, and the 
 predominance of one or the other, gave rise to 
 four distinct temperaments, namely, the san- 
 guine, the choleric, the phlegmatic, and the 
 melancholic. The constitution of every indi- 
 vidual was supposed to be conformed to some 
 one of these temperaments, or to a mixture of 
 several of them. In the present day, the term 
 temperament means the peculiar habit of the 
 body, and its species are based on the predom- 
 inance of certain tissues. There are five tem- 
 peraments recognized : 
 
 1. The sanguine, or sanguineous, in which 
 the circulatory apparatus is most developed. 
 It is characterized by a full habit, soft skin, 
 ruddy complexion, large veins, blue eyes, and 
 red, yellow, or auburn hair. The individual 
 has a frequent, full pulse, is liable to inflamma- 
 tory or dynamic affections, is of considerable 
 strength, and possesses a vivid imagination, but 
 is liable to too rapid a succession of emotions. 
 
 2. The bilious, or choleric temperament. — 
 This is usually associated with a dark yellow 
 ish countenance, black hair, prominent veins, 
 strong, hard, and frequent pulse, black eyes. 
 In such there are violent passions and emo- 
 tions, with a determination of character which 
 almost amounts to inflexibility. 
 
 3. The melancholic, or atrabiliary tempera- 
 ment. — This is a modification of the bilious 
 temperament, in which the vividness of the sen- 
 sations is replaced by a gloomy cast of mind. 
 The pulse is hard and contracted ; the bowels 
 are sluggish, and the vital operations slow and 
 obstructed. This temperament is, in a measure, 
 the result of disease, the long continuance of 
 study, griefs, or untoward circumstances, and 
 it engenders a suspicious frame of mind, allied, 
 to the lowest forms of melancholy. 
 
 4. The phlegmatic, or lymphatic temperament 
 consists in an undue development of the lym- 
 phatic system. The frame is bulky, the flesh 
 soft, countenance fair, pulse weak and slow, 
 eyes blue and unmeaning, the sensations dull, 
 and the vital operations feeble. There is a dis- 
 position to sloth, with mental indifference 
 
 635 
 
TEM 
 
 TEN 
 
 5. The nervous temperament. — In this there 
 is an emaciated frame, with vivid and rapidly- 
 changing sensations; the circulation is usually 
 rapid, but soft; the lymphatic system is defi- 
 cient. This condition is usually the result of 
 inordinate mental application or nervous ex- 
 citement. 
 
 Tempe'rants. Refrigerants. 
 
 TE'MPERATURE. A definite degree of 
 sensible heat, as measured by the thermometer. 
 
 Tempe'ries. Temperament. 
 
 Tempering. The operation of cooling steel 
 and iron at certain temperatures, for the pur- 
 pose of regulating their hardness. 
 
 TE'MPLE. ( Tempus, oris, n.) The lateral 
 and fiat parts of the forehead : so called because 
 the ravages of time are often first perceptible 
 by the hair on the temples turning gray. 
 
 Tempora. The temples. 
 
 TE'MPORAL. {Temporalis; from tempus.) 
 Belonging to«the temple. 
 
 Temporal aponeurosis. The strong aponeu- 
 rosis which arises from the upper edge of the 
 temporal bone, the malar and zygomatic arch. 
 
 Temporal artery. Arteria temporalis. A 
 branch of the external carotid, which runs on 
 the temple, and gives off the frontal artery. 
 
 Temporal bone. Os temporis. Two bones 
 situated one on each side of the head, of a very 
 irregular figure. They are usually divided into 
 two parts, one of which, from the manner of its 
 connection with the neighboring bones, is call- 
 ed os squamosum, and the other os petrosum, 
 from its irregularity and hardness. In both 
 these parts there are processes and cavities to 
 be described. Externally there are three pro- 
 cesses : one anterior, called the zygomatic pro- 
 cess, which is stretched forward to join with the 
 os malse, and thus forms the bony bridge, under 
 which the temporal muscle passes ; one poste- 
 rior, called the mastoid or mammillary process, 
 from its resemblance to a nipple ; and one in- 
 ferior, called the styloid process. The depres- 
 sions and cavities are, 1. A large fossa, which 
 serves for the articulation of the lower jaw. 2. 
 A long fossa behind the mastoid process, where 
 the digastric muscle has its origin. 3. The 
 meatus auditorius externus. 4. The stylo-mastoid 
 foramen, or aqueduct of Fallopius, which affords 
 a passage to the portio dura of the auditory, or 
 seventh pair of nerves. 5. Below, and on the 
 fore part of the last foramen, is a cavity in which 
 the beginning of the internal jugular vein is 
 lodged. 6. Before, and a little above the fossa, 
 is the orifice of a foramen, through which pass 
 the internal carotid artery and two filaments of 
 the intercostal nerve. 7. At this part is the 
 orifice of a canal, forming part of the Eustachian 
 tube. The internal surface of the bone may 
 easily be divided into three parts. The first, 
 uppermost, and largest, is the squamous part, 
 which is slightly concave from the impression 
 of the brain. The second, which is the petrous 
 part of the bone, forms a hard, craggy protu- 
 berance, nearly of a triangular shape. On its 
 posterior side we observe a large foramen, 
 which is the meatus auditorius internus, which 
 receives the seventh pair. About the middle 
 of its anterior surface is a small foramen, hiatus 
 Fallopii, which opens into the aqueduct of Fal- 
 636 
 
 lopius, and receives a twig of the portio dura 
 of the seventh pair of nerves. Below this is 
 the third part, which may be called the lamb- 
 doidal angle of the temporal bone. It is con- 
 cave from the impression of the brain ; it helps 
 to form the posterior and inferior fossae of the 
 skull, and has a considerable furrow, in which 
 is lodged part of the lateral sinus. Within the 
 petrous part of these bones there are several 
 cavities, processes, and bones, which belong al- 
 together to the ear, do not enter into the forma- 
 tion of the cranium, and are described under 
 the article Auris. 
 
 Temporal fossa. The hollow in which the 
 temporal muscle is situated. 
 
 Temporal muscle. A muscle of the lower 
 jaw, situated in the temple. It arises, fleshy, 
 from the lower, lateral, and anterior part of the 
 parietal bone ; from all the squamous portion of 
 the temporal bone ; from the lower and lateral 
 part of the os frontis ; from the posterior sur- 
 face of the os mala? ; from all the temporal pro- 
 cess of the sphenoid bone ; and sometimes from 
 a ridge at the lower part of this process. It is 
 of a semicircular shape, and its radiated fibres 
 converge, so as to form a strong middle tendon, 
 which is inserted into the coronoid process of 
 the lower jaw, and is continued down to the 
 body of the bone. The principal use of the 
 temporal muscle is to draw the lower jaw up- 
 ward, as in the action of biting ; and as it passes 
 a little forward to its insertion, it may, at the 
 same time, pull the condyle a little backward. 
 
 Temporal nerves. 1. Branches of the fifth 
 pair given off from the inferior maxillary. 2. 
 The divisions of the seventh pair supplied to 
 the temporal region. — Soemmering. . 
 
 Temporo- maxillary articulation. The 
 articulation of the jaw bone. 
 
 Temporo-maxillary nerves. The branches 
 of the facial distributed to the temporal and 
 maxillary regions. — Bichat. 
 
 Temule'ntia. Drunkenness; or a condition 
 resembling, or proceeding from, drunkenness. 
 
 TE'NACITY. (From teneo, to hold.) The 
 degree of force with which the particles of a 
 body adhere together. Those substances which 
 are of great tenacity, as some metals, can be 
 drawn into fine wire. 
 
 TENA'CULUM. (From teneo, to hold.) A 
 pointed hook attached a handle, to hold arteries 
 which are to be tied. 
 
 Tenaculum, Assalini's. A small pair of 
 forceps, furnished with a spring between the 
 handles to keep the jaws closed. It is used 
 to hold and compress small arteries which are 
 to be tied, and is a very serviceable instrument 
 where there is no assistant present. 
 
 Tench. Cyprinus tinea. 
 
 TE'NDON. ( Tendo, inis, vel onis, m. ; from 
 tendo, to stretch out or extend.) The white 
 and glistening extremity of a muscle. 
 
 Tendo Achillis. Achillis tendo. 
 
 Tendons, twitching of the. Subsultus 
 tendinum. 
 
 Tendril. Cirrus. 
 
 TENE'SMUS. (us, i, m. ; from reivu, to 
 constringe.) 1. A frequent inclination to go to 
 stool, without a discharge, accompanied by 
 straining and pain, and protrusion of the bowel. 
 
TER 
 
 TER 
 
 It is often a symptomatic affection of diseases 
 of the urinary bladder, uterus, prostate gland, 
 piles, worms, and organic diseases of the rec- 
 tum. The best remedies are opium, prepara- 
 tions of lead, and fomentations. A starch glyster, 
 with laudanum, is, perhaps, the most effectual 
 in allaying the irritation. 2. It is also some- 
 times used as a synonym of dysentery. 
 
 Tennant's bleaching powder. The chlo- 
 ride of lime. 
 
 Tenonta'gra. Gout or rheumatism in a 
 tendon. 
 
 TEN O'T O M Y. Tenotomia. (From tenon, 
 a tendon, and re/ivo, to cut.) The operation 
 of dividing a tendon. The term is now, how- 
 ever, applied to the cutting of fascia?, muscles, 
 and other tissues which serve to contract parts 
 of the body, and produce deformities. 
 
 Tension. The state of being extended or 
 stretched. 
 
 TE'NSOE. (or, oris, m. ; from tendo, to 
 stretch.) A muscle, the office of which is to 
 extend the part to which it is fixed. 
 
 Tensor pala'ti. See Circumflexus palati. 
 
 Tensor tarsi. T. Horneri. A small mus- 
 cle of the inner canthus of the eye, discovered 
 by Professor Horner. It arises from the os un- 
 guis, and divides into two parts, to be inserted 
 about the two lachrymal ducts. 
 
 Tensor ty'mpani. A muscle of the internal 
 ear. See Auris. 
 
 Tensor vagina femoris. A muscle situated 
 on the outside of the thigh, which stretches the 
 membranous fascia of the thigh, assists in the 
 abduction of the thigh, and somewhat in its ro- 
 tation inward. It arises by a narrow, tendi- 
 nous, and fleshy beginning from the external 
 part of the anterior, superior spinous process 
 of the ilium, and is inserted a little below the 
 great trochanter into the membranous fascia. 
 
 TEXT. A roll of lint or piece of sponge for 
 dilating openings, sinuses, &c. 
 
 Tent-sponge. See Spongia. 
 
 Tentwort. Asplenium murale. 
 
 TENTA'CULUM. (urn, i, n. ; from tento, 
 to feel.) A feeler. Tentacula are mobile ap- 
 pendages, destitute of joints, of various conform- 
 ations, possessed by many invertebral animals, 
 and which serve as organs of touch, or the 
 means of attachment to foreign bodies. 
 
 TENTO'RIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; h tendendo.) 
 A process of the dura mater, separating the cer- 
 ebrum from the cerebellum. It extends from 
 the internal horizontal spine of the occipital 
 bone, directly forward to the cella turcica of 
 the sphenoid bone. 
 
 Te'pid. Tepidus. Warm; slightly warm. 
 
 TERATO'LOGY. (From repag, a monster, 
 and loyoq, a discourse. ) A treatise on monsters. 
 
 Terbium. A supposed new metal existing 
 with yttria. 
 
 Te'rcine. The third or innermost covering 
 of the ovule. 
 
 Terebe'lla. A trepan. 
 
 TEREBTNTHINA. (a, a, f. ; from re P e6cv- 
 0oc, the turpentine -tree.) Turpentine, the 
 produce of pine and fir trees. See Turpentine. 
 
 Terebinthina argentoratensis. Strasburg 
 turpentine. 
 
 Terebinthina canadensis. Canada turpen- 
 
 tine or balsam. The exudation of the pinus 
 balsamea. 
 
 Terebinthina chia. T. cypria. The Chi- 
 an or Cyprian turpentine, which exudes from 
 the pistacia terebinthus. 
 
 Terebinthina communis. See Pinus syl~ 
 vestris. 
 
 Terebinthina veneta. Venice turpentine. 
 See Pinus larix. 
 
 Terebinthina vulgaris. See Pinus and 
 Turpentine. 
 
 Terebinthinje oleum. Oil of turpentine. 
 See Oleum terebinthince purificatum. 
 
 Terebra'tio. Trepanning. 
 
 TE'RES. Round; cylindrical: applied to 
 some muscles and ligaments; as Teres major, 
 Ligamentum teres, &c. 
 
 Teres ligamentum. The ligament at the 
 bottom of the socket of the hip joint. 
 
 Teres major. This muscle, which is longer 
 and thicker than the teres minor, is situated 
 along the inferior costa of the scapula, and is in 
 part covered by the deltoides. It arises, fleshy, 
 from the outer surface of the inferior angle of 
 the scapula, and likewise from the lower and 
 posterior half of the inferior costa of the scapu- 
 la. Ascending obliquely toward the os humeri, 
 it passes imder the long head of the triceps 
 brachii, and then becomes thinner and flatter, to 
 form a thin tendon of about an inch in breadth, 
 and somewhat more in length, which runs im- 
 mediately behind that of the latissimus dorsi, 
 and is inserted along with it into the ridge at 
 the inner side of the groove that lodges the long 
 head of the biceps. These two tendons are in- 
 cluded in a common capsula, besides which, 
 the tendon of this muscle adheres to the os hu- 
 meri by two other capsulte which we find placed 
 one above the other. This muscle assists in the 
 rotatory motion of the arm, and likewise in 
 drawing it downward and backward, so that 
 we may consider it as the congener of the latis- 
 simus dorsi. 
 
 Teres minor. The teres minor is a thin, 
 fleshy muscle, situated along the inferior edge 
 of the infra-spinatus, and is in part covered by 
 the posterior part of the deltoides. It arises, 
 fleshy, from all the convex edge of the inferior 
 costa of the scapula; from thence it ascends 
 obliquely upward and forward, and terminates 
 in a fiat tendon, which adheres to the lower 
 and posterior part of the capsular ligament of 
 the joint, and is inserted into the lower part of 
 the great tuberosity of the os humeri, a little 
 below the termination of the infra-spinatus. 
 The uses of this muscle are similar to those of 
 the infra-spinatus. 
 
 Teretiu'sculus. Roundish. 
 
 Te'retrum. The trepan. 
 
 TERGE'MINUS. Doubly twin-forked : ap- 
 plied to a leaf-stalk when it has two leaflets at 
 the end of each branch, and two more at the 
 division of the fork. 
 
 Te'rgum. The back. 
 
 Termina'lis. Terminal. 
 
 Termi'nthus. Ecthyma. 
 
 Te'rnary. Ternarius. Relating to the 
 number three ; arranged in threes. 
 
 Tern ate. Terna'tus. Applied to a leaf 
 which consists of three leaflets. 
 
 637 
 
TES 
 
 TE T 
 
 Te'rnus. Arranged in threes. 
 
 TE'RRA. (a, as, f.) Earth. See Earth. 
 
 Terra absorbens. An absorbent earth, dis- 
 tinguishable from other earthy substances by 
 its solubility in acids. 
 
 Terra catechu. Acacia catechu. 
 
 Terra damnata. Caput mortuum. 
 
 Terra foliata tartari. Potassse acetas. 
 
 Terra japonica. Acacia catechu. 
 
 Terra lemnia. T. livonica. See Bole. 
 
 Terra marita. Curcuma longa. 
 
 Terra ponderosa. Baryta. 
 
 Terra ponderosa salita. The chloride of 
 barium. 
 
 Terra sigillata. See Bole. 
 
 TerrjE oleum. Petroleum. 
 
 Terre'nus. Terrene: belonging to the 
 earth. 
 
 TERTIAN AGUE. Tertiana. Tertian fe- 
 tier. See Ague. 
 
 Tertiana duplex. A tertian fever that re- 
 turns every day; but the paroxysms are unequal, 
 every other fit being alike. 
 
 Tertiana duplicata. A tertian fever re- 
 turning every other day; but there are two 
 paroxysms in one day. 
 
 Tertiana triplex. A tertian fever return- 
 ing every day ; every other day there are two 
 paroxysms, and but one hi the intermediate 
 day. 
 
 Tertiana'ria. Scutellaria galericulata. 
 
 Tertium sal. (From tertius, third.) A 
 neutral salt, as being the product of an acid and 
 an alkali, making a third body different from 
 either. 
 
 TESSELLA'TUS. (From tessera, a square.) 
 Tesselated ; checkered. 
 
 Te'ssera. The cuboid bone. 
 
 TEST. Any reagent which, added to a sub- 
 stance, enables us to discover its chemical na- 
 ture or composition. 
 
 Test, lung. See Docimasia pulmonum. 
 
 Test, Marsh's. See Arsenious acid. 
 
 Test paper. Paper stained with litmus, 
 turmeric, or any reagent. 
 
 TE'STA. {a, ce, f. ; quasi tosta; from torreo, 
 to burn.) 1. The shell of a molluscous animal. 
 2. The immediate coverings of the seed. 
 
 Testa'ceous. Testaceus. Having a shell, 
 or of the nature of shell. 
 
 TestjE preparatjE. Prepai-ed oyster-shells. 
 Wash the shells, previously cleared of dirt, with 
 boiling water, then prepare them by repeated 
 washings. This is merely carbonate of lime. 
 
 Testes cerebri. The tubercula quadrigem- 
 ina. 
 
 Testicle. See Testis. 
 
 Testicle, swelled. See Orchitis. 
 
 Testi'culus. 1. The testicle. 2. The or- 
 chis mascula. 
 
 TE'STIS. (is, is, m. ; a witness : the testes 
 being the witnesses of virility.) Orchis. The 
 testicle. Two oval bodies situated within the 
 scrotum, and covered by a strong, white, and 
 dense coat, called the tunica albnginea. Each 
 testicle is composed of small vessels of great 
 length, bent in a serpentine direction, and con- 
 voluted into little masses, separated from one 
 another by cellular partitions. In each parti- 
 tion there is a duct receiving 6emen from these 
 638 
 
 vessels; and all the ducts constitute a net, which 
 is attached to the tunica albuginea. From this 
 network twenty or more vessels arise, all of 
 which are variously contorted, and, being re- 
 flected, ascend to the posterior margin of the 
 testis, where they unite into one common duct, 
 bent into serpentine folds, and forming a firm 
 body called the epididymis. The spermatic ar- 
 teries are branches of the aorta. The spermatic 
 veins empty themselves into the vena cava and 
 emulgent vein. The nerves of the testicle are 
 branches of the lumbar and great intercostal 
 nerve. The use of the testicle is to secrete the 
 semen. 
 
 Testis fcemiNjE. T . muliebris. The ovary. 
 
 TESTU'DO. (o, inis, f.) 1. A tortoise. 2. 
 A melicerous tumor of the scalp, of a flattened 
 shape, has been so called, from a fancied resem- 
 blance to a tortoise. 
 
 TETA'NIC. Tetanicus. Appertaining to 
 tetanus, as Tetanic spasm. 
 
 TETA'NICS. The class of medicines which 
 augment the irritability of the muscular fibre, 
 and in larger doses produce convulsions, as 
 strychnine and the substances containing it. 
 
 Tetanine. Strychnine. 
 
 TE'TANUS. (us, i, m; tetclvoc; fromreiva), 
 to stretch.) Spasm with rigidity. A disease 
 of the spinal nervous system, characterized by 
 a general spastic rigidity of the muscles. The 
 varieties of tetanus are, 1. Trismus, the locked 
 jaw. 2. Opisthotonos, where the body is thrown 
 back by spasmodic contractions of the muscles. 
 3. Emprosthotonos, the body being bent for- 
 ward. 4. Pleurothotonos, where the body is 
 bent to one side. 
 
 These affections arise more frequently in 
 warm climates than in cold ones, and are very 
 apt to occur when much rain or moisture quickly 
 succeeds to extremely dry aud sultry weather. 
 They attack persons of all ages, sexes, and tem- 
 peraments, but the male sex more frequently 
 than the female, and those of a robust and vig- 
 orous constitution than those of a weak habit. 
 
 Tetanic affections are occasioned either by 
 exposure to cold, or by some irritation of the 
 nerves, in consequence of local injury by punc- 
 ture, incision, or laceration ; hence the distinc- 
 tion of tetanus into idiopathic and traumatic. 
 Lacerated wounds of tendinous parts prove, in 
 warm climates, a never-failing source of these 
 complaints. The locked jaw frequently arises 
 in consequence of the amputation of a limb. 
 
 Tetanus is also distinguished into acute and 
 chronic. When the disease has arisen in con- 
 sequence of a puncture, or any other external 
 injury, the symptoms show themselves generally 
 about the eighth day; but when it proceeds 
 from exposure to cold, they generally make 
 their appearance much sooner. In some in- 
 stances it comes on suddenly, and with great 
 violence; but it more usually makes its attack 
 in a gradual manner, in which case a slight 
 stiffness is at first perceived in the back part of 
 the neck, which, after a short time, becomes 
 considerably increased, and at length renders 
 the motion of the head both difficult and painful. 
 With the rigidity of the head there is likewise 
 an uneasy sensation at the root of the tongue 
 together with some difficulty in swallowing, and 
 
TET 
 
 a great tightness is perceived about the chest, 
 with a pain at the extremity of the sternum, 
 shooting into the back. A stiffness also takes 
 place in the jaws, which soon increases to such 
 a height that the teeth become so closely set to- 
 gether as not to admit of the smallest opening. 
 This is what is termed the locked jaw, or trismus. 
 In some cases the spasmodic affection extends 
 no further. In others, the spasms at this stage 
 of the disease, returning with great frequency, 
 become likewise more general, and now affect 
 not only the muscles of the neck and jaws, but 
 likewise those of the whole spine, so as to bend 
 the truuk of the body very forcibly in some one 
 direction. 
 
 During the whole course of the disorder, the 
 abdominal muscles are violently affected with 
 spasm, obstinate costiveness prevails, and both 
 the flexor and extensor muscles of the lower ex- 
 tremities are commonly affected at the same 
 time, so as to keep the limbs rigidly extended. 
 The muscles of the head, arms, and all the vol- 
 untary muscles also become rigid as the affec- 
 tion pr-ogresses. The countenance becomes 
 hideously distorted, and expresses great dis- 
 tress ; the strength is entirely exhausted ; the 
 pulse becomes irregular; and one universal 
 spasm puts a period to a most miserable state 
 of existence. 
 
 Attacks of tetanus are seldom attended with 
 any fever, but always with violent pain, and the 
 spasms do not continue constantly, but there is 
 some remission. The mind generally remains 
 undisturbed to the last. 
 
 When tetanic affections arise in consequence 
 of a wound or local injury, they are almost sure 
 to prove fatal ; but when the disease is idio- 
 pathic, it may. in many cases, be removed by 
 a timely use of proper remedies, although a con- 
 siderable space will probably elapse before the 
 patient will be able to recover his former 
 strength. The chronic form of tetanus is much 
 less fatal than the acute. The acute form usu- 
 ally destroys the patient within four days, 
 though sometimes the fatal event is protracted 
 to a much longer period ; generally speaking, 
 however, if the patient survives the fourth day, 
 the symptoms begin to remit in their violence, 
 and there is a fair chance of recovery. If the 
 patient be alive, and the powers of the consti- 
 tution keep up at the expiration of a week, 
 there is great hope of a favorable issue : in this 
 case the symptoms may gradually assume a 
 chronic form, and wear themselves out in a pe- 
 riod varying from some weeks to many months. 
 The general indications of cure are, 1. To 
 remove any local irritation which may appear 
 to have excited the disease. 2. To lessen the 
 general irritability and spasmodic tendency. 
 3. To restore the tone of the system. The 
 treatment consists of copious bleeding in the 
 case of plethoric persons, with the administra- 
 tion of active purges, and large doses of opium. 
 Where there is locked jaw, the medicines are 
 administered by glyster. In the idiopathic dis- 
 ease, mercurial alteratives are frequently ad- 
 vantageous ; the application of cold along the 
 spine is also resorted to in India with affirmed 
 advantage. 
 
 Tetanus infantum. See Trismus infantum. 
 
 jaw. 
 
 TEU 
 
 Tetanus maxilla inferioris. Lock /U 
 See Tetanus. 
 
 Tetart^'us. A quartan fever. See Ague. 
 TETRADYNA'MIA. Tetradynamous. 
 (From Ticaaper, four, and dvvaiiLg, power.) A 
 class of hermaphrodite plants containing six 
 stamens, four of which are long, and two short. 
 Tetra'gonus. Four-cornered; quadrangu- 
 lar; square. 
 
 TETRAGY'NIA. {a, <e, f . ; from recoaper, 
 four, and yvvrj, a wife.) An order of plants 
 having four pistils. 
 
 Tetrao tetrix. The black grouse. 
 Tetramtrum. An ointment of four ingre- 
 dients. 
 
 TETRA'NDRIA. Tetrandrous. (From te- 
 rpar, a quaternary, and avrjp, a husband.) A 
 class of plants with hermaphrodite flowers, hav- 
 ing four stamens. 
 
 Tetranthe'ra pichurim. The plant which 
 yields the Faba pichurim. 
 
 Tetrape'talous. Tetrapetalus. Having 
 four petals. 
 
 Tetrapha'rmacum. A Greek ointment of 
 wax, resin, pitch, and lard. 
 
 Tetraphy'llous. Tetraphyllus. Four- 
 leaved. 
 
 Tetraspe'rmous. Tetraspermus. Four- 
 seeded. 
 
 Tetter. T. dry. Psoriasis. 
 Tetter, humid. Impetigo. 
 Tetterwort. Chelidonium majus. 
 TEU'CRIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. Labi- 
 atece. — T. capitatum. The poley-mountain of 
 Montpelier. — T. ckamcedrys. The common 
 germander. Chamadrys. This plant, called 
 also creeping germander, small germander, and 
 English treacle, has a moderately bitter and 
 somewhat aromatic taste. It was in high re° 
 pute among the ancients in intermittent fevers, 
 rheumatism, and gout. Either water or spirit 
 will extract its virtues, but the watery infusion 
 is more bitter. — T. chamcepitys. The common 
 ground-pine. Chamcepitys. It has a moderate- 
 ly bitter taste, and a resinous, not disagreeable 
 smell, somewhat like that of the pine. The 
 tops or leaves were recommended as aperients, 
 and corroborants of the nervous system, and are 
 said to be particularly serviceable in uterine 
 obstructions and paralytic affections. — T. cre- 
 ticum. The poley-mountain of Candy. The 
 plant is indigenous in the island of Candy. It 
 has a moderately aromatic smell, and a nause- 
 ous, bitter taste. It is said to be aperient and 
 corroborant. — T. iva. French ground-pine. 
 It is weaker, but of similar virtues to the Teu- 
 crium charnspitys. — T. marum. The Marum 
 germander. It grows plentifully in Greece, 
 Egypt, and Syria. The leaves and younger 
 branches, when recent, on being rubbed be- 
 twixt the fingers, emit a volatile aromatic 
 smell, which readily excites sneezing; to the 
 taste they are bitterish, accompanied with a 
 sensation of heat and acrimony. It is recom- 
 mended as a stimulant, aromatic, and deob- 
 struent ; and Bergius speaks highly of its utility. 
 Dose, ten grains to half a drachm of the pow- 
 dered leaves, given in wine. At present, how- 
 ever, marum is chiefly used as an errhine. — T. 
 
 639 
 
THE 
 
 THE 
 
 scordium. The water germander. Scordium. 
 The leaves of this plant have a smell somewhat 
 like garlic ; they are bitterish and slightly pun- 
 gent. The plant was formerly in high estima- 
 tion, but is now fallen into disuse, although 
 recommended by some in antiseptic cataplasms 
 and fomentations. 
 
 TEXTURE. ( Textura; from texo, to weave.) 
 It is observed in the living body that there are 
 certain common organized materials of which 
 the different distinct parts are formed, and 
 which are the same in appearance, properties, 
 and diseases, in whatever part they are found. 
 Such are cellular membrane, bone, muscular 
 fibre, &c. These parts are called the textures 
 or tissues of the body. 
 
 The following is an enumeration of the tex- 
 tures according to Bichat: 
 
 1. Cellular "j 
 
 2. Nervous, animal 
 
 3. Nervous, organic 
 
 4. Arterial 
 
 5. Venous 
 
 6. Exhalant 
 
 7. Absorbent, with their glands 
 
 8. Osseous 
 
 9. Medullary 
 
 10. Cartilaginous 
 
 11. Fibrous )■ Systems. 
 
 12. Fibro-cartilaginous 
 
 13. Muscular, animal 
 
 14. Muscular, organic 
 
 15. Mucous 
 
 16. Serous 
 
 17. Synovial 
 
 18. Glandular 
 
 19. Dermoid 
 
 20. Epidermoid 
 
 21. Pilous 
 Textus. A texture. Textus organicus v. 
 
 parenchymalis. The cellular tissue. 
 
 Th. The symbol for thorium. 
 
 THA'LAMUS. (us, i, m. QaTiauog, a bed.) 
 1. In Anatomy, a part of' the brain from which 
 the optic nerve derives one of its origins. See 
 Encephalos and Nerve. 2. In Botany, the re- 
 ceptacle. 
 
 Thalamus nervi optici. See Encephalos. 
 
 Thalasso'meli. A Greek cathartic medi- 
 cine. 
 
 THALTCTRUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Polyandria. Polygynia. Ranuncu- 
 lacece. — T. flavum. The poor man's rhubarb. 
 The root of this plant is said to be aperient and 
 stomachic, and to come very near in its virtues 
 to rhubarb. 
 
 Tha'llus. The frond of a lichen; and the 
 fibi'ous portion of a fungus from which the cap 
 springs. 
 
 Tha'natos. Q.avaroc, death; hence Than- 
 atology, a discourse on the causes of death. 
 
 THA'PSIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Pentandria. Digynia. Urnbelliferce. — T. as- 
 clepias. The deadly carrot. The root operates 
 violently as an emetic and cathartic. It is not 
 used in the practice of the present day. 
 
 Tha'psus. Verbascum thapsus. 
 
 THE' A. (a, ce,i.) Tea. The dried leaves 
 of the tea-shrub, of which there are two species, 
 viz., 1. The Thea nigra, bohea, or black tea; 
 and, 2. The T. viridis, or green tea, both of 
 which are natives of China or Japan, where 
 they attain the height of five or six feet. 
 
 Much has been said and written on the me- 
 640 
 
 dicinal properties of tea. In its natural state it 
 is a narcotic plant, on which account the Chinese 
 refrain from its use till it has been divested of 
 this property by keeping it at least for twelve 
 months. If, however, good tea be drank in 
 moderate quantities, with sufficient milk and 
 sugar, it invigorates the system and produces a 
 temporary exhilaration ; but when taken too co- 
 piously, it is apt to occasion weakness, tremor, 
 palsies, and various other symptoms arising from 
 narcotic plants, while it contributes to aggra- 
 vate hysterical and hypochondriacal complaints. 
 The properties of tea depend upon the presence 
 of theine or caffein ; and, with coffee, it pos- 
 sesses the remarkable quality of satisfying the 
 appetite, and rendering solid food less neces- 
 sary. 
 
 Thea. germanica. Veronica officinalis. 
 
 Theba'icus. Theban : applied to articles 
 which come from Thebes. 
 
 Thebaine. A base existing in opium. It is 
 almost insoluble in water ; alkaline, and has the 
 formula C25H14HO3. — Kane. 
 
 Thebe'sii fora'mina. The orifices of veins 
 in the cavities of the heart. See Heart. 
 
 THE'CA. (a, <b, f . ; from Ttdij/ui, I place.) 
 A case, sheath, or box. 1. The canal of the ver- 
 tebral column. 2. The capsule or dry fructifi- 
 cation adhering to the top of the stem of moss- 
 es, lichens, &c. 
 
 Theca vertebralis. The vertebral canal. 
 
 Thelitis. Inflammation of the nipple. 
 
 THE'NAR. (ar,aris,n.) Oevap. The palm 
 of the hand or sole of the foot. 
 
 Thenar eminence. The fleshy mass under 
 the thumb. 
 
 THEINE. A synonym of Caffein. 
 
 THEOBRO'MA. (a,a,f.) A genus of plants. 
 Polyadelphia. Decandria. — T.caca'o. The tree 
 which yields cocoa. Cocoa is the name given 
 to the seed, which is of the size of a kidney bean, 
 and is inclosed in a thin shell. These seeds are 
 very oily, and apt to disagree with persons of 
 weak digestion or of a bilious habit of body. 
 It is ground and boiled for a drink, or manu- 
 factured with spices into chocolate. 
 
 Theobromine. A crystalline substance, very 
 similar to caffein, found in cocoa seeds. Its 
 formula is C9H5N3O2. 
 
 Theople'gia. Theoplexia. Apoplexy. 
 
 THEORY. (From -d-sopec), to contemplate.) 
 An argument based on the contemplation of 
 numerous facts. It differs from an hypothesis in 
 the circumstance that the latter is a speculation 
 based on mere imagination, and not on facts. 
 
 Theory of medicine. The philosophical ex- 
 planation of the phenomena of physiology, pa- 
 thology, and therapeutics. 
 
 THERAPEI'A. (a, ce, f. ; from &epanevu>, to 
 heal.) Therapia. See Therapeutics. 
 
 THERAPEU'TICS. Therapeutice. (From 
 ■&epairevu, to cure.) Therapia. Methodus me- 
 dendi. Therapia, or therapeutice, is that divis- 
 ion of pathology which considers the applica- 
 tion of the remedies and means employed with 
 a view to prevent and to cure diseases. The 
 cure of a disease depends on the removal of its 
 proximate cause. This is effected either by the 
 power of nature alone, or conjointly with the 
 assistance of art, so that the cure of a disease 
 
THE 
 
 may be said to be either natural or artificial. 
 The power of nature, denominated the vis med- 
 icatrix natures, is inherent in the solids and 
 fluids, and it is by its exertion that a stop is 
 often put to the progress of a disease, or that it 
 is cured without the administration of medicine; 
 and it is also by its co-operation that the medi- 
 cal art is so beneficial. 
 
 The assistance with which medical art is en- 
 abled to attempt, and to effect, the cure of dis- 
 eases, is arranged under three heads : 1 . The 
 hygienic, which embraces the diet and regimen. 
 
 2. The medicinal, which regards the administra- 
 tion of medicines, both external and internal. 
 
 3. The surgical, or the assistance of manual 
 and instrumental operations. 
 
 THERFACA. (a, en, f . ; from -&rjp, a ven- 
 omous or ferocious animal.) 1. A name given 
 to several confections, especially of an alexi- 
 pharmic kind. 2. Treacle, or molasses. 
 
 Theriaca andromachi. Mithridatium. 
 
 Theriaca C(elestis. The tinctura opii. 
 
 Theriaca Damocratis. Mithridatium. 
 
 Theriaca edinensis. Confectio opii. 
 
 Theriaca germanorum. A rob of juniper 
 berries. 
 
 Theriaca londinensis. A cataplasm of cum- 
 min seed, bay-berries, germander, snakeroot, 
 cloves, and honey. 
 
 Theriaca rusticorum. Garlic. 
 
 Theriaca veneta. Venetian theriac. Mith- 
 ridatium. 
 
 Therio'ma. A malignant ulcer. 
 
 THE'RMA. (a, ce, f. ; from #qop/, heat.) A 
 warm bath or spring. 
 
 The'rmal. Warm. 
 
 Therma'tica. Calefacients. 
 
 The'rme. Qep/xn. Heat. 
 
 THERMO-ELECTRICITY. Electricity pro- 
 duced by the action of heat. ■ This is effected 
 whenever two metals of different conducting 
 powers are soldered together at one place, and 
 the junction is heated. A current of electricity 
 is immediately 6et in motion from the warmed 
 junction, and circulates along the wires ; it is 
 of considerable tension, but of little power. The 
 existence of such a current is ascertained by 
 the use of a delicate galvanometer. 
 
 THERMO'METER. ( Thermometrum, i, n. ; 
 from -depfirj, heat, and (.'.erpov, a measure.) An 
 instrument for measuring the degrees of heat. A 
 thermometer is a fine tube of glass hermetical- 
 ly sealed, and blown at one end into a hollow 
 globe. The bulb and part of the tube are filled 
 with mercury, or some other fluid. When we 
 bring the bulb in contact with a hot body, the 
 mercury expands, and of course rises in the 
 tube; but when we plunge it into a cold body, 
 the mercury contracts, and of course falls in the 
 tube. To this tube is attached a scale, divided 
 into conventional degrees, to measure the ex- 
 pansion or amount of heat. Fahrenheit's scale 
 is almost exclusively used in America and Eng- 
 land ; the Centigrade in France. On the former, 
 the or zero is the temperature of a mixture of 
 equal parts of snow and salt ; the freezing point 
 of water is 32°, and the boiling point of water, 
 212°. On the Centigrade, the is the freezing 
 point of water, and 100° the boiling point. All 
 measures below zero are marked — or minus. 
 Ss 
 
 THL 
 
 These different modes of graduation are easily 
 convertible : the scale of the Centigrade is re- 
 duced to that of Fahrenheit by multiplying by 
 nine and dividing by five, or that of Fahrenheit 
 to it by reversing the process. Thus : 
 
 C. 100°X9=900-^5=180- r -32 o =212° F. 
 Or, by reversing the order : 
 
 F. 212°— 32=180 X5=90(K-9=100 C. 
 
 A table is added, showing the correspondence 
 of the two thermometers : 
 
 Fahr. 
 
 Cent. 
 
 Fahr. 
 
 Cent 
 
 212 
 
 100- 
 
 100 
 
 37-77 
 
 200 
 
 93-33 
 
 90 
 
 32-22 
 
 190 
 
 87-77 
 
 80 
 
 26-66 
 
 180 
 
 82-22 
 
 70 
 
 21-11 
 
 170 
 
 76-66 
 
 60 
 
 15-55 
 
 160 
 
 71-11 
 
 50 
 
 10- 
 
 150 
 
 65-55 
 
 40 
 
 4-44 
 
 140 
 
 60- 
 
 32 
 
 o- 
 
 130 
 
 55-55 
 
 20 
 
 — 6-66 
 
 120 
 
 48-88 
 
 10 
 
 —12-22 
 
 110 
 
 43-33 
 
 
 
 —17-77 
 
 Thermo'scope. A thermometer. 
 
 Thermometer, Breguet's. An extremely 
 delicate thermometer, made of a helix of com- 
 pound foil, usually platina and silver, the upper 
 end of which is fixed, and the lower carries an 
 index, which traverses over a graduated circle. 
 When warmed, the different expansion of the 
 metals causes the helix to become elongated, 
 and the needle is thus carried more or less 
 round the circle, according to the degree of 
 heat. 
 
 THE'SIS. Qecic. A dissertation on a cer- 
 tain subject or proposition. An essay prepared 
 by a medical student who is a candidate for the 
 degree of Doctor of Medicine. 
 
 Theve'tia ahoval. A tree of Brazil, said 
 to produce a violently poisonous fruit or nut. 
 
 Thieves' vinegar. Acetum prophylacticum. 
 
 Thigh. See Femur. 
 
 Thighbone. See Femoris os. 
 
 Thionu'ric acid. A bibasic, crystallizable, 
 and very soluble acid, obtained, by the action 
 of sulphurous acid on alloxan. Its formula is 
 C8N 3 H 5 08,S0 2 - T -2HO. 
 
 THIOSFNNAMINE. An artificial alkaloid, 
 formed by the union of ammonia with the essen- 
 tial oil of mustard. Its formula is C 8 H 8 N 2 S2. It is 
 bitter, and produces crystalline compounds with 
 the chlorides of platinum and mercury. By the 
 action of dry oxide of lead it loses its sulphur 
 and two atoms of hydrogen, and becomes con 
 verted into Sinnamine. 
 
 THIRST. Sitis. I. In Physiology, the sensa- 
 tion by which we experience a desire to drink. 
 II. In Pathology, this is frequently morbid, and 
 in this state it is either in excess or deficient. 
 
 1. Immoderate thirst, though a common symp- 
 tom in most febrile diseases, occasionally exists 
 as an idiopathic dise ase {Polydipsia). 2. Thirst- 
 lessness. — This is an unusual state. Sauvages, 
 in his Nosology, mentions two instances of it. 
 Absence of thirst is sometimes symptomatic of 
 inflammation of the brain. 
 
 Thistle. See Carduus. — T., Messed. Cen- 
 taurea benedicta. — T. , carline. Carlina acaulis. 
 — T., creeping. Serratula arvensis. — T., holy. 
 Centaurea benedicta. — T., ladies'. T., milk. 
 Carduus marianus. — T. , fine. Carlina gummn 
 era. — T., way. Serratula arvensis. 
 
 Thla'sis. Thlasma. A contusion. 
 641 
 
T HE 
 
 THY 
 
 THLA'SPI. (pi,n., indeclinable.) A genus 
 of plants. Tetr adynamia. Siliculosa. Cruci- 
 ferce. Two species of thlaspi were directed in 
 the pharmacopoeias: Thlaspi arvense, or treacle 
 mustard, and Thlaspi campestre, or mithridate 
 mustard, The seeds of both have an acrid, 
 biting taste, resembling mustard, with which 
 they agree nearly in qualities. 
 
 Thoracentesis. Tapping, or paracentesis 
 of the chest. 
 
 THORA'CIC. (Thoracicus; from thorax, 
 the chest.) Belonging to the thorax or chest. 
 
 Thoracic aorta. See Aorta, thoracic. 
 
 Thoracic artery. The external mammary 
 artery. 
 
 Thoracic duct. Ductus thoracicus. Duc- 
 tus Pecquettii. The trunk of the absorbents. 
 It is of a serpentine form, and about the diame- 
 ter of a crow-quill, and lies upon the dorsal 
 vertebrae, between the aorta and vena azygos, 
 extending from the posterior opening of the 
 diaphragm to the angle formed by the union of 
 the left subclavian and jugular veins, into which 
 it opens and evacuates its contents. In this 
 course the thoracic duct receives the absorbent 
 vessels from almost every part of the body. 
 
 Thoracody'ne. Pleurodynia. 
 
 Thoracy'stis. Encysted dropsy of the 
 chest. 
 
 Thoracici. An order of fishes in the Lin- 
 nsean system, which have the ventral fins under 
 the pectoral. 
 
 THO'RAX. (ax, acis, m. ; from -&opso), to 
 leap ; because in it the heart leaps.) The chest, 
 or that part of the body situated between the 
 neck and the abdomen. The external parts of 
 the thorax are, the common integuments, the 
 breasts, various muscles, and the bones of the 
 thorax. The parts within the cavity of the 
 thorax are, the pleura and its productions, the 
 lungs, heart, thymus gland, oesophagus, thoracic 
 duct, arch of the aorta, part of the vena cava, 
 the vena azygos, the eighth pair of nerves, and 
 part of the great intercostal nerve. The chest, 
 like the abdomen, is divided by imaginary lines 
 into certain regions. These are, a right and 
 left humeral, a right and left subclavian, a right 
 and left mammary, a right and left axillary, a 
 right and left subaxillary, a right and left scapu- 
 lary, a right and left intrascapulary, and a right 
 and left subscapulary. 
 
 THORPNA. (a, a, I) A rare earthy ox- 
 ide, discovered in 1816 by Berzelius. It re- 
 sembles zirconia. 
 
 Thori'num. The metallic base of thorina. 
 
 Thorn, Egyptian. Acacia vera. 
 
 Thorn-apple. Datura stramonium. 
 
 Thornback. Raia clavata. 
 
 Thoro'ughwort. Eupatorium perfoliatum. 
 
 Thread. Filamentum. 
 
 Thread-shaped. Filiform. 
 
 Thread-worm. See Entozoa. 
 
 Three-edged. Trigonus; trigonate. 
 
 Three-fibred. Trinervus. 
 
 Three-lobed. Trilobate. 
 
 Thrida'ce. Lactucarium. 
 
 Thrix. Qpt%. A hair. 
 
 Throat. The anterior part of the neck. 
 
 Thpombo'sis. The same as thrombus. 
 
 THRO'MBUS. (us, i, m. ; from dpoftdou, to 
 642 
 
 clot.) A small tumor which sometimes arises 
 after bleeding, owing to the blood escaping 
 from the vein into the cellular structure sur- 
 rounding it. 
 
 Thrush. See Aphtha. 
 
 Thry'pticus. Synonymous with Liihon- 
 triptic. 
 
 Thu'ris co'rtex. A name of the cascarilla 
 bark. See Croton eleutheria. 
 
 THUS, (us, uris, n. ; from ^«, to sacri- 
 fice : so called from its great use in sacrifices. ) 
 Frankincense. This name is given to the resin 
 of the Pinus abies, and also that of the Juniperus 
 lycia. 
 
 Thus judjeorum. See Thymiama. 
 
 Thus masculum. See Juniperus lycia. 
 
 THUY'A. (a, ce, I) A genus of plants. 
 Monoscia. Monadelphia. Conifer ce. — T. occi- 
 dentalis. The tree of life. Arbor vitce. The 
 leaves and wood were formerly in high estima- 
 tion as resolvents, sudorifics, and expectorants, 
 and were given in phthisical affections, inter- 
 mittent fevers, and dropsies. The distilled oil 
 of the leaves is said to be a good anthelmintic. 
 
 Thyla'cion. A word formerly used for the 
 bag formed by the membranes of the foetus at 
 the orifice of the womb before birth. 
 
 Thy'mbra. Satureia hortensis. 
 
 Thymbra hispanica. Thymus mastichina. 
 
 Thyme. See Thymus. 
 
 Thymelce'a. Daphne gnidium. 
 
 THYMIA'MA. (a, atis, n. ; from tiv/ia, an 
 odor.) Musk- wood. Thus judceorum. A spe- 
 cies of bark in small, brownish-gray pieces, 
 brought from Syria. It has an agreeable bal- 
 samic smell, approaching to that of liquid sto- 
 rax, and a subacrid, bitterish taste, accompa- 
 nied with some slight astringency. 
 
 Thymio'sis. Framboesia. — Swediaur. 
 
 Thymi'tes. Wine impregnated with thyme. 
 
 Thy'mium. A small wart upon the skin. 
 
 Thymoxa'lme. A medicine composed chiefly 
 of thyme, vinegar, and salt. 
 
 THY'MUS. (lis, i, m.) 1. A small warty 
 excrescence. 2. Common thyme. 3. A genus 
 of plants. Didynamia. Gymnospermia. La- 
 biates. — T. extra 'tus. Thymus serpyllum. — T. 
 creticus. Satureia capitata. — T. mastichina. 
 The common herb mastich. A low, shrubby 
 plant of Spain, which is employed as an er- 
 rhine. It has a strong, agreeable smell, like 
 mastich. — T. serpyllum. Wild thyme, or moth- 
 er of thyme. This plant has the same sensi- 
 ble qualities as the garden thyme, but a milder 
 and rather more grateful flavor. Lemon thyme, 
 the Serpyllum citratum, is a variety. It is very 
 pungent, and has a particularly grateful odor, 
 approaching to that of lemons. — T. vulgaris. 
 The common thyme. It has an agreeable, aro- 
 matic smell, and a warm, pungent taste, and is 
 said to be resolvent, emmenagogue, tonic, and 
 stomachic. 
 
 Thymus gland. Qv/jloc. A gland of con- 
 siderable size in the foetus, situated in the an- 
 terior duplicature or space of the mediastinum, 
 under the superior part of the sternum. An 
 excretory duct has not yet been detected, but 
 lymphatic vessels have been seen going from it 
 to the thoracic duct. Its use is unknown. 
 
 THYRO-. Thyreo-. A prefix, from thyroid, 
 
TIB 
 
 TIN 
 
 denoting a connection with the thyroid car- 
 tilage. 
 
 Thy'ro-aryt^noide'us. Thyro-arytcenoid. 
 A muscle situated about the glottis, which pulls 
 the arytenoid cartilage forward nearer to the 
 middle of the thyroid, and consequently short- 
 ens aud relaxes the ligament of the larynx. 
 
 Thyro-epiglottideus. A small muscle aris- 
 ing from the thyroid cartilage, and inserted 
 into the side of the epiglottis. It is usually con- 
 sidered a part of the thyro-arytaenoideus. 
 
 Thyro-hyoide'us. Tkyro-kyoid. A muscle 
 situated between the os hyoides and trunk, 
 which pulls the os hyoides downward, and the 
 thyroid cartilage upward. 
 
 Thyro-pharyngeus. The constrictor pha- 
 ryngis inferior. 
 
 T'hyro-pharyngo-staphylinus. The palato- 
 phaxyngeus. 
 
 Thyro-phra'xia. A bronchocele. 
 
 Thyro-staphyli'nus. The palato-pharyn- 
 geus. 
 
 THY'ROID. Thyreoid. (Tkyroides; from 
 ■frvpeoc, a shield, and eidor-, resemblance ; from 
 its supposed resemblance to a shield.) Re- 
 sembling a shield. 
 
 Thyroid cartilage. Cartilago tkyroides. 
 Cartilago scutiformis. Scutiform cartilage. The 
 cartilage which is placed perpendicular to the 
 cricoid cartilages of the larynx, constituting the 
 anterior, superior, and largest part of the larynx. 
 It is harder and more prominent in men than in 
 women, and forms what is called the pomum 
 Adami in man. 
 
 Thyroid gland. Glandula tkyroides. A 
 large glandiform body, situated upon the cri- 
 coid cartilage, trachea, and horns of the thyroid 
 cartilage. No excretory duct has been detect- 
 ed, and the use of the organ is not yet known. 
 
 Thy'roideal. Thyroideus. Pertaining to 
 the thyroid gland or cartilage. 
 
 Thyroideal arteries. The superior thy- 
 roideal artery arises from the external carotid. 
 It gives off a laryngeal and crico-thyroid branch, 
 and is then distributed to the thyroid gland. 
 The inferior artery arises from the subclavian, 
 gives off several small branches, and is distrib- 
 uted to the inferior part of the gland. 
 
 Thyr'sus. A dense and close panicle, more 
 or less of an ovate form. 
 
 Ti. The symbol of titanium. 
 
 TI'BIA. (a, ce, f.) The larger bone of the 
 fore leg. It is of a long, thick, and triangular 
 shape, and is situated on the internal part of 
 the leg. Its upper extremity is large, and flat- 
 tened at its summit into two articulating sur- 
 faces, a little concave, and separated from each 
 other by an intermediate irregular protuber- 
 ance. Each of these, in the recent subject, is 
 covered by a cartilage, which extends to the in- 
 termediate protuberance, where it terminates. 
 They receive the condyles of the os femoris. 
 Under the edge of the external cavity is a cir- 
 cular flat surface, covered with cartilage, which 
 serves for the articulation of the fibula ; and at 
 the fore part of the bone is a considerable tu- 
 berosity, of an inch and a half in length, to 
 which the strong ligament of the patella is fixed. 
 
 The body of the tibia is smaller than its ex- 
 tremities, and, being of a triangular shape, has 
 
 three surfaces. Of these, the external one is 
 broad, and slightly hollowed by muscles above 
 and below; the internal surface is broad and 
 flat, and the posterior surface is narrower than 
 the other two, and nearly cylindrical. This last 
 has a slight ridge running obliquely across it, 
 from the outer side of the upper end of the bone 
 to about one third of its length downward. Of 
 the three angles which separate these surfaces, 
 the anterior, from its sharpness, is called the 
 spine, or shin. 
 
 The tibia enlarges again a little at its lower 
 extremity, and terminates in a pretty deep cav- 
 ity, by which it is articulated with the upper- 
 most bone of the foot. Its internal side is form- 
 ed into a considerable process, called the malle~ 
 olus internus, or inner ankle. At its back part 
 we find a groove, lined with a thin layer of car- 
 tilage, in which slide the tendons of the flexor 
 digitorum longus, and of the tibialis posticus; 
 and a little behind this is a smaller groove, for 
 the tendon of the flexor longus pollicis. On the 
 side opposite to the malleolus internus, the cav- 
 ity is interrupted, and immediately above it is 
 a rough, triangular depression, which is furnish- 
 ed with cartilage, and receives the lower end 
 of the fibula. 
 
 TI'BIAL. ( Tibialis ; from tibia, the bone of 
 the leg.) Belonging to the tibia. 
 
 Tibial aponeurosis. The prolongation of 
 the femoral aponeurosis over the fore leg. 
 
 Tibial arteries. Arterice tibial es. The two 
 principal branches of the popliteal artery ; the 
 one proceeds forward, and is called the anterior 
 tibial; the other backward, and is called the 
 posterior tibial, of which the external tibial, the 
 fibular, the external and internal plantar, and 
 the plantar arch, are branches. 
 
 Tibia'lis. Tibial. 
 
 Tibialis anti'cus. A flexor muscle of the 
 foot, situated on the leg, which bends the foot 
 by drawing it upward, and at the same time 
 turns the toes inward. 
 
 Tibialis gracilis. The plautaris. 
 
 Tibialis posticus. A flexor muscle of the 
 foot, situated on the leg, which extends the foot, 
 and turns the toes inward. 
 
 Tibio-tarsal articulation. The joint form- 
 ed by the tibia and foot ; the ankle joint. 
 
 TIC DOULOUREUX. A French term sig- 
 nifying a painful spasm. It is usually applied 
 to facial neuralgia. See Neuralgia. 
 
 Tick. See Acarus. 
 
 T I C K L I N G. An unpleasant excitation of 
 the cutaneous nerves, either by handling or from 
 disease. 
 
 Tiglia grana. Tiglii oleum. See Croton 
 tiglium. 
 
 TI'LIA. {a, ce, f.) A genus of trees. Poly- 
 andria. Monogynia. — T.europa'a. The lime- 
 tree, or linden. The flowers of this tree are 
 supposed to possess anodyne and antispasmodic 
 virtues. 
 
 Ti'lmus. Floccilation, or picking of the bed- 
 clothes. 
 
 Timac. Cissampelos caapeba. 
 
 Ti'midus. Timid; the rectus inferior oculi 
 muscle. 
 
 TIN. Stannum. A soft metal, of a yellow- 
 ish-white color ; malleable, though not very te- 
 
 643 
 
TIN 
 
 TIN 
 
 nacious. Its specific gravity is 7*29. It melts 
 at about 442° F. Its equivalent is 57*9, and 
 symbol, Sn. It forms with oxygen the pro- 
 toxide, SnO ; the sesquioxide, S112O3 ; and per- 
 oxide, or stannic acid, Sn0 2 ; it also forms com- 
 pounds with most haloid bodies. The chloride, 
 or butter of tin, is a violent cathartic. 
 
 The uses of tin in the arts are very numerous, 
 but it is seldom employed in the cure of dis- 
 eases : the filings, however, have been used as 
 a mechanical vermifuge, and the foil is em- 
 ployed by dentists. 
 
 Tin, sulphuret of. Aurum musivum. 
 
 TI'NCA. (a, <z, f.) The tench fish. 
 
 Tinc^e os. (So called from its resemblance 
 to a tench's mouth.) The mouth of the ute- 
 rus. 
 
 Tincal. Crude borax. Sodse biboras. 
 
 Tincto'rius. Dyeing; that which dyes. 
 
 TINCTURA. {a, ce, f. ; from tingo, to dye.) 
 A tincture. A solution of the active portions 
 of any medicine in alcohol or other menstrua. 
 Alcohol of sp. gr. 0-835 (rectified spirit) is em- 
 ployed for resinous bodies, and dilute alcohol, 
 or proof spirit, for such as yield their properties 
 partly to water. Ether and the preparations 
 of ammonia are sometimes used. The drug is 
 commonly bruised or reduced to a coarse pow- 
 der, digested with the alcohol at the ordinary 
 temperature for fourteen days, being frequently 
 shaken, the remains expressed, and then the 
 fluid filtered through bibulous paper. The 
 Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia prescribes digestion 
 at a temperature of 90° to 100° F., and seven 
 days. Many of the tinctures can be prepared 
 by displacement. In this case the drug should 
 be well pounded, and moistened with spirit 
 from six to twelve hours before it is subjected 
 to percolation. Tinctures should be kept well 
 stopped to avoid the evaporation of their spirit. 
 The modern tinctures take the place of the 
 elixirs, alcoholates, essences, and quintessences 
 of former times. 
 
 TlNCTURA ACETATIS FERRI CUM ALCOHOLE. 
 
 (Ph. D.) Nearly the same as the tinctura fer- 
 ri acetatis. 
 
 Tinctura acidi sulphurici. Acidum sul- 
 phuricum aromaticum. 
 
 Tinctura aconiti. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 aconite, or monkshood. Take of aconite, fiv. ; 
 dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate fourteen days, 
 express, and filter ; or prepare by displacement. 
 Used as an embrocation in neuralgia. The 
 dose internally is tUx. It must be employed 
 cautiously. 
 
 Tinctura atherea cum phosphoro. Ethe- 
 real solution of phosphorus. A French prepar- 
 ation, consisting of phosphorus, 4 parts, dis- 
 solved in 200 parts of sulphuric ether. It is 
 objectionable, as the rapid evaporation of the 
 ether sets free the phosphorus. The Oleum 
 phosphoratum is much more eligible. Dose, 
 gtt. v. to gtt. x., as a nervous stimulant. 
 
 Tinctura aloes. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Tincture 
 of aloes. Take of aloes, powdered, §j.; ex- 
 tract of liquorice, fiij.; water, Oiss. ; alcohol, 
 Ocs. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. 
 Stomachic and purgative. In chlorotic cases 
 and amenorrhoea, it is preferred to other purges. 
 Dose, f. 3ij- to f. fj. 
 644 
 
 Tinctura aloes .ethe'rea. (Ph. E.) Ethe- 
 real tincture of aloes. Take of Socotrine aloes, 
 myrrh, each, in powder, fiss. ; saffron, §j. ; 
 spirit of sulphuric ether, Ibj. Digest the myrrh 
 with the ether four days, then add the saffron 
 and aloes, and digest four days more; filter. 
 Stimulant, emmenagogue, and cathartic. Dose, 
 f. 3J. to f. 3 ij. 
 
 Tinctura aloes et myrrhs. (U. S.) T. 
 aloes composita. Compound tincture of aloes. 
 Take of aloes, powdered, f iij. ; saffron, gj.; 
 tincture of myrrh, Oij. Macerate for fourteen 
 days, and strain. Purgative and emmenagogue. 
 It is a useful application to old indolent ulcers. 
 Dose, f. 3SS. to f. 3ij. 
 
 Tinctura aloes vitriolata. Tinctura aloes 
 aetherea. 
 
 Tinctura ama'ra. Tinctura gentianae com- 
 posita. 
 
 Tinctura ammonije composita. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound tincture of ammonia. Take of mas- 
 tich, 3ij. ; rectified spirit, f.3ix. ; oil of lavender, 
 HI xi v. ; oil of amber, Tfl, i v. ; strong solution of 
 ammonia, Oj. Macerate the mastich in the 
 spirit, that it may be dissolved, and pour off 
 the clear tincture ; then add the other ingre- 
 dients, and shake them all together. This 
 supersedes the Spiritus ammonios succinatus* 
 Stimulant antispasmodic. Dose, TUx. to f. 3SS. 
 
 Tinctura angustur^e. Tinctura cuspariae. 
 
 Tinctura assafce'tida. (U, S.) Tincture 
 of assafaBtida. T. foztida. Take of assafoetida, 
 I iv. ; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
 and strain. Antispasmodic and stimulant. Dose, 
 f. 3ss. to 31]. 
 
 Tinctura assafostida ammonia'ta. The 
 spiritus ammoniae fcetidus. 
 
 Tinctura aura.ntii. (Ph. L. & E.) Tinc- 
 ture of orange peel. T. corticis aurantii. Take 
 of bitter orange peel, dried, f iiiss. ; proof spirit. 
 Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain, 
 A mild and pleasant stomachic bitter, used as 
 an adjunct. 
 
 Tinctura balsami tolutani. Tincture of 
 balsam of Tolu. See Tinctura tolutani. 
 
 Tinctura belladonna. (U. S.) Tincture 
 of belladonna. Take of belladonna leaves, 
 dried, f iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate four- 
 teen days, express, and filter. Dose, gtt. xx. 
 to gtt. 1. 
 
 Tinctura benzoini composita. (U. S.) T. 
 benzoes composita. Compound tincture of ben- 
 zoin. Friar's balsam. Take of benzoin, fiij. ; 
 storax balsam, strained, fij. ; balsam of Tolu, 
 fj. ; aloes, fss. ; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, and strain. A stimulant and ex- 
 pectorant. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. Also, much 
 used to heal ulcers and cuts. 
 
 Tinctura buchu. (Ph.D.) T.bucku. (Ph. 
 E.) Tincture of buchu. Take of buchu leaves, 
 powdered, fv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest 
 seven days, express, and filter; or prepare by 
 displacement. Tonic, sudorific, and diuretic. 
 Dose, f. 3J- to f. 3iv. 
 
 Tinctura calumbjs. T. colombce. (U. S.) 
 Tincture of calumba. Take of calumba root, 
 bruised, § iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate 
 for fourteen days, and filter. It may be made 
 by displacement. Stomachic and tonic. Dose, 
 3j. to jiij. 
 
TIN 
 
 TIN 
 
 Tinctura camphors. (U. S.) See Spirit- 
 ns camphor ee. 
 
 TlNCTURA CAMPHORS COMPOSITA. T. Opii 
 
 camphorata (U. S.). Compound tincture of 
 camphor. Take of camphor, 3ij. ; opium, pow- 
 dered, benzoic acid, each, 3J.; oil of anise, f. 
 3J. ; claiified honey, fij. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. 
 Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. This is 
 a useful diaphoretic anodyne. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 
 fss. 
 
 Tinctura cantharidis. (U. S.) Tincture 
 of blistering fly. T. lyttce and T. canthari&um. 
 Take of blistering flies, pounded, fj. ; dilute al- 
 cohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain. It may be prepared by displacement. 
 This is a very acrid, diuretic, and stimulating 
 preparation, which should always be adminis- 
 tered with great caution. Dose, lHx. to f. 3J. 
 
 Tinctura capsici. (U.S.) Tincture of cap- 
 sicum (Cayenne pepper). Take of capsicum, 
 bruised, fj. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by dis- 
 placement. An artei-ial stimulant; also used 
 as a gargle, when diluted. Dose, THx. to f. 3J. 
 
 Tinctura cardamomi. (U. S.) Tincture 
 of cardamom. Take of cardamom seeds, bruis- 
 ed, fiv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, and filter ; or make by displace- 
 ment. A stimulating carminative. Dose, f. 3J. 
 to f. 1 ss. 
 
 Tinctura cardamomi composita. (Ph. L. 
 & E.) Compound tincture of cardamom. T. 
 stomachica. Take of cardamom seeds, cara- 
 way seeds, powdered, each, 3iiss. ; cochineal, 
 powdered, 3J. ; cinnamon bark, bruised, 3V. ; 
 raisins, stoned, fv. ; proof spirit, Oij. Macer- 
 ate for fourteen days, and strain. A useful and 
 elegant carminative and cordial. Dose, f. 3J. 
 to f. I ss. 
 
 Tinctura cascarilla. (Ph. L. &E.) Tinc- 
 ture of cascarilla. Take of cascarilla bark, 
 powdered, § v. ; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by dis- 
 placement. A stimulating aromatic tonic. Dose, 
 I 3j- to f. 31J. 
 
 Tinctura cassia. (Ph. E.) Tincture of 
 cassia. Take of cassia bark, in coarse powder, 
 fiijss.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest seven days, 
 express, and filter ; or prepare by displacement. 
 Used as an adjuvant. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 51J. 
 
 Tinctura castorei. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 castor. Take of castor, powdered, fij.; alco- 
 hol, Oij. Macerate for seven days, and filter. 
 A powerful stimulant and antispasmodic, most- 
 ly exhibited in hysterical affections in a dilute 
 form. Dose, f. 3SS. to f. 31J. 
 
 Tinctura castorei ammoniata. (Ph. E.) 
 Ammoniated tincture of castoreum. Take of 
 castor, 5 iiss. ; assafcetida, 3X. ; spirit of ammo- 
 nia, Oij. Digest seven days, express, and filter. 
 Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, f. 3ss. to 
 f. 3ij- 
 
 Tinctura catechu. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 catechu. T.japonica. Tr.ke of catechu, fiij. ; 
 cinnamon bark, bruised, fij. ; dilute alcohol, 
 Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. 
 An aromatic astringent, mostly given in pro- 
 tracted diarrhoea. Dose, f. 3SS. to f. 31J. 
 
 Tinctura cicuta. Tinctura conii. 
 
 Tinctura cinchona. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 
 cinchona. T. corticis peruviani simplex. Take 
 of cinchona bark, powdered, fvj. ; dilute alco- 
 hol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, express, 
 and filter. It may be prepared by displace- 
 ment. Dose, f. 3J. to f. § ss. 
 
 Tinctura cinchona ammoniata. (Ph. L.) 
 Ammoniated tincture of cinchona. Volatile 
 tincture of bark. Take of lance-leaved cincho- 
 na bark, powdered, § iv. ; aromatic spirit of am- 
 monia, Oij. Macerate for ten days, and strain. 
 Tonic, antacid, and stimulant. Dose, f. 3J. to 
 f- 5ij- 
 
 Tinctura cinchona composita. (U. S.) 
 Compound tincture of cinchona ( Peruvian 
 bark). Take of cinchona bark, in coarse pow- 
 der, fij. ; orange peel, bruised, fiss. ; Virginia 
 snakeroot, bruised, 3iij.; saffron, cut, red san- 
 ders wood, rasped, each, 3J. ; dilute alcohol, f. 
 f xx. Macerate for fourteen days, express, and 
 filter ; or proceed by displacement. Tonic 
 and stomachic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3HJ. 
 
 Tinctura cinnamomi. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 cinnamon. Take of cinnamon bark, bruised, 
 f iij. ;' proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen 
 days, and filter. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iij. or more. 
 
 Tinctura cinnamomi composita. (U. S.) 
 Compound tincture of cinnamon. T. aromatir 
 ca. Take of cinnamon bark, braised, fj. ; car- 
 damom seeds, braised, § ss. ; ginger root, sliced, 
 3iij. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen 
 days, and filter ; or it may be prepared by dis- 
 placement. A warm aromatic. Dose, f. 3SS. 
 to f. 3ij- 
 
 Tinctura colchici. Tinctura colchici 
 seminis. (U. S.) T. seminum colchici. Tinc- 
 ture of colchicum. Take of the seeds of col- 
 chicum, f iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, express, and filter; or prepare by 
 displacement. Similar to the wine of colchi- 
 cum. Dose, ill xx. to 3J. 
 
 Tinctura colchici composita. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound tincture of colchicum. Take of col- 
 chicum seeds, bruised, §v. ; aromatic spirit of 
 ammonia, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain. Diuretic, stimulant, and antacid. Dose, 
 f. 3ss. to f. 3J. 
 
 Tinctura conii. (U. S.) Tincture of hem- 
 lock. Take of the dried leaves of hemlock, 
 fiv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest for fourteen 
 days, express, and filter. This tincture pos- 
 sesses all the active properties of the hemlock. 
 It may be made by displacement. Dose, 3SS. 
 to 3j. 
 
 Tinctura Colombo. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 calumba?. 
 
 Tinctura croci. (Ph. E.) Tincture of 
 saffron. Take of saffron, fij. ; dilute alcohol, 
 Oij. Macerate, or proceed by displacement. 
 Emmenagogue in doses of f. 31]. Used as a 
 coloring material. 
 
 Tinctura cubeba. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 cubebs. Take of cubebs, bruised, giv. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, ex- 
 press, and filter. It may be prepared by dis- 
 placement. It is used in the same cases as 
 cubebs, and should be given in full doses, as 
 two or three drachms. 
 
 Tinctura cusparls. (Ph. E.) Tincture 
 of cusparia (angustura bark.) Take of cus- 
 paria bark, powdered, fivss. ; dilute alcohol, 
 
 645 
 
TIN 
 
 Oij. Made by maceration or displacement. 
 A stomachic tonic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. jij. 
 
 Tinctura digitalis. (U. S. & Ph. L.) Tinc- 
 ture of foxglove. Take of foxglove leaves, 
 dried, fiv.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, express, and filter. This tinc- 
 ture possesses the properties of the plant. Dose, 
 ten to forty minims. For its virtues, see Digi- 
 talis. 
 
 Tinctura ergots. Tinctura secalis cornuti. 
 
 Tinctura ferri acetatis. (Ph. D.) Tinc- 
 ture of acetate of iron. Take of acetate of pot- 
 ash, two parts ; sulphate of iron, one part ; and 
 rectified spirit, twenty-six parts. It is a mild 
 chalybeate. Dose, tUx. to 3J. 
 
 Tinctura ferri ammoniati. See Tinctura 
 ferri ammonio-chloridi. 
 
 Tinctura ferri ammonio-chloridi. (Ph. 
 L.) Tincture of ammonio-chloride of iron. 
 T. ferri ammoniati. T. ferri ammoniacalis. 
 T. florum martialium. T. martis Mynsichti. 
 Take of ammonio-chloride of iron, fiv. ; proof 
 spirit, Oj. Digest and strain. This is an ex- 
 cellent chalybeate, and may be given with cin- 
 chona in dropsical and other cachetic diseases. 
 Dose, half a fluid drachm to two drachms. 
 
 Tinctura ferri muriatis. See Tinctura 
 ferri sesqui-chloridi. 
 
 Tinctura ferri chloridi. (U. S.) Tinc- 
 tura ferri sesqui-chloridi. Tincture of mu- 
 riate of iron. T. ferri muriatis. T. martis 
 in spiritu sails. Take of sesquioxide of iron, 
 Sbss. ; muriatic acid, Oj. ; alcohol, Oiij. Pour the 
 acid upon the sesquioxide of iron in a glass ves- 
 sel, and shake it occasionally for three days; 
 then add the spirit, and strain. Cline strongly 
 recommends this in ischuria, and many diseases 
 of the kidneys and urinary passages. Dose, 
 ten to twenty drops. It is chalybeate, astrin- 
 gent, and styptic. 
 
 Tinctura galbani. (Ph. D.) Tincture of 
 galbanum. Take of galbanum, bruised, fij. ; 
 dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest seven days, and 
 filter. Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, 
 f. 3J- to f. 3iij. 
 
 Tinctura gall.e. (U. S.) T. gallarum. 
 Tincture of galls. Take of galls, powdered, 
 fiv. ; proof spirit, Oiij. Macerate for fourteen 
 days, and strain. It may be prepared by dis- 
 placement. Astringent. Dose, 3ss. to sij. 
 
 Tinctura gentians composita. (U. S.) 
 Compound tincture of gentian. T. amara. 
 Take of gentian root, bruised, jij. ; orange peel, 
 dried, fj. ; cardamom seeds, bruised, 1 ss. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, ex- 
 press, and filter. It may be prepared by dis- 
 placement. Tonic and stomachic. Dose, f. 3Jj. 
 
 Tinctura guai'aci. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 guaiacum. Take of guaiacum resin, powder- 
 ed, ibss. ; alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen 
 days, and strain. Stimulant, diaphoretic, and 
 antiarthritic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3ij. 
 
 Tinctura guaiaci ammoniata. (U. S.) T. 
 guaiaci composita. Ammoniated tincture of 
 guaiacum ; formerly called Tinctura guaiacina 
 volatilis. Take of guaiacum resin, powdered, 
 f iv. ; aromatic spirit of ammonia, Oiss. Mac- 
 erate for fourteen days, and filter. Dose, f. 3J. 
 to f. 3ij- 
 
 Tinctura helle'bori. (U. S.) T. helle- 
 646 
 
 TIN 
 
 bori nigri. Tincture of black hellebore. Take 
 of black hellebore root, bruised, fiv. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain. It may be prepared by displacement. 
 Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J. For its virtues, see Helle- 
 borus niger. 
 
 Tinctura humuli. See Tinctura lupuli. 
 
 Tinctura hyoscy'ami. (U.S.) Tincture of 
 henbane. Take of henbane leaves, dried, fiv. ; 
 proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
 and strain. It may be prepared by displace- 
 ment. Anodyne. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 31J . 
 
 Tinctura iodi'ni. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 iodine. Take of iodine, fj. ; alcohol, Oj. Dis- 
 solve. It spoils by keeping, and deposits the 
 iodine when mixed with water. Used exter- 
 nally or added to liniments. 
 
 Tinctura iodi'nii composita. (U. S. & Ph. 
 L.) Compound tincture of iodine. Take of 
 iodine, f ss. ; iodide of potassium, fj. ; rectified 
 spirit, Oj. Dissolve. A convenient formula for 
 administering iodine. Dose, ten minims, grad- 
 ually increased to sixty. 
 
 Tinctura jalapje. (U.S.) Tincture of jal- 
 ap. Take of jalap root, powdered, fviij.; di- 
 lute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
 and strain. It may be prepared by displace- 
 ment. Cathartic. Dose, f. 3ij. 
 
 Tinctura kino. (Ph. L. & E.) Tincture 
 of kino. Take of kino, powdered, f hiss. ; proof 
 spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain. All the astringency of kino is possessed 
 by this preparation. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. 
 
 Tinctura Krame'ri^:. (U.S.) T. Cramerice* 
 Tincture of rhatany. Take of rhatany root, 
 powdered, fvj.; dilute alcohol, Oij. Either 
 macerate or proceed by displacement. Astrin- 
 gent. Dose, f. 3J. 
 
 Tinctura lactu'carii. (Ph. E.) Tincture 
 of lactucarium. Take of lactucarium, in fine 
 powder, fiv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Digest or 
 prepare by displacement. Each f. 3J. contains 
 gr. vj. of lactucarium. Anodyne. Dose, HI xx. 
 to f. 3J. 
 
 Tinctura Lavandula composita. See 
 Spiritus lavandulce compositus. 
 
 Tinctura lobe'lue. (U. S. & Ph. E.) 
 Tinctura of lobelia (Indian tobacco). Take of 
 lobelia inflata, dried and powerded, f iv. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Oij. Prepare by maceration or dis- 
 placement. Emetic and antispasmodic in doses 
 off. 3J. to f. 3ij., repeated every two or three 
 hours until emesis. Expectorant in doses of 
 TTlxx. to f. 3SS. 
 
 Tinctura lobelia .stherea. (Ph. E.) 
 Ethereal tincture of lobelia. Take of lobelia, 
 dried and powdered, jfv. ; spirit of sulphuric 
 ether, Oij. Digest seven days, or proceed by 
 displacement. Antispasmodic and expectorant. 
 Dose, 1Uxx. to f. 3J. 
 
 Tinctura lupuli. T. humuli. (U. S.) 
 Tincture of hops. Take of hops, fv. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain. Tonic and sedative. Dose, 3J. to 31J. 
 or more. 
 
 Tinctura lupuli'n^:. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 lupulin. Take of lupulin, 1 iv. ; alcohol, Oij. 
 Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. Aro- 
 matic, tonic, and soporific. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3ij. 
 
 Tinctura lytt^s. See Tinctura cantharidis. 
 
TI N 
 
 TIN 
 
 Tinctura moschi. (Ph. D.) Tincture of 
 musk. Take of musk, powdered, 317. ; alcohol, 
 Oj. Macerate for seven days, and filter. An- 
 tispasmodic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 
 
 Tinctura. myrrhs. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 myrrh. Take of myrrh, bruised, f iv. ; alcohol, 
 Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. 
 Applied to ulcers, and used as a gargle. 
 
 Tinctura nucis vomica. (Ph. D.) Tinc- 
 ture of nux vomica. Take of nux vomica, rasp- 
 ed, f ij. ; alcohol, f viij. Macerate for seven 
 days, and filter. Used where nux vomica or 
 strychnia are indicated. Dose, "HI v. to ttlx. It 
 is also used externally as an embrocation to 
 paralyzed parts. 
 
 Tinctura olei mentele piperi't.e. (U. S.) 
 Tincture (essence) of peppermint. Dissolve 
 f. fij. of oil of peppermint in Oj. of alcohol. 
 Dose, gtt. v. to gtt. x. 
 
 Tinctura olei menthje vi'ridis. (U. S.) 
 Tincture (essence) of spearmint. Dissolve f. 
 § ij. in alcohol Oj. 
 
 Tinctura opii. (U.S.) Tincture of opium. 
 Laudanum. Take of opium, powdered, ^iiss. ; 
 dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
 express, and filter. It has the stimulant and 
 narcotic action of opium. Twenty-five drops, 
 or about thirteen minims, contain one grain of 
 opium. Dose, itlx. to f. 3J. 
 
 Tinctura opii aceta'ta. (U.S.) Acetated 
 tincture of opium. Black drop. Take of 
 opium, fij. ; vinegar, f. 3xjj. ; alcohol, Oss. 
 Macerate for fourteen days, express, and fil- 
 ter. Twenty drops contain about one grain of 
 opium. 
 
 Tinctura opii ammonia'ta. (Ph. E.) Am- 
 moniated tincture of opium. Take of benzoic 
 acid, saffron, each, jyj. ; opium, sliced, § ss. ; 
 oil of anise, 3J. ; spirit of ammonia, Oij. Digest 
 seven days, and filter. Stimulant and antispas- 
 modic. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J. Each drachm and 
 a quarter contains one grain of opium. 
 
 Tinctura opii camphorata. (U. S.) Tinc- 
 tura camphorae composita. 
 
 Tinctura quassia. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 quassia. Take of quassia, rasped, fij.; dilute 
 alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, or 
 proceed by displacement. Tonic. Dose, f. 3J. 
 to f. 3ij. The Tinctura quassice composita of the 
 Edinb. Ph. also contains cinnamon and raisins. 
 
 Tinctura rhei. (U. S.) Tincture of rhu- 
 barb. T.rhabarbari. T.rhabarbari spirituosa. 
 Take of rhubarb root, bruised, fiij.; cardamom 
 seeds, braised, f ss. ; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate 
 for fourteen days, and strain; or prepare by 
 displacement. Dose, f. 3J . to 3ij . , as a stomachic . 
 
 Tinctura rhei composita. (Ph. L.) Com- 
 pound tincture of rhubarb. Take of rhubarb 
 root, sliced, fiiss. ; liquorice root, braised, 3vj. ; 
 ginger root, sliced, 3iij. ; proof spirit, Oij. Mac- 
 erate for fourteen days, with a gentle heat, and 
 strain. This is a mild stomachic aperient. Dose, 
 f. f ss. to f iss. 
 
 Tinctura rhei et aloes. (U. S.) Tinc- 
 ture of rhubarb and aloes. Take of rhubarb, 
 bruised, 3x.; aloes, powdered, 3vj. ; cardamoms, 
 bruised, fss. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, express, and filter. Stomachic 
 and cathartic. Dose, f. 3ij. to f. fj. 
 
 Tinctura rhei et gentia'n^:. (U. S.) 
 
 Tincture of rhubarb and gentian. Take of 
 rhubarb, bruised, fij.; gentian root, braised, 
 f ss. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for four- 
 teen days, express, and filter. It may also be 
 prepared by displacement. Stomachic and ton- 
 ic. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 
 
 Tinctura rhei et senn.e. (U. S.) Tinc- 
 ture of rhubarb and senna. Take of rhubarb, 
 bruised, |j.; senna, 3ij. ; coriander, braised, 
 fennel seed, bruised, each, 53. ; red sanders, 
 rasped, 31J.; saffron, liquorice, each, 3ss.; raisins, 
 stoned, Ibss. ; dilute alcohol, Oiij. Macerate 
 for fourteen days, express, and filter. Stoma- 
 chic and cathartic. Dose, fss. to f. fj. 
 
 Tinctura sacra. Vinum aloes. 
 
 Tinctura sangui'nart^:. (U.S.) Tincture 
 of bloodroot. Take of bloodroot, braised, f iv. ; 
 dilute alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
 express, and filter. It may be prepared by dis- 
 placement. See Sanguinaria caiiadensis. 
 
 Tinctura sapo'nis camphora'ta. (U. S.) 
 Camphorated tincture of soap (soap liniment). 
 Take of soap, § iv. ; camphoi', f ij. ; oil of rose- 
 mary, f. fss. ; alcohol, Oij. Digest the soap 
 with the alcohol till it is dissolved ; filter, and 
 add the camphor and oil. An anodyne lini- 
 ment. 
 
 Tinctura scill^:. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 squill. Take of squill root, dried, fiv. ; dilute 
 alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain. It may be prepared by displacement. 
 The virtues of the squill reside in the tincture, 
 which is administered hi doses of from ten drops 
 to a fluid drachm. 
 
 Tinctura seca'i^s cornu'ti. (Apothecaries? 
 Hall, L.) Tincture of ergot. Take of ergot, 
 in powder, §ij. ; dilute alcohol, Oj. Digest for 
 fourteen days, express, and filter. An excel- 
 lent preparation, containing the active proper- 
 ties of ergot. Dose, f. 3J., repeated every ten 
 minutes until its effect is apparent. 
 
 Tinctura senn.e composita. (Ph. L.) 
 Tincture of senna. Take of senna leaves, 
 1 iiiss. ; caraway seeds, braised, 3iiiss. ; carda- 
 mom seeds, braised, 3J.; raisins, stoned, ^v. ; 
 proof spirit, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, 
 and strain. A carminative, aperient, and purga- 
 tive, in doses of from two fluid drachms to a 
 fluid ounce. 
 
 Tinctura senn.e et jalapje. (U. S.) Tinc- 
 ture of senna and jalap. Take of senna, 5 iij. ; 
 jalap, powdered, ^j. ; coriander seeds, caraway 
 seeds, braised, each, f ss. ; cardamom seeds, 
 braised, 3ij. ; sugar, fiv. ; dilute alcohol, Oiij. 
 Macerate for fourteen days, or prepare by dis- 
 placement. Cathartic. Dose, f. 3ij. to f. 5J. 
 
 Tinctura serpentarije. (U.S.) Tincture 
 of serpentary. Tincture of Virginian snakeroot. 
 T. serpentarice virginiance. Take of serpentary 
 root, braised, fiij. ; proof spirit, Oij. Macerate 
 for fourteen days, and strain. It may be pre- 
 pared by displacement. Tonic and stimulant. 
 Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3ij. 
 
 Tinctura stramonii. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 stramonium (thorn-apple). Take of stramoni- 
 um seeds, bruised, 5 iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. 
 Macerate for fourteen days, or prepare by dis- 
 placement. It has the properties of straxno- 
 nium. Dose, at first, ttlx. to iftxx., to be in- 
 creased until some obvious effects arise. 
 
 647 
 
TIT 
 
 TON 
 
 Tinctura thebaic a. Tinctura opii. 
 
 Tinctura tolutani. (U. S.) Tincture of 
 Tolu. Take of balsam of Tolu, f iij. ; alcohol, 
 Oij. Dissolve and filter. Used in making the 
 syrup of Tolu. 
 
 Tinctura valerians. (U. S.) Tincture 
 of valerian. T. Valerianae simplex. Take of 
 valerian root, § iv. ; dilute alcohol, Oij. Macer- 
 ate for fourteen days, and strain ; or proceed by 
 displacement. An antispasmodic, used in con- 
 junction with others. Dose, f. 3J. to f. 3iv. 
 
 Tinctura valerians ammoniata. (U. S.) 
 T. Valeriana composita. T. Valerianae volatilis. 
 Ammoniated tincture of valerian. Take of va- 
 lerian root, 1 iv. ; aromatic spirit of ammonia, 
 two pints. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain. A strong antispasmodic and stimulating 
 tincture. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3ij. 
 
 Tinctura vera'tri. T . veratri albi. Vinum 
 veratri. 
 
 Tinctura zinci aceta'tis. (Ph. D.) Tinc- 
 ture of acetate of zinc. Take of sulphate of 
 zinc, acetate of potash, each, one part; alcohol, 
 sixteen parts. Rub the salts together, and add 
 the alcohol; filter through paper. An astrin- 
 gent collyrium and injection. 
 
 Tinctura zingi'beris. (U. S.) Tincture 
 of ginger. Take of ginger root, bruised, §viij. ; 
 alcohol, Oij. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain ; or prepare by displacement. A stimu- 
 lating carminative. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J. 
 
 Tincture. See Tinctura. 
 
 Ti'nea. T. capitis. The scald head. See 
 Porrigo. 
 
 TINNITUS AURIUM. ..Ringing in the ears. 
 A common symptom in many cerebral dis- 
 eases. 
 
 Tintement metallique. See Metallic tink- 
 ling. 
 
 TISANE. Ptisane. A French term for mu- 
 cilaginous and pectoral drinks. The basis of 
 these is usually the decoction of barley. 
 
 TISSUE. A term introduced by the French 
 anatomists for the textures which compose the 
 different organs of animals. 
 
 Tissue, areolar. T., porous. The cellu- 
 lar tissue. 
 
 Tissue, accidental. A false tissue ; there- 
 suit of a morbid process, as the membrane of 
 croup, cancerous growths, tubercles. 
 
 Titanic acid. Acidum litanicum. The per- 
 oxide of titanium, which acts on alkalies as a 
 feeble acid. 
 
 TITA'NIUM. A rather scarce metal, of 
 great hardness, a copper color, extreme in- 
 fusibility; sp. gr., 5-8; equivalent, 24; sym- 
 bol, Ti. 
 
 Tithonic. Relating to tithonicity. 
 
 T I T H N I C TT Y. The chemical force or 
 rays existing in the spectrum, whether solar or 
 from artificial light. Dr. Draper has made an 
 extended series of experiments to prove that it 
 is an independent imponderable, distinct from 
 light, heat, and electricity. 
 
 Tithonogra'phy. The same as photography. 
 
 Tithono'iietek. An instrument to measure 
 the forca of the chemical rays in any ray of 
 
 Titht'halus. Euphorbia c^-parissias. 
 Tithymalus paralias. Euphorbia paralias. 
 648 
 
 Tithymel^a. Daphne. 
 
 Titi'llicum. The arm-pit. 
 
 TITUBA'TION. (From titubo, to stagger 
 or waver.) Restlessness, with an inclination to 
 constant change of position. The fidgets. 
 
 Toad-flax. Antirrhinum linaria. 
 
 Tobacco. Nicotiana tabacum. 
 
 Tobacco, English. Nicotiana rustica. 
 
 Tobacco, Virginian. Nicotiana tabacum. 
 
 TOCOLOGY. (From tokoc, parturition, and 
 loyoc.) Obstetrics. 
 
 TOE. Digitus pedis. Each toe consists of 
 three distinct bones, disposed in rows, called 
 phalanges, or ranks of the toes. The great toe 
 has but two phalanges; the others have three 
 ranks of bones, the joints of which are formed 
 by a round head on one bone, and by a pretty 
 deep hollow for receiving it in the one above it. 
 They also consist of muscles, nerves, blood- 
 vessels, and integuments. 
 
 Toffania aq.ua. See Aquetta. 
 
 TOLERANCE. (From tolero, to bear.) The 
 ability to bear any medicine or agent, especially 
 blood-letting. 
 
 Tolu balsam. Toluifera balsamum. 
 
 Toluidine. A volatile base, obtained from 
 balsam of Tolu. 
 
 TOLUI'FERA. (a,ce,l) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. — T. balsamum. The 
 tree which affords the Tolu balsam ; balsa- 
 mum tolutanum ; balsam of Tolu. It grows in 
 South America. The balsam is obtained by 
 making incisions into the bark of the tree ; it 
 thickens, and, in time, becomes concrete ; has 
 a fragrant odor, and a warm, sweetish taste. 
 It dissolves entirely in alcohol, and communi- 
 cates its odor and taste to water by boiling. It 
 contains benzoic acid. It has been used as an 
 expectorant ; but its powers are very inconsid- 
 erable, and it is at present employed principal- 
 ly on account of its flavor. It is directed by 
 the pharmacopoeias in the Syrupus tolutani and 
 Tinctura tolutani. 
 
 Tolutanum balsamum. See Toluifera bal- 
 samum. 
 
 Toma'tum. Tomato. Solanum lycopersi- 
 cum. 
 
 Tombac. A white alloy of copper with ar- 
 senic. 
 
 Tombeki. (Arabic.) A highly narcotic East- 
 ern species of the lobelia, used for smoking 
 
 Tomei'um. An incision-knife. 
 
 Tomento'se. Downy; woolly. 
 
 TOME'NTUM. (um, i, n. ; a flock of wool.) 
 1. In Anatomy, applied to the small vessels on 
 the surface of the brain, which appear like 
 wool. 2. In Botany, a downy pubescence. 
 
 Tomentum cerebri. The small vessels that 
 penetrate the cortical substance of the brain 
 from the pia mater, which, when separated 
 from the brain, and adhering to the pia mater, 
 give it a flocky appearance. 
 
 TONE. (Tovoc; from tcivu, to extend.) 
 The natural and healthy tension of the muscular 
 fibre. 
 
 TONGUE. Lingua, A soft, fleshy viscus, 
 constituting the organ of taste. It is composed 
 of muscular fibres, covered by a mucous men> 
 brane, on which are a great number of nervous 
 papillae, particularly at the apex and lateral 
 
TON 
 
 TON 
 
 parts. About a quarter of an inch from its base 
 is a little round pit, called the foramen c<zcum, 
 which seems to form a sort of reservoir for the 
 contiguous mucous follicles. The papillae of 
 the tongue are distinguished into the lenticular, 
 which are from ten to fifteen in number, and 
 are situated near the base of the tongue; the 
 capitate or fungiform, smaller and more numer- 
 ous than the preceding, and situated toward the 
 edges and tip of the tongue ; the conical or py- 
 ramidal, which are very numerous, and dispersed 
 over the whole upper surface of the tongue ; the 
 filiform, which are few in number, and situated 
 close to the tip of the tongue. The arteries of 
 the tongue are bi-anches of the ranine and labial. 
 The veins empty themselves into the great Un- 
 guals, which proceed to the external jugular. 
 The nerves come from the eighth, ninth, and 
 fifth pair. 
 
 Tongue, black. A typhoid fever, which 
 was endemical in the Western States in the win- 
 ter of 1842-3. 
 
 Tongue-shaped. Lingulate. 
 
 TO'NIC. Tonicus. A rigid contraction of 
 the muscles, which lasts for some time without 
 relaxation, is called a Tonic spasm. 
 
 Toni'city. The elasticity of living parts. 
 
 TO'NICS. (From rovou, to strengthen.) Ap- 
 plied to those means which increases the tone 
 of the muscular fibre, and impart vigor to the 
 whole system. Tonics are divided into mineral 
 and vegetable. The principal mineral tonics are 
 the preparations of iron, zinc, copper, arsenic, 
 silver, bismuth, mercury, and the mineral acids. 
 The vegetable tonics consist chiefly of the bit- 
 ters, quinine, salicine ; the aromatics also have 
 a degree of tonic power. Cold is also a power- 
 ful tonic. 
 
 Tonics, mental. Those mental emotions 
 which excite the body, as confidence, hope, 
 and any pleasurable amusement. 
 
 Tonka bean. The Tonqua bean. 
 
 To'nos. Tonic spasm. 
 
 TO'NSIL. ( Tonsilla, ce, f.) An oblong, sub- 
 oval gland, situated on each side of the fauces, 
 and opening into the cavity of the mouth by 
 twelve or more large excretory ducts. 
 
 Tonsilla'rum gangr^ena. See Tonsillitis 
 maligna. 
 
 TONSILLFTIS. (is,idis,f.) There are two 
 species of inflammation of the tonsils, the one 
 phlegmonoid, the other erythematous or erysip- 
 elatous : they are perfectly distinct diseases. 1. 
 Tonsillitis phlegmonoides. The common quin- 
 sy, or inflammatory sore throat of most writers. 
 It begins with a soreness or stiffness about one 
 side of the throat ; the swallowing becomes im- 
 peded; the mouth is clammy; and when the 
 iaw is moved, or there is any attempt to swal- 
 low, there is a pain extending from the throat 
 to the ear. These symptoms are attended with 
 more or less pyrexia. If the inflammation be 
 not resolved, the part becomes more tumid, 
 deglutition more impeded, the febrile symptoms 
 exacerbate more violently; suppuration soon 
 follows, and, though the patient be in the great- 
 est mieary from the symptoms already mention- 
 ed, the abscess bursts, and he is instantly re- 
 lieved. The suppuration occasionally extends 
 round the pharynx, and a large quantity of pus 
 
 is evacuated, either by spontaneous rupture or 
 by an opening from the lancet. This species of 
 tonsillitis is produced by cold, and is a common 
 disease in spring and autumn, and seldom at- 
 tended with any danger. It is never conta- 
 gious, and mostly attacks the young and san- 
 guine. It is apt to produce a disposition to re- 
 turn from slight causes. 
 
 At the veiy commencement, the inflammation 
 is occasionally, though not often, resolved by 
 bleeding or leeching. A purgative, and the an- 
 tiphlogistic diet are required, with iced acidu- 
 lated gargles, and such antifebrile remedies as 
 are recommended against inflammation. Many 
 quinsies are resolved by nauseating doses of tar- 
 tar emetic, given every one or two hours for a 
 day. Stimulating applications to the throat are 
 often efficacious. 
 
 When the abscess has burst, or the pus is 
 evacuated, very little after-treatment is requir- 
 ed: detergent gargles; and nourishment soon 
 put all right again. 
 
 2. Tonsillitis maligna. This is the ulcerated, 
 speckled, malignant, putrid, or gangrenous sore 
 throat of authors. It is also called Angina ma- 
 ligna and Cynanche maligna. The inflammation 
 is usually superficial on the membrane which 
 covers the tonsils, and does not affect the cel- 
 lular tissue beneath. No sooner does the in- 
 flammation take place, than it passes immedi- 
 ately into small ulcers, which have a varied ap- 
 pearance, being whitish, gray, brown, or black; 
 of smaller or larger extent, sometimes the size 
 of a pea, and sometimes much larger ; mostly 
 spreading so as to extend over the pharynx and 
 the whole fauces, into the nostrils, and even 
 around the glottis, and down the oesophagus. 
 As these ulcerations increase, they have a slough- 
 ing appearance ; and the membrane of the fau- 
 ces is occasionally separated in large sloughs. 
 The local affection is attended from its com- 
 mencement with typhoid fever; the pulse is 
 small, and rapid ; the heat considerable ; the 
 prostration great ; and there is mostly some 
 disturbance of the sensorium. The disease is 
 highly contagious, and usually epidemic ; and, 
 according to the nature of the epidemic, the 
 character of the fever, and other circumstances, 
 the danger is to be appreciated. A very fre- 
 quent concomitant of the malignant, ulcerated 
 sore throat is a scarlet eruption over the body, 
 in a simple form, or with blotches of a scarlet 
 color, with petechias, or vibices. This mostly 
 increases the danger. When attended with an 
 eruption, malignant tonsillitis appears veiy sim- 
 ilar to scarlet fever of a bad type. 
 
 When the local symptoms are mild, the fever 
 is seldom great, and the danger comparatively 
 little. 
 
 In conducting the cure, cleanliness, pure air,, 
 and a free ventilation are here of the utmost 
 importance, and especially the removing of all 
 the excretions and cleansings of the fauces, 
 which contain the contagion in ito most active 
 form. The remedies are similar to those recom- 
 mended against typhus and gangrene. The inV 
 tro-muriatic acid is here an excellent remedy, 
 as are the acids generally. 
 
 Cinchona, cascarilla, and calumba are the best 
 tonics : their infusions and decoctions, and the 
 
 649 
 
TOR 
 
 TEA 
 
 sulphate of quinine, may be made into mixtures, 
 and acidulated with either of the acids. If the 
 bowels, from the free use of acids, become 
 loose, aromatics and astringents are proper, with 
 spiced wine and cordials. 
 
 The local treatment consists in the use of 
 stimulating gargles, especially of port wine, 
 capsicum, or the mineral acids. In the admin- 
 istration of these, the best rule is to proportion 
 them to the effect they produce. The diet 
 should consist of arrow-root, gruel, jellies, and 
 the like, with wine or brandy. Good bottled 
 porter is an excellent medicine. 
 
 Tooth. See Teeth. 
 
 Toothache. Odontalgia. 
 
 Tooth-rash. Strophulus. 
 
 Tooth-shape. Dentate. 
 
 Tophaceous. Resembling a soft stone. 
 
 TO'PHUS. {us, i, m. Toph, Hebrew.) 1. 
 A toph, or soft swelling on a bone. 2. A con- 
 cretion in the joints. 3. Gravel. 
 
 TOTICAL. {Topicus; from tottoc, a place.) 
 Medicines applied to a particular part are called 
 Topical. 
 
 Topina'ria. The same as Talpa. 
 
 TO'RCULAR. (From torqueo, to twist.) 1. 
 A press. 2. The tourniquet. 
 
 Torcular hero'phili. The press of Hero- 
 philus ; the fourth sinus of the dura mater. 
 
 Tordylium officinale. Seseli creticum. 
 
 Torenia asiatica. A small Malabar plant, 
 the juice of which is said to cure the clap. 
 
 Tormentil. Tormentilla erecta. 
 
 TORMENTI'LLA. {a, ce, f.) 1. Tormentilla 
 ei'ecta. 2. A genus of plants. Icosandria. Mon- 
 ogynia. Rosacea. — T. erecta. The upright 
 septfoil. The root has a strong, styptic taste: 
 it has long been held in estimation as a good 
 astringent. It is chiefly used in infusion as an 
 injection. 
 
 TORME'NTUM. The ileac passion was so 
 called, from its severely painful nature. See 
 Ileac passion. 
 
 TO'RMINA. (PI. of Tormen, inis, n.) 1. 
 Severe griping pains in the bowels. 2. Dys- 
 entery. — Celsus. 
 
 Toro'sus. Protuberant. 
 
 Torpe'do. Raia torpedo. The electrical 
 ray. 
 
 TO'RPOR. (From torpeo, to be benumbed.) 
 A numbness, inactivity, or deficient sensation. 
 
 Torricellian vacuum. The vacuum which 
 occurs above the mercury in a long barometer 
 tube. 
 
 TO'RSION. Torsio. Twisting. The twist- 
 ing or torsion of a divided artery will stop hem- 
 orrhage, and it is occasionally used for this pur- 
 pose. 
 
 Torsion balance. Coulomb's electrom- 
 eter. 
 
 Torsk. " The Gadus ciliaris and brosme. 
 
 TORTICO'LLIS. {is, is, m. ; from torqueo, 
 to twist, and collum, the neck.) The wry neck. 
 See Wry neck. 
 
 To'rtilis. Twisted. 
 
 Tortuo'sus. Tortuous; twisted. 
 
 Tortu'ra oris. A wry mouth. 
 
 TORU'LiE. (PI. of torula.) Microscopic 
 confervoid bodies discoverable in fermenting 
 fluids. They are tubular. Diabetic or saccha- 
 650 
 
 rine urine, which has been placed on one side 
 for a short time in warmth, develops them ; and 
 they constitute a safe test of this condition of 
 the urine. 
 
 Torulo'sus. Torulous. Bulged out at in- 
 tervals, like a cord with several knots in it. 
 
 Torus. 1. A twisted cord. 2. The recepta- 
 cle of a flower. 
 
 TOUCH. Tactus. The sense by which we 
 are enabled to know the properties of bodies 
 by feeling them. This arises from the presence 
 of the fibrillse of the sensory nerves being dis- 
 tributed over every part of the skin. 
 
 Touch-me-not. The noli me tangere. 
 
 Touchwood. Boletus ignarius. 
 
 TOQ'RNIQUET. (French ; from tourner, to 
 turn.) An instrument used for stopping the 
 flow of blood into a limb by compressing the 
 main artery. The tourniquet is used to stop 
 hemorrhage till some more permanent means 
 can be put in effect, as during the amputation 
 of a limb. It is unnecessary to describe the 
 tourniquet, which is in constant use among sur- 
 geons. 
 
 Tous les mois. A farina derived from the 
 rhizome of the Canna coccinea. 
 
 Toxica'ria macassarie'nsis. A name of the 
 Bohun upas. See Upas. 
 
 Toxicode'ndrum. Rhus toxicodendron. 
 
 Toxicohje'mia. Poisoning of the blood. 
 
 TOXICO'LOGY. ( Toxicologia, a, f. ; from 
 to^lkov, a poison, and loyoc, a discourse.) The 
 study of poisons. See Poison. 
 
 To'xicum. {um, i, n. ; to^lkov.) A poison. 
 See Poison. 
 
 Toxite'sia. The artemisia or mugwort. 
 
 TRABE'CULA. {a, ce, f.) Applied to the 
 thread-like processes in the longitudinal sinus 
 of the dura mater, and to the small medullary 
 fibres of the brain, which constitute the com- 
 missures. 
 
 TRACHE'A. {a, ce, f. Tpaxeia, from its 
 roughness ; from rpaxvc, rough.) Trachelos. 
 The windpipe. ,The trachea is a cartilaginous 
 and membranous canal, through which the air 
 passes into the lungs. Its upper part is the 
 larynx. From the larynx the canal begins to 
 take the name of trachea, or arteria aspera, and 
 extends from thence as far down as the fourth 
 or fifth vertebra of the back, where it divides 
 into two branches, which are the right and left 
 bronchial tubes. Each of the bronchia ramifies 
 through the substance of a lobe of the lungs 
 by an infinite number of branches, which are 
 formed of cartilages, separated from each other, 
 like those of the trachea, by an intervening 
 membranous and ligamentous substance. Each 
 of these cartilages, is nearly of an annular figure; 
 and they become gradually less and less in their 
 diameter. As the branches of the bronchia be- 
 come more minute, their cartilages become more 
 and more annular and membranous, till at length 
 they become perfectly so. The trachea is fur- 
 nished with fleshy or muscular fibres, some of 
 which pass through its whole extent longitudi- 
 nally, while the others are carried round it in a 
 circular direction, so that, by the contraction or 
 relaxation of these fibres, it is enabled to short- 
 en itself, and likewise to dilate or contract the 
 diameter of its passage. The trachea and its 
 
TRA 
 
 TRA 
 
 branches, in all their ramifications, are furnished 
 with a great number of small glands, which are 
 lodged in their cellular substance, and discharge 
 a mucous fluid on the inner surface of these 
 tubes. 
 
 The trachea receives its arteries from the 
 carotid and subclavian arteries, and its veins 
 pass into the jugulars. Its nerves arise from the 
 recurrent branch of the eighth pair, and from 
 the cervical plexus. 
 
 Tra'cheal. Pertaining to the trachea. 
 
 Tracheitis infantum. Croup. 
 
 Trache'lagra. The gout or rheumatism in 
 the neck. 
 
 Trache'lium. Campanula trachelium. 
 
 TRACHE'LO-. A prefix, from rpaxv^oc, the 
 neck. Appertaining to the neck. 
 
 Tracheloce'le. Bronchocele. 
 
 Trache'lo- diaphragmatic nerves. The 
 four pair of cervical nerves. 
 
 Trache'lo-mastoide'us. A muscle situated 
 on the neck, which assists the complexus, but 
 pulls the head more to one side. It is the corn- 
 plexus minor seu mastoideus lateralis of Wins- 
 low. It arises from the transverse processes 
 of the five inferior cervical vertebrae, where it 
 is connected with the transversalis cervicis, and 
 of the three superior dorsal, and it is inserted 
 into the middle of the posterior part of the 
 mastoid process. 
 
 Trachelo'phyma. A bronchocele. 
 
 TRACHEOTOMY. (Tracheotomia, <e, f . ; 
 from rpaxeia, the trachea, and refivu, to cut.) 
 See Bronchotomy. 
 
 TRACHITIS. (is, idis, f . ; from Tpaxeia, 
 the windpipe, and itis, the terminal, which de- 
 notes inflammation.) Inflammation of the tra- 
 chea. See Croup. 
 
 TRACHO'MA. {a, atis, n. ; from Tpaxvc, 
 rough.) An asperity in the internal superficies 
 of the eyelid. It often produces a violent oph- 
 thalmia, and a severe pain, as often as the eye- 
 lid moves. It may be produced from sand 
 falling between the eye and the eyelid of per- 
 sons travelling. It also arises from caruncles, 
 or fleshy warts, and from hard pustules grow- 
 ing in the internal superficies of the eyelid. 
 
 Tractors, metallic. Perkinism. 
 
 TRACTUS. (us, i, m. ; from traho, to draw.) 
 A drawing in length ; a region ; a space ; a tract. 
 
 Tractus motorius. Motor tract; the name 
 given to the prolongation of the corpora pyra- 
 midalia through the pons varolii into the crura 
 cerebri. The motor nerves arise from this 
 tract. 
 
 Tractus opticus. Optic tract; a flattened 
 band, which arises from the thalamus opticus, 
 and turns round the crus cerebri. 
 
 Tractus respiratorius. Respiratory tract ; 
 a name given by C . Bell to a narro-v white band, 
 which descends along the side of the medulla 
 oblongata at the bottom of the lateral sulcus. 
 
 Tragaca'nth. Tragaca'ntha. Astragalus 
 tragacantha. 
 
 Tragaca'nthin. Bassorin. 
 
 TRA'GICUS. A proper muscle of the ear, 
 which pulls the point of the tragus a little for- 
 ward. 
 
 Tra'gium. The Dictamnus albus. 
 
 Trago'cerus. The aloe plant. 
 
 TRAGOPO'GON. {on, onis, m.) A genus 
 of plants. Syngenesia. Polygamia. Compos- 
 itce. — T. pratense. The common goat's beard. 
 The young stems of this plant are eaten like 
 asparagus. The root is also excellent, and was 
 formerly used medicinally as a diuretic. 
 
 Trago'pyrum. The Polygonum fagopyrum. 
 Tragori'ganum. Applied formerly to sev- 
 eral species of Origanum. 
 
 Tragoseli'num. Pimpinella saxifraga. 
 TRA'GUS. (us, i, m.) In Anatomy, a small 
 cartilaginous eminence of the external ear. 
 Trailing. Procumbent. 
 Tra'mis. Tpa/iic. The raphe. 
 Trance. See Catalepsy and Ecstasy. 
 TRANSFORMATION. In Pathology, a 
 morbid change in a part, which consists in the 
 conversion of its texture into one which is nat- 
 ural to some other part ; as when soft parts are 
 converted into cartilage or bone. 
 
 TRANSFU'SION. (Transfusio, onis, f . ; 
 from transfundo, to pour from one vessel into 
 another.) The transmission of blood from one 
 living animal to another by means of a canula. 
 This was practiced with various success in the 
 last century. 
 
 The most important experiments on transfu- 
 sion which have lately been performed are 
 those of Dr. Blundell, who has established both 
 the safety and utility of replenishing the vessels 
 of persons sinking from the effects of hemor- 
 rhage, from the veins of another healthy human 
 being. In the opinion of Dr. Blundell, a very 
 moderate quantity of fresh blood is sufficient to 
 turn the balance wavering between life and 
 death : he considers half a pint or a pint as an 
 ample supply. The operation of transfusion 
 must be performed with a well-adjusted ap- 
 paratus, and with the utmost caution, that no 
 air be injected along with the blood, an acci- 
 dent the fatal consequences of which are well 
 known. 
 
 Translation of diseases. Metastasis. 
 TRANSPIRATION. Transpiratio. The 
 exhalation of moisture from the body or lungs, 
 as in perspiration. 
 
 TRANSUDATION. Transudate. The 
 passing of fluids through the cells or pores of 
 any thing. The term should be distinguished 
 from perspiration, which implies a function by 
 which the perspired fluid is secreted from the 
 blood, whereas by transudation the blood or 
 other fluid merely oozes through unaltered. 
 Exosmose. 
 
 TRANSVERSA'LIS. Applied very gener- 
 ally in the several departments of nature, espe- 
 cially in Anatomy, to muscles, vessels, &c, 
 which have a transverse direction. 
 
 Transversalis abdominis. A muscle situa- 
 ted on the anterior part of the abdomen: so 
 named from its direction. It arises posteri- 
 orly from the cartilages of the seven lower 
 ribs, being there connected with the intercost- 
 als and diaphragm ; also, from the transverse 
 process of the last vertebra of the back, from 
 those of the four upper vertebrae of the loins, 
 from the inner edge of the crista ilii, and fi-om 
 part of Poupart's ligament; and it is insert- 
 ed into the inferior bone of the sternum, and 
 almost all the length of the linea alba. Its 
 
 651 
 
TRA 
 
 TBI 
 
 use is to support and compress the abdominal 
 viscera. 
 
 Transversalis anticus primus. See Rec- 
 tus capitis lateralis. 
 
 Transversalis cervicis. See Longissimus 
 dorsi. 
 
 Transversalis colli. A muscle situated 
 on the posterior part of the neck, which turns 
 the neck obliquely backward, and a little to 
 one side. 
 
 Transversalis dorsi. See Multifidus 
 spirits. 
 
 Transversalis major colli. See Longis- 
 simus dor-si. 
 
 Transversalis nasi. The compressor naris. 
 
 Transversalis pedis. A muscle of the foot, 
 which it contracts, by bringing the great toe 
 and the two outermost toes nearer each other. 
 
 Transverse suture. Stctura transversalis. 
 This suture runs across the face, and sinks down 
 into the orbits, joining the bones of the skull to 
 the bones of the face, but with so many irreg- 
 ularities and interruptions that it can scarcely 
 be recognized as a suture. 
 
 Transverso-spinalis. See Multifidus spines. 
 
 TRANSVE'RSUS. Transverse : placed 
 across. 
 
 Transversus auris. A muscle of the ex- 
 ternal ear, which draws the upper part of the 
 concha toward the helix. 
 
 Transversus perinjEI. A muscle of the or- 
 gans of generation, which dilates the bulb of 
 the urethra, and assists the action of the levator 
 ani. 
 
 Transversus perin^i alter. Prostaticus 
 inferior of Winslow. A small muscle occasion- 
 ally found accompanying the former. 
 
 TRA' PA. (a, <e, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Tetrandria. Monogynia. — T. natans. The 
 plant which yields the Nux aquatica. The 
 fruit is of a sweet, farinaceous flavor, somewhat 
 like that of the chestnut, and is said to be nu- 
 tritious and demulcent. 
 
 Trape'ziform. Trapeziformis. Of the 
 shape of a trapezium. 
 
 TRAPE'ZIUM. (urn, ii, n. ; a geometrical 
 figure.) The first bone of the second row of 
 the carpus, so called from its shape. 
 
 TRAPEZIUS, (us, ii, m. ; from rpa^iov, 
 the name of a geometrical figure : so named 
 from its shape.) Cucullaris. A muscle situa- 
 ted immediately under the integuments of the 
 posterior part of the neck and back. It arises 
 by a thick, round, and short tendon, from the 
 lower part of a protuberance in the middle of 
 the occipital bone, and from the rough line 
 that is extended from thence toward the mas- 
 toid process of the os temporis, and by a thin 
 membranous tendon, which covers part of the 
 opmplexus and splenius. It then runs down- 
 ward along the nape of the neck, and rises, 
 tendinous, from the spinous processes of the 
 two lowermost vertebrae of the neck, and from 
 the spinous processes of all the vertebrae of the 
 back, being inseparably united to its fellow, the 
 whole length of its origin, by tendinous fibres, 
 which, in the nape of the neck, form what is 
 called the Ligamentum colli, or the cervical lig- 
 ament. It is inserted, fleshy, into the broad 
 and posterior half of the clavicle, tendinous and 
 652 
 
 fleshy into one half of the acromion, and into 
 almost all the spine of the scapula. 
 
 This muscle serves to move the scapula in dif- 
 ferent directions. Its upper descending fibres 
 pull it obliquely upward ; its middle transverse 
 ones pull it directly backward ; its inferior fibres, 
 which ascend obliquely upward, draw it oblique- 
 ly downward and backward. 
 
 The upper part of the muscle acts upon the 
 neck and head, the latter of which it draws 
 backward, and turns upon its axis. It like- 
 wise concurs with other muscles in counteract- 
 ing the flexion of the head forward. 
 
 TRAPEZOI'DES OS. (From rpaTre&of, the 
 trapezium, and el6oc, resemblance.) The sec- 
 ond bone of the second row of the carpus. 
 
 TRAUMA'TIC. (Traumaticus ; from rpau- 
 fia, a wound.) Relating to a wound. 
 
 Traveler's joy. Clematis vitalba. 
 
 Treacle. Molasses. The refuse of the man- 
 ufacture of sugar. 
 
 Treacle, mustard. Thlaspi arvense. 
 
 Treacle, Venice. Mithridatium. 
 
 Tree liverwort. Lichen olivarius. 
 
 Tree, primrose. Oenothera biennis. 
 
 Trefoil. See Tnfolium. 
 
 Trefoil, acacia. The Spartium spinosum. 
 
 Trefoil, marsh. T., water. Menyanthes 
 trifoliata. 
 
 Tre'mbles. The milk sickness. 
 
 Tremella nostoc Nostoc commune. An 
 indigenous greenish jelly, found in stagnant wa- 
 ters, which is edible. 
 
 Tre'mor. (or, oris, m.) Trembling. 
 
 TREPA'N. ( Trepa'num, i, n. ; from rpvirao, 
 to perforate.) A surgical instrument, bearing 
 much resemblance to a wimble, and worked in 
 the same manner. It is used for cutting a cir- 
 cular portion of bone out of the skull. It is su- 
 perseded by the trephine. 
 
 Trepa'nning. The operation of using the 
 trepan. 
 
 TREPHI'NE. It consists of a cylindrical 
 saw, with a handle placed transversely, like 
 that of a gimlet, and has a perforator or center 
 pin, which is fixed into the skull, and forms an 
 axis on which the circular edge of the saw ro- 
 tates, and which is removed as soon as the teeth 
 of the saw have made a groove in which they 
 can work steadily. 
 
 Trephi'ning. The operation of using the 
 trephine. 
 
 Tresis. A perforation or wound. 
 
 TRIA'NDRIA. Triandrous. (From Tpeie, 
 three, and avnp, a man.) Plants which have 
 three distinct stamens. 
 
 Triangularis. Triangular. 
 
 Triangularis oris. The depressor oris. 
 
 Triangularis sterni. See Sternocostales. 
 
 Tribulus aquaticus. Trapa natans. 
 
 Tricauda'lis. Having three tails. 
 
 T R PC EPS. (eps, ipitis; from tres, three, 
 and caput, a head.) Three-headed. 
 
 Triceps adductor femoris. Under this ap- 
 pellation are comprehended three distinct mus- 
 cles. See Adductor brevis, A. longus, and mag- 
 nus femoris. 
 
 Triceps auris. See Rcirahens auris. 
 
 Triceps cruris. A name given to the vas» 
 tus internus and externus crureeus. 
 
TBI 
 
 Triceps extensor cubiti. This muscle oc- 
 cupies all the posterior part of the os humeri, 
 and is described as two distinct muscles by 
 Douglas, and as three by Winslow. It arises 
 by three heads. The first, or long head (the 
 long head of the biceps extemus of Douglas ; an- 
 coneus major of Winslow, as it is called) springs, 
 by a fiat tendon of an inch in breadth, from the 
 anterior extremity of the inferior costa of the 
 scapula, near its neck, and below the origin of 
 the teres minor. The second head (the short 
 head of the biceps extemus of Douglas ; anconeus 
 extemus of Winslow) arises, by an acute, ten- 
 dinous, and fleshy beginning, from the upper 
 and outer part of the os humeri, at the bottom 
 of its great tuberosity. The third head (brachi- 
 alis extemus of Douglas, anconeus intemus of 
 Winslow), which is the shortest of the three, 
 originates, by an acute, fleshy beginning, from 
 the back part of the os humeri, behind the flat 
 tendon of the latissimus dorsi. These three 
 portions unite about the middle of the arm, so 
 as to form one thick and powerful muscle, 
 which adheres to the os humeri to within an 
 inch of the elbow, where it begins to form a 
 broad tendon, which, after adhering to the cap- 
 sular ligament of the elbow, is inserted into 
 the upper and outer part of the olecranon, and 
 6ends off a great number of fibres, which help 
 to form the fascia on the outer part of the fore- 
 arm. The use of this muscle is to extend the 
 forearm. 
 
 TRICHIASIS. Tri'ckia. (From dpi!;, a 
 hah'.) 1. A disease of the eyelashes, in which 
 they are turned in toward the bulb of the eye. 
 2. Plica. 
 
 TRICHINA SPIRALIS. A species of en- 
 tozoon, consisting of very minute oblong cysts, 
 found in the muscles of voluntary motion. 
 
 TRICHTSMUS. (us, i, m. ; from flptf, a 
 hair. ) A species of fracture which appears like 
 a hah*, and is almost imperceptible. 
 
 TRICHOCE'PHALUS. (us, i, m. ; from 
 ■&pi%, a hair, and usQaln, the head.) The hair- 
 headed worm. See Entozoa. 
 
 TRICHO'MA. (a, atis, n.; from #p«£ a 
 hair.) The plaited hair. See Plica. 
 
 Tricho'manes. Asplenium trichomanes. 
 
 TRICHOMONAS VAGINALIS. An infuso- 
 rial of an elliptical figure, and twice the size of 
 the blood globules found by Donne in the pus 
 of syphilitic vaginitis. 
 
 TRICHO'SIS. (Tptxuotc; from %£ a 
 hair.) Under this name Dr. Good arranges a 
 genus, which embraces most of the diseases of 
 the hair. 
 
 Tricho'tomous. Trichotomus. Divided by 
 threes. Applied in Natural History. 
 
 TRICHU'RIS. (is, idis, f . ; from Vpilj, a 
 hair.) The long hair-worm. See Entozoa. 
 
 Trico'ccous. Three-seeded. 
 
 TRICUSPID. (Tricuspis, tricuspidatus; 
 from tres, three, and cuspis, a point.) Three- 
 pointed. 
 
 Tricuspid valve. The valve situated be- 
 tween the auricle and ventricle, on the right 
 side of the heart. 
 
 Trictjspidate. Tricuspidatus. Tricuspid. 
 
 Trifacial nerve. The fifth pair of nerves. 
 
 Tri'fid. Trifidus. Three-cleft. 
 
 TRI 
 
 TRIFO'LIUM. (urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. 
 
 — T. acetosum. Oxalis acetosella. — T. aquat- 
 icum. Menyanthes trifoliata. — T.arvense. The 
 hare's-foot trefoil; not now used. — T. aureum. 
 The Anemone hepatica. — T. caballinum. See 
 Trifolium melilotus officinalis. — T. hepaticum. 
 Anemone hepatica. — T. melilotus officinalis. 
 The officinal melilot. Melilotus. T. odoratunu 
 This plant has been said to be resolvent, emob 
 lent, and anodyne. Its taste is unpleasant, sub- 
 acrid, subsalhie, but not bitter; when fresh it 
 has scarcely any smell ; in drying it acquires a 
 pretty strong one, of the aromatic kind, but not 
 agreeable. The principal use of melilot has 
 been in clysters, fomentations, and other ex- 
 ternal applications. — T paludosum. Menyan- 
 thes trifoliata. 
 
 Triga'stric Having three bellies. 
 
 TRIGE'MINI. (Trigeminus; from tres, 
 three, and geminus, double; threefold.) The 
 fifth pair of nerves. See Nerve. 
 
 TRIGONE'LLA. (a, a-, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Diadelphia. Decandria. Leguminosai. 
 
 — T.famum gr&cum. The fenugreek. Faznurn 
 grcecum. It is a native of Montpellier. The 
 seeds have a 6trong, disagreeable smell, and an 
 unctuous, farinaceous taste, accompanied with a 
 slight bitterness. They are esteemed as assisting 
 the formation of pus in inflammatory tumors ; 
 and the meal, with that intention, is made into 
 a poultice with milk. 
 
 Trigo'nus. Trigonal, or three-cornered. 
 
 TRIGY'NIA. Trigynous. (From rpeic, 
 three, and yvvn, a female. ) Plants having three 
 pistils. 
 
 TRILOBATE. Trilobatus. Trilobus. 
 Three-lobed. Applied to parts of animals and 
 plants which are so shaped. 
 
 Trilo'cular. Trilocularis. Three-celled. 
 
 Trine'rvis. Three-nerved. Three-ribbed; 
 applied to leaves, &c. 
 
 Trinitatis herba. Trinity herb. Anemone 
 hepatica. 
 
 TRIO'STEUM. (urn, i, m.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Caprifoli. 
 acea. The T. perfoliatum, or fever root, finds 
 a place in the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. The bark 
 of the root is cathartic in doses of 9j. to 3J., and 
 emetic in larger doses. 
 
 Tripartite. Tripartitus. Divided into 
 three. Applied to parts of animals and vege 
 tables. 
 
 Tripa'strum ape'llidis. Tripastrum Archi 
 medis. A surgical instrument for extending 
 fractured limbs ; so named because it resembled 
 a machine invented by Apellides or Archimedes, 
 for lanching of ships, and because it was work- 
 ed with three cords. 
 
 Triphy'llous. Triphyllus. Three-leaved. 
 
 Tripi'nnate. Tripinnatus. Triply pinnate. 
 Applied to a pinnated leaf, of which the second- 
 ary petioles produce tertiary petioles on which 
 the leaflets are implanted. 
 
 Tripline'rvis. Triply-ribbed. 
 
 Triplo'pia. Visits triplicatus. A species of 
 disordered vision, in which objects are said to 
 be seen triple. 
 
 TRIQUE'TRA OSSICULI. Ossicula wor- 
 miana. The triangular-shaped bones which are 
 
 653 
 
TRO 
 
 found mostly in the course of the lambdoidal 
 suture of the skull. 
 
 Trique'trum. (um, i, n.) A triangle. 
 Trique'trus. Three-sided. 
 TRI'SMUS. (us, i, m. ; from Tpi&, to gnash.) 
 Locked jaw. Spastic rigidity of the under jaw. 
 There are two species: 1. Trismus nascentium, 
 attacking infants during the two first weeks 
 from their birth. 2. Trismus traumaticus, at- 
 tacking persons of all ages, and arising from 
 wouuds. See Tetanus. 
 
 Trispla'nchnic nerve. The great sympa- 
 thetic nerve. See Intercostal nerve. 
 Tri'ssago. Teucrium chameedrys. 
 Tritao'phya. A fever similar to a tertian. 
 Trita'us. A tertian fever. See Ague. 
 TRI'TICUM. (um,i,n.) A genus of plants. 
 Triandria. Digynia. Graminacece. — T. re- 
 pens. Dog's-grass. Couch-grass. A very com- 
 mon grass, the roots of which are agreeably 
 sweet, and possess aperient properties. — T. hy- 
 bernum. Wheat. 
 
 Tri'torium. A mortar. 
 TRITURATION. (Trituratio,onis,U from 
 tero, to rub or grind.) The act of reducing a 
 solid body into a subtile powder. It is per- 
 formed mostly by the rotatory motion of a pestle 
 in metallic, glass, or wedgewood mortars, or by 
 grinding. 
 
 Tri'vial. In Botany, the trivial name is the 
 same as the specific. 
 
 TROCA'R. The name of an instrument used 
 in tapping for the dropsy. It consists of a pointed 
 stilet, partially inclosed in a cannula. 
 
 TROCHANTER, (er, ri, p. ; from rpo X afr, 
 to run ; because the muscles inserted into them 
 perform the office of running. ) The name of two 
 processes of the thigh bone, which are distin- 
 guished into the greater and lesser. See Femur. 
 Trochanterian. Relating to the trochanter. 
 TROCHFSCUS. (us, i, m.; diminutive of 
 rpo X oc, a wheel.) A troch or round tablet. 
 Troches and lozenges are composed of powders 
 made up with glutinous substances into little 
 *akes, and afterward dried. 
 
 Trochisci creta. Troches of chalk. Take 
 of prepared chalk, §iv. ; gum arabic, in powder, 
 5j. ; nutmeg, in powder, 3J.; sugar, in powder, 
 fvj. Mix intimately ; then add sufficient water 
 to make a mass, and divide into troches, weigh- 
 ing each ten grains. Absoi'bent and antacid. 
 
 Trochisci glycyrrhiza et opii. Troches 
 of liquorice and opium. Take of powdered 
 opium, fss. ; liquorice, sugar, gum arabic, in 
 powder, each, §x. ; oil of anise, f. 3ij. Mix. 
 Add water sufficient to make a mass; make 
 into troches, weighing each six grains. Demul- 
 cent and anodyne. 
 
 Trochisci ipecacuanha. Troches of ipe- 
 cacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha, in powder, 
 f ss. ; sugar, in powder, Jxiv. ; arrow root, in 
 powder, fiv. ; mucilage of tragacanth, a sufficient 
 quantity. Mix, and divide into troches, each 
 weighing ten grains. Expectorant. 
 
 Trochisci magnesia. Troches of magnesia. 
 Take cf magnesia, fiv. ; sugar, ibj. ; nutmeg, in 
 powder, 3J.; mucilage of tragacanth, a sufficient 
 quantity. Rub the magnesia, sugar, and nut- 
 meg together; add the mucilage, and form into 
 troches, each weighing ten grains. Antacid. 
 654 
 
 TUB 
 
 Trochisci Mentha piperita. Troches of 
 peppermint. Take of oil of peppermint, f. 3J. ; 
 sugar, in powder, ftrj.; mucilage of tragacanth, 
 q. s. Mix, and divide into troches, each weigh- 
 ing ten grains. Carminative. 
 
 TROCHLEA, (a, ce, f. Tpo X lea, a pulley; 
 from rpe X a, to run.) A kind of cartilaginous 
 pulley, through which the tendon of one of the 
 muscles of the eye passes. 
 
 Trochlea'ris. Theobliquus superior oculi. 
 Trochlea'tor. A nerve : so called because 
 it supplies the musculus trochlearis of the eye. 
 See Pathetici. 
 
 TROCHOI'DES. (From rpo X oc, a wheel, and 
 eidoe, resemblance.) Axea commissura. A spe- 
 cies of movable connection of bones, in which 
 one bone rotates upon another ; as the first cer- 
 vical vertebra upon the odontoid process of the 
 second. 
 
 TROPjE'OLUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Octandria. Monogynia. — T. majus. 
 Greater Indian cress, or nasturtium. The fresh 
 plant has a taste like cresses, and is recommend- 
 ed in scurvy. 
 
 Trophe. Tpo<j>n. Food; aliment; nutrition. 
 Trophis Americana. The fruit of this plant 
 is a rough, red berry, which is eaten in Ja- 
 maica. 
 
 Trowel-shaped. Deltoid. 
 TRUE. Verus. Formerly applied to desig- 
 nate diseases, when they were really what the 
 name implied, and in opposition to those which 
 only simulated them : hence Peripneumonia 
 vera and P. notka. 
 
 Truffle. Tuber cibarium. 
 Trunca'ted. Truncatus. Lopped; appear- 
 ing as if cut off. 
 
 TRU'NCUS. (**, i, m.) The trunk. In 
 Anatomy, applied to the body strictly so called. 
 It is divided into the thorax, or chest, the abdo- 
 men, or belly, and the pelvis. 
 
 TRUSS. (From the French trousse.) A 
 bandage for a hernia. It consists of a steel spring 
 which carries two pads, one of which is adjust- 
 ed over the back as a point of support, and the 
 other over the hernia. 
 
 TU'BA. (a, ce, f. ; from tubus, any hollow 
 vessel.) A tube. In Anatomy, applied to sev- 
 eral canals, -as the Eustachian tube, Fallopian 
 tube, &c. 
 
 Tuba eustachia'na. The Eustachian tube. 
 A tube which forms a communication between 
 the cavity of the tympanum and the posterior 
 nares. See Auris. 
 
 Tuba fallopia'na. The Fallopian tube. A 
 canal which arises at each side of the fundus of 
 the uterus, and ends near the ovarium. 
 Tube. Tuba. 
 
 TU'BER. (er, eris, n. ; from tumeo, to swell.) 
 An old name for an excrescence. 1. In Anatomy, 
 applied to some parts which are rounded, as 
 Tuber annulare, &c. 2. In Surgery, a knot or 
 swelling in any part. 3. In Botany, a subter- 
 ranean stem, like the potato. 4. A genus of 
 fungi. See Lycoperdon. 
 
 Tuber annulare. Tuberculum annulare. 
 See Pons varolii. 
 
 Tuber cibarum. The truffle. A round, tu- 
 berculated, subterrene fungus, much esteemed 
 as a delicacy. 
 
TUB 
 
 TUN 
 
 Tuber cinereum. An eminence of gray- 
 matter, forming part of the floor of the third 
 ventricle of the brain. 
 
 Tuber ischii. The tuberosity of the ischium. 
 
 TU'BERCLE. {Tuberculum, i, n. ; dimin- 
 utive of tuber.) A tubercle. 1. In Anatomy, 
 applied to several elevations. 2. In. Pathology, 
 a peculiar morbid product occurring in various 
 textures of the body, in connection with the 
 scrofulous, or, as it is now frequently termed, 
 the tubercular diathesis. It occurs in isolated 
 roundish masses, or infiltrated in the texture of 
 organs. The matter which forms tubercles is 
 of a dull whitish-yellow or yellowish-gray col- 
 or, opaque, and varying in form and consistence 
 according to the stage of development of the 
 tubercle, and the texture of the part in which 
 it is formed. 
 
 It is the general opinion of pathological anat- 
 omists that there is scarcely any texture of the 
 body which may not occasionally become the 
 seat of tubercle. It has been found on the sur- 
 face of mucous and serous membranes, within 
 mucous follicles, within lymphatic vessels, in 
 the cellular membrane, and in the blood, espe- 
 cially in that contained in the cells of the spleen. 
 Their presence gives rise to many severe and 
 incurable diseases, as well as to the less formi- 
 dable glandular affections which infest the scrof- 
 ulous constitution, especially in early life. See 
 Phthisis, Scrofula, Tabes, &c. 
 
 TUBE'RCULA. An order in Willan's Cuta- 
 neous Diseases, consisting of defined, small, 
 hard, superficial tumors, circumscribed and per- 
 manent, or suppurating partially. It compre- 
 hends nine genera, viz., Phyma, Verruca, Mol- 
 luscum, Vitiligo, Acne, Sycosis, Lupus, Elephan- 
 tiasis, and Frambozsia. 
 
 Tubercula arantii. Corpora arantii. 
 
 Tubercula quadrige'mina. Four white 
 oval tubercles of the brain, two of which are 
 situated on each side, at the posterior part of 
 the third ventricle, and over the aqueduct of 
 Sylvius. The ancients called them nates and 
 testes, from their resemblance in shape to those 
 parts. See Encephalos. 
 
 Tube'rcular. Tuberculatus. 1. Tubercu- 
 late : tubercled ; having small warts or tuber- 
 cles. 2. Relating to the presence of tubercles, 
 as Tubercular consumption. 
 
 Tuberculo'sis. The scrofulous diathesis. 
 
 Tuberculous. Tubercular. 
 
 Tuberculum annulare. The tuber annu- 
 lare. 
 
 Tuberculum Loweri. An eminence in the 
 right auricle of the heart where the two venae 
 cava? meet: so called from Lower, who first 
 described it. See Heart. 
 
 Tu'berose. Tuberosus. Tuberous : knob- 
 bed. 
 
 TUBEROSITY. Tuberositas. An eminence 
 or projection on a bone. 
 
 Tu'bular. Tubularis. Tube-like. 
 
 TUBULATED. Tubulatus. 1. Synony- 
 mous with Tubulous. 2. A retort which has a 
 Bmall tubular production at its upper and back 
 part, with a stopper adapted to it, is called a 
 Tubulated retort. 
 
 TU'BULI LACTLFERI. The ducts or tubes 
 ia the nipple through which the milk passes. 
 
 Tubuli seminiferi. Vasa seminalia. Mi- 
 nute tubes, constituting the parenchyma of the 
 testis. According to the observations of Monro., 
 they do not exceed the one two-hundredth part 
 of an inch in diameter. 
 
 Tubuli uriniferi. Minute, convergent, ex- 
 cretory tubes, constituting the tissue of the tu- 
 bular substance of the kidney. Their orifices 
 are called the Ducts of Bellini. 
 
 Tubulorum corona. The circle of minute 
 tubes surrounding each of Peyer's glands in the 
 intestines. 
 
 Tu'bulous. Tubulosus. Tubular. 
 
 Tu'bulus. A small tube or duct. 
 
 Tuft. See Capitulum and Cyme. 
 
 Tulip-tree. Liriodendron tulipiferum. 
 
 TUME'FACTION. A transient swelling. 
 
 TUMOR. Tumour. {Tumor, oris, m.; from 
 tumeo, to swell.) In a wide acceptation, a tu- 
 mor means a swelling of any part, of whatever 
 kind, and from whatever cause. The term, 
 however, is usually restricted to a permanent 
 swelling, while the swelling which arises from 
 inflammation, and ceases along with the cause, 
 is more generally called tumefaction. Tumors 
 are commonly distinguished into Sarcomatous, 
 firm, and of a fleshy consistence ; and Encysted, 
 consisting of a sac containing matter more or 
 less pulpy, or fluid. 
 
 I. Sarcomatous Tumors. — These were divided 
 by Abernethy into, 1. Common vascular, or or- 
 ganized sarcoma, including tumors which ap- 
 pear to be composed of the lymph of the blood, 
 rendered more or less vascular by the growth 
 of vessels through it. 2. Adipose sarcoma, in- 
 cluding fatty tumors. 3. Pancreatic sarcoma, 
 so called from the resemblance of its structure 
 to that of the pancreas. 4. The Mastoid, or 
 Mammary sarcoma, so called from the resem- 
 blance of its structure to that of the mammaiy 
 gland. 5. The Tuberculated sarcoma, com- 
 posed of numerous small, firm, roundish tumors, 
 of various sizes and colors, connected with 
 each other by cellular membrane. 6. Medul- 
 lary sarcoma, so called from its resembling the 
 medullary matter of the brain. It is the Fun- 
 gus hcematodes of other writers. 7. The Car- 
 cinomatous sarcoma, or cancerous tumor. Of 
 these different kinds of tumors, the common vas- 
 cular, the adipose, and the pancreatic are con- 
 sidered as devoid of any malignity; the tuber- 
 culated, medullary, and carcinomatous are high- 
 ly malignant: the mammary sarcoma was placed 
 by Mr. Abernethy between the two. 
 
 II. Encysted tumors. These are distinguished 
 into, 1. Steatomatosis, or those containing a fatty 
 matter. 2. Melicerous, containing matter some- 
 what resembling honey. 3. Atheromatosis, con- 
 taining a pap-like matter. 
 
 TUNBRIDGE WELLS. In the village of 
 Tunbridge, England. They are chalybeate, 
 and charged with carbonic acid. 
 
 Tu'ngstate. A salt of the tungstic acid. 
 
 TU'NGSTEN. A rare metal of a grayish- 
 wbite or iron color, with considerable brilliancy, 
 vexy hard and brittle. Its specific gravity is 
 17-14; equivalent, 99-7; symbol, W. There 
 are two oxides, the brown, and the yellow or 
 tungstic acid. 
 
 TU'NIC. {Tunica, ce, f . ; a coat, a tuendo 
 655 
 
TUR 
 
 T YM 
 
 corpore, because it defends the body.) A mem- 
 brane or covering ; as the coats of the eye, &c. 
 
 Tunica aciniformis. See Iris. 
 
 Tunica adnata. The conjunctiva. 
 
 Tunica albuginea oculi. The albuginea 
 oculi. 
 
 Tunica albuginea testis. The albuginea 
 testis. 
 
 Tunica arachnoidea. The arachnoid mem- 
 brane. 
 
 Tunica cellulosa Ruyschii. The cellular 
 coat of the intestines. 
 
 Tunica choroides. The choroid membrane. 
 
 Tunica conjunctiva. The conjunctiva. 
 
 Tunica cornea. The cornea of the eye. 
 
 Tunica elytroides. The tunica vaginalis. 
 
 Tunica erythroides. The cremaster. 
 
 Tunica filamentosa. The false or spongy 
 chorion. See Chorion. 
 
 Tunica Jacobi. Jacob's membrane. 
 
 Tunica retina. The retina. 
 
 Tunica vaginalis testis. See Testis. 
 
 Tunica vasculosa testis. A vascular mem- 
 brane lying upon the inner surface of the tunica 
 albuginea, and constituting the nutrient mem- 
 brane of the testis. 
 
 Tunica vasculosa retina. The inner and 
 fibro-vascular lamina of the retina, which sup- 
 ports the outer medullary, pulpy, or mucous 
 lamina. 
 
 Tunica villosa. The villous, or inner coat 
 of the intestines. 
 
 Tunica'tus. Covered with an envelope. 
 
 TURBINATE. ( Turbinatus ; from turbo, a 
 top.) Shaped like a top. 
 
 Turbinated bones. The superior spongy 
 portion of the ethmoid bone, and the inferior 
 spongy bones, are so called by some writers. 
 See Spongiosa ossa. 
 
 Turbina'tum. The pineal gland. 
 
 Turbina'tus. Turbinate ; shaped like a top. 
 
 Tu'rbith, Montpellier. Globularia aly- 
 pum. 
 
 Tu'rbot. The Pleuronectes maximus. 
 
 TURGE'SCENCE. Turgescentia. A con- 
 dition of active congestion without perverted 
 action. A state of distension. 
 
 Tu'rgid. Turgidus. Swollen; turgid. 
 
 Tu'rgor vitalis. Turgescence. 
 
 Turkey. Meleagris gallipova. 
 
 Turlington's balsam. A popular expec- 
 torant and vulnerary, said to be made as fol- 
 lows : alcohol, Oviij.; benzoin, gxij. ; liquid 
 storax, §iv.; socotrine aloes, §j.; Peruvian bal- 
 sam, fij.; myrrh, fj.; angelica root, fss. ; bal- 
 sam of Tolu, fiv. ; extract of liquorice root, fiv. 
 Digest for seven days, and strain. 
 
 Tu'rio. A young unexpanded shoot. 
 
 Turmeric. Curcuma longa. 
 
 Turner's cerate. The ceratum calaminae. 
 
 TU'RNING. In Obstetrics, the operation of 
 bringing down the feet, or lower extremities of 
 the child in utero, for the purpose of facilitating 
 parturition when the labor is impeded or unfa- 
 vorable. 
 
 Turnip. Brassica rapa. 
 
 Turnsole. Heliotropium europaeum. 
 
 TURPE'NTINE. Terebinthina. The viscid 
 and resinous juice of the pine trees. Those 
 employed medicinally are, 1. The Chian or 
 656 
 
 Cyprus turpentine, from the Pistacia terebin- 
 thus. 2. The common turpentine, from the 
 Pinus sylvestris, and other species. 3. The 
 Strasburg turpentine, from the Pinus picea. 4. 
 The Venice turpentine, from the Pinus larix. 
 All these are stimulating diuretics and deter- 
 gents. They also stimulate the primae viae, and 
 prove laxative, but are now seldom given in- 
 ternally. The oil {Oleum terebinthince) is not 
 only preferred for external use as a rubefacient, 
 but also internally as a diuretic and styptic, the 
 latter of which qualities it possesses in a very 
 high degree. It is also a powerful local stimu- 
 lant and detersive. Crude turpentine is much 
 used by some surgeons as an application to 
 burns. See Ambustio. 
 
 Turpeth mineral. Turpetkum miner ale. 
 Sulphas hydrargyri fiavus. 
 
 Turpe'thum. Convolvulus turpethum. 
 
 Turu'nda. A tent or suppository. 
 
 TUSSILA'GO. (o, inis, f. ; from tussis, a 
 cough : because it relieves coughs.) 1. The tus- 
 silago farfara. 2. A genus of plants. Syngene- 
 sia. Polygamia superflua. Composites. — T. 
 fa'rfara. Tussilago vulgaris. Colt's-foot. This 
 plant has a rough, mucilaginous taste, but no re- 
 markable smell. The leaves have been esteem- 
 ed as possessing demulcent and pectoral virtues, 
 and much used in catarrhal and scrofulous dis- 
 eases. — T. petasites. The butter-bur. P eta- 
 sites. Pestilent-wort. The roots of this plant 
 are recommended as aperient? They have a 
 strong smell, and a bitterish acrid taste. 
 
 TU'SSIS. {is, is, f. ; from the Hebrew word 
 for sneezing.) A cough. See Cough. 
 
 Tussis convulsiva. T. ferina. See Per- 
 tussis. 
 
 TUTAMPNA. Parts which seem to protect 
 certain organs, as the skull, which has been call- 
 ed Tutamina cerebri. 
 
 Tutena'g. Zinc. 
 
 TUT I A. {a, ce, f.) Tutty. An impure 
 oxide of zinc. 
 
 Tutia prjeparata. Prepared or washed 
 tutty, mixed with any common cerate, was for- 
 merly used to apply to the eye in debilitated 
 states of the conjunctive membrane. 
 
 Tutsan. Hypericum androsaemum. 
 
 Tutty. See Tutia. 
 
 Twins. Two children born at a birth. 
 
 Twining. Volubilis. 
 
 Twin-forked. Bigeminus. 
 
 Ty'chtca. Fortuitous lesions. — Good. 
 
 Tylo'sis. Tyloma. An induration of the 
 margin of the eyelids. 
 
 Tympani membrana. Membrana tympani. 
 
 TYMPANITES, {es, ce, m. ; from iv^avov. 
 a drum : so called because the belly is distend- 
 ed with wind, and sounds like a drum when 
 struck.) Tympany. An elastic distension of 
 the abdomen, with costiveness and atrophy, 
 but no fluctuation. Species: 1. Tympanites inr 
 testinalis, a lodgment of wind in the intestines, 
 known by the discharge of wind giving relief. 
 2. Tympanites abdominalis, when the wind is in 
 the cavity of the peritoneum. 
 
 The intestinal species of tympanites is sel- 
 dom an idiopathic disease, but mostly depend- 
 ent on some other, as indigestion, colic, &c. ; 
 in which case it is removed by those remedies 
 
TEL 
 
 T E M 
 
 which are proper against dyspepsia and colic. 
 The tympanites abdominalis is a very rare dis- 
 ease indeed. When it exists, it mostly super- 
 venes upon other diseases, and is then called Me- 
 teorism. Ulcerated bowels, strangnlated hernia, 
 gangrene of the intestines, produce it, when the 
 parietes of the bowels burst. It may also be 
 caused by abscesses bursting into the abdomen, 
 and by gangrene of any of its viscera. Tapping 
 the abdomen has been resorted to, but without 
 effecting a cure. It is generally fatal. 
 
 Tympanites, uterine. Physometra. 
 
 Tympani'tis. Inflammation of the tympa- 
 num of the ear. 
 
 TY'MPANUM. (urn, i, n. Tvfnravov, a 
 drum.) The drum or barrel of the ear. See 
 Auris. 
 
 Ty'mpany. Tympanites. 
 
 TY'PHA. (a, *, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Monoecia. Triandria. Graminacece. — T. aro- 
 matica. Acoims calamus. — T. latifolia. The 
 broad-leaved cat's-tail, or reed-mace. The 
 young shoots are eaten like asparagus. 
 
 TYPHLO-ENTERITIS. Typhlitis. (From 
 rvdTiog, the coecum.) Inflammation of the 
 coecum, which may produce disorganization 
 and perforation of that portion of the intestines. 
 
 Typhohjemia. A disorganized state of the 
 blood, such as exists in the worst forms of typhus. 
 
 TY'PHOID. Typhoides. Typhodes. Re- 
 sembling typhus. A low fever. See Fever, 
 typhoid. 
 
 TYPHOMA'NIA. (a, cc, f . ; from rv^oc, 
 stupor, and fiavi a, madness.) The low, mutter- 
 ing delirium which accompanies typhoid fevers. 
 
 TY'PHUS. (us, i, m. ; from tv<j>oc, stupor.) 
 A form of continued fever characterized by ex- 
 treme depression of the nervous powers, and 
 imperfect reaction of the vascular system, giv- 
 ing rise to changes in the circulating fluids, and 
 remarkable disorder of all the secretions. Any 
 of the ordinary causes of fever may give rise to 
 typhus ; for the typhoid form is often dependent 
 upon the state of the constitution on which the 
 cause is acting, as evincing a great deficiency 
 of nervous power. But the most common cause 
 by far is contagion, or a febrile miasm, the ac- 
 tivity of which is much increased by the crowd- 
 ing of a number of individuals in close and ill- 
 ventilated places, also by filth, insufficient nu- 
 triment, and other causes which tend to de- 
 press the vital power. 
 
 As typhus fever originates from different caus- 
 es, and all these causes are modified in their 
 action by collateral circumstances, it follows 
 that it must be accompanied by different symp- 
 toms, and appear under different degrees of 
 severity. Hence a general distinction of typhus 
 into Typhus mitior, mild typhus, or nervous fe- 
 ver, and Typhus gravior, severe, or malignant 
 typhus. 
 
 1. Typhus mitior. Nervous fever. Slow fever. 
 — Characterized by slight shiverings ; heavy or 
 vertiginous headache ; great oppression about 
 the pra?cordia; nausea; frequent sighing; de- 
 spondency ; whey-like urine ; with the ordinary 
 heat of skin, thirst, and febrile symptoms, which 
 exacerbate once or twice a day, and are ac- 
 companied in many cases by low, muttering de- 
 lirium. But as the disease advances, all the 
 Tx 
 
 symptom? of sensorial debility become more se- 
 vere ; the skin, which has hitherto been mostly 
 dry, will now be covered with profuse, clammy, 
 weakening sweats, while the heat is still incon- 
 siderable, and the countenance pale and sunken. 
 The perspiration is often offensive to the smell, 
 and has a sour odor. About the tenth day the 
 weakness greatly increases ; all the limbs be- 
 come tremulous ; and the tremors soon become 
 convulsive, with a despondency and alienation 
 of mind, at first observable only in the night, 
 but soon continuing with little intermission. 
 This delirium is of the mildest form. The dis- 
 ease often runs on to the twenty-first day, and 
 occasionally to a much longer period. It very 
 seldom vanishes under an obvious crisis, but 
 gradually becomes more aggravated in its symp- 
 toms, till it reaches a fatal termination ; or, by 
 a gradual subsidence of the severity of the 
 symptoms, it slowly advances to convalescence, 
 indicated by a disposition to natural sleep ; 
 more steadiness and firmness of pulse ; a more 
 favorable countenance ; a tongue more florid at 
 its edges ; a firmer and more collected mind ; 
 and a returning desire for food. 
 
 When the patient is of a sound constitution, 
 and not debilitated by age, nervous fever is 
 seldom fatal. In some instances, however, it 
 is protracted without any obvious cause, and 
 continues till the vital powers are completely 
 exhausted, and the patient sinks. Nervous fe- 
 ver, when characterized by slight symptoms, 
 but an unusually lengthened and tedious course, 
 forms what is more especially called Slow fever : 
 the case is a very intractable one, and very little 
 under the control of art. 
 
 2. Typhus gravior. Malignant typhus. Pu- 
 trid fever. Pestilential fever. Petechial fever. 
 — At the onset of this form of fever, the patient 
 is seized with great languor and dejection of 
 spirits, extreme depression and loss of muscular 
 strength, universal weariness and soreness, pains 
 in the head, back, and extremities, and rigors ; 
 the eyes appear full, heavy, yellowish, and often 
 a little inflamed ; the temporal arteries throb ; 
 the tongue is covered with a brownish-colored 
 mucus, and soon becomes dry and parched ; 
 the respiration is commonly laborious, and in- 
 terrupted with deep sighing; the breath is of- 
 fensive and hot ; the body costive ; the urine 
 nearly natural, or pale ; the pulse is frequent, 
 small, hard, and fluttering, a trifling circum- 
 stance causing it to become veiy rapid and un- 
 equal. There is sometimes a great load, feeling 
 of heat, and oppression of the stomach, and not 
 uncommonly bilious vomiting, when the disease 
 is called Typhus biliosus. As the disease advan- 
 ces, the pulse generally increases in frequency, 
 but is, in many cases, not above the healthy 
 standard, and in some cases below it, not being 
 more than forty or sixty in the minute. Great 
 debility is now present, and great heat and dry- 
 ness of the skin ; oppression of the heart, with 
 anxiety, sighing, and moaning; the thirst is 
 usually moderate, and the tongue, gums, teeth, 
 mouth, and lips are covered with a brown or 
 blackish tenacious fur; the speech becomes in- 
 articulate, scarcely intelligible ; the patient con- 
 sequently mutters, and is mostly very delirious. 
 The fever continuing to increase still more in 
 
 657 
 
T YP 
 
 T YP 
 
 violence, symptoms of an altered state of fluids 
 occur, which were referred by the older writers 
 to putrefaction. The breath becomes highly 
 offensive ; the urine deposits a black and letid 
 6ediment; the stools are dark, offensive, and 
 pass off insensibly ; hemorrhages issue from the 
 gums, nostrils, mouth, and other parts of the 
 body ; petechise, and sometimes vibices, appear 
 on the surface ; the pulse intermits and sinks ; 
 the extremities grow cold; and hiccough en- 
 sues, followed by death. 
 
 When typhus does not terminate fatally, it 
 generally begins, in temperate and cold climates, 
 to diminish about the fourteenth day, or begin- 
 ning of the third week, and goes off gradually 
 without any evident crisis ; it is not uncommon, 
 however, for sleep and perspiration to announce 
 the favorable change. In warm climates, the 
 fever seldom lasts so long, but mostly terminates 
 in five or eight days. The prognosis will be 
 unfavorable where the nervous power is greatly 
 prostrated, the fluids much changed, or where 
 there is dysentery or spontaneous hemorrha- 
 ges. 
 
 In simple typhus, that is, where the disease 
 is characterized by its general symptoms, with 
 a moderate reaction of the arterial system, and 
 without marked symptoms of local inflamma- 
 tion, the treatment should be directed to sus- 
 taining the vital powers by a proper regulation 
 of the diet, to keeping the bowels regular, and 
 to obviating the disordered state of the secre- 
 tions. The diet should be light and moderately 
 nutritious ; the disordered state of the abdomi- 
 nal secretions obviated by occasional doses of 
 calomel; diarrhoea, if excessive, restrained by 
 the cretaceous mixture, combined, if necessary, 
 with small doses of opium ; the hot and dry 
 state of the skin obviated by saline diaphoretics, 
 with minute doses of antimony, and by spong- 
 ing the surface with cold water. Thirst is to 
 be allayed by the free use of acidulated drinks. 
 If there be considerable inflammation of any 
 viscus or membrane, leeches often applied, and 
 counter-irritation, is more to be depended on 
 than general bleeding, which often prostrates 
 the system. 
 
 In the advanced stages of the disease, if 
 there be much nervous irritation, opiates com- 
 bined with diaphoretics are highly serviceable ; 
 and, if great debility prevail, wine in moderate 
 quantities may be given with advantage, but it 
 is seldom required. 
 
 The treatment of inflammation accompany- 
 ing adynamic fever often severely taxes the 
 judgment of the practitioner; it may happen, 
 on the one hand, that local inflammation con- 
 tinues so acute as to endanger disorganization 
 of a vital part, and, on the other hand, that anti- 
 phlogistic means have been pushed as far as 
 prudence will admit; under these circumstan- 
 ces mercuzy is sometimes a valuable auxiliary, 
 enabling us to arrest the local inflammation and 
 to save the patient. In the advanced stages, 
 complicated with local inflammation, the vital 
 power, if severely depressed, must be supported 
 by stimulants, even though the inflammatory 
 action still continue. The case is one which, 
 in a great measure, baffles our art; we have 
 two opposite evils to contend against, and we 
 653 
 
 must choose the less : if the patient can be kept 
 alive for a certain time, there is a hope that the 
 local affection may subside as the fever ap- 
 proaches the termination of its natural course ; 
 while, if we persevere in an antiphlogistic regi- 
 men, the powers of life will almost inevitably 
 sink. Wine is the best stimulant in typhus, and 
 is most effectual when given in moderate quan- 
 tities, frequently repeated. Opium, in small 
 and repeated doses, is also a valuable medicine, 
 and camphor may be usefully combined with 
 it. Sulphate of quinine is much relied on by 
 some practitioners, but it generally does more 
 harm than good where there is local inflamma 
 tion. Blisters afford a means of combating in 
 flammation after blood-letting is inadmissible, 
 but they often increase the general irritation 
 and distress : their effect seems to be more ben- 
 eficial where the seat of the inflammatory ac- 
 tion is within the cranium, than when it is in 
 the thorax or abdomen. 
 
 In the congestive form of typhus, either the 
 morbid cause is so concentrated, or the powers 
 of the system so inadequate to contend against 
 it, that arterial reaction is overpowered, or very 
 insufficiently established ; hence the pulse is 
 extremely feeble, the surface cold, and the 
 countenance collapsed. The first indication, 
 therefore, is, if possible, to rouse the arterial 
 system, and thus to convert the disease into one 
 or other of its more tractable forms — the simple 
 or the inflammatory. For this purpose there is, 
 perhaps, no more effectual means than to excite 
 strong vomiting, by which a salutary reaction is 
 often established. A full dose of ipecacuanha 
 will generally be the most eligible emetic, as it 
 has little tendency to irritate the gastro-enteric 
 membrane ; tartrate of antimony is to be avoid- 
 ed, as it has that tendency in a high degree. 
 In addition to full vomiting, the warm bath and 
 gentle stimulants will be found serviceable. If 
 reaction can not be set up, the case will be 
 speedily fatal. It is from this cause that fever, 
 in its more formidable epidemic visitations, is, 
 in a few instances, so rapidly fatal. 
 
 It is not to be inferred, from the distinctions 
 just laid down, that the two most severe forms 
 of typhus are exclusively inflammatory or con- 
 gestive ; for a low, insidious form of inflamma- 
 tion is frequently going on in the gastro-enteric 
 or bronchial membrane, or in the membranes 
 of the brain, while the general character of the 
 disease is that of deficient arteiial action. In 
 these cases, all that we have to do is to support 
 nature, for assuredly art can do very little. 
 
 From the brief survey we have just taken of 
 the treatment of typhus fever, three prominent 
 general indications may be deduced : 
 
 1 . To assist arterial reaction when deficient. 
 
 2. To subdue local inflammation, or, if we 
 can not do so (which happens in a great majority 
 of cases), to keep it below the point of disor- 
 ganization. 
 
 3. To sustain the vital powers by a proper 
 regulation of the diet, and the judicious use of 
 stimulants when required. 
 
 Typhus ca'rcerum. The jail fever. 
 Typhus castrensis. The camp fever. 
 Typhus gravior. The more malignant spe- 
 cies of typhus. 
 
ULN 
 
 The yellow fever. 
 
 See 
 
 Typhus ictero'des 
 Remittent fever. 
 
 Typhus mitior. The milder form of typhus 
 or nervous fever. 
 
 Typhus nervosus. The nervous fever. 
 
 Typhus petechiaus. Typhus with purple 
 spots. 
 
 UMB 
 
 Tyrannis. Tvpavvtc. An ancient antidote, 
 consisting of an immense number of things. 
 Tyreme'sis. A vomiting of curd-like matter. 
 Tyri'asis. The tubercular elephantiasis. 
 Tyrium emplastrum. An old plaster 
 Tyro'ma. A cheese-like tumor. 
 
 u. 
 
 u. 
 
 The symbol for uranium. 
 
 Ula. The gums. 
 
 ULCER. {Ulcus, eris, n. ; eTikoc.) A puru- 
 lent solution of continuity of the soft parts of an 
 animal body. Ulcers may arise from a variety 
 of causes, as all those which produce inflamma- 
 tion, from wounds, specific irritations of the ab- 
 sorbents, from scurvy, cancer, the venereal or 
 scrofulous virus. They are variously denomi- 
 nated : the following is the most frequent divis- 
 ion : 1. The simple ulcer, which takes place 
 generally from a superficial wound. 2. The 
 sinuous, that runs under the integuments, and 
 the orifice of which is narrow, but not callous. 
 3. The fistulous ulcer, or fistula, a deep ulcer, 
 with a narrow and callous orifice. 4. The/7«i- 
 gous nicer, the surface of which is covered with 
 fungous flesh. 5. The gangrenous, which is 
 livid, fetid, and gangrenous. 6. The scorbutic, 
 which depends on a scorbutic acrimony. 7. 
 The venereal, arising from the venereal disease. 
 8. The cancerous ulcer, or open cancer. See 
 Cancer. 9. The carious ulcer, depending upon 
 a carious bone. 10. The inveterate ulcer, which 
 is of long continuance, and resists the ordinary 
 applications. 11. The scrofulous ulcer, known 
 by its having arisen from indolent tumors, its 
 discharging a viscid, glairy matter, and its indo- 
 lent nature. 
 
 Ulcera serpentia oris. See Aphtha. 
 
 Ulcerated sore throat. See Cynanche. 
 
 Ulceration. Ulceratio. The formation of 
 an ulcer. 
 
 Ulcus, (us, eris, n.) An ulcer. 
 
 ULI'TIS. Inflammation of the gums. 
 
 Ulma'ria. Spiraea ulmaria. 
 
 U'lmin. Ulmic acid. Humic acid. 
 
 U'LMUS. (us, i, f.) 1. The common elm. 
 2. A genus of trees. Pentandria. Digynia. 
 Ulmacece. — U. campestris. The common elm. 
 The inner tough bark of this tree yields a large 
 amount of mucilage, which has been recom- 
 mended in nephritic cases, and externally as a 
 useful application to burns. — U. fulva. U. 
 americana. The slippery elm. The decoction 
 of the bark is highly mucilaginous and demulcent. 
 
 U'LNA. (a, ce, f. ; from oAevtj, the ulna or 
 cubit.) The larger bone of the forearm. At 
 its upper extremity are two considerable pro- 
 cesses, of which the posterior is the olecranon, 
 and the smaller and interior the coronoid pro- 
 cess. Betw T een these the extremity of the bone 
 is formed into a deep articulating cavity, called 
 the greater sigmoid cavity, to distinguish it from 
 the lesser sigmoid cavity. The olecranon, called 
 also the anconoid process, begins by a consid- 
 erable tuberosity, which is rough, and serves for 
 the insertion of muscles, and terminates in a 
 
 kind of hook, the concave surface of which 
 moves upon the pulley of the os humeri. This 
 process forms the point of the elbow. The 
 coronoid process is sharper at its extremity than 
 the olecranon, but is much smaller, and does not 
 reach so high. At the external side of the cor- 
 onoid process is the lesser sigmoid cavity, which 
 is a small, articulating surface, lined with carti- 
 lage, on which the round head of the radius 
 plays. The lower extremity of the bone is 
 smaller as it descends, nearly cylindrical, and 
 slightly curved forward and outward. Just be- 
 fore it terminates it contracts so as to form a 
 neck to the small head with which it ends. On 
 the outside of this little head is a small process, 
 called the styloid process, from which a strong 
 ligament is stretched to the wrist. The head 
 has a rounded articulating surface on its inter- 
 nal side, which is covered with cartilage, and 
 received into a semilunar cavity formed at the 
 lower end of the radius. 
 
 U'LNAR. (Ulnaris; from ulna, the bone, 
 so named.) Belonging to the ulna. 
 
 Ulnar artery. One of the branches into 
 which the brachial artery divides at the beud of 
 the arm. It passes down the inner side of the 
 forearm, gives off the ulnar recurrent, the an- 
 terior and posterior interosseous, and terminates 
 by forming the superficial palmar arch. 
 
 Ulnar nerve. See Nerve. 
 
 Ulnaris externus. See Extensor carpi ul- 
 naris. 
 
 Ulnaris internus. See Flexor carpi ulnaris. 
 
 Ulo'ncus. Epulis; a swelling of the gums. 
 
 Ulorrha'gia. Bleeding from the gums. 
 
 Ulo'tic. Cicatrizant. 
 
 ULVA. (a, ce, f.) £ genus of seaw T eeds. — 
 U.lactu'ca. Oyster-green laver. It is refriger- 
 ant and nutritive, and is used as a luxury. — U. 
 umbilicalis. Shield laver. This is said to be 
 edible and nourishing when well cooked. 
 
 U'MBEL. Umbella. A species of inflores- 
 cence, in which several flower-stalks, nearly 
 equal in length, spread from one common cen- 
 ter, their summits forming a level, convex, or 
 even globose surface ; more rarely a concave 
 one, as in the hemlock, carrot, cow-parsnip, &c. 
 
 UMBELLFFER.E. ( Umbella, an umbel, and 
 fero, to bear.) The umbel-bearing tribe of di- 
 cotyledonous plants. Herbaceous plants, with 
 leaves usually divided; flotvers in umbels ; calyx, 
 entire or five-toothed ; petals, five, alternate 
 with five stamens; ovarium, didymous, with two 
 styles, and solitaiy pendulous ovula. 
 
 Umbelliferous. Plants are so called which 
 have umbels. 
 
 Umbe'llule. Umbellula. A partial or little 
 umbel. See Umbel. 
 
 653 
 
UNG 
 
 UNG 
 
 UMBILICAL. (Umbilicalis; from umbilicus, 
 the navel.) Of, or belonging to, the navel. 
 
 Umbilical cord. Funis umbilicalis. Funic- 
 ulus umbilicalis. The navel string. A cord- 
 like substance, about half a yard in length, that 
 proceeds from the navel of the foetus to the cen- 
 ter of the placenta. It is composed of a cutane- 
 ous sheath, cellular substance, one umbilical 
 vein, and two umbilical arteries : the former 
 conveys the blood to the foetus from the placen- 
 ta, and the latter return it from the foetus to the 
 placenta. 
 
 Umbilical hernia. See Hernia umbilicalis. 
 
 Umbilical region. That portion of the ab- 
 domen which is situated around the navel. 
 
 Umbilical vesicle. A small sac situated 
 between the chorion and amnios, and connect- 
 ed to the foetus by a duct, an artery, and a vein. 
 
 UMBILIC A'TUS. Having a cavity or dimple 
 resembling a navel. Applied in Natural His- 
 tory ; and in Botany, to leaves, fruits, stigmata, 
 Sec. 
 
 UMBILFCUS. (us, i, m.) The navel. 
 
 Umbilicus marinus. A submarine produc- 
 tion, found on rocks and the shells of fishes, 
 about the coast of Montpellier, and said to be a 
 useful anthelmintic and diuretic. 
 
 U'mbo. The center of the pileus of a fungus. 
 
 Umbre'lla-tree. Magnolia tripetala. 
 
 UNCA'RIA GAMBIR. An East Indian ru- 
 biaceous plant, yielding the gambir catechu, or 
 terra japonica of commerce. 
 
 U'NCIFORM. (Unciformis ; from uncus, a 
 book, and forma, a likeness.) Hook-like: ap- 
 plied to bones, &c. 
 
 Unciform bone. The last bone of the second 
 row of the carpus or wrist ; so named from its 
 hook-like process, which projects toward the 
 palm of the hand, and gives origin to the great 
 ligament by which the tendons of the wrist are 
 bound down. 
 
 Unciform processes. The hamular process 
 of the sphenoid bone. 
 
 U'ncia. An ounce. 
 
 Uncina'te. Hooked at the end. 
 
 U'ncus. Uncinus. A hook. 
 
 Undula'ted. Undulatus. Waved, 
 
 Undula'tion. A fluctuation, or wave-like 
 movement. •. 
 
 Unedo papyracea. Arbutus unedo. 
 
 Unequal. Iuequalis. 
 
 UNGUE'NTUM. (urn, i, n.; from ungo, to 
 anoint.) An ointment. The usual consistence 
 of ointments is about that of butter. Some 
 officinal ointments receive the name of Cerates 
 in different pharmacopoeias. See, therefore, 
 Ceratum. 
 
 Unguentum acidi nitrici (Ph. D.) and Ungu- 
 entum acidi nitrosi (Ph. E.). Ointments con- 
 taining about f. 5vj. of acid to Ibj. of lard. For- 
 merly used in cases where the U. hydrargyri 
 nitratis is now employed. 
 
 Unguentum acidi sulphurici. (Ph. D.) 
 Ointment of sulphuric acid. Take of sulphuric 
 acid, sj. ; prepared lard, fj. Mix. Used in itch 
 and eruptive affections. 
 
 Unguentum aconitin^e. See Aconitine oint- 
 ment. 
 
 Unguentum .egyptiacum. Linimentum seru- 
 
 guus. 
 
 Unguentum .eruginis. Unguentum cupri 
 subacetatis. 
 
 Unguentum ammonia. See Pommade de 
 Gondret. 
 
 Unguentum antimonii. (U.S.) U.antimonii 
 potassio-tartratis. (Ph. L.) U. antimoniale. 
 (Ph. E.) Tartar emetic ointment. Take of 
 tartar emetic, 313 . ; lard, fj. Mix. A drachm, 
 rubbed two or three times on a part, produces 
 a painful pustular eruption, and it is used as a 
 powerful counter-irritant. 
 
 Unguentum aquje ros,e. (U.S.) Ointment 
 of rose water. Cold cream. Take of rose water, 
 oil of almonds, each, f. ?jij.; spermaceti, fss. ; 
 white wax, 3J. Melt, by a water bath, the oil, 
 spermaceti, and wax together; then add the 
 water, and stir till cold, 
 lient application. 
 
 Unguentum arma'rium. A celebrated sym- 
 pathetic ointment, which it was believed would 
 cure wounds if the weapon which inflicted them 
 were smeared with it, without any application 
 to the wound itself. 
 
 Unguentum cantha'ridis. (U. S.) Ungu- 
 entum lyttce. Ointment of the blistering fly. 
 Take of the blistering fly, rubbed to a very fine 
 powder, § ij. ; distilled water, Oss. ; resin cerate, 
 f viij. Boil the water with the blistering fly to 
 one half, and strain. Mix with the cerate, and 
 evaporate to the proper consistence. Some- 
 times used to keep a blister open ; but the sa- 
 vine cerate is to be preferred. 
 
 Unguentum cer,e. Unguentum simplex. 
 
 Unguentum ceta'cei. (Ph. L.) Spermaceti 
 ointment. Unguentum spermaceti. Take of 
 spermaceti, 3yj.; white wax, 3ij.; olive oil, f. 
 ^iij. Melt. A simple emollient ointment. 
 
 Unguentum citrinum. Citrine ointment. 
 The unguentum hydrargyri nitratis. 
 
 Unguentum cocculi. (Ph. E.) Ointment 
 of cocculus indicus. Take of the kernels of 
 cocculus indicus, powdered, one part ; lard, 
 five parts. Mix. Used to destroy vermin, and 
 in cases of porrigo. 
 
 Unguentum conii. (Ph.D.) Hemlock oim% 
 ment. Take of the fresh leaves of hemlock, 
 and prepared hog's lard, of each, Ibij. The 
 hemlock is to be bruised in a marble mortar 
 and mixed with the lard. They are then to 
 be gently melted over the fire, and strained 
 through a cloth. It is applied to cancerous, 
 scrofulous, and other ill-conditioned sores. 
 
 Unguentum creaso'ti. (U. S.) Take of 
 creasote, f. 3SS. ; lard, melted, fj. Rub them 
 together till they are mixed. A stimulant oint- 
 ment. It has been used in porrigo. 
 
 Unguentum cupri subacetatis. (U. S.) 
 Ointment of subacetate of copper. Verdigris 
 ointment. Take of subacetate of copper, in fine 
 powder, fj. ; simple ointment, f xv. Melt the 
 ointment and mix in the powder. Stimulating, 
 and a mild escharotic to fungous granulations. 
 
 Unguentum e'lemi. (Ph. L.) Unguentum 
 elemi compositum. Ointment of elemi. Take of 
 elemi, ibj. ; common turpentine, § x. ; prepared 
 suet, ibij.; olive oil, f. fij. Melt the elemi with 
 the suet, mix in the turpentine and oil, and 
 strain. Applied to indolent ulcers, chilblains, 
 chronic ulcers after burns, and indolent tu- 
 mors. 
 
 660 
 
ONG 
 
 UN G 
 
 Unguentum GALL2E. (U. S.) U. gallarum. 
 (Ph. D.) Ointment of gall-nuts. Take of pow- 
 dered galls, fj. ; lard, fvij. Mix. Astringent. 
 Used to piles and indolent ulcers. 
 
 UNGUENTUM GALLE COMPOSITUM. (Ph. L.) 
 
 Unguentum gallce et opii. Take of galls, pow- 
 dered, 31J. ; lard, fij.; opium, powdered, 3SS. 
 Mix them. An astringent and anodyne oint- 
 ment, applied chiefly to hemorrhoidal tumors. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri. (U. S.) U. hy- 
 drargyri fortius. (Ph. L.) Strong mercurial 
 ointment. U. cozruleum fortius. Blue oint- 
 ment. Take of purified mercury, ibij. ; lard, 
 % xxiij. ; suet, 3jj. Rub the mercury until the 
 globules disappear. In very general use for 
 mercurial frictions. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri ammoniati. (U. 
 S.) U. hydrargyri ammonio-chloridi. (Ph. L.) 
 U. hydrargyri precipitati albi. U. calcis hy- 
 drargyri alba. U. mercurio-precipitati. Take 
 ofammonio-chloride of mercury, 5j. ; lard, fiss. 
 Mix. A mild detergent ointment, used in skin 
 diseases and to destroy lice. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri biniodidi. (Ph. 
 L.) Ointment of biniodide of mercury. Take 
 of biniodide of mercury, fj.; wax, f ij. ; lard, 
 fvj. Mix. Used to scrofulous and syphilitic 
 ulcerations. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri iodidi. (Ph. L.) 
 Prepared in a similar manner with the above. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri chloridi. Calo- 
 mel ointment. Take of calomel, 3J. ; lard, f j. 
 Mix. Very valuable in skin diseases, and to 
 heal ulcers and excoriations. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri mitius. (Ph. L.) 
 Mild mercurial ointment. Take of strong mer- 
 curial ointment, ftj.; prepared lard, Ibij. Mix. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri nitratis. (U. S.) 
 U. hydrargyri nitrati. Ointment of nitrate of 
 mercury. Take of purified mercury, fj. ; nitric 
 acid, f. 3xj. : lard, fiij.; neat's-foot oil, f. fix. 
 Dissolve the mercury in the acid ; then, while 
 the liquor is hot, mix it with the lard and oil 
 melted together. A stimulating and detergent 
 ointment. Tinea capitis, psor-ophthalmia, in- 
 dolent tumors on the margin of the eyelid, and 
 ulcers in the urethra, are cured by its applica- 
 tion. ** 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri nitratis mitius. 
 Contains three times the amount of lard and oil. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri oxidi rubri. (U. 
 S.) U. hydrargyri nitrico-oxidi. Ointment of 
 nitric oxide of mercury. Take of nitric oxide 
 of mercury, powdered, fj.; lard, fviij. Mix. 
 An excellent stimulating and escharotic oint- 
 ment. 
 
 Unguentum hydrargyri precipitati albi. 
 Ointment of white precipitate of mercury. The 
 unguentum hydrargyri ammoniati. 
 
 Unguentum iodini. (U. S.) Iodine oint- 
 ment. Take of iodine, gr. xx. ; alcohol, tllxx. ; 
 lard, 5j, Mix. Used to glandular swellings. 
 
 Unguentum iodini compositum. (U. S. & 
 Ph. L.) Compound ointment of iodine. Take 
 of iodine, 3ss. ; iodide of potassium, 3J. ; alcohol, 
 £ 3J. ; lard, fij. Mix. Applied by way of fric- 
 tion to goitre, scrofulous tumors, &c. 
 
 Unguentum lytte. See Unguentum can- 
 tharidis. 
 
 Unguentum mezerei. (U. S.) Ointment of 
 
 mezereon. Take of mezereon, sliced across, 
 fiv.; lard, fxiv. ; white wax, fij. Moisten the 
 root with alcohol, and beat to a mass ; digest 
 with the lard twelve hours in a salt-water bath ; 
 express strongly ; cool slowly ; separate the 
 lard from the dregs, and remelt with the wax. 
 Used, like the savine cei-ate, to keep up the 
 discharge of blisters, issues, &c. 
 
 Unguentum ophthalmicum. Ophthalmic 
 ointment of Janin. Take of prepared hog's 
 lard, f ss. ; prepared tutty, Armenian bole, of 
 each, 3ij.; white precipitate, 3J. Mix. This 
 celebrated ointment may be used for the same 
 diseases of the eye and eyelid as the unguentum 
 hydrargyri nitratis. It must be at first weak- 
 ened with about twice its quantity of hog's 
 lard. 
 
 Unguentum oxidi hydrargyri. Unguent- 
 um hydrargyri rubri. 
 
 Unguentum picis aride. U. picis nigral 
 See Unguentum resina nigra. 
 
 Unguentum picis liquids. (U. S., Ph. L. 
 & D.) Tar ointment. U. picis and U. e pice. 
 Take of tar and suet, each, fbj. Melt together, 
 and strain the mixture through a linen cloth. 
 This is applicable to cases of tinea capitis, and 
 many eruptive complaints ; also, to some kinds 
 of irritable sores. 
 
 Unguentum plumbi carbonatis. (U. S. &, 
 Ph.D.) Ointment of carbonate of lead. Take 
 of carbonate of lead, powdered, fij.; simple 
 ointment, fl)j. Cooling and desiccative. 
 
 Unguentum plumbi compositum. (Ph. L.) 
 Compound ointment of lead. Take of prepared 
 chalk, f viij. ; distilled vinegar, f. f vj. ; plaster of 
 lead, ibiij. ; olive oil, Oj. Melt the plaster in the 
 oil with a slow fire ; then gradually add the 
 chalk, separately mixed with the vinegar, the 
 effervescence being finished, and stir constant- 
 ly until they have cooled. Used as a dressing 
 for indolent ulcers. 
 
 Unguentum plumbi iodidi. (Ph. L.) Oint- 
 ment of iodide of lead. Take of iodide of lead, 
 §j. ; lard, f viij. Rub together, and mix. Em- 
 ployed by way of friction to chronic enlarge- 
 ment of the joints and indolent scrofulous tu- 
 mors. 
 
 Unguentum potassii iodidi. Unguentum 
 potassje hydriodatis. (Ph. D.) Ointment 
 of iodide of potassium. Take of iodide of po- 
 tassium, 9j.; lard, fj. Mix. Used to glandu- 
 lar swellings. It should be stronger, 
 
 Unguentum potassii bromidi. Ointment of 
 bromide of potassium. Take of bromide of 
 potassium, 3J.; lard, fj. Applied to glandular 
 and scrofulous swellings. 
 
 Unguentum resins flave. Ceratumresinae. 
 
 Unguentum resine nigre. Pitch ointment. 
 U. basilicum nigrum, vel tetrapharmacunu 
 Take of pitch, yellow wax, yellow resin, of 
 each, fix. ; olive oil, f. fxvj. (Ph. L.) Melt 
 together, and strain through a linen cloth. 
 This is useful for the same purposes as the tar 
 ointment. 
 
 Unguentum sambuci. (Ph. L.) Elder oint- 
 ment. U. sambucinum. Take of elder flowers, 
 prepared lard, each, ibij. Boil the elder flow- 
 ers in the lard until they become crisp ; then 
 strain the ointment through a linen cloth. A 
 cooling and emollient preparation. 
 
 661 
 
UNI 
 
 URE 
 
 Unguentum saturninum. Ceratum plumbi 
 acetatis. 
 
 Unguentum scrophularije. (Ph. D.) Oint- 
 ment of scrophularia. Take of the fresh leaves 
 of scrophularia nodosa, lard, each, ibj.; suet, 
 Ibj . Boil the leaves in the fats till they are crisp, 
 then express. Used in cutaneous diseases. 
 
 Unguentum simplex. (U.S.) Simple oint- 
 ment. Take of white wax, ibj. ; lard, ibiv. 
 Melt at a moderate heat, and stir till cold. 
 Emollient. 
 
 Unguentum stramonii. (U. S.) Ointment 
 of stramonium (thorn-apple). Take of fresh 
 stramonium leaves, cut, ibj. ; lard, ibiij. ; yellow 
 wax, ibss. Boil the leaves in lard until crisp; 
 strain through linen ; add the wax, previously 
 melted, and stir till cold. Anodyne. Applied 
 to irritable ulcers, &c. 
 
 .Unguentum sulphuris. (U. S.) Sulphur 
 ointment. Take of sublimed sulphur, ibj . ; lard, 
 ibij. Mix. The most effectual preparation to 
 destroy the itch. It is also serviceable in the 
 cure of other cutaneous eruptions. 
 
 Unguentum sulphuris compositum. (U.S.) 
 Compound sulphur ointment. Take of sub- 
 limed sulphur, fj.; nitrate of potash, 3\j . ; am- 
 moniated mercury, benzoic acid, each, 3J. ; oil 
 of bergamot, sulphuric acid, each, f. 3J.; lard, 
 ibss. Mix. Used in itch and against vermin. 
 
 Unguentum sulphuris iodidi. Ointmentof 
 iodide of sulphur. Take of'iodide of sulphur, 
 1 part; of lard, 18 parts. — Magendie. A pow- 
 erful stimulant and resolvent, of great value in 
 obstinate chronic skin diseases. 
 
 Unguentum t abaci. (U. S.) Ointment of 
 tobacco. Take of fresh tobacco leaves, cut, § j. ; 
 lard, ibj. Boil till the leaves are crisp, and 
 strain through linen. Applied to irritable ul- 
 cers and eruptions. 
 
 Unguentum tartari emetici. Unguentum 
 antimonii. 
 
 Unguentum veratri. (Ph. -L.) U. vera- 
 tri albi. (U. S.) U. hellebori albi. Take of 
 white hellebore root, powdered, f ij. ; prepared 
 lard, fviij. ; oil of lemons, lUxx. Mix. Used in 
 itch. 
 
 Unguentum zinci. (Ph. L.) U. zinci oxi- 
 di. (U. S.) Zinc ointment. Take of the ox- 
 ide of zinc, s=j. ; lard, f vj. Mix. A very useful 
 application in chronic ophthalmia and relaxed 
 ulcers. 
 
 . U'NGUIS. (is, is, m.; from ovv^, a hook.) 
 1. In Anatomy, the nail. The nails are horny 
 lamina? situated at the extremities of the fingers 
 and toes. 2. In Surgery, an abscess or collec- 
 tion of pus between the lamellae of the cornea of 
 the eye : so called from its resemblance to the 
 lunated portion of the nail of a finger. 3. In 
 Botany, the claw : applied to the thin lower 
 part of the petal of a polypetalous corolla. 
 
 Unguis os. The lac hrymal bone is so named 
 from its resemblance to a nail. 
 
 Ungulate. Shaped like a nail. 
 
 U'nicus. Single. 
 
 Uniflo'rus. Bearing one flower. 
 
 Uniform. iEqualis. 
 
 Unilateral. Unilateralis. On one side 
 only. 
 
 Unilocular. Unilocularis. One-celled. 
 
 U'nio. 
 
 662 
 
 UNION BY THE FIRST INTENTION. 
 
 This phrase is applied by surgeons to the heal- 
 ing of wounds by adhesion, without suppuration 
 or granulation. 
 
 UNIT JAR. A Leyden jar invented by Mr. 
 
 arris, which is char 
 quantities of electricity, 
 
 United. See Connate. 
 
 U'nivalve. One-valved. 
 
 Unoc'ulus. Unioculus. Having but one 
 eye. 
 
 U'PAS. The name given in Java to several 
 deadly poisons, of which the Bohun upas and 
 Upas tieute are the most remarkable. They be- 
 long to different genera, and owe their poison 
 ous properties to different principles. 
 
 1. The Bohun upas. — This is a bitter gum- 
 resin, which exudes from incisions in the bark 
 of a large tree, called Antiar, or Antsjar, by the 
 Javanese. It is the Antiaris toxicaria, or Ipo 
 toxicaria of botanists, an urticaceous tree. The 
 Bohun upas is a deadly and rapid poison, which, 
 if excluded from the air, retains its activity for 
 an unlimited time. Its deleterious powers are 
 due to Antiarin. It is a powerful arterial seda- 
 tive, aud also produces convulsions. 
 
 2. The Upas tieute, or Tjettek, is the produce 
 of the Strychnos tieute, and owes its deadly 
 power to Strychnia. 
 
 U'RACHUS. (us, i, m. ; ovpanoc, from ovpov, 
 urine.) Urinaculum. The ligamentous cord 
 that arises from the basis of the urinary bladder, 
 which it runs along, and terminates in the um- 
 bilical cord. In the foetus of brute animals, 
 which the ancients mostly dissected, it is a fol- 
 low tube, and conveys the urine to the allan- 
 toid membrane. 
 
 URiE'MIA. (From urea, and aifia, blood.) 
 A generic term for those diseases in which the 
 blood contains an excess of urea. This occurs 
 in Bright's disease and Asiatic cholera. 
 
 Ura'gium. The apex of the heart. 
 
 Urami'le. A product of the action of hy- 
 drochloric or sulphuric acid on thionuric acid. 
 It is a crystalline, feathery powder, of the form. 
 C 8 N 3 H50 6 . Uramilic acid is said to be derived 
 from it by boiling with dilute sulphuric acid. 
 
 URANISCOPLA'STY. Uraniscoplasti' ce. 
 (From vpavioKoc, the palate, and nTiaaau), to 
 form.) An operation for the restoration or 
 formation of the soft palate. 
 
 Uraniscorrhaphy. Staphylorrhaphy. 
 
 Urani'scus. The palate. 
 
 URA'NIUM. An elementary, rare metal, of 
 a grayish color, and soft ; sp. grav. about 8 ; 
 equivalent, 217-2 ; symbol, U. It is very infu- 
 sible. There are two oxides, the protoxide 
 and peroxide, the latter of which is of a fine 
 yellow color, and used in painting porcelain 
 and glass. 
 
 U'RATE. (Uras, atis, f.) A compound of 
 uric or lithic acid with a salifiable base. 
 
 Urate of soda. This is the principal in* 
 gredient in gouty calculi. 
 
 Urce'ola. Parietaria officinalis. 
 
 Urceola'te. Urceolatus. Swelling or egg- 
 shaped, like a common jug. 
 
 UREA, (a, ce, f . ; from urina.) A con- 
 stituent of urine. It is an organic base, form- 
 ing salts with nitric, oxalic, acetic, and other 
 
URE 
 
 URE 
 
 acids. When pure it crystallizes in four-sided 
 prisms, and resembles nitre in appearance and 
 taste. It dissolves both in water and alcohol. 
 It is partly decomposed into ammonia and 
 cyanuric acid by heat, and, indeed, consists of 
 a peculiar form of cyanate of ammonia, C-2NO, 
 HO,NH 3 , and may be made artificially. Urea 
 has been employed in medicine as a diuretic in 
 doses of gr. xv. to 9j. 
 
 Ure'chtsis. Effusion of urine into the cel- 
 lular membrane. 
 
 URE'DO. (From uro, to burn.) 1. An itch- 
 ing or burning sensation of the skin, which ac- 
 companies many diseases. The nettle-rash is 
 also so called. 2. A genus of parasitical fungi. 
 
 Uresis. The act of voiding the urine. 
 
 URE'TER. (er, eris, m. ; from ovpov, urine.) 
 The membranous canal which conveys the urine 
 from the kidney to the urinary bladder. At its 
 superior part it is considerably the largest, oc- 
 cupying the greatest portion of the pelvis of the 
 kidney ; it then contracts to the size of a goose- 
 quill, and descends over the psoas magnus mus- 
 cle and large crural vessels into the pelvis, in 
 which it perforates the urinary bladder very 
 obliquely. Its internal surface is lubricated 
 with mucus to defend it from the irritation of 
 the urine in passing. 
 
 Uretera'lgia. Pain in the course of the 
 ureter. 
 
 URETERITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from ovpnrnp, 
 the ureter.) Inflammation of the ureter. Its 
 symptoms and treatment are the same as those 
 of inflammation of the kidney and urinary blad- 
 der. 
 
 URE'THRA. (a, ce, f . ; from ovpov, the 
 urine.) A membranous canal, which in the 
 male runs from the neck of the bladder, through 
 the inferior part of the penis, to the extremity 
 of the glans penis, in which it opens by a lon- 
 gitudinal orifice, called the meatus urinarius. In 
 this course it first passes through the prostate 
 gland, and is there distinguished by the name 
 of the prostatic urethra; it then becomes much 
 dilated, and is known by the name of the bulb- 
 ous part, in which is situated a small round 
 eminence, called the caput gallinaginis, or veru- 
 mcmtanum, around which are ten or twelve ori- 
 fices of the excretory ducts of the prostate gland, 
 and two of the spermatic vessels. The remain- 
 ing part of the urethra contains a number of 
 triangular mouths, which are the lacunae, or 
 openings of the excretory ducts of the mucous 
 glands of the urethra. In the female the urethra 
 is much shorter and straighter than in the male. 
 It is about an inch and a half long, and appears 
 a little below the clitoris. 
 
 Urethra'lsia. Pain in the urethra ; clap. 
 
 URETHRITIS, (is, idis, f. ; from ovpnOpa, 
 the urethra.) An inflammation of the urethra. 
 Inflammation may take place on this membrane, 
 as on other mucous membranes, and from the 
 same causes ; but it is, however, generally ex- 
 cited by calculous and gouty complaints, and 
 most commonly by the venereal poison. 
 
 Urethritis venerea. Gonorrhoea virulenta, 
 maligna, syphilitica. The clap. It originates 
 from impure coition. The time that a clap will 
 take before it makes its appearance, after infec- 
 tion, has not been ascertained. It most usually 
 
 is perceptible in the space of from six to four- 
 teen days, and, in a male, begins with an un- 
 easiness about the parts of generation, such as 
 an itching in the glans penis, and a soreness and 
 tingling sensation along the whole course of 
 the urethra; soon after which, whitish matter is 
 seen at its orifice, and also some degree of burn- 
 ing upon making water. In the course of a few 
 days the discharge increases, assumes a green- 
 ish or yellowish hue, and will become thinner, 
 and lose its adhesiveness : the parts will also be 
 occupied with some degree of redness and in- 
 flammation ; a considerable degree of pain and 
 scalding heat will be experienced on every at- 
 tempt to make water. Sometimes, though 
 rarely, the poison acts on the mucous membrane 
 behind and all around the glans penis, and a 
 similar discharge of vitiated mucus takes place 
 to that which escapes from the urethra, and 
 there may be produced a phymosis or paraphy- 
 mosis. Where the inflammation prevails in a 
 very high degree, on the taking place of an 
 erection, the penis is curved downward, with 
 great pain : this is called a chordee. 
 
 The adjacent parts sympathizing with those 
 already affected, the bladder becomes irritable, 
 and incapable of retaining the urine for any 
 length of time, which gives the patient a fre- 
 quent inclination to make water, and he feels 
 an uneasiness about the scrotum, perineum, 
 and fundament. Moreover, the glands of the 
 groins grow indurated and enlarged, or perhaps 
 the testicles become swelled and inflamed, in 
 consequence of which he experiences excru- 
 ciating pains, extending from the seat of the 
 complaint up into the small of the back : he 
 gets hot and restless, and a feeble symptomatic 
 lever arises. 
 
 If the disease be neither irritated by any ir- 
 regularity of the patient, nor prolonged by the 
 want of timely and proper assistance, then, in 
 the course of about a fortnight or three weeks, 
 the discharge, from having been thin and dis- 
 colored at first, will become thick, white, and of 
 a ropy consistence ; and, from having gradually 
 begun to diminish in quantity, will at last cease 
 entirely, together with every inflammatory 
 symptom whatever ; whereas, on the contrary, 
 if the patient has led a life of intemperance and 
 sensuality, has partaken freely of the bottle and 
 high-seasoned meats, and has, at the same time, 
 neglected to pursue the necessary means, it 
 may then continue for many weeks or months, 
 and on going off, may leave a weakness or gleet 
 behind (the Gonorrhea mucosa), which may lay 
 the foundation of strictures of the urethra. 
 
 In the case of women, clap is much less 
 severe than in men, from the absence of chordee, 
 and the shortness of the urethra. Nor are they 
 incommoded with phymosis or strictures. 
 
 Treatment. — During the inflammatory stage, 
 a low diet, mucilaginous drinks, and antiphlo- 
 gistic means are necessary. In ordinary cases, 
 saline aperients combined, with nitre, and the 
 use of cold lotions to the penis, are sufficient ; 
 but when the inflammation is very great, 
 leeches to the perineum will be necessary. 
 Subsequently, if there be gleet, copaiba, cubebs, 
 and the terebinthinates generally, with astrin- 
 gent injections, will be useful. Chordee k 
 
 663 
 
URI 
 
 frequently abated by the use of the extract or 
 ointment of belladonua or stramonium applied 
 to the part. The patient should keep quiet, 
 resting on his back for a few days, and take 
 care that the parts are frequently cleansed. 
 
 Urethrophra'xis. Obstruction of the 
 urethra. 
 
 Urethroplasty. An operation to restore 
 the urethra in cases of defect or accidental in- 
 jury. 
 
 . nURETHRORRHA'GiA. A discharge of blood 
 from the urethra. 
 
 Uretic. Ureticus. Diuretic. 
 
 U'rias. (From ovpov, urine.) The urethra. 
 
 URIC. Uricus. Appertaining to urine. 
 
 Uric acid. Urilic acid. A component of 
 urine, usually in small quantity in that of man, 
 but becoming very great in the urine of ser- 
 pents and birds. It forms calculi both in the 
 free state and combined with ammonia, and is 
 often deposited as a sediment of a reddish color 
 in diseased urine. When pure it is a white, 
 crystalline, very insoluble powder, with acid 
 properties. It readily combines with the al- 
 kalies and other bases. The urate of ammonia, 
 which is a frequent form of calculus, is very in- 
 soluble. Its formula is C10N4H3O5 + HO, the 
 first term of which represents a hypothetical 
 radical called Uryle. The presence of uric acid 
 is detected by dissolving it in weak nitric acid, 
 evaporating the solution, which becomes pink, 
 and adding an excess of ammonia when a pur- 
 ple color is produced ; this is murexide or pur- 
 purate of ammonia. 
 
 Uric oxide. The xanthic oxide, a rare in- 
 gredient of calculi. It is a white powder, solu- 
 ble in potash. A solution in dilute nitric acid 
 becomes yellow when evaporated to dryness. 
 Formula, C 5 H 2 N 2 2 . 
 
 Urina'culum. The urachus. 
 
 Uri'n^e ardor. See Dysuria. 
 
 U'RINAL. Urinatorium. A receiver made 
 bo as to be adapted to the penis in cases of in- 
 continence of urine. It usually consists of a 
 flat metallic case-bottle containing a sponge. 
 
 Urina'ria. Leontodon taraxacum. 
 
 U'RINARY. ( Urinarius ; from urina, 
 urine.) Appertaining to urine. 
 
 Urinary bladder. Vesica urinaria. The 
 bladder is a membranous pouch, capable of 
 dilatation and contraction, situated in the lower 
 part of the abdomen, immediately behind the 
 symphysis pubis, and opposite to the beginning 
 of the rectum. Its figure is nearly that of a 
 short oval. It is broader on the fore and back 
 than on the lateral parts; rounder above than 
 below, when empty ; and broader below than 
 above, when full. It is divided into the body, 
 neck, and fundus, or upper part ; the neck is a 
 portion of the lower part, which is contracted 
 by a sphincter muscle. This organ is made up 
 of several coats ; the upper, posterior, and lateral 
 parts are covered by a reflection of the peri- 
 toneum, which is connected by cellular sub- 
 stance to the muscular coat. This is composed 
 of several strata of fibres, the outermost of which 
 are mostly longitudinal, the interior becoming 
 gradually more transverse, connected together 
 by reticular membrane. Under this is the cel- 
 lular coat, which is nearly of the same structure 
 
 URI 
 
 with the tunica villosa of the stomach. Wins- 
 low describes the internal or villous coat as 
 somewhat granulated and glandular; but this 
 has been disputed by subsequent anatomists. 
 However, a mucous fluid is poured out con- 
 tinually from it, which defends it from the acri- 
 mony of the urine. Sometimes the internal 
 surface is found very irregular, and full of rugag, 
 which appear to be occasioned merely by the 
 strong contraction of the muscular fibres, and 
 may be removed by distending it. The sphinc- 
 ter does not seem to be a distinct muscle, but 
 merely formed by the transverse fibres being 
 closely arranged about the neck. The urine is 
 received from the ureters, which enter the pos- 
 terior part of the bladder obliquely ; and when 
 a certain degree of distension has occurred, the 
 muscular fibres are voluntarily exerted to ex- 
 pel it. 
 
 Urinary calculus. See Calculus, urinary.. 
 
 URINE. ( Urina, ce, f. Ovpov ; from opova, 
 to rush out.) The liquid secreted in the kid- 
 neys, and dropping down from them, gvttatim, 
 through the ureters, into the cavity of the urinary 
 bladder. The secretory organ is composed of 
 the arterial vessels of the cortical substance 
 of the kidneys, from which the urine passes 
 through the uriniferous tubuli and renal papillae 
 into the renal pelvis, whence it flows, drop by 
 drop, through the ureters into the cavity of the 
 urinary bladder, where it is detained some 
 hours, and at length, when abundant, elimi- 
 nated through the urethra. 
 
 This excretion is properly divided into three 
 kinds : 1st, the Urina potus, which flows soon 
 after drinking; 2d, U. chyli, or U. cibi, secret- 
 ed after a meal; and, 3d, U. sanguinis, secret- 
 ed some hours after, or in the morning, and 
 representing the true secretion from the blood ; 
 of specific gravity 1-015 to 1-025. The urine 
 consists of from 25 to 31 of solids in 1000 parts ; 
 on an average, these are: of urea, 12-0; uric acid, 
 0-4; fixed salts, being phosphates, sulphates, 
 and chlorides of soda, potash, lime, magnesia, 
 or their bases, 7-0; and of organic matters, as 
 mucus, epithelium cells, coloring matter, hip- 
 puric or lactic acids, 8 - 6 ; the rest being water. 
 Of this there is voided daily, as an average, in 
 health 20,320 grs., containing 568 grs. of solid 
 matter. The urea and uric acid herein repre- 
 sent the amount of azotized tissue destroyed in 
 the day, and vaiy with the activity, strength, 
 and health of the patient. They are also in- 
 creased by an animal diet. Healthy urine, 
 when voided, is clear, amber colored, and the 
 transparency is but slightly affected when cold ; 
 otherwise it is either turbid when voided, or 
 soon becomes so, and is variously changed in 
 color. The following table of Dr. G. Bird gives 
 the diagnosis of sediments in the urine. 
 Table for discovering the nature of saline de~ 
 
 posits in the Urine by chemical reagents and by 
 
 the microscope. 
 
 I. BY CHEMICAL REAGENTS. 
 
 1. Deposit, white 2. 
 
 " colored 5. 
 
 2. " dissolved by heat . . Urate of ammonia. 
 " insoluble by heat . . 3. 
 
 3. " soluble in liquor am- ? Cmtinp 
 
 monia j ' 
 
 " insoluble in " 4. 
 
URI 
 
 4. Deposit, soluble in acetic acid Earthy phosphates. 
 
 " insoluble Oxalate of lime. 
 
 5. " visibly crystalline . . Uric acid 
 " amoi-phous .... 6. 
 
 6. " readily soluble by heat Urates. 
 
 " slowly dissolved by } Urates stained by 
 heat j purpurine. 
 
 II. BY THE MICROSCOPE. 
 
 1. Deposit, white 2. 
 
 " colored 5. 
 
 r Insoluble by heat — 
 
 2. " an amorphous pow-J Phosphate of lime. 
 
 der 1 Soluble by heat — 
 
 ( Urate of ammonia. 
 " in defined crystals . 3. 
 
 3. " in prismatic crystals . Triple phosphate. 
 " in octahedral or tubu- > . 
 
 lar crystals . . j 
 
 4. " in octahedra .... Oxalate of lime. 
 " in simple or compound \t n „ ,- „ . 
 
 tables. .... | C ^tine. 
 
 5. " in transparent crystals Uric acid. 
 
 " amorphous, or in 1 Urates of ammonia 
 spherical masses . 3 or soda. 
 
 Besides these indications of disease, the urine 
 may contain albumen {Albuminuria) ; grape 
 sugar, Melituria {Diabetes) ; it may be charged 
 with bile where the hepatic function is disturb- 
 ed, and be of a brown color; when deeply 
 colored with Purpurine, and of a red or pink 
 color, disease of the liver and portal system are 
 present. Blood is also found in diseased urine, 
 and detected by the figure of the globules; it 
 occurs where hemorrhage takes place from any 
 part of the urinary apparatus, or from morbid 
 growths attended with a sanguineous discharge. 
 Toruke, or vibriones, and other minute animal- 
 cules have also been found in this secretion. 
 
 The urine has been variously named accord- 
 ing to the excess of one of its components — as 
 Azoturia, when the amount of urea is in excess ; 
 Oxaluria, where salts of oxalic acid are pres- 
 ent, as in dyspeptics; Cyanuria and Melanuria, 
 where it is of a bluish and black color ; Cystin- 
 uria, when it deposits cystine. The urine is 
 also rendered odorous by the ingesta, as aspara- 
 gus, turpentine; or colored, as by rhubarb, 
 madder, &c. 
 
 Urine, albuminous. This coagulates by 
 heat and nitric acid. It is found in various dis- 
 eases, but especially the granular degeneration 
 of the kidney or Bright' s disease, and in drop- 
 sies. 
 
 Urine, alkaline. Urine containing an ex- 
 cess of earthy phosphates has an alkaline reac- 
 tion ; and also from the presence of carbonate 
 of ammonia. The latter body is found where 
 there is severe prostration, and especially after 
 strains or injurious blows on the spine. 
 
 Urine, bloody. Hematuria. 
 
 Urine, diabetic. This contains grape sugar. 
 See Diabetes, and Siigar, tests far. 
 
 Urine, dropsical. This is subject to early 
 decomposition, from containing albumen. 
 
 Urine, dyspeptic. The mine of dyspeptics 
 contains an excess of urates, and is therefore 
 subject to deposits, and often to early putrefac- 
 tion. The Urina cibi also frequently contains 
 oxalic acid. The triple phosphate is also present 
 in the worst cases. 
 
 Urine flux. Diabetes. 
 
 Urine, gouty. In this there is an excess of 
 uric acid and urates, especially of soda ; the se- 
 cretion is often turbid at the time of emission. 
 
 UKT 
 
 Urine, hysterical. Clear and colorless, like 
 Nervous urine. 
 
 Urine, milky. That which is of a whitish 
 aspect, from various causes, as an excess of mu- 
 cus and phosphates, &c. 
 
 Urine, nervous. It is almost colorless, 
 abundant, and very thin. 
 
 Urine, phosphatic That which contains 
 an excess of earthy phosphates. It is indica- 
 tive of nervous prostration and the formation 
 of calculus if it be constant ; otherwise it is not 
 unusual in the Urina cibi of dyspeptic persons, 
 but in this case is absent in the Urina sanguinis. 
 
 Urine, purpuric The urine with a rose 
 colored deposit of purpurine, found in acute 
 diseases, especially of the liver and portal cir- 
 culation. 
 
 Urine, purulent. Urine containing pus, 
 usually derived from the kidney, bladder, or 
 urethra. 
 
 Urine, retention of. See Retention of 
 urine. 
 
 Urine, spermatic Urine containing a few 
 spermatozoa. 
 
 Urine, suppression of. See Ischuria. 
 
 Urini'ferous. Carrying mine: as the Tu- 
 bull uriniferi. 
 
 Urino'meter. A hydrometer to take the 
 specific gravity of urine. 
 
 U'rinous. Resembling urine. 
 
 Urobe'nzoic acid. Hippuric acid. 
 
 Urocri'sia. The judgment formed of dis- 
 eases by the examination of urine. 
 
 Urodialy'sis. A suspension of the function 
 of the kidney. 
 
 Urogla'ucin. See Uroxanthin. 
 
 Uroli'th. A urinary calculus. 
 
 Urolithiasis. Lithiasis. 
 
 Uron. Ovpov. The urine. 
 
 URONO'LOGY. Uranolo' gia. (From ovpov, 
 and "koyoc, a discourse.) A treatise on the 
 urine. 
 
 Uropla'nia. A translation of the urine to 
 some part of the body where its presence ia 
 unnatural, as to the skin, the ventricles of the 
 brain, &c. 
 
 Uropo'ietic That which favors the secre- 
 tion of urine. 
 
 Urorrha'gia. Urorrhoea. Diabetes. 
 
 Uroses. Disease of the urinaiy organs.— 
 Alibert. 
 
 Urosco'pia. Uroscopy. The inspection of 
 mine for the determination of disease. 
 
 UROSTE'ALITH. In a renal calculus ex- 
 amined by Heller was found a peculiar saponi 
 fiable fat, to which he gave this name. It 
 partially fuses at a low temperature, and bums 
 with a peculiar odor resembling benzoin. 
 
 Urous acid. Uric oxide. 
 
 UROXA'NTHIN. A yellow pigment of dis- 
 eased urine, which, according to Heller, is de- 
 rived from a change in urea. It is itself sub- 
 ject to change into a blue pigment, Uroglaucin, 
 or into a red coloring matter, Urrkodin. 
 
 Urrho'din. See Uroxanthin. 
 
 Ursi'na radix. iEthusa meum. 
 
 UKTI'CA. {a, (B, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Mona'cia. Tetrandria. Urticacece. — U dioica. 
 The stinging nettle. The young shoots possess 
 diuretic and antiscorbutic properties. — U. raor- 
 
 665 
 
UTE 
 
 UTE 
 
 tua. Lamium album. — U. pilulifera. U. ro- 
 mana. The pill-bearing nettle. The seed was 
 formerly given against diseases of the chest. — 
 U. urens. The lesser nettle. It possesses sim- 
 ilar properties to the U. dioica. 
 
 URTICA'CEjE. The nettle tribe of dico- 
 tyledonous plants. Trees or shrubs with leaves, 
 alternate ; flowers, apetalous, solitary, or clus- 
 tered ; ovarium, superior, two-celled; fruit, a 
 simple, indehiscent nut. 
 
 URTICA'RIA. (a, oe, f. ; from urtica, a net- 
 tle.) The nettle-rash; also called Febris urti- 
 cata. An eruption on the skin like the wheals 
 caused by the sting of a nettle. The little ele- 
 vations called the nettle-rash often appear in- 
 stantaneously, especially if the skin be rubbed 
 or scratched, and seldom stay many hours in 
 the same place, and sometimes not many min- 
 utes. No pai't of the body is exempt from 
 them ; and where many of them rise together, 
 and continue an hour or two, the parts are 
 often considerably swelled, which particularly 
 happens on the arms, face, and hands. In 
 some constitutions they last only a few days, in 
 others many months. 
 
 Urticaria is sometimes attended with fever 
 and sometimes not. Bateman describes six 
 varieties of this disease, viz., Urticaria febrilis, 
 U. evanida, U. persistans, U. conferta, U. subcu- 
 tanea, U. tuberosa. 
 
 All that is required in the treatment is gentle 
 aperients and cool clothing. The best appli- 
 cation to allay the itching is dilute vinegar, or 
 camphor water and vinegar. 
 
 Urtica'tion. The whipping a paralytic or 
 benumbed limb with nettles, in order to restore 
 its feeling. 
 
 U'SNEA. (a, ce, f.) A lichen, more espe- 
 cially that found adhering to the skull when 
 exposed to the air in damp places. 
 
 Usquebaugh. Originally whisky; now ap- 
 plied to a liqueur. 
 
 Ussac. The gum ammoniacum of the Greeks. 
 
 Ustila'go. 1. A parasitical fungus. 2. Er- 
 got. 
 
 U'stion. A burn. 
 
 U'TERINE. Uterinus. Appertaining to the 
 womb. 
 
 Uterine artery. A branch of the hypogas- 
 tric or of the internal pudic. It is distributed 
 over the uterus in numerous tortuous branches, 
 which become greatly dilated during preg- 
 nancy. 
 
 Uterine fury. Nymphomania. 
 
 Uterine gestation. Utero-gestation. Preg- 
 nancy. 
 
 Uterine muscle of Ruysch. The oblique 
 fibres of the fundus of the uterus. 
 
 Uterine souffle. See Auscultation. 
 
 U'TERUS. (us, i, m. Tarepa.) The 
 womb. A muscular teceptacle, of the shape 
 of a compressed pear, situated in the cavity of 
 the pelvis, above the vagina, and between the 
 urinary bladder and l'ectum. The upper part 
 is called the fundus, the lower the cervix and 
 mouth (os titeri) ; the space between them, the 
 body. The uterus is about three inches in 
 length, about two in breadth at the fundus, and 
 one at the cervix. Its thickness is preserved 
 throughout pregnancy, chiefly by the enlarge- 
 666 
 
 ment of the veins and lymphatics, there being a 
 smaller change in the size of the arteries. The 
 cavity of the uterus corresponds with the ex- 
 ternal form : that of the cervix leads from the 
 os uteri, where it is very small, in a straight 
 direction, to the fundus, where it is expanded 
 into a triangular form, with two angles (cornua 
 uteri) opposed to the entrance into the Fal- 
 lopian tubes. At the place of junction be- 
 tween the cervix and the body of the uterus, 
 the cavity is smaller than it is in any other 
 part. The mucous coat of the vagina is reflect- 
 ed over the os uteri, and is continued into the 
 membrane which lines the cavity of the uterus. 
 The substance of the uterus, which is very 
 firm, is composedof arteries, veins, lymphatics, 
 nerves, and several sets of muscular fibres, 
 viz., the circular, longitudinal, and oblique, 
 curiously interwoven and connected together 
 by cellular membrane. Its ai'teries are derived 
 from the hypogastric or pudic. The veins are 
 very numerous, and their size in the unim- 
 pregnated state is proportioned to that of the 
 arteries; but their enlargement during preg- 
 nancy is such that the orifices of some, when 
 divided, will admit even of the end of a small 
 finger. 
 
 The uterus is supplied with nerves from the 
 lower mesocolic plexus, and from two small, 
 flat, circular ganglions, which are situated be- 
 hind the rectum. These ganglions are joined 
 by a number of small branches from the third 
 and fourth sacral nerves. The ovaria derive 
 their nerves from the renal plexus. From the 
 angles at the fundus of the uterus two pi'ocesses 
 originate, called, from the name of the first 
 describer, the Fallopian tubes. They are about 
 three inches in length, and, becoming smaller 
 in their progress from the uterus, have an un- 
 even, fringed termination, called the fimbria?. 
 Through this canal the communication between 
 the uterus and ovaria is preserved. The Fallo- 
 pian tubes assist in forming the broad ligaments 
 of the uterus. From each angle of the uterus, 
 a little before and below the Fallopian tubes, 
 the round ligaments arise ; these pass out of the 
 pelvis through the ring of the external oblique 
 muscle. The uterus is liable to many diseases, 
 the principal of which are retroversion and its 
 falling down, hydatids, dropsy, polypes, inflam- 
 mation, ulceration, cancer. 
 
 Uterus, inversion of. This is mostly pro- 
 duced by unskillfully pulling away the placenta, 
 and is only to be remedied by a restoration of 
 the uterus to its proper state before it contracts ; 
 without which, perpetual barrenness must ne- 
 cessarily ensue, and the person be subject for 
 life to a difficulty of walking, and other mal- 
 adies. 
 
 Uterus, irritable. An inflammatory and 
 neuralgic condition of the uterus, in which there 
 is considerable pain, especially on standing and 
 moving, and at the periods of menstruation. 
 There is pain on pressure, and tumefaction of the 
 os uteri. It is a tedious and distressing affection, 
 often lasting for years. Antiphlogistic reme- 
 dies, leeches around the anus, anodyne injec- 
 tions, the horizontal posture, are the principal 
 remedies. 
 
 Uterus, retroversion of. This occurs 
 
V A G 
 
 V AL 
 
 when the fundus is turned backward and down- 
 ward upon its cervix, between the vagina and 
 rectum, and the os uteri is turned forward to 
 the pubis, and upward, in proportion to the 
 desceut of the fundus, so that, by an examina- 
 tion per vaginam, it can not be felt, or not with- 
 out difficulty. There is extreme pain, a sup- 
 pression of urine, and, by the continuance of 
 this, great distension of the bladder; there is 
 also obstinate constipation, produced by the 
 pressure of the retroverted uterus upon the 
 rectum. The retroversion of the uterus has 
 generally occurred about the third month of 
 pregnancy, and sometimes after delivery it may 
 likewise happen, where the uterus is, from any 
 cause, enlarged to the size it acquires about the 
 third month of pregnancy. 
 
 Uterus, rupture of. This occurs during 
 parturition, and is known by the cessation of 
 labor-pains, recession of the foetus, and the oc- 
 currence of alarming faintings, vomiting, &c. 
 The child is to be instantly delivered by the 
 feet, and every means are to be adopted to 
 cause the uterus to contract. A favorable ter- 
 mination is scarcely to be expected. 
 
 UTFtl'CULUS. {us, i, m. ; dim. of uter, abot- 
 
 tle: so called from its shape.) 1. The womb. 
 2. A little bag, bladder, or hollow vesicle. 
 
 U'VA. (a, <e, f.) 1. An unripe grape. 2. 
 A tumor resembling a grape. 
 
 Uva passa major. A raisin. See Vitis. 
 
 Uva passa minor. The dried currant. 
 
 Uva ursi. Arbutus uva ursi. 
 
 U'VEA. {a, <z, f.) The black pigment on 
 the back part of the iris. 
 
 Uvea, commissure of the. The ciliary lig- 
 ament. 
 
 U'VULA. (a, cs, f. ; dim. of uva, a grape.) 
 The small, conical, fleshy substance hanging in 
 the middle of the velum pendulum palati, over 
 the root of the tongue. It is composed of the 
 common membrane of the mouth, and a small 
 muscle resembling a worm, which arises from 
 the union of the palatine bone, and descends to 
 the tip of the uvula. 
 
 Uvula vesi'cje. A small eminence in the 
 neck of the bladder, which constitutes the apex 
 of the triangle at the fore part of the bladder, 
 of which the openings of the ureters indicate 
 the posterior angles. 
 
 Uvula'ria. Ruscus hypoglossum. 
 
 Uvuli'tis. Inflammation of the uvula. 
 
 V. 
 
 V, 
 
 The symbol for vanadium. 
 
 VACCINATION. The insertion of the mat- 
 ter to produce cow-pox. See Cow-pox. 
 
 Va'ccine matter. The lymph from the 
 vaccine pustule. 
 
 Vaccinia. See Cow-pox. 
 
 Vaccinic acid. A fatty acid obtained from 
 butter. 
 
 VACCI'NIUM. {urn, ii, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Octandria. Monogynia. Ericaceae. 
 — V.myrtillus. The myrtle-berry. The baccae 
 myrtillorum are esteemed antiscorbutic, and, 
 when dry, possess astringent virtues. — V. oxy- 
 coccos. The cranberry-plant. Vaccinia palus- 
 tris. The berries are pleasantly acid and cool- 
 ing. — V. vitis idcea. The red whortle-berry. 
 Vitis idcea. The leaves are very astringent. 
 They are said to mitigate the pain of calculous 
 diseases. The ripe berries are aperient and 
 refrigerant. 
 
 Vacu'um. An empty space. 
 
 VAGI'NA. (a, ce, f.) Vagina uteri. The 
 canal which leads from the external orifice of 
 the female pudendum to the uterus. It is com- 
 posed of two coats, the first or innermost of 
 which is mucous, interspersed with many ex- 
 cretory ducts, and contracted into small trans- 
 verse folds, particularly at the fore and back 
 part. The second coat is composed of a firm 
 membrane, in which muscular fibres are not 
 distinctly observable, but which is endowed, to 
 a certain degree, w T ith contractile powers like 
 a muscle. This is surrounded by cellular mem- 
 brane, which connects it to the neighboring 
 parts. The upper and posterior two fifths of 
 the vagina is also covered by the peritoneum. 
 The entrance of the vagina is constricted by 
 muscular fibres, which serve as a sphincter. 
 The upper part is connected to the circumfe- 
 
 rence of the os uteri, but not in a straight line, 
 the os uteri protruding into the vagina. 
 
 VAGFNAL. Vaginalis. Belonging to the 
 vagina, or to a sheath. 
 
 Vaginal artery. The artery distributed to 
 the vagina. It arises from the hypogastric, ute- 
 rine, or pudic. 
 
 Vaginalis tunica. Tunica vaginalis 
 testis. 
 
 Vagi'nans. Sheathing. 
 
 Vagina'tus. Sheathed. 
 
 VAGINFTIS. Irritation or inflammation of 
 the vagina, such as occurs in some forms of leu- 
 corrhoea. 
 
 Vagi'no-hysterio'tomy. An operation in 
 which an incision is made into the uterus 
 through the vagina. 
 
 VAGINO-RECTAL FISSURE. A fissure or 
 opening existing between the vagina and rec- 
 tum, in consequence of which the faeces pass 
 from the rectum into the vagina. It is one of 
 the effects of badly-managed parturition. The 
 treatment consists in performing the operation 
 of elytrorrhaphy as soon as the patient is in a 
 condition to permit it. 
 
 Vagino-ure'thral fissure. A fissure ex- 
 isting in the membrane between the vagina and 
 urethra. 
 
 Vagino-ve'sical fissure. A fissure existing 
 in the membrane between the vagina and blad- 
 der. It is often the effect of badly-managed 
 parturition, and to be treated as in the case of 
 vagino-rectal fissure. 
 
 VAGFTUS. Squalling ; the cry of the new 
 bom babe. 
 
 Valeb can. Valeriana officinalis. 
 
 Valeb ian, Oil of. Valerole. The essential 
 oil of valerian root possesses the pungent, cam- 
 phoraceous odor of valerian. It undergoes con- 
 
 667 
 
VAL 
 
 VAR 
 
 siderable change by keeping, depositing a cam- 
 phor, and forming valerianic acid. 
 
 VALERIA'NA. (a, cc, f.) 1. The Valeriana 
 officinalis. 2. A genus of plants. Triandria. 
 Monogynia. Valerianacece. — V. celtica. The 
 Celtic nard. The root of this plant, a native of 
 the Alps, has been recommended as a stomach- 
 ic, carminative, and diuretic. — V. locusta. Va- 
 lerianella olitoria. Corn salad. This is culti- 
 vated in gardens for an early salad. — V. major. 
 Valeriana phu. — V. officinalis. Officinal va- 
 lerian. Wild valerian. The root is a campho- 
 raceous antispasmodic, and is exhibited in con- 
 vulsive and hysterical diseases. The dose of 
 the powder is from grs. x. to 3J., three times a 
 day or oftener. — V. phu. The garden valerian. 
 The root is said to be efficacious in removing 
 rheumatism, especially sciatica; and also invet- 
 erate epilepsies. — V. sylvestris. Valeriana of- 
 ficinalis. 
 
 _ VALERIANATES. The valerian tribe of 
 dicotyledonous plants. Herbs with leaves op- 
 posite ; flowers, corymbose, panicled, or in 
 heads; stamens, distinct; ovarium, inferior, two- 
 Celled ; fruit, dry, indehiscent. 
 
 Valerianella olitoria. Valeriana locusta. 
 
 VALERIANIC ACID. An interesting acid 
 found in oil of valerian which has been exposed 
 to the air, and also produced from amilic alcohol 
 by the action of dry hydrate of potash. It is a 
 limpid, oily fluid, of a strong, peculiar smell. 
 Its sp. gr. is 0-94, boiling at 290° F. It has 
 acid properties, and consists of CioHgC^HO. It 
 is therefore related to the amyl group. Va- 
 lerianic acid is supposed to be an active nervous 
 stimulant, and, combined with quinine, as the 
 valerianate of quinine, to be a valuable medicine 
 in cases requiring stimulating nervous tonics. 
 
 VALETUDINARIAN. 1. One who is in 
 delicate health. 2. One who is extremely anx- 
 ious about health, and constantly imagines him- 
 
 Qplj SICK 
 
 VA'LGUS. 1. Bandy-legged; having the 
 legs bent outward. 2. A kind of club-foot, 
 which see. 
 
 Vallet's pills. Pilulse ferri carbonatis. 
 
 Va'llum. The eyebrow. 
 
 VALVE. ( Valvce, folding doors.) 1. In 
 Anatomy, a membranous elongation in canals, 
 which prevents the reflux of fluids : applied to 
 the valve of the colon, and to thin and transpa- 
 rent membranes situated within arteries, veins, 
 and absorbents. 2. In Botany, the divisions of 
 the fruit. 
 
 Valve of Bauhin. V. of Fallopius. The 
 ileo-coecal valve. 
 
 Valve of the colon. See Intestine. 
 
 Valve, triglochin. The tricuspid valves. 
 
 Va'lvula. A little valve. 
 
 Valvula coli. The valve of the colon. 
 
 Valvula Eusta'chii. A membranous semi- 
 lunar valve, situated at the mouth of the in- 
 ferior vena cava. 
 
 Valvula mitralis. The mitral valve. 
 
 Valvula semilunaris. The semilunar 
 valves. 
 
 Valvula triglochin. The tricuspid valves. 
 
 Valvula Tulpii. See Intestine. 
 
 Valvula Vieusse'nii. V. cerebri. V.Willis- 
 sii. A thin lamina which ascends behind the 
 668 
 
 tubercula quadrigemina toward the cerebel- 
 lum. 
 
 Valvule c^onniventes. The semilunar folds 
 formed of the mucous coat of the small intes- 
 tines. They are most numerous in the jejunum, 
 and gradually disappear in the ileum. Their 
 use is to increase the absorbent surface of the 
 intestines. 
 
 VANA'DIUM. A new metal associated with 
 lead and iron. It is white, brittle, and refrac- 
 tory. Its equivalent is about 68, and it forms 
 three compounds with oxygen, of which the 
 deutoxide, V0 2 , is Vanadic acid. 
 
 Vanilla. Vanelloe. Epidendrum vanilla. 
 
 VA'POR. (Vapor, oris.) A highly-expanded 
 liquid. It differs from a gas in the circumstance 
 that it is condensible by cold and pressure. 
 
 Vapor bath. See Balneum. 
 
 Vapor douche. The projection of a stream 
 of watery vapor on any part of the body, by- 
 means of a proper syringe or otherwise. 
 
 Vapora'rium. A vapor bath. 
 
 Vaporiza'tion. The conversion of a fluid 
 into the state of vapor. 
 
 Vapors. Hypochondriasis; hysteria; mel- 
 ancholy. 
 
 Va'rec Kelp; the ashes of seaweeds. 
 
 Vareni. Flatus furiosus. 
 
 VARICELLA. (Diminutive of variola, the 
 small-pox.) The chicken-pox or water-pox. 
 The eruption in this disease consists of vesicles 
 scattered over the body : they are mostly smooth 
 and transparent, lentil shaped, or irregulai-ly cir- 
 cular, flattened at the top; the fluid at first pel- 
 lucid, then whitish, afterward straw-colored 
 ( Varicella lymphatica). Sometimes the vesicles 
 are pointed, and the fluid clear throughout the 
 disease ; and this is termed the swine-pox. There 
 is little febrile disturbance unless the eruption 
 is confluent. About the third or fourth day the 
 vesicles burst, and concrete into puckered scabs, 
 which fall off, and leave no cicatrices or marks. 
 The eruption of varicella does not come out all 
 nearly together, but one crop after another, for 
 several days. It requires merely an aperient, 
 except when the fever is high. 
 
 Varices. The plural of varix. 
 
 VARICOCELE. (From varix, a distended 
 vein, and unit], a tumor.) Cirsocele. A swell- 
 ing of the veins of the scrotum, or spermatic 
 cord : hence it is divided into the Scrotal vari- 
 cocele, and Varicocele of the spermatic cord, 
 known by feeling hard vermiform vessels in the 
 course of the spermatic cord. See Cirsocele. 
 
 Varicifo'rmes para'stat-e. The vasa def- 
 erentia at their commencement. 
 
 Varicifo'rmis. Variciform. Resembling a 
 varix. 
 
 Varico'mphalus. A varicose tumor of the 
 navel. 
 
 Va'ricose. Varicosus. Resembling varix. 
 Varico'sitas conjunctiva. Cirsophthalmia. 
 
 Vari'cula. Varicose enlargement of the 
 veins of the conjunctiva. — M. A. Severinus. 
 Variega'tus. Variegated. 
 Variety. Varietas. See Species. 
 VARI'OLA. (a, ce, f. ; from vari, pimples.) 
 The small-pox. A disease distinguished by 
 acute fever, eruption of red pimples on the 
 third to the fifth day, which on the eighth or 
 
VAR 
 
 VA S 
 
 tenth contain pus, and afterward drying, fall off 
 in crusts. It is of a very contagious nature, and 
 may be produced by inoculation. It makes its 
 attack on people of all ages, but youth are most 
 liable to it ; and it usually prevails in the spring 
 and summer. 
 
 The small-pox is distinguished into the dis- 
 tinct and confluent. 
 
 Four different states, or stages, are to be ob- 
 served in the small-pox : first, the febrile ; sec- 
 ond, the eruptive ; third, the maturative; and, 
 fourth, that of scabbing. When the disease has 
 arisen naturally, and is of the distinct kind, the 
 eruption is commonly preceded by a redness in 
 the eyes, soreness in the throat, pains in the 
 head, back, and loins, weariness and faintness, 
 alternate fits of chilliness and heat, thirst, nau- 
 sea, inclination to vomit, and a quick pulse. 
 About the thud or fourth day, the eruption 
 shows itself in little red spots on the face, neck, 
 and breast, and these continue to increase in 
 nmnber and size for three or four days longer, 
 at the end of which time they are to be observ- 
 ed dispersed over several parts of the body. If 
 the pustules are not very numerous, the febrile 
 symptoms will generally go off on the appear- 
 ance of the eruption, or will moderate. The 
 suppuration commences about the fifth or sixth 
 day. Should the pustules be perfectly distinct 
 and separate from each other, the suppuration 
 will probably be completed about the eighth or 
 ninth day, and they will then be filled with a 
 thick yellow matter ; but should they run much 
 into each other, it will not be completed till 
 some days later. When the pustules are very 
 thick and numerous on the face, it is apt, about 
 this time, to become much swelled; the voice 
 is hoarse, and saliva runs from the mouth. 
 About the eleventh day the swelling subsides, 
 and is succeeded by swelling in the hands and 
 feet, after which the pustules break and dis- 
 charge their contents ; and then becoming dry, 
 fall in crusts, leaving the skin of a brownish- 
 red color. In those cases where the pustules 
 are large, and are late in becoming dry and 
 falling off, they are very apt to leave pits be- 
 hind them ; but where they are small, suppu- 
 rate quickly, and are few in number, they nei- 
 ther leave any marks behind them, nor do they 
 occasion much affection of the system. 
 
 In the confluent small-pox, the fever which 
 precedes the eruption is much more violent 
 than in the distinct, being attended usually with 
 great anxiety, heat, thirst, nausea, vomiting, 
 
 state of the disease, from its taking on the form 
 of typhus. The course of small-pox may be 
 interrupted by an attack of measles, the latter 
 often running its career first. 
 
 Distinct small-pox is seldom very dangerous ; 
 but the confluent is extremely so, especially 
 where the fever is severe. When there is a 
 great tendency to the typhoid form, the disease 
 usually proves fatal between the eighth and 
 eleventh day, but, in some cases, not till the 
 fourteenth or sixteenth. If not fatal, it is very 
 apt to induce various morbid affections, as a 
 predisposition to inflammatory complaints, oph- 
 thalmia, and visceral inflammations, but more 
 especially diseases of the thorax; and not un- 
 frequently it excites scrofula into action. The 
 favorable symptoms are a swelling of the hands 
 and feet as the swelling of the face subsides, 
 and a regular course of the eruption. The unfa- 
 vorable symptoms are, high fever, flattening and 
 subsidence of the eruption, and the invasion of 
 inflammatory affections of the lungs, or conges- 
 tions occurring in the viscera, with low typhus. 
 In the distinct species, the treatment is gen- 
 tly antiphlogistic ; in the confluent, the meas- 
 ures necessary against typhus fever are to be 
 employed. 
 
 Variola spuria. "Varicella. 
 Variola vaccina. See Cow-pox. 
 Varium os. The cuboid bone. 
 VARIOLOID. 1. Diseases resembling the 
 small-pox. 2. Modified small-pox, such as oc- 
 curs sometimes from inoculation, or which may 
 take place at the time of vaccination, or many 
 years after, during the prevalence of an epi- 
 demic of small-pox. It is usually very mild. 
 
 VA'RIX. {ix, ids, m. ; from varus, i. e., 
 obtorttis.) A dilatation of a vein. A disease 
 known by a soft tumor on a vein which does 
 not pulsate. Varicose veins mostly become 
 serpentine, and often form a plexus of knots, 
 especially in the groins and scrotum. This dis- 
 ease is relieved by cold applications and press- 
 ure from bandages; and but seldom by ligature. 
 VARUS. This tenn has been applied, ad- 
 jectively, to one whose legs are bent inward; 
 substantively, to pimples on the face, and to 
 misplaced gout. See Club-foot and Acne. 
 Varus punctatus. Acne punctata. 
 Va'rvicite. A native oxide of manganese. 
 VAS. ( Vas, vasis, n.) A vessel. 
 Vas de'ferens. A duct which arises from 
 the epididymis, and passes through the inguinal 
 
 and a frequent and contracted pulse, and often 
 with coma or delirium. In infants, convulsive 
 fits are apt to occur, which either prove fatal 
 before any eruption appears, or they usher in a 
 malignant species of the disease. The pustules 
 run into one another, the spaces being of a livid 
 color; the affected parts are also much swollen. 
 The scabs leave deep pits. Sometimes livid 
 spots appear interspersed among the pustules, or 
 there is a discharge of blood by urine, stool, 
 and from various parts of the body. The fever, 
 which, perhaps, had suffered some slight re- 
 mission from the time the eruption made its ap- 
 pearance to that of maturation, is often renew- 
 ed with considerable violence, and is called the 
 secondary fever ; and this is the most dangerous 
 
 ring, as part of the spermatic cord, into the 
 cavity of the pelvis, and terminates in the ve- 
 sicula seminalis. Its use is to convey the semen 
 secreted in the testicle, and brought to it by 
 the epididymis, into the vesicula seminalis. 
 
 Vasa brevia. The arteries which come from 
 the spleen, and run along the large arch of the 
 stomach to the diaphragm. 
 
 Vasa deferentia muliebra. The Fallopian 
 tubes. 
 
 Vasa efferentia. The absorbent vessels, as 
 they pass out of a lymphatic gland, are so called. 
 
 Vasa inferentia. The absorbent vessels 
 which pass into a lymphatic gland. 
 
 Vasa pr^parantia. A name given by the 
 old anatomists to the spermatic vessels. 
 
 Vasa seminalia. Tuiuli seminiferi. Very 
 669 
 
VE G 
 
 VEI 
 
 minute tubes, constituting the parenchyma of 
 the testis. 
 
 Vasa umbilicalia. The name of the blood- 
 vessels of the allantois. 
 
 Vasa vasorum. The very minute vessels 
 which supply the arteries and veins. 
 
 Vasa vortico'sa. The contorted vessels of 
 the choroid membrane of the eye. 
 
 VA'SCULAR. Vascularis. That which re- 
 lates to the vessels or tubes of the body. The 
 Vascular system is the aggregate of the tubular 
 apparatus of the body, and includes the arte- 
 ries, veins, and lymphatics ; but it is also used 
 to indicate the blood-vessels only. See Circu- 
 lation and Lymphatic vessels. 
 
 VASCULA'RES. One of the primary divis- 
 ions, of the vegetable kingdom, including those 
 plants which contain elongated cellules or 
 tubes, as distinguished from the Cellulares. 
 
 Va'sculum aberrans. A small convoluted 
 duct connected with the duct of the epididymis. 
 
 VA'STUS. {us, i, m.) The name of certain 
 muscles. 
 
 Vastus externus. A large, thick, and fleshy 
 muscle, situated on the outer side of the thigh : 
 it arises, by a broad, thick tendon, from the 
 lower and anterior part of the great trochanter, 
 and upper part of the linea aspera; it likewise 
 adheres, by fleshy fibres, to the whole outer 
 edge of that rough line. Its fibres descend ob- 
 liquely forward, and adhere to the cruraeus, 
 with which it continues to be connected to the 
 lower part of the thigh, where it terminates in 
 a broad tendon, inserted into the upper part of 
 the patella. 
 
 Vastus internus. This muscle is situated 
 at the inner side of the thigh. It arises from 
 between the fore part of the os femoris and the 
 root of the lesser trochanter, and from all the 
 inner side of the linea aspera. Like the vastus 
 externus, it is connected with the cruraeus, but 
 it continues longer fleshy than that muscle. A 
 little above the knee its outer edge unites with 
 the rectus, after which it is inserted, tendinous, 
 into the upper part and inner side of the patel- 
 la, sending off an aponeurosis which adheres to 
 the upper part of the tibia. 
 
 Vault. Fornix. 
 
 Vaulted. Forniciform. 
 
 Vauqueline. Strychnia. 
 
 Veal skin. Vitiligo. 
 
 Vectis. A lever. See Lever. 
 
 VEGETABLE. Vegetabilis. An organism 
 consisting of cells, either simple (Cellulares) or 
 modified ( Vasculare^), permeated by gases, 
 and having the power of converting inorganic 
 matters, as air, water, and carbonate of ammo- 
 nia, into organic matters, as sugar, gum, lignin, 
 oils, albumen, and their compounds. Vegeta- 
 bles may be aerial, aquatic, or attached to the 
 earth. They possess the vital endowment of 
 generating cytoblasts, but have no nervous sys- 
 tem. In the latter particular, and the power 
 many possess of decomposing carbonic acid in 
 sunlight, they differ from animals. 
 
 Vegetable alkalies. See Alkaloids. 
 
 Vegetable jelly. Pectine. 
 
 Vegetable kingdom. The aggregate of veg- 
 etables. This kingdom has been variously 
 classified for the convenience of naturalists, but 
 670 
 
 the systems of Linnaeus and Jussieu, the latter 
 modified by Richard, De Candolle, Brown, and 
 Lindley, are the only two which are now re- 
 tained. The artificial or sexual system of Lin- 
 naeus depends upon the number of pistils and 
 stamens, and their positions in the flower: the 
 terms used are to be found in this work. Jus- 
 sieu grouped plants by their affinity in struct- 
 ure, adopting the inflorescence and structure 
 of the seeds principally. This is the natural 
 system, the great superiority of which causes it 
 to obscure every other. The principal families 
 are mentioned in the text, and they are worthy 
 of study on the part of the physician, from the 
 interesting connection which often exists be- 
 tween the external form and sensible proper- 
 ties of groups, as in the Solanaceae, Ranuncu- 
 laceae, &c. 
 
 Vegetable physiology. The study of the 
 functions of plants. 
 
 VEGETATION. 1. The state of a vegeta- 
 ble, or, collectively, the vegetable kingdom. 2. 
 A growth or distribution of parts in minerals 
 resembling a plant. 3. In Surgery, a morbid 
 growth resembling a fungus, but not usually of 
 a malignant nature. 
 
 Vegeto-alkalies. See Alkaloids. 
 
 VE'HICLE. Vehicu'lum. In Pharmacy, the 
 menstruum in which medicines are dissolved 
 or suspended. 
 
 Veil. Calyptra. 
 
 VEIN. (Vena, ce, f.) A long, membranous 
 canal, which continually becomes wider, does 
 not pulsate, and returns the blood from the ar- 
 teries to the heart. All veins originate from 
 the capillary vessels which connect the arteries 
 and veins, and terminate in the auricles of the 
 heart; e. g., the venae cavae in the right, and 
 the pulmonary veins in the left auricle. They 
 are composed, like arteries, of three tunics or 
 coats, which are much more slender than in the 
 arteries, and are supplied internally with semi- 
 lunar membranes, or folds, called valves. Their 
 use is to return the blood to the heart. 
 
 The blood is returned from every part of the 
 body, except the lungs, into the right auricle, 
 from three sources : 1. The vena cava superior, 
 which brings it from the head, neck, thorax, 
 and superior extremities. 2. The vena cava 
 inferior, from the abdomen and inferior extremi- 
 ties. 3. The coronary vein receives it from the 
 coronary arteries of the heart. 
 
 1. The vena cava superior. — This vein 
 terminates in the superior part of the right 
 auricle, into which it evacuates the blood from 
 the right and left subclavian vein, and the vena 
 azygos. The right and left subclavian veins 
 receive the blood from the head and upper ex- 
 tremities in the following manner: 
 
 The veins of the fingers, called digitals, re- 
 ceive the blood from the digital arteries, and 
 empty it into the cephalic of the thumb, which 
 runs on the back of the hand along the thumb, 
 and evacuates its blood into the external radial. 
 
 The salvatella, which runs along the little 
 finger, unites with the former, and empties its 
 blood into the internal and external cubital 
 veins. At the end of the forearm are three 
 veins, called the great cephalic, the basilic, and 
 the median. 
 
VEI 
 
 The great cephalic runs along the superior 
 part of the forearm, and receives the blood 
 from the external radial. 
 
 The basilic ascends on the under side, and 
 receives the blood from the external and inter- 
 nal cubital veins, and some branches which ac- 
 company the brachial artery, called vence satel- 
 lites. 
 
 The median is situated in the middle of the 
 forearm, and arises from the union of several 
 branches. These three veins all uuite above 
 the bend of the arm, and form the brachial. 
 
 The brachial vein, which receives all their 
 blood, and is continued into the axilla, where 
 it is called the axillary. 
 
 The axillary vein. This receives also the 
 blood from the scapula, and superior and in- 
 ferior parts of the chest, by the superior and in- 
 ferior thoracic vein, the vena muscularis, and 
 the scapularis. The axillary vein then passes 
 under the clavicle, where it is called the sub- 
 clavian, which unites with the external and 
 internal jugular veins, and the vertebral vein, 
 which brings the blood from the vertebral si- 
 nuses ; it receives, also, the blood from the me- 
 diastinal, pericardiac, diaphragmatic, thymic, in- 
 ternal mammary, and laryngeal veins, and then 
 unites with its fellow to form the vena cava su- 
 perior, or, as it is sometimes called, vena cava 
 descendens. 
 
 The blood from the external and internal 
 parts of the head and face is returned, in the 
 following manner, into the external and inter- 
 nal jugulars, which terminate in the subclavi- 
 an : 
 
 The frontal, angular, temporal, auricular, sub- 
 lingual, and occipital veins receive the blood 
 from the parts after which they are named ; 
 these all converge to each side of the neck, and 
 form a trunk, called the external jugular vein. 
 
 The blood from the brain, cerebellum, me- 
 dulla oblongata, and membranes of these parts, 
 is received into the lateral sinuses, or veins of 
 the dura mater, one of which empties its blood 
 through the foramen laceram in basii cranii on 
 each side into the internal jugular, which de- 
 scends in the neck by the carotid arteries, re- 
 ceives the blood from the thyroideal and internal 
 maxillary veins, and empties itself into the sub- 
 clavian within the thorax. 
 
 The vena azygos receives the blood from the 
 bronchial, superior, oesophageal, vertebral, and 
 intercostal veins, and empties it into the superior 
 cava. 
 
 2. Vena cava inferior. — The vena cava in- 
 ferior is the trunk of all the abdominal veins, 
 and those of the lower extremities, from which 
 parts the blood is returned in the following man- 
 ner. 
 
 The veins of the toes, called the digital veins, 
 receive the blood from the digital arteries, and 
 form on the back of the foot three branches, one 
 on the great toe, called the cephalic, another 
 which runs along the little toe, called the vena 
 saphena, and a third on the back of the foot, 
 vena dorsal is pedis ; and those on the sole of the 
 foot evacuate themselves into the plantar veins. 
 
 The three veins on the upper purt of the foot 
 coming together above the ankle, form the an- 
 terior tibial; and the plantar veins, with a 
 
 VEN 
 
 branch from the calf of the leg, called the sural 
 vein, form the posterior tibial ; a branch also as- 
 cends in the direction of the fibula, called the 
 peroneal vein. These three branches unite be- 
 fore the ham into one branch, the sub-popliteal 
 vein, which ascends through the ham, carrying 
 all the blood from the foot : it then proceeds 
 upon the anterior part of the thigh, where it is 
 termed the crural or femoral vein, receives sev- 
 eral muscular branches, and passes under Pou- 
 part's ligament into the cavity of the pelvis, 
 where it is called the external iliac. 
 
 The arteries which are distributed about the 
 pelvis evacuate their blood into the external he- 
 morrhoidal veins, the hypogastric veins, the in- 
 ternal pudic, the vena magna penis, and obtura- 
 tory veins, all of which unite in the pelvis, and 
 form the internal iliac vein. 
 
 The external iliac vein receives the blood 
 from the external pudendal veins, and then 
 unites with the internal iliac at the last vertebra 
 of the loins, forming the common iliac ; the two 
 common iliacs then form the vena cava inferior, 
 or ascendens, which ascends on the right side 
 of the spine, receiving the blood from the sacral, 
 lumbar, emulgent, right spermatic veins, and the 
 vena cava hepatica; and, having arrived at the 
 diaphragm, it passes through the right foramen, 
 and enters the right auricle of the heart, into 
 which it evacuates all the blood from the ab- 
 dominal viscera aud lower extremities. 
 
 Vena cava hepatica. — This vein ramifies in 
 the substance of the liver, and brings the blood 
 into the vena cava inferior from the branches 
 of the vena porta, a great vein which carries the 
 blood from the abdominal viscera into the sub- 
 stance of the liver. The trunk of the vena porta?, 
 about the fissure of the liver, in which it is sit- 
 uated, is divided into the hepatic and abdominal 
 portions. The abdominal portion is composed 
 of the splenic, meseraic, and. internal hemor- 
 rhoidal veins. These three venous branches 
 carry all the blood from the stomach, spleen, 
 pancreas, omentum, mesentery, gall-bladder, 
 and the small and large intestines, into the 
 sinus of the vena porta?. The hepatic portion 
 of the vena porta? enters the substance of the 
 liver, divides into innumerable ramifications, 
 which secrete the bile, and the superfluous 
 blood passes into corresponding branches of the 
 vena cava hepatica. 
 
 Velame'ntum bombyci'num. The mucous 
 membrane of the intestines. 
 
 VE'LUM. (um,i,n.) A veil.' 
 
 Velum interpositum. V. vasculosum. The 
 tela choroidea of the brain. 
 
 Velum pendulum palati. Velum. Velum 
 palatinum. The soft palate. The soft part of 
 the palate, which forms two arches, affixed 
 laterally to the tongue and pharynx. 
 
 Velum pupilljE. Membrana pupillaris. 
 
 VE'NA. (a, ce, f. ; from venio, to come : be- 
 cause the blood comes through it.) A vein. 
 See Vein. 
 
 Vena azygos. Azygos vena. 
 
 Vena medinensis. Medinensis vena. 
 
 Vena port.e. Vena portarium. The great 
 vein, situated at the entrance of the liver, which 
 receives the blood from the abdominal viscera, 
 and carries it into the substance of the liver. 
 
 671 
 
VER 
 
 VER 
 
 It is distinguished into the hepatic and abdomi- 
 nal portion: the former ramifies through the 
 substance of the liver, and carries the blood 
 destined for the formation of the bile, which is 
 returned by branches to the trunk of the vena 
 cava ; the latter is composed of three branches, 
 viz., the splenic, mesenteric, and internal has- 
 morrhoidal veins. 
 
 Ven.#: lacte^e. The lacteals. 
 
 VENISECTION. Venesection. ( Venmsec- 
 tio, onis, f. ; from vena, a vein, and sectio, to 
 cut.) The opening of a vein. By modern sur- 
 geons this operation is usually performed on the 
 veins at the bend of the arm, and the external 
 jugular. The current of blood should be free, 
 and the amount taken sufficient to produce ap- 
 proaching faintness, to secure the full effects of 
 bleeding. 
 
 Venena'tus. Poisonous. 
 
 Vene'num. A poison. 
 
 VENE'REAL. Venereus. Of, or belonging 
 to, sexual intercourse. 
 
 Venereal disease. Commonly it means 
 syphilis. See Syphilis and Urethritis venerea. 
 
 Venery. Coition. 
 
 Venom. A poison. 
 
 Veno'sus. Veiny; veined. 
 
 Venous hum. See Bruit de diable. 
 
 VE'NTER. iter, tris, f.) The belly. The 
 older writers apply this term to the abdomen, 
 Venter infimus. The chest was called Venter 
 medius ; and the head, Venter supremus. 
 
 m VENTILATION. The act of renewing the 
 air of a room or other confined place by solicit- 
 ing a current from without. It is of the first 
 importance for the preservation of health, and 
 as a therapeutic means in low fevers and other 
 diseases. 
 
 VE'NTRICLE. (Ventriculus, i, rn. ; from 
 venter.) A term applied by anatomists to the 
 cavities of the brain and heart. See Encephalos 
 and Heart. 
 
 Ventricle of arantius. A small cavity at 
 the point of the calamus scriptorius of the brain. 
 
 Ventricles of the larynx. Two depres- 
 sions in the larynx, situated immediately above 
 the chordae vocales. 
 
 Ventrico'sus. Ventricose: distended; bel- 
 lying. 
 
 VENTRFCULUS. (us,i,m.) The stomach; 
 a cavity ; a ventricle. 
 
 Ventriculus callo'sus. The gizzard of 
 birds. # 
 
 Ventriculus pulmona'ris. The right ven- 
 tricle of the heart. 
 
 Ventriculus succenturiatus. That por- 
 tion of the duodenum which is surrounded by 
 the peritoneum is sometimes so large as to re- 
 semble a second stomach, and is so called by 
 some writers. 
 
 VENTRI'LOQUISM. ( Ventriloquismus; 
 from venter, and loquor, to speak.) The art of 
 bo modulating the voice as to give the by- 
 standers an impression that it proceeds from 
 variotfs distances. 
 
 Ve'nula. A small vein. 
 
 Ve'nus. Copper. 
 
 VERATRIA. (a, a?, f.) Veratrine. A veg- 
 etable alkaloid obtained from the Veratrum sab- 
 adilla and V. album. It is white, pulverulent, 
 672 
 
 has no odor, but excites violent sneezing, and 
 is very acrid. Its formula appears to be 
 C34H26NO6. It produces violent vomiting in 
 very small doses, and, according to some exper- 
 iments, a few grains may cause death. It is in- 
 soluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether. 
 It is said to be a drastic purge in the dose of 
 one twelfth of a grain. It has been lately rec- 
 ommended as a topical stimulant in neuralgic, 
 rheumatic, and other painful diseases. It is 
 also applied in the form of liniment made with 
 from six to twelve grains to an ounce of alco- 
 hol, or in that of an ointment consisting of 3ss. 
 of the veratria mixed with 3L of olive oil, and 
 fj. of lard. The sulphate, tartrate, and other 
 salts can be formed by acting on the base. 
 
 Veratrine. See Veratria. 
 
 VERATRUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Polygamia. Monoscia. Melanthacece. 
 
 — V. album. White hellebore, or veratrum. 
 Every part of the plant is extremely acrid and 
 poisonous. The dried root has a durable, nau- 
 seous, and bitter taste, burning the mouth and 
 fauces : when powdered, and applied to is- 
 sues or ulcers, it produces griping and purg- 
 ing ; if snuffed up the nose, it proves a violent 
 sternutatory. The root is a violent purgative ; 
 it likewise acts very powerfully upon the nerv- 
 ous system, producing great anxiety, tremors, 
 vertigo, syncope, interrupted respiration, sink- 
 ing of the pulse, convulsions, spasms, and death. 
 Veratrum has been found useful in mania; ep- 
 ilepsy, and other convulsive complaints ; and 
 especially in the different eruptions ; herpes, 
 lepra, and other scaly diseases. As a powerful 
 stimulating and irritating medicine, its use has 
 been resorted to in desperate cases only, and 
 even then it ought first to be exhibited in very 
 small doses, as a grain, and in a diluted state, 
 and to be gradually increased, according to the 
 effects, which are generally of an alarming na- 
 ture. Its active agent is veratria. — V. nigrum. 
 Helleborus niger.— V. sabadilla. Indian caustic 
 barley. Sevadilla. The seeds are administer- 
 ed with very great success as a vermifuge, and 
 are also diuretic and emetic. The dose to a 
 child, from two to four years old, is two grains; 
 from hence to eight, five grains ; from eight to 
 twelve, ten grains. — V. viride. American helle- 
 bore is an indigenous swamp species; it is sim- 
 ilar to the V. album hi properties, but is said 
 not to be purgative. 
 
 VERBA'SCUM. (um, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Solanacece. 
 
 — V. blatta'ria. Moth mullein. This is demul- 
 cent. — V. nigrum. Black mullein. The V. ni- 
 grum and V. thapsus appear to be ordered in- 
 differently by this name in the pharmacopoeias. 
 The flowers, leaves, and roots are used occa- 
 sionally as mild astringents. — V. thapsus. The 
 yellow mullein. 
 
 VERBE'NA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Decandria. Monogynia. Verbenacece. — V. faz- 
 mina. Erysimum alliaria. — V. officinalis. Ver- 
 vain. Verbenaca. This plant is destitute of 
 odor, and has but slight bitterness and astrin- 
 gency. 
 
 Verdigris. The sub acetate of copper. 
 
 Verjuice. An acid liquor pressed from 
 green grapes or apples. 
 
VER 
 
 VER 
 
 Vermicular. Vermicularis. Shaped like, 
 or having the properties of a worm. 
 
 Ve'rmiform. Vermiformis. Worm-like. 
 
 VERMIFORM PROCESS. Processus and 
 Protuberantia vermiformis. The substance 
 which unites the two hemispheres of the cere- 
 bellum like a ring ; and which forms a process, 
 so called from its resemblance to an earth-worm 
 rolled up. 
 
 VE'RMIFUGE. (Vermifugus; from vermis, 
 a worm, and fugo, to drive away.) Anthel- 
 mintic. 
 
 Vermilion. Cinnabar. 
 
 Vermin a'tion. That diseased state, when 
 the skin is infested by vermin. 
 
 Vermi'nous. Produced by worms. 
 
 VE'RMIS. (is, is, m.) A worm. The 
 name generally given to the parasitical animals 
 that infest the animal body. See Entozoa and 
 Invermination. 
 
 Vermis cerebri. Brain-worm. This name 
 has been givgn to the Hungarian camp fever. 
 
 Vermis mordicans. V. repens. A species 
 of herpetic eruption on the skin. 
 
 Vermis terrestris. Lumbricus terrestris. 
 
 VERNA'TION. (From ver, the spring. ) 
 The manner in which the leaves of plants are 
 folded or wrapped up, and expand in the spring. 
 
 VE'RNIX CASE'OSA. The sebaceous mat- 
 ter which invests the foetus. It consists of oily 
 matters, epithelium scales, with a small quan- 
 tity of saline matter. 
 
 VERNO'NIA. (a, a, I) A genus of plants. 
 Syngenesia. Polygamia superflua. Composites. 
 — V. anthelmintica. Calagirah. An East In- 
 dian plant, much celebrated as a tonic, the 
 seeds of which are considered a valuable ver- 
 mifuge. 
 
 VERO'NICA. A genus of plants. Diandria. 
 Monogynia. Veronicacece. — V. beccabunga. V. 
 aquatica. The water-pimpernel and brook- 
 lime. The juice of the fresh plant is refrigerant 
 and antiscorbutic. — V. mas. V. officinalis. Ve- 
 ronica. It was formerly used as a pectoral, 
 but is now justly forgotten. 
 
 Ve rres. The boar. 
 
 Verricula'ris tu'nica. The retina of the 
 eye. 
 
 VERRU'CA. (a,(B,f.) A wart, or thicken- 
 ing and induration of the cuticle, which is raised 
 up in different forms. They are readily de- 
 stroyed by caustic, ligature, or the knife. 
 
 Verruca'ria. Heliotropium europaeum. 
 
 Verruco'se. Warty. 
 
 Versa'tilis. Versatile : vane-like. 
 
 VE'RTEBRA. (a, ce, f. ; from verto, to turn. ) 
 One of the bones of which the spine is formed. 
 The spine is composed of two irregular pyra- 
 mids, which are united at the os sacrum. The 
 i vertebrae which form the upper and longest 
 pyramid are called true vertebrae, and those 
 which compose the lower pyramid, or the os 
 sacrum and coccyx, are termed false vertebrae. 
 The true vertebrae are divided into the cervical, 
 dorsal, and lumbar. 
 
 In each of the vertebrae, as in other bones, 
 we may remark the body of the bone, its pro- 
 cesses, and cavities. The body may be com- 
 pared to part of a cylinder cut off transversely: 
 convex before, and concave behind. Each ver- 
 
 Utt 
 
 tebra has commonly seven processes. First, 
 the spinous process, which is placed at the 
 back part of the vertebra. Two others are 
 called transverse processes, and are placed on 
 each side of the spinous process. The four 
 others, which are called oblique processes, are 
 much smaller. There are two on the upper and 
 two on the lower part of each vertebra, rising 
 from near the basis of the transverse processes. 
 They are the articular processes. 
 
 There is in every vertebra, between its body 
 and processes, a foramen for the lodgment of 
 the spinal marrow. Besides this, there are four 
 notches on each side of every vertebra, be- 
 tween the oblique processes and the body of 
 the vertebra. These form passages for blood- 
 vessels, and for the nerves that pass out of the 
 spine. The vertebrae are united together by 
 means of nbro-cartilage. Besides the connec- 
 tion by means of this intervertebral cartilage, 
 there are many strong ligaments, which unite 
 the bones of the spine to each other. Some of 
 these ligaments are external, and others inter- 
 nal. 
 
 The cervical vertebrm are seven in number ; 
 their bodies are smaller, and of a firmer text- 
 ure, than the other bones of the spine. The 
 transverse processes are short, and forked. At 
 the bottom of each of these processes there is 
 a foramen, for the passage of the cervical (ver- 
 tebral) artery. The spinous process is like- 
 wise shorter than that of other vertebrae, and 
 forked at its extremity. Their oblique pro- 
 cesses are large, and very oblique. The first, 
 second, and seventh bone are of a peculiar 
 form. The first, or atlas, forms a kind of bony 
 ring. At the middle of its convex fore part is 
 a small tubercle, which is the body. To this a 
 ligament is attached, which helps to strengthen 
 the articulation of the spine with the os occipi- 
 tis. The back part of this anterior portion is 
 concave, and covered with cartilage where it 
 receives the odontoid process of the second 
 vertebra. The posterior arch is larger than the 
 anterior one. The transverse processes, one on 
 each side, are longer and larger than those of 
 the other vertebrae, and are perforated at their 
 basis for the passage of the cervical artery. 
 The articulating surfaces are also very large. 
 The second, or dentata, has an upright process 
 on its body, which is of a cylindrical shape, 
 slightly flattened, however, behind and before. 
 It articulates with the atlas. By this means 
 the rotatory motion of the head is chiefly per- 
 formed. The seventh vertebra has its spinal 
 process of great length, so that it has been call 
 ed vertebra prominens. 
 
 The dorsal vertebrce, which are twelve in 
 number, are of a middle size, between the cer- 
 vical and lumbar vertebrae. The bodies are 
 more flattened at their sides, more convex be- 
 fore, and more concave behind, than the other 
 bones of the spine. Their upper and lower sur- 
 faces are nearly horizontal. Their spinous pro- 
 cesses are long, flattened at the sides, divided 
 at their upper and back part into two surfaces 
 by a middle ridge. The transverse processes 
 are of considerable length and thickness, and 
 are turned obliquely backward. Anteriorly 
 they have an articulating surface for receiving 
 
 673 
 
VES 
 
 VE S 
 
 the tuberosity of the ribs, except in the eleventh 
 and twelfth of the dorsal vertebrae, to which 
 the ribs are articulated by their heads only. 
 
 The lumbar vertebrae are five in number. 
 Their bodies are larger than those of the dorsal 
 vertebrae. Their spinous processes are short 
 and thick, of considerable breadth, erect, and 
 terminated by a kind of tuberosity. Their 
 oblique processes are of considerable thickness. 
 Their transverse processes are thin and long, 
 except in the first and last vertebras, where they 
 are much shorter, that the lateral motions of the 
 trunk might not be impeded. The os sacrum 
 and os coccygis belong more correctly to the 
 pelvis. 
 
 VE'RTEBRAL. Vertebralis. Appertaining 
 to the vertebrae, or bones of the spine. 
 
 Vertebral artery. Arteria vertebralis. A 
 branch of the subclavian, proceeding through 
 the vertebrae to within the cranium, where, with 
 its fellow, it forms the basilary arteiy, the in- 
 ternal auditory, and the posterior artery of the 
 dura mater. 
 
 Vertebral column. See Vertebra and 
 Spinal cord. 
 
 Vertebral disease. Rhachitis. 
 
 Vertebral sinuses. See Sinuses, vertebral. 
 
 VERTEBRA'TA. One of the primary divis- 
 ions of the auimal kingdom, containing all the 
 animals furnished with a spine. 
 
 VE'RTEX. {ex, ids, m. ; from verto.) The 
 crown of the head. The os verticis is the pari- 
 etal bone. 
 
 Ve'rtical. Verticalis. Perpendicular. 
 
 Verticalia ossa. The parietal bones. 
 
 VERTICTLLUS. A whorl ; when the flow- 
 ers or leaves surround the stem in a ring nearly 
 on the same plane. 
 
 Verticis os. The parietal bone. 
 
 VERTJ/GO. (o, inis, f. ; from verto, to turn 
 about.^) Giddiness or swimming of the head ; 
 a dizziness, with a fear of falling, and more or 
 less confusion of the mind and senses. The 
 predisposing causes of this affection are such as 
 produce debility or exhaustion of the nervous 
 power, and the exciting causes are whatever 
 has a tendency to disturb the uniformity with 
 which the nervous power is distributed. Dys- 
 peptic persons, those who are faint from sud- 
 den and violent evacuations, want of food, or a 
 long course of labor, are very subject to it. It 
 is also symptomatic of fevers and most inflam- 
 mations. 
 
 Verumo'ntanum. The caput gallinaginis of 
 the urethra. 
 
 Vervain. Verbena officinalis. 
 
 Vervain, female. Erysimum alliaria. 
 
 Vesa'nia. Madness. 
 
 VESA'NLE. The fourth order in the class 
 Neuroses of Cullen, comprehending diseases in 
 which the judgment is impaired, without either 
 coma or pyrexia. 
 
 VESI'CA. {a, ce, f.) A bladder. 
 
 Vesica fellis. The gall bladder. 
 
 Vesica natato'ria. The air bladder of 
 fishes. 
 
 Vesica urinaria. The urinary bladder. 
 
 VESICAL. Vesicalis. Relating to the uri- 
 nary bladder, as vesical arteries, &c. See C7W- 
 nary bladder. 
 674 
 
 Vesica'nts. Vesicatory substances. 
 
 VESIC A'TORY. Vesicato'rius. (From w 
 tea, a bladder : because it raises a bladder. 
 Having the property, when applied to the skip 
 of raising a bladder. Various substances prv- • 
 duce this effect on the skin, but the powder of 
 the cantharis, or blistering fly, operates with 
 certainty and expedition, and is made use of for 
 the purpose. Blisters act by diverting pain 
 and inflammation to the surface. When it is 
 not wished to maintain a discharge from the 
 blistered part, make a puncture in the cuticle 
 to let out the fluid, and dress with simple ce- 
 rate or olive oil ; but when the case requires 
 keeping up a secretion of pus, the surgeon must 
 remove the whole of the detached cuticle with 
 a pair of scissors, and dress the excoriated sur- 
 face with diluted savine ointment ; the canthar- 
 idis ointment has also been used, but is apt to 
 produce strangury. 
 
 VE'SICLE. ( Vesicula, ce, f . ; a diminutive 
 of vesica, a bladder.) 1. A small bladder. 2. 
 An elevation of the cuticle, or bladder-like tu- 
 mor in any part, containing a transparent watery 
 fluid. 
 
 Vesicovaginal. Relating to the bladder 
 and vagina. 
 
 VESI'CULA. {a, ce, f.) A vesicle; a small 
 bag or bladder. In Pathology, a small, round- 
 ish elevation of the cuticle, containing lymph, 
 but which may become opaque. It is usually 
 succeeded by scurf or small scales. 
 
 Vesicula fellis. The gall bladder. 
 
 Vesicula umbilicalis. A small vesicle of 
 the fetus, to be seen about the fifteenth day 
 from impregnation, and beginning to disappear 
 after the seventh week. See Ovum. 
 
 VESICULA. (Plural of vesicula.) An order 
 of cutaneous diseases in the system of Bateman. 
 
 Vesicula hx\m Barbara. The confluent 
 small-pox. 
 
 VESicuLiE gingivarum. The thrush. 
 
 Vesicula Graafian^. Graafian vesicles. 
 
 Vesicula Nabothi. Vesicles of Naboth. 
 The follicles in the interior of the cervix uteri. 
 
 Vesiculjs pulmonales. The air-cells of the 
 lungs. 
 
 Vesicula seminales. Two membranous 
 receptacles, situated on the back part of the 
 bladder, above its neck. The excretory ducts 
 are called ejaculatory ducts. They proceed to 
 the urethra, into which they open by a peculiar 
 orifice at the top of the'verumontanum. They 
 have vessels and nerves from the neighboring 
 parts, and are well supplied with absorbent 
 vessels, which proceed to the lymphatic glands 
 about the loins. The use of the vesiculae semi- 
 nales is to receive the semen brought into them 
 by the vasa deferentia, to retain, somewhat in- 
 spissate, and to discharge it sub coitu into the 
 urethra. 
 
 VESFCULAR. Vesiculates. Having the 
 appearance of vesicles; like small cellules or 
 bladders. 
 
 Vesicular fever. Pemphigus. 
 
 Vesicular nervous tissue. See Nervous 
 matter. 
 
 VE'SPA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of insects, of 
 the order Hymenoptera. — V. crabro. The hor- 
 net. The sting is very severe, and the effect 
 
VIN 
 
 VIN 
 
 best allayed by dilute ammonia. — V. vulgaris. 
 The common wasp. 
 
 VE'SSEL. Vas. In Anatomy^ a tubular 
 canal ; the arteries, veins, lymphatics, and ab- 
 sorbents are called the vessels of the body. 
 
 VESTFBULE. Vestibulum. 1. A cavity of 
 the internal ear, between the cochlea and semi- 
 circular canals. 2. The triangular space lying 
 between the nymphae, bounded above by the 
 clitoris, and below by the orifice of the urethra. 
 
 Vesti'tus. Clothing. 
 
 VETA. An acute headache, with great pros- 
 tration, common in the region of the Andes. 
 
 Ve'terinary. Relating to beasts of burden : 
 hence Veterinary surgery, or farriery. 
 
 Vexi'llum. The large, uppermost petal of a 
 papilionaceous flower. 
 
 VI' A. (a, a, f.) A way or passage. Used 
 in Anatomy. 
 
 Viability. The state of a child which is 
 viable. See Viable. 
 
 VIABLE. Applied to a new-born child, to 
 express its capability of sustaining extra-uterine 
 and. independent life. Hence Viability. 
 
 Via, lachrymales. The lachrymal appa- 
 ratus. 
 
 VI'BEX. (ex, icis; plu. Vibices.) A large 
 purple spot which appears under the skin in 
 certain malignant fevers. 
 
 Vi'bratory. Having a quick oscillating or 
 swinging motion ; quivering. 
 
 VIBRIOSES. (Plural of vibrio.) Minute 
 animalcules, of a linear figure and low organi- 
 zation, sometimes found in the urine of emaci- 
 ated persons. Fuchs has recognized two spe- 
 cies, Vibrio cyanogenus and V. xanthogenus, in 
 specimens of the blue and yellow diseased milk. 
 
 Vibri'ss.s:. The hairs growing inside the 
 nostrils. 
 
 Viburnum lantana. Liburnum. The ber- 
 ries are considered astringent. 
 
 VICHY SPRINGS. In the department of 
 Allier, France. They are thermal, and contain 
 variable proportions of carbonic acid, carbonate 
 of soda, carbonates of lime, magnesia, and iron, 
 sulphate and muriate of soda, &c. 
 
 VFCIA. (a, a, f.) A genus of plants. Di- 
 adelphia. Decandria. Leguminosce. — V.faba. 
 The common bean. Beans are very nutritious, 
 but in delicate stomachs may produce flatulency. 
 
 Victorialis longa. Allium victoriale. 
 
 Vidian nerve. V. canal. The pterygoid 
 nerve and canal. 
 
 VIGILANCE. Pervigilium. Continued 
 wakefulness. This, when attended by anxiety, 
 pain in the head, loss of appetite, and diminu- 
 tion of strength, is by Sauvages and Sagar con- 
 sidered as a genus of disease, and is called 
 Agrypnia. 
 
 VFLLOUS. Villosm. Shaggy ; applied, in 
 Anatomy, to a velvet-like arrangement of fibres 
 or vessels, as in the mucous membrane. 
 
 Villous membranes. The mucous mem- 
 branes. 
 
 VFLLUS. (us, i,m.) 1. The minute papillae 
 which arise on the surface of mucous mem- 
 branes, forming downy tissue. 2. A species of 
 hairy pubescence. 
 
 Vi'men. A slender and flexible twig. 
 
 VI'NCA. A genus of plants. Pentandria. 
 
 Monogynia. — V. minor. The lesser periwinkle. 
 V. pervinca. It possesses bitter and astringent 
 virtues. 
 
 Vinceto'xicum. Asclepias vincetoxicum. 
 
 Vine. Vitis vinifera. 
 
 Vine, white. V., wild. Bryonia alba. 
 
 Vinegar. See Acetum. 
 
 Vinegar, aromatic. Acetum aromaticum. 
 
 Vinegar of squills. Acetum scillae. 
 
 Vinegar, thieves'. Acetum prophylacti- 
 cum. 
 
 VINUM. (um, i, n.) Wine. The ferment- 
 ed juice of the grape and other fruits. Various 
 wines are recognized as officinal by the pharma- 
 copoeias. The Vinum of the Ph. U. S. is Ten- 
 eriffe, a variety of Madeira; dry, rather acid, 
 and containing about fourteen per cent, of al- 
 cohol. Sherry is the officinal wine of the Ph. 
 L., E., & D., and is severally called Vinum 
 album (E.), V. album Hispanicum (D.), and V. 
 Xericum (L.). This, when pure, is a dry, strong 
 wine without acidity. The wines used by in- 
 valids should be old, and free from acidity ; but 
 claret, port, Champagne, &c., are sometimes 
 prescribed to meet certain indications as well 
 as to act as diffusible stimulants. (See Wine.) 
 The wines so employed are comprised in the 
 following list : V. Burgundicum. Burgundy ; 
 light, acid, and astringent. — V. Campanicum. 
 Champagne. It is sparkling and acid, acts as a 
 diffusible stimulant rapidly, and is calculated, 
 by the presence of free carbonic acid, to allay 
 vomiting. — V. Canarinum. Teneriffe. — V. 
 Lusita'nicum, V. rubrum Portuga' licum. Port 
 wine. When old and in good condition, it is 
 strong, and slightly astringent. It is tonic as 
 well as stimulant, and of great service for inva- 
 lids whose system is lax, but may disagree with 
 a weak stomach. — F. Madera 'icum. Madeira. 
 It is very strong and slightly acid. It is pro- 
 cured of better quality than the others in the 
 U. S., and is well adapted to the aged, infirm, 
 and convalescents. — F. Rhena'num. Rhine 
 wine. The hocks are light, acid wines, well 
 adapted to cases where there is a phosphatic 
 deposit in the urine: they are diuretic, and very 
 mild stimulants. In cases of low fever they are 
 to be preferred, unless more powerful stimu- 
 lants become necessary. — F. Rubcllum. Claret. 
 The clarets, of which Lafitte and Ch&teau Mar- 
 gaux are the best, are light, acid, and astringent 
 wines. They therefore combine a tonic prop- 
 erty with the stimulant and diuretic. They are, 
 with the Rhine wines, very improper in gouty 
 
 VINAMEDICA'TA. Medicinal wines. 
 Preparations differing little from tinctures, ex- 
 cept in the smaller quantity of alcohol they con- 
 tain. They do not keep as well as tinctures, and 
 should be prepared in small quantity. Teneriffe 
 or Canary wine is the officinal wine of the U. 
 S., and the preparations are made by macerating 
 without heat for fourteen days. The following 
 are the important preparations. There are many 
 in the French Codex too complex and useless to 
 be inserted here. These wines are indeed of 
 little importance, since they may be extempo- 
 raneously imitated by the addition of one half 
 water to the corresponding tinctures, and are 
 now omitted from the London Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 675 
 
VIN 
 
 VIS 
 
 Vinum aloes. (U.S.) Wine of aloes. Tinc- 
 tura hierce. Tinctura sacra. Take of pow- 
 dered aloes, fj. ; cardamom seeds, bruised, gin- 
 ger, each, 3J. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for four- 
 teen days, occasionally shaking the mixture, 
 and filter. A stomachic purgative. Dose, f. 
 fss. to f. §j. 
 
 Vinum amarum. Vinum gentianae composi- 
 tum. 
 
 Vinum antimonii potassio-tartratis. V. 
 antimonii tartarizati. See Antimonii tartariza- 
 ti vinum. 
 
 Vinum chalybea'tum. Vinum ferri. 
 
 Vinum co'lchici radicis. (U.S.) Wine of 
 colchicum roots. Take of the cormus of col- 
 chicum, bruised, ibss. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, shaking occasionally, and strain ; 
 or prepare by displacement. Dose, gtt. xl. to 
 
 f- 3j- 
 
 Vinum co'lchici seminis. (U. S.) Wine of 
 colchicum seeds. Take of colchicum seeds, 
 bruised, fiv. ; wine, Oij. Macerate for four- 
 teen days, express, and filter. Used in gout 
 and rheumatism. Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 31J. 
 
 Vinum emeticum. Antimonii tartarizatum, 
 vinum. 
 
 Vinum ergo'tje. (U. S.) Wine of ergot. 
 Take of ergot, bruised, fij. ; wine, Oj. Mac- 
 erate for fourteen days, express, and filter. 
 Dose, f. 3ss. to f. 3J., to assist labour. 
 
 Vinum ferri. Wine of iron. V. chalybea- 
 tum. Take of iron filings, f ij. ; wine, Oij. Mix, 
 and set the mixture by for a month, occasion- 
 ally shaking it; then filter it through paper. 
 Not used. 
 
 Vinum gentians compositum. (Ph. E.) 
 Compound wine of gentian. Take of gentian 
 root, bruised, §ss. ; cinchona bark, bruised, fj. ; 
 orange rind, dried, 3ij. ; canella bark, bruised, 
 3J. ; dilute alcohol, f. giv. ; sherry wine, Oiiss. 
 Macerate for fourteen days, and filter. Stoma- 
 chic and tonic bitters. Dose, f. 31J . to f. 3iv. 
 
 Vinum ipecacuanha . (U. S.) Wine of ipe- 
 cacuanha. Take of ipecacuanha root, bruised, 
 fj. ; wine Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, and 
 strain. The dose, when used as an emetic, is 
 from f. 3iv. to f. fj. ; as a diaphoretic, about 3SS. ; 
 and it is expectorant in the dose of ten or fifteen 
 drops several times a day. 
 
 Vinum opii. (U.S.) Wine of opium. Take 
 of powdered opium, fij. ; cinnamon bark, 
 bruised, cloves, bruised, of each, 3J. ; wine, Oj. 
 Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. 
 The dose and effects are similar to those of tinc- 
 ture of opium. It is very useful in chronic 
 ophthalmia, two or three drops being intro- 
 duced into the eye every day. This practice 
 was introduced by Mr. Ware. 
 
 Vinum rhei. (U. S.) Wine of rhubarb. 
 Take of rhubarb, bruised, fij. ; canella bark, 
 bruised, 3J. ; dilute alcohol, f. § ij. ; wine, Oj. 
 Macerate for fourteen days, express, and filter. 
 Stomachic and laxative. Dose, f. ?jss. to f. 3-j. 
 
 Vinum ta'baci. (U. S.) Wine of tobacco. 
 Take of tobacco, fj. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for 
 fourteen days, express, and filter. A danger- 
 ous narcotic and antispasmodic. Not used. 
 
 Vinum vera'tri albi. (U. S.) Wine of 
 white hellebore. Take of veratrum root, bruis- 
 ed, 1 iv. ; wine, Oj. Macerate for fourteen days, 
 676 
 
 and filter. Dose, gtt. xxx., to be gradually in- 
 creased. 
 
 VI'OLA. (a, ee, f.) A genus of plants. Syn~ 
 genesia. Monogynia. Violacem. — V. calceo- 
 laria. It affords a kind of ipecacuanha. — V. 
 canina. The dog violet. The root excites 
 vomiting and purging in the dose of a scruple 
 of the dried root. — V. ipecacuanha. It yields a 
 species of ipecacuanha root. — V. lutea. Chei- 
 ranthus cheiri. — V. odorata. Sweet violet, 
 Viola. The recent flowers have an agreeable 
 sweet smell, and a mucilaginous bitterish taste. 
 They are laxative, and said to possess an ano- 
 dyne and pectoral quality. — V. palustris. Pin- 
 guecula palustris. — V. parviflo'ra. This plant 
 affords a kind of ipecacuanha. — V. pedata. An 
 indigenous species, thought to be a good pec- 
 toral demulcent. — V. tri' color. Heart's-ease. 
 Pansy. It is very mucilaginous, and slightly 
 laxative. Several German writers extol it in 
 Crusta lactea. 
 
 VIOLA'CEiE. ( Viola, a violet.) The violet 
 tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Herbs with 
 leaves usually alternate ; flowers, polypetalous ; 
 petals, hypogynous ; stamens, alternate with the 
 petals ; ovarium, one-celled, many-seeded. 
 
 Viola'ceous. Violaceus. A deep bluish- 
 purple or violet color. 
 
 Viola'ria. Violet. See Viola. 
 
 Vi'oline. Violina. The emetic principle of 
 the ipecacuan violets, similar to emetine. 
 
 Viper. Vi'pera. The Coluber berus. 
 
 Viper-grass. See Scorzonera. 
 
 Viperaria. Viperi'na. Aristolochia ser- 
 pentaria. 
 
 Virga aurea. Solidago virgaurea. 
 
 Virga'ta sutura. The sagittal suture. 
 
 Virga'tus. Rod-shaped. 
 
 VIRGINIA, SPRINGS OF. Several mineral 
 springs in the valley of Western Virginia have 
 great medicinal value. The warm spring is a 
 thermal of 97° F. ; the hot spring has a tem- 
 perature of 107° ; and both are slightly sulphur- 
 ous. The sweet springs are highly acidulous. 
 The white sulphur is a strong sulphurous water, 
 and the red sulphur is sulphurous and chalyb 
 eate. 
 
 Virgin's bower. Clematis vitalba. 
 
 Virgin's milk. Lac virgineum. 
 
 Virgina'le claustrum. The hymen. 
 
 Virgula. The penis. 
 
 Virility. Manhood ; adult age. 
 
 Vi'rulent. Virosus. Poisonous; pertain- 
 ing to a virus. 
 
 VI'RUS. (us, i, m.) A poison. In the lan- 
 guage of Pathology, any matter which is the 
 product of a disease, and is capable of producing 
 that disease in a healthy individual by inocula- 
 tion or absorption through the cuticle, is called 
 the virus of that disease : thus we speak of the 
 virus of small-pox, of the venereal virus, &c. 
 
 VIS. (Vis, viris, f.) Power. In Physiology, 
 applied to the vital power and its effects: hence 
 Vis vita, Vis insita, Vis irritabilis, Vis nervea, &c. 
 
 Vis a tergo. Any moving power acting 
 from behind. 
 
 Vis conserva'trix. Vis medicatrix. 
 
 Vis elastica. Elasticity. 
 
 Vis insi'ta. This property is defined by 
 Hailer to be that power by which a muscle, 
 
VIS 
 
 when wounded, touched, or irritated, contracts, 
 independently of the will of the animal that is 
 the subject of the experiment, and without his 
 feeling pain. 
 
 Vis medica'trix naturje. Vis conservatrix. 
 A term employed by physicians to express that 
 healing power in an animated body, by which, 
 when diseased, the body is enabled to regain 
 its healthy actions. 
 
 Vis mortoa. That property by which a 
 muscle, after the death of the animal, or imme- 
 diately after having been cut out from a living 
 body, contracts. 
 
 Vis nervosa. Vis nervea. The power of 
 the muscles by which they act when excited 
 by the nerves, as opposed to the Vis insita, or ir- 
 ritabilis. 
 
 Vis plastica. V. formativa. The forma- 
 tive energy which spontaneously operates in 
 animals. 
 
 Vis vitje. The vital power. 
 
 VI'SCERA. (Plural of viscus.) The intes- 
 tines; the organs of the body. 
 
 Vi'sceral. Relating to the intestines, or to a 
 viscus. 
 
 VISCIDITY. (Visciditas; from viscus, vis- 
 cid.) Viscosity: glutinous; sticky; clammy. 
 
 Viscosity. Viscositas. Viscidity. 
 
 Viscous fermentation. A fermentation 
 which takes place in vegetable juices at 90° to 
 100° F., attended with the production of lactic 
 acid, mannite, and a gummy substance. 
 
 VIS'CUM. (um, i, n., and us, i, m.) A 
 genus of parasitical plants. Dioecia. Tetran- 
 dria. Caprifoliacece. — V. album. V. querci- 
 nus. The mistletoe. This plant was anciently 
 thought of great virtue in epilepsy and nervous 
 diseases. 
 
 VI'SCUS. (us, eris, n. ; plural, viscera.) 
 A bowel. The organs contained in any of the 
 three great cavities, especially of the thorax 
 and abdomen, are called viscera. 
 
 VISION. (Visits, us, m.) The function 
 which enables us to perceive the magnitude, 
 figure, color, distance, &c, of bodies. The or- 
 gans which compose the apparatus of vision 
 are described in the article Eye. 
 
 Optically considered, the eye is a camera ob- 
 scura, the retina being sensible to the undula- 
 tions of light, and receiving a change therefrom, 
 which is conveyed to the brain by means of the 
 optic nerve.. The lens and humors of the eye 
 are destined to collect the rays of light into a 
 focus, for their proper action on the retina; 
 and if there be any flattening or morbid change 
 in these parts, vision is impeded or destroyed. 
 The amount of light entering is beautifully regu- 
 lated by the iris, which contracts and dilates in 
 proportion to the quantity and its brilliancy, 
 diminishing the pupil to a mere point in the 
 full glare of the sun. The pigment of the eye 
 also serves a highly important purpose, by ab- 
 sorbing all the rays which are out of the axis, 
 and hindering them from producing the confu- 
 sion of vision which would otherwise occur. 
 It is also suspected that the pigment represents 
 the matter which has been changed by the 
 action of light on the retina; for we can not 
 conceive that this agent should produce such 
 a marked effect without inducing chemical 
 
 VIT 
 
 change. According to this view, the retina, as 
 was suggested by Dr. Moser, is very similar in 
 its chemical history to a Daguerre plate. 
 
 Under ordinary circumstances, vision is most 
 distinct, for small objects, at a distance of about 
 eight inches. In abnormal or diseased condi- 
 tions of the eye, this point will be advanced or 
 removed according as the globe is flattened or 
 elongated, producing the defects called long 
 and short sightedness. The apparent size of 
 an object depends upon the rays of light with 
 which it is seen; the more convergent these 
 are, the greater will be the size; hence dis- 
 tance, which diminishes the convergence or 
 angle under which the object is seen, also di- 
 minishes the apparent size ; and convex lenses, 
 as in the microscope, which rapidly condense 
 light, improve the magnitude of objects. The 
 eye is not, however, a perfect machine, for the 
 impression of an object remains there during 
 an appreciable time, about the one sixtieth of a 
 second, so that vision becomes confused when 
 the change of objects is as rapid as this, the im- 
 ages being run into one another. This fact is 
 the basis of several ingenious optical toys. 
 There are, also, two spots in the retina where 
 vision does not take place; at the entrance of 
 the arteria centralis retinas and the foramen of 
 Soemmering. The muscles of the eye exercise 
 some influence in elongating or diminishing its 
 diameter, for the purpose of adapting it to the 
 examination of near and distant objects. 
 
 Optical illusions arise from the above defects 
 of the eye, but chiefly from errors in the mental 
 appreciation of the size, distance, position, and 
 relation of objects. Thus we judge of distance 
 from the size and brilliancy of objects, and are 
 continually under the impression that large 
 masses which are very distant may be near, or 
 that bright objects are at hand. The defects 
 called ocular spectra seem to be due to disease, 
 or a defect of the retina or brain, for the most 
 part. They consist in the perception of objects 
 which are imaginary, or in the presence 'of 
 moving motes, or bodies of a false color. The 
 moving motes are supposed by some to arise 
 from the presence of opaque particles in the 
 aqueous humor. 
 
 Vision, defective. — V. lateral. See Dys- 
 opia. 
 
 Vis us. Vision. 
 
 Visus defiguratus. See Pseudoblepsis. 
 
 Visus duplicatus. See Diplopia. 
 
 VI'TA. (a, ce, f. ; from vivo, to live. ) See Life. 
 
 Vit^: lignum. Guaiacum officinale. 
 
 Vital air. Oxygen. 
 
 Vital force. Vis vitae. The formative force, 
 which arranges the materials of growth, repro- 
 duces cellules, endows all parts of the body 
 with irritability and sensibility, and resists the 
 destructive action of numerous morbific agents. 
 
 Vit.al principle. See Life, 
 
 Vitalba. Clematis vitalba. 
 
 VITELLINE. Vitellinus. 1. Pertaining to 
 the yolk of the egg. 2. Of a yellow or orange 
 color. 
 
 Vitelline vessels. The omphalo-meseu- 
 teric vessels of the incubated egg. 
 
 Vite'llus. 1. The yolk of an egg. 2. The 
 albumen of seeds. 
 
 677 
 
VIT 
 
 VOI 
 
 VI'TEX. (ex, ids, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Didynamia. Angiospermia. — V. agnus castus. 
 The chaste tree. The seeds, when fresh, are 
 fragrant, and have an acrid, aromatic taste. For- 
 merly they were celebrated as anti-aphrodisiac. 
 
 Viti saltUs. See Chorea. 
 
 VITILFGO. (o, inis, f. ; from vitulus, a calf.) 
 Veal skin. Celsus includes the three varieties 
 of lepra, the alphos, melas, and leuce, under the 
 name vitiligo. Dr. Willan applies the name 
 to a tubercular disease which is somewhat rare, 
 and perhaps but little known. It is character- 
 ized by the appearance of smooth, white, shin- 
 ing tubercles, which rise on the skin, inter- 
 mixed with shining papulae. 
 
 Vitiligo hepatica. Symptomatic diffused 
 ephelis. — Sauvages. 
 
 VI'TIS. (is, is, f.) 1. The grape. 2. A ge- 
 nus of plants. Pentandria. Monogynia. Vi- 
 tacece. — V. alba. Bryonia alba. — V. corinthiaca. 
 The dried fruit or raisin called Passa corinthi- 
 aca. The small raisins called currants. — V. 
 idea. — Vaccinium oxycoccus. — V. marina. Fu- 
 cus natans. — V. sylvestris. White bryony. — 
 V. vini'fera. The grape vine. The expressed 
 juice of the unripe fruit has a harsh, sour taste : 
 it is called verjuice, and was formerly much es- 
 teemed, but is now superseded by the juice of 
 lemons ; for external use, however, particularly 
 in bruises and sprains, verjuice is still employed, 
 and considered to be a very useful application. 
 The dried fruit is termed TJva passa major. 
 Passula major, the raisin. 
 
 Vitium scrofulosum. The scrofulous diath- 
 esis. 
 
 Vitra'ria. Parietaria officinalis. 
 
 VITRE'OUS. ( Vitreus; from vitrum, glass.) 
 Glassy ; transparent ; polished like glass. 
 
 Vitreous humor. Corpus vitreum. Vitreous 
 body. The pellucid body which fills the whole 
 bulb of the eye behind the crystalline lens. 
 
 Vitrifica'tion. The conversion of any sub- 
 stance into a substance like glass. 
 
 Vitriol. Sulphate of iron. 
 
 Vitriol, acid of. Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Vitriol, blue. Sulphate of copper. Cupri 
 sulphas. 
 
 Vitriol, green. Sulphate of iron. Ferri 
 sulphas. 
 
 Vitriol, oil of. Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Vitriol, Roman. Cupri sulphas. 
 
 Vitriol, sweet spirit of. Spiritus setheris 
 sulphurici. 
 
 Vitriol, white. Sulphate of zinc. Zinci 
 sulphas. 
 
 Vitriolated kali. Potassse sulphas. 
 
 Vitri'olum. Sulphate of iron. See Ferri sul- 
 phas. 
 
 Vitriolum album. See Zinci sulphas. 
 
 Vitriolum cceruleum. See Cupri sulphas. 
 
 Vitriolum romanum. See Cupri sulphas. 
 
 Vitriolum vieide. See Ferri sulphas. 
 
 VFTRUM. (urn, i, n.) Glass. Powdered 
 glass has been used as an irritating stimulant to 
 the eye, to remove specks of the cornea. 
 
 Vitrum antimonii. See Antimonii vitrum. 
 
 Vitrum antimonii ceratum. A diaphoretic 
 compound, made of powdered glass of antimony 
 and yellow wax melted together, and pulver- 
 ized when cold. 
 678 
 
 Vitrum hypoclepticum. A funnel to separ- 
 ate oil from water. 
 
 ViTTiE. The little receptacles of umbellif- 
 erous seeds, containing their aromatic oil. 
 
 Vitta'tus. Spotted. 
 
 VIVE'RRA. (a, <b, f.) A genus of digiti- 
 gradous quadrupeds. — V. civetta. The ash-col- 
 ored civet or weazel. See Civetta. — V. zibe'- 
 tha. The civet cat. See Zibethum. 
 
 VIVI'PAROUS. Viviparus. In Zoology, an 
 animal which brings forth its young alive is 
 styled viviparous, in opposition to one which is 
 oviparous, or lays eggs. 
 
 VIVISE'CTION. (From vivus, living, and 
 sectio, to cut.) The act of opening or cutting 
 into living animals for the purpose of making 
 physiological observations. The practice is 
 looked upon with great repugnance by the pro- 
 fession, and is only to be employed where the 
 point to be determined is of considerable im- 
 portance. 
 
 Vivus. Living. 
 
 VOCAL CORDS. Ckordce vocales. Vocal 
 ligaments. Two ligaments which pass, one on 
 each side, from the base of the arytenoid car- 
 tilage, and are inserted into the thyroid carti- 
 lage. They are particularly connected with the 
 formation of the voice. See Voice. 
 
 VOICE. Vox. The sound which is pro- 
 duced in the larynx at the instant when the 
 air traverses this organ, either to enter or go 
 out of the trachea. 
 
 The Apparatus of Voice. — The larynx ought 
 properly to be considered as the organ of voice. 
 Its size varies according to age and sex, being 
 small in children and women, greater in young 
 men, and still larger in adult age. 
 
 The larynx consists of four cartilages and 
 three fibro-cartilages. The cartilages are the 
 cricoid, the thyroid, and the two arytenoid 
 The thyroid joins with the cricoid by the ex 
 tremity of its two inferior horns. In the living 
 state, the thyroid is fixed with respect to the 
 cricoid. Every arytenoid cartilage is articula 
 ted with the cricoid by means of a surface, 
 which is oblong, and concave in a transverse 
 direction. The cricoid presents a surface which 
 is similarly disposed to that of the arytcenoid, 
 with this difference, that it is convex in the 
 same direction in which the other is concave. 
 Round the articulation there is a synovial cap- 
 sule, firm before and behind, and movable with- 
 out and within. Before the articulation is the 
 thyro-arytenoid ligament ; behind is a strong 
 ligamentous band, that might be called crico- 
 arytenoid, on account of the manner in which 
 it is fixed. Thus disposed, the articulation ad- 
 mits only of lateral movements of the arytcenoid 
 upon the cricoid cartilage. No movement for- 
 ward or backward can take place, nor a certain 
 movement up and down, mentioned in anatom- 
 ical books, which none of the muscles is so dis- 
 posed as to produce. This articulation ought 
 to be considered as a simple lateral ginglymus. 
 The fibro-cartilages of the larynx are the epi- 
 glottis, and two small bodies that are found 
 above the top of the arytenoid cartilages, and 
 that have been called by Santorini capitula 
 cartilaginum arytcenoidearum. 
 
 The muscles are, 1st. The crico4hyroid 7 the 
 
VOI 
 
 VOM 
 
 use of which is to raise the cricoid toward the 
 thyroid cartilage. 2d. The muscles crico-ary- 
 tcenoideus posterior, and the crico-arytcenoideus 
 lateralis, the use of which is to draw outward 
 the arytenoid cartilages, iu separating them 
 from one another. 3d. The arytenoid muscle, 
 which draws the arytenoid cartilages together. 
 4th. The thyro-arytcenoideus, a knowledge of 
 which is more important than that of all the 
 muscles of the larynx, because its vibrations 
 produce the vocal sound. This muscle forms 
 the lips of the glottis, and the inferior, superior, 
 and lateral sides of the ventricles of the larynx. 
 5th. Lastly, the muscles of the epiglottis, which 
 are the thyro-epiglotHdeus, the arytceno-epiglot- 
 tideus, and some fibres that may be considered 
 as the vestige of the glosso-epiglottideus muscle 
 that exists in some animals, whose contraction 
 has an influence upon the position of the epi- 
 glottis. 
 
 The larynx is covered within by a mucous 
 membrane. This membrane, in passing from 
 the epiglottis to the arytenoid and thyroid car- 
 tilages, forms two folds, called the lateral liga- 
 ments of the epiglottis. They concur in the 
 formation of the superior and inferior ligaments 
 of the glottis. The vessels of the larynx present 
 nothing remarkable. The nerves are the su- 
 perior and inferior laryngeal, and the recurrent 
 nerve. 
 
 The interval which separates the thyro-ary- 
 taenoid muscles, and the arytenoid cartilages, is 
 called the glottis. In the dead body the glot- 
 tis presents the appearance of a longitudinal 
 slit of about eight or ten lines long, and two or 
 three wide: it is wider behind than before. 
 Here the two sides meet at the point of their 
 insertion into the thyroid cartilage. The pos- 
 terior extremity of the glottis is formed by the 
 arytenoid muscles. If the arytenoid cartilages 
 are brought together so as to touch on their in- 
 ternal faces, the glottis is diminished nearly a 
 third of its length. It then presents a slit which 
 is from five to six inches Ion?, and from half a 
 line to a line broad. The sides of this slit are 
 called the vocal cords (chordae vocales), lips 
 of the glottis, or rima gloflidis. These lips of 
 the glottis vibrate in the production of the 
 voice. Above the inferior ligaments of the 
 glottis are the ventricles of the larynx, the cavi- 
 ty of which is larger than it seems at first sight. 
 The superior, inferior, and external sides of it 
 are formed by the thyro-arytaBnoid muscle, 
 turned upon itself. The extremity, or anterior 
 side, is formed by the thyroid cartilage. By 
 means of these ventricles, the lips of the glottis 
 are completely isolated upon their upper side. 
 Above the opening of the ventricles are the su- 
 perior ligaments of the glottis. They are formed 
 by the superior edge of the thyro-arytsenoid 
 muscle, and covered by the mucous membrane 
 of the larynx. 
 
 Production of the Voice. — The air being 
 pressed from the lungs, proceeds into the tra- 
 chea. This pipe very soon becomes contract- 
 ed, and the air is forced to pass through a nar- 
 row slit, the two sides of which are vibrating 
 plates, which permit and intercept the air, and 
 by these alternations produce sonorous undu- 
 lations in the transmitted current of air. For 
 
 this effect, it is necessary that the thyro-aryte» 
 noid muscles be tense, and this does not take 
 place if the recurrent nex-ves which supply them 
 be cut; then the voice is lost. The tone and 
 intensity of the voice depend on the size of the 
 larynx and the strength of the chest, and the 
 compass or number of notes which can be 
 sounded, on the capacity of elongating and de- 
 pressing the trachea, and the contraction or 
 dilatation of the larynx. Hence the compass 
 of the voice is susceptible of improvement by 
 practice. 
 
 Voice, articulate. Speech; the effect of 
 modifying the sound emitted by the larynx in 
 its passage over the tongue, and through the 
 nostrils, teeth, and lips. 
 
 Voice, bleating. V., goafs. Egophony. 
 
 Voice, cavernous. V., tracheal. See Aus- 
 cultation. 
 
 Vo'la. The palm of the hand. 
 
 VO'LATILE. (Volatilis; from volo, to fly.) 
 Substances the particles of which have a tend- 
 ency to evaporate or diffuse themselves through 
 the air at ordinary temperatures are called vol- 
 atile substances : such are ether, ammonia, &>c. 
 
 Volatile alkali. Ammonia. 
 
 Volatile salt. Sesquicarbonate of ammonia. 
 
 Volatility. The property of becoming 
 evaporated or diffused through the air. 
 
 Volatiliza'tion. The act of rendering a 
 body soluble or vaporous by heat. 
 
 Volse'lla. A probang. See Probang. 
 
 VOLTAIC PILE. A galvanic pile of a num- 
 ber of zinc and copper pairs, separated by 
 pieces of woolen cloth steeped in a solution of 
 salt or other agent. 
 
 Voltaism. Galvanism. 
 
 VOLTAME'TER. An instniment for meas- 
 uring the activity of a galvanic circle. It con- 
 sists of a bottle containing acidulated water, 
 in which the poles can be made to terminate, 
 so that decomposition takes place therein. The 
 bottle has a tube along which the resulting 
 gases flow to a graduated vessel : otherwise it 
 is closed. The activity of the current is there- 
 fore measured by the quantity of gas evolved 
 in a given time. 
 
 Volubile. Volubilis. Twining. 
 
 VOLUME. The apparent space occupied 
 by a body. The less the density of a body, the 
 greater is its volume. 
 
 VOLUNTARY. Relating to the will. Those 
 muscles which are thrown into action in obe- 
 dience to the will are called voluntary muscles. 
 in opposition to the involuntary , which act in- 
 dependently of it. Motions effected by the ac- 
 tion of the voluntary muscles are termed volun- 
 tary motions. 
 
 Voluntary motions. See Voluntary. 
 
 Voluntary muscles. See Voluntary. 
 
 Vo'lva. The wrapper or covering of many 
 of the fungi. 
 
 Vo'lvulus. (From volvo, to roll up.) Ileac 
 passion. 
 
 Volvulus terrestris. The Convolvulus 
 minor. 
 
 VO'MER. (er, eris, m. ; a plough-share.) A 
 slender, thin bone, separating the nostrils from 
 each other. It is attached to the ethmoid and 
 pterygoid bones. 
 
 679 
 
WAT 
 
 VO'MICA. (a, a, f. ; from vomo, to spit up.) 
 In a wide sense, an abscess in any of the vis- 
 cera ; the term, however, is restricted to an ab- 
 scess in the substance of the lungs, usually that 
 formed by the suppuration of tubercles. 
 
 VO'MITING. Vomitio. A forcible ejection 
 of food, or any other substance, from the stom- 
 ach, through the oesophagus and mouth. It is 
 preceded by nausea, dizziness, and a flow of sal- 
 iva, with a salt taste in the fauces. The mechan- 
 ism of vomiting consists in the contraction of 
 the diaphragm, abdominal muscles, and stomach, 
 thrown into action by a reflex action of the par 
 vagum nerve. It usually arises from irritation 
 of the stomach and gastro-enteric membrane, 
 but is often symptomatic of affections of the 
 brain, testicles, kidney, and uterus. If very 
 obstinate, it may be relieved by effervescing 
 drinks, aromatics, or sinapisms applied over the 
 stomach. 
 
 Vomiting of blood. Haematemesis. 
 
 Vo'mitio. Vomiting. 
 
 WEI 
 
 VOMITURITION, (o, onis, f.) Retching, 
 or the ineffectual effort to vomit. 
 
 Vomitus cruentus. Haematemesis. 
 
 Vo'racious appetite. Bulimia. 
 
 Vox. (vox, vocis, f.) The voice. 
 
 Vox abscissa. A loss of voice. Aphonia. 
 
 Vulneraria aqua. Eau d'arquebusade. 
 
 VU'LNERARY. Vulnerarius. (From vul- 
 nus, a wound.) That which assists the healing 
 of wounds. 
 
 VU'LNUS. (us, eris, n.) A wound. See 
 Wound. 
 
 Vulnus sclope'ticum. A gun-shot wound. 
 
 Vulpis morbus. Alopecia, or baldness. 
 
 Vultus. The countenance. See Fades. 
 
 VU'LVA. (a, te, f. The womb.) Applied 
 by anatomists, 1 . To the external parts of gen- 
 eration in the female. 2. The foramen com- 
 mune anterius of the brain. 
 
 Vulva'ria. Chenopodium vulvaria. 
 
 Vulvo-uterine canal. The vagina. 
 
 w. 
 
 w. 
 
 The symbol for tungsten. 
 
 Wade's drops. Compound tincture of ben- 
 zoin. 
 
 WAISTCOAT, STRAIT. A strong, wash- 
 leather coat, put on maniacs to restrain their 
 motions : it is fastened behind the back, and 
 has long arms. 
 
 Wakefulness. See Agrypnia. 
 
 Wake-robin. Arum maculatum. 
 
 Wall-flower. Cheiranthus cheiri. 
 
 Wall-pellitory. Parietaria officinalis. 
 
 Wall-pepper. Sedum acre. 
 
 Wall-rue. Asplenium murale. 
 
 Wallwort. Sambucus ebulus. 
 
 Walnut. See Juglans. 
 
 Ward's essence for headache. The com- 
 pound camphor liniment. 
 
 Ward's paste. A remedy for the piles, 
 nearly the same as the Confectio piperis nigri. 
 
 Ward's red drops. A strong solution of 
 emetic tartar in wine. 
 
 Ward's white drops. A preparation made 
 by dissolving mercury in nitric acid, and adding 
 a solution of carbonate of ammonia, or of cor- 
 rosive sublimate and carbonate of ammonia. 
 
 Warner's cordial. A tincture made with 
 rhubarb, senna, saffron, liquorice, raisins, and 
 brandy. 
 
 Wart. See Verruca. 
 
 Warty. Verrucose. 
 
 Wash. A lotion. 
 
 Washerwoman's scall. A variety of psori- 
 asis diffusa. 
 
 Wa'sting. Atrophy. 
 
 Watchfulness. See Agrypnia. 
 
 WATER. Aqua. A transparent fluid, with- 
 out color,, smell, or taste. Water absolutely 
 pure does not exist in nature, but may be pre- 
 pared by careful distillation : that from rain and 
 snow is the purest. It has a specific gravity of 
 1-00 at 60° F., freezes at 32°, and boils at 212°. 
 Its composition is one atom of oxygen with one 
 of hydrogen (HO), and equivalent, 9, Water 
 680 
 
 is a necessary and abundant component in the 
 animal and vegetable kingdom, the objects of 
 both of which consist of seven to nine tenths of 
 this fluid. In minerals it is often chemically 
 combined, acting the part of a weak acid, and 
 forming hydrates; or it is present as a crystal- 
 lizing agent, giving a regular form to the body : 
 in this state it is called the water of crystalliza- 
 tion. Water in the form of ice, and when te- 
 pid, warm, or in vapor, is an important agent 
 in medicine, but more as the vehicle of heat 
 or cold than from any qualities of its own, ex- 
 cept as a diluent. For the pharmaceutical va- 
 rieties of water, see Aqua. 
 
 Water-brash. Pyrosis. 
 
 Water-cress. Sisymbrium nasturtium. 
 
 Water-cure. Hydropathy. 
 
 Water-dock. Rumex hydrolapathum. 
 
 Water-flag, yellow. Iris pseudacorus. 
 
 Water-germander. Teucrium scordium. 
 
 Water-hemp. Eupatorium cannabinum. 
 
 Water in the head. Hydrocephalus. 
 
 Water in the chest. Hydrothorax. 
 
 Water-lily, white. Nymphsea alba. 
 
 Water-lily, yellow. Nymphsea lutea. 
 
 Water-parsnep. Sium nodiflorum. 
 
 Water-pepper. Polygonum hydropiper. 
 
 Water-plantain. Alisma plantago. 
 
 Water-pox. Varicella. 
 
 Water-zizania. W. rice. Zizania aquatica. 
 
 Watery gripes. Lienteria. See Cholera 
 infantum. 
 
 Waved. Undulated. 
 
 Wax. See Cera. 
 
 WEB. Tela. Applied to that which re- 
 sembles a web ; as the arachnoid membrane, 
 cellular tissue, &c. 
 
 Web-eye. Caligo. 
 
 Web, mucous. The cellular membrane. 
 
 Web, muscular. Pannus carnosus. 
 
 Webster's pills, Lady. An aloetic pill. 
 
 Wedge-shaped. Cuneiform. 
 
 WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. Apotheca- 
 
WEI 
 
 lies have for some time practiced a division of 
 weights and measures peculiar to themselves, 
 and different from the standards; hence their 
 system is called Apothecaries' Weight, and apoth- 
 ecaries' measure. 
 
 1. Apothecaries' Weight. 
 1 pound, libra, Tb contains 12 ounces. 
 
 1 ounce, uncia, % 
 1 drachm, drachma, 3 
 1 scruple, scrupulum, 3 
 1 grain, granum, gr. 
 
 & 5 3 3 
 
 Or, 1 = 12 = 96 = 288 = 
 
 1= 8= 24 = 
 
 1= 3 = 
 
 1 = 
 
 " 8 drachms, 
 
 " 3 scruples. 
 
 " 20 grains. 
 
 gr. French gram. 
 5760 = 372-96 
 480= 31-08 
 
 lb. 
 1 = 
 
 60 = 3-885 
 20 = 1-295 
 1 = 0-06475 
 2. Avoirdupois Weight. 
 oz. dr. grs. grammes. 
 
 16 = 256 = 7000- =453-25 
 
 1 = 16 = 437-5 = 28-328 
 1 = 27-34375= 1-7705 
 
 WEI 
 
 1 B> avoirdupois equals 1 lb., 2 oz., 280 grs 
 apothecaries' or troy. 
 
 3. Apothecaries 1 , or Wine Measure. 
 1 gallon, congius, C, contains 8 pints. 
 1 pint, octarius, O, contains 16 ounces. 
 1 ounce, fluiduncia, f. § , contains 8 fluid drachms. 
 1 fluid drachm, fluidrachma, f. 3, contains 60 
 
 minims. 
 1 minim, minima, Til , equals 1 drop of water. 
 
 C O f. J f. 3 cubic in. litres. 
 
 Or, 1=8 = 128 = 1024 = 231- =3-78515 
 
 1= 16= 128= 28-875=0-47298 
 
 1= 8= 1-8047=0-02957 
 
 1= 0-2256=0-00396 
 
 4. Imperial Measure, adopted by the London and 
 
 Edinburgh Pharmacopoeias. 
 
 C O f. J 
 
 1 = 8 = 160 
 
 1 = 20 
 
 1 
 
 f-3 
 1280 
 160 
 8 
 
 FRENCH WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 Measures of Length : the Metre being at 32°, and the Foot at 62°. 
 English inches. 
 
 Millimetre 
 
 
 
 •03937 
 
 
 
 
 
 Centimetre = -39371 
 
 
 English Measures. 
 
 
 * Decimetre = . 3-93710 
 
 
 MiL Fur. 
 
 Yds. Feet In. 
 
 
 Metre = 39-37100 
 
 
 
 
 1 3-371 
 
 Decametre = 393-71000 
 
 
 
 
 10 2 9-7 
 
 
 Hecatometre = 3937-10000 
 
 
 
 
 109 1 1- 
 
 
 Kilometre = 39371-00000 
 
 
 4 
 
 213 1 10-2 
 
 
 Myriametre = 393710-00000 
 
 
 6 1 
 
 156 6- 
 
 
 2. Measures of Capacity 
 
 
 Apothecaries 
 
 ' or wine Measure. 
 
 
 Cubic inches. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Hhds. Gal. ] 
 
 Pints. 
 
 
 Millitre = -06103 = 
 
 
 
 
 
 16-2318 minims. 
 
 Centilitre = -61028 = 
 
 
 
 
 
 2-7053 fluid drachms 
 
 Decilitre = 6-10280 = 
 
 
 
 
 
 3-3816 fluid 
 
 ounces. 
 
 Litre = 61-02800 = 
 
 
 
 
 
 2-1133 
 
 
 Decalitre = 610-28000 = 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 5-1352 
 
 
 Hecatolitre = 6102-80000 = 
 
 
 
 26-419 
 
 
 
 Kilolitre = 61028-00000 = 
 
 1 
 
 12-19 
 
 
 
 Myrialitre = 610280-00000 = 
 
 10 
 
 1 58-9 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Weights. 
 
 
 
 English grains. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Milligramme = -0154 
 
 
 
 
 
 Centigramme = -1544 
 
 
 
 
 
 Decigramme = 1-5444 
 
 
 Troy. 
 
 Avoirdupois. 
 
 
 Gramme = 15-4440 
 
 Lbs. Oz. Dr. Gr. Lbs. Oz. Dr. 
 
 
 Decagramme = 154-4402 
 
 = 
 
 2 34-3 = 00 5-65 
 
 
 Hectogramme = 1544-4023 
 
 = 
 
 3 1 43-4 = 3 8-5 
 
 
 Kilogramme = 15444-0234 
 
 = 
 
 2 8 1 14 
 
 = 2 3 5- 
 
 
 Myriagramme = 154440-2344 
 
 = 26 9 4 20 
 
 = 22 1 2- 
 
 
 ROMAN WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 
 
 Urna. Libra. Uncia. Denarius 
 
 Scrupulus. 
 
 Sextans. Chalcus. 
 
 Grs. Troy 
 
 Amphora . . = 2 = 80 = 960 = 
 
 6720 
 
 = 20160 = 
 
 40320 = 403200 = 
 
 420480 
 
 Urna . 
 
 1 = 40 =480 = 
 
 3360 
 
 = 10080 = 
 
 26160 = 210600 = 
 
 210240 
 
 Congius 
 
 I = 10 =120 = 
 
 840 
 
 = 2540 = 
 
 5040 = 50400 = 
 
 52920 
 
 Sextarius . 
 
 • 1|= 20 = 
 
 140 
 
 = 420 = 
 
 840 = 8400 = 
 
 8760 
 
 Libra 
 
 
 
 1 1 = 
 
 84 
 
 = 252 = 
 
 504 = 5040 = 
 
 5256 
 
 Hemina . 
 
 
 
 . 84 = 
 
 60 
 
 = 180 = 
 
 360 = 3600 = 
 
 3759 
 
 Acetabulum 
 
 
 
 
 21 = 
 
 15 
 
 = 45 = 
 
 90 = 900 = 
 
 939 
 
 Sesqui-cyathus . 
 
 
 
 
 24 = 
 
 15 
 
 = 45 = 
 
 90 = 900 = 
 
 939 
 
 Cyathus . 
 
 
 
 
 If = 
 
 10 
 
 = 30 = 
 
 60 = 600 =■ 
 
 626 
 
 Sescuncia 
 
 
 
 
 H = 
 
 10* 
 
 = 31* = 
 
 63 = 630 = 
 
 657 
 
 Uncia 
 
 
 
 
 1 = 
 
 7 
 
 = 21 = 
 
 42 = 420 = 
 
 438 
 
 Cochleare 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 2* 
 
 = 7* = 
 
 15 = 150 = 
 
 156 
 
 Drachma . 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 1 
 
 = 3 = 
 
 6 = 60 = 
 
 624 
 
 Denarius . 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 1 
 
 = 3 = 
 
 6 = 60 = 
 681 
 
 624 
 
WHI 
 
 WIN 
 
 Scrapulus 
 
 Scrapulus dimidatus 
 
 Obolus 
 
 Sextans 
 
 Chalcus 
 
 APPROXIMATE MEASURES. 
 
 Besides these measures, other irregular meas- 
 ures of uncertain contents are used : 
 
 A table-spoonful, cochlearium magnum = of 
 syrup, l ss. ; distilled waters, 3iijss. to fss. ; spir- 
 its and tinctures, sij. to 3iij. 
 
 A desert-spoonful, cochlearium mediocre=oi 
 water, 3ij. 
 
 A tea or coffee spoonful, cochlearium parvum 
 =of syrup, 3j. to 3ij. ; distilled waters, 3jss. to 
 9ij. ; spirit and tinctures, 9j. to 3jss. ; light 
 powder, as magnesia, 3ss. to 9j.; heavy pow- 
 der, as sulphur. 9jss. to 9ij. ; metallic oxide, 3J. 
 to 9iiij. 
 
 A thimbleful, clypeola metallica pro digitis, is 
 usually the same as a tea-spoonful. 
 
 A tea-cup, vasculum pro thea=L fiij. to fiv. 
 
 A wine-glass, scyphus pro vino, cyathus=f. 
 fjss. to f. 5ij. 
 
 Weld. Woad. The Resela luteola. 
 
 WELDING. The property which the parti- 
 cles of iron possess of adhering together by the 
 stroke of the hammer at a high heat. 
 
 WEN. A circumscribed indolent tumor, 
 without inflammation, and found on nearly ev- 
 ery part of the body. They are usually seba- 
 ceous. 
 
 WESTERN ISLANDS. The Azores, the 
 climate of which is among the most favorable 
 for consumptive patients, being warm, equable, 
 and moist. 
 
 WEST INDIES. The climate is, as a mat- 
 ter of course, warm, and in some islands pret- 
 ty equable, but in others there is much violent 
 wind. Jamaica, Barbadoes, and St. Vincent's 
 are preferred. 
 
 Wharton's duct. Ductus Wartonianus. 
 
 WHEAL. An elevation of the skin, like 
 that produced by a sharp stroke of a cane, and 
 which is seen in some forms of nettle-rash. 
 
 Wheal-worm. Acarus autumnalis. 
 
 Weaning. The final separation of an infant 
 from the breast. 
 
 WHEAT. Triticum. The seeds of the 
 Triticum hibernum and cestivum. The nutri- 
 tiousness of any specimen of wheat flour de- 
 pends upon the proportion of gluten it contains, 
 which should be at least twelve per cent. 
 
 Wheat, buck. Polygonum fagopyrum. 
 
 Wheat, Indian, W., Turkey. Zea mays. 
 
 Wheel-shaped. Rotate. 
 
 WHEEZING. A noisy respiration produced 
 by obstruction of the air passages. 
 
 Whelk. A small tubercle which does not 
 suppurate ; the same as Ionthus. 
 
 WHEY. The fluid part of milk which re- 
 mains after the curd has been separated. 
 
 WHISKY. An alcohol obtained by distill- 
 ing malt, corn, or rye. Common whisky con- 
 tains about 60 to 75 per cent, of alcohol. 
 
 White arsenic Arsenious acid. 
 
 White gum. Strophulus. 
 
 White leg. Phlegmasia dolens. 
 
 White of the eye. Albuginea oculi. 
 682 
 
 Scrapulus. 
 1 = 
 
 £ = 
 
 2 = 
 
 1 = 
 
 1 = 
 
 1 = 
 
 Chalcus. Grs.Troy. 
 
 20 = 20| 
 
 10 = 10§ 
 
 10 = 10£ 
 
 10 = 10J 
 
 1 = 1& 
 
 White swelling. Hydarthrus. 
 
 White wood. Liriodendron tulipiferum. 
 
 Whites. Leucorrhoea. 
 
 Whiting. Gadus merlangus. 
 
 Whitlow. Paronychia. 
 
 Whooping-cough. Pertussis. 
 
 Whorl. Verticillus. 
 
 Whortleberry, bears'. Arbutus uva ursL 
 
 Whortleberry, red. Vaccinium oxycoc- 
 cus. 
 
 Widow-wail. Daphne mezereum. 
 
 Wild carrot. Daucus sylvestris. 
 
 Wild cherry. Prunus virginiana. 
 
 Wild cucumber. Momordica elaterium. 
 
 Wild navew. Brassica napus. 
 
 Wildfire rash. Strophulus volaticus. 
 
 Willow. See Salix. 
 
 Willow-herb. Lythrum salicaria. 
 
 Willow-herb, rosebay. Epilobium angus- 
 tifolium 
 
 Willow-leaved oak. Quercus phellos. 
 
 Wilson's gout tincture. An infusion of 
 colchicum. 
 
 Wilson's muscle. The compressor ure- 
 thrse. 
 
 Wind contusion. The disorganizing action 
 of the blow of a. spent ball, which was former- 
 ly supposed to arise from the wind of the ball. 
 
 Windy. Flatulent. 
 
 WINE. Fermented grape-juice or must; 
 also liquors that have become spirituous by fer- 
 mentation. 
 
 The must or juice of grapes consists of albu- 
 minous matters, grape sugar, fecula, bitartrate 
 of potass, and other salts. In the process of 
 fermentation, the sugar is converted in part or 
 entirely into alcohol and carbonic acid, the al- 
 buminous matters become decomposed into an 
 insoluble yeast, and with the fecula precipita- 
 ted; and the bitartrate, but slightly changed, 
 yields the bouquet of the wine. The difference 
 of wines depends upon the proportions of these 
 parts, and the manner of fermentation. When 
 much sugar is present, the wine is either strong 
 or sweet ; when the fermentation is very slow, 
 it becomes sparkling. 
 
 The strongest wines, as Madeira, Port, Sher- 
 ry, Raisin wine, Teneriffe, contain from 20 to 
 25 per cent, of alcohol ; Hermitage, Sauterne, 
 Burgundy, and some clarets, 15 to 17 per cent. ; 
 Champagne, Hocks, Chablis, Frontignac, Cote 
 Roti, Tokay, from 11 to 14 per cent. 
 
 The wines employed in medicine should be 
 ripe, of the mildest quality, and free from un- 
 necessary acidity. Port wines are preferred 
 where a tonic effect is desired, but good Ma- 
 deira is perhaps most worthy of confidence, 
 from its being procured of better quality. For 
 the wines used officinally, and the pharmaceut- 
 ical preparations, see Vinum. 
 
 Wine is universally admitted to be of impor- 
 tant service, especially in fevers of the typhous 
 kind, in which it is found to raise the pulse, 
 support the strength, promote a diaphoresis, 
 
WOR 
 
 WRY 
 
 and improve the state of the blood; and in 
 many cases it proves of more immediate advan- 
 tage than the Peruvian bark. Delirium, which 
 is the consequence of excessive instability, and 
 a defective state of nervous energy, is often en- 
 tirely removed by the free use of wine. In 
 malignant sore throat; in the secondary fever of 
 small-pox, when attended with great debility ; 
 in gangrenes, and in typhus fevers, it is to be 
 considered as a principal remedy ; and in almost 
 all cases of languor, and of great prostration 
 of strength, wine is experienced to be a more 
 grateful and efficacious cordial than can be 
 furnished from the whole class of aromatics 
 and tonics. 
 
 Wing. Ala. 
 
 Winged. Alate and pinnate. 
 
 Winter berry. Prinos verticillatus. 
 
 Winter cherry. Physalis alkekengi. 
 
 Winter-green. See Chimapkilla. 
 
 Wintera aromatica. Drimys winteri. 
 
 Winteranus spxjRius. Canella alba. 
 
 Winter's bark. Drimys winteri. 
 
 Wistar's cough lozenges. The trochisci 
 glycyrrhizae cum opio. 
 
 Witch-hazel. Hamamelis virginica. 
 
 Woad. Isatis tinctoria. 
 
 Wolffian body. W. bodies. See Corpncs 
 Wolffianum. 
 
 Wolf's-bane. Aconitum napellus. 
 
 Womb. See Uterus. 
 
 Womb, falling of the. Prolapsus uteri. 
 
 Womb, inflammation of. See Hysteritis. 
 
 Womb, tympanites of the. Physometra. 
 
 Wood. Lignum. 
 
 Woodcock. Scolopax rusticola. 
 
 Wood-louse. Oniscus asellus. 
 
 WOODS. Woods, sudorific. A name given 
 in Pharmacy to the wood of guaiacum, sassafras, 
 and sometimes to that of mezereum, and to chi- 
 na and sarsaparilla. 
 
 Wood-sorrel. Oxalis acetosella. 
 
 Wood spirit. Pyroxylic spirit. 
 
 Wood-spirit group. The compounds of 
 methyle. 
 
 Woody fibre. Cells of an elongated or fusi- 
 form kind, filled with lignin. 
 
 Woody nightshade. Solanum dulcamara. 
 
 W O O L F E ' S APPARATUS. A series of 
 glass receivers, with three necks, used in distil- 
 lation, where it is desired to condense separately 
 the products which come over. 
 
 Woolly. Lanate. 
 
 Wo'orari. Wooraly. The Ourari poison, 
 which see. 
 
 Worm-bark. Andira inermis. 
 
 Worm disease. See Invermination. 
 
 Worm fever. The bilious remittent of in- 
 fants. 
 
 Worm-grass, perennial. Spigelia marilan- 
 dica. 
 
 Worm, guinea. See Dracunculus. 
 
 WO'RMIAN BONES. Ossa Wormian^ 
 Ossa triquetra. The little bones found in the 
 course of the sutures of the head. 
 
 Worms. See Entozoa. 
 
 WO'RMSEED. This name is given in the 
 United States to the seeds of the Chenopodium 
 anthelminticum, but in Britain to the flowers, 
 tops, and seeds of the Artemisia santonica. 
 
 Worms eed oil. The essential oil of the 
 Chenopodium anthelminticum. It is of a very 
 disagreeable taste, but a valuable anthelmintic 
 for children. The dose is gtt. iv. to gtt. x., 
 in emulsion. 
 
 WORMWOOD. The genus Artemisia, which 
 see. Commonly it is used for the Artemisia ab- 
 
 WORT. An infusion of malt. It has been 
 found useful in the cure of the scurvy. 
 
 Wort, St. John's. W., St. Peter's. Hy- 
 pericum perforatum. 
 
 WOUND. (Vulnus, eris, n.) A solution of 
 continuity in any of the soft parts of the body, 
 occasioned by external violence. Wounds are 
 distinguished into incised, punctured, contused, 
 lacerated, and poisoned. Wounds heal by ad- 
 hesion, or the first intention, or by suppuration, 
 granulation, and cicatrization. See Abscess. 
 Incised wounds, in healthy subjects, will gen- 
 erally heal by the first intention, if properly 
 treated. Wounds attended with slight lacera- 
 tion, and punctured wounds, will sometimes do 
 the same. Severe lacerated wounds, contused 
 wounds, and poisoned wounds, never heal in 
 this manner. Gun-shot wounds are always at- 
 tended with sloughing, which renders their 
 treatment more uncertain than in other cases, 
 from the occurrence of secondary hemorrhage. 
 
 Wound balsam. Tinctura benzoini com- 
 posita. 
 
 Wound, dissection. See Dissection wound. 
 
 Woundwort. Laserpitium chironium. 
 
 Wrench. A sprain or subluxation. 
 
 Wri'nkle. A small fold of skin. 
 
 Wrinkled. Rugose; rugosus. 
 
 Wrist. Carpus. 
 
 WRY NECK. Torticollis. Caput obstipum. 
 A permanent inclination of the head toward 
 one of the shoulders, not arising from distortion 
 of the vertebrae. It most frequently arises from 
 a contraction of the integuments of the neck 
 from bums, or cicatrices from other causes ; but 
 sometimes from a permanent contraction of the 
 sterno-mastoid or platysma myoides muscle. 
 It has sometimes been cured by a division of 
 the muscles and integuments, with proper at- 
 tention after the operation. 
 
 683 
 
YEL 
 
 YUC 
 
 X, 
 
 X. 
 
 -ALA'PPA. Jalap. 
 
 X,anthic acid. An oily acid discovered by 
 Zeise. It forms yellow precipitates with sev- 
 eral metallic salts. 
 
 Xanthic oxide. Uric oxide. 
 
 Xa'nthin. A yellow coloring matter of mad- 
 der. 
 
 XA'NTHIUM. (urn, i, n.) A genus of 
 plants. Monoecia. Pentandria. — X. strumari- 
 urn. The lesser burdock. This herb was for- 
 merly esteemed in the cure of scrofula. 
 
 Xanthochy'mus ovaliformis. One of the 
 trees yielding gamboge. 
 
 Xanthoh^'matin. Modified haematin of a 
 yellow color. 
 
 Xanthophy'll. The yellow coloring matter 
 of autumnal leaves, and of fruits and flowers. It 
 is a modification of chlorophyll. 
 
 XANTHORRHI'ZA. {a, a, f.) A genus of 
 plants. Pentandria. Polygynia. Ranuncu- 
 lacece. — X. apiifolia, or X. tinctoria. Yellow 
 root. It is officinal in the United States. The 
 root possesses properties very similar to calum- 
 ba, and is a simple bitter. Dose, 9ij., in infusion. 
 
 XANTHORRHCE'A. {a, as, f.) A genus of 
 plauts of the tribe Asphodeleas.—X. hasti'lis. 
 X. arborea. The grass-tree of New South 
 Wales. It produces the Botany Bay gum or 
 resin, which is said to be tonic and stomachic, 
 and very useful in relaxed states of the gastro- 
 enteric mucous membrane. Dose, 3ss., in tinc- 
 ture. 
 
 XANTHOXY'LUM. {urn, i, n.) A genus 
 oftrees. Di&cia. Penfagynia. Terebinikacece. 
 — X. -fraxineum. The prickly ash. The bark 
 of this indigenous tree is officinal, and resem- 
 bles mezereon in properties. It may be used 
 in decoction as a stimulating sudorific. The 
 dose is 9ij., in decoction. It is sometimes used 
 as a stimulating wash, or in powder as a topical 
 irritant. 
 
 Xera'sia. A disease of the hair. — Ga~ 
 len. 
 
 Xerocolly'rium. A dry collyrium. 
 
 XEROPHTHA'LMIA. (a, <z, f. ; from fypoc, 
 dry, and o<f>6a2.fna, an inflammation of the eye.) 
 A dry inflammation of the eye, with diminished 
 secretion of tears. 
 
 Xi'phium. Iris pseudacorus. 
 
 XI'PHOID. (Xipkoides; from ^oc, a 
 sword, and eidog, likeness.) Sword-like: hence 
 xiphoid cartilage for the cartilago ensiformis. 
 
 Xy'lite. A volatile alcoholic liquid found 
 in crude pyroxylic spirit. Its formula appears 
 to be C12H12O5. An excess of potash converts 
 it into xylitic oil, naphtha, and resin. 
 
 Xyloaloes. Lignum aloes. 
 
 Xylobalsamum. Amyris gileadensis _ 
 
 Xy'loidine. A product of the action of 
 strong nitric acid on starch. It is a white, 
 very inflammable powder, of the form. C 6 H 4 04, 
 N0 5 . 
 
 Xylostro'ma giganteum. Oak-leather 
 This fungus is found in the cracks of oaks 
 
 Y. 
 
 The symbol for yttrium. 
 
 Yam. Dioscorea alata. 
 
 Yarrow. Achillea millefolium. 
 
 Yawning. Oscitation. 
 
 Yaws. Frambcesia. 
 
 Yeast. Fermentum. 
 
 Yeast cataplasm. Y. poultice. Cataplas- 
 ma fermenti. 
 
 Yellow arsenic. Y., king's. Orpiment ; 
 the yellow sulphuret of arsenic. See Arsenic. 
 
 Yellow fever. Remittent fever. 
 
 Yellow root. Xanthorrhiza apiifolia. 
 
 Yellow sanders. Santalum album. 
 
 YELLOW -WASH. Red-wash. A lotion 
 made by adding corrosive sublimate to lime- 
 water, in the proportion of two grains to an 
 ounce. It is in common use as an application 
 to venereal sores. 
 684 
 
 Yew-tree. Taxus baccata. 
 
 Yoked. Conjugate ; conjugatus. 
 
 Yolk. Vitelius. 
 
 Yorkshire sanicle. Pinguicula vulga 
 ris. 
 
 Ypsi'lo-glo'sscs. The hyo-glossus muscle 
 
 Ypsi'loi'des os. The os hyoides. 
 
 Y'TTRIA. A rare earth, of a white color; 
 insoluble, insipid, and inodorous. Specific grav- 
 ity, 4-842. It is an oxide of Yttrium. 
 
 Yttrium. The metallic basis of yttria. It 
 resembles aluminum, and has an equivalent of 
 32-2. 
 
 YU'CCA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Hexandria. Monogynia. — Y. gloriosa. Adam's 
 needle. The roots are tuberose, and abound 
 in a coarse meal. 
 
ZIN 
 
 ZIN 
 
 Z. 
 
 ZJ AFFRAN. Crocus sativus. 
 
 Zaffre. Impure oxide of cobalt. 
 
 Zamia integrifolia. This and other species 
 of Zamia furnish the Florida arrow-root. 
 
 Za'rza. Sarsaparilla. 
 
 ZE'A. (a, ce, f.) A genus of graminaceous 
 plants. — Z. mays. Indian corn. Its seeds are 
 very nutritious, containing from eight to twelve 
 parts of albuminous matters, from five to ten of 
 oil, and about seventy of starchy matters. The 
 meal forms excellent poultices. 
 
 ZEDOA'RIA. (a, a, f.) 1. Zedoary, an in- 
 ferior kind of ginger. 2. The Kaempferia ro- 
 tunda. 
 
 Ze'ine. An albuminous body of corn. 
 
 Ze'rna. An ulcerated impetigo. 
 
 ZERO. The commencement of any scale ; 
 marked : the zero of Fahrenheit's thermome- 
 ter is 32° below the melting point of ice. De- 
 grees of heat, &c, below the zero, are marked 
 — minus ; those above, -f- phis. 
 
 Zeru'mbet. The rhizome of the Curcuma 
 zerumbet, similar to ginger. 
 
 ZIBE'THUM. (um, i, n.) The civet. A 
 soft, unctuous, odoriferous substance, of a whit- 
 ish, yellowish, or brown color, contained in the 
 excretory follicles near the anus of the Viverra 
 zibetha of Linnaeus. It has a grateful smell 
 when diluted, and an unctuous, subacrid taste, 
 and is thought to possess stimulating, nervine, 
 and antispasmodic virtues. 
 
 Zigzag. Fexuose; fllexuosus. 
 
 Zi'mone. That part of gluten which is insol- 
 uble in alcohol. 
 
 ZINC. (Zinctim, i, n., a German word.) 
 This metal is of a crystalline, bluish- white color, 
 somewhat brighter than lead, of considerable 
 hardness, and rather brittle. Its sp. gr. is from 
 6-9 to 7-2; heated between 210° and 300° F., 
 it has so much ductility that it can be drawn 
 into wire or rolled. It fuses at 700° F., and, 
 if exposed to the air, burns, forming dense 
 white vapors of oxide. It is of great use in 
 the arts, as it changes but slowly in air. It is 
 used in solders, and for the production of gal- 
 vanism. Its oxide combines with most acids. 
 Equivalent, 32*3; sym., Zn. 
 
 Zinc, butter of. Z., chloride of. Zinci 
 chloridum. 
 
 Zinc, cyanide of. Z., cyanuret of. See 
 Cyanuretum zinci. 
 
 Zinc, vitriolated. See Zinci sulphas. 
 
 Zinci acetas. Acetate of zinc. It is readi- 
 ly formed by decomposing a solution of 190 
 grains of acetate of lead by 143 grains of crys- 
 tallized sulphate of zinc. The resulting solu- 
 tion of acetate of zinc is to be decanted, filtered, 
 and set aside to crystallize. It crystallizes in 
 pearly, oblique, rhomboidal plates ; has a bitter, 
 metallic taste, and is very soluble. It is an 
 acetate of the protoxide of zinc. It is identical 
 in properties with the sulphate. Dose, as a 
 tonic, gr. ss. to gr. ij ; as an emetic, 9ss. to 3j. 
 Lt is chiefly used as an astringent wash and in- 
 jection. 
 
 The Dublin Pharmacopoeia has a Tinctura 
 zinci acetatis, consisting of about four grains of 
 the salt in a fluid ounce of the tincture. 
 
 Zinci carbonas impura. See Calamine. 
 
 Zinci chloridum. Z. chloruretum. Chlo- 
 ride of zinc. Butter of zinc. Muriate of zinc. 
 It is prepared by dissolving zinc in hydrochlo- 
 ric acid, drying, and fusing in a matrass. Jt is a 
 soft, deliquescent solid, of a grayish color, semi- 
 transparent, soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 
 Its composition is ZnCl. It is a powerful and 
 acrid caustic, and in over-doses an acrid poison, 
 affecting also the nervous system, and produc- 
 ing great prostration, with vomiting. The al- 
 kaline carbonates, especially carbonate of soda, 
 will act as a partial antidote. It has been much 
 recommended as a caustic or stimulating lotion 
 in cancerous sores, fungous haematodes, obsti- 
 nate syphilitic or scrofulous ulcers. Internally, 
 Hufeland recommends it to be given in doses 
 of gr. j. to. gr. ij., dissolved in ether (JEther 
 zinci). It is supposed to be a valuable altera 
 tive in scrofula, epilepsy, chorea, and other 
 nervous diseases. 
 
 Zinci cyanidum. Z. cyanuretum. See Cy- 
 anuretum zinci. 
 
 Zinci hydrocyanus. Cyanuretum zinci. 
 
 Zinci iodidum. See Iodide of zinc. 
 
 Zinci oxydum. Zincum calcinatum. Prot 
 oxide of zinc. Flowers of zinc. Its properties 
 are analogous to those of the sulphate, if given 
 in much larger doses, but it is chiefly used as 
 an external astringent. See Unguentum zinci. 
 
 Zinci oxydum impurum. Tutty; tutia. 
 
 Zinci sulphas. Sulphate of zinc. White 
 vitriol. It is transparent, colorless, crystallizes 
 in large right rhombic prisms, has an astrin- 
 gent metallic taste, is veiy soluble in water, 
 but insoluble in alcohol. The crystals consist 
 of ZnO, S0 3 -j-7Aq. In small doses of gr. j. to 
 gr. iij., it is an astringent and tonic ; in doses 
 of 3ss. to 9j., a speedy and safe emetic ; and in 
 over-doses, an irritant poison, the antidotes for 
 which are astringent solutions ; and perhaps the 
 alkalies or their carbonates. It is principally 
 used as an emetic, and externally as an eye- 
 wash, and injection in gleet and leucorrhoea, in 
 solution (gr. j. to gr. x. to f. fj. of water). 
 
 Zi'ncode. The positive pole, or anode. 
 
 ZI'NCOID. Zinco'ides. Like zinc : applied, 
 in Galvanism, to the plate of zinc, or its substi- 
 tute, which forms the active portion of the gal- 
 vanic circle. 
 
 Zincoly'te. Synonym of Electrolyte; a 
 body capable of galvanic decomposition by the 
 zincous pole. 
 
 Zincoly'sis. Synonym of Electrolysis. 
 
 Zincous element. The positive element of 
 a compound, as opposed to the chlorous or nega- 
 tive element. 
 
 Zincum. See Zinc. 
 
 Zincum calcinatum. Zinci oxydum. 
 
 Zincum vitriolatum. Zinci sulphas. 
 
 Zincum vitriolatum purificatum. Zinci 
 sulphas. 
 
 685 
 
zoo 
 
 Z YT 
 
 ZI'NGIBER. (Zingiberis, is, f.) A genus 
 of plants. Monandria. Monogynia. Zingi- 
 beracece. — Z. album. White ginger. Ginger 
 root when deprived of its radicles and skin. — 
 Z. nigrum. Black ginger. The root suffered 
 to dry with its radicles. — Z. officinale. The 
 ginger plant. Zingiber commune. Zinziber. 
 Ginger is an active aromatic, stimulant, and car- 
 minative, and serviveable in flatulent colics, de- 
 bility, and laxity of the stomach and intestines. 
 The dose is gr. x. to 3ss. 
 
 Zingiber germanicum. Arum maculatum. 
 
 Zinziber. Zingiber. 
 
 ZIRCO'NIA. Zircon. A rare earth of the 
 zircon or jargon and hyacinth. It is a fine 
 white powder, tasteless, somewhat harsh to the 
 touch, and insoluble. It unites with most acids ; 
 is insoluble in pure alkalies; but the alkaline 
 carbonates dissolve it. The metallic base of 
 this earth, named Zirconium, was discovered 
 by Berzelius in 1824. It is a sesquioxide. The 
 equivalent of the metal is 33-62 ; symbol, Zr. 
 
 Zirco'nium. See Zirconia. 
 
 ZIZA'NIA. (a, ce, f.) A genus of plants. 
 Moncecia. Hexandria. Graminacece. — Z. 
 aquatica. Water rice. It grows abundantly 
 on the margin of the Western rivers and lakes. 
 The grain was highly esteemed by the Indians. 
 
 Zi'zyphus. Rhamnus zizyphus. 
 
 Zn. Zinc. 
 
 Zoanthro'pia. A melancholy in which the 
 patient thinks himself converted into an ani- 
 mal. 
 
 ZONA, {a, ce, f.) A zone or belt. 
 
 Zona ciliaris. The ciliary ring of the 
 eye. 
 
 Zona herpetica. Herpes zoster. 
 
 Zona pellucida. A pellucid center or spot 
 of the young ovum. 
 
 Zona tendinosa. A whitish circle around 
 the right auriculo-ventricular orifice. 
 
 Zona virginitatis. The hymen. 
 
 Zonu'la. A little zone or belt. 
 
 Zonula Zinnii. The ciliary ligament. 
 
 Zoochy'my. Animal chemistry. 
 
 Zoocy'st. A hydatid, an animal formed of 
 a membranous cyst distended with an aqueous 
 fluid. 
 
 ZOOGE'NESIS. Zoogeny. (From fywv, 
 an animal, and yeveaic, generation.) The his- 
 tory of the development and growth of an ani- 
 mal from the ovum to maturity. 
 
 ZOO'LOGY. (Zoologia, ce, f. ; from faov, an 
 animal, and Tioyog, a discourse.) That part of 
 natural history which treats of animals. See 
 Animal kingdom. 
 
 Zoo'nic Zoonicus. Appertaining to an ani 
 mal substance. 
 
 Zoonic acid. Impure acetic acid. 
 
 ZOONO'MIA. (a, a, f. ; from £wov, an ani 
 686 
 
 ! mal, and vofioc, a law.) The laws of organic 
 life. 
 
 ZOOPHYTE. {Zoophyton, i, n. ; from fwov, 
 and (}>vtov, a plant.) An animal of low organi. 
 zation, such as the sponges, entozoa, infusoria. 
 A term which has been very vaguely applied 
 in Natural History. Cuvier calls all the radiated 
 animals zoophytes. 
 
 Zoo'tic acid. Zooticum acidum. Hydro- 
 cyanic acid. 
 
 ZOOTOMY. (Zootomia, ce, f. ; from faov, 
 and TEfivv), to cut.) The dissection of animals. 
 
 Zo'ster. The shingles. Herpes zoster. 
 
 Zr. The symbol of zirconium. 
 
 Zu'char. (Arabic.) Sugar. 
 
 Zumic acid. Lactic acid. 
 
 ZYGO'MA. {a, as, f. ; from Cyyoc, a yoke.) 
 The cavity under the zygomatic process of the 
 temporal bone and os malae. 
 
 ZYGOMATIC. Zygomati'cus. Belonging to 
 the zygoma. 
 
 Zygomatic process. A process of the malar 
 bone, and another of the temporal bone, are so 
 called. 
 
 Zygomatic suture. Sutura zygomatica. 
 The union of the zygomatic process ol the tem- 
 poral bone to the cheek bone. 
 
 Zygomaticus major. This muscle arises 
 from the cheek bone, near the zygomatic su- 
 ture, taking a direction downward and inward 
 to the angle of the mouth. It is a long, slender 
 muscle, which ends by mixing its fibres with 
 the orbicularis oris, and the depressor of the 
 lip. 
 
 Zygomaticus minor. This muscle arises a 
 little higher up than the zygomaticus major 
 upon the cheek bone, but nearer the nose ; it is 
 much more slender than that muscle, and is 
 often wanting. It is the zygomatic muscle that 
 marks the face with that line wliich extends 
 from the cheek bone to the corner of the mouth, 
 which is particularly distinguishable in some 
 persons. The zygomatic muscles pull the an- 
 gles of the mouth up as in laughter, and from, 
 in this way, rendering the face distorted, it has 
 obtained the name of distortor oris. The strong 
 action of this muscle is more particularly seen 
 in laughter, rage, or grinning. 
 
 ZYGOPHYLLA'CEiE. The bean caper 
 tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Trees, shrubs, 
 and herbaceous plants, with leaves opposite; 
 flowers, polypetalous, symmetrical ; stamens, 
 hypogynous ; ovarium, many-celled ; fruit, cap- 
 sular. 
 
 Zygophyllum fabago. Fabago. This plant 
 is a good bitter, and much used by the Syrians 
 as an anthelmintic. 
 
 Zy'mome. Zimone. 
 
 Zytho'gala. A mixture of beer and milk. 
 Posset-drink. 
 
 THE END. 
 
 .BAp